IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■  50     ""^^ 

u  m 

us 

us 
u 


2.5 


■  4.0 


IL25  III  1.4 


20 

1.6 


7 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


y 


A 


y^ 


/a 


■1>^ 


i\ 


A 


\ 


'9) 


V 


A 


6^ 


o^  .^  ^ 


// 


^/4, 


y^yif 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Ttichnicai  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographlques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 


D 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endon.magde 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurde  et/ou  pelliculde 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  gdographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blun  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bieue  ou  noire) 


I      I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mdthode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquds  ci-dessous. 


□    Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

r-yt   Pages  damaged/ 


D 
0 
Q 
0 
D 
D 


Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d^colordes,  tachetdes  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Com^rend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 


D 


D 


Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajoutdes 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t^  filmdes. 


a 


I    71    Additional  comments:/ 

LyJ    Commentaires  suppl^mentaires; 


Pages  227  to  230  are  missing. 


Only  edition  available/ 
Seu^e  Edition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  filmdes  d  nouveau  de  fapon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu^  ci-dessous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26X 

30X 

i 

y 

12X 

16X 

JOX 

24X 

28X 

32X 

plaire 
9s  details 
iques  du 
>nt  modifier 
xiger  une 
de  filmage 


Id/ 
qudes 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanlts 
to  the  generosity  of: 

New  Brunswick  IVIuseum 
Saint  John 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


taire 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — •»>  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

IVIaps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  film6  fut  reproduit  grdce  d  la 
g6n6rosit6  de: 

New  Brunswick  Museum 
Saint  John 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  ia  condition  et 
de  la  nettet6  de  l'exemplaire  filmd,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimde  sont  film^s  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmds  en  commenpant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  — ►signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  §tre 
filmds  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diffdrents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clichd,  ii  est  filmd  d  partir 
de  Tangle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  ndcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  m^thode. 


I  by  errata 
med  to 

nent 

une  pelure, 

fapon  d 
i. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

32X 


?->■%  .f. 


'% 


(11 


'At 


M.. 


rt  ^ 


/   (i 


A 


II '.» •*•• 


<.:'*> 


I  I 


l6(oll. 


THE 


i>\v%  «o  .u> .  H*^^ '^^ ''^- 


AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT : 


CbNTAINING 


DIRECTI1I.\S 


FOR  THE 

PRINCIPAL  HARBORS,  CAPL   ,  AXD  HEADLANDS, 
COASTIS  OF  I^ORTH  A  VD  ^OIJTH  AltlERIGAs 

UESCniriXG   THc. 

SOUNDINGS,  BEARINGS  OF  THE  LUIUTHOliSES  AND  BEACONS  PIlOM 
THE  ROCKS,  SHOALS,  I.HLXJES,  &c. 

\ 


WITH    THE   PREVAIHtO 

WINDS,  SETTING  OF  THE  CURRENTS,  &o. 

AND  THE  ''  f 

LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES  % 

OF  THE 

PRINCIPAL  HARBORS  AND 

TbGETHBR  WITH 

A   TIDE   TABLSk 


'iW;^-^^~ 


S» 


■> 


\ 


H\ 


BY  EDMUND  M.  BLUNT- 


THXRTEZiZTTH  EDITZOlTy  XXKPROITSP^ 

BY   E.    &   G.   \y.    BLUNT. 


ii 


il 


NEW    YORKt 

jt»UBLISHED  BY  EDMUND  AND  GEORGE  W.  BLt 

154  WATER  STREET,  CORNER  OF  MAIDEN  LANE. 
JUNE,  1837.    ,       '     .         '      < 


>- ,  *  ■*, 


DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  BINDER. 


blan  of  portland  harbor to  front. 

; portsmouth  harbor, 

isle  of  shoals, 

newburyport  harbor 

annis  squam  harbor 

. cafe  ann  harbor, 

boston  harbor,.... 

^—^ — —  Cape  poge  harbor 

■ — ■ NEWPORT  harbor 

LQNG  iSliAND  SOUND 

BAY  AND  RIVEJl  DELAWARE,  ... 

CHART  OF  CHESAPEAKE. ENTRANCE, 

^I»LAN  OF  CHARLESTON  HARBOR 

SAVANNAH  RIVER 

^ — .. JDOBOY  SOUND 

I ^ —  PENSACOLA  HARBOR, 

'tf ..'  .1,     yiRGIN  I^lAI^DS, 


3!f" 


-000- 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


PAGE 

..152 
..157 
..158 
..159 
..1C2 
..1G3 
..171 
..181 
..l'J9 
..2r.i 
..220 
..226 
.  .2.39 
..242 
..24;J 
..271 
..409 


rer«M  Rccerding  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  18.'J7,  by  E.  dt  (!.  W.  Blunt,  ill 

liMrOork'S^'ffice  oflthe  District  Court  of  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 

TV*. 


ing 


-00- 


NOTICE. 

WW  jk  OENTLEMEN'iaaking  Nautical  Communications  to  the  Subscriber,  will  please  ad- 

Ft^^«M  them  to  the  care  of  EDMUND  &c  GEORGE  W.  BLUNT,  No.  154  Water 

*«treet,  (Borner  of  Maiden  Lane,  New  York ;  by  whom,  in  future,  all  his  works  will  be 

flilllll^lildiecl.    ST.  &  G;*  W.  BLUNT  will,  with  pleasure,  com.uuuiicate  every  informa- 

tltnl  in  Nautical  Improvements. 

EDMUND  M.  BLUNT. 


N.B.  As  sonae  impfoveraents  have  been  made  since  this  work  commenced,  the  reader 
brtferred  to  the  APPENDIX. 


CHRONOMETERS  rated,  sold,  and  repaired  by  E.  &  G.  W.  BLUNT.— See  their 
bdrertiaement  in  this  work. 


Printed  by  J.  M.  Elliott,  6  Little  Green  street,  N.  Y. 


PREFACE 


TO  THE  TWELFTH  EDITION 


PAGE 
..152 

..157 
..158 
..159 
..1G2 
..163 
..171 
..184 
..199 
..213 
.  .220 
..226 
.  .239 
..242 
..243 
..271 
..409 


OF 


reader 


:  their 


#: 


THE   AMERICAN   COAST  PILOT. 


Nearli' /wr/y^mrs  have  elapsed  since  tlie  subscriber  commenced  thisi 
;fVork.  To  it  he  lias  devoted  the  largest  portion  of  his  life,  unwearied 
labor,  and  great  expense  ;  and  the  reception  it  has  met  with  from  that  re* 
spectable  class  of  society  by  whom  it  is  used,  may  he  inferred  from  the 
fact,  that  Ei,KVEN  editions,  comprising  tkirty-sevsn  thousand  copies,  have 
been  sold,  previous  to  the  publication  of  the  present  edition. 

The  difiicultics  of  procuring  all  the  improvements  incident  to  a  work  of 
this  charactcn-,  not  only  intended  to  enable  the  mariner  to  recognize  the 
coast  at  a  distance ;  but  to  direct  him  into.a  port  when  pilots  cannot  be 
obtained,  render  it  a  work  of  great  labor  and  responsibility.  The  life  of*  tbe 
most  experienced  is  more  endangered  when  he  approacbos  the  coast)  than 
when  exposed  to  the  teni|)csts  which  agitate  the  mid-o<iean.     Pilot?,  who 
are  not  always  to  br  'bund  in  the  discharge  of  their  duty,  are  often  prpvented 
by  storms  and  violent  winds  from  offering  their.s'ervices  to  vessels  end^ft- 
loring  to  make  a  harbor.  In  such  cases;  unless the.mast^rs  ar^pilailtl^nted 
with  the  port,  the  safety  of  the  vessel  deperfds  iipon  the^ecuracVdiPilii  Sail- 
ing Directions,     (/harts  sire  intended  rather  to  give  a/gej^e)^T'id^||i^  thief 
coast,  than  minute  and  accurate  descriptions  of  partitSuIar.^i&rbdlB.^Jt  ii^' 
therefore,  to  their  jjrinted  directions  that  they  must  flesigpt,  tO  procuif^'li^irt- 
mation  which  at  such  moments  is  vitally  important.:     Their  instrU,i|i^JU 
and  charts,  by  which  they  have  been  enabled  to  shape  thefr  coursQ  iHip^U 
a  trackless  ocean,  are  rendered  useless  from  their  ignora^^ei^of  tbec|b^illlae| 
by  which  they  are  to  enter  the  harbor;  and  maririei*S,  who  have  escaped^  at 
former  dangers  of  the  voyage,  are  often  shipwrecked  uppn  some  sunken  rb(^' 
or  shoal,  at  the  entrance  of  their  destined  port.     Theiinowledge  cjf  suclv 
dangers,  important  as  it  it  to  seamen  generally,  is  particularly  8o  to  tlii^ 
of  the  United  States.    Navigating  waters  filled  with  shifting  sand  baiiks  flOpd 
bars,  which  are  formed  by  the  Gulf  Stream,  and  by  the  mighty  river9'p|i^li 
discharge  themselves  from  the  coast  of  the  North  American  continent,  i^idy. 
require  no  ordinary  skill  and  knowledge  to  avoid  those  extensive  and  intri- 
cate shoals  that  line  our  shores.     This  coast  is  rendered  still  more  danger- 
ous by  rapid  tides  and  eddies  peculiar  to  the  American  seas,  add  by  a  strong., 
current  running  counter  to  the  Gulf  Stream,  from  the  Banks  of  NewfonaiElf 
land  to  Cape  Florida.     The  boisterous  and  variable  weatlier.  so  ^oAimqn 
in  this  climate,  also  tends  to  increase  the  difficulties  and  dangers  6f  bur 
coasting  trade. 

The  Charts  of  the  American  Coast  of  foreign  publication,  were  drawn 
from  information  obtained  previous  to  the  revolution,  from  the  imperfect 
sketches  of  such  ports  as  the  policy  of  the  British  government  caused  to  be 
surveyed  at  the  time  it  held  us  as  colonies.  These  were  few  in  number^ 
and,  since  the  publication  of  American  charts,  the  English  charts  have&Uen 
entirely  into  disuse.  In  general  the  mariners  were  left  to  acquire  their 
knowledge  from  the  shipwrecks  of  others.   Those  we  now  publish,  are  from 


PREFACE. 


authentic  sources ;  and  from  tlie  survoys  of  our  own  government,  the  ob* 
servution  of  shiiMnasters,  and  our  own  exertions,  ue  (hirive  thut  infornuition 
which  is  here  published  concerning  the  roast  of  tiie  Tnited  States. 

Irt  preparing  the  American  Cons/  J'ilol  for  press,  recourse  lias  been  had 
to  every  Nautical  work  of  merit ;  and  with  the  assurance  that  neither  |)aing 
nor  expense  have  been  spared,  it  is  presented  to  the  worhl  as  perfect  as  the 
nature  of  the  work  will  admit.  Every  source  of  marine  intelliii-ence  which 
our  coinitry  affords  has  bcicn  successively  resorted  to.  L(!tters  have  been  ad- 
dressed to  the  Collectors  and  Pilots  in  the  several  jjorts  of  the  United  States, 
requesting  nautical  information,  which  they  have  given  with  conunendable 
promptitude. 

Surveys,  in  pursuance  of  various  acts  of  Congress,  imve  been  made  of 
Savannah  River,  Capes  Fear,  Ifatteras,  and  Look-out,  of  the  entrance  of 
the  Chesapeake,  the  river  Darien,  Jsles  of  Shoals,  Portsmoutl*,  IJoston,  and 
Newport  Harbors  ;  copies  of  which  the  author  has  been  permitted  to  take, 
and  which  are  inserted  in  this  edition  of  the  Pilot.  These,  however,  are 
but  part  of  the  improvements.  The  Bahana  Bank,  and  the  adjacent  keys, 
which  lie  directly  in  the  course  of  all  vessels  bound  to  New  Orleans  and  lla- 
|>^  yana,  attd.  vriiiifth  haye  long  been  the  dread  of  our  West  India  marinersj 
..were  SttrveyQoln  1,S|20,  at  the  expense  of  the  &iubscriber.  The  next  year, 
Ibe  jBloop  il9r^iOt,''a  mjrveying  vessel  in  his  employ,  was  sent  to  examine  the 
l^outli  Sh'<»td> jtif  Nttntnck(|Sst,  the  extent  and  situation  of  which  he  had  long 
fjuaj^iected  to  jbe'ii!j.correcfly  desci^^^  It  was  then  appertained  that  this 

.  |ih<l^{,%hiPi  hil^  be^tjsfetyirflown  in  all  the  English  charts,  as  extending  to 
.*he  i||»«th  as  far  ti»  la|^^4^'  ^-  i"  ^^^^  terminated  in  lat.  41°  4'  N.    The 
'JlmflNO^ance  of  this  dia^|ren^  to  the  navigation  of  the  United  States,  may  be 
lonceived.    'Heretofore,  mariners  bound  from  Europe,  or  from  the 
^^^_  ports  to  New  Yorjc,  Philadelphia,  or  any  of  the  southern  j)orts,  in 
jiB^sire  to  a vqia  this  dangerous  shoal,  kept  so  far  to  the  south-east  as 
feA|to  run  into  the  Gdlf  Stream,  and  were  thereby  retarded  from  CO  to 
70  nii|e|»  jjei*  day.    Jfy  this  survey,  a  clear  nnd  perfectly  safe  channel,  twentyr 
jCvfOffniteS  wide,  is  anded  to  th^  space,  supposed  to  be  between  the  stream 
llpd  the  shoal,  whicb  will  enable  them  to  keep  more  to  the  north-west,  and 
Si^ltaie  advantage  of  the  south-west  current  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  (rulf. 
^#;^i!taTferagiB  gain  of  twenty-four  hours  may  be  thus  made  in  the  home  pasr 
"-^a^.e  of  most  European  traders. 

The  accuracy  of  this  survey,  which  was  at  first  disputed,  has  been  fuUy 
pKOV^t  by  two  diffei^nt  expeditions  subsequently  sent  from  Nantucket  to 
jaacertdiin  the  extent  of  the  shoal. 

Tbe  surveying  sloop  Orbii.  also  accompanied  a  vessel  sent  by  Capt.  Isaac 
HuU,  at  the  request  of  the  subscriber,  to  examine  St.  Ceorge's  Bank,  and 
Ihe  result  is  published  in  this  edition  of  the  American  Coast  Pilot. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  eleventh  edition,  Messrs  E.  ^  G.  W.  Blunt 
fiave  made  a  minute  survey  of  Long  Island  Sound,  and  also  completed 
itheir  survey  of  New  York  Harbor.  Great  improvements  have  been  made 
ia  the  directions  for  the  coasts  of  Newfoundland  and  Nova  Scotia,  for  which 
Jthe  author  is  indebted  to  the  surveys  of  Messrs.  Bullock,  Lane,  6>  Lockiroody 
Under  the  direction  of  the  British  Admiralty.  He  has  also  availed  himself 
jof  the  labors  of  Baron  Uoussin,  who  since  the  publication  of  the  last  edition 
jof  the  Pilot,  surveyed  the  coast  of  Brazil  from  St.  Catharine  to  M'  "anham, 
by  order  of  the  French  Government,  and  of  the  continuation  of  that  survey 
from  St.  Catharine's  to  the  River  L*  Plata,  by  Lt.  Barrel,     To  tb§  care 


:  r- 


J!* 


PREFACE. 


'g 


and  ability  of  Capt.  ICing  of  the  Uiitish  navy,  who  has  oompletod  tlic  survey 
of  iho  Straits  of  Maj^ellun,  lie  is  imlcbtt'd  for  the  dircciions  for  those  straits 
in  tlio  followiniif  'vork. 

To  Capt.  Heauj' rf,  hydroi?rapl)rr  to  the  British  Admiralty,  Capt.  R. 
Oinii  of  the  IJr'tish  iiuvy,  JJou  Mdrfin  i\  dc  Navantfc,  i:ydrggrai)lier  to 
the  Spatiisii  ^iovcrnmcnt,  Lt.  Col.  yiheN  of  the  U.  S.  topographical  en  <,Mneers, 
and  to  the  ollirors  in  tluj  JJritisli,  French,.  Danish,  and  Dutch  service,  his 
thaidvs  are  piirticiiliiriy  due  iur  the  nmv  and  vali'a!)lc  information  which 
tl ;<!y  have  voiiinturiiy  iMrnisIicd  of  tiie  roasts  th*;t  have  fallen  under  their 
observation,  and  in  a  manner  \vliicli  indicates,  that  in  their  opinion  the  ad" 
vancement  of  the  .science  of  hydrography  la  the  common  interest  of  all 
nations. 

3Iany  improvements  are  made  in  tiiis,  which  have  increased  its  contents 
one-third  over  the  last  edition,  by  sailin<^  directions  for  every  harbor  in  the 
West  Indies,  Spanish  3Inin,  Sic.  ttc.  with  a  full  description  of  the  many 
Beacons,  IJuoys,  and  the  new  Jiii^iitlioiiscs,  which  have  been  erected  on  the 
coast  of  the  U.  S.:  tog(!th(!r  with  the  alterations  thaj  have  been  made  in 
some  of  th<!  Liifhthouses,  and  a  complete  revision  cf^lho "Latitudes  and 
Louii^itudcs,  adapted  lO  rec(Mit  observations.   ^  *****''.♦*. 

These  are  |)i)rt  of  tiic  impro\cm(M\ts  of  the  present  cd|tidnf  though  some 
material  correctiotis  have  been  mnde,.  whenfiv^ the  author- wais  satisfied, 
by  the  testimony  of  mariners,  or  by  sarveys>  thffil^is  formef  directioHs'were 
inaccurate.  Alterations  li  ive  not,  liowever,  beejft<^(nade,  unless  upon  stronger 
evidence  than  what  pvoiupted  him  to  insert  t||i'originai  directions;      ^    , 

In  presentiui;  the  TliELFTH  EDITIO^mt^  A  mwican  Coa|rt  ^ilot 
to  the  public,  the  author  does  not  ilatter  himi^p^that  it<  will  prove  entirely* 
free  from  errors.     The  shiftini^  natare  of  ceftain  parts  of  ihe  ccmSf***"*''^ 
occasionally  present  deviations  from  the  present  directipns.    Impen 
too  is  the  lot  of  map,  and  in  attempting  to  give  directions- for  the  navi^al 
of  a  coast  COOO  miles  in  Icngtli,  and  which  was  discovered  lijrig  afti^'tl^j^N, 
European  coast  had  been  fully  explored,  he  is  sensible  that  he  baa;^ijii^Bii^ 
taken  a  duty,  the  performance  of  which  belonged  RATufeR  TO  THE^VllR^ 
MENT  THAN  TO  AN  INDIVIDUAL.     Of  such  a  momentous  task,  it  is  matted 
of  astonishment  that  so  much  has  been  done  ;  and  not  tlint  so  mucJ 
mains  to  be  performed.     During  the  many  years  devoted  to  its  e?tec«tiiO>i, 
his  zeal  has  not  been  excited,  nor  his  industry  quickened  by  the  conscionSr 
ness  that  he  was  engaged  in  a  brilliant  undertaking,  which  would-  attract 
the  attention  of  mankind  ;  neither  was  there  opportunity  or  place  in  a  worfc 
addressed  to  a  class  using  a  peculiar  dialect,  and  who  required  only  per- 
spicuity and  accuracy,  for  the  beauties  of  style  and  language      His  pecu- 
niary reward  has  hitherto  been  nothing,  the  profits  of  the  work  having 
been  wholly  absorbed  in  the  expense  of  improvements. 

It  is,  however,  no  small  satisfaction  to  reflect,  that  the  average  rate  of 
insurance,  since  the  first  publication  of  the  Pilot,  has  been  diminished  more 
than  one  half  upon  coa*  ting  vessels,  and  four-fifths  upon  vessels  bound  to 
New  Orleans,  and  that,  among  other  causes,  the  improvements  in  hydrdf 
graphy  mast  have  contributed  to  effect  this  great  reduction.  Still  more 
Sfitisfactory  is  liie  consciousness  derived  from  many  ])ublic  and  private  acr 
knowledgments,  that,  in  no  small  number  of  instances,  by  following  hii? 
directions,  both  vessels  and  crews  have  been  saved  from  the  rage  of  a  mevcir 
Jess  elemetitj  when  the  pilots  were  unable  Jto  come  to  their  assistance. 


^'^'. 


;  • 


vl 


PREFACE. 


This  conviction  of  iho  utility  oHm  labors  hns  cnroiirnffod  liini  to  conti- 
nue f hetn  ovtn  when  the  embnrrnsstiients  of  our  coniinnTo  luid  extimriiislu'd 
^11  cApectiUion  of  any  ndcquato  recompense.  For  the  <rrcater  part  of  his  life 
he  has  devoted  himself  to  tjje  imp'o\eiiietit  of  American  hvdro::rapliy  ;  and 
with  a  (;onstitiition  broken  by  <'\posuie  and  fatii-ia;,  un<l  a  fortune  bteraliy 
'feast  upon  the  waters,"  he  now  retires  from  the  superintendancc  of  a  work 
whicli  his  increasitig  infn-mities  will  not  permit  him  any  lnMi;er  to  contiime, 
with  an  e.vju-ession  of  gratitiule  to  that  class  of  our  citizens"^ 

"  Wliiise  march  ia  un  ilic  moiintuin  wave," 

for  the  enconragcnKMit  <:,^iven  him  in  ihcir  imiform  preference  of  his  pid)lica- 
tions,  and  parts  from  them  with  a  wisli,  thai  I  lie  Amciiani  I'odst  Pi/of  may 
long  prove  a  safe  and  unerring  guide  in  their  journcvs  tliron^^Mi  the  track- 
less ocean. 
July,  1833.  I^DMIND  M.  BLUNT. 


■9' 


P  R  E  F  A  €  JG 


/,. 


TO   THE 


fJilJiTEENTH   EDITION. 


>S 


on  for  the  press,  every  care  has  been  taken, 
made,  and  tuch  errors  as  existed  in  the  twelft^i 


ipn^nd  haVe'bccll'jdiscovered,  have  been  corrected. 

le  Editors^  feel  indebted  for  many  cominiini(;ations  to  this   work  : 

especialij  tx)  Gapt.  JJeaukoiit,  hydro^rapher  to  the  Admiralty,  for 

lie  continuation  of  his  vakiable  favors;  to  Lieut.  ]}ki:ciiy,  1{.  I\.,  and 

Kthe  ihvakiable  wprk,  jthe  English  Nautical  Magazine,  hv  edits  ;  to  Cajjl. 

P#1N,  R.  N.-'fpT  bis  surveys  of  the  Mosfpiito  Siiore  and  IJahama  Bank  ; 

|v^/|)^  LiieHt.  <JiieeNv>S^O)£:n,  of  the  U.  S.  Revenue  Service,  tor  his  descrip- 

vj;ian  of  part  of  tire  Coast  and  Harbors  of  the  State  of  Maine.     William 

^pX  feEDFlELD,  Esq.  of  this  city,  has  contributed  the  articles  on  Storms 

'Stpd  Currents., 

pjj  J^chvyet  remains  to  be  done,  to  make  this  work  as  perfect  as  the  edi- 
JirS  desirQ./"  This  only  is  to  be  attained  by  continued  industry,  by  col- 
||**;;|0l(5tin^  lind  (JaTefiflly  collating  the  various  descri|)tions  of  j)laces,  sailing 
(li^^ctiotis,  SLurveys  of  harbors,  coasts,  <fcc.     The  important  survey  of  the 
|d^E^s  Off  t\i6  United  States,  now  in  progress,  under  charge  of  Professor 
HASSLBfi,  aided  by  a  corps  of  scientific  assistants,  will  at  a  future  day  af- 
ford materials  for  farther  corrections  and  improvements.     To  this  survey 
of  the  American  coast,  and  to  the  surveys  of  the  English  and  French  by 
j^rographers,  of  the  coasts,  harbors,  &,c.  embraced  in  this  work,  to  com- 
inunications  and  sailing  directions  from  intelligent  ship  masters,  and  to  an 
extensive  correspondence,  the  attention  of  the  editors  is  constantly  directed. 
Large  appropriations  were  made,  at  the  last  session  of  Congress,  for 
*  hew  Lighthouses,  Buoys,  Beacons,  &c.  Notice  of  these  appropriations  will 
be  found  in  the  Appendix.     On  the  completion  of  any  of  these  works  due 
police  will  be  given. 
June  1,  1837.  E.  &  G.  W.  BLUNT. 


Aliiicou  L'ui 
AI)i(»l!iaH  Is 
Ahsfcuin, 
Aciil,  Hay  o 
A(liiiinilt)' 
Ailiuirar.s  ( 
AfjUiiila,  tou 
AtiuadillaH; 
A,ii,Mijas  J'o 
Aii^iu'.s  Moil 
Alcciiitia,  to 
Al(taiitra/,rs 
A'';i(li's  IviK 
Aldt'itoii  Pu 
Alsarnilia  I* 
Alii  ran  Slio 
All  Saints  1 
Allavfla  Isi.i 
Alvaradu,  (ii 
Amazon  l\i\' 
Ainoiia  Islaii 
Anegada  Isl; 
An^crstieu's 
Angostura,  C 
Angiula,  We 
Anguilla,  W 
Annapolis,  II 
Annapolis,  M 
Ann  Uapo,  T 
Annis  Sijuau 
Annotta  Bay 
Anse  a  Chou 
Anses  a  Pitn 
Anticosti  Islii 
Antigonish  I 
Antigua,  W. 
Antonio  Cap 
Antonio  Porl 
Anton  Lisad 
Anls,  Jamaii 
Apalachicola 
Apple  Island 
Apronac  lliv 
Aqua  Fort  t 
Aquin  Bay,  f 
Aracati,  towi 
Arachat  liar 
Aranza  Inlet 
Araya  Point 
Arbiichee,  ^ 
Arc6  Bay,  I 
Arenas  Islam 
Arenas  Poini 


I]\DEX. 


Pafre 

Abaoo,  IV.jliamas 047,  24!),  •^'iO 

Ahacou  I'oiiit,  .St.   Duiiiiiig ,'M'>7 

Wno\\\oH  l«4l;iriil.s,   Iha/il 5.5'^ 

Aliseciim,  N.  .M'lsey -Jlrt 

Acul,  Hay  of,  St.  Doiniimo .'$74 

.'Vdiniralfy  .Siimiil,  l',ita,'iinia (lO-J 

Adiiiiral's  Cove,    Nc\vl'<tiiii(llaii(l ll> 

Afjiiada,  tdwii,  l'f)ii()  Jvico U)  J 

Auuadilla  Bay,  I'orlo  Rico 104 

A,!;MJas  Point,  S'.  Doiiiiimo 574 

Ai,!,'ii(s  iMoiit  llail)()r,  CIrciiada l.'J'J 

Ali;aiitia,  town,  i!ia/.U .')4() 

Ali:anti"i/,t'.s   Islands,  J>ia/.il .'j')'J 

A''idi's  Ivock,  .St.  Lawiiinco 70 

Aldtnton  Point,  Massaclinsetls 17'J 

Al^arrob.i  I'oint,  Si.  Doininj^o I]7<) 

Alii.'ian  .Slnial,  (inif  of  Mexico •.'86 

All  Saints  J5ay,  JJra/il 47 

Altavela  [sland,  West  Indies 364 

Alvarado,  (JnlC  oC  jMexico.... '.>6'J 

Ania/.iin  Uivor,  Soutli  Anieiica. .  ,51'),  5-25 

Aniclia  Island,  (J('orj;ia 'J44 

Anegada  Islaml,  West  Indies 40!) 

AnsiPfstipn's  Rocks,  Bra/.ii 5.']7 

Angostura.  Ciiyana, 5"i4 

Aiigiiila,  West  Indies 257 

Aiignilla,  West  Indies 414,415 

Annapolis,  Hay  of  Kundy 127 

Annapolis,  Maryland 228 

Ann  ('ape,   INIassaeliusetts 16,'J,  174 

Annis  .S(|uani,   Massachusetts 1G2 

Ainiotta  Bay,  .Taniaica ;3'J7 

Ause  a  Chouchou,  St.  Domingo .375 

Anses  a  Pitres,  .St.  Domingo , .  ..364 

Anticosti  Island,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,    63 

Autigonish  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia f)3 

Antigua,  W.  Indies 420 

Antonio  Cape,  Cuba 351,  354 

Antonio  Port,  .famaica 308 

Anton  Lisado,  Gulf  of  Mexico 2!J6 

Anls,    Jamaica 385 

Apalachicola  Bay,  Florida 1269 

Ap|)le  Islands,  .St.  Lawrence 71 

Apronac  River,  South  America 526 

Acjua  Fort  Harbor,  Newfoundland, ...  13 

Aquin  Bay,  St.  Domingo 367 

Aracati,  town,  Brazil 535 

Arachat  Harbor,  Breton  Island. . .  .ys,  101 

Aranza  Inlet,  Gulf  of  Mexico 281 

Araya  Point,  Colombia...,, 461 

Arbiichee,  Nova  Scotia. .,.,   94 

Area  Bay,  Patagonia 602 

Arenjis  Island,  Gulf  of  Mexico 288' 

Arenas  Point,  Colombia. , , . , 4S8 


Pagi 

Ariel  Rocks,  Sotith  America ..583 

Arignole  ( 'a|)e,  .St,  Lawrenf.o 70 

Arrecibo  Harbor,  Porto  Rico 401 

Ascencao  island,  South  Atlantic 549 

Atwood's  Key,  West  Indies 313 

Al\vood's  Key  Passage,  West  Indies.. 319 

Au  Choix   Port,  Newfoundland 61 

Audierne  Island,  Newfoundland 43 

Au  Fer  I'oint,   Louisiana 279 

Aux  Basques  Port,  Newfoundland  ...  56 

Aux  Cayes,  St.  Domingo 366       «, 

Aux  (Jaul  C:ipe,  Newfoundland 45 

Aves  island,  We^t  Indies 424 

Aves  Island,  Co^gRbia 472 

Avignon  Roclt;||ti^L«WTenco 74 

BacalieU  IslagJrai,  Lajkrtenco. ; 18        >>. 

Back  J^'^f'i'^lHfHH'lM  •  •  •  ■  • ''^^'^ 

Bahama  Batfi^H|*,iV  » 1 ».. .267 

Bahama  Isluiflpf. . . .  .■, . . .' .847,  24^ 

Bahia,  Brazil:  .'.,..>  i;^. .'. ,  . .  .547- 

Bahia  Honda  Hwrbbr,  Golombia.-. . . .  .476 

Bahia  Honda  Harbor,. Cuba'. 32^- 

Bajo  Navidad  Shoal,  ■$»•  Domiugo. . .  .36d 

Baker's  Island,  Massachusetts '.^164  . 

Balize,  Honduras  . . ; 61#*<*\^ 

Bali/.e,   Louisiana •  .2^aPif^ 

Ballard  Cane,  Newfounijiand  ........   "l^   ^" 

Baltimore,  Mafylfind. ...... ; 226,'229      -a 

Bande  de  L'Arrier  Bay,  Newfoundland,  4^ 
Bane  Harbor,  Newfoundland. ........  4a  '  ,j^.s 

JJane's  Harbor,  Cuba 335^/^*1 

Banistre  Road,  St.  Domingo ,  .36i^  ' 

>Baracoa  Httrbor,  Cuba ....  i. ..,..,.  ^ .  3;31 
Baradalres  Bay,  St,  Domingo. ..  ,.^i, 38^.        " 

Barataria  Bay,  Louisiana..^; t . .  .276 

Barawally  Bay,  St,  Vmcent'a.,,,.  .;.43§.       -a 
Barbadoes,  West  Indies. . .  .^',, . , ,  .%.441 

Barbuda  Island,  West  Itidies.'. .-, ....  ;'4i9 

Barcelona,  city,  Colombia  ..... . ...» .465 

Barnegat  Inlet,  New  Jersey. . . . .  .214, 219 

Barnstable  Bay,  Massachusetts ,179 

Barranca  Point,  Patagortia. ........  *  .5&7 

Barrington  Bay,  Nova  Scotia........  ,120 

Barret's  Ledge,  St.  Lawrence 71 

Barrowsway '  iiay,.  Newfoujidlaud , . . . ,  49 
Bartiqucri  Harbor,  Cuba. . .-. . . ,. . , ,  ,341 
Bartlett's  Reef,  Long  Islantl  Spuiid, .  ,210  . 

Bashi  of  Mines,  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Basque  Island,  St,  Lawrence. . . ; 71 

Bass  Harbor,  Maine. ,  ^. I47 

Basseterre,  to^Vn,  St.  Kitts 418 

Bastimentos  Harbor,  Darien. .,»,» .v.* .494 
Batavano  Harbor,  Cuba,,,,,,,»,,.,,?^ 


Vlli 


INDEX. 


^  1 


Paf:r. 

Battle  FmIiukIs,  f^ahrjidor 1 

Bayuhii  Harbor,  St.  Domingo .'57J 

llayuu    Sr.  .Iniii,  liouisiann 'i'W 

Bay  (i(   BulU,   .NrwrinintllatKl II,  IM 

Bay  of  l''airaii(l  Fal.sP,  Newloumlland,  -^U 

Bay  of  I.slaiids,  NijwIoutidlaiKl fi'J 

Bay  of  Ishinds,  i\o»a  Scotia Kio 

Bay  (ill  iMcsjc,  St.  Domingo ;(()(( 

Bay    Holicrt's,  Ncwrouiidiaiid !(> 

Beacons 71!) 

Beata  l8land.  West  liidio.s lid.) 

Beaufort,  Nortii  t^andina ',>;{l 

Beaver  Harbor,  Nova  S(;otia 10;') 

Beaver  Harbor,   Bay  of  i'nndy i: 

Bedeqiiu  Bay,  (Juifid"  St.  liawreiice. ,  ')7 
Bedford  Bay,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ..  ')7 

Bedford  Bay,  Patagonia ()().j 

Beleiu  City,  Bra/.il 543 

Belfast  Bay,  Maine < 14.3 

Belize,    Honduras < <..««.  .515 

Belle  Harbor,  Newfoundland., «,,<...  48 

Bello  Isle,  Nowfoundiand It) 

Belinonte,  city,  Bra/.il .55:{ 

BeniiDi  Isles,  Bahamas. Uof) 

Bequin  Island,  West  ludie^ ' 4.')') 

BerbicQ  River,  Guayna 6i»-i,  6'JH 

,  Berkeley  Sound,  Falkland  Island ». . .  ..587 
Biprmija  Islands,  Gulf  of  Mexico. .  .  .2H8 
Bermadits  Islands ......    308 

*Berry  Islands,  Bahamas 248,  262 

Beverly  Harbor,  Massachusetts *. 4. <.  165) 
Bk'inland,  St.  Lawrence...., .,<,.. 70,  78 

Rirton  Harbor,  NovaScotia<4  4«  .«.104 
Head  Harbor,  Maine 138 
[slands,  St,  Lawrence 88 

Bi|;d's  Islandsr  West  Indies 424 

Bwhop's  Reef,  West  Indies 318 

Black  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 7 

Slack  Head  Bay,  Newfoundland 22 

Black  River,  Jamaica 3'J3 

Black  River,  Guatemala 509,  512 

Black   Rock  Harbor,  L.   I.  Sound,  204, 

206,  213 

Blanca  Island,  Colombia <  .466 

Blanco  Cape,^  Patagonia, .694 

Bbck  Island,  Connecticut 187,  206 

Block  Island  Channel 187,  194 

Blowmedown  Cape,  Bay  df  Fundy  . .  .127 

Bluefield's  Bay,  .Tainaica 394 

Bluefield's  Lagoon,,Guatefnala 504 

Blue  Hill  Bay,  Maine 141 

Blue  Pinion  Harbor,  Newfoundland  . .   48 

Bluff  Cape  Harbor,  Labrador 4 

Boat  Harbor,  Newfoundland 42,  62 

Bocas,  Gulf  of  Paria 451,  454 

Boca  Grande  Bank,  Colombia 482 

Bombay  Hook,  Delaware  Bay 221 

Bonacca  Island,  (iuatemaia 510 

Bonavista  Bay,  Newfoundland 22 

Bonaventure  Town,  Nova  Scotia 90 

Bonne  Bay,  Newfoundland 50,  59 

Bonnetta  Cove,  Nova  Scotia 120 

Boon  Island,  Maino 154 

Borracha  Island,  Colondjia 472 

Boston  Harbor,  JMassachusetts. .  .171,  174 


Pdpr. 

Bouchasie  Bay,  I'ufa({onia dOH 

Bou;;ainvill(«  l!;iy,  I'atayonia Mih 

Bou^u^•  1  III. ■!,  .North  Caroliiia 2;..') 

M«iwlic;ir  lliiilior,  Mainr VM 

Boxy  Harlior,  Xrwroimillaiid H 

Brailor  llarhor,  St.  Lawrtiicc 7 

Brandy  I'ots,  St.  liawrrnets 7>) 

Braiidywini'  Slioal,  Delaware  Bay  . . .  .221 

Brazil,  coiistH  of 5;i;) 

|{ra/.il  lt«i(l».  N(.va  Scotia 121 

Bra/.o  dr  Santiago -jh'T 

Bra/.os  Kivcr,  (i.  of  Mexico 2Hl 

i»rid^c|iort,  (  (iiiin'cticut 213 

Bridgetown,  BiubadocH 441 

Briers  Islimd,  liiiy  of  I'lindy I26 

Bri!;us  Bay,  Ni'wV.iuiidland 14,  I6 

l)rion  Isliind,  St.  Liiwrcncr HH 

Bristol  llarluir,  Rhode  Island 201 

Briton  HarlH)r,  Newfoundland 49 

Broad  Sound,  Maine 150 

Brooke's  Harbor,  Patagonia ti(l2 

Brown's  Bay,  Patagonia 605i 

Broyle  C.ipe,  Newfoundland 14 

Brnnct  Island,  Newfoundland 46 

Brunswick,  North  Carolina 2.37 

Bnciios  Ayrrs,  I'.ra/.il .'",70,  6H3 

Biiffft  Ilatbov,  Newlbuiidland 41 

ISiioys 719 

liurgco  Islands,  Newfoundland 53 

lUiiin  Bay,  Newlbniidlaiid 44 

Burnt  Island,  Maine 149 

Buzzard's  Bay.  Massachusetts.. .  I9I,  197 
Bynoe  Island,  Patagonia 60& 

'     C 

Cabanas  Port,  Cuba 358 

Cabonico  Port,  Cuba 3;53f 

Cabron  ( 'ape,  St.  Domingo. 369 

Cabroiige  Point,  St.  Domingo 370 

C'acana,  St.  Lawrence 71 

Calcasii  Rio,  (J.  of  Mexico 280 

Camden  1  iarbor,  Maine 141 

Camel's  Island  Harbor 31 

Campeche,  G.  of  Mexico 285,  29.'> 

Canipo  Bello,  Passamaquoddy  Bay...i;)5 

Canada  Bay,  Newfoundland 32 

Canada  Head,  Newfoundland 32 

Cananova  Port,  Cuba 333 

Candelaria,  Bay  of,  Daricn 489 

Canso  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 102 

Cape  Aim  Harbor,  Massachusetts  , , .  .163 
Cape  Bioyle  Harbor,  Newfoundland..    14 

Cape  Charles  Harbor,  Labrador 1 

Cape  Cod  Harbor,  Massachusetts  . . .  .177 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  Massachusetts  174 
Cape  Fear  River,  North  Carolina  . . .  .236 

Cape  Ilaytien  City,  St.  Domingo 374 

Cape  Porpoise  Harbor,  Maine 156 

Cape  Roger  Harbor,  Newfoundland  . .  42 
Ca|)e  Rouge  Harbor,  Newfoundland..   33 

Cape  Split  Harbor,  Maine 147 

Capliii  Bay,  Labrador 6 

Caplin  Bay,  Newfoundland 14 

Carapano,  town,  Colombia .457 

Carbbniere  Islaad,  St.  Lavrcnce  .....  Vf 


II 


Cardigan 

Cariaciiii 

Cariacou  I 

(Jaribana  I 

Caribbc  1> 

Carlisle  \\. 

r;iulit  Isj.i 

Junboii  1 

(.'ariboii  P 

Carriage  i 

Carthagen; 

Cartwrighi 

Carysfort'.- 

Cascadc  I 

Cashes  Lr 

Castiiie,  M 

Castle  Hai 

Castle  Isl; 

Cusiim|)ic. 

Catalina  I 

Cat  Island, 

Cat  Island, 

('atoche  (ja 

("alda  I'ort, 

Cavaillon  B 

Cavite  Harl 

Caxa  de  Mi 

Cayaguanei 

(y'aycos  Pas 

(Jaycos,  W'l 

(Jayenne,  S( 

Carymans,  ] 

Caballos  Po 

Chaleur  J!a> 

Chaleur  Bat 

(Jhaiice  liar 

Chandeleiir 

('handler's  1 

Change  Islai 

C'hapeau  Ro 

Charles  Cap 

Charles  Islai 

■  Cliagres,  Da 

(Miarles  Islai 

Charleston, 

Charlotte  H 

Chat  Cape,  I 

Chateaudin 

Chateau  Ba) 

Chatham  Hi 

Chebucto  H 

Cliedabucto 

(Chesapeake 

Chichiriuich 

Chjgnato  Ba 

Chincoteagu 

Choiseul  Ba 

Chouchu  Ba 

Christianstat 

Cinq  Isles  B 

Cispater  Hai 

Clatise  Harb 

Clouds  .. .. 

Clode  Sounc 

Coach  Islanc 


INDEX. 


IX 


..  H 
..  7 
. .  7') 
.  .',"21 

.  .I'ji 

..•JH2 

.  .','Hl 
.  .'JKi 
..441 
..l'J(. 
14,  lf> 
..  HH 
..QOl 
..  4!) 
..1.50 

..r.o'i 

..605 
..  14 
,..46 

...a.*}? 

0,  .5h;{ 

,..   41 

,..71<> 
...53 
...44 
.  ..14'> 
^1,  l')7 
..60& 


.358 
..'5:53 

.37a 
.   71 

.280 
.141 
.  31 

29;> 
,i;i5 

,  32 
.  32 
.333 
.489' 
,10-^ 
.163 
.  14 
.  1 
.177 
Its  174 
.  .236 
..374 
156 
42 
..  33 
..147 
.  6 
.  14 
.457 
.  17 


Carili^an  Hay,  Ci.  Sf.  Lawrenco 'X> 

(,'iiriuciiu  (iuir,  ('oloiiiliiii 462 

(jiiriiiciiu  Ishiiid,  \Vt'j<t  Indies 43'J 

(.';iril>.Mia  I'uint,  (JoloiiiiH.i 4HH 

(/'aribbf  Islatirls,  C'oloiiiljia 407  | 

( 'ailislt!  May,  Jamaica 3');i  I 

Tiilit  Islaiiil,  W'citt  Indies lOl  j 

.'ai'iljiiu  llai'ltor,  rSuvu  ticotiu 93  | 

( laril)Ou  I'oirit,  8t.  liawrenrc ()6 

(Carriage  Harbor,  May  of  Fundy 130 

(Jarlliu^iMia,  <  'oloinhia ihl 

(Jartwn^lit'.s  Harbor,  Labrador 6 

Caryslort'.s  KfcC,  j'iorida 262 

(Cascade  Harl)or,  I'al.iLjonia 609 

< 'ashes  (jimI^o,  Matisucliusetts 164 

('astinc,  iNIaniu Ill,  143 

Castle  Harbor,  iirrniudas 309 

Oastlij  Island,  West  Indies 313 

Casuinpic!  Hmbor,  (J.  St.  Lawrence..   97 

Catalina  Harbor,  Nuwtouhdland 210 

('at  Ishtnd,  Louisiana .273 

Cat  Island,  West  Indies 311 

Catoelu!  (."ape,  (i.  of  Mexico 284 

Calda  I'ort,  (.'iiba 346 

(availlon  Hay,  St.  I)ominj;o 3()6 

Cavite  Harbor,  Haiien  .  , 490 

Caxa  de  Muertos,  West  Indies 402 

Cayamiane(|ue  Harbor,  Cuba 332 

Caycos  J'assai^e :i21,  322 

CaycoH,  West  Indies 320,  323.  324 

Cayenne,  South  America 519,  527 

Carymaus,  West  Indies , .  .399 

Cai)ailos  I'ort,   Cuba 333 

Ciialeur  liay,  NewlLunilland 51 

Chaleur  i5ay.  Nova  Scotia 89 

(Jliance  Harbor,  New  foundland 40 

Chandelcur  Islands,  Louisiana 273 

(.'handler's  Reach,  Newfoundland....   24 
Change  Island  Tickle,  Newfoundland.   29 

('hapeau  Rouge,  Newfoundland 55 

(Jharles  C'ape,   Jjabrador 1 

(Jharles  Island,  Labrador 1 

•  Chagres,  Darien 496,  497 

(Miarles  Islands,  Patagonia 6,  11 

Charleston,  South  Carolina 239 

(Charlotte  Harbor,  Labrador 1 

Chat  Cape,  St.  Lawrence 65,  6i^ 

Chateaudin  Harbor,  St.  Domingo  . . .  .366 

(Jhafeau  Bay,  Labrador 1 

Chatham  Harbor,  Msssnchusetts.  182,185 

Chebucto  Head,  Nova  Scotia 109 

Chedabucto  Bay,  Briton  Island 101 

Chesapeake  Bay 226 

Chichiriuiclie  llarbor,  Colombia 470 

Chignato  Bay 127 

Chincoteague  Shoals,  Maryland 218 

Choiseul  Bay,  Patagonia 612 

Chouchu  Bay,  St.  Domingo 374 

Christianstadtj  town.  West  Indies  ....413 

Cinq  Isles  Bay,  Newfoundland 48 

Cispater  Harbor,  Colombia 487 

Clatise  Harbor,  Newfoundland 41 

Clouds 691 

Clode  Sound,  Newfoundland 24 

Coach  Island,  Colombia. 461 


2* 


Page 

Coehinan  Bay,  Cuha .'t4d 

Chiliinas  IsLindii,  (iuuteniala 511 

C'oddlis  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia t%Q3 

('odora  (.'ape,  ('uiumliia 467 

Cod  Kay  Island,  Newfoundland 57 

(Johasset  Roikit,  Mass 172 

Colares,  town,  Bra/.il 543 

Colinet  Itay 38 

C(dlier's  May,  Newfoundland 16 

('ol(iiiil)ia,  coast  of 457,  4H3,  485 

Colaria,  Bra/.il 670 

(Jolorado  River,  (Julf  of  Mexico 227 

( 'olorado  Rt'cf,  Cuba 357 

Cohnnbier  Islaiul,  Newfoundland 45 

(.'(Hianicut  Island,  Rhode  Island 199 

( !onceicao,  town,  Bra/.il 561 

(Jonception  Bay,  Newfoundland 16 

(J(Uiception  Island,  West  indies .313 

(Jonck  Harbor,  Newf-mndland  ,..,...  33 
(Jonnaigre  Harbor,  Newfoundland  ....  49 

(Jonnecticut  Kiver 205 

Connoire  Bay,  Nowfoundland 54 

Cook  I'ort,  Patagonia 602 

(Jook's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 3a 

Corbin  Bay,  Newfoimdiand 48 

(Jorbin  Harbor,  NewfiQundland  ...... .  44 

Cordcs  Bay,  Patagonia  ., .,  .\: 6,  10 

Cornfield  llarbor,  MuryUiU(4«  '.  .^  . . ,.  .227 

Cornwallis,  Bay  OfVuoilx 127 

(Jorrieutes  Cape,  Cuba 360 

( 'ountry  Harbor,  Notfa  Scotia 103 

Cow  Head,  Newfoundland ...   6Q 

(Joy  Inlet,  Patagonia. ...,,.....,..,  .%^ 
Co/.unuc  Lsland,  (iuatemala. ......    ,  .^ifi 

(Jrab  Island,  West  Indies 401 

( Irane  Island,  St.  Lawrence 74 

Craney  Island,  Virginia  . ., 924 

('romwallier  Harbor,  Newfoundland, . .  34 
Crooked  Islands,  W.  Indies.  .313,  31 1,  316 

Croque  Harbor,  Ncwfonndland 33 

Cross  Island,  St.  Lawrence 88 

Cross  River,  Maine .161 

Crow  Harbor,  Breton  Islands 101 

Cruz  Harbor,  Colombia  . . . . , 468 

Cuba  .  .• , 329 

Cuidado  Reef,  West  Indies, ,,..,...  .318 

Culter  Harbor,  Labrador 1 

Cuniana,  town,  Colombia ,  .4(53 

Cumaribo,  town,  Colombia 470 

Cumberland  Harbor  , ,342 

Cuinl)erland  Harbor,  St.  Lawrence,,.     8 

Curazao,  Colombia , 472 

('urlew  Harbor,  Labrador  . . , 5 

Currituck  Inlet,  North  Carolina. ....  ,233 

Curuan,  town,  Colombia , 467 

Currents  .,...,., , 674 

Cutleau  Bay,  Newfoundland 54 

Cutwell  Harbor,  Newfoundland 29 

Currents,  atmospheric 694 

D 

Damariscotta  River,  Maine 145 

Damnable  Harbor,  Newfoundland....  26 

Dantzic  Cove,  Newfoundland 46 

Darien,  Georgia , 243 


m 


INDEX. 


If%* 


Page 

Dartmouth  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 113 

Dauphin  Island,  Louisiana '^73 

Dauphin  Port,  St.  Domingo 37:2 

Dawson  Island,  Patagonia bOl 

Dawson's  Cove,  Newfoundland 4y 

Dead  Islands  tiarbor,  Newfoundland..  55 

Dead  Man's  Chest,  Porto  Rico 402 

Dead  Man's  Harbor 4 

Deamon  Point,  St.  Lawrence 65 

Decker's  Narrows,  Maine 161 

Deep  Inlet,  North  Carolina 235 

Deer  Harbor,  Labrador 2 

Deer  Harbor,  Newfoundland 1<) 

Degrat  Harbor,  Newfoundland 35 

Delaware  Bay 220 

Del  Norte  River,  Gulf  of  Mexico 2H2 

Delute  Harbor,  Passamacjuoddy 135 

Demarara,  South  America 520,  523 

Dennis  Harbor,  Massachusetts 183 

Descondida  Point,  Gulf  of  Mexico... 282 

Deseada,  West  Indies 36o 

Despair  Bay,  Newfoundland I9 

Devil's  Bay,  Newfoundland 51 

Diana  Reef,  West  Indies 314 

Diegos  Islands,  West^Indies, . , 450 

Dildo  Harbor,  Newfoundland 18 

Disappointment  Bay;  Pata^jOnia 610 

Dobay  Sound,  Georgia 243 

Dog  Island,  Louisiana 273 

Dominico-  West  Indies 427 

Doable  Headed  Shot  Keys 257 

Douglass,  town,  Nova  Scotia 89 

Dover  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 103 

Dry  Harbo",  Jamaica. 397 

Duck  Harbor,  Labrador 4 

Durell's  Ledge,  Newfoundland, , 128 

Dyer  Cape,  Patagonia 604 

Dyer's  Bay,  Maine 138, 147 

Dynely  Sound,  Patagonia 604 

E 

Eagle  Bay,  Patagonia 607 

Eagle  Cove,  Labrador 4 

Eagte  Harbor,  Labrador 9 

Eddisto,  South  Carolina 240 

Egniont  Cape,Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence..  97 

Eleuthera  Island,  West  Indies 311 

Elizabeth  Cape,  Maine 160,  153 

Enganno  Cape,  St.  Domingo 361 

Engine  Harbor,  Nawfoundland 33 

English  Bank,  St.  Lawrence 73 

English  Harbor,  Antigua. 420,  422 

Englif^  Harbor,  Newfoundland 20 

Snglish  Harbor,  Newfoundland 47 

Enraged  Cape,  Bay  of  Fundy 1 28 

Enragee  Point,  Newfoundland 56 

Ensenada,  Brazil 583 

Escondido  Harbor,  St.  Domingo 363 

Escondido  Harbor,  Trinidad 450 

Escondido  Port,  Cuba 341 

Escribanos  Harbor,  Darien 492 

Esmeralda  Bay,  Colombia 458 

Espirito  Santo  Bay,  Brazil 551 

Esquimaux  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 8 

{Esquimaux  lalaud,  St.  Lawrence, .  •  • .  64 


Page 
Esquimaux  Islands,  St.  Lawrence...     8 

Esquimaux  River,  St.  Lawrence 8 

Ksscquibo  River,  Guyana 529 

Etansr  Harbor,  Bay  of  Fundy 132 

Exhuma  Island,  West  Indies 312 


Facheux  Bay,  Newfoundland 51 

Fairweather  Cape,  Patagonia 59.1 

Falkland  Islands 5«4 

Fallen  City,  West  Indies... 410 

Falmouth,  Nova  Scotia 127 

Falmouth  Harbor,  Antigua 420,  422 

Falmouth  Harbor,  Jamaica 396 

False  Cape,  Virginia 223 

False  Cape  Horn,  Patagonia 627 

Famine  Port,  Patagonia 600 

Favorite  Cove,  Nova  Scotia 120 

Fear  Cape,  North  Carolina 235 

Fenirrie  Harbor,  Newlbnndland 47 

Fermose  Harbor,  Newfoundland 13 

Ferniowcs  Harbor,  Newfoundland  ....   13 

Fernando  Noronha,  Brazil 532 

l''erroIle  Bay,  Newfoundland 61 

Ferrolie  Harbor,  Newfoundland 61 

Ferrolle  Point,  Newfoundland 61 

Ferryland  Harbor,  Newfoundland  ....   14 

Ferrjland  Head,  Newfoundland 45 

Fields  Bay,  Patagonia 605 

Fincham  Islands,  Patagonia 623 

Fire  Island  Inlet,  Long  Island 213 

Fisher's  Island,  Connecticut 201 

Fishing  Ship  Harbor,  Labrador 3 

Five  Fathom  Bank 321 

Five  Islands  Harbor,  Antigua 421 

Fleur  de  Lis  Harbor,  Newfoundland..  31 

Flores  Bay,  Patagonia 614 

Florida  Reef 258,  262 

Fogs 691 

Fogo  Islands,  Newfoundland 28 

Fond  la  Grange  Bay,  St.  Domingo. . .  375 

Formigas,  West  Indies 385 

Fort  Royal,  Martinique 430,  436 

Forteau  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 7 

Forlescue  Bay,  Patagonia 611 

Fortune  Bay,  Newfoundland 46,  49 

Fortune  Harbor,  Newfoundland 29 

Fortune  Island,  West  Indies 313 

Fouchce  Cove,  Newfoundland 32 

Fourchu  Cape,  Nova  Scotia 125 

Fox  Island,  Labrador 3 

Fox  Island,  Newfoundland 39 

Fox  Island  Passage,  Maine 140 

Francois  Bay,  Newfoundkaid 51 

Franklin  Light,  Maine 145 

Frayles  Island,  Colombia 460 

Frederickstaed,  town.  West  Indies  ...413 

Freels  Cape,  Newfoundland 26,  28 

Frencli  Cove,  Nova  Scotia 112 

French  Keys,  West  Indies 319,  322 

Frenchman's  Cove,  Newfoundland. . . .  47 

Freshwater  Cove,  Patagonia 609 

Froward  Cape,  Patagonia 609 

Frying  Pan  Shoal,  North  Carolina.... 235 
Fuerte  Island,  Colombia , 487 


INDEX. 


xi 


PnsTc  I 

Fundy,  Bay  of.  Nova  Scotia 123,  1.5.3  ! 

Kiiiik  Islan'l,  NowCounillaiid 28  ; 

Fury  llarljor,  Patagonia 603  i 


G 

Gaharu."  Bay,  Breton  Island 

(iabricl  Channel,  Patagonia 

(lalliboy's  Harbor,  Newfoundland  . . . . 
(lalloping  Andrews,  Newfoundland  ... 

Gaitaus  Harbor,  Newfoundland 

(ralvcstou  Bay,  Gulf  of  Mexico 

Gammon  Point,  Massachusetts 

Gannet  Rock,  Bay  of  Fuudy 

(iannets,  Labrador 

Gardiner's  Bay,  New  York 

(Jardiner's  Island,  New  York 

(iaria  ]?ay.  Newfoundland 

(larroti  1 J  arbor,  Darien 

Gaspe  Bay,  Nova  Scotia ; . . . . 

(iay  Head  Lighthouse,  Mass.... 187, 

George's  River,  Maine 

Geors^e's  Shoals 

(reorgetown.  District  of  Columbia. . . . 

Georgetown,  South  Carolina 237, 

< Jcorgctown,  Toba-^o 

Gibara  Harbor,  Cuba 

(rilbert's  River,  Lfti)rador 

Glasgow  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 

Gloucester  Cape,  Patagonia 

Gloucester  Harbor,  Massachusetts. . . . 

Gloucester,  Virginia 

Goldsborough  Harbor,  Maine 


Gonaives  Harbor,  St.  Domingo  . . . 

Good's  Bay,  Patagonia 

Good  Success  Cape,  Patagonia  . . . 

Goose  Bay,  Newfoundland 

(ioose  Harbor,  Newfoundland 

Goose  Island,  St.  Lawrei.ce 74, 

Gracios  a  Dios  Cape,  Guatemala. . 

Grafton  Islands,  Patagonia 

Grammer's  Rocks,  Newfoundland  . 

(Jranadines,  West  Indies 

Grand  Bay,  Newfoundland 

Grand  Bruit  Harbor,  Newfoundland... 
Grandfather's  Cove,  Newfoundland  ... 

Grand  le  Pierre,  Newfoundland 

Grand  Manan,  Maine. 

Grand  Passage,  Bay  of  Fundy 

Grand  Turk,  West  Indies 

Great  Adventure  Cove,  Newfoundland 
Great  Bay  de  I'Eau,  Newfoundland. . . 
Great  Barrysway  Harbor,  Newfound.. 
Great  Burin  Harbor,  Newfoundland. . . 

Great  Cat  Arm,  Newfoundland 

Great  Chance  Harbor,  Newfoundland, 
^reat  Coney  Arm,  Newfoundland  . . . . 

Great  Corn  Island,  Guatemala 

Great  Egg  Harbor,  New  Jersey 

Great  Gallows  Harbor,  Newfoundland. 
Great  Ilarljor  Deep,  Newfoundland... 

Great  Harbor,  Newfoundland 

Great  Isaac,  Bahamas 

Great  Jarvis  Harbor,  Newfoundland. . . 
Great  Metis  St.  Lawrence  .......... 


101 

602 

54 

43 

2-0 
183 
132 
5 
20G 
210 

55 
494 

8") 
18'J 
144 
lf)5 
227 
238 
443 

3;?i 

4 
103 
623 
164 
233 
138 
378 
640 
630 
24 
34 
80 
508 
624 
41 
439 
56 
54 
32 
47 
136 
126 
327 
25 
49 
53 
43 
32 
23 
32 
506 
219 
42 
32 
54 
256 
50 
77 


Pafre 
Great  Quirpon  Harfjor,  Newfoundland  .35 

(ireat  River,  Guatemala 507 

Great  Round  Harbor,  Newfoundland. .  30 
Great  Salmon  River,  Newfoundland  ..  38 
(treat  Sandy  Harbor,  Newfoundland.,  40 

Great  Sh  )al,  St.  Lawrence 67 

Great  South  Harbor,  Newfoundland  . .  40 
Great  St.  Julien  Harbor,  Newfoundland  33 

Green  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 17 

(Jreen  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 118 

Green  Island,  Newfoundland 45 

Green  Island,  Nova  S'-otia 113,  115 

Green  Island,  St.  Lawrence 78 

Greenport,  Nev/  York 212 

(Jreenspond  Tickle,  Newfoundland  ...  27 

Greenville  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 97 

Greenville,  town,  Grenada 439 

Gregory  Cape,  Patagonia 697 

Grenada,  West  Indies 439 

Grenville  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 97 

Griguet  Bay,  Newfoundland 34 

Guadaloui)e,  West  Indies 424 

Guaianaco  Islands,  Patagonia ...636 

Guanahani  Island,  West  Indies 311 

Guanico  Harbor,  Porto  Rico  . . .  .403,  406 

Guantanaiuo  Harbor,  Cuba 342 

Guaratuba  River,  Brazil ....562 

Guarico  Harbor,  St.  Domingo  .......373 

Guaurabo  River,  Cuba .'.... .  «if3i9 

Guayamo  Bay,  Porto  Rico 402 

Gulf  of  Paria 444,  450,  452 

Gulf  Stream 649,  666 

Gull  Island,  Long  Island  Soimd 210 

Gull  Rock,  Newfoundland... 35 

Guirior  Bay,  Patagonia .615 

Gun  Bay,  Patagonia 615 

GutofCanso 94 

Guyana,  South  America 519,  530 

Guysborough  Harbor,  Breton  Island.. 102 
Guy's  Cove,  Maine 145 

H 

Ha  Ha  Bay,  Labrador, 9 

Ha  Ha  Bay,  Newfoundland 35,  53 

Hail 691 

Haldimand  Port,  Nova  Sco^ia 120 

Halifax,  Nova  Scotia  , 108,  110 

Hampton  Harbor,  New  Hampshire  ...159 

Hampton  Roads,  Virginia 224 

Hanover  Island,  Patagonia 640 

Hant's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 18 

Harbor  Grace,  St.  Lawrence 17 

Harbor  Island,  Bahamas 248 

Harbor  of  Mercy,  Patagonia 621 

Hare  Bay,  Newfoundland 51 

Hare  Harbor,  Labrador 6 

Hare  Islands,  Labrador 3 

Hare  Island,  St.  Lawrence, 72 

Harpswell  Sound,  Maine 151 

Harrington  Harbor,  G.  of  St.  Lawrence  97 

Harris  Bay,  Patagonia 603 

Hatteras  Cape 233 

Haute  Island,  Bay  of  Fundy 128 

Haut  Fond  Shoal,  St.  Domiago 371 


Xil 


iNDtlX. 


Pac:r 

Havana,  Cubd....«., 3;{9 

Havre  de  Grace,  Mar^jland 231 

Hawke  Bay,  Labrador 4 

Hawkins'  Bay,  Patagonia, . ....  * 609 

Hawkc's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 6l 

Hay ti.  West  Indies »....«.  359 

Haytien  Cape,  West  Indies 322 

Head  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 112 

Head  Harbor,  Passamaquoddy  Bay... 135 
Heart's  Content  Harbor,  Newfoundland  18 

Heneagua  Great,  West  Indies 317 

Heneagua  Little,  West  Indies 318 

Henlopen  Cape,  Delaware 22o 

Henry  Cape,  Virginia .  .222,  225,  233 

Henry  Port,  Patagonia 634 

Hermitage  Bay,  Newfoundland 50 

Herring  Cove,  Massachusetts 178 

Herring  Gut  Harbor,  Maine I4G 

Herring  Gut,  Maine 145 

Hickman's  Harbor,  Newfoundland. . . .  19 

Hidden  Harbor,  Patagonia 609 

Hidden  Harbor,  St.  Domingo 363 

Hillsborough  Bay,  G.  of  St.  Lawrence  97 

Hogoheehee  River,  Georgia 243 

Hogaties,  West  Indies 3i7 

Holderness  Island,  Nova  Scotia 113 

Hole  in  the  Wall,  Bahairas 248,  250 

Hdlland  Cape,  Patago^i4.^ 610 

Hdllamd  Harbor,  Gulf  qf  ^^.gjawrence    97 

Holme's  Hole,  Massac^usetft 183,  I9I 

Honduras  Bay,  Guatemala 512 

Hood  Port,  Breton  Island 99 

Hooping  Harb6r,  Newfoundland 32 

Hope  Harbor,  Patagonia 624 

Home  Island,  Louisiana 273 

Home  Islands,  Newfoundland 31 

ttorton.  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Hubert's  Cove,  Nova  Scotia 112 

Huntington  Bay,  Long  Island  Sound  .205 

Huntington,  Connecticut 202 

Hurricane  Bay,  Bahamas 248 

Hurricanes  (W.  C.  Red;field  on) 697 

Hussey's  Sound,  Maine 152 

Hyannes  Harbor,  Massachusetts 183 

Hypocrite  Passage',  Massachusetts. . .  .173 

I 

Ignacio  Bay,  Patagonia G37 

Ilha  Grande  Bay,  Brazil 556 

Independent  Hiirbor,  Labrador 6 

Indian  Arm,  Newfoundland 23 

Indian  Cove,  Patagonia 627 

Indian  Keys,  Cuba 353 

Indian  Sound,  Patagonia 627 

Ingornachoix  Bay,  Newfoundland....  60 

Ingram  River,  Nova  Scotia 112 

Inhabitant  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 94 

Inman  Bay,  Patagonia 609 

Inman  Cape,  Patagonia 623 

Ipswich  Bay,  Massachusetts 162 

Iron-bound  Island,  Nova  Scotia 113 

Isabella  Point,  St.  Domingo 370 

Isle  au  Haut,  Penobscot  Bay 137 

Isles  of  Shoals,  New  Hampshire 158 

Isthmus  Bay,  Labrador 6 


Page 

J 
Jackson's  Arm,  Newfoundland  ..*....  ^'i 

Jaquemel  Harbor,  St.  Domingo 3{i4 

Jagua  Harbor,  Cul)a ;j4rt 

Jamaica,  West  Indies M^rt 

Jardinellos,  Cuba, . ., 851 

Jardines,  Cuba 351,  356 

Jean  Rabcl  Harbor,  St.  Domingo  . . .  .376 

Jebogne  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 125 

Jedore  Harbor,  Nov?.  Scotia 106 

Jegogan  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 104 

Jeremie,  St.  Domingo np:} 

Jerome  Channel,  Patagonia Gl2 

Jestico  Harbor,  Breton  Island 99 

Jesuits  Sound,  Patagonia. 637 

John's  Bay,  Maine 1  "> 

John's  Bay  Harbor,  Maine 144 

John  River,  Nova  Scotia 92 

Jones  Harbor,  Maine 139 

Jnde  Cape,  Newfoundland 43 

Judith  Point,  Rhode  Island 199,  202 

Jururu  Port,  Cuba 334 

K 

Kate  Harbor,  Newfoundland 23 

Kamaraska  Islands,  ."■  r.  Lawrence  .  .72,  80 

Keel's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 23 

Kelly  Harbor,  Patagonia 637 

Kenipe  Harbor,  Patagonia 609 

Kennebec  River,  Maine 149 

Kennebunk  Harbor,  Maine 156,  157 

Keppel  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 106 

Key  Biscayno,  Florida 247,  363 

Key  Largo,  Florida 247,  261 

Key  West,  Florida 257,  266 

King  and  Fitzroy  Islands,  Patagonia.  .604 

King's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 53 

Kingston,  St.  Vincent's 438 

L 

Labrador,  coasts  of 1 

Labrador  harbor,  St.  Lawrence 7 

La  Bras  d'Or  harbor,  J3reton  Island  . .  99 
La  Caleta,  anchorage,  St.  Domingo    .  .361 

LaCey  harbor,  Newfoundland 30 

La  Coue  harbor,  Newfoundland 55 

La  Coiite  harbor,  Newfoundlaml 47 

La  Ouayra  Port,  Colombia 467 

Laguna,  city,  Brazil 566,  567 

La  Ilacha,  city,  Colombia 477 

La  Hnne  Bay,  Newfoundland 52 

La  ITune  Cape,  Newfoundland 51 

La  Moine  harbor,  Newfoundland 52 

L'Ance  de  Loup,  St.  Lawrerce 7 

L'Ance  rUnion,  Newfoundland 32 

Langley  Island,  Newfoundland 46 

La  Perche  hari)or,  Newfoundland 41 

Largent  Bay,  Newfoundland 47 

La  Poile  Bay,  Newfoundland 54 

Lark  Harbor,  Newfoundland 59 

Larido  Bay,  Patagonia 599 

Last  Hope  Inlet,  Patagonia 641 

La  Fete  harbor,  Bay  of  Fundy 1 32 

Latitudes  and  Longitudes 674 


T,atnur  Port, 
La  Vache  Islal 
La  Vela  dc  CJ 
La  Villa  Caj)el 
Laun  Bay,  Ne| 
Laun  Islands, 
L'Kbcrt  Port, 
Leeward  Bay,  I 
Leeward  Islanl 
Le  Have  Rivei| 
Lcith  harbor, 
Lennox  Island! 
Lepreau  PointI 
Le  Procheur,  1 
Levantados  Re 
Level  Bay,  Pal 
Lcwiston  Roa(| 
Lighthouses 
Lion's  Den,  NI 
Liscomb  harbo 
Little  Hay,  St. 
Little  Catalina 
Little  Cat  Ann 
Little  Coney  A 
Little  Cornlsl; 
Little  Egg  Hai 
Little  Fish  Ha 
Little  Gallows 
Little  harbor  D 
Little  harbor,  I 
Little  harbor,  ^ 
Little  Isaacs,  E 
Little  Round  h 
Little  River,  N 
Little  Sandy  ha 
Little  South  ha 
Liverpool  Bay, 
Livisa  harbor,  ( 
Lloyd's  harbor, 
Lobster  harbor, 
Lockwood's  Fu 
Londonderry,  I 
Long  harbor,  I 
Long  Island,  B 
Long  Island  ha 
Long  Island,  N 
Long  Island  S( 
Long  Island,  \ 
Long  Reach,  I 
Long's  Wharf 
Lookout  Cape, 
Lopez  Cape,  S 
liord  Nelson's 
liouisbourg  ha 
Lucea  harbor, 
Lunenburg  Ba 
Lyuuhavcn  Ba 


Maces  Bay,  Bi 
Machado  Capi 
Machapungo  S 
Machias,  Main 
Machias  Seal  ] 
Madisoaville,  ] 


INDEX* 


XllI 


Tiatour  Port,  Nova  Scotia 120 

La  Vache  Island,  West  Indies 3^).') 

La  Vela  de  Coro,  town,  Colombia  . . .  .471 

La  Villa  dxpe,  Colombia 477 

Laun  Ray,  Newfoundland 45 

Laun  Islands,  Newfoundland 45 

L'Kbcrt  Port,  Nova  Scotia 117 

Leeward  Bay,  Patagonia 641 

Leeward  Islands,  Wesi  Indies 409 

Le  Have  River,  Nova  Scotia 115 

Lcitli  harbor.  Nova  Scotia Ill 

Lennox  Islands,  Patagonia G-i'J 

Lepreau  Point,  Nova  Scotia l.'?0 

Le  Procheur,  town,  Martinique  ....  .4.'35 

Levantados  Road,  St.  Domingo 368 

Level  Bay,  Patagonia 643 

Lewiston  Roads,  Delaware 2'il 

Lighthouses    719 

Lion's  Den,  Newfoundland 24 

Liscomb  harbor.  Nova  Scotia 104 

Little  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 8 

Little  Catalina  Bay,  Newfoundland...   21 

Little  Cat  Arm,  Newfoundland 32 

Little  Coney  Arm,  Newfoundland 32 

Little  Corn  Island  , Guatemala 505 

Little  Egg  Harbor,  New  Jersey 219 

Little  Fish  Harbor,  St.  Lawrence 9 

Little  Gallows  Harbor,  Newfoundland.   42 
Little  harbor  Deep,  Newfoundland. ...  32 

Little  harbor,  Newfoundland 40,  54 

Little  harbor,  Nova  Scotia 106 

Little  Isaacs,  Bahamas 255 

Little  Round  harbor,  Newfoundland  . .   30 

Little  River,  North  Carolina 235 

Little  Sandy  harbor,  Newfoundland...  40 
Little  South  harbor,  Newfoundland. . .   40 

Liverpool  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 116 

Livisa  harbor,  Cuba 333 

Lloyd's  harbor,  Long  Island  Sound... 205 

Lobster  harbor,  Newfoundland   31 

Lockwood's  Folly  Inlet,  N.  Carolina.  .237 

Londonderry,  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Long  harbor,  Newfoundland 48 

Long  Island,  Bay  of  Fundy 126,  131 

Long  Island  harljor,  Newfoundland  ...   50 
Long  Island,  Newfoundland. ..  .24,  41,  50 

Long  Island  Sound 213 

Long  Island,  West  Indies 311 

Long  Reach,  Patagonia 646 

Long's  Wharf  harbor,  .Jamaica, 390 

Lookout  Cape,  North  Carolina 234 

Lopci^  Cape,  St.  Domingo 364 

liord  Nelson's  Strait,  Patagonia 631 

liouisbourg  harbor,  Breton  Island. . .  .101 

Lucea  harbor,  Jamaica 395 

Lunenburg  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 115 

Lynnhavcn  Bay,  Virginia 224,  233 

M 

Maces  Bay,  Bay  of  Fundy 130 

Machado  Cape,   Patagonia 636 

Machapungo  Shoals,  Virginia 223 

Machias,  Maine 138,  141 

Machias  Seal  Island, ^ay  of  Fundy.. 132 
Madisoaville,  Louisiana 273 


Page 

Magalhaen's  Strait  of,  t*atSgon'ia. 595 

Magdalen  Islands,  St.  Lawrence 87 

Magdalena  River,  Colombia 478 

Mahone  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 131 

Maize  Cape,  Cuba. 361,  340 

Malabar  Cape,  Massachusetts 182 

Mai   Bay,  Newfoundland 38 

Mai  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 89 

Maldonado,  Bra/.il. 570,  579 

Malpec  harbor,  (hilf  of  St,  Lawrence,    97 

Manan  Islands,  Bay  of  Fundy, 130 

Manare  harbor,  Colombia 464 

Manati   Port,  Cuba 335 

Manchester  harbor,  Massachusetts. . .  .169 

Manheigan  harbor,  Maine 148 

Manheigan  Island,  Maine 144 

Manicougan  Point,  St.  Lawrence. .. .  46 

Manoel  Lui/,  Shoal,  Brazil 538 

Man/.anares  River,  Colombia 478 

Mnn/.anilla  Bay,  St.  Domingo 372,  377 

Manzanilla  harbor,  Darien 496 

Manzanilla,   Cuba 344 

Marabona  Bay,  Jamaica 396 

Maracaybo,  Gulf  of,  Colombia 474 

Maranhani,  Brazil .540 

Maravi  Port,  Cuba .^32 

Marblehead  harbor, Massachusetts.*..  .1$9 

March  harbor,  Patagonia. ,v.'^^6 

Margaret's  Bay,  ;Nova  Scofia '^^l'i2 

Margarita  Island',  Colombia 469 

Maria  Port,  Jamaica .397 

Marie  Galante  Island,  West  Indies.  ..42S 

Mariel  Port,  Cuba '..... . . .  .359 

Marcuria  River,  South  America .528 

Marnham  Port,  Labrador 2 

Maroni  River,  South  America ..538 

Marsh  Bay,  Maine .141, 

Martha  Brae  harbor,  Jamaica 396 

Martha's  Vineyard,  Massachusetts. . .  .188: 

Martinique : 429^ 

Martin  Vas'  Rocks,  South  Atlantic. .  .647 

Masio  Port,  Cuba ..346 

Mason's  Bay,  Bay  of  Fundy 150 

Mata  harbor,  Cuba. 331 

Matagorda,  town.  Gulf  of  Mexico  . . .  .281 
Matamoras,  town.  Gulf  of, Mexico. . .  ,282 

Matane  River,  St.  Lawrence 62 

Matanzas,  Cuba 339 

Matanzas,  Florida   .........261 

Matomkin  harbor,  Virginia 223 

Matoon  Port,  Nova  Scotia 117 

Mavinga  harbor,  Darien 492 

May  Cape,  New  Jersey 220 

Mayaguana  Island,  W.  Indies  318,  319,  320 

Mayaguez  harbor,  Porto  Rico 403,  405 

May  Point,  Newfoundland 46 

Mazaredo  Bay,  Patagonia 609 

Mecatina  Island,  Labrador 9, 10 

Melville  Sound,  Patag^oria .....604 

Meogene  Island,  Bay  of  Fr.ndy 129 

Merasheen  Islands,  Newfoundland. ...  41 

Merchantman  harbor,  Labrador 3 

Mermentao  River,  Gulf  of  Mexico... 280 

Meteorology 689 

Metway  Port,  Nova  Scotia 116 


XIV 


INDEX. 


1  l"v  'k 


Page 

Midflle  Arm,  Newfoundlniid ol 

Middle  Ground  and  Bank,   St.   Law- 
rence;   72, 73 

Middle  Island,  Newfoundland 4:} 

Middieburgh  town,  Ciuayana 529 

Middle  Race  Rock,  Long  Island  Sound  209 

Milford  Haven,  Breton  Island 102 

Mille  harbor,  Newfoundland 47 

Mille  Vache  Point,  St.  Lawrence. ...  68 
Miquelon  Island,  Newfoundland. ..  .46,  49 
Miragone  harbor,  St.  Domingo. ..... .382 

Mirapor  Voa,  West  Indies. 31.3 

Miray  harbor.  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence..  % 

Mirimachi  Bay,  Nova  Scotia 91 

Mississippi  River 276 

Mistanog-je  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 8 

Mitford  Rees  Point,  Patagonia 639 

Mobile,  Alabama 272,  274 

Mob  Jack  Bay,  Virginia 225 

Mochima  harbor,  Colombia 463 

Mona  Isle,  West  Indies 360 

Mongon  Cape,  St.  Domingo 363 

MonUlo  Keys,  Cuba 337 

Monita  Isle,  West  Indies 360 

Monomoy  Point,  Massachusetts 184 

Monos  Island,  Colombia 464 

Montauk  Pwint,  Long  Island  194,  206,  210 
Monte  Chtisti  Reef,"  St.  Domingo.  .  .  .371 

Mo»te  ChristiRoad,  St,  Domingo 378 

Monte  Video,  Braail;^. .' . . .  .570,  577,  580 

MoDtego  Bay;  Jamaica. ., 395 

MoDtpelo  Cape,  St.  Lawrence 65 

Montserrat;  West  Indies 424 

Moose  Island,  Maine 135 

Moose  Peak  R,each,  Maine 148 

Morant  Keys,  Jamaica 385 

Morant  Port,  Jamaica 398 

Morro  Blanco,  Colombia 458 

Mooosquillo,  Gulf  of,  Colombia 486 

'  Mortier  Bay,  Newfoundland 43 

Mosquito  Coast,  Guatemala 512 

Mosqnito  harbor,  Newfoundland 52 

Mount  Desert,  Maine. .' 136,  137,  138 

Mauton  Port,  Nova  Scotia, 117 

Muia's  Poiiit,  Cuba 334 

Murray. harbor..  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.   96 

Muscle  harbor,  Newfoundland 41 

Mushaboon  harbor.  Nova  Scotia 105 

Musquash  harbor,  Bay  of  Fundy 130 

Musquito  harbor,  Mame  . . , 149 

Musquito  Inlet,  Florida 246 

N 

Nantucket  harbor 186 

Nantucket  Lighthouse 184 

Nantucket  Shoals 186 

Nantucket  South  Shoals 188,  192,  194 

Naos  harbor,  Dnrien 497 

Narango  Port,  Cuba 334 

Narborough  Peckett's  harbor,  Patago.  598 

Narragauset  Bay,  Rhode  Island 199 

Narrow  Gauges,  Maine ...148 

Nash  River,  Patagonia .612 

Nassau,  Bahamas 248,  310 

9au  Bay,  Patagonia. , , .628 


Pactt 

Nassau  Islands,  Patagonia 6(iB 

Nausot  harbor,  Massachusetts 182 

Navas  Port,  Cuba ;j;)i> 

Nava/.a  Islands,  West  Indies 3h5 

Navy  Bay,   Diirlen 497 

Neddnck  Cape,  Maine 15(J 

Negrillo  Shoal,  Colombia 481 

Negrillo  Shoal,  (Julf  of  Mexico 288 

Negro  Cape,  Brazil 549 

Negro  Cape,  Nova  Scotia II9 

Netsbuctoke,  Labrador 6 

Neuman  Inlet,  Patagonia 639 

New  Amsterdam,  Guiana 522 

New  Bedford,  Massachusetts 195 

Newbury  port,  Massachusetts 159 

New  Carlisle,  Nova  Scotia 90 

Newcastle,  Delaware 221 

Newfoundland  and  Banks 12 

New  Harbor,  Newfoundland 27,  47 

New  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 103 

New  Haven,  Connecticut 212 

New  Inlet,  North  Carolina 233,  236 

New  London,  Connecticut 207,  211 

Newman's  Sound,  Newfoundland 24 

New  Meadow  River,  Maine 151 

New  Orleans,  Louisiana 274 

New  Point  Comfort,  Virginia 225 

Newport,  Rhode  Island 199 

New  Topsail  Inlet,  North  Carolina 235 

Nevis  Island,  West  Indies 417 

New  York  harbor  and  bay 214,  219 

Nicaragua,   coast  of 501 

Nick's  Mate,  Massachusetts 172 

Niger  Sound,  Labrador 1 

Nipe  harbor,  Cuba 333 

Nipisighit,  Breton  Island 90 

Nipper's  harbor,  Newfoundland 30 

Nod'ly  harbor,  Newfoundland 35 

Nombre  de  Dios  harbor,  Darien 493 

Nonsuch  harbor,  Antigua 420 

Norfolk,  Virginia 22r> 

North  Broad  Cove,  Newfoundland  ....  25 

North  Cape,  Breton  Island 57 

Northeast  Arm  harbor,  Newfoundland .  55 
North  Eddisto  Inlet,  South  Carolina.  .240 

North  harbor,  Newfoundland 34,  38 

North  Inlet,  Nortli  Carolina 237 

Norwalk,  Connecticut 202 

Nossa  Senhora  do  Desterro,  city,  Bra- 
zil  565,  567 

Notch  Cape,  Patagonia 616 

Nuevitas,  Cuba 335 

Nutlaud  Bay,  Patagonia 605 

O 

Oar  Bay,  Newfoundland 51 

Obstruction  Sound,  Patagonia 642 

Occasional  harbor,  Labrador 4 

Ocoa  harbor,  St.  Domingo 363 

Oco  Rios  harbor,  Jamaica 397 

Ocracock  Inlet,  North  Carolina 234 

Old  Cape  Francois,  St.  Domingo 370 

Old  harbor,  Jamaica 390 

Old  Jerusalem,  West  Indies 410 

Old  Man's  Bay,  Newfoundland 52 


INDEX. 


XV 


PufiC 

Old  Matacumhe 2G0,  iJ(i4 

Old  Point  Coiiiloit,  Virginia 2J1,  'J'2i3 

Old  Proprietor,  Bay  of  Fundy 131 

(.)ld  Stamo  harbor,   Massachusetts Ida 

Old  Topsail  inlet,  North  Carolina '234 

Olimla  City,  Brazil 544 

Omoa  harbor,  (iiiatemala 512 

Onslow,  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Open  Bay,  Patagonia 643 

Ora  Cabecca  harbor,  Jamaica ,3'J7 

Orangp  Bay,  Newfoundland 32 

Orange  Bay,  Patagonia, 627 

Orange  Keys,  ]}ahamas. , '<J5'2 

Orinoco  River,  S.  America.  .5vi0,  524,  52'J 

Orleans  Island,  St.  Lawrence  * 75 

Oruba  Island 473 

Osorno  Bay,  Patagonia .014 

Otter  Bay,  Newfoundland 55 

Otway  Port,  Patagonia 63!) 

Owl's  Head  harbor,  Maine 142 

Owl's  Head  harbor.  Nova  Scolia 106 

Owl's  Head,  Nova  Scotia \V1 

Oyapoc  River,  South  America 5'  ti 

Oyster  Bay,  Long  Island  Sound 205 

Oyster  Pond  Point,  Long  Island. 209,  212 

P 

Padre  Port,  Cuba 335 

Pampetai,  town,  Colombia 460 

Pamtico  Sound,  North  Carolina 234 

Paquet  harbor,  Newfoundland 30 

Para,  Brazil 541 

Paradise  Sound,  Newfoundland 42 

Paramaribo,  Surinam 528,  529 

Parangua,  Brazil 562 

Park  Bay,  Patagonia 604 

Parkham  harbor,  Antigua  . . , 422 

Parry  harbor,  Patagonia 603 

Partridge  Bay,  Labrador 4 

Partridge  Island,  Bay  of  Fundy 129 

Pasa  del  Caballo,  Gulf  of  Mexico 281 

Passage  Island,  West  Indies 313 

Passamaquoddy  Bay,  Maine 134 

Pass  Island,  Newfoundland 49 

Patagonia,  coast  of 587 

Patapsco  River,  Maryland 231 

Patuxent,  Rhode  Island 200 

Patuxent  River,  Maryland 228 

Peake  Bay,  Jamaica 391 

Peale  Inlet,  Patagonia 642 

Pearl  Lagoon,  Guatemala 504 

Pedro  Bay,  Jamaica 393 

Penguin  Islands,  Newfoundland 51 

Penmequids  harbor,  Maine 144 

Penobscot  Bay  and  River,  Maine ..  142,  143 

Pensacola,  Florida 271,  274 

Perlican,  Old  and  New,  Newfoundland,  18 

Pernambuco,  Brazil 534,  544 

Petit  Fort  harbor,  Newfoundland 42 

Petit  Passage,  Bay  of  Fundy 126 

Petty  Harbor,  Labrador 2 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 222 

Phillip  River,  Nova  Scotia 9^ 

Picarre  Harbor,  Newfoundland 60 

Fictou,  Nova  Scotia 93 


'        Page 

Piedras  Keys,  Cuba 337 

I'ilgriin  Islii-ids,  St.  Lawrence 72 

Pities,  Isle  of 352,  354 

Piper's  Hole,  Newfoundland 40 

Pistolet  Bay,  Newfoundland 35 

Pitts  Harbor,  Labrador 1 

Placentia  Bay  and  harbor.  Newfound..  39 

Pleasant  River,  Maine 148 

Plum  Island,  Long  I.  Sound,  207,  209,  "212 

Plum  Island,  Massachusetts 159 

Plymouth  Harbor,  Massachusetts  175,  176 

Pocklington,  Labrador 1 

Page  Cape,  Massachusetts 184 

Polluck  Shoal,  Nova  Scotia 107 

Ponce,  Porto  Rico 402 

Ponchartrain  Lake,  Louisiana 273 

Pope's  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 106 

Porpoise  Cape,  Maine 105 

Port  au  Petre,  Guadaloupe 425 

Port  au  Prince,  St.  Domingo 380 

Port  Bonaventure,  Newfoundland 19 

Port  Caballos,Guatemala 611 

Port  Cavallos,  Guatemala 511 

Port  Clerke,  Patagonia ^ 626 

Port  Desire,  Patagonia 589 

Port  d'Espagne,  Trinidad 460 

Port  El  Rogue,  Colombia .....471 

Port  Francois,  St.  Domingo ....37.4 

Port  Grave,  Newfoundland 16 

Portland  Harbor,  Jamaica.... 392 

Portland,  Maine 152 

Port  Maxwell,  Patagonia  ....'. 629 

Porto  Bello,  Darien ", .  .495,  49» 

Porto  Cabello,  Colombia  ....'.. 469 

Porto  Rico,  West  Indies 400,  404 

Porto  Securo,  Brazil 552 

Port  Paix,  St.  Domingo 376tt 

Port  Plata,  St.  Domingo 370- 

Port  Royal,  Jamaica 388^ 

Port  Royal,  South  Carolina 240 

Portsmouth,  Doujinica 428 

Portsmouth,  New  Hampshire. . .  .157,  161 

Porv'  St.  Elena,  Patagonia 687 

Portuguese  Ascension,  South  Atlantic  «9 

Posadas  Bay,  Patagonia 614 

Possession  Bay,  Patagonia .596 

Potomac  River 228 

Prado,  city,  Brazil 553 

Presque  Harbor,  Newfoundland ......   41 

Prince  Amilca  River,  Guatemala 507 

Prince   Edward's   Island,  Gulf  of  St. 

Lawrence 96 

Prince's  Bay  Lighthouse,  New  Jersc"    !17 

Prospect  Harbor,  Maine 138 

Prospect  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 124 

Providence  Cape,  Patagonia 618 

Providence  Channel,  Bahamas 250 

Providence  Island,  Guatemala. ...... .506 

Providence,  Rhode  Island 20O 

Provincetown  Harbor,  Massachusetts  .174 

Puerta  de  Plata,  St.  Domingo 370 

Puerto  Real,  Jamaica 406 

Purcell  Island,  Patagonia 638 

Purwick  Cove,  Newfoundland 3X 


XVI 


INDEX. 


Page 


Q 


Quaco,  Bay  of  Fuudy 128 

Quebec,  Canadii 76,  8.'3 

Quirpon  harbor,  Newfoundland. , .  .uo,  30 
Quirpon  Island,  MewfoundJand 34 

R 

Race  Cape,  Newfoundland 13, 720 

Race  Point,  Massachusetts 177 

Racoon  Keys 'Z'6'J 

Ragged  harbor,  Newfoundland a8 

Ragged  Island,  Bahamas 315 

Rain 6^1 

Ram  Islands,  Newfoundland 3!) 

Ramier  ha-'.or,  Newfoundland b2 

Ramsheg  he    or.  Nova  Scotia 91> 

Random  Souna,  Newfoundland J!) 

Raphael  Cape,  St.  Domingo 351,  3(jrt 

Rappahannock  River,  Virginia. .  .226,  232 

Raspberry  harbor.  Nova  Scotia 103 

Rattan   Island,  Guatemala .510 

Ray  Cape,  Newfoundland 50,  720 

Razade  Islands,  St.  Lawrence 71 

Red  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 7 

Redfield  W.  C.  on  Storms  and  Hurri- 
canes.  697 

Red  harbor,  Newfoundland 42 

Red  Island  harbor,  Newfoundland. ...  53 

Bed  Island,  Newfoundland 41 

Rod  Island,  St.  Lawrence 71 

Redonda  Island,  West  Indies 424 

Reedy  Island,  Delaware  Bay 221 

Rencontre  Bay,  Newfoundland, 51 

Rtfljowes  harbor,  Newfovndland 13 

Riipde  Island  Harbor 198 

Richibucto  harbor,  Nova  Scotia. 91 

Richmond  Bay,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence   97 

Rich  Point,  Newfoundland 61 

Riding  Rocks,  Bahamas 253 

Rio  Bucnq  har'  ir,  Jamaica 397 

Rio  de  la  Plata,  Brazil 569 

Rio  Grande,  Brazil. 553 

Rio  Grande  de  San  Pedro,  Brazil 568 

Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil 555 

Rio  Negrq,  South  America 584 

Rio  San  Francisco,  Brazil 562 

Ristigquche  harbor.  Nova  Scotia 90 

River  Islands,  Labrador 1 

River  Plate,  Brazil 569 

Road  of  Naso,  Loursiana .276 

Robin  Hood's  Bay,  Newfoundland. ...  20 

Roccas,  Brazil 553 

Roche  Avignon,  St.  Lawrence 74 

Rockaway  Inlet,  Lonr  Island 214 

Rock  harbor,  Newfoundland 43 

Roman  Cape 238 

Romano  Cape. 266 

Romano  Key,  West  Indies 335 

Rosario  Islands,  Colombia 485 

Rose  Blanche  liarbor,  Newfoundland. ,  55 

Rotte  Bay,  Newfoundland 64 

Round  harbor,  Labrador 3 

Round  harbor,  Newfoundland 50 

^0X0  Cape,  Gulf  of  Mexico 306 


Page. 
Rugged  Island  harbor.  Nova  Scotia. .  .118 
Rum  Key,  West  Indies 31ii 

S 

Saba  Island,  West  Indies 417 

Sabanilla  harbor,  Colombia , . .  .4;(« 

Sabine  River,  (<ulf  o.'  Mexico Q^^o 

Sable  Cape,  Nova  Scotia 1^0,  121 

Sable  Island,  Nova  Scotia 1:^1,  717 

Sable  Kiver,  Nova  Scotia 117 

Saco,  Maine i5(i 

Saddleback,  Newfoundland ....   43 

Sag  hatbor,  New  York ....212 

Sagona  Island,  Newfoundland 46 

Sail  harbor,  Maine 140 

Saintes  Ishind,  West  Indies 4-,>6 

Salado  River,  Colombia 4^8 

Salaniaruiuilla  island,  Colombia 486 

Salem  harbor,  Massachusetts 107 

Salinas  Harbor,  Port  Rico 402 

Salinas  Point,  .St.  Domingo 36'J 

Salisbury  Beach,  Massachusetts 100 

o  It  Key  Bank ...  .257 

Salt  Key,  West  Indies 327 

Salt  River,  Jamaica 391 

Salvage  Bay,  Newfoundland 26 

Saniana  Bay,  St.  Domingo 308 

Sama  Tort,  Cuba 334 

Sambro  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia Ill 

San  Antoi  !o   Port,  Patagonia 60I 

San  Bartholo;''ew  Cape,  Patagonia. . .  .631 

San  Bias  Channel,  Patagonia 634 

San  Bias.  Gulf  of,  Darien 491 

San  Diego  Cape,  Pat,.gonia 630 

Sand  Key,  Florida 1>47,  260,  262 

Sand  Key,  West  Indies 326 

Sandwich  Bay,  Labrador 6 

Sandwich  Harbor,  Massachusetts  174,  179 

Sandy  Bay,  Guatemala 513 

Sandy  Bay,  Labrador 5 

Sandy  Bay,  Massachusetts 162 

Sandy  Bay,  Patagonia   634 

Sandy  Hook,  New  Jersey 217 

Sandy  Island  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 8 

Sandy  Point,  Nantucket 183 

Sandy  Point,  Patagonia 599 

San  Estevan  Channel,  Patagonia 642 

San  German,  town,  Porto  Rico 405 

San  Juan  de  Nicaragua,  Darien 503 

San  Pedro  Sound,  Patagonia. 609 

San  .Sebastian  Harbor,  Brazil 566 

San  Tadeo  River,  Patagonia 638 

Santa  Anna,  city,  Brazil 507 

Santa  Cataliua  Island. . , 506 

Santa  Cruz  Bay,  Colombia 404 

Santa  Cruz  Isiind,  West  Indies 413 

Santa  Fe,  Gulf  of,  Colombia 404 

Santa  de  la  Marina,  Gulf  of  Mexico.  .283 

Santa  Lucia  Cape,  Patagonia 034 

Santa  Martha  Harbor,  Colombia 478 

Santee  River,  South  Carolina 238 

Santiago,  Barra  de  Texas 282,  720 

Santiago  Cape,  Patagonia , 634 

Santo  Anna  Point,  Patagonia 600 

Santos  Port,  Brazil 559 


Sapelo  IshI 
Sarmiento] 
Saunde's 
Saumar'  z 
Savanna  d« 
Savannah 
Savannah 
Savage  Col 
Savage  Haj 
Say brook, 
Scarborouil 
Scatari  Isll 
Schapenhril 
Schetky  Cl 
Scituate  Hi 
Scuttock  l{ 
Sea  Bear  i| 
Sea  BreezcT 
Sealing  BiJ 
Seal  Island 
Seara  Tow 
Secretary  ^ 
SedgerRiv 
iSeguine,  JV 
Selina,  tow 
Serpent's  I 
Serrana  Ke 
Severn  Riv 
Shallow  B 
Shallow  ay 
Shecatica 
Sheep  Kej 
Sheepscut 
Sheet  Harl 
Shelburne 
Shelter  Isl 
Sherbiook 
Ship  ilarb^ 
Ship  Harb 
Shoal  Bay, 
Shoals,  Isl 
Sholl  Bay, 
Shut-In  h 
Silver  Key 
Silver  Key 
Sir  John 

gonia. . 

Sisal,  towi 

Sisal  Shos 

Sisibou  R 

Smitli's  Is 

Smith's  S 

Smithville 

Smyrna,  1 

Smyth  Hi 

.Snug  Hai 

Soan  Isl? 

Sola  Islet 

Sombrero 

Sophia  H 

South  C 

South  Et 

Southwai 

Spaniard' 

Spanish  ' 


INDEX. 


XVU 


tia...ll8 
aiL' 


417 
470 

1-J 
7]' 
..117 
.,15() 
..  43 
..LM13 
..  46 
..14'2 
..4 -,'6 

.Am 

..4H6 
..167 
..402 
..'MVl 
..160 
..257 
..327 

..syi 

,.   26 
.368 
.334 
.111 
.601 
.631 
.634 
.491 
.630 
60,  262 
...326 
...     6 
M,  179 
..513 
,.     5 
..162 
..634 
..217 
..     8 
..183 
..599 
.642 
.405 
.503 
.609 
.566 
.638 
.567 
.506 
.464 
.413 
.464 
.283 
1.634 
.478 
.238 
,  720 
.634 
.600 
.569 


Page 

Sapelo  Isli\n(l,  Georgia 243 

Sariniento  Channel,  Patagonia 042 

Saunde  's  Port,  Nowl'oundl.jd do 

Saumar'z  Island,  Patagonia 642 

Savanna  de  la  Mar,  St.  Doniingo 369 

Savannah  de  la  Mar,  'amaica 394 

Savannah  River,  (Georgia 242 

Savage  Cove-,  Newfoundland 62 

Savage  Harbor,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. .  97 

Saybrook,  Connecticut 203,211 

Scarborough,  Tobago 442 

Scatari  Island,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  .100 

Schapenham  Bay,  Patagonia 623 

Schetky  Cape,  Pa';i?,onia 623 

Scituate  Harbor,  Massachusetts 175 

Scuttock  Island,  Maine 147 

Sea  Bear  Bay,  Patagonia 590 

Sea  Breezes 696 

Sealing  Bight,  Jjabrador 3 

Seal  Islands,  Labrador 5 

Seara  Town.  Brazil 536 

Secretary  Wren's  Island,  Patagonia. .  .611 

Sedger  River,  Patagonia 607 

Seguine,  Maine 147 

Selina,  town,  Brazil 540 

Serpent's  Island,  West  Indies 401 

Serrana  Keys,  West  Indies 507 

Severn  River,  Virginia 226 

Shallow  Bay,  Labrador 6 

Shalloway  Island,  Newfoundland 44 

Shecatica  Bay,  S*   Lawrence 8 

Sheep  Keys,  Bahamas 254 

Sheepscut  River,  Maine 149 

Sheet  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 105 

Shelburne  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 118 

Shelter  Island,  New  York 211 

Sherbiook  Tower,  Nova  Scotia 109 

Ship  II:.rbor,  Newfoundland 39 

Ship  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 94,  106 

Shoal  Bay,  Nova  Scotia lOo 

Shoals,  Isles  of.  New  Hampshire 158 

Sholl  Bay,  Patagonia 603 

Shut-In  Harbor,  Newfoundland 19 

Silver  Key  Bank,  West  Indies 328 

Silver  Key  Passage,  West  Indies 329 

Sir  John  Narborough's  Islands,  Pata- 
gonia  621 

Sisal,  town.  Gulf  of  Mexico 284 

Sisal  Shoal,  Gulf  of  Mexico 286 

Sisibou  River,  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Smith's  Island,  Maryland 223 

Smith's  Sound,  Newfoundland 19 

Smithville,  North  Carolina 235 

Smyrna,  Florida 241,  261 

Smyth  Harbor,  Patagonia 606 

Snug  Harbor,  Labrador 4 

Soan  Island,  West  Indies 361 

Sola  Islet,  Colombia 461 

Sombrero  Island,  West  Indies..  .414,  720 

Sophia  Harbor,  Labrador 2 

South   Carolina 241 

South  Eddisto  Idlet,  South  Carolina.  .240 

Southward  Bay,  Newfoundland 23 

Spaniard's  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 17 

iSpaaish  Town,  West  Indiet ....409 

3* 


Pagt 

Spear  Harbor,  Labrador 2 

Spotted  Islands,  Labrador 5 

Spry  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 106 

Square  Handkerchief,  West  Indies... 328 

Sijuare  Island,  harbor,  Labrador ,     4 

St.  Andrew's  Bay,  Florida 270 

St.  Andrew's  Harbor,  Bay  of  Fundy.. 132 
St.  Andrew's  Island,  West  Indies  504,  605 

St.  Andrew's  Sound,  Patagonia 642 

St.  Ann  Harbor,  Curazao 473 

St.  Ann's  Bay,  St.  Domingo 397 

St.  Ann's  Harbor,  Breton  Island 99 

St.  Anthony's  Harbor,  Newfoundland     34 

St.  Antonio  Cape,  Brazil 544,  547,  673 

St.  Antony  Cape,  Patagonia 631 

St.  Augustine  Cape,  Brazil 646 

St.  Augustine,  Florida 245 

St.  Augustine  Port,  Labrador 9 

St.  Barbe,  Bay  of  Newfoundland 68 

St.  Bartholomew's  Islands,  W.  Indies  416 

St.  Bias  Cape,  Florida 267,  274 

St.  Catherine's  Island,  Brazil 563 

St.  Catharine's  Sound,  Georgia 243 

St.  Croix  Island,  West  Indies 413 

St.  David's  Sound,  Patagonia 612 

St.  Domingo,  city. , .361 

St.  Domingo  Island,  West  Indies.... 369, 
St.  Esprit  Reef,  West  Indies. .,,,...  .4w 

St.  Estevan  Gulf,  Patagonia 6S$ 

St.  Eustatius,  West  Indies •^4|7 

St.  Fernando  River,  Gulf  of  Mexico.. 2^ 
St.  Francis  Cape,  Newfoundland, ....   15 

St.  Francis  Harbor,  Labrador, .......     3 

St.  Francis  River,  Gulf  of  Mfexico. .  .285> 

St.  Francois,  Guadaloupe 425 

St.  Genevieve  Bay,  Newfoundland....  61 

St.  George  Cape,  Florida SpS^ 

St.  George's  Bay,  Newfoundland. ..  ..'|l| 

St.  George's  Bay,  NoVa  Scotia ,  94 

St.  George's  Town,  Greijada .,,,....  ,4^ 

St.  Gregory  Cape,  Newfoundland 69 

St.  Helena  Sound,  South  Carolina.. .242 

St.  .lacques,  Newfoupdland 48 

St.  .Tagode  Cuba ; 343 

St.  Jago,  St.  Domingo...'.,... 370 

St.  John,  Bay  of,  Newfoundland 61 

St.  John's,  Florida 245 

St.  John  Island,  West  Indies 411 

St.  John's  Harbor,  Antigua 423 

St.  John's  Harbor,  Bay  of  Fundy  128, 129 

St.  John's  Harbor,  Newfoundland 15 

St.  John's  Island,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  96 
St.  Juan  Harbor,  Porto  Rico.... 400,  401 

St.  Kitt's,  West  Indies 418 

St.  Lawrence,  Gulf  of , 87 

St.  Lawrence  Harbor,  Newfoundland      44 

St.  Lawrence  River, 63,  74,  76 

St.  Louis  Bay,  St.  Domingo 366 

St.  Louis  River,  Labrador 2 

St.  Louis,  town,  Gaudaloupe .428 

St.  Lucia,  West  Indies 437 

St.  Luis  Harbor,  Brazil 538 

St.  Lunaire  Bay,  Newfoundland 34 

St.  Marco  Bay,  Brazil 538 

St.  Mark  Cape,  St.  Domingo 37^ 


XVIU 


INDEX. 


Page 

St.  Mark's,  FloridR 2C7,  L>6<) 

St.  Martin's  Island,  West  Indies 415 

St.  Mary  Cape,  i  ra/.il 571',  578 

St.  Mary  Point,  V  atagonia 5<)') 

St.  Mary's  JJay,  IJay  of  Fundy 126 

St.  Mary's,  Gt'uigia 244 

St.  iMary's    'liver,  Maryland 227,  232 

St.  Mary's  River,  Nova  Scotia 104 

St.  Michael's  ]iay,  Labrador 4 

St.  Nicholas  Bay,  Pat;ij;onia 608 

St.  Nicholas  Harbor,  'Juif  of  St.  Law- 
rence     66 

St.  Nicholas  Mole,  Sti  Domingo 377 

St.    Paul's  Island,  Gulf  of  St.    Law- 
rence  57,  87,  720 

St.  Peter's  Bay,  Labrador 1 

St.  Peter's  Harbor,  G.  of  St.  Lawrence  97 

St.  Peter's  Island,  Newfoundland 45 

St.  Pierre,  Martinique 429, 434,  436 

St.  Roipie  Capo,  Brazil 534 

St.  Riryas  Bay,  Florida 270 

St.  Salvador  Bay,  Brazil 547 

St.  Sebastian,  town,  Brazil 558 

St,  Simon's  Sound,  Georgia 244 

St.  Thomas,  West  Indies 412 

St.  Valentyu  Cape,  Patagonia 603 

Si.  Vincent  Cape,  Pataaonia. .  „ 630 

St.  Vlpbent'Si  West  Indies 438 

^tat^D  Islapd,  Patagonia 631 

Steivart's!  Birjr,  P.atae;onia 615 

Stirrup  JC|>,  ffahamas 252 

Sto.qington.  Harb.>r,  Connecticut 2rtl 

Stoqo  Inlet,  South  Carolina 240 


Testigos  Islands,  Colombia 457 

Texas . ,  2n2 

Thatcher's  Island,  Ma8sacl\usetts  174,  175 

Thomas  C'ai)e,  Brazil .550 

Three  Fathoms  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia.  .107 

Three  Points  Cape,  Patagonia 634 

Three  Rivers,  (lulf  of  St.  Lawrence. . .  96 
Throg's  Point,  Long  Island  Sound  ...205 

Thunder  Storms  and  Gusts 69i 

Tiburon  Ca^)e,  St.  Domingo 384 

Tichfield,  town,  Jamaica 398 

Tides 668 

Tiger  Point,  Gulf  of  Mexico 280 

Timbalier  Island,  Louisiana 278 

Titmanan,  Maine 138 

Tobago,  West  Indies 442 

Tolu,  town,  Colombia 486 

Torbay  Harbor,  Nev.foundland 15 

Torbay,  Nova  Scotia 103 

Tortofa  Road,  West  Indies.  .409,  410,  "11 
Tortue,  Channel  of,  St.  Domingo  . . .  .376 

Tortue  Island,  West  Indies. 322 

Tortuga  Island,  Colombia 466 

Tortugas,  Florida 247,  258 

Toubalier  Island,  Louisiana 278 

Toulinguet  Harbor,  Newfoundland  ...   30 

Town's  End  Harbor,  Maine 145,  149 

Tracadia,  St.  Lawrence 97 

Trade  Winds 694 

Traverse,  St.  Lawrence 74 

Treble  Island,  Patagonia 626 

Trebiippy,  Guatemala 514 

Tres  Montes  Cape,  Patagonia 649 

Storjmy  Bay,  Patagonia 604  !  Tres  Puntas,  Colombia, 457 


Storm$,  ( W.  C.  Redfieia  on) 697 

Stratford  Point,  Connecticut 203 

Suliiytiq's  Island,  South  Carolina 239 

Suotmer's  Islands 208 

Sll,|ii>ury,  Georgia. 243 

Sundy  Cape,  Patagonia 622 

Surinam,  South  America. . .  .520,  521,  528 

Suwanee  River,  Florida 268 

Swallow  Harbor,  Patagonia 615 

Sweet  Bay,  Newfoundland 23 

Sydney  Harbor,  Breton  Island 100 

T 

Tabasco  River,  Gulf  of  Mexico 295 

Table  Bay,  Labrador 5 

Taco  Port,  Cuba 332 

Tamar  Harbor,  Patagonia 646 

Tampa  Bay,  Florida 269 

Tampicd,  Gulf  of  Mexico 306 

Tanamo  Port,  Cuba 333 

Tangier  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 106 

Tangier  Sound,  Maryland 226 

Tarpaulin  Cove,  Massachusetts 189 

Tarrent  Harbor,  Maine, 142,  149 

Tate  Cape,  Patagonia 623 

Tatmago^che,  town.  Nova  Scotia 92 

Taylor's  Bay,  Newfoundlaad 45 

Tennant  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia Ill 

T-en  Pound  Island,  Massachusetts. . .  .163 

Temperature  of  Elevation 690 

Termlno»  Lake,  Gulf  of  Mexico . . , « ,  .2<!;5 


Trinidad^,  city,  Cuba 315,  347 

Trinidad,  Gulf  of,  Patagonia 635 

Trinidad,  Isle  of,  South  America 547 

Trinidad,  West  Indies 444 

Trinity  Bay,  Newfoundland 18,  20 

Trinity  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 65 

Trinity  Harbor,  Martinique 432,  433 

Triton  Harbor,  Newfoundland 29 

Truro,  Bay  of  Fundy 127 

Truro  Harbor,  Massachusetts 180 

TucKinuck  Channel,  Massachusetts  ..193 
Tupilco  River,  Gulf  of  Mexico. ..... .295 

Turiamo  Harbor,  Colombia. . . , 469 

Turk's  Island,  West  Indies 325,  326 

Tusket  River,  Nova  Scotia ]  24 

Tybee  Inlet,  South  Carolina 241 

U 

Unare  Bay,  Ci  ombia 457 

Union  River,  Maine 141 

Upright  Cape,  Patagonia 618 

Uraba,  Gulf  of,  Colombia .488 

Uriarte  Port,  Patagonia 620 

Useless  Bay,  Patagonia 601 

Utila  Island,  Guatemala 511 


Valdez  Port,  Patagonia 602 

Valle  Bay,  St.  Lawrence 68 

Vela  Port,  Cuba 334 

Veneauela,  Gulf  of,  Colombia, , , 474 


Vera  Crul 
Verde  Bal 
Verte  Baf 
Victoria, 
Victory  (| 
Vie(|ue  Is 
Villa  Novl 
Villena  C| 
Virginia, 
Virgin  (iJ 
Virgin  Islj 
Virgin  R( 
Virgin's 


Wadham 

Warsaw  Si 
Warwick,] 
Washingt(l 
Watch  Hi 
Waterman 
Water  Spc 
Watland's 
Wellfleet 
West  Cap 
Westminsi 
Westward 
Whales  B; 
Whale  So 
Whirlwiud 
White  Ba 
White  Bed 
White  He; 
White  Hil! 
White  Isla 
White  Isla 
AVhite  Isla 
'VViconiact 
Willes  Ba; 


/7 


// 


»a: 


Page 
457 

. ,  Uf<a 

ctts  174,  175 

55<l 

ycotia..l07 

I 6:!4 

rence...  % 
ound  ...205 

(i<)v> 

384 

398 

668 

280 

278 

138 

442 

486 

1 15 

103 

09,410,  '11 
'go  ....376 

- 322 

466 

...a47,  258 

278 

and  ...   30 
...145,  149 

97 

694 

74 

626 

[ 514  - 

...649 
...457 
.315,  347 
...635 
a.... .547 
...444 
...18,  20 

65 

432,  433 
....   29 

127 

180 

letts  ..193 
....295 

469 

325,  326 
...124 
...241 


INDEX. 


XIX 


Pai^e 

Vera  Cm/.,  CJiilf  of  Mexico  ...^ ,197 

Verde  Day,  St.  Lnwreiire 18 

Verte  iJay,  Nova  Scolia !)2 

Victoria,  city  of,  lira/ii 551 

Victory  Cape,  Patagonia 634 

Vieque  Island,  West  Indies 401 

Villa  Nova,  city,  Brazil 567 

Villena  Cov  ,,  Patagonia 6l5 

Virginia,  (Jajjcs  of 223 

Virgin  (Jorda  Island,  West  Indies  . . .  .409 

Virgin  Islands 409 

Virgin  Rocks,  Newfoundland 13 

Virgin's  Cape,  Patagonia 595 

w 

Wadham  Islands,  St.  Lawrence 28 

Warsaw  Sound,  Georgia 243 

Warwick,  Rhode  IslamI   . .    201 

Washington,  North  Carolina 234 

Watch  Hill  Light,  Conneciic ,  .201 

Waterman  Island,  Patagonia 626 

Water  Spouts 693 

Watland's  Island,  West  Indies 312 

Wellfleet  Hnrbor,  Massachusetts 201 

West  Cape,  Patagonia 628 

Westminster  Hall,  Patagonia 622 

Westward  Arm,  Newfoundland 31 

Whales  Pack  Liaht,  New  Hampshire  157 

Whale  Sound,  Patagonia 612 

Whirlwinds 693 

White  Bay.  Newfoundland 31 

White  Ber.r  Bay,  Newfoundland 53 

White  Head,  Maine 142 

White  HiUs.  Ne-.v  Hampshire 155 

White  Island,  St.  Lawrence 71 

White  Island,  New  Hampshire 158 

White  Islands,  Newfoundland 34 

'Wicomack,  Maryland 232 

Willes  Bay,  Patagonia 603 


Page 

Wilmington,  North  Carolina 236 

VVin<ls  ,  .680 

Windsor,   Nova  Scotia 125 

Windward  (Jliannel,  West  Indies  316,  386 

Windward  Islands,  West  Indies 409 

Windward  Passage,  West  Indies 322 

Winter  Harbor,  Maine 166  ' 

Winyaw  Bay,  Carolina 238 

Wiscasset,  Maine 151 

Withy  Wood  Bay,  Jamaica 393 

Witless  Bay,  Newfoundland 14 

Wolf  Bay,  Newfoundland 63 

Wolf's  Cove,  St.  Lawrence 7 

Wood  Island,  Bay  of  Fundy.. 131 

Wood  Island  Light,  Maine 156 

Wood's  Bay,  Patagonia 610 

Wye1R,ocks,  St.  Lawrence ...76,  82 

X 

Xngua  Harbor,  Cuba 348 

Xibera  Harbor,  Cuba 3,34  " 

Xicalango  Point,  Gulf  of  Mexico. ..  .284 

Y 

Yaguaneque  Harbor,  Cuba 333 

Yarmouth  Harbor,  Nova  Scotia 126 

Yarmouth,  Massachusetts 179,  183 

Ycacos  Keys,  Cuba .3^,,. 

York  Bay,  Labrador ;..,  ^  ' 

York  Harbor,  Newfcnndland. .  .„^^j^.  TO 

York  River,  Virginia. . . . .' ,  m^^ .233 

York  Town,  Virginia.. .....,;, jj,,-. 233 

Ysabella  Point,  St.  Domingo. . «;»••. 370 
Yuma  Island,  West  Indies .311 

Z 

Zacheo  Island,  West  Indies 3®8| 

Zamba  Island,  Colombia ,...480^ 

Zanhio  Island,  West  Indies.,,..,,.., 360' 


/? 


/•"^ 


/ 


t^./-:-'   "'-    ^^  ' 


oi-»    :* 


xjot 


*^/J 


a:p.  H.h) 


t\ 


ri 


'/ 


./f. 


^y- 


/^  ««» 


..*  <•■* 


?^^      '/ 


..457 

,.141 

.618 

,  .488 

620 

.601 

.511 


...602 
.  68 

«  •  •  U«J4 

...474 


m 


YORK, 

Known  by  l\ 
•  iitriiiici'  nil 

(IllMIl  llMVI'  tl 

to  till'  l)i>y,  \\ 
not  l)t'  ulili' 
better  iii;iik 
fimire.  term 
liiml  to  tlie  ( 
shore  ;  wliil 

'l\)  sail  ill! 
side,  ;i!ul  em 
trii  point  ol 
appcMriiiij;  jl 
h'lnd  ;  tlicn, 
nearly  niidw 
land  :  haul  ( 
Whale  Islaii 
to  open  the 
bor,  tiieii  li; 
open  ofWli 
clear  from  d; 
tlionis,  with 
your  fishery. 
Heidey  islati 

One  mile  t 
Island ;  betw 
and  also  opcr 
Peter's  tslam 
chorace,  bnt 

CAPKCl 
ing  with  a  hi 
the  westwart 
lies  S.  E.  by 
rate  lieiQ:ht.  ; 
.From  St.  P( 
between  thei 
islands  bet'or 
ward  of  thes( 
water;  the  c 

CAPE  CI 
Cape  Charlf 
by  Eyre  and 
there  is  very 
and  yon  nia^ 
and  Little  C 

From  Caf 
distance  4i  i 
a  larfie  mile 
i-ound  at  the 

From  the 
I  W.  d-  tatil 
Islands,  you 
vessels  may 


COAI^T  OF  LARKADOR, 

FROM  YORK  POINT  TO  SANDWiril  IIARROR. 


Variation  allmced  from  Yink  Paint  to  S  indiC'rh  llarhor  2','  and  3  Points. 

YORK,  or  OHATKAFX  RAY,  li.-s  al.ont  ](>  milcn  X.  W.  1  N.  fiom  the  sonfli-wpstprn 
|i(»irit  ol'  Rfllc  Islt.',  hikI  H  Icimiies  N.  ^'  W .  Inmi  llic  llirlmr  of  (iuii|>(m;  it  iiiiiy  riisily  he 
Known  by  two  very  re  in  ink  ;t  hie,  liills,  sitiiiitfd  on  ( 'iistl(>  ;ni(l  I  Irnlcy  Isliinds,  wliicli  lie  iu  the 
••ntnuiee  oC  the  liny;  these  roeky  iiiils  iippear  ll.it  iit  (lie  tops,  and  tin-  steep  hills  iironnil 
them  have  the  appearanee  ofeastie  walls;  the  islands  Conn  the  eastern  side  ot'tlie  einranee 
to  the  hay,  while  tin;  CajM-s  V(M'k  and  Teini'le  are  to  the  westward  ;  hnt  as  the  mariner  may 
not  he  aide  to  discover  the  ahovc  hills  at  a  distance,  hccanse  oCtlic  hiiili  land  lichind,  the 
better  marks  will  he,  to  observe  that  all  the  land  to  the  westward  is  cd'  a  hii;li  and  nnilorni 
(innre,  terminatiii_<;  at  the  west  .sicie  of  the  bay  wiih  a  coiispicnons  UfM)l)  or  iiillock,  while  the 
land  to  the  eastward  of  ("hafeanx  I'ay  is  hilly  and  broken,  having  many  islands  ni'iir  the 
shore  ;  while  to  the  westward  there  ;n(>  none. 

'i'o  sail  intr)  Cliateaiix  I5ay.  yon  most  leave  ("astle  and  [fenloy  Islands  on  your  starboard 
side,  and  endeavor  to  kee|)  Point  (Jrenvilie,  \vliich  has  a  beacon  upon  it,  on  with  tln^  west- 
ern point  ol'  Henley  fsland  ;  this  point  is  a  suioo'h  black  rock,  liavinji  a  little  dark  rock  just 
»pi)eariti4i  above  water  o(K  its  point  ;  keep  this  mark  on  until  yon  }:et  abreast  of  Whale  1»- 
l;ind  ;  then,  to  avoid  tlie  middle  rock,  itver  which  are  only  ')  feet  water,  and  which  lies 
nearly  midway  between  the  east  puini  of  Whale  Island  and  the  black  point  of  Henley  Is- 
land ;  hanl  over  close  to  Menley  l>hick  Kock,  or  borrow  towards,  bnt  not  too  near,  to 
Wliale  Island,  for  here  it  runs  off  shallow  and  (bt ;  and  whJiii  yon  .ire  so  far  advanced  as 
to  open  the  narrow  eliannel  into  Temple  J5ay.  witJi  the  view  of  sairmu;  up  info  Pitt's  Har' 
bor,  then  liaiil  to  tiie  westward,  until  you  brin.;  the  outer  point  of  Castle  I<)land,  a  Httle 
open  of  Whale  fsland;  this  mark  will  lead  you  up  into  I'ills  Harbor,  whicli  is  spacious, 
clear  from  danger,  and  well  sheltered  from  all  winds;  here  you  may  ride  in  10  or  14  fa- 
thoms, with  plenty  of  timber  ready  for  your  use,  and  every  ce  enicncy  for  carrying  on 
your  fishery.  There  is  also  a  narrow  passage  into  Pitt's  liar  or,  to  the  northward  of 
Henley  Island,  throufih  which  you  will  have  .'!  fathoms  wafer. 

One  mile  to  flu-  eastward  of  llenley  Island,  lien  Seal  Island,  and  3^  miles  farther  is  Duck 
Island  ;  between  these  is  (loose  and  JJad  l>ay,  full  of  rocks  both  above  and  below  the  water, 
and  also  o|ieii  to  the  easterly  winds.  To  the  eastw  ard  of  Seal  Island,  distant  6  niilCii,  is  St. 
Peter's  Islands,  a  cluster  of  barren  rocks,  within  which  is  St.  Peter's  Bay,  a  good  place  of  an- 
chorage, but  too  nmchex))osed  to  the  south  ainl  soiiili-easterly  winds  to  be  much  frequented. 

CAPE  CHARIjKS. — To  the  norlh-eastwaid  of  St.  Peter's  Island  is  Cape  Charles  mak- 
ing with  a  high  hill,  steep  to  seaward,  and  slo|;ing  down  inland,  so  tliat  wherlr  you  are  to 
the  westward  of  Chateaux  Ray,  it  has  tin;  a]>pearanee  of  an  island.  Cape  Charjes  Island 
lies  S-  E.  by  E.  |  E.  distant  aljotit  one  and  a  lialf  mile  /Vom  Ca])e  Charles  ;  it  is  of  mode- 
rate height,  and  has  several  small  rocks  i)oih  to  the  eastward  and  to  the  westward  f)f  it. 
.From  St.  Peter's  Islands  to  Charles  Is!;;:,,)  the  course  is  K.  X.  E.  |  E.  distant  14  miles; 
between  thetu  lies  Niger  Sound,  an  inlet  :d  out  two  leagties  deep,  and  having  several  small 
islands  before  it ;  to  enter  Niger  Sound  y.)U  mav  pass  cither  to  the  southward  or  north- 
ward of  these  islands,  and  obtain  anchorage  oirthe  northern  side  of  the  sound  in  9  fathoins 
water;  the  course  in  will  be  nearly  N.  bv  W. 

CAPE  CHARLES  HARROR.--From  the  norfli  poiitt  of  Cape  Charles  Island  info 
Cape  Charles  Harbor,  the  course  is  N.  W.  y  N.  <lisfanf  4  miles;  this  harbor  is  formed 
by  Eyre  and  Little  Caribou  Islands,  on  the  eastern  sides,  and  by  the  main  on  the  west ; 
there  is  very  good  anchora<,e  in  fronj  17  to  '22  fathoms  water  in  it,  on  a  muddy  bottom, 
and  yon  may  sail  in  on  either  side  of  the  ceiitre  island  ;  but  the  best  passage  is  between  it 
and  Little  Caribou; 

From  Cape  Charles  Island  to  the  Raffle  Islands  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  i  N.  and  the 
distance  4^  miles ;  this  course  will  carry  you  clear  to  the  eastward  of  the  rocks  which  lie 
a  large  mile  to  the  eastward  of  northernmost  Rattle  Island,  which  will  appear  high  and 
round  at  the  top. 

From  the  northernmost  Rattle  Island  to  the  River  Islands,  your  course  will  he  N.  W. 
}r  W.  d'  taut  2  leagues :  here,  to  the  westward  of  Pocklington,  which  is  one  of  the  River 
Islands,  you  will  find  anchorage  in  30  and  35  fathoms  water,  with  a  bottom  of  mud  ;  and 
vessels  may  pass  to  the  southward  of  these  islands  up  the  rivier  St.  Lewis, 


,4#J 


2  bllnt's  AMr.iur.vN  coast  pilot. 

CUTTKIv  II.VRISOII.— KiiMii  fli.«  sMiiili  jxiiiif  i.r  i'.Mklin,:;ton  Island  to  Cnltrr  Har- 
bor, till'  coiiiMe  iH  W.  I  8.  ilistaiit  ihh'  imiIc  :  in  iliis  harbor  there  is  ({ood  iiiichorngc  (or 
:iiui\\\  vt-sft'ls. 

ST.  LKWrS  RIVKK.— Frniii  the  iinrflnTtmiost  Uatfl.-  Maiul.  t<»  thr  nitraiirf  of  tJir 
RiviT  Si.  f.i'uis.  tlio  cuiiriM'  is  N.  N.  W.  '  W.  tlistaiit  7  itiilrs;  steer  in  N.  \V.  \  W.  Ii  r 
!)  miles,  ilieii  X.  N.  W.  \  W,  8  niili's,  to  Woiniy  ls!;in<l.  When  von  are  ihont  I  miles  u|) 
tliis  river  iVdni  its  en.iMiice,  von  v  ill  liml  l'""i|  imclmraxe,  ami  this  will  continue  until  yoii 
arrive  at  Woody  Island;  hut  ali.ive  that  tlie  river  lieeoiin'!)  intritatti  and  has  many  shoals. 

The  north  point  oC  the  river  is  low  I'or  alionl  '2  inile.i  up,  tlien  hotli  .sides  I me  ratiier 

high  and  woody  ;  at  the  he:iil  of  the  river  a;.'  dillerent  kimls  of  very  lino  wood,  liireh,  (ir, 
juniper,  and  s|iiii(e  ;  and  the  river  is  pjentiliilly  stored  u',:h  salmon 

NT.  liK  WlS'S  ."^l  )l  '.N  I). — ( >!ie  mili-  !o  ilie  'mitliward  of  the  north  I'oiiit  of  St  lieu  is 
J{iver  lies  ilie  entrance  to  St.  Lewis's  Sound,  wl'.icli  runs  up  nearly  N.  W.  about  It  miles, 
havinj;  very  t;ood  ;uiciiorar,'<»  at  its  iipier  part,  Imt  caro  should  lie  taken,  lest  a  shoal,  which 
.stret(dies  oil' from  a  .sandy  lieaeli  on  the  larl)oard  side,  about  '2  miles  within  the  eiitratuT, 
.slioidd  ilo  you  anv  injury  ;  yon  \sill  iI',i'r"l'ore  lie  sure  to  ^wt'  this  a  i;ood  berlh  in  passiny. 

DKKIf  il  A  iilioll:.— -Fr'im  the  m'.rtiieriunoNt  ilatfle  l.sland.  to  the  eniranee  of  Deer 
Harbor,  the  couise  is  .N,  N.  W.  ';  .\.  tlistiuit  •.','  jeni^iies.  'I'his  is  considered  to  be  a  very 
i^ood  harbor,  secure  (Voiu  sdl  winds,  and  in  which  vessels  wid  find  anchoras:e  in  from  10 
to  IS  fathoms;  there  is  no  danger  in  cnteriii'r.  and  tlie  best  anchorage  is  at  the  back  of 
J)ecr  Island,  called  aNo  Marnham  h.Iaml.  I'urt  .M;iriiham  is  furnied  by  tin*  cast  end  of 
Maridiam  Island,  and  lli"  in.iin  to  the  iinith  ai    I  ea-hviin!  of  it. 

C.\IM;  ST.  liKWIS. — From  tlie  northernmost  Ihcile  Island,  to  Cape  St.  Lewis,  tlio 
coiirso  is  N.  !  W,  distant  ')  miles;  thi.s  capo  is  hirih  ra-zu'cd  land;  a  (|uarfer  of  a  mile 
from  tiie  point,  there  are  two  liat  rotd^y  islets,  and  s-veral  siiid<en  rocks  about  the  point  of 
the  cape;  ronnd  tho  jxiint  is  the  entrance  of  a  small  cove  rumiimf  in  S.  W.  'i  W.  half  a 
miU%  it  is  cummoidy  called  Diej)  Water  Creel:.  beiiiLr  very  narrow,  and  having;  iVom  -JO  to 
40  fathoms  within  ii.  About  1'  mile  N.  X.  W.  ','  N.  fiom  the  Ca|)e,  is  Fox  Harbor, 
whijt'h  is  smalliand  lit  for  slrdlop«,  but  appears  to  be  a  convenient  place  for  tin*  (isheries. 

PKTTV  HAlMJOi:.— From  the  nortliern  part  (d"  Cape  St.  [jcwis,  to  the  lonth  head 
of  Potty  Harbor  JJay,  the  coiirsci  is  about  .\.  M.  i).  'I  F.  distant  1^  mile;  the  .slnnes  are 
bold  r.nd  lofty  ;  the  entrance  is  a  mile  and  a  half  \\\f\i\  and  the  nortli  point  bears  from  the 
southern  point  N.  K.  by  N. ;  the  bay  runs  up  nt.arly  N.  W.  by  N.  full  1  mile,  havini;  frotn 
20  to  40  fatlioms  wafer  in  it.  At  the  bottom  of  th<-  bay  you  will  perceive  Petty  llariior; 
the  entrance  i.s  to  tin;  northward  of  a  low  jioint  of  laiitl,  whicli  shut.s  the  harbor  in  from 
t^je  sea,  so  as  to  render  it  very  dii'licult  to  distin-niish  its  situation;  it  i.s  not  above  ,'31)  fa- 
thoms broail  at  the  entrance,  \vit!i  '>  t'arlioms  mid-eliamud.  and  .'?  towards  the  sides;  but 
this  narrow  pa.ssa^rt;  continues  only  a  short  way.  lor  liavini;  passed  tlu'on:;h  it,  the  liarbor 
opens  wide,  and  vessels  will  have  plenty  of  room,  and  may  anchor  in  any  part,  in  from  7 
to  1:2  fathoms,  lying  land-locked. 

From  the  nortli  head  of  Petty  Harlior  r>ay  to  Point  .Spear,  the  course  is  N.  E.  ^  N. 
distant  2 j  miles;  and  from  Cntif;  i-cwis  to  Cape  Spear,  in  nearly  the  same  direction,  (')\ 
miles;  between  arc  IJarreu  I'lay  ;uid  Spear  liarl)or  ;  JSarren  l>ay  is  a  litth;  to  the  northward 
of  the  northern  part  of  Petty  llarlsor  J!ay,  and  afl'ords  no  shelter;  but  Spear  Harbor, 
which  lies  to  the  southward  of  Point  Spear,  is  ii  very  excellent  harbor;  in  coming  from 
the  northward,  and  making  Point  Spear,  you  will  open  two  islands,  in  the  bottom  of  a 
small  bay  ;'  the  best  i)assage  into  Spear  liurltor  is  between  these  islands  ;  keep  the  nor- 
thern islands  close  on  board,  tlnne  being  1  fatlioms  along  side  of  if,  and  after  you  get 
about  a, cable's  length  witliin  the  islands,  .steer  for  the  nnddle  of  the  harl)or,  ;md  anchor 
in  7  err  8  lathouis  ;  there  is  good  rotmi  to  moor.  Small  vessels  may  go  on  either  side  of 
the  islands,  the  least  water  being  two  fat]u)ms  :  but  you  ought  to  ob.servc  that,  in  coining 
from  the  southward,  you  will  only  be  able  to  distinguish  one  island,  for  the  iMjrthernmost 
islaiuls  will  be  shiU  in  'vi'li  ihi'  land  so  as  lait  to  be  se<'n  until  vou  get  within  the  heads. 

SOPHIA,  CHAKLOTTK,  AN!)  .M  i;ClvLKNP.rK(;iH'  HAKHUUS.— From  Point 
Si)ear  to  the  entrance  of  these  tinee  harbors,  the  ooiuse  is  N.  W.  by  N.  tdjout  3  miles; 
between  are  several  small  but  hiuh  islands,  lying  within  half  a  mile  of  the  shore;  these 
are  coiruuonly  called  Spear  Islands,  ihey  iire  bold  to,  and  there  are  channels  between 
them  with  iiO  fathoms  water.  N.  F.  by  F.  [  F.  from  the  southern  head  of  the  entrance  to 
the  three  harbors  lie  two  small  islands,  close  toi^ether,  and  therefore  named  the  Double 
Island  ;  these  appear  to  be  as  high  as  they  are  broad  ;  about  a  cable's  length  to  the  east- 
ward of  these  islands  are  two  sunken  rocks,  over  which  the  sea,  in  bad  weather,  constant- 
ly breaks.  Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  eiurance  also  lie  two  other  islands,  being  so  close  to 
each  other  as  to  seem  one  island;  these  are  steep  to,  and  ships  may  pass  on  either  side  of 
them  in  12,  13,  and  14  fathoms,  anchoring  witiiin  them,  in  Queen's  Road,  in  16  fathoms; 
but  to  the  southward  of  these  islands  you  will  find  the  widest  passage,  and  most  room  for 
8hip,%  to  work  out. 

Sophia  vffarftor,— The  first  and  southernmost  of  these  three  harbors  is  Sophia  Har* 


bor,  runmn.' 
uwiv,  round  ; 
ter.  aiidtil  oidl 
/',„■/    Cliiirl] 
the  fttarboard 
iiel  over ;  to 
close  to  the  si 
;,iichor  in  any! 
ji  reef  that  lie| 

\V. \  N.  and 

fathoms,  but 
than  rJfalliMil 
tilt-  larlwvod  -| 
about  :5(t  fith. 
hor,  and   abo\| 
the  harbor. 

S'l\  FKANI 
(iislanee  is  ne 
to  Cape  St.  I' 
the  westward 
thougli  small, 
fisheries  beiiK 
one  being  to 
ICing  directly 
inlet,  called 
as  you  enter, 
you  have  5  a 
yoii  should  ' 
i-eef  off  it  ;  iiv. 
two  points  (. 
no  nearer  to  i 
nearer  the  sta 
turn  westerly, 
to  the  cove  at 

(;,//'(!  SI.  r 

a  very  narrow 

N.  N.  Wcstei 

Island's  soiitl 

two  narrow  (( 

To  the  north 

running  in)rtl 

have  deep  wa 

this  Hat  will  ( 

10,  and  1'^  fa 

Islanil,  or  vo 

Scaling  IViul 

SEALIN* 

best  anchora 

vou  may  saii 

veral  coves, 

may  anchor 

trance  to  thi 

Fox  Island  ( 

stretches  ou 

in  stormy  w 

towards  Ind 

is  about  2  v 

thorns  wate 

FISHIN 

Islaiul,  the 

number;  tl 

Fishing  Sh 

from  5  to  1 

Island:  th( 

from  Hare 

»hro\i«h  it, 


\ 


BIXNT'8    AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


iiiicliorago  lor 

iifrMiiro  of  tlir 
W. I  W.  Ur 
>>it  I  miles  „|, 
i"ii<'  until  vdii 
inaiiy  nIki'mN. 
H'coiiio  ratlicr 
"'.  '»ii<li.  tn, 

"I' St  LouJH 
'loiit  3  inilps, 
•^'•oiil,  wliicji 
I'll;  •■iifnincp, 
li  in  passini;. 
nice  (if  1),.,,^ 
to  1)0  a  very 
'■  in  from  lo 
I  tlic  hack  -.(■ 
'  L-ast  cml  of 

•  Lewis,  tilt! 

IT  •'<■  a   mil,. 

'Il''  IKlillt  of 

;  W.  liMlfa 
'i  from  -Jfj  to 
ox  Harbor, 
'"  fi!sh»'ri(',s. 
"f'Utli  head 
'  slioic.N  are 
ii'<  froin  tli(! 
iiiviii<;  from 
'>  ]larl)or; 
T  in  from 
)ove  fjO  f;,. 
ides;  Imt 
K'  liarbor 
in  from  7 

^.  R.  ^  N. 
L'cfion,  (,\ 
norfhwarfi 
'■  Harbor, 
ling  from 
itom  of  a 
>  the  nor- 
r  you  ircf 
anchor 
t'r  side  of 

cominif 
lernmost 
leads, 
i»tn  Point 
3  miles ; 
^ ;  these 
between 
ranee  to 
Donble 
he  east- 
)nstant- 
ciose  to 

side  of 
thorns ; 
»om  for 

a  Ha^ 


bor,  rttnnin'.'  in  S.  S.  W.  about  1 ',  mile,  wifli  frtim  tn  to  ['>  fitlHim<«  wafer;  it  therj  frnnflii 
aw  ly.  round  a  low  jioint  to  the  eastward,  and  becuiiifH  u  mile  bruud,  it  is  theuce  shuul  wa- 
ter, aufl  fit  only  for  small  vesnel-*. 

l'„rl  Chiirldttr  is  the  middle  harbor,  and  fit  i\)Y  any  Hhi|iH  ;  there  is  a  low  flat  island  oti 
the  starboai'd  side  of  its  enlratice,  iVom  N\hi('ii  nins  .i  reef  of  ruelts  one  third  of  the  chan- 
nel over  ;  to  ivoid  this,  kecji  the  soiitlii  I'll  Mide  oti  Imard,  \ou  will  then  have  <>  fathoiiiit 
close  to  the  sjioie,  until  yon  >;ct  a  (|uarlcrol  a  mile  u|»  wiihm  tin-  harbor,  >oii  may  then 
iiiiehor  in  any  part  in  from  t'J  lu  17  faihums,  only  ;^iviii^  the  Hturbuuril  ttidu  u  berth  tu  avuiti 
a  reef  that  lies  on  that  side. 

Mirkli  tilhi.':li  ll'irliiir  is  the  northernmus'  «d  the  tliree  harbors,  and  turiiH  in  N.  N. 
W.  J  N.  and  N.  W.  by  N.  about  two  imbv.  ;  in  llie  jciwer  part  of  this  harbor  there  are  -JO 
lathonis,  lint  as  yon  ailvanee  tiie  water  le  -^'/iis,  and  in  the  iijiper  put  there  are  no  more 
than  I'i  fathdiiis  for  ships  to  nmor  in.  't'o  sail  up  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  you  iiiiist  keep 
till!  larlioard  <ide  nearest,  in  order  to  avoid  the  led;;e  of  rocks  that  lies  on  the  starboard, 
iiboiit  :50  fithoius  from  the  shore.  'riie-.i'  rneks  lie  wiihlii  the  narrowest  part  of  the  har- 
bor, and  abnvi;  the  low  point  on  I  lie  slarlniard  aide  ;  >hu  bcit  aucluira^c  m  ut  the  head  of 
the  harbor. 

ST.  b'RANCiS  IIAIinOil.— From  Point  Sp'Vtr  to  Cape  St.  Franeis,  the  course  ami 
ilistanee  is  ne  irly  north,  i>  miles,  and  from  tlie  isLm.ls  at  the  eiilranee  tif  the  thrt.'e  harbors 
to  (-'ape  St.  Francis  N.  K.  ','  N.  al):iiit  .>  mile-;;  between  them,  and  nearly  half  a  mile  to 
the  westward  ot'  the  Cape,  is  St.  Fraiicis  ilarlmr.  This  is  a  siiu;^  and  secure  liarbor, 
tli()n;;h  small,  and  i':eiiera!ly  filled  wi.h  ve-v.ejs,  during  llie  li.shiiii;  season,  eimsiuerable 
fisiieries  bein^'  rarried  on  in  its  vieinity.  To  enter  this  harlior  ihere  are  two  entrances, 
one  beins;  to  ilie  northward,  the  other  lo  tlio  south-westward  of  Pi'^eon  Island,  this  island 
l>in;;  directly  belore  its  entrance  :  the  south-easteni  cliannid  leads  to  a  small  but  narrow 
inlet,  called  Itoiind  Harbor;  every  wheri:  clean  i:jr!)und,  with  10  lalhoms  in  tin;  channel 
as  you  enter,  and  the  depth  uraliiaily  decri- isin^  as  yon  advatiee  tow.irds  its  head,  v.here 
you  have  5  and  .'{  fatlioms.  lu  eiitcriiij;  to  ilio  south-westward  for  St.  Francis  Harbor, 
yon  should  beware  of  and  !j;ive  a  berth  to  l!.t!  western  side  of  Piireon  Islswul,  for  a  rt^cky 
reefotf  it  ;  yive  this  a  bertli,  proceed  on  X.  N.  10.  \  S.  and  haviii;.;  i^ot  fairly  between  the 
two  points  (,  '  the  harbor,  yoii  will  pereelve  on  yo'ii  sia:'!)oard  siih;  a  small  white  rock;  go 
no  nearer  to  i*  than  7  I'alhoms,  .sfer  uo  norili,  and  'i  ivin.;  pa-ised  mid-channel,  or  rather 
nearer  the  starboard  sluu'e,  the  rocks  Jiliovo  water,  which  you  will  see  on  each  *ide  of  you, 
turn  westerly,  and  anchor  in  1  or  5  taflioms.  Small  vessels  qo  to  IVirueH's  Bei>ch,  or  up 
to  tli(>  cove  at  the  northern  CNtremity  cil'  tin;  liarln-r. 

C'/y<(!  ,Sl.  Fi-"nri.s  is  the  easiern  point  of  .\!i  island,  between  which  and  Granby  Island,  i« 
a  very  narrow  pas'sai.^;  for  boais,  wi;h  4  I'athoms  \vator  within  it.  From  this- cape,  in  <i 
N.  N.  Westerly  direction,  about  i'  of  a  mile,  is  Indiau  Point,  between  which  and  .Jasper 
island's  south-eastern  point,  is  an  openiir^  leadin;;  into  Indian  JVi:.dit  aiul  Shoal  Tickle, 
two  narrow  coves,  the  latter  beiiii;  .^lialluw,  and  with  only  0  and  Ik  fatlioms  water  in  it; 
To  the  northward  of  Indian  Point  are  Hare  and  Fox  islands,  having  a  narrow  jiassagc 
running  noithwurd  between  them  ;  on  crossing;;  from  Li(lia!i  iJi^'ht  to  the  channel,  you  will 
have  deep  water,  but  when  you  enter  the  'passage  it  will  shallow  to  5,  4,  3,  and  -^  fathoms  ; 
this  (lat  will  continue  for  a  (juarter  of  a  mile,  you  then  (k'-peii  your  water  as;aiu  to  5,  7, 
10,  ami  12  fathoms;  vessels  iVeipK-ntly  amdior  in  this  j)lace,  iin  the  western  side  of  Hare 
Island,  or  rounding  the  uortln  rn  eud  of  Fo.\  Island,  nui  throu'^h  Pearce's  Tickle  into 
Sealins;  IViiiht. 

SKAIilNd  niOHT  is  a  very  commodioti.s  and  convenient  place  for  the  fisheries;  the 
best  anchorage  is  on  the  southern  ])ait  of  the  bay,  to  the  westward  of  Jasper  Island  ;  here 
you  may  salcly  ride  in  8,  10,  or  11  failioius,  or  further  in  witli  less  water.  There  are  se- 
veral coV(\'<,  siitiated  alon<f  shine,  to  th^'  uiu'hward  ol'  this  anchurazc,  wliere  small  vessels 
may  anchor;  I'resh  water  can  ea.-iily  i'c  obtaiiied,  but  wooil  is  scarce;  the  southern  en- 
trance to  this  ])laee  is  between  Indian  i'oiiit  and  Jasper  Island,  on  one  side,  aiul  Hare  and 
Fo.\  Island  on  the  other  ;  the  water  is  deep,  and  there  is  no  daiurer,  except  a  reef  which 
stretches  out  to  the  south-westward  from  (iiiil  Island,  over  v.liich  the  sea  breaks  very  hi},di 
in  stormy  weather;  it  will,  tiu'refore,  to  avoid  tliis  reef,  be  ahvays  prudent  to  borro.v  close 
towards  Indian  Point,  in  (;itlier  sailing  in  or  out  of  Seaiin;^  ili^ht.  Merchantman  Htirbor 
is  about  2  miles  W.  ^  S.  from  St.  Francis  Ibhiiul;  it  is  small,  but  has  from  7  to  lo  fa- 
thoms water. 

FISHING  SHIP  HARnOR— From  St.  Francis  Island,  to  the  northernmost  Fishing 
Island,  the  course  is  N.  N.  F.  'l  N.  ilisiaut  tlireu  miles.  Tite  Fishing  Islands  are  3  in 
number;  the  two  northern  ones  are  connected  by  a  bi'ach,  \vhich,  with  the  main,  forms 
Fishing  Ship  Harbor,  where  vessels  may  riile  land-locked,  and  secure  from  all  winds,  in 
from  5  to  14  fathoms  water,  the  entrance  being  to  the  southward  of  the  southern  Fishing 
Island :  the  best  passage  will  be  between  the  two  western  islands,  that  entrance  bearing; 
from  Hare  Island  N.  by  W. ;  there  is  no  danger  in  this  channel,  and  vessels  may  sail  right 
through  it^  m  nearly  a  N.  by  W»  direction,  up  to  the  very  head  of  the  harbor,  and  anchoi 


BLUNT's   A.MERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


, 


N 


ill  12  fiithoins,  1.  ng  good  room  for  ships  to  moor  ;  there  are  two  other  passajres  into  this 
pi.ice,  one  to  tlie  estward  from  the  entrance  of  (iill)ert's  River,  the  other  to  tiie  northward 
of  all  tl'c  Fishinjr  Islands  ;  the  latter  has  7  fathoms  tliroughout,  but  is  so  narrow  that  you 
will  liave  some  dii'tieulty  in  dlscovi^rimi  the  openiof^. 

GlLJJi'UlT'S  RlVKll.—lJi'tween  Fishin;,'  Islands  and  Granby  Island,  is  the  northern 
entrance  to  (filbert's  River;  tiie  soutliern  entrance  is  between  Denbi^li  Island  and  the 
main,  and  this  is  much  the  wider  of  flie  two  ;  tliere  is  also  a  channel  between  J)enbif;h  an(! 
(j'lanby  Islands.  The  passa^je  in  has  de.-p  water  every  where;  the  course  of  tlie  river  is 
nearly  N.  W.  by  N.  for  about  (i  miles,  it  then  divides  into  two  branclies,  one  runnins;  N. 
W.  by  N.  7  or  8  miles,  the  other  S.  \V.  by  W.  about  6  miles:  both  these  branches  are 
full  of  rocks,  small  islands,  and  shoals;  but  in  the  middle  tlie  anchorage  is  good  all  the 
way  up  from  -JO  to  lu  fathoms;  tliis  river  has  also  a  passage  out  to  sea,  between  Hare  and 
the  Fishing  Islands. 


CAl^K  ST.  AlKJIIAEL. 


— Six  miles  N.  N.  E.  I  N.  from  the  northernmost  Fishing  Is- 
'i  S.  from  Point  Spear,  is  Cape  St.  Michael,  high  and  steep, 


land,  and  16  miles  N.  N.  K 

and  easily  known  by  a  larire  bay  to  the  northward  of  it. 

OCCASIONAL  IIARIUJK.— Al)()ut  -J!  miles  to  the  southward  of  Cape  St.  Michael,  is 
Occasional  Harbor,  easily  known  i)y  the  twins,  two  large  rocks  lying  two-thirds  of  a  mile 
outside  of  the  entrance ;  they  are  very  iilmt  each  other,  and  vessels  may  pass  on  either  side 
of  them;  the  entrance  to  tlie  harbor  is  between  two  liigh  lands,  and  runs  in  W.  by  N.  for  2 
miles,  then  N.  W.  by  N. ;  both  sides  are  steep  to,  without  any  dangers,  and  liaving  good 
anchorage  in  from  10  to  7  fathoms,  about  -2  miles  from  the  entrance :  the  wind  between  the 
high  land  ahvavs  sets  ri'jht  into  or  out  of  the  harbor. 

ST.  MICi-LiKL'S  J}A\'.— Krom  Cape  St.  Michael  to  Cape  Blulf,  the  course  is  nearly 
N.  N.  E.  about  7-  miles,  and  these  two  Capes  form  the  points  of  entrance  to  the  Ray  of 
St.  Michael,  which  contains  a  vast  luunber  of  islands,  inlets,  and  rivers;  the  largest  island 
Is  named  Square  Island,  lyiie:  at  the  mouth  of  the  b;iy,  and  being  31-  miles  long  and  very 
high;  its  N.  E.  point  fori. is  a  lofty  round  hill,  and  makes,  in  coming  from  the  southward, 
like  a  separatt;  ,  iand,  being  only  joini-d  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land  ;  the  best  anchorage  for 
small  vessels,  is  on  tlie  southern  side  of  .St.  ^lichael's  Ray  ;  to  go  there  you  should  keep 
Cape  St.  Michael's  shore  on  board,  tlien  run  along  the  south  side  of  the  first  island  you 
meet  with,  which  is  called  Long  Island,  till  you  get  nearly  to  its  western  end,  there  you 
may  anchor  in  from  12  to  :.*()  fathoms,  land-locked,  and  can  work  out  to  sea  again  on  either 
side  of  the  island.  From  Cape  St.  .Mieiiaei  to  the  entrance  of  Scjuare  Island  Harbor,  the 
course  is  N.  N.  W.  ^i\  miles;  at  the  entrance  lies  a  small  island  of  moderate  height,  to  the 
westward  of  which  is  the  best  jiassage  into  the  harbor,  there  being  only  'i  fathoms  in  ihat 
to  the  eastward  of  it.  About  a  l':ague  N.  N.  W.  from  Stjuare  Island  Round  Hill  is  th6 
entrance  to  Deadman's  Harbor,  which  is  formed  liy  a  number  of  little  islands,  and  fit  only 
for  vessels  of  small  dimensions.  There  is  a  passage  between  these  islands  and  Cape  Blutf, 
by  which  vessels  may  put  out  to  sea. 

Cape  Bluft'is  very  hi^h  land,  rugged  at  top  and  steep  toward  the  sea  ;  it  may  be  seen  15 
or  16  leagues;  Cape  Rlulf  Harbor  is  a  small  place,  and  unlit  for  large  vessels;  to  sail  into 
it  you  should  keep  the  Cape  on  hoard  until  you  reach  a  small  island,  which  you  should 
pass  to  the  ea.stward,  and  then  anchor.  The  several  bays  and  inlets  in  St.  Michael's  Ray 
are  well  stored  with  wood. 

From  Cape  Blulf  to  Rarren  Island,  tlie  course  is  N.  Eastward  about  1  league;  and  from 
the  south  point  of  Barren  Island  to  Snug  Harbor,  N.  \V.  by  W.  H  mile.  Snug  is  a  small 
harbor,  but  in  it  is  very  'zood  anehoraue  in  iiti  fathoms,  and  no  danger  to  be  apjirehended 
either  in  sailing  in  or  out  of  it.  About  one  mile  to  the  northward  ol'  Rarren,  is  Stony  Is- 
land, and  within  these  islanils  on  tiie  main,  are  Martin  and  Otter  Rays;  in  the  northern- 
most is  good  anchorage  and  no  invisible  danger  in  entering  ;  wood  and  water  are  plentiful. 

DUCIv  HARBOR  lies  on  the  western  side  of  Stony  Island,  a;,,!  i.;  a  very  convenient 
place  for  small  vessels;  large  ships  may  also  anchor  between  the  west  point  of  Stony  and 
Double  Islands,  in  from  iiO  lo  24  fathoms,  sailing  from  thence  to  seaward  on  either  side  of 
Stony  Island  in  great  safety. 

HAWKE  RA\^ — About  1  mile  to  the  northward  of  Stony  Island,  lies  Hawke  Island, 
within  which  is  Hawke  Ray,  riuming  in  westerly  2  leagues;  it  then  divides  into  two  branch- 
es, one  going  W.  by  S.  G  miles,  the  other  N.  W.  by  W.  6  miles:  the  shores  of  these  are 
well  supplied  with  wood.  After  you  get  within  Pigeon  Island,  the  anchorage  is  good  up 
to  the  very  head  of  both  branches. 

EAGLE  COVE  lies  on  the  south  side  of  Ilawkfe  Island  ;  this  place  affords  good  riding 
for  large  ships  in  30  and  40  fathoms  water,  and  also  for  smaller  vessels  in  7  and  >i  fathoms 
at  the  upper  end  of  the  bay. 

CAPLIN  BAY. — On  the  main,  within  Hawke  Island,  arid  rieafly  5  miles  E.  by  N.  from 
Hawke  Bay  is  Caplin  Bay,  having  good  anchorage  and  plenty  of  wood. 

PATRIDGE  BAY  lies  4^  miles  to  the  northward  of  Hawke  Island;  the  anchorage  is 
good,  but  the  bay  is  difficult  of  access,  unless  to  those  who  are  well  acquainted  with  the 
place,  OD  account  of  the  numerous  amall  islands  which  encumber  its  entrance ;  but  the  laud 


hevcaboui  mi 
tiible  hill  "f ' 
high,  while  tl 
SEAL  ISl 
cour.se  is  N. 
miles;  this  ll 
recojini/ed  lil 
SHALLCl 
^V.  i  N.  distl 
fronted  with] 
course  is  N. 
steer  W.  h 
excepting  a 
t,i»y  ;  this  roj 
tie  wood  visil 
From  \VlJ 
island  isliigll 
where  the  rif 

SANDY 
White  Rod 
fathoms  wal 
ships,  but 
nierous  islai 
tremelvdum 
SPOTTl 
spots  on  it^ 
therii  part  1} 
Rocky  Bay 
go  betw  een  i 
anchorage  ii 
Island,  wlie 
care  to  give 
Eagle  Islaii 
Rocks  you  i 
may  run  up 
handy  for  hi 
From  Si)i 
j-ock  is  abo\ 
it,  and  sevei 
entrance  to 
western  em 
and  it  ajipe 
SAND  1 
tliern  side 
here  the  ai 
saniiy  groi 
north  piiir 
length  froi 
TAliLl 
Sand  Hill 
bay,  abou 
lies  N.  ^^ 
from,  its  e 
from  the 
in  12  or  1 
chor  in  1 
Harbor,  1 
take  care 
between 
The  C 
the  oute; 
CUR] 
distingui 
bor  is  be 
close  to 
about  01 
rpck  off 


blunt's 


AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


HcYcal)ont  may  Ix;  very  easily  known,  for  the  southern  point  of  the  bay  is  a  remarkable  hlgl^ 
table  hill  ol'vciy  banoii  appeaninee,  and  all  the  laud  betweeu  it  and  St.  Michael's  Cape  is 
high,  while  tir.ii  to  the  northward  is  low. 

SEAi^  ISLAM  IS.— From  (Jape  St.  Michael  to  the  soxuhernmost  Seal  Island,  thei 
course  is  N.  K.  I-  N.  distant  ')  leagues,  and  from  thence  to  Round  Hill  Island,  N.  E.  Ill 
miles;  this  latter  island  is  the  easternmost  land  on  this  part  of  the  coa.st,  and  may  also  be 
recoirni/.e(l  by  a  n'marUal)lo  liiL'li  rounri  hill  on  the  western  part  of  it. 

SHALLOW'  U AV. — From  Round  Hill  Island  to  Spotted  Island,  the  course  is  N.  N. 
W.  t;  N.  <hstaut  1 ',  miles  ;  and  I'rom  Spotted  Island,  the  land  turns  N.  N.  Westerly  and  is 
fronted  with  numeror.s  islands.  From  the  southernmost  Seal  Island  to  White  Rock,  the 
course  is  N.  IS.  K.  ;V  F-.  about  5  miles;  and  from  this  rock  to  enter  Shallow  Bay,  you  must 
steer  W.  I  S.  nearly  4  miles;  there  is  very  fair  anchorage  within  this  bay,  and  no  danger, 
excepting  a  small  liU'k  which  lies  on  a  cove  on  the  larboard  hand,  about  one-third  over  thei 
bay  ;  this  rock  is  visil)le  at  low  water,  and  at  other  tinies  the  seu  breaks  over  it ;  there  is  lit- 
tle wood  visible  on  the  shores  of  this  bay. 

From  White  Rock  to  Porcuj)ine  Island,  the  course  is  N.  N.  W.  distant  2  leagues;  this 
island  is  high,  barren,  and  steep  to  ;  vessels  may  pass  on  either  side  of  it  to  Porcupine  Bay, 
where  the  ridiuL' is  good,  but  little  or  no  wood. 

SANDY  JiAV  lies  on  the  southern  part  of  the  Island  of  Ponds,  and  N.  i  W.  from 
White  llock,  from  which  it  is  distant  5  miles;  there  is  good  anchorage  in  this  bay,  with  10 
fathoms  water,  on  a  bottom  of  sand,  and  would  be  a  very  convenient  resort  for  the  fishing 
shii)s,  but  for  the  total  absence  of  wood.  ]5etween  this  Bay  and  Spotted  Island,  are  ni^- 
nierous  islands  and  rucks,  both  above  and  under  water,  rendering  this  part  of  the  coast  ex- 
tremely danuerons, 

SPOTTED  ISLAND  is  liigh  barren  land,  and  maybe  recognized  by  several  whitei 
spots  on  its  eastern  side  ;  it  is  about .'}  ujiles  long  and  of  nearly  a  similar  breadth  ;  the  nor- 
thern part  lying  in  latitude  53^  30'  N.  To  the  westward,  and  within  side  this  island,  is 
Rocky  Bay  ;  to  sail  into  this  bay.  you  should  run  in  to  the  northward  of  Spotted  Island,  and 
go  between  either  of  the  islands  tliat  lie  before  the  entrance  of  the  bay:  but  there  is  rib  good 
anchorage  in  it,  tlie  bottom  being  so  r(>cky,  until  you  get  between  Level  Point  and  Eagle 
Island,  where  you  may  ride  in  8  or  lU  fathoms,  the  ground  good  and  clean,  only  taking 
care  to  give  Level  Point  a  free  berth;  the  best  anchorage  will  be  on  the  western  side  of 
Eagle  Island  in  S  or  <)  fathoms,  nuid.  In  ])assing  between  Eagle  Rocks  and  the  Duck 
Rocks  you  may  borrow  on  either  side  to  within  two-thirds  of  the  length  of  a  cable,  or  you 
may  run  uj)  and  anciior  on  the  southern  side  of  Narrow  Island  in  Narrow  Harbor,  and  bei 
liaiidy  for  both  wooding  and  watering. 

From  Spotted  Island  to  Wolf  Rock,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  |  N.  about  18  miles;  this 
rock  is  above  wafer,  and  lies  11  miles  from  the  main  ;  there  are  some  sunken  rocks  aboat 
it,  and  several  islands  between  it  and  the  coast.     About  two  miles  to  the  northward  of  the- 
entrance  to  Rocky  Bay,  is  Indian  Island;  this  is  remarkable  high  land,  particularly  at  the^ 
western  end  ;  between  the  island  and  the  main  is  tolerably  good  shelter  for  eraall  Vessels, 
and  it  appears  to  be  a  (it  i)lace  for  a  seal  fishery. 

SANi)  HILL  COVE. — This  |)lace  is  so  called  from  several  sand  hills  lying  on  the  sou- 
thern side  of  its  entrance  ;  it  is  situated  4  good  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Indian  Island ; 
here  the  anchorage  is  good  al)oiU  half  a  mile  up  from  its  entrance,  in  4  or  3  fathoms  water, 
sandy  ground.  When  you  are  sailing  into  this  cove,  you  should  take  care  to  give  the 
north  point  a  good  berth,  because  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  stretch  olf  about  a  cable's 
lengtli  tiom  the  point,  and  run  westward  along  shore,  the  length  of  two  cables. 

Table  bay. — The  southern  head  of  this  bay  lies  about  2  leagues  N.  by  W.  froni 
Sand  Hill  t'ove,  and  tuay  be  known  by  a  remarkable  table  hill  on  the  north  side  of  the 
bay,  about  6  miles  within  the  entrance  ;  this  hill  may  be  seen  from  the  Wolf  Rock,  which 
lies  N.  W.  i  N.  7\  leagues  from  the  eiUrance  of  the  bay.  In  this  bay,  about  4  mile^ 
from  its  entrance,  lies  Ledge  Island,  so  called  from  a  ledge  of  rocks  stretching  westerly 
from  the  island  up  the  bay  for  2  miles.  On  the  southern  side  of  this  island  is  anchorage, 
in  12  or  14  fathoms,  in  what  is  called  South  Harbor;  or  you  can  run  further  up,  arid  au- 
thor in  Tai)le  Harbor.  On  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  just  within  Ledge  IslariiJ,  lies  North 
Harbor,  having  very  good  aucliorage  in  it.  In  sailing  up  to  Table  Harbor,  you  should 
take  care  to  keep  the  main  land  close  on  board,  in  order  to  avbid  a  rock  that  lies  halfway 
between  the  ledge  that  runs  off  Ledge  Island  and  the  main. 

The  GANNETS  are  a  cluster  of  islands,  lying  from  7  to  11  miles  off  the  main  land  ; 
the  outermost  island  bears  from  the  Wolf  Rock  N.  N.  W.  J  W.  distant  10  leagues. 

CURLE  W  HARBOR  lies  nearly  S.  W.  of  the  Gannet  Islands,  on  the  main,  and  may  be 
distinguished  by  a  green  round  island,  lying  before  its  entrance  ;  the  channel  into  the  har- 
bor is  between  this  islarid  and  a  low  point  to  the  southward,  havihg  a  small  rock  above  t^ater 
close  to  the  point ;  there  is  po  darig'er,  in  sailing  into  this  place  ;  the  best  anchorage  i^ill  be 
about  one  mile  within  its  entrance ;  here  large  ships  may  ride  in  safety,  bringing  th<$  Sitnall 
rpck  olf  the  entrance  point,  on  with  the  northern  point  of  Long  Island ;  they  will  then  ridci 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


I 


in  14  or  15  fathoms  water,  ^ood  holding  ground.  Long  Island  lies  about  U  mile  N.  by  W. 
from  Green  Island.  Small  vessels  ru.i  higher  up  the  bay,  and  generally  anchor  in  from  10 
to  7  fathoms.  On  the  southern  side  of  the  harbor  is  a  shoal,  lying  at  a  small  distance  from 
the  shore;  wood  is  scarce  in  this  bay,  but  water  piei    iful. 

ISTHMUS  1}  AY. — This  bay  lies  round  the  western  point  of  Curlew  Harbor,  sailing  from 
whence  you  should  endeavor  to  keep  Great  Island  on  l)oard,  in  order  that  you  may  go  clear 
of  a  shoal  that  stretches  odthe  point  towards  the  island  ;  there  is  also  another  passage  into 
Isthmus  Bay,  l)etween  the  western  point  and  a  small  bare  rock  of  moderate  height,  that  lies 
otfthe  south  point  of  the  Great  Island  ;  this  channel  is  narrow,  and  has  a  depth  of  three 
fathoms  within  it ;  both  wood  and  wattsr  may  be  obtained  here. 

HARE  IIAKBUll. — One  league  to  the  westward  is  Hare  Harbor,  fit  only  for  small  craft, 
the  bottom  being  foul,  except  towards  the  head,  where  you  may  anchor  in  ;>.V  fathoms  wa- 
ter, the  ground  tolerai)ly  good.  Hare  Island,  which  lies  bclbre  the  entrance  to  the  harbor, 
is  high  land;  the  eastern  point  of  Huntingdon  Island  lies  al)out  "J  miles  to  the  northward 
of  Hare  Island,  and  W.  S.  \V.  4'  \V.  about  lo  miles  from  Gamiet  Island  ;  it  is  moderately 
high,  and  in  length,  from  east  to  west,  7  miles ;  olf  its  eastern  point  are  some  small  islets, 
named  Sadler's  and  Leveret's  Islands,  and  a  little  to  the  northward  of  the  latter  is  a  rocky 
flat ;  these  lie  l*  mile  olf  the  cMri'tiiejJoint  of  Huntingdon  Island.  'J'here  is  a  safe  passage 
above  a  mile  wide,  along  the  southern  side  of  Huntingdon  Island:  this  leads  into  Hunting- 
don Harbor,  ojipositc  which  yon  may  ride  safely  iu  from  5  to  lo  fathoms  water ;  further  in 
towards  the  island  it  shallows,  but  the  best  anchorage  is  behind  Egg  Island,  in  (>  fathoms,  near 
that  island  ;  here  you  will  bo  secure  from  all  winds,  and  ride  very  convenient  for  both  wood- 
ing and  watering,  there  being  abundance  of  both  on  the  island. 

SANDWICH  BAV,  calle.l  by  the  natives  Netsbuitoke. — On  the  south-western  side  of 
Huntingdon  Island  is  Earl  and  Diver  Islands,  on  either  side  of  which  is  a  ])assage  into  Sand- 
wich Bay ;  but  the  chaimel  between  Diver  Island  and  Earl  Island,  called  Diver's  Tickle,  is 
very  narrow,  and  has  in  some  places  not  more  than  (>  feet  water,  while  that  between  Diver 
and  Huntingdon's  Islands,  is  over  a  sandy  llat  of  [),  lv2,  and  16  feet  water,  and  consecpiently 
not  to  be  attempted  by  large  vessels.  To  the  eastward  is  Cartwriglu's  Harbor,  leading  to 
the  Favorite's  Tickle,  and  thence  to  Sandwich  Bay;  this  has  deeper  water,  and  by  keeping 
the  southern  land  well  open  of  Earl's  Island  you  will  go  through  it  until  you  reach  the 
Narrows,  when  the  two  points  forming  the  Narrows  must  be  brotight  on  with  each  other, 
and  this  will  lead  between  the  eastern  sn;all  island  and  the  main  in  4,  7,  and  'J  fathoms;  be- 
Iween  the  Narrows  is  18  fathoms.  Sandwich  Bay  is  a  very  tine  liari)or,  G  or  8  miles  broad, 
And  6  leagues  deep,  with  plenty  of  wood  and  water,  and  4  rivers  running  into  it,  abounding  with 
salmon.  There  is  very  good  riding  in  a  cove  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  and  also  on  the 
northern  side  under  a  mountain  ;  from  the  shore,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  and  live  miles 
to  the  westward,  the  soundings  stretch  gradually  oil' the  shore,  from  5  to  -Jj  fatlioms,  muddy 
ground,  and  extend  full  three  miles  from  the  land.  The  passage  into  the  bay,  on  the  western 
side  of  Huntingdon  and  Earl  Islands  is  the  widest  and  best  channel,  for  that  to  the  southward 
We  have  just  shown  to  be  narrow,  shallow  and  inconvenient:  to  enter  to  the  northward  of 
Huntingdon  Island  you  must  beware  of  the  flats  which  lie  a  little  to  the  northward  of  Leveret's 
Island ;  there  is  deep  water  at  the  entrance,  and  you  will  see  the  Island  of  Plantation  to  the 
northward,  a  little  to  westward  of  which  is  Henrietta's  Island;  between  these  two  is  Inde- 
pendent Harbor,  a  snug  retreat  running  in  north,  and  having  every  convenience  for  the  fish- 
eries. Directly  before  this  har!)or,  and  in  the  fairway  of  the  channel  to  Sandwich,  are  the 
Double  Islands;  in  entering  you  will  leave  Wedge  Island  and  Bellows  Rock  to  the  northward 
and  Gull  Island  to  the  southward,  and  pass  on  either  side  of  the  Double  Islands  ;  your  course 
then  will  b^  N.  W.  by  W.  41  miles ;  and  having  got  beyond  the  N.  W.  point  of  Huntingdon 
Island,  you  will  perceive  Entrance  Ishiiul  lying  midway  between  the  point  and  the  o;)posite 
shore;  the  channel  now  bends  to  the  S.  Westward,  and  is  bounded  to  the  northward  by  the 
North  River  Flats,  and  to  thcsoiuhwardby  Huntingdon  Flats,  the  deep  water  passage  being 
about  a  mile  broad  :  you  may  sail  in  on  either  side  of  Entrance  Island  ;  proceed  W.  by  S. 
towards  Main  Tickle  Point ;  from  olf  this  point  a  spit  extends  E.  N.  E.  1^  mile,  contracting 
the  chaimel  and  making  the  navigable  i)assage  very  narrow  for  large  ships  to  enter :  on  the  star- 
hoard  side  arc  the  two  Brenton  Islands,  situated  in  Table  Hill  Cove  :  when  you  get  these  open 
of  each  other,  a  line  passing  directly  between  them,  or  when  the  North  Brenton  opens  its  own 
length  to  the  eastward  of  the  southern  one,  you  will  clear  the  spit  in  4i  fathoms;  when  these 
islands  come  on  with  each  other,  you  will  pass  over  the  spit  in  'J  fathoms  water:  the  cross 
mark  is  Green  and  Leading  Mark  Island  in  one  ;  these  lead  on  to  the  centre  of  the  pit,  and  are 
two  islands  situated  on  Huntingdon  Flats;  the  leading  mark  to  go  through  the  Main  Tickle 
Passage  is  Leading  Mark  Island  on  Old  Man's  Head;  this  wiii  carry  you  clear  of  the 
shoals  on  both  sides  in  from  6  to  14  fathoms,  right  into  Sandwich  Bay ;  to  sail  out  of  the 
bay  bring  the  hollow  part  of  Leading  Mark  Island  in  one  with  the  gap  of  Old  Man's  Head, 
until  you  are  withift  three  cables'  lengths  of  the  former,  then  give  the  island  a  berth  of  equal 
distance  is  passings  and  steer  direct  for  Entrance  Island. 


FROM! 


From  11 
distance  iiJ 
miles;  bctl 
water,  butf 
RED  11 
which  lies] 
somewhat 
the  bay,  ail 
harbor;  tlJ 
head  of  thi] 
passage  is 
which  at  a 
also  not  to 
the  length 
has  very  g 
is  no  pass; 
eastward,  1 
black  rnck> 
the  high  ro 
you  directl 
BLACK 
anchorage 
from  Ship 
St.  Modest 
island,  calk 
recommcnc 
WOLF' 
Island,  (list 
form  the  e-, 
towards  tin 
the  cove  b( 
of  this  cov( 
small  vesse 
FORT! 
them  is  rat 
tance;  on 
oms,  but  V 
like  a  shall 
coming  fri 
of  Forteai 
mer  of  the 
Blanc  Sal 
sand,  and 
fathoms  w 
sometime: 
leads  to  1 
berth  in  \i 
LABR 
nearly  noi 
tween  it  a 
it  rises  u] 
Lady's  15 
Eastward 
height,  h 
where  sn 
Harbor,  1 
the  numl 
to  avoid ; 


•■iMMi 


!! 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


lile  N.  by  W. 
•»!■  in  (rum  10 
listiuice  lioiii 

,  sailing  from 
may  go  clear 
Jjasisage  into 
S'lt.  tiiat  lies 
ptli  of  three 

r  small  craft, 
latlionis  wa- 
t  the  harbor, 
e  northward 
I  moderately 
small  islets, 
M-  is  a  rocky 
safe  passage 
to  Huiiting- 
■ ;  further  in 
itlioms,  near 
both  wood- 

>fcrn  side  of 
3  into  Sand- 
's Tickle,  is 
ween  Diver 
)nse(|uently 
,  leading  to 
by  keeping 
I  reach  the 
^ach  other, 
hoiiis;  be- 
llies broad, 
nding  with 
ilso  on  the 
I  live  miles 
IS,  muddy 
le  western 
outhward 
thward  of 
Leveret's 
ion  to  the 
o  is  Inde- 
tho  lish- 
1,  are  the 
orthward 
nr  course 
ntingdon 
opposite 
rd  by  the 
ire  being 
^V.  by  S. 
itracting 
tliestar- 
eseopen 
s  its  own 
en  these 
he  cross 
and  are 
Tickle 
of  the 
of  the 
s  Head, 
jf  equal. 


FROM  CHATEAUX  BAY  TO  THE  ESQUIMAUX  ISLANDS,  AT  THE 
ENTRANCE  OF  THE  RIVER  ST.  LAWRENCE. 

Variation  alloived  2  Points. 

From  York  Point,  the  southern  entrance  of  Clint  faux  Bay,  to  Barrre  Point,  the  course  and 
distance  is  W.  by  S.  5.V  leagues;  from  Barge  Point  to  Saddle  Island  is  nearly  west,  10 
miles;  between  these  is  (Jreen  Bay,  a  place  where  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  12  fathoms 
water,  but  open  to  the  S.  Easterly  winds. 

RED  BAi'. — This  is  an  excellent  harbor,  and  may  always  be  known  i)y  Saddle  Island, 
which  lies  at  its  entrance  ;  thisisland  rises  up  at  each  end,  and  sinks  down  in  the  middle, 
somewhat  similar  to  a  saddle  ;  there  is  also  a  remarkable  round  hill  on  the  western  side  of 
the  bay,  and  opposite  to  the  west  end  of  Saddle  Island,  which  will  tend  to  |)oint  out  the 
liarbor;  the  land  on  the  west  side  of  tlu>  bay  is  high,  the  eastern  side  rather  low,  and  the 
head  of  the  bay  is  high  and  woody:  in  sailing  into  this  place,  there  is  little  danger,  the 
passage  is  to  the  westward  of  Saddle  Island,  only  taking  care  to  give  a  berth  to  the  rock, 
which  at  a  (piarter  eb!)  is  above  water,  and  lies  oifthe  western  i)oint  of  the  main  land,  and 
also  not  to  come  too  near  to  the  inner  part  of  Saddle  Island,  as  a  shoal  stretches  off  it  about 
the  length  of  a  cable.  The  western  bay  lies  in  to  the  northward  of  the  western  point,  and 
has  very  good  anchorage  with  westerly  winds,  but  somewhat  open  to  the  eastward;  there 
is  no  passage  e\ce])t  for  boats,  to  the  eastward  of  Saddle  Island  ;  vessels  ctnning  from  the 
eastward,  must  be  careful  to  go  clear  of  a  small  rock  which  lies  about  a  mile  from  the  two 
black  rocky  islets,  which  are  at  the  east  end  of  Saildle  Island,  and  near  a  mile  off  the  shore: 
the  high  round  hill  at  the  west  side  of  the  bay  on  with  the  saddle  of  Saddle  Island,  will  lead 
you  directly  upon  the  rock,  and  the  sea  commonly  breaks  over  it. 

BLACK  BAY  lies  to  the  W.  S.  Westward,  distant  10  miles  from  Saddle  Islapd ;  the 
anchorage  here  is  tolerably  good,  but  too  much  ex])osed  tc  the  S.  E.  winds.  S.  W.  by  S. 
from  Ship  Head,  which  is  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  Black  Bay,  distant  1 J  mile,  is 
St.  Modeste  Island  ;  it  is  small  and  low,  but  v(  -^els  fretpiently  riui  in  to  aplace  within  the 
island,  called  St.  Modeste  Bay,  and  anchor,  but  this,  though  occasionally  used,  cannot  be 
recomiriended. 

WOLF'S  COVE,  OR  L'ANCE  DE  LOUP.— S.  AV.  by  W.  fiom  St.  Modeste 
Island,  distant  4A  miles,  begin  some  remarkable  red  cliffs,  which  continue  full  2  miles,  and 
form  the  eastern  point  of  Wolf's  Cove ;  this  is  high  tal)le  land,  terminating  with  steep  cliffs 
towards  the  sea.  The  entrance  to  Wolf's  Cove  is  about  2  miles  wide,  the  two  points  of 
the  cove  bearing  from  each  other  S.  W.  and  N.  E. ;  there  is  good  anchorage  at  the  head 
of  this  cove  in  12  fathoms  water,  and  also  on  the  western  side,  in  Schooner's  Cove,  where 
small  vessels  may  lie  safely  in  7  fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  sand. 

FORTE  AU  BAY  lies  5  or  6  miles  to  the  westward  of  Wolf's  Cove,  the  shore  beiwCen 
them  is  rather  low;  Forteau  Bay  is  about  3  miles  i)road,  and  runs  in  nearly  the  same  dis- 
tance ;  on  the  western  side,  near  the  head  of  the  bay,  is  good  riding,  in  from  10  to  16  fath- 
oms, but  exposed  to  the  southward.  Off  the  east  point  of  the  bay  is  a  rock,  which  appears 
like  a  shallop  under  sail;  and  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay  is  a  fall  of  water,  which,  on 
coming  from  the  eastward  will  easily  be  percejitible.  West  7  miles  from  the  western  point 
of  Forteau  Bay  is  Island  an  Bois,  and  2  miles  westward  of  that  is  Creen  Island;  the  for- 
mer of  these  is  of  moderate  height,  and  has  a  good  passage  round  it;  it  lies  in  front  of 
Blanc  Sablon  Bay.  where  a  vessel  niay  occasionally  find  anchorage:  but  the  ground  is  loose 
sand,  and  will  not  hold.  The  channel  between  Bois  and  (ireen  Islands  is  good,  and  has  H 
fathoms  water  in  it ;  there  is  a  cove  on  the  eastern  side  of  (Jreen  Island,  where  a  fishery  '■■ 
sometimes  carried  on ;  there  is  also  a  |)assag(!  between  Creen  Island  and  the  main,  whic  ' 
leads  to  Brador  Bay  and  Harbor;  but  you  should  be  careful  to  give  tirand  Point  a  good 
berth  in  passinsr,  as  some  sunken  rocks  lie  directly  off  the  point. 

LABRADOR  HARBOR.— From  (4reen  Island  to  Island  of  Ledges,  the  course  is 
nearly  north,  distant  5  miles;  the  Harbor  of  Brador  may  readily  be  known  by  the  land  be- 
tween it  and  Point  Belle's  Amour:  the  point  itself  is  low  and  green,  but  about  a  mile  inland, 
it  rises  up  to  high  table  land  ;  and  further  inland  are  three  remarkable  hills,  called  our 
Lady's  Bul)bies ;  theso  are  round  and  may  be  seen  all  along  the  coast,  lying  to  the  N. 
Eastward  about  v  "agues  distant  from  the  Island  of  Ledges;  this  island  is  of  moderate 
height,  having  a  great  many  islets  and  rocks  about  it;  on  its  eastern  side  is  Blubber  Cove, 
where  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  2  and  2i  fathoms.  There  are  two  passages  into  Brador 
Harbor,  but  that  to  the  northward  of  the  Island  of  Ledges  ii  by  no  means  safe,  on  account  cf 
the  number  of  rocks  scattered  about  it.  To  enter  the  eastern  passage,  you  must  take  care 
to  avoid  a  small  rock,  which  lies  about  S,  W,  by  W.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  low  point 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


:■ 

r 
i  ^ 

: 


on  the  main,  where  the  houses  stand ;  on  this  rocit  the  sea  commonly  Ineaks  and  shows 
itself  at  a  quarter  ebb  :  on  the  eastern  side,  within  this  rocii,  is  Shallop  Cove  ;  from  the 
point  above  the  cove,  a  shoal  stretches  off  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  and  con- 
tinues nearly  the  same  distance,  quite  to  the  head  of  the  harltor. 

ESQUIMAUX  RIVER  AND  BAY.— From  Point  lictlr.'n  Amnur  h  the  oiitir  Es(}ui- 
maux  Island,  the  course  and  distance  is  W.  by  S.  10  or  11  miles  ;  N.  N.  E.  aboiu  4  miles 
from  which  there  is  good  anchorage,  between  two  high  islands,  for  small  vessels ;  and  within 
these  lies  the  River  Esquimaux.  From  hence  to  Dog  Island,  is  a  cliaiii  or  cluster  of  small 
islands  and  rocks,  the  easternmost  of  whicli  are  commonly  called  the  Es(|niinaux  Islands; 
the  mjddle  ones,  the  Old  Fort  Islands;  and  the  western  ones,  the  Dog  Islands;  within  tliese, 
and  on  the  main  land,  are  various  good  bays  and  ])lac('s  of  shell er;  but  the  (  ntnuices  to  them 
are  so  intricate,  narrow,  and  dangerous,  that  no  person,  iinlcss  well  aei(u;(inte<l,  should  at- 
tempt to  navigate  a  vessel  through  them.  These  islands  extend  from  I  he  outer  Esquimau^ 
Island  nearly  4  leagues,  ;ind  some  of  them  are  full  4  mill's  from  I  he  land. 

LITTLE  BAV.—W.N.AV.  about;-,  miles  from  the  Do- Islands,  i,-.  Little  Hay.  in  which 
small  vessels  inay  find  very  good  anchorage;  nearly  a  mile  to  the  westwanl  (*!'  Ijittle  Bay,  is 
the  Bay  D'Omar;  this  bay  runs  up  N.  E.  by  N.  nearly  .'i  miles,  the  land  on  both  sides  being 
yery  high,  \,\\\.  the  western  shore  is  the  highest ;  its  width  is  -.ibcut  J  rabies"  lengths,  but  olf 
the  cqves  it  is  broader;  outside  of  the  eastern  point  of  the  l)ay,  are  l  small  islets,  a  cable's 
length  from  land.  This  bay  has  good  anchorage,  the  best  place  being  -J  miles  within  the 
entrance,  o})posite  a  woody  cove  on  the  west  side,  w  here  you  will  lie  seciu'e  in  14  and  16 
fathqms  water,  witli  abundance  of  wood  and  water.  ( )n  the  west  side  also,  a  mile  within  the 
entratjce,  is  a  remarkable  green  cove,  but  this  becomes  shoal  a  short  di>;ance  from  the  shore. 
From  the  entrance  of  the  Hay  D'Omar  to  i'owl  |s|;uiil,  tliecoiirsi!  and  disiance  is  W.  S.  \V. 
i  S.  2  miles.  This  is  a  remarkable  round  island,  of  moder.ue  lieiulu,  and  lies  a  mile  from 
the  main  land;  about  it,  and  between  l^owl  Island  and  Sheealica,  are  a  gieat  number  of 
islets  and  rocks,  the  coast  being  therel)y  rendei-ed  dangeious  to  navigate  unless  you  have  a 
fresh  of  wind;  the'rocks  will  then  show  themselves  by  tlie  sea  breaking  over  them. 

From  Bou'l  Islnml  to  Sluciit/ca,  the  coiu'se  is  W.  by  .\.  alioul  two  h'a::ues;  and  3  miles 
p.  N.  E.  from  Shecatic.i  Island  is  the  Bay  of  Petit  Peiie,  raniiina  in  N.  N.  E.  about  5 
miles;  but  this  place  is  scarcely  fit  for  vessels  to  go  into,  because  the  water  is  too  deep,  the 
entrance  too  narrow,  the  ground  bad,  and  the  whole  bav  open  to  the  southerly  winds. 

MISTANOGUE  BAY  lies  abo.it  -2  miles  to  the  wVsluard  of  Petit  Peiie;  there  is  a 
good  channel  between  the  Island  Shecatiea  and  the  main,  and  niaiiy  seals  are  freijuently 
caught  there.  Before  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  Mistanogue,  lies  an.  island  of  the  same 
uanie ;  here,  between  the  island  and  the  river,  flie  anchorage  i*  good,  with  froiu  15  to  20 
fathoms  water ;  the  ground  holds  well,  and  there  is  room  enough  to  moor.  To  go  into  this 
■road,  you  should  pass  round  the  western  end  of  the  island,  which  is  bold  to,  or  else  round 
its  eastern  end,  and  between  it  and  Sljecatica;  but  this  latter  passage  is  fit  only  for  small 
Vessels.  In  the  Bay  of  Mistanogue  the  anchorage  is  good  up  to  the  very  head,  the  channel 
'ip  both  long  and  narrow;  the  islaiul  and  the  main  land,  at  the  entrance,  has  a  barren  aj)- 
jiearance,  and  is  high,  but  both  wood  and  water  may  be  obtained  in  the  bay. 

SHECATICA  BAY  runs  close  in  to  the  westward  of  Mi  uaiiogue  Island,  and  extends 
many  miles  up  the  country,  its  cotirse  bending  to  the  northwanl,  and  ha\  in';  various  branch- 
es and  turnings,  with  numerous  islands,  capable  of  i^ivinu  shelierto  vessels  of  all  descrij)- 
tions;  but  these  are  little  frecjueiued,  and  consequently  not  well  known,  besides  the  passages 
^re  too  narrow  for  strantrers  to  attempt  the  navigation  of. 

SHAG  ISLAND  AND  ROCKS.— Nearly  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  above  2  leagues  from 
the  Island  of  Mistanogue,  is  the  iShag  Island  and  Rocks;  the  island  is  small,  high,  and  has  a 
round  peaked  hill  in  the  middle  ;  to  the  eastward  ol'it  are  a  iuinii)er  of  rocks  above  water, 
the  outermost  lying  E.  S.  E  i  E.  one  mile  and  one-third  froi.i  the  island. 
'  CUMBEI-LLAND  IIARBOll  lies  N.  N.  E.  ,^  N.  about  three  miles  from  the  outer  Shag 
Rocks;  and  may  readily  be  distinguished  by  a  remarkable  hiuh  hill  on  tlie  main  land,  ap- 
pearing like  a  castle  at  its  sununit.  being  a  steep  elill',  looking  like  walls  ;  this  hill  lies  N.  by 
"^V.  nearly  '.}!j  leagues  from  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  'J'he  outer  islands  which  form  the 
harbor,  are  called  the  Duke  and  Cumberland  Islands  ;  these  are  modiuately  high,  the  east- 
ern one  making  in  two  round  hills.  To  enter  this  harbor  there  is  tio  danger  but  what  appears 
anove  water,  except  one  small  rock,  which  lies  south  aiiont  half  a  mile  from  the  ■•.■(■stern 
head  ;  the  entr.mce  to  the  harbor  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide,  and  the  inlet  half  a  mile  long; 
from  the  eastern  head  you  must  steer  for  the  inner  point  on  the  western  side,  and  after  you 
reach  that  ppint,  haul  over  to  the  eastward,  and  anchor  in  from  20  to  7  fathoms,  excellent 
ground,  and  rortm  enough  foe  any  ships ;  this  is  by  far  the  most  cmnmodious  and  best 
harbor  on  the  coast;  and  also  the  easiest  of  access  ;  fresh  wr-ier  is  plentiful,  but  for  wood 
you  must  go  to  Shecatiea  Biiy. 

SANDY  ISLAND  BAY.— N.  W.  by  N.  about  2\  miles  from  Shag  Island,  is  the  bay 
and  harbor  of  Sandy  Island  ;  to  sail  into  this,  you  should  nass  to  the  eastward  of  the  Murr 
JB^ptks,  keeping  the  starboafd  point  of  tjte  bay  "on  board,  you  will  then  perceive  a  small  rqcl^ 


nbove  water  to 
oil  eithe    side 
dange- ;    here 
ground  and  sa 
POUT  A> 
Augustine,  is 
derately  high, 
to  be  distingui 
a-third  of  ami 
but  even  at  tii 
■a  safe  jjassage 
and  Rouiul  Is 
with  plenty  ol 
gustine's  Islai 
outermost  of  V 
ter  of  a  mile, 
of  these  are  v 
above  water, 
Augustine  ;  y( 
will  bear  N.N 
or  von  may  st 
THE  RIV 
to  the  N.  N. 
only  lit  for  bo; 
up,  it  divides 
wood  and  wati 
From  St.  A 
distance  is  W 
which  are  ma 
Bay,  cannot  i 
other,  that  alt  1 
entrances,  nor 
EAC.LK   1 
Ila  Ha  Bay,  a 
vessels  in  seen 
to  find  out  thi 
whence  you  si 
mile  from  the 
the  eastward, 
if  you  intend 
E.  2:^  miles,  i 
able  high  isla 
harbor,  when 
sage  to  this 
small  vessels, 
This  part  c 
weather,  onai 
latter  being  v 
fore,  always  1 
IIAHAB 
i.slandsat  itsr 
Seal  Point  ai 
safe  passage, 
7  miles,  and  1 
eastward,  are 
casionally  an 
but  on  the  wi 
trance  on  th 
small,  but  sii 
this  harbor  i 
LITTLK 
is  small,  am 
island  ;  but  i 
southward  c 
the  Woody 
chor  in  the 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


9 


above  wafer  to  tlie  N.  N.  Westward ;  tliis  lies  ofl"  tlin  entnmce  of  the  harbor ;  you  may  pass 
1)11  eitlii;  ■  side  of  tliis  rork,  iiihI  tlitii  steer  in  N.  N.  K.  7'  N.  for  the  harhor;  there  is  no  other 
dange'  ;  liere  you  will  Imve  room  enonjj;h  to  uioor  in  5  and  b  fathoms  water,  with  good 
ground  and  safe  ridin;; ;  tliere  is  no  wood  here,  but  water  in  plenty.  \ 

POUT  AND  KIVKli  ST.  AU(UISTINE.—Tiie  entrance  to  the  Port  and  River  St. 
Augustine,  is  between  Shag  Island  .:.id  St.  Augustine  Square;  the  West  Island,  which  is  mo- 
derately high,  the  wiistern  part  being  the  highest,  and  (piite  low  in  the  middle,  but  not  easily 
to  be  distinguished  at  a  distance,  on  acrount  of  tlie  islands  within  it  being. much  higher; 
a-tliird  of  a  mile  to  tlie  eastward  of  this  is  the  I'ast  Island,  somewhat  larger,  not  quite  so  high, 
but  even  at  tiie  summit ;  iietw  ecu  these  islands,  after  passing  the  Chain  and  Square  Islands,  is 
a  safe  |)assage  f(»r  small  vessels  to  enter  this  port;  and  they  can  anchor  between  the  West 
and  Round  Islands  ;  or  run  to  the  northward,  past  Round  Island,  and  stop  in  6  or  7  fathoms, 
with  plenty  of  room  to  moor  S.  W.  by  W.  aliout  half  a  league  from  west  part  of  St,  Au- 
gustine's Island,  is  a  string  of  small  islands,  commonly  called  St.  Augustine's  Chain,  the 
outermost  of  which  is  a  rematkable  smooth  round  rock,  and  to  the  westward  ofthis  one  quar- 
ter of  a  mile,  are  several  rocks  under  water,  over  which  the  sea  is  constantly  breaking,  some 
of  these  are  visible  at  one-third  ebb  :  half  a  mile  W.  S.  W.  from  these  is  a  high  black  rock 
above  water,  and  between  these  two  is  the  best  passage  for  large  vessels  into  the  Port  of  St. 
Augustine ;  you  should  steer  from  tliir,  black  rock,  towards  a  remarkable  low  point,  which 
will  bear  N.  N.  E.  jj  N.  until  you  open  the  port ;  then  haul  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed ; 
or  voii  may  steer  up  the  passage  between  this  point  and  Round  Island,  and  anchor. 

THE  RIVER  ST.  ATJtiUSTINE  is4i  leagues  from  the  entrance  of  the  port,  and  lies 
to  the  N.  N.  W.  having  several  islands  lying  in  the  passage  ;  but  the  river  is  shallow,  and 
only  (it  for  boats  to  enter;  there  is  a  sandy  bar  across,  which  dries  at  low  water.  Two  miles 
vip,  it  divides  into  two  branches,  both  running  to  the  N.  N.  Westward  for  14  or  15 leagues; 
wood  and  water  arc  |)lrntiful. 

From  St.  Augustine's  (Miain  to  the  bluff  heail  of  Great  Mecatina  Island,  the  course  and 
distance  is  W.  S.  W.  8  leagues  and  one  mil'" :  the  coast  is  lined  with  islands,  within  and  about 
which  are  many  harbors  ;  the  main  land  in  sailing  along  this"part,  from  Shecatica  to  Ha  Ha 
Bay,  cannot  lie  seen,  and  the  adjacent  islands  are  so  high,  so  numerous,  and  so  near  each 
other,  that  although  there  are  navigable  passages  between  them,  yet  you  cannot  discover  their 
entrances,  nor  perceive  them  to  be  islands,  until  you  get  near  and  entangled  among  them. 

EAdLE  HARIU)ll. — This  lies  at  the  western  end  of  Long  Island,  to  the  eastward  of 
Ila  Ha  Bay,  and  is  formed  by  a  elusterof  islands,  being  capable  of  holding  a  great  number  of 
vessels  in  security  ;  in  it  are  from  "20  to  IC  falhoms  water,  the  ground  holding  wel'  In  order 
to  find  out  this  anchorage,  it  will  be  advisable  to  make  for  the  Great  Island  of  Mecatina,  from 
whence  you  should  shape  your  course  for  the  Fox  Islands,  which  lie  S.  S.  E.  ^  S.  one  large 
mile  from  the  westernmost  entrance  of  the  harbor;  it  may  also  be  known  by  a  deep  bay  to 
the  eastward,  without  any  islands  in  it,  while  to  the  westward  there  are  a  great  many.  But 
if  you  intend  sailing  in  to  the  eastward,  you  should  steer  from  the  Fox  Islands  N.  N.  £.  ^' 
E.  2^  miles,  into  the  bay,  when  you  will  obs  rve  to  the  N.  N.  Westward  of  you,  a  remarlt- 
able  high  island,  round  which,  to  the  northward,  is  a  safe  passage  of  three  fathoms  into  the 
harbor,  where  you  will  ride  in  safety,  well  sheltered  from  all  winds.  In  the  western  pas- 
sage to  this  harbor,  there  are  21  fathoms  ;  this  is,  however,  a  narrow  channel,  fit  only  for 
small  vessels,  and  running  in  between  many  small  islands. 

This  part  of  the  coast  is  very  dangerous  for  any  vessels  to  fall  in  with,  in  dark  and  foggy 
weather,  on  account  of  the  infinite  nuinlier  of  small  low  islets  and  rocks  about  it,  ma;jy  of  the 
latter  being  under  water,  and  to  avoid  which  no  practical  mark  can  be  given;  it  will,  there- 
fore, always  be  advisable  and  prudent  to  keep  off  the  coast  to  a  considerable  distance. 

IIA  II.V  BAY  lies  on  the  main,  to  the  westward  of  Eagle  Harbor,  and  has  several  small 
islands  at  its  entrance,  forming  separate  entrances;  thebestof  these  is  that  which  lies  between 
Seal  Point  and  Round  Island,  leaving  all  the  islands  on  the  starboard  side  ;  this  is  a  wide  and 
.safe  passage,  having  no  danger  but  what  is  visii)le.  Ha  Ha  Bay  runs  in  to  the  northward  about 
7  miles,  and  has  many  islands  at  its  head,  on  the  staibward  side  ;  within  these  islands,  to  the 
eastward,  are  numerous  anchorages,  with  from  9  to  -20  fathoms  water  ;  vessels  may  also  oc- 
casionally anchor  all  along  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  in  li  and  14  fathoms,  muddy  bottom, 
but  on  the  western  side  the  water  is  too  deep.  N.  N.  W.  ^  N.  about  two  miles  from  the  en- 
trance on  the  west  side,  is  a  high  bluff  head;  round  this  head  N.  W.  by  W.  half  a  mile,  is  a 
small,  but  safe  harbor  for  small  vessels,  in  which  you  will  have  12  fathoms,  good  ground  ; 
this  harbor  is  formed  by  an  island,  on  either  side  of  which  there  is  a  narrow  but  safe  passage. 

LITTLE  FISH  HARBOR  is  to  the  southward  of  Ha  Ha  Bay,  and  runs  in  westerly";  it 
is  small,  and  formed  by  an  island  covered  with  wood;  you  may  sail  in  on  either  side  of  the 
island  ;  but  the  northern  passage  is  considered  to  be  the  better  of  the  two  ;  in  the  bav  to  the 
southward  of  the  island,  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  partly  visible  at  all  times.  S.  E.  by  t.  from 
the  Woody  Island  lies  a  rock,  on  which  are  only  two  fathoms  at  low  water.  You  may  an- 
chor in  the  harbor  at  the  back  of  this  island  in  7  or  8  fathoms,  and  have  plenty  of  room  to 

2 


»»»wa:w~-  -.--^iri/m^-f, 


10 


DLUNT's   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


i 


r 


moor.     Off  the  northern  point  of  the  entmnce  to  this  hiirbor,  ciillecl  Seiil  Point,  are  two 
little  islands,  and  a  small  sandy  cove,  where  a  seal  fishery  is  carried  on. 

Between  Fish  Harbor  and  Iln  Ha  Hay  there  is  n  very  reinarl<al)le  rouiiil  hii;li  liill,  making 
in  a  peak,  which  may  serve  as  a  landmark  to  jjoint  nut  eitlier  of  these  |)iates  ot  aneliorage. 

GREAT  MECATINA  ISLAND  lies  .3  miles  olf  the  main  land,  it  is  ;{]  miles  long,  and 
about  3  miles  broad,  beinc;  the  most  rcniarkal)le  land  at  this  part  of  the  coast ;  it  rises  nji  in 
the  middle,  which  is  much  higher  than  either  of  the  ends;  its  E.  N.  E.  pf)iiit  makes  like 
a  bluff  head,  and  round  this  head  to  the  northward,  within  a  cluster  of  small  islands,  there 
is  a  cove  running  in  about  one  mile  and  a  half;  in  this  cove  vessels  can  safely  anchor,  in 
from  14  to  20  ftthoms,  pood  ground,  and  may  obtain  both  wood  and  water. 

MECATINA  HARBOR.— This  harbor  is  formed  behind  iMecatina  Isliuid  on  the  main; 
it  is  safe  but  small,  yet  will  admit  vessels  of  burthen,  there  bein<;  not  less  than  :$  fathoms  at 
low  water,  in  either  passage  to  it;  but  they  must  moor  head  anti  stern,  there  being  no  room 
to  moor  otherwise.  To  sail  in  through  the  western  passage  there  is  no  danger,  but  to  sail 
in  through  the  eastern  channel  you  must  observe  the  following  directions.  From  thelnastern 
point  of  Mecatina  Island  steer  North  towards  the  main  land,  keep  that  close  on  board  until 
you  get  the  we  , tern  point  of  the  island  on  with  the  point  of  Dead  (Jove ;  this  is  a  small  cove 
on  the  main,  which  lies  open  to  the  eastward  ;  the  land  which  forms  it  is  very  low,  with 
some  brushwood  upon  it ;  then  sail  on  in  that  direction  until  you  get  above  a  stony  point, 
which  is  to  the  north  side  of  the  said  cove ;  or  until  you  bring  the  north  point  of  (iuil 
Island,  which  is  a  small  island  lying  E.  by  N.  distant  one  mile  from  Mecatina  Island,  on 
with  the  E.  N.  E.  point  of  Mecatina  Island,  you  will  then  be  within  a  spit  of  rocks  which 
stretches  off  the  island,  and  must  haul  over  for  Mecatina  island,  in  order  to  avoid  a  ledge 
which  runs  off  from  the  point  of  Dead  Cove  ;  -nd  when  you  bring  the  western  passage  open, 
you  may  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water.  Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  and  bound 
for  the  Harbor  of  Mecatina,  in  passing  to  the  northward  of  Gull  Island,  should  be  careful 
either  to  keep  Gull  Island  or  the  main  land  close  on  board,  m  order  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock 
that  lies  near  halfway  between  Gull  Island  and  the  main,  on  one  part  of  which  there  is 
not  above  3  feet  water.  The  highest  part  of  the  land  between  Grand  Point  and  Ha  Ha 
Bay  is  directly  over  the  Harbor  of  Me*   tina. 

THE  GRAND  POINT  OF  MECA  TINA  is  the  extremity  of  a  promontory,  which  runs 
out  from  the  main  land,  it  is  low  at  the  point,  but  rises  inland,  slopin;'  gradually  up  until  it 
becomes  of  considerable  height ;  it  may  easily  be  recognized  by  the  adjact;nt  islands  and 
rocks  which  ar^  about  it;  the  nearest  is  a  small  low  rock,  not  far  from  the  point ;  two  of 
Aese  islands^re  much  large/,  and  risenmch  higher  than  the  others  ;  and  the  outernuist  are 
small,  low,  rocky  islands,  lying  11  miles  off  the  point,  S.  E.  by  E.  five  miles  and  a  half  from 
the  Grand  Point  are  theiVIurr  Islands  and  Rocks,  and  these  are  the  most  southerly  islands 
on  all  the  coast.  The  n(»rthernmost  Murr  Island  bears  from  the  otlij^r  north  a  little  westerly, 
distant  one  mile;  they  are  remar!.able  objects,  being  two  barren  rocks,  of  moderate  height 
and  steep  all  round.  About  half  a  mile  E.  S.  E.  from  the  southern  Murr  Island,  are  the 
two  Murr  Rocks,  both  appearing  above  water,  and  E.  ^  S.  from  the  same  island  lies  a  ledge 
of  rocks,  under  water,  on  which  the  sea  generally  breaks. 

BAY  DE  PORTAGE.— -N.  W.  by  N.  from  the  Murr  Islands,  distant  two  leagues,  is  the 
Bay  de  Portage,  the  land  over  which  makes  in  a  valley,  each  side  being  high  ;  at  its  entrance 
lies  an  island  of  moderate  height,  which  forms  the  harbor ;  you  may  enter  on  either  side  of 
this  island,  but  the  eastern  passage  is  fit  only  for  small  vessels,  there  being  only  2  fathoms, 
in  some  parts  of  it,  at  low  water.  The  western  channel  is  sufficiently  large  and  safe  for  any 
vessel  to  turn,  there  being  from  6  to  8  fathoms  in  it ;  but  they  must  be  careful  to  avoid  two 
sunken  rocks,  on  which  are  only  2^  fathoms  at  low  water.  The  northernmost  of  these  lies 
from  Mutton  Island  S.  by  W.  distant  one  mile  and  a  half;  the  southernmost  rock  bears  from 
the  Seal  Rocks  N.  E.  f  N.  distant  half  a  mile;  they  are  both  bold  to,  and  vessels  may 
borrow  within  a  cable's  length  of  Mutton  Island  or  the  Seal  Rocks. 

Courses  and  Distances  from  Island  to  Island  along  the  Coast,  betwem 
Grand  Point  and  Shecatica,  which  courses  will  carry  you  outside  of  all  the 
other  Islands  and  Rocks. 


From  Grand  Point  of  Mecatina  to  the  outer  rocks  the  course  and  distance  are  S. 
the  outer  rocks  to  the  Murr  Rocks      ....        -         -        E. 

Murr  Rocks  to  Flat  Island E. 

Flat  Island  to  Treble  Hill  Island N. 

Treble  Hill  Island  to  Fox  Islands,  a  cluster  of  islands  lying  S.  \  E, 
from  Eagle  Harbor         .-.-...-N. 

Fox  Islands  to  St.  Augustine'*  Chain E. 

St.  Aujfustine's  Chain  to  Shag  Island  .,...£ 

St.  Augustine's  Chain  to  Shag  Rocks E 

Shag  Rocks  to  the  east  end  of  Shecatina  Island  •       -        -       E. 


S.  E.  J  E.  ei  miles. 

S.  E.  i  S.  2i  do. 

N.  E  i  E.  5    do. 

E.  by  iV.  5i  do. 


N.  E.  J  E, 
bvN. 


9    do. 
15    do. 

N.  E.  )t  N.    7i  do. 
by  N.  9    do. 

N.  E.  i  E.    9    do. 


Cout 
From  the  on 

out 
Gi. 

G, 

Lii 
Ln 
Dii 
R.: 

Ro 

La 

La 
Go 

The  Gr< 
the  coast, 
other  place 
most  remat 
2  points  we 

From  the  R(i 


To  the  M 
nevieve,  wl 
survey  vet 
S.  W.  15  h 
lie  7  miles 
given  to  it ; 
distant  7  oi 
may  steer  < 
p;-ssed  the 
./hit tie,  fl 
may  steer  ^ 
main  land  ; 
Genevieve 

Remark 
outer  ones 
high,  covei 
places  whe 

TlDKS.- 

uncertain, 
settled,  it  ^ 
at  half  afte 
At  Red 
eleven  ;  an 
neaps  4  fee 


uluint's  ame  ican  coast  pilot. 


u 


^onit,  are  two 


Coursrs  and  Disfanres  along  shore,  j)assinfr  tvithin  the  Great  Mecatina  Island. 

From  the  outer  rocks  to  the  Biy  de  Portiise N.  NW.  JN.  4 

do,  (iiiicr  point  of  Mi'catina  Island      -        -        -  N.  J  E.  4 

ontrr  point  i>t'M('calmi»  Island  to  Gull  Island  -         -         -  E,  bv  N.  1 

Gull  lalund  to  Green  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Red  Bay    -        -  N.  E.  i  E.  3 

This  course  will  carry  you  doar  of  the  Shag  Rock, 
mi  fur  ns  vou  ii.tjis  oiitbide  of  Utill  IsUiiil. 
Gull  Island  toLa  Bouie  Rock,  off  the  N.  N,  W.  end  of  Mecaliim        E.  N.  E.  j  N.    4 

La  BouleRork  to  Giccn  Island W,  by  N.  IJ 

La  Houle  Rock  to  Duck  Island N.  |  W.  3 

Duck  Island  to  Roind  Island,  Ha  Ha  Bay       -        -        -        -         N.  E.  i  N.         H 

Round  Island  into  Liillu  Fish  Harbor W.  i  S.  ij 

Round  Island  into  Ilu  Ila  Bay N,  E.  i  E.  1^ 

This  will  leave  nit  th«  Islands  to  the  surhoard. 

La  Boule  Rock  to  Loon  Islands N.  N.E.  ^E.    3 

La  B  )ul<'  Rock  to  Goose  Island E.  N.  E.  6^ 

Goose  Island  to  Fox  Island  N.  E,  by  E.       6 


milei. 
da 
do. 
do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 


The  Great  Island  of  Mecatina  being  the  most  remarkable  point  of  land  about  this  part  of 
the  coast,  from  whence  vessels  frecjnently  take  their  departure,  and  shape  their  courses  to 
other  places,  the  followins;  fable  may  be  useful  in  showinu;  the  bearings  and  distances  of  the 
most  remarkable  points,  rocks,  headlands  and  harbors  from  it,  allowing  the  variation  to  be 
2  points  westerly,  which  is  suHTiciently  near  the  truth  for  any  purpose  of  navigation. 


From  the  Round  Head  of  Mecatina  to  Mecatina  Island 


to  the  outer  rocks  off  the  Islands  of  En- 
trance     ..... 

■  to  Murr  Islands      .... 

■  to  Flat  Island  .        .        .        , 

•  to  Loon  Islands      .... 

•  to  Round  Island  Ha  Ha  Bay  - 
to  Trcl)l(!  Hill  Islands     - 

■  to  Double  Hill  Islands    - 

•  to  Ooose  Islands     ... 

■  to  Fox  Islands        .... 
to  St.  Aui^ustine's  Chain 

•  to  Sha;/  Island         -         -         ^ 

•  to  Sheeatica  .... 


W.  by  R.  i  N.  3 J  milea. 


s.  w.  \  s. 

S.  S.W.J  s. 
S.  by  E, 

N  h  E. 


5    do. 
5  nearly. 
5    miles. 
4    do. 


N.  iV.W.  iN.6i  do. 

E.  f  S.  34  do. 

si  do. 

h\  do. 

11    do. 

35.  do. 


E.  fS, 

N.  N.  E 
N.cE.  I  N. 
N.  E.  \  E, 

E.N.a 


E. 


31}  do. 
41    do. 


To  the  westward  of  the  Grand  Point  of  Mecatina,  until  you  reach  the  Island  of  St.  Ge- 
nevieve, which  is  the  easternmost  of  the  Esquimaux  Islands,  there  appears  to  have  been  no 
survey  yet  made  cf  the  coast ;  the  land  from  the  Grand  Point  of  Mecatina  runs  abont  W. 
.S.  W.  15  leagues  to  Cape  Whittle,  and  is  skirted  by  many  islands  and  rocks,  some  of  which 
lie  7  miles  offshore  ;  therefore,  in  coasting  along,  the  land  must  always  have  a  wide  biftrth 
given  to  it;  vessels  entering  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle,  and  being  abreast  of  Chatoaux  Point, 
distant  7  or  8  miles,  or  having  brought  the  Red  Cliffs  to  bear  west,  distant  5  or  6  miles, 
may  steer  a  W.  S.  W.  JL  \V.  course,  and  they  will  go  clear  of  all  dangers;  when  having 
P"ssed  the  Southmaker's  ledge  ;  which  is  the  outermost  reef,  distant  7  miles  from  Cape 
./hittle,  and  brought  that  cape  to  bear  N.  by  W.  or  North,  distant  8  or  more  miles,  they 
may  steer  W.  by  NTpast  Wolf  Island,  until  they  sec  Mount  Joli,  a  high  mountain  on  the 
main  land  ;  bring  that  to  bear  N.  W.  by  N.  and  a  N.  W.  1  W.  course  will  take  them  to  St. 
Genevieve  Island. 

Rkmarks. — All  the  islands  along  the  coast  of  Labrador  have  a  barren  appearance,  the 
outer  ones  being,  for  the  most  part,  small  low  rocky  islets,  and  the  inner  ones  large  and 
high,  covered  with  a  sort  of  green  moss.  There  is  no  wood  to  be  obtained,  except  at  those 
places  where  we  have  menfioi'cd. 

TioKS. — The  course  and  flowing  of  the  tides  along  the  whole  coast  are  irregular  and 
uncertain,  dejjending  much  upon  the  prevailing  winds  ;  and  when  the  weather  has  been 
settled,  it  was  high  water  at  Sheeatica,  full  and  chv;nge,  about  11  o'clock,  and  at  Mecatina 
at  half  after  two.     The  rise  of  the  tides  being  abou'  7  feet. 

At  Red  Hay,  the  tide  flows  full  and  change  at  half-past  nine  o'clock  ;  at  Forteau  Bay  at 
eleven  ;  and  at  Labrador  at  half  after  11  ;  and  at  all  these  places,  spring  tides  rise  7  feet, 
neaps  4  feet. 


t 
i.     i 


'■ 


■ 


i 


11 


«E]¥ERAL  DESCRIPTIOIV  OF  TnH  I8LAI\D  ArVD 
♦HAWKS  OF  IVEWFOUI^DLAIVD. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  NtWFOUNDLAND  is  situated  on  the  eastern  side,  and  directly 
in  front  of  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence,  its  norlhern  part  l)ein<;  separated  from  the  eoai»i 
of  Labrador  by  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle ;  and  its  south-western  extremity  from  Hreton  Island 
and  Nova  Scotia,  by  the  great  entran(!e  into  the  (iulf.  Its  lenjfth  from  Cape  Kaee  to  (Jape 
Norman,  is  nearly  five  dejjrees  and  a  half,  and  its  breadth,  from  Ca|)e  S|)ear  to  Cape  An^sju- 
ilie,  about  6  degrees  13  miles ;  being  verj  narrow  at  tl  c  northward,  but  becoming  wide  as 
you  approach  southerly ;  its  extremes  lie  between  the  latitudes  of  4fi^  40'  and  61°  40',  and 
the  longitudes  of  52°  25'  and  59'  23'  west.  The  whole  circuit  of  the  island  is  indemed  with 
inlets  and  bays,  many  of  which  are  extensive,  commodions  and  well  sheltered,  where  vessels 
ride  in  perfect  security  ;  into  these  bays  and  harbors  ntimerous  rivulets  continually  run, 
which,  besides  the  fine  purity  of  their  water,  alVord  abundance  of  trout  and  other  fish. — 
Most  of  the  harbors  have  complete  anchorages,  with  clear  and  good  channels  into  them, 
80  that  they  can  be  navigated  at  all  times  without  the  assistance  of  a  pilot;  they  are  fre- 
quently situated  so  near  to  one  another,  that  in  many  jdaces  they  form  a  succession  of  har- 
bors, but  they  are  not  all  inhabited;  the  towns  and  villages  are  in  general  to  be  found  in  the 
larger  branches  only,  where  the  situation  and  soil  are  most  convenient ;  the  inhabitants 
therefore  are  not  numerous,  and  the  settlements  but  small. 

The  Great  Bank  of  Newfoundland  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  and  extends  from 
about  the  latitude  of  42°  North  to  50°  or  upwards,  but  recent  observations  seem  to  prove 
that  its  southern  extent  does  not  exceed  the  parallel  of  42°  50'  N. ;  its  form,  like  those  of  the 
other  banl(8,  is  irregular  and  not  easily  ascertained  or  defined  ;  but  about  the  latitude  of  45°, 
its  breadth,  including  the  Jaquet  and  Whale  Banks,  is  nearly  4  degrees;  to  the  northward 
and  southward  it  narrows  almost  to  a  point,  and  seems  insensibly  to  drop  into  fathomless 
water.  The  Jaquet  and  Whale  Banks  may  be  fairly  considered  parts  of  the  (ireat  Bank, 
being  on\y  divided  from  it  by  channels  of  somewhat  deeper  water.  The  Jaquet  lies  to  the 
eastward,  and  has  55  fathoms  upon  it;  its  edge  is  very  steep  ;  between  it  and  the  edge  of 
the  Great  Bank  are  112,  120,  and  160  fathoms.  The  mariner,  when  entering  u])on  the 
Gre^t  Bank,  will  change  his  soundings  from  60  to  30,  37,  44,  45,  and  60  fathoms  ;  and  as  he 
advances  towards  the  Whale  Banks,  he  will  liave  55  and  60  fathoms;  between  the  (ireat 
Bank  and  the  Whale  Bank  are  72,  75,  and  80  fathoms,  and  upon  the  Whale  Bank  50,  45, 
66,  and  60  fathoms,  being  over  which,  you  again  drop  into  100  and  200  fathoms,  no  ground. 
On  the  western  side  of  the  Great  Bank,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Island  of  Newfound- 
land and  Nova  Scotia,  a  chain  of  banks  extends  almost  t»  o  degrees  from  the  land  ;  these  are 
called  Green  Bank,  Banquereau,  Sable  Island  Bank,  &:c.;  all  tljese  have  soundings  over 
them  of  various  depths,  from  20  to  70  fathoms,  admirably  situated,  in  dark  weather,  to  warn 
the  mariner  of  his  ap5roach  towards  the  land. 

The  Outer  or  False  Bank,  called  also  the  Flemish  Cap.  This  is  a  patch  of  rising  ground 
lying  two  degrees  to  the  eastward  of  the  edge  of  the  Great  Bank,  in  latitude  46°  50',  and 
longitude  45°  ;  its  length  is  supposed  to  be  about  90  miles,  and  breadth  50  miles ;  on  it  are 
from  100  to  158  fathoms;  between  it  and  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Great  Bank  is  much  deeper 
water,  the  bottom  being  very  fine  sand  and  ooze,  which  will  hardly  stick  to  the  lead ;  as  you 
enter  upon  the  Great  Bank  you  will  have  fine  whitish  sand,  speckled  black.  Should  you 
make  the  bank  in  this  latitude,  between  46°  and  47°,  you  must  be  very  careful  to  avoid  beiiig 
drifted  upon  the  Cape  Race  or  Virgin  Rocks.  These  banks  are  frequently  enveloped  in  most 
horrid  fogs,  which,  from  the  middle  of  spring  to  December,  have  been  know  n  to  last  8  and 
10  days  successively :  at  such  times  they  are  often  so  thick  that  you  will  not  be  able  to  see 
any  object  at  ten  fathoms  distance;  a  continual  drizzling  rain  is  dropning  from  your  sail? 
and  rigging,  a  general  calm  prevails,  and  sometimes  attended  with  a  considerable  swell  of 
the  sea,  so  that  you  are  constantly  in  fear  of  running  foul  of  some  vessel,  or  being  drifted 
by  the  currents  upon  some  danger,  which,  from  a  total  inability  of  discovering,  you  will 
have  great  diflficulty  to  avoid.  Added  to  this,  the  currents  which  surround  the  Island  of 
Newfoundland  are  frequently  so  violent  and  so  irregular,  sometimes  driving  towards  the 
shores,  and  sometimes  toward  the  sea,  that  the  greatest  caution  will  always  be  found  neces- 
sary, while  the  known  current  coming  from  the  northern  regions,  sweeps  along  the  shores 
of  Labrador,  and  in  the  spring  detaches  immense  icebergs,  which  float  to  the  southward, 
and  become  exceedingly  dangerous,  especially  in  foggy  weather.  Some  of  these  masses 
will  frequently  be  grounded  in  40  and  50  fathoms  water,  and  others  will  be  met  with  further 

*  E.  &  G,  W,  Blunt  are  now  publishing  a  CHART  of  the  Bank  and  Coast  of  Newfoundland, 
Gut  of  Canso,  and  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  from  tho  Admiralty  Surveys. 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


13 


LrVD 


111  (lirrctly 
1  (he  co;\i»t 
>lori  Ivlaiiil 
(•»!  to  (Jiipe 
iipe  Anjju- 
im  wide  as 
1°  40',  find 
ented  with 
ere  vessels 
iiinlly  run, 
her  (isli- — 
into  tiiem, 
?y  are  (re- 
ion  of  Iiar- 
)und  in  the 
inhabitants 

tends  frotn 
m  to  prove 
liose  oCthe 
ide  of  4o°, 
northward 
fathomless 
reat  l?ank, 
t  lies  to  tlip 
le  edge  of 

upon  the 

;  and  as  he 

the  (ireat 

link  50,  46, 

o  ground. 

ewfound- 
|;  these  are 
(lings  over 
|(;r,  io  warn 

tg  ground 
I'-  50',  and 
on  it  are 
ich  deeper 
[id ;  as  you 
[lould  you 
k'oid  being 
sd  in  most 
last  8  and 
Ible  to  see 
>our  sails! 
swell  of 
kig  drifted 
you  will 
Island  of 
kvards  the 
Qid  neces- 
lie  shores 
luthward, 
le  masses 
111  further 


out  to  Hcawanl,  at  the  distance  of  125  or  130  leagites  from  the  land ;  fortunately  these  for- 
niidalile  oljjectH  may  generally  be  discovered,  even  in  durk  weather,  by  a  white  and  bright 
a|)pearanre  on  the  sky  above  iliem,  and  also  by  the  roar  of  the  waters  breaking  against  them  ; 
they  also  may  be  apprehended  by  the  intense  eoldness  they  dilVuse  to  a  great  distance  around 
them;  they  continue  and  are  usually  met  with  as  late  as  June,  .Inly  and  August.  Your  ap- 
proach towards  the  banks  may  be  known  by  the  numerous  sea  fowls  which  will  attend  yoji, 
as  roches,  maliiuauks  and  divers;  these  latter  are  seldom  found  more  than  ,'i()  leagues  oU' 
the  banks,  but  maliniauks  and  others  are  occasiouully  seen  all  across  the  Atlantic,  but  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  banks  they  become  nunu-rous. 

THE  V11{{JIN  or  CAPK  RACK  KOCKS  are  extremely  d;mgerous;  they  extend  in  an 
irregular  chain  or  cluster  S.  W.  by  VV.  and  N.  E.  by  E.  HOO  yards;  the  breadth  varying  from 
!>00  to  300  yards;  the  least  water  on  a  white  rock  is  4,}  fathoms,  with  from  5  to  fii  fathom.% 
about  one  hundred  yards  all  around  it — the  bottcnu  distinctly  risible.  Towards  the  extremi- 
ties of  the  shoal,  the  soundings  are  from  7  to  9  fiithonus  on  detached  rocks,  with  deep  water 
between  them,  the  current  setting  a  mile  an  hour  to  the  \V.  S.  W.  with  n  confused  cross 
swell  to  the  S.  E. — South,  S.  W. — West,  and  W.  N.  W.  of  the  shoal,  the  water  deepens 
gradually  to  ."JO  fathoms,  half  a  mile  distant,  to  the  N.  \V.  North,  vmd  N.  E.  one  third  of  a 
nule,  and  to  E.  N.  E. — East,  and  E.  S.  E.  a  mile. 

The  bank  upon  which  the  slioal  is  situated,  extends  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S.  4  miles  and 
a  quarter;  and  2^'  miles  across  its  broade»t  part,  with  regular  sotmdings  of  iVoiu  2B  to  30  fa- 
thoms, until  they  suddenly  deepen  on  its  outer  edge  to  .TJ  and  43  fathoms. 

The  bottom  is  seen,  and  large  patches  of  sea-weed  on  the  sand  around  them.  Over  them 
the  sea  breaks  so  violent,  as  to  make  it  unsafe  to  pass  m  a  gale.  Lat.  4(»"  26'  15"3  N.  Long. 
50°  5C'  35"  W. 


EAST  COAST  OF  ]\EWFOlJi^DLAWD, 

FROM  CAPE*  RACE  TO  ST.  JOHN'S  HARBOR. 
Variation  2  Points  West. 

CAPE  RACE,  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  Newfoundland,  and  lies  in  46°  39'  44"  Nbrth  lati- 
tude, and  in  52°  59'  longitude  West  from  Creenwich;  it  is  table  land,  moderately  high; 
near  it  is  a  black  rock,  and  several  smaller  ones  around  it. 

E.  S.  E.  from  Cape  Race  is  a  lishing  bank,  over  which  are  from  17  to  25  fathoms  w.ler; 
it  is  named  the  New  Bank,  and  is  about  5  miles  long  and  2  miles  broad. 

From  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Ballard  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E.  distance  8|  miles.  About 
one  mile  southward  of  Cape  Ballard  is  Chain  Cove  Head,  a])pearing  high  and  dark ;  be- 
tween the  points  is  a  Cove,  and  to  the  westward  of  Chain  Cove  Head  is  Chain  Cove,  having; 
a  black  rock  above  water  lying  before  it. 

RENOWPJS. — About  three  quarters  of  a  league  N.  E.  from  Cape  Ballard  lie  some  small- 
rocks,  oft' Small  Point,  and3|  miles  beyond  Small  Point  are  the  Renowes  Rocks ;  they  are- 
moderately  high  and  bold  toi^  being  distant  from  the  land  about  one  mile;  1|  mile' to  the 
northward  of  these  lies  Renowes  Island,  situated  near  the  main  land  ;  and  about  one  mile  to 
the  southward  of  the  entrance  to  Renowes  Harbor,  which  is  but  an  indift'erent  place  of 
shelter,  with  a  depth  cf  water  of  15  feet ;  to  sail  into  it  you  must  keep  the  north  shore  oa 
board,  for  several  rocks  lie  scattered  about  its  entrance,  and  S.  E.  winds  commonly  send  iir 
a  very  rough  sea. 

FERMOSE. — Near  3  miles  further  north  is  Fermose  or  Fermowes  Harbor,  and  between 
them  is  Bears  Cove,  off  which  a  sunken  rock  lies  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore.  There  ia 
no  danger  in  sailing  into  Fermose  Harbor,  though  the  entrance  is  narrow  ;  just  within  it,  on 
the  northern  side,  is  a  small  Cove,  where  a  fishery  is  carried  on,  but  the  anchorage  is  indif- 
ferent; further  in  is  Admiral's  Cove,  where  merchant  vessels  ride  land-locked  in  7  and  8  fa- 
thoms; and  one  mile  within  that  is  Vice  Admiral's  Cove;  large  ships  anchor  on  its  south 
side  in  12  and  15  fathoms,  muddy  ground,  and  very  convenient  for  both  wood  and  water.  On 
the  same  side,  further  in,  is  Sheeps  Head  Cove,  directly  oft' which,  near  the  middle  of  the 
channel,  is  a  bank  with  only  9  feet,  constituting  the  only  known  danger  within  this  harbor. 

From  Fermowes  Harbor,  about  one  mile  N.  E.  by  E.  is  Bald  Head,  N.  by  E.  from  which 
one  mile  further  is  Black  Head. 

AQUAFORT. — From  Black  Head  to  the  entrance  of  Aquafort  Harbor  the  course  is  N. 
by  W.  distant  one  mile,  at  the  mouth  of  which  is  a  rock  above  water;  to  the  northward  of 
this  rock  is  the  passage  in,  having  15  fathoms  water ;  the  harbor  runs  in  W.  N.  W.  about  3 
miles,  becoming  narrow  as  you  advance ;  here  you  have  4  fathoms  water ;  within  the  narrows. 


jundlund. 


♦  CAPE  RACE  ROC  ;  S. — A  large  plan,  from  actual  survey,  by  direction  of  Admiral  Sir  Charles 
OoLE,  is  published  on  the  new  Chart  of  the  Western  Ocean,  by  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt. 


14 


BLU^r's   AMERICAN  COAST   PILOT. 


I 


on  tho  northern  shore,  is  a  little  Cove,  where  vesselH  may  heave  down,  the  shore  bcinq;  steep. 
To  sail  ii|),  n've  the  stony  In-ach  on  the  north  shore  a  berth,  it  being  uhoal,  except  at  the 
point  ol'llic  narrows,  where  it  is  bold  to. 

FKIlllVL  VNI)  HAIIIK  )|{,  is  to  the  northward,  and  its  entrance  is  betw«:en  Kerryland 
Head  anil  Mnis  Island,  beinij;  little  more  than  half  a  cable's  length  wide.  I'V'rryland  Head 
has  '2  rocks  near  it,  called  the  Hare's  Mars  ;  when  yon  have  passed  these  and  are  within  Wn'm 
Island,  it  becomes  wider,  haviiii;  t^ood  ancliorai;);  with  r^  and  10  lathoins,  but  north  east 
winds  send  in  a  heavy  sea  over  tlu;  b)wcr  rocks,  which  run  tVoni  Hois  Island  to  tht-  main. 

From  Mois  Island  to  (loose  Island  the  course  is  i\.  N.  E.  -I  K.  distant  half  a  mile,  and 
from  (ioose  to  Stone  Island  the  course  is  N.  N.  K.  r;  N.  distant  half  a  mile. 

CAl'LIN  HAV. — Two  and  a  half  miles  from  (loose  Islanil  is("aplin  Hay  ninninp  in  N. 
W.  by  N. ;  there  is  a  passage  into  it,  on  either  side  of  (ioose  Island  ;  to  tiie  northward  of 
Goose,  and  between  it  and  Stone  Island  there  is  no  danger,  the  islands  bein.u  b<dd  to  ;  but  in 
passinj^  between  it  and  the  Island  of  Hois  take  care  to  keep  the  point  of  Kerryland  Head 
open  to  the  eastward  of  Hois,  by  which  means  yon  will  avoid  a  sunken  rock  having  only  2 
fathoms  water  over  it;  this  rock  lies  nearly  midway  between  (lOose  Island  and  VuM  Kast 
Point,  and  having  passed  this  rock  no  other  danger  will  be  found  in  sailini;  up  the  Hay  to 
the  best  anchoraj^e,  which  is  abreast  of  a  Cove  on  the  larboard  sliore,  and  half  a  mile  within 
Scogin's  Head,  with  lb  fathom's  water. 

Fr(uii  Fcrryland  Head  to  (.'ape  Hroyle,  the  course  is  nearly  N.  N.  E.  distant  2?  miles. 
Cape  Hroyle  is  high  land,  making  somewhat  in  the  form  of  a  saddle.  South  of  the  north 
part  of  the  (Jape  ^  of  a  mile,  lies  the  (Jld  Harry  Hock,  over  which  are  only  '.i  fathoms  water, 
though  between  the  main  and  it  arc  "JO  fathotns.  E.  N.  E.  of  the  ('a|)e,  distant  '}  of  a 
mile,  are  the  Horse  Rocks,  having  from  7  to  14  fathoms  over  them  :  the  mark  for  these  rocks 
is  awhile  house  on  Ferryland  Downs,  open  with  Stone  Islands;  and  the  head  ot(Ja|)e  Hroyle 
Harbor  open,  will  lead  directly  upon  tliem.  In  stormy  weather  the  sea  breaks  very  high 
over  them. 

CAPE  BROYLE  HARBOR  runs  in  about  4  miles,  between  Cape  Broyle  and  Brigrs 
Head,  their  distance  from  each  other  being  1^  mile.  Within  the  entrance  on  the  north 
side,  is  Admiral's  Cove,  where  you  may  anchor  in  I'i  fithoiiis  water,  good  ground,  but  ex- 
posed to  the  S.  E.  The  best  anchorage  will  be  found  above  the  Narrows,  in  7  fathoms; 
the  only  danger  in  the  way  is  the  Saturday's  Led^e,  which  lies  about  1}  cable's  length  out- 
side of  the  Narrows,  on  the  north  shore  :  bring  the  saddle  of  Hrigus  Head  open  of  the  point 
of  Admiral's  Cove,  and  you  will  clear  it ;  and  after  yon  get  beyond  the  Narrows  anchor  in 
7  fathoms,  good  ground,  very  convenient  for  both  wood  and  water. 

BRIGUS. — This  is  a  small  cove,  or  harbor,  a  little  to  the  northward  of  Brigus  Head  ; 
but  it  is  only  lit  for  boats. 

Four  and  a  half  miles  from  C  ipe  Broyle  is  Cape  Neddick,  a  kind  of  table  land  moderately 
elevated,  and  steep  to.  From  Cape  Neddick  to  Haliiie  Head  is  l.V  mile;  one  quarter  of  a 
mile  tc  he  northward  of  this  is  a  Haline  Cove,  fit  only  for  boats.  ^Phe  outer  part  of  Great 
Island  is  about  2^  miles  N.  E.  by  E.  |  E.  from  Cape  Neddick  ;  and  from  Baline  Head  to 
Spear  Island,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  i  E.  distant  one  mile.  Within  this  island  is  a  fishery, 
but  the  anchorage  is  unsafe,  and  the  bottom  rocky.  One  mile  to  the  northward  is  Toad's 
Cove,  fit  ouly  for  boats  ;  half  a  mile  from  which  is  Tinker's  Point,  the  southern  boundary 
of  Momables  Bay;  this  place  is  nearly  one  mile  deep;  it  is  open,  and  its  northern  point 
forms  the  southern  part  of  Witless  Hay  ;  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  which  is  Green 
Island  ;  and  the  same  distance  to  the  northward  of  (ireen  Island,  is  (iuU  Island,  about  a 
mile  in  length,  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  breadth,  the  land  appearing  high. 

WITLESS  BAY  extends  inwards  full  two  miles  from  Gull  Island,  but  lies  open  to  the 
sea  ;  the  ground  is  tolerably  good,  and  the  deiith  of  water  moderate ;  but  half  way  up  is  a 
ledge  of  rocks  off  the  northern  shore,  i)art  of  which  are  seen  at  half  tide. 

BAY  OF  BULLS. — One  mile  and  a  quarter  to  the  northward  of  Gull  Island,  is  the 
southern  point  of  the  Bay  of  Bulls,  and  from  hence  to  the  northern  point,  called  Hull  Head, 
the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  distant  one  luile  and  a  quarter  ;  between  these  points  the  Bay 
runs  up  N.  W.  by  W.  nearly  two  miles,  and  then  N.  \V.  by  N.  one  mile  further  to  the  river 
head.  Within  this  bay  the  riding  is  good,  in  from  20  to  16  fathoms  ;  and  after  you  have 
passed  Bread  and  Cheese  Point  there  is  a  cove  ;  off  this  latter  point  lies  a  sunken  rock,  at 
the  distance  of  about  half  a  cable's  length,  having  passed  which,  the  bay  is  free  from  dan- 
ger, and  the  shores  bold  ;  run  up  and  anchor  over  against  John  Clay's  Hill,  bringing  it  to 
bear  N.  E.  by  N.  having  12,  13,  and  14  fathoms;  the  merchant  vessels  run  furtlier  in  to  10 
and  7  fathoms. 

Frotn  Cape  Broyle  to  the  Bay  of  Bulls,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  distance  4^  leagues. 
From  Bull's  Head  to  the  south  point  of  Little  or  Petty  Harbor,  from  which  a  reef  of  rocks 
stretches  out  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  the  course  is  N.  E.  distance  8\  milefe.  The  south 
point  of  Petty  Harbor  is  distant  from  the  north  point  2i  miles,  between  which  lies  the 
bay,  running  in  two  miles ;  at  the  bottom  of  this  is  a  cove  and  fishery.  About  midway 
between  the  Bay  of  Bulls  and  Little  Bay,  is  a  cavern,  having  an  opening  at  its  snmmit, 
through  which,  whenever  the  sea  runs  high,  the  water  spouts  through,  forming  a  remark- 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN    COAST  *PII.O  l'. 


15 


ahle  appcnranee,  which  iriay  be  seen  far  nir,  it  iH  therefore  significantly  enou<;h  niiiiicd  the 

.S|MJllt. 

Kroiii  till' noiili,  or  Tiaily  I'oiiit  oT  Ijittic  I  lailxir,  Capi'  Spear  lioarn  N,  K.  disiuit  2[ 
inilcH;  it  has  a  low  ami  ra^i^rd  apix-araiicr,  ami  is  tlu-  (MNtcniiiiost  part  uf  i\f\vruiiii(llaii(l, 
niid  lies  in  latitndc  47^  .'(()'  i).i"  S.  and  in  lon'j;itiidi'.JJ'-' ;{:j'  '27"  \V.  Vessels  Crnni  theeant' 
ward,  upon  ^ettinu  into  soiiiidint^s,  and  hound  torSt.  John's,  <;enerally  steer  tor  this  point. 
Hetwet  II  the  ("apt-  and  the  entrance  to  St.  John's,  are  three  hays  ;  the  (irst  is  cdh'd  Cupo 
I>  ly,  and  lies  hetween  ('ape  Spear  and  Mlack  Head;  tlie  set  oiid  is  called  iJeadman's  IJay, 
and  lies  between  Ulack  heati  and  Small  point;  and  i  •  third  is  called  Freshwater  IJay,  uud 
lies  between  Small  Point  and  Kort  Amherst. 

.ST.  JOHN'S  llARUOU  is  one  of  tin-  priii<i|)al  places  in  Newfonndland,  beini;  the 
seat  of  (Jovernineiit :  and  althoiu^h  its  eiiirain c  is  narrow,  its  harbor  is  excellent,  and  its 
situation  readily  known,  ixith  by  the  Islockhonsc  built  on  Signal  Hill,  at  the  lunlh  side,  ;iiui 
Fort  Amherst  on  its  south  liead,  or  point  of  entrance.  The  channel,  from  point  to  point, 
is  only  .'{faO  fathoms  wide;  but  it  trets  wider  just  within  the  |)oints  than  between  them,  de- 
creasing again  as  you  approach  tlie  Chain  Rock,  for  from  the  latter  to  tlie  I'ancake  Rock, 
the  distance  is  only  yj  fathoms,  these  are  rocks,  bothbeiiii,'  above  water,  and  steep  to;  Chain 
is  the  northern  rock,  and  l'an(;ake  Hock  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the  channel. 

In  approaching  tlie  Harbor  of  .St.  John's  with  a  lari,'e  ship,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid 
the  Vestal  Rock,  which  lies  about  ."iO  fathoms  olf  the  southern,  or  Fort  Amherst  Point; 
over  this  rock  are  •,';>  feet  water;  tin;  marks  for  if  are  Fort  William,  or  the  OUl  Garrison, 
just  open  of  the  south  head  ;  and  the  outer  Wash  Rail  Rock  open  to  the  eastward  of  the 
Cuckold's  Heai! ;  these  latter  rocks  lie  close  to  the  northern  |)oint  of  the  harbor,  and  are 
always  above  water,  being  steep  to,  and  therefore  not  dangerous.  The  course  in  is  N.  W. 
hy  W.  the  shores  continuing  bold  until  you  get  near  the  Pancak-  ,  then  give  the  south  side 
a  small  berth,  continue  the  same  course,  or  rather  more  inclined  to  the  westward,  keeping 
Fort  Amherst  Flagstaff  open  to  the  northward  of  F'rederick's  ij.itery  Flas;stalf;  you  will 
by  these  means  avoid  the  Prosser,  a  rock  on  the  larboard  side,  running  olf  the  end  of  another 
rock,  formed  like  a  saddle,  with  Iri  feet  water  in  the  hollow,  and  only  <')  feet  on  its  outside  ; 
yet  it  is  steep  to,  having  not  less  than  5  fathoms  close  to  it;  so  soon  as  you  are  within,  and 
have  passed  the  Prosser  Rocks,  you  may  steer  up  as  you  please,  both  shores  being  clear  of 
dangers,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  10  fathoms  water,  on  a  bottom  of  mud,  and  lying  quite 
land-locked. 

'J'he  winds  from  tlie  S.  W.  to  the  southward,  as  far  as  N.  E.  by  E.  blow  in,  all  other 
directions  of  the  ivind  either  balllt!  or  blow  out  of  the  Narrows;  with  the  latter  winds  you 
must  warp  in,  for  the  convenience  of  doing  which,  rings  are  (ixed  in  the  rocks  on  each  side  : 
the  anchorage  within  the  Narrows  has  from  10  to  16  fathoms,  and  a  little  before  you  enter 
the  Narrows  there  are  'JO  fathoms. 

The  tides  rise  (>,  ',  and  8  feet,  but  very  irregular,  being  much  influenced  by  the  winds; 
and  the  variation  is  about  two  points  west. 

FROM  ST.  JOHN'S  HARBOR  TO  BACCALOU  ISLAND. 

We  recoininend  the  mariner  to  be  careful,  lest,  if  a  stranger  to  the  coast,  he  should  mis- 
take Kitty  Vitty,  a  small  place  tit  only  for  boats,  lying  about  one  mile  to  the  northward  of 
St.  John's,  for  St.  John's  itself;  at  a  distance  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  good  harbor;  he 
will  therefore  observe,  that  at  Kitty  V'itty's  south  side  is  a  round  hill,  shaped  like  a  hay- 
cock, standing  upon  Cuckold's  Head;  while  St.  John's  Harbor  may  be  distinguished  by 
Fort  Amherst,  which  appears  white  ;  and  by  the  (lag-staves  on  the  hill,  over  the  north  point 
of  entrance  ;  these  will  sutficiently  denote  the  right  entrance. 

About  one  mile  from  Cuckold's  Point,  is  a  small  point  or  projection  of  the  land  ;  and  two 
miles  further  is  Sugar  Loaf  Point,  tapering  upward,  and  much  re.seiiiljling  a  sugar  loaf. 
One  league  further  is  Red  Head;  between  Sugar  Loaf  Point  ami  which  is  Logy  Bay. 

TORBAY. — One  mile  and  a  half  from  Red  Head  is  the  south  point  of  Torbay,  which 
is  somewhat  lower  than  the  others.  From  this  point  to  (treenCove,  the  customary  place 
where  vessels  anchor,  the  course  is  W.  N.  W.  ai)OUt  two  miles,  where  you  may  ride  in  14 
and  12  fathoms,  but  it  is  much  exposed  to  seaward.  This  bay  is  large,  being  full  a  league 
in  extent;  from  olf  its  northern  point  is  a  Hat  rock,  where  the  sea  breaks;  a  heavy  swell 
sets  from  the  eastward  into  the  bay,  so  that  it  is  not  a  good  place  to  lie  in. 

From  Flat  Rock  Point,  which  is  low  dark  land,  the  coast  runs  northerly  to  Red  Head,  a 
distance  of  two  miles;  and  from  thence  to  Black  Head,  N.  E.  by  E.  two  miles  more;  the 
latter  bearing  north,  distant  6^  miles  from  Torbay  South  Point. 

CAPE  ST.  FRANCIS.— From  Black  Head  to  Cape  St.  Francis  the  course  is  N.  N. 
W.  distant  one  league.  Cape  St.  Francis  has  a  white  appearance,  and  is  itself  low,  but 
above  it  the  land  rises  high.  A  little  south  of  the  Cape  is  Shoe  Cove,  a  place  used  in  ba^ 
weather  for  splitting  and  saUing  fish.  Ofi'  the  Cove  there  is  good  fishing,  and  with  nqp* 
therly,  westerly,  and  southt.  'y  winds  you  will  lie  safe  within  the  cove.  ' 

About  one  mile  aud  a  half  east  of  the  Cape  lie  the  Brandy  Rocks,  iu  a  triangular  position, 


1 


..^„.«..-. .  if.^ 


IG 


nLlI.NTS    AMEKICAN    COAST    IMF.OT. 


1, 


jlie  oiilfrrnrtHi  hcini;  •li^'faiit  from  tlic  (^apc  IJ  mile  :  fhf  sra  bruaks  ovrr  lliom  :  aritl  tliorc 
'\H  a  chiiiiiii-l  lii-lwi'cri  llinii  and  ilii-  ('a|)i',  lull  (iio  ilatij^'MiMis  to  lir  altniipicd  ;  tlicst-  ri>vk:4 
cuiifiilcralily  adil  In  \\\v  siilrly  nrSlint'  ('ovi' 

'riH-ri'  is  aN<i  anotlicr  stnidl  ( 'ov«>,  lit  (oi  biiats,  to  llic  tiortliward  of  tlu>  Capt',  which  may 
he  ii>>ed  with  tlir  uiiid  oil' sIidi'c. 

('()N(M;I'TI<>.\  HAV.— ('apt!  St.  l-'rancis,  wliicli  wo  have  already  dcs(  rihnl,  is  tlii! 
soiillirri)  point  ot  ('oik  cplioii  Itay.  From  ('apt:  St.  Kraiii'ls  to  tlic  Noiilhrrii  puidt  (triliit- 
raloii  Island,  u  hicli  may  Ix*  considrnMl  ilii>  other  point  or  lioiiiidary  of  ( '(inception  Hay,  ilii> 
<Minrse  and  distance  is  N.  .N.  K.  \  N.  ")  '  leii;;iieH;  this  is  an  extensive  and  deep  liay,  run- 
iiin'4  to  the  souih-wesiwiird,  and  cimipreliendin<4  many  lesser  Mays  and  Inlels. 

HKIiliK  ISI.K.— Four  leanness,  W.  hy  \V.  from  Cape  St.  Vrancis  is  l\v\\v  Isle,  in 
kuuiii  ■')';  mile.H,  in  lireadlli  alioiil  two  ;  this  island  is  hd'ty,  and  itr*  eastern  side  is  near  three 
mill's  oil  the  main;  tiiere  is  (m  this  sidi-,  a  heiich,  to  the  soiiihward  ot'  which  is  ^ood  an- 
ehora:^!*,  in  :!(M'athoMis,  sandy  ;;ronnil;  ami  a  lea.Mie  fnrlher,  near  the  sontii  pail  of  the 
iiHlMiid,  is  also  ttderaliie  anchorage  in  from  15  to  ;il)  falhoins.  .\tthe  south  end  (d'tlie  island 
ks  a  small  Cove,  ealli.'d  lianee  ('ove,  whieli  fisliiii'j;  vessids  soinelimes  resort  to,  and  liinl 
j(ood  shelter  for  live  or  six  vessels.  One  mile  from  the  south  part  of  the  island  lies  a  rock, 
over  whicli  are  •*',  fithouis  water.  Two  miles  .'^.  hy  W.  from  Lance  Cove,  lies  ;i  small  low 
ixland,  called  liililr  Melle  Isle,  \V.  S.  \V .  (d' which,  disiaiu  \\  mile,  is  Kelley's  Island,  oi 
iiiiddrmt.' heiizht,  and  aliont  three  (piarKMs  of  a  mile  in  letiuth. 

Within  Itelle  Isle,  on  the  main,  is  I'mlu^al  Cove,  the  anchorage  within  which  is  not 
connidered  safe.  'I'o  the  southward  is  hroad  (Jove,  and  at  the  iiottom  of  the  Day  is  ilollv- 
rood  tiarlior,  in  depth  alioiil  .'(',  miles;  in  a  Cove,  on  the  west  side  of  w  hich,  is  ^uud  anclior. 
a;;e  in  H,  '),  10  or  IJ  fathoms  water,  and  ru<im  enonjih  to  moor. 

Followini;  the  ,'.i),ist,  ahoi't  1',  mile  from  llollyr(»od  entrance,  is  llarhor  Main,  aliout  I', 
mile  ill  depth,  and  half  a  mile  wide ;  it  is  an  open  place,  but  near  the  upper  part  yuii  may 
uiH'hor  in  from  7  to  10  fathiMiis  water. 

SALMON  (;0\'K. — One  mile  I'urther  is  .'Salmon  ('ove,  the  entrance  to  whidi  is  a  mile 
wide;  the  course  in  is  \V.  S  \V.  about  'J',  miles,  it  I  hen  divides  into  two  branclies,  one  to  I  In- 
westward  about  one  mile,  the  other  southward  one  mile  and  a  half;  in  either  of  these  liianches 
tlie  anchorage  is  good,  but  the  southern  river  is  considered  the  better  one,  ther<!  beiii^  no 
danger  in  entering.  In  the  western  branch  a  rock  lies  at  a  Hiiiall  distance  from  the  .star- 
board shore,  having  on  cither  side  a  passage,  but  the  southern  <me  is  the  wider  of  the  two. 

COLLIKR'8  HAV. — To  the  norlhward  near  one  league,  lies  Collier's  l!.iy,  running 
inward  south-westerly  full  two  leagues  ;  one  mile  and  a  half  from  the  eiitianct  of  which  lies 
a  sunken  rock,  nearly  inid-chanmd,  on  both  sides  of  which  the  cli.innel  is  good  ;  this  rock 
is  Wsible  at  three  quarters  ebb.  Two  and  u  lialf  miles  up  the  bay  is  good  ancliorage  in  10 
fathoms  water,  on  the  eastern  side,  and  wpposite  a  small  (Jove  ;  into  this  Cove  v«>ssels  may 
go,  and  ride  in  3  and  4  fathoms  w  aler.  Higher  t'p  the  Bay  is  another  Cove,  at  the  further 
distaace  of  ft  mile,  but  it  is  both  foul  and  shallow.  Near  the  head  of  tlie  Hay  the  anclior- 
age is  good  in  8,  9,  and  10  fatlumis. 

BRIG  I  S  BAY  is  two  miles  to  the  northward  of  Collier's  Bay,  and  seldom  fie(|upnted  but 
by  small  vessels,  it  being  open,  and  too  far  up  C'onception  Bay  :  it  runs  in  from  Hrigns  Head 
about  l.V  mile,  and  has  anchorage  in  from  10  to  i')  fathoms;  or  at  the  head  of  the  Hay,  be- 
hind a  small  island,  on  the  south  side,  small  craft  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds,  with  H  and  4 
fathoms  water,  and  moor  to  the  shores.  The  south  point  ofBrigus  Bay  may  be  known  by 
its  peculiar  raszged  a[)pearance. 

PORTGRAV^F,  or  L'ORT  l)F  (iRAVE,  BAY  lies  to  the  northward  of  IJrigus,  and  has 
within  it  Sheep's  and  Cupid's  (Jovcs;  the  latterison  the  southside  ofthe  Hay,  andisagood 
place  for  '2  or  ',>  ships  to  ride  in,  with  4,  .'>,  and  (»  fathoms  water,  almost  laiul-lockc<l,  and 
having  not  above  one  jjoiiit  open  ;  its  north  side  is  bold,  and  you  may  lie  alongside  thr  rocks, 
and  take  in  your  cargoes ;  the  shore  on  the  northern  side  is  remarkably  high,  and  called 
Spectacle  llcai!.  .Shee|)s,  or  Ship  C^ove,  will  accommodate  small  vessels  in  4  and  .j  fathoms 
water,  mooring  head  ;  ud  stern,  having  their  S.  W.  anchor  in  2'2  fathoms,  about  a  cable  and 
a  quarter's  length  from  the  ship. 

Portgrave  is  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  Ship  Cove;  the  water 
within  the  islands  is  shallow,  but  without,  them  the  anchorage  is  "20  and  25  fathoms  dee]), 
where  you  will  be  quite  exposed  to  south-easterly  winds.  Burnt  Head  is  the  south  point  of 
Portgrave  Bay;  from  whence  2};  miles  N.  F.  |  N.  lies  Bay  Roberts  Point,  the  southern 
point  of  the  entrance  to  Robert's  Bay,  which  is  H  mile  broad,  and  runs  in  to  the  south-west- 
ward .5  miles.  One  mile  above  Bay  Roberts  Point  is  Blowniedown  Head,  which  is  higher 
than  any  land  near  it;  half  a  mile  within  this  is  a  Cove. 

BAY  ROBFRTS  has  no  invisible  danger  at  its  entrance;  you  may  borrow  on  either  side 
or  go  close  to  the  island,  which  lies  further  in  on  your  starboard  side ;  having  passed  which, 
you  may  run  on  about  a  mile,  and  lie  land-locked  in  9  or  10  fathoms ;  between  the  island 
and  main  vessels  can  anchor,  but  the  gronnd  is  foul  and  bad  ;  and  there  are  two  sunken  rocks, 
one  bein?  near  the  inner  part  of  the  island,  the  other  above  the  island  and  near  the  main. 


BLUNT  M   AMKKICAIN    COAST   l»II,OT. 


17 


T»»  iiiilt'*!  nliove  tlic  isliiiid  in  rxccllt'iit  luiclioriiKf,  in  llie  N.  W,  iirm  or  luaiich  of  tlif 
Itiiv,  on  niii<lil\  i;iiMiiiil ;  uivc  tlic  Nniitli  ptiiiit  a  ^ooil  IktiIi  mi  xailin^  in,  as  Hiune  rucka  under 
HaiiT  lii'  iMMr  i(,  anil  (lit*  siailxtard  *<lioi«' nlioals  near  liali  n  cnldc'H  icni;lh. 

Sl'AMAIMlS  liAV  in  divnlrd  Ironi  ISav  HolintN  liv  an  iNllnnuM,  or  nrck  of  land;  lliii 
ll;iy  iH  drrj)  and  I'Mrnxivf,  l>ul  n\)vti  to  tin-  S.  Kasicrly  winds;  llii  re  Ih  aiuhoraKP  within  it, 
iii'inly  all  nvcr,  <'H|)ci'ially  at  ilH  licad,  in  7  ami  H  ralliiiMis  water. 

Two  Icaiiiii'i  N.  K.  Ironi  Spimiani'M  Kay  are  tlit-  islandN  ol  ilarlior  (iracc,  tlicy  are  din* 
taiit  from  Cape  St.  Francis  aliout  (>  I<mkiu<h,  lioaiiiii^  K.  {  .Sontli.  Tti  the  couthwiird  iitHry- 
aiit'H  Cove,  a  vi'tod  plaee  for  (ish,  hut  not  (or>iliippinn  ;  iheieisa  riuU  midway  of  the  entrance  ; 
\i)ii  may  Nail  in  on  either  side  ot  tliin  rock,  and  fmd  j;;oo(I  anclu)ra^e  in  4  :ind  5  fatlu)mH  w  uter. 
Till'  uroniiil  uidiiii  the  rock  \h  clean. 

IIAKIJOl!  (ilvACK. — 'I'liL-  entrance  to  the   harhor  is  to  the  northward  of  the   isiandii, 
fiirtiiihe  sotitliwnrd,  and  hetwcen  them  and  the  whore,  the  ciiaiinel  i.s  narrow  and  tlie  ground 
isliiui ;  the  course  in  will  he  nearly  west :  almost  mid-charmel  is  the  .Salvaye  Kock,  no  danger 
isiiutside  of  this  rock  ;  there  is  also  ariolher  rock,  (ailed  the  Lon;^  Il.irry,  lying  near  the 
iiorili  shore  ;  both  these  rocks  aie  aliove  water,  and  always  visible.    When  you  are  within  the 
SalvajL'c,   <n>  no  nearer  ilie  west  shore  than  just  to  open  a  passaye  on  the  west  side  of  the 
I.uiijl;  Harry,  the  leadiiiK  mark  for  sailing;  in  lieinjn  the  hi)j;h  point  of  the  main,  called  Mosquito 
I'liiiil,  just  open  to  the  eastward  of  Loni;  Harry  Kock  ;  this  will  carry  you  in  with  not  lesa 
than  J'.' fathoms,  (jMile  npto  the  h  irlmr,  clear  of  all  danj^er  :   but  toward  the  eastern  shore, 
you  may  stand  over  uiiiil  you  hrini;  the   W'estciii  [jandmark  on  with  the  Cupola  of  the 
Cliapel  ;  you  will  then  he  up  to  llie  north  side    ;»f  the  har,  anil  must  take  care  not  to  open 
iJM'^ie  marks,  especially  if  the  mark  in  the  Cove  at  ."^hip's  Head  is  open  with  the  mark  on  the 
puiiit  of  AdmiiMl's  ISeach;  hul  if  you  can  hri'iu  the  \\'i-stern  [^aniimark  at  the  hack  of  the 
Chapel  on  w  ith  the  ( 'npola,  Ix  lore  the  mark  at  the  Cove  at  ."^hip's  Head  <()ines  on  with  the 
mark  at  the  poini  of  Admiral's  Heaeh,  (hen  you  will  he  in  the  narrows,  and  must  not  stand 
fiu'lhi  r  over  to  the  eastw  ai  d  liian  to  lirin^  those  marks  in  one,  and  coiitimu'  turning  with  these 
marks  to  the  east  and  west,  until  you  hriim  the  Kasiern  liandmark  at  the  hack  of  the  Chapel 
on  with  the  Cupola,  then  you  will  he  within  the  har,  and  should  slanil  w ell  over  to  the  east- 
ward.   Alioiil  hallway  down  lliis  harhor  a  l)road  spit  of  sand  runs  oil"  from  the  southern  shore, 
exieiidini;  full  two  thirds  over  to\\;irds  the  ('liapel;  this  appe;us  to  l)e  what  Mr.  Lane  has 
called  the  har,  it  has  I '  -J,  .'!,  and  :t.',  fathoms  in  some  places  over  it ;  hut  there  is  a  channel 
l>iM\veen  it  ami  the  norihern  shore,  with  t  and  f)  t'athoms  water;  to  sail  through  which  bring 
Oticrhury   llearl  on  with  the  point  of  the  heach  at  .*Nhip's  Head,  this  will  also  lead  to  the 
iiorlhward  of  tlie  island  of  the  llailxir  (irace.    A  white  rock  on  the  heach  at  the  west  end  of 
Father   Kwcr's  House,   near  the  Catholic  Chapel,   will  clear  the  cast  end  of  the  spit;  the 
wi'stcrn  post  of  the  said  l'\ilhiM's  Mwer's  (late  on  with  the  openini^  between  the  Spire  and  tht 
west  end  of  the  (^iiholic  Chapel,  will  clear  the  west  end  of  the  Hpit ;  and  the  outer  edge  of 
the  Lons;  Harry  on  wiih  the  extreme  point  of  the  iu)r.thern  shore,  will  clear  the  shoal  onitf 
iiorihein  side.   'I'his  is  a  very  yood  and  convenient  anchoraf^e,  with  room  enough  for  a  vessel 
to  turn  in  or  mit  of  the  narrows;  rhj/"  the  marks  here  (.'iven  are  very  easily  to  he  distinguished, 
and  will  dear  all  dan.uers.  The  Middle  Mark  at  the  back  of  the  Chapel  on  with  the  Cupola, 
and  the  mark  at  .Ship's  Head  on  with  that  at  Admiral's  JJeach,  leads  on  to  the  shoalest  part  of 
the  har.     To  the  nortliward  of  Harbor  (irace  is  Carhonierre  Ishuiil  and  Harhor;  before 
you  reach  which  is  .Mos(|uiio  Cove,  a  place  between  Harbor  (Jrace  and  Carhonierre,  littk 
iVcipiented,  althou^ih  ihe  amdiorage  is  good,  it  not  bein^  convenient  for  the  fisheries. 

CARBONIKIIIHO  ISJ^AM)  lies  about  ]H  miles  from  C;ipe  St.  Francis,  its.  southern 
end  is  low  land,  hut  upon  it  stands  a  small  fort,  built  lor  the  defence  of  tyie  fishermen. 
The  island  is  bold  to,  so  are  the  shores  of  the  hari)or,  hut  olf  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  island 
are  several  rocks  under  water:  the  ])iissage  therefore,  between  the  island  and  the  main,  should 
not  be  attempted.  On  tlie  iu)rth  side,  o])posite  Carhonierre  Island,  are  two  small  Coves, 
where  the  planters  live,  who  keep  (isliing  boats;  the  norihern  of  these  is  called  Clown's  Cove, 
fit  only  for  boats;  the  other  is  called  ('rocker's  Cove,  and  is  fejjaratcd  only  from  Carho- 
nierre Bay  by  a  small  jioint  of  land,  named  Crocker'.s  Point.  Oif  these  ('oves  are  several 
rocks,  hoth  above  and  under  w;iter;  therefore,  in  saiiinc:  either  in  or  out  of  the  Bay  of  Car- 
honierre, these  must  have  a  berth;  and  after  you  reach  Otterbury  Point  you  may  stand  in 
to  either  shore,  both  being  hold  to,  until  you  near  the  head  of  the  harbor:  this  is  a  good 
place  for  riding  in.  It  is  wide,  and  with  water  of  various  depths  for  anchoring  every  where. 
Two  miles  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Carhonierre  Island  is  .Salmon  Cove  Head,  high  and  steep; 
behind  which  is  a  Cove,  where  abundance  of  salmon  are  caught ;  an  island  lies  in  the  mid- 
way of  the  channel,  hut  the  cove  is  only  fit  for  boats. 

GREKN  BAY. — Four  or  five  miles  further  north  is  Broad  Cove  Head;  and  85  milefl 
further  is  Green  or  Western  Bay  Point;  oil' the  shore,  .  :.J  about  a  mile  to  the  northward  of 
Broad  Cove,  is  anchorage  in  from  10  to  1.5  fathoms.  At  the  entrance  to  Green  Bay,  is  anchor- 
age in  15  and  IG  fathoms,  but  it  would  be  dangerous  to  go  far  into  the  Bay,  which  is  quite 
open  to  the  eastward. 


18 


BLUiNt's    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


f i  ' 


Fi"e  miles  to  rtie  north-eastward  of  Green  Hay  is  Devil's  Point  Cove,  a  plare  of  little  note, 
and  further  on  is  Fiainborousih  Head,  bhuk  and  steep  to;  there  is  no  jsjood  plare  of  shelter 
hereabout,  nor  from  Carbonierre  to  the  Island  Baealieu,  except  with  the  wind  o(T  shore. 

BAY  VERDF;  is  about  lialf  a  mile  to  I  he  westward  of  the  liead,  and  np  to  the  f'ove  is 
three  qtiarters  of  a  mile;  the  entranre  is  not  aiiove  a  ralile's  lena;lh  across,  and  vessels  lie 
about  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  head  of  the  bay,  in  5  fathoms  water,  having  a  cable 
fastened  to  the  shore,  and  an  anchor  out  astern;  six  or  seven  ships  can  lie  in  tliis  manner, 
but  S.  W.  winds  blowing  right  in,  \\<  old  make  that  a  dangerous  situation;  it  is  also  a  bad 
place  ("or  either  wood  or  water,  but  the  great  quantities  of  fish  which  resort  here,  occasion  it 
to  be  much  frequented.  It  is  a  place  easily  Unowii  by  Hacalieu  and  the  projecting  land,  called 
Split  Point ;  Bay  Verde  Head  itself  will  serve  to  point  out  its  position,  for  tliese  three 
heads,  Bay  Verde  Head,  Split  Point  and  Baealieu  Island,  appear  prominent  blulf  land,  very 
similar  to  one  another,  as  you  come  from  the  southward ;  and  there  is  no  hidden  danger  in 
entering  the  Bay.  The  Island  15acalieu  is  high  land,  nearly  4  miles  long  and  1 J  broad,  it  is 
distant  1^  mile  from  the  main,  and  between  is  a  good  channel;  nearly  midway  between  its 
southern  point  and  Split  Point  is  a  sunken  rock,  over  which,  in  blowing  weathfcr,  the  sea  ge- 
nerally breaks,  although  it  is  six  fathoms  under  water,  and  steep  to  all  round. 

From  Split  Point  about  4  J  miles  is  the  Point  of  (Jrates,  having  rounded  whi<;h,  you  will 
open  Trinity  Bay. 

FROM  BACALIEU,  OR  BACCALOU,  ISLAND  TO  CAPE  BONA  VISTA. 

TRINITY  BAY  is,  like  Conception  Bay.  wide,  extensive,  and  forms  itseilf  south-west- 
ward;  like  that  also,  it  contains  many  lesser  bays  and  harbors  within  it;  these  will  be  regu- 
larly described  in  rotation  Point  (irates  is  the  S.  Eastern  point  of  the  Bay;  from  which, 
distant  about  2  miles,  is  Break-heart  Point,  and  between  them  is  a  kind  of  Bay,  where 
boats,  with  an  oft'-shore  wind,  ride  in  safety  ;  within  this  iJay  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  above  water. 
To  the  southward  of  Break-heart  Point  is  Scurvy  Island,  and  between  this  island  and  Sher- 
wick  Point  is  a  hay  running  in  S.  S;  E.  about  three  cjuartcrs  of  a  mile;  the  course  from 
Break-heart  Point  to  Sherwick  Point  is  S.  W.  by  W.  .">  miles.  0(V  the  latter  .s  a  rock  above 
water;  this  forms  the  northern  point  of  Old  Pcrlican;  vessels  cannot  go  between  the  island 
and  point,  although  the  passage  appears  good  and  open,  because  the  ground  is  altogether  foul 
and  rocky,  always  therefore  run  in  to  the  southward  of  the  island,  and  when  you  have  passed 
it,  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms;  this  cannot  be  considered  a  good  harbor,  as  the  ground  is  bad 
for  holding,  and  with  the  wind  at  N.  W.you  will  then  be  obliged  to  buoy  your  cables. 

From  Old  Perlican  to  Salvage  Point  the  course  is  W.  ^  N.  distant  5  miles;  Salvage 
Point  requires  a  good  berth,  having  a  reef  of  rocks  running  out  from  it,  the  point  itselfislow. 

From  Salvage  Point  to  Hants  Head  riie  coiirst*  is  W.  by  S.  distant?  miles;  and  one  mile 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Head  is  Hants  Harbor,  fit  for  small  craft  only  ;  two  miles  oil'  which  is 
Hants  Harbor  Rock,  over  which  the  sea  generally  breaks;  bring  King's  Head  opm  of  tlie 
Sugar  Loaf,  and  you  will  clear  it  to  the  northward.  Two  miles  further  is  King's  Head,  and 
from  King's  Head  to  the  Sugar  Loaf  the  course  and  distance  is  S.  W.  i  W.  about  .3  miles. 

Eastward  of  the  Sugar  Loaf  is  Sillee  Cove,  fit  only  for  boats,  and  unsafe  for  vessels. 

NEW  PERLlCA>f. — From  the  Sugar  Loaf  to  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  of  New 
pQrlicEln,  the  beaming  is  S.  W.  {  W.  distance  2  miles;  and  Onr  mile  further  is  the  Harbor, 
small,  but  tolerably  good,  within  whicli  you  may  ride  land-locked  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms; 
the  shores  are  bold  to,  and  free  from  danger;  the  entrance  is  nearly  two  miles  wide,  being 
bounded  by  Smutty  Nose  Point  on  the  east,  and  (iorlob  Point  on  the  west;  but  as  yon  ad- 
vance the  harbor  becomes  narrower,  sO  that  at  the  anchorage  it  will  scarcely  be  half  a  mile 
broad. 

HEART'S  CONTENT— Three  miles  from  New  Perlican  is  Heart's  Content,  a  good 
harbor,  fit  for  any  ship,  with  excellent  anchorage  towards  the  north  shore,  in  from  H  to  I'J 
fathoms  water.  One  league  further  is  Heart's  Desire,  fit  for  boats  only  ;  and  31  miles  beyond 
that  is  Heart's  Delight,  another  cove,  adapted  for  small  craft  only.  From  Heart's  Delight, 
about  three  miles,  is  Long  Point,  projecting  considerably  into  the  Bay,  and  a  league  fnrtiier 
is  Witless  Bay,  by  no  means  a  place  of  saf^'ty,  being  too  much  exjjosed,  and  the  bottom  nnky , 
between  Long  Point  and  Witless  Bay  are  two  small  islands,  which  you  leave  on  your  lar- 
board side. 

One  mile  from  Witless  Bay  is  Green  Harbor,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  7  to  10 
fathoms;  three  miles  further  is  llope-all-a-head ;  two  miles  beyond  which  is  New  Harbor, 
a  place  of  shoal  water,  and  only  fit  for  l)i)ats. 

DILDO  HARBOR— Two  and  a  half  miles  from  New  Harbor  is  Dildo  Harbor,  with- 
in which  is  very  good  anchorage,  in  a  cove,  at  the  northern  side  of  the  entrance,  in  from  10 
to  20  fathoms  water,  good  clean  gound.  Three  miles  from  thence  is  Chapel  Bay,  the  mouth 
of  which  is  a  mile  broad,  and  the  bay  about  three  miles  deep ;  here,  behind  a  small  island, 
about  two  miles  in,  is  good  anchorage  in  from  H  to  12  fathoms.  About  6  miles  to  the  north- 
ward is  Collier's  Bay,  very  similar,  and  running  nearly  in  the  same  direction  to  Chapel  Bay ; 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


19 


e  of  little  notr, 
)l:ire  of  shelter 
ncl  off  shore, 
to  the  Cove  is 
111(1  vessels  lie 
lining  a  ciil)le 
1  this  manner, 
t  is  also  H  bad 
re,  dceasion  it 
ria;  land,  called 
)r  tlipse  three 
)liilf  land,  very 
df'M  danger  in 
1  i  broad,  it  is 
ay  between  its 
ir,  the  sea  ge- 

hiCh,  you  will 


AVISTA. 

If  south-west- 
will  be  reuu- 
;  from  which, 
f   Hay,  where 
s  above  water, 
uid  and  >Sher- 
>  course  from 
i  a  rock  above 
L'en  the  island 
lltii^etherfonl 
u  have  passed 
ground  is  bad 
your  cables, 
ilfs;  .Salvage 
t  itself  is  low. 
and  one  mile 
5  olf  which  is 
I  opm  of  the 
's  Head,  and 
bout  3  miles. 
r  vessels, 
ance  of  New 
the  Harbor, 
ID  fathoms; 
H  wide,  being 
lit  as  yon  ad- 
•e  half  a  mile 

itenf,  a  good 
■oin  8  to  ll> 
iiiles  bevond 
rt's  Del'lffht, 
ague  further 
ittoiu  n»  Uy , 
on  your  lar- 

rom  7  to  10 
few  Harbor, 

arbor,  with- 
,  in  from  10 
,  the  mouth 
mall  island, 
1  the  north- 
)hapel  Bay; 


seven  miles  further  is  tlie  Point  of  Tickle  Harbor  Bay,  which  runs  inward,  In  a  southerly 
(iircction,  full  8  miles;  there  is  no  danger  in  the  way,  and  though  little  frequented,  the  an- 
chorage is  safe. 

BA  V  OF  BULLS. — To  the  northward  is  the  Bay  of  Bulls,  running  in  a  N.  N.  Westerly 
direction  to  within  '2  miles  of  Chance  llivcr  in  IMacentia  ]>ay  ;  tiiore  is  very  good  anchorage 
in  various  [larts  of  this  Bay,  in  IJ  and  lo  faihoins  water,  particularly  on  the  western  side  in  a 
Cove, about  onemile  and  a  half  fnmi  tlifcnirai)ce,  wiihfiom  10  to  l.o  fatlioms, sandy  ground; 
to  the  N.  E.  is  Bull  Island,  ancJ  5  miles  further  Cojijicr  Island  ;  bollj  tliese  lie  very  near  the 
shore:  we  now  open  Deer  Harbor,  a  place  extensive,  and  good  for  anchorage,  but  barred 
with  many  shoals;  the  first  shoal  lies  midway  between  Tickle  Point  and  Deer  Island,  having 
6  fathoms  ou  its  shallowest  part,  and  tliercfore  not  dangerous;  but  one  third  of  a  mile  fur- 
ther in,  is  ii  bank  with  only  J  and  2!.  fathoms  v.ater  ;  bring  the  |)oint  of  the  N.  E.  Cove  open 
of  Shallop  Cove  Point,  and  you  will  go  clear  to  the  westward  in  7  fatlioms  water.  There 
is  also  another  shoal  lying  off  the  jioint  on  the  outside  of  Sliallop  Cove,  on  which  are  2j 
fathoms,  this  will  be  avoided  by  just  oi)eni)ig  tlie  jioint  of  Deer  Island  with  the  first  point 
on  the  main,  within  Deer  Island;  and  after  you  have  passed  Harbor  Islatid,  you  may  an- 
chor on  good  ground,  in  from  10  to  Jd  fathoms.  'J'ln' entrame  of  Deer  ilarbor  bears  from 
the  north  point  of  Bacalieu  Island,  W.  l  i>.  distant  about  l;;  leagues. 

Full  "2'  miles  N.  E.  from  tlie  entrance  to  Deer  Harbor  is  Jones's  Harbor,  the  mouth  of 
which  is  not  above  a  (juarler  of  a  mile  wide,  and  the  channel  in  is.  in  several  parts,  still  less ; 
it  runs  in  '2.7  or  A  miles,  and  has  good  anchorage  in  from  -j  to  24  fathoms  water.  To  the 
southward  is  a  high  and  steep  island,  called  .loncs  Island  ;  about  4  miles  from  which  is  Bald 
Head ;  and  2  miles  further  (ianny  Cove  ;  its  entrance  is  cijiitiiied,  being  not  more  than  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  wide  ;  there  is,  nevertheless,  good  riding  within  it  in  10,  12,  and  15  fathoms  ; 
about  a  cable's  length  off  the  north  shore,  just  at  the  entrance,  lies  a  sunken  rock,  and  about 
a  mi|e  S.  S.  E.  from  the  south  ]7oint  of  Long  Island,  is  another  rock,  by  some  called  White 
Island,  just  appearing  above  water;  this  i/ick  bears  S.  \V.  tVoiii  I'andom  South  Head. 

Random  North  Head  lies  W.  by  N.  distant  'j\  leagues  from  the  north  end  of  Bacalieu 
Island,  and  about  4',  leagues  N.  by  \V.  iViun  New  Perlicati. 

RANDOM  S(_)UND  1m  stothe  wtvstward.  and  comprehends  several  arms  an. 1  harbors:  thus 
Randtmi  and  Smith's  Sounds  unite  and  form  Random  Island,  the  channels  being  narrow, 
long,  and  circuitous;  at  the  junction  of  the  two  sounds  is  a  small  island  with  a  bar  of  only 
two  fathoms  water,  the  pass:>g(!  being  not  a  mile  broad.  About  :'.  leagues  from  Random  North 
Head,  lies  Hickman's  llarl)or,  w  here  you  w  iU  find  goorl  anchor;i;^^e  in  1.5  fathoms.  Random 
North  Head  bears  from  Random  South  Head  N.  K.  -,  E.  distant;!  miles.  When  you  are 
within  the  entrance  of  Kandoiii  Sound  there  is  a  branch  i  uns  in  toward  the  south  west,  about 
1  mile  wil'iin  which  is  Fox  Cove,  (it  for  boats,  and  -'miles further  Little  Heart's  Ease,  a  simi- 
lar Cove  running  in  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  tli^ii  <lividing  into  2  branches,  the  western  one  has  4  and 
i)  fathoms  within  it,  but  the  eastern  branch  is  shallow  and  adapted  for  boats  only.  There  is  also 
an  anchorage  2  miles  further,  on  the  same  side  in  a  cove  with  an  Island  before  it,  with  8  fathoms, 
and  not  farfrom  this  is  another  Cove  on  the  noithernside.  where  a  vessel  may  ride  in  7  fathoms. 

.SMITH  S(JUNI)  has  generally  deep  water,  and  is  in  most  places  one  rnlle  wide  until 
you  get  near  the  head.  Shut-in  Harbor  is  on  ihp  starboard  side,  it  is  nearly  at  the  entrance, 
and  has  no  safe  anchorage,  the  groiuifl  being  rocky;  .'}  miles  further  up  is  Pope's  Harbor, 
this  also  is  encumbered  with  rocks,  a  shoal  lyinc  near  the  mitldle  of  it.  The  direction  of 
the  channel  is  westward  about  7.V  leagues.  To  the  eastward  of  Kandom  Island  are  Duck 
and  (ireen  Islands,  both  lying  a  consideralde  distance  fV(jnj  the  main  :  the  latter  is  high,  and 
may  be  seen  as  far  as  Trinity  Harbor,  it  hears  from  Bonaveiiture  Head  S.  W.  |  S.  distant 
about  6  miles;  and  Bonavimture  Head  bears  from  the  entrance  of  Smith's  Sound  E.  N.  E, 
\  E.  distant  5  miles.  To  the  north-westward  of  Green  Isiand  is  Vnlhony  Island  and  Ire- 
land's Eye ;  the  latter  is  3.',  miles  in  length,  and  lies  in  a  .S.  W.  and  ,\'..  E.  direction,  making 
the  larboard  side  of  the  entrance  to  Smith's  .Sounrl.  The  northern  point  of  Ireland's  Eye 
bears  from  Bonaventure  Head  nearly  S.  W.  distvuit  .'>'  miles. 

There  is  a  small  place  of  anchorage  called  Ryder's  Harbor,  formed  by  a  little  island  near 
the  main,  and  bearing  from  (Jreen  Islatnl  S.  E.  |  E.  distant  4  miles,  the  passage  to  it  is 
round  the  west  end  of  the  ]ioint,  olf  •.vliich  are  some  si  .ttered  rocks  both  above  and  under 
water;  within  this  harbor  are  .3  fathom's  vatcr,  a",l  about  a  (jnarierofa  mile  from  Ryder's 
Island  the  N.  W.  arm  branches  ofl',  runnins  west»vnrd  one  mile,  and  being  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  wide;  here  are  7  fathoms  and  good  anchorite.  From  Bonaventure  Head  to  Port 
Bonaventure  is  2  miles,  hut  when  you  are  a  mile  off,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Head, 
the  Harbor  to  the  Admiral's  Stage  will  lie  about  N.  by  W. 

POPi^T  BONAVENTfJRE'S  best  entrance  is  between  2  small  islands,  but  you  may  go 
on  either  side  of  them  in  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  with  a  leading  win  1  there  will  be  little  danger, 
and  when  you  are  within,  and  have  passed  these  Islands,  anchor  in  4  and  5  fathoms;  south- 
erly winds  here  send  in  a  very  heavy  sea :  there  is  however  a  secure  place  for  boats  within 
a  point  behind  the  Admiral's  Stage,  appearing  like  a  great  pond,  where  100  boats  may  lie, 
eytn  with  bad  weather,  in  safety. 


' 


20 


blukt's  a.merican  coast  pilot. 


'I 


! 


From  Bacnlicn  ?«orth  Point  to  nonavpnturp  [lead  the  course  and  distance  is  N.  W.  | 
W.  22i  miles.     Honaventure  Head  is  remariiably  high  and  steep. 

From  Bonaventiue  Head  to  tiie  entrance  of  Trinity  Harbor,  the  course  and  distance  is 
N.  E.  ^  N.  4?  miles,  and  from  Bonaventurc  Head  to  the  Horsecliops  E.  N.  E.  A  E.  8  miles. 

TRfNITY  HARBOR  is  considered  one  of  the  best  and  Intrest  harbors  in  all  New- 
foundland, havinj^  several  arms  and  coves,  where  some  hundred  ships  may  ride  land-locked. 
It  is  a  place  which  you  may  safely  turn  in  or  out,  being  bold-to  on  each  side,  and  havinj; 
no  danger  but  what  is  visible ;  except  when  going  into  the  S.  W.  arm,  where  the  Admiral's 
Stage  usually  is,  there  is  a  shoal,  called  the  Muscle  Bank,  from  which  shoots  olf  the  point 
within  the  small  island  on  the  larboard  side  going  in,  and  extends  over  N.  N.  W.  about  a  third 
of  the  breadth  of  that  arm.  Being  within  that  bank,  which  will  discover  itself  by  the  color 
of  the  water,  you  may  edge  over  close  to  the  south  shore,  or  keep  your  learl  going  to  avoid 
the  Muscle  Bank,  giving  it  a  little  distance  ;  the  mark  for  avoiding  it  is  the  house,  standing 
over  the  steep  perpendicular  rock,  situaterl  between  ^J'avernor's  Point  and  Ship  Cove,  ojien 
of  the  Neddick  ;  keep  this  mark  on,  until  you  are  halfway  over  to  the  Neddick,  then  hanl 
toward  the  S.  W.  branch,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  south  shore,  till  you  shut  in  Tavernor's 
Point  with  the  Neddick  ;  you  will  then  go  within  tbe  Muscle  Bardi.  Vou  may  anchor  in 
from  14  to  10  fathoms,  and  approach  near  to  the  stage  on  shore,  i^o  as  to  make  a  stage  with 
topmasts  to  your  stage  on  sliore,  to  load  or  unload  your  ship.  This  will  be  found  a  most 
excellent  harbor  ;  for,  after  you  are  in  the  8.  W.  arm,  you  will  perceive  another  branch  run- 
ning up  to  the  N.  W.  which  is  continued  by  another  to  the  8.  W.  but  there  is  a  bar  or 
ledge,  at  the  entrance  of  tlie  8.  W.  arm.  The  N.  W.  arm  is  also  a  large  place,  having 
good  anchorage  for  500  sail  of  ships.  Besides  the  fore-mentioned  anrs,  the  main  harbor 
turns  up  to  the  north. 

Ships,  being  within  the  harbor's  moutli,  may  safely  ride  in  a  large  cove,  on  the  starboard 
or  east  side,  land-locked,  on  good  ground  ;  here  the  jdanters  live.  Over  against  that  cove, 
on  the  larboard  or  west  side,  are  two  other  coves  ;  the  southernmost  of  them  is  called  the 
Vice  Admiral's  Cove,  very  convenient  for  curing  fish:  and  above,  or  to  the  northward  of 
that,  is  a  large  cove,  or  arm,  called  Got's  Cove,  where  there  is  room  enousrli  for  .'>00  or  400 
sail  of  ships  to  ride,  all  on  clear  ground;  there  neither  winds  nor  sea  nor  tide  can  hurt  you, 
and  iuthis  place  ships  may  lie  undiscovered  until  the  weather  becomes  clear  and  open. 

,  There  are  several  other  anchoiing  places  in  this  harbor  with  good  clean  gromid.  ''J'lie 
1)Ottom  every  where  is  tough  clay,  with  4  and  5  fathoms  water,  within  twd  boats'  lengtlis  of 
the  shore  ;  and  6,7,  8,  9,  10,  I'i,  and  14  fathoms,  and  in  some  places  more,  in  the  middle 
of  the  arms  and  channels.  You  may  turn  in  or  out  readily,  observing  your  tide,  which  rises 
about  4  feet,  and  sometimes  nmre. 

ROBINHOOD'S  BAY.— Sherwick  Head,  which  is  the  eastern  point  of  Trinity  Har- 
bor, forms  also  the  S.  Western  boundary  of  Robinhood's  Bay,  the  entrance  to  which  is  a 
mile  wide,  and  the  bay  extends  northward  nearly  two  miles;  here  vessels  frequently  ride 
and  fish,  in  from  7  to  17  fathoms  water;  at  tlie  further  or  upper  end  of  this  bay  there  are 
some  spots  of  shallow  water,  but  at  its  entrance,  and  between  Sherwick  and  Fox  Island 
Points  there  is  no  danger  whatever. 

SALMON  COVE'and  ENGLISH  HARBOR  lie  to  the  eastward  of  Robinhood's  Bay, 
being  only  divided  from  it  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  called  Fox's  Island.  The  former  of 
these  runs  in  northerly,  and  is  considered  a  good  fishing  place ;  it  is  clear  of  dangers,  and 
has  a  good  depth  of  water,  from  17  to  10  an(l  8  fathoms;  the  eastern  shore  is  hold  to,  and 
at  the  further  end  of  the  cove  there  is  a  small  run  of  water,  which  extends  about  two  miles 
to  the  northward. 

ENGLISH  HARBOR  is  situated  at  the  S.  Eastern  entrance  of  Salmon  Cove;  it  is  a 
clean  bay,  where  you  may  ride  in  4  and  .">  fathoms  water.  From  hence  the  coast  rounds  to 
the  eastward  to  the  Horsechops,  a  distance  of  more  than  three  miles;  it  is  all  high  land, 
steep  toand  without  danger.  To  the  N.  Eastward  of  Horsechops  is  (ireen  Bay,  open  and 
entirely  exposed  to  the  southward  ;  at  the  eastern  part  of  this  Bay  is  a  small  sandy  bcacii 
with  a  rivulet  of  water;  this  place  is  little  frequented,  and  is  neither  convenient  for  ships  to 
fish  or  ride  in.  When  you  have  passed  this  Bay,  there  is  no  sheltering  cove  or  place  untd 
you  reach  Ragsred  and  Catalina  Harbors. 

RAGGED  HARBOR  is  so  named  from  the  rough  and  craggy  appearance  of  the  sur- 
rounding rocks,  which  render  it  unsj-fe  for  either  boats  or  ships  to  enter  ;  but  tor  those  who 
intend  going  there,  we  shall  observe,  they  must  go  to  the  northward  of  the  reef  of  rocks  at 
its  entrance,  running  on  north,  until  the  Harbor  comes  quite  open,  then  you  may  steer  in 
between  the  Roun<l  Island  near  the  main,  and  a  large  black  rock,  being  the  outermost  of  tlie 
ragged  ones  before  mentioned;  sail  on  until  you  are  to  the  westward  of  them  all,  or  until 
you  get  the  south  head  of  Catalina  to  appear  between  the  westernmost  rock  and  the  main, 
then  anchor.     A  river  of  good  water  is  at  the  head  of  the  Harbor. 

CaTALINA  H.'VRBOR  is  nearly  two  miles  to  the  northward  of  Ragged  Harbor,  and 
is  in  the  latitude  of  48°  31'  15"  N.  bearing  from  the  north  point  of  Bacalien  Island  nearly 
north,  distant  24  miles.     It  is  a  good  harbor  for  small  vessels,  and  may  be  known  by  a  sin- 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


21 


cular  green  island  at  tlie  south  |)oints  of  its  entrance;  near  half  a  mile  to  the  north  of  this 
island,  is  the  iJrandy  Kocks,  a  lediie  over  which  tlie  sea  frequently  l)reaks ;  you  may  go  on 
either  side  of  these  rocks,  ^ivina;  the  little  island  a  herlh,  or  with  a  lead'rig  wind  lietween 
the  island  and  the  main,  lh()uu;li  this  passage  is  exceeding  narrow,  in  4  and  5  fathoms.  Just 
within  the  entrance  of  the  llarhor  is  Charlton  Eock  or  slioal,  lying  nearly  mid  channel, 
over  which  are  oidy  8  feet  water;  you  must  avoid  bringing  the  north  point  of  IJreen  Island 
on  with  IJurnt  Head,  the  soiuli  point  of  the  harbor,  for  that  will  carry  you  right  upon  the 
rock ;  there  is  a  passage  between  the  island  and  rock,  and  also  between  the  rock  and  the 
north  shore,  only  steering  nearer  the  main  about  two  thirds  over. 

LITTLE  CATA  liLN  A  JJAV  lies  inwards  on  the  northern  side  ;  from  Catalina  Harbor 
to  Little  Catalina  the  course  is  about  N.  E.  li  mile;  and  thence  to  the  north  head  of  the 
Bay  E.  N.  K.  a  little  easterly  -l  ;  miles;  when  within  the  Harbor  you  may  anchor  close  to 
the  shore  in  4  and  5  fathoms  land-locked  ;  or  to  the  southward  of  the  Little  Green  Island 
in  ;5',  fathoms,  or  by  rumiing  up  two  miles  further  obtain  fresh  water.  In  the  S.  W.  arm  or 
branch  of  the  river,  where  there  is  aiu;horage  in  5  fathoms,  the  harbor  runs  westerly.  Some- 
limes  the  water  in  this  harbor  will  suddenly  rise  3  or  4  feet,  then  fall  again,  and  in  certain 
seasons  it  w  ill  often  do  so  2  or  .{  times  in  3  or  4  hours.  It  abounds  w  ith  salmon,  and  the 
herb  Alexander  grows  luxuriantly  on  the  Little  Lsland  ;  near  a  small  Cove,  at  the  N.  W.  is 
a  sort  of  mineral,  of  a  glittering  nature,  generally  called  Fire  Stone ;  excellent  willicks  may 
be  found  on  the  rocks. 

From  the  south  to  the  north  head  of  Catalina  the  course  is  N.  E.  f  E.  distant  3\  miles, 
and  between  them  are  from  l.S  to  5  fathoms  water;  the  whole  way  is  a  kind  of  broken 
ground,  and  in  blowing  weather  the  sea  fre<|uently  breaks  high  over  it. 

From  the  north  head  of  Catalina  to  h'lower's  Point,  the  course  is  N.  N.E.  |  E.  distant 
v.",  miles;  and  one  tuile  to  the  eastward  of  (he  Point  lie  some  sunken  rocks;  you  may  go 
between  Flower's  l*oint  and  these  rocks,  in  0  fathoms  water,  but  it  is  more  advisable  to  pass 
on  ihe  outside  of  them  ;  this  you  will  readily  do  by  bringing  (iull  Island  open  of  Spiller's 
Point,  or  by  keeping  the  south  head  of  Catalina  open  of  the  north  head. 

From  I"'lower's  i'oint  to  Hird's  Island  is  -J  miles  :  within  J]ird's  Island  is  a  small  bay 
where  shi])s  can  occasionally  ride,  in  one  branch  which  runs  up  towards  the  west,  and  iuthe 
other,  amidst  some  rocks,  which  are  above  water.  Bird's  Islajul  Bay  extends  so  far  as 
Cape  L'Argent. 

From  Flower's  Point  to  Cape  L'Argent  is  .{j^  miles,  it  is  rather  a  low  rocky  point,  having 
also  a  large  rock  above  water  lyitig  off  it. 

From  Cape  L'Argent  to  Spiller's  Point,  is  U  mile  ;  between  these  points,  the  lead  falls 
into  very  deep  water.  Spiller's  Point  is  steep  and  bold  to,  but  not  very  high,  with  a  rock 
above  water  near  it;  over  the  point,  you  may  discern  the  high  land  of  Port  Bonavista  a  great 
way  off  at  sea. 

From  Spiller's  Point  to  Cape  Bonavista  the  course  is  north,  distant  almost  one  league ; 
between  them  is  a  deep  bay,  which  might  be  mistaken  for  the  ilarbor  of  Bonavista,  from 
the  head  of  which  it  is  only  divided  by  a  neck  of  land,  two  miles  over,  and  from  Red  Head 
Bay  it  is  not  above  a  musket  shot. 

Hitherto  the  allowance  made  for  the  variation  of  the  compass  has  been  two  points  west, 
which  it  is  presumed  will  be  found  sulliciently  near  to  the  truth,  for  all  the  purposes  of  navi- 
gation ;  but  from  hence  to  the  iu)rthward  it  apjiears  to  have  generally  increased.  At  the 
Capes  which  form  Bonavista  Bay,  the  variation  in  18'-i0  was  30°  28'  W.  at  Barrow  Harbor 
li8=  30'  W.  and  at  Happy  Adventure  only  -28°. 

FPvOM  CAPE  BONAVLSTA  TO  CAPE  FREELS  (NORTH.*) 

CAPE  BONAVLSTA  is  in  latitude  48"  42'  N.  and  longitude  52°  59'  20"  \V.  The  Cape 
appears  from  a  distance  of  a  bluish  color,  and  is  a  steep  rocky  point,  having  4  fatlioms  close 
to  the  shore.  Somewhat  less  than  three  ((uarters  of  a  mile  N.  N.  E.  from  the  extremity  of 
the  Cape  lies  Cull  Island,  which,  though  small,  may  easily  be  recognized,  by  being  of  mo- 
derate luMght,  and  elevated  in  the  middle,  making  something  like  a  rounti  hat  with  broad 
green  brims,  and  visible  4  or  5  leagues  oil,  when  the  weather  is  clear;  N.  N.  E.  |  E.  distant 
3i  miles  from  (iull  Island  is  the  Old  Harry  Rock,  having  only  IS  feet  water  over  it ;  from  this 
a  reef  or  baid<  extenils  to  the  N.  iO.  nearly  three  miles,  having  several  dangerous  spots  upon 
it,  of  only  18  feet  and  3  or  4  fathoms;  the  outer  edge  of  this  danger  is  called  the  Young 
Harry,  and  lies  in  latitude  48"  10'  N.,  and  longitude  52°  58'  15"  W. ;  at  its  northern  ex- 
tremity is  10  fathoms  water,  and  a  little  farther  olf  45  fathoms  ;  between  the  Young  Harry, 
and  the  middle  ground  of  18  feet,  are  12,  20,  and  .")0  fathoms  ;  to  the  northward  of  the  mid- 
dle "-round  are  60  and  40  fathoms  ;  to  the  eastward! 9  and  20  fathoms,  to  the  southward,  and 
be   veen  it  and  the  Old  Harry,  26  and  31  fathoms ;  at  the  north  part  of  the  Old  Harry  is  11 


*  So  ciilled  to  distinf^uish  it  from  a  Cape  of  the  same  name  situated  on  the  aouthern  part  of  N^ew- 
foundland,  near  St.  Mary's  Bay. 


22 


BLUNT  S  AMEitlCAN   COAST   PILOT. 


fathoms,  to  the  westward  30  fathoms,  to  the  S.  W.  9  fathoms,  anil  a  little  further  S.  W.  57 
fathoiti'--;  abundance  offish  are  caujiht  by  the  boats  which  fre()uent  this  i)ank,  !)Ut  it  is  vcrv 
dangerous  for  shipping.  The  sea  commonly  breaks  over  Old  Harry,  unless  in  fine  weather, 
and  the  water  be  very  smooth,  but  the  other  part  of  the  shoals  show  themselves  orly  in,  or 
immediately  after,  heavy  pales  on  the  shore. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  Old  Harry,  you  should  bring  ftull  Island  on  with  the  ftreon  Ridfje, 
which  lies  considerably  inland  ;  but  you  must  beware,  for  this  mark  will  carry  you  too  close 
to  the  Young  Harry.  Vessels  running  alongshore,  to  avoid  these  rocks,  must  be  careful 
in  keeping  Cape  Jionavista  open  with  the  westernmost  extremity  o*'a  high  range  of  land  to 
the  southward,  called  the  Inner  Ridge;  thcsedangers,  together  with  the  long  ledge,  called  the 
Flowers,  already  noticed,  render  it  very  imprudent  for  a  mariner  to  attempt  making  land 
hereabout  in  thick  or  boisterous  weather  ;  indeed  at  any  tinie,  the  Island  of  Bacalieu  is  the 
best  and  safest  land-fall  for  the  stranger  that  is  bound  to  any  part  of  Bonavista  Bay. 

BONAVISTA  BAY. — This  extensive  Bay  is  formed  on  the  South  by  Cape  Bonavista, 
and  on  the  north  by  Cape  Freels;  these  Capes  lie  N.  J  E.  and  S.  '^  W.  from  each  other, 
and  comprehend  a  distance  of  40  miles,  between  which  the  coast  is  much  indented  with  bays 
and  inlets  of  the  sea,  most  of  which  are  navigable,  but  difficult,  rocky,  and  dangerous.  The 
land,  on  the  south,  is  generally  high  and  mountainous,  and  the  shores  steep  and  iron-bound; 
the  north  side  is  low  and  marshy,  from  which  the  water  runs  off  shoal  to  a  considerable  dis- 
tance ;  the  whole  Bay  abounds  with  small  islands,  and  is  on  every  side  encompassed  with 
dangers.  The  harbors,  sounds,  and  inlets,  are  deep,  extensive,  numerous,  well  sheltered, 
and  safe,  but  they  are  generally  so  deeply  embayerl,  tlie  passages  into  them  so  intricate, 
and  the  surrounding  land  so  similar  in  appearance,  that  few,  except  those  to  whom  the  navu 
gatioii  ia  fainillar,  v'^ver  attempt  to  enter  them.  Of  those  which  seem  to  offer  the  best  re- 
fuge to  strangers,  who  from  necesity  should  be  compelled  to  seek  a  place  of  shelter,  the 
following  appear  best  calculated  to  suit  his  circumstances:  Barrow  Harbor,  or  Great  Chance 
Harbor,  on  the  south ;  and  New  Harbor,  or  Cat  Cove,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Bay ;  but 
the  extreme  narrowness  of  the  entrance  to  New  Harbor  is  a  great  impediment,  and  renders 
Cat  Cove  the  most  to  be  preferred. 

PORT  BONAVISTA,  or  Bonavista  Harbor,  lies  within  and  about  3J  miles  to  the  south- 
eastward of  Cape  Bonavista,  and  vessels  intending  to  rendezvous  there,  may  either  pass  to 
it,  be. ween  Gull  Island  and  the  cape,  or  between  Gull  Island  and  the  Old  Harry  Rock,  or 
to  the  northward  of  the  Young  Harry  altogether;  if  the  former,  between  Gull  Island  and 
Bonavista,  the  passage  is  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  and  both  the  Cape  and  Island 
Bteep  to,  having  4  fathoms  water  close  to  each  side,  and  16  or  18  fathoms  mid-channel;  but 
it  will  be  advisable  not  to  go  too  near  to  the  Gull  Island,  on  account  of  a  rock  underwater, 
which  lies  about  300  yards  off  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  Island.  Having  passed  through  this 
channel,  and  finding  yourself  to  the  westward  of  the  Cape,  you  will  see  Green  Island  distant 
about  half  a  mile  from  the  Cape  ;  large  vessels  commonly  leave  this  island  on  their  larboard 
side,  in  their  passage  to  Port  Bonavista,  going  between  (^reen  and  Stone  Islands  ;  the  chan- 
nel is  full  one  mile  and  a  quarter  wide,  and  with  12,  16,  and  18  fathoms  water  in  it,  and  no 
danger  whatever,  except  a  sunk  rock  of  3  fathoms  water,  which  lies  about  200  yards  to  the 
N.  K.  of  Green  Island  ;  or  they  may  go  to  the  westward  of  Stone  Island,  and  run  on  south- 
erly until  they  open  the  points  of  the  Harbor,  and  having  passed  Moses  Point,  sail  to  the 
southward  of  the  Swerry's  Rocks  ;  these  are  always  visible,  and  liave  no  passage  between 
them  and  the  Point     here  they  mcay  anchor  in  10  or  8  fathoms. 

The  Inner  passage,  between  Cape  Bonavista  and  (ireen  Island,  is  frequently  attempted  by  | 

small  vessels;  the  channel  is  in  some  parts  narrow,  and  the  ground  foul ;  about  a  mile  to 
the.  S-  Eastward  of  the  Green  Island  is  the  ledge  of  red  rocks;  you  may  go  between  these 
andthe  land  into  Red  Cove ;  there  are  6  fathoms  water,  and  in  the  Cove  4;;,  4,  and  3  fathoms ; 
but  the  ground  is  all  foul;  there  is  a  passage  also  to  the  southward  of  these  rocks,  and  be- 
tween them  and  Western  Head,  in  which  are  6  fathoms.  A  little  to  the  eastward  of  West^ 
eru  Head  there  is  a  small  rock  under  water,  it  lies  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore, 
and  the  sea  commonly  breaks  over  it,  but  boats  can  go  between  it  and  the  shore.  To  the 
southward  is  Red  Head  or  Point,  and  further  on  is  Moses  Point;  between  these  is  another 
opening,  called  Bayley's  Cove  ;  you  may,  in  case  of  extreme  necessity,  run  in  here  and 
anchor,  but  the  ground  is  foul  and  rocky  throughout;  there  was  on  the  north  side  of  this 
Cove  a  stage  for  fishing.  Moses  Point  is  the  northern  point  of  Bonavista  Bay  ;  this  place 
is  a  very  eligible  situation  for  carrying  on  the  fishery,  but  it  is  so  open  to  the  weather,  that 
with  N.  Westerly  gales,  following  a  continuance  of  strong  winds  from  seaward,  the  waves 
break  right  athwart  the  harbor's  mouth,  and  sometimes  the  whole  of  the  fishing  boats 
founder  at  their  anchors,  and  not  unfrequently  many  of  their  stages  are  destroyed.  Ves- 
sels during  the  summer  months  commonly  moor  under  Swerry  Head  in  8  or  10  fathoms  ; 
but  even  liere,  and  in  every  other  part  of  this  Harbor,  the  ground  is  so  rocky  and  uneven, 
that  you  will  be  obliged  to  buoy  up  your  cable. 

BLACK  HEAD  BAY. — This  is  a  wide  and  deep  bay,  comprehended  between  Black 
Head  to  the  eastward,  and  Southern  Head  to  (he  westward.     Black  Head  bears  from  Cape 


BLUNT  S    AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


23 


Bonavista  W.  S.  W.  l  S.  distant  5^  miles  ;  Southern  Head  bears  from  C'ape  BonaviytaW. 
J  N.  distant  lU  miles;" and  IMack  Head  and  Soutiiern  Head  hear  (Voni  eaeli  other  E.  8.  K. 
J  S.  and  W.  N.  W.  ?  N.  heins;  nearly  8  miles  apart:  on  the  western  side  of  Blark  Head 
Bav  is  KINO'S  COV'K,  distant  about  4  miles  from  Southern  Head  ;  this  also  is  a  fishinf; 
establishment,  but  still  more  objectionable,  as  a  place  of  shelter,  than  Uonavista,  for  this  is 
directly  open  to  seaward,  and  the  .i^round  is  all  foul. 

KEELS. — This  is  another  establishment  for  the  fisheries,  and  situated  in  one  of  the 
tfoves  about  midway  between  Sottthern  and  Western  Heads;  between  these  two  heads  are 
four  other  coves,  but  neither  Keels  nor  any  of  these  coves,  are  fit  or  good  places  for  anchor- 
age, especially  with  ships  of  burthen. 

From  Western  Head  the  land  bends  W.  S.  \V.  \  S.  and  lertds  to  numerous  coves,  bays,  and 
anus  of  the  sea,  most  of  which  have  deep  water,  and  places  of  anchorage  ;  we  shall  here 
enumerate  the  i)rinci[)al  of  these,  with  their  respective  situations,  but,  as  many  of  them  are 
too  dee])ly  embayed  for  general  navigation,  we  shall  nt)t  extend  our  directions  to  a  minute 
or  particular  description  of  them  all,  but  confine  ourselves  to  such  only  as  are  situated  in 
promirtent  parts  of  the  Bay,  and  are  mostly  fitted  for  general  use,  and  commonly  fre(|uented. 

We  have  already  stated,  that  from  Western  Hf*ad  the  land  turns  W.  S.  Westward,  and 
leads  to  Plate  C'ove,  Indian  Arm,  and  Southward  Bay. 

PLATF^  COVE  is  situated  on  the  coast  about  7.',  miles  distant  from  Western  Head  ;  its 
entrance  between  Arrow  I'ointand  Plate  Cove  Head  is  three  quariers  of  a  mile  wide,  from 
whence  it  bends  in  more  than  a  mile  to  tlie  southward  ;  at  its  Eaiuern  extremity,  is  a  run  of 
fresh  water,  but  the  bottom  is  foul  and  rocky,  it  is  therefore  not  much  frefjuentefl. 

LXDIAN  AR.M  lies  about  S.  W.  by  W.'  from  Plate  Cove  head,  distant  .'5  miles;  it  is  a 
narrow  inlet  running  in  nearly  S.  W.  about  two  miles,  and  terminates  in  a  rivulet  of  fresh 
water. 

SOUTHWARD  BAY  is  se))arated  <"''^  I',''ian  Arm  only  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land  ; 
this  is  an  extensive  branch  of  th>  jca,  '  .  .ra;  ;'0  between  Red  Head  and  Kate's  Harbor 
Head,  is  a  full  mile  wide,  with  :>i),  HO,  i  *  ;nd  90  fathoms  water,  mid-channel ;  from  hence  it 
bends  to  the  S.  Westward  7^  miles,  becoming  narrower  as  you  advance,  but  with  deep  wa- 
ter and  no  danger.  On  the  western  side  there  is  an  opening  called  Hayes  Cove,  it  lies  about 
2  miles  from  Kate  Harbor  Head. 

B.\CON-BONE  RO("K. — It  will  be  proper  here  to  remark,  that  vessels  intending  to  seek 
either  of  these  places,  must  beware  of  the  liacon-bone  Rock,  a  danger  of  only  18  feet  water 
over  it;  this  lies  W.  \  N.  distant  one  mile  from  Western  Head,  and  directly  in  the  fair 
way  of  the  navigation.  To  avoid  this  danger,  do  not  shut  in  Southern  Head  until  Little 
Denier  comes  on  with  the  outer  Shag  Island. 

KATE  HARBOK  lies  to  the  westwani  of  Plate  Cove  ;  its  entrance  is  three  quarters  of 
a  mile  wide,  and  the  Harbor  runs  in  about  one  mile  and  a  quarter  ;  the  depth  of  water  is 
36,  29,  and  27  fathoms  mid-chan.iel,  decreasing  as  you  advance  to  the  further  end :  there 
is  a  rock  under  water  ort"  its  entrance  with  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms  round  it  ;  this  lies  nearer  to 
Kate's  Head,  but  there  is  a  passage  between  them,  and  also  a  still  wider  channel  on  the 
western  side  of  the  rock. 

SWF^ET  BAY. — This  is  another  extensive  inlet,  lying  to  the  westward  of  Kate  Harbor; 
its  entrance  is  between  Cutler's  Head  and  Chance  Point ;  and  leads  also  to  Maidenhair  Cove, 
and  Little  and  Great  Chance  Harbors.  Sweet  Bay  is  the  easternmost  inlet ;  which  having 
entered,  and  ])assed  Cutler's  Head,  which  is  rocky  and  steep  to,  you  will  see  Turfpook 
Island,  it  is  small  and  narrow ;  about  half  a  mile  to  the  S.  W.  of  this  is  Woody  Island,  and 
between  them  a  rock  under  water;  there  is  a  passage  ^n  either  side  of  these,  and  when  you 
get  beyond  Woody  Island,  the  bay  becomes  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  with  60  fa- 
thoms water,  uiid-way  ;  advancing  still  further  you  will  observe  several  islands  in  your  pas- 
sage ;  there  is  also  a  rock  under  water  on  your  starboard  side,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  beyond 
Woody  Island  ;  it  lies  abreast  of  a  little  island  which  is  mid-channel;  further  on  is  Wolf 
Island,  between  which  and  the  luain  there  is  no  passage  ;  off  this  lies  Gooseberry  Island,  be- 
tween which  and  Wolf  Island  there  is  30  fathoms  water,  but  the  channel  is  narrow,  and  that 
on  the  eastern  side  of  (iooseberry  Island  is  much  wider;  Sweet  Bay  here  divides  into  two 
branches,  that  to  the  eastward  is  called  the  S.  W.  arm,  and  has  directly  before  its  entrance 
Hunt's  Island,  the  channel  to  the  eastward  of  which  has  10, 12,  and  14  fathoms  water,  and 
that  to  the  westward  7  and  9  fathoms,  you  will  then  see  on  yottr  starboard  side  a  small  island, 
you  may  pass  it  on  either  side,  and  having  so  done,  will  drop  into  24,  22,  and  20  fathoms 
water;  the  head  of  the  arm  is  foul  and  rocky.  The  N.  W.  arm  is  divided  from  the  S.  W. 
arm  a  little  below  Hunt's  Island,  and  at  the  ftirther  end  of  Wolfs  Island  is  nearly  a  mile 
wide,  from  whence  it  runs  S.  Westerly  3[  miles,  with  good  depth  of  water,  and  clear  of 
dangers ;  at  the  bottom  is  a  sandy  beach  and  a  small  rivulet. 

GREAT  CHANCE  HARBOR.— This  is  an  excellent  and  C(  ivsnient  place  of  anchor- 
age, the  entrance  to  which  lies  W.  J  S.  distant  10^  miles  from  Western  Head.  Vessels  sail- 
ing for  this  place,  should  recollect  the  mark  already  given  to  avoid  the  Bacon-bone  Rock ; 
having  passed  this  danger,  you  may  sail  on  directly  for  the  harbor,  the  course  will  be  W. 


24 


Blum's  AAfRiiicAX  coast  pilot. 


y  North,  until  you  get  uhieast  ol'  Chance  Point;  you  will  now  guard  ajjainst  a  sunken  rock 
at  tlie  .southern  part  of  the  entnitice,  wiiich  has  only  10  I'eet  water  over  it;  to  avoid  ami  jjo 
clear  of  tlii:s  danger,  be  carcliil  not  lo  shni  in  tlie  westward  Mustard-i)o\vl  Isiar.d  with  tlie 
eastern  oiw. ;  tliese  are  sitnatedat  tin;  larho  in!  side  of  tlie  channel :  having  passed  the  eastern 
island,  stand  boldly  in,  a|)proailiinjj;  eacli  sid(!  as  nearly  as  you  like,  and  anch  ny  where 
above  the  narrows  in  from  1 1  lo  "j  lathonis,  the  j^round  is  yood  and  holds  well ;  yo  i  ill  lie  shel- 
tered from  all  weather,  and  may  procure  wood  and  waier  with  j^reat  I'acility.  Chance  Point 
and  Cutler's  Head  are  both  siei.'p  to;  oil'  the  former,  and  dirc(!tly  in  a  line  between  the 
southern  part  of  Loii;;  Islands,  tiiere  is  a  spot  of  srroiind  wii!i  only  7  (athoins  water;  during 
heavy  gales  from  the  seaward  this  will  show  itself  by  the  sea  breaking  over  it,  but  in  line 
weather  it  is  not  dangerous.  N.  E.  a  little  Northerly,  distant  almost  one;  mile,  is  the  Chance 
(iull  Hock,  steep  to,  and  always  visible  :  to  the  westward  is  Deer  Island,  one  mile  and  atpiarter 
long  but  narro  v;  there  is  a  good  channel  between  it  and  the  main  to  Chandler's  Reach. 

CHANDLER'S  REACll  is  the  channel  leading  to  (ioose  Hay  and  Clode  Sound;  the 
course  through  which  is  W.  i  S.  which,  from  the  N.  W.  point  of  Deer  Island,  will  take  you 
to  Connecting  Point;  this  is  the  point  of  the  peninsula  that  divides  the  tornu-r  from  the  latter. 

GOOSE  IJAY  runs  in  S.  Westerly,  about  7  J  miles,  and  by  kee|)inL;  in  mid-chamiel  you 
will  meet  with  no  danger,  but  have  47, -10,  and  .Jd  I'lthoms  water,  until,  having  passed  Lub- 
bers Hole,  the  depth  decreases  to  1'2,  l;{,  10,  and  H  fathoms,  when  you  will  see  a  small 
island,  situated  to  the  westward  of  Coose  Head;  behind  and  to  the  westward  of  this,  yon 
may  anchor  in  from  4  to  7  fathoms,  or  furtlier  to  tlu'  southward  in  5,',  fathoms;  in  most  of 
these  inlets  you  will  lie  |)erfectly  sale,  and  entirely  land-lockud ;  fresh  water  and  wood  are 
pleiS'iful,  and  cusily  obtained. 

CLODK  SOUx'^D  is  a  fine  branch  of  the  sea,  running  in  from  Chandler's  Reach  full  00 
miles;  it  has  many  places  of  very  good  anchorage,  and  without  any  ilanger ;  vessels  may 
find  perfect  safety  on  the  northern  shore,  at  Rrown's  Cove,  or  further  in  at  Long  Cove,  or 
Platter  Cove;  or  on  the  southern  shore,  at  IJiuiyan's  ami  Love  ('oves;  or,  passing  the 
1  latter  Rocks,  and  steering  westwaril,  at  Freshwater  Cove ;  the  mid-cliamiel  has  alt  the 
way  deep  water,  and  there  jiie  no  rocks  except  near  the  shores. 

LION'S  DEX. — This  is  an  opening  lyiiiLT  at  the  N.  W.  end  of  Chandler's  Reach;  to 
enter  which  you  must  sail  to  the  northward  of  the  Deer  and  Cluster  Islands,  and  [lass  tlie 
narrows,  which  is  about  one  tliird  of  a  mile  wide,  and  has  21  fathoms  water  in  it;  having 
passed  the  entrance  about  one  mile,  there  is  a  sunken  rock,  round  which  are  4,  5,  and  ') 
fathoms;  you  may  then  perceive  the  inlet  to  br;uich  oil"  into  two  divisions,  that  to  the  N.  W. 
is  very  narrow,  and  has  a  rocky  islei  at  its  entrance;  but  that  which  runs  to  the  S.  \V.  is 
broader,  and  has  11,  li,  and  10  fathoms  water  in  it;  it  runs  in  from  the  sunken  rock  about 
IJ  mile,  and  at  its  further  end  becomes  shoal,  narrow,  and  rocky. 

THE  LONG  LSLANDS  are  4  in  number,  having  narrow  channels  between  theui,  some 
of  which  are  encumbered  with  rocks,  and  dangerous;  the  eastern  island  is  the  largest  and 
broadest,  the  next  to  it  is  the  longest,  the  two  western  ones  are  smaller  and  narrower ;  they 
form  the  northern  boundary  of  (he  passage  from  Western  Head  to  Chandler's  Reach;  and 
also  the  southern  boundary  to  Swale  Tickle  and  Newman's  Sound.  0(f  the  N.  Eastern 
point  of  the  largest  Long  Island,  lies  a  sunken  rock  ;  it  is  close  to  the  land,  and  therefore  may 
easily  be  avoided;  this  point  bears  from  Western  Head  nearly  W.  by  N.  distant  G  miles. 

NEWMAN'S  SOUND. — This  is  a  large  arm  of  the  sea,  running  in  W.  by  N.  having 
at  its  entrance  Swale  Island,  which  is  nearly  4  J  miles  long,  and  not  one  broad  in  the  widest 
part.  This  divides  the  entrance  into  two  channels:  the  southern  passage  is  calleil  the 
Swale  Tickle,  and  the  northern  one  goes  by  the  general  name  of  Newman's  Sound.  To 
sail  from  abreast  of  the  W^estern  Head  into  the  Swale  Tickle,  you  must  steer  W.  N.  W.  i  W. 
To  sail  from  abreast  of  the  Bonavista  (jiiU  Island,  steer  W.  N.  W.  ^  ^^^-  -^  miles,  and  it 
will  carry  you  a  little  to  the  southward  of  Little  Swale  Island,  and  in  the  fairway  of  the 
passage  :  but  in  advancing  through  this  channel  there  are  several  obstructions,  and  the  jjas- 
sages  from  thence  into  Newman's  Sound  are  so  narrow,  that  it  will  always  be  advisable  to 
go  to  the  northward  of  the  Great  Swale  Island.  To  do  this,  having  rounded  the  Gull  Isl- 
and, steer  W.  N.  W.  ^  W.  '27  or  28  miles;  you  will  then  have  the  sound  open,  and  can 
])roceed  accordingly.  It  is  full  l\  mile  wide,  and  extends  in  nearly  a  N,  by  W.  direction 
from  the  N.  E.  point  of  Swale  Island  11  miles,  having  several  places  of  good  anchorage. 
Those  on  the  southern  shore  are  South  i3road  Cove,  Minchin's  Cove,  and  Stanford  Cove. 

SOUTH  lUtOAD  COVE  is  situated  two  miles  and  a  half  beyond  the  western  point  of 
Swale  Island,  and  is  a  place  of  ijreat  safety  ;  the  passage  in  is  to  the  S.  Westward,  and  you 
will  ride  well  sheltered  in  10  fathoms,  free  from  any  danger:  there  is  a  small  island  at  the 
entrance,  which  you  will  leave  on  your  larboard  side. 

MINCHIN'S  COVE  is  to  the  westward  ;  to  go  tp  this  |)lace,  there  is  a  long  narrow  point 
of  land  running  out  to  the  northward,  which  you  will  round^wttu ruing  southerly,  the  Cove 
will  appear  open  :  here  you  will  lie  in  h  fathoinS,  opposite  a^WiPy  laeach.  To  the  westward  is 
Mount  Stanford,  oil*  tlie  point  of  which  lies  a  small  island,  reaching  halfway  over  the  passage, 
making  the  channel  in  this  part  very  narrow ;  the  best  course  through,  is  to  the  eastward  of 


BLUNTS   AMERICAN   COAST    PILOT. 


tliiH  ishivl,  in  9  fiillioiiis  ;  here  an  opening  appears  to  the  eastward,  calltd  Buckley's  Cove, 
(it  lor  small  vcshcIs  :  the  coast  now  win(lu)^  to  the  westward,  forms  a  broad  bay,  with  20, 
•JO,  and  -'7  fathoms  water  in  it,  free  from  any  danger,  and  siiallowinfr  on  earh  side  towards 
the  sjiores.  At  the  S.  Western  part  of  this  is  Stanl'ord  Cove,  liaving  a  sandy  beach,  the 
ai)|)rua(;h  towards  wiiich  shallows  gradually. 

'I'lieanchoraijes  on  the  northern  shore  are.  North  Hroad  Cove,  Great  and  Little  Happy 
Adventure  Coves,  and  Jkirrow  Harbors;  IJarrow  Harbor  is  tolerably  safe,  and  the  most  con- 
venient hr.rbor  on  the  south  side  of  IJonavista  J5ay ;  it  is  situated  on  the  southern  side  of 
die  peinnsula  which  divides  Newman's  Sound  from  Salvage  JJay,  and  is  formed  by  three 
|;irt;e  islands,  Keat's,  Goodwin's,  and  Kichard's  Islands;  that  i)art  between  Goodwin's  Island 
and  the  main  is  the  entrance,  aljout  .JOO  yards  wide,  and  not  difficult  <j('  access.  Th.e  harbor 
is  a  full  mile  in  lens;tli,  the  outer  part  is  rocky  ami  not  well  sheltered,  but  the  inner  part  is 
coiuidetely  land-locked,  and  has  good  holding  ground.  Vessels  taking  their  departure  from 
Gull  Island,  JJonavista,  should  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  ,'  W.  about  M2  miles.  IJut  if  coming 
from  the  northward,  tln-ir  course  from  the  Eastern  (iooseberry  Kock,  towards  Barrow  Har- 
l)or,  will  be  S.  W.  {  W.  18  miles;  Goosebjrry  Kock  appears  just  above  water.  In  this 
course  they  will  have  to  avoid  tiie  Malone  Rock  and  Ledge,  the  latter  being  a  shoal,  lying 
S.  4  W.  distant  (uie  mile  from  the  rock,  which  is  always  above  water  :  this  shoal  has  never 
less  than  4  fai  horns  over  it,  so  that,  in  line  weatiier,  no  danger  whatever  is  to  be  apprehended. 
Ill  sailing  on,  and  approaching  Little  Uenier  Island,  which  is  almost  opjiosite  the  harbor's 
iiKiiUli,  you  must  be  particularly  careful  of  the  Outer  Kock,  lying  N.  'l  W.  uf  Denier,  dis- 
tant three  (|uarier.s  of  a  mile ;  this  has  only  4  and  ()  feet  upon  it,  but  fortunately  the  sea  con- 
stantly breaks  over  it,  thereby  |)ointing  out  its  situation,  and  enabling  the  mariner  to  guard 
against,  and  steer  clear  of  the  danger.  Having  reached  the  Little  Denier,  it  will  be  better  to 
goon  its  northern  side,  for  between  Little  Denier  and  Kichard's  Island  there  lies  a  danqjerous 
reef  of  rocks,  called  the  Brandishes  ;  these  extend  nearly  in  a  line,  but  at  various  distances, 
almost  half  way  over  the  ciiannel ;  upon  these  rocks  are  from  I'J  to  17  feet,  with  narrow 
channels  of  7  and  8  fatlioms  between  them;  to  navigate  this  passage,  therefore,  requires  a 
pilot.  To  clear  the  Brandishes,  you  should  keep  Wedge  Point  a  little  open  to  the  south- 
ward of  Smoky  Ridge,  which  is  a  range  of  high  lands  at  the  top  of  the  harbor,  until  you 
bring  Broom  [lead  on  with  the  Middle  Shag  Island  ;  the  passage  then  will  be  open,  and 
without  ol)struction,  until  you  get  near  to  Wedge  Point;  off  wjiich  only  70  yards,  lies  a 
sunken  rock,  with  8  feet  water:  you  may  then  sail  up  Pudner's  Cove,  until  you  are  entirely 
shut  in  from  the  sea,  then  you  can  anchor  in  from  10  to  18  fathoms.  Some  vessels  prefer 
anchoring  in  Garland's  Creek,  but  without  running  well  up,  the  ground  is  foul.  The  land 
about  {{arrow  Harbors  is  higher  than  the  neighboring  shores,  and,  consequently,  may  be 
the  more  readily  recognized  by  its  projection. 

SANDY  COV'E  lies  further  up  Newman's  Sound,  and  has  good  anchorage;  it  may 
readily  be  known,  having  the  only  sandy  beach  on  the  north  sideof  the  sound;  there  is  no 
danger  in  entering,  and  it  is  perfectly  safe,  the  depth  of  water  being  from  10  to  20  fathoms. 
In  sailing  to  this  place,  and  kee|)ing  along  the  northern  shore,  between  Barrow  Harbor  and 
Sandy  Cove,  you  will  meet  with  a  rocky  islet,  called  the  Half-way  Ilock;  it  is  steep  to,  and 
has  4  fathoms  close  to  it ;  there  is  also  a  deep  water  channel  between  it  and  the  main,  but 
keep  outside,  and  pass  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  there  will  be  no  danger. 

GRKAT  AND  LITTLE  ADVENTURE  COVES— These  are  two  snug  little  coves, 
lying  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  above  Sandy  Cove,  and  on  the  same  side  of  Newman's 
Sound  ;  but  from  the  narrowness  of  their  entrances  they  arc  fit  only  for  small  vesbels.  Be- 
tween 'lese  coves,  and  off  a  pointof  land  which  separates  them,  lies  a  sunken  rock,  about 
80  yards  from  the  shore,  with  only  4  t'eet  over  it.  Olfthe  entrance  to  Great  Adventure  Cove, 
lies  Sydney  Island;  the  passage  in  is  to  the  northward  of  this  island,  for  between  the  is- 
land and  Harbor  Head,  there  is  no  thoroughfare. 

NORTH  BROAD  COVE.— The  entrance  to  this  place  lies  one  mile  and  three  quar- 
ters from  Harbor  Head,  and  is  on  the  northern  shore  ;  it  is  a  convenient  and  well  sheltered 
anchorage,  and  may  i)e  easily  known  by  a  round  island  lying  at  its  western  side;  this  is 
nan.ed  Black  Duck  Island.  Sailing  into  the  Cove  you  should  keep  the  island  on  board  un- 
til you  make  a  tickle*  between  it  and  the  western  shore,  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock  at  its  eastern 
side  ;  after  which,  it  is  advisable  to  keep  as  close  as  possible  to  the  eastern  shore,  for  there 
is  a  dangerous  rock  lying  mid-channel ;  being  inside  this  rock,  you  may  anchor  in  from  10 
to  25  fathoms,  muddy  ground. 

In  advancing  further  up  Newman's  Sound,  there  are  some  other  dangerous  rocks,  lying 
off  the  northern  shore ;  one  of  these  is  called  the  Shag  Rock,  and  lies  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  beyond  Black  Duck  Islet;  and  one  mde  further  on  is  Hall's  Rock;  both  these  are 
under  water,  and  distant  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  land ;  they  have  4  and  5  fathoms 
close  to  them,  and  a  passage  between  them  and  the  shore  of  6  and  7  fathoms  :  therefore,  in 
sailing  up  Newman's  Sound,  the  northern  shore  should  always  have  a  good  berth.  Keep 
nearly  half  a  mile  off,  and  you  will  avoid  them  alU- 


*  "  Tickle,"  a  narrow  passage  between  islands  tncrrocks, 


86 


HLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


i  ,i 


I'    i 


i 


SALVACrK  BAY  lies  on  tlie  northern  side  of  the  pronumtory  which  dividp'^  it  from 
Newiniiii'."*  Sound  ;   it  lias  scvcnd  runs  of  fresh  wiiter  within  it,  hut  no  place  of  ijood  sheUer. 

DAMiNAHLK  IIAKI50II  hcs  to  tlic  norlhwind  of  .S;dvii«e  JJiiy  ;  between  them  are 
several  Hiiiall  ishinds  and  rocks,  tlie  latest  of  tlicse  is  named  tjie  Bai<er'8  Loaf,  and  is  a  nar- 
row island,  al)oiii  three(|narter.s()f  a  mile  Um^:.  To  ^o  to  tliis  place  from  (rull  Island,  Honavis- 
ta,  yon  should  steer  W.  N.  \V.  .'  N.  ahout  7  leaj^nes,  and  round  the  Shaju  Islands;  |)roceed 
tlience  to  the  northward  of  the  IJaKcr's  l^oaf,  or  steer  N.  \V.  by  W.  from  the  (iull  toward* 
tlie  Shi|)  Island,  which  may  readily  ho  known  by  a  rcmarkablt-  bald  point,  like  a  sujE:ar  loaf; 
then  W.  ^  S.  Irom  Ship  Island,  5i  miles,  will  brine;  you  to  the  entrance  of  Damnable  Har- 
bor; this  i)lace  is  well  adapted  for  the  recejnion  of  sninll  vessels,  but  its  very  narrow  en- 
trance disqualifies  it  for  ships  of  burthen.  There  is  a  rock  oH'  the  southern  part  of  the 
entrance,  and  another  off  the  northern  side  of  the  island,  \fhich  lies  in  the  middle  of  the 
harbor ;  there  is  jjood  anchornge  all  round  the  island  in  4  and  5  fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

MORRIS'S  COVK. — This  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Morris's  Island,  and  is  considered 
to  be  a  safe  anchora<,'e.  In  sailing;  for  this  place,  keep  Ship  Island  well  on  board,  on  ac- 
count of  a  dangerous  reef,  which  extends  from  Flat  Island  nearly  two  thirds  of  the  wav  to- 
wards Ship  Island,  on  some  parts  of  which  there  are  not  above  17  or  IH  feet;  proceed  there- 
fore to  the  ncnthward  of  Shij)  Island,  jrassinf:  at  not  more  than  half  a  mile  distance;  and 
when  yon  have  t;otten  well  inside,  avoid  shutting  in  Lackinjzton  Rock  with  Varket  Island ; 
this  latter  will  be  known  by  its  ap|)eariniu;  like  two  singular  hummocks,  on  account  (»f  there 
being  several  clusters  of  rocks  belwe«!n  Ship  and  llorsechop  Islands  ;  eteer  for  Varket  un- 
til you  get  abreast  of  Laekington  Rock,  then  keep  Lackington  Rock  on  the  n(»rthern  ex- 
tremity of  Shi,)  Island,  until  tlie  Varket  bears  north,  in  order  to  cl'jarthe  two  sunken  rocks 
off  the  end  of  Morris  Island  ;  you  may  then  steer  directly  for  the  Cove,  which  you  can  en- 
ter without  fearing  obstruction,  and  anchor  in  any  part  thereof,  in  26  to  5  fathoms ;  but  tJie 
western  side  of  the  Cove  is  to  be  jireferred. 

BAY  OF  FAIR  AN  I)  F  ALSK. — This  place  may  contain  several  good  anchorages,  but 
it  is  so  filled  with  small  islands  and  rocks,  that  no  description  we  could  give  would  be  of  any 
tise  to  the  mariner.  A  cluster  of  large  islands  extends  off  the  frontage  of  this  bay,  full  '/o 
miles,  or  so  far  as  Offer  (iooseberry  Island;  between  these  arejjassages  innumerable,  with 
deep  water;  there  is  also  a  wide  channel,  running  from  Fair  and  False  Hay,  and  Morris  Is- 
land, to  the  northward  ;  this  leads  to  Hloody  Bay,  wliich  then  turns  westward,  and  is  divided 
into  various  branches,  forming  the  N.  W.  arm,  the  middle  arm,  and  the  north  east  arm  ;  this 
latter  being  a  peculiar  and  extensive  channel,  running  in  one  direction,  southward,  almost 
to  Newman's  Sound  :  and  in  another,  almost  to  Damnable  Harbor  ;  all  these  are  navigable, 
and  afl'ord  places  of  good  anchorage,  and  plenty  of  both  wood  and  water.  There  is  also  an 
open  strait  from  Bloody  Bay  to  the  eastward;  through  Bloody  and  Cottel's  Reaches  and 
out  to  the  northward  of  Offer  (iooseberry  Island.  Other  channels  branch  olT  to  the  ncuth- 
ward  frcun  Bloody  and  Cottel's  Reaches,  and  between  the  Lakeinan's  Islands,  running  into 
Pit's  Sound,  Locker's  and  Content  Reaches,  and  thence  to  Freshwater  Bay  :  within  these, 
and  on  the  northern  shore,  are  Hare,  Locker's,  Trinity,  Indian,  and  many  other  lesser  bays, 
coves,  and  inlets,  abounding  with  good  anchorages,  and  calculated  to  afford  shelter  for  ship- 
ping of  all  descriptions,  in  oases  of  necessity :  these  are,  at  present,  but  little  known,  mikI 
frequented  only  by  the  constant  traders  ;  we  shall,  therefore,  proceed  to  those  which  are  the 
usual  places  of  resort,  and  are  better  situated  for  the  luirpose  of  fishing. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  south-eastward,  ami  bound  to  the  northward,  for  New  Harbor, 
Greenspond  Tickle,  Cat  Cove,  the  N.  W.  arm,  or  anchorages  adjacent,  frequently  take  their 
departure  from  Cape  llonavista;  in  which  case,  their  course  will  be  l\.  by  W.  to  clear  the 
Eastern  Rock,  which  lies  K.  S.  F.  distant  one  mile  and  a  quarter  from  Oiler  (iooseberry 
Island.  From  thence  they  should  steer  N.  ^  K.  to  Copper  Island,  at  the  mouth  of  (Ircens- 
pond  Tickle;  here  pilots  may  frequently  be  obtained  to  conduct  you  to  this,  or  any  of  the 
adjoining  anchorages;  there  is  good  holding  ground  between  (4reenspond  Isl'.ind  and  the 
main  ;  but  the  water  is  generally  so  deej),  that  a  vessel  is  liable  to  be  drifted  on  shore  in  the 
act  of  weighing;  nor  is  there  sufficient  room  to  veer  out  a  lengthened  cable,  in  heavy  galea 
from  the  S.  W.  to  which  (piarter  it  is  much  exposed. 

Ships  coining  from  the  eastward,  or  round  Cape  Freels,  must  be  careful  to  go  clear  of  the 
Charge  Rock,  which  lies  S.F.  'l  S.  two  and  a  half  miles  from  (tull  Island  off  Cape  Freels;  this 
has  only  G  feet  water  over  it,  and  is  circumscribed  by  a  large  spot  of  rough  fishing  ground,  with 
from  8  to  .'50  fathoms  u|)nn  it.  From  the  (nill  Island  of  Cape  Freels,  you  may  run  immediate- 
ly for  the  Stinking  Islands,  taking  care  not  to  open  Cape  Freels  to  the  eastward  of  the  former; 
this  will  carry  you  inside  the  danger.  You  should  keep  a  good  look-out  for  the  mitl-rocks, 
which  appear  just  above  water,  and  lie  two  miles  N.  E.  by  E.  |  E.  from  the  Stinking  Islands, 
but  vessels  not  bound  up  the  bay,  are  strictly  recommended  to  keep  outside  of  them  all ; 
for  should  the  weather  become  suddenly  thick  and  foggy,  a  circumstance  by  no  means  un- 
usual, more  especially  with  an  easterly  wind,  you  will  run  great  hazard  of  getting  bewilder- 
ed among  the  innumerable  rocks,  which  are  scattered  so  profusely  about  this  part  of  the 


eoait,  and  fi 

when  the  m 

ingly  high  o 

distant  aboi: 

wcallier,  alt 

till!  trpinend 

settled,  and 

Having  n 

yon  may,  wi 

until  you  br 

outside  oft! 

rock  has  ;)  f 

will  now  alti 

starboard  bo 

inency  of  th^ 

until  you  bri 

marble,  to  bi 

NKW  IL 

the  Shoe  Co' 

of  its  narrow 

CAT  CO 

Brown  Fox 

and  you  will 

is  Cat  Cove ; 

that  is  covert 

some  general 

must  go  rout 

may  run  on, 

may  anchor  i 

quarter  being 

except  off  the 

more  than  1(1 

NORTH  ' 

to  Cape  Free 

surround  it,  ;i 

similarity  of ; 

greatest  ilangi 

'2"2  feet  over  i 

this  island  yo 

fine  weather, 

waves  beat  ov 

somewhat  hig 

cept  about  tli 

fly  Island  to  t 

each  otlier;  t 

land;  it  is  ad\ 

channel,  exac 

over  it ;  but  i 

be  N.  W.  I  \ 

ground,  in  fro 

CREENSl 

each  way.    A 

Greenspond  '1 

tance,  being  it 

dangers  in  goi 

but  it  will  be  ; 

a  fair  one,  witj 

Ships  some 

channel  is  nai 

considered  a  ] 

Copper  Island 

S.  I  S.  distar 

when  you  shu 

danger;  it  is 

shoals  oft'  thei 


nLUNT  S   AMERICA?!    COAST    PILOT. 


lies  it  from 
itxl  bhelter. 
I  them  are 
iiid  is  -.1  iiiir- 
(I,  lioir.ivis- 
Is ;  |)roft><'il 
nil  towards 
sujt;ar  loaf; 
iriablc  Har- 
narrow  en- 
part  of  the 
iddle  of  the 
y  bottom. 
I  considered 
)ar(l,  on  ac- 
the  way  to- 
x'ced  there- 
stance:  and 
irket  Island ; 
unt  of  there 
r  Varket  iin- 
nortliern  ex- 
nnken  rocks 
yoTi  can  en- 
ins;  but  the 

horagps,  hut 
idd  be  of  anv 
<  bay,  fwli  t'b 
nerable,  with 
!)d  Morris  Is- 
md  is  divided 
ast  arm ;  this 
ward,  aiiiiost 
re  naviijablc, 
iM'e  is  also  an 
K caches  and 
to  the  north- 
running  into 
within  these, 
r  lesser  bays. 
Iter  for  shij)- 
known,  and 
hich  are  the 

New  Harbor, 
tly  take  their 
.  to  clear  the 
(Gooseberry 
th  of  (ircens- 
or  any  of  the 
tnd  and  the 
shore  in  tlie 
n  heavy  galeji 

o  clear  of  the 
c  Freds;  this 

ground,  with 
n  iuiinediate- 
jf  the  former; 
le  mid-rocks, 
iking  Islands, 

of  them  all ; 
io  means  un- 
ting  bewilder- 
is  part  of  the 


eoa^t,  and  from  whidi  neither  compass  nor  chart  can  extricate  you.  In  the  winter  months, 
wJKMi  tiie  north-easterly  gales  are  generally  heavy  and  continuous,  tlio  sea  breaks  exceed- 
iimlv  high  overseveral  s|)ots  of  the  Stinking  Hanks,  which  lie  iv  by  N.  .',  N.  from  the  islands, 
distant  about  'J^  miles  ;  in  two  places  there  are  only  7  tailmnis  over  tliest;  banks  ;  and  in  such 
weather,  although  a  ship  wr)uld  not  strike,  she  would  be  in  great  dau'^er  of  (nu;idering  in 
(he  tremendous  sea  which  would  then  frequently  break  over  her  ;  but  when  the  weather  is 
settled,  and  the  sea  smooth,  they  are  by  no  mean.-  dangerous. 

Having  rounded  the  Stinkin2  Islands,  and  wishing  to  sail  into  New  Harbor,  or  Cat  Cove, 
you  may,  with  propriety,  steer  S.  W.  by  W.  |  \V.  directly  for  the  ( )ller  (looseberry  Island, 
until  you  bring  Pouch  and  Flower  Islands  to  touch  eachother;  you  will  then  be  two  miles 
outside  of  the  three  rocks,  which  lie  H  mile  to  tiie  southward  of  Flower  Island  :  the  outer 
rock  has  IJ  fathoms  over  it,  the  middle  rock  14  feet,  and  the  inner  rock  only  11  feet.  You 
will  now  alter  your  course  to  W.  |  S.  keeping  the  white  face  of  (Chalky  Hills  a  little  on  the 
gtarboard  bow,  which  will  take  you  clear  of  (Jopper  Island  dangers;  then,  should  the  incle- 
mency of  the  weather  prevent  your  getting  a  ])ilot  on  board,  you  can  continue  this  course 
until  you  bring  Shoe  Cove  Point,  which  may  be  distinguishcil  by  its  semblance  to  white 
marble,  to  bear  N.  W.  J-  W.  then  shape  your  course  W.  N.  W.  for  Indian  Bay. 

NKW  HARBOR  is  situated  on  the  eastern  side  of  Indian  15ay,  about  two  miles  from 
the  Shoe  Cove  Point;  this  place,  during  (sisterly  winds,  will  be  (juite  inaccessible,  on  account 
of  its  narrow  entrance  ;  in  this  case,  you  must  proceed  onward,  about  ("our  miles,  for  Cat  (Jove. 

CAT  COVE. — In  order  to  reach  this  place,  you  will  proceed  between  Silver  Hair  and 
Brown  Fox  Islands  and  the  main  ;  and  as  you  approach  the  latter,  the  cliannel  narrows, 
and  you  will  have  a  narrow  island  on  your  starboard  side;  this  is  Cat  Island,  behind  which 
is  Cat  Cove;  you  will  have  no  difficulty  in  distinguishing  this  island, . it  beini;  the  only  part 
that  is  covered  with  livk  wooos,  for  the  surrounding  forests  have  all  betm  destroyed  by 
some  general  conflagration.  Olf  the  upper  part  of  Cat  Island  lie  two  high  green  rocks ;  you 
must  go  round  these,  for  the  waier  is  too  shoal  to  go  between  them:  liaving  done  so,  you 
may  run  on,  until  you  get  some  distance  inside  the  upper  point  of  the  island,  when  you 
may  anchor  in  from  5  to  13  fathoms,  with  a  hawse  o\n)n  to  the  N.  W  the  winds  from  that 
quarter  being  most  heavy  and  s(|ually.  In  working  in,  you  may  stand  close  to  either  shore, 
except  off  the  point  of  the  island,  as  there  is  a  sunken  rock  within  100  yards  of  it,  with  not 
more  than  10  feet  water  over  it. 

NORTH  WEST  ARM, — This  is  situated  on  the  main,  and  is  the  place  of  safety  nearest 
to  Cape  Freels;  but  its  entrance  is  very  dilficnlt,  on  account  of  the  number  of  islands  that 
surround  it,  and  these  islands  are  almost  undistinguishable  one  from  the  otlier,  from  their 
similarity  of  appearance.  In  coming  from  the  southward  for  the  North  West  Arm,  the 
greatestdanger  you  will  have  to  encounter,  is  the  Northern  Rock,  which  never  has  less  than 
2.2  feet  over  it ;  this  lies  N.  E.  distaiU  one  mile  and  three  cpiartors  from  the  Copper  Island ; 
this  island  you  will  easily  recogni/,e  by  its  having  no  wood  u|)on  it,  and  by  its  height.  In 
fine  weather,  and  a  smooth  sea,  vessels  pass  over  it  in  (lerfect  safety  ;  but  in  hard  gales,  the 
waves  beat  over  it  incredibly  high.  To  avoid  it,  be  careful  to  ojK'if  Fool's  Island,  which  is 
somewhat  higher,  and  more  prominent  than  the  rest,  and  which  is  covered  with  trees,  ex- 
cept about  the  suumiit,  to  the  westward  of  the  Western  Pond  Rock,  until  you  get  Butter- 
fly Island  to  touch  the  inner  part  of  Flower  Island,  or  until  Puffin  and  Copper  Islands  touch 
each  other;  then,  leaving  the  Pond  Rocks  on  your  starboard  side,  steer  in  for  Fool's  Is- 
land ;  it  is  advisable  to  keep  this  island  well  on  board,  for  there  is  a  sunken  rock,  lying  mid- 
channel,  exactly  between  it  and  Partridge  Island  Kocks:  this  danger  has  only  18  feet  water 
over  it ;  but  no  mark  can  be  given  to  avoid  this  rock.  The  course  then  up  the  arm  will 
be  N.  W.  I  W^.  and  so  soon  as  you  get  inside  of  Odd  Island,  you  may  anchor  on  muddy 
ground,  in  from  7  to  •)  fathoms.  Fool's  Island  Hill  bearing  S.  E.  to  S.  E.  by  S. 

(iREENSPOND  TICKLE. — Greenspond  is  a  square  island,  about  a  mile  in  breadth 
each  way.  A  reef  of  rocky  islets  runs  of!"  its  southern  part  all  the  way  to  Puffin  Island. 
Greenspond  Tickle  lies  on  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  island,  and  is  of  very  little  impor- 
tance, being  incapable  of  receiving  any  vessel  whose  draught  of  water  exceeds  14  feet :  thn 
dangers  in  going  to  this  place,  are  the  Northern  Rock,  tho  Cook-room  and  Harbor  Rocks  ; 
but  it  will  be  almost  impossible  to  get  into  this  harbor  with  an  adverse  wind,  or  even  with 
a  fair  one,  without  the  assistance  of  a  pilot. 

Ships  sometimes  run  in,  and  anchor  between  Greenspond  Island  and  the  main,  but  the 
channel  is  narrow,  the  water  is  very  deep,  and  it  lies  too  open  to  the  S.  W.  winds  to  bo 
considered  a  jjlace  of  safety.  In  order  to  sail  into  it  you  must  get  to  the  westward  of  the 
Copper  Islands;  in  so  doing,  be  careful  of  the  Midsummer  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  W.  by 
S.  I  S.  distant  one  mile  from  Copper  Island,  and  has  only -5  and  6  feet  over  it,  observe, 
when  you  shut  in  Silver  Hare  Island  by  Shoe  Cove  Point,  you  will  be  within  side  of  the 
danger;  it  is  also  necessary 'to  give  Newal's  and  Ship  Island  a  wide  berth,  an  the  v/ateit 
shoals  oil'  them  to  a  cuueiderable  distauce< 


/ 

/28 


BLUNT  8    AMEItlCAN    COAST    PILOT. 


I 


i 


CAPE  FIIEELS  TO  THE  STRAIT  OK  UELLE  liSLE. 

CAPE  FREELS  is  funnpd  of  tliirr  points,  tlie  Soiitlj  Hill,  tlif  North  IJill,  and  tiic  Mid. 
die,  or  Cape  Freeis:  there  are  numy  shoals  and  rocky  dangers  about  tlieni  all,  llieroftire  a 
uide  berth  should  be  ^i\cn  them  at  all  times.  (Jver  these  points  is  some  hi^h  land,  coin- 
uionly  called  the  Cape  Kid^e,  which  is  visible  at  a  considerable  distance. 

FUNK  ISLAND. — N.  .04  '  E.  from  (ape  Kreels,  distant  '27  miles,  lies  the  Kunk  Islnnd. 
This  is  little  more  than  a  sterile  rock,  and  cannot  be  seen  turlher  than  at  the  distance  of  in  or 
12  miles;  but  it  will  always  be  distinguished  by  the  ^reat  nundier  ol'bird.s  which  contiiai- 
ally  hover  over  it.  About 'JOG  yards  north  of  Kunk  Island  is  a  lariie  rock  above  water,  ami 
N.  W.  by  W.  180  yards  from  this  are  still  lari;er  rocks  ;  they  are  all  barren,  and  only  ili« 
resort  of  sea  birds,  that  iidiabit  and  breed  there  ;  bet\v<'en  these  rocks  are  It^,  .'57,  and  4-2  la- 
thoms  water,  with  a  clear  passage,  but  between  tlie  eastern  rock  and  Kunk  Island  there  is 
a  dangerous  simkeii  rock,  ol' only  10  feet  water,  over  which  the  sea  jjeneraliy  breaks:  near 
this  sunken  rock  arc  14  and  lb  fathonts,  and  between  it  and  Kunk  Island  .'!(),  'Jo,  5b,  .^8,  'J4, 
and  17  fathoms;  olfthe  western  point  of  Kunk  Island  are  some  rocks,  and  at  its  eastern 
part  a  sort  of  creek  with  .'>  fathoms  in  it.  It  is  also  rei)urted  that  a  ledge  of  rocks  lies  S. 
W.  from  Kunk  Island,  distant  about  7  miles. 

DUREL'S  LEDdE. — This  is  a  dangerous  reef,  and  said  to  lie  about  7  lea'^ues  N.  W.  by 
N.  from  Kunk  Island  ;  the  sea  breaks  over  it  continually;  and  nearly  N.  W.  by  W.  distant 
3  leagues  from  laurel's  Ledije,  is  another  danger  named  Cromwell's  Ledj^e,  it  is  supposed 
to  bear  E.  S.  E.  'l  E.  distant  10  or  16  miles  from  Little  Kof:o  Islands. 

N.  N.  W.  I  W.  from  Cape  Kreels,  distant  b\  miles,  is  tlu'  Outer  Cat  Island  ;  it  is  con- 
nected to  the  main  by  a  sandy  reef,  w  hich  is  impassable  for  ship))inL',  and  forms  the  southern 
point  of  Deadinan's  IJay  :  a  little  before  you  come  to  the  ( )uter  ( "at,  you  will  see  a  remark- 
able hill  called  the  Windmill  Hill,  and  near  it  the  Little  Cat  Island.  In  sailing  to  or  troni 
Cape  Kreels  the  shore  should  have  a  good  berth,  although  there  are  soundings  all  the  way, 
and  they  decrease  gradually  towards  the  shore.  J'eadman's  Bay  is  formed  by  the  Outer 
Cat  Island  to  the  southward,  and  Deadman's  Point  to  the  northward  ;  the  soundings  with- 
in it  are  regular,  and  the  bay  without  rocks,  uidess  close  to  the  shore,  but  it  is  totally  tin- 
sheltered  and  open  to  all  easterly  winds. 

Having  passed  Deadman's  Point  you  will  approach  the  Penguin  Islands;  these  are  2  in 
number  and  bear  from  Ca])e  Kreels  N.  N.  W.  |  W.  distant  14  and  15  n\iles ;  between  them 
the  passage  is  clear,  with  from  5i  to  7  fathoms  water,  but  vessels  should  not  go  within  them 
and  the  shore,  for  there  are  several  rocky  reefs  which  render  it  jjarticularly  dancerruis. 

RAGGED  HARBOR  lies  to  the  N.  westward  of  the  Penguins,  distant  6^  miles;  the 
main  land  hereabout  is  low  and  sandy,  and  the  passage  from  the  eastward  rocky  and  danger- 
ous; it  should  therefore  not  be  attempted  by  a  stranger,  or  without  a  j)ilot.  To  tlie  north- 
westward is  Ladle  Cove  Island,  and  7  miles  beyond  that  is  Rocky  Bay.  At  its  entrance,  wliidi 
is  wide,  lie  3  islands,  Noggin  Island,  Green  Island,  and  further  south  is  White  Island ;  you 
may  pass  between  each  of  these  in  7  fathoms;  between  Rocky  Point  and  (ireeu  Island  in  7, 
8,  13,  or  10  fathoms;  and  between  Green  and  White  Islands  in  13  and  14  fathoms;  between 
Noggin  Island  and  the  western  point  of  the  Bay  there  are  3,^,  7, 12,  9,  and  4  fathoms ;  the  bot- 
tom of  these  bavs,  for  there  are  3  openings,  is  rocky,  and  vessels  cannot  go  far  into  them. 

THE  WADHAM  ISLANDS.— These  are  a  cluster  of  islands  lying  to  the  N.  westward 
of  Cape  Freeis.  They  consist  of  8  or  10  scattered  islands,  separated  from  each  other  by  chan- 
nels more  than  1  and  2  miles  wide;  the  largest  of  these  is  called  Peckford's  Island,  which 
is  almost  a  mile  long,  lies  in  the  direction  of  north  and  south,  and  bears  from  Cape  Freeis 
nearly  N.  by  W.  distani20  miles  ;  from  its  southern  part  towards  the  land  about  Ragged  Har- 
bor, there  are  a  number  of  rocky  islets  and  reefs,  with  channels  between  them,  rendering  the 
navigation  of  this  part  extremely  hazardous.  N.  N.  W.  ^  N.  I5  mile  from  Peckford's  Island 
is  White  Island,  but  a  passage  between  them  should  not  be  attempted,  for  there  are  several 
small  rocks  lying  ott'the  north  and  north-western  part  of  Peckford's  Island,  some  of  wliich 
stretch  out  almost  as  far  as  White  Island.  N.  W.  by  W.  from  Peckford's  Island,  about  4} 
miles,  is  Copper  Island  ;  Green  Island  lies  W  N.  W.  |  N.  2i  miles  from  Peckford's  Island, 
and  about  a  similar  distance  S.  S.  E.^  E.  from  Copper  Island;  there  are  also  some  small  rocks 
lying  off  the  N.  W.  end  of  Green  Island,  which,  being  visible,  can  always  beavoided  with  ease. 

S.  W.  ROCK. — This  is  a  small  detached  rock  above  water,  bearing  from  Peckford's  Is- 
land S.  S.  E.  I  E.  distant  31  miles;  near  it  are  13,  17,  and  21  fathoms ;  about  N.  N.  E. 
distant  2  miles  from  the  S.  W.  Rock,  is  a  small  flat  island  ;  and  a  little  more  to  the  eastward 
is  Offer  Island;  this  is  the  most  easterly  of  all  the  Wadham  Islands.  There  is  yet  a  rock 
to  describe,  which  lies  E.  S.  E.  ^  E.  from  Ofl'er  Island,  distant  about  one  mile  and  a  half; 
this  is  dangerous,  and  must  have  a  berth  in  passing  either  north  or  south  of  it. 

THE  FOGO  ISLANDS  lie  to  the  N.  westward  of  the  Wadham  Islands  ;  Great  Fogo 
is  a  large  island,  4  leagues  long  and  9  miles  broad ;  off  its  S.  western  point  lie  the  Indian 


BLUNTfl   AMEUICAN    COAST   PILOT. 


29 


•1  till'  Mid- 
ihcipfoie  a 
land,  cuin- 

ink  Fslnnd. 
!('«■  of  Khir 
li  coiitinii- 
wiiirr,  and 
1(1  only  llin 
,  inid  4'J  la- 
id tlifif  is 
caks:  near 
56,  HH,  'J4. 
its  ensfcni 
>cks  lies  S. 

9  N.  AV.  I.y 
W.  distant 
IS  supposed 

;  it  is  ron- 
ic  soiitlu'iii 
e  a  reniark- 
;  to  or  troiii 
ill  the  way, 
\-  tlie  Outer 
idiii<;s  witli- 
totally  iin- 

ese  are  2  in 
wccri  tlicm 
itliiii  them 
iicerons. 
miles;  the 
iiid  ilaiicer- 
the  north- 
iice,  wliicli 
sland;  you 
Island  in  7, 
IS ;  between 
lis;  thebot- 
o  them. 

westward 

er  by  chan- 

and,  which 

ape  Freels 

agged  Har- 

dering  the 

ird's  Island 

arc  several 

e  of  wliich 

1,  abotil  4} 

I's  Island, 

small  rocks 

J  with  ease. 

jkford's  Is- 

N.  N.  E. 

le  eastward 

yet  a  rock 

ind  a  half; 

rreat  Fogo 
the  Indiau 


lHlaiHN;aii(l  N.  K.  by  N.  .1  ]  mlleM  frniii  the  body  of  Oreat  Koj^oaro  the  Llttln  Vog^o  Islandn} 
iiiiMieroiis  other  rocks  and  Nriiall  islandn  are  Ncattered  about. 

'I'liis  harbor  is  very  secure,  with  i;ood  anchorasje  in  any  part,  above  the  Harbor  Rock; 
it  has  two  Tickles,  so  called,  in  Ncwfoudlaiid,  ami  intended  to  describe  narrow  passauesbe- 
iHccii  islands  and  rocks;  these  may  be  entered  with  any  wind  except  from  the  South  to  the 
S.  W.  which  wind  blows  out  of  both.  'l"o  enter  the  Kastern  Ticikle,  you  should  borrow  on 
Kai^s  Island,  keeping  the  extreme  of  Fofjo  Island  nearly  open  of  Lane's  Island,  until  (iap- 
pys  Islanil  comes  open  of  Simon's  Island,  you  will  then  clear  the  shoals  (d'  Filly's  Point. 
To  avoid  the  Harbor  Rock,  brin;^  Slade  and  (Jox's  Fla<;stalf  on  with  the  eastern  chimney 
(if  ihi'ir  dwelliii'i  house;  it  will  be  necessary  to  uet  this  mark  on  before  Roafswain's  Island 
(loses  Rullock's  I'oinf.  In  coming  (rom  the  westward  it  is  advisable  to  make  free  with 
I'di^o  Island,  in  order  that  you  may  disiiimuish  the  small  islands  that  form  the  'i'ickle,  which 
if  passed  with  westerly  winds  can  m^ver  be  refrained,  owiny  ti,  tlie  constant  set  there  is  to 
llie  eastward,  [lavinn;  jiassed  Little  Motion,  keep  the  extreme  point  of  the  head  over  the 
Niirrows  I'oint,  until  you  get  past  Rullock's  Point,  when  ihe  above  directions  will  clear  all 
the  harbor's  danjiers. 

FOR'rrXK  IIARROR.— ThisIIarbot  lies  between  the  Ray  of  Exploits  and  New  Ray; 
it  is  good  when  attained  ;  but  the  entrance,  which  is  the  Western  Tickle,  is  extremely  nar- 
row and  dangerous,  on  account  of  the  high  land  around  it ;  from  which  all  winds  baOlc, 
except  those  blowing  directly  in. 

TlU'l'OX  lIAKiioR. — The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  between  the  great  and  little 
Diinier  Islands;  in  entering  you  will  see  Francis  Islanil,  which  lias  a  reef  running  to  the  S. 
Westward;  give  this  a  berth,  but  both  the  Dunier  Islands  are.  bold  to  and  free  from  danger. 
Little  Dunier  Island  lies  S.  W.  three  miles  and  a  quarter  from  .Saulpin  Rocks,  on  ap- 
proaching which,  the  harbor  opens  ofT  the  high  land  of  (ireat  Dunier;  its  shores  are  ex- 
ceedingly bold,  and  therefore  it  is  always  to  be  jireferred  to  Cut  well  Harbor;  its  great 
depth  of  water  will  be  avoided  by  ruimi-g  into  Inspector's  or  Scrub  Cove,  where  vessels 
may  moor  with  hawsers  to  the  trcv-'s,  in  perfect  security. 

The  tides  here,  and  also  upon  all  the  eastern  coast  of  Newfoundland,  have  nearly  the 
same  rising,  the  springs  being  about  6  feet,  neaps  4  feet,  but  these  are  much  influenced 
by  the  winds. 

CUTWKLL  IIARROR. — This  harbor  has  a  spacious  entn.nce,  sufficient  for  the  lar- 
gest ship  to  beat  in  to  secure  anchorage,  in  from  10  to  5  fathoms,  sand  and  mud  :  the  best  an- 
chorage is  about  W.  by  N.  distant  three  miles  from  the  Southern  head.  The  arm  runs  in 
full  one  mile  and  a  half  above  the  Narrows,  in  which  is  abundance  of  wood  and  water,  and 
well  adapted  for  heaving  down  and  refitting  vessels.  At  the  entrance  is  the  Fool's  Cap  Rock, 
the  marks  for  which  are  Copper  Island,  seen  through  Indian  Tickle,  and  Mark  Island  on  with 
the  White  Point.  To  clear  the  Fool's  Cap  Rock,  keejithe  extremity  of  Southern  Head, 
touching  the  north  end  of  Haidrix  Island,  until  Green  Ray  Gull  Island  opens  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  Hag  Rock.  The  only  danger  within  the  heads,  is  the  rocks  on  the  eastern  shore, 
and  most  of  these  are  visible  at  half  tide. 

Coming  from  the  eastward,  and  bound  to  Fogo  Harbor,  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid  the 
Dean's  Rock;  which  is  a  sunken  rock,  and  lies  between  Joe  Ratt's  Point  and  the  harbor; 
steer  W.  N.  W.  tmtil  Rrimstone  Hill,  a  remarkable  round  mountain,  appears  in  the  centre 
of  the  harbor;  then  steer  for  the  East  Tickle,  which  may  be  known  by  the  lantern  on  the 
top  of  Sim's  Island,  make  the  west  side  of  the  Tickle.  Give  a  good  berth  to  the  point  on 
the  starboard  side,  and  run  right  up  the  harbo  '  keeping  near  the  south  side,  and  you  will 
carry  from  !)  to  .'J  fathoms  through ;  immediately  you  get  round  the  point,  steer  S.  W.  to 
avoid  the  Harbor  Rock,  and  follow  the  directions  given  above  for  anchoring.  The  middle 
Tickle  appears  the  widest,  but  it  is  fit  only  for  boats;  the  other  two  must  be  adopted  as 
best  suits  the  wind. 

Little  Fogo  Islands  lie  nearly  N.  E.  distant  4  J^  miles  from  Joe  Batt's  Point;  there  are  nu- 
merous rocks  about  them,  both  above  anu  under  water,  making  this  part  of  the  coast  ex- 
ceedingly dangerous  ;  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  Little  Fogo  is  a  small  rock  just  above  water, 
called  the  N.  Eastern  Rock,  and  somewhat  in  this  direction,  distant  10  or  11  miles,  is  said 
to  lie  Cioinwell's  Ledge,  whose  exact  position  is  not  well  determined,  although  it  is  consider- 
ed to  be  extremely  dangerous.  Northward  of  Little  Fogo  are  the  Turr  Rocks,  and  from 
hence  in  the  direction  of  the  western  side  of  Great  Fogo  Island,  and  the  Storehouse  Rocks, 
the  Seals  Nests,  Gappy  and  Stone  Islands,  the  Jigger  and  Black  Rocks,  and  various  other 
dangers,  all  having  deep  water  round  them,  and  tending  to  increase  the  difficulty  of  the  na- 
vigation. 

The  Island  of  Toulinquet  lies  to  the  westward  of  Fogo,  and  has  several  small  islands 
about  it :  here  is  situated  what  is  called  Toulinquet  Bay,  and  to  the  S.  Westward  of  Toulin- 
quet Island  is  the  Harbor  of  Herring  Neck;  this  is  said  to  be  a  spacious,  fine  harbor,  and 
fit  for  any  vessels. 

CHANGE  ISLAND  TICKLE.— This  harbor  is  accessible  when  Fogo  Harbor  is  not: 
it  is  very  secure,  and  has  good  anchorage  with  6  or  7  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.    In  general 


* 


..' 


r 


30 


HLIJNTS  AMKRICAN   COAST   Pir.OT. 


tCnrc-wcHxl,  llidiiqli  wafrr 
toik  ,'uiil  llif  'ri)li;icc(i  U|. 


tlu!  inlatidH  nhotit  it  nrn  low  itiid  iiiiirNliy,  hut  tlicri'  \h  iiltiindaiuT 

is  s<'nn'e.      'I'lif  |ms.s;i;(c  in  (Vom  the  »M>it\v:iril  is  hclwcin  Kiitli's 

ands,  the  mark  liciiii;  iiriiristoiK-  Head  kopt  l)i>iw)<cn  Ixilli;  (liis  will  clear  all  (In-  daii^crit  «n 

the  Nortlicrn  Sliorc,  and  also  oil"  Skinni'i's  llailxtr;  (tr  vtiu  may  Id-inm  the  "'"  klc  to  the 

westward  hetwetii  the  ])oiiits  ot'thc  land,  anil  srecr  directly  flifdif.'li  in  i;reat  saietv. 

T()l'IJ.N(il'K'r  IIAIMSOU.— Tills  IkmImm  is  sh.ltcn'd  fn. ui  all  winilshiit  tlnise  which 
hlowlKitii  the  North  and  North  Kasi,  when,  in  heavy  ^ales,  it  heconns  danuerons.  In  t'liier- 
in^i,  either  l»y  the  Kast  or  Western  chaiHM'l,  yon  niiisi  lake  the  greatest  care  to  avoid  fin- 
Whit«!  (iroiind,  to  clear  wliich,  you  must  lirint;  .McsMrs.  Wlade's  Duellirii;  House  oi>en  o| 
Simms'  Island,  and  keep  it  so,  iiiifil  French  I  lead  opens  throiii;!!  the  Kastern  I'assaye.  'i'liis 
is  very  couiinoidy  eallitd  linrnl  Island  Tickle;  and  shonid  not  lie  attempted  wiihont  vou 
are  thoroughly  acipiainled  w  ilh  the  navis,'alion,  dv  in  casesoltjreat  emeri^ence.  The  anchorai'e 
is  iimstly  loni,  hot  the  hesi  and  iiH)st  seenre  is  ahont  ')  or  (>  lalhoms  oil  ( 'olhiirn's  Stores- 
both  \vat(!r  and  wood  is  scarce.  It'tiie  mariner  should  lie  InTe  either  early  or  late  in  the  year, 
JJack  Harlior,  which  lies  oli'the  western  side  ol'ihe  Talile  fjaiid.  will  he  loiind  a  prefe'rahhr 
place  tor  shelter,  and  a  lew  small  vessels  may  ride  there  with  ninch  sal'eiy  ;  yon  may  ptoieed 
in  on  either  side  of  (inll  Island,  lyiri;;  with  the  Weslern  I  lead  open  ol' H.itrix  Island,  ami 
the  hliiir  Head,  or  with  the  Kastern  Sta'^e  on  IJalrix  Island.  Tlie  islainls  ahoiU  the  harlior 
•of  Touiintpiet  are  moderatidy  hi^h,  and  honiidcd  hy  dark  colored  slate  cliD's  :  it  may  readily 
he  known  liy  the  (lull  Island  or  Talile  Land. 

From  Toidin(|uet  May  to  Cape  St.  .lolm  the  coiiisc  is  N.  \V.  hy  N.  distant  IJ  or  13 
U>a<jiies;  this  is  a  liiuli  and  inimed  |i(iint  ol'  land,  and  may  re;idily  lie  known  liy  liie  small 
'lii,i;h  round  Island  to  the  S.  Kastward,  distant  from  the  n(irtii(>rn  pilch  ol'tlu^  ('ajie  aliuiit 
2\  or  3  miles;  this  is  calle<l  the  (Jnll  Island,  ami  is  the  third  ol'that  name  on  this  siil.i  of 
Newfonndiand  ;  perhaps  it  will  he  lietler  we  sliould  liereat'ter  distinguish  this  as  the  North- 
ern or  St.  .John's  (!idl;  that  near  Cape  !•' reels  as  t)ie  middle  orCnpe  Freels  (iiill,  ami  tlie 
one  lyin^,■  oil' Capo  Bonavista,  as  the  iionavista  or  Smith  (Jiill. 

Between  the  Kol;o  Islands  and  Cape  St.  .lohn  I  lie  charts  commonly  represent  various  deep 
buys  and  inlets,  hut  their  particulars  arc  very  little  known,  alth()iii:h  there  can  he  littlo 
doubt  the  (Jreat  Bay,  and  Biver  Exploits,  and  the  JJay  of  Notre  Dame,  ali'ord  many  places 
of  good  anchora;;c,  and  of  easy  access,  which,  when  liilly  explored,  may  hecoine  hereafter 
frequented,  better  understood,  and  prove  hiulily  lienelicial. 

LA  CEY. — About  ."■}  miles  to  tlie  westward  of  Cape  .Sf.  .lolui  is  the  Little  Harbor  or 
•Cove  of  La  Cey,  to  sail  into  which  there  is  no  dans;er  wliatever,  and  you  may  anchor  any 
•where  in  from  ''l  to  8  fathmns;  it  is  easy  of  access,  and  open  to  the  N.  N.W.  winds,  which 
throw  in  a  heavy  s(?a;  the  best  holdintj  jirouiid  is  just  wilhiii  a  little  cove  on  the  starboaril 
-aide,  in  15  fathoms,  muddy  bottom;  biil  fiiillier  in  the  i;riiimd  is  not  sjood. 

GRKAT  ANJJ  LITTIJO  BOUNi)  ilAHBOBS.— Tlie  former  of  these  is  a  ijood  and 
convenient  place  for  vessels  engag'd  in  the  tisliinir  trade ;  there  is  no  danger  in  sailiiijn  in  or 
out  of  it,  both  shores  heinu  hold  to:  the  auchoiaj^e  liesv.ithin  the  two  inner  points,  wlierfl 
vessels  may  ride  in  4  or  .5  fathoms  water,  secure  from  the  weather  and  entirely  land-liK  ked  ; 
i)Ut  Little  Round  Harbor,  vvliich  lies  round  a  point  to  the  N.  Kastvvurd  about  one  mile  and 
a  half  distance,  is  merely  a  Cove,  and  totally  unlit  for  shippimj;. 

NIPPER'S  HARBOR.— This  harbor  "lies  to  the  N.  Eastward  of  (ircen  Bay  Island 
«bout  44  miles,  and  is  I'roiited  iiy  seviM-al  small  islands,  between  whicli  are  several  chaimels; 
fcut  the  "best  and  safest  is  between  them  and  tlie  Northern  Slim-e,  in  which  the  water  is  very 
deep  and  the  shores  hold.  The  harbor  is  rather  coii'iiicd  and  .small,  and  therefore  only  fit  to 
accoininodate  small  vessels;  hut  it  is  the  most  safe  and  secure  on  the  shores  of  ("ape  St. 
John,  and  has  excellent  anchorage  vvitli  from  7  to  14  fatlioms  water;  the  land  about  it  is 
high  and  barren,  but  it  is  well  supplied  witli  water,  and  may  be  easily  distinguished  by  the 
islands  which  lie  off  it. 

PAQUET  HA IIBOR.— About  5  miles  N.  W.  by  N.  from  Creat  Round  Harbor  lies 
Paquet  Harbor;  its  entrinute  bears  from  tlie  channel  between  the  Horse  Islands,  nearly 
S.W.  by  S. ;  it  may  be  known  by  its  Southern  Head,  which  is  a  hi^h  and  rocky  mountain ; 
the  Northern  Head  is  somewhut  lower,  and  tlicri!  are  .'3  rocky  islets  lying  directly  off  its 
point;  both  points  are  hold  to,  but  a  little  to  the  southward  of  the  ,"3  rocky  islets,  is  a  small 
shoal  with  2^,  3,  and  4  fathoms  upon  it;  the  channel  between  it  and  these  three  rocks  has  7, 
8  and  9  fathoms,  and  the  water  across  the  entrance  is  from  8  and  '),  to  19  and  20  fathoms; 
a  similar  depth  continues  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in,  where  the  Harbor  divides  into 
two  channels,  the  one  running  norihward,  the  other  West  and  8.  West.  The  nortliernarm 
is  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  long,  and  has  20,  18,  and  19  fathoms  at  its  entrance,  becotninir 
«hallower  as  you  advance  ;  vessels  running  in  here  should  keep  the  starboard  shore  on  board, 
for  about  two  thirds  up  the  channel  on  the  larboard  side,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal,  a  small  part 
of  which  occasionally  appears  above  water;  on  the  other  part  of  this  shoal  are  from  3  feet  to 
4  fathoms;  having  passecl  this  shoal  steer  up  mid  channel  and  anchor  in  5,  7,  or  8  fathoms ; 
the  northern  part  near  the  land  becomes  shallow,  and  a  rivulet  here  falls  into  the  bay,  which 
48  said  to  issiie  from  some  extensive  lakes  about  two  miles  inland.  The  south-western  chan- 


nel inomewhf 
(III  liolll  sides 
mile  in  ;  it  ih 
riining  souiIm 
elision  may  rei 
Hill,  common! 

THE  Holi 
mul  I'ape  St. 
li'iiljnes;  thesi 
riiiely  higii;  tl 
and  on  the  eas 
sdiiie  places  n< 
(•(ive,  fit  only  I 
(oldmi'  attemp 

Kolhiwing  t 
f,vo  li<•v^■,  calle 
clioriige.  they 

M.EL'l?  I J 
r  lint,  iVom  wl 
ri"narl,abb>  hil 
excellent  am  h 
lies  alio  lit  101) 
Head  oj.eii  to 
water  becomes 
niotily  is  freipi 

W'lH'J'E  B 
('a|»e  P;  rtridgi 
alioiit  1 1  leagii 
lliib  Bay  or  (ii; 
these  are  liobs 
I'lirwick  Cove, 
Ann,  .lackson' 
Cat  Arms. 

LOBSTER 
having,  at  low 
entered,  you  v 
sail  in,  commo 

THE  SOU' 
llie  bay ;  here 
«ithiii  the  heai 
are  advanced  s 
em  side,  is  a  n; 
water ;  and  wli 
channel  contiii 
on  this  side  oft 

MIDDLE  . 
its  entrance  is  ; 
and,  in  some  p 
miles.  To  em 
only  for  small  v 
between  them  ! 

WESTWA 

4  miles ;  here  1 
of  its  entrance ; 
moor  securelv, 
Wild  Cove,  a  \ 
rocky  and  foul, 

PURWICK 
E.  side  of  the  I 
ter;  on  the  S, 
with  not  more  t 
of  White  Bay, 
conveniences  A 

Having  passe 

5  leagues  towai 
commonly  calh 

On  returnina 
miles  in  letigth, 


lUJf.NT'rt  AMF.RICA?C  COAST  IMI.ClT. 


n 


•  hmmli  w;i»pr 
'roliiiccn  U|. 

tit"  iliiimt-rM  nri 
"■'    l-.U-  lolllB 

t  (liosf  wliicli 
oiiM.  In  PiifiT- 

!•  to  iivdid  the 
IdHsc  opcti  <ll 
'ii.ss!n;c.  'IMii.s 
I  without  you 
'h(';iii(l!or;ij;e 
urn's  Siori's; 
tc  in  ilif  yiMr, 
(I  ;i  pn-fcrihlc 
I  iiiiiy  |)t(iicn| 
i\  Isl.inil,  and 
lit  lilt'  hiirlior 
it  iii;iy  rt'iidily 

tiint  IJ  or  l:i 
I  l>y  the  siniill 
V.  ('ii|i(!  alionr 
»n  this  sid.'  ol 
:is  till'  North- 
(iiill,  and  the 

t  various  d«'op 
can  he  littln 

I  many  phirpji 
Dine  hciral'ler 

tli^  ilarhor  or 

ay  anchor  any 

winds,  wliicli 

thf!  slaihoard 

is  a  ;i;ood  and 

II  saihii^  in  or 
points,  wlicift 
laiid-lix  k('(l ; 
uiiu  mile  and 

n  Hay  Island 
ral  channels; 

•  wali'r  is  vpiy 
ire  only  fit  to 
s  of  Tape  St. 
11(1  alioiit  it  is 
iiisheti  by  the 

1  Harbor  lies 
lands,  nearly 
ky  inountain; 
ircctly  olV  its 
i'ts,  is  a  small 
(■  rocks  has  7, 
\  20  fathoms; 
r  divides  into 
northern  arm 
ice,  becoming; 
lore  on  board, 
1,  a  small  part 
from  3  feet  to 
[>r  8  fathoms ; 
he  bay,  which 
^vestetn  chan- 


nfl  inoniewliat  narrower  than  the  nurthern  one.  but  in  quilp  free  from  ilaneer;  thr  shorcn 
(III  liolh  sides  are  steep  to,  and  l>old,  and  \ou  w  ill  have  ]■.',  1(1.  '1,  H,  and  7  I'atlioiiis  for  half  a 
mile  in;  it  then  slialliiUsto  the  head  ot  ilie  bay.  Mlnre  iher*'  is  a  sandy  bvaeh  and  a  river 
riming  southward.  This  is  a  sniiii  uml  se. me  pluce  lor  vessels  to  run  into  \»henever  oe- 
ciiition  may  re(|iiire.  'i'o  the  iioiih.vard  ot  the  Northern  I'oint  is  a  mountain  called  Signal 
Hill,  eoiiinionly  havinc  h  siunal-post  upon  it,  iinil  serving  to  point  out  its  situation. 

TIIK  IIOltSK  ISli.\M)S  are  situated  nearly  efjui-ilisiaiit  between  I'artridije  Point 
.indCape  St.  .loliii,  bearing  Iroiii  the  latter  N.  by  W.  and  N.  N.  \V .  distant  about  five 
Icaijues;  these  are  tw(i  islamls,  and  lorm  a  circuit  ol' nearly  two  leauues,  appearing  mode- 
rately l'i)i;li;  theri!  are  llirei'  rocks  above  water  lyiim  to  the  northward  of  the  easternmost ; 
and  oil  the  east  side  of  the  same  islami  there  are  some  sunken  roeks,  which  stret<-ti  out  in 
siiinu  places  near  a  mile  from  the  shore  ;  at  the  .S.  K.  |iart  ol'  this  island  there  is  also  a  littlo 
(■live,  (it  only  for  boats;  there  is  probaidy  a  safe  channel  between  these  islands,  but  it  is 
ii'ldoii  altem|iled  :   the  eastern  island  is  the  lar<;est. 

Folhiwin;;  the  shore  of  Neulouiidland,  to  the  N.  Westward  of  Cape  St.  .John  lliere  are 
t.vo  bays',  called  rini!  \\i\\  and  iJay  Verte,  but  allhouyh  these  may  be  places  of  good  au- 
••iioriiue.  they  are  little  fre()iieiiled  by  shippinc. 

t'l.Kl'!'  DK  lilS  IIAKIloK.—'l  111;  harbor  lies  to  the  soutli-eastward  of  Partridgo 
P  lint,  I'rom  which  it  is  distant  one  lea;j:iie,  and  derives  its  very  apjiropriate  name  from  three 
ri"narl.able  hillocks  just  over  it.  It  is  t;inall  but  safe,  and  secure  from  all  winds,  having 
excellent  anchoray;e  in  its  N.  K.  arm,  in  4  fathoms  water.  T«»  avoid  h  rocky  shoal  that 
liesalitiut  100  yards  od'the  island,  borrow  towards  the  eastern  shore,  until  yoii  (jet  IJInll" 
Head  open  ti,  the  eastward  of  the  island.  'I'liere  is  plenty  of  wood,  but  in  a  dry  seas(m' 
water  becomes  scarce.  It  is,  however,  very  conveniently  .-laiated  for  the  fishery,  atiiJ  coin- 
niDiily  !•<  (re(|uemi'd  by  H  or  10  French  vessids. 

W  H,''J'K  15 A  v. — 'I'his  is  a  larije  and  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  being  at  its  entrance,  from 
f'ape  P;  rtrid^e  to  Cat  Head,  full  t  leamies  wide,  and  ninnini:  in  a  S.  westerly  direction, 
«ii()iit  11  lea.'.;iies,  to  its  head  ;  where  it  is  contracted  to  a  river's  iiiuuth  1,',  mile  wide,  ju 
this  Hav  or  <ii;ll  are  several  islands,  coves,  and  inlets,  all'tudiii^  both  am  horaue  and  shelter; 
tlii'HC  are  Lobster  Harbor,  Soiiilivard  Ann,  Middle  Arm.  i'lucon  Islands,  Westward  Arm, 
I'lirwick  Cove,  Craiisby's  Island,  (iold  Cove,  or  jriver's  Head,  (ioat  and  .So|»  Islands,  .Sop'a 
Ann,  .lacks(urs  Arm,  Frencli  Cove,  Creat  and  Little  Coney  Arms,  and  (Jreat  and  Little 
Cat  Arms. 

liOliSTK  11  1 1 A  R  15(  >R. —  I'his  is  a  small  round  harbor,  with  a  sliallow  narrow  entrance, 
havinj;,  at  low  water,  in  some  places,  not  abovi-  H  or  ')  feet  water;  but  when  you  are  once 
entered,  you  will  have  15  and  1:5  fathoms  all  over  the  liarbor.  Small  vessels,  therefore, 
sail  in,  commonly,  at  t!ie  (lood  tides. 

Tllh:  SOUTH  W'AIM)  A  l{  M  lies  about  8  miles  from  Lobster  Harbor,  and  furthcrup 
the  bay ;  here  a  ship  may  am  hir  with  sjreat  safety,  in  17  fatlumis  water,  about  .3  rnile» 
within  the  heads;  but  there  is  also  uood  anchoraije  in  any  part  below  this,  and  before  you 
nre  advanced  so  far  up,  in  "JO  and  •2'>  I'athoins;  a  little  above  the  inner  point,  on  the  uorth- 
ern  side,  is  a  muscle  bank,  which  stretches  (luite  a(;ross  tlii'  Arm,  and  nearly  dries  at  low 
water;  and  when  you  have  passed  this,  you  will  have  11  and  Iv!  lathoms  water,  and  the 
channel  continues  deep  until  yiui  approach  the  River's  Head,  'i'his  is  tlie  first  great  inlftt 
on  this  side  of  the  ^ulf,  and  may,  llierel'ore,  be  readily  recomii/.ed. 

MIDDLK  AlviSl. — This  inlet  lies  about  U  mile  S.  W.  from  tlie  Southward  Arm;  at 
its  entrance  is  a  rocky  island,  which  is  joined  to  the  shore  by  a  shoal,  over  which  are  1,  2, 
and,  in  some  jilaces,  .'5  fathoms  water.  This  inlet  runs  in  to  the  soiitliward,  about  3  or  4 
miles.  To  enter  it,  you  will  do  wull  in  kcepinjj  the  larboard  shore  on  board;  it  is  fitted 
only  for  small  vessels.  Two  leamies  \V.  by  S.  Iroiii  Middle  Arm,  is  llawlinj:  Point;  and 
between  them  lie  the  Piiieoii  Islands,  about  which  the  jtjround  is  tjood  for  fishing. 

WESTWARD  ARM.— This  lies  E.  S.  11.  ^  S.  of  Hawliiiij   Point,  and  runs  up  nearly 

4  miles;  here  lart;c  vessels  may  anchor  in  IH  fathoms  water  :  there  is  a  cove  on  eacli  side 
of  its  entrance;  that  to  the  N.  Eastward  is  named  Uear  Cove,  where  smaller  vessels  may 
moor  securely,  ajul  ride  safe  from  all  winds,  in  about  12  fathoms  water;  the  other  is  calhid 
Wild  Cove,  a  very  indilVerent  anchorage,  open  to  the  N.  Westerly  winds,  and  the  bottom 
rocky  and  foul. 

PURWIClv  COVE. — About  5  leajOjues  down  from  the  River's  Head,  and  near  the  .S. 
E.  side  of  the  bay,  lies  (irat'by's,  or  Mid  15ay  Island,  without  either  cove  or  ])lace  of  shel- 
ter; on  the  S,  Eastern  part  of  tliis  island  is  a  shoal  riimiinu;  oil"  the  length  of  two  cables, 
with  not  more  than  'j  feet  water  over  it ;  and  nearly  abreast  of  this  island,  on  the  S.  E.  side 
of  White  Bay,  is  Purwick  Cove,  where  shipping  may  find  safe  anchorage,  and  lie  with  good 
conveniences  for  the  fisheries. 

Having  passed  to  the  southward  of  Cranby's  Island,  the  bay  narrows  and  runs  up  abo't 

5  leagues  towards  (Jold  Cove,  where  the  river  branches  out  into  several  streams;  and  is 
commonly  called  the  River's  Head. 

Ok  returning  up  the  western  side  ofWliite  Bay,  you  will  perceive  Sop's  Island,  about  3 
miles  in  length,  aud  11  miles  in  circuit ;  near  its  southern  eud  is  Goat's  island ;  these  form  a 


^ 


32 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


I 


long  passngp,  or  ann,  called  Sop's  Arm ;  at  the  north  part  of  which  a  vessel  may  Bafelv 
anchor,  just  inside  the  north  side  of  Sop's  Island  ;  this  will  be  the  best  side  of  thechiiiiKol.o'r 
passage,  into  •he  arm  ;  but  there  is  anchorage  in  deep  water  between  Sop's  Island  and  tin- 
main,  before  you  reach  so  far  up  as  ( Joat's  Island  :  there  is  also  a  small  cove  at  the  north  cm] 
of  the  island,  called  Sop's  Cove,  and  two  other  coves  opposite  the  main,  called  Hart's  ('oves 
in  all  which  the  fisheries  are  carried  on,  although  shijjs  generally  anchor  in  the  upoer  part 
of  the  arm,  and  withinside  of  (joat's  Island. 

JACKSON'S  AKM. — About  4  or  5  miles  to  the  northward  of  Sop's  Island  is  .TacKsdn's 
Arm,  to  enter  which  you  will  pass  a  ragced  point,  low  and  round  ;  tiie"  water  here  is  deeji,  ex- 
cept in  a  small  Cove  on  tlie  starboard  side,  where  a  vessel  should  moor  head  and  stern  :  this 
place  affords  the  lareest  tindier  in  White's  Bay.  Frenchman's,  or  Frendi  Cove,  is  about 
H  league  to  the  nortJiward  of  Jackson's  Arm,  and  ofl'ers  good  and  safe  anchorage, 
ill  LITTLE  AND  GREAT  CONEV  ARMS.— Nearly  4  miles  to  the  N.  Eastward  of 

Frenciiman's  Cove,  is  Coney  Arm  Head,  the  most  remarkable  land  on  the  western  side 
of  White  Bay,  and  bears  W.  N.  W.  J  W.  distant  (>  leagues  from  Cape  Partridge;  the  land 
here  projects  out  one  mile  and  a  half,  forming  a  deep  bight,  railed  Great  Coney  Arm.  In  this 
place  there  is  no  goo  J  shelter  for  sliipping;  but  in  Little  Coney  Arm,  which  lies  to  the 
westward  of  the  head,  is  convenient  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  although  its  entrance  is  too 
shallow  for  large  ships ;  here  fishing  cratt  frequently  rendezvous. 

GREAT  AND  LITTLE  CAT  ARMS— To  the  north-eastward  of  Coney  Arm  Head, 
distant  3  miles,  lies  the  (jreat  Cat  Arm,  and  5  miles  further  is  Little  (Jat  Arm  ;  this  latter 
inlet  runs  up  to  the  westward  full  two  miles;  olf  its  northern  point  are  some  rocks  above 
water;  to  avoid  which,  keep  nearer  to  tlie  soutiiern  shore  ;  you  will  lind  the  water  deep,  and 
no  good  shelter,  unless  you  approach  the  head  or  further  end  of  the  arm,  where  you  will 
Jie  secure  and  land-locked. 

LITTLE  HARBOR  DEEP.— You  will  now  be  to  the  northward  of  White  Bay.  and 
following  the  shore,  vill  perceive  the  entrance  to  Little  HarborDeep,  called  by  the  French 
La  Vache ;  this  pi; .  e  is  much  exposed  to  south-easterly  winds,  and  by  no  means  a  good 
harbor;  oft' its  n  :rthern  point  are  some  rucks,  which  are  always  above  water;  they  lie  halfa 
mile  from  the  simre,  and  afford  good  fishing  about  their  environs  ;  the  water  is  not  very  deep 
in  any  part  ci  this  inlet,  and  when  you  get  up  half  way  from  the  entrance  to  the  head,  or 
further  end,  ;l  becomes  quite  shoal. 

GRANDFATHER'S  COVE,  or  L'ANCE  L'UNION,  is  an  inlet  about  two  miles  deep, 
lying  one  mile  and  a  half  from  Little  Harbor  Deep;  this  is  also  open  to  the  southerly  winds  : 
and  max  be  known,  when  near  the  shore,  by  the  northern  point  appearing  like  an  island,  and 
bearing  N.  N.  W.  \  N.  from  Cape  Partridge  :  it  is  but  an  inditferent  place  for  shipning,  and 
seldom  frequented. 

ORANGE  BAY,  or  GREAT  HARBOR  DEEP.— This  may  be  known  from  any 
other  inlet,  by  th'  and  a'  iU  entrance  being  much  lower  than  any  land  on  the  north  side  of 
V/hite's  Bay,  and  oy  is  bearing  north,  distant  5  leagues  from  Cape  Partridge;  it  forms  a 
large  harbor,  and  when  you  ;;et  about  three  miles  within  its  entrance,  divides  into  three 
branches,  in  the  northe'  ■  ar-n  the  water  is  too  deep  for  vessels  to  anchor,  until  they  have  run 
up  near  the  head  ;  but  t;!e  middle  fin  .  has  a  goed  bottom,  and  safe  anchorage  in  (.  .uid  7 
fathoms  water.  A  little  witnin  the  entrance  of  Orange  Bay  there  is  a  Cove  on  each  side 
frequented  by  the  fishing  vessels;  but  these  are  very  dangerous  lor  a  ship  to  lie  in,  for  although 
they  moor  head  and  stern,  yet  should  a  gale  come  on  from  the  eastward,  there  is  little 
safety  to  be  depended  upon. 

FOUCHE'E. — This  place  is  little  frequented,  and  there  is  no  anchorage  until  you  ap- 
proach its  further  end,  where  you  will  find  a  cove  on  the  northern  side;  this  cove  is  '2  or 
3  miles  above  the  entrance,  and  very  small  vessels  may  anchor  there  in  lb  fathoms,  moor- 
ing head  and  stern.  The  land  on  both  sides  is  extremely  high  and  steep  to  the  shore ; 
there  is  also  another  arm  running  in  above  two  miles  furtlier  than  the  cove,  but  it  is  so 
narrow,  and  has  such  a  depth  of  water,  that  it  is  almost  uselr»ss  to  shipping. 

HOOPING  HARBOR. — About  eight  miles  to  the  north-eastward  of  Fouchee,  and  a 
little  to  the  S.  Westward  of  Canada  Head,  lies  the  entrance  to  Hooping  Harbor,  or  Sans 
Fond.  This  place  has  two  arms,  or  bays,  one  running  up  northward,  the  other  westerly; 
like  many  of  the  adjacent  inlets,  there  is  deep  water  all  the  way  until  you  get  near  to  the 
head  of  the  northern  branch ;  there  the  bottom  is  a  kind  of  loose  sand,  o|)en  to  the  southerly 
winds,  and  by  no  means  a  safe  place  to  lie  in ;  but  in  the  western  arm  a  vessel  may  anchor 
ip  a  moderate  depth  with  saftey. 

CANADA  HEAD  lies  about  three  miles  to  the  south-westward  of  Canada  Point,  or 
Hide's  Head  ;  it  is  elevated  land,  and  very  easily  to  be  distinguished  either  from  the  north- 
ward or  southward,  but  when  you  are  directly  to  the  eastward  of  it,  it  becomes  hidden  by 
the  high  land  up  the  country,  commonly  called  the  Clouds. 

CANADA  BAY. — This  is  an  inlet  of  considerable  size  and  extent:  at  its  southern  en- 
trance is  Canada  Head  ;  from  whence  it  runs  N.  N.  Easterly  full  6  leagues  ;  here  vessels 
caught  in  easterly  gales  may  seek  shelter,  and  anchor  in  safety  :  in  entering,  when  you  get 
above  the  two  rocky  islet*  which  lie  near  Ride's  Head,  and  called  the  Cross  Islnds,  you  will 


KLU.NT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


33 


I  may  Rafely 
■i  ch;iiitiel,  or 
land  and  tlif 
he  north  end 
lart's  (.'lives, 
e  upper  part 

is  .Tuciisiin's 
!  is  deep,  ex- 
1(1  stern :  this 
uve,  is  ahoiit 

Eastward  of 
western  side 
j!.e ;  the  land 
Arm.  In  this 
h  lies  to  tilt! 
trance  is  too 

k' Ann  Head, 
I ;  tltis  latter 
rocks  ahove 
ler  deep, and 
lere  you  will 

lite  Bay,  and 
y  the  French 
leans  a  f;nod 
hey  lie  halt' a 
lot  very  deep 
the  liead,  or 

o  miles  deep, 
herly  winds : 
III  island,  and 
hipoin^,  and 

wn  from  any 

north  side  of 
it  forms  a 

es  into  three 
ley  have  run 
e  in  (.  and  7 

in  eauh  side 
forallhough 

lere  is  little 

ntil  you  ap- 

cove  is  2  or 

loitis,  inoor- 

the  shore ; 

hut  it  is  so 

lehLP,  and  a 
hor,  or  Sans 
ler  westerly ; 

near  to  the 
he  southerly 

may  anchor 


da  Point,  or 
1  the  nnrth- 
es  hidden  by 


n 


outhern  en- 

here  vessels 

fhen  you  get 

nds,  you  will 


srr  a  low  white  |)oint,  and  another  low  black  one  a  little  beyond  it;  ofl'this  latter,  distant  two 
cjihles' lengths,  lies  a  surda-u  rock:  keep  therefore  towards  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and  you 
will  find  no  daiuier,  except  a  nn  k  above  water,  which  lies  about  a  mile  below  the  point  of 
the  narrows:  this  you  will  endeavor  to  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping;  mid-channel, 
iind  von  will  have  IH  fathoiiis  throU!,'h  the  narrowest  part.  Soon  after  you  have  passed  the 
narrows,  the  bay  widens,  and  is  above  a  mile  across,  and  you  may  then  anchor  in  from  18  to 
•JO  lath'iMis,  <;oo(l  lioldiiif;  ground,  and  secure  from  all  winds.  But  this  bay  is  not  much 
iVfiiiieiited.  and  only  oceasioiially  resorted  to  iii  case  of  necessity. 

KNiiLK'K  lIARiJOli  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Canada  Bay;  to  sail  into  this  place 
von  must  pass  a  low  point,  appearinn  white,  and  forming  the  northern  jioint  of  entrance  to 
Taiiada  May  ;  then  keep  near  the  shore,  until  you  cet  abreast  of  the  next  point,  which  makes 
the  Marbor:  haul  round  it  to  the  S.  K.  taking  care  not  to  come  too  near  the  point,  for  it 
shoals  a  full  caiiles'  len.rth  o(V;  having'  so  far  advanced,  you  can  anchor  in  from  15  to  7  fa- 
thoms, cood  holding;  Kinuiid;  but  this  is  well  up  the  Cove,  which  is  too  small  to  lie  in, 
iiniessyou  moor  head  and  stern.  In  Hide's  Arm.  which  runs  up  N.  N.  E.  from  Engloe, 
almost  '2  lea<jues,  there  is  no  good  aiichoraiit!.  the  water  beint;  too  deep;  but  within  the 
south  end  of  Entire  Island,  is  a  srood  harbor  lor  shallops,  although  from  thence  to  where 
the  ships  lie,  there  is  no  (haimcl,  even  for  boats,  unless  at  high  water,  or  beyond  half  tide. 

('ON'CIl  HAHBOR  bears  nearly  E.N.  E.  ^  E.  distant  7  or  8  miles  from  the  entrance  of 
(!;iiiada  Bay  ;  it  lies  very  open  to  the  winds  from  the  south,  but  has  yood  anchorage  well  up 
tothehea<l,  in  11  fathoms  water,  good  lioldin:/  t;round.  S.  by  W.  from  Conch,  distant  2 
leagues,  is  Hilliard's  Harbor,  called  by  the  French  Botitot;  this  is  a  bad  place  for  shipping, 
but  very  convenient  for  the  lishing  craft. 

CAPE  IUtr(iE  HAKBOll.— This  harborlies  to  the  westward  of  (Jroais  and  Belle  Isle 
Islands,  wliicli  cunirihute  to  shelter  it  from  the  heavy  swells  ofthe  Atlantic;  the  southern 
jiart  of  its  etunr  is  shallow  and  rocky,  and  in  the  S.  W.  Arm  is  the  Harbor  shoal.  The 
best  aii(hora;:t  m  the  Northern  Arm.  in  any  depth  idwater.  Ships  may  beat  in  or  out,  but 
the  centre  ofthe  harbor  is  too  deep  for  anchorage.  Directly  opposite  to  its  entrance  is  a  small 
island,  which  is  named  after  the  haibrr,  Kouge  Island  ;  its  northern  end  requires  a  berth  in 

'  "bKLEE  isle  and  CKOAIS  ISLAND.— These  are  high  islands  lying  off  theN.E. 
roast  of  Nenfiiuirlland,  rroiii  wliicli  they  are  separated  f)or  10  miles.  Belle  Isle  is  the  south- 
ermiiosi,  and  tlii'  larger  island,  being  H  miles  in  length  and  ."5  broad  :  there  is  a  little  harbor  at 
its  s(!Uth  iiart,  where  fishing  craft  occasionally  resort,  but  not  calculated  for  shipping;  other 
coves  may  be  found  Mi'iiiit  the  shores  of  the  isjinnl,  where  shallojis  soinetinies  take  shelter. 
()l]'it>  south-eastern  side  lies  (Irten  Island,  a  small  rocky  islet,  and  to  the  southward  a  bank 
ef  soundings  extends  with  1-J.  -'0,  _>.'),  and  V.o  rathoitis  :  there  are  s(oiie  rocks,  both  above  and 
under  water,  at  lli<"  S.  p-oint  of  Belle  Isle,  hut  these  lie  close  in  to  the  land. 

CKOAIS  ISLANDIies  to  the  north-eastward  ofBelle  Isle;  and  is  about  8  mile.s  in  length 
and  •,",  miles  broad,  its  iiortliern  point  lying  in  latitude  ')1  ^.  Oli'lhis  end,  and  also  off  the  N.W. 
part  ofthe  Island,  are  -^eveial  ro(  ks  al)ove  water:  otherwise  this  Island  is  bold  all  round,  and 
iietween  it  and  the  main  are  from  '20  to  70  fathoms  water:  there  are  also  two  islets  midway; 
the  sonthern  one  is  coimnonly  called  iled  Island,  tlii-y  are  both  steep  to,  and  without  any 
Known  daiiirer. 

( '  K  ()(}!'  K  1 1 A  B  B<  )B. — The  entrance  to  this  harbor  !>;  half  a  mile  wide,  and  somewhatdif- 
fiiiill  lo  discover,  it  i)ears  N.W.  from  ( Jroais.  distant :'.  lea'jii<'s.  When  thei.  rth  point  ofBelle 
lsh>  is  clear  of  the  southern  p.irt  of  (iroais.  you  will  br-  a  little  lo  the  southward  of  Croque; 
;i!id  this  mark  will  not  f  il  pointing  out  to  those  iina<(|uainted  with  this  navigation  the 
fair  way  to  its  entraiue ;  esjiecFally  ;is  the  headland  forming  the  southern  shore  is  hare  of 
trees  and  has  a  round  appearance,  with  some  rocks,  which  are  always  visible,  and  He  about 
■10  yards  to  the  S.  I"!,  ofit.  The  shores  of  tl"'  harbor  are  Ixdd  to,  and  even  a  frigate  may  easi- 
ly work  into  it;  the  amli(.ra<:e  is  e\(  (•|let:t.  being  s."'iid  holdiii'r  ground,  of  dark  slate  colored 
mud.  Having  opened  the  Harbor  s  mouth,  steer  in  N.  W.  by  N.  proceed  mid-channel,  and 
when  you  have  advanced  up  aholit  a  mile,  you  will  see  the  river  divide  into  two  branches, 
anchor  hereabout.  There  is  a  little  Cove  at  the  southern  entrance,  called  Irish  Bay,  in 
which  are  1.;,  II),  S,  and  .')  t'athoms,  and  two  rocks  above  water  at  the  head  ofthe  Bay,  near 
which  is  a  little  rivulet  of  (i'esh  water. 

(iKEAT  AND  fJTTLE  ST.  .11  LIEN.— To  the  north-eastward  of  the  Harbor  of 
('ro(|ue  lie  Negro  and  St.  .Iiilien's  Island-' :  near  whit  h  are  the  Harbors  of  (ireat  and  Little 
St.  .lulien,  and  also  that  of' ( Iraiidsway  :  these  are  all  adjacent  to  the  Island  of  St.  .lulien, 
and  hear  to  the  north-westwaid  ofthe  northern  part  ofthe  Island  of  (Jroais.  The  S.  W.  end 
of  the  Island  of  St.  .lulien  is  hut  little  separated  from  the  main,  and  cannot  be  distinguished 
to  be  an  Island,  until  you  arrive  very  near  it;  there  is  at  this  end  no  passage,  except  lor 
boats;  therefore  to  sail  into  either  of  these  harbors  you  may  keep  close  to  the  novtli  ea-st 
end  of  the  island  ;  and  in  jiassing  that,  the  Harbors  will  open  to  your  view. 

Great  St.  Juiieu's  ia  the  easternmost  harbor,  to  which  there  is  no  danger  until  you  get  with- 


t' 


34 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


in  the  entrance;  then  you  will  find  the  starboard  shore  to  be  shoal,  nearly  one  tliird  over;  but 
when  you  have  passed  the  first  stages,  you  may  anchor  in  from  8  to  4  tathoins  water. 

To  Sail  into  Little  St.  JulierCs  you  will  first  steer  for  (treat  St.  Julien's  Harbor,  in  or- 
der to  clear  a  sunken  rock,  which  lies  directly  before  the  Harbor's  mouth  ;  and  having 
arrived  opposite  the  entrance  of  (xrandsway,  steer  into  the  harbor  and  anchor  in  5  or  4 
fathoms  water.  It  will  be  requisite  for  all  ships  which  jro  into  either  of  these  Harbors,  to 
moor  both  head  and  stern ;  but  Grandsway  is  not  a  harbor  for  shipping,  although  it  is  ex- 
tremely convenient  for  fishing  craft. 

CREMALLIRE  and  GOOSE  COVES.— These  places  lie  on  the  northern  shores 
of  Hare  Bay ;  Cremallire  has  spacious  and  good  anchorage  in  7  or  H  fathoms,  and  is  siii)- 
plied.with  abundance  of  wood  and  water.  Trois  Montagnes  is  merely  a  small  creek,  m 
whicji  a  few  French  vessels  moor  during  the  winter  season.  It  is  situated  to  the  8.  West- 
ward of  Cremallire,  and  has  a  rivulet  which  extends  eastward  to  ( Joose  (Jove. 

Goose  Cove  is  situated  on  tiie  western  side  of  Goose  Cape  ;  it  is  small  but  very  secure 
and  has  most  excellent  anchorage  in  4  or  5  fathoms.  Vessels  can  sail  into  it  with  a  westerly 
wind,  or  into  Cremallire  with  an  easterly  one. 

ST.  ANTHONY'S  HARBORS.— This  lies  a  little  to  the  north-eastward  of  Cremallire 
Bay,  and  is  a  very  safe  place,  having  good  anchorage  with  6  and  7  fathonjs  water,  on  a  bot- 
tom of  blue  clay  ;  its  entrance  lies  West,  distant  one  mile  and  a  half  lioni  Cape  St.  Antlionv. 
It  cannot  be  easily  mistaken,  from  the  remarkable  high  land  on  its  southern  shore.  It  is  well 
supplied  with  wood  and  water,  and  is  commonly  frequented  by  some  French  fishing  vessels. 

BRAHA  HARBOR. — This  harbor  is  small  but  safe,  having  good  anchorage  within 
it ;  the  bottom  is  sandy,  and  the  shores  are  bold  and  steep  to.  The  Hralia  Shoal,  lies  S.  74" 
E.  (true)  distant  \\  mile  from  the  Needle  Rocks:  it  is  reported  to  have  not  more;  than  6 
feet  water  over  it,  but  Capt.  Bullock  says,  he  never  found  less  than  1(»  feet ;  with  a  little  sea 
it  occasions  breakers,  but  the  common  current  will  always  create  a  <u)nstant  ripple. 

HOW  HARBOR  lies  on  the  northern  shore  of  Hare  Bay.  The  entrance  to  this 
place  bears  N.  48°  W.  distant  1-J  miles  from  Fishot's  Northern  Island,  and  is  by  far  tiie  best 
harbor  in  Hare  Bay,  having  safe  anchorage  over  every  part ;  t)ie  surrounding  hills  are 
barren;  but  small  stunted  wood  may  be  found  in  the  valleys.  To  the  northward  a  range  of 
marshes  and  ponds  extend  as  far  as  Pistolet  Bay.  The  harI)or  is  about  half  a  mile  wide, 
and  a  full  mile  and  a  half  long ;  a  small  rock  lies  off  the  western  point,  but  it  is  very  near 
the  land,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor  shoals  gradually. 

ST.  LUNAIRE  BAY.— This  excellent  harbor  will  contain  100  vessels  in  perfect  secu- 
rity, is  remarkably  easy  of  access,  and  may  always  be  recognized  by  the  appearance  of  the 
White  Capei  the  best  and  most  convenient  anchorage  will  be  found  at  Amelia  Cove,  in 
from  5  to  7  fathoms.  The  approach  and  entrance  are  bold  and  steep  to,  only  obsei-ving  to 
give  the  point  of  the  Southern  Islands  a  good  berth.  Both  wood  and  water  are  to  be  ob- 
tained without  difficulty,  and  it  affords  in  every  respect  a  good  and  secure  anchorage. 

GRIGUET  BAY  and  CAMELS'  ISLANDS  HAKBOR.— 'I'he  North  Bay  is  inse- 
cure in  spring  and  fall,  on  account  of  its  being  exposed  to  the  southerly  gales  ;  the  S.  West 
Bay  is  therefore  recommended,  where  there  is  good  anchorage  in  five  or  six  fathoms  water. 
Camels'  Islands  Harbor  will  always  be  found  too  intricate  for  a  stranger,  and  sluMild  ne- 
Yer  be  attempted  without  the  assistance  of  a  pilot. 

THE  NORTH  HARBOR  runs  in  with  Stormy  Cape;  and  has,  at  its  entrance,  a  mck 
above  water ;  which  is  bold  to  all  round,  and  vessels  may  sail  on  either  side  of  it,  and  an- 
chor in  6  fathoms  water.  In  tlie  ])assage  which  leads  to  the  N.  W.  and  S.  W.  Harbors, 
there  is  an  island  wliieli  contracts  the  channel,  rendering  the  passages  narrow  ;  the  best  and 
safest  entrance  is  to  the  northward  of  this  island,  giving  the  outer  point  of  the  N.W.  Har- 
bor a  little  berth,  and  so  soon  as  you  get  within  the  island  you  will  o])en  both  harbors; 
that  which  runs  in  N.  Westward  is  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  is  two  miles  deep ;  you  should 
sail  up  on  its  western  side,  having  14,  16,  anri  18  fathoms,  luitil  you  get  inside  the  point, 
a  little  within  which  is  a  bank  )f  7  or  8  fathoms,  but  when  you  have  passed  over  this,  yoii 
will  again  droj)  into  16  and  17  fathoms  ;  and  as  you  approach  the  head  ol  the  Bay  you  will 
lessen  your  water  to  7,  6,  and  5  fathoms,  every  where  good  anchorage,  and  well  sheliercd 
from  all  winds.  The  two  Islands  of  (iriguetlie  outside  of  Camel's  Island,  and,  together, 
form  between  them  several  small  but  siuig  harl)ors  for  fishing  vessels. 

WHITE  I&uANDS. — You  will  now  perceive  the  White  Islands,  lying  to  the  north- 
eastward of  Stormy  (^ajjc,  from  which  they  are  distant  one  league  and  about  "J^  miles  from 
the  shore  opposite;  they  are  small,  of  moderate  height,  and  have  several  rocks  inside,  i)otli 
above  and  under  water,  but  these  are  not  considered  to  be  dangerous,  as  they  are  easily 
discoverable  even  in  fine  weather,  and  the  passage  between  them  and  the  main  is  very  safe. 

QUIRPON  ISLAND. — This  lies  off  the  north-eastern  part  of  Newfoundland,  and 
forms  the  S.  E.  point  of  entrance  to  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle ;  it  is  large,  high,  and  barren ; 
and  Cape  Degrat  is  visible  in  clear  weather,  full  12  leagues  to  seaward. 

LITTLE  QUIRPON. — There  is  a  narrow  channel  which  nuis  into  the  southward  of 
Quirpon  and  divides  it  from  the  main ;  here  lies  Little  Quirpon  Harbor,  to  enter  which 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


35 


ovor;liiit 
'ator. 
)or,  in  or- 
iel liiiviiig 
In  5  or  4 
iirbors,  to 
li  it  is  ex- 


!ry  securr, 
a  westerly 

Crrmallire 
,  on  a  i)()t- 
.  Anthony. 
.  ItiswHI 
ng  vcsst'ls. 
ige  witliin 
lies  S.  74" 
ore  than  fj 
a  little  sea 
)le. 

ce  to  this 
ar  the  i)est 
tjX  hills  are 
I  a  range  oi" 
mile  wide, 
8  very  near 

rfeet  seru- 
mce  (if  the 
[I  Cove,  in 
hservini;  to 
e  to  he  ob- 
lorage. 
ay  is  itise- 
le  S.  West 
ins  water, 
shwultl  ne- 

ice,  a  rock 
it,  and  an- 
il arbors, 
e  best  and 
.W.  Har- 
1  harbors ; 
you  should 
the  point, 
r  this,  you 
ly  you  will 
1  sheltered 
,  together, 

the  north- 
miles  from 
nside,  both 
are  easily 
s  very  safe, 
illand,  and 
lid  barren ; 

ifhward  of 
iter  which 


there  is  no  danger  but  what  you  will  easily  perceive  ;  vessels  commonly  moor  head  and 
stern,  and  lie  there  peifeetlv  secure. 

DEGRAT  AND  PIGEON  COVES.— These  coves  lie  on  the  eastern  side  of  Quirpon 
Island,  and  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Dejjrat ;  at  their  entrance  are  several  small  rocky  islets 
and  rocks  above  water,  alfordinfi;  behinti  them  very  tair  set  urity  for  shipping,  in  4  I'athoms 
water,  and  good  conveniences  for  fishing,  liauld  Cape,  which  is  the  northern  extremity  of 
Quirpon  Island,  lies  in  latitude  51°  39'  4.5"  N.,  and  in  longitude  55°  :27'  50"  W. ;  it  is  rocky 
and  steep  to,  and  may  be  approached  very  near,  with  great  safety;  having  rounded  tliis  Cape 
you  will  |)erceive  a  rocky  point  to  the  southward  leading  to  the  Harbor  of  Quirpon. 

GREAT  QUIRPON  HARBOR,  lies  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  island,  and  its  entrance 
is  b»>tween  it  and  (irave's  Island  ;  in  your  approach  towards  it  from  the  northward  you  may 
borrow  as  clos(^  as  you  jjlease  to  13auld  Head,  there  being  no  invisible  danger  until  you  arrive 
at  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  where  there  are  some  shoals  which  must  be  left  on  your  lar- 
board side:  to  do  this  keepRlack  Head  on  Quirpon  Island  open  of  all  the  other  land,  until 
Kaven  Point  coines  over  Noddy  Point,  then  haul  in  for  the  harbor,  going  not  nearer  than 
the  distance  of  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  point  of  ( Jrave's  Island  ;  the  anchorage  with- 
in the  island  is  every  where  good,  with  room  and  depth  enough  for  any  ship,  and  the  ground 
holds  well;  but  the  best  place  to  ride  in  will  be  towards  the  upper  end  of  Grave's  Island, 
abreast  of  (ireen  Island,  in  9  fathoms  water ;  the  passage  to  the  Inner  Harbor,  on  either  side 
of  Green  Island,  is  very  good  for  ships  of  moderate  water,  through  which  you  will  have  3 
fathoms,  and  above  Green  Islatid  you  have  excellent  riding  in  7  fatlioms.  There  is  also  a 
j)assage  to  this  harjjor  through  Little  Quirpon  Hari)or,  luit  it  is  too  narrow  and  intricate 
for  any  one  to  attempt,  unless  they  are  perfectly  acquainted  with  the  navigation. 

NODDY  IIARHOR. — This  jilaee  lies  a  little  to  the  westward  of  Quirpon  Harbor,  and 
runs  in  between  Noddy  Point  and  Cape  Raven  ;  there  is  no  danger  in  entering,  and  you  will 
|)ass  to  the  starl)oard  of  the  little  island  that  lies  about  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  and  anchor 
above  it  in  ')  fathoms  water;  or  you  may  with  a  small  vessel  run  further  up  into  the  basin,  and 
anchor  in  JJ  or  '.i  fathoms ;  here  is  a  stage  within  the  island,  and  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
harbor,  with  eoiivenient  room  for  many  vessels. 

GULL  ROCK  and  MARIA'S  LEDCJE.— The  Gull  Rock  lies  W.N.  W.  fromBauld 
Cape  in  the  island  of  Quirpon,  distant  -JJ  miles  ;  and  N.  N.  E.  J  E.  nearly  .3  miles  from  Cape 
Kaven  ;  it  is  always  above  water.  Maria's  Ledge  lies  nearly  S.  W.  from  the  Gull  Rock,  distant 
2  miles,  and  N.  i)y  E.  li  mile  from  Cape  Raven,  being  distant  about  a  mile  from  Maria's 
Head.  In  standing  in  from  the  northward  for  either  QUIRPON  or  NODDY  HAR- 
liOKS,  you  need  be  under  no  ajjprelieiision  of  danger  from  the  Gull  or  Maria's  Rocks,  for 
both  are  above  water,  the  passage  between  them  is  half  a  league  wide,  and  vei-y  safe  ;  but  it 
will  l)e  |)ru(ient  to  pass  nearer  the  (iiill  Koek  because  of  the  N.  W.  Ledge,  which  never 
ajjpears  but  in  iiad  weather;  (his  N.  W.  Ledge  bears  W.  a  little  south,  distant  IJ  of  a  mile 
from  the  (iu!l  Roek,  and  you  should  not  attempt  the  j)assage  between  it  and  the  main,  on 
account  of  other  roeks  liiat  are  said  to  lie  about,  and  places  of  shallow  water. 

^Po  the  westward  are  the  Sacred  Islands;  (ireat  Sacred  Island  lies  about  N.  W.  by  W. 
i  W.  from  Hauld  (^>pe,  disiant  5i  miles,  and  S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Cape  Norman  nearly 
1.3  miles.  Little  Sacred  Island  is  one  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  great  island  ;  the  pas- 
sage between  them  is  safe,  and  you  may  sail  round  both,  for  they  are  high  and  bold  ;  with- 
in them,  on  the  main  and  to  the  W.  S.  Westward,  is  Sacred  IJay,  tolerably  large,  with  nu- 
merous rocky  islets  within  it :  the  shores  of  this  place  abound  with  wood,  and  therefore  it 
is  much  resorted  to  for  the  use  of  the  fisheries  at  Quirpon  and  Griguet,  &c.  Cape  Onion 
forms  the  north  jjoiiit  of  Sacred  Pay,  being  high  and  steep ;  near  it  is  a  remarkable  rock,  cal- 
led the  Mewstone,  and  much  resembling  that  in  Plymouth  Sound.  There  is  a  little  cove 
to  the  southward  of  this  rock,  where  a  vessel  may  occasionally  resort  to  with  safety. 

HA-HA  PAY. — From  Cape  Onion  to  Purnt  Cape  the  course  is  W.  ?  N.  about  6  miles; 
it  has  a  white  appearance,  and  ris(\s  from  the  seaward  to  a  considerable  height.  On  the  east- 
ern side  of  Purnt  Cape  is  Ha-ha  Bay,  which  runs  in  southerly  about  2  miles  ;  it  lies  open  to 
northerly  windh,  but  when  you  are  within  the  eajie  you  will  find  anchorage  in  6  or  7  fathoms ; 
or  you  can  go  further  up  and  ride  well  sheltered  in  3  or  2^  fathoms.  This  is  a  convenient 
place  for  the  fisheries,  and  has  plenty  of  wood. 

PISTOLET  BAY. — This  bay  lies  be(  ween  Burnt  Cape  and  the  Norman  Ledges,  which 
bear  from  each  other  N.  W.  by  N.  and  S.  E.  by  S.  distant  8  miles;  the  bay  is  extensive,  and 
reaches  several  miles  each  way,  having  good  anchoring  ground  in  most  parts,  particularly  on 
the  western  siile,  a  little  above  the  islandu,  in  about  5  fathoms  water ;  the  shore  is  tolerably  well 
furnished  w  ith  wood,  and  contributes  to  supply  those  places  which  are  destitute  of  that  article. 

COOK'S  HARBOR,  lies  in  the  N.  W.  part  of  Pistolet  Bay,  and  withui  the  islands, 
about  two  miles  above  Norman  Ledge  Point.  These  ledges  are  about  one  mile  to  the  east- 
ward of  the  north  point :  to  clear  these  dangers  as  you  enter,  be  sure  to  keep  Burnt  Cape  well 
open  of  the  outer  rocks,  that  lie  off  the  islands  at  the  western  entrance  to  Pistolet  Harbor, 
and  if  going  in,  so  soon  as  you  consider  yourself  to  be  to  the  southward  of  these  ledges,  steer 
iu  for  the  harbor,  leaving  the  islands  and  rocks,  on  your  larboard  side ;  keep  the  siouthern 


''  36 


BLUNt's   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


flhore  on  board,  for  fear  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  that  juts  out  from  a  little  rnr-ky  island  on  tlip 
other  side;  and  so  soon  as  you  get  within  the  island  haul  over  for  the  northern  shore,  mikI 
anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water.  'J^his  liarbor  is  capable  of  heini;  made  verv  convenient 
and  several  fisliing  rooms  and  projjcr  stages  for  the  boats  to  resort  to,  and  cure  their  fisli 
might  be  erected  in  all  the  coves  between  it  and  ('ape  Norman. 

CAPE  NORMAN,  is  th  •  northernmost  point  of  Newfoundland,  being  of  a  nioderat? 
even  height,  and  very  I)arri'n  appearance,  which  continues  far  inland  :  it  is  about  a  lp;n;iie 
to  the  N.  Westward,  of  the  ledges;  fnnn  (.'a|)e  Norman  the  shores  of  Newfoundland 
turn  S.  Westerly,  and  will  be  described  hereafter. 

BELLE  LSLE. — This  island,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  strait  to  which  it  roni- 
municate.s  its  name,  should  be  called  the  Northern  H(dle  Isle,  to  distinguish  it  from  tbnse 
we  have  already  described,  lying  to  the  southward ;  it  is  about  8  miles  long  and  .'{  broad, 
or  7  leagues  in  circumference,  being  distant  from  Bauld  Head  in  Quirpon  Island,  about 
14  miles,  and  from  the  coast  of  Labrador  12  miles;  it  is  moderately  high,  and  wears  a 
uniform  sterile  anr^arance.  On  its  N.  Western  shore  there  is  a  small  harbor  called  Link 
Cove,  or  Harb  .r,  lying  within  an  island  almost  close  to  the  land,  and  fit  only  for  small 
craft ;  and  at  the  eastern  side  of  this  island  is  another  cove  called  Hatteaux  Creek,  fre- 
quented occasionally  by  shallops.  About  two  miles  to  the  nortli-easfward  of  this  island 
lies  a  ledge  of  i  ks,  part  of  which  appear  above  water,  an('  )ver  these  the  sea  breaks  v«mv 
high;  this  is  called  the  N.  E.  Ledge,  you  will  have  15  an'.  0  fathoms  close  to  it,  and  55 
between  it  and  the  north  part  of  the  island.  Thf-  soundings  about  this  Belle  Isle  are  verv 
irregular;  near  tlui  island  you  will  seldom  find  less  than  20  fathoms,  except  on  a  small 
bank  said  to  lie  to  the  northward,  distant  4  miles  from  its  N.  Eastern  part,  whereon  is  onlv  5 
fathoms.  The  northern  part  of  this  island  is  said  to  lie  in  about  the  latitude  of  51°  57'  N. 
Soundings  in  the  Strait  of  Belle  hie. — In  crossing  the  Strait  of  Beile  Isle  from  Quir- 
pon  to  Chateaux  Bay,  your  soundings  will  be  irregular;  from  20  to  .30  fathoms  on  the 
Newfoundland  side,  and  in  some  places  from  .30  to  .'3H  fathoms;  in  the  stream  or  middle 
of  the  Strait,  you  will  find  25  and  .35  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  broken  sliells ;  and  towards 
Chateaux  Bay,  45  to  80  fathoms,  and  within  a  mile  of  the  coast  of  Tvibrador  .35,  .30,  and 
95  fathoms.  To  the  northward  between  Belie  Isle  and  St.  Peter's  Bay  there  are  5'J,  H7, 
9C,  63,  ?.nd  20  fathoms. 


XVi 


THE  SOVTHERIV  €OAST  OF  NEU'FOVi\DLAiVD, 

FROM  CAPE  RACE  TO  CAPE  CHAPEAU  ROUGE. 

PRELIMINARY  REMARKS.— Vessels  bound  towards  the  (iulf  of  Newfoundl.md 
sbould  take  the  greatest  care  to  notice  and  make  a  proper  allowance  for  the(;urrents,  whidi 
•  3tfrom  the  eastward,  all  along  the  southern  coast  of  Newfoundland,  with  fre(|uently  fatal 
velocity;  causing  an  impetuous  indrought  into  the  various  Bays,  and  occasioning  flic  mncli 
to  be  deplored  loss  of  nrany  lives,  and  the  wreck  of  numerous  vessels;  these  local  currents 
chiefly  prevail  on  that  part  between  Cape  Race  and  Cape  Ray:  more  vessels  have  been 
cast  away  on  the  small  point  of  land  which  divides  the  two  bays  of  Trepassey  and  St. 
Mary,  than  on  any  other  part  of  the  island ;  that  these  accidents  were  occasioned  by  the 
currents  there  can  be  little  doubt. 

An  able  navigator,  who  has  been  20  years  employed  in  the  fisheries,  and  who  is  a  native 
of  Newfoundland,  observes,  it  is  well  understood  by  all  the  l)oat  masters,  that  there  is  in 
general  a  strong  current  setting  in  from  the  eastward,  along  the  Western  Coast  of  New 
foundlan<l,  which,  after  passing  Cape  Pine,  runs  more  towanls  St.  ^Mary's  and  Placentia 
Bays;  this  current  will  be  felt  at  least  20  leagues  to  the  S.  W.  of  Cape  Pine,  and  becoiiies 
more  rapid  as  you  approacli  the  land ;  its  velocity  increasing  as  the  winds  favor  its  direc- 
tion ;  but  at  all  times  of  sufiTicient  magnitiule  to  endanger  the  safety  of  any  vessel  ap- 
proaching from  the  south  or  west  in  foggy  weather,  and  being  ignorant  of  its  existence. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  danger  arising  from  this  current,  the  fishermen  in  foggy  weather, 
when  returning  from  the  western  coast  to  their  homes  on  the  eastern  shore,  invariably  use 
the  lead,  depending  more  upon  the  depth  of  water  than  their  comptiss,  and  always  keeping  a 
sufficient  distance  from  the  land  to  insure  the  safety  of  the  vessel.  On  passing  to  tlie  east- 
ward of  Cape  Race  they  never  a|)proach  nearer  to  the  land  than  .35  fathoms  water  ;  the 
ground  being  more  of  an  inclined  plane  on  the  west  than  on  the  east  coast,  you  will  find  that 
depth  of  water  at  a  considerable  distance;  the  ground  becomes  more  broken,  and  the  depth 
of  water  increases  so  fast,  that  in  your  course  from  Cape  St.  Mary's  to  avoid  Cape  Race 


\ 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


37 


i 


i» 


you  will,  wliPii  to  tlie  eastward  of  it,  find  yourself  in  /jO  fathoms,  and  when  advanced  a  very 
siiort  distance  fnrtlier,  you  will  drop  into  (10  and  70  fathoms;  consequently,  you  will  then 
he  ilear  of  anv  land,  and  may  safely  puisne  what  course  you  tiiink  proper  ;  l)Ut,  in  ail  this 
iiaviijation,  tlie  mariner's  safety  may  Ite  insured  l)y  a  due  ittention  to  the  lead. 

CAl'K  HACK  is  situated  on  the  southernmost  part  of  Newfoundland,  and  lies  S.  W.  | 
W.  distant  .'}  leasjues  from  I'ajje  Ballard  :  hefore  it  lie  2  or  3  rocks  ahove  water,  these  are 
flose  to  the  land,  and  have  10  fathoms  water  very  near  them.  Between  ti  and  7  miles  E. 
S.  K.  from  ('ape  Hace  is  the  New  Hank,  heins;  4  miles  long  and  1^  broad,  and  lying  N.  K. 
hv  N.  and  S.  W.  by  W.  ;  on  it  are  17,  v-'O,  and  'Jo  fathoms  with  very  deep  water  on  its  out- 
side, and  ',W  fathoms  just  within  it.  Vessels  making  this  |)art  of  the  coast  may  know  their 
npinoach  toward  the  land,  by  suddenly  lessening  their  water  to  the  above  depths. 

The  Virgin  Kocks,  which  are  danaerous,  he  in  the  direct  track  to  Cape  Race,  Newfound- 
land, the  point  which  vessels  bound  to  Quebec  generally  endeavor  to  make    (Seepage  1.'}.) 

Near  Cajjc  Race  is  a  small  inlet  named  ('ripple  Cove  ;  the  land  then  turns  westerly  to- 
wards Mistaken  Point  a  distainie  ol  4j  miles;  the  shores  are  bold,  and  o(f  Mistaken  Point 
is  a  rock  above  water.  N.  W.  by  W.  about  2  miles  is  the  Krencli  Mistaken  Point,  this  also 
has  a  rock  olf  its  extremity  :  from  luMice  the  shore  winds  N.  by  W.  into  Trepassey  Bay,  at 
the  northern  part  of  which  lies  Biscay  and  Mutton  Bays,  and  Trepassey  Harbor.  The  two 
former  of  these  are  seldom  freijuenfed.  and  it  is  considered  dangerous  to  get  embayed  there, 
for  the  sea  commonly  drives  in,  and  there  is  hardly  any  current  to  help  you  out  again.  Mut- 
ton Bay  is  formed  to  the  eastward  by  Cape  Mutton,  and  to  the  westward  by  dxpe  Powles ; 
this  last  is  the  extreme  ])oint  of  a  narrow  neck  of  Ian;!  that  divides  Mutton  Bay  from  Tre- 
passey Harbor:  it  is  a  long,  low,  sandy,  and  stony  beach,  over  which  the  ships  lying  in 
Tre])asse  'larbor  can  be  distincily  seen.  Mutton  Bay  is  about  2  miles  deep,  and  lias  from 
1-2  to  .'5  fati.oms  water  in  it:  but  the  Ixittom  is  foul  and  rocky. 

TREPASSEY  KAKBOR.— The  entrance  to  (his  harbor  is  to  the  westward  of  Cape 
Powles,  and  tlic  direct  course  in  will  be  N.  E.  i  E.  Cape  I'owles  lies  from  French  Mis- 
taken I'oint  N.  \V.  about  H  miles  ;  from  (Jape  Mutton  W.  S.  W.  i'  W.  one  mile,  and  from 
Cajie  PiiK!  N.  10.  by  K.  o  miles.  The  entrance  to  Trepassey  Harbor  is  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  wide,  and  continues  of  that  breadth  full  2^  miles  up;  it  then  narrows  to  less  than 
half  a  mile,  and  opens  again  to  its  former  widlh,  and  there  vessels  commonly  ride.  To  en- 
ter this  harbor  ships  conunonly  steer  over  from  Mistaken  Point  towards  Cape  Pine,  until 
you  fairly  open  the  liarl)or;  you  may  (hen  safely  run  along  the  shore,  foritis  bold  ;  in  sail- 
ing into  the  harbor,  you  will  meet  with  a  rock  on  the  S.  Eastern  shore,  lying  about  a  mile 
from  Powles  Head,  and  one  third  of  a  cable's  length  off  the  shore  ;  there  is  also,  on  the 
northern  side,  a  shoal  which  runs  along  up  the  harbor,  so  far  as  a  low  green  point ;  to  clear 
this  shoal,  bring  Baker's  Point  on  with  a  low  rocky  point  at  the  e:itrance  of  the  harbor;  and 
when  you  get  so  far  up  as  the  low  green  point,  you  may  steer  more  westerly,  and  anchor 
either  in  the  N.  W.  or  N.  E.  arm,  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water;  both  wood  and  water  can  be 
obtained  with  case. 

From  Mistaken  Point  to  Cape  Pine  the  course  and  distance  are  W.  N.  W.  }  W.  4 
leagues  and  a  half:  and  from  ('ape  Pine  to  Cape  Freels,  west,  one  mile.  The  land  about 
Cape  Pine  is  barren  and  uiodovately  higli :  from  Cape  Freels,  the  shore.s  extend  W.  N. 
W.  one  mile  to  Black  Hea<l,  and  thence  N.  W.  j'  W.  to  the  eastern  reef,  and  head  of  St. 
Shot's  Bay. 

ST.  SHOT'S  BAY. — This  is  the  fatal  sjiot  where  so  many  vessels  have  been  recently 
wrecked  ;  the  bay  is  about  a  mile  deep,  and  from  the  eastern  to  the  western  head,  the  bear- 
ing is  N.  by  \V.  ,'   W.  distant  two  miles,  it  lies  entirely  open  and  exposerl  to  the  sea. 

ST.  MAR  VS  1>A^'. — This  is  an  extensive  bay,  or  gulf,  connnencing  on  the  eastern 
side  at  St.  Shot's,  an<l  on  the  western  side  at  Point  Lance  ;  the  course  from  the  eastern 
head  of  St.  Shot's  to  Point  Lance  being  N.  W.  |  W.  about  20  miles ;  t'rom  thence  the  land 
runs  up  E.  N.  E.  n  leagues  and  a  quarter ;  the  land  on  each  side  being  moderately  high, 
and  having  s(>veral  good  harbors  in  it.  in  |)roceeding  from  St.  Shot's  along  the  eastern 
shore  yon  will  pass  two  little  coves,  and  reach  Cull  Island,  this  lies  close  in  to  the  land,  and 
bears  from  the  western  head  of  St.  Shot's  N.  J  E.  distant  4  miles. 

From  (juII  Island  to  Cape  English  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  by  E.  J  E.  two 
leagues;  Ca|)e  English  is  Iiigh  table-land,  terminating  in  a  low  rocky  point,  and  fonning  a 
bay,  abotit  a  mile  deep,  to  the  southward  of  it ;  at  the  bottom  of  this  bay  is  a  stony  beach, 
within  which  is  Ilolyrood  Pond,  running  E.  N.  E.  nearly  six  leagues,  and  from  half  a  mile 
to  .1  miles  in  breadtli ;  this  occasions  the  ('ape  to  appear  like  an  island,  when  you  are  to  the 
southward  of  it.  One  mile  and  three  quarters  N.  E.  |  N.  from  Cape  English  is  False 
Cape  ;  six  and  a  half  miles  E.  N.  E.  from  ('ape  English  is  Point  la  Ilaye,  this  is  low,  and 
has  a  ledge  of  rocks  running  from  it  abotit  a  ipiarter  of  a  mile  into  the  sea,  and  above  a 
mile  along  the  shore,  on  which  the  waves  break  furiously  in  bad  weather;  this  is  the  only 
danger  vou  will  meet  with  in  St.  Mary's  Harbor. 

ST.  MARY'S  HARBOR.— From  Point  La  Haye  to  Double  Road  Point,  which  is  the 


38 


BLUNT's   AMERICAN    COAST   PILOT. 


,    ^1 


I 


Houtlicrnoxtreiiieof  St.  Mary's  Harbor,  the  c<)nr.se  and  distance  arc  K.N.  E.onr  mile  and  a 
lialf;  the  land  between  in  low  and  wears  a  barren  appearance.  Within  Double  Koaij  Poim 
18  Ellis's  Point,  distant  half  a  mile  ;  these  two  form  the  starboard  points  of  entrance  to  tin; 
harbor,  which  is  here  nearly  a  mile  wide.  You  will  now  perceive  the  river  to  be  <livii|ci| 
into  two  branches,  the  one  nmning  K.  N.  E.  into  what  is  called  Mai  \\:\y,  the  oilier  S. 
Easterly  into  St.  Mary's  Harbor.  Whi^n  you  are  within  Kllis's  Point,  in  St.  Mary's  Ihir- 
bor,  you  can  haul  to  the  southward,  and  anchor  abreast  of  the  fishin<i-staL'es  and  li(>ii.sc.s 
upon  a  flat,  in  4  or  6  fathoms  water,  where  you  will  ride  land-locked ;  this  flat  runs  (,(f 
Htiore  about  half  a  mile,  and  between  it  and  the  opposite  shore  is  from  1.5  to  :i()  fallidtns 
water.  Tlie  best  auchora};e  is  about  two  miles  aiiovc  the  town,  (tppositeto  IJrowii's  Pi)tMl 
where  it  is  above  half  a  mile  wide;  here  also  you  will  lie  land-locked  in  1'2  fathoms,  mul 
have  excellent  ground  to  the  further  end  of  the  bay. 

MAL  BAY  on  the  E.  N.  E.  brant  h,  is  about  one  mile  wide,  and  runs  up  2|  miles;  but 
the  anchorage  is  not  good;  a  heavy  sea  frequently  sets  into  it,  and  unless  you  run  up  to 
its  very  head,  in  5  or  (J  fatlioms,  you  can  have  no  place  even  for  occasional  seciirity;  it 
tlierefore  is  seldom  resorted  to.  The  entrance  to  these  harbors  bears  from  Point  Lance 
nearly  East  distant  1!)  miles.  From  Trapeau  Point,  the  coast  runs  N.  N.  E.  j  N.  aliove 
two  miles  to  Shoal  Bay,  and  op|)osite  to  the  nortliern  point  of  this  Shoal  Bay  lies  (irtat 
Colinet  Island;  this  is  about  a  league  in  length  and  one  mile  broad;  the  southern  end  of 
which  bears  from  Cape  English  N.  by  E.  distant  three  leagues;  there  is  a  safe  chatmcl  on 
either  side  of  this  island,  only  taking  care  to  give  Shoal  Jiay  Point  a  good  bortli  of  a  (piiir- 
ter  of  a  mile,  in  order  to  avoid  some  rocks  which  lie  off  it.  On  the  northern  side  of  the 
Great  Colinet  is  a  stony  beach,  olF  which  runs  a  bank  with  from  7  to  17  fathoms  water, 
rocky  ground.  One  mile  and  a  half  N.  Eastward  from  Great  Colinet  is  Little  ('(dinet  Is- 
land, above  a  mile  in  length  and  half  a  mile  in  breadth  ;  there  is  deep  water  all  roniid  i'. 

(4REAT  SALMON  KIVER.— E.  N.  E.  five  miles  and  a  half  from  the  nt.rtluni  part 
of  Little  Colinet  Island  is  the  entrance  to  (Jreat  Salmon  River,  which  is  nearly  three  (jir.ir- 
ters  of  a  mile  wide,  and  runs  E.  N.  E.  7  or  8  miles.  About  3  miles  up  this  river,  and  on 
its  southern  shore,  is  an  opening  called  Little  Harbor  ;  opposite  this,  in  a  small  cove,  is  the 
best  anchorage  in  the  river,  although  it  is  generally  good  throughout ;  here  you  may  ride 
safely  in  5  or  (i  fathoms  water  ;  the  river  narrows  as  you  advance  up  it,  and  towards  its  fur- 
thest end  becomes  very  shallow. 

COLINET  BAY.— N.  W.  by  N.  from  the  entrance  of  Great  Salmon  River.  <listaiit 
2}  miles,  and  N.  E.  ^  E.  .^i  miles  from  Little  Colinet  Island,  is  tlie  mouth  of  Colinet  Bay  ; 
between  Salmon  River  and  Colinet  Bay,  is  a  cove  a  good  mile  and  a  half  deep,  witli  fmni 
13  to  4  fathoms  in  it,  but  it  is  exposed  to  the  S.  W.  and  therefore  not  mucli  resorted  to. 
Colinet  Bay  runs  in  N.  E.  by  N.  about  2  miles,  where  the  point  of  an  island  on  the  star- 
board side  narrows  the  passage,  having  |)assed  which  tlie  diannel  opens  wider  again,  and 
the  top  of  the  bay  is  a  sandy  shallow  beach;  throughout  the  whole  of  (Jolinet  Bay  the  an- 
chorage is  good;  you  will  have  from  V2  to  fi  fathoms  water  tip  to  the  narrows;  in  jjassing 
the  narrows  there  are  7  and  8  fathoms,  and  ai)ove  it  (J,  5,  i-nd  4  fathoms  ;  all  good  lmouimI. 

NORTH  HARBOR.— To  the  W.  S.  W.  of  Colinet  Bay,  4  miles,  and  N.  by  E.  about  2 
miles  from  the  northern  end  of  Little  Colinet  Island,  is  the  entrance  to  North  Harbor, 
which  is  three  quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  and  rtins  u])  to  the  northward  3  miles ;  the  anchor- 
age is  very  good  about  two  miles  up  the  river,  where  if  is  half  a  mile  wide  in  5  or  (i  fathoms ; 
or  vessels  may  run  further  up,  where  two  sandy  jioints  stretchout,  being  half  acabl(!'s  lenytli 
asunder;  keep  the  starboard  point  on  board,  and  anchor  close  within  the  starboard  shore. 
In  entering  North  Harbor  always  keep  mid-channel,  for  the  eastern  land  is  somewhat  shallow. 

The  land  now  trends  W.  S.  W.  ^  S.  towards  Point  Lance;  there  arc  one  or  two  coves 
in  the  way,  but  no  place  fit  for  the  reception  of  shipping. 

POINT  LANCE  lies  in  lat  40^^  48',  and  is  a  low  ragged  point,  although  the  land  in  tlie 
interior  rises  up  and  becomes  highly  elevated.  We  have  already  stated  that  the  course  and 
distance  from  the  eastern  head  of  St.  Shot's  to  Point  Lance,  is  N.  W.  i  W.  about  2'J 
miles;  from  Point  Lance  to  Cape  St.  Mary  is  N.  W.  i  W.  about  0^  miles. 

CAPE  ST.  MARY  is  a  high  blurt"  point  of  land  making  like  Cajie  St.  Vincent's  on  the 
coast  of  Portugal;  the  land  to  the  northward  along  shore,  to  a  considerable  distaiKie.  has 
an  even  appearance,  and  is  nearly  of  equal  height  with  the  cape  itself.  W.  by  S.  from  Cape 
Lance,  distant  full  two  miles,  lie  the  Bull  and  Cow  Rocks;  these  are  two  flat  rocks  'ying 
very  near  each  (»t!ier,  and  having  many  smdl  rocks  about  them  ;  about  a  similar  distance,  but 
nearer  to  the  main,  is  another  rock  appearing  at  half  tide;  there  are  10  fathoms  between  it 
and  the  shore,  and  1.5  fathoms  between  it  and  the  Bull  and  (^ow  Rocks.  In  a  similar  direction 
to  the  Bull  and  Cow  Rocks  from  Cape  Lance,  but  at  3  leagues  distance,  and  nearly  S.  S.  W. 
distance  7'^  miles  from  Cape  St.  Mary's,  are  two  other  little  rocks  appearing  just  above  the 
surface  of  the  water,  and  having  the  sea  constantly  breaking  over  them ;  they  lie  S.  S.  E. 
and  N.  N.  W.  from  each  other,  distant  3  cables'  lengths,  and  have  1.5  fathoms  between  them ; 
the  same  depth  of  water  is  all  round  them  excepting  towards  the  S.  S.  E.  where  only  6  fathoms 
will  be  found  2  cables'  lengths  off.     Between  these  rocks  and  Cape  St.  Mary  are  32,  25, 


I 


i 


of  a  mile,  is  tli^ 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


3» 


ami  19  rathoms  water;  and  near  the  Cape  are  13,  14.  and  15  fathoms.  Vessels  therefore 
iiiiiy  proceed  between  them,  and  also  between  the  Bull  and  Cow  Rocks  and  the  main,  if 
iipct'ssary,  for  tliere  is  no  hidden  danger  ;  but  peihaps  it  will  always  be  more  prudent  to  go 
to  the  southward  of  both. 

PLACKNTIA  BAY. — Theentranceto  PlacentiaBny  isformed  by  C'apeSt.  Maryonthe 
east,  and  ("ape  ( Ihapeau  Rouge,  or  Mountain  of  the  Red  Hat,  on  the  west ;  the  former  lying 
in  liititude  4U°  4')'  N.  the  latter  in4()°  53'  N.  bearing  from  each  other  W.  N.  \V.  and  E.  S. 
K.  distant  17  leagues.  Cape  Chapeau  Rouge  is  the  most  remarkable  land  on  all  the  coast, 
appearing  higher  than  the  surrounding  shore,  and  somewli;it  like  the  crown  of  a  hat,  from 
wiiichsiiigularify  it  obtains  its  name;  it  is  visible  1 1  or  1 '2  leagues  to  seaward,  in  clear  weather. 

From  Cape  St.  Mary  to  Cape  Bremeyour  course  will  be  N.  by  E.  about  9  miles,  and  from 
Point  Breme  to  the  Virgin  Rocks  N.  E.  by  E.  13  miles  :  these  rocks  lie  U  mile  from  the 
main,  and  always  ai)|)ear  above  water ;  a  little  to  the  southward  of  the  Virgin  Rocks  are 
.some  whitisli  clitfs  in  the  land,  by  which  it  may  be  known  if  falling  in  with  the  land  herea- 
bouts in  thick  weather. 

From  the  Virgin  Rocks  to  Point  Verde,  the  southernmost  point  of  Placentia  Harbor, 
the  course  and  distance  are  N.  E.  by  E.  |  E.  5  miles;  from  St.  Mary's  Cape  to  Verde 
Point  there  is  no  harbor  or  place  of  shelter  for  ships  of  any  size. 

PLAC'EN'J'IA  HARBOR. — Point  Verde  or(ireen  Point  is  low  and  level,  and  torms  the 
southern  point  of  the  road  ;  it  has  a  pebbly  beach  on  each  side,  and  several  fishing  stages  with- 
in it;  at  the  end  of  this  beach,  is  a  liigh  rocky  cliff,  extending  to  the  S.  E.  corner  of  the  bay, 
where  it  tigain  terminates  in  a  pebbly  beacdi;  this  beach  then  runs  E.  N.  E.  one  mile  to  the 
Fort  Point,  and  <ui  the  inside,  which  faces  the  .S.  E.  arm  of  the  harbor,  stands  the  town  of 
Placentia.  A  little  southward  of  the  town  is  a  high  hill,  with  a  remarkable  cliff  on  the  mid- 
dle of  the  beach.  The  outer  side  of  the  north  point  is  level,  with  a  clay  cliff  on  its  outer 
part,  bearing  nearly  N.  E.  by  N.  distant  from  Point  Verde  1  i  mile ;  from  this  point  the  land 
iorins  a  small  bay,  with  a  stony  beach  round  it,  to  the  corner  of  the  cliff  under  Signal  Hill; 
this  cliff  continues  to  Freshwater  Bay,  which  is  formed  in  a  valley  between  Signal  Hill  and 
(■astie  Hill,  having  a  jiebbly  beach  around  it;  here  a  small  rivulet  nms  down  the  valley,  at 
which  vessels  may  obtain  water  ;  to  sail  into  this  road,  if  coming  from  the  southward,  you 
should  keep  a  league  off  the  land,  in  order  to  avoid  the  (Jibraltar  Rock,  which  lies  about 
two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Green  Point,  and  has  only  8  feet  water  over  it;  the  mark  to 
go  to  the  northward  of  which  is  the  castle,  standing  on  a  hill  at  the  northern  side  of  the 
harbor,  and  very  consi)',cuous  to  seaward,  open  of  Point  Verde  ;  when  you  have  this  castle 
on  with  the  point,  you  will  pass  a  little  to  the  northward  of  the  rock,  but  when  you  have 
the  castle  well  open  of  the  point,  you  will  give  the  rock  a  wide  berth  ;  run  in  with  this  market 
keep  your  lead  going,  for  there  are  regular  soundings  on  both  sides,  and  give  Green  Point  a' 
good  berth  of  2  cables'  lengths,  passing  it  in  4  fathoms  water;  then  proceed  to  the  anc^ior- 
iige  in  Freshwater  Bay,  and  under  Castle  Hill,  at  three  quarters  of  the  distance  over  from 
that  side,  where  you  will  lie  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  good  ground.  At  the  bottom  of  the 
road  is  a  long  beach,  which  terminates  in  a  ])oint  to  the  northward,  on  which  stand  some 
houses  and  an  old  fortress  ;  there  is  also  a  fort  on  the  opposite  point;  the  entrance  to  the 
harbor  is  between  these ;  it  is  very  narrow,  not  above  CO  fathoms  across,  and  has  3^  fathoms 
water  in  it ;  when  you  get  within  these  points  the  harbor  opens,  becomes  one  third  of  a  mil* 
wide,  and  extends  E.  N.  E.  above  1^  mile,  where  ships  may  lie  in  perfect  security  with  6 
and  7  fathoms  water ;  in  going  in  keep  nearer  to  the  starboard  side  ;  the  stream  runs  into 
the  harbor  more  than  4  knots  an  hour.  The  tide  rises  6  or  7  feet ;  and  it  is  high  water, 
full  and  change,  at  15  minutes  after  9  A.  M. 

N.  E.  i  E.  from  Point  Verde,  distant  two  miles,  and  N.  N.  W.  from  Moll  Point,  about 
J  of  a  mile,  is  the  Moll  Rock,  over  which  are  only  12  feet  water,  with  8  and  10  fathoms 
near  it.  N.  E.  by  N.  5|  miles  from  Point  Verde  is  Point  Latina;  S.  W.  from  Point  La- 
tina,  distant  one  mile,  is  the  Wolf  Rock,  these  lie  about  half  a  mile  from  the  main,  and  be- 
tween Placentia  Harbor  and  Point  Latina,  and  therefore  must  have  a  good  berth  in  passing; 
the  shore  all  the  way  is  low  near  the  sea,  but  high  and  ragged  inland ;  a  large  mile  to  the 
eastward  of  Point  Latina  is  Point  Roche,  which  has  a  shoal  off  it  extending  one  quarter  of 
a  mile  out. 

LITTLE  PLACENTIA  HARBOR  nms  in  to  the  southward  from  Point  Roche,  and 
S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Point  Roche,  distant  2  miles,  is  the  opposite,  or  Fox's  Point,  which 
may  be  considered  to  be  the  eastern  entrance  to  Placentia  Sound;  on  the  western  side  of 
this  Sound  is  the  harbor  of  Little  Placentia,  which  extends  W.  by  S.  above  IJ  mile,  and  is 
nearly  half  a  mile  broad';  there  is  good  anchorage  in  a  cove  on  the  northern  shore,  which 
you  may  know  by  the  western  side  of  it  being  woody ;  off  the  east  point  of  the  cove  lies  a 
shoal,  stretching  nearly  one  third  across  the  channel ;  in  this  cove  are  7  and  8  fathoms  wa- 
ter. To  the  eastward  an  arm  also  runs  in  almost  a  league  with  deep  water,  but  little  fre- 
quented ;  it  is  called  Placentia  Sound.  Fox's  Harbor  is  a  small  sandy  cove,  fit  for  boats  only. 

SHIP  HARBOR. — From  Point  Latina  to  Ship  Harbor  the  course  and  distance  is  east 
!■  -arly  7  miles ;  this  inlet  runs  up  northerly  two  miles  and  three  quarters,  and  is  }  a  mile 


40 


BLUM'S    AMFIIICAN    COAST   IMLOT. 


i 


wide;  tlie  best  iinclioriige  is  in  a  cuvc  on  ihc  west  side,  in  10  latlionis  water,  about  one  mile 
I'nnn  the  entraiice. 

FOX  ISLAND  is  small  and  round,  and  liesN.  E.  i  N.  distant  .'}  miles  from  Point  l^a- 
tina,  and  N.  W.  I)y  W.  luli  ;!  miles  iVom  Sliip  Harbor  Point;  this  latter  is  a  low  stony 
point,  Ivinj;  a  mile  and  a  (|iiarter  I'rom  the  entrance  ol'ihe  harbor;  between  Fox's  Ishinil 
and  .Ship  Harl)or  I'oint,  is  a  ledjie  of  rocks,  which,  in  bad  weather,  will  show  breakers  (niiic 
across;  between  the  rocks  are  V^.  5,  7,  and  HI  I'athoms  water.  N.  N.  W.  one  mile  and  a 
liair  from  F(»x's  Island  is  the  Kishinj;  Hock,  a  sleej)  rock  always  above  water;  and  .\.  ;\. 
K.  one  mile  and  a  half  from  tlie  Fishing  Kock  is  Kowland's  .Sunken  Kock,  over  which  the 
sea  most  commonly  breaks. 

THK  RAM  I.SLAMJS.— Tins  is  a  cluster  of  hiirh  islands,  lying  nearly  N.  K.  ■'  K. 
from  Fox  Island,  distant ;{  miles  ;  on  the  eastern  side  of  these  islands  is  Loinr  llarbor;  there 
is  no  (huiger  in  entering  this  ])lace,  but  the  best  anchorage  will  be  on  the  norlhern  side,  to 
the  eastward  of  Harbor  Island,  between  it  and  the  main,  in  0  or  7  fathoms  water,  where  you 
will  ride  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  Lons;  Harbor  the  shore  runs  N.  N.  E.,  N.  by  E.  and  North  fidl  15  miles,  havitur 
no  harbor  or  place  fit  for  the  reception  of  vessels,  until  yon  reach  Little  Harbor,  Little 
South  Harbor,  and  (ireat  South  Harbor;  within  this  space  are  said  to  oe  several  low  is- 
lands and  rocks;  one  of  which,  called  the  White  iiock,  from  beirij^  covered  with  thedurn; 
of  birds,  lies  N.  E.  by  N.  I'rom  J'oint  Lalina,  distant  1,'J  miles,  and  direct  mi<lway  between 
Fox  Lsland  and  Little  Harbor;  it  is  abreast  of  a  small  j)lace,  called  Tinny  Cove,  and  full  vj 
jniles  oflthe  land  :  vessels  jiass  on  either  side. 

LITTLE  HARJJt  )R  lias  very  bad  anchorage,  and  is  much  ex|)ose(l  to  .S.  Westerly 
winds,  therefore  not  much  frequented. 

LITTLE  SOUTH  HARBOR  lies  onemile  to  the  N.  Westward  of  Little  llarbor,  and 
has  several  rocky  islands  at  its  entrance,  which,  in  sailini;  in,  must  b«!  left  on  your  starboard 
side,  excepting;  one,  on  either  side  of  which  there  is  a  ijood  passage,  with  1  o  lai horns  water: 
on  the  southern  shore  within  these  islands  is  a  sunken  rock,  over  which  the  sea  commonly 
breaks;  it  lies  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  land.  Neaily  opposite  are  also  some  rocks, 
half  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  which  appear  at  half  ebl) ;  this  harbor  is  one  mile  and  a 
half  long,  half  a  mile  wide,  and  has  7,  H,  10,  and  1-J  fathoms  water  in  it ;  and  the  irround, 
except  where  these  rocks  are  situated,  ttderablv  good. 

GREAT  SOUTH  HARIJOR  lies  one  mile  to  the  northward  of  Little  South  Harbor; 
its  entrance  is  between  the  middle  point  and  the  Isle  au  Bordeaux,  one  mile  and  a  ((uarter 
wide,  with  from  20  to  30  fathoms  water;  there  is  no  danger  in  going  in,  and  llie  anclioraiie 
one  mile  and  a  halfu|),  or  nearthe  head  of  the  harbor,  is  very  irood  in  ti  and  7  falhoms  water. 

CHANCE  HARBOR.— The  Isle  an  Bordeaux  is  a  hiuii  round  island,  fnmi  which  the 
•coast  runs  N.  Easterly  4  miles,  to  the  entrance  of  an  inlet,  called  Come-by-t 'liance  ;  ilus 
runs  up  full  three  miles,  and  lias  from -JO  to  3  fathoms  water,  gia<lu:!My  decreasing  in  depth 
unto  the  further  end  ;  vessels  may  anchor  here  on  a  sandy  bottom,  but  they  will  be  (juite  ex- 
posed to  S.  Westerly  winds. 

NORTH  HARBOR.— About  N.  N.  W.  3  miles  from  tlie  entrance  of  Come-by  Chance, 
is  that  of  North  Harbor  ;  it  is  above  a  mile  wide,  and  there  is  no  danger  in  sailing  info  it,  but 
like  the  former,  it  is  too  open  to  be  trusted  to  ;  there  is,  however,  fair  anchorage  about  "i 
miles  up,  in  7  fathoms  water. 

PIPER'S  HOLE.— N.  W.  by  N.  distant  -2^  miles  from  the  entrance  to  North  Harbor,  is 
that  which  leads  to  Piper's  Hole  ;  the  channel  in  it  is  between  Sound  Island  and  the  iriiiin  ; 
in  the  passage  you  will  have  1!),  1.5,  and  I'J  fathoms,  and  when  to  the  northwar<,  of  the  island 
8,  7,  and  6  fathoms  ;  from  hence  Piper's  Hole  runs  up  to  the  northward  full  Wm  miles  ;  but 
the  water  is  shallow  and  unfit* for  shipping.  From  Piper's  Hole,  in  a  S.  W.  (iaection,  lie 
Sound,  Woody  and  Barren  Islands,  having  a  channel  between  them  and  the  N.  Western 
shore  half  a  mile  wide,  in  which  are  from  7  to  20  fathoms,  atid  good  anchorage  all  the 
way  ;  between  Woody  and  .Sound  Island  is  a  passage  with  from  7  to  Kifa'lioms  water  in  it ; 
that  between  Woody  and  Barren  Island  is  much  widerand  (!ee])er,  having  40  and  .")0  fathoms. 
Opposite  the  northern  part  o{  Barren  Island  is  a  small  cov»\  called  f^a  Plant,  fit  only  for 
boats:  Barren  Island  is  34  miles  in  length,  and  one  in  breadth,  it  is  high  land,  and  at  irs  S. 
Eastern  part  is  a  small  cove,  in  which  is  tolerable  ant  hora<;e  in  from  8  to  l(i  fathoms.  N. 
W.  by  W.  from  the  southern  part  of  Barren  Island  is  (4ulsh,  an  inlet  of  very  little  impor- 
tance; furthers.  W.  are  (rreat  and  Little  Sandy  Harbors. 

(iREAT  SANDY  HARBOR  lies  W.  i  S.  distant  4  miles  from  the  south  end  of  Bar- 
ren Island  ;  to  this  place  there  is  a  passage  between  Shi])  islaiul  and  the  main,  with  7,  0, 
and  17  fathoms  water  ;  but  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  vsMy  narrow,  and  much  encumber- 
ed with  rocks;  these  are  all  above  wai?r,  and  have  channels  between  them,  but  when  you 
get  within  the  harbor  there  are  6  and  7  fathoms,  and  good  shelter. 

LITTLE  SANDY  HARBOR  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  fJreat  Har- 
bor; in  it  you  will  have  6  and  7  fathoms  water,  good  ground  ;  in  sailing  in,  you  should  pass 
to  the  northward  of  alow  rock,  which  lies  at  the  entrance.    You  ma'^  readily  know  this  har- 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST    PILOT. 


41 


lit  ono  iiiilo 


bor  by  the  Bell  Islan  I,  which  lios  S.  K.  \  E.  one  inile  ninl  a  half  from  thn  mouth  of  it, 
and  N.  E.  by  N.  l;J  iiiiios  (rom  tlio  western  point  of  Meraslieen  Island  ;  this  island  has  a 
rfinarkabie  appearanrc,  reseuiMin;;  a  l)eli  witli  the  bottom  npuanls. 

CLATISE  HARBOR.  cVe.— S.  W.  by  S.  tVoi.i  Bell  Island,  lie  the  Bnrgoe  Islands, 
and  farther  soutii,  llie  Wliite  Islands.  .S.  W.  by  \V.  from  flic  Burijoe  iMlauils,  nearly  5 
miles,  is  the  cntranie  to  ('latise  Harl)nr,  between  the  <i;reat  Isle  of  Valen  and  the  main  ; 
the  shore  all  alonj^  from  the  Saiuly  Harliors  is  steep  to,  and  the  paasajge  to  C'latise  three 
quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  with  10  and  .'jit  tiitlioiMs  water;  but  the  rove  itself  is  very  narrow; 
the  best  anchorage  is  in  the  western  branch,  which  is  a  mile  lonn,  in  from  10  to  17  fathoms, 
good  ^ijround ;  there  is  also  a  j^ood  channel  from  the  southward,  between  Great  and  Little 
Valen  Islands  and  the  main,  with  'JO,  ."{O,  and  oO  fathoms  in  it. 

GRAMME  ll'.S  R()(,"K.">. — Tliesearea<lusterof  low  rooks,  just  appearing  above  water; 
and  lying  E.  by  N.  ■  N.  1  mile  from  the  northern  end  of  Valen  Island;  there  isapa8sa<;o 
between  (Jreat  and  Little  \'alen  Islands,  but  it  is  encumbered  with  several  rock«. 

MERASHEEN  ISLAND. — This  is  a  Uuisj;  narrow  island,  nimiins;  nearly  inthe  diric- 
tion  of  the  eoast  full  6  leagvies  ;  off  its  northern  shores  are  a  laruer  cluster  of  rocks  and 
islands  denominated  the  Ragged  Islands.  At  its  south-western  part  is  a  small,  but  good 
harbor,  with  from  (>  to  10  fathoms  water  in  it  ;  to  sail  into  this  place  you  should  keep  the 
starboard  shore  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock  that  lies  a  cable's  length  off  a 
ragged  rocky  point  on  the  larboard  side  when  going  in.  Tliero  is  also  a  small  elusiei  of 
rocks  lying  oli'  the  .S.  Eastern  part  of  Merasheen,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  shot  j , 
these  lie  between  it  and  Red   Island. 

RED  ISLAND  is  high,  being  visible  11  or  12  leagues,  and  wears  a  barren  apn  :arance, 
about  4y  miles  long,  and  "JV  broad;  its  southern  point  bears  N.  N.  W.  distant  11  miles 
from  Plaeentia  Road,  and  E.  by  N.  16  leagues  from  Mortier  Head.  On  the  eastern  side 
of  the  island,  and  near  its  northern  end,  is  a  small  cove  or  bay,  fit  only  for  small  craft. 

LON(i  ISLAND. — Directly  N.  E.  from  Red  Island,  distant  7  miles,  lies  the  main  body 
of  Long  Island,  and  midway  between  them,  is  Woody  Island,  of!'  the  .S.  \V.  of  wh'c'u  are 
two  small  rocks  above  water;  the  passage  between  Red  and  Woody  Islands  is  otherwise 
clear  from  dangers,  and  nearly  three  n.iles  wide;  that  (between  Woody  and  liong  Island  is 
two  miles  acr.tss;  both  have  deep  water.  Long  Island  is  irregularly  shapi-d,  and  indented 
with  inlets,  its  length  is  full  eight  miles,  its  breadth  no  where  nmch  above  one  ;  off  its 
southern  end  is  Iron  Island,  and  a  siir'll  lock  above  water;  the  southern  point  being  form- 
ed of  liigh  and  steep  rocks.  From  Point  Latina  to  this  end  of  Long  Island,  the  course 
and  distance  are  N.  •';  E.  4-,  leagues,  and  liom  thence  to  Indian  Harbor,  which  is  situated 
on  the  eastern siile  of  Merasheen  Island.  N.  W.  by  W.  I  miles;  to  enterthisplnce, you  may 
go  on  either  side  of  a  small  island  at  the  entrance  ;  the  passage  is  safe,  but  the  only  anchorago 
is  to  the  westward  of  the  island,  between  it  and  Merasheen,  and  here  the  ground  is  uncertain. 

HARBOR  BUFFET. — On  the  eastern  side  of  Long  Island,  about  a  league  from  Iron 
Island  is  Harbor  Buffet,  a  tolerably  good  hiirbor,  the  entrance  to  which  is  narrow,  but  has  13 
fathoms  water  in  it;  this  place  may  i)e  known  by  the  isl  ndsthat  lie  inthe  mouth  and  to  the 
souihward  of  it,  and  by  Harbor  Buffet  Island,  which  lies  E.  J  S.  1  mile  from  the  entrance; 
to  sail  into  this  harbor  you  must  steer  to  the  northward  of  the  islands  at  its  mouth,  and  being 
within  them,  you  will  perceive  the  harbor  divide  into  two  brandies  ;  one  running  westward, 
the  other  northward.     The  best  anchorage  is  in  the  northern  arm,  in  15  fathoms  water. 

MUSCLE  H.^RBOR. — On  the  western  side  of  Long  Island,  and  about  4  miles  from  its 
southern  end,  is  Muscle  Harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  is  between  a  low  green  point  on  the 
starboard  side,  and  a  small  island  on  your  larboard  :  the  harbor  is  nearly  2  miles  long,  and  1 
broad,  and  has  from  10  to  20  fathoms  water  within  it.  Vessels  bound  to  this  place  may  run 
in  between  Woody  and  Iron  Islands  from  the  southward,  or  between  Long  and  Merasheen 
Islands  from  the  northward;  but  ^n  the  latter  track  there  are  some  rocks  to  he  guarded 
against,  which  lie  nearly  mid-channel  between  the  northern  ends  of  both  islands  ;  there  aro 
also  some  ro(^ks  above  water,  to  the  north-eastward  of  Long  Island,  called  the  Bread  and 
Butter  Islands,  but  these  are  always  visible,  and  steep  to. 

PRESQUE. — W.  N.  W.  ?  Ni  distant  4  miles  from  the  south-western  point  of  Mera- 
sheen Island,  lies  the  little  liarhorof  Presque;  the  water  here  is  sufficiently  deep,  but  there 
are  so  many  rocks  about  its  entrance,  that  it  is  rendered  thereby  difficult  of  access.  S.  W.  J 
W.  two  miles  from  Presque,  is  the  151ack  Rock,  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile  within  this  is  a  sunk- 
en rock.  West  from  the  Black  Rock,  distant  2  miles,  is  the  Island  of  Marticot,  about  one 
mile  in  length,  and  half  a  mile  broad;  within  the  Black  Rock  and  Marticot  Island  lie  the 
Harbors  of  La  Perche,  and  Little  and  Great  Paradi-;e. 

LA  PERCFiE  runs  in  to  the  northward  of  the  Black  Rock  ;  its  entrance  is  difficult;  and 
there  is  no  good  anchorage.  Little  Paradise  lies  to  the  westward  of  La  Perche,  and  to 
the  northward  of  the  east  point  of  Marticot  Island  ;  the  only  safe  anchorage  is  in  a  cove,  at 
the  head  of  the  harbor,  on  the  larboard  side ;  there  you  may  moor  to  the  shore,  and  lie 
land-locked.  Great  Paradise  is  fit  only  for  boats  ;  it  lies  to  the  westw  s- . '.  of  Little  Paradise. 
Between  the  north-western  point  of  Marticot  and  i.he  main,  is  Fox  Inland ;  between  thes* 


43 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


iMlnnds  is  a  siifp  piiRSiijcc  info  Pnr.i<li.ip  Sound,  with  9  fathoms,  but  vpsselx  must  never  at- 
tempt KoiiiK  Ix'fwiTii  Fox  IsiiiiKJ  iiiui  the  iMiiin. 

I'AKADISK  SOl'NU  — To  the  wi'stwiini  of  Fox  Island  about  1  mile  is  the  entranre 
to  I'aradise  SouikI,  i-xtc  iidiiii;  \.  K.  by  10.  J  Icamies,  and  ln'in^  about  a  mile  iiroad ;  hav- 
ini;  very  d»'i'|)  ualir  fhroiiL'liiiiit,  and  no  Hafii  aiKboiaye  t-xcepi  at  its  hrad.  Just  wii bin 
the  Hound.  on  its  eastern  side  is  a  cove,  witii  Kt  laiiioniN  water;  but  there  are  several  ro»  k» 
abjve  water  in  it,  and  tin-  bot'oni  is  rocky,  so  that  you  eannot  w»'ll  an  .lior  tinre.  In  pa>s- 
JiiR  to  the  N.  Westward  (d  Fox  Island  there  i  sunken  ro(  k  which  must  be  avoided.  To 
the  S.  Westward  of  I'ararlise  Sound  lies  Lon  sinnd,  runninji;  W.  S.  W.  j  S.  about  ^i 
miles;  it  is  princi|)allv  hi&h  land,  makini;  in  sev.  il  jieaks. 
^  PKTIT  FUirr  ilAKH()l{.— (Jne  mile  to  it,.-  westward  of  Paradise  Sound  lies  Petit 
Fort  IJarbor,  a  very  ^ood  inlet,  iiavin;r  in  it  Irom  11  to7  I'atliomswater,  <!ood  4;r(>niid.  Tii^^mr 
trance  is  more  than  a  (piarter  of  a  mile  wide,  and  lies  N.K.  distant  5  miles  from  the  south  ponit 
of  Lonj;  Island,  and  N.  by  F.vi  milesfrom  the  north  point  of  tlie  same.  'J  here  is  no  damper  in 
fjoin;;  in  ;  and  the  best  anchor. nje  is  on  thestarimard  or  eastern  side,  lor  S.  K.  winds  heave  in  a 
yreat  Nwcdi  on  the  western  shor<',Hhen  it  blows  hard.  Nonsuch  Harbor  has  no  good  anchorage. 

CAPE  RO(iKil  HAKHOR  lies  close  to  the  westward  of  (ape  Ho-er,  which  is  a  hi^h 
round  barren  head,  lyinij;  N.  I  K.  .'J'  miles  from  the  south  point  id'  Lonj^  Lsland.  There 
are  several  low  rocks  and  islands  lyitic  olf  the  eastern  pomt  ol'ihe  entrance.  In  the  harbor, 
at  a  quarter  of  a  mile  within,  on  the  western  side,  lies  a  small  island  to  the  northward  of 
whirli,  between  it  and  the  main,  is  a  very  good  anchorage  in  7  or  8  fathom.s  water,  or  I'arther 
iij)  in  f)  or  7  fathoms. 

(iHEAT  (JAI.LOWS  IIARnOR.— N.  N.  W.  'J  miles  from  the  south  ixdntof  Long  Is- 
land, lies  a  small  tJreen  island,  which  has  a  shoal  all  round  to  nearly  acabie's  !enj:th.  From 
Green  Island,  N.N.  W.'Js  miles,  liestireat  (iallows  Harbor  Island,  which  is  hii;h.  \'essel» 
may  pass  on  either  side  of  this  island  info  (Jreat  (Iallows  Ihirlxir,  whii  h  lies  one  mile  to  the 
E.  N.  K.  of  tlie  island.  in  this  harbor  is  exc^eediiijuly  jjood  anclKuai^e  in  7  laflioms  water, 
on  tile  starboard  side,  just  witliin  a  low  stony  point,  takinu  i-are  to  jjive  tlie  |)oinf  i  small  berth, 
ill  order  to  avoul  a  rock  which  is  alternately  eovercd  and  uncovered  wiili  the  tide. 

LITTLE  (JALLOWS  IIARIJOR  lies  close  round  to  the  eastward  of  (ireat  (iallows 
Harbor,  and  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels,  which  must  be  moored  t«)  the  sliorc ;  a  rock  above 
water  lies  at  the  entrance ;  and  the  two  hari)ors  are  only  divided  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land.  , 
To  the  nortii-westward  of  fireat  (iallows  tiarbor  are  l^ittle  llarljor.  May  de  L'Kau,  and 
Boat  Harbor;  tiie  first  of  tliese  is  only  (it  for  boats;  Bay  de  li'Jviu  nms  in  a  t'ul!  leagriie, 
J..  and  has  deep  water  all  the  way  up,  exceju  at  its  iiead,  wiiere  there  appears  a  sandy  beach. 
''1^  .Here  vessels  may  ride  in  3  fathoms. 

:'*?'.?'?,'■,  BOAT  HAllBOIl  lies  round  the  western  point  of  Ray  de  L'ICau,  off  which  is. a  roek 
■*«im/e  water;  tiiis  harbor  runs  up  N.  E.  ."  '"its.  "'tli  deep  water,  until  you  ^'et  near  its 
furtlietend.  Tlie  iand  from  iienci'  runs  S^^'estward  to  Rane  Harbor  ;  this  lies  on  the 
main  land,  and  is  fronted  by  several  islands,  tlie  largest  of  which  is  callcil  Cross  island, 
being  two  miles  in  lengtii,  and  one  in  bre.ultii ;  tlie  other  isbuids  are  named  (ii.iiseberry, 
Pettieoat,  Gull,  and  Jerseyiiian's  Islands,  and  are  situated  between  Cross  Island  and  the  main. 

BANE  HARBOR  is  a  good  place  for  small  vessels  its  entrance  is  narrow,  but  when 
you  are  within  it,  tiiere  is  snlTi  iont  room  to  moor  with  .l  fathoms  water,  'i'here  are  gooil 
clianncla  between  all  these  islamls,  throusih  wlii(;h  vessels  may  pass  to  the  harbors  a'  the 
northward.  One  mile  and  three  ([iiarters  S.  W.  4Vom  Bane  Harbor  is  Rashonn  ;  too  slial- 
low  for  any  vessels  :  and  about  the  same  distance  Irom  Raslioon  is  iiroad  Cove;  liere  the 
anchorage  is  exceedingly  good,  witli  8  and  0  fathoms  water;  it  li<\s  to  tlie  nurth-eastward 
of  a  point  of  land,  which  juts  out,  and  is  named  iiroad  Cove  li(>ad. 

RED  HARiiOR  lies  three  miles  from  Broad  (.'ove  Head,  iiiid  is  n  (jood  harbor,  but  too 
open  to  the  southward  ;  in  it  are  17, 1.3,  and  9  fathoms  ;  S.W.  lidin  Ik  tice,  distant  .'}■.  miles, 
and  situated  on  the  main,  is  .fidin  le  Bay  ;  in  your  passage  to  wliicii,  and  nearly  mid-chan- 
nel, botiveen  Flat  Islands  and  tlie  shore,  is  a  cluster  of  small  islands  wirh  deep  water  all 
round  tiicm:  and  further  on,  near  the  land,  is  a  rock  above  water;  you  may  sail  on  either 
side  of  tills;  the  cha'inel  between  it  and  the  lind  is  narrow,  and  !i  is  17  fathoms:  tha'  on 
tlie  e'.stern,  or  outside,  has  IP,  2.'),  and  •2()  fatlioms,  and  leads  diiectly  out  to  Placentia  I'ay. 

AUDH'-RNE  ISLAND  lies  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Cape  .Tude  or  Middle  Is- 
land, on  the  west  side  of  wliieh  there  is  a  tolerably  good  harbor.  At  about  a  cable's  length 
from  \udierne  Island,  to  the  southward  of  the  harbor,  is  a  sunken  rock;  tlie  mark  for 
avoiding  which,  in  coining  in  from  the  southward,  is  not  to  haul  in  for  the  iiarbor  till  you 
open  a  remarkable  green  point  on  the  southern  side  of  the  harbor.  The  best  anchorage 
is  on  the  north  shore,  just  within  a  small  islanti.  A  spit  of  rocks  stretches  just  off  the 
Green  Point  on  tlie  south  shore,  which  is  covered  at  high  water. 

Vessels  bound  for  Audierne  Harbor-may  pass  between  C,\\)e  .lude  or  Middle  Island  and 
Audierne  Island  ;  and  l)€tweeu  Crow  and  Patrick's  Island,  whicli  are  two  small  islands 
Iving  off  the  S.  W.  point  of  Audierne  Island.  Off  tlie  eastern  point  of  Audierne  is 
Ford's  Island,  to  the  west  of  which  is  a  sunken  rock,  about  a  cable's  length  from 
the  island,  and  another  on  the  eastern  side,  which  almost  always  breaks.  W.  by  N.  about 


ist  never  at- 

lie  entrance 
iroad;  Ijiiv- 
.luKt  wiiliin 
•venil  roi  kn 
'.  In  pit.sH- 
^((ided.  To 
.S.  Hbi)Ut  3^ 

1(1  lies  Petit 

il.    'ri^rimr 

south  point 
u)  (l:in!{i-r  in 
slicave  in  ;\ 
iinrhoraye. 
h  is  A  liii^li 
ntl.  Theic 
the  harbor, 
orthward  of 
r,  or  lartlu-r 

of  Long  Is- 
.'th.  Kroin 
1.  \'csselH 
mile  to  the 
loins  water, 
small  berth, 
e. 

■at  (iailows 
1  rock  above 
'ck  of  land.  , 
L'Kau, and 
I'ijII  league, 
indy  beach. 

Il  is. a  roek 

;et  near  its 
ies  on  I  lie 

OSS  Island, 
(.oscberry, 

(1  tlio  main. 

i)ut  when 

are  i^ood 

bor-!  a'  the 
;  too  slial- 
:  here  the 
i-eastward 

or.  but  too 
t  'A:  miles, 
iii'd-chan- 
p  water  all 
il  on  either 
s :  tha'  on 
I'ntia  I'ay. 
Middlr  Is- 
le's leiii;th 
mark  for 
)or  till  yon 
;mchorage 
list  off  the 

Island  and 
lall  islands 
udieine  is 
Qgth  from 
N. about 


ULII.NT  H    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


43 


Ij  mile  from  Kord'n  Island  is  (Sreen  Island,  having  a  little  roeky  islet  offits  cn^tern,  and  an- 
other olf  it.i  western  ends;  there  is  dee|)  water  all  round  it,  11  taihoms  close  tu  the  rocky 
i.ilets,  70  fathoms  between  it  and  Kurd  s  Island,  7.'t  and  (iU  lalhoms  between  it  and  Loiif^ 
Island,  and  still  det-per  watrr  towards  the  (fallows  Harbors. 

'I'lIK  SADDLK  l>\ri\  is  aiiislei  lyiii'^  K,  N.  I•;.^i  leaiiur-  IrnmCorbin  Head  ;  K.by  N. 
from  Alortier  W  e-t  I'omc,  and  K.  ,'  S. .{  Ifayues  from  .lohn  iln'  Hay  Poiiii.  IJeiweeii  it  and 
the  main  are  a  i;reat  number  of  rocks  and  little  islands,  which  render  this  part  of  the  eoaitt 
vtrv  dangerous.     A  chain  of  rocks  extends  N.  K.  bv  K.  -  miles  (rom  the  .Saddlf  IJack. 

(''AI'K  J  1  l)K.  or  >ll  DDLK  IS  LA  NO,  isaboiu  J  ;  mil.-s  in  l.-n^th,  -J  in  breadth,  and  lieH 
I  ■,  mile  nortii  of  the  Saddb*  I'ael; ;  on  the  soiitli  end  ol  it  is  a  loiind  hill,  which  is  called  the 
(Ja|  e.  lietween  tliis  i-^laixl  and  the  main  are  a  cluster  ol' islands  and  low  roi-ks  willia^^reat 
number  of  sunken  rocks  about  them,  called  the  Flat  Islands,  the  iniierniost  of  which  li^s 
about  one  mile  tfom  the  main. 

West  ;)i  miles  from  the  .S.  Kastern  Flat  Island,  and  two  miles  to  the  N.  N.  W.  of  John  the 
Hay  I'oint,  lies  John  tlie  Hay  ;  in  which  liiere  is  tolerable  truud  anchorage,  with  about  8  fath- 
oms water,  sandy  bottom. 

K<K;K  HAl<i!(*K. —  From  John  the  Hay  Point  to  Mortier  Rast  Head,  the  bearint;  and 
distance  are  .'^.  \V  i  W.  H  miles.  'I'wd  mill's  S.  W.  i>y  W.  from  .lohn  the  Itay  Point  lies 
Uock  Harbor,  not  fit  tor  shipping.  Hetween  He  two  sunken  rocks,  nearly  hall  a  mile  from 
(lie  shore. 

.MUR  THCIl  HA  v.— Two  miles  \V.  S.  \V.  fioni  Hock  Ila.bor  isthe  openin','  into  Mortier 
I5ay,  at  the  western  entrance  of  wliicli  is  a  small  harl)or,  called  Holioy,  of  only  Jl  feet  water. 
The  course  into  .Mortier  liay  is  N.  N.  K.  for  abont  tv^'o  miles;  and  in  il  there  are  from  .')(>  to 
70  fathoiin  water,  the  bind  on  f',\c\i  side  bnii^  iiiuh;  it  then  rxiciids  westward  about  two 
miles,  and  i ■•  nearly  two  miles  wide.  ( >ii  the  easier-i  sidr-.  at  about  three  miles  from  the  en- 
train e,  is  aa  e<ccfdin^ly  ;;(iod  Inrlior,  called  S,  atush  Koom.  in  which  vessels  may  anchor, 
in  from  4  to  fi  fathoms  vv;iter,  uood  ground,  anil  sec^nre  from  all  winds.  There  is  not  the  least 
daiiiier  in  yoioir  into  tliis  harlior.  <inly  ^ivini:  the  low  rocks  above  water,  on  the  larl)oard  hand 
at  tile  entrance,  a  berth  of  one  cable's  length. 

LrrTLL  .MOKTIKK  I5AV.— Two  mdos  and  a  half  from  the  entrance  of  Mor^.er  Bay 
/  lies  Croney  Poim  and  Islands;  about  two  miles  further  southward,  and  nearly  a  n'de  west- 
ward of  M(utier  Last  Point,  is  Li'tle  .Mortier  l?ay.  at  the  entrance  of  which  isa  roi.nd  island. 
called  Mortier  Island,  1>  iti;,Mtiie  third  id  the  distance  from  the  west  side  ;  it  is  bold  to  all  round, 
aad  may  be  passed  oneiiher  sifle.  (lose  to  the  fust  point  beyond  the  island,  on  the  larboard 
side,  goiii'^  ill.  is  another  little  i.-land.  close  under  the  land  ;  and  two  cables'  length  from  it  in 
a  direct  liiie  towards  the  outer  island,  is  a  sunken  rock,  on  w  liicli  the  sea  breaks  in  bad  wea- 
ther, which  is  the  only  danger  in  the  bay.  .\t  the  bottom  of  it,  1  ,  mile  from  Mortier  Island,  on 
the  east  side,  isa  cove,  called  I'"ox  ' 'ove,  where  there  is  fair  anchoraj^e,  and  room  for  one 
8tii|)  to  moor  in  ;•  fathoms,  "rood  Inddiiii  jiround,  two  points  ojien  to  tlie  sea,  from  S.  S.  E.to 
S.  K.  On  the  west  side  ol'ihe  bay  is  tin-  harbor,  which  is  suiall  and  iiariow  ;  but  a  very  good 
one  for  small  ships,  wli'-n'  they  lie  moored  t;»  the  shore.  Olf  the  starboard  point,  going  in, 
is  a  rock,  which  is  alway.s  covered  at  hi^^li  water. 

One  mile  and  a  half  .S.  W.  by  W.  from  Mortier  F.ast  Point  lies  Mortier  West  Head,  one 
mile  beyond  which  is  Iron  Island  ;  and  .S.  K.  \  K.2  leainies  iioiii  Iron  Island,  and  S.  W.  |- 
W.  o  leagues  from  Oajie  .hide,  lies  the  .Mortier  Hank,  the  shoal  part  of  which  is  about  one 
leasjuc  over,  and  on  which  there  are  said  to  be  only  4  fathums.  The  .«ea  breaks  heavily  on 
il  in  blowin<;  weather. 

IIIO.N  ISL.V.N'l)  is  small  and  hi^jh  ;  ofi'its  8.  \V.  point  is  a  roek  underwater;  three  quar- 
ters of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  it  is  (ire<rory's  Hock.  S.  1^  \V.  |  of  a  mile  from  which  is 
(talloping  Andrews;  and  .S.  K.  by  F  from  Iron  Island  is  the  White  Horse  of  8  fathoms:  a 
W.  8.  W.  course  from  Marticot's  Island  will  clear  all  these  daiiiieis. 

(iRFAT  AND  LITTLK  HIIKLN'  HAKBOH8.— 8.  W.  •  W.  from  Iron  Island,  dis- 
tant one  league  is  the  8.  F.  point  of  (ireat  Hurin  Island;  and  \V.  N.  \V.  \',  mile  from  it  is 
the  north  part  of  Pardy's  Island.  On  the  main,  within  these  islands,  lie  the  harbors  oftireat 
and  Little  Hurin.  \'essels  bound  for  Hurin  may  pass  on  either  side  of  Iron  Island  ;  the  only 
danger  in  pa.ssing  to  the  northward  is  the  ledsje  called  iheHrandys.which  almost  always  breaks; 
they  lie  near  a  (piarter  nf  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  a  low  rock,  above  water,  close  under  the 
land  of  Mortier  West  Head.  Hy  keeping  .Mortier  West  Head  open  to  the  westward  <•;  Iron 
Island,  you  will  avoid  (-Iregory's  Hock,  cm  which  is  oidy  'J  fathoms  water,  and  whic'i  almost 
always  breaks.  V'essels  may  pass  with  safety  between  this  rock  and  Iron  Island,  by  giving 
the  latter  a  berth  of  above  a  cable's  length. 

(iALLOPIN(i  ANDRE  W8.— On  the  main,  within  Tardy's  Island,  are  two  remarkable 
white  marks  in  the  rocks  ;  the  northernmost  of  these  brought  on  with  the  north  |»arl  of  Par- 
dy's Island,  and  iron  Island  N.  E.  ^  N.  will  lead  on  the  Galloping  Andrews,  a  shoal  with  5 
fathoms  water  on  it. 

The  White  Horse  is  a  shoal  with  8  fathoms  on  it,  which  bears  S.  £•  by  E.  one  mile  from. 
Iron  Island. 


/' 


44 


BLUNTS    AWERIPAN   COAST   PILOT. 


TliP  I)o(l(lin<;  Rock  lies  about  »  (|iinrtL>r  of  u  mile  from  the  rsiHtommont  part  of  Great 
Burin'rt  hliind. 

(Jreiit  IJiiriii  Island  \h  about  '2\  miles  in  length,  lying  N.  N.  K.  and  S.  S.  W.  beinif  hiph 
land  ;  near  its  suutli  end  is  Cat  Island,  hi^li  and  round,  lyio);  K.  N.  E.  nearly  4  miles  from 
Corbin  Head, 

From  Ciirbiii  Head  to  Slialloway  Point  tlie  bearing  and  distame  are  N.  K.  \  N.  4\  miles. 
Detween  tlieni,  audiitsuly  in  llu-  same  direciion,  lie  Corbin  and  Little  Hurin  Islands,  both 
high  and  round,  not  nnii*;  than  a  <  iil)le'H  Icnzlli  Ironi  the  sliore. 

SHALLOWAV  ISLAM)  lies  N.  N.  W.  ',  \V.  one  mile  from  Cat  Island,  and  N.  K  by 
£.a  (juarter  of  a  mile  from  Little  Hurin  Island:  the  |)assaire  into  Hurin  Harbors,  from  the 
■outhwaril,  is  to  tht;  westward  ol  Slialloway  Island. 

In  iiailiug  in,  take  care  to  give  Poor  Island  a  berth  on  your  larboard  hand  :  and  when  witlnn 
Shalloway  Islaiul,  you  may  amlior  in  salety  between  it  and  (ireat  Hurm  Island,  in  t.  ni  I'i 
to  18  fathoms.  The  best  am  lioraLie  in  (ireat  Hurin  Harbor  is  in  Ship  Cove.  The  course 
up  to  it,  after  you  are  within  Neck  P')int,  which  is  to  the  westward  of  the  Shalloway  Island, 
is  N.  N.  E.  about  I  mile.  It  is  nearly  a  (|u  irter  of  a  mile  wide:  in  sailing  up,  keep  the 
west  shore  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock  on  the  east  shore,  at  about  half  v/ay 
up,  and  near  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore.  iJirectly  oil  this  is  a  remarkable  hole  in  tile 
rock,  on  the  same  side,  and  a  gully  in  the  land  from  toj)  to  bottom,  on  the  western  shore. 
Another  rock,  wii^Ji  \.'  fathoms  on  it.  lies  above  a  (  able's  Icimtli  to  the  S.  \V.  of  Harbor 
Point,  which  is  round  and  green,  and  ol  a  moderate  height,  joined  to  llreat  IJurin  Island 
by  a  low  narrow,  sandy  neck. 

B(TRIN  I)AV  is  about  one  mile  N.  N.  E.  of  Little  Hurin  Island  ;  it  is  clear,  and  about 
a  mile  wide  every  way :  here  ships  may  occasionally  anciior,  and  lie  almost  land-locked. 
In  this  bay  are  two  i.slainls,  one  called  Poor  Island,  low  and  i)arreii ;  the  othe  lies  to  the 
northwani,  before  the  entrance  of  Hurin  Inlet,  and  is  high  an  1  woody. 

BUKIN  INLET  may  be  entered  (m  either  side  of  tlie  island;  it  extends  up  .'>  miles;  a 
little  wiiliiu  the  eiitrani  e  on  the  cast  side,  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  is  a  rock 
covered  at  threc-(|uarter's  flood  ;  and  J  ■'  iiide  from  the  entrance,  near  the  middle,  is  another 
rock,  to  the  westward  of  which  is  good  room  and  fair  anchorage,  in  from  7  to  V2  fathoms. 
There  are  1,")  fathoms  in  tin?  entrance;  and,  in  the  middle,  "J  miles  up,  l.'j  to  'J.'5  fathmns; 
and  thence  up  to  the  head  are  fioin  10  to  5  fathoms. 

The  east  passage  in  i>  between  Pardy's  Island  and  Iron  Island  ;  but  is  not  safe  without  a 
commanding  gale,  and  tliat  between  the  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  E. 

CORBIN  ilARBOH  is  about  a  u\\W  to  the  northward  of  (Sorbin  Head,  and  is  a  good  har- 
bor for  small  vessels.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  eastward  from  this  harbor,  and  '2  cables'  length 
from  the  shore,  is  a  sunken  rock,  of.*)  or  (J  feet  water,  on  which  the  sealneaks  in  bad  weather. 
Vessels  bound  for  this  harbor  must  also  avoid  a  shoal  of  1?  fathoms  water,  which  lies  E.  S.  E. 
from  the  south  point  of  the  entrance,  distant  half  a  mile  ;  the  liest  am  horaue  is  in  the  north 
arm,  about  half  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  opposite  a  cove  on  the  starboard  side. 

From  Corbin  Head,  which  is  high,  blutVland,  to  Small  Point,  the  lowest  hereabout,  the 
course  and  distance  are  W.  S.  W.  J^  miles ;  and  from  Small  Point  to  Saiiker  I  lead  W.  A  S.  2 
miles:  there  are  many  head-lands  between,  which  form  coves,  but  alford  no  shelter.  The 
coast  is  clear  of  rocks  ;  and  there  are  30  fathoms  water  close  to  the  shore ;  but  a  little  to  the 
S.  Westward  of  Sauker  Head  there  is  a  small  rock  underwater;  it  lies  close  in  with  the  land. 

From  Sauker  Head,  which  is  a  high  hill  in  the  shape  of  a  sugar  loaf,  to  Cape  Chapeau 
Rouge,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  West,  3  miles;  between  he  the  harbors  of  Great  and 
Little  St.  Lawrence. 

LITTLE  ST.  LAWRENCE.— The  harbor  of  Little  St.  Lawrence  is  the  first  to  the 
westward  of  Sauker  Head.  To  sail  in,  you  must  keep  the  west  shore  on  board,  to  avoid  a 
sunken  rock,  which  lies  a  little  without  the  point  of  the  peninsula,  which  stretches  off  from 
the  east  side  of  the  harbor.  The  anchorage  is  above  the  peninsula,  (which  shelters  it  from 
the  sea-winds,)  in  3  or  4  fathoms  water,  a  fine  sandy  bottom.  Ships  may  anchor  without  the 
peninsula  in  12  fathoms,  good  ground,  but  this  place  is  open  to  S.  S.  E.  winds. 

GREAT  ST.  LAWRENCE.— The  harbor  of  Great  St.  Lawrence,  which  isthe  western- 
most, is  close  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  ('hapeau  Rouge.  To  sail  in  you  should  be  careful  with 
westerly,  particularly  with  S.  W.  winds,  not  to  approach  too  near  the  Hat  Mountain,  in  order 
to  avoid  the  flaws  and  eddy  winds  under  the  high  land.  There  is  no  danger  but  what  is  very 
near  the  shore.  The  course  in  is,  first,  N.  N.  W.  till  you  open  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor, 
then  N.  ^  W.  The  best  anchorage  for  large  ships  is  before  a  cove,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
harbor,  in  13  fathoms  water.  A  little  above  Blue  Beach  Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the 
west  side,  you  may  lie,  only  having  two  points  open:  and  may  anchor  any  where  between 
this  point  and  the  point  of  Low  Beach,  on  the  same  side,  near  the  head  of  the  harbor,  observ- 
ing that,  close  to  the  west  shore,  the  ground  is  not  so  good  as  on  the  other  side.  Fishing 
vessels  commonly  lie  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  above  the  beach,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

Garden  Bank,  whereon  are  from  7  to  16  fathoms  water,  lies  about  half  a  mile  off  Little 
St.  Lawrence,  with  Blue  Beach  Point  on  with  the  east  point  of  Great  St.  Lawrence. 


FERRVLA 
high  rocky  islai 
objects  to  point 

LA  IN  HAV 
whence  the  Ian 
inlets,  railed  ih 
winds,  and  ther 
is  near  half  a  mil 
a  sunken  rock, 
is  on  the  east 
tuin,  and  open 
bead  of  this  p|; 
for  fishing,  with 

LACN  !SLA 
rrninost  and  out 
Nearly  a  (|uartet 
ill  very  bad  weat 
being  verv  near  t 

TAYLOR'S 
Olf  the  ea«!t  poin 

POINT  AC.X 
westward  of  Tav 
(iaul  Shag  Kock 
It  fathoms  close 
Shag  Ro(  k  to  tli 
between  is  the  Hii 
ral  islands  and  ro 

Near  the  south 
Lamelin  .Shag  R 
between  lie  the  I 
from  the  land.  ' 
to  the  .southward 
Hteer  northward  I 
Dearer  than  in  30 

REMARK.— 
appearance  of  th* 
close  to  the  sea  ; 
elin  to  Point  Mai 
comes  mouiitaiiK 

ST.  PIERRE 
W.  by  N.  from  (. 
high,  with  a  cragi 
which  is  the  S.  K 
rated  from  St.  P 
innermost  of  whi( 
of  St.  Pierre.  'I 
across  the  entran 
hes  on  the  W.  sid 
water.  The  best 
to  the  N.  E.  wine 
a  mile  E.  S.  E.  f 
tioned  :  this  is  th 
harbor  has  lately 

THE  ISLAN 
is  rather  high  ;  b^ 
On  the  north  side 
of  a  mile  E.  N.  I 

GREEN  ISL^ 
about  5  miles  froi 


BLUNT  S    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


45 


t  of  Oreal 

lieinK  high 
iiiilft  fruin 

i.  4\  niilfs. 
lands,  both 

iiH  N.  K  hy 
H,  Iroin  tlie 

'li»'n  within 
in  t.  <ni  13 
l"he  course 
wuy  Uland, 
),  keep  the 
It  half  v/ay 
hole  in  the 
ern  shore, 
(if  Harbor 
iirin  Island 

',  and  about 

ind-lookcd. 

lies  to  the 

5  miles;  a 
p,  is  a  rock 
',  is  another 

12  faihouiB. 

13  fathoms ; 

e  without  a 

a  f:ood  har- 
)ks'  length 


id 


weather. 
s  H.  S.  K. 
the  north 


n1)out,  the 
W.iS.-2 
er.    "The 

itile  to  the 

1  the  land, 
f'hapeau 

(ireat  and 

first  to  the 
to  avoid  a 
^s  off  from 
ers  it  from 
'ithout  the 


le  western- 
areful  with 
in,  in  order 
hat  is  very 
he  harbor, 
side  of  the 
irst  on  the 

e  between 
or,  obserr- 
Fishing 
all  winds. 

off  Little 
ence. 


FROM  CITArE.MT  ROrOK  TO  C.VPE  RAY. 

FF.RRVLANI)  HEAD  lies  W,  S.  W.  one  mile  from  f'ape  Chapcau  Roiu;*-;  it  ix  a 
high  rocky  island,  just  separated  Ironi  'he  iniin,  and  with  Chapeau  Kiiu<;«*,  are  infallible 
objects  to  point  out  the  harbors  of  .*<t.  Ijawreiire. 

LAIN  MA  v.— W.  N.  W.  h  miles  Irom  Kerryland  Head,  lies  the  I'oint  of  F.aun,  from 
whence  the  land  "irns  to  the  northward,  and  tome,  the  Hays  of  Latin;  here  iire  two  small 
inluts,  calleii  (Jrtatand  Little  Laun.  Little  Laiin  is  the  easternmost,  lies  open  to  the  S.  W. 
winds,  and  theret'ore  is  no  place  to  anchor  in.  (ireat  Laun  runs  in  N.  K.  by  iN.  V  miles; 
is  near  half  a  mile  wide,  and  has  from  It  to  .'( tathoms  water.  In  sailin;;  in  be  careful  to  avoir) 
a  sunken  rock,  which  lies  altoiit  a  (piarter  of  a  mile  otf  the  ea-<t  fioitit.  The  best  aiicliora^e 
is  on  the  east  side,  about  half  a  mile  from  the  head,  in  *>  and  '>  iathoms,  tolerably  t'ood  bot- 
tom, and  open  only  to  the  South  and  S.  by  W.  winds.  whi<  h  cause  a  uretit  swell,  as  the 
head  of  this  place  is  a  bar  harbor,  whi'te  boats  can  ascend  at  halt  tide,  and  find  convenieiiceA 
for  fishing,  with  both  wood  and  water. 

L.VUN  I.SLA  M)S  lie  olf  the  west  point  of  Laun  l»ay,  not  farfrom  the  shore;  the  wpst- 
prniMost  and  outermost  of  whu  ii  lies  \\'.  N.  W.  westerly  II  miles  Irom  h'erryland  Head. 
Nearly  a  (|uarterol  a  mile  ff»  the  soiitliward  of  this  island  is  a  rock,  whereon  the  sea  breaks 
ill  very  bad  weather;  there  are  other  sunken  roc  ks  about  these  islands,  but  not  dangerous, 
being  very  near  the  shore. 

'PA  V  L(  *K'.S  HA  V  lies  open  to  ihr  sea,  aliout  four  miles  to  the  westward  of  Laun  Islands. 
Olftlie  east  point  are  some  rocks,  near  a  (|iiarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

I'OINT  AI'X  (JaI'L  is  a  low,  narrow  jminf  of  land,  which  sirefdies  out  a  little  to  tho 
westward  of  Taylor's  Hay:  a  rock  lies  olf  it  above  water,  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  called 
(iaul  Shag  Kock,  which  bears  from  Kerry  land  He;id  W.  N.  W.  ,'  \V.  (!.V  leagues:  there  are 
M  fathoms  close  to  tiie  offside  of  it,  but  some  rocks  on  its  inside.  From  I'oint  Aux  Gaul 
Shag  Kock  to  the  Lamehii  Islands,  the  beariM'j  and  distance  are  N.  W.  by  W.  one  league; 
between  is  tlie  Hay  of  Lamelin,  which  is  until  (or  shipping,  being  shallow,  and  having  seve- 
ral islands  and  rocks  about  it  ;  the  river  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay  abounds  with  salmon. 

Near  the  south  |)oiiit  of  the  westernmost  Lamelin  Island  is  a  rock  high  above  water,  called 
Lamelin  .Shag  Kock.  From  Lamelin  Shag  ISook  to  Point  .May.  the  distance  is  9  miles; 
between  lie  the  Lamelin  Ledges,  whidi  are  very  dangerous,  some  of  them  being  3  miles' 
from  the  land.  To  avoid  them,  in  the  day  time,  you  should  not  bring  the  Lamelin  Islandsi 
to  the  southward  of  E.  .S.  E.  until  Point  May  bears  N.  E.  by  N.  t'romyou;  you  may  th?i> 
steer  northward  between  Point  May  and  Green  Island  w  ith  safety.  By  night,  approacb  no 
nearer  than  in  .30  fathoms  water. 

REMARK. — Mariners  who  navigate  this  part  of  the  coast,  will  do  well  by  observine  the 
a|)pearance  of  the  land,  for  all  that  part  of  Chapeau  Koiige  and  Laun  is  very  hig'i  and  nilly 
close  to  the  sea  ;  from  Laun  Islands  to  Lamelin,  if  is  only  moderately  high  ;  ami  from  Lam- 
elin to  Point  May,  the  land,  near  the  shore,  is  low,  with  beaches  of  sand,  while  inland  it  be- 
comes mountainous. 

ST.  PIERRE,  or  ST.  PETER'S  ISLAND— The  island  of  St.  Pierre  lies  Vi  leagues 
W.  by  N.  from  Cape  Chapeau  Rouge;  it  is  about  4  leagues  in  circumference,  and  pretty 
high,  with  a  craggy,  broken,  uneven  surface.  On  coming  from  the  westward.  Point  Cronier, 
which  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  island,  makes  in  a  round  hummock,  like  a  small  island,  sepa- 
rated from  St.  Pierre.  A  little  to  the  N.  E.  of  Point  Cronier  lie  three  smai'  islands,  the 
innermost  of  which  is  the  largest,  and  called  J)og  Island;  within  it  are  the  road  and  harbor 
of  .St.  Pierre.  The  harbor  is  small,  and  has  from  '..'(>  to  li  feet  water;  but  there  is  a  bar 
across  the  entrance,  with  only  six  feet  at  low  water,  and  TJ  or  1-1  at  high  water.  The  road 
lies  on  the  W.  side  of  Dog  Island,  and  will  admit  ships  of  any  burthen  in  8,  10,  or  12  fathoms 
water.  The  best  anchorage  is  on  the  north  side;  but  in  general  it  is  rocky,  and  exposed 
to  the  N.  E.  winds.  Be  cautious,  in  going  in  or  out,  of  some  sunken  rocks,  which  lie  about 
a  mile  E.  .S.  E.  from  Boar  Island,  which  is  the  easternmost  of  the  three  islands  above  men- 
tioned :  this  is  the  only  danger  about  .St.  Peter's,  but  what  lies  very  near  the  shore.  This 
harbor  has  lately  been  improved  by  the  erection  of  a  lighthouse. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  COLOMBIER  lies  very  near  to  the  N.  E.  point  of  .St  Pierre,  it 
is  rather  high  ;  between  them  is  a  passage  one-third  of  a  mile  wide,  with  12  fathoms  water. 
On  the  north  side  of  the  island  is  a  rock,  called  Little  Colonibier;  and  about  one-quarter 
of  a  mile  E.  N.  E.  from  it  is  a  sunken  rock,  with  2  fathoms  on  it. 

GREEN  ISLAND  is  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  in  circuit,  and  low ;  it  lies  E.  N.  E. 
about  5  miles  from  St.  Pierre,  and  oearly  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  between  it  and  Point 


,'■ 


/ 


46 


BLUNT's    AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


K.| 


Miiy,  in  NewfounHlmid  ;  on  its  south  sifle  are  several  rocks  above  and  under  water,  extend- 
ing'l  j  mile  to  tiie  \V.  S.  W. 

LANGLKV,  or  LlT'l'LK  MlqUHLON— liansjiey  Island  lies  to  the  N.  W.  of  St. 
Pierre,  witli  a  piissa^je  <it' alxiut  'J',  mill's  wide  bciwti'n,  iVce  I'rom  danger,  it  is  al)oiit  ft 
lei^ues  in  circuit,  of  a  moderate  and  eijual  height,  e\'-e|)tin<r  at  the  north  end,  wiiicli  is  a 
low  point,  with  sand  liills  ;  otJ"  wliich,  on  both  sides,  it  is  a  (lat  a  little  way  ;  but  every  otlifr 
j)art  of  the  island  is  bold  to.  There  is  anchora^ie  on  the  N.  H.  side  oftiic  island,  near  .Seal 
Cove,  in  5  or  H  I'atlionis,  a  little  to  the  southward  ofiliesand  hills,  on  a  line  sandy  bottom. 

(illKAT  Mim'KLON. — Krom  the  north  in>int  oiLaniiley  to  the  south  point  of  .Mitpic- 
lon,  the  distance  is  scarcely  one  uiile,  and  the  depth  of  water  between  is  vJ  I'athoms.  ,Mi- 
quelon  is  4  lea};ues  in  lens^tii  from  north  to  soutli,  and  is  about  .5  miles  in  breadth  at  the 
widest  part:  the  middle  of  the  island  is  hi'^h  land,  called  the  llifih  Lands  of  Dunne;  but 
down  by  the  shore  it  is  low,  excepting  Cape  Mi(|uelon,  which  is  a  Kdty  promontory  at  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  island. 

On  the  8.  K.  side  of  the  island  is  tlie  little  Harbor  of  Dunne;  it  is  a  bar  harbor,  admitting 
fishing  shallops  at  half  flood,  but  no  way  ealculat»'<l  for  shipping. 

Mii]ueii;p  Hocks  stretch  olf  from  the  eastern  point  af  the  island,  tinder  the  hiijh  land,  1  \ 
mile  to  the  eastward :  some  are  aliove,  and  s(mie  imder  water;  ihe  oiUermnst  are  above 
water,  and  there  are  1-2  fathoms  water  close  to  them,  with  IH  and  -JO  a  mile  oiV.  N. 
E.  about  4V  miles  from  these  rocks,  lies  iVIi(]uelon  Hank,  on  which  are  (>  fathoms  wafer. 

Miquelon  Rortd,  which  is  larire  and  spacious,  lies  towards  the  iu)rth  end,  and  on  the  east 
side  of  the  island,  between  Cape  .Mi<pie!on  and  ( 'hapeau,  which  is  a  very  remarkable  ronial 
mountain  near  the  shore,  olf  wh'ch  are  sou-e  suidven  rocks,  at  the  distance  of  about  a  rpiar- 
tcrofa  mile;  but  every  where  else  it  is  clear  of  darrjer.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  6  or  7 
fathoms,  near  the  bottom  of  the  road,  on  fine  sandy  bottom;  but  there  you  lie  exposed  to 
easterly  winds. 

The  Seal  ilocks,  two  in  number,  are  aI)ove  water,  and  lie  about  IV  league  ofl"  from  the 
north-west  side  ofMi(|uelon;  the  passage  betwt  en  them  and  the  island  is  very  safe,  and 
there  are  14  or  lH  fathoms  water  within  a  cable's  lenclh,  all  round  them. 

Point  May  has  a  rocky  islet  at  its  point,  and  from  thence  the  land  tuins  N.  N.  E.  towards 
Dantziek  Cove  and  I'-unt,  and  thence  K.  N.  E.  towards  Fortune  Head. 

FORTUNE  J5A Y,  dec. — From  Point  May  to  Pass  Islaiil,  the  Lc  ring  and  distance  arr 
N-  \  E.  12  leagues;  between  them  is  the  entrance  to  I'ortune  Hay,  ivhich  is  about  -"J  vr 
23  leagues  deep;  and  in  which  are  nu!iu>rous  bavs,  harbors,  and  islands. 

BRUNET  ISLAND.— The  Island  of  lirunet  lie  icarly  in  the  nuddle  of  the  entrance 
into  Fortutte  Bay  ;  it  is  above  .'i  miles  in  length,  two  .n  breadth,  and  of  moderate  height; 
tlie  eastern  part  appears,  in  some  points  of  view,  like  islands ;  on  its  K.  side  is  a  bay.  wherein 
there  is  tolerable  anchorage  for  ships,  in  14  or  lU  fathoms  water,  slieltered  from  southerly 
and  westerly  winds.  In  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  at  aijoui  a  (piarterof  a  mile  from  the  slioie, 
are  some  rocks,  which  must  be  avoided.  Oj)posito  to  this  bay,  on  the  south-west  side  of 
the  island,  is  a  small  cove,  with  (i  fathoms  water.  The  islands  lying  ofl'  the  west  end  of 
Brunet,  to  the  southward,  ari  called  the  little  iirunets,  which,  willi  Urunet,  may  be  ap- 
proached within  a  quarter  of  a  n  ile  all  round. 

■The  Plate  Islands  are  three  rocky  islets,  of  a  moflerate  heisiht,  the  in'an'st  of  which  lies 
W.  8.  W.  one  league  from  the  west  end  of  (jreat  Brunet.  The  sonthermnost  is  about  'J 
mites  farther  off,  and  bears  from  ('ape  Miquelon  E.  ^  S.  .3,'  leagues ;  and  in  a  direct  line  be- 
tween Point  May  and  Pass  Island.  17  miles  fiom  the  former,  and  1')  miles  fVmu  the  latter. 
E.  S.  E.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  fhe(ire;it  Plate,  (which  is  the  nrnthernmost.)  is  a  siud\en 
rock,  whereon  the  sea  breaks,  and  this  is  the  oidy  danger  ai)out  them.  There  are  several 
strong  and  irregtilar  settings  of  the  tides  or  currents  about  the  Plate  and  Brunet  Islands, 
which  seem  to  have  no  dependency  on  the  moon  and  the  course  of  the  tides  on  the  coast. 

SAGOiNA  ISLAND,  which  lies  N.  K.  2  leai;ues  from  the  east  end  of  Brumn,  is  about  a 
mile  across  each  way,  of  a  moderate  height,  and  bol!':  to  all  round  ;  on  its  western  siile  (here 
is  a  sniall  creek  admitting  fishing  shallops;  in  the  i.iiddle  of  the  eiUranee  to  this,  is  ;»  sunken 
rock,  which  occasions  it  to  be  difficult  of  access,  except  in  very  line  weather;  a  sa-.d  b.ink 
surrounds  this  island,  running  westerly  full  7  miles,  upon  which  are  14,  17,  and  20  luihonis 
water. 

POINT  MAY  is  the  southern  extremity  of  Fortune  Bay.  and  the  S.  W.  extremity  of 
this  part  of  Newfoundland  ;  it  may  be  kimwn  by  a  great  black  rock,  nearly  joining  to  the 
pitch  of  the  point,  aiul  something  higher  thati  the  land,  which  maktts  it  look  like  a  black 
hummock  on  the  point.  At  about  a  quarter  of  a  nule  directly  off  from  this  black  rock  are 
three  sunken  rocks,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks. 

DAN  rZIC  COVES.— N.  by  E.  1/  of  a  mile  from  Point  May,  is  Little  Dantzic  Cove; 
and  2  miles  farther  is  (treat  Uant/ie  (Jove.  F^rom  Dant/.ic  I'oint  (which  is  the  north 
point  of  the  (Joves)  to  Fortune  Head,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  E.  N.  E.  2!  leagues; 
and  thence  to  the  town  of  Fortune,  1^  mile  S.  E.  by  E.     This  is  a  wishing  village,  and  the 


road  where  tl 
coin)  'iss.  It 
Diuitzic  Poii 
tending  fVfUu 

.SHIP  CO 
Fortune.     'J' 
sliippini;  in  H 
Grand  Bank 
ri(>  security  i\ 

From  tlie  ( 
laiice  H  leagu 
imv,  with  sev( 
the  principal 
known  by  scvi 
llie  oulerniiisi 
siiiikeii  rocks 
vessels  somcti 
llie  sea  winils 
ward  of  the 
rocks  lying  of 
in  the  middle 
liom  I'oint  M 
length,  and  :!( 
so  deej),  and  ! 
the  land-wind.' 

From  I'oint 
to  (irind  Jeiv 
the  south  sidi 
extent,  the  lat 

BAV  l/Al 
g(  lit,  wliere  ll 

HARIiOK 
point  of  1/Arg 
at  a  distance,  ; 
lying  t(t  (lie  S. 
lU'twecn  this  1 
beaches:  but  i 
but  it  must  be 

CapeMiUcl 
,1  leagues  liom 
of  Fcutuiie  Ba 
low,  if  becuuH 
ca|)e  the  lanil 
miiiatcd  by  a  Ic 
this,  and  in  all 
buildim:  staae 

(iUAND  L 
league  from  tl 
MO  danger  in  g 
from  all  wimi- 

KNtiLISil 
ward  of  Fngli. 
for  I  oats. 

NEW  HAl 
(le  L'Kau  :  it 
l'at)n)Mis,  shelti 

TH'O  llAR 
row,  and  has  ii 
rocks  above    w 
only  for  boats 
water. 

HARBOR 
this  are  some  i 
there  arc  also 
in  is  on  the  wt 
begin  to  open  I 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


47 


water,  extend- 

N.  W.  of  St. 
It  is  aliom  H 
ikI,  wliidi  is  a 
ut  every  other 
and.  near  Scul 
sandy  lioltoni. 
lint  III"  Mi(|nc- 
atlioMis.  .Mi- 
brt-adih  at  the 
t'  Dniiiie ;  Imt 
rioiitory  at  the 

bor,  ndinitting 

:  high  land,  1} 
Hist  are  above 
oiV.  N.  E.  i 
iionis  water, 
nd  (Ml  tlie  cast 
arkable  ronnd 
:'al)()Ut  a  f|\iar- 
H;e  is  in  6  or  7 
lie  exposed  to 

le  ofl"  (Vnni  tlie 
very  safe,  and 

N.  E.  towards 

id  distanee  av, 
is  about  "J'J  ir 

f  the  entrance 
eiate  heii;iit ; 
bay,  wiiereiti 
oni  sontiierly 
ini  the  shdie, 
i-west  si(h'  iif 
e  west  end  of 
,  may  be  ap- 

ofwliieli  lies 
ost  is  al)()nt  '2 
ilireet  line  be- 
iini  »lie  latter. 
,)  is  a  sufdien 
e  are  several 
nnct  Islands, 
on  the  eoast. 
net,  is  about  a 
111)  side  iliere 
,  IS  ;)  sunken 
a  sa,,d  b.Hik 
id'JU  ii>iiio:ns 

extremity  of 
.linine  to  the 
k  like  a  bl-.-.ck 
lack  rock  are 

antzic  Cove ; 

is  the  north 

.  j!  leagues ; 

lage,  and  the 


road  where  the  ships  lie  ha.s  from  6  to  10  fathowi;.  water,  quite  exposed  to  nearly  half  the 
roin)  ass.  It  lies  S.  by  \V.  from  the  east  end  of  Unmet.  To  the  N.  N.  Westward  of 
Danf/.ie  Point  is  the  Ion;?  narrow  bank  oi' .Jersey man's,  with  '^4  and  25  fathoms  over  it,  ex- 
leiidm^  (Vom  aiireast  of  the  point  in  the  direciioii  of  the  Plate  Islands. 

.SIIJP  C()\'E. — The  Cape  of  (irand  Hank  is  hi'ih.  and  lies  one  leasiue  E.  N.  E.  from 
Fortune.  'J'o  the  eastward  of  tiiis  eapc  is  .Ship  Cove,  wliere  there  is  icood  anchorage  lor 
sliippiii.:  in  H  or  10  tatiionis  water,  shcliercfl  from  south,  west,  and  N.  Westerly  winds. 
Grand  Bank  lies  S.  K.  half  a  leaque  from  tlie  Cape,  and  is  a  fishint;  village,  where  there  is 
no  security  for  shinpinjj,  and  the  entrance  is  barred. 

From  the  ("ape  ol  the  (irand  IJank  to  thv^  Point  Enragi'-e.  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  |  E.  dis- 
taiice  ri  lcas;ues;  tlie  coast  between  I'oriiis  a  circular  bay,  in  whi<;h  the  shore  generally  is 
liiw,  with  several  sandy  beaches,  lii'hind  which  are  bar-harbors,  tit  only  for  boats,  of  which 
the  principal  is  (Jreat  (iarnish,  lying  4 ':  leagues  from  the  Cape  of  (irand  Bank;  it  may  be 
known  by  several  rocks  above  water  lying  before  it  at  two  miles  distance  from  the  sVoro, 
(lie  outermnst  of  tli-se  is  steep  to  ;  but  between  them  and  the  shore  are  several  dangerous 
sunken  rocks.  To  'he  eastward,  and  within  these  rocks,  is  ^'rcMichinan's  (Jove,  where  .small 
vessels  sometimes  run  in  and  anchor  in  4  or.'j  lathoms  water,  tolerably  well  sheltered  from 
till'  sea  winds  ;  thi-i  is  a  convenitMit  place  for  the  cod  lishery ;  the  passage  in  is  to  f.he  east- 
ward of  the  rocks  that  appear  the  highest  above  water :  between  them  and  some  other  lower 
rocks  lying  off  to  the  eastward  of  the  ea^t  point  of  the  Cove,  there  is  a  sunken  rock  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  v.liich  you  must  be  aware  o(.  'I'he  shore  is  bold  dl  the  way 
liotM  Point  May  to  C'ape  oi'  (irand  Bank,  there  being  10  or  12  lathoms  within  2  cables' 
length,  and  .'50  or  40  at  a  mile  olf :  be;«een  the  latter  and  (Jreat  (Iarnish  the  water  is  not 
so  deep,  and  ships  may  anchor  any  where  in  H  or  10  fathoms  water,  sheltered  only  from 
the  land-winds. 

Fniiii  Point  Enragee  to  the  head  of  the  bay.  the  course  is.  first,  E.  N.  E.  J  E.  ,3  leagues 
to  (irind  Jeivey ;  then  1",.  ^  N.  71  leagues  to  the  head  of  the  bay :  the  land  in  general  along 
the  south  side  is  high,  bold  to,  and  of  uneven  ajijiearance,  with  hills  and  valleys  of  varioiLS 
extent,  the  latter  mostly  cov«ued  with  wood,  and  having  many  fresh  water  rivulets. 

BAV  L'AI\(iEXT. — Seven  leagues  of  the  eastwanl  of  Point  Enragee  is  the  Bay  L'Ar- 
gfiit,  \vliere  there  is  anchorage  in  :iO  or  40  t'at!i(,i!is  water,  sheltered  Iroin  all  winds. 

nARl'.()f{  MILLE'. — The  entrance  to  Harbor  Milb"  lies  to  the  eastward  of  the  east 
jioint  of  LArgent.  Before  this  harlior.  atid  the  Bay  L'Arsrent.  is  a  remarkable  rock,  which, 
at  a  distance,  appears  like  a  shallop  under  sail.  Harbor  Milh';  branches  into  tw.^  arms,  one 
lying  to  tlie  .'>.  E.  the  other  to  the  east ;  at  the  upper  part  of  both  are  good  anchorages. 
Ik'iuet  n  this  harlior  and  Point  Eiira.'r'''e  are  several  liar-liarbors,  or  small  bays,  tVith  sandy 
heaches :  inu  ihe  water  all  alonij  the  coast  is  very  deep ;  you  may  safely  anchor  any  where, 
but  it  must  be  very  near  the  shore. 

Cape  Milit'  lies  .\.  E.  J  E.  one  leigiie  from  the  Shallow  Rock  above  mentioned,  and  near 
,1  leagues  (loni  the  head  cf  l'\i:tune  Bay  :  it  isahi-jh  reddish  barren  r(»cl;y  point.  The  width 
of  I'ortiine  Bay  at  ('apeMiili-  does  not  muc'i  exi-t-ed  half  a  l.amie;  but,  immediately  be- 
low, it  becomes  twice  as  wide,  by  whi(  !i  the  ('ape  may  readily  be  known;  and  above  this 
cape  the  land  on  bmli  sides  is  high,  wiih  steep  craguy  cliffs.  The  head  of  the  bay  is  ter- 
ininat(!d  by  a  low  beach,  behind  which  is  a  large  pond,  or  bar-harbor,  fit  only  for  boats.  In 
this,  and  in  all  the  bar  harbors  between  this  and  Mie  (irand  Bank,  are  convenient  places  for 
Ijiiililimr  sta::es,  and  l;(h  .1  beaches  for  dryiii'^  fish,  fitted  to  accommodate  numerous  boats^ 

(ilxANI)  !jI",  PlEKltE  is  a  jrocnl  liaibor.  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  bav,  half  a 
league  from  the  head.  Tlic  entrance  cannot  b-  seen  until  you  are  abreast  of  it;  there  is 
no  danger  in  going  in,  ami  yon  may  anchor  in  any  depth  from  8  to  4  fathoms,  sheltered 
from  all  winds. 

E.\(iljISIl  n  \RB()!l  lies  a  little  to  the  wpstwani  of  (^rand  Pierre;  and  to  the  west- 
ward of  Engli.sh  Harbor  is  the  Little  Bay  de  L'Eau,  both  of  which  are  small,  and  only  fit 
for  1  oats. 

NEW  HARBOR  is  situated  opposite  to  Caj)©  Mill*',  aid  to  the  westward  of  the  Bay 
(le  Ij'Eaii  ;  it  is  a  smill  inlet,  and  iias  good  anchorage  oti  the  west  side,  in  tVoin  8  to  5 
fatlniiiis,  sheltered  froii'  S     W.  winds. 

TH'O  IIAI1B(,)K  FE.M.MK  lies  half  a  league  to  the  westward  of  New  Harbor,  it  is  nar- 
row, and  has  in  it  2')  and  2'.i  lathotm  ;  before  its  entrance  is  an  islet,  near  to  which  are  some 
rocks  above  water;  one  lea/ue  to  the  westward  of  Harbor  Femme  is  Brewer's  Hole,  fit 
only  for  boats  ;  before  this  cove  is  also  a  small  island  near  the  shore,  and  some  rocks  ibove 
wat(  r. 

HARI)()1(  LA  (ONTE  is  situated  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  Brewer's  Hole;  before 
this  are  some  islands,  the  outer  one  is  called  the  Petticoat  Island,  the  inner  Smock  Island, 
there  are  also  two  smaller  ones  between  these,  and  a  sunken  rock  or  two  ;  the  best  passage 
in  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  outer  island,  and  between  the  two  larger  ones;  so  soon  as  you 
harbor,  keep  the  inner  island  close  oa  board,  to  avoid  some  sunken  rocks 


begi 


open  I 


48 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


that  lie  near  a  small  island,  which  you  will  discover  between  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  otiter 
island,  and  the  opposite  point  on  the  main  :  tliere  is  also  another  rock  wliirh  appears  at 
low  water,  and  lies  hinlicr  up  on  the  side  of  the  main  ,  and  when  yon  fiet  beyond  these 
dani^ers,  you  may  keep  in  tiie  middle  ot'  the  channel,  and  will  soon  open  a  fnie  spacious 
harbor,  where:n  you  may  anchor  in  any  depth,  from  ti  to  Ki  fathoms  water,  on  a  bottom  of 
sand  and  nuid,  shut  in  from  all  winds.  To  the  eastward  of  the  outer  island  there  is  a  small 
cove  lit  for  sin;dl  vessels  and  boats,  and  otherwise  convenient  for  the  fisheries. 

LONG  HARBOR  lies  4  miles  to  the  westward  of  Harbor  La  Conte,  and  N.  E.  by  E. 
distant  5  leagues  from  Point  Enriigt'-e.  It  may  be  known  by  (Jull  Island,  which  lies  at  its 
mouth,  and  a  small  rock,  which  lies  half  a  mile  without  the  island,  and  has  the  a|)pearance 
of  a  small  boat;  there  is  a  passay;e  into  this  harbor  on  each  side  of  this  island,  the  western 
one  is  the  broader  of  the  two  ;  nearly  in  the  middle  of  this  channel,  a  little  outside  of  the 
island,  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  whereon  is  two  fathoms  water ;  and  a  little  w^  ;iin  the  island,  on 
the  eastern  side,  are  others,  li  cables'  length  from  the  shore,  they  lie  o(f  two  sandy  coves, 
and  are  visible  at  low  water.  Long  Harbor  runs  ,'y  leagues  up  into  the  country,  but  the 
only  anchoring  place  is  in  Morgan's  Cove,  on  the  N.  VV.  side  of  the  harbor,  about  2  miles 
within  (iuU  Island,  in  lo  fathoms  water,  unless  you  run  above  the  Narrows;  there  is  a 
salmon  fishery  at  the  head  of  the  bay. 

A  little  to  the  westward  of  Long  Harbor,  is  Hare  Harbor,  fit  for  sinall  vessels  only.  Two 
miles  to  the  northward  of  Hare  Harbor,  is  Mai  B:^,  having  very  deep  water,  extending  N. 
Easterly  about  .5  miles,  and  having  no  anchorage  except  at  its  furthest  end  ;  to  the  westward 
of  Mai  Hay,  near  the  shore,  lie  ihe  Rencontn;  Islands,  the  westernmost  of  which  is  the 
largest,  his  a  conuuunication  with  the  main  at  low  water.  In  and  about  this  island  is  shel- 
ter for  small  vessels  and  boats. 

BELLE  HARBOR  lies  4  miles  N.  W.  by  N.  from  the  westernmost  Rencontre  Island  ; 
the  passage  into  it  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  island,  and  so  soon  as  you  have  passed  the 
islands  you  will  open  a  s)nall  cove,  on  the  east  side,  where  small  vessels  can  anchor,  but 
Jarge  vessels  must  run  up  to  the  head  of  the  harbor  and  anchor  in  "JO  lathoms,  where  there  is 
most  room  ;  it  is  but  an  indilierPiit  harbor.  About  1'^  of  a  mile  westward  of  Belle  Harbor 
is  Lally  Cove,  behind  an  island,  fit  for  small  vessels  ouly ;  the  west  point  of  this  cove  is  high 
and  blutf,  and  is  called  Lally  Head:  to  the  northward  of  this  head  is  Lally  Back  Cove, 
■where  ships  may  anchor  iu  11  or  IfJ  fathoms  water. 

■  Two  miles  to  the  nortiiward  of  Lally  Cove  Head,  are  East  Bay  and  North  Bay,  in  both  of 
these  there  is  deep  water,  but  no  anchorage  near  the  shore;  at  the  head  of  North  B.v  is  the 
largest  river  inEortune  Bay,  and  appears  to  be  a  good  place  for  the  salniou  fishery,  from 
which  circumstance  it  is  named  Salmon  Ri\er. 

CINQ  ISLES  BAY'.— The  Bay  of  Cinq  Isles  lies  to  the  southward  of  the  North  Bay, 
and  opposite  to  Lally  Cove  Head  ;  there  is  tolerably  good  anchor^e  for  large  sliips  on  the 
S.  W.  side  of  the  islands,  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay.  The  north  arm  is  a  very  snug  place 
for  small  vessels,  and  salmon  may  be  caught  at  its  head. 

COllBEN  BAY. — A  little  to  the  southward  of  the  Bay  of  Cinq  Isles  is  Corben  Bay, where 
there  is  good  anchorage  for  any  ships  in  'J-i  or  "24  fathoms  w  ater.  About  'i  miles  south-eastward 
from  Lally  Cove  Head  are  -2  islands,  about  a  mile  distant  from  each  other;  the  north-east- 
ernmost is  called  Belle  Island,  anil  the  other  Dog  Island  ;  they  are  bold  to  all  round.  Between 
Dog  Island  and  Lord  and  Lady  Island,  which  lies  olV  the  south  jjoint  of  Corben  Bay,  some- 
thing nearer  to  the  latter,  is  a  sunken  rock,  w  ith  deep  water  all  round  it ;  and,  about  a  quarter 
ofamile  to  the  northward  of  Lord  and  Ladv  Isiaml,  is  a  rock  which  ap|)ears  at  low  water. 

BANDE  DE  L'ARIER  BAY  lies  on'  the  west  jioint  of  Beile  Bay,  and  N.  i  W.  3 
leagues  from  Point  Enragec  ;  it  may  !)e  known  by  a  very  high  mountain  over  the  bay,  which 
rises  almost  perpendicular  from  the  sea,  called  Iron  Head.  Chapel  Inland,  which  forms 
the  east  side  of  the  bay.  is  high  land  also  ;  the  harbor  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  just 
within  the  point  formed  by  a  narrow  low  beach,  and  is  a  snug  place ;  between  the  harbor 
and  Iron  Head  there  is  tolerably  good  anchorage  in  18  or  '20  fathoms. 

Bande  de  L'ArierBank  has  7  fathoms  water  on  it.  and  lies  with  the  beach  of  Bande  de 
L'Arier  Harbor  just  open  of  the  west  point  of  the  bay,  and  Boxy  Point  on  with  the  north 
end  of  St.  Jacques  Island. 

ST.  .IACt^ri':S.— Two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Bande  do«L'Arier  is  the  harbor  of  St. 
Jacques,  which  may  be  readily  known  by  the  island  belore  it  being  high  at  each  enil,  and 
low  in  tlie  middle.  The  passage  into  the  harbor  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island,  free  from 
danger,  as  is  tlie  harbor,  where  you  may  anchor  in  from  17  to  4  fathoms. 

BLUE  PINION. — Al)out  one  and  a  half  mile  to  the  westward  of  St.  Jacques,  is  the 
harbor  of  Blue  Pinion;  and  a  little  to  the  westward  of  that  is  English  Cove. 

BOXY  HARBOR.—Boxy  Point  lies  W.  ?  S.  (J  miles  from  St  Jacques  Island,  and  E. 
N.  E.  •■  E.  12  miles  from  the  east  end  of  Brunet  Island  ;  it  is  of  moderate  height,  and  the 
most  advanced  to  the  southward  of  any  land  on  the  coast.  Boxy  Harbor  lies  N.  E.  3  miles 
from  Boxy  Point,  in  which  there  is  anchorage  in  4  or  6  fathoms  water,  fine  sandy  ground ;  to 


nil  in,  bring 
Head,  in  this 
wliich  lie  olV 

\V.  N.  W. 
league  from 
John's  Head 
John's  Harbc 
islets,  called 

GREAT  1 
In  this  bay  tl 
sage  in  is  on 
seis  can  entei 

BARRYS 
St.  John's  H 
age  for  large 

HARBOR 
leagues  from 
from  each  ot 
above  water, 
length  from 
head.     Th(! 
..f  the  S.  W. 
pood,  and  pie 
the  N.  E.  aril 
necure  from  a 
there  are  3  fa 
which  is  the 
which  is  high 
goon  as  you  o 

From  the  \ 
West  5  miles 
stretching  fn 
fathoms.  Tl 
Gull  island. 

CONNAU 
Point,  the  be; 
extends  aboii 
water,  which 
the  channel  I) 
mile  from  the 

Connaigre 
bay  ;  it  is  vei 
side  of  the  isl 
bay,  are  two  i 

Dawson's  ( 
Connaigre  H 
greatest)  isia 
Basseterre  Pi 
of  wood,  and 
tant  3  miles  I 
PASS  IS 
length  an;!  r 
from  Point  T 
Western  side 
and  to  the  N 
passage  betw 
ly  is  traverse 
fathotns  watc 
REMARI 
northern  side 
extending  4 
side  of  Fort' 
iieing  better  i 
ness  and  fert 
SOUNDl 
place  much 

♦  On  Miquc 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


49 


nt  of  the  ontfr 
liich  appears  at 
beyond  these 
a  fine  spacious 
on  a  bottom  of 
there  is  a  small 

3. 

id  N.  E.by  E. 
k'hiih  lies  at  its 
the  appearance 
!ul,  the  western 

outside  of  the 
1  the  island,  on 
'o  sandy  coves, 
)untry,  but  the 

altout  2  miles 
►ws ;  there  is  a 

sels  only.  Two 
•,  extending  N. 
o  the  westward 
f  which  is  the 
s  island  is  shel- 

icontre  Island  ; 
lave  passed  the 
an  anchor,  but 
wliere  there  is 
Belle  Harbor 
lis  cove  is  high 
ly  Back  Cove, 

Bay,  in  both  of 
orth  B.y  is  the 
u  fishery,  Irom 

he  North  Bay, 
ge  sliips  on  the 
cry  snug  place 

ben  Bay, where 
M)uth-eastwaid 
the  north-east- 
)und.  Between 
en  Bay,  sonie- 
d)out  a  quarter 
t  low  water, 
ind  N.  i  W.  3 
the  bay,  which 
,  which  forms 
>f  the  bay,  just 
?en  the  harbor 

li  of  Bande  de 
with  the  north 

'■  harbor  of  St. 
each  end,  and 
land,  free  from 

lacques,  is  the 

Island,  and  E. 

leight,  and  the 

N.  E.  3  miles 

idy  ground ;  to 


nil  in,  bring  Boxy  Point  open  of  a  little  black  head  just  witliin  the  point,  called  Friars 
Head,  in  this  direction  you  will  keep  the  middle  of  the  channel,  and  between  the  shoals 
wliich  lie  off  each  point  of  the  harbor  where  the  stages  are. 

\V.  N.  W.  one  mile  (loiii  Boxy  Point  is  the  Island  of  St.  .lohn,  and  N.  N.  \V.  half  a 
ieasue  from  St.  .Folin's  Island  is  St.  .lohn's  Head,  high,  steep,  an<l  craggy.  Between  St. 
John's  Head  and  Boxy  Point  is  St.  .lohn's  Bay,  (|uite  exposed  ;  in  the  bottom  of  this  is 
John's  Harbor,  fit  for  boats  only.  On  the  north  side  of  St.  John's  Head  are  two  rocky 
islets,  called  thetjulland  Shag;  at  the  west  end  of  which  there  are  several  sunken  rocks. 

(iKEAT  BAV  UE  L'EAII  is  about  U  league  to  the  northward  of  St.  John's  Head. 
In  this  bay  there  is  good  anchorage  in  various  dei)ths,  sheltered  from  all  winds.  The  pas- 
sage in  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  island,  which  lies  in  its  entrance ;  for  only  very  small  ves- 
sels can  enter  to  the  westward. 

BARRYSVVAY  BAY'.— To  the  westward  of  Bay  de  L'Eau,  about  3  miles  north  from 
St.  John's  Head,  is  Little  Bay  Burrysway,  on  the  west  side  of  which  there  is  good  anchor- 
age for  large  ships  in  7,  8,  or  1(1  fathoms ;  and  both  wood  and  water  to  be  obtained  with  ease, 

HARBOR  BRITON  lies  to  the  westward  of  Little  Barrysway,  and  N.  N.  E.  1  E.  2 
leagues  from  the  Island  of  Sagona.  The  heads  which  form  the  entrance  are  high,  and  lie 
from  each  other  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  distant  about  2  miles.  Near  the  east  head  is  a  rock 
above  wafer.  The  only  danger  in  going  in  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which  stretches  2  cables' 
length  from  the  south  point  of  the  S.  M^  arm,  which  is  more  than  a  mile  within  the  west 
head.  Thi;  only  place  for  ships  (»f  war  to  anchor  in  is  above  this  ledge,  before  the  entrance 
of  the  S.  W.  arm,  in  It)  or  lt<  fathoms,  mooring  nearly  east  and  west;  the  bottom  is  very 
pood,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water  is  to  be  obtained  here,  (opposite  to  the  S.  W.  arm  is 
the  N.  E.arni,  or  .lerseyman's  Harbor,  which  is  cajjable  of  holding  a  great  number  of  ships, 
secure  from  all  winds,  in  (i,  7,  and  8  fathoms  water:  it  has  a  bar  at  the  entrance,  on  which 
there  are  3  fathoms.  The  mark  to  sail  over  the  bar  is,  the  point  of  Thompson's  Beach, 
which  is  the  south  point  at  the  entrance  into  the  S.  W.  arm,  open  of  Jerseyman's  Head, 
which  is  high  and  biutf,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entiance  into  Jerseyman's  Harbor;  so 
goon  as  you  open  the  harbor,  haul  up  to  the  northwanl,  and  anchor. 

From  the  West  end  of  Hari)or  Briion  to  Connaigie  Head  the  bearing  and  distance  ar« 
Wests  miles;  betneen  are  (i  nil  Island  and  Deadman's  Bay,  off  which  t\u'.rc  is  a  bank 
stretching  from  the  shore  between  -J  and  3  miles,  whereon  the  depths  vary  from  34  to  4 
fathoms.  The  sea,  during  storms,  will  .sometimes  break  for  a  considerable  way  out  from 
Gull  Island. 

CONNAIGRF^  BAY. — From  Connaigre  TTead,  which  is  high  and  craggy,  to  Basseterre 
Point,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  W.  'I  W.  7  miles;  between  is  t/'onnaigre  Bay,  which 
extends  about  4  leagues  inland.  In  the  moutii  uf  the  bay  lie  the  Connaigre  Rocks,  above 
water,  which  may  be  a-iproached  very  near,  there  being  no  danger  but  what  shows  itself: 
the  channel  between  t!ie:;i  and  ( 'omiaigre  Head  is  the  safest,  as  a  ledge  of  rocks  ei^tends  a 
mile  from  the  north  shore,  which  renders  the  other  channel  rather  dangerous. 

Connaigre  Harbor  is  near  .')  miles  above  the  head,  within  a  point  on  the  .south  side  of  the 
bay ;  it  is  very  small,  and  the  depth  of  water  is  7  fathoms;  the  passage  in  is  on  the  S.  E. 
side  of  the  island,  which  lies  before  it.  .\breast  of  this  harbor,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the 
bay,  are  two  islands ;  and  on  the  south  side  of  the  westernmost,  are  some  rocks  above  water. 

Dawson's  Cove  is  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  bay,  and  bears  N.  N.  E.  about  4  miles  from 
Connaigre  Head,  and  W.  N.  W.  2  miles  from  the  west  end  of  the  westernmost  (and  tlfe 
greatest)  island  :  the  anchorage  is  in  (i  or  .">  fathoms,  (|uite  exjjost  <l  to  southerly  winds. 
Basseterre  Point,  which  forms  the  west  point  of  Connaigre  Bay,  is  of  moderate  height,  clear 
of  wood,  and  from  thence  to  Pass  Island,  bold  to;  Pass  Island  lies  nearly  W.  by  N.  dis- 
tant 3  miles  from  Basseterre  Point. 

PASS  ISLAND,  which  is  the  N.  Western  extremity  of  Fortune  Bay,  is  a  full  mile  in 
length  and  narrow,  it  bears  from  the  N.  point  of  *xMi(|uelon  N.  K.  by  x\.  7  leagues,  and 
from  Point  May  N.  i  E.  12  leagues.  It  lies  near  the  shore  and  is  rather  lofty;  on  its  S. 
Western  side  there  are  several  rocks  aiiove  water,  which  extend  a  full  mile  from  tlie  island ; 
and  to  the  N.W.  is  a  sunken  rock  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  island;  there  is  a 
passage  between  this  island  and  the  main,  about  the  length  of  two  cables  wide,  it  frequent- 
ly is  traversed  by  small  ves.-els,  who  sometimes  anchor  there  on  a  line  sandy  bottom  in  6 
fathoms  water.     Thecod-fisherv  about  this  part  is  generally  considered  good  and  productive. 

REMARKS  ON  FORTUNE  BAY.— The  generarappearance  of  tlse  land  on  the 
northern  side  of  Fortune  Bay,  is  hilly,  rising  directly  from  the  sea,  with  craggy,  barren  hills, 
extending  4  or  5  leagues  inland,  having  many  rivulets  and  ponds,  while  that  on  the  southern 
side  of  Fortune  Bay  has  a  very  dilVerent  appearance,  having  less  of  these  rugged  hilla,  and 
being  better  clothed  with  wood  of  a  short  brushy  kind,  giving  to  the  country  an  air  of  green- 
ness and  fertility. 

SOUNDINGS. — In  the  night  time,  or  in  dark  foggy  weather,  the  mariner  should  not 
place  much  dependance  on  the  soundings  in  Fortune  Bay,  for  therein  they  might  be  great- 

♦  On  Miquclon  Island  a  lighthouse  is  built,  showing  a  liglit  from  Ist  May  to  15th  November, 

7 


..^•1^"* 


50 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


ly  and  fatally  (ioccived,  inasmuch  as,  in  many  places,  the  water  near  the  shores  and  in  its 
creeks  and  harWors  is  oTtcn  d('e|)er  than  in  the  rniddlc  of"  the  bay  itseil'. 

HERMITAtiK  HAV.— Tiiis  extensive  bay  is  bounded  on'the  S.  W.  by  Pass  Island, 
and  to  the  northward  by  the  islands  that  form  the  Bay  of  Bonne  and  (ireat  Jervis  Harbor, 
the  width  beinji;  more  than  'i  leai,'ues:  and  by  the  southern  shores  of  Long  Island,  where 
it  begins  to  narrow  ;  in  sailing  along  the  southern  coast  front  Pass  Island,  you  will  discover 
the  Fox  Islands,  which  are  distant  from  I'ass  Island  10  or  11  miles;  these  islands  are  situa- 
ted opposite  to  the  entrance  to  Hermitage  Cove  about  J  of  a  mile  from  the  land,  and  are 
said  to  have  good  (ishing  about  tiiem  ;  olf  Uie  Northern  Fox  Island  are  several  rocks  above 
water,  and  a  simkeii  rock  lies  also  olf  the  south  side  of  this  island.  To  enter  Hernutaue 
Cove  you  shoulil  keej)  between  the  islamls  and  the  shore,  borrowing  somewhat  towards  ti;e 
main  land,  where  you  will  (ind  ;((),  32,  and  IP  fathoms  water;  here  you  will  see  the  rove 
open,  and  may  turn  m  south,  having  deep  water  and  without  the  least  danger  ;  the  anchor- 
age is  good,  with  every  conveniency  for  fishing,  and  plenty  of  both  wood  and  water. 
From  hence  Hermitage  Jiay  runs  in  nearly  west  for  V2  miles,  with  very  deep  water,  until 
you  get  near  tlie  head,  where  it  gradually  lessens  to  •.'.'>  and  '22  fathoms,  and  further  into  9 
fathoms  ;  there  is  a  small  islet  or  two  on  the  ^:outhern  side,  but  no  danger  whatever. 

LONG  ISLAND,  which  separates  the  Bay  of  Despaii  iVom  Hermitage  Bay,  is  of  a 
square  form,  about  8  miles  long  and  nearly  rt  leagues  in  circuit.  The  eastern  passage  is 
very  good,  but  narrow,  and  is  between  the  eastendof  Long  Island  and  the  main,  called  the 
Passage  of  Long  lylaiid.  The  west  entrance  into  the  Bay  of  Despair  from  Hermitage 
Bay  is  by  the  wi<st  end  of  Long  Island.  About  lialf  a  mile  from  its  S.  W.  point  are  two 
rocks  above  water,  with  deep  water  all  round  them. 

GALTAUS  HA  KBOH.— There  are  four  harbors  on  the  south  side  of  Long  Island, 
the  easternmost  of  which  is  caller!  (iaitaus;  this  is  but  small,  and  lies  near  the  south-east 
point  of  the  island  :  the  best  channel  into  the  harbor  is  on  the  west  side  of  several  rocky 
islands,  which  lie  at  the  entrance,  wherein  arc  4  fathoms,  but  in  the  harbor  there  are  from 
15  to  24  fathoms. 

PICARRK  HARBOR— The  next  is  Picarre,  which  lies  N.  by  E.  half  a  league  from 
the  easternmost  Fox  Island;  in  going  in  liere, keep  near  the  west  point,  in  order  to  avoid 
some  sunken  rocks  off  the  other:  the  anchorage  is  in  the  first  cove  on  the  east  side,  in  9 
or  10  fathoms,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

ROUND  HARBOR. — 'J'he  next  harbor,  calltMl  Round  Harbor,  is  about  2  miles  to  the 
westward  of  Picarre,  and  fit  only  for  small  vessels,  tin;  (  hannel  in  being  so  narrow. 

LONG  ISLAND  llAKliOR  is  the  fourlh,  and  lies  about  •_",  miles  from  the  west  end 
of  Long  Island.  This  harbor  has  two  arms,  one  running  in  to  the  north,  the  other  to 
the  v^Rstward ;  they  are  both  vriy  iianuw,  a  d  liave  from  40  to  7  fathoms  water;  the  east- 
ern arm  is  the  deepest,  and  all'ords  the  best  anchorage.  The  passage  in  is  on  either  side  of 
an  island  which  lies  oil'  the  eiitriuu  c.  and  has  several  rocks  above  water  about  it. 

B.AY  OF  DESPAI  U. — The  entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Despair  lies  between  the  west  end 
of  Long  Island  and  Great  .larvis  Island  (which  lies  '..i  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  of  llnit 
name);  the  distance  between  is  one  mile  and  a  quarter,  and  midway  lU)  bottom  is  fouutl 
with  a  line  of  280  fathotus.  The  Bay  of  Despair  Iimmiis  two  capacious  arms,  one  extend- 
ing full  8  leagues  to  the  north-eastwaid,  the  other  about  l'<  miles  noithward  :  in  the  N.  !■,. 
arm  are  several  arms  and  islands,  and  toleiai)ly  good  anchorage  in  several  places;  in  the 
north  arm  tliere  is  vtiy  (hn-p  water,  and  no  ancliorage  excepting  iiithesmall  baysaiul  c(»ves 
which  lie  on  each  side  of  it,  but  in  an  arm  of  this  bay,  which  runs  easterly,  there  is  a  fiiii' 
salmon  fishery,  anil  wood  in  plenty.  In  the  X.  E.  arm  also  there  are  good  salmon  fishe- 
ries at  Little  River  and  fJonne  River;  all  the  country  about  this  part  is  mountainous  and 
barren,  but  about  the  head  of  the  bay  it  becomes  level,  and  has  abundance  of  wood,  such 
as  fir,  pine,  birch,  witch  ha'/el,  spruce,  tVc. 

GREAT  JAR\'1S  HARBOR  is  situated  at  the  west  entrance  into  the  Bay  of  Despair; 
it  is  a  safe  harbor,  with  good  anchorage  in  every  part  of  it,  in  from  l(>to  20  fathoms,  secure 
from  all  winds,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  w  ter.  The  passage  in  is  on  either  side  of  the 
Great  .larvis  Island  ;  but  the  souiliermnost  chaiuiel  is  the  safest,  there  being  lU)  danger  in 
it  but  the  shore  itself.  In  the  northern  channel  are  several  smiken  rocks.  To  sail  ii;  you 
should  bring  llie  north  point  between  the  two  rocks  above  water,  on  the  starboard  side,  and 
then  steer  directly  in;  this  will  carry  you  clear  of  some  sunken  rocks  which  lie  on  the 
west  point  of  the  island  ;  thes(  rocks  appear  at  lovr  water :  the  entrance  to  this  harbor  may 
he  known  by  the  east  end  of  great  .larvis  Island,  which  is  a  high,  steep,  craggy  point,  called 
Great  .larvis  Head,  and  is  the  northern  point  of  the  south  entrance  to  the  hail)or. 

BON.NE  BAY  lies  about  a  league  to  the  westward  of  (Jreat  .larvis  Head,  and  nearly 
N.  by  E.  distant  7  miles  from  Pass  Island;  it  has  several  islands  at  its  jntrance,  the  west- 
ernmost of  which  is  the  largest  and  highest.  The  best  passage  in  is  tc  the  eastward  of  the 
largest  island,  between  it  and  the  two  easternmost  islands.  The  bay  runs  in  north  4  miles, 
and  there  is  no  danger  but  what  shows  itself;  you  may  go  on  either  s'de  of  Drake  Island, 
which  is  small,  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  bay ;  between  which,  and  two  small  islands 


on  the  west  s 
but  the  best 
ground,  and 
the  two  sinal 
winds.     Tin 
ins;  in  or  out 
some  suidven 
of  Botme  Ba 
W.  N.  W. 
this  entrance 
EACH  El 
N.  N.  E.  2  I. 
parts  of  it.  (J 
;o  20  fathom; 
or  70  fathom 
very  near  the 
small  craft 
oiilv  for  sii 

HARE    B 
runs  in  N.  N. 
home  to  boti 
there  is  good 
rove  about  oi 
to  the  shore. 
DEVIL'S 
Hare's  Ears 
with  deep  wa 
The  Bay  o 
W.  2  league^ 
riiwest  part, 
quite  land-loc 
points  of  vie\ 
Richard's  IL 
leagues  from 
shore,  having 
CHALEL' 
Icur,  which  r 
parts.    At  the 
rate  height,  a 
water;  a  littl 
which  vou  c;i 
FRVNCCl 
Fran-'ois.  a  si 
ter  of  a  mile 
is  froi'i  30  to 
business. 

OAR  BAl 

lies  Oar  Bay 

the  bay  is  an 

miles,  and  is 

the  head  is  r 

entrance  int( 

shelter  for  si 

CAPE   L 

lat.  47°  31'  : 

leagues  froiv 

known  by  th 

flat  at  the  tc 

'I  HE  PE 

N.  W.  i  N. 

near  to  each 

<lay-tiu»e  to 

and,  which 

and  the  groi 

WHALI 

from  Cape  . 

100  fathom! 


!  shores  and  in  its 

'.  I>v  Paw  fsland, 
pat  Jeivis  Harbor, 
uiifi  Island,  wliere 
.  you  will  discover 
'  islands  are  situa- 
the  land,  and  are 
•voral  rocks  above 
enter  Herniitat'c 
ewhat  towards  ||;(! 
will  see  the  cove 
iger ;  the  anchor- 
wood  and  water, 
deep  water,  until 
nd  furtlier  into  9 
wJiatever. 
tajie  IJay,  is  of  a 
astern  passage  is 
e  main,  called  the 
from  Hermitage 
V.   pohit  are  two 

;  of  Long  Island, 

ar  the  soiitii-east 

of  several  rocky 

or  there  are  froiii 

If  a  league  from 
in  order  to  avoid 
he   east  side,  in  9 

lit  2  miles  to  the 
J  narrow, 
oiri  the  west  end 
itli.  the  other  to 
water;  the  east- 
on  eiilar  side  of 
out  it. 

eeii  the  west  end 
p  harbor  of  that 
Jottom  is  found 
IMS,  one  exlerid- 
rd  :  ill  (he  \.  K. 
places;  in  tlie 
II  bays  and  coves 
y,  there  is  a  lin,- 
;»d  salmon  (ishe- 
lonntainou.s  and 
of  wood,  such 

I5ay  of  Despair; 
fath(jms,  secure 
her  side  of  the 
ng  no  danger  in 
To  sail  ii;  you 
rl)oar(l  side,  and 
thicli  lie  on  the 
this  harbor  may 
cy  point,  called 
iil)or. 

ead,  and  nearly 
ance,  the  west- 
eastward  of  the 
north  4  miles, 
Drake  Island, 
o  small  islands 


BLUNTS   AMERICAN    COAST   PILOT. 


51 


on  the  west  side  of  the  h;iy,  within  Great  Island,  there  is  anchorage  in  20  or  .30  fathoms; 
but  the  best  place  for  large  ships  is  near  the  head  of  the  bay,  in  12  or  14  fathoms,  clear 
jrioimil.  and  (MHivenient  for  wood  and  water.  On  the  N.  \V.  side  of  (ireat  i.-land,  witliin 
the  two  small  islands,  is  very  good  anchorace,  in  from  If)  to  24  fathoms,  secure  from  all 
winds.  The  entr:ince  from  this  iiay  is  to  the  northward  of  the  two  small  islands.  In  sail- 
ini;  in  or  out  of  the  l)ay,  approach  not  too  near  the  soutli  point  of  (ireat  Island,  as  there  are 
some  sunUin  rocks  lying  at  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  A  little  to  the  westward 
of  Bonne  Iiay  is  Muskita  Cove,  a  small  inlet  of  from  ."50  to  47  fathoms  water. 

W.  N.  W.  4  miles  from  lionne  Bay  is  the  entrance  to  the  Bays  of  Facheux  and  Dragon ; 
this  entrance  being  very  conspicuous  at  sea,  the  coast  may  here  be  readily  known. 

FACHEIW,  which  is  the  easternmost  branch,  is  very  easily  seen  to  seaward,  it  runs  in 
N.  N.  E.  2  leagues,  and  is  one-third  of  a  mile  wide  at  tlie  entrance,  with  deep  water  in  most 
parts  of  it.  On  the  west  side  of  the  bay  are  three  coves,  where  ships  may  anchor  in  from  10 
ro  20  fathoms.  Dragon  Bay  lies  in  N.  W.  one  league,  and  is  near  half  a  mile  wide,  with  60 
or  70  fathoms  water,  and  no  anchorage  exceptini;  near  the  head  ;  and  then  you  must  lie 
very  near  the  shore.  One  mile  to  the  westward  of  J'acheux  is  Little  Ilo't;,  with  slieltcr  for 
small  craft ;  and  one  league  to  the  westward  of  Facheux  is  Richard's  Harbor,  a  place  fit 
onU"  for  small  vessels  and  fishing  shallojis,  with  215  fathoms  water  in  it. 

HARK  BAY.— N.  W.  by  W.  one  league  from  Richard's  Harbor,  is  Hare  Bay,  which 
runs  in  N.  N.  E.  about  .5  miles,  and  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile  wide,  with  deep  water  close 
home  to  both  shores  on  all  parts  of  it,  except  about  one  league  up  on  the  west  side,  wliere 
there  is  good  anchorage,  in  from  8  to  15  fathoms,  w  ith  plenty  of  wood  and  water,  and  a  small 
rove  about  one  mile  up  on  the  east  side,  where  there  are  'M  fathoms,  with  gradual  soundings 
to  the  shore. 

DEVIL'S  BAY.— N.  W.  about  4\  miles  from  Hare  Bay,  and  one  league  N.  E.  from 
Hare's  Ears  Point,  is  Devil's  Bay,  a  nan  inlet,  extending  a  league  to  the  northward, 
with  deep  water,  and  no  anchorage  until  you  come  close  to  the  head. 

The  Bay  of  Rencontre  lies  to  the  northward  of  Hare's  Ears  Point,  and  runs  in  N.  W.by 
W.  2  leagues;  it  has  <leep  water  in  most  parts  of  it,  and  is  near  half  a  mile  wide  at  the  nar- 
rowest part.  The  anchorage  is  in  .'iO  fathoms,  above  a  low  woody  point  on  the  south  shore, 
quite  land-locked.  Hare's  Ears  Point  is  large,  with  a  ragged  rock  upon  it,  which,  from  some 
points  of  view,  looks  like  the  ears  of  a  hare.  It  lies  W.  by  N.  I  N.  distant  10  miles  from 
Richard's  Harl>or,  divides  the  IJays  of  Rencontre  and  Chalerr,  and  be:irs  N.  W.  ^  W.  6 
leagues  from  I'ass  Island.  Olf  tins  [loint  is  a  fishing  bank,  extending  a  full  mile  from  the 
shore,  havinu;  from  20  to  'M  fathoms  over  it. 

CH.^LEl'R  liAY. — ""'wo  miles  to  the  westward  of  Hare's  Ears  Point  is  the  Bay  of  Cha- 
Ipur,  which  runs  in  about  2  leagues  N.  N.  W.  It  is  very  narrow,  and  has  deep  water  in  most 
parts.  At  the  north  entrance  into  the  bay,  and  chtse  to  the  land,  is  a  small  island  of  mode- 
rate height,  and  half  a  league  within  the  island,  on  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  bay,  is  a  rock  above 
water;  a  little  within  this  rock,  on  the  same  side,  is  a  .•iiiall  cove,  with  a  sandy  bna  h,  off 
which  you  can  anchor  in  2H  fathoms,  a  cable's  length  from  tlie  shore. 

FRANCOIS  BAY. — West,  near  half  a  league  from  the  Bay  of  f  ^haleur,  is  the  Bay  of 
Frairois,  a  small  inlet  running  in  N.  W.  {  W.  one  mile,  being  at  the  entrance  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  broad,  and  17  fathoms  deep,  but  just  within  is  .')()  and  (iO  fathoms;  at  the  head 
is  froiii  ;iO  to  20  fathoms,  good  anchorage,  and  very  convenient  for  carrying  on  the  fishing 
bnsiness. 

OAR  Bay. — Westward,  4  miles  from  the  Bay  Franrois.  on  the  east  side  of  Cape  la  Hune, 
lies  Oar  Bay  ;  olVthe  the  east  point  of  its  entrance  is  a  low  rocky  islet,  and,  in  the  entrance  of 
the  bay  is  aiuttlvei,  with  a  passage  on  each  side  of  it.  The  bay  runs  in  N.  N.  E.  about  4 
miles,  and  is  one  third  of  a  mile  wide,  with  t\cep  water  close  to  both  shores  all  the  way  up;  at 
the  head  is  a  harbor  for  small  vessels,  with  only  5  fathoms  water.  At  the  west  side  of  the 
entrance  into  the  bay  is  Cul  de  Sac,  a  little  cove,  with  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  and  good 
shelter  for  small  vessels. 

(^\PE  L\  HFNE  is  the  southernmost  point  ofland  on  this  part  of  the  coast,  and  lies  in 
lat.  47°  ."ir  X.  bearing  W.  N.  W.  ,V  N.  S  lea^iues  from  Pass  Island,  and  N.  N.  W.  A  N.  10 
leagues  from  (Uipe  Miquelon  ;  its  figure  much  resembles  a  sugar-loaf:  this  cape  may  also  be 
known  by  the  high  land  of  La  Hune,  which  lies  one  leauue  to  the  westward  of  it,  appearing 
flat  at  the  top,  and  hiav  be  seen  front  a  distance  of  Id  leagues. 

'I  HE  PENOriN  ISLANDS  lie  W.  S.  W.  ,',  S.  10  i  miles  from  C-ne  La  Hune.  and 
N.  W.  A  N.  10  leagues  from  Cape  Miquelon  :  they  are  an  assemblage  of  bar.  en  rocks  lying 
near  to  each  other,  and  altogether  about  2  leagues  in  circuit ;  and  may  be  approached  in  the 
(lay-time  to  the  distame  of  half  a  league  all  round.  On  the  W,  S.  W.  side  of  the  large  isl- 
and, which  is  the  highest,  is  a  small  cove,  fit  for  shallops,  and  convenient  for  the  fisheries, 
and  the  ground  about  it  is  considered  to  be  good  for  (isliing. 

WHALE  ROCK.—E.  S.  E.  H  miles  from  the  Penguin  Islands,  and  S.  by  W.  .-^  leagues 
from  Cape  La  Hune,  lies  the  Whale  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  generally  breaks;  it  is  about 
100  fathoms  in  circuit,  with  10,  12,  and  14  fathoms  water  close  to  all  round  it.  From  this 


m 

ill 


f 


52 


BLUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


If 


! 

•  : 


rock  a  narrow  bank  extends  one  leajiue  to  tlie  westward,  and  lialf  a  leapup  to  the  eastward 
with  from  'J4  to  5H  fathoms  water  on  it,  rocky  and  frraveiiy  bottom.  In  tlic  <  hanncl  between  the 
shore  and  this  rock,  and  also  bet  ween  tlie  sliure  and  I  lie  I'enuuin  Isbnids,  are  rjOaiul  JJiOlath- 
oms  of  water,  inmldy  bottom,  and  there  is  the  same  ik'|)tluit  water  at  omMeapue  without  thein. 

LA  HUNK  BAY  hes  eb>se  to  tlie  westward  of  C^ape  La  Hune;  it  is  about  two  leagues 
deep,  and  one  third  of  a  mile  wide,  with  deep  water  in  most  parts  of  it;  but  there  is  a 
sunken  rock,  which  lies  oil"  the  west  jxiiiit  of  the  entraiice,  nearly  one  third  ofthejhani.fi 
over.  In  sailinj;  in  or  out  (d  this  bay,  you  should  keep  the  ea.-tern  shore  on  board,  in  or- 
der to  avoid  a  sunken  rock  which  lies  o(f  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  into  the  bav,  iiearlv 
one  third  over.  Two  miles  up  the  bay  is  Lance  Cove,  havinj;  anchorage  in  14  and  IG  fa'. 
thonis  water,  i»ood  clean  ground.  A  cable's  lengtii  off  the  southern  point  of  this  cove  is  a 
small  shoal  with  !)  feet  water,  and  betw  een  it  and  the  point  there  are  .5  fathoms.  To  sail  into 
this  place,  keep  the  east  point  of  the  bay  open  of  a  red  cliff  point,  off  which  is  a  rock  above 
water,  until  the  round  hill  you  will  see  over  the  valley  of  the  cove,  is  brought  on  with  the 
north  side  of  the  valley ;  you  will  then  be  above  the  shoal,  and  may  liaul  into  the  cove  with 
safety.  Tliere  is  a  narrow  bank  which  stretches  tjuite  across  the  bay,  from  the  south  point 
of  the  cove  to  the  opposite  sliore.  wlicrcon  are  (Vom  \'7  to  45  fathoms. 

LA  IIUNE  IIARHOU  lies  half  a  league  to  the  westward  of  ('ai)e  la  Ilnne:  it  has  an 
island  before  its  entrance,  and  is  lit  only  for  small  vessels,  and  open  to  westerly  winds :  be- 
fore it  lies  an  island  near  the  .shore.  The  channel  into  the  harbor  is  on  the  N.  W.  side  of 
the  island.  There  is  no  danger  in  going  in,  and  you  niuit  anchor  close  up  to  the  head,  in 
10  fathoms  water.  This  liaibor  is  will  adapled  for  the  fishery,  there  being  good  fishin" 
ground  about  it,  and  a  large  iieaih  (|ui(e  across  frnm  the  head  of  the  h;:rbor  to  la  Hune  Bay  : 
a  space  of  800  feet,  exposed  to  the  open  air,  and  well  iiilcuiated  for  drying  fish. 

Four  leagues  N.  W.  4'  W.  from  Cape  La  Hune,  is  the  entrance  of  Little  Kiver,  which 
is  about  100  fathoms  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  10  fathoms  deep:  a  little  way  uj)  there  is 
anchorage  in  10,  8,  and  7  fathoms  water,  good  ground.  J3etween  Cape  La  Hune  and 
Little  River,  the  land  is  tolerably  high,  and  forms  a  bay,  where  there  are  several  small 
islands  and  rocks  above  water,  the  oiitennost  of  which  lie  N.  N.  E.  |  E.  3  leagues  from 
the  Penguin  Islands,  and  are  called  the  Magnetic  l\ocks. 

S.  by  W.  ^  W.  7  miles  from  the  entrance  of  Little  River,  and  N.  by  W.  J  W.  from  the 
Penguin  Islands,  lie  the  Little  River  Rocks,  which  are  just  above  water,  with  very  deep 
water  all  round  them. 

THE  ISLES  OF  RAMEA,  which  are  of  various  extent,  both  in  height  and  circuit, 
lieN.W.^N.  5^  leagues  from  the  Penguin  Islands,  and  one  league  from  the  main:  they  ex- 
tend east  and  west  5  miles,  and  north  and  south  ,3  miles,  and  have  several  rocks  and  breakers 
about  them;  but  more  on  the  south  side  than  on  ilie  nortli.  'J'he  easternmost  island  is  the 
largest,  and  is  very  high  and  hilly  :  the  westernmost,  called  Columbe,  is  a  remarkably  high 
round  island,  of  small  circuit,  with  some  rocky  islands  and  sunken  rocks  near  it. 

RAMEA  HARBOR. — There  is  a  harbor  for  small  vessels,  formed  by  the  islands  which 
lie  near  Great  Ramea  and  the  Columbe,  called  Kaniea  Harbor,  where  they  may  lie  sheltered 
from  all  winds.  To  enter  this  from  the  westward,  you  should  give  the  southern  point  a  berth 
on  account  of  some  rocks  that  lie  o(f  the  starboard  island,  these  are  all  above  water  ;  steer  E. 
N.  E.  towards  the  harbor,  keeping  as  nearly  mid-channel  as  yoti  can,  the  passage  is  above  a 
cable's  length  broad,  and  run  for  the  anchorage  in  Ship  Cove ;  this  is  the  second  inlet  on  the 
N.  Western  shore  ;  you  will  here  ride?  safely,  on  clean  ground,  in  .'i  fathoms  water.  To  enter 
from  the  eastward,  you  must  keep  the  northern  side  of  (Jreat  Ramea  on  board,  until  you  are 
up  to  the  west  end  thereof,  then  steer  S.  W.  into  the  harbor,  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the 
channel,  in  about  three  fathoms,  and  anchor  as  before  directed.  Tliis  harbor  is  very  conve- 
nient for  fishing  vessels;  in  it,  and  also  about  tlie  islands,  are  several  places  fit  for  erecting 
stages  and  drying  fish,  which  seem  to  be  well  calculated  for  that  purpose. 

The  Rainea  Rocks  are  two  in  number,  close  to  each  other;  they  lie  about  south,  distant 
4  miles  from  the  east  end  of  Creat  Ramea.  W.  S.  W.  one  league  from  these  rocks  is  a  small 
bank  with  only  fi  fathoms  water  on  it;  and,  nearly  in  the  middle,  between  Ramea  and  the 
Penguin  Islands,  is  the  New  Bank,  with  from  14  to  50  fathoms  water;  to  run  upon  the  shoalest 
part  of  this  bank,  bring  the  two  Ranie-)  Rocks  on  witii  the  S.  Western  jiart  of  Ramea 
Islands,  and  between  them  and  Columbe,  and  the  entrance  to  Little  River  N.  E.  J  E. 

OLD  MAN'S  BAY.—Four  miles  to  the  westward  of  Little  River  is  Old  Man's  Bay, 
>vhich  runs  in  N.  N.  E.  about  7  miles,  and  is  nearly  a  mile  wide;  the  water  throughout 
the  bay  is  very  deep.  About  one  mile  and  a  half  up  the  bay,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  a  small 
island,  called  Adam's  Island,  behind  which  vessels  can  ride,  if  necessary,  in  30  and  40  fa- 
thoms;  but  the  best  anchorage  is  at  the  head,  in  14  or  1(5  fathoms. 

MOSQUITO  HARBOR  lies  about  half  a  league  to  the  westward  of  Old  Man's  Bay; 
it  is  a  snug  and  sale  harbor,  and  will  hold  a  great  number  of  vessels  in  perfect  security  ;  but 
the  entrance  is  so  narrow,  being  only  48  fathoms  in  breadth,  that  it  is  difficult  to  get  in  or  out ; 
the  land  on  both  sides  is  high,  and  oft'  the  southern  point  of  entrance  is  a  large  white  rock, 
about  a  cable's  length  from  which  it  a  black  rock,  above  water,  on  the  southern  side  of  whivth 


BLUiVTS   AMERICAN 


COAST   PI  LOT  J, 


53 


fo  fliP  eastward, 

unci  l)i>t\v(M>ri  the 

l-'Oiiiull.'jnratli- 

;ni'with(,utthcin. 

ilxjut  two  Irii(>uc8 

it:   l)ut  then'  is  a 

rd  of  th«- 1  liiini.f'l 

oil  hoard,  in  or- 

to  t\w  hay,  nearly 

K  in  14  and  IG  fa- 

t  of  this  <ov«"  is  a 

Jtiis.    To  sail  into 

li  is  a  rock  above 

iu;ht  oil  with  the 

nto  the  cove  with 

n  the  south  point 

IIhiip:  it  has  an 
;terly  winds :  he- 
le  N.  W.  side  of 
jp  to  the  head,  in 
inji  good  fishin;r 
to  hiHiine  Bay: 

TlP^    fisll. 

ttio  River,  which 
;  way  up  there  is 
e  La  liune  and 
ire  several  small 
•  3  leagues  from 

^.  ^  W.  from  tlie 
•,  with  very  deep 

ight  and  circuit, 
e  main :  they  ex- 
)cks  and  breakers 
iiost  island  is  the 
reinarkai)ly  high 
'ar  it. 

he  islands  which 
may  lie  sheltered 
em  point  a  berth 
e  water;  steer E. 
assage  is  above  a 
cond  inlet  on  the 
water.  To  enter 
ird,  until  you  are 
lie  middle  of  the 
or  is  very  conve- 
8  fit  for  erecting 

ut  south,  distant 
;  rocks  is  a  small 

Ramea  and  the 
ipontheshoalest 

part  of  Ramea 
rN.  E.  J  E. 
Old  Man's  Bay, 
ater  throughout 
[1  side,  is  a  small 
in  30  and  40  fa- 

•Id  Man's  Bay; 
ct  security;  but 
to  get  in  or  out; 
irge  white  rock, 
It  side  of  whioh 


inn  sunk  rock,  whereon  the  sea  breaks;  from  this  blark  rock  to  the  entrance  of  the  harbor, 
the  course  is  about  N.  N.  W.  distant  oiie-ihiid  of  a  mile,  in  sailing  cilher  in  or  out,  you 
shoulii  give  the  I'ack  rock  a  small  berth,  keeping  the  wcHtern  shore  on  board,  and  if  obliged  to 
anchor,  be  as  cpiick  as  possible  in  getting  a  rope  on  shore,  lest  you  drift  on  the  rocks.  In  this 
bariioryou  will  have  from  Id  to  30  (athoms  water,  with  good  riding  every  where,  and  ph  nty 
of  both  wood  and  water;  in  the  narrows  youwillfmd  I'i  fathoms,  the  slu)res  being  bold  to: 
south  and  easterly  winds  blow  right  in,  northerly  winds  right  out;  and  with  westerly  wind* 
it  is  commonly  either  quite  calm,  or  descends  in  irrejiular  pulls. 

Fox  Island  Harbor  is  formed  by  an  island  of  the  same  name;  it  lies  about  half  a  league 
to  the  westward  of  Moscjuito  Harbor  ;  between  are  several  rocky  islands  and  sunken  rocks. 
This  is  a  commodious  harbor  for  small  vessels,  which  may  anchor  in  rj,  9,  and  10  fathoms 
water.  You  uuiy  go  in  on  either  side  of  the  island,  and  tlierc  is  no  danger  but  what  shows 
itself. 

WHITE  BEAR  BAY  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  Fox  Island  Harbor,  and 
N.  N.  E.  one  league  from  Great  Ramea  Islatid  ;  it  has  several  ishiiids  at  its  entrance.  It 
runs  in  N.  E.  J  I"!,  about  4  leagues,  is  near  half  a  mile  wide  in  the  narrowest  part,  and  has 
deep  water  close  to  botli  shores  in  most  parts,  to  the  distance  of  S  miles  up;  then  the 
ground  rises  at  once  to  9  fathoms,  whence  it  shoalens  gradually  to  the  head  with  good 
anchorage.  The  best  passage  into  the  bay  is  to  the  eastward  of  all  the  islands.  On  the 
S.  W.  side  of  Bear  Island,  which  is  the  easternnujst  and  largest  in  the  motitli  of  the  bay, 
is  a  small  harbor,  runninjj  in  about  east  half  a  mile,  with  from  10  to  .ii  fathoms  of  water, 
but  there  are  several  sunken  rocks  before  its  mouth,  rendering  il  difficult  of  access.  At 
the  western  entrance  is  a  high  round  white  island,  aiid  S.  \V.  half  a  mile  iVom  this  island 
is  a  black  rock  above  water.  The  best  passage  into  the  bay,  from  the  westward,  will  be  to 
the  westward  of  this  black  rock,  and  between  White  and  Bear  Islands  ;  some  of  the  rocks 
are  above  a  mile  oft'  the  land. 

RED  ISLAxND  HARBORS.— Five  or  six  iniles  to  the  westward  of  White  Bear  Bay, 
and  nearly  nortlifrom  Ramea  (!oliuube,  are  two  small  harliors,  called  Red  Island  Harbors, 
formed  by  Red  Island,  whif-h  lies  close  under  the  land.  The  westernmost  is  the  largest  and 
best,  and  has  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water,  irood  anchorage.  In  going  in,  keep  the  island 
close  on  board,  the  outer  part  of  which  is  coinposed  of  steej)  red  cliU's. 

The  BURGEO  ISLES  are  a  cluster  of  islands  extending  about  5  miles  along  shore, 
and  forming  several  snug  and  commodious  harbors.  They  lie  about  3  leagues  N.  W.  by 
N.  from  Ramea  Columbe.  To  sail  into  Burgeo  from  the  eastward,  the  best  passage  is  on 
the  N.  E.  side  of  Boar  Island,  which  is  the  northerunu)st.  and  lies  N.  N.  W.  from  Ramea 
Columbe.  S.  E.  by  S.  from  this  island  half  a  league,  is  a  rock,  uncovered  at  low  water,  on 
which  the  sea  generally  breaks;  yoti  may  go  on  any  side  of  this  rock,  the  water  being  deep 
all  round  it :  so  soon  as  you  are  to  the  N.  W.  of  it,  keep  the  north  side  of  Boar  Island  on 
board,  and  steer  W,  i  N.  for  Grandy's  Cove,  the  north  point  of  which  is  the  first  low  point 
on  your  starboard  bow;  haul  round  that  point,  and  anchor  in  the  cove  in  14  fathoms,  and 
moor  with  a  fast  on  shore.  The  best  place  for  larjje  ships  to  anchor  in  is,  betwixt  Grandy's 
Cove  and  a  small  island,  lying  near  the  west  point  of  Boar  Island,  in  20  or  24  fathoms,  good 
ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  w  iuds.  To  sail  into  (brandy's  Cove  from  the  westward  is 
dangerous,  unless  well  acquainted  :  there  are  several  safe  passages  in  from  the  southward 
and  eastward,  between  the  islands,  and  good  anchorage ;  and  in  bad  weather  all  the  sunken 
rocks  discover  themselves,  and  you  may  run  in  without  any  fear;  but  the  islands  do  not 
aftord  either  wood  or  water. 

WOLF  BAY  extends  inwards  N.  E.  by  E.  one  league  :  tlie  entrance  is  E.  N.  E.  2  miles 
from  Boar  Island,  and  two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Red  Island  Harbor ;  the  east  point  of 
the  entrance  is  composed  of  low  rugged  rocks,  oft"  which  is  a  sunken  rock,  at  the  distance 
of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  shore,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  in  bad  weather.  Near  the 
head  of  the  bay  is  tolerably  good  anchorage,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water. 

Swing's  Harbor  lies  round  the  west  point  of  Wolf  Bay,  and  runs  in  N.  E.  by  E.  three 
quarters  of  a  mile ;  before  its  mouth  is  a  cluster  of  little  islands.  To  sail  in,  keep  the 
east  point  of  these  islands  on  board,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  and  north  for  the  entrance  of  the 
harbor,  anchoring  under  the  east  shore  in  !)  fathoms. 

HA-HA. — On  the  south  side  of  the  islands  before  King's  Harbor,  and  nearly  north  one 
mile  from  Boar  Island,  is  the  entrance  into  the  Ha-Ha,  which  runs  in  W.  N.  W.  one  mile, 
and  is  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  broad,  with  from  "JO  to  10  fathoms  water,  and  good  ground 
all  over.  Over  the  soutVi  point  of  the  entrance  into  this  harbor  is  a  high  green  hill;  and  a 
cable's  length  and  a  half  from  the  point  is  a  sunken  rock  that  always  shows  itself.  Over  the 
head  of  the  Ha-Ha,  is  Richard's  Head,  a  mark  for  running  ujion  Ramea  Shoal. 

(J  RE  AT  BARRYSWAY.— About  four  nutes  to  the  westward  of  the  Burgeo  Isles  is 
the  Great  Barrysway  point,  which  is  low,  white,  and  rocky  ;  and  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  half  a  league 
from  this  point  is  the  west  entrance  into  the  Great  Barrysway,  wherein  is  room  and  depth 
of  water  for  small  vessels.  Between  the  Burgeo  Isles  and  the  Great  Barrysway  Point,  are 
several  sunken  rocks,  some  of  which  are  half  a  league  from  the  shore. 


64 


BLUiXT  S   AMKUICA.N    COAST    IMLOT. 


CONNOIFU:  IJAV.— N.  W.  .',  N.  4  iciCMirs  from  tin-  Ilm-zo"  Islrs,  is  the  pn««t  point  of 
the  Hay  of  ConiioirH:  tliis  imiiit  is  so  f.ir  ii'mnrk;ililf  that  it  uses  with  an  ea.sv  ;\s(pnf  to  a 
moderate  lieinlit,  and  mu.  ii  liij;lier  tliaii  tin-  land  witliiii  it  ;  iln"  west  point  of  the  hay  is 
low  and  (hit.  and  to  the  wcsn-  an!  of  tliis  are  several  small  ts';iiid  .  Tiie  hay  runs  in  N.  K, 
by  N.  ahout  a  league  from  the  east  point  to  the  niidiiie  hea<l,  which  lies  between  the  two 
arms,  and  is  half  a  leaL'iie  wide,  wiili  H,  I'i,  10,  and  H  fathoms,  elose  to  both  shores,  jjood 
anchorai^e,  and  clear  >;round.  but  ()|>en  to  S.  W.  winds.  The  N.  K.  arm  afforils  shelter 
for  small  vessels  from  all  winds.  To  sail  in,  kee|>  nearest  the  starboard  shore,  and  anchor 
before,  a  small  eove  on  that  side,  near  the  head  of  the  arm,  in  M.',  fathoms  ;  towards  the  head 
of  the  arm  on  the  north-western  side,  is  a  bank  of  mud  and  sand,  uptm  which  a  vessel  tnay 
run,  if  necessaiy,  and  receive  no  damage. 

THE  HAY  UF  CUTTKAU  lies  about  2  loajjnes  to  the  westward  of  Connoire  :  its 
depth  will  admit  small  vessels  only.  KduiuI  the  west  point  of  ( 'ntteau  is  Ciiirj  Serf,  where- 
in are  a  number  of  islands,  which  form  several  small  snuj;  liarbors  Right  off  Cinq  Serf, 
about  half  a  league  from  the  s)ioro,  is  a  low  rocky  island,  westward  of  which  is  the  safest 
passage  into  the  hir<;est  harbor;  keep  near  this  rock,  steering;  K.  N.  K.  J  E.  towards  the 
south-eastern  shore,  untd  you  get  abreast  of  a  small  woody  island;  this  is  the  easternmost 
except  one,  and  lies  about  a  (juarterof  a  mile  K.  .\.  E.  I'rom  a  white  rock  in  the  middle  of 
the  chamiel;  haul  short  round  this  island,  and  an(rhor  behind  it,  in  7  fathoms  water,  here 
you  will  lie  safely  shfiltertd  from  all  winds,  or  you  may  go  further  up,  and  anchor  at  its 
head  in  4  fathoms. 

(IRAN  I)  '' '  'IT, — Four  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  rocky  island  of  Cinq  Serf,  is  the 
harbor  of  Gi  ^iii    .  vhicli  is  small  but  commodious;  and  may  be  known  i)y  a  very  hiijh 

remarkable  nv  '  itait  «  'er  it,  half  a  league  inland,  which  is  the  highest  land  on  all  the 
coast:  down  th.  .nounl,^-  runs  a  considerable  brook,  emptying  itself  by  a  cascade  into 
the  harbor.  Hefore  the  mtiudi  of  the  harixir  ace  several  litilc  islands,  the  largest  of  which 
is  of  middling  height,  with  three  green  hillocks  on  it.  A  little  outside  of  this  island  is  a 
round  rock,  rather  liigh  above  water,  called  the  ("olumbc  of  (treat  Hruit ;  and  a  (piarter  of 
a  mile  to  the  southward  of  this  rock,  is  a  low  rock  :  hi  a  direct  line  between  the  low  rock 
and  the  rocky  isles  of  Cin(|  Serf;  lialf  a  league  from  tlie  former,  is  a  sunken  rock,  whereon 
the  sea  does  not  break  in  fine  weather.  The  safest  passage  into  (Jranti  Bruit  is  to  the  north 
eastward  of  this  rock,  and  of  the  islands  lyin<r  before  the  harbor,  between  them  and  the 
three  islands  (which  are  low,  and  lay  under  tlie  shore  ;)  and,  after  you  are  to  the  northward 
of  the  sutiken  rock  above  meiuioned,  there  is  no  danger  but  what  shows  itself.  The  har- 
bor extends  N.  N.  E.  half  a  mile,  and  is  but  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide  in  the  broadest  part; 
but  it  is  bold  to  on  both  sides,  and  has  a  depth  cd'  from  4  to  7  fathoms. 

BAY  OF  ROTTE— To  the  westward  of  (Irand  limit,  between  if  and  La  Poile  Bay, 
lies  the  Bay  of  Rotte,  wherein  are  a  great  many  islands  and  sunken  rocks.  The  soulhcrii- 
most  is  a  remarkable  high  round  rock,  called  the  Cohimbe  of  Kotte,  which  lies  N.  W.  by 
AV.  8}  leagues  from  the  southernmost  of  the  Burgeos.  Between  this  island  and  (trand 
Bruit  i8,a  reef  of  rocks,  some  abo\e,  and  some  under  water,  but  they  do  not  lie  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  direct  line  between  the  islands.  Within  the  islands  of  Kotte  there  is  shelter 
for  shipping;  the  safest  passage  in  is  to  the  westward  of  the  islands  between  them  and  Lit- 
tle Ireland,  which  lies  olf  the  east  jjoint  of  l^a  Poile  Bay. 

LA  EQILE  BAY  is  large  and  spacious,  and  has  several  commodious  harbors.  Tt  may 
be  knpwo  b^'  the  high  land  of  (Jraiid  Bruit,  which  is  oidy  five  miles  to  the  eastward  of  it ; 
and  likewise  by  the  land  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  which  rises  in  remarkably  liigh  craggy 
hills.  About  1!  mile  S.  W.  from  its  east  point  lies  Little  Ireland,  a  small  low  island,  en- 
vironed with  sunken  rocks,  smne  of  which  aro  one-thin!  yf  a  mile  off:  north,  about  half 
a  mile  from  Little  Ireland,  is  a  sunken  rock  that  shows  itself  at  low  water:  this  is  the  only 
danger  in  going  into  the  bay,  excepting  such  as  lie  verv  near  the  shore. 

GREAT  AND  LITTLE  IIABBORS.— Two  miles  within  the  west  point  of  the  bay, 
and  N.  i  W.  2  miles  from  Little  Ireland,  is  Tweeds,  or  Great  Harbor;  its  south  point  is 
low,  and  it  extends  inwards  \V.  ^.  W.  one  i7iile;  it  is  about  li  cable's  length  wide  in  the 
narrowest  part :  and  the  anchorage  is  near  the  head  of  the  harbor,  in  18  or  20  fathoms,  clear 
ground,  and  sheltered  Irom  all  winds.  Half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Great  Harbor  is 
Little  Harbor,  the  north  point  of  which,  called  Tooth's  Head,  is  the  first  high  blnlf  head 
on  the  west  side  of  the  bay  ;  the  harbor  extends  inwards  W.  x\.  \V.  about  a  mile.  In  sail- 
ing in,  give  the  south  point  a  small  berth.  You  may  anchor  aiiout  half  way  up  the  harbor, 
in  10  fathoms  water,  before  the  stage  which  is  on  its  northern  side. 

GALLY  BOY'S  HARBOR  hes  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  opposite  Tooth's  Head ; 
it  is  small,  snug,  and  convenient  for  ships  bound  to  the  westward.  The  north  point  is  high 
and  steep,  with  a  white  spot  in  the  clilf,  and  near  its  southern  jmint  are  some  hillocks  close 
to  the  shore.  To  sail  in  or  out,  keep  the  north  side  on  board.  You  must  anchor  so  soon 
as  you  are  within  the  inner  south  point,  in  9  or  10  fathoms,  good  ground;  and  sheltered 
from  all  winds.     One  mile  to  the  northward  of  Gaily  Boy's  Harbor,  between  two  sandy 


i 


covfs  on  the 
rock,  that  ju.- 

Bro  id  ( M)v 
the  l»ay.      In 

NORTH 
K.  arm,  whic 
sjndy  point 
fallioms  wale 
jikI  water. 

Inilian  llai 

jrc  two  smal 

may  get  in  ai 

Little  Ireli 

and  lies  near 

G.\iUA  r 

isW.N.W  ,' 
snr.iU  vessels 
shore,  but  no 
discover  then 
white  head,  I 
of  the  bay, 
point  N.  N. 
lie  to  the  W 
row  toward  t 
large  enouiili 
LV  ;M()i: 
Harbor  la  Gc 
is  tolerably 
much  highe 
Biiv  extends 
narrowest  pa 
ing  in,  keep 
wards  the  ea 
U  fatlioins, 
which   lies  a 
above  water, 
the  rock,  hai 
iiiiT  with  a  1' 
from  the  hai 
resort  of  fht 
ROSE   B 
same  name ; 
into  tiie  hav 
(rive  the  isla 
and  keepth 
hig  within  t 
the  harbor  i 
Mull  Ra< 
anchorage 
islands,  and 
.Seven  iii 
close  undei 
shelter  for 
mile  tVoin  I 
CONNt 
Point,  is  C 
several  sun 
but  wlien  c 
water. 

DEAD 
Point,  are 
ands  Harh 
fathoms,  s 
are  severa 
be  known 
W.  and  St 
island  on ; 


^ 


BLUNT8   AMERICAN    COAST    I'lI.OT. 


55 


I) 

irfii 


flio  rnM  point  of 
«':iNV  iiscrni  to  a 

'If    of  the  l);,v  i<| 

iiv  runs  in  N.'  [.; 

iffwccn  tlif  two 

"111  shores,  jjodd 

affords  shpjti-r 

iliore,  ;in(l  anchor 

towards  the  hfad 

hich  a  vesst'l  may 

of  f 'onnoire  ;  jtj 
("mi  Serf,  where 

lit  off  Cin(|  Serf, 
ii<'li  is  the  sidV.st 

J  E.  towards  the 
s  the  easternniost 

in  the  middle  of 
lioins  water,  here 
I'ld  anchor  at  ita 

rCinq  Serf,  is  the 
wn  \,y  a  very  hii;h 
St  land  on  all  the 
>v  a  cascade  into 

larpest  of  which 
f  this  island  is  a 

and  a  (inarter  of 
eon  the  low  rock 
'11  rock,  whereon 
tit  is  to  the  north 
'n  them  and  the 
to  the  northward 
f^elf.  The  har- 
le  broadest  part; 

J  La  Poile  Bay, 
Tliesoutliprn- 
h  lies  N.  VV.  by 
stand  and  (irand 
lie  to  the  .south- 
there  is  shelter 
n  them  and  Lit- 

arbnrs.  Tt  may 
eastward  of  it ; 

biy  hifrh  cragcy 
low  island,  en- 

ifth,  about  half 
this  is  the  only 

oint  of  the  bay, 
i  south  point  is 
Jth  wide  in  the 
)  fathoms,  clear 
Jrcat  Harbor  is 
liilh  blu/f  head 
inile.  In  sail- 
up  the  harbor, 

Tooth's  Head ; 
th  point  is  high 
!  hillocks  close 
inehor  so  soon 
and  sheltered 
Jen  two  sandy 


(•ovps  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay.  and  nearly  two  cable's  length  from  the  sliorc,  is  a  Runkeii 
rock,  that  just  uncovers  at  low  wnter. 

Broid  Oove  is  about  two  miles  to  the  northward  of  Tooth's  Mead,  on  tlie  same  side  of 
the  bay.     In  thisthere  is  cood  anchorane  in  IvJ  or  11  fathoms. 

NOHTH  KA.ST  AK.M  —About  two  leagues  upilic  bay,  cm  tlie  pastern  sifie,  is  the  N. 
K.  arm,  which  is  a  spacious,  safe,  and  commodious  harbor,  in  sailin^  in.  jiive  the  low 
»ainly  |>oint  on  the  S.  K.  side  a  small  bcrlli,  and  anciior  above  it  where  convenient,  in  10 
fathoms  water,  good  holdinj^  ground,  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  very  convenient  for  wood 
jiiil  water. 

Indian  Harbor  and  De  Plate  lie  just  within  the  outer  west  point  of  La  Poile  Bay;  these 
are  two  small  coves,  conveniently  situated  for  the  fishery,  but  lit  only  for  small  vessels,  who 
may  get  in  at  high  water. 

Little  Ireland  bears  from  the  sctuthcrmnost  of  the  Jhirgeos  N.W.  by  W.  |  W.  9J  leagues ; 
and  lies  nearly  11  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Kay. 

GARIA  BAV  — From  Little  Irclandto  Harbor  la  ('one, and  La  Moine  Bay,  the  course 
is  W.  N.W  'I  W.Oor  10  milts;  bctw<Mu  lies  the  bay  of  ( Jaria.and  several  coves,  fit  only  for 
small  vessels ;  before  these  there  arc  several  islands,  and  sunken  rocks  scattered  along  the 
shore,  but  none  of  them  lie  without  the  above  course.  In  bad  weather,  all  the  sunken  rocks 
discover  themselves.  To  sail  into  (Jaria  Bay.  you  will,  in  coasting  along  shore,  discover  a 
white  head,  this  is  the  south  point  of  an  island,  lying  under  the  land,  off  the  eastern  point 
of  the  bay.  and  a  little  to  the  westward  of  two  green  hillocks  on  the  main;  bring  this  white 
point  N.  N.  K.  and  steer  directly  towards  it;  keep  between  it  and  the  several  islands  that 
lie  to  the  W.  S.  westwani ;  from  the  white  point,  the  ctiiiise  into  the  bay  is  N.  by  W.  bor- 
row towaril  the  eastern  point,  which  is  low.  'J'hc  bay  of  (iaria  alfords  plenty  of  timber, 
large  enough  for  builtlinu  <»f  ships. 

LA  .MOI.NK  AND  LA  ("OUK  HARBORS.— Tlie  .«^.  W.  p-'-u  of  the  entrance  into 
Harbor  la  ('one,  callcil  Rose  Blaiiclit>  I'oint.  (iicartt)  \viru  h  are  ^  ,(ie  >-ocks  above  water,) 
is  tolerably  high,  and  the  land  near  the  slitne  tiver  Harbor  la  Co,  i  a  La  .Moine  Bay  is 
much  higher  than  any  other  land  in  tin-  vicinity:  by  this  they  ay  bt  u_  own.  La  Moine 
Bay  extenils  inwartls  .\.  H.  •,'  L.  about  I  miles,  anil  is  tme  (piaiuv  of  a  mile  broad  in  the 
narrowest  part.  Olf  the  e;ist  point  arc  some  small  islands,  anil  rocks  above  water.  In  sail- 
ing iu,  keep  the  west  point  on  board,  uiilil  you  liave  eiitcreil  the  biiy  ;  then  edge  over  to- 
wards the  east  shore,  and  run  up  to  the  hcati  of  the  bay,  where  .on  may  anchor  in  10  or 
11  fathoms,  gnoil  ground  :  here  is  |)lciity  of  wood  anti  water.  To  sail  into  Harbor  la  Coue, 
which  lies  at  the  west  entrance  into  La  Moine  Bay.  steer  .\.  N.  W.  between  a  rock 
above  water,  in  the  mouth  of  tli-  harbor,  and  the  west  shore;  so  soon  as  you  are  within 
the  rock,  haul  to  the  westwani,  into  the  harbor,  anil  anchor  in  (>  or  H  fathoms  v^ater,  moor- 
ing nitli  a  hawser  on  shore;  or  you  may  steer  into  the  arm.  which  runs  in  N.  E.  by  E. 
from  the  harbor,  and  anchor  in  •,'')  fathoms,  sheltereil  from  all  wintls.  This  has  been  the 
resort  of  the  small  fishing  vessels  for  many  years. 

ROSE  BliANCHE. — To  the  westwani  of  Rose  Blanche  Point,  is  the  harbor  of  the 
same  name;  it  is  small  anil  xnug,  ami  the  anchorage  is  in  ')  fathoms  water.  The  channel 
into  the  harbor  is  between  the  islautl  lying  off  its  western  jioint,  and  Rose  Blanche  Point; 
give  the  island  a  gooil  berth,  on  account  of  some  sunken  rocks  which  lie  on  its  eastern  side, 
and  kee|)the  west  side  of  the  small  island  which  lies  close  to  ilie  point,  on  boari),  anchor- 
ing within  the  \.  E  point  of  this  island  in  9  fathoms.  To  enter  into  the  N.'W.  part  of 
the  harbor  woultl  be  dansjerous,  if  a  stranger,  bct-ausi?  of  its  numerous  islands  and  rocks. 

Mull  Race  is  a  small  cove  'J  miles  to  the  westwani  of  Rose  Blanche  Point,  wherein  is 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  4  fathoms.  Off  the  west  point  of  the  cove  are  two  small 
islands,  ami  several  sunken  rocks ;  the  passage  in  is  to  the  eastward  of  these. 

Seven  miles  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche  Point  are  the  Burnt  Islands,  which  lie 
close  uniler  the  shore,  and  are  not  easily  to  be  tlistinguished  from  it;  behind  these  is  a 
shelter  for  small  vessels.  Off  these  islands  are  sunken  rocks,  some  of  which  are  half  a 
mile  from  the  shore. 

CONNEY  AND  OTTER  BAYS.— Six  miles  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche 
Point,  is  Conney  Bay  and  Otter  Bay,  both  of  which  are  rendered  difficult  of  access  by 
several  sunken  rocks  outside  the  passage;  which  do  not  show  themselves  in  fine  weather  ; 
but  when  once  you  are  safe  within  Otter  Bay,  there  is  good  riding  in  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms 
water. 

DEAD  ISLANDS  HARBOR.— W.  N.  W.  ?\V.nearly4  leagues  from  Rose  Blanche 
Point,  are  the  Dead  Islands,  which  lie  close  uniler  the  shore ;  in  the  passage  to  Dead  Isl- 
ands Harbor,  between  the  islands  and  the  main,  is  good  anchorage  for  shij)ping  in  6  or  8 
fathoms,  sheltered  from  all  winds;  but  it  is  very  dangerous  of  access  to  strangers,  as  there 
are  severai  sunken  rocks  in  both  the  east  and  west  entrances.  The  eastern  entrance  can 
be  known  by  a  remarkable  white  spot  on  one  of  the  i  lands ;  bring  this  spot  to  bear  N.  by 
W.  and  steer  in  for  it,  keeping  the  starboard  rocks  on  board,  and  leave  the  white  spotted 
island  on  your  larboard  side.     The  western  entrance  may  be  recognized  by  a  high  point  oi 


56 


HLU.NT's    AMKRICAiN    COAST   TI  I,OT. 


the  main,  a  little  to  the  wentwanl  of  tlie  i^htnd*.  on  the  western  part  of  wliirh  point  ii  a 
greni  liillock;  keep  tliis  ixtiiit  rioscon  buiiid,  iiiilll  ynii  ^ct  within  a  htth- round  rock,  near 
to  (he  wrKterniiioHt  iNl.ind,  at  the  ra-itfrn  point  ot  «titranre;  then  haul  over  to  the  eaiitwarii 
for  tiie  ^reat  island,  dislinjjui.shud  by  a  hi^h  hill,  and  steer  K.  I  N.  keeping;  the  before  men- 
tioned little  rock  in  Nii^lit. 

I'CJR'r  Al'X  HASC^CK.— From  the  Dead  Isles  to  Port  ati  Ha-^cme,  the  eotirnr  and 
tlistance  are  W.  N.  W.  about  tnides;  bciwcen  lie  .several  small  islands  close  under  the 
shore,  and  there  are  snnkcn  rocks,  some  nl  which  are  hall  a  mile  from  the  shore.  I'tirt 
niix  iiasijiM-  is  a  small  commodious  harbor,  mImcIi  lies  about  'i\  leagues  to  the  eastward 
of  (Jape  Kay.  To  fall  in  with  it,  briii;;  the  Sii^ar-Loaf  Mill  over  Cape  Kay,  to  hear  N.  N. 
W.  ,'j  W.  or  the  west  end  of  the  Table  iMoimiain  N.  N.  W.  Steer  in  for  the  land  with 
either  of  these  marks,  uiid  you  will  tall  directly  in  with  the  harbor:  the  S.  W.  point,  called 
Poitit  KlaiK  he,  is  of  a  moderate  heiulit,  and  of  white  appearance  ;  but  th"  N.  K.  point  is 
low  and  llat,  and  has,  (lose  to  it,  a  black  rock  above  water.  In  order  to  avoid  the  outer 
shoal,  on  which  are  three  fathoms,  and  which  lies  K.  S.  E.  three  tpiarters  of  a  milu 
Inuii  Point  Blanche,  keep  the  said  point  on  board,  and  brini;  the  tlag-stalf  which  is  on  the 
hill  over  the  west  side  ol  the  head  of  the  harbor,  on  with  the  .S,  W.  poitit  of  Koad  Island; 
tliat  direction  will  lead  you  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  between  the  east  and  west  rocks, 
tile  former  of  which  always  show  themselves,  and  these  you  leav<;  on  your  starboard  hand: 
continue  this  course  up  to  Koad  Island,  and  keep  the  west  [)oint  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  Kryinj^-|)an  Kock,  which  stretches  out  Irom  a  cove  on  the  west  shore,  opposite  the 
island;  and,  so  soon  as  you  are  above  the  island,  haul  to  the  H.N.  K.  and  anchor  between 
it  and  Harbor  Island  wherever  you  please,  in  (tor  10  fathoms,  jjood  jiroiind,  and  sheltered 
from  all  winds  :  this  is  called  the  Koad  or  Outer  Harbor,  and  is  the  only  anctmririi;  place 
for  men  ol"  war,  or  ships  drawint;  a  (jreat  depth  of  water,  but  small  vessels  always  lie  up  in 
the  Inner  Harbor.  To  sail  into  it.  run  in  between  the  west  shore  and  the  .S.  W.  eiul  of 
Harbor  Island,  and  anchor  behind  the  said  island,  in  '!  or  4  fathoms.  In  some  parts  of  this 
harbor  sliips  can  lay  their  broadside  so  near  to  the  shore  as  to  reach  it  with  a  |)laiik.  This 
place  has  been  fre(|iieiited  by  lisliermen  for  many  years,  it  isweil  situated  for  their  pur|)oses. 
and  is  capable  of  most  excellent  uccommodatioiis;  one  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Basque  is 
Little  Rav. 

GR.Ar>/D  BAY  lies  about  two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Port  atix  Basque;  there  are 
several  small  islands  and  ro<  ks  in  and  before  it,  the  outtriUDsi  of  which  are  not  above  \ 
quarter  of  a  mile  iVom  the  shore,  on  these  the  sea  i^enor.illy  breaks:  it  is  only  fit  for  small 
vessels. 

From  Port  aux  Basque  to  Point  Kiira<;(''e.  the  bearing  and  distance  are  W.  N.  W. 
about  a  league,  and  thence  to  ('ape  Ray  N.  N.  W.  nearly  1',  league.  Point  Enracce,  is 
low ;  off  it  and  to  the  eastward  of  it,  are  some  sunken  rocks  a  mile  froin  the  shore,  on  which 
the  sea  breaks. 

CAPE  RAY  is  the  .*^.  W.  extremity  of  Newfoundlan  1,  situated  in  lat.  47  deg.  37  min. 
north,  and  longitude  .59  dcij.  17  min.  w.^st  from  (Jrceiiwich:  the  land  of  the  cape  is  very 
remarkable;  near  the  shore  it  is  low,  but  three  miles  inland  is  a  very  hiuh  table  mountain, 
which  rises  almost  perpendicular  from  the  low  1  nd,  and  ajjfiears  to  be  (juite  flat  at  the  top, 
excepting  a  small  hillock  on  the  S.  W.  |)oiiit  of  it.  This  land  maybe  seen,  in  clear 
weather,  from  the  distance  of  l(>  or  Irt  leagues.  Close  to  the  foot  of  the  Table  mountain, 
between  it  and  the  point  of  thti  cape,  is  a  liic;h  round  liill.  resembling  a  sugar-loaf,  (called 
the  Sugar-Loaf  of  Cape  Kay,)  whose  summit  is  a  little  lower  than  that  of  the  table  inotin- 
tain  ;  and  to  the  northward  of  this  hill,  under  the  table  mountain,  are  two  other  conical 
hills,  resembling  sugar-loaves,  which  are  not  so  high  as  the  former  ;  one  or  other  of  these 
sugar-loaf  hills  arc,  from  all  points  of  view,  seen  detached  from  the  table  mountain. 

There  is  a  sandy  bay  betwi-eii  Cape  Ray  and  Point  Eiiragee,  wherein  sliips  may  anchor 
with  tlie  winds  from  N.  N.  W.  to  East,  but  they  should  be  cautious  not  to  be  surprised 
there  vv'ith  S.  W.  winds,  which  blow  dire; ily  in,  and  cause  a  great  sea.  The  ground  is 
not  the  best  for  holding,  being  lim^  sand.  Towards  tlie  east  side  of  this  bay  is  a  small 
ledge  of  rocks,  one  mile  from  shore,  on  which  the  sea  does  not  break,  in  fine  weather. 
The  best  place  for  lar.'.'e  ships  to  aiiclior  it;  is,  to  bring  the  point  of  the  cape  N.  W.  and 
tlie  hi'^h  white  sand-hill  in  the  bottom  of  the  liay  N.  E.  in  10  fathoms  water.  Small  ves- 
sels may  lie  farther  in.  Be  larofiil  not  to  run  so  far  to  the  eastward  as  to  bring  the  end  of 
the  table  mountain  on  with  the  sand-hill,  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  liy  which  means  the 
ledge  of  rocks  before  mentioned  will  be  avoided. 

N.  W.  ^  W.  nearly  one  mile  from  the  point  of  the  cape,  is  a  small  ledge  of  rocks,  called 
the  Cape  Rocks,  whereon  the  sea  always  breaks;  and,  one  mile  to  the  northward  of  the 
cape,  close  uiider  the  land,  is  a  low  rocky  island  ;  there  "^  a  channel  between  the  ledge 
and  the  cape,  with  14  and  15  fathoms  water,  and  also  between  it  and  the  island  with  4  and 
6  fathoms;  but  the  tides,  which  run  here  with  great  rapidity,  render  it  unsafe  to  shipping. 

The  soundings  under  100  fathoms  do  not  extend  above  a  league  from  the  land  to  the 
southward  and  eastward  of  the  cape,  nor  to  the  westward  and  northward  of  it,  except  on  a 


I 


)ank  *hich 
arc  from  70 
aux  Basqm 
fathoms. 

THE  IS 
Kay,  in  .Ni 
hiaiid  ;  it  t>* 
Iii){li  hills  11 
there  is  a  Ii 
from  the  se 

CAPE  ^ 
fntrance  iiit 
bears  from  t 
excepting  n< 

THE  T 
the   tide  gei 
about  7  or  h 
greatly  inllu 
and  St.  I'le 
Bay,  it  sets 
Mniie  and  ( 
generally  v! 
xiderable,  e\ 
vhat  miiilit 
lime  than  at 


THE 

F 

FROM  C 

Cape  f\jigui 
ward  of  (.'ap 
Between  tli« 
wherein  are 
which  has  a 
The  shore  u 
ger  so  far  off 
being  timbei 

ISLAND 
Cape  Anguil 
in  compass, 
bar-harbor  ( 
southward. 

COD  RO 
good  anchoi 
point  of  the  i 
island,  at  the 
of  the  island 
to  the  soutlr 
shoal  stretcl 
there  is  goof 

ST.  GEC 
distance  are 
(leorge,  whi 
leagues  froii 
land,  is  a  go 
St.  George  < 
but  boats, 
chorage  in  7 
two-thirds  a 

CAPE  S 
the  Bay  of  I 


BLU.NTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


57 


licli  point  i«  a 
iikI  rock,  near 
>  the  «'ioiiwnrd 
u;  bi'furf  iiien- 

le  course  nnd 

DHP  under  lln; 

Hliorc.      I'ort 

» the  cnslwiirtl 

to  bi'iir  N.  N. 

tilt'  land  with 

'.  point,  cidicd 

N.  K.  point  18 

void  the  outer 

ters  ol'a  nirlu 

hich  is  on  the 

Hoad  Island ; 

id  west  rocks, 

irl)oiird  hand : 

oriler  to  avoid 

',  opposite  the 

ichor  between 

and    ^*hp|ter(•ll 

clioriiii;  place 

wavs  lie  up  in 

S.'W.  end   of 

e  fiartsoC  this 

plank.     This 

heir  purposes. 

of  15as(]ue  is 

ue ;  there  are 
'  not  above  h 
\y  (it  for  small 

re  W.  N.  W. 
t  Enragoe,  is 
ore, on  which 

deg.  37  niin. 

cajie  is  very 

lie  mountain, 

lat  at  the  top, 

een,  in  clear 

le  mountain, 

r-loaf,  (called 

table  motin- 

other  conical 

tlier  of  these 

uiitain. 

may  anclior 

be  surprised 

10  ground  is 

ay  is  a  small 

ine  weather. 

N.  W.  and 

Small  ves- 

n<j  the  end  of 

1  means  the 

rocks,  called 
iward  of  the 
in  the  ledge 
d  with  4  and 
to  shipping. 
! land  to  the 
except  on  a 


jank  Ahich  lies  otV  Port  aiix  Itasijiie,  between  'J  and  .'(  leaKues  iVomilie  Innd,  whereon 
are  from  70  (o  100  fathoms,  good  hsliing  uround.  S.  K.  j  S.  about  13  ^rnKueft  from  Port 
,iux  itaNijue,  ill  the  lai.  of  47  deg.  14  miii.  north,  is  saiil  to  be  a  bank,  whereon  lire  70 
failioms. 

THK  ISLAND  OK  ST.  I'AIJL,  bearn  W.  S.  W.  \  W.  distant  14  lengieiifrom  Cape 
Ray,  ill  Ni^wfounilland,  and  K.  N.  K.  |  K.  4  leagues  from  the  North  Cafie  of  Itretou 
Maud;  it  is  about  5  miles  in  compaMs,  including  the  islet  at  its  N.  K.  end;  <  has  three 
liigli  hills  upon  it,  and  deep  water  close  to  all  round.  On  the  northern  part  of 'his  island, 
there  is  a  lighthouse  containing  a  fixeil  light,  it  can  be  8eeii  in  clear  weather  18  miles 
from  the  sea. 

CAPK  NOKTII  is  a  lofty  nroniontnry  at  tiie  N.  K.  extremity  of  Itreton  Island;  the 
entrance  into  the  (iulf  of  St.  Lawrence  is  formed  liy  this  cape  and  Cape  Kay,  and  the  latter 
bears  from  the  former  K.  N.  K.  |  K.  distant  IH  l  leagues  :  the  depth  of  the  water  between, 
excepting  near  the  island  of  St.  I'aul.  is  generally  aluive  JOO  fathoms, 

THK  TIDKS. — IJelweeii  ("ape  Chapcau  Kuuge  and  ("ape  Kay,  in  all  the  bayn,  &e. 
the  tide  generally  flows  till  !)  o'clock,  on  full  and  change,  and  its  perpendicular  rise  is 
about  7  or  H  fft  on  springs;  but  it  must  be  obsencd,  that  the  tides  are  every  where 
greatly  inlluein  ...  by  the  winds  and  weather.  ( >ii  the  coast,  between  ("ape  ('ha|)eau  Kouge 
and  St.  Pierre,  ilie  current  sets  generally  to  ilie  S.  \V.  On  the  south  side  of  Fortune 
Kav,  it  sets  to  the  eastward,  and  on  the  iioitli  side  to  the  westward.  Ketween  (Jape  La 
Huiie  and  Cape  Kay,  the  Hood  sets  to  the  westward  in  tin-  oiling,  very  irregularly;  but 
generally  -J  or  .'•  Iioui.s  after  it  i>  high  water  by  the  shore.  The  tide  or  current  is  inron- 
fiiileruble,  exceplini;  near  ("ape  Kay,  where  it  is  stidiig.  aod  at  timi's  sets  (|uite  contrary  to 
what  miuht  be  expected  Imm  the  coiiiiiion  course  of  the  tides,  and  much  stronger  at  one 
lime  than  at  another;  the.se  irregularities  seem  to  depend  cliielly  on  the  winds. 


THE  WEISTER.ir  COAST  OF  IVElVEOL'iXDLAND, 

FROM  CAPK  KAV  TO  THK  STRAIT  OF  KKLLK  ISLE. 

FROM  Cape  Ray  to  Cape  .\nguille,  the  course  and  distance  are  N.  }  E.  17  or  18  mtlefli 
Cape  Anguille  is  the  northernmost  point  of  land  you  can  .see,  after  passing  to  the  west-' 
ward  of  (."njie  Kay;  it  is  high  table  land,  and  covered  with  wood,  in  the  rnuntry  above  it. 
Ketweeii  the  high  land  of  the  two  capes  the  coast  is  low,  and  the  shore  forms  a  bay, 
wherein  are  the  great  and  little  rivers  of  ("od  Roy;  the  northernmost  is  the  great  river, 
which  has  a  bar-harbor,  fit  to  admit  vessels  of  H  or  10  feet  draught  only  at  high  witer. 
The  shore  may  lie  approached  between  the  two  capes  to  half  a  league,  there  being  no  dan- 
ger so  far  off.  It  is  a  good  salmon  lisliery,  and  for  buildiii!:  small  vessels  and  boats,  there 
being  timber  in  abundance. 

ISLAND  COD  KO^■.— The  Island  of  Cod  Roy  lies  l\  or  '->  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Cape  Anguille,  close  under  the  high  land  ;  it  is  a  low,  (lat,  green  island,  of  nearly  2  miles 
in  compass,  in  the  shape  of  a  horse-shoe,  forming,  between  it  and  the  main,  a  small,  snug 
bar-harbor  for  vessels  of  10  or  IJ  ("eet  draught ;  the  salest  entrance  to  it  is  from  the 
southward. 

COD  RO  V  KOA  D. — South-eastward  from  the  island  is  Cod  Roy  Road,  wherein  is  veiy 
good  anchorage  for  shijiping,  in  ."",  7,  or  (>,  fathoms,  on  a  dav  bottom.  With  the  south 
jioint  of  the  islanil  bearing  about  W.  N.  W.  and  the  point  o(  the  beach  on  the  inside  of  the 
island,  at  the  south  entrance  into  the  harbor,  on  with  a  point  on  the  main  to  the  northward 
of  the  island,  you  will  lie  in  7  fathoms,  ;uid  nearly  half  a  mile  irorn  the  shore, ;  one  league 
to  the  southward  of  Cod  Roy  Island  is  a  high  lilull"  point,  called  Sioriuy  Point,  otX  which  a 
shoal  stretches  out  a  full  mile  ;  this  point  covers  tlie  road  from  the  S.  S.  E.  winds,  and 
tliere  is  good  anchorage  all  along  the  shore,  between  it  and  the  island. 

ST.  (jEORCK'S  IJAV.— From  Cape  Anguille  to  Cape  St.  George,  the  course  and 
distance  are  N.  N.  E.  J  E.  nearly  12  leagues;  these  two  cajies  ibrm  the  (ireat  bay  of  St. 
(leorge,  which  extends  inwards  E.  N.  E.  18  leagues  from  the  former,  and  E.  S.  E.  II 
leagues  from  the  latter;  at  the  head  of  this  bay,  on  the  south  side,  round  a  low  point  of 
land,  is  a  good  harbor,  with  excellent  anchorage  in  8,  10,  or  12,  fathoms  water:  the  river 
St.  George  empties  itself  into  the  head  of  this  bay,  but  it  is  not  navigable  for  any  thing 
but  boats.  On  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  before  the  isthmus  of  Port-a-Port,  is  good  an- 
chorage in  7  or  8  fatlioms,  with  northerly  winds;  from  ottthis  jilace  a  lishing-bank  stretches, 
two-thirds  across  the  bay,  w  itli  from  7  to  lt>  fathoms  water  on  it,  dark  sandy  bottom. 

CAPE   ST.  GEORCiE  may  be  readily  known  not  only  by  its  being  the  north  point  of 
tlie  Bay  of  St.  George,  but  also  by  the  steep  cliffs  on  the  north  part  of  it,  which  rise  per^ 


58 


"BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


pendirtilnrly  from  <rt«'  hpii  to  it  coiiMHlfr;!!)!**  ln-iKlit  ;   iitiil  hy  Ht-d  iNhtml,  which  \\p%  Ti  milrt 
to  the  »orth-i-iiftlviiril  olthi-  <-,t\tv,  .tiid  liall  a  iiiilc  Iroiii  the  Hhnri-:  thiM  island  m  hIxhu  1 


in 
the 


ili>  in  hMijijth,  v(id  ol'  a  middling;  h«M):lil  ;   (he  .«tt'f|)  idill  n  uroiiiHl  it  an-  ol  a  rt-ddJNh  red 


re   IN  ant 


hi^a^e  with  idl-Nhorc  winds  under  the  N.  K.  end  nl'  iht*  i.nland,  liet 


or; 


••re  H  NHndv 


l<)MI<l, 


di}i(iii;;li  this  |dare  waM  lieretolore  much  reMurled  to  by  ve<tHi-lH  in  ih 


Red  I<4land,  diHiant  •>  or  S  inilcN,  to  lion^  Point,  nt  tlie  rntran 


ee  into  (lif 


cove  on  the  i«ain,  wliiili  hes  just  to  tiut  nnrtliward  olthe  uteep  c  lili'n,  in  I 'J  or  14  (all 
you  will  the/e  ride,  covered  (rom  tlie  S.   W.  winds  hy  the  island,  and  Ironi  the  soiuherl, 
nnd  eaHterl/  winds  l»v  tin*  main  land,  liut  there  is  no  shelter  whatever,  with  winds  Ironi  the 
North  or 
fiiliinir  trad 

Kroui  ahi 
bay  of  i'ort-a-l'ort,  the  hearinij  and  distance  are  K.  by  N.  7  or  8  leaxues :  troni  l{ed  Ulnnd 
to Ouernsey  Island,  in  tlie  moulh  of  the  hay  of  islands,  K.  N.  K.  \  N.  nearly  Ki  leayueit; 
from  Ked  Island  to  Cape  St.  (irei^ory,  N.  K.  hy  K.  full  'JO  lea^jues:  and  from  Ked  island 
to  Point  Kicli,  which  is  the  north  point  of  liii^ornachoix  J{ay,  N.  K.  [  K.  4H.',  lea/jnes. 

P()RT-A-P(>K'r.— The  land  between  Ked  Island  and  the  entrance  into  Port-a-I'ort  it 
rather  low,  with  sandy  beaches,  except  one  reniarkalde  U^U  hillock,  called  Kound  I  ead, 
close  to  the  shore,  abotit  .>  leagues  to  the  K.  N.  Kastward  of  Ked  Island:  but  up  in  the 
country,  over   Port-a-Port,  are  hi;;h  lan<ls :  and,  if  you  are  ;j  or  4  leanues  ofV  at  sea,  vou 


SI. 

W.  ; 

c. 

re 

ast  of 

-a 

-I'ort 

y 

IslaiK 

can 


not  discern  tiie  Lon^    Point  ol' land  which  forms  the  bay  ;   this  bay  is  capacious,  be 


"IK 
above.')  miles  broad  at  the  entiaiKc,  and  4  leagues  deep,  running  in  to  the  .South  and  .S. 
Westwaril,  with  j;ood  anchorages  in  most  parts  idit.  Ijonj;  Point  is  the  west  point  of  the 
bay;  it  is  low  and  roc  ky,  and  a  ledye  ol'  rocks  extends  from  it  K.  N.  K.  nearlv  a  mile.  ,S. 
E.  by  K.  J  K.  I  miles  iVoiii  liOiif;  Point,  and  half  a  leaiiue  from  the  east  shore,  lies  Fox 
Island,  which  is  small,  but  of  iniddlin.;  height;  from  the  north  end  of  this  island  a  •hoal 
Htretches  out  nearly  'J  miles  to  N.  N.  Kastward,  called  Fox's  'i'ail  ;  and  nearly  in  ihe  mid- 
dle of  the  bay,  between  Fox  Island  and  the  west  shore,  lies  the  Middle  (Jriiiuid,  on  one 
place  of  which,  near  the  .S.  W.  end,  there  is  not  above  .3  or  4  feet  water.  From  the  head 
of  the  bay,  projecting;  out  into  the  middle  of  it,  is  a  low  |ioiiit,  called  Middle  Point,  olf 
which,  extending  '*  miles  N'.  K.  by  N.  is  a  shoal  spit,  jiart  of  whic  h  dries  at  low  water: 
this  Middle  Point  divides  the  bay  into  two  parts,  (ailed  Fast  and  West  Ha>s.     From  tl 


n; 


head  of  the  Fast  iJay,  over  to  the  Hay  ^>i  St.  (ieorije,  the   distance  is  a  lar^e  qiiaiter  of  a 
mile :  this  isthmus  is  very  low,  iind  h  s  a  pond  in  the  middle  of  it,  into  w  hich  liie  sea  fie- 

auently  daslies  over,  especiilly  at  liiuh  tides,  and  with  yales  oi   wind  from  the  soiuliwaiil. 
•n  the  east  side  of  it  is  a  toleriii)ly  liit;li   mountain,  risiiii;  directiv  from  the  i«.tliini 


flat 


IS,  a 


nd 


at  top;  to  the  nortliwanl  ol  tins,  ami  at  ahout  o  miles  distance  irom  the  isilinms,  i-  a 
conspicuous  valley,  or  hollow,  hereafter  to  be  used  as  a  mark.  iN.  K.  by  F.  [  K.  above  'J 
leagues  from  Long  Point,  and  hah' a  leamie  from  the  shore,  lies  .Shns;  Island,  which  ap- 
pears at  a  distance  like  a  hii;li  rock,  and  is  easily  to  be  distinguished  t'roiii  the  iiiiin  :  and 
W.  N.  W.  about  a  league  from  it  lies  the  middle  of  Long  Led-re,  which  is  a  narnw  led^e 
of  rocks  stretching  K.  N.  F.  iuid  W .  .S.  W .  idioul  4  miles;  the  eastern  p;irt  of  them  is 
above  water,  and  the  channel  into  the  liay  of  Porl-a-Port.  between  the  west  end  of  this 
ledge  and  the  reef  which  stretches  o(f  from  the  west  |ioiiil  id  the  bay,  is  a  league  wide. 

In  sailing  in  to  Port-a-Port,  if  coining  from  the  .*>.  Westward,  advance  no  neiirer  to  tlie 
Long  Point  of  the  bay  than  1  ^  mile,  until  you  have  brought  the  valley,  in  tiie  side  of  the 
mountain  before  mentioned,  (on  the  east  side  of  the  isthmus.)  over  the  east  end  of  Fox 
Island,  or  to  the  eastward  of  it,  which  will  then  bear  south  a  little  eiisteiiy  ;  you  will  then 
be  clear  of  the  lauig  Point  Heef,  and  may  haul  into  the  bay  with  safety;  but,  if  coining 
from  the  N.  F.  without  the  Long  Ledge,  or  liirniiig  into  the  bay,  in  order  to  keep  clear  of 
the  S.  W.  end  of  fiong  Ledge,  bring  the  isthmus,  or  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  (which  is 
on  the  east  side  of  the  isthmus,)  open  to  the  westward  ol  Fox  Island,  nearly  twice  the 
breadth  of  the  island,  and  it  will  lead  you  into  the  bay  (dear  of  fiong  Ledge;  and  when 
Shag  Island  is  brought  on  with  the  foot  of  the  high  land  on  the  south  side  of  ("oal  River, 
bearing  then  E.  !,'  .S.  you  will  be  within  tlie  Long  Ledge  :  there  is  also  a  safe  passage  into 
the  bay,  between  the  [iong  Ledge  and  the  main,  on  cither  side  of  Shag  Island,  and  taking 
care  to  avoid  a  small  shoal,  of  0.^  fathoms,  which  lies  W.  by  N.  one  mile  from  the  -sland. 

To  sail  up  into  the  West  JJay  and  Head  Harbor,  keep  the  western  shore  on  board  :  this 
shore  is  bold  to.  In  turning  beiween  it  and  the  iMiddle  (iroiind,  stand  no  nearer  to  the 
Middle  than  into  H  fathoms  ;  but  you  may  stand  to  the  spit  of  llie  Middle  INuni  into  (!  or 
6  fathoms.  The  anclioniire  in  West  iiiiy  is  in  iihoiit  8  fathoms,  and  in  Head  Harbor,  in 
about  5  fatlioms.  The  West  Road  lies  before  a  high  stone  beach,  about  'J  miles  south- 
westward  of  Long  Point,  where  you  may  lie  very  secure  from  westerly  and  N.  W.  winds, 
in  about  10  or  I'J  fathoms  water:  this  be;:(  h  is  steep  to,  and  forms  an  excellent  place  for 
landing  and  drying  your  fish;  tliere  is  a  good  place  at  the  northern  end  of  Fox's  Island 
for  the  same  purpose.  The  whole  bay  and  the  adjacent  coasts  abound  with  cod,  and 
extensive  fishing  banks  lie  all  along  the  coasts. 

The  East  Road  lies  between  Fox  Island  and  the  east  shore  :  to  sail  up  to  it,  you  should 
keep  the  high  bluff  head,  which  is  about  a  league  to  the  E.  N.  E.  of  the  island,  bearing 


10  thn  souili«. 
liluiid;  yoi"  « 
louihward,  am 

To  nail  i'l> 
ibiive  the  islaii 
point  above  ili. 
wiiiil'*,  in  altou 
iiiiil  the  Fox'i* 
iiiitrkwillle.id 
,  li.ir  as  before 
H.\Y    OF 
\\.\\  of  Isl  iiid> 
Long  Ledge  ; 
Iv  from  the  si 
(ii  It.  particiila 
are  nearly  id 
Harbors.  wlii< 
111  bet  went  (»i 
HOiitherly  and 
(justs  of  wind) 
M.ileiy.     'I'l"-' 
liiiil  in  or  o'lt 
k'.lge  of  rock 
a  hue  with  th 
Hide  ol    the  N 
safest  passage 
between  Twe 
LARK   11 
of  York  liar 
.^.  S.  \V.  b  1 
third  of  a  mil 
large  ship,  ki 
side,  bearing 
secure  from  i 
Vt)RK  II 
are  W.  S.  W 
iiiir's  Island, 
runs  olV  frou 
there  is  also 
iiNo  be  av(dib 
give  Sword  I 
a  sandy  beac 
erU  winds  bl 
ilarlmr  Isl 
fiuernsey  Is 
River  Huml 
80  rapid  in  ^ 
even  a  boat 
The  Nort 
On  the  east 
10,  orl-2f;»t' 
with  S.  W. 
the  bay,  is  1 
Hay  oi"  Islai 
were  ere<  e 
lame  beaci 
t  roin  tlu 
E.  H  miles; 
of  Bonne  1 
is  low,  alon 
way  inland 
CAPE  i 
from  the  se 
when  vou • 
BOSINE 
all  that  on 
and  thence 


BI.UNT  8    AMERICAN    COAST   FILOT. 


59 


'"■h  lies  r,  ,„ii„ 

'•""I   i»    RllOllt   1 

'•  •••■•lilixh  color '; 

I.  iM-lori'   H  MHri.ly 

'  "«•  H  Lilhom,, 

'•'  »Jn-  MOUlhlTiv 

'  *^'>i<lNlroii,  ihK 
>y  VfSMelM  in  th^ 

cnirancc  info  tlif 
''••III  Hr.l  Mn,„| 
y^y  Iti  l.-i.uu..H: 
from  Kf«l  inh,,,,! 
'I'^.l  len^iiPH. 
"  f'<»rt-a.|»orii, 
'I  Hound  f  ca,!, 
•  '"If   ii|)  in  (lie 
•>'}'  at  scii,  vou 
:M'»<"i<>tis,  bt'iii); 
♦•  '"^"iitli  and  S. 
**'"*'  poiiii  ol  tlip 
"'"■Iv  ii  mile.     .S. 
NllOlf,    lies    K„x 
ix  isl.iiid  a  sh.iid 
•'iirlv  in  rlic  niid- 
< •round,  on  one 
l-'iorn  the  l„.i,d 
Iidilli-   Point,  o/l 
X  itt  low  water ; 
'i'Jt.     l'"roni  ilic 
'•;;<'  <|iiaiier  of  a 
hich  the  Nea  (re- 
'  'lie  sonilMvartl. 
I"'  i^tiiiiiUN,  and 
til*'  istlinms,  i.«  a 
'■••  '.  K.  ahcnp  vi 
^litiid,  uhieli  ;,,,. 

'  lli«'  main  :  and 
«  a  nam.w  ledj^e 

p:irt  of  theni  is 
*«'.sf  end  of  tliis 
(>iiUiit-  wide, 
no  nearer  to  tlie 

tliP  side  of  tlie 
iist  end  of  Fox 
;   von  will  then 

'•lit,  if  roinini;       { 
to  keep  clear  of      I 
iitiiin,   (wiiii  li  is 
iPJirly  twice  t)ie 
tl^i' ;  und  wlien 

of  Coal  Kivcr. 
ife  passage  into 
iind,  and  takin;^ 
rom  tlie  island. 
on  hoard  :  this 
)  nearer  to  tiie 
I*<"uil  into  (i  or 
fad  Ifarhor,  in 
'■!  miles  south- 
I  N.  W.  winds, 
flhnt  |dace  for 
f  Fox's  Island 

with  cod,  and 

'  it,  you  should 
island,  bearing 


in  tbn  ^nnthward  of  .S.  K..  Iiy  K.  .)  K.  until  ihi*  iNtlniniH  In  lirou|{lit  to  llii*  riiMwHnl  of  Fox 
lihiiid ;  you  will  iIiimi  he  within  the  shoal  calh-d  the  Fox'n  'r.iil,  and  may  haul  tu  (he 
luiitliward,  and  anrhor  any  where  hetween  the  island  and  the  main,  in  from  lUto  IH  tuthomi. 
To  mtil  ii/i  Ihr  Hunt  liitij,  passi  hetween  the  island  ami  the  eaMi  stliore,  and  after  you  are 
altdve  the  inland,  come  no  nearer  to  the  main  th  ui  half  a  mile,  until  you  are  alireHHl  uii\  hluff 
nuint  ul)ove  the  island,  called  Koad  I'oint,  just  ahove  which  is  the  hcst  anchorai;e  with  N.  £. 
winds,  in  alioiit  IJ  lalhoms  water;  and  to  sail  iijithe  Kasi  |(ay  heiweeii  tin*  .^Ii(ldle  (iruund 
iiiiil  the  Fo\'h  Tail,  brin;;  the  said  hlulf  point  on  with  the  S.  W,  pmi.t  of  Vox  Island  ;  this 
mark  will  lead  you  up  in  tin-  tair  way  hetvveeiithe  twiiHhuab;  Kivuthe  island  ahvrlli,  audaa- 
ilior  as  before  flirecied,  in  from  H  to  I'J  fathoms  water. 

HAY  «)F  I.SLA.NDS.— From  the  j.oiii;  Pmnt  at  the  entrance  of  i'ort-a-l'ort  to  tbfl 
Itiiv  of  Isl mils,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  K.  I)y  -V,.  r*  leagues,  lie  i  arel'ul  to  avoid  the 
Loiix  Ledi;e  ;  the  land  between  is  ofcoiHiderable  height,  risiiij;  in  crH{ji5y  harren  hills,  direct- 
|v  from  tlie  shore.  The  liay  of  Islands  may  he  known  by  the  mitiy  inlands  in  the  mouth 
liiil,  particularly  the  three  named  (iuernscy  Island,  Tweed  i>linil,iind  Fear!  Island,  which 
;ire  nearly  ol  eijiial  heiulit  with  the  li'iid  on  the  main.  If  >ou  are  liouiid  lor  Lark  or  Vork 
Harbors,  which  lie  on  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  bav,  and  are  coiniiiL;  from  the  ^^oiilhward,  run 
111  belwei  n  ((Uernsey  Island  and  tin;  Soiilli  ijead,  hutli  ol  winch  are  bold  to ;  but  with 
Koiitherly  and  S.  \V.  winds  approach  not  too  near  the  .'^oiilh  Head,  lest  calnm  and  sudden 
i;iists  of  winds  should  proceed  from  the  hi^h  land,  under  Mhich  you  raimot  anchor  with 
^ifetv.  There  are  several  cliannr'ls  formeil  by  the  dilfereiit  islaiid>,  tliroujh  which  yon  may 
s:iil  in  or  out  of  the  bay,  there  beinj;  no  danger  but  what  slmus  iiself,  exceptim;  a  small 
It'.Ji^e  of  rocks,  which  lie  lialf  a  mile  north  eastward  Iroiii  the  northern  Slia;;  llocki  and  in 
^  line  with  the  tw(j  Sha^  Hocks  in  one.  If  you  brini;  the  south  ."^hai:  Kock  open  on  either 
mile  of  the  North  Kock,  you  will  j;o  clear  to  the  eastward  or  westward  of  the  Icd^e.  The 
Kifest  passaL^e  into  this  bay  from  the  northward,  is  iieiwceii  the  two  Shai;  HocIvh,  and  then 
between  Tweed  Island  and  I'carl  Island. 

LMIK  IIAKMOR. — I'roiii  (liienisey  Island  li.  Toitoi-.e  Head,  which  is  the  north  point 
(if  Vork  llarlior,  and  the  S.  K.  |ioint  of  Lark  Harbor,  tlii*  course  and  distance  ar«'  nearly 
S.  S.  W.  b  miles;  Lark  llarlior  extends  inwards  W  S.  W.  nearly  two  milen,  and  is  one 
tliird  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  entrance,  which  is  the  narrowest  part :  in  sailins;  into  it  with  a 
liir^e  ship,  keep  the  larboard  shore  on  board,  and  aiiclmr  with  a  low  |ioint  on  the  nturboard 
side,  bearim;  W.  .\.  W.  X.  N.  W.  or  X.  X.  K.  and  )ou  will  ride  in  6  or  7  fathumg  water 
secure  from  iill  winds. 

VOKK  II  VKIIOII. — From  Tortoise  Head  into  Vork  Harbor,  the  course  and  distance 
are  W.  S.  W.  nearly  a  le  i';ue ;  there  is  :;im)iI  iiirniiiL'  room  betwi'm  the  Hend  an<l  (lover- 
iKir's  Island,  which  lies  before  the  harbor  :  bill  you  iiiii<t  be  careful  to  avoid  a  shoal  which 
runs  oil"  from  a  low  beach  point  on  the  west  end  of  ( ioveriuu's  Islind.  called  .Sword  Point; 
there  is  also  a  sho  >.l  whicli  spiis  oil'  from  the  next  ptint  of  (Miverin-r's  Island,  wWch  must 
aUo  he  avoided  :  Tortoise  Mead  just  touchin;;  Sword  Foiiit  will  lead  clear  of  it :  in  sailing  in, 
give  Sword  I'oiiit  a  berth,  passinij  w  hich.  the  best  aTithoriii.:  .;r'>niid  is  in  10  fathoms,  along 
A  sandy  liea<h  on  the  main,  with  Tortoise  Iwad  open  it'  Sword  I'oini  :  West  and  N,  West- 
erl\  winds  blow  here  with  iLrreat  violence. 

ilarl)or  Island  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  llumlier.  and  S.  by  K.  ,  E.  7  miles  from 
riiiernsey  Island:  at  its  .S.  W.  point  is  Wood's  Harbor,  which  is  unlit  for  shipping.  The 
River  II  umber,  at  about  ■'i  leaijues  within  the  entrance,  becomes  narrow,  and  the  stream  Is 
80  rapid  in  some  places,  lor  about  I  lea;;ues  up,  to  a  lake,  that  it  is  with  j^reat  dilFiculty  that 
even  a  boat  can  stem  the  ( iirrent. 

The  North  and  South  Anns  are  both  Ion;;  inlets,  with  very  deep  water  up  to  their  heads. 
On  the  east  side  of  Ea^le  Island,  between  the  North  and  South  Arms,  is  anchorage  in  8, 
1(1,  or  12  fathoms  water.  I'lider  the  north  side  of  Harbor  Island  also  is  c;ood  anchorage 
with  S.  W.  winds;  and  opposite  to  the  S.  K.  end  of  Harbor  Island,  on  the  south  side  of 
the  bay,  is  Frenchnnn's  C'ove,  wherein  is  good  anchorage  in  from  'JO  to  IJ  fathoms.  The 
Hay  of  Islands  was  formerly  much  fre(|uented  by  vessels  in  the  cod  fishery,  and  stages 
were  ere(  'd  at  Small  Hay.  which  lies  a  little  on  the  outside  of  South  Head;  and  the 
large  beac;    on  Sivords  Point,  in  (iovernor's  Island,  is  an  exc  client  jdace  for  drying  the  fish. 

From  the  North  Shag  Rock  to  Cape  St.  (ireiiory  the  course  and  distance  are  nearly  N. 
E.  H  miles;  ud  thence  l.J  or  14  miles,  on  a  similar  bearinir,  will  carry  you  to  the  entrance 
of  Bonne  Bay.  The  laud  near  the  shore  from  the  north  Sliaj:  Kock  to  Cape  St.  (Jregory 
is  low,  along  which  lie  sunken  rocks,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore  ;  but  a  very  little 
way  inland  it  rises  into  a  hii;h  mountain,  terminating  at  the  top  in  round  hills. 

CAPK  ST.  GRE(i()RV  is  high,  and  between  it  and  Homie  Bay  the  land  rises  directly 
frou)  the  sea  shore  to  a  considerable  height ;  it  is  the  most  northerly  land  you  ctiU  ('  ;ern 
when  vou  are  sailing  along  shore  between  Red  Island  and  the  Bay  of  Islands, 

BoKNE  bay  may  be  known,  at  the  distance  of  4  or  5  leagues,  by  the  land  a  ;  it; 
all  that  on  the  .S.  W.  side  of  the  bay  being  very  high  and  hilly,  and  that  on  the  N.  L'.  side, 
and  thence  along  the  sea-coust  to  the  northward,  being  low  and  flat ;  but,  at  about  one 


1- 


t 


v1 


>\, 


..-B^"' 


60 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN   COAST    I'H.OT. 


' 


' 


league  inland  is  a  range  of  mountains,  whicli  runs  purallel  witli  the  sea-rnast.  Ovrr  ihr 
south  side  of  the  bay  is  a  vory  hinh  inountain,  teuriinatint;  at  top  in  a  rpinarl\abip  rniiurl 
h'l',  very  consi)i(.-uouM  wlirn  you  are  Ir)  tlit'  iiorlliward  of  tlit;  l»ay.  Tiiis  hay  extends  inward 
E.  S.  E.  nearly  2  leagues,  then  branches  into  two  arms,  one  ol  whicli  runs  in  to  the  south- 
ward, and  the  other  to  the  eastward  ;  the  s(Uilliern  ami  aliords  the  best  anchorajje;  small 
vessels  should  ride  just  above  a  low  woody  jMiint  at  the  entrance  into  this  arm,  on  tb*;  star- 
board side,  before  a  sandy  beach,  in  H  or  10  fathoms  water,  about  a  (table's  lenj^th  from  thr 
shore  ;  there  is  no  other  anchorage  in  less  than  .'JO  or  -10  fathoms,  excepting  at  the  head  of 
the  arm,  where  there  are  from  t»5  to  20  fathoms  water  :  in  sailing;  into  the  Kast  Arm,kpepthe 
starboard  shore  on  boanl ;  and,  a  litth^  round  a  point  at  the  entrance,  will  he  found  a  small 
cove,  with  good  anchorage  in  17  to  i»0  fathoms,  hut  you  must  nu)or  to  the  shore.  There 
is  a  snug  cove  also  close  within  the  North  Point,  witli  anchorage  in  G  or  7  tathoins  water: 
in  sailing  in  or  out  of  Jioime  Hay,  with  W.  S.  W.  winds,  come  not  near  the  weathp  shore. 
lest  you  should  hap])ento  be  becalmed,  or  should  meet  with  heavy  gusts  of  wind,  as  the 
depth  of  water  is  too  great  to  admit  o(  ynur  anchoring. 

Ten  miles  to  the  northward  ol"  Honnu  i5ay  is  Martin  Point,  high  and  w  hite.  off  which, 
about  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  is  a  small  ledge  of  rocks,  whereon  the  sea  breaks.  JJronmc 
Point  is  lov;  and  white,  and  lies  about  a  league  to  the  northward  of  Martin  Point;  about 
half  a  mile  W.  S.  W.  from  it  lier,  a  sunkert  rock  that  seldom  shows  itself;  on  the  north  side 
of  Broome  Point  lies  the  Hay  of  St.  Paul,  wherein  ves.sels  may  anchor  with  ofl-shorc 
winds,  but  it  is  (piite  exposed  to  the  sea. 

COW  HEAD  lies  about  4  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  Bay  of  St.  Paul :  this  is  a 
promontory,  which  has  the  appearance  of  an  island,  it  being  joined  to  the  main  oidv  br  a 
very  low  and  narrow  neck  of  land  :  about  three-(|uarters  of  a  mile  od'this  head  lies  Steer- 
ing Island,  which  is  low  a.nd  rocky,  and  is  the  only  island  on  the  coast  between  the  Mav  of 
Islands  and  Point  Rich.  Cow  Cove  lies  on  the  *outh  side  of  Cow  Head,  and  ships  may 
lie  there  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms,  sh-.-ltered  from  northerly  and  easterly  winds.  Shallow 
Bay  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Cow  Head,  and  has  water  sufficient  for  small  vessels;  at  the 
N.  E.  side  of  the  entrance  is  a  cluster  of  rocky  islands,  extending  K.  N.  E.  and  W.  S. 
W,  and  at  the  VV.  S.  W.  side  are  two  sunken  rocks  close  to  each  other,  which  generally 
show  themselves;  they  lie  a  cable's  length  fnnii  ilie  shore,  and  there  is  a  channel  into  the 
bay  on  either  side  of  them.  Steering  Island  lies  right  before  this  bay,  which  you  may 
pass  on  either  side,  but  come  not  too  near  its  .\.  K.  end,  as  there  are  some  sunken  rocks  ex- 
tending from  it.  This  is  considered  the  best  situated  for  a  fishery  on  all  the  coast,  and 
the  ground  about  its  environs  is  einiiientlv  productive. 

INGORNACHOIX  BAY.— From  Sli'ering  Island  to  Point  Rich  the  course  is  nearly 
N.  E.  distant  50  miles;  Point  l^iih  is  the  northern  point  ol  Ingtuiiachoix  Bay.  From 
Shallow  Bay  to  the  southern  j)(i!nl  of  Tngornachoix  Bay  the  coast  is  nearly  in  a  straight 
iine,  there  being  all  the  way  neither  creek  nor  cove,  where  a  vessel  can  find  shelter  from 
the  sea  wind^5,  although  there  are  a  fer  places  wliere  they  might  anchor  occasionally  w  itli  land 
winds.  About  6  leagues  from  Steering  Island  there  is  a  hill,  standing  h.;\(  a  mile  inland, 
:^'hich  is  commonly  called  Portland  Bill,  probably  because  it  resembles  Portland  Bill  in 
the  English  Channel,  and  alters  not  its  appearance  in  whatever  point  of  view  it  is  taken. 

PORT  SAUNDKRS  and  IIAWKKS  HARBOR.— These  are  s;tuated  within,  and  to 
the  eastward  of  Ingoriun  iioix  Bay  ;  at  the  entrance  lies  Keppel  Island,  which  at  a  distance, 
will  not  easily  be  distinguished  from  the  niiiin  land;  there  is  a  passage  on  both  sides  of 
the  island;  to  sail  into  Port  Saunders  there  is  no  impediment  or  danger;  you  will  leave 
Keppel  Island  on  yotir  siarboi'.nl  side,  and  when  you  get  about  half  a  mile  within  the  en- 
trance you  can  anchor  in  12  or  14  fathoms  water;  but  if  you  are  intending  to  run  up  to 
the  head  of  the  harbor,  you  nuist  keep  the  larboard  .-iliore  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid  a 
ledge  of  rocks,  which  lies  near  the  mid-channel;  this  is  considered  to  be  the  best  harbor 
for  vessels  that  are  bo;'nd  to  the  southward. 

HAWKES  HARBCR. — To  enter  this  harbor  vessels  commonly  go  to  the  southward 
of  Keppel  Island  ;  the  st.i  boanl  shore  is  shoal,  and  has  a  sand-bank,  which  stretches  along 
the  land,  and  runs  t)ut  two-thirds  of  the  passage  over,  great  part  ol  which  dries  at  low- 
water;  your  cour.se  in  will  be  1'-.  S.  F..  keeping  nearer  to  Keppel  Island  than  to  the  main, 
until  the  eastern  cnii  of  the  island,  which  is  a  low  stony  beach,  hears  N.  E.  by  N.  or  N.  N. 
E  then  steer  S.  S.  F.  ^  E.  for  a  small  island  you  will  see,  situated  further  up  the  harbor ; 
keeping  the  larboard  shore  well  on  board,  run  direct  for  this  island,  and  when  you  have 
brought  the  jioint  at  tho  south  entrance  of  the  harbor  to  hear  N.  N.  E.  i  N.  and  are  at  the 
S.  S.  E.  point  of  a  bay  <ni  the  starboard  side  of  the  harbor,  you  v.ill  then  be  beyond  the 
shoal  ground,  and  may  a  ichor  in  12  t'athoms  water  ;  or  else  run  within  half  a  mile  of  the 
small  island,  and  anchor  there,  which  wilt  be  more  convenient  for  both  wood  and  water. 
This  is  the  best  harbor  for  ships  bound  to  the  northward.  The  land  round  about  these 
harbors  is  generally  low,  and  covered  with  wood  ;  you  may  occasionally  anchor  outside,  in 
the  Bay  of  Ingornachoi.x,  according  as  you  find  the  prevailing  winds. 


t 


POINT  RICl 
by  the  sea,  being 
aiiv  other  land  on 
inward  direction. 

PORT  AU  CI 
Port  au  Choix,  si 
gtern  ;  to  'sail  in  y 
small  island  lyinj; 
lies  a  little  to  the 

OLD  POKT 
harbor,  having  at 
rocks,  both  above 
nearly  a  inib'  Iron 
(tut  towards  Harb 
i.  5,  <>,  and  7  fatli 
tween  Savage  Isia 
Island  and  the  v 
Harbor  Island,  y( 
of  the  island,  giv 
you  may  anchor  ; 
side,  for  a  shoal  ( 

BAY  OF  ST. . 
southward,  anil  P 
sunken  rocks; the 
tliislies  K.N.  F.< 
well  calculated  foi 
commonly  drive  ii 
it  and  One  Head  I 
sheltered  from  nu 
bay.  West  from  1 
at  its  .southern  en 
tlionis  in  it,  and  t 
distant  One  leaguf 
scattered  rocks  ah 
110  anchorage, 
of  Castors,  the  et 
From  the  norther 
stretching  out  2,V 

POINT  FERC 
height,  and  joined 
.New  Ferolle  Bay 
shore  is  bold  to,  i 
of  St.  .Tohn's,  the 
W.  and  its  caster 

NEW  FEROI 
flat  all  over,  there 
northerly  winds,  ! 

St.  Margaret's 
affording  good  at 
ships,  being  most 
spruce  and  fir  tre 
ward  of  Point  Fe 
er  than  any  land 
island  situated  at 

OLDFEROL 
island  lies  parallel 
safe  :  the  best  ent 
small  island  in  tli 
K.  and  anchor  ui 
land-locked.  'JMu 
good  channel  up 
end  of  Ferolle  Is 
BAY  OF  ST. 
Head  the  course 
Eastward  about  i 
two  of  which  are 
northernmost  oft 


BM'.NT  S   AMERICAN   COAST    IMLOT. 


Gl 


rkiihlp  roiiiifl 

H'lids  inwHrd 

o  the  south- 

oifii,'e;  small 

on  til"  star- 

tHh  from  fhp 

the  h(.'affof 

rni,  keep  the 

1111(1  a  small 

ore.     Then- 

loins  watrr: 

iitho    shore. 

ind,  as  the 

,  off  which. 
8.     I'roome 

oint ;  ahout 
!'■  north  side 
th   off-shore 

ul :  thiii  is  a 
liii  oiilv  br  a 
lii's  Steer- 
till-  Hav  (it 
(I  ships  may 
Shalli)w 
sels :   at  tlie 
i«nr|  \V.  S. 
•h  cenerallv 
mel  into  the 
h  yoii  may 
^11  rcK^ks  ex- 
c  coast,  and 

so  is  nearly 
5ay.  From 
n  a  Rtraiirht 
ihelter  from 
ly  witli  land 
milte  inland, 
land  Bill  in 
is  taken, 
ithin,  and  to 
t  n  distance, 
ith  sides  of 
u  will  leave 
hin  the  en- 

0  run  up  to 
to   avoid  a 

best  harbor 

southward 
tches  along 
Iries  at   low 

1  the  main, 
N.  or  N.  N. 
he  harbor ; 
I  you  have 
I  are  at  tin; 
beyond  the 
iiile  of  the 
and  water, 
bout  these 
outyide,  iu 


I'OlNT  RICH  is  the  soutli-vvestern  |)oint  of  a  peninsula,  uhieli  is  almost  surrounded 
hv  the  sea,  beini;  everywhere  of  I'loderate  hei^lit.  and  projectim;  furiiier  to  seawanl  llian 
;uiv  other  lanil  on  this  side  of  Newfoundland,  the  foast  from  thence,  eacli  way,  taking  an 
inward  direction. 

PORT  AU  CHOIX. — Rounding  Point  Rirh.  on  its  northern  side,  you  will  meet  with 
Port  au  Choix,  small,  but  yet  capable  of  admitting  a  ship  of  burtheti,  mooring  head  and 
stern ;  to  "sail  in  you  should  keep  the  starboaril  shore  on  board,  and  anchor  just  above  a 
unall  island  lying  in  the  middl'"  of  the  harbor.  In  tliis  place,  ami  also  in  J$oat  Cove,  which 
lies  a  little  to  the  N.  E.istward,  there  are  sevt-ral  stajre.-;  and  places  for  dryin;;  fish. 

OLD  PORT  AU  C'llOlX  lies  to  the  eastward  of  Boat  Cove:  it  is'  a  small  but  safe 
harlior,  having  at  its  entrance  an  island  (railed  Harbor  Island,  and  on  its  western  side  some 
rocks,  both  above  and  underwater:  there  is  also  another  islainl  lying  K.  N.  K.  ,7  N.  distant 
nearly  a  niil«'  from  Harbor  Island,  about  whidi  are  several  rocks,  some  of  which  stretcli 
(Hit  towards  Harbor  Island,  and  render  the  passaL'c  very  narrow  between  them:  there  are 
;.  5,  <),  and  7  fathoms  water  between  Savage  I.-lruid  and  the  main,  and  I  and  .j  tathoms  be- 
tween .Savage  Island  Rocks  <nd  Harbor  Island  ;  and  nearly  the  same  depth  between  Harbor 
Island  and  the  western  shore.  To  sail  into  Old  Port  au  Choix,  on  the  western  side  of 
Harl)or  Island,  you  must  keep  the  island  close  on  board  :  but  to  go  in  on  the  eastern  side 
of  the  island,  give  the  N.  Eastern  point  of  the  island  a  berth,  and  having  well  entered, 
you  may  anchor  any  where  on  the  larboard  side  r»f  the  harbor,  only  avoiding  the  starboard 
side,  for  a  shoal  of  sand  and  mud  runs  all  aloiii:  it. 

BAY  OF  ST.  JOHN. — Thisisan  opei;  ...id  extensive  bay,  bount'ed  by  Point  Rich  to  the 
southward,  and  Point  Ferolle  to  the  northward,  having  several  island-;  within  it,  and  some 
sunken  rocks;  the  largest  of  these  islands  is  ."^t.  .lolm's.  al)out  1?'  miles  in  length.  ;iud  I ,'  broad  ; 
tins  lies  E.  N.  E.  distant  ri,',  miles  (rem  Point  Rich  :  on  its  .S.  We  tern  side  ly  a  small  harbor, 
well  calculated  for  the  cod  tishery,  l)Ut  loo  much  exposed  for  shipping,  as  S.  SV'esterly  winds 
commonly  drive  in  a  heavy  sea.  On  the  S.  Eastern,  or  inner  side  of  the  island,  and  between 
it  and  One  Head  Island,  vessels  may  lie  nmch  mon-  secure,  in  14  .)r  IG  fathoms  water,  and 
sheltered  from  most  winds;  and  this  is  considered  to  be  the  oidy  safe  anchorage  in  the  whole 
bay.  West  from  .St.  .John's  Island  one  large  mile  is  Flat  l>land.  having  a  rock  above  water 
at  its  southern  end ;  the  channel  between  St.  Johti's  and  Flat  Island  has  from  13  to  "25  fa- 
thoms in  it,  and  they  are  both  bold  to;  the  Twin  Islands  lie  N.  E.  i)y  N.  from  Flat  Island, 
distant  rtne  league,  and  have  no  danger  aixtut  them.  To  the  westward  of '.he  Twins  are  several 
scattered  rocks  above  water,  named  the  Bay  Islatnls;  tht-y  have  deep  water  around  them,  but 
no  anchorage.  The  land  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay  is  very  high,  and  there  is  the  little  river 
(if  (^istors,  the  entrance  to  which  is  dangerous  and  shallow,  therefore  seldom  frecjuented. 
From  the  northern  point  of  this  bay  a  rocky  shoal  extends  all  the  way  to  Point  Ferolle, 
stretching  out  'J.V  miles  from  the  shore. 

POINT  FEROLLE  lies  N.  E.  by  E.  from  Point  Rich,  distant  'J'2  miles;  it  is  of  moderate 
height,  and  joined  to  the  main  by  a  neck  of  land,  which  divides  the  Bay  of  St.  .John's  from 
New  Ferolle  iiay,  making  it  appear  like  an  island  when  .seen  from  a  distance;  its  i>o»tliern 
shore  is  bold  to,  and  this  part  of  the  coast  wdl  easily  be  known  iiy  the  adjacent  table  land 
of  St.  .John's,  the  west  cikI  of  which  uiountain  lies  from  the  middle  ol  Ferolle  Point  S.  by 
W.  and  its  eastern  end  .S.  E.  J  .S. 

NEW  FEROLLE  BAY  is  a  small  cove  lying  Jo  the  eastward  of  the  point,  and  is  quite 
flat  all  over,  there  being  not  more  than  '.i  and  3  fathoms  at  any  |),irt ;  it  is  ijuite  open  to  the 
northerly  winds,  h.a  a  stage  on  each  side  of  it,  with  pleiity  of  room  for  others. 

St.  Margaret's  Bay  is  large,  and  has  several  islands  within  if.  also  various  inlets  or  coves 
alTording  good  anchorage,  particularly  on  its  western  side,  which  is  the  best  situation  for 
ships,  being  most  clear  of  danger,  and  convenient  for  wooding  and  watering ;  on  its  banks  are 
spruce  and  fir  trees  in  plenty,  and  many  rivnlets  of  fresh  water.  Dog  Island  is  to  the  east- 
ward of  Point  Ferolle  full  3  miles,  and  only  divided  from  the  main  at  high  water;  it  is  high- 
er than  any  land  near  it,  which  gives  it  the  ap|>earance,  when  seen  from  the  eastward,  of  an 
island  situated  at  some  distance  from  the  main. 

OLD  FEROLLE.— To  the  eastward  of  Dog  Island  about  .5  miles  is  Ferolle  Island.  This 
island  lies  parallel  to  tin;  shore,  and  forms  the  harbor  of  ( )|d  Ferolle,  which  is  very  good  and 
safe  :  the  best  entrance  to  it  is  at  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  island,  passing  to  the  southward  of  a 
small  island  in  the  entrance,  which  is  bold  to:  as  soon  as  you  are  within  it,  liaul  U|)E.  N. 
E.  and  anchor  under  the  S.W.  end  of  Ferolle  Island,  in  ^  or')  fathoms,  good  ground,  quite; 
land-locked.  ^Fhere  is  also  good  anchorage  any  where  along  the  inside  of  ilu;  island,  and  a 
good  channel  up  to  the  N.  E.  end  thereof.  There  are  some  little  islands  lying  at  the  N.  E. 
end  of  Ferolle  Jsland,  and  on  the  outside  are  some  ledges  of  rocks  a  small  distance  off. 

BAY  OF  ST.  GENE  VEIVE.— From  the  north  end  ol  Ferolle  Island  to  St.  Geneveive 
Head  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  4j  miles,  and  thence  to  the  west  end  of  Currant  Island  it  is  N. 
Eastward  about  3  miles.  There  are  several  small  islands  lying  in  and  before  this  bay,  only 
two  of  which  are  of  any  considerable  extent.  The  afore-mentioned  Currant  Island  is  the 
northernmost  of  the  two,  and  the  largest;  it  is  of  a  moderate  height,  and  when  you  are  to  tho 


'^'ms^^'''^<'''mmif^ 


62 


BLUNT  S    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


E.  N.  R.  of  it,  the  western  point  will  appear  biulilmt  not  hi^li:  and  wlien  you  are  to  the  wc?t- 
waril  of  it,  it  appears  flat  and  white.  The  other,  called  (Jooseberry  Island,  Hes  nearly  a  mile 
to  the  soutiiward  of  it,  and  its  west  point  bears  from  the  west  point  of  Currant  Island  S.  S. 
W,  i  W.  nearly  a  ni'.le.  (nioscberry  Island  has  a  eross  on  its  S.  W.  end.  from  which  point 
stretches  out  a  ledye  of  rocks  near  half  a  mile  to  the  southward ;  tliere  is  also  a  shoal  about 
half  a  mile  to  the  \V.  S.  W.  from  the  S.  W.  point  of  Currant  Island.  The  best  channel  into 
this  bay  is  to  the  southward  of  these  islands,  between  the  rocks  which  stretch  oft'  them  and  a 
small  island  liyna;  S.  S.  W.  from  them  (which  island  lies  near  the  south  shore;)  in  this 
channel,  which  is  very  narrow,  there  are  not  less  than  o  fathoms  at  low  water,  and  the  course 
in  is  E.  by  S.  southerly,  until  you  come  to  the  lenjith  of  the  afore-mentioned  island,  pjiss- 
ing  which  you  should  haul  to  the  southward,  and  bring  St.  Geneveive  Head  between  the 
small  island  and  the  main,  in  order  to  avoid  the  middle  bank.  You  may  either  anchor  be- 
hind  the  small  island  in  u  or  6  fathoms  water,  or  proceed  farther,  with  the  said  mark  on.  un- 
til the  S.  W.  arm  is  open,  and  anchor  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water. 
Here  is  wood  and  water  to  be  had.  There  is  tolerable  good  anchoring  in  most  parts  oftlie 
bay;  bu.  the  snuggest  place  is  the  S.  \V.  arm;  the  entrance  to  it  is  narrow,  and  has  only 
4  fathoms  at  low  water.  In  coming  into  the  bay,  if  you  get  out  of  the  channel  on  either 
side,  you  willshoalen  vour  water  immediately  to  .3  or '2  fathoms. 

BAY  OF  ST.  BARIJK.— From  the  west  end  of  Currant  Island  to  St.  Barbe  Point  it 
is  E.  by  N.  2i  miles,  and  from  St.  Barbe  Point  to  Anchor  Point  it  is  N.  N.  E.  nearly  11 
mile.  Between  them  lies  the  Bay  of  St.  Barbe;  it  runs  in  S.  by  K.  about  2  miles  from 
Anchor  Point.  To  sail  in,  give  Anchor  Point,  and  all  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  a  good 
berth,  to  avoid  the  sunken  rocks  which  lie  along  that  shore:  you  nuist  be  well  in  before 
you  can  discover  the  entrance  into  the  harbor,  which  is  but  narrow;  then  steer  south,  keep- 
ing in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  and  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  within  the  two  points,  in  a 
small  cove,  on  the  west  side,  in  5  fathoms  water,  on  sand  and  iiuid,  quite  land-locked.  Near 
this  place  branch  out  2  arms  or  rivers,  one  called  the  south,  and  the  other  the  east ;  the 
latter  hits  3  fathoms  a  good  way  up,  but  the  former  is  shoal.  Between  the  S.  W.  point  of 
the  bay  and  west  point  of  the  harbor  is  a  cove,  wherein  are  sunken  rocks,  which  lie  a  little 
without  the  Une  of  the  two  points:  in  the  open  bay  are  7,  S,  or 'J  fathoms;  but  the  N.  W. 
winds  cause  a  heavy  sea  to  fall  in  here,  which  renders  it  unsafe. 

From  Anchor  Point  to  the  extremity  of  the  Seal  Islands,  the  course  is  N.  E.  |  E.  one 
league  ;  off  Anchor  Point  a  ledge  stretches  itself  W.  by  S.  about  one-third  of  a  mile  ;  there 
are  no  other  dangers  between  it  and  the  Seal  Islands  but  what  lie  very  near  the  shore. 

The  Seal  Islands  are  white  and  rocky,  and  must  not  be  approached  out  with  care  on 
their  north  and  western  sides,  because  there  are  some  sunken  rocka  near  them. 

From  the  N.  W.  Seal  Island,  to  the  N.  W.  extrenuty  of  Flower  Ledge,  it  is  N.  N.  E. 
near  2  miles;  part  of  this  ledge  apjiears  at  low  water,  and  there  are  10 fathoms  close  on  its 
«if  side. 

MISTAKEN  COVE.— From  the  north  part  of  Flower  Ledge  to  Grenville  Ledge,  it 
is  about  l^mile  E-  by  S.  and  Grenville  Ledge  lies  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile  W.  by  N. 
from  the  eastern  point  of  Mistaken  Cove,  between  which  and  Seal  Islands  lie  also  Name- 
less Cove  and  Flower  Cove,  neither  of  which  are  fit  for  ships. 

SAVAGE  COVE. — Close  to  the  eastward  of  Mistaken  Cove  is  Savage  Cove,  which  has 
a  little  island  in  its  entrance,  and  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels  and  boats. 

Sandy  Bay  lies  2  miles  eastward  from  Savage  Cove,  where  small  vessels  may  ride  in  3  or 
4  fathoms  water,  with  the  winds  from  E.  to  S.  W. 

About  E.  N.  E.  5  large  miles  from  Sandy  Bay  is  Green  Island;  between  them,  at  3 
miles  distance  \V.  \  S.  from  (ireen  Island,  is  the  north  extremity  of  Double  Ledge,  which 
extends  nearly  two-thirds  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  has  only  d  or  9  feet  of  water  on  it. 

Green  Island  lies  about  three-tburths  of  a  mile  from  the  main,  is  two-thirds  of  a  mile  in 
length,  very  low  and  narrow,  and  agreeable  in  color  to  the  name  it  bears;  from  the  east  end 
of  it  a  ledge  of  rocks  extends  three-fourths  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward,  on  which  the  sea 
breaks  in  bad  weather.  There  are  4  or  5  fathoms  water  in  the  channel  between  the  island 
and  the  main,  where  ships  may  anchor  if  necessary.  To  20  in  from  the  westward  keep  the 
island  close  on  board  for  the  deepest  water,  which  is  4  fathoms;  and  going  in  from  the 
eastward  keep  the  main  on  board.  From  this  island  to  the  opposite  part  of  the  ('oast  of 
Labrador,  called  Castles  or  Red  Clifts,  which  is  the  narrowest  part  of  the  Strait  of  Belle 
Isle,  the  distance  is  about  3r  leagues,  and  they  bearfrom  each  other  N.  N.W.  and  S.  S.E. 

BOAT  HARBOR. — From  Green  Island  to  Boat's  Head  it  is  E.  h  N.8  leagues;  between 
there  is  no  shelter  on  the  coast,  but  to  the  south-eastward  of  Boat's  Head  is  a  cove,  called 
Boat  Harbor,  where  small  vessels  and  boats  may  lie  very  secure,  except  with  N.  E.  winds. 

Cape  Norman  lies  E.  4  miles  from  Boat's  Head,  and  is  the  northernmost  point  of  land 
in  Newfoundland;  this  hiis  been  already  de-<cribed.     (See  page  36.) 

TIDES. — The  tides  flow  at  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon  as  follows  :  at  New  and  Old 
Ferolle,  till  a  quarter  after  11  o'clock  ;  in  the  Bays  of  Geneveive  and  St.  Barbe  at  half  after 
10,  and  at  Green  Island  until  9.     Springtides  rise  7  feet,  nea|)s  4  feet.     In  the  Bay  of  Pis- 


tolet  it  flows  till  thr 
alter  6  :  spring  tide 
tide  sets  to  the  sout 
In  the  Strait  of  Bell 
high  water  on  the  si 


GENERAL  RE 
North  America,  it  is 
the  lakes  Superior, 
Lawrence;  in  difiei 
from  the  sea  as  Moi 
about  180  miles  fnii 

The  River  St.  L; 
Anticosti :  these  art 
part,  full  8  leagues  a 
for  in  some  parts  no 

THE  ISLAND  OF 
ESQU 

THE  ISLAND 

long,  and  of  irreguh 
not  almve  9  or  10  mi 
bays  or  harbors,  caU 
its  aspect  forbiddin 
leagues  S.  E.  from  t 
(called  also  Ellis' B; 
E.  of  each  other,  di 
cliorage  for  unall  ve 
running  down  from 


♦  On  the  outer  lost 
board  to  ihe  bouse  of  ( 
by  crossing  the  islhmii 
Point  Henry,  and  up  •! 

Six  iriigues  to  the  en 
.itands  tilt'  Diicction  B 

Four  lengues  to  the  1 
tion  Board. 

Four  I'^ngiies  to  (be  ( 
Board  nailt'd  lo  the  koi 
thpre  arc  no  provisions 

Two  Iciigiirs  from  tl 
west  ends  of  which  si: 
from  the  ensfcrnmost .« 

Seven  Icngues  lo  llif 
stands  the  Dirc(  lion  B 

Three  lengitps  to  ihc 
ward  stands  the  Direct 

Six  leagues  to  the  ci 
of  Provisions. 

Seven  leagues  to  thp 
aDireclion  Board,  and 

Four  leagues  from  tl 
God  in. 

It  may  be  remarked, 
a  boat  at  low  water,  ex 


BLUNTS   AMERfCAN   COAST    PILOT. 


r)5 


tol«'t  it  flows  till  three  quarters  after  6,  and  in  Noddy  Ilnrlinr  and  Griqiiet  until  a  quarter 
alter  5:  spring  tides  rise  f)  feet,  neaps  about  .T.  Before  C^uirpon,  in  settled  weather,  the 
tide  sets  to  the  southward  9  hours  out  ol  the  ]'2,  and  stronjjer  tlian  the  northern  stream^ 
In  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle,  the  flood,  in  the  (irtinp.  sets  to  the  westward  two  hours  after  it  i» 
high  water  on  the  shore  ;  but  in  blowing  weather,  this  stream  is  subject  to  many  alterations. 


u 


RIVER  ST.  I.AWREx\CE. 


fiENERAL  REMARKS.— The  River  St.  Lawrenre  is  one  of  the  largest  rivprs  in 
North  America,  it  issues  from  Ijake  Ontario,  and  is  the  grand  outlet  by  which  the  waters  of 
the  lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Michigan,  Erie,  and  Ontario  are  poured  into  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence;  in  different  j)arts  of  its  course,  it  is  designated  by  different  names,  but  so  far 
from  the  sea  as  Montreal,  it  is  called  the  River  St.  Lawrence.  Montreal  is  computed  to  be 
about  180  miles  from  Quebec,  and  oh(t  miles  Irom  the  (iulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 

The  River  St.  Lawrence  is,  at  its  entrance,  divided  intr)  two  passages,  by  the  Island  of 
Anticosti :  these  are  called  tlie  North  and  South  Cliaimels;  the  former  is,  at  its  narrowest 
part,  full  8  leagues  asunder,  and  the  latter  is  13  leagues;  both  channels  have  deep  water, 
for  in  some  parts  no  bottom  has  been  found  with  18U  and  2UU  fathoms  of  line. 

THE  LSLAND  OF  ANTICOSTI  AND  THE  NORTHERN  SHORE  FROM  THE 
ESQUIMAUX  ISLANDS  TO  I'OINT  MILLE  VACHE. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  •ANTICOSTI  lies  nearly  N.  W.  and  S.  E.  being  36  leagues 
long,  and  of  irregulnr  breadth  nt)out  the  middle  it  is  !( leagues  wide,  but  its  N.  W.  partis 
not  al)ove  9  or  10  miles  broad  :  this  island  has  been  reported  to  be  entirely  destitute  of  either 
bays  or  harbors,  calculated  to  afVord  shelter  for  large  shijiping :  its  soil  is  unpropitious,  and 
its  aspect  forbidding;  hut  Mr.  Lambly,  Harbor  Master  of  Quebec,  states,  that  "two 
leagues  S.  E.  from  the  west  end  of  th.-  island  lies  Cape  Henry,  the  west  side  of  Grand  Bay, 
(called  also  Ellis'  Bay;)  Cape  Eagle  forming  its  eastern  boundary,  bearing  N.  W.  and  S. 
E.  of  each  other,  distant  3  miles.  This  bay,  he  says,  is  i'i  miles  deep,  and  has  good  an- 
chorage for  unall  vessels  in  from  2.';  to  4  fatln  nis  wafer."  "He  further  observes  that  "in 
running  down  from  the  west   end  of  the  island,  you  should  not  come  into  less  than  10 


^ 


♦  On  the  outer^  lost  extremity  of  the  wc?t  end  of  Anticosti,  stands  n  direction  boaid.  From  this 
board  to  the  house  of  Gjimnchc,  wlu-rr  tlicie  is  a  depot  of  provisitns.  nl  the  upper  end  of  Grand  Bay, 
by  crossing  the  isthmus  formed  hv  Pomt  Henry,  ilic  distance  is  f^i.v  miles  ;  but  fiom  this  board,  rountl 
Point  Henry,  and  np  ♦he  bay  to  t'lie  house,  it  i?  d,  ubie  the  diFtanee. 

Six  Ici'gues  to  the  eastward  «f  Grand  Buy,  is  Duck  River,  at  the  mouth  of  which,  on  the  east  side, 
itands  the  Diicction  Board. 

Foiu  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Duck  River,  is  Otter  River :  close  to  its  entrance  stands  the  Direc- 
tion Board. 

Four  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Otter  River,  is  Seal  River;  on  the  east  side  of  which  is  a  Direction 
Board  nailed  to  the  house,  used  only  in  summer  by  Gauioche's  Salmon  and  Seal  Fishers  ;  at  this  house 
there  are  no  provisions. 

Two  leagues  from  tiiis  river  is  the  south-west  point  of  the  island  ;  on  both  the  extreme  east  and 
west  ends  of  which  stands  a  Dir(  ction  Board,  nlionl  one  mile  from  each  other  ;  and  about  one  mile 
from  the  eiisfcrnmost  stands  anollw^r  nireelioii  Bend,  in  fl  e  Hay  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Point. 

Seven  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  South-Wesl  Point  is  Heuth  River,  on  the  east  side  of  its  antranco 
stands  the  Dirc(  (ion  Board. 

Three  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Heath  River,  is  Pavilion  or  Flag  River,  and  two  miles  to  the  east- 
ward stands  the  Direction  Board,  on  a  point  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay. 

Six  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Flag  River  is  Hamel's  Post  at  Jupiter  River,  where  there  is  a  Depot 
of  Provisions. 

Seven  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Mr.  Hamel,  and  on  the  south  »ide  of  the  east  end  of  the  island,  is 
a  Direction  Board,  and  on  the  north  side  of  the  east  end  i«  another  Direction  Board. 

Four  leagues  from  this  board,  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  is  the  post  of  BkUc  Bay,  kept  by  Mr. 
Godin. 

It  may  be  remarked,  that  nil  these  rivers  are  mere  creeks,  there  not  being  water  in  any  of  them  for 
a  boat  at  low  water,  except  Jupiter  River,  at  Hamel's  Post. 


€4 


BLL'NI  S   AMERICAN   COA.*!T    PILOT. 


I   .-'  i 


fiithoiiifi  ;  tli;'  bieiikfrs  will  ilicn  he  viHihie  on  the  shoal,  whi«h  lirs  a  (priffer  of  a  mile  from 
tlM'  Ix'ach;  and  wlu'ii  vou  an-  alm-ast  (if  f'ii|M'  Ilciiiv,  you  may  liaiil  into  (i  fatl'ums,  to- 
wards a  loiij;  (lat  spit  of  sand,  wliicli  lies  S.  K.  from  tin-  (  ;i,i(! ;  run  .dong  firs  ..pit,  u.ij 
round  its  S.  K.  end,  in  4  fallioms  at  low  water,  you  will  tlini  (i.-l  yoHiself  <  nr  mi'f  and  •» 
half  from  thi-  houses  at  tlie  northern  part  of  the  hay.  liere  the  bay  is  about  one  niiie 
arross;  small  vessels  may  am  lior  further  i'l,  sheltered  from  b".  \V.  ai»'i  "\i  ii  ''V  S.  W.  wituiN; 
but  the  (  uter  anehorai;e  will  In-  exposed,  and  open  to  those  from  th.  .S.  .■.  \»'.  -ciund  to  :liii 
S.  E.  i'liere  a  supply  of  pr.nisituis  is  eonsianily  kept  lor  the  u.  e  cf  uiifoU  i  .ate  seamen 
who  ma}  ;  c  wreeked  on  tiie  island.  The  reel  which  ru:is:Voui  tlicrsf  pom'  of  the  isl- 
and  exleiids  little  more  than  two  uules,  and  vessels  at  that  distance  i.nay  eroHs  it  i;i  111  fathoms 
with  safety ;  but  it  is  >ery  narrow,  and  not  nu)re  than  .>  caf'-j  of  ihe  le.id  «jan  '.e  got  uj)on  it 
in  rrossinK." 

From  (irand  I5ay  to  tlie  S.  W.  point  of  tlie  islan«l  the  sliore  is  all  bold,  and  so  steep 
there  can  be  no  surety  in  the  lead  ;  but  you  may  stand  on  deck  and  see  all  tlie  dangers  about 
the  bearh,  for  there  is  not  a  reef  or  rock  our  tpiarterof  a  mile  I'rom  the  shore.  A  little  to 
tlie  north-westward  of  the  S.  \V.  point  of  flw  iivland  is  a  considerable  river,  called  Seal  or 
Jupiter  River;   its  entrance  may  be  distlimnished  Iiy  some  while  clilfs. 

A  lighthouse  has  been  erec  ted  on  the  S.  W.  jioint  ol  the  islanil,  it  is  a  r-^volving  light, 
and  will  be  litrhted  every  night  from  sunset  to  sunrise,  from  the  •^.'ith  of  March  until  the 
hist  day  of  Decemlier  in  each  year. 

When  ships  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  liglitiioiise,  tliey  may  safely  stand  towards  tlie 
island  until  it  bears  i\.  N.  W.  by  compass — they  will  then  be  in  ;i  good  fair  way,  ;;nd  if  llicv 
wish  to  make  more  free  with  tlii-  laiul.  they  can  do  so  liy  their  lead.  The  land  trendin'' 
from  the  lighthouse  S.  K.  by  .S.  or  nearly  so. 

When  ships  are  to  the  westward  of  the  lighiliouse,  they  may  safely  stand  towards  tlie  isl- 
and until  the  light  bears  .S.  S.  K.  ^  E.  they  will  then  b"  in  a  good  fair  way  for  the  lanu.  and 
as  before  mentioned  tliey  can  make  more  free  by  their  load. 

Nearly  east  and  west  with  the  lighthouse,  ami  about  ,  <d' a  mile  from  it,  is  the  oiitennost 
part  of  a  reef  of  rocks  which  joins  the  .■^.  W.  point.  These  are  dry  at  low  water,  and  are 
the  only  danger  near  the  lighthouse;  therefore  a  berth  of  a  mile  from  the  point  is  a  good 
fairway.  At  the  lighthouse  are  depots  of  provLsious  for  the  use  of  mariners  in  distress, 
or  other  shipwrecked  ])er.st)ns. 

From  the  S.  \V.  jxiint  to  the  south  point,  the  land  is  all  huh\,  anc  inriV  be  approached 
within  one  mile,  tliere  being  no  danger  whatever;  but  there  is  no  anchrsatie.  Oil  the  south 
point  of  the  island  is  a  reef  ot'  mcks.  To  the  westward  ot'  the  south  point  there  is  an  in- 
let, called  by  some  Little  .lupiter  Kiver  ;  but  by  others  Siiallo]*  Creek  ;  here  also  is  a  depot 
of  provision*  kept  for  the  shipwrecked  mariner,  similar  to  that  at  virand  liay;  this  Creek 
is  small  and  shallow,  having  only  sulficicnt  water  to  float  a  boat  at  low  water.  There  is  a 
small  place  to  the  westward  of  Shallop  Creek,  where  a  ve.ssel  may  anchor,  with  a  N.  E. 
wind,  on  a  spit  of  .sand  that  runs  from  the  ei\.>-t  side  of  the  river,  in  4  fathoms;  a  cable's 
length  outsitie  of  this,  are  'JO  tathoms.  and  a  little  further  o(V  ')0  faii'.oiJis.  The  east  end 
of  Antico.sti  is  flat  for  2  miles  oft".  On  liealli'-s  Point  a  lighthouse,  'jontaining  a  fixed 
light,  Ls  erected. 

This  island  has  hitherto  hern  considii"d  dangerous  to  vessels  bound  to  Quebec;  but 
with  care  it  will  not  be  found  so,  for  so  ;  •  as  you  can  see  the  land,  you  may  advance  to- 
wards, and  sail  freely  along  it ;  by  wh.. m  ^  on  will  .dways  get  faster  to  the  westward  with 
foul  winds,  than  you  can  do  .i  the  offing  .Here  can  be  no  danger  of  getting  embayed,  and 
the  floods  are  regular  near  the  island.  Mr.  Lauibly.  in  a  fast  sailing  scliooner,  frequently 
laid  to  diiring  the  niglit  with  westerly  winds,  and  always  found  himself  to  windward  of  tiie 
place  in  the  niornintr ;  of  course,  ships  beatuu;  will  always  gain  ground. 

TIDES  AT  ANTICOSTI.— The  tides  (low  on  the  lull  and  change  days  till  11  o'clock, 
and  rise  iO  feet,  with  spring,  and  4  with  neap  tides. 

THE  NORTH  OR  CANADIAN  CHANNEL  is  bounded  on  the  southward  by  the 
island  of  Anticnsti,  and  on  the  northward  by  the  Mainland;  here,  in  about  the  longitude 
of  (34^  W.  is  the  River  St.  .lohn;  the  land  to  the  eastward  of  which,  together  with  the  ad- 
jacent i-slands,  iiichidiiig  Anlicosti,  is  under  tlie  (iovernment  of  Newfoundland ;  that  to 
the  westward  of  that  rivt  r  is  under  the  (nivernment  of  Quebec.  To  the  eastward  of  Si. 
John's  River  are  the  Miiiean  and  Esi|nimaux  Islands  •.  these  are  a  muiierous  cluster  of 
islands  lying  olV  the  main,  with  passages  between,  and  places  of  good  anchorage;  the  west- 
ernmost is  named  Mingan  Island,  and  hears  from  the  western  point  of  Anticosti  N.  E.  J  E. 
distanf  ]()',  leagues;  the  Mingan  settlements  lie  to  the  E.  N.  Eastward  of  the  island,  dis- 
tant ,.'  out  7  or  H  miies;  the  harbor  is  formed  between  Canat.schoa  Island  and  the  main; 
h>?re  vessels  may  ride  securely  in  all  weathers,  the  ground  is  good,  and  the  anchorage  in 
from  9  to  15  fathoms,  v  -th  plenty  of  codfish,  salmon  and  seals;  the  soil  surrounding  the 
«ct?!einent  i.s  fertile,  tin!  iand  level,  and  a  profitable  trade  is  carried  on  with  the  Indians. 

KSQUiMAT^X  ISLAND  is  about  '20  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Mingan  Island,  and  lie'* 
iiP  '<  projecting  pouii  of  laud,  named  Ksquiutaux  Point,  between  them  is  good  aad  safe  an- 


I 


« 


r'liiragt  :  from  h 
iiiosi  ol  the  who 
particularly  that  < 
7  to  It)  fathom.s. 

?!!•■:   TIDE  a 

ion!"  12  feet ;  bi 
a  considerable  vai 

THE  SEVEiV 
shore  of  the  Ri\ 
harbor  for  shippii 
X.  bearing  N.  W. 
Between  the  Muiij 
anchorage,  but  no 
iiig  to  the  Fren<;h 
to  the  Seven  Islaii 
c leasing  towards 
the  bay  nearly  N. 
when  you  approac 
to  the  westward  o 
tathoms;  the  groi 

Captain  Hardy, 
he  strongly  retiom 
point  it  out,  and  il 
and  'he  ground  ai 
possible  for  even 
headway  up  the  K 
silily  be  too  late  in 
liir  crew,  for  the  s 
iiii; ;  l)ut  having  ri 
tor  the  first  favora 
continuing  in  the  i 

THE  i'llJE  II 
If)  feet,  neaps  10  fi 

Between  the  we 
is  'J-'  leagues  wide, 
westward  of  Seve 
Point  Deauion,  be 
contracted  to  abou 
iaiiil  to  the  eastwiM 
CCS  u'liere  vessels  i 

TRINITY^  HA 
Mion,  it  is  a  safe  pi 
the  ground  iieing  < 
tiist  sailing  ships  >\ 
ity  Hay  the  shore 
rocks  above  water 

On  the  N.  E.  pc 
main,  with  spring  ( 
of  the  point  ;  tlier 
to  |)oiiit,  and  there 
also  may  be  found 
may  lie  hail  in  abr 

To  sail  into  Trii 
piiiiii,  on  which  st; 
W.  Small  vessel.' 
point  of  the  bay  In 
cross  stands,  is  a  le 
than  4  fathoms. 

The  land  to  the 
n'.ss(ds  sometimes 

CAPE  MONT 
.Nloni-Pelo)  oil  thf 
l.iiiteni  standin-.f  nr 
part  of  Carribou 
point,  and  to  the  c 

3hip&  approachi 


M/'l-.-- 


BIU\t's    AMERICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


65 


1  mile  from 
ithuiiis,  to- 
»  -'.pit,  u.id 
mi'f  and  -k 
It  on.'  mile 

W.  winds; 
'H'i'l  til  tliH 
itf  s«'iuneii 
<>('  the  isl- 

lUfathoiji.s 
e;ot  ii|)on  it 

1(1  so  steep 

igers  iihoiit 

A  little  to 

led  Seal  or 

ving  light, 
h  until  tlie 

owards  ti)t> 
::iul  iftliey 
1(1  trendinir 

urds  the  isj- 
le  biui.  uiid 

outermost 
pr,  and  are 

is  a  good 
in  distress, 

pproached 
i  the  south 
re  is  an  in- 

is  a  dei)ut 
this  Creek 
There  is  a 
h  a  N.  K. 

a  cable's 
le  east  end 
inp;  a  fixed 

ehec ;  hut 
dvance  to- 
ward with 
bayed, and 
tVe(|uently 
ird  of  the 

1  o'clock, 

rd  by  the 
longitude 
th  the  ad- 
i;  that  to 
ird  of  St. 
cluster  of 
the  west- 
E.  i'  E. 
sl;ind,  dis- 
he  maiti; 
horage  in 
iiding  the 
Hlians. 
1,  and  lie'* 
d  safe  au- 


s, 


/•'iriragr ;  from  hence,  1  leagues  to  the  eastward,  lies  the  lale  of  Geneveivc,  the  eastem- 

iiiosi  ol  the  whole  range;  there  is  good  riding  behind  most  of  the  iutermediate  islands, 
particularly  that  of  tit.  Ciiarle^;  within  the  east  end  of  which  a  vessel  inav  anchor  in  from 
7  to  It)  fathoms. 

T'!'"'   'IMDK  at  these  anchorag'  s  (lows  til! ."'  o'clock  full  and  change,  an(i  its  rt«e  iscoin- 
;on!"  12  feet ;  but  the  weather  always  has  great  inllueiice  over  it,  ai  .1  lVe(|uently  occasions 
a  considerable  variation. 

THE  SEVEN  ISI^ANDS  --The  bay  <d'  the  Sevi.n  Islands  is  situated  o"  (lie  northen. 
shore  of  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  ip  longitude  tib°  52'  \V.  and  is  ai.  evten.-ive  and  good 
harbor  for  shiiiping  of  ail  sizes,  and  with  any  winds;  its  entrance  lies  in  latitude  50°  10' 
N.  bearing  N.  W.  ,'  W.  from  the  west  end  of  Anticosti,  Iroiii  which  it  is  distant  2J  leagues. 
Between  the  Miiigan  Islands  and  the  Seven  Islands  IJay,  there  are  a  lew  places  of  temporary 
anchorage,  but  none  of  note,  or  much  fre(|uented.  Here  formerly  was  a  settlement  belong- 
ing to  the  French,  destroyed  in  175!),  and  never  re-established.  The  principal  channel  in- 
to the  Seven  Islands  Hay.  is  full  two  miles  wide,  and  has  from  (iO  to  ;](>  fathoms  water,  de- 
cieasiiig  towards  the  interior  of  the  bay;  on  entering  you  should  bring  the  west  point  of 
the  bay  nearly  N.  N.  \V.  steer  towards  it  in  that  direction,  and  jiass  between  the  islands; 
when  you  approach  the  [loint,  you  iinist  give  it  a  berth,  steering  in  nearly  north,  and  when 
to  the  westward  of  the  liarbor  imiiit,  about  one  mile  and  a  half,  anchor  in  from  y  to  14 
I'athoins;  the  grottnd  is  good,  and  the  shelter  safe. 

Captain  Hardy,  of  the  Savage,  says  this  bay  is  so  safe  a  shelter  from  westerly  gales,  that 
he  strongly  recommends  every  master  of  a  vessel  to  run  for  it;  the  islands  will  sulliciently 
point  it  out,  and  the  channels  in  are  clear  and  bold  ;  wood  and  water  may  be  easily  obtained, 
and  :hc  ground  ami  shelter  is  perfectly  good  :  for,  lie  observes,  it  will  be  always  totally  im- 
possible for  even  a  fast  sailing  v'^ss(d,  during  westerly  gales,  to  gain  ground  or  make  any 
headway  up  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  and  a  merchantman  may  beat  about  in  vain,  and  pos- 
sibly be  too  late  in  attempting  to  run  for  a  roadstead,  after  having  sjdil  lier  sails,  and  harassed 
her  crew,  for  the  s()ualls  in  the  river  are  violent,  ami  in  thick  weather  give  very  little  wtirn- 
ini; ;  but  having  run  for  the  Seven  Islands  Hay  and  anchored  tliere,  ytjii  may  wait  in  safety 
tiir  the  first  favorable  slant,  and  be  up  at  C^uebcc  far  mure  readily  than  you  would  do  by 
continuing  in  the  river  beating  about. 

THE  TIDE  in  the  bay  (lows  till  half  after  one,  lull  and  change,  spring  tides  rise  18  or 
1!)  feet,  neaps  10  I'^ei. 

Between  the  west  point  of  Anticosti  and  the  Seven  Islands  Bay,  the  River  St.  LawrencA 
is  JJ  leagues  wide,  forming  a  clear  open  sea.  without  any  damier  whattr'er;  but  to  the 
westward  of  Seven  Islands  Hay  the  main  land  bends  to  the  sonlhward,  untilit  reaches 
Point  Deamon.  between  which  and  the  o])piisite  shore  ol  Cape  Chat,  the  liver  becompg 
contracted  to  about  8v  leagues;  the  shore  is  Ixdd  all  the  way  ;  but  i'o'iit  Deamon,  and  the 
land  to  the  eastwi>rd  of  it,  is  somewhai  lower  than  to  the  westward,  and  there  are  a  few  pla- 
ces where  vessels  may  occasionally  anchor. 

TRIXITV  HA  v.— This  Hay  or  Cove  is  about  ,",  leagues  N.  K.  by  N.  from  Cape  Dea- 
mon, it  IS  a  safe  place  for  vessels  unable  with  westerly  winds  to  make  their  way  up  the  f-'f/, 
the  ground  being  everywhere  clean,  and  tlie  current  so  strong  with  these  winds,  that  'iv" 
last  sailing  ships  will  not  be  able  to  advance  against  it.  Heiween  (.'ape  Deamon  and  Ti >. - 
ity  Hay  the  shore  is  indenti-d  with  some  s»ii;dl  sandy  coves,  and  near  tliein  are  three  '■  ,  c 
rocks  above  water;  keep  in  not  less  than  H  fathoms  water  and  yon  will  avoid  them. 

On  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  bay  are  also  two  large  rocks,  tlie  northern  one  dries  Ut  «',t( 
main,  with  spring  ebbs,  but  the  sonthern  one  lies  near  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  sottth«.  id 
of  the  point;  there  is  no  ])assai;e  between  thein.  This  bay  is  .'5,'^  miles  round  from  point 
to  point,  and  there  is  a  river  falls  into  il,  wheio  L'ood  water  can  be  ubiained  ;  another  j^tre-  ni 
also  may  be  found  about  half  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  .vest  pwint  of  th'!  bay,  and  wood 
may  be  had  in  abundance. 

To  sail  into  Trinity  Hay,  you  must  come  to  about  half  a  ni'de  to  the  f  astward  of  the  west 
point,  on  which  stands  a  cross,  and  anchor  with  the  pnnn  bearing  W.  S.  W.orS.  W.  by 
W.  Small  vessels  may  anchor  in  :{  fathoms  at  low  water,  just  within  die  reef,  the  western 
point  of  the  bay  bearing  S.  W.  T'hree  (|uarters  of  a  mile  S.  W.  ot  the  |ioint,  where  t!ie 
cross  stands,  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which  dry  at  low  water,  and  must  not  he  approached  nearer 
than  i  fathoms. 

The  land  to  the  westward  of  the  point  trends  N.  W.  and  forms  a  little  bay,  where  small 
vfss(ds  sometimes  take  shelter  (rom  N.  E.  winils,  but  of  no  use  to  large  ships. 

CAPE  MONT-PELO.— A  -ighthouse  has  been  erected  on  Point-des-Moiits  (or  Cape 
Mont-Pelo)  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  St.  Lawrence,  nearly  opposite  to  Cape  Chat,  the 
lantern  standing  neav'.y  100  feet  above  the  water.  The  lighthouse  lays  with  the  outermost 
part  of  Carribou  Point,  N.  .')-2-  E. — and  S.  52^  W.  by  compass,  an'.!  can  be  seen  over  thai 
point,  and  to  the  ea,stward  of  it. 

Ship*  approaching;  the  lighthouse  from  the  eastward,  as  they  draw  towc,rds  Can'ibou 


■''n 


IS 


\ 


■*:^-^ 


66 


BLUM'S   AMKUICaN    COAST    r'lI.OT. 


H 


Point,  must  bring;  it  to  bear  W.  hy  S.  Micy  will  then  be  in  a  good  fairway,  and  if  necessa- 
ry they  can  near  the  land  hy  tli  ir   •  id. 

After  passing  Carribou  J\)int.  and  as  tlu'V  draw  towards  the  lighfliouse,  they  innst  come 
no  nearer  than  twelve  fat,>(»nis  tvatcr  to  avoid  two  ledges  of  roeUs,  one  of  which  lays  K.  S. 
E.  from  the  lighthotise,  with  ordv  1-2  feet  »i  ater  on  it,  tlie  oilier  lays  S.  W.  from  the  light- 
house, and  E.  S.  E.  from  the  western  extremity  of  Point  (Its  iMonts,  with  sixteen  feel  wa- 
ter on  it,  but  these  roeksdo  not  lay  fuitiier  iVom  tlie  shore  tliaii  half  a  mile  at  low  water. 

The  lighthouse  lies  with  the  western  exticmity  ol' I'oiiit  des  iMonts,  N  m  E.  and  ii,(\v 
W.  and  distant  about  one  mile  ;  and  when  ships  are  to  the  westward  of  the  point,  the  light- 
house is  in  one  with  the  outermost  rocks  olV  the  point;  and  in  the  daytime  it  forms  a  bold 
distinct  landmark — and  on  this  line  of  licarmg,  ships  are  in  the  best  possible  fairway  for  the 
general  purposes  of  navigatio'i.  whether  bound  up  or  down. 

For  any  particular  purpose  of  navigation,  shi[)s  may  safely  stand  to  the  northward,  un- 
til the  light  bears  E.  by  N. ;  they  will  then  be  drawing  near  the  north  land  ;  and  when  it 
bears  E.  ^  N.  it  is  time  to  tack,  for  w  hen  it  bears  east,  it  will  shut  in  with  the  high  land  anil 
cannot  be  seen  to  the  southward  of  east,  arul  then  tlu-y  will  be  only  one  mile  from  the  land; 
and  if  they  are  off  (Jodbout  Kiver,  Point  des  Monts  will  bear  I'rom  ihem  E.  by  S.  two 
leagues  distant. 

When  ships  are  oft'  St.  Nicholas  Harbor,  and  the  light  bearing  E.  by  N.  they  are  in  a 
good  fairway  from  the  north  land.  The  .S.  E.  spit  of  Manicoiigan  Great  Shoal,  the  ship, 
and  the  lighthouse  are  then  all  in  one  line  of  bearing. 

•  ST.  NICHOLAS  HAKHOK.— West  by  North  nearly  5  leagues  from  Point  J3eanion 
lies  the  entrance  of  St.  Nicholas  Harbor;  between  them  and  .j  miles  to  the  eastward  of 
St.  Nicholas  Harbor,  is  (ioodboo  or  (lodi)ret  Kiver,  of  no  use  to  shipping,  except  to  pro- 
cure provisions  occasionally,  the  North-west  Company  having  a  small  settlement  here  of 
two  or  three  houses.  But  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Nicholas  Harbor,  vessels  may  find  shelter 
from  westerly  winds.  IJeing  to  the  westward  of  the  harbor,  and  bearing  up  for  it,  the  har- 
bor will  be  known  by  all  the  land  to  the  westward  of  it  being  dry  iind  barren,  the  wood  be- 
ing all  burnt  oft'  the  mountains,  but  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  the  mountains  are 
green  and  full  of  trees.  Run  bolciiy  in  between  the  burnt  Cape  and  green  one,  steering 
about  north,  i'nd  the  low  point  on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  will  appear  like  a  small 
island,  which  yoti  must  steer  for;  a  stiiall  wooden  cross  is  »'rected  on  it,  and  as  you  draw 
near,  »t  will  easily  be  seen,  ami  then  you  will  observe  a  large  reef  of  rocks  running  S.  W. 
from  the  I'asternmost  point  of  the  harbor,  opposite  to  which,  on  the  land  to  the  westward. 
liesanother  reef;  these  reefs  are  covered  at  high  water,  but  the  large  one  may  always  be 
discovered  ;  you  may  anchor  a  little  within  the  stream  of  the  easternmost  in  fi  fathoms,  at 
low  water;  there  is  a  distance  of  about  one  mile  between  the  points  nt'  these  two  rcets,  and 
hoth  are  very  bold;  there  are  ten  fathoms  close  to  the  eastcrmimst,  and  four  fathoms  close 
to  th  >  westernmost,  you  will  then  be  a  siu.dl  ((uarter  of  a  mile  from  the  pomt  with  the  cross 
on  it;  thi'    i)oint  is  very  bold,  and  round  it,  to  the  N.  W.  lies  the  (Jreat  Basin. 

One  hundred  yards  within  the  cn.iff.  begins  .i  bar.  with  only  ten  feet  water  on  it  at  low  wa- 
ter, and  lies  quite  acr'-ss  tlic  channel,  comi)!eteIy  blocking  up  the  entrance  for  large  ships; 
this  entrance  is  nowhere,  within  the  point,  two  ships'  lengths  wide  at  low  water;  but  about 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  higher,  the  channel  becomes  wider,  and  half  a  mile  frointhi*  entrance 
the  basin  is  hah  a  mile  wide,  with  room  to  moor  fifty  sail  of  the  line,  in  from  ten  to  twelv,? 
fathoms  water,  ^'ood  ground. 

The  Basin  is  dJ:ont  two  miles  bmg  from  the  head  to  the  east  point  of  the  large  reef  at  the 
enrrance.  hut  it  is  a  very  bad  outlet  for  ships  houinl  to  the  westward,  as  an  easterly  wind 
blows  right  in,  and  the  land  all  around  is  very  mountainous,  so  that  there  is  no  getting  in  oi 
out  with  canvass  set,  in  sfjuare  rigged  vessels. 

Small  ves  ris  may  haul  along  side  the  rocks  just  within  the  entrance,  at  the  mouth  of  a 
small  deto  cove  on  tlie  west  side  of  the  harlior,  and  lie  in  t"!i  Icet  at  low  water;  this  is  a 
very  safe  harbor  for  small  craft,  and  such  as  are  quick  with  their  canvass,  but  large  ships 
h?.l  ii  tter  anc^ior  in  the  Bay,  as  before  directed. 

•  J  :;oing  nitu  .lie  Basin,  keep  close  round  the  west  point  and  along  the  west  side,  as  the 
east  side  ii  ijiuts^  Iry  at  low  water,  and  the  channel  is  nowhere  two  sliips'  lenghths  wide  as 
befo't;  mentione<i. 

The  bank  jast  '':  the  southward  of  the  east  reef,  and  all  along  the  shore,  is  very  steep, 
dropping  into  15,  !iO,  30,  and  !iO  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  300  yards  from  the  reef.  Cod- 
fish are  commonly  caught  here  in  abundance. 

This  larg."  reef  completely  dries  at  low  water,  and  quite  shuts  the  basin  from  easterly 
and  southerK  winds,  making  it  a  very  safe  place.  This  reef  extends  in  the  direction  of  S. 
W.  by  S.  from  the  east  side  •>!  the  harbor,  a  large  quarter  of  a  mile. 

The  tide  flows  till  half  past  twelve  o'clock,  full  and  change,  and  rises  eleven  feet  in  spring 
tides,  and  seven  feet  in  neap  tides. 

The  flood,  in  spring  tides,  runs  to  the  westward  above  two  knots,  past  the  entrance,  and 
this  is  to  be  observed  all  along  the  lorth  shore  up  to  the  Point  o "  Mille  V^ache,  and  Todusac. 


MANICOCCA 

St.  Nicholas  Harl 
between  them  is  I 
The  land  is  all  h 
ward  is  much  low 
sandy,  and  has  a 

The  eastern  pn 
eastward  of  it,  df 
which,  '2\  miles  fi 
the  sides  of  two  I 
N.  N.  VV.  and  wl 
vou  will  then  be  o 

When  the  smal 
if  vou  should  /i:i( 
|Voin  the  river,  yo 
of  the  point  of  ei 
haul  up,  and  that 
great  shoal  and  tli 

The  south  side 
must  steer  up  hal 
teen  feet  at  low  w 

The  eastern  sid 
rocky  for  one  mii( 
ly  winds,  in  four  f 
be  able  to  clear  th 

In  approaching 
from  60  to  20  fatli 
the  east  spit  on  tli 
breakers ;  the  clia 
narrow,  while  the 
three  miles  to  the 

When  at  aiiclio 
the  bay,  bearing  .'t 
is  three  miles  bro 

The  (lo)d  tides 
anchoring  place,  i 
the  head  are  two  ,- 

manic()t;(4a 

extends  from  W. 
than  any  near  it,  r 
all  along,  i)ut  very 
ward,  does  not  exi 
that  it  is  impossib 
of  a  mile  of  it,  an 
part  of  the  bank. 

On  shore,  withi 
another  mile,  ther 
three  miles  off. 
during  a  fresh  gal 
kept  from  riumin£ 
place,  and  sliouhl 

The  tide  flows,  f 
and  eight  feet  in  tl 

From  the  easts 
and  at  its  western  < 
miles  from  the  Ian 
far  as  Befsimet's  I- 
and  lies  S.  \V.  full 
to  the  westward  ot 
two  miles  and  a  h? 
is  very  steep  to  an( 
but  close  to  the  m 
but  is  of  no  use  to 
miles  to  the  N.E. 
up  by  sand  banks, 
for  a  steep  and  dan 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN    COAST    PH.OT. 


67 


1  if  necegsa- 

f  must  come 
:;li  l;i)»  K.  S. 
"1  the  li;;ht- 
tecii  (eel  wa- 
low  water. 
'-.  and  S.fijj 
lit,  the  h«ht- 
t'oi  IDS  a  bold 
r  way  for  the 

rthward.  un- 
aiid  when  it 
iflh  land  and 
0111  tlieland; 
K.  by  S. two 

hey  are  in  a 
Jal,  the  ship, 

iint  Deamon 

eastward  of 
cept  to  pro- 
nent  here  of 
y  find  shelter 
)rit,  the  har- 
the  wood  be- 
lountains  are 
t)iie,  steerins: 

like  a  smnil 
as  you  draw 
ining  S.  W. 

e  westward, 
iiy  always  be 

fathoms,  at 
vo  reefs,  and 
thoiMs  close 

th  the  cross 

it  at  low  wa- 
largc  ships; 
■ ;  but  about 
!••'  entrance 
en  to  twelve 


e  reef  at  the 
risterly  wind 
netting  in  or 

!  mouth  of  a 
er  ;  this  is  a 
;  large  ships 

side,  as  the 
hths  wide  as 


i  very  steep, 
reef.     Cod-    | 

roiii  easterly 
'ection  of  S. 

?et  in  spring    f 

itrance,  and 
id  Todusac. 


MANICOIKJAN  HAY  AND  (JRKAT  SHOAL— Five  leagues  and  a  half  west  from 
St.  Nicholas  Harbor  lies  the  east  point  of  the  entrance  of  Manicougan  Bay.  The  shore 
between  them  is  bold  and  rocky,  with  (i(ty  fathoms  water  within  600  yards  of  the  rocks. 
The  land  is  all  high,  ruined,  burnt  and  barren  (juite  up  to  the  Bay ;  hut  that  to  the  west- 
ward is  much  lower,  and  of  a  yellow  api)earaiice,  by  which  it  will  readily  be  known;  it  it 
sandy,  and  has  a  line  beach,  flat  tor  the  distance  of  two  miles  oH". 

The  eastern  point  o(  the  entrance  to  ManicMmgan  Bay  faces  a  lare;c  cape,  lying  to  the 
eastward  of  it,  distant  •,'',  miles;  between  them  is  adcc])  round  hay,  on  the  N.  W.  side  of 
wliicli,  2 J  miles  from  the  eastern  point  of  the  enhance,  is  a  small  river  running  down  by 
the  sides  of  two  hills,  that  arc  close  to  the  shore:  this  bay  is  open  when  the  river  bears 
N.  N.  W.  and  when  the  west  point  of  iManicouijau  Bay  bears  W.  by  IS.  distant  five  miles, 
vou  will  then  be  on  (he  east  end  of  Manicoiman  (treat  Shoal. 

When  the  small  river  above  mt'iitioned  i)ears  N.  N.W.  and  you  intend  going  into  the  bay, 
if  you  should  find  yourself  dose  in  to  the  uortliward,  for  the  spit  extends  only  4^  miles 
|Voin  the  river,  you  dioiild  e(l.;e  off  to  the  southward,  in  seven  fathoms,  along  the  east  side 
of  the  point  of  entrance,  until  a  cove  conies  open  of  it,  bearing  N.  W.  by  W.  i  W.  then 
haul  u]),  and  that  course  will  carry  you  into  the  bay;  the  clianiiel  is  narrow  between  the 
great  shoal  and  the  east  point,  and  a  bar  siret<lies  across  with  ten  feet  over  it  at  low  water. 

The  south  side  of  the  east  point  is  rocky,  and  the  rocks  run  olt"  100  yards  from  it;  you 
must  steer  up  half  a  mile  to  the  W.  N.  \V.  of  fhem.  ami  anchor  on  the  east  side  in  six- 
teen feet  at  low  water;  tiien  moor,  loi  there  is  scarce  room  to  swing  safely. 

The  eastern  side  of  the  east  |)oint  of  the  entrance.  (|uite  to  the  small  river,  is  all  flat  and 
rocky  for  one  mile  oil",  to  the  eastward  of  wliich,  small  vessels  may  fmd  shelter  from  wester- 
ly winds,  in  four  fathoms;  but  if  caught  with  an  easterly  wind  anil  (lood  tide,  they  will  not 
be  able  to  clear  the  east  spit  of  the  (Jreat  Shoal. 

In  approaching  the  bar  iVom  the  eastward,  the  soundings  are  very  irregular.  You  rise 
from  fiO  to  liO  fathoms,  then  ten,  and  four  I'athoms  close  to  the  bar;  from  the  bar  down  to 
the  east  sfjit  on  the  north  edi^c  of  the  shoal,  there  are  seven  and  ten  fathoms  close  to  the 
breakers;  the  clianuel  between  t!ie  ed^e  of  the  sho  il  and  the  east  side  of  the  bay  is  very 
narrow,  while  the  (treat  Siioal  to  the  south,  S.  \V.  and  west,  is  completely  dry,  and  for 
three  miles  to  the  S.  \\'.  the  breakers  are  visible. 

W'iieii  at  anchor.  Mount  (,'aniiile  will  be  Just  open  to  tlie  eastward  of  the  west  point  of 
the  bay,  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  At  high  water,  tliere  are  ten  feet  quite  across  the  bay,  which 
is  three  mib-s  broad. 

The  (lo>d  tides  run  stnuig  into  the  bay,  and  the  elib  to  the  contrary.  The  bay,  from  the 
anchoring  place,  runs  west  one  mile,  then  N.  \V.  two  miles,  and  N.  N.  E.  half  a  mile;  at 
the  head  are  two  small  rivers,  and  tlie  bay  is  about  one  mile  wide  across  at  the  head. 

MANK'OTKtAN  POINT  begins  at  the  point  which  forms  the  east  part  of  the  bay.and 
extends  from  W.  S.  W.  to  W.  I)y  N.  four  lea-^rues.  The  land  is  much  lower  on  the  point 
than  any  near  it,  and  is  easily  known  by  its  yellow  appearance,  being  sand,  with  a  fine  beach 
all  along,  l)ut  very  flat.  The  utmost  extent  of  the  (Ireat  Shoal  from  this  point  to  the  south- 
ward, does  not  exceed  four  miles  and  a  half,  but  is  every  wliereso  steep  on  the  south  side, 
that  it  is  impossible  to  approach  itwitli  the  lead;  there  are  thirty  fathoms  within  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  of  it,  and  in  some  places  fifty  fathoms  within  100  yards;  it  is  the  same  at  every 
part  of  the  bank. 

Onshore,  within  the  shoal,  the  tides  ebb  nearly  one  mile  from  hi^h  water  mark;  for 
another  mile,  there  are  only  two  feet  water,  and  in  strong  wimls.  breakers  are  to  be  seen 
three  miles  otf.  Strong  and  irregular  eddies  are  aboui  all  the  edges  of  the  shoals ;  and 
during  a  fresh  gale  of  wind,  vessels  will  not  answer  the  helm,  but  will  with  difficultv  be 
kept  from  running  on  the  bank,  or  driving  against  each  other,  in  short,  it  is  a  dangerous 
place,  and  should  by  no  means  be  made  tree  with  by  strangers. 

The  tide  flows,  lull  and  change,  at  one  o'clock,  and  rises  eleven  or  twelve  feet  in  the  spring, 
and  eight  feet  in  the  neaj). 

From  the  east  spit  Manicoiigan  .Shoal  extends  W.  by  S.  and  west,  six  leagues  and  a  half, 
and  at  its  western  end  it  turns  into  the  River  anil  Bay  des  Outardes;  it  i  .nis  out  nearly  three 
miles  from  the  land,  and  joins  a  flat,  which  stretches  completely  round  Bay  des  Outardes  so 
far  as  Betsimet's  Flat.  Betsimet's  Point  is  the  name  of  the  west  part  of  Bay  des  Outardes, 
and  lies  S.  W.  full  five  leagues  from  Mauic(>u!:au  West  Point.  After  ships  are  two  league? 
to  the  westward  of  .\Iauicougau  Point,  they  may  stand  info  the  Bay  des  Outardes  to  within 
two  miles  and  a  half  of  the  shore,  but  not  nearer,  for  the  llal  runs  off  one  mile  and  a  half,  and 
is  very  steep  to  and  dangerous,  [n  the  north  part  of  Bay  des  Outardes,  are  two  rocky  islands, 
but  close  to  the  main;  Outarde  River  lies  between  these  two  islands  and  Manicoiigan  Point, 
but  is  of  no  use  to  ships,  the  entrance  being  quite  blocked  up  by  shifting  sand  banks.  Three 
miles  to  the  N.E.  from  Betsimet's  Point,  is  anothe*-  river,  but  its  entrance  is  completlyshut 
up  by  sand  banks.  Ships  in  rounding  Betsimet's  Point  should  give  it  a  bertf  of  three  miles, 
for  a  steep  and  dangerous  sandy  sitoul  quite  surrounds  the  point,  and  theneare    /ou  approach 


.'« 


68 


BLUAT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


!■! 


I 


\ 


•\ 


the  nhoal,  tho  siroiii»er  is  the  rtood  tide;  iniljM'd  the  flood  in  alwiiys  8tr(ln^  lirreabnm,  nnd 
the  clib  wfitk. 

From  Hersiiii't'M  Point  to  Point  Miile  Vachr,  the  bearing  is  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  nearly 
8,V  lea!znt'M;  between  tlicni  lies  La  Valle  Bay.  'I'his  bay  is  (jiiite  clean  and  bold  to  wiiliiiKino 
mile  of  the  shore;  in  ilie  N.  K.  part  otihis  bay  stamls  Jerome  Island.  .Inst  to  the  eastward 
nt'.lerome  Island,  is  a  reinaikalde  irhitr  /iiifrli  in  the  land,  which,  in  line  weather,  looks  inudi 
like  a  lar<{e  Cliunli,  and  is  a  snic  mark  lor  the  island,  and  nnieh  sooner  seen  than  the  island 
in  goitii-  lor  it.  .Ships  may  make  free  with  this  bay  (|iiiie  np  to  I'oint  Mille  V  ache,  but  they 
innsi  ji'iw  tiiat  |)oint  a  berth  of  two  miles  and  a  half,  as  a  steep  sandy  Hhoal  surrounds  it,  like 
that  at  Betsimet's  Point. 

In  Valle  Hay,  ami  to  the  westward  of  .lerotne  fslanrl,  there  is  a  river  open  when  it  bears  N. 
W.  Sliipsfallini;  iiilft  this  bay,  and  secini;  this  river  open,  will  be  sure  the  point  to  the  east- 
ward of  them  is  Betsimet's  and  not  Manieoiiijan,  as  there  is  no  otiier  river  o|)en,  in  Ihul  hear- 
ing,  in  any  part  of  tJiis  coast :  it  may  be  proper  to  observe  this,  thai  stran^'ers  may  be  certain 
where  they  are,  sliouldlhey  fall  sinlderdy  in  with  this  part  of  the  coast,  after  thick  weather, 
at  the  :,,n>ii>  time  seeing;  .lemme  Island  with  the  >vhite  buildings  on  it. — Observe  also,  there 
are  two  islands  iti  the  N  K.  |)art  o(  ihiy  des  Outardes,  and  only  one  in  this  bay,  and  that 
much  lari^er  thaniither  of  the  others. 

Betsimet's  Point  bears  from  Father  Point  (the  pilot's  rendezvous)  N.  },  W.  distant  thirty- 
two  miles,  ami  Irotn  Bariiab,  Island,  N.  by  K.  distant  thirty-five  miles.  Here  vessels  with 
the  wind  at  west,  and  (loud  tide,  iimy  cross  over,  and  eni;ai;e  a  pilot  for  tiie  river;  should  tlit- 
wind  be  .S.  W.  by  \V.  tliev  will  do  well  to  keep  the  northern  land  on  board,  until  they  can 
make  certain  of  felchin;;  Father  Point. 

The  current  is  always  stronsr  between  Mille  Vaehe  and  Bicquette,  ninnins;  to  the  N.  E. 

Three  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Mille  \'a(  he,  is  a  small  river,  witli  a  settlement  of 
two  or  tiiree  honses,  ()elonsi!iin;  also  to  the  North-west  ("ompan>,  called  Porlneuf.  At  this 
part  are  some  remarkable  white  clilfs,  appearini^  like  chalk,  which  will  distinctly  point  out 
the  situation,  there  beinji  "o  similar  object  in  the  river. 

When  abreast  of  Point  Mille  V'ache,  or  near  it,  the  Island  of  Bic  will  bear  S.  by  E.  distant 
twenty-two  miles. 

The  tide  flows  at  Mille  \'a(  he  Point,  full  and  change,  till  three  o\  lock. 

THE  SOUTHERN  SIIOKE  FROM  CAl'E  (iASPE'  TO  'J'HE  ISLAND  OF  BIC. 

.SOUTH  CHANNEL.— The  const  of  the  district  of  Gaspe  is  high,  bold,  rugged  steep- 
to  and  totally  destitute  ot' li:ir!)ois.  Several  rivulets  fali  into  the  sea  between  this  and  {'a|]e 
Chat,  but  there  are  none  ofsnlficifiit  importance  to  warrant  description.  There  is  a  small  set- 
tleinent  at  St.  Ann's,  about  six  leagues  K.  N.  E.  from  Cajjc  Chat,  where  a  few  families  re- 
side, who  are  always  ready  fo  atlord  the  mariner  assistance  if  required;  but  the  little  river 
of  St.  Ann's,  as  \yell  as  that  near  Cape  Chat,  are  both  barred  at  the  entrance,  and  all'oni 
very  little  advantage  to  shipping:  the  latter,  called  C;ipe  Chat  River,  becomes  almost  dry 
at  low  water,  except  one  spot  where  ten  feet  water  may  occasionally  be  found,  these  rivers 
am  therefore  little  frequented. 

C\PE  CHAT  is  a  remarkaiile  lieidland,  known  by  a  short  Sugar  Loaf  Hill  upon  it; 
it  lb  the  most  northerly  |)oii)i  of  land  (by  compass)  on  the  south  side  a(  the  River  Lawrence, 
but  the  land  that  surrounds  il.asws-ll  as  thai  behind,  is  much  more  elevated. 

From  the  N.  W.  end  cd'  An'icosti  to  Cajjc  Chat,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  W.  by  .S. 
thirty  leagues:  and  from  Cape  (Jliat,  to  the  opposite  shore  at  Cape  Deainon,  the  distance 
is  only  eight  leagues  and  a  half;  these  Capes  bearing  from  each  other  S.  S.  E.  and  N.  N. 
W.  The  land  about  (!ape  Chat  ]?as  a  remarkable aiipeariuice,  tlie  mountains  being  broken, 
notched,  and  irre'j;nlnr  at  their  summits:  this  is  a  certain  and  a  good  .,iark  forthe  River  St. 
Lav.'rcnce,  for  there  is  no  land  like  it  to  the  westward. 

From  Ca|)e  Chat  to  Matins  or  Matane  Hiver.  the  coast  trends  W.  1  S.  distant  nearly  11 
leagues;  the  coast  between  them  is  indented  with  three  places  like  Bays,  but  no  slielter  on 
any  part  of  the  coast  for  anchoring,  tlie  shore  is  nil  bold  and  rocky. 

The  soundings  between  tliein,  beyond  tlie  (ie])th  of  /ifreen  fathoms,  are  all  sand,  bui  with- 
in that  depth  all  hard  and  foul.  In  fifteen  fatjmms  water  vou  will  not  be  half  a  mile  from 
the  rotks,  and  in  some  |;laces  close  to  them.  ''J'he  water  deepens  very  fast  from  fifteen 
fathoms,  so  much  so,  that  a  mile  and  a  half  from  sliore,  vou  will  have  fifty  and  sixty  fathoms 
with  fine  clean  sand,  and  somewhat  f,uther  oil"  no  ground  at  100  fathoms, 

'i'he  tide  Hows  by  the  shore  "il!  12  o'clock  nearly  at  Cajje  Chat;  but  the  tides  in  the 
River  St.  Lawrence  are  very  mirdi  iiiduenced  by  the  winds.  Strong  easterly  winds  make 
them  (low  much  stronger  and  rise  iiiiich  higher,  while  westerly  winds  will  have  a  contrary 
effect;  common  springs  will  rise  twelve  and  fourteen  feet,  neap  tides  eight  feet. 

The  shore  is  all  very  barren  quite  up  tr  Matane,  and  notliing  (u  be  got  from  it  but  wood 
and  water. 


BLUNTS   AMERICAN    COAST   PILOT. 


60 


V- 


t  but  wood 


MATANK  is  n  small  river  of  little  use.  except  to  small  vessels.  Wlien  Rhreast  of  tliia 
rivpr,  and  not  more  tlian  three  or  fttur  miles  from  it,  you  will  see  several  houses,  and  a  bluff 
cliir  standing  liy  itself  close  to  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  ;  if  desirous  of  enterins;,  brin(? 
the  said  hliilf  S.  S.  K.  and  a  lead-colored  house  will  he  just  open  to  the  eastward  of  it; 
lieep  it  so,  and  run  for  the  River ;  this  mark  will  lead  between  two  banUs,  which  dry  at  low 
water,  and  over  the  bar,  which  has  only  six  feet  water  on  it  at  low  water;  the  two  Hanka 
lie  not  a  half  mile  from  the  shore;  small  vessels  sometimes  run  down  alnni;  the  land,  and 
po  to  the  southward  of  the  westernmost  bank  :  the  two  Hanks  sometimes  shift  by  tlie  vio- 
leiic(;  of  the  upland  water  from  the  mountains,  in  the  spring  of  the  year,  when  the  suow 
melts,  at  which  time  the  current  runs  very  strong  out  of  the  river. 

Ships  may  procure  pilots  or  provisions  iicre,  if  in  want  or  in  distress,  when,  with  a  pilot 
and  hiijh  water,  they  may  haul  close  round  tlie  west  side  of  the  entrance,  and  lie  alongside 
tlip  sand  bank  in  14  feet  at  low  water. 

Tide  flows  at  Matane  till  tiirc('-(|uarters  past  I'J  o'clock,  full  and  change. 

When  one  or  two  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Matane,  and  three  miles  from  shore,  you 
will  seethe  Papsol  .Matane  bearings.  W.  i  \V.  they  stand  inland  to  the  westward  o<  the 
Kiver,  and  this  is  the  best  beariui;  to  distinguish  tliem  in  ;  Mount  (Jamille  will  then  bear  S. 
W. bvW.  1  VV.  distant  14  or  1")  leagues;  this  mountain  ai)pears  to  the  nnrthward  of  all  tlie 
land,  then  in  sit^ht,  in  (he  form  of  a  circular  island. 

The  course  from  Matane  to  the  coast  opposite  Mount  (-amille,  is  from  West  to  W.  by 
S.;  between  them,  and  eight  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Matane,  lies  Little  MathisCove; 
it  is  a  place  where  small  vessels  may  find  shelter  from  westerly  winds,  in  two  and  three  fa- 
thoms at  low  water:  in  !.'oing  in,  give  the  east  end  of  the  reef  a  berth  of  100  yards,  or  cross 
it  in  three  (athoms.  and  haul  t(»  the  westward  and  anchor  in  the  middle  of  the  cove.  The 
reef  runs  one  mile,  nearly,  to  the  eastward  from  the  land,  and  from  it  to  the  shore  or  south 
laml,  the  distance  is  near  two  miles,  but  there  is  a  reef  between,  and  all  is  dry  to  the  south- 
wanl  of  the  second  reel".     The  coast  is  all  barrttn  from  Matane  to  this  place. 

Two  leagues  and  a  half  S.  W.  from  Little  Mathis  is  Grand  Mathis,  a  small  Cove  with  a 
River  on  the  S.W.  side,  of  no  use  to  slii]>s.  as  the  Cove  nearly  dries  at  low  water;  however, 
small  vessels  m;iy  aiflidr  there  with  S.  \V.  winds  in  three  fathoms  at  low  water,  but  with 
westerly  winds  tlicy  will  have  no  shelter. 

Little  >Lithis  is  known  from  (irand  Mathis  by  its  having  a  round  bluff  rock  lying  S.  E. 
(roin  the  north  reef,  distant  one  mile  and  a  half;  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  bluff  rodk 
stands  a  small  hill  on  the  mountain,  in  the  form  of  a  sugar  loaf.  Crand  Mathis  has  a  large 
rock  standing  in  the  middle  of  tluK'ove  ;  Little  ALuhis  lias  none.  You  must  be  within 
two  or  three  leagues  of  the  shore  to  make  the  Cove  out,  for  the  points  of  land  and  the  reefs, 
which  form  the  Coves,  are  very  low. 

The  soundings  from  Matane  to  (irand  Mathis  extend  furth.:.  to  the  northward  off  the 
.Mathis's  than  otV  iNLitnii!^,  having  ;i.)  fathoms  water,  with  sand,  four  miles  from  shore,  and 
from  four  to  six  miles  otV,  you  drop  into  (>()  or  71)  fathoms.  The  north  edge  of  the  bank  is 
very  steep  (juite  up  to  Green  Island.  Within  10  fathoms  watertlie  ground  is  all  hard  and 
fdiil,  and  very  bad  lauding  w  ith  a  boat,  except  in  fine  weather,  at  the  Coves  at  Little  and 
Grand  Mathis.  The  coast  between  the  Mathis's  is  very  full  of  rocks:  in  some  places  they 
run  near  a  half  mile  from  shore.  Three  mib's  to  the  westward  of  Little  Mathis  is  Death 
Cove,  a  small  place  where  the  pilot's  boats  find  shelter  w  ith  easterly  winds,  but  dry  at  low 
water. 

Tide  Hows  at  Mathis  till  one  o'clock,  full  and  diange. 

From  (irand  Mathis  to  Cock  Cove,  the  easternmost  part  of  Father  Point,  the  land  trends 
W.  by  S.  and  the  distance  is  .'5',  or  4  leagues,  "^riie  ground  is  all  foul  half  a  mile  from 
shore,  bui  in  from  T.'  to  It  fafhoms,  ves- eis  may  stop  in  calm  weather  with  clean  ground. 
The  current  generally  runs  strong  down  on  the  south  shore.  Mount  Camille  is  between 
Grand  Mathis  and  Cock  Cove. 

From  Cock  Cove  to  the  west  part  of  Father  Point,  the  land  trends  due  west,  and  the  dis- 
tance is  ()  miles;  lietween  the  Cove  and  Point,  the  land  is  low  and  well  stocked  with  houses, 
and  the  |)ilots  live  on  shore  here,  (at  least  many  of  them)  as  this  place  is  the  general  ren- 
dezvous for  tlipvn  all.  On  the  west  part  of  the  Point  stands  a  house  with  the  body  of  it 
painted  red,  it  is  the  we«iternmost  jiilot's  house.  From  this  house  to  the  Lsland  of  Barna- 
by  the  bearing  is  due  west,  three  miles  and  a  half. 

BARNABY  ISLAND  lies  W.  by  S.  and  is  tliree  miles  long.  Small  vessels  may  find 
shelter  from  westerly  winds  under  the  east  end  of  this  Lsland,  in  from  two  to  three  fathoms 
at  low  water.  There  is  a  round  large  stone  on  the  reef,  which  runs  to  the  eastward  of  the 
Island  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Cross  the  reef  by  the  lead,  and  haul  to  the  S.  W.  till  the  large 
stone  bears  N.  W^.  by  W.  and  the  body  of  the  Island  bears  W.  by  N.  then  anchor  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  from  the  Island.  Small  vessels  may  likewise  find  good  shelter  from  easterly  and 
N.  E.  winds  under  the  west  end  of  this  Island;  run  up  to  the  westward  until  the  Church, 
which  stands  on  the  main,  is  just  open  to  the  eastward  of  a  bluff  rocky  Island  which  lies 
close  to  the  main,  and  due  south  from  the  west  end  of  Barnaby ;  with  this  mark,  cross  the 


Jl 


'J.fS'lW^" 


70 


BLU.NT's    AMERICAN   COAST    PILOT. 


I'i 


•oin 


rorf  in  ihrre  fathoins,  (which  runs  to  the  N.  W.  fntm  niiniiiijy)  tind  romo  to  mid-wnyh«- 
twccii  (his  bhiU"  Ulaiiil  and  Haniiiliy.  l{;iriial(y  thru  will  r.ir  N  K.  and  yon  will  havctV 
.'t  III  4  (athiinis  at  hiw  water.  'I'liP  channel  Innii  ISainaliy  tn  the  hhilf  lsia:id  \s  i\\ 
rourths  of  a  mile  wide,  ami  ail  clean  <;ii'mI  mnniid.  At  h'uh  water,  Mpritic  ti  Icm,  tlierv 
are  It  leet  water  in  tlie  cli.iinicl  between  I'/aiii  iSy  and  tlie  Main,  hut  this  liccnnieH  ijuite  dry 
at  low  water.  havinj»  many  larije  stones  here  uiKi  there.  Vesseln  of  ten  tect  water  mav  run 
through  salely  heiween  tiie  Island  and  Main,  should  th'-y  becauirht  at  aiiclior  at  eiilnr  piid. 
by  the  wind  shil'linj;  suddenly ;  iini  it  must  he  at  spring  tides  ur  nearly  so,  as  at  iu>a|i  tides 
there  is  no  wli.  re  nine  feet.  The  tide  (lows  at  IJanialiy  island,  full  and  change,  ii||  |^^,, 
o'clock.  The  ( 'hiirdi  above  mentioned  staiifU  due  soiuh  I'roiu  »lie  body  ol  Harnaby  lslan<l, 
on  tiip  east  side  of  the  Kiver  called  Itemousky.  Re(noiisky  is  the  name  of  (his  parish;  it 
begins  at  Cock  <'ove.  and  contiiiius  thie.- miles  above  this  river.  'I'here  arc  no  houses 
on  Barnaliy  Island,  and  very  litilc  waiec:  ships  in  w.mt  <d'  water  must  yo  to  the  river. 

From  Harnaby  Island,  Hie  Island  bears  west,  and  lii(|iiette  W.  a  little  Northerly.  The 
first  is  three  leanius  distant,  and  the  latter  len  miles;  ('ape  Ari,'i!idc  bears  W.  by  S.  ';  S. 
distant  three  leagues  and  a  half.  Cape  Ari^rnnle  or  ( )ni.'iual,  and  the  east  end  of  Hie  Is|. 
and  lie  due  north  and  south  of  each  other ;  the  west  end  of  the  Island  Hie  be"'  mh;  N.  W. 
and  the  east  end  ul'  the  reef,  which  extends  .S.  K.  iVoiu  the  Island,  N.  N.  K.  tli?  ''stance 
from  the  (,'apt!  to  the  Hod v  ot"  ihc  Island  is  about  two  miles  and  tlirce  quarters. 

Between  Harnaby  and  Hie  Islands,  lies  the  Kiver  Otley  and  Old  Hie  ll.ulxu-;  the  Fliver 
Ottey  bears  S.  \V.  Cioiii  Harnaiiy,  distant  about  live  miles,  and  is  of  little  use  to  shipping 
except  to  water  at.  Old  Hie  is  to  the  westward  of  Ottey  River,  ;ibout  three  miles,  and  is 
a  very  ijood  phice  for  sniall  vessels  to  lie  slieltercd  from  westerly  winds.  Tliis  haiiioi-  has 
two  round  Islands  oii  the  cast  side  of  it.  and  it  is  (Uie  mile  tVom  them  to  the  west  side  of 
the  Harbor;  aiiciior  mid-way  between  the  westernmost  Island  and  the  west  side  of  tho 
harbor  in  three  latlu)ius  ;it  low  water,  the  west  [mint  bearinsi  west:  a  single  family  resides 
liere,  wlio  occasionally  can  furnish  you  with  provisions,  if  necessary. 

Cape  Arigiiole  bears  from  the  Harbor  of  <  )ld  Hic  due  west,  and  is  distant  about  two  miles 
and  a  half;  from  the  Cape  runs  a  reef  K.  by  N.  one  mile,  and  the  east  part  of  that  reef, 
the  west  point  of  Old  l>ic  Harbor,  and  (he  west  cml  of  the  Island  of  Hie  are  in  a  direct 
line  bearinu;  \V.  N.  W.  and  K.  S.  K.;  the  distance  from  the  east  end  of  the  rei  f  to  Old 
Bic  Harbor  is  one  mile.  'I'o  tlie  S.  K.  of  the  (^ape,  is  a  Bay  of  no  use  to  shipping  bein;; 
all  foul  ground  and  shoal  water.  Tlic  leadiiiij  mark  to  clear  the  eastern  reefof  (  ape  AriL'- 
nole,  goinn  in  and  out  of  Old  Hie  Harbor,  is  to  keep  tlie  swasliway  in  the  S.  K.  part  of 
Old  Bic  Harbor  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  west  point  of  the  iiarbm',  bearin:;  K.  .*s.  K.  !  .*>. 
in  four  fathoms  water,  sprins;  tides.  The  swasliway  here  mentiimed,  is  made  bv  a  river 
running  down  between  the  moiititains.  .lust  to  the  westward  of  the  swasliway  the  1  ind  ap- 
pears like  chalk,  but  it  really  is  a  white  barren  rock.  It  forms  a  very  cood  mark  for  small 
vessels  coming  down  from  the  westward,  and  intending;  to  anchor  ;it  ( *lil  Hic,  as  the  r;tst 
part  of  the  reef  of  the  Cajie  is  covered  at  hi;,'h  water,  and  is  all  rocks,  which  dry  at  low 
water. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  IHC  is  moiierately  liit,'h  and  well  clothed  with  trees,  its  lenjith  east 
and  west  is  about  three  miles,  and  it  is  surrounded  on  the  east,  west,  and  north  sides  by 
dangerous  reefs.  Otf  its  northern  sliore  lii's  a  woody  islet.  l.")ti  yards  lonij,  called  Hiqiiette; 
this  is  nearly  a  mile  distant  from  the  Island  Hic,  but  there  is  no  channel  for  vessels  between 
them ;  the  northern  side  of  Biijuette  is  steep  to,  and  there  are  ?,0  fathoms  water,  at  a  mus- 
ket shot  distance  from  it. 

FROM  Bin  ISLAM)  ALONd  THE  SOTTTHKHN  SHORF..  WITH  THE  ISL- 
ANDS, ROCKS,  AND  SHOALS  L\  THE  KIVER,  'I'O  t^l  EHEC. 

THE  ALCIDES  ROCK. — This  is  a  daniieron  which  is  said  to  be  no  more  than  eiijht 
feet  water,  but  recent  navigators  seem  inclined  to  disbelieve  its  existence.  Mr.  Lambly, 
whose  name  wo  have  already  mentioned,  says,  "  he  is  sure  there  is  no  such  rock  ;  there  is, 
he  states,  a  rock  with  10  feet  water,  but  that  lies  S.  \V.  by  S.  3',  miles  distant  from  the  west 
end  of  the  Island  of  Hic,  and  only  one  mile  from  the  main.  Vessels  sailing  in  10  fathoms 
water,  will  go  to  tiie  northward  of  it,  it  lying  coinpletelv  out  of  the  fair  way  track  of  snip- 
ping: this  rock  and  the  N.  W.  Ledge  that  stretches  from  the  west  end  of  Hic,  are  the  on- 
ly dangers  to  be  avoided." 

South-west,  distant  one  mile  from  (^ape  Arignole,  lies  the  east  side  of  the  Bay  Ha  Ha; 
it  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  and  one  mile  deep;  small  vessels  may  anchor  with 
the  east  part  of  the  Hay  bearing  N.  E.  the  east  end  of  Bic  Island  will  then  be  shut  in  with 
it,  in  two  or  three  fathoms  at  low  water,  sheltered  from  '  asterly  winds;  but  the  Bay  is  of 
no  use  to  large  vessels. 

Between  two  and  three  leagues  to  the  westward  p''  Ha  Ha  Bay  there  is  a  sniall  rivulet, 
where  in  the  spring  of  the  year,  there  is  a  reinar'^able  waterfall;  and  a  league  aud  a  half 
further  west,  are  the  Razade  or  Bumper  Islands. 


I 


THE   IIAZADE 

always  above  water, 
irrf)  of  a  mile  apart. 
jn«  a  full  league  Iro 
Iroin  llie  noriliward 
Hank  is  commuiily 

HAStilE   IS  LA 
S.  W.by  W.  I  \V. 
aiice,  and  is  coverec 
nide  is  bold  to.      I'x 
a  small  setilemeiii. 

AIM'LE   ISLA> 
three  barren  mcky 
and  a  little  to  the  m 
dry  at  low  water;  ll 
GREEN   ISLA? 
i<i  distant  nearly  a  It 
N.  K.  and  S.  W.  al 
river,  stands  a  liL'liil 
hibits  a  regular  ligh 
rise,  its  bearings  bei 
ly.  the  Brandy  i'oi> 
J  S.  from  the  shoal 
at  the  west  end  (d'  t 
the  middle  Apple  h 
house  will  have  the 
visible  six  leauues  o 
ledge  that  runs  olf  t 
it:  it  is  covered  at  I 
shoal  lies  directly  it 
There  is  a  rocky 
westernmost  part  id 
through  it  strongly 
the  lightlHuise  bean 
It  may  be  jn-oper 
light,  as  a  high  ligh 
a  line  drawn  throng 
tween  Red  and  (Jrei 
fair  way  iietween  Hi 
On  the  outermos 
side  of  Bas(|ue  Isla 
line  ;  therefore  by  l> 
ship  will  clear  the  r 
ship  will  lead  clear 
CACANA  is  the 
the  water  between  i 
northward  of  the  st 
about  a  mile  from  e 
one  mile  ;  and  are  : 
of  tliem.     Von  wil 
BARRET'S  LI 
buoy,  having  the  m 
the  northernmost  I 
ernmost  mountain  i 
Tilgrim  Island  S.  : 
west  Cape  of  the  I 
River  du  Lou|)  S. ' 
dii  Loup.     'I'hese 
E.  and  S.  fi.'}"  W. 
between  them  are  ] 
RED  ISLAND 
above  20  feet  abovi 
situated  nearly  in  t 
six  miles  ;  w  hile  tj 
lighthouse  N.  W. 
WHITE  IS^^A 
3^  leagues,  beii.g  i 


BLUM'S   AMEURAN    TOAST    PILOT. 


71 


THF.  RAZADK  ISLANDS  aic,  Ntriclly  Hppiikinj;,  two  larur  liarrrii  rnckn,  ii|)ppflriii(( 
nlway^  al)ovt'  witirr,  atnl  luiinnii  Irom  ta<li  oilirr  N.  K.  anil  S.  W.  hriiig  ahout  tlirrt*  quar- 
trrH  ol'  a  iiiiln  apail.  A  Hank  nC  sutitiilin^iH  ixiiikIn  all  tlii>  way  Iioim  iii(|iH'tt>-  I.Hlaii(l,  rfacli- 
int;  a  lull  li-auiii- troiii  ilic  slioti',  witli  iVdiii  10  to  -Jd  lathoins  n|ioii  it,  and  vthHcLs  may  pa.sn 
trotn  lli*^  northward  ol  ilit-  Ka/.aili-  and  lSa.Hi|iif  Islands  in  10  raltinin^t,  liiil  ilic  ed^r  ol  this 
Hank  Is  cnnnnunly  steep  to,  and  Ijiin^  oil  it  you  will  Kuddcniy  drop  into  diM'p  water. 

llASt^lK  ISIiAM)  lifs  \V.  N.  \V.  trorn  tin;  wrstcrn  KaV.adr,  distant  two  niili"!*,  and 
S.  W.hy  W.  \  W.  Irom  the  Island  of  Uir,  distant  alioiit  li  Itaiiues;  it  has  a  round  appear- 
ance, and  is  eovered  with  tret-s ;  at  present  there  art;  no  houses  upon  it,  and  itM  northern 
«ide  IS  hold  to.  iiehind  lSas(|iie  Island,  and  sitiiali d  on  the  main  land,  is 'I'hree  I'iHioleH, 
a  HUiidl  settlement. 

Al'I'LK  ISLANDS  lie  a  leayue  ami  a  half  W.  S.  \V.  from  Hasr|tiP  Island;  they  are 
tliree  barren  rocky  Islets,  the  middle  one  lieint;  eonsiderahly  the  largest:  between  tliein, 
and  a  little  to  the  northward  of  the  west  enri  of  Hasipie  Island,  there  are  some  rucks  which 
dry  at  low  water;  these  are  steep  to,  and  very  near  them  are  10  lathoiris. 

GKKEN  ISLAM)  lies  lu  the  S.  west  of  Apple  Islands,  from  whieh  its  northern  point 
19  di-tant  nearly  »  league  and  a  half,  it  thence  continues  in  the  directitin  of  the  laiul  nearly 
N.  K.  and  S.  W.  about  three  leanues;  liere,  on  a  point  that  projects  northward  into  the 
river,  stands  a  liirhihouse,  which  is 70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  low  water  mark:  and  ex- 
hibits a  ret;ular  lii^ht  from  the  liith  of  April  to  the  15lh  of  December,  from  sun  set  to  sun 
rise,  its  l>earinKs  beina  as  follow:  from  Ked  Island  K.  S.  K.  White  Island  K.  N.E.  norther- 
ly, the  Jkandy  Pots  N.  K.  by  K.  j  E.  Apple  Island  S.  W.  by  W.  Basque  Island  W.  S.  W. 
J  S.  from  the  shoal  at  the  north-east  end  of  (irecn  Island  S.  W.  by  S.  anil  from  the  shoal 
at  the  west  end  of  the  Island  N.  E.  From  Has(|ne  Island  it  is  distant  i;j  miles;  and  from 
the  middle  Apple  IsIatuI,  7  miles.  To  vessels  either  noiny  up  or  down  the  river,  the  light- 
house will  have  the  appearance  of  a  ship,  beinj;  very  conspicuous,  while  the  li>;lit  will  be 
visible  six  leagues  oil.  There  is  no  danger  on  the  north  side  ol  (irecn  Island,  except  tha 
ledge  that  runs  off  the  lighthouse,  and  this  leili;e  stretches  out  ,' of  a  mile  N.  E.  by  N.  from 
it:  it  is  covered  at  liigli  *'  ater  spring  tiih-s,  but  steep  to  and  roiky:  the  extremity  of  the 
slioal  lies  directly  in  a  line  with  IJasijue  Island  and  ('ape  Ariunole,  bearing  E.  N.  E. 

There  is  a  rocky  reef  at  the  western  end  of  (Jreen  Island,  which  dries  for  a  mile;  the 
westernmost  part  of  this  reel  is  there  detached  from  tiie  dry  part,  and  the  flood  tide  sets 
through  it  strongly  towards  Caeana;  this  part  is  only  covered  at  a  (piarter  tide,  and  when 
the  lighthouse  bears  N.  E.  \  E.  you  will  be  in  its  direction. 

It  may  be  proper  to  state  that  the  lighthouse  on  (ireen  Island,  was  intended  for  a  low 
light,  as  a  high  light  was  to  have  been  erected  on  the  island  beliind  it,  on  such  a  spot,  that 
a  line  drawn  through  their  centres  would  fortii  a  line  of  sailini;  to  lead  sliips  in  at:  1  out,  be- 
tween Red  and  (ireen  island  Shoals,  and  sulliciently  far  to  the  eastward,  to  insure  them  a 
fairway  between  Hie  and  Mille  Vache  Shoal. 

On  the  outermiist  part  of  the  reef  that  lays  N.  E.  by  N.  from  this  lighthouse,  the  norttk 
side  of  Hasqun  Island  and  the  high  land  to  the  southward  of  C'a|)e  a  I' Original  are  in  one 
line;  theiefoie  by  keeping  the  said  highlands  open  to  the  northward  of  Basque  Island,  a 
ship  will  clear  the  reef:  by  keeping  White  Islarul  open  to  the  northward  of  Hare  Island,  a 
sliip  will  lead  clear  of,  and  be  in  a  fairway  berth  from  Ked  Island  Shoal. 

CACANA  is  the  high  bliitf  land  lying  S.  S.  W.  from  the  S.  W.  end  of  Green  Island^ 
the  water  between  is  deep;  one  and  a  half  mile  to  the  westward  of  Caeana,  and  just  to  the 
northward  of  the  stream  of  if,  lie  the  Perces  or  Percy  Rocks;  these  form  two  clusters, 
about  a  mile  from  each  other,  bearing  east  and  west ;  they  are  distant  from  the  mairy)early 
one  mile;  and  are  almost  eovered  at  high  water;  but  there  is  no  |)assage  to  the  southward 
of  them.     Vim  will  always  go  clear  of  them  by  kee[)ing  in  not  less  than  10  fathoms  water.. 

BARRET'S  LEDfJE  is  two  detached  rocks;  on  the  soutii-western  rocks  lies  a  black 
buoy,  having  the  northern  extremity  of  the  main  land  within  (Jreen  island,  in  a  line  with 
the  northernmost  high  land  of  (Jape  Arignole,  bearing  N  64^^  E.  the  summit  of  the  south- 
ernmost mountain  in  the  Highland  of  Ivaniaraska  in  one  with  tlie  south  point  of  the  Great 
I'ilgrim  Island  S.  .30^  W.  the  eastern  si 'e  of  the  trees  on  Hare  Island  in  one  witli  the 
west  ('ape  of  the  iiay  of  Rocks,  on  the  north  shore  N.  47°  W.  and  two  houses  near  the 
River  du  Loui)  S.  29"^  E.  the  latter  are  the  only  two  houses  between  the  (Jhurch  and  River 
dti  Loup.  These  rocks  are  distant  from  each  other  one  quarter  of  a  mile,  bearing  V.G.I^" 
E.  and  .S.  fi:}"  W.  the  N.  E.  rock  has  15  feet  water  over  it,  tlie  S.  W.  rock  only  12,  while 
between  them  are  11  fathoms. 

RED  ISLAND. — This  is  alow,  flat,  reddis'i-looking  island,  without  trees;  and  not 
above  'JO  feet  above  tlie  level  of  the  high  water  mark  ;  it  is  surrounded  with  slioals ;  and 
situated  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  bearing  from  the  liahthouse  W.  N.  W.  distant 
six  miles  ;  while  the  outer  or  eastern  extremity  of  the  reefs  about  it,  bears  from  the  same 
lighthouse  N.  W. 

WHITE  IS^^  AND.— This  is  a  small  island  lying  S.  W.  \  W.  from  Red  Island,  distant 
3^  leagues,  beii.g  round  and  covered  with  trees;  a  reef  of  rocks  extends  N.  E.  ^  E.  full  & 


i 

III 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


M    12.5 


■  50 


K 


1.8 


1.25      1.4 

1.6 

— 

-^ 

6"     — 

1* 

Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


<. 

4^^ 


72 


BLUM'S   AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


H 


■  1, 

1 

i  \ 

lj 

1 

miles  from  the  oast  end  of  Hare  Island,  drying  to  about  half  that  distance ;  midway  between 
the  Red  Island  and  this  reef  are  20  and  "Jo  fathoms. 

It  may  be  proper  to  remark  here,  that,  from  this  part,  a  bank  extends  nearly  parallel  to 
the  shores  of  the  river,  so  far  as  the  Goose  Islands  ;  it  is  narrow,  and  may  be  crossed  in 
many  places,  but  it  naturally  divides  the  navigation  of  the  river  into  two  channels ;  that  to 
the  south-eastward  is  the  one  most  conimoidy  frequented,  the  other  to  the  north-westward, 
having  strong  tides,  deep  water,  and  no  godd  ancliorage. 

. .  HARE  ISLAND. — This  island  lies  S.  W.  }  ,S.  distant  only  three  quarters  of  a  mile 
from  White  Island,  thence  it  exleiids  to  the  S.  W.  full  eight  miles;  in  no  part  exceeding 
hi  breadth  one  mile,  bu^  in  several  places  not  equalling  half  a  mile.  S.  by  W.  one  mile 
from  the  east  end  of  Hare  Island,  lies  the  southernmost  of  some  small  islets  called  the 
Brandy  Pots,  on  which  a  telegraph  is  erected.  The  northernmost  Brandy  Pot  is  close  to 
the  southern  one  ;  it  is  high  and  covered  with  trees;  the  southernmost  is  a  whitish  rock 
nearly  barren;  they  are  each  about  half  a  mile  long,  lying  N.  V/.  and  S.  E.  of  each  other, 
the  ground  between  them  drying  at  low  water;  they  lie  nearly  a  I  of  a  mile  from  the  south 
side  of  Hare  Island,  with  no  passage  for  vessels  between.  A  little  to  the  east  of  the  north- 
ern Brandy  Pot  is  the  Noggin,  a  small  islet  covered  with  trees  ;  at  low  water  these  are 
connected  by  a  chain  of  rocks,  leaving  a  passage  only  fit  for  boats.  Halfway  between  the 
Noggin  and  the  east  end  of  Hare  Island  is  a  reef  of  rocks  which  dries  at  low  water;  it  lies 
close  to  Hare  Island,  and  therefore  not  in  the  way  of  shipping  ;  and  by  keeping  in  7  fa- 
thoms, you  will  always  go  clear. 

To  the  westward  of  the  Brandy  Pots,  the  south  side  of  Hare  Island  has  a  flat  of  hard 
ground,  extending  from  it,  being  three  miles  long  and  one  quarter  of  a  mile  broad  :  the 
whole  of  this  side  of  the  island  is  bounded  by  rocks. 

MIDDLE  GROUND.— South-westward  of  Barret's  Ledge,  and  between  Hare  Island 
and  the  main  land,  lies  a  shoal  called  the  Middle  Ground,  its  north-east  end  begins  where 
the  Brandy  Pots  bear  N.  W.  distant  two  miles  j  it  runs  S.  W.  by  W.  from  thence  about 
four  miles;  the  least  water  on  its  N.  E.  part  is  2  fathoms,  on  its  middle  3  fatlioms,  and  on 
its  western  end  5  fathoms :  the  anchorage  upon  it  is  good  in  'ine  weather.  When  the 
west  end  of  Hare  Island  bears  West,  Cape  Salmon,  on  the  north  side  of  the  river,  will  be 
open  to  the  westward  of  it  :  but  you  will  observe  that,  with  this  mark  on,  about  half  a  mile 
to  the  northward  of  the  Middle  Ground  is  a  small  knoll  with  only  14  feet  water  upon  it. 
By  keeping  White  Island  between  Hare  Island  and  the  Brandy  I'ots,  y-m  will  pass  to  the 
southward  of  this  knoll  in  5  fathoms  water. 

HARE  ISLAND  SHOAL. — This  is  a  long  shoal,  beginning  about  a  mile  above  the 
west  end  of  Hare  Island,  and  running  up  in  a  S.  W.  direction,  full  three  miles;  and  a 
considerable  part  of  it  becomes  dry  at.low  water;  the  western  extremity  that  dries,  bears 
from  the  west  end  of  the  Pilgrims  N.  35°  W.  and  the  eastern  extreme  due  north :  the  bank 
is  composed  of  sand,  some  part  of  it  being  above  the  level  of  high  water  mark,  but  it  is 
bold  to  on  its  southern  side,  and  7  fathoms  will  lead  right  along  its  edge.  Between  the 
8ho»l  and  the  Pilgrim  Islands,  the  channel  is  not  three  miles  wide. 

According  to  the  information  of  Captain  Watson,  of  the  ship  Perseverance,  there  is  a 
baak  of  13,  14,  15,  and  16  feet  in  this  part  of  the  channel,  lying  in  the  same  direction  with 
the  Hare  Island  Shoal,  and  having  a  narrow  channel  of  3  fathoms  water  between  them; 
the  south  part  of  this  bank  lies  W.  J  S.  from  the  Northern  Pil-rriin,  distant  nearly  5  miles 
S.  W.  ^  S  from  the  Brandy  Pots.  S.  S.  W.  from  the  western  part  of  Hare  Island,  dis- 
tant 4 J  miles,  and  N.  E.  by  N.  from  the  Kamaraska  Islands,  distant  6  miles,  at  which  spot 
there  are  only  2^  fatl  m  s  water:  the  bottom  is  hard,  flat,  and  clear  from  rocks;  should 
this  description  prove  correct,  mariners  passing  through  this  part  of  the  river  will  do  well 
to  borrow  somewhat  closer  towards  the  Pilgrim  Islands,  keepinc;  at  about  a  mile  from  them, 
they  will  then  go  clear  of  all  da  ger,  and  have  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 

THE  PILGRIMS  are  four  islands  connected  together  by  reefs,  that  become  dry  at  low 
water;  they  occupy  a  space  of  about  three  miles,  and  are  distant  one  mile  and  a  half  from 
the  main,  but  there  is  no  passage  between  them  and  the  south  land.  The  N.  E.  or  (4reat 
Pilgrim,  bears  from  the  Brandy  Pots  S.  18°  W.  distant  eight  miles,  and  from  the  S.  W.  end 
of  Hare  Island,  S.  36°  E.  distant  3V  miles;  this  is  the  highest  island,  and  covered  with 
trees;  the  others  appear  white  and  barren.  The  south-westernmost  or  Long  Island,  lias 
a  telegraph  upon  it,  and  lies  in  the  direction  of  S.  W.  and  N.  E.  its  west  end  bears  from 
the  west  end  of  Hare  Island  S.  10°  W.  they  are  all  bold  to  on  the  northern  side. 

KAMARASKA  ISLANDS. — These  are  a  collection  of  small  islands  lying  ofl'the  south 
side  of  the  river,  between  the  Pilgrims  and  Cape  Diable,  and  in  front  of  the  Church  and 
settlement  of  Kamaraska.  The  Great  or  N.  E.  Island,  beais  from  the  western  Pilgrim, 
S.  W.  distant  two  leagues ;  there  is  a  bank  extendmg  from  one  to  the  other,  with  three 
fathoms  upon  it,  and  10  fathoms  close  to  its  northern  edge;  the  second  is  called  Burnt 
Island,  and  lies  close  to  the  westward  of  Great  Island  ;  on  its  western  end  is  a  telegraph. 
Crow  Island  lies  S.  S.  W.  from  the  west  end  of  Burnt  Island,  distant  half  a  mile  :  there 
«re  also  two  lesser  Islands  at  the  inner  side  of  Burnt  Island.    These  Islauds  occupy  a 


midway  between 

nearly  parallel  to 
lay  be  cros^sed  in 
channels ;  that  to 
i  north-westward, 

(uarters  of  a  mile 
10  part  exceeding 
by  W.  one  mile 
I  islets  called  the 
Jy  Pot  is  close  to 
is  a  whitish  rock 
E.  of  each  other, 
ile  from  the  south 
east  of  the  north- 
water  these  are 
'  way  between  the 
low  water  ;  it  lies 
keeping  in  7  fa- 
has  a  flat  of  hard 
L  mile  broad  :  the 

/een  Hare  Island 
end  begins  where 
lom  thence  about 
3  fathoms,  and  on 
ther.  When  the 
f  the  river,  will  be 
,  about  half  a  mile 
;et  water  upon  it. 
u  will  pass  to  the 

a  mile  above  the 

ree  miles  ;  and  a 

that  dries,  bears 

north:  the  bank 

r  mark,  but  it  is 

e.     Between  the 

nance,  there  is  a 

irie  direction  with 

between  them ; 

Int  nearly  5  miles 

rlare  Island,  dis- 

|cs,  at  which  spot 

rocks ;  should 

river  will  do  well 

mile  from  them, 

lecome  dry  at  low 

and  a  half  from 

N.  E.  or  (treat 

bn  the  S.  W.  end 

|ul  covered  w}th 

jong  Island,  has 

end  bears  from 

In  side. 

ling  off  the  south 
Ithe  Church  and 
Testern  Pilgrim, 
Iher,  with  three 
lis  called  Burnt 
ll  is  a  telegraph. 
Ilf  a  mile  :  there 
llauds  occupy  a 


BLUNT  S   AMERICAN   COAST    IMLOT. 


73 


ipacc  of  three  miles,  and  are  about  one  mile  off  shore,  the  bank  between  drying  at  low 
water.  Great  and  Burnt  Islands  are  both  bold  and  steep  to  on  the  north  side,  but  Crow 
Island  has  shoal  water  around  it,  and  bears  from  Kamaraska  Church  N.  W.  distant  three 
quarters  of  a  mile  ;  between  is  a  safe  landing  place. 

From  Crow  Island,  Cape  Diable  bears  S.  W.  distant  nearly  three  miles,  but  from  the 
Cape,  in  the  direction  of  Crow  Island,  runs  a  rocky  reef,  the  eastarnmost  part  of  which  is 
covered  at  a  quarter  flood,  and  is  not  more  than  a  mile  from  Crow  Island.  Two  miles  above 
Cape  Diable  is  Point  St.  Denis,  to  the  southward  of  which  is  a  little  Cove  with  an  Island 
in  it,  on  which  stands  a  Telegraph.  There  is  good  riding  opposite  to  this  Cove,  at  one 
mile  or  one  mile  and  a  half  distance  from  shore,  in  from  10  to  15  fathoms. 

The  land  from  St.  Denis  runs  S.  W.  to  Point  Oval,  and  is  all  low,  with  regular  sound- 
ings before  it;  Point  Oval  has  a  rocky  reef  attached  to  it,  which  stretches  out  W.  and  S. 
westerly  a  full  mile  and  a  half;  roui.ding  this  point  you  will  open  the  River  Oval,  on  the 
eastern  banks  of  which  is  a  Church  and  Settlement :  from  Cape  Diable  to  Point  Oval,  the 
distance  is  7  miles.  Nearly  8  miles  to  the  south-westward  of  Point  Oval  is  Point  St.  Roch ; 
a  sand  bank  stretches  out  from  this  latter  Point,  at  the  extremity  of  which  a  black  buoy  is 
placed  in  2^  fathoms,  this  lies  with  the  Road  and  St.  Roch's  Church  in  one,  bearing  S.  E. 
by  S-  and  the  northernmost  part  of  trie  Land  of  Kamaraska,  just  open  of  the  low  Point  of 
St.  Denis,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.  1  E.  St.  Ann's  Church  E.  \  S.  Oval  Church  E.  by  N.  the 
east  end  of  Coudre  Island  N.  N.  W.  \  W.  and  Cape  Goose  N.  N.  E.  Between  PoinU 
Oval  and  St.  Roch  is  an  extensive  Bay,  commonly  known  by  the  name  of  St.  Ann's  Bay  : 
it  is  shallow  all  over,  for  a  sandy  flat  beginning  at  Point  Oval  extends  itself  W.  by  S.  so 
far  as  the  buoy  of  St.  Roch ;  this  flat  is  studded  with  sunken  rocks,  and  very  dangerous. 

A  floating  light  vessel  lies  about  a  fourth  of  a  mile  below  the  station  of  the  black  buoy, 
which  was  laid  many  years  since  on  the  outermost  part  of  the  large  shoal  off  St.  Roch's 
Church,  in  4^  fathoms  at  low  water.  The  said  buoy  lays  with  the  following  land  marks, 
bearings,  Jcc.'&c.  St.  Roch's  Church  S.  E.  by  S.  the  steeple  is  then  immediately  in  one, 
with  the  road  that  runs  up  from  the  church  into  the  Concessions,  and  about  5  miles  distant. 

The  northernmost  high  lands  of  Kamaraska  in  one  with  the  low  point  of  St.  Deois, 
b:)aring  about  N.  E.  by  E.  \  E.  Pillar  Boise,  shut  twice  its  breadth  with  the  S.  point  of 
Goose  Island,  bearing  S.  W.  quarter  W.     The  buoy  lies  in  2^  faUioms  water. 

Ships  should  give  the  light  vessel  a  fair  berth  and  run  up  abov^  the  black  buoy  on  tb.e'r 
S.  W.  by  W.  course,  and  then  haul  in  to  the  southward  to  h  fu'ioni'^  of  water ;  the  course 
will  then  be  S.  S.  W.  to  the  pillars,  and  the  distance  from  the  piaats  to  the  light  vessel  ia 
about  11  miles. 

ENGLISH  AND  MIDDLE  BANKS.— Directly  opposite  the  black  buoy  of  St.  Roch, 
lies  the  red  buoy  of  the  Middle  Bank,  from  which  it  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  one  mile, 
the  marks  being  the  summit  of  the  second  mountain  of  the  high  land  of  Kamaraska,  to 
one  with  the  low  land  of  St.  Denis;  and  Pilier  Boise  open  its  own  breadth  to  the  south- 
ward of  Goose  Island  ;  the  tiiwart  marks  are,  the  road  behind  St.  Roch's  Church,  open  to 
the  westward  of  said  Church,  three  times  the  church's  length,  and  the  black  buoy  S.  E. 
byE.  the  channel  for  shipping  is  between  these  two  buoys;  the  depth  of  water  being  from 
11  to  14  fathoms.  This  is  considered  the  most  intricate  part  of  the  river;  the  currents 
here  are  various,  irregular,  and  strong,  so  that  it  cannot  be  passed  in  safety,  except  at  a  pro- 
per time  of  tide.  A  bank  occupies  the  middle  of  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  stretching  all  the 
way  from  Hare  Island  to  the  Middle  Bank;  it  is  generally  about  a  mile  wide,  with  from  3 
to  14  fathoms  over  it;  but  the  soundings  are  regular,  and  the  bottom  sand  and  mud,  afford- 
ing good  anchorage.  It  is  called  the  English  Bank  :  and  that  part  of  the  river  between  it 
and  the  southern  shore  is  commonly  called  the  English  Channel.  The  Middle  Bank  be- 
gins a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  red  buoy  where  there  are  2,V  fathoms  water;  it  thence 
extends  S.  W.  \  W.  for  3  leagues,  nearly  reaching  the  Seal  Islands;  about  li  mile  west- 
ward of  tlie  buoy,  it  shallows  to  4  feet,  and  continues  so  for  a  league,  being  composed  of 
mud,  sand,  and  stones ;  its  western  end  dries  at  low  water. 

To  the  westward  are  the  Seal  Islands  or  Reefs  ;  these  are  connected  to  the  South  Pillar 
by  a  reef  of  rocks,  which,  at  low  water,  become  dry  in  several  places,  and  extend  N.  by  W. 
towards  the  Island  of  Coudre;  they  are  a  body  of  rocks  nearly  covered  at  high  water, 
spring  tides,  and  are  very  steep  to  on  their  southern  and  eastern  sides. 

The  Pilier  Boise  or  Woody  Pillar  lies  to  the  S.  Westward  of  these  reefs,  and  is  3  miles 
N.  E.  from  the  east  end  of  Goose  Island  ;  it  is  a  high  round  rock,  with  some  trees  on  its 
western  part.  The  South  Pillar  is  a  barren  high  rock,  one  quarter  of  a  mile  long,  and  al- 
ways visible :  this  Pillar  marks  the  north  side  of  the  west  entrance  to  what  is  called  the 
•Traverse. 


*0n  the  Traverse  a  light  vessel  is  placed  every  spring  and  removed  every  autumn,  at  the  close  of 
navigation ;  also  Buoys  placed  ss  follows,  viz.    A  red  Buoy  off  St.  John's  Church,  on  the  south  bank 

10 


i1 


I 


74 


BLUNT  S    AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


il   :• 


il 


L 


THE  TRAVERSE  is  that  part  of  the  river  which  is  bounded  on  the  north  side  by  the 
Seal  and  Middle  Br.nks,  and  on  the  south  side  by  the  shoals  oft'  Point  St.  Roch,  from 
Point  Oval  to  the  Three  Salmon  River;  vessels  frequently  anchor  there,  but  the  ground  is 
hard,  and  the      » rents  strong. 

THE  ROCHE  AV^IGNON  is  a  half  tide  rock,  100  yards  in  length,  quite  round  at  the 
top,  and  lies  two  or  three  cables'  lengths  S.  E.  from  the  body  of  the  South  Pillar;  there 
are  7  fathoms  watf  r  close  to  it.  Crane  Island,  kept  well  open  to  the  southward  of  the 
large  reef  o(f  Goose  Island,  next  described,  leads  clear  to  the  southward  of  it. 

S.  \V.  by  VV.  about  two  miles  from  the  South  Pillar,  begins  a  ledge  of  high  rocks,  which 
runs  up  to  the  middle  of  Goose  Island,  from  which  the  upper  end  is  but  half  a  mile  dis- 
tant;  with  the  exception  of  their  eastern  part  they  are  always  above  water;  this  is  called 
Goose  Island  Reef,  and  forms  the  mark  for  clearing  the  Avignon.  There  is  an  opening 
between  the  east  end  of  (Joose  Island  Reef  and  the  South  Pillar,  leading  towards  Piljer 
Boisse;  but  at  low  water  it  is  surrounded  with  rocks  both  east  and  westward,  it  therefore 
forms  no  outlet  for  shipping. 

GOOSE  ISLAND  is  nearly  three  leagues  in  length,  and,  whervabove  the  reef,  becotnes 
bold  to,  with  regular  soundings;  there  is  a  farm  house  on  thi  island,  just  to  the  eastward 
of  which  is  the  Hospital  Rock ;  it  is  large  and  close  to  the  low  water  mark :  to  the  west- 
ward of  this  rock,  for  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half,  ships  may  safely  be  run  on  shore, 
for  it  is  all  soft  mud  ;  but  further  on,  two  miles  from  the  Hospital  Rock,  the  shore  be- 
comes rocky,  a  long  reef  commencing,  which,  as  it  lies  close  to  Goose  Island,  is  out  of  the 
way,  and  consequently  easily  avoided. 

CRANE  ISLAND  lies  a  little  above  Goose  Island,  and  is  about  4  miles  long ;  the 
northern  side  is  cultivated,  and  a  farm  house  appears  at  the  east  end :  to  the  S.  E.  of  this 
house,  about  half  a  mile  or  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  lies  Madame  Beaujeu's  Bank,  having 
on  its  shoalest  part  not  more  than  twelve  feet  water  over  if;  it  is  connected  to  the  main  land 
of  St.  Ignace  by  a  shoal  of  4  and  3j  fathoms.  The  channel  between  Beaujeu's  Bank  and 
the  eastern  end  of  Crane  Island  has  10  fathoms  in  it,  but  its  breadth  scarcely  exceeds  half 
a  mile. 

To  the  westward  of  Crane  Island  lies  a  cluster  of  small  islands,  named  Canoe  Island,  the 
Heads,  Onion,  Margaret's,  and  Grosse  Islands,  and  a  little  further  are  Rat  and  Madame 
Isles  ;  above  which  is  the  large  Island  of  Orleans. 

From  the  western  end  ol  Crane  Island  a  reef  of  rocks  extends  half  a  mile,  drying  at 
low  water;  there  is  an  opening  between  Crane  and  Canoe  Islands;  but  although  there  are 
2j  fathoms  in  it,  the  channel  is  too  narrow  for  shipping  :  the  island  of  Margaret  lies  to  the 
westward  of  Canoe  Island,  it  is  about  2k  miles  long ;  the  opening  between  Margaret's  and 
Grosse  Islands  is  half  a  mile  wide,  but  shoal,  and  affbrds  no  passage  for  ships.  Grosse  is 
three  miles  in  length,  lying  N.  E.  by  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W.     It  is  inhabited. 

Rat  Island  is  about  the  length  of  Grosse  Island,  but  narrow.  Madame  Island  is  some- 
what smaller  than  Rat  Island  ;  both  are  covered  with  trees ;  from  Madame  Island  a  rocky 
reef  extends  S.  W.  by  W.  3  miles,  drying  at  low  water,  and  ships  ought  not  to  go  nearer 
to  it  than  10  fathoms  water.  The  mark  to  clear  it  is,  some  part  of  Rat  Island  kept  open  to 
the  southward  of  Madame  Island.  The  western  extremity  of  the  reef  lies  with  St.  Valier's 
Church,  bearing  South. 

At  the  back  of  these  islands,  there  are  numerous  shoals  extending  all  the  way  to  the  isl- 
and of  Coudre,  among  these  the  river  craft  frequently  pass  towards  St.  Paul's  and  Mai 
Bays;  these  form  a  continued  chain  to  Neptune  Rock,  and  Burnt  Cape  Ledge,  being  the 
outer  boundary  of  the  northern  channel,  now  very  little  used  or  understood. 

THE  SOUTHERN  SHORE.— In  following  the  Southern  Shore  from  St.  Roch's 
Point  you  will  see  the  Church  of  St.  John's  standing  on  a  projecting  point,  about  2';  leagues 
distant  from  the  Church  of  St.  Roch;  behind  the  iatter,  at  some  distance  inland,  is  a 
Telegraph.  Nearly  at  the  same  distance  from  St.  John's  Church,  and  in  a  similar  direc- 
tion, stands  the  Telegraph  of  the  Islet  St.  Jean;  and  between  these  is  Port  Jolie  and  Three 
Salmon  River,  fit  only  for  small  craft ;  further  on  is  the  Church  and  Telegraph  of  St.  Ig- 
nace; this  lies  to  the  southward  of  Madame  Beaujeu's  Bank,  from  which  it  is  distant  near- 
ly IV  league.  The  shore  all  the  way  from  St.  Roch's  Point  to  St.  Thomas's  River  is  lined 
with  a  sandy  fiat  of  three,  two,  and  one  fathom  water. 

Two  leagues  to  the  S.  Westward  of  Beaujeau's  Bank,  and  about  the  same  distance  from 
St.  Ignace,  lies  the  entrance  to  St.  Thomas's  or  South  River ;  from  this  land,  a  flat  or 
mud  bank  extends  more  than  half  way  towarda  Crane  Island ;  it  is  named  St.  Thomas's 
Bank,  or  Quart  Point,  its  northern  extremity  bears  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  two  miles,  from 
the  south  point  of  the  island  ;  it  is  a  dangerous  bank,  and  chiefly  dries  at  low  water. 


f. 


of  the  river,  in  1  1-4  fathoms.  A  white  Buoy  on  the  middle  ground.  A  black  Buoy  opposite  to  the 
last  on  the  St.  Roque  Shoal,  and  a  chequered  black  and  white  Buoy  off  St.  Ann's  Church,  on  the  St. 
Ann's  shoal,  south  bank  of  the  river. 


le  north  side  by  the 
int  St.  Roch,  from 
e,  but  the  ground  is 

,  quite  round  at  the 
south  Pillar;  there 
(  southward  of  the 
rd  of  it. 

f  high  rocks,  which 
but  half  a  mile  dis- 
ater;  this  is  called 
iiere  is  an  opening 
ding  towards  Filler 
stward,  it  therefore 

e  the  reef,  becomes 
ust  to  the  eastward 
mark  :  to  the  west- 
ly  be  run  on  shore, 
ock,  the  shore  be- 
Island,  is  out  of  the 

4  miles  long ;  the 
o  the  S.  E.of  this 
ijeu's  Bank,  having 
ed  to  the  main  land 
ieaujeu's  Bank  and 
arcely  exceeds  half 

[1  Canoe  Island,  the 
!  Rat  and  Madame 

If  a  mile,  drying  at 
although  there  are 
Vlargaret  lies  to  the 
en  Margaret's  and 
r  ships.  Grosse  is 
ted. 

Tie  Island  is  some- 
ime  Island  a  rocky 
It  not  to  go  nearer 
sland  kept  open  to 
es  with  St.  Valier's 

the  way  to  the  isl- 
t.  Paul's  and   Mai 

•Ledge,  being  the 
ood. 

frcm  St.  Roch's 
t,  about  2.\  leagues 
stance  inland,  is  a 

in  a  similar  direc- 
»rt  Jolie  and  Three 
^le^zraph  of  St.  Ig- 
it  is  distant  near- 
las's  River  is  lined 

ame  distance  from 
his  land,  a  flat  or 
led  St.  Thomas's 
It  two  miles,  from 
low  water. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


75 


Buoy  opposite  to  the 
Church,  on  the  St. 


THE  WYE  ROCKS  are  immediately  above  the  Bank  of  St.  Thomas,  this  bank  lies  in 
the  direction  of  S.  W.  by  W.  and  is  about  half  a  mile  long;  over  its  western  end  are  only 
four  feet  water,  and  over  its  east  end  ten  feet ;  at  its  western  end  there  now  lies  a  black  buoy, 
the  marks  for  which  are  St.  Thomas's  Church  E.  S.  E.  St.  Thomas's  Telegraph  S.  \  E. 
and  the  Seminary  of  St.  Joachim  just  shut  in  with  the  east  end  of  Rat  Island,  bearing  N. 
.•iO"  VV.  Its  distance  from  the  nearest  shore  is  less  than  one  mile  ;  the  long  mark  for  this 
Rock  is  Belle  Chasse  Islands  and  St.  Michael's  Telegraph  in  one  ;  the  islands  will  then  be 
twice  their  breadth  open  to  the  northward  of  Point  St.  Valier. 

THE  BELLE  CHASSE  ROCKS  are  two  remarkable  rocky  islets  that  lie  eight  miles 
above  the  Wye  Rocks,  they  are  opposite  to  Berthier  Church,  and  about  a  mile  off  shore  ; 
behind  them  is  a  small  sandy  cove,  a  reef  of  rocks  running  from  its  western  point.  Beyond 
these  you  will  perceive,  standing  on  rising  ground,  another  Telegra|)h,  No.  4,  being  part  of 
a  chain  communicating  to  Quebec.  St.  Valier's  Church  is  two  miles  to  the  westward  of 
the  Telegraph,  and  bears  from  the  Church  of  St.  .John,  in  the  Island  of  Orleans,  S.  E. 
distant  three  miles ;  there  is  a  large  cove  to  the  southward  of  St.  Valier's  Point,  but  it  dries 
at  low  water.  The  ground  from  St.  Valier's  Point  is  foul,  and  affords  no  anchorage  all  the 
way  up  to  Quebec.  Nearly  five  miles  beyond  St.  Valier  is  the  Church  of  St.  Michael,  near 
which  stands  another  T^degraph;  3  leagues  above  this  is  the  Church  of  Beaumont:  St. 
Lawrence  and  Beaumont  Churches  bear  from  each  other  S.  W.  by  S.  and  N.  E.  by  N.  dis- 
tant 4.t  miles:  between  them  extends  a  large  rocky  shoal,  called  Beaumont's  Shoal,  it  dries 
at  low  water,  and  extends  nearly  half  way  across  the  channel,  uneven,  dangerous,  and 
steep  to,  there  being  14  fathoms  close  to  it.  From  Beaumont  the  coast  turns  about  W.  N. 
W.  7  miles  to  Point  Levy. 

ORLEANS. — The  Island  of  Orleans  bounds  the  starboard  shore,  frcm  Madame  Island 
to  nearly  abreast  of  Point  Levy;  its  shores  generally  slope  down  to  the  beach,  except  in 
some  few  places  where  small  rocky  cUffs  arise  of  neither  great  extent  nor  elevation.  It  is 
well  cultivated,  and  very  fertile;  its  northern  shores  are  flat  and  muddy,  and  lined  with  a 
reef  of  rocks,  but  its  southern  side  is  fine  sand,  with  here  and  there  a  pointed  rock.  The 
Churches  of  St.  John  and  St.  Lawrence  stand  near  the  shore,  the  distance  between  them 
being  5\  miles,  this  part  is  highly  diversified  with  gardens  and  houses.  Patrick's  Hole  is  a 
little  to  the  westward  of  Point  St.  Lawrence,  and  is  a  safe  and  well  sheltered  cove,  where 
vessels  outward  bound  commonly  anchor  in  10,  12,  or  14  fathoms,  previous  to  taking  their 
,ual  departure;  the  ground  cannot  be  accounted  good,  but  it  is  well  sheltered  frono  easter- 
ly gales,  and  the  river  here  is  bold  on  each  side,  being  about  1}  mile  wide;  just  to  the  east- 
ward of  the  cove  stands  the  Telegraph,  No.  2;  and  on  the  western  part  of  the  point  is  a 
cluster  of  neat  houses,  where  accommodations  of  all  kinds  may  be  obtained. 

About  half  way  between  the  west  end  of  Orleans  and  St.  Patrick's  Hole  are  the  Moran- 
dan's  Rocks,  running  out  one  cable's  lengtn  from  the  shore  ;  they  have  10  feet  water  over 
them,  and  12  fathoms  in  sailing  past  them.  At  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  island  are  other  rocks 
which  dry  at  low  water;  these  are  close  to  the  land,  and  may  safely  be  pasoed  in  10  fathoms 
water.  This  is  the  highest  part  v.  '  e  island,  and  here  stands  the  Church  of  St.  Peter, 
about  4  miles  from  the  western  point,  and  nearly  opposite  to  the  Falls  of  Montmorency. 

The  Point  of  Levy  is  surrounded  with  a  reef,  which  continues  along  shore  to  the  west- 
ward, but  by  giving  the  land  a  berth,  you  will  go  safely  in  10  fathoms. 

QUEBEC. — The  Btusin  of  Quebec  is  about  one  mile  across,  tVom  Point  Levy  to  Que- 
bec, or  to  the  opposite  shore  of  Beauport ;  the  water  between  is  very  deep.  The  HAR- 
BOR of  QUEBEC  may  be  said  to  commence  at  St.  Patrick's  Point,  and  extend  to  Cape 
Rouge  River,  three  miles  above  Quebec. 

THE  PORT  OF  QUEBEC  comprehends  all  that  space  which  lies  between  Barnaby 
Island  and  the  first  rapid  above  Montreal.  The  BALLAST  (tROUND  is  a  part  appointed 
by  law  to  heave  the  ballast  into,  oeing  to  the  westward  of  two  beacons  that  stand  on  the 
south  shore,  between  Patterson's  and  Charles's  Coves :  these  beacons  are  situated  on  the 
brow  of  a  hill,  and,  when  in  a  line,  bear  S.  E. 

The  regulations,  with  respect  to  the  shipping  and  quarantine,  in  the  port  and  harbor  of 
Quebec,  must  be  strictly  attended  to :  all  pilots  are  bound  to  give  the  masters  of  vessels 
due  information  relative  to  quarantine,  as  soon  as  they  come  on  board;  and  a  copy  of  the 
harbor  laws  is  delivered  to  each  vessel,  on  her  arrival,  by  the  harbor  master:  and  those  re- 
specting shipping  are  always  to  be  seen  at  the  harbor  master's  office. 

THE  CITY  (»F  QUEBEC  is  built  on  Cape  Diamond,  which  is  exceedingly  high; 
from  hence,  and  from  Point  Levy,  the  views  are  magnificent  and  beautifully  varied;  the 
Capitol  on  the  summit  of  the  Cnpe,  the  River  St.  Charles  flowing  to  the  northward,  the  Falls 
of  Montmorency  to  the  north-eastward,  and  the  well  cultivated  Island  of  Orleans,  form  al- 
together a  most  beautiful  spectacle. 

The  Island  of  Orleans  divides  the  river  into  two  parts,  or  channels,  but  the  southern 
channel,  which  has  been  described,  is  the  only  one  the  pilots  make  use  of  for  large  ships. 


t 


h 


76 


bluiNt'vS  amkrican  coast  pilot. 


The  River  St.  Lawrence  is  not  navigable  from  the  early  part  of  December  to  the  middle 
of  A{)ril,  on  account  of  the  severity  of  the  frosts;  during  this  period  its  upper  part,  from 
Quebec  to  Kingston,  in  Upper  Canada,  and  between  the  lakes,  with  the  exception  of  Ni- 
Kgaraand  the  Rapids,  is  frozen  over;  but  below  Quebec,  although  the  river  is  never  whol- 
ly frozen,  yet  the  strength  of  the  tides  continually  detach  the  masses  of  ice  from  the  shores, 
and  such  immense  bodies  are  kept  in  incessant  agitation,  by  the  flui«  and  reflux,  that  navi- 
gation becomes  impracticable.  At  the  beginning  of  May,  the  ice  is  either  dissolved  or  car- 
ried off  by  the  current. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  SAILING  UP  THE  RIVER  ST.  LAWRENCE,  FROM 

ANTICOSTl  TO  QUKBEC. 

REMARKS. — It  has  been  obseiTed  that  the  current,  between  the  S.  W.  point  of  Anti- 
costi  and  the  coast  of  Haspe,  sets  strongly  from  the  rivf  r  to  the  south-eastward ;  that  in  the 
spring  of  the  year,  probably  in  conscijuence  of  the  melting  of  the  snow,  its  velocity  is  always 
the  greatest.  In  summer  it  mny  be  averaged  at  about  the  u;eneral  rate  of  two  miles  an  hour, 
but  in  spring  it  becomes  variable,  aiid  much  beyond  that  rapidity  ;  at  times  it  will  run  .3i 
miles  an  hoar,  and  often  more  than  that,  depending  greatly  on  tl;e  quantity  of  ice  and  snow 
that  has  accumulated.  And  it  has  been  said,  that,  during  the  months  of  May  and  August, 
the  water  will  be  elevated  two  or  three  feet  above  its  ordinary  level. 

Mariners  entering  the  river  hettreen  Anlicosti,  and  Gaspe,  when  in  the  fair  way,  having 
the  wind  at  north  or  nortli-east,  and  being  uninforinod  of  this  current,  will  be  led  to  im- 
ag'  "e  they  are  making  a  reach  up,  when  really  they  will  be  approaching  the  southern  shore ; 
this  is  an  error  that  must  be  particularly  guarded  against,  especially  in  long  dark  nights  and 
foggy  weather ;  be,  therefore,  always  careful  to  tack  in  time. 

Ships  coming  vp  with  contrary  ndiids,  and  boing  far  enough  to  the  westward  to  weather 
the  west  point  of  Anticosti,  should  constantly  su^nd  to  the  northward,  and  endeavor  to  sail 
on,  within  3  or  4  leagues  of  the  northern  shore  :  for  the  land  is  all  bold  to ;  you  will  be  out 
of  the  strength  of  the  current,  and  the  nearer  you  get  to  the  land,  the  more  you  will  be 
favored  by  the  tide.  Run  up  so  far  as  Point  Deamon,  and  when  up  to  Trinity  Bay,  should 
your  vessel  sail  well,  you  will,  by  keeping  in  with  the  north  shore,  have  the  advantage  of  a 
flood  tide,  and  may  probably  be  enabled  to  get  through  the  Narrows;  but  should  your  ship 
Bail  badly,  you  can  take  shelter  in  Trinity  Bay,  (which  is  described  in  page  65  of  this  work.) 

Should  circumstances  render  it  necessary,  you  may  proceed  to  St.  Nicholas  Harbor, 
which  lies  W.  by  N.  about  5  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Point  Deamon ;  (see  page  65,) 
keep  close  along  the  land,  but  take  great  care  to  avoid  the  Manicougan  Shoals. 

Abreast  of  the  Manicougan  Shoals  and  standing  to  the  northward,  distant  about  one-third 
of  the  breadth  of  the  river  from  the  northern  shore,  a  strong  rippling  has  been  frequently 
t>b8erved  ;•  about  2  miles  further  to  the  northward  you  meet  with  a  similar  one,  and  2  miles 
beyond  that  is  another:  these  are  visible  only  in  fine  weather,  and  are  conjectured  to  be  oc- 
casioned by  the  slack  of  the  eastern  current,  which  runs  down,  on  the  south  shore  and  in 
the  middle,  and  the  regular  flood  to  the  north.  Mr.  Lambly  has  frequently  tried  forsound- 
ings  upon  themv  but  without  finding  any  bottom.  Vessels  standing  on  towards  Betsimet's 
and  Mille  Vache  Points,  will  experience  similar  appearances,  and  when  above  Mille  Vache 
the  ripplings  increase;  but  there  is  no  danger  whatever,  it  being  merely  the  conflicting  con- 
cussion of  the  opposing  streams. 

It  is  advisable,  when  a  ship  has  advanced  on  the  northern  side,  so  far  as  Betsimet's 
Point,  with  the  wind  at  west  and  a  flood  tide,  to  cross  over  towards  Father  Point,  in  order 
to  obtain  a  pilot :  but  should  the  wind  shift  to  S.  W.  by  W.  it  will  be  advantageous  still  to 
keep  the  northern  land  on  board,  until  you  can  with  greater  certainty  fetch  that  point. 

The  current  between  Mille  Vache  and  Bic  Island  will  always  be  found  strong  toward 
the  N.  E. ;  this  must  be  particularly  attended  to,  for  if  a  proper  allowance  be  not  made  for 
this  current,  you  will  be  driven  fast  to  the  northward,  and,  before  you  are  aware  of  it,  will 
be  drifted  into  imminent  danger. 

Ships  coming  up  with  a  fair  wind,  and  under  favorable  circumstances,  may  proceed  along 
the  south  shore ;  the  land  all  the  way  from  Gaspe,  is  bold  and  high,  but  it  affords  no  sort 
of  shelter :  soundings  may  occasionally  be  found,  but  very  irregular,  and  there  is  no  an- 
chorage whatever.  On  advancing  towards  Cape  Chat,  which  may  be  readily  known  'jy  the 
Sugar  Loaf  Hill  already  described,  as  well  as  by  its  bioken  and  uneven  mountains,  steer 
W.  by  S.  for  about  11  or  12  leagues,  you  will  then  be  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  Matane, 
and  may  perceive  the  Paps  of  Matane,  bearing  S.  W.  A  W. ;  these  are  two  hills,  standing 
somewhat  inland,  and  appearing  to  the  westward  of  the  river;  Mount  Caraille  will  also  be 
visible  bearing  S.  W.  by  W.  1  W.  distant  14  c  fifteen  leagues;  it  forms  in  the  shape  of  a 
circular  island,  and  appears  to  the  northward  of  all  the  s-outhern  land.  From  off  Matane 
to  abreast  of  Mount  Camille,  steer  W.  S.  W.  or  W.  by  S.  according  to  ihe  -.vind.  Con- 
tinuing that  course,  you  will  pass  Little  and  Great  Metis,  or  JViathia,  ?nd.  if  desirous  of  an- 


mber  to  the  middle 
ts  upper  part,  from 
e  exception  of  Nj. 
river  is  never  vfhoi- 
ice  from  the  shores, 
id  reflux,  that  navi- 
ler  dissolved  or  car- 


RENCE,  FROM 


W.  point  of  Anti- 
stward ;  that  in  the 
its  velocity  is  always 
r  two  miles  an  hour, 
times  it  will  run  3i 
itityof  ice  and  snow 
of  May  and  August, 

the  fair  way,  having 
:,  will  be  led  to  im- 
the  southern  shore ; 
ong  dark  nights  and 

estward  to  weather 
nd  endeavor  to  sail 
to ;  you  will  be  out 
e  more  you  will  be 
Trinity  Bay,  should 
;  the  advantage  of  a 
ut  should  your  ship 
!ge65  of  this  work.) 
Nicholas  Harbor, 
on;  (see  page  63,) 
Shoals. 

ant  about  one-third 
las  been  frequently 
ar  one,  and  2  miles 
njectured  to  be  oc- 
iouth  shore  and  in 
itly  tried  forsound- 
:oward8  Betsimet's 
above  Mille  Vache 
le  conflicting  con- 
far  as  Betsimet's 
er  Point,  in  order 
vantageous  still  to 
tch  that  point, 
und  strong  toward 
ce  be  not  made  for 
re  aware  of  it,  will 

may  proceed  along 

It  it  affords  no  sort 

d  there  is  no  an- 

dily  known  by  the 

mountains,  steer 
tward  of  Matane, 
wo  hills,  standing 
iraille  will  also  be 
s  in  the  shape  of  a 
From  off  Matane 

ihe  wind.  Con- 
•  if  desirous  of  an- 


BLUNT  S    AMERICAN   COAST   PILOT. 


77 


i 


choring  at  Little  Metis  Cove  you  must  give  the  east  end  of  the  reef  a  berth  of  100  yards, 
or  cross  it  in  3  fathoms  and  let  go :  sninll  vessels  may  find  shelter  here  in  3  fathoms,  at 
low  water. 

GRP2AT  METIS  isS^eagues  S.  W.  from  Little  Metis,  and  is  only  fit  for  small  ves- 
nels ;  these  may  find  sheher  and  anchorage  with  H.  W.  winds,  but  it  nearly  d'ios,  and  there- 
fore is  of  little  use  to  shipping.  Little  Metis  may  be  distinguished  from  Cireat  Metis  by 
a  round  bluff  rock,  which  lies  S.  E.  from  the  North  Reef,  distant  l^j  mile,  and  a  small 
sugar-loaf  hill  to  the  eastward  of  the  rock,  (ireat  Metis  has  a  large  rock  in  the  middle  of 
the  Cove,  Little  Metis  has  none;  but  you  must  be  within  2  or  3  leagues  of  the  shore  to 
make  these  Coves  out,  for  the  points  of  land  they  are  formed  by,  are  very  low. 

The  Bank  of  Soundings  extends  farther  from  the  shore,  about  these  Coves,  than  it  does 
at  Matane ;  at  the  distance  of  4  miles  from  the  land,  you  will  here  have  35  fathoms,  be- 
yond that  distance  you  suddenly  drop  into  60  and  70  fathoms ;  the  edge  of  the  bank  con- 
tinues steep  and  high  all  the  way  up  to  (ireen  Island  ;  within  10  fathoms  the  ground  is  hard, 
and  the  landing  bad,  except  in  very  fine  weather;  for  the  coast  between  Great  and  Little 
Mathis  is  full  of  rocks,  which  run  off  half  a  mile  from  the  shore.  Westward  of  Little  Ma- 
this  is  Death's  Cove,  where  the  pilot  boats  shelter  in  easterly  winds,  and  lie  dry  at  low  wa- 
ter. Cock  Cove  is  at  the  eastern  part  cf  Father  Point.  Between  Great  Mathis  and  Cock 
Cove  ships  may  stop  a  tide,  if  the  weather  is  fine,  in  15  fathoms  :  this  is  the  kc^ular  rendez- 
vous for  the  pilots :  here  they  repair  about  the  month  of  April,  but  thry  w  ill  frequently, 
after  that  time,  be  met  with  off  Matane,  or  so  far  as  Cape  Chat;  on  their  sails  and  boats 
are  their  respective  numbers.  Should  a  vessel  be  olf  Cape  Chat,  distant  about  3  leagues, 
she  may  safely  steer  W.  S.  W.  or  W.  by  S.  23  lcno;ues,  making  a  proper  allowance  for  the 
(Murent,  and  she  will  be  up  to  Father  Point,  or  very  near  it ;  then,  should  the  weather  be 
thick,  she  may  haul  to  the  southward,  and  after  getting  soundings,  if  the  water  shoalens 
from  36  to  20  and  18  fathoms  in  a  short  distance,  such  as  a  mile,  you  will  not  be  up  to  Fa- 
ther Point,  and  should  run  4  or  5  miles  higher;  but  if  you  get  soundings,  and  the  water 
gradually  shoalens  from  .35  to  30,  25,  &c.  fathoms,  in  a  distance  of  three  or  four  miles,  then 
they  are  ip  to  the  Point,  and  may  make  the  signal  for  a  pilot,  standing  no  nearer  than  10 
or  12  fathoms,  as  they  will  then  be  onlv  two  miles  from  shore  ;  but  should  the  weather  be 
clear,  they  will  see  the  houses,  and  t..ay  make  as  free  as  they  choose,  the  shore  being  all 
bold. 

The  distanco  from*  Cape  Chat  to  the  west  part  of  Father  Point  is  about  23  leagues,  and 
from  thence  to  the  anchoring  place  at  Bic  Island  is  1!)  miles;  make  an  allowance  for  the 
current,  of  five  miles,  and  any  ship  may  run  it  with  safety. 

Ships  being  off  Little  Mathis  will  see  the  high  land  which  is  to  the  southward  of  Cape 
Arignole,  but  the  Cape  itself  and  the  Island  of  Bic  being  much  lower,  will  not  be  visible; 
off  Mount  Camille,  Bin  Island  may  be  perceived  very  plain  in  clear  weather. 

Some  years  ago,  a  master  of  a  vessel  mistook  the  Island  of  Barnaby  for  the  Island  of 
Bic,  and  hauled  to  the  southward ;  when  he  found  his  mistake,  after  veering  the  ship,  he 
but  jjist  weathered  Barnaby  Island.  Now,  should  a  ship  be  running  up  in  thick  weather, 
and  not  be  certain  of  her  distance,  if  she  should  be  near  Father  Point,  she  cannot  approach 
the  land  without  gradually  shoaling  her  water,  consequently,  keeping  the  lead  going,  and 
being  in  nine  or  ten  fathoms  water,  should  she  make  an  Island  suddenly  to  the  south- 
ward, it  must  be  Barnaby  Island.  And  if  falling  in  with  an  Island  suddenly,  without  hav- 
ing hove  the  lead,  in  any  bearing  to  t!ie  westward  of  W.  S.  W.  one  cast  of  the  lead  will 
reduce  it  to  a  certainty,  for  from  W.  S.  W.  to  west,  Barnaby  will  have  only  from  7  to  6  fa- 
thoms, and  the  Island  of  Bic  will  have,  in  the  same  bearings,  from  15  to  12  fathoms. 

Again,  if  the  lead  be  kept  going,  and  no  soundings  be  found,  then,  falling  in  ^7ith  land 
suddenly  a-head,  it  must  be  Biquette,  for  there  is  deep  water  in  the  streamof  Biquette,  and 
when  it  bears  S.  W.  distant  half  a  mile,  there  are  60  fathoms  water.  In  the  stream  of 
Biquette,  when  it  bears  W.  S.  W.  if  you  should  have  ten  fathoms  water,  and  see  no  land, 
you  must  haul  off  to  the  northward,  or  run  for  Bic,  as  you  think  proper;  if  you  are  stran- 
gers, the  safest  way  will  be,  to  haul  off  to  the  northward,  keeping  in  nine  or  ten  fathoms 
water,  and  steer  W.  S.  W.  and  W.  by  S.  according  to  the  depth  of  water;  that  course 
will  lead  to  the  southward  of  Bic,  and  if  you  get  sight  of  the  reef  at  the  East  end  of  the 
Island,  which  is  always  above  water,  steer  west  one  mile  and  a  half,  or  two  miles,  and  an- 
chor in  11  or  12  fathoms. 

Ships  being  near  Bic  Island,  in  thick  weather,  should  stand  off  and  on  to  the  northward 
of  the  Island,  and  wait  for  the  weather  clearing  up. 

If  desirous  of  anchoring  on  the  south  side  of  Bic,  and  the  wind  should  be  easterly,  run 
boldly  to  the  southward,  looking  out  for  the  reef  at  the  east  end  of  the  island,  as  before 
directed ;  give  this  reef  a  berth  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  run  along  in  mid-channel  until 
you  find  Cape  Arignole  bears  S.  S.  E.  the  body  of  the  island  then  bearing  N.  N.  W.  large 
ships  may  anchor  in  13  or  14  fathoms,  the  ground  clear  and  good ;  but  small  vessels  may 
run  on  until  the  island  comes  N.  E.  and  the  depth  10  fathoms ;  you  will  then  be  a  quarter 


1 


r 


11 


!    i 


78 


PLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


of  a  mile  off  thf>  island,  h't  the  bottom  will  not  he  so  clear  as  when  yon  are  in  deeper  wa- 
ter.    Fresh  water  may  be  obtained  in  the  Cove  to  thi  westward  of  tin;  island. 

But,  if  the  wind  should  be  westerly,  and  you  are  to  vindward  of  the  island,  intending  to 
anchor  there,  stand  to  the  southward  into  11  fathoms,  *hen  run  down  and  anchor,  as  above 
directed:  for  with  little  wind  11  fathoms  is  the  proper  dr|ith  of  the  fair  way,  and  the  last 
quarter  flood,  and  all  the  ebb,  sets  strongly  between  Hiiniette  and  Hie. 

Should  you,  with  an  easterly  wind,  be  too  far  to  the  westward  to  fetch  round  the  east 
end  of  Bic,  then,  in  order  to  gain  the  anchoraj;e,  you  should  give  Biquctte  a  berth  of  about 
half  a  mile,  run  up  until  the  west  end  of  Bic  bears  S.  E.  then  Cape  Arignole  will  be  open 
of  it ;  this  latter  mark  leads  to  the  westward  of  a  reef,  which  is  covered  at  a  quarter  tide, 
and  extends  S.  W.  by  W.  one  mile  from  Biquette,  while  another  reef,  always  visible,  lies 
between  the  former  and  Biquette.  By  haulina;  round  to  the  southward  with  Cape  Arig- 
nole open,  you  will  paas  athwart  the  opening  between  Bic  and  Bi(|uette,  in  from  IC  to  9 
fathoms;  thence  the  water  will  shoalen  to  6  fathoms  upon  a  spit  of  mud  and  sand,  which 
lies  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Bic,  about  one  mile  long :  after  you  have  crossed  this  spit,  you 
will  have  10  and  12  fathoms,  where  the  passage  will  be  open,  and  you  can  anchor.  The 
N.W.  ledge  of  Bic,  the  west  end  of  that  island,  and  Cape  Arignole,  are  in  a  line,  bearing 
S.  E.  When  you  are  beating  into  Bic  Harbor  from  the  westward,  while  standing  to  the 
southward,  take  care  not  to  shut  in  Mount  Camille  with  Cape  Arignoic;  and  in  standing  to 
the  northward,  do  not  shut  in  Mount  Camille  with  the  Island  Bic.  In  Old  Bic  1.' arbor 
lives  one  family,  where  some  provisions  may  be  got  occasionally,  and  about  two  miles  above 
the  Bay  of  Ha  Ha,  or  S.  W.  from  Bic,  lives  another  family,  which  are  all  the  houses  be- 
tween this  and  Three  Pistoles  or  Basque  Island.  Passengers  wishing  to  proceed  to  Que- 
bec by  land  from  Bic,  must  go  to  the  westernmost  houses,  and  procure  a  guide  to  take  tlieni 
through  the  woods  to  the  next  parish,  where  horses  may  be  got,  or  else  take  the  boat  op  to 
Basque  Island  and  land  on  the  main,  at  Trois  Pistoles,  which  is  five  leagues  from  Bic.  By 
80  doing  strangers  will  know  how  to  proceed,  should  they  wish  to  leave  the  ship  and  go  by 
land. 

The  tide^  flow  at  Bic  Island,  full  and  change,  till  three  o'clock,  and  rise  in  spring  tides, 
12  or  14  feet ;  neap  tides,  7  or  8  feet. 

The  flood  tides  never  bend  to  the  westward  till  an  hour's  flood  by  the  shore,  and  in  neap 
tides  the  floods  are  very  weak,  and  with  fresh  westerly  winds  there  is  none  at  all,  but  in  the 
spring  tides,  ships  will  always  find  a  flood  tide  from  Father  Point  to  Bic  Island. 

Between  Barnaby  and  Bic  Islands  there  is  a  bank  of  soundings,  being  a  continuation  of 
that  which  runs  from  Cape  Chat ;  at  the  westerly  part,  about  Barnaby  and  Bic,  it  extends 
2  leagues  from  the  shore,  and  has  regular  somidings  upon  it;  its  edge  is  very  steep,  for 
from  35  fathoms  it  sinks  suddenly  into  more  than  twice  that  depth :  but  froni  35  fathoms 
towards  the  land  it  decreases  gradually ;  vessels  may  therefore  stand  to  the  southward  by 
the  lead,  and  tack  or  anchor  in  any  depth  of  water  they  think  proper;  but  it  will  be  ad- 
vieable  to  go  no  nearer  the  land  than  1^  mile,  with  Bic  Island  bearing  from  W.  S.  W. 
to  S.  W.  lest  you  should  shut  in  the  channel  to  the  southward  of  Bic  ;  and  with  a  sudden 
shift  of  the  wind,  should  not  be  i.ble  to  clear  Bic  to  the  northward. 

Westward  fVom  Bic  Island,  the  bank  of  soundings  runs  all  the  way  to  Bascue  Island, 
parallel  to,  and  a  league  distance  from  the  shore :  beyond  Basque  Island  it  bends  nearer  to 
the  land,  and  continues  on  to  the  Apple  Islands,  at  2  and  2^  miles  distance  from  the  main, 
flhips  may  therefore  stand  to  the  southward  by  the  lead,  or  keep  on,  in  the  fair  way,  in  not 
less  than  12  fathoms  water. 

FROM  BIC  ISLAND  TO  GREEN  ISLAND.— Vessels  having  arrived  at  Bic  Isl- 
and, without  being  able  to  obtain  a  pilot  at  Father  Point,  and  finding  none  to  be  had  at  Bic, 
may  proceed  towards  Green  Island,  the  latter  bearing  from  the  former  S.  W.  by  W.  dis- 
tant nearly  10  leagues:  in  thi"  course  you  will  pass  the  Razades,  Basque,  and  Apple  Isl- 
ands, which  have  been  already  described,  page  70  ;  the  edge  of  the  bank  of  soundings  con- 
tinues all  the  way  steep  to,  but  from  35  fathoms  tVie  depth  decreases  gradually  towards  the 
land,  and  between  Bic  and  Green  Island  vessels  will  find  anchorage  all  the  way  in  14  fa- 
thoms, and  ships  of  lesser  burthen  in  9  fathoms ;  between  Bic  and  Basque  Island  the  ground 
is  all  clean,  but  between  Basque  and  Green  Island  it  is  foul :  there  is  shelter  for  small  ves- 
sels at  the  east  end  of  the  Razades,  and  also  under  the  east  end  of  Basque  Island  in  three 
fathoms,  giving  the  east  end  of  the  reefs,  which  run  off  those  islands,  a  berth  of  a  quarter 
of  a  mile :  the  anchorages  are  with  the  body  of  the  islands  bearing  W.  by  S.  or  right 
abreast  of  Basque  Island.  Here,  at  Trois  Pistoles,  fresh  water  and  provisions  may  be  ob- 
tained, ;f  necessary  ;  and  from  hence  are  regular  stages  to  Quebec.  Pilots  also  reside  here, 
and  at  Green  Island. 

Vessels  passing  from  Bic  toward  Green  Island,  wil'  keep  about  a  league  from  shore,  and 
have  14  and  15  fathoms  all  the  way ;  and  when  up  so  far  as  Green  Island,  sh  ild  the  tide  be 
done,  they  may  anchor  off"  the  reef  in  10  fathom.'^,  and  in  the  stream  of  the  ledge,  which 
runs  N.  E.by  N.  from  the  Lighthouse  Point,  at  a  mile  distance  from  the  ledge. 


I 


leagues. 


k-N 


"are  in  deeper »a- 

iHland. 

isliind,  intending  to 

11(1  anchor,  as  ahove 

lir  way,  and  the  last 

■tch  round  the  east 
■ttf  a  berth  of  about 
ignole  will  be  open 
(i  at  a  quarter  tide, 
always  visible,  lies 
rd  with  Cape  Arig- 
te,  in  from  l(]  to  o 
id  and  sand,  which 
ssed  this  spit,  you 
can  anchor.  'JThe 
■e  in  a  line,  bearing 
lile  standing  to  the 
;  and  in  standing  to 
In  Old  Bic  (.arbor 
)ut  two  miles  above 
all  the  houses  be- 
to  proceed  to  Que- 
guide  to  take  theni 
take  the  boat  -,ip  to 
nes  from  Bic.  By 
the  ship  and  go  by 

ise  in  spring  tides, 

shore,  and  in  nepp 
ne  at  all,  but  in  the 
;  Island. 

'  a  continuation  of 
|nd  Bic,  it  extends 

is  very  steep,  for 
froni  .35  fathoms 
the  southwPYd  by 

but  it  will  be  ad- 
g  from  W.  S.  W. 
and  with  a  sudden 

o  Bast;ue  Island, 
it  bends  nearer  to 
ce  from  the  main, 
le  fair  way,  in  not 

arrived  at  i3ic  Isl- 
to  be  had  at  Bic, 
.  W.  by  W.  dis- 
and  Apple  Isl- 
of soundings  con- 
ually  towards  the 
the  way  in  14  fa- 
[sland  the  ground 
ter  for  small  ves- 
xe  Island  in  three 
erth  of  a  quarter 
by  S.  or  right 
sions  may  be  ob- 
s  also  reside  here, 

from  shore,  and 
lid  the  tide  be 
the  ledge,  which 
ledge. 


le 


BLUNT  8   AMERICAN    COAST   PILOT. 


79 


li 


The  high  land  of  Arignole,  kept  open  to  the  northward  of  Basque  Island,  will  lead  clear 
of  the  liglithouse  ledge ;  and  with  the  lighthouse  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  the  ledge  will  be  ex- 
actly between  the  lighthouse  and  the  ship.  Vessels  may  also,  in  tine  weather,  stop  between 
the  lighthouse  and  the  west  end  of  (i»-een  Island  for  a  tide,  in  'iO  or  M  fathoms,  close  to 
the  north  side  of  the  island, '.  '.  with  a  <'resh  bree/.e,  it  will  be  too  near  the  shore,  and  the 
ground  does  not  hold  well.  Du  ng  N.  Easterly  winds  small  vessels  fre(|uenliy  run  between 
theS.  W.  Reef  and  ('acana.  ancuoriiig  m  4  fathoms;  but  it  will  be  always  more  prudent 
to  bear  up  for  the  Brandy  Pots,  lest  you  should  be  c.iught  by  adverse  stormy  weather. 

Should  you  therefore  have  passed  (treen  Island  Lighthouse,  and  no  pilot  be  obtained,  the 
weather  clear,  and  the  wind  fair,  steer  boldly  on  S.  W.  i  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  5  leagues,  you 
will  then  have  White  Island  W.  by  S.  an'l  Hare  Island  with  the  Bra  n'.y  Pots  open  to  the 
southward  bearing  W.  S.  W.  Give  the  Brandy  Potsa  b'irth,  and  rUiionhalfa  mile  or  more 
above  them,  there  anchor  in  from  o  to  10  tathoms;  or  should  die  wind  shift  to  the  west- 
ward, and  your  vessels  be  up  to  Wiiite  Island,  the  tide  being  sptut,  stand  to  the  southward, 
into  9  fathoms,  or  towards  White  Island  into  fi  or  7,  then  anchor,  the  ground  is  good. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  river,  and  giving  the  southern  shore  a  wide  berth,  will  necessa- 
rily go  near  Red  Island.  The  body  of  this  island  bears  from  the  lighthouse  on  Gr^en  Isl- 
and W.  N.  W.  distant  6  miles  ;  and  the  eastern  point  of  the  dangerous  reefs  which  are  at- 
tached to  it,  bears  from  the  same  lighthouse  N.  N.  W.  :  therefore  the  greatest  care  must 
be  taken,  especially  at  night,  not  to  brin^  the  light  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  S.  by  E.  until 
you  are  sure  you  are  within  .5  miles  of  it.  If  witiithe  light  S.  by  K.you  cannot  venture  to 
enter  ae  narrows,  wait  the  return  of  day;  and  should  the  wind  be  scant  from  the  N.  W. 
yon  nay  borrow  on  the  south  side  of  the  Red  Island,  by  observing  these  marks — open 
White  fsland  to  the  northward  of  Hare  Island,  and  as  you  draw  to  th'"  westward  you  may 
approach  the  Mioal  of  White  Island  by  the  le.  J,  remembering  that  the  ebb  tide  sets  strong 
down  between  White  Island  and  Red  Island,  and  the  flood  the  contrary.  \.  vessel,  in  fine 
weather,  may  anchor  on  the  south  side  of  Red  Island  in  IvJ  fathoms,  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile's 
distance  ;  but  the  tides  here  are  strong,  and  set  all  round  the  coi.ijjass. 

The  soundings  befveen  Red  and  Green  Islands  are  irregular;  for,  at  the  distance  of  a 
mile  from  either  of  them,  there  ?re  40  fathoms  :  further  off,  and  towards  the  middle  of  the 
channel,  no  bottom  is  to  be  found  at  70  fathoms ;  yet,  iluring  the  ebb  tides  and  the  wind 
easterly,  the  water  breaks  and  ripples,  but  you  need  apprehend  no  danger. 

In  beating  up  the  northern  shore  from  Bic  to  Green  Island,  you  cannot  stand  to  the  north- 
ern land  by  the  lead,  on  account  of  the  great  depth  of  water;  but  Mille  Vache  shoal  begins 
at  the  little  river  of  Port  Neuf,  and  completely  surrounds  the  whole  of  the  low  point  that 
is  to  the  westward  of  the  houses  for  three  miles.  Its  southern  extremity  is  distant  1|  naile 
from  the  shore,  part  drying  at  low  water,  and  steep  to. 

At  Pert  Neuf  is  a  trading  post,  and  provisions  may  be  occasionally  obtained  there.  Whan 
you  have  passed  Mille  Vache  Point  and  Shoal,  the  land  forms  a  deep  bay,  but  it  is  shoal 
and  full  of  rocks.  Two  leagues  to  the  westward  of  the  Point  are  two  islets,  called  the  Es- 
quamine  Isles  ;  to  the  eastward  of  these  is  Saut  au  Mouton,  a  small  river,  with  a  handsome 
cascade  near  its  entrance :  this  will  always  attract  notice  when  passing.  Between  the  Es- 
quamine  Isles  and  Saguenay  are  three  small  inlets,  Bondesire,  Little  and  Great  Beagerone. 
They  are  frequented  by  fishing  boats,  but  unfit  for  shipping. 

Shi  "  working  along  the  northern  shore,  between  the  Esquamine  and  Red  Isiand,  should 
keep  t  >  1  good  leagues  off  the  land  ;  the  shore  is  clear  and  bold,  and  the  floods  regular; 
but  should  a  vessel  be  caught  to  the  northward  of  Red  Island  by  a  sudden  shift  of  easterly 
wind,  and  be  unable  to  fetch  round  the  east  end  of  the  Island  Reefs,  she  may  safely  bear 
up,  and  run  to  the  westward,  giving  Red,  White  and  Hare  Islands  a  berth  of  full  two  miles : 
and  when  you  have  run  three  leagues  above  Hare  Island,  haul  to  the  southward,  cross  the 
English  Bank,  and  enter  the  South  Channel  towards  Kamaraska. 

GREEN  ISLAND  to  ths  BRANDY  POTS.— From  abreast  of  Green  Island  to  the 
Brandy  Pots,  your  course  will  be  from  S.  W.  \  W.  to  S.  W.  by  W.  and  the  distance  5^ 
leagues.  Between  these  arc  the  Percy  Rocks,  lying  near  the  main  and  Barret's  Ledge,  in 
the  fair  way.  or  middle  of  the  stream :  the  latter  has  been  already  described  in  p.  70.  There  is 
no  channel  for  shipping  between  Percy  Rocks  and  the  main ;  but  vessels  keeping  in  about 
10  fathoms  will  go  clear  to  the  northward  of  them.  Abreast  of  these  rocks,  and  between 
them  and  the  western  end  of  Green  T«land  Reef,  are  20  fathoms,  mid  channel.  Barrett's 
Ledge  has  a  black  buoy  upon  it,  lying  in  12  feet  water :  the  channel  commonly  used  is  to 
the  northward  of  the  Ledge ;  keep  the  southernmost  mountain  of  Kamaraska  in  one  with 
the  Saddle  of  Great  Pilgrim,  or  bring  the  Islet,  lying  on  the  N.  E.  side  of  Green  Island,  to 
touch  the  high  land  of  Cape  Arignole ;  either  of  these  marks  will  lead  you  into  the  fair 
channel,  and  clear  the  Ledge  to  the  northward.  The  telegraph  standing  on  the  southern 
Brandy  Pot  will  then  be  seen.  There  is  also  a  passage  to  the  southward  of  Barrett's 
Ledge,  leadmg  to  the  southward  of  the  Middle  Ground,  and  up  to  the  Pilgrims;  but  the 
northern  channel  is  more  commonly  made  use  of,  and  is  always  to  be  preferred  by  large 


j.'j.^U-i'wSS^- 


i 


80 


;   i 


ft 


BLU1NT8    AMF.RICAN    COAST    PILOT. 


■hips.  In  aivanpiiic;  towards  \V)iite  Isliiinl  Reef,  joii  m;»y  nafely  trust  to  the  lead,  but  7 
fathoma  will  be  Muiricicntl)'  near  lor  your  iiuclmrH^e,  aixl  it  will  be  udvisabie  to  ^et  into  no 
leas  water  before  yoit  tack,  for  this  in  in  the  t'air  way  to  the  lirandy  Pots,  which  are  steeii 
to,  there  oein^  II)  fathoms  close  to  their  southern  Hides.  The  above  anchorage,  haviti" 
St.  Andrew's  Church  open,  or  between  the  (treat  and  Second  Pilgrim,  is  very  good,  and 
so  is  the  anchorage  to  the  westward  of  the  Hraiidy  Pots,  in  from  !>  to  14  fathoms,  this  lat- 
ter being  considered  the  best  sheltered  roadstead  for  easterly  winds,  except  that  at  Crane 
Island,  of  any  in  the  river. 

.When  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  White  [aland,  and  crossing  towards  the  South  Shore, 
your  water  will  gradually  deepen  to  '2H  and  30  fathoms,  and  then  shoalen  regularly  to  10 
fatlioms,  this  iatter  depth  being  abreast  of  the  Percy  Rocks.  In  running  from  White  Isl- 
and towards  IJarrett's  Ledge,  the  wator  will  deepen  to  16  and  20  fathotns,  and  then  shoal 
to  12  fathoms,  wliich  is  an  near  as  you  ought  to  ap|)roach  the  Ledge;  but  as  you  get  tu 
the  southward  of  it,  you  will,  from  \2  fathoms,  gradually  lesson  your  depth  towards  River 
du  Loup  to  5  fathoms,  and  none  i)Ut  smdl  vessels  tnust  venture  to  go  nearer.  In  the  fair 
way  between  the  Hrandy  Pots  and  the  Ledge  and  Middle  (Jround,  are  20  fathoms,  and  as 
you  get  on  to  the  southward,  you  will  cross  a  flat  of  (i  fathoms,  which  stretches  from  the 
Pilgrim  Islands  to  Hare  Island  Spit ;  having  passed  which,  you  sink  into  7,  10,  16,  20,  and 
30  fathoms;  the  latter  being  abreast  of  Kamaraska  Island. 

TIDE.S. — PVom  the  west  end  of  (ireen  Island  ships  will  begin  to  have  the  advantage  of 
a  regular  flood  and  ebb,  the  tide  running  5  hours  up,  and  7  down  the  river,  and  being  so 
far  as  the  Brandy  Pots,  it  sets  regularly  up  and  down,  that  is  N.  K.  by  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W. 

From  the  BRANDY  POTS  to  the  TRAVERSE  and  GOOSE  ISLAND— The  pas- 
sage from  the  Brandy  Pots,  southward,  is  between  Ilare  Island  and  the  Middle  Ground;  in 
order  to  sail  in  the  deepest  water,  you  should  steer  from  the  lirandy  Pots  S.  W.  for  aboui 
half  a  mile  ;  then  bring  the  southern  mountain  of  Kamaraska  over  the  midddle  of  the  Second 
Pilgrim,  and  when  White  Island  comes  open  between  Hare  Island  and  the  Brandy  Pots, 
bring  it  midway,  and  it  will  carry  you  clear  between  the  Knoll  and  the  west  end  of  the 
middle  in  4  and  I^i  fathoms  water ;  and  when  the  west  end  of  Bare  Island  bears  N.  W.  you 
will  bc/up  to  the  Knoll  or  Flat,  which  runs  across  from  the  Pilgrims  to  Ilare  Island  Spir. 
There  is  no  passage  between  the  Brandy  Pots  and  Hare  Island  ;  and  the  Gut,  or  Deep 
Wafer  Channel,  between  Hare  Island  and  the  Great  Shoal  or  Spit,  though  nearly  a  mile 
wide,  is  seldom  or  ever  used. 

lb  standing  from  above  Brandy  Pots,  or  Hare  Island,  to  the  southward,  you  will  have 
20  and  18  fathoms  water;  on  the  north  part  of  the  Middle  Ground,  4  fathoms;  abreast  of 
the  middle  of  Hare  Island,  20  fathoms ;  on  the  Spit  of  Hare  Island  Shoal,  only  2  fathoms ; 
t(^  the  eastward  of  that,  .3^  and  4  fathoms;  and  between  the  Middle  Ground  and  the  Pil- 
grim Islands,  4  and  6  fathoms;  and  when  a  ship  is  in  the  latter  depth,  she  should  tack. 

From  abreast  of  the  Pilgrims  up  to  the  Buoy  of  the  Traverse  the  course  will  be  S.  W.  \ 
W.  and  the  distance  9J  leagues.  There  is  no  passage  for  shipping  to  the  southward  of 
the  Pilgrims:  the  bank  between  the  Pilgrims  and  Kamaraska  is  steep  ;  the  mark  for  tack- 
ing is  not  to  shut  in  the  S.  W.  land  with  the  great  island  of  Kamaraska  ;  in  standing  to  the 
northward  you  will  find  20  fathoms,  and  you  may  cross  the  English  Bank  in  this  part  in  4 
fathoms  ;  but  to  the  southward  and  opposite  to  Kamaraska  Islands  it  deepens  to  10  fathoms. 

KA.MARASKA  ISLANDS,  are  Grosse  or  Great  Island,  Burnt  or  Telegraph  Island, 
and  Crbw  Island ;  the  two  former  are  steep  to,  but  near  Crow  Island  the  bank  becomes 
shallow ;  to  the  southward  of  Crow  Island  is  a  place  where  vessels  may  run  on  shore  with 
safety;  the  mark  for  going  in  is  to  open  the  church  3  sails'  breadths  to  the  west  of  Crow 
Island,  and  steer  in  :  with  spring  tides  you  will  have  14  feet,  and  with  neaps  10 ;  the  ground 
being  all  soft  mud.  N.  50^  W.  with  the  S.  E.  end  of  Crow  island  in  one  of  Kamaraska 
Church,  distant  from  the  former  about  12  miles,  lies  Mai  Bay.  Cape  Diable  bears  from 
Crow  Island  S.  W.  distant  3  miles,  and  the  easternmost  part  of  the  reef  runs  from  it  to 
within  a  mile  of  Crow  Island  ;  therefore  vessels  from  the  westward  should  stretch  along  this 
reef  in  6  fathoms  water,  and  then  haul  in  for  the  Church,  agreeable  to  the  mark  just  given; 
there  are  two  openings  in  the  reefs,  but  strangers  must  not  attempt  either. 

With  easterly  winds,  ships  that  have  lost  their  anchors  may  run  for  the  cove  to  the  south- 
ward of  Cape  Diable,  to  enter  which  you  should  bring  the  Church  and  Crow  Island  in  the 
direction  before  stated ;  and  having  got  within  the  reefs,  run  up  westerly,  leaving  a  small 
island  above  the  Church  on  your  larboard  side,  then  put  the  ship  on  shore  in  the  S.  W. 
part  of  the  cove,  and  she  will  be  sate ;  but  if  the  wind  be  westerly,  run  her  aground  a  little 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Church.  There  is  good  riding  opposite  to  Cape  Diable,  at  about  a 
mile  from  the  shore. 

I  THE  TRAVERSE. — From  abreast  of  Cape  Diable,  distant  3  miles,  your  course  to  the 
■narrow  channel,  now  called  the  Traverse,  will  be  S.  W.  by  W.  ;  in  the  sailing  on  this  di- 
irection,  you  will  keep  the  high  land  of  Kamaraska  in  one  with  the  low  point  of  St.  Denis — 
(this  will  lead  you  direct  to  the  black  buuy  off  St.  Roch's  Point;  and  when  St.  Roch's 


to  the  lead,  bii(.  7 
table  to  ju;ct  iiun  no 
ts,  which  are  !»iee|) 

anchorage,  having 
,  \a  very  f^„o^i,  and 
4  fathoms,  this  lat- 
ncej)!  that  at  Crane 

8  the  South  Shore, 
len  regularly  to  10 
ng  from  White  isl- 
ms,  and  then  nhual 
;  but  as  you  get  lo 
epth  towards  Kivcr 
icarer.  In  the  fair 
•20  fathom!),  and  as 
stretches  from  the 
to  7,  10,  16,  20,  and 

re  the  advantage  of 
river,  and  beini;  so 
.  and  S.  W.  by  VV. 
LAND— The  pas- 
Middle  Ground;  in 
its  S.  W.  for  aboui 
Iddle  of  the  Second 
I  the  Brandy  Pots, 
le  west  end  of  the 
id  bears  N.  W.  you 
»  Hare  Island  Spit. 
the  Gut,  or  Deep 
lUgh  nearly  a  mile 

ard,  you  will  have 
lithoins ;  abreast  of 
il,  only  2  fathoms ; 
•ound  and  the  Fil- 
e  should  tack. 
*se  will  be  S.  W.  \ 
the  southward  of 
the  mark  for  tack- 
in  standing  to  the 
ik  in  this  part  in  4 
)ens  to  10  fathoms. 
Telegraph  Island, 
the  bank  becomes 
run  on  shore  with 
the  west  of  Crow 
IS  10 ;  the  ground 
one  of  Kamaraska 
Diable  bears  from 
ef  runs  from  it  to 
stretch  along  this 
mark  just  given; 
:r. 

cove  to  the  south- 
row  Island  in  the 
',  leaving  a  small 
lore  in  the  S.  W. 
sr  aground  a  little 
liable,  at  about  a 

our  course  to  the 
sailing  on  this  di- 
int  of  St.  Denis — 
when  St.  Roch's 


BI.U.NTS  .\.MEUI(.\\  C0.\8T  IMLOT. 


81 


Church  mines  S.  K.  by  S.  the  road  behind  the  church  will  be  in  one  with  it,  so  soon  »% 
yon  arrive  at  the  buoy  :  from  hence  you  will  observe  to  keep  the  I'oilier  Uoisse  lsli>ni 
jii^t  touching  till'  south  point  of  (ioosc  Island,  then  run  .S.  W.  Iialf  or  a  ijuarter  of  a 
mile  lieyoiid  the  buoy,  ai  '  haul  up  lor  tlie  I'illars,  k"e|)ing  the  Houth  side  aboard,  in 
7  fathoms  water.  Small  vessels  of  10  I'eet  water,  may  run  over  the  Hank  of  St.  liocli, 
to  the  siiiithward  of  the  buoy,  but  it  nIiomM  not  be  done  bcfiiic  half  flood,  and  at  about 
a  mile  off  the  buoy,  which  lies  in  2j  fathoms.  There  is  a  reil  buoy  now  placed  on  the 
Middle  Hank,  in  J^  fithoms  also;  your  passage  through  the  Traverse  is  between  these 
two  buoys,  the  direct  course,  with  a  (lood  tide,  being  S.  S.  W.  and  with  an  ebb  S.  W.  tho 
distance  being  !j\  leagues. 

In  running  from  Cape  Diable  for  ;iie  Traverse  in  thick  weathrr,  or  at  night,  strike  the 
liank  o(f  the  Cape  in  7  or  H  fathoms,  steer  about  W.  S.  W.  and  it  will  conduct  you  to 
the  buoy ;  when  you  have  passed  the  point,  you  will  deepen  your  water  suddenly,  and  must 
haul  to  the  southward  and  keep  the  south  side  on  board.  In  la'aliiig  up,  from  the  (':\\>e 
towards  the  buoys,  you  should  take  the  English  Bank  for  your  guide  to  tack  from,  when 
standing  to  the  northwaril,  and  the  fiat  of  St.  Anne,  when  staiuling  to  the  southward,  au- 
choring  on  either  side,  as  the  wind  best  suits:  the  wiMer  between  them  is  deep. 

ANCHOR AtiKS. — Vessels  may  anchor  all  along  the  Knglish  Bank,  and  upon  the 
edge  of  the  flat  to  the  southward,  in  0  fathoms,  letween  the  I'ilgrims  and  Kamaraska: 
under  the  Pilgrims,  in  3  fathoms,  and  under  the  east  end  of  the  (ireat  Island  of  Kamaras- 
ka, in  9  fathoms;  offCape  Diable,  in  10  fatiioms,  and  all  along  the  Hat,  from  the  Cape  up 
to  the  buoys. 

In  enterinir  the  Traversi;  with  little,  wind,  you  ought  to  be  careful  to  make  proper  allow- 
ance for  the  first  part  of  the  flood  tide,  for  that  sets  strongly  towards  the  point  of  St. 
Roch's  Bank.  In  going  through,  if  more  than  half  flood,  be  guarded  against  the  S.  W. 
by  W.  set,  and  always  keep  the  South  Bank  on  board :  but  when  you  have  got  above  the 
Pillais,  the  tide  sets  fair  up  the  river. 

In  (jeating  into  and  thruueh  this  passage,  be  careful  to  tack  from  side  to  side  on  the  first 
shoal  cast  of  the  lead,  but  more  particularly  so  on  the  edge  of  the  Middle  Bank ;  go  not 
nearer  to  it  than  1 0  fathoms  water,  and  olisei  :  that  the  ship  will  go  farther  over  towards  the 
Middle  Bank  than  towards  the  Shoals  of  St.  Iloch:  and  if  there  be  but  little  wind,  be 
sure  to  borrow  on  the  south  side  of  the  channel. 

Should  the  flood  be  done,  and  your  ship  in  the  Narrows,  or  between  the  buoys,  and  any 
circumstance  make  it  necessary  for  you  to  anchor,  do  not  bring  to  in  the  channel,  but  rtin 
below  either  of  the  buoys,  on  whichever  side  may  be  most  convenient,  and  come  to  in? 
fathoms.  After  half  ebb,  the  tides  will  be  found  to  be  more  moderate  below  the  buoys  than 
between  them  ;  and  in  the  deep  water  they  run  very  strong.  Should  the  wind  incline  to 
the  westward,  you  may  am^hor  half  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  red  buoy  in  6  fathoms, 
on  clean  ground,  and  moderate  tide.  With  southerly  winds,  anchor  io  the  southward  of 
the  stream  of  the  black  buoy  in  7  fathoms.  But  should  a  vessel  be  a  mile  or  more  beyond 
the  buoys,  it  will  be  advisable  to  anchor  on  the  edge  of  the  Southern  Bank,  in  7  fathoms, 
taking  care  to  give  her  a  good  scope  of  cable  before  the  stream  becomes  strong,  for  should 
your  anchor  start,  you  may  have  to  cut  from  it,  as  it  seldom  will  take  a  fresh  held,  the 
ground  in  every  part  of  the  Traverse  being  hard,  foul,  and  unfit  for  holding  well. 

Further  on,  at  or  above  the  Pillars,  the  tides  have  less  velocity,  being  seldom  mate  than 
3\  knots  an  hour;  ships  therefore  will  find  good  riding,  with  easterly  winds,  about  2  miles 
to  the  eastward  of  the  South  pillar,  in  7  fathoms,  or  to  the  southward  of  it,  in  a  similar  depth, 
on  good  ground  ;  between  the  buoys  are  l.T  fathoms  mid  channel,  in  the  Traverse  12, 10,  and 
9  fathoms,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Pillars  8  and  7  fathoms. 

From  abreast  of  the  South  Pillar  to  Crane  Island  your  course  will  be  nearly  S.  W.  by  W. 
and  the  distance  4  leagues.  In  your  progress  you  will  pass  Goose  Island  and  Madame 
Beaujeu's  Bank,  both  of  which  have  been  described  in  page  73  of  this  work.  Crane  Island 
is  little  above  Goose  Island,  to  which  it  is  connected  by  a  rocky  ledge.  The  southern  side  of 
this  pr.rt  of  the  channel  is  formed  by  a  muddy  flat,  with  regular  soundings  as  you  approach, 
and 0  fathoms  over  it,  having  good  anchorage  all  the  way;  but  the  northern  side  has  the 
Rock  Avignon  and  the  Goose  Island  Reef,  both  of  which  are  dangerous,  and  must  \  f^, 
avoided.  The  mark  to  clear  the  Rock  Avignon,  is  the  whole  of  Crane  Island  open  of 
the  S.  W.  end  of  Goose  Island  :  this  will  lead  lo  the  southward  of  the  former,  and  along 
the  outer  edge  of  the  latter. 

In  standing  towards  Goose  Island  Reef,  do  not  get  into  less  than  12  fathoms  water ;  but 
when  you  have  got  above  that  reef,  you  may  stand  toward  Goose  Island  to  7  fathoms;  for 
it  is  bold  to,  and  the  soundings  are  regular:  when  you  have  passed  the  Hospital  Rock, 
which  lies  to  the  eastward  of  a  farm  house,  and  close  to  the  low  water  mark,  vessels  may  if 
necessary  be  safely  run  on  shore,  for  the  beach  is,  for  2  miles,  all  soft  mud. 

TO  CLEAR  MADAME  BEAUJEU'S  BANK,  you  should  keep  the  southerntnost  of 
the  three  mountains,  which  stand  to  the  southward  of  Trois  Sauiuoa,  00  with  the  Islet  uu 

11 


I  - 


h 


82 


BLI'IVT's  AMF:niCA.\  COAST  PILOT. 


1    I 

n 


I 


which  •tandu  the  Telegraph  ;  run  «>ii  in  -1  CafhoitiH  water,  until  you  ;;«•(  M 'PlirronnN  ITon»e, 
which  is  at  the  ea«t  end  of  (,'rane  iHlanil,  to  hear  N.  W.  you  will  then  be  cIok*'  upon  iIih 
Bank;  then  bring  the  biuUl'oint  oCSt.  \'allicr  two  Nails'  hreadth  open  to  the  ttoiithwanl  n| 
Che  west  end  of  Crane  iHJand,  and  that  will  carry  you  in  tlie  best  water;  and  wlirn  you 
•re  up  to  Crane  Itdand  you  tuay  borrow  close  to  it,  lor  there  are  7  faiiioniH  close  to  the 
rocka. 

ANCHORAGES.— Ships  may  anchor  all  the  way  •Voni  I'illar  to  the  east  end  of  Crane 
Island,  in  7  fathoms  water,  the  ground  ;;oo(l  and  clean:  tlicre  also  is  mood  ridinnj  ofVilip 
body  of  Crane  Island,  in  If)  fatlioms.  Mut  the  best  roadstead  in  the  river,  with  «astcrly 
winds,  is  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  Crane  Isi.uid.  Vessels  Imnnd  d(»wn  the  river,  when 
advanced  so  far  as  the  Pillars,  if  caught  by  stronjj;  easterly  winds  and  bad  weather,  had 
always  better  run  back  to  this  place  than  ride  below  it,  at  the  risk  of  losinj^  their  ancliors. 

FROM  CRANK  ISLAND  TO  POINT  ST.  VAIJJKK  the  course  wdl  be  about 
W.  by  S.  and  the  distance  about  (>  leagues;  in  pnrsuiiin  this  track,  you  will  have  to  p;iss 
the  flat  mud  bank  ort'  St.  Thcuuas's  Church,  the  \V'>e  Kocks,  the  Helle  ( 'basse  Islets, 
and  the  small  bank  off  ({rose  island.  (Kora  (les(ri|)tir)n  of  these  dan'^ers  set-  paj;e  7.5.) 
In  proceeding  from  Crane  Island,  you  may  keep  tiie  Island  on  board,  for  it  is  steep  to;  run 
on  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms,  and  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  'J  miles  iVfun  the  southern  part  of 
Crane  Island,  you  will  meet  with  the  northern  extremity  of  St.  Thomas's  Flat,  which 
runs  out  a  full  mile  and  a  half  from  the  main  land,  and  dries  at  low  water;  it)  rounding 
Crane  Island,  steer  W.  by  S.  or  stand  toward  it  info  7  and  (j  fathoms,  soft  muddy  jironnd ; 
and  when  St.  Thomas's  (Jhurch  comes  .S.  E.  you  will  be  abreast  of  the  Point,  and  Ujay 
steer  up  W.  S.  W.     Having  got  above  this  flat,  you  will  be  abreast  of  the  Wye  Rocks. 

THE  WYE  R0(;KS  arc  sufficiently  distinmiished  iti  the  day-time  by  a  black  biiny 
placed  on  their  western  extremity  ;  it  lies  about  a(|uarterof  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  has  J 
feet  over  its  western  end,  and  10  feet  at  its  eastern  part;  keep  in  not  less  than  7  fatiiotns 
water,  and  you  will  at  all  times  go  clear  of  it ;  the  loni;  mark  from  the  westward  is  to  keep 
Belle  Chasse  Islands  always  open  to  the  .southward  of  Point  St.  Vallier. 

When  you  have  arrived  above  St.  Margaret's  Island,  yoti  should  stand  to  the  northward, 
but  not  into  less  than  6  fathoms,  on  account  of  the  baiA  which  runs  tromiiroso  Island  ;  nor 
go  nearer  to  Rat  and  Madame  Islands  than  7  fathoms,  for  both  these  latter  shallow  as  you 
approach  them :  the  south  side  of  the  channel  is  bold  all  the  way  to  Belle  (.'hasse  Islands, 
having  8  fathoms  near  the  shore,  and  7, 8,  <),  and  5  fathoms  quite  across ;  the  ground  clean, 
theatream  moderate,  and  the  anchorages  all  along  good. 

Sbipe  being  up  so  far  as  Belle  Chas.se  Islands,  siiould  stand  no  nearer  to  them  than  8  fa- 
thoms; nor  to  Madame  Islands  than  ti  fathoms:  the  channel  here  is  about  tluee  miles  over. 
S.  W.  by  W.  3  miles  from  the  west  end  of  Madame  Island,  a  rocky  shoal  runs  out,  which 
dries  at  low  water ;  come  not  nearer  to  it  than  10  fathoms  water,  but  always  keep  some  part 
of  Rat  Island  open  to  the  southward  of  Madame  Island,  and  you  will  be  sure  to  pass  to  the 
southward  of  the  Shoal  in  safety;  and  when  St.  Vallier's  Church  bears  S.  S.  E.  you 
will  perceive  it  to  be  in  one  with  an  old  windmill ;  you  will  then  be  to  the  westward  of  the 
danger,  for  the  western  end  of  the  shoal  bears  from  .St.  Vallier's  Church  directly  nortii. 
Frona  Belle  Chasse  to  Point  St.  Vallier,  you  will  have  8  fathoms  all  along  thf  fair  way 
of  the  channel ;  but  having  passed  St.  Vallier's  Point,  it  deepens  to  16  and  18  fathoms. 

FROM  ST.  VALLIER  TO  QUEBEC,  the  course  is  W.  by  S.  Westerly,  for 
about  4  leagues,  or  up  to  St.  Lawrence's  Point  in  Orlean.s ;  both  shores  being  bold  to ; 
you  may  therefore  borrow  on  the  northern  side  to  10  fathoms,  and  on  the  southern  to  8; 
while  in  the  middle  of  the  channel  there  are  16,  18,  and  20  fathom.s,  all  the  way  to  abreast 
of  the  Church  of  St.  Lawrence:  vessels  may  anchor  towards  the  Island  of  Orleans,  in 
from  16  to  10  fathoms;  but  the  ground  from  St.  Vallier's  Point  up  to  Quebec  is  not 
good  for  holding. 

As  you  advance  towards  St.  Lawrence  Point  the  channel  narrows,  being  not  above  l.V 
mile  across;  on  the  opposite  point  stands  the  Church  of  Beaumont;  between  this  and 
the  Church  of  St.  Lawrence,  bearing  from  each  other  S.  W.  by  S.  and  N.  E.  by  N.  is  a 
large  rocky  shoal,  extending  almist  half  over  the  channel,  and  drying  at  low  water;  this 
is  dangerous  and  steep  to,  having  14  fathoms  close  to  its  edge ;  you  must  therefore  be 
careful  to  avoid  it,  by  making  short  boards,  until  you  are  fairly  above  St,  Lawrence's 
Point ;  then  you  may  safely  stand  to  the  southward  into  10  fathoms  water. 

From  Point  St.  Lawrence  steer  W.  by  N.  towards  Point  Levy,  the  distance  being  2} 
leagues.  About  1|  mile  to  the  westward  of  St.  Lawrence  is  St.  Patrick's  Hole,  a  road- 
stead for  vessels  bound  outward,  with  easterly  winds,  but  the  ground  does  not  hold  well: 
the  river  here  is  one  mile  and  a  quarter  wide,  and  ships  may  tack  into  10  fathoms  water ; 
in  the  middle  of  the  river  are  20  fathoms.  In  proceeding  along  the  north  .shore,  you 
must  give  ihe  Morandan's  Rocks  a  berth ;  they  lie  about  half  way  between  St.  Patrick's 
Hole  and  the  west  end  of  the  Island  of  Orleans,  and  have  only  10  feet  over  them;  pass 
them  in  1£  fathoms :  there  is  also  a  reef  stretching  from  the  west  end  of  Orleans,  but 


come  not  ii 
(n  the  niiril 
rate  berth. 

Ilavini;  : 
utiles ;  on 
cleared  by 
eastern  |)ar 
Steeple  oft 
S.  36^  V. 
thedrai.  aiu 
oues :  obse 
east  end. 
English  Nif 

TIIE   I!, 
erly  wind,  s 
hoid  well ; 
the  middle 
within  2  cal 
may  e.isily 
Un'the  Pdii 
they  will  m 
tiie  best  ri 

THE  li/ 
ballast  in ; 
Quebec,  an 
line,  bear  a\ 

The  Rivc 
is  distant  1.5 
of  llicheliei 
surmounted 
numerous  to 
which  coinit 
single  hoiist 

From  Qu 
and  become 
ceases :  hert 
yond  Trois  J 
above  the  Li 
St.  Pierre,  v 
nearly  8  in  b 
divide  into  s 
cleanest,  dee 
tance,  leavin 
structed  by  i 
that  the  utm 
proper  time 
proper oppor 
and  uniibrmi 

Montreal  i 
and  situated 
feet  water  ca 
their  cargoes 
inconvenieu( 
current  is  so 
will  not  be  a 
spot  where  t 

RE  MAR] 
ping  in  the  I 
per  attention 
pilot  is  com 
the  Harbor  . 
sides  which 

Should  si 
Madame  Isl; 
will  find  a  gc 
shore,  the  gj 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


83 


pr«onN  ITon»«, 
cloM*'  upon  iJiH 
••  NDiithwanl  nt 
iiiiH  whrn  you 
iiH  close  to  the 

It  end  (if  ('riinf? 
I  ri(liii(r  oO'ilir 
r,  with  oiiNterly 
he  rivt-r.  wlirri 
I  wfnthiT.  hnd 
their  iiiichoiH. 

•  Will  he  nhdiit 
ill  hiivc  lo  p:iN.<i 

('h;»sse  Islets, 
I  Nff  piij;«  75.) 
s  sic(  p  to;  run 
iiUhcni  part  of 
'h  Klat,  which 
•;  in  rounding 
mddy  sronnd; 
'oiiil,  iiiid  may 

•  WvR  Rocks. 
y  a  black  hiKiy 
iiorr,  and  has  '| 
hail  7  Cathoiiis 
vard  is  to  keep 

tiie  northward, 
He  Island ;  nor 
shallow  as  you 
Mias.se  Islands, 
ground  clean, 

hem  than  8  fa- 
ce miles  over, 
ms  out,  which 
cep  some  part 
'  to  pass  to  the 
S.  S.  E.  you 
estward  of  the 
Inectly  north. 
g  thf  fair  way 
18  fathoms. 
Westerly,  for 
eing  bold  to ; 
outhern  to  8; 
vay  to  abrciist 
f  Orleans,  in 
Quebec  is  not 

not  above  1  \ 

veen  this  and 

E.  by  N.  is  a 

w  water;  this 

therefore  be 

Lawrence's 

mce  being  2} 
Hole,  a  road- 
lot  hold  well : 
homs  water ; 
1  shore,  you 
St.  Patrick's 
•  them ;  pass 
Orleans,  but 


tome  not  into  lens  than  10  fathouiH  and  there  will  be  no  danger  :  another  Rmall  reef  run* 
to  (he  niirihward  from  I'oini  Levy,  but  it  lies  close  in  shore,  and  requires  only  a  mode- 
rate berth. 

Having  arrived  at  INiint  I^evy,  steer  W.  S.  W.  for  (Quebec,  the  distance  being  only  2 
miles;  on  the  northern  side  of  the  passage  lie  the  Heauport  Shoals,  which  are  readily 
rieareil  by  coming  into  U'lt  less  than  10  fathoms.  In  the  day  time  the  mark  for  th« 
eastern  part  of  these  shoals,  which  have  some  rocky  patches  among  them,  is  the  small 
Steeple  of  the  Roman  ('athedral,  and  I  lie  Steeple  of  th<'  Knglish  Cathedral  in  one,  bearing 
S.  36°  ''^. ;  therefore  keep  the  Miiiall  St»eple  open  to  the  northward  of  the  English  Ca- 
thedral, and  riinuing  up,  keep  (he  above  small  Siecple  midway  between  the  two  large 
ones :  observe  the  Koman  ( 'athedral  has  two  steeples  on  it,  the  small  one  standing  at  the 
east  end.  and  the  lartic  one  at  its  west  end;  both  <'hitrches  are  covered  with  tin:  the 
English  steeple  is  a  spire;  the  Koinan  has  two  cupolas. 

TIH]  IJASIN  Ol''  (^I'LilHC —Ships  arriving  at  (Quebec,  with  flood  tide  and  east- 
erly wind,  should  lake  in  their  sails  and  have  their  cables  ready,  for  the  ground  does  not 
hold  well;  the  tides  are  cdiiunonly  strong,  and  the  water  deep  :  if  obliged  to  come  to  in 
the  middle  of  the  stream  tliey  will  have  from  Hi  to  2')  fathoms  abreast  of  the  iown;  but 
within  '2  cables'  lengths  of  the  Wharves,  then;  will  be  11  fathoms,  and  here  the  vessel 
may  easily  be  brought  up;  while  in  the  otling  it  will  require  60  fathoms'  length  of  cable. 
On  the  Point  Levy  side  is  a  depth  ol  .'JO  fathoms,  and  strong  tides;  near  the  Wharvee 
they  will  not  be  so  strongly  felt ;  but  should  the  wind  be  violent,  and  from  the  eastward, 
the  best  riding  will  be  above  the  Wharves,  abreast  ol  Diamond  Harbor,  in  10  fathoms. 

THE  liALLAS'r  (tROL'ND  is  the  place  appointed  for  vessels  to  discharge  their 
ballast  in;  this  is  to  the  we  tward  of  two  beacons  that  stand  on  the  south  shore,  above 
Quebec,  and  are  i)lai'cd  on  the  brow  of  the  hill  near  Charles'  Cove,  which,  when  in  a 
line,  bear  N.  W.  and  S.  K.  of  each  other. 

The  River  St.  Lawrence  extends  iVoiii  (Quebec  to  the  City  of  Montreal,  from  which  it 
is  distant  1.5r>  miles,  and  from  the  Island  of  Ric  'JO  leagues;  it  is  navigable  to  the  Rapids 
of  Richelieu,  for  vessels  of  000  tons;  the  impediments  are  few,  and  those  very  easily 
surmounted.  The  banks  of  the  river  are  in  a  high  state  of  cultivation,  and  ado/ned  with 
numerous  towns  and  villages,  most  of  wiiich  are  built  around,  and  adjacent  to  •>  churchi 
which  commonly  makes  a  handsome  appearance,  and  is  generally  a  stone  edifice;  whil« 
single  houses  and  farms  keep  up  a  rcuular  kind  of  connuunitation. 

From  Quebec,  the  shores  of  which  are  exceedingly  lofty,  the  hills  gradually  decline, 
and  become  less  elevated,  until  you  reach  the  River  St.  iMaurice,  where  the  tide  entirely 
ceases  :  here,  on  the  iiortij  side  of  the  river,  stands  the  town  of  the  Trois  Rivieres.  Be- 
yond Trois  Rivieres,  3.3  miles,  is  the  Jiichelieu  Rapid;  at  the  entrance  of  which,  and 
above  the  Lake  St.  Pierre,  is  the  town  of  William  Henry,  formerly  called  Sorel.  Lake 
St.  Pierre,  which  is  between  the  two  towns,  is  '22  miles  in  length,  and  in  some  place* 
nearly  8  in  breadth ;  but  its  western  part  is  encutnbered  with  numerous  islands,  which 
divide  into  several  channels;  two  of  these  arc  navigable,  but  that  to  the  south  is  the 
cleanest,  deepest,  and  best;  the  banks  here  are  low,  and  shelve  olfto  a  considerable  dis- 
tance, leaving  only  a  narrow  channel  of  from  12  to  Id  feet  water:  the  river  here  is  ob- 
structed by  masses  of  rock,  and  at  the  ebb-tide  the  descent  of  the  Rapid  becomes .io  great, 
that  the  utmost  caution  must  be  taken  to  pass  it ;  vessels  therefore  should  wail  for  the 
proper  lime  of  tide,  and,  if  necessary,  they  may  anchor  at  the  bottom  of  the  Rapid  ti)]  a 
proper  opportunity  offers.  From  hence  to  Montreal,  the  banks  are  of  a  moderate  height, 
and  uniformly  level. 

Montreal  is  considered  the  most  fertile  part  of  Lower  Canada  :  its  port  is  convenient, 
and  situated  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  city  ;  the  harbor  is  not  large,  but  vessels  drawing  15 
feet  water  can  lie  close  to  the  shore,  near  the  Market  Gate,  and  both  deliver  and  receive 
their  cargoes  with  expedition:  the  depth  is  generally  from  3  to  4^  fathoms:  its  greatest 
inconvenience  arises  from  the  Rapid  of  St.  Mary,  which  is  about  a  mile  below,  whose 
current  is  sometimes  so  powerful,  that  without  the  benefit  of  a  N.  East  wind,  vessels 
will  not  be  able  to  stein  it,  but  must  be  detained  for  weeks,  within  two  miles  only  of  the 
spot  where  their  freight  should  be  delivered. 

REMARKS. — The  laws  of  the  Trinity  House  are  very  strict  with  respect  to  ship- 
ping in  the  Harbor  and  Port  of  Quebec  ;  and  require  the  masters  of  vessels  to  pay  a  pro- 
per attention  to  the  observance  of  them.  The  regulations  relative  to  quarantine,  the 
pilot  is  compelled  to  make  them  acquainted  with,  so  soon  as  he  comes  on  board ;  and 
the  Harbor  Master  will  deliver  a  copy  of  the  Laws  of  the  Harbor  on  their  arrival,  be- 
sides which  the  difterent  laws  are  always  kept  open  to  view  at  the  Harbor  Master's  Office. 

Should  ships  have  the  misfortune  to  part  with  their  anchors,  either  above  or  near 
Madame  Island,  it  being  high  water,  and  the  vessel's  draught  of  water  not  too  great,  they 
will  find  a  good  cove  at  the  west  end  of  Grose  Island,  where  they  may  safely  run  her  on 
shore,  the  ground  being  all  soft  mud.    In  this  cove  are  14  feet  spring  tides,  and  9  neap. 


i1 


'•"^'Mf.y 


I 


^ 


n 


84 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Should  they  part  neav  Crane  Island,  they  may  safely  run  on  shore  on  Goose  Island 
above  the  Hospital  Rork.  ' 

Should  they  part  in  the  Traverse,  they  may  run  into  Kamaraska,  observing  the  marks 
given  in  page  80. 

Should  they  part  near  the  Pilgriins,  they  may  run  on  shore  in  safety  on  the  S.  W. 
part  of  (irefn  Island,  near  Mr.  Frasers  House. 

Should  they  be  obliged  to  run  for  a  harbor  below  Bic  Island,  old  Bic  furnishes  a  pro- 
per place  to  run  ashore;  and  to  the  southward  of  Barnaby  Island  a  ship  will  be  equally 
safe.  ■  Little  Mathis  Cove  is  also  a  good  place  for  a  vessel  on  emergency  to  take  refuge 
in :  see  pnge  77. 

As  the  ice  sometimes  sets  in  suddenly,  should  vessels  be  caught  at  that  season,  all  the 
places  above-mentioned  will  be  proper  and  sate  to  winter  in ;  and  also  in  the  space  be- 
tween Kamaraska  and  the  Pilgrims,  but  at  all  times  they  should  be  hove  up  to  high- 
water  mark,  spring  tides. 

Should  they  be  assailed  between  Kare  Island  and  Kamaraska,  with  easterly  winds  and 
in  a  dark  night,  and  being  bound  up  the  river,  they  should  run  from  Kamaraska,  and 
have  a  night's  drift,  vearing  a;;  required  by  the  lead,  always  taking  the  English  Bank 
for  their  guide,  and  when  the  <lay  returns,  either  anchor  or  run  up,  as  must  convenient. 

THE  NORTH  CHANxN  EL"— 'J'his  Channel,  now  very  little  frequened,  was  formerly 
thfc  one  most  commonly  used;  its  direction  was  to  the  southward  of  the  Red  Island,  or 
Hare  Island,  between  the  English  Bank  uid  the  Northern  Mainland;  to  the  northward 
of  Coudre  Island,  along  the  Northern  Shore,  and  through  the  Old  Traverse,  which  is 
between  the  east  end  of  Orleans  Island  and  the  western  part  of  Madame  Island.  In  this 
Channel  the  water  is  deep,  the  adjacent  lands  high,  and  heavy  squalls  very  frequent,  the 
tides  strong,  and  that  part  called  the  Old  Traverse,  intricate,  narrow  and  dangerous;  be- 
sides which,  there  are  tew  places  fit  to  anchor  in.  Mr.  Lambly,  the  Harbor  Master  of 
Quebec,  emphatically  s;<ys,  "he  believes  few  men  now  living  will  undertake  to  carry  a 
ship  through*  it;  and  that  he  conceives  it  would  be  the  extreme  of  folly  to  attempt  to  open 
the  use  of  it;"  and  further  on  he  states  to  have  "heard  of  men  who  "knew  and  could  do 
this,  but  never  saw  any  of  them  takt  a  ship  through  it ;"  and  adds,  "  he  is  sure  they  ne- 
ver will."  Nevertheless,  as  this  channel  has  hithort )  been  described  in  all  nautical  pub- 
lications of  this  nature,  and  as  it  may  be  satisfactory  to  know  what  has  been  formerly  said 
of  it,  we  subjoin  the  following  account  :— 

It  has  been  already  stated  that  the  N.  W.  Company,  trading  in  furs,  <fec.  have  settle- 
ments o'  the  northern  side  of  the  river,  at  the  following  places — at  the  Mingan  Islands, 
Oodbou  River,  Jeremy  Island,  Port  Neuf,  and  Tadusac,  where  supplies  of  provisions  or 
assistance,  if  required,  may  be  obtained. 

From  Tadusac,  or  the  River  Saguray,  a  reef  extends  to  the  westward,  and  the  whole 
of  the  coast  is  rocky  ;  vessels,  therefore,  must  always  give  it  a  good  berth,  and  not  trust 
to  the  lead ;  about  9  leagues  from  Sagunay  is  Cape  Salmon  ;  and  near  2  leagues  beyond 
that  is  Cape  Eagle.  The  channel  between  Cape  Eagle  and  the  English  Bank  becomes 
narrower,  and  only  4  miles  wide.  Having  rounded  Cape  Eagle,  you  will  open  Mai  Bay ; 
here  arocky  reef  runs  from  the  eastern  point  of  the  entrance  and  almost  blocks  the  river 
up.  Ta  the  southward  is  Cape  (Joose  ;  the  channel  here  bends  to  the  westward,  and  is 
formed  by  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  Island  of  Coudre  and  the  Main,  on  which  latter,  to  the 
N.  W.  of  the  island,  is  Si.  Paul's  Bay  ;  this  is  rocky  and  shoal,  and  called  by  the  French 
the  Whirlpool;  in  navigating  this  part,  a  vessel  should  borrow  on  the  <"  udre  Reef  as 
close  as  she  can,  with  safety,  in  order  to  keej)  out  of  the  contrary  curient:  bring  the 
North  Cape  of  Coudre  Island  a  cable's  length  open  of  Cape  Goose,  and  you  will  clear 
the  reef.  You  will  observe  these  rocks  will  be  completely  covered  at  high  water,  and 
the  marks  for  their  extremi'v  are  St.  Paul's  Church  bearing  N.  41°  W.  Cape  Diabje  N. 
27°  W.  and  the  North  Blufi'  Point  of  the  island  S.  22°  W'. 

In  the  channel  between  Coudre  Island  and  the  Main,  the  current  is  strong,  the  water 
deep  and  th^  ground  bad  for  anchorage,  hi  case  of  necessity  you  can  anchor  oft' Cou- 
dre, in  17  fathoms,  coarse  sandy  ground,  with  Cape  Goose  just  oi)en  of  the  land  to  the 
westward  of  it,  bearing  E.  N.  F.  i-  E-  and  the  cast  end  of  Coudre  Island  E.  S.  E.  ^  L. 
but  the  tide  here  is  very  rapid,  ant!  a  vessel  will  be  apt  to  swing  round.  A  small  hill  near 
Kamaraska  Island,  brought  between  the  Island  of  Coudre  and  Cape  Goose,  but  rather 
nearer  to  the  former  than  the  latter,  will  lead  between  the  Reef  and  Whirlpool;  then 
should  the  tide  drive  you  towards  the  Reef,  when  in  7  fathoms  anchor,  but  if  you  pass 
into  8  fathoms,  you  will  be  nearer  the  Island  than  the  Main,  and  having  passed  it,  you 
will  deepen  your  water  to  IG  and  18  fathoms.  A  shoal,  or  ridge  of  rocks,  stretches  all 
along  the  northern  shore,  from  St.  Paul's  Bay  to  Cape  Hog.  So  soon  as  you  have  cleared 
the  S.  E.  of  Coudre  Reef,  haul  in  for  the  Main,  sailing  along  in  10  and  12  fathoms,  or 
mid-channel  in  15,16,  and  18  fathoms,  these  soundings  will  diminish  as  you  approach 
Burnt  Cape  Ledge.     From  Coudre,  until  the  Church  of  the  Little  River  Settlement 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAf  T  PILOT. 


85 


on  Goose  Island, 

erving  the  marks 

ty  on  the  S.  W. 

:  furnishes  a  pro- 
p  will  be  equally 
icy  to  take  refuge 

fiat  season,  all  the 
in  the  space  be- 
hove up  to  high- 

asterly  winds  and 
Kamaraska,  and 
le  English  Bank 
nost  convenient, 
ned,  was  formerly 
le  Ked  Island,  or 
10  the  northward 
raverse,  which  is 
!  Island.  In  this 
cry  frequent,  the 
I  dangerous;  be- 
larbor  Master  of 
crtake  to  carry  a 
o  attempt  to  open 
lew  and  could  do 
;  is  sure  they  ne- 
all  nautical  pub- 
een  formerly  said 

,  Arc.  have  settle- 

Mingan  Islands, 

s  of  provisions  or 

d,  and  the  whole 

th,  and  not  trust 

!  leagues  beyond 

Bank  becomes 

open  Mai  Bay ; 

blocks  the  river 

westward,  and  is 

ich  latter,  to  the 

(1  by  the  French 

udre  Reef  as 

nent :  bring  the 

d  you  will  clear 

high  water,  and 

Cape  Diable  N. 

trong,  the  water 
anchor  oft'  Cou- 
the  land  to  the 
E.  S.  E.  i  E. 
A  t.mall  hill  near 
oose,  but  rather 
V'hirlpool;  then 
but  if  you  pass 
^  passed  it,  you 
ks,  stretches  all 
'ou  have  cleared 
12  fathoms,  or 
you  approach 
iver  Settlement 


bears  N.  N.  W.  you  will  have  a  rocky  hottoni,  and  from  thence  it  becomes  tolerably 
good.  From  Coudre  anchorage  to  (Jape  Torment,  the  distance  is  about  o4  miles,  the 
shore  forming  7  capes,  each  of  which  appears  split  at  the  top,  the  course  being  nearly  S. 
W.  In  thi.i  course  you  may  anchor  with  Cape  Millard  beariiig  N,  W.  by  N.  distant 
one  mile  and  a  half,  in  a  bottom  of  sand  and  mud,  with  l(i  fathoms,  or  about  a  mile  from 
the  north  shore  -n  'J  fathoms,  Pillar  Island  being  in  one  with  Neptune  Rock,  Cape  (joose 
nearly  in  one  with  the  S.  E.  part  of  Coudre,  Cape  Torment  a  little  open  with  Burnt 
Cape,  and  the  north  part  of  (Joudre  N.  36°  E.  The  Neptune  Rock  lies  on  the  larboard 
•lide  of  I  he  channel,  and  is  never  wholly  covered,  though  in  stormy  weather  the  sea  breaks 
over  it;  it  lies  rather  more  thiui  '2  miles  from  Cape  Rouge,  and  bears  from  Cape  Raveu 
S.  35°  W.  Cape  Millard,  S.  'J2°  W.  and  Cap.  ornieut,  N.  65°  E.  Southward  of  this 
reck  is  Burnt  Cape  Ledu*',  lying  directly  opp,  ,ie  to  Burnt  Cape;  between  them  is  the 
Channel,  narrowing  abreast  of  the  Cape  to  but  little  more  than  half  a  mile  wide,  but 
with  not  less  than  8,9,  and  1(1  fithoms  water;  keep  near  the  Main  and  you  will  sail  along 
it  in  safety ;  the  leading  mark  is  the  highest  of  the  broken  clilfs,  in  one  with  the  N.  \V. 
end  of  Coudre,  and  be  careful,  when  t)pposite  Burnt  Cape,  to  avoid  shutting  in  the  N. 
E.  end  of  Madame  Island,  with  tiie  S.  W.  end  of  Rat  Island.  The  best  place  of  an- 
chorage to  wait  for  a  wind  to  pass  the  Qld  Tnwersc,  is  a  quarter  of  a  league  from  the  land, 
with  Cape  Torment  bearing  nearly  W.  by  .S.  in  I'J  fathoms  water. 

OLD  TRAVERSE. — This  is  the  channel  which  divides  Burnt  Cape  Ledge  and  the 
shoals  adjoining  it  to  tiie  southward,  from  the  Island  of  (Jrleans,  and  is  considered  dan- 
gerous, therefore  it  should,  if  possible,  be  passed  on  a  clear  day.  First  then,  in  order  to 
keep  clear  of  Burnt  Cape  Ledge,  bring  a  part  of  the  Butt,  shut  in  behind  Cape  Tor- 
ment, until  Burnt  Cape  becomes  N.  by  E.  the  soundings  being  irregular,  and  the  edge 
of  the  ledge  steep  to:  being  past  Burnt  Cape,  and  i'  bearing  N.  N.  E.  haul  over  the 
Traverse,  and  observe  the  following  marks: — Or  the  st-uth  shore,  considerably  inland, 
are  three  mountains,  the  south-western  one  being  the  largest,  bring  the  west  end  of  this 
mountain  in  one  with  the  east  end  of  Rat  Island,  sail  on  with  them  in  thisdh-ection  until 
St.  John's  Point  comes  open  of  Point  Dauphin;  there  is  also  a  little  hill  to  the  westward 
of  the  above  three  mountains,  which  may  always  be  seen  in  clear  weather,  keep  this  hill 
to  the  westward  of  Madame  Island,  until  you  have  opened  St.  .lohn's  Point,  as  before 
mentioned,  this  is  a  good  mark :  having  proceeded  thus  far,  steer  for  St.  John's  Point, 
rather  nearing  Orleans  Island  to  avoid  a  small  krjll,  on  which  are  only  3  fathoms  water; 
the  mark  for  this  knoll  is  the  entrance  of  St.  Ann's  River,  on  with  the  east  point  of  Or- 
leans Island;  and  when  St.  John's  Point  is  just  opening,  you  will  be  in  the  deepest  wa- 
ter, and  may  run  along  the  Island  in  six  and  seven  fathoms  in  safety.  The  passage  be- 
tween the  Middle  Shoal  and  Rat  Island  should  be  avoided,  but  if  the  mariner  has  occa- 
sion to  use  it,  he  will  bring  the  east  end  of  the  westernmost  of  the  three  mountainv^ 
before  mentioned,  in  one  with  the  east  end  of  Rat  Island,  and  steer  on  towards  the 
Island,  until  St.  John's  Church  comes  open  of  the  Point,  you  will  then  be  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  Middle  Shoal,  and  may  proceed  towards  St.  John's  Point;  the  channel  be- 
tween the  Middle  Sand  and  that  which  stretches  froui  Burnt  Cape  Ledge,  is  narrow, 
and  in  crossing  the  tide,  you  will  not  only  lose  time,  but  unless  attentive  to  the  foregoing 
marks,  you  will  be  driven  out  of  your  way,  it  therefore  in  never  to  be  recommended ;  the 
west  end  of  the  middle  lies  with  the  west  end  of  the  Middle  Mount  in  one  »vith  the 
west  end  of  Rat  Island,  and  as  soon  as  the  east  end  of  the  same  mountain  ci'mes  on, 
you  will  have  passed  the  Shoal,  and  will  have  the  channel  open  to  the  west  end  of  Rat 
Island,  you  may  then  anchor  between  Orleans  and  Madame  Island,  or  proceed  up  the 
river. 

OBSERVATIONS. — At  the  Isle  of  Bic  the  stream  never  bends  to  the  westward  un- 
til an  hour's  flood  by  the  shore.  Here  the  neap  floods  are  very  weak  ;  and  with  wester- 
ly winds,  no  tide  will  be  perceptible.  A  spring  flood  is,  however,  always  found  within 
four  miles  of  the  shore  between  Father  Point  and  Bic  Island.  Hence,  all  the  way  to 
Quebec,  the  tide,  when  regular,  flows  tide  and  quarter-tide;  but  it  always  is  influenced 
greatly  by  the  wind,  and  by  no  means  to  be  depended  on,  as  to  its  running  any  where  be- 
low Hare  Island,  where  there  is  a  regular  stream  of  ebb  and  flood. 

Between  Barnaby  and  Bic  the  stream  of  flood  sets  in  from  the  N.  E.  at  the  rate  of 
about  two  knots  an  hour;  then  fair  through  the  channel  until  the  last  quarter  flood,  when 
it  sets  to  the  N.  W.  by  the  west  end  of  Bic,  and  then  gradually  to  the  N.  E.  as  the  flood 
slacks.  The  whole  of  the  ebb,  both  to  the  eastward  and  westward  of  the  island,  sets 
strongly  to  the  N.  E.  The  current  between  Biquette  and  the  north  coast  is  generally 
very  strong  to  the  N.  E.  without  any  regular  change.  In  the  summer  and  autumn,  as 
well  as  in  spring  tides,  this  current  slacks,  and,  near  Biquette,  runs  to  the  westward  dur- 
ing flood;  but,  until  the  upland  waters  have  all  run  down,  and  the  great  rivers  have  dis- 
charged the  freshets,  caused  by  the  thawing  of  the  snows  in  the  spring  of  the  year,  this 
current  will  always  run  downward. 


■...*»««»*' 


86 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


'  i 


i 


.! 


*> 


From  Bic  to  Green  Island,  on  the  soutliern  side,  the  stream  of  flood  is  no  where  per- 
ceptible at  a  mile  and  a  half  from  tlie  islands.  The  ebb,  or  rather  current,  comes  strong- 
ly from  the  N.  W.  out  of  the  River  Sagunay.  and  through  the  channel  to  the  northward 
of  Red  Island.  Here  it  always  runs  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  two  miles  an  hour,  with  a 
westerly  wind  ;  but  only  to  the  southward  and  eastward  of  Red  Island.  Between  Red 
Island  and  Green  Island,  the  ebb  runs  from  4  to  6}  knots.  In  crossing  over  to  the  north 
shore,  this  easterly  current  will  be  found  to  diminish;  for,  on  the  north  side,  tlie  flood 
is  pretty  regular,  and  the  ebb  much  wealier.  Eastward  of  the  Razade  Rocks,  and  near 
Bic,  the  current  assumes  a  N.E.  direction,  and  sets  strongly  between  Bic  and  Biquette. 
To  the  southward  of  Bic,  spring  floods  run  at  the  rate  of  a  knot  and  a  half*  neaps  are  not 
perceptible.  Ships  that  come  to  the  southward  of  Bic,  with  a  scant  wind  from  the 
northward,  should  steer  VV.  by  N.  to  check  the  S.  E.  current,  until  they  come  into  18 
fathoms  water,  or  up  to  Basque,  wlience  they  may  proceed  for  Green  Isl;  nd. 

The  first  of  the  flood,  with  spring  tides,  sets  Irom  the  N.  E.  along  the  north  side  of 
Green  Island,  and  strongly  towards  the  west  end  of  it;  then  S.  S.  W.  over  the  reef  to- 
wards Cacana.  In  the  middle  of  the  channel  no  flood  is  perceptible.  At  two  miles  to 
the  southward  of  Red  Island  it  sets  strongly  to  the  N.  W.  and  the  ebb  contrary.  Dur- 
ing spring  ebbs,  the  meeting  of  the  N.  E.  and  S.  JC.  tides,  near  the  middle  of  Green  Isl- 
and, causes  very  strong  ripplings  :  and,  to  the  eastward  of  Green  Island,  the  S.  E.  ebb 
comes  strongly  about  the  east  end  of  Red  Island  ;  here  meeting,  the  N.  E.  tide  causes 
a  high  rippling,  much  like  broken  water  in  strong  easterly  wmds ;  but,  in  neap  tides,  the 
floods  are  very  weak,  and  in  the  spring  of  the  year  there  are  none;  thus  rendering  this 
part  of  the  river  more  tedious  in  its  navigation  than  any  other,  luiless  with  a  free  wind. 

From  the  west  end  of  Green  Island  a  regular  stream  of  flood  and  ebb  commences, 
which  runs  five  hours  upward  and  seven  downward.  At  the  Brandy  Pots  it  flows  tide 
and  quarter  tide  ;  and  above  the  Percy  Rocks,  on  the  south  shore,  it  sets  regularly  up 
and  down,  N.  E.  by  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W.  From  the  Brandy  Pots,  the  stream  of  flood 
sets  towards  Hare  Island  ;  "".nd  near  the  west  end,  N.  W.  with  great  'rength,  through  the 
passage  between  the  islai  d  and  shoal.  Above  Hare  Island  the  flood  sets  regularly  up 
the  river.     The  ebbs  contrarywise. 

From  the  Pilgrims  np  to  Cape  Diable  the  flood  is  very  weak,  but  it  thence  increases 
uptoJthe  buoys  of  the  Traverse,  where  it  runs  at  the  rate  of  6  knots.  The  first  of  the 
ebb  sets  towards  the  English  Bank  and  Hare  Island  Shoal,  when  abreast  of  the  greater 
island  of  Kamaraska,  and  the  ebb  contrary.  At  the  Traverse,  on  the  full  and  change,  the 
tide  on  shore  flows  at  half  past  four,  but  it  continues  to  run  to  the  westward  until  6  o'clock, 
when  regular  in  the  channel.  AV'ith  westerly  winds  there  is  a  deviation,  but  it  is  certain 
that  the  tide  on  shore  rises  three  feet  before  the  stream  bends  to  the  westward  :  and  this 
allowance  must  always  be  made  in  every  part  of  the  river.  In  the  Traverse  the  first  of 
the  flood  sets  from  the  N.  N.  E.  at  the  buoys,  at  a  quarter  flood,  it  takes  a  S.  W.  direc- 
tion: and  when  the  shoals  are  covered  at  half  flood,  at  the  Seal  Reefs,  it  sets  until  high 
water  S.  W.  by  W.  The  ebbs,  in  a  contrary  direction,  run  with  great  strength ;  fre- 
quently, in  the  spring  of  the  year,  at  the  rate  of  6  or  7  knots. 

From  Crane  Island  the  flood  sets  fairly  up  the  river,  but  the  first  of  the  ebb  of  L'Islet 
sets  to  the  northward  for  half  an  hour,  then  fair  down  the  river,  at  the  rate  of  not  more 
than  3j  knots  an  hour  with  spring  tides. 

VARIATION  OF  THE  COMPASS. 


denly 


In  the  year  1775,  variations  were  given  by  M.  des  Barres,  as  follows:  North  entrance 
of  the  Gut  of  Canso  16°  0'  W. :  Crow  Harbor,  (Chedebucto  Bay)  14°  50'  W. :  entrance 
of  Liscomb  Harbor,  14°:  Sable  Island,  13°  57':  Halifax  lighthouse,  13°  35':  entrance 
of  Shelburn,  13^^  30':  Cape  Sablo,  11°  15'. 

In  1798,  Mr.  Backhouse  found  the  variation  at  Halifax  to  exceed  16  degrees;  an  ad- 
dition of  2^  degrees  to  the  prece.ling,  may  therefore  give  the  present  variation  very  near 
the  truth.'  Mr.  Lockwood  gives  the  variation  at  Halifax.  17°  28',  and  at  Cape  Sable, 
14°  27' :  but  it  seems  that  the  needle  is  now  receding.  At  St.  John's,  New  Brunswick, 
the  variation  in  1827  was  about  16  degrees. 

The  following  was  taken  in  1831,  and  sufliciently  exact  for  the  purpose  of  Navigation. 


Brandy  Pots, 
Island  of  Bic, 
Cape  Chat, 


l6ideg.  West. 

171 

21" 


Bay  of  the  Seven  Islands, 
West  end  of  Anticosti, 
East  end  of        do. 


23    deg.  West. 

23  i 

24| 


BLUNT  S  AMEUICAIN  COAST  PILOT. 


87 


THE  &1JLF  OF  ST.  JLAl¥REiVCE. 


SHIPS  bound  for  the  (liilf  of  St.  Lawrence,  after  pRssing  the  Islands  of  Miquelon 
and  St.  Peter's,  will  do  well  by  endenvorinir  to  steer  a  middle  course  between  Newfound- 
land and  Breton  Island,  passing  on  either  side  of  St.  Paul's  Island,  as  best  suits  their 
convenience;  but  by  no  means  should  they  run  beyond  the  parallel  of  47°  30'  N.  until 
they  are  assuredly  well  past  Cape  Ray,  for  the  harbors  on  the  South  Coast  of  Newfound- 
land, to  the  westward  of  Fortune  Island  are  full  of  dangers,  and  but  imperfectly  known  ; 
while  the  whole  shore  is  frequently  enveloped  in  thick  fogs,  and  the  rocks  cannot  then 
be  perceived  before  your  vessel  has  got  irrecoverably  entangled  among  them.  In  this 
part  also,  shifts  of  wind  are  common*  and  it  will  often  happen,  that  after  blowing  a  gale 
from  one  point  of  the  compass,  it  will  suddenly  vary  to  the  opposite  point,  and  continue 
equally  strong ;  thus  it  has  been  known,  that  while  one  vessel  has  been  lying  to,  with  a 
heavy  gale,  another,  not  more  than  30  leagues  distant,  has  been  in  another  gale  equally 
heavy,  but  with  the  wind  in  a  direct  contrary  direction  ;  this  has  proved  fatal  to  many 
ships,  particularly  in  1782,  w  hen  the  Ville  de  Paris,  Centaur,  Ramiles,  and  nearly  a  whole 
fleet  of  merchantmen  were  lying  to,  during  a  hurricane  from  the  S.  E.  and  by  its  sud- 
denly shifting  to  the  N.  W.  either  were  rendered  unserviceable  or  foundered. 

The  winds  within  the  Gulf  are  not  so  liable  to  such  sudden  changes  as  on  the  outside, 
or  to  the  eastward  of  Breton  Island. 

Ships  navigating  the  coast  of  Breton  Island,  and  particularly  those  who  have  crossed 
the  Grand  Bank  and  are  steering  for  the  Gulf,  should  be  particulrly  careful  to  make  a 
proper  allowance  for  a  strong  current  which  commonly  sets  S.  by  W.  and  S.  S.  W.  abbtit 
three  miles  an  hour,  and  sometimes  four,  by  which  the  unwary  mariner  will  be  greatly 
deceived  :  for  while  he  is  considering  himself  in  a  fair  way  for  the  entrance  of  thaGulf, 
he  will  be  drifted  upon  the  iron-bound  shore,  the  attendant  fogs  in  summertime  conceal- 
ing his  dangers,  until  it  becomes  too  late  for  him  to  avoid  destruction ;  to  persons  who 
may  unfortunately  be  driven  too  near  this  coast,  it  may  be  serviceable  to  be  apprised,  that 
a  settlement  is  now  formed  at  Ashpee  Bay,  and  good  anchorage  is  to  be  had  behind  the 
Island,  where  boats  can  land,  and  water  and  provisions  be  obtained ;  while  for  the  want 
of  the  knowledge  of  such  an  establishment,  many  have  been  obliged  to  endure  both  hun- 
ger and  fatigue  unrelieved. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  ST.  PAUL,  on  which  there  is  a  fixed  light,  is  not  dangerous, 
and  may  easily  be  discovered,  even  when  the  weather  is  foggy,  by  keeping  a  good  look 
out;  the  shores  of  the  Island  of  Breton  are  high,  and  although  fogs  do  frequently  ob- 
sctire  the  land,  yet,  by  proper  attention,  it  will  generally  be  discovered  time  enough  to 
avoid  danger.  Having  entered  the  Gulf,  you  will  seldom  fail  to  see  the  Magdalen  and 
Bird  Islands,  as  you  must  pass  them  in  your  route  to  the  River  St.  Lawience  ;  you  had 
better,  particularly  in  thick  weather,  go  either  to  the  eastward  and  northward  of  these, 
between  them  and  Newfoundland,  or  to  the  -outhward  and  westward,  between  them  and 
Prince  Edward's  Island;  for  although,  in  fine  clear  weather,  there  is  a  good  and  safe 
passage  between  the  Bird  and  Magdalen  Islands,  yet  when  it  is  dark  and  foggy,  the  chan- 
nel will  not  be  so  easily  distinguished,  and  perhaps  might  be  mistaken  and  attended  with 
danger.  The  wer.ther  to  the  southward  of  the  Magdalens,  and  between  them  and  Prince 
Edward's  Island,  is  generally  much  dearer  than  to  the  northward,  therefore  the  passage 
that  way  is  to  be  preferred,  particularly  after  the  early  part  of  the  year,  for  then  S.  West- 
erly winds  are  most  prevalent ;  and  also,  if  necessary,  clear  and  good  anchorage  is  to  be 
had  at  the  S.  Eastern  part  of  the  Magdalens  in  Pleasant  Bay,  very  near  the  shore;  this 
is  a  safe  place  for  vessels  to  ride  in,  with  westerly  winds,  and  greatly  moie  to  be  recom- 
mended than  to  ha/.ard  the  beating  about  in  the  Gulf  with  a  foul  wind;  the  passage  into 
it  is  safe,  and  runs  in  between  Amherst  and  Entry  Islands. 

THE  MAGDALEN  ISLANDS  are  but  thinly  inhabited  by  persons  employed  in  the 
fisheries;  their  extent  is  from  E.  N.  E.  toAV.  S.  W. ;  there  are  no  harbors,  and  you 
must  give  their  N.  E.  extremity  a  berth  of  two  miles,  on  account  of  a  reef  whijh  runs 
out  from  it ;  in  approaching  towards  them  you  must  avoid  the  Pearl's  Ledge  of  only  15 
feet  water:  which  lies  with  the  S.  Eastern  extremities  of  Entry  Island,  bearing  S.  W. 
by  W.  i  W,  distant  5  miles. 

A  Rock  upon  which  the  ship  Brothers  struck,  lies  about  6  or  7  miles  from  the  Dead- 
man,  bearing  nearly  E.  by  N.  from  it.     This  has  only  3  or  4  fathoms  over  it,  and  rests 


•"^J 


\.*».««i»^''«;'- 


88 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


I. 


i 


i'  1 


■i 
J 

i 
i 


upon  the  authority  of  Capt.  M'Dougall.  Another  Rock  is  said  to  lie  between  the  Dead- 
man  and  Seal  Islands  •  this  is  situated  in  a  hne  between  tlie  two,  and  nearly  equi-dintant, 
having  only  8  feet  water  over  it,  and  conseriuently  very  dangerous. 

A  Shoal  with  only  18  feet  water,  and  which  breaks  but  in  heavy  weather,  bearing  S. 
E.  I  E.  by  compass,  seven  miles  distant  from  the  east  point  of  the  Magdalens,  has  been 
discovered  by  Capt.  Bayfield,  R.  N. 

THE  BIRD  ISLANDS  are  small,  and  not  far  asunder;  they  are  moderately  high, 
flat  at  top,  and  have  a  white  appearance ;  the  southern  one  is  the  largest,  and  from  its 
eastern  end  a  ridge  of  rocks  runs  out ;  in  a  passage  between  them  there  is  also  a  rocky 
ledge. 

BRION  OR,  CROSS  ISLAND  lies  W.  by  N.  distant  4  leagues  from  the  Bird  Isl- 
ands, and  N.  J  E.  about  10^  miles  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  Magdalen  Islands,  being 
five  miles  long  and  very  narrow  ;  the  depth  of  water  between  the  Bird  Islands  and 
Brian  is  from  4  to  14  fathoms,  the  N.  E.  end  is  bold  to,  and  there  is  no  danger  in  the 
"channel ;  but  off  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  Island  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  even  with  the 
water's  edge;  between  Brion  and  the  Magdalens  are  10,  11,  and  12  fathoms.  It  was 
former'}'  generally  considered  that  beyond  the  Magdalen  Islands  all  was  deep  water,  but 
Captain  Philip  Aldridge  asserts  that  a  bank  lies  teethe  northward,  having  the  following 
soundings  upon  it.  He  says  that  standing  in  for  Brion's  Island  from  the  southward,  and 
steering  N.  W.  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  Island,  when  he  was  12  miles  from  iihe  sound- 
ed, and  had  20  fathoms  water,  fine  brown  sand  with  black  specks  and  pieces  of  broken 
shells;  that  he  continued  to  have  the  same  depth  and  bottom  until  he  came  within  two 
miles  of  the  Island,  when  the  water  shoaled  to  17  fathoms,  small  stones:  he  continued 
the  same  course  until  within  half  a  mile  of  the  Island,  the  depth  gradually  lessening  to 
7,  5,  and  4  fathoms,  then  6  and  7  fathoms,  until  he  opened  the  northern  point  of  the  N. 
Eastern  Island  ;  then  he  deepened  to  15, 17,  16.  and  18  fathoms,  being  two  miles  oft' the 
Island,  and  on  a  rocky  bottom.  With  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  Island  brought  S.  E.  by 
S.  distant  4  miles,  he  says  yju  will  have  30  fathoms,  fine  brown  sand,  with  black  specks 
and  bits  of  shells,  and  with  the  N.  F.  end  of  Brion's  Island  S.  S.  E.  distant  12  miles,  35 
fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 


are  not 
regions 
storms, 
Labrad 
often  ar 
peraturi 
ther,  wl 
the  dazv 
and  agr 


Latitude  47  58  0  N.  Longitude  61  20  0  W.  35  fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 

61  30  0  W.  38  ditto,  fine  brown  sand  and  shells. 

61   38  0  W.  43  ditto,  stones. 

61  48  0  W.  55  ditto,  fine  brown  sand  and  shells. 

61  57  0  W.  no  ground  with  110  fathoms. 

-  62     8  0  W.  70  fathoms,  light  brown  sand  and  stones. 

62  19  0  \V.  55  ditto,  brown  sand. 

62  30  0  W.  40  ditto,  fine  brown  sand. 

62  42  0  W.  55  ditto,  ditto. 

— — ^— —  62  52  0  W.  40  ditto,  fine  brown  sand  and  shells. 


48 

3 

0 

48 

3 

0 

48 

9 

0 

48 

12 

0 

48 

4 

0 

48 

2 

0 

47  58 

0 

47 

54 

0 

47 

50 

0 

The  Qaptain  further  says,  that  many  ships  have  got,  in  winter  time  and  long  nights,  so 
far  to  leeward,  that  they  have  been  forced  through  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle;  when,  had 
they  IwowD  that  such  a  bank  of  soundings  existed,  they  would  have  lain  to  until  daylight, 
and  not  have  been  driven  out  of  their  route.  In  sailing  from  the  Magdalen  and  Bird  Isl- 
ands, you  will,  after  you  have  passed  this  Bank,  drop  into  deeper  water,  and  lose  your 
soundings  till  you  get  near  to  Cape  Rosier. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  the  Principal  Points  and  Places, 

Cape  Ray  to  the  N.  side  of  Bird  Islands,  N.  W.  by  W.  22  leagues. 
Cape  Ray  to  the  east  point  of  Anticosti,  nearly  N.  N.  W.  ^  W.  46^  leagues. 
Cape  North  to  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  Magdalen  Islands,  N.  by  W.  J  W.  16  leagues. 
Cape  North  to  the  Bird  Islands,  North  18  leagues. 
N.  E.  end  of  the  Magdalen  Islands  to  the  Bird  Islands,  N.  E.  by  E. 
East  side  of  St.  Paul's  Island  to  the  east  side  of  the  Bird  Islands,  N 
leagues. 

Bird  Islands  to  the  eastern  end  of  Brion  Island,  W.  |  N.  12  miles. 
Bird  Islands  to  Cape  Rosier,  N.  W.  |  W.  47  leagues. 
Cape  Rosier  to  the  S.  W.  point  of  Anticosti,  N.  E.  J  E.  13  leagues. 
Cape  Rosier  to  the  west  end  of  Anticosti,  N.  i  E.  20  leagues. 

In  crossing  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  even  during  the  summer  months,  islands  of  i'''' 
have  frequently  been  met  with.  The  ice  that  drifts  out  of  the  river  all  disappears  by  the 
latter  end  of  May,  but  these  masses  make  no  part  of   t.      Toe  conjecture  t".,  that  they 


';  E.  6  leagues, 
"by  W.  i  W.  18 


vvnen  the  Dead- 
ly equi-distant, 

her,  bearing  S. 
lalens,  has  been 

oderately  high, 

it,  and  from  its 

is  also  a  rocky 

n  the  Bird  Lsl- 
1  Islands,  being 
rd  Islands  and 
0  danger  in  the 
,  even  with  the 
thorns.  It  was 
deep  water,  but 
;  the  following 
southward,  and 
om  iihe  sound- 
eces  of  broken 
ame  within  two 
i:  he  continued 
illy  lessening  to 
point  of  the  N. 
vo  miles  oft"  the 
ought  S.  E.  by 
th  black  specks 
ant  12  miles,  35 


ind  shells. 

md  shells. 

ns. 

nd  and  stones. 


ind  shells. 

long  nights,  so 
lie ;  when,  had 
until  daylight, 
n  and  Bird  Isl- 
and lose  your 


ues. 

6  leagues. 

*!,.  G  leagues. 
W.  i  W.  18 


islands  of  i'*'" 

ippears  by  the 

ii,  that  they 


IILUNT  S  AMERICAN  COA.ST  I'lLOT. 


89 


are  not  formed  on  any  of  the  neighboring  coasts,  but  descend  from  the  more  northerly 
regions  of  Uavis's  Strait,  Arc.  where,  it  is  presumed,  they  ;.re  severed  by  the  violence  of 
storms,  from  the  vast  accumulations  of  the  arctic  winter;  and,  passing  near  the  coast  of 
Labrador,  are  drawn  by  the  in-draught  of  the  current  into  the  Strait  of  Belle  Isle.  They 
often  are  a  hundred  feet  in  height,  with  a  circumference  of  uiany  thousands;  the  tem- 
perature of  the  atmosphere  is  very  sensibly  affected  by  them,  which,  even  in  foggy  wea- 
ther, when  they  are  not  visible,  sufficienfly  indicates  tlieir  neighborhood  :  by  day,  from 
the  dazzling  reflection  of  the  sun's  rays ;  also  by  moon-light,  their  appearance  is  brilUant 
and  agreeable. 


FROM    GASPE' 


BAY   TO  ST.  (4K0RGE'S    BAY,  OR  THE  DISTRICT  OP 
GASPE'  TO  BRETOiN  ISLAND. 


GASPE'  BAY,  &c. — Cape  Gaspe  lies  at  the  distance  of  6  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Cape  Rosier  ;  and  Point  Peter,  or  Flat  Point,  lies  6  miles  to  the  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  of  Cape 
Gaspe.  At  the  distance  of  about  .5  miles  S.  S.  E.  from  Cape  Gaspe,  is  a  small  (ishing- 
bank,  with  15  fathoms  over  it,  sometimes  called  the  Norwich  Bank,  around  which  there 
is,  at  a  short  distance,  a  depth  of  58  and  60  fathoms. 

The  Entrance  of  (iaspe  Bay  is  formed  by  Cape  Gaspe  and  Point  Peter.  In  this  bay, 
at  the  distance  of  11  miles  N.  N.  W.  from  the  entrance,  within  a  point  on  the  southern 
side,  near  its  head,  there  is  an  excellent  anchorage  in  from  9  to  12  fathoms  water,  shel- 
tered from  all  winds.  Here  the  river  divides,  one  branch  running  N.  \V.  by  N.  the  other, 
or  S.  W.  branch,  West,  and  S.  Westerly.  There  is,  also,  good  anchor;>ge,  with  westerly 
winds,  off  Louisa's  Cove,  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay,  at  about  (j  miles  N.  W.  by  W. 
from  Cape  (Jaspe,  in  9  or  10  fathoms.  Throughout  the  bay  there  is  deep  water;  nearly 
50  to  40  fathoms  in  the  middle,  and  20  very  near  the  shore  on  the  eastern  side  :  on  the 
western  side  it  shoalens  more  gradually  towards  the  coast.  The  shores  of  the  bay  are 
elevated,  and  the  settlers  upon  them  nearly  all  iishermen.  The  tide  flows  until  3  o'clock, 
on  the  full  and  change. 

DOUGLASS  TOWN  is  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  St.  John,  on  the  south-west 
side  of  the  bay.  On  the  opposite  shore  of  the  same  river  is  the  site  of  the  town  of  Hal- 
dimand. 

From  Point  Peter,  off  which  there  is  a  little  islet,  called  Hat  Island,  the  bearing  and 
distance  to  Bonaventure  Island  are  S.  by  W.  \  W.  6  miles.  Between  lies  the  bay  called 
Mai  Bay,  or  Cod  Bay,  which  is  nearly  5  miles  in  width. 

MAL  BAY. — Very  near  the  sourhern  point  of  Mai  Bay  is  Percee,  a  remarkable  rock, 
rising  about  200  teet  out  of  the  water,  anil  of  about  1200  feet  in  length,  in  which  there 
are  three  arches,  completely  wrought  by  nature  ;  the  central  one  is  sufficiently  large  to 
admit  a  boat  under  sail  to  pass  through  it  with  ease.  From  this  rock,  along  Mai  Bay,  to 
Point  Peter,  there  is  an  excellent  beach  for  fishing,  part  of  which  is  named  La  Belle 
Anse  or  Lobster  Beach  :  close  to  this  place  is  the  house  of  the  late  Governor  Cox.  The 
village  called  Percee,  is  situated  on  the  rising  ground  that  forms  the  southern  point  of 
Mai  Bay,  inhabited,  principally,  by  fishermen.  In  front  of  it  the  beach  is  convenient  for 
the  curing  offish,  and  off  it  are  some  of  tlie  best  bauks  for  catching  them.  The  Isle  of 
Bonaventure  lies  at  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  from  the  shore  opposite  to  the  point;  it 
is  little  better  than  a  barren  rock,  but  yet  a  few  persons  are  hardy  enough  to  winterthere, 
for  the  sake  of  retaming  possession  of  the  fishing  places  they  have  occupied  during  the 
summer.     There  is  a  passage  between  the  Island  and  the  shore  with  16  fathoms  water. 

The  bearing  and  distance  from  Bonaventure  to  Cape  Despair  are  S.  W.  by  W.  Smiles, 
and  thence  to  the  north  end  of  Miscou  Island  S.  \V.  |  S.  26  miles.  Nearly  S.  S.  E.  - 
miles  from  Cape  Despair,  lies  the  Leander  Rock,  over  which  is  a  depth  of  16  or  18  feet 
water.  As  this  rock  lies  in  the  fair  way  of  ships  coming  from  the  northward,  with  north- 
erly winds,  for  Chaleur  Bay,  it  should  be  avoided  by  giving  the  Cape  a  berth  of  3  miles. 
The  bearing  and  distance  from  Cape  Despair  to  Point  Maquereau  or  Mackarel  Fc'  /: 
are  W.  S.  \V.  |  W.  about  7  leagues.  Between  these  points  lie  the  two  coves  caijed 
Pabos  and  Petit  Pabos,  or  Pabou  and  Little  Pabou. 

On  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  of  Pabou  Harbor  is  a  small  village ;  and  on  the 
opposite  side,  on  a  projecting  point,  stand  the  summer  habitations  of  the  fishermen. 
Several  streams  descend  into  this  harbor  from  a  numerous  chain  of  small  lakes  to  the 
north-westward.  Next  to  the  westward  of  Pabou  is  the  township  and  inlet  of  Port 
Daniel,  where  vessels  may  find  convenient  shelter  during  the  westerly  and  N.  W.  winds. 

CHALEUR  BAY. — Point  Macquereau  and  Miscou  Island  form  the  entrance  of 
Chaleur  Bay,  and  bear  from  each  other  S.  J  E.  and  N.  j  W.  distant  4i  leagues.  From 
the  entrance  of  Chaleur  Bay  to  that  of  Ristigouche  Harbor,  which  is  at  its  head,  the 
distance,  on  a  west  and  N-  W.  by  W.  course,  is  22  leagues.    The  bay  is  of  moderate 


12 


90 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


depth  near  the  shore  on  both  .»ides,  and  has,  towards  the  middle,  from  45  to  20  fnthonni 

water. 

Nouvelle  Harbor  lies  about  14  miles  W.  by  S.  from  Point  Macquereau,  wherp  are  a 
church  -and  several  houses. 

NEW  CARLLSLK. — The  town  of  New  Carlisle,  the  principal  town  of  Chalet)  Baj, 
is  situate  in  Coxe  'I.)wiishii»,  on  the  North  shore,  us  shown  in  ihe  Chart. 

BONAVENTURK. — In  the  adjoininsr  township  of  Hamilton,  on  the  west,  is  the  vil- 
lage of  Bonaventure,  containiiii;  a  church  and  several  houses,  sti-nding  on  I'-vel  nrround. 

From  Bonaventure  the  land  turns  N.  VV.  by  N.  towards  Ca.'.cape(ua  B^v,  aion^  ai« 
iron  bound  shore,  and  having  several  rivulets  of  fresh  water ;  within  this  Bay  is  ancJjor- 
age  in  4,  5,  and  6  fathoms  water  ;  this  is  in  the  township  of  Maria  ;  the  head  of  the  Bay 
is  sho-il,  into  which  the  (Jreat  t'ascajjedia  River  empties  itself. 

In  RlSTKiUUCHE  HARBOR,  at  the  head  of  Chaleur  Bay,  there  is  good  anchor- 
age in  from  H  to  Iv*  fathoms,  land-locked  from  all  winds;  but  it  is  so  difficult  of  access, 
that  it  should  'lot  be  attempted  without  a  pilot.  The  tide  flows  here,  on  full  and  change, 
until  3  o'clock,  and  its  vertical  rise  is  6.i  or  7  feet. 

NIPISI.  '^  IT— Vessels  bound  into  Chaleur  Bay  should  make  for  the  Island  of  Mis 
ecu,  which  ti.  -y  can  round  by  the  lead,  for  it  shoaiens  gradually  from  liO  to  .'<  fathoms 
tli^  latter  depth  being  near  Miscou  Point ,  should  it  be  Ibggy,  which  in  summer  time  is 
frequently  the  case,  it  will  be  advisable  to  steer  from  thence  towards  the  northern  shore, 
when  you  will  most  probably  fall  in  with  Nouvelle  Harbor;  here  stands  a  church,  upon 
}li;l  some   rising  ground  to   the  northward   of  the  town  or  village,  which  is  built  alotg  the 

beach  and  lies  low.  Proceeding  up  the  Bay  of  Chaleur  from  hence,  you  will  pass  round 
a  low  ])oiiit  and  reach  Carlisle;  this  is  somewhat  similar  to  Nouvelle,  for  the  town  stands 
on  a  low  point  and  has  a  church  above  it;  both  are  near  the  beach.  Having  got  abreast 
of  Carlisle,  if  you  are  bound  across  forNipisighit  Koads  or  tM.  Peter's,  then,  by  keeping 
on  the  norlherii  shore  as  thus  dirt  cted,  you  will  readily  know  how  far  you  have  pro- 
ceeded up  the  hay,  and  may  then  haul  across,  with  greater  certainty,  for  the  land,  be- 
tween Caraquet  Point  and  Ci\])e  Idas,  which  you  may  approacli  to  by  your  lead  without 
the  least  .danger;  the  land  on  the  northern  shores  of  Chaleur  Bay  is  in  a  high  state  of 
cultivation,  when  compared  with  the  southern  shores,  and  this,  perhaps,  is  the  principal 
cause  why  the  fogs  that  obscure  it  are  less  heavy  on  'he  former  than  on  the  latter. 
From  Cape  Idas  to  Nipisighit  Roads,  the  shore  is  clear  of  all  danger,  and  wlien  the  wea- 
ther is  dark  or  foggy,  you  m;iy  safely  run  along  the  land  by  your  lead,  only  observing  to 
come  no  nearer  than  5  fathoms  water,  for  in  that  depth  you  will  he  only  three  miles  off 
the  land.  From  abrea't  of  Cape  Idas,  steer  W.  by  S.  about  9  miles;  you  will  have 
from  5  to  7  fathoms  all  tue  way,  clear  of  all  danger,  and  get  good  anchorage  :  in  opening 
the  bay,  you  ".vill  see  Mr.  Miller's  house  and  store  standing  on  Carron  Point  on  the  lar- 
board liand,  and  appearing  like  an  island  ;  there  is  a  large  grove  of  trees  to  the  southward 
of  the  house ;  and  the  open  space  between  that  and  Mr.  Sutherland's  gives  it  that  ap- 
pearance :  steer  for  the  house  and  store  on  Carron  Point  until  you  get  about  4  miles  dis- 
tant from  it,  t?  in  bring  Mr.  Miller's  house  on  Carron  Point  to  bear  S.  W.  and  anchor  in 
from  7  to  5  fathoms,  where  you  may  heave  your  ballast ;  here  a  pMot  will  board  you,  but 
should  no  one  come,  and  ;rOu  are  inclined  to  enter  the  river,  your  vessel  having  but  a 
small  draught  of  water,  then  the  following  directions  by  Captain  Ai<lridge,  will  prove  ac- 
ceptrible,  and  lead  you  over  both  bars  ;  and  when  you  get  inside  of  them  you  will  find 
good  anchorage  to  the  northward  of  Carron  Point  in  3  and  4  fathoms,  good  ground. 

Bring  Mr.  Miller's  house  half  a  handspike's  length  of  Indian  Island;  this  has  a  round 
tuft  of  trees  on  it,  and  will  lead  you  in  mid-channel  clear  of  all  danger:  when  you  arrive 
abreast  of  Carter's  Point,  you  should  open  the  upper  part  of  Lathwocd  House ;  steer  in 
that  direction  close  to  the  beach,  until  you  open  the  beach  of  Carron  Point  with  Mr. 
Miller's  house,  then  run  a  little  further  ui)  and  anchorin  12orl4  feet  water,  sandy  ground  ; 
from  Carron  Point  to  Munro's  Wharf  there  are  three  bars,  with  not  more  than  6  feet 
over  them,  but  there  are  places  between  them,  with  16,  15,  and  14^'leet,  where  a  number 
of  vessels  load. 

The  Tatigouche  or  Little  River  is  only  navigable  by  canoes  ;  the  middle  river  is 
deep,  but  bars  run  across  the  channel  in  many  places:  the  banks  on  each  side,  from  the 
village  to  Carron  Point,  dry  at  low  water. 

TIDES. — It  flows  full  and  change  at  three  o'clock,  and  the  water  rises  on  the  inner 
brir  8  feet,  on  the  outer  bar  6  feet,  and  in  the  harbor  8  feet,  with  regular  .springs,  but  it  is 
much  influenced  by  the  winds  which  prevail  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence ;  in  summer 
time  no  vessel  should  load  down  to  more  thaii  13  feet,  and  then  the  bar  should  be  at- 
tempted with  the  first  of  the  springs. 

From  abreast  of  the  north  point  of  Miscou  Island  to  the  south  point  of  Shippigan 
Island  the  distance  is  19  miles,  and  the  course  is  nearly  S.  W.  by  S.  From  the  south 
point  of  Shippigan  to  Tracadie,  the  course  and  distance  are  S.  W.  ^  S.  4  leagues.     From 


Traca 
ramie  I 
Ml 
the  no 
and  th 
gowacl 
Fox  Is 
and  pa 
and,  ai 
ail  vane 
southe 
board 
so  a  re< 
this  pa 
Buoy  < 


BI.UIVT  a  AMERICAN  COAST  PH-OT. 


91 


5  to  20  fathoms 
u,  wherp  are  a 
[)f  Chaleni  Baj, 


Tracailie  to  Point  Esquiininac  or  Escnininiic  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  of  Mi- 
ramichi  Kay,  the  course  is  S.  by  W.  k  W.  distance  !)  loa^au-s. 

MIR/.  M1CH[  JJ  VY". — Th' •  is  a  spacious  hay,  having  at  its  entrance  several  islands: 
the  northe.-n  sluire  is  (routed  by  some  small  san(l  islands,  having;  channels  between  tlicin 
and  the  ii*.iin,  into  which  boats  may  enter;  behind  these  is  an  Indian  villaj^e  called  Ne- 
gowack,  but  the  chief  passage  int(»  the  harbor,  is  between  Walthaui  or  Portaije  Island  and 
Fox  Island:  to  enter  this  you  nnist  borrow  towards  the  southern  point  ol'  lOscuminac, 
and  pass  to  the  southward  of  a  lont;  narrow  shoal  which  stretches  in  front  of  Fox's  Isl- 
and, and  fornjii  che  channel  of  1|  mile  wide,  with  4  and  5  fathoms  water  in  it;  having 
advanced  to  the  northwaril  of  Fox  Island  you  must  turn  westerly,  niul  pass  between  the 
southern  point  of  WnUham  i-land  and  the  northern  point  of  Fox  Island  :  on  your  star- 
board hand  lie  3  black  buoys,  wiiich  mark  the  edge  of  the  Horseshoe  Sand  ;  tliere  is  al- 
so a  red  buoy  on  the  larboard  side  of  the  western  part  of  the  Hay  de  Vin  Island  :  through 
this  part  of  the  channel  you  will  have  :Vy  fathoms,  and  having  arrived  abreast  of  the  Ked 
Buoy  de  Vin,  you  may  ..teer  VV.  N.  W.  for  Oak  Point,  in  :i,  ;'},  and  4  fathoms;  here  the 
greatest  care  must  be  o!)served,  in  order  to  take  the  passage  between  t^heldrake  Island 
and  the  Sandy  Spit  which  runs  olf  Point  Cheval ;  run  very  near  the  N.  E.  point  of  that 
island,  steer  S.  Westerly  for  iNappan  Bay,  and  round  the  south  part  of  Sheldrake  Isl- 
and, you  will  then  see  Old  C'ustoni  House  situated  upon  tlie  northern  shore  ;  from  whence, 
by  keeping  mid-channel,  and  following  the  sinuosities  of  the  river,  you  will  safely  pass 
Middle  Island,  and  have  7  and  6  fathoms  wj\hout  any  danger,  until  you  reach  the  Town 
of  Newcastle,  here  the  water  lessens  to  3  fathoms ;  ahead  you  will  perceive  Beaubac  or 
Frazier's  Island,  dividing  the  channel  in  two  passages,  that  to  the  S.  Eastward  is  the  bet- 
ter one,  and  runs  into  the  S.  W.  brantdi  of  the  river;  that  to  the  northward  leads  into 
the  N.  W.  branch,  both  these  have  their  rise  a  considerable  distance  up  the  country. 
The  New  Custom  House  stands  on  the  southern  shore,  about  '2  miles  beyond  Middle 
Island :  there  are  several  places  of  good  anchorage  about  this  harbor,  but  the  navigation 
is  in  general  so  intricate  that  a  Pilot  will  always  be  necessary  and  he  will  point  out  the 
best  places  for  riding.     Spring  tides  rise  5  and  6  feet,  and  the  l)Uoys  are  fiequenUy  shifted. 

There  is  good  anchorage  with  olf-shore  winds  in  Outer  Bay,  but  you  nmst  not  go 
into  less  than  7  fathoms  water.  The  Pilots'  houses  are  4  or  5  miles  to  the  westward  of 
Escuminac  Point,  an.  '^ilots  for  this  place  are  sometimes  obtaiiuMl  from  the  Gut  of  Can- 
so.  Considerable  quantities  of  timber  have  recently  been  shipped  from  this  harbor  for 
Europe,  but  a  late  tremendous  and  extensive  fire  having  made  great  devastation  in  the 
adjacent  woods,  destroying  the  dwellings  and  property  of  most  of  the  inhabitants,  and 
reducing  them  to  the  greatest  distress,  it  will  take  some  considerable  time  before  they 
can  recover  their  losses,  or  resume  their  former  occupations. 

From  the  northern  part  of  Miscou  Island  to  Escuminac  Point,  the  soundings  are  regu- 
lar; and,  in  thick  weather,  the  shore  may  be  approached  by  the  lead  to  the  depth  of  13 
or  1(T  fafhoms.  In  passing  Escuminac  Point  you  must  give  it  a  good  berth,  for  a  sandy 
spit  runs  otf  it  a  full  league. 

RICHIBUC TO. — The  depth  of  water  at  the  entrance  of  this  harbor  is,  at  the  best 
and  highest  tides,  about  18  feet,  and  with  common  tides  Ifil  feet.  When  you  are  off  the 
harbor's  mouth,  in  6,  7,  or  8  fathoms  water,  you  should  endeavor  to  steer  in,  bringing  the 
two  large  beacons  in  a  line,  and  keeping  them  so,  until  you  get  up  near  to  the  Sand  Hitf; 
then  run  along  the  shore  about  N.  W.  in  3  or  2\-  fathoms,  until  you  find  yourself  in  safe- 
ty. There  is  a  large  buoy,  laid  down  in  .5  fathoms,  outside  of  the  bar,  which  is  a  good 
guidance  in.  and  may  be  seen,  as  you  approach,  for  upwards  of  a  league  off. 

Within  Cape  Tormentin  is  the  isthmus  and  boundary  between  New  Brunswick  and 
Nova  Scotia,  the  narrowest  part  of  which,  from  the  Bay  Verte  to  Cumberland  Basin,  at 
the  head  of  Chignecto  Bay,  is  only  15  miles  in  breadth. 

THE  NORTHERN  COASTS  OF  NOVA  SCOTIA,  &c.— The  general  features 
of  the  Northern  Coast  of  Nova  Scotia  are  pleasing :  the  land  low  and  even,  or  slightly 
broken  by  agreeable  inequalities.  The  few  Harbors  are  of  a  very  limited  capacity  ;  the 
soil  of  the  country  is  fertile,  and  the  woods  abound  with  Beach,  Oak,  Elm,  Birch,  Ma- 
ple, Ash,  Pine,  Spruce,  Larch,  Juniper,  Hemlock,  and  Fir.  In  the  Strait  of  Northum- 
berland, to  an  extent,  from  end  to  end,  of  not  less  than  100  miles,  the  bottom,  in  many 
places  is  nearly  level,  and  varies  in  its  depth  only  from  20  to  10  fathoms;  being,  general- 
ly, a  stiff  clay,  and  the  ground  holding  well. 

Between  Cocagne,  on  the  west,  and  the  high  rock  called  the  Barn,  on  the  east,  the 
shore  is,  in  general,  bound  with  red  clilfs,  and  beaches  under  them,  and  the  island  which 
lies  between  Tatmagouche  and  the  basin  of  Cobequid,  appears  remarkably  high  to  ves- 
sels in  the  oDing. 

Having  rounded  Cape  Tormentin,  either  inside  or  outside  of  the  6  feet  ledge  which 
lies  off  it,  you  will  open  to  the  westward  the  Bay  Verte. 


92 


BLLNt's  AMEKICA.N  coast  I'lk.OT. 


THE  BAY  VERTE  is  wide  at  its  entiancf,  and  narrows  n»  vou  ndvHnrc,  the  Blioren 
are  lined  with  flats,  on  whicli  tiie  water  btconu-.x  shallow,  but  Miid-(  hannci  the  anrhpT- 
ages  are  good;  here  v  sri'Im  of  considerabh;  Imrthen  may  take  in  their  cargoes  of  tim 
ber,  6cc.  On  the  northern  side  of  the  Bay,  and  near  its  head,  is  the  small  River  of  Gas 
pereau,  on  the  southern  sl)or(!  of  which  stands  the  Fort  Monckton,  and  on  the  southern 
part  of  tiie  Bay  is  another  small  rivulet  called  the  River  Tidnish,  they  are  both  too  shal- 
low for  shipping  .o  enter.  The  Bay  of  Verte  is  now  risinj;  into  considerable  inipoilanee, 
in  consequence  of  its  ijroxiniity  to  the  Bay  of  Fniidy,  and  the  interior  from  the  Bay  to 
Amherst,  Cumberland,  Li>  I'lance,  and  Tanlamaree  is  in  a  highly  improving  state  and 
increasing  population. 

RIVER  PHILIP.— To  the  southward  of  Cape  Tormentin,  at  the  distance  of  41 
leagues,  is  the  entrance  to  the  River  JMiilip,  a  bar  harbor,  having  only  10  feet  at  the  en- 
•  trance.  In  advancing  towards  this  place,  when  in  the  depth  of  5  fathoms,  another  har- 
bor will  be  seen  on  the  eastern  or  larboard  side,  which  is  called  Pogwash.  In  the  lat- 
ter* ships  drawing  17  feet  load  with  timber.  This  harbor  is  safe  ;  but  the  entrance  is  so 
narrow  as  to  require  a  pilot.  Ships  cummonly  anchor  outside  in  5  fathoms,  at  3  miles 
distance  from  shore,  with  the  entiancc  bearing  to  the  .S.  K. 

E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  about  8  miles  from  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  Pogwash  is  the  Cliff" 
Cape,  and  from  Cape  Tormentin  to  Cliff  Cajje  the  bearing  and  distance  are  S.  by  E.  J 
E.  16  mih"  ;  from  Cliff  Cape  to  tShoal  Point  S.  E.  3  miles:  and  from  Shoal  Point  to 
Cape  John  S.  E.  by  E.  11  miles.  Between  the  two  latter  lie  the  harbors  of  Ramsheg 
and  Tatmagouche,  which  are  good  and  well  sheltered,  but  each  requi/e  a  pilot. 

RAMSHEG  HARBOR.— Off  the  northern  or  Shoal  Point  is  Fox  Island,  the  flats 
from  which  extend  so  far  from  shore,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  as  to  leave  but  a 
narrow  channel,  through  which,  at  all  times,  excepting  at  slack  water,  the  tide  runs  with 
great  velocity,  and  renders  the  navigation  into  it  very  unsafe,  although  the  depth  up  to 
the  anchorage  is  sufficient  for  a  frigate ;  there  being,  in  mid-channel,  3|  fathoms  at  low 
water.  In  sailing  in,  steer  south-westerly,  towards  Gravois  Clit!',  giving  Shoal  Point  a 
berth  of  a  mile,  until  the  N.  \V.  arm  is  well  open  ;  then  steer  for  the  latter,  keeping  your 
lead  going,  until  the  beach  to  the  N.  W.  of  Gravois  CUfi'  bears  S.  W.  by  W. 

TATMAGOQCHE  is  6k  miles  to  the  westward  of  Fox  Island,  and  the  channel  on 
the  western  side  of  Amet  Isle  is  quite  clear ;  but,  in  sailing  in  from  the  eastward,  between 
Cape  John  and  the  isle,  you  should  keep  nearest  to  the  Cape,  for  a  ledge  extends  from 
the  isle  to  a  considerable  distance.  Amet  is  a  low  island,  without  trees,  and  it  will  be 
most  prudent  to  keep  at  least  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  it  every  way.  The  best  an- 
chorage for  ships  is  in  the  Harbor  or  River  John,  on  the  ea'^t  side  of  the  Harbor,  in  4  or 
5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  Small  vessels  may  run  up  to  Tatmagouche,  and  anchor  ofT 
the  town  in  10  or  12  feet  at  low  water.  Here  the  tide  rises  5  feet,  on  full  and  change,  ai:d 
flows  till  7  o'clock. 

RIV^R  JOHN. — In  coming  from  the  eastward,  when  between  Amet  Island  and  Cape 
Joho,  your  course  towards  River  John  will  be  W.  by  S.  In  passing  between  the  Island 
and  Cape,  you  will  have  4^  fathoms  until  you  open  the  River  John,  on  the  larb  jard  side. 
You  will  then  have  7,  8,  and  9,  fathoms ;  and  if  bound  for  this  river,  or  for  Tatmagouche, 
may  obtain  a  pilot,  by  making  the  usual  signal.  There  is  safe  anchorage  at  2  miles  dis- 
tance from  shore. 

In  Ramsheg,  Tatmagouche,  and  John  Harbors,  ships  of  fifteen  feet  draught  common- 
ly load  with  timber. 

CARIBOU  HARBOR. — From  Cape  John  to  Caribou  Point  the  course  and  distance 
are  E.  S.  E.  6  leagues.  Here  the  water  gradually  shoalens  to  the  shore,  from  the  depth 
of  8  or  9  fathoms  at  two  miles  off.  To  strangers  it  may  be  dangerous  to  approach  Cari- 
bou Harbor,  as  it  has  frequently  been  mistaken  for  Pictou,  which  lies  to  the  south-west- 
ward, and  some  have  run  on  shore  before  the  error  has  been  discovered.  For  it  is  to  be 
observed  that  ships  are  seen  riciing,  not  in  the  entrance  of  thv  harbor,  but  within  a  sand 
bank,  which  stretches  from  side  to  side,  having  not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  over  it,  and 
which  appears  like  a  good  channel.  Small  vessels  load  with  timber  here.  The  pro- 
montory of  Caribou  may  be  known  from  Pictou  by  observing  that  the  hollrw  laud  over 
it  appears  like  a  deep  inlet;  but  the  highlands  of  Pictou  seem  to  fold  over  each  other, 
and  blind  the  entrance.  The  ledges  about  Caribou  extend  upwards  of  a  mile  fr  m 
shore,  and  some  of  them  are  dry  at  low  water.  Nearly  in  mid-channel,  to  the  northward 
of  Caribou  Point,  is  a  rocky  shoal  of  10  feet.  It  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  circumfer- 
ence, and  around  it  the  depths  are  4,  5,  and  6  fathoms*  The  tides,  both  ebb  and  flood, 
set  rapidly  over  it. 

SUNKEN  ROCK. — Between  Pictou  Island  and  Caribou  Point,  is  a  sunken  rock. 
The  rock  lies  in  the  fair  way  between  Pictou  ^sland  and  Caribou  Point,  being  distant 
about  one-third  the  breadth  of  the  channel,  in  a  W.  by  N.  direction  from  the  western 
point  of  the  island.     The  circumference  ol'  the  rock  is  about  400  yards,  and  the  tide 


BLU>T  S  AMEKICA.N  COAST  PILOT. 


93 


iffht  conimon- 


wa»  found  to  set  ovrr  it  iit  the  raff  of  v?'i  nii'cs  ]>er  hour,  tin-  (lood  settin<»  to  the  N.  N. 
W.  making  \uii\i  water  at  full  and  clianu;*'  at  '  h.  liOin.  ( )i>  ttM  \vest«'rn  c'(lj;f ,  the  rock  han 
4  9nd  5  fathoms  close  to  it,  and  5  to  7  fathoms  on  its  eastern  edi^e.  The  position  of  thi» 
rock  renders  it  extremely  dan;j;erous  to  ships  ieavini;  Pictou  llarl)or  ior  the  westward, 
as  it  lies  immediately  in  the  fair  way.  The  chaniit  1  to  the  westward  of  the  shoal  is  gene- 
rally adopted,  in  which  there  is  from  :{',  to  4  fatlmms  irregular  soundings. 

PICTOU. — The  Harbor  or  Kiver  of  I'ictou  has  a  har  across  its  enlranee,  liaving  over 
it  only  15  feet  at  low  water;  and  x^ithont  this  is  a  shoal,  called  the  Middle  (iround,  hav- 
ing tl»'  smaller  depth  ot  7  feet.  The  entrance,  on  the  south  side  of  whicJi  there  is  a  fixed 
light  54  feat  high,  lies  S.  W.  1  S.  5  miles  from  the  west  end  of  I'ictou  Island. 

In  approaching  Pictou  from  the  westward,  hetwecn  the  island  and  the  main,  tjie  light 
will  not  be  seen  until  it  bears  W.  by  S.  and  may  be  run  tor  when  it  bears  west. 

In  approaching  from  the  eastward,  (^ipe  George  bearing  S.  one  mile  distant,  the  ' 
course  is  W.  b-'  S. ;  but  after  making  the  light  it  ought  to  be  brought  to  bear  W.  or  W. 
J^  N.  when  the  light  may  be  run  for,  and  will  serve  for  a  leading  mark  over  the  bar,  and 
may  be  approached  within  two  and  a  half  cal)les'  lengths,  where  there  is  good  anchor- 
age, or  haul  up  W.  N  W.  until  abreast  of  the  light,  or  until  it  bears  VV.  S.  W.  when 
the  course  up  the  harbor  is  west. 

The  windmill  near  the  town,  lii  a  line  with  the  beach  that  forms  the  left  or  south  side 
of  the  entrance,  is  the  mark  to  r'  nr  the  Middle  (iround,  and  for  the  deepest  water. 
Within  the  bar  and  the  beach  the  v  .ttei  il^epens  to  ,'j,  (>,  and  7  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 
This  depth  continues  up  to  the  town,  opposite  to  which  a  mud  flat  extends  outward  so 
far  as  to  leave  the  channel  midway  between  tlie  two  shores.  Above  the  town  the  river 
divides  into  three  branches;  of  these,  tlie  eastern  one  is  winding,  but  navigable  to  ves- 
sels drawing  1^  feet,  about  4  miles  upward  ;  at  which  distance  the  river  becomes  im- 
peded by  a  bar,  although  above  that  the  water  increases.  At  9  miles  above  the  town  of 
Pictou  are  the  well-known  coal-pit.«,  the  produce  of  which  is  brought  down  to  the  bar  in 
large  f\&l  boats.  The  Middle  and  Wt.-tt  Rivers  are  navigable  upward  to  a  considerable 
distance.  The  lands  hereabout  being  good,  the  population  is  rapidly  increasing.  The 
town  of  Walrnsly,  on  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  is  the  residence  of  the  principu!  mer- 
chants who  loiid  timber  in  these  parts. 

MERIGOMiSH,  which  is  an  excellent  bar-harbor,  lies  7  miles  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  the 
ei  trance  of  Pictou;  the  merchants  of  which  place  have  ponds  here,  for  the  reception  of 
tin'ber,  with  which  a  number  of  ships  are  annually  laden.  To  sail  in  for  this  place,  britig 
the  east  end  of  Picfou  Island  nearly  North,  and  keep  it  so  until  ofl'the  harbor's  month, 
where  you  may  either  obtain  a  pilot,  or  anchor  in  4  fathoms.  A  stranger  should  not  ven- 
ture to  enter  the  harbor  without  a  pilot,  as  a  ledge  stretclies  ofl'from  either  side.  There 
is  a  depth  of  14  feet  on  the  bar  at  low  water,  and  the  vertical  rise  of  tide  is  about  8  feet. 
The  depth  within  is  from  4  to  7  fathoms,  sot^t  mud. 

PICTOU  ISLAND,  which  liba  ofl'the  entrance  of  Pictou  and  Merigomish,  is  culti- 
vated, and  contains  about  3000  acres.  Fine  quarries  of  free  stone  have  been  opened  li<5r6, 
and  strong  traces  of  coal  are  visible  in  several  places  about  the  cliffs.  From  the  east  end 
a  spit  of  rocks  extends  about  half  a  mile  ;  and  al  the  E.  N.  E.  from  it,  one  league  and  a 
half,  is  a  shoal  of  21  feet.  Between  the  island  and  Merigomish  the  bottom  is  muddy,  abd 
the  depth  from  1 1  to  7  fathoms. 

There  is  no  harbor  between  Merigomish  and  Cape  St.  George ;  but  the  coast  is  clear 
high,  and  bold,  and  vessels  may  .--il  along  it  in  safety,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  Asa 
place  .  f  refuge  for  small  vess'^i.*  in  distress,  there  is  a  new  pier  erected  on  the  coast,  7 
leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Pit,..  .  ,  and  at  the  indent  formed  by  the  rock  called  the  Bam. 
Cape  St.  George  is  a  promontory  which  runs  out  to  the  N.  Eastward;  it  is  bold  to,  and 
considerably  elevated,  forming  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  St.  George's  Bay,  but 
there  is  said  to  be  good  anchorage  under  the  Cape,  in  from  10  to  7  fathoms ;  the  ground 
is  somewhat  rocky,  but  you  will  ride  there  sheltered  from  westerly  winds. 

ST.  GEORGE'S  BAY,  ANTIGONISH.— The  entrance  of  the  Harbor  of  Antigo- 
nish  lies  10  miles  to  the  S.  by  W.  from  Cape  St.  George.  Here  small  vessels  load  with 
timber  and  gypsum,  or  plaster,  of  which  there  is  abundance  in  the  neighborhood  ;  but 
the  harbor  is  so  shoal,  that  even  these  complete  their  cargoes  outside  of  the  bay,  although 
the  anchorage  is  not  so  safe. 

At  Pomket  Harbor,  6  miles  eastward  from  Antigonish,  ships  of  any  size  may  load  in 
safety.  In  sailing  in,  when  from  the  northward,  you  will  leave  the  island  on  the  starboard 
side,  keeping  close  to  a  rock,  which  appears  5  or  6  feet  above  water.  This  rock  is  steep 
to,  and  lies  off  the  east  end  of  the  island.  Outside  of  it,  at  the  distance  of  three  quarters 
of  a  mile,  lie  several  sunken  ledges,  which  are  dangerous.  After  passing  the  rock  a  bay, 
will  open  on  the  starboard  side,  which  you  must  stand  into,  till  you  are  shut  in  with  the 
island,  where  there  is  anchorage  in  3^  fathoms  water,  at  about  half  a  mile  from  the  island. 


I 


ll 


I 


94 


JILUM"  S  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


ARIHISMKK,  or  ACIU'SHKK,  \h  mh  inl.'t  wliich  lirs  Mwci-n  Cape  .lark  and  the 
(lUt  I..'  ('iiii>^<i,  (nulling  ii  >■  i\;\\\  liiiiliiir,  (Mriipicd  liy  iin  iii'lnstridiiN  iind  tliriving  |>«-(i|i|(<. 
Hpre  a  iiimil)»'r  »iC  smiill  ^cMsrln  liavc  Ucvu  liiiilt,  tiirrvitin  (nun  15  to  50  tons.  A  rocky 
ledgi^  cxtfMuls  outMidi'  the  hiirlior,  in  a  north-wchrrly  dirccfioei. 

TIIH  (ilJT  OF  CANSO  TO  li'HAHITANT  BAY. 

REMARK.S.— Tlir  (Jut  of  Canso  is  (ormetl  t)y  the  Island  of  Hrcton  on  one  nide,  and 
by  the  hind  of  Nova  Scotia  on  tlie  other.  Its  length  is  ahimt  5  leagueH,  and  breadth 
more  than  three  (piarters  of  a  niih'.  'I'he  ea.>t  ';i.ie  is  h)w,  with  beadies,  but  the  west 
shore  is  for  the  most  part  hJL'h  and  rocky  ;  ('!••  "orcupine  heinj;  remarkably  so.  The 
deepest  water  is  on  the  western  shore  ;   bn  ores  are  bold  to  and  sonnd,  exreptini; 

some  sunken  rocks,  one  of  which  lies  nei>.  a  .  ..ole's  length  from  the  eastern  shore,  and 
about  midway  betwej^n  the  soulhern  entrance  of  tlie  (»iit  and  Ship  Harbor;  a  second  is 
between  Shin  HaiSorand  Bear's  Head,  runnin<{  out  nearly  a  cable's  jenjjth  from  shore; 
and  a  third  lies  ol)  Mear's  island,  aboiu  100  fathoms  from  the  land  ;  the  deptli  of  water 
over  tliese  rocks  is  about  t)  or  H  feet.  Mill  Creek.  Oypsum  or  Plaster  Cove,  V^enus 
Creek,  Ship  Harbor,  Holland  Cove  or  Pilot  Harbor,  and  Kddy  Cove,  alford  excellent 
anchorajTfs,  with  a  moderate  depth,  and  out  of  the  stream  of  the  tide,  wliich  generally 
sets  in  from  the  southward,  but  is  very  irrejjular,  heim;  much  influenced  by  the  winds. 
After  stront;  N.  W.  winds,  which  happen  daily  diirinu  the  fall  of  the  year,  the  water  in 
the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  is  rendered  low,  which  causes  the  currt  iit  to  run  northward 
through  the  Out,  at  tht  rate  of  4  or  5  knots,  and  the  contrary  happens  after  southerly 
winds. 

When  off  Cape  (Janso  and  bound  for  the  Ctulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  the  best  passage  is 
through  the  (tuI  of  Canso,  being  shorter,  anrl  having  the  advantage  of  several  anchoring 
plpces,  out  of  the  strength  of  the  tide,  in  case  of  contrary  wimls  or  bad  weather. 

CAPE  ST.  CiKORGE,  as  before  observed,  is  a  remarkable  promontory,  lying  at  the 
distance  of  lOV  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Pictou  Harbor;  a  course  of  6  leagues,  thence 
to  the  houth-eastward,  will  lead  to  the  entrance  of  the  Out,  whence  you  may  run  along 
the  Breton  shore.  It  is  to  be  oiiserved  tliat  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  in  the  offing,  near 
Aubushee,  already  notice<l  ;  some  of  these  are  nearly  dry  at  low  water,  and  nearly  in  the 
direct  course  for  the  (rut ;  they  must,  of  course,  be  carefully  avoided. 

Opposite  Mill  Creek',  at  the  upper  end  of  the  (lUt,  on  the  Nova  Scotia  side,  you  may 
stop  a  tide  or  lie  wind-bound,  if  it  does  not  overblow.  Keep  the  creek  open,  and  come 
to  anchor  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  steep  rocks,  on  the  south 
side  of  the  creek.  The  best  water  is  with  the  creek's  mouth  open.  It  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  carry  a  hawser  on  shore  to  the  rocks,  to  steady  the  ship,  as  the  tide  here 
runs  in  eddies.     You  may  obtain  fresh  water  from  the  creek  at  low  water. 

Upon  entering  the  Out,  there  will  be  seen,  on  the  larboard  hand,  a  red  house,  on  a  point, 
called  Belie  Ashe's  Point,  off  which,  at  nearly  a  cable's  length  from  shore,  there  is  a 
sunken  rock,  which  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  eddy  of  the  tide.  Within  this 
point,  on  the  S.  E.  is  Oypsum  or  Plaster  Cove,  where  shipping  frequently  anchor. 
When  abreast  of  Oypsum  or  Plaster  Cove,  the  remarkable  headland,  on  the  western 
side,  named  Cape  Porcupine,  will  bear  nearly  S.  W.  To  sail  into  the  cove,  keep  nearly 
in  the  middle  ;  and,  when  in  10  fathoms,  let  go  your  anchor.  You  will  find  sufficient 
room  for  swinging  round,  in  7  fathoms  ;  here,  off  the  western  side  of  the  cove,  is  the 
sunken  rock  said  to  have  been  discovered  lately,  having  only  6  and  8  feet  over  it,  and  ly- 
ing about  60  fathoms  off  the  shore  ;  if  this  information  be  correct,  the  greatest  care  must 
be  taken  to  avoid  it. 

SHIP  HARBOR,  which  lies  half  way  down  the  Out,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  a  good 
harbor  for  merchant  sliipping.  It  is,  however,  more  particularly  useful  to  those  sailing 
northward,  being  a  good  outlet.  It  is  a  very  proper  place  for  ships  of  16  feet  draught. 
If  bound  in,  from  the  southward,  give  the  starboard  side  a  berth  of  a  cable's  length,  it 
being  flat,  and  run  in  until  you  shut  the  north  entrance  of  the  Out,- and  come  to  anchor 
in  4  or  5  fathoms,  soft  bottom ;  where  you  may  wood  on  the  Breton  side,  and  water  on 
the  opposite  shore,  at  Venus'  Creek ;  the  larboard  side  of  this  harbor  is  bolder  to  than 
the  starboard  side,  and  deepest  water.  Without  the  harbor,  one  third  from  the  Breton 
s'de,  you  may  anchor  in  9,  10,  to  13  fathoms,  loose  ground,  in  the  strength  of  the  tide. 

Ships  bound  through  the  Gut,  from  the  northward,  may  proceed  through  it  with 
safety,  by  keeping  nearly  in  the  mid-channel,  there  being  no  danger  until  they  arrive  off 
the  south  point,  called  Eddy  Point;  but  from  this  point  extends  a  long  spit  of  sand,  with 
large  round  stones,  which  must  be  left  on  the  starboard  side,  at  the  distance  of  half  a 
mile  from  what  may  be  seen  above  water.  The  race  of  the  tide  will  serve  to  guide  you 
from  it.     Having  passed  the  Spit  of  Eddy  Point,  you  may  steer  to  the  S.  S.  E.  until 


HI.M.MS  AMKKICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


9r> 


'  Jnrk  ntiH  the 
liriving  |))-(i|)|«>, 
tons.     A  rocky 


n  one  nido,  and 
■H,  nnd  breiulth 
IS,  hut  the  west 
inhly  so.  Tli(^ 
nnd,  excepting 
tern  shore,  and 
or;  a  second  is 
;th  from  shore ; 
(h'|)th  ()(  water 
r  ("ove,  V^enus 
ad'ord  excellent 
vliich  generally 
[|  by  the  winds, 
ir,  the  water  in 
run  northward 
after  southerly 

hesl  passage  is 
veral  anchoring 
ather. 

iry,  'yinp  at  the 
leagues,  thence 
may  run  along 
the  offing,  near 
id  nearly  in  the 

I  side,  you  may 
)])en,  and  come 
,  on  the  south 

It  will  be  ne- 
s  the  tide  here 
r. 

use,  on  a  point, 
lore,  there  is  a 
.  Within  this 
uently  anchor, 
in  the  western 
ve,  keep  nearly 

find  sufficient 
le  cove,  is  the 
over  it,  and  ly- 
atest  care  must 

side,  is  a  good 

0  those  sailing 
feet  draught. 

ble's  length,  it 
ome  to  anchor 
and  water  on 
bolder  to  than 
m  the  Breton 
h  of  the  tide, 
rough  it  with 
they  arrive  off 
t  of  sand,  with 
ance  of  half  a 

1  to  guide  yon 
S.  S.  E.  until 


abreast  of  an  island  which  appears  covered  with  green  spruce  trees,  having  red  bark. 
lleiicH  you  proceeil  to  sea,  aci  ording  to  the  charts. 

Be  cautious  of  ruiieiiii:^  in  the  directiitu  of  a  dangerous  steep  rock,  called  the  Oerlie- 
ru»  Kock,  with  oidy  1(1  l<et  water  over  it,  and  on  which  the  sea  breaks  with  a  wind.  'I'liis 
rock  lies  with  V  erte  or  (Jreen  Isl.iiid  in  a  line  with  Cape  Hoagais  or  Iron  Cape,  on  the 
Isle  of  Madame,  at  tlKMlisfaiice  of  aboul  4  ',  miles  from  that  island  :  to  clear  it  to  the  south- 
ward bring  (Jreen  Island  open  of  the  Albion  (Mdfs;  to  go  clear  to  the  westward  of  the 
(jerberus,  bring  the  western  point  of  Conway  Island  on  with  Cariton  CMills,  bearing  N. 
N.  W. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  (tut,  within  a  mile  of  Kddy  Point,  there  is  a  middle  ground  of 
7  to  I'J  fathoms,  on  which  ships  may  stop  a  tide  in  moderate  weather.  To  the  west- 
ward of  this  ground  there  is  a  deptli  of  IH  fathoms,  and  to  the  eastward  (d'  it  'JO  to  2.5 
fathoms.  With  the  wind  iiic  lining  from  the  southward,  steer  in  nearly  west,  and  keep 
the  lead  goitig,  until  you  slioalcti  to  1 1  lallioms,  when  you  may  let  go  your  anchor. 

(typsum,  or  Plaster  ('ove,  is  so  (valled  from  its  valuable  (piarry  of  gypsum,  wliich  ap- 
pears to  be  exhaustless.  The  anchoratie  at  the  mouth  of  this  cove  has  from  10  to  4 
fathoms;  bottom  of  soft  mii(i.  Cape  Porcupine,  opposite  to  this  cove,  is  .')()'j  feet  in 
heiclit,  anil  this  is  the  narrowest  part  of  the  strait.  On  the  banks  of  the  (Jut,  in  general, 
the  hills  rise  in  easy  acclivities,  which  present  settlements  on  the  whole  range  of  the 
shore. 

INHAlllTANT  RAV,  Arc— Those  who  wish  to  anchor  in  Inhabitant  Bay  or  Har- 
bor, may  bring  the  farm  that  is  opposite  to  Hear  Head  open,  the  Head  bearing  W.S.W. 
This  mark  will  lead  them  clear,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Long  Ledge,  and  in  the 
mid-channel,  between  it  and  the  steep  rocks  on  the  east  or  opposite  shore ;  at  the  same 
time  take  your  soundings  from  the  liong  Ledge,  or  north  shcue,  all  the  way  till  you  ar- 
rive at  Flat  Point;  then  keep  in  mid-cliatmel  between  Flat  Point  and  the  island  oppo- 
site, from  the  N.  K.  side  of  which  runs  off  a  spit  or  ledge  of  rocks,  at  the  distance  of  a 
cable  and  a  half's  length;  then  port  your  helm,  and  run  under  island  Point,  and  come 
to  in  5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  I'p  the  river  Trent  are  jilenty  of  Salmon,  in  the  sea- 
son, and  there  you  may  wood  and  water. 

N.  H.  The  leading-mark  to  ch  .,r  the  steep  rocks  of  Steep  Point  is,  to  bring  the  penin- 
sula in  a  line  over  the  point  of  Tiirhaltun  I  lead,  bearing  .S.  nr  S.  }-  K.  tmtil  you  open  the 
island  to  the  northward  of  Islaiid  Point:  then  haul  up  for  the  outer  harbor,  and  come 
to  in  10  or  ]'i  fathoms,  n\U(ldy  t)ott()m. 

Those  who  are  bound  up  thedut  of  Canso,  and  meet  a  N.  or  N.  W.  wind, at  the  south 
end  of  the  (Jut,  and  who  are  desirous  of  good  and  safe  am  horage  in  10  to  12  fathoms 
water,  may  come  to  on  the  north  side  of  Hear  Island;  but,  should  >*  blow  hard,  to  a  gale 
of  wind,  down  the  (Jut,  this  anchorage  is  not  altogether  so  secure  s  a  careful  master  or 
pilot  woubl  wish.  You  must  then  leave  the  road  of  Hoar  Island,  at  .1  sail  round  the  south 
end  of  Bear  Point,  giving  a  berth  to  the  spit  that  runs  oli"  it,  of .'}  caljles'  length,  then  haul 


round  to  the  N.  K.  into  Sea-Coal  Hay,  and  come  to  anchor,  in  4,  5,  or  G  fathoms,  sandy 
and  muddy  bottom.     There  is  also  a  rock  under  uater,  said  to  lie  about  100  fathoms  to 

uthward  of  Hear  Island,  having  oidy  (>  or  ri  feet  water  over  it ;  it  will  be  necessary 

;  this  point  a  good  berth,  for  fear  of  this  danger. 

•ks  for  anchoring,  viz:  bring  Hear  Head  in  a  line  over  Flat  Head,  bearing  W.  S. 
W.  by  S.  and  Cariton  Clitls.  to  bear  N.  by  F.  or  N.  in  '>  or  6  fathoms,  vou  will 


the  southward  of  Hear  Island,  having  oidy  (>  or  ri  feet  water  over  it ;  it  will  be  necessary 
to  give  this  point  a  good  berth,  for  fear  of  this  danger. 

Marks   for  anchoring,  viz ; 
W.  or  W.  by  S.  and  Cariton  Clitls.  to  bear  i\.  by  K.  or  i\.  in  '>  or  G  fathoms,  vou  will 
then  have  a  good  berth,  sheltered  from  ihe  W.  iN.  W.  and  N.  winds.     Here  is  sufficient 
room  to  moor  ten  or  twelve  sail  of  any  sliips  of  war,  iVom  the  sixth  to  the  third  rate. 

The  following  directions  are  given  by  Captain  Aldndge  for  vessels  bound  through  the 
Gut  when  coming  from  the  southward.  We  made  land  abreast  of  Richmoml  or  Mel- 
ville Island,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  t!ie  en'rKUce  of  the  (nit  of  Canso,  keeping  at  the  dis- 
tance of  2  miles  or  1',  mile  from  land,  and  sieering  N.  N.  W.  until  we  opened  the  town 
ofArachat,  when  hauling  further  to  the  nonhward,  so  as  to  pass  between  the  east  shore 
and  the  Cerberus  Rock,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  low  water,  but  over  which  the  water  con- 
stantly ripples  ;  continuing  this  course,  and  with  the  Red  Blufi"  Point  bearing  in  that  di- 
rection, we  passed  quite  clear  of  that  danger  ;  the  above  Red  Point  is  the  western  entrance 
to  the  (xut  of  Canso,  and  off  it  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks.  The  marks  for  the  Cerberus 
Rock  area  small  round  lanu  "overed  with  trees,  looking  like  an  island,  and  having  some 
houses  behind  it,  on  with  the  centre  of  it,  bearing  east,  and  the  outer  extremity  of  Albi- 
on's Cliffs  bearing  S.  E.  by  E.  you  will  then  be  abreast  of  the  rock  ;  and  when  the  church 
comes  open  of  the  point  bearing  east,  you  will  be  opposite  its  N .  W.  end  ;  by  keeping  a 
man  at  the  mast  head  the  rippling  will  be  easily  recognized,  although  it  be  nearly  calm 
and  the  sea  quite  smooth ;  there  is  no  danger  between  it  and  the  Red  Point  on  the  lar- 
board side,  but  you  must  give  a  good  berth  to  that  point  which  forms  the  entrance  of  the 
Gut,  because  of  the  Spit  which  runs  off  it ;  and  when  you  are  well  past  this  Spit  steer 
oa  mid'-'haoael  through  the  Gut,  aud  you  will  go  clear  of  all  lianger.    When  yuu  have 


90 


BLL.NTS  AMKUICA.N  COAST  I'lr.OT. 


It 


T 


■/! 


got  b«?vnn(l  ('npn  Porrupinp,  stpcr  N.  N.  W.  nhoiit  5  lfa«uc»,  or  unril  f'apr  Si.  CiPorKe 
iM'ars  VV.  N,  W.ilisf;itU  7  miles;  you  will  ilicii  iiave  piiNsfd  to 'In?  westwanl  of  thp  Hou- 
ilie  Hank  of  only  2  rallioiiiN  wal(*r,  wliicli  lies  opposite  to  .lesiuo,  and  liy  adopting  a  \. 
N.  K.  coiirnf,  yoii  will  clear  the  vnut  point  of  I'rinte  Kdward'*  l.slan<t,  and  l»e  in  a  fair 
diret-tion  lor  the  Magdalen  Islnnds. 

Slii|w  L-oinint;  down  tlie  (iut  of  ("nnso,  wiiicli  may  ha*e  reached  past  Kddv  Point,  or 
as  far  as  ('ape  Arj;os,  and  caught  wiiliaS.  K.  to  a  S.  S.  W.  Wind,  and  cannot  ludd  their 
own  by  heatinir  to  windward,  may  hear  up  and  t-omi;  to  anchor  in  'riirlialton  liav,  under 
Turljaltoii  Head,  where  they  may  ride  salrly  in  iVom  .'>  to  7  fathoms  water,  mm'dv  hot- 
t«»m.  'I'he  marks  lor  anclioriii!,'  in  'riirl)idion  hay  nie.  to  lirini;  the  peninsula  point  in  a 
line  over 'I'nrhallon  Head,  hearinij;  .S.  or  S.  \  W.  or  a  point  of  land  iidarid.  a  little  up  in 
the  country  from  Cap«!  Argos  shore,  with  f)ine  trees  on  it,  open  to  the  eastward  of  the 
Kcd  Heail;  or  the  said  point  of  latid  with  pitio  trees  on  it,  over  the  pitch  or  point  of 
Turhalton  Head;  you  are  then  sheltered  hy  the  rocks  or  spit  that  runs  from  Turbalton 
Head,  in  4  to  ft  and  0  fathoms  water,  and  wdl  ride  very  safely  on  ^ood  holdint;  (ground. 
But,  should  the  wind  shift  to  the  S.  W.  or  i\.  W.  you  must  take  up  your  anchor  and 
beat  out  oftiie  i)ay  intoC'liedehiu-to  15ay,  and  proceed  on  your  passnj^e  to  the  southward. 
Should  the  wind  over-blow  at  .*^.  W.  so  as  to  prevent  yttur  beating  to  windward  into 
Chedebucto  Hay,  you  may  come  to  an  anchor  in  Kddy  (.'ove,  brinf{in>{  the  low  part  of  Kd- 
dy  I'oint  to  bear  S.  S.  K.  or  S.  by  K.  in  5,  (!,  or  7  fiitlionis  wafer,  fakin;;  care  to  i;ive  the 
ship  sufficient  cable,  lest  you  drive  off  the  iiank  iiit(»  deep  water,  from  \'i  to  'JO  fathoms. 

TIDKS  on  the  South  Side  of  the  (iulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  The  tide  rushes  with  creat 
rapidity  throunh  the  (iut  of  ('anso:  and  in  the  nan  west  part  of  the  (Jut,  or  (.'ape  Por- 
cupine, it  seldom  runs  at  a  slower  rate  than  4  or  6  miles  in  an  hour.  Here  it  Hows,  on 
the  full  and  change,  at  IXjh. 

Along  shore,  past  Atibusliee  and  Antigonish,  it  sets  towards  Cape  St.  (leorge;  and 
rounding  that  Cape,  proceeds  thenc<'  in  a  north-westerly  direction.  On  the  soutli  shore 
of  Northumberland  Strait,  the  time  of  flowing,  on  the  full  and  change,  is  from  VHlo 
Vin  h.     The  perpendicular  rise  is  from  '.i  to  7  of.ri  feet. 

The  tides  here  are  very  materially  varied  by  tlie  win<ls ;  and  it  has  been  found  that,  at 
times  the  stream  of  tlic  (iut  of  C'anso  has  continued  to  run  one  way  for  niuuy  succek- 
•ive  days. 

ST.  JOHN'S  OR  PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND. 

This  island  'u,  veil  settled,  and  possesses  a  good  soil,  fit  for  all  general  purposes.  The 
climate  is  commonly  healthy  and  temperate,  and  not  subject  to  such  frequent  and  heavy 
fogs  as  Newfoundland,  and  the  adjacent  (Joasls  of  JJreton  and  New  Brunswick  generally 
are,  nor  yet  to  sudden  changes  of  weather.  The  first  ajipearance  of  the  island  is  like 
that  of  a  forest  emerging  from  the  sea;  the  red  cliffs,  which  are  not  very  high,  then  ap- 
pear; the  lands  are  covered  with  lofty  trees,  and  the  sand  hills  on  tlie  northern  side  of 
tUe  island)  are  covered  with  verdure.  The  country  is  generally  level,  and  abounds  with 
springs  of  fine  water,  and  gioves  of  trees,  which  produce  great  quantities  of  excellent 
timber.     The  greater  part  ol  the  inhabitants  are  employed  in  farming  and  fishing. 

Rifleman's  Shoal  is  situated  ofl'  tho  south  coast  of  the  above  Island,  and  the  following 
remarks  were  taken  at  anchor  in  7  fathoms,  about  2.7  or  .3  cables'  leiigth,  S.  S.  W.  of  that 
part  on  which  the  British  ship  Killeman  grounded,  vi/,.  Point  Prim  N.  N.  W.  -J  W. 
Sooth  Woody  Island  E.  by  S.  .V  S.  a  point  (supposed  Point  Jenijings)  N.  ^  W.  a  mer- 
chant brig  on  shore  on  the  Indian  Rocks,  bore  S.  E.  about  3  or  4  miles  distant. 

The  least  water  found  upon  the  shoal  was  8  feet,  about  half  a  cables'  length  to  the 
northward  of  where  the  Rifleman  grounded.  It  appears  to  be  a  rocky  shoal,  of  con- 
siderable extent. 

The  coast  forms  numerous  harbors,  many  of  which  are,  however,  fit  for  small  vessels 
only.  The  principal  loading  ports  at  present  are  on  the  eastern  side,  Cardigan  Bay,  or 
the  Three  Rivers,  and  Murray  Harbor;  on  the  S.  E.  Hillsborough  Bay  and  River;  Be- 
deque  Bay  on  the  southern  side  ;  and  Richmond  Bay  and  Holland  Harbor  on  the  north. 

CARDIGAN  BAY,  or  the  THREE  RIVERS,  lies  between  Boughton  Island  and 
Panmure  Island;  it  is  the  common  entrance  to  three  rivers;  namely,  Cardigan  River, 
Brudenell  River,  and  Montague  River.  In  the  former  there  are  from  7  to  3  fathoms  wa- 
ter, and  in  the  others  from  4  to  2  fathoms.  George  Town  stands  on  a  peninsula  between 
the  rivers  Brudenell  and  Cardigan.  In  these  places  many  large  ships  have  been  loaded 
with  timber.  There  is  anchorage  without,  in  Cardigan  Bay,  in  from  10  to  15  fathoms, 
where  a  pilot  may  be  obtained. 

MIRAY,  or  MURRAY  HARBOR  lies  close  to  the  north-westward  of  Bear  Cape ; 
and  the  entrance  is  narrow  and  shoal,  difficult  of  access,  and  not  having  more  than  12 
feet  water.     But  small  ships  have  frequently  loaded  here.     Vessels  coming  from  the 


BLlM'sJ  AMi:UICA>  (OAST  PILOT. 


!)7 


[)!•  Sf.  fipori^e 
il  ol'  th«'  Hon- 
iiddptiriK  n  N. 
1(1  l)«>  ill  a  fair 

lildy  INiiiif,  (ir 
mot  hold  ihcir 
oil  itiiy,  under 
r,  iiim'dy  liot- 
Niila  |i(iiiit  ill  a 
,  a  litllc  ii|>  in 
istward  (if  tlic 
( Il  or  point  of 
oiii  Tiirbalton 
ddini;  i;rouii(t. 
ir  iinrlior  and 
he  southward, 
windward  into 
low  part  ol'  Kd- 
are  to  i;ivo  the 
ro  'JO  falhoiiis. 
ihfs  with  cr**at 
or  ('a|)r  l»or- 
;re  it  tluWM,  uii 

,  Ciporgp;  and 
IP  soiitii  shore 
is  from  V'll  to 

found  that,  at 
niuiiy  Kuccett- 


irpospd.     The 

ent  and  heavy 

vick  generally 

island  is  like 

ligh,  then  ap- 

rthern  side  of 

abounds  with 

of  excellent 

fishing. 

the  following 

S.  W.  of  that 


N 


\v.  y  w. 
w. 


a  mer- 
itant. 

length  to  the 
jhoal,  of  cou- 

sniall  vessels 
digan  Bay,  or 
1  River;  Be- 
on  the  north, 
on  Island  and 
rdigan  River, 
fathoms  wa- 
isula  between 
been  loaded 
15  fathoms, 

f  Bear  Cape ; 
nore  than  12 
JDg  from  the 


pamward,  and  bound  to  Murray  Harbor,  niiist  avoid  approarhin;:  too  tuar  In  the  eastern 
point,  for  a  riilj;e  of  rockM  NtrctclifM  out  a  lull  mile  from  it;  beiween  the  eniit  point  and 
Wood  iNlaiid  the  urouiid  is  clear,  with  a  drjilli  of  :i  fatliniiis  all  the  way,  near  the  slior**, 
ind  the  aii('liiiia::e  uimmI. 

HllJiSIM)K«»l  <;il  IJA  V  is  I  he  (liirHt  liay  in  tlie  islinul,  and  the  lliver  HilNIiorouKli 
ii4  a  lar^'e  iiavijL^alili' nvr ;  biittiiiiiier  lu-re  is  not  pleniiliil.  Alter  passing  the  front  about 
a  ((uartcrol  a  mile,  keep  towards  the  entrance  of  York  Kiver,  for  a  NJioal  extends  from  tlie 
(i|ipoHite  shore  to  some  distaiMN',  and  anelior  nil' the  town  in  six  orei!,'!it  fathonm.  Ves- 
sels bound  lor  ('liaili)iie  Town,  or  piissiiii;  tlirou:;li  Nurllimiiberlaiid  Strait,  must  be 
careful  to  avoid  the  Indian  Kot  ivs,  wliicli  are  covered  at  liiuli  water  ;  and  by  iiii;lil  il  will 
ahvavH  be  advisalil''  In  keep  on  the  iNuva  .Scoiia  side,  particularly  «  hen  passm;;  by  the 
island  of  i'ictou. 

JlKUK(^l'K  IiAV.  which  lies  between  Oape  Iv.'iiiont  and  ('arlrfnn  Point,  has  ;:;on(l 
aiichorini;;-|:rouiMl  in  Irotn  (>  to  n  .  illioins.  'riie  liarUor  will  admit  ships  of  KiO  tons,  but 
tlie  channel  is  narrnw,  croidxcii,  and  riijiiirrs  a  pilot.  It  is  the  cliicl'  port  for  loading 
timber:  but  tlie  water  iV-eze.s  much  sooner  than  at  i'ictou,  or  the  harltors  on  tlie  N«iva 
.Scotia  coast. 

HetweenCape  F,i;nitiiit  and  \Ve.<t  Cape,  in  Halifax  orK','mont  I'ay,  tlicre  is  pnod  anchor- 
aije  with  iiortlitrly  an  I  eiisicily  winds,  in  (>  or  r'  l,itlioiiis,  iml  care  must  be  taken  to  giv«» 
a  good  berth  in  \Vesf  '',ipe,  as  a  slioal  runs  oil' it  I'lili  •.»  miles,  in  a  S,  W.  direeiion. 

From  llio  *\orili  ( "ape  ol'tiie  i-.l.iiid  a  siiual  spits  mi'  ne  uly  J  miles,  close  to  which  then) 
are  4  fathoms  of  water,  and  tin;  i;round  is  (lat  much  lartlier  oil',  tlu  re  being  only  (>  fathoms 
water  at  the  distaiiee  of-'  or  ')  miles  from  tiie  cape.  Vessels  sailing  llirougli  the  Strait 
of  Northiimlierland,  \\itli  liie  intention  o|  ;:uiii<;  to  any  port  on  the  noriliern  side  of  the 
island,  will,  alter  giviir^  the  .Norili  Cape  a  wide  bertii,  llnd  all  the  utlii'r  pari  of  the  const 
clear  from  foul  ground,  to  within  tlie  distance  ol  a  ipiarler  of  a  mile  ol'ihe  land,  and  may 
anchor  any  where  in  not  less  than  .'J  fathoms  water;  and  ships  coming  Crom  the  eastward, 
will  find  an  advantage  in  sailing  along  the  iioiMiern  shore  of  the  island,  to  going  through 
the  Strait  of  iNortliumberland.  lor  there  is  more  sea  room,  and  the  prcvr.iling  winds  are 
from  the  S.  Westward;  tliev  may  safely  niii  along  within  a  mile  of  the  shore,  until  tjjtey 
approach  Richm(,iid  J>ay.  There  is  a  reel  exieinling  I'lom  the  east  poirtt  of  the  isliind  to 
the  distance  of  .3  or  I  miles,  and  which  should  not  be  approached  in  the  night  neater  than 
to  the  depth  «»f  17  or  IS  fathoms.  The  only  liarliore  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  for 
ships  of  large  luirtheii,  are  H(dlaii(i  llarlior  and  Jtieliiiioiid  I'ay;  and  olf  these  harbors, 
the  sand  banks,  whicli  form  the  bars,  run  oil  niiire  tliaii  a  mile  from  the  shore.        , 

ST.  PETKli'.S  is  the  ihsi  harbor  on  the  iiorlli  snle,  when  coming  from  the  eastward, 
and  is  fit  for  small  vessels  only.     The  bar  runs  out  about  a  (piarter  of  a  mile. 

Savage  Harbor  is  (if  oiilv  for  small  cral't,  and  has  a  liar  before  it. 

TRACADIK.  or  r.l".  i)l''()llD  iJAY,  has  about  6  or  10  feet  of  water  on  the  bar,  which 
extends  outward  half  a  mile. 

HARRIN(iT()N,  or  LITTLE  RASTICO,  admits  only  small  vessels;  it  coinmu- 
nicates  with  Great  Rastiro  or  Harris  ]]ay,  whicli  is  very  shallow  on  the  bar,  and  calculat- 
ed to  admit  fishery  schooners  only. — The  bar  stretches  olf  n-arly  li;<lf  a  mile.  ' 

NEW  LONDON,  or  CRHNVILLE  IJA  V,  has  about  h  or  in  feet  of  water,  but  the 
bar  is  very  difficult,  and  the  channel  runs  in  west.   Tlie  bar  extends  nearly  half  a  mile  out. 

RICHMOND  \\.\  Y,  in-  M  ALPEC!,  is  a  spacious  harbor,  having  about  17  or  18  feet 
upon  the  bar.  The  sands  wliich  form  tlie  bar  extend  more  than  a  mile  ofl'tlie  harbor. 
The  shoals  on  each  side  are  generally  discernible  from  the  swell  on  them,  and  the  course 
in  and  out  is  nearly  east  and  west.  On  a  vessel's  anchorin":  outside  the  bar  a  pilot  will 
come  oft'.  There  are  twfi  entrances  into  the  bay  ;  between  tiiem  is  Eishery  island.  The 
.«astern  is  the  only  cliannel  by  which  a  vessel  of  burthen  can  enter;  the  western  channel 
being  very  shallow  and  intricate.  Vessels  usually  complete  their  landing  at  about  a  mile 
within  Fishery  Island,  but  a  considerable  current  runs  there.  The  anchorage  is  good, 
and  vessels  lay  in  jierfect  safcrv. 

HOLLAND  HARBOR,  or  CASCUMPEC,  is  the  westernmost  harbor  on  tlie  north 
side.  Here  the  sands  form  a  bar  as  ;it  Richmond  Ray,  and  run  oil' about  a  mile  and  a 
half.  The  harbor  may  easily  be  known  by  the  sand  hills  which  extend  along  the  coast; 
about  half-way  between  the  entrance  of  Richmond  Hay  and  Holland  Harbor,  is  one  san(i 
hill,  near  Conway  Inlet,  much  higher  than  the  rest.  Holland  Bay  may  be  known  by  its 
being  at  the  west  end  of  all  the  range  of  sand  hills.  There  is  good  anchorage  close  to 
the  bar  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms. 

On  the  bar  is  a  depth  of  18  feet  of  water,  and  It  will  not  be  difticult  for  a  stranger  to  run 
in  with  a  ohip  not  drawing  more  than  12  feet  of  water.     There  being  two  leading  marks, , 
painted  white,  bearing  W.  by  N.  by  compass,  a  vessel  of  this  draft,  by  keeping  the  two 
marks  in  one,  with  a  leading  wind,  may  run  in  with  perfect  safety.    But  as  these  marks 
will  carry  a  vessel  over  the  south  tail  of  the  northern  sand,  vessels  drawing  more  than  19 

13 


>mxiw,finfrmti,<t 


1 


98 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


feet  should  not  venture  without  a  pilot.  There  is  a  buoy  on  the  end  of  the  south  sand; 
between  that  and  tin;  '•  1  of  the  north  shoal  there  is  18  feet  of  water.  Vessels  enterio^ 
tho  poit,  if  drawing;  -c  than  12  feet  of  water,  should  not  brini;  the  marks  in  one  till 
they  are  within  the  buj .  The  soundings  off  the  harbor  are  rei!;ular,  and  the  ground  clear. 
Ships  on  cij  iiinsj;  to  anehor  off  the  bar,  will  immediately  bo  attended  by  a  pilot. 

There  is  ahoaler  water  between  the  outer  and  inner  harbor,  on  which  is  about  14  feet 
of  water  in  common  tides.  Vessels  generally  load  to  13  feet  in  the  inner  harbor,  and 
complete  their  cargoes  in  the  outer  one.  In  the  former,  they  lie  alongside  a  wharf  at 
Hill's  Town,  in  4  fathoms  water,  where  they  lie  witliout  any  current,  as  in  a  dock.  In 
the  outer  harl)or  the  spring  tide  runs  strongly,  but  the  water  is  smooth,  the  sta  bein" 
broken  oft'  by  the  bar. 

The  CUlvRKNTS  around  the  island  are  very  inegular,  frequently  running  many 
days  along  tlie  norrh  coast,  from  east  to  west,  and  at  other  times  from  west  to  east. 

The  T^J^l'^^t  'dso,  in  tlie  north  side  ports,  are  irregular,  excepting  spring  tides. 
They  sometimes  keep  .'lowing  for  48  hours,  and  at  other  times  not  u^ore  than  3.  In  com- 
mon tides,  the  water  seldom  rises  more  than  two  feet;  in  sprii.g  tides,  (except  in  strong 
winds  from  the  northward  and  eastward,)  uot  more  than  five  feet. 

GENERAL  DE.SCRIl'TIOxN  OF  THE  COASTS  OF  BRETON  ISLAND,  (fcc. 

The  N.  W.  Coast  of  llroton  Island,  all  along  from  Cape  North  to  Cape  Linzee,  is,  in 
the  inland  parts  of  tin;  fountry.  very  high;  but,  in  some  places,  it  falls  down  gradually 
towards  the  shore.  Sailing  along  on  this  sitie  of  the  island,  from  the  northward,  you 
may  safely  stand  in  to  the  distance  of  two  leagues  from  shore,  until  you  arrive  otf  Justau 
Corp  or  Henry  Isla;ul,  when  you  may  stand  within  one  mile  of  the  shore. 
'  '  In  the  winter  season,  Alien  the  weather  is  mild,  tho  S.  E.,  N.  E.  and  N.  W.  shores  ol 
Breton  Island  alxmiut  with  all  sorts  of  fish;  and  |)leiity  of  lobsters  and  oysters  are  to  be 
found  towarrds  Prince  Edward  Island,  especially  in  Hillsborough  Bay. 

The  Eastern  exniMnity  of  Breton  Islanrl  apiiears,  on  the  sea  shore,  and  to  some  dis- 
tatfDe  up  the  coiiuiry,  barren  and  rocky;  and  the  tops  of  tho  hills,  being  much  alike, 
have  noching  remavkalilo  to  distinguidi  them.  The  rn-ns  of  the  lighthouse  and  town  of 
Louisbourg  serve,  however,  to  point  out  that  part  of  the  island  on  which  they  stand, 
The  coast  continues  rocky  on  the  shore,  with  a  few  banks  of  red  earth,  which  appear 
less  barren. 

The  N.  E.  Coast  of  Breton  Island,  from  Cape  North  to  Cape  Ensume,  the  water  is 
deep,  except  very  near  the  shore.  From  Cape  Ensume  to  Cape  Dauphin  is  high  land, 
but  from  Cape  Dauphin  to  Scatara  Island  it  becomes  rather  low  :  between  Port  St.  Anne 
and  Scatara  Island,  a  vcsstd  may  st..nd  in  shore  to  15,  10,  an<l  5  fathoms,  in  clear  wea- 
ther, the  water  gradually  decreasing  in  depth.  The  following  soundings  were  taken  by 
Capt.  Philip  Aldridgo,  on  making  Cape  North : 

O        '  o        / 

Latitude  iG  50  Longitude  5'J  5(J 9"2  fathoms,  black  mud. 

4b  57  5!)  57 85  ditto,         ditto. 

47     1  58  5') 95  ditto,     rocky  bottom. 

47  10 58  47 100  ditto,     small  red  stones. 

BLANCHEROTTE,  or  WHITE  CLIFF.— On  the  south  coast  of  Breton  is  a  re- 
markable clilf  of  whitish  earth.  Four  niilcs  to  the  westward  of  it  is  a  small  woody  isl- 
and, lying  at  the  distance  of  two  miles  from  sliorc,  and  olf  the  little  harbor  called  St.  Es- 
prit.    Without  this  island,  at  the  distance  of  a  mib'  and  a  half,  on  the  S.  E.  is  a  breaker. 

The  land  hence  to  the  Isb?  of  Madame,  or  Richmond,  is  generally  low  :  it  presents 
several  banks  of  briglit  red  earth,  with  beaches  between  them.  Albion  Clift",  on  the  south 
side  of  Madame,  is  rocky,  remarkably  high  and  precipitous.  On  the  S  W.  side  of  this 
island  is  the  settloiuent  called  Arachat. 

In  the  descrijition  of  the  (iut  of  Canso,  already  given,  (page  94,)  we  have  noticed  the 
general  appearance  of  its  coasts.  On' proceeding  towards  this  strait,  it  should  be  reniyrk- 
ed  that  the  Isles  of  Canso,  on  the  Nova  Scotia  side,  are  surrounded  with  many  low  white 
rocks  and  breakers.  The  south  shore  of  Chedabucto  Bay  is  iron-bound  and  steop  to ; 
its  north  shore  consists  of  red  cliifs  and  beaches. 

Off  the  Cut  of  Canso,  from  the  southern  entrance  northward,  the  western  shore, 
throughout,  is  high,  rocky,  and  steep;  the  eastern  shore  low,  with  beaches.  From  th? 
north  end  of  the  Cut,  the  eastern  shore  to  .lestico,  or  Port  Hood,  is  distinguished  by 
high,  rocky,  red  cliffs.  The  opposite  shore  has  several  remarkable  cliffs  of  gypsum,  or 
plaster,  which  appear  extremely  white.  Cape  St.  George  is  iron-bouud  and  very  high, 
its  summit  being  420  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 


BLUiNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


99 


r  the  3ou(h  sand ; 
Vessels  enterinj; 
marks  in  one  till 
the  ground  clear. 
r  a  pilot. 
1  is  aboDt  14  feet 
iner  harbor,  and 
igside  a  wharf  at 
IS  in  a  dock.  In 
th,  the  Bta  bein" 

\y  running  many 
west  to  east, 
iug  spring  tides, 
■han  3.     In  com- 
(except  in  strong 


ISLAND,  &c. 

pc  Linzee,  is,  in 
I  down  gradually 
northward,  you 
arrive  off  Justau 
ire. 

N.  W.  shores  of 
oysters  are  to  be 

md  to  some  dis- 
cing much  alike, 
)use  and  town  of 
liich  they  stand, 
1,  which  appear 

me,  the  wafer  is 
lin  is  high  land, 
n  Port  St.  Anne 
IS,  in  clear  wea- 
s  were  taken  by 


>m. 
tones. 

Breton  13  a  re- 
mall  woody  isl- 
r  called  St.  Es- 
E.  is  a  breaker, 
ow :  it  presents 
ff,  on  the  south 
W.  side  of  this 

ave  noticed  the 
)uld  be  remtirk- 
nany  low  white 
I  and  steep  to  ; 

western  shore, 
es.  Fromth5 
stinguished  by 
of  gypsum,  or 
and  Yery  high. 


JESTICO,  or  PORT  HOOD,  situate  on  the  western  side  of  IJreton  Island,  is  a  safe 
harbor  for  frigates  with  any  wind;  the  imchorage  is  in  from  4  to  o  fathoms,  mud  and 
sandy  bottom  :  liere  you  may  get  both  wood  and  water.  The  leading  mark  going  in  is, 
Cape  Linzee  on  with  the  highest  sand  hills  that  are  on  the  N.  N.  E.  side  of  the  beach, 
bearing  N.  by  E.  or  N.  N.  E. ;  these  kept  in  a  line  will  lead  you  clear  of  Spithead,  in  4 
to  6  fathoms.  On  the  opposite  biiore  is  a  long  and  broad  flat,  stretching  from  tlie  shore 
three  quarters  of  a  mile,  called  the  Dean,  to  which  come  no  nearer  tliun  in  4  fathoms. 
KVom  hence  the  shore  runs  nearly  in  a  straight  N.  E.  direction  to  C!a|)e  St.  Laurent, 
whence  it  turns  easterly  to  Cape  North:  during  the  wliole  of  this  distance  there  is  no 
harbor  of  note,  but  several  salmon  rivers.  To  the  southward  of  Cape  North  four  or  five 
miles  is  Ashpee  Harbor,  where  there  is  a  settlement  formed  for  the  relief  of  shipwrecked 
seamen,  and  to  the  southward  of  that,  about  30  miles,  is  the  entrance  to  St.  Anne's  Harbor. 

ST.  ANNE'S  HARJJOR,  situate  on  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  island,  was  called  by  the 
French,  when  in  their  possession.  Port  Dauphin,  and  is  a  very  safe  and  spacious  harbor. 
It  has  but  a  narrow  entrance,  and  carries  4. V  fathoms  at  low  water,  until  you  join  the 
beach.  When  in  mid-channel,  you  will  have  9  to  in  fathoms,  and  in  the  harbor  from  5 
to  10  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  On  the  north  side  the  land  is  very  high,  and  sliipr-  of  war 
may  lie  so  near  to  the  shore,  that  a  water  hose  may  reach  the  frc^di  water,  and  a  ship  may 
be  loaded  in  one  day,  from  a  cascad.-i  which  runs  from  the  top  of  the  rock. 

For  more  particular  directions  for  St.  Anne's  Harbor,  you  will  observe  as  follows:— 
After  you  have  i)assed  the  Sihoux  or  Hertford  Isles,  on  the  cast  side  of  tlie  entrance, 
keep  the  south  shore  on  board,  if  the  wind  be  to  the  S.  E.  and  as  you  approach  Passage 
Point,  bring  Cape  Ensume,  or  Cape  Smoke,  which  lies  to  the  norlliward,  nearly  on 
with  Black  Point :  steer  with  these  marks  in  one,  until  you  are  nearly  abreast  of  Passage 
Point,  ofl' which  lies  a  sunken  rock  of  6  feet  water,  and  op|)osite  to  which  begins  the  spit 
fif  St.  Anne's  Flat,  and  the  narrowest  ])art  of  the  channel.  Now  keej)  a  small  hummock 
up  in  the  country,  nearest  to  the  shelving  high  land  to  the  westward  of  it ;  which  hum* 
mock  is  on  the  middle  land  from  the  water-side,  in  a  line  over  the  (ishing-hut,  or  fishing- 
stage  erected  on  the  beacdi :  this  will  lead  in  the  best  water,  until  you  enter  the^|l)ow 
A  i)art  of  the  beach.  When  advanced  thus  far  in,  keep  the  opening  open,  (aboiit  the'siz^ 
of  two  gun-ports,)  which  makes  its  aiijjearance  up  the  S.  W.  ann.  This  opening  IdtJks 
like  two  steep  chtVs,  with  the  sky  appearin.;  between  them,  aiid  will  lead  you  between  the 
beach  and  the  south  shore,  in  mid-channel,  through  *J  ant!  10  fithoms,  and  past  the  beach 
point,  off  which  a  si)it  stretches  to  the  .S.  W.  about  "J  cables"  length.  Having  passed 
this  spit,  come  to  anchor  in  either  side  of  the  harbor  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms,  nmddy  bot- 
tom, and  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

LA  BRAS  D'OR. — 'J'liis  pla  e  ins  liitherto  rem  linod  unknown,  and  unfrequented, 
but  having  recently  been  visited  by  many  vessels  in  the  timber  trade,  some  description 
may  be  acceptable.  It  aj)pe  us,  from  the  charts,  there  are  two  entrances  to  this  lake  or 
inlet,  the  North-jrn,  or  fhcal  Entrance,  and  the  Southern,  or  Little  Entrance;  they  are 
thus  described  by  Mr.  '^J'homas  Kelly,  the  only  ])ilot  of  the  ])lace  ;  but  the  names  of  the 
places  he  refers  to  are  generally  unknown,  and  cannot  be  aiiplied  to  any  publication 
extant. 

SaHinn-  Directions  for  iJie  G rand  liras  d'Or  Entranc<\ — "  Ship*  from  the  southward 
must  give  Point  le  Couie  a  berth  (/f  about  two  miles,  and  steer  from  thence  for  the  east- 
ern end  of  the  inside  Bird  Island,  until  you  bring  M'Kenzie  I'oiiii  and  Cary's  Beach  in 
one.  Make  for  the  15lack  Rock  Point  until  you  have  Messrs.  Dull'us's  Store  just  open  of 
Point  Noir ;  then  steer  for  GoosebiMiy  Beacli,  until  you  briii;  a  clearing  on  Duncan's 
Head  over  M'Ktnzie's  Point.  It  is  to  be  observed,  that  ships  coming  in  with  the  tide  of 
flood  must  keep  Point  Noir  well  alioard,  to  avoid  the  eddy  and  whirlpools  on  the  north 
I  side  of  the  Gut,  which  has  various  settiiitrs.     Vou  must  then  steer  for  I'oint  Jane,  to 

keep  the  fair  stream  of  tide  as  far  as  the  Round  Cove,  where  there  is  fair  aiicliorage  in  7 
or  8  fathoms,  good  holding  cr  um  I.  When  a!)reast  of  the  Bound  (Jove,  steer  over  for 
Duncan's  Head;  iiiid  when  abreast  of  this  Head,  stCL^r  for  Long  Beach,  until  you  bring 
a  tall  ])ine-tree,  on  the  Upi)cr  Seal  Island,  in  one  with  a  notch  or  valley  in  the  mountain. 
You  will  then  make  f)r  the  i)oiiit  of  the  Upper  Seal  Island,  which  will  carry  you  clear 
of  the  slioals  on  the  islands,  as  also  the  South  Shoal,  or  Middle  (iroiiiid.  Tlie  marks 
for  this  shoal  are  a  white  rock  in  the  bank  for  the  eastern  end,  and  a  white  birch-tree  for 
the  western  end.  When  abreast  the  western  end  of  this  shoal  you  may  keep  tlie  middle, 
there  being  no  difticulty  until  you  come  to  Red  Head.  If  boniid  to  lu'iit  Harbor,  after 
doubling  tlie  Ked  Head,  steer  for  a  rcmarkalile  red  bank  covered  with  small  bushes,  until 
you  bring  Mr.  Ihilfiis's  house  entirely  open  of  the  beach  which  is  on  tin'  Island  :  there  is 
a  depth  of  from  4  to  5  fathoms  in  this  harbor,  and  good  holding  ground." 

Directions  for  that  annoflkr  L'lhr  colkil  St.  Patrick's  Chaiintl  and  up  to  Whookamnsh. 
— "  From  Red  Head  you  will  steer  well  over  for  the  Duke  of  Kent's  Island,  to  avoid  a  mud 


100 


BLUNT'S  AftlERICAN  COAST  PILOT* 


\ 


shoiil  which  runs  ofT  from  M'Kay's  Point.  When  abreast  of  the  western  end  of  the  Bukc 
of  Kent's  Island,  sail  for  Wassahack  Head  until  al)rtrast  of  Stony  Island.  Then  steer 
for  Cranberry  Head,  so  as  to  clear  a  shoal  lying  off  from  Wassaback  Head  ;  when  abreast 
of  Cranberry  Point,  sheer  well  over  for  the  JJell  Hock,  to  avoid  a  shoal  lying  on  the  south 
side  of  the  chaiuiel ;  wiicn  aljreast  of  tiie  J5ell  Hock,  ste<rfor  Green  Beach,  observing  to 
keep  Bakdock  River  shut  in  until  you  are  well  up  witli  Green  Beach.  You  will  then 
steer  for  a  beach  on  the  south  shore,  until  you  cross  the  opening  of  tlie  Narrows;  you 
niay  then  sail  through  the  Narrows,  keeping  the  middle  until  you  conic  to  the  western 
end,  when  you  must  haul  round  the  southern  shore  (l)each)  until  abreast  of  the  Plaister 
Cliffs;  you  are  then  clearofall,  and  in  the  Whookainagh  Lake." 

Of  the  Anvlwnnxc  throu}j;h  the  Bras  d'Or. — ''The  fu'st  anchorage  is  the  Round  Cove, 
where  you  may  ride  in  7  or  8  fathoms.  You  may  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms,  in  the  cen- 
tre of  the  harbor,  on  a  middle  ground  ;  the  marks  fur  which  arc  to  bring  the  Table  Island 
u  handspike's  length  open  of  IJlack  Rock  Point  and  Point  Jane  bearing  N.  W.  On  the 
north  side  of  the  harbor  tliere  is  good  anchorage  as  far  up  as  the  Lower  Seal  Islands,  and 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Upper  Seal  Islands,  in  5  fathoms,  and  to  the  westward  of  the  same 
islands  in  7  fathoms.  There  is  no  other  place  of  aiicliorage  from  this  to  the  Big  Harbor, 
where  you  may  ride  in  7  or  6  fathoms;  from  thence  you  may  anchor  at  any  time." 

Setting  of  the  Tide  in  Grand  Jhi/sfl' Or. — "The  tirst  quarter  Hood  sets  from  the  north- 
ward, directly  over  the  shoal ;  last  quarter  W.  S.  W.  being  directly  through  the  channel, 
and  meeting  with  the  tide  coming  over  the  shoal,  sets  towards  the  Black  Point  which 
occasions  it  to  shoot  across  the  (Jut,  nr.tking  a  niuuber  of  whirlpools  and  strong  eddies 
on  each  side  of  the  cliannel,  which  slacks  two  or  three  times  during  the  tide.  The  first 
quarter  ebb  sets  over  the  slioal  to  the  northward  ;  last  quarter  directly  through  the  chan- 
nel.— N..  B.  The  tide  of  ebb  is  the  fairest  setting  tide.  The  tide  runs  in  until  half-ebb, 
and  out  until  hah'-llood,  in  regular  tides;  but  the  winds  make  a  great  alteration,  N.  E. 
winds  making  h'gli  tides,  and  S.  W.  neajnug  them  ;  also  tides  running  out  with  S.  W. 
winds  until  high  water,  and  in  until  low  water  with  N.  E.  winds.  Tides  rise  four  feet, 
unless  affectdid.  by  winds.     High  water  ten  minutes  past  8  o'clock,  full  and  change." 

SYDNEY  ¥lARBUR.  the  entrance  to  which  lies  4  leagues  to  the  S.  E.  of  that  of 
St.  Anne,  is  another  excellent  harbor,  having  a  safe  and  secure  entrance,  with  soundings 
re^gular,  from  sea  into  5  fathoms.  On  a  low  pr/mt  wliich  you  leavt;  on  the  larboard  hand 
going  in,  a  Lighthouse  is  erected  showing  a  fixed  light,  elevated  IGO  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea. 

Entering  the  harbor,  give  the  point  a  berth  of  one-third  of  a  mUe,  and  steer  W.  S.  W. 
when  you  will  have  from  7  to  'J  fathoms  water ;  within  the  point  the  shore  is  bold  and 
perfectly  safe. 

In  the  inner  part  of  the  entrance.  Beach  Point  and  Ledge,  on  the  south  side,  are  steep 
to,  but  Sydney  Flats,  on  the  opjiosite  side,  are  regular  to  4  fathoms.  When  past  the 
Beach  Point,  you  may  run  up  the  river  Dartmouth  to  the  S.  W.  and  come  to  anchor  in 
any  depth  you  please,  to  5  and  10  fathoms,  a  fme  nmddy  bottom. 

The  harbor  of  North  Sydney,  wh.'re  the  vessels  arc  loaded  with  coal  by  lighters,  lies 
9  miles  above  the  Lighthouse  on  the  north  sidt;  of  the  river.  The  coal  is  obtained  three 
miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  same  side  of  the  river  as  the  town.  There  is  a 
Steam  Engine  at  the  Coal  31ines,  with  three  very  tall  chimneys,  the  smoke  of  which  can 
be  seen  8  or  9  miles  at  sea  on  a  clear  day.  The  tide  in  the  harbor  flows  at  9h.  and  rises 
6  feet. 

West  of  Sydney  Harbor  are  Indian  Bay  and  Windham  River,  both  places  of  anchor- 
age, and  fit  for  vessels  to  rim  into,  altiiouiih  little  frecjuented  at  present ;  beyond  these  is 
Murgain  or  Cow  Bay,  at  the  northern  jjoiut  of  which  is  Flint  Island;  there  is  a  passage 
between  this  Islaiul  and  the  main,  with  14  fathoms  water,  but  this  sh<juld  be  adopted 
with  the  greatest  caution,  on  account  of  the  mnnerous  rocks  under  water  that  are  scat- 
tered about:  this  Bay  is  open  to  ilie  iiDrtli-eastward,  and  its  further  end  is  encundjcrod 
with  an  extensive  shallow  flat,  whicli  dries  at  low  water. 

Miray  Bay  is  to  the  southward,  and  its  entrance  is  boimded  by  C'ape  Murgain  and  the 
Island  of  Scatara;  the  Bay  is  wide,  and  runs  in  3  Icaiiues,  branching  off  at  its  Upper  part 
into  two  rivers;  there  is  dee])  water  witjiin  it,  from  20  to  G  fathoms,  and  clear  from  dan- 
gers, but  it  affords  no  shelter  for  shij)ping. 

SCATARA  ISLAND  lies  in  about  the  latitude  of  4fi°  North  ;  its  length  E.  and  W. 
is  nearly  2  leagues,  and  its  breat'fh  about  one  ;  it  is  separated  from  Cape  Breton  by  a 
(  hannel  into  Miray  Bay,  but  this  is  too  hazardous  for  strangers,  and  freiiuented  only  by 
those  coasters  who  are  well  acquainted  with  its  dangers. 

As  vessels  from  Europe  frequently  first  make  the  land  about  Scatara  Island,  it  may  be 
useful  to  give  the  following  observations,  conununicated  by  Captain  Philip  Ahhidge,  who 
says,  "I  am  of  opinion  the  Banquereau  Bank  is  laid  down  somewhat  too  far  to  the  east- 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


101 


ward  in  the  rliaits,  for  on  my  p;\.ssi(c;e  to  Quebec,  in  1823,  I  found  no  bottom  with  BO 
fiithonis,  where  oO  Tttlioms  is  liiid  down  •  and  with  latitude  44^  44',  and  lon£;itude  57°, 
the  longitude  well  corrected  andascertainw.V  there  was  no  ground  at  80  fathoms  ;    and  in 

O         '  o         ' 

Latitude  44  3G    Lonj^itude   57  34 no  ground  with  80  fathoms. 

■ —  45     (J i)f^  'JO 20  fathoms,  white  sand  and  stones. 

45     6 5d  24. .......  .22  ditto,  sand  and  pieces  of  shells. 

45  13  58  2'J. . .  k 30  ditto,  rocky  ground. 

J5  26 58  30. ...... .  .no  ground  with  80  fathoms. 

We  made  the  Island  of  Scntara  in  the  evening,  during  a  fog,  and  saw  great  quantities  of 
gaimcts.  who  vcrv  .seldom  llv  far  from  the  land." 

LUL'lSlJOrMUr  HAlllVoil  is  .situated  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  Cape  Breton,  to  the 
westward  of  .Scatara  Island,  and  is  very  easy  of  access;  you  may  be  soon  in,  and  you 
may  likewise  be  soon  out,  if  you  please.  In  doing  so  be  careful  to  avoid  the  Nag's  Head, 
a  sunken  rock  nn  the  starboard  liand  going  in.  The  east  part  of  the  harbor  is  the  safest. 
On  the  east  head,  and  oi.  the  site  of  the  old  French  Lighthouse,  a  White  Beacon  has 
been  erected;  it  may  l)e  scon  some  distance.  Tlie  inhabitaiitsconsist  of  a  few  fishermen 
(jnly.  Water  is  plenty  liere,  but  wood  is  scarce.  The  Nag's  Head  Rock  lies  nearly 
one-third  from  tlie  lighthouse  point,  and  has  no  more  than  3  feet  on  it  at  low  water. 
The  larboard  side  going  in  is  the  boldest. 

GABARUS  BAY. — From  the  entrance  of  Louisbourg  to  Guion  Isle,  called  also 
Portland  Tsl(>.  the  course  is  .S.  W.  I)y  W.  and  the  distance  moi'o  than  3  leagues.  Be-* 
tween  lies  the  l)ay  called  (iaburus  Bay,  which  is  spacious,  and  has  a  depth  of  from  20  to 
7  fathoms.  Off  tiui  south  point  of  this  bay,  called  Cape  Portland,  lie  the  Cormorants,  a 
number  (jf  islets  and  rocks,  which  are  dangerous.  About  4  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Ga- 
oarusBay  is  tbe  l'':jrke(l  Harbor,  a  narrow  winding  iidet,  where  small  vessels  mayrunintO» 
and  lie  landlocked.  .\nd  (ivc  miles  8.  Westward  of  this  is  the  remarkable  white  cliff,  al- 
ready noticed,  lad  called  Caj)e  iJlancherotte.  The  shore  now  winds  to  the  westward,  to 
Cape  liinchinbroke  and  the  Isle  of  Madame.  • 

Arachat  llarljor  has  two  entrances;  the  north-western  one,  being  Very  narrow,  ought 
never  to  i)e  atteuiptcil  without  a  leading  wind,  as  there  is  nf)t  room  for  a  large  ship  to 
swing  to  her  auchors,  sliould  she  be  tal;en  aback.  When  going  in,  give  the  led^,  to  the 
westward  of  Seymoiu'  Island,  a  good  berth,  not  ajiproaching  it  nearer  than  8  fathoms, 
and  keep  as  near  as  possible  in  mid-channel,  to  enur  by  the  South-Eastern  passage  steer  - 
for  Port  Maraclie,  rouniiinsj;  it  in  8  fathoms  at  about  two  cables'  length  off,  and  keep  that 
shore  on  board  at  neatly  the  same  distance  and  depth  of  water  until  the  church  bears 
north  ;  you  will  then  see  a  small  house  (the  dead  house)  on  the  top  of  the  hill  behind 
the  church ;  bring  that  on  with  the  east  end  of  the  church,  and  then  steer  in  that  direc- 
tion ;  you  will  thus  pass  mid-way  to  the  eastward  of  the  Eleven  and  Five  Feet  Shoals« 
and  als'i  to  the  westward  of  the  Fiddle-head  Slioal  ;  proceed  with  this  mark  on,  until  a 
red  house  on  Fiddle-hoad  PoiiU  coiii(>s  on  with  the  dark  rocky  extreme  of  the  point, 
bearing  E.  i  S.  ;  you  will  then  be  to  the  northward  of  the  Twelve  Feet  Shoal,  and  may 
haul  up  to  the  westward,  where  you  will  liave  excellent  anchorage  on  fine  soft  mud,  o}*- 
posite  to  the  low  sandy  beaeli,  mi  the  middle  of  Seymour  Island,  in  10  fathoms. 

Fox  Island  .\nchorage  is  one  of  the  greatest  mackerel  fisheries  in  Nortii  America, 
during  the  motiliis  of  September  and  October.  When  sailing  in  you  must  pass  to  the 
westward  of  Fox  Island,  uiviiig  it  a  berth  of  a  (juarter  of  a  mile,  as  there  are  rocks  both 
above  and  under  water,  with  .'J  and  4  fathoms  close  to  them.  You  may  anchor  in  from 
4  to  10  fathoms,  with  the  west  end  of  the  Island  bearing  frou)  E.  N.  E.  to  N.  N.  E,  keep- 
ing about  midway  between  the  island  and  the  main.  The  water  shoals  gradually  to  the 
bar,  which  extends  from  the  island  to  the  opposite  shore;  it  has  not  more  than  6  or  7 
feet  on  its  deepest  part,  and  dries  in  one  place  about  one-third  ol' the  distance  from  the 
islanil  to  the  main  ;  with  northerly  and  with  westerly  winds,  the  fishing  vessels  ride  to  the 
eastward  of  it  in  (Vom  two  to  foiu'  fathoms,  and  shift  to  the  westward  with  easterly  winds. 

At  Milford  Haven,  it  is  high  water  full  and  change  at  8',  h.  and  the  conuuon  spring 
tides  rise  8  feet.  At  llu?  Day  of  Roeks  at  8[  h.  rising  7  and  8  teet,  and,  at  the  Gut  of 
Cunso,  at  8,^  h.  eommon  spring  tides  rising  51  feet. 

To  clear  "the  ('erberus  Itock  to  the  westward,  bring  Arachat  Church  open  of  the  west 
end  of  Seymour  Island.  To  clear  it  to  tlie  southward,  bring  Bear  Island  just  to  touch 
Edily  Point :  (ireen  Island  in  a  line  with  Point  Pogan  will  lead  directly  upon  it. 

CHEDABUCTO  BAV  is  wide  and  s])acious;  it  is  bold  toon  both  shores,  and  free 
from  danger  ;  on  its  southern  side,  which  is  high  and  nearly  straight,  of  Fo.x's  Island  and 
Crow  Harbor.     Fox     Island  is  small,  and  lies  near  the  shore. 

CROW  HARBOR  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Chedabucto  Bay,  and  is  capable 
of  containing  ships  of  war  of  the  0th  and- 5th  rates,  merchant  ships,  &c.     Many  schoon- 


ms. 


"WPM^P— •- 


102 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PII  OT. 


ers  and  sloops  resort  here  in  the  months  of  July  and  Aiigtist,  to  take  mackerel  and  her- 
rings. The  passage  in  is  to  the  S.  W.  of  tlie  Jsland  tliat  lies  in  the  entrance.  (Jn  the 
south  side  of  the  beach,  a  beacon  is  erected,  to  lead  ships  clear  of  the  t'orhyn  Hocks. 
Keep  this  beacon  in  a  line  with  a  remarkable  tree  upon  the  high  land,  and  it  will  lead 
you  also  clear  of  the  Hook  Island  liock,  that  lies  Mo  fathoms  from  the  N.  W.  j)oiut  of 
Hook  Island. 

MILFORD  HAVEN,  or  the  Harbor  of  Guysborough,  at  tlie  head  of  the  IJay,  is  im- 
peded by  a  bar,  but  a  sloop  of  war  may  pass  over  it.  Within  the  bar  vessels  lie  in  j'cr- 
tect  security  ;  the  tide,  however,  sets  in  and  out  with  great  rai)i(iity.  'J'hc  town  is  at 
present  a  place  of  little  trade  ;  Init  it  is  protected  by  a  battery.  A  little  to  the  south- 
ward of  Guysborough  is  Salmon  liiver,  which  rises  a  considerable  way  up  the  country, 
and  contributes  to  fertilize  an  extensive  tract  of  good  land.  From  Manchester  round 
the  north  shore  of  Cliedabucto  Day  ihesliorcs  are  full  of  settlements,  and  wear  a  pleasing 
aspect,  and  on  the  northern  side  of  Cliedabucto  l>ay  you  will  see  several  red  ciifis  ;  this 
shore  is  sandy,  with  regular  soundings  in  the  middle  of  the  Day  ;  the  water  is  deep,  from 
25  to  35,  (fee.  to  50  fathoms. 


^        :H 


THE  SOUTHfJRIV  C«AST  OF  I\OVA  SCOTIA. 


CHEDABUCTO  BAY  TO  HALIFAX  HARBOR. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  LAND.— The  eastern  part  of  Nova  Scotia  is  broken 
into  thesevecat'islands  and  passages  as  r('])rc.sented  on  the  ('harts.  Of  the  islands,  which 
are  low  and  covered  with  stunted  fir-tic.'s,  the/irst  on  the  N.  E.  is  called  Durell's  Isl- 
and, the  secoftd  George's  I«:land,  and  the  third,  Caiiso  or  St.  Andrew's  Island  ;  outside 
this  latter  Island  is  the  smalle;-  one,  called  Cranberry  Island,  which  is  now  distinguished 
*^by  the  liglithouse  below  described.* 

:',  CAPE  CANSO  is  the  outer,  i/r  easternmost  point  of  St.  Andrew's  Island.  From 
this  Cape,  westward,  to  Torbay,  the  coiist  makes  in  several  wliite  heads  or  points ;  here 
the  country  is  much  broken  ;  and  near  the  S.  E.  extremity  many  \vhit<i  stones  appear 
from  the  offing,  hke  slice])  in  the  woods.  During  a  southerly  gale  the  sea  is  dreadful 
here.  From  Torbay  to  Liscombe  Harbor  there  are  banks  of  red  earth  and  beaches; 
and  from  Liscombe  Harbor  to  the  liugged  Islands,  (excei'ting  the  White  Isles, 
which  are  white  rocks,)  the  Capes  and  Outer  Islands  are  bound  with  black  slaty  rocks, 
generally  stretching  out  in  spits  from  east  to  west:  and  from  the  Rugged  Islands  to 
JDevil's  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Harbor  of  Halifax,  there  are  several  remarkably 
steep  red  cliiTs,  linked  with  beach. 

The  fishermen  of  Arachat  are  w  ell  acquainted  with  the  channels  and  inlets  on  'his  coast, 
and  frequent  them,  more  ])articularly  in  the  spring  and  fall,  to  catch  mackerel  and  her- 
rings, of  which  large  slioals  commonly  lesort  here  ;  but  the  rocks  are  so  numerou.*,  and 
the  passages  so  devious,  that  no  stranger  should  attempt  them. 

Of  the  many  rocks  lieieabout,  the  outer  lireaker  called  the  Jlass,  a  rock  of  3  feet  water, 
lies  more  than  two  miles  E.  ^V  »5.  from  the  lighthouse  on  Cranlieny  Island.  At  seven- 
tenths  of  a  mile  S.  E.  from  Cape  Canso  is  a  similar  rock,  called  the  Roaring  Bull ;  and, 
at  one  mile  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  the  latter,  there  is  said  to  be  another,  discovered  by  a 
fisherman  of  Canso,  in  IHITJ;  but  its  existence  seems  to  l)e  (|ucsti(inable. 

CANSO  HARBOR. — Sailing  from  the  westward  into  this  harbor,  .';o  soon  as  you  iiave 
passed  the  Roaring  Bull,  over  which  the  sea  generally  breaks,  run  for  Pitipas  or  Ikcd 
Head,  taking  care  when  above  the  Black  Rocks,  to  keep  thein  open  of  the  rocky  islets 
off  Cape  Canso,  until  you  bring  (ilas::{)w  Head  and  the  north  end  of  Inner  Island  in  one, 
which  will  carry  you  above  Man  of  War  Ro.*k  ;  then  steer  westerly,  being  careful  to 
uToid  Mackerel  Rock,  and  make  for  ]>nryiiig  Island,  the  north  end  of  which  you  must 
not  approac  h  nearer  than  to  have  a  depth  of  five  fathoms;  then  anchor  to  the  north- 
westward of  it  on  a  bottom  of  mud. 


"  Ncartliis  Cape  a  new  lichllioiiso  has  been  erected  on  Cranl)crry  I?lnnd,  and  calcuiatrd  to  be 
of  mostcasentia!  service  to  iiiarincrs  win  frequent  diis  dangrrous  const,  but  more  ])nrticularly  those 
who  intend  passinjr  llirougli  the  (Jut  of  Cnnso.  It  lins  been  observed  that  t'u-  (iut  of  Canso  will,  by 
tlipse  means,  becoine  the  common  thorourrhfare  to  the  (nilf  and  River  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  tend  to 
Aiitigatc  ihe  inconvenience  an  i  rigors  of  a  late  or  cailj'  passage  to  (Quebec,  &€. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


103 


St.  Andrew's  Passa::5e,  le;i(!in;T  to  Glasgow  Harbor,  being  so  thickly  encumbered  with 
rocks,  can  only  be  navigated  by  those  who  are  well  acquainted  with  its  dangers. 

Coming  t'roui  the  eastward  pass  between  Cape  Canso  and  Cranberry  Island  ;  giving  the 
latter  a  sufficient  berth  to  avoid  a  shoal  which  stretches  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  steer 
for  Piti[  .;s  Head,  as  before  directed.  The  Northern  Passage,  between  Durell's  and 
George's  Islands,  notwithstanding  its  narrowness,  yet  having  a  depth  of  water,  and  a  clear 
channel,  will  be  found  to  be  the  best  passage.  In  sailing  in,  keep  mid-channel  between 
Bald  and  Net  Rocks,  the  former  beiug  above  water,  and  the  latter  drying  at  onequirter 
ebb,  when  you  may  steer  with  safety  by  attending  to  the  chart,  and  the  situation  of  Bury- 
ing Island.  At  Cape  Canso  it  is  high  water  full  and  change  at  50  minutes  after  8  o'clock, 
and  the  tides  rise  from  5  to  8  feet. 

DOVE  II  BAY  is  a  wild  deep  indent,  with  a  number  of  islands  and  sunken  rocks  a\  its 
head ;  yet  shelter  may  be  tound  on  the  western  shore,  or  during  a  south-east  gale,  by 
giving  a  berth  to  the  rocks  that  lie  olf  tlie  south  end  of  Big  Dover  Island  ;  these  are  verj 
visible  in  bad  weather  ;  haul  up  under  the  Island,  and  anchor  between  the  small  islands 
on  the  eastern  side  ;  within  these  'slands  Little  D(jver  passage  continues  out  south-east- 
ward, having  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  water,  and  tpiite  safe. 

Eastward  of  Little  Dover  is  St.  Andrew's  Cliannel,  for  which  no  directions  can  be 
given,  for  even  those  who  are  well  accpuiinted  witli  the  navigation,  cannot  keep  themselves 
clear  of  the  rocks.  This  channel  leads  to  Glasgow  Harbor,  which  is,  in  fact,  a  part  of 
Canso  Harbor. 

These  jjlaces,  says  Mr.  Lockwood,  deserve  notice,  as  they  may  afford  shelter  in  cases 
of  emergency,  and  in  war  time  are  nests  for  privittters;  while  from  the  heights  adjacent 
may  be  had  an  extensive  view  of  whatever  passes  in  the  offing. 

RASPBHRUY  HARBOR  is  to  (he  westward  of  that  of  Canso,  or  Port  Glasgow:  it 
is  small,  and  the  shore  is  within  quite  bold.  At  tlio  entrance,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  aQ 
island,  having  a  ledge  close  to  it  on  the  S.  E.  l>y  rounding  this  ledge,  you  may  steer 
directly  into  the  harbor,  and  come  to  an  anchor  uii(Ii'r  the  island  which  lies  in  the  middle 
of  it,  in  the  depth  of  7  tatlioms,  where  you  will  ritlo  safely.  The  country  here  is  rockj 
and  barren,  and  there  is  a  quarry  of  granite,  niiuh  in  request  for  millstones.  The  outlet 
between  Raspberry  Island  and  the  main,  is  a  complete  dock,  where  vessels  can  lash  them' 
selves  to  both  shores,  and  ride  in  .'50  feet  water;  but  half  way  through  it  has  only  10  feet. 

WHITE  HAVEN,  which  is  two  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Raspberry  Harbor,  is  a' 
place  of  hideous  aspect.  Of  its  roicky  islets,  the  larger  and  outer  one,  called  White  Head, 
from  the  color  of  its  sides,  is  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  This  islet  appe'ars  round 
and  smooth,  and  is  a  useful  mark,  as  the  passage  in,  on  either  side,  is  in  mid-channel, 
not  dilTicult  to  navigate,  and  the  anchorage  is  good  throughout,  in  a  muddy  bottom.  Off 
the  head  are  two  breakers,  one  S.  S.  E.  and  the  other  E.  by^.  half  a  mile  off. 

TORB  AY. — The  entrance  of  this  bay  is  formed  on  the  west  by  a  bold  headland,  called 
Berry  Head.  The  channel  in.  is  between  this  head  and  the  islands  to  the  eastward.  E. 
S.  E.  from  the  head,  and  south  of  George's  Island,  are  three  very  dangerous  rocks,  which 
do  not  break  when  the  sea  is  smooth.  Within  the  bay,  under  the  western  peninsula,  there 
is  excellent  anchorage  in  from  6  to  4  fathoms,  iuddy  bottom,  up  to  the  eastern  par^  of 
the  bay,  there  is  also  anchorage  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay  in  from  7  to  3  fathoms, 
similar  ground,  where  a  vessel  may  |-e  in  safety  during  any  gale.  The  adjacent  lands  are 
rocky,  but  vessels  are  built  here  of  from  40  to  IJO  tons,  which  are  employed  in  the  fish- 
eries. 

The  principal  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering,  are  the  small  sunken  rocks  in  the 
offing,  which  in  smooth  water  do  not  break  ;  they  should  be  left  to  the  eastward.  Within 
the  bay  the  anchorage  is  excellent  in  a  luuddy  bottom,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  spots 
of  rocks,  sheltered  from  every  wind. 

Tufhiui  to  Countr)j  Harbor. — From  Torbay,  westward,  to  Country  Harbor,  the  land,  in 
general,  continues  rocky  and  sterile,  with  deep  water  close  in,  but  regular  soundings  with- 
out, and  from  30  to  20  fathoms  of  water. 

Coddle's  Harbor,  which  is  o\  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Berry  Head,  affords  shelter 
to  small  vessels  only;  and  these  enter  on  the  eastern  side,  to  clear  the  breakers.  There 
is  a  deep  inlet  called  New  Harbor,  which  lies  al)out  7  miles  from  the  islands,  and  connected 
with  a  chain  of  extensive  lakes,  but  its  navigation  is  obstructed  by  a  bar  across  its  en- 
traiice ;  and  it  is  open  to  southerly  winds. 

Nr]\V  HARBOR. — This  ])lace  is  so  much  exposed,  that  even  small  vessels  which 
occasionally  resort  there  in  the  fishing  season,  are  under  the  necessity  of  leaving  it  the 
moment  a  southerly  wind  arises. 

Inland  Harbor  lies  between  Harbor  Island  and  the  main,  and  affords  excellent  anchor- 
age on  a  bottom  of  mud ;  it  is  particularly  convenient  for  going  to  sea  with  almost  any 
wind. 


r^^^^^^ 


104 


BLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


Isaac's  Harbor  is  on  iiw  north-east  side  of  Country  Harl)or,  and  liiis  ^ood  holding 
ground,  with  snllicicnt  depth  of  water  for  any  vessel.  Between  Isaac  Harbor  and  Har- 
bor I'oint,  the  jjronnd  is  fonl  and  rocky. 

CUUiNTRV  llAKliUJi.— The  tine  Ijarbor,  called  Country  Ilariuir,  is  navi^al.le  f„i 
the  largest  ships,  twelve  miles  imni  its  entrance.  It  is,  at  |)resent.  but  thinly  settled, 
yet  there  are  reasons  for  believing  that,  in  consecpu'nce  of  improvements  in  the  neiglibor- 
hood,  the  population  will  s])e(Miily  increase.  The  shores  an;  bold ;  the  anclim'au'e  soft 
inud,  .vith  a  deiith  of  l.'3  to  ■")  fathoms.  iMr.  Lorh-icno'l  has  said  that.  "  iki  i)(isiti(m  in  the 
prov  tice  is  more  advantageous  (or  settlers  than  this  linrlior:  at  its  mouth  tlic  isbuids  af- 
ford shelter  to  <isherme;i  and  small  vessels,  as  well  as  tiie  means  of  erecting  their  stages  ; 
and  tlie  fishing  grounds,  at  a  short  distance  in  the  ofling,  abound  in  halibut,  haddock,  cod, 
and  what  they  term  the  i)ait-tishery  ;  that  is,  mackerel,  gaspereaux,  snu-lls.  iVc.  Salmon 
•fire  plentiful  in  the.,  season  ;  and,  but  for  the  inipi-ovident  use  of  iliis  v.duaijle  addition 
to  the  means  of  subsistence,  would  continue  for  ages."  'i"he  ledges  olf  tiie  harbor  gene- 
rally break,  and  between  them  are  deep  passages.  On  advancing  from  the  eastward, 
there  are  two  rocks  to  lie  avoided,  wliich  lie  as  shown  on  the  Charts;  proceeding  inward, 
you  should  give  (ireen  [slaiid  a  small  b(Tth,  and  the  dangers  on  that  sidt;  will  be  avoidt'd. 
The  rocks  on  the  west  id'  the  entrance,  iiameil  Castor  and  i'ldlux,  are  ai)ove  water  and 
bold  to.  When  abce  them  give  Cape  Mocodaine  a  good  Ijeiili,  so  as  to  avoid  th(.'  J>ull, 
a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  that  breaks  in  rough  weather,  and  lies  about  half  a  mile  from 
LS'l  the  extremity  of  the  cape.     The  black  rocks  arc  i)artly  dry,  and  from  them  ujjwards. 

there  is  no  danger,  and  the  anchorage  is  good.  N'essels  entering  this  liarbor,  nmst  use 
the  utmost  caution  in  steering  between  tlie  ledges  and  nicks  which  are  scattered  about ; 
fortunately  they  commonly  sliow  themselves  whenever  tlicre  hajfpi'ns  to  be  any  st-a.  tiiis 
will  render  the  entrance  less  difhcult ;  but  Iraving  i)asscd  the  Black  Ledge,  wliicii  is  th'; 
innernvosf  danger,  the  navigation  will  be  perfectly  safe,  for  the  hn-gest  fleet.  The  tide  is 
scarcely  td  be  perceived,  except  when  in  the  spring  the  ice  and  snow  dissolves,  and  heavy 
rains  are  prevalent,  At  the  entrance  of  Country  Harbor,  it  is  high  water  on  lull  and 
change  at,8  h.  4Q  nj.     Tides  rise  from  6  to  9  feet. 

Fishemuin^s  Herrbor. — In  entering  tliis  place  between  Cape  Mocodame  and  the  Black 
X^edge,  great  care  must  always  be  taken,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Bull  Rfick,  which  dries  at 
low  watei'.'but  is  Covered  at  high  water,  and  (    ly  breaks  when  the  weather  is  bad. 

HARBOR  ISLAND.— -The  Islands  on  tne  oast  side  of  the  entrance.  Green  Island, 
Goose  Island,  and  Harbor  Island,  or  the  William  and  Augustus  Islands  of  Des  Barres, 
^re  low  and  covered  with  scrubby  trees.     Within  Harbor  Island  is  excellent  anchorage. 

BICKEJRTON  HARBOR,  to  the  west  of  Fisherman's  Harbor,  is  fit  for  small  vessels 
only.,  At  two  mi4es  to  the  west  of  it  is  Holhn's  Harbor,  a  ])lace  of  shelter  for  coasters, 
and  resorted  to  by  the  fishermen.  Indian  H-.rbnr  is  a  shallow  and  unsafe  creek,  but  has 
good  lands,  well  clothed  with  ])ine,  maple,  birch,  and  sjniiee.  The  next  inlet,  called 
Wine  Harbor,  has  a  bar  of  sand,  which  is  nearly  dry.  There  are  a  lew,  and  but  lew. 
(settlers  on  these  harbors. 

ST.  MARY'S  RIVER,— The  navigation  of  this  river  is  impe.Iod  by  a  bar  of  12  feet 
water,  which  extends  across  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  three-quarters  above  (iunnini: 
Point,  the  west  point  of  the  entrance.  ]5elow  the  bar,  towards  the  western  side,  is  a  mid- 
dle ground,  which  appears  uncovered  in  very  low  tides ;  and,  ai)ove  the  bar  nearly  in 
fnid-ehannel,  is  a  small  rocky  islet.  The  passage  over  the  bar  is  on  the  eastern  side  ol 
this  islet.  The  tide,  whicli  is  very  rapid,  marks  out  the  channel:  the  latter  is  devious, 
between  mud-banks,  extending  from  each  shrire,  and  dry  at  low  water.  The  depths  up- 
ward are  from  24  to  li-s  feet.  .Sailing  in  you  shoulil  proceed  for  4  miles  N.  N.  W.  then 
2  miles  N.  by  W.  and  afterwards  N.  N.  W.  to  the  Fork,  where  it  divides,  the  western 
branch  terminating  in  a  brook  :  the  eastern  l)rancli  continuing  navigable  a  (piarter  of  a 
mile  further  up  to  the  rapids.  The  town  of  Sliert)rook  is,  at  present,  a  small  village  a: 
the  head  of  th';  river,  about  three  leagues  from  the  sea. 

WEDGE  LSLE.— The  islet  called  AVedge  Isle,  wliich  lies  at  the  distance  of  half  a 
league  south  from  tlie  S.  W.  ])oint  of  St.  Mary's  liiver,  is  remarkable,  and  serves  as  an 
excellent  glzide  to  the  harbors  in  the  neigliborhood.  The  side  of  this  islet,  towards  the 
main  land,  is  abru])t,  and  its  summit  is  ll.'j  feet  al)ove  the  sea.  From  its  S.  W.  end  ledges 
stretch  outward  to  the  distance  of  half  a  mile ;  and  some  sunken  rocks,  extending  towards 
it  from  the  main,  obstruct  the  passage  nearly  half  way  over.  About  2-  miles  south  from 
the  Wedge,  is  a  (Ishing  bank  of  30  to  20  feet,  the  area  of  which  is  about  200  acres. 

JEGOGAN  HARBOR  may  be  readily  found,  on  the  eastward  by  Wedge  Island,  and 
on  the  westward  by  the  bold  and  high  land,  called  Redman's  Head.  The  pa.ssage  in  is 
easy,  at  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  Head,  and  anchorage  good,  in  mud- 
dy bottom.     Three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  it  is  a  dry  ledge,  called  the  Shag. 

LISCOMB  HARBOR. — The  entrance  of  this  harbor,  which  is  one  of  the  best  on  the 
coast,  ia  between  Liscomb  Island  and  the  head-land  on  the  west,  called  Smith  or  White 


BLUNT  S  AMERIC.1      COAST  PILOT. 


105 


Dod  lioldiDi^f 
or  anil  liar- 

lavi t;ivM('  i\n 
iiiiy  si'Mled, 
10  iiei^libor- 
clioraao  soli 
sition  in  the 
(■  islands  af- 
lu-ir  sta:;cs  ; 
iidduck.  cod, 
:c.  iSalinon 
djle  addition 
l)arl)()r  i;ene- 
ic  easiwiird. 
liiiia  inward. 
I  bf  avoided. 
'e  water  and 
)id  tin;  J)idl. 
a  mile  I'roni 
hi  upwards. 
)r,  must  use 
tcred  about ; 
my  sea.  this 
whic'li  is  th-' 
The  tidn  is 
:s,  and  heavy 
f  on  lull  and 

id  the  Black 
liich  dries  at 
5  bad. 

roen  [slan{i. 
Des  Barres. 

anehoraee. 
mall  vessels 
or  coasters. 

ek.  but  has 
iidet.  called 
|uid  but  lew. 

u-  of  ]  2  feet 
e  (Tuniiini: 
le,  is  a  mid- 
ir  nearly  in 
[tern  side  ol 
is  di'vious, 
[depths  up- 
"  W.  then 
llic  western 
luarter  of  a 
II  vil]a::c  a: 

b  of  half  a 
Jerves  as  an 
lowards  the 
end  ledges 
|ng  towards 
5outh  from 
Icres. 

Island,  and 
Issage  in  is 
Id,  in  mud- 
pest  on  the 
or  White 


Point.  From  the  S.  E.  end  of  Liscomb  Island,  a  ledge,  with  breakers,  extends  to  the 
distance  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile.  Within  and  under  the  lee  of  the  island  is  safe  an- 
chorage in  from  i:}  toH  fatlioms.  On  the  N.  K.  of  the  island,  a  vessel  c  ught  in  a  S.  K. 
gale  may  be  sheltered  by  Redman's  Head,  already  described,  with  the  Head  S.  S.  E.  in 
6  and  7  fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  clay. 

Oil  the  west  side,  the  ground  from  Smith  Point  is  shoal  to  the  distance  of  nearly  a 
mile  S.  S.  K.  and,  at  2\  miles  south  from  the  point,  is  a  rock,  on  which  the  ship  Black 
Prince  was  lost.  It  cor.  fantly  breaks,  and  is  partly  uncovered.  The  island-side  is  bold. 
The  first  direction  of  the  harbor  is  nearly  north,  then  W.  N.  W.  Opposite  to  the  first 
fish-stage,  at  half  a  mile  from  shore,  is  as  good  a  bertli  as  can  be  desired,  in  7  fathoms. 
From  this  place  the  harl)or  is  navigable  to  the  distance  of  four  miles:  it  is,  however,  to 
be  observed,  that  there  are  two  sunken  rocks  on  the  north  side.  At  Green  Bay  (Liscomb 
Harbor)  spring  tides  rise  7";  feet,  neap  4  V. 

BAY  OF  ISIvAND.S.— The  coast  between  Liscomb  and  Beaver  Harbors,  an  extent 
of  ()  leagues,  is  denominated  the  Bay  of  Islands.  Within  this  space  the  islets,  rocks,  and 
ledges  are  innunierable  :  they  frum  passages  in  all  directions,  which  have,  in  general,  a 
good  depth  of  water.  At  the  eastern  part  of  this  labyrinth,  near  Liscomb,  is  Marie-et- 
Joseph,  an  excellent  harbor  fi>r  the  largest  ships,  but  requires  caution  to  enter.  Nicom- 
quirque  is  a  small  settlement  in  the  same  range,  the  inhabitants  of  which  are  an  industri- 
ous set  of  people.  Newton-quaddy,  next  east  of  Beaver,  is  scarcely  fit  for  any  but  fish- 
ing and  other  small  craft,  as  the  channel  in  is  rocky  and  narrow. 

The  White  Islands,  nearly  halfway  between  the  harbors  of  Beaver  and  Liscomb,  appear 
of  a  light  stone-color,  with  green  sununits.  The  latter  are  about  GO  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea.  The  isles  are  bold  on  the  south  side  ;  the  passage  between  them  saie ;  and 
there  is  good  anchorage  with  them,  in  from  10  to  7  fathoms.  From  these  the  rocks  and 
ledges  extend  five  or  six  miles  from  E.  to  E.  N.  E.  they  are  bold  to,  and  mostly  dry,  the 
water  within  them  being  always  smooth. 

BEAVER  HARBOR. — The  Pumpkin  and  Beaver  Islands  are  very  rgfefirkable  to  vet- 
sels  sailing  along  the  coast,  particularly  Pumpkin  Island,  which  is  a  lofty  axid  dark  barren 
rock  ;  but  they  afford  ii  smooth  and  excellent  shelter  inside  of  them'dur|ng  a  southerly 
j^ale.  Southerland  Island  has,  on  its  N.  W.  side,  a  deep  and  bold  inleC  where  a  vessel 
may  lie  concealed  and  secure  as  in  a  dock.  When  in  the  offing,^the  harbor  is  remarka- 
ble on  account  of  the  small  island  which  lies  north  of  the  Black  Rock,  having  at  its 
southern  end  a  red  cliff,  being  the  only  one  on  this  part  of  the  coast;  having  entered  the 
harbor,  you  may  choose  your  anchorage,  according  to  the  direction  of  the  wind,  the  bot- 
tom being  generally  mud.  The  basin  on  the  west  side  is  so  steep  to,  that  a  small  vessel 
may  lie  afloat,  lier  side  touching  the  beach. 

The  Harbor  is  too  intricate  to  be  recommended  to  a  stranger. 

SHEET  HARBOR.— This  harbor  is  nearly  half-way  between  Country  Harbor  and 
Halifax.  It  is  dangerous  for  vessels  to  approach  in  thick  weather.  The  narrow  channel 
between  Sober  Island  and  the  main,  affords  secure  anchorage  on  a  bottom  of  mud. 

Without  the  harbor  are  several  ledges,  which  show  themselves,  excepting  the  outer  one, 
called  by  the  fishermen,  Yankee-jack,  and  which,  when  the  sea  is  rmooth,  is  very  dan.jer- 
ous.  It  has  been  asserted,  that  a  rocky  shoal  lies  half  a  mile  to  the  south  of  the  Yankee, 
but  its  position  has  not  been  ascertained. 

Within  the  entrance  is  a  rock,  two  feet  under  water,  which  will  be  avoided  by  keeping 
the  Sb  et  Rock  open  of  the  island  next  within  it,  on  the  eastern  side.  In  sailing  or  turn.. 
ing  up  the  harbor,  give  the  sides  a  very  moderate  berth,  and  you  will  have  from  11  to  5 
fathoms,  good  holding  ground. 

The  flood  at  the  entrance  of  Sheet  Harbor  sets  S.  S.  W.  about  one  mile  an  hour.  High 
water,  full  and  change,  at  8h.  50  m.     Tides  rise  7  feet. 

MUSHABOON,  to  the  westward  of  Sheet  Harbor,  is  a  small  bay,  open  to  the  S.  E, 
which  affords  shelter  at  its  head  only,  in  from  7  to  5  fathoms,  nmddy  bottom.  It  is  con- 
nected to  Sheet  Harbor  by  a  clear,  deep,  and  bold  passage,  between  an  island  and  the 
main  land,  not  having  a  shoal  or  obstruction  in  it.  Here  you  may  lash  your  vessel  to  the 
trees,  and,  lying  in  5  fathoms,  soft  bottom,  with  the  side  touching  the  clifl"  be  perfectly 
sheltered  from  al)  winds.  This  place  is  uninhabited,  the  land  being  incapable  of  cultiva- 
tion. In  going  through  the  passage  to  Sheet  Harbor  you  uiust  guard  against  a  sunken 
rock  at  its  uu)uth,  which,  from  the  smoothness  of  the  water,  seldom  shows  its  position  ; 
this  rock  lies  400  yards  off  Banbury  Islands,  and  may  easily  be  cleared  by  keeping  the 
Sheet  Rock  open  of  the  island. 

SPRY  HARBOR  has  on  each  side  the  entrance,  a  high,  rocky,  barren  cape,  distin- 
guishable at  a  long  distance.  When  sailing  in  you  will  perceive  the  land  in  the  centre 
of  the  harbor,  appearing  in  three  distinct  hills ;  keep  the  valley  between  the  two  eastern- 
most on  with  the  Bald  Eocks,  which  will  lead  you  between  Mad  Moll  Reef  and  Malo- 

14 


iAMRM 


mtmm'^'' 


106 


BLl'iNT's  AMCKK'AN  COAST  I'II,(»T. 


ney  Rock ;  you  mny  now  stpei-  in  lor  tin;  !intlior:n;c,  ;it  tlic  western  head  of  the  liarbor. 
where  a  fleet  maybe  land-locked  in  a  muddy  bottom. 

This  harbor  is  open  to  S.  K.  and  K.  S.E.  winds.     At  the  entrance,  the  flood-tide 
t  iefs  in  at  about  one  mile  an  hour.     The  tide,  at  the  entrance  of  Spry  Harbor,  sets  in 

I  with  the  velocity  of  about  one  miic!  an  hour. 

DEANE,  or  rUPE'S  tlARJJOK,  on  the  western  side  of  Gerard's  Tsles  above-men- 
tioned, has  a  ledge  at  its  entrance,  forminsj  an  oi)tuse  angle  at  the  two  points,  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  from  eacn,  and  from  which  a  shoal  extends  to  the  southward  half  a 
mile.  It  may  be  passed  on  either  side  :  l)ut,  on  the  west,  caie  nuist  be  taken  to  avoid 
a  shoal  extending  from  the  outer  Tangier  Island.  'JMie  best  shelter  is  under  the  smaller 
island  on  the  eastern  side,  where  there  are  from  8  to  b  fathoms,  with  bottoni  of  blue  clay, 
mud  and  sand. 

TANGIER  HARBOR,  next  to  Deane  or  Popes,  is  formed  by  craggy  barren  islands, 
which  secure  vessels  from  all  winds.  At  about  two  m.les  from  its  mouth  v.i  a  ledge  that 
dries  at  low  water.  The  anchorage  is  under  the  eastern  shore,  above  Fisher's  Nose,  in 
6  to  4  fathoms,  stift'  mud.  Here  are  sonie  good  tracts  of  pasture  land,  and  the  few  in- 
habitants are  occupied  in  the  fishing  and  coasting  trade. 

SHOAL  BAY  is  the  Saunders  Harl)or  of  Des  Barres.     This  bay  has  a  good  depth 

of  water  and  excellent  anchorage,  on  fine  whit<!  sand  and  strong  mud.     The  latter  is  to 

the  northward  of  the  island  now  called  Charles  Island,  and  vessels  lie  in  it,  land-locked, 

in  7  fathoms.     Oil'  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  is  a  rock,  that  always  breaks;  but  it  is  bold 

r  to,  and  may  be  passed  on  either  side.     Sonu^  parts  of  the  harbor  will  admit  large  ships  to 

k  lie  afloat,  along  side  the  shore,  over  a  bottom  of  black  mud.     Supplies  of  stock,  6cc.  may 

;  1m)  obtained  from  the  inhabitants  of  this  pince. 

''SHIP  HARBOR  is  easy  and  safe  to  enter,  having  good  anchorage  in  every  part,  the 
bottom  being  a  tough  clay  of  bluish  color;  it  leads  to   Charles's  River,  above  the  nar- 
rows of  which  a  fleet  of  the  largest  ships  may  lie  alongside  of  each  other,  without  the 
..smallest  motior.     In  tViis  harbor,  and  on  the  isles  about  it,  are  near  twenty  families,  who 
.keep small  stocks  of  cattle,  &c.     The  entrance,  called  by  Des  Barres  Knowles'  Harbor, 
is  fleep  and  bold :  it  lies  between  two  islands,  of  which  the  eastern  i^  Brier's  Island,  on 
the  western  part  of  which  is  a  lighthouse.     A  white  cliff,  which  may  be  seen  for  a  con- 
1  ftderable  distance  in  the  otBng,  is  a  good  mark  for  the  harbor :  at  first  it  resembles  a  ship 
'^^der  sail)  but  oi*  approaching  seems  more  like  a  schooner's  top-sail.     Brier's  Island, 
*    -b40^  mentioned,  Is  a  low  rugged  island,  and  ledges  partly  dry,  extend  from  it  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  :  avoiding  these  when  entering  this  way,  you  may  range 
fdpng  the  western  island,  and  come  to  an  anchor  under  its  north  point,  in  6  or  7  fathoms,  the 
bottom  of  mud.     Ship  Harbor,  proper,  commences  about  7  nules  to  the  N.  W.  of  Brier's 
Island,  at  a  beach  in  the  western  shore,  which  has  6  fathoms  close  to  its  side  ;  its  entrance 
ig  one  third  of  a  mile  broad,  widening  as  you  ascend  it:  above  Green  Island  are  some 
thoals  and  ledges,  but  the  anchorages  below  them  are  capacious  and  good.     Spars,  stock, 
water,  and  firewood  may  be  obtained  here. 

OWL'S  HEAD,  or  KEPPEL  HARBOR,  which  is  next  to  the  west  of  the  harbor 
last  described,  although  smaller  than  many  other  harbors  on  the  coast,  has  suflficieut  space 
for  a  fleet.  It  may  be  known,  at  a  distance,  by  Owls  Head,  on  the  western  side,  which 
appears  round,  abrupt  and  very  remarkable.  The  neighboring  coast  and  isles  are  rugged 
and  barren,  but  the  harbor  has  a  few  settlers.  The  entrance  is  of  sufficient  breadth  to 
allow  a  large  ship  to  turn  in  it ;  and,  within  the  harbor,  shipping  lie  land-locked,  when 
in  6  and  7  fathoms,  with  a  bottom  of  mud.  In  taking  a  berth,  you  will  be  guided  by  the 
■  direction  of  the  wind;  as,  with  a  S.  W.  gale  the  western  anchorage  is  to  be  preferred, 
and  the  eastern  with  a  S.  E.  The  tide  sets  into  this  harbor  from  the  S.  W.  at  the  rate 
of  one  mile  an  hour. 

LITTLE  HARBOk  is  somewhat  to  the  westward  of  Owl's  Head  Harbor,  and  is  a 
place  of  safety  for  small  vessels  ;  but  its  entrance  is  intricate,  and  requires  a  good  know- 
ledge of  the  passages  leading  to  it,  in  order  to  enable  a  vessel  to  enter. 

JEDORE  HARBOR. — In  the  offing  at  the  distance  of  two  leagues  of^'  the  land,  the 
body  of  the  flood  sets  in  S.  W.  by  S.  at  the  rate  of  half  a  mile  an  hour.  From  the  ap- 
pearance of  this  harbor  on  the  Charts,  it  might  be  presumed  that  it  is  spacious  and  com- 
modious; but  on  examination,  it  will  be  found  to  be  really  diflerent.  The  entrance  is 
unsafe  and  intricate ;  a  shoal  of  oidy  11  feet  lies  at  its  nu)uth  ;  the  channel  within  is  nar- 
row and  winding,  and  there  are  extensive  mud  flats,  covered  at  high  water,  and  uncovered 
with  the  ebb :  hence  a  stranger  can  enter  with  safety  only  at  low  water,  the  channel  be- 
ing then  clearly  in  sight,  and  the  water  sufficient  for  large  ships.  The  best  anchorage  is 
abreast  of  the  sand-beach,  two  miles  within  the  entrance,  in  from  9  to  6  fathoms,  on  a 
bottom  of  stiff  mud.  Two  and  a  half  miles  above  the  beach  the  harbor  divides ;  one 
branch  to  the  larboard,  is  navigable  nearly  to  its  extremity,  and  has  several  sunken  rocks 
on  it ;  while  to  the  starboard  is  a  large  space  with  a  clear  bottom,  and  from  3  to  5  fathoms. 


On  the! 
their  el 

Thef 
deplors 

WitJ 
ands,  bl 
cessity 
Clanib  I 

THH 
frigate'J 
isle  calll 
face.     ' 
end  of 
of  .fedc 

An  aj 
and  upt 
end  of 
This  shI 
with  thf 
is  also 
only  5  f( 
the  Brie 
to  show 
search  f 

It  is  h 
tide  rise 
and  the 

POL 
the  Poll 
during 

.IE  DO 
should  b 
Charts,  a 

Behcet 
there  are 
height,  ri 
of  the  eai 
called  Tl 
to  be  dea 
it  has  o( 
The  clilTl 
ward.  1 
with  the 
cases  of r 
Island,  ai 

In  beat 
the  souni 
says,  "  w 
saw  an  i< 
Jedore,  a 
had  a  thi 
Owl's  H« 
of  red. 
to  the  we 
stones,  tl 


of  tlie  harbor, 

,  thi-  flood-tide 
Harbor,  Hcts  in 

des  al)ov«;-meii- 
)  poiiitH,  three- 
uthward  half  a 
'  taiicn  to  avoid 
!ider  the  smaller 
)ni  of  blue  clay, 

!  barren  islands, 
1  1:4  a  ledge  that 
is'ier's  Nose,  in 
and  the  few  in- 

is  a  p;ood  depth 
The  latter  is  to 
it,  land-locked, 
s;  but  it  is  bold 
lit  large  ships  to 
stock,  &c.  may 

I  every  part,  the 
,  above  the  oar- 
er, without  the 
y  famihes,  who 
lowles'  Harbor, 
lier's  Island,  on 
seen  for  a  con- 
esembles  a  ship 
Brier's  Island, 
from  it  three- 
you  may  range 
r  7  fathoms,  the 
W.  of  Brier's 
its  entrance 
and  are  some 
Spars,  stock, 

of  the  harbor 

ufRcieut  space 

n  side,  whicli 

es  are  rugged 

ent  breadth  to 

locked,  when 

guided  by  the 

be  preferred, 

W.  at  the  rate 

arbor,  and  is  a 
a  good  know- 

the  land, the 
From  the  ap- 
ious  and  com- 
le  entrance  is 
within  isnar- 
ind  uncovered 
I  channel  be- 
anchorage  is 
fathoms,  on  a 
divides;  one 
sunken  rocks 
to  6  fathoms. 


bliint's  amkhk  an  coaht  pilot. 


107 


On  the  eastern  ■'hore  are  Oyster  PonrI  and  Navy   F'ool,  two  deep  iidets,  but  choaked  at 
their  entrance  by  a  bed  of  rocks;  the  river  terminates  with  a  rapid. 

The  lands  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  are  stony,  but  tolerably  good  ;  the  rest  barren  and 
depl(>ral)le. 

Without  the  entrance,  on  the  eastern  side,  are  two  isles,  called  Roger  and  Barren  Isl- 
ands, between  and  within  which  tlie  passages  aie  good,  and  afford  shelter  in  case  of  ne- 
cessity ;  from  these  the  land  runs  nearly  K.  N.  E.  and  tonus  a  deep  inlet,  called  Clam  or 
Clantb  Bay. 

THK  BRKJ  ROrK.— This  is  a  very  dangerous  rock  of  .T  feet,  about  the  size  of  a 
frigate's  long  boat;  il  lies  S.  K.  i  E.  from  .lerlore  Head,  and  S.  W.  two  miles  from  the 
isle  called  Long  Island.  The  weed  on  the  top  of  it  may  (rcquently  be  seen  at  the  sur- 
face. The  m.  rks  for  this  rock  are  a  house  and  l)arn  in  (.'lam  Hay,  just  open  of  the  east 
end  of  Long  Island,  bearing  N.  5°  E.  anil  the  house  on  Jedore  Head  open  to  the  N.  E. 
of  .Jedore  Rock. 

An  account  is  given  of  a  rocky  shoal  over  which  a  vessel  passed  in  8  fathoms  water, 
and  upon  which  were  taken  the  following  iiearings  :  .ledore  I  lead  N.  N.  W.  \  W. ;  west 
end  of  Long  Island  N.  E.  by  N.:  and  .ledore  Outer  Ledge  or  Brig  Rock,  E.  by  S. 
This  shoal  may  have  less  water  upon  it  in  other  parts,  but  as  these  hearings  do  not  agree 
with  the  chart,  we  ap|)rehend  there  must  be  some  error  in  its  exact  position.  Mention 
is  also  made  of  a  rock,  bearing  from  .ledore  Head  S.  38°  E.  distant  6  miles;  this  has 
only  a  feet  over  it,  and  •,*-'  fathoms  close  within  and  without  it.  This  is  supposed  to  be 
the  Brig  Rock,  but  if  so,  the  bearings  are  not  correct.  These  two  notices  are  inserted 
to  show  that  some  dangers  exist  hereabout,  and  will  be  sufiicient  to  warn  the  mariner  to 
search  for  and  cautiously  avoid  them. 

It  is  high  water  at  .ledore  Head  full  and  change  at  20  minutes  after  8  o'clock,  and  the 
tide  rises  from  6  to  9  feet.     At  Owl's  Head,  it  is  high  water  at  30  minutes  after  8  o'clock, . 
and  the  tide  rises  from  .5  to  7  feet. 

POLLUCK  SHOAL. — At  about  nine  miles  south  from  .ledore  Head  is  a  reef,  called 
the  Polluck  Shoal;  its  area  is  about  one  acre,  having  a  depth  of  24  f^$t  over  it;  and^ 
during  a  swell,  the  sea  breaks  on  it  with  great  violence.  "  *>^-  . 

.f  EDORE  LEDCtES.— Those  advancing  i)etween  the  Brig  Rock  and  Polluck  Shod, 
should  be  cautious  in  approaching  any  of  the  .ledore  Ledges  :  they  are  laid  down  on  the 
Charts,  and  said  to  extend  I'roni  five  to  nine  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  harbor. 

Between  Jedore  and  Hulifar,  there  are  no  harbors  of  any  consideration  for  shipping,  but 
there  are  numerous  settlements.  The  land  in  this  extent  is,  in  general,  of  moderate 
height,  rising  gradually  from  the  shore.  Red  and  precipitous  cliffs,  the  characteristic 
of  the  eastern  coast,  may  be  seen  from  seven  to  nine  miles  off.  The  best  harbor  is  thai 
called  Three  Fathoms  Ilarbor.  When  you  are  within  this  harbor  the  passage  will  be  found 
to  be  clear  between  banks  of  soft  mud.  But  it  is  only  fit  for  schooners  and  sloops,  although 
it  has  occasionally  been  visited  by  large  vessels.  The  anchorage  is  tough  blue  clay. 
The  cliffs  are  composed  of  bright  red  earth,  remarkable  for  vessels  coming  from  the  east- 
ward. This  harbor  lies  immediately  to  the  east  of  an  islet  called  Shut-in-Island  ;  and, 
with  the  wind  on  shore,  is  difficult  and  dangerous  ;  so  that  it  is  to  be  attempted  only  in 
cases  of  real  distress.  The  channel  lies  two-thirds  over  to  the  northward  from  Shut-in- 
Island,  and  turns  short  round  the  starboard  point  to  the  westward. 

In  beating  to  windward,  ships  may  stand  to  within  a  mile  and  a  half  of  the  shore, 
the  soundings  being  tolerably  regular,  from  20  to  12  and  8  fathoms.  Captain  Aldridge 
says,  "we  made  the  land  to  the  windward  of  Jedore  Ledges,  which  bore  E.  S.  E.  and 
saw  an  island,  appearing  white  along  the  bottom ;  between  this  and  another  island  lay 
Jedore,  a  large  rock,  to  the  eastward;  the  island  was  quite  white  round  the  bottom,  and 
had  a  thick  green  wood  at  top;  to  the  westward  of  the  westernmost  of  these  islands,  is 
Owl's  Head  ;  a  large  high  bluff  land,  the  western  part  of  it  is  a  darkish  white,  with  a  patch 
of  red.  A  little  to  the  eastward  of  this  red  patch  are  two  houses,  situated  in  Clamb  Bay, 
to  the  west  of  which  is  a  sandy  beach.  In  coming  from  the  bank  we  had  45  fathoms, 
stones,  then  37,  39  and  40  fathoms,  mud  and  small  pebbles." 

HALIFAX  TO  CAPE  SABLE. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. — Vessels  coining  from  the  eastward,  and  bound  for  the 
harbor  of  Halifax,  should  pay  particular  attention  to  their  soundings,  especially  when  they 
consider  themselves  in  the  neighborhood  of  Sable  Island  ;  which  island  and  its  sur- 
rounding banks  we  shall  hereafter  describe  ;  it  will  therefore  only  be  necessary  at  present 
to  remark,  that  the  island  is  low,  and  appears  like  small  sand  hillocks  ;  that,  in  summer, 
it  frequently  is  enveloped  in  a  fog,  but  you  may  always  discover  your  proximity  to  it,  by 
your  soundings  ;  and  tliat  on  its  N.  E.  and  N.  W.  sides  are  dangerous  bars  ;  you  will 
have,  except  on  these  sides,  2  fathoms,  2  cables'  length  off,  and  your  depth  will  increase 


rm  TswwuijP'"*'-"-'  '-'■ 


y 


\- 


^ 


108 


BLUIVT*H  AMKRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


in  proportion  to  the  distance  you  arf  from  it,  at  a  general  rate  of  about  2  fathoms  for 
every  mile,  until  you  are  more  than  'JO  miles  from  it.  .Si>;nals  are  placed  on  the  island, 
and  also  a  gun  to  answer  such  as  may  he  heard  from  vessels  in  dii^treMs,  or  in  thick  weather, 
which  have  already  saved  from  shipwreck  a  numlier  of  vessels. 

In  making  land  more  to  the  south-westward,  and  about  Cape  Sable,  you  must  be  par- 
ticularly careful  to  avoid  *Seal  Island  Kocks  and  the  Hra/.il  Kock.  Te  the  westward  of 
Great  Seal  Island  the  soundings  are  very  irregular  for  upwards  of 'JO  miles,  at  which  dis- 
tance are  45  fathoms,  gravel  and  stones.  Indeed  the  soundings  along  Nova  Scotia  from 
Cape  Canso  to  Cape  Sable,  partake  of  the  same  irregularity,  from  J6  to  50  fathoms, 
therefore  you  should  not  come  nearer  the  land  than  H5  fathoms,  unless  you  are  well  assur- 
ed of  the  exact  |)art  you  are  in,  lor  otherwise,  endeavoring  to  enter  llalilax,  you  may  be 
driven  into  Malione  or  Mecklenburgh  Hays,  and  be  caught  by  S.  K.  winds.  The 
weather  is  generally  foggy  4  or  (i  leagju's  offshore,  both  in  spring  and  summer;  but  it 
becomes  clearer  us  you  get  nearer  the  coast,  and  with  the  wind  olf  tlie  land  it  will  be  per- 
fectly clear. 

From  one  to  three  leagues  out  to  the  seaward,  rnacker'cl,  halibut,  rays,  haddock,  and  cod 
are  found  in  plenty  ;  nnci  at  the  entrance  to  the  harbors  and  rivers,  salmon  is  taken  from 
April  to  August ;  the  bays  abound  with  herrings  in  June  and  July,  and  with  torn-cod 
all  the  year  round. 

Mariners  may  always  know  their  approach  to,  and  arrival  into,  soundings  by  the  in- 
creasing coldness  of  the  water. 

HALIFAX,  the  ca])ital  of  Nova  Scotia,  is  large  enough  to  accommodate  any  quan- 
tity of  shipping  in  perfect  safety.  Its  direction  lies  nearly  N.  and  S.  being  about  IG 
miles  in  length,  and  terminates  in  Bedford  IJasin,  which  is  an  extensive  sheet  of  water,  con- 
taining 10  squire  miles  of  safe  anchorage.  The  town  is  situated  on  the  declivity  of  a 
peninsula  at  the  western  side  of  the  harbor,  about  10  miles  from  its  entrance. 

HALIFAX  HARBOR. — In  approaching  the  harbor  of  Halifax,  you  will  perceive 
the  coast  about  its  environs,  jjarticularly  to  the  southward,  to  be  rairged  and  rocky,  with 
-|)Btbbes  of  withered  wood  scattered  about,  but  the  land  is  rather  low  in  general,  and  not 
'VtMbl4^'  20  miles  oft,  except  from  the  (|uarter  deck  of  a  74  ;  the  high  mountains  of  Le 
Have  ind  Aspotogon  excepted*  which  may  be  seen  !)  leagues  oil".  When  Aspotogon 
HilU,  which  hay^ ja  long  level  appearance,  bear  north,  and  you  are  6  leagues  distant,  au 
\^.  N;  E.  coursel^U  carry  you  to  Sambro  lightliouse;  this  stands  on  Sainbro  Island,  and 
il^ndered  remarkable  by  being  a  high  tower,  elevated  above  the  sea  JIO  feet ;  there  are 
two  &4  pounders  placed  on  the  island,  under  the  direction  of  a  small  party  of  artillery 
men ;  thtose  ^tire  fired  on  the  approach  of  vessels,  and  contribute  much  to  the  mariner's 
safety  by  warning  him  oft' the  adjacent  breakers.  Sambro  Island  and  lighthouse  lies  on 
the  S.  Wi  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  In  standing  in  for  the  land  you  may 
kno\.  on  which  side  of  the  harbour  you  are  by  a  remarkable  diff'erence  that  takes  place 
immediately  from  its' mouth  in  the  color  of  the  shores;  which,  if  red,  denotes  you  are 
to  the  jastward,  and  if  white,  to  the  westward  of  it.  S.  by  E.  distant  'I  full  miles  from  the 
lighthouse  lies  the  Henercy  Rock,  with  only  3  feet  water  over  it ;  and  E.  N.  E.  distant 
one  mile  from  the  Henercy,  lies  the  Lockwood,  of  I'J  feet:  these  appear  to  be  but  little 
known,  although  they  are  both  so  very  dangerous. 

THE  LEDGES. — About  two  miles  to  the  westward  are  the  Western  Ledges  ;  these 
are  the  Bull,  the  Horses,  and  the  S.  W.  or  Outer  Rock;  the  Bull  is  the  westernmost 
and  nearest  to  the  land :  this  is  a  rock  above  water,  lying  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  S. 
E.  by  E.  ft-om  Pendant  Point,  the  lighthouse  bearing  from  it  E.  7°  S.  The  Horses  are 
about  a  mile  to  the  south-eastward  of  the  Bull,  the  lightliouse  bearing  E.  by  fjf.  distant 
one  mile  and  three-quarters;  and  the  S.  W.  Rock  or  Ledge  lies  with  the  lighthouse 
bearing  E.  by  N.  distant  one  mile  and  a  half;  to  avoid  these,  constant  caution  will  be 
requisite,  though  they  are  surrounded  by  deep  water  ;  the  channel  between  the  Bull  and 
the  main  having  10  fathoms  water,  and  the  passage  clear;  between  the  Horses  and  the 
Bull  are  16  fathoms,  and  no  intermediate  danger  ;  and  between  the  Horses  and  the  S. 
W.  Rock  there  are  20  fathoms. 

The  Eastern  Ledges  are  the  Sisters  or  Black  Rocks  ;  these  lie  nearly  E.  by  S.  from 
the  lighthouse,  distant  two-thirds  of  a  mile.  There  is  also  the  Bell  Rock,  lying  further 
in,  and  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  land,  the  extremity  of  Chebucto  Head  bearing 
N.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant  three-quarters  of  a  mile.  In  advancing  up  the  harbor  you  will 
meet  with  several  other  rocks,  as  ilie  Rock  Head,  which  lies  with  Chebucto  Head  S.  W. 
by  W.  distant  2t  miles,  and  the  Devil's  Island,  N.  E.  nV  E.  about  the  same  distance  ;  the 
Thrum  Cap,  which  extends  from  the  south  end  of  Mac  Nab's  of  Cornwallis's  Island ; 

*  On  Seal  Island  a  Lighthouse  is  erected,  showing  a  fixed  light.  From  Cape  Sable  it  bears  W. 
N.  W,  \  W.  dis'ant  16  miles. 


t  2  fathoms  (ot 
'a\  on  (he  Liliuid, 
n  thk'k  weiitlicr, 

ou  iiniHl  be  piir- 
the  westwjinl  of 
?8,  at  which  <h.H- 
ova  Scotin  from 
'i  to  50  fnthoiiis, 
J  are  well  assur- 
ifax,  you  iiiiiv  l)»! 
•].  wiinls.  The 
suniiiit'r ;  but  it 
ml  it  will  be  pcr- 

a(l(K»ck,  atiil  cotl 
II  is  taUcii  from 
u\  with  toin-cod 

dings  by  the  in- 

odatc  any  quan- 
bein^  about  IG 
;et  of  water,  coo- 
lie declivity  of  a 
nice. 

)U  will  perceive 
and  rocky,  witli 
ireneral,  and  not 
lountains  of  Le 
'hen  Aspotogon 
gues  distant,  nu 
inbro  Island,  and 
J  feet ;  there  are 
)arty  of  artillery 
to  the  mariner's 
;hthouse  lies  on 
land  you  may 
that  takes  place 
lenotes  you  are 
II  njiles  from  the 
N.  E.  distant 
rto  be  but  little 

Ledjjes ;  these 
le  westernmost 
ds  of  a  mile  S. 
'he  Horses  are 
by  }j.  distant 
the  lighthouse 
caution  will  be 
en  the  Bull  and 
orses  and  the 
ses  and  the  S. 

E.  by  S.  from 
,  lyiuii  further 

Head  bearing 
arbor  you  will 
0  Head  S.  W. 

distance  ;  the 
fallis's  Island ; 


ible  it  bears  W. 


IILI'M'.-*  AMKKUA.N  (OAST  IMl.OT. 


109 


the  I/ichfield,  on  the  weKtern  side  of  the  harbor,  having  only  Ifi  feet  w 'trr  over  it;  and 
the  .Mars  |{o(k,  lying  also  on  tin-  wcsicrn  side,  INtint  Sandwich  lienrmg  north  disliiiit 
half  a  mile,  anil  nearly  in  a  line  with  it  anil  the  west  side  of  (leorge's  island;  all  tlies(> 
are  distinguished  by  buoys  and  (lags  being  placed  upon  them.  'There  Ls  also  a  reef, 
called  the  Horse  Shoe,  which  runs  out  from  Manger's  Heacli  on  the  west  side  of  Mae 
Nab's  Island;  this  is  dangerous  and  must  carefully  be  avoided.  On  Maimer's  Heacli  is 
a'l'ower.  called  .'^lierbrook  Tower,  on  which  is  a  lii;lithonse.  elevated  oH  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea,  erei  ted  for  the  |Mirpose  ol' guiding  vessels  up  the  harbor. 

When  abrenst  of  Cliebncto  Head,  or  when  Sanibi  Light  bears  W.  S.  W.  the  light 
on  Manger's  Heaeli  should  never  be  brought  to  the  westward  of  north.  By  keeping  the 
light  from  North  to  N.  by  K.  will  lead  clear  of  the  'riiriim  Cap  .Shoal.  Tliis  lighthouse 
bears  from  the  Thrum  Cap  buoy  N.  ,\  W.  two  miles  and  a  hall'. 

Dire.rtion»  for  iihvrhruol;  Tower  Ligltiliouse. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  must  keep  Sambro  Light  ojien  to  the  southward  of 
Cliebncto  Head,  until  the  liglii  opens  on  Manger's  Beach,  which  will  then  bear  N.  }i  W. 
when  they  will  be  to  the  westward  of  Tliiiiiii  Cap  .Shoals,  and  may  shape  a  course  up 
the  harbor,  always  keeping  the  light  on  the  beach  open,  and  on  the  starboard  bow. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  westward  will  see  the  light  w hen  they  are  as  far  to  the  east- 
ward as  Chebucto  Head;  by  keepiiij;  it  open  and  on  the  starboard  bow,  it  will  lead  them 
u|)  to  the  beach. 

The  light  on  .SherbrooU  Tower  appears  of  a  red  color,  which  distinguishes  it  from  any 
otluT  on  the  coast.  ,. 

High  water,  Halifax  Dock-Yard,  8  o'clock  ;  spring-tides  rise  from  6^  to  9  feet.     High  J,-. 
water  at  .Sambro  Isle  Hli.  15ni;  spring-tides  rise  from  .')  to  7  feet.  '  t  *    -*  . 

Half  way  between  Mauger's  Beach  and  (ieorge's  Iidand,  is  a  shoal,  on  the  oppilbsite 
side,  extending  to  the  S.  E.  from  Point  I'lcasant  nearly  one  third  ol  tn^  channel  over, 
and  having  a  buoy  at  its  extremity  ;  the  thwart  mark  lor  this  buoy  is  a  littje  islet  at- the 
entrance  of  the  N.  W.  arm.  on  with  a  remarkable  stone  upon  the  hill,  appiearing  ^e  a 
coach-box,  and  bearing  W.  S.  W.  Between  I'oint  Pleasant  .Shoal  and  Mauger't Beach, 
is  a  middle  ground  of  4.^  and  5  fathoms,  sometimes  pointnl  out  by  a^buoy:  tbU  middle 
ground  extends  north  and  south  a  (able's  length,  and  is  about  .'30  fjUBjBns  broad;  as-ydtu 
fall  0(1"  to  the  eastward  of  it  there  will  be  found  I'rom  7  to  10  fatholtns  wateft  muddy  bot- 
tom ;  while  on  the  -vest  side  there  are  from  10  to  14  fathoms,  coarse  rocky  soundings. 

REID'.S  ROCK  has  12  leet  water  over  it,  and  lies  in  shore,  about  mid-way  between 
Point  Pleasant  and  Halifax  :  the  thwart  mark  for  this  danger  is  a  farm  houae  in  the  wood, 
over  a  black  rock  on  the  shore,  bearing  W.  by  .S.  and  opposite  to  Reid's  Rock  is  a  bacj 
on  a  spit  extending  from  the  N.  \V.  end  of  Mac  Nab's  Island. 

MAC  NAB'S  ISLAND  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  and  is  nearly  three 
miles  in  IcuL'th  and  one  in  breadth;  there  is  a  small  island  to  the  eastward  of  it,  called 
Carroll's  Island  ;  boats  can  pass  this  way  or  between  it  and  the  Devil's  Island  shore,  in 
what  is  commonly  called  the  S.  K.  Passage,  but  the  channel  is  too  .shallow  for  shipping, 
and  it  is  further  obstructed  by  a  bar  of  sand  to  the  southward,  over  which  is  only  8  feet 
water.  Mac  Nab's  Cove  has  good  anchorage  in  t'rom  'J  to  4  fathomS,' muddy  ground  ; 
the  best  situation  is  in  7  (utlioms,  with  Mauger's  Beach  and  Sandwich  Point  locked ; 
George's  Tower  touching  Ives's  Poiiit 

Dartmouth  is  a  settlement  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  harboi',  opposite  Halifax.     . 

To  Sail  for  Hail  far  Harbor. — Having  made  the  li:.'ht!ionse,  and  coming  from  the 
westward  at  night,  witha  westerly  wind,  the  light  being  7  or  H  miles  oH",  steer  E.  N.E.or  E. 
by  N.  until  you  have  passed  the  S.  \V.  Ledges,  and  the  iisihthouse  bears  north,  then  run 
on  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  until  yon  bring  it  to  bear  N.  W.  which  being  done,  take  a  N. 
N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  course,  until  you  bring  it  W.  N  W.  you  will  then,  agreeably  to 
the  wind,  haul  up  N.  or  N.  by  E.  for  fJliebucto  Head,  avoiding  the  Bell  Rock.  Che- 
bucto Head  is  bold  to  within  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  ;  run  on  north,  along  the  west 
shore  for  Sandwich  Point,  which  also  is  bold  :  thus  you  will  safely  pass  the  Lichfield 
Rock,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  side  ;  this  rock  has  a  buoy  placed  on  its  eastern  end, 
a  mile  northward  of  which  is  the  Mars  Rock,  whose  situation  is  pointed  out  by  another 
buoy,  which  must  al.so  be  left  to  the  larboard.  When  abreast  of  Sandwich  Point  get  as 
near  Middle  Channel  as  you  can,  for  on  the  opposite  side  is  the  Horse  .Shoe,  a  danger- 
ous shelf,  which  stretches  out  from  Mauger's  Beach;  steer  on  Mid-Channel  between 
Mauger's  Beach  and  the  Horse  Shoe,  and  having  passed  the  latter,  edge  over  towards 
Mac  Nab's  Island.  Midway  between  the  Island  and  Point  Pleasant  Shoals,  on  the  ex- 
tremity of  which  is  a  buoy,  and  rather  more  than  ^  a  mile  further,  on  the  same  side,  is 
Reid's  Rock,  whose  position  is  also  denoted  by  another  buoy  :  the.se  are  all  to  l.-e  left  ou 
the  larboard  side.    On  the  st''vboard,  or  opposite  side,  is  a  red  buoy  placed  upoT 


{ 


^ 


110 


niJi\TM  /\Mi;itir.\i\  roAsr  imi.ot. 


S|>it,  which  I'ttns  oft'  IM;ic  Nah's  Islanrl  ;  you  will  Nitil  nn  Itctwrrti  thr****  two  liiftor  hiiovn, 
Hiiil  hiivinn  piisscil  thi"  Kn-I,  Mlccr  (hit-ctly  iiortli  (or  (itM»ri;t''s  Ishirid,  which  you  iiutv 
piiMH  on  either  Midc  anil  run  ii|)  Cor,  aeul  ahrcai^t  o(,  the  town  (»('  llahl'iix,  where  yon  will 
find  atichoraue  in  <)  and  HI  lalhonis,  innddy  ground  ;  two  ralih-s'  h>nK(h  east  ofthe  moor- 
int{  liiioys,  or  near  cinxiuh  to  tlie  wliarvcs  to  throw  yonr  haw.ser  on  Nhnre.  'I'here  in  a 
middle  ground  heiwern  MaiiKcr'.s  iieach  and  I'oiiit  IMcasant  Slioal,  which  Moinetiirien 
has  a  buoy  upon  it,  hut  no  less  than  5  (athoins  han  yet  been  found  n|)on  it. 

"Thn  ^reat  dilliculty  <d' making  ilalit'ax  I'roni  the  eastward,  particularly  in  thn  wintrr 
snaNnii,  is  that  the  winds  are  ^'etu'rally  Croin  the  W.  S.  \V.  to  N.  W.  and  blow  so  haid  ai 
to  reduce  a  ship  to  very  low  canvass,  if  Hot  to  bare  judes  :  but  sliould  the  wiiul  coiiie  to 
tlie  eastward,  it  is  invariably  atteufk'd  with  such  lliicL  weather,  as  to  prevent  an  observa- 
tion, or  seeiui:  any  f;reat  distance;  and  conseipicnily  renders  it  impruilent  to  run  on  a 
lee  shore  under  siuh  cirruiustances,  and  more  particularly  in  tiu^  winter  tinu*,  when  the 
easterly  winds  are  attended  with  sleet  and  snow,  which  lodi{e  about  the  masts,  sails,  rij;- 
^inn,  and  every  |)art  of  tin-  shi|),  bccomin'j;  a  solid  body  of  ice  so  soon  as  the  wind  shifts 
round  to  the  N.  W.  which  it  does  suddcidy  from  the  eastward.  What  adds  considerably 
to  the  al)ove  dithcidty  is,  havini;  bee!i  several  <biys  without  an  observati(ui,  and  subject  to 
a  current,  which  sometimes  rims  stroni»  to  the  southward  ;  you  may  have  the  Hay  of 
Fundy  open,  ami  be  swejH  into  it  by  the  strons;  indrauj^lit  wliicii  prevails  when  the  wind 
has  been  any  time  iVom  the  sf)utli"  ■inl  or  eastward. 

"From  the  above  circumstances,  1  would  recommencl  that  ships  boimd  to  Ifalifax  in 
the  winter,  should  shape  a  southerly  course,  ami  run  down  their  lonmtude  in  latitude 
from  .'IS"  to  3()°,  in  which  parallel  they  will  juake  the  prmcii)al  part  of  tlieir  passajje  in  a 
temperate  climate,  until  they  approach  the  coast  of  America,  when  they  will  be  met  bv 
the  westerly  or  even  north-west  winds,  which  will  enable  them  (having  got  soundings,  on 
St.  George's  Bank,)  to  Mi.ike  their  ( Durse  j^ood  alon;:;  shore,  and  with  a  free  wind  and 
clear  weather,  cross  the  iJay  (d'  I'uiidy,  with  coidi(len(  e  of  their  situation  ;  then,  so  soon 
S».  they  have  shut  in  the  Bay,  keep  the  shore  on  board  the  whole  way  to  Halifax  Light- 

(9^rve  in  coming  from  the  eastward  with  an  easterly  wind,  the  Thrum  Cap  shoals 
must  b^tj^rticularly  avoided  ;  a  red  buoy,  as  before  imticed,  now  marks  their  extremity, 
jj^nd  to  go  clear  of  them  you  should  bring  the  easternmost  land  in  sight,  a  ship's  lengtli 
„'^thc  southward  of  Devil's  Island,  bearing  K.  N.  K.  nearly,  and  steer  in  W,  or  W.  by 
S.  M  best  suits  the  distance  you  are  from  the  island,  and  according  to  the  wind  and 
situation;  with  respect  to  the  shoals,  you  may  pursue  a  West,  N.  W.  or  W.  N.  W. 
course,  until  George's  Islaiul  comes  a  sail's  breadth  open  to  the  westward  of  Mac  Nab's 
Island;  then  stand  up  for  Sandwich  I'oint,  or  the  fort,  until  St.  Paul's  Steeple  in  Hali- 
fax is  open  of  Brenton  House  ;  keep  this  mark  on,  and  you  will  go  in  the  fair  way,  clear- 
ing Point  Pleasant  Shoals  and  Mauger's  Beach;  then  steer  on  as  before  directed. 

The  long  mark  for  Halifax  Harbor  from  abreast  of  Chebiicto  Head,  and  steering  in 
north  or  N.  A  W.  is  the  middle  cf  tlnee  hills,  over  Dartmouth  village,  having  some  trees 
upon  it,  in  a  line  with  the  N.  W.  end  of  (ieorgc's  Island  ;  tins  will  lead  clear  of  the  dan- 
jfers  on  both  sides,  and  over  the  Middle  Ground,  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  and  up  to 
George's  Island. 

The  marks  for  the  Lichfield  Rock  are  the  Chmnel  between  the  Devil's  Island  and  the 
Main  open,  bearing  E.  N.  E.  aiul  (George's  Island  open  to  the  eastward  of  Sandwich 
Point;  over  this  rock  are  only  lb  feet. 

The  marks  for  the  buoy  at  the  extremity  of  Point  Pleasant  Spit,  is  a  small  island  at 
tlie  entrance  of  the  N.  W.  arm,  on  with  the  .';tonc  on  the  hill,  bearing  W.  S.  W.  The 
marks  which  clear  Point  Pleasant  shoals  will  also  clear  the  Reid  Rock  ;  its  thwart  mark 
is  a  farm-house  in  the  wood,  over  a  black  rock  on  the  shore,  bearing  west  by  south. 

In  approaching  from  the  westward,  round  the  lighthouse,  at  the  distance  of  a  short 
league.  To  avoid  the  sunken  rocks  which  lie  to  the  southward,  when  the  light  bears 
N.  W.  by  N.  haul  ir  N.  by  W.  The  tlag-staves  on  Citadel  Hill  above  the  town  are 
distinguishable  at  a  c  msiderable  distance  ;  by  keeping  them  open  of  Sandwich  Point, 
you  are  led  clear  of  tiie  Bell,  Lichfield,  and  Mar's  Rocks,  on  the  west  side ;  and  the 
Rock  Head  and  Tlinun  Cap  to  the  east.  When  arrived  at  Sandwich  Point,  keep  Che- 
liucto  Head  in  sight,  by  not  allowing  it  to  he  shut  in  ;  this  plain  mark  will  lead  in  the  fair 
■way  home  to  George's  Island  ;  leaving  Poiiu  Pleasant  shoals  on  the  left,  and  Mac  Nab's 
fihoals  on  the  right,  round  George's  Island  on  either  side,  and  anchor  any  where  in  6, 10, 
or  13  fathoms,  muddy  ground  ;  from  George's  Island  to  the  entrance  of  Sackville  River 
there  is  not  a  single  obstniction.  Men  of  war  commonly  anchor  off  the  naval  yard, 
which  a  stranger  will  distinguish  by  the  masting  sheers ;  merchant  vessels  discharge 
their  cargoes,  and  load  alongside  the  wharves. 

Catch  Harbor,  fit  only  for  small  vessels,  lies  to  the  westward  of  Chcbucto  Head ;  it  has 
a  bar  across  with  breakers,  and  only  9  feet  water;  within  it  are  3  and  3^  fathoms;  there 


two  lattor  hnoyw, 
which  vol!  luiiv 
,  wh«*r»'  Vfiu  will 
I'ast  (iCthf  moor- 
tre.  Then-  In  a 
hich  Hoinetiini'fi 
I  it. 

ly  ill  Iho  winfrr 
lilow  NO  h)ii(i  ill 
lio  wind  roiiic  to 
vent  an  ohMPiva- 
I'lit  to  run  on  a 
time,  when  the 
masts,  sails,  rii;- 
s  ihf  wind  shili.s 
Ids  corisidcralily 
II.  and  suhjt'ct  to 
avf  the  IJay  ol 
9  when  the  wind 

1(1  to  ITnlifax  in 
itiuh>  in  hitiliidf 
ifiir  iiassafic  in  a 

will  h(«  met  hy 
)t  soundings,  on 
a  free  wind  and 
1 ;  then,  .so  soon 

Halifax  Light* 

rum  Cap  shoals 
their  extremity, 
,  a  ship's  ienmh 
ill  W,  or  W.'  by 
)  the  wind  and 

or  W.  N.  W. 
rl  of  Mac  Nab's 

teeple  in  llali- 

air  way,  clear- 

irected. 

ind  steering  in 

ing;  some  trees 
ar  of  the  dan- 

>m9  and  up  to 

sland  and  the 
of  Sandwich 

small  island  at 

S.  W.     The 

ts  thwart  mark 

by  south. 

ice  of  a  short 

ic  light  bears 

the  town  are 
ndwich  Point, 
dde ;  and  the 
nt,  keep  Che- 
lead  in  the  fair 
nd  Mac  Nab's 

here  in  6, 10, 
ackville  River 
naval  yard, 

iels  discharge 

Head ;  it  has 
thorns;  there 


ni.rNT  S  AMI.tlMA.X  <'(>\MT  PILOT. 


Ill 


tt  a  fine  run  of  fresh  wafer  at  the  li<ad  of  the  harbor.  I  lerrim;  ( 'nve  is  about  10(1  fatlionm 
wide  at  the  eniriince,  and  bold  on  both  sides,  with  7,  5,  and  t  filhoms  up  to  the  elbow 
thai  forms  the  Inner  ( 'ovt-.  wiibiii  which  small  vessels  lie  perfectly  sheltered  in  7  and  "J 
feel,  soft  mild,   the  sides  being  uneentiri'  body  of  ro(  k. 

KK.MAKKS. —  Leaving  llalilix,  and  sailing  Westward,  you  will  find  the  shores  to  be 
sleep,  and  appear  tVoiii  seaward  bioki-n  and  rocky,  with  whitish  clilfs  ;  the  high  lands  of 
Aspotogon  and  l^e  Have,  before  mentioned,  are  coiispiciioiiN  and  remarkable;  to  the 
westward  the  rocks  about  llie  land  appc.ii  black,  with  reddish  banks  of  earth.  I.e  Have 
appears  babl  or  barren  ;it  the  top.  with  red  earthy  hillocks  iindi-r  it,  and  between  ( 'apn 
Le  Have  and  Port  Medway  or  .lackson,  arc  some  hummocks  inland,  the  coast  to  the 
seaward  being  level  and  U>\y,  and  the  shores  marked  with  white  rocks,  with  low  barren 
points;  (rom  thence  to  Shelbiirne  and  Koseway  it  is  wooily.  Near  Port  Latoiir  are 
several  barren  places,  and  thencu  tu  Cape  Muble  the  land  is  low,  with  white  sandy  dilfti, 
particularly  visible  at  sea. 

SAMHKO  HAUHOK  is  a  mile  and  tlnee-cjuarters  N.  N.  W.  from  the  lighthouse; 
ort'  its  entrance  is  the  Mull  Rock  ;  there  are  also  twit  other  rocks  between  ;  the  best  chan- 
ni'l  into  the  harbor  is  between  Pi-nnant  Point  and  the  Hull,  but  vessels  iVoin  the  east- 
ward  may  run  up  between  .Samitro  Island  and  the  Inner  Kock  ;  you  are  to  leave  the  Isle 
nl  .Man  to  the  larboard  in  entering;  the  am  lioiage  is  within  the  island,  on  a  muddy  bot- 
tom, with  ;J  fathoms  water. 

The  strait  which  connects  the  harbor  with  Londy  IJasin  is  exceeding  narrow,  and  haa 
only  2  fathoms  wiiter.     This  place  is  generally  the  resml  of  coasters  in  bad  weatlier. 

The  passage  between  the  rocks  and  ledges  that  lie  to  the  soutliward  of  Sambro  Harbor, 
may  olteiitimes  conduce  to  the  safety  of  vessels,  that  make  the  land  by  mistake  so  fer  to 
the  westward  of  the  light  as  lobe  unable  to  clear  the  dangers  soiitliwaiil  of  it,  but  should 
be  attempted  only  in  cases  (d  emergency ;  the  depth  ol  water  is  sulficient  for  the  largest 
ships,  but  great  prudence  is  retpiired. 

TKNN.VNT  IL\R|{()R  is  situated  round  the  point  to  the  westward  of  Port  Sambro, 
has  a  fair  channel  leading  in  between  Teunant  (ireal  Head  and  Island,  with  good  and 
secure  anchorage,  particub-rly  above  the  islands,  in  G  or  8  fathonn;  4t  is  extensive  and 
safe  in  bad  weatlier,  and  the  dangers  are  all  visible. 

TENNANT'S  BAY  is  well  sheltered  above  Macworth  Point,  a;id  Aere  is  anchorage 
in  9  fathoms  on  a  bottom  of  tough  blue  day;  the  passage  in  lies^efween  the  rocks  of 
Point  Maev.orth  and  the  white  rocks.  There  is  also  a  safe  (lassago  between  Cape  Ten- 
nant  and  Hervey  Island,  with  anchorage  in  from  f)  to  rt  fathoms.  Whei^  entering,  the 
land  presents  to  the  eye  of  a  stranger,  the  rudest  features  of  nature,  but  it  is  extensive 
and  safe,  and  in  bad  weather  the  dangers  all  show  themselves.  The  tides  rise  8  feet,  and 
it  is  high  water  at  three-cjnarters  after  7. 

PROSPECT  HARHOR  lies  about  .3  miles  to  the  N.  W.  of  Cape  Prospect,  which 
forms  the  west  side  of  iJristol  Hay ;  and  its  entrance  is  encumbered  with  a  cluster  of 
islands  which  form  the  western  side  of  Bristol  Bay  :  at  the  back  of  these  islands  is  a 
considerable  inlet,  called  by  ])es  Barres,  Parker's  River,  but  little  frequented.  Prospect 
Harbor,  wears,  at  its  entrance,  a  rugged  broken  ajipearance,  but  it  is  safe,  commodious, 
and  extensive  ;  and  in  rough  weather  the  dangers  mostly  show  themselves.  Vessels 
coming  from  the  eastward  and  rounding  Cape  Prospect,  must  beware  of  ft:  rock  with  17 
feet  over  it ;  it  lies  south  about  one-third  of  a  mile  (rom  the  Cape  ;  go  not  between  it  and 
the  Cape,  but  proceed  on  its  southern  side  in  20  and  21  fathoms  water,  and  by  keeping 
more  than  half  a  mile  from  the  land  you  will  steer  quite  clear  of  danger,  and  may  sail 
boldly  up  its  eastern  channel  between  Prospect  and  Betsey's  Islands ;  having  passed 
these  the  channel  narrows ;  the  western  passage  is  between  Hobson's  Nose  and  Dorman'a 
Rock  ;  there  is  good  anchorage  for  large  shijis  above  Pyramid  Island,  and  also  for  small 
vessels,  within  Betsey's  Island,  in  4\  fathoms,  blue  stiff  clay.  At  the  entrance  to  this 
harbor,  depths  are  very  irregular,  and  there  is  a  rock,  over  which  the  seabrea  ks,  hav- 
ing .3  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  lying  2  cables'  lengths  to  the  eastward  of  Dorman'a 
Rock.     There  are  some  residents  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay. 

LEITH  HARBOR.— This  lies  about  2l  miles  toMhe  north-westward  of  Prospect 
Harbor,  and  here  are  situated  the  inlets  called  Shag  and  Blind  Bays,  both  possession 
excellent  anchorages.  At  its  entrance  lies  the  Hog,  a  sunken  rock,  having  6  feet  water 
over  it,  and  bearing  E.  S.  E.  about  one  mile  and  a  half  from  Taylor's  Island.  In  fair 
weather  the  Hog  Rock  may  readily  be  perceived  by  a  constant  ripple  over  it,  and  in  bad 
weather,  with  an  on-shore  wind,  it  will  be  distinguished  by  the  breakers ;  there  are  good 
channels  on  both  its  sides,  but  the  eastern  one  is  always  to  be  preferred  on  account  of  the 
ledge  which  exti'ids  E.  S.  E.  about  half  a  mile  towards  it  from  Taylor's  Island. 

DOVER  PORT  lies  at  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Blind  Bay,  and  is  chiefly 
formed  by  Taylor's  and  the  adjacent  islands;  this  is  the  Port  Durham  of  former  charts, 
and  alfords  safe  and  good  anchorage ;  the  eastern  passage  is  the  best,  and  in  sailing  in  you 


■■P 


'W.HWBjP"- -  " 


112 


BM  .\T  S  AMKUICA.N  (O.VST  PIl-OT. 


must  pive  the  reef  that  stiPtclies  ofl'  the  east  en(J  of  Taylor's  Island  asu(Ti('ient  berth, 
anchoiiiin;  within  the  hody  of  the  largest  island  in  7,  H. !),  or  10  f'atiiDnis,  muddy  hoftoin. 
Tilt!  ueatern  entrance  has  some  sunken  roeks  in  it,  and  the  water  is  in  some  places  but 
siiaildw. 

JJeiween  the  Ir.irljors  of  Halifax  and  Dover  tiie  shores  are  craf^gy,  broken,  and  barren, 
sleep  to,  iron-i)ound,  and  destitute  of  trees;  but  the  creeks  and  inlets  abound  with  fish,  and 
great  {piantities  of  cod,  herrings,  and  mackerel,  are  caught  and  cured  here  for  the  mar- 
kets. 

MARtJARET'S  RAY. — '{'he  entrance  to  thisbay  is  to  the  westward  of  Taylor's  Island 
about  one  league  ;  the  bay  itself  is  full  '2b  miles  in  circumference,  in  length  nine  miles, 
and  in  breadth,  from  Peggy's  Point  to  Owl's  Head,  about  two  miles;  here  are  harbors 
capable  of  receiving  ships  of  war,  even  against  the  sides  of  the  shore,  and  sutficiently  wide 
to  turn  in.  In  choosing  a  berth,  it  i-s  usual  to  be  guided  by  the  direction  of  the  wind,  ta- 
king the  western  aticliorage,  in  S.  W.  gales,  and  the  eastern  one  in  .S.  E.  where  you  lie 
land-locked,  the  bottom  mud. 

OWL'S  IH^AD  is  very  remarkable,  being  round  and  abrupt ;  the  lands  and  islands  in 
the  neighborhood  are  rugged  and  barren.  The  body  of  flood  tiile  sits  in  from  S.  W.  at 
the  rate  of  one  mile  per  luuir. 

Following  the  coast,  w  hicli  runs  nearly  'J  miles  W.  X.  W.  from  Taylor's  Island  to  East 
Point,  there  is  a  rock  uncovered  at  low  water,  which  lies  near  the  land,  having  a  passage 
between,  with  4  and  5  fathoms  water :  the  shore  all  the  way  is  rugged  and  steep,  against 
which  the  sea  beats  violently.  N.  X.  W.  from  East  Point  one  mile,  is  Contact  Point, 
and  in  the  same  direction  1{  mile  further,  is  Peggy's  INjJnt,  beyond  which  a  short  mile  is 
Shut-in-Island,  1200  feet  high  and  covered  wiili  trees;  olf  the  southern  point  of  this  isl- 
and there  is  a  shoal  of 'J  leet,  with  6  and  7  fathoms  between  it  and  the  island,  and  near  to 
Peggy's  Point  there  is  another  of  1')  feet,  w  ith  (>  fathoms  to  the  ntuthward  of  it ;  during 
^utherly  galfs  the  water  on  the  lee  side  of  the  islands  becomes  smooth,  and  the  bottom 
It9l<;ls  well.  Indian  Harlior  runs  in  here,  and  forms  a  place  (it  for  small  vessels,  but  afforrls 
nQ  s&elter,  being  enMrely  open  to  the  sea.  To  the  E.  N.  Eastward  of  Indian  Harlxir  is 
'>Hag|»'s  Cove,  distant  one  mile,  a  cove  or  harbor  of  similar  description.  Luke  s  Island, 
Tbc^QpUpt  Jolliman  and  Wedge  Islands,  all  lie  olf  the  eastern  side  of  Margaret's  Ray, 
and  contirlbute  to  break  olF  the  force  of  the  sea,  so  that  under  the  lee  of  Luke's  and  Jolli- 
man'9- Islands,  there  is  good  anchorage  at  all  times  fur  ships  o|' every  description. 
'%  FRENCH  COVE  is  easy  of  actess.  and  may  be  considered  as  a  natural  dock,  exten- 
sive, with  plenty  of  water,  and  well  sheltered  ;  there  is  a  shoal  of  10  feet  water  lies  oppo- 
site to  the  entrance  of  this  cove  at  the  distflnce  of  two  miles,  but  as  the  islands  of  the 
eastern  shore  are  bold  to,  no  vessel  need  go  so  far  out  into  the  bay  as  to  approach  too 
near  this  danger. 

HEAD  HARBOR,  or  DELAWARE  RIVER,  lies  at  the  further  end.  on  the  N. 
Eac^ern  extremity  of  the  Ray,  and  is  an  anchorage  of  most  excelh'ut  description,  forming 
so  complete  a  place  of  safety  that  a  tleet  of  ships  might  be  securely  moored  side  by  side, 
and  remain  undisturbed  by  the  most  violent  hurricane  ;  the  surrounding  lands  are  high 
and  broken;  Mason's  Point  is  in  itself  a  good  farm,  well  stocked  with  cattle,  and  excel- 
lently cultivated  ;  and  IMoser's  Islands  at  its  entrance  are  used  as  sheep  folils  :  the  land  on 
the  larboard  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  Head  Hariior  is  4i()  feet  high. 

INGRAM  RIVER, — To  the  westward  of  Head  Harbor  is  Ingram  River,  running  in  to 
the  northward  of  Moser's  Islands  ;  at  its  entrance  it  is  one-lhird  of  a  mile  wide,  with  7,  b, 
and  5  fathoms  water,  it  then  gradually  decreases  to  its  head,  which  is  shallow  and  sandy. 
To  the  westward  is  (Caspar's  Indent,  open,  shallow,  and  seldom  fre(|uented.  These  in- 
dents or  coves  have  rugged  jioints  projecting  southward,  and  it  is  from  these  places  small 
craft  are  employed  to  take  limestone,  building  sand,  &c.  the  former  of  these  being  of  a 
very  superior  quality.  Cooper  and  Indian  Rivers  are  both  shallow  rocky  nooks,  but  are 
the  resorts  of  salmon,  and  in  the  lakes  above,  trout  abound  in  great  qiumtities,  of  delicate 
flavor,  and  conunonly  of  a  deeper  red  than  the  salmon. 

HUBERT'S  t;OVE,  is  situated  at  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Margaret's  Bay;  here  at  the 
entrance,  is  a  ridge  of  rocks  about  100  fathoms  long,  and  covered  at  high  water,  so  that 
when  the  sea  is  smooth  it  becomes  invisible  ;  in  order  to  avoid  this  danger  you  have  only 
to  keep  towards  the  western  or  eastern  side  of  the  harbor,  for  both  sides  are  bold  to;  the 
western  channel  is  much  the  wider  and  better  of  the  two,  and  by  keeping  the  larboard 
shore  on  board,  a  stranger,  or  a  ship  dismasted,  or  in  distress,  or  without  anchors,  may 
turn  in  and  (ind  shelter,  running  aground  with  perfect  safety. 

Lonff  (^orc  is  2j  miles  to  the  south  of  Ilubiiert's  Cove,  and  affords  good  anchorage 
with  a  westerly  wind.  To  the  southward  of  Long  Cove  the  coast  is  bold  and  rugged, 
without  any  danger.  exce|)t  a  small  rock  of  six  feet  water  which  lies  close  into  the  lanil. 

NORTH  WEST  HARBOR  is  about  one  league  to  the  southward  of  Long  Cove ;  at 
its  eutrance  is  Horse  lylaud,  which  divides  it  into  two  chauuels ;  there  is  a  good  passage 


with  10  f! 
behind  itf 
abrupt  pil 

South 
steep  on 
is  a  small 
inonly  cal 
rocky  islij 
bo:!ts ;  he[ 
N.E.  of 
this  the  s| 
f)us  unles] 
Till-  H 
West  IslJ 
from  Tayl 
rocks  abol 
sides,  andT 
on  the  wel 
it  then  sil 
are  1-M4 
ret's  Bay, 
will  carry 
tering  an 
To  111'' 
ping  ;   at 
ward  of  t 
niiles  fro 
South  W 
I  ROM 
Island,  di 
it  lies  S.  I 
Margaret 
good  c-ha 
(JREE 
7  miles  fr 

W.  i  w. 

between  1 

its  exact 

the  marii 

out  for  a 

water  sut: 

MAIH 

high  and 

regular  r 

off;  itsei 

with  plei 

convente 

bound  I' 

jaeent  ti 

Kiiohme 

sine  are 

(iieat 

Island  11 

N.  5  mi! 

Little  i: 

bears  fn 

thirds; 

are  4i, 

Flat  ! 

in  a  sini 

but  the 

places  i 

it  is  a  b 

ern  par 

on  the 

line  wit 


BLUNT  ri  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


113 


stiirK'ienl  l)eitlj, 

iniuldy  bottom. 

some  places  but 

ieri,  and  barren, 
11(1  witli  fisli,  and 
ere  lor  the  mar- 
Taylor's  Island 
"Stli  nine  miles, 
lere  are  harbors 
utFiciently  wide 
of  the  wind,  ta- 
'■■  wliereyouiie 

Is  and  islands  in 
from  S.  W.  at 

^  Island  to  East 
;<vin«  a  passage 
1  steep,  asjainst 
Contaet  Point, 
■>  short  mile  is 
»iiit  of  this  isl- 
id.  and  near  to 
'  "f  it;  (hiring 
Hid  the  bottom 
pIs,  but  afl'ords 
lian  nari)or  is 
Luke  s  Island, 
i>f«nret's  Hay, 
ke'sand  Joll'i- 
iption. 

1  doek,  pxten- 

iter  lies  oj)po- 

islands  of  the 

approach  too 

id,  on  the  N, 
)tion,  forming 
I  side  by  side, 
inds  are  high 
e,  and  exccl- 
:  the  land  on 

running  in  to 
ide,  with  7,  (>, 
w  and  sandv. 
.  'J^hese  ill- 
places  small 
He  being  of  a 
)oks,  but  are 
s,  of  delicate 

;  here  at  the 
nier,  so  that 
01  iiave  only 
bold  to;  the 
the  larboard 
nchors,  may 

anchorage 
"id  rugged, 
to  the  land, 
ig  Cove ;  at 
lod  passage 


with  10  fathoms  water  on  each  side  of  the  island,  and  small  vessels  may  find  anchorage 
lichind  it  in  from  (>  to  !)  fathoms,  or  further  up  in  T),  -1  or  3  fathoms.  Owl's  Head  is  an 
abrupt  precipice,  and  forms  the  south  point  oftntrance  to  Nortli  West  Hay. 

Sot/tit  Wv'.s/,  or  Holdcrncss  Island,  is  a  remarkably  rocky  island,  full  50  feet  high,  and 
steep  on  all  sides  :  directly  to  the  northward  of  the  northern  jiart  of  the  South  West  Isle 
is  a  small  spot  of  3  fathoms  water,  and  to  the  N.  Westward  of  tlie  island  is  what  is  com- 
monly called  the  South  West  Harbor,  formed  between  (Jwl's  Head,  which  literally  is  a 
rocky  island,  separated  from  the  main  by  a  very  narrcnv  j)assaiie,  not  even  navigable  for 
bouts;  here  are  o,  i)  and  7  fathoms  water,  but  the  place  is  seldom  frequented.  To  tho  K. 
N.  E.  of  South  West  Island,  distant  nearly  half  a  mile,  is  a  rocky  shoal  of  4  fathoms  ; 
this  the  sea  freijuently  breaks  over,  in  bad  weather,  but  it  cannot  be  considered  danger- 
ous unless  to  vessels  that  draw  very  deep  watc^r. 

'rhf  Horse  Shoe,  or  Do/a;  Rock,  lies  about  south,  distant  one  mile  and  a  half  from  South 
West  Island  ;  directly  west  ftoiu  East  I'oint,  distant  'J  miles  and  three  quarters,  and 
from  Taylor's  Island  W.  by  N.  4  miles  and  one  third  ;  there  are  several  small  sunken 
r'jcks  about  it ;  part  of  it  is  conse(|uently  above  the  surface  of  the  water  shelving  on  all 
sides,  and  the  sea  in  stormy  >k'eatlii'r  lireaks  violently  over  it ;  at  a  little  distance  from  it, 
on  the  western  side,  is  (i  fathoms,  and  on  its  eastern  side  at  a  similar  <listance,  is  8  fathoms, 
it  then  sinks  into  deep  water  ;  between  the  Horse  Shoe  and  the  South  West  Island  there 
are  Vi,  14,  'J6,  .'34,  and  150  fathoms  water.  Vessels  from  the  eastward,  bound  for  Marga- 
ret's Hay,  commonly  go  in  between  the  llorsi-  Shf)e  and  Kast  Point ;  a  northerly  course 
will  carry  you  midway  bef  'en  them,  right  up  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  without  eucoun- 
tering  any  danger,  excei  .  tliost?  already  descrilied. 

To  the  Westward  ol  Soutli  West  Island  is  Aspotogon  Harbor,  too  shallow  for  ship- 
ping ;  at  its  entrance  are  Hlack,  Saddle,  ;md  Ciravelly  Islands  and  Shoals  ;  to  the  south- 
ward of  these  is  Seal  [..edge,  shallow  and  dangerous:  it  lies  west  i  north,  distant  2j 
miles  from  the  Horse  Shoe,  and  W.  S.  W.  nearly  3  miles  from  the  southern  part  of 
South  West  Island. 

IRU.NHOrNl)  ISLAND.   W.   S.  W.  }  S.  from  the  south  poiDt  of  SoutfcW**, 
Island,  distant  5  miles,  is  Ironbound   Island,  about  one  mile  long,  narrow,  and  ate6p  to  |>t. 
it  lies  S.  S.  E.  ^  S.  one  mile  and  a  half  trom  the  extremity  of  the  pen'nStilawhicTb  divides 
Margaret's  and   Malione  Hays,  and  is  calliul  New  Harbor  Point;  between  wliich  is  a 
good  channel,  with  from  U  to  17  fathoms  water,  the  ground  being  diiiefy  a  black  sand. 

(JREEN  ISLAND.  S.  A  E.  distant  one  loagiicfrom  Ironho'und  Island,  S.  W.  by  S. 
7  miles  from  South  West  Island,  W.  S.  W.  3  leagues  from  Taylor's  Island,  and  W.^N. 
W.  ''l  W.  from  abreast  of  Sanibro  Liu'lithouse.  lies  (uecn  Island  ;  it  is  small.  Midway 
between  Ironbound  and  tJrccn  Island  there  is  said  to  be  a  shoal  oi'only  2  fathoms,  but 
its  exact  position  is  not  acciuatcly  known,  and  then-fore  it  is  omitted  in  the  charts ; 
the  mariner,  in  passing  through  tiic  channel  between  tlu'se  islands,  will  do  well  to  look 
out  for  and  guard  against,  the  jirobable  existence  of  such  a  danger;  there  is  otherwise 
water  siillicieiitly  deep  for  any  vessel. 

MAHONE  HAY  is  separated  from  Margaret's  Bay  by  the  peninsula,  upon  which  the 
high  and  conspicuous  Mountain  of  Aspotogon  is  situateii,  whose  appearance,  in  three 
regular  risings,  is  a  very  remarkable  ol)jt-ct  to  seaward,  being  visible  more  than  20  miles 
oil';  its  entrance  is  encumbered  with  several  islands,  between  all  which  are  good  passages 
with  plenty  of  water,  and  few  dangers;  tliese  lead  to  most  excellent  harbors,  and  places 
convenient  and  well  adapted  for  the  fisheries.  We  have  alrendy  noticed  Gre^n  and  Iron- 
bound  hiands;  these  lie  on  the  eastern  side  of  fli"  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  Mahone  ;  ad- 
jacent to  these,  and  on  the  same  side,  are  the  Tancook  Islands,  Flat  Island,  and  the 
Knohuie  Hock  ;  there  are  also  the  Bull  Rock,  and  the  Outer  Ledge.  On  the  western 
sine  are  the  Duck  and  other  islands. 

(Jreat  Duck  Island  lies  W.  by  S.  from  (ireen  Island  distant  4 J  miles.  Little  Duck 
Island  lies  N.  W.  .V  N.  aliout  one  mile  and  two  thirds  from  (Jreat  Duck  Island,  and  W.  \ 
N.  5  miles  and  one  third  from  (ireen  Island  :  nearly  midway  between  Green  Island  and 
Little  Duck  Ishnd,  lies  the  outer  Ledge,  over  which  th"  sea  always  breaks  ;  this  danger 
bears  from  the  east  end  of  the  Great  Duck  Island  N.  K.  ,  N.  distant  one  mile  and  two 
thirds;  and  from  (ireen  Island  W.  \  N.  one  league  ;  over  it  is  4  feet  water,  and  round  it 
are  4i,  ."),  and  7  fathoms. 

Flat  Isl.iid  lies  due  west  from  Ironbound  Island,  distant  one  mile  and  a  quarter:  and 
in  a  similar  direction  from  Flat  Island,  somewhere  about  one  mile  off,  lies  the  Hull  Hocks, 
but  the  exact  situation  of  this  danger  is  not  correctly  ascertained,  for  Mr.  Des  Harres 
places  it  more  to  the  southward,  and  Mr.  fiockwood  to  the  ntu'thward  of  thin  position; 
it  is  a  blind  rock,  uncovered  at  one-third  ebb,  with  deep  water  all  rounrl  it.  The  south- 
ern part  of  Flat  Island,  in  aline  with  the  southern  points  of  Ironbound  Island,  will  lead 
on  the  rock,  as  Mr.  Des  Harres  has  |)laced  it,  while  the  northern  part  of  Flat  Island,  in  a 
line  with  the  northern  shore  of  Ironbound  Island,  will  lead  to  the  northward  of  it;  and 

15 


M 


\\i-A 


:iui»m>an  ■"- 


114 


BI.l'.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Chester  Church  open  of  Great  Tancook  Island,  will  carry  you  clear  to  the  westward  of 
it  in  7  and  10  fathoms  water. 

Great  Tancook  is  one  mile  and  three-quarters  long,  and  about  a  mile  broad;  to  the 
eastward,  between  it  and  the  main  land,  is  the  Little  Tancook  Island,  separated  by  a  chan- 
nel a  quarter  of  a  mile  broad,  in  which  are  7,  8,  and  ")  fathoms;  a  similar  passage  is  be- 
tween Little  Tancook  and  Indian  Point  on  the  main,  but  there  is  a  middle  ground  in  it 
of  4  fathoms ;  Knohnie  Rock  is  above  water,  and  shoals  all  round,  it  lies  to  the  eastward 
of  the  south-east  part  of  Great  Tancook,  and  at  this  part  of  the  island  is  anchorage  in  8 
or  10  fathoms  water. 

Westward  of  Great  Tanrook  one  third  of  a  mile,  is  a  rocky  shoal  of  6  feet,  while  be- 
tween them  the  channel  has  10  fathoms  water:  to  the  W.  I)y  N.  of  this  shoal  one  mile, 
is  another,  with  from  G  to  IJ  feet  over  it;  l)etween  these  shoals  the  passii^e  is  good,  and 
lias  from  12  to  25  fathoms  water  in  it.  Olf  the  north-west  part  of  Great  Tancook  is  Star 
Island,  and  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  it  is  a  ro(  k  y  patch  of  shidlow  ground,  so  that  vessels 
should  never  attempt  the  puss;!^i'  between  !S  ar  and  Tancook  Islands.  There  is  yet 
atjother  danger,  called  the  Coachman's  Li-diit-;  it  lies  2  miles  to  tl.e  northward  of  Great 
Tancook,  and  is  only  visible  at  low  water;  to  lead  clear  to  the  eastward  of  this  ledge,  you 
should  brinjT  the  eastern  point  of  Great  Tancook  and  the  east  side  of  Flat  Island  in  one : 
to  clear  it  to  the  southward,  bring  the  west  end  of  Iroiibounfl  Island  open  of  the  west 
part  of  Little  Tanf  ook  :  and  Frederick's  Island  north  point  bearmg  W.  S.  W.  ^  S.  will 
carry  you  safe  to  the  iidilhward  of  it. 

Having  passed  theCoiuhman,  the  head  of  the  bay  lies  open;  on  your  starboard  side 
is  the  high  land  and  small  River  of  Aspoto^on,  where  small  vessels  occasionally  run  in 
alid  anchor;  there  is  a  rocky  shoal  at  its  entrance,  which  must  be  avoided.  To  the  north- 
ward is  Cumberland  Arm,  easy  of  access,  and  alfording  good  anchorage,  with  7  and  8 
fathoms,  obseSjj'ing  togive  a  berth  to  the  starboard  shore,  which  shallows  some  distance 
«u|^..^^here-i&  also  good  riding  on  the  larboard  shore,  behind  an  island  which  lies  on 
di^ e^Mpra  side  of  the  Chester  Peninsula;  here  vessels  can  ride,  well  sheltered,  in  8  fa- 

"'.-■i}  Chester  Town  is  situated  at  the  northern  part  of  Mahone  Bay,  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
lilne  and  fertile  country  ;  its  inhabitants  are  industrious  people,  and  the  adjacent  islands 

•   .<u?e  well  clothed  with  sheep;  wood  and  water  is  in  aiuuidance,  and  several  vessels  are  built 

4bere;  the  anchorages  between  the  various  islands  and  before  the  town  are  good,  well 

thelt«red,  and  secure,  and  the  depth  of  water  moderate ;  the  only  danger  is  a  shoal,  which 

jMinly  dries  at  low  water:  this  lies  west  |  south  from  the  Town  of  Chester,  from  which 

it  is  distant  one  mile  and  three  quarters. 

On  the  larboard  side  of  Mahone  Bay,  and  directly  west  of  Tancook  Islands,  is  a  large 
Inlet  or  branch  of- a,  river,  named  by  Des  Barres,  Princes  Sound:  the  passages  into  it 
are  very  safe,  only  giving  a  wide  berth  to  the  southern  end  of  Edward's  Island ;  steer 
mid-channel,  and,  when  well  in,  anchor  in  9  fathoms,  or  within  the  innermost  islands,  in  5 
or  6  fathoms ;  further  in  it  becomes  flat  and  shallow. 

To  sail  into  Mahone  Bay  from  the  eastward  the  fust  land  visible  will  commonly  be 
Green  Island,  which  is  round,  bold,  and  moderately  high;  thence  to  Ironbound  and  Flat 
Islands,  both  steep  to,  is  two  miles  and  three-quarters  ;  you  may  proceed  and  pass  between 
them  towards  the  Tancook  Islands;  these  are  inhabited  ;  the  channels  between  them  are 
bold,  and  the  anchorages  under  their  lee  good,  in  from  7  to  12  fathoms  water :  but  if  you 
are  proceeding  for  Chester  between  Green  and  Duck  Islands,  you  must  beware  of  the 
Outer  Ledge,  which  always  shows  itself  by  breakers ;  the  mark  to  lead  clear  through 
this  passage,  is  Chester  Church  well  open  of  Great  Tancook  Island  ;  this  mark  will  also 
carry  you  safe  to  the  westward  of  the  Bull  Rock,  already  described  ;  and  when  you  get 
near,  or  within  half  a  mile  of  Tancook  Island,  steer  out  westward,  and  bring  the  same 
church  to  bear  about  north,  and  this  will  lead  you  up  to  the  town. 

LUNENBURG  BAY,  called  also  Malaguash,  is  now  a  plar  e  of  great  population  and 
considerable  trade ;  vessels  carrying  wood,  cattle,  vegetables,  &c.  are  constantly  employ- 
ed from  here  to  Halifax;  the  harbor  is  very  easy  of  access,  and  there  is  good  anchorat^e 
to  the  very  town.  At  its  entrance  lies  Cross  Island,  about  30  feet  high,  and  containing 
253  acres  of  land,  on  which  a  lighthouse  is  erected,  the  light  and  keeper's  house  are  red 
and  the  lantern  black  ;  on  the  N.  K.  sir'  of  this  island  is  a  nook,  where  coasters  ride  in 
safety;  off  this  part  lie  the  Hounds  Rocks,  which,  in  passing,  niust  have  a  berth;  the 
west  and  south  sides  of  the  island  are  bold  ;  and  two  miles  from  its  southern  end  is  an  ex- 
cellent fishing  bank,  with  from  14  to  17  fathoms  water.  There  are  good  channels  on 
either  side  of  Cross  Island. 

Vessels  sailing  in  or  out,  through  the  northern  passage,  should  endeavor  to  keep  about 
the  raid''le  of  the  channel,  in  order  to  avoid  the  sboals  and  rocks  above  mentioned,  and 
also  those  adjacent  to  the  opposite,  or  Colesworth  Point ;  having  passed  these,  you  should 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


115 


he  westward  of 

;  broad ;  to  the 
rated  by  a  chan- 
r  passage  is  be- 
lle ground  in  it 
to  the  eastward 
anchorage  in  8 

i  feet,  while  be- 

ehoal  one  mile, 

s;p  is  good,  and 

i'ancook  is  Star 

,  so  that  vessels 

There  is  yet 

hward  of  Great 

this  ledge,  you 

t  Island  in  one; 

len  of  the  west 

S.W.I  S.Will 

'  starboard  side 
isionally  run  in 

To  the  north- 
B,  with  7  and  8 

some  distance 
1  which  lies  on 
eltered,  in  8  fa- 

iirroundcd  by  a 
djacent  islands 
■esseJs  are  built 
are  good,  well 
a  shoal,  which 
;r,  from  which 

mds,  is  a  large 
)assages  into  it 
i  Island ;  steer 
St  islands,  in  5 


commonly  be 
ound  and  Flat 
pass  between 
*een  them  are 
er  :  but  if  you 
beware  of  the 
clear  through 
nark  will  also 
tvhen  you  get 
ring  the  same 

opulation  and 
antly  employ- 
od  anchoras;e 
nd  containing 
house  are  red 
iNters  ride  in 
a  berth;  the 
1  end  is  an  ex- 
channeis  on 

:o  keep  about 
mtioned,  and 
e,  you  should 


keep  the  northern  shore  on  board,  bringing  Battery  Point  to  bear  nearly  N.  W.  by  which 
you  will  also  go  clear  of  the  Sculpin  or  Cat  Rock. 

The  Sculpin  or  Cat  Rock,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  bearing  N.  E.  distant 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  Oven's  Point;  according  to  Des  Barres,  there  are  but  three 
feet  over  this  danger,  but  it  will  easily  be  discovered  by  the  breakers  over  it  at  low  water. 
Sailing  through  the  western  channel,  which  is  to  be  preferred,  you  should  endeavor  to 
steer  N.  N.  W.  between  Cross  Island  and  Rose  Point,  where  you  will  have  10  and  12  fa- 
thoms water;  keep  the  Town  of  Lunenburg  in  sight  over  the  low  land  to  the  eastward  of 
Battery  Point,  and  this  will  lead  you  clear  of  the  rocky  reefs  about  the  Oven's  Point; 
but  beware  lest  you  lessen  your  water  below  7  fathoms,  for  the  soundings  about  the  point 
are  very  irregular;  bring  the  Wagon  Road  at  Lunenburg  open  to  the  westward  of  the 
Battery  Point,  and  this  will  run  you  to  the  westward  of  the  Sculpin,  and  between  it  and 
a  rocky  knoll  of  4  fathoms  water;  having  passed  the  Sculpin,  haul  up  towards  the  north-* 
em  shore,  until  you  bring  Moreau  and  Battery  Points  in  one  ;  this  being  the  direct  mark 
for  the  Sculpin  Rock,  steer  on  in  the  direction  of  the  Battery  Point,  approaching  it  oo 
nearer  than  a  cable's  length,  then  round  Battery  Point,  and  bring  the  road  well  open  of 
the  Moreau  Point;  this  will  run  you  clear  into  the  hirbor,  and  between  the  Long  Rock 
and  the  shoals  off  Battery  Point,  when  you  may  direct  your  course  for  the  town,  where 
you  will  find  12  and  l.J  feet  water  along  side  the  wharves,  and  near  to  them  20  and  24 
feet,  soft  muddy  ground,  and  perfectly  secure.  ,. 

Vessels  having  occasion  to  go  to  the  southward  of  the  Long  Rock,  which  is  the  wider 
and  safer  passage,  will  observe  there  is  a  reef  runs  out  from  Woody  Point,  culled  the 
Shingles,  which  must  be  carefully  avoided;  to  do  this,  when  you  have  so  far  entered 
the  bay  as  to  be  equi-distant  between  the  Ovens,  which  are  hollow  cliffs,  Battery  (Mat)  ' 
Woody  Points,  then  edge  off  a  litile  to  the  westward,  until  you  bring  a  farm  house,  that 
stands  over  the  middle  of  Sandy  Bay,  on  with  the  end  of  a  wood  close  to  ttn  opening  lik^ 
an  avenue,  bearing  N.  W.  i  N.  steer  with  this  mark  on,  until  the  west  end  of  Lunenburg 
Town  comes  over  Moreau  Point,  then  steer  N.  Eastward  a  little,  approach  Battery 
Point,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

The  best  anchorage  in  the  Bay  of  Milaguash  or  Ltmenburg,  is  on  its  western  sidet*^^ 
about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  nearly  inid-wpy  between  Oven's  and  Woody  Points  ( 
where,  with  good  ground  tackling,  you  may  s;ifcly  ride  out  a  S.  Easterly  gale;  but  tb<|  ■ 
bottom  is  generally  rocky  and  uneven.     It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  gt  9  o'clock. 

Ddrtmoulfi  Bay.  This  is  siiiiatcd  between  Oven  and  Rose  Points;  there  are  soni9 
settlements  about  the  sliores,  and  on  an  island  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay ;  it  is  easy  of  en-  ' 
trance,  and  you  may  anchor  aitreast  of  this  isliuid  in  3,  4,  6,  or  7  fathoms;  in  sailing  in- 
to this  bay,  it  will  be  always  ailvisable  to  borrow  somewhat  towards  the  Rose  Point  short, 
because  of  the  shoals  which  lie  to  the  southward  of  the  Oven's  Point ;  there  is  others 
wise  no  danger  whatever. 

From  Lunenburg  to  the  Ironbound  Island,  at  the  entrance  to  Le  Have  River,  the 
shores  are  bold,  and  much  indented  with  irregular  inlets  or  bays.  Ironbound  Island  lien 
about  W.  S.  W.  ^  S.  distant  nearly  2  leagues  from  Cross  Island;  it  is  inhabited;  and 
some  small  rocky  islets  surround  its  northern  shore  :  S.  E.  A  E.  1^  mile  from  this  island 
is  a  bank  of  20  and  25  fathoms,  and  W.  S.  W.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  that,  is  a 
small  spot  of  15  fathoms;  these  have  from  30  to  40  fathoms  about  them. 

LE  HAVP^  RIVER. — Vessels  coming  from  the  south-eastward  for  Le  Have  River, 
will  not  fail  to  discover  Cape  Le  Have,  a  steep  al)rupt  cliff,  107  feet  high,  bearing  W.  | 
S.  about  12  leagues  distant  from  Sambro  Lighthouse.  S.  E.  by  S.  one  mile  from  the 
Cape,  is  the  Black  Rock,  10  feet  high,  and  100  feet  long,  with  deep  water  all  round  it, 
and  9  to  11  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore,  except  on  a  small  knoll,  lying  off,  and  op- 
posite to,  the  Cape,  over  which  are  only  4  fathoms  ;  W.  t)y  S.  distant  3i  miles,  is  Indian 
Island;  and  to  the  northward  of  the  Cape,  lie  several  islands,  with  passages  between 
thci7i;  but  the  best  entrance  to  the  River  Le  Have  is  to  the  northward  of  them  all. 
There  is  also  a  channel  to  the  northward  of  Ironbound  Island,  but  it  is  narrow,  and  to 
navigate  this  you  must  give  the  Ironbound  Island  a  good  berth;  you  will  fhen  have  from 
12  to  4  fathoms  water  all  through  it ;  but  the  best  passage  is  to  the  westward  of  the  isl- 
and, which  is  above  one  mile  and  a  half  broad,  and  has  from  10  to  14  fathf-ms  water  with- 
in it ;  about  3  miles  to  the  N.  Westward  of  Ironbound  Island,  is  a  bar  which  runs  across 
from  shore  to  shore  ;  over  this  are  12  and  15  iefl,  the  deepest  water  beina;  one-third  across 
from  the  eastern  shore:  the  soundings  from  Ironbound  Island  towards  the  bar  are  11, 14, 
12,  9,  7,  6,  5,  4,  and  3  fathoms,  the  latter  depth  being  close  to  the  edge  of  the  bar;  but 
when  you  are  well  over  that,  you  drop  into  4,  5,  and  ('  fathoms,  the  river  continuing  navi- 
gable 1"  -niles  uy).  or  so  far  as  the  falls  ;  the  general  wiiith  of  the  river  is  half  a  mile,  and 
whei.  ou  are  8  miles  up  it,  you  will  meet  with  the  road  from  Luneuburg  to  Liverpool, 
where  a  ferry  is  established. 


■  fe**s; 


■L. 


116 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Within  and  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Le  Have  is  Palmerston  Bay,  at  the  head  of  thi<» 
is  Pftit  Riviere;  off  the  eastern  eiilnince  of  this  bay  hes  Indian  Island,  bearing  W.  by 
S.  distant  ;}.'t  miles  from  Cape  Le  Have. 

PORT  MF/rWAV  lies  between  Cape  Le  Have  and  Liverpool  Bay,  and  is  a  plare 
now  rising  into  considerable  conse(]uence,  on  account  of  its  navigable  capacity,  and  its 
convenience  to  the  fisheries.  The  entrance  to  this  port  bears  from  Indian  Island  W.  8. 
W.  distant  7  miles,  rlio  land  to  the  eastward  of  it  beinj^  remarkably  broken  and  hilly ;  on 
the  starboard  point  of  the  entrance  lies  Kryins;  Pan  Island,  which  is  connected,  by  a  san- 
dy reef,  to  niimerotis  islets  which  stretch  alomj;  in  a  N.  N.  E.  ^  Northerly  direction,  nn- 
til  they  join  the  main  land  :  that  which  is  next  to  Frying  Pan  Island  is  commonly  called 
Glover's Tsland,  and  lies  half  a  mile  to  the  northward,  and  bears  S.  E.  ]  S.  a  good  mile 
and  a  half  from  Metway  Head.  The  entrance  to  this  port  may  be  known  by  the  high  land 
at  Cape  Metway,  and  the  low  ragged  islands  before  mentioned ;  the  widtli  of  the  chan- 
nel is  about  seven-eighths  of  a  mile,  and  the  depth  of  water  from  5  to  14  fathoms.  Di- 
rectly in  the  way  of  your  making  for  the  entrance  of  the  channel,  lies  the  South  West 
Ledge  and  the  .Stone  Horse  Rock  ;  the  former  bears  from  the  Frying  Pan  Island  S.4^  E. 
distant  |  of  a  mile;  there  are  19  feet  water  upon  it,  and  the  sea,  in  rough  weatlier, 
breaks  over  it:  the  latter,  or  Stone  Horse  Rock,  lies  E.  by  S.  distant  one-third  of  a  mile 
from  the  S.  W.  Breaker,  and  dries  at  low  water:  there  is  6,  7,  and  8  fathoms  between  it 
and  the  Frying  Pan  Ledge,  and  should  you  pass  this  way,  you  must  give  the  island  a 

food  bertb,.Qn  account  of  a  spit  which  runs  out  from  it,  in  the  direction  of  the  Stone 
[orie  RoQK,  a  full  quarter  of  a  mile;  but  tlie  best  course  will  be  half  a  mile  outside  of 
both  thead  dangers,  you  will  then  pass  in  12  and  14  fathoms  water,  and  running  on  W.  a 
little  Southerly,  toward  Kempenfelt  Head,  you  will  open  the  channel,  and  may  steer  in 
dire<;j;ly  north.  Or,  you  will  avoid  the  S.  W.  Ledge  and  Stone  Horse  Rocks,  in  coming 
from  tne  eastward,  by  bringing  the  Liverpool  Lighthouse,  which  stands  on  Coffin  Island, 
open  tif  the'laod  to  the  eastward  of  it:  and  when  Frying  Pan  Island  comes  N.  N.  E.  dis- 

'•  tant  It  mile,  steer  in  N.  J  E.  this  will  carry  you  past  jNfetway  Point ;  and  when  opposite 
to  Neii'f  Poivt  you  may  anchor  in  4  or  4',  fathduis  water;  from  hence  mud  banks  con- 
Bidera]bl3^,JiariiQ\<*  the  passage,  and  a  pilot  will  be  found  necessary;  but  should  you  pro- 

'  ceed  firth'er  Vrithout  one,  you  will  continue  mid-channel  from  abreast  of  Neil's  Point, 
Jt.  N,.!WR|j^  N.  until  Collin's  Island  hears  West,  and  until  Alicia  River  is  just  opening 
.  oif.  Poittf  li'iiSyt'then  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  and  \V.  N.  W.  I  W.  and  anchor  in  3  or  4  fa- 
thoms, muddy'ground. 
*I  To  run  up  Alicia  River,  you  must  sail  between  d'rass  Island  and  Point  Lucy,  keeping 
clo^e  to  the  southern  and  western  shores,  in  order  to  avoid  the  flat  which  extends  from 
the  northward,  leaving  a  deep  but  narrow  channel.     Barry  Bay,  or  Branch,  which  runs 

\  up  to  the  westward,  U|^^allow,  and  full  of  rocky  shoals:  and  so  is  Brier  Bay,  which  is 
situated  on  the  NrJK  side  of  ihe  port.  The  tide  runs  commonly  with  great  strength, 
and  it  is  high  water  at  45  minutes  after  seven. 

At  Cape  Le  Have  it  is  higli  water  full  and  change,  at  8  o'clock,  tide  rises  from  f>  to  7  feet. 

Malaquash  Bay. 6  to  8 

Green  Island 6  to  8 

Mahone  Bay 7 

LIVERPOOL  HAY.— The  entrance  to  this  bay  hears  about  W.  by  S.  distant  17  or 
18  leagues  from  Sambro  Lighthouse.  Halifax  ;  and  W.  S.  W.  |  W.  15  miles  from  Cape 
Le  Have;  before  it  lies  Coffin's  Islund,  which  is  now  distinguished  by  a  lighthouse,  75 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea;  the  light  is  on  'he  revolving  principle,  and  appears  full 
at  intervals  of  2  minutes;  between  this  island  and  the  western  land  is  the  bay,  aUbrding 
good  anchorage  for  lar<,'e  ships,  especially  with  the  wind  off  shore.  In  the  bay  there  is 
sufficient  room  for  turning  to  windward,  and  tht;  deepest  water  will  be  found  near  the 
western  coasts;  the  land  in  the  vicinity  of  the  harbor  is  broken,  rocky,  and  of  a  barren 
appearance,  yet  the  commerce  of  the  town  is  very  considerable.  The  channel  to  the 
northward  of  Coffin's  Island  is  shallow,  having  a  sandy  spit  running  from  it  and  joining 
the  main  land  ;  therefore  none  but  small  vessels  ever  attempt  it:  but  the  passage  to  the 
southward  is  full  one  mile  and  a  half  wide,  and  has  15,  lb,  17.  and  IH  fathotns  water. 
Give  the  lighthouse  |)oint  of  the  island  a  small  berth,  as  a  flat  of  .3  and  4  fathoms  encom- 
passes it,  and  there  is  no  other  danger.  Bald  Point,  or  Western  Head,  is  bold  to.  and 
rendered  remarkable  by  its  having  no  trees  upon  it.  Having  entered  this  bay,  and  passed 
between  Coffin's  Island,  and  Moose  Head,  bringing  the  lighthovise  to  bear  E.  by  N.  dis- 
tant 1|  mile,  steer  west;  this  will  bring  you  abreast  of  Herring,  or  Schooner's  Cove,  sit- 
uated on  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  bay,  and  affording  good  shelter  from  sea-winds  in  .3  fathoms 
water,  on  a  bottom  of  mud ;  or,  proceeding  further,  vessels  of  two  or  three  hundred  tons, 
with  high  water,  may  pass  over  the  bar,  which  stretches  from  Fort  Point  to  the  opposite 
shore;  but  at  low  water  this  cannot  be  done-  for  then  it  has  not  more  than  9  or  10  feet 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


117 


he  head  of  thi«( 
lieaiinjj;  \V.  by 

,  and  is  a  plare 
capacity,  and  its 
n  Island  W.  8. 
11  and  hilly;  on 
ected,  by  a  san- 
y  diiecfion,  iiii- 
imnionly  failed 

S.  a  good  mile 
ty  the  hiLjh  land 
th  of  the  chan- 

fatlionis.  iJi- 
le  South  West 
1  Island  S.,|  E. 
mnpli  weatlier, 
■third  of  a  mile 
oins  berween  it 
ve  tlio  island  a 
n  (if  the  Stone 
mile  outside  of 
Hininii  on  W.  a 
[id  may  steer  in 
jcks,  in  coming 
n  Coffin  Island, 
!s  N.  N.  E.  dis- 

when  opposite 
lud  banks  coii- 
lould  you  prn- 
f  Neil's  Point, 
s  just  opening 
or  in  3  or  4  fa- 
Lucy,  keepiiiir 
I  extends  fnini 

h,  which  runs 

Bay,  wliicli  is 
;rcat  strength, 

)m  5  to  7  feet. 
. .6  to  8 
. .6  to  8 

7 

distant  17  or 
es  from  Cape 
tjlifhouse.  7.} 
I  ajipears  full 
bay,  artbrdiiig 
e  bay  there  is 
uiid  near  the 
i  of  a  barren 
lannel  to  the 
ind  joinine; 
)assaji;e  to  the 
tlionis  water, 
lomsencom- 
bold  to,  and 
y,  and  passed 
h>.  by  N.  dis- 
r's  (Jove,  sit- 
in  .T  fathoms 
undred  tons, 
the  op|)osite 
I  9  or  10  feet 


it 


o\'er  it ;  when  within  the  bar  you  will  perceive  the  channel  winds  S.  Westerly,  and  you 
can  andior  in  not  less  than  vi  failioms,  opposite  the  Town  of  Liverjioid.  Herring  Bay 
is  much  exposed  to  the  heavy  8.  Easterly  swells  of  the  sea,  and  has  not  room  for  more 
than  two  sloops  of  war. 

It  is  liiijh  water  in  Liverpool  Bay,  full  and  change,  at  50  minutes  after  7,  and  the  tides 
rise  from  5  to  8  feet. 

PORT  MATOON,  or  MOUTON.  called  by  Des  Barres,  Gambler  Ha>bor.— This 
port  is  formed  iiy  the  Island  Matooii,  which  lies  across  its  entrances,  dividing  it  into  two 
channels.  In  the  eastern  passage  lies  the  rocky  ledge,  called  the  Portsmouth,  or  Black 
Rocks,  partly  dry  ;  this  is  about  one  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  and  lies  S.  W. 
by  W.  distant  5  miles  from  Bald  Point ;  the  passage  on  either  side  of  this  ledgehas  deep 
water,  with  sufficient  room  to  turn  into  the  harbor.  From  the  N.  W.  part  of  Mouton  a 
shoal  runs  off  a  full  mile,  having  J]  fathoms  near  its  outer  extremity;  over  some  parts 
of  tlii?  shoal  you  will  have  .'},  3;,  ■  od  4  fathoms;  here  also  is  a  small  spot  of  foul  ground, 
with  'JO  feet  over  it;  this  lies  I'l.  i^  W.  |  W.  from  the  N.  W.  end  of  Mouton.Island, 
and  N.  E.  i  E.  from  the  Northern  Spectacles  Island,  distant  half  a  mile.  The  Specta- 
cles lie  to  the  W.  N,  Westward  of  Mouton  Island,  and  are  visible  as  you  enter  the  port ; 
to  the  northward  and  westv.ard  of  them  are  10,  11,  and  12  fathoms  water,  muddy  and 
sandy  ground,  with  good  anchorage,  secure  from  all  winds.  To  suil  into  Port  Mouton 
by  the  eastern  channel,  and  with  a  leading  wind,  to  the  northwarci  of  the  Black  Rocks, 
you  may  steer  in  W.  by  N.  passing  at  the  distance  of  three-ipiarters  of  a  mile  from  White 
Point,  until  yon  bring  the  Spectacle  Islands  to  bearS.  S.  W.  ,}  W. ;  this  wiTt  Carry  you 
clear  to  the  northward  and  westward  of  Mouton  Island  N.  W.  Shoal,  then  haul  up  S. 
W.  by  W.  for  the  anchorage  before  mentioned.  To  sail  in  to  the  westward  of  the  Black 
Rocks,  you  should  steer  in  N.  W.  mid-chann  '  or  nearly  half  a  mile  froii(^  Montdn  Isl- 
and;  in  this  ])assage  you  will  find  t''-<  m  8  tr  '  i.^ins  water;  alwayejiviojg  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  island  a  berth,  on  ;  eoiint  •'  .  sandy  flat  wliich  runs  o|fftj^-In  adopl'mg 
this  channel,  mariners  must  look  out  for  a  >,iiall  knoll  of  (j  feet,  said  to  fie^J.  N.  E.  f  E* 
distant  one  milo  and  a  half  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Mouton  Islaod.}  this  appears 
to  be  a  modern  discovery.  * 

'^IMie  Western  Passage  to  Port  Mouton  is  between  the  island  and  the  igain,  and  only 
frequented  by  coasters  and  vessels  of  a  small  draught  of  water;  it  is  eofeumhered  witn 
shoals,  and  too  intricate  for  straiiirers;  the  channel  is  narrow,  and  close  tO  the  tnaiqlfiDd^ 
jiassiiig  iictwccn  it  and  tlie  Bull  Kock  :  haviim  passed  which,  you  can  proceed  to  the  an- 
chorages, either  otl' the  \.  W.  shore  of  Mouton  Island,  or  round  the  Spectacles. 

The  land  now  turns  S.  W.  i'  W.  from  Point  Mouton  towards  I|ort  Jolie  ;  midway  is 
a  black  craggy  point,  with  several  rocks  about  it ;  8.  \  E.  distant  2^  miles  from  Black 
Point,  and  S.  W.  14  miles  from  Liverpool  Liirhthouse,  lies  Little  Hope,  an  island  21 
feet  high,  and  1200  fathoms  long  ;  this  is  a  very  great  danger,  ana  i|)|auld  have  a  beacob 
to  distinguish  it;  round  the  island  is  a  shoal  ground,  partly  drying,  and  with  3  and  4' 
fathoms  upon  some  parts  ;  it  lies  dirct  E.  S.  E.  from  the  eastern  point  of  entrmce  to 
Port  .lolie,  from  which  it  is  distant  two  good  miles;  between  the  island  and  point,  some- 
what nearer  to  the  latter,  there  is  said  to  lie  a  ilangerous  shoal,'  not  hitherto  noticed  in 
the  charts. 

Port  .lolie  is  an  inlet  more  than  .5  miles  deep,  but  very  shallow,  and  having  scarce  wa- 
ter enough  for  large  boats ;  the  lands  adjacent  appear  barren  and  stony,  yet  have  some 
families  of  fishermen  settled  there.  Nearly  south  from  the  eastern  point  of  Port  Jolie, 
distant  one  mile,  is  a  spot  of  3  fathoms,  over  which  the  sea  commonly  breaks;  and  on 
the  western  entrance  of  the  port  are  some  ro(;ky  ledges,  which  show  themselves  by  the 
breakino;  of  the  water  over  them  ;  there  is  also  a  small  island,  lying  to  the  S.  Westward, 
called  the  Little  or  Lesser  Hope. 

PORT  L'EBERT  —This  is  the  third  inlet  west  of  Liverpool,  and  may  readily  be 
known  by  tht  steep  and  abrupt  appearance  of  its  western  head  :  and  al.so  by  Green  Isl- 
and, which  lies  to  the  S.  Westward  of  its  entrance  ;  this  island  is  somewhat  remarkable, 
being  destitute  of  trees.  Port  L'Ebert  is  divided  from  Port  Jolie  by  a  peninsula,  which, 
at  the  head  of  tlie  respective  ports,  is  scarcely  half  a  mile  across.  The  channel  in  runs 
nearly  North  6  or  7  miles:  but,  although  small  vessels  may  run  a  considerable  way  up, 
ships  of  larger  size  can  only  find  anchorage  at  its  entrance;  the  depth  half  a  mile  from 
the  head,  is  from  9  to  12  feet ;  but  at  the  mouth  of  the  port  are  6,  4,  and  3  fathoms. 

SABLE  RIVER  lies  to  the  S.  Westward  of  Port  L'Ebert,  distant  5  miles;  at  its 
entrance,  nearly  midway  of  the  channel,  is  a  rocky  islet;  this  lies  S.  W.  by  W.  from 
Green  Island,  distant  .'U  miles ;  there  is  a  passage  on  either  side  of  the  rock  ;  that  to  the 
eastward  has  12,  13,  and  15  fathoms  water,  but  that  to  the  westwan!  is  somewhat  shal- 
lower;  the  two  points  of  entrance  of  the  river  are  distant  from  each  other  one  mile  and 
a  quarter,  with  from  6  to  11  fathoms  ;  but  there  is  a  bar  which  renders  this  place  totally 
unfit  for  aifording  shelter  to  any  but  the  smallest  class  of  vessels ;    it  is,  however,  not 


■see: 


.,:'.j»i«**t--  ■ 


\ 


118 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


destitute  of  inhabitants,  some  of  whom  Hie  settled  in  a  small  nook  close  to  the  westward 
of  the  river,  which  h  (.alk'd  the  Little  Harbor. 

RUGGED  ISLAND  ILVRBOll  lies  W.  by  S.  distant  15  miles  from  the  Hope  Isl- 
r.nd,  and  E.  N.  E.  9  miles  from  .Sheli)iirne  Light.     It  seems  to  have  been  so     uned  from 
its  craj^gy  and  ruggeil  appearance,  and  the  numerous  dangerous  ledges  and       ^Ken  rocks 
at  its  entrance.     This  harbor  is  difficult  of  access,  and  seldom  resorted  to,  unless  by  the 
fishermen,  who  are  familiar  with  its  navigation;   yet  the  anchorages  are  good,  with  4,1 
and  4  fathoms;    during  gales  of  wind,  the  iinevenness  of  the  ground  frequently  causes 
the  sea  to  put  on  a  most  formidable  appearance,  breaking  violently  from  side  to  side. 
Off  the  western  head,  distant  about  a  mile,  is  the  Gull,  a  bed  of  rocks,  over  which  the 
water  always  breaks  ;  but  between  the  head  and  the  (iull  are  from  6  to  H  fathoms.     Ves- 
sels coming  from  the  eastward  will  jierceive  8t.  Thomas's  or  Rugged  Island,  lying  S. 
W.  by  W.  fruin  Green  Island,  distant  b^'  miles ;  this  island,  having  high  rocky  clifls  on 
Its  easte^rn  side,  allbrds  a  good  mark  for  the  harbor.     To  the  S.  W.  of  Rugged  Island 
are  some  rocky  ledges;  the  outermost  of  these  is  called  the  Bear  Rocks,  being  distant 
from  the  island  three-quarters  of  a  mile;   between  Rugged  Island  and  the  Bear  Rocks, 
are  ether  dangers;  and  a  little  westward  of  the  Bears  is  a  sunken  rotk  ;  these  three  lat- 
ter, lying  in  a  sort  of  triangular  form  :   W.  by  N.  from  the  Bear  Rocks,  distant  one  mile, 
is  the  Blow  Breaker,  a  rock  with  only  4  feet  over  it ;  this  appears  to  be  the  Tyger  of  Des 
Baicres,  by  whose  description  it  should  bear  south  from  Rugg  Point,  which  is  the  east- 
ern bouudary  of  the  harbor.     To  sail  from  the  eastward  for  Rugged  Harbor,  you  will 
see  tJje  eastern  cliffs  of  Rugged  Island  bearing  north,  distant  1  \  mile  ;  keep  a  good  look- 
•ou?  for  the  Blow,  or  Tyger  Rock,  and  |)ass  well  to  the  outside  of  the  foregoing  dangers  ; 
ti*jd  having  cleared  these,  haul  up  N.  N.  W.  for  the  islands  on  the  left,  or  larboard  side 
of  the  harbor :  in  so  doing  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid  a  shoal  which  stretches  half  way 
over  from  the  starboard  shore,  narrowing  the  channel  very  considerably,  so  that  between 
the  aboal  antJ^P^uffatt  Island,  the  passage  is  not  above  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide;  pursu- 
ing this  direction,  you  will  readily  reach  the  anchorage  in  the  Northern  Arm.     In  the 
best  of  the  channel.  Center  Island  will  be  just  open  of  MuHait  Island.     Small  vessels 
°j(nay  be  ifi^  sheltered  within  Cubb  Basin,  which  is  to  the  northward  of  Mufl'att  Island  ; 
litid  vessCjKcoQung  from  the  southwaid  or  westward  will  have  deep  water  on  either  side 
of  the  GOB&oc'ks,  or  between  the  Bear  and  Blow  Rocks.     At  Cape  Negro  and  Rugged 
\Jsland  H^or,  It  {b  high  water,  fiill  aud  change,  at  H  o'clock  ;  and  the  rise  of  the  tide  is 
about  riiek. 

.■ ,  GB.EEN  HARBOR.— This  port  is  to  the  westward  of  Rugged  Island  Harbor,  hav- 
L-,ing  Wtt  island  on  its  western  side  of  entrance,  and  running  in  full  three  miles;  this  and 
'  Hhe  River  Jordan,  situated  still  further  to  tne  westward,  r.ppear  to  be  places  where  good 
■if^  anchorages  may  be  obtained,  but  they  are  at  present  little  frequented  by  shipping,  al- 
ii though  they  have  miiny  inhabitants  ;  they  are  open  to  southerly  winds,  which  cause  a 
'     heavy  rolling  sea. 

SHELBURNE  HARBOR,  or  PORT  ROSEWAY,  is,  according  to  Mr.  Lock- 
,^  wood,  juiitly  esteemed  the  best  in  all  Nova  Scotia,  from  the  ease  of  its  access,  and  per- 
.-  ,  feet  security  of  its  anchorages,  which  distinguishes  it  perfectly  from  Sambro  Light.  At 
the  entrance  of  the  harbor  is  the  Island  of  P^oseneath,  or  M'Nutts,  which  is  nearly 
-3  miles  in  length,  and  1^  in  its  broadest  part :  on  the  S.  E.  point  of  this  island  stands  an 
excellent  lighthouse;  this  point  is  a  high  clilf  of  white  rocks,  the  summit  of  which  is 
without  trees  ;  the  west  side  of  the  island  is  low.  The  lighthouse  is  painted  white,  and 
has  a  remarkable  appearance  in  the  day-time,  on  account  of  a  dafli  wood  that  is  behind 
it;  while,  at  night,  two  lights  are  exhibited  from  it :  the  upper  light  is  125  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  lower  about  one-third  from  the  top  of  the  building.  This 
lighthouse  bears  from  the  lighthouse  of  Sambro  W.  S.  W.  distant  30  leagues;  from 
Cape  Negro  N.  E.  J^  N.  7  miles  ;  fioni  Point  Btny  S.  W.  tV  S.  2}  miles ;  from  the  break- 
ers South  west  of  Rugged  Island  W.  N.  W.  f  W.  8  miles,  and  from  the  Jigg  Rock, 
which  has  only  6  feet  water  over  it,  N.  N.  E.  ^  E.  IT  mile.  When  coming  in  from 
sea,  make  for  the  lighthouse,  bringing  it  to  bear  N.  W.  or  N.  W.  by  N.  then  steer  di- 
rectly towards  it :  the  dangers  to  be  left  to  the  eastward  of  you,  are  those  adjav;ent  to  the 
Rugged  Rocks  already  mentioned,  the  Bell  Rock,  which  is  always  visible,  appearing 
black  and  bold  to,  lying  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  distant  2j  miles  from  the  lighthouse.  In  coming 
from  the  westward,  you  may  steer  for  the  entrance  on  either  side  of  the  Jigg  Rock,  and 
if  for  the  eastward,  on  either  side  of  the  Bell  Rock.  When  you  get  abreast  of  the  light- 
house you  may  sail  in  to  the  northward  of  M'Nutt's  Island  about  N.  W.  by  N.  keeping 
nearly  in  mid-channel ;  the  island's  side  is  bold  to,  and  the  anchorage  is  good,  in  7,  8,  or 
10  fothoms,  the  bottom  mud  ;  keep  ihe  western  shore  on  board,  for  there  is  a  shallow 
spot  somewhere  about  the  eastern  side,  between  George's  and  Sandy  Points.  Sandy 
Point  is  about  two  miles  beyond  the  N.  W.  part  of  M'Nutt's  Island ;  give  it  a  berth,  for 
a  sandy  spit  extends  from  it  3U0  yards.     With  M'Nutt's  Island  locked  to  this  point,  the 


HLUiXT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


im 


to  the  westward 


anchorage  is  exceedingly  good,  and  sliipping  may.  with  good  ground  tackling,  ride  in 
safety  during  the  most  violent  storm.  In  the  channel,  about  8.  by  E.  distant  nearly  one 
mile  from  Carlton  Point,  lies  the  Adamant  Jiock,  abreast  of  Dnrfcy's  House  ;  this  will 
easily  be  avoided  by  going  into  no  less  water  than  4',  or  5  failionis,  or  by  keeping  Petit's 
Island  open  of  Surf  Point.  The  inlet  which  runs  up  to  tlie  N.  W.  has  several  shoals, 
in  it,  but  the  eastern  shore  has  regular  soundings,  from  Sandy  Point  upwards,  and  is 
free  from  danger,  while  in  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor,  above  Carlton  Point,  vesselsmay 
ride  in  5,  6,  or  7  fathoms,  the  ground  holding  well.  We  have  already  stated,  that  your 
course  from  the  entrance  towards  Sandy  Point  will  be  about  N.  W.  by  N.  and  having 
rounded  Sandy  Point,  you  tan  I'locci'd  N.  I.y  W.  and  North,  accordir;:  to  your  wind. 

In  coming  from  the  eastward  of  this  iiarboi,  be  careful  to  avoid,  and  give  a  good  berth 
to,  the  shoals  oif  Kugged  Island  ;  and  do  not  haul  up  for  the  harbor  until  you  get  the 
lighthouse  to  bear  VV.  by  N.  A  N.  by  whicli  precaution  you  will  go  clear  of  every  danger: 
or  you  may  stop  a  tide  at  the  entrance  in  from  K)  to  lU  fathoms,  sand  and  clay* 

Shelburne  afiords  excellent  shelter  for  ships  in  distress,  and  is  secure  against  any  wind, 
except  a  violent  storm  at  S.  S.  W.  abreas^t  of  tlie  town,  the  wind  from  S.  to  E.  does  no 
harm,  allhouj^h  from  S.  by  W.  to  S.  W.  by  S.  if  blowing  hard  for  some  considerable 
time,  it  will  set  the  smaller  vessels  adrift  at  the  wharves;  but  in  the  stream,  as  has  been 
observed  before,  with  good  cables  and  anchors,  no  winds  can  injure  you.  Hereyoumay 
be  supplied  with  cordage,  duck,  spars,  provisions,  and  water.  Carpenters,  )iii,*»'n.  blOck, 
and  sail  makers,  can  be  obtained,  if  re'iuired  ;  and  the  port  charges  for  vessels  which  L>ut 
in  for  supplies  only,  is  no  more  than  4d.  per  ton,  light  money,  on  foreign  bottoraV;  but 
should  you  enter  the  custom-house,  the  duties  become  much  higher.  It  is  higU  water,  „, 
full  and  change,  at  8  o'clock  ;  spring  tides  rise  H  feet,  neaps  6,  but  a  fresh  breezeTrpna 
the  S.  E.  commonly  brings  on  high  water  sooner,  and  causes  an  additional  rh&oii  or 
3  feet. 

CAPE  NEGRO  HARBOR  is  named  from  Cape  Negro,  the  easter|i,%nit  of  an  isl- 
and  which  lies  before  its  entrance  ;    this  Cape  is  remarkably  high,^rocl;y,  and  hmnay' 
bearing  S.  W.  4  S.  distant  7  luiles  from  Shelburne  Lighthouse  ;  this  i'stand  is  very  low 
midway,  and  has  the  appearance  of  being  two  islands.     There  are  twa'-pibssaj^s  into  the 
harbor,  one  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  and  the  other  to  the  westwartlpfitji^fbe  former 
is  much  the  better  of  the  two,  but  this  is  rendered  dangerous,  on  accoput  Cffi^o  sunken 
rocks  which  lie  off  its  entrance  ;  these  are  called  the  Gray  Rocks  and'ttie  Btmget:   thft 
Gray  Rock  lies  N.  N.  E.  from  the  Cape,  distant  a  full  mile,  and  is  situated  neariy  on  th* 
starboard  side  of  the  channel ;  some  parts  of  these  rocks  are  always  visible,  su)<j  senre  aa  . 
a  mark  for  the  harbor.     The  Budget  is  a  blind  rock  of  6  feet,  lying  nearly  ratd*channe|^.,- 
and  only  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  island,  having  deep  water  round  it.     In  the  chan-  'J 
nel  to  the  eastward  ofthe  Budget  you  will  have  10,  1-2,  and  14  fathoms,  and  the  best  direc-  ^,; 
tion  to  enter  the  harbor,  will  be  to  steer  one-third  from  the  rocks  Off  the  eastern  point, 
until  Shelburne   Lighthouse  is  shut  in,  then  you  will  be  within  the  danger.     There  itt      * 
excellent  anchorage  off  the  N.  E.  part  of  Negro  Island,  in  from  6  to  4  fathoms,  on  a  bot-. 
tom  of  stiff  mud.     The  northern  part  of  the  island  presents  a  low  shingly  beach,  (rovt^  Cf 
which  a  bar  extends  quite  across  to  the  eastern  shore,  over  which  are  15  fe^J  at  low  water  5v'.,^ 
above  this  bar  it  is  navigable  full  6  miles,  having  a  smooth  clayey  bottomfwith  3,  4,  and 
5  fathoms  water. 

The  passage  to  the  westward  of  Negro  Island  is  somewhat  intricate,  encumbered  with 
rocks  and  dangers,  anjl  should  not  be  attempted  except  in  cases  of  extreme  emergency; 
in  such  circumstances,  indecision  or  timidity  might  produce  certain  destruction;  theo 
the  commander's  post  should  be  aloft,  and  if  not  possessing  confidence  himself,  he  should 
affect  it.  Captain  Des  Barres,  says,  "  if  coming  from  the  westward,  in  hauling  round 
Point  Jeffery,  to  avoid  the  ledges,  blind  rocks,  and  shoals,  extending  easterly  from  thft 
western  shore,  you  should  shape  your  course  N.  N.  E.  i  N.  towards  the  Cape,  giving 
the  Savage  Rocks  a  berth  of  three  cables'  lengths,  until  you  open  Davis's  Island,  a  sail's 
breadth  off  Point  William;  Davis's  Island  is  the  largest,  and  westernmost  at  the  head  of 
the  harbor ;  run  up  in  that  direction,  observing  to  keep  clear  of  a  sunken  rock  which 
lies  E.  S.  E.  from  Point  William,  about  300  fathoms  from  the  shore.  Fishery  Beach  is 
bold-to." 

To  sail  through  the  north-east  passage,  which  is  not  so  difficidt,  keep  Gray's  Rocks 
on  board,  and  steer  N.  W.  for  Point  John,  until  you  see  across  the  isthmus  in  the  mid- 
dle of  Cape  Negro  Island,  or  until  Shelburne  Lighthouse  is  shut  in,  and  having  passed 
the  Budget,  from  thence  haul  over  to  the  westward,  keeping  along  the  shore  about  2 
cables'  lengths  from  the  island,  to  avoid  the  shoal,  which  extends  half  the  distance  over 
from  Point  John,  towards  the  island  ;  and  when  you  have  opened  the  small  islands  at  the 
head  of  the  bay  shape  your  course  N.  N.  W.  to  the  anchoring  ground,  the  bottom  is 
mud  and  clay;  along  the  N.  E.  side  of  Cape  Negro  Island,  the  auchorage  is  good  stiff 
clay. 


120 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


141' 

It  n*  i 


I      ,  The  River  Clydn,  whicli  (Jescends  from  a  rhiiin  of  lakes  that  extends  E.  N.  E  mul  W, 

S.  W.  a  coijsideriibic!  distance  in  the  interior,  lulls  into  the  head  of  Negro  Harbor,  af- 
ter a  run  of  28  miles. 

PORT  LATOUR,  or  HALDTMANT),  is  situated  a  little  westward  of  Neirro  Har- 
bor, being  separated  from  it  by  a  narrow  peninsula  ;  Uie  extreme  points  which  bound  the 
entrance  to  the  southward,  are  Point  Jelfery,  or  Blanche  Point,  to  the  eastward,  and 
Point  Baccarro  to  the  west ,  between  and  within  there  are  several  clusters  of  roeks,  rt-n- 
dering  the  harbor  unfit  for  any  but  small  craft ;  and  the  tide  leaves  the  head  of  the  in- 
let dry  in  many  places  ;  the  adjacent  lands  are  barren,  and  the  settlers  are  but  few  ;  nt  ver- 
theless,  as  some  vessels  may  be  driven  to  seek  shelter  here,  the  following  directions  of 
Mr.  Des  liarres  may  prove  acceptable.  "  To  sail  into  this  port,  coming  iVom  the  west- 
ward, continue  your  course  easterly,  until  you  have  Hrehem  Isle  a  ship's  length  open 
to  the  eastward  of  North  Rocks  :  thence  you  may  steer  northerly  for  Isle  (leorge,  and 
when  you  come  up  within  the  distance  of  two  cables'  lengths  from  its  south  end,  incline 
to  the  westward  in  a  dnection  with  the  western  extremity  of  Pond  lieach  until  you  ojjen 
Prospect  House  on  the  north  side  of  the  northernmost  Mohawk  Ledges,  and  then  haul 
into  anchorage  in  3  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

"  Nearly  midway  between  Baccarro  Point  and  the  South  Ledge  lies  the  Folly,  a  sun- 
ken rock,  within  which  and  the  western  shore  is  a  channel  off)  fathoms.  The  V'ulture, 
a  dangerous  breaker,  lies  S.  W.  A  S.  nearly  two  miles  from  Baccarro  Point." 

BARRINGTON  BAY. — This  is  a  spacious  inlet,  situated  to  the  westward  of  Port 
Latour,  and  formed  by  Cape  Sable  Island,  which  lies  in  front  of  its  3ntrance;  there  are 
two  passages  into  it,  that  to  the  eastward  is  between  Baccarro  Point  and  Sable  Island, 
beiog  at  its  entrance  three  miles  wide;  that  to  the  westward  is  not  more  than  a  mile 
broaa;  both  are  encumbered  with  numerous  and  extensive  flats,  narrowing  the  passages, 
and  rendering  the  navigation  dangerous;  for  although  the  channels  may  generally  be 
discovered,  oy  the  waters  appearing  dark,  yet  it  will  require  a  leading  wind  to  wind 
through  to  the  anchorage,  which  is  towards  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  about  one  mile  and 
a  half  lielow  the  town ;  here  there  are  from  IH  to  ^(i  feet  water.  The  passage  to  the 
nortbwatd  and  westward  is  used  by  small  vessels  only,  and  is  not  safe  without  a  cominand- 
ingbreBae,  as  the  tide  of  ebb  is  forced  unnaturally  through  to  the  eastward,  by  the  B:\y 
ofFundy  tide,  |t  the  rapidity  of  3,  4,  and  sometimes  5  knots  an  hour;  setting  immedi- 
atdy  upon  the  rocks  which  lie  within  it. 

The  Town  of  Barrington  is  situated  at  the  north-eastern  extremity  of  the  bay.  Ves- 
•  hHb  venturing  into  this  bay  by  the  eastern  passage,  must  be  very  careful  to  avoid  Baccarro 
Point,  giving  it  a  wide  berth  of  full  2  miles  on  account  of  the  Bantan,  Shot  Pouch,  the 
Vultuje,  and  other  rocks  which  lie  off  it ;  the  Vulture  Rock  is  very  dangerous,  and  lies 
W.  S.  W.  from  Baccarro  Point,  distant  nearly  2  miles  ;  tlie  IJantan  bears  S.  S.  W. 
from  the  point  about  a  similar  distance,  and  from  the  Vuliurc  S.  hi,  almost  one  mile; 
they  are  both  exceedingly  dangerous. 

CAPE  SABLE  is  the  south-easteru  extremity  of  a  small  narrow  island  which  is  sep- 
arated and  distinct  from  Cape  Sable  Lsland  ;  it  is  low  and  woody,  but  the  Cape  itself  is  a 
,.  broken  white  cliff,  apparently  in  a  state  of  decomposition,  and  visible  4  or  5  leagues  olf; 
ifef-  from  this  island  spits  of  sand  extend  outward,  both  to  the  south-east  and  south-westward  ; 
the  Eastern  Ledge  is  called  the  Horse  Shoe,  and  runs  out  2.\-  miles  S.  E.  by  S. ;  the 
Western,  or  Cape  Ledge,  stretches  to  the  S.  W.  about  3  miles.  The  tides,  both  flood 
aud  ebb,  set  directly  across  these  ledges  at  the  rate  of  3  and  sometimes  4  knots  an  hour ; 
causing  a  strong  break  to  a  considerable  distance,  particularly  when  the  wind  is  fresh  ;  it 
will  then  often  extend  full  3  leagues  out,  shifting  its  direction  with  the  tide,  the  flood  car- 
rying it  to  the  westward  and  the  ebb  to  the  eastward,  the  former  running  a  considerable 
time  longer  than  the  latter.  This  rippling,  or  breaking  of  the  water,  may  be  considered 
hazardous  to  pass  through  in  a  gale  of  wind,  but  there  is  not  less  than  8,  10,  12,  aud 
20  fathoms,  rocky  ground. 

It  is  high  water  at  Cape  Sable,  full  and  change,  at  three  quarters  after  7  o'clock,  and 
the  spring  tides  rise  12  feet  neap  6. 

BONNETTA  COVE.— To  the  north-westward  of  Cape  Sable  is  a  small  island,  called 
Green  Island,  to  the  N.  East  of  which  an  inlet  runs  in  to  Cape  Sable  Island,  forming 
Bonnetta  Cove,  where  good  anchorage  may  be  found  in  3  fathoms  water;  the  entrance  to 
it  is  narrow,  and  runs  in  between  a  spit  and  the-  island ;  this  will  be  too  difficult  for  a 
stranger  to  discover,  but  is  frequented  by  the  coasters  and  fishermen. 

FAVORITE  COVE  is  situated  in  the  Western  Channel,  and  about  the  middle  of 
Cape  Sable  Island  ;  here  also  small  vessels  may  run  in  and  anchor  in  2  fathoms,  behind  a 
small  islet  which  lies  mid  channel,  at  its  entrance,  affording  a  passage  on  either  side,  but 
that  to  the  eastward  is  the  best,  and  has  the  deeper  water.  With  S.  W.  gales  there  is 
always  good  anchorage  off  the  N.  E.  side  of  Cape  Sable  Island;  but  the  Shag  Harbor, 
which  lies  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Western  Channel,  and  bears  N.  N.  W.  from  Bon- 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


121 


o'clock,  and 


netta  Ctfi",  i"  f"ll  of  shoals,  and  must  not  l)e  attempted,  unless  you  arc  well  acquainted 
with  il.^'  It  is  here  high  water,  lull  and  change,  at  9  o'clock,  spring  tides  11  fe.;t,  neaps 
8  feet.   , 

THK|  BRAZIL  ROCK. — This  is  a  flat  rock,  covering  a  space  of  10  yards,  over  which 
are  only'8  and  9  feet  at  low  water;  a  tail  extends  90  or  100  yards  from  its  hase,  having 
6  to  ri  llfthonis  water ;  the  tide  runnm<;  strons?  over  this,  causes  a  ripple,  and  makes  the 
rock  ap|»t>ar  larger  than  it  really  is.  Southward  of  the  rock,  at  the  distance  of  about  a 
mile,  you  will  have  .'15  and  .'{4  fathoms,  then  :M  and  -J-2  as  you  approach  nearer  to  it ;  but 
towards  the  Cape  Sable  shore  the  soundings  are  regular,  from  19  to  15  fathoms,  you  will 
then  lessen  your  water  to  10  and  7  fathoms,  when  you  will  beat  the  edge  of  the  Race-horse 
Shoal;  to  the  northward  of  the  Brazil  llock,  in  the  direction  of  the  Bantan  Rock,' you 
will  have  Hi,  1!),  15,  17,  Ki,  15,  and  10  fatlionn  ;  with  this  latter  depth  you  will  be  near 
the  Bantan.  and  must  tack  to  the  westward.  The  exact  position  of  this  rock  has  been 
much  disputed,  but  the  place  assigned  to  it  by  .Mr.  Des  Barres,  appears  to  be  nearly  cor- 
rect;  its  latitude  is  4.3^  24'  15"  N.  and  longitude  65°  22'  VV. 

Magnetic  Bearings  and  Distances  between  Halifax  and  Cape  Sable. 

From  .Sanibro  Lighthouse  to  Cross  Island  Lunenburg,  nearly  West, 8^  le^ues* 


-Capi!  La  Have, W.  jf  S 12 

-Liverpool  Lighthouse W.  by  S 17^ 

-Hope  Island  near  Port  .Tolie,  . .  W.  S.  W.  |  W 21 

-entrauce'of  Port  Shelburne,  . . .  W.  S.  W 2) 

-Cape  Negro, W.  S.  VV.  a  little  westerly  31| 


-Cape  .Sable, 


W.  S.  W    i  W* 


.36 


do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
milea. 
*dmi    > 

doV 

ICK. — H.  M.  packet  brig  Express  fell  in  with  twf)  islands  of  ice  on  ^hjig  Isll|todr0t|n1c» 
the  7th  July,  183G,  in  45  fathoms  water,  estimated  heights  180  and  ISdl^ipt^  <  liaUtlido 
43°  13'  N.  longitude  2b°  17'  W.     Air  46°,  water  42°.  .'.>*„?,'  V 


Brazil  Rock Nearly  W.  S.  W 34^ 

Shelburne  Lighthouse  to  Cape  Negro, .S.  W.  iS ,.,...  7- 

Cape  Negro  to  the  Brazil  Rock S.  W.  J  S .,'a..10 

Cape  Sable  to  the  Brazil  Rock, S.  E.  by  E .\i  .^  * '.'i  - 8| 


.•^f . 


•  This  course  cannot  be  sailed  upon  account  of  the  intervention  of  the  land. 

16 


I   ra 


THE  ISLE  OF  SABLE  AIVD  BAI¥KS  OF  I¥OTA  S€03i[^ 

ON  the  days  of  the  new  and  full  moon,  it  is  high  water  along  the  south,  shore  of 
island  at  half  an  hour  after  8  o'clock,  and  it  (lows  till  hiilf  an  hour  papt  10  o'olo<^  od 
north  side,  and  till  near  11  o'clock  in  the  pond.  Common  spring  tides  rise  pevoD  feet pfN^t, 
pendicular,  and  neap  tides  four.  The  flood  sets  in  from  the  S.  S.  W.  at  the  (ate  of  half  a 
mile  an  hour,  but  it  alters  its  course,  and  increases  its  velocity,  near  the  ends  of  theislapc^ 
At  half-flood  it  streams  north,  and  south  at  half-ebb,  with  great  swiftness,  across  the  noHfa-> 
east  and  north-west  bars  ;  it  is  therefore  dangerous  to  approach  without  a  commanding 
breeze.  The  north-east  bar  runs  out  E.N.E.  about  four  leagues  from  the  eastern  extremity 
of  the  island,  all  which  is  very  shoal,  having  in  a  few  places  no  more  than  2,  3,  or  4  fathoms 
water,  whence  it  continues  E.  and  E.  by  S.  deepening  gradually  to  12,  15,  and  18  fathoms 
water,  at  the  distance  of  8  or  1 0  leagues,  and  shaping  to  the  S.  and  S.  E.  sloping  gently  to  60 
and  70  fathoms  water.  To  the  northward  and  eastward  it  is  very  steep,  and,  in  a  run  of 3 
miles,  the  water  will  deepen  to  130  fathoms.  Abreast  of  the  body  of  the  island  the  soundings 
are  more  gradual.  The  shoal  ground  of  the  north-west  bar  shapes  to  the  westward,  and 
deepens  gradually  to  70  fathoms  water,  at  the  distance  of  20  or  25  leagues  from  th.e  isle, 
and  winds  easterly  and  southerly,  until  it  meets  the  soundings  oft' the  north-east  bar. 
The  quality  of  the  bottom  in  general,  is  very  fine  sand,  with  a  few  small  tran.sparent 
stones  ;  to  the  northward,  and  close  to  the  north-east  bar,  the  sand  is  mixed  with  many 
black  specks  ;  but  near  the  north-west  bar,  the  sand  has  a  greenish  color.  The  north- 
east bar  breaks  in  bad  weather,  at  the  distance  of  8  and  10  leagues  from  the  island ;  but 
in  moderate  weather,  a  ship  may  cross  it  at  5  leagues  distance,  with  great  safety,  in  no 
less  than  8  or  9  fathoms  water ;  and.  if  the  weather  be  clear,  the  island  may  be  seen 
hjnce  very  distinctly  from  a  boat.  The  north-west  bar  breaks,  in  bad  weather,  at  7  and 
sometimes  8  miles  from  the  island ;  but  when  the  sea  is  smooth,  ships  may  cross  it 


m 


«■ 


122 


lU.lNT  8  AMKHICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


'^'^ 


within  the  (lifltiuicc  of  4  iniltss,  in  7  I'iithoins  wiiler. — These  hurs  iirc  tliils  di'Mcrilicd  by 
Mr.  Des  HHrrcs  :  hut  rcpeiititil  stoniis,  arxi  the  violence  ofthe  »i:.\,  may,  in  cnuriie  ^t'years, 
have  eoiiMiderabiy  altered  tlnii- Ibrni  and  extent. 

Alung  the  north  and  tiiMttli  sides  oi  the  island  are  many  8pits  ofsand,  nearly  parallel 
with  ami  within  a  tHile  Ironi  the  shore.  Vessels  may  anchor  on  the  north  .side  ol  the 
island,  between  the  spits,  ami  not  be  liable  to  be  driven  oil'  by  southerly  winds.  On  the 
south  side,  it  is  boldest  oil' the  body  ofthe  island,  having  10  or  I'J  fathoms  water,  within 
a  mile  ofthe  shore  ;  but  towards  the  bar  it  is  more  shnnl,  and  daii^iTous  to  approach  ;  for 
the  currents,  which  arc  uncertain,  are,  in  a  fi;reat  de;;riM',  influenced  by  the  winds  which 
have  preceded.  The  surf  l»eats  continually  on  the  shure,  and  in  calm  weather,  is  heard 
several  leagues  olf.  Landing;  ou  this  island,  wiih  boats,  is  practicable  on  the  north  side 
after  a  continuance  of  good  weather  only.  The  whole  island  is  composed  of  white  sand, 
much  coarser  than  ;my  of  the  s()undiii!:;s  about  it,  and  intermixed  with  small  transparent 
stones.  Its  face  is  very  broken,  and  liuve  up  in  little  Inlls,  knobs,  and  dills,  wddly  lie:ip< 
ed  together,  within  whi>'h  are  hollows  and  ponds  olfiesli  water,  the  skirts  of  whicli  aboutid 
with  cranberries  the  whole  year,  and  vith  iiluebt-rrics.  juniper,  (\'c.  in  their  season  ;  as 
also  with  ducks,  Miipes,  and  other  birds.  This  sandy  island  alfonls  great  plenty  of  bench 
grass,  wild  pe^is,  and  other  herbage,  for  the  support  ot  the  horses,  cows,  hogs,  dec.  which 
are  ruontag  wild  upon  it.  It  grows  no  trca-s ;  but  abundance  of  wreck  and  drift  wood 
may  b*^  Wcked  up  along  the  shore  for  fuel.  Strong  ntutlierly  winds  shift  the  spits  of 
saittk  ipa  often  even  dioak  u|)  the  cntranci!  ofthe  pond  whicli  is  «ii  the  .South  side  of 
the  island.  In  this  pond  are  prodigious  miiiibers  of  seals,  and  some  llat-lish,  eels,  ice. 
and  on  the  south-west  side,  lies  a  bed  of  remarkably  largo  muscles  and  dams.  The  south 
shore  Is,  between  the  clill's,  so  low,  that  the  sea  breaks  (|uite  over  in  many  places,  when 
the  wind  blows  on  the  island.  The  Ram's  Head  is  the  highest  hill  on  this  island;  it 
has  a  steep  cliff  on  the  north-west,  and  falls  gently  to  the  south-east.  The  naked  Saml- 
hills  wcp  l46  feet  in  perpendicular  height,  above  the  level  of  high  water  uuirk,  and  always 
appear  very  white.  Mount  Knight  is  in  the  shape  of  a  pyramid,  and  situated  in  a  hol- 
low, between  two  steep  cliffs.  Mount  Luttrell  is  a  remarkable  hummock  on  the  top  of 
a  large  swelling,  in  the  land.  Gracia  Hill  is  a  knob  at  the  top  of  a  cliif,  the  height  of 
,  which  if  126  feet  perpendicular,  above  high  water  mark.  The  Vale  of  Misery  is  also 
.  remarkablie,  a|  is  Smith's  Flag-Staff,  a  large  hill,  with  a  regular  ascent  every  way.  From 
the  offingf  the  south  side  ofthe  island  appears  like  a  long  ridge  of  sandy  cliffs,  lessening 
towards  the  west  end,  which  is  very  low. 

Ship  masters  are  too  ready  to  abandon  their  vessels  when  stranded  on  the  shores  of 
thia  island:  in  moderate  weather  an  immediate  .ttempt  shotild  be  made  to  get  out  an 
anchor;  for,  as  the  sand  is  soft  and  luoveable,  it  will  often  happen  that  a  vessel  can  be 
got  oflTat  once,  which  in  a  few  hours  would  be  totally  lost :  when  the  surf  is  so  smooth 
ai«to  permit  landing,  it  is  generally  smooth  enough  to  carry  out  an  anchor.  The  Bri- 
tish barque  Tottenham,  in  1832,  got  on  the  N.  W.  bar ;  the  crew  and  passengers  land- 
ed, and  in  11  hours  she  was  discovered  to  be  afloat,  and  all  hands  went  on  board  and 
succeeded  in  getting  clear.  The  ship  Kagle,  of  New  York,  with  a  very  valuable  cargo, 
got  on  shore  in  August,  1835,  on  the  S.  E.  part  ofthe  island  ;  after  being  on  shore  4  or 
6  days  she  floated  off,  having  very  little  water  in  her,  and  brought  up  a  mile  further  to 
the  eastward,  where  she  was  finally  lost. 

At  the  present  time,  there  are  three  houses  on  the  Isle  of  Sable,  one  on  each  ex- 
tremity, and  one  near  the  centre  ofthe  island,  in  which  individuals  reside,  who  are  em- 
ployed by  the  Provincial  Government  of  Nova  Scotia,  to  assist  any  vessels  which  may 
be  wrftcked  on  these  shores.  Adjoining  the  house  at  the  west  end  is  a  garden,  and  a 
piece  of  cultivated  land,  the  only  spot  of  the  kind  on  the  island,  where  vegetables  and  a 
considerable  quantity  of  hay  are  annually  produced. 

As  when  a  vessel  is  on  shore  in  a  fog,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  ascertain  her 
true  position,  in  order  to  save  the  ship  or  the  lives  of  those  on  board,  the  following  di- 
rections should  be  attended  to  : 

If  breakers  are  seen  to  extend  in  a  direction  N.  W.  and  S.  E.  you  are  on  the  N.  W. 
bar. 

If  breakers  are  seen  to  extend  W.  S.  W.  and  E.  N.  E.  you  are  on  the  N.  E.  bar. 

If  breakers  are  seen  to  the  northward  ahead,  and  extending  from  ea.st  to  west,  you  are 
on  the  south  side  ofthe  island. 

If  breakers  are  seen  to  the  southward  ahead,  and  extending  from  east  to  west,  you  are 
on  the  north  side  of  the  island. 

The  eastern  end  of  this  island  is  in  43°  5')'  N.  latitude,  longitude  59°  48'  W. :  the 
western  end  is  in  43°  57'  N.  lat.,  long.  60°  14'  W. 

The  Nova  Scotia  Banks  extend  nearly  70  leagues,  in  a  westerly  direction.  From  the 
Isle  of  Sable,  they  are  from  20  to  25  leagues  wide,  and  their  inner  edges  are  from  14  to 
18  leagues  off-shore.     They  are  intersected  by  narrow  winding  channels,  (the  bottom  of 


BLUNT  S  AMEUICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


123 


wliirh  is  nuiil.)  niiiniiiK  N.  W.  ami  S.  K.  nptwccn  tlit-sf  banks  iiiuJ  thr  »}iore,  are  iieve- 
ralHiiiJill  iiiiior  I)  inks,  with  (lf»!|)  water  and  iniiddv  boltoni.  The  water  d<!«'|)f<ns  regular- 
ly frnin  tli.'  Isle  ol  Sahlr,  to  the  distance  of  22  Ica^ucH,  in  T)!)  fathoms,  line  jjravel ;  thence 
procct'diiii;  wt-stwani,  the  yravel  becoiiH'H  coarser;  rontinniiii,'  westward  to  the  western 
extremity  oC  the  l)anks,  the  Roni\dinns  are  rocky,  and  slioalcn  to  IH  and  1j  latlioms  wa» 
ter:  (Jape  Sable  bearini;  N.  by  W.  distant  ir»  leagues. 

The  south-west  exlreiiiity  of  liantjuereau,  lies  seventeen  leagues  K.  N,  E.  one  half 
E.  from  the  east  end  (d  the  Isle  of  Sable.  This  bank  extends  E.  by  N.  .'{5  leagues,  and 
is  near  H  leagues  in  width;  its  shoalest  part  is  abotU  5  leai^iies  from  its  eastern  extremity, 
in  Hi  and  IH  fathoms  water,  slimy  sand  and  clams:  whence  it  deepens  regularly  every 
way  to  ()()  and  70  fathoms,  towards  the  edyes  of  the  bank. 

This  bank  is  steep  to ;  and  from  its  sonndiims  on  the  north  side,  you  fall  immediately 
into  ')()  or  100  fathoms  water,  black  mud ;  and,  on  the  south  s  I  •,  into  120  fathoms'. 

REMARKS. —  It  may  be  observed,  generally,  that  tVe  soundings  all  along  the  Nova 
Scotian  Coast,  between  ("ape  Canso  on  the  K,  N.  E.  and  t^ape  Sable  to  the  W,  S. 
W.  are  very  irrei;ular;  from  -Jf)  to  »(t  and  50  fathoms;  therefore  in  foggy  weather,  do 
not  stand  nearer  in  sliore  than  .]')  fathoms,  lest  you  fall  upon  some  of  the  ledges.  By 
no  means  make  too  bold  with  the  shore  in  such  weather,  unless  you  are  sure  ofthe.pait 
of  the  coast  you  are  on;  for  you  may,  otherwise,  when  bound  for  Halifax,  fall  unet- 
pectedly  into  Malione  or  Meekleidierg  Bays,  and  thus  be  caught  and  endangered  byaS. 
E.wind.  >'■'■ 

The  weather  on  the  coast  is  frequently  foggy  in  the  spring  and  some  part  of  the  iWn- 
mer;  in  particular  at  the  distance  of  4  or  5  leagues  from  the  shores;  but  on apprOKOhlng 
nearer,  the  weather  is  found  more  clear;  and,  with  tlie  wind  from  the  land,  ittvj|Mrfo<st- 
iy  clear  and  pleasant. 


THE  WEST  AND  NORTHERN  COASTS  OF  NOVA  SCOTIA, 
AND  THE  COAST  OF  NEW  BRUNSWICK,  INCLUDING 
THE  BAY  OF  FUNDY,  WEFH  3IANAN  ISLANDS,  &.c. 


on  the  N.  W. 


REMARKS. — Whoever  examines  and  well  considers  the  situation  of  the  south  t|Mt- 
'em  roast  of  Nova  Scotia,  tlie  Ray  of  Fnndy,  and  Manan  Isla'- Js,  will  readily  perceiye 
the  dangers  attendant  upon  the  navigation  of  its  harbors,  its  natural  exposure  to  the  At- 
lantic Ocean  the  variableness  of  its  tides  and  winds,  and  the  many  rocks  with  which  it  is 
environed.  These,  tlierefore,  must  be  expected  to  involve  the  mariner  in  occasional  dif- 
ficulties, which  will  call  forth  his  utmost  energies,  and  require  no  comraofi  share  of  at- 
tention to  surmount ;  yet,  although  the  loss  of  vessels  in  these  parts  fully  justify  a  peril- 
ous apprehension,  there  are  few  obstacles  which  a  nuidcrate  exercise  of  skill  and  resolu- 
tion would  not  have  been  able  to  overcome;  nnd  we  fear  it  is  more  to  the  want  of  these 
qualifications  in  the  navigators,  than  to  the  da.igers  of  the  navigation,  that  such  losses 
have  ever  occurred.  • 

"It  is  essential,"  says  Mr.  Lockwood,  "to  the  safety  of  those  who  are  navigating  the 
Bay  of  Fundy,  that  it  should  be  clearly  luideistood,"  and  in  cases  of  necessity,  many  are 
the  places  of  safety  to  which  vessels  mi/^'ht  resort,  even  without  the  advantage  of  a  pilot: 
although  no  man  would  attempt  to  justifv  the  ccoimmy  of  saving  the  expense  of  pilot- 
age, on  a  coast  like  this,  where  currents,  fogs,  and  changes  of  weather  may  confound 
the  best  judgment. 

In  order  to  lessen  these  accidents,  if  not  totally  to  prevent  such  fatal  occurrences  in 
future,  let  the  mariner  be  fully  convinced  of  the  necessity  of  frequently  sounding  with 
the  deep-sea  lead,  and  see  the  expediency  of  having  his  anchors  and  cables  fit  for  im- 
mediate use;  this  cannot  be  too  strongly  impiessed  upon  his  mind,  for  vessels  well 
equipped  and  perfect  in  gear,  with  their  anchors  stowe^l  as  in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  have  been  here  wrecked,  in  moderate  weather,  and  so  frequently,  that  such  gross 
neglect  cannot  be  too  much  reprobated;  such  serious  losses  will,  we  trust,  be  hereafter 
prevented,  more  especially  as  it  is  so  dependant  upon  the  mariner  himself,  and  may  6e  in 
most  cases,  remedied  by  only  sounding  in  time,  and  keeping  the  lead  in  continual  action. 

TIDP2S. — Another  subject  most  particularly  essential  to  the  mariner,  is  a  knowledge 
of  the  tides ;  this  we  recommend  seriously  to  his  attention. 


f 


121 


BLUrvr's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


m^ 


W<' 


CAPE  SABLE  TO  nUIEIl'S  ISLAND,  ON  WHICH  IS  A   LKJIlTHOrSE. 

THE  (COASTS,  ISLANDS,  &c.— Hi-fore  wp  givr  a  dpurription  of  the  rP'=i  lantl, 
from  ('aptt  Sahlr  lo  ilic  cntniiicc  of  tin-  IJiiy  o(  Kiindy,  it  iiihv  lie  proprr  to  n».i.co  the 
iMhiiut<i  and  rucks  which  lie  adjacent  and  to  the  westward  (il  Cape  Salde;  these  «re  the 
Jilonde  llork.llic  Seal,  (on  which  is  a  li^hthniise)  and  IVIlid  islands;  the  'IMiKket  IslalMlx, 
the  (irannet  Kork,  and  (ireen  l.sland,  Arc.  The  Seal  IslandH  Honthernniost  point  b'-.rrs 
from  Cnpe  Sahle  nearly  W.  N.  VV.  }  W .  distanl  l(>  miles,  liein^  somewhat  more  thiin 
two  inilcH  in  lentrth  from  Nortli  to  Soutli.  Its  sonthern  part  is  covered  with  scrnliliv 
trees,  elevated  ahout  thirty  feet  aliovc  timsea;  to  the  sonthwaid  o(  this  part,  distant  iwi) 
miles  and  seven-tenths,  is  a  rock  uncovered  at  low  wat«'r  called  the  itionde,  iVoni  a  vessel 
that  in  1777  was  wrecked  upon  it ;  round  this  rock  are  7,  !>,  and  10  lathoins  water.  Aliout 
a  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  Hlonde  are  very  heavy  and  dangerous  overfalls,  liavinu  u 
Tcrv  alarininti;  appearance.  The  ship  Waterloo,  in  passiuR  between  the  Hlonde  Kock 
and  Seal  Island,  struck  twice  ujion  a  rocky  shoal,  with  only  eij;hteen  feet  water  over 
it,  and  thefebv  knocked  o(f  her  rudder;  this  was  supposed  tc»  he  a  jiart  of  the  ledpe 
which  nins  oil"  to  the  southward  of  the  Seal  Island.  ^I'he  lilonde  llork  is  particu- 
larly dangeroun,^aa  the  ehh  tide  sets  so  stronjily  towards  it;  and  from  tlie  Inwness  of 
the  Seal  Islands  you  are  so  likely  to  he  deceived,  even  in  line  weather.  'I'he  tide  also 
runn  with  great  rapidity  past  the  Seal  and  Mud  Islands,  whidi  occasions  tlie sea  to  lirrak 
over  the  shoals  in  their  vicinity,  making  them  appear  more  extensive  than  perhaps  they 
really  are.  In  sailing,  therefore,  between  the  Seal  Island  and  the  Miul  Islands,  large ves- 
■•laahould  always  keep  one  tnile  o(f  the  latter,  by  wjiich  they  will  avoid  the  overfaHs  in  .1 
f'athbms.     Off  the  western  part  of  the  Seal  Island,  distant  one  mile,  lie  two  small  rockv 

' islets,  called  the  Devil's  Limb,  and  the  liiinb's  Lindi;  tlic  Devil's  Liud)  is  fisible  at  all 
times,  and  the  Limb's  Limb  is  onlj  seen  at  half  tide.  The  smoothest  anchorage  is  mid- 
way between  these  and  Seal  Island  in  li',  or  4  fathoms,  clear  sand;  wild  fowl  and  fish 
Ve  here  in  iftmndance.     The  fishermen  r"sort  to  this  island  for  wood  and  water;  the  for- 

:|tt*l(^l^ktiif  fkbtain  from  wrecks,  the  latter  from  a  pond  near  the  centre  of  the  island. 

^XwiMud  Islands,  called  also  the  North  Seals,  are  !y  or  (>  low  ragged  islands,  the  largest 
of  which  lies  N.  E.  by  N.  .3}  miles  from  the  .Southern  Seal  Island  ;  if  is  one  mile  and  a 
quarter loitg,  and  off  its  southern  point  lies  tlie  Noddy,  a  little  low  islet;  to  the  south- 

i%ard  of  which  are  overfalls  of  eighteen  feet;  large  vessels,  in  passing  between  Seal 
9Xtd  Mud  Island,  shouldbe  careful  to  borrow  within  a  mile  of  .Seal  Island,  for  these  over- 

-'Cills  ex^d  full  threc-qtutlrters  of  a  mile  from  Noddy  Islet.  To  this  islet  the  petrels,  or 
Mother  Gary's  chickensTannually  resort  in  great  quantities  to  hatch  their  young,  (lit- 
tlng  about  in  astonishing  numbers.     Nearly  N.  W.  by  >.  distant  two  miles  fnirn  the 

largest  Mtid  Island,  is  a  ridge  of  rocks,  called  the  Soldier's  Ledge;  it  is  commonly  un- 
Oovered  at  half  ebb.  The  course  from  abreast  of  Cape  Sable  to  pass  between  Seal  and 
Mud  Islands,  is  W.W.  by  W.  you  will  meet  with  some  overfalls  in  this  direction,  but  no 
danger. 

Tnsket-Bald  Islands  are  a  cluster  of  islands  lying  to  the  northward  of  the  Mud  Isl- 
ands and  to  the  south-westward  of  the  entrance  of  the  Tusket  River;  some  of  them  are 
of  considerable  dimensions,  and  there  are  juany  shoals  and  dangers  among  them,  so  that 
although  there  may  be  navigable  channels  between,  no  stranger  should  attempt  these 
passages.  In  the  channel  which  separates  the  Tusket  and  Mud  Islands,  is  a  rocky  shoal, 
called  by  Des  Barres  the  Acteon ;  it  lies  N.  N.  W.  distant  4  miles  from  the  largest  Mud 
Island,  but  Mr.  Lockwood  places  it  one  mile  and  a  half  further  off;  nevertheless,  these 
are  generally  supposed  to  be  the  sairie  dangerous  shoal,  although  its  position  does  not 
seem  to  have  been  exactly  detprmined  ;  it  appears  to  have  from  2  to  4  fathoms  over  it, 
and  therefore  must  be  carefully  watched  for  and  guarded  against  by  those  who  should 
venture  through  this  channel. 

TUSKET  RIVER  runs  in  to  the  north-eastward  of  the  Tusket  Islands,  and  is  one 
of  several  inlets  that  are  navigable  on  this  part  of  the  coast;  it  has  several  settlements, 
on  its  banks,  but  at  present  it  is  little  known  or  frequented. 

PUBNICO  HARBOR  is,  according  to  Mr.  Lockwood's  account,  "an  excellent  ship 
harbor,  easy  of  access,  and  well  situated  for  vessels  bound  for  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  dis- 
tressed for  either  shelter  or  supplies.  Its  entrance  is  distant  from  the  south  end  of  Seal 
Island  12  or  13  miles,  from  which  it  bears  N.  E.  ^  E.  the  depths  of  water  between  tlem 
being  from  16  to  20  fathoms,  and  from  thence  to  12  and  7  fathoms  Up  so  far  as  the  beach, 
which  is  the  proper  place  for  strangers  to  anchor.  Above  this  beach,  otx  the  western 
Hide,  is  a  ledge,  which  becomes  partly  dry  at  low  water.  About  2  or  .3  miles,  on  the 
starboard  shore,  before  you  arrive  at  the  entrance  to  Pubnico  is  St.  John's  Island,  under 
the  northern  side  of  which  is  good  shelter  in  S.  easterly  gales ;   and  small  vessels  fre- 


BLUNTS  AMEtMCAN  ('OAHT  PM.OT, 


125 


(■ 


f|UPntiy  lif  rouiul  th«  hriirh  whi(h  forrii»<  ifi  rumrrn  |)nrt;  Imi  ronxfr"  rotnnmtily  |)mmn 
lliroUKli  tlie  ititirr  cliiinni'l,  witliiii  St.  Joliirn  IMiittoii,  ond  lloiini'  i'ltrtiiuc  l.iliiriiU,  dy 
Corkewit,  Hnil  llienct*  tow;inlH  ii)irriiiK">ii  liny  hy  Nhu^  liurlior;  hut  ihcHC  pliicea  ore 
pnrtly  nhoHl,  iiiiil  tntiilly  iitilittf*<l  tor  lnrn«'  »cshpIii. 

Kniin  the  entrMiicf  to  I'ulmiro  it  W.  N.  W.  J  W.  coiirup  for  4  Iragiifs,  will  leail  clear 
to  tlie  Hoiiiliward  of  tin'  'I'liskct  IsI.huIm,  Ixit  iti  this  route  loii  itiunt  hr  very  larelnl  to 
avoid  the  Soldier's  he<li!e  and  the  Actvon,  both  ofwliirh  have  been  already  descrihed. 
Having  pansed  to  the  weHtward  of  llie  Mud  iuid  'l'u»ket  Iwlandfl,  you  will  encounter,  in 
your  paHHajse  to  the  norlliward,  the  (iannet  Hork,  wliieh  lien  N.  W.  hy  W.  nearly  <»  niiles 
iliHiant  Iroui  tlie  Southern  iiald  Island,  and  S.  .',  W.  10  iiiileH  from  Cape  Koureliu ;  it  i> 
:U)  feet  above  the  Murfare  of  the  water,  and  always  appears  whitened  by  the  tlnnR  of 
birds:  about  two  uiileM  to  the  south-westward  (d  the  (iuiuict  iH  the  0|>poi<«uni'ii  I^edjte, 
which  is  visible  at  half  tide,  and  appears  to  have  endangered  the  lives  of  many,  havuig 
been  formerly  rcpresenle-l  to  lie  4  niiles  W.  by  N.  from  the  (iannet ;  Des  Barres  has 
plai  ed  this  datiger  in  latitude  '»;(  '  -lO'  4(1"  and  longitude  66°  ')'. 

(i'|{KKN  ISLAM)  lies  N.  N.  K.  ■'  N.  distant  :t!  miles  from  tVic  fiannet  Rock  Light ; 
there  is  a  ret!' runs  ottt  froni  this  islaiul  to  the  S.  Westward  almost  ?  of  a  mile;  round 
this  reef  are  6  and  .5  •athoms  water,  and  between  it  and  the  (Tai.nel  Rock  frt>m  12  iu  I''' 
fathoiiiH.  West  of  (Jreen  Island,  about  1',  ttiile,  is  „lso  a  sunker;  ledge;  it  lies  directly 
in  the  fair  way  of  the  <liantiel  m  the  liittle  Harbor  of  Jeboeue,  which  is  shoal  ■nd  in- 
tricate, beinu  the  < ommoti  resort  of  lisherniet'  <nd  coasters  ;  the  latids  adjacent  are  mo- 
derately hii^h,  and  are  both  well  «ullivated  a'  d  settled.  Should  a  stranger  venture  for 
this  harbor,  he  must  not  otdy  avoid  the  dangers  already  described,  but  also  a  roeky  shoal, 
called  the  ])ragon,  whi(  h  is  situated  S.  W.  .Southerly  a  full  mile  from  Jeboglie  Head, 
and  N.  N.  K.  one  mile  and  three-(|uarterH  from  (Jreen  Island;  there  are  8,  10,  and  12 
fathoms  between  the  Drajron  and  (ireen  Island,  and  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  between  it  and 
.lebogue  Head;  there  is  also  a  knoll  of  :)  fathoms  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  and  ■hod)^'' 
water  olf  its  eastern  side. 

CAPK  FOIJKCHU,  or  the  Forked  tape,  so  called  from  the  island  which  forma  it,  : 
having  two  narrow  prongs  running  out  to  the  southward,  but  the  inlet  formed  between 
these  must  not  be  mistaken  for  \'arnu)Uth  Ilarl)or,  which  lies  to  the  eastward  of  them 
both.  This  Cape,  according  to  the  best  authorities,  lies  in  latitude  43"  5-2'  30",  and  forma 
a  remarkable  object  in  these  p:uts,  being  rocky,  high,  and  barren  |  it  beara  from  Jebogue 
Head  N.  N.  W.  ?  N.  distant        miles. 

YARMOUTH. — Vessels  intending  to  ruii  for  Fourchu  or  Yarmouth  Harbor,  will  find 
it  the  safest  way  to  proceed  to  the  westward  of  Seal  Island,  the  Uannet  Ruck,  and  OreM^ 
Island,  giving  the  Cannet  a  berth  of  about  two  miles;  they  will  then  have  nQj[|mger  |9' 
encounter,  but  from  'JO  to  ;U)  fathoms  water  all  the  way.  Having  POM^d  Gre*h  IslaodTi 
their  course  towards  Yarmouth  Harbor  will  be  about  N.  N.  E.  A  N.  in  this  passage  th*y,, 
will  meet  with  the  Bagshot  Rock,  whirh  dries  at  low  water,  and  is  dangerous,  ruiming  ' 
out  shoal  full  half  a  mile  to  the  southward  :  it  bears  from  Cape  Jebofue  nearly  N.  W. 
from  which  it  is  distant  almost  y.\  miles,  and  from  Cape  Fourchu  S.  bv  W.  almost  9j 
miles ;  you  may  pass  on  either  side  of  this  rock,  and  run  on  N.  by  E.  |  E.  for  the  har- 
bor's mouth;  tiiis  is  considered  a  safe  but  small  harbor;  the  fair  way  is  to  follow  the 
eastern  shore  until  you  reach  the  eastern  point ;  this  you  itre  to  give  a  berth,  and  pro- 
ceed mid-channel  :  you  will  readily  perceive  the  isthmus,  with  a  battery  upon  it,  and 
under  its  lee,  to  the  northward,  is  the  anchorage;  the  grotuid  is  good,  and  the  depth  of- 
water  from  5  to  6  fathoms.  About  a  mile  above  the  anchorage  is  the  town  of  Yarmouth, 
which  is  numerously  peopled,  the  houses  large,  though  straggling,  the  grounds  adja- 
cent well  cultivated,  and  the  circumstancesof  the  inhabitants  generally  good. 

From  Cape  Fourchu  to  Cape  Mary  the  main  land  extends  N.  by  W.  and  from  Cape 
Mary  to  the  Lighthouse  on  Briers  island  is  N.  N.  W.  13  miles.  Almost  opposite  to 
Cape  Fourchu  is  the  Lurcher's  Rocky  Shoal,  and  between  that  and  Cape  St.  Mary  is 
the  Trinity  Ledge,  and  these  are  the  only  dancers  in  the  passage. 

THE  LURCHER  ROCK  lies  nearly  W.  N.  W.  from  Cape  Fourchu,  distant  13 
miles;  it  "hovers  a  spot  of  about  3  acres  of  shoal  grotmd,the  least  water  over  which  is  12 
feet;  around  the  edge  of  the  shallow  water  are  10,  11,  and  12  fathoms,  and  a  little  fur- 
ther off  from  20  to  30  fathoms. 

THE  TRINITY  LEDf^E  comprehends  a  smaller  space  than  the  Lurcher,  about 
three-fourths  of  an  acre,  having  the  tops  of  three  small  rocks  showing  themselves  at  low 
tides  ;  this  danger  bears  from  Cape  Fourchu  N.  by  W.  distant  14  miles,  and  from  Cape 
St.  Mary  S.  W.  J  W.  6}  miles  ;  the  depth  of  water  to  a  mile  round  it  is  from  12  to  15 
fathoms.  The  stream  runs  very  strongly  over  these  two  dangers,  but  the  anchorages  in 
their  vicinity  are  tolerably  good  for  a  tide. 

Vessels  coming  round  Cape  Sable,  and  intending  to  take  the  Tusket  Passages,  m?y 


I 


--i«J*«feW''-' 


126 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


1  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  and  proceed  thrmigli  either  of  the  cliannrls  wliicli  have  been  liescrihfd 

*  before,  as  best  suits  their  conveiiienci',  or  else  proceed  to  the  soiitliward  of  Seal  Island 

for  about  '.]')  mi'es,  passini;  at  the  distance  of  -JO  miles  to  the  westward  of  Seal  Island; 
lluis  the  JJay  of  b'lindy  will  be  open,  and  their  course  up  N.  N.  W.  This  will  rarry 
them  outside  of  the  Lurcher,  but  tlie  tide  will  make  one  point  dilfereuce  in  this  course, 
and  it  sets  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  throufjh  the  channels  of  Mud  and  'J'usket  Islands,  and  near 
the  Manan  Ledges,  the  ebb  running  W.  8.  W.  and  the  Hood  E.  N.  E.  at  the  rate  of  4 
knots  an  hour. 

From  the  Seal  Islands  up  to  Cape  St.  Mary,  the  soundings  extend  lull  20  and  ."JO 
leagues  off  the  land  westward  of  Hrier's  Island  Light,  and  near  the  Manan  Ledges  are 
60,  80,  and  100  fathoms  at  3  and  4  miles  distance;  tlu-refore  the  lead  should  always  be 
kept  going. 

BRIER'S  ISLAND,  AT  THE  ENTRANCE  TO  THE  BAY  OF  FUNDY, 

TO  CHJUNKCTO  KAY. 


m 


,:4r>*. 


BRrBR'S  ISLAND  ...  3  at  the  S.  W.  entrance  of  St.  Mary's  Bay;  it  is  4  miles  long 
and  1^  iriileljiroad  ;  on  its  western  side  stands  a  lighthouse,  ill  const rurtcd  and  biuili/  Ufrhi- 
id;  iKe  marpftr,  therefore,  ranvot  place  his  hpendcncc  upon  serin i^  if,  irhicli  is  the  more  to 
hli  lamented,  on  account  of  the  (/misers  ivhirh  surround  it.  In  advancing  from  the  west- 
Ward  towards  the  island,  the  tide  ripples  strongly,  even  in  .'$;J  and  45  fatlioms,  when  you 
a  ■  at  the  distance  of  8  or  10  miles  off  the  island.  There  is  a  long  and  narrow  reef  runs 
J|ft»ut  S.  W.  from  the  S.  Eastern  part  of  the  island,  full  two  miles,  some  parts  of  which 
'  ^kr9  visible,  and  called  the  Black  Rock;  in  the  same  direction  to  the  S.  W.  is  a  small 
apotofS  fathoms^  {his  lies  about  1  imile  from  the  extremity  of  the  reefs  ;  between  the  knoll 
and  reef,  and  also  aroi^od  the  knoll,  there  are  from  15  to  ;!4  fathoms:  vessels,  therefore, 
going  round  to  the  son  'iward  ofjirier's  Island  must  always  give  it  a  wide  berth.     About 

*  ^jii^es  N.  W.  I  W.  i  om  the  northern  end  of  the  is'.,ind  lies  the  N.  W.  Ledge  of  10 
'fbet;  li  is  small  and  dangerous  :  nfearly  S.  \V.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  this,  is  Bet- 

80ia'«  Ledge,  and  otweeti  these  two  ledges  and  the  island  are  two  others,  said  also  to 
be  dangeroi^s, ''  .ih  deep  channels  between  them,  but  the  exact  situations  of  these  are  not 
clearly  knoVn;  it  will  therefore  be  particularly  dangerous  for  the  mariner  to  approach 
nearer  to  the  northern  side  of  this  island  than  four  or  five  miles. 

LONG  ISLAND  is  separated  from  Brier's  Is.and  by  a  narrow  channel,  called  the 
Grand  Pass;ige,  in  which  are  from  5  to  15  fathoms  water:  the  island  runs  in  a  N.  E.  and 
S.  W.  direction,  being  nearly  10  miles  long,  and  about  \},-  mile  broad  ;  its  coasts  are  al- 

•  mosl^ straight,  and  at  its  further  end  is  the  Petit  Passage,  dividing  it  from  a  narrow  neck 
of  bind  which  continues  so  far  as  the  Gut  of  Annapolis;  thus  Brier's  Island,  Long  Isl- 

-  tjoy,  and  this  peninsr'^,  form  *lie  northern  shores  of 

:  -St.  MARY'S  BA  ..  -While  from  Cape  St.  Mary,  upwards  into  the  bay,  the  south- 
ern shoje  is  low  and  runs  out  w^th  sandy  flats,  in  some  places  almost  so  far  as  three- 
3uarter«  of  a  mile  ;  the  ornosiie  or  northern  shore,  is  constituted  of  high  cliffs,  having 
eep  water  close  under  thtia.  Nearly  n' d-channel,  and  full  two-thirds  up  the  bay,  is,i 
rocky  bank,  with  4,  6,  and  6  fathoms  ovu  it.  whilst  on  each  side  of  it  are  channels  of  12 
and  15  fathoms,  muddy  ground.  Far  up  the  bay,  on  the  southern  shores,  is  the  River 
Sisibou,  ,the  entrance  to  which  is  shoal,  with  a  depth  of  only  2  fathoms  water.  At  the 
further  end  of  St.  Mary's  Bay,  is  an  extensive  sandy  beach,  on  entering  which  you  will 
lessen  your  depth  from  4,  6,  and  6  fathoms  to  12  feet,  and  should  you  advance,  it  will 
become  more  shallow.  On  the  north  side,  and  nearly  opposite  to  Sisibou  River,  is 
Sandy  Cove,  where  vessels,  when  it  comes  on  to  blow  hard,  may  run  aground  on  a  bot- 
tom of  soft  mud,  and  lie  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

GRAND  PASSAGE. — We  have  already  stated  that  this  channel  runs  in  between 
Brier's  and  Long  Islands;  its  souther:)  entiance  bearing  North,  distant  2(»  miles  from 
Cape  Fourchu,  and  N.  by  W.  12  miles  from  Cajie  St,  Mary;  in  running  for  it.  from 
abreast  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  you  will  have  no  impediment  whatever,  but  a  depth  of  from 
14  to  30  fathoms;  at  the  eiurante  of  the  passage  is  IH  fathoms  mid-channel,  and  having 
advanced  wiMiin  you  will  perceive  Billy  Islet;  this  .nay  be  left  on  either  side,  altltougli 
Mr.  Des  Barres  says  the  western  cliannd  is  the  best  and  widest;  here,  a  little  to  the 
northward  of  the  island,  is  one  of  the  safest  and  best  harliors  in  the  vicinity  ;  from  hence 
to  the  northwanl  are  4,6,  6,  and  7  fathoms;  following  the  shore  of  Brier's  Island, 
opposite  its  nftrfhern  point,  the  water  dee|)ens  to  13  and  14  fathoms  ;  you  are  then  clear 
of  the  Grand  Passage,  and  may  borrow  towards  Long  Island,  steering  N.  Easterly,  or 
N.  E.  by  N.  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy. 

PETIT  PASSAGE  lies  at  the  further  extremity  of  Long  Island,  and  is  the  channel 
which  separates  that  island  from  the  main.     It  is  situated  about  3  leagues  to  the  north- 


BLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


127 


eastward  of  the  (Jnuui  Passugc,  and  is  280  fathoms  wide  in  its  narrowest  part :  its  sliores 
are  bold  to,  and  tlierc  islVoni  JO  to  ^Ufatlioins  of  water  within  it ;  a  i\.  N.  E.  .V  Northerly 
course,  from  abre;«.st  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  will  carry  you  right  through  it.  Near  its  north- 
ern entrance,  on  the  western  si<le,  is  Eddy  Cove,  a  very  convenient  place  for  vessels  to 
anchor  in,  for  here  they  may  ride  out  of  the  stream  of  tide,  which  conunonly  runs  so 
rapidly,  that  without  a  fresh  leading  wind,  no  ship  could  possibly  stem  it. 

ANNAPOLIS  CUT. — Pursuing  the  coast  along  shore  from  i3rier's  Island  to  Anna- 
polis Gut,  it  lias  very  few  curvatures;  the  shore  is  bound  with  high  rocky  clilfs,  above 
which  a  range  of  hills  rises  gradually  to  a  considerable  height;  their  sunnnits  appear 
unbroken,  except  at  the  (irand  and  I'etil  Passages,  at  Sandy  Cove,  and  Gulliver's  Hole> 
where  they  sink  down  in  valleys,  and  near  the  Gut,  where  they  terminate  by  an  abrupt 
and  steep  declivity.  The  muriner,  in  navigating  this  coast,  will  by  keeping  about  a  mile 
or  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  land,  have  .jD,  4(t,  and  not  less  tlian30  fathoms  water  all  the 
way  ;  and  when  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gut,  1.',  mile  distant  from  the  lighthouse  on  Point 
Prim,  he  will  find  the  latter  drptli.  The  Gut  of  Annapolis,  says  Mr.  Des  Barres,  lies  in 
latitude  4-1'^  45'  30"  N.  and  longitude  05^  40'  30  "  \V.  The  shore  on  both,  sides  of  the 
Gut  is  iron  bound  for  several  leagues;  the  stream  of  ebb  and  flood  sets  throU|[hfheGut 
with  the  velocity  ofo  knots  an  hour,  ciUMug  various  eddies  and  whirlpools,  Ifet'fiieUhest 
tide  will  be  fouii<l  off  the  eastern  side,  which  is  so  bold  to  approach  that  a  6Kp  tavf  Iruh 
her  bowsprit  against  the  dill's,  and  yet  lie  in  10  I'lithoms  water.  There  is  a  lightbottKB 
upon  Point  Prim,  the,l;ght  from  which  is  exhibited  from  a  window  120  feet  above  th%^  •; 
sea,  and  is  an  object  of  piiilul  and  useless  economy  ;  but  it  may  perhaps  serve  to  ptevemt' 
the  fatal  error  of  mistaking  tiie  re;U  entrance  of  the  Gut  from  Gulliver's  Hole,  which  t| 
land  much  resembles,  but  which  the  latter  has  no  such  distinguishing  buildiog  tt{ 
Point  Prim  runs  oil' shoal  about  30  fathoms,  and  ott'the  eastern  entrance  is  the  Ma£j 
War  Rock  :  it  lies  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  land,  and  has  no  channel  within  J 
The  entrance  t'  he  (:iut  is  very  narrow,  but  keep  mid-channel,  and  after  you  get  pi^tjIiP 
it  the  harbor  wiilens,  and  ships  can  anchor  on  the  east  or  west  side  of  the  basin,  (tt.iMl'^ 
up  to  Goat's  Island,  if  the  latter,  they  should  observe  that  when  they  get  withia  hidr^ 
mile  of  the  island,  they  must  stretch  two  thirds  of  the  way  towards  the  Urboard  shont^/'^ 
until  they  are  past  the  island,  which  is  shoal  all  round,  and  from  thence  they  can  Ste0Jr 
up  mid-channel  towanls  the  town.  ', 

In  addition  to  the  above,  Mr,  Lockwood  observes,  "  That  the'abrupt  precipice*  of  t||9 
high  lands  which  form  the  Gut,  cause  those  gusts  of  wind  which  rush  down  so-suddeli- 
ly  and  so  violently  from  the  mountains.    The  tide  also  hurries  your  vessel  through  with. 
great  force.     At  the  entrance  there  is  no  anchorage  except  close  in  shore^  near  the  qutdjr 
western  point  ;  in  some  places  tlie  depth  is  from  40  to  80  fathoms." 

ANNAPOLIS  TO  THK  BASIN  OF  MINES.— From  the  Gut  of  Annapofii  xi 
the  bay  to  Cape  Split,  the  coast  continues  straight,  and  nearly  in  the  same  direction,  wl  _ 
a  few  rocky  clitfs  near  the  Gut,  or  narrows,  and  many  banks  of  red  earth  under  lligh  land(«  -^ 
which  appear  very  even.  In  the  channel  or  narrows  leading  into  the  Basin  of  Mines,  from 
Cape  Split  to  Cape  Blowmedown,  and  from  Cape  D'Oronthe  north  side,  to  Partridge 
Island,  the  land  rises  almost  perpendicularly  from  the  shore  to  a  very  great  height.  Betweon  . 
Cape  Piowmedown  and  Partridge  Islauil,  there  is  a  great  deptli  of  water,  and  the  stream  of 
the  current,  even  at  the  time  of  neap  tides,  does  not  run  less  than  6  or  6  fathoms.  Having 
passed  Cape  Blowmedown,  a  wide  space  opens  to  the  southward,  leading  to  the  settle- 
.  meutsofCornwallis,  Horton,  Falmouth,  and  Windsor,  &c.  these  are  now  using' into  great 
mercantile  conseque-ice,  and  abound  in  mines  of  coal,  plaster,  limestone,  and  other  valu- 
able minerals.  While  to  the  eastward  the  river  extends  to  Cobequid  Bay,  having  on  its 
banks  the  towns  of  Londonderry,  Truro,  and  Onslow,  this  latter  place  forming  a  direct 
communication  with  the  Bay  of  Tatmagouche  in  the  (lulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  Off  Cape 
Splitthere  are  considerable  whirlpools,  which,  with  spring  tides,  are  very  dangerous,  and 
frequently  run  9  knots  an  hour.  Should  a  vessel  be  at  anchor  between  Cape  Sharp  and 
Partridge  Island,  and  you  should  be  desirous  of  proceeding  to  Windsor  River,  it  will  bo 
necessary  to  get  under  weigh  two  hours  before  low  water,  in  order  to  get  into  the  stream 
of  the  Windsor  tide  on  the  southern  shore  ;  otherwise,  without  a  commanding  breeze,  a 
vessel  would  run  the  hazard  of  being  carried  up  with  the  Coiiequid  tide,  which  is  the  main 
stream,  and  runs  very  strong,  both  with  flood  and  ebb  ;  while  the  Windsor  tide  turns  oif 
round  Cape  Blowmedown  to  the  southward,  and  is  then  divided  again,  one  part  continu- 
ing its  course  up  to  Windsor,  and  the  other  forming  the  Cornwallis  tide,  running  up  the 
river  of  that  name. 

In  sailing  up  Windsor  River,  the  house  on  Horton  Blufl' should  be  kept  in  a  south 
bearing,  and  the  gap  in  the  Parsborough  River  north;  this  will  c,\rry  you  through  the 
channel  between  the  flats,  which  cannot  be  passed  at  low  water  by  a  vessel  drawing  15 
feet  much  before  half  tide.  Off  Horton  Blutf  the  ground  is  loose  and  slaty,  and  a  ship 
will  be  likely  to  drag  her  anchors,  with  a  strong  breeze,  particularly  at  full  and  change  ; 


128 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


V'i't 


therefore  it  miglit,  perhaps,  be  better  for  men  of  war  to  moor  across  the  stream,  and  full 
one  third  from  the  lilulf. 

HAUTE  ISLAND — This  island  is  situated  at  the  entrance  of  the  Mine's  Channel, 
and  is  not  1  {  mile  iu  length,  and  about  half  a  mile  broad  ;  it  bears  from  Cape  Chignecto 
S.  W.  distant  4  miles :  the  channel  on  either  side  is  good  ;  that  between  it  and  the  Cape 
has  14,  '20,  and  -JJl  fathoms  water  in  it,  and  that  beuveeii  Haute  and  Jolyfte  Head  from 
'20  to  40  fathoms  ;  it  forms  a  prominent  and  very  remarkable  object,  from  the  height 
and  steepness  of  its  rocky  dirt's,  which,  in  a  most  singular  manner  seem  to  overhang  its 
western  side  ;  there  is,  however,  a  fair  landing  at  its  eastern  end,  and  anchorage  half  a 
mile  off  in  18  fathoms,  with  the  low  point  bearing  about  N.  E.  by  N.  here  also  is  a  stream 
of  fresh  water  running  into  the  sea.  Cape  U'tJr  and  Cape  Chignecto  are  high  lands, 
with  very  steep  dirt's  of  rocks  and  red  earth,  and  deep  water  close  under  them.  You 
have  nearly  the  same  kind  of  shore  to  the  head  of  Chignecto  Bay,  where  very  extensive 
flats  of  mud  and  quicksand  arc  left  dry  at  low  water.  The  tides  come  in  a  bore,  rushing 
in  with  great  rajtidity,  and  are  known  to  rise,  at  the  eqinoxes,  from  6U  to  70  feet  perpen- 
dicular. . 

CUiGNECTO  BAY  runs  up  E.  N.  E.  and  may  be  considered  to  be  the  north-east- 
ern branch  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  ;  it  is  divided  from  the  Mine's  Channel  by  the  penin- 
sula, o'f  which  Cape  Chignecto  is  the  \ve;jtern  extremity:  having  advanced  about  12  or 
13  miles  within  it,  you  wUlsee  a  point  on  the  larl)()ard  or  northern  shore  running  out  to 
Mawar^this  is  called  Cape  Enrage  or  Knraged  Cape  ;  II  miles  beyond  which  it  divides 
into,  jtwo  braacliea,  the  one  leading  to  Cumberland  Basin,  and  by  the  River  Missequash 
jtO'V^rte  Bay,  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  now  becoming  a  place  of  very  consider- 
^^idiW^t^intnctrce  \  the  q>tli9r  ruuning  northerly,  and  taking  the  name  of  the  Petcudiac 
rj  Aesflfjwti'tSf  Mtoft. the  Basin  of  Mmes,  are  fast  rising  into  consequence,  and  becom- 
»$«at  (If  liUoievlras  settlements.  The  Cumberland  Branch  is  navigable  to  within 
)m  of  Vert«  Bay  ;  and  it  iliieniarkable  that  when  the  rise  of  the  tide  in  Cumber- 
'iasib  is  60  feet  that  in  V^e  Bay  will  only  rise  H  leet.  The  River  of  Misse- 
k,  which  rans  aerOss  the  isthinus,  is  the  present  boundary  between  the  provinces 
'liova  Scoti»0Bd  NevJSrunswick. 


.p'tttONECS'O  BAY^  THE   MANAN   ISLANDS,  AND  PASSAMAQUOD- 


*« 


DY   BAY. 


tij;THB  NORTH  COAST  OF  THE  BAY  OF  FUNDY,  from  Cape  Enraged, 
'  I  C^aoo,  in  the  township  of  St.  Martin's,  is;  at  present,  but  thinly  inhabited,  and 
ioBtinii0»to;be8O  as  far  as  St.  John's  :  the  land  is  good,  but  much  broken  with  steep 
".^Ffdtfjns;  tlf<!f^  weather  is  generally  humid,  the  winds  boisterous  and  changeable,  and  the 
v^MMf^l  of  sunshine  limited  and  evanescent :  but  from  Quaco  to  St.  Johns  the  interior 
|Uls  rise  in  easy  inequalities;  the  ravines  of  the  dirt's  are  deep  and  gloomy,  and  the  in- 
„ ,1  llRtioiu  frequently  have  beaches:  at  Black  River,  which  is  about  12  miles  west  of 
li^ttMiO,  is  a  safe  inlet  for  a  small  vessel,  although  it  is  dry  from  half-tide. 
-  QUACO  LIGHT  is  on  a  small  rockort'Quaco  Head,  W.  ■(  S.  from  St.  Martin's  Head ; 
iJ^-.is  a  revolviti  '  light,  time  of  revolution  .30  seconds. 

^UACO  LEDGE.— This  is  a  dangerous  gravelly  shoal,  situated  about  12  miles  S. 
it.  from  Quaco,  and  W.  by  N.  distant  11  miles  from  Haute  Island;  it  extends  N. 
N.  and  S.  £.  by  S.  about  3.t  miles,  and  is  half  a  mile  broad  ;  vessels  have  fre- 
^tlMiUy  grounded  upon  this  bank;  there  are  several  irregular  patches  of  rocks  lying  ort 
itsK.  £.  side;  the  ledge  shows  itself  at  half  tide,  and  dries  for  about  100  yards,  having 
but  13  feet  water  over  it  with  common  tides  ;  half  a  mile  to  the  N.  E.  the  eddies  with 
the  fldod  tides  are  strong  and  numerous,  the  ship's  head  going  nearly  round  the  com- 
pass in  the  space  of  half  an  hour ;  the  ebb  is  a  true  tide,  and  sets  in  a  W.  S.  W.  direc- 
tion towards  the  ledge;  the  soundi.gs  are  from  7  to  14  fathoms,  at  about  two  cables' 
lengths  all  the  way  round,  but  they  shoal  more  gradually  from  the  N.  E. 

The  night  tides  here,  and  generally  throughout  the  bay,  are  highest  :  at  St.  John's 
they  are  so  during  the  summer,  but  the  contrary  during  the  winter  months,  or  between 
the  equinoxes.  The  mark  to  go  dear  to  the  southward  of  the  (:^uaco  Ledge  is  Cape 
D'Or  on  with  the  soutu  side  of  the  Island  Haute. 

ST.  JOHI*'S  HARBOR.— The  entrance  to  this  harbor  bears  from  the  Gutof  Annapo- 
lis about  N.^W.  distant  11  leagues:  it  is  distinguished  by  a  lighthouse  which  stands 
on  Partridge  Island,  after  mentioned.  Vessels  coming  from  seaward,  and  making  for 
this  harbor,  should,  so  soon  as  ever  they  can  well  discern  the  lighthouse,  make  their 
signsl  for  a  pilot;  but  if  unable  to  succeed  in  reaching  the  harbor  that  tide,  then  endea- 
vor to  ifun  in  between  Meqgenes  Island  and  the  main,  going  either  on  the  south  or  on 
the  itMth  side  of  this  >BitU||p  >Q  doing  which  you  will  no  where  have  less  than  4,  6,  and 


BLUNT  S  AMEKICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


129 


ream,  and  full 


artin*8  Head  ; 


6  fathoms  water,  with  a  bottom  of  sand  and  nuid.  Here  you  will  d  ';»in  the  best  anchor- 
age, by  liriiijjihg  thetliiee  hills  in  the  coinitry  to  the  N.  L.  in  a  In  over  llocky  Point 
Inland,  and  the  house  on  Meogenes  Island  S.  K.  by  S. 

THE  CITV  OF  ST.  JOllN  stands  on  an  irregular  descent,  liinirig  a  southern  as- 
pect, and  on  entering  the  river,  has  an  imposing  appearance.  Partridge  Island  is  about 
two  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  eiiy,  answering  the  double  purpose  of  protecting  the 
harbor,  and,  by  its  lighthouse,  guiding  and  directing  the  mariner  to  its  entrance;  the  lan- 
tern is  166  feet  al)ove  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  light  is  good  and  well  attended.  The 
ground  for  several  miles  to  the  soutiiward  of  Partridge  Island  is  muddy,  the  de|)lhs  gradu- 
al from  7  to  20  fatlioms,  aH'ording  excellent  an(  horage  ;  the  |)assage  westward  of  tliis  is- 
land has  in  it  10  feet,  that  to  the  eastward  has  10  feet,  and  abreast  of  the  city  are  from  7 
to  '22  fathoms.  Three  fourths  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  lighthouse  is  a  beacon 
fixed  on  the  edge  of  a  rocky  ledge,  formini;  the  west  side  of  the  channel,  and  having  deep 
water  close  to  it.  A  breakwater  is  erected  liirilicr  on  at  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel 
and  below  the  town;  this  greatly  intercej)ls  the  violi  nee  oi  the  waves,  which  southerly 
gales  usually  occasion.  Every  possible  assistance  is  here  given  to  shifu  wanting  repair, 
they  lie  upon  blocks,  and  undergo  atliorongh  examination,  without  incun'iug  the  expense, 
injury,  and  loss  of  time  occasioned  by  heaving  them  down.  «•  tt,   ' 

Vessels  having  made  the  harlmr,  and  (inding  themselves  able  to  enttfr,  may,  whefi  they 
have  passed  Meogenes    Island,  edge  in  sliore   towards  Ivocky  JaOiut,  until  tliey  mtceSf^* 
Meogenes  Point  is  in  a  line  with,  or  over  the  N.  \V.  corner  of^Meogenes  Jslai^:  thed^ 
sailing  in  between  Rocky    Point  and  Partridge   Island,  with  these  marks  on,.jrUl<<)llii?l^;^    .. 
them,  in  the  deepest  wafer,  over  the  bar,  iiniil  they  open -Point  J^aspetik  to  ti4;"B|f''*^'*^^''^ 
ward  of  the  low  point  of  Partridge  Island;  when  putting  the  iitlm.stiM'board,  theiri|iil 
edge  over  towards  Thom|)son's  Point,   until  they  get  the  red  St^i#'|^the  sotttnit^ 
St.  John's  in  a  line  over  the  beacon  ;  keep  tlunn  in  one,  uptil  tnly  liave- passed    .^ 
con  at  the  distance  of  a  ship's  breadth  :  then  haul  up  N.  N.  W.  ibr  the-hiirbor/ra 
the  blockhouse,  at  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor,  open^tp  the  westward  of  the  kipg'A 
situated  l)y  the  waterside  ;   >•  hich  mark  will  lead  lliem,  mid-chttlhi^],  up  to  t»  «^ 
where  they  may  lie  aground,  dry  at  half-tide,  and  clean  the  ship's  Ubttoa^  Q^tiAt 
ill  the  stream  at  single  anchor,  with  a  h.wser  l;ist<;ned  to  the  postsof  the  wharves  OB  i^OL., 
The  Mood  tide  is  weak  heie,  but  the  elib  runs  down  rapidly  past  jVIeogenes  li&tsftiijii^! 
the  Hay  of  Fundy.  -  ^  ^'  ■<        '       •i^i;. 

Should  the  tide  of  ebb  have  taken  place  at  the  beacon,  then  it  would  behighfy^aqMtO|il|" 
to  attempt  gaining  the  harbor  that  tide  ;  but  wait  for  the  next  half-fiood-to  gd'dVer"' 
bar;  a-*  lioth  sides  of  tin-  enlranc!:  to  the  lii\rl):)rare  composed  of  sharp  rd<iks,  «^iieh 
at  low  water;  and  the  tide  of  ebb,  especiall    ii   the  spring  of  the  year,  when  th«  Use 
snow  is  dissolving,  is  so  exceedingly  rapid  and  strong,  that  all  the  anchors  yott 
will  not  be  sufficient  to  prevent  the  ship  from  driving. 

"  Tlie  lliver  St.  .lolin,"  says  Mr.  Des  Harres,  "  has  sulficieut  depth  of  water  for  lalMi'P 
ships  to  the  falls;  wlieiice  it  (uintinues  navigable  eighty  miles  up  the  country,  for  vessels  <^    ' 
10!)  tons.     At  Fort   Fre(leri(;k  tiie  rise  of  the  tide  is  18  feet,  and  at  equinoetial  S{Nrht^'- 
tides  'Jo  feet;  above  the  falls  it  seldom  rises  more  than  4  feet.     When  the  tide  has  risen 
I'J  feet  at  the  fort,  the  falls  become  smooth,  after  which,  during  the  space  of  20  tninutcjl. 
they  are  passable.    At  times  of  great  freshets,  which  gejierally  happen  between  the  begiti* 
ning  of  yJy^r/'/ and  tlie  tml  ot'JMdi/,  from  the  melting  of  the  snow,  the  falls  are  absotate]^ 
im))assable  for  vessels  going  up  the  river,  (or  then  the  tide  does  not  rise  to  their -lev^D^ 

The  falls  are  situated  nearly  -'  miles  beyond  the  City  of  St.  John  ;  it  is  a  narrow  cbanbel 
HO  yanls  wide,  and  4(,0  long;  this  channel  is  sirai'^ht,  and  has  a  ridge  of  rocks  stretching 
in  such  a  manner  across  it,  as  to  hold  an<l  retain  th"  river  water  from  running  out  into  the 
sea.  After  passing  the  falls,  you  enter  a  gullet,  which  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  widfl,  and 
two  miles  long,  winding  in  dilierent  coiirse-s,  and  having  lb  fathoms  in  the  channel.— 
Next  to  this  gullet  is  a  line  and  extensive  basin,  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  and  eight  milm 
long,  which  enters  the  main  river.  'J'hc  river  braiK  lies  some  hundreds  of  miles  up  ib  H 
serjientine  manner  ;  and  runs  through  a  country  win  li  a'joniids  with  timber,  coal,  lime* 
stone,  and  many  other  minerals;  and  the  surrounding  lands  are  now  becoming  highly  Cul- 
tivated. There  is  water  sulticient  to  navigate  vessels  of  ")(i  tons,  ns  high  as  FrederioktoQ 
and  in  all  the  branches  to  the  lakes  adjacent,  except  in  dry  seasons. 

In  the  middle  of  iMni/.,  or  earlier  in  fii.orahlc  seasons,  the  snow  and  ice  in  the  country 
dissolving,  occasion  a  general  overllow  in  tiie  rivtT,  which,  in  some  year.^  rises  so  high 
as  to  inuiidi^le  all  the  low  lands. 

In  autumn,  the  River  St  .John  is  swolii  by  rains,  and  between  t)i(  ?r.iddle  oi  April  and 
the  beginning  of  Mnij,  by  the  melting  of  the  i(  e  and  the  great  (jnantity  of  snow  that  accu- 
mulates on  the  banks  of  this  vast  navigable  rive--.  From  these  causes,  the  water  streams 
out  to  seaward  cuutinually  :  therefore  vessels,  at  tliat  tiiu^,  fj^qui  enter  the  harbor  with- 

17  iS*<- 


'm^M 


-^i 


t" 


mm 


130 


Bf.UNT  S  AMKIMCAN  COAST  IMLO'I'. 


out  a  fresh  leading  wind.     The  falls  are  then  iuipaHHable,  as  the  tides  do  not  rise  to  their 
level. 

The  body  of  the  river  is  17  J  feet  above  low  water  mark,  consequently  after  the  tide  has 
arisen  to  that  height,  the  water  descends,  or  literally  falls  up  into  the  river.  When  the 
tide  has  flowed  I'i  feet,  the  falls  are  smooth  and  jjassable  for  20  minutes.  Above  the  falls 
the  water  rises  4  feet,  and  at  Majortield,  which  is  60  miles  in  the  interior,  it  rises  only  11 
foot. 

To  the  W.  Sk  Westward  of  Meogenes  Island  is  Flat  Bay,  railed  also  Visarinkum  ;  it  is 
a  small  harbor,  with  5  and  4  fathoms  water,  used  sometimes  by  the  coasters.  From  hence 
the  land  runs  nearly  W.  S.  W.  passing  Negro  Head  to  Cape  Musquash;  oft' the  point  of 
which  is  Split  Rock ;  it  lies  close  to  the  Cape,  and  ^las  H  fathoms  water  very  near  it,  bein.; 
distant  from  Partridj^s  Island  8J  miles;  the  shore  is  ironbound  all  the  way,  and  has  deep 
water  close  in  to  the  laj"!- 

MUSQUASH  HAKROR  lies  about  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  Split  Rock  ;  its  en- 
trance is  about  half  a  mile  wide,  and  there  is  gond  anchorage  a  little  way  in,  with  4  fathoms 
,  ^ter,  but  furtl^r  on  a  h-ir  runs  across  the  harbor,  over  which  is  only  lA  fathom ;  small  ves- 

10  sels  sometimes  paV  ,j  itie  westward  of  the  islands,  and  run  up  the  river,  which,  when  past 

the  bar,  has  2,  2^,  and  3  fathoms  water;  but  this  harbor  is  open  to  the  southward. 
'  From  the  entrance  to  Musquash  the  coast  runs  W.  S.  \V.  westerly  nearly  10  miles  to 

■  Point  Lepreau,  on  which  there  is  a  tower  with  two  fixed  lights,  (    e  elevated  18  feet  above 
..the  other.     In  this  space  are  4  or  5  inlets,  but  only  calculated  f ;.  <ma II  craft ;  the  first  of 

.these  is  about  1^  mile  to  the  westward  of  Musquash  western  point,  and  is  of  no  note 
-1|'halet4n' ;    in  your  way  to  it,  a  berth  must   be  given  to  the  shore,  particularly  al)oui 
aiquasfa  Point,  on  account  of  some  rocks  lying  oft' that  part ;  there  lue  channels  be- 
Bn  these  rocks,  but  few  vessels  will  venture  thronch  them.     About  a  mile  further  is 
|S||il|oe  Harbor,  which  is  a  mere  shallow  cove  of  two  fathoms  water.     Little  Dipper  is 
westerly  still,  and  situated  31  miles  from  Musquash  Point;    this  also  has  only  12 
Iter  hi  it,  and  scarce  fit  for  any  thing  but  boats,     (ireat  Dipper  is  divided  from  Lit- 
ter bJTa  flat  point  of  land,  round  which  are  several  scattered  rocks  ;    this  harbor 
c<MUi leftliratbtlate  small  craft,  which  sometimes  run  in  there  for  slielter  ;  but  it  is  by  no 
■q)0ta|il4^M.recQCimended,  unless  in  cases  of  necessity  ;   there  is  a  creek  of  fresh  water 

■  .yv^  te'iiO  it,  callsd  Moose  Creek.     Further  we.-tward,  and  about  H  niile  from  Point 
i 'i4iflif»9*a,  )«  CurrLagu  Harbor:  this  is  open  to  the  custward,  and  aft'ords  anchorage  at  its 

SlMttrance  ip^  from  7  to  3  fathoms.     The  land  all  the  way  from  Musquash  to  Point  Lepreau 
V^  hichg  broken,  and. many  scattered  rocks  lie  oft' it;  therefore  vessels,  in  passing,  should 


I'ji^Mrenil^  give  it  a  good  bej-th 


! 


or  MASON'S  BAY,  is  formed  to  the  westward  of  Point  Lepreau,  /etween 
^«od  Red  Head ;  these  bear  from  each  other  N.  W.  |  N.  and  S.  E.  }  S.  distant  full  o 
^jnlles.  There  are  numerous  rocks,  shoals,  and  small  islets  within  it,  but  its  navigation 
'•eems  insecure,  for  Mr.  Lockwood  emphatically  observes,  "this  point  ought  to  be  classed 
Moae  of  the  dangers  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  for  many  serious  accidents  have  lately  hap- 
-'penedin  the  neighborhood  of  this  promontory."  Mason's  Hay  he  calls  a  deep  and  ugly 
In4ent ;  so  much  so,  that  ships  bound  to  the  Kiver  St.  John,  dreading  to  pass  its  entrance, 
get  freqaently  embayed  there,  and  some  valuable  vessels  have  thus  been  lost.  "  Yet,  at 
the  head  of  this  bay,"  he  obseiTes,  "is  a  place  called  Pok  Logan,  where  there  is  good 
shelter.  Several  rivers  appear  to  fall  into  this  bay  ;  and,  perhaps,  a  better  knowledge 
would  tend  much  to  strip  it  of  its  fancied  dangers." 

"W.  by  S.  from  Point  Lepreau,  distant  .'{i  or  4  miles,  there  is  supposed  to  be  a  danger- 
ous shoal,  but  its* actual  situation  is  not  known  :  if  such  should  exist,  it  must  be  sur- 
rounded with  very  deep  water,  for  a  small  distance  from  this  imagined  situation,  are  26, 
28,  and  31  fathoms,  mud,  nmd  and  san<l,  and  gravel. 

THE  MANAN  ISLANDS. — (irand  Manan  is  an  island  situated  at  the  north-western 
entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  ;  it  is  in  the  province  of  New  Brtinswick,  and  forms  a  part 
of  Charlotte  County;  being  14^  miles  in  length,  and  7  in  breadth.  According  to  the 
Chart,  the  N.  Western  part  of  this  island  is  distant  from  Passamaquoddy  Head  abou?  7 
miles:  its  N.  Eastern  point,  or  Bishop's  Mead,  bears  from  Cape  Maspeck  W.  S.  W. 
nearly  10  leagues,  and  W.  N.  W.  from  the  entrance  to  the  (Jut  of  Annapolis,  abont  14 
leagues;  and  from  Petit  Passage,  N.  VV.  by  N.  32  miles.  Its  S.  \V.  end,  or  head,  bears 
from  the  lighthouse  on  Brier's  Island  N.  W.  by  N.  nearly,  from  which  it  is  distant  28 
miles;  and  N.  W.  by  W.  from  the  northern  entrance  to  Petit  Passage,  listant  30  miles. 
Thus  situated,  it  conunands  an  uninterrupted  view  of  every  vessel  that  passes  to  or  froju 
the  Bay  of  Fundy  ;  it  is  naturally  stronj;,  and  possesses  harbors  where  the  largest  ships 
may  ride  in  perfect  security  :  its  fisheries  are  in  great  estimation. 

On  its  western  side  the  cliff's  are  nearly  peri)endicular,  rising  600  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea;  but  on  this  side  there  is  only  one  little  inlet  along  the  whole  range,  that  can 


BLirNTS  AMERICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


131 


lot  rise  to  their 


shelter  even  boats ;  it  is  coinnionly  called  Dark  Cove,  being  situated  about  4  miles  from 
the  northern  part  of  the  islaiul  :  there  i.s  indeed  a  place  called  Bradford's  Cove,  about  5 
or  6  miles  more  to  the  southward,  but  this  is  of  no  note  whatever.  There  are  soundings 
all  along  the  shore,  from  Bishop's  Head  to  the  8.  W.  Head,  3,  4,  5,  and  G  fathoms  close 
to  the  land,  deepening  to  l.'i,  20,  21,  and  -.''2,  half  a  mile  off,  to  3U,  40,  and  50  fathoms  at 
a  mile  distance,  and  still  deeper  as  you  increase  your  distance  from  the  isl^pd. 

The  Northern,  or  Bishop's  Head,  is  abrupt  and  bold;  but  on  its  eastern  side  there  is 
anchorage  in  a  place  called  Whale  C'ove  :  this  is  situated  between  Swallow's  Tail  and 
the  North  Point  ;  here  vessels  fre(|mMit!y  ride  during  southerly  winds,  to  wait  the  turn  of 
tide ;  the  soundings  are  from  15  to  25  fathoms ;  but  it  must  not  be  resorted  to  in  north- 
erly gales. 

Lo)i/i  Island  Bay. — This  lies  to  the  S.  Eastward  of  Whale  Cove,  and  is  formed  by  the 
Swallow's  Tail,  which  is  a  bold,  high,  ragged,  and  barren  looking  point,  and  Long  Island, 
which  bears  nearly  south  from  it,  distant  l^mile.  This  bay  is  easy  of  access^  and  pos- 
sesses all  the  advantages  of  a  }iari)or;  the  bottnin  of  the  bay  is  generally  mud,  excepting  a 
ridge  of  rocks  and  gravel,  which  extends  from  the  ledge  that  shows  itself  i^ithin  the  Swal- 
low's Tail,  and  the  cluster  of  sunken  rocks  that  lie  half  a  mile  N.  N.  E.'from  Long  Island 
Point,  and  these  are  5  teet  under  water  at  low  spring  tides.  In  the  northern  part  of  the 
bay  the  bottom  is  a  stiff  clay,  and  vessels  ill  provided  with  gear  have  otlen  rode  out  tha 
severest  gales  there;  and  under  Long  Island,  opposite  the  beach,  is  good  anchoraget  " 
even  locking  in  the  northern  end  of  Long  Island  with  Swallow's  Tail:  the  groundher* 
is  a  strong  mud,  and  you  will  ride  safe  and  unaffected  by  sea  or  wind  from  any  qtuntnr. 

Further  to  the  southward,  and  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Great  Manan,  are  the  £|l|al(, 
Islands ;  here  a  pilot  will  be  necessary,  for  though  the  ground  is  good  about'Oreat 
Island,  yet  t  .ire  are  dangers  which,  when  the  tide  becomes  high,  are  completely  l^ii^ld 
To  the  south-westward  of  Duck  Islands,  are  the  Islands  of  Ross,  the  northern ' 
which  is  scarcely  separated  iVom  .Manan,  Cheney's  Island,  and  White  Head  Islana}'t 
are  connected  together  by  a  sandy  and  rocky  reef  of  foul  ground,  which  extendaj 
W.  to  the  Diamond  Rocks — of  which  we  siiall  speak  hereafter.     On  White  Head  ul 
resides  an  able  and  active  pilot,  and  the  cove  opposite  to  his  house  is  comftUMQilf.  M 
resort  for  vessels  employed  in  the  fisheries;  but  with  easterly  winds,  thi»  »» i . 
place.     At  the  western  side  of  Koss  Island  is  part  of  what  is  called  Gfrand  Htilrbidrt  It  l»>, 
a  shallow  muddy  basin  ;  but  vessels  may  enter  and  lie  securely  in  it,  on  the  mud;  a.jfMni*  ' 
venience  somewhat  desirable,  should  you  have  lost  your  anchoigsand  cables  onanyof  ttM 
outer  ledges:  the  entrance  to  this  place  has  4,  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  water,  with  a  tiVtyvf 
bottom;  the  chaimel  is  narrow,  but  secure  from  the  sea.  "  a 

A  little  to  the  westward  of  White  Head  Island  arc  the  Green  Islands,  ana  to  the  Mttt 
ward  of  the  Green  Islands,  about  one  mile,  are  the  three  Kent's  Islands,  these  latter  I 
low  and  ledgy  ;  the  e^istern,  or  largest  one,  is  bold  to  the  rocka,  which  are  at  all  timeal 
be  seen  ;  and  to  the  N.  Westward  of  these  rocks  is  a  ledge  called  the  Constable,  whk 
dries  at  low  water;  under  the  lee  of  these  and  the  Greeu  Islands,  occasional  aflchoragiBr^''';; 
may  be  obtained  in  from  14  to  7  fathoms.  * 

WOOD  ISLAND  lies  off  the  southern  part  of  Grand  Manan,  and  is  one  mile  and 
three  quarters  long  ;  it  runs  parallel  to  the  south-west  head  of  Manan,  and  forms  an  ex- 
cellent liarbor  between;  the  upper  part  of  this  inlet,  and  the  head  of  it,  afford  most  secure , 
anchorage  ;  and  the  inhabitants  about  Seal  Cove  and  Red  Head,  will  furnish  you  with 
all  necessary  supplies  you  may  stand  in  need  of,  for  these  places  are  all  well  settled. 

THE  MANAN  IiEDGES  are  those  more  distant  islets,  rocks,  and  dangers,  which 
lie  to  the  southward  of  Grand  Manan  ;  the  outer  and  most  dangerous-of  these  istheOM 
Proprietor;  covering  a  space  of  half  an  acre  at  low  water,  and  drying  at  half  ebb;  but 
when  covered  the  tide  sets  <lirectly  over  it.  at  the  rate  of  4  miles  an  hour.  It  lies  S.  4 
E.  distant  9^  njiles  from  Great  J)uck  Islaiid  ;  S.  by  ¥..  nearly  7  miles  from  the  norih 
«?astern  part  of  White  Head  Island;  E.  ;  S.  d?  miles  fVom  the  Gannet  Rock;  S  E.  by 
E.  4  leagues  from  the  south  west  head  of  .Manan  ;  N.  N.  W.  ^  N.  18^  miles  from  Brisr 
Island  Lighthouse;  N.  N.  W.  J  W,  Iri  miles  from  the  northern  entrance  to  the  Grand 
Passage;  N.  W.  J  W.  \d>\,  miles  from  the  Petit  Passage  ;  West  35  miles  from  theGiJ^ 
Mi  Annapolis ;  and  S.  W.  15  leagues  iVom  tho  li^htlionse  on  Partridge  Island. 

About  21  miles  N.  E.  1  N.  from  the  Old  Proprietor  is  the  (.'lerk's  Ground;  a  rocky 
shoal  of  4.J  fathoms.  N.  \\'".  by  N.  one  mile  and  two  thirds  from  the  Old  Proprietor, 
is  Crawley's  Shoal,  of  7  feet  only:  and  west  of  the  Crawley,  one  mile  and  a  half,  is  the 
Rans'  of  5  feet.  The  Ro,  ring  Bull  bears  N.  \  E.  from  the  Old  Proprietor,  distant  4 
miles  ;  and,  although  it  has  d  fathoms  over  it,  it  usually  has  a  heavy  dangerous  ripple. 
The  marks  to  go  clear  to  the  eastward  of  all  these  dangers,  is  'he  north-easternmost  high- 
land of  Manan  well  open  of  the  Long  und  Duck  Islands  ;  tlie  mark  to  lead  to  the  south- 
ward of  them  is  the  south-west  head  of  Mauau  open  to  Kent's  Tlu'ee  Islands.  In  eaat> 
erly  winds  the  tide-rips  arc  impassable.  ^ 


■M 


132 


BI-!  ;\tV  AMERICAN  TOAST  PILOT. 


ThpfP  nif  also  ofh^'r  rocks  within  these  ;  a  rinige  of  which  lie  south  of  the  south-west 
point  of  VViiite  He;til  Island  ;  some  of  these  have  deep  water  between  them,  and  occasion 
a  cnntinuiil  ripple  time  miles  fro-n  the  shore,  quite  home  to  the  h)ng  point;  these  are 
called  the  Tinker,  'I'liree  Diamonds,  Rans,  and  many  others  without  names ;  some  of 
these  show  thems;'lves,  olliers  have  only  A  and  4  feet  water  over  thern." 

S.  S.  E  i  S.  alxHit  llirec  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  southern  point  of  the  Three  Is- 
lands is  a  knoll  called  the  Kent,  it  is  dan<i;emus  and  has  only  7  feet  water  over  it ;  it  bears 
about  W.  N.  W.  .',  W.  from  the  Rans,  an<i  is  not  inchuled  within  the  confines  of  the  mark 
given  to  avoid  the  danj^ers  tu  the  sdiitliward,  vi/,.  the-  S.  W.  head  opeii  of  all  the 
islands.  There  is  also  a  danger  said  to  lie  S.  '•>  4  S.  from  the  Kent  Knoll,  distant  2  miles, 
and  VV.  S.  W.  'i  S.  one  mile  and  a  (piaricr  from  the  Hans,  but  this  is  doubtful. 

THE  G.VJSf.NKT  ROCK,  on  which  is  a  li-^hthDnsc,  is  forty  feet  above  water,  and  lies 
S.  W.  by  S.  distant  .3!  miles  from  th(-  sontlierii  point  of  the  Three  Islands,  and  S.  S.  [•]. 
6}  miles  ftom  the  S.  W.  head  of  the  <  iiaiid  Maiian  ;  it  has  a  number  of  small  ledges  ntid 
8unken,rock8  about  it,  which  are  always  breakins; :  this  stands  conspicuous,  bcini,'  in  the 
imilfiediate  vit^nity  of  all  the  sunken  rocks  and  dangers.  Nearly  \V.  S.  W.  from  tlie 
Gurnet,  tKsfaitt  one  mile  and  a  half,  is  St.  Mary's  Ledge;  part  of  which  is  always  above 
water;  and  to  the  northward  of  St  Mary's  Led^e,  one  mile,  is  the  Long  Ledge,  e(pially 
visiMc;  between  ant]  around  these  are  numerous  ro;ky  shoals,  with  deep  water  between 
them,  rendering  this'part  particularly  dangerous.  Other  reefs  are  supposed  to  exist  to  the 
WCfStward,  and  between  the  G?innet  fledges  and  the  Machias  Seal  Islands;  their  imagi- 
■l^ry  situations  are  marked  od'the  Chart,  but  no  further  particulars  of  ihem  are  known. 
THE  THREE  MACHIAS  SEAL  ISLANDS  he  W.  S.  W.  from  the  S.  W. 
id  of  MaiKtti,  distant  about  9  or  10  miles  ;  they  have  channels  between  them,  with  10, 
iSO,  and  30  fathoms  round  them.  A  sunken  rock  is  said  to  lie  to  the  N.  Eastward, 
liMireeQ  thena  and  •fifiinan ;  but  its  exact  position  is  not  ascertained.  Mariners  na- 
ig^Ats  part  shotfld  iieep  a  good  look  out,  lor  re|)ort  places  many  dangers  herea- 
8011M  bf.  which  probahlyi  have  existence,  and  might  otherwise  be  attended  with 
ll^Dces'  tjiie  most  fataj. 

'^•Mtthor  lies  ab%ut  4  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Bliss  Island,  and  is  above  a  mile 
I'jji&trance,  with  10  fathoms  water  on  each  side,  and  'JO  fathoms  mid-channel. 
_  keep  the  western  sliore  on  board,  until  you  bring  the  (Joal  Rock  to  bear  cast, 
^tl^ilt  half  a  mile,  Where  you  may  author  in  1  or  .5  fathoms,  good  holding  ground. 
"''  life 'no  regular  pijots,  but  the  lishermen  on  the  coast  are  well  (|ualilied  for  the  task, 
in  clear  weather  they  are  not  absolutely  necessary,  yet  strangers  to  the  place 
moat  probably  requ^e  tHeir  assistance.  There  are  several  rivulets  running  into  va- 
pttrts  of  the  harbor,  but  th^re  is  no  convc  nient  watering  place. 
?!iltt'ng- Harbor  is  situated  to  the  southward  of  the  Magagadawe,  and  runs  info  the  north- 
totetwam  of  Campo  Bello  ;  before  it  lie  many  islands.  There  are  three  entrances  into 
ihairttor,  so  that  vessels  may  go  iu  or  out  at  any  time.  The  western  entrance  leads 
Id'  LftTcte  Harbor,  where  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  from  10  to  5  fatJioms,  but  there 
'  ^nu  passage  for  ships  round  the  northern  end  of  Payn's  island.  The  channels  between 
Pa^d^'a  and  Bligs  Islands  are  considered  to  be  the  best;  as  they  will  admit  of  vessels 
■Woifchlg  through  them  ;  but  the  leaRtern  passage  inquires  a  leading  wind.  A  pilot  will 
l)i'Jlft'(fte9Sary  oa  account  of  the  intricacies  of  the  chatmel,  but  one  can  easily  be  obtained 
tUS^ where  on  the  coast;  water  can  be  procured  in  various  places.  The  Bay  is  extensive, 
»  (ecure,  and  well  sheltered,  having  good  anchorage  throughout. 

^  .■    ST.  ANDREW'S  HARBOR  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  of  the  River 
'^^coodic,  and  has  two  entrances-;  the  eastern  one  is  narrow  and  intricate,  but  is  the  deep- 
^^r,  having  4  or  5  feet  at  low  wrtter:  the  (Lingers  in  entering  through  this  passage  area 
teef  of  rocl|8  with  a  beacon  on  it,  extending  nearly  tluee  quarters  of  a  mile  from  Navy  Is- 
land, and  a  reef  of  sand  and  large  stones  with  a  pole  or  it,  extending  nearly  two  miles 
from  the  block  house  ou  the  main  laml;  the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel  is  not  more 
than  a  cable's  length;  the  mark  for  entering  is  to  keep  the  town  of  St.  Andrews  open, 
•and  steer  directly  in  for  the  harbor.     In  the  bay,  in  general,  there  are  from  17  to  2,5  fa- 
thoms water. 


Up"' 


•  The  Briti.sh  Ship  Alert  is  said  to  h^'ve  d'sc  iverc'l  ua  additional  rock,  upon  which  (hat  vessel 
struck  in  18-0,  not  noticed  on  any  Cii:iri  :  b  .■  iliat  ship's  account  it  is  said  to  lie  S.  S.  E.  \  S.  distant 
6  or  7  miles  from  the  S.  W.  end  of  Wliiic  llfi\<\  Island;  N.  by  VV.  distant  17  miles  from  Brier's 
Island  Lighthouse  ;  and  distant  II  milep  fio  n  the  west  end  of  the  Grand  Mannn  ;  and  named  by 
the  fishermen,  Sliand's  Rock ;  we  cannot  lio!p  noticing  tiic  discordancy  of  the  above  bearings  and 
distances,  and  arc  apprehensive  there  is  sonif  error  in  the  account ;  at  any  rate  if  this  dansrer  is  not 
the  Old  Proprietor,  it  nuist  be  situated  some  whore  not  far  distant  from  it ;  and  forms  an  additional 
Stimulus  for  the  vigilance  of  the  mariner. 


\ 


ttmm 


BUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PII-OT. 


133 


\\^^     ' 


The  wpsfprn  entrance  is  not  so  difficult,  but  hi^",  less  water  than  the  eastern,  the  bar 
being  dry  at  the  last  (juarter  ebb.  A  dangerous  reef  of  stones,  with  a  floating  beacon  on 
it,  lies  olf  the  west  end  of  Navy  Island.  In  steering  you  must  keep  close  to  the  northward 
of  the  two  poles  on  the  bar,  where  at  high  water  you  will  have  from  IH  to  20  feet  water. 

There  is  a  Harbor  Master  and  branch  pilots  belonging  to  St.  Andrews,  and  large  ves- 
sels should  never  attempt  to  enter  without  having  one  of  them  on  board.  High  water 
lOh.  4;)m.     C'ommon  tides  rise  i,'4  feet;  s|)ring  tides  .30  feet. 

(iKNKRAL  DIKKCTIONS  AM)  KKMARKS  FOR  SAILING  TO  AND 
WITHIN  THK  BAY  OK  FINDV.— .Ships  navigating  the  Bay  of  Fundy  have  to 
encounter  an  atmosphere  almost  constatiliy  enveloped  in  dense  fogs,  the  tides  setting 
with  great  rapidity  over  the  rocks  and  shoals  with  which  it  abounds,  and  a  difficulty  of 
obtaining  anchorage  on  account  of  the  depth  ;  so  that,  under  these  circumstances,  the 
most  unremitting  attention  is  n'(|uisite  to  prevent  the  disastrous  consequences  which 
must  necessarily  attend  a  want  of  knowledge  and  caution. 

When  you  are  oHCape  .Sable  with  a  westerly  wind,  and  destined  for  the  Bay  of  Fun- 
dy, it  will  be  advisable  to  make  for  the  coast  of  tlie  L'liited  States,  somewhere  about 
the  Shuttock  Hills,  orTit  IManan  Lighthouse,  as  you  can  pass  with^gpel^ipr  safety  tp  the 
westward  oftirand  Manan  than  to  the  eastward,  having  also,  if  necessary,  shelter  in  Pe- 
tit Kiver,  Machias,  Passama(|iiod(ly.  Klaiig.  or  jjeaver  Harbor,  &C/  '  ^ 

Between  (iraiid  Manan  and  the  State  otMaine  the  passage  is  free  f|;on}  danger;  ves- 
sels beating  through  generally  stand  iVom  side  to  side,  particularly  during' fogs,  the  depth 
being  from  Iv.'  to  70  fathoiris,  with  a  bold  shore  on  each  side,  and  the  tide  through  strong 
and  regular.  The  Wolves  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  having  deep  water  close  tbtheifti; 
but  they  afford  no  sheltered  anchorage,  except  for  small  fishing  vessels  intutnmer  i 
they  are  from  Go  to  100  feet  high.     With  light  winds,  a  lee  tide,  of  thick  weather^, 
may  let  go  an  anchor  any  wliere  between  the  Wolves  and  B'et^^ju  Harbor,  in  goOd  ho| 
ground,  with  a  depth  of  JO  or  ■J5  fathoms.     Point  Lepreaufi^iniM  to,  but  InngeV-, 
dark  we;!ther,  as  it  projects  so  far  out  to  the  seaward  :  ^utYtoIb  t^nce  t^S^t  Johfl^ 
course  is  free  from  dangers,  except  those  wliic^h  lie  near  iju^Mtd^  apd  which  hftf 
described  in  i)age  1:29.  ^5p"      '  */■  V- 

When  steering  between  (Jrand  Manan  and  Brier's  Islands  ine  Utihost  cstftiMi^ 
site  during  thick  weather,  as  vessels  are  fre(|uently  drawn  in  among  the  isliiidBaild 
to  the  southward  of  Manan,  by  the  flood  setting  directly  upon  them;  the  roost dttl 
ous  of  these  is  the  Old  Proprietor,  which,  at  low  water,  dries  for  the  space  of 
acre.     When  the  wind,  therefore,  veers  at  all  to  the  southward,  make  the  betftdf 
way  to  St.  John's  Harbor,  or  you  may  secure  an  anchorage  in  prand  Passage  or^^ 
ry's  Bay,  as  it  seldom  blows  in  that  direction  above  18  hours  without  bringing  (^  sl 

There  is  no  difficulty  in  going  through  Annapolis  Gut,  if  you  have  but  acommaik 
breeze,  although  the  tide  is  very  rapid,  the  flood  and  ebb  running  5  knots  an  hour,-) 
the  eddies  strong:  about  one-third  through  lies  the  Man  of  War  Rock,  about  acattbi^ 
length  from  the  eastern  shore;  therefore,  if  you  keep  mid-channel,  you  will  bO'iAirelil'J 
clear  it. 

The  prevailing  winds  here,  and  tliroughout  the  whole  coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  are  frbifi  t^ 
W.  S.  \V.  to  S.  W.  nearly  as  steady  as  trade  winds,  except  .during  tlie  summer  ir^pn^^lli^  w 
when  thev  become  rather  more  southerly,  accompanied  with  but  little  intermia9lotf%r^| 
fog,  which  requires  a  N.  Westerly  wind  to  disperse.     It  is  therefore  recommended  iNlt 
to  leave  an  anchorage,  without  making  proper  arrangements  for  reaching  another  bdfonr 
dark,  or  the  appearance  of  a  fog  coming  on,  which  with  a  S.  W.  wind  is  so  sudden,  thkt 
you  become  enveloped  wiihin  it  una-' ares  :  neither  should  you  keep  the  sea  at  night,  ii 
you  can  avoid  it.     But  you  will  observe  that,  whenever  the  wind  blows  directly  off  the 
land,  the  fog  will  soon  disperse. 

TIDKS. — The  tides  at  the  entrance  and  within  the  Bay  of  Fundy  are  very  rapid,  but 
regular,  and  although  the  wind  against  them  alters  the  direction  of  the  ripplings,  and 
sometimes  makes  them  daniierous,  jet  if  has  little  or  no  effect  upon  their  courses.  The 
flood  tide  sets  from  Cape  Sable  to  the  N.  Westward,  through  the  *Seal,  Mud,  and  Tus- 
ket  Bald  Islands,  at  the  rate  of  2  or  ,}  miles  an  hour;  and  in  the  channels  amonj;  the 
islands,  it  increases  to  4  and  5  miles  ;  from  thence  taking  the  direction  of  the  main  land, 
it  flows  past  Cape  St.  Mary,  and  then  N.  N.  W.  towards  Brier's  Island :  it  runs  up  St. 
Mary's  Bay  but  slowly,  which  adds  to  its  strength  along  the  eastern  shore ;  then  in- 
creasing its  rapidity  as  the  bay  contracts,  it  rushes  in  a  bore  into  the  Basin  of  Mines,  and 
up  Chignecto  Bay ;  so  that  here  the  water  sometimes  rises  to  the  extraordinary  height 
of  75  feet.  ^  . 


*  On  the  western  Seal  Island,  two  lighthouses  are  erected,  as  mentioned  in  pages  136,  and  13fi|. 


■■ 


I 


134 


blunt's  amkkica.n  coast  pilot. 


To  tlie  above  may  be  adder!  the  additional  observations  :  "  The  great  volume  of  fre»h 
water  which  constanily  Mows  down  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  in  April  and  May,  causes  a 
Continual  (!bb-lide,  durins;  that  period,  sotnetinies  to  the  depth  of  nearly  5  fathoms,  under 
which  the  llood  and  ebb-tides  llow  rcj^ularly  ;  the  maximum  of  its  velocity  was  found  to 
be  four  knots  and  u  half,  and  the  iiiininium  at  two  knots ;  but  as  the  lo^  floated  very  deep 
in  the  fresh  water,  and  ultimately  sunk  into  the  salt  water,  underneath,  it  will  not  be  too 
much  to  estimate  the  maximum  at  live  knots,  and  the  minimum  at  two  knots  and  a  (piar- 
ter.  The  f  ict  of  the  under-tide  beninninf,'  al  the  depth  of  nearly  5  fathoms  was  ascer- 
tained by  sinking  a  lead  down  to  that  depth,  when  it  was  earrieil  the  same  way  as  the 
current  on  the  surface;  but  when  lowered  below  that,  it  was  drifted  in  a  contrary  dircc- 
tiou. 

"Between  Brier's  Island  and  the  opposite  northern  coast,  and  for  some  distance  up  the 
bay  to  the  eastward,  the  first  of  the  llood  sets  stroiiijly,  nearly  north,  so  tliat  it  will  be  ex- 
tremely dangerous  for  a  vessel  to  run  in  the  nii^ht,  or  durinii  thick  weather,  tVoin  any 
£art  of  the  southern  towards  any  psirt  of  the  nortliern  coast,  without  inakint;  a  large  al- 
iwance  (or^httjtet  of  the  tides,  and  kee|)in:i  't""  I*5'kI  constantly  going;  the  .iaseur,  Cap- 
taia  Napief)  was  nearly  run  on  shore,  having  been  drifted  by  this  tide  in  a  fog,  eight  miles 
and  a  half  in  th|ee  hours  and  ten  minutes." 


COAST  OF  THE  UIVITED  8TATES. 


I  logo  to  the  eaM^rd  of  the  Island  of*  Cam  vo  Bcllo,  between  the  said  inland  and 
!'*  -e  the  \  Wolf  hlarui,  and  uj>  the  Bay  oj  Xl'assamaquoddy. 

gi^ratE  BAY  OF  P ASSAM AQUODDY  abounds   in   good   anchoring  places,  well 

"fed  ftom  all  winds,  apd  divides  the  T 'nited  .States  from  that  of  the  British  territo- 

ilie -WiBstern  side  of  which  is  distinguished  by  a  lighthouse  on  West  Quoddy  Head, 

tt^'(M)  feet  above  tbjp  level  of  the  sea,  and  may  be  seen  7  leagues  in  clear  weather. 

Ihbws  a  fixed  light.  »Ifbound  to  the  river  of  Passamaf|uoddy,  in  a  large  vessel,  your 

It  way  is  to  go  to  the  eastward  of  Campo  Bello,  kee|)ing  your  course  N.  K.  by  E. 

khvill  carry  you  to  the  Wolf  Islands,  distant  about  3  lea,i,'-ues.     The  Wolves  lie  about 


'     •CAMPO  BELLO  LIGHTHOUSE.— The  followinK  bearings  were  taken  from  the  top  of  it. 

TVl  the  East  Point  of  Grand  Mnnan,  (Fish  Head)  S.  18  dcg.  E.  or  S.  by  E.  1.2  E. 
,    To  &e  southernmost  of  the  Wolves,  S.  6G  dee.  30  E.  or  E.  S.  E. 

To  the  northernmost  do.  S.  87  deg.  E.  or  E.  ^  S. 

To  Point  Lepmu  N.  84  dep.  E.  or  E.  t  N. 

T(»  entrance  <fl!%aver  Harbor  N.  70deir.  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  i  E. 

To  the  "White  Horse  Island,  the  top  of  the  Rock,  which  is  white,  N.  45  deg.  E.  or  N.  E.  This 
yaa  leave  on  the  starboard  hand. 

Spruce  Island  bearing  from  N.  6  Acs.  E.  to  N.  15  de^-  W. 
.  To  Bluck  R(»ck,  very  dangerous,  N.  (11  <l.  tr.  30  W.  .y:  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W. 

To  Casco-Bay  Island.  N.  3.3  deg.  W.  or  W.  ^  N. 

tThe  Wolves,  or  Wolf  Island,  wiiirh  lie  9  miles  to  the  N.  E.  from  Grand  Manan,  are  from  60 
to  100  feet  in  height,  steep  and  bold.  Tlie  piissiujcs  between  iheniar"  deep,  and  theyafl'ord  tempo. 
rary  shelter,  in  the  depth  of  from  20  to  1^  fathoms.  Between  \ianm>  and  these  islesi  the  depths  vu. 
ryfrom  70  to40fu;hoin9,  bottom  of  ooze  ami  mud.  Between  the  Wolves  and  he  island  of  Cum;)o 
Bello  there  is  a  depih  of  from  GO  to  100  finlioms  :  With  the  latter  bearing  S.  .S.  E.  or  S.  E.  there  is 
a  depth  of  19  and  20  fatlmms,  where  ships  may  anciior  safe  from  all  winds.  The  course  thence  to 
Moose  Island  is  W.  fc.  W .  2  Irairnes. 

t  There  are  three  rivers  wliieli  iViil  into  Passamaquoddy  Bay:  the  largest  is  called  by  the  modern 
Indians  the  Pcoodia,  but  by  Demons  and  Cliamplains,  Etchemoiis.  Its  main  source  is  near  Penob. 
scot  river.     The  mouth  of  the  river  hii.»f  25  fathoms  water,  and  the  land  is  very  bluft'. 

In  November,  1817,  the  commissioners  appointed  by  the  respective  governments  under  the  treaty 
of  Ghent,  (the  last  treaty  of  peace,)  decided  that  Moose,  Dudley,  and  Frederic  Islands,  in  the  Bay 
of  Passamaquoddy,  do  belontf  to  the  United  S'p'cs;  and  that  all  the  other  Islands  in  the  same  bay, 
with  Grand  .Manan,  in  the  Bay  of  Fuiuly,  do  belong  to  Great  Britain,  by  virtue  of  the  treaty  of 
peace  of  1783.  The  citizens  of  the  United  States  continue  to  enjoy  the  privilege  of  navigating 
through  the  ship  channels  between  Deer  Island  and  Campo  Bello. 


!,■   ' 


BLUNT  H  AMKRICAiV  COAST  I'lLOT. 


135 


N.  E.     This 


K.  N.  E.  fronrf'aiTi|>o  Hello,  on  tlie  noitlieiist  point  of  which  is  a  h^htlioiise  showing 
a  fixed  hght,  and  the  lantern  is  f)()  (eet  al)ove  liii;h  water  marit, — it  is  placed  between  the 
Main  Ship  Channel  and  the  northern  entrance  into  Head  Harbor,  and  within  'J50  feet 
of  the  extreme  point.  Shi|)s  in  enterint;  into  tlie  main  channel,  or  vessels  bound  to 
Head  Harbor,  may  safely  pass  at  a  cables  length  from  the  lighthouse.  In  sailing  tip  the 
main  channel,  care  should  be  t^ken  not  to  keej)  far  from  the  shores  of  Campo  Bello,  as 
the  flood  tide  sets  directly  over  from  the  point  at  the  lighthouse,  to  the  islands  and  ledges 
on  the  north  side  of  the  channel,  which  is  here  upwards  of  a  mile  in  width,  and  at  two 
hours  flood  the  tide  sets  directly  towards  the  l)la«;k  liock,  which  is  a  very  dangeroun 
ledge  between  Spruce  and  Casco  May  Islands,  u|)on  which  several  vessels  have  beei. 
wrecked;  after  passing  up  and  leaviiii;  tlic  lii>ht  about  a  mile  to  the  eastward,  the  l.i'.e 
becomes  more  regular,  and  sets  along  the  direction  of  Campo  Bello  shore. 

Comnuni  tides  rise  here  '-'.')  feet.  At  lull  and  change  it  is  high  water  at  half  past  11 
o'<  lo<jk  at  Moose  Island,  and  runs,  when  strongest,  between  Moose  Island  and  JTar'  lii 
Island,  and  between  Deer  Island  and  Campo  iiello,  nearly  5  miles  an  hour.  ^  In  th  \H  i*,- 
ern  passag*-,  common  tides  rise  from  20  to  '25  feet,  and  within  Pa9sama<tfH|^dy  1'  ./  '.}xe 
stream  of  tide  is  scarcely  perceptible.  ^^f^JK 

Vessels  from  the  southward,  when  bound  up  for  this  bay,  shoujj^nake  for  the  west  ; 
ern  coast,  or  that  of  the  I'nitetl  Slates,  as  if  is  the  most  clear,  an djfln|ood  m.  »t  favora- 
ble, being  from  7  to  H  miles  wide:  boi!\  shores  bold,  the  depth^Ql^^y  iDcreusing,  tfn 
each  side,  from  1"J  to  70  and  7f>  fathoms;  the  greatest  depth  neair  Grand  Manan,  where 
you  haul  quickly  from  10  to  7")  fathoms. 

There  are  three  passages  into  Passama(nu)ddy  Bay,  namiyy,  the  Western  Tvutige, 
tiie  Ship  Channel  or  Middle  Passage,  and  the  Eastern  Passage.  ThejiirK:  i>  dl*t.^§> 
tween  the  isle  of  Campo  liello  and  the  main  land  to  the  west.  Middle  Passage  Hi 
tween  Campo  Hello  and  beer  Island  ,  and  tin;  Eastern  Passage  is  to  the  eastwav^i 
northward  of  both  islands,  which  is  preferred,  being  of  eas-^^^cceaai  tyitll  good  de| 
water.  ^  '' '^ 

If  bound   into  the  Western  Passage,  give  a  berth  to  thff  JBeal  Rocks,  which  are 
remarkable  rocks  that  lie  about  half  i  mile  from  West  Quotfi^'Head,  and, at  adUttM 
resemble  a  ship.     To  the  eastward  of  these,  there  is  a  whirlpool.     In  passing  bfM»[ 
requisite  to  give  these  objects  a  berth  of  half  or  three-quarters  of  a  mile  before  y^jlll 
in.      After  passing  them,  steer  to  the  westward,  keeping  nearest  to  the  south  H^§ifli,^&^'| 
two  and  a  half  or  three  miles,  where  you  may  come  to  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathdilttfllrip  ' 
sheltered,  either  by  day  or  night.    You  must  not  proceed  higher,  as  a  rocky  bariftfeicltfii^ 


across,  which  is  dry  at  low  water.     Here  a  pilot  may  be  'obtstined,  on  firing  a  gQD»' 
making  the  usual  signal,  who  will  take  the  ship  to  Snug  Cove,  ^p-M.opa^  Island,  whei 
another  may  be  obtained  for  St.  Andrews,  or  the  river  of  Scoo^.       *' 

Between  the  Wolves  and  the  isl.md  of  Campo  Bello  there  i»^  depth  of  from  50  to 
fathoms.     With  the  light  bearing  S.  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  there  is  a^epthof  19  and  20  fatboi 
where  ships  may  anchor  securely  from  all  winds.     The  course  theuce  to  Moose 
is  W.  S.  W.  2  leagues. 

Ort"  the  N.  E.  end  of  Campo  Bello.  is  a  remarkable  large  rock,  called  the 
Rock;    and  here  lies  Head  Harbor,  a  secure  and  safe  place,  small,  but  of 
and  with  6,  7,  and  8  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom. 

Harbor  Delute  lies  on  the  western  side  of  Campo  Bello,  and  at  its  S.  "Sfti  end  if'l 
Cove,  a  good  harbor.     Moose  Island  is  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  chattel,  aitod; 
to  the  United  States.     The  entrance  to  Passainaquoddy  comprehends  a  qO} 
twelve  miles  ,1^"V  U 

If  bound  for  Moose  Island  up  the  Biver  Scoodic,  as  you  pass  Todd's  Ht^if^^fwhiciipfc 
half  a  mile  N.  E.  from  the  town  landing  on  Hasf|)ort,)  give  it  a  berth  of  halfa  mile,  tti'i 
ledge  of  rocks  lies  ofl^  it.  Having  passed  this  Head,  the  course  and  distance  to  Oak  Poiot 
or  Devil's  Head,  will  be  N.  by  W.  H  leagues;  in  going  which  distance,  (24  iniles,)  you 
pass  Fross'  Ledge  on  your  larboard  hand,  six  miles  from  Todd's  Head,  and 'three-quar- 
ters of  a  mile  from  the  land  ;  when  continuing  your  N.  by  W.  course  5  leagues,  you  will 
come  to  Robinstown,  two  miles  above  which,  oft'  a  small  island,  from  which  it  bears  N. 
E.  is  a  shoal  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  to  avoid  it  you  tnust  keep  your  starboard  hand 
best  on  board,  till  ybu  come  uj)  with  Neytra4  Island,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard 
hand,  one-fourth  of  a  mile  distant ;  and  your  course  from  this  to  the  Devil's  Head,  (be- 
fore mentioned,)  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  is  N.  N.  W.  '^  nnles.  When 
you  have  passed  the  Devil's  Head,  your  course  is  W.  N.  W.  1  league,  when  you  will 
come  to  a  large  ledge  of  rocks  that  you  must  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  is  bare 
at  two  hours'  '.*bb,  and  extends  halfway  at-r  iss  the  river.  Keep  your  starboard  hand  oh 
board,  and  when  you  pass  this  ledge,  your  course  is  \V.  S.  W.  distant  one  mile  to  Turn- 
er's Point,  and  from  said  point  to  the  harbor,  your  course  is  N.  W.  by  N.  distant  three 
iniles,  and  the  next  reach  to  the  Falls  is  W.  N.  W.  distant  one  mile;  the  tide  flows  here 


HWP 


136 


BLUNT  S  AMKKKAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


25  feet,  and  there  are  only  6  or  7  feet  in  thi-  cliaimt'l  at  low  water,  with  long  flats  of  iniirl 
on  both  sides.     The  Devil's  Head  may  lie  si-eri  at  ihi'  distance  of  10  or  I'.'  miles. 

There  are  several  good  harhors  on  tin*  west  side  of  this  rivt  r,  and  all  the  ditficnily  in 
the  great  depth  of  water,  which  is,  in  utMierai,  from  IH  to  V.M  fathoms.  There  is  also  a 
pood  harbor  on  your  starboard  hand  going  into  Deer  Island,  whirh  lies  to  the  sonthward 
of  St.  Andrews,  2  leagues  distant,  it  may  lie  easily  known,  as  there  is  a  large  Imy  he- 
tween  the  two  islands,  which  lies  N.  K.  from  the  river  St.  Croix,  ;{  leagues  distant. 

•GRAND  MANAN  AND  MUUNT  DKSKKT  111  LI..S.— These  places  may  ea- 
sily be  known  from  the  western  coast.  Mount  D»  -rt  llills  may  be  seen  'JO  leamirs  at 
sea,  and  when  within  4  or  6  leagues  of  them,  you  i  see  .Scutloc  Hills  bearing  aliout 
N.  N.  E.  The  tide  of  flood  sets  here  E.  N.  K.  and  .t  ebl)  W.  S.  \V.  but  as  soon  hs 
you  are  9  or  10  leagues  from  the  land,  the  current  run.  ;n  general  to  the  .S.  W.  westward. 


>■' 


•  GnAND  ManaMt— This  island,  MJ  niiics  in  Iciiijth,  by  7  in  brrndtii,  is  includnl  in  Chnrloito 
County,  in  the  prwrince  of  New  Bninswick.  Its  nciriluiii  |i(iiiit  is  in  liiiitiidc  -I  l'^  '>4'  inul  luiit'itiuhi 
6(io  m^.  The  nnareat  distance,  from  ihr  opposite  const  of  Mniiir,  is  nearly  9  niilos.  The  western 
side  is  very  high;  its  clifls  beiiif;  nearly  perpeiKJiriiliir,  and  nioiit  GOO  leet  hlf,'h  above  the  level  di" 
the  sea.  On  this  side  viuiut  one  little  inlet,  (Dark  Cove,)  wliicli  iill'ords  shelter  lor  lioats  only.  The 
northern  head  is  equaUiSlbrupt  and  bold  ;  but  to  the  eastward  ut'it  is  Whale  Cove,  having  anchor. 
;'V.  ing  ground,  with  25  ^K*  fathoms,  in  which  ships  may  stop  tur  u  tide  during  a  soullitrly  gale,  but 
'*'•:>/-    Jt  is  exposed  to  the  etttA^y  gales. 

To  the  S.  E.  of  WjiVe  Cove,  on  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  island,  is  Long  Island  Bay,  so  called  from 

^   the  itland  on  the  S.  E.  siu  ■  of  it.     The  N.  E.  i.oin;  of  this  bay,  called,  from  its  shiijie,  the  Swallow's 

i/'vT«uli  is  high,  bold,  rugged  and  barren.     The  bay  is  open,  but  possesses  nil  the  adwiiitajrcs  ot  a 

^ittrbor;  the  bottom  is  wholly  of  mud,  excepting  a  rid^^e  rf  rocks  and  gravel,  'hat  shows  iiseUWitliin 

^.;|||^.8waIlovv'8  Tail,  and  the  north  end  of  Long  Island  :  tlieui.'  also,  u  smidl  clii.  cr  of  suiike;i  rocks, 

i;i^ftto^et  at  low  water,  at  half  a  ntile  from  Loii;;  Isiiunl  Point. 

'^^^^VaitflJ6x^g  Island,  and  opposite  to  the  beacli,  shijis  niny  anchor,  ovrn  locking  in  the  nnri  i  end 
'  V«f  li«jb.lsii|lfl  with  the  Swallow's  Tail,  on  a  strong  muddy  bottom,  entirely  sheltered  from  il:e  wiird 
''MM94e%    tn  the  northern  part  of  the  Bay,  bottom  of  stilf  ul:iy,  vessels  have  frc(juendy  been  jirutcctcd 
:'l^ac«  severe  gale. 

■i*%(ra^miydown,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Grand  Manan,  is  Gieat  Duck  Island,  under  which  there 

liffil^OOd  ground;  but  hern  a  pilot  may  be  required,  as  there  are  hidden  dangers  in  lliu  vicinity.     To 

r%;yJ&jlouth-eaatward  of  Duck  Island  lie  Ross,  Cheney,  and  White  H>iid  Islands  ;  the  latter  occunieii 

't^N.,l^a  skiUuJ  and  intelligent  pilot :  from  these  the  rocks  and  foul  ground  extend  3  leagues  to  the  S. 

On  the  Boiitljem  bank  of  Grand  Manan,  the  most  dangerous  ledge  is  that  called  the  Old  Proprie. 

J)*,  which  lies  two  leaguesS.  8.  E.  from  Wliite  Head  Island,  and  covers  the  space  of  half  an  acre  at 

water ;  it  is 'dry  athalf-ebb.     When  covered,  the  tide  sets  directly  over  it,  at  the  rate  of  tour 

<ni)e8  anhour.     At  three  mil^  more  to  the  S.  E.  is  nnotlicr  siioal.  Clerk's  (Jround;  and  east  from  it, 

E'f  Bflfrfy  four  miles,  lies  the  Roaring  Bull,  a  bnnK  of  8  fathoms,  over  which  is  a  heavy  and  dangerous 

;>4l$pple.     The  S.  W.  head  of  Manan,  open  of  all  the  islets  otl'the  south  side  of  that  island,  will  lead 

,:'el«ar  to  the  southward  of  these  dangers.     The  north. easternmosl  high  land,  open  of  the  islets  on  the 

':  .*ast,  laads  clear  to  the  eastward  of  them.     During  an  easterly  wind  the  tide-rips  are  impassable. 

■  The  Three. Islands,  (Kents,)  the  southernmost  oC  the  Manan  Islets,  are  low  and  Icdgy.  The  cast. 
.•«ni  ti<|«  "f'hslrtlfT*  is  bold  to  the  rocks,  which  are  at  all  times  visible.  Uif  the  N.  W.  of  'liese  rocks 
•;  feia  le^ge  calmf&e  Constable,  dry  at  low  water.  These  islets,  with  Green  Islets  to  the  northward  of 
,them,  aflbrd  ociiuional  anchorage,  in  from  14  to  7  fathoms. 

;,.  Wood  Island,  on  the  south  side  of  Manan,  and  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  latter,  form  a  bay  containing 
^^^JI^ellAnt  ground.  The  ugper  part  and  head  of  it,  in  a  gale  of  wind,  are  jilaces  of  security  ;  and  here 
'isupplies,  if  requisite,  may  be  obtained  from  the  inlinhitaiits. 

Between  Wood  Island  on  the  west,  and  Ross  Jsl?  id  on  the  east,  is  the  passage  to  Grand  Harbor, 
■  a  shallow  muddy  basin.     It  is  a  convenient  place  for  ships  without  anchor  or  cable,  as  they  may  lie  in 
the  mud,  in  perfect  security.     At  the  entrance,  which  is  narrow,  the  depths  are  from  7  to  5  fathoms, 
bottom  of clby. 

W,  by  S.  }  S.  from  Grand  Manan  lie  the  Western  Seal  Islands.  On  the  western  island  two  light. 
houses  are  erected,  showing  fixed  lights,  distant  from  each  other  about  140  feet,  in  the  direction  of 
E.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  by  which  they  are  distinguished  from  ail  other  lights  upon  the  coast ;  they 
are  elevated  about  50  feet  above  high  watermark.  From  the  westernmost  of  tliese  lighthouses  the 
following  bearings  were  taken; 

To  the  southernmost  of  the  Murr  Ledges,  E.  S.  E. 

To  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S.  i  S:  about  12  milts. 

To  N,  E.  Rock,  N.  E.  by  N.  about  Ij  mile. 

To  southern  head  of  Grand  Manan,  E.  by  N.  J  N, 

To  West  Quoddy  Lighthouse,  N.  N.  E. 

To  Little  River  Head,  N.  by  W. 

To  Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  N,  W,  by  W. 

To  south  point  of  Kent  Island,  (on  tlic  chart  three  isles,)  East. 


!-</ 


BLUM'  9  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


137 


Ifyou  fall  in  with  Muuiit  Desert  Kock,  which  lies  S.  d  leiif;u<^"  froni  Mount  Desert 
Hillai.  J'uii  must  observe  the  tiile  of  tlouil  ttets  W.  tS.  W.  itloii;;  shore,  till  ^ou  coirin  to 
the  Fox  islands;  but  the  same  Ihtod  runs  U|>  to  the  northwurd,  into  iijue  Hill  liny, 
Union  River,  and  'Isle-un-haut  Hay. 

The  next  remarkable  land  ts  I'enobscot  Mills,  which  ynu  will  see  over  the  l<'ox  islimiis, 
bearinj;  iVom  the  N.  W.  to  the  N.  i\.  W.  of  them.  When  you  pass  the  isle-au-haut, 
in  steering  W.  >S.  VV.  you  will  leave  fMantinicus  Islands,  and  Mantmicus  .Seal  Islands  to 
the  southward  of  you.  If  at  ni^ht,  or  thick  weathei,  it  is  advisable  to  i;o  to  the  south- 
ward of  all  these  islands,  unless  you  are  well  aL'(|uaiiited.  When  you  pass  to  the  nest- 
ward  of  Mantinicus  Islands,  the  main  passage  trom  sea  to  Peinibseut  Hay  lies  about  ^<. 
by  W.  If  yuu  go  into  this  [lassnge,  you  leave  Mantinicus  Island  ou  your  starboard,  iipd 
tile  two  (ireen  lsl;<nds  on  your  larboard  hand,  steering;  north-westerly  4  leagues;  and  if 
bound  up  the  bay,  follow  your  directions  for  I'enoiiscot  Hay. 

If  you  come  in  from  sea,  and  make  th*'  island  of  Manheigen,  on  which  is  a  lighthouse, 
(described  hereafter,)  when  it  bears  N.  or  N.  N.  W.  it  appears  like  two  islands,  bu^ 
when  it  bears  east  hr  west,  it  appears  in  one  island.  Oaniiscove  Island^  lie  to  the  W.  by 
N.  of  it,  which  are  all  bare  of  trees,  except  the  north  part.  The  rocks  called  Uanta)n 
I^edgc,  lie  two  miles  from  Damiscove,  VV.  S.  W.;  when  you  arc  6  or  7  leagues  «lf  at 
sea,  you  will  have  70  or  80  fathoms  water,  with  a  S.  S.  W.  cutrent.  In  general,  be- 
tween Damiscove  and  Manheigen  Island,  the  Hood  tide  parts,  a]^sets  E.  N.  K.  to  the 
eastward,  and  VV.  8.  VV^  to  the  westward,  as  far  as  the  island  (ff.'Seguine,  and  to  the 
northward  up  to  Broad  liay,  Sheepscut,  and  Kennebeck  rivers,  and;tbe  ebb  setq  the  coi^t 
trary  way.  rp-. 

MACHIAS  TO  jPASSAMAC|i;ODI)V.— When  you  leave  Mhchigs,  and  are 
to  Passamaquoddy,  briiijj  lJr;iss  Island  to  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  and  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  \  S* 
tant  *)  leagues  to  West  Passaiiia(|Uoddy  lighthouse,  nearwhich  iaan'ALARiiBiCLl.t^ 
will,  during  foggy  weather,  strike  ten  times  in  a  minute,  unle'iw  neglected,  whicbdj 
often  the  case,  as  the  machinery  is  out  of  order,  and  it  is  nownruug  by  hand  ;  hx0 
rung,  the  sound  may,  when  calm,  be  heard  live  miles.  But  if  tlte  ffiud  ti)kee  jfOQ' ' 
eastward,  there  is  a  good  harbor,  about  two  leagues  to  the  N.  £.  of  Cross  Islsqd. 
harbor  bears  due  west  from  the  middle  of  Grand  Manaaislan.!,  and  is  called  Li 
but  you  cannot  see  it  except  you  are  near  the  north  shore.  You  must  not  mtr  jl|§<j 
before  it  bears  N.  VV.  or  N.  N.  W.  There  is  a  bliitf  point  of  rooks  op  the  A«)|i^r4 
hand,  as  you  go  in,  and  an  island  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor.  As  you  palu  io,  leayB.lliS  'M 
island  on  yoi|r  larboard  hand,  and  when  you  have  passed  it  half  a  mile,  you  may  Wl^ilM^li 
in  4  or  5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  and  remain  safe  from  all  winds,  Your,  course  f)roratlli|^ 
harbor  to  West  Passaii)a(|uod(ly  light,  is  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant  7  leagues.  W" 
you  come  from  the  S.  W-  '»>J  arc  bound  into  VVest  Passamaquoddy,  you  must  give 
fcjeal  Rocks,  before  n^entioned,  a  berth  of  three-quarters  of  a  m.le;  before  you  hai|l  in  fof"*! 
the  harbor,  as  there  is  a  whirlpool  to  the  eatst  ward  of  them.  ¥he  bay  is  about  one  leagtie  ■ 
from  this  poiiit ;  it  is  high  water  here,  at  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  about  lUb.  4^9. 

There  is  a  good  bay  that  lies  about  W.  S.  W.  from  this  point,  three-quarters  of  a  Qii)«  >;^ 
distant,  where  you  may  anchor ;  but  it  is  not  safe  for  any  stranger  to  go  over  the  bar  wit^^ia 
out  9  pilot,  which  may  be  easily  obtained.     Thr  bar  bears  N.  N.  W.  from  the  aijcl: 
ground,  three-quarters  of  a  mile  distant. 

When  up  as  far  as  Al|en's  Island,  if  you  leave  it  with  the  tide  of  flood,  MJrdr  N.  N.  J(^^1 
3  miles,  when  you  will  have  the  tide  against  you  four  hours  ;  and  two  hoars  before  h^^ 
water  the  tide  sets  S.  S.  W.  till  you  come  down  to  the  Collector's  Island,  when  it  MlS . 
over  the  barS.  S.  I^.  The  tide  rises  here  twenty-live  feet.  There  is  a  fine  cove  on  ttoJ 
south  end  of  Moose  Island,  where  a  ship  of  500  tons  may  lie,  moored  head  and  Bteri&  ^ 
safe  from  all  winds,  but  the  anchors  are  very  much  exposed  with  the  wind  to  the  f|puti)T ' 
east.  ,-  '^W 


•  The  Isle-au-haut  is  remarkable  land,  composed  of  high  steep  clifls,  and  malces  with  a  large  bay 
on  each  side  of  it ;  has  good  landing  on  its  eatitcrn  end,  and  anchorage  half  a  mile  ofl*,  in  18  fath. 
oms,  with  the  low  point  bearing  about  N.  E.  by  N.  where  is  also  a  stream  of  water  running  ii)^  th% 
sea.     The  highest  part  of  the  island  is  in  the  middle,  and  represents  a  saddle. 

t  Mantinicus  Kock  Lights  are  at  both  ends  of  a  dwelling  house.  Tiie  houpe  is  40  feet  in  length 
find  30  feet  in  breadth,  to  which  the  lights  are  attached,  and  are  both  fixed  lights.  Height  of  the 
lantern  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  S'2]  feet.  The  course  from  this  to  Maiiheigan  Light  is  y^,  )  N, 
distant  8)  leagues.     [See  mention  of  these  lights  page  142.} 

}  West  Passamaquoddy  lighthouse  contains  a  fixed  light,  as  before  mentioned,  page  134,  situated 
on  West  Quoddy  Hei^d,  90  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  may  be  seen  at  a  distanoe  of  8«y§|) 
{eagves  in  clear  wcat^^r. 

18 


mtm 


l.s 


BLUNT  H  AMKUICAN  COAST  f'Ik.OT. 


*T1TMANAN.— Ill  c«iiiinii  fnmi  iIm-  wf»iwiiril,  IxmiikI  to  I'ipptm  IlitI,  or  Ro»hr,ir 
Ilarhoi,  Ijiiri^  tli<>  li):lit  In  Iomi  S.  W.  .iikI  miii  toi  il,  ^iviii);  it  a  tjcilli  dI  <iiifl<iiiii||  oi  a 
mile,  aiid  lluii  hlifi  N.  '  W.  J  iiiilt's:  iti  Hii-ninit'  iliis  nmiM',  j<)U  will  leavr  (lie  Kjfg 
]{i>ck  oil  xiiir  stailxiniil  r:iii(l,  win  ii  vou  will  iiiiikr  llit-  wislcil)'  flicur,  ftiviiiK  il  ;i  herili 
of  liiiK'n  mile;  llini  flfcr  N.  N.  Jl.  \)i\v  inih-,  wluii  yon  will  bi- oppoBitt  Djer's  Hounc, 
where  you  iiiiiy  aiiehoi  f.wv  lioiii  all  wiiiiU  in  ;<  tatlioniN  water. 

In  eimiin^  Iroin  the  eaNiwanI,  hoiiml  to  Dyer's  iti-y,  cive  'rilinannii  Inland  liglit  ilirfe- 
fourths  o(  a  mile  benli,  leaviiii>  it  on  your  .viaiJMiunl  In  ml ;  hrinj:  llip  li);hi  to  hear  N.  K. 
threc-lourllis  ot  a  mile  di.slanl,  ihtii  vteeriN.  I'y  \V.  w  Im  li  will  tarry  >oii  into  the  inonih 
of  the  hay,  leaviiig  a  lari;e  dry  ledj;e  on  your  larhoard  hand:  when  ahreaMi  of  ihls  ledj;e, 
which  i«  bold  lo,  j'.ive  it  u  berth  ol  ')  ort)  rodn,  then  oleer  iN.  },  K.  4  or  5  iiiik-!),  where  you 
may  anchor  sale  iVom  all  uiiuis,  in  4  or')  lailuiM",  muddy  bottom. 

GoldHhorouiiih  Ilail)or  lies  N.  .N.  U.  l-oni '1  itmanan  li;!hlhiiiise,  two  lraj;iip«  disinni, 
Icavinja;  one  island,  covered  with  trees,  on  your  .siarl>oaitl  hand,  and  two  nn  \oiu  larlioard 
hand;  then  your  cour.-n  is  N.  N.  Vv  .  1  '  mile,  then  .N.  '  J"..  J  miles,  whn  h  will  brini; 
you  up  with  (ioldsborotigh  I'oint,  where  you  may  uiithoi  sale  from  all  windb,  in  3  or  4 
iiptttiomis  muddy  bottom. 

'Jo  coming  lioi^t^ie  eastward,  bouml  to  rnis):ert  liarhor,  uive  Tinnanan  li»hf  a  berth 
of  three-fourths  of  a  mile,  brini;  it  to  btar  1,.  S.  K.  iind  sict  r  \\  .  iN.  W  .  J  leaunes,  which 
win  bring  you  up  wilb  the  wentern  shoie,  or  l!ii(h  Head  I  larbor.  In  rnniiiii):  the  ;diove 
COnreei  you  will  leave  f Cranberry  Keck  poini  im  your  starboar<l  hand,  i\loulf(ni's  Lpdt;e, 
and  the  two  black  ledges  on  your  larboard  haml.  ^  our  course  I'roin  < 'ranheiry  Hock 
jint  in  is  N.  W.  by  N.  Jn  case  you  !.lioiil(l  not  make  the  |  omt,  conti'iiie  your  course 
^  N.  W.  until  youmakr;  the  western  nhore,  nivin^;  it  a  heilh  of  half  a  mile,  then  steer 
I.  N,  E.  until  you  open  the  harbor,  then  steer  N.  W.  which  course  will  carry  you  sale 
'ton  fall  in  with  Chuttock  Island,  and  are  bound  to  i'rospect,  Rive  it  a  berth  of 
Is  of  a  mile,  theusteer  M.  N.  K.  which  conisti  will  carry  you  sate  into  the 
*In  running  this  course,  you  will  have  the  two  black  leil^es  on  your  starbonid 
gWiogthem  a  berth  of  three  fourths  of  a  mile. 

<iaMw»  Ledge  bears   from  Titniaiian   lighthouse  W.  by  N.  4  miles  distant ;  this 

I  bare,  except  at  low  tides;  straiii;eis  should  not  approach  too  near  it;  it  lies 

^Qpi  Goldsborough  Harbor.     'I  here  is  a  sunken  ledge  that  lies  S.  E.by  E. 

Ilightli^use,  12  miles  distant,  on  wliich  there  is  but  i>  feet  at  low  water. 

Il  W.  4  miles  distant  from  tlie  lighthouse,  lies  a  sunken  ledge,  on  which  there  are 

Set  at  low  water. 

JpUNT   DESERT   TO   GOLDSHOHOltiU    AM)  §MACI1[AS.— In   going 
[ount  Desert  to  Goldsborough,  you  must  steer  K.  -,  N.  for  HScuttock  roint,  (our 
where  is  an  island,  which  yeumay  pass  either  side  of,  but  it  isbe=t  to  leav?  it  on 
)oard  hand,  and  tlien  steer  N.  E.  about  ;V'.  leagues,  whiih  will  carry  you  up  with 
ttorough  Harbor.     Vou  will  see  three  islands  whidi  lie  in  the  mouth  of  the  har- 
^fdtt  must  leave  them  ou  your  larboard  haud,   and  go  in  the  eastern  passage.      In 
ilding  in  for  this  place,  you  will  see  Titmanau  Island,  which  has  a  lighthouse  on  it. 
Iltldmng  a  fixed  light,  already  described,  wlii(  h  you  leave  on  your  starboard   hand. 
fOCtb  from  Titmanan^  ona  eighth  of  a  mile  distant,  lies  a  ledge,  bare  at  hall  iide,  which 
^ou  keep  w'ithin  half  a  cable's  length  of  \,heu  going  over  the  bar,  which  you  pass  on 
^ttr starboard  hand,  when  bound  eastward,  at  which,  as  you  pass  the  bar,  Scuttock  Isl- 


w~~. ■ ~~~ 

.-*Tttmanan  Light  is  a  fixed  light,  elevated  53  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  on  the  south  end  of 
"^e Titihamo  Island,  near  the  mouth  of  Niiiiimumus  River  ;  S.  S.  W.  I'roiii  it,  4  miles  distant,  is  a  ledge 
>iHivingl3  feet  at  low  water;  also,  S.  K.  by  H.  from  it  is  ji  diinfrcrous  sunken  ledge,  about  H  miles 
distant,  but  there  is  plenty  of  water  inside  the  sliore  ;  on  the  sduiIhtii  and  northern  sides  of  the  island 
ire.shoals.  Give  the  island  n  liertli  oi  Iiall'  a  mile.  Near  the  liyiit,  nre  two  good  hatl)ors,  viz.  Dyer's 
Bay,  and  Goldshoiouph  Harbor. 

t  Cranberry  Rock  licb  near  linker's  Isliind  Lifrhi,  Criiiiburry  Island  ami  Mount  Desert.  The 
light  is'elevated  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  S(-u,  and  shows  a  fixed  light,  henrin^  K.  N.  E.  froin 
Titiltaiian  Light,  22  miles  distant,  and  E.  N.  E.  eoateily,  from  Moose  Peck  Heud  Light,  distant  41 
miles. 

t  Mount  Desert  Islanl  is  »l)out  fifteen  miles  lonjr,  and  twelve  broad.  It  is  intersected  in  the  mid- 
die  by  the  water  llowinj;  into  the  south  side  from  the  sen.  On  Mount  Denert  Rock,  six  leagues  south 
from  the  island  is  a  lighthouse  contaiiiins;  a  fixed  lislit,  elevaietl  .'ilii  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ses. 

There  ate  two  considerable  islands  on  the  8.  E.  side  of  Mount  Desert  Island,  called  Cranberry 
Islands,  wKieli  assist  in  forming  a  Imrlior  in  liie  (Julf,  which  ^ts  up  on  the  south  side  of  the  island. 

§  Machias  Light  House  is  built  on  Libby  Island,  which ^es  on  the  western  entrance  to  Macl.'ias 
Bay,  65  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  ond  contains  a  fixed  light. 

H  There  are  five  hills  on  Scuttock,  reiiiarkable  from  any  hills  in  the  eastern  country,  and  at  a  dis- 
tance they  appear  round. 


Kea. 


this 


ni-UNTS  AMERKAIN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


139 


■nl  will  b«'a  hntidipiUo's  lcn;;fh  opi-n  Id  the  Miiiiiliwunl  of  •Sctiffork  Point,  but  to  go 
over  tins  bnr  rrijiiires  w  pilnl.  W'lifri  iiimt  tin*  liiii,  :itiil  up  wiili  'I'ilncuiiin  Isliriil,  keep 
K.  S  I",.  II  If  li  iT  a  unit-  ili<.!  uii,  wlm  h  will  rlr-.ir  .1  It  dt'c  Inviny  ')  It'ct  Hater  at  low  wa- 
ter, tiiat  \\v*  K.  ol'  tlH>  cli.uitii-l  ;;oin.j  ovi-r  tlit-  It  ir,  iiiit'-linirlli  ol  a  utile  (i  itanl.  'I'lu're 
i<i  a  liar  that  riiti.H  IVkiu  ilin  shore  to  tins  liitln  island,  tvhich  a*  about  one  \>  a;;uv  from  the 
lainl.     This  bar  has  '.\\  fathouis  at  liinh  water,  and  ')  fret  at  low  w  itet. 

If  you  are  boiitiil  to  .Macliias  or  I' issaMia!|U(Mlilv,  your  course  iVoni  Mount  Desert  is 
K.  IJ ,  lea'iui's,  which  will  earry  you  np  with  f  Mmise  I'eek  I/ij{lit,  which  you  leave  on 
your  larboard  hand;  then  sieer  N.  K.  by  K.  lur  .Micliius  l<it;ht,  on  liibliy  Island,  4; 
ieaijues.  hi  steeriiii;  the  above  i-oures  and  (l..-.iaiiies,  you  pa»N  by  nofhui;;  but  islandn 
on  your  larlioard  hand,  with  inlets  and  tmndry  uood  harbors,  pleanant  riverM,  .SIooho  Feck 
Reach,  and  ( 'handler'.s  Kiver,  which  nre  all  uood  harbors,  but  too  intricate  to  be  de- 
ncnlifd  lur  sir,Mi.iers  to  aiieiii|if  with  laleiy.  Il  you  cannot  steer  your  courBCd  a»  above 
directed,  you  must  observe,  atier  passinj;  .Moose  |*eck  Head  liiclit,  there  are  three  low 
islarnis  to  the  .<>  W.  of  (irand  .Manan  Island,  wiiich  lie  due  S.  K.  from  Maciiiati  called 
Seal  Islands,  diiiant  4  leagues,  tin  one  of  which  are  two  lii^hthoiises.  Vou  may  see  the 
island  ol'  (Jrand  Manan  b  leagues  belbre  you  come  to  it,  and  when  it  bears  N,  E.  these 
islands  run  .'<^.  W.  t'roni  (irand  .Manan.  almiu  J  Ica^Mies  distant,  and  ill  thick  weather,  if 
you  make  these  islands,  yon  in  ly  run  lor  .Mailiias  Liu'lii.  bringing  Ihe  S.  W.  end  of 
(Jrand  .Manan  lo  bear  .S.  K.  by  K.  and  then  run  .\.  W.  by  W.  (or  the  entrance  of  Ma- 
cliias,  f)  leaiiiies  distant,  atid  when  you  hive  passed  ('ross  Island;  which  you  leave  on  your 
starboard  hand,  you  may  steer  N.  but  in  passins;  CrusH  Island,  you  must  be  careUll  of  ' 
some  dangerous  led'^es  lyiin;  otf  it  1  ',  mile,  in  a  ."^.  W.  direction.  In  .steering  this  course, 
you  will  leave  a  larije  white  rock  on  your  larboard  hand;  and  if  you  do  not  waotiD  go 
into  .Machias  Harbor,  you  may  haul  to  the  wcstw  ird.  Alter  you  have  paq  -  *».  , 
about  half  a  mile,  briii;;  a  hi^ii  round  island  that  is  covered  with  trees  tq 
you  may  anchor  in  4  ur.'>  raihoiiiN,  muddy  bottom.  'I'his,  Is  called  Jonei 
you  mean  to  '^o  up  to  .Madiias  you  must  keep  your  course  N.  till  you  f., 
island  on  yoiy  larboard  hand.  wIumi  you  niity  shape  your  course  W.  N. 
W.  for  a  point  that  is  covered  witli  yoiiii.;  birch  trees,  and  a  house  on  it,  fS 
board  hand  there  is  tiotliin*;  but  llats  and  shoils.  Vou  may  keep  your  lar 
after  you  pass  this  lioii>c,  until  the  river  opens  to  the  uorlhward,  wbeo  yo%iB|P1RW'|l| 
to  Cross  Kiver,  where  yon  may  am  hor  in  I  lathonis;  but  if  you  are  boi^l^fr^f^^rotl 
W.  mills,  you  must  haul  away  lo  the  we^t^^,lld.  When  you  get  up  wiihltff.  E|lrti'W*i> \, 
house  and  barn,  which  are  (in  the  starboar<'  band,  vou  nnist  leave  the  barn  opeir.t|i|i»^  | 
south-westward  of  the  Pot  I  Head,  'i'iiis  Pott- 1  lea»l  is  a  large  hill  thatyo^ule^iy^  OA  jnliW^V' 
starboard  hanrl.     [For  description  of  (irand  .NIanan,  see  pa^e  1U6.1 

IA).\(i  l.SLAM)  'lo  riJK  .-^oirilWK.ST  HARBOli.OF  MOUNT  DE! 
—  Your  course  is  N.  .\.  K.  distant  :!',  liHuues.      Vou  inusl  leave  the  two  Duck 
on  your  starboard  hand,  and  t!iree  islamls  on  your  larboard  hand.     It  is  not  safe  llkr  t . 
stranger  to  run  here  in  tlie  nis;ht,  as  there  is  a  lar^e.liBdge  that  is  covered  at  high  waterji  .' 
and  bare  at  half  tide.      Vou  leave  this  ledce  on  your  starltuard  hand,  whicli  is  abont  OKA 
mile  from  the  harbor.     There  is  a  lon^  IciLze  on  the  larboard  hand,  which  runs  offbatlf  j^l 
a  mile,  but  'here  is  a  good  turning  ;  liannel  between  them.     The.^.  W.  passages  fittos/ 
enter,  even  with  a  lar;:e  vessel,  at  low  water,  keeping  nearest  tl^  starboard  hanpliw  yw|i 
go  in,  for  there  is  a  long  point  thai  lies  aiioiit  hail'  a.  mile  off  from  the  larboa^.^  haa^J 
When  you  pass  the  iioinf^n  your  larboard  hand,  you  liavp  the  harbor  open,  and  mtlM^M, 
bear  up  N.  W  .  or  W.  N.  W.  and  anchor  well  up  the  harbor  in  5  or  ()  fathoms,  mudlhr/^ 
bottom,  whero  you  may   lie  sale  Inun  all  winds.      If  you  are  in  a  large  vessel,  and  make 
the  Isle-au  haul,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  steer  K.  by  N.  10  leagues,  which  coursi^i 
and  distance  will  carry  you  up  tlie  eastern  passage  iroiti;;  into  Mount  Desert,     you  inust^^ 
leave  all  the  islands  to  the  nonliward,  and  lio  to  the  nor! Ii ward  of  Mount  Desert  Rock," 
which  lies    K.  .S.  K.  Irom  the  Isie-au-li;;iit.  S.    K.  from    Long   Island,  Jind  S.  from  the 
Duck  Islands.      When  yon  brii::;  the  harbor  to  be  ir  W.  N.  W.  you  may  steer  directly' iu, 
for  you  may  go  about  with  a  fiist-rat;'  man-of-war  in  this  passage.     You  may  steer  ih 
this  c'.iannel,  with  a  fair  wind,  trom  W.  N.  \V.  to  W.  by  N.  til'  yon  come  toLangley'd 
laland,  \vhich  lies  about  one  league  up  the  htirbo.s  and  makes  ihe  starboard  hand  of  the 


and  at  a  dis- 


•  feiitfock  Point  forms  the  etiftern,  and  Mount  Desert  the  western  extreme  of  Frenchninn's  Bay. 

+  Moose  Pfck  Hcnd  Litrht  is  on  .M  .'^rukc  I^lnnd,  51  t'eef  nbf)vo  the  level  ci'  the  sen,  and  ontaina 
a  revolving  lifrhi :  Time  of  revolution  four  minutes  ;  showinp  two  litdits  and  two  darks;  when  at 
the  diftance  oi'  six  league"?,  tiuir  lime  of  darkness  will  hv  no  loofrer  than  that  of  light ;  ae  you  ap. 
proach  il,  the  time  of  dnrkncs-i  wiil  dccrenso  ;  witiiin  Ci  or  (>  imies  it  will  not  wholly  dirapprar, 
but  in  the  revolution  the  gr<'a'est  power  of  lijjht  will  bo  as  24  is  to  1  at  least.  The*  light  beaxs  S. 
W.  by  W.  i  \V.  from  Libby  Island  Light- 


IMS 


-MMImMM 


"W 


..,  .,..,.  -ri-wirtCY 


140 


BLUNT  S  AMERICA!*  TOAST  PILOT. 


i~ 


river  that  nins  from  tlie  N.  E.  Be  careful  of  this  island,  as  there  is  a  sunken  ledge  of 
rocks  abreast  of  it,  near  half  a  mile  off.  The  river  above-mentioned  has  water  enough 
for  aii^  ship  fo  {;o  in,  and  is  a  safe  harbor. 

FOX  ISLAND  PASSACiE.— On  Brown's  Head,  at  the  western  entrance  of  Fox 
Island  thoroughfare,  a  lii^ht,  showing  a  fixed  light,  is  erected  on  the  Southern  Fox  Isl- 
and, and  stands  two  rods  from  the  shore,  and  80  feet  above  high  w  ter  mark. 

The  following  are  the  results  of  observations  by  compass: — Fiddler's  Ledpe  bears 
from  the  light,  W.  |  S.  distant  about  3  miles  ;  Fiddler's  Ledge  from  Crabtree's  Point, 
AV.  S.  W.  distance  about  half  a  mile.  Fiddler's  Ledge  is  above  the  surface  of  the  water 
at  two  hours'  ebb. 

Crabtree's  Ledge  bears  from  the  light  W.  by  S.  distant  about  14  mile  ;  Crabtree's 
Ledge  bears  from  Crabtree's  Point  S.  W.  by  S.  distant  about  half  a  mile.  This  ledge 
may  be  seen  breaking  at  high  water  with  a  little  motion. 

Inner  Dog  Fish  Ledge  bears  from  the  light  S.  W.  distant  about  3  miles;  Inner  Dog 
Fish  Ledge  bears  from  Crabtree's  Ledge  S.  S.  E.  distant  about  1^  mile. 

In  running  O'om  Owl's  Head  Light*  for  Fox  Island  thoroughfare,  bring  the  light  to 

bear  west,  and  steer  E.  i  S.  until  you  bring  the  light  on  Brown's  Head  to  bear  E.  N.  E., 

and  then  stetr  for  i'  Uiitil  you  are  w  ithin  one  cable's  length  from  the  light.     In  running 

thia  course,  you  pass  between  Crabtree's  Ledge  and  Dog  Fish  Ledge,  leaving  Crabtree's 

I'^dge  on  the  larboard  hand,  and  Dog  Fish  Ledge  on  thfe  starboard,  which  is  separated  by 

B  channel  1^  mile  broad  ;    you  may  then  run  half  a  cable's  length  of  either  of  them. 

When  abreast  of  the  light,  and  between  tht  light  and  Sugar  Loaves,  steer  N.  E.  ^  E. 

hfpr  Young's  Narrows.     The  Sugar  Loaves  are  two  high  rocks,  formed  somewhat  like 

'  sugar  Ipaves,  and  are  located  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  passage.     There  is  good  anchor- 

*  Age  between  the  Sugar  Loavea  and  light,  in  7^  fathoms,  at  low  water. 

Tlj»  entrance  to  Young's  Point  is  narrow  at  low  water,  off  which  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks, 
irliiell.'kre  covered  at  high  water.  There  is  also  a  cjuantity  of  sunken  rocks  at  the  lar- 
IiookI  hand,  near  a  mile  to  the  W.  N.  W.  which  lie  ntf  the  Dumplins.  These  Dump- 
,  IS^n.  are  thvee  islands,  which  you  leave  on  your  L.rboard  hand.  Your  course  in  this 
'  t^finBizi'iM  E.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  keeping  your  sti'.rhoard  hand  on  board.  W  hen  you 
l^il  thi*  point  on  your  starboard  hand,  you  must  keep  your  starboard  hand  on  board, 
aad,«teer  E  Si  JSr  about  two  miles,  when  you  will  make  Deep  Cove  on  your  starboard 
¥^  IfiaxiA,  which  Ues  to  the  ea^.tward  of  a  very  high  bluff  of  rocks.  If  you  have  neither  ca- 
L' •  iilesnor  anchors,  you  may  run  into  said  cove,  or  secure  your  vessel  witlj  t  le  main  or  fore- 
«h9et,  .or  come  to  anchor  in  7  fathoms  water  off  the  said  cove.  There  the  flood  meets, 
oat. from  the  W.  N.  W.  the  other  from  the  E.  N.  E.  wliich  makes  an  eddy  against  this 
qove  and  highland  ;  here  yoi  may  ride  safe  with  any  wii  When  you  leave  this  place, 

and  are  bound  to  the  eastward,  yoti  steer  E.  S.  E.  anu  keep  your  starboard  hand  on 
I^Mrd  tili  y6\i  come  upno  a  clear  spot  of  land,  where  the  trees  haVe  been  cut  off.     As 
Qoon  as  said  sped  bears  W.  S.  W.  you  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  the  middle  narrows.     When 
jou  draw  near  the  Narr(»vs,  you  will  see  two  large  white  I'ocks  in  the  middle  of  the  pas- 
sage, unless  at  high  water,  at  which  time  they  are  covered  about  one  hour,  but  may  be 
seen  at  all  other  times  of  tide.     You  may  go  on  either  side,  but  the  deepest  water  is  at 
the 'southward  of  tiiem.  .  Continue  vmir  course  E.  N.  fc.  about  onfe  league,  when  you 
nust  keep  your  starboard  hand  on  L  jard,  as  there  are  several  sunken  rocks  and  ledges 
'on  your  larboard  hand,  which  are  covered  at  high  water.     You  will  make  the  eastern 
narrows  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  as  soon  as  you  britlg  it  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  you  may 
f/s^f  nip  througli,  wliere  you  will  have  a  fine  harbor,  which  is  safe  to  ride  in  with  all  winds 
'   e\cept  at  £.  N.  E.  but  you  may  I'emain  in  the  west  passage  with  the  wind  at  E.  N.  E.or 
anchor  at  the  northward  of  a  bar*^  island,  that  you  will  see  on  your  starboard  hand  as  you 
go  back  to  the  westward.     When  you  pass  the  eastern  passage  of  Fox  Island,  you  must 
steer  E.  N.  E.  about  4  miles,  which  course  will  rarry  you  into  a  large  bay  that  lies  be- 
tween Fox  Islajid  and  the  Isle-au-haut.     This  bay  lies  N.  and  S.  and  about  <!  leagues 
E.  an  1  W.     When  you  get  into  tliis  bay  from  the  above-mentioned  passajre,  and  are 
bound  t---  the  eastward  of  the  Isle-an  liaut.  you  may  sie^r  E.  S.  E.  6  leagues,  which  course 
Will  carry  you  to  the  southward  of  the  Isle-au-haut. 

When  you  come  from  the  westward,  having  j)asscd  the  island  of  Manheigen  and  the 
entrance  of  Penobscot  Bay,  you  may  steer  E.  N.  E.  which  course  will  cirry  you  between 
the  Fox  Islands  and  Mantinicns  Islands  ;  on  the  latter,  at  each  end  of  the  keeper's 
house,  a  lighthf)iiso  is  rrected.  vhich  .shows  two  distinct  fixed  lights,  sailing  coastwise, 
north-easterly  and  south-wc-iierly  ;  and  one  light,  sailing  N.  N.  \V.  and  S.  S.  E.  leaving 
all  the  Fox  Islands  ou  your  larboard  hand,  but  bring  the  Isle-au-haut  to  bear  W.  N. 


*  Owl's  Head  Light  is  near  the  entrance  of  Penobscot  Bay,  on  the  larboard  hand ;  is  147  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  shows  a  fixed  light. 


.Mmt^ 


i^^aam 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


141 


W.  !?nd  steer  E.  N.  E.  7  leagues  to  Long  Islnnd,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard 
hand.  If  you  are  bound  to  Blue  Hill  Bay,  or  I'nion  lliver,  as  soon  as  you  pass  Long 
Island,  you  will  open  a  larf;e  sound  to  the  N.  N.  W.  which  course  you  are  to  steer  seven 
leagues,  when  you  will  be  up  with  Robertson's  Island,  leaving  the  Shij)  and  Barge,*  on 
your  larboard  hand.  Robertson's  Island  is  the  only  island  near  that  place  that  has  a 
house  on  it.  The  soutli  part  of  the  island  i.s  clear  of  trees,  on  which  th«  house  stands. 
When  you  come  near  the  south  part  of  the  island,  give  it  a  berth  of  ihree-tiuarters  of  a 
mile,  as  theie  are  several  sunken  rocks  ofl"  srid  pouit.  When  you  bring  this  island  to 
bear  from  S.  W.  to  N.  W.  you  may  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom ;  but 
•f^ou  are  bound  to  Blue  Hill  Bay,  you  may  stand  to  the  northward  direct  for  the  Blue 
Hills,  which  y  "U  may  s'e  10  or  15  leagues  off.  If  you  are  bound  for  Union  River,  you 
had  better  take  a  pilot  at  Robertson's  Island,  for  it  is  not  fit  for  a  stranger  to  go  without 
one. 

CAIMDEN  HARBOR. — North-east  Ledges  bear  from  the  light  on  Negro  Island,  at 
the  mouth  of  Camden  Harbor,  N.  E.  j  N.  distance  about  three  eighths  of  a  mile.  North- 
east Ledges  to  Morse's  Point,  N.  by  W.  distance  about  half  a  mile;  those  ledges  are 
covered  at  high  water,  but  are  above  the  surface  of  the  water  at  two  hotirs'  ebb.  Bar- 
rit's  Point  forms  the  western  side  of  Camden  Harbor,  and  i)ear8  from  the  light  S.  W. 
by  S.  i  S.  distance  about  three  eighths  of  a  mile.  Morse's  Point  lies  opposite  tho  light- 
house and  lormsthe  eastern  side  of  the  harbor.  Barrit's  Point  to  the  Graves,  S.  S.^  S. 
distance  about  1|  mile.  From  the  light  to  the  (iraves,  S.  by  E.  ^  E.  distance  about  2 
miles.  Owl's  Head  Light  bears  from  Camden  Light  S.  i  W.  distance  about  12  miles* 
From  the  Graves  to  the  Owl's  Head  Light  S.  by  W.  i  W.  distance  about  1"^  miles^. 

Camden  Lighthouse  is  situated  on  the  S.  E.  part  of  Negro  Island,  and  contains 
light,  elevated  4')  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

In  coming  from  the  westward,  and  bound  to  Camden  Harbor,  bring  Owl's 
to  bear  south,  and  steer  N.  i  K.  for  Camden  Light,  leaving  the  Graves  and  N< 
rocks,  on  the  starboard  hand  :  the  (irave  is  a  small  black  rock,  and  is  above  the^ii 
of  the  water  at  all  times,  and  you  may  near  it  within  a  cable's  length,  on  all  sidm. 
up  with  the  lighthoui^e  leave  it  on  the  larboard  hand  one  cable's  length, and  steeri 
by  N.^  N.  or  N.  N.  W.  distance  nearly  half  a  mile,  and  anchor  near  the  nort^lfaf 
from  four  to  five  fathoms  water,  good  holding  groiind.     If  you  are  to  tli%  efH|^%t|^cild-' 
bound  for  Camden  Harbor,  bring  the  light  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  or  S.  W,  bjF  "Wi  U^  6|«ir 
the  north  east  ledges,  then  follow  the  above  directions. 

CASTINE. — The  beacon  on  Otter  Rock  bears  from  the  lighthouse  on  OieeHl  H«ad| 
at  the  entrance  of  Castine  Harbor,  S.  E.  j  E.  distance  half  a  mile;  NoJdte's  tilltid' 
Point,  fS.  E.  I  S.  distant  e  about  I'l  miles;  Bull  Head,  on  Holbrook's Island,  sotitbt  did* 
tance  about  2  miles  ;  Turtle  Head,  W.  N.  W.  distance  about  4^  miles;  Bdfast,  N.  Vl^* 
by  W.  distance  aboui  11  miles.  From  the  beacon  on  Otter  I^ck  ^o  Noddle's  Islhodt 
Point,  S.  E.  by  S.  j'  S.  distance  about  three  eighths  of  a  mile;  from 'Noddle's  Islandf' 
Point  to  the  beacon  on  Hosmar's  Ledge,  E.  N.  E.  distance  a4)out  three-quarten  of  a 
mile  ;  from  Otter  Rock  Beacon  to  tlie  beacon  on  Hosmar's  Ledge,  east,  distanc*  abdut 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  ;  Hosmar's  Ledge  Beacon  to  the  town  of  Castine,  N.  N.  S.|li'^ 
tance  about  half  a  mile.  . 

Otto  Rock  is  a  small  round  rock,  and  lies  about  two  Cables'  length  from  the  DortbMIl 
shore,  and  has  on  it  an  iron  beacon,  with  a  cask  placed  upon  a  staft'at  its  centre,  and  is 
about  11*  feet  abo'r  the  level  of  the  sea  at  high  water.  Noddle's  Islan4  Poi^l  is  a  low 
black  rock,  and  very  bold.  Bull  Head  is  a  high  bhitl  of  rocks,  and  of  a  yellowish  casti 
and  lies  on  the  south  side,  without  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  (  " 

Hosmar's  Kock  lies  about  one  eighth  ol  a  mile  from  the  southern  .shore  of  CastitM 
Harbor,  and  has  on  it  an  iron  beacon,  as  described  on  (JtlerRock..  Turtle  Head  is  th(4' 
northern  head  of  Long  Island.  Stubbs'  Point  Ledge  lies  opposite  the  town,  but  is  not 
in  the  way  of  vessels  going  into  Castine  Harbor,  on  which  there  is  a  beacon  to  b6  erected 
this  season. 

If  you  are  bound  up  Penobscot  Bay,  and  are  to  the  eastward  of  Long  Island,  and  i«» 
tend  going  into  Castine  Harbor,  bring  the  light  on  Diet's  Head  to  bear  N.  E.  by  N.  and 
run  for  it  until  you  are  within  a  half  a  mile  of  it.  then  steer  E.  by  N.  for  the  beacon  otl 
Hosmar's  Ledae,  leaving  Otter  Rock  Beacon  on  the  larboard  hand,  one  cable's  length 
>_isiance,  and  Bull  Head,  Noddle  s  Point,  and  the  lieacrn  on  Hosmar's  Lodge  on  the 
starboard  hand,  you  may  near  the  starboard  shore  o(f  the  entrance  of  Castine  Harbor, 
within  one  cable's  length,  and  steer  E.  N.  E.  which  will  carry  you  in  ship  chai  nel  way. 
You  may  anchor  oH'the  town,  near  the  wharves,  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 


-^^: 


id  ;  is  147  feet 


*  The  Phip  is  nn  inland  that  has  three  trees  on  it,  and  appears  like  a  ship  e'.  a  distance ; 
and  the  Bnrge  is  a  dry  rock,  which  appears  like  a  barge. 


A2 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


This  harbor  is  easy  of  access,  and  vessels  may  approach  it  with  safety  by  following  the 
above  directions. 

*\VHI'rK   HKA]). — Vessels  bound  from  the  southward,  and  inteiidinj;  to  fall  in  with 
White  Head  Lighthouse,  should  endeavor  to  take  their  departure  from  the  High  Land 
of  Cape  (Jod,  on  which  is  a  liijhthouse,  containing  a  fixed  light,  from  which  to  Manhei- 
gen  Light,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  \  K.  distant  .'35 'r  leagues.     The  shore  near  Manhei- 
gen  is  bold,  with  good  watt»r  on  all  sides,  having  no  shoals  or  sunken  rocks  about  it ; 
tliere  are  some  dry  islands  and  ledges  on  the  north  side,  but  they  are  bold,  and  good  wa- 
ter all  among  thein.     From  iManheigcn  light  to  VN'hite  (lead  Light,  the  course  is  N.  K. 
distant  about  7  leagues,  with  a  fair  open  sound,     '{'here  is  a  small  ledge  lies  about  half 
a  mile  from  White  Head  Light,  bearing  S.  by  K.  which  is  just  out  of  water  at  conunon 
tides:  at  low  water  you  pass  between  this  ledge  and  the  light  to  go  in  tiie  Mu^'cle  Kidge 
Channel,  or  into  the  harbor.     Wni  contituu'  your  course  N.  K.  by  the  light  about  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile,  when  you  will  open  the  harl)or  on  your  lari)oard  hand,  '  etween  a  " 
small  ledgy  island  next  the  light,  and  a  hii;h  white  island  with  some  spruce  trees  on  it. 
When  you  open  the  harbor  N.  W.  you  steer  N.  W.  and  sail  on  till  you  pass  all  the 
ledges  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  anchor  in  about  .'>  nr(-<  fathoms,  good  holding  grr)uii(l. 
Vessels  of  60  or  70  tons,  may  double  dose  around  the  head  of  the  light,  soon  as  it 
bears  N.  E.  and  anchor  right  abreast  of  the   store.     This  is  called  Sail  Harbor.     Va- 
mls  taken  with  calm  and  ebb  tide,  may  anchor  any  where  off  the  Imht,  in  from  12  to  i'O 
jfathoins  water.     If  the  wind  takes  you  at  N.  H.  and  ebb  tide,  that  you  caiuiot  get  into 
Sail  Harbor,  you  may  run  into  Tarrent  Harbor,  which  bears  W".  by  S.  aboui  4  miles  dis- 
tant.    You  will  continue  your  W.  by  8.  course,  till  the  first  house  on  the  starboard 
hand  bears  N.  N.  W.  when  you  mav  anchor  in  about  4  or  fy  fathoms  water,  good  ground. 
TAKRENT   HARBOR,  Mir.SCLl-:    KllXJK,  AND    PKNOHSCOT   BAV— In 
tailiAfrom  this  harbor,  you  may  steer  east  one  league,  to  White  Head  Light,  but  be 
loot  to  haul  in  for  it  till  it  bears  N.  E.  as  there  is  a  large  ledge  of  rocks  bearing 
|?Wji,«N.  W.  from  said  Head,  one  mile  distant,  but  within  it,  a  pistol  shot  from  the 
k'u  lAkdeoavigation.     In  going  in,  you  must  give  the  larboard  hand  a  berth,  as  there 
ikeo  le<)ge«  which  extends  about  two-thirds  across  the  mouth  of  the  harbor,  that 
wb#n  there  is  any  sea,  unless  at  high  water. 
^'f'  ^Ali*  IIARBOR  lies  to  the  northward  and  eastward  of  White  Head,  about  three- 
k^UKUlf  of  a  mile.     If  you  wish  to  go  into  this  harbor,  haul  up  round  the  Head,  within 
»^  ttboi^t  a  eabh>  and  a  half's  length,  run  until  the  light  bears  S.  W.  then  steer  N.  by  W. 
'  run  ^1  and  MChpr  in  8  fathoms,  sticky  bottom.     This  is  a  good  harbor  in  winter.      Ves- 
•eki  getting  beealnisd  can  anchor  rear  the  Head  in  10  or  V2  fathoms  water.     Attached 
to  this  light  is  a  bell  weighing  1000  lbs.  striking,  in  foggy  weather,  three  times  a  minute. 
Your  course  from  White  Head  Light  is  N.  E.  to  Ash  Point  or  Island,  one  league  dis- 
tant, which  has  a  large  rock  to  the  S.  W.  of  it,  about  half  a  mile  distant,  which  you  must 
leaye  on  your  larboard  hand.     It  is  not  in  the  way  except  you  are  obliged  to  go  about. 
When  you  haul  round  this  island,  give  it  a  small  berth,  and  steer  N,  N.  E.  or  N.  p].  by 
N^  for  the  Owl's  Head,  leaving  two  islands  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  but  when  you  draw 
•ftear  the  larboard  shore,  you  steer  about  E.  N.  E.  for  the  Owl's  Head,  which  has  a  good 
^i,)iarbor  on  the  larboard  hand  as  you  go  to  the  eastward.     This  harbor  makes  with  a  deep 
'^jeo»e.     You  may  bring  a  rocky  point  that  lies  on  your  starboard  hand  to  bear  N.  E.  and 


jl  ledse  of  rocks  that  lies  without  said  point  to  bear  E.  N.  E.  and  anchor  in  4  fathoms, 

muddy  bottom. 

^     This  harbor  is  open  to  the  wind  at  E.  by  N.  and  E.  N.  E.  but  in  all  other  winds  you 
"are  safe.     The  tide  of  Hood  sets  to  the  eastward,  and  the  tide  of  ebb  S.  W.  through  the 
*T  Muscle  Ridges. 
•      If  it  is  night  when  you  come  to  White  Head  Light,  you  bad  better  not  attempt  going 

through  the  Muscle  Ridges.     Your  best  way  is  to  go  by  Two  Bush  Island,  which  you 

must  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping  your  course  E.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E.     [Two 

Bush  Island  is  round  and  barren,  but  has  only  one  bush  on  it.     Formerly  it  had  two 

bushes.] 

If  you.  are  in  a  large  vessel,  your  best  way  is  to  go  in  this  passage,  as  it  is  the  most 

•afe.     You  must  follow  your  course,  as  above  directed,  about  two  leagues,  when  yoii 


•  White  Head  Light  is  built  on  White  Head  Island,  remnrkable  for  the  ninny  white  rocks  on  the 
head.  It  is  7  ieiigues  from  Mnnheigen,  brnrinc  N.  E.  ;  is  n  fixed  white  light,  58  fiet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea.  Tiie  litjht  in  sninll,  but  of  preiii  irnporlnnce,  ns  nil  ve^ssels  bjuiul  to  i'enobscot  Bay, 
going  in  shore,  are  obliged  to  pans  by  the  liKhi  thniiigii  tlie  Muscic  Ridges.  A  stranger  wishing  lo 
pass  this  Hght  must,  if  coming  from  the  wcHtwiird,  run  in  for  the  land  cast  nf  Muidici^ien,  until  the 
light  bears  S.  W. ;   theu  steer  N.  E.  and  yuu  can  pass  witliin  half  u  cable's  length  uf  the  bead. 


msmm 


.ittk   ..      .:^S^' 


ULUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


143 


will  have  •Penobscot  ]\ay  open,  and  then  you  may  direct  your  course  to  either  side  of 
Lons;  Island.  If  you  go  to  the  westward,  your  course  is  N.  N.  K.  to  (ireat  .Spruce 
Head,  which  havinj;  passed  seven  ieaj^ues,  your  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  5  leagues  to  Old 
Fort  Point.  In  steering  said  course,  you  will  leave  lielfast  Bay  and  Brigadier's  Island  on 
your  larliiiard  hand,  which  island  has  a  good  harbor,  and  if  you  mean  m  go  into  it,  you 
must  leave  it  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  N.  or  N.  by  W. 

^'ou  may  run  up  above  this  island,  and  andior  on  the  starboard  hand,  if  the  wind  is  to 
the  eastward;  but  if  to  the  westward,  or  .S.  W.  you  must  not.  There  is  a  bar  that  lies 
from  this  island  to  the  main  land,  whith  is  cnvere  I  at  high  water.  There  is  also  a  good 
harbor  to  the  westward  of  this  island,  tailed  Lung  (  ove.  If  you  turn  into  either  of  these 
hariiors,  you  must  be  carelnl  of  some  rocks  that  lie  to  the  southward  of  this  island,  more 
than  half  a  mile  from  the  main  land.  But  in  going  to  Penobscot,  proceed  as  above,  and 
keep  your  larboard  liand  on  bcnird.  \\'hen  you  pass  tliis  island  for  the  Old  Fort  Point, 
V.  hich  has  no  trees  on  it,  you  must  observe  before  you  come  to  it,  that  a  large  ledg«-  of 
rocks  lies  about  three-quarters  of  a  juile  to  the  K.  S.  K.  of  it,  which  is  covered  at  high 
water,  but  bare  at  half  tide.  Vou  may  go  within  a  table's  length  of  Old  Fort  Point,  in 
smooth  water.     These  rocks  may  be  discovered  when  the  wind  blows. 

If  you  are  bound  u])  Penobscot,  from  Old   Fort   Point,  with  the  tide  of  ebb,  and  th»» 
wind  a-head.  you  may  make  a  jirood  harbor  in  the  east  river,  which  lies  about  E.  N.  E. 
from  Old  Fort  Point,!  about  one  league.   Tliis  river  lies  to  the  soulhAvestward  of  Orphan 
Island,  in  which  place  you  will  lie  sate  from  all  wmds,  and  anchor  in  si.x  or  seven  fathoou, 
good  holding  ground. 

Orphan  Island  is  a  larae  island,  which  you  are  to  leave  ou  your  starboard  hand,  and 
sundry  rocks  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  are  above  water.  When  you  pauOijphan' 
Island,  you  may  anchor  to  the  N.  W.  of  it,  on  the  starboard  hand,  ackyou  go  tbfongh: 
but  if  wind  and  tide  are  in  favour  you  may  proceed  up  to  Marsh  Bay,  keepin|^Ae  lar- 
board  hand  best  on  board.  Marsh  Bay  is  about  two  leagues  from  Orphan  Island.  -^Siirheil 
you  pass  Marsh  Bay,  you  may  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  and  you  bt\^r  neither^ 
rocks  nor  shoals  until  you  get  u|)  to  the  falls.  You  have  no  particular  OQl 
this  river,  but  may  sometimes  go  to  the  westward  of  N.  and  sometimes  to  tlle4 

When  you  enter  Penobscot  Bay,  and  are  bound  to  the  eastward  of  LoDl 
must  steer  N.  E.  by  N.  leaving  Long  Island  on  your  larboard  band,  wbic&<tt^ltpt ,%ril 
carry  you  up  to  Castine.t     If  you  intend  going  into  this  harbor,  as  sooauit  DWMiE.'Nj 
E.  you  may  run  in,  steeling  E.  N.  E.  keeping  the  middle  of  the  channel  ll^til  |rMi  JMM)|.'J 
the  first  island,  giving  it  a  berth  of  half  a  mile  ;  then  haul  to  the  sonthimd  ttl|l8  the 
island  bears  VV.  8.  W.  when  you  may  anchor  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  muddx  bottoib,  aM  U* 
safe  froiH  all  wind.  ' 

In  going  into  the  harbor  of  ('astine,  you  leave  three  islands  on  your  starboard  han^J' 
but  if  you  are  bound  u])  I'enobscot  River,  you  must  steer  north,  leaving  the  ledge  of 
rocks  off  the  Old  Fort  Point  on  your  larboard  hand  :  then  follow  the  same  airectiona  »ou 
have  for  miming  into  the  Penobscot  River,  which  will  carry  you  up  to  the  Fidls.     The 
tide  ebbs  and  flows,  at  full  and  change,  about  10  or  11  feet. 

GEORdES  RIVER.— Bring  the  ^orth  IJamiscove  Island,  which  is  called  Whittl 


•PBNOBSCOT  HAY  a.vd  RIVER.— This  extensive  bay  is  included  between  Sedgwick  Point,   ■ 
on  the  enst,  and  White  Head  on  the  west ;  ihcdistaiicr  lirtwocii  these  points  is  about  11  leagues;  and  "' 
it  therefore  includes  the  Isle-iiu. Haute,  Peer  Island,  the  Fox  Island,  Long  Island,  and  anumfaWTof ' 
sninll  isles,  rocks,  nnd  ledi^cs.     TlirDHirh  the  bay  to  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  its  name,  the  weatent 
chininri  is  by  the  headland  on  thf  west,  railed  Owl's  Hood  :  thence,  by  Camden  on  the  west,  siid 
Cape  Riisaric  on  the  east,  to  Hatraduce  l^jjnt  or  Cnstine  River.     The  eastern  channel  is  between 
Isle.nu-Huut  on  the  west,  and  the  smaller  isles  on  the  east,  through  a  channel  called  Long  Reach, ' 
formed  by  tlie  shore  of  .Sedijwick  on  one  side,  and  Deer  Islniid  on  the  other,  until  it  unites  With  the. 
main  channel  between  Gtt|ie  Rosnrie  and  Long  Island.     Above  this,  on  the  east,  stands  Fort  Caatina 
ntor  to  which  is  the  town  of  Castine,  opposite  to  Penobscot.     (Jasiine  is  the  port  of  entry.     This 
noble  riveri^hieh  empties  its  waters  into  the  bay,  and  which  is  now  decorated  with  numerous  town- 
ships, is  the  most  cfjiisideniliie  in  the  State  of  Maine,  and  lins  its  sources  about  130  miles  above  the 
inlet  o(  Castine.     The  head  of  tide  and  iiavit;aiion  is,  however,  at  Baiifior,  about  30  miles  from  the 
same  :  but  vessels  of  30  tons  may  u|)pruaeh  within  a  mile  of  this  place.     At  the  entrance  of  the  river 
is  a  depth  of  10  futhums. 

t  On  Old  Fort  Point,  above  Cnstine,  there  is  a  lighthouse  to  indicate  the  direction  to  Prospect 
Harbor. 

}  Castine  Lighthouse  is  built  on  IJise's  Head,  at  the  entrance  of  Castine  harbor,  and  is  an  impor. 
tnnt  light  running  up  and  down  Penobscot  Bay.  It  shows  a  fixed  light  llCferi  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  N.  W.  ^  N.  from  Fort  Point  ledges,  and  from  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island  S.  E.  by  E.  |  E. 
The  shore  near  the  light.houBo  is  bold. 


M 


■H>    ■■"' 


144 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Island,  (from  its  being  white,)  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  and  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  *  Franklin  light- 
house, that  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  which  you  may  pass  within  a  cable's 
length  of.  When  abreast  of  Kranl<Hn  Island  light,  (which  is  on  your  starboard  hand,)  steer 
N.  K.  for  Utter  Island,  4  miles  distant,  and  continue  until  within  one-quarter  of  a  mile 
of  it,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  hand;  then  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  fCauldwell's  Island,  at 
the  S.  W.  end  of  which  is  a  high  round  rock,  called  Goose  Rock.  When  abreast  of  said 
rock,  which  you  may  pass  within  one  cable's  length  of,  leaving  it  on  your  starboard  hand, 
steer  N.  E.  by  E.  and  N.  E.  keeping  Cauldwell's  Island  best  on  board,  to  avoid  a  ledge 
in  the  midd'e  of  the  river. 

In  beating  into  (ieorge's  River,  you  must  be  carrful  of  a  sunken  ledge  which  bears  E. 
N.  E.  from  Franklin  Island  Light,  6  miles  distant ;  also  of  a  ledge  oti'  the  S.  E.  end  of 
Gay's  Island,  which  extends  one  third  of  the  way  across  to  Goose  Rock. 

Should  you  fall  in  with  Manhcigen  Island  Light,  and  bound  to  (ieorge's  River,  you 
may  steer  N.  N.  W.  leaving  Manheigen  Island  on  your  starboard  hand,  until  Franklin 
Island  Light  bears  N.  E.  by  E.  when  you  may  run  for  it,  and  steer  as  above  directed. 
Franklin  Light  may  with  safety  be  run  for  when  bearing  from  N.  E.  by  N.  to  E.  N.  E. 

In  running  from  White  Islands  for  (T»>orge's  River,  be  careful  of  New  Harbor  Ledges, 
which  bear  E.  N.  E.  from  tPenmequid  Point  Light,  one  league  distant,  on  which  art  5 
feet  water  at  low  water.  After  passing  these  Ledges,  you  will  see  a  large  dry  rock  called 
the  Western  Egg  Rock,  which  bears  E.  N.  E.  from  Penmequid  Point,  two  leagues  dis- 
tant, and  W.  by  S.  from  Franklin  Lisht,  one  league,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard 
hand;  you  will  also  see  the  Eastern  Egg  Rock,  wlijch  boars  south  from  Franklin  Light, 
one  le^ue  distant,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand.  These  Egg  Rocks  bear 
£.  8^E.  and  \S(.  N.  W.  from  each  other,  one  league  distant,  and  their  appearance  much 
alike,  irhich  you  pass  between,  with  a  clear  and  open  channel.  You  may  distinguish 
one  flfl^  the  other  by  their  bear'uigs  from  the  light. 

Sl^l^ki  you  have  the  wind  ahead,  and  be  obliged  to  turn  to  windward,  you  may  stand 

^rthward  until  Franklin  Island  Light  bears  E.N.  E.  and  to  the  south-eastward 

N.N.  E.  without  danger. 

lithward  of  the  range  of  Penmequid  Point  and  the  Western  Egg  Rock,  and 

idaad,  the  ground  is  foul  and  rocky ;  and  also  to  the  eastward  of  the  range  of 

iaiui  Light,  and  the  Eastern  Egg  Rock.     [Nuie.     M'Cobb's  Island  is  the 

ince  of  George's  River,  and  bears  N.  W.  1|  mile  distant  from  Franklin 


1%  ;;!§BPI*S'.  BAY  HARBOR John's  Island  bears  from  Thrum  Cap  Island  N.  N.  E. 

:;4iiHllitfllboilt  three  miles.     Thrum  Cap  Island  is  a  small  bare  island,  and  forms  the  west- 

pyinrtl  aide  of  the  entrance  of  John's  Bay,  bearing  from  Penmequid  Point  W.  S.  W.  dis- 

i^'^'^lpt' about  two  and  a  half  miles.     Penmequid  Point  forms  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay, 

';,|p3la  a  \ow  bare  point ;  but  the  shores  are  bold  on  all  sides.     The  lighttiouse  is  situated 

:.0D  t\f«  S.  B.  side  of  Penmequid,  and  bears  from  the  western  point  E.  N.  E.  distant  about 

half  a  mile;    from  John's  Island  to   Butford's  Island,  west,  'listant  about  one  mile; 

Mrt'a  liland,  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  about  one  mile;  High  Island  Head,  N.  }  W.dis- 

It-abottt  two  miles;    McFarling's  Point,  N.  W.  by  N.  distant  about  one  and  a  half 

^Ic— «ne-eighth  of  a  mile  from  McFarling's  Point  there  are  several  ledges,  covered  at 

rwater,  butare  not  in  the  way  of  vessels  running  into  this  bay,  as  they  lie  so  near  the 

litem  shore  they  may  be  seen  at  all  times,  with  a  little  motion  of  sea  3 — McCown's 

*tAttt  from  Johir's  Island,  north,  distant  about  one  and  a  quarter  mile;    Penmequid 

Poiltt,  S.  by  E.  distant  about  three  miles;  Penmequid's  Harbor,  N.  E.  distant  about  half 

a  mile.     Thrum  Cap  Island  bears  from  White  Island  N.  E.  distant  about  two  mdes. 

^  gl^  Islaqd  Head  is  a  high  bluff  covered  with  trees,  and  you  may  near  it  within  200  feet 

^Bf^Ha  shore. 

John's  Island  is  small  and  high,  covered  with  spruce  trees,  located  near  the  centre  of 
^^  „  _  bay,  and  has  a  house  on  the  N.  W.  part  of  it,  which  cannot  be  seen  until  you  are  up 
^Kiwh  the  island;  if  you  wish  to  run  into  Penmequid  Harbor,  you  may  go  to  the  eastward 
1^  i)f  John's  Island,  leaving  two  dry  rocks  on  the  starboard  hand,  keeping  them  close  on 
board;   or  you  may  leave  them  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  after  passing  thean  you  will 


•Franklin  Ligbt  iserectndon  the  north  or.d  of  Franklin  Islnnd,  near  the  end  of  George's  River. 
The  lantern  is  elevated  50  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  tixed  light. 

tCauldwell's  Island  lies  on  the  east  side  of  George's  River,  about  9J  miles  from  the  entrance  ;  it 
is  a  high  round  island  covered  with  trees. 

t  A  lighthouse  is  erected  on  Penmequid  point,  30  feet  high,  and  75  feet  above  the  level  of  th<;  sea, 
which  exhibits  a  fixed  light  It  is  a  light  to  Bristol  and  Waldoborough  Rivers ;  bears  N.  V/.  |  W, 
from  Manheigen  Island  Light,  distant  12  miles. 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


145 


see  the  cntraiifc  of  tlie  harhor,  bc-arinj;  about  N.  E.  lialfa  mile  distant,  where  you  may 
run  ill,  and  he  safe  iVnm  all  winds. 

Vessels  westward  Ixinnd,  and  railing  in  with  .Manheijrcn  Island,  and  wish  to  make  a 
harbor  in  a  strong  S.  \V.  wind,  nnjst  observe  the  tollowini^  dire<tions : — Bring  Manhei- 
gen  Liulit  to  bear  S.  K.  and  steer  N.  \V.  distatit  about  11  miles,  for  l'cnme(juid  I'oint, 
and  when  the  light  on  said  point  bears  10.  N.  K.  distant  halla  itiile,  you  are  then  u|)  with 
the  Wfstern  point  ol"  l'euMie(|uid  ;  leavt*  it  on  your  starboard  liand,  and  give  it  a  berth  of 
one-eighth  ot' a  unle.  then  stet:r  north  tor  .lohn's  Hay  Harbor,  leaving  John's  Island, 
IMcCoun's  I'oint,  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  I'lUtlonl's  Isluid,  Stuart's  Island,  and  McFar- 
liiig's  I'oint  on  the  lar'ioard  liaml.  ll  you  an-  Ironi  the  westward,  and  bound  into  this 
harbor,  you  may  bring  John's  Islaud  to  bear  N.  by  K.  ami  run  until  you  are  wilhii.  one 
cable's  lengtli  ot  it ;  ttien  steer  north  for  High  Island  Head,  whieh  you  leave  on  your  lar- 
board hand,  and  when  abreast  of  saiil  heail  steer  N.  {  10.  about  three-eighths  of  a  mile 
and  anchor  in  from  \  to  jiathoms  water,  good  holding  ground.  John's  Hay  liesabout  5 
miles  to  the  eastward  ot Townseud  I  larbor.  and  is  a  fair  open  bay,  havin<;  no  rocks  or  shoals 
at  its  entrance,  and  vessels  may  run  in  without  fear,  by  following  the  above  direotions. 

DA.MAKlSCCJ'rTA  KIVKK.— The  buoy  at  the  mouth  of  Damariscottu  River,  and 
the  bearings  of  ddfi  rent  objects  about  it,  and  directions  tor  the  river  : — Hern  Island,  S. 
W.  part,  bciirs  tVom  the  buoy,  K.  by  .\.  distant  about  a  (piarler  of  a  mile;" White 
Island,  S.  ';  ^^  distant  vJj  nnles;  \  arnums  I'oint,  ni;rih,  distant  about  3J  miles; 
Foster's  Point,  N.  by  K.  diiHant  about  -J",  miles;  from  Horn  Island  to  White  Island, 
S.  S.  W.  distant  about  .'5  miles.  Hern  Island  torms  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  of 
Damarisco'ta  lliver,  and  is  high,  covered  wuli  spruce-trees.  V^anmm's  Point  Uahigh 
bliilf  point,  and  is  on  the  western  side  of  ihe  river,  and  is  also  covered  wi^  trees.  The 
shores  on  both  sides  ottlie  riverare  bold.  *      .^'^ 

In  coming  from  the  westward,  and  b(.   ■  d  to  Damarisrotta  Rlrer,  bring  V^^te-Xslaod 
to  bear  S.  .'.  W.  and  steer  north,  leaving  the  buoy.  Hern  Island,  Rpd  Foster's  Point  jim 
the  slarl)oanl  hand,  give  tlie  buoy  a  berlli  of  a  cable's  le'igth,  and  steer  N.  by  E.  kCi 
in  the  middle  of  the  river,  and  when  up  with  \  arnum's  Point,  which  you  lea^e  i 
larboard  hand,  you  will  see  Hodgden's  .Mills  on  the  western  side  of  the  riveVtS 
mile.      Hodgden's  house  and  mills  are  painted  red  :    you  may  anchor  abreasf; 
near  the  middle  of  the  river,  in  ii  fathoms  water,  good  holding;  ground,  vtUttpM 
lie  sate  froin  all  winds.     The  abovementioned  buoy  is  a  spar  buoy  painted  iredy  il^i|i|i|^ 
a!)out  IJ  feet  a!)ove  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  is  moored  about  100  feet  tor^ijlill^iibl". 
ward  ol  the  ledge,  in  (>  fathoms,  at  low  water.  f^^^V  1'  V 

Sliould  you  fall  in  to  'hv  eastward  ol'  *  .S.'-i;uine,  Itnd  wishing  to  gd  outside  o£'y|liJrijfe»i 
eove  Islands,  bring  .^egimie  Liglu  to  bear  10.  i  N.  and  steer  E,  ^  S.  5  leagues  dftltilSfleiM^ 
to  clear  Hantam  hed^e,  whiih  lies  east  Inmi  Segnine  [i}j  leagues  distant,  and  S;  SifW/K»» 
Irom  f  Pumpkin  i\ock,  one  league  :  you  then  steer  N.  10.  until  you  make  Franklin  ~  '^,  /  _  ", 
and  then  >teer  as  al)ove  directed,  or  coMliaiie  your  K.  -,  S.  course  until  Pumpkin  Rftldl^i'^J 
bears  north,  then  steer  N.  10.  for  Franklin  Licht.  Your  course  from  Punipkin^Rock  M^ 
Franklin  Light  is  N.  K.  by  K.  five  leagues  distant.  In  hazy  weather  you  jlfiU.4ft.wel^^ 
to  get  a  departure  from  this  rock,  as  you  cauiiot  see  Franklin  Light  more  tBan^4naiii 
distant.  Vou  may  anchor  in  (iay's  Cove,  taking  care  to  avuid  a  sunken  led^ew)Ko]hUi|i(Sl^'^j 
K.  from  (tay's  Cove  near  thi'  middle  of  the  (diannel,  and  has  4  feet  at  low  watNT*  ^^»f 
ledge  :uust  be  left  on  your  larboard  hand,  keepisig  ('auldwell's  Island  close  on  bio^. 
(iay's  Cove  lies  on  your  larboard  haml  about  8  miles  tf>  the  E.  N.  E.c"  Franklin'a  ' 
Island  Liirhi.  Vou  may  know  this  Cove,  as  Cay's  house  and  barn  lie  to  the  N.  W.  of 
it.  Hut  if  you  are  bono  I 'hrous;li  tllerritiu' Cut,  bring  §Oapt.  Henderson's  House  to 
bear  i\.  N. W.  and  steer  S.  t».  K.  for  Herring  (int.  This  Herring  Gut  hits  a  hat  frem- 
sid«  to  side,  but  you  luay  go  over  it  at  two  hours  llood  keeping  your  larboard  hand  best* 
on  board.  As  you  come  on  the  bar,  you  will  see  a  lari^e  rock  on  your  starboard  hand, 
and  the  deepest  water  is  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  rock  ;  your  course  over  the  bar  if 
S.  S.  E.  Vou  may  aticlior  to  the  N.  \V.  of  the  bar  in  4  or  .'>  fathoms,  muddy  bottOdir  - 
and  wait  for  the  tide.  '  The  tide  of  flood  sets  to  the  northward,  and  tlte  ebb.to  tL,  soutli- 
ward. 


*  Spijninp  Lichthouse  is  situated  on  un  island  nenr  the  mouth  of  Kennebcck  River.  The  lontern 
is  elevated  2IM)  t'ect  above  tlie  level  of  the  sen,  luul  coniniiis  n  fixed  light  of  the  first  i.  ignitude,  and 
niny  ill'  seen  at  the  distance  ol  9  or  lOienirnes  in  clear  wenthrr, 

+  riiiiipkin  Rock  lies  offihe  S.  E.  point  of  Dnniiscovc  Islnnds,  half  a  mile  distant.  It  is  a  dry  flat 
rock,  elevated  iiliout  '2i)  I'eet  above  the  level  of  the  sen. 

t  At  the  entrance  of  Herring  Gut,  on  Marshall's  Point,  a  lighthouse  elevated  30  feet,  containing  a 
fixed  light  is  erected. 

^  Capt.  Henderson's  House  is  white,  and  his  store  red,  and  both  lie  on  the  larboard  hand. 

19 


-H^ 


•Ii- 


,,    ,^  ^  .^ 


f^" 


146 


BLUNTS  AMERICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


r 


HERRTNG  GUT  HARBOR.— Old  Cilly  hears  from  the  lij;ht  on  Marshiill  Point,  ,if  the 
entranceof  Herring  Out  Harbor,  soutli,<listiuit  iihout .'(  miles;  lilack  Kotk,  S.  },  W.  distant 
about  li  mile;  Henderson  Island,  S.  S.  W.  distant  1  mile;  Bradford's  Island,  W.  bv  S. 
distant  half  a  mile;  Gunning  Rock,  8.  E  by  S.  ?  S.  distant  about  1  mile;  Two  Bro- 
thers, S.  E.  distant  about  vJi  miles;  Henderson  Island  from  (innninjj  Rock,  west,  dis- 
tant about  half  a  mile;  Gumiina;  Kock  to  Black  Kock,  .S.  W.  ^  S.  <listant  about  half  a 
mile.  S.  E.  by  S.  .',  S.  from  (iunning  Rock,  distant  a  (piarter  of  a  iriilc,  lies  a  sunken 
ledge,  which  ran  be  seen  breaking  at  low  water  in  a  heavy  sea.  From  Old  ('illy  to  the 
light  on  Manheigen  Ishmd,  S.  W.  by  S.  distant  about  ')  miles;  Mus(|uito  Island  from 
Old  Cilly,  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  about  4  miles;  Green  Island  from  tli(;  Brothers,  S.  E.  | 
S.  distant  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Old  ("illy  is  a  low  bhuk  roek,  and  ran  always  be 
seen  above  the  surface  of  the  water.  A  reef  extends  oil  east,  distant  nearly  a  (|uarter  of  a 
mile,  which  must  be  avoided.  Black  Kock  is  a  small  round  roek,  and  is  also  above  the 
surface  of  the  water.  Henderson  Island  is  a  small  low  island,  with  no  bushes  or  trees  on 
it.  Bradford  Island  is  high,  and  covered  with  spruce-trees,  and  (orins  the  western  side 
of  Herring  (lUt  Harbor.  (Jreen  Island  is  also  a  small  bare  island.  The  two  islands  called 
the  Brothers,  are  small,  and  covered  with  sjiruce-trees.  (Junning  Rock  is  hii;li  and 
bfU'e,  with  a  yellowish  color  :  this  led^e  is  very  bold,  and  you  may  near  it  within  1(10  feet. 

Sailing  Directions. — In  running  from  Manlieiuen  for  Hcrrini;(iut  Harbor,  brinii  the 
light  on  Manheigen  to  bear  S.  W.  and  steer  N.  K.  by  N.  and  when  the  light  or)  NTar- 
shall'S  Point  bears  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  then  run  Ibr  it  :  in  nirining  for  the  light  you  will  leave 
the  Old  Cilly,  Black  .Rock,  and  Henderson  Island  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  I\liis([(iiio  Isl- 
and, ^HnMO  filland,  Twq  Brothers,  and  Gunning  Rock,  on  your  starboard  hand,  (iive 
the  li|^  a  berth  of  two  cables'  length,  and  when  it  bears  cast  of  you,  steer  N.  N.  E. 
distMnT^out  one  mile,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms,  where  you  lie  safe  from  all 
^ritlds :   you  will  find  good  anchorage  anywhere  between   Marsliail's  Poiiit  and   Brad- 

■   :X^  miy  ran  into  this  harbor  by  bringing  the  light  on  Marsliall's  Point  to  bear  W. 
""'^Ilryewilg  the  Green  Island,  Two  Brothers,  and  (Jiumiiii:  Ivock  on  the  larboard  hand  ; 
Ivbod  on  the  starboard.    This  passage  is  full  of  shoals,  and  had  better  not  be 
{'unless  well  acquttinted. 

riseiuy  of  access,  and  vessels  may  approach  it  with  safety  by  following  the 


i»gO  'out  of  this  harbor,  and  bound  to  the  eastward,  be  careful  and  give  the 

/T.:*   .    9  a  ffood  berth,  for  there  are  two  ledges  of  rocks  on  the  same  hand  of  the  eas- 

Mim|Sliti^*i^icn  are  under  water,  and  lie  off  about  a  cai)le's  length.     When  you  are 

*ltar^tt|#«iB  ledges,  you  may  steer  E.  by  S.  or  E.  S.  E.  one  mile  to  the  barrei'i  island, 

'i«HNi«fat|^tt leBVe  on  the  larboard  hand,  and  3  or  4  islands  or  ledges  on  the  starboard  liand. 
AVheaTWu  pass  these  ledges  and  Musqueto  Islands,  if  bound  to  White  Head,  you  may 

'iteer-lCC  by  E.'2  leagues,  and  when  you  bring  the  light  to  bear  N.  E.  run  for  it,  but 
firhea  ydU  pass  the  S.  W.  White  Head,  leave  it  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  be  careful  of 
a  sunken  rock,  that  lies  S.  E.  from  the  eastern  White  Head,  about  one  cable's  length 
5;  t*'di«taDt..  Your  course  through  to  the  eastward  is  N.  E.  and  to  the  westward  S.  W.  keeping 
Hear  tke'  middle  of  the  passage.  Before  you  come  up  with  Ash  Point,  you  must  be  care- 
ful 6f  a  sunken  rock,  which  lies  off  the  point  about  one  third  of  the  passage,  which  has  not 
more  than  8  feet  at  low  water.  But  if  you  should  go  througli  this  passage  in  the  night, 
keep'Potatoe  Island,  which  is  right  against  Ash  Island,  about  S.  S.  W.  from  it,  and  bare 
of  treesi  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  best  on  board.     When  you  pass  Pota- 

^toe  Island,  and  are  bound  into  Owl's  Head,  your  course  is  N.  N.  E.  about  ^'  miles,  which 

•  ^Ul  leave  two  islands  on  the  staiboard  iiand.  When  yon  open  the  passage  to  Owl's 
Head,  and  bound  to  Edgemavoggan  Reach,  your  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  till  you  pass  the 
Lime  Islands,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  (Jontinue  said  course  till  you 
make  a  large  bare  rock  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  a  little  round  island  to  the  eastward 
on  the  same  hand,  which  is  covered  with  trees.  Continue  your  coiuse  to  the  N.  E.  and 
you  will  make  a  large  island  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  when  you  pass  this  island  you 
have  the  passage  open  to  Buck's  Harbor;  coiuinue  your  course  N.  E.  till  you  pass'  by 
all  the  islands,  to  the  southward  aiirl  northward.  In  the  day  time  you  may  see  Blue 
Hills  bearing  E.  N.  E.  over  all  the  land.  This  passage  is  safe  to  go  through  with  a  tirst 
rate  man  of  war.  When  you  come  within  two  miles  of  the  reach,  you  will  make  a  small 
island  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  has  a  sunken  rock  to  the  northward  of  it.  Your 
safest  way  is  to  keep  the  middle  of  the  passage,  as  there  is  a  sunken  rock  (or  ledge,)  on 
the  larboard  hand,  that  lies  E.  by  S.  from  an  island  which  you  leave  on  your  larboaril  hand 
about  half  a  mile  distant.  If  you  want  to  make  a  harbor,  you  may  go  into  Buck's  Har- 
bor by  a  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  course.  When  you  come  into  this  harbor,  (which  is  12 
leagues  from  Owl's  Head,)  you  must  leave  an  island  covered  with  young  birch  trees,  on 
your  starboard  hand,  steering  N.  N.  W.  uud  when  you  get  to  the  northward  of  said  island 


:> 


f.  - 

f  ' 


I 


.....^  jii^2 


•S* 


10fm 


BLU.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


147 


nil  Point,  nf»b^ 
S.  I  W.  (liHrnnt 
iind,  W.  I)v  S. 
!<•;  Two  Hio- 
)ck,  we.Ht,  dis- 
it  iibotit  Ir.iir  a 
,  li»'s  ;i  ruiiikcti 
111  C'illy  to  the 
to  Island  iVoiii 
If  hers,  S.  E.  | 
can  always  he 
.  a  ()iiaitpr  «)('« 
also  above  the 
lies  or  trees  on 
le  western  side 
o  islands  called 
k  is  hi<j[li  and 
vitliin  1(10  ffct. 
rlior,  i)rin<:  the 
!ii;ht  on  Mar- 
t  yon  will  leave 
INInscjnilo  Isl- 
d  hand,  (live 
*teer  N.  N.  K. 
i  safe  from  all 
iiit  and  Brad- 

int  to  hear  W. 
larboard  hand  ; 
d  better  not  be 

V  following  the 

1  and  give  the 
nid  !)('  the  eas- 
iVlien  yttu  are 
barren  island, 
arboard  hand, 
ead,  yoii  may 
nm  for  it,  but 
I  be  careful  of 
cid)le's  length 
y.  W.  keei)ing 
must  be  care- 
which  has  not 
;  in  the  night, 
in  it,  and  bare 
•  on  pass  I'ota- 
.'  miles,  which 
sage  to  Owl's 
I  you  pass  the 
•(inrse  till  you 
»  the  eastward 
(he  N.  E.  and 
lis  island  you 
I  you  pass  by 

lay  see  JJlne 
gh  with  a  first 

make  a  small 

of  it.  Your 
(or  ledge,)  on 
larboard  hand 

HiK^k's  Har- 
,  (which  is  12 
irrh  trees,  on 

of  suid  island 


> 


\  • 


ypn  Rtpcr  E.  S.  E.  till  you  bring  it  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  where  you  will  be  land-locked  from 
all  winds,  in  4  or  .j  lailioins,  soft  bottom.  When  you  leave  Buck's  Harbor,  and  hound 
to  the  enstward,  you  steer  .S.  E.  till  you  come  to  a  large  rock  and  four  islaiuU,  which  you 
leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping  the  said  rock  and  islands  best  on  board,  for  there  it 
a  sunken  ledge  tliat  lies  8.  8.  W.  from  thciii.  Vou  will  make  a  black  island  on  your 
starboard  hand  with  burnt  treeson  it.  'This  ledge  lies  .\.  N.  E.  from  said  island,  near  the 
middle  of  the  jiassage,  but  kee|)ing  the  eastern  shore  best  on  board,  you  will  go  clear  of 
it.  When  yuu  hiive  passed  this  ledge,  you  leave  two  islands  on  your  starboard  and  two 
or  lluee  on  your  larl)oard  li.md.  ('(iniiniie  your  <r)utse  to  the  S.  E.  till  vou  make  two 
islands  between  which  anil  Buck's  Harbor  the  course  is  .S.  E.and  N.  W.  fj  leagues.  To 
the  eastward  you  m  ly  go  between  both  islands,  steering  E.by  S.  1  league,  whicli  course 
will  carry  you  up  with  'J'rum  ("ap.  which  island  has  a  bar  of  rocks,  that  lie  near  half  a 
mile  to  the  northward;  but  if  you  havea  head  wind,  and  are  obliged  to  run  through, you 


will  olisorve  (he  channel  is  two  miles  wide  at  (Jhanni'l  Koi.k,  which  is  always  above  water. 

Wlien  you  leave  this  Truin  (ai).  steertjl.  l^V-  S.^iich  will  carry  you  between  the  Ship 
niid  Mume,  and  three  islands  wliii  li  yoiW'ave  on  your  Ifirboird  hand,  which  are  covered 
with  l.frge  nil  k-maple  trees,  'j'lie  Barge  is  a  bare  rock,  which  you  leave  on  your  star- 
hitaril  hand;  but  there  is  a  rock  about  a  cable's  length  to  the  northward  of  the  Barge.-* 
Continne  your  course  E.  by  S.  fur  Hass  Harbor,  distant  from  Trum  Cap  5  leagues;  but 
yon  iMiist  have  some  iei:ard  to  the  tide  of  ebb,  which  sets  very  strong  to  the  S.  S.  E.  and 
llie  tide  of  tl')ud  to  the  .\.  N.  W.  If  you  are  bound  into  Bass  I ] arbor,  you  keep  Rieh*« 
I'oiiit  witlim  a  cal)li''s  length,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hapd,  for  thereMalare* 
ledge  of  rooks,  which  lie  idf  al><>iit  half  a  mile,  which  is  bare  at  halftide,  and.bMlrs  S.  Ejt 
from  liich's  Barn,  and  S.  by  W.  from  the  entrance  of  I'ass  Harbor.  Yfl03(  give  the  lyr- 
boanl  hand  a  gnod  berth  in  g(iin<i  into  liass  Harbor;  in  entering  which  you  IQtUrt  give  both 
sides  a  liertli,  lor  at  low  water,  it  is  shoal.  When  you  get  into  this  harbtir,  anchor  OH  th* 
larlioard  h  iiid,  witli  a  cove  to  the  westward  of  you,  in  Ij  or  4  fathoms,  muddy  ll^tttlil*"" ; 

BASS  HAKBon. — When  you  leave  thisharbor,  bound  to  the  eastward,,  ateiw  Ortt  8» 
W.  till  you  bring  Bass  Harbor'liar  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  then  run  S.  S.  E.  keeping th»lli|j<<i>rd 
lianl  Ix'st  on  board.     This  liar  has  not  water  enough  for  a  loaded  vessel  boGi)jl|  I 
haviiis;  H',  feet  only  at  low  water;  but  a  light  vessel  may  go  over  at  low  Wat 
the  larlxiard  hand  best  on  board.      When  you  get  over  this  bar,  you  steer  "* 
you  biiu;  the  S.  W.  entrance  of  Mount  Desert  to  bear  N.  E.  (hen  yon  nmy^ 
leaving  ("ranlierry  Island  on  your  stariioard  hand.     But  this- passage  is  thpalj 
fer,  and  not  fit  lor  loaded  vessels  to  tro  through ;  but  at  full  tide  there  ii 
keeping  the  middle  of  tiie  pissa^e.     Continue  your  course  to  the  N.  E. 
Crasiberry  Island;  then  yon  may  steer  E.  S.  E.  and  anchor  betWeen  the 
islands,  where  ycu  will  be  safe  from  easterly  or  S.  W.  winds.     You  naajr ! 
to  7  fithoins,  sjood  holding  ground. 

When  you  leave  this  port  bound  to  the  eastward,  you  steer  E.  by  S.  till  yoUgCti;^''| 
with  Baker's  Island  Eiuht.  wliirhlies  to  the  eastward  of  the  Cranberry  islaodi ;  th*vy<lit; 
ste  T  E.  by  N.  4  leagues,  to  Scuttock  Island.  When  you  pass  said  isl^d«  apd  .^'i 
lioun  1  to  Goldsliorough,  you  must  steer  N.  E.  about  5  leagues,  audkeep  thati^ltolpl 
you  brini;  (Joldsboroii'^h  harbor  to  bear  X.  N.  W.  then  you  must  leave  thr»9.-1k|^ll4i'fi^J 
your  larl)oard  and  one  on  your  starlmard  han  1.  and  run  into  the  harbor,  wbetS  jfAV^^f 
lie  safe  from  all  win  Is,  and  anchor  in  h  or  ')  I'athoms.  -.     ',  ..'■',       •  ' 

D^'EirS  BAY,   (S:c.— This  harbor  lies  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  Golddbimni^* 
When  you  make  Titmanan  Light,  bo  ind  to  Dyer's  Bay,  leave  it  on  your  titarboard  Iw 
and  steer  north  for  the  eastern  head.     Vou  leiive  a  large  dry  rock  on  your  Iar|b«B*i 
hand,  and.  after  passiti!:  it,  you  will  see  a  small  island,  covered  with  trees,  which  /^' 
leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  then  haul  round  said  island,  where  you  will  be  saifti/ 
all  winds. 

SC[TTTOCK  ISLAND.— When  you  come  from  the  westward,  and  bound  to ■' 
manan,  you  jiass  Scuttock  Island  ;  steer  E.  N.  E.  tVom  Scuttock  Island  5  leagueir^'^ 
Titmanan  light,  before  descrilied. 

TITMANAN  LKJHT  TO  LADLE  ISLAND— When  you  pass  the  light 
it  to  bear  S.  -W.  and  steer  N.  E.  about  4',  leaiines,  wjiich  eoursi  will  carry  you  to  jbl  . 
Island.  This  island  has  a  remarkable  appearance,  being  formed  exactly  like  a  ladlA,4HHl< 
has  a  larsp  black  rock  to  the  S.  W.  a  little  distance  from  it.  You  may  go  any  side  of' | 
this  island,  but  the  best  channel  is  to  the  S.  12.  of  it. 

CAPE  SPLIT  HARBOR.— When  you  pass  Titmanan  Light,  bring  it  tobearS. 
W.  A  S.  and  steer  N.  E.  i  N.  for  Cape  Splitt,  distance  5  leagues,  which  course  will  carry  i 
you  safe  into  the  harbor.'  In  steering  said  course,  you  will  make  a  black  rock,  whieni 
you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  distance  one  mile  from  Cape  Splitt.  This  harbor  itf 
safe  from  all  winds  but  S.  W.  which  blows  right  in  ;  but  if  you  anchor  in  a  cove  on  thej 
starboard  side,  and  moor  N.  W.  and  S.  E.  you  will  lie  safe  from  all  winds. 


148 


BMINt's  AMKPwICAN  coast  I'ILOT. 


PLEASANT  RIVER. — Wlii-n  >  •>;!  <  oiik-  iVntn  the  wi-stwiinl,  niid  hound  to  Plea- 
sant Klver,  ill  pus'^'Mii:  Titiniuiaii  Li^Iir,  ix-in-;  if  t(»  l)i'nr  S.  W.  hy  S.  atiil  stfcr  N.  K.  by  N. 
5  l»'iiiiUPs  (litjtiiiice.  Ill  stt'fiiii!:  said  rcniH',  Hit  is  clear  weather,  you  will  see  ( 'apt. 
WaHse's  lioust  open  hetweeu  llii  inland  and  niaiu  land  ;  hut  this  passaire  will  not  do  at 
■.WW  water.  V'ou  must  leave  liiis  island,  (and  a  hi;:h  dry  led^e  ni  roeis  that  he  to  the 
westward  of  it,)  on  y(Mir  siarl)oaid  hand  ;  when  y.tu  pass  the  hare  ledije,  you  will  see  a 
bare  isle,  which  you  leave  on  your  starhoard  hand-  then  you  may  haul  up  lor  ( 'apt. 
Wa.ssi's  house  and  anchor,  anrl  take  a  [lilot  I'or  I'leasaiit  Kiver,  as  it  is  not  safe  (jjoin<; 
without  one,  except  you  are  well  ac(|iiainted. 

Narr(>w  (lauues  is  om-  mile  to  the  westward  >•(  Pleasant  River,  too  didicult  to  he  de- 
Bcrihed,  as  there  are  sundry  sir.ail  islands  at  the  month  ol  the  harhor  or  hay.  The  hesl 
way  for  a  stranjier,  \^  to  t;o  into  ( ',ipe  Splilt  haiho*-  and  i;et  a  pilot,  as  there  is  no  dilficiil- 
ty  in  ijoiuL:  into  Cape  .Splitt  in  the  day-time,  keeping  the  larhoard  hand  hest  on  hoard. 

iMOOSK  I'KAKK  KKACII. —  UMu-n  you  ctune  iVom  the  westw;ud,  and  pa'is  Ladle 
Island  on  your  larhoard  hand,  steer  iff  l'/./iy?^KJ  *  <  r  Tihliet's  Islimd,  which  you  leave  on 
your  larhoard  hand.  When  you  (iiiiie  to  ihe  i^t  end  (d  this  island,  yive  if  a  t:oodl«'rth, 
for  at  low  water,  there  is  a  ledue  oC  rocks  that  lie  a  cahle's  Ipntjih  to  the  S.  K.  (d  said  is- 
land. When  you  pass  it,  and  hrin;^  Moose  I'eaUe  Iteach  open,  ytui  may  steer  east  for 
Mr.  Deall's  house,  hut  you  must  keep  the  starhoard  hand  hest  on  hoard,  for  tliere  is  a 
rook  that  lies  about  the  middle  of  the  sdiiiid  which  has  not  above  two  feet  of  wafer  on  it 
at  low  water.     You  luav  ari'luM' tothe  wesiwurd  of  .Nlr.  Beal's  house. 

MOOSE  PEAKE  F."  VCU.— When  hdun.l  to  the  eastward  over  Moose  Peck  bar, 
which  you  mtiSt  f  *^  craw^tefore  two  honis  Hood,  you  steer  for  Kelley's  < 'o(l'ee-l  louse, 
whichiies  on  the  •"».■('  *  ?n(l,  as  you  20  to  the  ea.stward  on  the  N.  K.  point  of  Moose 

Peake  Reach.  V«  ■  yi.  i  -«re  enterin;;  on  the  bar,  you  will  brim;  a  bushy  tree  ri;:ht 
against  Kelley's  Ho,  ^v  whit'^  ■■  'ands  on  lln-  p(dnt.  \ Our  course  over  tin-  l>ar  is  east. 
Xou4eatre  Vhb  Virgin's  Breasi  .  oe  on  yom-  starlxiard  and  one  on  your  larhoard  }iand; 
bu^P;youare  bound  to  Chandler's  Kiver,  you  will  leave  the  \'iri;in'.«  liriasts  on  your 
Atittbard  hand,  and  Rogue's  Island  on  the  same  hand.  Tliere  is  a  muddy  bar  that  lies 
beYwMta  Rogue's  Island  and  the  main  land,  hut  water  enough  on  if  at  tuo  hours  Hood. 
Rdglieiil  bland  has  a  good  harbor  at  the  N.  W.  of  it,  safe  from  all  easterly  winils,  and  a 
smaU  distance  fronijChandler's  River. 

■   When  you  go  over  Moose  Peake  Rar,  bound  to  Ma(  bias,  you  leave  the  V'ir^in's  Rreasts 

i^ai  before  mentioned.-keeping  your  course  east,  and  a  bare  ro(  k,  called  Pul[)if  Rock,  on 

■    "■  wur  starboad  hand;  vou  must  keep  *Lil)l)y's  Island  I.i'.'ht  open  to  llu-  sonthward  of  this 

'      /Imni  rock.     [N.  B.     ^^his  bare   rock,  which  you  leave  on  your  sturhoard,  may  also  be 

.     -ifft  on  your  larboard  hand;  and  steer  K.  S.  K.for  Ld)l)v's  Isjand  Liuht.] 

(,'■  ^  MQjOSE   PEAKE  HEAD  TO  M AClllA.S.—liivc'  the  hi-ht  a   b>rtli  of  one  mile, 

ipaving "ii  on  the  larboard  hand, 'and  steer  N.  K.  by  K.  4i  leasnes,  when  you  will  be  up 

"llith  Llbby's  Island  Liight  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  then  run  N.  N.  K.  '2  Icaiiues.  which 

.'1»ill  bring  you  up  with  Stone's  Island,  (ui  yiuir  larboard  hand,  havim;  a  rock  lyiiiij;  K.  one- 

third  of  a  mile  from  the  centre  of  the  island  :  from  this  steer  N.  for  Hound  Island,  from 

Sisiirjfiich  follow  the  eastern  directions  lor  .Machias. 

;m    TOWNSENB  TO  fMANHKKiKN   HARBOR.— When  you  take  your  departure 
•:^^i"om  Squirrel  Island,  you  steer  K.  S.  K.  for  Maidieiuen  I/iyht,  on  the  north  side  of  which 
'.%.  are  some  small  dry  islands  and  ledfjes,  but  tood  water  between  tliem  and  the  other  sides 
"f  of  the  island,  keeping  that  course  until  the  passage  between  (leorsic's  Island  anrl  Man- 
Jbeigen  bears  N.  E";     You  may  then  steer  N.  K.  about  s(  ven   leaijues,  throujih  a  fair 
■;: .[-Oipi.'a  sound,  for  White  Head   Lichr,   leaving   (ieorjie's    Islands,  (whicli   are  three  in 
. ;  SUniber,)  on  your  larboard  hand.     Tlie  eastern  island  has  no  trees  on  jt.     There  are 
f^two  dangerous  rocks,  beariiii;  due  south  from  the  middle  of  the  middle  island,  called  the 
.  %31d  Man  and  the  Old  Wom;m,  which  are  hare  before  low  water.    They  lie  about  one  mile 
from  the  shore  ;  and  at  hit;li  water  wlien  the  wind  blows  olf  the  land,  they  do  not  appear. 
#    If  you  are  bound  to  the  eastward,  and  the  wind  Khould  take  you  ahead,  when  yon  are  be- 
'     tween  Manheigen  and  (ieor<;e's  Islands,  hrint;  the  middle, of  .Manheij;en  to  bear  S.  and 
run  in  N.  which  course  will  carry  you  between  the  eastern  (icort;e's  Island  and  the  mid- 
dle island.     You  may  run  as  near  as  yoti  wish  to  the  eastern  island,  but  tlie  middle  island 


•  Libby  Island  Ligbt  is  on  Libhy  Ic'nnd,  at  tlie  cnirniier  of  Mncbias  Bay;  is  n  fixed  I'ghf,  60  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  betirin!;  N.  H.  by  h). ;  K.  from  .Moose  I'cakc  Head  Light. 

t  Manheigen  Island  Lifilu  bus  t"ii  lamps  and  relli'ctors,  (iiied  im  two  sides  of  an  oblonti;  square, 
one  side  prodiirin;;  n  blood  red  iiirbt,  ilip  oilirr  n  cniTinion  \\  bile  liidif,  luid  is  a  revolving  lij.dit.  Its 
time  of  revolution  is  2'  1.5"  ntui  r!e\atiori  1711  feci  above  the  level  of  the  pea.  Vou  eati  run, close  to 
the  island  on  either  side,  taking  care  to  tro  between  some  dry  ledpcs  on  the  northern  side  of  it.  In 
the  island  there  is  a  smaU  harbor  open  to  the  3.  W.    It  bears  E.  N.  E.  from  Segiiiue  Light. 


h; 

(M 
to 
fl 
Ik 

e; 


1  lioimd  ti)  Plcrt- 
itccr  N.  K.  hy  i\. 
Ill  will  scr  ( ";ipf. 
cc  will  not  do  :it 
<s  tliiit  he  to  the 
•,  you  will  see  ;i 
inl  up  (or  ('apt. 
is  not  safe  going 

idiciilf  ((I  ho  de- 
l)iiy.  'J'hc  hcsl 
■re  i«  no  didicnl- 
Itrst  on  i)o;trd. 
iind  pa^is  I^adlc 
ich  yon  leave  on 
'  it  a  nood  heith, 
S.  K.  oCsaid  is- 
ly  sleer  east  Cor 
d.  tor  there  is  a 
Pt  of  water  on  it 

loose  Peck  bar, 
<  Cofree-llonsp, 
point  of  iMoose 
bnsliy  tree  riy:lit 
the  har  is  east. 
•  larhoard  liand; 
Ureasfs  on  vonr 
hiy  har  that  lies 
uo  honrs  (iood. 
'riy  winds,  and  a 

\'iiain's  Ureasts 
*"ipil  Hock,  on 
mtliwanl  of  iImh 
nl,  niav  also  he 

1         .' 

til  o(  one  mile, 
I  yon  will  he  up 
'  ieaiines,  uliieli 
ck  lyint'  K.  one- 
nd  Island,  from 

your  de|)arlnrc 
thside  of  wliieli 

the  other  sides 
sland  and  Man- 
,  tlnoniih  a  fair 
li   ar«'  three  in 

it.  'J'liere  arc 
land,  called  tlie 
■  ahont  one  mile 
{  do  not  appear, 
hen  yon  are  he- 
1  to  bear  H.  and 
rid  and  the  inid- 
le  middle  island 


fixed  light,  60  feet 

an  oblonpfifjiiare, 
■diving  li^dit.  Its 
II  Clin  run  close  to 
■in  side  of  it.  In 
nc  Light. 


bunt's  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


149 


hr^1n  led^eof  rocks  tliat  lie  to  tlie  eastward  of  it,  wliieli  are  always  dry,  tliat  you  are  to  leave 
on  Miiir  larboard  liand.  When  you  uet  to  the  northward  of  this  island,  you  must  haul 
to  the  wftw  ird  and  mil  up  between  it  and  the  western  island,  so  as  to  brins;  the  body  of 
the  middle  islantl  to  bear  N.  K.  of  you.  Here  you  moor  your  vessel,  if  you  stay  any 
time. 

If  yon  are  bound  to  tlie  eastward  from  lliis  island,  you  may  go  to  the  inirthward  of  the 
eaHtern  island,  but  you  must  be  careful  of  a  led^je  that  lies  to  the  eastward  of  said  inland, 
wliich'yon  miMt  leave  mi  your  siarhnanl  hand;  and  when  you  l)riim  Manheit;en  Light 
to  liear  S.  W.  vol"  may  l'o  N.  K.  il  nii:ht  should  come  on. or  the  wind  ahead,  yon  may 
)iaul  up  about  N.  K.  Iiy  N.  for  'Perianl  llarlior,  which  lies  about  H  leasines  from  (ieorge's 
Islands.  Von  cannot  miss  this  harbor  in  the  day-time.  Voii  will  make  .Miisf|ueto  IIbI*- 
bor.  which  lies  betw.-en  l«o  islands,  covered  with  spruce  trees.  TIiq  entrance  of  the 
harbor  i»  north.  Ilavin;:  passed  this  harbor,  yon  will  run  about  two  miles,  keeping  your 
course  \.  K.  bv  N.  wlienyon  will  pass  an  island  with  hiniif  trees  on  if,  wiiich  you  leave 
on  your  larboard  liand,  and  two  islands  on  your  siariioard  hand,  which  also  have  blunt 
trees  on  them;  then  you  must  brins;  the  liariior  to  hear  W.  N.  W.  beft)re  yon  entebi 
This  is  a  siood  harbor,  provided  you  have  neither  cables  nor  anchors,  hh  you  may  sav'ff'? 
voiir  vessel  by  running;  up  to  the  head  of  it,  on  innddy  bottom,  which  will  be  dry  at  low 
water. 

TOWNSKNI)  H  AKIJOK.— The  entranci- of  Townsend  is  wide;  from  the  Cuckolds 
to  the  Damiscove  Islands  is  aliiiiit  lliice  miles:  and  Sipiirrel  Island  lies  N.  E.  by  N. 
about'.*'  miles;  and  from  Scpiirrcl  Island  to  the  western  shore  is  about  1  ^  raile ;  and 
I'lirnt  Island-  Liuht  bears  \.  distant  ahont  two  miles  from  the  westerly  point  of  Squir- 
I'td  Islatid.  liuntinc  Led^c  Ins  south,  a  little  westerly,  from  Burnt  Islaod  Light.  If 
voi<  are  outside  ol  Damiscove  Islands,  be  careful  to  stand  so  far  to  the  westward  as  to 
)mnz  Burnt  Isla-id  Liclit  to  bear  N.  iiy  K.  then  you  may  run  for  it  without  f«ar. 

If  the  wind  should  be  ahead,  and  you  have  to  beat  into  the  harbor,  you  Ittay  Stand  from 
shore  to  shore  without  fear,  and  beat  up  either  to  the  eastv  d  or  westward  of  ^ttrorrel 
Island:  you  may  Iind  ^ood  anchonige  under  the  lee  of  Squii'el  -  cmd,  and  goroY^P^Uie 
island  with  any  vessel.  .  rf    fA  ^ 

In  coiniiiii  from  the  westward,  leave  Sen;uiiie  Island  on  j  mr  larboari  hand,  gfi^g  ita  J 
berth  ni'  about   half  a  mil";  then  steer  N.  E.  by  K.  3  leaguss,  wfa^n  yott  Wtt|«.i|  clear  ^ 
weather,  open  Town^end  l/iu'ht,  on   Murnt  Island,  bearing  about  N'.'N.  K.  bttt-Stl^^or 
tinue  your  N.  K.  by  K.  course  until  liiirnt  Island  Liy;ht  bea   ,  N.  fcv  £.  tBen  Wafldfoti 
contiiininu  N.  by  K.  leaving'  it  on  the  larhoard    hand,  t"U  up  the  harbor.     ikbOUt  tl 
ipiarters  of  a  mile   N.  \.  K.fnnn  the  li>;ht,  there  is  a  i      dl  island  called  Motise  Ish4^J 
wliidi  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  is  bold,  after  passing  it,  VOU  haul  IP'If'J 
E.  for  the  eastern  liarbir,  or  continue  your  course  N.  by  E.  till  you' get  the  westeiril 
bor  to  bear  W.  .\.  W.  then  yon  may  run  in  till  you  .Shut  Burnt  Island  Light  lO^'by  tbc 
land;  or  you  may  an<  hor  any  where  inside  of  Mouse  Island,  as  there  are  neither roc^ici"] 
nor  shoals  Ivin:^  otf  from  the  l,uid. 

In  comin,'  from  the  eastward,  get  Manheigen  Light  to  bear  E.  S.  E.  and  steer  W.N. 
W.  about  ■'}  leagues,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  into«the  passage  bet»i|itiit^ • 
all  the  outer  islands  and  the  main  ;  and  in  steering  said  course,  you  will  make  Burnt  l^i 
and  l/mht,  liearing  about  N.  \V.  hy  W.  then  steer  \V.  by  N.  till  you- get  Btirnt  Isl» 
Light  to  bear  N.  W.  then  haul  up  for  it,  keejiing  it  on  your  larboard  bow,  till  you' 
up  w  ilh  it.  then  steer  N.  by  E.  and  follow  the  dnection.^  before  given,  in  comtag  frq 
till'  westward. 

fKKN.NKBECK  AND  SMEErStTT.— If  roming  into  Kennebeck  River  from  thp  I 
westward,  keep  about  one  fourth  of  a  mile  from  Seguine  Island^  Light,  in  doing  whicbJ 
you  will  avoid  .laik-knil;-  Ledi;e,  which  bears  (rom  Seguine  Light  N.  W.  distant 
mile,  and  Ellingwood's  Kock,  lying  N.  one-fourth  of  a  mile  from  Seguine.     Alter  {ta 


•  Burnt  I.«land  lies  uiY  the  entninrc  of  Townsend  (Booth  Bay.)     On  it  is  a  lighthouse  oontaiirfli 
a  fixed  liaht,  eievaied  56  feel  almve  the  li'vel  of  the  sea. 

t  Kenncbeck  River  is  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  State  of  Maine.     Swan  Island,  4^  i 
loPK.  lies  3i)  miles  from  the  inoiiih  of  the  river,  and  h  miles  from  the  chops. 

{  SeL'uine  Island,  on  which  n  litduhouse  i.«  erertcil,  coniainiii}!  a  lixed  light  as  before'  mentione<| 
lies  '2{  miles  S.  \  E.  from  I'omI  Island,  on  which  is  also  a  lii^'iiihouse,  coiriainiiiga  fixed  light, 
is  reniarknhle  w  lien  beariiii:  (ast  or  west,  lieiinj  marly  U  miles  from  land,  und  when  it  bears  nOrt| 
shuts  in  with  it.  Cape  small  roirit  bears  N.  \V.  from  it,  and  Wood  Island  N.  N.  W.  1|  mile  dij 
tant.  There  are  ficvernl  rocky  ledyes  near  Scgiiine,  which  hear  from  the  light  as  follows;  5  fathoil 
Icdjie  S.  by  \V.  distant  three  (|imrterH  of  a  mile — l'<llini;win)d's  Rock  north,  one  quarter  of  a  inilel 
Seguine  I^dt'cs.  N.  N.  E.  half  a  mile,  nlwavs  drv — .lack-knifc  Lcilgc,  N.  W.  l\  mile,  8  feet  waf 
—Wood  Island  Reef,  N.  N.  W.  1 J  mile,  4  feet  water— Whale's  Buck,  N.  N.  E.  1}  mile. 


— • ■••     -^'-— ^^ — LiaMliiliaatlm.-...^-^^.^.--. 


150 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  t  OAST  PILOT. 


sin^  Kllin}»w()o(|'s  Kork,  brimj  S«'i,Miiiip  Li^lil  l(»  IjCiir  S.  iirul  sirrr  N.  for  Pond  TsIiMul* 
Li>{lit,  whi(  li  is'.'l  milt's  from  Sc^uiiii'.  Lciifiin;  I'oml  Island  ;i  ciililf's  Icn-tli  on  tin- Im- 
boiird  li;ui(l,  rare  should  bt*  takfii  on  tiif  llnod  lidc  to  haul  (jUii  kly  round  i'untl  Island  Point 
to  avoid  tlicSuK^r  Loaves,  (two  small  islands  norlh  lialla  mile  tVom  Pnnd  Island)  upon 
which  the  tide  sets  very  strongly.  Tiie  course  alter  piissinj;  INnid  Islisnd.  is  iihout  N.  W. 
to  the  fort  on  f  llunnewell's  Point,  (which  y(Mi  will  i^ive  a  licrih  of  a  calile's  lenuili)  and 
«teer  north  for  ("oxe's  Head  (on  whi(  h  also  is  a  fori)  one  mile.  'I'lie  coiiise  is  then  N. 
K.  to  Perkin's  Island,  which  you  will  Icivi-  on  llic  slarlioard  hand  aliout  one  mdc,  and 
you  will  >;ive  it  a  berth  of  a  cable's  leiiiith  to  shun  two  sunken  ledges  that  lie  nearly 
abreast  of  Perkin's  Island,  and  about  in  the  iniildle  of  the  river';  then  steerinj;  about 
north  one  mile,  yon  have  line  nm  Imrauc  at  I'erkins'  l-'lats,  in  t.  "j,  and  fi  faihoins.  This 
is  as  far  as  it  would  be  iirudent  for  a  siraiiKcr  lo  attempt  with  a  hi'avy  vessel. 

There  is  good  anchor  iL;e  in  niodcrale  weather  any  wlieie  between  Se;:ume  and  I'oiid 
Islnn<l,  within  half  a  mile  of  the  latter,  in  from  '>  to  H  fathoms  .'should  the  w'luA  \>\  >w 
violently,  or  in  case  of  stress  of  weather,  and  if  far  enou;,^h  to  windward  to  wt-alher  Kllin;:- 
^ood's  Rock  and  Se^uiiu'  Ledi^es,  it  minht  sometimes  be  advisable  to  run  lo  Townseml 
<|iarbor.t 

If  bonm]  into  Kennebeck,  ami  falliii.:  to  the  eastward  of  Se:;uine,  brim;  the  lijilil  on 
Pond  Island  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W .  and  run  lor  it  till  within  a  cable's  leh;;th,  then  lollow 
tbe  preceding  directions. 

Tnerei  is  safe  .aDchora<;e  with  an  olf-shore  wind,  any  where  between  .'<mall  Point  and 
Segttine,  avoiding  Jack-knife  Ledf^^e,  beloie  mentioned. 

Safe  anchorage  may  he  h;\d  from  ('oxe's  Head  to  Perkins'  Island,  nearest  the  ea.-teiii 
shore.  The  usual  rapidity  ut,tliP  Ui\r,  between  Se;;iiine  and  the  mouth  ol  the  river,  is  .'{ 
and  4  knots.  -. 

There  it  also  a  passirge   into  Keimebec  River,  leavini,'  Pond  IslantI,  on  the  starboard 
iQC^'but  only  16  feef'can  Ije  carried  at  hii;ii  water,  and  it  is  not  recommended. 
^Ob  have  deep  water  to  the  eastward  of  Seguine.      At  the  westwaid  the  tide  (d'llood  sets 
li-f trong  tiQ^the 'northward  into  New  iMeadows.  and  \V.  N.  W.  into  IJroad  .Sound,  iuul  up 
tM  ^^  Portmd.  and  the  ebb  tide  the  reverse.      Vour  soundin{;s,  botwePii  Seyuine  and  Capo 
' ^''^lizabfj^iihf*- Various ;  at  times  you  hmc  If  or  •.'(!  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  and  within  a 
ii  cable's v^l^^  you  will  find  .30  or  .35  fathoms,  nmddy  bottom. 

Thci rlanl'tl^ween  Segulne  and  (Jape  Kli/.id)etli.  is  all  in  islands :  on  the  Cape  is  a  py- 

QSidt  biW^ltg  S.  1"  W.  from  Portland  l^ighthonse,  4  miles  distant,  and  a  windnnll  tollie 

t^rdtOsar  Richmond's  Island,  wliicli  is  the  first  wimlmill  you  sec  when  comini:  from 

eaatwaid'     Riehmond's  Island   lies  1  league  west  of  Poitlaml,  and  has  a  bad   ledjie 

llboatS.  E,  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  it.  half  a  mile  distant. 

[you  are  bound  to  §Slieppscut  River  from  the  vve^-iward,  and  make  Sei,'nine  Lis;lit. 

ihiny  leftve  it  on  your  starboard  hand,  {.'ivin;;  it  a  berth  of  half  a  mile  ;   when  you  pass 

ip  thf}  eastward  you  must  bring  it  to  hear  S.  W.  by  S.  and  steer  N.  K.  by  N,  which 

rsewrll  carry  you  to  Ebenicook  Harbor,  distant  .3  leagues,  leavin?  three  dry  ledjies  on 

r  starboard  hand,  and  one  on  your  larboard.     This  harbor  is  very  narrow  at  the  en- 

,  but  makes  a  large  basin  when  ynu  tret  into  it  ;    in  the  enirance  it  liesK.  \.  K. 

oannpt  get  in'tiere,  with  a  N.  K.  or  easterly  wind,  but  must  have  the  wind  south  or 

terly  faft^jr  yotl  get  into  this  harbor  you  must  haul  up  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  for  there 

"P  several  8^K.eil^ro<>ks  on  the  starboard  hand  as  you  co  in,  wliich  yon  are  to  avoid. 

,e  best  ancnqrage  js  against  Capt.  Smith's  Whari,  where  you  are  4  t'athoms,  muddy 

ttom;  and  yflA**rflBlie  safe  from  all  winds.     But  if  you  are  bound  up  .**lieepscut  River 

f  large  vessel,  apd  come  from  the  westward,  you  must  go  to  the  sou'hward  of  Sesruine 

^l, steering  about  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E.  1  league,  and  when  the  river  bears  north,  or 

irfh  a  tittle  westerly,  you  may  run  north,  and  must  keep  the  starboard  hand  best  on 

rtl :   there,  are  many  rocks  and  ledges,  some  of  them  above  and  some  under  water, 


luMlt^l 


u 


*^^. 


^ 


k' 


"•  The  lantern  of  Pond  Island  LielitlioiiPe  contains  a  fi.xcd  light,  i2  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
leaving  N.^  W.  from  Seguine  Light,  distant  2J  miles. 

■f  A  dry  dock  lies  ofT  the  eastern  shore,  about  half  a  iniN  iihove  the  lower  Fort,  called  Shng  Rock, 
«nd  is  the  only  obstacle  bet  wren  HiinncweJI's  Point  and  < 'oxe's  Head. 

'  \Vith  the  wind  at  N.  \v  .  •■nd  a  flood  tide,  you  may,  by  fetching  within  a  cable's  length  of  the 
lower  Sugar  Loaf,  and  leaving  it  on  the  larboard  hand,  run  into  good  and  safe  anchorage,  in  from 
^  to  3  fathoms,  in  I'eald's  Ed<ly. 

§  Hendrick's  Ilci.d  Light  is  siuiated  at  the  mouth  of  Shecpscut  River,  and  is  a  fixed  white  light, 
elevated  30  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

If  bound  lip  Shrepscut  "iver,  pass  f-'egiiine  Light  to  the  southward,  steer  N.  E.  until  you  bring 
Hendrick's  Head  Light  to  bear  north  a  little  westerly,  then  run  for  it,  keeping  the  starboard  shore 
close  aboard. 


/ 


"^r 


ill.- 1.11- 

1(1  rtiiiit 

nl)  ll)Hltl 

II  N.W. 

Utll)  lUlll 
tlKMl    N. 

iiilc,  ami 
f  lusirly 
ij;  alii>\rt 
s.     TliiH 

ind  I'tiiid 
IikI  I.I  »v 
ft-  Klliii^I- 
ruwiiseinl 

!•  li(;lit  oil 

ICIl    IllUllW 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


151 


'0111 


t  anil 


/ 


lie  tUftcni 
;  liver,  is  ."5 

■  stari)(iai<l 

)r(ln(ni  sots 
11(1,  iiiid  up 
•  and  Tapo 
nd  within  a 

ape  is  a  ])>■- 
[(hnilltollie 
linii;  iVdUi 
l)ad  Ifd^e     . 

nil'  Li!:1it. 
II  you  pass 

N.  wiru  ii 

ledues  OH 
at  tiiP  en- 
's K .  N .  J'-"  • 

id  south  or 
N.  I'd  I-  thfiB 
re  to  avoid, 
ms.  muddy 
iiscul  Kivcr 

(iCSeiiuine 
IS  noith,  or 

and  best  on 
indcr  water, 


vcl  of  the  sen, 

d  Shot'  Rot-k, 

length  of  the 
rage,  in  from 

>d  white  light, 

itil  you  bring 
irboard  shore 


whieh  ar'»  all  to  the  eintwardof  Sp;;iiinr.  \\'h«*n  you  get  upnH  liiah  as  Ehpiiirook,  yon 
leave  llic  two  Mark  Islands  (ui  your  larho'ird  hand,  kecpint:  your  course  north  a  little 
easterly,  l)Ut  ifyou  only  eoiue  here  to  make  a  harhor,  when  you  jji  f  uptoCapl.  llodyson'H, 
y(ui  will  see  a  hare  U'djji'  on  your  larlioard  hand,  if  it  is  low  water,  which  is  covered  at 
hiirh  water;  you  tiny  anchor  at  H  fathoms  to  the  nortliwanl  of  it. 

On  Little  Slark  Island  a  Stone  Column  is  erected,  as  a  landmark  for  vessels  running 
into,  or  passing,  either  llarpswdl  or  IJroad  Soiin<l.  It  is  also  ;i  conspicuous  mark  for 
the  inarmer,  siandim;  in  Irom  sea,  in  any  direction  helwc«>n  Cape  Kli/.aheth  and  Cape 
.Small  I'oint.  This  i.shind,  at  the  entrance  of  I  larpswcll  Sound,  (half  wav  hel  ween  Port- 
land and  tlu*  entrance  of  the  River  Keiine!)eck,)  is  oiiH-fonrth  of  a  mile  ui  length,  with- 
out trees,  its  elevation  tu  feet  aliove  the  level  of  the  sea;  the  c(dii?nn  is  placed  near  the 
centre  of  the  isLind.  .')!•  leet  hii;li,  paiiiteil  perpendicularly  in  lilack  and  white  stripes,  ex- 
cejit  near  the  top,  which  is  hlack  on  each  side.     Course  u|)  1  larpswcll  Sound,  N.  E.^N^ 

Bearing  hi/  Comixis,'),  and  ili.slann>s  in  slatiilr  miles  from  the  ccHtunn,' 


T«  .lie  Column  on  Cape  F.lizahelh S.  W.  \  W. 

"    the  outer  ( ireen   Island S.  \V.  hv  W 


Mark   Island  Ledge... 
.South  Pilot  of  ,Fa(|uish 


I.'i  mile;*.. 

6     do. 

1  lall-wav  Rock S.  I.v    W.  J  W 4     do. 

Drunkard's  Led-e S.  l' \V.  to  Sf'^  W-. .    V,  A% 

S.  K.  I  S v"***     t  ^*** 

K.  IS. ...: ?;.  11  do4 

I  iirnip  Island K.  -J  N,  ........ ....   If  do. 

Cape  Small  Point K.hvS. 10     ^0. 

Whale  Hock  (out  of  water) S.   \VMv  W 

Haddock  Kockor  IslamI  (N.  point) N.  W.  tAV,...; 

S.  W.  point  of  llaskill'slsland N.  N.  W...; , 

.Middle  of  Kagle  Islami W.  N.  W.  ^  W...v..   \\ 

Mackerel  Cove E.  N.  E 9 


Ifyou  want  to  <ro  uj)  to  Wiseasset  Point,  you  must  keep  your  starbdlli&' hfi||d  bMt 
aboard,  north-easterly,  till  you  come  to  Cross  River,  which  you  leave  onyolklPftlilUounl 
h  uid.  ^'ou  will  not  attempt  to  go  up  to  Wiscasset  Point  with  a  head  wind  Mill  tlhl  tide 
of  ibb,  for  it  is  1  leagiu*  from  Cross  River;  but  when. you  have  a  fipir  WJiid  ilodi  i 
you  may  proceed  without  fear.  This  river  is  narrow,  and  lies  mora  to  tliis  irtMn 
when  you  are  aboi,it  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  up,  you  must  keep  yoar  hlir^iaiml  iljli 
best  on  board,  for  there  is  a  ledge  of  r(>(ks  which  reaches  near  halfway  acroflfl  me'tllrei 
which  is  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  the  rock  near  the  middle  is  covered- at  t|u|ii*ratl 
hut  may  be  seen  two  hours  before.  The  river  rut;.i  straight  to  Diecker's  NaW^dl^,  th« 
turns  round  to  the  westward  :  when  you  enter  these  narrows,  you  may  see  thefoVn. 
case  you  should  go  up  in  the  night,  you  tiuist  be  careful  of  two  large  rocks  t^at  U« 
S.-  VV.  of  these  narrows ;  liie  tide  of  Hood  sets  very  strong  for  them,  and  they  are  covefjj 
at  half  tide  ;  you  may  go  on  either  side  of  them,  and  may.  anchor  in  10  or  12  fittha 
water,  muddy  bottom.  ,     '-  .    ' 

It  is  high  water  here,  at  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  about  10  h.  45  Ql.      "*   • 
NEW  MKADOWS.— This  river  bears  N.  E.  8  leagues  distant  CrdmJhe  Pyramid  Ol> 
Cape  Elizabeth,  and  about  one  league  west  from  Cape  Small  Poi^.     Ifyou  abOuld  <^ ' 
into  this  bay  with  the  wind  at  S.  E.  or  .S.  S.  E.  and  bound  to  the  eastweft'd,  you  majT  IQldlo 
a  good  harbor  in  the  above  river.     In  standing  to  the  northward,  you  will  havo  ft  lai^ 
round  island  on  your  starboard  hand,  covered  with  spruce-trees,  together  with  two  b(||te 
ro(  ks,  one  called  the  Brown  Cow,  and  the  other  the  White  Bull,  which  are  801U9  dlfl" 
tance  from  each  other.     You   must  leave  the  11  rown  Cow  on  your  starboard,  and  tne' ' 
White  iiull  on  your  larboard  hand,  the  latter  of  which  you  may  go  within  a  cabie'ttj 
lengtii  of,  and  when  you  have  passed  it,  must  stand  over  for  Horse  Island,  that  ties  fl| 
the  starboard,  which  has  a  luiuse  on  it,  that  you  may  go  within  a  quarter  of  a  miJc 'ofi^ 
To  the  westward  of  the  island  lies  a  large  ro(  k,  which  is  covered  at  high  water,  bat  bar«t 
at  half  tide  ;  you  may  go  on  either  side  of  it  when  it  is  in  sight,  but  the  widest  passage  U( 
to  the  eastward.     When  you  have  passed  this  rock,  steer  N.  I)y  W.  or  N.N.  W.  which 
course  will  carry  you  up  with  a  large  island,  called  Bear  Island,  which  is  covert  with 
spruce  and  birch  trees.     When  you  have  passed  this  island  about  one  (piarter  of  a  mile. 
you  may  haul  in  for  the  starboard  shore,  and  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water.     This  it 
the  best  place  to  anclior,  witli  the  wind  at  S.  .S.  E.  or  east,  but  be  careful  of  a  ledge  of 
rocks  that  runs  to  the  northward  of  this  island,  about  a  half  a  mile  off.     You  may  anchor 
in  this  bay  according  as  the  wind  may  be  ;  if  it  should  be  at  tiie  eastward,  anchor  on  the 
east  side.     Ifyou  have  lost  your  cables  and  anchors,  there  is  a  large  cove  on  the  star^ 
board  hand,  about  two  miles  from  Bear  Island,  bearing  about  N.  which  is  sufficient 


/ 


f 


■•f  I  "mp-,^1 


•w  '"m 


152 


BLUNT  H  AMERICAN  COAST  PHOT. 


hnlil  ;)0  or  10  t«iiil  of  vrNMclH.     It  i.t  luiKl-locked  all  round,  mo  that  no  wind  can  dauinifc  m 
VfttNfi  litter  nIm-  nctx  into  i(. 

I^^'^SK^''S  .soUM). — ir you  rome  from  flir  isintward,  and  niakr  ftrc>ii'>«'  I-"!*:'''* 
briii^  it  to  bi'ar  K.  and  stcrr  W.  for  lliissry'H  Sound,  il  you  iiavt;  a  tair  wind  and  day- 
\\n\u,  as  you  II  ivf  iiotliiiii;  Ixil  islands  on  your  slarlxiard  hand  Tin-  lidt-  ol°  Mood  sets 
very  Ntron<{  in  In  tweeti  these  islands:  when  you  );e(  wiiliin  two  iniles  nt' I  lu'>seyV  Sound, 
you  will  make  t\ro  islands  wliieh  have  no  trees  on  th^iii,  ealled  (ireen  Islanils.  \ Hit 
continue  your  course  till  you  make  llusse_\"s  .*smiiii<I,  liearin;;  N.  .\.  K.  then  you  may 
8teer  m  with  your  <oiirse  .N.  N.  K. 

Wlien  you  pass  the  two  islands  after  enterina;  lliissey's  Sound,  yon  leave  three  isl- 
ands on  your  larixiaid,  and  two  islands  on  your  staiiioard  hand;  the  northern  island,  on 
your  Mtarhoard,  is  e'alli-d  Smith's  Island;  when  yon  pass  said  i-ijand  altnui  lhree-(|uarters 
of  a  mile,  you  may  haul  away  K.  N.  K.  till  you  shut  in  said  island  to  the  S.  K.  then  you 
may  anchor  in  H  or  !<  t'athoms,  muddy  hottom;  llo;;:  Island  to  the  S.  W.  Maskel  l>land 
to  the  fi.M^.  (ireat  (iaheuiie  Island  to  the  N.  K.  atid  Smith's  Island  to  the  S.  K.  Here 
you  may  Moor  'iOOsail  of  ships,  sale  from  all  winds,  and  wlien  wind  and  tide  serve,  you 
may  be  out  to  sea  in  one  hour. 

HALF-WAV    KOCK   is  hi^h  and  l,laik,  ahoiit  f.no  feet  in  diameter,  elevated   Hi  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  nca,  at  hi^h  water.     At  the  distance  ol   dlX)  feet  Ironi  the  rock,  on 
the  N.  W.,  N.,  N.  K.,  K.  ai:d  S%  K.  side,  there  aN"  iVom  .")  to  (>,  and  i;ra(lually  deepens  to 
90  ffathoDlS,  within  three  quarters  of  a  mile  of  it.     A   reef  extends  olf  W.  Iiy  .S.  distant 
about  no  eighth  ofa  mile.     Wiihiii  one  calile's  lenuth  of  said  reefymi  will  find  linni  ID 
to  12  fathoms  water.     You  may  near  this  rock  on  all  -.ides  within  a  ipiarter  of  a  mile,  and 
And  fruin  15  to  25  fathoms  water.      Sej;uine    Liylillii  use  hears  from   the  rock  K.  ',  N. 
itistant  about  16  Miles  ;   Drunken  Ledges,  N.  N.  K.  distant  alioiit  J',  miles  ;   Mark  Island, 
N.  by  £.  ^  E,  'distant  about  4^  miles  ;  the  lifjhthouse  on  Cape  Kli/.alieth,  S.  \V.  hy  W. 
f 'W^  distant  ab;)Ut  <f  miles;    Cod    Hock,  (shoalest  part.)   .*<.  \V.  hy  S.  distant  ahout  (> 
inil«a)  Portland  Lighthouse,  W.  ^  S.  distant  alidiil  II',  miles;  (ireen  l>lands,  W.  [  N. 
distant  aftotit 6  miles;    JowillV  iHland,  N    W.  hy  N.  distant  ahoiit  .'{  miles;    Kai:!e'ls]- 
aod, :UOrti||^4lboat  4|  miles.     Drunken  Ledges  may  he  seen  at  all  titiies,  hreakin^  with  a 
little^  molioif  of  the  sea.     Mark  Island  is  a  sniiill  hare  island,  and  has  a  stone  monument 
^:  .  eCfcfed  OK|Mf  ^  guide  for  vessels  riinnim;  into  Hroad  Sound.      Ka<zle  Island  is  a  small 
"^^    ,b%h;.klaod^<lOVered  with  trees, .at  the  entrance  of  said  sound.      Mark  l>land  and  Kauie 
iwljid  form  the  eiuitern  side  of  the  entrance  to  l>road  Sound.      Itrown  Cow  and  .lewill's 
•lauds  ilGnrigat|l0  western  side.     Greon  Islands  are  two  in  iiumlter,  and  hear  iVom  .lewill's 

»od,S..'W.  distant  about  one  :>nd  a  half  mile. 

pod  Ledge  is  about  half  a  mile  in  eircumfereiu  e,  and   has  im  the  shoalest  part  of  it 

i^.|tQd-a  iKilf  fathoms,  at  low  water,  and  ;j;radi!ally  deepens  to  ■'>,  ■'),  7,  h,  ami  IJ  fithoms, 

'  \pma%tfOm  Portland  LighthouHc,  K.  S.  K.  ilistant  ahoui  7  miles,  and  I'rom  Cape 

eUl  Lightliouse,  E.  by  N.  half  N.  distant  ahout  .3  miles  ;  (ireen   Island  S.  S.  K. 

itant  about  3  miles.     This  ledge  often  breaks  in  a  heavy  south-east  f;ale. 
:P0RTLAND  harbor.— A  Buoy  has  been  placed  on  Alden's  Kock.olflhe  li-ht- 
)ttBes  at  Cape  Elizabeth.     The  followiiiir  is  the  report  upon  that  subject. 

AnchOted  at  low  water,  in  seven  fathoms,  near  Ahlen's  Led^'e. 

KtUf(^*s  Sound  bears  from  the  Buoy  N.  about  H'v  miles  distant. 

Northern  Lighthouse  on  Cape  Eli/.abeth,  N.  \V.  by  W.  \  \V. 

Southern  Lighthouse,  on  the  same,  N.  W.  iiy  W.  ,';  \V.  distant  ?>  miles. 

The  Barn  on  Richmond's  Island  W.,  distant  l ',  miles. 

Portland  Lighthouse,. N.  N.  \V.  \  W..  <lisiaiii  (.j  miles. 

Wood  Island  Lighthouse,  S.  W.  by  \V.  j  W.,  distant  i:!  miles. 
sThe  most  dangerous  part  of  this  ledije  are  two  roiks  beiirinj^  from  ea<  h  other  K.  S.  E. 
iod  W.  N.  W.     The  distance  betwet  n  these  rocks  is  -IJO  feet. 

The  Western  rock  is  about  i-i  feet  in  diairu'ter,  and  has  6.\  feet  on  it  at  low  water. 
The  Eastern  rock  is  ahout  .'30  feet  in  diameicr.  and  has  but  7",  feet  at  low  water.  Be- 
tween these  rocks  are  .3,  4,  and  .'j  fathoms.  The  Western  rock  bears  from  the  Buoy  S. 
by  W.,  distant  240  feet.  The  Kastern  rock  bears  S.  E.  A  S.,  distant  5'J')  feet.  At  the 
distanQ<e  of  600  feet  from  the  Kastern  rock,  on  the  .South  East,  Kasi  and  North  K.ist 
sides,  are  4,  5,  and  G  fathoms  water.  At  tlje  distanec  of  JOOO  feet  from  the  Western 
rock,  on  the  South  West,  We»l  and  North  West  sides,  arc  (j,  7,  and  H  fathoms. 

Vessels  bound  to  Portland.  fallin<r  in  to  the  Westward,  and  making  Wood  Island 
Light,  must  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  ,'  W.,  and  steer  N.E.  by  E.  {  E.  13  miles, 
whicliwill  bring  them  up  with  the  Buoy  on  Alden's  Ledg?. 

Should  they  fall  in  to  the  Eastward,  and  make  Seguine  Light,  they  must  bring  it  t(> 
bear  £.  by  N.  j  N.,  and  run  W,  by  S.  f  S.  9  leagues  which  will  bring  them  up  with  the 
^  Buoy. 


iM 


h 


J 


..^'.iiJMfli. 


31= 


ULr.NTS  AMIIIICAN  TOAMT  I'H.OT. 


153 


liyhi- 


In  paMiiin({  the  niiny  tn  the  K.,  f,\v(t  it  a  bprth  of  mie  (|iiartcr  uf  n  milf.  If  to  th* 
Went  Villi  iiiHy  iifiir  it  wiihiii  a  i'alili''i«  h-ii^th. 

Il  luniiiiii;  tor  I'lirtlaiid  llarltor,  liriiiu  llie  liiioy  tii  liear  S.  S.  K.,  ami  sfrr  N.  N.  W. 
(i{  iiul>"«,  wliii  II  will  liiiii'.'  v«u  ii|i»itli  I'lirtlaiid  lii(;lit.  ('ontiniu  thin  rniirNc  iiiitilyou 
uri*  halt  a  iiiih'  wiiliiu  the  1<ikIi||iiiiisc,  ihcii  liritiu  it  to  Ix'ar  S.,  and  Miti-r  N.  Iiv  W.  lor 
lliiiiHi-  JMlaiui.  mIiiiIi  is 'wo  iiiiIi-k  N.  I>\  \V.  rrotii  I'lirtlaiid  hiuht  >Shiiiild  you  wish  tQ 
);i.  Ii.rih<*r  ii|>  t!ie  liarlini,  tullnw  liit-  din-rlions  id  tht*  < 'oai<t  I'llot. 

'I'll)-  •  wiir««>  litiiii  till'  llimy  tn  liussi-y's  Sound  is  North. 

VesMftls  tall.ii^  in  wiih  '  ',i|m'  Klizaln-iii.  and  wi^'liin.;  to  in  iki-  a  harbor  in  a  ittrniig  N.  W. 
tvind,  iiMist  oIhitvi'  tin-  rnllnwinu  diri't  linns  : 

tJnf  tills  l',\\)v  a  liiTili  It!  out-  rpiarti'r  of  a  inih",  and  stoiT  N.  K.  nitie  mile*,  leaving 
till'  (iriTii  Isliiid  on  the  Niarlioard  hand,  wlinh  will  rarry  yoU  up  with  llie  S.  W.  point 
ol  Ciiiti'li  Isl.ind.  tiivKtlii-;  point  a  ImtiIi  id  liall  a  mile,  and  si  -er  N.  N.  K.  \  V..,  which 
Will  carry  you  between  llo|ie  Island  mi  the  North  and  ( 'roii-li  loland  on  the  fiSoiith.  Vou 
may  anrhor  luidttay  between  the  two  Island.s,  in  about  I'i  I  ithoiiis  water.  The  Rhore4 
on  eaeli  side  are  verv  bold. 

'I'lie  above  ineiitiuned  liiioy  is  a  spar,  painted  red,  about  twenty  feel  above  the  surfnee 
ol  the  water,  with  a  si.itl  about  IJ  liet  in  length,  to  whn  h  is  attached  a  red  tlag,  which 
ran  be  seen  Irom  d  to  7  miles. 

There  are  ;dso  two  wateli  lltioyu,  within  I'>  to  JO  feet  of  the  prineipal  Uuoy. 

N.  H.  \'ess"|s  lit  a  laii^e  drauijlit  will  lind  the  best  water  by  bringing  Portland  Hghi 
to  bear  N.  W.  by  N.,  and  runnin.'  direelly  for  if. 

(oiiiin;;  Iroin  tlie  sduih-west.vanl,  when  within  lialf  ;\  mile  of  *Cape  EliMbflth* 
tlic  red  buoy,  on  iiroad  Cove  llmk  may  be  seen;  it  bears  N.  N.  £.  from  ths  pilch 
of  the  rape,  distant  one  and  a  half  niile,  und  lies  in  twenty-four  feet  water.  WKei)  lift 
with  this  buoy,  leave  it  on  the  larboard  hand,  half  a  eable'n  |pni;th  diitant,  nndaUt/ttf, 
by  K.  },  K.  I  mile,  which  wdl  '-any  you  up  with  tliewhite  buoy  uii  Truu(l)'aH«(M»i>llid|- 
lie.s  ill  lb  t'eet  water.  <Hvin!{  il  the  s.imu  oerth  as  the  otiier,  you  may  then  rn  N>  bj 
W.  \  \V.  for  f  I'orfland  iii^jlithouse,  :i  miles  distant.  When  up  with  thfihea^toi 
the  li;;litliiiiise  stands,  ^ive  it  a  small  lierth,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  leaving  Ban£*j^||Ui||K| QH' 
the  starboard  hand,  till  you  eoiiie  to  House  Island,  the  8.  W.  point  of  whiefe ImNuJi  N« 
from  the  li<;hiliiiuse,  distant  almost  'J  iiiilci.  Before  you  are  up  with  tfalf  faAuidi  (b« 
black  buoy  on  Sprinii  l'"iiit  I.eilye  may  be  seen  ;  it  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  frOBj  tkefl.  Wf^ 
part  of  House  Island,  distant  half  a  nuie,  and  lies  in  14  feet  water.  When  tt||widii*" 
buoy,  you  open  the  town.  (Jivin::  the  black  buoy  a  small  b«»rth,  you  may  haullilk,! 
W.  (or  the  white  Imiov  on  Stanford's  Ledi;e  ;  this  buoy  lies  also  in  14  feet  watert 
one  mile  distant  iVom  Sprini,'  I'oinl  lied;;p  buoy,  (livini;  the  whito  buoy  a  small 
you  may  keep  np  midway  t!i>'  rivor,  and  anchor  opposite  the  towq,  where  you  j4eM9f 
safety. 

X'essels  romiiii,'  from  sea,  and  bound  into  Portland,  may.  by  giving  the  lights  OQ  CJapi!..^' 
Kli/abelh  a  lierih  of  |  nnles,  run  to  tin   norihward  nnd  eastward  until  Portland    I^igbt 
buar.s  N.  W.  and  then  stand  directly  fur  it,  which  will  clear  all  the  led^ei. 


»  Cape  I"'Ii-/.abeih  I.iubts  are  sitiintril  oriCnpe  Rliznbeth,  entrance  to  Portland  Harbor,  about  t,jff 

feet  iil)()\r  the  level  ol  the  Sea,  and  300  yards  apart,  l>i  aring  from  ooch  other  S,  W.  ^  W.  and  N.  Bi 
)  ]•].  The  western  li^ht  revolves  oiicu  in  two  minutes,  and  can  besoon  tan  leagujs  distant  in  clew 
weailinr. 

!•;.  S.  K.  from  these  liudits,  2'  miles  distant,  is  n  (bimreroiis  ledffc,  called  Alden's  Rock,  with  fiiQi 
feet  water  on  il  nt  low  tide.  Also  u  reef,  rallfd  'riivlor's  Reef,  bearirig  S.  E.  by  8.  1|  mile  distant 
haviiiK  ~i  lathoms  nt  low  water.  K.  by  N.  \  N.  from  the  !ii;hts  ."^l  miles  distant,  lies  Bulwarll 
Li'di/e.  Imvinj.'  2^  fatlioins  on  it  at  low  water,  rortland  l.iLdit  i>oar8  north-easterly  from  them,  dia». 
tiinl  .')}  miles. 

The  t<>i\:winc:  arc  the  l)enrint;M  and  disinm-rs  Irom  the  nortli.eastcrly  light,  of ih  ■  ihoals  and  reels, 
andufui     r  liKluhouMcs  in  Mii,'lii  of  and  luur  ilie  Cape,  vi/  : 

Alden's  Rock S.  K.  bv  E 2|  miles, 

Huennd  Cry H.  K.  4  S 3*  do, 

Tavloi^   Reef. S.  S.  K.  4  E l}  do, 

Drond  Cove  Roek N.  \.  H.  4  E l\  do. 

Outer  point  of  ^Valcli  Ledne S.  W.  \  .S 2  do. 

S.  E.  side  of  Richmond  Island H.  W 3^  do, 

Seiruine  Li^ht E.  bv  N.  i  N 24  do.- 

Wood  Island  Lijiht S.   VV.  4  W IO4  do. 

Portland  Head  Light N.  i  E 4  do. 

t  Portland  Tiiybthouse  is  on  a  point  of  land,  called  Portland  Head,  at  the  western  entrance  ol  the 
harbor.  It  is  a  stone  edilice,  72  feet  high,  exclusive  of  the  lanUirn,  which  is  13  feet,  and  ooat&ina 
a  fixed  light. 

SO 


154 


BLI  NT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  Plf-OT. 


There  are  also  t  vo  small  buoys,  on  two  Jedges  in  Wliilehead  Paosapp,  at  the  N.  E. 
part  of  Bang's  Island.  This  passajje  is  narrow,  and  but  sfidoni  used  witii  lar.^e  vessels. 
By  kcc;,ing  midway  between  the  two  buoys,  the  red  on  the  starboard,  and  the  white  on 
the  larboard  hand,  in  roniing  in,  you  will  have  not  less  than  5  (allionis  water.  Alter 
passing  the  buoys,  keep  midway  the  pas.sage,  and  run  one  mile  distance,  which  will 
carry  you  into  .Ship  Channel,  the  same  as  it  you  had  passed  the  lighthouse. 

[N.  B.  All  the  abovementioned  buoys  are  to  be  left  on  the  larboard  hand,  in  coming 
in,  and  the  depth  of  water  put  down,  is  at  low  water.] 

Note. — ///'.'/  licc'deul  either  of  the  huot/s  should  be  removed,  thefollowiiifr  directions  for 
tailinfr  into  Forlland  Harbor  irilj  be  found  tisfful. 

When  you  come  from  tlf  south-westward,  and  intend  to  go  into  Portland,  give  Cape 
ElizabetFNl  berth  of  haifa  n.ile,  and  steer  N.  N.  K.  until  you  bring  Portland  lighthouse  to 
bear  N.  N.  W.  when  you  :nust  haul  up  N.  N.  W.  if  the  wind  will  permit;  but  if  yo'i 
are  in  a  large  «hip,  ai;d  the  wind  N.  W.  or  W.  i\.  \V.  your  salest  way  is  to  continue  your 
course  N.  N.  E  witich  will  carry  you  safe  into  Uussey's  tSoiind,  allowing  it  to  be  tide  of 
flood,  as  Portland-^iiound  is  narrow,  but  bold  between  the  li;;hthouse  and  Bang's  Island, 
tbe  latter  of  which  is  on  your  starboanl  hand.  If  you  should  tmii  into  Portland  in  the 
night,  in  standing  to  the  south- westward,  you  must  go  about  as  soon  as  the  light  bears 
N.  K.  W.  and  in  standing  to  the  eastward,  you  nmst  go  about  as  soon  as  the  light  bears 
W.  N.  W.  for  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  that  bears  .S.  by  K.  from  Portland  liiihtliniisc, 
and  also  a  low  island,  called  Kam  Islan  1,  cast  northerly,  one  mile  distant  from  the  li^ht- 
boutie:  but  if  you  have  a  leading  wind  you  may  go  in  without  fear,  ke«pin<;  about  middle 
of  the  channel  way,  and  when  abreast  of  the  light,  steer  alxi-.u  N.  by  \V.  tor  House  Island, 
which  you  leave  on  your  starboanl  hand  ;  when  you  pass  House  Island,  bring  it  to  bear 
S.  E.  by  E.  and  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  or  W.  N.  W.  with  the  fide  of  Hood.  In  steering  the 
above  course,  you  Ijjill  see  a  round  bushy  tree  to  the  north  of  the  town,  and  a  house  with 
a~edrooT^-aDd  one  i^imney  ;  bring  the  tree  to  the  west  of  the  house,  which  course  will 
cnrrn^  yott.,u|l'tlie  channel  way,  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water;  but  when  you  come  abreast  of 
' die ibrt ^!b^]&-tXands  on  a  hill,  haulaway  W.  S.W.  as  there  is  a  shoal  bank  on  your  star- 
bQarll  l^d  that  has  not  more  than  10  or  IJ  feet  on  it  at  high  water,  which  you  are  to 
>;^void.  Mejlfe  you  will  be  careful  of  two  ledges  of  roi  ks.  one  tailed  Spring  Point  ledge, 
two  ilpiijM  N.  by.W.  i  W.  from  the  lighthouse,  and  the  other  three  miles,  bearing  N.  by 
■'  W.  ^Wii  called  Stanford's  ledge,  which  has  a  buoy  on  it,  and  stretches  off  from  your  lar- 
lioamhatid  near  half  a  mile  in  length.  They  lie  to  the  S.  W.  of  House  Island,  and  are 
isll  bare  at  low  water.  If-^ou  are  obliged  to  turn  in  here,  they  are  much  in  the  way,  and 
when  you  are  standing  to  the  southward,  be  carel'ul  of  them.  The  marks  will  do  in  the 
dey-time,  but  are  of  no  service  in  the  night.  There  is  a  pilot  who  generally  attends  here. 
jV*!?  'JOhis  harbor  is  open  to  tlie  wind  at  N.  E.  and  E.  N.  E.  If  you  should  come  in  a  dark 
|iicht«  your  best  way  is  to  go  into  Hog  Island  Road,  which  may  be  done  by  steerins  as 
-  fi»li<l*8  J— when  you  pass  the  lighthouse,  steer  i\.  by  W.  until  you  pass  Bang's  Isl.'nd, 
Which  you  will  leave  on  your  starboard  hand;  in  steering  this  course,  you  will  make 
H^tus  Island,  which  you  will  leave  on  your  larboitrd  hand  ;  when  you  are  between  both 
of  thesfe  islands,  you  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  till  you  come  to  the  second  island  on  your  star- 
tKMl^d  band.  If  it  is  day-time,  you  will  see  a  larire  house  on  said  island,  and  may  anchor 
es-'sooii  a«  abreast  of  it,  in  iu  or  12  raihoms,  nuiddy  bottom.     [See  the  PLAN.] 

If  you  shoulcU"all  into  the  eastward  of  Portland,  and  make  Seguine  Light,  bring  it  to 
bear'E.  and  steer  W.  which  course  you  are  to  continue  till  you  make  Portland  Light  to 
bear  from  N.  W.  ti  W.  N.  W.  when  you  may  run  for  it  without  fear. 

You  rniiHt  have  some  regard  to  the  tide  of  Hood,  which  sets  very  strong  between  the 

islands  to  the  eastward  of  Portland.     [Seethe  PLAN.] 

.    -■     MASTEB.3  who  sail  from  Portland,  or  ports  adjacent,  are  informed,  that  from  the 

"^     Obskrvatorv  on  Fort  Hill,  by  means  of  the  telescope  placed  there,  vessels  approaching 

the  coast  may  be  discovered  at  l.'j  leagues  distance  ;   and  their  colors  or  private  signals 

can  be  distinguished  8  leagues,  if  the  weather  should  be  clear  and  the  colors  hoisted,  or 

suspended  in  such  a  manner  as  to  j)resent  them  fair  to  the  observatory.     Should  any 

need  assistance,  they  will  set  their  ensign  over  their  private  signals;  and  may  be  assured, 

if  they  can  be  discerned,  that  their  situation  will  be  made  known  to  their  owners.  , 

The  Observatory  bears  N.  N.  W.  |  W.  from  Portland  Lighthouse,  4  miles  distance; 

and  these,  in  ran^e,  are  ;•  good  mark  to  clear  Alden's  Rock  ;  which,  keeping  the  above 

in  range,  yoti  will  be  nearly  tiiree-quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of. 

The  Observatory  is  on  an  euiinence  111  feet  above  high  water  mark  ;  and  the  building 
32  feet  high,  painted  red,  and  t'le  telescope  placed  near  the  top. 

BOON  ISLAND. — This  i-land  is  very  low,  about  one-quarter  of  a  mile  in  length. 
A  Lighthouse  is  built  on  the  >vesf  part  of  the  island,  a  little  to  tlie  westward  o(  the  former 
light.  It  is  50  feet  above  the  surface,  shows  a  fixed  light,  elevated  about  7l>  feet  above 
the  level  of  tjie  sea,  is  a  fine  light,  %nd  may  be  seen  6  or  7  leagues  distant. 


ij^ 


f 


Tl 
betwi 
parts 
miles 
Dud 
one-l 


k\ 


BLINT  S  .4MEKI(AN  COAST  PILOT. 


155 


at  the  N.  E. 
<irge  vessels,  ' 
the  whitp  on 
'ater.     Alter 
,  which  will 

1,  in  coming 

directions  for 

tl,  KJve  Cape 
itjhtlioiise  to 
;  but  il  yo'j 
aniiniu'  your 
to  be  tide  of 
fine's  fsliind, 
rthuid  in  the 
e  light  Ijears 
?  light  bears 

liiihthoiise. 
Ml  llie  iigiit- 
bout  middle 
oiise  Islnnd, 
igit  to  i)CHr 
steeriiit;  the 
1  house  with 

course  will 
le  abreast  of 
n  your  star- 
1  you  are  to 
Point  ledge, 
'aririg  i\'.  by 
)inyour  lar- 
uid,  and  arc 
le  way,  and 
ill  do  in  the 
tteitds  liere. 
e  in  a  dark 
sfeerina;  as 
ig's  Isi.md, 

will  make 
tween  both 

your  star- 

av  anchor 

i 

bring  it  to 
d  Light  to 

Jtween  tlie 

from  the 
iproaching 
ite  signals 

oisted,  or 
iKuld  any 
0  assured, 

distance ; 
the  above 


building 


n  length, 
he  former 
"c'ct  above 


n 


! 


t 


/^ 


There  is  a  passage  between  the  ishnd  and  the  main,  lialf  a  mile  within  the  former, 
between  I  ami  ')  miles  wide,  in  from  Iv,'  to  -JO  fatlioms,  nearly  up  with  \'ork  Ledge,  some 
parts  of  which  are  above  water  at  low  tide,  and  bears  from  the  island  W.  by  S.  about  6 
miles  distant;  the  Nubble  N  5'^°  W.  U  miles;  Boon  Island  Ledge  K.  |  N.  3  miles; 
Duck  Island  S.  52°  W  IJ  miles  :  there  is  a  'odue  off  the  north  part  of  Boon  Island, 
one-fourth  ofa  mile  distant,  which  shows  at  low  water. 

The  fallowing  are  Uie  soundings  around  Boon  Island, 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  W.  \  S 1    mile  distant,  21  fathoms. 

do U  do.  '^5  ditto 

do 1^  do.  24  ditto 

\V.  IN a  do.  12  dnto            • 

\V.  i' N 2  do.  8  ditto 

W.  bv  N 2  do.  18.  dlttiv 

W.  by  N.  \  N.  i;  do.  ^«3  ditto 

S.  E.bv  S.". ...  I  do.  15  ditto 

S.K.l'L 1  do.  23  ditto 

S.  K.  bvE....2  do.  12  ditto      - 

E .  j  N . ! 4  do.  18  ditto  v 

[NoTK. — To  Capt.  'I'no.MAs  M.  .^  aw,  I'nited  States  Revenue  Cutter,  stationed  off 
Portsmouth,  (N.  11.)  we  are  indebted  tor  information  respecting  White  and  Boon  Iftlfind 
Lights,  and  confirmation  that  (inn  Boat  Shoal,  otf  Portsmouth  Harbor,  in  correctly  laid 
down  on  the  PLAN  here  pulilishcd.] 

From  Agamenticus  Hill,  Boon  Island  bears  S.  E.  distant  5  or  fi-leagues,  and  whea 
you  come  in  from  sea,  and  make  Agamenticus  Hill,  being  N.  W.  lB|f«."you  are  tbOQ  to 
the  westwird  of  Boon  Island  Lcdue.  but  when  said  hill  bears  N.  W.  by  VV.  y6tx  lire  tO 
the  eastward  of  it.  From  Boon  Island  to  Cape  Elizabeth  the  course  is  N:.  E,  distant 
about  40  miles. 

I  would  reconmiend  to  all  mariners,  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  not  to 'go  to  the 
northward  of  lat.  4.^-  N.  in  thick  wt-atlier,  unless  they  are  well  acqiiainteo,  and  jttdge 
themselves  to  be  to  the  westward  of  Boon  Island  Ledge,  as  this  has  proved  fatal  toffiany 
who  were  una((|uainted. 

We  have  been  informed  there  is  a  ledjie  of  rocks  due  north  from  Ficon  Island,  one 
mile  distant:  the  gentleman  who  gave  the  information,  since  deceased,  and  whose  vert- 
city  and  experience  could  be  relied  on,  said.  "  I  have  passed -(Ji^  place  several  times,  but 
never  disc(jvcred  the  ledge  till  tli<'  year  1783,  when,  being  bolffid  to  the  eastward,  the 
wind  took  me  from  the  westward,  but  the  vessel  liaving  no  morethan  steerage  way,  I  hove 
over  a  line  to  catch  tish,  and  I'ound  I  had  04  fatlioms  water,  sandy  bottom,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  I  liad  but  10  feet  of  water,  and  my  vessel  drawing  9  ;  all  that  saved  me  from 
striking  was,  that  the  water  being  entirely  smooth,  the  current  set  me  to  the  eastward, 
and  I  got  into  24  fathoms  within  the  length  of  the  vessel,  from  where  I  aouuded,  and  ha<l 
but  II)  feet." 

WHITE  HILLS.— These  Hills  lie  N.  W.  from  Portland  and  N.  N.  W.  from  Wpod 
Island  lighthouse.  You  may  seelliem  in  ilear  weather  when  no  otliQt  part  of  theland  is  in 
sight.  At  the  fust  sight  they  appear  like  a  cloud,  and  are  always  white^ccasioned,  it  Is 
said,  by  their  being  covered  with  while  moss.  They  have  been  seen  when  in  lat.  43"  10'. 
N.  23  miles  S.  iVrvi  the  lighthouse  on  Cape  Eli/,al)eth.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  above' 
latitude  is  -^0  fathoms,  muddy  botloiu.  When  you  steer  N.  AV  .  or  W.  N.  W.  from  this 
latitude  yon  will  niake  Agamenticus  lii!Is,  and  when  bearing  W.  by  N.  6  or  7  leagues,  ■ 
they  ai)pear  like  three  hills,  and  the  smallest  of  ihein  to  the  eastward.  At  the  same  time  ' 
you  will  make  Well's  Hills,  lieariiiL:  W.  N.  W.  and  when  yon  are  on  the  northern  part  nf 
.leli'crv's  Lediie,  in  45  fathoms  water,  vou  will  sec  the  hills  of  Agamenticus  bearing  W. 
by  N.'(u- W.  N.  W. 

Between  Jcflfiey's  and  the  Isles  of  Shoals  yon  will  have  70  and  75  fathoms  water,  mud- 
dy bottom,  and  a  strong  current  setting  to  th.e  S.  W.  Yon  may  see  the  Isles  of  Shoals 
.5  or  fi  leagues  when  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  tlietn,  but  will  first  see  the  lighthouse, 
which  is  on  White  Island,  and  the  meetin;:-lionse  on  Star  Island,  bearing  N.  E.  and  S. 
W.  from  each  other,  distant  seven-eiclilh>  of  a  mile. 

CAPE  PURPOISE  TO  'WOOD  ISLAND   LIGHT,  KENNEBUNK.— Wood 

*  Wood  Islnnd  Li^.'!)!  is  siiuntcd  near  the  entrunre  of  Saco  River,  on  the  east  side  of  the  island. 
The  lantern  is  eiovaied  4.'>  fict  above  the  level  of  the  s^ea,  and  contains  a  revolving  light,  w  Inch  may 
be  seen  7  or  8  leagues  dist.int.  When  you  first  make  it,  the  eclipse  will  be  total,  until  you  are 
within  6  or  7  miles  of  il,  when  the  light  will  not  wholly  disappear,  but  in  the  revolationu,  the  greot- 
eat  power  vf  hght  will  be  to  the  least  as  24  to  1. 


m 


156 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PiLOT. 


Island,  on  which  a  lighthouse  is  erected,  is  high  woody  land,  and  very  even,  and  lies  5f . 
E.  3  lenmu's  distant  tVoin  (Jape  Porpoise.  In  running  for  the  light,  bring  it  to  bear  N.  N< 
W.  or  N.  \V.  and  run  till  within  a  (table's  length  with  safety,  ^'oii  may  go  into  this  har- 
bor either  at  the  eastward  or  westward  of  the  island.  There  are  several  rocks  to  the 
Westward  of  the  island,  and  also  a  long  bar  which  lies  to  the  S.  W.  about  tliree-;|uarters 
of  a  mile  distant,  together  with  two  ledges,  one  of  which  bears  S.  K'.hy  S.  from  the  light, 
distant  half  a  mile,  having  10  feet  water  on  it  at  low  tide,  and  the  other  is  a  dangerous 
ledge  called  Danceberry,  bearing  S.  by  K.  from  the  light,  distant  about  tlMec-foiirihs  of 
a  mile,  and  breaks  at  all  times.  When  you  have  the  wind  to  the  southuani,  yon  may 
lay  your  course  in,  and  an("lu)r  near  .*>tagt!  Island,  on  which  is  a  IMonnmcnt :  this  is  called 
Winter  Harbor.  You  may  go  in  the  eastern  way,  and  have  room  to  turn  your  vessel, 
which  is  an  advantage  you  cannot  have  in  going  in  to  the  westward :  iiut  here  you  are 
tixposedto  thftiwind  at  N.  K.  and  K.  .\.  K.  but  if  your  cai)!es  and  anchors  are  not  good, 
you  m^y  ruit>HHO  the  I'ool,  and  lie  safe  from  all  winds. 

In  nulniiTg  In  the  eastern  passage,  you  open  a  small  channel  for  boats  only,  between 
Wood  und  Negfo  Islamls,  but  no  man  of  experience  would  mistake  it.  Negro  Island  is 
Rmall,  with  two  stores  on  it,  and  is  left  on  the  larboard  hand. 

Satio  litis  about  a  league  to  the  north-west,  but  is  a  barred  place,  and  h;'S  not  above  10 
leet  at  high  water,  which  mak(!s  it  not  fit  for  a  stranger  to  go  in  ;  there  is,  however,  con- 
siderable navigation  owned  liere,  and  the  inhabitants  ai'e  enter|)rising. 

The  n«xt  pwce  to  Wood  Island  is  Richmond's  Island,  which  lies  about  N.  E.  norther- 
ly 4l|ttKtie9.  This  place  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels,  such  as  coasters,  and  but  few  ves- 
aeaw^  in  here,  it  being  only  one  league  to  the  westward  of  Porthuul,  which  is  the  prin- 
cipai^rt  in  the  States 

In  ^ling  by  Richmond's  Island,  you  nuist  be  careful  of  a  sunken  ledge,  called  Watch 
LjBifgfl, Jthat  lies  off  about  S.  E.  near  half  a  mile  from  the  N.E.end  of  the  island;  it 
does  ttof  ahow  itself  except  the  wind  blows  fresh,  but  you  need  not  go  so  near  the  island, 
ttnle8A«J^pDr'h>'!r|e.a  scant  wind,  or  turning  to  windward. 

At  tiM  wlttlwBi  of  Kennebunk  Harbor  are  two  piers,  one  on  the  eastern  and  one  on  the 
Westeifl^^e  of  the  channel,  running  from  the  shore  about  II  op  4t)()  feet  towards  the  bar, 
extenid^g  a  little  beyond  low  water  mirk,  with  a  Hag  start'  and  beacon  on  the  top,  which 
ttiay  be  gtetA  about  one  mile  distant.  A  ledge  of  rocks  lies  off  the  harbor,  called  the 
Fishing  Rocks,  distant  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  head  of  the  piers,  between 
which  «8  the  anchoring  ground.  The  ledge  bears  due  south  IVoiti  the  head  of  the  |)iers, 
)bl4^  all  covered  at  high  water.  Vessels  approaching  the  harbor  should  keep  well  to 
^g^i  eastward  of  the  ledge;  though  there  is  a  tolerable  passage  to  the  westward,  but  it 
iiflght  not  to  be  attempted  by  a  large  vessel,  without  a  good  pilot. 

Depth  of  water  on  Kennebunk  Bar,  at  low  water,  from  "2  to  3  feet;  rise  and  fall  of 
common  tides  from  8«to  9  feet,  increasing  sometimes  to  10  and  12  on  full  and  change. 
Time  of  high  water,  full  and  change,  llh.  I5m. 

CAPE  NEDDOCK  TO  CAPE  PORPOI8E.—rour  course  from  Cape  NeddocU  to 
Cape  Porpoise  is  N.  E.  distant  4.|  leagues.  Cape  Porpoise  is  a  i)ad  harbor,  and  not  to  be 
Mtinipted,  unless  you  are  well  acquainted  or  in  distress.  In  going  in  you  must  leave  two 
smsUMslands  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  three  on  your  Ltnrboanl.  It  may  be  kimwii  by 
ti^el^tghland  of  Kennebunk.  which  lies  to  the  N.  W.  of  it.  When  the  harbor  bears  N. 
^'.  you  must  haul  in,  but  be  careful  of  the  point  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  not  go  too 
ttear  it,  as  it  is  very  rocky.  As  soon  as  you  are  in  the  harbor,  and  clear  of  the  point  of 
rocks  on  your  starboard  hand,  your  course  must  bi;  N.  W.  about  two  cable's  lengths,  when 
you  must  come  to,  and  moor  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  or  run  direct  for  the  wharf.  A  vessel  that 
flraws  10  feet  will  he  aground  at  low  water.     'J'he  harbor  is  so  narrow  that  a  vessel  cannot 

11  round  ;  is  within  100  yards  of  the  sea,  and  secure  from  all  winds,  whether  you  have 

chors  or  not. 

CAPE  PORPOI.SE  HARBOR.— The  lighthouse  stands  on  the  south-west  part 
(t)f  Goat  Island,  and  contains  a  fixed  light  elevated  thirty-three  feet  above  tlie  level 
of  the  sea.  The  following  are  the  directions  for  the  harbor: — If  you  are  to  the  east- 
ward, and  make  Wood  Island  Light,  and  bound  to  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor,  bring  Wood 
Island  Light  to  bear  N.  E.  by  N.  and  run  S.  W.  until  you  bring  Cape  Porjxiise  Light 
to  bear  N.  by  W. ;  then  steer  direct  for  the  light  until  you  shut  Wood  Island  in  by 
the  eastern  head  of  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor  :  then  you  are  abreast  of  a  briMkinu  ledge 
called  the  Old  Prince,  which  l)ears  from  Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse  S.  E.  by  S.  half 
a  mile  distant ;  then  steer  N.  N.  W.  until  Cape  Porpoise  Light  bears  E.  N.  E. ; 
you  ai'e  then  uj)  with  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  Then,  if  low  water,  keep  midway 
between  the  two  points  ;  but  if  high  water,  keep  the  larboard  shore  best  aboard.  When 
up  with  the  points,  steer  N.  W.  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  anchor  in  three  fathoms  water, 
at  low  water.  By  following  these  directions  you  will  find  from  .3  to  6  fathoms  water. 
to  coming  from  6ea,  and  making  Cape  Porpoise,  and  intending  to  go  into  the  harbor, 


'■".  and  lips  .V, 
iiio  litTir  N.N, 
.'<)  iiitdtlii.shar- 
■'I  locks  (o  the 

tiiit'»'-<niartcrs 
'Voiii  the  litrlit, 

•■'<  a  (l.'un.'cron.s 

llCC-follldis  „|- 

'•lis  is  ciillfd 
II  Vfiur  vossel, 
iK'i-f  von  iire 
yn;  Hot  good, 

only,  hpfwfcn 
e«io  Island  is 

iiof  ;d)()ve  Jo 
lovvi'vcr,  ((in- 

•  K.  nortlipr- 
linf  few  vrs- 
h  is  the  prin- 

:d|pd  Watch 
K'  island;  it 
'■  the  island, 

one  on  the 
lids  the.  I)ar, 

top,  which 
r.  calird  the 
crs,  IjctHcp,, 


olth 


fliers, 


vcc|)  upII  to 
^vnnl,  but  it 

and  fall  of 
iiid  change. 

^^eddock  to 
id  not  to  he 
"  leave  two 
'  known  hy 
ir  bears  N. 
'lot  (TO  too 
le  point  of 
iths,  when 
vess(<|  that 
"*el  cannot 
}ou  have 

west  part 

the  h-vci 

the  casf- 

iii,'  Wootl 

ise  Lifrht 

Hid  in  by 
ntr  lediie 
y  S.  hidf 
•  N.  E.: 

niidway 

Wlien 

IS  uater, 

IS  water. 

harbor. 


■I  ) 


i 


« 


V.  .  ///'•  *  '  .nt 


"f" 


/,  Ul^'  ■•    •  •■»     r- — V'  .  "^.^t — 'J 


///,»♦  />•■■     /;»    yg 

'•"•in, /I    ii.,i/i    />.••      «  . 
/..■i.v.,/ 


»i.  v'v    '1^,     ^1"^^',  111 


r /■'/..././. 


/t"  ••• 


l,;l.'  S.n!.  I- 


^^:'u 


ff'    I  II i  .;      ■  ■••I 


'.^'•■>l  Sin;i  i-s 


<>  »N 


n 


ti 


■'  i  I'.Tiil  lliull  S'.».;il 


'/ 


/;//•  /■:'  /.•'■//■  //■•'/,- 


'  •  ■.  i.W  rt;„nj'j-::.l:i4'A%  ;"'• 


-:;^;^- 


rjM 


/.  -  / 


"■  ■^**"<(J'y  -■.;  tmr"*  <y*»**"  <>«■  — Hjiyv- 


•■.■«--!:rrT.-rj:l»#^^-:- 


I 


J' 


r 


,l"l...t.,. 


i; 


\ 

g 

f 

1 

1 

,:„ 

1 

1  C'E       ' 

i 

\\ 


l.ir  !■:     /.V  //■  //'/; 


III  II     IIIMB|||>|*«M1II». 


—r^jB 


//■■.■/.;  .!.////■  li^ 


umiiwiumi     mtH  .  ''!■>' 


■■  .M    Wl 


A 


\N 


! 


^m'^' 


,¥■' 


'I-^I^ 


■ '"■<         iiJ'iii.i«»'*'i''»»"'^WW|BPiWMiip| 


Mi 


1 

! 

'-  .  1 

1 
1 
'1 

! 

■ 

> 

i 

t 

! 

//' 

/illflotlil         1 

III 

i 

1 

i 

t 

■II-:  1 1 


'11,'/,-'     Or./.    \, ■•,■)■'/ A 


ULl'.N'f'rt  AMi:iMCA\  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


167 


hrinj;  the  liclit  to  hfnr  N.  by  \V.  nnd  follow  th«'  ahove  (lirrctioiiH.  Tliis  lisirlior  in  not 
HO  >iat'e  lor  \anf,u  \esKelM,  :ui(l  idunI  not  lit*  ulliinptfil  iinliss  with  ii  lair  Mind.  Wood  IhI- 
liiiid  \\e%  about  10  iiiileA  lo  llifN.  K.  of  Cape  I'orpoiMi-,  and  lia^  on  it  a  ri'|i<':itini:  lii;lil. 
Foll\  Uland  Itf.H  o|i|Misitc  llio  li::lilhonM',  ttnd  iDiins  tlit;  Mtsttrn  Nidi-  of  (ape  Porpoise 
IJarlior.  Tlie  S.  S.  K.  part  nl  l'"o||y  Island  rniiil  luars  troni  llip  li;;lil,  S.  \  \V.  distant 
altoiil  1|  nidt'.      'Die  slioal  rnii»  oil  nearly  tlirci-  (pii^rtiM's  ol  a  iiiilc. 

NoTK.— A  x|)ar  lino\.  (...inliti  rt'd,  cirvalcd  V  li'i't  abovf  tlii!  Mnrlacc  oltli*' water,  has 
hpiMi  moored  nea^'  the  Old  Printe.  in  f  rallioiiiH  water,  at  low  water,  and  hears  Irom  Cape 
I'orpoise  Liijlitliuuse,  S.  S.  K.  distant  about  live  eit;liili.s  ol'  a  iinle;  Old  Prince  bears' 
from  tlir-  buoy  N.  N.  K  distant  alioul  one  einlilli  nl  a  mile;  h'ojly  Island  I'oint,  west, 
di<itant  about  one  ipiarter  of  a  nide.  In  running  for  (  ape  I'orpoise  Harbor,  ybu  may 
Ro  on  either  sitic  ot' the  buoy,  by  keepinji  it  cUisc  on^joard,  and  after  passing  it  bring  it 
lo  bear  .*<.  K.  by  S.  and  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  for  tlie  enirunee  of  ilio  lianbor,  ua#fullow  the 
abu\e  dirt  etinns.  * 

KKNNKIUNK. — A  buoy  has  been  n»oored  near  the  Fishing  FockH,  at  the  mouth  of 
tliis  harbor.  'I'lie  ri>liiny  ivoekn  exiefid  K.  N.  K.  and  W.  S.  \V.  nearly  half  a  mile  diHtant. 
The  shoalesi  parl>i  ol  the  roekK  are  bare  at  'J  hours'  ebb,  and  may  be  seen  breakiogi  at  all 
times,  with  a  little  niolion  of  sen.  On  thw  shoal  iliere  is  a  spindle  erected,  with  b  amall 
cask  upon  its.  end  :  the  buoy  bears  from  tlie  spindle,  N,  K.  by  K.  .'.  Ii>.  distant  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  nuie:  Iromtlie  spindle  III  the  piers  at  the  entrance  of  ilie  harbor,  N.  K.  by  N*4N. 
distant  about  1  mile;  KlMiii:  Point,  H.  by  N.  distant  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  ;  Fox 
point,  N.  K.  distant  ;il)out  thnc  i|Marleis  of  a  mile;  IJootliliy  Poiut,  N.  by  W.  dUtant 
about  three  (juarters  of  a  mile;  lianlin^''^  Hock,  \V.  N.  W.  distant  about  thrM  «lghtlM 
of  a  mile.  This  is  a  barred  harbor,  and  .cannot  be  entered  except  at  higl»'-iratiMr<  If 
bound  to  Kennebunk,  you  must  leave  the  s|iindle  md  buoy  on  Fishing  HocJw!;4^the 
hirboard  hand,  about  a  ( able's  length  distant,  ami  Flying  Point  and  Fux  Po'P^ir'thS 
starboard  hand,  and  after  passing  them  steer  north,  or  N.  by  W,.a  quarter  of  IT'ipBWt  and 
anchor  in  from  .i  to  4  fatho<i)s  water,  sticky  bottom,  where  you  may  he  safe,  wljpjjflb^  wind 
from  .N.  K.,  N.  or  N.  W.  Flyina  Point  ;ind  Fox  Point  are  bold,  and  you  may  Mar  them 
to  within  an  eighth  of  a  mile.  The  abovcmentioned  buoy  is  a  spar,  paintea  Itt^elevated 
10  feet  :ibove  the  surface  of  tht^  water,  and  is  nuiorcd  in  4  fathoms  at  low  WIMIk  |Cp|B9» 
bunk  i.s  not  frequented  us  a  harbor,  but  vessels  may,  in  stress  of  weatbw^'^Hk;'|^dJie. 
safe,  with  the  winds  ;ibovemenlioned.  '  ^^HK' |ii 

PoKTS.MoCTIi  liAKl'.OU.— If  you  fall  into  the  eastward,  make Ca^iFpe^^Qk, 
and  are  bound  to  Portsmouth,  when  within  half  a  mile  of  8i»:-]  Cape,  your  coili:i^;^^4lt«S.. 
W.  4  le  i:,Mie<.  which  conrsi-  you  will  contiiuie  till  you  bring  "Portsmouth  L)glbi^itQiM|iS|». 
bear  .\.  by  \V.  and  the  lights  on  f  Whale's  IJack  to  bear  N.  N.  E.  when  yoil  tna^HtD^ 
within  one  quarter  o(  a  mile  of  the  former,  then  steer  N.  bv  E.  or.N.  l4.  E.  (teavitfg 
\Vhale's  Hack  LiL'ht  on  the  starboard  hand,)  having  four  fatDoms  water,  until  you  are 
abreast  of  Porfmouth  l/iylit,  when  you  must  steer  N.  \V.  vtbiil  it  beara  8.  S.  E.  and. 
am  iior  ill 'I  laihoins.  {rood  b  iitom. 

If  ctiminu  lr(uu  the  eastward  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals  in  the  night,  bring  Portsmouth, 
Light  to  bear. \.  \V.  by  W.  ,  W.  which  i:onrse  will  carry  vou  clear  of  Durk  Island,  con- 
tinue thiscoupic  until  White  Island  Light  bears  S.  S.  W.  then  haul  up  W.  by  N.  and 
co^irinue  that  course  until  the  li;;hi  bears  N.  by  W.  when  you  may  run  for  it  with  safety. 


'^'4 
■•^i 


•  Portsmouth  Litrbihouse  is  at  the  nuMitlmf  tlip  hnthnron  the  west  side.  The  height  of  the  rock, 
on  which  it  stands,  i.s  live  frei,  mid  ilu  lu  iirlit  of  the  iifrlithoiise,  to  the  middle  of  the  lantern,  is  85 
feel,  niakinu  an  elevation  ot  90  feet  iiliove  ihe  level  of  the  cea.     It  shows  a  fi.xed  light. 

Grx  Boat  i**'*!.. — Fmir  miles  from  rnrisinouih  Litrhtliiiu.se,  bearing  S  4°  W.  lies  Gun  Boot 
ShonI,  havinc  not  less  than  3^  tnthoiiis  on  ii,  nnd  that  only  on  its  shonlest  pa.-t,  which  is  small*:  It 
runs  K.  X.  H-  and  W.  ."s.  W.  aboiii  two  enhies'  lencfdis,  uiul  licars  from  Whole's  Back  Light  S.  by 
\V.  i  W.     Fiwin  Odiome's  Point  S.  4  E. 

t  Whale's  Bai-k  Lithiliouse  is  siiiiiiicd  on  ili(>  cast  side  of  I'ortsmouth  Harbor.  Its  height  is  68 
feci  from  low  wa:er  mark.  The  base,  iiicliiiliMt'  the  Icilire  on  which  the  lighthouse  stands,  is  24  jf 
feel,  from  thence  to  the  middle  of  the  ujiiier  iiiiilern  is  4.'}J  fret,  which  allowing  llie  rise  of  the  tide 
10  feet,  makes  the  hei^jht  of  the  liuhl  .V*  lee  I  aliove  the  levil  ol'  ilie  sea.  It  has  two  fixed  lights,  one 
ten  teci  below  the  other.  The  upper  iifei  r  has  10  |inteiii  lamps  and  reflectors,  and  the  lower  one  five 
[latent  lamps  and  reflectors.     The  extreme  height  of  the  upper  li^lil  is  ,58  feet. 

The  followine  are  the  bearings  and  distances  of  places  from  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse. 

Western  Sister K 2  miles  distant. 

Eastern  part  of  Duck  Island S.  44  K 7  do. 

'  Boon  Island  Light N.78E 14         do. 

Odiorne's  Point S.  40  W....   IJ         do. 

Kiu'g  Rock  Buoy S.23E I       do. 


158 


B  1,1  NT  H  AMi:iU('AN  COAST  PILOT. 


El 


K  . 


Yoli  mny  i.lso,  if  rtiniinsi  iVnm  sp;i.  and  iiiakf  the  I<.|o-  of  Shoals,  and  an*  fo  tliP  r,isf« 
waril  iif  ilu'iii.  mil  for  tlniu  till  williin  cine  mile  <>(  i(it«  t-iHtern  \»U',  llirii  .sici'i  W.  \.  W. 
until  Porlsmoiiiii  Lij^hi  licart  N.  Iiy  W.  llien  lullow  yojr  liin-ctions  as  alfovp,  passinjj 
Whale's  MacU  l.n^hl  on  the  siarJMianl  liiliid. 

n«'alini;  iiil<i  I'orNiiionili  Hailior,  it  is  nut  prudent  to  Hnnd  to  the  enNlward  farther  than 
to  hriny  tiie  li>;ht  to  hear  N.  N.  W.  or  to  the  westward  farther  than  to  brini:  it  to  bear  N. 
by  W. 

If  you  come  to  the  westward  of  the  Isles  of  .'"JlioaN,  pvp  Wliite  Island  M^iit  a  berth 
of  one  milt!  and  a  half,  briiii;  it  to  hear  east,  and  then  run  N.hy  W'.for  Portsmouth  Lii;ht, 
'  9  miles  distant. 

Oil  the  east  side  of  the  entranc*-  of  tlie  harbor,  lies  Kin's  Koek,  on  uhieh  is  a  White 
Buoy,  and  S.  by  W.  one  ipiarter  of  a  mile  Ironi  the  lii/liihoiise  lies  .*<iillniairs  Hoek, 
over  which  is  a  HIack  Hiioy  ;  both  roi  ks  are  under  water  tiive  the  buoys  a  f,'ood  berth, 
aniii  there  in  no  danger. 

The  following  are  the  bearings  and  distances  of  plaeesto  be  ob8er\'^d  and  avoideo  ^ 
provchuiK  the  harbor,  vi/. 

Kitt'8  Rock  Buoy  bears  S.-J?""  K. 'J  miles  distant.  ^    ,,         „     ,  .i   t  •   i  .i 

Odiorne's  Point,  S.  r  W.  ■>  niil-s  distant.  ^   '*  ■•"•"  ?"'•"'""""»'  T.iKhthouw. 

When  yoti  come  from  the  S.  W.  and  makeC^ipe  Ann,  and  to  the  eastward  of  the  Dry 

Salvages,  bring  them  to  bear.S.  by  K.  and  si"i'r   N.  by   W.  or  N.  .',  W.     In  steering  this 

course  you  will  make  the  l.sles  of  ."^lio  ils.  froni  wliicii  yon  may  take  a  new  depart nie,  by 

,  bringing  the  lighthouse  to  bear  east,  distant  T,  mile,  and  run  N.  by  W.  fur  Portsmouth 

Light. 

If  jrou  ore  bound  to  the  eastward  iVom  Porismouth  Harbor,  you  steer  S.  by  K.  one 
league  from  the  liahthouse,  thenstier  N.  N.  K.  for  Old  Vork  orCape  Neddock,  whieli 
U  4  leagues  from  Portsmouth,  but  if  the  wind  should  come  from  the  northward,  yoti 
must  be  careful  of  Y.)rkjliedc;e,  whieh  bears  from  .'<wett'$  Point  S.  K.  distant  J  lea;j;iies. 
There  isaffnokeu  ledge  that  lies  S.  W.  one  mile  from  York  ledi^e  ;  it  is  never  bare,  but 
always  breaks  at  low  water,  and  is  called  the  Triangle.  Some  part  of  Vork  Lediie  is 
bare  syktlf  tide,  and  the  N.  K.  breaker  and  Boon  Island  Li<;ht  bear  K.  bv  N.  and  \V.  by 

V*/'^^^  IJaaHa^HB^HOALS.— -By  tne  benevolence  of  the  Massachusetts  Missifuiaiy  So- 

[>8criptiona  of  several  i^entlemen  in  Newbnryport  and  the  neighboring 

inuse  has  been  erecteil  on  !^lar  Island  (mie  of  the  aliove  islands.) 

IS  the  description  and  relative  situation   nf  the  islands;  *\\'hite  Island 

&#,esterniuost  island)  is  a  rocky  island,  three  (pmrters  of  a  mile  in  leonth.  from 

'  .W.  and  about  one  mile  and  three  (iiiarters  distant  from  the  meeting-house. 

is  a  reef  thatr^xtends  about  one  third  of  a  mile  from   the  N.  W.  end,  which,  in 

liassing,  you  must  give  ^^^$4  berth      The  .S.  E.  end  bears  from  the  nieetiug-house  S. 

W.  I  S.  the  N.  W.  end  f;  W.  by  \V.  ^  W. 

In  running  iu  for  thi«  liglU  there  is  nothing  in  the  way  when  coming  from  the  south- 
iWard  or  eastward,  except  Cedar   Island  Ledge,    Anderson's  Koek  and  White  Island 
Ledge. 

When  ruunin^  in  for  Portsmouth  Light.  s;ive  White  Island  Light  a  berth  of  one  mile, 
and  steer  N.  by  W.  and  in  so  doing  you  will  leave  Whale's  Back  Light  on  your  star- 
.^povtd  hand. 

The  following  bearings  from  ]Vliite  hlmid  Lighthouse^  are  the  mean  of  a  number  of 

experiments  by  compass. 

Portsmouth  light-house  bears  N.  N.  W.  distant  nine  miles.  Square  Rock  lies  direct- 
ly m  the  rnnge,  distant  from  White  Island  (ive-eighths  of  a  mile.  Boon  Island  light, 
N.  E.  by  N,  distant  14  miles.  Cape  Ann  lights,  S.  }  W.  distant  21  miles.  Rye  me^t- 
ing-house,  N.  W.  by  W.  A  W.  distant  9  miles.  Star  Island  meeting-house,  N.  E.  dis- 
tant seven-eighths  of  a  mile.  North-west  point  of  Hog  Island,  N.  by  E.  y'  E.  Cedar  Is- 
''  land  Ledge  E.  by  N.  'r  N.  distant  I ';  mile.     Anderson's  Ledge,  S.  fc.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant 


1^  mile 


le.     White  Island  Ledge,  W.  .S.  W.  distant  one  third  of  a  mile. 


•  White  Island  Lighthouse  is  Iniilt  oti  the  westerninost  iplimd  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals.  The  heifrht 
"of  the  rock  on  which  the  ligliiliinisc  Is  built,  i?  43  feet,  and  the  height  of  the  lighthouse  to  the  middle 
of  the  lantern  is  44  feet,  nmkinc  the  whole  height  of  the  light  87  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
This  light  is  lighted  with  1.')  patent  lamps  and  reflectors,  on  a  revolving  triangle,  the  whole  revolii. 
tion  is  in  3  mitiules  and  15  sccoiuls,  showi.ig  in  this  space  of  time  «  briurlit  red,  and  a  bright  and 
dim  natural  colored  lif.'ltt.  There  appears  to  be  a  total  eclipse  of  about  15  seconds  between  each 
light  at  the  distance  of  9  miles,  but  within  3  or  4  miles  it  is  visible  at  all  times.  The  light  can  be 
seen  at  the  distance  of  7  leagues. 


— — r 


to  the  rnnt' 
vv.  \.  \V. 

»vp,  pitssiiig 

liiillipr  th:iri 
t  tt>  bciir  ,\. 

<:\H  a  l)«'iili 
Lllltll  liiulit, 

is  a  Wliite 
laii's  Hoi-k, 
[,'oo(l  berth, 

jvoideo  ,.-- 

IllllOUAf. 

of  tlip  Dry 
feririi;  this 
>ariiirc,  liy 
urtHiiiouth 

l)y  K.  one 
i<k,  wliicli 
ward,  you 
V.'  l<'ai;uP3. 
r  l)ar«',  but 
Ijt'flm'  is 
md  \V.  by 

unary  So- 
iciiboring 
lis.) 

it*'  Island 
,'ili.  (V(ini 
i^-liousp. 
wliici),  iti 
house  S. 

le  south- 
te   Island 

)ne  mile, 
»ur  star- 


mber  of 


s  direct- 
id  lis^ht, 
'e  uie  !t- 

E.  dis- 
edar  Is- 

distant 


ic  height 
•'  middle 
the  aea. 
!  re  vol  11. 
ffht  and 
en  each 
. can  be 


) 


"-J,. 


!« 


•« 


<c 


/  N 


^'^ 


"^, 


#. 


^> 


^% 


%, 


o^.  \^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


m 


{./ 


y.. 


% 


1.0 


I.I 


£  us    112.0 


IL25  ill  1.4 


1.8 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sdences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4303 


,\ 


iV 


^9> 


.V 


rv« 


^ 


<b 


// 


C/a 


(/.. 


^ 


\\ 


6^ 


s^^ 

^"^ 


■vt 


^r-r^ 


"^-,. 


i 


H- 

V 


}■ 


K 


U9 


^ 


§• 


m 


V. 


> 


Vi 


i 


e-. 


J   ♦••l«4'.* 


r 


l-^ 


Iff 


.-►      ^f 


1 


-T*» 


11 

ff. 

■  ' 

ii 

I-  ^ 

1^ 

L 

I'^BBBISilW'*'**^ 


:l 


.  '■'■ 


.,..^'  -•;" 


ir 


.  tf-'-^* 


H  1 


/ 


*.        '^   V-.. 


,'l'         /■ 


,--« 


J^s 


l^ 


^^:T 


,,,..,'..■11  I'x     _ 


^'i^tfWi'WiP...^ 


{4.\      1 


BLUNT  S  AMi:UICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


159 


Londoner's  (or  Lounginfj)  Island  lios  about  1  \  mile  to  the  northward  of  White  Ishnd, 
is  about  five  eighths  of"  a  ni'le  in  ieimth,  fVoni  8.  to  N.  and  is  high  at  each  end  :  in  high 
tides  the  middle  is  sometimes  covered  ;  a  number  of  rocks  lie  dose  about  the  island,  in  al- 
most every  direction,  some  of  which  are  always  bare.  'I'lie  south  end  bears  W.  from  the 
meeting  house ;  the  north  en<l  W.  N.  W.  }-  W .  al)out  half  a  mile  distant.  About  halfway 
between  this  island  and  Star  Island,  lies  a  rock  which  is  bare  at  low  water;  it  bears  from 
the  nieetinc-house  N.  W.  by  \V.  .',  \V.  one  third  of  a  mile  distant. 

Star  Island  (on  which  the  meeting-house  stands)  is  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile  in 
length  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  and  about  half  a  mile  in  breadth  ;  it  is  covered  with  buildings 
on  the  north  side.  The  meeting-house  stands  on  an  eminence  a  little  to  the  northward  of 
the  middle  of  the  island  ;  is  I'J  feet  high  from  the  foundation  to  the  roof;  to  the  top  of  the 
steeple  is  30  feet  more  ;  the  whole  height  from  the  surface  of  the  water  is  about  66  feet ; 
it  is  painted  white,  and  the  steeple  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  building;  it  standi  front- 
ing the  west,  and  may  be  seen  at  a  distance  of  eight  or  nine  leagues,  in  almost  any  direc- 
tion at  sea;  it  bears  irom  Thatcher's  Island  lights  ((.'ape  Ann)  N.  1  E.  6.^  leagues  dis- 
tant;  from  Pigeon  Hill  N.  by  E.  6'  leagues  distant;  from  Newburyport  lighthouses  N. 
E.  ^  E.  6  leagues  distant;  from  Portsmouth  lighthouse  S.  S.  E.  j  E.  3}  leagues  dis- 
tant;  from  the  western  Agamenticus  mountain^.  ],  E.;  from  the  eastern  do.  S.  \  E.; 
from  J?oon  Island  lighthouse  S.  W.  ^  S.  41  leagues  distant;  from  Boon  Island  Ledge 
(which  lies  one  league  E.  from  Boon  Island)  S.  W.  by.  W.  4','  leagues  distapt.  Off  the 
south  end  of  this  island,  about  three  quarters  of  a  iriile  from  shore,  lies  Andeiiion's  Rock, 
which  is  bare  at  half  tide  ;  in  passing  give  it  a  good  berth ;  it  lies  from  ^e  meeting- 
house S.  S.  E.  :*  '^i-- 

Cedar  Island  is  small,  and  about  one-third  of  a  mile  in  length  from  east  to  1<r0|t,  tittt- 
ated  between  Star  and  Smutty-nose  Islands.  The  east  end  of  Ceclar  Islamd^l^l^s  ([roin 
the  meeting-house  E.  \  N.  and  the  west  end  E.  N.  E.  \  E.  three-eighths  of  a  |Kfl^«lp^Guit. 
A  rock  lies  off  the  S.  E.  end  of  this  island,  half  a  mile  distant,  bare  at,h(LVfnde,|i|iii«g 
f'-om  the  meeting-house  E.  by  S.  ^/ 

Between  Cedar  and  Smutty-nose  Islands,  the  Government  a  few  yesm  i^ihce  erectiOd  a 
sea  Willi,  to  aflbrd  a  shelter  to  vessels  from  easterly  gales,  and  to  make  tbe  roadsteati  off 
the  Northerly  side  of  Star  Island  more  secure ;  the  violence  of  the  sea  in  a  short  time 
greatly  injured  the  wall,  so  that  the  object  of  its  erection  has  been  but^^artially  efl^^i^d. 

Smutty-nose  Island  is  about  one  mile  in  length  from  E.  to  Wcand'about  half  a  tbile 
in  breadth;  at  the  west  end  is  a  harbor,  called  Haley's  Cove,  where  15  or  20  small  ir«k- 
sels  may  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  There  are  several  buildings  near  this  harbor.  Thei^  is 
a  fin"?  channel  between  this  island  and  Hog  Island,  which  has  water  sufficient  for  any  v^- 
sel,  keeping  near  the  middle  of  the  passage.  The  west  end  of  Smutty-nose  Island  bieara 
from  the  meeting-house  N.  by  E.  {  E.  and  the  east  end  E.  N.  E.  about  five-eVghths  of 
a  mile  distant. 

Hog  Island  is  a  high  island,  lying  to  the  northward  of  Smutty-nose  Island;  is  about 
one  mile  in  length  from  E.  to  W.  and  five  eighths  of  a  mile  from  N.  to  S.  The  west 
end  lies  from  the  meeting-house  N.  by  W.  \  XV.;  east  end  of  do.  N.  N.  E.  seven  eighths  of 
a  mile  distant. 

Duck  Island  (the  northernmost  island)  is  a  long,  low,  rocky  island,  some  parts  of  it  are 
covered  at  high  water,  with  rocks  projecting  in  every  direction,  especially  at  the  N.  W. 
end,  where  a  ledge  runs  off  half  a  mile.  It  is  the  most  dangerous  of  any  of  the  Isles  of 
Shoals,  and  ought  carefully  to  be  avoided;  it  is  about  seven-eighths  of  a  mile  in  length 
from  N.  W.  to  S.  E.  The  east  end  bears  from  the  meeting-house  N.  N.  E.  ^  E.  The 
west   end  N.  by  W.  ^  \V.  about  3!  miles  distant.  [Q;;;^  See  the  Plate,] 

NEWBURYPORT,  IPSWICH  BAY,  &c.— When  you  come  rdund  Cape  Ann, 
and  are  two  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  dry  Salvage  Rock,  bring  said  rock  to  bear  S. 
E.  and  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  3i  leagues,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  up  with 
Newburyport  Bar.  In  running  for  the  bar  from  the  eastward,  strangers  should  not  ap- 
proach too  near  Hampton  Harbor,  as  off  the  mouth  of  it  lie  several  sunken  rocks.  Hamp- 
ton Harbor  lies  about  five  miles  north  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Salisbury  Point, 
between  which  and  Hampton  Harbor,  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  the  lights  on  *Plumb  Island,  3 


*  Plumb  Island,  so  called,  is  situated  between  the  mouth  of  Merrimack  River  on  the  north,  and 
Ipswich  Bay  on  the  south,  and  is  separated  from  tiie  main  land  by  a  narrow  sound.  Its  length  is 
about  8i  miles,  and  its  width  from  the  sea  to  the  main,  not  more  than  500  paces.  On  the  north 
end  of  the  island  are  two  lighthouses,  containing  fixed  lights,  which  are  coristandy  lighted  at  night, 
and  so  constructed  as  to  be  easily  moved,  a  cii  cumstance  requisite  fron)  the  frequent  shifting  of  the 
bar  at  the  mouth  of  Newburyport  Harbor.  This  bar  is  probably  formed  by  the  current  of  the  river 
in  its  progress  out,  meetingf  the  drift  of  the  sea  and  opposing  winds,  and  by  that  means  forming  a 
bank  of  loose  sand,  which  the  strength  of  the  tide  is  insufficient  to  force  out.  It  extends  across 
from  Plumb  Island,  about  a  mile  uclow  the  lights,  to  Salisbury  Beach.    The  chaimel  over  it  is  ex- 


ih 


160 


BUI.\T  S  AMKUICAN  COAST  ril.OT. 


J'-V 


miles  distant,  lips  nnother  liiinKcrous  rocli,  having  only  3',  feet  water  on  it.  If  you  go  no 
farther  to  tin;  westward  thaii  lor  tlie  ii;j;IUs  on  I'liiiiil)  Island,  to  bear  S.  VV.  there  i:,  tut 
daiigiir  iViini  cither  ol  the  aLovennntioued  rocks,  Imt  tiiat  course  to  tiio  bar  would  run 
you  on  the  north  breakers  ;  tln'relori;  you  must  briui;  tiie  lights  to  bear  W.  by  ftj.  and 
anchor  in  11  or  IJ  tathoins  water,  If  tlie  tide  wdl  not  peniiit  your  coming  in.  No  vessel, 
ineomiiii;  ni,  oui;iu  to  ^o  nearer  the  soutii  breaker  than  7  raliiiiins  water,  nor  nearer  the 
north  breaker,  in  coming  I'roin  the  eastward,  tlian  '>  laihoiiis.  Tiiere  are  several  pilots 
belongin<r  to  this  harboi,  who  wdl,  if  |)ossil)U-,  be  uut.sule  the  bar,  to  take  command  of 
any  vessel  wanting  their  assistam^e.  Jf  they  cannot,  you  must  keep  the  lights  in  range, 
and  run  for  them  till  witiiin  a  cable's  lengtii  of  the  eastern  light,  when  you  must  haul  to 
the  westward,  and  anchor  between  tiie  two  lights  in  4  fatiionis  water.  A  vessel  that 
draws  10  feet  w,\tvr  may  come  in  at  two  thirds  dood.  Tiiey  should  always  keep  to  tHe 
windward  of  the  bar,  unless  the  wind  should  be  lau'.  If  the  sea  is  so  great  as  to  prevent 
the  pilot's  getting  over,  a  signal  will  be  made  by  him,  when  you  must  run  direct  for  his 
boat,  lieeping  the  lights  in  range,  which  will  carry  you  safe  over.  If  your  cai)les  and 
anchon  are  not  good,  you  may  bring  the  western  lighthouse  to  bear  .S.  K.  by  S.  and 
run  N.  W.  by  N.  tor  Salisbury  Point  ;*  but  as  soon  as  you  make  said  point,  you  must 
haul  up  N.  W.  which  course  will  carry  you  clear  of  fiiadger's  Kocks,  lilack  Kocks, 

treme.y  nattow,  and  terminated  .m  each  sid"  by  very  (liuiireri)us  slioals  ;  tii'it  on  the  north,  called 
the  North  Rttakcr,  nnf*  t'lat  on  the  south,  the  Suiith  Breaker.  Tiic  li^'Hihoiiscs  are  always  so 
situated  as  H^  brought  in  a  rnnite  by  the  ninrinev  coming  over  the  bur ;  and  ns  by  the  violence  of 
winds  or -^IJ*^  the  bar  shifts,  tlie  lighthouses  are  shitted  to  coritorni  tu  it.  by  keeping  the  lights  In 
one,  vessililniay,  by  day  or  night,  come  in  wiili  safety,  and  find  good  anchorage  in  4  or  5  fathoms 
wateTi  atsMMlt  or  between  the  two  lights. 

TiihtptMtk  the  island  bounding  on  the  sea,  and  extending  above  half  its  width,  consists  entirely 
of  yellovf  wnd,  p«rfectly  smooth  on  the  beach,  but  farther  from  the  sea,  driven  by  the  wind  into  hil, 
looks,  or'b^aps,  of  fantastic  forma,  and  preserved  intliat  sl^ape  by  the  successive  gruwth  of  grass 
and  sbru^  On  the  back,  part  of  the  islrnd,  where  it  is  washed  by  the  sound,  is  an  extent  of  salt 
matsh,  bounding  its  whole  length.  The  products  of  Plumb  Island  are  scar'.ely  worthy  of  remark  ; 
beach  grass  is  the  principal,  and  is  used  only  for  niaiiufucturiiig  brooms.  A  s|jec.js  of  pluiab,  from 
which  the  island  derives  its  name,  grows  here  in  tolerable  abundance.  It  is  produced  on  low 
running  shnibs,  on  the  summit  and  sides  of  the  sand  hillocks  ;  it  is  pleasant  to  the  taste,  and  gene. 
rally  in  its  season  an  article  for  the  market.  Fhere  is  likewise  the  beach  pea,  of  which  little  or  no 
use  has  ever  been  made ;  and  indeed  it  is  not  found  in  sutHcient  plenty  to  become  much  more  than 
an  article  of  curiosity.  At  the  southernmost  end  of  the  island  there  are  several  houses,  wi'h  fami- 
lies, and  a  considerable  spot  of  land,  in  good  cultivation.  To  the  northward  of  this,  there  if>  a  grove 
pfpinetreesofa  mile  and  a  half  in  extent. 

To  facilitate  the  means  of  conveying  immediate  assistance  to  those  unfortunate  mariners  who 
may  be  wrecked  on  this  island,  a  number  of  gentlemen  were  incorporated  for  tlm  purpose,  and  have 
eomplejijd  a  bridge  and  turnpike  road  from  Newbaryport  to  Plumb  Island.  This  ruad  leads  in  a 
gouth.Q?  aierly  direction  from  Newburyport,  and  the  bridge  across  Plumb  Island  near  about  one  quar. 
ter  of  a  mile  to  the  3.  W.  of  Seal  Islaad.  An  elegant  hotel  Las  been  erected  at  the  east  end  of  the 
bridge,  within  100  rods  of  the  sea  shore,  one  mile  south  from  the  lights.  The  hotel  is  painted  white, 
has  three  white  chimneys,  and  n:ay  serve  as  a  landmark  fir  seamen. 

If  a  vessel,  by  stress  of  weather,  should  be  obliged  to  run  ashore  on  this  island,  and  the  minster  can 
njake  any  choice  of  place,  it  is  most  eligible  to  run  on  as  nearly  opposite  this  house  as  possible,  as 
assistance  and  shelter  can  be  more  promptly  afibrdcd,  and  the  conmiunieation  more  direct  with 
Newburyport. 

,'It  rarely  happens  that  any  life  is  lost  on  this  beach,  in  attempting  to  escape  from  the  wreck,  when 
the  crew  remain  on  board  till  low  tide.  Unless  the  vessel  is  in  imminent  danger  of  going  to  pieces 
imm'"diBtely  the  seamen  should  never  take  to  their  boat. 

*  Irr  a  course  nearly  N.  fron^  the  lighthouses  on  Plumb  Island,  and  about  half  a  mile  distant,  across 
th^iifnouth  of  Merrimack  River,  is  the  southern  extremity  of  Salisbury  Beach,  called  Salisbury  Point. 
i'TO>m  this  point  a  sand  beach  extends  on  the  veige  of  the  ocean,  without  an  inlet  or  interruption  of 
any  consequence,  until  it  reaches  Hampton  River.  This  beach  is  connected  with  the  main  land  by 
a  salt  marsh  of  considerable  extent,  intersected  by  a  variety  of  small  rivulets  and  creeks,  which  render 
it  impossible  for  a  shipwrecked  mariner  to  reach  the  inhabi'ed  parts  of  Salisbury.  Here,  too,  the 
hapless  seaman  is  sometimes  destined  to  suffer  the  misfortunes  of  shipwreck,  and  to  reach  a  deso. 
late  and  inhospitable  shore,  only  to  aggravate  the  horrors  of  his  death.  If  he  can  attain  the  first 
and  wished  for  object,  in  evading  the  jaws  of  the  angry  ocean,  he  yet  finds  himself  a  solitary  wanderer 
on  the  coast,  without  shelter  and  without  sustenance  ,  and  in  his  fruitless  search  for  them,  must  ine. 
vitably  perish.  As  the  N.  E.  storms  are  generally  most  fatal  to  vessels  on  this  part  of  the  coast, 
Salisbury  Beach  is  not  so  often  a  place  of  shipwreck  as  Plumb  Island. 

+  Badger's  Rocks  bear  N.  W.  J  N.  from  the  lighthouses,  distant  half  a  mile,  and  are  covered  at 
two  thhds  flood,  which  you  'eave  on  your  starboard  ban  Black  Rocks  bear  N.  W.  from  the  light, 
houses,  three  quarters  ot  a  mile  distant,  and  are  always  dry,  which  you  also  leave  on  your  starboard 
hand.  Half-Tide  Rocks,  (on  which  is  placed  a  pier.)  bear  W.  by  S.  |  S.  from  Black  Rocks,  distant 
li  mile,  and  bare  at  half-tide,  w.hich  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.    North  Rocks,  (which  also 


BLUNTS  AMERICAiN  COAST  PILOT. 


161 


U  you  ^rl  no 
V.  tlit-re  i:,  no 
)iir  wduld  run 
W.  by  S.  and 
1.  No  vessel, 
nor  nearer  the 

several  pilots 

conuiiand  of 
,flit.s  in  ranfi;e, 

miiHt  liaiil  to 
A  vessel  that 
^s  keep  to  the 
;  as  to  |)revent 

(iiroet  lor  his 
air  cables  and 
K.  by  S.  and 
int,  voii  must 
iilack  Koeks, 

le  north,  called 
are  always  so 
the  violence  of 
li,'  tliu  lights  in 
4  or  5  fathoms 

Dnsists  entirely 
3  wind  iiuohil, 
luwth  of  yrass 
1  extent  of  suit 
lliy  of  remark; 
of  plumb,  from 
ducid  on  low 
late,  and  i^cne. 
lich  litde  or  no 
ii-h  more  than 
=109,  with  fami. 
hero  if)  a  grove 

mariners  who 
)so,  and  have 
(i  leads  in  a 

)out  one  quar- 
St  end  of  the 
iiinted  white, 

henijstercan 
possible,  as 
direct  with 

wreck,  when 
)ing  to  pieces 

istant,  across 
sbury  Point, 
terruplion  of 
main  land  by 
■vhich  render 
fere,  too,  the 
each  a  deso. 
tain  the  Hrst 

y  wanderer 
m,  must  ine- 

fthe  coast, 

B  covered  at 
ni  the  light, 
ur starboard 
)cks,  distant 
(which  also 


anil  the  llnmp  Sands.  Across  the  channel,  from  the  Hump  Sant's  to  IMnrk  Rock 
C^r'-ek,  lie  7  or  H  piers,  on  which  i>r«'  from  7  to  '2\  feet  water,  at  low  water,  wlii(  li  were 
sunk  in  the  year  I77'i.  and  have  not  since  been  removed;  the  mirk  to  pass  betueeh 
tlieiii  is  to  briny  tlo^  beacon,  at  tiie  west  end  of  the  town  of  Newburypori,  (which  may 
he  distinctly  seen  in  clear  weatlif*r.)  over  the  south  corner  oi'llie  north  mceiiii^-house. 
'I'he  Hump  Sands  he  ,S.  W.  from  Salisbury  I'omt,  which  makes  the  channel  very  nar- 
row and  dillicult  for  strangers.  When  you  pass  the  IJlack  Kocks,  you  miisi  haul  up  \V. 
by  S.  'r  S.  which  will  brim;  you  in  ch;.unel  wav,  and  uood  atr'horai:".  Ami  if  it  he  in 
the  niylif.  or  daik  weather,  when  you  judt;e  yourself  about  half  a  mile  from  i'lack  Kock, 
vou  mav  come  to  with  saletv.  1  would  recmumciid  to  all  masters,  whether  they  helonu 
to  New  bury  port  or  ntd,  to  avoid  attem|)!ini;  that  port  in  a  fiale  of  easterly  wind,  except 
they  are  well  acipiaiuted,  and  have  a  sood  prospect  of  licttiiii,'  in,  as  no  pilot  can  get 
overthe  bar  when  it  blows  a  c;ale  from  the  eastward.  And  it  /on  sho.ild  make  Cape  Ann 
liilhts,  and  briii;,'  them  to  bear  S.  by  K.  or  the  Dry  Salvaues  to  bear  S.  by  E.  you  may 
run  witii  safety  N.  by  W,  or  \.  ,';  W.  distant  10  leagues  from  Cape  Ann  to  Portsmouth, 
Jn  rumiini;  the  above  course,  yon  will  make  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  if  it  ia  any  way  clear, 
from  uhich  you  take  a  new  deparlure  :  when  you  pass  the  said  islands,  you  bling  Star 
Island,  (on  which  the  meetinu-house  stands.)  to  bear  .'"'.  S.  K.  and  then  steer  N.  N.  W, 
distant  from  said  island  .'}  leamics  to  I'ortsinouth  :  or  jrivi;  White  Island  liijbt  a  berth  of 
a  mile  and  a  half,  brin<:ins;  it  to  bear  east,  and  then  run  »\.  by  W.  for  PortsikVc^uth  light. 
White  Island  is  the  south-westernmost  island.  There  ij  averygood  harbor  iil  the  Isles 
of  Shoals,  from  the  wind  from  tmrt'i-easterly  round  to  southerly,  and  you  n^y  lie  land- 
locked wit  any  of  them  ;  but  if  the  wind  hauls  to  the  S.  W.  or  W.  N.  ff,  you  may 
run  in  between  Smutty-nose  Island,  wh  t  h  has  a  wind-mill  on  it,  and  Hog  rstand,  where 
there  is  water  enough  for  a  first  rate  iiian-of-war,  i:nd  where  you  anchor,  haV«  12  tath- 
oms,  muddy  bottom.     [For  djscription  of  Isles  of  Shoals  see  page  159.1         '       - 

In  goin"^  into  Portsmouth,  you  may  bring  the  lighthouse  to  be.ir  N.  N.W.  fill  you 
get  vithin  Wood  Island.  'J'hen  you  may  haul  awav  iN'.  or  N.  by  E.  tiliyou  pastthe  light- 
house; you  may  then  haul  up  VV.  N.  \V.  or  X.  W".  by  W.  and  bring  the  U^bthouse 
point  to  shut  in  with  Wood  island,  where  you  will  be  safe  from  all  windb,  aii4  niay  au> 
chor  in  8  or ')  fathoms  wafer. 

When  yon  come  from  the  eastward,  with  the  wind  at  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  with  which  wind 
you  cannot  weather  away  ('ape  Ann.  and  you  are  to  the  northward  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals, 
your  only  shift  is  to  Portsmouth,  and  you  are  obliged  to  run  so  far  to  the  westward  as 
to  bring  said  port  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  as,  generally,  the  wind  at  E.  at  sea,  hauls  two  or 
three  points  to  the  northward,  which  makes  it  a  head  wind.      [See  the  PLATE.] 

SUjNAIjS  for  V'KSSHLS. — When  in  sight,  supposed  to  be  bound  to  Newbury- 
port,  and  the  sea  is  so  large  on  the  bar  that  pilots  cannot  get  out  to  their  assistance. 

When  a  vessel  comes  into  the  bav,  and  cannot  come  over  the  bar  at  higti  water,  ow- 
ing to  insulliciency  of  the  tide,  a  Red  Sipiare  Kl  ig  will  be  hoisted,  and  a  Pendant  under 
it.  and  as  soon  as  those  signals  are  seen  from  the  vessel  in  the  bay,  she  must  keep  off,  and 
try  some  other  port. 

When  the  usual  signals  for  vessels  are  kept  up,  the  vessel  must  lay  off  and  on  at  the 
bar,  keeping  to  windward,  until  signals  be  made  for  her  to  coine  in;  and  when  it  is  a 
suitable  time  to  come  over  the  bar,  a  Red  Square  Flag  will  be  hoisted  at  half  mast ;  she 
may  then  coi.ie  in,  keeping  the  lights  in  range. 

When  a  Pendant  is  hoisted  half  mast,  the  vessel  may  come  in,  keeping  the  lights  a 
little  open  to  the  northward.  .^^ 

When  a  Blue  Burgee  is  hoisted  half  mast,  the  vessel  may  come  m,  keeping  the  lights 
a  little  open  to  the  southward. 

When  a  vessel  is  seen  in  the  bay,  and  does  not  come  in  before  night  comes  on,  the 
following  lights  will  be  made,  viz  : 

For  a  vessel  to  keep  off,  and  not  to  attempt  to  come  in  over  the  bar  during  the  night, 
a  Lantern  will  be  hoisted  to  the  top  of  the  flag  stall'. 

When  there  is  a  proper  time  for  a  vessel  to  come  in  over  the  bar  during  the  night, 
two  Lanterns  will  be  hoisted,  one  at  the  top  of  the  flag  staff,  and  the  other  half  mast 
high.  The  vessel  must  then  lay  off  and  on  at  the  bar,  until  a  light  is  made  in  the  east-* 
eru  lighthouse,  at  a  window  about  eight  feet  below  the  lantern.  The  vessel  may  then 
coma  over  the  bar,  keeping  the  lights  in  range,  and  when  she  gets  abreast  of  the  upper 
light,  there  is  good  anchorage. 

The  signal  for  a  vessel  in  distress,  is  a  White  Square  Flag,  with  a  large  black  ball  in 
•the  centre,  hoisted  half  mast  high.  ' 


'  i: 


have  a  pier  on  them,)  bear  VV.  by  S.  from  Black  R')cks,  distant  IJ  mi 
low  tides,  which,  you  leave  on  your  starbuard  hand,  between  which 


channel. 


le,  and  are  seen  only  at  very 
and  Half-Tide  Rocks  ia  the 


21 


wmm 


'y 


163 


BLUNT  9  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


•ANN^S  SQUAM  TI.\RR(m  IN  II'SWrCH  MA V.— Tlie  maMen  of  vfMrlji  nut 
of  Newbr -yiiort  nIiouIcI  generally  !)••  !ir(|iiiuiiif(l  wiili  llic  liaihor  ol  S(|\i:iiii:  and  tor 
their  betik  fit  a  plan  ul'the  harl)or  has  heen  taken  Iron)  actual  siiive),  whicii  will  beof  the 
greatest  iiuportanie,  when  obli^cl  to  make  a  harlior  iVoiii  Ipswitli  Hay,  throntih  stress 
of  weather.  W lien  a  vessel  at  anehnr  oli  Npwhniyi'ort  liar,  caiindt  >;et  info  |)ort,  or 
parts  a  cable,  with  the  wind  at  N.  K.  or  K.  N.  K.  il'  she  ran  tarry  double  reetVd  sails, 
she  may  run  S.  .S.  K.  5  lea>;iies,  whi(;h  course,  if  made  good,  will  carry  her  a  little  to 
th'5  eastward  of  Si|uam  Bar;  and  it  the  we.ither  is  so  clear  as  to  see  Inlf  a  imle  when 
you  make  the  land  to  the  eastw  ml  of  .S(|iiaiii,  you  may  run  within  a  cable's  length  of 
the  shore;  your  course  is  S.  .S.  W, 

Squain  Bar  bears  from  Hallowlioat  Point  (the  N.  E.  point  of  Cape  Ann)  from  W.  S. 
W,  to  S.  \V.  distant  about  J  leauues.  In  rmininn  liom  Hailowboat  Point,  you  must 
be  careful  of  Plum')  Cove  L'silge,  wliich  shows  till  near  high  water,  anil  bears  from 
Squaiii  I4ght  N.  N.  K.  distant  1  r  mile.  When  you  have  pissed  this  ledye,  you  leave 
ad^p  o<iri|, called  llodgkin's  ('ove.  and  a  loni;  point  or  neck  ol  land,  called  Divis'  Neck, 
on  "piUfc  larboard  hand.  When  up  with  this  neck,  haul  .S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  for 
Squam  mr. 

Haviag  made  Halibut  Point,  or  Folly  Cove  Point,  bring  either  of  them  to  bear  sou»h 
from  a  c^uarter  to  hall  a  mile  distant  from  them,  'fhen  run  \N  .  >S.  \\  .  until  you  bring 
the  light  to  bear  S.  If  you  judge  there  is  sudicient  water  on  the  bar,  you  will  tiien  run 
for  the  light:  you  will  pass  between  the  two  buoys.  'The  white  one  is  on  Harraden's 
Rock,  whifll'Vou  will  Ifcave  on  the  larboard  hand.  The  black  one  is  on  the  nurlh  spit  of 
the  bar,  wUlcn  you  will  leave  on  the  starboard  hanil.  Vou  m'-.y  pass  cb)se  to  iMtlier  of 
the  buo^||^^heu  you  have  passed  the  black  buoy  ■,'()  or  'M)  rods,  you  may  run  .S.  by  W, 
half  \^j^||||ich  will  carry  you  close  along  by  the  Moiiument  on  the  fijobst  i  HocKs, 
wbiedyi|||||#lu4t  leave  uirthe  larboard  hand,  and  pass  on  until  abreast  of  Habson's  Point ; 
tbtniM^raK' £t,  courue  will  bring  you  into  the  harbor.  If  it  is  so  dark  that  the  buoy 
caOn^P^PjlKn,  *<6oTitinue  your  south  course  until  within  Go  yards  of  the  light,  then  your 
course  ifUwl  he  S  S.  W.  which  will  carry  you  abreast  of  Habson's  Point,  on  your  lar- 
bOiiru  haod,  and  opposite  the  Dry  Bar  Rocks,  on  your  starboard  hand,  then  >S.  8.  K.  as 
bcfbt^  directed.  The  bar  has  6  feet  of  water  at  low  tide,  if  you  should  judge  there  is 
lU>if^ter  enough  on  the  bar  to  carry  your  vessel  over  safe,  you  will  come  to  outside  of 
tiie  bar,  and  hoiet  a  signal  for  assistance,  which  will  come  otf  if  possible  ;  if  not,  a  Hag 
vili  be  hoisted  near  the  lighthouse,  when  there  is  water  enough  on  the  bar  for  a  vessel 
$Q  run  in  safely. 

;,,tSANDy  BAY   PIER. — If  from  the  southward,  in  jjassing  outside  Streightsiuouth 
unand,  be  careful  of  Avery's  Rock,  which  bears  north  from  the  eastern  part  of  Streights- 
taputh  Island,  about  jorie  third  of  a  mile  distant.     Run  W.  by  N.  until  you  bring  the 
^ecting-house  tobearS»W.  by  S.,  then  run  in  for  the  Pier  Head,  in  approaching  which 
,,  Keep  away  a  little,  and  run  in  until  you  can  see  into  the  Pier  Pool ;  then  lutf  and  run  in. 
t^T^ose  constantly  in  the  habit  of  entering  said  Pool  when  the  wind  is  eSstwardly,  make 
^ttbthe  headsails  and  keep  up  the  mainsail,  which  enables  them  to  have  command  of  the 
vessel,  and  avoid  fallins;  against  the  wharf  built  out  from  the  beach.     If  from  the  north- 
wards after  having  passed  Andrew's  Point,  bring  the  meeting-house  to  bearS.  S.  W,  and 
rtin'for  it.     This  course  will  carry  you  clear  of  Dodge's  Ledge,  which  you  will  leave  ou 
the  starboard  hand. 

The  passage  through  Streightsmouth  Gap  is  not  safe  except  at  nearly  high  water,  as 
thne  is  but  three  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  rocky  bottom. 


■f  ,^  -'-i^- 


*  ^ttji^h  Squam  Lighthouse  is  n  wooden  building,  of  octngonal  form,  about  40  feet  high,  contain. 
,  ingi(s,4^xid  light,  elevated  about  .50  feet  above  the  surface  of  thi;  water  at  commin  high  tides.     It  is 
[ted.white,  and  may  be  known  by  beinir  lower  thnn  any  other  lighthouse  on  ihe  const  of  Mis. 
husdtts,  and  its  inland  situation.     It  bears  from  Portsmouth  Litfhthouse  about  S.  by  W.  dis- 

iit  10  or  11  leugues.  and  from  Newbuiyport  Bar  S.  S.  E.  !>  leairiies. 

tOn  the  Lobster  Rocks  is  a  Monument,  lii  feet  at  the  base,  17  feet  high,  built  of  stone,  and  is 
7  feet  out  at  high  water.  The  lighthou«e,  (i:i  Wigwam  Point  bears  from  the  Monument  N.  E.  bv 
N.  i  N.  distant  one  quarter  mile  ;  the  Black  Buoy  placed  outside  the  bar  bears  N.  \  E.  distant  H 
mile  ;  the  White  Buoy  near  tbe  Harraden  Rocks  bears  N.  l)y  E.  J  E.  distant  1^  mile,  leaving  the 
White  Buoy  on  the  larboard  hand,  you  may  steer  direct  for  the  Monument,  course  S.  by  W.  J  W. 
The  channel  abreast  of  the  Monument  is  about  45  fathoms  wide  ;  the  M  iniiment  poingin  is  lel't  on 
the  larboard  hand,  and  may  be  approached  at  three  fathoms  distant,  and  then  have  two  fathoms  at 
low  water;  the  B'ack  Buoy  just  without  the  harbor,  lies  in  10  feet  at  low  wa'er,  and  bears  from  the 
lightho*!^'  N.  i  W.  and  is  to  be  left  on  the  starboard  haiul ;  the  White  Buoy  Pes  in  10  feet  water  off 
the  N.  W.  side  of  Harraden's  Rocks,  bearing  from  the  lighthou'-e  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant  one  mile, 
which  is  to  be  left  on  the  larboard  hand.  A  red  buoy  is  placed  otT  the  Plumb  Kock  Ledges,  in  three 
fathoms  water,  and  bears  fronn  Squain  Light,  N.  N.  E,  distant  1 J  nile.  On  Squam  Bar,  at  low  wa- 
ter,  is  about  6  feet.     High  water,  fuU  and  change  of  the  moon,  at  11  o'clock. 


-T«- 


MPJW" 


sfves^eli  nut 
inni:    iiim  lor 

will  be ot'the 
hrimuli  Hiress 

into  [tort,  or 
'  rei'lVd  saili, 
her  a  little  t^> 

a  mile  when 
lie's  length  of 

i)  tVoni  W.  S. 
int.  yon  must 
III  hears  trmn 
lue,  yon  leave 
I  D  ivis'  Ne(  k, 
A.  by  W.  lor 

to  brar  sonth 
intil  yon  bring 

will  then  run 
1)11  Harraden's 
le  iiurlh  spit  of 
se  to  I'ither  of 

run  S.  by  W. 
oi)8t  r  Koclis, 
abson's  Point ; 

that  the  buoy 
mht,  then  your 
t,  on  your  lar- 
len  S.  S.  K.  as 

judi^e  there  is 
e  to  outside  of 

;  if  not,  a  Hag 
)ar  for  a  vessel 

treightsmouth 
t  of  Streights- 
yoii  bring  the 
oaeliing  which 
ulf  and  run  in. 
twardly,  make 
iinmand  of  the 
oin  the  north- 
S.  S.  W.and 
will  leave  on 

high  water,  as 


3t  high,  contain. 

igh  tides,     h  is 

e  coast  of  Mas. 

S.  by  W.  dis- 

of  stone,  and  is 

ument  N.  E.  bv 

\  E.  distant  l\ 

lie,  leaving  the 

S.  by  VV.  4  VV. 

)ingin   is  lei't  on 

two  fathoms  at 

d  bears  from  the 

10  feet  water  off 

istant  one  mile, 

jedges,  in  three 

Bar,  at  low  wa. 


/ 


m 


'f 


.1 


m^' 


( ■ 

4 


M 


mi 


Jte 


i^ 


[a^ 


V 


.  4 


\ 


'  til 


i^' 


i 


,  \ 


;>';>';>>»#*  i 


--7i-:!rr; 


'•^^<55»N..%S^^ 


I 


\ 


■«. 


I*  I*    1 


iV-^' 


1: 


I 


Jtftk 


•",-'^..7: 


ksk: 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


163 


T^ 


■"<•■■*.. 


u    = 


../ 


A  canal  connects  this  harbor  with  that  of  (Houcester.  Tt  is  about  120  rods  in  length, 
30  feet  wide,  and  has  for  its  depth  about  the  whole  (low  of  the  tide,  which  is  about  12 
feet  iu  spring  tifles,  and  8  feet  in  neap. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Ipswich,  your  course  from  Hallnwboat  Point  to  the  mouth  of  the 
channel  that  leads  into  the  harbor,  is  W.  !  N.  distant  about  8  miles.  There  are  two 
beacons  erected  a  small  distance  to  the  southward  of  Clasile  Hill,  which  may  be  run  for, 
but  as  the  bar  is  often  removed  by  storms,  it  is  not  safe  to  run  into  the  harbor  unless  ac- 
quainted.    [See  PLAN  of  Annts  Sqnam.] 

CAPE  ANN  HAHB(JR. —  When  you  come  from  the  eastward,  and  make  *Cape  Ann 
Lights  in  the  night,  bring  them  to  bear  S.  W.  and  run  direct  for  them,  which  course 
will  carrv  you  within  the  Londoner,  and  when  you  pass  the  said  to  ks,  bring  the  two  lights 
in  one,  at  which  time  they  willbenr  N.  by  E.  'i  K.  and  ihen  steer  S.  S.  "^ ,  5^  W.  keeping  said 
course  about  one  mile,  which  will  carry  you  clear  of  Mdk  Island,  which  is  very  low,  and 
cannot  be  seen  in  a  dark  night.  ^\  hen  you  judge  yourself  to  the  westward  of  said  islatid* 
you  haul  to  the  westward  until  you  bring  tlie  lights  to  bear  K.  N.  E.  when  you  mu«t  steer 
W.  S.  W.  about  five  miles,  which  course  will  carry  you  to  Eastern  PoioJ.  When  you 
pass  said  point,  keep  your  cour.^e  \\  .  8.  \\  .  until  you  bring  Normaqjjfe  \\  oe,  w^ch  is  the 
highest  land  on  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  to  bear  N.  N.  \V.  theli  run  N.  N.  W.  till 
you  shut  the  lights  in,  then  N.  N.  K.  will  carry  you  safe  in. 

If  you  want  to  go  inside  the  Salvages,  keep  close  aboard  Hallowboat  Point, .'j^hich  has 
a  tree  on  the  eastern  part  of  it,  and  steer  S.  S.  E.  'iax  Straightmluth  island,  {i^tbe  care- 
ful to  avoid  Avery's  Rock,  by  keeping  the  lights  on  the  dry  point  of  Strfitg;btmoutli 
Island,  till  you  get  up  close  aboard,  then  haul  round  the  point,  and  S.  S.  F.  wH|^|^yy.«tt 
to  the  lights.  To  avoid  the  Londoner,  you  must  keep  the  lights  clos'»  aboai 
of  the  island,  on  which  they  stand;  the  Londoner  lies  half  a  mileKi/t',  breaks'! 
of  tide,  is  quite  dry  at  low  water,  and  bears  E.  S.  E.  from  the  middle  ofTbatcl 
A  long  shoal  runsolf  N.  E.  half  a  mile  distant  from  the  Londoner.  He:w^;)^ 
ami  Thatcher's  Island  there  are  3  fatlioms  at  low  water.  From  tb« 
lowboat  Point  and  Sandy  Bay,  there  lies  a  lirge  spot  of  flat  ground,  whicl^^^ 
will  take  up  a  small  vessel.  Outside  the  Salvages  is  very  -bold.  Hallowboat  ^|»ia#^e 
from  the  S;\lvage^  \V.  N.  VV.2j  miles  distant^  and  the  Salvages  bear -from  tl'^***"'^*"^" 
N.  E.  3  miles  distant. 

In  sailing  from  Cape  Ann  Lights  to  Cape  Ann  Harbor,  you  will  finjt  open  BM»)5**f'( 
before  you  come  up  with  the  harbor,  which  will,  when  open,  bear  N.  N.  W'i  m  ' 
must  -ivoid.     Cape  Ann  Harbor,  lies  one  mile  farther  to  the  westward,  aBd|«r)| 
bears  N.  N.  E.  •  ,'   v; 

We  are  also  requested  by  a  gentleman  in  whom  iinJiUcif  confidence  may  Wj 
state  that  no  shoal  or  ledge  lies  off  the  western  shore  of  this  harbor,  from  Kettle! 
Ten  Pound  Island,  more  than  a  cable's  length;  therefore  giving  the  western  sh^fji'if^tfi 
of  1 7  cable's  length,  and  steering  N.  E.  keeping  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  open  wi8||^ 
man's  Woe  until  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  shut  in  with  Normajp's  Woe,  then  i||j|^ 
N.  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears  from  N.  to  N,  N.  W.  wijtrbrin|{.ll>em'i|^l! 
anchorage  as  any  in  the  harbor,  to  the  eastward  of  Ten  Pound  li^gef  ij^^  tQi|||^ji|^ 
water,  clear  bottom,  and  good  holding  ground.  '  '    •       M^?yi 

fTEN  POUND  ISLAND  LIGHTHOUSE.— Vessels  bound  forCapj^^^p^ 
and  falling  into  the  eastward  of  the  eastern  poir.;,  on  which  alighthoiise  is  erf^tt$4tt''NM  _ 
ing  a  fixed  light,  you  must  give  the  point  a  berth  of  about  one  mile,  aoi  w,i^9^  the  Ili^,, 
on  Ten  Pound  Island  bears  N.  N.  E.  you  are  then  to  the  westward  or tb^  led jE:e,tbnl  «!(•:' 
tends  off  from  the  point,  on  which  is  a  Spar  Huoy,  the  head  painted  rediln  10  feet  w»i| 
at  low  water,  bearing  from  Ten  Pound  Rock  E.  ^  S.  and  may  stp€r  dfrtiSt'JFor  th«  HiaiSii 
this  ledge  bears  from  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  Island  S.  by  W.  -  W.  and'is  aJW>iJt  h«lf  tbir 
three  quarters  of  a  milcfrom  the  shore.     Running  this   '  .  N.  E.  course,  will  c»rrv 
between  Ten  Pound  Island  and  Ten  Pound  Ledge,  which  bears  from  tlie  lijght  S*. 
A\  .  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  distant,  has  but  ('>  feet  water  at 'low  spring  tides,.{«ndf ' 
about  10  fathoms  diameter.     Passing  between  the  island  pnd  the  l*dg«,  you  wiltbalil^ 
13  to  15  feet  water  at  low  spring  tides  ;  the  east  end  of  Ten  Pound  Island  is  fool  |[raat^ 
and  no  safe  passage  :  the  south,  west,  and  north  sides  are  bold,  and  may  be  apj^Mill 


.^\ 


*if  • 


*  Cape  Ann  L'gh'hoiiees  arc  built  on  Thatcher's  Island,  which  lies  about  two  ntili^fi  (ttitt  of  tlMif'^ 
south-enst  po'nt  of  Cnre  Ann.  and  forms  the  northern  limits  of  Maspachiisetts  Bav.  The  lan'MfM. 
are  e'eva'ed  about  91  feet  above  the  level  nf  tlio  9cn,  and  contain  fixed  lights,  which  may  be»r<Bn 
7  or  8  'eagiies  distant.  A  ledge  lies  off  Tha'cher's  Island,  as  described  under  "  Dirtctioqs  for 
Mnrblchend." 

tTen  Pound  Island  les  in  the  harbor  of  Cnpe  Ann.     There  is  a  lighthouse  on      cnntaihitig  %■ 
fixed  light ;  the  base  of  wiuch  is  about  25  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  tower  30  feet  higtt. 


wfiiimii>iiunnt»ii 


^tasf^=?f^' 


164 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


r*- 


•t 


within  40tof)0  fathoms  at  low  water;  give  the  west  end  of  the  island  a  berth  of  50  to  7(1' 
fathoms,  and  steer  in  for  the  inner  harbor  N.  E.  you  may  anchor  at  any  distance  from 
100  fathoms  to  three  (|uarters  of  a  mile  from  the  isla  d  ;  the  light  will  then  bear  from  S. 
to  S.  W.     Anchor  in  *i,  5,  4,  or  3  fathoms  spring  low  tides,  muddy  bottom;  this  inner 
harbor  is  safe  against  all  winds  that  blow. 

Bound  for  Cape  Ann  Harbor,  and  falling  in  to  the  westward,  as  far  as  Half-way  Rock, 
take  care  not  to  bring  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  Island  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  N.  E.  by 
N.  until  you  are  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  eastward  of  Half-way  Rock,  to  avoid 
the  S.  E.  breakers  ihat  extend  from  Baker's  Island,  and  which  bear  from  the  *lights  on 
Baker's  Island  S.  E.  I  S.  to  8.  S.  E.  ^  E.  and  about  2|  miles  distant.  On  the  S.  E. 
part  of  these  breakers  is  placed  a  spar  buoy,  painted  black,  bearing  from  Half-way  Rock 
N.  E.  by  E.  about  one  mile  distant,  and  from  the  lights  on  Baker's  Island,  S.  S.  E.  I  E. 
2f  miles.  When  passed  to  the  eastward  of  these  breakers,  you  may  then  bring  the 
light  oh  Ten  Pound  Island  to  bear  N.  E.  and  run  for  it ;  on  this  course  you  will  leave 
Ten  Pound  Ledge  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  the  ledges  off  Morman's  Woe  Rock  and 
Fresh  Water  .Cove  on  your  larboar<'  hand;  when  up  with  Ten  Pound  Island,  anchor  as 
above  dbecteiil         ^ 

The  outer  harbor  of  Cape  Ann  is  safe  and  good  anchorage  against  a  northerly  or  east, 
wind,  where  you  may  anchor  inT.j  to  Gifathoms,  low  tides,  muddy  bottom,  the  lighthouse 
bearing  atmqt  S.  E.  by  E.  distant  about  one  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  lialf. 

The  S.  E.  harbor  is  i|lso  safe  and  good  anchorage  against  a  northerly,  east,  and  to  the 
south -east  winds  :   bring  the  light  to  bear  from  N.  by  E.  to  N.  N.  W.  ;   anchor  in  ^,  8, 


7,  or  6  fi 
lialfa    ' 


ms,  at  low  spring  tides,  muddy  bottom,  distant  from  the  light,  one  eighth  to 


er  Canal,  which  connects  the  harbor  with  Squam  River,  passes  immediately 
_^_._^^^  nartof  the  town,  or  what  is  called  the  Harbor  Parish.  It  is  about  ILH)  rods 
inlw!^^  o  feet  wide,  and  has  for  its  depth  about  the  whole  flow  of  the  tide.  It  was  ex- 
cavaf)[^^4ow  waiter  mark,  spring  tides  :  say  in  spring  tides  12  feet,  neap  tides  8  feet. 

LED#ES  OFF  TEiN  POUND  ISLAND,  Bearings,  (fee,  viz.— The  ledge  that 
makes 00^ from  the  eastern  point,  bears  from  the  light  S.  by  W.  |  W.  about  2  miles  ciis- 
.tajjt,  aad  has  from  6  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tides  :  this  ledge  lies  off  from  the  eastern 
it  (tbotit  lialf  a  mile. 
ere  is  a  sirgJo  rock  that  lies  about  midway  between  the  eastern  point  and  Norman's 
,  called  thi  a  jund  Rock,  on  which  is  a  spar  buoy,  in  2'  fathoms,  low  water.  The 
RIadof  this  buoy  is  painted  black,  and  bears  from  the  lighthouse  on  Ten  Pound  Island, 
SkW.i,  8.  distant  1'  mile.  Round  Rock  and  Ten  Pound  Ledge  bear  from  each  other 
§.  S.  ,#v  ?  W.,  and  N.  N.  E.  f  E.  Ten  Pound  Rock  and  Cove  Ledge  bear  W .  i  N. 
and  E/%S.  from  each  other.  Pt.ound  Rock  and  Cove  Ledge  bear  S.  by  W.  and  N.  by  E. 
from  etph  other. 

'  A  9Qfit  buoy  is  placed  on  Cove  Ledge  or  Old  Field  Rocks,  in  two  fathoms  at  low  wa- 
ter The  top  is  painted  black,  aud  it  bears  from  the  lighthouse  W.  by  S.  half  a  mile 
distant. 

A  spaf  buoy,  placed  on  the  west  end  of  Dog  Bar  Ledge,  with  the  top  painted  white,  in 
tiro  fath»tns  at  low  water,  common  tides,  bearing  from  the  lighthouse  on  'J  en  Pound 
island,  S.  by  W.^  W.  distant  li  mile  ;  Dog  Bar  and  Ten  Pound  Ledge  Buoy  bear  N. 
i  K.  l^  S.  i  W.  ;'Dog  Bar  and  Round  Rock  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  and  S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E. ; 
Dog  Mr  agfiG^ve  i;.edge  S.  by  E.  |  E.  and  N.  by  W  |  W. 

The  sh^lniiWl^d  Round  Rock,  is  a  shoal  formed  by  large  and  small  popple  stones, 
afld  atways  tIfcBi  ialptie  uniform  depth  of  water  on  it,  as  before  mentioned.     Dog  Bar  con- 

Aboiitl^  f^l^ms  off  from  Norman  Woe  Point  is  a  large  high  rock,  called  Norman's 
Woe  RoCkr"oi  20  to  30  fathoms  diameter,  and  about  100  fathoms  off  this  rock,  in  a 
southerly  direction,  is  a  ledge  that  has  7  or  8  feet  water  on  it  at  low  tides.  About  one 
quarter  of  a  mile  off  froni  Fresh-water  Cove  lies  a  ledge  with  only  3  feet  water,  low 
spring  tides,  bearing  from  the  light  W.  ^  N.  distant  2  miles. 

Half-Way  Rock  and  the  rock  on  Ten  Pound  Island,  bear  S.  W.  |  W.  and  N.  E.  J  E. 
of  each  other,  distant  about  8  or  9  miles. 

REMARKS  ON  CASHE'S  LEDGE,  by  an  experienced  Navigator.— I  took  my  de- 
parttire  from  Thatcher's  Island,  which  lies  two  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Ann.  The 
island  bore  from  me  north,  3  miles  distant ;  from  the  bearing,  1  steered  E.  ^  N.  65  miles, 


*  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  the  Mnnumenl  W.  hy  S.  i  S.  distant  7  miles  :  S.  point  of  Kettle 
Island,  W.  ^  S.  dstant  4  miles ;  Half-way  Rock,  S.  W.  '.>y  W.  74  miles  ;  lighthouse^  on  Ten  Pound 
Island,  N»  J  E.  distant  li  mile;  the  White  Buoy  on  the  west  end  of  Dog  Bar,  W.  N.  W.  half  a 
mile. 


!l 


n****** 


z^j::^ 


ssr 


BLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


165 


With  a  fair  wind,  and  fell  in  witli  tlie  north  part  of  the  bnnk,  where-  Caslie's  Ledge  is, 
about  two  leafruos  to  the  iiorthwurd  of  the  slioal,  in  dO  fathoms,  hard  Idai  k  clav.  This 
bank  lies  N.  and  8.  seven  lea};ues,  and  K.  and  W.  two  ieaeurs,  and  in  tlie  centre  ol'ihe  bank 
is  the  shoaiest  ground.  Its  lengtli  and  breadth  is  one  (luarterola  mile.  'J'here  are  on 
it  in  some  parts  10  fathoms,  in  others  only  4',  all  exeeeding  rocky.  In  the  length  of  a 
boat  you  will  have  from  10  to  41  tatlioms,  and  there  are  17  fathoms  witliin  a  cable's  length 
of  the  shoal,  which  gradually  deejiens  as  you  stand  from  it.  all  over  (he  luuik,  to  'JO  fath- 
oms :  at  this  sounding  you  are  on  the  edge  of  the  bank.  You  will,  in  general,  have  up- 
on the  bank  oozy  and  sandy  bottom,  witli  black  stones  and  broken  shells,  till  you  ge't  into 
26  or  30  fathom's  ;  it  then  becomes  rocky. 

The  current  sets  exceeding  strong  and  irregular;  in  less  than  an  hour  it  will  run  all 
round  the  compass.  All  ships  and  vessels  should  endeavor  to  steer  clear  of  this  shoal, 
for  I  am  persuaded,  that  in  a  fresh  gale  of  wind  they  mv;st  strike  ;  if  not,  the  sea  must 
run  so  as  to  founder  them. 

By  four  days'  observation,  the  weatlier  being  exceedingly  clear,  found  the  sholil  to  lie 
in  la't.  43°  04'  north,  long.  6y°  11'  west. 


■  Vj 


GEORGE'IS  SHOAL.S. 


A  Rc]7ort  rdalive  fo  the  surrey  nf  Gevrffc's  Shoals,  made  in  Sloap  Orkit^  by  il^f^t^ind  at 
Oic  expense,  of  the  Author,  amstcd  by  United  States  Schooner  ScienCt,  under  aitAorily  of 
Capl.  Isaac  Hull,  al  his  request,  in  18'21.  .  ^  '  > 

There  are,  properly,  four  shoals  on  George's  Bank  ;  the  whole  of  them  incljcte^imp''^ 
tween  latitudes  41^  34'N.  and  41°  S.T  30"  N.  and  longitudes  G?*"  18' "'V. and 67® 69' ^, " 
Between  them  there  is  from  15  to  35  fathoms  water.  '  *  <•  ^"^  ' 

The  largest  and  on  which  is  the  chief  danger,  is  the  most  southerly  ahfj  vrftamtvly,    7^ 
is  somewhat  triangular,  with  a  long  and  narrow  spit  making  out  from  the  S,  fi*.  angi(^ 
The  S.  E.  point  is  in  latitude  41°  .34'  N.  and  longitude  67°  40'  W.     The  wert  prtitft  fi  ' 
in  lat.  41  °  4'2'  N.  and  longitude  67°  59'  W.     The  N.  E.  point  is  in  latitude  41*  48*  N. 
and  longitude  67°  47'  W.     The  eastern  side  of  this  shoal,  although  somewhat  irr,fgular« 
runs  nearly  S.  S.  E.  and  N.  N.  W.  having  on  it  from  three  feet  to  nine  fathoms  at  eoxtf'  > 
mon  low  water.     It  is  composed  of  a  great  number  tf  sand  spits,  very  narrow,  so  that 
the  width  of  a  narrow  vessel  will  make  several  fathoms  difi'ereiK  e  in  th%  depth  of  ^sfUtt, 
The  general  range  of  the  spits  is  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.     A-s  there  are  no  rockt^tHiev  are  *'' 
consequently  liable  to  change,  in  some  measure,  their  positions  and  rangesV'^^Qt^ltfr 
eastern  edge,  even  in  calm  weather,  unless  it  be  high  or  low  water,  the' tides  rult  in4|:.f 
great  rajiidity,  and  form  considerable  breakers  when  setting  to  the  westward,  anfl  a  ll^5fe>" 
waterfall  when  setting  to  the  eastward.     This  is  account   d  for,  by  a  knowledge  s(?we 
fact,  that  directly  on  tlie  edge  of  this  shoal,  there  is  from  twelve  t<^  siixteen'<athQti)|t^iif . 
water,  so  that  the  edge  forms  a  species  of  dam,  stopping  the  force  <n  the  floqwl^l^^-^nd. 
over  which  the  ebb  falls.  •  '    .  jf'.vA 

When  there  was  considerable  wind,  we  observed  that  the  breakers  were  big}(i^rv4^|g||o.  . 
the  edge,  to  the  westward,  than  on  the  edge  ;  and  I  ha'  no  doubt  that  the  watei''^^^4 
was  still  shoaler,  and  that  we  should  have  seen  the  sand  had  it  not  been  for  the  hcstty'S 
The  breakers  were  such,  unless  it  were  entirely  calm,  that  it  was  impossible  to  go  4tni(^ 
them  with  boats  ;  nor  was  it  considered  safe  to  attempt  it  with  the  vessels.  For,* 
the  danger  of  striking  on  the  hard  sand  spits,  the  vessels  would  have  been  liftVle  to  be 
tilled  by  the  breakers.  Even  on  the  eastern  edge,  and  at  nearly  slack  water,  th©  vessels 
were  at  times  nearly  covered  with  them.  And  it  was  not  thought  necessary  fo  atteodpt  it, 
as  the  objects  of  survey,  to  ascertain  if  there  was  danger  on  the  shoals,  and  th0,|Mt1fa'^ 
tions  and  extent  of  them,  could  be  accomplished  without  the  risk.  ,' 

Had  not  the  sea  been  very  smooth,  and  at  high  water,  we  should  not  have  been  9t||1e to 
have  gotten  on  where  we  found   three   feet  reducing  it  to  low  water.     The  prevailing' 
wind  was  to  the  eastward ;  and  I  have  no  doubt  but  that-this  place  would  have  been  bare 
with  any  continuance  of  an  ofl-shore  wind. 

I  think  there  are  no  rocks  about  the  shoals.     We  had  one  cast  on  the  S.  W.  si^ 
which  indicated  rocky  bottom,  in  15  fathoms;  but  I  believe  it  to  have  been  some  sharp 


166 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


i 

i 

«i 

i 

" 

' 

■ll 

'}l 


stone  that  the  lea  1  stincU  on,  althoiirih  I  have  marked  it  according  to  the  appearatlre.  ofl 
the  chart.* 

TliP  cpiitrp  of  tlip  nortliprn  slioal  is  in  hititiul(>  41"  oT  30"  N.  and  loiisittid?  ('>T'  43' 
W.  It  extends  east  and  west  al)()Ut  (niir  iiiUps.  'Die  slioalest  f)ait  havinji;  six  fatlic.ns, 
is  very  narrow,  and  eoiiiposed  oC  han;  sand.  Hnt  there  is  pot  more  tlian  twelve  fathoms 
of  water  for  three  miles  sniitli  of  the  ahove  latitude.  On  t'-e  north  side,  at  two  cables' 
len£;lhs  from  the  shoal,  the  sloop  dio)  |  ed  into  ^?,  fall.oms.  'J  1."  tireakers  on  ihis.'-hoHl 
are  very  iieavy,  and  when  ihere  shorio  he  a  Mili'icicn,  sea  to  endanger  a  vessel,  they  may 
be  seen  some  miles,  and  liejird  at  a  very  consideralde  distatice  ;  and  as  the  shoalest  part 
is  not  more  than  a  ealile's  length  inside,  and  no  danuer  near  it,  a  vessel  nii^ht  avoid  it. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  last  mentioned  shoal,  in  latitude  41"^'  51'  N  and  ioni;itude  (>7° 
26'  W.  is  another  small  shoal,  wiih  eiuhr  f  idioms  v.  ater,  having,  however,  considerable 
breakers.  There  are  but  17  fathoms  liir  three  miles  \  of  it.  Put  very  near  to  the  east 
of  it,  are  31  fathoms,  and  fiom  -JU  to  .'',()  faihoms  to  the  south  and  west. 

The  centre  of  the  east  shoal  is  in  latitude  41°  47'  N.  and  lon<:itude  67°  19'  W.  It  is 
about  two  mile^  long  from  east  to  west,  and  has  several  faihonv  water.  To  the  south, 
there  are  but  Yl  fathoms  for  two  miles.  In  other  directions  there  are  from  twenty  to 
thirty  fathonm. 

The  above  described  shoals,  T  am  confident,  are  all  which   rt  on  Georce's  Bank.     Tlieir 

f)ositions  a^d  sizes  may  be  relied  on,  as  well  as  the  places  of  the  soundim;  which  I  have 
aid  down  cnt  the  chart.  They  were  ascertained  by  a  vast  number  of  ceiesiial  observa- 
tions, taken'with  good  and  well  adjusted  instruments  on  board  the  two  vessels,  rikI  very 
carefully  atid  faithfully  calcu'iated.     The  rates  of  tho  chronometers  were  found  by  a  tran- 


sit instru 
servations 

At. 
oft 
to  oniEl 


or 


t  previously  to  sailina:  from  Moston,  and  after  our  return,  and  all  the  ob- 
•calculated  for  the  small  variation  which  appeared. 
different  places,  and  on  diffeient  days,  we  iletermined  the  set  and  strength 
nd  as  nearly  as  possible  their  rise  and  fall.  The  rise  of  them  is  from  one 
^  a  half  fathoms.  They  set  round  the  compass  every  tide,  seitini:  S.  E.  near- 
ly, atfilll  inpon,  and  running  from  one  to  four  knots  per  hour  at  a  mile's  distance  from 
the  bre;iiie>9.  The  mean  :*ite,  however,  is  materially  varied  by  the  winds:  they  set 
8trons:estat  W.S.  W.  and  E.  IT  E.  and  which  is  undoubtedly  the  strength  of  the  flood 
and  ebb.  From  these  causes  and  variety  in  the  tides,  arises  a  principal  danger  in  a))- 
proaching  the  shoals.  V/hen  under  way  about  the  shoals,  in  a  few  hours  time  we  found 
ourselves  drifted  far  out  of  our  reckonings,  and  to  ascertain  our  situations,  nhen  both 
vessels  were  under  weigh,  we  took  continued  observations  for  the  longitude  by  tiie  chro- 
nometers, and  at  the  same  time  double  altitudes  for  the  latittules;  which  latter  were  cal- 
culated by  Brosier's  new  and  certain  method.  Hy  allowing  for  the  sets  of  tides,  as  ascer- 
tained at  anchor,  the  observations  and  reckoning  agreed  very  nearly,  so  that  the  latitude 
and  longitude  of  every  sounding  placed  on  the  chart  may  be  considered  as  certain. 
Should  any  vessel  fall  in  with  the  shoals,  a  knowledge  of  the  course  and  strength  of  the 
tides  would  be  of  the  greatest  importance.  And  they  can  be  calculated  for  any  day  and 
hour  by  the  preceding  facts. 

In  going  from  Cape  Cod  to  the  Shoals,  at  5  leagues  from  the  light,  there  are  86  fa- 
thoms, muddy  bottom.  The  water  gradually  deepens  to  133  fathoms;  and  then  gradu- 
ally decreases  towards  the  shoals.  In  lat.  41°  .51'  N.  and  long.  68°  11'  W.  there  are 
90" fathoms.  In  lat.  41  °  60'  N.  and  long.  68"  3'  W.  there  are  49  f ithoms.  santl  and  gravel, 
on  the  western  edge  of  the  bank.  The  witer  then  shoals  fast.  To  the  northward  of  the 
Hhoal,  in  lat.  41°  59'  N.  and  long.  67°  .j-2'  W.  on  the  south  side  of  the  north  channel, 
there  are  60  fathoms  soft  mud.  '  In  lit.  42°  12'  N.  and  long.  67°  .51'  W.  there  are  102 
fnthoms.  In  lat.  42^  10' N.  and  long.  67^  18'  W.  there  is  no  bottom  at  175  fathoms.  To 
the  eastward  we  did  not  ascertain  the  extent  of  the  Bank.  In  two  miles  southward  of 
the  S.  E.  point  of  the  shoals,  there  are  from  20  to  26  fathoms  of  water,  which  soundings 
continue  for  at  least  20  miles  to  the  southward  and  westward. 

•  The  bottom  on  the  Bank,  so  far  as  we  ascertained  it,  is  of  such  a  narrow  character, 
that  it  is  difficult  for  a  vessel  to  ascertain  her  situation  by  it.  We  often  found  a  great 
variety  bf  soundings  in  a  very  short  distance;  such  as  sands  of  various  colors,  and  dif- 
ferently mixed,  coars-e  and  fine,  gravel  pebbles  of  various  colors,  stones,  sponge,  and  shells. 
Of  all  these,  except  sand,  I  saved  a  number  of  specimens,  with  marks  to  note  the  places 
from  whence  they  were  taken. f 

Notwithstanding  this  variety,  some  genera!  character  of  the  soundings  may  be  useful. 
|Po  the  westward  of  the  shoals,  and  at  some  distance  from  them,  the  bottom  is  coarse 
s— . 

»Thi8  Chart  is  published  by  E.  &  G.  W,  BLUNT. 

tit  may  be  worthy  of  remark,  that  at  one  cn't  of  the  lead,  on  examining  the  arming,  I  found 
one  third  black  sand,  one  third  white,  and  one  third  green  shells,  in  as  distinct  dimensions  as  they 
could  have  been  drawn. 


J 


lat. 


VV 


'aratire,  oft 

1(1?  r.7"  4  3' 

X  fatlic.iis, 
ve  I'athoms 
tun  cables' 
II  iliisf-lidal 
1,  they  mny 
iu;i!('st  part 
It  avdid  it. 
mitiule  C7° 
onsidorable 
•  to  the  east 

)  \V.  It  is 
)  the  pouth, 
n  twenty  to 

inl<.  Their 
'liith  I  have 
ial  ob.serva- 
Os,  and  very 
td  l)y  a  tran- 
I  all  the  ob- 

ind  strength 
is  from  one 
J  S.  K. near- 
islance  from 
ds:  they  set 
of  the  flood 
aniier  in  ap- 
ne  we  found 
,  when  both 
by  the  chro- 
ter  were  eal- 
les,  as  aseer- 
the  latiiiide 
1  as  certain, 
eniith  of  the 
any  day  r.iid 

re  are  86  fa- 
ihen  pradu- 
IV.  there  are 
Ifl  and  cravel, 
Ihward  of  the 
Irth  channel, 
here  are  102 
ithonis.  To 
louthward  of 
Hi  soundings 

|w  character, 
nind  a  great 
kors,  and  dif- 
|c,  and  shells. 
|te  the  places 

w  be  useful, 
loin  is  coarse 


jming,  I  found 
Isions  as  they 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


167 


Siind  and  gravel  of  ail  colors;  to  the  N.  W.  a  mixture  of  white,  black,  and  yellow  sand  ; 
to  thr  N.  back  an  I  white. suiJ;  to  the  N.  i^.  chielly  gravel  a.id  pebbles;  to  the  E.  fine 
white  and  yellow  sand,  and  in  lat.  41*^  57'  N.  and  long  tiH^  40'  W.  some  white  moss:  to 
the  8.  E.  line  white  and  yellow  sand. 

As  the  slioaW  are  approached,  in  whatever  direction,  the  soundings  become  coarse,  and 
are  tVequently  mixed  with  shells  of  dlll'ereiit  kinds.  Near  the  shoal  much  of  the  bot- 
tom is  pebbles;  and  to  the  east  of  tlie  largest  and  most  dangerous  shoal,  there  are  stones 
of  the  size  of  hen's  eggs,  with  moss  and  sponge  on  some  of  them.  Near  the  S.  E.  point 
is  from  15  to  ,'0  fathoms  ;  a  prev;<dm'i  cliaracter  of  the  soiindiiigs  is  green  shells,  and 
chielly  of  the  species  usually  called  seaeggs.  If  a  vessel  be  far  enough  south  to  avoid 
danger,  slif!  will  have  no  shells.  The  ipi  liity  of  the  souiiirmg'4,  as  far  as  we  were  able  to 
survey  the  bank,  will  be  best  understood  from  the  chart,  where  they  have  been  carefully 
rated. 

The  time  and  weather  jirevented  making  a  complete  survey  of  all  parts  of  the  Bank; 
and  although  we  ascertained  the  liouiidarips  of  it  t(j  the  westward  and  northward,  I  have 
not  delineated  it  on  the  chart,  being  imwdling  to  borrow  any  tiling  from  d)u|lts  which  dis- 
agree so  essentially,  and  wiiiih  we  Ibun.l  very  incorrect  in  the  mat(||}|al  points.  Of  the 
siioals  th-iuiselves,  1  do  not  believe  a  more  perfect  survey  can  be  made,  unless  in  a  calm 
tiina,  the  m  lin  sho  il  could  be  penetrated.  This,  however,  does  not  .seein  to  be  au  object, 
as  no  vessel  would  be  safe  in  atteiiiptiiig  to  pass  over  it.  ,v  - 

The  reports  that  rocks  have  bi'eii  seen  on  the  .Shoals,  are  undoubtedly  incorrect. 
Had  there  been  any  there,  we  could  not  have  failed  of  disroveriiig  tiiem.  At  the  west 
part  of  the  bank,  in  strong  tide  rips,  we  saw  large  cjuantities  of  kelp  and  sea>weed,  whirb, 
at  a  distance,  had  the  appearance  of  rocks.  But  on  sounding  we  found  goodwater,  and 
regular  and  clear  bottom.  f  .  , 

It  will  be  seen  by  the  bottom  that  the  holding  ground  is  not  good.  But  tb^tetM||'ann- 
ployed  in  the  survey,  by  having  a  lon'i  scope  of  cable,  rode  out  a  cousH^MjImttirJich'  of 
wind  for  'Ji  hours,  on  the  east  side  of  the  main  shoal,  and  to  windward  oiiti^ '7 At  this 
time  the  sea  broke  very  high  in  10  fathoms  water. 

NoTK. — In  comini:  from  the  southward  lor  (ieorge's  Bank,  you  will  get  sonodings  in 
lat.  40°  4'  N.  if  on  the  S.  S.  W.  i)artof  the  bank.  Should  you  not  get  sonndipes  in  the 
lat.  of  40*^  30'  N.  you  may  be  certain  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  shoal,  wneQ  jpa 
must  direct  your  course  accordingly  to  clear  it,  when  your  first  soundings  will  be  in  fwm 
75  to  60  fathoms.  When  steering  to  the  northward,  you  will  shoalen  your  water  grad- 
ually to  i20  fathoms,  when  yoti  will  be  in  latitude  41°  20'  N.  which  depth  of  water  ybu 
will  have  10  or  li  leagues  distant,  either  east  or  west. 

Soundings  from  (ieorge's  Bank  continue  W.  bv  S.  until  you  are  nearly  abreast  of  the 
east  of  Long  Island,  thea  southward  to  Cape  Hatteras. 

SALEM  H.\RB<.)R. — Vessels  inward  bound,  and  falling  in  with  Cape  Ann,  must  ob- 
serve the  following  directions,  viz. — When  abreast  of  Cape  Ann  Lights,  bearing  N.  N. 
W.  about  two  miles  distant,  steer  W.  S.  W.  about  three  leagues,  which  will  carry  them 
up  with  the  eastern  point  of  Cape  Ann,  then  steer  VV.  by  S.  i  S.  7i  miles,  which  will 
carry  them  up  with  the  lights  on  *Baker's  Island. 

Ships  bound  to  Salem,  falling  to  the  southward  and  running  for  the  lights,  liust,  when 

they  have  made  them,  keep  the  northern  or  lower  light  open  to  the  eastward  of  thesouth- 

.  em  light,  and  run  for  them,  which  will  carry  them  to  the  eastward,  and  clear  of  the  south 

breukerof  Baker's  Island,  which  bears  from  the  lights,  S.  E.  by  S.  '2i  miles  distant,  and 

is  very  dangerous. 

Vessels  bound  to  Salem,  having  made  the  lights  with  a  westerly  wind,  in  beating  up, 

must  not  stand  to  the  southward  or  westward,  further  than  to  shut  one  light  in  with  the 

.other,  on  account  of  the  south  breaker,  nor  to  the  northward,  further  than  to- bring  the 

lights  to  hear  W.  by  .S.  7  S.  on  account  of  Gale's  Ledge,  which  bears  from  the  lights  N. 

E.  by  E.  J  E.  1^  mile  distant,  having  but  4  feet  water  at  low  tides. 

In  going  into  Salem  by  the  com  iion  or  ship  channel,  between  Baker's  Islai^  and 
t  Misery  Island,  being  up  with  Baker's  Island,  you  may  pass  within  lOiJ  fathoms  ontand 

*Baker's  Island  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the  principal  entrance  of  Sn'em  Harbor,  is  about  a  third 
of  a  mile  in  leng'h,  from  north  to  south,  bearing  east  from  Fort  Pickering,  distant  about  5  miles  east, 
from  the  town  of  SnVn.  There  are  now  two  spparaic  lighihnuses  on  Baker's  Island,  the  baaesof 
whiuh  are  about  45  feet  abtve  the  levo'  of  the  sea.  0  le  is  12  feet,  and  the  other  81 J  feethigh,and 
bear  from  each  o'her  N.  W.  ^  VV.  and  S.  E,  ^  K,  Tiie  southern  light  is  the  highest,  and  may  b^ 
seen  from  6^  to  7  leagues.  The  water  is  deep  near  the  island,  but  there  is  no  convenient  landing- 
place.  The  north  and  east  sides  are  high  and  rocky.  There  is  a  small  channel  bet^^een  the  ajQittb 
rocks  and  the  dry  breakers,  but  it  is  safe  only  to  those  who  are  acquainted  with  it. 

t  Misery  Island  lies  from  Baker's  Island  about  one  mile,  is  joined  by  a  bar  to  Little  Misery,  1 
makes  the  north  side  of  the  channel  opposite  Baker's  Island.     Misery  Ledge  has  eight  feet  ^tt 


%j| 


^"1^ 


1G8 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


•i^M 

■T' 

'MU 

Bp 

k^ 

■% 

steer  W.  hy  N.  Cor  the  ♦llasto;  thiH  coiirxe  will  carry  you  clear  of  fllardy's  Rocks, 
leaviiij{  them  to  the  .southwHid,  and  will  leave  JHowditcli's  Led^e  to  the  iioilhward.  If 
you  are  in  the  icid-passajic,  hulweeu  IJakr-r'H  Island  and  tin-  iMi.sery,  you  may  steer  W. 
N.  W.  till  you  have  passed  iJowditch's  Ledu;e,  or  till  you  g  >t  §Cat  island  open  to  the 
westward  ol  ||Kai,'le  Island,  then  liaul  up  lo*-  the  Haste.  Any  stranger  may  there  anchor 
in  safety,  in  about  f)  fathoms  of  water,  good  anchorage ;  hut  if  you  cljoose  to  proceed 
into  Salem  Harhor,  you  must  steer  about  west  for  tlie  Haste,  whuli  you  will  leave  on 
your  larboard  hand,  about  half  a  mde  distant,  then  steer  S.  VV.  i)y  W.  whit  h  will  carry 
you  into  Salem  llari)or,  but  you  must  observe,  that  there  is  a  lcdf;e  runs  o(f  from  the  N. 
E.  end  of  H  W  inter  Island,  and  that  Abbot's  Rock  lies  abreast  of  u  ;  to  avoid  which  you 
uju»t  keep  above  a  quarter  ol  a  mile  frouk  the  shore.  Abbot's  Rock  >  found  by  br-n^- 
ing  Castle  Hdl  and  tiouse  into  the  cove  north  of  Kort  I'ickerini;,  and  Heverly  Meetini;- 
hou8e  well  in  with  Junii)er  I'oint  (or  S.  K.  point  of  Salem  Neck.)  Abbots  Rock  has 
seven  feet  at  common  ebb.  'J'he  meanof  coiiMuon  tides  is  1-2  feet.  In  keeping  oil' shore, 
to  avoid  Abbott's  Rock,  you  must  not  go  too  far  olf,  for  fear  of  the  A(|ua  V  ii.-e,  which 
are  sunken  rofks,  lying  K.  S.  K.  from  Fort  Pickering,  distant  nearly  half  a  mile. 

U  hen  <K>nung  from  the  southward,  if  you  are  near  Cat  island,  you  may  pass  to  the 
eastward  of  ve-stward  of  it;  if  you  are  to  the  eastward,  you  must  give  a  berth  of  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile,  and  steer  N.  by  VV.  }  W.  or  N.  i\.  VV.  leaving  the  '**Rrimt)les  and  Kaijle 
Island  to  tht^starboard,  and  fjCouay  Islanil  Ijcd'je  to  the  larboard — that  course  will  car- 
ry you  clear^f  Engle  Island  Bar ;  continue  upon  the  same  course  till  you  have  passed 
the  Haste,  at^  get  jnto  common  ship  channel,  or  you  may  continue  the  same  course  till 
you  get  UR(|«^  the  north  .shore,  where  there  is  good  aiwhorage. 

If  you  apto  the  wectward  of  Cat  Island,  you  may  p.iss  in  the  middle  channel  between 
tbnt  litlap^nd  tt'Marhlehead  Rock,  and  steer  over  north  for  the  ship  channel,  leaving 
§§(Jni|'^»ck  ^od  Coney  Island  to  the  westward.  After  passing  the  Haste,  and  enter- 
ing tlwlwP^llM|iiDel,  you  may  proceed  as  before  directed. 


Bt  low  spring' tidwv,  and  bears  from  the  li^-iithnupc  N.  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  J^  mile  distant.     Misery 
Island  or  OtB«|  Misery,  is  174  rods  in  Icnuth  from  N.  to  S.  und  'J(>  rodn  in  lueadtli.     Little  Mi.ser.' 

•  ifl  40  rods  in  lailgth,  with  its  most  western  point  projecting  into  the  chnnnpl.     South  part  of  Little 
Misery  Isl^nrt  tears  from  the  lights  N.  W.  i  N.  three  (|uurters  of  u  mile  dit-tuiit. 

•  Tfce  Esite  Rock  is  a  broken  rock  above  water,  lyinj?  near  ilie  channel,  bcurint,'  from  Baker's 
Island  Lights,  W.  ^  N.  distant  2^  miles,  and  1^  mile  from  Salem  Ruck. 

t Hardy's  Rocks  (on  which  a  beacon  is  erecieii)  bear  VV.  i  N.  from  Baker's  Island  Lights,  dis- 
tant  five  eighths  of  a  mile.  They  are  covered  at  liitli  water,  an;'  are  daiijrr;ous.  At  half  tide  they 
appear  with  7  feet  on  them  at  low  water.  Rising  States  Ledge  bearf  V»'.  }  N.  from  diem,  150  fath. 
oms  distant. 

t  Bowditf.'Vs  Ledge,  on  the  east  end  of  which  a  blaek  spar  buoy  is  placed,  in  2^  fathoms,  bears 
from  Baker's  Island  Ligbthouee  W.  N.  W.  1^  mile  distant,  and  is  .«pen  at  low  spring  tides. 

§^  Cat  Island  in  situated  about  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Baker's  Island,  2  miles  distant,  and  about  ]\ 
Oiiie  from  Morbleheud  Neck  ;  and  ranges  from  Baker's  Islp.nd  just  clear  of  MarHlehead  Neck.  On 
the  N.  W.  end  is  a  high  beach,  directly  opposite  the  point  jf  Miirblehead,  called  Peach's  Point.  The 
shore  is  irregular  a;id  rocky.  Beyond,  and  in  a  hne  with  the  island,  are  two  other  her.ds,  of  nearly 
.  Uiesame  projection  ;  Rnd  on  the  southern  side  are  three  high  rocks,  but  not  so  large  as  the  former. 
Two  of  them  ar»  connected  with  the  ir'and  by  bars  of  sand,  out  of  water  at  the  ebb  ;  the  otlierstands 
boldly  up  within  these  two,  but  more  southerly.  The  Marblehead  Marine  Society  has  erected  on 
'€<0t  Island  Rock  a  spar,  40  feet  high,  to  the  top  of  which  is  ^innexcd  a  cask  of  about  130  gallons 
Mgeasure,  "which  is  seen  at  sea  20  to  30  feet  above  the  buid.     A  black  spar  buoy  lies  otf  the  S.  E. 

•  etidr  bearing  from  the  lights  S.  E.  ^  S.  to  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  2^  miles  distant. 

H  Eagle  Island  is  about  1|  mile  from  Peach's  Point,  and  bears  from  the  lighthouse?  VV.  by  S.  J 
i9'(fotant  IJ  mile.     A  bar  runs  off  from  the  western  point  of  this  island  in  a  N.  W.  direction,  half 
-8  mile  distant,  and  has  a  red  spar  buoy  on  the  end  of  it.     It  may  be  avoided  by  keeping  Grtij's 
j  Rocks  to  the  southward  of  Marblehead  Fort. 

T  Winter  Island  lies  on  the  north  Je  of  the  entrance  of  Saleni  Harbor,  about  half  a  mile  in 
length  ;  the  highest  part  is  on  the  south  of  the  island,  opposite  a  point  of  rocks  on  the  neck  (which  is 
a  point  of  land  running  north-easterly  from  the  town,  about  one  mile.)  It  has  a  store  and  a  wharf 
on  the  southern  end,  at  the  entrance  of  Cat  Gove.     On  the  eastern  point  stands  Fort  Pickering. 

*•  The  Brimbles  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the  lighthouse,  distnnt  1 J  mile,  S.  S.  E,  from  Eagle  Isl. 
and,  nearly  half  a  inile  distant.  They  are  sunken  rocks,  bare  a:  'ow  water :  near  to  it  is  a  spur  buoy 
painted  red.    It  corijes  out  of  water  ai  half  ebb. 

ttConey  Island  is  a  small  island  that  lies  near  the  mouth  of  Salem  Harbor  :  it  bears  from  Marble. 
head  Point,  N.  E.  one  mile  distant ;  from  Fort  Pickering,  on  Winter  Island,  E.  i  S.  two  miles  dis. 
tant.t  and  from  Baker's  Island  Light,  W.  J  S.  2J  miles  distant. 

M^arbleliiBBd  Rock  bears  S.  VV.  from  the  western  part  of  Cat  Island,  distant  three  fourths  of  a 
niihir'  It it.aiboy«5  water,  and  may  be  approached  on  either  side,  very  near,  with  safety. 
'  .  SCTW^y^s^^ock  bears  N.  W.  from  Cat  Island,  distant  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  W.  by  S.  J  S.  from 
^iJNr^f^thousc,  distant  2|  mil'js,  is  high  out  of  water,  and  may  be  approached  with  safety. 


y's  RockB, 
hward.     If 
ly  steer  W. 
u|i('ii  to  tlie 
ifie  anclidr 
to   proceed 
/ill  leiivu  uii 
h  will  carry 
rom  the  iN. 
I  wliicli  you 
id  by  briig- 
ly  Meeting- 
's Rock  lias 
i(/  oH'  shore, 
V  iiie,  which 
mile- 
pass  to  the 
h  of  a  quar- 
s  and  Kagle 
.irae  will  car- 
have  passed 
le  course  till 

inel  between 
iinel,  leaving 
e,  and  euter- 


itant.     Misery 

Little  Miscrr 

1  part  oi  Littlt' 

from  Baker's 

d  Lights,  (lis. 
Imlf  tide  they 
hein,  laUfath. 

fathoms,  bears 
des. 

and  about  IJ 
d  Neck.  On 
Point.  The 
da,  of  nearly 
as  the  forniei. 
le  otherstanda 
as  erected  on 
ut  130  gallons 
otf"  the  S.  E. 

tes  W.  by  S.  i 
lireciion,  half 
eeping  Gray's 

■ilf  a  mile  in 
uck  (which  is 

e  and  a  wharf 

'ickering. 

rom  Eagle  Isl. 
is  a  spur  buoy 

.  from  Marble. 
wo  miles  dis. 

e  fourths  of  a 

ly  S.  i  S.  from 
fety. 


BLUM  S  AMERICAN  COAST  TILOT. 


1G9 


lias  very  shoal  water  on  the 
'i'here  is  f,M)od  water  at  the 


Tf  it.  coiniii"  froir  the  soutliwaid  and  eastward,  yon  should  find  yourself  near  'Half- 
wav  Hod;,  yon  may  brinn  it  to  hear  S.  K.  and  sieer  N.  W.  for  the  Haste,  pasHini;  near 
to  f  Satan  or  lilack  Kock,  leaviii<{  it  on  the  !arl)oard  hand,  and  the  Hriinides  and  Ka^le 
Island  on  tin  starboard  ;  contintie  fhis  course,  and  you  will  leave  the  Haste  on  the  lar- 
board hand,  enter  the  (^oiiniioii  ship  chaiuiel,  and  proceed  as  above. 

'LMiere  are  several  other  cliainicls  forenterini;  Salem  Harbor,  l)Ut  they  ought  not  to  be 
attempted  withoti.  a  pilot. 

JHIVKKLV  AND  MANCIIRSTER.— To  enter  P.everly  Harbor,  follow  the  direc- 
tions for  Salem  Harbor,  till  you  briii;,'  the  Haste  to  bear  K.  S.  K.  and  run  W.  N.  W. 
ai)out  two  miles,  aiifl  you  reacli  Heverly  IJar,  which  is  a  spot  of  sand  riinniiifi;  out  from 
the  southern  or  Salem  si'le  of  the  entrance,  and  has  commonly  a  beacon  upon  the  head 
of  it,  above  a  fpiarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  The  bar 
eastern  or  outward  sidi;  near  it,  but  i;ood  anchcrape  within. 

head  of  the  bar.  Having  passed  the  bar,  there  is  a  sandy  point  from  Beverly,  on  the 
northern  side  of  the  entraiice,  and  beyond  this  point  are  the  Lobster  Rocks,  which  bear 
from  the  head  of  the  bar  \V.  a  little  .S.  and  not  half  a  mile  distant,  and  they  are  above 
water  at  half  tide.  To  avoid  this  point,  after  havinsj  well  cleared  the  bar,  you  will  steer 
towards  Ram-horn  Kock,  which  has  also  commonly  a  beacon,  and  is  to  be  seen  at  half 
tide,  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  from  the  head  of  the  bar,  one  eijilith  of  a  mile  distant.  There 
are  several  fathoms  of  water  within  a  vessel's  lencth  of  Ram-horn  Rock.  OiviDg  tins 
;■  jn;ood  Ix'rtli,  you  then  dear  the  sandy  [loiiit,  and  steer  for  the  Lobster  Rock  Beacon, 
bea''igf>'om  Ram-horn  Mcacon  N.  \V.  by  W.  distant  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile. 
Giving  Uu.,  a  ijood  btuih,  you  are  then  opposite  to  the  wharves,  and  may  anchor  in  deep 
water,  in  a  very  safe  and  excellent  harbor. 

To  enter  .Manchester  Harbor,  you  must  bring  the  southern  light  on  Baker's  Island  to 
bear  S.  i  K.  and  run  .\.  one  mile  distant,  where  you  may  anchor  on  good  bottoJRn^ 

Eastern  I'oiiU  bears  from  Raker's  Island  Light's  E.  by  N.  ^  N.  7f  miles  cM8t<l^^^lilillf- 
way  Rock  bears  from  the  lights  S.  ]  E.  -J  miles  distant,  tfardy's  Rocks,  l^ld^Oiii  the 
lights  W.  i  N    distant  five  eighths  of  a  mile  '^. 

M.VRRLEllEAU. — \'essels  inward  bouiul,  and  falling  in  with  the  lights  Ott'-Thatch- 
er's  Island,  may  observe  the  following  directions,  viz.  Thatcher's  Island  Leidge  bnn  from 
tlie  body  o.f  the  island  from  E.  .S.  E.  to  S.  .S.  E.  extending  about  two  miles  froin  the  is-  ■ 
land.  After  getting  the  west  light  to  bear  N.  k  W.  you  are  to  the  westward  of  the  ledge : 
then  haul  to  the  N.  W.  to  bring  the  lights  to  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  and  steer  S,  W.  by  W.  fori 
tlie  eastern  point,  which  is  about  7A  miles  distant  from  Thatcher's  Island.  Then  yoi^r 
course  is  VV.  by  S.  distant  7\  miles,  for  the  lights  on  Baker's  Island.      ' 

Vessels  bound  to   Alarblehead,  and   falling  to  the  southward,  and  running  for  th*    ■ 
lights,  after  making  them  must  keep  the  north  and  lower  one  open  to  the  eastward  of 
the  southern  light,   and  run  for  them,  which  will  carry  them  to  the  eastward  and  clear 
of  the  south  breakers  off  Baker's  Island,  which  bear  from  the  lights  from  S.  E.  ^  S. 
to  S.  S.  E.  ^  E.  distant  two  miles  and  one  quarter. 

il.iviiig  made  the  lights  with  a  westerly  wind,  and  beating,  when  within  two  and  a  half 
miles  of  them,  you  must  not  stand  to  the  southward  and  westward  so  far  as  to  shut  the 
north  light  up  with  the  south  light,  on  account  of  the  south  breakers,  ntfr  to  thenorth'-r 
ward  further  than  to  bring  the  lights  to  bear  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  on  accoutit  of  GaleV 
Ledge,  which  bears  from  the  lights  N.  E.  by  E.  I  E.  distant  1^  mile.  Drawing  naH* 
to  the  lights,  take  care  of  a  ledge,  called  the  Whale's  Back,  which  bears  from  tEs 
ligh's  N.  by  E.  distant  four  fifllis  of  a  mile,  and  comes  out  of  water  at  quarter  ebb« 

'r  going  into  Marblehead,  and  being  up  with  the  lights,  give  the  north  point  of  Bale's 
Is  cinu  a  berth  of  one  quarter  of  a  mile  or  less.     Having  the  lights  one  in  with  the  othlsr, 
y.'^.  are  up  with  the  ])oint.     When  the  south  light  is  open  with  the  north  light,  you, 
Have  then  passed  the  point  (leaving  the  Misery  Island  on  your  starboard   hand,  which.     > 
bears  from  the  lights  N.  W.  i  N.  three  fourths  of  a  mile.)     Then  steer  S.  W.  by  S.-^> 
or  S.  S.  W.  until  you  bring  the  south  light  to  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E. ;    then  steer  S.  '^ 
W.  by  W.  ^  W.  distant  3  miles,  for  ]Marblehead  Harbor.     You  will  leave  Hardy's 
Rocks,  Eagle  Island,  and  fxray's  Rock,  on  the  starboard  hand;  Pope's  Head,  (which  is 
a  large  high  rock,  bearing  S.  VV.  by  W.  from  the  lights,  two  thirds  of  a  mile  distant,) 
Brimbles,  and  north  point  of  Cat  Island,  on  the  larboard  hand.     The  Brimbles  bear  from 


*  Half-way  Rock  is  about  180  feet  in  diainrter,  40  feet  high,  and  bold  to  ;  lying  about  halfway 
between  Boston  and  Thatcher's  Ishind  Lighthouses,  on  which  a  pyrnmidical  monument  has  been 
erected,  the  stone  work  of  which  is  15  feet  high,  wi;h  a  hat^e  of  10  feet ;  above  the  stone  work  is  a 
spindle  15  feet  high,  on  which  is  a  copper  ball  2  feet  in  diameter. 

t  Satan,  or  Black  Rock,  is  above  wiitcr,  steep  to,  and.beari"  S.  W.  by  S.  from  Baker's  Island,  diB« 
tant  one  and  two  thirds  mile,  and  from  Half-way  Rock,  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  trmile  and  one  sixth. 

22 


170 


BI.UNT  8  AMERICAN  TOAST  PII.OT. 


|V-, 


EaglP  Tdland  S.  S.  E.  \  K.  distant  half  ii  niili*;  and  (Jray's  Rock  from  thn  nortli  point 
of  Cat  Island,  N.  W.  Iiy  W.  .seven  einliths  of  a  mile. 

Kallini;  in  with  the  soiiih  pi)int  of  Maker's  iHlanil,  and  it  hlowinj;  hartWroin  the  east 
ward,  if  you  (rannot  ivoid  it,  you  may  |)asK  the  point  hy  keeping  il  widl  on  hoard,  say  at 
the  distance  of  from  •.'!)  to  ,")()  fathom:*  from  the  shore,  where  yon  will  have  from  4  to  5 
fathoms  water.  When  up  with  the  S.  \V.  point,  steer  W.  S.  \V.  whi<h  will  carry  you 
between  the  north  Cooselierry  Island  (wHiich  lieais  S.  W.  .',  S.  (rom  the  liyhls.  di/tanl 
two  thirils  of  a  mile)  and  I'ope's  Head,  leaving  the  former  on  your  larlioard  hand,  and 
Pope's  Head  on  your  itarlioanl  hand,  helween  which  you  will  have  from  .i,',  to  .'j  fathoms 
of  water.  As  «oon  ah  you  have  passed  I'ope's  Head,  liaiil  to  the  northvvard,  utiiil  the 
Bt)uthhght  bears  N.  .-;.  by  K.  l  E.,  then  steer  S.  W.  by  W.  .',  \V.  lor  iMarlMclieail 
Harbor. 

The  somb  "-  ■•■  of  the  Harbor  of  Marblehead  is  bold,  and  may  be  approached  with 

•afety  with  »  on  the  |ioiiii  of  the  neck  at  the  .S.  E.  side  of  the  harbor,  bearinj^ 

from  N.  N.  ^V.  <o  VV.  by  N.  until  you  are  within  half  a  mile  of  it;  then  brini;  the 
light  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  run  for  it  until  within  two  cables'  lengths  ;  then  steer  N.  W. 
by  W.  until  the  lighthouse  bears  S.  .S.  W .  ;  ih,.,,  steer  S.  W.  and  anchor  with  the  li^ht 
bearing  tirom  E.  by  S.  to  N.  E.  by  K.  from  a  (jiiarter  to  a  half  a  mile  distant,  in  b  fath- 
oms, good  holding  ground  and  clear  bottom,  secure  from  all  but  easterly  gales.  The 
following  are  the  bearings  from  the  lighthouse  : 


MaAlehead  Rock S.  E.  by  E.  ^ 

Half-way  Rock E.   by  S. . . . 

Chi  Island  Rock E.  [  N 

Biker's  Island  Light N.  E.  by  E. 

'irdy's  Rocks ^. N.  E 

te  Island N.  E.  \  N.. 


E. 


•  distant 


%y'-^  Rock N.  E.  by  E.  i  E 


PVaclie'i  Point 
Fort  Head 


N. 
N. 


•'\ 


by  W.  ^  W. 


4 

oi 

*"■? 

8 
1 

1 


mile, 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


The  above  are  by  compass. 
1.      Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  and  running  for  Half-way  Rock,  whitih  is  a  hi^h 
>"■    bold  rock  of  about  30  fathoms  diameter,  lying  S.  \  E.  from  Baker's  Island  lights,  dis- 
tant 2  miles,  (and  described  jn  page  169,)  must  not  bring  the  rock  to  bear  to  the  south- 
ward ot  W.  S.  W.  to  avoid  the  south  breaker,  which  bears  from  Half-way  Kock  N.  E. 
4  E.  distant  one  mile.     Being  up  with' Half-way  Rock,  and  bound  into   iMarblehead, 
bring  the  rock  to  bear  E.  by  S.  |  S.  and  steer  W.  by  N.  .]  N.  for  Fort  Head,  distant  .'{ 
^     miles,  leaving  Cat  Island  on  the  starboard  hand,  which  bears  from  Half-way  Kock  \V. 
N.  W.  distant  Ijf  mile,  and  *Marblehead  Rock  on  the  larboard  hand,  which  bears  fiom 
Half-way  Rock  W.  J  N.  distant  2  miles.     Black  Rock  bears  from  Half-way  Rock  N, 
/   W.  by  W.  distant  1^  mile.     Cat  Island  Rock  and  Point  Neck  bear  east  and  west  of  each 
other,  distant  about  one  mile. 

Vessels  being  up  in  Boston  Bay,  may,  by  bringing  Boston  Light  to  bear  S.  S.  AV. 
run  N.  N.  E.  for  Marblehead  Rock  :  they  are  distant  from  each  other  about  12  miles. 
^j,Half-way  Rock  and  Boston  Light  bear  fromeach  otherS.  W.  and  N.  E.  distant  15  <iiiles. 
Hardy's  Rocks  are  coveried  at  high  water,  and  may  be  seen  at  quarter  ebb.     Whale's 
'^acft  is  covered  at  high  water,  and  may  be  seen  at  quarter  ebb.     Gale's  Rocks  have  but 
4 »  4  foet  water  at  low  tides,  and  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  \  V..  from  the  lights,  distant  1^'  mile. 
^s;^  t>The  south  breakers,  off  Baker's  Island,  are  always  covered.     The  Brimbles  are  covered 
■^i  high  water,  apd  are  seen  at  half  tide.     Black  Rock  is  always  out  of  water,  but  low. 
Cat  Island  Rock,  Half-way  Rock,  Marblehead  Rock,  Gray's  Rock,  and  Pope's  Head, 
are  large,  and  high  above  water.     Half-way  Rock  is  very  bold  all  round  it.     Eagle  Isl- 
and is  bold  only  6n  the  south  and  east ;  from  the  N.  E.  part  of  it,  quite  to  Hardy's  Rocks, 
is  very  shoal  water,  and  iio  passage  for  ships. 


z?-. 


^. 


y*  On  Marblehead  Rock  is  erected  a  monument,  painted  white  at  the  bottom  and  black  at  the 
top,  bciAg  about  8  feet  in  the  base,  and  15  in  height.  Strangers  will  observe  that  the  course  from 
Half-way  Rock  to  Marblehead  Fort  is  W.  by  N  i  N.  3  miles  distant,  leaving  the  beacon  which  is 
placed  on  Cat  Island  Rock  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  the  monument  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  the 
monument  bears  from  the  beacon  W.  by  S.  |  S.  distant  seven  eighths  of  a  mile. 


-"-'-'^- — ^'"— 


BLUMS  AMKRrCAN  TOAHT  I'M.OT. 


171 


i«  north  point 

I'rom  tlif  tMst 
II  l>()iiiil,  Miiy  III 
v«!  iVoin  4  to  5 
will  nirry  >on 
litjlus,  (li/tiinl 
lanl  liiiiiil,  and 
l.<,  til  f)  ratliiiiiiH 
ward,  until  tlic 
[)t  Murl'iulieail 

ppidaclu'il  with 
larlior,  hearing 
tlini  hrini;  tiit; 
cti  Mtper  N.  W. 
r  with  till'  linht 
slant,  in  ()  iath- 
•ly  gales.     The 


I 

2-' 

s 
3 

J 

1 

1 
1 
a 


mile, 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


which  is  a  high 
piland  lights,  dis- 
bar to  the  south- 
ay  Kork  N.  E. 
ito   Marblehead, 
Head,  distant  :? 
f-way  Kock  W. 
hi  eh  bears  fioni 
ll-way  Rock  N. 
and  west  of  each 

,  bear  S.  S.  W. 
about  12  miles, 
distant  lo  miles, 
r  ebb.  Wl.ale's 
Rocks  have  but 
distant  Ij  mile, 
bles  are  covered 

water,  but  low. 
d  Pope's  Head, 
I  it.     Eagle  Isl- 

Hardy's  Rocks, 


and  black  at  the 
Lt  the  course  from 
\c  beacon  wliiub  is 
irboard  hand ;  the 


Beurinifs  and  Dislancen  of  Uie  I'riuniml  Islands,  Hacks,  i^v.  in  the  vicinity  of  Salem, 

from  liaKer'n  Island  Lights. 

'Ilif  lights  bear  from  -iich  other  N.  W.  \  W.  and  S.  E.  \  K.  40  feet  distant. 

Eastern  point  of  (,'ape  Ann  i)ears E.  by  N.  J  N 7^  uiilea  diltant. 

Gale's  jjcdge,  which  has  a  whitt-  spar  bu«»y  on  the  8. 

VV.  »'n(i,and  on  which  are  ;j  ft-et  water,  low  tide.  .N.  E.  bv  E.  J  EI...1J 

House  Island,  at  the  mouth  of  Manchestur  I  larbor. .  N.  N.  V. 1 

^Saube'>*  Jjcdge  in   Manchester N. 

East  part  of  Whale's  IJack ry^ 

Pilgrim's  l^edge  (lU  feet  low  common  tides) 

(ireat   Misery N' 

IMi-ery  Ijedge  (has  H  feel  at  low  tides) N. 

South  part  of  Ijiltle  Misery N. 

Wlialr's  iiack,  (comes  out  at  two  thirds  ebb) N. 

Bowditch's  I, edge W. 

North  part  of  Hardy's  Rocks W. 

North  part  of  Haste  Rock    W. 

South  part  of  ( 'oney   Island   W. 

Nagus  Head,  or  Marblehead  shore  W. 

(Jray's  Koek W. 

North  part  of  Eagle  Island ,W. 

South  part  of  Marblehead  Neck S.  W.  hy,\ 

North  part  of  Cat  Island S.  W.  b/W. 

Middle  of  I'ope's   Head    S^W.  byV 

North  part  of  Western  Gooseberry   ji.  "MT*  l!^- *     ^  in.  ''^. 

South    Gooseberry   S,,/5CW:  A  W.. 

Satan  or  Miack  Rock    .S.  W.  by  S.    . . 

Eastern  (iooscberry S.  S.   W.  \  W. . . , 

ilalf-wav   Kock S.  i  E 2" 

South  B'reakers  of  Baker's  Island ,  .-3.  E.  b^  S 8f 

Arc  her's  Rock,  on  which  is  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red,  « 

(has  7  feet  at  low  tides) S.  W.  Ijjf  W.  ^  W.  8J   •  ^;  4d, 

Outer  Breakers,  known  generally  by  the  name  of  O.ute^,  Middle,  and'Ioitff'] 
this  is  a  very  extensive  and  dangerous  shoal,  extending  from  Searl's  ^tocks,  iltji'^l 
direction,  about  two  miles,  and  in  a  westerly  direction  (tbout  three  quarters  of  « t»llifci'^«| 
bearing  from  the  lights  S.  E.  },  S.  to  S.  S.  E.  ^  E.'two  and  a  quarter  miles;  t<i-plM(i-^^' 
the  eastward  of  this  dangerous"  shc^l,  have  the  northern  or  low  light  a  little  opctt  tifl£i^^ 
eastward  of  the  high  light. '  ,•   ^» 

Searl's  Rocks,  a  small  part  corner  out  of  water  at  low  spritfpfides,  and  beara  flff^tiiw^;^ 
south  light  S.  E.  three  eighths  of  a  mile  distant,  and  front;  the  S.  £.,point8  of  0d«|i|^'l£ 
Island,  S.  E.  distant  a  small  one  fourth  of  a  mile.     There  is.a  good^hMinel  beti 
island  and  Searl's  Rocks,  by  keeping  the  island  best  oh  bi»ard,  say  at  the  distail 
to  40  fathoms  ;  in  tliis  channel  is  ti  to  5  fathoms  water,  at  lo#  common  tides. ' 

BOSTON  HARBOR.— From  *Cape  Ann  to  Boston  Lighthousit'th'e  com 
W.  i  S.  distant  8j  leagues.     After  making  the  light,  ^itli  the  wind  iw\  tott ' 
it  to'  bear  W.  by  N.  or  W.  N.   W.  and  then  run  for  it,  till  you  come  witi^  jjlt.v 
lengths  of  it.     If  the  weather  is  bad,  and  you  cannot  get  a  pilot  from  the  lightlio^to^ 
tcr  running  abreast  of  it  so  as  to  bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  E.  you  may  jriiaAi^.  By  S.  ^fl^ 
until  the  light  on  fLong  Island  Head  bears  N.  W.  by  N.;  tbenateerN,  W'vi9lS<^| 
mile,  or  until  the  old  light  is  hid  by  George's  Island,  where  you  may  ancl^or  i  ^    ~  ■* 
5  fathoms  \v  Si  fety  in  Nantasket  Road. 


.1  iiiitm^i, 

*  Wc  must  here  remark  the  necessity  of  every  commander's  making  himself  ncquain^ld 
the  different  lighthouses  on  the  American  coast,  and  on  first  appearance  know  At  once  ^$ir 
tion,  as  an  error  may  be  attended  with  disastrous  consequences,  which  was  the  caatf  in  Jlo^/if.  J 
when  a  fine  brig  of  314  tons  was  lost,  with  one  of  her  officers  and  a  seaman,  by  mistMuij^'fi; 
Light  for  Boston  Light.  The  Captain  says,  "he  made  Cape  Ann  Light,  bearing  N.  8.6f  d. 
distant,  on  Tuesday,  at  6  o'clock,  P.  M.  run  W.,  made  Salem  lighto,  soon  after  run  S.  W.,  Bli 
light  ahcadj  supposed  Boston,  thinking  Boston  a  standing  light,  continued  the  course  tti^  V 
about  6  miles,  then  run  southerly  until  the  light  bore  W.  by  N.,  then  run  W.  until  sh&tj^Klt' 
the  light." 

+  Long  Island  Light  is  elevated  on  a  tower  73  feet,  with  a  lantern  7  feet  higli,  tifinlgtt  flNtn^ 
ton  light  W.  i  N.    It  is  lighted  with  ten  patent  lamps,  and  you  leave  it  on  ]r^B|lr  liiKliTOthlwAr 


r*.' 


172 


ni.UtVT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


Thr  iiiiiin  I'litriinrr 'Mil)  lloHlun  II;iih<ir  lifl*  iM-iwriui  •Ijiiilitlioiisr  ImI.ukI  on  tlic  iinrlli 
b'kIi',  iiiiil  I'oiiit  Alilrrton  on  ttii>  xouth,  (of)'  wliich  lii'H  a  nImdiI,  ;im  ilcNiiiht'il  in  tin' 
I'LA'I'K,  to  wliicli  iIk-  itMih-r  it  rrlfrrnl.) 

To  work  into  Itnsion  lt;iy,  you  \u,iy  scinil  to  tlir  snutliwuril  till  you  liritiK  (tir  lit;lit  to 
bear  W.  N.  W.  iuid  to  fh«'  nnrtliwanl  till  \<iii  hriiiu  it  to  hear  U'.  S.  \\'.  tiilyoiuotni'  wiiL- 
in  one  luaKiK*  ol  the  liulit ;  tlicn  you  luu^l  not  siuiid  to  the  northwani  any  tartlur  tlian  to 
brin)<  it  to  bear  \V.  by  N.  and  to  the  nontliward  to  bring  it  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  Vou  tnav 
nnclior  in  tlie  bay  with  safety  if  the  wind  is  oil'  i«hore.  It  you  tall  to  the  .sonthwaril  el' 
BuNton  Harbor,  In;  earclnl  to  avoid  CohatHet  Koclix,  which  lie  aliove  water  Nurrie  distance 
from  the  land,  nay  tVoin  I ',  to  -J  miles;  tlii'  ouier  |)  ut  uf  whicii,  called  .Mirml's  iktirk,  hus 
a  black  buuy  on  it,  that  lies  in  5  fathoms  water,  whu  h  yon  leave  on  your  larboard  hanil. 
This  rock  conies  out  of  water  at  low  connnon  tides,  and  bears  from  Mostnii  lighthouse  S. 
E.  4  E.  9  mileH.      Your  course  iVoni  this  buoy  to  the  lii;htliou<ie  is  N.  W,    by  W.  distant 

3  leagues.  N.  N.  K.  from  iMinoi's,  Innr  miles  distant,  lies  a  led^e  ol  rocl.s,  w  hi(  h  is  small 
and  bold;  near  it  you  have  'Jll  lathoms.  In  rnnmn<;  the  aboM'  course  and  disiariee,  you 
will  past  a  white  buoy  which  lies  in  1  lathoms  water,  that  is  on  the  N.  K.  part  ol  liarilen'.>i 
RockH,  and  bears  S.  E.  j  S.  from  the  lighthouse,  distant  1 ',  league,  whieh  rockr  may  be 
seen  two  lionrs  before  low  water,  tliat  yon  also  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  There  is 
another  buov  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  is  red,  that  lies  in  ;i  lalhoins  ,\ater  on  j  Point 
Alderton.  When  in  the  middle  ol  the  I  I.iuhihousc  ehani»el,  steer  W.  by  N.  one  mile 
distant,  to  tl^e  beacon  on  the  •'^pit,  which  yon  may  run  within  one  (jiiarter  of  a  cable's 
Icogth  of,  letiving  it  on  your  tttarbonrd  hand,  opposite  to  which  lies  a  black  buoy  in  'J  fath- 
oms water,  An  George's  Island  Rocks.  IJetween  the  ri;:hthoiise  and  (leorue's  Island  lies 
a  rock,  having  a  black  buoy  on  it,  called  the  Centiirion,  in  iiiid-(  hannel,  with  11  feet  wa- 
ter on  it,  louring  fron  he  lighthouse  W.  S.  \V.  ^'l)llr  coiiise  I'niin  this  to  (Jallop's  Island 
Poini,||K.  W.  by  N.  half  a  mile  distant.  From  tlieme  throuj^h  the  Narrows,  by  Nick's 
Mate^JfiJU  course  is  N.  N.  W.'half  a  mile  distant.  Nick's  .Mate  has  a  inoniitnent  <in  it, 
and  Tntt(Kl»*J|eft  on  your  larboard  hand,  one  cable's  length  distant,  ^mil  then  steer  W.  by 
N.  foif  Cattii  Island,  distant  4  miles.  In  rmining  W.  by  N.  from  Nick's  .Mate,  you  will 
first  leave  twUtospar  buoy  on  the  Lower  iMiilille,  on  your  starboard  hand,  distant  'i 
tnileafrom  Ni^  •  Mate;  then,  three  quarters  of  a  mib-  distant,  you  will  see  a  white  buoy, 
which  is  onthe  Castle  Rocks,  in  two  fathoms,  whieh  you  leave  on  your  larboard  haiiil. 
When  gblftist  of  the  Castle,  steer  N.  N.  W.  one  (jiiarter  of  a  mile,  to  clear  the  (pper 
Middle  OJ'puid,  which  has  a  black  buoy  on  it  in  'J  fathoms  water,  that  you  leave  on  yotr 
Isfboard  hud ;  if  the  buoy  should  be  removed,  run  N.  N.  W.  till  you  briii;;  the  two  norlli- 
ernmost  steeples  in  Boston  a  handspike's  length  open,  then  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  2^  miles, 
which  will  carry  you  opposite  the  town. 

Broad  Souna,  which  is  the  north  entrance  of  Boston  harbor,  is  not  a  »>roper  channel 
for  large  vessels;  but  those  who  frequent  it,  will  fidlow  the  directions  here  given  :  when 
up'witn  the  Graves,  which  are  a  parcel  of  dry  rocks  tha;  appear  white,  you  must  leave 
themonyour  larboard  hai^d,  two  cabJes'  lengths  distant,  then  bring  them  to  bear  S.  E.  and 
run  S.  W.  by  W.  4  miles,  when  you  will  be  up  witli  Long  Island  light,  which  is  elevated 
00  a  tower  20  feet,  -on  which  is  a  lantern  7  feet  high,  bearing  from  the  old  liglithouse,  W. 

4  N.     It  is  lighted  with  l(f  patent  lamps.     You  leave  it  on  your  larboard  hand. 

Ih  passing  from  the  Graves  to  Long  Island  light,  you  will  see  two  buoys  on  your  lar- 
board hand,  one  of  which  's  on  a  reef  called  the  Devil's  Hack,  is  ])ainted  red,  and  lies  in  4 
fathoms  water;  the  other  is  on  Ram's-head  bar,  jjainted  black,  and  lies  in  IH  feet  water 
on  the  N.  E.  end,  bearing  from  Long  Island  light  E.  Ni  E.    Y'ouwill  also  pass  a  white 


r 


•  Boston  Lighthonee  is  situated  on  an  island  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  The  lantern  is  ele- 
vated 82  feet  above  th^  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  revolving  light,  wliirh  may  be  hcpii  9  or  10 
leagues  distant.  When  at  the  distance  of  7  or  8  lentrucs,  the  time  of  darkness  will  be  twice  that  of 
light;  as  you  approach  it  the  time  of  darkness  will  decrease,  and  that  of  light  increase,  until  yon  get 
within  three  leagues  of  it,  when  the  light  will  not  wholly  disappear,  but  the  greatest  power  of  litjlit 
will  be  to  the  leost,  as  44  to  1.  Two  huts  are  erected  at  Long  Beach  (on  Nantasket)  for  the  ac 
commodation  of  shipwrecked  seamen. 

t  Remarks  on-the  single  rock  that  lies  off  the  north  part  of  Point  Alderton,  viz  : — The  rock 
on  with  the  first  fence  that  ruhs  over  the  east  side  of  Strawberry  Hill  ;  Newcomb's  Barn  (on  flal- 
lop's  Island)  half  way  between  the  lighthouse  on  Long  Island  and  the  beacon  on  the  spit.  When 
Newcomb's  barn  is  on  with  the  beacon,  you  pass  just  to  the  north  of  this  rock,  on  the  north  of  which 
the  buoy  is  placed,  and  near  it. 

t  Marks  for  a  shoal  in  Lighthouse  Channel. — The  east  low  point  of  Gallop's  Island,  jus{  seen 
c\e9f  of  the  N.  E.  of  George's  Island  ;  the  buoy  on  the  Centurion  just  clear  to  the  north  of  the  Great 
Brewster:  this  is  something  of  a  shoai ;  on  it,  at  low  water,  are  12  to  13  feet.  Mr.  Wilson,  Pilot 
for  Boston  Harbor,  struck  on  this  shoal  in  a  ship  drawing  14  feet  9  inches  water.  Then  the  tide 
ia»i  flowed  about  tliree  quarters  of  an  hour. 


BUJNT  sJ  AMERICAN  TOAST  Plf.OT. 


173 


lit)  tlif  iKirtIt 
ribt'il  in  till' 

If  tti<-  \\!ih\  til 
III  loiiD'  witb- 
irtlii  r  iIi:mi  Ii> 
Noll  miiy 
NDiitliwiird  (il 

Htlllll'  distlUH't' 

iVs  Ikiii  k,  liiis 
;ii'liii;ii'(l  liiiiiil. 
lilihiluiiisf  S. 
I)y  W.  fliNtiiiit 
mIiIi  li  in  siiDill 
(lisfiiiice,  you 
rl  ol  ll-.triliii's 
1  locK^-  iniiy  lie 
ml.     'I'lifii'  i«4 
liter  on  jl'oiiii 
ly  N.  one  milt! 
•r  olii  <'iilil<''H 
liimy  ill  ■-'  l';ith- 
sic's  Isliiiid  \\("* 
Itli  11  r<»'t  \v:»- 
(iiiliiip'N  Ishiiid 
ows,  Ity  Nick's 
(iiiiiiiM'iil  on  It, 
in  stof-r  \V    by 
Mate,  you  will 
liiiiid,  distimt  .'( 
V  n  white  ImoV, 
!;ivli(i:ini  IkiiiiI. 
Itiir  the  Ipper 
u  leiivr  on  yoi'r 
tlie  two  iioith- 
y  \V.  2^  miles, 

nioper  channel 
e  };iven  :  w  hen 
oil  must  leave 
bear  S.  K.  and 
lich  is  elevated 
ij,'hthouse,  W. 
hand. 

lys  on  your  lar- 
d,  and  lies  in  4 
n  15  feet  water 
0  pass  a  white 


|he  lantern  is  ele- 
be  Mipii  9  or  10 
|l  be  twice  lliat  of 
ise,  until  yon  pet 
1st  power  oflJKlit 
lisket)  for  the  ac- 

iviz  : — The  rock 

Is  Barn  (on  (!al- 

]the  spit.     When 

16  north  of  w  hich 

Island,  jusi  seen 
lorth  of  the  Great 
Ir.  Wilson,  Pilot 
Then  the  tide 


hiinv  nn  ynnr  Htiirhnnrd  hand,  wliirli  lien  on  the  N.  K.  point  of  Knnn  hni,  in  2}  fathnnm, 
(at  wiiieh'  lime  Louk  iHhiiid  hend  li^lit  will  hear  S.  W.)  when  you  niiiiit  I'ullow  the  dircc* 
lions  above,  lor  the  lown. 

A  lilai'k  buoy  with  .i  white  vane,  has  been  plaeed  ricur  to  the  Itarrel  Kork,  which  lies 
io  the  liroad  .'><ounil  ehaniicl,  at  tin'  entrance  ol  lioston  harbor,  .'i'he  biuiv  i»  moored 
about  7  lathoiiiM  N.  K.  iVoiii  the  rock,  in  :\\  latlKUiis  water,  about  1}  mile  W.  by  H.  from 
the  liodv  of  the  (Iravi-^,  one  liairiiul«»  .\.  W",  from  ihi'Devil's  Hack,  W.  N.  W.  from  the 
house  on  (iiecii  hlaiid,  and  N.  K.  ,'  K.  Iroiii  the  tree  on  l.oii^'  Inland  head.  Thin  rook 
is  lit  or  I'J  leet  hum,  ii'id  !')  or  ii  fcrt  wide,  raimiiu;  N.  .\.  W.  and  S.  .S.  K.  hnving  4  or  6 
feet  of  waler'iipon  it  at  low  tide,  anil  .1',  lathoiiis  round  it.  Vessels  may  pHiiii  with  Hnfely 
either  side  of  the  buoy,  ^'ivin^  it  a  berth  of  [•*  or  l.'i  fathoms,  hut  the  eaitrrn  paMage  is 
said  to  be  preferable  lor  Niran^ers. 

The  jjower  Middle  (iioiiiid  lyiiu;  in  the  way,  tlie  directions  are  an  fotlows,  vir,. 

The  [wower  iMiddle  (iround,  which  lies  on  the  north  side  ot  the  channel,  a  little  abov.0 
.Spectacle  Inland,  is  in  pirl  dry  at  low  water.  On  the  eastern  part  is  a  rod  btiOj,  and  ou 
the  western  part  is  a  black  buoy,  in  two  fathoms  water,  both  whii'h  you  leBVfl  on  your 
Ntarboard  hand,  at  whii  h  time  you  may  sec  the  white  buoy  on  the  Cailtle  Rooks,  before 
nieiilioiied. 

I'uddini;  Point,  nr  Shirley  tint  MntraiKc,  is  between  Faun 'Har  and  Wlnship's  Bar. 
Voii  must  t)rin^  it  to  bear  .S.  W.  and  run  lor  it,  leaviiiii  Shirley  Point  on  the  starboard, 
and  *  Deer  Island  on  the  larboard  hand.  'JMie  channel  from  thifl  gtit  to  Soston  is  •« 
crooked  and  narrow,  that  no  person  should  attempt  to  go  in  with  a  large  fJBieel,  unlMM 
acijiiainted,  wiihuut   a  pilot.  '   .  \ 

IIVI'OCHITK  I'A."-;SA(;K.— Coiuiiii;  fi'om  sea,  you  leave  the  Graved,  >^JMa4llg 
null,  (irecii  Island,  and  Half-tide  Itocks,  on  voiir  starboard,  and  the  Outer WOjiKler, 
Little  and  (ireat  Call  Island,  on  your  larboani  hand,  '^otk.; — Half-tide  Rolhj£H«  to 
tlie  west  of  <!reeu  Island,  one  third  of  a  mile,  and  opposite  Clttle  Calf  Islanll^RttUlt 
about  halt'a  mile,  and  come  (lilt  at  half  ebb.] 

Ciiviiij;  the  (iraves  a  berth  of  one  ijiiarler  of  a  mile,  the  course  ui^  for. ^iltlli Calf 
Island's  N.  K.  point  is  aixiiit  W.  by  S.  disli-.nt  1-^  mile  fum  the^iravet.  i|j|''yott  JMM 
up,  ji'ive  the  soutli  side  of  (ireen  Island  a  berth  of  one  quarter  u^a  mile  M iipM  K  fodge 
of  rocks  that  runs  olV from  the  south  side  of  .he  Island,  about  oue  eighth  ortHN''. '  Wh#n 
nearly  up  with  the  N.  K.  poiiA  of  the  Little  Calf,  give  it  a  beith  of  about  i0$i^AO  fath* 
oins,  and  after  passing  it,  steer  for  the  north  point  of.  the  Great  Calf  lelaolri  nMol  t]he 
west  end  of  whicli  the  course  is  S.  W.  or  run  up  by  ii,  keeping  the  S.  W.  IjJiWl  of  P*t^ 
tick's  Island  open  to  the  west  of  the  beacon  on  the  spit.  In  passing  bMwcea  Love^ii 
Island  and  the  beacon  un  the  spit,  keep  nearest  the  island,  as  a  ledge  of  rocks  eftt<i|MUl 
from  the  spit  from  bO  to  8(1  fathoms,  and  comes  out  of  water  at  half  ebb,  lying  abovl^tt 
third  of  a  mile  N.  K.  from  the  beacon.  There  is  also  a  ledge  (or  roch)  lying  abovjIlBld- 
way  between  the  beacon  and  the  S.  K.  point  of  Lovell's  Island^Ukviiig  6  feet  on  It  at  lo<r 
spring  tides.  Af'cr  passing  the  beacon,  you  enter  the  Narrows*  '  Lovell's  Iffltuid  thakei 
the  east  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  narrows. 

Marks  taken  on  shore,  at  the  old  Lighimhise.  f 

White  Buoy   of  Hanlen's   Rocks ^  .(5.  E.  i  S.  "T^ 

Ked  IJuov  011  Point  Alderton : ,' S.  S.  fe-      '  "^ 

Black  15ui' on  the  Centurion W.S.'tS^.  -i_ 

Black  Buoy  on  (ieorge's  Island  Rocks W.ljy  S.  i  S.  jf  / 

S.  E.  head  of  George's  Island J. .  .W.  b)i  S.  f  <S<,  ^  *' 

beacon  on  the  spit .•...WI^^. 

Kast  head  of  Petti<rk's  Island 5.  W.'by  W. 

Outer  rocks  of  Coliasset S.  B.  by  E.  i  E. 

Lighthouse  ou  Long  Island  Head *.  .W.  ^  N. 

^  Bnarinqs  of  sundry  places  from  the  East  Head  of  NahoTit. 

South  side  of  Nahant  Rock N.  N.  E^  E. 

Pig  Rocks,  (south  dry  rocks) N.  E.  ^  E. 


*  In  consequence  of  part  of  Deer  Island's  washing  awny,  p  shoal  is  made  off  from  the  S.  or  8. 
W.  point,  in  about  a  W.  S.  W.  direction,  called  the  Handkerchief,  about  40  or  50  fathoms  long, 
ranging  about  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  It  is  covered  at  high  water,  but  dry  at  very  low  tides,  which 
makes  it  dangerous  for  vessels  coming  in  and  going  out  through  Broad  Sound.  A  black  busy  is 
now  placed  near  the  point,  which  must,  in  passing,  be  left  to  the  northward,  when  passing  t|)roi|igh 
Broad  Sound.'  f  : 

t  The  Roaring  Bull  lies  between  the  west  end  of  the  Graves  and  the  east  end  of  Green  T^^mf,* 


174  BLUNf's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 

Half  vvjiy  Rock N.  E.by  E. 

Tinker's  I.sl.ind  (.soiitli  point) N.  K.  ,',  K. 

Baker's  Island  Li^lits N.  E.  V,  K. 

Eust  end  of  tlie  CJraves S.  by  E.  ^  E. 

Long  Island  Lii^hthouse S.  W.  ^'  S. 

North  point  of  Deer  Island S.  W. 

"Vessels  outward  bound,  from  Boston  I/i.!ilitlio)i,sc,  who  would  wish  to  fall  in  with 
,,j.v  .-  *Cape  Cod,  the  course  is  >S.  E.  by  E.  >  E.  distant  11  leagues,  thence  ;!  leagues  to  the 
r-^:  lighthouse.     When  up  with  the  lighthouse,  and  it  bears  S.  W.  2  leagues  distant,  you 

may  then  steer  S.  S.  lit.  which  will  carry  you  out  of  tin;  south  chaiuiei. 

Vessels  in  Boston  Bay,  who  put  away  tor  (.'ape  Cod  Harbor,  must  endeavor  to  fall  in 
with  Race  Point  Lighthouse,  which  contains  a  revolving  light,  and  run  for  it  until  with- 
in half  a  mile  ;  when  it  bears  E,  N.  E.  haul  up  E.  .S.  E.  or  as  near  as  the  wind  will  permit, 
and  anchor  in  from  10  to  4  fathoms,  in  Herring  Cove,  where  is  a  good  lee,  with  the  wind 
from  N.  N.  E.  to  S.  E.  by  E.  Shoul  '  the  wind  shift  to  the  N.  \V.  Provincet(»wn  Har- 
bor is  under  the  lee,  to  which  we  refer.  Siufuid  you  first  make  Cape  Cod  Light,  bring 
it  to  bear  E.  by  N.  and  run  for  it  until  you  have  soimditigs  in  14  or  i:>  fathoms  water"; 
then  steer  N,E.  until  the  fight  bears  E.  by  8.  ;  then  run  in  N.  \V.  (or  the  harbor.  The 
course  )^nS^)6oston  Lighthouse  to  Sandwich  is  first  S.  E.  by  E.  .'3  leagues  to  Cohasset 
Kocks;  mttice  to  Sandwich  S.  S.  E.  14  leagues. 

When  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  you  will  have  .3o  to  19  fathoms  water,  which 
latter  sounding  is  within  2  leagues  of  Boston  Lighthouse:  the  (jualitv  of  the  soundinss 
is  more  ttf  be  depended  on  than  the  depth  of  the  water,  as  you  will  (ind  a  diifcreuce  of  5 
or  6||il|ibm3  in  running  a  cable's  length.  You  will  observe  that  the  (|uality  of  soundings 
is^MBJl  on  Cape  Ann  side,  and  sandy  on  Cape  Cod. 

At^H,and  change,  it  is  high  water  o(f  Race  Point  at  10  o'clock  and  45  minutes.  Ves- 
sels in'Wrong  Cape  Cod,  bound  to  Boston,  siiould  calculate  the  tide,  as  the  /lood  sets 
8trons,|K^i^  S.  W.  off  Cape  Cod,  from  the  Race  to  ('hatham  ;  flood  sets  to  the  south, 
ebbto'tliC'|(erth;  southern  tide,  9  hours;  northern  tide,  3  hours. 

The a^^r  buoys  in  Boston  Harbor  will  be  taken  up  during  the  winter  season;  but 
those  in  JIP  yjcinity,  including  Salem  and  Cape  Ann,  are  not  taken  up  during  the  win- 
ter. ;^|SKfae  PLATE.) 

BO|||©N  LIGHTHOUSE  TO  CAPE  ELIZABETH  LIGHTS— From  Boston 
LightiMilie  to  Thatcher's  Island  Lights,  which  lie  two  miles  east  from  Cape  Ann,  the 
cooMe  isN.  E<  I  N.  and  the  d'ifitance  8^  leagues;  but  to  clear  the  Londoner,  which  you 
lesve  on  your  larboard  hand  when  bound  to  Cape  Elizabeth,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E. 
AbettClialf  way,  and  near  the'north  shore,  is  a  high  bold  rock,  called  Half-way  Rock,  of 
about^O  fathoms  diameter,  (on  which  is  a  Monument)  bearing  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  7j 
miles  ftomthe  eastern  point  of  Cape  Ann,  before  described. 

F'rom  Thatcher's  Inland  E.  S.  E.  one  ht^lf  of  a  mile,  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks,  called  the 
I^ndoner,  which  show  themselves  at  half  tide,  and  extend  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  dis- 
tant two  miles  from  the  inland.  If  you  should  be  forced  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Ann, 
there  is  a  very  clean  bay,  called  Ipswich  Bay,  and  north-east  from  it  lies  the  harbor  of 
Portsmouth,  the  entrance  to  which  is  formed  by  Great  Island  on  the  west,  and  Gerrish's 
Island  on  tiie  east,  on  the  former  of  which  the  town  of  Newcastle  is  built. 

Fr(hn  Cape  Ann  Lights  to  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  the  course  is  N.  J  E.  distant  6|  leagues. 
These  Isles  arc  low  and  level,  and  near  two  miles  in  length.  South  from  their  west  end 
half  a  mile  distant,  lies  a  rock,  which  may  be  seen  at  half  tide,  and  by  giving  the  west 
end  of  these  idands  af  berth  of  1|  mile,  a  N.  by  W.  course  will  carry  you  to  the  entrance 
of  Portsmouth  Harbor,  9  miles  distant.  The  westernmost  of  these  islands  has  a  Light- 
house on  It,  as  fully  described  in  page  158. 

•  Strangers  should  never  attempt  to  go  round  the  east  end  of  these  islands  ;  but  if  dri- 
ven thereto,  give  them  a  berth  of  half  a  mile,  and  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  which  will  carry 
you  to  Portsmouth.  Nor'h-east  from  Cue  erst  end  of  these  islands,  4  miles  distant,  lies 
York  Ledge,  which  is  always  to  be  seen,  and  exten<ls  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  iwo  miles. 
From  York  Ledge  to  Boon  Island  Light  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  distant  'J  miles.  From 
Boon  Island  Light  to  Boon  Island  Rock,  (on  wliich  the  sea  always  breaks)  the  course  is 
east,  and  the  distance  3  miles.  From  Boon  Island  Light  to  Wood  Island  Light,  the 
.  course  is  N  N.  E.  distant  12  leagues,  and  from  thence  to  Cape  Elizabeth  the  coarse  is 
N.  E.  i  E.  distant  4  leagues. 

BOSTON  BAY,  FROM  CAPE  COD  OR  CAPE  ANN,  TO  BOSTON  LIGHT- 
HOUSE.— ^Boston  Lighthouse,  as  before  mentioned,  stands  on  a  small  island  at  the  en- 


*  Cape  Cod  is  low  and  sandy  land.     Capo  Ann  is  middling  high,  with  many  trees  on  it. 
latter  is  araanarkable  land,  called  Pigeon  Hill,  which  appears  like  a  boat  bottom  ap. 


On  the 


•MJHU 


^  '.•1 


t;;W,.'«toA. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PII,0T. 


175 


trance  of  the  cliannel,  and  is  about  8.2  feet  hiah,  incluiling  the  lantern.  Tos  teer  for 
it  from  Capo  tJod,  when  in  5  laihuins,  olf  *Pcek.'(l  Hill  bar,  your  course  is  N.  W.  by 
W.  i  W.  14  leai;ues.  Sliould  it  be  thiciv  weather,  and  you  should  fall  in  with  the  south 
shore  of  Scifuate  in  15  fathoms,  steer  north  till  you  get  into  16  fathoms,  when  Bos- 
ton light  will  bear  \V.  N.  W. 

From  the  Kaee  Point  lighthouse  to  Boston  lighthouse,  is  about  11  leagues.  From 
Cape  Ami  lights  to  Boston  light,  the  course  is  S.  W.  i  S.  distant  8,^  leagues. 

There  are  two  lights  on  TiiatchiM-'s  Island.  This  island  contains  about  30  acres  of 
laml,  secured  by  an  iron-bomul  shore,  and  is  situated  about  two  mile^  east  of  the  main 
land  of  Cape  Ann.  It  alfords  no  harbor,  nor  is  there  any  safe  anchorage  ve-y  near  it. 
There  is  a  |)assage  between  that  and  the  main,  through  whi(di  smc^  vessels  may  pass  even 
at  low  tide,  but  the  water  is  shoal,  and  the  bottom  covcMcd  by  a  collection  of  large  round 
stones.  The  lighthouses  were  erected  there  for  the  benelit  of  vessels  coming  in  from 
sea,  as  well  as  for  those  coasting  around  the  shores.  As  soon  as  these  lights  are  dis- 
covered, they  can  know  their  real  situation;  for  Ijeing  two  lights,  they  cannot  be  taken 
for  the  single  revolving  lighi  at  Boston  Harbor,  or  for  the  Plymouth  lights,  where  there 
are  also  two,  but  the  distance  beiwt^en  them  is  only  11  feet  6  inches,  while  the  distance 
between  those  on  Thatcher's  Island  is  about  one  third  of  a  mile,  andean  be  brought  to 
range  one  with  the  other  when  you  are  abreast  of  the  island,  and  bear  N.  by  E.J  JE.  and 
S.by  W.  J  W.  from  each  other,  and  those  on  Plumb  Island  bears  E.by  N.iBflW.  by  S. 
from  each  other.  The  lights  on  Thatcher's  Island  are  of  great  use  to  all  vends  in  their 
passage  in  or  out,  as  they  point  out  the  situation  of  the  Salvages  on  the  nqltl],  and  the 
Londoner  on  the  south.  Besides,  from  the  different  bearings  pf  the  Hghtlfc  a  safe  de- 
parture may  be  taken  for  the  dill'erent  hariiors  in  the  bay,  as  well  as  for  th^e  bound 
northerly  and  to  sea.  For  remarks  more  minute,  you  will  find  them  in  the  dH^illlions 
for  sailing  to  Boston  light  to  Baker's  Island  lights,  and  to  those  on  Plumb  Isla/^djittthe 
mouth  of  Newburyport  harbor.  .^^ 

fSClTUATE. — The  lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  Scituate  harbor  was  ertfi^flpB  more 
for  the  benefit  of  foreigners,  who  fall  into  the  bay  southward  of  Cohasset  rdcks,  aad  as 
a  guide  to  southern  coasters  to  avoid  ('edar  Point,  which  is  flat,  and  projects 'intone  bay 
beyond  the  dirt's,  than  for  any  advantages  to  be  derived  frora'the  harbor,  wbidfa  is  small, 
having  only  about  1*2  feet  water  o.i  the  bar  at  high  water  middling  tides.  Slij^pjia^hght- 
house  is  four  miles  to  the  southward  of  Cohasset  Rocks,  elevated  thirty  faP«b^e  the 
level  of  the  sea,  showing  two  lights,  one  above  the  other,  the  lower  one  red,^|ij|the  up- 
per one  white,  distinguishing  it  from  Boston  light,  on  the  north,  which  is  Iriilt^volvibg 
light,  and  Plymouth  lights  on  the  south,  which  shgw  twjp  lights  (or  lanterns  on  the  sai^e 
building.)  ^  ? 

From  the  body  of  the  lighthouse,  the  northerly^ipart  of  Cedar  Point,  and  a:3j^d|^e 
called  Long  Ledge,  extends  N.  N.  W.  nearly  one  mile;  so  that  vessels  falling  in  a  little 
more  than  one  mile  northward  of  the  light,  may  bring  the  light  to  bear  south;  and  if 
they  make  good  their  course  north,  they  will  clear  the  outer  ledges  of  Cohasset  |td^ks:: 
half  a  mile  east  of  the  body  ol'  the  light  will  clear  Cedar  Point,  Long  Ledge,  ahd  th* 
first  Cliff  Ledge. 

[Note. — There  are  ledges  extending  from  all  the  four  cliffs,  but  none  betweed  them; 
and  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  will  clear  all,  except  frigates  and  large  vessels.] 

From  the  body  of  the  lights,  running  S.  S.  f.  will  clear  Branch's  Point,  ognsequeiltljt^ 
giving  the  lights  half  a  mile  berth,  there  will  be  no  danger  in  running  S.  S.  E.  '  * 

There  is  a  passage  within  Cohassett  Rocks,  used  by  coasters,  which  is  found  by  giv- 
ing the  lights  half  a  mile  berth,  and  running  N.  W.  by  N.  to  the  southerly  entering  rock. 

There  is  a  meeting-house  about  two  miles  W.  by  N.  from  the  lights ;  ^d  a  farm-house 
near  the  north-west  side  of  the  harbor,  with  two  large  barns  a. little  north.  To  go  into 
the  harbor  (the  mouth  of  which  is  about  one  third  of  a  mile  wide)  bring  the  meetingn 
house  or  farm-house  to  bear  about  W.  by  N.  from  the  middle  of  the  entrance  of  the 
harbor,  and  run  in  W.  by  N.  for  the  farm-house,  until  you,  have  passed  the  bar<  which  is 
a  hard  bed  of  stones  and  gravel  that  does  not  shift  v  and  after  passing  the  bar,  and  com- 
ing on  sandy  bottom,  haul  up  and  anchor  near  the  beach  on  the  south  side  of  .the  har- 
bor. 


*  Remarks  by  dipt.  Tyerett,  off  Cape  Cod. — "  Ikin£r  well  in  with  the  land,  when  the  lighthouse 
on  the  Highlands  was  abeam,  we  steered  N.  W.  by  W.  about  two  leagues,  which  Lrought  us  t/p 
with  Pecked  Hill  bar:  then  W.  S.  W.  three  leagues,  which  brought  us  up  with  Race  Point;  thep 
steered  S.  S.  E.  for  Wood  End  Point,  about  3  leagues,  or  until  wc  got  the  light  on  tke  Highland  to 
bear  E.  by  N.  then  run  E.  by  N.  about  4  miles,  to  good  anchorage." 

+  Scituate  light  is  on  Cedar  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  a  small  shallow  creek  which  fonns  Scitinto 
Harbor,  13  miles  to  ihe  southward  of  Boston  Light.  "-. 


hJ 


176 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


;■,  i 


♦PLYMOUTH  HARBOR— The  high  land  of  the  Monument  bears  from  tlie  nj,'hts 
S.  I  W.  ;}  :niles,  and  fMonnment  point  S.  S.  E.  3  leagues  and  Branche's  ;>oint  N.  i  \V. 
about  3  leagues.  Saquash  Head  \V.  ^  S.  3  miles,  the  easternmost  part  of  iJrown's  Isl- 
ands or  shoal  that  dries,  S  S.  W.  1]  niile,  and  the  (iurnet  Kock  from  the  body  of  the 
lighthouse  E.  by  S.  J  S.  one  third  part  of  a  mile  ;  on  this  rock  you  have  but  3  feet  at 
low  water,  at  which  time  all  the  soundings  were  taken,  and  '.]},-  fathoms  along  side  at  the 
same  time.  A  white  buoy  is  placed  nuar  this  rock,  bearinj;  E.  S.  E.  from  the  lighthouse, 
distant  about  one  third  of  a  mile.  When  you  have  shut  in  the  Sandy  Hill  with  the  (Gur- 
net Head,  you  are  clear  of  the  rock  ;  after  which  you  must  mind  nut  to  haul  in  too  close 
to  the  head,  as  there  are  many  sunken  rocks  some  distance  from  the  shore.  When  you 
bring  Saquash  Head  to  h^ar  W.  by  N.  you  may  steer  up  W.  by  S.  and  if  you  are  bound 
for  Plymouth  you  must  k^ep  that  course  for  a  large  red  clilf  on  the  main,  which  is  a  very 
good  mark  to  carry  you  clear  of  Dick's  Flat;  tlien  you  must  steer  more  southerly  for 
Beach  Point,  or  run  up  until  yoa  are  abreast  of  .Saqunsh  Head,  giving  it  one  quarter  of 
a  mile  distance;  then  steer  W.  by  S.  \  S.  which  will  clear  you  of  Dick's  Flat,  and  car- 
ry you  directly  for  Beach  Pomt.  keeping  within  15  or  20  yards  of  the  Sandy  Point,  steer- 
ing away  for  the  southward,  fiwsping  thai  distance  until  you  have  shut  in  the  lights,  where 
you  may  anchor  in  3  and  4  fathoms,  but  the  channel  is  very  narrow,  having  nothing  but  a 
flat  all  the  way  to  Plymouth,  except  this  small  channel,  which  runs  close  by  this  neck  of 
land :  you  will  have  4  and  5  fathoms  close  to  this  point.  If  you  are  bound  into  the  Cow- 
yard,  you  mijst  steer  as  before  directed,  which  will  clear  you  of  the  stone  monument  on 
Dick's  Flat^and  that  on  the  Muscle  Bank,  both  of  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard 
hand,  wyeai, you  may  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to  Kingston,  you  will 
keep  tfaltl^buse  on  Gurnet  Head  just  open  with  Saquash  Head,  until  you  have  opened 
die  b^a||l  pines  with  Clerk's  Island;  then  you  are  clear  of  the  Muscle  Bank,  when  you 
mdj^J^r  N.  W.  until  you  have  3  fathoms  at  low  water,  not  running  into  less. 

«hi°8  from  the  northward,  bound  into  Plymouth,  you  must  not  bring  the  lights 
moresfl^lerly  than  S.  by  W.  tds|i*liid  High  Pine  Ledge,  which  lies  north  from  the  (Jur- 
net  Heii^,  idbout  2|  or  three  mil^s.  When  you  are  on  the  shoalest  part  of  this  ledge, 
80fl^e;^it'oC which  appears  at  low  ebb,  you  will  have  the  high  pines  in  range  with  Cap- 
tain's fi^U^lVliiieh  will  then  bear  W.  by  S.  This  ledge  of  rocks  lies  li  mile  from  the  shore, 
eittea<H^i|^|^  N.  N  £.  for  near  a  mde,  and  close  to  this  ledge  you  will  have  4  and  5 
fttlioaiSf^1|MPi^  deepens  gradually  as  you  run  from  it  to  the  eastward :  within  one  mile, 
yim  ir^^^l^pi  10  and  12  ^thonui. 

In  oeftiii^  from  the  southwardf^  bound  into  Plymouth,  you  must  not  open  the  northern 
yght  to  the- westward,  but  keep  them  in  one,  which  will  carry  you  in  5  fathoms  by  the 
'  «B>teramost  part  of  Brown's  Islands  or  shoal,  keeping  that  course  until  you  are  within 
'lialif  a  mtle  of  Gurnet  Head  or  nigher,  where  you  will  have  but  4  fathoms ;  then  Saquash 
HW<i  Witt  bear  W.  by  N.  a  httle  northerly,  and  the  two  outermost  tree«  on  the  head  in 
ba^;' then  you  may  steer  directly  for  them,  until  you  bring  the  lights  to  bear  E.  N.  E. 
and  the  house  on  Saquash  Head  to  bear  N.  W.  just  open  with  the  first  Sandy  Beach, 
where  you  may  anchor  in  4  fathoms  in  Saquash  Road,  good  clear  bottom  ;  but  if  you 
are  bound  for  Plymouth  or  the  Gow-yards,  you  must  steer  as  before  directed.  If  in  the 
dight,  it  is  best  to  anchor  liere,  as  it  is  difficult  to  make  Beach  Point  (as  it  is  mostly  co- 
vered at  high  water)  if  dark,  or  to  go  into  the  Cow-yard. 

.  Id  turning  into  Plymouth,  you  must  stand  to  the  northward  into  not  less  than  3  fathoms, 
«fl  it  runs  a  flat  a  long  way  from  the  Gurnet  Head  to  Saquash  ;  and  from  both  the  heads 
lies  oflfa  point  of  rocks  a  good  way  from  the  shore,  many  of  them  but  just  under  water 
at  low  ebbs.  And  all  the  way  from  Saquash  to  the  Muscle  Bank,  you  have  shoal  water; 
so  thatyou  must  not  stand  in  less  than  before  mentioned.  And  in  standing  over  for  the 
sands  to  the  southward,  you  must  go  about  as  soon  as  you  shoalen  your  water  to  4 
fathoms,  as  it  is  bold  to,  and  you  may  observe  the  rips,  unless  it  is  very  smooth.     This 


*  This  harlior  is  capaciousj  but  S'.nllow,  and  is  formed  by  a  lon^  and  narrow  neck  of  land,  called 
Salthouse  Beach,  extending  southerly  from  Marshfield,  and  terminating  at  the  Gurnet  Head,  and  by 
a  smaller  beach  within,  running  in  an  opposite  direction,  and  connected  with  the  main  land  near 
Eel  River,  about  3  miles  from  the  town.  Tliere  arc  two  lightiiouses  on  the  Gurnet,  which  arc  about 
86  feet  abpve  the  surface  of  the  sea,  15  fe(!t  apart,  containing  fixed  lights,  and  cannot  be  brought 
into  one  to  the  northward,  unless  you  are  on  the  shore.  But  to  the  southward  you  may  bring  them 
in  one,  which  is  a  very  good  mark  to  clear  you  of  Brown's  Island  or  sand  bank.  (Dn  Salthouse 
Beach  is  placed  one  of  the  huts  erected  and  maintained  by  the  Humane  Society  of  Massachusetts, 
lor  the  reception  and  relief  of  shipwrecked  mariners.  There  is  a  breach  in  the  inner  beach,  which 
ekpjfies  the  shipping,  even  at  the  wharves,  during  an  easterly  storm.  The  Gurnet  is  an  eminence 
at  the  southern  extremity  of  the  beach. 

f  Monument  Bay  (from  which  the  point  takes  its  name)  is  formed  by  the  bending  of  Cape  Cod, 
It  ia  apacious  and  convenient  for  the  protection  of  shipping. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


177 


rorn  tlie  lights 
point  N.  h  ^^  • 
I'  Brown's  Isl- 
le  body  of  the 
i  but  :3  feet  at 
)ng  side  at  the 
he  lighthouse, 

with  tlie  (iur- 
uil  in  too  close 
»,  When  you 
yon  are  bound 
wliichis  a  very 
e  southerly  lor 

one  quarter  of 
J  Flat,  and  car- 
[\y  I'oint,  steer- 
^e  lights,  where 
g  nothing  but  a 

by  this  neck  of 
d  into  the  Cow- 
e  monument  on 

your  starboard 
gston,  you  will 
ou  have  opened 
iank,  when  you 
less. 

bring  the  lights 
h  from  the  Gur- 
rt  of  this  ledge, 
range  with  Cap- 
;  from  the  shore, 
'ill  have  4  and  5 
vithin  one  mile, 

pen  the  northern 
fathoms  by  the 
1  you  are  within 

then  Saquash 
on  the  head  in 

bear  K.  xN.  E. 

Sandy  Beach, 
torn;  but  if  you 

ted.     If  in  the 

it  is  mostly  co- 


ect 


s  than  3  fathoms, 

n  both  the  heads 

ust  under  water 

>ve  shoal  water; 

iiig  over  for  the 

your  water  to  4 

y  suiooth.     This 


le 


ck  of  land,  called 

met  Head,  and  by 

le  main  land   near 

t,  which  arc  about 

annot  be  brought 

u  may  bring  thcin 

k.     On  Salthouse 

of  Massachusetts, 

inner  beach,  which 

net  is  an  eminence 

iding  of  Cape  Cod. 


imt(T  extends  from  abreast  of  the  lights  to  Beach  Point,  most  of  which  is  dry  at  low  ebbji. 
From  the  easternmost  i)art  of  this  sand  to  Dick's  Flat,  it  rounds  witli  a  considerable 
gweep:  you  have  but  5  fathoms  water  from  the  easternmost  part  of  Brown's  Island  to  the 
Gurnet  Ilead,  and  not  more  than  7  or  H  until  yoti  are  abreast  of  l)i(  k's  Flat,  where  you 
will  have  IJ  or  14  f.ithoiii>i  in  a  deej)  liole,  and  then  shoaleuto  5  fathoms  iiureat,':  of  Beach 
Point. 

If  you  should  fall  in  to  the  sotithward  of  Brown's  Islands  or  shoal,  between  them  and 
the  Monument  Land,  where  you  have  20  fathoms  in  some  places,  you  must  not  attempt 
to  run  for  the  lights,  until  you  have  tiiemshut  in  one  with  the  other,  when  they  will  bear 
N.  N.  W.  TT  W.;  if  you  do,  you  m  ly  depend  on  being  on  Brown's  Islands  or  Shoals,  as 
there  is  no  passage  for  even  a  boat  at  low  water. 

Incoming  in  from  the  northward  in  the  night,  you  must  nSl  bring  the  light  to  bear 
more  southerly  than  S.l)y  \V.  to  avoid  High  Pine  Ledge,  and  keep  that  course  until  you 
have  them  to  bear  N.  W.  orN.  W.  by  W.  when  you  will  be  clear  of  the  rock,  and  may 
slecr  up  W.  by  S.  unfd  you  have  lights  to  bear  E.  N.  E.  where  you  had  best  anchor  iH 
the  night.  Here  the  tide  runs  strong  channel  course  from'the  Gurnet  to  the  Race  Point 
of  Ca|)e  Cod ;  the  course  is  E.  h  N.  about  G  Icaguns  distanbe;  and  from  the  Gurnet  to 
the  ]ioint  going  into  Cape  Cod  Harbor,  is  E.  by  S.  7  leagues. 

If  you  should  make  the  lights  in  hard  northerly  or  N.  W.  winds,  and  caanot  get  into 
Plymouth,  you  may  then  run  for  Capo  Cod  Harbor,  bringing  the  tights  tajbeat  W.  by 
N.  anil  steer  directly  for  Race  Point  Light,  following  the  direxitidns 'given  for  entering 
Provincetown  Harbor,  by  the  fixed  light  on  Long  Point,  and  come  to  anchor.  If  it 
should  l)low  so  hird  that  you  cannot  tursiupthe  harbor,  you  may  anchor  oJ^th«  point, 
clear  bottom;  you  have  8  and  !)  fathoms  very  nigh  the  shore,  so  that  there  is  rib  (famger 
of  being  on  it,  unless  very  dark.  «'■: 

At  the  (iurnct  and  Plymouth  the  tides  arc  much  the  same  as  at  Boston;  thati|j(|^;,§. 
E.  moon  makes  full  s'-a.  '  'j!^'  ,^f^^  *  •••. 

CAPE  CUD  HAR150R.— If  yon  wishto  go  infb-t^a'pe  Cod  Harbor,  yott j|Bgr  pass^ 
within  half  a  mile  of  the  light  on  *Ka(:e  Point.  After  passing  it,  bring  it  tii>  Jfejir  K.;Nr 
W.  and  run  S.  S.  E.  until  the  light  on  the  highland  bears  E.  by  N.  then  mtffof  it  ^  ta 
3  mill's,  when  you  will  be  clear  of  Wood  End  Bar;  then  N.  E.  to  bring  thej^pf  on  the 
Irligliland  to  bear  E.  h  S.  v.'hen  ha;il  up  N.  W.  for  the  harbor,  and  anchor  tllKiC^iktboqu, 
when  the  light  will  bear  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  5  or  6  miles  distant.  '        -i.^'^ 

In  going  into  C  nie  Co  I  Harbor  in  the  night,  you  ma^.follow  the  above  dli^|ipRS <(ill' 
the  light  ou  the  Highlands  hears  E.  by  N.  when  you  m3y  run  for  it  till  you  gil4l||ilo  Afii- 
tlioms,  when  you  must  steer  N.  W.  for  Provincetown,  keeping  the  same  souaipi^|!|,'  abott't 
2  miles  distant.  t'  >'V' 

.Ships  oi'  war  should  bring  the  light  on  Race  Point  to  bearN.  by  W;  and#teef  S^t^;> 
E.  to  pass  WoodlMi  1  Bar  in  li)  fathoms ;  as  soon  as  the  light  on  Long  Point  beatt'lS^. 
E.  I)y  N.  steer  N.  E.  uirtil  in  8  fatlio-tis  water,   when  anchor,  the  light  ou  the  K^|;H- 
lands  of  Cape  Cod  bearing  iVoiu  E.  i  \.  to  K.  }-  S.        '.  ",    • 

Good  ancliorage  iii  ly  be  found  in  a  N.  E.  gale,  by  rUtirtirig  for  Race  Point  t.is;ht,  gil'*- 
ing  it  one  third  of  a  ntih;  distance  as  you  pass  it;  as  soho  «fe  i^  bears  E.  N.  E.  when  you 
will  be  safe  with  tho  wiijj  from  N.  N.  E.  to  S.  E.  by  E.  kaulup  E.  S.  E.  and  aaekdr  tit 
from  10  to  4  fathoms.  if* 

Vf'ssi'ls  inward  bound,  who  fall  in  wltli  ilie  back  of  Cape  Cod,  may  bring  thefltgjjt  to 
bear  .S.  W.  2  h^agU'-''  d:sta:i!,  a:ul  then  steer  W.  N.  W.  for  Boston  Lighthouse,  which 
contains  a  revolvuiir  li'zlit. 

When  up  v/ith  Rare  Point,  you  will  find  it  very  bold  about  one  mile  to  the  westward 
of  the  lighthouse,  and  it  may  be  known  by  a  number  of  fish-houses  on  jt.  About  ou« 
mile  to  the  soutliwurd  of  Race  Point  is  whit  is  called  Hefrring  Cove,  where  you  may 
have  good  aiichoraiie  half  a  mile  from  t!ie  sliore,  the  wind  from  E.  to  N.  N.  E.  ia  4,  or 
even  in  3  fathoms  water. 

In  passing  Race  i^oint  to  the  southward,  yoti  must  give  it  a  berth  of  one  mile,  as  there 
is  a  long  (lat  of  sand  that  lies  to  the  southward  of  said  j)oint.  You  must  not  haul  to  the 
eastward  till  you  come  near  Herring  Cove. 


*  There  is  alifrhthousc  rrrcted  on  the  cxrrnnie  point  of  Rare  Point,  which  eontains  A  revolving  ' 
light  {on  the  same  plan  as  IJastoii  Light)  to  distianjuish  if  from  tho  one  on  the  Hi/rhhinds  of  Cape  Cod, 
but  it  cannot  be  seen  from  vessels  coininsz  from  sea  until  it  bears  R.  S.  W.  ■J-  S.  when  they  run  fw 
it.     The  light  is  25  feci  ui)ove  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  l.").'»  feet,  from  high  water  nmrlc.  ^■ 

t  Tlu!  lighthouse  is  erected  on  laud  at  the  Clay  i'ounds  (liiaii  laud  of  Cape  Cod)  ^j^ttt^a  about 
150  t'cet,  which,  with  iht  elovdtion  of  the  lantern,  iniikos  thr  wIioIl'  Ik  ight  200  fcetabo-t^  fiigh.  v/iiter 
mark..    It  contains  a  fixed  liudit,  and  is  seldom  seen  more  thou  six  leagues  diatant>. 

aa 


178 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


li 


In  running  from  Raco  Point  to  Wood  End,  after  yon  pass  the  Black  Lanti  or  Hum- 
mocks, you  will  come  up  with  a  low  sandy  beach  which  Conns  the  harbor,  extpndinjj;  be- 
tween two  and  three  miles  t(»  VV^ood  End.  which  is  difficult  to  be  distinguished  in  the 
night ;  it  is  very  bold,  and  you  will  have  S2.5  fathoii»s  water  within  one  quarter  of  a  mile 
of  the  shore. 

,  In  beating  into  Cape  Cod  Harbor,  you  must  keej)  the  eastern  shore  aboard  until  you 
get  into  5  fathoms  water.  Stand  no  further  to  the  westward  than  to  i)riuf;  the  liirht  to 
bear  E.  by  S.  os  there  is  a  long  spit  of  sand  runs  off  from  the  western  shore,  which  be- 
ing very  bold,  you  will  have  11  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the  shore. 

If  it  blows  so  hanl  that  you  cannot  jjeat  into  the  harbor,  you  will  have  good  anchor- 
ing without,  in  from  lO.to  15  fathoms  water.  Or,  if  it  blows  hard  at  N.  E.  brinj;  Race 
Point  Light  to  bear  N.  W.  l)y  N.  and  steer  S.  E.  by  S.  7  leagues,  which  course  will  car- 
ry you  into  Wellfleet.  In  steering  this  course,  you  will  make  Harwich  right  ahead : 
When  yon  open  the  bay,  yqij  will  hring  ]5iilingsga"te  Island  liight  on  your  larboard  hand, 
when  you  may  haul  to  the  eastward,  and  anchor  safe  from  all  winds. 

•PROVINCETOWN  HARBOR.— In  running  for  this  harbor,  vessels  may  pass 
Race  Point  Light  within  half  a  mile;  then  sic.er  ,S.  S.  E.  until  the  light  on  Long  Point 
bears  N.  E.  by  N.  which  will  clear  Wooil  End  bar;  then  steer  for  the  light  until  with- 
in one  third  of  a  mile,  at  which  distance  pass  it;  then  haul  up  N.  N.  W.  and  anchor  in 
frona  3  to  5  fathoms  water,  low  tides. 

Beating  Into  this  harbor,  vessels  rrtay  stand  towards  the  eastern  shore,  into  4  to  21  fa- 
thoms, wiA  gradual  soundings;  the  westet;)  side  is  bold,  having  froui  'J  to  10  fathoms, 
close  to  Bonjl.  Point. 

tBJiiLINGSOATE  ISLAND  LIGHTHOrSE  is  fitted  up  with  eight  Lamps  and 
Reflectors.-  It  is  situated  so  far  up  Barnstable  Bay  that  it  cannot  be  mistaken  for  any 
other.    ■'  V 

Billtogsgate  Island  is  about  13^  feet  above  llio  level  of  the  sea  at  high  water.  It  is  high 
water  m  this  Bay,  at  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  at  11  o'clock;  the  rise  of  the 
ipring  ii(^  is  from  12  to  14  fefet ;  common  tides  from  ')  to  11  feet.  From  the  west  end 
o(  BiHidjIit^te  Island  extends  along  shoal  of  hard  sand  10  or  11  miles,  in  a  W.  by  S.  \ 
S.  to  W^%,  N.  from  the  hghthouse,  and  in  a  N.  W.  to  N.  N.  W.  direction,  5  or  (i  miles ; 
at  thedisticbce  of  1^  to  2  miles  from  Uie  light,  is  about  8  feet  at  low  water,  common  tides; 
w|d  the  inllfee^ing -house  with  a  steeple  in  JJrewster,  S.  by  E.  at  the  distance  of  five  miles 
from  th0jiightbouse,  10  to  12  feet,  the  meeting-house  bearing  S.  8.E.  at  the  distance  of 
7  milefiw^  fathoms  of  water,  the  meeting-house  bearing  8.  E.  by  S.  at  these  depths  (»f 
water  tji»  lighthouse  bore  from  E.  by  N.  to  E.  by  N.  i  N.  Crossing  this  shoal  point  of 
flats*  y<iu  drop  into  4  to  5  fathoms  at  the  distance  of  40  fathoms  from  the  edge  of  this 
'  shoarf'N^eil  the  lighthouse  will  then  bear  E.  N.  E. 

'  Ih  isMaing  around  the  shoal,  ai)proach  no  nearer  than  2|  fathoms.  Soon  as  you  deej)- 
«tt!itd-4i"athoms,  haul  up  for  the  light  and  anchor. 

-  Vessels  drawing  12  feet  of -water,  or  upwards,  should  bring  the  lighthouse  to  l)ear  E. 
N.  IT*  iO  N.  E.  by  E.  and  steer  in  E.  by  S.  to  E.  S.  E.  until  the  ligluhouse  l)ears  N.  by 
W;  wheli  they  will  have  good  anchorage  in  3  to  4  fathoms  low  water,  common  tides,  soft 
.muddy  bottom,  and  distai;ce -frort)  theliglnhou.se,  ll  to  1^  mile;  Brewster  meeting- 
house on  with  a  windmill  ihat  stands  not  far  from  it,  when  they  will  bear  S.  by  W.  ^  W. 
alsq  the  north  meeting-house,  that  stands  un  a  hill  in  Eastham,  and  no  other  building 
near  t«i  it,  bore  at  the  same  time,  E.  |N. 

T^e  following  bfearings  and  distances  taken  from  the  lighthouse : — The  high  land  of 
thfi  NorthPoint  ef  the  Monument,  W.  by  N.  ','  N.  distance  about  ten  leagues;  entrance 
of  "Barnstable,  th3  Black  Land,  called  by  some  8<'argo  Hill,  in  Dennis,  S.  W.  distance 
l6  miles,  S.  W.  |  S.  about  11  miles,  Brewster  meeting-house  with  a  steeple  to  it,  8.  i)y 
'W.  to  S.  9  miles ;  entrance  o(  Orleans,  8.  E.  'j  S.  6  miles;  Eastham  north  meeting- 
house,~'S.  E.  by  ,E.f  E.  4  miles;  Silver  Spring  liarbor  of  Eastham,  E.  by  N.  '■}  N.  four 
miles.  The  abovs  places  i\re  all  barred  harbors,  and  flats  extend  offshore  from  one  to 
tworaiies,  with  little  watsrover  them. 

A  rock  t'lat  is  in  the  passage  Way  up  to  WelKlcet,  that  is  about  12  feet  long  and  8  feet 
broad,  cahed  Bay  ROck,'  on  which  is  about  one  or  two  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and 
round  this  rock  is  nme  to  eleven  feet  wafer  at  low  tide,  bearing  from  rhe  lighthouse  E. 
by  S.  \  S.  distance-one  and  a  quarter  mile.     When  on  this  Rock,  Chipman's  Wind- 


*,A  lighthouse,  containing  a  fixed  lifrht,  lias  been  erected  on  Loni^  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  Pro 
"incetQwn  Harbor^  and  lies  close  to  the  Point,  eleviited  2.')  feet  above  the  sen. 

t  Billingsgate  Island  Lighthouse  i"  on  Billinsrsirate  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  Wellfleet  Bay,  five 
1»agUe8.S«  W»'by  S'.  firom  Rnce  Point  light,  contains  a  fi.vod  light.    It  is  elevated  40  feet  above  hijjU 


F-rK 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


179 


Joonasyovi  deo})- 


mill,  which  is  the  Soutli  mill  in  Wollfleet,  a  Ultle  open  to  iho  nortii  of  a  large  rock 
called  Hhie  Rock,  by  some,  and  stands  near  the  shore  of  Welllleet  when  it  will  bear  N. 
N.  E.  I  E.  this  rock  is  covered  at  hi2;h  water;  and  a  Windmill  on  a  hill  in  Kastham,  over 
the  salt  mills,  which  is  near  the  shore  at  Kastham,  these  beaiing  E.  by  .S.  from  Bay 
Rock.  The  East  point  of  the  Horse  Shoe  bears  from  the  lighthouse  E.  N.  E.  distant 
about  one-third  of  a  mile.  On  the  south  side  of  Rilliiiij;s^'ate  Island,  the  flats  extend  off 
the  distance  of  one  half  to  three  quarters  of  a  mile  having  on  them  at  low  water,  com- 
Dion  tides,  C  to  9  feet  water. 

There  is  no  rneetinff-house  with  ;t  steeple  to  be  seen  to  the  eastward  of  Barnstable, 
but  the  one  in  Brewster  ;  and  this  meetiuij-house  is  a  good  mark  to  pass  over  the  Long 
Shoal  Point  that  extends  ofl'  from  the  lighthouse.  ^      .  .  ' 

From  the  lighthouse  cm  the  Race  Point  of  ('ape  Cod,  when  bearing  £.  N.  E.  the 
course  to  Billingsgate  point  of  flats,  is  S.  l)y  E.  distance  21  miles.     Vessels  drawing  13' 
feet  water  or  upwards,  should  steer  from  the  Race  Lighthouse,  south,  when  distant  from 
the  Race,  one  or  two  miles. 

TARNSTABLE  BAY.— From  Center  ,Hill  point  to  Satisett  inlet,  is  about~4  miles, 
bearing  S.  A  E.  This  is  a  clean  and  bold  jhore,  and  may  be  approached  at  the  distance 
of  one  third  to  half  a  mile,  carrying  3|  to  4  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  There  is  a  bar  of 
gand  that  lies  parallel  with  the  shore,  near  Center  HHl'  point,  extending  to  the  south-, 
ward,  and  terminating  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Sausett.  From 
the  shore  over  this  bar  to  .'3  fathoms  water,  the  distance  is  '^40  to  250  fathom9>  and > the 
bar  is  from  100  to  140  fathoms  wide,  having  on  it  from  9  to  11  feet  water^  an^.betwcen 
that  and  the  shore  from  3  to  oh  fathoms.  From  the  south  end  of  this  bar  alo^  ^hore 
tc  the  entrance  of  Sandwich,  is  'i  fatlioms,  and  distance  70  to  90  fathoms,  saody  D^C^ID, 
and  regular  soundings,  as  you  approach  the  shore.  -J" 

On  the  south  side  of  Sausett  inlet  is  a  low  rocky  poiat  of  90  fathoms.  Three' fourths 
of  a  mile  off  shore  are  3  fathoms,  and  at  the  distance  Of  1|  or  2  miles,  are  9  tOffO  fa- 
thoms, miuldy  hottoiii.  *  ^ 

Passing  from  Sandwich  towards  Barnstable,  the  flats  run  off  shor"  '  '*0to  180||thoms. 

The  soundings  are  reduced  to  low  water  ;  th.e  neap  tides  8  fee-  comm<in  l|«je8  9  to 
10  feet ;  spring  tides  12  to  13.  High  water  in  the  bay  at  fulFand  chjange  of  ^(6  mooti, 
at  11  o'clock.  ^'  y* 

«BARNSTABLE  HARBOR.— When  coming  from  the  northward,  the  barn»s»t^4ot ; 
he  approached  in  less  than  5  fathoms  water,  until  the  lighthouse  on  Sandy  ^^itpfl^i 
S.  W.  I  W.  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  buoy  on  the  bai'',  haul  closft  rouBB|p'jteOT- 
ing  it  on  your  starboard  hand,  run  two  cables'  lengths  S.  S.  W.  then  steer  S.  .^^^y  W. 
i  W.  1|  mile,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  tongue  of  Yarmouth  Flats,  i|>|(atil  tllA 
light  bears  S.  W.  by  S.  then  steer  for  the  light.  Be  careful  to  make  the  aboi^connM 
good,  as  the  flood  sets  strong  over  Yarmouth  Flats,  and  the  ebb  strong  to  the  D||^(,l}wa]Nl ' 
over  the  bar.  Continue  to  run  for  the  light  until  within  the  cable's,  length  of  the  b^aob, 
«nd  follow  the  shofe  round  the  point.  There  is  safe  anchorage  iiwide,  abreaaf  rf  tlte 
light,  against  all  wiiids,  it  bearing  from  S.  W.  to  N.  E.  in  5  to  2^  fathoms  wateVg .  J 

Vessels  drawin^  8  ieet  water  may,  at  high  water,  bring'thsihght  to  bear  S.  W.  |-  W. 
and  run  directly  for  it.  Full  sea  at  fitll  change  at  11  o'clock.  Tide  rises  l6  feet^  and 
there  ;  re  7  feet  watci  ga  the  bar  at  low  water. 


'i'-^M 


c  entrance  of  Pro» 


Description  of  the  eastern  coast  of  the  county  o/  Bahnstabie,  from  Cape  Cod  to  Race  Potwf,  intht, 
4"-K>5'  N.  to  Cape  MnJeharre,  to  the  Saudij  point  of  ChathaTr,  in  Zat.  41°  3V  N.  pointing  out  the 
spots  on  which  the  Trustees  of  the  Humane  Society  have  erected  hut8,andr  other  places  wjkt^t 
shipwrecked  Seamen  may  look  for  shelter.  '  ' 

The  curvature  of  the  shore,  on  the  west  side  of  Provincetown,  and  South  of  Race  Poin<|  ^  <JliD- 
cd  Herring  Cove,  w'hich  is  three  miles  in  Icnsrih.     There  is  good 'anchoring 'ground  here,Lf^  '"^" 
sels  may  ride  safely  in  four  or  five  fathoms  wafer,  when  the  wind  is  from  north-east  to  soutp 

On  Race  Point  stand  about  a  do/en  fishing  huts,  roninining  firp-placrs  and  other  conveH 
The  distance  from  these  huts-,  to  Provincetown,  whicli   lies  on  Cape  Cod  Harbor,  is  three'] 
Tlie  passage  is  over  a  sandy  honcii,  without  grass,  or  any  other  vegetable  growing  on  it,  to  ther? 
woods,  through  which  is  a  winding  road  to  the  town.     It  would  be  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  for  a 
stranger  to  find  his  way  thither  in  tlie  dark  ;  and  the  woods  are  so  full  of  ponds  and  entangling 
swamps,  that  if  the  road  was  missed,  destruction  would  probably  be  the  cdnsequence  of  tUtcmj)tii)j|*^ 
to  penetrate  them  in  the  night.  '.■*: 

Not  far  from  Race  Point  commences  a  ridgo,  which  extends  to  the  head  of  Stout's  Creefc*    Wilfc?' 
the  face  to  the  east,  on  the  left  hand  of  the  ridge,  is  the  sandy  shore ;  on  the  right  is  a.9arr<tw  *#n-i,is| 

*  A  fixed  Hght  is  erected  at  the  entrance  of  Barnstable  Harbor,  ui  a  lantern  orectted  M$^  Wl 
of  a  dwelling  home,  above  which  it  riaes  16  feet.  *- 


180 


BLIjNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT, 


! 


Hy  vnllry;  Iieyond  wliicliis  nnknci  Pfiiid,  rrncliinff  to  the  hills  nnd  woods  of  Provincptown.     Thi» 
ridge  JH  well  covered  willi  bench  ^thss,  nnd  «|)i)cnrs  to  owe  its  existence  to  tiiat  ve{retnl>le. 

Uench  frrnas,  diirini,'  the  sprintj  nnd  summer,  frrows  nliout  two  feet  nnd  a  iinlf.  If  siirroimded  bjr 
nnkcd  beach,  the  storn.s  of  Qutnmn  and  winter  iienp  up  the  snnds  on  nil  sides,  and  cniise  it  lo  rise 
nearly  to  the  top  of  the  ]ilnnt.  In  the  ensuinjr  sprini:,  the  irruss  sprciuts  anew  ;  is  ngniii  covered  with 
»and  in  the  winter,  and  thus  a  hill  or  ridge  continues  to  asct-nd,  sis  lontr  as  there  is  a  snllicieiU  base 
to  support  it,  or  until  the  elrcuniscribing  sand,  being  also  covered  witii  beach  grass,  will  no  longer 
yield  to  the  force  of  the  winds. 

On  this  ridge,  half  way  between  Race  Point  and  the  head  of  Stout's  Creek,  &c.  Trustees  of  tlio 
Humane  Society  have  erected  a  hut.  It  stands  a  mile  from  Peeked  Hill,  a  landmark  well  known  to 
Peamen,  and  is  about  2J  miles  from  Race  Point.  Seamen,  r;ist  away  on  this  part  of  the  coapt,  will 
find  a  shelter  here,  and  in  north-east  storms,  should  they  striise  to  the  Icpward  of  it,  and  be  unalile  to 
turn  their  faces  to  the  windward,  by  passing  on  to  Race  Point,  they  will  soon  come  to  the  fishing 
huts  before  mentioned. 

At  the  h^ad  of  Stout's  Creek  the  Trufctees  have  built  a  second  hut.  Stout's  Creek  is  a  small  branch 
of  East  harbor  in  Truro.  Many  years  ajao  there  was  a  bcdy  of  snlt  marsh  on  it;  and  it  tiien  de. 
ferved  the  name  of  a  creek.  But  the  marsh  was  long  sinee  destroyed  ;  and  the  creek  now  scarcely 
exists,  appearing  only  Hke  a  small  depression  in  'he  sand,  being  entirely  dry,  and  now  principally 
covered  with  beach  grass.  The  creek  runs  from  north. wtst  to  soiiih-east,  and  is  nearly  parallel  with 
the  shore  on  the  ocean,  from  which  it  is  at  no  great  distance.  Not  i'ar  from  it  the  hills  of  Province- 
town  tenainate;  and  should  not  the  hut  be  found,  by  \salking  round  the  head  of  the  creek,  with 
the  f^^tt^i'the-  west,  theiiilis  on  the  right  hand,  and  keeping  close  to  the  shore  on  the  harbor,  in 
less  tmn^  jionr  the  shipwreokad  seaman  would  come  to  Provincetown.  It  is  high  water  at  Tru. 
ro  alioitt  10  minutes  sooner  than  ^t  Boston. 

TimjIifii^iiiiHii  Society,  several  years  ago,  erected  a  hut  at  the  head  of  Stout's  Creek,  but  it  was 
buil|$tfaii  feiproper  manner,  having  a  chimney  in  it,  nnd  was  [daced  on  a  spot  where  no  beach  grass 
grtfr.  Tho  strong  winds  blew  the  find  from  its  foundation,  and  the  weight  of  the  chimney  brought 
ft  tt^the  ground,  so  that  in  Janoary,  1802,  it  was  entirely  demolished.  This  event  took  place  about 
ri»  #i|ks  before  the  Brutus  was  caJst  away.  If  it  had  remained,  it  is  i)robable  that  the  whole  of 
tfaMitmrtunate  crew  of  that  ship  would  have  been  saved,  as  they  gained  the  shore  a  few  rods  only 
fnini  tli#JB|)ot  where  the  hut  had  stood. 
JDu^^now  erected,  stands  on  a  place  covered  with  beach  grass.  To  prevent  any  accident  from 
"  it,  or  to  the  other  hut  near  Peeked  Hill,  the  Trustees  have  secured  the  attention  of  se- 

.n  in  the  neighborhood.  Dr.  Thaddeus  Brown,  and  Capt.  Thomas  Smalley,  of  Pro- 
five  engaged  to  inspect  both  huts,  to  see  that  they  are  sui)plied  with  straw  or  hay  in  the 
^  lie  doors  and  windows  are  kept  shut,  and  thai  repairs  are  made  when  necessary.  The 
nnon,  ofTruro^Jias  also  promised  to  visit  tlie  hut  at  Stout's  Creek  twice  orthrice  a  year  ; 
Mr.  Whitman.'of  Wellfleet,  distinguished  through  the  country  for  his  activity  and  be- 
lis  undertaken,  though  remote  from  the  place,  the  same  charge. 
head  of  Stout's  Creek  to  tfie  termination  of  the  salt  marsh,  which  lies  on  both  sides, 
,Blf8  St  the  head  of  East  Harbor  river,  the  distance  is  about  3J  miles.  A  narrow  beach  separates 
tliis  hyef  frotn  the  ocean.  It  is  not  so  regidar  a  ridge  as  that  before  described,  as  there  are  on  ii 
one  or  Hfjroliills  which  the  neighboring  inhabitants  call  islands.  It  may  without  much  difliculty  be 
crossed  ftvery  where  except  over  these  «!evations.  By  these  hills,  even  during  the  night,  the  lieach 
mm^  bo  distinguished  from  those  hereafter  to  be  mentioned.  It  lies  from  N.  W.  to  S.  E,  and  is  in 
moat  piftrtb  covered  with  beach  grass.  The  hills  have  a  few  shrubs  on  the  declivities  next  the  river. 
/it  the  end  of  the  marsh  the  beach  subsides  a  httle,  and  there  is  an  easy  passage  into  a  valley  in 
which  aniaituBted  two  or  three  dwelling  houses.  The  first  on  the  left  hand,  or  south,  is  a  few  rods 
only  from  the  ocean. 

The  shore  which  extends  from  this  valley  to  Race  Point,  is  unquestionably  the  part  of  the  coast 
the  most  expflsed  to  shipwrecks.  A  north-east  storm,  the  ntost  violent  and  fatal  to  se  men,  as  it  is 
frequently  accorftpanied  with  snow,  blows  directly  on  the  land  ;  a  strong  current  sets  a...>ng  the  shore  : 
add  to  which,  that  ships,  during  the  operation  of  such  a  storm,  endeavor  to  work  to  the  norihwrnd, 
that  they  mdy  get  into  the  bay.'  Should  they  be  unable  to  weather  Race  Point,  the  wind  dri\es  thein 
rn  shore,  and  a  shipwreclwis  inevitable.  Accordingly  the  strand  is  every  where  covered  with  the 
fragments  of  vessels.  'Huts,  therefore,  placed  within  a  mile  of  each  other,  have  been  thought  ne- 
cessary by  many  judicfcus  persons.  To  this  opinion  the  Trustees  are  disijosed  to  pay  due  respect, 
and  hereafter,  if  the  funds  of'the  Society  increase,  new  huts  will  Le  built  here  for  the  relief  of  the 
unfortunate. 

From  the  valley  above  mentioned  the  land  rises,  and  less  than  a  mile  from  it  the  high  land  com- 
mences. ~.0n  tljetfij^t  elevated  spot  (the  Clay  Pounds)  stands  tho  hghthouse,  which  contains  a 
fixnd  li.i'bti  which  ev«ry  navigator  should  impress  on  his  mind. '  The  shore  here  turns  to  the  south; 
and  the  high  hind  extends  to  the  table  land  of  Eastham.  This  high  land  approaches  the  ocean 
with  steepland  lofty  banks,  which  it  is  extremely  difi'icult  to  climb,  especially  in  a  storm.  In  vio^ 
lent  tertipests,  during  very  high  tides,  tljg^ea  breaks  against  the  foot  of  them,  rendering  it  then  unsafe 
to  walk  on  the  strand,  which  lies  between  them  and  the  ocean.  Should  the  seaman  succeed  in  his 
attempt  to  ascsnd  tbem,  he  must  forbear  to  penetrate  into  the  country,  as  houses  are  generally  so 
remote,  that  they  would  escape  his  research  during  the  night :  he  must  j)ass  on  to  the  valleys,  by 
whickthebankp  ire  intersected.  These  valleys,  which  the  inhabitants  call  hollows, 'run  at  right 
DBlfies  widr  the  shore  ;  and  in  the  middle,  or  lowest  part  of  them,  a  road  leads  from  the  dwelling. 
kou«^  to  tlie  9ea. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


181 


Provincofown.  Tin* 
lat  vf{ictnl)lr. 
iilf.  It'  8iirri)nn(ied  by 
ea,  and  cniise  it  to  rise 
;  is  again  covered  with 
ere  is  a  sufficient  biiso 
li  grass,  will  no  lonf(cr 

k,  (fee.  Trustees  of  tlio 
iidniark  well  known  to 
I  part  of  the  coast,  will 
of  it,  and  lie  unat)lc  to 
on  come  to  the  fishing 

I^reek  is  a  small  branch 
, on  it;  and  it  then  de. 
the  creek  now  scarcely 
;,  and  now  i)rinci|)ally 
\  is  nearly  parallel  with 
It  the  hills  of  Province, 
ead  of  the  creek,  with 
hore  on  the  harbor,  in 
It  is  high  wafer  at  Tru. 

out's  Creek,  but  it  was 
)t  where  no  beach  grass 
of  the  chimney  brought 
event  took  place  about 
lable  that  the  whole  of 
e  shore  a  few  rods  only 

jvent  any  accident  from 
ired  the  attention  of  se- 
liomas  Smalley,  of  Pro- 
.vith  straw  or  hay  in  the 
when  necessary.  The 
twice  or  thrice  a  year  ; 
"or  his  activity  and  be- 

lich  lies  on  both  sides, 
rrow  beach  separates 
led,  as  there  are  on  ii 

tout  much  difliculty  be 
g  the  night,  the  beach 
W.  to  S.  E.  and  is  in 
livities  next  the  river. 
ssnge  into  a  valley  in 
or  south,  is  a  few  rods 

>ly  the  part  of  the  coast 
iiial  to  se  men,  as  it  is 
nt  sets  a.ong  the  shore  : 
ork  to  the  northward, 
the  wind  dri\es  theiu 
heie  covered  with  the 
have  been  thought  ne- 
sed  to  pay  due  respect, 
!rc  for  the  relief  of  the 

it  the  high  land  coni- 
m?e,  which  contains  a 
ere  turns  to  the  south; 
approaches  the  ocean 
n  a  storm.  In  viov 
ndering  it  then  unsal'e 
seaman  succeed  in  his 
ouses  are  generally  so 
on  to  the  valleys,  by 
hollows, 'run  at  right 
ads  from  the  dwelling* 


The  first  of  these  valleys  is  Dyer's  Hollow,  IJ  ihile  from  the  lighthouse.  It  is  a  wide  opening,  I.e- 
ing  2<M)  rods  broad,  from  summit  to  summit.  In  it  stands  a  dwelling-house,  a  ({uarter  of  a  mile  from 
tho  liench. 

A  mile  and  a  half  south  of  Dyer's  Hollow  is  a  second  valley,  called  Harding's  Hollow.  At  tho 
entrance  of  this  valley  the  sand  has  tratliered,  so  that  at  present  a  little  climbing  is  necessary.  Pass- 
ing ov(;r  several  fences,  and  taking  herd  not  to  enter  the  wood  on  the  riglii  hand,  at  the  distance  of  v^ 
three  (piarte.-s  of  a  mile  a  house  is  to  liu  found.  This  hous(!  stands  on  the  south  side  of  the  rtiad  ; 
and  iiDi  far  t'rom  it,  on  the  south,  i.«  I'aniet  River,  which  runs  from  east  to  west  through  a  body  of 
salt  niurslu 

The  third  valley,  half  a  mile  south  of  Harding's  Hollow,  is  head  of  Pamet  Hollow.  It  may  with 
case  be  distinguished  from  the  other  hollows  mentioned,  as  it  is  a  wide  opetiing,  and  leads  imme- 
diately over  a  beach  to  the  salt  marsh  at  the  head  of  Pamet  River.  In  the  m  stof  the  hollow  the 
Fand  has  been  raised  by  a  briL^h  fence,  carried  across  it  from  north  to  south,  i'his  muut  be  passed, 
and  the  shipwrecked  mariner  will  soon  come  to  a  fence  v  hich  separates  what  is  called  the  road 
from  the  marsh.  If  he  turns  to  the  left  hand,  or  south,  at  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  he  will 
discover  a  house.  If  he  turns  to  the  right  hand,  at  the  distance  of  half  a  mile,  he  will  find  the  aarae 
house  which  is  mentioned  in  the  foregoing  paragraph. 

The  fourth  opening,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  south  of  Head  of  Pamet  is  Brushy  Valley.  This 
hollow  is  narrow,  and  climbing  is  necessary.  Entering  it,  and  inchning  to  the  right,  three  quar- 
ters of  a  mile  will  bring  seamen  to  the  house,  which  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Pamet.  By  proceed. 
ing  straight  forward,  and  passing  over  rising  ground,  another  house  "may  be  diBCOvered*  but  with 
more  difliculty.  ^  -.  . 

These  three  hollows,  lying  near  together,  serve  to  designa^  f  jCh  otl*r.     Either  of  theo^ay  be    ' 
used  ;  but  Head  of  Pamet  Hollow  is  the  safest.  'm---'    iL  '.■.•-' 

South  of  Brush  Valley,  at  the  distance  of  .3  tniles,  there  is  af  fi^h.opening,  caUed  Nevi^soml^.  Hol- 
low, cast  of  the  head  of  HerrinirRivtrin  Welltleet.  Tliiu  valley  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  ^iw$>  Olllthe 
north  side  of  it,  near  the  shore,  stands  a  fishing  lint. 

Between  the  two  last  valleys  the  bank  is  very  high  and  steep.  From  the  edge  of  it,  ytetst,  thtteis 
a  strip  of  sand,  100  yards  in  breadth.  Then  succeeds  low  brush-wood,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  .vHdtht 
and  almost  impassable.  After  which  comes  a  thick,  perplexing  forest,  in  which  not  a  hoiue^is  to 
be  discovered.  Seamen,  therefore,  though  the  distance  between  these  two  valleys  is  grfat,  ilrast 
not  attempt  to  enter  the  wood,  as  in  a  snow  storm  they  wOuld  undoubtedly  perish.  Thi^  plaee,  bo 
formidable  in  description,  will  however  lose  somewhat  of  its  terror,  when  it  is  observed,  tihiat  no  in- 
stance of  a  shipwreck  on  this  jiart  of  the  coast  is  recollected  by  the  oldest  inhabitants  of  \wjifeet.  ' 

Half  a  mile  south  of  Ne wcomb's  Hollow,  is  the  sixth  valley,  callpd  Pearce's  Hodow.  I$u'  ■  fii^all 
valley.    A  house  stands  at  the  distance  of  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  IfMACli^  W. 

The  seventh  valley  is  Cohoon's  Hollow,  half  a  mile  south  of  Pearce'tflSollcw.  It  is  iigB|||r9idei 
West  from  the  entrance,  several  houses  may  be  found  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  l^m^Hwir  liM 
E.  by  N.  from  Welltleet  Meeting-house.  JBBBIfe. 

Two  miles  south  of  Cohoon's  Hollow,  the  eighth  valliev  is  Snow's  Hollow.    It  is  HJPWwHfatf , 
the  last.    West  from  the  shore,  at  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  is  the  county  road, '#liMi'^4|iL~ - 
round  the  head  of  Ulackfish  Creek.     Passing  through  this  yalley  to  the  fence,  which  separatee  t^ 
road  from  the  upland  and  marsh  at  the  head  of  the  creek,  a  house  will  immediately  be  fouiil^by  turn- 
ing to  the  right  hand  or  north.     There  are  houses  also  on  the  left,  but  mor3  remote. 

The  high  land  gradually  subsides  here,  and  IJ  mile  south  terminates  at  the  ninth  vi 
Fresh  Brook  Hollow,  in  which  a  house  is  to  be  found  a  mile  from  the  shore,  west. 

Tlie  tenth,  2^  miles  south  from  Fresh  Brook  Hollow,  is  Plumb  Valley,  about  300  jc^rds  wide. 
West  is  a  house,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  distant.  Between  these  two  vqiUeys  is  the  table  land. 
After  this  there  is  no  hollow  of  ini[)Ortance  to  Cape  Malebarre. 

From  Fresh  Brook  IIollov.-,  to  the  commencement  of  Nausett  Beach,  the  bank  nv^  th#  ocean  ia 
about  60  feet  high.  There  are  houses  scattered  over  the  plain,  open  country;  tut  none  of  them 
are  nearer  than  a  mile  to  the  shore.  In  a  storm  of  wind  and  rain  they  might  be  discerned  by  day. 
light;  but  in  a  snow  storm,  which  rages  here  with  excessive  fury,  it  would  be  almos^iihpossible  to 
discover  them,  either  by  night  or  by  day.  '    ■ 

Not  far  from  this  shore,  south,  the  'i'rustecs  have  erected  a  third  hut,  ori  Nausett  Beach.  Nausett 
Beach  begins  in  latitude  41*^  .51',  and  cxKmds  south  to  latitude  41°  41',  Iwis  divided  into  two  parts 
by  a  breach  which  the  ocean  has  made  through  it.  This  breach  is  the  mouth  of  Nausett  or  Stage 
Harbor;  and  from  the  opeiiing  the  beach  extends  north  2:J  miles,  till  it  joins  the  main  land.  It  is 
about  a  furlong  wide,  and  forms  Nausett  Harbor,  which  is  of  htile  value,  its  entrance  being  obstruct- 
ed by  a  bar.  This  northern  part  of  the  beach  may  be  distinguished  from  the  southern  part  by  its 
being  of  a  less  regular  form.  Storms  have  made  frequent  irruptidns  through  the  ridg<Q^  on  which 
beach  grass  grows.  On  an  el  ;vated  part  of  the  beach  stands  the  hut,  about  1^  mile  north  of  the 
mouth  of  Nausett  Harbor.  Eastham  Meeting-house  lies  from  it  W.  S.  W.  distant  1|  mile.  The 
meeting-house  is  without  a  steeple  ;  but  it  may  be  distinguished  from  the  dwelling-houses  near  it  by 
its  situation,  which  is  between  two  small  groves  of  locusts,  one  on  the  south,  and  one  on  the  north, 
that  on  the  south  being  three  times  as  long  as  the  other.  About  \\  mile  from  the  hut,  W.  by  N.,  api- 
pear  the  top  and  arms  of  a  wind-mill.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Shaw,  and  Elisha  Mayo,  Edq.  of  Eastham, 
have  engaged  to  inspect  this  building. 

The  southern  part  of  Nause't  Beach,  most  commonly  called  Chatham  Beach,  and  by  a  few  per- 
sons Potanumaqunt  Beach,  begins  at  the  mouth  of  Nausett  Harbor,  and  extends  8  or  9  miiqa  aottlb 


■*4r 


182 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COA.«T  I'lLOT. 


to  the  inouili  of  Clmlhnin  Iliirhor.  It  is  nhoiit  TiO  rods  wide.  A  retiulnr  well  formed  ridffc,  which, 
in'ihe  must  elevated  part  of  it,  is  40fe<!t  hi^jh,  runs  iho  wiiolc  |i>ii>,'ih  of  it,  iind  vvitli  tho  (ixccjitiim  of 
a  few  sjioiH,  ie  covered  wilii  lieaeh  jjrass.  This  lieaeli  forms  the  harrier  ot'Cliulhaiii  llurhor,  which, 
from  Strong  Island,  north,  receives  the  luinie  of  Pleasant  liny.  A  mile  south  of  tiic  entrance  of 
Nausctt  Harbor,  it  joins  ihc  main  land  oft  >rleans,  exeejit  in  very  hixh  tides,  when  the  sea  (lows  from 
the  north-eastern  arm  of  rieasaMt  May  into  the  harlior  of  Naii.jeK,  completely  insulating  ilie  lieaeh. 
By  those  who  are  acquainted  with  the  shallow,  it  may  lie  sat'ely  forded  at  any  time  ;  but  stran^^'cra 
nmst not  venture  to  pass  it  wlam  eoveri'd  with  water,  as  below  the  channel  is  7  feetdci'p.  On  thia 
h'juch  about  halfway  between  ihe  ciiiranee  of  Nausett  and  C^lmtliam  Harbors,  the  Trustees  have 
erected  a  fourth  hut.  The  sj)ot  seleeied  is  a  narrow  pari  of  the  beach  :  on  the  west  the  water  ad- 
joining it  is  called  Bass  Hole.  Salt  Marsh  is  north  and  south  of  it,  next  tlie  beach,  but  is  here  in. 
terrupted.  Orleans  meeting-house  lies  from  it  N.  W.  The  inretint.'-house  is  without  a  steeple, 
and  is  not  seen;  but  it  is  very  near  a  wind. mill  placed  on  nn  elcvatxl  ground,  a  cons|)icuoiis  ob- 
ject to  seamen  coming  on  the  coast.  It  may  be  iieci'ssary  to  ndd,  that  there  nre  three  wind. mills  in 
Orieans,  fomikiys  a  semi-circle- -that  the  mili  referred  to  is  on  the  rmht  hand,  orN.  E.  |)oint — and 
that  dw  mill  la  the  middle  point  of  the  semi-circle  siandf  on  still  higher  ground.  Tliu  Meeting-house 
of  Gliathaio  fti  situated  from  it  S.  W.  This  nu'pting-house  is  idso  without  a  steejile,  and  is  con- 
cealed l)y'Orea(  Hill,  a  noted  land-mnrk.  The  hill  appears  with  two  summits,  which  are  a  (puirter 
of  a  mile  apart.  The  hut  lies  east  from  Sampson's  Island,  in  Pleasant  Bay.  Timothy  liascom,  of 
Orleans,  has  undertaken  to  inspect  this  liut. 

Leat  neamen  shoJbld  miss  this  hut,  by  striking  to  the  leeward  of  it,  the  Trustees  have  erected  an- 
other 0»|^the  same  beach.  It  stands  a  mile  north  of  the  mouth  ol' Chatham  Harbor,  east  of  tho 
meetiB|f.hbase,  and  opposite  the  tow  n. 

AowUK' spot  on  the  same  beach  would  be  a  iirojicr  situation  for  a  hut.  It  is  north  of  the  fourth 
hut,  jraliMttff  the  middle  of  Pochet  Island.  The  highest  part  of  the  ridge  is  nearer  it  south.  A 
brvjtpWTtae  rid^e,  over  which  the  sea  appears  sometimes  to  have  How  (  d,  divides  this  high  jiart  from 
thjcrrlftitnhern  portion  of  the  beach. 

.'0|k'tne  beach  of  Cape  Malebarrp,  or  the  sandy  point  of  Chatham,  the  Trustees  have  built  a  sixth 

*Wt;^tJ'^8  ^^*ch  stretches  from  Chatham  10  miles  into  the  sea,  towards  Nantucket,  and  is  from  a 

■  tpxnimt'^o  three  quarters  of  a  mile  in  bren.dth.     It  is  contiimally  gaining  south  :  above  three  miles 

nv^been  added  to  it  during  the  past  50  years.     On  the  east  side  of  the  beach  is  a  curve  in  the 

diore  called  Stewart's  Bend,  where  vessels  may  anchor  with  safety,  in  3  or  4  fathoms  water,  when 

,  ,dM  wind  blowB  from  north  to  S.  W,     North  of  the  bend   there  are  several  bars  and  shoals.     A 

wAb  beh^y  the  middle  of  the  beach,  on  the  west  side,  is  Wreck  Cove,  which  is  navigable  for  boats 

■Qf^  i-1nlp  '*'•*  stands  200  yards  from  the  ocean,  S.  E.  from  the  entrance  of  Wreck  Cove,  half  of 

itween  the  mouth  of  the  cove  and  hut,  is  Stewart's  Knoll,  an  elevated  part  of  the  beach. 

of  the  hut  from  the  commencement  of  the  beach  is  G  miles,  and  from  its  termination 

reai  Hill,  in  Chatham,  bears  N.  by  W.  distant  G  miles,  and  the  south  end  of  Morris' 

in  on  the  west  side  of  the'  beach,  N.  by  E.  distant  4  miles.     Richard  Sears,  Esq.  of 

i^  engaged  to  visit  Mke-  two  last  mentioned  huts.     Two  miles  below  the  sixth  hut  is  a 

I'ibnilt  of  thatch,  in  the  form  of  a  wigwam.     It  stands  on  the  west  side  of  the  bea  ;h,  a 

from  Ihe  ocean.    Annually,  in  September,  it  is  renewed ;  and  generally  remains  in 

rvation  during  the  winter. 

r^kpot  a  few-  rods  from  the  sea,  4  miles  south  from  the  commencement  of  the  beach,  and 

m^  north  of  the  head  of  wieck  Cove,  would  be  a  proper  situation  for  a  hut.     A  little  south 

^thin  '(^  in  storms  and  very  high  tides,  the  sea  breaks  over  from  the  ocean  into  Wreck  Cove. 

Cape  Malebarre  Beach  may  be  distinguished  from  the  two  beaches  before  described,  not  only  by 

itt  greater  breadth,  but  also  by  its  being  of  a  less  regular  form.     It  is  not  so  well  covered  with 

gnma  t»  Chatham  Beach.     From  Stewart's  Knoll,  south  to  the  extremity,  it  is  lowest  in  the  middle. 

Ib  thistalley,  and  in  other  low  places,  fresh  water  may  be  obtained  by  digging  two  feet  into  the 

eand.    The  same  thing  is  true  of  Nausett  and  Chatham  Beaches. 

Tho  six  hutfl,  the  situation  of  which  has  thus  been  pointed  out,  are  all  of  one  size  and  shape. 

Each  hut  stands  on  piles,  is  8  feet  long,  8  feet  wide,  and  7  feet  high :  a  sliding  door  is  on  the  south, 

a  Sliding  shutter  on  the  west,  and  a  pole,  rising  15  feet  above  the  top  of  the  building,  on  the  east. 

Within,  it  is  supplied  either  with  straw  or  hay,  and  is  farther  accommodated  with  a  bench.     The 

whole  of  tb^  coast,  from  Cape  Cod  to  Cape  Malebarre,  is  sandy,  and  fiic  from  rocks.     Along  the 

shore,*at  th^.  distance  of  haj^f  a  mile,  is  a  bar  which  is  called  the  Outer  Bar;  because  there  are 

smaller  bars  within  it  perpetufiUy  varying.     This  outer  bar  is  separated  into  many  parts  by  guzzles, 

or  small  channels.     It  <s.j^nds'to  ChatJiam;    and  as  it  proceeds  southward,  gradually  approaches 

the  shore,  and  ^rows  lA'ore  shallow.     Its  general  depth  at  high  water  is  two  fathoms,  and  three 

i^thomao)^  the  giisfzleS;  and 'its  least  distance  from  the  shore  is  about  a  furlong.     Off  the  mouth 

t^h&(hJllti'!>Ilarboytfaere  are  bars  which  reach  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  and  off  the  entrance  of 

i^rbor  the  Gars  extend  half  a  mile.     Large  heavy  ships   strike  on  the  outer  bar,  even  at 

ler,  and  their  fragments  only  reach  the  shore.     But  smaller  vessels  pass  over  it  at  full  sea, 

itU^whMh  they  touch  at  low  water,  they  beat  over  it  as  the  tide  rises,  and  soon  come  to  land.    If  a 

veuel  is  cast  away  at  low;  water,  it  ought  to  be  left  with  as  much  expedition  as  possible  ;  because 

the  fiiry  of  the  waves  is  then  checked,  in  some  measure,  by  the  bar,  and  because  the  vessel  is  gene- 

■■  ralljr  broken  to  pieces  by  the  rising  flood.    But  seamen  shipwrecked  at  full  sea,  ought  to  remain  on 

board  till  near  low  water,  for  the  vessel  does  not  then  break  to  pieces,  and  by  attempting  to  reach 

«  dwland  before  the  tide  ebbs  away,  they  are  in  great  danger  of  being  drowned.    On  this  subject 

'  thetie  is  one  opinion  only  among  judicious  marint^rs.    It  may  be  necessary,  however,  to  remind 


juSmv* 


-:'^:pv;-r> 


■MiaHi 


MM 


liMH 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


183 


thrm  of  n  triiili,  nf  whirh  tluy  have  full  conviction,  but  which,  amidst  ths  ogitaiion  and  terror  o^  a 
Btonii,  tiiey  too  treiiiii'iitly  t'oigct. 

*POINT  GAMMON  LIGHT,  AND  tllYANNKS  IIARIJOU.— V^essels  coming 
from  tht)  «!;istwar(l,  bound  tlirouj;h  the  North  (Jhaniiel,  must  leavr  the  Bishop  and  Clerks 
on  the  liirl)oanl  hand,  and  not  iio  nearer  tliem  than  4  fathoms.  'J'liey  are  a  dangerous. 
ledi;e  of  rocks,  hcaiiiii;  S.  hy  K.  I'roiii  the  lighthouse,  ;!  miles  distant,  and  are  always  dry. 
Wlien  the  lijrht  bears  N.  by  W.  steer  \V,  N.  VV.,  keepim;  in  4  fathoms,  till  the  light 
bears  N.  N.  K. ;  then  steer  N.  \V.  or  N.  \V.  by  N.,  keepins;  in  3  fathoms,  which  will 
keep  you  clear  of  a  daui^erous  reef  running  from  the  light  to  a  great  rock  which  you. 
leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast  of  this  rock,  the  light  will  bear  S.  E.  ^  E. ; 
then  steer  N.  N.  W.  and  anchor  within  one  mile  of  the  shore,  in  3  fathoms,  soft  bottom. 
The  brig  Monroe,  C;apt.  l>ears,  in  coming  througli  the  VinevarU  Sound,  struck  on  a 
dangerous  rock,  which  is  in  the  direct  track  in  passing  the  North  Channel,  and  bear». 
about  W.  S.  W.  from  Point  Gauuuon  Lighthouse,  distant  two  or  three  miles.  It  is  a 
large  s(|uare  rock,  and  it  is  supposed  there  are  on  it  about  tliree  feet  of  water,  at  low 
water.  Several  vessels  have  struck  on  it  at  did'erent  times,  and  it  is  extremely  important 
to  the  safety  of  people  and  ])n)|)erty,  that  it  should  have  a  buoy  on  it.  Vessels  should 
not  come  nearer  than  three  (|narters  of  a  mile  of  the  light,  as  there  are  sunken  rocks  that 
lie  one  half  a  mile  from  the  land.  »*»> 

Vessels  bound  to  the  westward  from  Ilyannes,  must  run  to  the  southward  till  the 
light  l)ears  E.  by  N.  ;  then  steer  W.  by  S.  which  eoiir^c  will  carry  them  clear  <)f  the- 
southwest  rock,  which  bears  west  from  the  light,  4  miles  distant,  with  several  sunkea 
rocks  near  it ;  said  rock  is  dry  at  low  water.  W,  ^  S.  8  miles  distant  from  the  li§lit,  is  • 
a  dangerous  ledge  called  Cidler's  Ledge,  3  miles  from  the  shore.  There  are  3i^fatl/oms 
water  round  it,  and  the  ledge  is  ])art  dry  at  low  water.  In  running  this  W.  by  S.  course, 
(the  light  bearing  K.  by  N.)  you  will  have  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  and  sometimes  5,  as  it 
is  ridgy.  If  farther  towards  the  llorse-shoe,  to  the  southward,  you  will  have  4,  ,0,  6,  7, 
10,  and  close  to  the  Horseshoe,  i:{  fathoms  :  northern  part  ';I'  the  Horse-shoe,  dry  ajt 
low  water.  On  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  Horse-shoe  is  a  black  buoy  placed,  in  16  feet  wa- 
ter,  bearing  from  Nantiuket  Light  N.  \V.  by  W.  4|  ieagues,  and  from  Tuckanuck  Isl- 
and, N.  by  E.  t;  E.  5  leaaues.  Tide  rises  about  5  feet ;  high  water  at  full  and  chai)|ge, 
at  1'2  o'clock  ;  and  runs  IVou^  2  to  .'!  knots  east  and  west  in  the  following  manner,  viti.  it::- 
begiils  to  rim  to  the  westward  at  lialf  llood,  and  contiimes  to  half  ebb,  thea  runs  to  ihft 
eastward,  the  three  last  hours  of  ebb,  and  three  fir.st  of  flood.     '  ^       *<> 

A  (Innting  light  h;vs  been  anchored  on  the  eastern  extremity  of  T^ckantlj 
(wliirli  lies  between  Capo  J'oge   and  Tuckanuck  Islaji«^  and  the  foUoi 
taken  from  the  vessel  :  •  .       ».  *  ^    ,* 

Point  Ciammon  Lighthouse  bears  N. ;  Chatham  Light,  N.  E.;  Sandy  PoiiftXitjt 
N.  E.by  E.;  Nantucket  Great  Point  Light,  E.  S.  E. ;  Nantucket  Brand!  Poiittln^tM 
E.  S.  E.  I  E. ;    Nantucket  iieacon  Light,  S.  S.  E. ;  Cape  Poge  Light,  W.  by^,  j  ««»- ' 
fre  of  Tuckanuck  Island,  S.  S.  W.  ,V  W.  distant  7  miles. 

b\  proceeding  from  the  Horse-shoe  towards  Holmes'  Hole,  observe  the  following  di- 
rections, vi/,.  :  When  to  the  northward  of  the  Horse-shoe,  in  12  fathoms  water,  one4tiii(^( 
distant  from  the  dry  spots,  at  low  water,  steer  S.  W.  for  Holmes'  Hole,  3^  leagiu^  dis-'"^^ 
tant.  If  bound  to  the  northward  of  the  Hedge  Fence,  (between  that  and  Lctttedu^ 
Shoal,)  get  tiie  point  on  wliich  the  wind-mill  stands,  (which  is  east  of  Wood's'llolej) 
to  bear  W.  by  N..  and  run  for  it  till  within  half  a  mile;  then  W.  S.  W.  will  cany  you 
through  the  Vineyard  Sound,  leaving  Tarpaulin  Cov«  and  Cutterhunk  Lights  on  your 
starboard  hand,  and  (lay  Head  Light  on  your  larboard  hand.  You  will  not  see  Cutter- 
hunk  Light  till  4  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light,  when  it  will  opeft 
on  the  starboard  liand ;  when  it  bears  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  3^  miles,  you  may  rup  west 
for  Point  Judith  Light,  (if  boimd  u))  the  Sound,)  10  leagues  distant. 

CAPE  COD  TO  tllOLMES'  HOLE.— Bring  Chatham  Lights  to  bear  N.  N.  W. 
then  by  steering  S.  S.  E.  3^  leagues,  you  will  pass,  the  Pollock  Rip,  in  3  or  4  fathoms; 


i-, 


-*-- 


*  Hyannc'g  Light  is  situated  on  Point  Gammon,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  south  sido  of  6bp«f 
Cod.     The  lantern  is  elevated  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  fixed  light.. ..  ^  ',- 

+  East  from  Hyanncs  lie.?  Bass  River,  near  which  arc  the  towns  of  Dennis  and  Yarmouth,  bo. 
twcen  wliicli  a  larj^e  pier  has  I)cen  erected,  which  has  washed  away.  A  buoy  is  placed  on  Dog^ 
fish  Bar.  A  beacon,  (or  rather  a  large  stick,)  on  the  top  of  which  is  a  small  cask^  is  also  stuck  uPi 
on  the  Bishop  and  Clerks. 

t  Holmes'  Ilote  is  a  harbor  to  which  vessels  resort  during  the  winter  season,  and'ftf;  every  master*  J 
should  embrace  the  first  opportunity  to  advise  his  owner,  we  state  there  is  a  Post.OffijiS  ai^^  rego. 
l/u  mail  made  up  twice  a  week  for  Boston,  <Stc.  wltich  is  taken  ia  a  passage  boat  trt"#itl!^iijHj(^li,  qj^. 


184 


nLr\T  u  Aurr.RicAiv  coaht  pilot. 


l\- 


water;  and  if  tlin  weather  is  clear  yon  will  make  the  •lin;h(li'tU3P  on  Sandy  Point  (N'an- 
tnrket  Isliiiid)  '),'  IcJiiies  distant,  wiiicli  liiiiii^  to  linir  S.  W.  ,',  W. ;  thru  .steer  I'of  the 
lighthouse,  keepiiiiT  it  in  this  direiiioii,  and  yon  will  |i;iss  lietwern  tlie  (ireat  and  ijitljo 
Koiind  !Sh(ud.-',  oti  the  fDrnirr  of  which  is  a  flilark  linoy,  and  on  tlie  latter  a  white  liiioy, 
with  a  Ainall  pcdc  ih  llir  end  ol  it,  hearing  i\.  W.  i)y  N.  and  S.  K.  Iiy  S.  Iroiii  eaeli  oilier, 
distant  SJ  miles.  Ureal  Koliiid  Shoal,  partly  dry  at  low  water;  on  liittle  Round  Shoal 
7  feet.  » 

On  the  cast  end  of  Poiloi  k  Kip  i«  a  red  hiiny,  in  14  feet  water,  ln'arinij  from  Chatham 
Lights  8.  ^  E.  11  miles;  I'roni  tMonomoy  Point  K.  ;}  N.  7  miles,  iuxl  .'"roni  Liltlo 
Round  Shoal  buoy,  N.  K.  hy  N.  1  miles.     Showiest  water  on  this  rip,  Sleet. 

Whenyou  are  within  ahont  three  miliis  of  the  liiihthoiise,  steer  W.  },  S.  nntil  ynii  are 
past  the  Point  Rip,  on  the  N.  K.  end  of  whirli  is  ;i  red  liiioy  in  I  I  feet  water,  hearing;  from 
Sancoty  Head,  N.  hy  W.*4  leagues  ;  fnmi  Nimtiieket  l/l^ht  X.  K.  Iiy  K.  J  K.  2  miles,  and 
from  the  black  buoy  on  the  lloise-shoe,  K.  S.  K.  (>  leaiiiies.  .Showiest  water  on  Point 
Rip  8  feet;  or  you  may  hrini;  tlie  linhlhonse  to  hear  K.  hy  S.  ';  S.  and  steer  W.  Iiy  N. 
^  Nt  taking  care  to  make  your  course  nooil  for  llnlnirs'  Hole  f/i^rlit,  11  lea^^ucs  distant, 
observing,  while  runnin^frcun  Naiitueket  Liuhi  to  llohnis'  Ihde,  you  leave  on  your  lar- 
boiird  hand  §Cape  Poge  Li^hl,  which  must  hear  \V.  ,'  S.  to  clear  the  Cross  Rip,  on  the 
north'fast  parfof  which  is  a  white  huoy,  in  lo  feet  water,  lieariiii;  from  ( 'apr  Po;;e  Li^ht 
£.  by  S.  5  leagues;  froni  Tgckanuek  island  N.  hy  W.  v.'  leagues;  and  from  the  red  luioy 
on  Sqtiash  MeadoWi^E.  by  S.  ■/  S.  !i  la^ues.     Shoalest  water  on  this  rip,  I'i  feet. 

To  go  through  the  North  Ship  Cfianml,  hriiiu  Chatham  Liuhts  to  hear  N.  N.W,  and 

9t«9t  S^  S.  E.  3^  leaguqis,  when  you  wil)  pass  the  Pollock  Kip  in  :{ or  l  fathoms  water,  when 

hi'  y*"*  tniist  8teer"W.  \  S.  5  iiciles  for  llutler's  I  lole,  in  15  fitlioms  water,  when  you  will  s»'i' 

''**'^j|i  wbite  buoy  to  the  north  of  you,  which  lies  in  the  S.  S.  W.  passaj;!',  whenytui  must  run 

W.  S.  W.  U)r  the  south  pjirt  of  the  Handkerchief,  whicli  has  a  white  huoy  on  th«^  west 

end  of  it,  bearing  from  Monornoy  Point  Li^lit  S.  W.  'J  miles,  when  you  will  he  in  :\  fatli- 

,'»'^ni|l  water,  fine  sand;  from  Nantucket  Jji^ht  N.  hy  K.  ,',  E.  l  leai;ues,  and  from  the  red 

*V^*r|)n  Pollock  Rin  W.  hyS.  ^  S.  ;}  lea-nes. 

ij  C^itMsing  the  Handkerchief,  on  a  \V.  S.  W.  course,  in  .']  or  4  fathoms  water,  you  will 

W.  for  the  black  buoy  on  the'Horse-shoe,  11}  miles,  leaviiit;  it  on  the  starboard  hand, 

111  you  will  continue  your  course  W.  for  n(dmes'   Hole  Li;;lit,  4.j  leaijues  di>lant. — 

^ti  enter  the  Swash,  in  the  Horsc'-shoe,  Hyamies  Li^^jht  will  hear  N.  N.  E.  (Jape  Po;;e 

*  W.  S.  W.  Holmes'  Hole  lught,  \V.     Part  of  the  Handkerchief  dry  at  low  water. 

i»a  channel  of  9  feet,  still  north  of  tlie  above,  which  may  he  found  hy  hriiiijint; 

t^ights  fo  bear^jtW-  whew  in  7  fathoms,  and  running  S.  S.  W.  for  Sandy 

onioy  JL"igi^t,jj[|jy|?te' light  hears  S.  \V.  then  run  for  it  till  you  cross  from  3 

wfieu  you  will 'JWBiffiin  3  caldes'  leiii^tli  of  the  liiiht,  where  you  may  anchor 

iini'0  till  2j  hourir  floods  wlien,  if  hoiuid  to  the  westwanl,  continue  tlie  shore  on 

itand  the  point,  crossiugaspit  between  Km;  Island  and  Montunoy  Point,  in  -J  latli- 

n  steer  N.  W.  till  the  lignt  bears  E.  when  you  must  run  VV.  N.  W.  for  IJyan- 

t,  or  haul  into  Stage  Hatbor  Bay  and  anchor. 


;TfM_ 


•lh&  N.  E.  part  of  the  Vineyard  Sound,  "9  miles  distnnt ;  from  thfiice  hy  land  carriage  to  Sarulwich,. 
fee.  Passengers  wilf -find  a  speedy  canveyanco  fioin  Falinoutli.  A  iiylithouso,  showing'  ii  fixed 
Ught,  iserec'^di  oh  the  WcstChop  of  ilolmcs' ILilo,  on  the  starlioard  hand  as  you  enter  the  liarlior. 
Four  miles  westtof  B'almouth  is  Jfob^ue  Point,  on  wliicli  a  liL^Iulioiise  is  erected,  showin'^'  a  li^eil 
fight,  elevated  80  feet  above  the 's'aa.'  It  is  intended  to  yiiide  vessels  passin','  over  the  slioala, 
tJ»«'ougij  tl^  north  channel  ill  to  the  Vineyard  Sound.      Tiic  I'.illowiiiir  lioarings  have  been  taken  : — 

''"Wetit  Chop -Lighthoijise,  S.  J|.'^'  S.  distant  4  miles;    east  end  of  Middle  Groimd,  S.  E.  |  S.  3.1 ; 

'  west  end  of  d*iS.  W»  by  S.'4';  Gay  Head  Lii.'litJMU.ie,  S.  W  J  VV.  15  ;  Tamaniin  Cove  Li^'in- 
housc,  W.  S.  liiV*'  6;  Kahnouth  Wharf,  N.  E.  by  E.  3  ;  Sucaiimi  Set  Point,  E.  J  N.  7  ;  S.  W.  imr' 
of  the  IledgciFence,  j&,S.  E.  4  ;  Cape  Pogc  Liirhdiou.se.  S.  E.  i  E.  14;  East  Chop  Holmes'  Hole, 
S.  E.  6.  ByHkeepihg  me  Nobsque  Light  open,  by  the  East  Ciiop  of  Holmes'  Hole,  will  clear  ihu 
Old  Town  Flats. 

•   •  Nantucket  Lighthouse  is  on  the  north  point  of  Nanfuekct  Island,  and  shows  a  fixed  light,  cle- 
r^  .»ftted  70  feet  above  the  sea,  and  can  be  seen  far  as  any  one  on  the  coast. 

t  The  buoys  on  Nantucket  Shoals  and  the  Vineyard  Sound,  were  placed  by  Capt.  Trevett,  in  the 
Revenue  Cutter,  and  Win.  Daggci,  Branch  Pilot  for  the  Vineyard  Shoals,  and  from  their  authority 

^T»9^^li8h  them. 

t  ol^Monomoy  Poinrt  fixed  light  is  erected,  elevated  25  feet  above  the  sea,  on  what  wa.s  the 
extreinei  southern  point  of  Cape  Cod,  but  within  a  few  years  the  sea  has  broken  through  this  sand 
beach  aoOut  Smiles  from  tlic  jioint,  and  3  from  the  main  land,  making  it  an  island.  The  channel 
thaa  made  is  deep  enough  for  small  craft  to  pass,  at  high  water,  and  is  nearly  half  a  mile  wide. 

„  '  .'ijjfjPape'Poge  Ijghtis  situated  on  the  N.  E.  point  of  Martha's  Vineyard.  Tho  lantern  is  elevated 
i^  fBet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  coatalns  a  ii:ced  hght> 


" ' — -    '  i.»»i)»ll*j»il»lM«»«m».«i 


MiaMMMMII 


■IS^gK"* 


n  Sandy  Point  (Nnn- 
'.;  tliiMi  .sH'cr  for  ili«i 
I  tlif  (iri'iit  iMid  Littin 
(•  liittiT  a  white  liiioy, 
y  S.  liiiMi  carli  (itln-r, 
I  [iittli;  Rouiiii  Slioal 

•ariiin  from  (.'lialliam 
iloH,  anil  fnnii  Littin 
•i|),  5  fret. 

\V.  },  S.  until  ymi  aro 
•t  water,  hearing'  Cnini 
y  K.  j  K.  2  miles,  and 
•alest  water  on  I'oint 
.  and  steer  \V.  hy  N. 
If,  1 1  leajjncs  distant, 
'Oil  leave  on  your  lar- 
lie  Cross  Ui|),  oti  the 
)ni  (^ape  l'oj;e  Liirln 
nd  I'nnn  I  he  red  huoy 
is  rip,  !•.>  feet, 
to  hear  N.N. \V.  and 
t  lathoms  water,  when 
ler,  wiien  you  will  see 
',  wiien  you  must  run 
lite  huoy  on  tlie  west 
I  you  will  he  in  .'.  lalli- 
ues,  and  I'roni  tiie  riul 

horns  water,  you  will 
)n  thestarhoard  hand, 
4^  leamies  distant. — 
rN.N.K.Cape  |Niir«> 
liief  dry  at  low  water, 
he  (bund  hy  hrin^iii;; 
S.  S.  W.  for  Siuidy 
till  you  cross  from  'A 
here  you  may  anchor 
oiitinue  the  shore  on 
luioy  Point,  in  -J  fath- 
^V^.  N.  W.  fur  ijyan- 


1  carriajTe  to  Sandwich^ 
.house,  slinwinH-  u  fixed 
IS  you  enter  tiie  iiarhor. 
■ectod,  sliowinsj  a  lixeii 
psin','  over  the  slioals, 
gs  liave  been  taken  : — 
roiuid,  S.  E.  I  S.  3i  ; 
Tuninulin  Gt)ve  Li^'iu- 
E.  |N-  7;  S.  W.  imrr 
ist  Clio;)  Holmes'  Hule, 
cs'  Hole,  will  clear  thu 

diowa  a  fixed  light,  cle- 

ty  Cnpt.  Trevett,  in  the 
nd  from  their  authority 

sea,  on  what  was  the 
uken  throuRli  this  sand 
1  island.     The  channel 
y  half  a  mile  wide. 
The  lantera  is  elcvalect 


fe 


■  V. 


^fy. 


^mittAi>»mu%Limtiimt»!M 


K 


III.UNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


185 


OLD  S'r,\(IK  llAUIiOll. — Ilyou  irit»Miil,  when  pni*<<inK  Mononioy  Point  to  make  t 
h»rl>i)r,  wlmii  ulioiit  lll((  \iir(ln  went  Itoin  ttip  I'oiiit,  Nt»'»'r  N.  N.  W.  In'm  .'i  m  (i  inileH  to 
avoid  lh(*  coiiiiiiuii  l''l:i(  wliiili  iiiakei  oil'  I'loiii  th(>  l)«-;t(-li,  then  mrvr  K.  N.  K.  \i  milea, 
uliK-li  will  hriiijj  yoii  to  iiiK-lioniKr,  in  Iroin  .'i  to  ft  laihoinN,  ({ooii  liulilint;  grouD(|«  Thit 
harbor  is  rxpoHt'tJ  to  winds  iVoiii  Soutli  to  WcHt  l»y  North. 

Mononioy  i'ltint  hintrt  t'roni  tlit'  ancliora^e  South,  dlNtaiit  iil)oiit  8  milflti' 

To  ^o  through  iIih  S.  S.  VV.  (Iianiifl,  avt  Mononioy  INiiiit  Iji^ht  to  bear  N.  by  E.  ^  £• 
and  run  S.  S.  \V.  [\  iiiilf,  into  IJiitli-r"!*  Ilolf,  in  7  t'alhoniH  and  a  S.  8.  W.  coume  con- 
tinued will  carry  you  to  th*;  wetttward  id' Nantucket  Point  Light,  5  leiguei.  Id  the  S. 
J!>.  W.  clianind,  aii',  •«•  t'athonis  at  Cull  tide. 

[N'oTK. — W'hilt'  pnusiiiK  ('hathatii  in  thick  weather,  a|)))roa<rh  no  nearer  thtin  6  fath- 
oms to  croMH  till'  I'oliock  Kip;  cdi^e  oil  and  on  iVoiii  f)  tu  7  fathoms,  which  will  carrjT 
yon  over  the  Pollock  Hip  in  .'t  fathoinn.] 

iiriiii;  ('hathaiii  Lights  to  hear  N.  hy  VV.  on  which  b«arin);  keep  them  till  yon  croM 
the  Pollock  Kip  in  .'t  laihomH  water,  and  deepen  into  7  fathutnn;  then  steer  8.  W.  bv  9» 
which  carriuN  you  acroHs  Kutlcr'i  Hole  to  fi  or  4  fathoms  ;  then  steer  W.  St  W.  wnicli 
will  carry  yuu  to  the  northward  of  the  Little  Koiind  Shoal  up  to  Tnckanook  Chdondt 
when  you  will  be  up  with  the  S.  K.  end  of  the  liorse-s^hne,  where  you  have  9  fcthom*; 
then  r4teer  W.  by  N.  for  Cajte  Po}»e  Lii^ht.  Kroni  th«  Stono-horse,  to"  thft  S.  £.  end  of 
the  Morse-shoe,  tlie  distance  is  .'j  or  h  lea(;ues.  To  ^a  through  the  Mc flke«k«C| ^^sw 
nel,  briiif;  the  linht  on  Cape  Poy;e  to  bear  N.  by  W.  anfl  steer  S.  by  £.,  which  willtirff 
you  to  the  eastward  of  .'^kilf's  Island,  which  you  may  go  within  half  a  mile  of. 

To  fin  ihrou^'h  the  Swash  of  the  Horse-shoe,  bound  to  the  westwifj,  after  p<uaint  th« 
Stone-horse,  and  you  dee])en  your  water  to  (>  fathums,  steer  W.  till  you  bring  Cap* 
PoL'o  Lii^ht  to  bear  W.  S.  W. ;  then  steer  directly  (or  it  through  the  Swash  of  to* 
H()rse-.shoe,  till  yuu  deepen  twelve  fathoms;  then  steer  for  the  East  Chop  of  HoIoIm' 
Hole. 

To  go  to  the  northward  of  tlie  Horse-shoe,  bring  Point  Gammon  Light  to  bear  JSi^H^ 
]']. ;  Seconset  Point  to  bear  \V.  N.  W.,  when  yod  will  see  the  northernmost  dry  shoal  of 
the  Horse-shoe,  liring  Cape  Pogc  l^iglit  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  and  run  for  it.  In  beating 
to  windward,  come  no  nearer  the  north  shore  than  3  fathotns ;  when  past  the  dry  iq^t  (^ 
the  Horse-shoe,  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  till  you  i)ring  the  East  Chop  to  bear  W.       ,y-k^ 

To  <io  througii  the  South  Ship  Channel,  steer  from  Chatham  Lights  S.  B.''M-  wnHI  i^'  -ja 
you  pas.s  the  Pollock  Ki|)  in  3  or  4  fathoms  water  ;  if  the  weather  be  clear,  you  wB  mMk^^  -.'J 
Nantucket  (treat  Point  fjiaht;  continue  your  course  S.  S.  E«.  S.  by  E',  and  S.  nnrifijM^  '-^ 
liiihthouse  bears  W.  from  you:  thfni  steer  directly  for  it,  until  you  are  within  3  mile#'4f^  ■»>  '.) 
it ;  you  should  then  steer  N.  \V.  until  the  lighthouse  bears  S.  W.  by  W. ;  then|te«r^~" 
by  S.  till  the  lighthouse  i)ears  K.  by  .S.  k  S.,  and  then  run  W.  by  N.  ^  N., 
course  good  for  Holmes'  Hole  Liglit,  as  before  directed,  when,  ifyoa  wilftlt 
run  S.  \V.  till  the  light  bears  N.  W.  by  N.,  and  anchor  in  4  and  5  fatkMia|Jif'' 
mud,  and  out  of  the  tide.  ' 

•CHATHAM   HARliOR.— Chatham  is  situated  on  the  exterior  citirMnfr 
Cod,   bounded   E.  by  the  ocean,  S.  by  Vineyard  Sound,  W.  by  Harwieft,  atf<l' 
Pleasant  Bay.     Its  Harbor  is  convenient  for  the  fishery,  in  which  they  have  vM 
vessels  employed,  and  contains  20  feet  at  low  water.     The  place  is  remai%oble  Ufti 
shipwrecks  on  its  shores. 

Tn)ES.— On  the  South  Shoal  the  flood  tide  sets  north  about  3  honrs;   then  B.''8l 
K.,  when  the  ebb  commences  at  south,  and  continues  till  low  water.     At  SaQcoty-tl^wi^ . 
the  flood  sets  N.  E.  and  ebb  S.  W.     In  the  middle  (or  £.  N.  £.  channel)  the^  flottl •ffitt' 
N.  E.  by  E.  and  ebb  S.  W.  by  W.  ;. 

In  Butler's  Hole  the  ebb  sets  west,  and  flood  east.     From  Chathap^ta  Polloek  Mipt- 
the  flood  sets  S.  S.  W.  and  ebb  N.  N.  E.  4  ,  tH 

From  Butler's  Hole  to  the  Horse-shoe,  ebb  W.  S.  W.;  then  W.  hy  N.  to  Hols^ 
Hole. 

The  depth  of  water  on  Nantucket  Shoal  and  the  Vineyard  Sound,  aro  taken  at  lo*-    j3 
tide.     At  Pollock  Rip,  Great  Rip,  Little  Round  Shoal,  Point  Rip  and  the  Haxt^txeUtfifj.^^^ 


Vii 


^r 


* 


*  There  nre  two  fixed  lights  at  Chatham,  on  James*  Head,  about  70  feet  above  tS©eea,-^0-i 
apart,  and  may  be  seen  5  or  6  leagues  distant,     Chatlium  being  a  barred  hapborj  aad  fNiqB0n(j 
shifting,  two  lights  were  erected  for  the  purpose  of  mooring,  as  the  bar  changed,  to  wrUf^  mT 
ing.mark  over  the  bar,  into  the  harbor :  but  the  beach  has  made  out  three  or  more  ttV^f 
rendering  the  lights  entirely  useless  as  harbor  lights,  the  original  purpose  of  their  oilll 
bear  from  Nantucket  Lighthouse  N.  N.  E.,  distant  lOJ  leagues,  and  from  the  aUi 
These  lights  are  said  to  be  of  some  use  to  vessels  hound  over  Nantucket  Shoals. 

34  ■         .  -    '•■«■..' 


V    .-^ 


186 


BLU.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  tide  rises  and  falls  5  to  6  feet.  At  the  Horse-shoe,  ♦Cross  Rip,  Hedge  Fence, 
Squash  jMeadow  and  Middle  Ground,  the  tide  rises  and  falls  3  to  4  fefet.  S.  ^  E,  moon 
makes  full  sea  in  the  Sound. 

NANTUCKET  HARBOR.— If  the  fLighthouse  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor 
cannot  be  seen,  bring  the  light  on  Brant  Point,  (which  lies  on  the  starboard  hand  and 
shows  a  fi>-?d  light)  to  bear  S.  by  E.  (none  to  the  south  of  that)  and  run  for  it  till  within 
about  a  cable's  length;  then  run  to  the  eastward  for  the  end  of  the  jjoint,  and  pass  it  as 
near  as  you  please. 

Nantucket  Bar.-— It  is  understood  that  a  new  channel  over  this  dangerous  shoal  has 
been  explored  and  buoyed  out,  by  some  of  our  enterprising  master  mariners  and  pilots; 
and  that  the  keeper  of  the  lighthouse  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor,  having  been  waited 
upon  by  them,  and  several  of  the  principal  merchants  and  ship  owners,  has  caused  the 
removal  of  the  lighthouse  under  his  care  to  a  point  designated.  As  this  new  channel  is 
4eclared  by  the  pilots  to  be  considerably  deeper  than  that'fonnerly  used,  and  has  the  ad- 
1^  vantage  of  being  straight  and  easy  of  access,  the  public  good  is  greatly  subserved  by  an 

alteration  which  will  facilitate  its  use  ;  and  which  has  been  made,  we  understand,  with- 
out any  additional  exp^ense  to  the  United  States. 

Directions  for  ships  bound  oVer  the  Shoais  of  \anlucket,from  the  Bar. — From  Nantucket 
Bar,  the  course  is  about  N.  N.  E.  to  the  (treat  Point ;  if  a  west  tide,  run  for  the  light- 
house, pass  the  Great  Point,  keeping  it  about  two  miles  distant  from  you  ;  an  east  tide 
may  setvpu  on  the  Point  Rip.  Keep  the  town  open,  clear  of  Great  Point,  until  you  are 
three  i^ea.to  the  N.  NitE.  of  the  point ;  then  run  S.  E.  keeping  three  miles  from  the 
land,  amil  the  light  is  wesufrom  you  ;  then  running  east,  keeping  the  lighthouse  bear- 
ing wesU  will  carry  you  to  sea.  \X^hen  you  are  in  2b  fathoms,  you  are  without  the 
Great  Rip.,  If  a  light  wind,  and  a  southern  tide,  there  is  danger  of  being  set  by  the 
tide  too  near  the  Rip  ;  therefore  it  is  best,  after  being  sure  that  you  are  without  the 
Round  Shoal,  to  run  E.  by  N^  or  E.  N.  E.,  according  to  the  wind  and  tide.  When 
you  have  passed  the  Round.'  Shoal,  there  is  nothing  to  fear,  from  N.  to  E,  until  you 
come  to  the  State  of  Maine,  en  the  one  hand,  or  the  shoal  of  George's  on  the  other. 
Do  not  cross  George's  Bank  north  of  lat.  4P  N.     The  above  is  the  Old  Channel-way. 

After  .you  are  three  miles  N.  N.-  E.  from  the  Great  Point  Light,  run  S.  E.,  keep- 
ing three  miles  from  the  land,  until  Sancoty  Head  bears  S.  W. ;  you  may  then  run  N. 
£.  which  will  carry  you  channel-way.  The  Round  Shoal  bears  from  the  Great  Point 
Light,  E.  N.  £.  eight  miles  off. 

When  you  are  three  miles  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  the  Great  Point  Light,  with  the  town 

^open  clear  of  the  Poidf,  tUn  S.  E.,  keeping  three  miles  from  the  laud,  until  the  town  is 

aver  the  middle  of  the.  he'ad  of  the  harbor;  keeping  it  so,  will  carry  you  out  channel- 

:,town  isi  shut.Aifejjrthe  highland  of  Pocomo  or  Squam,  you  are  in  danger 

IfaiS^'bndof  theBus^^y^also  the  north  end  of  the  Great  Rip. 

is  tide  lutns  at  the  fodtwf  me  Shoals,  three  hours  before  it  is  high  water  at  the  bar. 

'•^breast  of  the  Great  Rip,  the  ebb  tide  set-to  the  S.  S.  W.  and  the  flood  to  the  N.  N.  E. ; 

l^tffWire  it  is  neeeSHvy,  in  light  winds,  to  be  careful  that  you  do  not  get  set  by  the 

^im  en  the  Rip.      '* 

The  Fishing  Rip  bears  {(bout  E.  S.  E.  from  the  Great  Rip,  from  five  to  seven  leagues 
dflltaat..  It  has  been  said  by  many* experienced  men,  that  there  are  but  2^  fathoms  on 
thtf  shbafieBt  patt  of  the  Great  Rip.  From  the  Great  Point  Light  to  the  Great  Rip,  is 
JB.-^^by^S.  I  S.'S|< leagues  distant ;    the  Fishing  Rip  is  from  10  to  12  leagues  distant  from 


'  ♦  Near  the  nor^^nd  of  CrOBS  Rip,  a  floating  light  is  moored  in  7  fathoms  .water  ;  200  fathoms 
"  j|6uthof  the  ligh^'are  11  feet  water.  Bsjng  Nantucket  Light  to  bear  E.  S.  E.,"and  run  W.N.W. 
^tvilicwfy  a  vessel  to  the  Light  Boat,  and  thence  to  Holmes'  Hole.  • 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  the  Nuntucket  Jjght  Boat. 

•Nantucket  Great  Point  Light E.  S.  E 14  miles. 

N.  E.  end  Tuckanuck  Shoal S.  E.  ^  E 4    do. 

Tuctomuck  Island S.  i  E 8    .:.j. 

Ca^Poge  Light.... W.  i  S 10     do. 

East  Chop  Holmes' Hole W.  by  N.  iN...16    do. 

Point  Gammon  Light N.  ^  E 12    do. 

Msin  body  of  Horse-shoe....^ N 1^  do. 


,    t 

t9B< 


Nintocket  Harbor  Lighthouse  ia  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor,  on  high  ground,  some  dis. 
iirotn  the  shore,  is  a  small  pyramidical  building,  and  contains  a  fixcl  light  Its  only  use  is  to 
Wcsbels  entering  the  harbor,  to  pass  the  bar. 


*G 

prom-, 
iriO 

Th, 
lors  ol 
Til 
disian 
thcv  II 
N.E. 
from  t 
traiirc 
about 
West 
is  nbov 
two  th 
sides 
li?lit  b 
3i  len; 
ibt^use, 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


187 


),  Hedge  Fence, 
.     S.  I  E.  moon 

de  of  the  harbor 
rboard  hand  and 
I  lor  it  till  withiu 
at,  and  pass  it  as 

f»erou3  shoal  has 
■Tners  and  pilots ; 
aving  been  waited 
s,  has  caused  the 
lis  new  channel  is 
1,  and  has  the  ad- 
!  subserved  by  an 
understand,  with- 

-From  Nantucket 
run  for  the  light- 
you  ;    an  east  tide 
oint,  until  you  are 
iree  miles  from  the 
e  hghthouse  bear- 
>u  are  without  the 
f  being  set  by  the 
ou  are  without  the 
I  and  tide.     When 
N.  to  E.  until  you 
ge's  on  the  other. 
Jld  Channel-way. 
,   run  8.  E.,  keep- 
u  may  then  run  N. 
m  the  Great  Point 

ght,  with  the  town 

d,  until  the  town  is 

you  out  channel- 

you  are  in  danger 

i. 

rh  water  at  the  bar. 
od  totheN.N.  E.; 
J  not  get  set  by  the 

ive  to  seven  leagues 
e  but  2i  fathoms  on 
o  the  Great  Rip,  is 
agues  distant  from 


8  water;  200 fathoms 
E.,andrun  W.N.W. 


tat. 

...,14  miles. 
....  4    do. 

8   :.■>. 

10     do. 

iN...16    do. 

12    do. 

U  do. 

ligh  ground,  some  dis- 
jhi      Its  only  use  is  to 


the  Great  Point  Light;  between  those  two  rips  the  bottom  is  uneven,  having  from  12  to 
2-2  fathoms.  Th(?^Two  Rips  lay  nearly  north  and  south,  and  are  about  twelve  miles  in 
length. 

At  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  it  is  full  sea  at  Nantucket  at  about  twelve  o'clock, 
noun. 


Courses  and  distances  from  Nantucket  Lighthouse. 

CoureeB. 


League*. 


From  Lighthouse  to  the  Handkerchief N.  by  E 4^ 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


to  the  Snow  Drift : N.  N.  E.. , . .. .  6 

to  the  Stone  Horse .N.  N.E.  ^.. .  34 

to  the  sandy  point  of  Monomoy .N.  by  E.  ^  E.. .  6-!- 

to  the  Little  Round   Shoal i*.  .N.  E 

to  the  Pollock  Rip  buoy .N.  E.  i  N... 

to  the  Great  Round   Shonl * E.  N.  E 

to  the  north  end  of  Great  Rip ./ E.  by  S.  ^  S. 

to  Nantucket  Harbor .,;^ .S.  S.  W. 


to  Tuckanuck  Shoal ,\ 


.w. 


3 
5 

2f 
5 

n 

3 


to  East  chop  of  Holmes'  Hole r. W.  by  N 9 

to  Horse-shoe '. . . . .... ,, . ,  .N.  W.  by  W.. .  4^ 

to  Hyannes .-,;; »,  .N.  W.  4  N.r.v*  7 

to  the  west  pnrt  of  George's  Bank E.  i  N......'!v32 

From  the  east  end  of  Nantucket  (called  Sancoty  Head)  to.  the 

South  Shoal .' S.  by  E 4 

Variation  6°  30'  W. 

Directions  for  entering  NantvcJcct  Harlior. — Bring  the  south  light,  and  the  light  on 
Brant  Point  in  one,  at  the  outer  buoy  :  and  the  sout(i  Tight  should  be  opened  to  the 
westward  on  this  range,  one  handspike's  length,  to  run  th«  channel  from  the  bar  orotUtdr 
buoy,  to  the  .shoaling  of  the  water  on  Brant  Point.        '         ^ 

From  Brant  Point  N.  N.  W.  \  W,  300  fathoms;  then  N.  by  W.  1  W.  lOQ  fathemt; 
then  N.  350  fathoms  over  the  bar. 

Froin  the  bar  N.  by  W.  J  W.  eight  and  one  half  miles  will  cross  Tuckanuck  Shoal 
in  17  or  18  feet  water.  ^ 

BLOCK  LSLAND  CHANNEL,  ^c— Directions  for  iho$9*ru1ming  for  Block  Mand^ 
Cliannel,  to  tlie  southward  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  Vineyard  iSou^d,  Nav tucket  Jilatid^' 
and  t>uch  as  are  hound  into  the  Vineyard  Sou?id,  and  intend  going  over  the  SApol*M0tf^ 
eastward.  *  ''"'"  \,  -^'^  ' 

In  approaching  the  south  end  of  Block  Island  (on  the  N.  W.  point  of  whichtVoJ 
houses  arc  erected,  as  after  described)  from  the  southward^  the  water  •boftls  gi^f 
When  the  island  bears  from  N.  W.  to  N.  by  W.  the  bottdm  is  mud:  this  is  conamoii|,. 
called  Block  Island  Channel.  This  island,  if  you  come  from  tb^  soutj^ward,  |toMWM^^ 
round  and  high;  ayd  if  you  approach  it  from  the  S.  £.  it  appears  like  a  8addl%  oeinc.^ 
high  at  both  ends,  bul  highest  to  the  southward.  Your  course  from  the  soulh^eMtheac  ^ 
of  Block  Island  to  'Gay  Head  Lighthouse  is  K.  by  N.  15  leagues.  The  current  in  Bloefc ' 
Island  Channel  is  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  W.  two  knots.     If  you  fall,  to  the  southvard  of 


*  Gay  Head  Lighthouse  stands  at  the  touth-west  end  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  on  ji  rlirmt'ksdde 
pron>3ntory  called  Gay  Head,  eievarted  above  high  water  134  feet,  elevation  of  liaht%bo^  tftit  sek    i,i 
150  feet.  ,  ■       ■*  .  ; 

Thu  cliff,  which  rises  about  134  fret  above  the  wnter,  is  very  conspicuous •fi9))|j^6difrerat|t  8<K'*!^ 
lors  of  the  earth,  which  have  been  expo.=ed  by  the  action  o/ the  elements.  '       '  ^  ' 

The  lights  revolve  once  in  about  four  minutes,  and  arc  observed  twice  in  each  revolution,  hi  {ba  '  i , 
distance  of  twelve  miles  thev  ure  oliFc\ired  about  three  fourths  of  the  time  :  at  three  miles  dietanov  ^y\ 
they  may  always  be  seen,  thousrh  dimly,  through  parts  of  each  revolution.  Cnpe  Poge  Light,  at  the'  '" 
N.  E.  point  of  the  Vineyard,  may  be  seen  over  the  land  from  sea,  is  a  fixed  light,  to  distinguidl  it 
from  that  of  Gay  Head  ;  also  Cuttehunk  Light,  at  the  N.  W.  part  of  Cuttehunk  Island,  south  en> 
trance  of  Buzzard's  Ony,  which  is  nlso  a  fixed  light.  The  Devil's  Bridge,  a  rocky  shoal,  makes  off 
about  S.  W.  from  tlie  light,  one  and  a  half  mile  distant.  Beorings  and  distances  from'^^' light  ;«-• 
West  part  of  Neman's  Land  Island  bears  S.  8"  W.  from  (iay  Head,  6^  miles  distant.  "The  island 
is  about  three  miles  long  and  one  broad.  Old  Man,  S.  by  B.  This  is  a  ledge  of  rockti  which  Ilea 
two  thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  Vineyard  to  Noman's  Land  Island,  which  has  a  pamage  nn  both  ^1^ 
sides  that  is  but  little  used.  Those  who  go  through'musl  keep  near  Noman's  Land  Island  Jil  tb^  ^J 
light  bears  north.  You  will  have  7  fathoms  water  in  this  passage.  Sow  and  Pigs,  N.  Wi  by  W; 
3i  leagues.  This  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  is  very  dangerous.  Newport,  (Rhode  l»]a/kA)  Lii||^- 
hwuse,  W.  by  N.  i  N.,  distant  11  leagues.  >?*     ^  ^<^ 


^ 


188 


ULUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


.0  > 


Martha'8  Vineyard,  and  can  see  Noman'a  Land  Island,  and  intend  goina;  over  the  shoal 
to  the  eastward,  bring  Noman's  Land  Island  to  bear  W.,  and  steer  E.  by  8.  H  leagues, 
which  will  bring  you  up  with  Nantucket  Island,  to  which  you  must  give  a  distance  of 
Jwo  miles,  until  you  have  passed  Micomic  Keef,  which  extends  one  mile  from  the  shore, 
has  two  fathoms  water,  and  bears  from  the  South  Tower  at  Nantucket,  S.by  W.  Wh*n 
you  get  to  the  eastward  of  this  rip,  you  may  nigh  the  shore  to  within  one  quarter  of  a 
mile,  until  up  with  Tom  Never s  Head,  which  lies  IJ  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  and 
westward  of  a  small  village  called  Sciasconset,  where  you  may  anchor,  if  necessary,  in  4 
or  5  fathoms. 

If  you  wish  to  continue  through  the  channel,  which  lies  between  Nantucket  Island 
and  the  Old  Man,  you  m^y  run  within  three  cables'  lengths  of  the  shore,  which  will  c^rry 
you  over  Pochick  Rip,  dta  which  there  are  but  2  fathoms,  and  of  course  only  fit  for 
small  vssels.  When  on  this  rip,  haul  to  within  one  cable's  length  of  the  shore,  and  con- 
tinue iu  &  fathoms,  till  up  with  Sancoty  Head,  which  is  the  highest  eastern  land  of  Nan- 
tucket. Bring  Sancoty  head  to  bear  S.  W.  when  in  5  fathoms  water,  and  run  N.  E. 
till  you  deepen  to  15  fathoms,  when  the  Round  Shoal  Buoy  will  bear  N.W.,  after  which 
you  ghpal  into  7  and  8  fathomst^ne  ridges,  which  having  passed,  and  come  into  10  fath- 
oms, a  north'^course  will  carr/^ou  to  the  High  Land  of  Cape  Cod,  17  leagues  distant. 
If  in  a  large  sjtjijJj  and  you  malre  the  south  side  of  Nantucket,  bound  over  the  shoals, 
you  may  proceed  either  within  or  without  the  Old  Man,  but  the  latter  is  preferable. 

If  you  wish  to  go  between^the  Old  Man  and  Pochick  Rip,  bring  Tom  Never's  Head 
to  bear-N.  W.  by  W..'and%^.|^>E.  by  E.  till  Sancoty  Head  bears  N.  N.  \V.  \  W. 
whereiybu  will  have  9  fathorri^- water,  when  you  will  run  direct  for  Sancoty  Head,  till  in 
6  fat^o^jBof,  which  will  be  close  on  board;  then  continue  your  course  N.  E.,  as  before 
tnentio/i^d,  for  the  Round  Shoal.  In,  running  the  S.  £.  by  E.  course,  you  go  through 
kftwash  half  a  mile  widp,  Laving  1  fathoms. 

(  'Wyoa  are  coming  frofai  sea,  and  make  the  island  of  Nantticket  to  the  northward  of  you, 
it  Qiay  be  known  by  two  towers,  and  four  windmills,  which  stand  near  each  other,  upon 
m  eiiinience.  You  may  then  steer  directly  for  the  land,  until  you  are  within  half  a  mile, 
and  may,  if  bound  to  the  eastward,  run  along  the  shore  in  4,  6,  and  6  fathoms  water,  to 
the  S.  E.  part  of  the  Island,  where  there  are  shoals  and  rips,  on  which  you  will  have 
only  2i  or  3  fathoms  water.     Sancoty  Head  is  the  easternmost  head  land  of  Nantucket. 

If»  Id  iporaing  from  sea,  you  make  the  South  Shoal,  which  lies  in  41°  4'  N.  lat.  give  it 
a  berth|>f  a  mile.  If  you  intend  to  make  Nantucket  Island,  steer  N.  by  W.,  and  when 
jrou  cope  near  the  Island,  you  may  proceed  along  the  shore,  according  to  the  former  di- 
Mctiona^ 

If,  wlieit  you  make  the  South  Sho«l,  you  are  bound  to  Boston  Bay,  and  choose  to  go 

i^twardof  all  the  shoals  and  ri})8,  pass  a  mile  or  two  to  the  southward  of  the  shoal, 

N.  E.  by  E.  about  7  ftagues,  when  you  will  be  up  with  the  Fishing  Kip.     In 

thla  N.  E.  by  E.  course,  you  will  deepen  to  25  fathoms,  which  is  about  midway 

Shoal  and  Fishing  Rip.  ,^r6m  the  Fishing  Rip,  in  17  or  1 R  fathams,  steer  N.  N. 

le  High  Land  of  Cape  Cod  18  leagues,  on  which  is  a  lighthouse,  containing  a 

Wiwu  come  firom  the  eastward,  and  are  bound  for  Long  Island  or  New  York,  you 
:^oiudb«i  careful  not  to  go  to  the  northward  of  41°  N.  latitude,  until  you  pass  the  South 
Qhoii^  of  Nantucket.     If,  by  stress  of  weather,  you  should  be  driven  so  far  to  the  north- 
1»ard:Ja|  to,  be  near  the  Vineyard,  you  may  pass  through  the  channel  to  the  westward  of 
Nu^l^iit  Island,  by  bringing  C^pe  Poge  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  W.  and  steering 
^ight  Cbf  it,  will  lead  you  through,  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  clear  of  all  shoals,  leaving 
jS|Ktff*8  bland,  which  is  a  dangerous  shoal,  on  your  larboard  hand.     Martha's  Vineyard 
^itltUld  lies  in  much  the  same  latitude  as  Nantucket  Island,  and  may  be  known  by  a  small 
.round  Island  which  lies  at  the  southward  of  Gay  Head  Light,  called  Noman's  Land  Isl- 
and, before  mentioned,  8  miles  distant.     You  may  sail  between  this  island  and  Martha's 
Vineyard ;    but  vou  rrust  take  care  to  avoid  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which  bears  from  Gay 
Head  Light,  S.  by  E.  5i  miles  distant,  called  the  Old  Man. 

In  bad  weather,  coming  from  the  eastward,  and  you  wish  for  a  harbor,  and  the  wind 
Kdmit'^ag,  you  may  bring  Nantucket  light  to  bear  E.  S.  E  and  run  W.  N.  W.  making 
.ybur  course  good,  until  Cape  Poge  lighthouse  bears  W.  by  S. ;  if  bound  into  Edgartown 
^arbor,  then  steer  for  the  light ^until  you  get  in  3  fathoms  water,  then  run  W.  N.  W. ;  if 
'lr|hoaIea9,  haul  to  the  northward;  if  not,  keep  on  until  the  light  bears  south,  then  run 
^kTS*  W.  \  you  will  have  3  and  4  fathoms,  hard  bottom.  As  soon  as  you  get  in  5^  or  G 
'WboQIS,  sucky  bottom,  then  run  S.  S.  W.  until  the  light  bears  N.  E  i  E. ;  then  yoil  may 
-anchor  lb  5»bout  5  or  6  fathoms  water  with  safety,  in  case  your  cables  an''  anchors  are 
'ftBia-lirotthy ;  otherwise,  if  you  wish  to  go  into  the  harbor,  when  the  ligh^'  ars  N.  E.  \  E. 
.jrott  may  run  S.  W.  by  "^ .  until  you  get  3|  fathoms,  hard  bottom,  then  run  west  about 
half  a  mile,  and  you  will  be  within  the  flats,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand, 


m 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


189 


ng  over  tlie  shoal 
,  by  S.  H  leat;uP3, 
cive  a  distance  of 
ie  (Voni  the  shore, 
S.byVV.  Whftn 
one  cjuarter  of  a 
le  southward  and 
,  if  necessary,  in  4 

Nantucket  Ishind 
e,  which  will  carry 
course  only  fit  for 
the  shore,  and  con- 
^vstern  land  of  Nan- 
er,  and  run  N.  E. 
N.W.,  after  which 
come  into  10  fath- 
17  leajiues  distant, 
nd  over  the  shoals, 
;r  is  preferable, 
rom  Never's  Head 
s  N.  N.  \V.  i  W. 
ancotv  Head,  till  in 
•se  N."  E.,  as  before 
se,  you  go  through 

le  northward  of  you, 
,\r  each  other,  upon 
e  within  half  a  mile, 
6  fathoms  water,  to 
hich  you  will  have 
land  of  Nantucket. 
|41°  4'  N.  lat.  give  it 
J ,  by  W.,  and  when 
g  to  the  former  di- 

,  and  choose  to  go 
thward  of  the  shoal, 
e  Fishing  Kip.  I" 
ch  is  about  midway 

ithams,  steer  N.  N. 

louse,  containing  a 

or  New  York,  you 
vou  pass  the  South 
so  far  to  the  north- 
1  to  the  westward  of 
by  W.  and  steering 
,f  all  shoals,  leaving 
Martha's  Vineyard 
be  known  by  a  small 
Noman's  Land  Isl- 
isljndand  Martha's 
ich  bears  from  Gay 


larhor,  and  the  wind 

W.  N.  W.  making 

lUndintoEdgartown 

.nrunW.N.W.;  if 

ears  south,  then  run 

as  you  get  in  5^  or  6 

i  iK.-/then  yoi'i  may 

lies  an''  anchors  are 

igiiM  .arsN.E.AE. 

then  n.in  west  about 

our  starboard  baud, 


n 


toniing  in ;  you  will  find  it  smooth,  and  about  3  or  4  fathoms  water,  where  you  may  an- 
chor with  safety,  though  your  ground  tackling  is  poor. 

To  enter  the  Vineyard  Sound  bring  (Jay  Head  Light  to  bear  S.  E.  4  miles  distant, 
and  steer  E.  N.  E. 

To  enter  Buzzard's  Bay  through  Quick's  Hole,  bring  (!ay  Head  Light  to  bear  S.  |  W. 
and  steer  S.  A  E.  to  the  entrance  of  Quick's  Hole,  which  is  six  miles  from  Gay  Head.^ 
Menemsha  Bite,  which  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Gay  Head,  affords  good  anchorage  24  to 
3  miles  east  from  the  light,  with  the  wind  from  E.  to  S.  \V.  but  being  much  exposed  to 
the  influence  of  northerly  winds,  it  should  be  resorted  to  only  in.  tllc!  summer,  or  at  other 
times  from  necessity. 

From  Gay  Head  Lighthouse,  the  south  part  of  CuttehuDl|j^sland  bears  N.  45°  W. 
distant  7^^  miles.  '* 

If  you  wish  to  go  to  Holmes'  Hole  or  through  the  SouW,  bring  Cape  Poge  light  to 
bear  S.  E.  by  Ei  }  E.  and  run  N.  W.  by  W.  J  W.  you  will  run  for  the  East  Chop,  and 
leave  Squash  Meadow  shoal  on  your  starboard  hand  ',  get  3  fathoms  water  on  the  Chop, 
then  haul  to  the  N.  N.  W.  until  you  deepen  to  7,  8,  or  9  fathoms;  then  run  S.  W.  by  W. 
for  Holmes'  Hole  roadstead,  in  4  or  3^  fathoms;  or  IfeW.  for  the  Sounds  to  clear  the 
West  Chop  and  Middle  (iround:  T»' 

Gay  Head  is  the  westernmost  land  of  Martha's  V-ineyard.  Whtn  ^li-cbnoc  by  Gay 
Head  with  a  southerly  wind,  the  south  channel  is  best.  From  Gay  Heatf  to  Nantucket 
Point,  the  tide  sets  directly  through  the  Vineyard  Sougd^with  a  little  variation,  afterpass- 
ing  Cape  Poge  to  the  eastward,  which  is  caused  by 'ilifreflg' tide' setting  through  Tuck- 
anuck  Channel.  The  land  of  Gay  Head  is  high  and  of  divers  colors,  namely,  red, 
yellow,  and  white,  in  streaks.  In  steering  from  *Block  Island  for  Gay  Head,  y^»  toust 
be  careful  to  avoid  the  Sow  and  Pigs;  they  make  a  ledge  of  rocks,  some  of  which  are 
above,  and  others  under  water.  These  rocks  lie  2^  miles  S."^  by  W.  from  the  west*- 
ernmost  of  Elizabeth  Isles,  and  W.  N.  W.  from  Gay  Head  2§  leagXies  distant ;  the  first  of 
the  flood  tide  sets  strong  to  the  northward  over  them  into  Buzzard's  Bay,  which  is  very  fouL 
Your  course  along  Elizabeth  Isles  is  E.  N.  E.  in  15,  14,  12,  8,  15,  16,  and  17  fathnme 
water  ;  give  the  isles  a  berth  of  about  three-quarters  of  a  rtiile.     In  running  frdm  Gay 


Head  Light  into  Vineyard  Sound,  if  you  wish  to  make  a  harbor  on  the  north  sidCr" 
(lay  Head  Light  to  bear  S.  W.  and  run  N.  E.  3J^  leagues,  which  will  carry  you'ft|iWith 
jTarpaulin  Cove  Light,  where  you  may  anchor  in  frorii  4  to  18  fathoms,  on  fli^  sand, 
the  light  bearing  from  W.  by  N.  to  S.  W.  aflording  safe  anchorage  with  northerTy  wiuds. 
When  coming  from  sea,  you  may  run  for  Gay  Head  Light,  when  it  bears  from  N.  N.  E.  to 
E.  S.  E.  giving  it  a  berth  of  two  miles,  to  clear  the  XJevil's  Bridge,  which  bears  from  the 
light  S.  W.  l\  mile  distant.  As  measuring  the  distance  in  the  night  would  be  uncertain, 
you  must  keep  your  lead  going,  and  if  you  should  have  7  or  8  fathoms  when  tbe^ 
bears  S.  E.  by  E.  or  S.  E.  haul  up  north  till  you  have  10  or  12  fathoms ;  theiiplSC 
steer  N.  E.,  and  with  ebb  N.  E.  by  E,  3  leagues;  then  E.  N.  E.  will  be  the  cdl 
Sound,  which  will  carry  you  to  the  northward  of  the  Middle  Ground,  which  ba^'ij^^firtsk^ 


t)wftenyou^ 

the  AVest  Chop  of  Holmes'  Hole  Light,  which  you  may  run  for,  keep  one  mile  from  shore 
till  you  open  the  East  Chop  one  cable's  length,  and  with  a  flood  Ijde  steer  dircct>,for  it, 
and  with  ebb  keep  it  one  point  open,  till  you  open  a  wind-mill  on  the  west  side.oftnip  har- 
bor about  one  cable's  length,  then  run  up  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  till  you  conti^to  4  or' 
3  fathoms,  where  you  may  anchor  on  good  ground.  The  usual  mark  fot-  anchoring  is  thU' 
West  Chop,  bearing  from  N.  N.  W.  to  N.  W.  by  N.  but  if  you  lie  any  time  here,  the 
best  anchoring  is  well  up  the  harbor,  and  close  to  the  shore,  mooring  S.  E.  and  N.  W. 
in  4  or  5  fathoms  water.  In  this  harbor,  which  is  about  two  miles  deep,  you  will  lie  se- 
cure from  all  winds  except  a  northerly  one.  '.' 

You  must  not  keep  further  than  two  miles  from  the  West  Chop,  as  there  is  a  «faotu[, 
called  Hedge  Fence,  on  the  east  end  of  which  is  a  black  buoy,  in  16  feet  water,  bearing  fronii 
West  Chop  east,  6  miles,  and  from  the  black  buoy  on  Middle  Ground,  E.  |^  S.  3  league*. 
The  Hedge  Fence  lies  about  ^  miles  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Holmes'  Hole  Light,  and  extends 

*r>lock  Island  is  nbont  9  miles  in  length,  extending  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.  and  5  miles  in  breadth. 

tTiir|)nulin  Cove  light  lies  on  the  larboard  hand  as  you  enter  that  harbor,  and  shows  a  fixei^lwh^;; 
elcvntpd  RO  fft  aliove  the  fea.     It  bears  about  N.  E.  hy  N.  from  Gay  Head  light,  which,  is A'i|i 
intf  light  3i  leagues  distant.  ;'».,,  „ 

t  A  lighthouse,  showing  a  fixed  light,  is  erected  on  the  West  Chop  of  Holmes'  Hole,  ol4 
feet  above  the  sea,  as  previously  mentioned. 


*•;' 


■jy 


190 


BLUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


W.  N.  W  and  E.  S.  E.  (>  miles,  is  about  half  a  mile  broad,  and  has  4  feet  water  on  the  shoalest 
part.     Between  this  shoal  and  IJolmes'  Hole,  there  are  from  8  to  12  fathoms  water. 

If  you  make  t)ie  Chop  in  the  nif;ht,  when  it  bears  S.  E.  you  are  rlcar  of  tiie  Middle 
Ground  ;  steer  for  tlie  east  side  of  it  till  you  strike  in  4  or  3  fathoms  on  the  flat  ground 
near  the  Chop,  then  steer  S.  E.  by  E.  oljserviiii;  not  to  go  nearer  the  land  than  3  fathoms. 
If,  in  running  S.  E.  by  E.  you  fall  into  6  or  7  fathoms,  haul  up  tS.  by  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  and 
run  into  4  or  3  Tathoms,  as  i)efore  directed. 

If  bound  into  Vineyard  Sound,  with  the  wind  at  the  eastward,  and  you  are  near  the 
so^th  side  of  Martha's  \^neyard,  to  go  brlween  Squibnoeket  and  the  Old  Man,  run  round 
Squibnocketin35and4rathoms  water,  continuing  N.  N.  W.  along  the  beach  till  you  come 
to  Gay  Head  Light,  and  if  ebb  tide,  anchor  in  5  fathoms,  the  light  bearing  from  N.  to  N.  E. 

Vessels  entering  the  Vineyard  Sound,  should  leave  *('uttehunk  Light  on  the  larboard 
hand,  giving  it  a  berth  of  threeinilcs.  to  avoid  the  Sow  and  Pigs,  the.  western  part  of  which 
bears  b.  56*W.  from  the  light',*'2*r  miles  distant.  Cuttehunk  is  one  of  the  P'.lizabeth 
Islands. 

In  entering  Buzzard's  Bay,  tiring  Cuttehunk  Light  to  bear  east,  3  miles. distant,  and 
steer  N.  E.  by  N,,  which  -bourse  will  carry  a  vessel  to  good  anchorage,  in  r>i  and  7 
fathoms,  about'one  mile  from  thflt^iiinphn  Rock  Light,  with  it  bearing  from  N.  N.  E. 
to  N.  E.  by  N.  This  is  as  far  as  a^stvanger  should  venture  without  a  pilot,  who  can  al- 
ways be  had  on  setting  a  signal. 

In  coming  into  the, Sound  In  the|iight,  with  a  strong  north-westerly  wind,  haul  to  the 
northward  till  you  have  smooth  water  under  the  Elizabeth  Islands,  where  you  may  an- 
chor jn  14  or  10  fathoms.  Should-  yoix  have  the  wind  to  the  southward,  it  will  he  best 
to  run  dWwp  through  the  South  Channel,  or  Vineyard  side.  When  Gay  Head  Light 
bears  S.  S.  E.  your  course'  is  JfT.  E.  by  E.  i  E.,  or  K.  N.  E.,  observing  not  to  come 
hearer  the  land  than  into  7  fathoms  iT^ter,  till  you  arc  abreast  of  Lambert's  Cove,  in 
which  is  good  anchoring,  with  southerly  or  easterly  winds,  and  may  be  known  by  a  high 
sand  bank,  called  Necunkey  CKtF,  on  the  east  side  of  it,  about  midway  the  Cove,  oppo- 
aite  which  you  may  come  to  in  5  or  S-fathonis,  sandy  bottom,  where  is  the  best  anchor- 
ing. The  middle  Ground  lies  about  two  miles  without  the  Cove,  and  has  12  feet  water 
on  it.  If  you  intend  running  down  for  Holmes'  Hole,  your  course,  when  opposite  Ne- 
cunkey Point,  is  E.  by  N.,  keeping  near  the  land  to  clear  the  Middle  Ground,  the  east 
end  of  which  bears  east  from  Tarpauli,n  Cove  Light,  4  leagues  distant.  You  may  track 
■the  shore  by  the  lead  in  from  7  to  4  fathoms,  till  you  come  near  the  light;  but  couie  no 
nearer  than  3  fathoms,  and  you  may  track  the  Chop  around,  the  same  as  running  down 
to  the  northward  of  the  Middle  Ground,  which  bears  from  West  C^hop  Light  N.  W.  by 
\W.  half  a  rtiile,  and  from  the  east  en'd  of  the  Hedge  l-'ence,  W.  i  N.  3  leagues.  There 
jd  anchoring  along  this  shore,  in  6  or  4  fathoms,  after  you  are  to  the  eastward  of 
Sftlj'^Point,  till  you  come  near  the  West  Chop.     If  you  \Vish  to  make  a  harbor  after 

i>^i||_the  Vineyard  Sound,  bring  Gay  Head  Light  to  bear  W.,  disiant  8  miles,  and 
S«  JE.  till  you  t^ome  into  7  fathoms  water,  which  will  be  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay 
in  Njtnshebitei  near  Clark's  Spring,  where  the  best  water  maybe  had  in  greatabundance, 
«nd  He  in  good  anchorage,  Gay  Head  l»ight  bearing  W.  by  N.  Your  course  from  Gay 
llead  Ijight  to  Tarpaulin. Cove  Light,,as  N.  E.  by  N,  and  the  distance  4  leagues.  In 
•this  b^hor  you  tnay  anchor  in  from  4  to  2i  fathoms,  and  lie  safe,  with  the  wind  from  N. 
E.  tiy  Si-  to  south.  '  It  will  be  best  to  anchor  in  3  fathoms,  as  with  that  water  you  will  he 
out  df  the  tide,  where  thfe  ground  is  good  for  holding.  The  tide  flows  at  change  and  full 
days  of  the  moon,  at  9  o'clock,  but  in  the  channel  between  Elizabeth  Islands  and  Mar- 
tha's Vineyard,  the  flood  runs  till  11  o'clock.  In  this  channel  there  is  a  Middle  Ground, 
which  19  a'narrow  shoal  of  sand,  the  eastern  end  of  which  bears  N.  W.  by  N.  from  the 


•Cuttehunk  Light  sttinds  on  the  south-west  part  of  the  island  at  tbe  entrance  of  Buzzard's  Bny, 
iBtended  to  guide  vessels  into  the  Bay,  and  point  out  the  location  of  the  Sow  and  Pigs,  to  those  en. 
tering  the  Bay  and  Vineyard  Sound.  It  is  a  fixed  light,  elevated  48^  feet  above  the  sea  at  high 
water. 

Bearings  from  Cuttehunk  Lighthouse. 

West  part  of  Sow  and  Pigs,  very  dangerous, S.  56°  W 2^  miles. 

Seconnet  Point  Rocks N.  71o  W 13  do. 

did  Cock,  a  rock  north  side  entrance  Buzzard's  Bay N.  45°  W 5  do. 

Mishom  Point N.    6°  E 6i  do. 

pwmplin  Rock  Lighthouse N.  18°  E Sj  do. 

eiark's  Point  Lighthouse %. N.  20°  E 12^  do. 

•     *      West  Point  Pune  Island N.  34°  E 3  do. 

^  Gay  Head  LighUiouse S.  42°  E 7i  do. 


•■'^mm.mams.r 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


191 


ion  thesho.^le8t 

loins  water. 

r  ')("  the  Middle 
the  fl;it  uround 
than  '.]  fathoms. 

or  S.  S.  W.  and 

I'ou  ari!  near  the 
Man,  run  round 
leh  till  you  come 
from  N.to  N.  K. 
:  OH  the  larboard 
?rii  part  of  which 
)f  the  Elizabeth 

lilcs. distant,  and 
ae,  in  (>h  and  7 
::;  from  N.  N.  E. 
)iiot,  who  can  al- 

kvind,  haul  to  the 
E>re  you  may  an- 
il, it  will  be  best 
lay  Head  Li<;ht 
v]u'^  not  to  come 
mbert's  Cove,  in 
known  by  a  high 
the  Cove,  oppo- 
the  best  anchor- 
has  12  feet  water 
hen  opposite  Ne- 
Gronnd.  the  east 
You  may  traci; 
ht;  but  come  no 
as  runninjr  down 
Li.ght  N.  W.  by 
eaijues.     There 
tlie  eastward  of 
ike  a  harbor  after 
ant  8  miles,  and 
t  side  of  the  bay 
f2;reat  abundance, 
course  from  Gay 
e  4  leagues.     In 
le  wind  from  N. 
water  you  will  be 
t  change  and  full 
slands  and  Mar- 
Middle  Ground, 
.  by  N.  from  the 


of  Buzzard's  Bay, 
i  Pips,  to  those  en. 
ove  the  sea  at  high 


..  2i  milpB. 

13  do. 

,  5  do. 

,  H  do. 

84  do. 

,..I2i  do. 

,  3  do. 

.  7i  do. 


light.  There  is  not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  on  the  eastern  end.  N.  W.  from  Necunkey 
Cliff  are  .S  and  4  fathoms  across  the  ground.  Opposite  Lambert's  (^'ove  is  12  feet,  and 
to  the  westward  of  that,  is  .'3  or  4  fathoms.  The  shoal  lies  W.  by  S.  and  E.  by  N.,  is 
about  4  leagues  in  length,  and  has  several  swashes  on  it.  When  the  East  Chop  of 
Holmes'Hole  comes  op';n  of  the  Wesrt  Ciiop,  youare  to  the  eastward  of  the  Middle'uruund. 
Vour  course  from  Tarpaulin  ("ove  Liglit  to  Holmes'  Hole  Light,  is  E., i  N.  distant  3 
leagues.  In  steering  this  course,  you  must  have  resrard  to  the  tide,  as  tne  ebb  may  set 
yon  too  i'-v  to  the  southward,  and  the  (lood  too  far  to  the  northward,  and  stand  in  for  the 
harbor,  when  yon  luive  opened  the  East  Chop,  as  before  directed.  From  Holmes' Hole 
Light  to  Cape  Poge  Light,  the  course  is  E.  .S.  E.,  and  the  distance  al>QUt  3  leagues; 
in  llie  channel  between  them  there  are  12  and  11  fathoms  w«ter.  In  going  over  the 
slioals  through  this  channel,  you  must  he  careful  to  keej*  your  lead  going,  in  order  to 
avoid  a  dangerous  sand  which  lies  on  the  north  side  of  i,t,  called  the  Horse-shoe,  distant 
from  Capu  Poge  3  leagues.  The  channel  between  thra  sand  and  Cape  Poge,  and  also 
between  the  former  and  *Tuckanuck  8hoal,  is  narrow;  in  it  there  are  from  12  to  4^ 
fathoms  water,  the  latter  of  which  is  between  the  east  radof  the  Horse-shoe  aodTuck- 
anuck  Shoal.  When  Tuckanuck  Island  bears  S.  S.  W.  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  the 
Horse-shoe.  On  the  south  side  of  the  cliannel,  al^jMUiere  are  several  ip,ots  of  shoals, 
to  avoid  which  von  must  keep  V'lur  lead  going.  ^"  '  •         .» 

f  ED(i.VKTOWN  HARlJOli  lies  befiveen  Marthi's  Vineyard  and  Cape  Poge.  Ves- 
sels bound  eastward  and  wishing  to  enter  Edgartowi«Harbor,froro  the  east  end  of  Squash 
Meadow  Shoal,  in  3  fathoms  water,  bring  the  harbor  light  to  bear  S.  and  Cape  Poge 
Light  to  bear  S.  E. ;  then  steer  S.  S.  E.  ;  they  will  pasS  the  Long  Flait  in  <^  fathoms 
of  water,  until  the  harbor  light  bears  .S.  W.  by  S. ;  then  steer  S.  S.  W. ;  they,  wilj  hate 
b  and  64  fathoms  water,  until  the  harbor  light  beat's  W,";  then  steer  W.  by  S.  and  pass 
the  light  about  a  c  le's  length  to  the  right  ha^^  which  courses  will  carry  them. Up  to' 
the  wha'-  es.  •  ^  ..,".*•• 

Vtf  .IS  bou  I  t^estward,  and  wishing  to  enter  Edgartowh  Harbor,  after  passing  near 
Cape  Poge,  in  4  jr  5  fathoms  water,  bring  the  harbor  light  to  bear  S.  W.  by  S.  and  steer 
S.  S.  W.  until  the  harbor  light  bears  W.  ;  then  steer  W.  by  S.  and  pass  the  light,  about 
a  cable's  length  to  the  right  hand,  which  courses  will  carry  them  up  to  the  wharves/    • 

If  vessels  wish  to  anchor  in  the  outer  harbor,  they  will  follow  the  above  directions  un- 
til the  harbor  light  bears  W.  by  S.  and  ('ape  PogQ  light  bears  N.  E.  J  E.when  theynnty 
anchor  in  44  or  5  fathoms  water,  and  very  good  holding  ground. 

h\  leaving   Holmes'  Hole  to  pass  over  the  shoals,  keep  the  West  Chop  open  to  the, 
northward  of  the  East  Chop,  until  you  have  passed  Squash  Meadow  Shoal,  on  the  N. 
W.  end  of  which  is  a  red  luoy,  with  ^  small  pole  ibthe  end  of  it,  placed  in  16  feet 
ter,  bearing  from  Cape  Pogs  Lifhi  N.  W.  4  W.  6  miles;  from  West  Chop  .~ 
by  E.  i  E.  6  miles  ;  and  from  thr  black  buoy  or  Hedge  Fence  S.  by  E.  2  mil* 
est  waier  5  feet.     The  buoy  lies  about  2.^  miles  fromtho'East  Chop,  must  be 
starboard  hand,  when  your  course  will  be  E.  by  S.  in  10  or  12  fathoms  wate|^^|^cii;' 
course  you  must  continue  till  you  pass  Cape  Poge  Light.     If  it  should  fee  tid*^ 
you  mu.st  steer  E.  by  S.  4  S.  as  the  tide  of  floocj  sets  very  strong  to  the  Borthf 
tween  Cape  Poge  and  Tuckanutk  Island,  and  t^e  tide  of  ebb^to  the  southwai  ,.^ 

you  iiuist  govern  your  course  by  the  tide.     In  cleai:  weather  you  mgy  see  NM^ ^ 

Lighthouse  18  miles,  which  you  nrust  bring  to  bear  E.  by  S.  i.S.  which  course,  y^^'^a 
to  steer,  passing  it  at  the  distance  of  one  league,  when  you  must  bring  it  to  bear  .vei^and 
steer  east,  taking  care  to  make  this  course  good,  which  will  carry  you  over  the  slitiBlIc ict, 
ship  channel;  the  ground  is  very  uneven,  and  you  will  have  from  4  to  8  fathom*  ilrttef*'' 
When  you  have  passed  over  the  shoals,  you  will  have  from  10. to  14  fathoms  water,  «tt() 
then  by  steering  north,  you  will  make  Cape  Cod  Lighthoiise '(whit;h  contains  a  filKOd 
light)  distant  18  leagues.  - 

To  go  to  the  northward  of  the  (ireat  Round  Shoal,  on  the  northerly  part  of  which  i» 
a  black  buoy,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  placed  in  14  feet  water,  bearing 
from  Sancoty  Head  N.  by  E.  \  E.  5  leagues,  from  Nantucket  Light  E.  N.  E.  |  K.  10 
miles,  and  from  the  red  buoy  on  Point  Kip  E.  N.  E.  3  leagues,  shoalest  water  Sfeet^^yoii 
must  proceed  according  to  the  foregoing  directions,  until  you  pass  the  lightho^sf,  and 
bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  \  W.  then  by  making  a  N.  E.  i  E.  course  good,  you  will  go  be- 
tween the  (treat  and  Little  Round  Shoals,  on  the  south  part  of  which  is  a  white  buoy, 
with  a  small  pole  in  the  end  of  it,  placed  in  14  feet  water,  bearing  from  Chatham  Lights 


m 


*  Tuckanuck  Shoal  lies  between  Cape  Poge  and  Tuckanuck  Island.     On  the  shoal  a  rio«f}rt£ 
light  is  moored.  ;- 

t  A  fixed  light  is  erected  at  the  entrance  of  Edgortown  Harbor,  on  a  pier  running  from  th^,'5&tt/' 
side,  1000  f.et  from  the  beach.    It  is  elevated  50  fxt  above  the  level  of  the  sea.-  **  #' 


192 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


S.  by  W.  4.V  lea,mips;  fiom  Nantucket  Light  N.  E.  3  leagues;  atitl  from  the  l)lacU  buoy 
on  the  Great  Round  Shoal  N.  W.  by  N.  •J_^  miles  •  slioalcst  water  7  feet,  in  -2^,  .'5,  4,  and 
6  fathoms  water,  until  you  have  crossed  the  Pollock  Rip,  where  you  will  have  about  .'{ 
or  4  fathoms  water,  on  which  is  a  red  buoy,  w  eh  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand. 
The  Little  Round  Shoal  bears  N.  W.  from  the  eat  one,  distant  about  2\  miles.  Con- 
tinue yoar  N.  E--J  E.  course,  until  you  deepen  your  water  to  li  or  l;i  fathoms,  and  then 
stoer  north  for  Cape  Cod  Lighthouse  before  mentioned,  and  described  in  page  177. 

As  the  South  Shoal  of  Nantucket  lies  in  lat.  41"  4'  N.  and  the  (Julf  Stream,  south- 
ward from  this  part,  reaches  as  far  to  the  northward  as  lat.  38^  30'  N.  yo)i  should  pass 
Nantucket  Shoals  between  these  latitudes.  The  shoal  on  (Jeorge's  JJank  (east  end)  lies 
in  long.  67°  42'  W.  and  the  W.  end  in  long.  07°  5i)'  W.  and  the  South  Shoal  of  Nan- 
tucket in  long.  69°  56'  W. 

By  observing  the  foregoina  directions,  and  keeping  between  the  Gulf  Stream  and  the 
Shoals,  you  will  shorten  youTpassage  to  New-Vork,  Delaware,  Virginia,  or  other  western 
porta;  for  you  will  have  the  advantage  of  the  eddy  current,  running  contrary  to  the  (iiilf 
Stream  ;  the  latter  would  retard  your  progress  at  the  rate  of  60  or  70  miles  a  day.  The 
Nantuoket  whalem  n,  by  their  constant  practice  of  whaling  on  the  edge  of  the  Gulf 
Stream  all4he  way  irom  their  island  to  the  Bahamas,  are  well  acquainted  with  its  course, 
Telocitj^  \ai  extent.  A  stranger  may  know  when  he  is  in  the  Gulf  Stream,  by  the 
warmth  of  the  water,  which  is  much  greater  than  that  on  either  side  of  it.  If,  when 
you  are  cfOssing  the  Gulf  Stream,  you  are  bound  to  the  westward,  you  should  get  out 
of  it  as  8000  as  possible. 

Bearings  and  dista7ices  from  the  light,  on  Cape  Page,  and  depth  of  water  of  several  most 
dangerotu  shoals  in  sight  of  Cape  Poge  Lighthouse,  and  the  bearings  of  the  East  Chop 
of  Holmes'  Hole. 

East  Chop, N.  W.  by  W.  J  W.  from  said  light,  7i  miles  distant. 

^quasli  Meadow  Shoal, .if.  W.  J  \V.  5  feet  at  low  water,  5^  do. 

Norton's  Shoal, E.  i  S.          9  do.           do.  l\  do. 

J^lfoskeeket  Long  Shoal, E.  |  S.          C  do.            do.  8  do. 

Tuckaipuck  Sboal, E.  J  S.          7  do.            do.  14  do. 

fiotttinijfcnd Horse-shoe, E.  ^  N.          7  do.            do.  13.i  do. 

iDlry  Spots  Horse-shoe, N.E.^N.    dry  10  do. 

Swash  of  Horse-shoe, E.N.E.       12  do.          do.  <J  do. 

|Tucka^uck  Shoal  from  }  W  hv  N       7  do 

' •  ,N«atucket  light,         J W.  by  JN.      7  do. 

^M-aboe  from  do N.  W.  by  W. 

S3".t.™d,S W.b,N.iN. 

Poge  to  Skiff's  Island,  S.  \  W.         dry  9  do. 

ult  the  shoalest  part,      S.  E.  ^E.  6  do.  do.  3}        do. 


^f*0^i- 


rVA]¥T1JCKET*  ISOVTH  SHOAL,  &c. 


THIS  daagerotus  Shoal,  which  lies  in  lat.  41°  04'  N.  long.  69°  56'  W.  bears  S.  by  E. 
from  Saneoty  Head,  4  leagues  distant.  It  is  composed  of  laard  white  sand,  over  which 
the  sea  breaks  in  the  most  tremendous  manner,  having  on  it  in  many  parts,  only  3  feet 
water,  and  the  tide  meeting  it  obliquely,  passes  over  it  in  different  directions.  The 
course  of  tile  tide  is  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  beginning  to  run  S.  VV.  at  10  o'clock  on  the  day 
of  fuU  moon,  and  continues  in  that  direction  about  7  hours.  It  extends  from  east  to  west 
one  mile,  and  is  in  breadth  two  cables'  lengths.  It  often  breaks  in  5  fathoms,  on  the  east 
and  Weat^f  the  Shoal.  The  rip  which  extends  from  the  western  (ud,  has  about  7  fa- 
thoms «i^r  on  it. 

South  from  the  South  Shoal,  half  a  mile  distant,  the  bottom  is  uneven,  from  3  to  5 
■  fathotns.     There  is  a  rip  puts  off  from  the  west  end  of  the  Shoal  to  the  south  and  west, 


•  Tbos  Shoal,  together  with  George's  Bank,  have  been  surveyed  at  the  expense  of  the  Author,  and 
li^d  on  a  large  scale,  together  with  a  general  Chart  of  the  Western  Ocean,  by  E.  &,  G.  W. 


'm 


(UNT,  133  Maiden  Lane,  corner  Water-street,  N.  York. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


193 


the  l)lrick  biiojr 
,  ill  'i'M  3,  4,  ami 
ill  hiive  i-.bout  ."J 
larboard  hiind. 
»\  miles.     Con- 
rhonis,  and  then 
1  p;me  177. 
Streain,  soutli- 
ou  should  pass 
li  (east  end)  lies 
I  Shoal  of  Nan- 
Stream  and  the 
or  other  western 
trary  to  the  (iult' 
les  a  day.     The 
iize  of  the  (iiilf 
\  with  its  course, 
Streain,  by  the 
of  it.     If,  when 
lu  should  get  out 

»r  of  several  most 
of  die  East  Chop 

';  miles  distant. 
I         do. 
[  tlo. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 


do. 
do. 


V.  bears  S.  byE. 

sand,  over  which 
parts,  only  3  feet 

directions.     The 

clock  on  the  day 
from  east  to  west 

horns,  on  the  east 
,  has  about  7  fa- 
even,  from  3  to  5 

le  south  and  west, 


e  of  the  Author,  and 
an,  by  E.  &,  G.  W. 


and  sweeps  round  so  that  the  south  end  of  the  rip  bears  nearly  south  from  the  Shoal,  on 
whirh  it  sometimes  breaks  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water,  at  the  distance  of  5  miles  from  the 
Shoal ;  between  the  outer  |)art  of  the  rip  and  the  Shoal  is  uneven  bottom  and  full  of  rips. 

The  tides  run  round  the  compass  in  12]  hours,  but  the  southern  tide  has  the  greatest 
duration,  and  runs  the  stronj^est. 

Ail  wiio  pass  n«!ar  the  South  Shoal  should,  for  their  own  safety,  pay  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  tides,  sometimes  a  <Mirrent  sweeping  them  over  the  bottouilrith  a  velocity  as 
great  and  even  much  greater  in  some  instances  than  the  vessel  movcfs  through  the  water. 

Extract  from  the  surveying  sloop  Orbit's  Jfpiimal' 


"  Sancoty  Head  bearing  N.  \V. 
Siasconset  town  N.  W.  \  N. 

Southernmost  land         W. 

"Sancoty  Head  bearing  N.  by  W. 
Siasconset  N.  N.  W. 

Tom  Never's  Head        N.  W.  by  N. 
Southernmost  land        W.  N.  W. 


Came  to  a  large  swash  through  the  Base 
Kip,  with  o  fathoms.  Standing  on  the  rip 
had  from  ^^et  to  2  fathoms,  hard  sand. 

On  the  south  Breaker  of  Bass  Rip,  in  9 
and  8  feet,  and  ie^s. 


"  Kept  standing  on  to  the  southward  in  a  channel  of  from  6,  7,  and  8  fathon*  Snncq- 
ty  Head  bearing  N.  by  W.  d  miles,  crossed  a  dangeroas  Rip  ip  2^  fathoms,  l^ing  S.  W. 
by  S.     From  this  Rip,  E.  S.  E.  3  miles  distant,  is  another  Rip,  between  which  are  9, 
15,  17, 14,  6,  and  4  fathoms,  which  is  the  shoalest  water  on  the  Rip;  then  standing  east, 
had  7  and  S  fathoms  ;  three  cables'  lengtlis  from  this  Rip,  catne  to  another  wtthi  fathoH^  ■ 
water;  from  this,  at  equal  distance,  came  to  a  thircj,  thena  fourth,  all  of  which  were  w^|l^ 
in  the  limits  of  3  miles,  and  lay  N.  and  S.     Although  they  have  the  appearance  of  dfll|||f 
cer,  there  is  not  less  than  4  fathoms  on  the  shoalest  part.     After  crossing  thelburth  Riftt, 
came  into  deep  water  within  one  mile,  viz.  J2,  17,  22,  and  25  fathoms,  sand  and  r<^(|\ 
gravel.     When  over,  had  smooth  water  with  3  fathoms,  and  made  a  south  cokf^,  haiS ' 
ina;  4,  11,  Id,  and  then  11  fathoms,  and  crossed- the  east  end  of  the  South  Sho^t  in  S 
fathoms,  running  down  the  south  side  in  13  fathoms,  80  fathoms  distant,  when  we  ^jt*' 
chored  in  10  fathoms.     Got  under  way  and  stood  to  the  westward  ;  had  7,  4,  6,''i&  4|>d  7 
fathoms;  doubled  round  the  west  end  in  3  fathoms,  fine  sand ;  when  over  had  7  fdllhoin% 
the  tide  setting  N.  N.  W.     Kept  along  the  north  side  in  2i,  2j,  and  2  fathoms,  on%!iu|- 
ble's  length  from  the  breakers.     When  about  mid-way  the  Shoal,  perceived  a  swuw^i' 
through  which  we  crossed  between  the  breakers,  in'  a  S.  S.  E.  direction,  htdSi  liKp^ 
fathoms,  and  one  cast  9  feet,  at  which  time  it  was  about  half- tide.     In  a  fe#nioigWU 
deepened  to  4,  5,  b,  anil  7  fathoms,  2  cables'  lengths  from  the  Shoal,  hard  wihitei 
From  this  steered  S.  i  W.  to  make  a  south  course  good,  kept  the  lead  goiMI 
creased  the  soundiii<j;s  gradually  to  10  fathoms,  fine  black  and  white  sand,  tjbl 
from  the  Shoal.     From  this  sounded  every  three  miles,  depth  increasing  at 
thoin  per  mile,  till  at  the  distance  of  7  leagues  from  the  South  Shoal*  wacr«  , 
28  fathoms,  fine  black  and  white  sand.     This  was  in  lat.  40°  42'  N.  long.^jjf^j^^W* 
The  same  tjuality  of  soundings  continue  till  you  get  in  lat.  40°  31'  N.  wfc,*«  |fi(%,fi?^|tt 
liave  40  fathoms,  soft  mud,  from  which  it  continues  mudtjiy  bottom  titt  off  MWIMl^lglii 
and  in  40°  00'  N.  no  bottom,  with  120  fathoms."  '  "^^    ;  :>    '' 

NoTK. — The  Orbit  (Capt.  .1.  Colesworthy)  was  sent  by  the  authorof  this  wiftkto  afh 
certain  the  exact  situation  of  the  South  Shoal,  which  differing  so  much  in  Riti||N|4  fropt 
what  it  had  ever  been  laid  down,  induced  several  gentlemen  in  Nantucket  agaio  t^'  |)tb> 
gage  in  the  enterprise,  \yho  confirm  the  surveys  made  in  that  vessel,  and  make^hft  fH^^^^ 
lowing  report:  "Observed  in  lat.  41°  4'  11"  N.  abreast  of  the  Shoal,  as  laid  dblfB  1^^**? ■ 
Capt.  Colesworthy  ;  steered  olf  S.  by  W.  22  miles,  and  regularly  deepened  the  Water  to 
35  fathoms;  steered  E.N.  E.  twelve  miles,  to  30  fathoms;  N.  W.  twenty  miles  to  18  fa-     ; 
thnms ;  S.  S.  W.  ten  miles,  to  30  fathoms ;  and  N.  N.  W.  fourteen  miles,  regularly 
shoaling  until  6  A.  M.  made  the  Mills,  and  came  in  at  one  P.  M.     These  several  courses 
formed  a  track  over  where  Paul  Pinkham  has  laid  the  South  Shoal  of  NaBtae||ett^«^ 
on  which  there  are  28  fathoms."  '^ 

Eight  or  tf?n  leagues  S.  E.  from  the  south  part  of  George's  Bank,  lies  the  Gulf  iSliMint 
where  there  is  a  strong  E.  N-  E.  current,  and  if  you  are  bound  to  the  westwairdj  ^W  had 
bettei*go  very  near  the  Bank,  quite  OH'setiindings,  till  you  are  abreast  of  theSe^^  Shfltt^    --M 
of  Nantucket,  where  you  have  30  leagues  from  Bank  to  current,  and  by  doing  .Which  jrOtt'v  I 
will  certainly  shorten  your  passage.  5-l| 

Seven  leagues  to  the  westward  of  the  South  Shoal,  in  25  or  30  fathoms,  youyriXiiUKtV 
black  mud  of  a  shining  smooth  nature,  Ayhen  you  will  be  in  Tuckanuck  chaifoei.  .  •:  _ 

To  the  westward  of  the  South  Shoal  of  Nantucket,  you  have  no  shoals,  ripv,  pi^r  jt^^N^ 
to  hurt  you,  until  you  come  near  the  land ;  but  clear  sea,  good  navigation,  and  raruwiil 

25  ■•         -: 


194 


BLU.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


soundings.     To  the  eastward  and  northward  of  the  South  Shoal,  you  will  liave  a  rapid 
tide. 

A  Shoal  called  Pocliicii  Rip,  lies  off  the  S.  E.  part  of  Nantucket  Ishind.  It  com- 
mences a  ftw  rods  sonih  of  Siiisconset  town,  and  then  runs  E.  S.  E.  one  mile,  when  you 
come  to  a  corner  on  wiiicli  art;  b  feet  at  low  water;  between  tliis  corner  and  the  island 
there  are  a  few  swashes  from  J',  to  .']  tathoms,  throuph  wiiicli  vessels  may  pass.  From 
the  corner  the  Rip  runs  soutii  1^  mile,  when  you  come  to  another  swash,  hall  a  mile 
wide,  with  7  fathoms,  VV.  S.  W.  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  this  chaimel  is  a  very  shoal 
spot,  with  6  feet,  which  runs  S.  W.  by  \V,  one  cjuarler  of  a  mde,  when  you  fall  into  a 
swash  40  rods  wide,  Tom  Never's  Head  bearins;  N.  N.  \V.  3  miles  distant.  Y'ou  then 
come  to  the  east  end  of  the  Old  Man,  which  runs  VV.  .S.  W.  about  4  miles,  on  which  are 
from  9  feet  to  3  fathoms  :  when  over  the  Uld  Man,  you  will  drop  into  7  fathoms,  fine 
sand,  with  black  specks. 

Between  the  Uld  Mjiu,  Tom  Never's  Head,  and  Pochick  Rip,  there  is  a  very  good  road- 
stead or  anchorage;  and  with  the  wind  at  N.  \V.,  N.,  N.  E.,  E,,  S.  E.  and  far  as 
South  or  S.  S.  W.  preferable  to  any  harbor  in  tlie  Vineyard  Sound  for  vessels  bound 
to  the  Northward  or  Eastward,  particularly  in  the  winter  season,  provided  your  cable  and 
anchors  are  good.  Tom  Never's  Head  bearing  E.  N.  E.  \  N.  the  southernmost  land  W. 
by  N.  you  will  have ♦  fathoms,  coarse  sand;  from  which  to  the  Old  Man  you  will  have  5 
6,  6^,  7,  8,  9,  10  to  !♦  fathoms,  red  sand,  then  hall  way  between  the  two ;  from  this  you 
shoalen  to  13,  H,  6,  7,  5,  4  and  3  fatlioms,  tine  sand,  with  black  specks. 

The  Great  Rip  is  about  4\  leagues  from  Sancoty  Head;  on  this  Rip,  about  E.  S.  E. 
from  Sancoty  Head,  there  are  4  feet  wr-.ter,  and  east  tVom  Squam  there  are  5,  but  on  many 
other  pirts  of  it  there  are  2\,  3,  and  4  fathoms  water. 

Fishing  Ripjs  about  11^  leagues  from  Sancoty  Head,  and  has  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water 
on  it.  Between  this  and  the  Great  Rip,  the  ground  is  uneven:  there  are  I'J,  vJ2,  and  15 
fathptris  water.  These  two  Rips  stretch  nearly  north  and  south,  and  are  about  1'2  miles 
in  length.  Off  the  east  part  of  Nantucket  Island,  lies  the  13ass  Rip,  about  3  miles  from 
Saapoty  Head. 

Around  the  coast  of  Nantucket  and  the  Shoals,  you  will  have  sandy  bottom,  and  in  mod- 
erate weather  had  better  anchor  than  be  driven  ai)out  by  the  tide,  which  is  very  ranid. — 
The  couFtfe  of  the  tides  at  and  over  Nantucket  Shoals,  is  nearly  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  and 
regular.  The  N.  E.  tide  makes  flood.  S.  S.  E.  moon  makes  high  water.  South  moon 
makes  full  sea  at  Nantucket  Harbor. 

South  of  Noraan's  Land  Island,  in  20  or  25  fathoms,  you  will  have  coarse  sand  like 
j^ravsl  stones ;  and  S.  S.  W.  from  it,  in  28  or  30  fathoms,  coarse  red  sand.  S.  S.  E.  fi'om 

)ck  Idland,  which  is  in  Block  Island  Channel,  in  40  or  50  fathoms,  you  will  have  ooziy 
but  as  you  shoal  your  water  to  25  or  20  fathoms,  you  will  have  coarse  sandy 
t'  '  ■ 
i  and  W.  N.  W.  moon  makes  high  water  on  the  Shoals;  the  tide  of  flood  sets 

,  j^.  kySL'  and  ebbs  S.  W.  by  W.  from  2  to  3  knots  an  hour.     It  ebbs  and  Hows  about 

<tf^6fe«t. 

»:-  If  vllkd  coming  from  sea,  you  fall  into  Block  Island  Channel,  you  will  have  soundings 
in  lat.'  40"  N.  100  fathoms,  mud'  and  ooze,  which  quality  of  soundings  continue  decreas- 
:i(l^  fdMnally,  till  you  get  into  40  fathoms.  In  38  fathoms.  Block  Island  bearing  N.  by 
W.  j(|  leagues  distant,  you  will  have  fine  red  and  black  sand ;  two  and  one  half  leagues 
4i»tl(llt.  flSive  beariogi  you  will  have  28  fathoms,  coarse  sand.  When  Block  Island  bears 
N.  dianuif  4  or  5  leagues,  you  cannot  see  any  land  to  the  northward  or  eastward  ;  but  as 
youapproach  the  island,  you  see  Morttock  Point  to  the  westward,  making  a  long  low  point 
to  tbejfoastward,  on  which  is  a  lighthouse.  In  sailing  W.  S.  W.  you  will  make  no  remark- 
able I^Md  on)^ong  Island,  from  the  eastward  of  said  island  to  the  westward,  its  broken  land 
appearing  at'a  distance  like  islands;  but  may  discover  Fire  Island  lighthouse,  which 
shows  a  revolving  light»  containing  18  lamps,  elevated  80  feet  3  inches  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  and  70  feet  10  inches  from  the  base,  bearing  N.  77°  35'  E.  from  Sandy  Hook 
light,  12  leagues  distant.  From  Fire  Islands  light,  a  shoal  extends  south  three-foilrths 
ef  a  mile  and  joins  the  bar,  which  is  very  dangerous,  as  it  shoals  suddenly  from  8  to  6 
fathoinB«  then  directly  on  the  Shoal,  on  which  the  flood  tide- sets  very  strong.  It  is  not 
lafe  to  approach  the  shore  nearer  than  two  miles  when  the  light  bears  to  the  east  of  North. 
To  the  eastward  of  the  light  the  shore  is  bold ;  the  bar  is  subject  to  change,  and  has  7 
feat  water  on  it.  When  Fire  Islands  light  bears  N.  in  10  fathoms  water,  you  may  steer 
W.  by  S.  which  will  carry  you  up  with  Sandy  Hook  light.  The  quality  of  the  bottom 
is  various,  viz.  yellow,  red,  brown,  blue  and  grey  sand,  within  short  distances.  About 
south  from  Fire  Islands,  33  miles  distant,  and  40  miles  S.  E.  by  E.  from  the  Highlands, 
lies  a  Bank,  extending  from  N.  E.  by  E.  to  S.  W.  by  W.  having  on  it  from  10  to  14  fath- 
i,  pebbles.  Within  this,  a  short  distance,  you  will  get  30  fathoms,  when  it  shoals  into  16 


will  have  a  rapid 

Island.  It  com- 
;  mile,  wlieii  you 
;r  and  the  island 
lay  |)as9.  From 
■  ash,  halt  a  mile 
lel  is  a  very  shoal 
!H  you  tall  into  a 
itant.  You  then 
les,  on  which  are 
:o  7  fathoms,  fine 

a  very  good  road- 
.  E.  and  far  as 
for  vessels  bound 
Rd  your  cable  and 
lernmost  land  \V. 
m  you  will  have  5 
o ;  from  this  you 
i. 

),  about  E.  S.  E. 
re  5,  but  on  many 

0  7  fathoms  water 
ue  V2,  22,  and  15 
re  about  \2  miles 
jout  [i  miles  from 

ittom,  and  in  mod- 
h  is  very  ranid. — 
;.  and  S.  W.  and 
er.     South  moon 

coarse  sand  like 
d.  S.  S.  E.  from 
ou  will  have  ooziy 
ave  coarse  sandy  • 

3  tide  of  flood  seta 
s  and  Hows  about 

II  have  soundings 
continue  decreas- 
md  bearing  N.  by 

1  one  half  leagues 
Jlock  Island  bears 

eastward  ;  but  as 
g  a  long  low  point 
make  no  remark- 
(i,  its  broken  land 
ighl house,  which 
above  the  level 
rom  Sandy  Hook 
uth  three-foilrths 
lieiily  from  8  to  6 
strong.  It  is  not 
the  east  of  North, 
hange,  and  has  7 
r,  you  may  steer 
lity  of  the  bottom 
listances.  About 
m  the  Highlands, 
■om  10  to  14  fath- 
m  it  shoals  into  16 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


195 


fathoms,  grey  sand,  which  depth  you  will  carry  till  you  get  into  what  is  called  the  *Mud 
Hole,  where  are  from  20  to  .'id  fatluims  water,  marl  or  green  ooze,  and  sometimes  pebbles, 
the  deepest  part  of  which  bears  east  from  the  northeriunost  part  of  the  Woodland|JO 
miles;  and  S.  E.  i  S.  16  miles  from  Sandy  Hook  light.  From  the  Mud  Hole  to  fhe 
Bar  of  Sandy  Hook,  the  water  shoals  gradually,  as  laid  down  on  the  Chart.  On  the 
Hank  is  plenty  of  /ish. 

Vou  will  have  -JO  or  "^^  fathoms  water  out-sight  of  the  land,  sandy  bottom  in  some  and 
clay  in  other  places.  When  yoti  conie  in  sight  of  Sandy  Hook  lighthouse,  you  will  see 
the  Highlands  of  Neversink,  which  lie  VV.  S.  W  from  Sandy  Hook,  and  is  the  most  re- 
markable land  on  that  shore.     On  the  Highlands  two  lighthouses  are  erected. 

NEW  BEDFOliD,  THROlKiH  QUICK'S  HOLE.— Bring  Gay  Head  lighthouse 
which  contains  a  revolving  light,  to  bear  S.  i  W.  and  ruuN.  \  E.  till  you  come  to  the 
passage  through  the  islands,  whicli  forms  Quick's  Hole,.whicli  you  must  enter  as  near 
the  middle  as  possible;  but  if  you  deviate,  keep  the  starboard  hand  best  on  board,  to 
avoid  a  spit  or  flat  which  runs  oH'  from  the  S.  E.  point  of  Nashawina,  on  the  larboard 
hand,  when  you  will  have  from  5  to  6  fathoms,  then  haiil  square  into  the  Hole,  keeping 
the  larboard  hand  best  on  board,  foilouing  somewhat  the  bend  of  the  shore.  You  will 
keep  Gay  Head  Light  o))en  about  a  shi[)'s  len;i;th  by  the  S.  E.  point  of  Nashawina,  till 
you  are  at  least  one  mile  north  of  the  Hole,  which  will  carry  you  to  the  eastward  of  a 
ledge  and  rock  that  lie  that  distance  from  it,  with  only  5  to  12  feet  water  oh  them,  to  the 
westward  of  which  is  a  good  channel,  and  5  fathoms  all  round.  Then  steer  N.  -J  W.till 
you  strike  hard  bottom  in  .)  fathoms  water,  on  the  S.  E.  corner  of  the  Great  Ledge, 
which  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel ;  then  N.  E.  by  N.  about  three  fourths  of  a 
mile,  till  in  5.7  or  h  fathoms,  siicky  bottom,  when  th«  light  will  bear  N.  N.  W. ;  then 
steer  N.  by  W.  and  run  into  the  rivor.f  After  passing  jClark's  Point  Light,  you  will 
see  a  small  island,  called  Outer  Egg  Island,  just  above- water,  which  you  will  leave  on 
your  starboard  hand,  giving  it  some  berth,  as  there  are  rocks  which  lie  south-westerly 
from  it,  say  one  third  of  a  mile  distant,  but  still  keeping  nearer  to  it  than  to  the  main 
land,  to  avoid  iJutler's  Flat,  which  makes  olf  from  the  west  shore.  To  steer  cleat-  of 
this  flat,  keep  the  lighthouse  open  a  ship's  length  to  the  westward  of  the  Round  Hills. 
As  soon  as  you  open  the  north  line  o("  the  woods  with  the  clear  land,  about  a  mile  north 
of  the  lighthouse,  you  are  to  the  northward  of  the  flat,  and  may  steer  direct,",either  for 
the  hollow  or  the  high  part  of  Palmer's  Island,  hauling  a  little  to  the  eastwiird  as  you 
approach  it.  The  passage  between  this  island  and  Fort  Point,  on  the  starboard  hand, 
is  narrow,  A  flat  which  extends  out  S.  W.  from  the  point,  makes  it  necessary  to  keep 
nearest  the  island.  As  you  draw  towards  the  north  end  of  the  island,  ^ve  it  a  '1>eith  ^' 
two  ships'  lengths,  as  a  small  flat  makes  off"  east  from  its  N.  E.  point.  As  soon  ai-'j  ""^ 
have  passed  the  island  one  cable's  length,  the  town  will  appear  open  on  your  Is 

hand,  when  you  may  run  for  the  end  of  the  whtirf  which  projects  out  farthest  it  ,. ._ 

channel  (Rotch's  Wharf);  or  to  anchor  in  the  deepest  water,  bring  Clark's  Point^tgbt 
without  Palmer's  Island.  '        ' 

Other  directions  from  Quick's  Hole  to  New  Bedford  are,  to  make  a  north  course  gooA 
till  you  strike  hard  bottom  in  5  fathoms,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  i^flNl  then 
haul  up  N.  N.  W.,  but  the  former  directions  the  pilots  consider  safest.  .  ;    ~ 

In  coming  into  New  Bedford  from  the  westward,  the  eastern  channel  is  safest  for 
strangers.  Give  the  Sow  and  Pigs  a  berth  of  one  mile,  and  run  N.  E.  by  N.' till  Pane 
Island  bears  S.  E. ;  then  E.  N.  E.  till  Gay  Head  Light  bears  S.,  an'd  then  Nr^W.  as 
before  directed.^  "      .  *        t ''  ,   ."'. 

A  rock  lies  oft"  N.  W.  from  the  north  end  of-Puhe  (or  Puneguese,  as  it  is  saii;ietimea 
called)  about  one  mile  distant,  on  which  there  is  only  8  feet  at  low  water.  Beftween 
this  and  Wilke's  Ledge  (on  which  there  is  a  black  buoy)  is  an  open  ship'cbannel,  free 
from  danger,  and  courses  may  be  varied  as  circumstances  require.  By  those  who  are 
acquainted  with  the  bay,  the  western  channel  is  most  commonly  used.     Giving  the  Old 


♦This  Mud  Hole,  with  the  soundings  off  the  Hook,  are  correctly  laid  down  on  a  chart  of  the  Har- 
bor of  New  York,  with  the  Coasts  of  Long  Island  and  New  Jersey  from  Fire  Islands  to  fiarnegat 
Inlet,  compiled  and  surveyed  by  Edmund  Blunt,  and  published  by  Edmund  &  Geo.  W.  Bttwi,  Ni>. 
133,  Maiden  Lane,  New  York.  i 

t  When  running  from  Quick's  Hole  for  the  N.  Ledge,  as  soon  as  you  find  yourself  in  7  fathomi 
water,  j'ou  may  be  sure  that  you  are  ai)reast  of  the  Great  Ledge,  or  have  passed  it. 

t  Clark's  Point  Lighthouse  stands  on  the  south  end  of  Clark's  Neck,  containing  a  fixed  light  ele- 
vated 52  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  at  high  water,  and  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  the  harbota 
of  New  Bedford  and  Fairliaven.  The  light  hears  from  Cutterhunk  Light,  S.  20*2  W.  12J  miles  distant. 
From  the  light  to  Dumplin  Rock  Light,  S.  24'^  W.    4    miles. 
"  "        Centre  Quick's  Hole,  S.  10°  E.  10     do, 

»  "        Black  Ro-.k,  S.  54^  E.  2^     du. 


196 


nLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Cock,  Hen  and  CViickens  a  Hiiflioient  berth,  the  only  Hanger  to  be  avoided  in  npproarh- 
ing  Mlshom  Point,  is  a  rock  \vhi(  h  lie.s  iihnnt  one  mile  S.  W.  by  S.  (Voni  it,  on  whirli 
tiiire  18  only  6  feet  water,  llavini^  passed  iMishom  I'oint,  directly  south  of  whicli,  onf 
mile  distant,  there  is  a  ledfje,  on  which  there  is  not  more  than  3  fatiionis  at  low  water, 
and  sometimes  less,  you  may  steer  directly  for  the  •Dnmplin  Rocks  Lijiht,  olf  the  Hound 
Hills,  and  which  jnay  be  passed  within  two  cables'  leiij^tlis  to  the  eastward.  Flence  to 
Clark's  Point  Light  the  course  is  N.  N.  E. ;  but  to  avoid  the  Middle  r-edge.  (on  wiiich 
there  is  a  red  buoy,)  and  which  lies  very  near  in  a  direct  course  from  the  outer  Diiniplin 
to  the  light,  it  is  better  to  steer  N.  K.  by  N.  about  a  mile,  and  then  haul  up  N.  N.  K., 
when  you  will  leave  the  ledge  on  your  larboard  hand.  You  may  also  carry  in  4  faihoms 
to  the  westward  of  the  led|^,  but  the  channel  between  it  and  the  Lone  Rock,  which 
lies  N.  W.  from  it,  is  narrow. 

When  bound  to  sea  a  S.  W.  by  S,  course  from  the  Dnmplin  Kock  Lights  will  carry 
you  jnst  without  the  ledge  touth  of  MiHhom  Point,  and  in  a  fair  channel  way  between 
the  Sow  and  Pigs,  and  Hen  and  Chickens. 

From  Seaconnet  Rocks  (giving  them  a  berth  of  one  mile)  to  the  entrance  of  Bnzzard's 
Bay^  discourse  is  £.  i  8.  By  this  course  made  good,  all  the  dangers  of  the  Hen  and 
Chickens  will  be  avpided.  Soundings  generally,  from  9  to  7  fathoms,  and  mostly  hard 
bottomtlfill  it  deepens  to  16  fathoms,  sucky  bottom,  when  Cutterhunk  Island  Light  will  be 
Upwarnof  a  mile  distant,  and  Clark's  Point  Light  will  bear  N.  N.  E.  and  you  may  run 
directly  for  the  light  till  up  with  the  Dumplin  Rocks,  to  which  a  sufficient  berth  must  be 
given.  Or  you  may  stand  on  this  N.  N.  E.  course  till  in  7  fathoms,  sucky  bottom,  whi(  h 
will  be  l^etween  Mishom  Point  and  the  Round  Hills,  and  come  to  anchor;  or  otherwise, 
iteer  N.  N.  E.  till  Pune  Island  bears  S.  E.  and  then  E.  N.  E.  for  Quick's  Hole  channel, 
as  beftire  directed.  It  may  be  well  to  observe,  that  if,  when  you  have  stood  in  from  Sea- 
connet Ppint  towards  Cuttet'hunk  Island  light,  and  the  light  on  Clark's  Point  is  not  to  be 
seen,  bKt  you  can  see  Gay  Head  light,  you  may  stand  on  your  course  E.  |  S.  till  yon 
■hutn  in  behind  the  west  end  of  Cutterhunk,  but  must  then  immediately  change  your 
course  to  N.  N.  E.  If  neither  light  is  to  be  seen,  the  soundings  are  the  only  dependence, 
and  must  be  very  carefully  attended  to.  In  light  winis  you  must  take  care  the  flood 
tide  does  not  carry  you  into  Buzzard's  Bav,  or  on  the  Sow  and  Pigs. 

ADDITIONAL  REMARKS.— To  ihe  S.  E.  of  the  Dumplin  Rocks  light,  one-half 
to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  distant,  is  a  sand  spit  with  only  7  feet  of  water  on  it.  Be- 
tween this  spit  and  the  rocks,  there  are  5  fathoms  water. 

Lone  Rock,  on  which  a  black  buoy  lies,  about  .35  feet  S.  by  E.  from  the  rock :  from 
rhich,  Clark's  Point  lighthouse  bears  N.  N.E. — Outer  Dumplin  Rock,  S.  by  W,  \  W. 
ind  Hill  S.  W.  J  S.— White  .Buoy  at  Hussey's  Rocks  S.  W.  by  W.  distance  by  es- 
[^Mnijll^on,,  one  mile — the  entrance  of  Apponeganset  River  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  of  the  Mid- 
.»  £ad£if  nearly  half  Q.^ipile  dijytant,  is  nearly  or  quite  dry  at  low  water,  when  there  are 
"^  f^lhdms  round  it.  Between  this  rock  and  the  Husney  Rock  is  the  entrance  to  Ap- 
TOfttUijApstt  River;  depth  oC  water,  in  the  channel,  3^  fathoms.  There  is  also  a  channel 
oeCvNIjwithe  Hussey  Rock  and  White  Rock.  Course  from  Quick's  Hole  to  entrance  of 
Apj^p^anset  River,  N.N.  W. 

-Tw  White  Rock,  on  which  a  white  buoy  lies,  about  40  feet  S.  S.  E.  from  the  Hus- 
seyVjI^cks,  from  which  Round  Hills  bearS.  S.  W. — White  Rock  south,  and  distant  by 
«8ti#atti6o,  one  mile — Clark's  Point  lighthouse  N.  E.  by  N. — Buoy  at  the  Lone  Rock 
>  N.  iff.  %  E.  and  the  entrance  of  Apponeganset  River,  N.  N.  W.  appears  considerably 
high  above  water,  and  the  two  rocks  to  the  westward  of  it,  called  the  Rugged  Rocks,  are 
always  to  be  seen. 

A  small  rock  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  North  Ledge,  (about  one  mile  distant  from  the  buoy) 
with  only  7  feet  water  on  it,  and  another  small  rock  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  same  ledge 
(about  half  a  mile  distant  from  the  buoy)  with  10  feet  water  on  it,  were  recently  dis- 
covered by  Capt.  Mosher.  On  the  former  he  struck  with  the  brig  Commodore  Decatur, 
and  on  the  latter  with  the  brig  Elizabeth. 

Packet  Rock,  a  small  sunken  rock,  on  which  there  are  4  feet  water,  lies  half  a  mile  or 
upwards  W.  by  N.  from  Black  Rock.     The  passage  for  coasting  vessels  bound  from 
'New-Bedford  up  the  bay,  is  between  Packet  and  Black  Rocks. 


..'>■  I*  Dumplin  Rock  Light,  on  one  of  the  Dumplin  Rocks  in  Buzzard's  Bay,  6  miles  S.  S.  W.  from 
Clark's  Point  Lighthouse.  The  lantern  is  on  a  tower  on  the  centre  of  a  dwelling-house,  showing 
a  fixed  light,  with  patent  reflectors,  43  feet  above  the  sea.  The  following  are  the  bearings  :  Clark's 
Pmnt  Lighthouse,  N.  N.  E.  distant  5  miles ;  Buoy  on  Middle  Ledge,  N.  E.  by  N.  i  N.  2i  miles ; 
Buoy  on  North  Ledge,  N.  E.  J  E.  3  miles  ;  Buoy  on  Great  Led^e,  E.  ^  S.  2  miles  ;  Wood's  Hole  E. 
by  S.  15  miles ;  Quick's  Hole  S.  by  E.  i  E.  12  miles  :  Buoy  on  Wilke's  Ledge,  S.  by  E.  i  E.  2  J  miles ; 
Pme  Island,  S.  by  W.  10  miles  ;  Cutterhunk  Lighthouse,  S.  S.  W.  12  miles ;  Sow  and  Pigs,  S.  S. 
W.  i  W.  14  miles  ;  Mishom  Point,  S.  W.  i  W.  2  miles ;  White  Rock,  N.  i  E.  half  a  mile. 


e(\  in  npproarfi- 
nil  it,  (III  whicii 
ii  of  vvliicli,  one 
iiM  at  low  water, 
It,  ott'  tlif  ilourii! 
i-ard.  Utiice  to 
I'dge.  (on  which 
e  outer  Dmnplin 
III  up  N.  N.  K., 
irry  in  4  fathoms 
ne  Rock,  which 

[jights  will  carry 
nel  way  between 

nee  of  Bnzzard's 
of  the  Hen  and 
and  mostly  hard 
and  Light  will  be 
*nd  you  may  run 
f»nt  hertli  must  be 
ky  bottom,  wliic  h 
nr;  or  otherwise, 
Cs  Hole  channel, 
tood  in  from  Sea- 
Point  is  not  to  be 
I  E.  I  S.  till  you 
itely  change  your 
only  dependence, 
ke  care  the  flood 

pks  light,  one-half 
water  on  it.     Be- 

the  rock :  from 
S.  by  W.  1  W. 
distance  bv  es- 
W.  ofthe  Mid- 
r,  when  there  are 
entrance  to  Ap- 
is also  a  channel 
ole  to  entrance  of 

from  the  Hus- 
ith,  and  distant  by 
the  Lone  Rock 
ears  considerably 
ugged  Rocks,  are 

nt  from  the  buoy) 
the  same  ledge 
^ere  recently  dis- 
imodore  Decatur, 

lies  half  a  mile  or 
ssels  bound  from 


Tiilcs  S.  S.  W.  from 
ing-house,  showing 
e  bearings :  Clark's 
V  N.  i  N.  2i  miles  ; 
■s  ;  Wood's  Hole  E. 
byE.iE.SJniiles; 
low  and  Pigs,  S.  S. 
half  a  mile. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


197 


The  soundings  across  the  western  entrance  of  Buzzard's  Hny,  between  the  Sow  and 
Pigs,  and  Hen  and  Oiickeiis,  and  some  distance  within  thnii,  ate  very  irregular,  rary- 
ing  from  .'>  to  10  and  IT)  fathoms,  and  bottom  generallv  hanl. 

A  south-east  moon  makes  high  wat«r  in  the  buy,  aiiJtiie  average  set  of  tide  is  li  knot. 

BfAirings  of  Ledges  from  Clarh^a  Point  light.  «,?y ' 

North  Ledge S.  by  E.^* 

Middle   Ledge S.  by  W.  J  W. 

(neat   Letige S.  i  W. 

Wilkes'  Ledge S.  hv  W. 

West's  Island  Ledge  (buoy) S.  E .  by  E. 

Ot!  "'  hearings  from  the  light. 

Old  Bartholomew  Rock E.  26"  N.  one  sixth  of  a  mile 

d    tnnt. 

Quick's  Hole S.  9°  E. 

Dumplin  Rocks  light S.  21"  W:  or  S.  S.  W.  nearly. 

White  Kock S.  2.5°  W'. 

Round  Hills, S.20°W. 

From  the  North  Ledge. 

The  lighthouse  bears N.  by  W. 

Black  Rock N.  E.  by  E. 

Duinplin  Rocks  light, S.  W. 

t  *■ 
From  Middle  Ledge. 

Lighthouse N.  bv  E.  i  E. 

Dumplin  Rooks  light S.  \^.  by  S.  i  S. 

From  Great  Ledge. 

Lighthouse N.  i  E. 

Mishom  Point W.  S.  W. 

North  Ledge, N.  N.  E.  2  miles  distant. 

Dumpliu  Rockslight, W.  i  N.  '.^ 

From  Wilkes'  Ledge.  ,\'4; 

Lighthouse ' N.  by  E.  "  f 

Mishom   Point, ; . . ,  W.  by  N.  i  N.  2  mHesiUt»t«^' 

Dumplin  Rocks  light, :.  .-i. . .  N.  by  W.  i  W.  ab«^:t«0ie 

distance.  ;  ■ 

From  West's  hland  Ledge.  '' 

Lighthouse, N.  W.  by  W. 

Mishom W.  S.W. 

Little  Black  Rock N.  by  E.  ,, 

Black  Rock N.  W.  i  W. 

•BUZZARD'S  BAY.— The  entrance  of  Buzzard's  Baylies  between  Bird  Island  oa 
the  N.  W.  and  Wing's  Neck  on  the  S.  E.  Sailing  for  Monument  River,  the  best  water 
is  near  to  Wing's  Neck,  and  from  the  point  of  Wing'sNecki  nearly  up  to  the  soutl^m- 
most  of  jTobus  Islands,  are  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  Near  to  the  Island  (Tobns) 
commences  ;,  ridge  of  flats  extending  over  to  the  N.  W.  shore,  on  wl^ich  are  7  to  9  feet 
water.     Havmg  passed  over  this  ridge,  you  will  have  from  15  to  20  feet  water,  which 


•  Bird  Island  is  on  the  north  shore  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  near  the  east  side  of  Sippican  Harbor,  in 
the  town  of  Rochester,  about  12  miles  E.  N.  E.  from  New.Bedford  lighthouse.  It  is  small;  not  con- 
taining more  than  three  acres  of  land,  and  is  about  five  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Tlw  light 
and  dwelling-houses  are  built  of  stone,  and  are  whitewashed.  The  tower  of  the  former  is  95  feot 
high,  on  which  is  a  lantern  7  feet  high,  that  is  lighted  with  10  patent  lamps,  with  a  16  inch  reflector 
to  each,  fitted  on  two  sides  of  an  oblong  square,  which  revolves  round  once  in  3^  minutes,  at  the 
distance  of  five  leagues,  which  is  as  far  as  it  can  be  seen  for  the  land.  The  time  of  total  darkness 
is  twice  to  that  of  light.  As  you  approach  it,  the  time  of  total  darkness  increases,  until  you  get  with.' 
in  two  miles  of  it,  when  there  will  not  be  a  total  darkness,  but  the  greatest  strength  of  lij^t  wiU  l>9 
as  40  to  1  over  that  of  the  least  light,  in  the  course  of  the  revolution  of  the  apparatus.       .  *  • 

t  There  are  three  of  the  Tobus  Islands,  but  at  low  water  they  are  all  connected. 


198 


BLU\T  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


depth  you  mnycnrry  until  nlireastt  of  n  iHrijp  dingle  rock,  rallrd  the  Old  Cow.  which  lies 
about  one  quarter  ot  it  iiiii<'  tVoin  lli*'  NJiorc,  m lini  you  will  couip  up  with  si  ut\iii'  ol  li.inl 
•nnd,  from  100  to  120  liithoms  wide,  on  which  are  htini  7  to  ')  Icet  water,  which  alier 
passing,  you  will  have  iVoiii  iH  to  I'i  feet  water,  (|Uite  up  to  Hack  Hiver  harhor.  The 
•oundinf{ii  Hfe  reduced  to  low  water.  Kise  lioin  .>to  d  tot.  ilij;h  water  at  lull  and 
change  of  the  moon  at  8  o'clock. 

BUOY9  IN  HIIZZARD'S  HAY.— There  are  .'■.  huoys  placed  in  Hu/./ard's  Hay, 
viz.-^-A  yellow  buoy  on  the  S.  K.  jiart  cd'  the  north  ledce,  in  JJ  (athonis  water;  n  red 
buoy,  lying  in  very  slionl  water,  on  the  centre  of  the  Middle,  which  is  a  Rinall  ledge  ;  a 
white  buoy  on  the  8.  E.'partof  the  (iieat  I, edge,  in  .'!  fathoins  water;  a  black  buoy  on 
the  S.  W.  part  of  Wilkes'  Ledge,  in  Ji  fathoms  water — all  on  the  western  side  of  the 
bay;  and  a  white  buoy  in  2/Btlioiiis water,  on  West's  Island  Ledge,  on  the  eastern  side. 

All  thesQ  buoys,  except  t^e  one  on  We^«t'!t  leiland  I^edge,  are  taken  up  in  the  winter. 

Bearings  ahj  distances  from  Bird  Jdand  Liiihlliousc. 


The  south  point  of  West's  Island S.  W.  ?  W, 

West's  Island  Ledge ^ , . . . .  .'^.  W.  i  W. 

The  north  entrance  of  Quick'.s  Hole S.  W.  by  S. 

Wood's  Hole,  due ^ S.  10  miles. 

The  entrance  of  Monument  Kiver, E.  N.  K.  J  N 


10  miles. 

11  miles. 
!.'.'>  miles. 


7J  miles. 

Bearings  and  distances  of  sundn/  places  in  tlie  virinili/  of  Buzzard's  Buy. 

From  Wing's  Neck  to  the  lighthouse  on  Hird  Island W.  by  S.  'Ji  miles. 

Minister's  Neck l^-  by  K.  '■!  of  a  mile. 

From  Qtrtat  Rocky  Point  to  the  south  end  of  Mashow  Island  ."^.  W.  i  W.  ^  of  a  mile. 

,  n  Hog  Island W    by  S.  i  of  a  mile. 

,    '  ^  Wing's  Neck S.  W.  .T  miles. 

*■'  Tobus  Island S.  S.  W.  ■  of  a  mile. 

Old  flow  Kock .S.  I.v  E.  4  K.  I  of  a  ndle. 

From  the  south  end  of  Mashow  Island  to  Bird  Island S.  \V.  by  W.  4  W.  -14  miles, 

.^  Wing's  Nock,.  .S.  W.  J  S.  vJj  miles. 

WESf  ISLAND  LEDGE  BUOY.— West's  Island  Ledge  lies  in  Buzzard's  Bay, 
between  five  and  six  miles  S.  E.  by  E.  from   New-Bedford  Lighthouse,  in  from  4  to  4^ 
["l^fkthoms  water.     A  large  white  buoy  has  been  placed  over  the  ledge. 

tfiilgwing  are  the  hearings  hy  compass,  from  lihnde  Island  Li  ah  tliouse,  of  several  re- 
markable plikf  8,  together  ivitli  the  distances,  viz  : 


Block  Island  (S.  E.  point)  ..f....^.... 

I^oint  Judith  Light,  . . . .  ^ .  j. 

Block  Island  (S.  E.  point)- S.  W 

Blocklsland  (middle) ; S.  W 

Block  Island  (S.  E.  end)... S.  W 


.S.  W.  by  .S.^.S. 
S.  W.  I  S.  distant  2  leagues. 

S.  or  S.  VV.  by  S.  nearly. 
S.  distant  6 


Whale  Rock... i 


'  'V  • 


.\\ 


by  S. 


^S. 


leagues. 


W 


^renton's  Aeef,. .. . .  .l"^.. .. . . ........ ..... .E.  S.  E.  }  E. 

sleuth  point  of  Rhode  Island, E.  ^  S. 

Highest  part  of  Qastle  Hill, E.  N.  E.  |  E. 

Breat<|i)'s Point,'w y. N.  E.  by  E. 

Fort  on  Goat  Island, ..^ E.  N.  E.  ^  N. 

i'  '^uth-easfernmost  Duniplin, N.  E.  jf  E. 

Keitle  BotlJiin ..,.....-. N.  E. 

Newton's  Rock",. ; . . ,  .•^.  ^ S.  near  200  yards. 

N.  B.— The  anchoring  place  between  the  town  of  Rhode  Island  and  Coster's  Harbor, 
N.  E.byE. 

RHODE  ISLAND  HARBOR. — Directions  for -those  coming  from  the  south-u-estu-ard, 
who  fall  in  with  *  Block  Island  Light ;  from  the  ncstward  through  Long  Island  Hound  ; 
or  from  Que  eastward,  when  bound  for  Rhode  Island  Harbor. 

^    Vessels  corning  from  the  southward,  or  south  and  westward,  will  make  Block  Island. 
^ye  it  a  berth,  of  about  one  mile,  on  the  east  and  west  sides.     The  two  lights  situated 


wo  lighthouses  are  erected  on  the  N.  W,  point  of  Block  Island,  showing  fixed  lights,  bear. 
.'and  S.  distant  25  feet  from  each  other,  and  elevated  58  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
the  point  extending  into  the  sea,  in  nearly  a  N.  |  £.  course,  is  a  shoal,  making  it  dangerous 


f^'ow.  which  Wen 
!•  ridul'  o(  h.ird 
iit«-r.  wliicli  j,(t»T 
r  lliiil)(ir.  Tlif 
Wilier  at  lull  and 

I?u/,z:ir(l'«  Bnv, 
IIS  wilier  ;  a  red 
:i  !<iri.iii  icil^c  ;  ;, 
.1  liliick  buoy  oil 
slt-rii  Hide  of  the 
the  eastern  side. 
)  in  ilie  winter. 


10  miles. 

1 1  miles. 
>.  ~.")  miles. 

N.  7i  miles. 

(f'n  Hay. 

miles. 
'  a  mile. 

l  of  a  mile, 
of  a  mile. 

I'S. 

Ill'  a  mile. 
'".  ;'  of  a  njile. 
'.  i  W.  -Ji  miles. 
vij  miles. 

Buzzard's  Bay, 
,  in  Crom  4  to  4i 


ise,  of  several  rc- 


igues. 

V  S.  nearly. 

agues. 


'oster's  Harbor, 


south-weshcard, 
Island  iiound ; 

e  Block  Island. 
'  lights  situated 

ixed  lights,  bear, 
level  of  the  sea. 
ung  it  dangerous 


aT    K!  ^^'   I'    ()    K   ^f       I  I    A    K    li   X)   'R  jHY  TAI"^  W.\l)SW()KTII,i;rMj|.i|,xKy.  M'ILKi:SAIil,.*Ki:.  I  ',  si.  ,\ 


1 

iY  (\\I''M\'AI)SW()l«TII.IiTM;MI)XKY.  WILKKS.VHLAKK.T^  s"^.  ,\ 


s* 


''    «*  "■„  •  CS         l(oil<liii,(!loii»  "  *- 

">  1  '!    ,„  '■!    "TlfK        \f  „L    •'"VP      ..^U-O'        ■*j'^ 


IK     ij 


/«        "    /«  „,  ■' 

W  'V//  «|  fru.\STKIti| 

«    S>  7  rt  (I  5  ■'  r^^LTv 

™ntv  |is|..a1)~ 

to  .  ■-■  ^ 

/?  «l  « it  I  I  M 


llll'l^ 


',  A^v"    '»   «      »  ,•'■««„«   ,.     ^„rt,... 


Vnr.«.  12.  U: 


»  /p*      "*    V        Y»<'<»   i«««.k«^     „        ol  S|iriiiRti.l.-s..sixf.-.-l. 

""«..rV  ^  \.'J.V'^      '    ^;/  X..a,,s-.  .l„-....tof«.,r. 


"""  iff  \,'>^ 

'     *  i     A^       J       4  Jl '*"  ^  /     .1 


/»    "«»*;rf    »» 


^  '"'"/^    "-A' "»    '  »j 


.113! 


3  i  Mfft  It    »  M  M  »    »<    *" 


»«»' 


'".  [Hj,,"'"' 


m  „•' 


rf 


'a.  "ti  '" 


\^\^  \rntpp  Str<-fi,   Xw  Y<.rk.  in.i« 


/frf///rrf/AA'fif//inYtf  /*!•  //  'i/fftfwJwt'AYf: 


■  >ni   II  wiM«i<*ii>Miiki 


•wr><v«-«VMP' 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


199 


on  the  N.  W.  point  of  tliis  island,  ( 
appear  as  one  light  until  you  are  ' 
point,  a  shoal  mikes  out   N.  j  E.,  \^  ;ii 


described  in  the  nyte,)  are  so  near  together,  the 

liin  two  or  three  miles  of  them.     OlF  the  N.  \V 

renders  it  danjerous 


>  pass 


h  renders  it  dangerous  for  large  ships  to 
within  two  miles  of  the  lights.     ♦Point  .ludith  Lis;ht  bears  from  these  lights  N.  E. 
distant  11  miles.     After  passing  Point  Judith,  follow  flie  directions  given  below  forsail- 
ing  into  Newport. 

b^om  tiie  S.  E.  part  of  Block  Island  to  Rhode  IslaAd  Lighthotise,  the  course  UN; 
by  E.  if  E.  and  the  distance  7  leagues  ;  about  uudway  between  therfj  there  are  24  fathoms 
water.  If  you  are  on  the  west  side  of  Block  Island,  with  the  body  wf  the  island  bearing  E. 
iN.  E.  in  8  or  10  fathoms  water,  your  course  to  Point  Judith  Light  is  N.  E.  by  E.  about  6 
leagues.  This  point  appears  like  a  nag's  head,  and  is  pretty  bold  ;,  between  Block  Isl- 
and and  the  Point,  there  are  from  30  to  6  fathoms  water,  ej^cept  a  small  sboal  ground, 
which,  in  tliick  weather,  is  often  a  good  departure,  say  4  to  5  fathoms,  bearing  about  W. 
by  S.'from  Point  Judith  I-i^ht,  distant  3  miles.  From  Point  Judith,  when  not  more 
than  a  quarter  of  a  iriile  from  the  point  to  Rhode  Island  Harbor,  your  course  is  N.  E., 
and  the  distance  is  about  8  miles.  When  in  13  fatholl^s  water.  Point  Judith  light  bear- 
ing \V.  or  W.  by  N.  the  course  to  Rhode  Island  Hhrbor  is  N.  E.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  the  •  ! 
distance  to  the  lighthouse  2  leagues.  The  li^'^.tliouse,  together  with  the  Dumplios,  ^ 
must  be  left  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  it  stands  on  the  south  part  ,of  f Conannicot  Island. 
This  point  is  called  the  Beaver's  Tail,  and  is  about  2  leagues  distant  from  ^oiat  Jttdttlh  ,     'i 

After  leaving  the  lighthouse  on  your  larboard  siiJp,  there  is  a  $ttnk'eii  tfi^Ok  due  sontb '    V 
from  the  lighthouse,  about  200  yards  distant,  called  Newton  Rock. 

A  little  within  the  lighthouse,  and  near  to  the  shore  on  the  west  side,  ther^  is  acpve 
called  .Mackerel  Cove,  the  entrance  to  which  is  shoal  and  dangerous.     As  bom  ends*  of 
these  islands  are  pretty  bold,  you  may  pass  into  the  anchoring  at  either  end,  and"K8Bt.V\^'| 
nearer  to  t^ioat  Island  side  tiian  to  that  of  Rhode  Island,  as  the  other  parts  of  the  hnctm^  I   sl 
are  grassy,  and  would  be  apt  to  choke  your  anchors.     Rhode  Island  is  navigable  all  rodQdj^'  •&' 
by  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  channel.  "  ,        '^ 

Narraganset  Bay  lies  between  Conannicut  Island  and  the  main.     Your  cottr|l^ai|.  {^' 
about  north,  taking  care  to  avoid  Whale  Rock;  you  may  pass  in  on  either  aide,  i|inRl|^«j|k^  ••  . 
chor  where  you  please.     From  the  lighthouse  on  Conannicut  Island  tO:0W  HMmI*  WfA^ 
Martha's  Vineyard  Island,  the  course  is  E.  by  S.  3^i..*pd  the  distance  9  feinies, 

Vou  must  take  care  to  avoid  the  rocks  which  IW^ffLfllouth  frorai  Castle  fiiil,  Ml| 
which  are  above  water.     Castle  Hill  is  oi/the  east  sid(S  of  Rhode  Island  HarbcKk'! 
from  which  is  Fort  Adams,  from  the  north  end  of  which  a  reef  exteudn. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  to  clear  Brenlon's  Reef,  bring  Newport 
bear  \V.  N.  W.,  and  steer  for  it  until  they  see  (xoat  Island  Light  from  the  d^ 


oal,"  Montock  Point  Lib»iitbiNiSff'f 

N..;    Watch  HiU  I4c{|thotlK.  Wl 
LHead,  S.  E.  by  Bk  ^E.;  aui  M'i 


for  a  vessel  to  pass  within  2  miles  of  the  light.     From  thif  ^ 
S.  W.  by  W.  i  W. ;  Point  Judith  Point  Lighthouse  N. 
W. ;  Clay  Huad  (Block  Ishiiid)  S.  L.  hv  E. ;    Rocks  qfe 
W.  pi>t  of  Jilock  Island,  S.  S.  W.  J  VV. 

Tlic  two  lighis  cannot  be  iiiude  separate  wheQ  to  the' north werd,  Unless  id  «;p«utionte'  aggltfllil^r^ffi 
Point  Judith  Li^ht  N,  E.,  svlien  they  appear  like  the  lights  ofa  stfiaai>b(^t.  '/'ii^U 

*  The  lighthouse  on  Point  Judith  is  u  stone  edifice,  40  feet. ^b<  The  lampp.ars  60  fiwItU 
the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contain  a  leNUjlving  light,  to  distinguish  it  from  Newpart  Lijpit,^ 
stands  on  Conannicut  Island,  and  is  a  fixed  light.  The  distance  fi^in  the K|^tbt>ni^  tct  ^h  W^t^* 
mark,  is  as  follows  : — E.  from  tlie  lighthouse  to  high  water  mark,  16  rods;  S.  EJ.  14  rodA;  S.  tX 
rods  ;  S.  S.  W.  23  rods,  which  is  the  extreme  part  of  the  point,  to  which  a  good  berth  Bflouldr 
given.  The  light  on  Point  Judith  hears  S.  W.  ^  S.  2  leagues  distant  from  Newpott  (Rhode  MS^ 
and)  Lighthouse.  Point  Judith  Light  mav  be  distinguished  froin  Wat6h  HiU  Light,  bjr.'the  UlA^^ 
notwholly  disappearing  when  within  3  leagues  of  it.  "        j«  .  ^'■'■!a::1I 

+  Conannicut  Island  lies  about  3  miles  west  of  Newport,  the  soathend  of  whloh  (called  th*,»" 
ver's  Tail,  on  which  Newport  Lighthouse  stands,)  extends  about %i  far  south  aathe  South  . 
Rhode  Island.     The  .igiithouse  on  Goat  Island  bears  N.  60^  E.  irom  the  lighl  on  ConannKJW|^i^'*''^ 
and,  and  Kettle-bottoni  Rock  N.  E.     The  east  shore  forms  the  wess  part  of  Newport  Harbori   ^^ftie 
ground   tlie  lighthouse  stands  upon  is  about  12  feet  above  the  surface  of  th(f  sea  at  hifh'wp^r. 
From  the  ground  to  the  top  of  the  cornice  is  [y)  feet,  round  which  is  a  gallery,  and^ttihithatSt&Qdi 
the  lantern,  which  is  about  11  feet  high,  and  8  feet  in  diameter.     It  contains  afixra.%ht. 

\  Goat  Island  lies.beforfe  the  town  of  Newport,  about  5  miles  N.  E.  from  Newport^H^ :^(l^° 
has  a  lighthouse  on  the  north  end,  containing  a  fixed  light,  from  which  the  following  beaHt 
been  taken :— Newport  Lighthouse  bears  S.  GO  W.,  equal  to  S.  W.  by  W.  J  W.,  diaJJniitfiL  __ 
west  shore  of  Castle  Hill,  S.  54  W.,orS.  W.  }  W.,  2^  ;  Brentonis  Point,  S.  51,W.,*W  S.  "llg, 
W.  1 ;  South  Dumphn  Rock,  S.  70  W.,  or  W.  S.  \V.  i  W.,  I* ;   Conannicut  #eny?N.  1^t'Wn| , 
or  W.  N.  W.  i  W.,  2i  ;   south  point  of  Rose  Island,  N.  58i  VV.,  or  N.  W.  by  W.  flW,  J,}  titaftf 
Rock,  N.  m  W.,  or  N.  by  W.,  } ;    West  shore  of  Coster's  Harbor  Island,  N„  Hj/lWOj:  <ii|«|t|f?^ 
north  point  of  Goat  Island,  N.  50  E.,  or  N.  ^  E.,  i.    Large  vessels  go  south  of jhe1>*ii^       '''i'!^^M^ 


r/ fir  II  'tffiilni/Ahifcff: 


200 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


L/ 


will  then  bear  N.  E.  J  E. ;  then  run  for  Goat  Island  Light  until  it  bears  E.,  (or  continue 
your  course  until  it  bears  E.  S.  E.,)  at  the  same  time  iteeping  Newport  Light  bearing 
S.  W.  by  W.,  and  anchor  in  7  to  9  fathoms,  good  bottom.  In  coming  from  the  west,  af- 
ter passing  Point  Judith,  (the  lighthouse  whereon  has  a  revolving  light,)  steer  N.  E.  by 
N.  until  you  draw  up  with  Newport  Light,  to  which  giving  a  berth,  run  for  Goat  Island 
Light,  and  anchor  as  above  directed.  Goat  Island  lies  before  the  town  of  Newport,  ex 
tends  about  north  and  south,  and  has  a  fort  on  it ;  olf  the  N.  £.  point  lies  a  buoy  in  16 
feet  water. 

A  large  white  buoy  is'also  placed  at  the  end  of  the  shoal,  which  makes  out  from  the 
south  end  of  the  island,  in  10  feet  water.  The  shore  on  the  north  and  south  ends  is 
rocky,  and  you  must  not  attempt  going  between  the  buoys  and  the  island. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  westward  through  Long  Island  Sound,  bound  to  Rhode  Isl- 
and, will  leave  Fisher's  Island  on  the  larboard  hand,  and  steer  E.  by  N.,  which  will 
carry  them  to  Point  Judith,  keeping  in  not  less  than  10  fathoms  water,  giving  the  point 
a  berth  of  one  mile,  when  you  will  see  Newport  Light,  bearing  N.  E.  ^  N.,  distant  6 
miles;  steer  for  it,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  hand  :  you  will  then  steer  for  Goat  Island 
Light,  which  bears  from  Newport  Light  N.  E.  distant  about  3  miles;  keeping  the  latter 
bearing  S.  W.  by  W,  until  you  l^ing  Soat  Island  Light  to  bear  E.  or  E.  S.  £.,  and  an- 
chor in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  wa  <•,  good  holding  ground.  Between  Newport  Light  and 
the  North  Dumplin,  you  will  I.a  s  from  1 8  to  28  fathoms  water. 

If,  after  passing  Point  Judith,  as  before  direi.ted,  you  wish  to  proceed  toward  Provi- 
dence through  the  West  Passage,  your  course  is  N.  E.,  leaving  Newport  Light  (on  Co- 
nannicat  Xilftnd)  on  your  starboard  hand,  half  a  mile  distant,  when  your  course  will  be 
N.  by  Wj  J.^  league  to  Dutch  Island  Light,*  which  you  also  leave  on  your  star'  imrd 
hand,  on^U9t|er  of  a  mile  distant,  from  which  you  steer  N.  |  E.  14  miles,  for  the  light 
fj^n  fWarii^)iel&*'Neck,  leaving  it  on  the  larboard  hand,  one  quarter  of  a  mile,  where  you 
Jttty  imchdr  m  3  fathoms  waterf  as  it  is,  not  safe  to  proceed  furtlier  without  a  pilot,  un- 
rest you  choose  to  depend  on  finding  the  channel,  which  is  marked  out  by  stakes. 

la  entering  this  passage,  keep  nearest  Conanniuut  Island,  to  avoid  the  Whale  Rock, 
which  beam  from  Newport  Light  S.  83^  30'  W.,  distant  about  three  fourths  of  a  mile, 
•with  somci  scattering  rocks  north  and  south  of  it.  A  sunken  rock  lies  south  of  Beaver 
Tail,  called  Newton  Rock,  on  which  it  breaks  if  there  be  any  sea,  distant  2UU  yards  from 
Khode  Island  Lighthouse. 

.,  BUOYS  AND  SPINDLES  PLACED  AT  NEWPORT  HARBOR.— A  Spindle 
^OD-Saddle  Rock,  eastward  of  Rose  Island,  on  either  side  of  which  there  is  a  passage. 

A  Spindle  with  a  Ball  on  a  Rock,  at  the  south  end  of  the  island,  which  you  leave  to 
rard. 

,.. le  JGMd)  Buoy,  with  a  Cross,  on  Dyer's  Reef,  south  part  of  Coaster's  Harbor,  which 
|«i^ve  QQ  the  starboard  hand..^.- 

'^iv^:tlM  ledge  otl'the  Bi8hi^!!s  Rock,  called  the  Triangle  Rock,  on  either  side  of 
(ihyOft  vmy  pass,  giving  th6  t)tt<iy  a  berth. 

Oilitt  jRAd  Sjpar  Buoy  at  the  south,  and  one  at  the  north  end  of  Gull  Rocks,  both  of 
•i«;hich  jTM  pass  to  the  eastward.      . 

Qnt'Spar  Buoy  oo  Providence  Point,  which  is  the  north  end  of  Prudence  Island,  to 
^e JdoUhKtiYd  of  which  is-  the  main  channer. 

inEWPOjR-T  TO  PROVIDENCE.— Pass  Half-way  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  in 
niifldlc^f  the  river,  about  5J  miles  from  Newport,  and  1^  mile  from  the  south  end  of 
Pcudmice  Island;  there  is  a  passage  on  both  sides  the  Rock.  West  from  Prudence 
Islaod,  lies  Hope  Island,  having  a  passage  all  round,  giving  the  N.  E.  end  a  small  berth. 

From  the  Triangle  Ilock,  which  lies  off  the  Bishop  Rocks,  on  which  is  a  Buoy  that 
.mpy  be  passed  oa  eithw  side,  to  Warwick  Neck  Light,  the  course  is  N.  }  W.  After 
leaving  Prudftnce  Island  Smiles  N.  E-  by  N.  from  Warwick  Neck  Light,  you  pass  on 
■VOur  wrboard  hand  a  Spar^Buoy.  which  you  may  go  very  close  to.  E.  }^  S.  from  Warwick 
^NMt  Light  lies  a  Spar  Buoy,  which  you  leave  on  the  starboard  hand.  When  Warwick 
Neck  Light  bears  W.  steer  N.  N.  E.  for  Nyatt  Point  Light,  leaving  the  Spar  Buoy  on 
Providence  Point  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  running  so  far  to  the  eastward  as  to  bring 
Prudence  Islanid  to  bear  South,  by  which  you  leave  the  Middle  Ground,  which  has  a 
Buoy  on  it,  on  the  larboard  hand.  Nyatt  Point  Light  is  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  9 
Btiles  from  Providence.  Soon  after  passing  the  light  you  come  up  with  a  Pyramid, 
directly  opposite  the  village  of  Patuxent,  the  base  of  which  is  painted  black,  with  a  white 


•  Duttlflsland  Lighthouse  is  erected  on  the  south  part  of  the  island,  and  shows  n  fixed  light. 

t  Warwick  Neck  Lighthouse  is  erected  on  the  south  part  of  Warwick  Neck,  and  shows  a  fixed 
Iigirt.j  Jk.  spar  buoy  is  placed  on  Long  Island  Point,  off  Warwick  Harbor,  1^  mile  distant,  which 
nost  l^'toft— i  tfia  larboard  hand  going  into  East  Greenwich. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


201 


E.,  (or  confinne 
t  Light  bearing 

-om  the  west,  af- 

,)  steer  N.  E.  by 
for  Goat  Island 
of  Newnort,  ex 

Hes  a  buoy  in  16 

ics  out  from  the 
nd  south  euds  is 
nd. 

nd  to  Rhode  Isl- 
r  N.,  wliich  will 
,  giving  the  point 
i,  I  N.,  distant  (> 
r  for  Goat  Island 
iceping  the  latter 
E.  S.  £.,  and  an- 
ewport  Light  and 

ed  toward  Provi- 
jrt  Light  (on  Co- 
)ur  course  will  be 
in  your  star'  u  ird 
(liles,  for  the  light 
J  mile,  where  you 
ithout  a  pilot,  un- 
it by  stakes, 
the  Whale  Rock, 
fourths  of  a  mile, 
s  south  of  Beaver 
nt  200  yards  from 

30R.— A  Spindle 
e  is  a  passage. 
'hich  you  leave  to 

r's  Harbor,  which 

on  either  side  of 

ill  Rocks,  both  of 

rudence  Island,  to 

:;h  lies   nearly   in 
the  south  end  of 

from  Prudence 

end  a  small  berth. 

ch  is  a  Buoy  that 

I  N.  J  W.     After 

ight,  you  pass  on 

S.from  Warwick 

When  Warwick 
the  Spar  Buoy  on 
stward  as  to  bring 
und,  which  has  a 
board  hand,  and  9 
p  with  a  Pyramid, 
jlack,  with  a  white 


w9  a  fixed  light. 

k,  and  shows  a  fixeil 

\  mile  distant,  which 


top,  erected  on  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which  you  may  approach  very  near,  leaving  it  to  the 
larboard  hand.  Afa  short  distance  you  come  to  another  pyramid,  and  a  stake,  both 
which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  One  fourth  of  a  mile  from  the  last  pyramid 
lie  Lovett's  Rocks,  having  a  spar  buoy  on  tbcm,  which  must  be  left  on  the  starboard 
hand,  going  very  near  to  thcni. 

BRISTOL  HARBOR.— Bristol  Harbor  lies  9  milesfrom  Nevport,  and  east  of  War- 
wick Light.  At  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  lies  Castle  Island,  hxyin^  a  pyrami'd  on  it, 
which  is  left  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  a  red  buoy  on  the  larbqfitu,  steering  N.  E.  when 
entering.  '.,, 

ST(i\INGTON  HARBOR  AND  FISHER'S  ISLiAND.— If  off  the  south-east 
part  of  Fisher's  Island,  bring  the  highest  steeple  in  the  town  of  Stoningtou  open  to  the 
east  of  Stonington  *Lighthouse,  and  steeer  for  it  N.  6°  E.  until  Watch  Hill  bears  east, 
when  you  will  have  passed  through  Lord's  Channel,  which  is  between  the  Spindle  OD 
Wicopessett  Island  Ledge,  and  the  Spindle  on  Catumb  Ledge,  you  will  then  be  in  12  to  13 
fiithoms  water,  then  steer  N.  Westerly  to  clear  the  shoal  water  extending  from  Bartlett's 
Reef,  until  thu  light  i)ears  N.  by  E.  when  you  may 'Iteejr  directly  for  the  lighthouse  or 
the  Breakwater,  into  the  harbor.  \^    * 

If  you  should  be  to  the  eastward  of  Watch  fJill  I^ht  and  bound  through  Fisher'B 
Island  Sound,  give  the  Light  a  berth  of  one-third  of  a  mile,  and  steer  W.  4  N.  until  the 
Light  on  Stonington  Point  ranges  with  the  highest  steeple  in  the  tovni,  when  you  may 
steer  as  al)ove  directed,  into  Stonington,  or  if  bound  west,  you  may  continue  yotir  CourtR  , 
on,  passing  the  spindle  on  Latimer's  Reef,  on  your  starboard  hand,  about  ISOyturcIs,  until 
Stonington  Light  bears  E.  N.  E.  and  the  house  on  E„«m  Island  N.  W.  when  you  may  •, 
steer  W.  S.  W.  and  pass  directly  between  the  north  and  South  f  Dumptins,  whi^h  are  two   ' 
small  islets  of  moderate  height.     Ou  steering  the  last  course,  you  wilM«pve  Ellis' Reef^ 
on  which  is  a  Spindle,  on  your  starboard  hand,  aiul  East  Rock,  Middle  aniJ  W^t  Clumpa^ 
on  your  larboard  ;  the  three  last  are  reefs  of  rodKs  trending  W.  by  S.  and  E.  bjr^N.  be*  ' 
tween  the  South  Dumplin  and  Latimer's  Reef.    .  ' 

Should  you  go  the  southern  channel,  you  will,  on  passing  Latimer's  Reef,  keep  over 
towards  Fisher's  Island  and  steer  about  W.  ^  S.  to  avoid  East  Rock,  and  the  Middle  an(| 
West  Clumi)3,  which  are  nearly  covered  at  high  water,  until  the  centre  of  what  is  calleij* 
tFlat  Hummock  bears  north,  distant  three-fourths  of  a  mile,  and  the  W.  poifitof  Fisher'f 
Island  in  sight,  bearing  W. ;  New  London  Liglithousf  will  then  be  open  between  the^ovlfk 
Dumplin  and  Fisher's  Island,  when  yuu  may  steer  for  it  N.  W.  ^  W*  keeping  in  mi^ 
channel,  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  off  the  west  point  of  West  Harbor,  and  the  shoal  *l^Bli« 
I'uts  otf  between  the  South  Dumplin  and  the  Flat  Hummock,  in  th6  fo)m  of,a  Ho 
shoe,  until  you  have  passed  the  Dumplins,  when  you  are  clear  of  all  danger.     Sc 
the  Dumplins  and  Flat  Hummock,  is  the  west  harbor  of  Fisher's  Island,  whei 
good  aneliorage  in  2.'  fathoms,  soft  bottom,  Flaft  Huijamock  bearing  north 
point  of  the  harbor  W.  N.  W.     Ellis'  RcvA',  on  which  is  a  spindle,  lies  south^l 
on  Ram  Island,  distant  about  one-third  of  a  mile,  between  which  there  is.av^ 
passage  of  5  fathoms  water.     Potter's  Reef  lies  N.  W.  A  W.  from  the  North, 
distnnt  one  mile,  between  which  tlien;  is  a  line  passage,  free  from  all  danger;  this 
is  of  small  extent,  and  has  a  spindle  on  it,  wliich  may. be  passed  on  either  side.     Wi^J-l?^?^ 
from  Ram  Island,  and  halfway  to  Potter's  Reef,  is.  the  extreme  point  of  Groton  Lon^.^ 
Reef.     This  is  a  conspicuous   point  on  Fisli'er's  Islai^d  Saand,  and  may  be  knOwVbtr  ^ 

ig  cleared  of  trees  at  the  south  part ;  it  is  not  to  be*ipproached  froip  the  south  ii^i^&  . 
tlian  half  a  mile. — A  shoal  called  the  Horse-shoe;  lies'W.  of  Grotoi!  LoQg  Point,  aa^r 


licina:  cleared  of  trees  at  the 

Long 

N.  E.  from  Potter's  Reef;  as  there  is  no  spindle  on  the^ Horse-shoe,  vessels  shoulli 
avoid  going  much  to  the  north  of  Potter's  Reef. 

"I'liere  is  good  anchorage  to  the  east  of  (iioton  Lohg  Point,  in  2|  fkthoms,  soft  botf  ' 
toni,  distant  from  the  shore  one-third  of  a  mile.  .  ,  ■  *  •  ^^     .4- 

After  you  have  passed  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  you  should  be  careful  to  keep  the  Sott{)|L 
Dumplin  in  range  with  the  N.  E.  point  of  Fisher's  Island,  to  clesfr  the  Triangle  Rockf, 
which  form  the  south  poiut  of  Bartlett's  U-vi',  on  which  there  is  a  bufiy*  Whew  ^wo 
tree  Island  bears  N.  by  W.  or  Little  (inll  N.  by  E.  you  are,pa$t  this  danger,  and  H^^ 
follow  the  general  directions  up  the  Sound. 

— _ . ■■      ■   .    I     .1  ^^iifirt 

*  Stonington  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  light,  on  the  extreme  point  of  land  at  Stjjninlitttoni  and  bears 
from  Watch  Hill  Point  Lighthouse,  N.  W.  i  W.  2  miles  distant ;  from  Naper  Tree  Poini^*  N.  W.  . 
}W.  liniile;  from  Cntumbsott  Rocks  spindle  N. 2 J  mile.     Wicopessett N. by  E. 2 nuj|fc.    Jm^ 
imorc's  Reef,  N.  E.  ^  E.  2  milea.     Wamphasgett  Shoal,. E.  i  N.  haU'a  mile.    North  J^af 
by  N.  }  N.  5^  milea  distant. 

t  The  North  DumpUn  is  bold  to,  except  on  the  east  side.  ;• 

t  Flat  Hununock  is  a  batren  sandy  island,  of  a  few  acres  in  extent. 

26 


•>i:'' 
-(<-•- 


I 


'202 


fiLUNT  S  AMERKCAIV  COAST  PILOT*. 


m 


If  bound  through  from  tho  wrstwnrrl,  yon  nhoiild  on  no  acconnt  go  to  the  «outbwarff 
of  the  South  Duiii|)liii,  Iml  simulil,  .il'ifr  [liissinfj;  oiilicr  liftwecn  thv  lJiini|  litis  or  to  ihf 
north  of  them,  bring  Stiminmon  Li<:lit  to  luiir  K.  N.  K.  iitid  run  lor  it  until  the  Ureak- 
water  bears  north,  wiicn  you  ni;iy  steer  lor  tlw  :iim1ioi;i<;(>. 

If  you  wish  to  pass  lhniUi.li  tin-  Suiiiid,  vlieti  .Stonmctoti  Lii;lit  bfius  E.  N.  E.,  and 
the  House  and'Kwn  Island  iN.  W.,  sti'or  E.  ,\  .S.  for  Watc  h  liill  Liulil,  leavitisr  Lati- 
mer's Keef  on  your  IJirboard  hand,  ami  {.'ivinc  Na)']  ertrer  I'oint  and  \\  at(  li  Hill  I'oinr 
a  berth  of  uboutone  ihird  of  a  tnilc,  kavint;  \\  ale  li  II  ill  WvA,  do  tlic  east  end  ol  wliith 
is  a  spindle,  on  your  starboard  liand.  'J  Ins  siiiiidic  In  ais  iK.ni  \\  at(  li  Hill  liiulit  S.  S. 
W.  ':!  VV.,  distant  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile.  A  rods,  with  0  feet  water  on  it,  lies  boulh 
from  Watch  Hill  Point,  distant  about  one  eijilifli  of  a  niilo. 

Fisher's  Island  Sound  is  perfectly  sale  wiili  tlie  foreiidiiiij  diiTctions,  and  to  be  |)rp- 
ferred  if  bound  east  on  the  flood,  or  west  with  an  ehl)  tide,  to  fioini;  iLri)U;;li  (lie  Karo, 
but  it  should  not  be  attempted  without  a  leiidiii;^  wind,  by  strangers,  and  great  attention 
•hould  be  paid  to  the  lead. 

The  Eel-grass  Shoals  lie  between  Ram  Island  and  Stoninjrton  Tjiiilit,  and  extend  in 
■pots  for  some  distance;  the  largest  of  these  si  oals  lit  s  south  of  the  *\\'liite  Kock,  but 
you  are  clear  of  them  when  Stonington  l^i^'lu  hears  K.  N.  E. 

RHODE  ISLAND  LltiHT  &  THKOlCll  TIIK  !<()rND.— The  fir^t  course  from 
Rhode  Island  Ligl^thoiiscon  Beav»r;fail  I'oiiit,  is  S.  W.  !  S.,  distant  •>  leagues  to  Toint 
Judith  Light;  thehce  from  Point  Juijiih  Light  ihrouiihthe  IJace  to  fLittleduil  Liffht, 
the  course  is  W.  by  S  ,  11  leagues  distant,  leaving  t^^  ;»i<li  Hill  Point  iiiglit,  Stoning- 
ton  Lightt  and  Fisher's  Islaud'Jn  your  siarlioanl  hand,  and  Little  (lull  L^ht  on  your 
larboard 'h<i.:d.  Ynu  nmst  be  careful  to  avoid  a  n-ef  wlii'  li  ifi:s  oil'  (iiiu  tlio  west  of 
Fisher's  Itland,  "W.  S.  W.  ,l;jivj«ards  Eaco  Ko<  k,  on  wliicli  is  a  .-i  ir.dio,  distant  one  mile 
from  the  point  of  the  islatddv  and  whiih  you  must  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  and 
oontin'de  your  course  until  the  Little  Gull  is  south  ol  you.  if  the  tide  should  bo  flood, 
about  oirf*  mile;  if  the  tide  shpuld  be  eb!).  vdu  sIhiuIiI.  as  soon  ns  »he  I^iltle  (Jull  bears 
west,  (iqtf  iJSlew  London  Light  in  range  with  the  hi'.'iest  steeple  in  the  town  (N.  2"  W.) 
Steer  D.4i^'Westeriy,  until  it  is  soMth  of  you  •-.*  miles,  when  you  may  sleer  W.  j  N.  for 
IIFalkntti^'iB  Island  Light,  distant  8  leai-ues,  on  whicli  course  you  should  be  careful  to 
avoid  tKe  Long  Sand  Shoal,  off. Cornfield  Point,  and  whi(  h  exti  iids  east  and  west  ."i 
tniles.  Should  you  m-  ke  the  above  coui:#s  good,  you  will,  when  ollCoriif'ield  Point,  be 
H  nplle  south  of  the  shoalest  part.  1  liis  s-lmal  is  very  naM<iw,  and  as  you  ai'i'roaeh  it, 
-  jN)U 'iiii»,8hoalen  your  water  froiU'12to  2  fail  oms  very  suddenly,     ^'ou  .'loukl  in  the 

{ht  t^oie  corae  no  nearer  to  Falkner's  Island,  when  north  of  you.   tlian  14  fathoms. 

berths  of  a  liiile  distant,)  when  you  may  steer  S.W.  by  W.  'I  W.  for  HUId  Field 

jht,  8  leagues,  which  ca*ries  you  to  iho  soutli  of  ilie  IMiddle  (ironnd.     You 

J@'iil['wfiBB'im>e  no  nearer  Old  Field-Point  than  Plai!  oms,  (distant  half  a  Uiile.)  in  tlie  night ; 

^^jit  bears  south  ofyoU,  ateec  W.  -i  N.  17  miles,  wlii<li  will  take  you  to  the  north 

fl^OTo'i  Neck,  in  13  fathoms  water,  leaving  iXorwalk   Li^hr,  which  is  revolving,  on 
tint  8lw|K>ard  hand,  and  ^'Huntington  Light  (on  Eaton'.s  Isock)  on  your  larboard  hand, 


•  Mniljte  Rock  lies  E.  N.  E.  froiU'Ra^  Island,  lialf  way  to  ilio  lii;li;lioupc  on  Stonington  Point, 
^nd  is  itWays  conspicuous. 

t  Little  Grull  liightis  situated  on  liil^jp  Ool!  Ipl.-ird.  at  <I;o  entrance  nf  Lonp  Inland  Pound,  tliroiifrh 
th«  Race.  This  light  mtij  he  considifjrod  as  ibi-  !•  cy  to  tlic  Souiul  The  lantern  is  elevated  .50  I'eot 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  conmfns  n  fixed  l:;.!it. 

t  Watch  Hill  Light  is  8itu(tfe<1  on  Watch  Ilill,  at  the  entrance  of  Fi.'bci's  hlnnd  Sound.  The  Ian. 
tern  is  elevated  50  feet  abpve  the  level  of  tl.c  ecn,  and  c  n,taiiis  a  revolving  lijrht. 

§  New  London  Light  is  located  at  the  entrance  efil'.e  larbor.  mi  the  wcf^tern  .^iic'e.  The  lantern 
is  elevated  80  feet  above  th»  level  of  the  sea,  coiilain»  a  fixed  li^ht,  and  bears  E.  N.  E.  frum  Link- 
Gull  Light,  about  2i  leagues. 

II  Falkland  Island  Lighthouse  is  elevated  75  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  exhibits  a  fixnd 
light. 

1  The  lightnoUBe  on  Old  Field  Point  shows  a  fixed  li^ilit,  having  10  Innii  s.  elrvated  (57  fcc^t  above 
dt9  sea,  and  27  Feet  frotnthe  bnfe.  It  bonis  fioin  Eaton'.s  Neck  Lijaht  N.  hi)'^  fi'  E..  1~J  miles dip- 
tuit.  From  Stratford  Light  S.  9<=>  W.,  ]().,'  miles  distant.  From  Iiia<k  Rock  Light  S.  19^  4'  E.,  11 
miles  distant.  '  From  New  Haven  Light  S.  3P  ii8'  W.  l!-|  miles  distant. 

*•  Eaton's  Neck  lighthouse  contains  12  lamps,  frontinir  from  the  east  round  north  to  the  south- 
west, elevated  134  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  4!)  feet  8  inches  from  its  base,  showing  a 
fixed  light.  It  bears  S.  5°  15'  E.  from  Norwalk  Light,  distant  .'>  miles  and  nine  tenths.  A  reef  ex- 
tends  from  the  light  N.  N.  E.  hall  a  mile,  on  which  are  a  miinber  of  rocks. 

Vessels  shoulj}  not  como  nearer  the  shore  than  three  fourths  of  a  mile,  when  the  light  bears  be- 
tifeon  weal  and  south.    On  the  west  »ide  the  shore  is  sandy  and  pretty  bold. 


iA- 


-^.. .., 


BLUNT  a  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


203 


po  to  flip  soutbwarff 
'  lMiiii|  liris  or  to  lh(r 
>r  it  until  the  Dreak- 

:  iH'iiis  E.  N.  E.,  Jinrf 
Liijlii,  Icavitnj  liUli- 
<l  \\  :it(  li  Hill  Point 
lie  r;isi  end  (iluliich 
Kli  Hill  liiiiiit  S.  S. 
atcr  (111  it,  lies  south 

tions,  and  to  be  pie- 
L'  Iliriiii:;!]  llic  R;wv, 
,  and  gnat  attention 

^ii;lit,  and  extend  in 
e  *\Vliite  Kock,  but 

Phe  first  course  from 

It  •.'  leagues  to  I'oint 

)  f  Liitictj'ull  Liftlit, 

lint  Lifilit,  Stoninju- 

(Inll  Jj^ht  on  vonr 

nil'  (i( m  (lie  ucst  of 

lie,  dislanr  one  niilc 

Marboard  hand,  and 

ido  should  be  (lood, 

ho  J.ittie  (hill  boars 

h(>  loHii  (i\.  13"  W.) 

V  sltor  W.  I   N.  for 

-liould  be  careful  to 

ids  east  and  west  5 

'(.'ornf'ejrl  Point,  be 

as  von  ai'proaeh  it, 

^'on  j1  (luid  in  tbc 

I.   than  14  fathoms,  ■ 

W.  for  llOld  Firld 

i!lc  (iroiitid.     You 

Uiilo.)  in  the  niyht  ; 

l<e  you  ti)  the  north 

li  is  revolvio",,  on 

yourlarboaid  hand, 


on  Stonington  Point, 

?lnnd  Sound,  ihroiipii 
•rn  is  elevated  50  (coi 

nd  Sound.     The  bin- 

II  pi(V.     The  lantern 
E.  N.  E.  from  Link- 

and  exhibits  a  fxful 

If  vnird  (!7  feet  above 
ti'  v..,  V:i  miles  dis. 
.igbt  H.  iyJ4'  E.,  11 

1  north  to  the  soutli. 

its  Iinsc,  showing  a 

!  tenths.     A  reef  ex- 

n  the  light  bears  be> 


from  whence  you  may  steer  S.  G()°  W.,  whicli  will  take  you  between  *Sands'  Point  and 
Kxcculion  Koeks,  on  the  latter  of  which,  on  the  east  end,  is  a  buoy,  bearine;  N.  by  W. 
from  the  li^lit,  distant  seven  ci^iiths  of  a  mile.      If,  when  u|)  with  Falkland  Island,  you 


should  [uefer  ■j,\>\t\-^  to  the  north  of  the  Middle  (irouiid,  steer  W.  .'  S.  for  fStratford  Light 
'20  miles,  an  I  i^ivm;^  it  a  berth  of  half  a  mile,  in  ;3_,  fathoms  water,  steer  S.  66°  W.  for 
Sand's  Point  Li^htJioiise.  '  ' 

In  ease  ol'dtod  tide  and  southerly  wind,  wlien  yon  eonie  througb'^ie  Race,  your  course 
should  be  \V.  ,  S.  Miilil  you  eoiii"  up  wiiii  Old  l-'ield  Point  light,  «*lstant  16  leagues,  taking 
care  to  .illow  for  the  tide,  whieli  runs  very  strong,  and  (lows  o(h  the  full  and  chanae  days 
of  tin'  moon  nniil  halt  pa.it  11  o'el.)clv.  In  eomin.;  up  with  "Old  Fiild  Point  light,  you 
slionld  not  In  in;;  it  to  bear  to  the  West  of  W.  by  S.  ',  S.  on  account  of  a  shoal  off  Mount 
Misery,  or  if  in  the  day  time,  keep  Crane  Neck,  which  is  a  bhilf,  two  miles  to  the  west  of 
the  li^ht,  open  clear  of  tiie  liy;lit,  and  pass  the  point  in  8  fathoiusi  iw  above  directed 

If  a  ship  I  Diild  hav  a  fair  deparluit^  iVom  the  middle.of  the  Kace,  and  is  compelled  to 
rim  in  a  darX  ni-hi,  or  in  tliiiK  weather,  tiic  Inst  eiuirse  would  be  west  15  leagues  toward 
Stratford  lijit,  as  it  wuiild  alford  iho  largest  run  on  any  one  course,  and  if  made  good,  will 
carry  you  1  ,  mile  southof  .Stralliird  Point  lisiht  in  6  fathoms  water,  and  4  miles  to  the  north 
of  the  Middle  (Irouiid:  mi  fliis  coins'  ymi  will  leave  Saybrook,  Falkland  Island  and  New 
Haven  li;:htsouyour  siai  board  liaiid.  l.  i'liiiiili  IsLiid  light  on  your  larboard  band;  and  will 
pass  three  miles  soul  li  of  Falkfinl  Uiaiidsin  17  fatljaius  water.  When  up  with  Stratford 
Iig4it,  and  it  bears  north  1 '.  mile  distant,  your  course  to  Sand's  Point  light  is  W.  S.  W. 
11  leagues.  We^t  of  Str  ilford  light,  1 ',  mile  is  I'oint-no-Polnt,  which  is  shoal  for  some 
distance  fnnii  the  sliore,  but  ymi  are  clear  of  it  when  Black  Rock  Vght  bears  .W.  ?  N. 

Slioiild  \fiii  wi<h  to  anchiir  under  Falkner's  Island,  there  is  good  holding  ground  on 
the  east  or  west  side;  in  J',  and  :>  fithoms  wafer,  but  the  best  place  with  the  wind  froi|l 
the  west,  is  close  to  tiie  N.  K.  point  oi  the  Islaij^,  the  lighthouse  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  ift 
'■i\  fathoms.  North  from  the  island  a  narrow  shoal  puts  off  one  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  M 
bold  to.  but  you  are  to  liie  north  of  it,  when  the  centre  of  Go.ose  Island  bears  3,  W.  by 
\V.,  and  wjico  ihe  li^lit  bears  S.  K.  by  K.  you  may  run  for  it  and  anchor.         •; 

The  passsge  inside  of  b'alkiier's  Island -is  perfectly  safe,  but  you  should  iU)tiin  stand- 
ing over  tovvards  tiie  Connecticut  shore,  bring  Ilaminonasset  Point  to  the  souih  of  east. 
This  point  may  be  known  by  having  two  small  bi nil's  at  tlie  extremity,  and  it  heart  E<  N.E- 
from  I'alklaiid  s  Island,  distant  o',  inili!s.  When  standing  to  the  S.  towards  Gooselsland, 
you  should  he  careful  of  th"  Shoal  extending  to  the  north  of  it,  and  you  are  just  clfcar  of 
it  wiien  Falkner's  hjand  light  bears  K.  S.  K.  and  (Joose  Island  S.  by  "W.  in  2i^  fitthfSmit; 
rocky  boilom  ;  after  you  have  passed  (loose  Islands  you  should  keep  more  totj^sout'"" 
ward,  to  avoid  Whetfon's  and  i>rown's  Keef  lying'olVthe  Thimble  Islands,  and.T' 
Reef,  which  is  dry  at  very  low  tides:  on  this  Reefin  a  buoy  bearing  from  F 
land  Light  W.  ';  S.  distant  i>''  miles,  and  from  New  Haven  light  S.  E.  by  E. 
■'}  miles.  To  the  north  of  l>ranlord  Reef  therQ  is  a  gpod  passage,  but  it  shoiDlf 
temiited  by  strangers  witliout  a  favorable  oppoHunity  ;  but  in  case  you  shot 
Iielled  to  navigate  as  during  the  late  war,  you  may,  after  passing  Goose  Islam 
liglithouse  to  hear  K.  S  E.  and  steer  W.  N.  W.  for  the  outer  Thimble,  givin|  It  a' 
of  .'it)  or  40  yards,  then  sicerW.  ,',  S.,  on  which  course,  if  made  good,  you  will  keep  ' 
tlie  outer  Kock  of  the  Thinibli!  in  ranj;e  with  the  large  Hotel  dn  Sachem's  Head,'Mtern  olf  ' 
you.  N'csscis  rd'  any  draft  of  water  may  go  through^this  passage,  and  you  #ill  leave 
Whettcm's  Itcef,  which  is  one  fourth  of  a  mile  S.  Si-W.  from  the  outer  Thildfale,  and 
Hrown's  Reef,  on  wliich  there  is  a  huay.  on  your  la^oard  hand,  and  ThimblC  Buoy  to 
the  west  id"  tlie  Thinilde,  liall'a  mile,  and  tlie  buoy  on  the  Nigger  Heads,  on  ybur  star-  ' 
board  hand:  this  ranL;e  lakes  you  wiiliin  100  yards  of  the  Njgger  Head  Buoy,  and  about 
seven  ei^hihs  id  a  mile  north  of  llranford's  lleef,  when  you  may  steer  W-  by  S. -i-S  for 
Stratford  Point,  (hiose  Island  is  W.  S.  W.  from  Falkland's  Island,  one  mile  distatit.— 
It  is  shoal  (Hi  the  Fast  and  Nortli  sides,  and  a  resting  ])lace  for;|e;xilis,  which  are  purposely 
left  uiidisiurhed,  as  their  noise  serves  to  give  notice  of  yoiu*  approach  to  the  Island  in 
thick  weather.  ■  »« 

♦Sands'  Point  Liuhthousc  is  N.  42^  30'  E.  from  Throg's  Point  Light,  distant  4  miles  and  six 
tenths.     Tiie  rucks  exieiul  I'nan  tlu^  shuie  opposite  the  iiirht,  N.  W.  one  eighth  of  a  mile. 

tStrar)rd  Li<,diihouse  coiiiiiins  ii  revolvinp  iifrlii.     Tlie  revolution  is  such  as  to's^ihibit  the  Ij^bt 
once  in  !)0  seconds.     From  it  Old  Field  Piiint  Li<;ht.  on  Long  Island,  hears  S.  9^  W. ;  NewLlaven  ■ 
Li^ht  N.  fi;p  E.,  10  miles  distant;  Middle  Ground  tf.  3^  VV.,  5^  miles  distant ;  Black  Rock  Light 
S.  880 'W. 

t  A  lighthouse,  elevated  63  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sen,  .exhibiting  a  revolving  light,  ia«reeted 
on  the  west  end  of  Phimh  Island,  and  will  be  of  great  advantage  to  vessels  bound  to  the  east^ViliC  • . 
or  round  Montock  Point,  when,  through  stress  or  foggy  weather,  itisnotprudeift  togothroughllM-  - 
Race. 


,ji,tm 


204 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


S.  \  \V.  from  Stratford  IIkIiI,  distant  !}\  miles  is  the  Middle  ftround,  the  cntranre  of 
which  bears  from  Katoii's  Neik  Liiilit  F'.  hv  N.  J  N.,  IT)  miles.  From  *Black  Rock 
Light  S.  E.  i  S.,  7.',  Imilcs;  and  from  ( )l(Hield  Point  Light  N.  hy  E.  |  E.,  distant  o 
tnileb.  On  this  shoal  are  two  (wt  water  at  low  tide;  on  the  south  side  is  a  white  spar 
buoy,  andon^he  north  side  a  black  si)ari)imy,  both  in  1')  feet  water,  bearing  nearly  north 
by  east  and  sotith  Jjy  wot  from  each  other,  half  a  mile  distant.  Von  may  qo  on  ei- 
ther side  of  the  shoal  you  please:  on  the  n  irlli  are  from  ."5  to  11  fathoms,  and  on  the 
south  side  from  8  to  24  fathoms  water;  a  mile  either  to  the  east  or  west  of  this  shoal 
you  will  have  12  fathoms. 

A  ledge  lies  off  the  N.  E.  point  of  Eaton's  Ne(  k.  tliree  fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  shore, 
but  after  the  light  bears  S.  E.  the  shore  is  bold  to  ali  the  way  up  on  the  east  side  of  Hunt- 
ington Bay,  where  you  may  anchor  in  easterly  winds. 

In  beating  up  Sound,  wlien  Eaton's  Neek  Liuht  bears  S.  W.  by  S.,  you  should  not 
stand  over  to  the  north  shore  nearei  than  to  brin^'  Norwalk  f/ight  to  bear  \V.  by  S.  4  S. 
on  account  of  the  reef  which  puts  oil  I'mm  Caukoen  Island  E.  by  S.  1,^  mile,  and  on 
which  there  is  a  buoy.  When  Goose  Island,  which  is  the  first  island  S.  \V.  from  Cau- 
keen,  is  west  from  you,  you  are  south  of  .1.  reef.  '^Pliere  is  a  passage  for  small  vessels 
between  these  islands,  but  to  the  i^est  of  (ioose  Island  there  is  no  passage,  as  tin;  reefs 
extend  to  the  buoy  on  Green  Ledge,  one  mile  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  S'orw  alk  Light.  W. 
by  S.  from  Norwalk  Light,  3  miles  distant,  is  Long  Neck  Point  :  there  is  good  anchor- 
age to  the  eastward  of  it  when  the  light  bears  cast  from  you,  but  when  you  are  to  the 
west  of  Long  Neck  Point,  you  should  be  (areful  of  Smith's  Kcef,  which  lies  S.  W.  one 
Aile^frora  it,  and  also  of  a  reef  called  the  ("ows,  whi(  h  is  also  S.  W.  from  Long  Neck 
Point,' 22"  miles,  and  south  from  Shipjjan  Point,  three  fourths  of  a  mile,  on  botli  which 
there  are  buoys,  and  they  are  bold  to  until  you  are  close  on  the  rocks.  After  you  pass 
the  Cows,  the  first  point  is  Greenwich  Point,  wliich  is  bare  of  trees,  and  is  the  S.  E. 
point  of  a  neck  of  land  running  into  the  Sound,  the  S.  W.  point  of  which  is  called  Flat 
Neck  Po.int,  and  covered  with  trees ;  the  water  off  both  these  points  is  shoal.  The  east- 
ernmost of  the  Captain's  Isles,  lies  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Flat  Neck  Point,  1|  mile  distant. 
between  ivhichis  a  fair  passage,  but  in  going  in  you  must  keep  halfway  between  Flat 
Neck  Point  and  the  island,  on  account  of  the  rocks  extending  N.  E.  from  the  island, 
and  S.  E.  from  the  point,  and  steer  north,  and  when  Flat  Neek  bears  east  you  may  an- 

'  ch'Or.     The  passage  between  Captain's  Islands  and  the  main,  should  not  be  raiempted 
by  a  stranger.     Captain's  Islands  are  three  in  number,  tlie  largest  of  which  is  the  west- 

^<f niniost  one,  which  has  a  lighthouse  on  its  east  end,  showing  a  fixed  light,  bearing  from 
~2rwalk  Light  W.  by  S.  f  S.,  distant  10^  miles ;  from  Eaton's  Neck  Light,  W.  by  N. 
liinules,  and  from  Sand's  Pbjnt  Light  N.  E.  4  N.,  9  miles.     You  may  approach 
'^        islands,  but  after  you  have  passed  them  to"  the  west,  you  should  keep  at  least 
iJfrom  the  shore,  on  account  of  several  rocks  and  reefs  between  those  islands 
l^^tnd' 'fiiBpp'iffilit. 

On-^ie  south  shore  of  the^'Soundi  ^fter  passing  Eaton's  Point  to  the  westward,  is 
L^|d*i(  Neck,  the  north  point  of  which  is  low  and  sandy,  E.  by  N.  from  which  is  a  reef 
•on  which  there  is  a  buoy,  lying  off  the  highest  bluff,  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  :    the 

»'jTCef  is  vety  small  andrhas  3  fathomsjclose  to  it.  To  clear  this  reef,  and  the  Sandy  Point, 
you  should  not  bring  Eaton's  Neck  Light  to  the  N.  of  E.  i  S.  in  passing  it.  To  the 
wesf^if  Loyd's  Neck  i^  Oyster  Bay,  in  standing  in  towards  which  you  should  be  care- 


*  Black  Rock  light  on  Fnirweather's  Island  at  the  entrance  of  Blnck  Rock  harbor,  rcpulnrly  dis- 
plays  a  strong  avid  brilliant  light,  on  the  improved  plan  of  Capt.  Winslow  Lewis.  This  edifice  is  of 
§n  octagon  form,  built  of  stone,  in  the  most  durnble  manner,  19  feet  diameter  at  the  base,  where  the 
walls,  &e  exterior  of  which  are  kandsoniely  faced  with  hewn  free  stone,  are  5  feet  in  thickncps,  and 
rise  to  the  height  of  31  feet,  surmounted  with  a  plaiform  of  solid  masonry,  which  Buppnrts  the  lantern 
40  feet  above  high  water  mark.  The  building  is  painted  white,  defended  from  the  sea'l)ya  stronfr  cir- 
cular fortification  of  massy  rocks,  is  in  every  respect  faitlifnily  built,  and  prepared  to  withstand  the 
storms  of  ages,  and  reflects  no  litUe  credit  on  the  faithfulness  and  skill  of  its  enterprising  builders. — 
Black  Rock  harbor,  from  its  central  situation,  is  one  of  frreat  importance  to  vessels  navigating  the 
Sound,  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  especially  in  winter.  Is'cxt  to  the  harbor  of  New  London,  it  is  the 
most  safe  and  convenient  on  the  whole  coast  of  Connecticut,  admitting  vessels  of  a  large  draft  of  wa- 
.ter  at  all  times  of  tide.  During  the  inclemencies  of  winter,  when  the  communication  with  New-York 
is  obstructed  <vith  i«e,  numerous  vessels  and  of  all  sizes,  are  not  unfrequently  compelled  to  seek  a 
harbor  here  for  weeks  together,  where  they  ride  secure  from  the  drifting  ice,  and  the  violence  of  every 
wind,  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  a  flourishing  commercial  village,  capable  of  furnishin;? 
•Very  tjcc^isary  repair,  stores,  or  rcfresluncnts  that  may  be  required,  and  on  as  good  terms  as  in 
iriij'  of  our  larger  sea-ports. 

J&emarJc  by  tne,Author. — The  above  is  literally  copied  from  a  Newspaper,  and  is  said  to  be  written 
by  one  of  the  contractors.  A  more  contemptible  Lighthouse  does  not  disgrace  Long  Island  Sound, 
moft  sh^efully  erected  and  badly  kept.    (1828) 


inrl,  the  entrance  of 
'loiii  *Black  Rock 
1^  K.  I  E.,  (listnnt  5 
side  is  a  wliite  spar 
xarinii  nearly  north 
Von  may  i,'o  on  v\- 
itlioins.  and  on  tin- 
•  west  of  tliis  shoal 

nilo  from  the  shore, 
c  east  side  of  liunt- 

S.,  you  should  not 
lear  W.  hy  S.  ■]  S. 
S.  1.';  mile,  and  on 
I  S.  W.  from  Caii- 
;e  for  small  vessels 
ssape,  as  tin;  reefs 
nvalk  Lii,rht.     W. 
re  is  iiood  anelior- 
leu  you  are  to  the 
ieh  lies  S.  W.  one 
from  Lone;   Neck 
ile,  on  hoiii  uliicli 
i.     After  you  pass 
,  and  is  the  S.  K. 
iiich  is  called  Flat 
shoal.     Tlie  east- 
t,  l\  mile  distant, 
way  between  Flat 
i.  from  the  island, 
east  you  may  an- 
not  be  niiempted 
hich  is  the  west- 
ght,  bearing  from 
Light,  AV.  by  N. 
ou  may  approach 
juld  keep  at  least 
een  those  islands 

the  westward,  is 
m  which  is  a  reef 

the  shore  :  the 
the  Sandy  Point. 
siniT  it.  "To  the 
I  should  be  care- 

irbor,  rcpiilnrly  di.e. 
This  edifice  is  of 
ho  base,  where  the 
t  in  thickncfs,  and 
iiipports  tlie  lantern 
poan)y  a  stronp-  cir- 
•d  to  withstand  the 
rprising  builders.— 
sels  navigating  the 
w  London,  it  is  the 
1  large  draft  of  wa- 
m  with  New. York 
onipelled  to  seek  a 
e  violence  of  ever" 
ible  of  furnishin;? 
good  terms  as  in 

J  said  to  be  written 
ang  Island  Sound, 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


205 


ful  of  the  shoal  wliidi  puts  ofl"  from  the  north  point  of  Hoi;  Island  in  a  N.  N.  W.  di- 
rection nearly  a  mile;  you  are  to  the  north  of  it  '.viicn  ( )ak  Point  is  o|)en  of  a  hill  on 
MatinicocU  i'oint  (S.  W.  by  W.)  and  Cooper's  IJIuli'.  which  is  the  highest  "up  the  Bay, 
IS  open  clcai  of  the  east  point  of  lloir  Island,  (S.  S.  11.,)  when  you  may  steer  S.  E.  for 
the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  to  clear  the  Middle  (iround,  and  make  a  harbor  either  in  Cold 
!Sr)rin':;  or  ( )ysier  H'V,  keejiin^  but  a  short  distance  iVoin  the  shore. 

One  mile  east  of  Sand's  i'oint  fji^lit  is  the  I'ulpit,  a  larj^e  rock  on  the  shore;  when 
this  rock  is  ijetwreu  .S.  S.  W.  and  S.  E.  from  you,  you  should  not  bring  Sand's  Point 
Li;:lit  In  bear  west  ofS.  \V.,  on  accunil  of  a  reef  of  rocks  off  it.  and  in  standing  to  the 
north  you  sh.iuld.  when  the  light  is  S.  I)y  K.  from  you,  mr\ko  but  short  tacks  on  account 
oftlic  E.xecntion  FJocks,  wliich  lie  N.  IS'.  W.  seven  ei-hlhs  of  a  mile  from  the  light,  and 
also  on  account  of  some  seatleriinr  rocks,  one  ei;;lilli  of  a  mile  from  the  point.  After 
you  pass  the  point  your  course  Is  l>.  W.  for  the  south  point  of  Hart  Island,  on  which 
course  you  jiass  Success  and  (lane;  Way  liocks,  oi^  both  which  are  buoys,  left  on  the 
larboard  hand  ou  tlie  above  course,  alt!u)UL'li  you  may  go  on  either  side  of  them.  Suc- 
cess llock  is  bare  at  low  water,  and' is  S.  W.  from  the  lighthouse  on  Sand's  Point,  about 
one  juile.  (iang  Way  Kock  has  0  ^et  water  on  it,  and  is  one  sixth  of  a  mile  W.  N. 
AV.  from  Success  Kock,  lying  (;.-!  its"  name  iinprjrta^  in  mid-channel.  The  south  point 
of  Hart  Island  lias  two  siujilc  trees  on  it,  and  is  bold  to.  The  course  from  this  to 
'Throw's  Point  Light  is  S.  S.  W.  f  W.,  on  which  course  you  will  leave  the  buoy  on 
the  Sli-pping  Stones  on  your  larboard  luuid.  and  you  may  stand  over  to  the  westward, 
guided  by  your  lead,  but  as  you  come  u))  witli  the  Ste))])ing  Stones,  which  is  about  half 
way.  do  not  bring  tlie  trees  on  Hart  I:  land  to  bear  to  the  north  of  N.  N.  AV.,  and  gite 
Throg's  i'oint  a  bertli  of  one  (<!;rlitli  of  a  mi!e.  A^ou  may,  after  passing  Throg's  Point 
Light,  steer  we^  tov^ards  AVhiiestone  point,  wliich  is  the  fust  point  on  your  larboard 
liaiid.  and  Old  Ferry  Point,  wliich  i-i  beyond  it  on  your  starboanj  hand,  between  which 
and  Throg's  Point  there  is  good  anchorage.  Other  bays  that  put  in,  to  the  west  of  Old 
Ferry  Point,  are  shoal  until  you  are  lieyond  AVaddingtou's  Point,  which  is  opposite  Ri- 
ker's  Island.  Between  Old  Ferry  and  Waddington's  Point,  are  Clauson's  and  Hunt's 
Points,  the  former  of  which  has  a  luioy  olf  it,  and  both  are  shoal  for  a  short  distance. 
South  of  Clauson's  Point,  and  nearly  two  thirds  over  to  the  Long  Island  shore  is  a  reef 
of  rocks,  on  which  there  is  a  buoy  which  must  )fe  Ipfton  tlie  larboard  hand..:  you  open 
Flushing  Pay  when  you  come  up  with  it,  and  ftpjn  xnid-channel  may  continue  your" 
course  on  west  from  the  north  ])oint  of  Riker's  Island^^ which  is  bold  to  ;  :  you  can  an- 
clior  to  the  westward  of  it  in  such  water  as  you  think  proper,  with  the  north  point  bp8F«<; 
ing  east.  _■  .■' 

ilART  ISLAND  aflfords  good  anchorage  either  in  easterly  or  westerly  Mfipi(g.  ^p 
anchor  on  the  east  side  you  may  stand  towards  a  barn  which  is  in  the  bend  toward 
south  part  of  the  island,  and  anchor  in  throe  fathoms,- the  trees  bearing  S.  S»  ""^^ 
half  a  mile.     Should  you  wish  to  anchor  the  Wes|  side,  between  that  ao4':C^l^l9fi 
you  may  haul  close  around  the  south  point  of  Hitrt  Islstod,  and  anchor  west  of  ntC  treoi^' 
in  such  water  as  yon  think  ])rop('r.  •  .^  i2»       -.' 

Hl'NTINGTON  J>A\'  has  a  fair  entrance  and  sound  ground.     There  is  good  an- 
chorage in  Lloyd's  Harbor,  in  2  fathoms  water,  secure  from  all  wiijds.     To  enter  it,  steer 
S.  AV".  I  S.  from  the  light,  when  it  bears  N.  E.  i  N.  until  the  north  point  of  Lloyd^s  Har-" 
bor.  which  is  a  low  sand  point,  is  AV.  from  you,  when  you  may  steer  directly  jipto  the 
harbor,  leaving  Sandy  Point  20  yards  on  your  starboard  hand. 

In  going  in  or  coming  out  of  Lloyd's  Harbor,  you  should  be  careful  of  the  shoal  water 
wliicii  is  to  the  east  of  tJie  Sandy  Point,  and  on  the  west  side  of  Huntington  Pay.* 

SHOALS  IN  THE  SOUi\i3.—AVe  willhow  notice  more  particularly  the  Shoals  in 
Long  Island  Sound.  ■.,- 

Hatchett's  Reef,  to  tlic  E.  of  Connecticut  River;  it  bears  E.  i  S.  from  Saybrook 
Lighthouse,  and  S.  S.  AV.  from  Hatchett's  Point,  and  is  dangerous.  Between  this  Reef 
and  the  shore  is  Purrow's  Rock,  lying  AV.  N.  AV.  from  it.  Strangers  should  not  ap- 
proach thenorth  shore  ou  account  of  these  Reefs,  the  Bar  oft"  Connecticut  River,  and 
the  Shoal  off  Cornfield  Point. 

Should  you  want  a  pilot  to  enter  Connecticut  River,  by  making  a  signal  off  the  Bar, 
tliey  will  come  on  board.     The  bar  extends  IJ  td'  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

To  the  S.  AV.  of  Norton's  Point,  which  is  on  the  Long  Island  side,  and  S.  E<frOni 
Falkner's  Light,  the  water  is  shoal  for  tlie  distance  of  3  miles,  but  from  thence  the  shore 
is  bold  until  you  come  up  with  Roanoke  Point,  a  distance  often  miles,  after  passing  this 
point  you  should  not  come  nearer  to  the  shore  than  one  mile,  until  you  are  west  of  Wad- 

*  Throg's  Point  Lighthouse  stands  on  the  S.  E.  point  ofTlirog's  Neck,  and  contains  a  Bxed  light. 


<4«> 


20G 


BLU.NT  S  AMKRICAN  COAST  PIT,OT. 


jnu  River,  on  iUToiint  of  :i  Slioiil  iiU'ilio  •Friar's  Head,  and  llcrrod's  Point,  aftor  pnssmj; 
Wading  Kiver,  you  may  cnirH'  within  ImH'  a  milr  of  iIk;  shore,  till  nearly  np  wiiii  Alounl 
MiHery,  when  yon  shonhl  not  lirin-^  Olil  l''ie!,l  I'oint  Li;;lit  to  hear  W.  of  \V.  by  S.  ^S. 
on  accoiiMt  of  n  shoal  aht-adv  d"s<'nlied. 

SECUNI)  DiiiKCrioNS  Foi:  lll.ACK  ItOCK  1 1  \  !{ lit  )Il.— Hrin-i  the  li-lif  on 
FairweafhPr-W^<id,  to  hear  N.  j  W.  and  run  lor  it,  il' it  shoiilil  he  in  tiieday  lime,  win  n 
on  that  hearing  it  will^anije  uiili  a  single  hill,  situated  in  the  inltrior,  several  rndes.  whi«h 
you  ntiist  keep  in  ra  'C,  imtil  yon  are  disiant  li;il('  a  mile  from  llie  lii;!illioiise,  von  will 
then  have  passed  th'  fthllt^on  the  Cows,  and  u  ill  lie  in  t  I'.iihoms  watir.  wlim  yon  may 
«feer  N.  N.  \V.  until  ?.i,i>ht  li<.';ir.s  K.  hy  S.  Icavint:  a  rock  S.  hy  \V.  (Vomi  ihe  Vi^hl.on 
which  ia  a  Jluoy,  on  j.  r  starhoard  hand,  when  yon  may  anchor;  in  steerit:i;  the  ahove 
courses  you  will  have  5  fathoms,  wlieii  up  witli  tiie  >!pin(iieon  the  Cows,  and  il  shoalens 
gradually. 

BLOCK  ISLAND  TO  OAllDNKirS  I5.\^■.— Monto.k  Toint.  tlic  easternmost 
part  of  Loiiff  Island,  which  has  jj^miii house  on  it.  is  l  lea.iics  \V.  Iiv  S.  iVom  the  S.  W. 
point  of  Block  island,  on  the  Nt'iiiV.  point  of  which  are  two  li^htlioiises;  Ijciwet-n  the 
island  ami  the  point,  there  are  16  and  ]H  (alliomv  "^ii»'f-  As  you  approach  the  point, 
you  will  quickly  come  into  9.  7,  and  T)  fillionw  tTUir.  A  Hal  runs  olf  iVom  tlie  ahove 
point,  on  the  outer  part  of  which  an;  5  tailiooi.  wahr.  rocky  hottoin.  and  S.  hy  W .  fioin 
the  light,  9  miles  distant,  lies  Krishie's  Led  m-.  (  \iciiditii,'  N.  W.  and  S.  ]•■,  4  miles,  with 
.    from  8  to  15  fathoms  on  it,  hard  rocky  'hollniii,  and  deep  water  very  near. 

Between  iMoiitoek  Point  and  Block  Islmid,  thiie  is  a  shoal  with  oidy  4',  fathoms  on 
its  shoalest  part,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in  modi  rale  ^ilcs  from  tin-  south  vaid.  It  lies 
nearly  half  way  between  the  point  of  iVloiiiix  k.  and  tin'  S.  \V.  part  oi'  the  island.  \V. 
by  S.  from  the  latter,  and  about  iC.  y  N.  froin  ihc  fliuliihonse  on  Moiitock.  distant  8', 
miles,  you  suddenly  shoal  your  water  from  i;!to(i  lalhonison  the  N.  \V".  side  of  ilnr  shoal, 
and  before  you  jret  a  second  cast  of  the  lead  yon  are  over  the  shoalcst  part,  into  7,  rt,  10, 
aud  ly,  an(l  then  into  14  fathoms.  The  ripiilin^  oi  llie  tide  is  very  eon-ipicuons  when 
approaching  the  shoal  in  tine  weather,  ami  the  sea  Ineaks  on  it  so  in  bad  weather  that. 
even  in  small  vessels,  it  is  recommp^idcd  to  asoiil  coming  near  it,  especially  in  souilierly 
Of- S.  W.  gales.  You  will  su((clenly  shod  from  l:i  to  !)  fathoms,  and  .Montock  Light 
bearing  W.  ','  S.  8  luiles  tli!i^ut<  you  will  have  .'>'  iatinnns.  The  soundings  from  the 
«hoal  towards  Montock  are(^9,;i4,  IM,  11,  10.  and  9  fathoms.  Towards  tlie  liuhtliousc 
when  it  bears  from  W.  to  vS.  W.by  W.  the  boTtoin  issiron::;  towards  the  slioal  the  bot- 
I^PflJ  i8  coiirse  sand,  and  a  very  strong  tide.  A  shoal  runs  otf  from  the  north  side  of 
'  .^^iBIdck  TslHDd,  2  miles. 

^i'|t»m  jyjpntock  Point,  a  reef  runs  off  in^a  N.  E.  direction,  2  miles,  having  a  bed  of 
^pn.its  outer  ^nd,  with  "Ip.antlS  feet  90  tliein.  on  which  tlie  sea  constantly  breaks. 
causes  a  great  rippUil|fjr  *They  may  iie  ea>lly  avoided  by  keeping  a  ^nod  lead 
,,        i  ruiunding  iVIo]itoL*k,.c(HOe  no  nearer  than  '>-fiUhoms,  or  keep  the  two  blufl's, 
ilia'parts  of  the  huiid  (tqiikh^  '(v'estward   of  Montock)  open  one  of  the  other,  nu- 
ll Wilfis' Point  comes  opetawipl^ptock.Kalse  Point.     These  marks  will  carry  you  clear 
of  all  the  sfaoals  in  37  and  9  fathoms,  aiid  a  N.  by  W.  course  will  then  carry  you  clear 
ijl^tf  the  Shagawanock  Reef,  whichlies  N.  W.  ,^  N.  .'5 ,  miles  from  Montock  Iji'^iithouse, 
ind  has  6  feet  on  its  shoalest  part,  S^fathonis  (ui  the  N.  K.  and  \.  W.  side,  .'!  and  J  fa- 
?  .thonia  on  the  S.  E.  and  S.  \V.  side,  and  3,  4,  and  .'>  fatlioms  between  the  shoal  and  Mon- 
iock  False  Point.     The  tides  set  strong  round  3Ionlo(  k  Point ;  the  flood  N.  E.  and  elib 
;i>  the  contrary.     At  the  Shagawancock  the  (lood  sets  W.  bv  S.  and  e!)hs  to  the  con- 


trary.    When  on  the  fcibagawanock .  in  fi  feet,  ai 
marks.  "  *- 


m 


UKiioreu  a  boat,  and  tuuk  the  I'ollowing 

].  Willis'  Point  in'a  line  with  the  westernmost  point  ol  Fort  Pond   Bay,  or  the  bay 
closed  by  the  points  being  brought  in  a  line  8.  W.  by  \V.  |  W. 
.     2.  Montock  False  Point  S.  about  l\  mile. 

';    3.  The  WhitSs  Cliff,  or' high  sand  hills   on  the  west  end   of  Fisher's  Island,  called 
Mount  Prospect,.}*,  b/  W,  ■}  W. 

4.  The  GuU  Islands  N.  W.  and  the  blulf  sand  clitr  of  Gardner's  Island,  W.     Mon- 


•The  FriftnB  Head  is  a  remarknble  Sand  llill,  to  ilie  east  of  the  Horse  and  Lion,  which  resem- 
T)le»  the  bedhead  of  a  Friar,  it  being  bore  of  trees  on  ilie  to[),  mid  the  soil  while.  The  Horse  niul 
'IiidD'are  tWo  small  spots  in  the  bank,  bare  of  biislies,  wlii('h  some  years  ago  resembled  those  uni- 
tnals. 

t  The  lighthouse  on  Montock  Point  is  on  the  cast  end  of  Long  Island,  bearing  W.  by  S.  from  the 
S.W.  point  of  Block  Island,  4  leagues  distant.  From  Montock  Fvigbtboiif^e  to  the  west  point  of 
flifher^Isliand,  N.  W.  by  N.  13  miles  distant.  The  liirliiiionsc  coatains  a  fixed  light,  elevated 
l^feet^bove  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  may  be  seen  9  or  lU  leagues. 


'oint,  nffpr  pnssing 
■\y  lip  widi  Mount 
.  of  W.  by  S.  J.  S. 

r>iiiij{  tlie  litrhf  oil 
lir  (l;iy  tiirii",  wlicn 
vciiil  iiiilfs.  « liicli 
Jillioiisc,  yon  will 
IT,  w|i»'ii  Mni  iniiy 
fncii  ilic  lii^lit,  (;ii 
"^Ifrriii'j  (III'  iiliovc 
iM,  aii'l  it  slioiilt'o.i 

till?  (•:is|ornmo''t 
"<.  ritmi  the  S.  W. 
iscs  ;  l)cl  wcfii  till) 
)|Ho;,(|i  the  point, 
i|)'  1111111  till'  nliovc 
ml  S.  Iiy  W.  I'loin 
i.  K.  4  miles,  with 
ir. 

ly  4',  fill  horns  on 
)nllrv;iril.      It  lici^ 

the  isi.iiKl.  \V. 
iintoi'k,  cli-<t;uit  H', 
.  si(l(!  oC  lilt'  shoal, 
pail,  iiitu  7,  rt,  10, 
()n-ij)iciioiis  when 
Iki'I  wt'athcr  that, 
ially  ill  smilht'ily 

I  .Moiitock  Liijlit 
niidini^s  (Voin  tin* 
(Is  tlic  lighthouse 
111!  sliiial  tilt;  hot- 
he  north  side  of 

liavin;:;  a  hed  of 
oiislaiiily  Incalis, 
pinu;  a  yood  lead 
p  the  two  bluli's, 

l"    tilt'     OlllPf,    llll- 

II  cany  you  clear 
I  canv  you  clear 
ock  Li<ilitliousc, 

side,  .')  and  4  fa- 
shoal  and  Mon- 
)il  X.  K.  and  i','.th 
i'!>l)s  to  the  cori- 
<ik  tlie  folhiwiniir 

I?ay,  or  the  bay 


's  Island,  called 
and,  W.     Mon- 


ion,  which  rcscm. 

Tiir  Uiir.ue  and 

cinbled  those  uni. 

W.  by  S.  from  the 
the  west  point  of 
(cd  light,  elevated 


BLUISTS  AMERICAN  COAST  IMIOT. 


207 


tork  False  Point  is  2  miles  N.  W.  (roin  the  lighthouse.     Willis'  Poitit  is  the  ?n8terninuat 
|)uint  (d  l-'ort  I'ond  liay. 

In  rimiidiii;;  Mimluck  in  the  nij;lit  (when  the  'and  or  liuht  can  he  fcen)  with  westerly 
pales,  \(iu  may  anchor  when  the  liuhihoii^c  licars  S.  W.  by  .S  in  M  or ')  fathoms,  coarse 
sand.  I  laviii;;  broll^hl  iMoiiiiu  k  to  ihe  suiithwanl  of  west,  the  weiiher  thiek,  you  can- 
not clearly  asceriain  the  disiaix c  you  are  Irom  the  point,  the  lead  inustt  be  your  giiide> 
Steer  as  hii;li  as  W.  N.  W.  until  you  have  j;ot  into  ')  f  itlioms.  •  Steer  oil'  aj:aiti  into  13, 
and  if  you  sinidenly  shoal  from  10  to  (>,  ^teer  oft"  K.  by  N.  until  you  are  in  11  or  12, 
which  snddi  til\  deepens  (as  a  bank  of  not  more  than  .5  fathoms,  exleinls  tr<im  (he  N. 
]•',.  Keel  lo  the  .''^hai;art aiiiic!»)  and  a  !,'oiid  lead  kept  f^oiiiff  will  prev(!nl  you  goitijj;  tuo 
near  ihc^e  >li(ials,  by  .siccnii::  oil  into  J'J  i  i;(l  i;i  1;  ll.«  nis,  I  cfeie  yiii  iilH  n  1 1  lo  steer  to 
the  westuatd,  alter  haviii;:  sounded  in  0  or  7  fathoms.  In  the  d.iy  time,  having  rounded 
iMontiK  k,  and  hound  lo  llardiier's  l!ay,  steer  iN.  I)y' W.limil  you  clearly  discover  that 
Fori  Pond  |5ay,  and  the  red  <  lilf  (jn  the  western  Point,  an;  open  of  Willis'  I'oint;  you 
may  then  sieer  \V.  hy  S.  lor  the  bliii)  point  of  (iardncr's  Isl.md,  and  you  will  pass  be- 
tween the  Slia;j;awanock  and  Middle  (ironiid  (or  ( 'ciberus  JShoals.) 

The  iMiddle  (Jruiind  (or  ( 'crljenisWjs  a  rocky  shoal,  haviii)^  from  'J?  to  5  fathoms  on 
the  shoalcsi  part:  the  north  and  east  sides  tire  stet-p,  having  ID  and  Mi  fathoma  within 
half  a  cable  s  length  ol  the  slioalest  part.  It  csietids  N.  hy  K.  and  S.  by  W.  three  quar- 
ters of  a  mil'',  'l  he  south  and  west  sides  sjioalcn  f;radually  Irom  13,  10,'),  8,  7,  to  5  fa- 
thoms, saiidy  bottom.  It  lit  s  N.  W.  .'  i\.7',  mil.s  from  Montock  Lighthouse;  K.  S.  £^; 
7  iriiles  fioni  lite  (iull  Liuht ;  S.  W.  by  .S.  'J  '  mdes  from  tli«!  lijuhthoiise  on  Watch  HilF 
Point;  f)  miles  S.  hy  E.  '.  K.  Irom  Mount  Prospect,  or  the  hiij;h  sand  hills  on  the  west 
end  of  Fidur'.j  Island.  The  tide  in  f;eiieial  makes  a  {^reat  rippling:;  over  the  shoalest 
j)art.  To  a\(>id  these  roclxs  in  the  day  time,  observe  a  conspicuous  hill  with  a  notch  in 
its  ceMrc,  at  ihe  buck  (d  New  London.  cidUd  Poles  Hill,  'i  his  kept  a  chip's  length 
open,  either  lo  the  eastward  or  wotward  of  iNlount  I'rospect,  (cr  the  sand  hills  of  Fish- 
er's Island)  uill  kee|)  clear  of  the  rocky  slioal,  in  U)  or  15  laihoms  to  the  eastward,  and 
in  H  or  ')  fat  loins  to  the  westward.  'I  he  tide  sets  strong  over  the  .«hoal.  In  ewlni  or  lit- 
tle winds,  ships  shonid  aiicli(ii  before  any  of  the  marks  or  bearings  iire  too  near. 

jJeiiij;  lioM  (i  for  New  ijondon,  and  having  hroiijiht  the  (jull  Lij;l)t  W.  by  N.  and  th« 
light  on  \\  atth  Hill  N.  K.sicerso  auto  open  New  London  Lighthouse  of  F^^her's  isl- 
and ;  and  wh«  n  the  sjiire  of  Mew  Lot  don  Cliurch  is  in  one  wiili  the  ;;ap  on  Pole's  Hill, 
steering  with  it   if  that  direction  will  (any  you   between  the  Race  Rock  (on  which  is 
spindh    or  Ikikoii)  and  th"  itdddle  J\aie  Koi  k,  on  which  are  J7  feet  at  half'flood,  ^i 
li(!s  abont  hall  way  Irom  ttie   Kac(>  Peacou  and  the  (itill  light,  or  you  may  bring 
Jjondon  liuh^lioiuse  a  bail's  breadth  lo  the  eastward  of-  the  church  spire,  bearing  N. 
which  will  carry  you  to  the  westward  of  the  jiiiddic  Race  fiock,  or  between  tjbat  a 
Ciull  lighthouse.     You  may  thenstier  direct  for  Ncjft London  Lighthouse.    « 

AI'dut  .'!  niles  within  i^ltinioi  k  Point,  1^  mile  filij^|Le  shore,  lies  a  re^,  fi 
W.  .',  N.  iVoi  1  iho  point,  (,n  wliiidi  there  aie  fi  feot  watelj|*»vhich  is  very  dail^ffib^ 

S.  by  W.  a!ioiU  ')  miles  from  Montock  light,is  a  sAttll  Wishing  bank,  having 
and  lij  failn  ins  on  it,  before  mentioned. 

In  the  (.(iiii  ^  between  ^lontoi  k  i'.nd  Plonk  Island,  it  is  high  water  at  half  past  10» 
and  chaii'je,  I  lit  on  the  ;d;(.ie  two  hours  siKUier.     *' 

l\loiit(i(  k  False  I'oiiit  i.s  about  'J  miles  W.  N.  W.  from  the  true  point.     The  Sh 
wanock,  or  Mix  Kect  Pu)cky  .Shoal,  lies  N.  li  mile   from  it,  and  has  been  previously  iS^'^ 
scribed.     W  illis'  Point  is  on  the  east  side  (d'  the  cntrauce  of  Fort  Pond  Bay.     Thi(»  bsij^- J 
is  very  c(!i.V(  i  jeiit  for  wooding  and  wiiiering  ;  the  ground  is  clear  and  good,  and  you  Hn&y  !' 
anclinr  in  any  (le|:tli  yju  pleaK'.     In  a  hu'jie  ship  you  may  hrinjf'\Villis'  Point  to  bear 
N.  1'^  and  e\cn  N.  F.  hy  i\.  and  then  have  in  tlie  middle  about  7  fathoms  water.     Near 
the  .shore  at  the  hott'mi  of  the  l;:iy  llu'ie  is  a  pond  of  fresh  water. ' 

The  N.  K.  1  art   (  f  (laidiier's   Island  is  h\  leagues  W.  N.  W.  from   Montock  Point. 
With  wcsieily  winds  you  may  anchor  off  this  part  of  the  island,  whfch  is  sandy;  the 
marks  (or  anchoring  are  the  Lighthouse  of  Plumb  Island  N.  W.  anA  the  south  part  iof , 
(Jardner's  Ishiiid  in  sight,  bearing  .S.  by  W.  or  S.  you  will  have  12  or  10  fathoms  water. 
The  bottom  is  sand  and  inud.  "^  •.;, 

The  entrance  of  (iardner's  I5ay  is  formed  by  the  north  end  of  Gardner's  Islan^^aiQtt' 
the  south  (lid  (d'  Phiiub  Island.  H  you  are  bound  tlirough  the  Sound  towards^vNe^- 
York,  your  passage  from  (Jardner's  1?  ly  is  between  the  west  end  of  Plumb  Island ftlld' 
Oyster  Pond,  through  which  channel  yon  will  have  from  4  to  120  fathoms  water.  '9^beh 
going  into  the  bay,  you  may  go  within  a  cable's  length  of  Gardner's  Island,  whef^  yon 
will  have  10  fathoms  water.     You  should  be  careful  not  to  go  too  nigh  "Gull  Rock,  (W' 


-A,- 


*  This  is  n  single  black  Rock,  between  Plumb  Island  and  Great  Gull,  and  called  "Old  8ila|.** 
(See  page  203.)  ( 


.i»<ifcA.aa 


jJiS 


208 


IJLl  >T  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


iht'ie  i«  :i  idcky  s|ii»t  one  iiml  a  liiilT  milo  iVoiii  it,  on  wliirli  iIhtc  arc  thit'u  fallioriis  at 
low  water.  Tliis -lioiil  Iu-^miiIi  llic  tiilldwiii;;  iimiKs  iiml  lii;iiiiii;s,  viz. — ii  lioiisc  on 
IMuiiib  Ishiii)!,  (.staiiiliii;:  iilniiit  niii'-thiiil  ni'  llic  way  lict\M.-rii  tiic  iiiiililli-  atiil  I  In'  \.  1;. 
end)  oil  witli  tliu  ii()riliciniiiii.>t  ol  |!ii'  t^vt  tiii-s  ultirli  aiipcii' Ik  ymiil  tin-  Ihhim' ;  tliu 
iiurth  eiiil  of  IMiiiiilt  l.-.laiiil  lo  liiar  N.N.  W.  or  N.  Iiy  W.  \  \V.  ami  tlii'  simtlifiiiiiaist 
end  of  IMinnb  Island  on  uiili  llii>  iioiilin'nnKiil  iiomt  nf  liim'g  Island.  In  uidrr  in  rivnid 
thiit  rock,  when  going  into,  or  ((uiiiii^  out.  of  (iaiiiniM's  Day,  you  must  bu  suit  to  hie|) 
the  south  point  of  Phinili  Islaiul  o|iru  of  llic  N-  W.  puiiit  m  \,ni\'j,  L:^laiid,  ultil.-t 
the  house  on  [Muinl)  Inland  is  on  with  tlir  n'i|-.ht>nMuo.i(  of  llur  two  tri.i's,  as  I'liorc 
mentioned.  There  are  several  trees,  liut  tliey  apiifar,  when  vicucd  at  a  dlstiiino.  lo  be 
only  two  trees.  Tiiis  slioal  is  railed  by  some,  the  IJcdford  Kock,  beeanse  the  Kii;li.sli 
•hi))  Bedford  grounded  on  it,  August  16,  l/rtO.  K.  by  N.  one  leaijue  iVom  I'liimb  Ulaiiil, 
lies  a  dangerous  reef,  which  «!Xteiid-i  lo  liic  (inll  l-ilundi,  and  tin-  |i:i-.sau(!  between  is  imt 
fit  to  be  attempted,  us  there  are  seviial  ukUs,  some  of  which  may  be  s,«cu.  In  (iard- 
ner's  Bay  you  may  anchor  in  wliai  ilt'|)ili  id'  water  you  please,  front  6  to  H  fathoms. 

On  the  S.  W.  side  of  Gardner*!  Island  tlieie  is  very  t,'ood  riding.  If  you  are  to  the 
eastward  of  this  island,  with  an  eaiiterly  wind,  and  wish  to  take  shelter  under  llie  .S.  W. 
Bide,  you  must  give  the  N.  W.  end  (d'  the  island  a  |;ip;c  berth,  as  above  direited,  and  as 
youopen  the  west  side  of  the  island,  you  may  liiul  round  the  N.  W.  point,  and  anclior 
where  you  please.     The  soundings  ar<^  rc'^nlar. 

Ships,  in  turning  up  iiito  (iardner's  Hay,  an  I  standinj;  to  the  sonthward,  uill  obsfTvi; 
a  single  conspicuous  tree  on  the  ici.  E.  part  of  I'lumb  Island,  and  tackini;  belore  it  is 
brouxht  to  touch  the  south  end  of  the  wood  on  IMiiml)  Island,  will  avoid  the  .'^uperi)'s 
Reef,  which  lies  E.  by  N.  |  N.  from  the  low  p.iuit  on  (Jaidner's  Island,  one  third  of  a 
mile  distant.  It  theu  extends  S.  K.  by  ^.  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile,  and  is  about  :J()U 
yards  broad:  Three  fathoms  on  the  middle,  (>  (a;liinns  close  to  the  N.  W'.end.  1,  I',,  and 
6  fathoms  close  to  the  S.  IC.  end,  5  and  (»  failioms  close  to  tiie  east  ' 'de,  lyinj^  parallel 
with  the  low  point  of  the  island.  'I'o  avoid  llii.4  shoal,  liie  leaditi;^  mark  into  (Iardner's 
Bay  is  to  keep  Plumb  (Jul  a  sh'hjs's  breadth  o|irn.  .Sianil  to  the  noiiliward  until  Plumb 
Gul  is  nearly  closing  on  the  N.  E.l^hitf  of  Lou'^  Islami,  nearly  touching  the  ,S.  K.  point 
of  Plumb  Island,  and  until  New  London  Lighiliouse  is  broui^ht  to  the  north  and  west 
of  the  Gull  Lighthouse,  but  tack  bcfon-  the  ])oinis  close,  or  stand  into  no  less  lii  ni  7  fa- 
thoms water,  otherwise  you  may  shoot  over  on  tin-  Bedford  Pcef,  which  is  a  bed  of  rocks, 
about  30  yards  wide  and -100  loija,  lyinj*  S.  ^J.  and  i\'.  W.  with  If)  or  17  feet  on  its  shoal- 
t  part.     You  may  anchor  in  (Ta#vtuer's  J5ay  in  .5  or  ()  fathoms.     New  London  Lii;hi- 

use  kept  a  ship's  breadth  open  to  the  eastward  ni'  Plumb  Island,  will  run  you  op  into  the 

'die  of  the  bay,  into  the  deepest  water,  and  .,iii  of  the  tide.  Ships  iioinu;  in  t!irou;,'h 
ace,  or  going  out  of  N^w  liondon,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Middle  llace  Kock,  (wliicli 
17  feet  on  it  at  half  fltibd^ud  lies  about  h;'.lf  way  from  the  Race  J5eaion  and  the 
hthouse,)  havintjfrom^3ir^3i2  fathoms  on  the  north  side,  and  from  It)  to  .io  on 
i^,'«houl(l  observe  tntfijirewing  marks: — Going  out  of  the  roads,  and  to  the 
W<^t%af«l  of  the  rock,  which  is  Ijif  best  channel,  bring  the  spire  (d' New  London  Church 
a  sail'k  breadth  open  to  the  westwjfrd  of  the  liirhthouse  ;  keep  this  mark  until  a  i;n>\e  oi 
treee,  standing  on  a  high  hill  on  Fisher's  Island,  comes  on  with  the  east  side  ol  iMonnt 
Prospect,  or  the  wliite  sand  hills  tniiCliie  S.  W.  nide  of  Fisher's  Island,  N.  bi)^  E.,  or  the 
^Ull  LiglU  W.  S.  W.     The  tide  flows  at  the  (Jull  llli.  ;'.0m.,  full  and  change. 

■^To  go  to  the  northward  of  this  rock,  and  to  tlie  southward  of  Race  Jlork  beacon,  bring 
.New-London  Church  spire' iu  one  with  the  middle  of  tiie  gap  on  Pole's  Hill,  at  the  back 
of  New-London  (N.  8°  W.) ;  keep  this  .mark  until  Watch  Mill  Li;j;litl)ouse  comes  a 
little  open  of  the  scTuth  side  of  Fisher's  Island,  JN.  71)^  E.,  and  when  the  (iull  Light- 
house is  in  one  with  the  middle  of  Great  Gull  I. land,  S.  73°  AV.,  you  are  then  to  the 
eastwai;d  of  the  rock.  Coming  up  the  Sound  through  the  Kacc,  biing  Watch  Hill 
Lighthouse  just  6peu  of  the  south  side  of  Fislu-r's  Island,  until  the  south  l)uin|)lin  comes 
open  to  the  northward  of  the  north  part  of  I'isher's  Island,  orvmtil  New-London  fjiglit- 
housfe  bears  nort%  ybu  are  then  to  the  westward  of  the  llacc  lvo(d<,  and  may  steer  for 
the  Lighthouse  of  New-London,  and  aiuhor  in  the  roads,  with  IMontock  fjighthonse 
S.  E.  by  S.  then  just  open  of  the  west  point  of  Fisher's  Island,  Gull  Lighthou.-e  S.  W. 
hy  S.,  and  New-London  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.,  and  the  gap  and  s])ire  of  the  church  in 
one;  you  will  have  l2  fathoms,  stilfclay  bottom. 

Going  to  the  westward  through  the  Race,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Race  Rock, 
Steer  for  the  Gull  Lighthouse,  keeping  it  to  the  northward  of  west  until  New-London 
Lighthouse  bears  N.  ^  E.,  than  steer  for  it,  leaving  the  Gull  Lighthouse  half  a  mile  on 
j(|ie  larboard  hand. 

'•'i^ffihe  above  to  be  observed  in  case  the  weather  should  be  thick,  and  New-London 
i&^^el^<jHnre  not  to  be  seen,  or  when  the  Gull  Lighthouse  bears  S.  by  W.  You  may 
thwtlWw  I^.  N.  EiTor  the  roads,  making  allowances  for  tides,  which  are  very  strong  in 


li> 


of 


Fi^ 


w 


Bf,r\TS  AMI'.UICAN  COANT  PILOT. 


209 


irco  fatlioriis  at 
',.— ;i  lioiise  oil 
and  llif  N.  l]. 
Iif  liiiusi';  tliu 

siiiiilu'iiuiioiit 
i  uriicr  to  nviiid 
)L'  suit"  to  keep 

Islaiiil,  whilst 
(V.VH,  »H   lii'i'oro 

(lisiaiii  0,  ti)  b«; 
St:  tliu  Kn^^li.sli 

IMiiinhMaiiil. 

lu'lWt'l'M    IS   Ildt 

'lU.  ill  (iaiil- 
<  latlioiiis. 
Jim  ail!  ti)  the 
idlT  tlif  S.  W. 
lii't'i'ti.Ml,  and  as 
lit,  and  aiicliur 

■rl,  will  ulistTvt! 

ini;    Iii'I'dix'  it  \h 

I  the    Siipt-rh'B 

(11113  tliiid  u(  a 

id  is  ahmil  :JOU 

, end,  -1,  lU  and 

',  lyiiii;  paralhd 

iiitii  (iardiicr's 

ii'd  iiiitii  I'luiiih 

liu'  S.  E.  [Mint 

iKiilh  and  west 

I  less  tliiii  7  la- 

a  bed  of  rocks, 

ft  1)11  its  shoal- 

IjOiiduii  Lii;ht- 

you  up  into  lilt- 

iii<^  in  tliroiiiih 

■  Kock,  (which 

oaiou  and  the 

111  ID  to  .'>()  on 

s,  and  to  tlir, 

otidon  Chiireli 

ntil  a  i^rove  ol' 

side  ol  Mount 

M)^  K.,  or  the 

ange. 

iHacoii,  hrini; 
ill,  at  the  b;ick 
uise  comes  a 
e  (iull  Li;:;ht- 
re  then  to  the 
Wateh  Hill 
iMi|iiin  eonies 
joiidon  Liij^ht- 
iiiay  <teer  lor 
V  Liuhthonse 
ithouse  S.  W. 
tlie  cliurcli  in 

:;  Race  Rock, 
New-London 
half  a  mile  on 

New-London 

V.     You  may 

yety  strong  ia 


the  Kaep.  Flood  riiii.s  lo  the  wrstwnnl  till  llti.  ItOin.riill  and  ehangp  dayxof  (he  moon; 
hut  ill  New-liOiidoii  roatU,  only  ')li.  .'IDiii.  It  ri^^es  T)  or  d  feet  sprint;  tidrit.  Th« 
tl.iod  sets  throimh  the  roads,  tiiM  hall  tlo  .d  W.  N.  W.  last  hall  W.  .S.  \V.  Kbb,  firit 
tpiarier,  sets  S.  S.  K.  the  last  (iiree  (jiiarleis  .S.  K.  Cor  the  S.  W.  point  ot"  Fisher's  iNlantl. 

To  uo  throiij;h  I'lunih  (iiii  to  the  we>.i*vai(l,  uive  I'iiie  I'oini,  which  iu  steep,  a  berth 
of  J",  cables'  leiii;lh,  and  sieersoas  to  brini;  the  north  bhilf  ol  IMiiiiib  Island  N.  by  W. 
,',  W'.  Keep  it  in  that  bearing;  until  yoii  have  i)rou.:ht  (he  poplar  tree  clear  of  the  east 
end  of  Air.  .ItToiiie's  house,  or  until  >ou  have  i;o(  I'liie  l'oin(  (o  the  Noudiwartl  of  east; 
yoii  uill  then  ol)-ierve  a  Mood  close  lolaiid  of  (he  lii^h  i)lulVof  Lung  Lsland,  which  whfin 
iic;iriiiL'  W.  \  >S.  will  be  in  one  with  the  rocky  poii>(,  whicli  is  the  next  point  tti  the  Oyster 
I'oud  I'oiiit.  Steering  with  the  wood  and  (iiis  point  in  one,  will  carry  you  clear  of  th« 
l-eel,  which  lies  otf  the  norlli  bliilf. 

Ill  riiiiiiin^  (hroiuh  to  the  eastward,  keep  the  [mint  ov8r  the  miildle  of  the  wood  ba- 
fore-ineiitioiied,  uetil  (he  poplar  tree  is  (o  (he  wes(  end  t)f  the  house;  then  steer  lo  th« 
Hoiiihward,  uiviiiu  I'iiie  Point  a  berth,  as  before.  I'iiie  Point  E.  \  S.  will  lead  clear  of 
the  shoals  coniiii'j;  to  (he  eas(\\aril. 

The  (ide  runs  (>  or  7  knots  in  the  (Ji^t.  The  flot)d  sets  about  N.  N.  W.  ai^d  the  ebb 
S.  S.  K.     Jt  Hows  at  10  o'clock  on  the  full  and  change  days  of  the  moon. 

Murks  for  the  y'lilianVs  or  MidiUe  Wire  rock,  vhirh  has  orili/  17  fret  on  it  at  half  flood, 
ami  lies  about  luilf  inn/  fiom  Ike  lioce  lieacon,  and  l)ie  Gull  Lighthouse. 

1.  New- London  lii^hlhouse  in  one  with  two  conspicuous  trees,  which  stand  on  the  de^ 
clivity  (da  hill,  at  the  back  of  New-i^oiidon,  being  remarkable  for  a  gap  on  its  summit, 
N.4    W. 

'J.  TiiR  we.«t  ii'n\e  of  the  south  Duinplln  just  touching  with  the  north  1)111  or  poiQt  n( 
Fisher's  Island  N.  JP  K. 

n.  The  east  blulf  point  of  the  Great  (iull  Island  in  one  with  the  west  lower  extreme  of 
Little  (iull  Island,  or  the  (iull  lii^hthouse,  a  small  sail's  breadth  open  to  the  eaetwaird  of 
the  east  part  of  (ireat  (iull  Island  S.  (>  I  ^  VV. 

4.  The  north  end  of  Lona;  Island  ius(  shut  in  with  the  N.W.  point  of  Plumb  Islan4 
,S.  7(}^  \V.  (lull  iisjlithouse  S.  (j3^  \V.  and  Mouijt  Prospector  High  White saq4  l^il)t  0» 
Fisher's  Island,  N.  ()()^  E.  , 

Marks  for  ih'  New- Bedford  rerf  a  hrd  of  rocks  ahout  30  yards  broad,  and  400  yardf  Ipn^ 
li/ing  iS.  E.  and  N.  M".  with  1 6  or  \7  feet  on  its  ahoalcst  part. 

1.  The  N.  E.  end  of  the  northernmost  grove  of  trees  on  Plumb  Island,  touohiogjftjk 
south  declining  end  of  the  south 'riiinost  of  the  White  sand  hills  on  Plumb  Im^, 
These  sand  hills  are  the  two  next  south  of  the  houses  Iq  the  bay. 

vi.  A  larjre  notch  or  ^ap  in  the  wood  on  the  main  land,  to  the  westward  of  Black. : 
a  sa.l's  breadth  open  to  the  northward  of  a  single  bl:<cl(  rock,  which  is  between  ti^jhl^i 
end  of  (jreat  Gull  Island,  and  the  N.  E.  end  of  Plumb  Jslaod  N.  W.  b^  IJ. 


Thus  appears  the  rock,  called  Old  Silas. 


d 


■# 


Murks  for  a  bed  of  rocks,  about  40  yards  square,  lying  three  quarters  of  a  mile  off  thort^- 
on  the  S,  E.  side  of  Ptunib  Island.     At  low  kvater  the  shoalest  part  has  not  more  tJum 
three  feet  on  them,  and  about  the  size  of  a  small  boat's  bottom.     It  may  be  seen  at  lorn' 
water  ;  thrr.e  falliums  all  round,  riot  more  than  eight  feet  from  the  rock.     Other  parti  of 
the  reef,  eight  falhuins  are  around  the  shual, 

1.  Th^  largest  house  with  two  chimneys  in  the  bay,  east  side  of  Plumb  Islan^^;>j^ 
with  a  larue  stune  or  rock  on  a  hill  beljind  the  house  N.  33°  W. 

•J.  The  (full  lighthouse  touching  the  cast  end  of  (ireat  Gull  Island,  N.  66°  E. 

.">.  The  White  sand  hills  on  the  south  side  of  Fisher's  Island,  or  Mount  Prospect, 
half  way  open  to  the  westward  of  (ireat  (iull  Island.  S.  E.  part  of  ^lumb  Island,  S, 
74-' W.  and  the  N.  E.  end  of  same,  N.  45^  E. 

Marks  for  a  shoal  in  the  middle  of  Plumb  (hit,  which  is  a  compound  of  rocks  and  large 
stones,  with  onhj  Uy  feet  on  it,  having  l'>  antl  17  fathoms  on  the  N.  E.  side.,  20  on  the  rf. 
IF',  and  ()  and  7  on  the  south  side.      IVhen  on  the  shoal,  took  the  following  marks: 
1.   A  small  po])lar  tree  in  one  with  Mr.  Jerome's  door,  N.N.E. 

'  on  Gardner's  Idr 


and,  S.  E.  bv  E 


■ipici 


grey 


3.  Oyster  Pond  Point  W.  \  N.  and  the  .S.  E.  (or  Pine  Point  of  Plumb  Islan^)  E 
N.  and  the  rocky  point  or  bluft'  point  of  Plumb  Island,  north.     The  passage 
Plumb  Gut  is  to  the  northward  of  this  rock. 

27 


tara' 


310 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


j.r    ■ 


There  is  anotlinr  locU.  with  only  24  feet  njion  it,  about  400  yards  from  the  rocky  or 
blurt'  point, oil  Phinil)  Island,  on  the  hitter  of  wliich  is  a  revolving  light. 

MarJxS  for  anchoring  in  Plumb  Inland  Roads. 

Mount  Prospect  or  the  hii^h  white  sand  hills  of  Fisher's  Island,  touching;  the  Ciiili  light- 
bpuse,  N.  62"  K.  and  {te  N.  E.  part  ol  Loii'.'  island  in  one  wiih  the  S  '•".end  ol'  I'iuinl) 
Island^  bearing*  W.or  llkeast  Iditll' points  ol' (ianiner^s  Island  in  one  with  the  low  hcach 
which  extends  from  the^ortli  side  of  the  island,  S.  40"^  E.  With  these  m^rKs  yon  will 
have  from  7  to  8  fathoins,  soft  niiid,  and  quite  ont  of  the  fide,  and  not  nure  than  three 
quartertj  of  a  mile  from  the  shore  of  Plumb  Island,  where  there  is  very  convenient  and 
good  water. 

From  Block  Island  a  reef  of  rocks  lies  one  mile  distant  from  the  north  end  of  th«; 
island. 

Sonth-Vest  Ledge  lies  W.  S.  W.  from  Block  Island,  4  iniies  distant,  havin<r  4 ',  fatlioms 
at  low  water,  and  breaks  a  heavy  sea.  As  you  open  the  passage  between  Moniork  and 
Block  Island,  you  will  deepen  your  wafer,  and  have  soft  bottom  on  ar.  E.  N.  E.  course, 
and  when  abreast  of  Block-Island,  yoii'will  shoalen  your  water  to  satidy  bottom;  when 
past  it,  you  will  again  deepen  to  soft  bottcftn. 

[For  more  particular  directions  for  passing  Block  Island,  where  are  two  lighthouses, 
seepage  198.] 


■fr 


Bearings.  ancT'dlstances  of  sundry  places  from  the  li  •ihlhouse.  on  Montock  Point. 

The  S.  part  of  B|ock  Island  bears^.  bj-  N.  from  the  lighthouse  on  Montock  Point, 
20  miles  distant.  "^   ♦., 

The'eastero  rips  Vie.  E.  by  N...lj  mile  froin  the  lighthouse.  The  northern  rips  lie  N. 
E.'^JE.  3  miles  from  the  lighthouse.  ^  These  rips,  although  they  may  ap|,t  n  to  the  ma- 
riner dangerous,  ni'^y  be  crossed  with  any  draft,  in  ii,  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms. 

Shagawanock  Reef,  on  whicjb  a  spear,is  placed,  bears  N.  W.*-^  N.  from  the  lighthouse 
on  Montock  Point,  3  miles  dlsijlnt ;  rhe  reef  ranges  N.  by  E.and  S.  by  W.  about  dne 
quarter  of  a  mile  in  length.  'JPhere  is  a  good  (  hannel  way  between  the  reef  and  I^ong 
Island,  about  IV  mile  wide,  in  5,  'l,'ai)d  S^H.homs  water. 

Frisb'.e'g  ledge  is  only  a  p\ace  of  han^rocky  bottom  before  yon  approach  the  li  jlithouse 
Ip  ttie  we8lward;,from  8'to  1ft  (flPhcMns,  anrfuo  ways  dangerous  to  any  vessel.  You  may 
Ireep  the  shore  on  bopl'd  fru  '  to^ighland8^(say  three  (jaarlers  of  a  mile)  and  haul  round 
i»i»ntock.    '/  -  .  W       ' 

SChe^ast-end  of  Fisher's  Isjand  iSeirs  N.  J  W.  from  the  lighthouse  on  Mctfltock  Point, 

h  Hill  Poinf  lighthouse  (which  contains  a  re[)eating  light)  bears  nearly  N.  from 
',distantl4  rnilesj  there  is  a  reef  extending  from  Fisher's  Isl- 
'atchHiH,  Point,  leaving  a  passage  between  the  E.  end  of  the  reef  and  Watch 
'daillJ' 'int,halfamile.  <*' 

"^    The  Kice  Rock,  where  there  is  an  iron  spear  placed,  bearing  .S.  W.  iiy  W.  three  qnar- 
,  t'ers  pf  :(|jlnile  rropj  the  W.  Po!i|^  of  Fisher's  Island,  bears  irom  Montock  lighthouse, 
•V  N..  W.  bJ  N.  13 Voiles  '/listanu     '  • 
■;■  The  Qnll  Islands  biar  S.  W;  by  W..froni  the  Race  Rock,  4  miles  distant.     The  light- 
house stagid'ing  mi  the  west  chop  o'i  New-Eonddn  Harbor,  bears  N.  by  W.  I  W.  '>  miles 
^rom  the  spear  on  the  Race  Rock.  '  On  the  Liritle  (Jiill  Island  there  i«  a  lighthouse  con- 
Iftining  a  fixed  light,  bearing  ^.  W.  by  W.  from  the  west  point  ol'  Fisher's  Island,  four 
niiles  distant.  ■»      %      , 

,  Bartlett's  Beef,  on  "wnich  h  buoy  and  light  vessel,  with  one  mast  and  a  bell,  are  placed, 
bea»¥  N.  W.  by  W.  i  W.  4  miles  distant  from' the  llace  Rock. 

,      liittle  Goshen^  Reef,  wl.ere  a  buoy  is  placed,  i)ears  N.  E.  J  E.  about  2  miles  distant 
T'rora  the  bi^oy  otl  B<irtlet:'s  Reef. 

The  lighthouse  at  New-London  Harbor,  bears  frym  the  buoy  on  Little  Goshen  Reef, 
N.  N.  E.  i  E.  about  1^  mile  distant,  and  contain^  a  fixed  light. 

The  S.  'W.  ledge,  where  a  buoy  is  placed,  bears  N.  by  W.  from  the  Race  Rock,  4J 
miles  distant. 

The  cast  chop  rff  Nftw-London  Harbor  bears  N.  by  E.  |  E.  from  the  .S.  W.  ledge,  l 
inile  distant. 

The  llghrfiouse  pears  from  the  buoy  on  S.  W.  ledge  N.  W.  by  N.  l  mile  distant. 


inns 


GARDNER'S  KLAND  TO  .^^HELTER  l.^EAND.— If  you  fall  in  with  (iard- 
iJer'fl  JslljtnJfyoU  must  sail  on  the  X.  side  of  it  till  yon  coiiu'  up  with  a  low  sandy  point  at 
t^e'W/.end,  which  puts  otl"  two  miles  fiom  the  Highland.  Von  may  bring  ihc  island  to 
biar  east,  and  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water,  as  soun  us  within  the  low  sandy  point. 


oi 

y<i 
vo 

ill 

'W  I 

so 


m  the  rockv  or  • 


orth  cn'l  of  thai; 


two  lighthouses, 


;  reef  hiiiI  Lonji 


McJfltock  Point, 


».fT>' 


BLUiXT  S  AMKUICA.N  COAST  PILOT. 


(lARPNKTJ'S  ISLAM)  T< »  "N'KW-I.nNnOX,— Vm/rnmsf!  from  th*' easi 
of  (iiirdiKM's  lsl:»rui  to  .\(;\v  Ldtidon  is  N.  ,',  K.  iilioiii  I  l»':ij;Jp».     In  steering  this  c( 


east  end 
course 
von  will  leave  riiilnl>  Ul.iiid  jmkI  (iu!l  Islands  on  ymir  larliOiird,  ar.d  l-'i^l.cr's  Isliind  on 
voiir  starboard  hand.  In  this  ])a.ss,  vou  will  .ijo  llir  )ii;;h  the  llo,>e  Kai^e,  where  vou  will 
iiavea  .-troii<;  riile.  'I'he  llonil  sets  \V.  N.  \V.  and  the  elib  E.  .S.  E.  This  place  breakf 
when  there  is  any  wiiid,  espeeiaily  wlien  it  blows  ai^ainsl  the  tide.  Your  soundings  Will 
sometitnes  he  .')  fathoms-,  at  othei's  lo  and  'JO.  * 

•  !n  passiiiii' llTe  west  end  ol'  Kishers  Ifiiahd,  vou  imist  pive  it  n  berth  of  one  mile,  at 
there  are  several  roeks  to  the  westward  of  it;  tlnn  yonr  course  to  the  lijjhthouse  is  N. 
bv  W.  ilisiant  two  leagues;  but  in  fioi^ig  in  here  you  must  not  make  Ions;  hitcl.es:  you 
will  leHve  a  sunken  k•ll^e  on  your  lai'board,  and  one  o'l  your  siarboanl  hand.  AVhen 
wiiliin  one  mile  of  .the  |i;;lithouse,  you  may  stand  on  t »  the  (jaslward,  till  the  light  beart 
.iV'.  N.  W.  and  then  run  up  about  N.  N.  p.  till  ubrcasi  of  the  light,.wherfe  you  quiy  safe- 
ly anchor,  or  run  N.  for  th;-.  town.  ' 

KK  W-LUNT)pN.-^If  you  are' bound  irito  New-Lwndon,  after  petting  to  the  norih- 
ward  of  the  8.  W.  part  of  Fislu'r's<T-:land,  keep  New  London  licht  bearing  from  N.  N. 
W.  to  N.  N.  K.  if  you  are  beating;  to  windward,  hut  if  the  wind  is  fair,  brine  the  light' to 
bear  N.  when  at  the  distance  of  •..•  lea;;ties,  and  run  directly  for  it;  leave  it  on  your  lar- 
board hand  in  runuins  hi;  when  in.  you.may  have  j^ood  anchoring  in  4  or  5  fathonjs  wa- 
ter, clayey  bottom.  .  In  coming;  out  crt'  New-Lc  4on,  and  bound  West,  when  you  have 
lelt  the  harl)or,  brin';;  t)ie  light  to  bear  N.  iV.  K.  and  steer  <iifectly  S.  SyW.  till  you  come 
into  1.5  tathoms  water,  in  order  to  clear  a  reef  that  lies  on  your  starboard  hand,  when  the 
norih  part  of  Fisher's  Island  will  bear  K.  distant  2  leagues.  If  a  .iihif)  could  have  a  fair 
departure  froii|;i  the  middle  of'the  Race,  find  was  conuielled  to  run  in.a  dark  night,;OX> 
thick  Weather,  the  best  course  would  be  \V.  to  Stratford  Poitit,  and  would  afford  ^he 
larizest  run'  yf  anv  one  course.  •         * 

.\K\V-J.O.NI)<)N  OR-  WESTWARD— Keep" Gull  Islandlight  to-bear  \V.  NtW. 
until  you  judge  yourself^withiii  about  tvvomiles  of  th'elight ;  your  course  then  to  New»- 
London  liaht  (after  you  pass  liace   Rock,  which"  lie.'*  W.£.  W.  from  the  point  of  Fish- 
er's Island,  dijjtance  i  of  a  mile)  is  N.  ■'  W.  -  jjft^jiHtiing  ,4tj,  or  going  out  of  New-Lon- 
don, (when  opposite  the  Gull  h'clit)  bring  the  |?iiH  lljljht  tobgar  S.  S.  W.  and  New-Lon-. 
don  light  .\.  N.  E.  leave  the  light  on  your  brl^Kir^ifepd  in  giving  into  the  harbor;  keep 
well  to  the  W.  if  it  be  winter  season,  and  wind  df-  N.  Ji,^!jiijfii  sternly.— your  course  td^ 
break  oH'  a  N.  E;  gale,  in  good  anchorage,  is  W.  ><.  /ijjj^jgm  the  Gi-iH,  distance  S^nilei,'*!.^ 
then  haul  up,  if  the  wind  be  N.  E.  and  steer  N.  W.  nMPy.Oli  Jfel'.inffrlO  fathoms  of^wA-j^, 
ter,  muddy  bottom;  anchor  as  soon  as  possiBle-^-yoi^F^l  be  between  ^Hntchett's 
and  Black  Poii^t ;  this  is  the  best  place  you  can  ride  fnt*if  you  have  a  N.  E.  gale,,i||jjid 
vliick  weather,  anil  cannot^l  into   New-London,     f  Sayu|pok  lighC  will  thep  beais 
bvN.orW.  N.  W.  c     •  '         p^^^.. 

Saybrook  is  not,  a- good  Jiatbor  to  enter,  but  if  you  must  attempt  it,  ^ring  thp|{jpi^k 
house  to  bear  N.  N.  W.,and  ste«r./or^  it  uotQ^within  one  mile,  then  deet  N.^^EI^ill  tn».^* 
li;iht  l>ears  N.  W.  by  VV.  and  then  run  for  it  until  wiihiO'.  half  a  mile  distaoce,  from 
whieh  a  N.  N.  W.  course  will  carry  a  vessel  J)kp  the  river  to  good  anchorage  ^.near' the  ,1 
town.  A  .J  * 

When  bo\md  up  Sound,  and  off  Saybrook  Light  in  clear  weaf^er/Wive  it  a4)ert)vt>f 
three  or  fiuir  mites  ;  your  sounri  course  then  is  W.  S.  XV.  ^  W.,  ."^OtwihP^  (ji'^tsitlt,  which 
will  carry  you  up  with   Eaton's  Neck   Lit;lil.  leaving.  Stratford  Shoal  on  the  starbbiardh 
hand.     This  shoal,  whieh  has  a  white  spar  Imoy  on  the  south,  and  black  sparJ)uoy  otl, 
the  north,  between  which  you  cannot  go.  Iiears  north  from  Satauket  (Long  Ijilandfand 
Si  ,3''  W.  from  Stratford  Point  Liuht.     The  !)\u)y<iare  placed  in*19  feet  water.     In  leav- 
ing I'aikner's  Island  Light  north  twi)  miles,  steer  W.  (upnfyou  get  into  5  or  7.  fathom*- 
water,)  distance  JO  miles  to  Stratford  Point  Light,  hard  bottom,  which  leaves  Stratford   • 
Shoal,  that  bears  S.  by  W.  from  the  light,  on  the  larboard  hand  ;    then  your  couracif . » 
W.  S.  W.  to  Mantinieoek  Point.  "  '  ^ 

FROM  PH'MB   Gl'T  TO  GREKXPORT— Vessels  bound  to  Greennort  may 
make  their  course  S.  W.  and  ruir;i  miles,  which-will  carrv  you  up  to  Ben's  Point,  on,, 
Long  Deaeli.     Tins  beae'ii  is  .'i^  inlies  long,  and  cover*  d  with  low  cedar-trees,  which  you 


::m 


•  \e\v. London  iiu;l)tli' use  stunds  at  tlie  cniriuiec  of  the  !inrl)or.on  the  weatern  side.'OjTho  Inn. 
tern  is  tievaied  SO  (,'v\  nbove  the  level  of  the  sea,  contains  a  fixed  light,  and  hears  N.'by  E,  from 
Little  Ciiilllirrht.  nbniit  (i^  miles.  V       ■  -     ' 

t  i^nybroDk  Point  liL'iii  is  a  fixed  liirht,  nt  the  inoufl)  of  the  Connecticut  riv^,  on  tho  wc«t  chop  of 
the  entninee  to  thai  river ;  it  sianils  mi  n  low  sn'idv  point,  prnjrctinffinio  the  sen,  hnvinjj  on  its  weaV 
side  a  eoiisidenitili'  irnei  of  salt  mnrsli,  eonin  niit£r  n  pond  nl  brnckish  wmcr,*  which  by  its  evapor- 
ation, en  ntes  a  mist,  at  times,  which  very  much  impedes  the  light,  the  weather  at  the  laoM  tinu 
clear  off  shore.    Height  of  the  lighthouse  from  the  sea  44  feet.  ,  « 


-w*- 


213 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


leave  on  your  starboard  hand  going  up  to  Greenport.  You  will  have,  from  Phimb  Out 
to  Ben's  Point,  from  4  to  4^  fatliouis  water,  and  then  ycur  course  is  W.  S.  W.  3.';  miles. 
In  running  this  course  you  will  slioal  your  water  to  3  fathoms,  and  if  you  get  any  less 
water,  haul  to  the  southward,  and  as  soon  as  you  get  3  fathoms,  keep  your  course,  and 
tun  until  you,  by  heaving  your  lead,  from  one  heave  will  have  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water. 
As  soon  as  you  get  7  or  H  fathoms  water,  your  course  is  W.  N.  W.  one  mile,  which  will 
CBTry  ydu  to  Hay  Beach  Point,  on  Shelter  Island,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard 
lisnu.;  haul  close  round  Hay  Beach  Point,  and  your  course  is  W.  S.  \V,  1^  mile  to 
Glf^^port;  then  you  may  come  to  anchor  in  a  good  harbor. 

GARDNKR'S  POINT  TO  GREENPORT  the  distance  is  12  miles,  and 

rae  is  W.  by  S.     Running  this  Course  you  will  shoHl  your  water  from  6  fath- 

luelly,  to  3  fathoms,  on  Long  Beach  side  ;   and  then  you  follow  tjie  above  di- 

)i.to  Greenport.     Five  fathoms  of  watt,  can  be  carried  into  Grjeenport,  but  large 

leW^Bbuld  take  a  pilot — one  is  tilways  to  be  had. 

"j^TER  POND  POINT  AND  PLUMB  ISLAND.— In  sailing  through  this 

iflqd  Plumb  Gut,)y6u  leave  the  light  on  your  larboard  hand,  running  boldly 

O*  which  it  stands,  then  steferjng  S.  E.  by  E.  till  the  Gull  Light  bears  N.  E- 

iih^you  may  shape  your  course  Car  Point  Judith,  or  wherever  you  may  wish. 

tien  passing  the  light,  you  will  open  Gardner's  Bay,  which  is  the  passage  to  .Sag 

jBTairbor,  and  also  leave  Oy.«ittr  Pond  Point  on  your  starboard  hand,  bfl'the  eastern  part 

tfwhich  a  shoal  extends  one  third  over  toward  the  south  end  of  Plumb  Island. 

'  !l%«  bearings  of  the  lighthouse  have  been  taken  from  ihefollmcivg  places:—  From  Oyster 

Pond,  Ploint  and  the  tfeef,  N.  E.  by  E.,  distant  from  the  outer  part  of  the  reef  IJ  mile  ; 

'0nn  Saybrdok  Light  S.  E.  ^  S.,  distant  8|  miles ;    from  Pine  Point  (the  S.  W.  part  of 

"^mb  Island)  N.  W.   by  N.,  distanl  thfee  quarters' of  a  mile;    from  Cherry  Harbor 

.^siit  (the.  S.  W.part  of  Gardnei^s.Islanft)  N.  30°  "W.,  distant  6  miles  ;  from  Gardner's 

Mttt  N.  W.  \  W.,  distant  3^  miles  ;    from  New  London  Light  S;  W.  ^  S.,  distant  10 

lilies;  from  O^d&r  l6land  (at  the  entrance  of  Sag  Harbor)  N.  N.  £.  j  £.,  distant  8 

lrb(|ttnd  into  Ntew  Haven,  give -Falknei'^s- Island  a  berth  of  one  mile,  and  steer  W.  by 

""^  "New  Haven  Light  is  north' of  you,  in  6^  fathoms  water,  when  you  may  steer  N. 

|vilig  the  light  a  berth  of  If  mile,  to'^tivoid  the  S.  W.  Ledge,  on  which  there  is  a 

btioyi  beatring  from  the  lighthottse  S.  W.  by  S.  i  S.,  distant  1  mile,  which  you 

0*1  y«>Ur  starboard, hand,  artd  'wheii  the  light  bears  N.  E.  you  may  steer  up  N.  E. 

for  tJhe  Fort,  to  the  nort^ofthe.Pallisades,  leaving  the  white  buoy  on  Adams' 

pt  yqur  8tuH)oard  hand.*  "Whehyovi "are  nearly  abreast  of  the  Fort,  give  it  a  berth 

i»lM!lil  of  ^  miJe,  Sindv  8tee:^,jii|p  IS*  ?  W.  for  the  end  of  the  Long  Wharf,  leaving 

llP^fe,' which  is  one  foui'th'of  tt  tnUe  N.  W.  of  the  Fort,  on  your  starboard  hand. 

an  Adams.*  Falls- beaf»frti^,th«  light  S.  W.  half  a  mile,  and  from  the  S. 

j[.  ,Vy  ?.,  h^Jf  a  inilev  *    j;    ,  * 

|||^ittKi6  on  Quick'8  Rock,  whtet^' bears  from  the  light  S.jf  E.. distant  three 

j^fpttiiie.     The  blioy  on  Adams' 'Fall  bears  from  the  spindle  N.   W.,  distant 

BJ    'The  buoy  ton  S.  W.  Ledge  bears  from  the  spindle  W.  S.  W.,  distant  half 


Mi^> 


.bound  in. from  the  eastward,  may  pass  between  the  buoy  on  South  West 

M<thespitulLe,  as  there  are  three  fathoms  water  in  this  channel,  keeping  about 

^tf  een  them,  and  leiiving  the  white  buoy  on  Adams'  Fall  20  rods  to  the  east- 

foTfkem,  arid  then  steer  for  the  end  of  the  wharf.    On  this  shore,  in  channel-way, 

''IH>if^  ii^l^ve  3,  4,  and  &  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom.     Bringing  the  light  to  bear  &. 

'l^trptt'm^  anchor  in  Morris'  Cove,  near  the  east  shore,  in  two  fathoms  water,  nnuldy 

'     lom.     Your  course  from  this  up  the  harbor  with  a  fair  wind,  is  north.     Gite  the  Fort 

|,ln  nxnniligfor  the  pi«yr,  a  small  bertli. 
"^esijeiNl  bound  iia  from  the^wfestwatd  will  leave  both  buoys  on  the  starboard  hand,  and 
^^;|^sy  m^'K^pass  with|{rffity  within  20  rods  of  either  of  thenr.     If  beating  in,  your  sound- 
(Ing*  wiil'e from 9ylo  S.and  4  fathoms.     Stand  in  no  farther  than  2  fathoms  upon  the  west 
'  i|m>re,  oft  which yotl  will  haVeh&rd  bottom.     In  beating  up,  after  getting  in  muddy  bot- 
tom, (which  .is  channel  soundings,)  it  is  best  to  keep  the  lead  a  going  often,  on  account 
-l^jf  bojniering  6o  tha  west  shore,  where  you  will  have  hard  bottom,  and  soon  aground. 


|'|r  Hkl'en  Lighthouse  is  situated  on  Five  Mile  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  and  lies 

Ki^arbcvd  hand.     The  lantern  is  elevated  35  feet  above  the  pen,  and  contniiM  j>  fi.\cd  litdit. 

^l!^W.fiaven  Light  the  following  bearings  nnd  distances  are  taken,  vfz  : — StratfiStd  Point  Liplit 

r^rf^i  miles  ;    Middle  Ground  S.  42'5  VV.,  14  miles;    buoy  on  Adams'  Fall  S.  50°  W.; 

\.  Ledge  8.  30°  W. ;  beacon  on  Quick's  Ledge  S.  1°  E. ;   F&lkner's  ItiftfiA.  Light  S. 


i  13  milps,  and 
■r  from  6  Ciitli- 
/  tjie  above  di- 
iport,  but  large 

;  through  this 
running'  boldly 
;ht  bears  N.  K- 
ou  may  uish. 
passage  to  Sag 
he  eastern  part 
stand. 

—  Froiti  Oyster 
e  reef  IJ  mile  ; 
;  S.  W.  part  of 
Cherry  Harbor 
from  Gardner's 
i  S.,  distant  10 

-  E.,   distant  8 

nd  steer  W.  by 
III  may  steer  N. 
lich  there  is  a 
ile,  which  you 
iteer  up  N.'  E. 
loy  ou  Adams' 

give  it  a  berth 
IVharf,  leaving 
Itarboard  hancL 

d  from  the  S. 

.distant  three 
W.,  distant 
.,  distant  half 

Soxith  West 

keeping  about 

Ids  to  the  east- 

channcl-wav, 

;ht  to  bear  &. 

Iwater,  muddy 

1  Cite  the  Fort 


,%*• 


I  in 


I 


m 


Buoy  on  the 

N.E.  fromi 

/the  buoy  on 

Ifce  harbor  of 
_t  course  can 
that  depends 
t ;    therefore, 
ir  in,  which  is  ^ 
itward,  if  you  ' 
jear  N.  by  W. 
•vhen,  if  occa- 
el,  having  from  • 
liich  stands  on 
I.     The  mouth 
jfeast  brings  you 
Is,  and  the  reef 
0(4^.     On  the 
a  league,  and- 
ith  point  of  Mid.  i^^i 
int,  on.^vbi^i?^'^ 
beartefiwu-ASllir 
is  (Mf  «f>ened  4^* 
,r4ie  light  w^Uh;« 
attention  to  lh«| 
J,  iiiit  you  uii^# 
ip)Wittrage-ta:tB|^| 
lite  jlown  to  f*^ 
ireontheeMi 
o  eoiUinues. 
je  leeward 
[age  otii^^jh?! 
the  ligbtlif  ^ 
ose  aboardRr^^ 
[e  starboard., 
idgport  riJd 
light  is  " 


bove  tl 

\{ies,  a^d    „_ 
18  f3tht>3h»8f| 

out  four     , 
n*  V  an3<3 

add  grafii 
■    jxte'nds  ^l 


;i"aoyittjJ 
.nus  bar,  * 
tt  coastersi;' 


(^ 


■.,1  -'L'.VvJa 
'■1m 


i\  m^  a  ligl^thea 


Aim  i\    IS  I.  v\vV  I) 


^S   I)    l\V    I). 

Hediit-t'd  rrtiiii  tlit-  l.iii;t(«-  CImiI  iis  SniTcvt'il  ItvK.llluiK 

Jin4frinTi/  for/ tlimfs. till  I'll  t(Hi<\Hisll'iliit. 

rivU'ii.M.u.i 


Is,'" 


m 


i^'-iif 


•*ii 


hiintHi*iii' 


\.I!,:I«H, 


Vrte  >frA-.  fiMtiJvil  hjf  KKI!  WlUunt  tXIJ. 


:A 


,  riilihithril  /«/  km:  ll/lliiiit  /<«'»/ 


212 

leave  orii 
to  Ben's 
Id  runiii 
water,  h 
tun  unti 
As  soon  ^ 
•wry  yo^ 


I 


■/—^^♦i«^„ 


r*f  which 

l.J'ondPoH 
ffom  Savb) 
Fturob  M 
»,    Poitit  (the 
*" ,  Foim  N. :: 

<  4)ilea;  froi 

If  bqunc 

•] 

Jbtio 


r 

I 


H 


■»■ 


lir. 


..M^ 


|hrHy  bet^ 

Xou'  may 

,  Jk,  in  rui 
^e«wl8  bi 
^V|h«y  mtejf>pi 
'"'(ingi^iU 
iuiore,  Ob  w 
T^Ri«  (whici 
pt  borderin 


I 


n. 


fh-' 

-    .^a^H 

p^ 

I. 

n¥ 

1 

*-.'■ 

t 

\ 

;    "J 

;■■ 

* 

^  '^f  i 

V 


;jr 


^M:^ ' 


— wi '■»"■* 


-Cir 


BLUNTS  AMKRIC.VN  COAST  PILOT. 

TlUTDniM^RT. — Vessels  bound  into  niidgporf  must  Iravp  tlir  nuff-r  •buoy  on  the 
lail)()iiril  liiind,  :nid  stt'cr  diri'ct  I'di'  tlif  Ijciicon  on  Wells'  I'oint,  wIik  Ii  Ix-ius  N.  K.  front 
the  oiUt-r  l)»Mcon  tli;it  is  on  tlic  west  tial,  idxint  ;i.j(»  \;imIs  distitnt.  Iciivini;  the  buoy  on 
Stoiiv  U;ir.  on  tlic  stiiiboard  liand,  and  Alk'n's  i-'liits  on  ihf  l;iibi»;ird. 

FAIinVKA'I'UKR  ISLAM),  Ol'F  HLACK  R(  )(K  11 A  K  IJOR.— The  harbor  of 
Hiack  Roik,  altlioiiuli  safe  and  oasy  nf  aci  ess,  is  so  sitiiatcd.  that  no  dircet  course  cat* 
be  given  Id  steer  for  the  lii^lit,  that  will  carry  you  (hiect  into  tlie  harliur.  as  that  depends 
wliolly  on  liie  distance  you  arc  lioni  the  ll^iht,  at  the  time  you  make  for  it ;  therefore, 
judsjment  is  to  be  used  in  varyinj;  tlie  beariiiii  of  the  h;:ht  as  you  draw  near  in,  which  is 
easily  done  by  observiiiij;  the  followinii  rules: — In  cotninjj  from  tlie  westward,  if  you 
mean  to  harbor,  to  avoid  the  reef  called  tht!  ("ows,  you  brim;  the  lipht  to  bear  N.  by  W. 
and  mil  directly  for  it,  until  within  three  (|iiariers  or  half  a  mile  distant,  when,  if  occa- 
sion rc(|uircs,  you  may  stretch  into  the  westward  in  a  fine  beatinp  channel,  Living  from 

5  to  .5  fathoms  water,  and  fjood  ground.      As  you  approach  the  litjht,  which  stands  on 
the  east  side  aC  the  harbor,  the  water  gradually  slioals  to  about  two  fathoms.     The  mouth 
of  the  harlior,  althoiiiih  not  very  wide,  is  not  difficult;  the  lisilit  bearing  east  brings  you    , 
completely  into  the  harbor.      'J'he  island  on  wliicli  the  lijjhthonse  stands,  and  the  reef 
called  the  Cows  on  the  south  and  west   side,  form  the  harbor  of  Hlack  Roc{i.     On  the 
easternmost  rock  of  this  reef  stands  a  spindle,  distant  from  the  light  half  a  l0<igue,  and' 
from  which  liie  lijjht  bears  north.     The  liglit  stands  44  rods  from  the  south  point  ofsaid^j*^ 
island  at  low  water.     From  this  point  puts  olV  a  single  rock,  30  rods  distant,  on  whi<si|- |(k|^li 

6  feet  at  liii;h  water,  making  in  all  about  74  rods  distance.      The  light  bears ^'fjOin-tilWUl'.' 
rock  N.  Iiy  F,.  A  E.      As  soon  as  yon  pass  this  point  or  rock,  the  harboris  fahrlf'ttywQed 
to  the  northward,  in  any  point  from  N.  to  W.  N.  W.      You  can  run  forilie  light  with , 
safety,  observing,  as  yon  draw   nearly  in,  the  aboVe  directions,  and  due  attention  to  tbsi.-f^l 
lead.     The  bottom  for  some  distance  from  this  rock  southerly,  is  hard,  Jbut  you  m^f-i'^^ 
continue  your  course,  and  it  will  soon  deei)en.     it   is  safe  and  good  atiohorage  to  tl 
eastward   of  the   light,  for  all   witids  from  W.   S.  W.  to  N.  N.  E.  quite  down  to 
month  of  Bridgport  Harbor,  whidi  is  distant  about  twomiles.     The  shore  on  theeasteri 
side  of  the  light  is  bold  to,  in  3  fathoms,  close  aboard  the  light,  and  so  conlinues  Wftt 
yon  are  quite  down  to  the  south  point  of  the  island.     This  bay,  to  the  leeward  ol!t| 
light,  between  that  and  Bridgjiort,  is  one  of  the  best  bays  for  anchorage  oo  th? ; 
shore  in  Long  Island  Sound,  and  affords  from  4  to  3  fathoms  water,  the  light  > 
west.     In  coming  from  the  eastward,  crossing  Stratford  Point  Light  close  aboard»'j 
course  to  Black  Rock  "Light  is  W.  by  N.,  and  you  keep  sounding  on  the  starboard 
not  less  than  4  fathoms,  nor  more  than  8  fathoms,  to  the  north  of  Bridgport  H« 
which  is  distant  about  two  miles.      The  shore  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  light  is 
in  3  fathoms  close  aboard  the  light,  and  so  continues  until  you  are  quite  doWE(, 
south  point  of  the  island.  "  •     . 

tL;)\'iJ    ISLAND.— Lon'T  Island,  from  Mq.ntock  Point  to  Red  H(t«kf  4>|tt 
by  S.  about  102  miles,  and  is  at  the  broadest  part  about  25  m.iles  aCroW*     T| 
generally  jiretty  low  and   level,  excepting  a  few  hills,  which  lie  about  Iftrt^ 
westward  of  Monfock  Point,  and   Hempstead  Hill,  which  is  31!)  feet  above 
the  sea.     Along  the  south  side  of  the  island  a  flat  extends  abouC  a  mile  frOflpi, 
in  some  places  it  runs  out  a  mile  and  a  half.     The  east  end  of  the  flat  isgnn^i?! 
die  and  west  parts  are  sand   and  stones.     Your  course,  Montock  Point  Light 
north  7  miles  distant,  alons;  Lon;:  Island  shore,  is  W.  S.  W.  S!2  leagues,  ai|d^^ 
leagues.     About  4  leairnes  distant  from  the  island  there  are  from  15  to  18  fatlDDJl^s' 
and  iVom  that  distance  to  20  leagues,  the  water  deepens  to  80  fathoms;    iq  tHifil-l 
depth  you  will  have  oozy  ground,  and  sand  with  blue  specks  on* it. .  About  four  lie»L„ 
off  the  east  end  of  the  island,  you  will  have  coarse  sand  and  small  stonds ;    andakt^jH 

same  distance  from  the  i.iiddle  and  west  end,  there  is  a  small  whitesand  and  graf« 

black  specks.     From  the  S.  W   end,  off  Coney  Island  Point,  a  shoal  extends 
miles  towards  Sandy  Hook,  which  forms  the  Fast  Hank. 

There  are  a  tew^ilets  on  the  south  side  of  the  island.     The  first  one  of  any  iitit 
is  Fire  Island,  on  which  bar  there  is  7  feet  at  low  water.     It  is  a  datfgerous  bar, 
to  be  attempted  by  the  aid  of  a  pilot,  who  can  be  found  on  board  of  the  coaste 

■ • : ^ ^    '  'i   •|i.,fi«yc^ 

*  In  the  harbor  of  Biidsport  arc  three  buoys,  placed  as  follows,  viz : — One  on  Marchand 
which  lies  a  mile  S.  ^  \V.  from  diu  outer  beacon  ;  one  on  Stony  Bar,  bearing  S.  E.  from  the  i 
1 50  yards  distant ;  one  on  Allen's  F'liita,  being  inside  the  harbor.  ;.  •   ;'SSL'»..f^ 

t  Lon£»  Island  Sound  is  a  kind  of  inland  sea,  coiiiniencing  at  Sands'  Point,  whcrcris  8  li^thm 
and  extending  to  (Jull  Island  Litrlit.     It  is  from  3  to  17  miles  broad,  dividing  it  frt)ni  Coma 
and  affords  a  safe  and  convenient  inland  naviirntion,  having  good  anchoring  placet,  AJtd  Mit| 
lighthouses  to  guide  the  mariner  throughout  its  whole  length. 

v 


—   —    <    ■!» 


y    214 


nH.NTS  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


froiu  th«?  plnrt*.  Tlir  rniii«iiiii)n  iiilits  act'  slinlhtw,  with  tin-  rxopptinn  of  Rorkawny,  to 
wliii'li  bar  th'>  rnniuks  on  l-'irc  Uliiid  .ihovr,  \\\\l  ii|>|ilv. 

\V\'  liavf  picvidnslv  iiiciiiidiifd  ii'spcctiim  Kin'  l>laii<ls  |jis;lilli(in.sp,  Imt  tliiiik  it  ad- 
visable to  ipprat,  it  lirars  N.  77^  .'to'  K.  (Voiii  SaiKJy  Hook  Lij;lit,  1"J  lea^'ii's  distant,  and 
exhibits  H  I'cvolvini;  lii^lit,  tVoni  mIiIcIi  aslm^l  fMctidH  soiitli  one  mile,  wliicli  is  vt'iy  dan- 
gerous, Ir.ivini;  (t\  laiiioiiiN  vciv  iic;>r  ii,  ilicn  stiddctdy  aslioii-,  and  on  wliicli  tlie  (iood 
tide  .-n'ls  very  rapid.  From  tins  lo  Sandy  Hook  ihn  soundingH  are  various,  viz.  yellow, 
red,  brown.  I)la(  k  and  urcv  >aii<l. 

HKJH  LAM).<  OK  NKVKKSINK.— Ncv.-rsink  Hills,  on  wliicli  twoligliihonsesare 
built,  extends  N.  \V.  and  S.  K.  about  S.  W.  Iroin  Sandy  Hook  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  to 
Raritoii  Bay,  an<i  is  (Veijuenily  the  (irsi  land  discovered  by  mariners  when  they  arrive  on 
the  coa.st.  The  correct  aliitmles  ol"  the  loilowiny  plaees,  wliich  present  themselves  to 
niahuers  xs  they  approacli  liiem,  arc— - 

Mount  .Mitchell,  the  hiuhest  point  of  Xeversink,  Monmouth  County,  (N,  J.)  282  feet. 

Tompkins'  Hill,  t»n  Statcn  Island, ,3t)7  do. 

Hempstead  Hill,  (Jueen'.s  County,  Long  Island .319  do. 

NEW-YORK. — If  yott  fall  in  to  tlie  soullnvard,  and  make  Cape  May,  on  which  is  a 
lighthouse  eyhil)iting  a  revoivins;  trianmdar  liuht,  it  would  lie  prudent  to  keep  alioiit  .3 
ieagues  ofi",  to  avoid  Ht^rreford  Bar,  whicli  lies  from  4  to  f)  leat'iies  from  the  Cape  to  the 
<^lthward,  and  8  miles  from  the  iidet  (d  that  name.  'Jhis  inlet  is  lVe(|Uented  by  the  T)e- 
!*»are  pilots,  having  no  other  harbor  to  the  northward  until  they  reach  K.gg  Harbor. 
passing  Herreford  Bar,  you  may  steer  N.  K.  when  in  ID  fathoms  water,  taking 
Cftic  !.iKt  the  flood  tide,  wliich  sets  very  strong  into  the  iidet,  does  not  draw  you  too 
close;  this  course  continued  will  carry  you  up  with  Kgg  Harbor, you  will  then  have  fme 
whittf  and  black  sand  intermixed  with  small  lirnieii  shells;  by  contimiing  the  same  course, 
you  will  deepen  Vour  water,  and  so  continue  till  you  draw  near  liarne^at  Inlet.  [In  run- 
ning along  the  sliore  do  not  steer  to  the  norlhw;ird  of  N.  K.  if  in  10  fathoms  water  or  less, 
as  yoii  will  he  apt  to  get  on  Absecom  Shoals,  o  Kgg  Harbor  Har.]  On  the  south  side 
of  Bamegat  inlet  a  lighthouse  containing  a  fixed  li^ht  is  erected,  off  which  you  will 
get  bright  coarsft  yellow  gravel.  The  shod  o!f  IJune^iat  does  not  extend  beyond 
Iwo  rrtlles  from  the  beach,  and  is  steep  to  ;  you  may  turn  this  shoal  in  six  fathoms 
water,  within  pistol  shot  of  the  outer  breaker.  It  would  always  be  prudent  to  keep 
in  lliiie  or  ten  fathoms  water  during  the  nisiht,  and  not  steer  to  the  north  of  north- 
teAstt^ unless  certAin  being  to  the  north  of  the  shoal.  The  soundings  are  so  much  to 
be  Wpended  on,  that  the  moment  you  lose  the  above  soundings  you  are  past  the  shoal, 
whtn  you  will  have  fine  black  and  white  sand,  and  very  hard  bottom  ;  you  may  then  haul 
id  for  the  bnd  N.  by  E.  which  course  w  ill  bring  you  along  shore  in  from  13  to  17  fathoms 
water,  but  if  the  wind  and  weather  permit,  I  would  recommend  hauling  in  N.  N.  VV'., 
whiCjLwUl  bring  you  in  with  the  southeriinuist  part  of  the  Woodlands,  which  is  very  re- 
ItwliB,  having  no  other  such  land  in  the  distance  from  Cape  May  up  to  the  *High- 
i^ds,1lliAd  caii  be  distinguished  by  its  being  very  near  the  beach,  and  extending  to  Long 
iiitth. 
■"In  passing  ffom  Bamegat  to  Sandy  Hook,  when  to  the  southward  of  the  lichts  on  the 
iigblands,  you  miist  not  ouen  the  northern  light  (which  is  a  fixed  light)  to  the  westward 
(-^tmtt  southern  light,  (which  shows  a  revolving  light,)  as  that  will  bring  you  too  near  the 
p^^  Jersey  •hure. 


Egg 
seen 
due  ? 
nienii 
the 
feet  w 
N.,  w 
into  d 
then, 
bv  \V 

die 
In 

mark 

the 
Ol 

spot, 
K. 

part 

tent 
S' 

temp 


Thus  appears  the  south  part  of  the  WOODLANDS. 

I        By  passing  R.arnegat  in  the  day-time  it  may  easily  be  known  :  should  you  be  so  far  off 

p;  ap  not  to  see  the  breakers,  you  may  perhaps  see  a  grove  of  wood  back  in  the  country  np- 

i'']^ently  3  or  4  miles  long, "known  to  the  coasters  by  the  name  of  Little  Swamp,  and  lies 

£  directly  in  the  rearof  tli<'  inlet  of  Bamegat,  so  that  by  sailing  to  the  northward,  your 

B^'   WVing  the  north  end  of  this  land  directly  abreast,  you  are  certainly  to  the  iiortliward  of 

^.t  Bamegat:  there  is  also  another  grove  directly  in  the  rear  of  Egg  Harbor,  known  by  the 

F     name  of  the  Great  Swamp,  which  has  the  saiiie  releiTiices  as  respects  Ege  Harbor— but 

"■       that  the  one  may  not  be  taken  for  the  other,  it  must  be  ob.served,  the  Great  Swamp  of 

<...i.i— »■■■ I.—  .     ■ —      . '  ~ 

•The  liirhthou.ics  on  the  HiL'b'ands  l)cnr  N.  2.lo  \V.  and  S.  23^  E.  from  each  other,  distant  100 
yards.  The  Sjuth  Ti'uht  hns  l.i  Inmtps,  revolves  oiioe  in  24  minutes,  e'evated  241  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sen.  The  Norh  T/"ht  has  Ifi  lampf'  fixed,  facini.'  as  t()l!o\\s  viz.  Six  Lights  N.  W. 
Seven  L'ghls  N.  E.  Three  Lights  South,  and  is  2  16  feet  7  inches  above  the  sea.  The  hghts  are 
39  fcot  9  inches  from  the  base  to  the  top. 


it^>Am^im 


BM'.NT.S  AMKIUCAN  COAST  ril-ClT. 


215 


Elljt  Hnrhnr  will  appenr  murli  hi'^lirr,  ;m'l  in  U'tisjtii  H  or  10  iriiirs;  neitlur  ran  they  be 
set'ii  al  tiie  sam:'  limi',  iw  iJaiiU'^at  ami  I'.iJ.  ilaihiir  arc  I'l  miles  apart.  I5anify;at  hears 
due  S.  by  W.  41  miles  from  Sanily  llooU.  in  liaulin^'  in  tor  the  Woodland  bi-lore 
mentioned,  you  may,  it'  the  wind  is  oil  the  shore,  keep  within  a  cable's  lenijth  of  it  all 
the  way,  until  up  with  the  lliuhlands;  and  siiould  yonr  vessel  not  draw  more  than  10 
feel  w  itr^r,  y(tn  may  eontiiine  on  untd  >ou  <;et  S.mdy  ilooU  li^hi  to  bear  W .  or  U'.  by 
N.,  wiien  yon  may  steer  N.  by  K.,  to  avoid  the  point  (d' the  K.ilsc  Hook,  niitd  yon  ;;ot 
into  divp  water,  say  7  tithoms,  then  steer  W.  N.  W'.,  luilil  the  litiht  bears  S.  by  E.  ; 
then,  with  a  (lood  tide,  steer  N  ,  and  with  an  ebb  steer  N.  N.  W. — the  true  course  In  N. 
by  \V. — which  will  carr  you  over  the  Kast  Hank,  and  up  to  the  black  buoy  of  the  Mid- 
dle.     [For  directions  t  >  <io  to  the  citv,  see  pa<;e  'Jit).] 

In  Koiri'^  over  the  Kast  I'lank,  be  careful  yon  do  not  set  set  I  •  the  tide  on  Uouier;  the 
mark  to  keep  clear  of  Komcr  is,  to  keep  Sandy  Hook  liiiht  i.i)en  with  the  east  end  of 
the  Hiichlands. 

Oneandatiuarterniile  K.,  a  little  northerly,  from  Sandy  Hook  liiilit,  there  is  <i  small  shoal 
spot,  with  only  li  fe<'t  water  on  it  at  low  water:  it  is  the  remains  of  the  Old  False  Hook. 

K.  .S.  K..  -i!  miles  from  Sandy  Hook  li^ht,  is  the  Oil  Spot,  bavins;  only  10  feet  in  one 
part  at  low  water;  it  is  of  a  triaiiirular  shajje,  and  about  half  a  mile  on  each  side  in  ex- 
tent :  the  alonu-shore  channel  is  inside  of  it. 

SWASH  CHANN  K  L. — We  omit  directions  for  this  channel,  as  it  should  not  be  at- 
tempted without  a  Pilot. 


.JX/f.n^.-y^-'^^'^^, 


T 


Ii;(Jl>   ,ANDS,  N.  03°  W. 

NoTK. — S.  i  E.  from  Sand  Hoo"  iA^hx,  5  miles  distant,  is  a  ledgp  about  1  mile  from. 
the  shore,  witl'i  not  less  than  -i'.  fathoms  on  it. 

♦SANDV   HOOK  CllAN.\KL-WAV.—[n  running  into  New  York,  if  intending  to 
go  shi|)  channel-way,  tiive  the  .!  Msey  shore  a  berth  of;!  miles,  until  the  light  on  Sandy  ^ 
Hook  bears  West,  which  will  biiii;;  you  midway  between  the  buoys,  of  the  bar;  then  steer' 
in  for  the  point  of  the  H-    k,  keeping   tlie  lii;litliouse   well   open-on  the  larboard  bopif 
(tpking  care,  if  it  is  Hood,         to  be  set  too  far  to  the  northward,  and  if  ebb,  to  the  south- 
ward.) when  abreast  of  the  Hook,  so  that  the  lighthouse  and  east  beacon  range,  keepwUbin 
half  a  mile  of  the  shore,  to  avoid    Flynn's  Kn.)ll,  which  has  on  it  only  seven  feet  w|ter, 
and  lies  N.  by  W.  1  \  mile  from  the  li^^lit,  and  seven  ei-rhths  of  a  mile  from  the  poiJBit  of 
the    Hook.     After  you  have  parsed  the  beacon,  you  may  haul  into  the  bay,   S.  W.,  if 
you  mean  to  anchor,  siviui;  tlie  Hook  a  berth  of  a  mile,  until  you  bring  the  ligI|thouse 
"to  bear  K.  by  N.  or  K.  N.  K.,  where  yon  may  anchor  in  from  h  to  7  fathoms  water,  soft 
muddy  bottom.     But,  should  you  wish  to  proceed   to  New  Yol-k,  wheq  you  haT««Qrae 
in  as  before  directed,  and  got  abreast  of  the  beacon,  or  the  point  of  Sandy  Hook,  ttiiltfs, 
up  west  by  north  until  you  bring  the  lighthouse  to  bear  south-east,  and  Brown's  Hof-ft; 
low  to  bear  south  half  east,    leaving  five  black  fspar  buoys  and  the  Black  Can  BuoV -^- 
of  the  south-west  Spit  on  your  starboard  hand,  when  you  may  steer  up  N.  by  E. 
!  E.,  leaving  the  White  Can  Buoy  of  the  Knoll  on  your  larboard  hand,  for  the  bluff  of 
Staten  Island,  which  will  at  that  time  bear  exactly  north  trom  you.     As  you  pass  the 
Can  Buoy  of  the  Knoll,  Prince's  Bay  Light  will  beat;  West,  standing  on  the  west  side 
of  the  bay. 

[That  you  may  not  be  deceived  with  respect  to  Brown's  Hollow,  it  is  the  hollow  which 
makes  the  termination  of  the  lliahlands  to  the  westward.]  Havipg  turned  the  S.  W. 
Spit,  continue  steeling  N.  by  F.  {  E.  until  you  shoal  your  water,  which  you  soon  will  do  if 
it  is  young  flood,  as  it  sets  from  •l\  to  3  knots  to  the  westward  ;  here  you  will  observe,  at 
the  time  you  turn  the  spit  before  mentioned,  on  the  Jersey  shore,  above  the  Narrows,  two  ' 

hummocks  of  land,  each  forming,  as  it  were,  a  saddle,  thus  :  v       ^^"^  ^^^   j  The 


' 


*  The  liirhthouse  on  Sandy  Hook  cnntnins  n  fixed  light.  It  is  Kghted  with  18  patent  lamps,  to 
each  of  wliicli  is  fixed  an  ciirliiecM-incli  iiietftllic  rrtlector.  Tiic  strength  of  light  in  this  lantern  is 
greater  tliuii  any  other  on  tlie  coast,  uaJ  if  properly  attended,  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  10 
len>.nies. 

Two  lieiicons  are  erected  on  the  Hook,  liie  easternmost  one  on  the  north  point  ranging  with  the 
lij,dit  and  buoy  of  the  n|)i)er  Middle  ;  and  the  wesiermiiost  one  and  light  ranging  with  the  buoy  on 
the  8.  W.  Spit,  in  boll-  .il'  which  are  iniiips. 

tThe  spar  buoys  are  not  always  jiut  down,  but  the  can  buoys  are,  except  in  the  winter  season, 
when  they  are  substituted  by  spar  buoys,  which  arc  put  in  the  same  spot. 


21G 


bm'xt'm  AMi:in('A\  coast  pfi.ot. 


eajttpriimost  of  iho  two  is  tlic  mark  for  loiiiiiiy;  up  ilir  cliaiinpl  no  as  to  avoid  the  T'pper 
iMiddlc,  on  vi'liicli  is  a  Mark  ciiti  Ihiov,  on  tin-  ntarlioanl  hand,  l)y  kci>|iiii<;  i(  jnsi  o|ictt 
with  the  hliill'  on  Statcn  Kland,  wliicli  vviii  In-  thi-<-:is*-  it' you  turn  the  s|MI  as  liflorc  di- 
rrctt'd  ;  tliis  will  hrin'i  you  u|)  ciianni-l-wav,  whi'ii  you  havi- sailtii  .'>  or  d  miles  flic  coiirso 
(Icsi-rilit'd,  and  with  this  m  irk  ojii-n  ;  thcii  you  haul  more  to  tht>  castwanl,  untd  you  o|)fii 
til*'  other  hummock,  wliieli  is  called  the  Westernmost  lluiiiniock  :  by  keeping  holh 
easterly  and  ucstcrlv  iMiniiiioeks  open  to  your  view,  you  avoid  the  Middle  and  West 
Jianks,  on  the  latter  <d  wiiicli  h  a  Idaik  (in  l)iioy,  and  on  tiie  I'ormer  a  while  can  Itiioy, 
and  come  up  chamii'l  w.iv  through  the  N.urovs.  ih-tweeii  the  can  liiioy  ol'  the  West 
iinrik  and  Ihu  lilull' (d' Slalen  Isl.mil,  are  lour  white  spar  liiioys,  which  you  leave  on  your 
larboard  iiand.  When  thus  tar,  you  must,  to  pass  h'ort  J)iamond,  keep  Statcn  Island 
shore  aboard.  'I'he  mark  to  pass  Kort  Diiimond  i  to  kei-p  I'.edlow's  Island  open  with 
tliP  point  of  FiOiiii  Island;  lor  if  you  can  see  iiedlow's  Inland  in  coiiiiii;^  tliroM:jh  the 
Narrows,  there  is  no  danger  I'rom  the  Narrows  to  come  up  to  .Ni-w  ^  ork  ;  you  will  steer 
up  for  Ht^dlow'.s  Island  to  avoid  the  Mud  Flat,  on  wliicli  four  black  buoys  are  placed, 
which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand.  'IMiis  tl  it  is  a  kind  (d*  oyster  bed,  or  bank  <.>f 
liMul  and  siiidls,  and  has  not  more  than  11  feet  on  it  at  low  water;  but  to  avoid  this  tia' 
do  not  stand  too  (ar  to  the  westward,  on  account  of  liobbin's  Reef,  lielwi  en  whi(  h  and 
Bedlow's  Island  are  three  white  spar  buoys,  which,  to  avoid  runniiii;  on  the  west  side  of 
the  chatiuel,  the  mark  is  to  keep  the  |)oint  of  land  up  the  North  Kiver  (on  which  Fort 
Lee  stands)  open  with  the  east  side  of  Iiedlow's  Island,  after  whicii  there  is  nothinj;  ma- 
terial to  obstruct  the  navi;^atioii  to  Ncnv  \'ork,  it  being  very  steep  near  the  point  of<!o- 
vernor's  Island,  and  the  rocks  near  tiie  Battery  do  not  extend  100  yards  Ikmu  the  shore. 
There  are  three  reefs  of  rocks  in  the  Fast  Kiver,  viz.  one  oil'  the  north  side  <d'  (lovern- 
or's  Idland,  with  15  feet  water  on  it;  one  otf  the  Battery,  having;  i)  leet  over  it,  and  onn 
offCorlaer's  Hook,  which  is  very  dans;erous  :  they  may  nenerally  be  distinguished  at  all 
times  by  the  rip  of  tide  going  over  tiiem,  both  (lood  and   "'ib. 

Other  Directions. — Or  you  may,  after  makiiiu;  the  Highlands  of  Neversink,  run  in 
boldly  within  three  miles  of  tlie  beach,  and  in  steering  along  to  the  northward,  (diserve 
to  keep  in  about  8  fathoms  water,  until  you  get  the  lightiioiise  to  bear  W.  !,  N.  then,  if 
you  have  a  round  hill,  called  Mount  JMeasant,  some  distance  in  .Jersey,  in  one  view  with 
the  land  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  lighthouse,  you  are  in  a 
•ituation  to  pass  the  bar ;  steer  in  W.  by  N.  until  you  are  over  it :  you  will  have  on  it  at 
low  water,  Sfathoms;  when  over,  you  will  be  in  4\  fathoms.  I'ass  the  Hook  anci  light- 
house about  half  a  mile,  at  which  distance  you  will  have  ,'i  and  G  fathoms.  When  you 
hav^  the  point  of  the  Hook  on  which  the  beacon  stands  bearing  S.  S.  K.  you  may  tlien 
hattl  to  the  southward,  and  round  the  Hook  and  come  to,  from  one  to  two  miles  distant, 
the  Hook  bearing  from  E.  toN.  K.  in  good  holding  ground,  .">  fathoms  water.  When  you 
make  Long  Island,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  sonu'what  in  the  olting,  on  account  oi  the 
East  Bank,  and  observe  the  same  marks  running  in  as  before  mentioned. 

Jf  sailing  up  in  the  night,  when  abreast  of  the  S.  W.  Spit,  the  two  lights  on  the  High- 

.fandswiji  range,  when  you  may  steer  N.  by  K.  j  F.  until  you  make  the  buoy  of  the  Fp- 

per  Middle,  when  the  east  Beacon  and  iSandy   Hook  liiirht  will  rangi,  in  one.     After 

passing  the  Upper  Middle,  you  will  deepen  your  water  to  0  fathoms,  when  you  may  steer 

N.  up  through  the  Narrows,  and  you  will  deepen  your  water  to  7,  M,  10,  IvJ,  and  16  fathoms. 

High  water  at  full  and  change  of  mogn  on  the  Bar  and  Sandy  Hook,  7^  A.  M. 

Average  rise  and  fall  of  tide  on  the  Bar,  ."i^  feet. 


Set  of  tide  on  the  Bar,  and  be- 
«  iween  the  Hook  and  Romer, 


Do. 

do. 

do. 

second 

do. 

do. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

third 

do. 

(!o. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

last 

do. 

do. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

first 

do. 

ebb. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

second 

do. 

do. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

third 

do. 

do. 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

last 

do. 

do. 

first  quarter  flood,  from  2    A.  M.  to  ^  A.  M.      S.  W. 

from  .Ji  A.  M.  to  .5    A.  M.  W. 

from  .'■/  A.  M.  to  (>.',  A.  M.  N.  \V. 

from  b'j  A.  M.  to  h"  A.  M.  N. 

from  ri"  A.  M.  to  ').',  A.  .M.  N.  E; 

from  ')',  A.  M.  to  11  A.  M.  E. 

from  11  A.  M.  to  IJ',1'.  M-  S.   E. 

from  V2},V.  M.  to  L>  "P.  M.  S. 

In  the  spring  of  the  year  when  freshets  nui,  the  half  flood  runs  to  the  .S.  \V.  and  \V. 
S.W. 

r  ifj.  B.  The  above  answers  for  the  Upper  Middle  and  buoy  of  West  Bank,  with  the 
exception  of  one  half  hour  later. 

Bearings frotn  the  Tclegrajth  at  NcrersinJ,-  Hills. 

Sandy  Hook  Lighthouse  N.  7°  W.  with  the  west  side  of  Fort  Lafayette  in  range. 
Telegraph  on  Slaten  Island  N.  10°  W.     Level  of  the  hill  at  the  Telegraph  where  the 


i«Ofcit 


dMUAU. 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.CVr. 


217 


liillithouses  are  erected,  'JO.j  I't'et,  iiiakiii;;  tlif  i»i)  hmtcrtis  -J/iO  (Vet  iihovr  tin-  Itnel  of  the 


tlip  T'pppr 

t    jllHl    l)|ICtl 

lu'liiri'  »li- 

llic  cdiirMO 

il  you  open 

rpiiiH  both 

anil  West 

can  liiioy, 

th«'   West 

iVH  oil  your 

itni    l>lanil 

opi'ii  >Vltl| 

iroiiL'h  thi! 

II  Hill  stfcr 
iire  placiil, 

or  idiiik  of 
ii<l  this  t\i\* 

which  and 
vest  side  of 
vhich  Fort 
olhim;  ina- 
loiiit  ollio- 
I  liic  shore, 
of  (ioverii- 
it,  and  utifl 
ished  at  all 

ink,  run  in 
lid,  oh.scrvo 
N.  then,  if 
e  view  with 

III  are  in  a 
ive  on  it  at 

111(1  light- 

NVhdi  you 

may   then 

es  (listaiif, 

When  you 

tint  ul  the 

t'io  Elich- 
ofthe  I'p- 
iie.  After 
I  may  steer 
'i  fathoms. 

M. 


S.  W 


w 

N. 

W. 

N. 

N. 

K. 

E. 

S. 

E. 

S. 

and  \V. 

with 

the 

Jif art ngt  from  J'rinrr's  liinj  lAyJithuuac. 

I'oiiit  of  thn  Neversink  Hills,  S.:.4°  E. 

Sandy  Hook  lii^htlioiine,  S.  7P  E.  ilistant  in  miles. 

Spar  Itiiov  on  the  north  side  of  the  Koiiiiil  or  .Middle  Shoal,  at  the  entrance  of  I'rince's 
Ha>.  S.  H()''E. 

At  Prime's  jlay,  where  the  liyhthoiise  is  erected,  the  level  uf  the  hill  is  77  feet  above 
(ide-water.     'Die  elevation  is  'M  feet  from  its  liase. 

Direr.liuns  for  suUiiig  in  by  SanUi/  lluo/c,  airrfspmnlinsr  uith  the  Cliurt,  i>ublislu(l  by  Ed- 

MU.NU  and  (iKoHUK  \V.  Klu.nt. 

In  eomitij:  up  with  tin;  I'ar,  when  midway  hetween  the  buoys,  steer  W.  by  N.  till  the 
iiiilit  (111  .Sandy  llo(d<  ranj;es  with  the  easternmost  ol  five  tiees  on  the  Highlands;  you 
may  then  steer  W.  till  you  j;et  the  west  Ueacon  iin  the  point  and  the  hi;lithoiise  in 
raime,  ami  so  keep  them  till  you  make  the  lihK  k  biu.y  ol  ihet^.  W.  Spit  :  alter  hauling 
round  the  Spit,  .steer  N.  by  E.  |  E.  until  you  make  tin;  buoy  of  the  I'pper  Middle,  but 
be  careful  of  the  Hood  tide,  which  sets  directly  over  to  the  West  Hank;  after  you  have 
passed  the  buoy  ol'  the  West  Hank  (wliii  h  is  the  upper  buoy)  you  should  not  bring 
Stateii  Island  hu'ht  north  (d' N.  by  W.  as  the  ed;,'e  of  this  bank  is  very  uhoal,  anil  extends 
to  the  point  n(  the  island. 

H'yoii  wish  to  run  for  I'rince's  Bay,  brinij  the  'litrht  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  and  run  for  it, 
anchoring'  as  near  the  shore  as  you  please ;  E.  S.  H.  \  S.  from  the  light  will  take  you  on 
the  N.  point  (if  the  shoal,  on  whii  h  a  iiiioy  is  placed;  this  buoy  is  left  on  the  larboard 
liaiid  in  iroiii!:  in,  but  as  it  is  liable  to  be  carried  away  by  the  ice,  tiie  light  should  never 
be  bruumht  lo  bear  north  of  W.  N.  W. 

The  following  are  the  bearings,  courses  and  dtshtnces,  if  the  buoys  placed  in  the  Harbor 

of  New  York: 

CAN  nrOVS.— The  black  buoy  on  the  bar,  bearinj;  E.  by  N.  from  the  lighthouse, 
distant  li',  miles — ranj;es  with  the  fmhthouse  and  .Mount  I'leasant,  in  New  Jersey. 

The  wliite  buoy  on  the  bar,  bearing  E.',  S.  from  the  li-hthouse,  Ijf  mile  distant,  and  S* 
from  the  black  buoy,  IJ  mile  distant;  between  these  buoys  is  the  channel.  This  buoy 
ranues  with  the  West  Meacon  and  IJlock  House. 

'I'he  black  buoy  on  S.  W.  Spit  -J,'  miles  from  the  lighthouse,  bearing  N.  W.  by  W' 
raiiijes  with  the  West  Beacon  and  li;ilithoiise.  *■ 

The  while  buoy  on  the  Knoll,  bearing'  N.  W.  1  N.  from  the  lijjhthousc,  distant  4  iBilM 
and  one  tenth. 

The  black  buoy  of  the  Middle,  distant  5  miles  from  the  lighthouse,  bearing  N.  15° 
W.  ranges  with  the  East  Beacon  and  lighthouse.  '  '  > 

The  white  buoy  of  the  West  Bank  N.  I 'j  '  W.  from  the  lighthouse,  6J  miles  distant^ 
ranges  with  Snake  Hill,  in  New  Jersc^y,  and  the  blulf  of  Staten  island,  where  the  light- 
lioiise  is  erected,  as  before  mentioned,  and  where  the  Telegraph  now  stands. 

SPAR  BUOYS, 

Between  the  Ocean  and  the  City  of  Neiv-  York,  in  conformity  to  Act  of  Congress. 

Five  black  spar  buoys  between  the  outer  bar  and  tlie  black  can  buoy  of  the  Spit- 
Four  black  spar  buoys  between  the  can  buoy  of  the  Spit,  and   tlie   can  buoy  of  tbo 
Middle. 

Three  black  spar  buoys  between  the  can  buoy  of  the  Middle  and  Coney  Island. 
Four  black  spar  buoys  on  the  shoal  opposite  (Jowanus  Bay. 

On  the  west  side  of  Uie  Main  Channel. 

One  black  spar  buoy  on  the  north  side  of  the  Round  or  Middle  shoal,  opposite  Prince's 
Bay. 

Four  white  spar  buoys  between  the  white  can  buoy  of  the  bar,  and  the  point  of  San- 
dy Hook. 

_ J5«L 

*  Prince's  Bay  Liirhthoiise  stnnd.'^  on  a  blniroii  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  bearing  N...71^  W. 
from  Sandy  Honk  Litrht,  disiaiit  10  miles,  mid  W.  fmni  die  Knoll  Huny.  It  shows  a  fixed  light, 
fuciii!.'  E.  S.  F..  haviiijf  elev(;n  lainps,  elevuted  lOti  t'eet  H  inches  uba\e  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  29 
fc«t  n  inches  fruni  its  base. 

28 


in  range, 
vhere  the 


218 


ni.uNTs  ami:ki(A?«  coast  imlot. 


■'h 


Six  white  spnr  Ijiiovm  hoiwcrn  the  r:m  t)iiny  of  tlic  Ktidll.  itriil  tlin  ran  huoy  <if  the 
W.;»t  IJii.iU. 

l''()lir  wliilf  N|iiir  liiioys  In  Iwrni  lli<    <;iii  ImkiV  .>!'  liir  \Vr>(  I'tiiriK    iiid  Sl;i|iii  l^l;l||(l. 
Three  while  spar  Luu^h  in iwiin  tin-  |)(iiiit  ul  K(il)l.iii''^  Hiel  uml  Ik-iliuw'!!  Isiaiid. 

Jn  thr  Knsl  Rivrr  a»d  Lnnir  [shini/  Snuud. 

Onp  wliitc  »»(mr  buoy  nii  tin-  Miilillu  (iriiiinii,  oppiisitt*  itushuick(.'ri<ek,  wht-ru  the  Dry 
Dock  is  iiicaicil. 

One  liinck  spar  hiuiy  <iii  tlic  (iovnriiiir'M  ThI)I<',  niackwell's  Islaiiil. 

Out!  Ijlack  upar  buuy  on  Lnwrciicu'M  Kccf,  gutitti  I'vmn  W vsivUcntet  Creek,  near  Loii^ 
Island. 

[NoTK. — In  sailing  Ship  ( 'haniie I,  the  Wliiti'  IUiovn  arn  to  hi-  Itl't  on  th<!  larboard,  and 
the  Hiack  lUtoys  on  the  Mtarbuard  liaiid.  None  of  the  liiiuyH  are  tii  le8«  than  1')  luet 
water.] 

NOTIOK. — Harbor  Master's  Onirc,  for  the  port  of  New  N'ork,  i»  kept  at  the  Nauti- 
cal More  of  KD.MUNI)  6c  UKOlUiK  \V.  ULIN'!',  154  Water-street,  corner  of  iMai- 
den-Lane.  ' 

COAST  EASTWAiU)  AM)  WH-STWAfir)  OK  SANDY  HOOK.— Il  yo.i  come 
io  near  Cape  Hatteras,  be  very  eareliil  of  its  shoals,  and  make  your  wny  to  the  N.  N.  K. 
which  will  carry  you  on  the  soundings  of  the  .h-rsey  sliore.  \\  hen  you  pel  Jd  failimufx 
water  in  lat.  40-'  bi.  tlieii  liaul  in  to  make  tlie  land,  hy  which  ynu  will  avdid  the  dillicul- 
ties  of  the  coast,  and  the  shoals  nearer  in  shore  :   but  if  yon  eannot,  ste  thr  lollowini: : 

When  you  are  up  with  Chineoleayue  Shoals,*  in  H>  tat  horns  water,  it  is  near  enough 
to  approach  them;  from  this  station,  if  bound  into  the  Delaware,  steer  N.N.K.  '^  H.,  which 
tfl  the  course  parallel  to  the  land,  until  Cape  ilenlopen  li^hl  hears  \V .  Von  may  then 
run  in  for  it;  or,  if  bound  to  New- York,  keep  on  that  course  umil  you  have  passed  tho 
pitch  of  Long  Beach,  taking  eare,  as  remarked  liel'ore.  not  to  run  into  loss  than  III  fa- 
thoms water,  if  night.  Vou  then  can  steer  for  the  Ho<ik.  If,  in  running,'  up,  you  deepen 
your  water  siuldeidy,  from  14,  IH  to  '25  ami  .'}(),  or  .').')  faihonis,  oo/iy  bottom,  you  are  in 
what  is  cnlled  the  Mud  licdc,  the  centre  of  which  is  l.'i  miles  from  the  Tavern,  at  Long 
Branch,  and  S.  K.  l.'i  miles  from  Sandy  Hook  lighthouse. 

NEW-YORK  liAY.— New-York  IJay  is')  miles  h.n;;,  and  4  broad,  and  spreads  to 
the  southward  before  the  city.  It  is  formed  by  the  cotillucnce  of  Kast  and  lliidson's 
rivers,  and  embosoms  several  small  islaniis,  of  which  (Jovernor's  Island  (on  which  arc 
Cattle  Willianas  and  Fort  Columbus)  is  the  principal.  It  comnuuiieates  with  the  ocean 
through  the  Narrows,  between  .Staten  and  Lon^;  Islands,  which  is  a  mile  and  one  (piar- 
ter  wide.  The  passage  up  to  New  York  from  Sandy  Hook  (the  point  that  extends  I'ar- 
thesl  into  the  sea)  is  safe,  and  not  above  H  miles  in  leii;:tli. 

tSANDY  HOOK,  tCAPE  MAY,  AND  CAPK  §HKNL()ri<:N  LKHIT  HOIT- 
SE8.— When  sailing  from  Sandy  Hook  lighthouse,  as  soon  as  to  the  eastward  of  the  bar. 
Steer  S.  if  night,  till  you  pass  llarnegat;  if  day-time,  when  passing,  you  may  go  nigh 
the  breaker,  say  5j  fathoms.  In  sailing  b;'tween  the  Hinhlandsand  Harnegat  in  the  day- 
time, you  may  go  within  one  quarttir  of  a  mile  of  the  land,  it  the  wind  is  off  shore. 
When  you  have  passed  Barnegat,  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  10  or  11  leagues,  which  will  carry 
you  up  with  fJreat  Egg  IIarl)or,  which  has  a  shoal  bank  one  league  from  the  shore,  that 
has  not  more  than  6  feet  water  on  it. 

This  land  may  be  known  by  its ap[)earin'i  like  broken  islands,  with  the  Highlands  of 
Neversink  to  the  westward  of  Sandy  Hook,  which  Ins  a  singidar  appearance  Irom  any 
land  on  that  coast.  In  the  day  time  you  may  go  within  two  leas;ues  of  the  shore,  but  in 
the  night  it  will  be  prudent  to  keep  further  oH".  When  you  have  passed  (ireat  Egg  Har- 
bor, Steer  S.  W.  by  \V.  10  leagues,  whicli  will  bring  you  up  wilh(!ape  May  li^ht. 

Between  Barnegat  and  ("ape  May  there  are  three  inlets,  one  of  which  is  fit  at  high 
water,  for  vessels  drawing  1.5  feet,  vi/,.  [jittle  Egg  Harbor,  olV  which  buoys  arc  placed. 
Great  Egg  Harbor  may  be  run  for  in  time  of  danger,  and  will  give  1,3  feet  at  high  iter. 
The  navigation  is  not  so  safe  as  other  places. 

In  running  for  C'ape  May,  while  steering  your  S.  W.  by  W.  course,  you  will  pass  five 
inlets,  before  you  come  up  with  Cape  May  li^ht,  vi/..  ''oston's,  Townsciid's,  Herrefn"!, 
Turtle  Gut,  and  Cold  Spring,  all  which  have  bars  lying  off  their  entrances ;  when  abreast 


.1 


•A  lighthouse,  confniniinr  a  fixed  liKhf,  is  erccicd  on  the  S.  K.  point  of  Assntcnguc  Island,  to 
point  out  the  proximity  of  (^"hinnotcngue  Slioals. 

t  Sandy  Hook  lifiht,  see  note,  page  215. 

t  Cope  May  light,  sec  note,  page  220. 

§  Cape  Henlopeii  forms  the  S.  VV.  by  S.  point  of  Dciaw-  re  Coy,  124  miles  from  Cape  May,  and 
for  description  of  lighthouse,  see  note  to  ]iage  220. 


ran  buoy  (if  the 
StiiK'tl  Isliilicl. 


•k,  wln-ro  tlie  Dry 


'reek,  near  Loii^ 

the  liirhoitrd,  and 
ICilil    tll.lll    1<)  lt;(rt 


I'pt  at  the  Nnuti- 
t,  ciitritr  III"  Mai- 


iK. — 1(  jmi  crime 
\y  10  tin';  i\.  N.  K. 
jii  fivi  .'(I  l'a(liiiiii<( 
iiviiiil  (III'  (liirKitl- 
'  tlif  lollowiiii;  : 
it  IS  iieiu  tiioii<;U 
.N.K.i'K.,wliich 
Von  may  tlieii 
II  liav«-  passed  tlio 
o  less  than  Id  I'a- 
m  lip,  Tou  (h-epeii 
iiltiiiri,  you  are  in 
;  Tavern,  at  Lonj^ 

d,  and  spreads  to 
ast  and  Hudson's 
ind  (on  whieii  arc 
tes  witli  the  ocean 
ile  and  one  (piar- 
[  that  extends  far- 

Lir.FlT  IIOU- 
ustward  of  the  har, 
you  may  tjo  ni^li 
riieyat  in  tlie  ihiy- 
ivind  is  oil'  shore. 
,  which  will  carry 
)m  the  sliore,  that 

the  IlijjhIandR  of 
learanee  ("rom  any 
f  the  shore,  but  in 
d  (Jreat  Ksg  Har- 
e  May  lijiht. 
iiich  is  fit  at  hi,<:h 
buoys  are  placed. 
eet  at  high    vator. 

you  will  pass  five 
scud's,  Ilerrr'fcfd. 
i:cs;   when  abreast, 

ssntcnguc  Island,  to 


om  Cape  May,  and 


591 


^tw.. 


tflT' 


liilfcMIMi  "I"""' 


^,^*)*-if- ' 


..^^f'^' 


r'mm^ 


\'       ' 


BIJJXT  S  AMERICAN  COAHT  PILOT. 


219 


o"  Hcncfoni  iiilt'1,  yoii  niity,  i("  hiMiiid  lo  Ciipc  Miiy,  sfpcr  W.  Iiy  S.  Imt  if  hound  to  Capo 
ll('iil(»i)riJ,  steijr  S-  S.  \V.  till  llie  lij^lillioiist"  hears  W.  wlun  jou  may  run  for  il  till  with 
III  two  mi'es. 

K.  h  'S-  iVoiti  Cape  May  lis;lif,  IT) or  1 -^  iiiijes  dislaiit.  lies  Five  Fathom  Bank,  with  not 
niorf  than  IvJ  l'<'t*t  water  on  il.  Tin'  south  point  hears  F.  ',  S.  tVoiii  (.'ape  .Mav,  and  (Voui 
<;a])e  I  Ifiijopfii  it  hears  F.  hy  N.  ;ii)  to  ;JJ  inil<:s  distant,  anil  raiii^es  N.N.  F.  anil  S.  S. 
W.     It  is  dan!;er.(Us  tor  hirj:c  vcssi'Ik. 

LiTTLF  F(i(i  IJAHHUR.  —  Diirini;  the  winterseason.it  frenuenlly  occurs  tliat 
vessels  are  prevented  enleriii^  the  |)f  laware  or  ."^aiidy  I  look,  hy  violent  north-west  winds, 
and  often  driven  ojf  tlie  coast  into  the  (julf:  to  remedy,  so  far  as  possihl:;,  (iiis  inconve- 
nii'iice,  ihc  Author  inserts  tiie  directions,  which  will  enahle  tiieiri  to  inaltc  a  sate  harbor, 

v\7.. 

Hunninc  throuL'h  the  Sod  Cliannel,  keep  within  .'!()  or  '10  yards  of  Small  Point,  and 
you  will  have  Ji  fathoms;  pass  the  point,  then  tiradiially  haul  round,  yivim;  tlie  breakers 
a  small  berth;  or  steer  in  for  the  beach,  when  you  are  opposite  Tucker's  house,  until 
you  are  in  4  lathoms,  then  steer  \V.  S.  W.  whi<:h  cour.se  will  carry  you  through  the  same 
«'|)nnnel. 

The  following  described  Huoys  are  placed  at  tlie  entrance  of  Little  Ft;;i;  Harbor: 

One  Spar  Uuoy  in  the  middle  of  the  Sod  (Channel,  a  little  outside  the  bar  or  breakers. 

One  Spar  Muoy  in  'he  same  channel  at  the  point  ol  Sods,  upon  the  nmth  side  of  the 
iiiiiin  channel.  The  Hiioy  at  the  point  of  Sods  upon  the  north  side  of  thu  main  chan- 
liel,  hearing;  S.  W.  from  the  l;uoy  on  the  liar,  lioih  lyin}^  in  J,'  fathums. 

One  Spar  Huoy  upon  the  point  of  Hugh's  l»ar,  on  the  west  side  of  the  main  (or  east) 
channel,  bearin;^  from  the  buoy  on  tin-  point  of  .Sods,  VV.  N.  VV. 

One  Buoy  at  the  middle  of  the  Fast  (or  main)  ehaunel,  a  little  outside  the  Bar  (or 
breakers)  in  ,';  fathoms  water. 

One  .""^par  Buoy  at  the  point  of  the  Itimnd  Shoal  in  :}},  fathoms  water,  upon  the  north 
side  of  the  East  channel,  bearins  from  the  outward  buoy  in  the  East  ehaunel,  W. 
S.  W. 

AIJSFCr^r  IXLFT.— Absecim  lies  r,},  miles  S.  \V.  from  Little  Fg};  Harbor.  Off 
Al»se(;um,  Irom  Fast  to  F.  hy  S.  .i  miles.  Ties  a  Shoal,  havitii;  on  it  several  lumps,  on 
which  there  are  only  10  feet  water:  the  around  is  broken,  having  between  the  lumps,  4 
and  J  fathoms.     On  this  .">hoal  the  s'up  •'ili/.cn  was  lost  in  Irtjt*. 

To  inter  the  If'irh'ir. —  IJriiu;  the  housi;  which  is  on  the  stari)oard  hand  point,  to  bear 
\.  W.  and  steer  directly  lor  it,  uniil  withi.i  one  fourth  of  a  mile  from  the  house,  when 
you  must  steer  north  till  you  i^et  to  the  .Nfarsh,  whi>re  you  may  anchor  in  from  .'3  to  fifa- 
thouis ;  depth  of  water  on  the  bar  at  low  water')  (eet,  common  rise  ol"  tide  5  feet. 

If  you  should  pass  Nantucket  Shoals  in  :iH  N.  lat.  or  :(H"  .(()'  or  :vr  00'  or  ;J9°  ;J0',  you 
will,  if  possible,  observe  when  you  leave  the  (Jiilf  .Stream,  from  which,  about  10  leagues, 
you  may  beirin  to  expect  soUiidiiiL's,  and  a  .S.  W.  current,  as  soon  as  you  get  soundings  ; 
then  the  observation  by  lead  and  line,  is  to  aid  (he  navigator. 

If  you  are  beatinir  to  winilward,  olf  the  Hook,  wailing  for  a  |>ilot,  or  for  a  wind  (night 
or  day)  in  standina  to  the  northward,  when  yon  siippoic  the  lij^hthouse  of  the  Hook 
bears  W.  by  S.  it  is  iie ar  eiuni;^h.  When  you  approach  Lon^  Island,  the  soundings  are 
tine  white  sand  and  small  pirbhies;  hut  on  the  Jersey  shore  the  soundings  are  coarser 
and  darker.  There  is  wlial  is  called  a  Hook  Chanael  in  this  channel;  the  soundings 
are  mud  and  sanil. 

\V.  S.  \V.  and  F.  N.  F.  moon  makes  full  sea  at  the  Ho.)k.     Variation  4"  W. 

*CAPF  MAV  LtCHT.  — Vessels  approachin-^  the  Delaware  by  ("ape  May,  will  get 
the  liifht  to  hear  \V.  N.  W.  in  I  or  ")  falhoins,  then  run  for  it,  and  maki;  a  safe  cntranco 
into  the  Delaware,  clear  of  .dl  shoals,  with  vessels  drawin;;  I'Jor  l.">  feet  water. 

Ituiinin'j;  for  the  lisiht  keep  alioiit  two  miles  to  the  northward  and  eastward  of  it,  till 
.'tbout  tiiree  (|uarters  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  where  is  a  windmill  and  several  houses, 
occupied  by  fpilots  princij)  dly.     From  liiis  you  must  keep  the  shore  close  on  board. 


•  r,r\pe  May  li^htlioii'^e  is  oa  tlic  cxireine  soutlnvest  jioiiii  of  tlie  Cn\>r,  at  the  entrance  of  Dela- 
ware n.iy :  its  eleviitioii  iVum  the  sen,  is  abiiiit  MM  feel;  .•ontiiins  a  revDivJiiLr  !ii.'lil,  of  (ifteeii  lamps, 
aiiil  iiKikes  a  revdliiiimi  in  Mine  riiiiiutes  ;  its  intirviijs  of  diirktivss  and  litjht  Pire  va  led  in  propor. 
tiiMi  to  llie  disilance  that  iimscIs  are  trmii  it.  In  |iafl*iiii,'  the  li!,dif,  it  mav  he  seen,  with  n  elenr  bori. 
•/on,  from  l.")  m  -i'l  miles.  It  \w.\r%  N.  F.  hv  N.  from  Ciipe  Ileiilo|Mii  litriit,  distaiit  about  12^  niijes. 
Hranilywine  litrlitliiiii<ie  hears  N.  \V.  hy  \V.  4  ^V.  dislaiit  about  '.i\  miles. 

Tiiere  is  (rood  nncjioratie  and  hiirlmr  under  ("ape  May  lifxiit,  with  the  wind  nt  N.  or  N.  N.  E. 
nnd  after  passitiir  the  liudii  and  keepin!:  tlie  land  on  huard  in  .3  to  ,5  fntbonis  water,  vessels  will  find 
safe  anchorage,  aud  a  y.iod  liarhor,  with  the  wind  at  the  eastward. 

t  As  soon  nsin  si;,du  of  the  liijlit,  and  in  want  of  u  [id^t,  you  had  better  hoist  sonio  signal,  as  those 
who  do  not,  uic  considered  not  in  want  of  one. 


220 


HI.IINT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


: 


when  ynu  will  In-  in  .'>  fiitlKims  WiitiT,  till  yon  (Idiihlc  romid  tlic  Capo,  when  you  will  lonve 
ttie  (ir(!at  Slioal  on  VDiir  larlxriinl  liaiid,  over  wliicli  it  cDiitiiiiiallv  Itrcaks,  when  (-(ivt'ird, 
I     f  bi-arini;  S.  I''..  Iiy  \).  iVoiii  tin-  liu'lit.  lii-iiaiil  1',  mile,  liarc  at  low  water.      ACtfryoii  liavc 

di)ui)lc(l  the  ("ape.  steer  N.  till  llie  lii;lit  hears  S.  H.  ',  S.  when  yon  must  steer  N.  \V.  till 
you  deepen  into  7  and  H  liuhnnis.  In  rniniini;  the  afioveeonrse,  yon  will  have  I'roni  5  to 
\i!i  fathoms,  helorc  you  come  info  H  tatlioms,  which  is  three  leajjiies  distant  frcmi  the 
li^ht.  Alter  yon  have  }.'ot  into  H  latlioms,  yon  will  immediately  come  into  .'{  lathoms, 
when  y(in  must  steer  N.  \V.  hy  VV.  .">  leagues,  which  will  carry  yon  into  the  ni.iiii  chan- 
nel, hetween  the  IJrandywine  fii'jiitlioiise*  on  your  larlxiard,  and  Cross  Ledjre  on  your 
starboard  hand,  hearing  N.  N.  W.  and  .S.  S.  K.Cnnn  cacli  other,  distant  :!  lea^nes.  The 
lighthouse  oil  (he  Hraiidywine  is  1  .\  mile  upon  the  shoal,  ahove  the  S.  E.  point  of  it. 
The  outer  extreme  oC  the  IJrown  and  Hraiidywine  Shoals  is  ahout  :}  miles. 

Cros:^  Ledf^e  has  a  Ueacon  Hoat  with  one  mast,  moored  on  it  in  summer;  and  in  win- 
ter a  Buoy. 

On  the  first  of  the  llood,  the  tide  sets  to  the  westward,  and  on  lis;ht  winds  should  he 
guarded  against,  by  sleerins:  I'roiii  one  to  two  |)oints  more  to  the  eastward,  and  on  the  ebb 
the  contrary  ;  this  course  will  keep  you  from  the  shears  about  1.',  mile. 

In  runninj;  the  iibove  course,  you  will  have  ;{,  .'!,',,  and  •i,'  fathoms,  till  yon  come  near 
the  main  cliannel,  when  you  will  deepen  into  fy  fathoms,  which  is  a  swash  that  runs  up  to 
the  eastward  of  the  Cross  fjcd^e  ;  still  keep  your  N.  W.  by  W.  course  till  you  have 
crossed  this  swa.sh,  when  you  will  shoal  your  soundiniis  into  1!.',  fathoms,  and  then  deepen 
into  7  fathoms,  which  is  tin;  main  Ship  Cliannel,  when  you  must  steer  N.  W.  till  you 
have  only  5  fathoms,  which  is  on  the  Fourteen  Keet  Hank,  (wliicli  lias  a  buoy  on  the 
S.  8.  E.  end)  and  then  alter  your  course  to  N.  X.  \V.  for  Cross  lied;re.  One  leamie 
distant  from  this  ledge  lies  a  Shoal,  called  loe  Floi;^cr,  bearing  \V.  S.  W.  from  the 
buoy. 

CAPE  IHENLOPEN  JLTOHTS.— Hring  Cape  llenlnpen  Lijilit  to  bear  W.  and 
run  for  it  till  within  two  miles;  when  abreast  of  it.  you  will  have  l.'j  or  iG  fathoms  water. 
After  you  have  passed  it,  steer  W.  S.  W.  till  you  briiii^  it  to  bear  E.  S.  E.  where  you 
may  anchor  in  3  or  4  fatliQjns, 

E.  \  S.  from  Cape  Heiilo|)en,  'J.')  miles,  is  a  Shoal,  witli  4  fathoms  (m  it,  i;ray  satid. 

Entering  Lewistown  Roads,  you  will  observe  the  depth  of  water,  at  low  tide,  on  the 
piers  deposited  at  the  Hreakwater,  is  reduced  to  I'i  feet,  and  that  in  order  to  mark  the 
situation  of  these  piers,  and  tc  render  secure  the  approach  of  all  vessfds  to  the  roads  olf 
Lewistown,  twelve  Spar  15uoys  have  been  aiicliored  roiiiid  tiie  piers;  and  Two  Sii;nal 
Lifhts,  fixel  on  the  shore  abreast  of  the  piers,  will  be  kept  burning  all  night  during  the 
winter  season. 

On  approaching  Lewistown  Roads,  wlien  you  liave  tlir  .Signal  Lights  on  the  shore 
abreast  oftlie  piers  in  raiije,  avoid  bringing  the  Heacon  Light  on  the  pitch  of  Cape  Heii- 
lopen  to  bear  S.  E.  by  \  E.  for  at  this  bearing,  and  the  Two  Signal  Lights  in  one,  you 
will  be  in  danger  of  the  sunken  ])iers. 

There  are  now  two  hundred  yards  of  the  Breakwater  five  feet  above  higli  water,  and  a 
continuance  of  four  hundred  yards  at  the  south  part  a  wash  at  common  high  tide,  making 
a  range  of  protection  in  length,  six  hiindnul  yards.  At  the  lee  Breaker,  aliout  sixty 
yards  are  above  higli  water,  and  two  hundred  and  (il'ty  yards  at  the  east  part,  a  wasli  at  ( <tm- 
mon  high  tide,  making  a  protection  of  three  hundred  and  ten  yards,  '{"here  is  no  diffi- 
^  culty  vvith  common  attention,  in  riinning   into  the  anchorage  to  the  southward  of  the 


•  The  liffhthoufie  on  the  nriuidywine  Slimil  is  entirely  (lestroyed — The  LJLdit  I'lml  is  anchor'd  on 
the  Wcstsidu  of  the  shoiil,  bciiriiig  troin  ('ii|i('  Heiiluptri  X.hy  W.disiani  11:2  miles,  niid  from  Capr 
May  W.  N.  W.  it  shows  two  iiirhts  on  .sepiirate  masts:  it  ia  only  anchored  tli(  re  IVom  the  lOili 
of  March  to  the  lOih  ot'  Seplemhei-. 

t  Ciiiip  Henlopt'ii  lies  in  Int.  'M-^  47'  N.  am'  in  ionc  7r)'^0.V  W.  There  is  a  litrhiliciase  here,  n  ""ew 
miles  below  the  town  of  Lewis,  of  an  octnijiin  toriii,  haiidsoiiirly  luiill  ot  stone,  11  j  feel  l.ii,di,  and 
its  foiiiulation  nearly  as  much  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  coniaiiiiiuj  ii  fixed  liulit.  The  lantern  is 
between  7  and  8  feet  square,  liijhied  with  8  lamps,  and  may  he  seen  in  the  iiiclit,  10  leogiiesnt  sea. 
Ea.stof  this  lighthouse,  is  fhe  Hen  niul  Chickens  tilmal,  nfier  described.  The  nenrest  part  of  the 
Overfalls,  which  bason  it  t'lDin  2  to  .'i  lallKHiis.  Iiears  N.  E.  by  N.  from  the  liiiul,  disiniil  4i  miles  ; 
the  outer  poiiil  N.  K.  by  K.  i  E.  distaiu  .">  milns.  When  the  main  liirbiliouse  bears  alioui  S.  4  W. 
distant  ,1J  miles,  theu  the  liifliihoiise  on  the  Ijiamlyu  iiie  Shoiil  hears  N.  ^  W.  disiniit  II  J  miles. 
This  course  will  take  you  three  <piarleis  of  a  mile  Id  the  i"^.  E.  of  the  bdoy  of  the  Hnp'\ii. 

t  NoTH  K  Til  Maiu.vkp.s. — A  Ik'niDii  LiKlithoupe  has  In  en  erected,  nnd  is  m.w  lighied  with  n  bril- 
liant fixed  liKhl,  thot  can  be  seen  six  leagues.  It  stands  on  the  extreme  north  end  of  (,'ape  He nio. 
pen,  very  near  the  beach.  It  boars  N.  5'-  W.  three  fourths  of  b  mile  from  the  Old  Liiihthouse. 
Ships  ruiiniiijr  in  for  Old  Kiln  Roads,  may,  when  the  Di  aeon  Light  nnd  the  lifihthouse  are  in  one, 
approach  tiie  Deacmi  Light  within  a  cable's  length;  then  siecr  W.  X.  W.  until  the  Old  Ligliilioust 
bears  S.  E.  and  anchor  in  4  fathoms  good  holding  ground. 


iU,.„ 


■  I     I  irf-  r  I  1^ 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


,  when  you  willlrnvc 
ri'iiks,  wlu'ii  covt-rnl, 
(IT.  Alter  vou  liave 
must  steer  N.  W-  till 
u  will  Inive  Ironi  5  to 
;iu's  distant  iVimi  tlie 
I'onie  into  ;i  latlioms, 
I  into  the  niiiin  chan- 
, 'ross  Leiifze  on  your 
taiit  :5  lea;:nes.  Tlie 
he  S.  E.  |)oint  ol"  it. 
:}  miles, 
summer;  and  in  win- 

lis:ht  winds  should  he 

itward,  and  on  the  el)b 

mile. 

us,  till  you  rome  near 

swash  that  runs  up  to 
.  course  till  you  have 
iionis,  and  then  (li'e|ien 
t  steer  N.  W.  till  you 
ieh  has  a  huoy  on  the 

Lcdjre.  One  league 
r  \V.  S.  W.  Ironi  the 

T/is;ht  to  bear  W.  and 
')  or  1^^  lathnms  water, 
u-  E.  S.  E.  where  you 

ins  on  it,  gray  sand. 

er,  at   low  tide,  on  the 

I  in  (u-der  to  mark  tin- 
vessels  to  the  roads  olV 

iers;  and  Two  Signal 
iig  all  night  during  the 

Lights  on  the  shore 
ic  iiitth  of  ('ape  llen- 
al  ijights  in  one,  you 

)Ove  high  water,  and  a 
nion  high  tide,  making 
Breaker,  about  sixty 
ast  part,  a  wash  at  (  oni- 
rds.  There  is  no  ditli- 
tlic  southward  ol'  the 


itrbt  riinii  is  ancliiifd  on 
1','  miles,  and  fn)m  Cape 
(110(1  there  IVoni  the  Idtli 


IS  n  lighilioiisr  hero,  n  ""ew 

stone.  ll">  t<ei  l.ii-'h,  and 
xcd  iidii.  The  huiicrii  is 
ic  nmhl,  10  Icnt-'iicsal  sea. 

Tlic  Mean  St   \nirl   of  the 

10  hind,  disianl  14  Hiilos  ; 

xino  h<'ars  nhont  S.  J  W. 

4  W.  distant   Hi  miles, 
y  of  the  Hrii'Vii. 

is  ni.w  lifzhiod  with  n  bril- 
lortb  end  of  I'npo   Honlo. 

from  the  <  >ld  Liiihthouso. 

the  htihthiiiiRo  are  iii  uno. 

.  until  iliu  Old  Liglahousc 


■Breakwater,  even  in  n  gale  of  wind,  either  liotween  tlie  tsvo  works,  oV  by  the  passage  to 
tlio  S.  K.  of  both.  'J'liere  is  to  ho  a  signal  light  kept  on  the  >..  W.  end  of  the  Breakwa- 
ter, (it  IS  now  on  the  Brig.) 

Ill  approaching  iVom  sea  and  going  in  hy  the  south  ))assage,  give  tlie  Beacon  l^ight  on 
the  pitch  of  the  ( 'ape  a  berth  of  tnon  four  to  live  hiiiMlred  yards,  and  when  you  bring  the 
west  end  of  the  Breakwater  to  bear  .N.  W.  steer  for  it.  and  amlior  in  a  line  between  it 
and  the  (iovernment  House  on  the  beach,  as  close  on  the  works  as  you  can  with  salety, 
the  light  on  the  west  end  In  aring  aboiu  N.  or  N.  by  W. 

FIVE  FATHOM  B.\NK. —  Vessels  hound  into  the  Delaware,  coining  from  the 
iioitliward,  or  having  fallen  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Henlopen,  should  be  careful  not 
t,,  ipproach  nearer  than  12  fathoms  water,  until  they  have  got  into  the  latitude  (d'  said 
Cape,  to  avoid  the  Shoal  called  the  Five  Fallioin  Bank,  on  which  a  light  vo-- 1,  having; 
two  masts,  with  a  lantern  on  each,  is  moored  in7J  fatlmms  water,  Cape  May  light- 
house bearing  \V.  •JO'-'  'M'  N.  distant  l')\  miles;  the  centre  of  the  shoal. 'st  ground  on 
which  is  found  \-2  feet  water,  bears  N.  'JH'"  E.  from  the  light  ship,  distant  'J^  miles.  It 
extends  N.  by  E.  l  E.  and  S.  by  \V.  i  W.  three  f(<nrtlis  (d'  a  mile,  and  is  half  :t  mile  in 
breadth,  and  very  bold  on  its  eastern  edge,  as  there  are  TJ  fathoms  half  a  mile  to  the  cast- 
ward  ol  the  shoal  water. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  northward  shouM  not  run  for  the  light  ship,  while  bearing 
from  it  between  N.  14^  E.  and  N.  41^  E.  S.  E.  three  fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  light 
ship,  there  are  o  fathmns  water. 

There  is  a  jiassage  inside  td'this  Slioal,  by  taking  your  soundings  from  the  land  in  6  or 
7  (atlioms,  but  strangers  in  large  vessels  should  not  atteiii]it  it. 

In  running  np  the  Bay,  keo|)  the  old  lighthouse  to  hear  S.  },  E.  until  you  pass  the  Bea- 
con JJoat  with  one  mast,  on  the  l?ro\vn,  distant  9  miles,  then  steer  N.  by  W.  for  the 
light  boat  near  the  Brandywiiie  Shoal,  until  you  come  within  half  a  mile,  then  steer 

,\.  \.  W.  f(M'  the  upper  jiart  .d' the  Bramlvuine,  on  v\lii(li  tliire  is  a  Beacon  Boat  with 
.1 . \     M'    1...    V    i'....  .i...  1 r  .1...  1.' !.'„,.»  ii..^i.    „_ 


.^.     .1.       »>.liri     III1       IIIMMi      will,     <'i     III,       i/i(iiMi>>*iiit,irii     ,>iiiiii     1(1111       i:-tclJJ^rlv<Jll^'ir(1l     ttilik 

two  masts;  then  steer  N .  W.  by  N.  tor  llie  lower  part  of  the  h'ourtecu  Feet  Bank,  on 
which  there  is  a  sm  ill  Buoy.  When  in  .j  latlioms  water,  steer  more  northerly,  until 
you  deepen  your  water  into  b  and  ()\  latlioms;  then  steer  a  ])oint  more  westerly,  until 
you  shoal  again  to  .5  fathoms  on  said  bank.  By  keeping  olY  and  on  tliis  bank  yott  will  be 
certain  you  are  on  the  western  side  ol'  the  ciiannel,  until  you  come  up  abreast  of  the 
Cross  Lt^lgc,  which  is  on  the  eastern  side  ottlie  (  haimel.  and  has  on  it  a  Beacon  Boat, 
with  one  mast,  in  snnmrer;  and  in  winter,  a  Buoy.  The  cliaimcl  here  is  very  narrow, 
not  more  than  1|  mile  wide,  ^'ou  will  then  be  nearly  up  to  tlie  upper  end  of  the  Four- 
teen Feet  Bank,  where  there  is  placed,  t'rom  March  to  December,  a  Floating  Jiiight 
\'essel,  with  one  light,  which  yon  leave  on  your  larhoard  hand.  From  thence  to  Upper 
Middle,  (near  which  is  also  a  light  vessil.)  is  four  miles,  on  which  there  is  a  JJuoy  ;  it 
lias  ."5  or  ;}'.  fathoms  at  low  water  on  it.  \'oii  may  go  to  the  west>vai(l  of  the  Middle  in  4 
or  4\  fathoms,  sid't  botKun  ;  to  the  eastward  there  are  G  or  7  fathoms,  hard  bottom.  This 
the  main  ship  chanmd.  Thee  ours;'  from  the  Middle  to  *Botiibay  Hook  BarisN.  W. 


■  II  i:.-  passage,  and  which  >on  leave  on  the  starboard  hand.  'J'his  Fort  is  built  on  the 
IVa  Patch,  and  while  passing  it  keo|)yonr  larboard  hand  best  on  board  till  you  bring  the 
river  to  be;ir  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  liy  N..  when  you  may  stand  up  for  New  (,'astle.  This  place 
is  40  miles  from  I'hiladelphia.  Wlien  you  have  passed  it  about  a  mile,  you  give  the 
larboard  hand  a  berth,  as  there  is  a  tlat  shoal  near  half  a  mile  off.  If  you  have  a  fair 
wind  you  may  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river.  This  river  winds  from  New  Castle  to 
Marcus  Hook,  from  N.  J'-,  to  E.  N.  E.,  distant  'JO  miles.  Your  course  from  this  to 
Chester  Ldand  is  N.  E.  by  E.  4  miles,  leaving  said  islaiul  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  Ti- 

*  The  lolliiwittL'  iii'litlioiisrs  nri-  crootod  in  Dolnwaro  May: 

Oil''  fit  Mispilliijii  I'diiii,  wiiioii  is  on  a  (iwclliiur  Ikhiso,  and  is  only  used  for  vessels  bound  into 
]Mis|i!llii)n  <'rook.  and  diawiiiL'  loss  than  (!  feot  of  waior. 

One  at  Mahoii's  Ditch.  Miihon's  Ditch  is  south  of  Boiiilmy  Hook  Islaad  ;  and  this  light  is  also 
on  n  dwolliiiL' house,  and  is  useful  to  vos'^ols  drawintr  10  foot,  or  less. 

One  on  the  northern  point  of  numhay  Hook  Islttnd,  which  is  likowiso  on  ndwolliny  house,  36  feet 
above  the  sou. 

And  one  on  the  noriliorn  side  of  the  Hay,  at  C'oliancy  Point.  This  light  is  on  the  larboard  side, 
at  the  oiilranoo  of  Cohaiioy  Crook. 

Tlioro  is  a'so  a  liirhiliouso  on  the  starboard  siilo,  at  the  oittrnnco  of  Christiana  Creek.  Christiana 
Crook  is  nhdiit  4  miles  above  Now  Ciistie,  ami  loads  up  to  Wiliniiigtoii,  Uehiware. 

tFort  Delaware  has  been  destroyed  by  fire,  which  prevents  a  Light  being  exhibited. 


w^^iamaimiHm 


y^ 


222 


IlLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PIT-OT. 


MOON 


■  s. 
s. 

K.  hy  \ 
K. 

s. 

K. 

8. 

S.  K. 

s. 

i.v  !•:. 

s. 

s. 

s.  \\. 

s. 

\v. 

■  iiKiK-'  Cull  at  st'ii  . 


nicuin  and  Miiideii  1:  lands  on  vdui-  larl)i)anl  hand,  ia'cpin;.'  your  staiix:  <i(J  hand  hesi  on 
board  Idl  you  comk-  u|i  with  ''IJillii^^'s  Port,  («hicl'  i<  VI  niilcH  (Vomi  Phil;i(h'l|)hia,) 
wlicn  you  will  haul  up  I'ur  .Mud  I'ort  :  hul  i)"lor<;  you  <  oiu'j  up  with  li'is  I'ort,  you  will 
sei*  a  black  buoy  in  chaniicl  way.  c  hicii  you  .'lay  sjo  v.los.:  to.  Run  d'lect  tor  this  I'oit, 
which  is  an  K.  N.  10.  coiusc,  till  vou  are  abreast  of  it,  wlien  you  wil  ^  r  a  -mull  island 
on  your  larboard,  and  another  on  )o.:r  liir!  ><  rd  h;u.>d,  which  vou  iini-i  ^o  between. 
When  you  have  passed  between  these  ■^i.ulds,  s'.-er  1'  b\  N.  two  miles,  when  you  must 
haul  u|)  N.  K.  by  .\.  lor  (ilouce- Ur  I'niii,  distant  (<n  ■  mile,  from  which  you  must  keep 
vour  larboard  hand  best  (ui  boacd,  and  sHict  N  .>  iiiiu.s,  wliich  will  carry  you  opposite 
Philadelphia.  ^ 

TIDE  'JWl'.LE. 

Capo  May. 
("ape  Ilenlopen. 
Hro'.vii  and  Prandywinc. 
J5ond)ay  Hook. 
Ueedy  island. 
New  Castle. 
Chester. 
Philadelphia. 

i^elting  oj  llie  Tit/rs  within  the  Bti'j  of  the  Cupts. 

First  quarter  flood W.  N.  W. 

Second  to  last  (|uarter, , N.    N.  W. 

First  quarter  ebb, ....    K.    S.   K, 

Second  to  last  (|iiartei,, S.    S.  JO. 

CAPE  flENLOPKN  To  fCAPK  HKNKV.—'i'his  coast  is  studded  with  shoals, 
lying  at  a  distance  oil",  I'rom  :{  to  ()  miles  I'liiii  the  nearest  poiiu  of  land.  The  (irst  is  tliB 
l"fen  and  Chickens,  the  nortiieru  point  of  which  lies  E.,  a  little  southerly,  from  Cape 
Henlopen  light,  and  runs  oil"  S.  E.  by  .S.  .">  m/lcs  ;  the  Cap,  on  which  there  are  3  la- 
thoms,  lies  S.  E.,  easterly,  (>\  miles  ;  Iiidi;r.,  IViver  Simisl,  on  which  there  arc  3  fathoms, 

S.  by  E.  4  E.,  1')  miles. "  '■'"■     ' 

miles  from 

BatiK  and  Sinepuxent  Shoals.    The  next  shoals  are  those  ijenerally  known  by  

of  Chincoteat^tie  Slioals,  and  are  chist.-red  around  the  southern  end  of  .\ssateague  Isl- 
and, on  which  there  is  a  liffhihouse  containing  a  fixed  li;;hf.  These  shoals  have  <\ec\i 
chaiujels  between  them,  but  they  are  only  attempted  by  the  coasters.  From  Chiiico- 
teaa;ue  to  Capo  Charles  the  laud  trends  S.  S.  W.  .',  W.,  with  several  barred  iidels.  The 
land  is  low,  sandy  and  marshy. 


;s  S.  E.,  easterly,  (>\  miles  ;  lmli;r.,  IViver  Shoal,  on  which  there  arc  3  fathoms, 

4  E.,  1')  miles."  The  Little  (lull  Pviik,  on  which  there  are  PJ  feet,  lies  E.  10 

\\  the  south  end  of  Fenwick's  Island.     Within  the  Little  Gull  lies  the  (4ull 

Sinepuxent  Shoals.    The  next  shoals  are  those  ijenerally  known  by  the  name 


Remarks  on  Ike  land  J'ruin  Cape  ITenlvpcn  to  Chincolmgue  Shoals. 

CAPE  TTFNLOPEN.— Pvehobotli  Bay  lies  9  utiles  to  the  southward  of  the  light- 
house. T."  !'.>>•  is  only  for  small  vessels  fliat  draw  not  more  than  G  feet  water.  The 
nerth  end  oi  ! '<  -  /ick's  Island  lies  10  miles  to  the  southward  of  tlie  lighthouse,  and  sej)a- 
rates  Delaware  from  Maryland.  It  has  a  grove  of  trees  on  it,  and  you  will  have  (i  or  7 
fathoms  water  within  a  league  of  the  land,  and  a  strong  current  setting  to  the  southward. 
When  you  are  within  half  a  mile  of  Fenwi(;k  aiul  Chiucoteague  Shoals,  (Chincoteaguo 
Light,  which  is  a  fixed  light,  is  on  the  S.  10.  jxtint  of  Assetague  Island,)  you  will  have 
12  fathoms  water.  The  land  from  ( 'hincoteague  to  ('ape  Charles  makes  broken  land, 
"with  islands  and  several  small  inlets.  There  is  a  good  harbcjr  within  Chiin'oteague 
Shoals,  which  goes  by  the  same  name.  Maioinkin  Harbor  has  PJ  feet  water  on  the  bar 
at  spring  tides.  In  running  in  for  the  bar,  you  will  have  gradual  soundings  from  7  fa- 
thoins.     One  cable's  length  from  thi;  l)ar,  you  will  have  'ij  to  'J  fathoms. 

In  running  (fvir  the  bar,  keep  the  north  shore  on  board,  and  steer  .S.  W.  On  the  lar- 
board hand,  one  mile  from  the  bar,  give  the  point  a  small  berth,  and  round  in  to  the  N. 
W.  and  anchor  in  1  fathoms,  water. 

To  the  northwaril  of  the  bar,  one  (|uarter  of  a  mile,  lies  the  wreck  of  a  vessel.  From 
the  bar  up  the  inlet,  tlic  navigation  is  very  <langerous,  being  filled  with  oyster  beds. 


•This  is  a  high  snndy  point,  nnd  blufl". 

t  Tills  Cape  is  oh  the  iarboard  I'.arui  tfoing  in,  and  lies  12  miles  S.  l)y  W.  of  Cnpc  Charles,  both 
of  which  I'unn  the  cntrani'c  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  On  it  i.s  a  lijihthonse  whose  lantern  is  elevated  120 
feet  above  the  sea,  containing  a  fixed  Jiyht.     The  hghi  cannot  be  seen  at  u  great  distance. 


imtim 


miiiiHuifi0ihi.^=;^-,t}  .sf. 


's»§itec. 


•'-">---iiii  'II  »Ti—'t^niijij ig 


wWrtIL 


tnvl)>  <iil  iinnd  licsl  on 

I  tVoiii  Pliil:i(U'l()liia,) 
iib  li'is  fort,  vdii  will 
Lin  ilnect  Cor  this  I'oit, 
wil  s  r  .1  „inuil  i.-liind 
>n  !:!ii''i  ^o  in'twrt'ii. 
ijilcs,  when  you  must 
wliich  you  must  kc'e|) 

II  c;ury  you  opposite 


opon. 

J'laiulywinc. 
ook. 
nd. 


i:i. 


rs. 


.\v. 

.N. 
.K. 
.S. 


w. 


8.   K. 

y.  E. 


»  studded  with  shoulp, 
laud.  Tlw  (irst  is  iIib 
<outlifily,  froui  (.'ape 
which  thfio  are  '3  ta- 
il there  are  3  fathoms, 
are  IJ  feet,  lies  E.  10 
lie  (Jiill  lies  the  (lull 
y  known  i)y  the  name 
lid  of  Assat(!ague  Isl- 
se  shoals  have  deep 
ters.  From  Chinco- 
al  barred  inlets.    The 

uc  Shoals. 

uthward  of  the  li<;ht- 
II  ()  feet  water.  The 
lighthouse,  and  sepa- 
I  you  will  have  6  or  7 
ting  to  tho  southward, 
lioals,  {(Jhincoteaguo 
sland,)  you  will  have 
>•  makes  liroken  land, 
within  (Jhiucoteai'ue 

feet  water  on  the  bar 
soundings  from  7  fa- 
lioms. 
r  S.  W.     On  the  lar- 

l  round  in  to  tlio  N. 

:k  of  a  vessel.  Fnuu 
with  oyster  beds. 


'.  of  Cape  Charles,  Loth 
antcri!  is  cl<'vated  120 
great  diecance. 


BLUNT  .S  AMEIIFC.VN  COAST  PILOT. 


223 


iioni  7  111  H  i'ltlioms, 
1    ir  i;i,'r!'  ral  runs  from 

w  i)t    northward,  von 


These  are  very  dans^erons  harltors  in  a  !.^ale  of  witvl,  but  you  may  rirJ»'  along  shore 
with  the  wind  fidiii  N.  \V^  to  S.  \\  .  When  ihe  wind  blows'iiard  at  N.  K.  or  E.  N.  E., 
,v;d  yoii  are  in  si^-hl  of  Cliincoteagne  Sh(,,ds,  your  imiI;  iliaiu  e  for  sat'etv  is  to  stand  tit 
the  southward  ;  for  you  cannot  (dear  the  laud  to  the  northward,  nr  go  into  the  harbor  of 
Chnicoteagun.  VVhon  the  win  I  is  t"  tlie  i;astw,;rd,  it  is  <;ener,dly  tl'lck  wi  ather  on  the 
coast.  After  you  pa-ts  to  the  soiitli\  ard  of ' 'liincott-'mie,  ste<  ■-  .<.  S.  .V  lor  r!>e  hgiit- 
hou.'jc  on  Cape  Ucmy,  (n  (!,(,  inirtli'  i.  par'  of  .^l.t  n.ipiu.u'o  Sifi>al:.  lies'  ■!  oi  j  leagues 
to  the  nortinvaid  of  Siuith's  Islaiul,*  and  tji"  southern  par'  <f  tin  iit  cofiies  near  ilu-ast 
of  said  island.  In  steering  to  the  S,  W.  westward,  5  or  b  leagues  ^.  E.  of  Suiitas  Isl- 
.'•nd,  you  will  have  12  or  i:!  fathoms,  and  in  some  place.-  ;'•  aiwi  1  fi'l.  in>..  \\  lieu  you 
are  ;•()  leagues  from  the  himl,  in  liie  lalitiide  of  .m  ."Id',  you  will  >,  i' c  fr<"  '  Mi  to  .'J.j  la- 
thorns;  but  when  to  tin?  southward  ot'  tJajie  llcniy,  you  will  ha 
within  a  league  of  tht  iaiiJ,  and  a  strong  southe'.ly  curient.  wh 
•J  to  J.V  knots  an  hour. 

CAPES  OF  Vlll(;i.\IA.— In  coming  from  sen  and  falling  i: 
may  make  an  island  called  Hog  Island,  which  lias  a  shoal  on  the  N.  E.  side,  .0  >,iiles  from 
tiie  island,  and  also  .Macliapungo  Island  ;  the  latter  is  a  smaller  island.  Ho:ig  Island  and 
Smith's  Island  are  about  (J  or  7  leagues  tVom  each  other,  and  the  latter  has  a  liahthoulW 
oil  it.  Hog  Island  is  longer  than  .Smith's  ;  the  trees  stand  more  open,  and  are  not  so 
thick  as  on  Smith's  Island,  and  in  iioing  on  to  the  southward  from  ort'  Hog  Island,  you 
wdl  make  Sand-  Hills  which  lie  between  Hog  Island  and  .Smith's  Island,  being  a  sure 
mark  you  have  not  passed  Smith's  Island.  He  careful  not  to  come  nearer  than  7  fath- 
oms when  olf  the  sami  hills,  as  nearer  than  that  deptli  the  ground  is  broken. 

Smith's  Island  is  the  lirst  island  after  passing  the  sand  hills  above  mentioned  ;  on  the 
iiorthern  end  of  it  there  are  sonic  straggliug  trees  whicli  appear  like  a  grove,  but  which 
join  on  to  the  island.  As  you  draw  u|)  with  Smith's  I.-^l  nid,  y(>u  may  haul  into  6  and  5 
fathoms,  till  you  get  near  abreast  of  it. 

.Smith's  Island  is  a  good  pl.ir-e  to  anchor  under,  with  the  winds  from  N.  N.  W.  to  W. 
N.  \V.  and  vessels  often  come  to  there  if  the  wind  is  coininfr  out  from  N.  and  westwarcf. 

If  you  intend  to  anchor  th<  re,  bring  the  light  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  and  run  for  it,  and 
you  may  go  in  as  near  as  your  draft  of  water  will  admit,  into  three  fathoms  or  less,  if  you 
choose;  you  will  have  blue  mini  and  san  !.  and  when  you  get  under  way  from  thence, 
steer  .S.  by  W.  till  you  cross  the  north  ( liannel  in  7[  fathoms  ;  keep  on  until  you  raise 
your  ground  into  o  fathortis  on  the  Middle  (iround,  then  steer  S.  W.  which  will  cross  the 
Middle  in  4  fathoms:  keep  on  .S.  W.  untii  you  deepen  into  (>  or 7  fathoms,  ship  channel; 
then  with  a  strong  l-'cc/.e  steer  \V.  by  N.  which  will  cairy  you  across  in  deep  water  untii 
you  raise  your  ground  on  the  Horse  Shoe.  When  at  anchor  I'nder  Smith's  Island, 
Cape  Henry  light  bears  about  S.  .S.  W. 

In  coining  in  from  the  southward,  bound  to  Cape  Henry,  !«eep  '■  >  7  fathouii:  until  you 
begin  to  draw  up  with  False  Cape,  which  lies  about  7  leagues  from  Cape  Henry  towards 
Currituck  ;  then  •)  to  10  iiithoms,  is  full  near  enough  to  False  Cape.  After  you  have  got 
to  t!ie  northward  of  Ful.-.u  Cape,  you  may  then  keep  ;  ,  >in  in  7,  and  'J  fathoms  (ship 
channel)  till  you  get  up  with  Cape  Henry.  Fro'r'  c.'f  '  oanokc  the  soundings  along 
shore  is  hard  sand  all  along  until  nearly  up  with  Cape  I  •'■  .iiy,  v  uen  it  is  sticky  bottotii, 
and  you  will  be  in  channel  way. 

The  shori!  betweiui  False  Cape  and  ('ape  Henry  n  Kos  in  like  a  bay,  sometlung  like 
Lynhaven  Hay,  and  in  tliicik  weather  a  stranger  iiiigiit  n;  lako  it  for  Ijynb''ven  Hay,  and 
False  Cape  for  Cape  Henry,  il'  it  is  so  thick  that  the  ii.:i-uor  -e  on  the  latter  cannot  be 
seen  ;  but  in  ••ound   Falsi 


aise  cape 
sticky  bottom,  and  in  some  jilacc-  very  tough  bott 


Bay 


om. 


The  passage  between  Cajie  (  iiarlcs  and  Outer  Middle  is  little  known,  and  not  fre- 
quented by  largi!  vessels.     It  is  onlv   used  bv  small  vessels  of  d  or  10  feet  water. 

HAMPTON  ROADS— When  abreast  of  Cape  Henry  light,  steer  W.  by  N.  or  W.  1 
N.  till  you  get  on  the  Horse  .Shoe,  in  5  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  There  are  no  sound- 
ings at  5  fathoms  on  those  courses  between  Cape  Henry  and  the  .Shoe.  The  first  sonnti- 
ings  on  the  .Shoe,  on  those  courses,  are  (>  to  7  fathoms,  a  sticky  or  tough  bottom,  and 
the  distance  about 'I  miles  fiain  Cape  Henry  Light,  but  tlio  .'')  fathoms  sandy  is  about  a 
mile  farther  on  the  Shoe  (say  about -5  miles  from  Cape  Henry  Light)  where  vessels  can  an- 
chor. Then  steer  west  until  you  gel  on  the  south  side  of  the  channel,  for  an  ebb  tidt.; ;  but 
tide  aflood,  steer  W.  ^  N.  or  W.  by  N.  Tliose  courses  will  carry  you  into  5  fathoms  on  the 


•On  Smith's  Island,  which  lies  north  easterly  t'nm  Cape  Charles,  a  li?hihou9c  is  erected   show, 
ing  a  revolvim;  light,  ilistingiiishin"'  it  from  that  on  Cajie  Henlopen,  \vhich  is  a  fixed  lin,!M.  ;*■  des- 
cribed in  note  to  page  '2H),  and  tli'.'  one  on  •  '(i|ie  Henry,  duscnbed  above,  wiiich  also  exhibits  ; 
Hxed  light. 


I 


i  j 


;',/ 


H 


^iX-^^-^ff- 


:* 


2:^4 


BLU>T  S  AMKRICAIV  COAST  I'lLOT. 


■■    •, 
■    R 


I  (i 


F     i. 


Houth  siiic;  I  lien  you  may  sii-cr  W.  N.  W.,  wliicli  will  cany  you  itito  G  or  7  fatlioms, 
mick_.  In,,:  111,  iiiilil  iiiiuly  ii|)  uiili  ♦  Wiliini^liliy's  I'oiiit,  and  ulii'ii  \i)ii  (lcr|)cii  yotir 
V  i'tfr  lo  '/  (ir  11)  (atlioins  on  your  W.  .N.  W  .  cmirsi',  you  liavt-  passed  ilit-  l)ar  oil  W'll- 
l<MU',li()y's  I'oiut ;  llicti  luiiii;  f  ( )l(l  I'oiiit  Coinloit  lii^ihl  to  luar  wtsi,  or  W.  hy  S.,  and' 
run  tor  it,  until  nearly  up  with  it  (say  wiiiiiii  hall' a  mile)  hut  lake  care  and  no  no  nearer 
tu  I  lamptoii  liar  on  the  north  side,  tliaii  ID  lalhoms,  it  heini;  sleep  to  ;  then  haul  up 
S.  \V.  iiy  W.  till  you  hrini;  Oid  Toint  ( 'oiiirorl  Li^lit  lo  hear  ahoiit  .\.  W. ;  then  steer 
S.  W.  lor  the  Koads,  ,'j,  li,  or  7  lailioius,  jiood  anchoriiiy,  hut  i;o  no  nearer  to  the  south 
.shore  than  '.)  lalhoiiis,  lest  the  i>ar  ttU' So\V( Ws  Toinl  hooks  you  in.  Should  you,  alter 
passinsj  W'llloiiiihhy's  I'oint,  I'all  into  H  or  If;  liithoms,  Old  I'oinl  Comlort  Liuhihoiise 
hearing;  W.  .\.  \\'..  steer  up  S.  W.  Iiy  \\'.,  hui  ;;o  no  nearer  to  I  lampion  Mar  on  the  north 


side  'iian    ID  lathoiiis,  it   heini:  steep  t< 


O,  until  Mill  \>,\- 


•ll"s    I 


(lint,  when 


Ol 


'oiiil 


(Joiulort  liearin;;  N.  K.  you  will  lall  into  7,  H,  and  'J  talhonis  ^ood  aiichoriii!;.  When  up 
with  Old  Point,  steer  S.  W'.,  which  course  continued  will  liniii;  a  low  trci'  halt  way  he- 
tween  the  li;;lithouse  and  the  house  occupied  hy  the  Colonel,  which  will  carry  you  in- 
.side  .Lowell's  I'oint;  then  haul  lo  the  soiithwaiil  till  the  li::ht  lioat  oil'  Craiiey  Island 
hears  S.  Iiy  10.,  which  course  you  coniinue  till  u|)  with  her,  leaviii;,'  her  on  the  siariioard 
hand,  hut  he  car<'riil  not  to  shut  'he  liyhlliouse  in  witii  Lowell's  I'oiui,  till  the  li^lil  boat 
oil  Craney  Island  hears  .*s.  hy  K. 

If  requisite,  when  enleriiis;  t!u!  Capes,  and  advisable  to  anchor  in  I^ynliaven  Hay,  yort 


III 


iiy  run  in,  with  the  lii^hthoiise  h«'arin<i  W.  by  S.,  as  this  course 


lead  to  the  i  lian- 


iiel-way,  in  iVom  7  to    JD  rathoius,  sticky  bottom        It  is  then  proper  to  lake  soundin;;.s 


towards  the  southern  slior 


ind  in  order  to  this,  steer  west  until  \ou  have  advanced  to 


a  short  distance  from  the  lighthouse  ;  then  rounding  the  point  you  may  haul  in  the  bay, 
and  drop  an  anchor  as  most  convenient,  in  Ironi  7  to  4  lathoins. 

Rk.M.^hks. —  In  steering;  \V.  N.  \V.,  as  betore  mentioned,  should  you  (Jeepen  your 
water  to  'J or  10  fathoms,  or  lutire,  you  may  know  you  have  passed  the  bar  oil'  W'illougir- 
by's  Point. 

If  going  along  on  the  .south  side,  you  shoaleii  yotir  water  Iroui  •')  fatlioins,  haul  oil"  to 
the  northwaril  and  keep  in  about  ()  or  7  fatliiuns.  till  you  jiidfj;e  yourselt  iiearly  up  with 
Willougliby's  Point;  go  no  nearer  lo  it  than  7  l"ath(uns.  Iiy  hauling  to  the  northward 
you  will  deepen  the  water.  On  the  llorse-shoe  side  the  botlniii  is  hard  sand,  and  on 
the  south  side  it  is  soft  i)ottom,  until  drawim:  on  to  W'illoiiuhbv's  Point,  where  it  is  hard  : 


therefore,  beins;  on  the  south  side,  where  the   uround 


is  solf,  you  may  always 


know 


drawing  up  with  W'llloughby's  I'oint  as  soon  as  you  get  hard  sandy  bottom.     Then  haul 
ofi'as  before  directed,  tor  Old  Point  Comfort  l/i::iit. 

OF   TilK   THI.MliLK.— It  is  a  small  lump  S.  W.  Iiom  the  llorse-shoe,  with  ai)out 
'~  'fljiJjo'"*'  water  on  it.     It  is  sleep  to,   say  7  fathoms;    but,  being  small,  it  is  (piickly 
ed.     It  li(     a  little  below  W'llloughhy's  I'oint,  on  the  opposite  side,  to  avoid  whi<li 
IS  the  reason  why  it  is  necessary  to  get  soundiM.:s  fust  on  the  llorse-shoe.     TIk;  'rhimble 


IS  a 


bout 


)r  2  iiiih  s  olf  the  sliore.  Near  tiie  'I'liiiiilile  you  uill  have  sticky  bottom, 
uttd  on  the  Horse-shoe  hard  sand. 

f  Back  River  Point  Liglil,  which  is  revcdving,  bearing  N.  N.  W.,  you  are  abreast  of 
llie  Thiuible.  The  light  bears  N.  ]  W.  from  the  ll  .ating  liglit  off  VVilloughby's  Spit, 
Jj  piiles  distant. 

There  is  good  anchoring  all  over  tlie  Shoe,  from  .'5.'  to  4  miles  from  land,  to  the  tail 
or  outer  part  of  it,  and  higher  in  .s'hore  for  small  vess«'ls. 

As  the  .setting  of  the  tide  varies  luiich  at  different  stages  thereof,  atteiilioii  sliould  be 
paid  as  well  to  the  bearing  of  the  light  as  to  the  soundings,  when  running  iij)  from  the 
cape  to  Willough!)y's  Point,  for  tear  you  cross  the  channel. 


*  A  tioating  light  vessel  has  been  stationed  oil' Willoiiifliby's  Spit,  in  3i  lailioms  water : — 

Old  Point  Coinfoit  Lifrbt  liearintr  W.  i  N.,  distant 2  miles. 

Black  River  Point  Lijilit,  IS'.i  W 3i  do. 

Ca|)e  Henry  Litrlit,  E.  8.  K lU     do. 

Willoujihbv's  Bluir,  S.  S.  E 2     do. 

The  Rii.Ry      W.  S.  'W' 3     do. 

Vessels  going  out  or  coniinj;  into  Hanipion  Ruads,  slidiild  not  jiass  to  the  souiiiward  of  the  litrlit 
vessel.  She  may  be  distiiitfuislied  from  the  litrbi  at  Uld  Point,  by  having  two  laiiturns — one  more 
elevared  tlinn  tht-  other.     A  liell  will  l)e  rung  in  foirfiy  weather. 

t  Old  Point  Comfort  Litrlnlioiisolies  on  the  starboard  hand,  luars  W.  N.  W.  from  ('a|ie  Henry 
Li|{ht,  fj  leagues  distant,  and  is  the  guide  to  vessels  bound  to  Norfolk  or  James  River.  It  shows  a 
fixed  lii.dit. 

t  On  Hack  River  Point  a  lighthouse,  showing  a  revolving  iight,  elevated  40  feet  above  the  river, 
is  built,  which  aerrcs  us  a  guide  to  vessels  navigating  the  river. 


■MM>*i*M<9i4 


mOt-mJUm 


A'r  r.-mms,'>m'»»Tf;: 


^'^!t**Pfe- 


~~f: 


ftltJNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


225 


into  I,  or  7  CailioiMs, 
J<'ii  >oii  (le«;|)cri   your' 
ssi'd  I  he  har  (ill' U'l). 
jst,  or  \V.  I)y  S.,  and- 
■  irc  and  <r()  no  ncanr 
|''|>  to  ;    llu'ii  haul  up 
|l  N.  W.;    t|R.,i  .si,.,.r 
')  nearer  Id  ilie  s.inih 
>>lM)nld  sou,  aliiT 
iCnnilorr  l/i.uliilion.se 
"I'll  IJaron  the  north 
j>ini,  wlifii  Old  I'oint 
lichorinj'.      Wjien  nj) 
low  irei-  halCuav  lie- 
l<h  Hill  tanv  von  in- 
fiit  oil'  (  raiiev  Island 
lifr  on  the  si'arljoani 
|int,  tilhiie  li,;iit  boat 

f-viiliaveti  I'.av,  vou 

ill  lead  to  tlie'dlan- 

t'r  to  lake  soundings 

on  have  advanced  to 

may  haul  in  the  bay, 

•  I    you   deepen  )our 
iL'  bar  oli'  U'illoui^h- 

liifhonis,  iiaul  oil"  to 
irsell' nearly  np  with 
iiii  lo  the  northward 
I"*  liiird  sand,  and  on 
)int,  where  ii  is  hard  : 
'U  may  always  know 
bottom.     'J'lnn  haul 

ise-shoe,  witJi  about 
i;  Miiall,  it  is  (iniekly 
side,  to  ayoid  whi(  ii 
iHie.  'J'lie  'riiimble 
Imve  sticky  bottom, 

,  you  are  abreast  of 
V\  illoui-hby's  fjpit, 

om  land,  to  the  tail 

attention  should  be 
iniiiii:;  uj)  irom  tlio 


loitis  water: — 

■: 8  miles. 

3i  do. 

i:j    do. 

2     do. 

3     do. 

suiiihward  of  ilie  litrlit 
)  laiileriis — one  more 

■V.  from  Cape  Henry 
i  River.     It  shows  a 

feet  above  the  river, 


1P"rorfi  llamp'on  Roads  to  Norfolk  the  channel  is  intricate  to  strrujp'  <  nuftyvc  sliould 
yetnniinend  anchoriiii;  in  the  J{oad,  lint  the  following  directions,  strictly  followed,  will 
carry  thfiii  to  .Norfolk  ; 

As  you  a|)])roacli  ( >l(i  Point  t'oinfort.  you  will  disrover  a  low  tree  standing  to  iho 
westward  of  tlie  lighthouse;  .stfer  S.  \V.  till  yon  brinn  this  trt-e  over  the  lioust;  (»(;cu- 
pied  by  the  Colonel,  which  is  tlie  (irst  house  to  the  westward,  nnd  painl'd  white  ;  con- 
tinue this  course  till  up  with  Sowcll's  I'oint,  when  yon  may  li;uil  to  the  southward  till 
tVie  li'^ht  boat  olf  *('raney  Island  bears  S.  by  K..  (diserviiif:  at  the  s.mie  time  not  to  shut 
<  )ld  I'oint  [jifjht  in  with  Sowcll's  I'oiiit,  and  continue  steeriiii;  S.  by  \].  till  vou  |)ass  the 
liirht  boat,  leavint;  her  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  then  take  your  soundinu's  off  Ijambert'.'* 
I'oint,  on  the  larboard  hand,  in  4  fathoms,  and  steer  S.  S.  K.  till  you  i;el  inio;j  fathoms; 
tlirn  S.  K.  .',  K.  till  vou  net  up  to  the  l-'ort,  .'f  niilesdistant,  having  from  .'>  to  <>  fathoms. 

CAI'K   HKNKV    LKiiiTllOISi:.— When  comin-  from  '  sra   in   the   latitmh?   of 
Cape  Henry,  you  meet  w  ith  soiiii(!ini;s  about  -Jo  leajiwes  off,  which  you  may  observe  by 
tlic  cidor  ol'the  water.      In  the  south  edi;e  of  the  bank  you  will   have   10  fuhoms  water, 
which  will  shoal  to  "JO,  and  still  decrease  a.-  you  approach  the  shore.  t;enerally  sandy  bot- 
tom.    Ill  clear  weather,  you  "nay  see  the  land  wlnn  in  about  10  or  11  fathoms,  rej^ulai 
•oundiii^«.  at  which  time  you  wiM  h;-   alxtiit  .')  leairues  to  the  southward  (d'  it.     To  tin 
northward  of  the  land,  in  b  fathoms,  the  s<inndiiius  are  irre;:ular  and  the  ground  roarseri 
III  eomini;  in,  with  the  wind  northwardly,  you  must  be  careful  of  the  outer  part  of  tin 
Middle  (Iroiuid,  which  lies  'J  miles  E.  N.  K.  from  (.'ai)e  Henry,  and  7  miles  S.  E.  by  E 
from  Cape  Charles.     You  may  fr»  so  near  it  as  to  brine  Cape  Henry  to  bear  W.  \  S 
which  will  carry  you  round  the  tail  of  it,  in  1 ',  or  '>  fathoms  water,  when  you  will  deepe 
into  11.  1  J,  or  l.i  fathoms,  and  then  haul  away  for  the  bay,  the  cape  bein^  steepto.     Tt 
channel  between  the  Cape  and  Middle  Ground,  is  ai)out  -1  miles  wide,  and  6  and  6  fi 
tiioms  water  close  t'l  the  latter.     When  Cape  Henry  Lij^hthouse  bears  W.  N.  W. 
W.,  distant  about  3  leagues,  it  appears  thus  : 


0'i 


AVitli  a  fair  wind  you  may  brini;  the  lighthouse  to  bear  west;  but  if  you  have  the  winj 
■head,  and  are  obliged  to  turn  in,  you   may  stand  to  the  southward  till  the  lighihoua^ 
hears  ,N.  W.  by  N.,  and  to  the  northward  till  it  bcjis  W.  by  8.     You  will  Jiave  9  or 
fathoms  witliin  a  mile  of  the  lighthouse,  ami  from  (>  to  5 fathoms  close  to  the  Mid(i 
(Ground. 

HOKSE-SHOE. — Tn  coming  in  by  Cape  Henry,  and  no  pilot,  with  a  free  wind, 
tonimanding  brec/.e,  tide  either  ebb  or  (hjod,  bring  Cape  Henry  Ijtght  to  bear  E.  Sflj 
and  steer  W.  N.  \V.,  and  you  will  get  soundings  on  the  Shoe,  7,  G,  lo  5  fathoms,  as  aft« 
described  ;  after  that,  make  towards  the  south  side,  and  follow  directions  given  for  Hainil 
ton  Iloads. 

TioK. — The  flood  tide  runs  in  round  Cape  Henry  and  Lynliavcn  Bay,  until  11  o'clock^* 
on  the  lull  and  cliangt;,  and  out  of  the  way  of  the  C'liesapeake  stream  it  Hows  at  10  ;  ir 
Hampton  Roads,  at  10.',.     The  tide  varies  considcrai)ly  in  its  direction,  according  to  tlie 
time  from  ei)b  to  flood.     The  ebb  from  .lames  and  York  Rivers  sets  over  the  MiddU 
Ground  to  tlie  eastward,  which  renders  navigation  thereabout  dangerous  in  the  night. 

fXEVV   r<)[NT  C().Ml>\)llT.— When  you  bring  Cape  Henry  to  bear  S.  S.  E.,  yoil 
may  steer  N.  ^i.  W.  H  leagues,  yvhich  cours.'  and  distance  will  carry  you  to  New  Poiui 
Comfort.     If  you  wish  to  anchor  at  New  Point  Coiiifort,  which  bears  from  the  Cape] 
about   \.  W.  by  N.,  distant  "^  leagues,  you  must  take  care  of  the  spit  that  runs  olf  th« 
point  al)out  S.  E.  •Jmiles.     Kuep  to  the  westward  of  this  point  of  sand,  and  you  may  ruil 
in  und(;rthe  point,  :uul  anchor  in  4  or  5  t'athonis  water,  line  bottom,  where  you  will  brf 
secure  from  northerly  or  N.  i-.  winds. 

Vessels  at  anchor  in  Mobjack  Ray,  are  exposed  to  the  wind  from  E.  S.  E.  to  S.  EJ 
and  I  would  therefore  recommend  in  that  case  to  i;o  into  St>vern  River,  where  tl)ey  wJ 
lie  sate   from   all  winds.     Your  directions  for  this  port  are  to  bring  the  south  point 
New  Point  Coiidort  to  bear  E.  by  S.  and  steer  VV.  by  N.  2  leagues,  which  course  vn 
will  continue  till  Severn  River  bears  W.  S.  W.,  when  you  must  steer  into  the  river  W. 


•  A  light  vespol,  bavina  one  ligiit  at  her  masthead,  has  been  placed  at  the  extremity  of  Crani 
IslanJ  Flats,  in  ElizHbeth  Hiver,  in  4i  fathoms. 

t  On  New  Point  Comfort,  which  fc'iia  the  eastern  side  of  Mobjack  Bay,  is  a  lighthouse Conta 
ing  a  fixed  light. 

89 


226 


BLUNT  S  AMKRICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


\ 


W .  orS.  \V  fty  W.wliich  will  cnriyyniisiifV,  where  yon  may  li<'  huid-lorkrd  rrninallwimU. 
Jri  runnii'K  lor  this  rivi-r.  yon  will  iiiiiKr  two  luuirlM'x  ni'  trt'cs  (in  vonr  hiihoard  liatul, 
whith  :it  <■ 'hstitiici- ii|i|i<':ir  like  two  iNliiiids,  inn  iis  uiii  v(|i|iida('h  tluiii  Noii  will  find 
thfv  Jiro  OM  tli«;  iiciiri  l:iiul.  In  ^oinn  into  this  river,  you  itiiist  krrp  your  lead  };oih;;, 
kot'p  ill  tilt"  middle,  iiiid  iro  liciuccn  two  points  of  ni.ir>li,  ;ind  you  will  Imve  ni>  mor»'  tiiim 
',i  (iiiliuniH  l)(  twi'(  II  New  point  (oniroit  tiiid  Sivciii  Kivcr.  inuddy  Ijottom.  Vou  iiiriy  (j;o 
to  st'ii  Croiii  this  liver  with  llir  v\ind  I'lnm  S.  NV.  to  N.  \\  . 

In  rnniiin;i  iVoin  'koiU  Kivcr,  when  yuii  open  Iron  Point  east  of  New  Point  Liglif, 
and  lionnd  up  the  l>av,  \on  Mill  pass  NdiU  Spit,  in  ::  lathoins  water. 

CAl'K  11I:MI\  "i:P  TllK  i'.AV  TO  l!A  LTl  .M(  till-:.— When  yoti  come  in  from 
Ben.  and  are  lionnd  up  the  hay,  luin^'  Capi-  Ileiny  Liylil  to  hear  .S.  ,S.  K.  iind  steer  N. 
N.  W.  alioiit  l  le;imies.  which  w  ill  cany  yon  to  the  northward  and  westward  of  tin; 
INJiihlle  (iroiind,  that  lies  helwrcii  the  two  capes,  and  Nvlien  voii  have  Smith's  Ixlaiid  ^olF 
C'ape  Charles)  to  hear  K.  hy  S.  or  I'ack  Hiver  Point  l>i;:hili(>use  W.  S.  \V.'  you  will  he  to 
the  n  irthward  ollhe  slioal  pait.  If  you  have  tin;  wind  ahead,  and  are  olilined  to  turn  to 
windward,  you  muvt  not  .stand  fnilhcr  to  the  eastward  after  the  lighthouse  (or  the  eape) 
liears  S.  S.  10.  as  the  western  part  of  the  Miildle  (iioniid  is  ste«  p.  In  staiidinj;  to  tli« 
westward  you  may  fin  into  ;!.',  and  I  fathoms  withnut  (laiii;er ;  hut  in  titnudinj^  to  thf? 
eastward,  you  must  not  go  into  less  than  H  falhoms,  as  ymi  will  be  near  the  Midtllo 
Ground. 

After  you  are  clear  of  tlie  Middle  (iround,  as  hefore  (<irecfcd,  and  have  the  ea|)e  to 
bear  .S.  S.  K.  and  a  fair  wind,  you  may  steer  nji  the  hay  north  :  i  ome  not  to  the  west- 
ward of  north  till  you  have  (iwin's  Islaii<l,  which  lies  oil  Hill's  Jlay,  H  leagues  north  from 
New  Point  (.'omforl,  to  hear  west,  to  avoid  a  dan<;eroU8  shoal,  called  the  Wolf  Trafi, 
whicli  lies  N.  N.  K.,  -J  leagues  from  New  Point  Comfort  IjijL'ht,  and  S.  K.  '_'  Itannesfrom 
Gwjn's  Loland,  whicli  is  small.  From  the  Wolf  Trap  steer  north  about  11  ka;,'ues, 
which  will  carry  you  to  the  mouth  of  the  Potomac.      In  runnin<c  the  above  eoui^e  and 

^nce,  you  will  liave  from  10  to  -I  fathonir  before  yon  come  up  with  the  Tangier  Is!-  . 
I,  which  lie  olV the  mouth  of  the   Potomac   Kiver.     II  yoii  should  (ome  into  threw 
ims,  as  you  a|)prnaeh  these  islandsi,  you  may  haul  a  little  to  tlie  westward,  when  you 
deepen  your  water.     Oil' Walts'  and  Tan;;iei's  Islands  the  soundings  shoalen  pra- 

you  want  to  po  into  Rappahannock  River,  ofl  wliich  lies  a  lijjht  vessel,  whicli  is 
It  o  leagues  to  the  northward  and  westward  of  New   I'oiiif  Comfort,  and  li  league 
Gwiii's  Island,  you  must  briiii;  the  liyht  boat  to  bear  N.  W.  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
iFon  ;he  starboard  hand,  where  you  will  have  from  7  to  .T  fathoms. 

Windmill  I'oint  is  remarkable,  and  it  appears,  when  bearing  W.  J  S.,  7  miles  distant, 
,  as  here  represented. 


:  View  of  WiinlmiU  Poinl,  at  tlie  Amili  Entntnn  nf  Oic  HajipnhannorJc. 

•  This  point  is. just  half  way  between  New  Point  Comfort  and  Smith's  Point.  The 
Windmill  Reef  now  extends  'J  miles  from  tlie  I'oint  to  the  .S.  K.  by  K.,  and  form<  a  broad 
alielf  of  2^,  'J,  and  \\  fathoms,  thence  shoalit;^  to  llie  ilry  shore,  on  the  ;'nd  of  which  is  a 
floatimi  light,  bearing  S.  E.  hy  K.  from  WiiidiulU  Point,  two  miles  distant,  and  showing 
one  light. 

,i  As  you  come  up  with  the  larboard  head  of  the  river,  keep  your  soundings  on  the  lar- 
^ai<l  hand  from  ;i  to  7  fathoms,  and  not  deepen  your  water  more  than  7  falhoms  to  the 
liov'hward,  to  avoid  a  long  spit  of  saiul  that  Tuns  off  2  miles  S.  K.  from  the  northern 
heail  of  the  river,  which  is  very  steep,  but  keep  round  the  southern  head,  in  '.iie  abovo 
.deplli  of  water,  where  you  may  anchor  in  7  or  H  fathoms,  good  bottom,  and  lie  safe  from 
ajiiwinds. 

If  you  wish  to  go  into  Tangier  .*^ound,  bring  Wiiitlmill  Point  to  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  ; 
jcr  in  N.  E.  by  E.,  and  you  will  get  soundings  on  the  Tangier  Bar  in  ri  fathoms ;  the 


•  Tiie  lighthouse  on  Back  Riv«-r  Poin'.  is  a  revolving  light,  and  bears  from 

Cape  Henry N.  W.  J  W Ifi  miles. 

:  ,  Old  Point  Comfort N.  N.  E 54  do. 

..'^:  Jlew  Point  Comfort S 13i  do. 


I  ■rnii    itmmammtiilltt 


'(]  from  all  wiml«. 
r  laihoiird  liiitui, 
in  \(iu  will  f'liij 
your  UmiI  );<iiiii;, 
ive  no  mure  liiiiii 
1.     Vou  inny  go 

cw  Point  Liglif, 

)ti  (.'Dine  in  from 
E.  <in<l  Ktccr  N. 
wrstward  of  tin; 
nitlr.s  l.slnnil  (olf 
,'.'  you  will  iu'  to 
l)lii;r(l  (o  lurn  lo 
i.se  (or  llie  f.i|^() 
1  stiindiiii;  to  llio 
stnniliti;;  to  111'' 
icnr  the  Miildiu 

invf  tlie  riipe  to 
not  to  the  wfst- 
itrurs  north  from 
tlic  Wolf  Triif., 
'"..  'J  liiniicsfroin 
boiit  11  k;t^iies, 
ihove  cour^  nid 
the  Tnntiicr  Isl- 
( (line  into  thrro 
[ward,  when  you 
ngs  shoalen  gra- 

vessel,  which  i«! 
t,  and  li  league 
III  for  it,  leaving 

,  7  miles  distant, 


^^M^ 


\nviirfc. 

s  Point.  The 
|mI  forui<  a  liroad 
nd  of  which  is  a 
ht,  and  showing 

|ings  on  the  lar- 

tathotns  to  the 

I   the   northern 

111,  in  '.lie  aljova 

lul  lie  sufe  from 

[s.  W.  hy  W.  ; 

|)  fathoms ;  the 


RIANT  a  AMERICAX  COAST  PILOT. 


231 


1 


T)1RE(.'T1()NS  for  coming  otU  of  the  Sns()nehaiinah  Kivcr  with  small  draft  of  wafer 
t)idv.  Keep  th(!  eastern  I'crry  house  oppoxiie  Havre  dedraie  (a  stone  linlldinu')  astern, 
sTini  passing  near  *  Point  <  'oncnnl  liightliouse.  rnn  lor  ;i  lari;i'  tree  near  the  tlioroii;:hfare 
island  of  Spec  iitia  Island,  nniil  yon  just  shut  in  two  Loniliarily  poplars,  or  till  yon  get 
'J'lirkey  Point  and  a  gap  in  the  Highlands  soutli  siiie  of  lOlk  Kiver  to  raii^e,  tior  lor  the 
last  marks  ittitil  yon  open  a  single  tree  on  the  lli^lilands,  south  side  of  Sassafras  Kiver, 
with  the  easleinniosi  point  of  SpiMiiiia  Island,  tlien  rnn  for  a  red  hank  east  side  of  the 
hay,  having  Landsdale's  llonsr,  which  is  a  lar^'c  hrirk  one  alioM-  Havre  de  (irace,  right 
astern,  tintii  yon  open  a  single  tre'c,  east  end  ol'  a  loiii;  riik'e  of  lilack  woods  south  side 
of  Klk  liiver  with 'I'lirkry  Point,  then  X.  W.  westerly  for  tPoole  Island  :  a  short  distance 
helow,  and  on  the  starlioard  hand  after  leaving  I'oint  Cttiieord,  lies  a  shoal  called  J)evil'u 
Island,  which  at  low  tidi  is  ncaily  out  of  water,  and  on  the  opposite  side  of  ilie  ehannel 
is  a  very  extt.-nsive  Hat  or  slio.d,  which  al.Mj  must  Ik;  avoided  b)  making  short  lacks  wheu 
beatiii"  in  or  out  of  the  river. 


NAVKiATlON  OF  '1111;   PATAPSCO. 

Directions  fur  Mariners,  /i*?'/  Craflsinrn,  S^y.  Jor  s/iilinn  up  or  down  the  Palftpsa),  and  for 

jiiissin^  tliruMiih  the  ^'irash  Channel. 

The  Can  ami  l>og  Pnnys  heretofore  used  to  Imoy  ofi"  the  .'^wasli  ('hatitiel  and  Rirer 
Patajjsco,  having  been  removed,  And  spar  or  mast  buoys  adopted  in  lieu  thereof,  as  being 
more  ciMispicuous  from  their  erect  posiiinn,  aiiij  showing  a  mast  of  from ')  to  tiU  feet 
above  the  water,  it  is  eoiiceixcd  necessary  to  give  due  notice  of  the  changes,  vi/,. 

The  ])noys  now  moored  are  niiiid)ers5,  and  from  11  lo  20,  and  are  painterl,  soine  of 
them  entirely  whit'',  others  entirely  black,  and  others  a:;ain  black  at  the  surface  of  the 
water  and  at  the  liead.  witli  wiiite  between.  The  wliite  buoys  designate  the  south  or  lar- 
board side  of  the  cliaiiuel,  eomini;  up — the  black  buoys  the  north  or  starboard  side — and 
the  white  and  black  buoy  denote  the  knolls  that  lie  in  the  channel  way,  or  elsewhere,  and 
to  be  avoided.     Their  jiarticular  i)ositions  are  as  follows  : 

No. ."). — A  buoy  painird  black  and  white  ahernately  on  the  edge  of  a  liard  knoll  of  15 
feet,  iimiieiliately  on  the  Ship  Channel  ran^e,  abreast  of  the  easternmost  Man  of  War 
Shoal,  in  .■ifallmms,  sticky  bottom. 

No.  I'J. — Awhile  buoy  is  placed  on  the  larboard  side  of  the  cliannel,  to  mark  the  south- 
cast  bav. 

No.  ]3. — Sho'.y^  the  sta.iboanl  side  of  the  channel,  and  is  placed  just  at  the  edge  of 
the  7  feet  knoll. 

No.  11. — A  while  buoy  in  1^*  feet  soft,  on  the  outer  cd^e  of  the  Rock  Point  Shoal. 

No.  14. — A  while  and  bhuk  stripe  1  buoy,  in  18  feet  soft,  on  the  edge  of  a  hard  knoll 
of  14  feet,  between  North  Point  and  Rock  Point. 

No.  1-3. — A  black  buoy,  in  ]H  iVi't  soft,  denotes  the  shoal  off  North  Point. 

No.  K). — A  white  and  black  striped  buoy,  in  ]S  feet,  just  outside  of  the  Rock  Knolls. 

No.  IT. — A  black  buoy,  in  18feet  soft,  on  the  outeredge  of  the  Sparrow's  Point  Knolls, 
of  ILMeet  hard. 

No.  18. — A  white  buoy,  in  4  fathonns  soft,  on  the  outeredge  of  the  shoal,  extending 
from  llawkiiTs  Point  15ar. 

No.  1'). — A  i)lack  buov,  ii\  20  feet  soft,  on  the  outer  edge  of  a  shoal  of  14  feet  hard,  ex- 
fendiiiij  Iroiii  SiJJlcr's  I'oint  ISar. 

No.  20. — A  i)la<k  buoy,  in  18  feet  soft,  on  tlie  eastern  extremity  of  the  shoal,  extend- 
hig  from  the  Lazaretto. 

No.  22. — There  is  a  buoy  painted  black  and  white  alternately,  on  the  sunken  rock  be- 
tween North  1 

Note. — No 
12  to  14  feet,  excejit  No.  19,  which  does  not  show  as  high. 

A  good  berth  should  be  given  to  the  stripe  buoys,  as  they  are  expressly  placed  to  mark 
Uie  shoals. 

The  black  buoys  indicate  the  northern  extremity  of  the  channel. 


oinl  and  Sparrow's  Point.  .♦ 

.O  shows  12  U-<-\.  above  the  surface  of  the  water;  all  the  oifllers  show  from 


n||k  passing  together 
naffow  arui  crooked; 


..If)  miles. 

,   5i  do. 

,.13i  do. 


•Concord  Liirht,  at  Havre  dn  Grace,  is  n  fixed  light,  the  navigation  to  wliii 
with  the  port,  is  lit  only  for  vessels  drawiiiu;  not  over  8  feet  ;  the  channel  is 

on  the  sluials  are  only  three  feet  water.     It  is  impossible  to  give  a  stranger  courses  aiici  distances, 
who  must  b(!  guided  altotjcther  by  the  leiad,  and  i;  should  not  be  run  in  the  night.  , 

t  Oil  Poole  Island  is  a  lighthouse  containing  a  fixed  light ;  it  shows  the  way  through  the  western 
channel,  in  which  there  are  only  7  feet  water.  Few  vessels  take  this  channel,  as  the  eastern  is  %^ 
■afest,  having  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water. 


i      ! 


I|-Uw3| 


232 


Bl.LNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  Pli.OT. 


;  : 


Tlif  wlilli-  hiiiiys  iii(lir;Ui' (lie  sniitlii'tii  •xficmity  (il'tlii'  rli;iiiin'l.  sii  licit  it  is  rlnngcr* 
uiis  to  ;itt<'Mi|it  to  |ins>i  to  tlic  iioi'tliuiiid  of  tlic  lir<<1,  ur  to  ilic  boiitliwiiiil  o|  tiif  hittrr. 

IJfsidcs  tli(!  ;il)ov»'  (•miiiiii;it<"l  Inioys,  tlur«' will  lie  phiii-cl  u  lihuk  ;iii<l  white  liimy  iil 
llii-  old  mIimiI'.  ;iI)|i'HnI  i  ri''ort  Mrllciiiy,  wliiili  will  lie  No.  ^?1. 

S|i;ir  or  iiiiisi  Imov^  « ill  ;i|so  lir  plicrd  ;is  soon  ;i-<  tli"V  ciiii  he  ('oiiipli-trd.  to  hiiov  off 
till'  ship  (liiiiiiii'l.  Ii'iidin.',  Iimiii  iIh'  (  ht'.siipi-.iki'  Miiy  into  llic  lti\rr  l';it-.ipsco,  olHliich 
ilijt!  iiolicc  will  III-  t:iviii. 

NKW  rol.N'l'  CO.MKOirr  to  I'oTo.MAC  KI\r.K.—  |."iumfliiH  point  :i^pitex- 
tf'iids  S.  K.  '.'  miles,  wliicli  Villi  uill  jivoid  liv  not  •.•niiiv  into  lc>.s  ||i;in  l  ruthoin-i  «;iier. 
Altoiit />  miles  N.  N.  I!.  Inmi  New  I'oint  ('oiiildii.  lies  the  \\'(dr-ti;ip  llmk,  on  wliieli 
tliere  iuc  I J  (eet  :it  eniiiiiioii  tides;  lielweeti  tlii-i  i^ieL  iind  I'oint  ('i)inroit,  llirre  iiie  H 
ntid  ')  fiilhohis.  Krom  the  spit,  w  hicli  nins  of)'  iVom  New  I'oint  ( 'omtoit,  to  thi  entiMiico 
of  Kap|);ili;mnoel\  Hiver,  the  eoiiisc  is  N.  hy  W'.,  iiiid  the  distMiici*  ()  /eamiPs.  \ i\\\  may 
keep  in  .')  or  ft  (ailioms  W4ier.     Near  the  Wolt'-iiap  itork  there  are  7  I'alhoms. 

From  the  eiitranei  nl'  llappahaiinoek  lliver,  (tllwli'"'!  is  a  lii;lit  vessel  slio«iin;  oiio 
liuht,  to  the  (lat  whii  li  runs  oil'  iVom  Smiih's  I'oint  l.i^ii..  (wlii  U  is  the  soiiiii  ^^llk•  of 
Potomac,  Kiver,)  the  course  is  N.  hy  K.,  and  the  distatic  li  ' -atint's.  N'oii  may  run  in 
6,  6,  or  7  I'alhoms  water.  When  voii  draw  near  the  shoal  whicli  run.s  oti  I'rom  Smith'n 
Point,  yon  should  not  co  into  less  than  7  rathoins.  This  slioal  extends  alioiit  'J',  iiiilrw 
K.  S.  K.  iVoin  Smith's  l>l;ind  ;  on  its  extreiiiily  thi're  are  only  two  liihoms  water,  and 
Tery  near  to  it  eastward,  ihere  ari'  Id  or  1-J  rathoins.  Tlie  mark  Cor  the  slio.ilesi  p;irt  oi' 
this  sand,  is  a  house  w  ilh  a  w  liilp  ciiimney,  staiidiiii;  amoii^  the  trees  on  the  shore  within 
Smith's  Island,  oppii  to  the  northward  of  the  island,  and  liearinu  west.  When  tliis  house 
bears  W.  hy  .\.,  yon  are  to  the  southward  of  the  exlninily  o|  the  shiml  :  and  when  it 
bears  W.  I»y  S.  you  are  to  the  northward  id'  it.  'I  hat  ■  hieh  adds  i  nnsideraidy  to  the 
danger  nC  this  shoal,  in  poiii^  either  r.p  or  down  the  Clirsapeake,  is  the  Incikeii  islaiiiU 
which  lie  on  the  east  side  of  the  ehamiel,  and  the  llats  ot'saiid  which  extend  I'rom  ')  to  6 
miles  to  the  westward  from  them. 

'J'he  Taii!;ii'r  Islands  lie  to  the  southward  (d'( 'oopei's  Island,  and  tho  Taii<.'if'r  I'-iands 
•nd  Watts'  Iskmd  make  the  eiilranee  (d'  I'idvoiiioku  Hay,  wliu  li  bay  nv  nates  \'iri;iiiia 
from  Maryland  on  the  eastern  shore. 

Potomac  Kiver  separates  ^'ir^inia  from  Maryland;  its  cntraiire  is  fonnei.'  by  Smith'? 
Point  on  the  south  side,  and  I'oint  Lixdxoiit  on  the  north  side.  The  distance  between 
these  two  points  is  abimi  rs',  leat;ues.     On  Smith's  I'oint  is  a  lii;hthon»e. 

If  you  are  lioiind  to  St.  ."Mary's  Kiver.  yon  must  i^ive  I'oint  Lookout,  and  also  the  shore 
about  it,  a  good  berth  ;  and  wheiiyfui  ap|)r(ia<  h  St.  (Jeorce's  Isliind,  you  must  keep  nearer 
to  the  main  than  to  the  shoal,  which  extuini.s  Iroiii  the  Island,  ^'our  course  into  tho 
river  is  N.  W.,  and  as  it  is  all  ojicn  to  your  view,  you  may  anchor  when  you  please  in  a 
oj^  fathoms  water. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Wicoinack,  in  Potomac  River,  your  couise  from  the  cast  end  of 
St.  (Jeorgc's  Island  to  Kaj:;r;ed  i'oint  i:i  .N.  W.  .',  \V.  and  the  distance  2  leaaiu-s.  ( )ii 
the  south  orhnboard  side,  there  are  liats  lyiiii;  oil' from  the  siiore,  which  in  some  jdacos 
extend  one  mile  ;  come  no  nearer  to  them  than  7  fathoms.  In  the  middle  of  the  channel 
you  will  have'll,  10,  l.'i,  10,  apd  H  fatlioms.  Vou  must  i,'ive  Ha;'j;ed  I'oint  a  good  berth, 
to  avoid  the  shoal,  which  extends  from  it  nearly  one  mile,  l^'roin  Kai;t;ril  I'oint  to  Cle- 
ment's Islana  your  course  is  W.  ^  N.,  and  the  distance  •,'  leaiiues.  In  the  middle  of  the 
channel  you  will  have  d,  .''),  4i,  and  7  fathoms  water.'  On  tlie  south  side,  a  little  below 
Clement's  Island,  is  Nomine  Kay.  From  abreast  of  Cleni'^nt's  Island  steer  W.  N.  W. 
in  6,  5,  aiul  4  fathoms  wafer,  until  you  have  Wicoinack  Kiver  open;  tlnii  pass  pretty 
near  to  the  island,  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoal 
which  runs  olf  from  the  ])oint  the  west  si'e.  Steer  alioiit  north  into  the  river,  and  aiulior 
on  the  south  side  of  iN'cw ton's  Point,  in  5,  or  4,'  fathoms  water. 

POTOMAC  RIVHR  TO  PATUXENT  Kl\  KK.— Krom  Point  Lookout  a  flat 
runs  off  a  considerable  way,  which  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid,  by  not  comiu'j;  any 
nearer  to  it  than  7  or  H  fathoms  water.  Opposiie  tliis  point,  the  flat  ol' Taii^iiT  Islands 
extends  so  far  to  the  westward  as  to  narrow  the  channel  of  the  Chesapeake  to  about  4^ 
miles.  This  part  of  the  flat  is  steep,  and  has  l.T  fathoms  close  to  it.  .\bout  two  lea^^ues 
to  the  northward  of  Point  Lookout  is  Point  Acain,  ollwhich,  above  2  miles,  there  lies  a 
shoal.  About  .'5  leagues  to  tiie  northward  of  I'oint  A<:ain,  is  Cedar  Point.  Ketween 
them,  7  or  8  falhpms  is  a  good  depth  to  keej)  in.  Nearer  to  the  flat  on  the  cast  side, 
there  are  10,  16,  9,  and  11  fathoms. 

Cedar  Point  is  on  tb^  south  side  of  the  entrance  of  Patuxcnt  River.     The  ground  is 
low  and  sandy,  ahd  ha»  6K>rr.c  straggling  trees  standing  on  it.     From  tliis  point,  a  Hat  ex- 
tends to  the  eastward,  and  also  to  the  northward.     On  this  north  side  of  the  river  there 
varc  high  hills,  called  Cliffs,  with  trees  on  them;    and  from  this  .<«ide  also  a  flat  extends, 

It  the  shodlings  on  each  side  of  the  channel  are  gradual  and  the  ground  soft.     lu  th« 


'W^' 


1   i 


i:it  ii  IN  (Linger* 

ihr   l.itlff. 

w  liitc  lino)    Ht 

■t<(l.  to  l>llo>  off 
jisco,  ol'  wliich 

point  ;i  ^-jiif  cx- 

l'iitlioiii-<  «;iirr. 

kork,  (III  mIik'Ii 

)t.  iliprc  iiii'  H 

In  tllC  I'lltl'illii'i; 

ics.      \'(Ui  limy 

mis. 

I'l  sIlliU  iiiu  oiiu 
sonili  Hidu  of 

(III   ni;iy  rim  in 

II  (roiii  Siiiilir* 
ilioiil  v",  iiiilfw 

mis  Wiiitir.  iiiiil 

hoalcsl  pint  of 
tlic  slioif  uilliin 
U'lirii  tills  iioii-c 
nl  :  imil  «  hfii  it 
isi(lri;il)ly  to  ilic 
ic  liroKcn  is!;iii(ls 
ti'iid  riiiiii  .')  to  H 

)  'r;iiu:irr  l-l;iii<i« 
.■pniaK's  \'ii;;iiiia 

nnc(!  by  Smith's 
dist.iiife  bi'iwccn 

and  also  the  slioio 
must  keep  iienr.'r 
r  course  into  fho 
•n  y<ui  pliMsf  in  S 

n  tlu"  east  end  o( 
•  !2  Icasiucs.  <  111 
ill  in  some  pluccs 
lilt'  olthe  fliannel 
oini  a  fiond  hertii, 
;i:i'd  I'oiiil  to  Cle- 
tiic  middle  oftho 
;idi\  H  little  lieiow 
I  Meci  \V.  N.  W. 
then  p;iss  pretty 
to  avoid  the  .shoal 
■  river,  and  auehor 

t  Lookout  a  flat 
V  not  (inniD^  any 
<i  'I'aiiiiier  Islands 
peake  to  about  4^- 
Vlmut  two  lea;j.ues 
miles,  there  lies  a 
I'oiut.  i'.etueen 
on  the  cast  side, 

•.  The  ground  is 
lis  point,  a  Hat  ex- 
of  the  river  there 
dso  a  flat  extends, 
lund  soft.     lu  tho 


IU.I'NT'h  AMKinr.VN  COAST  I'll.or. 


2^3 


midill'' nftlie  ehannel  tlipre  lire  H  laflioms  water.  Iliuhertip  m  Ronsjy's  Poinl  on  the 
soiilli  side,  and  the  Drum  I'oinf  oti  tin'  north  side  :  the  latter  is  a  low  .sandy  point.  Voii 
may  amhor  wiilniiil  these  |)oml^.  or  \oii  may  ^o  liirlher  up  the  river,  always  ob.'^erving 
(lie  lollovvmi:  i^eneril  rule  in  all  ihe  deepbavs  thrimuhoiit  \'iru;iiiia  and  ALuyland,  vi/.. 
toevciv  point,  more  especiiilly  \«lii'ie  ilie  l.md  is  low,  ^ive  a  t^ood  berth  in  paHtiin^,  bo- 
e»usc  <4()it.<i,  or  llat.t  or.saii(l  extend  Iroiii  theMi,!Uid  cunttuijuenlly  the  water  it  siiual  iu  such 

'   (   U'K   IIK.NKV   ()l{    LVNMAVK.V    I5AV,   VOUK    III VKH.— As  Tape  Henry 

S.  S.  K.  would  lead  voii  u'-ar  the  Mil  ol  the  Middle  (iroiind,  and  as  the  proceedin^ 
Willi  It  at  S.  K.  would  (any  you  on  the  Mil  and  north  edi;e  ol'  the  Ilorse-shoe,  your 
kee|)iii^  the  Cape  on  any  bearing  betwHcn  .'^.  .S,  K.  and  S.  K.  will  carry  you  through  be- 
tween the  two  .shoaU.  On  the  tad,  and  alonji;  the  north  side  of  the  liurs(>-shue,  tho 
slicialiii;;s  are  i;iadual.  With  Cape  llemy  bearing;  fS.  .S.  K.  or  S.  K.  by  8.,  steer  N.  N. 
W  ,  or  .N.  W.  by  N.  until  you  briii.;  (  ape  (  harbs  to  bear  K.  by  N.  :  you  are  then  to  tho 
norlhward  of  the  llorse-shoe,  and  may  steer  .N.  W.  or  \.  W.  by  W.,  aecordiim  as  you 
have  the  wind  and  tide.  As  the  ebb  sets  fUroni;  out  of  the  Chesapeake  over  the  llorse- 
-lioe.yoii  miisi  not,  with  a  northerly  wind  and  ebb  tide,  approach  any  nearer  to  the  shoal 
4IM11  .')  or '>ralhoms  water.  When  you  Inive  brought  .New  I'oint  Comfort  to  bear  N.  N. 
W.  and  r.aek  Kiver  Lii:ht  to  bear  .'^.  by  W.,  you  are  then  on  the  tail  of  Vork  S|)it,  in  ,'1 
lallioiiis  water.  \\  Men  yon  are  a  little  above  iiont,'  Isle,  you  must  not  (•oiue  any  nearer 
to  th(!  shore  than 'i  fathoms,  until  you  enter  the  river  above  them.irsh;  then  kee|)  in  9  or 
ID  fathoms,  and  run  up  and  anelnir  between  Vork  and  (iloitee.stcr,  iu  what  depth  you 
pleasir. 

W'lih  a  eoiitraiy  wind  si  and  towards  the  Horse-shoe  in  4J  or  5  fathoms,  nnd  from  it 
into  (>'  or  7',  fathoms,  iinlil  you  are  abreast  of  the  entr  nee  ol"  I'ocasiii,  where  there  is  a 
cut  of  7  lathoms,  whieh  runs  close  to  the  entrance;  you  'hoiild  therefore  be  careful  to 
avoiil  i;oiim  too  far  in,  and  thereby  L'eilinu  on  the  twil  •■!;♦  extends  from  Toes  Marsh. 
When  you  have  !.'ot  thus  I'ar  up,  yon  should  ;;o  no  neare.  to  the  sh  ire  on  this  side,  than 
7  or  ()',  lathoms,  all  the  way  up  to  \'oik  Town.  On  theoiher  <ide,  you  should  not  stand 
any  nearer  to  the  small  i>|es  on  \  urk  Spit,  than  Id  or  11  fathoii's.  Close  to  the  tail  of 
(his  spil  there  are  ()  fathoms  ;  elose  to  the  inidille  of  it  there  are  10  fathoms  ;  ami  close  to 
it,  abreast  of  the  island •!,  you  will  have  l;i  fathoms,  and  before  you  can  };et  another  cast  of 
the  lead  you  will  be  ashore.  \V  hen  you  have  entered  the  river,  you  must  not  come  anf 
nearer  to  the  Mat  than  H  or  ')  fathoms  water.  This  Hat  extends  from  the  north  shore,  af- 
must  one  third  over  the  river. 

HJAI'K  II  ATTKK.VS.— This  cape  lies  'bout  S.  S.  K.  .'57  leapuea  from  Capo  Henry; 
between  them  lie  the  inlets  o(  Ciirrituik,  which  are  shoal,  and  New  Inlet,  on  which  are 
.')  feet  water.  .Miout  (>  leagues  ,\,  by  K.  from  the  cajie  lie  the  Wimble  Shoals,  on  which 
are  :!  and  i\  fathoms  water,  extending  N.  by  \V.  and  S.  by  E.  about  3  miles,  and  is  about 
;{  miles  wide.  Tin-  inner  edi^e  of  this  shoal  is  about  :}  miles  from  the  shore,  and  the 
soundin<;s  between  them  H,  1(1,  and  7  fathoms.  About  •')  miles  N.  by  W.  from  the  north 
end  of  tills  slioal,  and  .{  miles  S.  K.  from  the  north  end  of  Hatteras  Island,  there  lie  some 
small  knolls,  on  which  are  only  •)  feet  at  low  water. 

Cape  llati  'as  Shoals  extend  r<  miles  iu  a  south-easterly  direction,  with  5  and  6  fti» 
tliouis  on  the  exiremc  parts.  The  must  dan<ferous  shoal  lies  in  lat.  35°  10'  N.,  the  midr 
(11(5  of  which  is  J  n.iles  distant  from  the  cape,  and  has  barely  9  feet  water.  This  is  called 
the  Diamond  Shoal,  betw(;en  which  and  t!ie  cajie  there  i.s  a  good  passage  for.  small  ves- 
sels in  moderate  weathei',  or  when  the  wind  is  otf  the  land,  but  it  would  be  always  safest 
to  {fo  round  the  shoal  in  10,  I 'J,  and  1.')  fathoms. 

'IMie  lighthouse  at  Cape  Hatteras  exhibits  a  tine  light  wlien  in  order,  and  can  be  seen 
very  plainly  in  9  and  10  (athonis  water  on  the  out(!r  part  of  the  shoals,  when  only  10  feet 
abovo  the  level  of  tb  si;a ;  but  wjien  on  board  a  large  vessel,  it  might  be  seen  in  20or25 
fathoms.     The  sounduigs  from  the  cape  are  2,  3,  4,  4^,  6,  6,  and  7  fathoms,  and  theq 


*0n  the  pilch  of  this  cnpr,  (which  is  low  sandy  land,)  a  lighthouse  js  erected,  painted  whitp,  97  feet 
nlinve  tlie  level  of  the  soa,  nintriiniii!,'  a  fixed  li^dit.  There  is  a*  good  channel,  three  miles  from  the 
IJL'hi,  keo;)iim  the  land  01;  Iicii'  I.  The  liulii  inar.s  from  the  W.  VV.  part  of  the  outer  bHooIs,  N.  by  W, 
i  \V.  and  from  the  .'^.  t).  jian,  .V.  W.  distant  ■'»  Ipaijues  ;  frointhe  S.  W.  part  of  the  middle shoalai 
within  whic.  vcs^i'ls  hound  aloiii,'  the  coast  generally  pass,  the  light  bears  N.  N.  W. 

Tlie  li;jht  at  Cape  llatfrns,  beini,'  1).')  feet  aliove  the  level  of  the  sea,  will  bp^een  from  n  considera.. 
ble  distance  without  tiie  outer  .ihoals,  and  to  a  vessel  steering  from  Ocraciick  W.  by  N.,  W.  N.  W,^ 
or  even  N.  W.  by  W.,  the  light  on  the  cape  will  tirst  show,  and  will  contiiuie  to  be  ilsen  till  tho  li^^' 
appears  within  the  bar.  jjjF. 

The  point  of  ("ape  Hatteras  having  made  out  into  the  sea  since  the  lighthouse  was  built,  the  light 
now  stands  li  mile  back  from  the  point  of  land  that  makes  out  from  it. 

30 


v:' 


(»wi»<a^.aat^ ^,, 


mmi^lfmim'ptmim 


# 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


y 


I 


// 


/ 


5^       /^^/^ 


1.0 


I.I 


I 


40 


1.25  III  1.4 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


lO' 


,\ 


^' 


iv> 


'5*   ^it,    "^  r\ 


^.   ^\  Wr^ 


--% 


r/j 


ffim 


234 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


deepens  to  9,  on  the  8.  S.  E.  part.     Tlieie  is  a  ciiiiTtit  witli  a  snuth  wind  wliirh  runs 
N.  N.  E.  two  miles  per  hour,  and  witli  a  mirth  ^^  iiul  S.  S    W.  two  miles  per  hour. 

W.  y.  W.  from  (.'ape  Jjatlera.s,  H  leajiues  distant,  is  ^Ocracoek  lulet,  on  the  har  ol" 
which  are  'J  feet  water  ;  this  bar  is  subject  to  change,  and  should  not  be  entered  without  a 
pilot. 

f'lrom  Cape  Hattera-  to  Cape  Henry  the  grouml  is  fine  sand,  and  to  the  northward  of 
Cape  Henry,  coarse  sand  with  some  shells  amoiiji  it. 

It  is  high  water  at  Cape  llatteras  Shoals,  oii  full  and  cham;e  of  the  moon,  at  3  o'clock 
and  45  minutes,  and  the  tide  dows  I'rom  4  to  5  feet,  being  i|,overned  by  the  winds  in  the 
offing,  and  in  easterly  gales  it  runs  several  feet  liiglier. 

On  a  point  of  land  on  the  south  side  of  Pamtico  Kiver,  35  miles  below  Washington, 
running  into  Pamtieo  Sound,  stands  a  lighthouse,  ;;()  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
with  a  fixed  light. 

Vessels  bound  to  Washington,  I'rom  the  S.  W.  end  of  Royal  Shoal,  on  which  is  a  light 
boat,  will  make  their  course  good  N.  \V.  by  N.,  which  will  bring  them  up  the  main 
channel  of  Pamtieo  River,  and  will  be  w  ithin  a  quarter  of  a  unle  of  the  light. 

tCAPE  LOOKOUT— Cape  Lookout  lies  in  .",4^  37'  N.  lat.  and  7()°  33'  W.  long.. 
and  the  Cape  Woods  (where  the  lighthouse  is)  in  lat.  34^  o'J'  N.  and  long.  7(/^  3-^'  W. 
The  shoals  extend  from  the  cape  10  mil'cs,  in  a  S.  S.  E.  direction,  being  broken  ground 
as  far  as  lat.  34°  ii8'  N.  In  that  latitude  there  are  14  fathoms  water,  and  from  thence  to 
the  Gulf  Stream,  the  soundings  are  gradual,  'Jo  fathoms  :  the  tracks  are  faithfully  laid 
down  in  the  chart,  (published  by  E.  iscii.  W.  Blunt,)  togetlier  with  all  the  soundings 
from  the  outer  part  of  the  shoal  to  the  edge  of  the  (lulf  Stream. 

The  outer  part  of  Cape  Lookout  Shoals  lies  S.  W.  |  W.  '22  leagues  from  Cape  Uat- 
teras,  and  22  leagues  S.  W.  f  W.  from  the  outer  part  of  Cape  Hatteras  Shoals.  Seven 
miles  from  Cape  Lookout  Light  lies  a  shoal  which  m  dry  at  low  water,  bearing  S.  },  E. 
from  the  light ;  the  sea  breaks  constantly  S.  E.  from  this  shoal  for  the  distance  of  2  miles, 
which  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  breakers.  l?etween  this  shoal  and  the  shore  there  are  nu- 
merous spots,  on  which  are  l^and  l\  fathoms;  south  of  this  shoal  the  least  water  is  2:^- 
fathouis.  On  the  eastern  part  of  Cape  Lookout  Shoals  there  are  2t,  fathoms,  near  them; 
pn  the  northern  and  southern  sides,  are  4,  5,  and  9  fathoms.  On  the  N.  and  E.  of  Cape 
Lookout  Shoals  you  will  have  7  and  8  fathoms,  dead,  dark,  broken  shells,  with  sand. 
-  Old  Topsail  Inlet,  or  entrance  to  I'eaufort,  lies  abou:  3  leagues  W.  N.  AV.  irom  Cape 
Xiookout.  It  has  2^  fathoms  water,  but  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  is  formed  by  a 
long  spit  extending  westward.     The  channel  in  lies  first  N.  E.  by  E.  and  then  alters 

fradually  round  the  flat,  which  extends  from  the  l-uboard  or  western  side  to  theN.  JN.  \V. 
a  proceeding  up  to  Beaufort,  you  will  have  ;.,  4,  and  3  fathoms  in  the  channel,  and 
may  anchor  in  3  fathoms  at  low  water. 

if  you  wish  to  come  within  the  shoals  of  Cape  Lookout,  after  making  Beaufort,  keep 
along  the  shore  at  the  distance  of  2  miles,  until  you  come  up  with  the  point  of  sand  form- 
ing a  pretty  good  harbor,  with  (he  wind  from  the  N.  W.  to  E.  for  small  vessels.  If 
bound  to  the  northward,  keep,  as  near  as  you  can  jxulge,  the  same  distance,  or  a  little 
less,  from  the  beach,  until  you  bring  th0  lightliouse  to  bear  N.  W.  by  N. ;  you  will  at 
that  distance  have  not  less  than  quarter  less  tluee  ;  then  keep  X.  E.,  a.  d  you  will  deepen 
to  5  and  6  fathoms  in  a  few  nlinutes. 


*  At  the  entrance,  on  Ocracock  Island,  a  lighthouse  is  erected,  cxhibitinp  a  revolving  li^liti  which 
youleaveon  your  starboard  hiind  entering  the  Inlet.  The  time  of  each  revolution  is  two  minutes. 
It  IB  elevated  75  feet  above  the  water. 

A  floating  light  is  stationed  within  the  point  of  the  9  feet  shoal,  near  Peach's  Hole  Swash.  SIio 
is  moored  in  2  fathoms  water,  with  the  light  on  Ocracock  bearing  S.  E.,  distant  2|  miles  ;  Shell 
Caede  bearing  S.  W.  i  W.  4i  miles,  and  die  light  boat  at  the  S.  W.  Straddle  W.  by  S.  'J  miles.  A 
bell  will  be  tolled  at  intervals  in  thick  apd  foggy  weather. 

A  floating  light  is  also  moored  at  the  mouth  of  Ncuse  River.  She  is  moored  in  4^  fathoms  water, 
Sticky  bottom,  near  the  upper  edge  or  western  side  of  the  shoal,  extending  out  from  the  point  of 
marsh  with  the  point  bearing  due  south,  distant  about  diree  miles  ;  (nim  Thicket,  bearing  S.  W. 
^W.  J  Brant  Island  due  N. ;  Swan  Island  S.  E.,  and  the  South  West  Straddle  LightBoat  due  east 

A  bell  of  200  lbs.  weight  wdl  be  tolled  at  intervals,  in  thick  rnd  foggy  weather. 

+  Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse  isyjainted  with  red  and  white  strijirs  horizontally,  and  can  be  seen 
16  or  18  miles,  and  resembles  a  ship  under  sail.  It  contains  a  fixed  light,  elevated  100  fret  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  The  house  is  surrounded  by  a  small  growth  of  tnes,  from  which  a  bold  sand 
beach  extends  in  a  S.  E.  direction  about  3  miles,  in  the  centre  of  which  are  small  hillocks  of  sand. 
This  light,  althoughjieen  clearly  all  night,  until  near  the  approach  of  day,  caimot  then  be  discerned, 
owing,  it  is  thoughj|m  u  mist  that  rises  between  the  vessel  and  the  lamjis.  It  is  judged  imprudent 
to  approach  the«ho8ls  of  Lookout  in  the  night  nearer  than  7  futhoms  on  the  east,  or  10  on  the  west 
side. 


"'^ST"  'iM»r'-.  I' — f-*™"* 


Ii  wind  wliifli  runs 
lilcN  per  hour. 
I'lft,  on  tlio  bar  of 
e  enttreil  witliout  a 

o  the  nortliwnnl  of 

moon,  at  J  o'clock 
ly  the  winds  in  ihu 

)clow  Washington, 
e  level  of  the  sea, 

on  which  is  a  hgljt 
tliem   up  the  main 

"ifiht. 
7()°^;j' W.  lone., 
long.  76^  3-'  W. 
ing  broken  gnuind 
md  from  thence  to 
are  faithfiillv  Jaid 
1  all  the  soundings 

o 

;s  Ironi  Ca].<e  Hat- 
as  yiioals.     yeven 
■r,  bcariiifi;  ,S.  J  E. 
lititanceoi'2nifle.«, 
!ore  there  are  nu- 
e  least  water  is  -2},- 
thonis,  nearthcin"; 
N.  and  E.  of  Cape 
p1!s,  witii  sand. 
N.  W.  from  Capo 
ce  is  formed  by  a 
E.  and  then  alters 
ie  to  theN.  j\.  \V. 
1  the  channel,  and 

ng  Beaufort,  keep 
oint  of  sand  forni- 
sniall  vessels.  If 
istance,  or  a  little 
r  N.  ;  you  will  at 
■l}ou  will  deepen 


volvinj,'  lifrlit,  which 
ion  is  two  minutes. 

Hole  Swash.  Sho 
nt  2|  miles  ;  Shell 
•  by  S.  <J  miles.     A 

4i  fathoms  water, 
t  from  die  point  of 
et,  benrintr  S.  W. 
iightBoat  due  east 

,  and  can  bo  seen 
cd  TOO  fret  above 
vliich  a  bold  sand 
I  hillocks  of  sand, 
dicri  1)0  discerned, 
judged  imprudent 
or  10  on  the  west 


IIMINT  ri  AMKUICAN  COAST  riLOi\ 


^35 


West.  10  leagues  from  Cape  Tiookout,  lies  Bougue  Inlet,  on  which  are  8  feot  waV*r{ 
W.  liv  S.  :',  8.  4',  leagues  from  Hougue  Inlet,  lies  New  River,  on  which  you  have  8  feet 
water;  S.  \V"  -J  W.,  b  leagues  from  Sew  River  ijight,lies  New  Topsail  Inlet,  on  which 
are  10  feet  water;  8.  W.  |  W.  from  New  Topsail  Inlet,  ;)  leagues  distant,  you  make 
Decji  Inlet,  on  which  are  7  feet  water;  S.  S.  W.  fiom  Dee])  Inlet,  ()  leagues,  lies  Nevr 
Inlet,  on  which  are  7  feet  water.  This  inlet  is  between  the  sea  coast  and  N.  E.  end  of 
Smith's  Island.  It  will  admit  vessi^ls  drawing  (>  feet,  and  is  about  2  miles  wide  at  its 
entrance,  having  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  over  th.e  bar.  It  continues  its  breadth  to  the 
flat,  and  is  navigable  for  large  vessels  'Jl  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  i20  miles  to  Wilming-' 
ton,  to  which  town  vessels  drawing  10  or  1'2  feet  can  reach  without  any  risk.  S.  by  E., 
8  leagues  from  the  New  Inlet,  will  carry  you  into  lo  fatliems,  south  froui  the  Fryuig* 
pan  Shoals. 

CAPE  FEAR  LIGHTHOUSE.— Near  the  western  bend  of  the  Erying-pAu  Shoal, 
about  1.5  miles  from  the  land  on  the  S.  W.  end  of  Smith's  Island,  Bald  Head  Lighthouse 
is  erectt>d.  It  is  painted  black,  in  order  to  distiiiirnish  it  from  the  lighthouse  on  Federal 
i'oint,  from  which  it  bears  about  S.  W.  by  S.  distant  H'^  miles,  and  stands  one  mile  from 
ilie  sea,  ')U  I'eet  high,  and  contains  a  fixed  light.  'V\\t'  lamps  are  110  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  and  50  feet  above  the  tops  of  the  trees  which  stand  on  the  hills  between  the 
light  and  the  sea.     Smith  and  Oak  Islands  form  the  main  entrance  into  the  river. 

To  go  over  the  main  b;u-,  bring  the  lighthouse  to  bear  N.  ^  E.  The  buoy  is  within  the 
bar,  close  to  it,  and  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel.  From  the  buoy  the  lighthouse 
bears  about  N.  N.  E.,  distant  one  and  a  hall"  mile.  On  the  bar,  at  high  tide,  you  have 
111  feet,  and  its  rise  is  5  feet.  From  the  point  of  the  ca])e  the  lighthouse  bears  N.  W., 
distant  4  miles,  and  from  tlie  extremity  of  the  Frying-pau  Shoal,  N.  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  5 
leagues. 

The  general  direction  of  the  land  from  Bald  Head  Lighthouse  to  Little  River,  (thirty 
miles  from  the  liar,)  is  W.  ^  S.  From  the  western  projection  of  Frying-pan  Shoals,  to 
the  mouth  of  Little  River,  the  soundings  are  from  9  to  10  fathoms,  sometimes  sand,  and 
sometimes  rock. 

It  may  be  necessary  to  observe  to  strangers,  that,  in  passing  the  shoals,  especially  in  a 
dark  night,  if  is  most  iirndent  lo  steer  W.  in  lat.  '.yP<^  20'  or  2iL'  at  most,  until  they  shoal 
their  water  to  7  or  8  fathoms ;  by  doing  this  they  may  be  sure  of  being  to  the  westward 
of  the  bar. 

Your  course  from  Cape  Fear  Bar,  when  in  9  fathoms  w.itc,  to  clear  Cape  Roman 
Shoal,  is  S.  W.,  aiirl  distance  72  miles.  When  sailing  towards  these  coasts,  it  is  prudent 
to  keep  nearly  ade<rree  to  the  southw  ird  of  the  latitude  of  the  place  you  intend  to  makey 
until  you  reckon  yourself  on  the  edge  of  the  (Julf  Stream,  when  you  must  be  directed 
by  jndgnient,  according  to  circumstances.  Do  not,  if  possible  to  aVoid  it,  sail  to  thft 
northward  of  .3.3°  20',  or  at  highest,  33°  25',  until  you  obtain  10  fafhomS  water.  In  this 
de])th  you  will  be  within  the  south  or  outer  end  of  the  Frying-pan  Shoal,  which  ii«$  in 
lat.  .33°  :>,f)'.  In  approaching  the  coast,  in  3'.]^  20',  your  first  soundings  will  be  from  30 
to  .3.')  fatlinms  ;  in  this  dept  ii  you  will  be  very  near  to  the  edge  of  the  Giilf  Stream.  '  You 
will  have  line  grey  sand,  with  black  spots,  when  you  will  get  into  17  fathotqs :  th^  is  a 
long  flat  in  this  depth  of  water.  In  steering  west  you  will,  for  the  first  5  or  6  Isa^es, 
slioalen  tlie  water  very  little.  When  you  come  in  14  fathoms,  you  shoalen  your  wsoIlK 
(jiiicker  but  gradually.  You  will  see  the  land  from  10  fathoms  water,  if  the  weather  be* 
clear,  and  may  then  be  sure  that  you  arc  within  the  Frying-pan,  from  the  outside  of  tbl». 
shoal.     To  the  westward  of  north-west  no  land  can  be  seen,  when  without  the  shoals. 

The  currents  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina  are  governed  mostly  by  the  wind  :  during^ 
the  sununer  months,  the  prevailing  winds  are  south-westerly,  and  the  currents  then  set 
the  direction  of  the  coast  to  tht^  eastward,  and  when  the  southerly  winds  cease  blowings 
it  changes  suddenly  to  the  contrary  direction,  which  is  a  sure  precursor  of  a  north-east ' 
wind.  •'    , 

The  land  on  Cape  Lookout  is  very  low,  and  canqoitbe  seen  more  than  a  leagu*  in  the 
clearest  weather,  from  on  board  a  sniall  vessel. 

[We  (l(-cline  giving  directions  for  saiVmg  into  many  ports  in  North  Carolina,  as  all  th« 
harbors  are  barred,  and  always  subject  to  alteration  by  every  gale,  particularly  in  tlxe 
equinoctial  storms;  hut  the  bars  create  only  a  part  of  the  danger  in  sailing  into  those 
ports  ;  it  is  the  vast'  bed  of  shoals  that  lies  within  the  bars,  with  their  innumerable  smali 
channels,  which  give  to  tide  so  many  dilierent  directions  that  even  the  pilots  who  live  oB 
the  spot,  find  it  diflicnlt  to  carry  a  vessel  in  without  some  accident.  Here  also  the  west- 
crlv  variation  appears  to  cease,  and  at  Savaimah  becomes  easterly.] 

NORTH  RAR  OF  THE  NEW  INLET.— To  enter,  the  rnark|fe^re,  to  bring  th^ 
west  end  of  Buzzard's  Bay  point  of  sand  on  II.  Helly's. large  white  ^oBse  in  Smtthville, 
and  the  bearings  will  be  south-west  by  west,  keeping  the  point  of  Smithville  with  these 
bearings  until  over  the  bar;  then  keep  the  spit  of  sand  or  beach  that  makes  off'(h>Ul 


■r'4 


'm 


236 


blunt' s»  AMl'RICAJV  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


•Federal  Point  Light  close  on  board,  which  will  cany  you  into  the  river  channel,  where 
there  is  good  anchorage  )  along  the  sand,  in  3  and  4  lathunis  water.  On  this  bar  there 
are  10  feet  at  low,  and  Vi  at  high  water. 

OLD  BAR  at  NEW  INLET,  or  as  now  calltd.  THE  SOUTH  BAR.— In  run- 
ning in  when  the  lighthouse  on  Federal  I'oint  bears  W.  or  W.  by  8.  you  will  nial  e  a 
thick  and  high  hummock  ol  woods,  called  Merryck's  Wood  BluO,  btt'ore  you  nial^e  fiie 
light ;  but  should  it  bear  to  the  north  of  west,  you  will  make  the  lighthouse  and  blull  at 
the  same  time,  the  former  of  which  may  bo  seen  in  clear  weat,."ri  about  15  miles,  froni 
h  ship's  deck,  in  about  It)  or  11  fathoms  water,  and  when  lirst  discovered,  has  the  aii|)ear- 
ance  of  a  distant  sail.  As  you  api)roach  the  light,  the  water  becomes  gradually  shoal. 
In  4  to  5  fathoms  water,  one  mile  and  a  half  from  the  lighthouse,  bearing  W.  S.  W.  to 
W.  there  is  good  anchorage,  soft  bottom. 

In  running  in,  bring  the  lighthouse  on  with  the  south  end  of  the  barracks,  which  you 
Will  continue  till  orer  the  bar,  and  near  the  beach,  and  so  along  the  beach,  until  you  are 
in  the  rivei*.  On  the  bar,  at  high  water,  11  to  12  feet;  at  low  water,  6  feet  only.  The 
depth  of  water,  and  channel,  however,  are  subject  to  variation,  so  tliat  it  is  not  advisa- 
ble for  strangers,  except  in  cases  of  necessity,  to  run  in  without  a  pilot. 

THE  MAIN  BAR  OF  CAPE  FEAR  lUV^ER.— Vessels  running  down  from  the 
Westward, should  not  approach  nearer  the  Middle  (iround,  than  to  bring  the  (^ape  (which 
is  the  most  eastern  part  of  the  Bald  Head  Woods)  to  bear  E.  by  N.  When  you  bring 
the  lighthouse  to  bear  N.  \  E.  in  about  4  fathoms  water,  stctr  immediately  for  it,  w  liich 
Will  be  a  little  open  to  the  eastward  of  a  Pole  Beacon,  with  a  cask  on  the  top,  painted 
black.  A  continuation  of  this  course  will  carry  you  dear  of  the  Fingers,  when  you  will 
isee  a  buoy  ahead,  or  a  little  on  the  larboard  bow,  whi^di  you  will  jiass,  leaving  it  on  the 
larbaard  hand;  as  soon  as  you  leave  the  buoy,  steer  N.  W.  or  keep  the  breakers  close 
on  board  the  larboard  side,  when  you  will  luff  or  bear  away,  as  the  water  may  deepen  or 
become  more  shoal,  to  be  ascertained  by  heaving  the  lead.  This  will  carry  you  clear  of 
il  long  sand  shoal,  that  makes  off  the  point  of  Bald  Head,  which  is  dangerous  to  ground 
iipon,  as  the  flood  tide  sets  directly  over,  and  l)rcaks  upon  it  with  the  w  ind  from  the  S. 
W.  In  approaching  Bald  Head,  caution  is  necessary,  as  the  shoals  on  both  sides  are 
Very  steep,  frequently  from  6  to  3  fathoms  at  one  cast  of  the  lead.  Keep  close  to  this 
Ishoal  by  sounding  as  above  directed,  until  you  reach  Oak  Island,  when  you  may  steer 
direct  for  Smithville.  Outside  of  the  bar,  in  5  or  C  fathon;s  water,  the  lighthouse  bear- 
^ig  Ni  there  is  good  anchorage  in  soft  bottom.  TJicve  is  on  the  bar,  at  low  water,  10 
feet,  and  ai  high  water  14^  feet :  and  the  sea  is  scarcely  ever  so  rough  as  to  prevent  a  pi- 
lot's boarding  ^  vessel  at  the  buoy. 

OAK  ISLAND  CHANNEL. — Vessels  drawing  not  more  than  9  feet  water,  running 
into  Wilmingtcn  through  Oak  Island  Channel,  may  bring  the  easternmost  part  of  the 
lump  of  trees  ov  the  oast  end  of  Oak  Island  to  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  and  run  foi  it,  which 
will  carry  them  over  in  the  best  of  the  water,  7i  feet  at  low  water,  and  11  feet  at  high 
Water;. as  soon  as  you  deepen  your  water  over  the  bar,  steer  for  the  end  of  the  sandy 
point  of  Oak  Island,  till  close  up  with  it,  then  steer  E.  S.  E.  for  opening  Cape  Creek, 
till  you  deepen  into  4  fathoms,  then  haul  up  N.  orN.  N.  W.  along  the  beach,  till  you  get 
up  with  Fort  Johnson,  where  you  may  anchor. 


*  The  lighthouse  on  Federal  Point,  bears  N.  E.  )iy  N.  from  Bald  Head  Light,  distant  about  8} 
kniles.  It  is  elevated  48 feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  painted  white,  and  stands  on  the  main  h-nd, 
horth  side  of  the  entrance  of  Cape  Fear  River,  where  formerly  stood  a  beacon.  The  bar  bears  from 
the  light  E.  S.  E.,  distant  one  mile. 

The  lighthouse  on  Federal  Point  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  April,  1836  ;  it  will,  without  doubt,  be 
t^built  on  the  same  site ;  the  direcdons  are  therefore  left  as  above.     January,  1837. 


sm*" 


[ '  (liilrilifiyi'ii  I 


asszssi:^ 


IBLUNT  S  AMI:RIC.\N  COAST  PILOT. 


237 


cr  channel,  where 
Ou  this  bar  tlierc 

BAR. — In  run- 
.  yoii  will  iriaKe  a 
ore  you  inake  tlie 
iiouse  and  bind'  at 
ut  15  miles,  from 
(1,  has  the  appear- 
s  gradually  shoal, 
ring  W.  S.  W.  to 

rracks,  which  yoii 
ach,  until  you  are 
)  feet  only.  Tlie 
t  it  is  not  advisa- 

ng  down  from  the 
^  the  Cape  (which 

When  you  bring 
itely  for  it,  which 
n  the  top,  painted 
ers,  when  you  will 

leaving  it  on  the 
le  breakers  close 
er  may  deepen  or 
^arry  you  clear  of 
gerous  to  ground 
wind  from  the  S. 
on  both  sides  are 
veep  close  to  this 
-•n  you  may  steer 

lighthouse  bear- 
,  at  low  water,  10 
IS  to  prevent  a  pi- 

:et  water,  running 
most  part  of  the 
run  for  it,  which 
id  11  feet  at  high 
end  of  the  sandy 
ling  Cape  Creek, 
aeach,  till  you  get 


:ht,  distant  about  PJ 
s  on  the  main  Irnd, 
The  bar  bears  from 

!.  without  doubt,  be 
637. 


BATES  OF  PILOTAGE  for  Cujk  F,ar Bars  and  River. 

J}.\KS 


For  vessels  drawir 

g  6  feet, 
7  ... 

and  under  7 
rt 

Open  hoal. 
feet,  !?5  60 

6  25 

7  25 

8  37 

10  00 

12  00 

13  33 

14  27 

15  33 

i6  53 

17  73 

21  80 

23  10 

25  5 

26  70 

28  60  . 

32  70 

39  20 

42  00 

44  80 

43  65 

52  50 

Decked 

^8  58 
9  37 

8  ... 

9  ... 

. .  9 

lU 

10  87 
12  55 

10  ... 

11 

15  00 

11  ... 

12 

18  00 

12  ... 

12V 

19  99 

12i  ... 

i;]" 

21  40 

13"  ... 
13.1  ... 
14"  ... 
141  ... 

^n 

14 

141 

15" 

22  99 
24  89 
26  59 
32  70 

15"  ... 

151:  ... 

15L 

16" 

34  66 
37  57 

16"  ... 
161  ... 
17"  ... 

16.V 

17' 

17'- 

17i  ... 

.  18" 

ih|  ... 

..... 18'- 

3  .  .  . 

18^-  . .  . 

19' 

19'  ... 
191  ... 

••  m 

20 

That  30  per  cent,  upon  the  present  established  rates  of  pilotage,  as  above,  be  allowed 
to  decked  boats,  piloting  vessels  into  this  port  and  out  to  sea,  (which  is  comprised  in  tho 
last  column.) 

For  the  RIVER,  from  Fori  Johnson  to  Wilmington. 


For  vessels  drawing 

6  feet, 

7  

and 

under  7 
8 

feet, . 

$  7  00 

8  00 

8  .. .. 

.....  9 

9  00 

9  ... . 

10 

10  00 

10  .... 

lOi 

11  00 

10,V 

r 

12  00 

•• 

n"  ... 
^~ i  • * • • 

12  

....  i  i.  _,- 

12 

...>..  12i 

13  00 

15  00 

.......  16  00 

loi 

13 

18  00 

2  •  •  •  • 

13  

13i 

20  00 

13L 

■^"2 

14 

... 22  00 

14  .... 

141 

.......  24  60 

14.V  .... 

a 

15 

...i?..  26  00 

■  ,{ 


From  Fort  Johnson  to  Brunswick,  or  from  Brunswick  to  Wilmington,  or  vice  rfi^i 
one  half  the  pilotage  from  Fort  Johnson  to  Wilmington. 

From  Fort  Johnson  to  Five  i-  athon)s  Hole,  from  Five  Fathoms  Hole  to  Brunswick,' 
from  Brunswick  to  Campbell's  Island,  and  from  Campbell's  Island  to  Wilmington,  or 
vice  versa,  one  fourth  of  the  pilotage  from  Fort  Johnson  to  Wilmington* 

GEORGETOWN.— Georgetown  entrance  is  18  lefagues  S.  W.  \  W.  from  Cape  Fear ; 
between  lies  a  bank,  on  which  there  are  5  fathoni»  water.  The  north  end  of  this  bank 
lies  about  5^  leagues  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Cape  Fear;  it  thence  extends  S.  W.  A  S.  3^ 
leagues.  The  inner  or  N.  W.  side  of  this  bank  is  abotlt  4  leagues  from  the  shore;  near 
to  this  edge  there  are  10,  9»  and  8  fathoms  water:  it  shoals  gradually  as  you  advance  to- 
ward the  shore  ;  this  is  called  Long  Bay.  Near  to  the  north  end  of  this  bank,  there  are 
10  fathoms;  along  its  S.  E.  side  there  are  8,  7,  and  6 fathoms:  to  the  southward  of  this 
bank  there  are  several  shoals. 

In  sailing  to  Little  River  Inlet,  which  divides. North  from  South  Carolina,  you  pass 
Lockwood's  Folly  Inlet,  which  lies  west  from  Cape  Fear  Light  3|  leagues  distant.  Thie 
land  appears  broken,  and  contains  no  safe  harbor. 

In  continuing  your  course  towards  Georgetown,  several  other  inlets  may  be  discovereii 
in  clear  weather,  and  at  length  you  pass  North  Inlet,  about  3  leagues  from  Georgeto'«rft . 
Lighthouse :  this  inlet  is  the  northern  boundary  of  Nr.rth  lBlar<],  on  which  itlaod  th» 


m 


\ 


V 


238 


III, I  NT's  A:MERir\>-  COAHT  PILOT. 


fe 


lighthouse  is  .litiialod.  'r}ie  L'titianor  into  tliis  inlet  is  from  th(>  nortliwnnl,  tlic  snntli 
brenker  t'onninjr  noiirly  ;i  crt'scciit,  nuis  iippiu'eiillv  ;i(  loss  the  iiioiitii  oCtlie  irilt't  :  tiifif! 
is  generally  not  less  tiiiin  six  fei^l  water  on  the  har  at  low  water,  but  the  de[)tli  varies  with 
the  tlireetiuii  and  vii)lcii('<>  ot"  the  iirevailini;  winds.  'J'he  direction  o("  this  eliannel  has 
been  within  a  few  years  consideraMy,  thou.;li  yradually,  chan'j;e(l  hy  the  elongation  and 
curve  of  tlie  south  breaker,  throwinu  the  cli  uinel  more  to  the  northward.  In  entering 
It  m  Its  present  situation,  (^'or^etown  li/hilioiise  will  bear  about  S.  by  W.  distant  three 
, leagues  :  a  small,  but  distinrt  sand  liili,  (lln-  must  nortln'rn  on  the  north  end  of  tlit;  North 
Island)  S.  W.  i  S.  the  most  southern  buibliu'j;  on  the  south  end  of  the  opposite  islands 
W.  by  S.;  you  may  theii  run  iii  between  the  heads  of  the  two  breakers,  rounding  along 
the  edge  of  the  south  breaker,  and  thus  iiassiii'j;  between  the  breakers  into  the  harlior. 
The  flood  tide  comes  in  from  the  S.  E.  and  sets  across  the  south  breaker  towards  the 
north  breaker.  On  the  iu)rth  em!  of  North  Island,  about  3  lea,!T;ue3  froiTi  the  light,  there 
is  a  village  of  about  "JO  or  .'50  dweUijig  houses,  (a  sunuuer  residence)  which  is  distinctly 
seen  from  sea,  and  often  mistaken  lor  Sullivan's  Island  near  Charleston;  there  are  seve- 
ral houses  on  the  north  point  of  the  opposite  island.  To  small  vessels,  this  inlet  affords 
a  safe  harbor;  there  are  two  i)assa^es  leadinj;  from  it  up  to  Georgetown,  but  from  the 
shoalness  of  the  water,  they  cannot  be  couvenicMitly  navigated,  excejit  by  boats ;  in  ease 
of  necessity,  however,  vessels  of  (j  or  7  feet  drau<,'lit  may  be  navigated  with  some  delay 
through  the  most  southern,  which  is  the  deepest  passage  into  tlie  \iny,  or  river,  leading 
to  the  town.  .    - 

GEORGETOWN.  HARBOR.— Coo^etown  Lighthouse  is  a  lofty  circular,  white 
tower,  ana  olack  lantern,  erected  on  Nortli  Island,  which  is  on  the  northern  and  eastern 
Slices  of  the  harboi,  at  the  entrance  of  Winyaw  Bay   (yi  a  low  sandy  spot,  and  exhibl^s  a 


fixed  light,  90  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  at  higl; 


.water,  bearing  N. 


i  W.  from  tiie 


entrance  of  the  bar,  6  miles  distant.  From  tlie  casternr^st  i)art  of  Gape  Roman  Shoals, 
Ho  the  entrance  of  the  bar,  the  course  is  Ni  ^.  E.  and  the'j^istance  ISmilcs,  and  from  the 
'southernmost  part  of  Cape  Roman  Shoal,  it  bears  N- by  E.  i'E.  20  miles  distant.  On 
the  out  Cape  Shoal  are  5  feet  at  low  water,  antl  9  fo^t  awiigh  water,  and  a  channel  within 
.at  high  water, -of  2|  fathoms,  from  l.V  to  2  miies  wideband  5  fathoms  outside,  clost  on 
board  the  shoal.       '  '  "'      '       . 

lu  approaching  Georgetown  Bar  from  theiiorthwarel,  the  harbor  is  shut  out  from  view 
by  North  Island,  and  the  lighthouse  ap))ears  to  be  siltuatet^  in  a  low  wood. 

In  passing  the  light,  either  northerly  or  southerly,  vessels  "will  fifld  5  fathoms  water, 
witllin  5  miles  of  the  land:  on  this  shoal  there  are^out,7V  feet  at  loVf  water,  about  12 
feel^at  high  water,  and  5  fathoms  all  round  it.  The  principal  ejitrance  into  the  harbor 
lies  to  the  southward  of  the  lighthouse. 

Thefe  are  several  spar  buoys  placed  in  the  best  water  on  the  bar,  and  in  the  channel, 
in  sailitag  hy  which,  the  following  directions  must  be  observed,  viz.  The  first  buoy  ofi 
the  barlies  directly  in  the  channel,  which;  of  course,  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  close 
to;  from  this  to  the  second  (channel)  buoy,  the  course  is  about  ?f.  W.  one  mile  distant, 
and  when  up  with  it,  immediately  steer  N.  E.  l.V  mile  tflsta^,  which  is  also  in  the  c)ian- 
fifel^  ^  t^e  third  buoy,  when  you  will  irtupediately  steer  N.  by  W.  for  the  lighthouse,  4 
ihijillRlistaBt,  keeping  that  course  until  Mtjliin  100  lath^r^pf  the- light,  leaving  it  on  the 
ebpil'board  hand,  when  yoii  will  be  in  goqa 'anchorage.  T' 

|The"  North  Inlet  channel  into  Geofjfltown,.  cannot  be  recommfended,  under  any  cir- 
litimstances.  '  .=  *•    ' 

Vfjssels  at  sea  will  find  deep  water,  and  when  the  whidls  to  the  southward  and  west- 
irard,  convenient  and  safe  anchorage  near  the  land,  about  1|  or  2  miles  to  the  northward 
©f  the  lighthouse.  A  common  flood  tide  rises  nearly  4  feet;  it  is  high  water  on  the  bar 
ait  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  about  7  o'clock. 

CAPE  ROM AN.-5Cape  Roman. IS  vfrry  low  land;  it  has  neither  tree  nor  bush,  and 
appears,  when  seen  at  a  distance,  to  be  a  sand  left  dry  by  the  tide. 

The  Shoal  off  Cape  R^oman  runs  off  S.  K.  about  0  miles  from  the  light;  tlie  outer 
point  has  only  4  feet  water,  with  a  swash  channel  of  2.V  fathoms,  betweenthat  and  the 
light;  off  the  point  of  the  Shoal,  the-water  shoals  from"?  to  5  fatlioms,  then  directly  on 
thie  breakers,  *      n 

Frona  the  south  entrance  of,. Sgntee  River,  to  about  6 -miles  S.  E.  of  Cape  Roman, 
there  isa  shoal,  which  extends  to  a  coti^iderable  distance  from  the  land;  the  S.  E.  point 

#Jieii%baut  4  leagues  S.  from  Georgetown  Lighthouse,  and  the  S.  point  lies  about  2 

""lies  S.E.  from  Cape  Roman.     Close  to  this  dangci.-us  sand,  there  are  four  and  three 
jfjSls;  tliie  land  is  so  low  that  yoii  cannot  see  it  from  the  deck  of  a  ship,  at  the  ex- 
c^mity  ^f  the  shoal. 

"fcftOuter  shoal  of  Cape  Roman  bears  (as  previously  described,)  froiri  Georgetown 

|.jf^!|?fae  entrance  of  Santee  River  lies  between  the  shoal  and  the  lighthouse.     The 

if  2^  leagues  from  the  entrance  of  Georgetown  River,  and  3  leagues  from 


liwani,  tilt'  snntli 

r  tliH  inlet  :    tlit'io 

(icptli  viiiifs  with 

tliis  cliiiiiiii.'l  lins 

e  elon^^atioii  ami 

ird.     Ill  ciitiTiiii; 

W.  distant  tlirot; 

end  of  (lie  Norlh 

!  opposite  islands 

,  roundinjr  along 

into  tho  liaibor. 

iker  towards   the 

n  the  lij^ht,  tlific 

hich  is  distinctly 

;  there  are  seve- 

this  inlet  afVonls 

ivn,  but  iVoin  the 

)y  boats  ;  in  rase 

with  some  delay 

or  river,  leading 

y  circular  white 
hern  and  eastern 
jt,  and  exhibl^s  a 
f.  i  W.  from  tiie 
e  Roman  Shoals, 
iles,  and  from  the 
lies  distant.  On 
a  channel  within 
outside,  clos(  on 

ut  out  from  view 

id.       • 

|3  fathoms  water, 
water,  about  12 
into  the  harbor 

in  the  channel, 
le  first  buoy  oyp 
jither  side,  close 
3ne  mile  distant, 
Iso  in  the  clian- 
ie  lighthouse,  4 
eaving  it  on  the 

I,  under  any  cir- 

|ward  and  west- 

the  northward 

fater  on  the  bar 

nor  bush,  and 


^>'^ 


■.^. 


m 

'X' 


0r  /| 


Ight;  tlie  outer 

in. that  and  the 

jhen  directly  on 

Cape  Roman, 
Ithe  S.  E.  point 
lint, lies  about  2 
J  four  and  three 
Ihip,  at  the  ex- 

Georgetuwn 

Ithousc.     The 

leagues  from 


e-^%  ■'«  -^r-Vi..  Cffi^^:-""  ^ ■  'f -i  f*;  ^'  '•  '-"1  '.:''(C^: 

r    )"■      --^"'^^^v    v,       ■..z,;^.    ^^r;^     ■",,/'    .v/   ^ 

L.  ^ 


--^r^^rjz^- y;i'    /«iv:>^! 


■V 

ii7 


4"'-' 


'■».'    .It 


l'',>r  l/i,-  Juiii  1,1111   Con.t^  f'i/<i/^, 

ii.>*;vrn. 

< ;  •1)1  men   r/.,;-  «/•  ti(fii,f  fx  ioM  /'eft. 
'l'liiS'>iin<lliti/x  iii-r  ill  /'i-rl 

\-'\v  TJic  .S'oiiiiiiiiif/s  III  .'/if 
■:;  .in- /r„/ii  ///I  ('/////•//) I'  /,. 
■  /  •  ///vv/Y..,'  //ii  riiriii//,iii  of  tiir 


.\!.\.I(/M    II.   MACIIK    f.S.T.l-:. 

-  ^'  '        "  ■   "  •  '-j 

'''(■/■n^'j,//,/nra/  /iitrPMt  at  /f>Av/«>r,;V', 

■'■•.>•■,    .    ^   .  .    '   ■ 


mfii/>yj-:K(;Mmmit  a^r.       '^ 


•o 


■;»».;: 


'3 


t.i 


/'      "       ,v,- 


*/» 


■»». 


.«/  "•  ■        .V.I      ,  N*' . ,  i,*-4=5 — rrTTi  N     .yy'  .  ■■■    .  M 

<^k§5^"^^^^  '"  H     >=>\^-?       ;.'«^^'  "'■'  ..'"     «. 

'       a  '      ^-f  \\H"-\''-'i"  ,-fll'l.l      '.f 


'\ 


,(, ,  Kill  II..,i« 


n>'-   A    ^'  ^Sk    "■■■■■    ;    ^'      -x 

ill..     .''  >..    *'  '        .i  "  '  //    . 

(^If    '^       '"  »^V  "   i         „■ 


e      i  y-       ,/      ,i.-    .     /  /  i'.i  A  .-7/    y 

%%    "  -^ ;.- '/  ^-       '"  j^s:;;^  U  i;„v.= .-"  .'"^^r, 

n    '-.-f  .'■  i*  '  /     ,j     II. 


\ 


"  \ ,- -■--// '/ 


Jir\ 

Hi 


r  "^" 

!       Ill 


S' 


^i^/ir,f/-vJ':K(;Hrff/ifnfi,i\*r        •  ], 


ti 


:-s 


'«« 


«. 


J 


1'^ 


r  V 


ftii.t 


l.i 


1H,L\TH  AMKKICAN  ('OAST  PILOT. 


239 


C'npc  Uomnn.  Sliip«  tliat  I'lill  in  witli  tin-  slioals  (iT  (iromotown  ciitrnncc,  should  not 
coiiii'  iiiio  I*'-'*'*  '1''"'  •  ''•iti'iiii-'  Wilier;  iiikI  iiltliuiiuli  tin-  iiunliiiiirsH  of  tin;  water  is  npt  tu 
rriulitt'ii  Ntiiiiim'is,  tlifif  is  no  iiiil  ilaii^i  '.  to  lie  upiiirliciKlfil.  'I'lii'  liiiul  liere  is  low,  ami 
aiiiMiius,  wiifii  viottt'd  at  a  il    laiicc,  in  liuiiiinoiUs,  likf  a  riiiijui-  of  islands. 

i'>v  Hicurin;,'  W.  N.  VV.  lioiii  llif  S.  W,  |mit  of  Capr  llomaii  Shoal,  you  will  soon  «f e 
»K;»(o()ii  Kfv  I/i;;lil,  \vliicli  lirs  uliiiul  W.  Iiy  S.  I'roiii  ( 'api'  Roman:  stter  VV.  8,  W.  or 
S.  W.  I'V  VV'.iii  alictiu  ,')  riiiliuius  w.iicr.  As  ilnit-  is  a  'hual  runs  oH 'alioul  5  uiiles  S.  E. 
by  E.  iVoiu  till-  M.  10.  cikI  ol  IJiill's  Islaml,  you  sliMild  lake  ciirc  to  avoid  it  in  pasHing. 
fjence  IJay,  or  Hull's  llaihor,  lies  tii'twefn  Katoon  Kfv.s  and  Hull's  Island.  Tliero  are" 
shoals  lyuiu;  oil"  the  west  cud  ol  Jlacoon  Kivs,  and  you  should  anchor  near  to  Bull'* 
Island,  in  (>  lathonis  water. 

I'roni  ilie  shoal  oil'  the  N.  K.  end  ol'  HiiU's  Island  lo  (-'harleston  Har,  the  course  to  go 
clear  ol'  llu'  Kaltlc  Snake,  is  S.  W.  hy  W.  and  liie  distance  7  leagues.     There  are  four 
islands  between  Senes  Hiiy  and  Charleston  Har,  viz.  Bull's,  Cooper's,  Davies',  and  Lona*, 
Island.     Flats  extend  I'roni  all  the  islands,  aloiiy  wliirh  the  sountlings  are  regular.     'WitJa    ; 
Charleston  (Jhurches  norihwanl  ol' Sullivan's  Island,  you  will  be  in  5}  I'athoma  water,on      ■ 
the  edge  of  the  Kattle  Snake;  and  when  the  ehurehes   are  open  to  the  southward  of 
Sullivan's  Island,  you  are  clear  of  that  shoal.     Yaa  should  approach  no  nearer  to  this 
bank  than  .'j  fathoms  water. 

(iKOUCiKTOVVN,  (S.  C.)  TO  CHABLKSTON,  (S.  C.)— From  Georgetown  Bar, 
outside  of  Koinan  Shoal,  steer  S.  by  W.,  distaneu  15  mdes. — From  thence  to  Chatlea*  . 
ton  Bar,  S.  \V.  by  \V.,  distance  .f)  miles:   If,  after  i)asHing  Boman  Shoal,  yotl  wish.tp, 
go  to  Bull's  Harbor,  steer  W.  bv  S.  until  you  bring  Bull's  Islaud  to  bear  "W,  N.  MLplf 
N.  VV^.  by  W.     In  steering  for  JJull's  Island,  you  will  pnss  Bacoon  Keys.     Qi^0»t^^>&e' 
Bull's  '  larbor  Bar,  at  low  water,  you  will  liave  2  fathoms.     Keep  tMe  N.  E.  pa||f>of  Boir*  • 
Island  to  bear  W.  N.  \V.  until  you  are  within  a  cable's  length  of  thfi  shore#^where,yot» 
will  have  4,  .J,  and  (>  fithoms   water;  follow  tlie  shore  around  until  you  Qlten  a  Creclf^, ,  ^ 
where  you  may  anchor  in  ;j  fathoms,  nuiddy  bottom,  safe  from  all  winds.      .''  "^l^: 

CHARLKSTON,  (S.C.)— The  entrance  of  Charleston  Bar  lies  in  lat.  32°  40' N^  vl 
In  niiuung  in  for  Charleston  f  lighthouse,  wi  ich  may  be  seen  sotne  distaQce  at  36a,  yo,u  k 
will  have  gradual  soundings.     \\  hen  you  come  near  the  bar,  you  may  see  tjie  north  and, 
Jsoulh  breakers,  between  which,  is  the  entrance  over  the  bar.     In  running  over  the  baf^; 
you  bring  the  lighthouse  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.  and  stand  for  il,  and  when  yon  makci  thje 
Beacon,  bring  it  to  bear  about  two  handspike's  length  north  of  the  light;  this  will<br]|^ 
you  up  with  the  South  Breaker  Buoy;  give  this  buoy  a  berth  to.  the  southward,  of  y<^* 
of  al)out  a  cable's  length,  and  tin;  middle  buoy  a  berth  to  the  northward  of  you,  of  ab^t 
half  that  distance.     Alter  passing  the  latter,  stand  more  to  the  northward  of  the  Nbrth 
Breaker  Buoy,  giving  it  a  berth  of  half  a  cable's  length  to  the  northward  of  yo||>— iq 
passing  which,  the  Beacon  should  be  nearly  touching  the  north  side  of  the  hght. 
may  then  stand  up  for  Sullivan's  Island.     The  Beacon  on  withthe  light  carries  yo« 
the  North  Breakers ;  ciire  should  theriefore  be  taken  to  keep  it  open  to  the  northi 

In  crossing  the  bar,  care  should  be  taken  that  the  flood  tide  does  not  set  yoi^iij 
north  breaker,  till  you  come  within  half  a  mile  of  the  lighthouse,  when  you  tnail 
in  3  fathoms  water.     Buoys  are  in  general  placed  on  the  bar,  in  12  feet  wate;  at  I()I^Iti|de. 
The  buoys  are  black.  ,    .  ' '\ 

There  is  another  ship  channel  to  the  southward  of  this,  called  LawfoVd*s  ChavnJT, 
where  you  will  havt,  froin  10  to  12  feet,  according  as  the  tide  may  be.     In  gping  into  twk 
channel,  the  course  is  iS'.  N.  W.     There  is  a  buoy  here  also.     This  anchorage  i*  callcKi 
Five-fathom  Hole,  but  it  has  no  more  than  3^  fathoms.     From^thence  yatur  bourse  i^  ». 
about  N.  by  E.  .'i,^  miles,  in  Q  or  rt  fathoms  water,  which  will  carry  you  ^breast of  G unit  ' 
ming's  Point;  wfieu  this  point  bears  W.:half  a  mile  distant,  steer  N.  N.  W.  foi"  the  S^ 


*  On  Racoon  Keys,  near  what  is  termod  Cope  Roman,  a  lighthouse  is  erected,  showing  a  fixed 
liglit,  distinguished  by  red  and  bright  lights.  It  is' elevated  87i  feet  from  the  river,  at  high  water, 
The  intention  c^f  this  light  is  to  warn  mariners  of  iheit  approach  to  Cape  Roman  Shoals,  which  lu  ■% 
S.  E.  from  it,  6  miles  distant.  The  lighthouse  is  painted  alternately  white  and  black,  beginning 
with  white  at  the  base,  and  ending  with  black  at  the  lantern. '  The  pitch  or  southern  point  of  Cap^ 
Roman  bears  S.  E.  from  the  lighthouse  ;  the  Old  Mill  N.  ^  "W.  and  the  large^Racoon  Key'W.  by  ^ 

t  Charleston  lighthouse  is  built  on  Lighthouse  Island,  and  contains  a  revolving  light,  which  majr.. 
be  seen  at  the  distance  of  8  or  9  leagues.     The  time  of  darkness  will  be  twice  to  that  of  light; 
you  approach  it,  the  time  of  darkness  will  decrcnse^and  that  of  light  increase  yntilyouget  wit 
three  leagues,  when  the  light  will  not  wholly  disappear,  but  (Jle  gijBatest  strength  O^ the  ligbtwj| 
as  1  to  '14  to  the  least.  .  ■^■W-'k  ' 

t  The  south  breaker  has  a  buoy  on  the  east  end,  in  12  feet  water,  and  in  the  middle  of  thi»,$Jh«|g^  J 
nel  is  a  buoy  with  a  small  white  flag  upon  it,  in  10  feet  wator,4t«wt<de-^n  ei^tH'  side  of  ^^^o^i^af 
may  go  when  running  in.  ,         ^  '  . 


340 


nUINT  H  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


W.  part  of  Siillivnii's  hlritul ;  jou  will  have  fmin  7  to  1(»  fatliomH  water.  Yon  may 
go  wi'liiii  aquartcr  ola  inili- oCSnllivan's  Islam],  as  ii  is  hold.  Voiir  course  iVomtlicnrii 
to  Charleston  is  ahoiit  W.  \  N.  and  tlio  <listaiMM'  \\  or  ft  iiiiliM.  VVlitii  you  hriiiu;  lloii; 
Island  to  bear  N.atuJ  Fort  JcduiHoii  to  bear  S.  by  W.  you  are  uj)  witii  the  eastern  end  of 
the  Middle  (iround,  whicli  you  must  not  ijo  tiearcr  to  tiian  :t  fathoms.  \'ou  iiiav  tliiii 
Bteer  nearly  VV.  keeping  in  I  or  '>  I'atlioriis  water,  whirh  will  carry  you  between  the  Marsji 
or  Shuto's  Folly,  and  the  Middle  (iround.  This  channel  is  narrow,  not  heini;  UKue  than 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  bntad,  as  the  llats  lie  oil'  from  Shutc's  l''olly  one  (juarier  of  a  mile. 
Continue  your  west  eour-^e  till  you  conic  up  to  the  town,  where  you  may  anchor  in  5  or 
6  t'uthoms  water.  In  running  uj)  from  .Sullivan's  Island,  stand  no  nearer  to  the  soiuliward 
than  till  you  come  into  ;{  fathoniH,  for  (car  of  the  spit  (a  Middle  (iround  that  lies  olf  to 
the  N.  E.  and  K.  from  Fort  .Tohnson's  I'oint)  as  far  usCumnung's  Point,  iM)r  to  the 
northward  nearer  than  ;t  or  1  fathoms. 

After  sailing  from  Sullivan's  Island,  as  before  directed,  you  nuist,  if  bound  through  flic 
S.  W.  channel,  or  by  Fort  Johnson'H  Point,  brinj;  the  point  of  land,  on  which  the  fort 
is,  to  bear  S.  S.  VV.  and  run  directly  for  it,  where  you  will  have  from  4  to  (>  fatlioms. 
When  abreast  of  this  \nnut,  direct  your  course  about  N.  VV,  by  VV.  in  U  or  7  fathoms, 
about  one  mile,  or  till  you  bring  a  |)oinl  of  woodland  to  the  northward  of  the  town  of 
Cooper's  River,  to  bear  N.  N.  VV.,  when  you  may  run  N.  VV.  by  N.  about  one  mile,  which 
will  carry  you  up  to  the  town,  and  anchor  as  above  directed. 

Bttoys  having  been  placed  to  mark  out  the  chaniu-l  of  the  North  Bar  of  the  port  nf 
Cl.irleston,  S.  C.,  the  following  directions  must  be  (d)scrved  in  ruiniing  for  the  same; 

In  standing  into  make  the  outer  buoy,  (|)ainted  red,)  off  the  bar,  brinu;  Kurt  Moultrie, 
on  fheS>  W.  end  of  Sullivan'u  Island,  to  bear  N.  W.  by  VV.  until  you  are  up  wiih  that 
buoy  on  the  edge  of  tlie  bar.  The  middle  buoy,  (painted  white)  hears  from  the  outer 
buoy  N.  W.  by  W.  In  crossing  the  bar  you  uuist  keep  the  middle  buoy,  which  is  tlio 
lierond  buoy,  on  with  the  S.  W.  corner  of  Fort  Moultrie  until  yon  are  up  with  it ;  tricu 
haul  up  for  the  inner  buoy,  (painted  black,)  which  bears  W.  byN.  .^  N.  from  the  middle 
':^buoy,  which  lies  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  bar;  when  up  with  the  inner  buoy,  then  steer 
•  W.  by  N.  for  the  main  ship  channel. 

There  is  a  ridge  between  the  outer  and  middle  buoys  that  extends  across  the  channel, 
-     with  not  more  than  about  7  feet  water  on  it  at  low  water ;  at  high  water  from  12  to  Mtt  et. 

Between  the  middle  and  inner  buoys  there  arc  11  feet  of  water,  by  keeping  very  near 
the  north  chain  of  breakers. 
'~You  may  see  Charleston  lighthouse,  in  clear  weather,  in  10  fathoms  water.    The  winda 
on  the  soundings  govern  the  current.     Var.  3°  45'  E.  18'J-J.        [05^-'  See  the  Plate. J 

RATES  OF  PILOTAGE,  /or  the  Bar  and  Harbor  of  Charleston. 
For  €  feet  water,  or  under, $S  00 


7 

do 

8 

do 

9 

do 

10 

do 

It 

do 

J2 

do 

m 

do 

13 

do 

do 
do 
do 
do 


.  9 
.10 
.11 
,14 


00 
00 
00 
00 


For  13^  feet  water,   , $23  00 

25  00 

2'J  00 

31  00 

35  00 

42  00 

50  00 

60  00 


14 

do 

141 

do 

15 

do 

151 

do 

16 

do 

16  V 

do 

17 

do 

t     do      ..16  00 

do      19  00 

do    .^ 20  00 

do      21  GO 

•PORT  ROYAL.— From  3  fathoms  water.  South  of  Charleston  bar  to  North  Eddisto 
inlet,  the  course  is  S.  W,  by  W.  J  W.  and  the  distance  5  leagues ;  this  course  will  carry 
\you  clear  of  shoals  which  lie  off  Stono  inlet,  which  lie  further  olf  than  any  that  are  in  your 
way  to  Eddisto.  Stono  inlet  is  about  two  leagues  from  tlfe  south  channel  of  Charleston  ; 
between  them  lie  two  islands,  viz.  Morris  Island,  on  which  the  lighthouse  stands,  and  the 
{•land  called  the  Coffin  Islatid.  With  the  lighthouse  open  of  the  Coffin  Island,  you  will 
go  clear  of  the  Stono  shoals,  in  6  fathcms  water;  but  if  you  shut  the  lighthouse  in  with 
Coffin  island,  you  will  not  have  more  than  5|  fathoms  off  Stono  shoals :  you  will  pass 
vslose  to  the  breakers,  and  consequently  be  in  danger:  the  breakers,  unless  the  sea  be 
smooth,  show  where  the  shoal  is.  In  Stono  inlet  there  are  9  or  10  feet  of  water  at  low 
^ater,  but  it  was  not  much  frequented  until  Charleston  was  blockaded  in  the  year  1775. 

■From  Stono  inlet  to  North  Eddisto  inlet,  the  course  is  W.  S.  W.  and  the  distance  11 
miles;  between  them  the  soundings  are  regular,  and  the  shoalings,  when  you  are  coming 
fi»m  the  offing  towards  the  shore,  aie  very  gradual ;  the  bar  of  North  Eddisto,  and  the 
sh<]«la  which  are  contiguous  to  it,  lie  off  about  4  or  5  miles  from  the  land.     Close  the  bar 


*    ^Fi^Boyal  ia  S  leagues  N.  E.  4  E.  from  Tybee  lighthouse,  at  the  entrance  of  Savannah  River, 
I'bli'JIr  barboi*  BtiMcient  to  contain  the  largest  fleet  in  the  world. 


Yon  rji;iy 
i(tin  tlicnci) 

briii;,'  Hoj; 
t*>rn  I'liil  (if 

II    III. IV    tlll'll 

I  I  he  iMiiisli 
;  111(11 1'  (liiin 
r  (il  a  iiiilc. 
I'luir  in  .')  (ir 

BSOIltllWiud 

t  lies  (ilV  t(» 
nur  to  the 

tliroiigli  the 
icli  tile  fort 

U  t'litlioins. 

7  fiillioiris, 
he  town  of 
mile,  which 

tlie  port  of 

hn  siinic ; 
It  Mo  nitric, 
ip  with  that 

II  the  outer 
vhicli  IS  tiio 
ith  it ;  ffKMi 
;  the  middle 
,  then  steer 

he  channel, 
.2  to  Mfiet. 
ig  very  near 

The  winds 
le  I'hite.J 


....$23  00 

. . . .  25  00 

2'J  00 

31  00 

35  00 

42  00 

50  00 

. . . .  60  OU 

irth  Eddisto 
le  will  cany 
t  are  in  your 
Uliarleston  ; 
nds,  and  the 
nd,  you  will 
juse  in  with 
OU  will  pass 
3  the  sea  be 
water  at  low 
2  year  1775. 
distance  11 
I  are  coming 
sto,  and  the 
!lose  the  bar 

innah  River, 


Br.UNT  S  AMRRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


241 


1 


:«nfJ  nhoaU  there  arc  3  and  I  fathoms  water:  on  (he  bar,  there  are  0  and  10  feet  at  low  wa- 
ter S(»iiih  Kddi'^to  is  3  hM;;iies  W.  S.  W.  from  North  Kddisto.  The  shore  of  the  ia- 
laiid.n  wlii(.-h  lie  between  them  may  be  approached  with  yuiir  lead  without  danger.  The 
Hh()alinj.'s  towards  it  are  yradu.il. 

If  bcuiid  to  the  s(Mitliw,(r(l  or  northward,  and  obliged  tiiroitgh  streHA  of  weather,  to 
make  a  harbor  in  .North  Kddisto,  yoii  must,  when  within  about  5  milen  of  the  land, 
open  ;i  tree  (which  resembles  an  umlirella,)  with  the  Noiitli  point  of  the  harbor,  and  then 


steer  in  N. 
of  r lie  harb 
yon  in,i> 


nil!  ani' 


W.  wiihoiil  any  danger, 

r.     [The  tide  here  isi  very  rapid.] 


iKir  in  I)  failioms  water  on  the  northern  side 
In  the  harbor,  4  miles  west  from  anchorage, 
.  t  good  water. 
When  you  arc  coming  from  sea,  for  Port  Royal  Harbor,  vou  should  get  into  the  lati- 
tude of  .St.  Michael's  Mead,  which  is  3J  '  ()  JN.  then  Htoer  VV.  for  the  liead,  and  when 
you  cniiie  within  15  leagues  of  it,  yon  will  have  from  20  to  25  fathoms  water.  Continue 
your  west  course  until  you  make  the  land,  which  you  will  do,  if  the  weather  be  clear,  at 
a  distance  off)  leagues,  in  12  fathoms  water.  The  land  herciiliouts  is  generally  low,  but 
the  trees  are  high.  Port  Royal  entrance  is  known  by  a  small  grove  of  trees,  which  stand 
on  the  west  side  of  it,  and  tower  above  all  tlit;  other  trees,  like  a  high  crowned  hat;  hence 
this  grove  is  called  the  Mat  of  Port  Royal.  Continue  to  steer  as  before,  ki^eping  your 
lead  going  until  you  get  into  H  fathoms  water,  when  you  will  be  about  3  leagues  from 
St.  Michael's  Mead.  Vou  may  then  steer  a  point  to  the  southward  of  west,  until  you  get 
into  5  fathoms  water;  then  steer  more  southerly,  taking  care  not  to  bring  St.  Michnel'l 
Head  to  the  northward  of  N.  W.  by  N.  until  you  see  the  great  north  breaker,  called 
Cole's  Care,  close  to  which  there  arc  4  fathoms  water:  tbio  shoal  must  be  left  on  tht 
starboard  side.  As  you  approac  h  this  breaker  from  the  northward,  you  will  see  ftQdthsr 
breaker  to  the  southward,  called  Martin's  Industry  ;  between  these  two  breaker*  lies  the 
entrance  of  the  channel  into  Port  Royal  1  larbor,  which  is  about  a  mile  lyide.  ^h«  maril 
to  go  clear  the  north  breaker  is  a  parcel  of  high  trees,  which  stand  near  theoiouth  of  tlM. 
River  May,  and  appear  like  an  island.  ke()t  just  open  of  £li/,abeth  Point,  your  count 
through  between  the  two  shoals,  is  VV.  tI  iN.  or  W.  by  N.  In  this  channel  there  are  no| 
less  tlian  3',  or  4  fathoms,  at  low  water.  Continue  to  steer  as  aforesaid  between  the  tWQ 
breakers,  until  you  bring  Philip's  Point  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  then  steer  directly  for  it,  an<) 

J'ou  will  have  as  you  proceed,!),  H,  and  7  fathoms  water.  When  you  arc  abreast  of  Philipa' 
*oint,  give  it  a  small  berth,  and  steer  up  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  in  6  and  5  fathonu;  in  the 
latier  depth  you  may  anchor,  very  safe  harbor.  ' 

There  is  also  a  channel  be'ween  Martin's  Industry  and  GgskinBank,  callcdVi*'  Swu^'. 
Channel,  in  which  there  are  not  less  than  12  feet  at  low  water.  Iq  order  to  go  in  tlirdl^K' 
this  channel,  you  must,  when  in  7  fathoms  water,  bring  Hilton's  Head  to  bear  N.  W.  bjifW. 
and  then  steer,  with  an  ebb  tide,  N.  W.  and  with  a  flood  tide  N.  W.  by  N.  until  Pl'MP'l 
Point  bears  N.  by  W.  i  W.  You  may  then  steer  for  the  Point,  and  proceed  as  l^rort 
directed. 

About  3J-  miles  S.  E.  from  Hilton's  Head,  and  4  miles  S.  by  E.  from  Philips'  Point, 
lies  the  east  end  of  the  Joiner's  Hank  ;  it  thence  extends  W.  N.  W.  about  24  milcfv  Imd 
has  3';  fathoms  on  it  at  low  water.  Hilton's  Head  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  qarboir,  ^4 
is  a  higher  bluff  point  of  land  tljan  any  thereabouts. 

Tybee  Inlet  lies  5  leagues  S.  VV.  |  W.  from  the  entrance  of  Port  Royal  ioath  ebm^l; 
between  them  is  Hilton's  Head  Island  ;  it  is  large,  fertile  and  well  inhabited  Frofn  f|^s 
island  the  Gaskin  Bank  extends  about  B  miles  on  the  broadesf  part.  Tt'itv^  ti-ay  pr^^iiiMd*^^ 
along  this  bank,  in  5  fathoms  water.  Some,  when  bound  to  Port  JRoyal^  reckon  itl^t 
to  make  the  land  about  Tybee,  because  the  lighthouse  makes  that  part  of  the  coast  ^- 
tin-^uishable  from  any  other  part.  Tybee  Inlet  is  the  entrance  of  Savannah  River. 
Ships  which  draw  14  or  15  feet  water,  may  go  in  at  Tybee,  and  proceed  through  land  to 
Beaufort,  in  Port  Royal  Islands,  and  from  Beautort,  vessels  of  8  or  9  feet  water,  may  go 
through  land  to  Charleston.  From  Charleston,  vessels  draAKJng  7  or  8  feel  water  may  go 
through  land  to  the  River  Medway,  in  Georgin,  which  lies  30  miles  south  of  Savanna))'. 
'On  this  coast  it  is  observed,  that  N.  E.  easterly,  and  S.  E.  winds  cause  higher  tides 
than  other  winds,  and  also,  somewhat  alter  their  course.  At  Port  Royal  entrance  the 
tide  flows  on  the  change  and  full  days  of  the  moon,  |  past  8  o'clock.  About  6  leagues 
from  the  land,  in  12  fathoms  water,  the  flood  sets  strongly  to  the  southward,  and  the  eb|| 
to  the  northward,  further  off  from  the  shore  there  is  no  tide  at  all.  Near  to  the  entranH 
of  the  harbor  there  is  a  strong  indraught  during  the  flood  tide,  and  an  outset  with  an  ellb 
tide. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA.— When  the  wind  blows  hard,  in  the  N.  E.  quarter,  with|«t 
rain,  it  commonly  continues  to  blow  violent  for  some  time,  perhaps  3  or  4  days;  btff  if 
such  winds  ?re  attended  with  rain,  they  generally  shift  to  the  E.,  E.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.. 

S.  E.  winds  blow  right  in  on  the  coasf,  but  they  seldom  blow  dry,  or  continue  loi 

31 


'.5 


.ff^ 


r  ■'■ 


m 


242 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


6,  8,  or  10  hoars  after  their  rotnmencemenf,  the  sky  begins  to  iooi<  dirty,  which  soon  pro- 
duces rain.  When  it  comes  to  blow  and  rain  very  liard  you  may  be  sure  that  the  wind 
willfly  round  to  the  N.  W.  quarter,  and  blow  very  hard  for  20  or  :j()  hours,  with  a  clear  sky. 

N.  W.  winds  are  always  attended  with  clear  weather.  They  sometimes  blow  very  hard, 
but  seldom  do  so  longer  than  30  hours. 

Gales  on  the,  coast  of  South  Carolina  frequently  increase  much  in  violence  toward  their 
conclusion,  and  then  break  oflat  once,  leaving  a  cross  sea,  with  almost  no  wind. 

The  most  lasting  winds  are  those  which  blow  from  the  S.  S.  W.  and  W.  N.  W.  and  from 
the  N.  to  the  E.  N.  E.  When  the  wind  is  in  any  of  these  quarters,  the  weather  is  the 
most  settled. 

Thunder  guats  are  very  common  on  this  coast  in  the  summer  time  ;  they  always  come 
from  the  N.  W.  quarter,  and  are  sometimes  so  heavy  that  no  canvas  can  withstand  their 
fury;  they  come  on  so  suddenly,  that  the  greatest  precautions  are  necessary  to  guard 
against  the  effects  of  their  violence. 

ST.  HELENA  SOUNP.— The  entrance  of  this  Sound  lies  between  South  Eddisto 
Iola;id  and  the  northernmost  H^inting  Island  ;  it  is  about  2  leagues  wide.  This  place  is 
navigable  by  vessels  of  7  or  3  f^et  water  only;  it  is  full  of  sand  banks,  many  of  which  are  dry 
at  low  water.  Six  rivers  empty  themselves  into  this  Sound,  viz.  South  Eddisto,  Ashappo, 
Cumbahaw,  Chehaw,  True  Blue  and  Corsaw.  These  rivers  are  all  navigable  :  some  of 
them  come  200  miles  down  the  country,  but  few  of  them  can  be  navigated  by  vessels  of 
6  feet  water,  for  more  than  30  or  40  miles  from  the  Sound.  From  the  entrance  of  St. 
Helena  Sound,  along  the  Hunting  Islands,  to  the  entrance  of  Port  Royal,  the  course  is 
S.  W.  ^  S.  and  tho  distance  about  6^  leagues.  Tlie  soundings  are  regular:  you  will 
htive  5  or  6  fathoms  water. 

CHA'ELESTON- BAR  TO  "TYBEE.— Wlien  over  the  bar,  in  8  fathoms  water,  the 
cours^i is'S.  W.  diistance  20  leagues.  As  you  come  near  the  latitude  of  Port  Royal  en- 
trance, whiejj  is32°  8'  N.  be  careful  to  avoid  a  ^ery  dangerous  shoal  called  Martin's  In- 
dustry ;  it  lits  4  leagues  from  the  S  side  of  the  eutranreljl'  Port  Royal,  which  is  the  north 
ride  of  Hilton  Head,  the  highest  land  in  si;.5ht :  come  no  nearer  than  7  fathoms,  keeping 
your  lead  gcittg;  and  in  the  night  or  thick  weather,  do  not  approach  nearer  than  10  la- 
tVioms ;  the  tide  rif  flood  sets-  boldly  in.  Shoal  ground,  with  6  or  7  fathoms,  coarse  shells, 
5ie!8  S.  E.,  14  or  15  miles  from  Tybee  light.  When  you  get  to  the  southwa.id  of  Hiltou 
-Head,  you  will  see  the  lighthouse,  which  stands  on  the  island  of  *  Tybee. 

If  in  the  night,  and  you  are  to  the  northward  of  Tybee,  be  careful  of  going  nearer  the 
Gaskin  Bank  ti  ar  5  fathoms.  In  fresh  winds  you  take  a  pilot  abreast  of  the  lighthouse — 
ji^  moderate  weather  without  the  bar.  In  clear  weather  you  may  see  the  lighthouse  at 
j^  distance  of  12  miles.  -t;  • 

^^gtthe  Ge\skin  Bank  and  Martin's  InduGtry,  the  flood  runs  strong  into  Port  Royal,  to 
V7TOh  may  be  attributed  tho  loss  of  so  many  vessels  on  these  banks. 

Ow  Tybee  there  are  two  large  coppered  buoys,  one  on  the  tail  of  the  knoll,  in  2  fathoms 
water;  bearing  from  the  lighthouse  N.  N.  W.,  the  other  in  4^,  bearing  N.  E..byN.  from 
ihe  lighthouse,  in  mid-channel,  where  large  vessels  may  anchor  with  safety,  when  wind 
and  ^j^  will  not  permit  to  proceed  higher  up. 

A  .CoBCon  is  erected  on  Tybee  Island,  which  is  hghted,  and  bears  E.  |  S.  from  the 
lis}Mlw>^se,  600  yards  distant.     It  is  1()|  feet  high. 

,Thfe  Beacon  light  on  with  Tybee  light,  is  the  direct  course  over  the  bar.  The  best  an- 
cboring  ground  is  with.  Tybee  light  bearing  from  S.  S.  W.  to  S.  the  former  '  be  pre- 
ferred, and  distant  about  OD|e  cable's  length  from  the"beach.  On  the  bar  is  a  ojoy  with 
a  white  top,  in  4^  fathoms  water,  distant  4iwiiies  from  the  lighthouse.  The  deepest  wa^ 
teris  between  the  buoy  and  the  south  brelfker  head. 

On  Savannah  Bar  there  are  18  or  19  feet  at  low  water.  On  the  south  breaker  there 
aif*  not  more  thaii  7  or  8  feet  water;  and  l|mile  from  the  light,  it  is  bare  at  low  tide. — 
4%ti  the  north  breaker  there  is  not  less  than  12  feet  for  the  distance  of  a  mile.  The  head 
of  Stone  Hjrse  Shoa^pmmences  at  the  North  Breaker,  and  extends  from  the  land  about 
6  or  7  miles.  [The  mi^  Pocahontas,  Capt.  Walford,  was  totally  lost  on  this  shoal,  the 
■  27th  Sept.  1829,  at  flood  tide;  Tybee  light  then  bearing  about  N.  N.  E.  distant  about  8 
miles,  viery  bold  near  the  shore.] 

After  getting  into  4  fathoms  water,  *ou  will  be  over  the  bar,  when  you  must  haul  up 
^,  N.  W.  until  the  lighthouse  bears  S.  S.  W.  then  anchor. 
'  The.  point  of  shoal  which  runs  down  from  Cockspur  Island,  and  separates  that  chan- 


"*r  '^y''®®  Island  lies  at  the  mouth  of  Savannah  River,  to  the  southward  of  the  bar.  It  is  very  plea. 
..•anL  with  a  beautiful  creek  to  the  west  of  it,  where  a  ship  of  any  burthen  may  lie  in  safety  at  anchor. 
.,A  ]^pdftou»<f  fiuinds  on  the  island,  80  feet  high,  containing  a  fixed  light,  is  14  miles  E.  S.  E.  ^  E. 
"j|Sl^^r!nRngh,And  6  leaguas  S,  W.  4  W.  from  Port  Royal.     Warsaw  Sound  is  formed  Ly  the 


vhich  soon  pro- 
■1  that  the  wind 
,vith  a  clear  sky. 
blow  very  hard, 

nee  toward  tVieir 
no  wind. 
Js.  W.  and  from 
e  weather  i.s  the 

hey  always  camf 
n  withstand  their 
;cessary  to  guard 

n  South  Eddisto 
B.  This  place  is 
yofwhicharedry 
iddisto,  Ashappo, 
ivigable ;  some  of 
ated  by  vessels  of 
18  entrance  of  St. 
jyal,  the  course  is 
you  will 


regular 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


243 


athoms  water,  the 
of  Port  Royal  en- 
called  iVlartin's  In- 
which  is  the  north 
7  fathoms,  keeping 
nearer  than  10  fa- 
loms,  coarse  shells, 
piithwajd  of  HiUou 
ybee. 

f  going  nearer  the 
f  the  lighthouse— 
the  lighthouse  at 

into  Port  Royal,  to 

knoll,  in  2  fathoms 

N.  E^by  N.  from 

'safety,  when  wind 

E.  ^  S.  from  the 

bar.     The  best  an- 

former  •    be  pre- 

bar  is  a  uaoy  with 

The  deepest  wa^ 

pnih.  breaker  there 
bare  at  low  tide.—  . 
a  mile.  The  head 
from  the  land  about 
(t  on  this  shoal,  the 
E.  distant  about  8 

you  must  haul  up 

sparates  that  chan- 

bnr.  Itisveryplen- 
lie  in  safety  at  anchor. 
,  miles  E.  S.  E.  i  E. 
Ind  is  formed  ly  t'le 


^;  • 


/  J 


I-- 


nel  from  the  ship  channel,  bears  N.  ^  W.  from  the  light,  ,md  has  not  more  than  5  feet  oa 
i<  at  low  tide.  When  to  tbe  northward  of  this  point,  the  light  bearing  S.  S.  E.  you  may 
anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms. 

\''essels  drawing  not  ni')re  than  8  or  ')  feet  may  keep  the  light  or  island  side  on  board, 
and  riui  into  (/'ockspur  and  anchor,  as  they  cannot  pass  the  upper  end  of  the  island  until 
half  flood,  there  being  only  7  or  8  feet  at  low  tide. 

There  are  three  bars,  having  from  two  to  three  fathoms  on  the  back  of  Tybee  and  Cab< 
bage  islands;  but  thev  aio  never  to  be  attempted  but  in  absolute  necessity. 

NoTK. — Sailing  into  Savannah  you  will  observe  the  following  marks  and  buoys,  viz.  a 
large  Iniov  lies  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  bar  in  the  deepest  water,  having  all  the  leading 
mirks  on  the  beacon  and  lighthouse  in  one,  1  ling  W.  |  N.  distant  4  miles.  Another 
buoy  lies  in  the  same  direction,  one  mile  wi'  ,i  the  bar;  a  third  buoy  lies  one  mile  far- 
ther W.  I)y  N.  from  the  second,  a  fourth  bu  -y  lies  N.  W.  by  W.  frop^  the  third ;  after 
pissing  which,  there  is  safe  anchorage  for  a  large  fleet,  in  4  or  5  fathouis,  at  low  wateri,^ 
the  lighthouse  bearing  8.  S.  W. 

The  buoys  lie  and  lead  in  the  deepest  water,  having  a  channel  half  a  mile  to  the  uorth- 
ward,  and  one  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  them,  (the  narrowest  place)  nearly  the 
same  depth  of  water ;  and  there  are  -20  feet  on  the  bar  at  lowest  tides ;  you  may  sail  either 
side  of  tile  buoys.     [See  the  Plate.] 

Tybee  Creek  has  11  feet  through  it,  at  low  water.    Forty  miles  south  of  Savannah  lie|/ 
Sunbuiy,  a  port  of  entry,  at  the  head  of  St.  Catharine's  Sound,  betweer.  Medway  <l^ 
Newjjort  Rivers,  about  16  miles  south  of  Ogechee  River.     There  is  a  bar  heref^bm  uii 
harbor  is  capacious  and  safe,  and  has  water  sufficient  for  ships  of  great  burthen.   . 

Warsaw  has  10  feet  on  the  bar,  but  it  is  too  intiicate  for  strangers.  "       ' 

HOaUHKEHKE  RIVER.— Hosaba  Bar,  at  the  mouth  of  the  rivet  Jiogoheehee,  hat 
18  feet  water  on  it,  to  cross  which,  bring  Green  Island  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.  steer  in  W# 
by  N.  till  you  deepen  your  wiv,ter,  fk<;n  haul  up  N.  W.  by  N.  and  you  will  soon  get  in  8 
9  fathoms,  when  your  eye  and  lead  will  be  your  best  directions;  at  the  extremity  of 
clianuel  you  will  keep  Hosaba^Miearest  on  board,  until  nearly  up  with  the  lower  part 
Buz/.ard  Island,  when  the  channel  will  be  close  under  the  starboard  shore. 

Green  Island  is  much  higher  land,  has  taller  timber  than  the  surrounding  forests,  c 
taining  several  hundred  acres,  covered  with  pine,  which  generally  has  a  greenish  appi 
ance. 

ST.  CATHARINE'S  BAR,  which  is  difficult  for  strangers,  lies  one  mile  south  ^^t^W 
north  point  of  the  island,  has  but  8',  feet  at  lotv  tide;  channel  not  more  than  SOOj 
wide,  the  shoals  generally  dry  each  side  of  the  bar.     It  is  better  for  vessels  bound  tq^ll,«W' 
port,  Sunbury,  or  up  th?se  streams,  to  enter  at  Sapelo  or  Hosaba,  and  go  the  inla^.^ltaB>- 
age,  which  ic  not  difficult.  ' 

DARIEN.— Doboy  Bar  lies  in  lat.  .31°  21'  N.  long.  81°  16'  W.     Vessels  maKln|  the 
land,  when  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water,  will,  during  clear  weather,  see  the  Beacons  on  Wolf. 
Island,  which  must  be  brought  to  bear  W.  |  S.  and  run  this  course  till  the  buoy  on  the  outer 
edge  olithe  bar  is  made,  which  may  be  passed  on  either  side.      Gontinue.JthJf  W.  i  S 
course  till  near  the  inner  buoy,  opposite  the  north  breaker,  by  which  you  will  ^88  the  8 
feet  Knoll  on  your  starboard  hand.     In  passing  them,  the  north  breaker  is  to  kept  on  thft-  ^ 
starboard,  and  the  buoy  on  the   larboard  hand,  taking  care  at  the  same  titQe  th9t  the  ^^ 
flood  tide  does  not  set  the  vessel  on  the  north  breaker.     In  running  this  course,  t'&e  bar 
is  crossed  with  not  less  than  12  feet  at  low  water.     When  abreast  of  the  inner  bttifj^,  rati 
from  it  1  ^  mile  in  a  direction  exactly  N.  W.  by  W.  where  the  anchorage  is  excieUei]yt',  ia  ji     ii 
fathoms,  at  low  water,  which  will  bring  tl|e  vessel  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lighthoiifie.         ,^.r 

Or  you  may,  after  making  the  light  on  *Sapelo  Island,  and  steering  directly  for  theiBeit* 


> 


*  The  lighthouse  is  erected  on  the  south  point  of  Sapelo  Island.  The  lantern  is  elevated  74^eet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  revolving  light,  which  revolves  once  in  every  five  mimttsa^ 
during  wliich  period  the  greatest  power  of  light  and  a  total  darkness  will  be  produced  throe  tftMa 
each  alternately  at  any  distance  between  10  miles  and  8  leagues :  when  you  approach  the  ^gk% 
widiin  3  'eagues,  it  will  not  totally  disappear,  but  the  greatest  strength  of  liahtis  to  thatofths  leaaft  ail 
40tol.  ,,  ,  ^         ,"    ' 

To  distinguish  this  lighthouse  from  any  other  on  th**Yieighboring  coasts  in  the  day,  tllWijM||nr  i* 
painted  with  stripes  horizontally,  red  and  white,  which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  a  sblj^'inpjthe.' 
sails  clewed  up.  ■  "■ 

Two  beacons  having  been  erected  on  the  east  side,  and  nearly  on  the  north  end  o(WoifJj 
a  S.  S.  E.  direction  of  the  lighthouse  on  the  south  point  of  Supelo  Island,  and  botb^h* 
tern  each,  witii  six  lamps  and  reflectors  :  four  of  the  lamps  in  each  beacon  forms  a  CB<^ 
to  S.  W.,  having  a  nine  inch  convex  polished  lens,  placed  before  thdm ;  from  whieilst||1 
ever  a  vessel  from  out  the  bar  brings  the  two  lights  any  where  near  in  a  range,  th«  l%hi 
u  different  appearance  to  what  they  will  have  when  either  to  the  northward  or*outhwa*j 

To  designate  those  beacons  from  any  other  on  the  ney;hboring  coM^  the  tower  of 


m 


.'-^si 


^  244  BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 

.'I  cons  on  "Wolf  Island,  bringing  them  in  a  line,  and  keeping  the  lead  constantly  going,  the 
lighthouse  bearing  W.  i  N.  (true  course,)  cross  the  bar  in  13  feet  water.  Neap  tide 
ebbs  7  feet. 

The  following  are  the  depths  of  water,  bearings,  and  distances  to  the  two  buoys,  placed 
in  Doboy  Inlet,  leading  to  Darien,  Georgia.— 

Buoy  Noi  1,  sunk  in  18  feet  water,  at  low  water,  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  bar,  bearing 
E.  1  N.  from  the  beacon  on  Wolf  Island,  3^'  miles  distant,  and  4}  miles  from  the  south 
point  of  Sapleo,  in  an  E.  S.  E.  direction. 

Buoy  No.  2,  sunk  in  21  feet  water  at  low  water,  off  the  north  breaker  head,  bearing 
E.  I  Ni  from  the  beacon  aforesaid,  about  2^  miles,  and  in  a  S.  E.  by  E.  direction,  3.t  miles 
frdm  the  south  point  of  Sapelo.  This  buoy  is  S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  5^  miles  from  Doboy  Is- 
land, and  from  the  most  southern  part  of  the  north  breaker,  one  third  of  a  mile  W.  by 

TYBEE  TO  ST.  SIMONS.— Bring  Tybee  lighthouse  to  bear  N.  W.  when  in  10 
athoms  water,  and  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  distance  21  leagues,  to  go  clear  of  the  shoal  of  *St. 
Simons,  which  lies  off  St.  Simons  E.  S.  E.  2  leagues.  There  are  4  and  5  fathoms  close 
to"  this  shoal,  to  avoid  which  come  no  nearer  than  8  or  9  fathoms.  The  island  of  St.  Si- 
iJDOns  is  on  the  north  sids  of  the  sound  or  harbor  of  the  same  name,  which  lies  in  lat.  31° 
7'  N-  and  may  be  known  by  four  trees  standing  thus  t  I  t  t-  O"  ^h^  south  side  of  that 
harbor  lies  Jekyl  Island,  on  which  are  remarkable  trees,  appearing  like  umbi-ellas,  and 
^eoce  called  the  umbrella  trees.  St.  Simons  and  Jekyl  Island  beaches  are  remarkably 
white-     The  bar  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Simojis'  Sound  lies  5  miles  from  the  light. 

ST.  SIMpNS.— Bring  the  lighthoiise  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.,  and  steer  for  it  until 
iaibreast  of  it,  which  course  will  carry  you  over  the  centre  of  the  bar,  which  is  about  5 
iotiles  distant  from  the  lighthouse. 

ST.  MARY'S  AND  AMELIA  BAR.— Vessels  fr&»44U6,  ftftBthward,  after  passing 

Jekyl  Island,  which  lies   in  latitude  31°,    ought  to  keep  in  7,  6,  or  5  fathoms  water, 

"*  weather  and  size  of  the  vessel   nay  permit.     As  you  proceed  towards  the  southern 

t  of  fCumberland,  you  will  op^n  Dungeness  House,  which  is  about  If    nile  distant 

!om  the  south  point  of  said  island,  and  is  the  only  conspicuous  large  building  on  this 

last,  and  is  hid  by  the  trees  when  you  are  to  the  northward.     Southward  of  this  house 

re  is  a  space  of  about  two  miles,  with  no'trees  on  it,  which  makes  the  south  point  of 

island  appear,  at  a  distance,  like  an  island  of  about  two  miles  in  length. 

ere  are  placed  on  Amelia  Island,  two  beacons  for  crossing  what  is  termed  the  Old 

lel:  they  must  be  brought  in  one,  when  they  will  face  W.  |  N.,  and  a  buoy  on  the 

of  the  bar  will  be  in  range.      There  are  G:^  feet  water  at  low  water;    tide  rises  6 

igh  Water  about  8  o'clock,  full  and  change  of  the  moon.     In  crossing  the  bar, 

pe  beacons  in  one  until  up  with  the  buoy  ;    then  steer  for  the  north  point  of 

,.  |Islaad>  giving  the  shore  a  good  berth  ;    when  between  the  points  of  Amelia  and 

CttQlb^lpand,  there  is  good  anchorage  near  to  Cumberland.     This  bar  lies  2}  miles  north 

of  the  aiirain  b^r,  where  there  are  12^  feet  at  low  water,  and  a  buoy  on  the  inside  of  the 

llorth  B^akej  Head.     The  course  over  that  bar  is  \V.  N.  "W.,  leaving  the  buoy  on  the 

8tarb(MH^  hfflra  ;  but  strangers  should  bring  the  buoy  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.,  when  they 

may  rtoi' with  safety,  allowing  for  the  tide  and  the  draft  of  water  of  the  vessel.      After 

passi^tbe  buoy,  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  2?  miles,  which  will  bring  you  to  the  upper  buoy 

for  0®  C^att|WM  this  may  be  run  for  from  one  buoy  to  the  other,  and  can  be  passed  on 

*  vM,€ith^^«i^4,  when  the  course  will  be  as  directions  for  Old  Bar,  before  mentioned. 

f  Inc^bt^ng  gouthwatdly  for  the  bar,  keep  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  until  the  lighthouse 

^  JjearsN.  W.  |  W.,  then  steer  for  it ;  when  on  the  bar  there  will  be  12  feet  at  low  waler; 

%ithixt  thte  bar,  where  9  buoy  is  placed,  3  fathoms.     Leaving  the  buoy  on  yovtr  starboard 

hat«i,  steer  N.  W.>  by  N.  3  miles,  which  will  bring  you  on  the  tail  of  the  Middle  Ground, 

lyia^  on  the  larboard  hand,  keeping  in  3  fathoms  water.     \Vhen  the  south  yoint  of  Cum- 

bqi^and  bears  N.  £^.  distapt  half  a  mile,  there  is  good  anchorage. 


or%igheBt  beacon  is  painted  white.  The  lantern  i«  elevated  25  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  earth. 
-T^  eastern  or  lower  bdacoji  is  painted  black,  and  the  lantern  is  elevated  above  the  surface  of  the 
enilii  16  feet.  » 

'^'The  height  of  the  tower  of  St.  Simons'  Lighthouse,  from  its  base  to  the  foot  of  the  lantern,  is  75 
fcet^  It  is  built  of  a  composition  of  lime,  which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  having  been  painted  white  ; 
.  io  <^  the  extreme  south  end  of  the  island,  and  phowa  a  fixed  light. 

t'pn  the,seuth  point  ofCumberland  Islaad  a  lighthouse  is  erected.     The  light  is  elevated  80  feet 

:   ftbovChigh  water,  and  is  a  revolving  light,  showing  a  clear  bripht  light  toward  the  sea,  twice  in  each 

;  -revolttpen,  which  is  in  three  minutes,  each  time  occupying  a  space  of  one  and  a  half  minute.     Its 

-.'Ibeftioili  is  not  BO  eligible  as  it  would  be  on  Amelia  Island,  where  it  would  be  a  leading  mark  over 

'''''^"'***'t<>dit  now  only  serves  as  a  mark  for  the  inlet.    It  is  distant  7  miles  nearly  a  N.  W.  J  W. 

^fir9in  die  main  bar^-conse';'   ntly  buoys  and  beacons  are  resorted  to. 


Full! 

Average 

ST.  ] 

St.  Join 

.     bluff,  at 

small  cri 

departur 

and  sout 

on  the  b 

W.  i  \V 

3  fee't  to 

then  stee 

haul  up 

the  Midc 

oppoisite 

flat  that 

feet;  nes 

sometimf 

past  7. 

The  S 
more  thai 
fine  navig 
of  Lake  ( 
feet  in  de 
Lake  ( 
which  is  I 
or  three  r 
channel  c 
N.  9h. 45 

NOTK.- 

atcly  after 
but  the  pt 
ST.  Ai 
or  any  pai 
est  and  mc 
St.  Ati; 
posite  the 
of  Matanz 
gustine  in 
distant  10 
you  are 
length  15 
house,  sh( 
The  pil 
but  if  not 
steer.     R;i 
than  8  or ' 
times  mak 
bar,  with 
row  and  ci 
and  N.  W 
ST.  AT 
the  north, 
wind  be  to 
from  7  to  I 
All  vess 
by  signal,  1 


'2.' 
Th: 
:bi 
I  of 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


245 


ling,  the 
eap  tide 

i,  placed 

,  bearing 
he  south 

,  bearing 
,  3.T  milea 
)o6oy  Is- 
ile  W.  by 

lien  in  10 
•alof  *St. 
oms  close 
of  St.  Si- 
in  lat.  31° 
de  of  that 
ellas,  and 
enmrkably 
light. 

for  it  until 
is  about  5 

ter  passing 
)ins  water, 
ic  southern 
niie  distant 
ling  on  this 
■  this  house 
ith  point  of 

led  the  Old 
buoy  on  the 
tide  lises  6 
ing  the  bar, 
rth  point  of 
Amelia  and 
miles  north 
iiside  of  the 
buoy  on  the 
,  when  they 
ssel.      After 
upper  buoy 
be  passed  on 
)iied. 

lighthouse 
It  low  water; 
m  starboard 

die  Ground, 
oint  of  Cum- 


e  of  the  earth, 
surface  of  the 

lantern,  is  75 
painted  white  ; 

levnted  80  feet 
twice  in  each 
If  minute.  Its 
ing  mark  over 
uN.  W.  iW. 


Full  sea  at  St.  Mary's  Bar  on  full  and  change,  at  half  past  7  o'clocU  ;  slack  water  at  8. 
Average  tides  7  feet. 

ST.  MARY'S  TO  *ST.  JOHN'S.— The  course  is  S.  by  E.,  distant  7  leagues  to 
St.  .lolin's;  in  making  this  place  when  bound  into  St.  Augustine,  there  is  a  round  high 
biutf,  at  the  south  side  of  the  river,  known  by  the  name  of  the  General's  Mount :  the 
small  craft  running  in  from  Amelia  to  .St.  Augustine  generally  make  it,  and  take  their 
departure.  On  the  north  side  of  the  iiarbor  is  Talbot's  Island,  full  of  trees,  lying  north 
and  south,  and  about  the  same  height  with  the  General's  Mount :  there  are  11  feet  water 
on  the  bar  at  high  water.  In  running  into  St.  John's,  bring  the  lighthouse  to  bear  S. 
W.  i  W.  and  open  the  top  of  the  chinmey  in  the  west  end  of  the  dwelling  house,  about 
3  feet  to  the  S.  and  E.  of  the  light  ;  then  run  in  until  within  the  South  Breaker  Head  ; 
then  steer  S.  S.  W.  for  the  General's  Mount  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shore;  then 
haul  up  to  the  westward,  keeping  the  shore  about  the  same  distance  from  you  to  clear 
the  Middle  or  North  Breakers,  which  show  plain  if  there  is  any  wind.  When  nearly 
opposite  the  swash,  incline  towards  the  north  shore,  or  Fort  George  Island,  to  clear  a 
flat  that  makes  olf  from  the  shore  a  considerable  distance.  Spring  tides  rise  12  or  13 
feet;  neap  tides  not  more  than  10  feet.  The  currents  run  out  until  quarter  flood,  and 
sometimes  half  flood.  High  water  at  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  about  20  minutes 
past  7.     The  tides  are'very  much  influenced  by  the  winds. 

The  St.  John's  is  a  long  and  broad  bay,  which  receives  the  impressions  of  the  tide  at 
more  than  150  miles  from  its  mouth,  running  parallel  with  the  ocean.  This  bay  affords 
fine  navigation  ;  you  will  find  in  all  parts  of  it,  after  passing  the  bar,  up  to  the  entrance 
of  Lake  George,  20  feet  water :  this  lake,  to  its  south-east  extremity,  is  upwards  of  10 
feet  in  depth. 

Lake  George  is  a  little  sea,  of  nearly  60  miles  in  circumference,  at  the  eitremity  o^ 
which  is  found  a  bank  of  shells,  on  which  you  have  only  about  5  feet  water;  but  at  two 
or  three  miles  above  this,  the  branches  of  the  St.  John's  reunite,  and  a  broad  and  deep 
channel  conducts  you  to  a  lake.  At  full  and  clrange  it  flows  S.  E.  by  S.  and  N.  W.  by 
N.  9h.  45ni. 

NoTK. — The  brig  Young  Mari?  struck  several  times  on  a  sunken  rock,  and  iminedi- 
atcly  after  had  5  fathoms  water,  wliile  njnning  between  St.  Augustine  and  Amelia  Island, 
but  the  particular  situation  of  the  rock  we  are  ignorant  of. 

ST.  AUGUSTINE. — Should  a  vessel  be  obliged,  in  consequence  of  some  accident, 
or  any  particular  reason,  to  stand  in  for  a  harbor,,  the  port  of  St.  Augustine  is  the  new- 
est and  most  advantageous  place.  y^- 
St.  Augustine  is  situated  on  the  main,  about  2  miles  within  the  bar.  immediatel3r\0p#^^^ 
posite  the  inlet :  it  is  not  passable  for  vessels  draw.ng  over  16  feet  of  wat«r.     The  islann'     " 
of  Matanzas  runs  parallel  with  the  ocean,  and  forms  a  point  of  the  south  end  of  St.  A§* 
gustine  inlet.     When  in  9  fathoms  water,  oil"  the  bar  of  St.  John's,  the  course  is  S.  S^, 
distant  10  leagues.     The  northernmost  land  of  the  bay  is  called  Point  Cartel.     Wfa'l|if*'s\ 
you  are  as  far  to  the  southward  as  this  point,  you  will  see  the  island  of  Ap^stasial^  itf'   " 
length  15  miles,  and  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  on  the  north  end  of  which  la  a  iml^t- 
house,  showing  a  fixed  light.                                 *                        '                                  ,'^'.'' '  ■• 

The  pilots  who  attend  the  fbar,  board  vessels  outside,  when  the  weathei"  wi)l  ptriij^ 
but  if  not,  th^y  bring  them  in  by  signal,  which  imy  wave  as  they  wish  the  vessel  %* 
steer.  Rate  of  pilotage  two  dollars  per  foot.  The  bar  of  St.  .^ugustine  has  no  iffot^ 
than  8  or  9  feet  water  on  it  at  high  water,  spring  tides,  and  at  low  water  5  fe^j  #hich  atf 
times  makes  it  impossible  for  boats  to  pass.  Thore  is  a  swash  to  the.jBbr&WHrili  of  tlje  ' 
bar,  with  11  and  12  feet  water;  but  the  sand  shifting  often,  and  the  p&'ss^g^  fi^i|}£^90|!la|t«' 
row  and  crooked,  the  pilois  seldom  attempt  it.  It  flows,  at  full  and  change,  9<  '  " 
and  N.  W.  by  N.  9h.  45m. ;  variation  ojf  St.  Augustine  7°  E.,  1819., 

ST.  AUGUSTINE  JLIGHT.r-Vessels  bound  to  this  port,  if  running  dowirl 
the  north,  must  not  bring  the  lighr  farther  to  the  westward  than  S.  W.  by  W.     If 
wind  be  to  the  south,  bring  the  light  to  bear  west ;  if  moderate,  come  to  and  anchor-^ 
from  7  to  9  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom,  ofl^  which  three  buOys  are  placed. ^ 

All  vessels  bound  to  this  port  will  show,  when  off  the  bar,  how  ^ttch  water  th»y  tlrlw 
by  signal,  hauling  down  the  flag  and  hoisting  it  again  equal  to  the  numbifo^fee^  they  dlilir. 


.  E*  w  S». 


•  The  Lighthouse  at  St.  .John's  has  been  taken  down,' to  prevent  it  from  falling..  ,Anew<>ne  #ill 
be  put  in  a  more  favorable  situation.  '  •        .       ^^  , 

t  An  appropriation  is  made  for  placing  three  buoys  on  the  bar,  at  the  entrance  of  St.  ^jiugt^nA 
Harbor,  and  they  are  moored.  '  ,..i-.         r     '' 

t  St.  Augustine  Lighthouse  is  built  on  the  north-end  of  St.  Anastasia  Island,  lati  ■S^-'/ 
long.  81°  2.")'  W.,  and  shows  a  fixed  light.     It  is  a  square  tower  built  of  shell  stone,  «^ 
white.     The  tower  is  70  feet  high  from  the  ground,  exclusive  of  the  lantern,  whicRls  f  ffe<te'"l|[K| 
top  of  the  building  is  arched,  with  a  stone  cornice  and  a  granite  stone  (teek,  12  ieet  dianwM^! 


lantern  is  of  iron,  and  contains  six  patent  lamps. 


.f-:./^ 


mmmeimm*'^'' 


246 


blunt's  ameuican  coast  pilot. 


MUSQUITO  INLET.— Sixty-five  miles  to  the  southwnnl  of  St.  Aufriistine  Light- 
house, is  Mus(|iiito  Inlet.     Oil  the  bar  tlieie  is  ^y  feet  at  low  water.     Rise  of  tide  3.';  feet. 

'  On  the  south  side  of  the  inlet  there  was  a  *lighthouse  intended  for  a  fixed  light.  The 
town  of  Smyrna  is  within  this  inlet. 

REMARKS  OFF  ST.  ALMUSTTNE.— From  the  first  of  November  to  the  last  of 
February,  the  hardest  gales  i)revail  that  blow  on  ihis  coast,  and  in  ji;eneral  IVoiii  N.  N.  E. 
to  S.  S.  E.  The  wind  any  way  easterly  comes  on  very  suddenly  to  a  <rale  during  the 
season  above  mentioned  ;  and  these  fraie.s  give  but  very  little  warniiii;;.  An  expe- 
rienced navigator  says,  "  I  was  at  anchor  in  St.  Augustine  Bay,  when  it  came  on  to 
blow  at  E.  N.  E.,  and  in  fifteen  minutes  time  1  was  obliged  to  slip,  and  had  we  not  car- 
ried sail  to  the  utmost  we  should  not  have  cleared  the  land  to  the  southward."  When 
the  wind  backs  against  the  sun,  with  a  small  rain,  you  will  perceive  the  sea  to  rise  belore 
the  wind  comes;  then  prepare  for  a  gale,  which  in  general  will  last  50  or  60  hours.  If 
vou  should  be  obliged  to  cut  or  slip,  carry  all  the  sail  you  possibly  can,  to  get  an  offing 
before  it  increases  so  as  to  put  you  past  carrying  any  sail,  which  is  always  the  case,  and 

.  observe,  that  the  flood  tide  setting  to  the  southward  will  be  of  no  service  to  you  farther 
out  than  12  f\ithoms  water,  when  you  will  be  in  the  southern  current  until  you  get  into 
46  fathoms,  which  is  ai?out  15  leagues  from  the  land,  and  in  the  (xulf  Stream,  where  the 
current  runs  strong  N.  N.  E.  as  far  to  the  northward  as  latitude  ,'35°  15'  N.,  when  it  sets 
more  easterly,  or  about  N.  E.  by  N.,  as  far  as  latitude  37^^  N.  ;  fiom  thence,  as  far  as 
the  Capes  of  Delaware,  its  direction  is  about  E.  N.  E.,  and  from  latitude  38°  57'  N.  it 
aets  nearly  east. 

Directions  for  making  a  speedy  passage  through  the  Gulf  to  Neiv  York. — When  in  sight 
of  Memory  Rock,  steer  N.  N.  W.  to  lat.  25)°;  then  N.  to  hit.  30",  (allowing,  however, 
for  the  effects  of  strong  breezes  any  way,  to  clear  dangers  on  both  sides,)  which  will  keep 
you  in  the  whole  force  of  the  stream  ;  then  N.  E.  till  in  lat.  of  3-2°  ;  then  steer  N.  E.  by 
N.  until  you  get  into  the  latitude  of  Caj)(  Ilatteras,  which  is  in  35°  14'  N. ;  then  you 
Wiay  haul  up  more  northerly  half  a  point,  till  you  get  on  soundings  in  or  near  the  latitude 
of  the  Capes  of  Virginia.  When  in  18  or  "20  fathoms,  and  near  that  latitude,  steer  N. 
Ni.  E.  ''')  leagues,  and  look  out  for  the  1 1  'hlands  of  Neversink,  which  are  26'2  feet  above 
die  level  of  the  sea,  and  lie  S.  S.  W.  from  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  of  New  York.  When 
you  have  nearl)'  made  the  distance  before  mentioned,  be  careful  not  to  run  in  the  night 
Or  thick  weather;,  come  no  nearer  than  12  or  14  fathoms. 

NoTK.— Along  the  southern  coast  of  America  you  will  find  no  tide  farther  out  from 

'  ,th#  shore,  than  10  or  12  fathoms  water;  from  that  depth  until  the  edge  of  soundings,  you 
rilihave  a  current  setting  to  the  southward,  at  the  rate  of  one  mile  ))er  hour  :  when  out 
^soundings,  you  will  have  the  Gulf  Stream  setting  to  the  N.  E.  quarter,  and  the  farther 
VX  get  to  the  northward,  it  sets  more  easterly,  l)ut  not  so  strong  as  before  mentioned  ; 
sn  you  get  to  thfe  northward  of  39°,  it  sets  about  east. 

The  setting  of  the  tide  along  the  shore  from  New  Yorlc  to  St.  Augustine. 

•  '  Flood.  Ebb. 

Fr6ni  the  west  end  of  Long  Island  to  Cape  May. . . .  W.  by  S E.  by  N. 

I^'rotia  Cape  Henlopen  to  Cape  Charles S.  by  W N.  by  E. 

From  Cape  Charles  to  Cape  Hatteras S.  S.  W^ N.  JS.  E. 

FrmQ  €!«j^e  Hatteras  to  Cape  Lookout S.  W.  by  W..  .N.  E.  by  E. 

From  Gap©  Lookout  to  Cape  Fear S.  W.  by  W. , .  N.  E.  by  E. 

Prom  Cape  Fear  to  Cape  Roman W.  S.  W E.  N.  E. 

From  Cape  Roman  to  Charleston W.  S.  W E.  N.  E. 

From  Charleston  to  Tybee W.  S.  W E.  N.  E. 

f  rom  Tybee  to  St.  Simons' S.  S.  W N.  N.  E.    ^ 

From  St.  Simons'  to  St.  John's S.  by  W N.  by  E. 

From  St.  John's  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Augustine South North. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 
From  the  Atlantic,  when  over  the  Bank,  and  bound  for  New-Orleans,  you  may  shorten 

S^X  distance  very  much  by  running  down  the  Florida  Ree(,  keeping  in  colored  water 
day-tirtie,  and  off  into  the  Stream  by  night,  as  a  strong  eddy  or  counter  current,  sets 
Wi^wardly  along  the  outside  of  the  reef,  between  it  and  the  regularaet  of  the  Gulf.  To 
do  ^is  with  advantage,  you  must  calculate  to  fall  in  with  the  Florida  "coast  as  early  in 
the  forenoon  as  possible,  that  you  may  take  advantage  of  the  eddy  through  the  reniain- 
tlef|of  the  day.     Your  best  way,  therefore,  will  be,  on  leaving  the  bank  in  lat.  24°  40' 


lighthouse  was  never  Ijhted  :  a  few  months  after  being  built  [by  contract]  it  fell  to  the 
It  IB  uticsrtaui  when  a  naw  Ughtbouse  will  be  lighted  to  indicate  the  entrance  to  this  inlet. 


Ebb. 

.by 

N. 

i>y 

E. 

.N. 

E. 

E. 

by  E. 

.E. 

by  E. 

N. 

E. 

.  N. 

E. 

.  N 

E. 

.N 

E.   ~ 

.by  E. 

orth. 

n  may  shorten 

CO 

>ored  water 

!!•  current,  sets 

the 

Gulf.     To 

ast 

as  early  in 

L'h 

the  reiiiain- 

in 

lat.  24°  40' 

BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COA.ST  PILOT. 


247 


with  a  good  breeze,  to  steer  W.  S.  W.  2')  leagues,  iind  it  at  day  h!,'ht  *Florida  Reef  is 
not  in  sij;ht,  steer  west,  W.  by  N.  or  W.  N.  \V.  and  make  them  at  once;  you  will  fall  in 
witli  them  between  f Key  Largo  and  Old  Matacunil)e,  which  hr.s  high  trees  on  its  north 
end,  the  tops  of  whicli  are  ([uite  level,  and  at  first  sight  appear  like  table  land  ;  keep  down 
in  colored  water  by  daylight,  and  at  niglit  haul  out  at  a  respectful  distance,  until  fairly  day- 
light again,  when  you  may  haiditito  the  northward,  and  again  make  the  land.  Or,  should 
you  be  so  tar  to  the  westward  as  between  the  Marijues  Keys  and  the  jTortugas  Light, 
where  you  cannot  see  the  land  uidess  within  4  leagues  of  the  one  or  the  other,  you  must 
keep  a  lookout  for  colored  water,  and  when  fairly  into  into  it,  keep  down  to  the  west- 
ward and  make  the  §Tortugas,  which  you  may  pass  at  a  respectful  distance  either  to 
windward  or  leeward,  as  best  suits  your  fancy,  and  as  the  winds  will  admit  of.  Between 
Sombrero  Key  and  ||Sand  Key  Light,  you  may  see  the  Heacon  on  Looe  Key,  which  is 
30  feet  high,  :>nd  on  which  is  a  large  ball  painted  red ;  4  or  '>  miles  east  of  Looe  Key  is 
a  White  Buoy  on  a  Reef  in  3\  feet  of  water,  and  between  Looe  Key  aijd  the  west  end 
of  Florida  Reef,  you  may  make  t])e  lighthouse  on  Sand  Key. 

Should  the  wind  be  far  southerly  or  light,  it  would  be  most  advisable,  on  leaving  the 
bank,  to  kee{)  to  the  southward  and  get  under  Double-headed  Shot  Bank,  and  out  of  the 
force  of  the  stream  ;  and  with  light  and  westerly  winds  (which  sometimes  continue  for 
several  days  during  the  summer)  it  is  usual  to  get  on  the  Double-headed  Shot  Bank, 
and  lay  on  its  western  edge  for  a  breeze,  or  cross  over  into  St.  Nicholas  Channel,  and 
take  advantage  of  the  land  breeze  from  the  Island  of  Cuba,  to  get  to  the  westward. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  BAHAITIA  BA]\KS,  ISIiATVDiS), 

Ai\D  CHA.\I^ELS. 

BAHAMAS. — TTnder  this  general  denomination  are  included  all  those  groups  which 
appear  on  the  banks  between  the  Matanilla  Bank  on  the  N.  W.  and  Square  Handkerchief 
onlheS.  E.  The  principal  islands  are  situated  on  those  remarkable  flats  called  thj  ' 
CfREAT  and  LITTLE  BANKS  OF  BAHAMAS,  which  are  divided  by  the  channf 
of  Providence,  and  of  so  much  importance  did  we  considei'  a  correct  description  of  r 
navigation,  being  the  passage  for  vessels  from  the  ports  of  the  United  States  to  thosj 
the  Mexican  Sea,  as  to  induce  the  author,  in  1820,  to  seqd  the  sloop  Orbit,  undef 
direction  of  E.  C.  Ward,  U.  S.  Navy,  to  make  surveys. 

The  banks  are  generally  of  sand,  with  coral.     The  islands  are  low,  flat  and  Inters^ 
with  i)orous  rocks,  of  fresh  water,  but  the  supply  is,  however,  scanty,  it  being  obta 
only  from  pools,  formed  during  the  rains,  or  from  wells  dug  in  the  sand,  into 
sea-water  filters.     In  the  woods  are  found  the  \\i\d  hog  and  the  Agouti.  •  '—  . 

Within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Bahamas  are  therefore  included  the  Great  BahftfilM 
and  Abaco  Isles,  New  Providence,  Andros,  the  Berry  Isles,  HEleuthera  or  EttHNra, 
' \i »''    ■ » 

*  A  lighthouse,  showing  a  fixed  light,  elevated  70  feet  above  the  level  of  d^e  sea,  400  ya«|sfro)n 
the  beacfi,  and  about  T  miles  from  the  Gulf  Stream,  is  built  on  the  south  point  of  Key  Bidci^TniQ^tCap^ 
Florida.]     Vessels  drawing  10  feet  may  approach  it  till  within  2^  mSiM.     R-  is  about?  mihl  from 
(the  Gulf  Stream,  lat.  25°  40'  N.,  lo!l<,^  80°  5'  W.,  a  httle  south  of  Cape  Florida.  .  ^ 

t  On  the  reef  ofF  Key  Largo  is  a  floating  light  vessel,  showing  two  fixed  lights,  one  abotit  3j|  feet 
high,  the  other  40  feet,  bearing  from  the  highest  land  on  Key  Largo  E.  by  S.  7  miles  distant^ ''jrom 
the  elbow  on  Carysfort  Reef  N.  J  E.,  distant  3  or  4  miles ;  the  outer  reef  [say  14  fathoms  water] 
bearing  east  2^  miles  distant,  lat.  25o  6'  N.,  long.  80°  28'  W.  It  may  generally  be  seen  12  miles, 
and  its  object  is  to  M-arn  vessels  from  the  dangerous  rocks  and  shoals  near  which  she  is  moored.'^ In 
hazy  weather,  a  bell  will  be  struck  frequently,  to  warn  vessels  to  keep  off.  -t^ 

t  Tortugas  Light. — Stationary,  on  one  of  the  Dry  Tortugas  Islands,  near  the  western  ejrtPBii^ty 
of  the  reef.  -  J 

§  A  spar  buoy,  painted  white,  in  15  or  18  feet  water,  showing  3  feet  above  the  water,  :^.{f|ai^  at 
the  west  end  of  the  ijuicksands,  [Dry  Tortugas,]  15  miles  E.  i  S.  from  East  Key,  which  is  IJiCLAiost 
easternmost  key,  and  where  there  is  a  shoal  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  water,  I 

ll  Sand  key  Light  revolves  once  in  54  seconds.  It  is  the  best  light  on  the  coast,  S.  W.  b]9B.  8^ 
miles  from  Key  West  Light,  situated  directly  on  the  reef.-    The  light  is  70  feet  above  the  «!B^^ 

H  Eleuthera  or  Ethera,  to  the  northward  of  the  Exuma  Keys,  is  one  of  the  largest  ialai^llon  Am 
bank.     It  is,  as  shown  on  the  chart,  of  very  irregular  shape,  and  being  on  the  edge(^w€rEMMl'> 
Bank,  its  eastern  shore  is  washed  by  the  blue  and  fathomless  ocean,  wlule«n  t^'.^fett)J|pB.'»iri|li<<> - 


f 


)0. 


248 


IJLUiXT  S  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Guanahan,  otherwise  St.  Sjilvador  or  ('at  Island,  Watland's  Island,  Exiima,  *Yuma  or 
Long  Islands,  the  Crooked  Islands,  Mayuana,  tl.'e  Caycos,  the  Inagues,  and  many  smaller 
groups. 

Directions  for  sailing  over  Nassau  Bar,  during  stormy  weather,  when  a  j)ilot  hoal  cannot 

go  out. 

Vessels  approachinji  Nassau  in  tempestuous  weather,  when  the  pilot  cannot  cross  the 
bar,  by  observing  the  lollowing  directions,  may  come  safe  over,  when  th«  piloi  will  be 
ready  to  receive  and  corfduct  them  to  their  anchorage. 

On  a  white  flag  being  hoisted  on  the  point  of  Hog  Island  near  the  lighthouse,  a  small 
white  flag  flying,  will  he  in  readiness  within  the  bar,  the  vessel  will  then  steer  in,  giving 
the  point  of  Hog  Island  ai)Out  80  fathoms  distance,  and  keeping  Toney's  Rock  (a  small 
rock  within  the  bar  on  which  a  beacon  is  erected)  and  the  west  end  of  Fort  Charlotte 
barracks  in  one;  keep  this  course  until  you  bring  the  white  flag  on  the  point  to  bear 
east;  then  put  your  helm  to  the  starboard  and  keep  for  the  boat.  It  sometimes  hap- 
pens that  the  sea  '-reaks  from  ))cint  to  point,  even  in  moderate  weather.  When  this  is 
the  case,  and  the  w  d  should  be  to  the  south  or  east  it  would  not  be  prudent  for  vessels 
of  a  large  draught  it  water  to  enter,  as  there  are  not  more  than  17  feet  water  at  low  tide 
on  the  bar.     By  order  of  the  Commissioners  of  Pilotage. 

[We  recommend  to  every  navigator  to  make  himself  acquainted  with  the  set  of  the 
currents  through  the  whole  extent  of  the  Gulf,  and  with  the  description  of  all  the  Islands 
.  and  Keys  which  compose  the  Bahama  Banks,  as  at  times  a  knowledge  of  them  may  be 
highly  important.] 

TCides  and  Currents  between  Watland's  Island  and  New  Providence. 

The  tides  or  currents  between  Watlmd's  Island  and  the  Hole-in-the-wall  are  generally 
found  to  set  to  the  S.  W.  About  Egg  Island  they  set  in  various  directions.  Oif 
Douglass  Rocks,  New  Providence,  the  tide  runs  very  regular;  and  at  the  entrance  of 
the  New  Anchorage,  it  flows,  on  the  full  and  change,  at  8h.  .'iOm.  .The  flood  sets  to  the 
N.  E.  and  very  strong  between  the  rocks.  The  vertical  rise  of  a  spring  tide  is  4  feet. 
In  the  passage  between  Egg  Island  and  Nassau,  the  stream  bas  beenVound  to  set  at  the 
ITRte  of  4|  knots  ;  the  flood  setting  east,  and  running  strongly  o\'r  the  reefs.  Near  Egg 
Island  the  current  is  very  uncertain ;  great  attention  should  here  be  paid  to  the  lead. 

The  stream  sets  strongly  over  the   Egg  Island   Reef,  when  the  wind  is  from  N.  W. 
The  flood  sets  very  strongly  between  the  rocks  to  N.  W. 
,^The  tide  about  the  Berry  Is'  tnds  rises  2  feet  higher  when  the  sun  advances  to  north- 

prd  of  the  line,  than  it  does  wiien  it  is  to  the  southward.     The  flood  sets  strongly  over 

j'bank,  and  the  ebb  over  the  bar.     In  the  N.  W.  Channel  of  Providence,  the  current 

Pfrally  runs  to  the  eastward  tv/o  miles  in  an  hour. 

liiTTLE  BAHAMtiV  BANK,  WITH  ITS  ISLANDS — The  Hole-in-the-wall, 
wliich  is  the  souther-radst  extreme  of  the  Island  of  Abaco,  bears  N.  N.  W.  from  F^gg 
Island,  7|  leagues  distant,  and  the  two  form  the  mouth  of  what  is  called  the  Northeast 
Osannel  of  Providence  ;  and  the  Hole-in-the-wall,  with  Stirrup's  Key,  forms  the  eastern 
HKtlUh  of  what  is  called  the  Northwest  Channel  of  Providence ;  and  this  N.  W.  Chan- 
ndlta;  Moiith  is  formed  by  the  Great  Isaac,  and  tiie  western  extvemity  of  the  Island  of 
&ir^at  or  Grand  Bahama.  About  one  xnile  west  of  ♦he  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco,  is  a  fiae 
bayi  ca"ed  Hurricane  Bay,  with  water  enough  for  small  vessels. 

After  poising  the  Hole-in-the-wall,  the  land  is  indented,  both  on  its  surface  and  beach, 
atod  Mnds  nearly  east  and  west,  forming  a  slope,  the  highest  land  to  the  eastward.  Two 
inilej  W.'  by  S.  from  it,  lies  the  southernmost  point  of  the  Island  of  Abaco,  and  Little 
Bahatna  Bank. 

From  the  south  point  of  Great  Abaco  to  Rock  Point,  the  bearing  and  distance  are 
N.  W.  by  W.  16  miles;  the  latitude^  the  latter  is  exactly  26°;  from  Rock  Point  to 
■ — t^ -, _ — t 

ahdpow  and  smeoth  water  of  the  banji.     •*  The  force  of  the  Atlantic  waves  has  pierced  a  magnifi. 

^^  arch  through  the  rock  of  the  is^d,  which  is  the  greatest  curioeity  of  the  Archipelago.     The 

isi^d  is  moderately  high,  and  the'^btet  side  is  very  foul,  hatting  a  reel  called  the  Alabaster  Rocks, 

an4other  dangers." 
IXfitbtrr  ii^Kad  is  close  to  the  north/Bhd  of  Eleutbera,  and  has  a  settlement  on  the  south  side  of  the 

ialati|. 

*  T&  current  isles  to  the  westward  of  Harbor  Island,  are  Russell  Island,  Royallsland,  and  Egg 
,1^8^  ;They  are  low,  and  between  them  end  Ethera  is  a  channel  through  which  small  vessels 
-;l8Jiy  PiP*«v   On  the  north  a  bank  extends  about  two  miles  out,  with  9^,  11,  12,  ami  13  fathoms  on 

1^    WiSi^gg  Island,  [the  mOst  western,]  the  anchorage  off  New  Providence  bears  S.  30°  W. 

tnpi  7«ne«  distant. 
"'*  fmmsr  Long  Itlaad  Is  fboat  17  leaguet  in  length,  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W. 


> 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


249 


t  loal  cannot 


south  side  of  the 


Kpv  Gorda,  on  which  fresh  water  may  \n>  foiinfl,  is  N.  W.  by  W.  J  AV.  10  miles.  Along 
the  ed'i'  of  ti^.e  bank,  N.  \V.  rJN.  Iroiii  Key  Gorda,  in  an  extent  cm  6  leagues,  is  a  con- 
tinued series  of  keys  and  reefs,  and  witiiin  these  on  the  bank  is  Moose  Inland.  In  this 
disiunce  you  wlM  ii;ive  a  dangerous  i-  :ky  shore,  on  tiiR  west  end  of  the  bank.  About 
half  w  IV  betweeii  Moose  Island  and  the  S.  K.  end  of  (ireat  IJahaina  Islands,  are  Bur- 
rows' Keys. 

The  Island  of  Abaco  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  small  shoal  channel,  and  when  It 
is  seen  to  the  ea.stward,  it  forms  two  pretty  high  lum;)S.  There  are  connnodions  an- 
chora'cs  on  the  western  and  southern  edges,  well  sheltered  from  the  sea,  one  of  which 
is  (Ml  the  western  patt  of  Abaco,  which  from  the  Holc-in-tlie-wall  bears  N.  \V.  and  ter- 
minates in  a  bay,  9  miles  from  the  |)uint. 

This  bay,  with  winds  at  N.  W.,  N.  N.  E.,  E.,  and  even  8.  E.,  affords  a  good  shelter, 
with  a  depth  of  7,7,  8,  and  !)  fathoms  waier,  and  ;  llhough  the  wind  at  S.  E.  is  along 
shore,  it  makes  no  sea,  and  it  is  excellent  holding  ground. 

In  the  bottom  of  this  bay  is  the  channel  which  divides  the  island  of  Abaco  into  two 
parts;  auumber  of  houses  art-  .rected  there  by  people  from  New  Pr)vidence,  who  come 
to  cut  wood.  This  anchorage  is  safer  ill  winter  than  in  sunuiier,  as  during  the  latter  you 
have  constant  squalls  from  the  southward,  from  which  the  lightning  often  does  harm, 
and  earthquakes  are  frequent,  which  drive  off  the  people,  who  retire  to  Provideuce  and 
Eleuthera. 

From  the  west  part  of  this  bay,  a  chain  of  keys  extends  120  miles  W.  by  N.,  after 
which  you  will  see  the  east  end  of  the  island  of  Great  Bahama,  which  continues  00 
nearly  the  same  direction  for  19  leagues,  and  the  whole  of  these  two  spaces  of  the  bank 
are  foul,  with  reefs  and  rocks,  as  far  as  the  middle  of  Great  Bahama,  from  whence  it  ia 
clean  and  has  a  smooth  bottom. 

On  the  S.  E.  side  of  GREAT  BAHAMA  ISLAND,  which  is  wholly  bordered  with 
a  reef,  forms  a  bight,  which  is  14  leagues  in  length,  and  very  dangerous,  with  strong  S.  W, 
winds.  Within  the  S.  E.,  or  more  properly  tht  south  point,  there  is  fresh  water;  and 
at  this  point,  in  lat.  26°  28',  long.  78°  40',  is  a  narrow  spot  of  good  anchoring  ground, 
having  10  or  11  fathoms.  Towards  this  coast  there  is  generally  an  outset  from  the 
Florida  Stream  on  the  west,  which  however  varies  according  to  the  wind,  &c.,  and  qt 
all  times  it  is  necessary  to  give  the  west  end  of  (ireat  Bahama  a  good  berth,  not  only  oQ 
account  of  its  shoals,  for  if  '',  wind  should  hang  to  the  southward,  you  would  be  em* 
bayed. 

The  western  edge  of  LITTLE  B.\HAMA  BANK,  are  several  keys  and  dangerou* 

reefs.     Off  the  N.  W.  point  of  Great  Bahama  Island,  are  the  Wood  and  Indian  Keys, 

mtMh,  at  a  league  to  the  northward  of  which  is  Sandy  Key,  and  at  two  leagu 

r -^^=i==-^  to  the  N.  by  W.  of  Sandy  Key  is  Memory  Rock,  which  stands  abo:^^ 

Memoir  K^^N^rK  ^'''''^  league  within  the  edge  of  the  bank,  and  appears  wheo  bearing;^, 
ihiee  miles.'      N.  E.  as  represented  in  themaigin.  •  • 

From  Memory  Rock  the  edge  of  the  bank  trends  to  the  N.  W.,  and  at  4  miles  flro'm 
the  rock,  is  the  south  end  of  a  reef  which  is  even  with  the  water's  edge.  This  reef  is 
2  leagues  in  length,  and  is  succeeded  by  several  others,  to  the  distance  of  three  leagnes 
more  to  tlie  north.  Between  these  and  the  Matanilla  Reef,  the  ground  appears  tO/i|| 
clear,  with  soundings  on  the  bank  in  the  northern  half,  18,  19,  and  20  fathotps.        *&,:■; 

In  the  extreme  western  part  of  the  Great  Bahama  there  is  excellent  anghoi^gef,  ^^ 
which  the  soundings  of  the  bank  run  off  5  miles. 

When  there  is  a  sea  from  the  N.  E.  on  the  N.  W.  point  of  this  bank,  in  (hat  part  of  it 
in  25°  30'  and  40  fathoms,  it  makes  at  flood  tide  a  race,  and  whirlp^jUj,  prodil^d  by  its 
encountering  with  the  gulf  current,  so  as  to  cause  it  to  break  heavy,  and  maketfit-appear 
like  shoals  ;  on  the  contrary,  getting  to  the  southward  of  this,  race,  you  will  have'^ooth 
sea,  and  may  keep  in  15,  16,  14,  13,  8,  and  7  fathoms  water.  The,  bottom  iff||^ya^ 
gravel,  and  some  stones,  upon  which  you  may  occasionally  anchor.  C^,thi»  bflt^tiiQ 
water  is  green,  and  you  cannot  see  the  bottom  tintil  in  2^  and  3  fathoniis,  upon 'i^kifa, 
or  in  the  green  water,  there  jnever  has  been  any  current  experienced  ;  therefore  the  «^If 
Stream  does  no  more  than  touch  along  the  edge  nf  soundings.  jfe""; 

The  Matanilla  should   be  avoided  on  a  flood.  •  It  has  been  represented  in  tM^9fi' 
charts  as  extending  to  27°  50'  N.     It  has  been  sought  for  in  that  parallel,  apd  tfot  hq^' 
been  found  there,  presumed  not  to  exist,  but  still  we  think  it  should  lii»-;ir0lded. 
Orbit  entered  on  the  bank  in  lat.  26°  45'  N.,  long.  79''  12'  W. ;  from  thence  ihe 
N.  10  leagues,  leaving  Memory  Rock  to  the  eastward,  and  the  Western  Reefs  tC 
westward  ;  from  the  lat.  27°  15',  long.  79°  12',  she  steered  N.  E.  27  mile8,.^viiii 
16,  15,  13,  10,  and  on  the  centre  of  the  bank,  4i  fathoms;    from  thenc<B  to, 
edge,  the  water  deepened  to  23  fathoms,  and  then  no  bottom,  lat.  27°  33', 
"  The  Derrotero  de  las  Antillas,"  says,  »'  It  ha?  been  generally  beUev^d  t^t'' 
terminates  in  a  great  reef;  but  the  truth  is  that  there  is  no^e,  only  thdjal|90^i|) 

*     32  ^  " 


'] 


250 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


flicting  currnnta,  particularly  when  the  wind  is  from  the  northwaril  and  westward,  causes 
heavy  overfalls,  and  the  sea  to  break  niiicii,  which  led  to  this  mistake." 

Capt.  Livingston,  in  advf  ting  to  this  passage,  says,  "  1  have  been  informed  that,  after 
Capt.  Laso  de  la  Vega  disi  overed  there  was  iiu  reef  on  tlie  Matanilla  Bank,  the  ship  of 
war  El  Angel,  of  80  guns,  was  sent  from  Havana,  under  the  command  of  Don  F3ionisio 
Alcola  Gaiiar  1,  to  examine  it,  and  did  so  most  minutely  as  far  as  '27°  51',  and  found  no 
danger  whatever.  I  lave  also  been  told  by  an  intelli^tent  master  of  a  New  Providence 
wrecker,  that  he  has  been  v.*  anclior  on  it,  and  that  it  is  all  perfectly  safe,  with  a  fine  sandy 
bottom." 

The  Derrotero  also  says,  "  When  there  is  a  N.  E.  swell  on,  upon  the  edges  of  the 
Matanilla  Bank,  and  in  i.'5,  150,  and  10  fathoms,  the  sea  is  jumbled  up  much  by  the  shock 
of  the  current,  and  so  forms  ovt;rfalls  or  breakers,  which  seem  to  indicate  a  shoal,  but 
there  is  none  ;  on  the  contrary,  to  the  soutliward  of  tliese  overfalls,  you  may  find  smooth 
water,  with  16,  15,  18,  and  7  (iithoms." 

De  Maine,  who  surveyed  the  l>ahania  Banks  by  order  of  the  British  government,  savs, 
"he  struck  on  the  Matanilla  Bank,  and  knocked  otfiiis  keel."  We  have  given  all  our 
authorities  and  submit  to  the  judgment  of  the  reader. 

The  extensive  chain  of  keys  which  borders  the  northern  side  of  the  Little  Bahama 
Bank,  extends  from  the  Elbow  Reef  34  leagues  W.  N.  W.,  and  the  laie  delineations 
prove  how  very  inaccurately  they  have  ever  before  been  represented.  The  bank  which 
supports  these  keys  is  generally  shoal,  but  there  is  a  passage  between  them  and  the 
Abaco  Isles,  having  from  4  to  2  fathoms,  which  leads  to  the  centre  of  the  bank.  The 
entrance  to  this  passage  is  close  to  the  west  of  (Jrcat  Guana  Key,  and  the  Whale 
Key  Rocks  in  lat.  26°  45',  long.  77°  6'.  To  small  vesoeis  it  atfords  excellent  shelter  be- 
tween the  keys  and  Abaco. 

But  it  18  to  be  noted,  generally,  that  a  very  heavy  swell  commonly  sets  upon  thiscoast ; 
and  it  is  never  advisable  for  a  stranger  to  advance  nearer  than  two  leagues,  as  the  wind 
is  mostly  from  the  eastward.  This  is  the  case  along  the  whole  of  the  north-eastern 
keys  ;  and,  therefore,  when  sailing  in  this  part,  whether  beating  up  or  running  down,  a 
too  near  approach  is  both  unnecessary  and  dangerous. 

ABACO,  OR  THE  HOLE-IN-THE-WALL— The  N.  E.  point  of  the  island  of 
Abaco  lies  in  latitude  26°  17'  N.,  longitude  76°  57'  W.  When  in  its  latitude,  d  saiit 
nine  miles,  steer  S.  by  W.  J  W.  12  miles,  which  will  carry  you  on  the  bank  off  the 
,i  Hole-in-tbe-wall,  in  about  14  fathoms  water.  The  first  island  to  the  northward  of  the 
^%  Jf.  E.  point,  is  Little  Harbor  Key.  North  of  this,  Linnyard's  Key,  and  still  farther 
north.  Little  Guana  Key.  Linnyard  and  Pelican  Keys  run  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  and  N.  by 
Ml.  J  E.  The  distance  between  Linnyard's  Key  and  Abaco  is  about  two  miles,  fine  sandy 
jl^pttom,  clear  of  rocks,  and  good  anchorage,  and  bears  north  from  the  N.E.  point  of  Abaco. 
"*Po  the  N.  K.  side  of  the  island  of  Aba'^o,  in  a  direction  N.  N.  W.  from  said  point, 
lSfi*W.  from  the  south,  and  S.  W.  by  S.  from  the  north  end  of  Linnyard's  Key,  is  a 
go6d  watering  place,  called  Weatherford's  Well.  To  enter  the  channel  leading  to  the 
watcting  place,  which  hes  between  Linnyard's  Key  and  Little  Guana  Key,  you  r.iust 
](jMp.a  small  island  which  forms  the  north  side  of  the  channel  (about  300  yards  Irom 
LtjiQByard's  Key)  wall  on  board  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  you  will  pass  the  bar  in  3 
ftt^oms,  and  find  good  anchorage  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  within  about  two  miles  west 
^1^  tbe  north  point  of  Linnyard's  Key.  This  channel  is  far  preferable  to  the  one  at 
tH*N.  B. 'point  of  Abaco,  independent  of  its  safety  and  facility  in  getting  water,  as  you 
mty  approiach  within  a  mile  and  a  half  of  the  watering  place  with  three  fathoms,  or 
come  inuHiediately  abreast  in  two  fathoms,  within  300  yards"of  the  shore.  Wood  may 
be hadiqei^undant^esiiinong  the  keys,  together  with  shell  and  scale  fish. 

The  ilrikter  breaks  where  there  is  danger,  with  the  wind  to  the  eastward,  and  it  is  ad- 
visab^  to  have  a  lookouf  aloft  while  going  in. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  coast  is  completely  iron-bound,  and  fragments  of  wrecks  are 
fpuqd  on  all  its  shores  and  keys. 

The  first  point,  south  of  the  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco,  is  called  Rocky  Point.     S.  S.  W, 
i  W.  from  this  point,  6  miles  distant,  is  a  reef  of  rocks  9  miles  in  length,  and  Ij  in 
breadth,  running  in  the  same  direction  as  the  shore,  inside  of  which  is  Cheeric  Sound, 
^j^JsWidb.  makes  a  channel  between  the  two. 

4|fter  passing  the  reef  which  lies  off  Rocky  Point,  the  water  is  bold  to  within  half  a 
aaii^of  ^e  shore,  till  up  with  the  Kole-in-the-wall. 

Tn||e  laod  between  Rocky  PiMnt  and  the  Hole-in-the-wall  forms  a  deep  bay,  in  which 

utt  be  careful  not  to  be  caught  with  a  south-easterly  wind 

EVIDENCE  CHANNEL,  BAHAMA  BANK,  with  its  islands,  Gulf  Passage, 

t'J^ORIDA   COAST.— In  preference   to  running   down  for  Rocky  Point, 

•  ibOiUt  2  mites  S.  S.  W.  from  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  island  of  Abaco,) 

^fet  embayed,  you  must  lie  up  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  £.  by  £.  to  run  along  the 


'*«fe^# 


BLUiXT  S  AMERICAr^  COAST  PILOT. 


261 


'estward,  cause* 

rmcd  that,  after 
aiik,  the  ship  of 
)f  Don  Dionisio 
.',  and  foHiul  no 
lew  Providence 
yith  a  fine  sandy 

lie  edges  of  the 
ich  by  the  shock 
Rte  a  shoal,  hut 
nay  find  smooth 

ivernment,  says, 
ve  given  all  our 

B  Little  Bahama 
aie  delineations 
riie  bank  which 
n  them  and  the 
the  bank.  The 
and  the  Wbnie 
dient  shelter  be- 

upon  this  coast ; 
lies,  as  the  wind 
16  north-eastern 
running  down,  a 

of  the  island  of 

latitude,  d  s'ant 

fhe  bank  oft"  the 

orthward  of  the 

and  still  farther 

1  W.  and  N.  by 

miles,  fine  sandy 

.  point  of  Abaco. 

from  said  point, 

yard's  Key,  is  a 

)\  leading  to  the 

Key,  you  r.iust 

300  yards  from 

lass  the  bav  in  3 

two  miles  west 

ble  to  the  one  at 

g  water,  as  you 

ree  fathoms,  or 

re.     Wood  may 

rd,  and  it  is  ad- 

ia  of  wrecks  are 

Bint.  S.  S.  W. 
igth,  and  1|  in 
Dheeric  Sound, 

o  within  half  a 

p  bay,  in  which 

Gulf  Passage, 

Rocky  Point, 

and  of  Abaco,) 

o  run  along  the 


laiul,  it  is  more  prndrnt  to  run  into  the  latitude  of  the  llfile-in-the-wall,  and  with  tha 
wind  any  way  to  the  southward  '.'("east,  it  is  prtsuMied  every  man  would  do  it. 

U(;liE-l\-THK-WALL.— 'J'hc  Hole  in-tlie-wall  li.-s'in  latitude  Ja''  61'  North, 
longitude  77^  10'  West,  and  is  the  south-east  point  of  'Abaco.  By  making  Rocky 
point  .n  the  day  tmie,  you  may  have  a  safe  run  on  your  S.  by  W.  '}  W.  course,  12 
ieaijiies.  and  then,  if  you  do  nor  choose  to  run,  lay  by,  should  it  be  in  the  nii^ht.  The 
generality  of  the  vessels  make  the  land  too  far  north  in  the  latitude  of  20°  10'  or  26°  20', 
because  an  opinion  prevails  that  the  lan>l  tliereaboiUs  is  soonest  seen,  ami  are  not  aware 
of  its  forming  a  bay  to  'le  south  and  west.  It",  at  night,  they  make  the  land  in  the 
parallel  of  :.M)°  10',  with  a  strong  bree/.e  Irom  the  N.  E.,  they  are  so  close  in  shore,  be- 
foie  they  cin  discover  the  land,  that  it  is  ;,lniost  impossible  to  clear  it,  for  the  land,  in 
that  latitude,  trends  a  little  to  the  westward,  formmg  a  bay,  a  few  miles  north  of  the 
f  Hole-in-the-Wall,  with  areef  of  rocks  outsi<le,in  one  part,  half  a  mile  from  the  shore; 
and  should  they  make  the  land  farther  north,  the  danger,  with  u  scant  wind,  is  still 
greater,  as  there  is  constantly  a  heavy  swell  setting  on  the  shore. 

Vessels  should  run  down  their  longitude  in  the  pajaliel  of  •25='  50',  or  from  that  to  26°, 
and  not  farther  north  By  keeping  in  this  latitude  they  cannot  miss  the  Hole-in-lhe- 
wall,   and  they  will  likewise  avoid  the  land  on  the  .South  or  Harbor  Island  side. 

Olf  the  Hoie-in-the-wall  lies  a  bank,  in  a  S.  K.  direction,  7  or  8  miles  in  length,  and 
about  4  miles  broad  in  the  middle,  enuing  with  a  point  at  the  S.  E.  extremity. 

Soundings  tu,\-cn  on  the  hank. 

Hole-in-the-wall,    W.  2  miles 12  fathoms. 

do.  W.  i  N.  5  miles 15  do. 

do.  W.  Tiniles t)0  do.       no  bottom. . 

do.  W.  by  S.  6  miles .'50  do.       oo  bottom* 

do.  W.l'S.  Smiles 13  do. 

do.  W.  ■?,  N.  3  miles 12  do. 

do.  W.  by  N.  2^  mil  s 11  do. 

do.  N.  \y.  y  N.  2i  miles 16  do. 

do.  N.  W.  by  N.  3  miles,  off  the  bank. 

B<»yond  15  fathoms  there  were  no  soundings  with  80  fathoms.  You  may  know  when 
on  this  ')ank,  as  the  water  changes  at  once  Hon;  a  dark  sea  blue,  to  a  beautiful  vivid  green, 
is  more  agitated  by  a  ground  swell,  and  discovered  the  moment  you  are  off,  particulftrly 
with  a  S.  E.  wind,  at  whicli  time  the  above  soundings  were  taken. 

The  Hole-in-lhe-wall  (or  Hole-in-the-rock)  is  an  arch  through  the  land,  about  lOfeetf 
wide,  and  4  or  5  feei  high,  the  bottom  nearly  one  f"oot  above  the  water,  which  breakf 
t'lrough  the  Hole,  and  may  be  seen  when  bearing  S.  8.  W.  to  W.  S.  W.  ani  N.  N.  E. 
to  E.  N.  E.  and  at  first  sight  appears  like  a  sand  Mull",  but  at  3  or  4  miles  distance  laatiy- 
be  plainly  distinguished  to  be  an  ar('h-\v.._^  through  the  land. 

South  from  the  Hole-in-the-wall  100  yards  distant,  is  a  rock,  60  or  70  yards  \oxig,]t^-. 
lowed  out  all  round  at  its  base  by  the  water,  which  may  be  doubled  within  half  a  w^m*,.  * 

On  the  south  point  of  the  maiu  luid  is  another  corresponding  projection,  both  wfilijji, 
appear  to  have  been  caused  byajj^me  convulsions  of  nature,  of  which  the  whole  toil^< 
bears  eydent  marks.     It  is  covered  with  fragments  of  vessels,  spars,  (Sec.  and  the  wei|^H(ll 
side  has  a  complete  barrier  of  stones,  formed  on  the  beach,  al)ove  the  tide  mairk^^|Kit)|j|||' . 
nature  and  the  S.  W.  gales,  which  at  tir  es  blow  very  hard  *    ..    w,a^ 

Five  mile    to  the  westward  of  the  I' jle-in-the-wall,  and  about  300  yawls  from  ahblN^' 
the  soundings  are  regular,  2.t  and  3  .c^'roms,  and  deepening  rapidly, a*  you  leave  it. 

One  quarter  of  a  mile  off  the  S.  \'V .  part  'of  the  island,  you  wiU  have  two  fattionns,  fiM 
level  sandy  bottom.  The  land  here  is  low,  and  covered  with  brushwood.  Here  Ae  ebb 
sets  N.  E.  and  tide  rises  three  feet. 


*  Abaco  lienolvivg  Light. — Atone  third  of  a  mile  from  the  Hole-in.the.wall,  this  ligKthOUil  hiM 
been  directed,  in  25°  51'  30"  N.  lat.  and  77°  10'  45"  "W.  long.     Its  base  is  80  feet  abov».high 
water,  and  the  tower  is  80  feet  high.     The  light  revolves  once  in  every  minute,  and  may  be  sw»*a| 'v 
all  directions  except  where  the  high  parts  of  the  island  intervene ;  and  being  160  feet  above  th^eviS 
oi  the  sea,  it  will  be  visible  in  clear  weather  at  the  distance  of  15  miles  to  an  eye  elevated'  10  itet. 

17    do.        -,  da.  86  ^. 

19    do.  -do.  '40  #. 

31    do.  do.  80~&. 

There  is  good  anchorage  [during  the  ordinary  vjinds]  in  10  And  11  fathoms;  witbthfe  li|h|liouM' 
bearing  E.  by  N.  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore.    The  time  of  high  water  at  futtilUtifeiiiieif  tt. 
8h.,and  the  tide  rises  3  feet.  ♦  .     I?'  '•  ; 

tThe  Hole-in-the-wall  is  seldom  seen  when  to  the  eastward  cif  H,  «i  it  ie  aet<((j^(Blllil  ««#':.; 
near  the  shore,  or  when  you  ares.  W.  of  it.  ,,  ,  if    . 


h 


"".^ 


U0'^ 


252 


BLUNT  S  AMEHICAN  COAST  PIT.OT* 


Vesspls  of  niiy  <lr;ni(;lit  ouyht  not  fo  npproatli  llir  |;iriil  iK'iirrr  tlinn  nl)OtU  400  yards, 
\vlit>rc  they  will  lie  in  about  4  l''.(liuniN  wiiter.      Inside  tlTm  tin?  wnter  mIioiiIh  Hoddcnly  to 

two  I'iltllOIMH. 

VcssfU  in  tlic  nisjlit,  (>r  in  foggy  wonllirr,  mny  nm  to  tlir  weHtwnnl,  when  in  lafifnde 
a.'j'^  )';'  N.  and  sound  till  tlicy  jnct  in  11  or  1.")  (aihoiuM,  a  id  in*  then  xure  lo  clear  tlic  Hide- 
in-tlip-wall  hy  a  we.st  course,  six  miles,  when  it  will  bear  rorth,  anri  tlien  run  W.  \  N.  six- 
tPPii  leajjues,  when  'Stirrnp  Key  will  hear  Houlh  nix  i.iile.s  distant.  Vessels  running 
down  in  the  latitude  of  the  Hole-iti-tlie-wall,  will  not  get  loiinditms  till  up  with  it. 

In  takin;!;  your  departure  frutu  the  llole-in-lhe-wall  lor  the  (ireat  iiahauia  Hank,  steer 
West  twelve  leajui's,  and  if  the  laiul  he  not  in  sifjht,  haul  W.  S.  \V.  or  S.  W.  hy  W.  and 
make  the  jJJerry  I.slandH,  keep  down  past  these     '  lul  keep  a  cood  look-out  for  the 

westernmost  key,  railed  Stirrup  Kev,  before  ;  ed,  whicli  lies  in  latitude  'J5°  4rt' 

N.  and  lonj^itude  76''  2'  W. 

Extract  from  the  log-book  of  the  surviying  sloop  Orhit. 

•'In  approaching;  the  Berry  Islands,  the  wafer  is  bold  close  in;  two  and  a  half  miles 
from  the  shore,  11  fathoms;  two  miles,  'J  fathoms;  one  mile,  f  fathoms;  the  nortliern- 
most  pan  of  8tirrup  Key  hearing  W.  hy  N.  three  and  a  half  miles,  7  fathoms ;  \V.  N.  \V. 
two  and  a  half  miles  H  fathonis,  rocky  bottom;  west,  one  mile,  7  fathoms;  W.  S.  W.  three 
quarters  of  a  mile,  9  fathoms;  atid  all  alone  to  the  westernmost  key,  8,  9,  and  10  fathoms, 
generally  fme  sandy  bottom.  The  moment  you  get  on  soundings,  in  approaching  the 
Berry  Islands,  the  water  changes  color.  ». 

"  Sailed  around  the  Rerry  Islands  till  they  bore  N.N.K.  two  miles,  anahad  5,  4,  .3,  and 
3^  fathoms  ;  and  far  as  live  miles,  4,  3.  4,  4,  3.',  4,  3',',  and  3,^  fathoms ;  N.  by  E.  six  miles, 
2V  fnthoiTla.  West  Berry  bcarinp;  N.  Nt'K.  and  Blackwood's  Bush  S.  8.  E.  course  \V. 
N.  W.  the  soundings  were  2,  4,  and  5  fathoms;  at  '2\h.  steered  W.  4  fathoms;  at  3h.  S. 
S.  W.  rfathoms;  at  3'h.  8.  S.  W.  7  fathoms;  3'h.  6.1  fathoms;  at  4h.  6  fathoms;  at 
4?h.  5'  fathoms  ;  at  4'li.  4;  fathoms;  at  J  h.  3.',  fathoius  ;  at  Tjh.  3  fathoms  ;  at  A.h.  .3 
faMioms;  at  5';h.  2\  fathoms ;  at  f),}!.  2',  fathoms;  at  fih.  2','  fathoms ;  at  ()_'h.  2^  fathoms; 
at  6,h.  2!  fathoms;  at  7h.only  11  ft'ct,  and  came  to  anchor  amons;  black  patches,  which 
we  sounded  and  found  to  be  Hat  rocks,  al)out  one  foot  hi<;h,  covered  with  weeds.  The 
water  was  shoal  far  to  the  westward  of  this.  Vessels  should  not  s^o  among;  these  black 
patches;  the  regular  channel  is  quite  frei  from  them,  atui  the  water  is  muddy,  having 
aihiiky  appeantnce,  which  prevents  the  l)ottom  being  easily  seen." 

The  best  courses  for  crossing  the  Bahama  Bank  are  the  following,  viz.  when  Stirrup 

ey  bears  S.  8  miles  distant,  (at  which  tilue  it  can  be  just  seen  from  deck)  steer  W.  S. 


^  leagues,  then  haul  to  S.VV.  by  S.  1(J  leagues:  thence  S.  S.  \V.  or  between   tliat 
t^d  S.  W.  by  S.  to  latitude  24°  55',  when  you  may  keep  away  W.  and  make  JOrange 


•  .4-  •* 

*t)ff  Stirrup  Key  there  is  good  anchorage  in  7  fathoms.  To  get  shelter  from  strong  easterly 
wiode,  in  order  t6  repair  any  damage  or  to  obtain  water,  you  may  anchor  to  the  west  of  the  west- 
e^lRoet  island,  in  7i  or  8  fathoms,  on  good  holding  ground.  W.  S.  W.  from  Stirrup  Key  4  miles 
dtitltnt,  the  BrigDromo  struck  in  9i  feet,  hard  coral  boitom,  having  2J  fathoms  to  the  S.  and  \V. 
tJh  iBQich  side,  and  5  fathoms  to  the  northward.  On  Stirrup  Key  there  is  a  settlement,  and  n  Ctis. 
todr.iiDUse  established:  the  place  is  called- Wiiliamstown.  Here  refres<hnient8  of  every  kind  can 
be  obtaintsdv 

t  The  Berry  Islands  consist  of  about  thirty  large  kej-s,  with  innumerable  smaller  ones;  they  lie 
to  the  N.E.  of  AndrOB  Island,  the  south-easternmost  of  which  is  Frozen  Key,  and  the  northern. 
most  Stirrup  Key.  There  are  soundings  all  round  the  group;  and  20  fathoms  may  be  found  at  two 
ntUesfrom  anj;.of  the  keys.  The  surface  of  the  bottom  is  sand,  and  below  that,  a  kind  of  a  lime- 
Btone.  The  isles  form  severnj  email  harbors,  where  water  and  other  refreshments  mr.y  be  had,  but 
are  seldom  frequented  by  any  other  than  the  people  of  New  Providence.  At  the  Berry  Islands  the 
tide  rises  two  feet  more  when  the  sun  is  to  the  northward  of  the  equator,  than  it  does  when  to  the 
Bouthward  of  it.  In  the  anchorage,  orlittle.Jiarbor  of  these  islands,  the  tide  runs  with  strength  among 
tiie  rooks,  in  a  N.W.  direction.  " 
■  '""  tOrange  Keys  is  a  cluster  of  rocks  and  keys,  lying  near  the  west  edge  of  the  Great  Bahama  Bank, 
..  exteading  from  latitude  24"  53'  to  24'^  Sfr  N.'  and  longitude  70°  6'  W.  The  main  rock  is  about 
'  three  quarters  of  a  mile  in  length,  and  the  broadest  part  about  120  yards,  highest  part  20  feet,  and 
narroiivest  8  yards.  It  is  a  barren  rock,  the  eastern^ide  quite  straight,  and  runs  S.  S.  W.  and  N.  N. 
Ei-4k  by  W.  of'the  main  island,  distant  three-quarters  of  a  niil;?,  are  two  rocks,  ti  feet  out  of  w  a- 
ter,  alout  15  feet  in  length;  and  one  half  a  mile  S.  by  W.  of  these,  lie  two  smaller  rocks.  It  is 
dang^^s  to  pass  between  either  of  these  rocks,  and  the  principal  island,  as  reefs  run  out  and  con. 
nect  tiJtaQ,  i<)  or  40  yards  ^n».d,  and  soon  as  over  4  fathoms.  One  mile  soutb  t/f  these  rocks,  ycu 
l^fl^  safety.  They  ftcifi.^itiass  of  solid  rock,  and  may  be  approached' at  the  westward  to 
**  igthW  11  feet  Waten  N.  W.  of  them  is  good  anchorage  in  8i  fathoms,  foul ;  there  is 
hsge  S.  Ei  HOratige  Keys  in  6  fathoms,  without  other  danger  than  the  eye  an. 
tnorthwmi^itis  ootaafa  to  approach  within  three  miles,  as  the  water  breaks,  and 


way  SI 


i 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAMT  Ml,OT« 


253 


)ont  400  yiirdd, 
iiIh  sixUlfnly  to 

lirn  in  latifiule 
clear  till-  Ifdlc- 
III  \V.  I  N.  six- 
'esscls  running 
)  will)  it. 
ma  I5anl<.  strrr 
\V.  l.y  W.  anil 
()(ilv-ont  Inr  tlif- 
atitude  t»5°  4d' 


nd  a  half  tnilps 
;  the  nortliern- 
ns;  \V.  N.  W. 
^\^  S.  \V.  three 
ind  10  fathoms, 
jjproaching  the 

liad  5,  4,  3,  and 
by  E.  six  milos, 
.  K.  course  W. 
loins;  at  3h.  S. 
.  f)  fathoms;  at 
mis  ;  at  f),h.  3 
'h.  '21,  fathoms; 
patclies,  whieli 
h  weeds.  The 
)ng  these  bhicli 
muddy,  having 

when  Stirrup 
10  steer  W.  S. 
r  between  tliat 
make  JtJrange 


strong  easterly 
west  of  tiie  west, 
rrup  Key  4  miles 
to  the  S.  and  VV.  , 
nient,  and  n  Cus- 
jf  every  kind  can 

er  ones;  they  lie 
nd  the  northern. 
y  he  found  at  two 
a  kind  of  a  lime, 
mr.y  be  had,  but 
Berry  Islands  the 
dues  when  to  the 
h  strength  among 

at  Bahama  Bank, 
ain  rock  is  about 
part  20  feet,  and 
S.W.andN.N, 
H  feet  out  of  wa- 
ller rocks.  It  is 
run  out  and  con. 
these  rocks,  ycu 
the  westward  to 
ns,  foul ;  there  is 
than  the  eye  an- 
rater  breaks,  and 


K*y«,  or  eontinup  on  your  course  to  lililude  'Jl^  I'")',  when  you  may  keep  down  WMt, 
and  leave  the  bank  willioiit  (iani^er.  lii  case  you  should  prefer  to  haul  to  sooner  than 
directed,  in  nruHsins;  the  bank,  and  find  your  water  »hoaliiiu,  you  may,  by  kee|)in(r  off  W. 
3  |e:iunes  or  more,  (inil  the  deep  water  of  the  channel,  which  is  T)  leasju^'s  in  breadth; 
bear  up  as  soon  as  you  get  but  'J|  fathoms,  as  it  shoals  suddenly  and  irregularly  from  that 
depth. 

Von  may  even  run  7  leagues  (ui  your  on  W.  S.  W.  course,  after  leaving  Stirrup  Key, 
without  daiiuer  :  be  careful  to  allow  for  the  tide.  Uu  the  north  side,  tlie  Hood  sets  S.  S. 
K.  and  ebb  N.  W.  and  as  you  draw  on  the  bank.  t)ie  force  of  the  tide  decreaseu,  for  when 
you  have  got  4  or  5  leagues  on  the  bank,  the  tide  is  but  a  slight  set.  Or  when  Stirrup 
Kev  Ix'ars  South  !">  miles  distant,  you  may  steer  S.  W.  by  W.  11  iciles.aiid  then  S.  S. 
\V.  until  off  the  ilaiik.  The  water  in  the  regular  channel  is  milky  white,  to  the  east- 
ward you  have  it  clear  with  black  spots  on  the  bottom,  and  to  the  westward  clear  with 
hard  white  bottom. 

By  crossing  the  Bank  as  above  directed,  you  will  see  few  or  no  spots  of  sponge,  and 
the  bottom  is  with  difliculty  discerned,  and  may  be  sure  of  three  fathoms  all  the  way. 

Be  careful  of  Orange  Keys  in  the  night-time,  as  they  are  very  low,  and  cannot  be  seen 
until  on  board  of  them,  and  the  soundings  are  dcej)ened  regular,  until  very  near  them  on 
their  t-ast  side. 

S.  W.  from  Orange  Iveys,  5  or  (>  miles  distant,  is  good  anchorage  in  20  fathoms  water. 
AViien  up  with  these  keys,  a  passage  is  secured  through  the  (iulf,  for  then  you  may 
make  sail  eitlier  in  the  morning  or  at  itiidnight.  steering  S.  W,  10  or  11  leagues,  that 
will  enable  you  to  (all  in  with  Salt  Key  Hank,  which  for  10  leagues  on  the  north  side 
stretches  10.  and  \V.  and  conse(iuently  the  current  sets  stronger  as  you  come  to  the  west- 
ward. In  coming  over  you  have  jiood  souniliiiiis  all  along  by  it.  There  is  anchorage  by 
spots  all  the  way  in,  but  the  soundings  are  narrow  at  the  Double-Headed  Shot,  the  N. 
W.  point  of  which  lies  in  latitude  S.i^  5'J'  N.  This  route,  however,  demands  the  most 
zealous  care,  in  order  to  avoid  any  shoal  which  may  exist,  although  unknown.  North 
4^"  W.  four  miles  distant  from  Orange  Keys  is  the  Ualcon  Shoal,  having  only  twelve 
feet. 

The  edge  of  soundings,  between  the  *iliding  Rocks  and  Orange  Keys,  ia  clean;  you 


There  is  no  sign  of  verdure  on  these  keys, 


has  a  rider,  projecting  to  a  very  considernble  extent, 
but  round  tlicm  plenty  df  lisli. 

Many  persons  mistnke  Orance  Keys  for  the  Ridins  Roclis,  north  of  which  you  cannot  go;  but 
north  fronrOranifc  Keys,  3  miles  distant,  you  will  tind  a  pns.-^ape,  although  it  is  not  sofe  for  strangeri,^ 
to  go  this  way,  neither  should  it  be  attempted  by  any  one,  as  you  are  obliged  to  picl'      ur  way  througl^: 
black  patches,  which  arc  sometimes  shoal.     Var. 'l°2(i'  II.  18S20.  ^^ 

*  Ridint?  Rocks  lie  G  leagues  north  of  Orange  Keys,  consisting  of  one  rock  or  1  ey,  about  hal^S 
mile  long,  and  12  yards  wide  in  the  brondesi  part,  which  is  nearly  divided  one-third  from  its  eoiifh 
point  by  tt  bay.     Thii  Key  is  vrr^  irregular  in  its  beighi,  and  more  uneven  than  Orange  Keys ;  about 
2i  miles  to  the  northward  of  iliia  rock,  is  a  small  island  about  2i  miles  long,  and  250  or  SOOyagids' 
broad  in  the  broadest  part.     To  the  northward  of  the  southernmost  key  lie  three  small  rocka,  MP^ 
10  or  12  yards  long,  each  running  N.  W.  by  N.     'f  he  siufhern  key  runs  N.  by  W. — ^the  onel^xt 
to  this  key  is  ,'jO  yards  from  it:  this,  100  yards  from  tKc''third,  and  the  third  100  yards  fron^tbe 
second.     These  rocks  are  about  3  or  4  feet  high.     SuutTi  of  this  key  are  two  haycock  rocks,  j,ua|4nt 
of  water,  6  or  8  yards  from  the  land.     There  are  also  two  rocks  which  lie  half  a,*fllill)-«99t  of  tlif 
southernmost  key,  the  largest  80  feet  long,  and  the  smallest  .50  feet  long,  about  (ike  hundiretl'fiiei'. 
asunder,  and  12  fret  high.     These  two  rocks  lie  N.  and  S.     There  is  a  rock  as  big  as  aamall  (Mb 
about  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  these  two  rocks.     A  reef  extends  i^li  along  between  tll»»i:r^j. 
rocks,  with  the  southernmost  of  the  Riding  Rocks  b'lar'ng  N.  N.  W.  dtsttent  l.J  naile,  5 fathonM. ' 
Eastein  Rock  and  the  northern  key,  in  a  line  bearing  J  J.  by  W.  Similes,  4^  fathoms  mie  lewl  ■>. 
sandy  bottom;  2J  fathoms  imrucdiaicly,  and  3  miles  di8.ant,-3  fath«TO.8.     Northern  Riding  Rook* "' 
bearino  W.  5  miles,  3^  fathoms.     Southern  Key,  bearing  S.  W.  by  W.  3  miles,  3^  fathomSi  Mliia 
or  Northern  Key  bearing  VV .  N.  W.  24  miles,  'i  fathoms.     There  is  a  shoal  runs  out  from  thi%k«3r  in , 
a  N.  N.  E.  direction,  on  wjiich  are  6  teei  water.     You  will  not  have  a  passage  to  northward- ii>f  the 
Riding  Rocks  for  vessels  drawing  6  feet  water.     Ebb  sets  N.  E.  IJ  mile  per  huUr.     S.  by  E.  1\ 
mile  from  the  east  lump  of  the  Riding  Rocks,  there  is  a  sizeable  isle,  with  various  small  lw]t|  ia  jte»<  ■, 
vicinity,  called  Rock  Key  ;  there  is  goo  J  anchorage  on  its  west  part,  in  TJ  and  8  fatbomBiSMl4  i 
and  the  edge  of  soundings  lies  14  mile  off.         ,        •  .  A  _- 

In  steering  from  the  Orange  Keys  to  the  Riding  Rocks,  the  deepest  soundings  are  8j|,  d|tf  thtt 
shoalest  4  J  fathoms.  The  western  edge  of  the  bank  is  an  iron  bound  shore,  being  oonn««bd  hy 
one  grand  chain  of  rocks,  extending  under  water  from  Key  to  Key.  '* 

Extract  from  ihmOrhit's  log.book. — "  Laying  at  anchor,  among  tbesf  shoalt,  At  low  w^r  had' 
12  feet,  and  at  higtP|i^ater,i!3  iiset ;  had  a  light  wind  at  W,  S.  W.  and  could  s^  the  edgle  (^^K>iUid>. 
ings  off  deck,  not  ntSr&>tban  three  quarters  of  a  mile  distant:  got  under  Wjjt  at  firat^fCaBd  iii.^;'! 
making  a  tack  crossed  over  some  shoals  with  only  13  feet  water  on  tlieia,'CNi'^(4ii||4bffi^oi>l(l  QC^F 


r 


"T^SSSSS^ 


DLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


may  eiitor  on  it  witlioiit  Dthf-r  v.»r»-  tliiiti  that  of  the  lead.  Kiom  Orarmn  Kryu,  whirh  are 
the  soiiihi'rniiioNt  ki'ys  dii  (his  siili-  of  the  hank,  the  cdxe  of  nonndiiiKH  runn  ahoiit  S.  by 
K.  very  clean  to  '.'4  Uy,  and  more  or  less  deep;  it  (ornit*,  with  tlu'  keyn  on  Salt  Kev 
liaiik,  a  channel,  which  is  liottondeNN,  and  callc(l  Santnrcn.  The  aliove  oh^ervation,  iii 
entering  on  to  the  hank  i)etween  ( fran^e  Keys  and  Kidini{  Uockn,  meuint  only  theed^e; 
OH  yon  net  tnriher  on,  you  (ind  the  soimdinun  ol)Ntru<tcd  in  their  regularity  by  many 
coral  HhoaN,  hut  by  day,  and  wih  a  free  wind,  you  can  pick  yojirway. 

In  Nlar-liKl)t  nights  the  hiuik  reflects  a  i)ri;;;ht  li^htinto  the  air,  which  maybe  xeen  ht  4 
or,S  le,ii;ues.  ^  iiu  may  observe  this  rcllectionail  over  botii  llie  Maiiaiiia  Hanks,  but  not 
on  Salt  Key  Hank;  neiilier  can  you  see  it  while  on  the  baid«;  but  when  in  theCJulC,  you 
can  plainly  distinguish  the  I'rovidence  Channel,  havin;;  none  of  this  relleciion  between 
the  two  retlections  ot  tlie  (ireat  and  Little  Bahama  Itanks. 

An  ex|)erieticed  navigator  (tlie  late  ( 'apt.  Parke,  ot"  New-York)  wliile  crossing  the 
Bahama  Hank,  ntade  the  fojlowmg  remarks,  which  we  know  are  entitled  to  lull  credit; 
"Having  been  tliree  days  detained  by  lit;ht  S.  W.  winds  and  cahn  weather  on  my  last 
passage  across  the  bank,  I  made  the  following  observations  on  (he  iide,vi/.  the  flood  tide 
sets  south,  veering  to  S.  W.  and  the  ebb  north,  veering  to  N.  K.  For  three  days  in  sue- 
cession  tlie  tide  set  neaily  two  knots  in  each  direction,  ami  very  reguiar;  on  iJie  tliird 
day  the  weatlier  i)eing  still  and  calm,  I  weighed  anchor  and  drilled  with  the  title  soiitli, 
S.  S.  W.  and  S.  W.  When  the  vessel  stopped  drifting,  I  anchored  in  ')  fathoms  water, 
and  rorle  the  ebb  :  when  the  tide  slacked,  I  again  measured  the  depth  of  the  water  in  the 
same  place,  and  found  lli  feet." 

It  is  not  presumed  tlie  same  depth  of  water  can  always  be  carried  over  thcfjank,  even 
in  the  same  track,  as  it  must  occur  to  the  mind  of  every  |)erson  that  a  strong  easterly 
wind  Will  drive  the  water  off  the  bank,  as  well  as  a  strong  northerly  increase  its  (|iiantity  ; 
in  all  parts  of  the  chaimtl  the  bottom  is  of  a  sticky  <|uality,  whereas  to  windward  the 
bottom  is  hard,  and  spots  thicken  as  you  shoal  youi  water.  Almost  every  regular  trader 
has  a  different  co'urse  to  run  across  the  bank,  but  the  principal  object  is  to  clear  '.Sheep 
Key  Shoals;  with  the  wind  scant,  and  not  drawing  a  heavy  draft  of  water,  you  should 
haul  to  a  little  sooner,  but  not  without  a  leadsman  constantly  in  the  chains,  and  should 
bear  up  as  soon  as  you  shoalen  your  w^ater  to  2^  fathoms.  With  the  wind  .steady  and 
free,  so  th,:'  you  could  lay  to  windward  of  south,  you  should  always  make  sure  of  west- 
ing to  clear  the  shoals  to  windward,  taking  care  not  to  run  so  far  as  lo  get  among  the 
shoals  which  stretch  off  from  the  east  side  of  the  keys  which  border  the  bank  on  its 
western  edge. 

There  were  scarcely  two  men  who  crossed  the  Bahama  Bank  that  agreed  as  to  the 
latitude  of  the  Orange  Keys,  and  many  doubted  their  existence  ;  this  difference  of  opinion 
iilduceid  sending  the  sloop  Orbit:  the  subject  is  now  at  rest,  as  marine  and  land  surveys 
hare  been  made  by  her  officers,  of  the  Orange  Keys,  Riding  Rocks,  (Jat  Keys,  Great  and 
LjNKIc  Isaac,  with  the  rocks,  A:c.  adjoining,  all  which  are  previously  described, 

6UN  CAY  LIGHT. — At  '2o0  yards  from  the  southern  extreme  of  tJuu  Cay  (a  nar- 
row ridge  of  coral  which  stands  on  the  western  edge  of  the  Great  Bahama  Bank)  a  light- 
lic^p  has  been  erected  in  25°  34'  30"  North  Latitude,  and  7^  18'  24"  West  Longi- 
tnlP  Its  base  is  25  feet  above  high  water,  and  the  height  of  the  Tower  is  65  feet. 
Ttif  light  revolves  once  in  every  minute,  and  may  be  seen  in  all  directions,  except  be- 
tw0tD  tbf»  i^earings  of  S.  by  W.  4  W.  and  S.  ?  K.  (Magnetic)  where,  at  the  distance  of 
about  8  tn^(HMi!t  will  be  intercepte»l  by  the  Bernini  Islands. 

When  w|niiD  5  miles  distance,  vessels  should  not  bring  the  light  to  the  southward  of 
the  S.  £..',38  the  chain  of  Cays  and  Reefs  project  in  a  curve  to  tlie  westward,  and  as 
they  lie  wilbio  a  mile  of  the  outer  edge  of  the  Bank,  there  might  be  scarcely  time  to  ob- 
tayM^iindings.  The  flood  tide  also  sets  strongly  to  the  easiward  through  the  intervals 
of  TOft^ays,  where  it  is  hi|h  water  at  full  and  change  at  7h.  30m.  and  the  tide  rises  three 
feet. 


».'-,.- 


be  more  than  7  or  6  feet  at  low  water ;  and  I  have  no  doubt,  but,  at  times,  after  heavy  gitles,  these 
^jfi&Mls  mof  be  above  the  water's  edge.  " 

High  water,  at  full  and  change  on  the  edges  of  the  bank,  nt  8h.  50m.     On  the  north  side  the 
ise  is  3  feet;  on  the  west,  to  the  northward  of  Orange  Keys,  3  feet ;  to  the  southward  of  Orange 
fe«t ;  and  in  lat.  24'^  10',  5  and  6  feet.     The  flood  and  ebb  set  from  three  quarters  of  a  mile 
liies,  on  and  off  the  bank.*" 

tp  Keys  bears  S.  S.  W.  i  W.  7  or  8  leagues  from  Stirrup  Key,  and  lies  off  the  N.  W.  pnrt 

rlakads;  from  these  keys  it  is,  as  before  observed,  very  foul  to  the  westward,  and  the 

'^~  quite  round  to' Stiinip  Key ;  the  bottom  covered  with  spots  of  sponge  and  rocks,  the 

'  or  thelwad  of  a  hogsbeaid ;  and  any  object  on  the  bottom  may  as  plaitily  be  seen 

lplerv«a«d.   liytetha  tide  naes  4  feet. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


255 


The  lidhf  heinn  0()  tVrt  nliitve  ilic  level  of  tlie  ura,  it  will  be  visible  in  clear  weather 
at  tlie  disluncu  ul'  1.'  riiilf)*  tu  iiii  eye  elcvuti'd   1(1  Ivft. 

13 yo    do. 

i:> 40    do. 

17 HO    do. 

On  the  Bahama  Bank,  iti  lat.'.M"  10'  to  hitifiide  '.'4  '  ','(»'  it  is  :<honl  nearfherdge.  The 
tide  riiieA  0  le(*(,  and  tlnr)'  are  many  .spots  in  lliis  spare  with  less  than  10  feet  at  low  wa- 
trr.  The  nhoal  lies  within  one  niile  of  th's  edi^e  oC  tlie  bank  :  they  are  of  quicksand, 
and  of  ('ourne  the  depth  of  water  on  tlieni  ninst  alter  with  every  gale. 

Should  you  prefer  runniii'.'  dusvn  the  Culia  shore,  you  may  steer  S.  VV.  after  leaving 
the  bank  in  latuudc  '.'4'  40',  and  when  sure  of  havini:  passed  the  Double-Ileaded  Shot, 
hnul  a  little  more  srmlherly,  say  S.  \V.  by  S.  and  make  the  island  of  (.'uba;  this  i<t 
called  the  route  by  the  Santaren  Chamiel,  atid  is  at  all  times  preferable.  Keep  down  in 
shore  as  far  as  the  table  land  of  ,Mari<d,  which  caiwiot  be  mistaken,  when  you  may  run 
over  .N.  W.,  and  if  not  more  tlian  '24  hours  in  the  (iulf,  you  will  clear  the  TortugaH  ;  but 
if  you  are  a  lont;pr  lime  in  rrossing,  it  would  bo  prudent  to  keep  a  look  out  for  colored 
water  and  the  Tortti^as.  The  Pan  of  Matan/.as  bearinj;  .S.  S.  VV.  to  S.  appears  like  one 
round  hill,  but  at  any  other  bearing  you  will  see  another  each  side  of  it,  not  so  high  and 
adjoining  to  it.  If  you  are  near  in  shore,  on  passing  the  tiavann,  you  will  see  the 
shipping  in  the  harbor,  and  the  Moro  Castle  light  may  be  seen  H  leagues  off.  The  table 
of  Mariel  is  '>  leagues  from  the  Havana. 

When  you  anchor  on  any  part  of  tht;  e«lge  of  the  bank,  in  order  to  p.nss  the  night,  or 
for  a  favorable  tide,  you  ought  to  have  every  thing  ready  to  make  sail  the  moment  it  may 
be  necessary;  and  also,  if  the  sky  looks  ill,  you  should  have  the  topsails  reefed.  From 
any  one  of  these  ancliorages  you  may  make  sail  with  any  wind;  and,  generally  speaking, 
every  one  in  these  parts,  who  re(|uires  to  anchor,  may  find  a  proper  place  to  do  so,  and  iu 
which  he  may  be  sheltered  from  the  winds  that  molest  him,  or  which  he  foresees  coin- 
ing; an<l  without  eddy  winds  to  leeward,  which  cause  trouble  in  case  of  fouling  the  an- 
chor, though  they  only  requirt.  vigilance  and  a  seaman-like  dexterity. 

On  leaving  the  bank,  you  tniist  be  careful  not  to  fall  in  with  the  Florida  Shore  or  Dou- 
ble-headed .Shot  Keys  in  the  night-time ;  but  wkh  day-light  and  a  breeze,  there  ia  no 
danger  in  makiug  eittjer. 

High  water  a't  full  and  change  on  the  edges  of  the  bank  at  Rh.  and  .'JOm. — on  the  north 
side  it  rises  two  feet ;  o  the  west  to  tlie  northward  of  Orange  Keys,  U  feet;  to  the  south- 
ward of  Orange  Keys,  4  feet;  and  in  latitude  24^  10',  it  rises  5  and  6  feet.  The  flood 
and  ebb  set  from  three-riu  irters  to  two  knots  on  and  otit"  the  bank. 

PROVIDKNTK  N.  \V.  CHANNEL,  AND  N.  W.   ElKiE  OF  THE  GREAT 
BAHAMA  BANK. — As  vessels  drawing  over  13   feet  water  cannot  cross  the  Great 
Bahama  Bank  from  the  Berry  Islands  to  the  Orange  Keys,  it  is  necessary  to  oavigatk 
along  the  edge  to  the  north  of  the  Isaacs,  and  doubling  them  go  as  far  sooth  as  the  Oi^- 
ange  Keys;  the  best  course  is,  when  up  with  the  Hole-in-tbe-wall,  to  steer  W.  by  If. 
36  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  to  the   west  edge  of  the  bank,  and  abont  2J  league* 
'■'om  the  Great  Isaac,  taking  care  to  keep  in  1'2  or  16  fathoms,  in  which  you  ought  to 
pass  two  miles  from  the  Great  Isaac  ;  then  shape  your  course  through  the  gulf,  exer^ 
cising  the  utmost  care  so  as  not  to  get  far  out  from  the  edge  of  soundings,  because  tl^^ 
moment  you  leave  the  edge,  and  get  into  blue  water,  you  will  be  in  the  g^neinl  caitent 
or  Gulf  Stream,  which  sets  strongly  to  the  northward  ;  therefore,  if  the  Iliad  ^i^M  not' 
permit  steering  along  the  edge  of  the  bank,  you  ought  to  anchor  on  it  xa&  wait  tiU  tfa**^^  ' 
wind  be  favorable.     He  who  has  no  experience  in  this  place,  ought  StM^tftpaSi  bey onit   - 
the  Great  Isaac  by  night,  but  may  anchor  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  ceotH^dT  Ike  ialan^,  ii^ 
from  7  to  10  fathoms,  on  sand,  and  wait  for  day-light.  ' 

To  run  along  the  edge  of  these  banks  you  have  to  attend  to  the  lead,  and  lltep  an  vb^ 
usually  strict  lookout,  as  the  Gingerbread  Ground,  in  the  neighborhood  ofth^  Little 
Isaac,  makes  up  at  once  from  deep  water;  with  wWch  guide,  and  the  notice  we 
have  given,  you  will  have  sufficient  information  to  enable  jon  to  avoid  all  dinger. 
On  the  edge  of  soundings,  although  you  do  not  feel  the  general  current,  yet  thero^ 
is  a  set  of  the  tide,  which  may  either  run  a  vessel  off  the  edge,  or  upon  the  keys ; 
but  this  cannot  happen  if  the  lead,  which  ought  to  be  kept  constantly  going,  is  praf)erly* 
attended  to,  as  it  will  warn  whether  to  keep  to  starboard  or  Iarboan]>  in  order  to^pre- 
serve  the  proper  depth.  In  this  psssage  '4ou  will  pass  *Little  Isaac,  f  Great  l^aac,. 
and  tBemini  Isjes  r  ^*  J 

. 4 1^ . . — 

*  Little  Isaac  consists  of  three  islands  or  rocks,  running  in  an  E.  S.  ^.  ^in^itiOBt  d>e#estam 
rock  is  about  40  feet  in  leng^th  ;  the  eastern  rock,  rather  larger,  about  5  mi^  tt^' >tktf>^estem 
one  ;  between  these  two,  in  a  direct  line,  is  a  smaller  rock,  about  one  QUlediMaatlloiMrfw  eastern 
Isaac,  on  the  same  line:  they  lie  about  5  or  6  miles  in  on  the  bank :  outada  of  tlMti  A^nvndioga  aii» 


1 


.4    ■ 

m 


. 


^^  \ 


i 


I . 


.J^.^:Jttif~'.:. 


250 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Orange  Keys  y  may  leave  the  bank  and  enter  the  Gulf  without  dread  of  the 
current,  steering  as  bcfor.  .nected  for  the  Uoiible  Headed  Shot  Keys.  Or  you  may  from 
tl.3  Riding  KorUs  steer  for  the  Salt  Key  \iiu\k,  navii^atinii  alonj;  its  edge,  and,  as  it  were, 
having  doubled  the  western  angle,  steer  for  the  coast  of  Cuba;  but  to  do  this  it  is  ne- 
cessary to  steer  from  tlie  Riding  Rocks  S.  S.  W.,  and  s-iil  more  than  4  miles  the  hour, 
and  as  one  is  not  master  of  the  winds,  if  it  should  be  calm  you  will  be  in  danger  of  drift- 
ing to  the  north,  a  thing  you  siiould  by  ail  means  guard  against,  on  which  account  we 
consider  the  ua*. igation  by  the  Santaren  Charuui  as  preferable. 

This  navigation,  which  we  have  just  described,  is  not  in  common  practised  by  those 


'X 


clean  ;  you  will  have  14  fathoms  on  the  edj-c  diminishing  pnidiially,  so  that  one  mile  from  them 
you  have  6  fathoms.  In  all  the  distance  between  Siirnip  Key  and  Little  It^aac,  the  edge  is  clean 
and  you  may  navigate  down  it  by  the  hand  lead.  S.  E.  lV>)m  the  Little  Isaac  you  may  unch(jr 
good  holding  ground,  but  a  heavy  sea.  The  shoal  ground  on  which  these  rock^  exist  is  called  the 
Gingerbread  Ground  :  it  extends  5  len;^ues  E.  by  S.  from  the  western  Rock,  and  has  some  danger, 
ous  rocky  heads  upon  it,  with  only  7  to  9  feet  water.  Under  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  Gingerbread 
Ground,  within  the  Little  Isaac,  you  may  anchor  in  SJ  and  4  fathoms.  The  holding  ground  is 
good,  but  there  is  often  much  sea.  There  is  also  good  anchorage  in  8  and  9  fathoms  off  the  east 
end  of  the  Gingerbread  Ground,  at  l~'i  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Little  Stirrup  Key,  which  may 
be  found  useful  during  a  northerly  wind. 

+  Great  Isaac  is  a  key  of  moderate  height,  about  bulf  a  league  in  extent  from  east  to  west,  in  lat. 
26°  1',  long.  79°  2',  and  bears  about  W.  N.  W.  from  Little  Isaac,  distant  ^  leagues.  A  cluster 
of  litde  islets  and  rocks,  called  the  Hen  and  Chickens,  lies  at  the  distance  of  two  miles  to  the 
S.  S.  W.  of  its  western  point.  There  is  also  a  round  rock,  about  20  yards  broad,  at  the  distance 
of  two  miles  N.  E.  by  N,  from  the  N.  E.  point,  and  a  reef  called  the  Brothers,  at  the  distance  of 
a  league  to  the  east,  from  the  east  point.  The  ground  in  other  parts  is  clear,  and  to  the  N.  W. 
and  S.  W.  of  the  isle  is  good  and  extensive  anchoring  ground,  with  regular  soundings  from  15  to 
5  fathoms,  with  soft  limestone  bottom  and  broken  shells.  The  Brothers  are  two  haycock  rocks, 
lying  W.  S.  W.  and  E.  N.  E.  IJ  mile  distant,  the  easternmost  being  about  5  miles  from  the  Great 
Isaac.  The  Hen  and  I  ckens  have  good  anchorage  on  the  west  side  of  them  in  .5^  or  6  fathoms 
of  water,  fine  sand.  TIkj  bank  of  soundings  extends  6  miles  to  the  west  of  the  Great  Isaac,  with 
increasing  depths,  from  7  to  16  fathoms  ;  and  to  the  S.  W.  nearly  6  leagues,  with  7,  6,  7,  6. 10,  and 
17  fathoms,  and  from  the  Great  Isaac  to  Bernini  Islands,  the  soundings  are  9,  9,  8,  7,  7^,  8,  8,  8 
'fathoms.  \0n  the  bank  you  can  anchor,  the  Great  Isaac  bearing  S.  E.,  in  8,  5,  and  10  fathoms. 
Near  \h/&e&t  Isaac,  at  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  the  Providence  Channel,  the  current  runs  to  the 
east  at  the  rate  of  two  miles  an  hour. 

Too  much  ca'ition  cannot  be  used  between  the  Great  Isaac  and  the  Bernini  Isles,  as  there  are 
several  rocks  under  water.  The  shoal  on  which  the  Hritish  brig  Moselle  struck  is  the  most  dan. 
gerouB,  and  the  bearings  of  the  land  from  the  spot  were  as  follows ; 

The  N.  E.  point  of  Bemini  Isles,  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  5  or  6  miles.  The  southernmost  part  in  sight  S. 
Iiy  W.  I  W.  The  ground  water  rock  (wdiich  appears  above  water,  and  lies  to  the  northward  of 
Bemini)  S.  E.  \  S.  1^  mile  distant. 

This  reef  is  upwards  of  a  mile  in  length,  and  about  60  feet  wide.  It  lies  in  a  S.  by  W.  and  N, 
by  E.  direction,  and  has  3  and  4  fathoms  close  to  it  on  both  sides.  In  some  spots  there  is  not  more 
tb&n  10  feet  at  high  water,  the  tide  rising  and  falling  between  3  and  4  feet  ;  flood  setting  to  the  N. 
Br  and  ebb  to  the  S.  W.,  forming  a  rippling,  like  the  nteeting  of  two  currents.  Position,  when 
Ground,  latitude  25°  46/  N.,  longitude  79°  19'  W.  Dc  Mayne  places  the  rock  in  353  50'  N.  and 
iB^tude  79°  15'  W. 

The  flQ<^l)flre  sets  at  the  rate  of  about  IJ,  and  the  ebb  3  miles  an  hour. 

t'The  ^Hini  Isles  are  low,  with  some  small  trees,  or  rather  bushes  on  them,  particularly  on  the 
S.  E.  part  of  the  South  Isle.  They  are  the  westernmost  isles  of  the  Great  Bank,  and  lie  in  latitude 
250  44'  N.,  longitude  '79°  4'  W.  Under  the  south  point  there  is  a  bay,  with  some  low  keys  lying 
S.  S,  E.  and  S.  E.  ofi^in  which  you  can  anchor  ancf  have  shelter  from  winds  at  N.  round  to  S.  E., 
with  4^,  5^  and  6  fathoms,  or  you  can  pass  the  night  here  when  bound  southward.  On  these  keys 
and  Islands  thbre  is  eonie  wood  and  water. 

These  island^  ar«  represented  from  a  plan  made  by  the  officers  of  the  British  brig  iVioseiie,  in  July, 

1810,  which  exhibits  a  shoal  on  the  south  side  of  the  Southern  Bemini,  as  having  only  3  feet  of 

water,  white  sand  and  sponge.     On  the  edge  of  the  bank,  south  of  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  same  isle, 

there  are  no  soundings  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  rocks  ;    but  westward  of  the  same  point,  is  the 

,  anchorage  above  described,  extending  outward  about  one  league :    and  the  edge  of  the  bank  thence 

I  continues  in  a  N.  N.  E.  direction,  but  having  within  it  simllai;  soundings  to  the  distance  of  5  leagues. 

,  Beyond  this,  is  a  dry  rock,  and  a  ledge  on  which  the  Moselle  grounded. 

Tfee  inlet  or  harbor,  Blstij'^Jii  the  Beminis,  has  throughout  from  12  and  11  to  10  and  9  feet  at 
low^tar. 

Fr^  the  S.W.  point  of  the  Southern  Bemini,  a  chain  of  low  keys  and  rocks,  called  the  Turtle 
Rochi,  extend  about  3  mites  tOJlj^ieouth.  Some  of  them  do  not  rise  to  the  level  of  the  water.  Here 
the  b&J(  is  very  steep,  as,  at^t^^tonce  of  a  pistol  shot,  no  bottom  is  to  be  found,  and,  at  the  naif 
lengthwf  a  ship,  are  14  and'lijtatnotns,  on  sand.  Barnett's  Harbor,  a  hole  in  the  bank,  of  2^  fa. 
tfaoms.lteysB  this  from  a  auw^ediBg  group  of  keys,  called  the  Cat  Keys,  which  extend  to  the  south, 
nearly  to  iiP.30' N. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


257 


lich  account  we 
actised  bv  those 


10  and  9  feet  at 


bound  from  Europe  to  Havana,  or  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  as  it  offers  no  advantage  over 
thit  of  the  old  channel,  or  tiiat  to  the  south  of  f^jba,  which  is  more  direct ;  but  it  may 
be  well  for  vess^l^  from  the  United  States,  and  for  those  who,  driven  out  of  the  Bahama 
Channel,  by  calms  or  accident,  wish  to  avoid  the  lonij  circuit  of  3;uinin!r  sufficient  eaat 
loiifitiide  to  m  ike  Point  Mavsi  and  remrn  to  Havana  bv  the  old  channel. 

SOI  rHKRN  BORDKli  OF  (iRKAT  BAHAMA  BANK.— Key  Verde  is  the 
snuth-easternmost  key  of  the  Great  Bahama  Bank,  in  lat.  •^•>°.  It  is  only  a  mile  and  a 
hdf  ill  lenij;tli.  and  about  two  cables'  lein;lh  broad,  extendina;  K.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  \V., 
and  is  destitute  of  fresh  water.  Kroiu  this  key  the  ed^;e  of  the  bank  extends  W.  S.  W. 
11  lea'iiies,  to  the  Key  of  St.  Dominiio,  in  the  nio;nh  of  the  Bahama  Channel.  The 
ground  bt'tween  Key  Verde  and  St.  Domingo's  Key  is  generally  clean  ;  but  there  are 
two  shoals,  one  at  lii  miles  from  Key  Verde,  on  the  edge  of  the  bank,  is  called  St.  Vin- 
cent's, and  dop3  not  exceed  a  cable's  length  in  extent  from  N.  N.  W.  to  S.  S.  E.  by  half 
a  cable  at  its  greatest  breadth,  with  only  3  feet  over  it :  the  second  shoal  is  also  on  the 
edge  of  the  bank,  *J  miles  from  St.  Vincent's,  and  'JS  from  Key  Verde  :  it  is  formed  of 
rocks,  is  not  so  large  as  the  former,  and  has  one  fathom  over  it. 

The  Key  of  St.  Domingo  is  arid  :  it  is  a  cable's  leniith  long,  and  half  a  one  broad,  and 
its  middle  forms  a  small  hill,  covered  with  the  Indian  fish-bush,  which  looks  like  an  up- 
set vessel,  and  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  three  leagues.  A  breaker  extends  fron^ 
the  S.  S.  \V.  side  to  the  distance  of  three  leagues ;  and  W.  by  S.  from  its  middle, 
at  the  distance  of  two  or  three  cables,  there  is  a  hank  of  6  and  7  fathoms,  with  very  clear 
jvater,  where  shsltfer  from  the  breezes  may  be  found. 

On  the  southern  part  of  the  bank,  to  the  westward  of  the  Key  of  St.  Domingo,  there 
is  no  particular  object  which  is  not  sufficiently  described.  The  only  spots  above  water 
are  the  two  keys  called  Lobos  and  Guincho,  or  Wolf  and  Ginger  Keys,  both  of  which 
have  foul  ground  about  them,  from  north  round  by  east  to  south,  so  that,  in  these  di- 
rections, they  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  a  mile.  Both  may  be  seep  at  the 
distance  of  b  or  8  miles.  The  shoal  grounds  naiiietl  the  Mucaras,  which  afe  about  20 
miles  to  the  south-eastward  of  Lobos,  have  weeds  or  grass  at  the  bottom,  and  it  is,  there- 
fore, requisite  to  notice  that  the  water  on  them  remains  as  dark  colored  as  in  the  mid- 
chuin?!.  Without  them  are  no  soundings,  and  they  should,  therefore,  be  approached 
with  great  caution,  for  without  this  a  vessel  may  easily  be  lost,  even  in  day-light.  Ot\ 
fii3  very  eilge  of  the  bank,  between  Lobos  and  (Tiiincho,  there  are  some  other  shoal  spots; 
and  vessels  of  great  <lraught  should  not  venture  upon  the  bank.  There  are,  likewise, 
some  rocky  spots  to  the  westward  of  Guincho,  so  that  caution  here  is  also  required. 

ANGLHLA  OR  SALT  KEV  BANK— This  bank  lies  opposite  the  western  end  of 
the  Old  Clvinnel  of  Bahama,  between  the  (treat  Bank  of  Bahamaand  the  Island  of  Cuba, 
and  forms  the  channels  of  Santaren  and  St.  Nicholas,  the  former  on  its  N.  p.  and  fhg 
latter  on  its  south  side.  '< 

The  following  description  of  this  bank  is  by  Mr.  De  Mayne,  who  surveyed  it  in  182#t 
"  Its  greatest  extent  is  from  N.  \V.  to  S.  E.  about  i20j  leagues,  and  the  broadest  partlu 
about  12  leaunes.  Its  western  edge  is  bounded  by  a  chain  of  barren  rocks,  called  Uie 
Double-headinl  Shot  Keys,  the  norlh-westernmost  of  which,  called  Elbow  Key,  li^JQ 
latitude  23='55'  x\.,  and  longitude  80=  'J5'  30"  \V.  From  this  point  they  extend  tO^ 
N.  E.  by  E.  in  rather  a  circular  direction,  9  miles  to  Water  Key,  which  is  the  largcfjinff 
this  chain,  being  nearly  2  miles  in  length,  and  about  half  a  mile  broad.  Near  tbe  c0iitM 
pf  this  key,  and  close  to  a  good  boat  landing-place  on  the  south  side,  is  |^f||rj4*^«li 
of  fresh  water,  formed  by  a  hole  in   the  rock."  "•'  -       ^ 

"Opposite  Wafer  Key,  as  well  as  all  these  chains  of  rocks,  on  thesotlth,jOrhai}h^0, 
there  is  good  anchorage  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water  at  any  distance  from  tb«in,  and  gOitA 
holding  ground  ;  and  from  these  rocks  being  so  closely  connected,  fheyfoiin  a  complete 
breakwater  against  the  winds  from  the  west,  N.  W.  north,  and  N.  E.  quarters,  which 
snmniinss  blow  with  great  violence,  particularly  in  the  months  of  Febniarytuid  March. 
Th:?  wind  from  any  other  quarter  seldom  blows  stronger  than  wlj^t  may  bdUerpied  2^ 
brisk  e;ale."  '  '  . 

"  From  abreast  of  Water  Key,  the  bank  trends  to  E.  N.  E.  about  §  OK  9  leagues',  and 
thence  S.  E.  by  S.  to  the  Anguila  Isjands.  a  distance  of  about  13?  leagues,  fnn^8pii£^ 
there  are  several  clusters  of  rocks,  rugged  and  barren,  some  of  which  ajre  very  Kt^tfalJbfe 
the  sea,  situated  at  about  4  miles  within  the  edge  of  the  bank,  forming  chaoitcls' Of  pas- 
sages to  the  bank,  which  appear  safe  to  sail  through.  They  are  distant  from  6ac1t  other 
from  1  to  10  milei.  On  examining  the  four  westernmost  of  these  passage?,  th^t  was 
not  f;jun  1  less  th  iii  5  fathoms  water  ;  the  bottom  very  rocky,  until  you  get  well^n  the 
bin'i.  Ships  should  be  caiitious  not  to  approach  too  near  these  elustera  of  rocw  ;  fb^ 
doeppu  water  will  be  found  by  keeping  as  near  npd-ch^nnel  a»  possible." 

"The  Anguila  I-dands  are  situated  on  the  somh-eastern  extrtMnitV  of  the  bwlk  :  they 
are  so  closely  connected,  that  they  niay  be  said  to  form  bvU  os«  idaiodi  abttfti  8  tt^i  in 

33 


■i 


> 


J 


.,3mf'%^!$. 


258 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


letif^th,  and  three  quarters  in  brendth,  and  can  be  seen  4  leagues  off.  They  are  covered 
with  brush-wood,  but  aH'ord  no  fresh  water  :  on  the  N.  E.  side  the  approach  is  danjicr- 
ous  ;  but  on  the  S.  \V.  side  there  is  good  anchorage  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water,  shehered 
from  north  to  S.  E.  winds." 

"  The  S.  E.  extremity  of  the  Anguiia  Islands  appears  in  'atitude  23'^  29'  40"  N.,  and 
longitude  79°  27'  40"  VV'.  The  north-westernmost  of  the  L>og  Koclis,  in  latitude  24°  4' 
10",  and  longitude  79°  50'  W.  A  dangerous  shoal  is  represented  near  the  eastern  edge 
of  the  bank,  in  latitude  23°  4Gi' ;  but  this,  with  tlie  vstrious  keys  near  ihe  edge,  and 
rocliy  heads  in  the  interior  of  the  bank,  will  be  best  undmstood  by  inspecting  the  chart." 

"  Key  Sal  *  is  situated  near  the  S.  W.  extremity  of  the  bank,  and  distant  from  the  El- 
bow Kev  of  the  Double-headed  Shots,  about  41  leagues.  This  island  is  of  a  triangular 
shape,  and  about  1^^  mile  in  length,  having  an  excellent  salt  pond  in  its  centre,  the  pro- 
duce of  which  is  of  the  finest  quality.  The  centre  of  this  key  is  in  latitude  2.'>°  42'  N., 
and  longitude  80^  20 ;'  \V.  Nearly  east  from  Key  Sal,  distant  2!  miles,  is  a  small  shoal, 
even  with  the  water's  edge,  called  Lavanderas ;  and  in  a  north-west  direction  from  ihe 
same  key,  about  4  miles,  is  another  small  shoal,  also  even  with  the  water's  edge.  Both 
these  dangers  can  be  seen  at  all  times,  in  the  day,  at  a  sutiicient  distance  to  avoid  them." 

"  The  general  de|)ths  on  the  interior  of  the  bank,  those  on  the  rocky  heads  excepted, 
are  from  4  to  5,  G,  and  7  fathoms." 

"  The  tiiles,  on  the  west  part  of  the  bnnk,  being  much  influenced  by  the  Gulf  Stream, 
run  in  various  directions.  The  flood  sets  strong  through  all  the  openings,  or  belwpcn 
the  rocks,  towards  the  centre  of  the  bank,  and  the  ebb  contrary.  It  is  high  water  on  full 
and  change  days,  at  Anguila  Island,  at  three  quarters  after  8,  and  at  Water  Island  at  9 
o'clock.  Spring  tides  generally  rise  3  feet  4  inches,  neaps  2  teet  3  inches  ;  but  much 
depends  on  the  wind." 

The  Derruterp  says.  Key  Sal  may  be  discovered  at  the  distance  of  1')  miles,  and  fresh 
water  may  be  procured  on  it  with  facility,  although  there  is  not  any  on  Anguila,  or  the 
other  keys  in  its  vicinity.  This  bank  has  three  rocky  shoals  upon  it.  as  shown  in  the 
charts;  but  vessels  may  navigate  upon  it  withoul  danger,  in  7.',  8,  and  9  fathoms  water, 
in  all  the  months  from  October  to  .May.  Whenever  the  appearance  of  the  sky  indicates 
a  hard  north,  it  is  advisable  to  enter  on  the  bank,  and  anchor  under  the  shelter  of  the 
keys;  or  you  may  lie  to  there,  being  careful  only  to  make  use  of  the  lead,  until  the  wind 
changes,  so  as  to  enable  you  to  proceed. 

The  current  does  not  always  set  through  Nicholas  Channel  to  the  westward,  but  a 
regular  tide  of  ebb  and  tlood  prevails  througliout ;  the  flood  setting  eastward,  and  the 
ebb  westward,  at  the  rate  of  about  one  mile  in  an  hour. 

In  the  Santaren  Channel,  between  the  (Treat  Bank  of  Bahama  and  the  Salt  Key  Bank, 
there  is  said  to  be  rarely  any  current,  unless  after  heavy  gales,  when  it  runs  with  great 
violence  up  and  down.  If  it  predomin.ites  in  one  direction  more  tlian  another,  it  is  to 
the  N.  N.  W.,  and  about  one  mile  an  hour. 

Description  of  the  Southern  and  Eastern  Coast  nf  East  Florida. 

TORTUGAS  ISLANDS. — On  the  southern  edge  of  soundings,  which  extend  ofl"  the 
weatern  coast  ofthe  promontory  or  peninsula  of  East  Florida,  are  10  or  11  keys  or  small 
islands,  called  the  Tortugas  Islands,  which  is  the  westernmost  land,  and  which  announces 
the  proximity  ofthe  General  Florida  Reet',  which  terminates  the  southern  edge  of  sound- 
ings, and  which  continues  to  the  east,  doubling  the  above  mentioned  promontory,  and 
extends  to  Cape  Florida. 

The  Tortugas  (often  called  the  Dry  Tortugas)  are  generally  looked  upon  to  be  very 
dangerous,  and  to  aperson  unacquainted  with  them  they  undoubtedly  are  so,  especially 
in  the  night  time;  yet,  when  they  are  known,  on  man^  occasions,  they  may  be  found 
both  useful  and  convenient.  They  extend  east  and  wesr  9  miles,  and  north  and  south  6 
miles,  and  although  very  low,  can  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  12  miles,  being  covered  with 
bushes:  you  should  not  come  nearer  them  than  two  miles,  as  they  liave  some  rocky  spits, 
which  extend  that  distance  from  them. 

To  the  west  there  is  a  large  bank  of  coral  rocks,  intermixed  with  white  patches  of  sand, 
on  which  tlie  soundings  are  irregular;  but  as  the  bottom  shows  itself  very  plainly,  there 
is  no  danger.  This  bank  is  of  an  oblong  form,  and  between  it  and  the  Tortugas  Islands 
there  is  a  clear  channel  of  three  miles  wide,  with  soundings  from  13  to  17  fathoms  water. 

The  Tortugas  are  situated  N.  14^  W.,  true,  about  30  leagues  from  the  nearest  part 
of  Cuba  the  table  land  of  Mariel,  and  14  leagues  from  the  westernmost  of,ihe  Florida 
Keys.  The  S.  W.  key,  which,  though  one  ofthe  smallest,  is  the  most  material  to  be 
known^Jie.s,  according  to  Gauldt,  in  hit.  24°  32'  30  ".  A  reef  of  coral  rocks  runs  off 
it  S.  "V^.  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  on  which  the  water  is  discolored. 


*  Ps-K^y^tl  a  lightbouM  will  probably  be  soon  eract«d. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


259 


29'  40"  N.,  nnd 
n  liititiuie  24°  4' 
ihe  eastern  edge 
ir  ihe  edge,  and 
.^tina;  the  chart." 
ant  iVoiii  the  El- 
s  of  a  triangular 
centre,  the  pro- 
:iide  2:5°  42'  N., 
is  a  small  shoal, 
ection  tVoni  ihe 
;r's  edge.  Both 
!  to  avoid  them." 
heads  excepted, 

he  Gnlf  Strcain, 
linps,  or  belwrcn 
ligh  water  on  full 
Vater  Island  at  9 
hes  ;    but  much 

miles,  and  fresh 
Anguila,  or  the 
as  shown  in  the 
'J  fathoms  water, 
the  sky  indicates 
he  shelter  of  the 
d,  until  the  wind 


Salt  Key  Bank, 
runs  with  great 
another,  it  is  to 


upon  to  he  very 
ire  so,  especially 
y  may  be  found 
rth  and  south  6 
ng  covered  with 
ome  rocky  spits, 

patches  of  sand, 
ry  plainly,  there 
Tortugas  Islands 
7  fathoms  water. 
the  nearest  part 
t  of,the  Florida 
t  material  to  be 
rocks  runs  off 


If  you  are  bound  to  the  eastward,  and  meet  with  a  strong  easterly  gale,  which  is  fre- 
quent there  in  the  suiiiin  r  season,  you  may  safely  come  to  an  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms, 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  i^f  shore  under  the  lee  of  the  Long  .SanJy  Island  to  tlie  north- 
ward of  the  South-Wesl  key.  l  here  is  a  good  anchorage  also  in  several  other  places, 
particularly  in  a  small  but  snug  harbor,  near  *linsh  Key,  uliich  is  entirely  sheltered  from 
the  sea  by  a  large  reef  of  rocks,  and  a  tiat  shoal  within  them,  about  hall' a  mile  broad; 
the  bottom  is  sott  clay  and  mud.  'J'liis  harljor  is  quite  smooth,  even  in  a  gale  of  wind, 
and  ill  case  of  necessity  a  vesst-l  might  easily  be  hove  down  there,  as  there  are  3  fathoms 
water  close  to  the  bank.  There  is  no  drinkable  water  to  be  got  on  any  of  the  Tortu- 
gas,  except  on  the  northernmost  island  ;  nor  is  there  any  (ire  wood,  except  a  few  bushes, 
which  it  were  a  pity  to  cut  down,  as  they  serve  to  distinguish  the  keys  at  a  distance  ;  but 
the  'i'ortuias  abound  with  variety  of  sea  birds,  turtle,  and  excellent  fish.  There  is  a 
broad  channel  to  the  eastward  of  the  Tortugas,  from  ]()  to  17  (aihoms  depth,  but  it  is  by 
no  means  advisable  to  be  attempted,  unless  you  can  see  the  Toriugas  distinctly,  and  keep 
within  2  ur  3  leagues  of  the  easiermiiost  island,  as  there  is  a  coral  bank  of  12  feet  water 
at  the  distance  of  5  leagues  ;  and  further  eastward  towards  Cayo  Marquesc,  a  very  dan- 
gerous and  extensive  bank  of  quicksand,  on  every  part  of  which  you  have  no  more  than 
4  or  5  teet  water.  It  is  of  a  remarkaiile  white  color,  especially  all  along  the  north  edge, 
and  may  easily  be  seen  and  avoided  in  the  day  time. 

The  tide  between  the  Tortugas  and  Cayo  Marquese  sets  variably  through  to  the  north- 
ward, and  ebbs  to  the  E.  S.  K.  about  ."}  or  3 1  feet  by  the  shore. 

Eighteen  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  eastern  Tortugas,  the  General  Florida  Reef  be- 
gins, between  which  there  is  a  good  channel  of  4  fathoms  water ;  but  you  must  take 
care  of  a  coral  reef  of  12  feet,  which  lies  1 1  miles  from  the  Tortugas,  on  which  the  ship 
Rebecca,  of  \ew  York,  lost  part  of  her  cargo  in  1820.  To  go  through  this  channel, 
you  must  keiep  the  easternmost  Tortuga  in  sight  otf  deck,  so  as  to  pass  at  2  or  3  leagues 
from  them. 

The  proximity  of  the  Florida  Reef  is  shown  dearly  in  the  day  time  by  the  whiteness 
of  the  water,  so  that  there  can  be  no  danger  in  drawing  in  with  it ;  but  if  safe  by  day,  it 
is  not  so  by  night,  nor  in  bad  weather,  when  you  should  carefully  avoid  it,  and  be  sure  to 
keep  the  lead  going,  by  which  means  you  can  avoid  danger  at  the  distance  of  two  miles 
from  the  edges  of  tiie  keys  or  reel's. 

In  passing  the  promontory  of  Florida  it  is  not  this  reef  alone  winch  you  see,  but  an  in- 
nuiusrable  quantity  of  keys  and  islands,  raised  upon  a  li  ink  north  of  it. 

BANKS  AND  COAST  OF  FLORIDA.— Twenty  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the 
easternmost  Tortuga,  is  jilaced  *he  west  edge  of  a  bank,  called  the  Marques  Bank,  and 
13  miles  farther  east  are  placed,  on  this  bank,  the  key  called  Marques  Key,  which  is  the 
westerrtmost  of  a  group,  of  which  the  northernmost  is  called  Boca  Grande  Key;  thi» 
key  is  ths  largest  of  the  group,  and  is  ne.ir  six  miles  east  and  west.  About  one  mile  to 
the  e;istward  of  this  key  the  first  bmk  ends,  whose  eastern  edge  runs  about  north  ^ptd 
south.  The  first  bank  is  separated  t'roin  the  following  by  a  channel  of  two  miles  wide, 
with  10  or  12  feet  water,  sandy  bottom.  This  channel  is  called  Boca  Grande,  but  no 
min  wh)  is  not  well  acquainted,  should  ever  attemi)!  to  take  the  channel,  as  therftiirt 
some  s'loals  in  it.  '■ 

The  second  bank,  called  the  Mangrove  Islands,  is  like  the  first,  upon  which  is  rafMd 
a  portion  of  islands,  of  which  the  three  southernmost  have  white  sandy  beaches.  This 
second  bank  m  »y  be  viewed  as  distinct  from  the  following,  although  they  ate  utiited'oa 
their  northern  part  by  an  isthmus  of  half  a  mile  wide  ;  otherwise  they  are  Bepartlted  by 
a  channel  of  1  mile  iii  breadth,  which  contains  from  10  fvet  to  12  fathoms  !^ater,  low  tide. 
The  third  bank  is  that  of  fl^y  West  and  the  Pine  Islands,  at  tb^l^esttti^  part  of  which 
it  is  called  by  the  former,  and  at  the  eastern  by  the  latter  name. 

The  first  island  on  its  we^tprii  edge,  is  Key  West,  which  lies  E.  by  N.  and  W.  ky  S.  6 
miles  in  length,  N.  an  I  S.  2  inili's  in  breadth,  and  about  5()  miles  from  the  main  land  of 
Florida,  and  its  southern  coast  is  very  sandy.     This  island  is  covered  with  ti^^es,  espe- 


*  On  Bush  Key  (Garden  Kov)  one  of  the  Dry  Tortugas,  is  a  rghthousc  elevated  70  feet  abovo 
the  level  of  the  sea,  showing  n  fixed  light,  and  cnn  bo  i^cen  ic/n-n  a  teasel  is  on  Bhore,  and  is  with- 
out  doubt  the  worst  kept  light  on  the  coast.  It  can  be  nppranched  wj^lhin  3  miles  on  the  west,  south, 
and  east  sides,  but  on  the  north  you  sh.mkl  keep  at  the  disianro  of  6  miles. 

t  A  lightlijuseis  built  on  Key  West,  containing  a  fixed  light,  and'u  number  of  buoyS  Ure  placed, 
viz. : 

A  white  buov.  showing  3  feet  above  the  water,  and  on  the  reef,  in  26  feet  water,  bearing  from  the 
lighth.T.ise  on  Whiiehead  Po'i"  S.  S.  E.,  aad  fro'.ii  tho  lig!it',i  )tHe  on  SAnd  Key,  E.  by  N.  ^  N. 

A  white  buoy,  showing  3  it  above  wa'er,  moored  in  27  or  28  feet,  and  bearing  S.  S.  W.  J  W. 
from  the  lighthouse  on  Whitehead  Point,  [Key  West,]  near  the  dry  rocks  which  1m  to  tho  woat  of 
Band  Ksf,  to  show  the  watt  choaaal  into  Key  West. 


"^gtf^xiumr^ 


260 


iJLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


cinlly  on  its  western  fart,  in  which  llieve  is  a  secure  ancliorago,  with  a  chatinel  of  4,1  fa- 
thoms to  enter  it,  and  12.\  falhouis  within,  well  sheltered.  "^^1  o  enter  this  channel  jou 
must  observe  the  following  directions,  viz.  : — In  running  along  the  (inlf  J^ireani  vou 
inust  not  attempt  to  pass  the  reef,  which  is  about  six  miles  from  the  island,  until  yoti 
bring  Whitehead  Point  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  (he  S.  W.  point  of  the  ishnd,  and  which 
exhibits  a  fixed  light,  to  bear  N.  N.  VV.  ;  then  steer  for  the  harbor,  which  lies  at  the 
N.  W.  point,  leaving  *8and  Key  Liehthouse,  wliich  exhibits  a  revolving  light,  on  yonr 
larboard  hand,  as  ^ou  cross  the  reef,  and  taking  caie  to  give  Whileheaii  Point  a  l.erth 
ftf  one  mile  oh  account  of  a  reef  that  makes  olf  from  it.  'J'he  lighthouse  on  Sand  Key 
bears  from  Key  West  Lighthouse  S.  S.  W.  nine  miles  distant.  After  you  pass  the  reef 
(at  the  inner  edge  of  whith  a  buoy  has  been  placed,  as  before  mentioned,;  haul  up  for 
the  flag-stalf.  You  will  have  3^  to  4  fathoms  water  crossing  the  reef,  and  then  from  6 
to  7  fathoms  until  you  enter  the  harbor,  where  you  may  anchor  with  jierfect  safety. 
There  is  a  powerfulHide  here,  rising  and  falling  about  4  to  5  feet,  and  setting  alternaieiy 
N.  K.  and  S.  W. 

There  is  a  passage  through  Key  West  from  Florida  Stream,  into  the  Bay  of  Mexico, 
for  vessels  drawing  \2  feet,  at  low  water.  This  passage  is  about  6  miles  in  extent,  and 
Vessels  by  passing  through  it,  save  the  danger  and  delay  of  going  round  the  Dry  Tcrtu- 
gas,  which  area  grc  ip  of  ten  distinct  islands  orkeys,  lying  olf  the  west  coast  of  East  Flo- 
rida, low,  some  covered  with  mangroves,  surrounded  with  reefs  and  sand  banks,  extend- 
ing N.  E.  and  S.  W.  10  or  11  miles,  and  Ironi  east  to  west  8  miles,  and  may  It  seen  at 
the  distance  of  4  leagues.  Good  pilots  can  be  obtained  at  Key  West  to  carry  vess.el9 
through.  The  harbor  is  large  and  commodious,  admitting  vessels  of  the  largest  class, 
where  they  are  jjiotected  from  all  winds  within  'JOO  yards  of  the  N.  W.  joint  of  the  isl- 
anrl,  and  several  ponds  of  fresh  water,  which  for  nine  months  in  the  year  produce  excel- 
lent water. 

From  Key  West  eastward  for  24  miles,  there  are  nothing  but  low  mangrove  islands, 
in  whose  channels  nothing  but  canoes  can  pass.  This  third  batik  terminates  at  fBahia 
Honda,  and  the  islands  to  the  eastward  are  somewhat  larger,  and  covered  with  pine- 
trees,  but  are  low  and  drowned  like  the  others,  and  their  channels  are  navigable  only  for 
boats.  Of  the  whole  of  these  islands  there  is  but  one,  which  is  13  miles  from  Key  West, 
Which,  although  small,  is  of  tolerable  height,  is  rough  and  covered  with  trees,  and  in 
whatever  direction  you  see  it.  appears  in  the  forin  of  a  saddle. 

The  next  bank  is  called  Bahia  Honda,  separated  from  the  last  by  a  channel  of  half  a  mile 
wide,  whicli  channel  is  called  Bahia  Honda,  and  in  which  there  is  anchorage  in  3  and  3\ 
fathorhs.  This  channel  is  easily  known,  because  on  its  western  part,  and  on  (he  very  east- 
i»rn  pai't  of  the  last  brtnk  of  Key  West  and  Pine  Islands,  there  are  three  small  islands,  and 
on  its  eastern  |)art,  upon  this  fourth  bank  of  Bahia  Honda,  there  is  one  called  Palm  Is- 
land, which  is  large  and  has  a  sandy  beach,  and  is  remarkabli?  by  the  many  high  palm  trees 
with  which  it  is  covered,  and  are  the  first  you  see  coming  from  the  westward.  This  bank 
bf  Bahia  Honda  has  but  few  keys,  and  extends  E.  about  four  leagues. 

From  the  foui'th  the  fifth  follows,  called  Key  Vacas,  or  Cow  Keys,  extending  to  the 
Eastward  about  5  leagues,  u}ion  which  bank*a  group  called  by  the  same  name,  is  raised, 
the  easternmost  of  which  is  called  Dutch  Key.  or  Cayo  Holandes;  between  this  Key  and 
Key  Bivoras  is  one  league.  This  Key  is  remarkable  by  its  white  sandy  beach,  and  by  a 
tolerable  higli  hill  covered  with  trees,  which  is  on  its  western  part. 

tJoticerining  the  whole  of  the  channel  to  the  westward  of  the  Cow  Keys,  it  may  be  ne- 
cessary to  state  the  following  remarks,  namely,  that  you  will  have  tluee  fathoms  water  all 
the  way  within  a  mile  of  the  keys,  and  will  always  find  the  deepest  water  nearest  to  the  reef. 
That  the  usual  method  navigating  between  the  reef  and  the  keys,  is,  to  proceed  in  the  day- 
time, and  lie  at  anchor  in  the  night ;  and  that  should  Vou  be  obliged  to  anchor  w  here 
there  is  any  coral,  it  will  sometimes  be  necessary  to  buoy  up  you'-  cable  to  prevent  its 
being  rubbed. 

From  the  eastern  extreme  of  Key  Bivoras  to  the  westernmost  part  of  Old  Matccumbe, 
isSV  miles.  Old  Matecuinbe  is  4  miles  long'in  the  direction  of  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  and  its 
1^.  E-  point  is  covered  by  some  very  high  trees,  appearing  like  table-land.  On  the  north 
«xid  of  Ol(,l  Matecuinbe  is  a  natural  well,  in  a  rock,  containing  excellent  water. 

One  noile  east  of  Old  Mafecumbe,  lies  Indian  Key,  to  the  eastward  of  which  there  is  a 
cj^nnnel  funning  to  the  northward,  with  10  and  12  feet  water,  where  by  doubling  the  N. 
E.  ppiot  of  Old  Matecunjbe,  you  may  anchor,  sheltered  from  all  winds.     This  channel  is 


•  Sa'mi  Key  L'ghthou?e  is  erected  off  the  coast  of  Florida,  nenr  Key  West.  The  lantern  is  ele- 
vated 7%  f«et  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  shows  a  revolving  light,  which  revolves  once  in  54 
i^acjond.?.!!'..    . 

t  OiTCDibia  Honda  a  bucq^  is  placed,  in  27  fbct  water,  bearing  north,  when  Loce  Key  Beacon  will 
b€ar.W.S.W.J^  W. 


easily  discov 
serve  as  an  e 
Two  miles 
same  directi 
E.  part  ther 
and  N.  E.  o 
of  tlie  same 
Long  Island, 
N.  E.fion 
channel.     ^ 
of  Hhi(  h  the 
one  ol"  the  an 
Tavernier  lie 
and  the  land 
The  coast 
most  dangeic 
by  E.  and  N. 
last  is  called 
moderate  size 
from  this  cap 
The  shores  ol 
distance ;  this 
of  great  bcnel 
narrow,  and  s 
widen  from  th 
from  which,  a 
but  as  the  soui 
run  with  care. 
From  Cajie 
Smyrna,  whicl 
you  may,  witl 
Seven  lengu 
vessels  of  very 
entrance  there 
and  the  main  : 
at  7h.  15m.     'J 
have  8  fathoms 
From  Matai] 
the  whole  lengl 
can  see  this  isl 
Lighthouse,  si: 
see  it  but  at  a  j 
of  St.  Au"uslii 
FroDi  t^ie  foi 
in  getting  fresh 
of  fire  wood  up 
just  within  the 
of  about  lOOya 
of  a  rocky  bott- 
receive  rain  wa 


The  whole  ol 
soundinii  which 
known  by  the  i 
known  in  the  wl 
east  of  the  merii 

*  A  Floating  L 
distant  7  miles,  fn 
14fiulionis  water] 

t  Key  Biscnynn 
elevated  70  feet  n 

t  A  White  Buoi 
Key  bears  from  it 

$  It  is  extremel; 


MK 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOTi 


261 


nf  4)  fa- 
iitiel  jou 
eani  you 
until  you 
i:il  which 
es  at  tlie 
,  on  your 
It  a  I.eiih 
ianil  Key 
s  the  reef 
ul  up  (or 
'II  lioni  6 
ct  sal'ety. 
Uernately 

f  Mexico. 
<tent,  and 
ry  Toriu- 
tast  Flo- 
3,  exlend- 
Lt  seen  at 
ry  vpsseb 
gisst  class, 
of  the  isl- 
uce  excel- 

ve  islands, 
at  fBahia 
with  pine- 
le  only  for 
'iey  West, 
ses,  and  in 

[half  a  mile 
3  and  3^- 
very  east- 
ands,  and 
Palm  Is- 
ahn  trees 
'his  bank 

ing  to  the 

is  raised, 

is  Key  and 

and  by  a 

lay  be  ne- 
water  all 
o  the  reef. 
n  the  day- 
\or  where 
irevent  its 

tecumbe, 

W.  and  its 

the  north 

there  is  a 

na;  the  N. 
channel  is 

tern  is  e!e. 
once  in  54 

Beacon  will 


easily  discovered  by  the  white  shoals  of  only  2  ot  3  feet,  bordering  both  sides  of  it,  which 
serve  as  an  excellent  beacon. 

Twi)  miles  N.  E.  of  Old  iMaleeunibe,  you  will  fmd  Little  IMatecunibe,  which  in  this 
same  direction  has  4  miles  in  lenifth :  this  key  is  covered  with  high  trees.  OH'  its  N. 
E.  part  there  L  a  small  mangrove  island,  sei)aratcd  by  a  chaiuiel  of  half  a  mile  wide, 
and  .\.  E.  of  the  last,  there  is  another  of  tolerable  size,  separated  by  another  channel 
of  ilie  same  breadth.  This  is  also  separated  by  another  channel,  like  the  others,  from 
Long  Island. 

N.  E.  iVom  Long  Island  lies  »Key  Largo,  separated  like  the  others  by  a  small  n.nrrow 

Ik  vM         channel.     Nearly  east  from  this  channel,  U  mile,  lies  Key  Tavernier,  to  the  northward 

f  M         qj-  ^vhieh  there  is  excellent  anchorage  for  vessels  drawing  not  over  8  feet  water,  and  is 

one  of  the  anchorages  much  frequented  by  the  fishermen.     About  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Key 

I  Tavernier  lies  the  Key  Melchor  Kodrigues,  which  is  an  island  of  tolerable  extension, 

•  if  and  the  land  so  spongy  that  the  roots  of  the  trees  are  discovered. 

t  The  coast  runs  1'roin  Melchor  Rodrigues  to  Key   Largo.     Off  this  Key    lies   that 

:  most  dangerous  reef  called  Carysfort's,  (which  appears  like  main  land)  N.  N.  E.,  N. 

by  E.  and  N.  on  which  last  course  there  are  various  keys  for  some  distance,  of  which  the 

hist  is  called  fKey  Hiscayno;    a  little  to  the  northward  of  this  key  there  is  an  island  of 

moderate  size,  olV  the  main  land,   the  eastern  point  of  which  is  called  J  Cape  Florida; 

i         from  this  cape  to  the  norlhward,  it  is  clear  ot  keys  and  reels,  and  is  all  low  and  drowned. 

The  shores  of  this  coast  are  lined  with  a  bank  of  regular  soundings,  which  run  off  a  good 

distance  ;  this  regularity  of  soundings  extends  from  Cape  Florida  to  Cape  Canaveral,  and  is 

of  great  benolil  to  navigators,  exce|)t  in  about  the  lat.  of  26'^  30'  N.  where  the  soundings 

narrow,  and  scarcely  extend  two  miles  Iroin  the  coast.     From  26'^  3^'  the  soundings 

widen  from  the  coast,  and  the  whole  is  very  clean,  with  the  exception  of  Cape  Canaveral, 

from  which,  at  a  long  distance,  you   will  find  upon  the  same  soundings  various  shoals; 

but  as  the  soundings  run  farther  out  to  sea  than  these  shoals,  he  who  navigates  here  must 

run  with  care,  and  have  his  lead  at  hand. 

From  Cape  Canaveral  the  coast  runs  N.  W.  by  N.  2fi  leagues,  to  the  entrance  of  New 
Smyrna,  which  is  barred,  and  only  fir  for  boats  and  launches ;  the  coast  is  very  clean,  aud 
you  may,  without  dancer,  keep  within  two  miles  of  it. 

Seven  leagues  N.  25°  W.  from  New  Smyrna,  is  the  entrance  of  Matanzas,  but  only 
vessels  of  very  light  draft  can  enter  it:  this  bar  has  8  feet,  at  high  water.  From  this 
entrance  there  is  an  island  navigation  to  St.  Augustine,  formed  by  the  island  of  St.Anastasiix 
and  the  main  :  the  tide  rises  4  feet  at  spring  tides,  and  it  is  high  water  at  full  and  change 
at7h.  l.')m.  The  whole  of  this  piece  of  coast  is  equally  clean  with  the  arlterior.  You 
have  8  fathoms  one  league  from  the  land. 

From  Matanzas  to  St.  Augustine  is  12  miles,  and  the  island  of  St.  Anastasia  extends 
the  whole  length  ;  you  may  keep  along  it  at  two  miles  distance,  in  5  and  6  fathoms.  Yon 
can  see  this  island  from  15  fatlioms,  as  it  is  pretty  high,  and  also  distinguished  by  the 
Lighthouse,  showing  a  fixed  light;  the  coast  to  the  northward  is  very  loW,  and  you  cnn 
see  it  but  at  a  short  distance,  so  that  it  makes  a  good  r^.ark  to  know  if  you  are  N.  or  S. 
of  St.  Augustine.  i 

From  t'le  foregoing  observations  it  clearly  appears  that  thel'6  can  be  no  great  difficltlty 
in  getting  fresh  water  on  most  of  the  islau;l.> ;  and  except  the  Tortugas,  there  is  pleiMy 
of  firewood  upon  the  whole  of  them.  With  respect  to  water,  it  may  be  observed  that 
just  within  the  sandy  beach,  the  isjnnds  are  generally  bordered  with  mangrove  swamps, 
of  about  100  yards  broad  ;  beyond  these  swamps  the  ground  rises  higher,  and  is  generally 
ofa  rocky  bottom,  where  you  will  often  find  fresh  water  ponds  or  natural  tanks,  which 
receive  rain  water.  ^-,  \ 

SOUNDINGS  OFF  FLORIDA. 

The  whole  of  the  coast  from  Cape  St.  Bias,  as  after  mentioned,  sends  off  a  bank  of 
soundinu;  which  stretches  a  long  distance  frogn  the  land,  and  these  soundings  arc  generally 
known  by  the  name  of  Tortugas  soundings,  a«d  are  so  clean  iliat  other  danger  is  not 
known  in  the  whole  of  it  than  a  spot  or  knoll  of  sand  in  lat.  28°  35',  and  lies  about  12  miles 
east  of  the  meridian  of  St.  Blas.§     This  knoll  has  but  3  feet  oi)  it,  and  so  steep,Hhat  from 


>  1 1 


*  A  Floating  Light  is  placed  off  Key  Larfro,  bearing  from  the  highest  land  on  the  Key  |3.  by  S. 
distant  7  miles,  from  the  elbow  of  Cnrvsfort  Reef  N.  i  E.  distant  3  to  4  miles.  The  outer  Ifeef  (say 
14  fiuhonis  water)  bears  E.  distant  SJ  miles.     Lot.  25°  G'  N.  long.  80°  28'  W. 

t  Key  Biscnyno  lies  a  little  to  the  southward  of  Cape  Florida.  On  it  is  a  lighthouse,  ttflS  lantern 
elevated  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  exhibits  a  fi.\ed  light. 

}  A  White  Buoy,  showing  three  feet  above  water,  is  placed  on  a  reef  neii' Cape  Florida V  S'^Idter's 
Key  bears  from  it  W.by  N.  and  Saunder's  Hat  bears  S.S.  W. 

§  It  is  extremely  doubtful  whether  this  knoll  exists. 


•up* 


2Q2 


BLUrrS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


100  fjithoms  you  will  be  upon  it,  an)  is  prol)nbiy  what  was  callerl  in  ancient  charts,  Prov- 
idence IsiaiiiJ.  The  whole  ofthese  sounoinga  are  very  equal,  diniinishin,!^  graJually  to- 
waiili  file  shore. 

When  you  enter  on  these  soiindin'j;^,  witiiout  a  sure  knowledge  of  the  latitude,  and  in 
parallels  near  tiie  Torluiias,  it  is  necessary  to  run  carel'iilly  to  rjetsoutidin  ;son  itsedire,  and 
not  jjet  into  less  than  40  or  ijo  Catlioms,  whicli  i-i  a  depth  to  keep  clear  of  (he  Torluyas, 
which  ii'  in  ;}()  fathoms ;  that  is,  if  they  did  not  exist  the  regular  souiidmss  of  tlie  hank 
woiild  Iv  30  fathoms  where  they  are  placed  ;  on  the  western  part  of  these  keys,  the  sound- 
ings are  steep. 

Vou  should  tal^e  the  same  prec-aution  when  entetini;  on  souiidini^s  in  parallels  north  of 
tlie  Tortujjas.  Vou  should  vMn:  this  sauie  p>eeauiion  wlien  navigatinir  to  the  soiith\MU(|, 
that  you  may  leave  soundings  with  salety  off  its  southern  edge  ;  so  that  what  is  said  is 
sufilieient  to  liberate  you  I'rom  all  danger  offered  by  the  'J'ortngas. 

On  the  edges  of  this  bank  the  waters  run  lively  to  the  southward,  so  tliat  when  nav- 
igating tVom  tlie  westward,  with  intention  of  sounding  on  its  odj^e,  tlie  ship  vtill  be  rctardtd 
by  the  wind,  which  fixes  itself  at  E.  N.  E.  or  east ;  but  when  for  two  days  you  experience 
a  difference  of  latitude  to  the  soutliward,  of  '20  mde.s  more  than  aceount,  you  miy  be 
sure  that  you  are  in  tht  vicinity  of  soundings,  in  which  case  you  may  sii|)pnse  yourself 
in  the  meridian  of  the  edge,  and  calculate  an  error  if  not  exceeding30  miles,  and  thence 
take  your  route  with  security. 

FLORIDA  UKEF— To  the  eastward  of  the  Tortugas,  atid  at  the  distance  of  17 
miles,  the  Florida  Reef  commences.  Its  breadth  i*'  aliout  three  miles,  and  it  preserves 
the  same,  or  nearly  the  same  breadth,  as  far  as  the  eastern  meridii>n  of  Boca  CWande, 
and  thus  far  has,  at  least,  3  fathoms  water  over  it.  You  can  cross  this  portion  of  the 
reef  with  any  ship  of  Id  feet  draught;  but  you  should  ever  rememS^er.,  that  over  White 
Shoals  you  always  endanger  tlu!  ship  if  she  is  large,  especially  if  the  weather  is  thick, 
when  the  bottom  does  not  show  itself  clearly.  You  may  in  such  weather  soon  encoun- 
ter a  coral  shoal  of  only  one  fathom,  or  even  less;  so  that  when  we  say,  that  the  least 
water  is  3  fathoms  on  this  portion  of  the  reef,  it  is  because  it  is  so  generally,  and  that  the 
inequalities  found  on  the  other  parts  of  the  same  reef  to  the  eastward,  are  not  found  here 
on  this  portion  of  it. 

On  Bush  (or  Garden  Key)  one  of  the  Dry  'i  ortugas,  is  a  lighthouse,  elevated  70  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  showing  a  fixed  light,  composed  of  15  reflecting  lamps,  and 
can  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  18  miles.  it  can  be  approaclied  within  3  miles  on  the 
west,  south,  and  east  sides,  but  on  the  north  side  you  should  keep  at  a  distance  of  at  least 
6  miles. 

From  the  eastern  meridian  of  Boca  Grande  the  navigation  is  safe,  till  within  4^  miles 
of  Sand  Key,  on  which  is  a  lighthouse,  showing  a  revolving  light,  bearing  S.  S.  W. 
from  Key  West  Light,  distant  9  miles;  4  miles  from  Sand  Key,  W.  ^  S.,  on  the  outer 
edge  of  the  reer,-lies  a  group  of  dry  rock:.,  and  N.  E.  by  E.  from  these  rocks,  is  another 
group  of  dry  rocks,  bearing  north  from  San:l  Key,  and  between  them  in  the  same  di- 
re<:tion,  are  two  or  three  shoals  with  only  y  feet  on  them.  One  and  a  half  mile  cast 
from  Sand  Key  is  another  group  of  dry  rocks,  on  a  hank  which  extends  4  miles  east 
from  the  Sand  Key,  on  which  there  are  from  2  to  3  V  fathom <  water.  Six  miles  E. 
by  N.  J  N.  from  Sand  Key,  is  a  coral  shoal,  with  3  fathoms  on  it,  between  which  and 
Sacd  Key  lies  the  Eastern  Channel  into  Key  West,  (see  index.)  From  this  shoal  the 
r«e^Ieat]9  E.  N.  E.  and  is  very  dangerous,  being  full  of  coral  rocks,  on  which  there  is  as 
little  as  10  feet  water,  till  you  come  up  with  Looe  Key,  on  which  is  a  beacon  with  a  red 
ball  on  the  top.  OiFLooe  Key  the  bank  is  very  steep.  Sixteen  miles  from  Looe  Key 
lies  Sombrero,  which  is  the  easternmost  key  on  the  reef.  To  the  eastward  of  this  key 
is  very  dangerous,  being  cut  up  by  coral  rocks,  with  channels  which  should  only  be  at- 
tempted through  necessity,  and  in  day-light,  as  nothing  is  so  useful  in  the  navigation  of 
this  reef  a?  p  good  lookout.  S.  S.  W.  to  S.  by  W.  6}  luiles  distant  from  Datch  Key, 
(the  easternmost  jifGow  Keys)  are  two  groups  of  dry  rocks.  South  41  miles  from  the 
<pest  end  of  Old  Matacumbe'is  a  coral  bank,  with  only  8  feet  on  it.  S.  E.  by  E.  4  '  miles 
from  the  easteri^'cnd  of  Old  iVIatacumbe  is  another  shoal,  with  only  2  feet,  called  Alli- 
gator Shoal,  from  the  circumstance  of  the  U.  S.  schooner  .Alligator  being  lost  on  it,  and 
on  whicithe  ship  Sparmo  was  also  lost.  Between  lat.  24°  51'  and  Key  Tavernier, 
which  is  in  lat.  24°  56',  lies  the  great  inlet  of  the  Florida  Reef.  From  tiiis  inlet  the 
reef  takes  a  sudden  ben^,  and  makes  what  is  called  *Carysfort  lleef,'on  which  the  cur- 
rent sits  very  strong.  ^From  this  tbe  reef  trends  N.  N.  E.  till  up  with  Cape  Florida, 
passing;  Key  Biscayngfon  which  is  a  lighthouse  showing  a  fixed  light. 
., -1 j£. _ 

•  A  floatiDglight  id  moored  on  CarJ'sfort  Reef,  bearing  E.  by  S.  7  miles  distant  from  the  highest 
land  on  Key  .Largo.  From  the  elbow  of  the  reef  she  bears  N.  h  £.  from  3  to  4  miles  distant,  th» 
•ttttr  reef  [aafia  14  fJatboma  water]  bearing  east,  distant  2^  miles. 


"^1 


it  chnrt<i,  Prov- 

i;^  gi'iulua'.lv  tu- 

l;ititude,  ami  in 
on  Itseil'^e,  and 
if  lilt  Toruiiias, 
n^s  of  the  bunk 
iC'js,  the  sound- 

lanillels  north  of       ^ 
)  the  soiith«;!nl, 
t  what  is  said  Is 

that  when  nav- 
)  uill  be  retarded 
1  von  ex[)erience 
lilt,  you  iniy  be 
ni)pnse  yourself 
lies,  and  thence 

distance  of  17 
and  it  preseivps 
f  Boca  Cfi-.uide, 
;s  portion  of  the 
that  over  White 
iveathcr  is  thick, 
er  soon  encoun- 
V,  that  the  least 
illy,  and  that  the 
e  not  found  here 

,  elevated  70  feet 
ning  lamps,  and 
n  3  niiles  on  the 
stance  of  at  least 

within  4*7  miles 
earing  S.  S.  W. 

S.,  on  the  outer 

ocks,  is  another 
n  the  same  di- 

a  half  mile  east 
ds  4  miles  east 
Six  miles  E. 

ween  which  and 

in  this  shoal  the 
hich  there  is  as 
aeon  with  a  red 
rom  Looe  Key 

ward  of  this  key 

)uld  only  be  at- 
e  navigation  of 

om  Datch  Key, 
miles  from  the 

-:.by  E.  4' miles 

cot,'  called  Alii- 
g  lost  on  it,  and 
Key  Tavernier, 

m  tliis  inlet  the 
which  the  cur- 

1  Cape   Florida, 


11 


from  the  higliest 
miles  dlstaat,  ths 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  CO      F  PILOT. 


2G3 


CARYSFORT  REEF,  inside  of  whirh  there  i.*  a  light  ship  stationed,  ns  drscrihed 
before,  is  the  most  dangerous  reef  on  the  whole  coast,  the  south  extremity  of  which  is  in 
lat.  i.'i^  59' iN.,  lies  iminediaiely  oil"  Sound  Point.  Mr.  (laul  says,  "  it  is  on  this  reef, 
which  isveiy  extensive,  its  north  part  lying  opposite  Angel  Fish  Creek,  that  almost  every 
vessel  ti.at  is  cast  away,  meets  her  fate.  It  is  called  Carysfort  Reef,  iVom  his  Majesty's 
ship  of  that  name  having  been  run  there  by  the  pilot  on  the  'j;{d  of  October,  1770.  She 
was  brought  off  by  the  skill  and  diligence  of  the  master,  Mr.  Hunter,  and  is  the  first  ves- 
sel known  to  have  got  clear." 

^J'liat  part  of  the  reef  on  which  the  Carysfort  ran  aground  is  very  uneven,  having  be- 
tween some  of  the  ])atches  .3  or  4  fathoms  water.  Upon  one  of  the  patches  a  ship  laden 
witii  inahijgany  ran  agiiiund  the  same  night  with  the  Carysfort.  but  3 miles  without  her. 
It  heiiit:  low  water  when  the  nieirhant  ship  ran  aground  by  lighting  her  she  got  ofl' at 
high  water.  And  «e  would  just  hint  to  every  one  who  passes  along  this  coast,  that,  on 
scciiii;  a  light  to  the  westward,  it  behoves  him  to  look  out  for  breakers,  if  he  stands  in 
for  that  quarter. 

In  latitude  1'5^  ."5")'  N.  according  to  Mr.  Bishop,  his  Majesty's  shipFowey,  after  losing 
nil  her  anchors,  beat  over  the  reef  in  3  fathoms  water,  and  when  within  it,  drifted  five 
le;iy;nps  to  the  northward  i;i  5  or  6  fathoms  water ;  and  was  afraid  of  drifting  out  in  the 
Florida  stream. 

The  FOWEY  ROCKS,  lie  at  the  north  end  of  the  reef,  and  are  partly  dry.  The 
eastern  edge  of  these  rocks  lies  about  0  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Kay  Biscayno :  they 
have  many  bad  bars  within  them.  Key  Biscayno  hath  also  a  bank  lying  oft"  from  its  east 
side. 

Theie  are  several  openings,  oi  in  and  outlets,  over  this  reef;  all  of  which  are  safe  com- 
muiiicaiions  between  the  liawke  Channel  and  Florida  Stream,  having  a  depth  of  no  less 
than  18  feet  water.  By  placing:  a  boat  on  the  reef  at  those  entrances,  it  will  always  point 
them  out  in  such  a  manner,  that  you  may  be  able  to  enter,  safely,  any  one  of  them  in 
moderate  weather,  when  want  of  iresh  water,  contrary  wind,  or  any  other  cause,  renders 
this  shelter  necessary.  Two  of  these  inlets,  however,  require  a  little  more  to  be  said  of 
them;  those  are  (ireat  Inlet  and  Spencer's  Inlet. 

Great  Inlet,  in  24"'  50'  30  "  latitude,  has  a  knoll  of  dry  rocks  on  the  south-cast  point  of 
the  reef,  directly  on  the  edge  of  the  channel,  whereby  it  is  easily  knov.n.  Here  your 
eye  must  be  your  guiile  :  the  land  may  also  help  a  little,  as  the  two  small  mangrove  keys, 
Tabano  and  Rodrigucs,  show  themselves  plainly  enough  in  the  west. 

Spencer's  Inlet,  in  latitude  24''  40',  is  opposite  to  Old  Matacumbe,  and  above  6  miles 
wide:  the  eye  must  be  your  guide  here,  as  well  as  in  the  ibrmer,  but  there  are  no  such 
visible  marks. 

The  soundings  in  both  are  as  marked  in  the  chart ;  and  to  any  person  who  knows  that 
in  a  gale,  by  reason  of  a  reverting  current,  anchorage  is  full  as  safe  under  a  reef  as 
under  land,  we  need  not  enlarge  much  about  the  utility  and  knowledge  of  these  channels^ 
much  le?s  to  a  man  who  is  either  in  want  of  water,  or  who,  upon  falling  in  with  these 
shoals,  and  thinks  himself  in  danger,  has  courage  enough  not  to  despair.  At  »he  otbt|! 
inlets,  the  land  appears  so  much  alike,  that  it  requires  years  of  experience  to  know 


Directions  for  failing  from  the  Eastward  tlirovgh  the  Hawke  Chftnnd, 

Key  Biscfl-  no,  on  which  there  is  a  lighthouse  containing  a  fixed  light,  lies  within,  trad 
forms  the  w,.-st  side  of  the  northern  entran'.'e  of  the  channel  or  passage  between  the 
Florida  Keys,  or  Martyrs,  on  the  west  and  north  side,  and  the  Florida  Reefs  on  the  east 
and  south  side,  called  Hawke  Channel.  The  coast  for  4  or  6  leagfteis  to  the  northward 
of  the  key,  has  foul  ground,  and  the  sea  breaking  on  it  has  a  frightfal  appearance,  but 
there  is  no  where  less  than  3  fathoms ;  but,  by  keeping  off  5  or  6  miles  from  shore,  you 
will  find  generally  5  or  6  fathoms,  fine  sandy  bottom  :  and  when  you  approach  the  end 
of  the  Reef,  you  may  haul  in  towards  Key  Biscayno,  observing  to  give  the  Reef  a  good 
berth  without  you,  on  account  of  several  bad  sand  bars  on  its  inner  edge.  You  will  not 
find  less  than  3"  fathoms  any  where  within,  till  you  come  abreast  of  the  ^uth  end  of  the 
key,  where  there  is  a  small  bank  of  eleven  feet  only;  but  be  cireful  to  give. the  key  a 
good  berth,  as  a  large  flat  stretches  from  it.  '» 

You  then  steer  to  the  eastward  of  south,  and  pass  to  the  eastward  of  the  shallow  bank 
that  surrounds  Oswald  Keys,  when  the  course  will  be  more  westerly,  by  the  edge  of  the 
bank.  The  general  rule  to  sail  along  through  the  channel,  froiji  tlie  Soldier's  Keys  to 
the  southward,  is,  to  have  a  careful  man  at  the  mast-head,  to  lopk  out;  he  will  see  all 
the  heads  and  other  shoals,  in  a  clear  day,  at  least  a  mile  off.  Thus,  making  the-  eye 
your  pilot,  came  no  nearer  to  the  Soldier's  Keys  than  12  feet,  and  no  farther  oiT  to  the 
eastward  of  them  than  18  feet.  ^ 

About  a  mile  E .  S.  E .  from  Saunder'f^ut,  lies  a  small  round  bank,  with  ooty  9  feet  wat«r 


^J 


''^•Bii^^jri-siftsf*^. 


264 


BLUl^T^S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


on  if ;  frpm  this  RInck  spot  to  CfPsar'H  Creek,  there  nre  several  sunken  headr,  nnd  the  bar 
of  that  creek  readies  a  great  way  out.  Right  abreast  of  this  spot,  anil  northward  of  the 
bar,  is  a  very  line  andiorage  of  ii'Jleet  water,  close  to  the  back  ol  the  Reef,  which  niakes 
the  Inlet. 

From  Sauniler's  Cut  to  Saiinder's  Point  there  are  only  11  feet  of  water  to  be  dependpij 
on  ;  thnt  is,  if  you  keep  in  tiiat  \r,\n  of  tlie  channel  which  is  clearest  of  rocks,  you  niny 
find  deeper  water,  by  soinj;  out  farther  towards  ihc  Reef;  but  the  care  necessary  to  b«; 
taken  in  order  to  avoid  tlie  heads  is  itieonceivable. 

When  you  are  clear  to  the  southward  of  An<:;el  Fish  Creek,  tlip  same  rule  of  keejiins; 
between  18  and  \2  feet  in  the  ehannel  is  to  be  observed  ;  but  after  all  that  can  be  said,  a 
careful  inspection  of  the  chart,  together  with  a  comparison  of  it,  with  the  eourse  of  the 
land  you  sail  by,  and  especially  a  good  look  out,  will  constitute  you  a  better  pilot,  than 
any  direction  that  can  lie  given  for  this  navigation.  The  course  froiii  Angel  Kish  Creek 
to  the  north  part  of  Sound  Point,  is  S.  by  W.  |  W.  and  the   iistance  is  5  leagues. 

Sound  Point  is  the  only  spot  that  may  be  said  to  form  a  true  promontory,  from  the 
spring  in  the  ro(  k. 

From  the  north  end  of  Sound  Point  to  Rodrigues  Key,  the  course  and  distance  are  S. 
AV.  ^  S.  7.1  miles.  There  is  a  good  harbor  for  small  craft  off  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  Key, 
formed  by  a  reef  runtiing  oif  its  N.  E.  point ;  and  another  good  place  for  shelter  to  the 
S.  W.  of  it;  but  neither  has  a  greater  depth  than  9  feet  at  low  water.  Tavernier's  Key, 
orTabano,  is  only  a  large  thicket  of  mangroves,  without  any  dry  soil  on  it,  and  ailorils 
only  some  aquatic  birds  and  their  eggs. 

From  abreast  of  Sound  Point  to  abreast  of  Tabano,  the  course  is  S.  W.  h  S.  and  the 
distance  is  3  leagues.  From  Tabano,  the  direction  of  the  coast  alters  to  S.  W.  and  to 
the  east  end  of  New  Matacumbe,  the  distance  is  7  miles.  New  Matacunibe  has  nothing 
remarkable,  except  a  well  of  good  fresh  water  on  the  east  end  :  but  that  being  known  to 
few,  the  island  is  little  frequented.  Off  its  S.  W.  en<l  lies  a  small  drowned  mangrove 
island,  called  Umbrella  Key  ;  a  channel  10  feet  deep  runs  in  to  the  south-westward  of  it, 
and  extends  up  to  the  larger  island;  but  there  bein^  nothing  worthy  of  notice  on  this 
key,  it  is  very  seldom  visited.  In  coming  this  way  from  Tabano,  the  channel  is  in  gene- 
ral deeper  than  before ;  hut  the  same  rule  for  keeping  without  12  and  within  18  feet,  still 
holds  good  ;  but  observe  that  directly  abreast  of  New  Matacumbe,  within  a  mile  and  a 
half  to  the  eastward  of  the  land,  are  several  dangerous  sunken  heads,  called  the  Hen 
and  Chickens,  which  require  particular  attention. 

The  next  to  the  south-westward,  is  the  island  of  Old  Matacumbe,  remarHable  for  being 
the  most  convenient,  and  best  watering  place  on  all  this  coast.  On  its  east  end  are  five 
wells  in  the  solid  rock,  which  appear  to  be  natural  chasms,  yielding  excellent  water  in 
abundance;  and  some  ponds  near  them  likewise  afi'ord  some;  insomuch,  that  in  a  wet 
jKason,  all  the  east  end  of  the  key  is  overflown,  and  water  enough  may  bo  had  to  supply 
9  whole  fleet.  There  are  likewise  some  ponds  and  wells  at  the  west  end,  but  the  water 
Is  of  a  irinch  inferior  quality.  This  island  was  one  of  the  last  habitations  of  the  In- 
dians of  the  Coloosa  nation.  About  a  mile  from  its  N.  E.  end,  on  the  extremity  of  a 
jrC5f,  lies  the  small  bushy  gravelly  key,  called  Indian  Key,  which  is  the  leading  mark  for 
0Dd'ng  the  watering  place  on  Old  Matacumbe.  Run  to  about  a  cable's  length  off  the 
east  side  of  the  key,  and  the  channel  will  be  easily  distinguished  by  your  eye,  as  before 
said.  Observe  that  the  tides  being  very  rapid,  require  particular  attention,  in  going  in 
orottt;  aod  that  the  channel  is  very  narrow,  having  only  just  room  enough  for  a  srnall 
vessel  to  turn  to  windward. 

From  the  south-west  end  of  Old  Matacumbe  to  the  west  end  of  Cayo  Bivoras,  or  Vi- 
per Key,  the  coufie  and  distance  are  S.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  7  miles;  the  depth  of  water 
is  frona  16  to  18  feet,  sqindy  bottom ;  but  you  must  be  careful  to  give  the  Bivoras  a  berth 
pf  at  least  a  inile  and  a  half.  From  abreast  of  the  west  end  of  Bivoras  S.  W.  by  W.  ^ 
W.  11  or  12  miles,  brings  you  to  a  contraction  of  Hawke  Channel,  between  the  Outer 
Reef  and  Cayos  de  Vacas;  your  deptli  is  generally  18  feet,  the  bottom  is  sandy,  and  a 
broad  bank  rtins  off  from  the  Vacas  Islands.  At  this  contraction  of  the  channel  the 
course  must  be  altered  W.  S.  W.  |  W.  going  through  the  like  depth  of  water  for  5 
miles.  In  running  this  last  distance,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  shoals  lying  off  the 
S.  W.  part  of  Cayos  de  Vacas,  heretofore  described. 

From  the  west  end  of  Cayos  de  Vacas  to  Cabbage  Tree  Island,  or  Bahia  Honda,  the 
course  and  distance  are  W.  S.  W.  I  W.  10  luilcs.  In  this  run  you  will  find  3  fathoms 
Wfttef  tdt  along  within  a  mile  of  the  keys,  the  deepest  water  being  nearest  to  the  reef. 
Hence  to  the  west  end  of  Cayo  Hueso,  or  Key  West,  the  course  and  distance  are  W.  S. 
\V.  31  miles,  the  depth  of  water  from  17  to  23  feet.  Key  West  is  about  5,^  miles  in 
length,  having  a  shallow  bank  before  it,  which  extends  close  round  its  west  end,  as  has  al- 
ready been  said,  and  near  which  end  is  a  well  of  ordinary  water.  All  these  keys  have 
pia^tj  Qf  veoaioB^^aad  in  some  of  them  hone;  is  tb uiuL     From  abrea&t  of  Key  West,  a 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


2G5 


nnfl  the  bar 
iw;u(l  of  the 
fliich  makes 

be  (leppiidpfi 
ks,  \(>it  may 
cssiiry  to  be 

e  of  keeping 
im  be  siiid,  a 
ourse  of  the 
[•r  pilot,  than 
1  Kish  Creek 
aj^nes. 
ry,  from  the 

stance  are  S. 
t  of  the  Key, 
shelter  to  the 
ernier's  Key, 
t,  and  alforils 

,  ^  S.  and  the. 
8'.  W.  and  to 
e  has  nothing 
iing  known  to 
led  mangrove 
estward  of  it, 
notice  on  this 
nel  is  in  gene- 
in  18  feet",  still 
1  a  mile  and  a 
:alled  the  Hen 

able  for  being 
end  are  five 
ent  water  in 
that  in  a  wet 
lad  to  supply 

but  the  water 

ons  of  the  In- 
xtremity  of  a 
ing  mark  for 
ength  off  the 
ye,  as  before 
,  in  going  in 

gh  for  a  small 

iivoras,  or  Vi- 
i>pth  of  water 
Tivoras  a  berth 
W.  by  W.  i 
!en  the  Outer 
sandy, and  a 
channel  the 
f  water  for  5 
s  lying  otf  the 

a  Honda,  the 
md  3  fathoms 
4t  to  the  reef, 
nee  areW.  S. 
ut  5.^  miles  in 
end,  as  has  al- 
ese  keys  have 
Key  West,  a 


W.  by  S.  cnnrse,  5  leagues,  and  W.  8.  W.  },  W.  Wi,  leacues,  will  carry  you  to  the  west 
end  of  the  ch-mnel,  aljreastof  the  west  end  of  the  (iuicksaiids,  which  extend  westward 
from  Cayo  Marques.  This  bank  of  iniicksand  may  be  always  seen  in  tlie  day  time,  it 
being  very  white,  and  therefore  may  be  easily  avoided, 

TllLl  TURK'S. — The  tide  ebbs  and  (lowf*  here  regularly,  and  the  time  of  high  water 
on  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  at  Key  West  Harbor,  is  1»()  minutes  after  8  o'clock, 
Spring  tides  rise  4  feet  H  inches,  and  it  is  nearly  the  same  every  wheie,  from  tlie  Drjr 
TortU'^as  to  the  Cayos  de  Vacas.  The  tides  from  ('ayos  de  Vacas,  north-eastwarJ, 
rise  not  quite  so  high,  and  the  time  of  high  water  is  earlier.  Within  the  northern  en- 
trance of  Hawke  Channel,  opposite  Soldier's  Keys,  it  is  higli  water  at  half  an  hour  after 
5  o'clock,  and  spring  tides  rise  only  'i  feet  b  inches.  To  the  northward  of  Key  Biscay  no, 
the  stream  on  soundings  is  much  influenced  by  the  wind  when  it  blows  fresh ;  but  with 
moderate  breezes  the  ebb  sets  northward,  and  the  flood  southward  ;  a  due  attention  tp 
this  will  contribute  to  shorten  a  j)assnge  over  soundings  to  the  reef. 

Having  observed,  in  the  course  of  long  experience,  that  several  masters  of  vessels,  who 
had  the  misfortune  to  be  cast  away  on  the  Martyrs,  and  the  coast  of  Florida,  ignorant  of 
the  existence  of  any  settlement  at  Cape  Florida,  have  attempteil  to  proceed  to  the  north- 
ward in  their  boats,  deprived  of  every  assistunce,  I  feel  it  incumbent  upon  me  to  inform 
such  as  may  hereafter  experience  a  like  misfortune,  that  if  they  pass  to  the  north  side  of 
Key  Biscayno,  on  which  a  lighthouse  is  erected,  as  before  mentioned,  they  will  find  the 
entrance  of  Hoca  Ratones,  through  which  they  can  safely  go  with  their  boats,  and  they 
will  see  the  houses  in  front,  on  the  mrtin  land. 

In  case  of  shipwreck  to  the  northward  of  J5oca  Ratones,  at  the  distance  of  two  miles 
therefrom,  they  will  perceive  mangroves  thinly  scattered,  from  whence  the  houses  may 
be  seen,  and  in  that  situation,  oij  making  signal  with  fue,  or  otherwise,  they  will  obtaii> 
assistance. 

If  it  should  happen  to  the  soutliw ard  of  New  River,  they  may  ))roceed  southwardly 
along  the  beach,  where  they  will  meet,  every  four  miles,  with  posts  (ixed  in  the  ground, 
on  which  is  an  inscription  in  English,  French,  and  Spanish,  juibnuing  where  wells  of 
fresh  water  have  been  purposely  dug  for  relief. 

Channel  of  Florida,  hetwncn  the  Reef  and  Keys, 

The  western  part  of  this  channel  begins  with  a  breadth  of  3J  or  4  miles,  and  you  will 
find  in  it  from  riV  to  10  fathoms  water,  sand  and  mud  or  ooze,  as  far  as  Boca  Grande, 
from  which  to  Key  West  Light,  it  is  generally  about  three  miles  wide,  and  its  depth  Q 
and  10  fathoms,  fine  sand  and  mud.  In  this  last  piece  of  the  channel  there  are  twq 
shoals  ;  the  one  nearly  north  and  south  with  the  easternmost  part  of  Key  Boca  Grande, 
and  the  other  S.  S.  W.  from  the  westernmost  part  of  Key  West,  and  both  in  fhe  piiddl^ 
of  the  channel. 

From  these  shoals  the  channel  continues  with  a  breadth  of  four  miles  as  fat  as  8an6 
boes  keys,  from  which  to  the  eastward,  its  breadth  diminishes,  and  the  reef  increases  H) 
the  same  proportion,  so  that  the  channel  is  only  1^  mile  wide  at  the  distance  of  6  miles 
westof  *Looe  Key  Beacon,  and  this  is  the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel,  but  drawing  a^ 
with  Looe  Key  Beacon,  the  channel  begins  to  widen,  so  that  north  and  south  of  Bafa)t| 
Houda,  it  is  three  miles  wide.  The  depth  in  these  narrows  is  three  fathoroa,  ai)f|  coJJt 
tinuing  to  the  eastward,  you  augment  your  depth  to  6  fathoms.  v      " 

Frotp  Looe  Ke'y  the  channel  continues  to  its  end  with  a  breadth  of  two  or  thi^  miles, 
but  its  depth  varies  remarkably,  so  that  as  far  as  ('ow  Keys,  you  have  4  to  6  fathoms,  and 
from  thence  to  the  eastward  of  it  goes  on  diminishing,  and  when  al^reast  of  OW  Mate- 
cumbe,  you  have  but  3  fathoms,  and  abreast  of  Key  Tobano  opJjF  2  and  2| ;  besides 
which,  from  Looe  Key,  the  channel  has  many  coral  shoals,  which  although  jby  day  they 
offer  no  risk,  (as  the  dark  color  shows  their  place,)  yet  by  night  they  are  yety  dangerous  ; 
and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  anchor,  and  lie  by  for  the  night,  throughput  all  p^rts  df 
this  channel. 

In  Bahia  Honda  you  get  excellent  water  by  digging  well3,  and  on  the  South  side  of 
Cow  Keys,  about  8  miles  from  its  western  end,  you  again  have  a  fine  spring. 

These  are  the  only  places  among  the  keys,  where  you  can  find  water  from  natural 
aprings,  but  there  are  many  natural  tanks,  where  rain  water  is  preserved  till  CTaporatetl. 

On  the  north  side  of  Cow  Keys,  and  about  6  miles  east  of  the  west  end,  ^oa  will  find 
a  natural  pond,  that  never  wants  water,  which  is  in  a  valley,  distant  from  the  beach  about 
100  yards,  and  the  lapding  is  something  to  the  westward  of  three  small  mangrove  Isl- 
ands, called  Stirrup's  Keys.  You  may  also,  at  times,  find  water  on  the  western  ex* 
treme  of  Key  Vacas  (Cow  Keys)-^also,  in  some  of  the  keys  in  its  vicinity,  and  on 

*  On  Looe  Key  is  a  beacon,  30  feet  high,  on  which  is  a  large  ball,  pupted  red. 

34 


i 


266 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Dutch  Key,  and  pcMierally  in  all  those  places  where  the  earth  is  rocky,  yon  will  find  wa- 
ter,  esneciiillv  al'tci  liiiiiH. 

KKY  'WESr.— liriiig  the  lij^ht  to  hear  N.  N.  W.  and  steer  for  it,  and  when  the 
Sand  Key  Li^iht  Ijenrs  \V.  S.  W.  you  will  have  jmased  tlie  reef  in  about  i'l  lalhoms  w;i. 
ter.  Run  lor  Key  West  Light  until  within  two  miles;  then  steer  N.  W.  tinti!  you  open 
Fleming's  Key,  wiiich  is  a  mangrove  island,  in  the  northern  jjart  ot  the  ha;ljor,  and  run 
for  it.     The  best  anchorage  is  in  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor. 

N.  W.  Pamtge  belwecn  Key  West  and  the  Mole  Keys,  info  the  Bay  of  Mexico. 

Bring  the  lisjhthoiise  on  Key  West  to  bear  S.  E.  and  run  N.  W..  which  will  carry 
you  between  the  batiks  in  the  channel  :  as  you  approach  the  bar  there  is  a  small  middle 
ground  with  9  feet  water;  go  «Mther  side  of  it,  and  cross  the  bar  in  IvI  feet  water.  While 
on  the  bar  the  lighthouse  on  Key  West  will  bear  S.  E.  by  S.  about  eight  miles  frotn  th« 
northern  Mole  Key,  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  bar  is  broken  ground,  having  only  ')  leet  wai'r 
on  the  knolls;  the  S.  E.  side  is  clear,  and  soundings  regular.  When  you  bring  the 
west  end  of  the  northern  Mole  Key  open  with  a  key  bearing  S.  W.  from  it,  yon  have 
passed  the  bar,  and  the  latter  direction  will  enable  vessels  comingfrom  th**  xvestward  into 
Key  West  Harbor,  to  enter  the  channel  by  running  with  the  above  named  two  islands 
open  until  they  have  24  I'athoms,  and  the  light  upon  Key  West  bearing  S.  E. ;  then  run 
for  Key  West  Light,  keeping  near  the  bank,  which  may  be  distinctly  seen. 

Norlh  West  Passage  hrUcetn  Key  West  and  the  Mud  Keys,  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Y'lye  large  spar  buoys  have  been  Tiioored  in  the  channel  leading  from  the  Clulf  Stream, 
through  the  harbor  of  Key  West,  into  the  J5ay  of  Mexico,  vessels  drawing  •).';  leet  of 
water,  and  bound  to  Mobile,  I'cnsacola,  and  New  Orleans  can,  by  observing  the  followint; 
directions,  pass  through  the  channel  with  safety,  -uid  thus  avoid  the  tedious  and  danger- 
ous navigation  of  the  gulf. 

It  is  recommended  to  masters  of  vessels  to  steer  from  buoy  to  buoy,  keeping  close  to 
them  on  either  hand.  They  are  moored  in  the  deepest  water,  and  can  be  distinctly  seen 
from  each  other.     The  bearings  of  the  buoys  are  as  follow  : 

The  first  buoy  at  the  entrance  of  the  channel,  and  nearly  in  the  harbor  of  Key  West, 
bears  from  the  lighthouse  on  Key  West,  by  compass,  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  1  mile. 

Second  buoy  bears  from  the  first  buoy N.  AV.  by  N. 

Third  buoy  bears  from  the  second  buoy N.  W.  i  N. 

Fourth  buoy  bears  from  the  third  buoy ,  .N.  W.  \  N. 

Fifth  buoy  on  the  bar  bears  from   the  lighthouse  on 

Key  West N.  W.  by  W. 

Vessels  requiring  pilots  can  obtain  them  at  Key  West,  as  there  is  a  board  of  bmnch 
pilots  I  .tablished. 

The  shoalest  water  at  low  water  is  10  feet,  and  at  high  water  \2h  feet  on  the  bar. 

By  a  late  ordinance  of  the  City  Council  at  Key  West,  vessels  bound  through  tlie 
**  North  West  Passage,"  to  or  from  ports  farther  west,  stopping  at  the  island  to  land  pas- 
illBgers  and  letters,  or  to  procure  supplies,  are  no  longer  subject  to  any  charge  for  pilot- 
a'g^,  unless  a  pilot  is  desired  and  emi)loyed.  Vessels  entering  the  port  for  the  purpose 
of  thidiog,  and  taking  a  pilot,  are  to  pay  as  t'ollows  : 

Drawing  5,  and  not  over  12  feet pay  81.50  per  foot. 

All  above  I'J,  and  not  over  IG  feet "       xJ.OO         " 

All  over  iG,  and  not  over  16  feet "       i2.'J5         " 

All  above  18  feet "      i>.50        " 

Vessels  not  spoken  until  within  3  miles  of  the  light  on  Whitehead's  Point,  Key  West, 
tre  exempted  from  any  charge. 

CAPE  ROMANO  is  a  long,  low  point  with  mangrove-trees  on  it.  OfiTthis  point  liesa 
Band  bank,  which  extends  off  9  miles  S.W.  from  the  point,  and  has  about  3  feet  water  on  it. 
The  shoal  is  regular  as  you  approach  it.  Thirty  miles  to  the  N.  W.  lies  the  island  of  j 
Sanibel.  If  you  are  running  for  this  island,  keep  in  4^  and  5  fathoms  water.  At  the  S. 
W.  end  of  this  island  there  is  a  good  harbor  with  12  feet  water  in  it,  which,  if  you  wish 
to  enter,  give  Sanibel  Point  a  berth  of  5  miles,  as  there  is  a  long  bank  making  off  from  it; 
run  in  for  the  land  in  g^  fathoms,  and  then  steer  up  N.  W.  till  you  sliut  in  the  point  of  1 
the  islands,  where  you  can  anchor  in  12  feet  water. 

•  A  lighthouse  is  ctf-ected  on  Whitehead's  Point,  which  is  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  island  of  Key  , 
West,  lat.'84o  29/,  ita  long.  81°  55^  W.    The  light  is  elcvatsd  83  feet  6  inches  above  the  level  of 
the  sea,  an^sbows  a  fixed  light. 


■IT' 


HLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


267 


ky,  yoii  will  find  wa. 


•  Bay  of  Mexico. 


the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 


ad'sPoint,  Key  West, 


I 

I 


Thern  in  n  large  S]mriisli  cvtablisliiiii'iit  furllsliing,  and  you  can  obtain  provisions,  wood 
aud  water. 

General  description  of  the  Coast  from  Cape  St.  Bins  to  Point  Tancha. 

CAPE  ST.  BIjAS. — Cape  St.  Bias  is  a  low  point,  which  runs  to  the  southward 
two  miles:  iVoni  that  part  where  trees  end  on  tliis  point,  a  shoal  of  sand  runs  S.  S.  E. 
(our  miles,  hearini;  (Vom  S.  S.  K.  to  S.  S.  VV.  iVom  the  poiiif.  Various  shoals  and  small 
spots  of  sand,  havini;  less  than  ;{  t'athoiiis  wafei  on  thetn,  a!  lie  olV  the  same  point,  the 
southernmost  of  which  is  17  miles  distant ;  between  these  shoals  there  are  7,  8,  and  9 
fathoms  water. 

S.  77^  E.  Ki  miles  from  Cajie  St.  Bias,  lies  the  south  point  of  St.  fJeorge's  Island, 
falle<l  Cnpe  .St.  (ieorfie,  lictween  which  is  the  main  entrance  to  .St.  (Jcorge's  Sound  and 
Apalarhicola  Bay;  the  bay  is  distant  ai)out  12  miles  from  the  entrance  into  the  sound 
between  .St.  Vincent's  and  .St.  (leorse's  Islands  in  a  stiais];ht  line,  but  owina;  to  the  ob- 
structions in  this  part  of  the  Sound,  vessels  are  oblijied  to  bend  their  course  to  the  east 
to  reacii  Apalachicola  Hiver,  which  increases  the  distance  to  IHiiiiies. 

Vessels  drawing  10  feet  water  (an  anchor  in  the  bay,  but  only  7J  feet  can  be  carried  to 
the  town. 

From  (Jape  .St.  (feorfi;es  (which  is  shoal  to  the  sontli)  ft)r  .5  miles  the  coast  doubles 
round  to  E.  N.  E.  and  at  the  distance  of  24  miles  from  the  Cape  is  the  east  end  of  this 
island,  and  the  middle  entrance  into  the  .Sound  :  this  entrance  is  formed  by  the  east  end  of 
St.  George's  and  the  west  end  of  Doj;;  Islands,  the  distance  between  the  two  is  3  miles  ; 
the  channel  is  contracted  between  by  shoals  which  make  out  from  the  l^w)  islands;  the 
depth  of  water  on  the  bar  is  alxmt  14  feet,  and  the  width  one  third  of  a  mile.  The  chan- 
nel is  near  Dog  Island. 

MIDDLE  ENTR.\NC;E  INTO  ST.  CEORCE'S  SOCND.— For  vessels  drawing 
1'2  feet  of  water  this  entnince  is  to  be  taken,  as  you  cannot  carry  into  the  niain  entrance, 
so  called,  which  is  between  the  N.  W.  end  of  St.  (feorjie's  Island  and  St.  Vincent's 
Island,  over  11  feet  at  hif;h  water.  The  niidiile  entrance  or  passafjje  into  St.  George's 
Sound,  is  between  the  west  en<l  of  Dop;  Island  and  the  east  end  of  St.  (teorge's  Island, 
and  is  about.'?  miles  wide:  it  is  rather  difficult  to  find  for  strangers,  as  the  west  end  of 
Dog  Island  and  the  east  end  of  St.  (Teorge's  Island  are  both  low  sand  beaches,  and  there 
is  a  sand  beach  on  the  main  directly  in  front  of  the  passage,  so  that  it  looks,  at  3  or  4 
miles  distance,  like  one  .;ontinued  beach. 

After  making  the  passage  steer  for  it,  keeping  most  towards  Dog  Island,  as  the  chan- 
nel is  altogether  on  Dog  Island  side.  Vou  will  soon  see  a  large  green  buoy  which  lies 
in  the  best  water  on  the  buoy  ;  pass  close  to  this  buoy  on  either  side,  and  stand  in  N.  N, 
W.  along  Dog  Island  Reef,  'vhich  can  be  plainly  seen,  until  the  eastern  point  of  George's 
Island  bears  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  |  W.,  then  haul  up  the  sound  for  the  shipping,  say  aboiit 
W.  S.  W. ;  continue  on  this  course  until  the  eastern  point  of  .St.  George's  Island  bears 
about  E.  2  miles  distant,  and  a  black  buoy  on  shore  well  under  St.  George's  Island, 
bears  about  S.  E.  i  S.  half  a  mile  distant,  when  you  may  anchor  in  from  2  to  2^  fathonos. 

There  is  a  barrel  buoy  a  short  distance  outside  the  green  buoy,  a  black  buoy  on  D^Og 
Island  Reef,  and  a  white  buoy  on  the  eastern  extreme  of  St.  George's  Island  Reef; 
these  buoys  are  not  to  be  reliefl  on,  as  they  shift  their  position  with  every  strong  breeze ; 
they  are  placed  there  by  the  pilots  ;  the  channel  being  perfectly  plain  and  the  reefs  Tisible 
they  would  in  any  case  be  of  little  use. 

Dog  Island  is  6  miles  long,  and  trends  nearly  the  same  as  St.  George's;  at  the  east 
end  is  the  eastern  entrance  into  St.  George's  Sound :  this  entrance  offers  a  depth  of  14 
feet  on  the  bar,  which  is  above  one  third  of  a  mile  wide;  and  is  within  that  distance  of 
the  island. 

St.  George's  Sound,  from  the  Eastern  to  the  Middle  Pass,  affords  from  2^  to  3  fathoms 
water,  but  to  the  westward,  towards  the  Main  Entrance,  the  Sound  is  much  obstructed 
by  oyster  banks,  through  which,  vessels  drawing  more  than  6  feet  water  cannot  shape 
their  course. 

The  mean  rise  of  tide  2\  feet. 

N.  50°  E.  from  the  east  end  of  Dog  Island,  7  miles  distant,  is  the  S.  W.  Cape;  this 
distance  is  shoal,  if  we  except  the  channel  above  mentioned,  and  to  the  S.  of  the  Cape 
the  Shoal  extends  to  the  distance  of  3  miles. 

From  the  S.  W.  Cape  the  coast  bends  to  the  northward  and  after  to  the  eastward,  and 
forms  a  large  bay,  into  which  the  river  Apalache  is  emptied. 

This  river  is  shoal,  and  obstructed  at  its  entrance,  and  for  a  long  distance  off,  by  many 
oyster  banks,  which  are  dry  at  low  water  ;  the  tide  rises  2i  feet. 

About  eight  miles  up  the  river  from  the  bar,  is  the  fort  of  St.  Mark's,  situated  od  a 


A 


S68 


BtUNT*S  AMEUICAN  fcOAst  t»n.Ot. 


m 


point  which  forms  the  i-onlliiciicp  <>(  the  river,  f  which  the  eaot  ht'nnrli  in  rnlled  St. 
Miirk's,  iind  tlic  other  VViircaih'r.  Tlif^hiial  w  iter  which  is  loiind  in  this  river  in  ulna 
fomid  ill!  over  lliis  l;u7i«'  hiiv,  iinil  **  fi'ct  is  tlie  liesl  water  in  the  chiiniicN. 

St.  M.irli's  Kivcr  iiltinds  t*  Icct  water  at  itft  month  at  hinh  water,  and  H  miles  lower 
Hown,  good  anchorage  for  vessels  ('ra^ving  |()  I'ect.  [Icre  aie  two  bars,  one  ■'(  miles  he- 
low  Kort  St.  Mark's,  called  tlie  Devil's  Klhow,  with  a  depth  over  it  of  H  feet  at  hiuh 
water;  the  other,  called  the  Onter  liar,  H  miles  from  the  l-'oit.  From  this  bar  to  fho 
Devil's  Klhow  the  average  de|)th  is  10  feet  ;  tiie  cliannel  takes  a  sndden  turn  at  the 
Devil's  KIbovv,  and  the  width  is  reduced  to  about  4(1  feet  fur  a  iptarter  of  a  mile.  From 
the  Devil's  KIbow  to  Fort  .St.  .Mark's,  H  feel  can  be  carried  throngh  at  higli  water.  The 
place  called  the  .S|)anish  Hole,  .'S  miles  within  the  outer  liar,  is  the  hest  place  to  anriior: 
the  depth  is  I'J  (eet  at  high  water.  The  outer  bar  is  in  some  way  comiected  with  tlie 
extensive  sliallow  hanks,  which  to  the  east  and  west  obstruct  litis  part  of  the  coast,  and 
serve  to  protect  the  anchorage  within  the  outer  bar,  wliich  is  the  oidy  shelt(;rfur  vesHcIs 
drawing  Id  feet  water  from  the  S.  \V.  Cape  to  Kspiritu  Santo. 

From  .\palache  Hay  the  coast  bends  olf  to  the  southward  and  eastward  to  the  river 
Suwannee  in  V'assasousa  Hay,  which  is  'JM  leagues  distant  frotii  the  river  of  Apalache. 
Oyster  banks  obstruct  this  bay,  and  the  Suwannee  camiot  he  entered  at  high  tide  by 
Vessels  (hawing  nuire  than  .'i  feet.  From  the  river  Suwannee  to  tiic  soutliward,  yoti 
lose  sight  of  the  land,  as  only  canoes  can  get  nigh  enough  to  discovt-r  the  keys  called 
Sabiuiis.  Filly  miles  south  of  the  .Sabinas  lies  the  key  Andote,  or  Anchor  Island,  and 
before  you  come  to  It  you  may  discover  the  coast.  The  whole  of  the  coast  from  S.  W. 
Cape  to  this  Key,  is  so  shoal,  that  at  ten  leagues  from  laiul  you  have  but  5  and  b  fathoms, 
and  two  leagues  you  will  have  from  <>  tt)  7  feet.  Key  Andote  is  distant  across  from  the 
tnain  hind  four  miles,  and  in  length  about  eight  miles  north  and  south;  it  is  divided  into 
three  parts,  and  its  south  part  h:;s  good  anchorage  in  ;{  fath(Uiis  water. 

From  Key  Anclotcthe  coast  runs  .S.  K.by  K.  lil)  miles  to  the  elilrance  of  Tampa  Bay, 
orBaliia  del  Kspiritu  Santo.  The  coast  between  is  clear  and  deeper  tlian  the  anterior. 
At  3  leagues  from  the  land  you  will  have  (>  fathoms  water,  and  no  impediment  to  your 
keeping  in  with  it  by  tlie  lead.  ()(f  this  coast  there  are  various  keys,  w hich  lie,  at  most, 
bniy  four  miles  ftoiil  the  main. 

From  Taujpa  the  coast  continues  S.  Fi.  by  S.  *3'J  leagues,  to  the  Hay  of  .St.  Carlos; 
all  this  piece  of  coast  is  bordered  with  keys  which  lie  iboiit  four  miles  olf  from  the  main 
land;  the  wliole  is  clear  with  the  exception  of  a  sand  bar,  which  runs  olf  from  wiiat  is 
called  Boca  Quarazote.  which  is  an  opening  formed  by  two  of  the  above  mentioned  keys, 
and  is  distant  from  Tampa  •,'!  miles.  On  this  bar  there  are  'J  fathoms  water,  and  all 
along  the  coast  you  will  have  1  fathoins  at  ■*>  or  0  miles  from  it,  so  that  there  is  no  danger 
ia  keeping  in  with  it  by  the  lead. 

Carlos  Bay  is  a  large  entrance  made  in  the  coast,  in  wliich  are  emptied  various  rivers, 
Vhose  mouths  are  covered  by  many  keys  and  shoals,  whicVi  leave  between  them  chan- 
nels more  or  less  wide;  the  northernmost  is  called  Friar  (lasjiar,  and  has  C  feet  water; 
tjie  next,  called  BocaOrande,  is  the  deepest,  having  14  feet  water  This  bay  is  only  good 
fiNf  vessels  ol  8  feet  draught,  by  the  little  shelter  which  it  aH'ords  in  gales  in  winter;  and 
•Ijtfaough  the  holding  ground  is  good,  you  are  obliged  to  look  for  the  bends  of  the  bay  to 
fchelter  you  from  the  wind  which  blows.  The  tide  ises  two  feet,  and  when  the  wind  is 
l»ffjahore)  it  ruhs  with  great  velocity. 

Th*  k((iyiwwhose  north  extreme  foriris  what  is  called  Boca  Cautivo,  is  the  same  whose 
soutbera  extreme  forms  Boca  Cicga,  which  is  the  ojiening  which  said  key  forms  to  the 
northward,  and  Sanibal  to  the  soutliward. — This  opening  extends  to  Shoal  Lagoon,  which 
communicates  by  various  shoal  channels  with  Bay  St.  Carlos. 

Key  Sanibal  bas  good  anchorage  on  its  south  part  in  2  fathoms,  sheltered  from  all 
winds.  This  anchorage  of  Sanibal  is  known  by  a  palm  tree,  two  leagues  to  the  south- 
ward of  it,  and  is  the  only  one  you  see  on  the  w  hole  coast.  To  anchor  in  Sanibal, 
it  is  necessary  to  run  wish  care,  and  the  lead  in  hand,  that  you  may  avoid  the  shoal  bot- 
toms which  run  off  four  niles  from  .Sanibel,  and  the  keys  S.  E.  of  it. 

From  Sanibal  the  coast  runs  S.  K.  by  E.  eleven  leagues  to  Point  Largo,  or  Key  Ro- 
^aU.  This  piece  of  coast  is  clean,  having  3  fathoms  at  two  miles  from  the  land.  Point 
Largo  sends  out  S.  and  S.  W.  of  it  a  shoal,  which  runs  from  it  seven  miles,  and  the  coast 
bending  to  the  eastward  forms  a  bay  of  1-2  feet  vater.  in  which  vessels  of  light  draught 
may  enter  and  find  shelter  from  winds  any  way  on  the  northern  board. 

The  'coast  from  hence  runs  S.  S.  E.  twenty-five  leagues  to  I^oint  Tancha,  which  is  the 
BOUth^mmost  promontory  of  the  Peninsula  of  East  Florida. 

The  whole  of  thfe  doast  has  regular  aud  clean  soundings,  whence  the  lead  is  the  best 
guide. 

WEST  COAST  FLORIDA.—From  Sanibel  Bell  Island  up  to  Prince  Edward  Isl- 
ands, there  is,  S  constaat  range  of  low  islands  with  trees  on  Boca  Grande,  \vhich  has  a 


bi.unt'a  amkrican  coast  pii.ot. 


269 


fooil  harbor,  witli  IH  (vet  w!it«>r  on  thn  bnr.  It'  you  winli  to  run  into  thiit  harbor,  bring; 
th<^  N>  NV.  pml  (o  bear  N.  N.  K.,  Mtirr  in  lor  the  |ioiiil,  hiiil  yon  will  Hfit  ii  finrill  njukI 
i'<l»riil :  vou  « ill  liitvc  I  nnil  .'>  t'lUlxiMH  wiilir,  iuid  run  svr  iht-  hank  on  both  <m\*'n  ;  aboutN^ 
on«*  in;le  from  tlir  point  of  tluN  iHlaiiil,  Ntaiidi  a  lii;{li  ImimcIi  ot  tri-fn ;  a  littli'  to  tlii*  S.  K. 
ol'  them  tliindit  livu  itcaKrrinit  ('alitia^t'  'I'lcts,  and  lln*  poiril  ol  ihr  otlii-r  i'<i;ind  which 
f'irnM  I  hr  harbor  is  alow  wand  point.  Ilfii'  ihric  im  aniiili<*r  SpaniNb  (ithinc  e<«iablii«h- 
nient,  and  the  bay  aironit  plenty  of  ri-ili  and  ovNlrrs  :  't'ht'  bar  li<;s  about  'i  iinlps  I'roni  the 
rnirunrr,  and  it  in  advisable  to  liccp  in  .0  latiidinH  water  till  you  ^'ct  your  bi-arinKS< 

'I'AAII'AS  HAV. — 'i'lif  next  liaibor  to  the  N,  W.  is  Tanipai*  May  or  Spiriin  Santo; 
a  spar  buoy  ho  |V>et  hiizli,  with  a  barrel  on  it  painted  whitf  and  black,  iH  planted  on  K(;niunt 
Ltland,  it  inav  be  Keen  before  the  land. 

To  enter  llie  bay,  brini;  the  beaeon  to  beat  K.  \  S.  by  '(inipass,  then  iiiti  ("or  it,  until 
you  have  Uj  fathoms  water,  whiili  will  take  you  over  the  bar;  then  Nieer  K.  \  N.  until 
the  bearun  beatN  K.  by  S.,  and  then  lollow  the  norihern  bank,  whirh  can  ulwayi*  be  Keen 
williin  a  rable'tt  lenu'li-  l^«n  lor  the  beacon  lo  near  a  i'al)le's  length,  and  you  will  have 
ID  I'alhoniH  water,  the  beacon  beariii;;  south;  then  run  K.  by  S.  lo  4',  or '» I'alhonnt;  then 
K.  N.  K.  0  miles,  and  N.  K.  to  ;t  ratlioms,  oil'  Mangrove  I'oint ;  then  N.  to  4  I'uthoni!*, 
and  .\.  K.  to  the  anchorage  at  (<ail.H(-n'H  I'oint, 

Thii  IJay  han  suthcient  deptii  of  water  lor  frigates;  for  tliere  is  within  it  .^  and  6  fa- 
thoms water,  and  althou<<h  there  is  a  bar  at  its  entrance,  the  least  depth  on  it  is  :\\  fathoms. 
The  entrance  is  obstructed  by  several  sand  banks,  upon  which  rise  sonic  inlets;  between 
these  banks  there  are  three  channels,  nanieil  the  West,  the  .South  West, and  the  .South 
KuAt.  'I'he  two  first  have  plenty  of  water  on  iheir  bars,  fur  the  first  has  ,'i|  fathoniH.  and 
the  second  has  •.','  fatlmms.  Tlu!  cliannels  are  clear,  and  lo  lake  ihein  there  is  no  netes- 
sity  for  instructiunni,  as  the  shoals  are  Uistintttly  tieen  at  hiji^h  water,  and  allow  water tiiey 
are  «lry. 

.A  lew  miles  f)  the  N.  W.  of  Tainpas  Bay  is  Prince  Kilward's  [slaiiti,  tin-  wesiern  one 
of  which  IS  a  small  round  hi^h  island;  the  course  of  these  islands  from  this  to  .St. 
Mark's,  forms  a  deep  shallow  hay,  the  slioal  jirroiind  runs  7  miles  iVoiii  the  land,  and  the 
bank  is  nearly  up  and  down,  with  three  fathonis  aloii'i  the  edfje  of  it. 

If  you  are  bound  to  .St.  .Mark's  and  fall  in  to  tlie  S.K.of  it,  wcnk  aloni;  this  hank,  which 
will  bring  you  up  to  the  inoulh  ol  the  river,  and  if  yon  wisli  to  run  into  port  .St.  Mark's 
Harbor,  the  entrance  aH'ords  12  feel  water,  and  you  will  see,  on  the  N.  K.  bank,  which  i.s 
nearly  dry  at  low  water,  a  large  stake  sticking;  on  it,  and  tin;  tnie  on  the  other  side  has 
three  stakes  on  it.  Vou  will  see  a  small  house,  on  an  island  four  miles  from  the  mouth 
of  tiie  river,  wliich  brin;^  to  bear  N.  I)y  W.  leaviiiu  tin;  lighthouse  (oi  your  starboard  hand, 
and  that  course  will  cany  you  up  between  the  two  stakes;  when  you  are  between  the 
banks,  half  way  up,  you  have  j^ood  ancliorage :  From  this  up  to  Fort  St.  Mark's  you 
can  have  but  'J  feet  of  water.  A  pilot  can  be  obtained  here  at  any  time.  S.  S.  W.  from 
St.  Mark's  Lighthouse,  !.'>  miles  distant,  lies  tlie  South  point  of  .lames'  Island,  called 
the  .S.  W.  Cape;  a  bay  makes  in  between  St.  .^lark's  entrance  and  this  cape,  into  which 
the  River  Okonofrisky  discharjies  itself;  this  river  is  slioal  at  the  entrance,  and  the  shore 
from  the  cape  to  the  li2;ht  should  not  he  approached  nearer  than  two  miles. 

A  shoal,  iiuvini^  three  feet  water  on  it,  lies  F<.  by  N.  from  the  cape,  and  the  easternmoit 
end  bears  from  the  lighthouse  South. 

The  coast  trends  from  S.  W.  (Jape,  S.  W.  !  W.  ?,7  miles  to  Cape  St.  George,  which 
is  the  southernmost  point  of  (ieoi^c's  Island  ;  this  island  is  'J4  miles  long,  and  forms  with 
Dog  Island,  the  South  side  of  Gcori^e's  Sound.  ^IMie  east  end  of  Dog  Island  is  S.  W. 
^  W,  7  miles  from  the  .S.  W.  Cape,  between  which  is  the  eastern  entrance  to  St. 
George's  .Sound.     Dog  Island  is  about  (j  miles  in  length. 

APALACHICOLA  BAY.— When  the  south  point  of  St.  George's  Island,  (which 
lies  to  the  southward  of  Apalaehicola  Bay)  hears  north,  two  leagues  distant,  you  will  be 
in  2V  fathoms.  From  tliese  hearings  and  depth  of  water,  steer  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  by  W. 
until  you  make  the  large  black  buoy,*  which  can  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  4  miles ;  by 
keeping  the  buoy  close  on  board,  you  have  the  best  water ;  the  course  from  the  buoy  is 
due  north,  until  you  bring  the  three  tall  trees  on  St.  Vincent's  Island  to  bear  N.  E.  then 
run  for  them.  The  entrance  then  being  fairly  «pen,  steer  for  the  point  of  St.  George's 
Island. f  or  between  the  point  of  that  island  and  .St.  Vincent,  you  will  have  three  fathoms 
when  over  the  bar,  deepening  gradually,  and  between  the  islands  of  St.  George's  and 
St.  Vincent,  you  have  ri  fathoms  when  fairly  in.  When  past  the  point  of  St.  George's 
haul  to  the  eastward,  and  keep  from  one  half  to  three  quarters  of  a  mile  distant  from 


*i. 


^ 


*  An  island  called  Flag  Island  formerly  existed  at  the  entrance  of  this  port,  but  it  was  washed 
Bwav  in  183.5  ;  the  buoy  alluded  to  was  placed  on  a  rock. 

t  On  the  N.  W.  point  of  Geor^re's  Island  a  lighthouse  with  a  fixed  light  is  placed  to  indicate  th* 
entrance  between  George's  Island  and  St.  Vinceut's  Island  in  to  St.  Georges's  Sound. 


270 


' 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PIT^OT. 


B      ' 


L 


St.  George's  l-iland.  The  water  will  shoal  in  this  course  to  2  fathoms,  soft  bottom,  when 
you  liail  better  come  to  anchor  and  wait  for  a  pilot,  which  you  will  obtain  by  hoisting 
the  usual  signal. 

When  otr  the  entrance,  in  6  fathoms,  no  inlet  can  be  discovered  between  the  two 
islands,  but  the  place  may  be  known  by  the  bearings  of  the  land.  It  is  a  low  sand  beach, 
having  a  hummock  of  bushes  about  one  mile  from  the  west  point  cf  St,  George's  Island, 
to  the  westward  of  which  arc  four  umbrella  trees,  the  two  easternmost  standing  G  or 
8  feet  apart,  at  top  connected,  and  at  a  dist;ii)ce  having  the  appearance  of  one  tree. 
To  the  west  of  these  trees  is  a  hummock  of  Palmetto  trees,  which  stand  nearly  on  the 
extreme  west  end  of  St.  George's,  which  are  considerably  larger  than  the  hummock  of 
bushes  before  mentioned;  and  these,  when  distant  so  far  that  yru  cannot  see  the  beach, 
that  bearing  i\,  E.,  appears  as  separated  from  the  other  land,  and  to  form  an  island  by  it- 
self, but  when  bearing  N.  W.  appears  connected  with  the  Island  of  St.  Vincent,  which  is 
thickly  wooded  on  the  eastern  end.     This  hummock  is,  however,  on  St.  George's. 

The  south  [wint  of  the  Island  of  St.  George's  is  thickly  wooded,  and  can  be  discerned 
when  in  10  t'athoms  beaiing  N.  E. 

Should  you  have  afoul  wind,  and  be  obliged  to  turn  to  tlie  windward,  keep  the  Island 
of  St.  George's  on  board,  when  fairly  to  the  westward  of  the  south  point,  the  water  is 
good  near  the  beach,  and  soundings  regular. 

|>  Directly  off  the  south  point  of  St.  George's,  there  is  a  dangerous  shoal  of  2  or  3  leagues 
extent. 

The  Shoal  of  Cape  St.  George  makes  off  at  least  G  miles  from  the  south  part  of  the 
island,  and  has  not  more  than  5  or  6  feet  of  water,  perhaps  less.  The  soimdings  near 
the  shoal,  on  the  W,  edge,  are  irregular,  from  3  to  4  and  2  fathoms. 

Descriplion  of  the  Coast  from  Cape  St.  Bias,   Westward. 

From  Cape  St.  Bias  a  narrow  peninsula  or  tongue  of  land  extends  N.  by  W.  17  miles, 
forming  the  Bay  of  St.  Joseph.  This  l)ay  is  nearly  land-locked,  and  has  a  width  at  its 
mouth  of  about  3  miles,  and  is  about  1 !  miles  in  length.  The  bar  lies  west  of  the  north 
point  of  the  peninsula  about  one  mile.  Within  the  bar  the  bay  affords  from  25  to  3." 
feet  of  water  for  about  8  miles  up  the  bay,  and  it  is  sheltered  from  all  winds.  The  tide 
rises  about  one  foot.  This  is  the  next  best  harbor  to  Pensacolu  on  this  coast,  the  depth 
on  the  bar  at  low  tide  being  17  feet.  The  tongue  of  land  that  forms  this  bay  is  so  narrow, 
that  in  some  places  it  is  only  two  cables'  length  in  width  There  are  various  breaches  in 
it  in  time  of  the  rains,  by  which  the  water  of  the  bay  unites  with  the  ocean. 

To  enter  this  bay,  you  must  coast  along  the  tongue  of  land  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  until  you 
pass  a  tongue  of  sand,  a  little  before  you  come  to  the  mouth,  from  wlience  you  steer  N. 
E.  and  E.  N.  E.  till  within,  always  coasting  the  tongne  which  is  the  deepest  water. 

N.  W.  by  N.  10  miles  from  St.  Joseph's  Bar  is  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  St.  An- 
drews ;   in  this  distance  the  coast  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  5  miles,  on . 
account  of  a  shoal  that  extends  the  whole  distance,  called  the  Middle  Ground,  which  may 
be  easily  discovered  by  the  whiteness  of  the  water.     The  S.  E.  extreme  of  this  shoal, 
and  the  above  tongue,  fortn  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Joseph. 

BAY  OF  ST.  ANDREWS  is  covered  by  Crooked  and  St.  Andrews  Islands,  which 
compcehend  between  them  and  the  Main  St.  Andrews  Sound,  which  leads  into  the  Bay. 

There  are  three  entrances  into  this  bay  ;  the  eastern  is  through  the  opening  between 
Crooked  *nd  St.  Andrews  Islands,  the  depth  3  fathoms  on  the  bar,  and  the  channel  which 
i  OQe-sixth  of  a  mile  wide  close  by  the  latter  island;  the  distance  between  the  islands  is 
above  two-thirds  of  a  mile.  The  rniddlo  or  main  entrance  is  near  the  western  end  of  St. 
Andrews  Island  ;  the  depth  21  feet  and  the  channel  200  yards  wide.  The  western  en- 
trance is  about  two  miles  N.  W.  of  the  latter  ;  the  depth  on  the  bar  10  feet.  This  bay 
is  very  htrge,  but  as  yet  there  can  be  no  motive  for  ships  to  call  here  ;  but  should  you  do 
it  for  shelter  in  bad  weather,  the  bay  is  said  to  be  shoal,  but  from  the  main  to  the  eastern 
entrance  you  have  3  fathoms  in  the  sound,  and  good  shelter  under  St.  Andrews  Island. 

N.  W.  by  W.  from  St.  Andrews  Bay,  distant  50  miles,  is  the  entnnce  to  St.  Rosa's 
Sound  :  in  the  whole  of  this  distance  the  sliore  is  bold,  and  you  will  have  4  fathoms  close 
to  the  land.  On  this  coast  the  trees  are  very  thick,  and  close  to  the  shore,  where  there 
.  j-e  also  some  red  bluffs,  and  white  sand  hummocks. 

ST.  ROSA;'S  BAY. — The  east  point  of  this  bay  is  known  by  some  bright  reddish 
colored  bluffs,  which  are  upon  it.  The  channel,  or  mouth  of  the  bay,  is  very  narrow, 
and  a  bar  of  only  5  or  6  feet  impedes  its  entrance.  To  enter,  steer  N.  till  you  pass  the 
east  extreme  of  the  island,  whence  steer  N.  W.  and  anchor  as  soon  as  you  have  shelter. 
This  bay  is  of  extraordinary  length,"  extending  24  miles  to  the  eastward,  with  a  breadth 
of  4  to  6  miles.  The  best  water  in  it  is  3  fathoms,  which  is  only  found  when  you  are 
E.  and  W.  with  the  red  cliffs  at  the  entrance,  about  two  miles  from  the  bar.  The  other 
part  of  the  bay  ia  full  of  shoals  end  palisadoes,  navigable  only  for  boats. 


1113,  soft  bottom,  when 
ill  obtaiu  by  hoisting 

■red  between  the  two 
[t  is  a  low  sand  beach, 
)f  St.  Geoi'2;e's  Island, 
riimost  standins;  6  or 
iparancc  of  one  tree, 
h  stand  nearly  on  the 
than  the  hummock  of 
cannot  see  the  beach, 

0  form  an  island  by  it- 
St.  Vincent,  which  is 
on  St.  George's. 

,  and  can  be  discerned 

ward,  keep  the  Island 
h  point,  the  water  is 

shoal  of  2  or  3  leagues 

the  south  part  of  the 
The  soundings  near 
s. 

slicard. 

ids  N.  by  W.  17  miles, 
and  has  a  width  at  its 
r  lies  west  of  the  north 
affords  from  25  to  3?, 

1  all  winds.  The  tide 
n  this  coast,  the  depth 
s  this  bay  is  so  narrow, 
re  various  breaches  in 
the  ocean. 

r  5  fathoms,  until  you 
whence  you  steer  N. 

le  deepest  water, 
the  Bay  of  St.  An- 

arer  than  5  miles,  on. 

e  Ground,  which  may 

xtreme  of  this  shoal, 


idrewB  Islands,  which 
h  leads  into  the  Bay. 
the  opening  between 
nd  the  channel  which 

between  the  islands  is 
he  western  end  of  St. 

ie.     The  western  en- 

ar  10  feet.  This  bay 
e  ;  but  should  you  do 
le  main  to  the  eastern 
St.  Andrews  Island. 
ntr:nce  to  St.  Rosa's 
have  4  fathoms  close 

le  shore,  where  there 

some  bright  reddish 
bay,  is  very  narrow, 

N.  till  you  pasa  the 
I  as  you  have  shelter, 
ward,  with  a  breadth 
found   when  you  are 

the  bar.  The  other 
latfl. 


WS: 


\\ 


\ 


/. 


X 


^- ■■»■ 


X 


'"-4 


<v»' 


j5^^' 


/■///,' 


—  I  v*<  I    iwiwiwry- 


u 


I'ii.IIV.lI      /''•!         Ilw    .llllilli\>ll      I,  lis/       /'//<//,/'< 


'  /;■/    //,,■  .iii,,r,,,;i  t,,isi  /',/„/ .in!'' /•:, I 


I'll  1 1  /'</./, 


■f' 


I.     r.i/'/,Ji.:l     I'V     /:,li,inii,l  ^(n-rn/i-W.  /I 

r.-,7 


.^IP^-^ 


lU. 


^"^^r 


:"^.?^ 


■\ 


i 


^ 


n 


\ 


\ 


I 


-liS'- 


•'■  X 


BT-UNT  S  AMKRTCAN  COAST  PTI.OT. 


271 


FinmSt.  Rosn's  Bar  to  the  westeni  end  of  St.  Rosa's  Isluiid.  the  distance  is  44  miles. 
This  Ion','  and  nnnow  island  lies  about  W.  bv  S.  and  K.  by  N.  parallel  ;o  the  main,  and 
covers  a  sound  olilic  sanif  iiauic  ;  its  (.'leatesf  breadth  is  not  more  than  iiidC  a  mile:  on 
it  (here  are  many  sand  bluH's  and  sonu'  scatlerinii  trees,  'i'he  sound  allords  a  navigation 
lor  vessels  ol'  less  drauiiht  of  water  than  4  feet  to  Pensacola. 

PENSACOLA. — The  Bay  of  Pensaeola  alFords  a  good  harbor,  having,  at  low  wafer, 
on  the  bar,  21  feet.  The  eastern  |)oint  of  its  entrance  is  called  Point  Siijuen/.a,  and  is 
the  western  jtoint  of  the  Island  of  St.  JJosa,  on  wiiich  fortifications  are  erected,  making 
it  very  conspicuous  tiVMu  the  sea.  St.  i\osa  Island  extends  K.  by  X.  and  \V.  by  S.  14 
leajziies,  and  completely  fronts  the  whole  Bay  of  Pensaeola  ;  it  is  so  low  that  the  seas,"in 
jjaies,  wash  its  tops,  and  is  no  where  more  than  one  fourth  or  one  third  of  a  mile  wide. 
Tiiere  are  some  red  bluffs  on  the  main  coast,  wliich  are  hi<zher  than  the  rest  of  it,  and 
one  of  which,  and  tht^  Inrijcst  of  all.  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  Pensaeola  iJay  ;  and  in  or 
near  the  front  of  the  entrance,  are  three  red  bluli's  adjoininp;  eacli  otlier,  and  called  tlie 
Barancas. 

The  channel  entering  Pensaeola  Bay  is  from  the  south-east,  and  turns  round  a  mid- 
dle irround  which  projects  nearly  one  mile  to  the  S.  W.  ot"  I'oint  .Siaucnza  ;  it  then 
bends  to  the  eastward  towards  the  bay.  A  bar,  projectint;  ai)out  two  miles  to  the  south, 
and  extending  from  the  western  end  of  St.  Rosa  Island  to  the  main  opposite,  has  at  low 
tide  '21  feet  on  it.  The  width  of  the  bar  taken  iti  the  direction  of  the  chr.nnel  is  about 
on?  mile.  The  entrance  betwec-n  St.  Kosa's  and  Foster's  Jsland.  is  about  a  mile  and  a 
quarter  wide.  After  passint;  the  bar  the  entrance!  to  the  bay  is  between  the  JJarancas 
and  Point  Siguen/.a.  This  port  wotild  be  dilTicult  to  rec^ogni/e,  were  it  not  for  the  light- 
house and  bluli's,  which,  consisting  of  three  adjoining  each  other,  cannot  be  easily  mis- 
taken. 

The  interior  of  the  bay  aftbrds  great  depth  of  w  ater  and  good  bottom  for  anchoring. 
However,  a  considerable  extent  of  its  shores  are  shallow,  but  at  some  points  a  good  depth 
is  found  within  a  short  distance  of  the  land,  viz.  at  the  Careening  (iiound,  18  feet  are 
to  be  found  at  aborft  .')0  yards  from  the  shore  ;  at  Tartar's  Point,  where  the  Navy  Yard 
I  is,  yO  feet  are  found  within  a  few  yards  of  the  point  and  1-'  leet  west  of  it  ;  at  the  English 
Careening  firound,  Id  feet  can  be  carried  close  to  the  shore. 

The  bar  is  not  the  only  difficiilly  entering  Pensaeola,  since  you  meet,  when  within  it, 
[the  Middle  Ground,  as  previously  stated,  and  although  it  is  decidedly  the  best  harbor  in 
Ithe  Gulf  of  Mexico,  you  must  observe  the  directions,  and  fre(|uently  have  recourse  to 
jyour  plan  of  the  port,  which  will  give  you  a  correct  idea  of  its  configuration. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  should  keep  in  7  fathoms  water  until  the  "light- 
Ihouse  bears  by  compass  N.  by  W.  when  they  can  stand  in  lor  the  bar,  until  in  3i  fath- 
loms,  which  is  the  shoalest  water  on  the  bar  at  low  water,  with  the  light  bearing  N.  by  W. 
Vessels  of  large  draft  of  water  should  not  attempt  to  enter  in  the  night,  as  there  is  a 
J  Middle  Ground  on  the  east  side  of  the  main  channel,  one  mile  inside  the  bar,  on  which 
[there  are  not  more  tlian  7  feet  water,  and  the  course  around  it  is  very  circuitous. 

Vessels  making  the  land,  should  keep  olf  four  or  five  miles,  until  they  make  theli^hc- 
Ihouse,  which  cannot  be  seen  until  nearly  opposite,  as  the  trees  on  St.  Rosa  Islanci  to 
I  the  east,  and  on  the  main  land  to  the  west,  obscure  it  from  the  river.  v 

To  come  in  over  the  bar,  on  which  generally  there  are  4  fathoms,  bring  the  light  U^ 
[bear  N.  by  W.  and  run  directly  for  it,  until  over;  the  bar  is  about  600  yards  acrctfs,  ott 
[which  is  a  buoy  ;   soon  as  over,  the  water  deepens  to  3  and  f>  fathoms,  when  rv^^vW'. 
[until  the  lighthouse  bears  N.,  in  order  to  avoid  the  31iddle  Ground,  when  run  forltrtu^  " 
[within  the  point  of  St.  Rosa  Island  ;    then  haul  up  east  until  the  west  end  of  Sti"  lloMti 
[Island  bears  S.  W.,  when  you  may  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  safe  from  altwi^)^ 
Small  vessels  drawing  not  more  than  14  feet,  can  bring  the  light  to  bear  N.  f  W.  aid( 
Isteerforit  in  the  night  until  within  half  a  mile,  where  they  can  -  anchor  with  the  wiodii^i 
Ishoi-e  ;  but  if  they  have  a  fair  wind,  they  can  steer  E.  by  N.  until  sheltered  by  St.  Ro»»,,, 
[island,  where  they  can  anchor  in  a  good  harbor  until  day-light,  as  it  Is  everywfaeic  i^f^' 
Icellent.  , :  •   ..    '"' 

Vessels  coming  in  or  going  out  on  ebb  tide  should  (preserving  the  necessary  deptli <of 
[water)  keep  near  the  eastern  edge  of  the  channel,  as  the  tide  runs  to  the  soutfa^weflt. 
[across  the  Caucus  Shoal,  and  the  flood  sets  directly  over  the  middle  ground. 

Vessels  drawing  not  more  than  10  feet  water,  can  pass  through  a  small  chanael  be- 
1  tween  the  Middle  Ground  and  point  of  St.  Rosa  Island. 


{I. 


'it 


*  Pensaeola  Lighthouse  is  on  an  eminence,  about  40  feet  high,  and  directly  opposite  the  entrandls" 

I  over  the  bar ;  the  lantern  is  about  40  feet  from  its  foundation,  making  an  aggregate  height  of  80  feet 

'  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  is  about  half  a  mile  west  of  the  point  of  St.  Kosa  Island.    TTie  light  is 

revolving,  each  revolution  one  minute  ten  seconds,  is  very  brilliant,  and  may  be  seen  at  the  diatanee 

*  of  from  18  to  20  miles. 


L 


273 


inJ-.\T  .S  AMKRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Pensarolii  Rny  the  coast  tn-iKJs  W.  by  S.  to  Prnlido  Hny,  distaiiv  11  tnilt-s;  this 
bar  is  siihjccl  to  ch;\M;;p,  and  ad'oids  but  abciit  4  iV-et  water,  uiid  2S  miles  to  the  west- 
<warii  is  tlip  hifr  atid  nilrance  ro  Mubile  liny. 

MUlUIiK  H\V. — 'I'lie  entrance  to  this  ')ay  is  betwrcn  ■*. Mobile  Point  and  tiir  eastern 
point  of  Dauphin  Island;  the  distance  between  them  is  .'{|  miles.  'To  the  south  »d' Dait- 
,phin,  about  (ine  mile,  is  J?iu;  Pelican  Island,  w)iich  is  barren  and  of  sma'l  extent,  and 
lE.  Is.  h^.  troni  the  latter  island.  distar)t  .'(';  miles,  is  Little  I'elican  or  Saiul  I  dand,  which 
is  of  but  tew  yards  in  extent,  and  nearly  evj'u  «ith  the  water's  edi;e.  A  bank,  projeclin;^ 
to  the  south  ol  Dauphin  Island  and  >[obile  Point,  on  which  are  the  above  islands,  ob- 
slructH  the  entrance  to  the  i)ay ;  but,  Iiowckm',  aHords  ihroufih  it  various  channels,  tlie 
main  one  havinjj  l.j  (cet  on  the' bar  at  the  lowest  tide.  The  interior  (dthis  ba  ■  lias  wa- 
ter enough  for  any  vessel  that  can  pass  over  the  bar;  but  on  account  of  a  shoai  formed 
opposite  tlie  m'>utli  of  Doi;  Kiver,  11  miles  south  of  tlie  town,  vessels  dr.iwin;^  more  than 
8  or 'J  feel  cannot,  at  low  tide,  ascend  the  bay  lurthe;-  up. 

Hy  following  close  to  the  south  shore  of  Dauphin  Ishuid,  and  havinj;  Hij:  I'elican  l^^l- 
and  on  the  starl)oavd  hand,  comina;  friurt  the  westward,  vessels  drawing  7  teet  water  can 
enter  the  bay  at  low  water;  but  to  do  this,  you  must,  wlien  the  east  point  of  Dau|)liin 
Island  is  north  of  you,  st(^er  to  the  southward  to  avoid  a  narrov  sand  spit  wiiicli  projects 
off  from  the  jjoint  1  j  mile  S.  S.  K.  ;   haul  close  round  this  spit,  and  steer  up  the  bay. 

There  is  a  good  anchorage  between  Hig  Pelican  and  Datijjhin  Islands,  and  close  to  the 
latter,  for  vessels  drawing  I'J  feet  :  this  anchorage  can  be  entered  either  from  the  west- 
ward, by  steering  close  to  Dauphin  Island,  or  from  the  main  chamiel,  leaving  it  when 
Big  Pelican  island  bears  W.  by  N.  (about  "2  miles  S.  W,  from  iMobile  Point.)  During; 
the  prevalence  of  northerly  winds,  when  vessels  from  sea  are  prevented  from  entering  the 
bay,  this  atiehora!i<'  alVords  good  shelter. 

Those  ort'lMobile  should  recollect  the  necessity  of  petting  an  offing  as  soon  as  there 
are  appearances  of  a  gale  on  sliore,  either  to  weather  the  IJali/.e,  or  which  is  better,  to 
take  in  time  the  road  of  Naso,  as  destruction  is  inevitable  if  you  come  to  anchor  outside 
Mobile  liar  during  the  gale. 

Strangers  approaching  Mobile  Point  in  the  night,  should  keep  in  1 0  fathoins  water  till 
the  light  bears  ninth,  to  avoid  the  dangerous  sands  lying  to  the  eastward,  and  the  ahoals 
off  Pelican  and  Sand  Islands,  on  which  is  a  beacon,  to  the  westward  of  the  bar, 

In  running  in  for  the  land,  should  you  make  it  to  the  westward  of  the  bar,  it  will  ap- 
pear broken,  as  it  consists  of  siuall  islantls,  which  occasion  several  openings.  More  to 
the  westward  the  land  is  very  level.  Dauphin  Island,  on  the  western  ])oint  of  the  bay, 
appears  high  and  blulf ;  Mobile  Point,  low  and  sandy,  with  a  single  tree  on  the  extrenuty. 

Vessels  approaching  the  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay  in  the  day,  should  not  run  for  the 
bar  until  the  beacon  on  Sand  Island  ranges  between  the  east  and  west  ends  of  the  woods 
on  Duiphia  Island. 

VHlsels  not  drawing  over  10  or  H  feet,  and  with  easterly  winds,  may  haul  in  for  the 
bar  as  soon  as  the  beacon  conies  on  within  the  west  end  of  the  woods,  and  keep  it  on 
thus  until  they  get  7  or  8  fathoms  wafer,  when  they  will  gradually  haul  more  northerly; 
fit  this  time  all  the  dangers  will  be  visible.  Heavy  ships  must  bring  the  beacon  on  with 
the  centre  of  the  woods,  and  crot-s  the  bar  with  it  thus,  in  about  IH  feet  water,  steering 
up  N.  N.  W.  until  abreast  or  past  the  beacon  and  island  on  the  larboard,  from  which  an 
extensive  shoal  makes  in  every  direction.  Within  the  bar  are  two  buoys,  the  first  to  be 
left  OB  the  starboard,  and  the  second  on  your  larboard  hand.  The  channel  up  thence  is 
d«ep  and  plain.  Mobile  Point  Lighthouse  bearing  between  N.  and  N.  N.  E.  Tide 
nses  3^  iiset. 

Fire  buoys  are  placed  at  the  entrance  of  Mobile  Bay,  viz.  a  spar  buoy  on  the  S.  K.  ex- 
tremity of  the  shoal  projecting  from  Mobile  Point,  which  you  leave  on  the  starboard  hand 
entering  the  harbor.  One  on  the  west  side  of  the  channel  from  the  bar.  One  on  tlie 
west  bide  of  the  channel  on  the  bar,  both  which  you  leave  on  the  larboard  hand.  One 
on  the  S.  E.side  of  the  spit,  projecting  from  Sand  Island,  and  one  on  Dog  Point  Bar. 

From  Mobile  Bay  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Louis,  the  distance  is  fio  miles  west :  on  this  ex- 
tent of  coast  there  is  a  chain  of  islands  parallel  to  the  main,  forming  a  sound,  which  af- 
fords a  partial  inland  navigation,  and  is  about  7  miles  wide.  This  coast  is  marshy,  bnt 
at  two  or  three  miles  from  the  shore  it  is  covered  with  pines  and  oaks.  The  islands  are 
sandy. 

*  A  lighthouse  is  erected  on  Mobile  Point.  The  lantern  is  55  feet  above  the  ocean  level,  and 
shows  a  revolving  light  of  one  minute  in  durntiiin,  which  may  be  seen  13  or  14  miles  ofTin  good 
weather.  S,  5°  E.  from  the  light,  5  miles  distant,  you  have  3  fathoms  on  the  bar.  The  east  end  of 
Dauphin  Island  will  then  bear  N.  N.  W.  J  W.  and  Sand  Island  (just  above  water)  will  bp  on  the 
ntiddle  of  Dauphin  Island.  The  beacon  is  .30  feet  above  water,  on  a  frame  of  iron  work,  and  may 
be  seen  in  good  weather  from  5  to  6  miles,  and  is  3  miles  S.  S.  W.  from  Mobile  Point. 


ni-IM't*  AMKinrVN  COAST  PILOT. 


273 


istnnv  11  tnilfs;  fhin 
HI  inih'n  to  the  went- 

'oint  and  the  cnstprn 
'()  the  [ioutli  III"  Diut- 
of  stiiiiM  •■xtPiit,  Jiiui 
Sand  I  (tiind,  which 
A  hiink.  iirojpclini; 
le  ahovc  islands,  uU- 
jirious  rhatnu'U,  llie 
r  ol'  this  hit  lias  \\i\- 
mt  of  a  shoai  lormcd 
Is  drawing  nioietlian 

vinj;  Bis:  I'ehrnn  IVI- 
iin^  7  *"<H't  water  ran 
>st  point  of  hauphin 
d  spit  wiiich  projerts 
J  steer  up  the  hay. 
uids,  and  close  to  the 
'ither  fr(jni  the  west- 
nnel,  leaving  it  when 
l)iie  Point.)  Diiring 
ted  from  entering  the 

Ifing  ns  soon  as  there 
sr  which  is  hetter,  to 
me  to  anchor  outside 

I  10  fathoms  water  till 
twnrd,  and  the  ahoals 
•d  of  the  har, 
of  the  har,  it  will  ap- 
1  openings.  More  to 
tern  point  of  the  hay, 
tree  on  the  extremity, 
ould  not  run  for  the 
lest  ends  of  the  woods 

may  haul  in  for  the 

woods,  and  keej)  it  on 

laul  more  northerly; 

g  the  heacon  on  with 

H  feet  water,  steering 

board,  from  which  an 

buoys,  the  first  to  be 

channel  up  thence  is 

and  N.  N.  E.     Tide 

buoy  on  the  S.  E.  ex- 
on  the  starboard  haml 
le  bar.  One  on  the 
larboard  hand.  One 
on  Dog  Point  Bar. 
iles  west :  on  this  ex- 
ig  a  sound,  which  af- 
coast  is  marshy,  but 
aks.     The  islands  are 


ove  the  ocean  level,  and 
3  or  14  miles  off  in  good 
be  bar.  The  east  end  of 
ve  water)  will  be  on  the 
e  of  iron  work,  and  may 
bile  Point. 


Tlie  !«nui)d  enters  Muhile  Hay  between  the  main  and  Dauphin  island.  At  this  place 
the  bottom,  formed  of  oyster  beds,  presents  three  shallow  passes,  viz.  J'ass  Aux  iluitres, 
with  a  (Ifpth  of  .1  fret  ;ii  hi^h  wattr ;  Pass  (iuillori,  J  feet  at  eominon  hl^h  tides,  and  the 
Pass  an  llentn,  with  nearly  6  fi'et. 

|)aiipliin  Island  is  7  miles  in  length,  and  the  next  snoccediiig  is  M;i>s;i(ic  Island.  The 
entrance  bctwei-n  these  two  is  ;>  miles  wide,  and  llu-  depth  of  water  5  feet.  Massacre 
Island  is  narrow,  but  it  is  very  easily  known,  since  it  has  a  wuud  in  the  middle  vi  it  :  it  is 
about  'j  miles  in  length. 

The  |)assage  between  Massacre  and  Horn  Island  is  two  milus  wide,  and  vessels  draw- 
ing'J  feet  wati'r  can  enter  it.  The  lenf,lh  of  Horn  Island  is  abdiii  i.'j  mile-i.  On  its 
western  |)oint  there  is  a  ligiithun-,^  with  a  lised  lii;lil,  to  point  out  the  "'ranee  to  iJau- 
])hin  Island  Souml,  between  tiie  western  end  of  Dauphin  Island  prid  Ship  Island.  There 
are  some  groves  on  it,  but  at  tlie  eastern  part  it  is  entircdy  barren. 

'J'he  next  of  tiie  chain  is  Dug  Island,  a  small  island  lying  midway  between  Horn  and 
Ship  Islands.  To  tlie  east  of  Dog  Island  there  is  a  |)assage  (lose  fo  Horn  Island,  of 
18  feet ;  but  to  the  west  there  is  no  passage,  as  tlie  shoal  which  makes  off  from  .Ship 
Island  extends  beyond  Dog  Island,  having  a  channel  of  only  otie  third  of  a  mile  wide. 
T!ie  distance  from  Horn  fo  Ship  Island  is  about  .'>  miles.  Ship  Island  is  7  miles  long, 
and  wider  than  the  rest  of  th«  chain  :  in  its  middle  it  is  CDvered  with  herbs  and  f:omo 
pines,  but  tii:-  rest  is  entirely  bare.  There  in  a  well  of  very  good  water  in  it  on  the  north 
side  about  the  middle. 

West  from  Ship  Isl;«nd  is  Cat  Island,  between  which  the  distance  is  5  miles.  There  is 
a  bank  which  [luts  oil'  li.'tn  (';it  Nlmid,  towards  the  west  end  of  .Ship  Island,  having  a 
channel  of  only  a  mile  wide,  wiiich  turns  round  the  west  end  of  Siiip  Island,  and  in  which 
there  are  IH  feet. 

Cat  Island  is  the  last  of  the  chain  extending  ti,  the  Westward  and  forming  tlie  Sound. 
On  its  western  point  there  is  a  liglithoust  with  a  fixed  light,  ai;d  on  the  main  hmd, 
bearing  nearly  N.  W.  from  the  former,  there  is  another  lighthouse,  also  with  a  fixedl  ight. 
These  two  lightliouses  indicate  ilie  passages  through  Pass  t'liristian  and  Pass  Mary  Aim. 
To  the  S.W.  of  (Jat  Island  are  several  keys  distant  abivut  ."i  miles:  (which  are  near  the  coast, 
and  called  St.  Michael's  Keys:)  this  cu  uiriel  is  no  •ivher(^  less  than  Ifj  feet;  but  within  this 
part  of  the  sound,  vessels  drawiii-z  more  than  H  feet,  canrujt  reach  the  Aux  Malheiireux 
Island,  or  steer  to  the  eastward  between  Cat  Island  and  St.  Mary's  Key,  or  enter  the  Bay 
of  St.  Louis:  thus  between  the  island  Aux  Malheitrcux  and  this  iJay,  the  Sound  becomes 
shallow  anil  olistructeil. 

The  impeded  part  of  the  sound,  in  the  direction  of  Cat  Island  and  the  entrance  of  the 
Hay  of  St.  liouis,  is  called  Pass  C!iri.>fian ;  and  does  not  admit  of  \essels  drawing  more 
than  8  feet  at  meilium  tide.  This  draught  of  water  can  be  carried  througl*  Lake  Borgne. 
From  Pass  Christian  to  Pass  au  Henm.  i'J  feet  can  he  carried  through  the  sound  by 
keeping  on  the  island  siile.  but  vessels  draw  ing  h  feet  must  have  the  sound  betweJb  Mas- 
sacre and  Horn  Island,  and  shape  their  course  for  the  main  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay. 
Lake  Poncharlrain  is  .eparated  irom  Lake  Borgne  by  i^ine  Island,  to  the  north  of  which 
is  the  entrance  called  Kigolelts,  and  to  the  south  called  the  Chef  Menteur ;  these  entraiiT 
ces  and  outlets  afford,  on  their  respective  bars,  in  Lake  liorgne,  a  depth  o(  9  feet  at  high 
water,  and  rt  feet  at  nuMiium  tide.  Tliis  depth  can  he  carried  through  the  lake  within  a 
short  distance  of  the  shore,  to  Marlisonville.  to  the  m(>  th  of  the  Manchac,  and  to  the 
mouth  of  Bayau  St.  .lean,  which  connects  the  citv  of  New  Orleans  with  the  lake* 

BAYAU  ST.  .lEAX,  on  LAKE  PONCHAHTHAIN.— To  enter  the  B>»yau,  bring 
the  *hght  to  bear  S.  E.  |  8.  The  entrance  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  light,  and  usual 
depth  of  water  in  the  channel,  G  ieet. 

South,  \!)  miles  from  Doi;  Island,  is  the  north  point  of  the  Chandelier  Islands,  which  mo 
to  the  southward,  and  with  (irand  (irosier  and  Isle  u  Breton,  which  hend  to  the  S.  W. 
nearly  join  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  River.     They  will  be  described  hereafter.. 

CHANDELIER  ISLANDS. — From  Passe  a  I'Outre,  (one  of  the  entrances  of  the 
Mississippi)  the  coast  doubles  to  the  westward,  and  soon  to  the  northward,  to  the  parallel 
of  2')°  27'.  in  which  latitude  lies  Isle  au  Breton,  which  is  a  group  of  small  keys,  whose 
western  limits  are  .'j  miles  rlistant  from  the  coast,  so  that  it  forms  a  bay,  caHed  PozaBay, 
in  which  there  are  4  or  5  fathoms,  witli  some  shr^als  of  less  water.  East  of  Isle  au  Bre- 
ton, is  the  isle  of  (irand  Crosier,  from  which  a  led^e  runs  N.  N.  E.  and  breaks  to  the  isle 
of  Palos,  which  is  the  southernmost  of  the  Chandeliers.  There  is  a  good  passage  inside 
the  Chandeliers  with  8  to  11  feet  water,  but  a  good  pilot  is  requisite,     from  Isle  au 

•The  !ighthou?e  is  at  the  mouth  of  Bayau  St.  .finn,  Iinb-  one  sninll  fixed  light,  elevated  48feiBt 
above  the  ordinarv  surface  of  the  lake,  and  can  be  seen  in  a  clear  night  about  eight  miles.  It  is  25 
miles  S.  E.  by  E.  h  E-  ffom  the  nioiifh  of  Cheninata  river,  25  miles  S.  W.  from  the  Rigoletts — 15 
miles  S.  W,  from  Point  Rescnce,  and  5  miles  nordi  from  the  city  of  New  Orleans. 

35 


n 


274 


DLt7i\T*8  AMKRirAN  COAKT  Plf.OT. 


BretDt)  n  nhonl  stretclirs  two  miles  S.  W.  bold  nt  rlie  very  point.  Shrlfer  cnn  he  had 
from  :)  N.  K.  wiml  itiodi-  ilii*  iil.uid,  Inn  (In;  iiiivi;;atiiiti  in  ditlitidt  lor  Ntri\iii,'i>rs,  and 
reqiiren  iiiiK.li  Htirvfv  to  dr-ii'iilic  it  |]rii|ifrlv. 

Till!  »vli  ill-  ol  tlif  ( 'liiuiil<'lit«r  Ixl.iiiiU  ;iri'  vrry  low,  uiili  some  invrtle  Imslie-s  upon  lli-  '\, 
nnd  liMiu  a  cli;  in  ol' roast  vciv  iiijiin  )I1h.  and  to  l)e  dr'.M<l<vl  l)y  navijjators,  not  only  mat 
vou  cannot  sc!  tlii-in  nt  n  i«';inlar  distance,  Inil  ln-causc  the  winiU  at  .S.  10.  (wliiidi  tilow 
liard  in  winter)  arc  ri^ht  on  tin-  coast  ;  nrveriliflrs!*,  there  is  cood  xheltfr  lor  all  ships  to 
tli(!  WKsfwavd  ol' the  north  cNtri'iiit!  of  thr  (  hindciicr'*,  lalh'd  the  Koad  lit  Naso,  where 
the  heavy  Knilisli  ini'ii  ol"  war  lay  diinn';  liif  ^'w^f  ol  New  Orlcatis.  This  is  ihf  only 
pood  shelter  lot  large  men  ol'  war  in  the  whole  coast  ol  Florida.  (  Tampa  Hay  and  I'cn- 
sncola  lorsnidl  sized  Iriiiatcs  excepted)  not  only  liei-anse  it  is  deiended  iVom  winds  on 
shore,  but  because  there  is  no  bar.  breaKi  r«^.  mir  imi)ediment  whatever,  to  yonr  enlrriti;; 
it  in  all  weathers.  'I'n  enter  the  Itoad  of  Naso,  yon  h.m-  only  to  nin  so  as  to  doidile  the 
nortli  point  in  5  or  (>  I'aihoius  water.  »'li)e)i  wdl  be  ime  mile  lioiii  the  land,  and  then  navi- 
gate from  went  rofiiid  to  south,  kee|)in<;  in  I,  A,  or  (>  lalhoms,  accordin;;  to  the  dral'l  of 
the  ship,  nnd  yon  may  anclmr  in  4  fathoiris,  when  the  north  point  bears  N.  N.  K.  distant 
2  miles  :  but  if  you  wish  deeper  water,  yon  must  not  run  so  I'ar  south,  but  anchor  when 
the  north  point  bears  K.  .\.  K.  in  '>  to  U  lathouis  wafer.  In  the  (Jhandtliers,  and  almost 
the  wliolo  coast  at  the  Mexican  (iult",  you  can  i;et  water  by  distlins  wells  in  the  beach. 
but  there  is  no  other  wood  on  the  Chandeliers  than  the  drift  lotis  left  in  abundance  on  the 
beach.     Its  lands  produce  notiiina  but  the  myrtle,  from  whiclithe  green  wax  is  produced. 

Northwesterly  of  the  north  extremity  of  the  ("hanthdiers.  14  miles  distant,  is  Ship 
Island,  west  of  which,  H  nnles,  is  ('at  Island,  and  to  the  southward  of  this,  various  kevs. 
called  .St.  Miijiud,  run  and  extend  out  from  the  coast  of  the  islands;  between  llu-se  and 
Cat  Island  is  the  pass  into  ISIind  liakeand  Ldxc  I'oncliartrain,  in  both  of  wliich  there  is 
very  little  water,  especially  in  Hlind  Lake.  JJetween  (.'at  and  ."^hip  Islands  there  is  a  larce 
shoal  runnina  out  from  the  east  point  of  the  fust,  which  leaves  a  ( hannel  of  less  than 
half  a  mile  wide,  to  enter  to  the  northward  of  them  ;  this  channel  lias  good  IJ  feet  water; 
the  anchornse  is  N  and  S.  with  the  west  end  of  .'ship  Island  j  of  a  mile  distant,  in  4  and 
5  firhoms.  .Ship  Island  is  lon^  K.  and  W.  and  very  narrow,  and  widest  in  the  nuddle, 
which  is  partly  covered  with  pines,  but  barren  at  both  ends.  The  hurricane  of  1819  cut 
a  small  channel  through  Ship  Island  It  mile  from  its  we<f  end  ;  in  it  is  a  well  of  pood 
water,  which  is  oti  its  north  coast,  and  about  midway  the  island.  lOast  from  Ship  Island, 
5  miles  disianl,  lies  the  west  end  of  Horn  Island,  and  between  tlie  two  lies  Dog  Island: 
from  the  first  a  shoal  runs  out  to  the  east,  which  not  only  embraces  the  iJogs,  but  leaves  a 
channel  of  only  loK  fathoms  wide;  the  bat  has  2\  fathoms,  when  you  immediately  droj) 
into  5  fathoms.  KastolTIorn  Island  lies  .Ma'^^sacre  Island,  then  Dauphin  Island,  which 
is  on  the  W.  side  of  the  entrance  into  .Mobile. 

GBNER.\L  01}SKHV.\TI0N.^'.— Thi-  whole  coast,  from  Mississippi  to  Cape  St. 
Bins,  sends  off  a  bank  ot'  soundings  to  a  great  dislaiu'e  from  the  shore,  wliose  edge  runs 
out  to  latitude  2fl°  50',  but  the  depth  is  very  unequal ;  this  ine(|uality  is  very  clean.  If 
you  except  the  sand  bank  that  lies  in  the  vicinity  of  Cape  .*sf.  Hlas,  you  will  fiiul  no  dan- 
ger in  the  whoh  of  it  that  carmot  be  prevented  by  care  and  the  use  of  the  lead,  and  as 
th«  whole  of  the  coast  is  very  low,  liaving  few  visil)le  marks  to  distinguish  it  in  its  whole 
extension,  nnd  besides  is  ofirn  cloudy  and  l<)ggy,  ex|)osed  by  the  continuntion  of  winds 
from  S.  to  W.  and  from  W.  to  N.  which  blow  with  grent  force  in  winter,  nnd  by  hurri- 
CAnes  in  August  nnd  September,  all  which  create  the  necessity  of  saying  something  on 
the  method  of  triaking  the  land,  nnd  navigatinc  its  coast. 

TS'EW ORLEANS,  MOBILE  AND  PHNSAC(JLA— Arethe threeimportant  points 
of  destinntiiki)  on  this  part  of  the  (Julf  (d"  Mexico;  to  go  to  either  of  which  it  is  best  to 
make  well  to  the  eastwnrrl  of  them  respectively,  when  coming  from  any  place  S.  E.  of 
them,  that  is,  when  you  have  the  winds  easterly,  which  is  the  wind  that  predominntes 
here;  but  if  you  come  from  the  westward  of  them,  you  have  no  other  resource  but  to 
beat  to  windward  from  that  point  of  the  coast  which  you  have  made,  and  the  greater  or 
less  distance  of  it,  according  as  you  are  best  accommodated,  with  respect  to  the  season, 
the  quality  and  size  of  your  ship.  Arc. 

The  making  to  the  eastward  of  your  destination  is  necessary  to  be  more  or  less  distant, 
according  to  the  confidence  an<l  security  you  have  in  the  situation  of  the  .ship,  so  that 
bound  into  the  Balize,  you  will  look  for  soundings  in  the  meridian  of  29°  ,'50',  or  there- 
abouts :  and  if  bound  to  Pensacola  or  Mobile,  in  the  meridian  of  Cape  St.  Bias. 

Should  VQU  strike  soundings  in  Int.  29'"',  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  awhile,  so  as  lo  make  it 
E.  northerly  of  it,  that  is,  to  make  its  bearing  W.  southerly,  to  prevent  fnlling  into  the 
southward  of  its  parallels,  especially  in  winter,  when  it  i.s  best  to  run  heading  for  the  mid- 
dle of  the  Chandeliers  :  in  this  route  yon  find  no  regulnrity  in  soundings,  as  whatever  the 
parallel  may  be,  you  will  as  often  get  more  water  as  less  ;  nevertheless,  from  20  fathoms 
down,  the  soundiags  are  very  regular ;  and  from  the  meridian  of  Pensacola  westward,  to 


hflffr  rnn  he  had 
lor  Nttaiigers,  and 

)ushfft  upon  tl>-  -I, 
ror!<,  not  only  m.ir 
■!.  K.  (wliirli   lilow 
Itfr  lor  ail  Kliips  to 
;i(i  «>l  Nasi),  white 
'lliix  is  tilt*  oiilv 
npii  Hay  anil  I'cri- 
Icil  iVoiii  >vin<t''  'in 
r,  rn  your  ••nirrinj; 
w  ns  to  (lonl)li»  ilif 
mil,  anil  then  n.ivi- 
lina;  to  the  rliaft  of 
us  N.N.  K.  flistant 
I,  btit  anchor  wiim 
lll'li)'l'^*,  and  alinust 
urlls  in  ihf  hrach, 
n  aliiindanc*'  on  thr 
Ml  wax  is  produri'il. 
t's   distant,  is  .*<iiip 
"  tliis,  various  keys, 
iictuccn  llicsc  and 
li  ot  «  hicli  lliiMP  is 
inds  thert'  i.s  a  larcp 
lannni  of  less  than 
Kooil  I".'  iVel  water; 
ile  distant,  in  4  and 
iik'st  in  the  niidiile, 
uricane  of  1h1<j  cnt 
It  is  a  well  of  cood 
*t  from  Ship  Ishmd, 
()  lies  Pog  Islntid  : 
I)oi;s.  b'lt  leaves  a 
imijiediately  drop 
)liiii  Island,  which 

ssippi  to  Cape  St. 

,  wliose  edfje  runs 
is  very  clean.  If 
u  will  find  no  dan- 

f  the  lead,  and  as 
nish  it  in  its  whole 

tinuation  of  winds 
nter,  and  by  liurri- 
lying  something  on 

ee important  points 
which  it  is  best  to 
any  place  S.  E.  of 
that  predominates 
ler  resource  but  to 
and  the  greater  or 
pect  to  the  season, 

iiore  or  less  distant, 
thn  ship,  so  that 
f  29°  .'50',  or  there- 
e  St.  Bias, 
e,  so  as  to  make  it 
ent  falling  into  the 
!ading  for  tlie  mid- 
igs,  as  wliatever  the 
is,  from  20  fathoms 
iacola  westward,  to 


BLIJVr'8  AMi:«ICA.N  COAST  PILOT.  275 

the  Rrt^tthern  limitnnfihe  Chatulelierii,  yoii  will  pet  10  raihiinm.  10  niile.i  from  the  roHit; 
from  Peii«(iri»l.«  eastwiiril,  you  liave  10  tatlioms  at  4  miles  Imiii  ihe  coast,  and  '.'J  taiUomt 
at  ifn  or  twciirp  inilf^. 

D'lt  at  ii.»»i)£at.ii2  lor  the  Hali/.e,  yon  may  want  an  oliservi'd  latiiiule,  and  havft  it  10 
i-liiidy  or  fif:;;y  a«  to  impede  making'  the  land,  in  such  <  ircniiistanceii,  or  to  run  for  it  in 
th'  nijlit.  the  «iiuiiiliM;s  wdl  servi-  as  a  secure  ijiiide,  fur  whicii  \oii  miMt  recollect  that 
n  ivii.iiin?  Ill  ihf*  wcstw.trd,  if  you  litiil  lit  to  .'jO  fit!ifiiii.,  liioHe  mini,  «lic\iii','  to  the  touch, 
inixi-t  ni  liin"5  wi'li  hiii  ill  black  an. I  whife  s.ind,  ii  is  a  ceitain  sujiial  tiiii  vnu  are  in  the 
parallel  of  the  Bah/.e.  atiil  (roin  tliaf  ili  jilli  ti»  lc<s  water,  you  will  al«a\s  fn  I  (he  h.muu 
qinjitv  of  fOMiiilnr^s,  but  if  froiii  tO  to  .jO  faiiiniiii  In  less  waier.  you  nvl  bottom  of  I  ne 
Kin  I.  MJlh  vi-ry  liillc  null  or  without  it,  you  will  he  in  the  pariillel  of  between  the  Italize 
an  I  I'reioa  Key  or  Island  :  if  you  '.M't  siin;|  white  sand,  ymi  are  in  the  par. die!  of  said 
kev.  and  if  co  ir»te  sand  and  snail  sli»!lls,  you  will  be  in  a  pirallcl  between  said  k'-y  and 
C'lian  JehTs ;  nnl  if  you  tji'i  coarse  sand,  with  irravcj,  small  .tones,  and  iarce  sJielU,  you 
will  be  in  IriMii  of  the  ('hnidciier^.  I"'r.);ii  th;-  Mil;/.-  to  tir*  westward,  (he  bottom  is  of 
san  I  alone.  «o  that  those  from  the  soiitiiward  who  look  lor  the  Jializc,  sand  alone  will  be 
a  signal  that  they  are  we«if  of  it. 

Wiien  niviia'ini  N.  W.  an  I  nirth.  t'r.nn  the  i^ftiiu;  10  or  .jO  fathoms,  sand,  and  in 
diiniiiishin'::  the  bottom  or  dpiitli,  if  tli"  (|u  illi  v  ol  siHindiims  (iiie<  not  vary  till  in  10  or  12 
tatlioms.  you  are  tolhf  southward  of  the  Hali/.e  :  but  if  in  this  N.  or  N-  \V.  route,  you 
liave  crossed  mud  or  ooze,  and  entered  in  10  fiithoins.  you  lind  sand,  ilicn  it  is  a  signal 
thit  you  hiv»  crossed  the  m  »utli  of  the  Haii/.e.  and  dr.iwin^  in  with  Hreion  Island,  and 
the  Chandeliers.  The  better  to  explain  these  soundings,  we  shall  place  them  in  form  of 
a  table. 


I  In  the  parallel  of  the  Halizc  i 

Crossing  thesfsoumlings,  you  cross       > 


I  In  theparadel  of  between  the  Ualize  and 
Breron  Isl md  ot  Kev. 


this  parallel. 


s 


Loom'  imid    sticky  to  the  touch, 

mixed  at  times  with  small  fine 

black  and  white  sand. 


Fine  sand  with  very  little  mud,  or 
sand  alone. 


In  the  pirallel  of  Breton  Island. 


Tine  white  snnd. 


In  the  parallel  of  between  Breton  Island 
and  the  Chandeliers. 


Coarse  sand  and  snail  shells. 


,      .  ,,  ,      .-    1     f,,       ,  ,.„  }      Coarse  sand  with  cravcl,  small  stones. 

In  the  par.illels  ol  the  Chandeliers.        /  ,,  ,„,.  ' 

•  ^  antl  iai;;e  shells. 


W'st  of  the  Bilizp.  tile  bottom  is  sand  idaiie. 


When  you  come  in.  looking  for  the  Bali/.e,  either  in  its  parallel,  or  that  of  the  Chan- 
deliers, you  must  take  care  not  to  get  foul  ot'  the  land  at  night,  bi,t  maintain  your  post* 
tion,  in  15  or  20  fathoms,  at  anchor  or  under  weigh :  but  if  you  do  not  wish  to  delay  for 
mare  safety,  you  ruay  stretch  in  towards  the  Balizc,  to  anchor  in  10  or  12  fattiOQu,  out* 
side  the  bar. 

If  the  running  in  for  the  land  has  been  in  the  parallel  of  the  Chandeliers,  as  soon  as  yon 
get  10  or  12  fathoms,  you  will  steer  S.  S.  W.  trying  to  maintain  this  depth  tviibout  dan- 
ger of  running  aground,  or  among  shoals,  as  is  shown  by  the  following  breakage  iu  this 
soundings: —  ./ 

In  this  S.  S.  W.  route  there  is,  in  the  middle  of  soundings,  a  good  innrk  to  know  the 
place  of  the  ship.which  is  as  soon  as  you  arrive  in  a  parallel  with  the  S.  end  of  the  Chan- 
deliers, which  is  as  far  uj)  as  Alcatrace.s,  the  deptii  liegins  to  augment  to  12,  14,  and  18 
fathoms,  which  is  athwart  with  the  Po/,a.  This  augmentation  ceases  as  soon  as  yon  ar- 
rive abreast  of  Pass  I'  Outre,  where  yon  find  anew  the  10  fathoms;  this  knowledge  is  of 
importance  in  lookin:?  for  the  Balize  with  security,  so  as  not  to  jiass  to  the  southward  of  it. 

in  running  as  above,  be  careful  not  to  get  info  less  than  10  fathoms,  when  stretching 
from  t.  or  from  .S.  to  W.  because  from  this  depth  to  less,  you  cannot  weather  the  BalizC 
with  the  wind  at  east,  and  you  have  no  opportunity  for  tunning  for  the  rfcd  of  Naso, 
as  follows: 

Placed  in  10  fathoms  water,  in  a  S.  E.  gale  (and  no  appearance  of  the  v.rind's  ceasint;) 
and  getting  into  less  water,  you  have  the  rescource  of  navigating  to  the  northward,  sound- 
ing c«utiBualijr  to  maintain  8  or  10  fathoms,  so  as  to  coast  the  CliaaUeliers,  and  ^oa  will 


276 


DLUriT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


11 


know  von  linvf!  pa'^spd  the  nnitlierntnnst  nuiijt ;  it  you  lose  the  oo'/.y  sniin(lini;s,  some- 
times iiiixefi  wiiii  white  .shells,  wliich  is  liHiiul  oil' the  Chiiiitieliers,  aij;!  (indins;  line  white 
anJ  blueli  sniul,  you  m  ly  steer  \V.  and  niti  in  10,  H,  and  6  fathotns  to  an;:hor,  under 
shelter  in  tiie  road  of  N  iso,  as  the  atiiiospliere  is  eloudy  in  such  weather  you  can  dis- 
cover nothiiJi;,  and  to  ^et  to  thiy  ancliiiraire,  there  is  no  otlior  guide  tlian  the  lead  ;  but  if 
you  can  see  the  land,  yon  will  easier  u;et  to  the  anchora^'e,  as  you  have  only  to  douhle 
the  spit  of  sand  which  runs  dlf  the  N.  K.  end  of  the  Chandeiiers,  on  which  the  sea  breaks, 
with  easterly  or  snulh-easleriy  winds. 

'J'his  convenient  resource  will  be  better,  if  embraced  as  soon  as  you  consider  the  pass- 
ins;  or  weatherinj;  the  Hali/.e  doubtful ;  as  here  you  have  your  choice  of  water  from  .3  to 
7  (athonn,  sheltered  from  winds  in  ."  fathunis  from  N.  is.  and  in  7  fathoms  from  winds 
from  E.  round  ou  tiie  sontlu-rn  board  to  8.  W.  It  is  also  necessary  to  advise,  that  a9 
soon  as  the  winds  haul  round  to  betweeti  W.  and  N.  you  should  lose  no  time  iu  getting 
out  of  this  roadtsead,  as  the  water  will  (V.il  from  4  to  ()  ieet. 

It  is  a  s;ood  rule  in  runniu';  I'or  tlie  iJalizc!  to  siet  soundings  in  any  parallel  between  '29° 
10'  and  "2')^  30'  or  .'53',  to  fiet .  ■•>  25  fathoms,  from  wiience  the  Balize  will  bear  S.  W. — 
from  25  fath:»m<,  in  any  parallel  between  2!) '  10'  and  2'J^  .'55',  the  lialize  bears  S.  VV.  and 
by  steerinj;  that  course  you  will  hit  the  Bali/.e,  about  the  N.  K.  Pass. 

If  your  destination  is  Mobile  or  I'ensacola,  you  should  run  in  for  the  land,  the 
eastward  of  tlieiti  respectively,  !!.)t  only  to  avoid  passiu';;  the  port,  but  because  landmarks 
are  so  u  antin^r,  atui  the  coast  so  low.  that  a  stranger  has  notliini^  to  guide  himself  by  ex- 
cept the  lighthouses,  the  former  of  wiiicli  shows  a  fixed,  and  the  latter  a  revolving  light, 
which  may  be  some  guide  to  the  navigator;  nevertheless,  the  soundinj^s  indicate  suHi- 
ciently  well  the  meridian  in  which  the  shij)  is  fonnd;  a  little  more  or  less,  if  you  attend 
to  the  quality  of  coarse  sand  and  coral  found  outside  of  land,  which  is  a  sure  indication 
that  you  are  otf  the  east  et  '  of  Santa  Rosa  Island,  where  you  find  the  same  quality  of 
soundings  as  off  Tampa  r> -v  and  the  other  parts  of  Er  ,t  Florida,  but  can  cause  no 
equivocation,  because  the  |)oinls  are  so  distant  |iom  the  one  now  treated  of. 

I  am  suspicious  of  a  aoal  or  shoals  near  the  edge  of  soundings,  in  about  lat.  26^  N. 
havins;  once  passed  ,uickly  through  two  colored  uatchcs,  in  about  that  latitude,  and  was 
clear  of  the  appearance  bel'ore  I  had  tiiue  to  sound.  They  Itioked  like  coral  shoals,  and 
I  passed  between  tliem  with  a  ship  drawing  17.',  Ieet.  1  had  sounded  in  45  fathoms  water 
shortly  before,  aiul  had  no  bottom  shortly  alter. 

Direction.'^  for  the  river  Mississippi,  and  to  prevent  falling  to  the.  icestwnrd. 

Should  you  take  your  departure  from  the  Tortugas,  on  one  of  which  (Gordon  Key)  is 
a  lighthouse,  on  leavinsr  them  make  a  N.  W.  course  good,  and  you  will  tiill  into 
the  latitude  of  the  Bali/  ,  20  i.';;:^ues  to  the  eastward;  keep  on  to  latitude  29^  20', 
when  you  may  steer  W.  o--  W  ,V  S.  to  25  fathoms,  then  haul  t.)  S.  W.  for  the  Halize,  ta- 
king care  hot  to  pass  its  latitude  in  the  night  time,  and  you  may  make  sure  of  seeing 
*  Frank's  Islahd  light,  yiioul''  the  weather  be  thick,  keep  in  10  lathoms,  and  you  will 
fall  in  on  Passe  a  I'Outre,  whe.e  pilots  Fire  .ways  stationed:  but  should  you  see  the 
land,  or  vessels  at  anchiw,  if  the  wind  will  permit,  haul  to  S.  S.  W.  or  more  southwardly, 
and  lead  along  in  12  fathoms. 

Should  it  bs  very  (oggy,  as  it  sometimes  is  in  summer  and  fall,  either  anchor  in  12  or 
16  fathoms  water,  or  stretch  to  the  northward,  as  the  currents  to  the  southward  of  the  bar 
set  strong  along  the  land  to  the  southward,  and  by  keeping  tn  the  southward  you  will  be  li- 
able to  be  driven  to  the  southward  of  the  south  point,  in  the  latitude  of  which  you  will 
have  3.5  fathom.s,  within  three  miles  id' the  land.  .\  large  bell  has  been  provided,  which 
will  be  kept  tolling  by  night  and  by  day,  whenever  from  fog,  or  any  other  cause,  the  light 
or  lighthouse  cannot  be  seen  at  least  four  miles,  at  which  distance  it  is  calculated  the  bell 
may  be  heard  in  moderate  weather. 

In  coming  from  the  sea,  the  ,  S.  W.  Pass  is  said  to  have  advantages,  there  being  bui 


*  On  Frank's  Island,  the  liphtlioiisc  nt  the  cntrnnce  of  the  river  .Mi.«;si.«sippi  is  built.  It  contains  a 
fixed  light,  elevated  78  feet  above  the  ordinary  surface  of  the  sea,  and  can  be  seen,  in  clear  weather, 
six  leajfues  distant,  your  best  course  rupning  for  the  light  is  due  west,  and  vessels  may  safely  anchor 
in  10  fathoms  water. 

The  following  bearings  from  Frank's  I.«iand  lighthouse  are  the  mean  of  a  number  of  experiments 
by  Compass : 

Passe  a  I'Qutre,  N.  N.  W.  distance  9  league." ;  S.  E.  Pass  S.  P.  W.  one  and  a  half  league 

South  West  Pass,  S.  W.  di?tnnt  22  miles,  but  from  it  the  lijjht  cnnii.it  be  seen,  on  account  of  the 
cypress  growth  lining  the  sides  of  the  Pass  itself,  as  well  as  the  intervening  mud  banks,  which  are 
generally  covered  with  bushes 

t  At  the  S.  W.Pass,  a  lighthouae-is  erected^  painted  white  and  black  in  perpendicular  stripes, 
showing  two  li.xed  lights,  one  elevated  30  feet  above  the  otiier.     It  is  on  an  island  on  the  south  iid« 


BLU.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


277 


)0''.y  soun(lini;s,  some- 
,  iiiitl  (intline;  line  white 
loins  to  an;  hor,  under 
li  weather  you  can  (lis- 
le tlian  the  lead  ;  but  if 
)U  have  only  to  douhle 
n  which  the  sea  breaks, 

i  you  consider  the  pass- 
oice  of  water  from  3  to 
1  7  fathoms  from  winds 
ssary  to  advise,  that  a9 
lose  no  time  in  getting 

nv  parallel  between  'J9° 
alize  will  bear  S.  W.— 
lialize  bears  S.  VV.  and 
Pass. 

in  in  for  the  land,  the 
but  because  landmarks 
to  guide  himself  i)y  ex- 
!  latter  a  revolving  liglit, 
loundinga  indicate  sufii- 
ire  or  less,  if  you  attend 
lich  is  a  sure  indication 
find  tlie  same  quality  of 
rida,  but  can  cause  no 
V  treated  of. 

igs,  in  about  lat.  26^  N. 
ut  that  latitude,  and  was 
cd  like  coral  shoals,  and 
ded  in  45  fathoms  water 

lo  the.  westicard. 

which  ((lordon  Key)  is 

nd    you  will  fall    into 

on  to  latitude  'J'J"  20', 

\y.  for  the  Halize,  ta- 

ly  make  sure  of  seeing 

fathoms,  and  you  will 

ut  should  you  see  the 

v.  or  more  southwardly, 

either  anchor  in  12  or 
le  southward  of  the  bar 
southward  you  will  be  li- 
itudc  of  which  you  will 
is  been  provided,  which 
ly  other  cause,  the  light 
it  is  calculated  the  bell 

ntages,  there  being  bv... 


ippi  is  built.  It  contains  a 
1)6  seen,  in  clear  weather, 
vessels  may  safely  anchor 

f  a  number  of  experiments 

and  a  half  league 

be  seen,  on  account  of  the 

ng  mud  banks,  which  are 

in  perpendicular  stripes, 
In  island  on  the  south  lida 


few  shoals.  The  water  is  very  deep  close  to  the  bar,  and  the  softness  of  the  mud  such 
as  to  do  little  harm  lo  a  vessel,  even  should  she  ground.  Vessels  alter  making  the  light, 
are  often  blown  to  the  southward  of  the  Hali/.e,  where  they  have  been  known  to  lie  em- 
bayed for  days  and  weeks  together.  Ships  drawing  Ih  feet  have  been  taken  over  this 
bar  without  touching,  whereas  ships  drawing  14.',  feet  water  often  lie  on  the  S.  E.  bar 
for  days.  The  N.  E.  and  .S.  E.  pi'sses  are  subject  to  changes,  although  much  Irequented 
by  vessels  of  the  largest  class.  From  the  S.  W.  I'ass,  22  miles  distant,  the  light  on 
Frank's  Island  cannot  be  seen.  Profiting  of  this  Pass,  these  delays  may,  in  a  great 
measure,  be  avoided. 

The  principal  entrances  to  the  Mississippi  arc  the  N.  E.  Pass,  hu.  2*J^  07'  2.0",  be- 
tween li  and  4  miles  8.  E.  of  the  light ;  that  of  the  .S.  E.  Pass,  lat.  2'J^  Ori',  4  or  6  miles 
S.  S.  E.  from  the  light;  and  the  S.W.  Pass,  22  miles  from  the  light  on  Frank's  Island  ; 
but  approaching  the  IJali/.e,  you  should  keep  2  or  13  leagues  to  the  northward,  by  which 
you  will  have  good  soundings  to  guide  you.  When  you  have  struck  soundings,  you 
may  run  in  the  parallel  above  directed  into  H  oreven  I'i  fathoms,  and  you  will  then  see 
the  lighthouse  on  Frank's  Island,  and  have  the  Block  House  or  15ali/>e  bearing  south- 
westerly ;  the  anchorage  is  good  every  where,  and  should  it  fall  calm,  a  light  kedge  will 
prevent  being  drilted  by  the  current,  which  is  somctinies  pretty  strong  on  the  coast,  but 
it  is  much  stronger  in  the  latitude  ol'  ihe  river"*  mouih  tiian  elsewhere,  and  no  sound- 
lugs  until  yon  comt^  close  in  with  the  land,  in  running  from  Passe  a  I'Outre  for  the 
main  bar  at  the  S.  E.  Pass,  in  the  night,  it  is  not  safe  to  keep  in  less  than  15  fathoms 
water;  in  the  daytime  vessels  may  approach  within  8  or  10  I'athoms,  observing  to  keep 
the  lead  going.  Being  olf  Passe  a  I'tJiUie  in  15  fathoius,  in  order  to  go  around  the  N. 
E.  Pass  in  10  fathoms,  the  course  is  S.  S.  E.  distant  2  leagues  ;  from  thence  to  the  an- 
chorage oiF  the  bar  S.  S  V.  1.1  league.  The  Block  House  at  the  Bali/.e  bears  from 
the  best  anchorage  to  w,  .,  for  a  fair  wind  to  come  over  the  bar,  \V.  by  N.  I  N.  distant  2 
leagues,  where  will  be  found  8  to  11  fathoms.  At  the  entrance  of  the  S.  E.  channel  on 
the  bar,  the  Block  House  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  5  miles. 

COMMON  ERROR  (JF  STRANtiERS.— Captains  not  acquainted  on  the  coast, 
are  frequently  alarmed  when  tliey  come  near  the  river,  by  the  appearance  o(  the  water, 
particularly  during  the  first  summer  months,  when  the  river  is  high,  tor  at  that  time  the 
fresh  water  of  the  river  rushes  out  with  great  force,  and  being  lighter  than  the  ocean  wa- 
ter, floats  on  the  top,  making  an  appearance  altogether  singular  and  alarming,  for  where 
the  fresh  water  has  not  entirely  covered  the  salt  water,  but  leaving  spots,  it  has  the  ap- 
pearance of  rocks,  the  river  water  being  of  a  milky  color,  while  the  other  is  quite  dark,  and 
chanrs  suddenly.  When  the  river  is  low,  the  white  muddy  water  extends  about  3 
leagues  olf,  ami  when  high  about  5.  On  coming  into  it,  it  ripples  like  shoal  breakers* 
but  your  soundings  are  regular. 

ON  THK  SETTINt;  OF  THE  CURRENT.— The  current  .sets,  with  very  little 
variation  to  the  east ;  and  when  any  variation  is  experienced,  it  is  either  to  the  north  or 
south  of  the  river's  mouth.  It  is  very  evident  to  every  man  of  reflection,  that  so  large 
a  coluiun  of  water,,  rushing  into  the  ocean,  must  spread,  when  it  is  no  longer  confined^ 
and  produ<-e  different  currents,  until  it  has  found  its  level,  and  ^vill  be  found  to  vary  from. 
the  original  course,  in  proportion  as  you  approach  the  edges  :  allowing  the  current  ♦oset 
due  east,  1  have  known  two  shi|)s  to  come  into  the  river  at  the  same  time,  and  the  oM 
complain  of  a  southerly,  and  the  other  of  a  north. 'riy  current,  and  that  because  the  ond 
had  been  to  the  south  and  the  other  to  the  north  of  the  river's  mouth  ;  however,  as  every 
stranger  should  gel  into  the  proper  latitude  before  he  comes  within  the  inflaence  of  itd 
current,  I  do  not  think  it  necessary  to  say  any  more  on  that  subject. 

ENTRANCE  OF  THE  RIVER.— The"  land  at  the  entrance  of  the  Mississippi  Ri^ 
ver  is  nothing  more  than  mud  banks,  continually  incre:ising,  with  reeds  and  rushes  grow- 
ing upon  it,  at  the  height  of  10  or  12  feet  above  the  water.  The  lighthouse  on  Frank's 
Island,  or  vessels  at  anchor,  are  generally  the  first  you  discover.  The  general  winds 
are  from  the  N.  E.  and  you  should  avoid  getting  to  the  southward.  The  winds  make  a 
diflerence  over  the  bar,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Mississippi,  and  the  general  depth  of  watelf 
is  from  11  feet  6  inches  to  14  feet. 

In  lat.  29°  18'  N.  you  will  strike  soundings  in  45  or  50  fathoms,  small  gray  sdiid, 
with  black  specks.  The  Bali/.e  bearing  W.  by  S.  i  S.  40  miles  distant,  when  in  15  or 
18  fathoms,  soft  sticky  mud,  you  will  see  the  Balize  bearing  S.  W.  (if  clear  weather.) 
With  the  Balize  bearing  S.  W.  run  into  not  less  than  12  fathoms,  on  account  of  some 


of  the  Nine  Feet  Channel,  about  three  miles  inside  the  bar,  and  left  on  the  larboard  hand  on  entering 
the  river. 

A  lighdiouse  is  also  built  on,  a  shoal  or  island,  near  the  south  point  of  South  Pass,  ehowing  a  n. 
volving  ligiii,  which  is  left  on  the  starboard  hand  going  into  the  river.  The  building  is  painted  black 
and  white,  in  horizontal  slripas. 


278 


BLUNT  .S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


mud  bnnks,  scarcely  disreiniblo  nhove  the  suifiipp,  until  tlio  IJalize  l)enr.s  W.  N.  W. 
anil  N.  N.  \V.  in  K)  l'atli(iiiis.  Tlic  I5;i!i/r  heaiim;  N.  W.  is  irood  i;n)uri(l  to  am  hor, 
atuJ  atlvaiitau:i'ous  lor  ijeitinn;  uiidi-r  way  to  mo  over  tin;  l)ar.  In  Co-rijv  weather  run  no 
further  in  lor  the  land  than  I'j  I'athonis.  and  it  is  prelerable  anchoriin;  in  ii^ht  breezes 
to  beinji  drii'tcJ  about  by  the  euiretits,  wliich  are  uncertain.  From  tlie  l)ar  (or  entrance 
of  the  Mississipni  lliver)  to  .\"'.v  O/l-^aii-;,  is  I'JK  miles. 

TO  .SAIL  r'P  TlIK  mVKK.— In  sailm-u;)  the  river,  if  you  have  a  fair  wind,  run 
from  point  to  point,  carclnlly  avoiding  tin-  bends,  and  by  doin'i  so,  you  willsiiorten  the 
distance,  have  less  current,  and  wi);ii  is  of  moie  consequence,  you  will  avoid  the  danger 
of  liaviuu;  your  vessel  sunk  by  the  trees  which  frecjuently  lie  under  water.  As  you  are 
coming  up  to  an  I  passinj;  a  poiiu,  it  will  be  well  to  lieave  a  cast  id' the  lead  ;  with  light 
winds,  or  when  t.'ie  wind  is  scant,  alwavs  keep  on  the  leeward  side  of  the  river. 

ON  COMIN(t  to  Oil  BRINlJlSCr  Ul'.—Kvery  vessel,  while  in  the  .iver.  should 
have  their  boat  aionf^side,  wi:h  a  siood  hawser  in  it,  accordiit;;  to  the  size  of  the  ship, 
ready  to  run  out  to  a  tree,  which  uvtliod  of  brinsina;  up  is  always  preferable  to  letting 
go  an  anchor,  for  you  are  sooner  under  way.  and  avoid  the  danyer  of  losini;  your  anchors. 

Every  vessel,  while  in  the  river,  shotild  have  a  haulabout  block  lashed  under  the  bow- 
sprit to  reeve  a  rope  throusjh,  which  rope  should  be  bent  to  the  crown  of  ihe  anchor,  in 
the  same  way  as  a  buoy  rojje,  and  be  strons  enou'zh  ta  weiuli  it.  The  crown  line 
should  be  of  len.;th  suffieient,  that  when  the  anchor  is  let  go,  you  may  veer  it  away  with 
the  cable  and  always  have  the  end  on  botrd.  as  l)y  this  means,  if  you  should  gel  I'oul  of 
any  thing  with  your  anchor,  (which  frequently  happens)  you  will  get  it  again  ;  other- 
wise you  will  be  obliged  to  cut  your  cable  asid  lose  your  anchor.  If  you  are  obliged  to 
let  go  anchor,  it  shoidd  be,  if|)ossible,  at  a  point,  for  you  will  be  more  likely  to  fnid  clear 
bottom.  In  the  bends  the  bottom  is  always  foul,  being  full  of  sunken  trees,  and  there 
are  few  instances  where  an  anchor  need  be  let  go  in  the  bends,  because  you  may  al- 
ways run  a  fast  to  a  tree. 

SHOALS  l\  TllK  RIVER.— About  .3  miles  above  the  Look-out-house,  and  op- 
posite what  is  called  the  Pas  Aux  Cautres  (one  of  the  outlets  of  the  river)  there  is  a  flat 
makes  out  a  full  half  way  over  the  river;  this  should  be  avoided  by  keeping  near  the 
pass,  into  which  you  nuist  take  care  not  to  get  drifted  :  this  is  what  may  be  called  the 
first  shoal  ;  the  next  is  about  7  miles  above  the  fort  at  Plaquenfuu'.  on  the  larboard  siile 
of  the  river,  as  you  are  coming  up:  to  avoid  it  ymi  must  keej)  m;arer  to  the  marsh  on 
the  starboard  side;  the  marsh  is  the  first  land  you  come  to  withcuit  trees  after  leaving 
Plaquemine  ;  here  the  land  is  very  narrow,  and  by  going  a  few  sieps  up  the  shrouds, 
you  may  see  the  sea  at  not  mure  than  a  musket  shot  distance ;  by  these  marks  you  may 
know  when  you  are  coming  up  with  the  shoal.  The  fort  lies  opposite  the  marsh,  and 
runs  full  one  third  of  the  way  over;  these  are  the  only  shoals  that  may  be  c  ailed  dan- 
'gerdiis,  but  as  I  have  before  observed,  the  lead  should  be  cast  whenever  you  are  ap- 
proaching a  point. 

BOUND  DOWN  THE  RIVER.— Vessels  going  down  the  river,  should  always 
have  sufficient  sail  on  them  to  be  al>l.'»  to  keep  clear  of  the  shore  ;  without  great  care 
.you  will  be  driven  into  the  bends  and  lose  your  rudder,  and  this  has  iVeqnenlly  huppened 
yith  experienced  seamen.  I  would  observe  also,  that  every  vessel,  unless  the  wind  is 
ftjr,  and  settled  weather,  should  bring  to  at  sunset. 

We  are  confident  that  the  great  depth  of  w;\terat  the  South  West  Pass  will  have  more 
importRut  bearings  upon  the  comifierce  of  New  Orleans  than  all  may  imagine. "  It  is  de- 
cidedly the  best  channel,  which  has  induced  the  government  to  erect  lighthouses  at  the 
^htrance. 

'Going  down  the  river,  a  slight  inflexion  to  the  right  takes  you  to  the  head  of  the  Pass, 
which  runs  S.  W.  almost  as  straight  as  an  arrow.  The  shores  on  each  side  are  very 
bold,  there  being  7  fathoms  water,  in  nu.iy  places,  almost  touching  the  bank.  A  vessel 
can  often  proceed  this  way,  when  it  would  be  dangerotis  or  impracticable  to  drop  down 
the  bend  at  the  most  frequented  channel,  past  the  middle  ground. 

About  the  same  distance  has  to  be  gone  over  in  order  to  reach  the  bar  at  the  N.  E.  or 
Old  Ship  Channel  (viia  the  Balize)  or  to  go  down  the  S.  W.  Pass  ;  but  the  course  to 
the  latter  is  direct,  and  ti.ere  are  no  such  dangerous  shoals  as  the  middle  ground  in  go- 
ing to  it.  The  latter  bar  has  4  or  5  feet  iimre  water  than  the  other,  and  the  bottom  is 
soft  mud  ;  whereas  that  of  the  N.  E.  Pass  is  rather  hard  and  gravelly  in  many  places. 
During  flood  tide  there  are  never  less  than  '20  feel  water  in  the  S.  W.  Pass,  about  Id  at 
low  water.     Var.  67°  E. 

COAST  WEST  OF  THE  MISSISSIPPL— West  47  miles  from  the  S.  W.  Pass, 
is  the  east  end  of  Toubalier  or  Tiudialier  Island  ;  in  this  distance  the  coast  bends  to  the 
N.  W.  and  S.  W.  forming  a  bight  in  the  coast,  in  which  is  the  entrance  to  Barrataria 
Bay.  The  whole  coast  in  this  bight  is  low  and  covered  with  a  kind  of  rushes,  with  the 
•xceptioo  of  a  few  trees  to  the  east  of  Barrataria  Bay.     The  csurss  from  the  S.  W.  Pass 


BLUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


279 


to  fh<?  Bar  is  AV.  N.  W.  juul  tlio  (li<;fniicc  35  miles.  In  nnvi,:^afinj;  befwpf-n  Totibalier 
IsIhikI  aiul  I  lie  S.  W.  I'nss.  yon  slmuld  not  come  in  less  wiiter  tii;in  4  lathoins.  The 
coast  to  N.  K.  of  15arralaii  I  lakes  a  lurn  to  tlie  S.  W.  and  you  may  know  tiie  entrance 
to  llie  l)ay  \>y  a  setilcment  on  the  east  ol'tiie  iiaiiior.  'I'he  buy  is  about  10  miles  wide 
in  every  direction  ;  its  depth  varies  Irom  (>  to  12  feet.  (Jn  the  sea  side  it  is  covered  by 
(jrand  Terre  island,  which  leaves  between  it  and  the  main  tw(,  entrances,  the  eastern  of 
which  is  (ilhrii:  !i|) ;  anil  thi'  western,  called  liie  (irand  Pass,  ali'ords  on  tlie  bar  9  leet  wa- 
ter. 'J'n  the  east  ot'Toubalier  Island  the  La  Fonrclie  discharttes  itsellby  several  mouths; 
a  bar  makes  oll'trom  llie  east  end  of  this  island  in  a  S.  K.  direction  about  2  miles. 

Toid)alier  or  'I'indiaiier  Island  lies  nearly  E.  and  W.  but  bends  to  the  northward  at 
the  westeml.  It  is  10  miles  lonii.antl  I'ronts  a  bay  in  wiiich  tlicre  arc  I'roin  'J  to  4  feet  wa- 
ter. A  shoal  extends  from  its  west  end  'J  miles  in  a  W.  diiectio."  as  far  as  the  east  end 
of  Cayo  Island,  which  is  the  next  succeeding. 

The  east  end  of  Cayo  lies  N.  W.  from  the  west  cm!  of  Toubalier  Island  2  miles  dis- 
tant;  it  is  4  miles  iti  length,  I'roin  east  to  west.  Fresh  water  may  be  found  on  its  east 
end,  and  likewise  in  a  sniall  bi^ht  to  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  island,  d'ood  anchorage  for 
vessels  drawing  b  feet  water  is  founti  at  the  east  end  ;  to  take  it,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
briiiju  the  S.  E.  |)oint  to  bear  N.  E.  and  steer  for  it,  and  with  your  lead  for  your  tiuide, 
when  near  it,  haul  a  little  to  the  eastward,  until  the  |)oint  is  north,  wlien  yon  may 
steer  and  anchor  as  close  to  the  island  as  you  please.  \V.  S.  \V.  from  (Jayo  Island  ItV 
mile  distant  is  another  island  of  above  2',  miles  in  extent,  and  2  nnles  further  on  the 
same  course,  is  the  east  end  of  Nine  Island.  'J'he  shoal  water  extends  some  distance  off 
tlie  island  lying  between,  and  you  should  not  conu-  nearer  the  shore  than  2  miles.  Vine 
Island  is  about  G  miles  lona;,  ruiinint;  W.  S.  W.,  nn«l  is  scjjarated  iVrtui  Derniere  Isle  by 
a  small  creek;  Derniere  Isle  is  11  miles  long,  and  runs  west  until  near  its  west  end, 
when  it  turns  to  the  N.  \V.  Fresh  water  can  be  found  at  its  west  end,  which  is  called 
Racoon  Point.  A  shoal  on  which  the  water  breaks,  lies  W.  S.  W.  '20  miles  distant  from 
Eatoon  Point  (lat.  28"^  5^')  ;  between  the  point  and  the  shoal  you  will  have  from  4  feet 
to  2',  fathoms.  A  shoal  likewise  lies  in  liie  meridii-n  of  the  jioint,  to  tlie  southward,  be- 
tween which  and  tiie  point  are  2  to  ")  lathoms.  N'essels  drawing  5  feet  may  anchor  under 
Racoon  Point  by  l.ringmg  tlie  joint  to  bear  nc.rih  and  runtiing  for  it.  and  giving  it  a  berth 
of  200ya(ls;  haul  round  ihe  point  and  anchor  in  7,  '^,  or  ')  fert  water.  The  bays 
formed  behind  the  islands  last  mentioned  are  shoal,  liaviiig  only  from  2  to  4  feet  water, 
ai!d  the  shore  tn  the  iiumIi  of  them  is  marshy.  Paeoon  Point  is  about  7  miles  from  the 
main,  which  runs  abotu  W.  N.  W.  41  mdes  to  Point  An  Fer.*  This  part  of  the  coast 
is  shoal,  as  at  2  miles  Irom  the  coast  you  have  6  and  7  feet  water,  and  for  the  whole  dis- 
tance it  is  marshy. 

From  S.  IV.  r«iA  to  Bdlc  hlc. 

On  leaving  S.  \V.  Pass  steer  \V.  by  S.  aliout  18  leagues  ;  this  course  will  carry  j'ou 
in  7  fathoms  water  oil"  f'l'iniljalier  :  the  coast  from  thence  to  llacoon  Point,  a  distance 
of  about  11  leagues,  may  be  approached  within  one  mile  or  less.  Near  the  meridian  of 
Racoon  Point  is  a  bad  shoal  of  hard  sand,  su|)[:osed  to  be  distant  10  or  12  miles,  as  land 
could  but  just  be  discerned  fr(»m  mast-head.  It  is  always  sa  est  to  pass  between  the 
shoal  and  Racoon  Point,  keeping  the  lead  going,  (iive  the  point  a  berth  of  2  mile*, 
and  you  will  have  not  less  than  2  fathoms  water.  By  a  good  observation  this  point  is  in 
lat.  28^  58'  N.  ;  course  from  hence  to  Point  Au  Fer  is  about  W.  N.  W.  northerly,  dis- 
tant 15  leagues  It  is  best  to  keep  the  lead  constantly  gomg,  and  approach  as  near  the 
land  as  your  draft  of  water  will  permit,  say  10  feet,  to  avoid  running  past  the  fight,  as^in 
hazy  weather  you  can  scarcely  see  the  light  in  2-  fathoms  water  ;  lat.  of  the  point  29° 
19'  N.  Uring  the  light  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  steer  W.  by  N.  7  or  8  miles,  (ilJ  you  have 
Tucka  Hummock  bearing  N.  N.  W. ;  steer  for  it  till  you  have  Belle  Isle  bearing  N.  E. 
by  N.  ;  then  haul  up  into  the  bay  E.  N.  E. ;  the  stranger  niust  then  be  guided  by  stake*, 
which  designate  the  channel. 


Rabbit  I.         Tucktt  Hum.     Hayo  Salle, 


fictlc  Isle. 


»  On  Point  An  Fer  is  n  ligbihmipe  showing  n  fixed  lipht,  elevated  about  70  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  i^ea,  lat.  23-  1!)'  N..  long.  9P52'  W..  and  icrvcs  ns  n  guide  for  vessels  goinp  into  Achafa. 
Inva  Bay  ;  it  bears  from  Belle  Isle  S.  S.  E.  12  nii!es.  and  from  tbe  entrance  of  the  river  8.  by  W. 
10  inilep  ;  from  ibc  outer  buoy  K.  by  S. ;  goinjr  in  the-  buoys  are  nil  left  on  the  starboard  hand,  ex. 
crpt  in  tlic  narrows,  wberc  there  are  two,  and  you  go  between  them. 

t  A  lighthouse  is  erected  on  this  island. 


280 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


II 


One  channel  is  to  brinj;  Belle  Isle  to  bear  N.  N.  E.  and  steer  in  for  it,  but  this  chan- 
nel is  intricate,  anrl  not  leenerally  used.  Vessels  drawing  over  7  feet  will  find  much 
difficulty  in  fjetting  into  the  river. 

The  highest  part  of  Hello  Isle  is  l.'JO  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  can  be  seen 
at  a  consiflerable  distance,  fliere  hein'J  no  land  resembling  it  on  the  coast. 

FROM  POINT  AU  FER  WKSTWARD.— The  Coast  to  the  west  of  Point  Au 
Fer  is  shoal  for  some  distance  from  the  shore,  until  you  are  up  with  Tiger  Point,  which 
may  be  known  by  a  large  ridge  of  high  land,  covered  with  oak  trees.  In  this  distance, 
which  is  about  sixty  miles,  there  is  no  navigation  of  consequence  to  the  west  of  Belle 
Isle;  a  number  of  small  islands  and  shoals  to  the  west  of  Belle  Isle  and  a  large  Island 
bound  the  coast  until  within  10  miles  of  Tiger  Point,  and  form  behind  then?  Vermilion 
Bay,  which  communicates  with  the  sea  at  the  East  and  West  |)oints  of  the  island.  This 
bay  has  from  5  to  ')  feet  water  in  it,  and  in  the  western  strait,  which  is  the  clearest,  there 
is  a  bar  with  !)  feet  water  on  it. 

Beyond  Tiger  Point  tlw  '  .id  runs  west  about  8  miles  to  theBayaus  of  Great  and  Lit- 
tle Constance,  which  have  bars  at  their  entrances. 

From  these  Bayaus  the  coast  lies  W.  I  N.  to  the  mouth  of  the  River  Mcrnientao,  dis- 
tant 15  miles  :  this  piece  of  coast  is  swampy  and  without  trees,  but  the  beach  is  good  ; 
the  river  has  from  4  to  .')  teet  water  on  the  bar  at  its  mouth,  and  the  lai  for  2  leagues  up 
the  river  is  swampy  ;   it  thence  rises  and  is  well  covered  with  wood. 

W.  by  N.  30  miles  from  Mermentao  is  the  river  Calcasu,  and  '20  miles  W.  from  the 
Calcasu  is  the  Mouth  of  the  River  Sabine  and  the  boundary  between  the  United  States 
and  Mexico:  in  all  this  distance  there  is  a  good  beach,  clear  and  without  trees,  but  in, 
some  places  it  is  swampy  ;  the  Sabine  has  a  bar  at  its  entrance  with  from  6  to  8  feet 
water. 

Courses  by  Compass  from  the  S.  W.  Pass  of  the  Mississippi. 

To  Racoon  Point W.  J  S.                      distant  33  leagues. 

To  clear  the  shoal  of  do W.  by  S.  j  S.  "  33 

To  Pap",  dol  Cavallo, W.  by  S.  "  li>0  •' 

To  Aranzas  Inlet VV.  by  S.  |  S.  •'  133  " 

To  Corpus  Chiisti W.  by  S.  1  S.  "  140  " 

To  Brazo  dc  Santiago S.  W.  by  W.  {  W        '*  149  " 

ToRio  de  Tampico S.  W,  M  205  *» 


€OAST  OF  MEXICO  FRO^I  THE  SABII\E  WEST  TO 

TAIVIPICO. 

The  coast  from  the  Sabine  lies  W.  and  then  trends  S.  W.  as  you  approach  the  en- 
trance to  Galveston  Bay,  a  distance  of  about  50  miles,  the  whole  uf  which  is  clean,  hav- 
ing about  3  fathoms  within  a  mile  of  the  shore. 

i.l  GALVESTON  BA  V.— The  entrance  into  this  bay  is  between  point  Bolivar  on  the 
Nt  and  tbe  east  end  of  the  St.  Louis  or  Galveston  Island,  on  the  S.  between  thein  are 
four  channels. 

Sboilldlt  be  your  intention  to  go  into  Galveston  Bay,  be  careful  to  haul  to  the  south, 
when  the  wind  is  from  that  quarter,  to  avoid  being  hemmed  in  to  the  north,  in  which 
case  ydu  will  be  obliged  to  take  the  N.  passage,  w  hich  has  but  7|  feet  water,  and  will 
only  carry  you  as  far  as  the  point :  to  take  this  passage  you  will  keep  along  the  north 
^hore,  and  when  near  up  with  the  entrance,  leave  a  shoal  w  hich  is  dry  at  low  water,  south 
of  you;  you  will  have  8  or  9  feet  water  until  nearly  up  with  the  point,  when  it  will 
0hoalj3t)  to  7i  feet,  and  soon  after  deepen  to  0  and  10  ;  continue  along  shore  about  a  mile 
when  you  will  have  2  and  ii.i  fathoms  ;  here  you  must  anchor,  as  you  cannot  pass  this 
next  point  with  more  than  4  or  5  feet,  on  account  of  a  bank  which  extends  from  the  dry 
shoal  above  mentioned,  all  the  way  south  of  you,  until  it  turns  ijuite  round  the  point  to 
the  west.     Here  you  are  safe  in  a  common  gale. 

Nearly  a  mile  to  the  south  of  the  aimvc  passage  is  another  with  9  feet,  the  course  into 
which  is  N.  W.,  leaving  the  dry  shoal  on  the  starboard  hand  ;  and  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  south  of  this,  is  another,  having  13  feet :  the  course  into  which  is  also  N.  W.,  and 
after  passing  the  shoal,  which  lies  to  the  south  of  you,  you  may  steer  direct  for  the  north 
point  of  Galveston  Island,  and  having  passed  the  bar,  you  will  have  3,  4.  and  5  fathoms 
till  up  with  the  point,  which  pass  within  one  hundred  yards,  gradually  increasing  your 
distance  as  you  pass,  when  you  will  see  the  bank  on  the  north  bar,  which  is  steep  to, 


Bteer  then  to  t 
bushes  about 
3  or  4  fatlioms 
Slioiild  you 
iind  in  2  Ikihoi 
liiiul  round  tii 
Galveston  Is 
cannot  inistaki 
is  a  wide  pass 
di^tant,  is  a  lo 
From  the  S 
to  the  mouth 
miles  from  the 
house  on  the  T 
the  Woodland! 
entrance  has  (r 
ject  to  change. 
S.  \V.  from 
wliicli  is  narro\ 
woodlands  bad 

In  running 

somewhat  in,  b 

pass  a  small  ba^ 

which  runs  neai 

land  is  low  all  t 

PASA   DEL 

you  will  see  a  w 

the  S.  point  is  ; 

|)oint  in  9  feet  a 

■Tiid  steering  for 

must  direct  yoi; 

then  Ktep  the  s( 

sand  island  whit 

hundred  yards, 

west  side  :  in  riii 

point,  give  it  a  s 

proceed  up  the 

is  steep  on  both 

if  you  wish  to  a 

and  continue  in 

go  ahead  with  yi 

'J'cwn,  continue 

Oyster  Bank,  wl 

miles.     This  bai 

been  less  than  9 

From  Pasa  de 

somewhat  in,  am 

and  when  you  g( 

back  of  the  l)ay, 

row,  and  not  mo 

with  a  low  sand  ] 

ARANZA  liN 

N.  and  alter  cros 

not  afl'ect  you,  as 

iug  to  the  north 

feet ;  or  you  mai 

you  intend  going 

north  |)oint,  leav 

about  N.  by  E.  o 

South  of  Aran 

al)out  25  miles. 

with  more  dry  sa 

S.  by  E.  from 

tiago  ;  and  10  mi 

between  them  is 

tiago,  and  on  whi 


BLUNT  S  AMERIOAX  COAST  PILOT, 


281 


t  this  chan- 
1  find  much 

can  be  seen 

if  Point  Au 
*oint,  which 
is  distance, 
est  of  Belle 
large  Island 
Ti  Vermilion 
land.  This 
jarest,  there 

eat  and  Lit- 

Qientao,  dis- 
irh  is  good  ; 
I  leagues  up 

W.  from  the 
ntted  States 
trees,  but  in, 
n  6  to  8  feet 


leagues. 


41 
It 


:ST  TO 


lach  the  en- 
clean,  hav- 

ilivar  on  the 
len  them  are 

|o  the  south, 

ill,  in  whitli 

Iter,  and  will 

jig  the  north 

[vater,  south 

/hen  it  will 

ibout  a  mile 

jot  pass  this 

from  the  dry 

the  point  to 

course  into 
luarters  of  a 
liN.  W.,and 
fortlie  north 
\\  5  fathoms 
[easing  your 

is  sleep  to, 


1 


steer  then  to  the  S.  W.  up  the  channel  in  :)  or  4  fathoms,  till  you  see  a  small  bunch  of 
bushes  about  two  or  three  miles  fioiii  tin;  point,  which  bring  to  bear  S.  E.  and  anchor  in 
3  or  -I  fathoms.     Fresh  water  may  be  had  near  tlie  Ijiislics. 

Shonlil  you  wish  to  go  in  by  the  .South  i'ass,  lieep  ah)iig  the  l)i';i('h  of  (Jalveston  Tal- 
iiud  in  "J  fi.ihoins,  until  near  the  point,  when  you  will  not  have  miiif  liian  10  or  11  feet, 
liiiul  round  the  poii.l  as  i)ei(»r<'  liirected,  andsleer  S.  W,  for  the  ;m(ii(ira;;i'. 

Galveston  Island  is  about 'JO  miles  long,  and  trends  N,  K.and  S.  \V.;  it  is  low,  but  you 
cannot  mistake  it,  as  there  are  three  single  trees  about  the  middle;  at  the  west  end  there 
is  a  wide  pass  with  a  small  island  nearly  in  the  middle  of  it,  and  back  of  it  about?  miles 
distant,  is  a  long  wood,  called  (Jyster  and  ( 'liocolatc  Dye  Wood. 

From  the  .S.  W.  end  ot'  ( Jalveston  Island,  the  ((uist  comiimes  .S.  W.  distance  15  miles, 
to  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Hra/.os,  and  you  will  iiave  ;i  and  1  fathoms  water  at  •J',  or  3 
miles  from  the  shore.  As  you  come  up  with  the  mouth  of  the  Kiver  you  will  see  along 
house  on  the  N.  E.  point,  called  Michael's,  and  to  the  .\.  VV.  of  the  mouth  you  will  see 
the  Woodlands  of  Hrazos,  distant  about  7  or  ri  miles  from  the  beach.  The  bar  at  the 
entrance  has  from  41  to  5  and  0  feet  water  on  it,  but  like  all  the  other  entrances  it  is  sub- 
ject to  change. 

S.  W.  from  the  mouth  of  the  Hra/.os  \2  miles,  is  the  entrance  to  Rayo  .'"^t.  Bernard's, 
whicli  is  narrow,  and  has  from  5  to  7  leet  at  times;  as  you  approach  it  you  will  see  the 
woodlands  back  of  the  beach  at  the  distance  of  H  miles. 

In  running  down  from  Hayo  .St.  Bernard's  for  Pasa  del  Cabauo,  the  land  trenches 
somewhat  in,  but  the  general  course  is  about  8.  W.  and  the  distance  f).')  miles:  you  will 
pass  a  small  bayo  about  >^  miles  tVoin  .St.  Bernard.  This  bayo  has  a  range  of  woodland 
wiiichruns  nearly  to  the  beach,  at  the  end  of  which  is  tin-  bayo.  At'ter  passing  this,  the 
land  is  low  all  the  way,  and  you  may  keep  in  .'!,  6,  and  7  fathoms. 

PA.SA  DEL  CABALLO.— As  you  approach  this  pass,  which  is  in  lat.  Q8'  19' N, 
vou  will  see  a  wide  oiiening  iVom  the  N.  point,  (called  Point  C'levry)  between  which  and 
the  .S.  point  is  a  sanil  island.  You  will  cross  the  bar  aiiout  5  miles  rlistant  from  the  N. 
point  in  [)  feet  at  low  water,  by  bringing  the  south  jioiiit  to  bear  from  >J.  W.  to  N.  N.  W, 
and  steering  for  it ;  but  you  will  always  liiid  some  lumps  on  the  bar,  and  your  judgment 
must  direct  you.  After  jiassing  the  bar,  follow  the  west  breakers  till  you  pass  all,  and 
then  ktep  the  south  shore  close  on  board  in  ','.',,  .'l,  and  4  fathoms,  till  you  get  up  with  a 
sand  island  which  you  will  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  having  passed  within  two 
hundred  yards,  steer  for  the  west  part  of  the  north  point,  as  there  is  a  low  Hat  on  the 
west  side  :  in  running  here,  yoi.  will  have  'J',,  1>,  and  3  fathoms  ;  and  as  you  approach  the 
point,  give  it  a  small  i)erih.  Vou  may  anchor  abreast  of  the  island,  or  if  you  wish  to 
proceed  u|)  the  bay,  give  the  marsh  a  small  beilh,  in  from  (>  to  2\  fathoms,  as  the  ground 
is  steep  on  both  sides.  Below  the  point,  for  the  distance  of  two  miles,  is  more  flat :  and 
if  you  wish  to  go  to  the  liavacker.  run  N.  W.  till  you  haul  in  under  the  south  shore, 
and  continue  in  *)  and  10  feet  till  you  come  up  with  the  first  oyster  rock,  when  you  must 
go  ahead  with  your  boat,  and  if  bound  to  the  mouth  of  the  Colorado  or  Matagorda 
Town,  continue  along  the  marsh  at  the  pass,  kee|jiiig  your  lead  going  till  you  reach  tho 
Oyster  Bank,  which  runs  from  the  river  to  the  sea  beach,.')  miles,  and  from  the  pass  30 
miles.  This  bar  is  sul)iect  fo  change,  like  the  otljers,  but  for  many  years  there  has  not 
been  less  than 9  feet  at  low  water. 

From  Pasa  dei  Caballo  to  Aranza  Inlet,  the  course  is  about  S.  W.  The  land  curves 
somewhat  in,  and  the  distance  is  40  miles.  If  lies  in  lat.  v.'7  '  5.5' N.  All  the  coast  is  low; 
and  when  you  get  about  half  the  distance,  you  will,  in  clear  weather,  see  some  woodland 
back  of  the  bay,  but  nothing  very  remarUabio  on  the  coast.  The  entrance  is  very  nar- 
row, and  not  more  than  7  and  H  feet  at  low  water.  The  north  point  is  somewbfft  high,. 
with  a  low  sand  point  stiet<  liing  to  the  south  point.  ^ 

ARANZA  INLET.— In  going  in,  bring  the  south  jjoint  to  bear  W.  by  S.or  W.  by 
N.  and  after  crossing  the  bar.  steer  direct  for  tlie  south  point,  taking  care  the  tide  doea 
not  alfect  you,  as  it  is  very  strong,  and  you  may  ^o  within  pistol  shot  of  the  point,  haul- 
ins;  to  the  north  soon  as  yon  have  passed  it,  and  take  yoih-  soundings  in  10,  11,  and  12 
feet :  or  you  may  am  hor  soon  as  you  pass  the  south  jioint  400  yards,  in  3  fathoms..  If 
you  intend  going  up  the  bay.  continue  in  the  above  soundings,  till  you  get  up  with  the, 
north  |)oint,  leaving  a  \<>ivi  tiat  on  the  west.  The  channel  is  very  narrow,  and  course 
about  N.  by  E.  or  N.  N.  E.  about  2  miles. 

South  of  Aranza  the  coast  runs  S.  W.  by  .S.  or  i^.  S.  W.  to  Corpus  Christi,  distant 
about  2ii  miles.  'J'lie  coast,  after  leaving  the  point  3  miles,  is  high  and  hilly  all  the  way, 
with  more  dry  sand  hills. 

S.  by  E.  from  the  entrance  to  Corpus  Christi,  distant  92  miles,  is  the  Barra  de  San- 
tiago ;  and  10  miles  farther  to  the  south  is  the  entrance  to  the  Kio  del  Norte;  midway 
between  them  is  Boca  Chica,  which  enters  into  the  same  lagoon  as  the  Barra  de  San- 
tiago, and  on  which  you  will  have  4  feet  water, 

9$ 


382 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


But  few  vessels  enter  the  Rio  del  Norle,  the  trade  to  Matnnioras  being  carried  on 
tlirougli  iIjc  IJana  dc  Santiago,  wliicii  aliords  a  depth  of  feet  water  on  its  bar,  while  ilie 
river  allbrds  but  about  6  ftet. 

Directions  for  the  Brazo  de  Santiago  and  the  Rio  del  Norte,  by  Thomas  M.  Thompson, 

Branch  Pilot. 

In  running  down  for  the  Hra/.os,  betweeri  the  months  of  March  and  September,  be 
careful  to  keep  to  the  soutli  of  •2(t'^  N.,  for  should  you  fall  in  to  the  southward  of  the  bar, 
you  will  find  it  very  easy  lo  make  your  northing,  as  n  continued  current  is  running 
northerly  of  from  two  to  fhree  knots  pur  hour.  Should  you  fall  in  with  the  land,  not 
having  had  an  observation  previous,  so  as  to  know  if  you  are  north  or  south  of  the  bar, 
by  going  to  the  mast  head  you  will  see,  if  you  are  to  the  northward,  a  large  lagoon  of 
water,  and  scarcly  be  able  to  seethe  main  land. 

N.  B. — Tliis  lagoon  oxtenJs  to  the  north  of  28'  .'50'  latitude,  and  is  a  certain  sign  of 
your  being  to  the  north.  If  you  are  to  the  south  of  the  river,  you  will  find  your  water 
of  a  muddy  green  color,  and  no  lake  to  be  seen  on  the  inside  fn  in  the  mast  head.  If 
your  vessel  is  in  the  vicinity  of  the  river,  the  water  will  be  the  same  as  approaching  the 
Mississippi.  If  you  fall  in  between  the  river  and  the  bar  of  Santiago,  you  will  be  able 
to  discern  a  large  house,  that  stands  on  an  eminence  at  the  entrance  of  Bi'ca  Chica,  a 
little  n;'rrow  inlet  situated  '>  miles  south  of  the  Braz.os.  Vessels  bound  here,  between 
September  and  .March,  will  do  well  to  keep  as  near  the  20th  degree  of  north  latitude  as 
possible,  as  the  curient  is  then  altogether  goveriiC'l  by  the  winds.  With  the  exception 
of  an  east  wind,  the  current  is  northerly. 

A  white  flag  will  signify  tliat  a  vessel  cannot  enter,  and  will  never  be  shown  except 
there  is  danirer  in  entering,  and  will  be  hauled  down  when  the  danger  ceases. 

A  red  (lag  will  be  hoisted  to  know  yoiu-  drauglit  of  water,  which  you  can  answer  by 
hoisting  your  tlag  as  many  times  as  your  vessel  draws  feet  of  water. 

When  a  blue  Hag,  it  will  tell  you  the  pilot  is  coming  out  to  take  you  in  ;  or  if  you  draw 
too  much  water,  anil  will  have  to  lighten. 

A  white  and  red  flag  will  be  hoisted  for  you  to  anchor,  with  two  flags  in  a  range,  and 
in  four  or  five  fathoms  water,  and  a  lighter  will  be  sent  out  to  you  inimediately. 

A  white  and  blue  flag  signifies  that  you  may  iiaul  ofl'  for  the  night,  as  it  is  too  late  to 
enter,  but  you  will  be  attended  to  in  the  morning. 

Any  vessel  appearing  oft'  the  harbor  in  distress,  will  be  promptly  attended  to,  on  mak- 
ing the  usual  signal,  viz.  the  ensign,  union  down.  I  would  recommend  a  white  square 
flag  with  a  large  black  ball  in  the  centre,  as  a  signal  much  quicker  discerned. 

Other  Directions  for  Vessels  bound  to  Texas. 

From  the  S.  W.  pass  of  the  Mississijipi,  steer  W.  S.  W.  one  hundred  miles  with  the 
wind  at  S.  E.  to  avoid  the  flat  ground  of  the  Oyster  Bank,  which  lies  oft'  Vermilion  Bay. 
This  bank  is  large,  an  I  lias  from  2  to  ."J  and  3  t'athoms  on  the  outer  part,  and  on  the  in- 
ner part,  2  and  2';,  a  long  distance  :  W.  by  S.  course  will  cross  this  bank  at  times  in  3  and 
4  fathoms,  soft  bottom.  As  the  current  is  so  uncertain,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  know 
w*ien  you  make  your  course  good.  After  passing  tliis  slioal,  you  may  steer  for  the  Bra- 
zos without  fear,  and  soon  be  on  soundings  again,  and  have  from  IG  to  20  fathoms,  till 
you  gradually  shoal  your  water  to  y,  8,  7  and  b  fathoms.  Should  you  wish  to  go  for  Pasa 
del  C%fta||io,  on  a  W.  S.  W.  course,  you  will  have  soundings  from  20  to  10  fathoms.  75 
tnil0S  distant ;  and  when  in  H  fiiiioui.-,  l-ar  weather,  you  will  see  tiie  land.  In  the  lati- 
tude'^ of  Aranza,  you  will  strike  bottom.  2-,,  'if),  or  about  '.]0  miles  from  land,  and  shoal 
very  gradually;  and,  when  in  rt  fai'uoins,  yon  will  see  the  land  "cvl  miles  in  clear  weather. 
More  south,  the  water  is  much  deeper;  and  you  will  have  7  lathoiiis  close  to  the  land, 
changing  suddenly  to  18  fathoms,  12  miles  from  land. 

The  course  from  the  S.  \V.  Pass  to  Harataria  is  W.  N.  W.  and  distance  37  miles. 
Ship  Island  is  nearly  in  the  same  latitude  a'  the  S.  W.  Pass. 

The  current  on  the  while  coast  is  generally  governed  by  the  winds;  but  more  rapid 
currents  set  to  the  south  m  a  north  wind  than  in  any  other.  Vessels  falling  soutii  of  the 
port,  with  a  north  wind,  will  find  it  aliii(,>r  impossible  to  hold  their  own  in  a  strong 
breeze.  When  bouml  to  the  eastward  for  NewOrleans,  yonr  better  way  is  to  go  no 
nearer  the  land  than  forty  miles,  until  in  the  latitude  of  its  entrance,  as  you  will  by  that 
have  no  cui-re  .t  to  hurt  you;  but  on  sorndings  and  in  shore,  the  current  runs,  in  mode- 
rate weather,  regularebb  and  flood,  and  the  easterly  current  but  a  small  part  of  the  time. 
The  tide  at  the  passes,  in  common,  rises  2,  2^^,  and  in  spring,  3  feet,  and  only  in  24 
hours;  but  it  is  altoiiether  governed  by  the  winds.  In  heavy  winds  on  the  coast, ^t  is 
known  ti  run  in  36  hours,  and  sometimes  48;  and  on  a  sudden  change  of  wind  to  tlie 
north,  it  will  run  out  as  long,  in  moderate  weather.  Sometimes  there  is  a  half  tide, 
which  rises  nearly  to  high  water,  but  seldom  runs  in. 


4 


From  tlie 
the  liarra  de 
low  water ;  fi 
fioiii  the  con 
soutli  coast  o 
be  relieved. 

From  Hio 
miles  to  the  I 
ami  through 
ed  3  or  4  lea>. 
ly  to  the  Bar 
S.  '.  \V.  al 
tlie  shore  for 
ter,  and  the  1 
niid«';iy  betw 
leagues  up  t 
crossed,  and 
of  11  or  12  ft 

From  the 

do;  all  the  bo 

jeaL'ues  to  tli( 

delTonlothe 

The  marks 

west  from  it.  ; 

land  called  T; 

Soutli  of  ]> 

some  pointed 

shore.     All  tl 

soutli  of  Barn 

Chapopote  or 

S.A  E. 7  m 

distance.    TIn 

Bar  is  the  hill 

From  Barra 

miles.     Tlie  c 

after  which  it 

GENERA  I 

(From  the  De 

have  not  more 

quite  dry  exce 

ous,  on  accoui 

to  ride  at  her  ; 

2  or  3  days  bel 

the  navigation 

E.  whicii  facil 

April  to  June 

a  case  of  nece 

it  will  be  more 

mer  from  mid 

this  only  takes 

minates;  all  tl 

which  is  the  c 

We  have  fol 

ing  more  conv 

Gulf,  consmeu 


BLUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


2?3 


iiig  carried  on 
bar,  while  the 


W.  Thompson, 

"September,  be 
ard  of  th''  bar, 
;nt  is  running 
the  hmd,  not 
jth  of  the  bar, 
irge  lagoon  of 

erfain  sign  of 
[id  your  water 
nasi  head.  If 
preaching  the 
u  will  be  able 
Ji'ca  Chica.  a 
I'.ere,  between 
th  latitude  as 
the  exception 

shown  except 

?s. 

;an  answer  by 

or  if  you  draw 

)  a  range,  and 

itely. 

t  is  too  late  to 

d  to,  on  niak- 
white  square 
d. 


niles  with  the 

ermilion  Bay. 

nd  on  the  in- 

mes  in  3  and 

ible  to  know 

for  the  Bia- 

falhonis,  till 

0  go  for  Pasa 
fathoms,  75 

In  thelati- 

id,  and  shoal 

ear  weather. 

to  the  land, 

ice  37  miles. 

more  rapid 
south  of  the 
n  in  a  strong 

is  to  iio  no 

1  will  by  that 
ns,  in  niode- 

of  the  time. 
J  only  in  '24 
le  coast,  it  is 
wind  to  the 
a  half  tide, 


From  the  Rio  del  Norte  the  roast  trends  S.  3°  E.  7  miles,  then  S.  \o°  W.  29  miles  to 
the  harra  de  .San  Ftriiando  or  River  'l'i;;re,oii  the  bar  of  \vli;(  li  ilirre  arc  nearly  3  feet  at 
low  water;  for  the  whole  distance  the  land  is  low.  The  water  ol  this  tiver  is  brackish 
from  the  comiiiiinication  it  has  with  the  lagoon,  and  is  only  (rosli  alter  the  rains;  on  the 
south  coast  of  the  bay  (urnied  by  it,  there  is  a  good  pool,  where  any  urgent  necessity  may 
be  relieveil. 

From  Kit)  de  S.   Fernando  the   coast  continues  S.  in  nearly  the  above  ihrecfion  23 
miles  to  the  Rocas  f'iegas  or  Cerrados,  which  arc  four  openings  in  the  >ijacc  of  a  league, 
and  throuuh  which  the  sea  enters  w^cu  there  are  heavy  gales:  they  may  be  distinguish- 
ed 3  or  4  leai^ues  at  sea,  and  they  comtMUMlcalc  with  iMadrc  LaiToon,  which  exte-ds  near 
Iv  to  the  Rarra  .S.  Ander.     The  land  (Vuki  R.  .St.  Fernando  to  Ro  as  Ciet;as  is  low. 

S.  .',  \V.  about  '2\  Ic, lilies  tVuni  Rocas  ('ii'i;as,  is  tiic  entrance  to  the  River  St.  Ander; 
the  shore  tor  the  whole  ol'  this  distance  is  low  .ind  sainly  ;  oti  the  bar  there  are  U  feet  wa- 
ter, and  the  hills  of  Corrigo  and  Raima  serve  as  uiarks  for  it,  the  bed  of  the  river  being 
niiihvay  between  them,  and  formin'.'  in  part,  a  liu^f  lagoon,  who^e  shores  are  low.  Eight 
leagues  up  the  river  is  the  town  of  .Santa  dt;  la  .Miirina.  'J'he  lagoon,  alter  the  bar  is 
crossed,  and  before  you  enter  the  river,  is  full  of  shoals,  and  you  have  only  one  channel 
of  11  or  1~  feel  water,  but  in  the  river  you  hav  1  or  '}  tiithdiiis. 

From  tiie  Rarra  de  .St.  Ander  the  coast  runs  8.  3^  F.  18  leagues  trt  the  Barra  del  Tor- 
do;  all  the  bottom  is  good  in  this  distance,  save  that  there  arc  seme  detached  rocks  three 
leagues  to  the  S.  of  .*^t.  Ander,  where  they  extend  '2  miles  from  the  coa«t;  on  the  Barra 
del  Tordo  there  are  scarce  3  feet  at  low  water. 

The  marks  lor  crossine  this  bar  are  those  douUIe  hills  called  the  Martinez,  they  lie 
west  from  it,  and  the  N.  W.  of  Martinez  in  the  interior  you  can  see  the  range  of  high 
land  calletl  Taniaolipas  stretching  in  that  direction. 

.South  of  liana  del  'J'onh,  ]()  niiies,  is  that  of  Trinidad,  the  bottom  is  good  except 
some  pointed  rocks  here  and  there,  none  of  w'icii  extend  I'urther  than  2  niiies  from  the 
shore.  All  the  shore  of  this  coast  is  sand  or  low  iiill,)i:I«s,  ul  which  those  about  2  leagues 
south  of  Rarra  del  Tordo  are  of  greater  elevation  than  the  rest,  and  are  called  the  Hill  of 
Chapopote  or  Coniandanti; :  on  Rarra  del  Trinidad  there  arc  but  2  feet  water. 

.S.  t;  E.  7  miles  from  Triniilad  is  Rarra  Ciega,  and  witliin  a  lagoon  extending  the  whole 
distance.  The  coast  is  clear,  save  near  the  shore  the  bottom  is  rocky.  \\'est  from  Ciegu 
Bar  is  tiie  hill  of  Metate.    iiarra  tJiega  has  3  feet  water  on  it. 

From  Rarra  Ciega  to  Tampico  J5ar  the  coast  runs  S.  by  W.  and  the  distance  is  19 
miles.  The  coast  is  clear,  save  some  pointed  rocks  which  extend  south  of  Ciega  6  miles, 
after  which  it  is  clear. 

GENERA  r.  (JR.SFRVATIOXS  on  the  coast  from  Tampico  to  Galveston  Bay^ 
(From  the  Derrotero) — The  greater  [)art  of  the  lagoons  that  are  formed  on  this  coast 
have  not  more  than  .'i  or  4  tt-et  water,  at  their  greatest  depth,  and  some  parts  of  them  are 
quite  dry  except  in  the  rainy  season.  From  .\ugust  to  April,  these  coasts  are  danger- 
ous, on  account  of  the  heavy  sea  upon  them,  and  which  makes  it  iiupossible  for  a  ship 
to  ride  at  her  anchors;  for  in  that  season  the  F.  8.  E.  wind  blows  with  great  violence  for 
2  or  3  days  before  it  shil'ts  to  the  north;  but  in  the  other  months,  from  April  to  August, 
the  navigation  is  very  good  and  secure;  the  current  always  setting  to  the  Uorth  and  N. 
E.  which  facilitates  increasing  the  latitude  ;  and  although  the  east  winds  prevailing  from 
April  to  June  send  in  much  sea,  yet  a  ship  may  ride  at  her  anchors  in  7  or  8  fathoms,  ia 
a  case  of  necessity  ;  in  such  a  sitaation  she  will  be  insight  of  the  shore;  but  if  possible, 
it  will  be  more  advisable  to  keep  under  sail.  The  land  breezes  are  frequent  in  tfaCfUm- 
mer  froiu  midnight  until  9  or  10  in  the  morning,  when  they  yield  to  the  sea  brieze;  but 
this  only  takes  place  so  high  as  26'  degrees  of  latitude,  where  the  mountain  range  ter- 
minates; all  the  other  parts  are  very  flat,  low  and  swampy  ;  on  which  but  little  tain  falls, 
which  is  the  chief  cause  in  producing  the  land  winds. 

We  have  followed  the  northern  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  as  far  as  Tampico,  it  fac- 
ing more  convenient  to  continue  on  thus  far;  we  will  now  resume  the  description  of  tbe 
Gulf,  corameacing  with  Cape  Catoche  aud  ending  with  Tampico. 


284 


BI.UNt's  A31ERICA!N'  COAST  PILOT* 


OIJLF  OF  ITiEilCO. 

In  this  Chapter  the  Bearings  are  the  true. 

GtlLF^  or  MEXICO. — The  Mexican  Bay  is  an  immense  jrulf,  surrounded  or  ert- 
tlosed  on  allpiirts  except  on  tlie  S.  H.;  the  ishuul  of  ("iibii  aiivancinLr  considerably  to  the 
West,  I'oinis  witli  tliis  S.  K.  opCriini;  two  Straits  or  Channels;  one  on  the  sontli  with 
Cap.e  (Jatociic,  hy  which  a  coniniiinication  is  oijcned  between  the  (iiiif  and  the  Carrii)- 
bean  Sea,  and  the  otiier  on  the  Kast  with  the  Soiiih  Coast  ot  h'lorida,  wliicli  comtnnni- 
cates  with  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  so  that  tiiese  are  the  only  two  routes  leading  into  the 
Mexican  (iiiif. 

CAPK  CATOCIIE  TO  POINT  XICALANtiO— The  N.  E.  land  or  knee  of  Yu- 
catan has  several  islands  at  a  short  distance  from  it ;  these  are  Cancun.  Mu^errs,  Rlan- 
f|uilla.  and  Contoy  ;  th(!  last,  which  is  the  norlhernniost  one,  lies  about  7  nules  I'rom  the 
main  coast;  its  shore  is  clear,  and  voii  mav  pass  at  "J  miles  Croni  it,  in  b  (alhonis:  be- 
tween it  and  the  coast  there  aj)pears  lo  be  anchorage;  but  this  jjart  is  iniperiV'rtly  known. 
The  north  poiiu  of  Contoy  lies  nearly  east,  true,  twelve  tniles  from  ('ape  Catocbe. 

Cape  Catoche  lias  two  islets  along  its  shore,  which  extend  out  scarcely  a  mile  from  it, 
and  form  with  the  islaml  of  .lolvos,  two  mouths,  called  .loujou  and  Nueva,  (it  for  canoes 
only.  From  the  said  cape  the  coast  bends  somewhat  to  the  south  of  west,  for  the  dis- 
tance of  IH  miles,  to  the  western  extreme  ol'  .lolvos  Island,  which  tonus  the  liocas  del 
Conil:  this  coast  is  t'onl,  having  a  rocky  bank  with  little  water  extending;  off  to  the  dis- 
tance of  2},  miles.  Between  Jolvos  Island  and  the  main,  a  lake  is  formed,  obstructed  by 
various  islets  and  jirassy  spots,  and  fit  only  for  canoes. 

Krom  the  Bocr.s  de Conil,  the  coast  continues  to  the  W.  by  N.  about  fifty  miles  to  the 
Rio  Lagartos.  (Li/.ard  River,)  whence  it  inclines  \V.  l;5°  S.  the  distance  of  thirly-fivi; 
leagues  to  I'unia  Piedras,  or  Kocky  Point.  All  the  coast  from  Cape  Catoche  is  very 
low  and  (1  U,  without  any  remarkable  oljjects  upon  it.  excepiin<;  a  (,'airn,  or  little  mount 
of  stones,  intentionally  raised  by  the  i)assin<;  Indians  on  the  very  beach  of  Lagartos,  .18 
miles  W.  from  Cape  Catoche,  which  may  be  known  by  its  resemblance  to  a  hat.  and  the 
little  woody  hills,  which  are  comprised  between  this  and  the  Vigia,  or  Lookout,  of  the 
River  Lagaltos;  next  to  it  is  that  of  Silan,  where  water  may  be  procured  with  facility; 
to  the  Lookout  ol  Silan  follows  that  of  Santa  Clara,  to  which  succeeds  that  of  Tcl- 
cbaac,  where,  also,  water  may  be  procured  ;  next  comes  that  of  ^'gil,  then  that  of  Chu- 
burna,  and  to  this,  finally,  the  (.'astle  of  Sisal.  None  of  these  Ijookoiils  (V'igias)  ex- 
cept the  Cairn  of  Lagartos,  and  CastJe  of  Sisal,  can  be  seen  farther  olf  the  shore  than 
from  6  fathoms  of  water.  From  the  Cuyo  or  Cairn  at  Lagartos,  to  Clhuburna,  you  may 
anchor  without  fear  in  from  4  fathoms  outward,  but  not  nearer  land,  as  there  are  many 
atones,  shoals,  and  banks  and  rocks,  which  cannot  be  easily  ascertained  by  the  lead,  be- 
cause they  are  covered  with  a  coat  of  sand,  and  thus  they  cut  the  cables,  whereby  an- 
chors are  lost;  irt  addition  to  which  the  depth  often  smhlenly  diminishes  ujion  them,  and 
therefore  vessels  are  in  nmch  danger  of  getting  aground,  and  of  being  lost. 

Ti^e  (pastle  of  Sisal  is  built  on  theslion  close  to  the  sea.  and  nearto  it  are  three  or 
four  hoiwes,  used  for  depositing  articles  ot  merchandize,  that  are  transported  coastwise, 
to  be  taWen  to  Merida  ;  and  also  for  reccivinii  the  produce  sent  from  Merida  and  other 
inland  places  of  this  province.  At  the  castle  theie  is  abundance  of  water,  and  it  can  be 
procured  with  the  greatest  ease. 

Upon  Point  Piedras  there  is  a  little  mount,  named  No-te  perderas,  (Do  not  lose  your- 
self,) which  serves  for  a  good  mark  to  know  it  by,  and  which  is  seen  from  Sisal  Shoal,  or 
at  14  miles  off.  From  tliis  point  the  coast  rounds  about  to  the  S.  W.  for  thirty  miles, 
to  Point  Desconocida,  funning  the  N.  W.  front  of  the  I'eninsula  of  Yucatan  :  this  coast, 
as  well  as  the  former,  may  be  seen  well  from  5^  fathoms  of  wafer,  and  is  commonly 
named  the  Palmares;  for,  among  the  wood  with  which  it  is  covered,  many  Palmitos 
(Cabbage  Palms)  are  seen,  though  there  aie  none  on  the  other  parts  of  this  coast.  On 
the  coast  of  Palmares  no  .)ne  ought  to  anchor,  for  the  bottom  is  of  stones  covered  with 
a  thincoAt  of  sand,  which  deceives  the  lean. 

From  Point  Desconocida,  the  coast  trends  to  the  south,  but  rather  inclining  to  the 
*ast,  true,  twenty-two  miles,  to  Las  Bocas,  (The  Mouths,)  which  are  two  little  inlets 
formed  by  the  coast ;  in  front  and  very  nearto  them  are  two  very  little  islets.  From  the 
Bocas,  the  coAst  continues  to  the  south,  with  some  inclination  to  the  west,  true,  to  the 
distance  of  fifteen  miles,  or  to  Jayna,  which  is  another  inlet  of  the  coast,  at  the  mouth 


of  n  river; 
Kocky)  \sl 
From  J  a 
distance  of 
half  miles  i 
The  coa.< 
farther  olf  I 
breaks,  wlii 
with  the  leii 
which  arise: 
and  in  ;i.^  fa 
berth. 

J"'r(iin  the 
to  Point  .Ml 
wards  the  ci 
to«  n  of  Lei 
which  is  iiai 
which  form 
the  water  is 
VI  I'alhoms  r 
ticiilar  advic 
draught  of  ' 
ocean:  hcnt 
those  vessels 
In  order  to  d 
go  to  and  re 
this  anehoraj 
son  blow  witi 
consequence 
To  the  wes 
according  to 
one  who  appi 
deavor  to  tak 
is  the  town  o 
From  Poii 
it  were,  a  ben 
west,  and  S.  (. 
treme  of  the 
wide,  and  hav 
two  islands,  m 
ern  extremity 
this  and  Poin 
two  fathoms  c 
that  it  is  abso 
THP:   SOI 
great  shoal,  ' 
and  from  the  c 
as  well  as  the 
ascertain  you 
chart  to  conv 
towards  the  s 
having  once  c 
the  depths  wi 
Point  Piedras 
marked  all  alo 
find  the  dimin 
spit  of  rocks  tl 
stones.     Fron 
Cairn   of  Lag; 
there  are  vario 
The  quality 
•arity  ;  for  soi 
sand  with  shel 
where,  as  we  h 
good  mark  to  1 
'^Wny,  so  as  to 


nU'NT  S  AMKRICAX  COAST  PILOT. 


285 


nderl  or  ert-' 
rablv  lo  »li« 

soiiih  will) 

the  Carrib- 
li  tomniuiii- 
iiig  into  the 

iinee  of  Yu- 
ijercs,  Hliui- 
lies  tVoni  the 
athonis:  be- 
Vt ily  known, 
•atochc. 
mile  iVom  it, 
fit  lor  canoes 
t.  for  the  dis- 
ln'   Hocas  del 
}|f  to  the  dis- 
obstrueted  by      ' 

y  miles  to  the 
of  thirty-fivt: 
itorhe   is  very 
ir  little  mount 
■  La^artos,  Dr* 
a  hit.  and  thi' 
)okont,  of  the     ] 
with  facility;     I 
that  of  Tel-    I 
[1  that  of  ('hu-    I 
s  (Xis^ias)  ex- 
le  shore  than 
ina,  you  may 
ere  are   many 
the  lead,  be- 
I,  wherel)y  an- 
ponthein,  and 

are  three  or 
ited  coastwise, 
•ridn  and  other 

and  it  can  be 

not  lose  your- 
Sisal  Shoal,  or 
B)r  thirty  miles, 
\n :  this  coast, 
1  is  commonly 
nany  I'ahnitos 
his  coast.  *^'ii 
i  covered  with 

nclining  to  the 
vo  little  inlets 
Ets.  From  the 
est,  true,  to  the 
at  the  moulb 


of  a  river;  in  front  of  this  fhere  is  atiotlier  islet :  tliere  is  also  an  islet  named  Picdras  (or 
Korkv)  Islet,  hall' way  lictwcen  the  {{ocas  and  .layna. 

From  Jayna  the  coast  continues  wlili  sunie  uuiination  towards  tlie  west,  true,  to  the 
distance  of  twenty-one  miles,  towards  the  river  of  .St.  !•  raiK  isco,  wliicli  is  four  and  a 
half  miles  to  the  N.  K.  of  Campeche,  the  only  point  of  t  iimiiierce  on  all  tliis  coast. 

The  coast  between  Point  Desconocida  and  the  Kivcr  of  .St.  Francis  cannot  be  seen 
farther  olf  than  from  .'1  or  4  falhoins  dcpiii,  and  then  it  appears  to  the  view  wiih  various 
breaks,  which  look  like  very  low  keys;  all  of  it  is  remarkably  shallow  and  clean,  so  that, 
with  the  lead  in  hand,  there  is  not  the  least  danger  on  the  whole  of  it,  excepting  that 
which  arises  from  the  hull  of  a  sunken  vessel,  which  lies  to  the  west  of  the  Isle  Piedras, 
and  in  .'ix  fathoms  of  water,  to  which,  vessels  navigalini^  in  this  depth,  ought  to  give  a 
berth. 

From  the  River  fif  .'*>t.  Francisco,  the  coast  continues  to  the  S.  W.  for  twelve  miles, 
to  Point  .Morros,  in  whic  ii  space  the  Castle  of  .^t.  .lose!"  is  the  fust  tiling  seen;  afier- 
wards  the  city  of  ('ampeche  ;  to  it  follows  the  Castle  of  .St.  Miguel,  next  conies  the 
town  of  Lerma:  alter  it  succeeds  a  point  of  the  coast  extendini;  out  to  the  sea,  and 
which  is  named  Point  Martin;  the  next  to  it  is  Point  Morros:  all  this  front  of  coast, 
which  forms  the  anchorage  of  Campeche,  may  be  seen  jilainly  trom  4j,'  fathoms;  but 
the  water  is  so  shallow  that  you  will  find  .'i.j  fathoms  at  filieeii  miles  from  tlie  land,  and 
Kj  I'athoms  at  4  miles  from  it.  'J'his  anchorage,  therefore,  needs  no  fiilcf,  nor  any  par- 
ticular advice  for  taking  it :  for,  once  arrived  at  the  depth  convenient  for  the  vessel's 
draught  of  water,  you  may  let  go  your  anchor,  remaining  as  if  in  the  middle  of  the 
ocean:  hence  rcsulls  an  immense  lalior  in  (iischarging  and  loading  cargoes;  for  even 
those  vessels  which  can  approach  nearest  to  the  laml,  remain  4',  miles  distant  from  it. 
In  order  to  diminish  this  labor,  and  to  nnnage  so  that  boats,  lighters,  or  launches  may 
go  to  and  return  Iroin  the  sluue  under  sail,  they  anchor  to  the  west  of  the  tower.  In 
this  anchorage,  althoiiuh  open  entirely  to  the  north  and  N.  W.  winds,  which  in  the  sea- 
son l)low  with  great  force,  there  is  not  any  thing  to  fear,  for  they  do  not  raise  any  sea  of 
consequence,  and  vessels  remain  al  anchor  with  sufficient  safely. 

To  the  west  of  Point  Morros,  and  rather  ukmc  to  the  south,  it  is  not  so  shallow;  and, 
according  to  information,  4  fathoms  may  be  tonnd  there,  at  a  league  from  the  land.  Any 
one  who  ap|iroaches  this  coast,  with  the  object  of  wooding  and  watering,  ought  to  en- 
deavor to  take  this  last  anchorage,  in  the  vicinity  of  which,  and  somewhai  to  the  south, 
is  the  town  ot  Cliarnpoton,  where  they  may  provide  themselves  with  the  articles  required. 

From  Point  Morros,  the  coast  trends  S.  'J.5°  VV.  .3t>  miles  to  Point  .lavinal,  forming,  as 
it  were,  a  bend  in  the  coast :  as  it  approaches  the  latter  point,  the  land  trends  more  to  the 
west, and  S.(»0"  \V.  61  miles  distant  from  it  is  Point  Xicalango,  which  is  the  western  ex- 
treme of  the  Lagoon  or  Lake  of  'J'crminos.  I'his  Lagoon  is  a  great  bay,  about  40  miles 
wide,  and  having  about  .'50  miles  of  bight :  between  its  two  outer  and  extreme  points  are 
two  islands,  which  shelter  it;  the  western,  named  Carmen,  is  the  largest.  At  the  west- 
ern extremity  of  Carmen  is  a  garrison,  named  that  of  ."^an  Felip  (.St.  Philip.)  Between 
this  and  Point  Xicalango  is  the  principal  entrance  to  the  I^agoon,  with  rather  more  than 
two  fathoms  of  depth,  and  of  it  we  are  informed  only  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  enter,  and 
that  it  is  absolutelv  necessary  to  have  a  pilot. 

THP:  SOIJNDINCS  OR  RANK  OF  CAMPKCHE.— The  Campeche  Bank  is  a 
great  shoal,  which  extends  from  the  north  coast  of  'i'licataii  almost  as  far  as  lat.  24°, 
and  from  the  coast  of  ('ainpeche,  to  the  west,  as  far  as  the  meriilian  of  92°  30';  the  depth 
as  well  as  the  quality  of  the  soundings  on  it  are  so  uncertain,  that  it  is  not  poMlble  to 
ascertain  your  situation  on  it  by  the  lead ;  it  will  be  sufficient  to  take  a  glance  at  the 
chart  to  convince  yourself  of  this  fact;  nevertheless,  the  soundings  from  18  fatboma 
towards  the  shore  are  so  regular,  that  you  may  navigate  along  it  with  all  safety;  for 
having  once  caught  that  depth,  which  you  will  find  at  10  or  12  leagues  from  the  coast, 
the  depths  will  be  found  to  run  uniformly  with  ilie  coast  until  you  are  to  the  N.  W.  of 
Point  Piedras,  when  it  suddenly  diminishes  two  fathoms.  The  same  regularity  is  re- 
marked all  along  these  soundings,  from  18  fathoms  to  4  fathoms;  and  you  will  always 
find  the  diminution  to  the  N.  W.  of  Point  Piedras,  which  is  undoubtedly  caused  by  some 
spit  of  rocks  that  extends  out  from  the  point ;  for  upon  it  the  soundings  are  always  on 
stones.  From  4  fathoms  to  the  shore,  in  all  the  tract  of  coast  between  the  Cayo  or 
Cairn  of  Lagartos  and  the  Lookout  Tower  of  Chuburna,  we  have  already  said  that 
there  are  various  stones  am.  shoals,  most  perilous  to  navigation. 

The  quality  of  soundings,  from  18  fathoms  towards  the  shore,  does  not  preserve  regu- 
larity ;  for  sometimes  it  is  gray  sand  with  gravel,  at  others  gravel  alone,  and  at  others 
sand  with  shells,  and  coral;  thus  it  alternates  until  to  the  N.  W.  of  Point  Piedras, 
where,  as  we  have  already  said,  the  soundings  are  on  stone  or  rock,  which  noake  a  very 
good  mark  to  know  a  vessel's  situation  by,  and  to  enable  her  to  shape  a  course  with  ite- 
curity,  so  as  to  pass  between  the  Triangles  and  New  Shoal,  (Thangulo  y  Baxo  Nuevoi) 


E 


286 


BLUXT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


wliicli  is  the  rhaiiin'l  lli;it  on;:lit  to  l)c  iircrciinl  lor  iiiiitiina  ollllif  hnnk  on  Its  wrstprn 
side  ;  but  it  is  siill  lnttt.'r  li>  ;t>ciMt;iiii  ilu'  vt'<isfi'.s  phicr  l>_v  tin-  cum  --(mvIiu'Ii  is  iici-cssiuy 
to  preserve  tlie  depth  oC  18  iHthoiiis;  lor,  i(  ymi  retiiiii  that,  sfeerin:;  W.  by  S.  it  is  a 
prooCtliat  you  are  between  tlie  ineriiliiius  coiiiprcliendiMi  lietneeii  llie  (.'aim  of  [ja^artos 
and  I'oiiit  I'iedras;  hut,  it  yuii  aiiLiineiil  tiie  dcplli  on  tiiis  ciiiir'^e,  it  is  ne<e«*sary  to 
chani;e»it  to  W.  S.  W.  and  S.  \V'.,  il  is  a  pntof  ih.il  ymi  liave  passed  the  nii'ridi.ni  I'oint 
I'iedias,  and  that  yon  arc  abiear-t  ortl'c  N.  \\'.  iVnril  of  ihi  <'(iast.  i.r  bciwci-n  I'ltmt  I'n'. 
dras  atid  I'oint  J)es(onoeida ;  ai  d,  (inallv.  il,  in  urtler  !>  <  'ain  the  same  di'iuh,  yoii  are 
objiijed  to  steer  soiitli.  von  need  not  doubi  that  yon  Inive  ssed,  or  are  at  least  al)reast 
of,  or  on  thepaiaiiel  ol.  i'liint  Deseonociila.  What  we  h  said  oC  IH  fathoms  depth 
applies  also  to  any  lesser  diptli  on  tliis  eonsl ;  but  on  the  rest  of  the  sonndim^s,  or  bank, 
that  is,  from  1h  io  ■,»()  fiuhonis.  into  deepi-r  wiitcr,  ilnTe  is  no  rc^ulariiy  whatever,  either 
in  the  depth  of  water  or  iiuahty  of  yonndin^s,  espeeially  on  tlie  north  part  of  it  ;  and 
tliis  iiccessarilv  lollows,  tor  it  is  sown  witii  stioals  most  dangerous  to  navigation,  of  whieli 
we  shall  speak  in  order. 

IJaxodcl  Corsario  (the  I'rivnieer  I'ank)  has  been  explored  by  Don  Ciriaeo  de  Ceval- 
los  and  Don  .loan  Lo])e/,  de  Annilla.  Il  extends  .\.  N.  W .  i\un\  the  west  | dinl  td' llic 
island  .lolvas,  and  has  near  it  10  I'athotiis  water;  there  are  breakers  on  it  only  when  there 
is  a  heavy  .sea. 

The  last  edition  of  the  "  Derrotcro  de  las  Antilias."  says,  the  shallowest  part  of  the 
Corsario  Hank,  is  situated,  ac-cordiii;;  to  the  siu\e\  of  Don  Ciriaeo  Cevallos,  in  lat.  L'l  ^ 
37'  30",  and  lon.t;.  ^l'^  ].'<'  :ili  ',  Irom  (ireenwich,  tiivinc  it  an  extent  cf  li  miles  from  east 
to  west,  and  about  half  a  nile  from  north  to  soiitli;  its  west  end  beinj;  on  the  meridian 
of  the  west  end  of  .lolvas  Island,  four  and  a  half  miles  distant.  'Piie  shoal  has  been  ex- 
amined by  the  pilot  Josef  lionzales  Rn'/.  wiio  sjives  tlie  lollowinir  deseription  : 

"  'J'he  ('orsaiio  Shoal  is  a  rocky  s|)il,  whieli  begins  to  the  (vishmrd  of  .Mos(|nilos  I'oint, 
with  a  turn  of  about  3  Icasines  to  the  north  and  to  the  wesiwani  of  that  point  ;  it  ex- 
tends about  N.  \V.  by  N.  to  that  or  rather  a  less  dtstanee,  and  ends  in  7  or  H  fathoms  el' 
water.  All  this  bank  is  of  roeky  spot>;,  which shoalen  towards ihe  land.nniil,  at  about  3'- 
iTiiles  from  Mos(|Mitos  I'oint,  at  that  distance  there  is  a  shoal  exteiidin;;  about  'J  miles 
east  and  west,  and  less  than  half  a  mile  in  breadlli.  This  slio;d,  at  low  waler,  has  r*  and 
9  feet  of  water  ;  and,  at  hii;li  water,  10  mid  1 1  i'eet.  .'<ome  ol' the  rocks  i  isc  hi.'zher  than 
others.  'J'he  shoal  is  of  mueara  roidi,  with  black  spots,  and  som<'  red  ones,  which  seem 
t'j  be  spoiifres.  Those  spots  farthest  to  the  east  bear  from  the  west  part  (d'  the  island, 
(which  is  distant  'J  leafjues  from  Moscpiiios  I'oint.)  N.  N.  E."  It  may  be  observed  that 
the  situations  p;iven  by  this  pilot  do  not  accord  wiih  those  of  Cevallos,  and  the  latter  arc 
supposed  to  be  entitled  to  the  <.'iealer  conlidence. 

SISAL  SflOAfi.— The  "Derrotcro  de  las  Antilias."  says,  "This  shoal  was  sousrht 
for  and  found  by  Don  Ciriaeo  Cevallos,  on  rnnnini,'  from  the  anchera^e  at  Sisal.  lie 
says,  the  least  water  on  it  is  '-'  lathoms,  accordinii  to  the  traditionary  inlbrmation  of  the 
people  of  the  country;  but  he  could  find  only  It*  feet,  surrounded,  very  near,  on  all 
sides,  by  6,  8,  and  ')  talhoins.  IJetween  it  and  the  ('ontisiious  lands  ol"  the  continent  is  n 
chf.-iiiol  of  12  miles,  fit  for  the  larciest  vessels.  It  is  true,  when  he  found  IH  leet.  we 
were  ignorant  of  the  state  of  the  tiile,  wiiich.  at  that  time,  rose  from  3  to  4  fei't  at  Idgli 
Wiitcr.  From  the  shoal  iMount  No-teperd"ra.s  (i.  e.  Don't  lose  yoursrlf)  bears  true  S. 
7°  K.  14  miles;  and  this  mount  is  the  best  mark  of  keeping  clear  of  it,  whether  passing 
to  the  ndrthward  or  southward." 

This  sboal  was  surveyed  by  Mr.  C.  Brown,  master  of  his  Britannic  Majesty's  ship 
Baun,  hi  1819.  It  is  seven  eijihths  of  a  mile  in  length,  nearly  S.  E.  and  N.  W.,  and  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  wide.  It  has  several  vo(  ky  pad  iies,  with  'Jr.-  a  2'  fathoms  on  them; 
and  one,  which  is  the  shallowest,  wiili  only  1'  fathom  on  it.  The  latter  is  nearly  one- 
third  of  a  mile  from  its  S.  E.  end.  Here  are  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  within  a  cable's  length 
of  it  all  around. 

The  Alacran  is  a  shoal  of  great  extent.  In  its  south  part  there  is  a  little  safe  and 
well  sheltered  harbor,  in  which  vessels  drawing  11  feet  may  anchor.  This  harbor  is 
frequented  only  by  the  Campeche  coasters,  who  make  oil  fiom  the  immense  (juantity  of 
fish  which  they  find  here.  All  others  ought  to  shun  the  proximities  of  the  shoal ;  no 
one  should  ever  sail  hereabout,  from  the  east  to  the  west,  in  1?6  fathoms  depth  or  up- 
wards, but  shouW  always  pass  in  from  18  to  'JO  fathoms.  The  situation  of  this  shoal  has 
been  well  ascertained  by  the  survey  of  Don  Ciraco  de  Cevallos,  who  says,  the  shoal  ex- 
tends 14  miles  f'om  north  to  south,  and  11  from  east  to  vest.  The  islets  upon  its 
southern  part  are  named  Perez,  Chica,  and  Pajaros,  and  it  has  various  banks  and  reefs 
rising  more  or  less  above  the  surface  of  the  water.  The  harbor  is  formed  by  the  reefs, 
which  extend  around  Perez  and  Pajaros.  At  its  entrance  the  depth  is  from  2.7  to  6i 
fdthoms,  and  farther  in,  from  2i  to  7  fathoms.  The  best  anchorage  is  to  the  eastward 
of  the  middle  of  Perez  Isle,  in  G  fathoms,  on  sand  and  shells,  having  to  the  south  (be 


•  t 


rocky  bank, 
about  six  ca 
The  Arc, 
thesoulheri 
by   N.  27   le 
may  be  eiite 
care  than  to 
by  bringing 
middle  of  th 
which  rniiso 
the  aiuhorai 
lar:,'est  islam 
extend  tVoni 
from  the  sou 
forins  the  tri 
width. 

The  weste 
1',  cables'  le 
tending  to  th 
anchorage  is 
ill  it  tor  all  c 
himself  well 
TheS.  E. 
length  in  brc; 
channel  of  tw 
vel,  by  whicl 
tr;mce  to  the 
The  Cabe/, 
one  fathom  o 
About  N.   • 
small  extent, 
there  is  some 
miles  ofV,  by  i 
Its  situation 
water  on  it,  ai 
causes  the  set 
The  Placer  N 
and  to  this,  al 
To  the  iiort 
islets,  lying  a 
They  are  visit 
it  improper  to 
N.  W.  of  the 
of  about  half 
out  a  spil  !.)  til 
situation  of  tl 
las  Antilias  sa 
four  miles.     I 
from  each  oth 
easternmost,  v 
and  middle  oi 
gravel   and  ro 
water,  first  to 
in  length.     F: 
distance. 

"  The  soui 
two  miles  E.  I 
tenths  of  a  mi 
sand  and  grav^ 
of  a  mile  tu  tl 
To  the  \V.  S. 
A  sand  bani 
Campeche  Ba 
ficer  says.  "  ai 
beam,  bearing 
about  N.  VV. 


ULINT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


287 


r>n  its  wpnt«»rn 
I  is  iicccMNiirv 

by  S.  it  is  ;i 
n  u(°  La^iirion 

ii<'<f*'<s;ii V  to 
K'l'iiiiaii  i'liiiit 

I'll    I'oilit    I'lf. 

Icpili,  yoii  lire 
li'iist  jihreast 
illioiiiK  (l(>|ilh 
iiu!s,  or  l);iiik, 
i;ii<'vi'r,  eiilicr 
t  ol  it  ;  iitid 
lion,  orwliieii 

1(0  tie  Ceviil- 

t  |dinl  ol'  ilip 
i)  wlitn  ilicru 

'St  part  of  the 
OS,  ill  lilt.  'J]-* 
lilps  from  e;>.st 
tilt'  iiieritlimj 
has  been  ex- 
ion  : 

*'|uito8  Point, 
point  ;  it  cx- 
■  H  liithoms  of 
il.  at  aiiout  3'; 
ihoiit  'J  miles 
ler.  has  r"  iinil 
f  lii.'jhrr  iliiui 
•,  wliicji  senn 
of  tlu'  isliiiul, 
observed  liiiit 
lilt-  latter  are 

il  uas  sousrlit 

t  Sisal.  He 
ation  of  the 
near,  on  ail 

continent  is  a 
If^  feet,  wc 
foi't  at  liiffh 

lears  true  S. 

>ther  passing 

ajesty's  ship 
.  W.,  and  a 

ms  on  them; 
nearly  onc- 
iible's  length 


ttle  safe  atid 
lis  harbor  is 
(luantity  of 


c  shoal ;  no 
lepth  or  up- 
lis  shoal  lias 
he  shoal  ex- 
ts  upon  its 
ks  and  reefs 
by  the  reefs, 
in  2^  to  64 
he  eastward 
le  south  the 


rocky  bank,  which  extends  from  the  .S.  W.  end  of  that  inlc  towards  the  E.  and  K.  S.  E. 
about  six  cables'  lenj;lh." 

'I'lie  Areas  are  three  islets,  which  may  be  sen  at  the  distance  of  ,">  miles.  They  nre 
the  southernmost  upon  the  western  edu'e  of  these  soundiiiji's,  and  lie  almost  nearly  W. 
by  N.  '.'T  leau;ues  Ironi  Campeche.  They  form  of  themselves  a  t;o(id  liirbor,  which 
may  be  entered  on  the  N.  W.  or  .S.  side,  ;is  is  iimst  convenient,  and  uiihout  any  other 
care  than  to  avoid  the  spits  stretchiiii;  trom  them.  'I'lie  N.  W.  entrance  may  be  taken 
bv  brm^iiiU  lb"  south  part  of  the  N.  K.  is|  nd  (which  is  also  the  largest)  oil  with  the 
iriiddle  of  the  S.  E.  island,  bearing  nearly  .S.  E.  by  E.  ;  this  will  carry  you  cb-iir  of  n  spit 
which  runs  out  to  the  N.  W.of  the  j;ieater  island,  and  which  is  the  object  that  shi'llers 
the  aiicli(irai;e  from  the  northerly  swell.  To  t  nier  by  the  south  passage  between  the 
lar:;est  island  and  the  wi'sleriiiiiost  island,  you  oimlit  to  lie  caretui  to  avoirl  the  reels  that 
extend  iVom  the  lar;;('  island  to  tin;  S.  and  io  the  W.  N.  \V.,  forming  a  shoal  which  bears 
from  the  south  extremity  of  the  said  i>land  N.  W.  \  W.  near  half  a  mile;  and  which 
forms  the  true  channel  between  that  and  the  westernmost  area,  of  two  cables'  length  in 
width. 

'I'lie  westernmost  island  sends  off  reefs  to  the  W.  N.  W.  and  W.  S.  W.;  also  at  Q  and 

1',  cables'  length  from  the  norih  point  td  the  lar^e  islands  there  are  three  foul  reefs  ex- 

hI       tendinis  to  the  west,  the  larihest  of  which  is  4  cables'  leimth  from  the  said  point.     This 

mm       jiMchorai;e  is  very  superior  in  northerly  '•ales  to  that  oft  'ampeche;  and  as  there  is  depth 

in  it  (or  all  classes  of  vessels,  he  who  under  such  circumstances,  can  catch  it,  will  find 

himself  well  sheltered  and  secure. 

The  .S.  E.  Area  is  surrounded  by  reefs,  separated  from  it  by  a  space  of  about  n  cable's 
leii;;th  in  breadth.  Tliis  islet,  witli  i)ie  reefs  at  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  large  one,  form  a 
channel  of  two  short  cables'  h'lijith,  with  trom  .')  to  1')  fathoms,  on  sand,  stone,  und  gra- 
vel, by  which,  in  case  id'  necessity,  and  according;  to  the  situation  a  vessel  is  in,  an  en- 
trance to  the  anciiorai^e  may  be  ailempted. 

Tilt!  Cabezo.a  heati  rock,  which  lies  i:',\  miles  to  the  S.  W.  of  tlie  Areas,  having  only 
one  fathom  over  if,  must  be  cautiously  avoirled. 

About  N.  40°  W.  from  the  Areas,  at  the  distance  of  7  leajjues,  there  is  a  shoal  of 
small  extent,  named  the  IJaxo  del  Obispo,  (the  Mishop's  .^hoal,)  on  which  it  appears 
there  is  stune  rt.ck  that  may  be  seen,  but  which  cannot  be  tliscovered  at  more  tlian  two 
miles  oil',  by  tlav,  in  clear  weather,  and  with  yreat  vi;;ilaiice. 

Its  sitiiation  has  been  well  ascertained,  and  to  be  a  (iat  rock  or  stone,  with  5  fathoms  of 
water  on  it,  and  so  steep  that  up  and  tlown  at  its  ed<;e,  there  are  J.')  fathoms  ;  ami  this 
causes  the  sea  to  break  heavily  tin  it  :  wlnrefore,  at  all  e\eijts,  it  shoiiltl  be  avoided. 
The  Placer  Nuevo,  lies  ;>  h-a^ues  N.  HO'  E.  from  the  Ubispo  ;  on  it  there  are  •)  fathoms, 
anil  to  this,  also,  a  berth  oiiulit  to  lie  ;;iven. 

To  tlie  iiortli  of  the  Obispti,  is  the  Triansjle,  (El  Triangulo.)  which  consists  of  three 
islets,  lying  about  N.  E.  and  S.  \\'..  in  which  tlir('ctit)n  they  extend  about  seven  miles. 
They  are  visilile  at  seven  miles  distance,  and  send  out  spits  and  shallows,  which  render 
it  improper  to  (lass  betwi>eri  them,  or  to  approach  them  nearer  than  two  miles  to  the  W. 
N.  W.  of  the  northernmost.  At  six  inik's  trom  the  latter,  there  is  another  islet  of  sand, 
of  about  half  a  mile  in  extent,  which  is  very  clear  on  the  south  part,  and  which  sends 
out  a  spil  ;.,  tl,c  north  :  it  is  very  low,  and  i''  covered  with  birds  and  some  drift  wood.  The 
situation  of  these  islanils  has.  also,  been  act  uralcly  ascerlainetl,  anil  the  Derrotero  de 
las  Antillas  says  the  Triangle  lies  to  the  north  of  the  <  »i)ispo,  at  the  distance  of  twenty- 
four  miles.  Itis  comptiseit  of  three  islets,  of  which  the  twt»  eastern  are  two  miles  distant 
from  each  other,  but  they  are  connected  by  reefs.  The  westernmost  bears  ffom  the 
easternmost,  which  is  the  largest,  N.  7.')'  \V.  eight  long  miles;  and  between  the%e]rteru 
antl  midtlle  one  is  a  clianiiel.  six  miles  broail,  having  from  17  to  .30  fathoms,  on  kand, 
gravel  ami  rock.  From  tlie  easternmost  islet  a  reef  exteinls,  with  a  large  rock  above 
water,  first  to  the  N.  N.  E.  and  then  to  the  N.  W.  forming  a  bow  or  crescent,  two  miles 
in  length.  From  the  north  and  east  of  the  western  islantj,  shoals  also  extend  to  a  short 
distance. 

"The  soundings  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Triangle  are  IH  fathoms,  on  fine  sand,  at 
two  miles  E.  by  S.  from  the  larger  islet;  2.3  fathoms,  sanil,  gravel  and  rock,  at  seven- 
tentlis  of  a  mile  ;  2U  fathoms,  sand  and  clay,  at  nearly  a  mile  to  the  S.  E.;  18  fathoms, 
sand  and  gravel,  at  i  cables'  length  to  the  south  ;  1')  fathoms,  from  three  to  six  tenths 
of  a  inile  to  the  south  of  the  reefs  which  connect  the  eastern  island  to  the  middle  one. 
To  the  \V.  S.  \V.  of  the  miildle  are  I't  fathoms,  on  sand  and  gravel." 

A  sand  bank,  lying  about  N.  \V.  about  .')  miles  frtun  the  westernmost  Triangle,  on  the 
Campeche  Bank,  was  iliscovereil  by  Capt.  .lames,  of  the  British  ship  Sprey.  This  of- 
ficer says,  "  at  4  P.  M.  he  saw  the  Triangle  Shoals  from  the  mast  head  on  the  larboard 
beam,  bearing  S.  VV.  i  S.  about  H  miles:  shortly  afterwards  saw  a  sand  bank  lying 
about  N.  \V.  from  them.     At  5  1  pas-sed  them  ou  the  north  side,  and  found  it  to  lie  in 


imM 


28b 


BLUNT's  AMF.mCAN  COAsT  IMI.OT. 


lat.  -.'P  2'  N..  long.  Ol"  I'J'  :W'  \V,  'Dm  l»«nk  U  very  low,  with  a  nnii««  of  brrnUpm 
l\in.;  out  to  (lie  tioriliwiird.  It  Ii;im  a  liiiiiniiiiik  in  tin;  iiihIiIIi'  like  a  !<iii:iII  lint,  nnd  may 
bf  !*»'eii  I  miles  in  rlciir  wiMtlicr  Iroiii  ilir  iiiiiHi  Innitl.  I  tnt'il  l<ir  ••oiiiiiIimk^  nt  the  Jii- 
taiiL'u  uf  it  iiiilfH  iiorlli  li'iiiii  llii>  li;iiil\,  with  ii  lim-  o(  .'I'l  rillioiiii,  witlioiti  uettin'Z  Ixittoin. 
It  iiiii!il  be  tlini'lorp  vers  (laiit;«'roiM  in  piissin;,'  this  bank  at  ni^lit,  or  tiveii  in  tikiok  we.i. 
tlu'r  in  iluytiiiir,  wiilKiiii  bcinu  <|nili'  sure  of  the  laiiindt'  anil  litnuitiiili'. 

'riip  Uajo  NVnvo  (New  Midi!)  is  a  lnail  ol  saml,  wliicli  slnivvs  at  low  wntt»r,  with  va- 
rious rocks,  wliiih  also  sliow  a  liiilf.  'The  si-a  breaks  ii|i(iii  il  in  ordinary  bree/.us,  and 
it  ii«  so  Nteep  that  '.*.)  lathonis  are  loiiiid  at  hall  a  mile  Iroiii  its  western  head.  This  shoal 
i*  hardly  ot'tliR  extent  ot'  a  eable  and  a  halt  Iriiin  north  to  south,  and  lour  cnbleit  Ironi 
east  to  west.  Its  niven  sirii;iiion  is,  as  yet.  ralln-r  donbU'iil :  tor  the  observations  of  lati- 
tude made  in  the  two  ships  ol  the  Spanish  hire,  San  Leandro  and  l)ra<;on,  when  the  latter 
was  lost  on  it,  diller  mix  minutes — beiim,  accordim;  to  the  one,  in  Jl  ■'in  ,  and  aecordint; 
to  the  other,  in'.'l  It'.  Its  lon<{iliide,  althuuKh  not  deduced  t'roin  particular  observaliuns 
made  on  the  spot,  cannot  vary  much  from  the  truth.  The  shoal  has  been  [ilaced  by 
Don  F.  liau/.a  in  his  new  chart,  in  lat.  '.'1  .jO  ,and  long.  'il. ')(>',  which  is,  we  presume, 
correct. 

l.SLA  AKKNAS  (.Sandy  Inland.) — Cevallos  has  determined  the  situation  of  the  isl- 
and, wliich  is  J-,' '  H'  N.  ami  '»!  H)  W.  'i'his  isle  is  low,  and  furiiis  nearly  a  parallelo- 
gram, in  the  direction  of  N.  4rt^  K.  to  S.  4H^  W.  true,  ."l  miles,  its  Kreate.st  breadth  be- 
inu;  'J.  It  is  foul  all  round,  and  a  creat  stony  spit  extends  from  its  north  end,  with  some 
rocks  above  water,  to  N.  .'I')"  VV.  and  N.  b'l  \V.,  true,  ;)  miles.  Krom  the  8.  W.  part 
another,  of  a  like  kind,  extends  \.  dj^  W.  and  .S.  -'(  \V.,  true,  h  and  ')  miles.  Hetween 
the  reefs  there  is  a  <;ood  liarbor.-lo  the  W.  N.  W.  of  the  island,  sheltered  from  the  winds 
from  the  north,  round  by  H.  to  N.  W.  with  a  de|)th  of  3{  fathoms  at  *.*  miles  from  the 
island  to  (>',  between  the  points  of  the  reefs. 

ISLA.NI)  HKK.MI.IA. — This,  as  placed  in  the  old  charts,  is  of  very  doubtful  exist- 
ence. The  liieiitenants  of  the  Navy.  Don  .>Iimiel  Aiiderele  and  Don  Andres  Val- 
derrama,  in  their  iiii|iiiries  in  seaixii  of  the  Neurillo  did  not  sec  if.  The  same  happened 
to  Don  (-'irciuo  de  ("evallos  in  .Inly,  1804,  who  purposely  searched  for  it,  for  which  rea- 
son we  believe  its  existence  is  not  true.  Nevertheless,  we  have  placed  it  in  the  chart  in 
latitude  'J',*'^  ;t3'  and  longitude  ri.j '  ft'  west  of  Cadi/,,  ('il^  'JJ'  west  of  (Jreenwich,)  until 
more  elaborate  surveys  in  every  respect  decide  whether  it  exists  or  not. 

The  Negrillo  is  a  shoal  spoken  of  by  all  who  navigate  these  seas,  but  no  one  has  been 
able  to  i;ive  the  exact  position  of  it.  In  the  ship  of  the  line  San  .fulien,  conimaiided  by 
D.  .luan  de  .loaquin  Moreno,  tlie  deposition  of  the  gunner  D.  Manuel  Sandoval,  was 
taken,  in  which  lie  declared  that  bein^'on  board  the  shi|)  of  the  line  Uiien  Consejo,  com- 
manded by  D.  .roa(|uiii  Olivares,  on  his  voyage  (rom  Vera  Cruz  to  the  Havana,  and  on 
the  ninth  day  after  sailing  from  the  |mrt  at  'J  1*.  M.  they  saw  breakers  ;  that  having  sent 
■  boat  in  which  the  deponent  went  as  bowman  to  examine  the  spot,  they  discovered  a 
rock  of  about  half  a  boat's  length  of  extent  ;  and  that  he  held  on  it  with  a  boat  hook, 
while  others  sounded  over  the  stern  with  I'.'d  fathoms  without  finding  bottom,  and  which 
was  repeated  with  equal  diligen<;e  all  round  the  rock  with  similar  results;  that  over  the 
rock  there  were  not  more  than  .i  or  4  palms  depth  of  water  ;  and  that  he  heard  the  ot- 
flcers  and  pilots  of  the  ship  say  tliat  this  must  have  been  the  Negrillo  Shoal.  In  con- 
sequence of  this  declaration  we  have  made  many  elforts  to  obtain  this  ship's  log  book, 
but  without  success. 

'Aldcreteand  Valderrama  in  their  expedition  of  1T7.')  had  the  discovery  of  this  shoal  as 
their  principal  object,  but  they  were  iinible  to  find  it.  alter  cnii/.ing  in  all  directions  as- 
stgaecilo  it  by  old  charts  ;  but  from  a  declaration  Iroin  a  seaman  who  had  navigated  tlie 
Gulf. of  Mexico  many  years,  taken  at  \'era  Cru/.  by  Don  Toinas  Ugarte,  that  going  in  a 

Private  brig,  and  having  observed  and  jiassed  to  the  westward  in  the  alternoon,  they  sailed 
(.  W.  for  30  or  40  miles,  and  then  hove  to,  two  hours  before  day-break,  to  avoid,  as  he 
heard  the  Captain  say,  crossing  the  parallel  of  tiie  Negrillo  in  the  dark.  At  daylight 
they  found  themselves  drifted  into  a  channel  or  canal  between  two  shoals  about  a  ca- 
ble's, length  wide  and  without  soundings,  which  the  Captain  said  was  the  Negrillo.  From 
this  information,  laying  it  down  on  the  chart,  and  allowing  the  same  dilference  as  for  the 
Alacran,  the  result  is,  that  the  shoal  must  be  in  latitude  123^  -2'  and  longitude  of  83°  53' 
W.  of  Cadiz,  (90°  10'  W.  of  (heenwich.)  a  point  certainly  out  of  the  tracts  in  which 
Alderete  and  Valderrama  cruized  for  it,  and  consequently  leaves  us  without  surprise  at 
l^ir  not  finding  it. 

There  is  another  very  confused  account  of  an  extensive  ihoal  which  was  discovered  in 
the  year  1768  by  the  pilot  .Juan  de  llita  Sala/.ar,  in  the  Hilander  Poder  do  Dios,  whose 
journal  was  examined  at  the  IJavana  by  command  of  Don  Juan  Antonio  de  la  ('olina; 
we  do  not  possess  the  journal  itself;  but  we  have  the  report  made  by  the  pilots  who  were 
conuniMiooed  to  examine  it,  from  which  nothing  more  can  be  deduced  than  that  the  ves^ 


«el  niilfd  fronl 
ler  lor  the  H  if 
and  about  '■> 
(pnirter  «<»  "••<'| 
iuK«  in  3.'  I')  I  hi 
when  the  ob«»| 
sleereil  .N.  K. 
.",i)m.  I'.  M.  »| 
itnrhored  ai.d 
fiuduikT  nothmj 
time  he  !{"•  ml 
patrln»i>l  -Op 
iniiHi  be  the  N.| 
sand  ;  mIi'-h  r'- 
had  37  lalhom 
From  this  iHir. 
to  t.J  fathoms  <J 
that  l)y  noon.  i| 
course,  he  kejl 
toin,  on  which  I 
bottom,  still  ai' 
foin  111  the  obst 
iia's,  which  he 

h'rom  all  till 
by  this  vessel, 
liie  Kaiik  exier 
lint  little  know: 

."siiHf  this  1 
transmitted  th) 
ol'  the  schoone 
111  latitude  -.'3 
observed,  and  I 
as  deduced  Inn 
of  \'era  Cru/. 
than  a  rock  of  a 
except  at  the  l« 
within  a  cable  ai 
be  found  at  70  I 

iJesides  these 
cently  rliscovert 

The  fust,  wli 
tenant  of  the  S| 
antine  Argus:  i 
then  in  latitude 
which  on  exam 
directions,  witli 
heavily,  alihuiie 
the  cominandar 
by  lunar  di-tanc 
ami  referred  to 
This  shoal  apjn 
Don  Narcisso  I 
C^ampeche  to  N 
have  more  com 
sailing  on  thisp 

Don  Manuel 
sailing  from  Vc 
her,  1817,  at  Ha 
ing  smooth,  am 
a  shoal,  the  ext 
N.  E.  and  S.  M 
and  his  dist:mr 
sounfled  and  fo 
with  his  boat,  h 
the  shoal ;  but 
lengiu  of  the  da 


BIAM's  AMKFnCAN  COAST  Hfl.OT. 


289 


of  brenkern 
lilt,  nnd  inay 
K  at  tlie  (Jin- 
tintt  Ixittnin. 

II  tlii(<k  we.i- 

U'T,  with  va- 

brce/fs,  itiid 

This  xhoiil 

(Mlllpi    tioiii 

tioiiM  lit'  lali- 
K-n  tilt'  l:iiif>r 
1(1  iircordiii^ 
oliHervHiiuiig 
•n  |)la(f>(|  hy 
ve  |)r»"»unn\ 

1  <»f  the  isl- 

n  pniiilleio- 

bri*ii(l;h  be- 

I,  with  some 

S.  W.  part 

"S.     HctWOftJ 

III  the  winds 
les  t'ruiii  the 

ibffiil  pxist- 
\ndroM  V^ii- 
10  h.-ippeiifd 
r  whifli  re,\- 
thi-  chHit  in 
wich,)  until 

lie  has  been 
iiiiaiided  i)y 
nddval,  was 
ii.st'jd,  rniii- 
aiia,  and  on 
having  sent 
iscovered  a 
boat  hook, 
and  which 
It  over  the 
rd  the  of- 
In  con- 
log  book, 

is  shoal  as 

ections  as- 

i,!;ated  the 

i!oin,i;  in  a 

hey  sailed 

void,  lis  he 

k.t  daylight 

loiit  a  ca- 

ilo.   Krnin 

as  ("or  tlie 
of8.'{°  53' 

in  which 
surprise  at 

overcd  in 
OS,  whose 
a  (/olinn; 

who  were 
It  the  veso 


ael  Hilled  (rttm  ihc  Kn»ifrn  edge  of  f 'aiiipprhe  •Suiindinei  on  coiinie<i  in  tho  N.  K,  «niar- 
ter  tor  lh«>  liav.ina,  Mhi(hcr<«he  was  biMiiid.  (Mi  the  third  d:i\  sin-  w,i<t  in  l.ilitiide  Jl  '.'', 
and  about  '■'>"  li-.tzn't  W  .  Ii>  S.  frtiiii  the  'I'ortiiiAas,  and  xtiirrd  on  cniirM-.  in  tin-  S.  l- . 
i|iurtrr  to  niiikr  thi-  land  oi  Cuba;  at  :<  I'.  ;M.  Iiiidiiig  liiiii.'>)  It  Dn  ilic  <  aiiipcihe  Sounu- 
um*  in  :i.'  r.iilii>iii<i,  h**  siond  N.  N.  K.  incrcaKin^  the  ijepih  iiniil  ilit-  noon  m  the  i>ih  day, 
uhcii  tlir  oli«<n«'d  lat.liide  was  V.*.'!  1  ■')  ,  and  tlie  depth  ih  I  itliDiiit.  I'roiii  iiiK  spot  he 
uterred  N-  K.  willi  li^lit  t«inds  ineliniii;;  to  i  aim,  keepint;  the  same  Miiiiidin;:H  until  111. 
.'iOiii.  I*.  M-  "Im-ii  he  '•iiildenly  siiiialed  tii  I,'!  lallMiiiis  nti  roeky  iiniioiii ;  he  imiiiedialelv 
anrlnired  aiid  remained  iiniil  liie  iiioriiin^,  when,  alter  exaiiiiiiinu  ■<  '•^'*  I'lr  ><**  lie  emild,  and 
lindint;  iiolhine  ilancenuiN,  lie  wrii.'tied  and  stood  N.  K.  .soimdiii;;  tVe(|iiently.  In  a  ^lll(rt 
tune  be  i{ol  into  5',  ladnims  and  saw  at  the  liiittoiii  threat  heads  nl  lilaek  rocks  wiili  suine 
paleln  sol  »and.  I  le  then  sitcred  eastward  In  uet  (  iear  <il  the  slmil,  w  lileh  he  eoiijef  lured 
must  be  the  .Ne.'rillo.  .'^landin^  on  this  emiise  at  llie  end  id  two  limirs  he  had  |i>  taihoiiis, 
Hand:  when  re<»uiiiin^  a  N.  K.  oiirsc,  the  depili  iiirreasiMl  to  i^.'i  lallioiiis,  and  at  noun  liu 
had  .1'  latltonio  on  rutky  bottom,  the  latitude  by  a  i^ood  observation  then  beini;  >.(  J^'. 
I'roiii  thin  noun  until  day  break  on  the  ^<ili  day  the  .siiiindiiius  were  irr<  uiilar,  Iroiii  .1.5 
to  4.1  tatliotiin  on  rui  ky  boltoni,  w  hen  he  t^ot  iipun  sand,  and  sn  ihikIi  inrre.i>ed  the  depth 
that  by  noun,  on  o!<sertiiiu.  in  lalitiide  -j:;  Id  ,  he  hail  d^  ratiiniiis,  and  with  a  N.  N.  K. 
course,  he  kept  the  same  depth  until  iiiidiii;;lit,  wlini  lie  I'oiind  '.io  tiahoiiis  rocky  bot- 
tom, on  which  he  eontiiiued  iinnl  day  break,  when  he  tonnd  more  water  and  a  sandy 
bottom,  still  aumiientiiJi:  ilie  depth  iiiiiil  mion,  when  lie  had  l.')U  lathoms  on  sandy  bot< 
toiii  III  the  observed  laiiiiide  -,'4  .'i' ;  wiiem  c  lit-  shaped  a  <  (luise  lor  the  Toftugas  ^iuund% 
ini's.  which  he  rea<-hi'<l  <  oireeiiy.  according  lo  his  reckoning;. 

h'roiii  all  this  aiiibii:iioiis  narrative  we  can  only  coMei  t  tiiat  the  soiitidiii;:^  ran  through 
by  this  vessel,  was  Iroiii  the  iieridiaii  of  the  Alaeran  to  the  Kaslward;  tlial  the  •  d^e  of 
the  Kank  extendi  »•<  far  as  '..'4  ol  latitude,  and  that  tiierc  are  muiiij  .^Itoitli  on  it,  certainly 
bill  little  known,  and  ver\  dangerous  to  navi;;ali'iii. 

.*siiire  this  part  ol'  the  presiu  work  was  wntieii,  Ca[)tain  Don  (,'iriaco  C'evallos  has 
transmitted  the  pro<  ess  \i'rbal  and  declaration  made  by  Don  iJomi'io  de  ( 'asals.  ca|>tain 
of  the  schooner  V'iljabonesa.  who  saw  it  on  the  llthday  ol  November.  I-iKj,  at  .'5  I*.  .M. 
in  latitude  •,».';  -,'.'>',  detlncetl  Irom  the  latitude  at  noon,  that  was  carel'ully  and  correctly 
observed,  and  longitude  fi  '.)')  'M"  West  ol't'adi/.,  or  ~')  '  .')')  ;!1"  West  id  (ireenwich, 
as  deduced  i'ruin  the  fioints  ol  departure  Irom  tlr'  ('ampeche  .'<<oiiiidiii^s  and  the  making 
ol  \'cra  Cruz.  A<coriiiim  to  the  description  ^iven  by  lie  ('aptaiii,  this  shoal  is  no  more 
than  a  rock  of  a  <ju;«rter  of  a  cable  in  extent  N.  K.  and  .S.  W.  over  which  the  water  washes, 
except  at  the  two  extremities.  v<!ii(li  show  a  little;  these  could  not  be  seen  before  getting 
within  a  cable  and  a  hall  ol  ilieiii ;  and  at  less  than  n  cable's  length  Irom  it  no  bottom  could 
be  found  at  70  fathoms 

JSesides  these  shuaN,  wliich  are  known  on  the  oldest  charts,  others  have  been  more  re-t 
centiv  discovered  :  of  wliich  we  have  the  fojlowiim  notices; — 

The  lirsi,  which  we  have  disiiiiuuislK  d  by  the  name  of  tlie  Arjz'is.  was  seen  by  a  lieu-, 
ienant  of  the  .''^panidi  navy,  Don  .Sebastian  Hodritjiie/,  di!  Aria-i,  coiiimandant  of  the  brig- 
antine  Arirus:  in  sailini:  from  \era("rii/.  to  llav.ii,!.  at  J  V.  .M.  1 1  tli  id  July,  I'JlH,  being 
then  in  latitude  -,'4  'J',  and  loiiuiiiide  H')  4'} ,  W.  (from  (iiecinviih)  discovered  a  breaker, 
which  on  examination,  disclosed  a  small  bank,  of  about  a  cabl'  and  a  lialPs  length  in  all 
directions,  with  a  breaker  of  from  1"J  to  15  fathoms,  the  centre,  on  which  the  water  broke 
heavily,  altliuiigh  the  sea  was  otherwise  very  smooth,  and  tlie  wind  very  calm.  At  mid-day 
the  commandant  had  observed  in  latitude  ','1  4';  and  at  .")  I*.  .M.  he  found  the  longitude, 
by  lunar  distances.  -'*  o'l'.  both  observations  to  be  depeniled  on.  and  corrected  to  2  P.M. 
and  referred  to  the  situation  of  the  shoal,  he  made  it  in  lat.  ",'4  '.i'  ."50"  and  long.  89  41'. 
This  shoal  apfiearii  to  be  the  same  which  was  seen  on  the  l')th  of  November,  1800  by 
Don  Narcisso  Kiera.  captain  of  the  Spaiiisli  iiiercliaMt  schooner  f'atalina,  bound  from 
Campeche  to  New-t.)rleans:  hut  as  his  longitude  was  deiliiced  from  dead  reckoning,  w^ 
have  more  confident  e  in  the  position  assiiiiied  to  it  by  Arias;  nevertheless  navigatort 
sailing  on  this  panillel,  ou:;ht  to  be  on  their  gaurd  lest  the  two  dans;ers  should  really  exist, 
Don  Manuel  Bu/.o.  pilot  of  the  Spanish  bombard  Xuestra  Senora  del  Carmen,  in 
sailing  from  Vera  Cruz  and  Terminos  Lagoon,  towards  Havana,  on  the  8lh  of  Decem» 
ber,  1817,  at  day-break,  saw  a  breaker  or  rock  oiVtlie  starlioard  gangway.  The  sea  be- 
ing smooth,  and  the  wind  moderate  from  the  eastwanl,  there  was  no  doubt  of  its  being 
a  shoal,  the  extent  of  v»hich  he  estimated  at  from  two  to  three  cables'  length,  extending 
N.  E.  and  .S.  W. ;  and  on  its  ends  he  saw  two  rocks  or  pinnacles,  about  three  feet  high, 
and  his  dist^mce  from  it  was  from  three  to  three  and  a  hall  cables'  length,  where  he 
sounded  and  found  no  bottom  in  Ul  fathoms ;  and  although  he  thought  to  examine  it 
with  his  boat,  he  could  not  etl'ect  it,  on  account  of  the  heavy  break  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  shoal :  but  he  saw  the  spit  of  rocks  of  which  it  was  composed,  running  the  whole 
lengiu  of  the  danger.     Haviug  corrected  his  reckoning  for  bh.  A.  M.,  the  hour  at  whicb 

37 


290 


KLUIVt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


m 


he  saw  the  shoal,  he  fomid  it  lay  in  iutiluiie  lM^  (>',  and  loii^itiulr  01°  6'  W  of  Green- 
wich. At  noon,  lie  oli  ieivcd  in  jat.  -4^  L'J',  with  ccrlainiy,  and  this  was  oidy  one  minute 
nortli  of  liis  I).  K.,  and  icfcriin;;  liii.s  to  the  slioal,  l)y  his  rnn  for  (>  lionis.  lie  found  its 
latitude  by  tliis  to  be  'J4  -  7',  and  long.  HI-  4'>'  W.  ol"  t'adi/. ;  nor  eoiiht  there  be  any 
considerabh-  error  in  liis  reckoning,  in  three  days  sailing  from  the  V'igia  of  C'huxvilu,  off 
which  he  had  been  at  anchor. 

This  shoal  a|)])eais  to  lie  dilicrent  from  the  I'ormcr.  ahhoiigh  its  latitude  is  so  nearly 
the  same.  The  .short  time  wliich  inleiAcncd  iietweer)  his  de|)arlnre  from  the  Visjia  of 
Chuxtdu  and  his  makinij  of  the  'l'ortn,i;as  iJank,  ulien  he  found  only  thirteen  ininnits 
of  error  in  his  longitude  i)y  dead  reckoninjx,  shows  that  its  situation  as  to  loiii^itnde  can- 
not be  maloriallN  wronj;.  'J'he  shape  and  eircunislances  of  the  shoal,  as  described  by 
Bozo,  also  show  it  to  lie  different.  Many  old  charts  indicate  a  danger,  with  tlie  word 
doubtful,  almost  in  the  same  position,  which  also  tends  to  confirm  the  belief  of  its  ex- 
istence. 

In  [)eeember,  l-^Ol,  Don  Dioiiisio  (ialiano  passed  over  an  extensive  sand  bank,  exhi- 
bited on  the  new  charts,  which  lies  alxait  '24  leaj^ues  to  the  eastward  ot'  the  Negrillo, 
and  haviin;  on  its  S.  W.  y.nt  If)',  fathoms.  As  it  does  not  appear  to  be  dangerous,  it 
re(|iiires  no  tiirtlier  (ii-criplion.     The  situation  seems  well  asceriained. 

These  are  tlu-  shoals  which  down  to  the  present  time  have  been  known  as  existing 
on  the  {"amjieclie  Hank  of  Soundiiius.  IJr-  u  ho  navigates  on  it  in  Iri  fathoms,  will  go 
clear  of  the  ("orsario,  Alacraiu's,  and  Sisal  Keels,  anil  in  a  secure  track  for  passing 
through  the  cliaimels  formed  by  the  shoals  on  the  western  edge.  Oi'all  these  chaimels 
the  best  is  that  between  •,>!-  and  'J",'  .  formed  Ijy  the  Triangle  and  New  Shoal,  (Rnjci 
Nueva,)  because  it  is  ihe  clcan-st,  and  we  recommend  it  always  to  be  taken  by  those 
bound  to  the  west.  The  soundings  «  hich  condiu-t  the  mariner  through  the  middle  of 
it,  and  clear  ol  the  slnjals  on  each  side,  are  toleiably  regular ;  for,  after  he  is  to  llie 
north-west  of  I'oint  I'u'dras,  in  lat,  •,'1'-'  40'.  and  havmi:  between  "JO  and  i'5  fathoms  wa- 
ter on  fnie  sand,  if  he  coniinnes  his  course  \\'.  S.  W.  and  W.  by  .S.,  true,  18,  '22,  and  -Jj 
fathoms  water,  on  hue  while  sand,  will  be  foimd  ;  and  slill  contimiing  to  the  westward, 
in  lat.  '21"  '20'.  there  will  be  foimd  ."30,  4'J,  o.'),  and  7."]  fathoms,  on  mud  and  soft  ooze; 
and  at  a  little  distance  farther  you  will  be  outside  of  the  western  edge,  and  clear  of  ilip 
rc^ks.  In  the  (irsi  (harts  thi>.  were  |)nbiished  in  the  Ilydrographical  Dirc'ory,  and  in 
tht  first  edition  ol'  Derrotero,  it  is  said, — ••  About  the  middle  of  this  chani;!  >  there  is  a 
bank  with  2()  lathoins  water,  on  hard  sand  and  gravel,  having  a  patch  ofro<'k  of ')  fathoms, 
which  generally  cieated  some  alarm  to  tlu)se  who  sounded  on  it.  from  exciting  a  sus- 
picion of  being  iti  tlie  proximity  (  f  some  of  the  shoals."  A  ording  to  the  last  sound- 
ings and  survey  madt;  in  tins  |)assatie,  a  bank  of '.'4  fathoms,  -ravel,  is  placed  in  the  lati- 
tude'21^  2()'',M",  and  du  tlu'  meridian  of  the  New  Shoal,  (l>ajo  Nuevo.)  without  giving 
notice  of  the  above  (|Ui)led  bank,  which  perhaps  may  exist.  The  chart  published  in 
1799,  places  it  iirJlo'2U'  latitude,  and  longitiule  91'^  44'  west  of  (Iveenwich. 

Directions  for  luirii^i  'i/ia  on  the  Camprche  Sou7idini!s. 

CAMPECHK  SOUNDINHS.— .Tt  i^  undoubted  that  the  eastern  edge  of  this  bank 
is  an  excellent  corrector  for  the  longitude  of  a  ship:  inasmm-h  as  it  runs  nearly  north 
or  south,  every  one  who  gets  soundings  mi  this  edge  may  consider  himself  as  in  8^°  '20' 
W.  of  Greenwich:  and  thus,  those  who  sail  from  the  eastward,  to  enter  on  the  sound- 
ings or  bank,  ouglit  to  sound  fret|Menily,  in  orfler  to  ci'tch  bottom  at  the  edge,  or  in  it< 
proximity,  in  order  to  iiave  this  correction  of  longitude. 

But  this  excellent  means  ol'  reciilyinu;  the  longitude  ceases  to  be  so  whentlierci« 
great  uncertainty  in  the  latitude  ;  for,  as  the  water  between  Cape  Antonio  and  Cape  Ca- 
toche  at  times  runs  to  the  northward  at  the  rate  of  3  miles  in  an  hour,  it  is  necessary  to 
allow  for  this,  so  as  to  enter  on  the  sou'idintrs  in  a  convenieiu  parallel,  that  you  makr  a 
course  to  the  S.  W. ;  and  it  is  clear,  that  l.y  steering  abon'.  S.  \V.  you  may  not  only  gel 
soundings  on  tlie  eastern  etige,  hut  on  the  Tiorthern  also,  \i)  which  case,  having  no  cer- 
tainty of  the  longitude,  it  would  he  very  dauierous  to  direct  the  sul)se(]uent  navigation 
by  making  courses  to  the  .S.  \V.  in  (Uiler  to  (ditain  the  de[)th  of  IH  fathoms,  and  to  pass 
at  a  proper  distance  to  the  east  of  ilie  Alacraiu's,  Such  an  attempt  was  the  cause  ol  the 
loss  of  a  merchant  vessel  named  the  St.  Rafael,  which  got  aground  on  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  the  Alacran  Keel's,  from  which  the  other  vessels  of  the  same  convoy,  escort- 
ed by  the  shin  of  the  line,  SaiUiago  la  ICspana,  passed  about  two  miles  clear.  This  lo,ss, 
which  happened  in  17").'),  authorizes  us  in  recording  it,  and  in  pointing  out  the  neces- 
sary means  of  jirfventing  similar  mistakes  in  luture. 

Once  on  the  b;  nk  of  soumlings,  and  having  ascertained  your  latitude  or  situation  on  its 
eastern  edge,  you  may  make  the  rest  of  the  navigatioti  by  it  with  much  security;  for. 
placed  ou  it,  yoii  have  a  mean  of  keeping  a  very  ctact  reckoning,  and  free/rom  the  errors 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PlI-OT. 


291 


producerl  from  currents.  In  plsice  of  a  loe-chip,  in  he.ivinc;  the  loc;,  make  use  of  a  lead, 
fortlie  lead,  by  rrstin^  firm  on  the  bottom,  will  show  tin-  \vhn|e  di^tant'c  or  rate  that  the 
vessel  runs,  whether  that  rate  be  eauscd  \)\  ilic  wind  or  1j_v  tln'  ctirrent :  and  markins;  the 
bearin<;.s  oftlie  line  tlie  opposite  direciloii  will  be  thi"  dirt-et  ( oiirsc  which  the  ship  makes 
good,  and  wliich  reipiircs  no  I'urihrr  correctiuii  tliaii  Icpr  macnitie  variation.  It  is  true, 
that,  if  there  be  mncli  de|)th,  this  practice  will  be  very  dihic  ii!t  :  but  as  in  s;eneral  on  this 
bank,  von  onjrht  not  to  sail  in  more  than  In  I'athonis,  ami  in  the  rest  from  Point  Descono- 
cida  to  the  shoals,  there  is  no  part  so  (ieep  as  •J-'  faihoms,  there  can  be  no  reason  why  this 
useful  method  m  aseertainiuL'  'he  vessel's  place  sliould  not  be  adopted  ;  nor  is  the  fre- 
quent use  of  tie  hand  lead  of  if--,  imporiance  ;   it  ou^ht  to  be  i  onslanily  2;'>ing. 

Many  neglect  sounding,  because  they  are  not  aware  ol  its  imporiance.  If,  in  fact,  a 
vessel  wliich  has  to  sound  in  lii)  fathoms,  has  to  take  in  sail,  m  order  to  heave  the  topsails 
aback,  she  cannot  sound  lVe(|nently  :  for,  in  doiii!;  so,  half  the  day  w;)ulil  be  consumed  in 
sounding  ;  but  it  is  widl  known  that  there  is  no  necessity  lor  so  much  work,  in  order  to 
sound,  even  in  more  than  ;{ti  latnoms.  as  those  well  know  who  ar«'  expert  in  this  part  of 
their  duty.  In  dejifhs  between  15  and  •.'()  fatli(»ms,  the  hand  lead  will  be  sufficient,  and 
for  tin.-;  it  isinilispensable  tohave  seamen  acfpiaiiitofl  with  this  work  ;  without  wliich  every 
vessel  mijiht  be  lost  that  has  to  navij^ate  over  siioal  places,  on  wliich,  usually,  the  dangers 
are  only  discoverable  bv  the  leatl. 

DIRKCTKXNS  FOR  TllOSIO  WHO  NAVICATK  KKO.M  EAST  TO  WEST. 
— 1st.  Vou  uu;rht  to  sha])e  courses,  so  as  to  compensate  asmucli  as  possible  for  the  ef- 
fects of  the  currents  which  prevail  between  CiJia  and  Yucatan,  and  so  that  you  may  en- 
ter upon  the  bank  in  -Jv?^  1.5',  a  little  more  or  less.  To  be  able  to  correct  your  cour.se 
with  judgment,  anil  in  good  time,  you  should  omit  mi  ne  aiis  of  oliservinii  the  latitude, 
not  conlentinj:  yourself  solely  wiili  what  the  mcriiiiaii  aliiiude  of  the  snn  !>;ives,  but  taking 
also  those  of  any  stars  of  the  first  ma!;nimdc.  or  ol  pianets,  v.'heii  an  op])ortunity  oH'ers. 

2'i.  Vttcndina:  to  your  reckfttiin^.  sound  in  tiuie,  that  you  iviay,  at  any  rale,  not  pass  far 
from  the  edge  of  the  bank,  without  havinir  obtained  soiindiiiis  on  it  ;  and,  so  soon  as  you 
have  got  them,  correct  your  lonuiiiide  i)y  them,  eslabiishiiii:  thus  a  new  point  of  departure. 

3d.  So  soon  as  you  are  in  ."'0  fathoms  heave;  your  lou,  with  a  learl  in  place  of  a  log- 
chip,  that  you  may  thus  keep  a  more  accurate  reeknoing,  aid  free  from  the  effects  of 
currents. 

4th.  In  the  season  of  tlie  Norths,  you  should  be  directed  by  the  depths  of  18  or  20 
faiioms,  which  you  will  lind  in  the  parallel  of  J-J  \  Sail  on  this  depth  until  you  are  on 
the  meridian  of  Point  Desconocida.  when  you  will  steer  W.  by  S.,  true,  luitil  you  are  on 
.the  parallel  of  21^  2.5',  when  you  must  run  to  the  west,  to  pass  between  the  Triangle 
and  New  Shoal. 

5th.  It  is  very  advisable  to  know  the  latitude  by  observation,  for  passing  between  these 
shoals,  or  in  default  theieof.  of  beini::  sure  of  the  situation  by  your  course,  and  the 
i|uality  of  the  souii<lin<;s  N.  \V.  of  Point  Piedras.  whieli  olVer  a  good  means  of  knowing 
the  vessel's  place:  and,  if  both  these  data  fail  you,  and  you  are  in  conse(|uence  doubtful 
of  the  situation  of  the  vessel,  vou  ouL'lit  not  to  attempt  passing  between  the  shoals 
during  the  nisrht,  but  keep  in  ]-<  fatlioms,  in  order  to  take  the  passage  by  day,  when  you 
will  run  no  risk,  especially  if  you  incline  your  course  to  tl'.e  direction  of  the  Triangle; 
for  that,  as  we  already  explained,  may  be  setMi  at  the  distance  of  5  miles. 

6th.  If  a  north  wind  comes  on,  \  hile  you  are  on  this  bank,  the  only  alarm  you  can  be 
under  is,  while  the  vessel  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  meridian  of  Point  Piedras,  when  it 
will  be  necessary  to  carry  sail  sufficient  to  proceed  to  tlie  westward,  without  departing 
much  from  the  depth  of  jn  fathoms,  in  order  that  vou  mav  pass  the  said  point  clearly 
and  without  daiiL'er  froin  the  .^isal  Hank  or  Shoal:  I  v.t  this  oliers  no  great  difficulty; 
for  there  is  little  sea  on  the-p  soundiims.  and  as  the  winds  from  the  north  are  generally 
free,  with  very  little  difficulty  you  may  clear  the  point. 

7th.  If  the  upvigation  is  made  in  the  season  of  the  rains,  or  from  May  to  September, 
you  may  sail  nearer  the  coast,  in  11  fathoms  ;  and  you  may  also,  from  the  time  you  are 
in  18  fathoms,  abreast  of  the  P.iver  Lat';  rtos,  sieer  S.  W.,  true,  with  which  course  you 
will  run  to  make  the  lookout  tower  of  ('huburna.  and  thence,  with  your  course  parallel 
to  the  land,  you  will  pass  between  it  and  the  Sisal  Shoal,  without  any  other  care  than 
to  keep  in  4!|,  5,  or  5';  fathoms,  aecordin2  to  the  vessel's  draiurht ;  but  with  large  ships, 
and  not  having  to  anchor  at  Sisal,  if  will  be  best  to  pass  outside  of  the  shoal.  At  this 
time  it  is  preferable  to  leave  the  bank  by  the  south  side  of  the  Areas,  and  to  effect  this 
with  more  certainty,  you  will  keep  in  the  depth  of  9  or  14  fathoms,  until  you  cross  the 
parallel  of  Cainpeche,  when  ymi  will  steer  so  as  to  leave  the  soundings  in  19°  30' or  19" 
40'.  The  reason  of  approximating'  the  <'oast  more  in  the  summer,  is  because,  having  in 
that  season  many  calms,  with  scpialls  and  continual  rains,  whioii  at  times  deprive  you  of 
observation  for  two  or  three  days,  it  follows,  that  the  naviijation  among  shoals  is  very 
unsafe.  On  the  contrary,  near  the  coast  they  enjoy  more  latul  breezes,  and  the  changes 
of  the  breezes  are  more  certain. 


292 


»'»w,' 


BLl'.VT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


i 


Htli.  Tntil  now  \\c  have  suppospil  you  tuliavf  rntPit'd  on  tlic  l)atil<  witli  a  t^ood  knotv- 
ledao  of  your  lalirude,  and  coiiseiiuriitly  to  have  ascertained  your  position  on  tlie  ed^e 
of  it;  liui,  it'  you  enter  on  the  hank  wiili  jrieaf  uncerlaiiUy  as  to  your  latiindi*.  wliich 
must  aiway-^  he  tlie  case  «  Ihmi  yon  are  "ithriut  ol)servati(nis  for  one  oi  two  days,  in  siu  h 
a  case,  so  soon  a^  you  liave  cauglif  sonndin!:;s,  steer  S.  K.,  true,  or  as  near  to  that  as  the 
wind  will  permit.  With  this  course  it  is  clear  you  will  either  catch  the  IH  fathom 
soundini^s,  or  you  will  lose  hotioni  very  soon.  If  the  first  ha|)ppns.  you  will  have  at- 
tained yottr  ohject  hy  iiettinu  into  the  propi.T  depth  to  navigate  with  safety  ;  haviiij;  iia[)- 
pily  freed  yourself  from  the  dangers  of  the  Alacranes,  ujion  which  yon  would  indnhila- 
bly  have  ^one  with  any  south-westPrly  course,  for  yon  will  have  caught  the  sounding!" 
on  the  northern  edije  of  the  hank,  and  in  ahottt  f'H'  (7'  VV.  of  (ireenwic  h.  In  this  case, 
from  the  time  you  catch  IH  fathoms,  you  will  run  to  the  west,  in  order  to  retain  them  ; 
and  y(Ui  camiot  he  certain  ol'yonr  lonizitmle  until  you  are  ahreast  of  Point  IMc'ras,  in 
conse(lueiice  ot' h.nin^  failed  of  ohservint;  your  true  situation  hy  the  sfiiuidinas  on  the 
east  cdiip  of  the  hank.  If  the  second  ot' these  rases  hap|)ens,  namely,  runninij;  soon  out 
of  soundings,  uot  the  least  douht  can  remain  tiiat  you  are  on  the  eastern  edge  of  the 
bank,  and  you  must  steer  to  the  S.  W.  to  get  the  IH  fathoms  depth,  as  we  have  already 
advised. 

')lh.  You  may  also  steer  to  the  west,  fakiu':  soundings  in  'J.T^  .'iO'  of  latitude,  and  rnn- 
»'<inir  alori^  that  parallel  in  I'l  and  .').'i  lathoms  of  water  on  ;>,  sandy  holtom.  keeping  after- 
wards so  as  to  pass  to  the  north  of  the  Hermeja  ;  but  we  are  very  far  from  advising;  this 
route  to  he  followed,  from  two  reasons:  fu'st.  because  we  have  seen  that  there  are  well 
founded  fears  ol"  '^hoals  on  the  north  ed^e  of  this  hank,  which  as  v(  i  is  imperfectly  ex- 
pl(;red  ;  and  secnnd.  because,  in  the  sunuuer.  von  could  not  enjov  llie  a.ivantaue  (d' the 
land  hrce/.es.  and  the  changes  of  the  hiee/es.  which  you  mi^ht  have  in  the  proximity  of 
the  land,  and  your  v(»yaire  would  thus  be  rendered  loiurer. 

As  we  have  said  all  that  is  necessary  to  be  kept  in  niinti  for  navijiatins;  on  this  bank 
from  east  to  west,  we  shall  n<iw  cive  some  notices  for  sailinu  in  a  rontriuv  direi  tion. 

DIKKC'i'lo.N.S  yoW  NAVI(;A'n.\(i  KKo.M  WKS'I'  'I'O  K A.-^T.— 1st.  It  is 
evident  tliat,  to  enteron  the  C'ampeche  I'aidi  by  its  western  edu;e.  nnthinir  nu)re  is  neces- 
sary than  the  latitude  :  for,  runnina;  on  a  free  parallel,  you  jnoeeed  without  risk  of  shoals 
on  the  haidv;  ami.  whatev(>r  may  i<e  the  error  (d'lonsitiide,  you  can  ( orrect  it  so  soon  as 
you  strike  soundings  :  but  it  must  he  reuM-mhered  that  the  tra(di  between  the  New 
Shoal  (Uajo  .\ueva,)  and  Mcrmeja  Ishuul.  eaiuiof  he  considered  as  clear,  for  we  neitliti 
know  the  situation  of  the  latter,  iioy  are  we  even  certain  of  its  existence. 

2d.  Ilavini  entered  mi  the  hank,  it  ,vill  itself  indi<'at"  when  you  are  to  the  eastward  dl 
the  shoals,  which  will  be  when  you  have  less  than  •.'")  fathoms,  and  then  the  (|uality  ol 
the  boltom  will  he  of  sand,  it'  you  have  entered  to  the  norih  of  the  Areas;  hut  if  you 
have  entered  to  the  south  of  tliein,  you  will  keep  on  clay  to  1  I  and  ')  fathoms, 

.Id.  I'ut.  il'you  have  to  enter  on  the  bank  while  uncertain  of  the  latitude,  ami  in  ob- 
scure weather,  which  occtirs  when  the  north  wiuls  blow,  it  is  advisable  to  shun,  as  mnrh 
as  you  can,  enleriu<r  on  it  by  niiiht.  and  endi-avcuin^  to  do  it  hy  ilay,  between  the  'j^-ian- 
gle  and  Areas,  or  it  is  even  better  to  keep  to  the  south  of  the  Arc  as,  as  a  little  more  ni 
less  than  the  latitmle  by  account  will  answer  for  this  :  hui  you  must  rcuuMiiher  that  tlin 
horth  winds  always  prodnee  eurrents  to  the  south  :  and  (rom  this  you  will  always  find 
your  vessel  more  or  less  to  the  south  of  the  reckonint.'.  I'luler  this  circumstance  you 
may  expect  the  effects  of  the  current  to  he  about   1  "^  miles  in  •,' I  hours. 

4th.  Ifin  this  rase,  when  numiiiij  to  the  east,  you  have  soiuidiu'.'s  on  the  edc;e  of  tbr 
btink.  you  may  continue  to  the  east,  allliouuh  it  he  by  ni'j;lit,  so  lon^  as  you  lind  clay; 
but  the  greatest  attention  must  be  jiaid  to  souiidiua;  fre<niently,  so  long  as  you  do  not 
consider  yotirself  to  the  eastward  of  the  shnals.  whidi,  as  we  have  said,  will  be  soon  as 
the  depth  diminishes  to  •,'.")  fathoms.  This  remark  is  uiost  essential,  and  of  itself  will 
save  any  vessel  from  hein:;  lost ;  for  if,  soiuidiui:  in  u'ore  than  '.'.')  fathotns.  you  (ind  gra- 
vel and  sand,  or  rork,  it  is  an  infallible  sign  that  you  are  near  some  shoal,  which  known. 
you  should  immediately  steer  S.  W.  in  order  to  get  again  upon  the  rlay  soundings, 
when  you  may  steer  again  to  the  east ;  and  sosoctn  as  you  are  past  the  shoals,  and  are  to 
the  east  of  thcni,  you  need  take  no  other  rare  than  to  steer  in  to  the  east,  beranse  tlir 
bottom  is  the  only  object  vou  hav«^  to  guide  you,  whether  it  be  to  go  to  aiu  lior  at  Caiii- 
peche,  to  lie  to  till  a  north  w  ind  blows  over,  or,  beating  to  w  indward  on  tiie  bank,  until 
you  can  laave  it  by  its  eastern  channel. 

5th.  Heating  to  windward  on  this  coast  is  very  easy,  and  the  navigation  expedilinui, 
especially  in  April,  iMay,  .liine.  .luly.  and  August,  hecaus(>  in  these  months  the  winds 
during  the  day  are  chaimeable  from  N.  W.  to  N.  K-,  and  the  land-breezes  are  from  K. 
S.  E.  to  S.  K.  during  tli<'  niizht.  with  which  you  may  navigate  towards  the  east  with  vc- 
ty  advantageous  tracks,  which  tracks  ought  to  be  so  managed  as  to  stand  nlV  shore  into 
18  or  20  fathoms,  with  land-breeze,  and  turn  towards  shore  with  the  sea-breeze  as  far  a« 
6  futhomii. 


6th.  On  tl 
even  a  vessel 
not  to  forget 
lie  to.  in  frot 
(Iraiight  ol  ll 
falimg  to  li'c 
prefer  steerii 

7th.   We 
when  you  na 
ern  ( oast  ol 
selves  I'ilots 
mended  to  stt 
pose  to  run  < 
of  latitude  : 
written  as  if 
nut ;  and  evi 
more  caution 
by  two  shoal 
other  is  no  U 
on  it.     IJy  fi 
rounf  \\i'  lia\i 
has  not  prove 

It  ai»|)ears  i 
ern  edjie,  sho 
leaving  the  ha 
light  they  (iiii; 
shape  their  c( 

Directions  for 

In  sailing  I'l 
West,  so  i\s  t( 
qneiitly,  and  I 
keep  in  the  so 
or  without  it; 
ward,  and  thei 
keep  the  land 
of  running  on 
off,  and  yon  n 
certainty  of  l;i 
next  morning  ; 
yon  are  in  a  vf 
Spanish  chart 
lage  of  .layna 
oft'  deck  ;  thei 

The  town  o 
Greenwich, 
toward  I'oint  1 
your  dejjth  of 
about  S.  by  \\ 
til  you  are  as  I 
water  U  lathon 
to  make  out ; 
yon  make  the 
wliich  is  a  larj; 


BLL'.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


293 


a  good  knotr- 

II  oil  tlie  cdijc 
,ititii(l<',  uliich 
p  (Invs,  in  sue  li 
•  til  lliMt  as  the 
the   IH  f'athoiri 

will  have  at- 
;  haviiij;  hap- 
oiilil  iiiiliiliila- 
tlie  soiiiKJinoii 
In  this  ease, 
I  retain  them  ; 
int  IMe-'ras,  in 
iiidinsis  on  the 
iiiiiiii;  soon  out 
n  edge  of  tlic 
e  have  aheiidv 

ilude.  and  niii- 
U(e|iin<j:  aftt  r- 

III  advisin'4  this 
there  are  well 
iiiperfeetly  ex- 
ivaiitai;e  ol'  tli" 
le  proximity  of 

;;  on  tliis  !)aiik 
V  direc  tion. 
•|\— Isf.    Tt  is 

more  is  neres- 
it  risk  of  shoals 
•et  it  so  soon  as 
|\veeii  the    New 

for  we  neithn 


le  eastward  of 
the  (|ualiiy  iil 
hut  if  you 
ims. 

e,  and  in  oh- 
inn,  as  much 
'11  the  Triaii- 

I  it  tie  more  or 
mlier  that  tlir 

II  always  (iiid 
umstance  yon 


id 


le  eds;e  of  tiic 

Noii  find  elay  ; 

IS  you  do  not 

ill  he  soon  iis 

of  itself  will 

yiiii  (iiid  pra- 

wliieli  known, 

ay   soiindiims, 

>ais,  and  are  to 

t.  beeause  tlir 

i(  hor  at  ("ani- 

lie  bank,  until 

I  expeditinni, 
itlis  the  winds 
^s  are  from  K. 
east  with  ve- 
olV  shore  into 
reeze  as  far  as 


•■? 


fith.  On  this  hank  the  sea  is  very  moderate,  even  with  heavy  north  winds;  and  thus 
even  a  vessel  which  liiids  hersell'  l)etweeii  the  eoasi  ot"  \  era  (.'ru/,  and  this  hank,  ought 
not  to  forget  tiiat  when  a  north  wind  comes  on,  she  may  tiiid  seeurity  on  it,  either  to 
lie  to,  in  from  IH  in  h,  or  h  I'atlioms,  or  to  anehor  in  H.  (>,  or -4  faihonis,  aeeording  to  the 
(liaiighf  of  the  ve>'.sel  ;  and  if  she  hiid  hersilt'  in  about  the  parallel  of  -JH  ,  and  is  at'raid  of 
("allms  t'>  leeward  and  yeitin^  ashore  on  ihe  coast  of  Taliaseo.  she  oiii:ht  immediately  to 
prefer  steering  east,  in  order  to  i;et  iipcni  the  hank,  and  take  advaiitasie  ot  it. 

7th.  \\  e  shall  eoneludc  these  directions  with  one  about  the  mode  of  leavinj;  this  bank, 
when  vou  naviiiate  from  (, 'a  in  pee  he  to  the  north,  bound  to  any  ot  the  harbors  on  the  north- 
ern (  oast  of  the  (iulf.  In  the  manuscript  directions,  (drawn  up  by  those  who  call  them- 
selves I'ilots  for  the  .Mexican  (uilf. )  and  which  were  the  only  ones  until  now.  it  is  recoiii- 
meiided  to  steer  north  as  tar  as  the  parallel  of  .Sisal.  \ on  should  then  steer  N.  N.  K.  on  pur- 
pose to  run  out  between  tin;  Neiirillo  and  Alacran.  followins;  the  said  course  to  the  "^4° 
of  latitude:  here  it  is  proper  to  remark,  how  arbitrary  these  directions  are;  for  they  arc 
written  as  if  the  writers  were  certain  of  the  situalicm  of  the  .NeiirilJo.  which  they  were 
not;  and  even  it  they  had  known  it,  thev  oimht  (it  -iei'iiis  to  us)  to  have  been  a  little 
more  cautions  in  ^iviiiij;  their  dirt'ciions.  than  to  have  advised  passing  by  a  strait  formed 
iiy  two  siioals;  of  which,  it'  the  one  is  daii'^eroiis  on  account  of  its  trreat  extent,  the 
other  is  no  le«is  so  (Ui  aecount  of  its  sinalliiess.  lor  it  cannot  be  seen  till  you  are  almost 
on  it.  \iy  followini:  this  route,  the  briuaiitiiie.  in  which  went  the  mariner.  Iiy  whose  ae- 
eoniit  we  have  placed  the  Negrillo.  ;:ot  within  it:  and  it  is  very  wonderful  that  this  shoal 
has  not  proved  more  fatal  to  iiavi^ialioii  by  caiisin:;  the  lo<s  of  many  vessels. 

It  ajipears  to  us  projier  to  advise,  that  those  who  wish  to  leave  this  bank,  by  its  nortli- 
eri;  edi^e,  should  steer  to  the  ncnth,  and  so  as  to  pass  to  tiie  east  of  Arenas  Island  :  and 
leavinn;  the  bank  at  such  an  hour  as  to  be  able  to  cross  the  parallel  of ','3°  .'50';  with  day- 
li>j;litthey  ouirlit  to  keep  the  s.imo  course,  until  they  |)ass  that  of  V-M-,  when  tliey  may 
shape  their  course  as  cuiiveiiient. 

Directions  for  sailing  to  Cumpeclic,ln]  Citptdiii  John  MitilcrUar,ofthc  British  iSTzry,  (1817.) 

Ill  sairm<;  from  .Tamaiea  forC'ampeehe.  be  sure  to  make('a])e  Antonio,  and  steer  to  the 
West,  so  jis  to  u'aiii  the  latitude  of  •,>-J'"  I)':  then  steer  W.  ,',  .">.  KKI  miles,  soundiiii;  fre- 
qnciitly,  and  haviiic;  ^ood  soundings  on  the  bank,  ^'ou  may  then,  with  f^reat  eonfidence, 
keep  ill  thi'  soiiiidiin:s  laid  ''own  in  the  Chart,  either  in  sioiiiL:  within  the  shoal  (i»f  .Sisal 
or  without  it;  but,  in  fine  weather.  I  should  always  preler  making;  the  land  to  the  east- 
ward, and  tlien  run  down  aloim  the  coast,  iu  .')  or  (>  fathoms.  On  approachiiiii  Sisal, 
keep  the  land  freely  on  hoard,  by  your  sounding's;  and.  in  doitm  so,  you  avoid  the  risk 
of  riiimiiiii  •>"  '1.  either  by  day  en-  ni'.'ht.  for  you  will  si-e  the  castle  of  Sisal  5  or  G  iiiilea 
oil",  and  yon  may  run  down  in  .">  m'  ()  fathoms.  The  ;,'reat  advantage  of  this  will  be,  the 
certainty  of  land-winds  off-slnui,'.  iVom  aboiii  1  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  until  7  or  8  the 
next  morniiiu; ;  the  sea-bree/.e  setlin^  in  srenerally  from  the  northward  and  eastward.  If 
you  are  in  a  vessel  drawing  more  than  twelve  feet  water,  avoid  a  shoal  laid  down  in  the 
Spanish  chart,  on  which  •.*,'  fathoms  only  have  been  fomid  :  this  shoal  lies  oft'  the  vil- 
lage of  .layna.  about  ten  miles,  which  villa2(\  or  any  part  cd'  tlie  coast,  cannot  be  seen 
olf  deck  :  therefore  s^reat  caution  is  neccssarv  in  riimiiiiL;  for,  or  leaving  Campeche. 

The  town  of  Cainpeche  is  situated  in  lat.'lO"  :^\'  l.'>"  N.  and  lonj;.  '.)0o  28'  15"  W.  of 
Greenwich.  Proeeediiiir  for  the  amdiorasre  from  the  iim'thward,  and  having  advanced 
toward  i'oint  Desconocida.  on  the  N.  W.  part  of  N'ucatan.  distant  from  it  8  or  9  miles, 
your  dejiih  of  water  will  be  from  .'")  to  '>  fathoms;  from  this  proceed  to  the  southward, 
about  S.  by  \V.  observing;  that  you  must  not  i;o  nearer  to  the  shore  tlian  6  fathoms,  un- 
til yiMi  are  as  f;ir  as  the  lat.  of  •:20°  0'  N:  then,  heiim  in  that  latitude,  and  your  depth  of 
water  G  fathoms,  if  ( dear  weather,  you  will  see  the  land,  which  is  very  low  and  difficult 
to  make  out :  from  this,  if  the  wind  will  allow  you.  steer  K.  S.  K.  or  S.  Y^.  by  E.  until 
you  make  the  land  out  jdainly.  The  most  remaikalile  spot  on  it  is  Fort  St.  Michael, 
which  is  a  larsre  while  tort,  on  the  very  top  of  the  hill,  'i'his  is  the  first  part  of  the  land 
you  can  make  out,  and  it  may  be  seen  in  lat.  1')°  56',  in  .')1  fathoms.  So  soon  as  this  is 
made  out  plainly,  hrinj;  it  to  bear  K.  by  S.  and  steer  for  it :  you  will  tlien  be  in  the  deepest 
channel  for  ("aiiipeehe,  and  may  choose  your  depth  (d  water  to  anchor  in.  When  you 
have  4,'  fithoms,  the  steeples  of  ( 'ainpec  he  are  just  in  siijht,  from  a  frigate's  deck  ;  and 
when  in  -1 ',,  the  ehureh  at  Lerma  can  be  seen  from  the  deck  ;  the  Point  Morros,  which 
is  the  S.  \V.  extreme  of  the  land,  will  bear  S.  S.  H.  and  Campeche  East;  and,  when  in 
24  feet,  which  is  the  depth  I  slioiild  propose  for  a  frigate  to  anchor  in,  the  tops  of  the 
houses  at  Campeche  are  just  well  in  si^'ht  frmii  the  deck,  bearing  S.  8.'!''  K.  Fort  St. 
Michael.  S.  7.'f  K.  Lerma  Cliurih,  at  the  bottom  of  the  hill,  S.  fi()°  H.  and  Point  Mor- 
ros, the  .S.  W.  extreme  of  the  land,  S.  1')"  K  ;  vour  distance  from  the  town  will  then  be 
nine  and  a  half  miles,  and  lat.  19^  53'  47",  and  long,  90"'  37'  30"  W.     Should  your  ship 


294 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


be  of  Ipss  draught  of  water  than  a  fris,M(u  proceed  on  for  Fort  St.  iMichael,  keeping  it 
bearins;  as  above,  and  anchor  in  what  deptii  you  please,  but  within  .']',  fathoms;  in  tliis 
dire(  tion  the  bottom  is  bad,  being  covered  with  Uirge  shells,  and,  of  course,  dangerous  to 
anchor  in. 

In  the  event  of  running  for  Campcche,  in  hazy  weather,  which  often  is  the  case  on 
this  coast,  in  the  fore  part  of  the  day,  I  should  recommend  proceeding  as  follows: — Af- 
ter you  reach  the  lat.  of  'JO  0'  N.  haul  up  to  the  K.  8.  E.  keeping  your  lead  going; 
and  should  you  not  see  the  land,  endeavor  to  get  info  the  lat.  of  l'J°  ,54'  before  you  are 
in  less  than  4^  or  5  lathoiTis  of  water.  So  soon  as  you  consider  yourself  in  this  latitude, 
proceed  to  the  eastward,  until  you  shoalen  your  uater  to  what  may  appear  best  to  an- 
chor in;  taking  care,  if  you  have  to  beat  up,  not  to  pass  to  the  southward  of  19°  513', 
nor  to  the  northward  of  1') '  .')()'.  for  between  these  two  Ir.titudesis  tlie  deepest  water,  and 
anchor  as  near  the  latitude  of  1')^  .'J4   as  possible. 

In  lat.  '20''  IS  aiul  long.  *)()"  41'  there  is  a  small  spot  of  ground  with  oidy  fifteen  feet 
of  water  on  it ;  but,  runnitia:  along  shore,  and  keeping  in  6  fatlioms,  you  will  pass  to  the 
westward  of  it:  the  soundings  near  this  part  are  very  irregular,  altering  sometimes  a 
fathom  and  a  half  between  two  casts;  there  is  no  other  jiart  on  the  bank  where  this  is 
the  case. 

The  town  of  Campcche  is  a  walled  town  with  four  gates,  N.,  E.,  S.  and  W.;  the  nortli 
gate  leads  into  the  town  from  the  sea  by  a  pier  of  about  50  yards  long;  but  the  water  is 
so  shallow  that  small  boats  only  can  laud,  and  then  only  at  high  water;  the  rise  is  about 
three  feet. 

Though  Campcche  is  walled,  it  has  only  a  few  guns  on  each  angle  ;  the  military  force 
does  not  exceed  500  .  the  town  is  abundantly  supplied  with  all  kinds  of  stock  and  Indian 
corn,  but  no  water  except  in  t  iiks.  The  priiu-ipal  wells  are  at  the  south  gate  about  half 
a  mile,  and  that  not  good.  The  population  ap]»ears  great,  and  the  natives  active  and 
well  made. 

Remarks  on  sailin;j;  loirarcls  Campcche,  by  Captain  J.  W,  Monlealh. 

On  rounding  the  bank  of  Sisal,  in  12  fathoms,  I  hauled  up  .South,  until  we  had  attained 
the  latitude  of  Point  Desconncida,  and  the  depth  of  wntcr  5  fathoms :  steering  this 
depth,  the  first  object  I  observed,  was  a  large  white  building  on  the  secotul  lump  ot' high 
hind  visible,  and  which  is  a  fort  (St.  .Michael's,)  two  miles  8.  W.  from  the  city.  Steer- 
ing on,  the  next  objects  that  appeared  were  the  steeples  of  the  churches  in  the  city. 
Steer  directly  for  the  fort,  until  ni  3',  fathoms,  when  you  will  observe  the  village  of  Ler- 
mos,  which  lies  5  miles  8.  W.  of  Cnmpedie.  Steer  in,  keeping  the  Church  of  Lermos 
on  your  starboard  bow,  until  yon  bring  it  to  bear  .South,  and  Cam|)eclie  I''.,  by  N.  when 
you  may  anchor  in  from  JH  U)  10  feet  of  water,  at  the  distance  of  4,i^  miles  from  Cain- 
peche;  in  this  position  the  dcjith  of  water,  for  ai)ove  a  mile,  does  not  vary  more  than  IQ 
or  15  inches. 

During  my  stay,  (from  .luiie  10th  to  .luly  10th,  L-'IT,)  I  obsei\.-d  the  tides  were  very 
irregular,  and  greatly  influenced  bv  the  wind  ;  so  that  ships  (with  the  wind  off  shore) 
must  pay  attention,  if  drawina  much  wafer,  to  get  luider  weigh,  and  run  out  farther  into 
deeper  water.  On  the  'Jd  of  July,  the  Fame,  then  drawing  17  feet,  and  lying  in  ;i|  fa- 
thoms, grounded  with  an  olf-siiore  wind,  and  in  a  few  hours  had  only  14  feet  alongside, 
and  for  three  days  never  more  than  lOi,  feet,  until  the  wind  shifted  to  the  northward; 
and  had  she  not  been  a  remarkably  strong  vessel  would  have  straiiu'd  very  mucii. 

Vessels  with  hempen  cables  ought  to  be  careful  in  pu'king  out  a  clear  berth,  as  a  niun- 
btrof  vessels  were  Ibrnierly  in  the  habit  of  heaving  out  stone-ballast  where  they  lay: 
thk«U  now  j)revented,  by  a  fine  of  500  dollars  being  li.id  on  a  vessel  that  does  so.  Sand 
balltisi  is  allowed  to  be  thrown  overboard,  by  shifting  the  vessel  often,  so  that  there  is  no 
danger  of  banks  being  formed  by  if. 

PORT  LAGIJNA.— The  port  of  Laguna,  or  town  of  Carmin  as  it  is  called  by  the 
Mexicans,  lies  on  the  west  end  of  the  Island  of  Carmin,  about  one  mile  within  the  S. 
W.  point  of  the  island.  'J'he  bar  makes  out  from  5  to  (>  miles  from  the  8.  W.  part  of  it, 
in  a  N.W.  direction.  The  latittule  of  the  point  is  18°  'M'  N.  and  long.  91^  49'  W,  hy 
the  mean  of  three  Chronometers;  Lat.  of  the  middle  of  the  anchoring  ground  lb°  37' 
12",  the  S.  W.  point  bearing  N.  W.  i  V/.  by  compass,  a  short  nule  distant. 

Ships  bound  to  Laguna  siu)uld  endeavor  to  make  land  to  the  wiiulward  ;  if  they  fall 
in  with  Pott  jRoyal,  it  may  be  known  by  an  island  lying  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance, 
which  is  precisely  the  plan  that  Laguna  is  laid  down  on  tlie  comnujii  charts,  but  it  is  ;> 
mistake,  as  there  is  no  island  to  be  seen  at  the  Lagoon,  btit  a  Sand  Jiank,  which  ih*"  sea 
breaks  all  over  in  rough  weather,  which  cannot  be  seen  until  you  come  in  to  .'5  ( .ilionis 
water  on  the  entrance  of  the  bar;  the  middle  part  of  the  Sand  Bank  bears  N.  W  A  N. 
by  compass,  about  .3  miles  distant  from  the  S.  VV.  part  of  the  island.  Inside  of  the  Sand 
Bank  is  a  passage  for  small  craft. 


THE  COAS' 


niJINT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


295 


I,  keeping  it 
iriis  ;  in  tliis 
Jangeioiis  to 

the  case  on 
)llows : — Af- 
lead  goin',' ; 
'foie  you  iue 
this  latitude, 
r  hest  to  an- 
d  of  19°  5'J', 
St  water,  and 

y  fifteen  feet 
II  pass  to  the 
sometimes  a 
where  this  is 

v.;  the  north 
the  water  is 
rise  is  about 

nihtary  force 
•k  and  Indian 
ate  about  half 
es  active  and 

nil. 

e  had  attained 
steering   this 
lump  of  high 
city.     Sleer- 
•i   in  the  city, 
ilage  of  LfM- 
h  of  Fjernios 
by  N.  when 
s  from  Cam- 
more  than  12 


es  were  very 
(1  off  shore) 
t  farther  into 
ing  in  ',]\  {'»■ 
et  alongside, 
northward: 

llU'il. 

th.  as  a  nnin- 

re  tltey  lay  : 

(>s  so.     Sand 

at  there  is  no 


le 


Run  down  the  Island  of  Carmin  at  4  or  5  miles  distant  in  from  4',  to  Tji  fatlioins,  sticky 
bottom,  all  the  way  from  Port  Koyal.  but  to  the  east  of  Port  Koyal,  you  will  have  hard 
bottom,  after  getting  into  7  or  f^  fatlioins. 

The  entrance  of  Laguna  does  not  open  until  it  bears  south,  but  if  any  .sliipping  in  port 
ynii  will  see  their  ma^ts  over  the  land  before  you  open  the  harbor. 

To^oiivrr  the  Bur. — After  opening  the  harbor  jiart  off  shore  until  Cape  .Tacilango 
bears  three  \V.  S.  W.  by  S.  bv  compass,  and  then  steer  for  it.  but  keep  your  lead  going, 
and  come  in  no  less  than  .'J  fathoms,  until  a  small  Indian  N'illage,  on  .Jacilango  Island, 
bears  S  or  .S.  ',  K.  by  r-f)mi)ass.  then  steer  directly  for  it,  and  keep  that  l)eariiig  until  the 
Church  in  the  centre  of  the  town  bears  H.  by  compass,  tlien  haul  up  for  it  and  anchor 
before  the  town,  near  tlie  shore  as  you  please. 

There  arc  from  V2\  to  i;?^  feet  on  the  bar,  hard  mud;  pilots  coiue  ofl'  with  the  land 
breezes  in  the  morning,  in  <-anoes,  with  one  or  two  sails. 

.Strangers  had  better  anchor  in  '.]  or  4  fathoms,  after  opening  the  harbor,  and  wait  (or 
a  i)ilot.  The  water  shoalens  (piick  after  opening  the  harbor,  from  5.^  to  [ik  fathoms,  but 
there  is  no  danger  by  keejiing  your  lead  going. 


THE  COAST  FROM  POINT 


XICALANGO 
PICO. 


TO  VERA  CRUZ  AND  TAM- 


Courses  In  this  Oviptrr  Ike  true  Courses. 

From  Point  Xicalango  tlie  coast  trends  about  W.  a  distance  of  32  miles  to  the  River 
of  .San  Pedro:  and  all  this  jiart  is  called  Lodazar  (Mud  Hank)  because  the  bottom  is  of 
mud  so  soft  and  loose,  that  there  jiave  been  instances  of  ships  having  been  driven  upon 
it  by  the  Norths  without  receiving  much  injury  in  their  hulls.  The  land  is  high,  and  is 
called  the  Altos  or  Heights  of  Sail  (iabricl. 

From  the  River  San  Pedro  it  is  ."^.  75-  W.  .0.')  miles  to  the  River  of  Tu[)ilco ;  the 
coast  between,  forms  a  bight  of  about  5  miles  in  depth  witliin  the  line  of  bearing;  and 
has  in  it  the  Kiver  Tabasco,  that  of  Chiltej)ec  and  Dos  Hocas  or  Two  Mouths.  The 
bars  of  San  Pedro  and  Chiltepec,  have  7  or  8  feet  water  over  them;  there  are  4  feet  in 
the  Dos  IJocas  and  Tupilco.  That  of  Tabasco,  which  is  the  deepest,  forms  two  mouths, 
separated  by  the  Isle  del  Biiey,  or  Ox  Island  :  the  easternmost  of  these  has  7  feet,  and 
the  westernmost,  ')  feet  water:  all  these  bars  are  subject  to  sliift,  excej)ting  that  of  San 
Pedro,  which  is  fixed  about  m'-dway  between  the  two  points  of  the  river.* 

From  the  River  Tupilco  tlic  coast  forms  a  bight  or  bay,  as  far  as  the  bar  of  the  La- 
goon of  Santa  Ana,  distant  from  the  i     mer  .Tl  miles  S.  oJ    W. 

All  the  coast,  tVom  \icalango  to  Santa  Ana  is  clean;  so  that,  from  the  Lodazar  to 
(Miil'epec,  there  are  4  or  5  fathoms  at  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  10  miles  between 
Chillc^pec  and  ."^anta  Ana:  the  (piality  of  the  bottom  between  Lodazar  and  Chiltepec  is 
mud;  between  Chiltepec  and  Dos  Hocas,  mud  and  rotten  shells;  from  Dos  Bocas  to 
Tupilcf;,  coarse  (dive-colored  sand,  and  between  Tupilco  to  Santa  Ana,  coarse  sai»d  with 
shells,  atid  in  some  parts  gravel.  There  is  mud  in  the  mouths  of  all  these  rivers  as  far 
out  as  the  h.cads  or  points  of  the  bars.  The  whole  of  the  shore  is  rather  low  than  oth- 
erwise, and  from  about  2  leagues  to  windward  ol'  the  San  Pedro  to  the  ('hiltepec,  it  is 
covered  with  palm  and  mangrove  trees,  and  thence  to  Santa  Ana,  with  mangroves  and 
Miriiguanos. 

From  the  bar  of  .Santa  Ana,  west  2r>  niih-s,  is  the  River  (loazacoalcos,  and  in  the  in- 
termediate space,  the  Rivei  Tonala  discharges  its  waters. 

The  River  (toazacoalcos  is  k.nown  by  its  east  point  I'orming  a  scarped  Morro  (ir  HiHt 
the  west  point  being  very  low.  S.  34""  \V.  from  the  said  east  point  of  the  river,  at  the 
distance  of  4  miles  and  4  tenths,  there  is,  on  a  height,  a  Vigia  or  lookout  tower  with  a 
house  at  its  foot,  which  serves  as  a  wareliouse  or  magazine  of  gunpowder;  and  somewhat 
more  to  the  east,  a  Corps  de  garde  with  a  battery,  which  has  a  flag-staff  at  its  east  part, 
and  which  serves  as  a  mark  for  the  bar  of  the  river.  When  this  bears  S.  13°  30'  W.  it 
will  direct  you  over  the  middle  of  the  said  Har,  the  least  depth  of  which  is  2|iathoms, 
increasing  as  you  pass  it,  from  7  to  13  and  L")  fatlioms. 

At  the  distance  of  13  miles  W.  from  this  bar  is  that  of  the  River  Barrilla,  which,  with 
the  River  (ioaza^oalcos  forms  an  island  called  Harrilla. 

N.  "iiH^  W.,  at  the  distance  of  10  miles  froiuHarrilla,  is  the  point  of  San  Juan  with  an 
islet,  and  at  N.  35*^  W.  from  it,  distant  17  miles,  is  that  of  Znpotilan,  from  which  it 


*  Buey  Inlet  varies  from  8  to  11  feet,  fine  white  sand  ;  you  can  always  get  a  pilot.  Ten  miles 
to  the  eastward  the  palm  trees  commence  very  diick.  The  town  of  St.  Juan  Baptista,  is  75  miles 
up  the  river,  and  12  miles  from  the  bar  the  river  forms  three  branches,  on  the  westernmost  of 
which,  the  town  is  situated. 


1  f 

I 


296 


nLU.XT  S  A.MERICAA'  COAST  PILOT. 


trends  N.  40'-  W.  lor  tin;  flisijiiicf  of  11  miles  lo  tlii'  point  i<is  iMorrillns,  iuid  nftrnvardu 
N.  5')-  W.  7  iiiilt's  to  KoL'a  i'liriiiiii.  W't'st  iVom  Zo|)oiiliiii  I'oiiit,  distiiiit  one  IramiP,  is 
tlip  IJoca  or  .Moiiili  of  Soiitt'comaiia  i,a;;i)on.  aini  S.  S.  E.  iVom  I'oiiit  Ids  iMorrillos, 
tlicre  is  a  \  ii;ia  or  walcli-iowi'r.  'I'lii'  coast  l)rl\vi'rii  I'arrilla  and  Ivoca  Parlida,  I'oriiis 
fh»'  base  of  the  Sierras  or  .Mountains  of  Siin  Martin,  on  llic  hiu;lirst  summit  ot'  wliicli, 
is  tii('  volcano  ot  Tuxtla,  wliicii  broke  out  iti  Marcii,  17'l,'{,  and  wlience  crii|»lions  still 
continue.  This  mountain  can  be  distiiicily  svtiu  at  N'era  Cru/,,  m  liich  is  distant  '25 
leaijues.  \\'lu'ii  it  is  in  an  aciivcstate  llie  llanies  by  ni^lil  and  the  coluum  ol'smoke  by 
day,  atl'ord  an  excellent  land  mark. 

N.  ri()^  V\'.,  distant  '.>7  nules  from  Koca  I'ariida,  liestlie  baroC  .Mvar.ido,  whicli,  thou!;h 
it  lias  not  so  ureal  a  depiii  ol  water  as  lliat  ot'  tin;  (loa/.ocoalos,  will  admit  vessels  ol'  ') 
or  10  feet  draui;lit.  On  tin;  interuu'diate  toast  is  the  N'igiii  or  lookout  ol  Tuxtla,  atid 
that  of  iJarrancas. 

*.N.  4  1  W.  distaiit  Jl  miles  from  the  Bar  of  ,\lvarado,  is  the  River  Saiado  Chico, 
which  is  tlie  soniliermnost  part  ol'the  ancliora^eol' Anton  Li/.ardo.  All  this  coast,  iVoni 
the  River  .Santa  Ana  to  tlie  Kivfr  Salado  Chico,  is  ecjually  as  clear  as  that  to  the  eastward, 
and  on  all  that  part  on  which  we  have  written  from  the  Laiioon  of  Terniinos  to  tiie  last 
mentioned  place,  ii  is  very  daimerous  to  ancjior  iVom  ()ctober  to  .\pril,  on  account  of 
the  norths  bio\vinu  directly  on  tlie  shore;  and  it  OML;ht  not  to  be  a|)proa(-hed  with  any 
vess(d  that  caimot  enter  over  the  bars  which  have  been  described  ;  for  it  iiii};ht  easily 
happen,  in  si)ite  of  all  exertions,  that  you  may  be  (uiven  upon  the  coast,  seeing  that  the 
norths  are  very  slroni;.  and  with  them  there  is  no  way  ofi;ettins;  olf. 

The  anclioram' of  Anton  l/i/,ardo,  wliicji  is  distant  10  miles  from  N'era  Cruz,  is  formed 
bv  various  shoals  and  reefs,  wiih  clean  i  hannels  between  them,  of  very  easy  access,  es- 
pecially when  a  fresh  wind  causes  the  sea  to  break  iin  the  shoals.  These  shoals,  al- 
thouch  they  afford  no  shelter  against  the  winds,  break  olf  the  sea  so  much  that  ships 
ride  very  safe  atui  securely  at  their  anchors,  v\q\\  duriu;:  the  hardest  N.  gales,  'i'he  an- 
chorage is  spacious,  and  lit  for  every  cl.iss  of  vesscU,  for  which  reason,  aiwl  because 
with  the  norths  it  is  to  le(<ward  of  \'era  Cru/,  a  tlienniuh  kiiowledj.'e  of  it  is  vl'  the  ut- 
most inipf)riance  to  those  who  caimot  reach  that  port  with  those  winds. 

Captain  Den  Fraiu'isco  .Murias  surveyed  and  drew  a  plan  of  the  place  in  li^lP,  which 
is  ptiblished  by  the  1  Iydro5:ra|)hical  ( Kiice,  an  inspection  ol  which  is  sutficient  to  obtain 
a  knowledjje  of  its  goixlnsss  and  excelbMice.  We  copy  what  Murias  has  said  on  it  : — 
"  To  go  into  this  anchorage,  althcmuh  it  has  four  excellent  entrances  of  a  snllicienl 
depth  of  water,  tht;  two  which  are  formed  by  the  rocks  with  the  coast  should  be  prefer- 
red, and  of  tliese  the  western  one  is  always  the  best.  In  taking  this  channel  you  ought 
to  steer  about  midway  between  the  coast  and  the  Island  Rlanrpiilla,  in  which  case  steer 
east,  and  continue  on  that  course  until  you  are  sonie.what  within  it,  when  you  nmsi 
steer  more  to  the  northward  in  ordi'r  to  take  a  berth  most  convenient  for  your  purpose. 
The  best  anchorage  is  to  the  N.  K.  and  E.  N.  K.  of  Point  .\nton  l/i/.ardo,  (on  which 
there  are  some  houses,)  in  10  t'athoms  on  gray  sand,  and  sand  and  shells. "f 


*  The  entrance  to  Alvaradois  v(;ry  narrow,  and  cannot  be  seen  until  bearing  from  S.  by  E.  to  .S, 
by  W.     It  is,  however,  known  by  a  remarkable  sand  bluff,  and  appears  thus  : 


J  ■  S.  150  W. 

Vessels  bound  here,  on  making  the  usunl  sipnir-i  for  a  jiilot,  bv  firing  a  gun  and  hoist  iig  colors, 
will  he  furnished  without  delay,  A  pilot  (irocccds  from  town  in  a  pirogue  or  canoe,  manned  by  8 
or  10  men. 

The  anchorage  oflftlie  bar  is  irulitrcreiil,  and  afier  the  moiuh  of  .September,  very  dangerous,  (is 
should  a  ship  be  caught  here  in  a  north  wind,  she  nnist  inevilubly  go  on  shore,  unless  she  can  cross 
the  bar,  and  that  can  only  be  done  by  vessels  drnvving  10  feet  or  less.  These  winds  come  on  so 
quick,  and  a  current  runs  so  strong  to  leewurd,  that  it  is  very  improbable  a  ship  would  work  of!"  the 
coast. 

During  the  rainy  season  the  current  runs  constantly  out  of  the  river,  and  it  recpiires  all  the  sail 
you  can  male  to  cross  tlie  bar :  if  the  ship  should  be  of  such  draft  as  to  render  it  uncertain,  a  pre- 
son  should  be  procured  from  town,  who  could  talk  with  the  pilot  tluently,  as  the  least  mistake 
might  be  fatal.  In  18i24  I  crossed  this  bar  witinmt  touching,  drawing  11  feet  in  a  very  fast  vessel, 
while  a  dull  sailer  of  less  draft  directly  after  struck  ami  went  to  pieces. 

The  anchorage  after  you  are  in,  is  good,  and  about  2  miles  from  the  bar,  directly  opposite  the 
town. 

!■  t  The  holding  ground  is  excellent,  bein?  formed  of  thick  sand  and  clay;  and  from  this  circum- 
stance  of  the  wind  on  this  part  of  the  coast  never  blowing  any  more  than  a  fresh  breeze  from  any 
quarter  escept  the  N.  and  N.  N.  W.,  the  anchorage  is  as  secure  as  most  harbors. 


N.  27''  W. 
Shu  .Iii«n  de 
niul  fre{|uent 
10  take,  parti 
open  roadstea 
riua  is  erectt 
we  are  in  pos! 

The  pruici] 
Orizava,  and 
are  far  inland 
de  Tuxtla,  on 
from  Vera  Cr 

The  Peak 
It  is  of  a  colli 
l.Vl'),  and  eoi 
ance  of  couil)i 
may  be  readil 
at  the  distanc 

The  Cofre 
29'  N.>  about 
inouiitain  rani 

Dirertiimsfor 

The  yiarbot 
(lie  walls  of  tl 
The  Castle  is 
olf  tVoiu  it  to  t 
shows  a  part  , 
or  four  small  i 
"VV.  side  is  the 
that  is  the  onl 

1.  The  tow 
]0'30"  W.,  b; 
This  port  has 
riua;  the  cen 
liyht  is  (11}  the 
nel,  having  21 
makes  tlie  rev 
It  is  about  G  se 
dternately.     ' 

'J.  In  runnii 
■JO',  before  yot 
keeping  in  tlin 
ria  de  Kuera,* 
lie  OiVfroin  it. 
larboard  bow ; 
you  ;  then,  if 
shoals  off  the 
during  the  nig 
bearing  from  y 


fillips,  inappn 
the  outer  shoals, 
water  ;  and  as  t 

In  approachii 
from  making  it  ( 
the  land  to  the  r 

»  In  these  dir 
ble.  In  order  ti 
Hester,  in  some 
ward  of  19^  50' 
should  be  taken 
port,  Don  Bernn 
ward  on  the  pai 
July,  when  the  i 
to  the  northwan 


BLUNTS    AHKRICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


297 


ind  nftpnvnrds 
one  li-amie,  is 
los  Munillos, 
'iiitidii,  ('011119 
iiiit  of  wliicli, 
cnipiions  still 
I  is  (listiiiit  'J.5 
III  olsiiioke  by 

ivhicli,  tlionsli 
lit  vessels  ol'  '> 
I   'J'lixtia,  aiiil 

"iahuio  Cliicn, 
lis  coast,  (Voiii 
)  the  eastward, 
iiiis  to  the  last 
oil  accmiiit  of 
[•lied  with  any 
t  iiii^ht  easily 
ceing  that  the 

111/,,  is  formed 
isy  aceess,  es- 
?se  shoals,  al- 
iieli  that  ships 
lies.  'J'he  aii- 
,  aii(l  because 
it  is  of  the  iit- 

n  li^lP,  which 
rient  to  iibiaiii 
1  said  on  it  : — 
)f  a  sulficient 

mill  1)0  prefer- 
(lel  ynii  ou<;Iit 

eh   case  steer 

en  yon  imist 
your  purpose. 

(),  (on  which 
t 


Ti  S.by  E.  loS. 


hoi.'^t  .,g  colors, 
,  manned  by  8 

dnngrroiis,  as 
IS  she  can  crnss 
ds  come  on  so 
Id  work  off  the 

ires  all  the  sail 
ncertnin,  n  pre. 
)  least  mistake 
ery  fust  vessel, 

lly  opposite  the 

3111  this  circiim. 
rcLZc  from  any 


t-'X 


N.  27^  W.,  at  about  4  leamies  distance  from  Point  Anton  Tji/.ardo,  is  the  castle  of 
S<in  .Iiian  de  Fl'ia.  which  fi)niis  the  Harbor  or  I'ort  of  \'cra  (rn/..  which  is  more  known 
and  freipiented  than  all  tli.  others  inthe  .Mexican  (iulf,  and  likewise  the  most  danK^'nius 
to  take,  particularly  duriiii;  northerly  i^ales.  It  is  not  a  coimnodious  harbor,  but  an 
open  roadstead,  covered  with  several  islands,  on  one  of  which  the  fortress  of  St.  .luuii  do 
riiia  is  erected.  The  access  to  this  port  is  dilVicult,  but  wo  subjoin  such  directions  as 
we  are  in  possession  ol. 

'I'he  principal  land-marks  to  vess(ds  advanrin^  towards  \'era  C.riv/.,  aro  tho  Peak  of 
Ori/.ava,  and  the  his^h  land  to  the  north  of  it,  called  the  Cofre  de  Perote,  both  of  which 
are  far  inland  to  the  westwa.d  of  Vera  L'ruz.  .Still  t'urther  from  the  city  is  the  Volcano 
do  'I'lixtla,  on  the  eastern  \y.\rt  of  the  .""Sierras  or  Mountains  of  .San  Martin,  and  bearing 
from  \'eia  Cm/.  S.  K.  by  K.  about  Tri  miles  distant. 

Tiie  Peak  ofOri/.ava  ism  lat.  I')'  .T  N.,  and  (.1  miles  W.  ')"^  S.,  true,  from  Vera  Cruz, 
If  is  of  a  conical  form,  and  always  covered  with  snow.  This  mountain  burst  forth  ia 
1,')I5,  and  continued  in  action  for  ','()  years,  since  w hich  time  there  has  been  no  appear- 
ance of  coiiii)iistiou.  Its  liei<;ht  is  •..',*)HI  Kiiiilish  fathoms  above  the  level  of  the  soa.  It 
may  be  readily  known,  as  it  shows  in  the  form  of  an  isoaceles  triangle,  and  may  be  seen 
at  the  distance  ofv.'.5  lean;ues  tVom  the  coast. 

The  ("ofre  de  Perote  is  •2,XV2  fathoms  above  the  level  of  tlin  sea.  If  stands  in  lat.  lO^^ 
29'  i\.,  about  13  leagues  from  the  nearest  part  of  the  coast.  It  is  the  highest  of  the 
mountain  range  to  tlio  north  of  Ori/ava. 

Directions  for   Vera  Cruz,  In/  (\tjil.  John  Macktllar,  of  his  Mnjeslifs  ship  Pique,  1817, 

The  Harbor  of  Vera  Crii/,  is  formed  by  the  walls  of  tlio  town  on  the  south  side,  and  by 
the  walls  of  the  ("astlc  of  San  .luan  de  I'lua,  where  the  lighthouse  stands,  on  the  north, 
The  (.'astle  is  built  on  an  island  opposite  the  town,  and  has  a  large  reef  of  rocks  running 
od'Croin  it  to  the  N.  by  E.,  nearly  'J  miles.  This  reef  is  called  the  (iailega,  and  always 
sliow-i  a  part  above  water.  The  harbor  is  bounded  on  the  ."<.  E.  and  E.  sides  by  three 
or  foursiiiali  islands  and  reefs,  with  good  passages  through  between  them.  On  the  N, 
W.  side  is  the  principal  entrance,  on  account  of  the  ships  getting  eajiier  in  and  out;  and 
that  is  the  only  side  which  is  clear  and  open  to  seaward. 

1.  The  town  is  situated  in  latitude  I'J'^  1"J'  31"  N.,  and  lonj;itude  by  chronometer  96'^ 
JO'  30"  W.,  by  sun  and  moon  ')(>-  ri'  ,30".  The  variation  of  the  compass  is  about  6^  E, 
This  port  has  a  very  good  revolving  light  on  the  N.  W.  of  the  Castle  of  .San  Juan  de 
riua;  the  centre  oftlie  lantern  is  elevated  7')  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea;  and  the 
liuht  is  (iij  the  same  principle  as  the  generality  of  revolving  lights  in  the  English  Chan- 
^  nel,  having  'Jl  lamps  with  reih'ctors,  making  7  lamps  on  each  side  of  a  triangle,  which 
makes  the  revolutions  of  the  lights  as  follows; — From  the  first  appearance  of  the  light, 
it  is  about  (>  seconds  bright ;  then  succeeds  a  faint  gliminerim;  for  40  seconds,  and  sp  ot) 
alteriiati'ly.     This  liiiht  may  be  seen  TJ  miles  otf  at  sea  in  clear  weather. 

~.  Ill  running  for  this  port  1  should  recommend  to  you  to  get  into  the  latitude  of  19* 
•20',  before  yfiu  pass  the  !).')th  degree  of  longitude,  and  tVoiii  that  iiroc  eed  to  the  westward, 
keeping  in  that  latitude  :  by  so  doing  you  will  pass  10  mibs  to  the  northward  of  Ane,ga- 
da  de  I'uera,*  and  approach  Wra  Cru/,  (>  miles  to  the  northward  of  all  the  shoals  that 
lie  oiTfiom  it.  If  in  the  night  time,  a  cood  loidvout  must  be  kept  for  the  light,  on  the 
larboarti  bow;  and  on  making  it  stand  on  to  the  westward  until  it  bears  S.  S.  W.  from 
you  ;  then,  if  in  the  latitude  of  1')"  20',  you  will  be  8  miles  from  the  N.  N.  E.  side  of  the 
shoals  olf  the  harbor.  Here  bring  to,  with  the  ship's  head  to  the  northward,  observing, 
during  the  night,  not  to  approach  nearer  to  the  light  than  .')  or  fi  miles,  and  to  keep  it 
be.iring  from  you  between  S.  S.  W.  and  S.     The  S.  S.  W.  bearing  will  keep  you  clear 


fillips,  in  approacliing  Anton  Liznrdofrom  the  souiii word,  should  be  particularly  cnreful  to  4void 
the  outer  shoals,  which  lie  to  the  N.  E,  of  the  anchoratre,  fihoiit  9  or  10  iiiiJes,  and  are  dry  at  low 
water  ;  and  as  the  tide  rises  seldom  more  than  4  teel,  nii.ni  lie  dnngerous  at  all  tiinea. 

In  approaching  the  land  in  ihe  winter  season,  tliere  i."  fie<|uenlly  a  haze  which  prevents  you 
from  making  it  out,  until  you  are  close  u])on  the  shoals  ;  it  is  therefore  much  safer  for  ships  to  make 
the  land  to  the  northward. 

•  In  these  directions  Captain  Mackcllar  seems  to  have  assumed  that  circumstances  are  favora. 
ble.  In  order  to  puard  against  the  etfects  of  an  unexpected  north,  or  a  northerly  wind,  Captain 
Hester,  in  some  former  directions,  written  in  1764,  says  explicitly,  that  none  should  fall  to  tho  south- 
ward of  19'^  50',  or  between  that  and  19=  40',  until  the  summit  of  Orizava  is  seen,  and  that  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  bring  that  niounlJiin  to  the  westward  of  W.  S.  W.  The  Captain  of  the 
port,  Don  Bernardi  dc  Orta,  says,  as  shown  hereafter,  that  the  course  should  be  made  to  wind- 
ward on  the  parallels  of  19^  30'  or  19^  40',  and  especially  so  in  the  months  of  May,  June,  and 
July,  when  the  sun  is  in  the  proximity  of  the  zenith.  It  is  at  least  clear,  that  the  spfest  course  is 
to  the  northw  ard,  particularly  to  such  as  cannot  rely  on  their  observations. 

3ti 


398 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


of  any  shoals  th.!t  may  lie  lo  tlie  cast»*;n(i  ol  the  liqht,  tlmt  is,  more  (hnn  2  miles  from 
it ;  and  the  south  ij»*;\iiiiij  will  keop  vou  clear  of  ilie  N.  W.  shore.  At  daylight,  in  get- 
ting sight  of  the  town,  steer  for  it,  oostivini;  t!ie  foliowiiii;  ditectiorH  : 

.'i.  Before  you  approach  nearer  than  J  or  4  miles  of  the  town,  hrinjj  ihc  largest  domfd 
top  steeple,  in  the  centre  ol  the  town,  to  hear  S.  j'  K.  It  will  then  ap|)ear  with  two  sharp 
•pire-toppeil  steeples  close  to  it,  vu  tiie  west  side,  and  on  the  smidl  hill  hehinil  the  town. 
There  is  a  division  between  put  of  a  hill  tliat  is  covered  with  grass,  and  part  that  is  co- 
vered v;ith  sand.  'Phis  division  will  be  on  with  the  steeples  bearing  as  above — the  grass 
part  10  the  S.  K.  and  the  part  covered  with  sand  to  the  N.  W.  With  this  mark  proceed 
on  lo  the  southward,  alot>g  the  west  side  of  the  (iallega  Keef  :  your  soundings  here  will 
be  regular,  from  U)  to  o  lathoins;  and  when  you  are  so  I'ar  as  to  bring  the  .S.  W.  side  of 
the  square  building  that  the  lo(d»-out  house  stands  on  in  the  fort  to  toucli  tiie  N.  E. 
side  of  the  lighthouse,  bearing  abont  !"..  S,  K.,  steer  lor  it,  taking  care  not  to  open  flif 
lighthouse  to  the  \.  K.  of  tlie  look-oiit  house,  until  you  are  dose  to  the  ('asile.  Tins 
mark  will  carry  you  up  to  tli'  liuhtliomt ;  then  steer  round  it  lo  the  southward,  and  an- 
chor close  to  tlie  south  siile  of  the  Castle,  in  from  .')',  to  A\  fathoms. 

During  the  months  of  November,  December,  .Fanuary,  February,  and  March,  the 
strong  northerly  winds  prevail,  and  at  times  blow  very  strong,  which  occasion  a  consi- 
derable sea  in  the  harl>or  :  atid,  as  the  ground  is  not  good  for  holding,  I  should  rec«)ni- 
mend  mooring  in  these  moft's  witlt  the  small  bower  to  the  iS.  \V.,  and  best  to  the  N. 
E.,  in  order  that  you  '"ay  wd,  <y  bolli  anclnu-.s,  with  the  wind  at  tiorlli,  and  lay  your 
stream  anchor  astern.  a  .*  ■''  be  sufficient  to  hold  you  with  the  land  wind,  w  liich  sel- 

dom blows  with  any  i    ■     •.       \    ing  other  months  of  the  year,  moor  with  your  small 


W 


:\w. 


•t  I »  I  ;<•  ^.  H.,  in  order  to  have  an  open  hawse  lo  the  east- 


bower  to  the  N. 
ward. 

4.  There  is  no  regular  tide  here,  but  in  moderate  weather,  there  is  one  ebb  and  one 
flood  in  '24  hours,  or  rather  one  rise  and  one  fall  in  that  time;  for  it  is  the  rase  some- 
times, that  the  tide  runs  to  the  .\.  \V.  tor  three  or  four  days,  and  the  same  to  the  S.  K.; 
but  it  appears  to  be  governed  ciiielly  by  the  winds  blowing  in  the  same  direction  :  as  the 
wind  blows,  its  rise  an<l  fall  is  from  two  to  three  feet;  but  in  strong  breezes,  someiimes 
there  is  neither  rise  nor  I  ill  for  three  or  four  days. 

5.  The  anchorage  at  Vera  Cruz  is  extremely  bad,  and,  if  once  you  part  tliere  is  no 
chance  of  saving  your  ship,  having  nothing  but  broken  groiin<l  lo  leeward  of  you. 

The  men  of  war  of  the  country  always  moor  with  tlie  siriall  bower  to  the  N.  W.  in 
5  fathoms,  and  the  best  bower  cable  to  the  rings  in  the  Castle  of  San  .luan  de  Ulna, 
with  a  cable  over  tin;  stern  to  the  S.  S.  W.  in  (>  fathoms,  by  which  mode  they  lie  so 
close  under  the  castle,  that  they  are,  in  a  great  measure,  sheltered  frotn  the  violence  of 
the  N.  and  N.  W.  winds.  1  anchored,  in  .Tune,  lrtl7,  by  bringing  the  i<.  W.  angle  of 
Fort  St.  .Inan  to  bear  N.  K.  by  E.  .^  K.  about  (iOD  yards  off;  from  which  bearing  onlv 
four  guns  from  the  castlr  or  outworks  could  be  brought  to  bear  on  the  ship.  This  po- 
sition may  be  taken  by  running  in  to  the  soulliward  of  the  castle,  between  the  shoals  of 
Galleguilia  and  I'lnnquiila,  which  always  show  themselves,  and  round  the  (Jallega  Keel. 
in  6  fathoms,  until  you  brins:  the  bastitui  of  St.  Crispin  (on  the  south  corner  of  the  ens 
tie)  to  bear  N.  K.  by  K.  .',  E.  Drop  your  anchor  on  a  quarter-spring,  to  act  according 
as  the  wind  and  circumstances  may  require. 

The  town  of  Vera  Cm/,  furnishes  no  certain  supply  of  any  kind  for  ships,  exceptinj 
water,  and  that  bad,  and  during  the  winter  months  dilficiilt  to  get  otT,  as  the  sea  breaks 
with  so  much  violeii'.  c  on  the  pier  as  to  prevent  boats  from  landing  for  three  or  fourdnvs 
at  a.  time.  As  the  sea  and  land  breezes,  throughout  the  year,  are  regular,  there  is  sel- 
dom any  difficulty  in  going  in  or  out  of  the  harbor.  During  the  months  of  August. 
September,  and  October,  the  rains  set  in,  with  close  sultry  weather,  and  the  vapors 
arising  from  the  marshy  ground  mikes  the  season  extremely  subject  to  the  yellow  fe- 
ver, of  which  many  hundreds  die  yearly,  equal  to  a  tenth  part  of  the  whole  population, 
particularly  strangers. 

BtUif  Directions  for  Vera  Cruz,  communicated  to  Cipttiin  Livingston,  hy  Don  Cayetano 

Olivclla,  1819.* 

Bun  in  forPonta  ficrda  (lat.  19°  14i')  until  the  Castlr  of  San  Juan  de  Ulna  bears  S. 
E.  by  S.  and  then  keep  away  to  the  south-eastward  until  you  bring  that  castle  to  bear 
S.  E.  You  will  then  steer  so  as  to  keej)  the  foremost  shroud  of  the  vessel  always  on 
with  the  castle,  that  is,  the  foremost  shroud  of  the  larboard  side,  the  bearings  to  be 
from  the  wheel  or  tiller  of  the  vessel.  Keeping  it  so  will  lead  you  clear  round  the  reef 
into  the  anchorage. 
■i ■   ' — 

*  These  directions  fjr  entering  appear  to  be  particularly  adapted  to  small  vessels. 


In  CISC  of 
aiely,  and  rii 
liicity,  will  ni 
at  the  .S-  E. 
whereas,  wer 
but  yon  wou 
tlr;  reef  of  ro 
saved. 

Von  .mchi 
bearing  .N. 

\' esse  Is  sh 
required  to  n 

The  lei'fs  a 
moor  vvitli  til 
to  the  S.  W. 

Description 

1.  The  Si. 
Andres  de  Ti 
•J5  leagues,  at 
de  i'eroic,  wl 
inav  be  seen  i 
light  or  fire  o 
by  getting  go. 
"  2.  Tins  pri 
.ng  on  the  ou 
Point  Delgad 
run  down,  (as 
u'ltii  which,  ai 
which  may,  ii 
particularly  oi 
extensive  sho; 
195  ;}0',  or  I'J' 
and  .Inly,  on  ;i 
not  sulficicntl 
currents. 

'A.  Having  < 
Hernal,  Herna 
ing  from  .'^.  by 
Juan  de  L'lua 

4.  We  have 
port  without  d 
pursued  by  s( 
one  or  other  0 
being  lost,  has 
ing  courses,  I); 
the  causes  th;i 

5.  It  is  evid 
lated,  from  tw 
method  aUvay: 
so,  from  estiiii 
ought  to  be. 

a  course  more 
covering  the  I 
pointed,  even 
cial  confidenc 
and  the  total  ' 
by  getting  int 
on  until  the  h 
The  same  al 
vented  from  li 
of  their  erron 
it  will  have  be 
been  quite  su 


blunt's  ameuican  coast  pilot. 


299 


)n  2  miles  from 
;i)li);lit,  in  gct- 

'  lar<;«'st  domnd 
with  two  s\\.\rp 
■liind  tiie  town. 
piiri  iliiU  is  co- 
•ovc — the  pniss 
s  inaik  iiroceed 
idiniiH  lieie  will 
•  S.'W.  side  of 
lull  tile  N.  K. 
ot  to  open  tlif 
(.'asilf.  This 
hwiud,  and  an- 

r)d  March,  the 
evasion  a  coiisi- 
should  recotii- 
best  to  the  N. 
,  and  lav  vniir 
iiiil,  whicli  sel- 
vitli  your  sinidi 
se  lo  the  cast- 
tie  ebl)  and  one 
llie  rase  some- 
rie  to  the  S.  K.; 
rectiod  :  as  the 
/.OS,  sometimes 

lart  there  is  no 
of  you. 

I  the  N.  W.  in 

Juan  de   I'iua, 

)de  they  lie  so 

the  violence  of 

'-.  W.  angle  ot' 

1  hearing  onlv 

i|i.     This  po- 

I  the  shoals  nl" 

(•allega  Keel", 

ner  of  tlie  cas- 

act  according 


In  rise  of  inrtin?  one  anrlior,  never  attempt  to  let  S'*  another,  hut  make  sail  immedi- 
ately, niid  run  the  vessel  ri!,du  tor  the  Alcth-.  The  current,  «iii<  h  runs  witli  great  ve- 
locity, M  ill  not  allow  you  to  fefdi  the  .Mole,  hut,  steering;  (or  il,  you  will  (cicli  the  beach 
at  the  S-  K.  enil  of  the  city,  by  which,  at  least,  the  lives  of  iliosi;  on  board  will  be  saved: 
whereas,  were  yon  to  take  time  to  let  i;o  another  an(  lior,  it  would  not  brm<{  you  up, 
but  you  would  infallibly  >;o  on  either  the  Lavandera  .Slmal,  the  Isle  of  Sacrificios,  or 
ih';  reel  of  rocks  olf  tlie  I'unta  de  ilornos,  in  cither  ufw  iiich  cases  not  a  soul  could  be 
saved. 

V(»ii  anclior  under  the  f 'astle  of  San  Juan,  and  near  to  if,  the  centre  of  the  castle  walls 
bcariuj  N.  .N.  K.  ,'  K.,  or  thereabout. 

\'esscls  should  always  keep  their  fore  topinasl  staysails,  and  such  others  us  may  be 
requireij  to  run  them  on  the  beach,  ready  bent. 

'l"he  icels  s;enerally  show,  either  by  breakina;  or  by  the  water's  beini;  discolored.  You 
mo(ir  with  the  bower  anchors  to  the  N.  \V.  and  north,  and  a  stream  anchor  out  astern 
to  the  S.  W. 

Desniplion  of,  anci  Dirrctions JoVy  the  Port  of  rem  Cruz,  b>i  Von  HirUirdo  de  Orta. 

1.  The  .Sierras  of  San  Martin,  whose  highest  summit  is  called  the  Volcano  of  San 
Andres  de  Tiixtla,  bears  S.  54'^  •-'()'  .'>.t  '  E.  from  ti.f  ("usile  of  San  .luaii  «le  I'lua,  distant 
'2b  leamu's,  and  is  in  the  proximity  of  the  coa^t.  'he  p ':•.!«  of  (>ri/.;ilta  and  the  Cofre 
de  I'erote,  whi  h  is  found  at  a  little  less  distance  to  Mr  west,  from  il-»  ,'ireat  elevation, 
may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  a  lonj;  distance  out  at  sea  :  and,  particularly  at  night,  the 
liijht  or  fire  of  the  Volcano  of  Tuxtla,  are  objects  which  may  la(  ilitaic  making  the  port 
by  fjettiiii;  i;ooil  b('arin<!;s  of  them,  and  thereby  resuiitiiijj;  the  succet-diirj  navi"ation. 

■J.  Tins  premised,  whether  in  runnin;;  tlirou<;ii  the  .soun(im.;s  of  (,'aiiipec'  .  or  kcep- 
.ni  on  the  outside  of  them,  in  the  season  of  the  Norths,  tiie  r(jur>e  Jrhouid  be  'in  cd  to 
I'oiiit  Delgada  ;  and  in  the  summer,  the  parallel  of  \'er.i  Cruz  should  ou  n  «  ace;  .,  >t  be 
run  down,  (as  soine  diiections  recommend,)  on  account  of  the  tempes'uous  (  rth  wmds, 
Willi  which,  and  even  before  they  come  on.  there  are  currents  runnln>;  towards  the  south, 
which  niav,  in  some  cases,  carry  a  siiip  towards  tlii'  Inner  and  Outer  .'^hoals  and  more 
pariiciilariy  on  the  Ane^nda  and  Ane^addla:  for  iliisreasnn.  ami  because  liir  .c  are  such 
extensive  shoals  on  the  edu'e  of  these  souudiuL's,  the  land  should  bemadr  to  windward,  in 
19^.'>ll'.  or  1*)=40'  of  latitude,  and  that  too  witii  the  utmost  care,  in  tin  onths  of  May 
and  ,)uly,  on  account  of  the  proximity  ol'  the  sun  fi  the  zenith,  when  many  persons  are 
not  siiliiciently  expert  in  the  use  of  their  instiumeiits,  to  attribute  their  errors  to  the 
curreuis. 

.3.  llaviu'j;  obtained  a  sii^ht  of  the  land,  you  vill  jmss  to  the  east  of  Point  Delegada, 
Bernal,  Hcrnal  tMiicho,  I'oinl  Zempoala,  cVc.  at  the  dlstr»nce  of  4  or.')  leagues,  and  steer- 
in:^  from  S.  by  E.  to  S.  S.  E.  J  E.  you  will  gain  sight  of  Vera  Cruz  or  the  Castle  of  Saa 
Juan  de  Ulua,  without  getting  into  Antigua  Hay. 

4.  We  have  seen  many,  who,  coming  iVom  a  lower  latitude  than  19°  30',  steer  for  th# 
pott  without  doubt,  guided  by  the  outer  shoals;  and  if  they  were,  tJie  unsteady  course 
pursueil  by  some  in  order  to  eflect  it,  and  the  direct  course  steered  by  others,  toward* 
one  or  other  of  these  shoals,  by  which  means  they  have  got  entangled  with  a  great  risk  of 
being  lost,  has  been  observeil.  It  is  intended,  as  much  as  possible,  to  avoid  these  wander- 
ing courses,  by  methodising  the  manner  of  making  the  port,  and  by  pointing  out  befor« 
the  causes  that  contribute  to  render  the  approach  to  it  so  uncertain. 

5.  It  is  evident  they  must  have  proceeded  from  a  |;oint  of  departure  incorrectly  calcu* 
lated,  from  two,  or  jierhaps  from  one  mark  or  bearing  taken  on  the  coast  to  windward,  (i 
method  always  erroneous,  by  mistaking  the  objects  on  the  Charts,  and  more  particularly 
so,  from  estimating  the  distance,  (if  only  one  lioaiin'^  be  taken.)  usually,  greater  than  it 
ought  to  be.  Th>'  result  of  this  is,  that  they  take  their  departure  from  a  point  and  follow 
a  course  more  to  the  eastward  than  they  should  do,  in  the  confident  expectation  of  dia* 
covering  tlie  buildings  of  the  city  and  the  castle  :  this  expectation  is  frequently  disap* 
pointed,  even  when  they  might  have  seen  them,  by  the  culpable  negligence,  or  prejudi' 
cial  confidence  wiih  wjiich  they  navigate,  wirudi  is  evident  from  the  courses  they  steer, 
and  the  total  want  of  the  necessary  precautious  in  approaching  it  during  the  night;  and 
by  getting  into  the  parallel  of  the  desired  point,  without  obtaining  sight  of  it,  they  stand 
on  until  the  breakers  of  one  or  other  of  the  shoals,  under  their  bows,  undeceive  them. 
The  same  also  happens  to  those  who,  by  cloudy  weather  or  contrary  winds,  are  pre- 
vented from  hearing  or  seeing  the  signal  gun  fired  fiom  San  Juan  de  Ulua,  to  warn  them 
of  their  erroneous  course.  Hut  by  whatever  method  they  discover  their  real  situation, 
it  will  have  been,  most  generally,  not  until  much  valuable  time  is  lost,  that  would  have 
been  quite  suHicieut  to  have  entered  the  harbor  by  da^',  aoU  passed  the  night  in  safety. 


3oa 


BLUNT  H  AMERICAN  COA8T  PILOT. 


fi.  A  main  ransn  nf  estalilishiiin  an  ijicinTPCt  point  of  dopMrtur*-.  is  flir  crralPror  I^M 
cltMiiinss  (it  till'  aliiiosplicrc,  at  liic  fiiiii-  oC  taking  thi'  iiiaiks  on  tlic  land  ;  lor  when  the 
marks  appear  very  clear,  as  tliey  an-  Jiif;li,  they  arc  t'stiiiiali'd  nearrr  than  they  really  are, 
anil  the  conseipiences  are  those  pointed  out.  IT  the  weather  he  not  i  liar,  or  the  mark* 
not  seen  at  all,  the  contrary  occurs,  and  in  which  there  is  not  so  much  dantjer,  because 
tiic  beach,  the  cidor  o(  the  water,  or  the  depth,  il  due  care  be  taken,  will  niditatc  the 
measures  that  niuvt  he  adopted. 

7.  'I'he  most  rcinaikable  objects  Irom  which  the  pi»int  of  departure  is  usually  estab- 
lished, is  the  most  salient  point  ol"  tiie  coast,  called  'he  Sierra  or  Maria  Andrea,  (wheiic- 
the  shore  runs  to  I'oint  l)ele<;ada,)  which  bears  Crom  the  liiuli  plallurui  «(  San  .liiande 
Uhia  N.  -J')  VV. ;  (Bernal  bears  Irom  it  N.  .ij  '  W.,  IJernal  (liichn  N  .M  \V.,  and  I'oiin 
Zempoala  N.  .'trt  '  W.;) — It  apjiears  to  be  an  easy,  simple,  and  sale  melhod  ol  avoidinij 
the  errors,  dangers,  and  delays,  already  pointed  out;  as  so  soon  as  out?  of  these  phuts 
on  the  coast  is  seen  and  Unown.antI  it  is  determincil  to  proceed  tor  the  harbor;  alter  es- 
tablishina;  a  point  of  bearin>,'  with  either  uf  them,  .such  course  should  be  steered  as  may 
be  deemed  elii^ible  tor  nettliii;  into  one  of  t'le  |;iccedinn  bearinys,  either  the  nearest, 
or  that  which  is  most  convenient,  acconlinf;  to  the  situation  of  the  ship,  and  the  wind  she 
then  has,  or  that  wliicli  is  to  bo  expected;  and,  on  ijetlini;  into  tin;  situation,  steer  the 
opposite  c(Mirse,  when,  if  the  vessel  be  more  to  the  southward  than  was  expected,  tin 
buildings  of  tlic"  city  and  caslle,  and  the  masts  of  the  Inr^c  ships,  should  tliere  be  any  in 
tlie  harbor,  will  be  seen ;  and  if  they  ue  not  then  visible,  they  will  be  seen  ahead  shortly 
alterwards.     In  either  case  you  should  iiianceuvre  as  before  directed. 

8.  Should  it  so  happen  that  the  buildings,  masts,  or  one  of  the  inner  shoals  be  sueii 
hi  the  S.  W.  or  N.  \V.  (piarters  ;  orsupposiii!;  that  you  may  be  to  the  eastward  ol' these 
bearinc;3  mentioned,  and  also  of  the  Port:  and  conse{|uently  it  becomes  necessary,  ac- 
cording to  your  position,  to  steer  a  course  in  one  of  these  quarters,  either  to  double 
these  «lioals,  if  you  are  much  to  the  eastward  or  southward,  or  to  open  the  mouth  of  the 
harbor  if  you  arc  not  so;  with  the  uiitleistandin:.;  that  the  middle  of  the  Inner  Ane^ado, 
hes  N.  77  V  K.  \\  miles  from  tlio  Ifmh  i)lalf()rm  of  the  Castle  of  San  .lu:in  de  I  lua;  and 
the  N.  W.  pari  of  the  (Jallega,  which  must  be  left  on  the  larboard  hand,  lies  N.  lo  K. 
from  it.  (Between  the  latter  and  tiie  inner  Ano^;ula,  is  the  Island  IJlamiuilla  and  (iallu- 
guilla.) 

9.  If  at  that  niomcnt  the  wind  should  beat  larjje  from  the  eastwaril,  it  will  be  sufticieni 
to  pass  within  sinht  of  them,  and  after  roundin;,'  them,  to  |)ass  within  :«  prudent  distance 
of  the  west  points  of  <Jallei;uilla  and  («allei;a,  for  the  purpose  of  l)rins;ins;  on  the  bear- 
ings that  will  be  hereafter  shown,  because  the  same  wind,  if  it  is  not  northward  of  K. 
by  N.,  will  afterward  be  scant  from  Point  Soidado  inward.  If  at  that  moment  it  shoiihl 
be  scant  to  the  northward,  or  on  the  starboard  tack,  it  will  be  necessary  to  lulf,  in  ordii 
to  pass  to  the  windward  of  the  Ane^ada ;  and  if  this  be  easily  accoiiifjlislied,  the  (Jalie- 
guilla  may  also  be  passed,  for  the  most  projcetinc;  parts  to  the  north  of  both  these  shoals, 
runs  S.  85''  "JO'  K.,  and  contrary  about  .'!',  miles;  the  said  Island  niancpiilla  lying  soPie- 
What  to  the  south  of  tills  line. 

10.  If  this  landfall  should  take  place  under  su(;h  circumstances  and  weather,  that  tin; 
hdVth  wind  will  not  admit  of  standing  to  tlie  westward  to  pass  to  windward  of  Inner  Aiiu- 
gadav  nor  to  the  eastward  to  p;vssthe  Outer  Anegada,  there  remains  no  choice  but  to  bear 
south  ()f  Si  W.,  in  order,  if  possible,  to  takrt  slielter  under  Isle  Verde,  ((Jreen  Island.)  or 
Ihat  of  Los  Sacriricios,  in  G  to  I.]  and  1">  fatlioms  water,  on  good  liolding  ground,  ridiiii; 
with  two  or  three  anchors  down  until  the  easterly  breezes  set  in.  Hut  if  from  anchorin:; 
too  far  off  this  slielter  does  not  answer  your  expectation;  if  a  pilot  be  on  board  and  tlic 
wind  continues  ahead,  so  as  not  to  admit  you  to  enter  the  harbor  or  to  obtain  better  shel- 
ter, it  will  be  advisable  to  seize  the  first  favorable  opportunity  of  running  to  anchor  uii- 
det'Isle  Blanquilla,  or  Hlanca,  which  is  to  the  nortliward  of  Point  Anton  Jiizardo. 

11.  Some,  by  their  temerity,  run  into  these  difficulties  when  they  might  have  bern 
tiVoicled  ;  for  by  having  obtained  sight  of  the  Outer  Anegada,  they  have  plied  to  llu 
westward  Vi'ith  a  scant  wind,  in  the  persuasion  of  its  becoming  more  large,  which  dues 
iiot  always  happen;  and  the  currents  still  operated  on  by  the  head  winds,  set  with  velo- 
city towards  the  channels  between  the  shoals.  The  safest  way  is,  When  the  wind  will 
not  pp'tnit,  according  to  the  situation  of  the  vessel  and  the  time  of  ilay,  a  certainty  of 
pa&ding  the  Inner  Anegada,  (which  lies  with  the  Outer  Anegada  bearing  S.  b')J  K.,  dis- 
tant 4  leagues,)  and  of  getting  into  tlic  harbor  with  daylight,  to  make  a  board  io  the 
eastward,  because  the  shoals  will  be  left  astern,  and  because  the  current  being  favorable, 
will  operate  with  vci-y  good  effect. 

12.  If  bein"  more  to  the  westward,  and  so  situated  as  to  be  unable  to  weather  round 
the  Galle<»uilia,  in  standing  lo  the  westwani,  and  the  Inner  Anegada  on  the  board  to  the 
eastward,  you  ought,  without  hesitation,  to  bear  up  and  steer  S.W.  or  S.  S.W.in  mid 
'channel,  between  the  latter  and  Blanquilla,  which  will  be  seeu  on  your  vtarboard  side; 


BM-.NTM  AMKUICA.N  t'OAMT  IMI.OT. 


301 


giT.'itPr  or  li>sii 

lor  when  the 

cv  rtiillv  iire, 

or  llic  marks 

iiii;t'r,  t)fciiiisi! 

I  iriilKiite  tile 

iisii;illy  CMtab- 
(lifii,  (»»ln'iic»! 
r  San  Jiian  de 
W .,  and  I'dint 
1(1  dl'  avdidui^ 
r  llicM'  |)la<\;H 
ritor;  atler  es- 
ti'crcd  as  niav 
r  the  ncarcit, 
d  th*>  wind  s|if> 
lion,  steer  IJic 
ex|)cctcd,  llif 
licrc  l)t'  any  in 
alioud  shortly 

flioals  he  sti'cii 

itward  ol'  these 

nt'ccssary.  ac- 

her  to  duuljle 

nionth  of  tiie 

nner  Anei^adn, 
de  I  Ina  ;   anil 

I,  lies  N.  1 J  K. 

lilla  and  (iallu- 

il!  be  sunieicnl 
■ndent  dislanee 
is;  on  the  buar- 
rthward  of  H. 
nient  it  shonid 
o  lull,  in  order 
lied,  the  (Jaile- 
h  these  shoals, 
lla  lyiii!^  soiM'- 


v.ither.  that  tin' 

ol'  Inner  Ant- 

lice  but  to  belli 

■een  Island.)  or 

ground,  ridiii;; 

iVoiiiaiK'horiii 

board  and  tlu' 

ain  better  sliel- 

;  to  anchor  uii- 

Jjizardo. 

iglit   have  been 

•e  plied    to  llie 

:;e,  which  does 

,  set  with  velo- 

the  wind  will 

a  eertaintv  of 

S.  ()')J  K.,'dis- 

a  board  io  the 


-;    \ 


Iruvinc  tli(!  Aiiei^ada  and  Isle  N'erde  on  the  larboard,  keepinc  ■<  i;ood  |ord<oiit  to  nvoirl  the 
bieakers,  and  Hleerini;  snecestively  S.  \\  .,  W.  S.  \V.,  and  \\'..  passinii  the  eastern  part 
ul  the  (ialleuii  Shoiij  on  your  starboard,  and  on  the  I  irbu.ird  the  havendera  Shoal,  the 
Hliallow'tiess  of  which,  as  well  as  those  precediiiij;  it,  will  be  dislinitly  shown  by  the 
breakers  on  such  occasions  ;  hanlini:  up  more  or  less  to  anchor,  in  a  seamanlike  manner, 
where  other  ships  will  be  seen  ritlitii;  with  two  anchors  down,  and  letting  go  \our  star- 
board anchor  lirst. 

This  is  called  the  S.  K.  entrante;  and  Captain  D.  Kai)io  Ali  I'on/oni,  who  made  a 
survey  of  the  port  in  Ihii?,  ;;ives  the  roliouini;  a>coiiiit  ni'  it.  "As  all  liie  reels  which 
siirroiin  I  llie  exterior  of  the  port  may  be  >ounib'd,and  ihcir  dan;;ers  seen,  and  the  channels 
which  ihey  lonn,  bein^  of  considerabli>  depth,  not  less  than  the  sea  within  them,  it  be- 
comes only  necessary  to  be  particularly  carcli.!  ol  that  called  la  Lavendera,  (or  Washer- 
woman.) which  is  covered  with  water  and  eaniiol  be  distinguished,  ex«ept  when  there  \n 
some  swell,  which  breaks  on  it,  particniarlv  with  northerly  winds: — 'riiererore,  in  order 
to  enter  by  the  South-east  <'hannel,  when  it  beciunes  necessary  to  pass  near  the  aliovc 
Nhoal,  yon  will  always  cb-ar  il,  by  ki'epmi:  i'oint  (iorda  a  little  open  ol  the  N.  K.  ancle 
ol"  the  lurtilication,  under  the  I'asile  ol  ."^an  .liiaii  de  I'lna,  until  an  isolated  stone  build- 
in};,  which  serves  lor  a  sbiiij'"'  -hoU'-e,  (omesun  «irli  the  aimleol'ilie  city,  on  the  wall 
ol'  which,  and  at  its  poi;;;,  is  constrncied  a  biiildiii::  ol  Considerable  extent,  I'or  barracks. 
Ilavin;;  arrived  at  this  last  mark,  you  will  have  passed  the  jjavendera  suriicienlly  to  steer 
lor  the  vessels  which  arc  in  anchor  is;e,  but  witliont  ^oin;;  too  near  the  shallow  sonndini;)! 
at  the  southern  extremity  (d'the  bank,  in  which  the  reel"  of  (ialleya  terminates  hereabout. 

"The  only  channel,  aliliou;:h  (le<'p,  whiili  iVom  its  narrowness  oiifzht  not  to  be  passed 
without  a  <;ood  knowledge  ol'  it,  is  that  tormed  liy  the  reel' ol'  I'ajaros  with  that  ol' Sacri- 
ficios;  the  mark  lor  sailins;  throimh  it,  is  that  liel'ore  jiiven,  of  keepins;  I'oint  (iorda  a 
little  openol"  the  N.  K.  aii'^le  ol   the  lortilicatioii  under  the  Castle  ol   San  .liiaii  <le  I'lua. 

"The  narrowness  ol"  the  deep  channel  of  the  liavandera  and  the  ilornos  Keel's,  doe-s 
not  allow  ol"  its  bein^  adopted,  except  by  small  cral'i  willi  pilots. 

l;j.  I'nder  the  same  circumstances,  and  bciiii;  lurilier  to  the  westward,  there  will  be 
the  choice  ol'  steerini;  south  to  pass  between  (iallemiilla  ami  l?lan(|iiilla  Island,  and  suc- 
cessively within  sight  olthe  (lallena  Hank,  ro'indino;  it  in  the  manner  just  menti(med,np 
to  the  ancliorae;e.  In  line  weather,  with  a  ship  ol  moderate  size,  and  a  competent  know- 
ledge (jf  the  place,  this  passage  is  more  commodious  than  the  N.  W.  (.'hannel,  as  it 
will  save  the  trouble  ol'  warpin;;,  slnoild  the  brc/e  shilt  to  the  S.  K. 

11.  A  little  expt  rience  of  the  Inner  Shoals  wdiilil  render  these  diHiculties  niurh  less 
coininon,  as  there  ii  as  ijood  anchoraue  uiiiler  Isle  Verde  and  the  I'ajaras  Keel',  iis  at  the 
Island  Sacrilicios;  and  also  under  shelter  ol"  Isle  i^lanca  or  iMan<|uilla,  oil' Point  Anton 
lii/.ardo,  that  point  itsell".  and  some  ol'  the  outer  shoals,  the  channels  bijwcen  which, 
with  a  favorable  wind  and  a  competent  know  led:;e  of  them,  arc  (|uitc  i'rri'  ;  for  through 
them,  as  well  as  between  all  the  inner  shoals,  the  harbor  may  be  entered  by  the  S.  E. 
Channel  by  ships  not  drawini;  more  than  Ir^',  feet  water ;  for  the  bree/.e  i;eni'rally  raises 
a  little  sea.  and  the  de|)th  in  the  narrow  part  between  the  'Jallena  and  the  Lavandera  is 
not  more  than  -1    feet. 

15.  If,  in  conse(pieiice  of  any  irrcsjnlar  navijzation  or  mistake,  either  of  the  channels 
that  the  outer  shoals  fcuin  with  each  other,  or  with  Point  Anton  Li/.ardo,  should  have 
boen  passed  throui.'h  with  a  vessel  of  s;realcr  draii:,'ht  than  IH.;  feet,  that  is,  tlie  ship  be- 
ing between  the  outer  and  inner  group  of  siioals;  or  if,  from  cilheroftlie.se  causes,  she 
should  be  in  that  situation,  ami  be  under  the  necessity  of  entering  the  harbor  by  the  N. 
W.  Channel,  the  method  pointe  I  out  in  the  eighth  paragraph  must  be  resorted  to  im- 
mediately. 

1().  Having  thus  described  the  method  of  entering  the  harbor  by  the  S.  E.  Channel, 
and  explained  the  incidents  that  render  that  passage  necessary,  we  shall  now  proceed  to 
describe  the  principal  or  N.  W.  Channel. 

17.  All  the  well  mounded  fears  respectin<:  this  harbor  may  be  removed,  by  not  ap- 
proaching it  with  a  fresh  north  wind,  or  by  mooring  or  securing  your  vessel  well  before 
it  blows  with  violence.  In  other  n-spects  it  presents  but  little  risk  for  shipping  not  draw- 
ing more  than  1. 5  feet  water ;  for  the  only  invisible  dangers  for  ships  of  greater  draught 
in  this  channel,  are  the  outer  and  inner  T^axas,  which  are  composed  of  flat  stones.  The 
extensive  banks  of  the  (Jallcga  and  (ialle'_'uilla  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  and  the 
reef  olf  I'oint  (Jordaon  the  west,  form  the  oi)ening  (  ailed  the  Outer  Channel,  whose  extent 
is  scarcely  ,'i  miles;  and  Point  Soldado  upon  the  (iailega  on  the  east,  with  the  reef  of 
Caleta  on  the  west,  form  the  Inner  Clianncl.  These  reefs  are  visible,  jjurticularly  when 
there  is  any  wind  to  raise  the  breakers  on  them  :  tliey  may  be  safely  passed  at  the  dis- 
tance of  a  cable's  length.  If  there  be  no  sea,  and  the  rising  tide  has  covered  the  rocks 
that  terminate  the  visible  salient  or  jirojecling  parts  of  the  (iailega  and  Galleguilla,  n 
very  moderate  degree  of  cure  will  enable  any  one  tu  distinguish  them  very  readily  by  the 


302 


niANT  H  AMKIUCVN  C0.\8T  I'lI.OT. 


I'v.ii 


color  of  fhf  water,  ;is  tlicy  ciiniiot  li:ivi!  moic  ilian  .'I  iVct  ovcriliciii  in  ihr  mortiinijii  «liir- 
irii;  llic  siiiiiiiu'r,  iiiid  in  ilif  :il(i-riio(in  in  (lie  winter,  wliicli  ii  tlif  oril«-r  nuHt  ufnorviliy 
rcncirkitil  in  rlic  irri'i^nl.ir  nse  id  (lie  tulcx  al  lliin  pliiic.  My  ni<;lit  t)i>  y  arr  n-ririinly  dun- 
gi'riins  unilcr  lilt'  iiiiiiliiiiaiiiiti  oT  il.uknos.  Iii.;li  wairr,  anil  bo  liltic  Mind  tliat  the  sp.i 
(Idi's  niil  hri'al.  upon  (Im'mi. 

1^.  Il,  in  ( ()iiM>i|ni'n('c  iiian  <*rriir  in  tlic  rfckiiniii^,  yon  should  \tv  to  the  wi-Miward  uf 
the  last  of  tilt*  bearin<;s  incnlioni-d  in  lli<*  7th  |iiiraurapli,  or  ull'  Anii^na  ISay,  th<'  roant 
il.Mt'iC,  or  lilt'  low  land,  will  point  nut  llu;  ium  pssuy  nrninnini;  aloni;  it,  S.  \:.  or  K.  S.  l')., 
in  Ncaicii  of  till'  harlior.  Mhirli  will  Ix*  Nfcn  .ilu-ad  :  Imi  \oiioii:hi  not  to  l'o  in  lets  than 
b  or  ')  lathonis  oil' the  pom  In  Mrava  .\n(\  *  iorda,  the  reels  nl  winch  are  shown  hv  the  lireak- 
cri  with  all  winds,  and  shiuild  it  happen  that  at  daylireaU  or  in  the  inorninu.  the  Intid- 
hreeze  is  from  Hoiitli  t«i  S.  K.,  the  >hip  must  he  krpt  on  the  >«farhoard  laek  as  long  na 
po^sihio,  in  order  thai  she  may  he  to  the  northward  of  the  harlmr  when  the  sea-hreeze 
sets  in  ;  and  there  will  he  no  luss  nl'tini'.'  in  running  a  little  to  the  eastwaid,  with  liie  ex- 
peeimion  of  the  wind  meliiiiiii:  inoic  to  the  N.  I..,  with  which  'lie  am  hoiaiie  may  lie 
reaehed  on  nm;  taek,  iheiehy  avoiding  the  necessity  of  anchoring  outside,  and  the  8ub- 
■ei|neni  lalior  of  warpin<;  in. 

1').  If,  Iroin  the  saiiif  cause,  tlie  ship  should  he,  at  daybreak,  t«  the  north  or  N.  N.  K. 
of  the  city,  and  in  si<;h(  ot'  it,  w  nh  the  w  ind  oil  the  land,  you  must  not  pass  to  the  west- 
ward III'  till'  meridian  oT  the  port,  nor  olllie  lirsi  Iiimiiiil!  oI'  it  (menliiined  in  the  7tli  para- 
{;raph)  with  the  coast,  i(  the  jiitier  h»'  in  si^ht  and  the  loriner  not ;  lor  should  the  hree/.c 
siiili  to  the  S.  K.  and  the  land-wind  not  reach,  or  be  inclinable  to  calm,  it  nii'.'iit  cost 
some  days  to  net  in  ;  for  with  siieli  winds  to  the  e.istward.  the  current  rims  with  great 
force  tothe  N.  \V.  However,  with  any  object  in  si<;!ii,  it  will  be  easily  perceived  what 
method  oni;ht  to  be  I"  llo«-eil,  by  aitendin'^  to  its  bearings,  and  by  niirht  tothe  soiiiidin'js. 

•J(l.  Meiii'^  lo  the  eastward  ol  the  harbor,  and  seein:;  the  city  and  castle,  ilie  Iimer 
Ane^ada,  iilanquilla  Isle,  iVe.,  with  the  wind  lioin  the  eastward,  which,  as  mentioned  in 
the  ')th  paragraph,  may  be  scant  I'rom  I'oint  8o|dado  inwards,  a  course  must  be  steered, 
more  or  less  tree,  according  to  the  wind,  so  as  to  brin;;  the  hifh  tower  of  the  castle  to 
the  south,  a  litile  to  the  eastward  of  which  beariii.;  lie->  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  the  ( Jjil- 
k'y;a.  and  seeiiiij  it,  as  well  as  distin^nishin^  in  th  city  the  two  towers  of  San  Krancisco 
and  the  jircNiil  ihureh,*  proceed  inwiiid  by  keepiii'j  away  to  avoid  the  (ialle!:nilla  and  (ial- 
lei;i,  until  they  appear  in  a  line,  bearing  simtli  or  very  nearly  so,  wliii  h  is  tiie  first  leadinij 
mark  on  the  plan  ol'tlie  |)ort ;  but  if  \ou  are  lo  the  westward  of  that  bi-arini;,  and  (do.e 
hauled  on  tho  larboiud  tack,  it  will  be  Miliirient  lo  '^ei  on  it,  and  alterwards  continue  on 
it,  as  on  bein;;  north  of  the  (jallet^iiilla,  it  will  not  lie  necessary  to  proceed  to  the  east- 
ward, except  in  the  case  mentioned  in  the  l^i'.i  paras^rapli. 

'Jl.  i5ein«;  to  the  westward  of  these  shoals  in  'Jil  or  'Jh  fatlinnis  water,  with  liio  two 
towers  in  a  hne  or  even  with  that  of  the  ureal  church  open  to  the  8.  K.  to  that  of  San 
Francisco,  if  tlie  wind  should  be  from  K.  N.  i-l.orl'i.by  X..  as  mentioned  in  the ')tli  para- 
graph, you  will  pro(  ceil  fur  the  eiilr;;nce  by  the  lirst  mark,  diminisiiini;  the  depth  to  G 
and  4';  fathoms,  uood  holdiim  <:rouiiil.  until  the  s;dieiit  an'^h;  of  St.  Crispin's  Hastion, 
T)rofthe  S.  E.  of  tlie  t'astic  ol'Sm  Juan  de  L'lua,  coiii's  open  with  the  ecjually  salient 
angle  of  the  .San  Pedro  or  N.  W.  IJasiion,  (the  second  mark  on  the  plan,)  or,  what 
limounts  to  the  same  thinu,  until  the  wiiole  of  the  Isl.nid  of  Sacrilicios  is  open  to  the  .S. 
W.  of  the  castle.  Tlien  sieer  lor  I'oint  lloriios,  and  successively  on  proceedins;  inward 
\o  Point  Mocainbn  or  Island  of  Sacrifn  ios,  in  which  directions  having  passed  the  Caleia 
fi,eef  and  Point  .Soldado,  and  lufliiii;  uporkcf'pin^  away,  as  may  be  necessary  to  keep 
the  middle  of  the  channel,  the  harbor  may  then  be  entered  clear  of  the  ( )utcr  l^axa,  which 
is  the  most  danjTcrous,  and  also  of  tiir  inner  one,  by  riinniiu!  close  to  llieii- buoys,  if  they 
are  laid  down,  until  the  aimleof  San  I'edro's  Hastimi  bears  K.  N.  E.  from  the  entrance 
of  the  Round  House,  or  from  the  binnacle,  and  then  lulVnpto  leti;o  the  larboard  anchor, 
l^hich  should  lie  to  the  .\.  W.,  and  you  iiu;:ht  to  oct  upy  a  place  in  the  lirst  tier  of  siiips; 
but  should  it  be  necessary  to  proceed  to  another,  staml  further  on,  and  let  tro  the  same 
anchor  where  the  pilot  may  direct.  accnrilinL;  to  the  orders  he  has  received  for  placin;;  the 
ship,  or  to  the  situation  which,  accordimi  to  circumstances,  she  may  occupy.  In  doinp; 
this,  every  thing  should  be  (|uilc  clear  for  anchorini;  when  you  are  off  the  bieastwoik  of 
the  castle,  at  the'monicnt  the  order  is  liiven;  for  if,  on  the  contrary,  there  be  any  delay, 
the  least  inconvenience  and  risk  will  be  that  of  weiuhiiif;  the  anchor  again,  and  carrying 
it  out,  which  you  cannot  always  do  as  you  may  wish. 


•  They  arc  the  two  westernmost.  That  of  .San  Frnncisoo  is  n  complete  tower  icrminnting  in  n 
square  flat  roof:  the  other  is  not — it  has  not  n  third  siory,  nor  n  teriiiinntini,'  point,  nnrl  is  eonFC- 
quendy  square.  The  little  tower  and  cupoln  of  the  HerniilaKC  of  Pastnra,  which  is  farther  to  the 
west  than  these  two  towers,  cannot  cause  any  mistake,  as  it  is  so  small ;  nor  that  of  St.  Augustin, 
wiiidt  tcrtsinates  uImq  in  a  squaxe  flat  roof,  and  lies  to  Ui«  aastward  of  thisn. 


22.  If  the 
thereabout,  pr 
thi?  .S.  v..  to  ;: 
the  warp  nfl  ( 
be  »nMH*t  }<ii 
board,  on  lli<- 
not  gel  'hi"»  ■>* 
It  haul  r.lii*r  I 
the  rMv*  on 
-.>:{.  If.  from 
place,  til'  «  If 
It  ill  al  ihe  •  ■' 
right  plac^.  w 
H.  U  the  « 
be  po<*iblr.  Ii 
fa<t  lo  llie  nn. 
caie,  alihoiizl 
ronmi. 

•i-'y.  The  uif 
the  wmd  from  I 
Kite  to  ihf  »ett 
past  by  it.  the 
not  torn  iIm-H 
mi^hi  nut  hoi 
fur  il  wiil  roiti 
neglect  of  duin 
without  e\arii| 
so  thai  it«  cdol 
replaced  from 
other,  and  if  il 
;•>.  What  I 
directed  lo  ih*- 
the  be^l  cable* 
beina  the  »ea«« 
deniy.  and  bio 
lime  lo  prepari 
sible  to  comiin 
h'S<  it  be  2iveii 
upon  with  the  i 
distance,  or  bei 
W.  cable  shuu 
'.'7.  For  ihei 
mrrownes*  of 
war  or  other  la 
sight  of  the  cit 
mouth  of  I  he 
when  ihe  breej 
directed  in  par 
point,  warps  in 
allow  it.  witboi 
have  been  any 
never  been  exp 
the  clearest  sk 
'.'8.  If  on  ar 
or  of  the  light 
Ace.  in  I'rom  50 
thinz  prejrared 
which  ought  lo 
vre  or  work  as  n 
size  of  the  siii| 
ing  all  the  sail 
da,  where  then 
to  run  for  the  1: 


BLUNT  S  AMKRir.\N  COAST  PILOT. 


303 


ornifn;*  «lnr- 

fri.iiiilv  (hill- 
(li;it  (lie  sea 

westward  of 
iiv,  llf  rojiHt 
,  or  K.  S.i;., 
)  in  If  IK  than 
ty  tlu!  Iirt'iik- 
iil;.  llic  liinil- 

k  ii*<  liinc  ill 
If  st'ii-l)i»-p/.e 

Willi  ilie  I'x- 
intue  may  he 
and  the  Hub- 

I  or  N.  N.  K. 
to  the  wrst- 
tlif  Till  pnra- 
Id  I  In-  hit'Pzo 
I  iiii'ilit  tost 
[IS  Willi  girat 
iccived  what 
u'  soiiiidin'j's. 
Ic,  the  FuiiPr 
iiicntioiH'd  ill 
*l  jjr  stfcri'd. 
tilt'  casile  !o 
y  ol'  lliP  ( Jal- 
;in  Kraiicisco 
iilla  and  (ial- 

(iist  li'adiiiu 
li;,  and  (dor  e 

i-ontiniie  on 
I  to  the  east* 

with  tlir  two 
I  tlial  dl'  San 
ihc  Mth  paia- 
c  {k'pth  to  G 
ill's  iiastion, 
iially  salient 
n.)  or,  what 
ten  to  the  .S. 
■dins;  inward 
d  the  Caleta 
sary  to  keep 
Laxa,  which 
iioys,  il  they 
the  en trance 
oard  anchor, 
tier  of  ships; 
tro  the  same 
r  placinj;  the 
In  doing 
n  east  will  k  of 
le  any  delay, 
and  cariyiug 


rminntinp  in  n 

and  is  eon?e. 

fiirthrr  to  the 

St.  AuguBtin, 


CAITIONS. 

22.  If  ihe  anchor  rrmniiii  in  it»  proper  piare,  and  the  wind  bi"  from  E.  N.  E..  or 
thrrralioul.  procrcd  wnh  ruiiiiinii  out  a  warp  nfat  Iriiiot  two  strriiin  ealtleM  or  liaMmprH  lo 
lh»?  S.  K.  10  2«*i  ill*"  %hip  up  nearly  to  the  li.-iih  which  hIic  is  to  occupy  ;  and  'iv  pa«<<iiif> 
the  warp  :ifl  (whuh  will  lie  attended  wii'.i  no  little  tnuilde,  as  Imih  wind  and  tide  will 
be  a{CaiiiAt  you.)  he;«ve  her  round  and  c.iny  niil  Njirinus  :  at  the  same  liinr  receive  on 
buanl.  on  iJie  KiarlHiard  fi  le,  the  hend  o|  a  calde,  which  is  kept  ready  ;  and  if  you  do 
not  gel  ih»  ii»»iiiianri>,  vt/ii  must  kciiiI  a  stream  calde  to  he  made  last  to  the  rinu,  and  with 
it  haul  i.lii<^  in.  nhieh  will  al'terwards  serve  as  a  ^iiy  lor  the  laiiin  h  to  carry  the  ends  of 
llie  r;ildpti  on  %liori-. 

•J.{,  It.  from  the  •tciiitiness  df  the  w  ind.  the  am  lior  has  not  hceii  dropped  in  il«  proper 
place,  the  warp  mu>t  he  of  urci'tcr  leni^th,  or  a.nothcr  iniisi  he;  prepiiied,  that  by  heaving 
It  in  at  the  liame  limp  At  the  cable,  the  anchor  niny  he  tripped  und  let  go  n^'ain  in  its 
rishf  place,  wiiliriut  imiiediiii:  the  ccneral  work. 

•.M.  If  the  w:'ids  h"  Iroiii  N.  K.  to  N..  or  in  the  N.  \V.  ipiarter,  it  is  advisai)|e,  if  it 
he  |xis«ible.  befiire  InaviiiL:  in  the  c.dtli',  to  have  on  hoard  the  hawser,  winch  is  made 
fait  lo  llie  rinz  or  to  the  end  or  hi^lit  ol  the  calde  pr''parcd  in  it  to  haul  in  hy.  In  this 
case,  alihouzh  the  current  selM  inward,  there  will  he  little  dilhculty  m  brin^in;:  the  »hip 
round. 

•J.>.  The  utnioftt  rate  will  be  necessary  with  tlie  N.  \V.  anchor,  when  anchoring  with 
the  wind  from  K.  N.  K.  to  K.  S.  K.,  hccanse  as  yon  must  let  il  t;o  on  bearings  nearly  oppo- 
site lo  ihe  tCKsel  when  moored  in  her  place,  il' il  does  not  turn  when  you  are  warping 
past  by  it,  the  crown  will  remain  to\var<ls  the  ship  insttad  of  the  riii;;  :  and  if  no.  it  will 
nol  turn  itvlf  until  she  come  to  han^  hy  it  in  some  north  wind,  and  then  perhaps  it 
inijihi  not  hold.  It  is  therefore  indispensably  necessary  to  ascertain  this  immediately, 
for  it  will  co«i  but  liiile  troulile  to  W(>i.:h  it,  and  drop  il  auaiii  in  a  proper  manner,  the 
neglect  of doina  which  miuht  be  attended  with  preat  daii;ier;  an  omission,  however,  not 
without  examples.  It  i»  also  necessary  to  he  very  careliil  in  jdai  iri^  this  .\.  \V.  am  hor 
so  that  it<  cable  should  not  bear  a  <>reater  strain  than  that  to  the  \.  I!.  :  the  latter  tan  be 
replaced  from  the  castle  or  the  vessel  ;  but  the  I'oriiicr  cannot  either  from  one  or  the 
other,  and  if  it  faiU,  a  tragical  catastro|)he  may  ensue. 

0'>.  What  lias  been  said  in  the  iiisinii  tions  respecting  tlie  winils  by  lliis  author,  it 
directed  lo  llie  object  of  rea-  hiii:;  this  port,  properly  prepared  with  \  anchors  ready,  and 
the  best  cables  bent,  and  also  tor  lyini;  in  it,  without  placiiit;  any  conlidence  in  lis  not 
being  the  season  of  the  norths;  for,  ;is  ht-iore  noticed,  tiiey  sometimes  come  on  no  sud- 
denly, and  blow  with  such  violence  out  of  that  siiason,  that  at  sea  they  do  r;ot  afl'ord 
lime  lo  prepare  lor  them  properly  ;  ami  in  the  liarhnr  they  render  it  in  a  moment  impos- 
sihle  to  cominufiicate  with  the  shore  hy  boats,  and  mncii  more  to  i;et  any  .assistance,  un- 
less It  be  given  from  the  ("iirtain  ol  the  ("astic;  and  which  cannot  always  be  reckoned 
upon  with  the  necessary  |)rom[)titiide,  either  from  being  impracticable  on  account  ollhe 
distance,  or  because  an  interposed  vessel  or  tier  ot  ships  may  prevent  it  ;  and  if  the  N. 
W.  calde  should  fail,  there  is  no  remedy,  as  1  have  before  said. 

'27.  For  these  reasons  every  mariner  who  is  acipiainled  with  the  exposed  situation  and 
mrrownes<»  of  this  harbor,  can  infer  how  dangerous  it  will  be,  partiiularly  for  a  man  of 
war  or  other  large  vessel,  during  the  season  of  the  norths,  to  anchor  at  nighlfall  «ritbin 
sight  of  the  city:  or  afterwards,  in  siiiht  of  the  iiglil  in  the  lighthouse,  and  also  in  the 
mouth  of  the  Inner  ('liannel.  that  is,  abreast  or  oil'  I'oiiit  .^oldado,  as  it  hap|>en9  that 
when  the  bree/.e  comes  to  the  .S.  H..  it  will  not  permit  of  seeking  security  in  the  manner 
directed  in  paragra|;hs  _»•.'  to  ".M  ;  and  therefore,  whenever  they  have  to  anchor  off  that 
point,  warp*  must  immediately  be  got  ready  lor  warping  in  the  very  in!«lant  the  wind  will 
allow  it,  without  delaying  it  under  niiy  consideration  whatever;  because,  whether  there 
have  been  any  synt;  oiiis  of  Norths  or  not,  gales  more  violent  or  more  sudden,  have 
never  beep  experieu^  -  <\.  than  those  which  have  come  on  the  screiiest  nights,  and  wfth 
the  clearest  sky. 

'Jr^.  If  on  account  of  ralms,  a  ship  has  been  brought  to  anchor  in  sight  of  Vera  Cruz, 
or  of  the  lighthouse,  or  out  of  sight  ol'  them  on  the  coast  of  Chacalacas,  Juan  Angel, 
ice.  in  t'rom -30  to -.id  lathoins,  good  holding  ground;  the  topsails  should  be  reefed  and  every 
thing  pre[Mred  f«r  weighing  on  the  slightest  wind  or  appearance  of  ( londiness  in  the  north, 
which  ought  lo  warn  you:  .>r  to  slip  or  cut,  if  it  comes  on  suddenly,  that  you  may  manoeii- 
vre  or  work  a*  may  be  necessary,  in  conse(|uencco(  its  force,  the  time,  the  situation,  and  the 
size  of  the  ship,  or  other  circumstances  ;  whether  by  standing  to  the  eastward  and  carry- 
ing all  the  sail  possible,  which  is  the  most  certain  method  of  clearing  the  Outer  Anega- 
da,  where  there  is  the  greatest  danger,  or  by  standing  oH'  and  on  until  daylight  and  then 
to  run  for  the  harbor,  or  to  run  for  it  with  sail  proportioned  to  the  distance  and  the  time. 


304 


bunt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


But  of  tlipso  two  l;vst  (Iptcrminations,  tin*  liist  on^lit  only  to  he  tiikcn  in  caso  of  being  en- 
taiif^Ied  luid  iinal)le  to  clear  the  liiiicr  Aiieifada;  ami  tliv  second  from  urgent  necessity,  in 
conse()iien('  of  shortness  dC  provisions.  d;iiiiaut's.  Arc.  or  tVoni  havinij  n  sniali  vessel  with 
good  anrliors  and  caljh's,  and  snnicieiil  experience  to  wori\  with  eoi  rectness ;  or  in  case 
of  tne  w  ind's  (h-cren-iiir^,  wiien  il  nii^lit  lie  practicable  to  rim  in  towards  tiie  coast,  ^'ou 
oiiglit  always  to  keep  in  mind  the  risk  there  is,  particularly  with  a  larf;e  ship,  in  going 
into  the  harlior  in  tlie  strength  of  the  gale,  for  it  blows  more  violently  within  than  it  does 
without;  and  casualties  niav  defeat  the  most  ably  concerted  measures  for  anchoring,  un- 
der ( irru!nsi;iiices  so  critical  as  those  produced  by  the  combination  of  a  violent  wind, 
heavy  spa,  narrowitess  of  the  anchorage,  the  numbers  of  anchors  scattered  over  it,  the 
vessels  iti  it,  and  the  want  ol'  assistance.  <  >n  such  occasions  the  necessary  operations 
are  not  a  little  embarrassed  by  the  mehuu  iioly  eOects  produced  by  ships  driven  frnna 
their  anchors,  and  others  oliliged  to  cut.  driven  ashore  on  the  Homos  J\eel",  or  the  Lavan- 
dera  Shoal,  to  the  iuimiucnt  peril  of  many  lives. 

'J').  Some  expose  iheiuselves  to  these  difficulties  wlien  they  Jiiight  be  avoidod  ;  for  on 
geitiiig  within  .4ght  of  \'era  Cruz,  at  the  dose  of  day,  they  stand  on  towards  the  har- 
bor with  an  eKpect.tiou  of  the  contimiaiice  of  the  breeze,  but  this  does  not  always  hap- 
pen; for  although  it  might  favor  them  a  little,  yet  in  general,  it  gives  way  to  the  land 
wimJ,  (from  west  to  soiitli  when  it  annom.cos  fine  weather,  and  if  from  north  to  west  it 
indicates  :htt  contrary.)  or  to  a  calm ;  conseipiently  frustrating  the  attempt  in  the  first 
case,  and  in  the  latter  they  are  compelled  to  remain  outside  anil  exi)ose(r 

30.  Knowing  this,  and  that  wlien  t)ie  land  breeze  comes,  tliere  is  no  dependence  upon 
its  continuation,  or  that  if  «ill  be  siiit;i!)le  for  cleaving  the  (iaileguilla  and  (tallega,  and  to 
open  the  mouth  of  the  harbor,  it  will  be  necessary  at  sunset,  (when  the  mano  iivre  made 
can  be  seen  from  tlie  signal  lower,  or  even  before,)  to  determine  tlie  sucreediug  opera- 
tions, according  as  the  season  of  tlie  year,  ajipearance  of  tlie  weather,  the  distance  from 
Vera  Cruz,  or  the  shoals,  and  the  number  of  ships  in  the  harbor,  may  render  them  ad- 
visable; and  should  there  exist  the  smallest  doiiiit  of  being  able  to  get  in  before  dark,  if 
in  the  time  of  the  norths,  it  \\  ill  be  expedient  to  haul  to  the  wind  on  the  starboard  tack,  and 
statid  oil"  for  7  or  H  leagues  to  the  .\.  N.  W.,  .\.  .N'.  K.  or  N.  K.  of  it.  Such  a  position 
will  be  a  good  (me  in  i  ase  of  a  north  wind  <'oming  on  during  the  night ;  and  if  not,  lor 
working  at  daybreak,  so  as  to  get  early  in  .sight  of  the  castle,  city,  Arc. ;  hut  if  you  have 
not  a  large  ship,  and"  if  it  he  nut  in  the  season  of  the  Norths,  this  precaution  will  admit 
of  some  modiliciUions. 

.'U.  From  the  prt'ccdiug  remarks  il  will  be  inferred  that  entering  the  harbor  by  night, 
is  by  no  means  to  be  aiijiroved  of,  especially  with  ships  of  the  line,  or  of  ships  of  nearly 
the  same  draught.  It  has,  however,  been  successfully  done,  and  doubtless  will  be  ac- 
complished again,  but  the  author  of  these  Jiistructions  once  entered  it  witli  a  combina- 
tion of  all  desirable  circumstances,  and  yet  very  narrowly  escaped  the  most  disastrous 
consequences. 

32.  Notwithstanding  what  has  been  said  in  the  instructions  relative  to  the  winds,  if  in 
the  good  season  there  can  be  any  ccmiideuce  in  them,  it  may  be  exjieeted  in  the  months 
of  May,  June,  .luly,  and  perhaps  August,  during  which,  in  approaching  the  liarbor,  and 
Hearing  the  Inner  ('haniiel.  it"  with  a  lar^e  sliip.  the  following  instructions  must  be  ob- 
served, if  the  wind  will  permit ;  l-ui  if  not,  according  to  the  greater  or  less  distanc  e  yon 
may  be  from  the  harbor,  when  il  becomes  adverse,  or  falls  calm,  either  come  to  an  an- 
chor or  not,  in  the  conlidence  that  every  [)racticab|p  assistance  will  be  given  you,  and 
th?t  you  will  have  a  pilot  otf  with  the  least  possible  delay,  by  two  guns  in  (|uick  succes- 
aion,  as  an  indieatimi  both  of  your  intention  to  anchor  and  being  in  want  of  a  pilot, 
which  will  be  answered  from  tiie  castle  bv  twojMius  lieing  (ired  in  slow  succession,  bntli 
to  indicate  your  signal  hath  lieen  understood,  and  to  give  an  opportunity,  by  the  flash  of 
the  second  gun,  of  taking  the  bearing,  if  not  previously  ascertained. 

33.  Night  then  coming  on.  when  you  are  in  si^ht  of  \'^era  ( 'niz  and  of  the  lighthouse, 
on  the  east  side  of  the  harbor,  and  of  one,  two,  or  three  miles  to  northward  of  the  In- 
ner Anegada,  Blancpiilla  Island,  or  the  (iaileguilla,  steer  to  the  W.  N.  W.  to  open  the 
mouth  of  the  harb(u-,  until  the  liglithoiise  bear.s  S  S.  W.  and  then  to  the  West,  until  it 
bears  south;  and  afterwards  S.  W.  until  it  bears  .S.  by  E.,  when  you  should  steer  south, 
which  will  be  on,  or  n»a'ly  so,  with  the  first  leading  mark  of  the  plan  and  in  the  CMifer 
Channel,  diminishing  the  depth  to  barely  4.,  fathoms,  until  the  light  bears  S.  K.  \  K.,  in 
which  situation,  (where  it  is  usual  to  take  a  pilot.)  if  it  be  a  sIkj)  of  the  lino,  or  one  of 
great^draught  of  water,  and  you  have  determined  not  to  enter,  let  go  an  anchor  to  wait 
for  daylight.  But  if  the  ship  he  of  a  medium  draught,  and  without  a  pilot  to  direct  the 
entrance,  which  it  is  dKsirahle  to  effect,  you  must  steer  S.  E.  by  S.  for  the  purpose  of 
passing  the  Outer  Laxa,  until  the  light  bears  E.  by  S.,  when  you  must  stand  in  E.  S.E., 
passing  close  to  the  N.  W.  buoys,  and  proceed  afterwards  as  directed  in  paragraphs  '-J1 
to  24,  or  seamanlike,  as  diiferent  chcumstauces,  not  therein  specified,  may  occur. 


•? 


I 


3'».  Should 
N.  W-  of  the 
south  bein;;  o 
according  to  tl 

Finally,  shn 
near  to  tlie  slu 
<iorda.  and  so 
or  until  you  (ii 
after  which  E. 
water,  so  somi 
without  danijei 
times  be  passei 


<')f  the  disiatu 
the  apparent 
to  lie  JT').')  t( 
of  the  intert 


iV.iril     III,. 

A  in 

ntrii' 

I'l-.k 

III 
Kli-^..i 

03 

2° 

IJ' 

f,C, 

4 

(.') 

50 

7 -J 

4S 

1 ') 

42 

1  ^ 

35 

.■^1 

2'» 

-1 

23 

■■"7 

Irt 

'HI 

13 

'}:! 

8 

% 

3 

<)') 

58 

1 0-,' 

0 

54 

105 

0 

50 

108 

0 

40 

111 

0 

42 

114 

0 

38 

117 

0 

.•55 

1^0 

0 

.Tl 

1-JO 

0 

25 

!.S2 

0 

18 

1.18 

0 

12 

144 

0 

7 

150 

0 

1 

FROM  VE 
Cruz  the  coast 
with  some  sinr 
calacas,  thus  f( 
the  same  direc 
ing  also  betwee 
of  3  miles  the 
westwank,  and 
W.  from  Zein) 

On  the  soutl 
railed  nernal  ( 
the  roast  of  tin 
5,7  fathoms  wal 
tfee  N.  W.  (|u;i 


*  Althoiifih  the 
giving  them  in  fi 


■i 


BLIWT  S  AMEllICA.N  COAST  1»II,()T. 


305 


of  beinc;  cn- 
iierossity,  in 

vcssj'l  with 
;  or  in  case 
oast.  You 
ip.  in  going 

tlian  it  does 
•horina;,  un- 
iolent  wind, 

over  it,  the 
y  operations 
rhiven  trom 
•  the  Lavan- 

do() ;  for  on 
i(Ih  tlie  har- 
alway-  hap- 
to  the  htnri 
til  to  west  it 
t  in  the  first 

idence  upon 
liiega,  and  to 
(I'uvre  made 
pdiiij;  opera- 
istanc-  from 
icr  them  ad- 
■fore  dark,  if 
ard  tack,  and 
•h  a  i)osition 
id  if  not,  for 
if  you  have 
n  will  admit 

)or  hy  nijlit, 

ps  of  nearly 

will   he  ac- 

a  combina- 

t  disastrous 

winds,  if  in 
tlie  months 
harbor,  and 
mist  be  (ib- 
istance  yon 
le  to  an  ali- 
en yon,  atifl 
nick  siK'Ces- 
t  of  a  pilot, 
ession,  both 
the  flash  of 

liirhrhoiisp, 
d  of  the  In- 
to open  the 
I'^ost,  until  ii 
steer  sontli. 
n  tiie  ('iitPi 

K.  I  K.,  in 

0,  or  one  of 

lior  to  wait 

to  direct  the 

[)urpo.se  of 
ill  E.S.E., 
ragraphs  21 
ccur. 


I 


34.  .Should  niiiht  come  on  when  yon  are  on  the  meridian  of  ti  e  liarl)or.  or  to  the  N. 
Jh.  VV.  of  the  lighthouse,  steer  so  as  to  l)rin^  it  to  bear  S.  by  K.,  and  froiii  thence  steer 
south  beins  on,  or  nearly  on,  with  the  first  leading;  mark  in  the  |»lan.  and  then  proceed 
;ir('iirilinu;  to  the  loreixoiiii;  parauraph. 

finally,  should  ni::iit  c(»me  on  when  you  are  N.  W.  by  N.  (Vom  the  li::lit,  which  will  bff 
.near  to  tiie  shore,  you  must  steer  K.  or  K.  by  S.,  to  pas:;  clear  of  the  I'diiits  Hrava  and 
(iorda,  and  so  soon  as  the  latter  is  passed,  steer  S.  K.  by  S.  (U'  towards  the  lii;lit  itself, 
or  until  you  (ind  iVom  b  to  3  fathoms,  and  then  S.  S.  K.  until  the  lii;lit  bears  E.  by  S., 
liter  wliii'h  K.  S.  K.  into  the  liarlxu':  but  if  you  have  a  ship  dr?win2  less  than  1.')  feet 
water,  so  soon  as  I'oint  (iorda  is  i)assed.  you  may  continue  on  the  S.  I'",  bv  S.  c(jurse 
without  (!aiii:er  of  I'oint  .Soldado,  the  Caleta,  or  from  the  Outer  Laxa,  which  may  somt;- 
tiiucs  be  passed  over. 

TAlJl.K 

')f  the  distances  of  the  Penk  of  Ori/.ava.  in  the  province  of  Vera  ("rti/.,  aceordiiia;  to 
the  apparent  An;;les  of  Klevation  ;  supposinjr  its  real  heij;lit  above  the  level  of  the  sea 
to  be  JT')-')  toises,  m'  ■Vl/O.l  l'',ii;;lisii  yards,  and  the  terrestial  relVaction  one  sixteenth 
of  the  interce|ited  arc.  l)y  Don  .Jose!   .Joa(|uim  Ferrer.* 

I'SE  OK  TIIK.  TaBI.K. 

The  first  column  indicates  maritime  miles;  tlie  second 
the  ajiparent  aii;;iilar  altitudes  of  the  Peak  ot'  ( )ri/,ava, 
ciirrespondiiin  to  the  miles  stated  ;  the  third  indicates  the, 
variation  of  the  anjjular  altitude  in  3  miles  of  distance  to 
'■',1'  4r*",  and  in  G  lailes  to  ] '  5-i' . 

HXAMI'I-K. 

.'>uj)pose  that  the  altitude  of  the  Peak  above  the  hori- 
zon of  the  sea,  was  observed  to  be  0  ;')')'  0",  and  that  the 
depression  or  dip,  was  10'  20";  what  is  tiie  tlistance  be- 
tween the  vessel  and  the  Peak  of  Ori/.ava? — Ilori/<mtal 
allele  observed  cfurected  lor  tlie  error  of  the  instrument 

observi'd  with. 0^  yy  00" 

J)ip  of  the  !iori/.on, 10   20 


|J(^    .11..    L- 

Ali^arcti*  Aiij^les 

ii.ii 

•; ■'  1 

III 

f.T 

3  3II.I     1 

IV  ik^ 

Kli-iilioii. 

em,\-.    1 

b3 

2° 

12' 

58" 

8' 

.,«/. 

(,(> 

■  1 

4 

21 

•')r* 

(.') 

Ob 

2.3 

^ 

7  J 

48 

28 

f. 

2.) 
5() 

/  •) 

42 

02 

(, 

.30 

t  ^ 

J!) 

32 

{. 

07 

.-1 

2') 

2J 

45 

.-^1 

23 

40 

••^7 

18 

12 

.0 

11 

MO 

l.i 

1 

4 

.07 

'};! 

H 

1 

4 

43 

% 

3 

21 

4 

30 

')') 

bS 

.01 

4 

20 

J  02 

hi 

31 

4 
■   li 

1  ^ 
'  3 

:  3 

3 

6 

\  6 

5 

O.I 
5'J 
51 
42 
35 
28 
:V) 
15 
57 
41 
24 

105 

.00 

2.3 

108 

0 

46 

24 

111 

0 

42 

33 

114 

0 

38 

51 

117 

0 

35 

16 

120 

0 

31 

48 

126 

0 

25 

9 

:32 
1.38 

2 

18 
12 

54 
57 

144 

0 

7 

16 

o 

5 

1.00 

0 

1 

52 

Apparent  altitude  of  the  Peak, 


48   40 


On  ronsiiltins  the  table,  it  will  be  seen  that  this  angle 
is  eoinpreheiided  between  105  and  108  miles  distance,  and 
without  any  other  oi)eration,  it  is  at  once  seen  that  it  is 
r.early  10!)  miles;  but  if  it  is  desired  to  determine  it  with 
Lireater  accuracy,  note  the  dilfereiice  for  3  miles  in  the  an- 
iiular  altitudes  between  the  two  distiinces  that  are  nearest, 
which  is  3'  5')",  and  the  diirerence  between  the  angle  ob- 
served, an<l  t'lat  eorrespondii'i:  in  105  miles  of  distance  is 
r  43;  therefore  the  true  distance  will  be  =  106  + 
.3' XI' 43." 

T'sr  ^^"'''~^'^"'"''^^''''*'"' 

FROM  VERA  t'RTZ  TO  THE  RIVER  TAMPICO.— From  the  Harbor  of  Vera 
Cruz  the  coast  trends  about  N.  5:>'^  W.  a  distance  of  i  1  mites  to  the  River  Antigua,  where 
with  some  sinuosities  it  extends  N.  20^  W.  U  miles  farther  to  the  Point  and  River  Cha- 
ralacas,  thus  forming  a  Hay  named  that  of  Aiiii':ua.  From  ('hacalaeas,  it  continues  in 
the  same  direction  North  20  \V.  (>  long  miles  farther  to  the  Point  of  Zempoala,  form- 
ing also  between  the  two  a  bight  extending  to  the  wi^stward,  ami  in  which  at  the  distance 
of  3  miles  the  River  Juaii  .\ngtl  discnliogues.  I'riuii  Zempoala  the  coast  trends  to  the 
M-estwank,  and  forius  a  regular  bav  with  Point  Ijcrnal,  which  lies  about  10  inil^s  N.  21" 
W.  from  Zempoala  Point.     This" Point  I'.ernal  liears  from  \'eia  ("ru/,  N.  29°  28'  W. 

On  the  sotitli  side  of  Point  Hernal  and  at  the  distance  of  aliout  a  mile  there  is  an  islet 
railed  Hernal  f'hicho,  which  bejirs  from  V^eraCru/  N.  31"  52'  W.  and  which  as  well  as  oil 
the  coast  of  the  bay  is  'ery  clear :  there  is  room  to  pass  between  it  and  the  point  in  5  and 
5.;  fathoms  water  without  risk.  To  the  south  of  it  there  is  shelter  against  winds  from 
ihie  N.  W.  (juarter  as  far  as  North,  but  none  from  winds  to  the  Eastward  of  North. — 


*  Aithoup.h  the  foretjoirur  directions  by  Don  Bernardo  do  Orta  are  somewhat  verbose,  we  prefer 
giving  them  in  full  to  curtailing  them- 

39 


no: 


BLU.NT  .S  AMERICAN  COAST  PFLOT. 


Ti)  nnrlior  in  this  liny,  tlieic  is  rui  tx'cil  I'ur  ;iiiy  oilier  ttiiidf  lli;iii  tiic  Icud,  tlicfc  lifinj;,  af 
li;(ll';i  mile  lioiii  llif  lit  iicli,  I '  r;itli(iiiis  wiitcr.  ( )(!'  iIm'  cdiist  lictwct'ii  Z('iii|M);ilit  and  Hrnial 
tlicro  is  a  slidal  «  liich  is  visililc.  ;iihI  «  liicli  lies  ikhiIi  a  liltl''  casti'iiy  t'niiii  Zcmjidala  I'oiiit, 
at  the  disiaiict;  dl  f  miles,  and  at  a  similar  distance  iVdm  the  cdasi  alneast  ol  it.  It  is  ne- 
r(!.ss.nv  to  he  eaiitioiis  dl'  it,  esperialiy  in  tlie  nii;lit  time;  and  witli  lai^e  shi|is  it  shonld 
always  he  passed  nn  the  oirside.  Inr  in  the  rhanind  lietween  it  a!id  tlie  shore,  there  is  a 
r\ui.v  ol' nicks  rnnmnu  dll'the  land  dn  \vhi(  h  there  are  not  4  fathdnis  water. 

I'"r(im  I'diiit  U<'rn  il  tlie  eoast  niiis  North  a  distance  d("  l  miles  td  that  nl'  .Maria  Andrea, 
which  hears  I'rdm  \' >  ra  Cru/.  .\.  "Jfi'  '.VJ  .'  W.  Krdni  I'dint  .Maria  Andrea  the  distance  is 
<)  mdes  N.  IH^  \V.  to  INiint  J)el^ada.  whence  tin;  cnast  trends  N,  .'}:$''  \V.  10  miles  to 
I'dint  I'iedras,  (rom  which  the  dircctidii  oi'tlie  coast  continues  N.  Xi"  W.  a  distance  (if 
70  i:;iles  to  the  Kiver 'riis|iaiii  ;  iVdm  tiiis  river  the  distance  is  IT)  miles  N.  1.')°  W.tdtlio 
liar  (irTanmiiid,  and  theneeit  is  -j:!  miles  N.  ID'  \V.  td  Cape  Komi,  which  liy  ^dod  oli- 
servatidns  is  in  latitude  -Jl  •  .'!'>'  N.  and  1^  14'  4.j"  west  hm.^itude  iVdiii  \' era  Cruz. 

Between  ('ape  iloxo  au.l  the  Itiver  'i\ispaiii  there  are  varicius  shoals  and  islets  lyin:; 
at  a  distance  IVdm  the  coast,  which  t'orm  gcidd  breakwaters  atid  e.xci.llent  nnchoraucs, 
.slieltercd  iVdm  the  .\drtlis.  The  (irst  and  the  southermuost,  is  the  shoal  oC  'riispam, 
lyiiiLj  alidut  11  miles  .\.h()'K.  from  the  liver  of  that  name;  on  this  shoal  th're  are  somr; 
vt^ry  ^niill  "lets,  a;.,!  ./ii  tlie  S.  W.  y.-yi  .>!'  it  rl;,  :;•  i,.  i;d(id  ancliora^e  in  Irom  V  Id  ')  laili- 
oms  water,  (in  coarse  sand,  at  alidut  2  caliles'  leri','lh  Irdm  its  edy;e.  AlidUl  .\.  W.jVoiii 
this  shiial,  and  at  the  distance  oC  1'2  miles,  i.s  the  l5ajo  dc  Kiinu'dio  or  Middle  Sluial, 
which  is  distant  iVdiii  the  coast  and  east  of  the  liiver  Taiisiuijd  .-<  miles;  this  shoal  i.; 
much  smaller  than  the  precediii;:;  liiif  it  alldrds  L'ddd  anc  hora-e  on  the  S.  W.  part,  in 
i)l,  7  or  ')  fathiiMs,  (;n  sand.  North  soiriewhat  to  the  east  ol'  this  slnial.  and  at  the  dis- 
tance di'o',  miles,  is  that  iiaini  d  Tatr^i;  j'l  ."'Imal,  w  liich  (in  its  S.  W.  part  presents  heiier 
anclii)ra.'.M'  than  either  (if  those  just  mentioned.  'The  channels  formed  hetween  these 
two  shoals  arc  very  clear,  with  a  good  depth,  and  between  them  and  the  coast  there  arc 
no  dangers  hut  what  are  visilde. 

Olf  Cape  Koxo  arc  thi^  Islands  Rlanquilla  and  Tiobos;  the  fust,  whicli  is  a  bank  wiili 
several  small  islets  on  it,  lies  H.  8.  E.  f  (im  the  Cajie,  distant  about  5  iiiilea :  south  a  little 
easterly  from  it,  and  at  the  distance  of  h  miles,  is  the  Island  fiobos,  in  lat.  '^V  'Jh'  N.  anil 
longitude  I''  8'  4')"  W.  of  Vera  Cru/..  From  the  iiortli  side  of  thi.s  Island,  a  izreat 
ro(d\y  slmal  extends,  wjfu  h  leaves  a  strait  of  only  .']  miles  wide  beiwccu  it  and  I51an(|uilla: 
and  in  the  middle  ol"  this  strait  there  is  a  shoal;  so  that  the  utmost  caution  is  r!(|uireii 
in  passliia  thr(ju;;h  it.  Tn  the  .S.  W.  of  these  islands  there  is  an  excellent  anchora;;!', 
well  sludtered  from  thi?  Norths,  and  which  re(]uires  no  particular  instructions  for  reacli- 

.\11  thf!  coast  which  we  have  described  trdiii  \  era  Cru/.  td  Cape  Roxo  is  (dear  and  deep, 
and  without  any  other  dangers  than  the  rocky  ridges  whi(di  stret(  h  oil' from  .liian  Angel. 
in  the  Hay  of  iJernal  and  at  Point  ( iorda  ;  and  throughout  tiie  whole  of  it  tliere  is  a  bank 
of  soiuKiings  extending  from  the  shore  8  or  10  '."agues,  and  is  so  deep  that  at  one  or  twu 
miles  from  the  beach  there  are  from  4.7  to  6  I'athoms.  The  laml  is  not  very  high,  and 
terminates  almost  at  every  i)art  in  a  sandy  beach,  is  covered  with  Inushwood  and  small 
trees  whicli  are  very  thi(d<  and  shiiw  their  verdure  at  a  nidd(Mate  distance,  and  althougli 
there  are  eo  ])rdminent  marks  to  distinguish  the  land  by,  the  latitude  will  be  sufficient  tn 
point  out  wli.if  part  of  the  cdast  a  ship  m.iy  be  dii.  ,Nev(  rlheless,  it  may  serve  in  sonic 
ca.ses  to  know  tliat  .^ldunt  8t.  Juan  and  tin;  Island  Blan(|uiila  bear  8.  6.5^  W.  and  N.Oo 
E.  from  each  other. 

From  Cajje  Jidxu  the  coast  rounds  or  trends  to  N.  1')"  W.  a  distance  of  7  miles,  am! 
forms  the  front  of  llie  Cape  ;  and  thence  to  the  mouth  of  Tampico  [liver,  the  bearing  anil 
distance  are  N.  .34^  W.  4.'1  miles.  Tlie  Kiver  Tampico  is  considerable,  and  has  a  suf- 
ficient depth  of  water  for  shi[is  that  draw  less  than  I'J  feet ;  the  liar  lies  N.  W.  and  8.  K. 
on  wliich  there  is  more  or  less  water,  arcording  to  the  currents  df  iiie  river :  it  is  situatiil 
by  good  observations,  in  latitude  •,'•.'"  1."/ :iO"  N.and  longitude,  1°  4'J'  :).")"  W.  from  Yen 
Cruz.  Althougli  in  this  line  of  coast  there  [uv  no  marks  which  can  be  distinguislipil 
but  by  jiiiots,  nevertheless  a  hrit:ht  whicli  is  to  the  southward  of  the  mouth  of  the  Kivci 
may  serve  as  a  guide  (it  is  the  highest  land  between  Cape  Koxo  and  the  bar,  where  liic 
heights  of  Macale,  Chapapote,  and  .Marfiner,  cdinmence)  ;  and  also  the  opening  ol'tlu' 
land  formed  by  the  river's  mouth,  which  is  easily  distinguished  at  the  same  time  as  lln 
surf  on  the  bar.  You  may  anchor,  as  Ik  fore  said,  in  any  depth  you  please,  as  the  grniiii'l 
is  good  for  holding;  the  only  iucoii\('i)ince  being  the  sea  raised  by  tin;  wind,  and  the 
heavy  sea  diirim:  the  calm  nights. 

About  .')  miles  within  the  bar,  upwards,  there  is  a  little  channel  on  the  southern  bank, 
tvhich  leads  to  the  lagoon  of  Tampico,  or  Old  Town,  with  three  islets  in  it;  and  at  tlir 
entrance  the  Old  Town  or  that  of  Tampico,  bears  about  8.  8.  W.  Irom  the  Bar,  distant 
scarcely  6  miles.     To  the  N.  W.  of  that  channel,  theie  is  another  which  leads  to  the 


turn  "f  Altamiii 
that  of  Pannet 
Coast,  (omprisi 
iiated.  thcie  is 
of  Tamiagau  In 

Direct  ions  j'lj 


Tampico  Bai 

of  the  coin|)ass 

the  same  appea 

river:  o.'i  that  a 

*•!::])■  '")mi:.g 

mediately  to  i.'ei 

If  the  laiilude  c 

fall;  but  in  the 

to  the  nortliwar< 

there  is  a  range 

pass  abdiii  •')  or  (j 

on  the  fall  of  a  ( 

is  the  only  town 

houses,  liki!  bar. 

l-'rom  this  to«n 

the  river  cannot 

three  or  four  sm; 

in  lat.  2-i"  23',  a 

you  are  fi  or  7  m 

flic  entrance  of  i 

shore,  haviiii;  tin 

are  the  only  obj 

making  the  land. 

Having  made  i 

W.  or  8.  W.  by 

anchor  ;  your  di> 

and  clear,  being  I 

of  room  to  get  ni 

least  shidtered  fn 

veniber  to  the  iin 

that  cannot  go  in; 

lile  for  any  ship  ti 

eastward  of  norti 

tion  ought  to  be  | 

sign  of  its  blowin 

ings  ;   then  bring 

liy  N.  to  N.  by  V 

The  entrance  o 

neral  depth  of  wa 

coining  out  anri  i; 

being  composed  c 

day  and  smooth  w 

a  stranger.     It  is 

'ioing  in.  and  coir 

voii   attenifit   it  ; 

wind,  you  will  fm 

winding  your  boal 

there  are  from  .'3  to 

!■<  navigable  about 

"f  Tampico  :    it  s 

'»lie.     Boats  cuii  I 


BLU.Nt's  AMKUICAIV  coast  VltAYV. 


307 


ii-  ;iii(l  drop, 
iMii  Aiifjel, 
11 '  is  a  bank 

one  or  [\\u 
y  liii;li,  and 
iii(i  siimll 
III  altlioiigli 
sufilicient  to 
ivc  ill  soint; 

iiid  M.  06' 


turn  of  AltaiTiia;  ami  10  Icanut's  in  a  stiai^lit  lint'  fioni  that  ol' 'rani]ii<'f)  up  tlie  rivpr,  in 
tliat  of  I'annfo;  at  all  tlin'f  towH'^  provisiidis  ol'  t-vtiv  suit  may  Itc  oldaiiird.  On  the 
('(last,  (■()n)|)risi(l  Ixlwccn  'i'aii;;nij(i  anil  ilif  River  'l'aiii|)ii  n,  in  wliicli  ( 'a|ii'  Koxn  is  sit- 
natfd,  tiii'if  is  imtliiii:'  iiiori'  tliaii  a  narrow  tonj^ue  ol  land,  wliit  ii  srjiarau's  tin;  lajjoou 
ol' Taniiagau  (rum  tlic  sea. 

Dirccliuns  for  'J'aiiijiiru  AncJioragi'  am/  Jiar,  hi/  ('did.  .luJiu  Mavlallur  "J  II.  B.  M. 

Ship  Pujue,  Irild. 


Tanipico  Bar  is  situated  in  hit.  'J'J    I'j'  .'id"  X.  and  lon^.  •J7''  oO'  IH"  \V.  ih,>  variat 


ion 


of  till'  fonipass  f^''  •!')    I'"..     As  tlii'  lain!  is  low  all  around  tliis  place,  am!  Iiavin;;  nearly 

rather  diClieiilt  lor  a  strantrer  to  lind  out  the  entrance  (jT  the 


tl 


e  same  appearance,  it  i- 


river;  o;i  tliat  acctiunt  I  wonid  recconieml  pmeeedini;  in  the  (ollowin:;;  iiiaunei-: — 


<)v.\ 


)-■  eomi: 


ti-.)ii 


1  ti 


1'  c 


'ii  >vanl 


h: 


(t   Sl'llW 


i.i  (<il 


lUMIIs,   1)11  ,||i   III). 


niediatelv  to  net  into  the  lat.  ot  "J'i     H>'  or  'i'-l^  IS,  and  iVoni  that  make  a  west  coiirsn. 


If  th 


e  laiitmle  can  l.(;  asc-ertaiiied,  this  is  the  most  certain  niethod  cd'  iiiakin;:  a 


and 


fall;  but  m  the  event  of  your  not  beiii^  able  to  ijet  your  liititiide,  and  making  your  land 
to  the  northwaril  or  southward  of  the  river,  it  may  be  known  thus  :  in  the  lalitudi.'  o(  '2'S' 
lliere  is  a  ran;ie  ol'  small  liilb  not  higher  than  lar^e  houses  ;  this  land  is  S.  by  [•'..  by  com- 
pass about  o  (U' (» lea<;ues  t'roiii  the  bar.  In  latitude  '2.1  ')',  and  apparently  4  miles  in  sliore, 
on  the  fall  of  a  cliU',  stands  tin*  'I\)wn  of 'J'ampieo,  which  may  be  seen  from  tin- sea,  and 
is    '  ■ 


V 


the  only  town  on  this  part  of  the  coast :  in  tiie  south  end  of  it  there  are  two  loni!;  \«  iiite 
loiisf-s.  like  barra(dvs:  the  rest  appears  to  be  scattered  honses  oil'  to  the  X.   i\.   \V'. — 


rom  this  town  to  the  anchor'itr<!  olf  tin;  bar,  it  is  north  (»  or  H  mih 


TI 


\v  entrance  to 


the  river  cannot  be  made  out  more  than  4  or  .0  miles  olf,  as  there  is  notliiiiii  nmre  liian 


tliree  or  four  small  boats  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrai 


ice. 


To  tlie  norih  of  the  rive 


in  lat.  1!'J'^  'J.T,  and  ^j  or  4  miles  in  shore,  there  is  a  small  (lat  hill:  this  appears,  when 
you  are  b  or  7  miles  olf,  in  the  sliapiintl'  a  flat  bo;it,  bottom  upv/ards;  between  this  and 
the  entrance  of  the  river,  tlie  while  sand  covers  the  tops  of  the  small  hillocks  alonj;  the 
shore,  having  the  a|)pear;mce  of  small  sand  hills,  rather  than  of  a  sandy  beacli.  These 
are  the  oidy  objects  that  can  be  pointed  out  to  be  of  any  assistance  to  a  stranger  in 
niakin;j;  the  land. 

Ilaviiii;  made  the  river  out,  and  intendint;  to  anchor,  brinj;  the  entrance  of  it  to  bear  S. 
W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  and  run  in  on  that  bearing  until  you  are  in  H  or  7  fathoms,  and  tlien 
anchor;  your  distance  from  the  shore  will  be  about  ."i  miles.  'J'Ik;  bottom  is  very  good 
and  (dear,  being  fine  soft  njud,  and  holds  well  to  the  northward  of  the  river,  with  plenty 
of  room  to  get  under  way,  should  it  come  on  to  blow  ;  but  this  am  liorage  is  not  in  tlie 
least  shtdtered  from  eitlu'r  wind  or  sea  ;  and  during  the  winter  mouths,  that  is,  from  No- 
vember to  the  middle  of  April,  when  the  norlheriy  gales  prevail,  no  vcssid  is  safe  here 
that  cannot  go  into  the  river ;  for  these  gales  blow  w  ith  suidi  violence  that  it  is  impossi- 
ble for  any  ship  to  remain  at  her  anchors;  and  in  the  event  of  the  wind's  coming  to  the 
eastward  of  north,  you  cannot  carry  sail  to  clear  the  land.  Therefore  particular  atten- 
lion  ought  to  be  paid  to  the  appearance  of  the  weather;  and  as  soon  as  there  is  the  least 
sign  of  its  blowing,  get  uinler  way  and  make  sail  to  tin;  X.  K.  utitil  you  are  olf  sound- 
ings ;  then  bring  to  for  a  c'lange  of  weather.  "JMiese  gales,  in  general,  blow  froiiiN.  W. 
by  N.  to  N.  by  \V.,  and  I  iiave  never  s!>en  them  to  the  eastward  of  north. 

The  eiUrance  of  the  river  is,  I  think,  the  most  dangerous  I  have  ever  seen.  The  ge- 
neral depth  of  water  on  the  '  'r,  is  I'rom  rt  to  14  fi'et ;  and  the  strong  run  of  tlie  river 
enniing  out  and  meeting  the  surf,  makes  one  continual  sheet  of  bndicn  water,  the  bar 
being  composed  of  (|uicksaiid,  which  shifts  with  every  gale  of  wind;  and  even  in  a  fine 
day  and  smooth  water,  and  at  the  anchorage,  the  bar  has  a  very  alarming  ap]>earance  to' 
a  stranger.  It  is  attended  with  much  greater  dangi-r  on  coming  out  in  a  boat  than  in 
going  in.  and  coming  out  with  the  wind  blowing  in,  oujlit  to  be  well  considered  before 
yon  attempt  it  ;  f<u'  should  you  be  prevcnied  I'rom  pulling  out  by  the  heavy  sea  and 
wind,  you  will  fmd  great  difticulty  ui  getting  back  against  the  stream  of  the  river;  and 
winding  your  boat  is  attended  with  greater  danger  than  all  the  rest.  Within  the  river 
tlier<^  ar(>  from  :!  to  h  f.uhoms  (d'  water,  and  it  is  alxuit  three  tjuarters  of  a  mile  broad.  It 
is  navigai)le  about  .'!')  leagues  iVoni  iis  entrance.  About  .3,',  miles  up,  is  the  old  vilhge 
of  Tampico  :  it  stands  on  the  south  side  of  tin;  river,  or  rather  on  the  south  side  of  au- 
Like.     Boats  cau.uuly  go  within  half  a  mile  of  it. 


/ 


308 


BLUNT  S  AMKIMCAN  COAST  Pl(.Or<^ 


]1I:RI?II  DAS  OK  S07Bi:iS'S  ISfiA.\i>S. 


(jc/'crtil  liiKlnicfioii '  I'lr  nitt/iiiirr  ihr  Hi  rnnnlti  J stiiti (!<■■. 


Sjiint  riooifje's  'I'ltwn,  at  i\w  fasteiii  iiiil, 

Wit'ck  Hill,  at  till!  wfstorii  iMid 

S.  \V.  Urtakcis 


Iitililudr. 

Id' 


Variation  3°  W. 


(A   m 

G4     45 


Ifi.iih  water,  full  .iiid  ciiantio,  at  St.  (Icnri^c's,  oik?  ((iiarlrr  past.'*,  ('oiiininn  X'h\<  ? 
rise  ahdut  I  left  ;  but  on  the  s|iriiigs,  or  in  f;aU'.s  of  winii,  rrf'(|iifiitl)'  to  d  and  7  I'li't. 
Tin-  Moods  ill  llif  olVmi;  set  to  ihc  r*3.  K.  and  chli  to  ihr  S.  W.  but  iirnr  tlic  sliore  thfv 
mil  in  various  (liri'clioiis.  These  islands"  heini,'  siiiKiiinded  witli  iiiniitiierable  slioal- 
nmcli  |ireeaiilioii  is  necessary  in  a|)|)r(iaebiiifi  llieni.  Tlie  j)riii(i|).il  daiiijers  lie  to  lb' 
westward  and  imrtliward.  ami  extend,  liimi  llic  land,  bet\v«'en  .'!  and  ;>  leaijues,  in  a  diiii 
west  line,  I'roiii  tiieir  soiitii-westn  n  |)oint  (round  nortlicrly)  to  u  N.  N.  \\-  one,  I'rotn  Da- 
vid's Head,  their  eastern  extreme.  'IMie  reiiiainder  of  the  coast,  rorniint;  their  southern 
and  eastern  boiindarv,  may  be  afiproaihfd  in  every  part  witlim  a  mile,  and  in  several 
places  to  less  than  hall' that  distance. 

On  account  of  the  prevalence  of  westerly  winds  in  the  /Xtlai  tic,  it  has  becoine  the 
general  practice  lor  all  vessels  bound  to  the  IJerniudas  to  make  me  land  from  the  west- 
ward, by  tjettinji  into  their  latitude  about  the  G.-^tli  dejiree  of  loni^itude,  and  then  steering 
an  east  course  till   they  become  visible. 

When  riinninii  <lown  a  (larallel  for  Bermudas,  with  a  larjiP  wind,  and  not  making  the 
land  towards  nieht,  but  expectiiu;  to  be  near  it,  no  vessel  in  this  situation  oiiiibt  to  lie 
to,  but  should  rather  turn  to  windward  und;r  air  easy  sail  until  <layli};ht,  because  of  a 
probable  current  which  is  variable,  and  it  is  known  that  vessels  have  been  earried  by  it 
out  ol'their  reckoniiii;  to  the  distance  of  many  leaaues,  and  brousiht  them  urie.v'iei  teilly 
amonj:  the  rocks,  'j'lie  land  iiotlx'inu  hii;h,  (for  ("iib's  Hill,  the  highest  land  in  JJie  isl- 
ands, is  but  little  more  than  IHO  feet  alnive  the  Ir-vel  of  tiie  sea)  it  cannot  be  seen  at  any 
Sreat  distance  from  a  small  vessel.  Add  to  this  the  thick  ha/e  that  freiiui  i:fly  prevails 
here,  particularly  in  fine  weather,  renders  inakiii^  th.;  laiwl  sonrewhat  dilficult,  and  ai 
times  jireearioiis,  unless  the  latitude  be  accurately  ascertained,  for  instances  have  hap- 
jiened  ol"  vessels  iiiissin<;  the  islands;  and,  alter  a  (Vuille-ss  searrh,  steered  forii.e  Ameri- 
can coast,  in  order  to  take  a  I'resh  departure  for  riinniii<i  down  the  latinide  r",!.':iiii. 

'J'he  rocks  and  islands  of  Mermiidas  lie  N.  K.  by  K.  and  S.  W.  Iiy  VV.  about  )  leagues, 
and  in  breadth  about  .">.  Wreck  Hill  forms  the  we.st  point,  and  St.  David's  [lead  the 
east.  Round  the  west,  N.  W.  and  imrth  sides,  if  is  a  conliniied  and  very  dangerous 
ledge  of  rocks,  bi'ginniii;;  at  the  Loiii;  15ar,  tie  'fh  part  of  which  lies  b  miles  W.  .S. 
W.  from  (Jib's  Hill;  tendiiii,'  theu  N.  K.  it  is  f.J'd  llie  Chuii-lleads,  whicli,  off  Wreck 
Hill,  lies  !)  mil(\s  from  the  shore.  '!'he  ledge  i>;'v-'  rounds  to  V..  N.  K.,  and  joins  the 
North  Rock,  which  is  always  above  water,  and  lies  N.  N.  W.  1"2  miles  from  Catharine 
Point.  From  the  \ortli  Rock  the  reef  rounds  K.  and  K.  S.  ll.,  and  ends  in  IMili's 
Breaker,  which  dries  at  low  water,  and  lies  at  N.  K.  (>  miles  iVoiii  Catharine  Point,  ami 
N.  N.  E.  from  St.  David's  Head.  Tin-  outer  edge  of  the  ledu'e  is  close  and  compact, 
leaving  no  passage  through  it  for  sliijis,  excepting  a  small  one  near  Wreck  Hill,  anothei 
by  tlie  North  Kock.  and  one  round  Catharine  Point.  Hound  the  outer  edge  of  this 
ledge  is  a  margin  of  soundings,  of  from  one  to  two  miles  broad,  having  from  ')  to  11 
fathoms  on  it.  There  are.  likewise,  soundings  for  two  miles  from  the  shore  round  the 
N.  E.  east,  and  S.  K.  sides  of  the  island  ;  bm.  as  the  water  here  is  deeper,  it  would  he 
prudent  for  those  who  suspect  themselves  near  the  longitude  of  Rermiidas  in  the  night, 
or  in  fhick  weather,  while  between  the  latitudes  of  ;'.•,'  '  and  .'l-J^  40',  to  kee|)  a  lead  con- 
stantly goiiig  ;  beiiii:  assured  tiiat  at  11  lallioms  they  will  strike  the  ground  in  time  te 
avoid  danger.  'J'he  le.id  might  be  incased  witii  tallow,  for  the  ureater  (  ertainty  oi 
.Ntriking  grout"!.  'JMiis  precaution,  I  am  persuaded,  would  prevent  many  of  the  wreek-i 
that  eonstanii;  hap|jeii  here. 

There  is  a  rm  ky  bank  l\ill^  from  .'^.  S.  W.  to  ,'<,  \V.  from  Ciii's  Hill,  or  (S.  W.  jiari 
of  Rernnidas)  Irom  :;  to  .">  league  s  di^tallt.  ■  arious  depths,  from  17  to  4.j  fathoms,  are 
on  it.  and  '■;■  othc's  large  sliips  have  grounded. 

Tho  lawtude  of  .JQ^  8'  IN.,  being  two  iiiiles  to  the  southward  of  every  danger,  seems 
best  adAptrrJ  iafinc  clear  wc  ahcrfur  this  purpose,  and  will  bring  you  in  sight  of  Wreck 


v 


riiil.  which  b(  in 
tiiarliablu.  'i'he 
(iisliii  :i;.  !i  ible,  y 
liiese  -ia'i'ls,  e'll 
from  till  I.MMi.)  a 
e:  '!  ;.'ni-.  ,  witlllll 
vid's  Head  to  be; 
care,  ilnnng  that 
eastvi  aid. 

.'^Iiiiiihl  you  nil 
have  got  sight  ot' 
'!'  or  /)';  :md  it  il 
lieyoiid  .'!'J  '. 

Il'  iioiiiid  to  lit 

mend  a  direct   co 

becimie   contrary 

mainiiig  loiiuilnd 

latitude  of  ,!-J  '  ,-^  , 

should  fair  winds 

from  the  eastwan 

to   the  southward 

tliere  is  no  daiige 

tli.it  latitude  niiiil 

may  be  apprnaciii 

111  the  course  o 

traiy,  or  the  weal 

the  tKU'thward  of: 

the  islands,  yuii  n 

."ships  bound  fro 

well  to  the  soutliw 

the  latitude  of  Ca| 

of;j2°5'.     Tims; 

ilirecfion  far  to  tli 

longitude  ;   and,  o! 

ing  thence  so  far  t 

miidas,  at  4  or  5  d 

Vou  slio.ild  by 

ways  make  them  fi 

to  the  set  of  the  (i 

slii|)s  from  the  coa 

Having  aseertaii 

lei  uiW-iP  5',  and  s 

4  miles  clear  of  th 

west  end,  about  H 

well  as  the  S.  W. 

soiithernuiost    lam 

lying  parallel  with 

keej)  in  .'(-J^  7'  -N., 

You  must  avoid, 

tion  the  preceding 

tions,  and  you  will 

of  the  islands)  am 

IJreakers  the  land 

a  mile  oil",  and  ihat 

you  jiass  Castle  11 

lioaril  hand.     You 

lot,  who  will  soon  i 

be  pressed  foi  time 

tcr  h.iviiiL;  passed  t 

(ieorge's  Koad,  bri 

A  high  island,  in 

eastern  extreme,  a 

itioiit  half  a  mile. 

Ileail.  is  called  .'^t. 

vid's  Head  S.  {    VV 

fiithoms  water;'  bui 


ITMLNTS  AMKRIC.W  COAST  PILOT. 


300 


Flill.  \i  liifli  bciii;;  ol'  ;i  coiiif  fonn,  iiiiil  li;iviii};  a  Volciiiilc  ;i))|!('ai;inro,  is  llic  more  re- 
iiiiirk'.ililu.  'I'Ik.-  iiiniiiriit  tliis  liill  1)1  ciiiiii's  .slittt  in  with  llic  mlirr  liitids,  nr  is  no  l(iti;:<>r 
(iisiiii  :ii  ImIiIi',  you  « ill  p'.iss  ihc  din'  il  ii:  ;i'i'  lo  ln'  iippri'lii'iidiMl  oH  ilir  >onllu'rti  [inri  ol' 
lji,.v.  .i;>M'l*i.  cill-'l  llir  S.  W  .  IJifakfis.  (wliicli  do  not,  li(i\\c\ci-.  lie  nioif  llinii  1  ',  inil>' 
lioMi  111  t.'.nii.)  iiiid  iiiiiy  tlifii  iiiiiticdiiili'ly  cI'jsc  in  «il)i  ;ind  slecr  idoiij;  tlie  soi/th-cnsl- 
(•:  !  ,'"'•',  within  a  mile,  till  yon  liiivf  };ot  lli<;  lenjilli  of  Castle  llarlior,  it 'ni)i'<;lii  1^^'- 
vid's  Head  to  Ix-ar  aliont  N.  \>y  !•"..  wIiit'-  von  ninst  wan  to  n  c.  ikc  your  f)ilo>,  takiii.:^ 
(•arc,  dniini;  llial  time,  not  lo  lie  drilK'd  to  leeward,  ;.s  tlie  cuni'iils  j^ei.eraily  set  ui  ilii. 
easlwaiil. 

.'^Iioiild  yon  iiieL't  with  a  contrary  wind,  or  the  wcatlier  be  extremely  ha/.y,  hefore  yoii 
have^jot  .sii;hl  ol'laml,  it  will  lie  prudent  in  iIm' ni;.'ht  init  to  Mand  to  the  luirtinvani  ol'.'i-J"' 
'I'  m'  .")' ;  and  if  the  wind  .slnmld  he  inclining  to  the  sonilnvard,  1  would  recommend  not 
licyiiiid  .'I'J   . 

ir  liiHiiid  to  l>eniiiida>  iVom  Kn};land  or  iVoni  any  l)arr  ol"  Mnrope,!  should  leconi- 
nicnd  a  direct  course  to  he  strtMed  as  lon^  as  tin;  winds  permit  :  hut  the  nniment  tliey 
hecome  contrary,  to  ^ct  to  the  southward  into  the  trades,  and  then  run  down  the  re- 
maining lon;;itinle,  laUiiii;  care  to  liani  to  the  northward  in  sunicien'  time  lo  reach  the 
lalilnd"  oi;i-J  '  H',  ahoiit  the  (iH  id'  Ion:  ilmie,  and  then  proceed  as  aliove  dcserilird  ;  hut 
should  (air  winds  continue  tlie  whole  passai:e.  tiie  land  may  he  maih'  with  eipiai  .-al'ety 
(Voin  the  eastward,  hy  steerinj;  lor  them  in  tlie  latitude  ol':'.",'  IH'  .\.,  which  is  twd  miles 
to  the  southward  of  J)avid's  Head,  their  sonth-eastern  extreme,  ajid  olt'  which  liead 
tlieri'  is  no  dan<;er  hevond  hall' a  mile,  care  heinj;  taken  tiot  to  come  to  tlie  mirthward  ot 
ill, It  latitude  uniil  you  iiave  Inoii^hi  the  liead  to  hear  W.  S.  \V'.,  on  which  liearintf  il 
may  he  approached  with  safely  lillwithm  one  mile  thereof,  or  till  you  receive  your  pilot. 
In  the  course  of  luakin;;  tlie  land  Iroin  the  eastward,  should  the  wimi  hecome  con- 
trary, or  the  wiNither  prove  dark,  ha/y  and  tem])estuous,  come  not  diirin;.'  the  ni;;ht  to 
the  nnrihward  o(  .'!'J'~  or  ."I'J  '  ()',  in  which  lalituile,  if  you  should  Ik  found  lo  ha\e  itin  pasi 
the  islands,  you  must  proceed  as  liefore  descvihed,  in  making  tln'oi  iVom  liie  westward. 

Siii|)s  houinl  from  the  southern  ports  cd' America,  w  iihin  the  (Julf  Stream,  should  steer 
well  to  the  southward,  perhaps  as  much  as  .S.  S.  E.,  until  they  ii*"'  witllin  .'J  or  4  miles  of 
the  lalitude  oft 'ape  iiatieras,  and  then  steer  S.  K.  hy  K.  until  they  sjef  into  the  latitude 
o\' '.]-2'^  5'.  Thus  you  will  avoid  erossiuu;  the  ( lull' Stream  where  it  is  very  hrond.  and  its 
direction  far  to  the  eastward,  and  pass  it  where  it  affects  your  lalitude  more  than  yoiiv 
lon^itiidt^ ;  and,  of  course,  he  of  less  conse()uence  to  the  ship's  reckoning  ;  and,  hy  steer- 
iiu;  thence  so  far  to  the  southward  as  8.  E.  hy  E.  you  will  fall  into  the  latitude  of  13er- 
juiidas,  at  t  or  5  decrees  of  lon;;itut!"  to  the  westward. 

Voii  slid, lid  hy  no  means  run  for  tl,  'se  islands  unless  sure  of  your  latitude;  and  al- 
ways make  them  from  the  S.  \V.  if  possihle,  iookii'.i;  out  in  lime  lor  the  land,  as,  owing 
lo  the  set  of  the  (iulf  Stream,  and  the  general  tendency  ofthe  currents  to  the  eastward, 
ships  from  tin?  coast  of  America  will  almost  always  he  far  ahead  »d"  their  reekoninf;. 

Ilaviujj  ascertained  your  lalitude,  and  heing  well  to  the  wesuvard,  pet  into  the  paral- 
lel of  o'J  '  5',  and  steer  due  east.  This  course  will  iuinii  V""  '"  'he  island,  jiassin^  about 
•1  miles  clear  ofthe  south  end  of  Clinh-I  leads,  a  very  dangerous  slioal,  Ivin^  across  the 
west  end,  alioiit  M  rnile^  from  the  land,  wilh  not  more  than  I','  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  as 
well  as  the  S.  \V.  IJreakers,  which  lie  about  one  mile  and  a  half  S.  S.  W.  frori!  the 
southerniiiost    land,  heiin;;  the  shoalost    part  of  a  led;,'e  of  rocks  of  considerable  length, 

Shoulrl  the  wind  in  iht 


lym<;  par; 
icep  in  ;i-J"  7 


ill  the  sh 
.N.,  if  to  th 


rht    incline  to  tlie   northward. 


mil 


iward,  ill  I)'-*^  2' 


Ynn  must  avoid,  hy  all  means,  riuming  in  the  nielli,  with;)Ut  haviiis:  a  good  observa- 
tion the  precedinj;  day,  and  being  pretty  sure  of  your  longiHide.  l'\dlow  these  direc- 
tions, and  you  will  fust  make   Wreck  Hill  (which  is  high  laiirl  on  the  western  extreme 

om  it  to  the  S.  K.     Having  ))assed  the  8.  W. 


)f  11 


le   isia 


nds) 


ami 


till 


.1  II 


renriiinii  li 


iJreakeis  thi^  land  lies  alioiit  !•',.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  \\'..  haviiiif  ilanyer  no  more  than  half 


a  mile  off,  and  that  geiierallv  visible;    you  niav  run  safely  along    siiore  at  a   mile 


untU" 


you  pass  Castle  Harbor,  which  is  easily  kiioun  by  the  castle  on  an  island  on  the  star- 
l)oaril  hand.  Vou  should  bring  to  olVshe  eastern  point  of  this  hariior,  ;.nd  wait  for  a  pi- 
lot, who  will  soon  come  olV.  and  cany  you  into  Si.  (leorge's  Harbor.  l>ut,  should  yoii 
be  pressed  I'm  lime,  or  the  pilot  nut  come  off,  you  may  haul  round  by  the  breakers,  af*- 
tcr  haviuu  passed  the  islands,  which  forifi  tlie  south  part  of  Castle  Harbor,  into  St. 
(ieorge's  Hoad,  bringing  on  the  following  marks  : 

s  off  Ca'-tle  Harbor,  has,  at  its 


A  high  island,  next  to  the  X.  E,  pari  ofthe  small 
eastern  extreme,  a  bliilf  rocky   point,   called  St.    David's  Head,  havi'n:   breakers  olT  it 
about  half  a  mile.      The  norti 
Jl 


lorlhernmost   land  in  sight  after  you  haul  round  St.  ])avid's 
ead,  is  called  St.  Catharine's  Point;  bring  this  point  to  bear  W.  N.  W..  and  St.  D 


vid's  Head  S.  i   VV.  and  you  will  be  in  as  good  a  berth  as  any  in  the  road,   with  7  or  8 
fathoms  water ;  but,  in  Cvery  part  of  these  roads,  you  must  be  guided  hy  the  eye  where 


1^ 


tik. 


■fjffh;  y.^iibfa.....\j 


310 


BLUiVT  S  AMFRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


to  drop  your  iindior,  rlcrir  ol'  Coul  ;;ii)iiih'    ulilili  is  every  wlicrn  rasily  srcn,  owiiij;  tO' 
thf  clfiiriu'ss  (it'  tlic  wiiHt,  iitid  tlic  « liiU'ii"  >,s  ol"  tlic  saml,  wlirrc  llif  inicli(iriij;<'  is  sale. 

Ill  c;ist'  you  liavi;  hicii  drivon  i,i  tin  Miistward  of  tlie  islands,  (a  situation,  however, 
which  you  arc  to  a. old  witli  the  utmost  rare,)  you  may  run  lor  tlieiii  in  liiiitinii' .'VJ^  14' 
N..  « liicli  will  liriiii:  Von  to  tlii'm  ■')  m  d  miles  to  the  soiilliward  of  St.  David's  I  lead,  Cor 
which  yon  may  haul  np  Mpon  maknii:  the  land  ;  lint  yon  are  not  to  rnn  in  till  yon  are  j'ai 
eiion::li  to  the  S.  W.  to  tiillow  the  directiinis  lielore  i^iveii  tor  coinin'^  (rtnii  the  west- 
ward, shonldytju  make  s.iii  tor  ISermudas  Iromany  part  of  the  (inll'Stri'am.  or  without  it. 

(treat  allowance  is  recoiiiMiended  for  lieinjf  to  the  ciasiwanl  oCyonr  reckoning,  and  try 
to  (all  into  the  parallel  uC  latitude  a  hove  mentioned,  in  lon^ilnde  7ll  '  or  71     \V. 

\s  the  sonnilin^s  do  not  e.\t<Mid  more  than  a  mile  ai|l  a  hall'  Iroin  the  land,  on  the 
southern  side  of  t!ie  islands,  a  rorrecl  latitude,  and  ,i  yood  lookout,  to;;ether  with  a  strict 
attention  to  these  instructions,  is  alisolntely  necessary. 

Oilier  dlnrlionK  in  coming  from  tin  inslwunl. — On  eoniiiijj  from  the  westward,  the  S. 
W.  points  of  the  land  ouL'lit  to  hear  I'!.  N.  !•",.,  lielore  vou  come  within  lour  leaiiiu's  nf 
tile  land,  when  vim  may  steer  direitiv  tor  it  without  d.muer.  The  breakers,  on  the  south 
side,  always  show  theniseives,  so  that  a  ship  may  safely  approach  wiihin  <inn-shot  from 
the  S.  W.end  to  the  S.  K.,  and,  when  j^ettiim  to  the  eastward  of  the  easlle,  round  into 
St.  (leorsje's.  Do  not  s*>  lartlier  to  the  iiortliward  than  to  keep  Coojier's  Island  open 
within  St.  David's  I  lead  till  you  take  a  pilot,  and  the  suhsi  riher  eiii;aiies  no  ship  will  ever 
strike,  if  tliis  he  attended  to.  TliOMAS  LKAN. 


WEI^T  irVDIEiS. 


FroiTi  the  Uolc-in-tlie-Wall  to  the  west  end  of  IIoj;  Island,  or  the  piitraiiop  of  the 
TIarhor  of  New  Providcnee,  tlie  hearing  is  south  and  the  distance  L")  leagues.  J5nt  al- 
lowance in  sa  liiifi  must  he  made  for  the  current,  which  i;enerally  sets,  with  considera- 
hle  strength,  hcfween  Ahaeo  and  the  iJerry  Islands.  At  (Ireat  Kjm  Island,  and  in  its 
vicinities,  the  cnrrt  nts  are  very  uncertain,  and  there  much  caution  is  necessary. 

Vessels  iVewi  the  eastward,  in  j,'  neral.  had  best  make  the  coast  of  Kleuthera,  in  a  track 
bptween  the  pai.dlels  of  ,>}  2^)'  and  26'  .'iO',  not  exceeding  the  latter,  or  the  parallel  ol 
Ilaihor  Island. 

On  leaving  i'le  Hird  Rork,  when  bound  for  N''  ,  l^rovidence,  it  is  hest  to  make  Wat- 
iand's  Islaml,  proei  'ding  along  the  west  side  of  that  island,  or  between  it  and  Kum  Key. 
for  a  good  de|)aiiur>-.  \  du  iiiusr  he  careful  oot  to  approach  the  little  island  called  Con- 
ception Island,  liecau.se  a  loin.'  and  dangerous  reef  extend.s  in  a  N.  N.  K.  direction  from 
that  i.sland,  above  7  miles. 

Harbor  Isl  ind  lies  in  latitude  'i'>°  3]',  but  a  rerf  extend.s  about  three  miles  from  its 
north  shore,  to  which  a  erth  iniisi  be  given,  tijere  being  several  rocks  near  to  the  outer 
edge,  nearly  even  witli  the  surface  i>f  the  water.  Tin  water  is,  however,  perfectly  clear, 
and  they  may  be  seen  /ifiri  the  fore-yard  or  bowsprit  end,  in  time  to  be  easily  avoided. 
j'he  bank  extends  W.  and  W.  l>y  N.  tq  J£gg  Island, 'a  distance  of  7,7  leagues,  and  a  reef 
extends  from  that  island,  nearly  !  miles  in. a  N.  N.  W.  direction.  Having  advanced  to 
the  northward  of  the  t'ow  and  iiull,*ilf  Ilarboi  Island,  the  course  to  Kgg  Island,  the 
westernmost  isle  of  t';-  range,  is  \V.  bv  N'.and  the  distance,  to  clear  the  reef,  H  leagues. 
On  running  aIon\;  sluue,  you  will  pas.s  some  rocks,  called  the  Terno  llocks  ;  hut  the 
islands  are  too  closely  connected  to  he  particularly  distinguished. 

Egg  'slarii  is  a  small  islaml.  covered  with  iiriish-wood.  with  a  rise  of  land  in  the  mid- 
dle of  it.  i'jug  oil'  ills  island,  keep  widl  out  to  avoid  the  reef,  the  pitch  of  which  lies 
with  thccemre  ofi'ii  isio-d  8.  S.  E.  i  K.  On  rounding  the  reef,  >ou  will  open  a  small 
rocky  island,  •'tuated  to  I'lC  south  of  Kgg  Island,  called  Little  Egg  Island.  The 
course,  by  compass,  lii'nre  to  the  lighthouse  or  Nassau  l?ar,  will  be  S.  W.  by  S.  10 
leagues,  and  to  the  T)oii  Ja    J^assage,  eastward  of  tin*  harbor,  S.  by  W. ,«  leagues. 

The  keys  betweui  Egg  Island  and  I'rovidtMice,  upon  the  edge  of  the  bank,  form  a  bay, 
as  represented  mi  ihi  ('hart,  and  the  rwi  is  steep  to.  Of  course,  vessels  passing  in  the 
winter  or  during  the  iievalenco  of  rrortlierly  winds,  must  cautiously  avoid  being  em- 
bayed there;  as  the  only  .shelter  is  an  inlet  between  the  eastern  end  of  Rose  Island  and 
the  Hoohy  Rocks,  where  then  is  a  depth  throuehout,  of  '11  feet.  I?ut  in  summer,  as 
northerly  winds  iheii  seldom  |ir<  vail,  and  the  ti;,de  wind,  generally,  the  vluire  may  be 
kept  well  on  board ;  and  especially,,  because  the  current  may  sweep  you  past  the  Harbor 
•f  Nassau,  'vhich  could  not  be  regained  v*  'thout  diflieulty. 


nrJNT  S  AMI.IIICW  COAST  [MI.OT. 


311 


,  owiiij;  tO' 
i^c  is  safe. 
,  iKtwrvcf. 
ldf:!J  14' 
ll»'ii(l,  lor 
you  iiic  I'iir 

witlidiit  ir. 

11^,  and  ti  V 

V'. 

ml,   on  the 

v\\\\  a  strict 

,anl.  flip  S. 
U'auiK's  f)l 

II    llU'SOlltl) 

l-slli)I  tVoill 

roiiiiil  into 

slaiiil  optMi 

lip  will  i;vi'r 

LEAN. 


ance  of  tlic 
8.  Hut  al- 
1  coiisidera- 
1,  and  in  its 

iry. 

a,  in  a  track 
e  parallel  ol 

make  Wat- 

liiini  Key, 

<allcd  ("on- 

ection  from 

»'S  from  its 
0  the  outer 
fectly  dear, 
ily  avoided, 
and  a  reef 
iilvanced  to 
Island,  tlio 
f,  H  leagues, 
vs  ;  hut  the 

111  ihe  iiiid- 
which  lies 

pen  a  small 

land.  The 
by  S.  lU 

fiues. 

form  a  hav. 

ssiii^;  in  the 
beiiiii  eni- 
Island  and 

summer,  as 

ore  may  he 
the  Harbor 


Tlie  town  is  on  the  north  «.ide  of  the  islarnl,  sheltered  on  ihe  north  by  I  lo^;  Tsbnid,  and 
Kliiiids  at  the  wcstw.ird  ol'  the  harbor.  It  may  l)e  distin  :uisbed  at  a  disianer,  by  means 
(if  the  (i')vernnieiit  Mouse,  which  is  a  larue  white  house  upon  the  top  of  a  hill,  seen  over 
]\i)<i  Island,  r.rin:;  tills  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  ',  W.  I!y  keepjn;  ii  <i(MUiIil  wilh- 
iti 'J  or  I!  miles  ol    I  In.;  Island,  or  perhaps  sooner,  ajiilol  may  be  obtained. 

'IMie  entrance  into  the  harbor  is  at  the  western  end  ol'  ilo;.'  Island,  which  is  di>(iii- 
{,'nislied  by  the  li^h' bouse.  It  has  1 -<  fr'ct  of  water,  with  sandy  uroiiiid.  The  latter  is 
not  !:ood  ioi  hoidin;:.  in  the  middle  of  the  harlxir  tiiere  i.s  a  b.-iiik  of  ;!  or  I  feet  water; 
but  tliere  is  a  eiianiiel  on  each  side  of  considerable  extent. 

Tlii^  Douglas  l*assa,'e  ami  New  Anchoiii:;e,  are  situated  on  the  east  ami  somli  side  of 
Hose  Island,  to  tlu'  eastward  of  Nassau  Harbor.  The  entrance  is  di'iioled  by  beacons 
(ixed  on  two  roc  ks,  called  l)ou;;las'  Koeks,  which  form  the  entrance,  and  a  Idaek  bn  )y, 
which  is  |)laced  at  the  end  of  a  reef  siretehing  from  lliose  rocks,  and  situate  at  N.  by  K. 
,',  K.  17')  fathoms  from  the  liii;h  or  upper  beacon.  These  beactuis  can  be  seen  from  thu 
derk  of  a  friirate,  when  siceiini;  in  a  line  between  K'.ri:  Islatifl  and  Nassau. 

The  black  buoy  aliove  mentioned,  is  [ilaced  in  ')  I'eet  water;  but  at  a  boat"-;  1.  ii^th 
(unw  if,  tlieie  is  a  depth  of  1  fathoms.  ( )pposite  to  it  is  the  end  of  a  reef  w  hich  eMciids 
from  l>ooby  Island,  leavin;;  a  j)assa_ue  of  l()()  fathoms  in  breadth,  which  has  a  tiepth  of  4 
fathoms  at  very  low  tides. 

To  steer  for  this  anchorage  briiii;  the  beacons  in  a  line,  bearimr  nearly  ."^.  K.  by  E., 
and  steer  direclly  for  them  until  you  briiii^  liooby  Island  end  on  :  then  haul  up  fortius 
biuiv,  |)assins;  it  oti  the  starl)oai(l  side  and  to  tiie  eastward,  at  the  distance  of  about  .'JO 
fathoms.  When  past  the  buoy  every  danifer  may  hft  seen,  and  you  may  haul  round  to 
the  westward  ami  aii'lior  in  1',  fathoms,  (rood  leddin;^  f,'r<iund.  with  the  beacons  in  one, 
bcarini!:  N.  W.  l)y  \V.  distant  .ibout  •_'  miles,  where  you  will  be  wtdl  sheltered  from  N. 
\V.  winds. 

A  fritiate,  drawiu.;  !■<  or  'JO  feet  of  water,  nr.iy  proceed  to  the  S.  K.  side  »if  Hose  Isl- 
and, and  itnchor  in  a  f|uarter  less  five,  at  about  (>  miles  froiu  the  town  of  Nassau,  well 
sheltered  from  N.  W.  winds,  and  from  the  .*>.  K.  by  the  Maiik. 

The  direct  be, iriii':  from  the  i  lole-in-ihe-\\'all  lo  Providence  I'.ar  or  Li^hthousn,  is 
.'^.  ,'  \V.  1')  leaiiucs.  The  beaririii  and  distance  from  tlie  I  lule-iii-the-W'all  to  the  piteli 
of  Hi;;;  Island  Keel',  are  .>^.  K.  ■'  S.  -Jl)  miles. 

Those  bound  to  .New  Providence,  wjio  are  unaer|iininted  with  tlie  Douglas  Passaijo 
and  the  New  Aiu'hora^e,  should  tH)t  attempt  to  pass  the  Ilole-in-ihe- Wall  with  a  N.  \V, 
wind,  when  blowini,'  str(uii;,  there  beinu  no  sale  anchmaije  hereabout. 

In  the  event  of  makiii'^  the  llole-in-the-l\ock  or  K;:!;  Isl;>nd  in  the  afternoon,  with  a 
stronn  wind  from  the  N.  K...  you  should  iiani  close  round  Ki;i;  Island  lleef,  and  steer  S. 
by  W.  H  lea-^ues,  for  the  Douglas  ileacons;  and  haviiij  made  the  beacons,  brint;  them 
ill  mie,  bearing:  nearly  S.  K.  by  H.  and  steer  for  them.  Keep  your  lead  fioiti!;,  and  you 
will  have  iiradiiai  souittlinsis.  When  in  ')  fathoms  you  may  anchor  with  the  marks  in 
one,  line  sandy  l)ottoiu,  well  sheltered  from  northerly  winds  by  the  rocks.  t\:e. 

At  Nassau,  New  Providence,  anil  in  the  entrance  of  the  New  Aiuliora^e,  ;ind  in  it.s 
eh  iiiiuds,  the  tide  riuis  at  the  rate  of  41  miles,  and  rise  4  feet  at  the  springs,  and  the  cur- 
rents lia\('  mtu'h  force. 

l-lilll  'Tlll'.ll  \  is  one  of  the  Ian;est  islands,  and  is  of  very  irretrtilar  shape.  Its  west 
end  bears  N.  K.  -^  N..  distant  aliout  1(1  leagues  from  the  east  end  of  ^  ew  Providence; 
it  thence  extends  eastward  about  ')  leagues,  then  .S.  K.  about  4  leagues  to  Palmetto 
Point;  ami  lastly,  aliont  S.  ';  K.  Iv.'  leagues  to  its  south  end.  denominated  J^owel's  Point, 
being  (d"  irregular  breadth,  from  2  to  4  miles.  The  K.  and  N.  E.  shores  are  washed  by 
the  Atlantic  ( )c<'an,  ^hile  lui  the  west,  is  the  shallow  and  smooth  water  of  the  bunk» 
Un  the  west  side  are  the  si  ttleinents  of  the  Rock  .*>ound. 

(IlIANAllAM  OK  CAT  I.SLANI).— The  N.  W.  end  of  this  island  lin  abimt  a| 
leagues,  F^.i  S.frcuu  Powel's  Point,  in  Kleiiihera;  it  thence  extend^  >outb  -nstwapi  15 
leagues,  having  a  breadth  of  :>  to  7  miles.  It>  eastern  side  is  lirieil  liv  a  r»s  ,  on  wbi^ 
the  sea  continually  breaks,  and  renders  it  inaccessible:  on  the  S.  W.  side  is  wood  an- 
chorage. This  island  was  the  first  land  seen  by  ('olunil)iis,  who  lar.-iied  here  ou  th* 
]Jth  of  October,  14')','.  Hy  him  it  was  called  Sf.  Salvador,  but  it  is  now  commoDiy 
called  Cat  Island.  Hetween  its  N.  \V.  end  aim  Pewel's  Point,  at  the  distanci;  of  4i 
Icauues.  S.  E.  from  the  latter,  is  the  N.  W.  end  ••(  Little  Cot  Island,  joined  to  Cat  isl- 
and liy  a  bank  '.vhich  surroiuids  both  of  them. 

Helween  the  south  end  of  Eleuthera  and  Little  Cat  Island,  is  a  cbautiel  3  leagues 
wide,  called  Ship  Channel. 

YH.M  A  OK.  LONti  I.SIjAND,  so  called  from  being  peculiarly  narrow  in  proportion 
to  its  length,  is  nearly  17  leagues  in  length  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  The  north-west  «iid 
lie"  81  leagues  south  from  Cat  Island,  and  its  south-east  end  bears  frotu  the  Bird  Book, 


312 


BLUM  S  AMKUICAN  COAST  ril.OT. 


ill 


nt  tlif  west  rnd  of  Cmokcd  Islainl,  W.  by  N.  8  1o:>i;up.s.     There  is  an  anclinrngfi  on  it« 

I'asI  sidi',  c, tiled  (iii'at  llailxtr,  wlit'iicc  it  t-kports  sail. 

KXr.MA,  \i-. — Tlif  islands  <;dlt'(l  (Jn-at  and  liilllf  Kxurna.  lie  to  tiic  urslwaid  of 
TiUii<;  Island  ;.nd  tn  tlic  soiiilnvaiil  of  ( 'at  Island.  Thi'ii'  <  'liit'f  |iniduL'(>  is  salt,  and  tin; 
Micat  isle  has  a  port  of  entry. 

Norili-wi'slward  of  Kxunia,  to  the  distance  of  '2v?  Ir<a2;nes.  on  the  eastern  edi^e  of  the 
CirvM  IJanU,  are  a  ninidx-i  of  little  islands,  distin;.'ni-.|ied  liy  the  name  of  Kxnina  Keys; 
to  these  succeed  several  others  in  a  inori-  norlherly  direction,  to  a  distance  of  S  leagues, 
the  norlheniniost  o|'  which,  called  .Ship  < 'liaiiiicl  Key,  lies  K.  Ity  S.  ]  0  lea^^iies  I'rom  the 
east  end  of  New  I'rovidence. 

IJeiwccii  the  hani^  wliicii  snrronnds  tlie  Cat  IsiaiiiN,  and  the  east  ed^e  of  tlie  (Ireat 
Bahain  1  Hank,  is  i  clMiiiiel  (>  leaLincs  wide,  called  lOxiuna  .'^oiind.  on  thi-  westein  side  of 
whi(  li  is  a  Ue>,  (ailed  Leeward  Stocking  Island:  and  farther  norlhwird.  Iielween  .*s|iip 
C'hainicl  Key  and  the  hank  tiial  surroumls  Kleiiihera,  is  IJock  Sound,  of  ahoiit  A  miles 
in  width,  at  the  noi'ih  part  of  which  yon  suddenly  find  'J  fathoms  water;  this  is  denomi- 
nated Ijie  Twelve  Fet  f  Channel. 

WATLA.NI)'.'^  \>i\j.\  M),  which  lies  l;{  Icngnes  lo  the  east  of  I  lie  S.  K.  point  of  .St. 
Salvador,  is  al)out  lour  and  a  half  leairiie:^  in  extent,  I'roin  .N.  K.  lo  .S.  W.,  and  is  of 
moderate  height.  It  has  a  pretiy  little  town  on  the  soiilh  side,  and  on  approachins;  in 
that  direetioii,  you  will  see  several  houses  on  the  summit  of  a  hill,  and  appeariiiK  nearly 
in  the  centre  of  the  ishind.  (Jif  the  .S.  K.  point  are  two  reniarkal)le  rocks,  called  the 
I'ijieon's  llocks.  On  ihi' east  side  of  the  island  area  nnmher  of  sandy  spots.  It  is  one 
ol'  tlic  most  daiiiri'roii-i  reefs  of  tlie  liahamas,  exlendiii,>;  aliont  seven  miles,  haviiii;  seve- 
ral rocks  or  heads  which  cannot  he  perceived  hy  the  (Mdor  of  the  water  helore  yon  are 
<;lose  upon  them,  and  wlii(  h  have  .'),  4,  7,  9,  nnii  10  fathoms  water  between  lliem,  and  a 
current  settiiiL;  west  and  W.  .S.  W.  into  Hxuma  Sound.  Olf  the  north  side  are  the  dan- 
j;<^rous  rocks,  i  aUed  the  White  Kocks,  tmd  a  rref  extends  outward  four  or  five  miles  to 
tlie  N.  \V.\ — vessels  onuht,  theiefore,  to  lie  very  careful  in  ronndiii!;  them.  There  is  a 
small  reef  projectin;:;  from  the  .S.  W.  point,  hut  it  always  shows  itsell'. 

Captain  Powers  of  the  navy,  has  stated  tliat,  in  the  route  from  New  Providence  tii 
-lamaica,  in  IHM,  wiien  "passing;  aloiiir  the  west  side  of  Watland's  Island,  about  otic 
•■md  a  half  mile  from  the  sandy  beach,  ^vitll  tlie  .S.  W.  point  bearing;  .S.  by  W.,  just  al 
dusk  we  discovered  a  led<;e  of  l)r<akcis,  (altoiit  a  ship's  leni;tli  east  and  west,)  close  to  ik. 

"  Wlien  about  a  cable's  leiif^th  to  the  westward  of  them,  we  had  the  I'ollowins;  bearhit;';. 
viz:  a  remarkable  black  rock,  close  to  the  shore,  and  breakers  in  one,  E.  S.  E.;  the  N. 
W.  ixiint  of  the  island  cast,  the  S.  \V.  i)oint  S.  by  E. 

"We  had  .')  fatlKuns  at  about  two  cables'  len^ih  to  the  northward,  and  deepened  otn 
water  gradually  as  we  iiK;reased  our  disliinc  e  to  the  wf;slward.  No  bottom  with  haml 
line,  about  half  a  mile  outside;  the  water  of  the  same  color  as  the  ocean;  at  this  tinin 
];ind  wasdistinctly  seen  from  the  mast  liead  bearing;  S.  W.  and  very  low." 

lir.Xr  KEY. — No  reef  of  any  extent  lies  olf  this  island,  except  Pindar's  Keef.  This 
iies  off  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  island,  extending  out  north,  about  -J  miles.  There  is  m 
small  ree;',  .ery  close  in,  near  the  S.  E.  hariior  point.  '^Phe  shore,  in  sjeneral.  is  bolij : 
and  if  a  tr.'lini;  reef,  slioals,  or  sunken  rocks  are  ktiown,  they  are  chietly  on  the  north 
«ide  of  the  island,  not  frequented  by  any  shipping,  and  lyins;  very  near  the  shore.  The 
S.  W.  point  is  a  sand  spit,  with  very  bcdd  water  on  either  side  of  it :  vessels  of  any  sizeeaii 
anchor  within  JilO  yards,  and  procure  fresh  water  from  w  >lls  diii;  near  the  beach. 

With  the  exception  of  Pindar's  Reef,  vessels  of  any  size  can  approach  with  safety,  an\ 
part  of  the  island,  witliin  a  (juarter  of  a  mile,  and  many  i)laces,  (particularly  the  wc.v; 
end,)  within  1.50  <o  t'dO  yards. 

The  west  si<le  of  Pindar's  Jteef  is  very  bold;  vessels  may  run  a  north  course  so  (  los 
^lons,  as  to  throw  a  biscuit  on  it.  Tlie  east  part  of  the  island  shows  wliite  clilfs,  iiioi 
northerly  again,  black  dill's. 

Tlvc  vessels  thai  load  at  Old  Pond,  run  down  the  south  side  in  going  to  sea,  round  tip 
\rest  end.  keeping  lo  the  eastward  ol  Little  Island  ;  in  sight,  distant  l.T  miles,  and  lo  tli 
westward  of  Watling's  Islands,  ;d»oiit  'JO  miles  from  lium  Key. 

If  the  vessels  returning  homeward,  cannot  pass  to  the  eastward  of  Rum  Key,  and  :ti 
•obliged  to  take  the  soiUli  si.le,  they  should  keq)  close  in  with  Rum  Key,  and  well  in  win 
the  west  end,  which  would  allow  them  to  pass  well  to  windward  of  Little  Island,  ^'il 
riation,  5°  E. 

There  are  settlements  all  round  tlie  island.  Rum  Key  ha?  two  salt  ponds;  the  oM 
salt  pond,  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  neatest  the  east  end.  The  anchoniu'' 
ia  good  about  half  a  mile  from  the  beach,  and  will  admit  vessels  of  any  size,  aflTordiii: 
shelter  from  the  .S.  E.,  E.  N.  E.,  and  round  to  N-  W.  Pilots  will  go  out,  on  vessel 
making  the  usual  signals.  There  is  always  a  considerable  quantity  of  large  grained  sah 
for  .sale,  and  every  dispatch  given  while  loading. 


rnriniehael 
procuring  salt 
ilialely  :)lf  the 
E.  by's.     No 
'J')l)  yards  of  I 
westerly,  vesst 
after  weighing 
and  put  uii  sill 
CO.NCKI'l 
Jliini  Key  and 
which  was  not 
was  wrecked  u 
mas,  liavnig  se 
of  tlie  water  In 
ATWOOJr 
Tlie  islam!  is  si 
reel'  extends  oi 
shore,  there  is 
while  ground, 
wliite  ground, 
islets;  the   out 
reefs  and  while 
Atwoods  Ke 
in  this  passage. 
extreme  lerinin 
miles  from  the 
mile  and  a  hall 
from  the  west  p 
a  league  at  lea^ 
brought  the  w» 
only,  and  that  I 
two  miles  from  i 
our  wind,  and  s 
'i'liis  anchoragi^ 
cables'  length  ft 
broken  shells,  b; 
Tlie  CKOOK 
by  returning:  to 
taiiied  ;   and  par 
on  the  N.  W.  p; 
CASTLE   I.'' 
Island;  between 
when  you  lirst  n 
The  position  o( 
l)e  Alayne,  in  li- 
be  considered  as 
Hetween  Cast 
Ureal  Hay,  at  tli 
proached  loo  no; 
Jamaica  Hay,  wl 
To  the  \.  E.  of 
EOKTl'NE 
than  10  miles  in 
liouth  end  is  ver 
these  islets,  is  a 
settlement  will  b 
lathoins,  with  th» 
(liately,  wlien  on 
several  wells  of 
may  be  obtained 
TheHlRD  R 
Crooked  Island, 
rection ;  it  then  I 
This  reef  forms 
being  partly  foul. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


313 


inigc  on  it« 

vostwiiid  (if 
alt,  iiiiil  the 

(•(!<,'»>  (if  till' 
vuma  Keys; 
r  H  Ini-in  s, 
rs  tVoiii  llic 

)!'  the  (liTiit 

itfin  side  1)1' 
•iwcrn  Ship 
Kiut  A  mil).'-' 
s  is  (InMiini- 

|)()iiit  ol'  St. 

'.,  -.iikI    ir*  ol' 

iro'.ii'liiii!;  in 

ariii;;  nearly 

s,  called  the 

s.      It  is  (iiif> 

liavint;  sevc- 

•|'(ire  yiiii  ail' 

llieiii,  anil  a 

are  the  daii- 

fivc  miles  to 

There  is  a 

'rovideiice  to 
(1,  about  niic 
y  W..  just  al 
,)  close  to  u-;. 
iui!;  i)ear''ni;ii. 
.  E.;  the  N. 

lecpencd  oiu 
with  hand 
at  this  tini" 


leef.  This 
There  is  ;i 
•ral.  is  Ixilii : 
)t\  the  'lorth   ' 

liore.  Thf 
"any  size  can 
)(  ach. 

ih  safety,  any 
irly  tlio  wesi    [I 

urse  so  closi    §i 
ditVs,  uioi' 

ea,  round  tli 
es,  and  to  tlr 

Key,  and  an^ 
(I  well  in  with 
Island.     Vii- 

)nd3 ;  the  olii 
lie  anehoraiie 
lizc,  aHonliiiS 
ut,  on  vessels 
c  grained  salt 


rnrmicbapl  Pond,  a  new  one,  is  at  the  west  end  of  the  Island,  and  tlie  farililies  for 
iiroctu'inK  ''•■'i  'X'*'  M"**'' <  (!■*'  anchorage,  an  open  road-tead,  at  the  west  end,  and  iniine* 
diatelv  :iil  the  pond,  in  protected  hy  the  island,  with  the  wnid  from  N.  hy  H.  round  tn  >S. 
K.  by' S.  iNot  far  from  the  heach  is  a  sii:;nal  (lai;-sta(l:  vessels  may  anchor  (dVit,  within 
•.'.">()  yards  of  the  shore.  Should  the  anchora'^e  prove  ronuh,  hy  the  wind  Ketlint;  out 
westerly,  vessi'ls  can  easily  weiyh  anchor  and  run  round  Sandy  I'oiiit.  A  tew  mimites 
after  weik^hing  anchor  a  vessel  will  be  out  to  mr.x.  The  salt  is  carried  aloii^  side  in  boats 
and  put  on  ship  board. 

( "( ).\( 'KI'TIO.N  is  a  little  island,  s"rrouiided  by  a  reef,  and  lies  half-way  between 
j\uin  Key  and  ('at  Island,  l-'rom  its  >i.  K.  side  a  reef  extends  7  muIi-s  in  the  N.  .\.  K., 
which  was  not  known  till  the  year  1.-<1-J,  at  which  time  the  liruish  IriiMte  SoutliamptotJ 
was  wrecked  upon  it.  'i'liis  reef  is  ac(Miiinted  one  of  the  most  daiij^eroiis  in  the  Kaha- 
mas,  havint;  several  danj;,'erous  rocks  or  heads,  which  cannot  be  perceived  by  the  color 
of  the  water  before  ytui  are  (dosj;  to  them 

AT  WOOD'S  KKV  is  ;J  leagues  from  east  to  we.st,  an<l  narrow  from  north  to  south. 
The  island  is  surrounded  by  a  white  shoal,  bordered  with  a  reef.  ( )lf  the  west  end  the 
reef  extends  out  one  league;  and  under  this  |)oint,  in  the  extent  of  another  ha^iu',  alcuij; 
shore,  there  is  an  opening  or  interval  in  the  reef;  and  here  vesstds  may  anchor  in  the 
wliite  ground,  in  7  or  H  fatiioms,  but  very  close  to  the  shore.  Oil'  the  edi^e  of  the 
white  },'rounil,  no  soundiiif^s  are  to  be  found,  'i'o  the  east  of  the  island  are  two  small 
islets;  the  outer  one  at  a  league  and  a  half  from  ahore  ;  ihesu  are  .surrounded  with 
rec^fs  and  white  shoals. 

Atwood's  Key  is  low,  with  bushes,  and  present.s  the  same  ajipearanee  as  the  other  isles 
in  this  passage.  Its  greatest  breadth,  whitdi  is  in  the  middle,  is  about  ;i  miles;  for  each 
extriMue  leriniiiates  in  a  |)oiiit.  The  reef  mi  the  north  side  breaks,  and  extends  above  '2 
miles  iVom  the  land.  The  same  reef,  continuing  to  the  west,  forms  a  head,  which  is  a 
mile  anil  a  hall  to  the  southward  n(  the  point.  "Oii  the  south  side,  aiiout  two  miles 
from  the  west  point,  you  may  anchor  at  tliree  cables'  length  tioin  the  land,  and,  for  half 
a  league  at  least,  along  the  shore,  sheltered  from  westerly  and  .\.  K.  winds.  Having 
brought  the  west  end  N.  N.  \V.  about  one  mile  oil,  we  saw  that  end  was  a  point 
only,  and  that  the  other  side  rounded  away  E.  N.  E.  full  of  breakers,  which  were  at  least 
iwti  miles  from  it ;  we  also  saw  some  ahead  ol  us,  and  to  leeward  :  we  were  obliged  to  haul 
our  wind,  and  stand  for  the  anchorage  afore-mentioned,  on  the  south  side  of  the  island. 
This  anchorage  exiends  about  a  mile  each  way  from  whence  we  were,  and  about  three 
cables'  length  from  the  island.  Yttu  may  let  go  your  aiuhor  in  **  fathoms,  sand  ami 
broken  shells,  luit  il  is  noi  goud  holdiii!/  ground." 

The  (vKODKEI)  ISLANDS. — Of  this  singular  group  t!ie  best  idea  ...ay  be  formed 
by  returning  to  the  particular  plan  of  them.  'IMie  positions  appear  to  be  well  ascer- 
tained ;  and  |)articularly  of  Castle  Isle,  or  the  South  l\ey.  I'itt's  Town,  a  settlement 
on  tlie  N.  VV.  part  ot'  the  northern  island,  is  the  port  ui  entry. 

CASTLE  ISLAND  is  an  islet  lying  off  the  south  end  of  the  southern  Crooked 
Island;  between  are  several  white  rocks,  one  of  which  is  very  remarkable,  appearing^ 
when  you  first  make  it,  like  ii  while  fort  or  castle,  from  whi(  h  the  islet  takes  its  name. 
The  position  ol  the  islet,  previously  given,  was  ii^  7'  t.'i"  .\.  and  7  1^  17'  .'iO'  W.  Mr, 
|)e  Mayne,  in  IH1,3,  made  it  -JJ-  7'  ;J7  "  N.  and  7  I'  17'  o'J"  W.  So  that  its  position  may 
be  considered  as  liiially  determined.     \'ariation.  4'^  >()'  E. 

Between  Castle  Island  and  Kortune  Island,  the  land  forms  a  great  indent,  named  the 
Great  Bay,  at  the  entrance  of  which  lie  the  Kish  Keys.  These  keys  are  not  to  be  ap- 
proached too  near.  Between  Castle  Island  and  Salina  Point,  is  a  fine  sandy  bay,  called 
Jamaica  Bay,  wherein  ships  may  anchor  in  ')  fathoms,  well  sheltered  from  S.  W.  winds. 
To  the  \.  E.  of  this  bay  are  two  wells,  with  excellent  water,  and  wood  may  be  obtained, 

FORTUNE  ISLAND,  distin^'uished  by  its  salt  pi. i.. Is  and  wliarfs,  is  rather  more 
than  10  miles  in  length  and  1  "^  in  breadth,  "it  lies  nearly  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  W.  The 
jiouth  end  is  very  bold.  Oii  its  north  end  are  two  islets:  and.  a  little  to  the  north  of 
these  islets,  is  a  sandy  point  known  by  the  name  of  I'rennh  Wells.  From  this  a  small 
settlement  will  be  seen,  on  the  lii>:h  land  to  the  northward.  A  vessel  may  anchor  iu  8 
fathoms,  with  the  French  Wells  due  east,  -J  miles.  The  anchor  should  be  let  go  imme- 
diately, when  on  the  bank,  only  taking  care  to  pick  o.it  a  clear  spot.  At  this  place  are 
.several  wells  of  exiiellent  water,  which  give  natut  to  the  point:  stock  and  wood,  also, 
may  be  obtained  here, 

TheBlIlD  ROCK,  or  PAS.SAGE  TSLET  i-  a  low  islet  ofl"  the  N.  W.  point  of 
Crooked  Island.  A  ver^v  dangcrou.s  reef  extends  two  miles  from  it,  in  a  N.  N.  W.  di- 
rection;  it  then  trends  in  a  circular  direction,  to  the  E.  S.  E.,  or  towards  the  shore. 
This  reef  forms  the  Bird's  Hocks  anchorage,  which  is  rather  iudilfcrent,  the  ground 
being  partly  foul. 


314 


BIX'IVT  8  AMKIIK'AN  COAST  PILOT. 


Snufliwnnl  of  fli**  llird  Rcick  is  ii  »iirii!y  Itay  nilli'il  rorllnnd  llarbnr.  in  the  mirhllf  of 
which,  closf  to  (lit-  ImmcIi,  is  ;i  «(||  nl  s|iilii;;  walt-r.  Thn  lust  mik  .iiauc  hi  this  |ii,i(  r 
iff  iilf  th<>  /ii'st  vinUy  point  to  tlw  NOiithwatil  ot  the  !<iiiiiiy  tiay,  ill  .iluiiit  thrf(>  riililc-i' 
lein,'lh  Iroiii  the  shoi»',  in  7  or  h  l.iilionis.  Von  may  iuuhor  lis  noon  its  yon  arr  on  the 
bank,  wiilithi-  itud  Knck  hearing  nearly  N.  N.  W.,  but,  witlionr  j;ri>at  caution,  the  an- 
chor will  lie  hist. 

It  you  anchor  in  the  sandy  bay,  above  nit-ntioncd.ytni  must  be  cari-ful  to  avoid  a  rocky 
hi'ad,  havin'i  only  \(<  lift  \<  itt-r  on  if,  aii>l  whiih  ln's  oit'  tin-  cfiilrr  of  that  bay,  at  about 
three  loinihsof  tlir  distanci'  bcHvecn  the  beach  and  the  edije  ol  tlie  .sonndinus. 

CKOOKKI)  ISLAND  l'A.SSA(iK  is  the  best  of  all  the  w nidwanl  iiasaajjeH  for  ships 
to  sail  (hroii.:h. 

The  prevailing  winds  beini,'  from  tlic  north  (]uarter,  as  soon  as  you  enter  the  passaje, 
you  will  liiid  MiiDoth  water  and  plenty  ol  sea  roinii.  in  the  event  (d"  its  blowiiii;  strong 
from  the  .\.  N.  W .,  or  N..  you  will  (iiid  uood  aiiehorai'e  under  the  south  end  of  Kor- 
tune's  Island,  in  '>  or  (>  tathoins,  about  three  i|iiarlers  ol  n  mile  from  the  xliore,  with  the 
Point  bearin:^  \.  W.  by  .N.,aiid  the  sand  breaker  K.  '.  S.  Just  on  tin-  edj^e  of  sounding. 

Tiicre  is  also  anchorage  at  i!ird  Uoek,  but  the  ground  is  very  rm  Ky.  Wood,  water, 
aiul  stock  can  be  pniciireil. 

Of  tlie  Crooked  Island  I'assaiie.  the  Count  Chaslenet  de  I'uysegur  says,  this  is  the  long- 
est of  these  jjassayes,  but  it  is  far  the  most  convenient  for  ships  eomiiii;  out  of  the  Hay  ol' 
Gonaivcii,  or  from  the  southern  ports  of  ilayti.aiid  for  those  which  are  boiiiul  t>it)ie  Ini- 
teil  Stales,  'riicsc  coiiiiiiiitily  lake  llieu' ilcparluic  iVoiii  ('ape  St.  Nicholas:  and  beinj; 
2  ltai;ues  from  tiie  ('ape  in  tin;  oHiim,  imiisI  steer  N.  by  W.  ',•;(  lei!;iues,  to  make  tlie  S. 
W.  point  of  (ileal  Heiieaf^ua.  This  course  will  generally  lead  'J  lea}i;ues  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  point. 

When  vou  are  oppositi!  the  west  [loiiit  of  Cireat  lleneamia,  at  'J  leatjues  off,  steer 
N.  N.  W.  -J  '  or  .i^  W.  for  twi-nty-live  li'as;ues,  wiien  you  will  make  Castle  Isle,  whii  l\ 
you  may  approach  within  two  miles,  or  nearer,  witiiout  fear.  If  you  should  depart  from 
Heneayua  in  the  eveniiij.',  it  would  be  better  to  steer  N.  U  .  }  N.  for  IT  leauues,  to  avoid 
the  no-isties;  then  to  haul  U|),  and  make  a  fjood  N.  by  W.  course;  when,  having  run 
8  leagues,  vou  would  be  one  league  to  the  westward  ol  Castle  Island.* 

Should  you  make  lleni-agiia  toward  noon  or  afternoon,  it  will  be  best  to  drop  anchor 
in  the;  N.  \V.  or  (ire  it  Hay,  and  get  underway  at  midnight,  or  at  J  in  tlie  morning,  accorrl- 
iiig  to  the  strength  of  the  liree/e,  and  steer  N.  W.  ',  N.  until  yoti  have  run  sixteen  or  seven 
teen  leagues;  then  haul  up  i\.  N.  W.  or  N.  by  W.,  when  tiiere  will  be  daylight  for  aiiv 
thing  througlillie  rest  of  ilie  passai^e.  Hut  should  then*  be  liuhf  balding  winds  in  ilip 
nigi)t,  Willi  probably  a  weather  current,  keep  the  lead  git^ng,  and  you  will  avoid  the  Hot;- 
sties;  as,  in  advancing  towards  them,  there  will  be  found  soundings  of  oU  to  3U  and  JO 
fathoms. 

From  the  west  end  of  Castle  Isle  you  steer  north  or  N.  by  W.  seven  and  a  half  leagues, 
to  make  the  west  end  of  liong  Key.  This  course  and  distance  will  lead  within  a  league 
of  it.  ('oiitinue  in  the  same  direction  to  make  Hird  Koek,  otf  the  western  extreme  ni 
Crooked  Island.  Having  thus  run  six  leagues,  you  will  be  one  and  a  half  league  west  ol 
this  islet;  so  that  the  direct  course  from  Castle  1.  le  to  the  end  of  the  passage,  is  N.  .V 
W.  fourteen  leagues. 

When  you  are  come  to  this  place,  you  sujipose  yo'irself  out  of  the  passage;  never- 
theless, should  the  wind  liapp;  p.  to  the  N.  K.  or  K.  N.  K.,  you  have  to  fear  Watl'lIl(^^ 
Island,  which  bears  from  JJiid  Island  N.  1'  W.,  true,  twenty-three  leagues;  therefort', 
to  avoid  it,  you  ought,  in  leaving  the  passage,  to  keep  as  much  to  tlie  eastward  as  tlie 
wind  will  permit;  but  should  the  wind  be  nt  S.  K.,  and  you  steer  at  N.  K.,  you  would 
make  Atwood's  Key  ;  so  that,  keeping  tlie  wind  wlieii  you  are  out,  you  must  observe  not 
to  steer  higher  to  the  eastward  llian  .N.  E.,  nor  more  to  leeward  than  N.  by  K. 

DIANA  REKF,  so  called  from  its  having  been  discovered  by  his  Majesty's  pnckpi 
Diana,  when  passing  through  Crooked  Island  Passage,  in  the  yei.r  IHO'j.  It  ajipeais  tlini 
she  had  been  driven  to  leeward  by  a  westerly  current,  and  made  Long  Island;  and  after- 
wards, when  standing  to  the  S.  H.,  struck  soundings  on  a  shoal,  which  was  not  to  he 
found  m  any  chart.  On  the  5th  day  of  December,  the  latitude  observed  was  2*^0  fiG'  N., 
and  on  the  6th  it  was  'J','°  .'34'  N.  At  3  A.  M,  on  tlie  fith,  they  found  -JO  fathoms  water, 
and  continued  to  sound  regularly,  from  N.  W.  to  S.  K.,for  about  two  mijes.  the  depili 
;«bout  I'i  fathoms,  (the  bottom  plainly  to  be  seen,  composed  of  sand  and  rocks,  like  tin 
anchorage  at  Crooked  Island.)  then  suddenly  had  no  soundings,  with  25  fathoms  of  liii''- 
The  Commodore,  who  stretched  a  quarter  of  a  mile  farther  northward,  had  only  seven 
fathoms.     Captain  Edgecumb,  of  the  Nassau  government  schooner,  was  once  becalmed 


% 


*  The  Ilobart  Breakers  lie  about  3  leagues  to  the  S.  W.  of  Casdc  Island. 


near  it,  ind  row 
•  UppUNcd  to  lie 

crHKKNT 

in  a  freih  bree/ 

you  to  tlie  went 

mind  tiiem.  espi 

inoiiihii  (il  .1  iiiir 

you  in«y  expert 

w  fiicli  eliect  on 

extensive  siioal- 

this  seu!ion  it  wo 

two  knots  an  ho 

westward  ;   if  y« 

WINDS.— I 

wliicli  are  consii 

slroim  gales  iVuii 

change  of  the  n 

The  MIKA-1 

to  the  west  of  ( 

They  are  very  d: 

bear  in  a  N.  U'. 

When  the  win 

h^avy  swell;  thi 

erii  side  is  an  ind 

distant,  there  are 

ward,  tliey  are  nt 

cessary  to  turn, 

parts  break,  uifl 

choose,  pass  to  ti 

pioachiiig  too  m: 

January,  |hi  i.  ai 

bore  east,  v'  ,  mil< 

but  observed  bla 

"This   reef  a| 

some  distance. 

the  S.  W.  «  hicii 

brush. wood." 

Tlie  iMira-por- 
11  miles,  from  ( ' 
and  at  three  ipiar 
r.il  clniiiiel  is  hi'i 

TO  RA(i;ii;i 

If  bf)uiirl  to  if  iVd 
it,  distance  -15  lea 
of  Key  X'erde,  ii 
The  island  is  sin 
known.  I  would 
keep  the  Cuba  -li 
(iivari,  wiiicli  is  ;i 
draft  of  water,  kc 
they  bring  the  lla; 
into  the  harbor,  w 
storehouses  on  it, 
will  ap|)ear  on  yoi 
a  large  red  Cal  I 
come  abreast  of  a 
abreast  of  a  coup 
fathoms  water,  ui 
Ragged  Island  is 
middle  of  it,  the  r 
on  it.  Vessels  n 
close  up  to  which 
drift.  Due  souti 
to  each  other,  ca! 
Kiobanc  or  St.  D 
leeward  of  which 


BLUETS  AMEUlC'AiM  COAST  IMI.OT. 


315 


near  it.  ^ii<i  rnwiit!;  rontiil  in  liis  boitt,  in  mm  ^Am-v  rmniil  imly  I  Ifct  whIit.     This  reef  ia 


•upp""'" 


I  to  lit"  aL/(MJl  ')  li'u^iucs  N.  \V.  ',  N.  Iruin  Ca-<lif  1.^1, iiij. 


lie  passage, 
ivinj;  NtroD" 
■mi  (tr  Kor- 
rr,  with  llip 
s(iuiiiliii(!«. 
'otxl,  waller. 

»is  thf  lonjj- 
rth«'  15a  vol' 
I  t.i  tlie  I'ni- 
:  and  licin;; 
nake  tli«'  S. 
to  the  west- 

I's  ofT,  stprr 

Isle,  wliidi 

rjppari  tVoin 

iH's,  to  avoid 

,  liaviui;  nin 

drop  atirlior 
inii,  nrronl- 

■fll  Ol'St'VP!) 

iulit  for  aiiv 
winds  in  ilic 
tid  tlie  llni;- 
to  ;i()  and  •:(\ 

lalfleac'ips, 
lin  a  ii'a^iif 
••xtieirif  1)1 
it;ui^  west  dl' 
i^e,  is  N.  .y 

tacp;  never- 
r  Watinnds 
tliPret'orc, 
ward  as  llip 
voii  would 
observe  not 

sty's  pnckei 
a|)peai's  that 
and  alter- 
;is  not  to  be 
s  -i'Jo  r»6'  N., 
horns  water, 
s.  the  depdi 
'.\i»,  Wkv  tin- 
oms  of  line. 
1  only  seven 
ce  becahned 


critKKN'rs. —  Voii  Imvi:  htilc  oeciMjon  to  fearthL  eurronlM  in  thi.4  paH^nse,  which. 
in  a  IreMh  brei'/.i-,  are  ^c.irccly  pen  I'liiibli; ;  bti',  in  laUn*'  tiiul  iiuht  winds,  they  may  Hel 
you  to  llie  wefitward,  but  slowly  and  so  leebly  that,  in  a  passaj^e  so  short,  you  n«-ed  nut  (o 
d  theiM,  especially  as  you  nener.iils  make  it  with  a  larue  wind.      Ne\erthidess,  in  the 


nun 


in 


oiuhs  ol  June,  July,  and   \ui;ust,  win  ii  (mIuis  or  liuht   westerly   winds  are   eumiiKU 
you  iniy  experience  a  current  setting  to  the  west,  stron)i{  enough  to  alter  your  course 
w  lue 
e\(ensi 


ii  eli'eet  only  can  happen  in  this  passai^e,  and  is  onasioned  by  the  proximity  of  the 
ve  shoaK,  lormin^  the  eliimiel  id    H.ih.inia  and   ihoseol    I'roviiieni  e  Island.      In 


tlus  season  it  would  be  proper,  ii  you  ii.ive  a  wind  suHieh-nt  to  iiinke  yuu  ^o  more  than 
two  knots  an  hour,  lu  aMow  a  (|uarier  id  a  iiule  an  Hour  i  iv  the  lurrenl  setlln^  to  liie 
westward  ;  if  you  nu  three  knotM  ami  upwards,  this  allowame  will  be  unr.eeeMsaiy. 

WINDS. —  riie  \.  K.  trade  tienerallv  prevails  here,  except  lidiii  October  to  April, 
which  are  considered  as  the  winter  monilis:  during  these  iMontlis  yon  have,  sometimes, 
strolls;  fiales  lioni  the  N.  W.  ami  very  variable  wailii'r;  j<.uticuiarly  about  the  full  and 
change  ol'  the  iiidoii  whirh  oii.;lit  to  be  guarded  a'.'aiiisl. 

The  .MlliA-l'<)K-\<>S.  an  assembtai;e  oT  barren  rmd.s,  witli  one  low  sandy  islet,  lies 
to  the  west  of  Castle  Island,  in  JJ  7'  N.,  o:i  a  slioal  similar  to  that  of  the  lloi:sties. 
Tiiey  lire  very  daniierous,  and  should  be  carefully  avoided,  particularly  when  the  islands 
bear  in  a  N.  U.  dimiion. 

Whentlie  wind  blows  from  the  nortliwaid,  lln-y  bie.ik  very  heavy,  and  at  all  times  a 
h^avy  swell;  the  current  nenerally  sets  from  tli«  N.  H.  one  mile  jier  hour.  On  the  west- 
ern side  is  an  indilj'erenl  anclioraue  ;  the  east  side  is  Ixdd,  and  on  the  S.  I'.,  side,  at  a  mile 
distant,  there  are  from  '.'()  to  •_•"»  |'athom-<,  coral  and  rucUy  '.'round.  As  these  kevs  are  to  lee  • 
ward,  tliev  are  not  id'len  seen  by  vessels  in  ranuiii!!  almii;  ( 'asile  Island  ;  however,  if  it  is  ne- 
cessary to  turn,  VOII  may  approach  the  liank  witliiti  half  a  lea<iiie.  All  the  dangerous 
|)arts  break,  uid  the  while  tiroiiiid  will  give  you  notice  in  J'ood  time.  Von  may.  if  you 
choose,  pass  to  the  westward  id'  ilie  ^Iira-plU•-V()s.  with  the  riecaution  only,  of  not  ap- 
proaching too  near.  Captain  William  liowerswas  passiim  this  way  in  an  eveninn  of 
Jinuary,  I'^l  1.  and  came  suddenly  on  a  reef  strelehini;  out  from  llie  S.  W.  Key,  which 
bore  east,  „' ,  miles.  Captain  Dowers  says,  "  We  had  10  fathoms,  sand,  while  in  stays; 
but  observer!  black  rocks  and  less  water  in  many  placfs. 

"  This  reef  appears  to  run  o(i'  west  fur  ;>  mdes,  and  then  extends  to  the  .*•.  S.  K.  for 
some  distance.  We  ermnte  |  ten  almve  water.  Tliey  are  ;dl  barren  rocks,  exce|)ting 
the  .S.  W.  which  is  a  low  sandy  island,  about  half  a  mile  in  lenjith,  aid  covered  with 
brush -wood." 

The  Mira-por-vos  rancre  nearly  .N.  K.  and  S.  W.  The  midiile  of  the  jjroiip  hears  W. 
11  miles,  from  Castle  Island.  In  m;tkin.j  them  you  will  train  soiindim.'s  in  1  I  fathoms; 
and  at  three  (piariers  of  a  mile  thence  m  ly  pa-is  t^i  tii."  we-tuirl  of  (hem  ;  but  the  ijene- 
ralclnnnel  is  lieiween  th-m  an  I  < '.isth-  Island,      lii'jii  \vaier  full  and  cliaiif.'e  MV.  'Mm, 

'VO  KACiiKI)  ISLAM).  (ONK  Oi'  THK  liAllAM  A:i.)— Il  lies  in  hit. -JQ^  8' N. 
If  bound  to  it  iVom  the  Wintlward  Islands,  a  X.  W.  course  from  (^ape  Maize,  will  fetch 
it,  distanci!  1.")  leagues.  Vessels  bound  lo  I'a'.:^e(l  Island  should  pass  to  the  northward 
of  Key  \'erde,  in  lai.  -.'J  iiO'  N.,  tlienie  steer  W.  '  N.  by  compass  for  I\ag;ged  Island. 
The  island  is  siirroutrled  by  intiiimcrable  daiitiers.  whose  bual  positions  are  but  little 
known.  1  wfinid  advise  all  masters  of  vessels  hound  to  it.  in  tuiminj;  up  the  straits,  to 
keep  the  Cuba  shore  on  board  until  tliey  run  upas  hi^h  as  the  well  noted  hijih  hills  of 
(livari,  which  is  a  Saddle  I  [ill;  then  steer  as  above  direi'ted,  ami  if  they  exceed  8  feet 
draft  of  water,  keep  the  inland  iiiiiler  their  lee,  and  run  tlie  shore  close  on  board  until 
they  brinsj  the  tlaii-statf  anil  houses  to  bear  due  south,  then  you  will  open  the  entrance 
into  the  harbor,  when  you  must  haul  in  S.  W.;  then  ahead  of  you,  small  Key,  with 
storehouses  on  it,  will  appear,  and  at  your  entrance  into  the  liarbor,  a  low  black  rock 
will  apjiear  on  your  starboard  sid-^ :  give  it  a  berMi,  and  in  ritnninc:  in.  you  will  observe 
a  large  red  Cal  Bank  on  your  larboard  side,  which  yi.u  may  run  close  to  until  you 
come  abreast  of  a  low  black  point  of  rock  on  the  same  rpiarter.  and  when  yoti  come 
abreast  of  a  couple  of  cannon  mounted  thereon,  you  may  drop  your  anchor  in  3  or  4 
fathoms  water,  until  a  pilot  boards  you,  unless  he  may  have  met  you  on  the  outside. 
Raii<!;ed  Island  is  distini^uishable  from  all  other  soundiii'j  keys  by  a  loflv  hill  about  the 
middle  of  it,  the  nuiulier  of  houses  and  inclosuri's.  as  well  as  he  (Ins;  stall"  that  appears 
on  it.  V^essels  runnino;  far  from  Cape  Maize  or  Harracoa  generally  make  Key  Verde, 
close  up  to  which,  either  to  w  indward  or  leeward,  there  is  plenty  water  for  vessels  of  any 
drift.  Due  south  of  Razeed  Isl  ml,  distance  4  leamies,  there  are  three  small  keys  close 
to  each  other,  called  the  Hrothers,  that  have  fnti  i  -J  to  :'>  i.nh'Mi!-  water  c  iosi  up  to  them. 
Kiobanc  or  St.  Domingo  Key  lies  .S.  by  E.  of  Ragged  Island,  distance  IJ  leagues,  to 
leeward  of  which  there  is  plenty  of  water;  but  no  vessels  should  attempt  to  edge  the  bank 


^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


^ 


// 


^  y       v^  jt?  ^  >/ 


■^ 


f/. 


1.0 


I.I 


!r    140 


IL25  III  u 


2.5 
2.2 

1.6 


^ 


<^ 


/i 


/ 


^' 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


V 


iV 


-C^ 


<r 


:\ 


\ 


% 


v« 


# 


316 


BLUNT'S  AMERICAN  COASf  f  ILOT. 


to  windward  of  it  until  you  are  close  tinder  the  lee  of  Key  Verde,  as  there^  ai'e  inany  dart-' 
gerons  ledifes  of  rocks  betwixt  them,  on  the  edge  of  the  Straits,  on  whicti  many  vessels 
have  been  lost. 

Remarks  on  the  action  of  the  rhh  and  Jlow  of  tides  at  Bas-ged  Island,  hjf  DvycAin 
*l\vYiiOR. — From  the  first  of  January  to  the  last  of  April  they  How  from  16  to  16  inches, 
and  tht  tide  that  flows  an  hour  aft'r  the  rising  of  the  moon,  is  uniformly  6  or  8  inches 
higher  ihanthe  tide  which  (lows  alii  r  the  setting  of  the  moon. 

I  have  fre(|uently,  durin<!;  the  above  months,  observed  them  not  to  flow  more  than  from 
6  to  rj  inches.  The  spring;  tides  during  the  above  months,  generally  rise  fromGto  10 
inches  higher  than  the  common  tides. 

From  the  beginning  of  May  to  the  first  of  October,  both  tides  gradually  flow  till  they 
arrive  at  the  height  ol'  from  10  inches  to  2  feet  4  inches,  and  from  18  iflchcs  to  3  feet 
6  inches,  and  then  continue  diminishing  until  the  month  of  January. 

Directions  for  sailing  front,  Jamaica,  through  the  Windward  Channel  and  Crooked  Isl- 
and Passage. 

*ro  those  who  are  bound  from  Jamaica  to  Europe,  or  any  part  of  the  north-eas*ward, 
it  is  reconmiended,  if  possible,  to  taU«i  the  Crooked  Island  Passage  in  preference  to  any 
other.  Frojn  Point  Morant,  Jamaica,  you  should  endeavor  to  gain  easting  as  soon  as 
possible;  and  by  taking  advantage  of  the  wind's  shifiing  from  N.  N.  E.  to  east,  which 
it  generally  does  in  the  night,  you  will  gain  ground  very  fast ;  and  by  working  up  under 
Cape  Dame  Marie,  on  Ilayti,  you  will  rtvoid  a  strong  set  to  the  S.  \V.,  caused  by  the 
trade  wind. 

There  is  found,  however,  at  times,  great  difficulty  in  working  around  Cape  Maize, 
owing  to  the  strong  lee-current  which  generally  prevails  with  a  strong  N.  N.  E.  wind, 
particularly  in  the  months  of  January,  Februaiy,  March,  and  April,  during  which 
months  the  strong  northerly  winds  prevail.  This  current  is  found  to  run  strongest  be- 
tween Cape  Maize  and  Cape  Dame  Marie  (or  Donna  Maria,)  the  stream  occupying  a 
space  in  breadth  eqnal  to  the  distance  between  the  contracting  points,  and  runs  at  the 
rate  of  two  knots  an  hour,  setting,  during  the  strong  N.  E.  winds,  to  the  S.  W.  between 
the  N.  E.  end  of  Jamaica  and  the  Morant  Keys. 

Some  commnnders,  after  clearing  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  h  >ve  stood  over  to  the  Cu- 
ba shore,  in  order  to  round  Cd\)e  Maize ;  Imt  they,  also,  have  found  a  strong  lee-current, 
and  having  little  or  no  land-wind  to  assist  them  in  working  along  the  south  side  of  that 
land,  in  the  months  above  mentioned,  they  have  at  last  been  obliged  to  bear  up  for  the 
Gulf  Passage. 

It  is  to  be  understood  that  the  following  directions  are  not  intended  as  a  standing  rule 
for  working,  at  all  times,  arouno  Cajjc  Maize.  In  the  fine  season  there  are  variable 
winds,  and  the  current  is  sometimes  in  your  favor,  of  which  every  advantage  should  be 
taken,  according  to  circumstances. 

'  In  sailing  between  Cape  Maize  and  Cape  St.  Nicholas,  the  Montagnes  de  la  Hotte,  or 
Grand  Anse  Mountains,  (the  westernmost  high  land  of  Hayti,)  are  often  seen.  They 
may  be  descried  at  the  distance  of  30  or  40  leagues  ;  and  by  their  situation  and  bearing, 
become  a  good  guide  in  working  up  the  Windward  Chr.imel. 

In  sailing  from  Port  Royal  to  windward,  and  finding  a  strong  lee-current  against  you, 
Stand  well  o"^  and  work  in  the  stream  of  the  Morant  Keys,  endeavoring  to  get  to  the 
eastward  of  ho  ;e  keys^  as  soon  as  possible.  The  Morant  Keys  are  by  no  means  danger- 
ous, a"*  they  can  at  all  fimes  of  the  day  be  seen  at  a  sufficient  distance  to  avoid  the  dan- 
gers that  surround  then; ;  under  the  N.  W.  side  is  anchorage. 

Having  made  the  Movant  Keys,  stand  well  to  the  eastward,  and  keep  working,  in  a 
direct  line,  for  the  high  land  over  Point  Boucan,  which  is  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  Cajjc  Ti- 
buron ;  and  by  not  standing  further  to  the  westward  than  with  Cape  Tiburon  bearing 
N.  E.  you  will  avoid  the  stream  of  the  current,  and  gain  ground  very  fast.  When  you 
have  advanced  as  far  to  the  northward  as  17°  40',  you  will  sometimes  meet  with  a  coun- 
ter current,  and  it  frcjuently  happens,  particularly  in  the  night,  that  squalls  are  met  with 
from  the  southward,  which  are  caused  by  the  high  lands  of  Hayti.  In  this  case,  keep 
wsll  to  the  eastward  of  the  Isle  Navaza,  between  it  and  Cape  Tiburon.  With  frequent 
flaws  of  wind  in  your  favor,  endeavor  to  get  close  under  Cape  Tiburon,  and  keep 
working  along  that  shore,  which  is  very  bold,  to  Cape  Dame  Marie  ;  and,  by  not  stand- 
ing further  offshore  than  /  or  8  miles,  you  find  a  very  little  current.* 

In  the  channel  between  Cape  Nicholas  and  Caf-e  Maize,  the  current  sets  with  great 
strength,  particularly  on  the  Cuba  side,  where  it  however  varies  with  the  seasons.     It 

*  It  has  however,  been  observed  that  by  keeping  too  close  in  with  the  land  about  the  S.  W.  end 
of  Hayti,  you  may  be  becalmed  for  a  month. 


is,  theref 

Cape  31a 

you  will  \ 

north,  yo 

nerally,  a 

neagua,  a 

"In  proc 

of  Henea 

ands,  pari 

On  pro  I 

to  allow  s 

evening,  s 

ferred.     ^ 

Having 

is  N.  by  y 

land,  with 

a  sandy  pi 

war,  in  7  I 

From  a 

and,  the  c 

being  no 

SO'Slong. 

When  3 

mits  to  go 

in  little  wi 

there  wou 

that  it  hac 

the  Crook 

land's  Isla 

ing  to  the 

weatherinj 

BROW 

Livingston 

S.  S.  E.,  I 

schooner  I 

and  that,  f 

can  be  mo 

inferred  fr( 

The  HC 

reef.     The 

Heneagua. 

sea  breaks  i 

key,  which 

all  round  ; 

key  bearinj 

and  20  fatli 

GREAl 

siderable  di 

tudes.     In 

end  afl['ord  ! 

ernmost  ba 

color  of  thf 

soundings, 

This  isla 

lies  in  Jat.  i 

side,  at  a  si 

A  shoal, 

end  of  Grea 

otherwise. 

M.  Chas 

the  Windw 

pear  like  dc 

or  6  league 

a  fine  bay  w 

may  anchoi 

such  bottoti 

level  of  the  I 


RLIJNt's  AMERICAIV  coast  t'lI.OT. 


317 


e  ai'e  inany  dart-' 
;h  many  yessels 

id,  hy  Duncan 
Ifi  to  18  inches, 
ly  6  or  8  inches 

more  than  from 
rise  I'roin  Gto  10 

Jly  flow  tin  they 
inches  to  3  feet 


:nd  Crooked  Isl- 

north-easfward, 
reference  to  any 
isling  as  soon  as 
].  to  east,  which 
orlving  up  under 
.,  caused  by  the 

nd  Cape  Maize, 
N.  N.  E.  wind, 
1,  during  which 
run  strongest  be- 
am occupying  a 
,  and  runs  at  the 
e  S.  W.  between 

1  over  to  the  Cti- 
■oiig  lee-current, 
outh  side  of  that 
)  bear  up  for  the 

IS  a  standing  rule 

lere  are  variable 

utage  should  be 

de  la  Hotte,  or 
en  seen.  They 
tion  and  bearing, 

ent  against  you, 
ing  to  get  to  the 
o  means  danger- 
;o  two  id  the  dan- 

ep  working,  in  a 
E.  of  Cape  Ti- 
Tiburon  bearing 
\st.  When  you 
eet  with  a  conn- 
alls  are  met  with 
n  this  case,  keep 
With  frequent 
)nron,  and  keep 
id,  by  not  stand- 

t  sets  with  great 
the  seasons.     It 


bout  the  S.  W.  end 


is,  therefore,  necessary  to  work  up  to  Cape  Nicholas  before  you  attem|lt  tt»  weather 
Cape  Maize;  and  l)y  keeping  within  the  line  of  (Jape  iNicliohis  and  Cape  Dame  Marie, 
you  will  work  to  windward  very  fast.  When  Cape  Mai/e  is  brought  to  the  westward  of 
north,  you  may  venture  to  stand  across  the  channel  to  the  northward,  and  you  will  ge- 
nerally, as  you  stand  over,  (iiid  the  wind  more  easterly.  Fetch  over  to  the  (ircat  He- 
neagua,  as  that  island  should  always  be  made  if  possible. 

"in  proceeding  from  olf  Cape  Maize  fur  the  (Jrooked  Island  Passage,  make  the  land 
of  Heneagua  if  it  be  possible,  as  short  dejiartures  an;  best  in  navigating  among  these  isl- 
ands, particularly  as  the  currents  are  found  in  various  directions. 

Cn  proceeding  ("rom  Great  Heneagua  to  Castle  Island,  you  should  leave  Heneagua  so  as 
to  allow  surticient  time  for  entering  the  (.'rooked  Island  I'assage  before  dark,  or  in  the 
evening,  so  as  to  arrive  there  by  daylight  in  the  morning.  The  latter  is  generally  pre- 
ferred.    The  course  from  (irnat  Heneagua  to  (Jastle  Island  is  N.  W.  by  N. 

Having  entered  between  (Castle  Island  and  the  Mira-))or-vos,  the  course  to  Long  Key 
is  N.  by  W.  ■^  W.  7  or  8  leagues.  Towards  the  northern  end  of  Long  Key  is  a  rise  of 
land,  with  a  flag-statl'on  the  stimmit.  In  advancing  towards  this  place,  )ou  will  perceive 
a  sandy  point,  called  the  French  Wells,  otf  which  there  is  good  anchorage  for  men  of 
war,  in  7  fathoms,  about  two  miles  iVoin  shore. 

From  abreast  of  Fish  Keys  to  the  Bird  Hock,  oil'  the  N.  W.  point  of  Crooked  Isl- 
and, the  course  and  distance  are  north,  9.\  leagues.  You  juay  run  along  sliore,  there 
being  no  danger  but  what  may  be  seen  in  the  day.  The  Bird  Hock  lies  in  lat.  22°  48' 
50",1ong.  74°  10'  -JS". 

When  you  get  abreast  of  this  key,  you  may  witii  sal'cty  haul  up  N.  E.  if  the  wind  per- 
mits to  go  clear  of  Watland's  Island.  It  is  very  dangerous  to  a])proach  Watland's  Isle 
in  little  wind  or  calms,  the  current  setting  wholly  on  it :  as  it  is  very  rocky  and  sleep  to, 
there  would  be  no  possibility  of  saving  the  ship.  Capt.  Hester  observes,  inhis.Ionrnals, 
that  it  had  been  remarked  of  late  years,  by  those  who  have  parsed  both  ways  through 
the  Crooked  Island  Passage,  that  in  going  to  the  northward  you  can  seldom  clear  Wat- 
land's Island,  after  you  are  past  Crooked  Island,  without  beating  to  windward  ;  and  go- 
ing to  the  southward,  after  you  are  past  the  Mira-por-  vos  and  the  Hogsties,  it  is  difficult 
weathering  or  rounding  Cape  Maize. 

BROWiN'S  SHOAL. — For  our  knowledge  of  this  dai-ger  we  are  indebted  to  Capt. 
Livingston,  who  has  given  us  the  following  account  of  it : — "  Brown's  Shoal,  10  leagues 
S.  S.  E.,  by  compass,  from  Key  Verde,  was  seen  by  Capt.  William  Brown,  of  the 
schooner  Union,  of  Plymouth,  iSIass.,  who  stated  to  me  iliai  it  is  of  considerable  extent, 
and  that,  from  the  manner  in  which  the  sea  broke  over  it,  he  does  not  supjjose  there 
can  be  more  than  2  or  3  feet  of  water  on  the  shoalest  part.  Latitude  and  longitude, 
inferred  from  the  position  of  Key  Verde,  21°  'MY  N.  and  74°  52'  W. 

The  HOCSTIES  are  three  low  keys,  encompassed  to  the  eastward  by  an  extensive 
reef.  They  lie  at  the  distance  often  leagues  N.  by  W.  ','  W.  from  the  N.  W.  point  of 
Heneagua.  About  them  are  many  rocks  and  broken  ground,  and  when  it  blows  hard  the 
sea  breaks  over  them  all.  The  southernmost  is  the  smallest,  and  bears  from  the  middle 
key,  which  is  the  largest,  S.  S.  E.  The  smallest  requires  a  good  berth,  it  being  shoal 
all  round  ;  but  you  may  sail  close  to  the  largest,  and  anchor  in  4  or  6  fathoms,  with  that 
key  bearing  E.  S.  Ei  About  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  Ilogsties  is  a  depth  of  18 
and  20  fathoms. 

GREAT  HENEA(tUA. — Great  Heneagua  is  rather  low,  and  cannot  be  seen  at  a  con- 
siderable distance,  in  consequence  of  the  haze  wicli  constantly  prevails  in  these  lati- 
tudes. In  making  the  west  end  there  is  no  danger  whatever.  Two  sandy  bays  at  that 
end  afford  good  anchorage.  From  the  trade  wind's  blowing  over  the  island,  the  north- 
ernmost bay  is  the  best.  Stand  in,  and  you  will  perceive  the  line  of  soundings  by  the 
color  of  the  water,  extending  about  half  a  mile  from  the  beach.  So  soon  as  you  are  in 
soundings,  let  go  your  anchor  in  G  or  7  fathoms. 

This  island  is  about  15  leagues  in  length,  and  10  miles  in  breadth.  The  body  of  it 
lies  in  lat.  21^  5'  N.  Fresh  water  may  be  procured  in  the  northernmost  bay,  on  the  west 
side,  at  a  small  distance  from  the  beach. 

A  shoal,  marked  doubtful,  which  is  exhil)itpd  on  some  charts  as  lying  off  the  S.  W. 
end  of  Great  Heneagua,  has  been  carefully  sought  for,  and  said  not  to  exist,  but  we  think 
otherwise. 

M.  Chastenet  de  Puysegur  snys,  "Great  Heneagua,  like  all  the  islands  which  bound 
the  Windward  Passages,  is  very  low,  with  small  hummocks,  which,  at  a  distance,  ap- 
pear like  detached  islets.  The  land,  in  clear  weather,  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  5 
or  6  leagues,  and  you  need  not  fear  coming  within  half  a  league  on  the  western  side.  In 
a  fine  bay  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  side  when  going  through  the  passage,  you 
may  anchor  on  white  bottom,  choosing  your  ground  by  your  eye,  as  in  many  parts  of 
such  bottom  there  are  stooes  which  sometinies  rise  to  a  considerable  height  above  the 
level  of  the  sand." 


318 


Blum's  ajierican  coast  pilot. 


J 


There  are  some  rockg  about  tlie  southwest  point,  with  a  reef  which  stretches  out  to 
nearly  the  extent  of  a  mile.  Jn  the  hay  between  this  and  the  west  point,  calleti  Shallow 
Bay,  you  may  ant  hor  dose  in.  The  bay  is  siMiountled  by  a  reef,  which,  however, 
shows  itself,  although  there  are  "2  or  3  fiitiioin-.  over  it.  Without  the  reef  is  a  white 
sand,  to  t:  distance  of  three  (-abjes'  length,  and  on  this  is  the  anchorage,  in  7  or  ti  t'a- 
thoms.  Farther  out,  in  a  line  between  the  two  points,  which  lie  S.  S.  K.  and  N.  N.  VV. 
from  each  other,  in  15  fathoms,  is  rocky  ground.  This  bay  is  not  so  deep  as  the  Great 
Bay  ;  but,  as  the  bank  is  less  steep,  sliips  are  not  so  liable  to  drive  here  ;  neither  is  the 
landing  so  easy,  but  there  are  cle.ir  places  in  the  reef.  There  is  no  water  but  in  the 
rainy  season  ;  then  it  is  not  very  c;i)od,  as  it  lies  amoiiir  the  mangrove  bushes. 

The  (jRKAT  BAY  is  sheltered  (Voiu  the  north  by  the  north-west  point,  and  from  the 
south  by  the  west  point.  Tins  bay  is  two  and  a  lialf  Iragues  wide,  and  one  deep;  and 
all  along  the  shore  there  is  a  border  of  sanl  four  cables'  length  wide,  on  which  you  will 
have  5  fathoms,  at  a  pistol  shot  from  the  shore,  to  15'.  fathoms;  and  at  half  a  cable's 
length  from  that,  45  fitlioms  of  w.iter.  If  you  should  be  there  in  the  i?e  ison  of  the 
norths,  you  m  ly  anchor  under  th(!  north-wesi  point,  so  as  to  be  sheltered  from  the  W. 
N.  VV. ;  and  if  there  wlieji  tliL-  sonllierlv  winds  nievail,  yon  in  ly  anchor  under  the  south 
point  so  as  to  be  sheltered  troiii  the  W.  S.  W.  There  are  not  more  than  four  or  five 
l)oints  of  the  westerly  winds  svhicli  could  hurt  you  ;  but  they  are  not  to  be  feared,  as 
they  seldom  blow,  and  never  violently.     It  is  easy  lamling  all  round  the  bay. 

Having  rounded  the  N.  '\V.  point,  you  will  see  a  little  islet  to  the  E.  N.  E.  and  a 
ledge  of  reefs  for  more  than  a  league  along  the  shore,  and  u;)wards  of  a  mile  from  it. 
This  coast  will  be  known  by  a  hu'iiiiDck,  (le  .Mornet,)  the  only  one  on  the  north  side, 
which  is  lower  than  the  south,  and  covered  with  bushes. 

At  the  eastern  part  of  the  north  side  of  lleiieagua  is  a  bay,  3  leagues  wide,  and  nearly 
one  deep,  where  you  may  anchor,  but  will  be  sheltered  from  southerly  winds  only.  This 
bay  is  little  known.  At  about  a  mile  fi  Tin  the  S.  E.  point  is  a  little  islet,  and  around  it 
the  bottom  appears  white  :  upon  this  you  may  anchor,  at  about  a  musket  shot  from  the 
island.  The  white  bottom  contiimes  along  the  south  part,  with  here  and  there  some 
reefs  with  breakers. 

BlSflOP'.S  REEF. — This  is  a  very  dangerous  reef,  bearing,  by  compass,  E.  S.  E. 
from  the  rock  at  the  N.  E.  point  of  (ireat  Heneagua.  Capt.  Livingston,  who  has  given 
us  the  information,  says,  "  I  saw  it  in  September,  1816,  on  my  passage  from  Jamaica  to 
Charleston,  S.  C,  in  the  brigmtine  Agnes,  of  Greenock,  then  under  my  command. 
The  sea  broke  very  heavy  on  it;  and,  from  appearances,  1  cannot  suppose  that  there  are 
more  than  3  to  5  feet  water  on  the  shoalest  part  of  it.  The  white  water  showed  at  a 
considerable  distance  to  the  eastward  of  the  breakers,  and  I  am  disposed  to  think  the 
shoal  extends  fully  two  leagues  out,  from  the  N.  E.cnd  of  Great  Heneagua  ;  but  1  con- 
jecture there  is  a  j)assage  between  it  and  the  island. 

"  I  was  informed  by  the  late  Francis  Owen,  master  attendant  at  Port  Royal,  Jamaica, 
that  the  Statira  frigate  was  lost  upon  this  shoal ,  and  Mr.  Owen  mentioned  that  it  had 
been  seen  many  years  ago  by  Mr.  Bishop.  The  variation  here  is  only  about  one  quar- 
ter of  a  point  easterly,  but  it  increases  near  St.  Domingo." 

In  his  notice  of  a  rock,  supposed  to  be  this,  Mr.  Bishop  says,  when  it  bore  N.  W.  i 
W.,  distant  about  2  leagues,  they  saw  the  ground  under  them,  having  no  more  than  3^ 
fathoms  water :  therefore  hauled  up  S.  S.  E.  and  kept  the  lead  going  till  they  had  froni 
3^  to  4,  4',  8. 10  fathoms,  and  then  no  ground. 

LITTLE  HENEAtlUA.— This  island,  which  lies  to  tlie  northward  of  the  N.E.  point 
of  Great  Heneagua,  is  low  and  uneven,  excejn  a  little  mount  or  hummock,  which  is  at  an 
equal  distance  from  the  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  points  ;  not  far  from  the  shore,  almost  round 
the  island,  it  is  sandy,  except  at  the  S.  E.  point,  where  a  ledge  of  rocks  stretches  off 
and  breaks,  nearly  one  tnile  and  a  half.  On  the  south  sale  there  is  a  white  bottom,  bor- 
dered with  a  reef,  at  the  foot  of  which  is  a  depth  of  40  fathoms.  This  island  is  divided 
from  Great  Heneagua  by  a  deep  channel,  a  league  and  a  half  in  breadth 

CUIDADO  REEF. — The  shoal  thus  named  lies  to  the  northward  of  the  eastern 
side  of  Little  Heneagua,  bearing  N.  i  E.,  by  compass,  b  leagues  from  the  body  of  that 
island.  S.  S.  E.  \  E.  lO.i  leagues  from  the'S.  W.  point  of  Mogane,  and  N.  W.  by  W, 
.J  W  10  leagues  from  the  West  Cayco,  is  a  very  dangerous  rc?f  of  sunken  rocks,  called 
by  the  Spaniards  the  Cuidado  Reef.  The  body  of  it  lies  in  about  21°  53'  N.,  and  72° 
65' W.  This  reef  was  seen  in  passing,  by  Mi.  De  Mayne,  in  tlie  Landrail,  surveying 
cutter,  1816,  and  is  particularly  to  be  noticed  as  lying  in  a  direct  line  between  Little  He- 
neagua and  the  east  end  of  Mayaguana,  and  oidy  a  few  miles  to  the  west  of  a  line  between 
the  West  Cayco  and  the  S.  W.  point  of  Mayagvuina,  being  nearly  in  mid-channel  be- 
tween each. 

MAYAGUANA  is  an  island,  8  leagues  in  length,  between  the  parallels  of  22°  18'  and 
22°  30'  N.     It  is  surrounded  by  a  reef,  which  runs  above  a  league  and  a  half  to  the 


eastward. 

water.      N 

with  a  sm;' 

water,  oa  ' 

go  tlirougl 

From  til 

bays,  the 

bles'  lengt 

distant  7  ii 

you  might 

\V.  point, 

the  S.  S. 

and  on  wh 

clines  to  th 

and  having 

inland,  are 

east  pctint. 

Caycos  Pf 

the  FR 

scribed  by 

little  know 

which  appt 

the  largest 

N.  E.  poin 

stood  for  tl 

largest,  ab( 

N.^V.  2  in 

"  This  is 

The  east  a 

about  three 

by  digging  \ 

people.  wh( 

four  casks  ( 

prising,  thii 

and  almost 

which  dive 

some  bush 

east  and  we 

them,  made 

small  craft.' 

Onl 

This  pass 

1.  For  si 
Heneagua, 
to  Castle  Is 
the  Planasc 

2.  For  th 
the  West  C 
of  Mayagua 

3.  When 
near,  they  r 
Island. 

It  is  there 
and  also  wit 
Crooked  Isl 
Islands  and 
Castle  Fslan 
are  in  lat.  2." 
leagues,  and 

*  Captain  I\ 
quarters  fartht 
He  has  ,1  imd 
spring. well  on 


BLUNT's  AiMERlCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


319 


Jtches  out  to 
ailed  Siiiillow 
icli,  however, 
eC  is  a  white 

in  7  or  8  lu- 
uid  N.  N.  W. 
)  i\s  the  Great 
neither  is  the 
er  but  in  the 
les. 

and  from  the 
ne  deep;  and 
hich  you  will 
li;ilf  a  cable's 
>-c  ison  of  the 

from  the  W. 

ler  tlie  south 
an  four  or  live 

be  feared,  as 
ly. 

.  N.  E.  and  a 
I  mile  from  it. 
he  north  side, 

de,  and  nearly 
[is  only.  Tliis 
and  around  it 
shot  from  the 
nd  there  some 

lass,  E.  S.  E. 
who  has  given 
jm  .lamafca  to 
ny  command, 
that  there  are 
r  showed  at  a 
to  think  the 
la  ;  but  I  con- 
oval,  Jamaica, 
e'd  that  it  h;td 
out  one  quar- 

bore  N.  W.  \ 

more  than  3^ 

they  had  from 

the  N.E.  point 
wiiich  is  at  an 
almost  round 
stretches  off 
'  bottom,  bor- 
and  is  divided 

)f  the  eastern 
body  of  that 
N.  W.  by  W. 
rocks,  called 
3'  N.,  and  72^ 
ail,  surveying 
;en  Little  lle- 
a  line  between 
id-channel  be- 

of  22°  18'  and 
a  half  to  the 


'^ 


eastward.  On  the  eastern  part  of  this  reef  are  several  keys,  and  5  or  f>  huijc  rocks  above 
water.  Near  the  iiortiifrnniDst  jioiiit  uf  it  is  an  islet,  tliret!  (|\iarfeis  of  a  mile  long, 
with  asmall  key  to  tin-  .'^.  W.  of  it.  The  rest  of  the  reef  is  bordered  with  rocks  under 
w.iier,  oa  whith  the  sea  breaks.  On  the  soutli  side  is  a  passage  for  small  vessels,  to 
go  through,  and  be  sheltered  by  Mayaguatia  on  one  side,  and  the  reef  on  the  other.* 

From  the  S.  \V.  to  tlie  N.  \V.  poiiu  ot  Mavaguana,  the  coast  is  dear,  and  forma  two 
bays,  the  Dottoms  of  which  are  of  v.  hite  sand,  wiicr;^  you  may  anchor  at  about  two  ca- 
bles' lentrth  tVom  the  land,  'i'he  two  points  lie  N.  N.  K.  and  S.  .S.  W.  from  each  other, 
distant  7  miles.  It  is  very  necessary  to  be  ac(|uainte(l  with  these  anchoring  places,  as 
von  might  be  caught  here  with  a  north  ;  then  it  would  be  better  to  anchor  under  the  N. 
\V.  point,  where  you  would  be  sheltered  from  the  N.  N.  W.,  N.  E.,  E.  .S.  E.,  and  as  far  as 
the  S.  S.  W.,  and  that  by  the  island  and  reefs,  which  run  a  long  league  to  the  N.  W., 
and  on  which  the  sea  breaks  with  great  violence.  From  the  N.  W.  point  the  coast  in- 
clines to  the  E.  and  E.  .S.  E.  forming  a  kind  of  bay,  bordered  by  reef.  3  miles  tiom  land, 
and  liaving  some  passages  for  very  small  vessels.  At  the  east  point  of  this  bay,  a  little 
inland,  are  two  little  hillocks;  tlien  the  coast  trends  E.  S.  E.  full  live  leagues  to  the 
east  point,  which  we  have  already  described.  Mayaguana  and  Caycos  Islands  form  the 
Caycos  Passage. 

The  FRENCH  KEYS,  between  Maya<:uana  and  the  (rooked  Islands,  have  been  de- 
scribed by  tlie  pilot  of  the  Eagle,  a  French  bark,  as  follows  :  "  These  keys,  hitherto  but 
little  known,  have  been  said  to  be  three  ;  hut  what  proiiably  gave  rise  to  that,  was  a  rock 
which  appeared  out  of  water  as  high  as  a  boat.  It  is  about  half  a  mile  to  the  N.  E.  of 
the  largest  island,  among  the  reefs  and  banks  cast  from  which,  4  miles  distant  from  the 
N.  E.  point,  lies  a  dangerous  rock,  even  with  the  water's  edge,"  says  the  pilot,  "we 
stood  for  the  French  Islands,  and  anchored  in  the  white  water  on  the  west  side  of  the 
largest,  about  two  cables'  length  from  it,  sheltered  by  a  reef,  which  runs  to  the  N.  atid 
N.  W.  2  miles. 

"This  island  is  no  more  than  3  miles  north  and  south,  and  half  as  nuicheast  and  west. 
The  east  and  north  sides  are  surrounded  by  reefs  which  break.  The  anchorage  is 
about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  south  point,  near  which  is  a  landing  place  ;  and 
by  digging  two  or  three  feet  in  the  sand,  you  will  get  aood  fresh  water.  Some  English 
people,  who  were  wrecked  here,  had  made  a  pond,  which  dried  up  on  the  Eagle's  filling 
four  casks  out  of  it,  but  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour  it  was  as  fnll  as  ever.  It  is  very  sur- 
prising, that  at  about  ten  paces  from  it  there  is  a  salt  water  pond.  This  island  is  low 
and  almost  even,  though  when  you  are  at  a  distance  there  app.'ar  some  small  risings, 
which  diversify  a  little  its  appearance.  The  ground  is  nothing  but  sand  or  rock,  with 
some  bushes  upon  it,  tit  only  for  firing.  The  other  island,  which  is  the  smallest,  lies 
east  and  west,  about  two  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  first;  but  the  passage  between 
them,  made  very  narrow  by  the  reefs  on  both  sides,  is  not  a  mile  wide,  and  is  fit  only  for 
small  craft."  — 

On  Majjaguana  ana  _     :oo(Ps  Key  Passage  ;  translated  from  the  French. 

This  passa  ,e  may  be  very  useful  and  convenient : 

1.  For  ships  intended  for  Crooked  Island  J*assage,  and  meeting,  after  they  are  past 
Heneagua,  with  the  wind  at  north,  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  \V. ;  then,  not  being  able  to  saii  up 
to  Castle  Island,  tViey  are  obliged  to  sail  to  the  southward  of  these  islands,  going  along 
the  Planasor  FrenCii  Keys,  and  between  Mayaguana  and  Atwood's  Key. 

2.  For  those  intending  to  go  through  the  Caycos  Passage,  who,  when  advanced  to 
the  West  Caycos,  if  the  wind  is  at  N.  N.  E.,  would  be  obliged  to  sail  to  the  southward 
of  Mayaguana,  and  to  pass  between  this  island  and  Atwood's  Key. 

3.  When  they  are  about  ,  assiug  between  the  two  islands,  if  the  N.  N.  E.  wind  is  too 
near,  they  may  advance  westward,  and  sail  between  Atwood's  Key  and  the  Crooked 
Island. 

It  is  therefore  of  great  importance  that  you  should  be  acquainted  with  the  dangers, 
and  also  with  the  places  where  you  may  anchor  about  these  islands.  If,  in  going  for 
Crooked  Island  Passage,  the  wind  obliges  you  to  pass  to  the  southward  of  the  Crooked 
Islands  and  the  French  Keys,  it  is  usual  to  sail  inid-chaimel,  between  the  Hogsties  and 
Castle  Island,  from  which  tiiey  are  distant  11  leagues,  and  tluin  make  the  Planas,  which 
are  in  lat.  23°  43,'  or  thereabout.  They  bear  N.  by  E.  from  the  Hogsties,  about  20 
leagues,  and  lie  5  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  the  N.  E.  point  of  Crooked  Islands.     You 


*  Captain  M'Gowan  was  lately  cast  away  on  MayaKuana  Reef.  He  says  it  lies  a  mile  and  three 
quarters  farther  out  than  the  charts  shows.  I  previously  considered  that  it  did,  a  mile  and  a  half. 
He  has  ,1  understand,  determined  the  position  of  some  points  in  the  Passage  Islands,  and  found  a 
spring. well  on  Heneagua  j  a  nii-tter  of  much  importance  under  a  tropical  sun. 


320 


DLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


nmy  safely  pass  tlicm  and  tlie  latter,  keeping  iiiid-channei,  or  rather  over  to  the  French 
Keys ;  for  iu  case  oC  necessity  you  may  anchor  on  the  west  side  of  the  largest  of  them. 

Passage  between  Crooked  Islands  and  Atwood's  Key. 

Those  who  are  oMigerl  to  pass  to  the  westward  of  the  French  Keys,  n.ay  go  between 
Crooked  Island  and  At  wood's  Key,  which  is  a  very  good  jiassage,  5  leagues  wide.  After 
having  the  French  Keys  about  a  league  to  the  eastward  of  you,  make  your  course  N. 
N.  E.  a  little  eastwardly,  10  leagues;  you  will  then  j^'et  sij^ht  of  the  east  point  of  At- 
wood's  Key,  which  you  must  not  approach  nearer  than  4  or  f)  Jiiilcs  ;  but  liaving  brought 
it  S.  VV.  (Voni  you,  '2  or  .'J  leagues,  there  is  nothing  to  he  feared. 

It  is  necessary  to  observe  tliat  the  Norths  in  tliis  passage  are  very  dangerous  winds, 
and  may  throw  you  upon  the  reefs,  which  border  all  the  banks  on  the  east  .iide  of  the 
Crooked  inlands:  this  happened  to  the  French  man  of  war,  the  Orox,  17.36,  which  was 
very  near  being  wrecked,  and  was  obli^  "1  to  anchor  close  to  them  in  foul  ground. 

Being  in  sight  of  the  Krench  Keys,  y(ui  'tiay  also,  according  to  circumstances,  pass  to 
the  southward  of  them,  giving  them  a  berth  of  4  or  (i  miles:  and,  having  cleared  them, 
stand  away  to  tlie  northward,  to  sail  between  Atwood's  Key  and  Mayaguana,  which  is  a 
fnie  clear  passage. 

The  CAVCU.S. — The  Caycos  are  an  assemblage  of  several  islands  and  islets,  which 
inclose  a  white  bank,  souie  [)arts  of  which  are  very  shallow,  and  others  tolerably  deep. 
There  are  four  |)rincipal  islands,  vi/,.,  the  (irand  Cayco,  the  North  Cayco,the  Nortli-west 
or  Providence  Cayco,  and  the  Little  or  West  Cayco  :  these  form  a  semi-circle  from  the 
east  to  the  west,  round  by  the  north,  and  are  terminated  on  the  south  part  by  a  great 
bank,  on  wliioli  there  are  from  .3  to  15  feet  of  water. 

The  northern  part  of  these  islands  is  bordered  with  a  white  shoal,  on  which  is  a  reef, 
extending  half  a  league  from  the  shore  ;  at  the  N.  E.  part  the  white  shoal  extends  out- 
ward a  whole  league  ;  and,  at  its  extremity,  is  a  reef  called  Basse  St.  Philippe,  or  St. 
Phihp's  Beef,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  with  violence.  At  a  cable's  length  to  the  north 
and  the  east  of  this  shoal,  you  will  not  liave  less  than  7  fathoms.  South  of  it  the  white 
bottom  extends  to  tlie  south,  and  approaches  imperceptibly  towards  the  shore;  you  find 
4  or  b  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore,  which  in  an  urgent  case  leaves  a  sure  passage. 

From  the  south  point  of  the  Little  Cayco,  a  chain  of  breakers  extends  to  the  east  .hree 
leagues,  after  which  they  decrease,  trending  southward,  to  join  a  sandy  islet  called  Frencli 
Key.  This  is  low,  with  some  bushes  ou  it,  and  bears  from  the  south  point  of  Little 
Cayco  nearly  E.  S.  E.  live  leagues.  Tlie  reef  from  the  French  Key  stretches  to  the  south 
seven  and  a  half  leagues,  to  join  another  sandy  islet,  which  lias  not  more  than  JO  paces 
extent,  and  is  entirely  drowned  at  high  water  ;  all  this  part  of  the  reef  is  bold,  and,  as  the 
water  breaks  pretty  strongly  upon  it,  you  readily  see  it ;  but,  south  of  the  sandy  islet, 
there  are  no  breakers,  and  you  cannot  have  notice  of  the  edge  of  the  bank,  but  by  the 
whiteness  of  the  water. 

From  this  sandy  islet  the  bank  sweeps  a  short  league  to  the  south,  then  to  the  S.  E. 
six  leagues,  whence  it  trenches  to  the  east  five  and  a  half  leagues,  and  N.  N.  W.  two 
and  a  half  leagues  to  abreast  of  the  southern  islets,  which  are  situated  more  than  a 
league  within  the  white  water. 

From  the  sandy  islets,  as  far  as  abreast  of  the  southern  ones,  the  bank  is  very  danger- 
ous; you  cpnnot  see  any  land,  and  come  suddenly  from  a  sea  without  bottom  into  2  or  3 
fathoms.  The  color  of  the  water  is  the  only  thing  that  can  warn  you  of  the  daftger; 
and  this  is  by  no  means  certain,  for  navigators,  accustomed  to  see  on  the  surface  of  the 
water  the  shadow  of  clouds,  which  sometimes  has  the  appearance  of  shoals,  are  often 
lulled  into  a  fatal  security.  No  motive  then  ought  to  induce  you  to  approach  this  part 
of  the  bank,  yud  you  will  do  right  to  keep  at  a  good  distance. 

If,  after  having  been  turned  to  windward  several  days  in  this  neighborhood,  you  have 
not  seen  the  huid,  the  safest  way  is  never  to  cross  the  latitude  21°  in  the  night,  but  to 
wait  for  daylight ;  then,  should  you  perceive  any  change  in  the  water,  which  indicates 
white  grounds,  without  seeing  eitluir  land  or  breakers,  you  may  be  sure  you  are  on  the 
westerti  side;  when  you  may  steer  N.  W.  |  W.  to  fetcli  the  Little  Cayco,  and  go  through 
the  passage  to  leeward  of  these  islands. 

Should  you  see  the  southern  islets  bearing  about  north  or  N.  W.  you  mav  stand  on 
upon  the  white  water,  in  from  7  to  12  fathonis ;  then  make  a  tack  or  two  to  get  to  wind- 
ward, and  go  through  the  Turk's  Island  Passage,  which  is  to  windward  of  the  Caycos. 

So  soon  as  you  see  the  southern  islets,  the  bank  is  no  longer  dangerous,  and  you  may 
go  on  it  as  far  as  one  or  one  and  a  hah  league  :  south  and  S.  W.  of  these  islands  you 
will  not  have  less  than  7  fathoms,  and  generally  from  9  to  11. 

The  channel  between  the  Caycos  and  Turk's  Islands  is  six  leagues  ac  ross  in  the  nar- 


'3 


row?:U  part 
league  of  tli 
passi\ge  you 
within  OIK' 

Vou  will 
Cayco,  wliii 
point  there  i 
Tlie  best 
Island  of  Pi 
the  reefs  tha 
you  anchor 
ing-place  of 
along  tho  re 
Three  Marii 
within  the  re 
use  of  your 
you  are  onct 
farther  in,  by 
or  two  miles 
At  the  N. 
this  coast  in 
White  Shoal 
W.  then  you 
for  the  turnii 
from  the  coai 
sandy  islet,  a 
From  this 
join  the  north 
The  Little 
is  of  a  middlii 
to  the  edge  o 
you  may  and 
Of  the  Cay 
bound  iVom  ^ 
of  Turk's  lsl;i 
make  out  the 
dark  the  nigh 
leagues,  and  t 
the  Caycos  R 
more  distance 
By  steering  t 
dragged  by  a 
the  Cayco 
Cape  [laytien 
E.     You  will 
all  the  white  s 
This  custom  ( 
innking  the  lai 
In  leaving  t 
leagues  you  w 
your  wind,  fir: 
to  the  north  c 
when  you  ma} 
10  or  12  leagu 
If,  when  yo 
to  steer  N.  by 
getting  sight  c 
S.E.3or41er 
the  breakers  o 
If,  when  yoi 
will  not  suffer 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT, 


321 


I  the  French 
it  of  them. 


y  go  between 
9  wide.  After 
nr  course  N. 
point  of  At- 
iving  brought 

erous  winds, 
It  side  of  the 
(),  which  was 
round. 

ances,  pass  to 
cleared  them, 
la,  which  is  a 

islets,  which 
lerably  deep, 
le  North-west 
ircle  from  the 
ut  by  a  great 

hich  is  a  reef, 

I  extends  out- 

lihppe,  or  St. 

I  to  the  north 

)f  it  the  white 

lore ;  you  find 

sure  pass;>ge. 

the  east  .hree 

called  Frencli 

oint  of  Little 

to  the  south 

lan  JO  paces 

, and, as  the 

sandy  islet, 

but  by  the 

to  the  S.  E. 
N.  W.  two 
more  than  a 

very  danger- 
)m  into  2  or  3 

the  daBger; 
surface  of  the 
als,  are  often 
)ach  this  part 

od,  you  have 
night,  but  to 
lich  indicates 
u  are  on  the 
d  go  through 

lav  stand  on 

get  to  wind- 

the  Caycos. 

and  you  may 

islands  you 

ss  in  the  nar- 


I 
1 


row?it  pnrt :  it  is  a  "odd  passage,  and  without  any  dana;er  ;*  you  may  come  within  half  a 
lea<nie  of  the  Caycos,  and  on  tlie  eastern  side  of  the  islets  without  fear.  Through  thia 
passage  you  may  turn  with  great  safety,  and  will  not  feel  the  current,  if  you  do  not  come 
witliin  one  and  a  half  league  of  the  shore. 

Vou  will  find  an  anciiorage  oti  the  white  shoals,  near  the  south  i)oiqt  of  the  Great 
Cayeo,  which  may  .shelter  ships  that  do  not  draw  more  than  15  or  16  feet ;  west  of  this 
point  there  is  a  fresh  water  lagoon. 

The  best  anchorage  for  small  vessels  is  to  the  west  of  the  North  Cayco,  near  the  small 
Island  of  Pines,  in  the"^iiijet  which  that  island  makes  with  Providence  Island.  Withia 
the  reel's  that  border  that  part  of  the  coast,  lies  L'Anse  a  I'Eau,  (Watering  Hay)  where 
vou  anchor  in  '■>  (athoms,  upon  a  white  bottom:  there  is  good  water,  and  it  is  tho  water- 
ing-place of  tlie  rrijri((iiii:i<:rs.  You  will  discover  the  entrance  of  tho  bay,  by  coasting 
along  tho  reef,  from  the  rounding  in  of  the  coast,  alter  passing  the  west  point  of  the 
Tiiree  Maries  and  Booby  Hocks.  When  you  perceive  a  great  extent  of  white  water 
within  the  reef,  you  must  send  your  boat  to  (iiid  the  channel,  and  moor  her  in  it,  making 
use  of  your  lead  :  and,  if  you  want  to  get  in,  be  not  afraid  of  coming  near  the  reef.  When 
you  are  once  within  the  reef,  you  may  let  go  your  anchor  in  3  fathoms  :  you  may  go 
farther  in,  by  towing  or  turning  with  caution  ;  the  entrance  is  not  more  than  half  gi  league 
or  two  miles  from  tlie  shore. 

At  the  N.  W-  point  of  Providence  Key,  the  reef  tcrriiinatos.  There  is  anchorage  off 
this  coast  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  but  you  must  range  the  shore  pretty  close  to  be  on  the 
White  .Shoals,  bringins;  a  steep  hummoek,  seen  a  quari-cr  of  a  league  inland,  to  bear  S. 
W.  then  you  will  see  the  shoal  recede  a  little  from  the  shore,  and  afford  a  large  space 
for  the  turning  of  the  ship.  Four  miles  south  of  the  N.  W.  point,  a  reef  commences 
from  the  coast,  rqnning  JS,  W-  westerly  '2{  leagues :  this  reef  is  terminatpd  by  a  small 
sandy  islet,  almost  under  water. 

From  this  sandy  islet  the  reef  runs  in  to  the  eastward,  and  afterwards  trenches  out  to 
join  the  north  part,  off  the  Little  Cayco,  which  is  surrounded  with  white  shoals. 

The  Little  Cayco  bears  S.  \V.  by  S.  from  the  N.  W.  point  of  Providence  Cayco,  which 
is  of  a  middling  height,  and  of  a  white  color;  you  may  raijge  alone  the  N.  W.  part,  close 
to  the  edge  of  the  white  grounds;  the  west  jiart  is  very  bpid  to  the  south  point,  vhere 
you  may  anchor  in  from  5  to  7      thoms  on  the  white  bottom. 

Of  the  Caycos  and  Mayaguana  Passages,  Captain  Livingston  has  said,  "For  vessels 
bound  from  North  America  to  .lamaica,  1  consider  the  Caycos  Passage  preferable  to  that 
of  Turk's  islands,  which  has  been  commonly  used  ;  because,  if  you  can  only  distinctly 
make  out  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  Caycos.  and  bring  it  to  bear  E.  or  E.  by  N.  however 
dark  the  nig|it  may  be,  you  may  run  sat'ely,  steering  at  first  S.  W.  \  W-  by  compass,  5 
leagues,  and  then  S.  by  W.  till  daylight;  by  which  courses  you  run  no  risk,  either  from 
the  Caycos  Reefs  or  the  Heneagua ;  and,  however  last  your  vessel  may  sail,  you  have 
more  distance  than  you  can  run  in  one  night  before  you  can  make  Hayli  or  St.  Domingo, 
By  steering  this  course,  or  rather  these  courses,  you  also  avoid  all  djanger  of  bping 
dragged  by  a  lee  current  down  upon  the  coast  of  Cuba." 

The  Caycos  Passage  is  also  recommended  as  the  best  p,issage  for  ships  bound  ftom 
Cape  Haytien,  formerly  Cape  Francois,  when  the  winds  are  not  steady  from  the  E.  S, 
E.  You  will  always  go  with  a  large  wind,  which  is  of  great  advantage  ;  and  will  ayoid 
all  the  white  grounds  to  the  S.  E.  of  the  Caycos,  which  it  has  been  customary  to  Qiaket 
This  custom  of  coming  to  the  white  grounds  is  very  (langerous;  but  therp  is  po  fisl^  IR 
making  the  land  some  leagues  to  leeward  of  the  Little  Cayco. 

In  leaving  the  Cape,  you  must  steer  a  N.  by  W.  course  ;  and  after  having  thus  run  36 
leagues  you  will  find  yourself -2?,  leagues  S.  W.  of  the  Little  Cayco  ;  then  yoji  may  haul 
your  wind,  first  as  high  as  north  only,  on  account  of  the  reefs  of  Sandy  Key,  which  lie 
to  the  north  of  the  Little  Cayco;  after  which  you  may  steer  N.  by  E.  5  or  6  leagues, 
when  you  may  haul  up  N.  E.  or  continue  to  steer  north  without  any  feap.  Haying  ruq 
10  or  12  leagues  on  this  course,  you  will  be  out  of  the  Passage. 

If,  when  you  are  two  leagues  .S.  W.  of  the  LiiMe  Cayco,  the  winds  do  not  permit  you 
to  steer  N.  by  E.  or  to  make  a'good  north  course,  after  having  run  1.3  leagues,  without 
getting  sight  of  Mayaguana,  the  best  way,  if  night  comes  on,  is  fp  tack  and  stand  to  the 
S.  E.  .3  or  4  leagues ;  then  tack  again  to  the  north,  and  you  will  weather,  by  3  or  4  leagues, 
the  breakers  off  the  east  point  of  Mayaguana. 

If,  when  you  are  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  Little  Cayco,  two  or  three  leagues,  and  tlie  wind 
will  not  suffer  you  to  lay  north,  you  must  not  attempt  to  go  to  windward  of  Mayfignana, 


*  A  shoal  called  the  Swimmer  Bank,  lies  on  the  western  side,  as  shown  on  the  Chart.  This 
shoal  was  discovered  some  years  since,  by  Mr.  Coo|)er,  master  of  the  vessel  Speedwell,  and  bears 
from  Grand  Key,  S.  W.  by  W.  six  and  a  half  leagues.  It  is  dangerous,  an^  should  not  be  aiK 
proacbed  without  great  caution. 

41 


323 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


>i 


but  must  fetch  the  channel  between  it  iind  the  French  Keys.  Vou  steer  for  it  N.  \V. 
\  N.  Having  run  1.  leiiujiies,  you  will  come  in  sight  of  the  8.  W.  point  of  Miiyaguana, 
which  ought  to  I)p  n')nh  of  you,  two  leagues  distant;  you  <io  not  run  any  risk  in  ap- 
preaching  this  point,  which  is  safe.  A  sniaii  w'lite  shoal  extends  from  it,  with  three  fa- 
thoms  water  on  it,  almost  close  to  tlie  shore.* 

When  you  have  doul)lcd  tlu'  west  end  of  Mayaguana,  so  as  to  bring  it  to  bear  east,  you 
may,  if  tlie  wind  permits,  steiir  N.  In  thai  case  jou  will  |)as9  4  or.*)  leagues  to  the  wind- 
ward of  Atwood's  Key;  but,  if  your  course  is  not  better  than  N.  by  W.  after  having  run 
on  \2  or  L'5  leagues,  and  the  nigiit  comes  on  befoie  you  can  see  that  island,  tack  and 
stand  on  for  .'>  or  (>  leagutss.  Then,  if  you  can  make  good  a  N.  by  W.  course  on  the  other 
tack,  you  will  wer.tJu'r  the  eastern  bnakers  of  Atwood's  Key,  at  about  ,'i  leagues,  .should 
you  be  2  leagues  from  the  west  point  of  iMayaguana,  and  the  wind  will  pLrmit  you  to 
make  a  course  only  N.  N.  W.  after  having  run  thus  b  leagues,  you  will  see  the  French 
Keys,  bearing  nearly  W.  N.  W.  2  leagues.  You  may  pass  to  windward  or  to  leewarc! 
of  them,  as  the  wind  may  admit.  M'lien  you  are  ','  leagues  N.  N.  VV.  or  N.  W.  by  N, 
from  thcni,  upon  running  in  that  direction,  I'i  or  Hi  leagues,  you  will  be  out  of  the  |)ass- 
age.  You  must  not  go  in  the  least  to  the  northward  of  this  (course,  as  the  breakers  ofl' 
the  west  point  of  Atwood's  Key  bear  nearly  N.  N.  \V.  from  the  westernmost  of  the  French 
Keys. 

The  French  Keys  are  very  low  ;  they  bear  from  the  S.  W.  j'.dnt  of  Mayaguana  N.  W, 
f  N.  8  leagues.  You  may  go  pretty  close  on  the  east,  north  and  south  sides :  the  white 
bottom  wliich  encloses  them,  being  prstty  steep.  On  the  N.  W.  of  the  U>rge  island,  the 
reef  running  out  some  little  way,  it  is  necessary  to  give  it  a  good  berth.  You  may  an- 
chor in  the  S.  W.  part  on  the  white  liot^om,  hut  very  close  to  the  shore.  There  is  a 
small  lagoon  of  fresh  water,  supplied  euMrely  by  the  rain.  The  isles  have  been  previously 
described. 

On  leaving  Cape  Ilaytien,  you  will  generally  find  the  wind  at  &.  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  and  near 
the  shore  the  current  runs  to  windward:  these  are  two  powerful  inducements  to  engage 
you  to  steer  N.  E.  or  N.  N.  E.  for  the  Turk's  Island  Passage:  but,  at  about  10  or  Jl 
o'clock,  the  wind  generally  chops  round  to  the  E.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  Being  then  5  or  6 
leagues  from  tlie  coast,  and  the  current  no  longer  felt,  you  would  necessarily  make  the 
white  grounds  to  the  soiuhward  of  the  Caycos.  This  circumstance  has  caused  m?ny 
shipwrecks,  merely  from  the  eagerness  of  going  20  leagues  to  windward,  in  a  voyage  of 
perhaps  1500  leagues.  Under  these  circumstances,  1  would  advise  mariners  from  the 
Cape  to  steer  at  once  for  the  Little  Cayco- 

Additional  Remarks  on  the  Coasts,  Isles,  SfV,  u-hich  forvi.  the  Windward  Passages ;  ly 
several  French  and  English  JSavigators. 

CAYCOS  PASSAGE,  &c.  by  Capt.  Hester — After  having  cleared  the  east  end  of 
Jamaica,  says  the  Captain,  I  would  endeavor  to  get  to  the  eastward  as  fast  as  possible, 
taking  every  advantage  of  wind.  In  so  doing,  when  advanced  to  Cape  Nicholas,  I  would 
prefer  the  beating  up  as  high  as  the  island  of  Tortue,  (or  Tortuga,  or  Turtle  Island)  and 
take  my  departure  for  the  Caycos  Passage,  thinking  it  less  tedious  and  difficult  than  the 
passage  by  Crooked  Island. 

From  the  Mole  to  the  west  end  of  Tortue,  in  latitude  20''-^  5'  20",  the  course  is  N.  E. 
by  E.  about  eleven  leagues.  Jt  is  all  a  bold  clear  shore,  giving  it  2  or  3  miles  berth.— 
The  N.  E.  part  is  foul  3  or  4  lu'les.  but  from  that  part  down  to  the  west  end  it  is  bold; 
and  the  west  end  is  as  steep  as  a  house-side.  When  the  high  hill,  which  is  seen  over 
Port  Paix,  bears  S.  W.  by  S.  then  the  east  end  of  the  island  is  between  you  and  it. 

From  off  the  middle  of  the  Island  Tonue,  to  go  between  Heneagua  and  the  Caycos, 
take  your  departure  in  the  evening,  steering  north  by  compass,  taking  care  not  (o  run 
more  than  18  leagues  at  the  most  before  dnylight,  witli  the  distance  off  from  it  included, 
at  taking  your  departure;  when,  if  you  see  nothing  of  the  east  end  of  Great  Heneagua, 
continue  your  course  for  7  or  8  leagues,  and  you  will  not  fail  of  seeing  the  Little  Caycos, 
or  Little  Heneagua. 

You  may  borrow  near  to  the  Caycoy,  and  haul  your  wind  to  N.  E.  which  will  clear 
you  of  Mayaguana,  and  its  reef,  the  outer  point  of  which  lies  in  latitude  22°  20',  then  you 
are  in  the  open  ocean,  clear  of  every  thing. 

If  you  find  a  leeward  current,  or  a  scant  wind,  between  Heneagua,  and  the  West  Cay- 
co, so  that  you  cannot  weather  Mayaguana  and  its  reef,  you  nay  bear  up  and  sail  under 
the  lee  or  west  end  of  Mayaguana,  there  being  no  danger  but  what  you  may  see,  to  sail 
between  Mayaguana  and  the  French  Keys,  which  is  a  wide  and  fair  channel.     Then  you 

•The  Cuidado  Reef,  which  lies  to  the  westward  of  Caycos  Passage,  h  i  been  previously  noticed 
It  lies  in  a  direct  line  between  Little  Henet'^ua  and  'he  east  end  of  Mayaguana. 


haul  your  w 
going  fiiroi 
trouble,  am 
war,  it  woiii 
only  becaus 
also  becaust 
narrow  cliai 
not  oli'er  to 
from  the  no 


The  LittI 
leng'h.     Yc 
close  to  the 
is  a  bank  of 
are  2  and  3  I 
The  lengi 
smooth  watt 
and  coining 
border  is  off 
seen ;  there 
200  paces  fn 
a  bad  grount 
brackish  wat 
be  cast  away 
By  good  o 
may  run  alor 
and  no  reef, 
This  elbow  is 
the  breakers. 
Although 
fathoms  with 
place  to  ancli 
in  8  fathoms, 
prudent,  how 
precaution  wi 
continue,  yoi 
Ihe  north 
and  stretching 
between.     It 
W.  Point  ofl 
the  western  p 
point  of  the  is 
not,)  the  only 
On  the  wes 
tily  from  the 
pa  t.     Many  s 
fter  their  run 
ward  for  the  P 
league,  you  si 
reef  which  str 
To  the  soul 
to  the  Bank, 
and  within  it  2 
Froiv  Sand, 
on  which  you 
of  the  Great  C 
It  has  happ 
Little  Heneaj 
far  enough  to 
course  good  J 
banks,  which  i 
em  edge  of  th 
distance;  thet 
French  Key ; 


Bf.lNT's  AMEIUCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


323 


'r  for  it  N.  W. 
of  Mayaguana, 
^ny  risk  in  ap-     ii 
;,  with  three  (a- 

)  bear  east,  you 
IPS  to  the  wind- 
fter  having  run 
siand,  tacit  and 
rse  on  the  other 
agues.  Should 
1  j)i.rmit  you  to 
see  the  French 
rd  or  to  leeward 
>r  N.  W.  by  N. 
out  of  the  pass- 
the  breakers  ofl' 
St  of  tlie  French 

lyaguana  N.  W. 
sides :  the  wliite 
h'rge  island,  tiie 
You  may  ;;n- 
)re.  There  is  a 
been  previously 

i.  S.E.and  near 
ments  to  engage 
t  about  10  or  11 
eing  then  5  or  6 
ssarily  make  the 
las  caused  m?ny 
J,  in  a  voyage  of 
ariners  from  the 


•d  Passages;  ly 

the  east  end  of 
fast  as  possible, 

icholas,  I  would 
urtle  Island)  and 
diHicuh  than  the 

course  is  N.  E. 

3  miles  berth,— 

t  end  it  is  bold; 
ich  is  seen  over 
you  and  it. 

and  the  Caycos, 
care  not  to  run 

from  it  included, 
reat  Heneagua, 
e  Little  Caycos, 

which  will  clear 
'^°  20',  then  you 

1  the  West  Cay- 
p  and  sail  under 
may  see,  to  sail 
mel.     Then  you 

previously  noticed 


haul  your  wind  to  windward  of  Atwood's  Key,  which  lies  in  latitude  o{  23°  11'.  In 
going  tiuougli  either  of  these  passages,  there  is  a  greater  advaniiige  gained,  with  less 
trouble,  and  sooner,  than  by  (Jrooked  Island  I'assage.  Though  I  think  that,  in  time  of 
war,  it  would  be  very  tedious  and  difficult  to  attempt  aay  of  them  with  a  convoy  :  not 
only  because  you  art  I'ldlibly  exposed  to  be  aniioycd  by  crui/.crs  and  privateeri,  but 
also  because  of  the  alinn  impossiijility  of  keeping  a  number  of  vessels  together  in  these 
narrow  channels.  As  for  Uie  Turk's  Island  Passage,  Wi  sailing  to  the  nonliward,  1  would 
notolierto  mention  it,  looking  ui)on  it  to  be  botii  tedioita  .md  ha/anlous :  but  in  coming 
from  the  northward,  ic  is,  in  my  opinion,  a  very  easy,  ^afe  and  expeditious  passage. 

Ctu/cos,  SfV,  Iran  slated  from  the  French. 

The  Little  Caycc  extends  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  VV,  about  7  miles,  being  its  whole 
leng'h.  Vou  may  anchor  all  along  the  western  side,  there  being  4  or  5  t'athoms  water 
close  to  the  land  ;  but  it  is  a  hard  bottom,  ami  too  near  the  shore.  At  the  N.  E.  point 
is  a  bank  of  rocks,  extending  to  the  X.  L.  near  a  mile,  on  w.hich  the  sea  breaks  ;  thera 
are  2  and  3  fathoms  close  to  it. 

The  length  of  the  Little  Cayco  has  been  lueasured  in  a  boat  in  a  fresh  breeze,  and 
smootii  water;  the  log  hove  fre(|renlly,  and  there  was  not  any  dilference  in  the  going 
and  coming  back,  therefore  it  is  probably  very  ex;u't.  This  island  is  of  low  land,  whose 
border  is  of  sharp  stones,  which  resound  like  a  bell  :  it  is  the  worst  ground  which  can  be 
seen;  there  are  neither  salt-jiits,  savannahs,  nor  fresh  water.  On  the  north  side,  about 
200  paces  from  the  shore,  thiM'e  grow  in  the  sand  *i  few  Lataniers,  which  always  denote 
a  bad  ground  :  the  inland  parts  are  covered  with  b-ishes.  There  are  some  ponds  with 
brackish  water;  and,  as  rain  is  not  uiicomnuin  here,  people  who  have  the  misfortune  to 
be  cast  away  on  this  isle,  may  obtain  frc^h  water. 

By  good  observations,  the  iati'  'e  of  the  S.  W.  point  is  21°  Sfi',  longitude  72°  2G' ;  you 
may  run  along  the  south  sid.v  very  close  to  it,  upon  the  White  Bank,  in  5  or  6  fathoms, 
and  no  reef.  When  that  point  bears  north,  you  have  a  full  view  of  all  the  Caycos  Bank. 
This  elbow  is  a  shelter  against  the  north,  for  there  are  5  or  6  fathoms  of  water  close  to 
the  breakers,  which  are  very  nea.-  the  land. 

Although  the  west  side  o'the  Little  Cayco  is  quite  clear  of  rocks,  and  there  are  6  or  7 
fathoms  within  musket  shot  of  the  shore,  so  that  you  may  anchor  there,  yet  the  best 
place  to  anchor  (and  which  is  most  known)  is  under  the  \.  W.  [joint,  rather  within  it, 
in  8  fathoms,  sandy  bottom :  there  you  are  sheltered  from  the  easterly  bree/es.  It  ia 
prudent,  however,  to  have  another  anchor  8.  by  W.  in  11  fathoms,  cle.ir  ground:  this 
precaution  will  secure  you  against  a  sudden  westerly  wind  ;  Lnd  by  that,  in  case  it  should 
continue,  you  get  easier  under  weigh. 

The  north  side  of  the  Little  Cayco  iscovced  by  a  reef,  beginning  off  the  N.  W.  point 
and  stretching  as  far  as  the  (Jreat  Caycu.  This  reef  is  the  only  difficulty  in  the  passage 
between.  It  is  nearly  4  league.?  from  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  Little  C;.yco  to  the  N. 
W.  Point  of  the  Great  Cayco,  and  the  reef  extends  along  that  space  ;  that  is,  as  far  as 
the  western  point  of  the  Great  Cayco,  which  i.s  about  2,'^  iniles  distant  from  the  N.  W. 
point  of  the  island.  To  the  southward  of  the  last  point  is  Canoe  Cove,  (L'.\nse  au  Ca- 
not,)  the  only  good  anchorage  in  this  western  part,  of  which  we  shall  speak  hereafter. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  reef  there  is  a  little  key,  called  Sand  Key,  bearing  north-west- 
erly from  the  east  part  of  the  Little  Cayco.  It  is  very  low,  and  has  a  reef  on  its  north 
pa  t.  Many  ships  have  been  lost  on  it,  i)y  its  not  having  been  laid  down  in  the  charts;  for, 
fter  their  running  along  the  west  side  of  the  West  Cayco,  they  have  hauled  to  the  east- 
ward for  the  Providen  e  Cayco  ;  whereas,  when  you  have  run  along  the  former  about  a 
league,  you  should  make  a  N.  by  W.  course,  to  give  a  berth  to  the  Little  Key,  and  the 
reef  which  stretches  to  the  northward  of  it. 

To  the  southward  of  the  islet,  between  that  and  the  reef,  is  a  passage  of  about  \\  mile, 
to  the  Bank.  Without  the  islets  are  10,  8,  and  6  fathoms  ;  in  the  middle  4  fathoms, 
and  within  it  3;  but  then  you  immediately  tome  into  2  fathoms. 

Froi^  Sandy  Key,  the  reef  runs  N.  i\.  E.  2  leagues,  being  bordered  with  Whitewater, 
on  which  you  have  10  fathoms,  within  musket  shot  of  the  reef  that  joins  the  N.  W.  part 
of  the  Great  Cayco,  a  little  to  the  southward  of  (.'anoe  Cove. 

It  has  happened  that  ships  intending  to  go  through  the  Caycos  Passage,  have  made 
Little  Heneagua,  either  by  inattention  or  from  the  currents.  To  make  sure  of  being 
far  enough  to  the  windward,  when  bound  from  Cape  Ilaytien,  you  should  make  your 
course  good  N.  or  N.  by  E.  25  or  26  leagues,  and  you  will  see  the  white  water  on  the 
bank.s,  which  you  may  run  along  at  the  distance  of  a  league  without  fear.  On  the  west- 
ern edge  of  the  bank  is  the  islet  called  Sandy  Key,  which  you  may  approach  within  that 
distance;  then  make  a  N.  W.  course,  and,  four  leagues  from  Sandy  Key,  you  will  see 
Freach  Key ;  when  the  latter  is  north  from  you,  thence  steer  W.  by  N.  6J  leagues, 


324 


BLUNT  .S  AMKUICA.N  COAST  PIF-OT. 


^liich  will  brin!»  you  Hoiith  fiotn  tlie  Ijitlle  Cnyco  ;  iiiid  being  pust  this,  you  are  lo  mnkf! 
a  N.  or  N.  liy  K.  coiusf,  ;is  hctDir  (lirccicfl. 

According  to  the  survey,  made  wilii  ureiit  care,  tlie  wliitr  bank  and  tlie  reef"  continue 
between  the  French  Key  nod  the  [jitlle  Cayeo.  You  may  run  aloni;  them  very  near,  in 
10  .athoms,  and  you  will  see  ihe  o|)c nine's  in  the  reef,  thronujli  wlii<h  small  vessels  go  in 
tipon  the  bank. 

'I'he  reel  which  borders  the  VVlnie  Hank,  iVoiU  the  liitlli-  Cayco  td  I'rctirh  Key,  be- 
gins one  Icnmie  east  Iroiu  the  former,  and  it  always  breaks.  V(Ui  may  .stand  very  ne.n 
If  cominf^  from  sea ;  but  if  you  are  upon  the  bank,  you  must  take  great  care,  for  half  n 
mile  within,  you  will  find  biu  '.]  fathoms  water;  and  in  getting  neiuer,  it  shoalens  very 
quickly.  Hero  is  a  great  deal  i.)l  swell,  it  being  open  to  the  bree/e.s.  The  bottom  is 
land  a.id  good  holding  ground. 

Particular  Observations  on  Ihr  Litllf  Caycn,  S^v.,  from  the  Journal  of  the  Emerald, 

"Bfling  at  noon,  with  the  Ilopd,  it  small  vessel,  off  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  Little  or 
West  Cayco,  n  mile  from  it,  we  ran  along  the  west  side,  at  that  distance,  and  then  made 
the  Hope  anchor  in  7  falhoi.r-*,  hard  sand,  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  .\.  W.  point. 
Seeing  that  the  vessel  drove,  the  bank  beinv;  very  steej)  and  narrow,  and  the  weather  in- 
clined to  be  squally,  we  preferred  kecpl.'g  under  sail,  and  made  several  trips,  keepin;; 
well  in  with  the  land,  at  one  ir.ile  distance.  Along  the  reef,  on  the  west  side,  we  landed 
Very  easily  in  some  hollow  |)laces,  tilled  with  sand,  and  made  by  the  sea  in  the  saiulv 
Btones  which  compose  the  island.  0|)i)osife  these  lioles  at  about  three  (piarters  of  a 
mile  fr(»m  the  N.  \V.  point,  is  the  best  anchoring. 

"  The  west  side  of  the  Little  (*ayct)  runs  N.  by  K.  and  S.  by  W.  about  five  miles  and 
a  half.  On  this  side  is  the  anchorage,  sheltered  from  the  trade-winds :  nearer  'he  N. 
part,  (which  is  nothing  but  a  steep  border  of  sand)  at  a  cal)le';,  length,  you  anchor  at 
about  a  pistol-shot  from  the  shore,  in  H  fathoms  ;  at  two  ships'  length,  there  are  15  (ath- 
oms ;  and  at  half  a  cable's  length  farther,  there  was  no  gmund  under  the  ship.  If  you 
ifvant  to  stay  there,  the  best  way  will  be  to  have  the  out.-r  anchor  iti  Id  fathoms  water, 
and  to  carry  another  on  shore.  'J'here  is  no  swell  with  the  E.  N.  E.  and  E.  S.  E, 
breezes,  however  hard  they  may  blow." 

CANOE  COVE. — This  little  bay  is  on  the  west  side  of  Providence  Cayco,  and  may 
be  of  great  use,  as  there  is  water  enough  for  all  sorts  of  ships,  sheltered  from  the  Norths, 
which  yoii  should  ahviiys  guard  against  in  this  passage.  The  largest  ships  may  anchor 
in  6  or  7  fathoms,  on  a  sandy  bottom,  looking  out  for  a  clear  ground,  and  here  and  there 
you  will  find  it  rocky.  You  are  sheltered  from  the  N.  to  the  H.  and  to  the  S.  E.  by  S. 
The  anchoring  is  within  the  west  point,  which  you  bring  to  bear  N.  taking  care  not  to 
come  near  the  reef,  which  runs  round  this  poiru  for  a  quarter  of  a  league  ;  th.e  reef  ends 
there,  and  does  not  begin  again  till  near  i.'  miles  farther  to  leeward ;  then  it  must  bear  S. 
by  W.  from  you. 

From  the  north-west  point  of  the  Little  Caydo  to  this  cove,  is  N.  N.  W.  3',  leagups; 
but  you  must  make  a  more  westerly  course,  in  order  to  avoid  the  reef  and  the  Little  Kev 
already  spoken  of. 

WATERING  BAY  and  PINE'S  KEY.— To  the  N.  E  of  the  N.  W.  point  of  Pro- 
vidence Cayco,  the  coast  forms  a  bight,  the  two  points  of  which  are  five  leagues  asunder; 
between  them  is  \Vatering  Bay  and  Pins's  Key. 

At  this  anchorage  you  are  sheltered  from  the  N.  E.  lo  the  S.  .S.  W.  passing  by  the  East. 

The  greatest  advantage  of  Pine's  Key  is  a  great  lagoon  of  fresh  water,  sufficient  for  fifty 
ehipi  i  it  is  very  drinkable,  and  not  far  from  the  beach. 

The  bbttom  is  too  white  near  the  land,  and  in  the  Cove,  for  you  to  catch  large  fish 
with  a  seine  :  buc  you  must  go  in  a  boat  on  the  edge  of  the  reef  without ;  and  you  will 
succeed  still  better,  if  you  sail  over  with  your  lines  afloat. 

From  the  east  part  of  Pine's  Key  you  may  descry  all  the  islands  and  keys,  which  are 
scattered  within  the  Cayco,  from  N.  to  H.  E. 

The  following  remarks  on  the  Oiycos,  &c.  have  been  written  by  Captain  Livingston: 

"  The  whole  of  the  north  side  of  the  Cnycos  is  bounded  by  a  reef,  through  which, 
though  there  are  various  openings,  they  ought  not  to  be  attempted  by  a  stranger  without 
A  pilot.  Vessels  ouglit  not  to  near  the  land  within  a  league  and  a  half,  in  running  down 
to  the  northward  of  the  Caycos.  Watering  Bay  is  extremely  dangerous,  and  is  most 
incoJ-fectly  laid  down  in  every  chart  I  have  seen.  Tlie  Providence  Caycos  is  bordert;d 
to  the  eastward,  and  northwaird,  and  westward,  by  as  dangerous  reefs  as  I  ever  saw;  among 
which,  if"  a  vessel  once  gets  embayed,  it  is  next  to  impossible  that  she  can  escape.  The 
AmeHcaU  sloop  of  war  Chippewa,  the  ship  Aimwell,  of  London,  and  brig  Messenger, 
Kunbley,  wbr*  all  lost  upon  these  reefs  in  1816,  within  a  few  weeks  of  each  other;  and 
two  days  after  the  Aimwell  was  lost,  a  vessel  narrowly  escaped  the  same  fate  ;  to  this  I 


* 


Was  an  eye 
with  ihe  v 
aiitiiie  col 
and,  profit 

"  After 
through  tl 
run  sat'ily 
leagues,  a 
reef  oil  Sa 
keep  siiflic 

The  ("a 
in  the  day 
never  atle 

TIIUK- 
Salt  Kev, 

The  we! 
alilioiigh 
of  a  le;i};u( 

You  ni 
island,  opp 
can  be  ('iin 
ground, an 
rise  to  wiili 
under  you 
anchorage 
I ago on  of  ^ 
^reases  era 

East  of  I 
Very  little  ' 
ground  tha 

TURK'.» 
cannot  alw; 
E..  and  the 
reconuTienii 
breeze,  and 
bear  .S.  E. 
may  bring  i 
til  vou  have 
N."byE.oj 
the  night,  v 
you  have  bi 
tack  and  fet 

The  whit 
southward 
to  14  fathoi 
the  daytinu 
land,)  and  y 
Sandy  Key 
south  of  a  s 
to  be  seen, 
fathoms. 

To  the  s( 
scrii)ed  in  t 

When  y( 
N. by  E. or 
through,  k( 
lip,  which  I 

Sand  Ke; 
you  are  to  i 
low  drowne 
the  key  at  t 
north  point 

The  soul 
which  it  tti; 
far  off,  uof 


blunt's  ameuican  coast  pilot. 


3-25 


you  nro  to  mnk« 

the  rfpf  continue     js 
icm  vt'i  V  noiir,  in 
111)11  vessels  go  in 

French  Key,  be- 
I  stiind  very  ne.ir 
It  eiire,  (or  hiill  a 
,  it  slioiileiis  very 
'Ilie  bottom  IS 


'the.  Emerald. 

\  of  tlie  Little  or 
\  and  then  niiide 
the  .\.  W .  point. 
il  the  weather  in- 
ral  trips,  keepiu!; 
St  side,  we  landed 
sea  in  the  sandy 
ee  quarters  ol'  a 

ut  five  luiles  and 
I :  nearer  '.he  N. 
1,  you  anchor  at 
there  are  15  (atli- 
lie  ship.  If  you 
.5  fathoms  water, 
E.  and  E.  S.  E, 

Cay  CO,  and  may 
tVom  the  Norths, 
hips  may  anchor 

d  here  and  there 

the  S.  K.  by  S. 

xins  care  not  to 
le  ;  tl'.e  reef  ends 
it  must  bear  S. 

W.  3'  leagufs; 
id  the  Little  Key 

^V.  point  of  Pro- 
eagiies  asunder; 

:sin^by  the  East, 
iulficient  for  fifty 

catch  large  fish 
ut ;  and  you  will 

keys,  which  are 

tain  Livingston: 
through  which, 
stranger  without 
in  running  down 
us,  and  is  most 
.'cos  is  bordert;d 
iversaw;  among 
n  escape.  The 
jrig  Messenger, 
each  other;  and 
;  fate  ;  to  this  I 


t\-ns  an  fVP-witnens,  as  I  observed  the  .\iinwill  nti  hjvore  brfnre  dark,  and  laid  ton  all  nipht, 
ih  lie  view  of  rendering  her  assistance  :  and,  when  daylight  (ame,  I  perceived  a  brig- 


wi 
an 


tine  completely  end>ayed  ;  and  lh(»p  on  board  nf  her  seemed  to  di.scover  their  error, 
and,  profiting  by  the  wind's  being  at  the  tilii"  olf  shore,  escaped. 

".\fler  rounding  t'^e  northwest  point  of  llie  (,'ayoos,  and  boiuid  to  the  southward 
through  the  I'assage,  ;iaviiig  brought  the  N.  W.  point  to  bear  K.  or  E.  by  N.  you  may 
run  sat'clv,  even  in  the  darkest  niulit.  .steering  al  (iist  S.  W.  .',  \V.   by   compass,  for  5 


leagues,  and  then 


by  W.  till  da\  ii'^ht.      Uv  these   coiuses  von   wdl  de.ir   the   elbow 


reef  olf  Sanily  Key,  between  the  I'rovidenciers  ami  Little  ('ay<(is,  and  at  the  same  time. 
Keep  sulfniently  to  windward  of  the  Heneagua  and  liishop'.s  Slmal. 

The  Cavcos  are  connected  by  a  reef  of  coral  rocks,  ami  there  is  no  dancer  of  tliem 
in  the  day,  as  the  white  water  '  !lows  itself.  Vessels  making  the  land  about  dark,  should 
never  attempt  to  run  through  this  passage  in  the  night,  unless  sure  of  tlujir  situation. 

Tl'KK'S  I.SLAM)  l'A.SSA<iE.— 'I'here  are  three  principal  islands,  Grand  Turk, 
Salt  Key,  and  .'^andy  Key;  which  they  always  make  who  go  through  the  passage. 

The  western  side  (d'  thesis  islands  is  bold,  and  they  \v,\y  be  approached  very  near, 
although  there  is  a  while  shoal,  with  many  rocky  spots,  which  extends  about  a  quarter 
of  a  leagiu'  (rom  the  shore. 

Vou  may  anchor  in  two  places  olf  the  (Jrand  Turk  ;  one  towards  the  middle  of  the 
island,  opposite  the  huts,  the  other  olf  the  scmth  part  id'  the  island  ;  but  neither  of  them 
can  be  considered  as  good.  Vou  1(  t  go  your  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  on  the  white 
ground,  and  take  care  to  fuid  out  a  clear  bottom  ;  as,  in  some  places,  tlie  points  of  rocks 
rise  to  within  H  or  10  feet.  Afier  you  have  let  go  your  anchor,  and  veered  to  half  a  cable 
under  your  stem,  you  will  not  get  any  ground.  Olf  the  south  part  of  the  island  the 
anchorage  is  of  more  extent,  and  you  will  find,  on  rhe  point  near  wiiich  you  anchor,  a 
higoon  of  water  that  may  serve  for  cattle.  The  white  shoal  S.  W.  of  Sandy  Key  de- 
creases cradually  to  .')  fathoii's,  half  a  league  frotu  the  shore. 

East  ol  these  islands  are  several  islets,  which  are  connected  by  white  grounds,  with 
very  little  water  on  them:  they  are  bold  on  the  ca.st  side,  and  surrounded  with  a  white 
ground  that  extends  to  the  southward  and  S.  W* 

TURK'S  ISLAND  PASSA(JK.-  This  passage  is  very  short  and  good ;  but  you 
cannot  always  be  sure  of  fetching  it  from  ('ape  Haytien.  You  ought  to  steer  N.  E.  \ 
E.,  and  the  wind  (d'ten  will  not  admit  running  so  much  to  the  eastward;  it  is  therefore 
recommended,  in  leaving  the  capo,  to  keep  the  wind  as  close  as  you  can,  with  the  early 
breeze,  and  tack  so  as  to  fetch  the  Granue  before  night.  You  will  generally  bring  it  to 
bear  S.  E.  or  S.  S.  E.  If  the  ship  sails  well,  or  has  been  favored  by  the  breeze,  you 
may  bring  it  to  bear  S.,  whence,  making  good  a  N.  N.  E.  course,  you  need  not  tack  un- 
til you  have  run  IH  or  1')  leagues.  If  your  last  course  should  not  have  been  better  than 
N.  by  E.  or  N.,  you  must  be  particularly  cautious  not  to  pass  the  latitude  of  yi°.  In 
the  night,  when  you  think  you  are  near  that  latitude,  be  sure  to  sound  ;  and  the  moment 
you  have  bottom,  about-ship  aiuf  stand  the  other  way  till  morning,  when  you  may  again 
tack  and  fetch  to  the  windward  of  the  white  shoals  of  the  Cavcos. 

The  white  bottom  is  very  readily  seen  :  you  may  run  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  to  the 
southward  of  the  Southern  Keys,  for  a  league,  or  perhaps  a  league  and  a  half,  in  from  7 
to  14  fathoms;  but  farther  on  there  are  rocks,  with  3  fathoms  at  the  most,  on  them.  In 
the  daytime  you  may  .stand  on  to  the  northward,  (supposing  that  you  have  not  seen  the 
land,)  and  you  will  descry  the  Southern  Keys  of  the  Caycos  ;  or,  if  farther  to  windward, 
Sandy  Key.  You  must  be  careful  not  to  go  to  leeward  of  the  wliite  shoals  which  extend 
south  of  a  small  sandy  islet,  which  is  entirely  drowned  at  high  water.  It  is  very  difficult 
to  be  seep,  and  your  lead  even,  cannot  give  you  warning,  as  you  fall  suddenly  into  three 
fathoms. 

To  the  southwestward  of  Sand  Keyj  lie.s  the  Endymion  Reef  or  Shoal,  which  is  de- 
scribed in  the  following  page. 

When  you  have  Sand  Key  bearing  east,  at  the  distance  of  2,  3,  or  4  leagues,  steering 
N.  by  E.  or  N.  N.  E,  8  or  10  leagues,  will  entirely  clear  you  of  the  passage.  In  going 
through,  keep  the  Turk's  Islands  side  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Reefs  of  St.  Phi- 
lip, which  extend  from  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  Grand  Cayco. 

Snlid  Key  is  one  mile  long ;  and,  in  fine  weather,  may  be  seen  three  leagues  ofT;  when 
you  are  to  the  southward  of  it  you  would  take  it  for  two  islands,  its  middle  part  being  a 
low  drowned  land.  On  the  west  side  are  7  or  8  fathoius,  upon  the  bank  which  borders 
the  key  at  the  distance  of  three  leagues,  and  joins  a  reef  that  extends  a  mile  from  the 
north  point  of  it. 

The  south  point  has,  at  about  two  cables'  length,  three  focks  close  to  each  other,  by 
which  it  tnay  be  known  ;  but,  to  have  them  open  and  cleai*  of  the  land,  you  must  not  be 
far  off,  uof  bring  them  to  the  eastward  of  N.  E. 


326 


BI.UMS  A. Mi:  III  CAN  COAST  I' I  LOT, 


The  most  rortniii  uiiiik  hy  which  ymi  iniiy  kmtw  8;uul  Kry.  in,  thnt  friiin  tlir  N.  K.  iinil 
llie  W.  N.  \V.,  y((U  will  set;  no  otlu-r  isliiiiil,  iiiid  llie  saml  ii|uiti  it  in  (|iiitf  white  in  the 
■un.  The  iinchoni};)'  \h  only  knotvn  hy  iht;  white  water,  iVoin  0  tu  4  tatiioiiiN,  within 
awivrl  xiiut  of  it ;  hut  ship^*  whicli  draw  iiiiirli  water  iiiiiNt  anchor  ahout  hall'  a  mile  ull', 
bnni;in({  the  touth  poini  to  hear  S.  K.,  and  the  nnddle  of  it  lioin  K.  to  K.  Iiy  N.;  tlif 
north  rocks  there  <i)ver  you  as  lar  as  i\.  N.  K.,  and  you  may  easily  f^el  under  weii;h  with 
(my  wind,  as  the  nortlm,  whic  h  are  most  to  he  feared,  Idow  uidy  alon;{  the  t:oast,  su  that 
tliv  we8t  side  may  he  reckoned  .i  ,i{ood  roadstead.  A  ship  which  may,  hy  some  accident, 
have  been  prevenlt^d  iVmu  sailin:;  throuuh  the  I'assa^e,  would  liixl  a  ijnod  shelter  here, 
and  iniu;hl,  without  dilficiihy,  wait  lor  a  more  favorable  Mind.  'I'lic  red,  on  the  north 
part  of  tlie  key,  si  retches  from  it  north  a  little  westerly,  a  lonj;  mile,  when  it  makes  a 
little  hook  to  the  S.  W.  but  breaks  every  where,  and  within  pistol  shot  there  are  H  fa- 
thorns;  tlioii^h  you  must  not  come  so  near  on  the  other  parts  of  the  island,  for  here 
and  there  are  some  rocks,  which  liavc  only  'J  hithoiim  water  upon  them.  'I'he  cast  side 
has  hi^h  breakers  (|uiti"  to  the  shore. 

Sand  Key  is  low  and  barren,  beint;  burnt  by  the  sun,  and  continually  beaten  by  the 
winds  and  the  sea:  it  produces  some  small  bushes  only. 

SAND  KK  V. — Sand  Key  may  be  seen  nbout  .T  leamies  oft';  it  makes  at  first  like  three 
islands,  bein({  formed  of  two  little  hillocks  and  a  rock,  known  by  tiie  name  of  Split  Rock, 
thouifii  there  is  water  knee-deep  between  it  and  the  key.  This  rock  serves  to  distinguish 
Sand  Key,  over  which  it  is  probable  that  the  sea  breaks  in  all  the  norths,  and  other  im- 
petuous winds,  for  it  is  very  low  ;  you  may  easily  land  upon  it  under  the  hillock,  where 
there  was  lormerly  a  pyramid. 

This  Key  is  scarcely  mor<;  tlian  l."0()  geometrical  paces  (of.*)  feet  each)  lonir.  From 
the  south  end  the  Reef  runs  off  three  quarters  ol  a  mile  S.  and  .S.  by  W'.,  at  the  end  of 
which  are  three  rocks,  which  always  break  and  show  themselves.  The  hillock  on  the 
south  part  is  Joined  to  that  of  the  middle  part,  by  a  low  land,  whicli  looks  like  a  savan- 
nah ;  and  from  that  to  the  west  point,  the  land  is  also  very  low  and  even  :  you  cannot  land 
here,  nor  must  you  anchor  near  this  part,  but  towards  the  south,  where  all  the  dangers 
show  themselves.  From  the  N.  W.  point  is  a  reef  to  the  .\.  by  \V.  iV.  N.  VV.  more  than 
2  miles,  and  about  a  swivel  shot  from  the  end  of  this  Reef,  is  a  larpe  rock,  always  above 
water;  three  (piarters  o(  a  mile  from  which  you  have  b  fathoms  rocky  ground.  Vou 
cannot  land  at  the  east  side,  which  is  surrounded  with  rocks.  The  anchorage  may  be 
made  very  convenient,  by  carryina;  an  anchor,  with  two  or  three  hawsers,  to  the  westward, 
and  then  you  would  clear  the  island  with  every  wind.  J?iit  in  the  months  of  May  and 
June,  you  liad  better  anchor  about  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  off,  to  be  less  exposed  to 
the  swell  sent  in  by  the  S.  E.  breeze,  which  is  generally  violent. 

To  the  south-westward  of  Sand  Key,  lies  the  Endyinion  Reef  or  Shoal,  upon  which 
the  British  ship  Endymion,  commanded  by  Lieutenant  Woodrilf,  was  lost  in  1790. 
The  following  remarks  upon  this  danger,  were  obligingly  communicated  by  the  com- 
niahder  himself. 

''  The  danger  of  this  shoal  is  but  of  small  extent:  it  consists  of  seven  or  eight  heads 
of  rocks,  one  of  which  has  only  S\  feet  of  water;  and  this  is  the  rock  whereon  the  Bri- 
tish ship  Endymion  was  wrecked,  on  the  L'8th  of  August.  n'JO,  and  til;  then  undisco- 
vered. Some  of  the  rocks  have  2,  3,  and  4  fathons  on  them,  and  between  them  7,  8, 
and  9  fathoms  of  water.  The  exact  soundings  between  the  key  and  the  shoal,  could  not 
be  ascertained,  by  reason  of  the  blowing  weather,  and  from  want  of  time.  There  are 
some  locks  which  lie  olf  to  the  eastward  of  the  south  end  of  Sandy  Key;  two  of  them 
appear  above  water,  and  two  others  are  even  with  it.  The  reef,  from  the  north  end  of 
the  key,  stretches  off  to  the  northward  1/,  or  2  miles,  and  has  some  rocks  out  of  ihe  wa- 
ter.   The  channel  between  the  shoal  and  the  key  appears  to  be  clear  and  spacious. 

"The  north  part  of  Sandy  Key  bore  from  the  Endymion,  when  aground,  N.  N.  E. 
and  the  south  part  of  N.  E.  about  7  miles  distant.  The  rocks  extended  about  a  cabled 
length  from  the  ship,  which  laid  on  the  eastern  and  shoalest  part." 

South-west  of  Sandy  Key  is  a  white  shoal,  extending  about  3\  miles  from  shore,  on 
vhich  may  be  found  from  7  to  9  fathoms. 

General  Observations  on  Turks''  Islands  and  Turks'*  Islands  Passage,  coming  from  the 

Northward,     By  Captain  Hester. 

"  When  bound  to  the  Old  Riding  Place,  at  the  Grand  Turk,  your  eye  must  be  your  pi- 
lot, or  you  will  come  from  no  ground  immediately  into  Whitewater,  when  you  must  be  very 
brisk  in  letting  go  your  anchor,  as  it  is  very  little  more  than  one  third  of  a  mile  from  no 
ground  to  the  beach,  with  not  more  than  4  or  5  feet  water  on  it ;  and  from  the  outer 
edge  of  the  bank  to  the  reef,  not  above  a  cable's  length  distance.    It  is  very  rocky  ground 


all  in  and  nl 
to  bear  east 
fathoms,  wi 
"  Krom  < 
and  the  sou 
tremes  of  d 
1,',  cable:  d 
then  had  17 
\\  .,  wind  at 
a»  d  4  I'eet ; 
tdinnal  e(pii 
the  contrary 
"  Wood  I 
have  no  prov 
salt,  with  s\\ 
"The  noi 
coming  from 
thetn,  niulit 
sail,  endeavd 
evening;  bii 
fore,  and  kci 
obliged  to  d 
justness  of 
above  said,  w 
Caycos,  whic 
northward  ol 
through  is  >' 
the  islands 
j)lease. 

"It  is  true 

consider  the 

coining  on ;  I 

olf  the  S.  E. 

driving  or  pa; 

the  preferenc 

from  the  nort 

the  night  any 

blowing  hazy 

could  very  w( 

by  endeavorin 

of  making  th( 

and  choose  y 

a  known  depa 

SALT  KK 

Salt  Key,  you 

mile  ;  on  thes 

that  distance, 

a  N.  N.  E.  CO 

soundings  so  ! 

two  leagues  fr 

chor;  but  thi 

musket-shot  ( 

little  way  aste 

by  VV.  or  S.  S 

the  rocks.     T 

be  caught  her 

Salt  Key  is 

triangular  forr 

and  you  will  s( 

and  small  tree 

GRAND  K 

Key,  you  will 

of  the  reefs,  w 

that  the  bank  i 

which  you  she 

of  the  bank  in 


nMMS  AMKinCAN  COAST  PII,()T. 


327 


111*  N.  E.  Hnd 
white  in  the 
HUMS,  wiiliin 

ir  A  iiiilf  uir, 
.  hy  N. ;  the 
r  weijili  Willi 
(iiist,  Hu  that 

Illf   iU'l'lllfllt, 

^liflter  Ih'H!, 
Ill  (ho  north 
II  it  ni:ilv('s  a 
eri'  ;ire  H  fa- 
aiitl,  (or  here 
riic  east  Hide 

leaten  by  the 

irst  like  three 
r  Split  Kock, 

lU*iiH|ill|rilish 

ind  oilier  iiii- 
lillocU,  where 

lonq;.     From 

at  the  end  of 

liliock  on  tlie 

like  a  savaii- 

II)  cannot  land 

I  the  dangers 

^V.  more  than 

always  above 

round.     You 

orage  may  he 

the  westward, 

of  iMay  and 

ss  exposed  to 

,  upon  which 

lost  in  1790. 
hy  the  corn- 
eight  heads 

•reon  the  Bri- 
len  iindisco- 
n  them  7,  8, 
al,  could  not 
There  are 
two  of  them 
north  end  of 

lut  of  ihe  wa- 
lacious. 

nd,  N.  N.  E. 
)out  a  cable'.. 

om  shore,  on 


ling  from  the 

st  be  your  pi- 
niust  be  very 
mile  from  no 
jm  the  outer 
rocky  ground 


I 


all  in  nnd  nhout  thf»  anrhoraRC.  Uring  the  rcntre  of  the  hi{t;hrnt  iiill  you  nee  in  the  b«y, 
to  bear  eani ;  then  Mteer  riKhi  for  it,  till  you  c-oiiie  into  white  water,  and  you  will  have 4 j^ 
fathoms,  white  >*:uu\. 

"  Krom  Octohrr  dth  to  October  9tli,  the  north  jminf  of  the  (Jrand  Turk  bore  north, 
and  the  Honlh  pmni  S.  K.,  Salt  Key  S.  by  W.  |  W.,  the  body  of  the  town  east ;  the  ex- 
tremes of  ditto,  N.  K.  by  K.  to  S.  K.,  distance  oil  shore  1',  mile;  distance  of  the  reef 
1.',  cable:  depth  of  wafer  at  the  anchor,  a(|iiartcr  less  st-vcri :  veered  out  to  half  a  cable, 
tlieii  hail  17  fathoms  under  the  stern.     The  (irand  Caycos  from  \V.  ,',  N.  to  N.  W.  by 


\\  .,  win 


I  at  K.  by  .N.."^  latitude  '21°  •2^\  variation  (>°  -U)'  K.     Tides  rise  and  tall  abi 


>ut  3 


a»  d  ■•  leet ;   a  i\ 


K.  iimon  makes   liiijh  water.     Currents  very  unceitain.     The  au- 


tidiiiial  e(piinox  subjeet  to  north  winds,  and  ram  very  varial)le ;  the  vernal  equinox  to 
the  contrary. 

"  Wood  may  be  cut  with  leave  at  (Jrand  Turk;  water  is  scarce  uid  very  bad.  They 
have  no  provisions;  but  turtle  and  (ish  may  be  cauRht  at  times.  The  trade  consi.sts  in 
salt,  with  which  they  load  for  America  and  the  adjacent  islands. 

"The  north  point  o(  the  (iiaiiil  Turk,  lies  in  latitude  'Jl^  ;{(>'.  To  make  this  island, 
coming  from  the  sea,  run  down  m  the  parallel  of 'Jl"  40';  when  you  think  youtlraw  nigh 
them,  niubt  coming  on  and  seeing  nolhmir,  stand  otf  to  the  northward,  under  an  easy 
sail,  endeavoring  to  be  as  near  the  same  place  at  daylight,  a.s  you  were  the  preceding 


iht  be- 


evemng ;  l)nt  do  not  sail  (urtlier  to  the  westward  than  wtiat  you  could  see  tlie  nigfit 
fore,  and  kee|i  running  down  in  the  above  latitude.  It  may  so  happen  that  you  will  be 
obliged  to  do  the  same  thing  the  second  n'glit.  if  not  tl'c  thir;l ;  but  that  depends  (m  the 
justness  of  your  reckoning.  Voii  canno'  well  pass  tiie  Turk's  islands,  in  the  latitude 
above  said,  without  seeing  them  ;  likewise  you  tvoiild  make  the  N.  E.  part  of  the  (Jreat 
("aycos,  which  lies  to  the  N.W.  of  the  (irand  Turk.  There  is  a  reef  which  runs  to  the 
northward  of  the  latter  al)0Ut  two  miles,  but  nothing  but  what  is  discernible.  The  courst 
through  is  S.  S.  W.  7  leagues,  and  then  you  will  he  in  the  open  channel,  between  all 
the  islands  and  the  north  side  of  St.  JJoiiiingo,  and  may  shajjc  your  course  as  you 
jilease. 

"  It  is  true  that  the  channel  belweeii  the  C'aycos  and  Mayaguana  is  wide  ;  but  when  I 
consider  the  difficulties  which  will  arise  from  thick,  blowinc,  hay.y  we;.ther,  and  night 
coining  on;  from  your  being  more  in  the  stream  and  way  of  currents,  between  the  reef 
o(V  the  S.  E.  end  of  Mayaguana  and  the  back  of  the  Caycos  ;  from  the  possibility  of 
driving  or  passing  between  them  without  seeing  them,  &c.  all  this  .vould  make  me  give 
the  preference  to 'I'urks'  Islands  Passage,  (n  attempting  the  ("aycos  Passage,  coming 
from  the  northward,  you  will  not  be  able,  (at  least  it  would  not  be  advisable,)  to  run  in 
the  night  any  more  th.m  in  endeavoring  for  the  other;  and  in  case  of  a  continuation  of 
blowing  hazy  weather,  you  might  be  jmz/.led  and  at  a  loss  how  to  behave,  if,  (which 
could  very  well  happen,)  you  were  surprised  with  the  breach  of  the  Ilogsties;  whereas, 
by  endeavoring  for  the  Turks'  Islands,  though  you  should  pass  them,  you  would  be  sure 
of  making  the  (ireat  (.'ayco ;  and  then  it  would  be  but  running  down  back  of  that  isle, 
and  choose  your  channel  and  time,  either  to  windward  or  leeward  of  Heneagua,  having 
a  known  departure  to  go  from." 

SALT  KEY,  or  the  F^ITTLE  TURK.— When  you  leave  Sand  Key,  and  steer  for 
Salt  Key,  you  must  make  a  north  course  along  the  reef,  which  runs  oft'  more  than  one 
mile  ;  on  these  bearings  from  you,  you  come  almost  within  a  stone's  throw  of  it;  for  at 
that  distance,  there  are  8  fathoms.  Having  gotten  round  the  head  of  it,  you  are  to  (nake 
a  N.  N.  E.  course  to  the  Little  Turk,  which  you  may  then  see ;  and  you  will  lose  the 
soundings  so  soon  as  you  have  brought  the  reef  any  thing  to  the  southward  of  you.  It  U 
two  leagues  from  the  reef  to  the  N.  \V.  point  of  the  Salt  Key,  near  which  you  may  an- 
chor; but  the  bank  is  very  steep:  for  when  your  anchor  is  gone  in  5  fathoms,  vithiii 
musket-shot  of  the  shore,  you  will  find  the  ship  in  20  fathoms,  and  no  ground  a  very 
little  way  astern.  You  bring  one  point  N.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  and  the  other  point  S. 
by  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  you  must  look  for  clear  ground,  or  you  will  have  your  cable  cut  with 
the  rocks.  These  places  arc  (it  only  when  the  trade  wind  is  settled ;  for  you  must  not 
be  caught  here  with  any  other. 

Salt  Key  is  N.  by  E.  from  Sand  Key,  and  lies  N.  by  E.  like  the  two  others;  it  is  of  a 
triangular  form,  its  length  sntnething  more  than  three  miles:  it  is  higher  than  Sand  Key, 
and  you  will  see  here  and  there  some  little  risings  or  hillocks,  and  a  great  many  bushes 
and  small  trees,  fit  only  for  fire  wood. 

GRAND  KEY,  or  GRAND  TURK.— Having  advanced  to  the  north  point  of  Salt 
Key,  you  will  see  the  Great  Key  bearing  N.  N.  E.  2i  leagues;  so  soon  as  you  are  clear 
of  the  reefs,  which  stretch  off  from  the  Little  Turk,  two  cables'  length,  it  will  be  found 
that  the  bank  continues  from  this,  N.  E.  by  N,  to  the  south  point  of  the  Great  Key,  for 
which  you  should  make  a  N.  N.  E.  course,  though  you  might  run  along  the  west  edge 
of  the  bank  in  4  fathoms,  or  might  indeed  anchor  upon  it,  as  you  would  be  sheltered  from 


328 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


A*f' 


the  trade  wind  by  the  bank  and  its  keys.  You  must,  however,  be  cautious  in  steering 
N.  E.  of  a  reef  thac  runs  off  from  Cotton  Key  \V.  by  N.,  seldom  showing  itseH'in  mode- 
rate weather,  and  stretching  as  far  as  the  South  Point  of  the  Great  Key, 

If  you  mean  to  anchor  on  the  west  side,  which  is  much  hke  that  of  SiiU  Key,  (though 
not  so  good  as  the  Sand  Key,)  you  had  better  keep  along  the  Bank,  lest  you  pet  too  far 
to  the  leeward,  and  liaul  in  west  iVoin  a  hillock,  which  may  be  plainly  liislinuuished  when 
nearly  in  ;  the  bank  is  very  steep,  and  looks  shoal ;  but  you  will  fuid  4  or  b  fathoms  water 
very  close  to  the  land.  Y"ou  must,  however,  stand  in  only  upon  white  water,  till  you 
bring  English  Point  K.by  N.;  off  that  point  are  some  breakers  quite  close  to  the  shore, 
and  there  is  shoal  wafer.  When  the  before  mentioned  hillocks  near  E.  by  S.,  you  may 
anchor  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  island,  looking  out  tor  clear  ground  ;  English 
Point  will  then  iiear  north,  and  tho  South  Point  S.  K. ;  your  anchor  will  be  in  4  or  5 
fathoms,  the  ship  in  9  or  10,  and  the  stern  in  20,  '25,  or  perhaps  no  ground  to  be  found. 
It  will  be  prudent  in  staying  here  to  observe  when  the  trade  wind  dies,  for  you  have  very 
little  room  to  turn;  you  should  also  always  buoy  your  cables,  for  the  sandy  bottom  is 
full  of  large  Jtones,  among  wliich  cables  and  anchors  have  often  been  lost. 

The  vessels  which  load  salt,  generally  anchor  to  the  northward  of  English  Point,  that 
being  nearer  to  tlie  Salt  Pond  ;  but  neither  the  shelter  nor  the  ground  are  so  good  as  at 
the  other  place.  No  passage  is  to  be  found  to  the  southward  of  this  island,  but  for  a 
boat,  as  there  is  a  reef,  wliicb  is  a  branch  of  that  surrounding  the  weather  side  of  these 
keys  and  banks.     The  (ireat  Key  lias  the  best  ground  of  the  three  islands. 

Of  the  two  Salt  Ponds  which  are  on  the  key,  one  only  furnishes  salt ;  it  is  about  4200 
yards  wide,  and  its  middling  breadth  above  200.  It  produces  three  times- as  much  as 
the  pond  of  Salt  Key  ;  but  the  grain  of  the  salt  is  coarser,  and  not  so  bright  as  that  of 
the  latter. 

The  latitude  of  the  Grand  Turk,  by  a  very  accurate  astronomical  observatiooi  is  21° 
26'  42"  N, 

Remarks  on  O^e  rest  of  the  Keys  which  are  upon  the  Turk's  Islands  Bank, 

To  the  windward  of  the  Tu -k's  Island,  (that  is  to  say,  to  the  eastward,)  are  several  lit- 
tle barren  keys.  The  northernmost  of  these  are  three  rocks,  called  the  Twins.  Thev 
lie  three  quarters  of  a  mile  east  from  the  south  part  of  the  Great  Key,  and  are  very  nearly 
together.  S.  E-  one  mile  from  these  is  Pelican's  Key,  lying  north  and  south,  about 
three  quarters  of  a  mile  long,  and  very  narrow.  Bird  Key,  which  is  larger,  is  about  21 
mile's  in  the  same  line.  A  reef,  with  great  breakers,  runs  froin  one  to  the  other  of  these 
keys,  ending  at  another  small  one,  called  Breeches  Key,  which  has  two  rocks  at  the 
south  end,  and  is  close  to  the  S.  E.  of  Bird  Key  To  the  southward  of  these  you  might 
come  in  upon  the  bank,  there  being  from  10  to  G  fathoms  of  water.  Between'the  N.  E. 
point  of  Salt  Key  and  Bird  Key  is  another  called  Cotton  Key.  It  lies  nearly  south  from 
the  Great  Key,  4,^  miles,  and  is  the  largest  of  all. 

SQUARE  HANDKERCHIEF.  oV  Mouchoir  Quarr6  Shoal,  is  a  dangerous  and  ex- 
tensive shoal  :  the  N.  E.  breaker  is  in  lat.  21^  7'  and  long.  70'  27',  The  extent  of  this 
shoal  from  E.  to  W.  is  about  30  miles,  and  from  N.  toS.  20  miles.  The  principal  dan- 
gers are  confined  to  the  N.  W.  side  of  it,  in  which  there  is  a  key  or  bank,  on  which 
there  are  only  8  or  10  feet  water.  From  this  shoal  the  bottom  runs  E.  by  N.  7  leagues, 
to  a  rocky  spot,  where  the  sea  breaks  with  great  violence.  It  is  natural  to  suppose  that  all 
the  iuterval  is  full  of  sunken  keys,  which  render  its  approach  vei-  dangerous.  On  the 
south  and  south-west  parts  the  bottom  shows  and  gives  warning,  id  you  will  find  from 
10  to  J5  fathoms  :  however,  the  best  way  is  to  bear  up,  and  pass  to  leeward,  unless  you 
jaie  sure  of  being  on  the  east  end  of  the  white  grounds,  and  can  weather  them  the  liext 
tack' 

"  Having  entered,  at  6  o'clock  in  the  morning,  the  white  grounds  of  the  Square 
Handkerchief,  on  the  south-west  edge,  we  found  from  eleven  to  fourteen  fathoms,  co- 
ral bottom.  Staod  to  the  N,  N.  E. ;  at  50  minutes  past  7  sounded  in  fourteen  fa- 
thoms; saw  ahead,  a  little  to  windward,  a  bottom  which  appeared  nearer  the  surface; 
we  bore  up,  but  too  late  for  the  vessel  was  stranded  on  a  sunken  key,  in  9  feet  water. 
This  may  show  how  dangerous  it  would  be  to  run  on  these  grounds.  Close  to  the  N. 
W.  edge  of  this  key  we  could  get  no  bottom  with  40  fathoms  line.  This  key  lies  in  the 
latitude  of  21'^  N."  _      „  „ 

and- 


kerc 


The  SII,iVER  KEY  BANK— This  shoal  has  more  extent  thun  the  Square  H; 
irchief.     The  southern  point  is  in  the  latitude  of  20°  13',  and  the  northernmost 


I)art 


in  20"  .55'.     It  is  very  white  ground  in  many  places,  especially  in  the  north  part,  and 
very  brown  in  the  S,  and  S.  E.  parts. 

The  north  and  N-  N.  V/.  parts  have  some  keys,  with  no  more  than  8  or  9  feet  of  water, 
and  perhaps  less ;  but  it  appears  that  these  keys  are  not  exactly  on  the  edge.     The  mas- 


ter ui  a  sdioo 

coming  down 

raliier  the  N. 

bic's  length  o 

Thi^  t■a^t  \y,\ 

Coinptdi;  I'.cr 

JiMving  the  (let 

tlicm  to  agree 

fin  part  of  th 

but  alidut  l.'f  I 

jN.  K.  which  r 

.Ships  oiiirh 

/jftcn  fall  from 

of  them,  tli«  b 

the  grounds. 

The  Silver 
south,  in  tli;;  s 
Cape  Fraii<-()i.- 
You  cxpcrii 
%    directions  of  tl 
M    ^<.  E.  part  of  tl 
^    league  from  tli 
%        In  general  y 
i    these  passages, 
^       SILV^ER  J> 
from  Cape  Ha; 
your  course  gm 
you  would  pas; 
sight  of  the  IJ; 
nmst  not  pass  t 
as  far  as  20"^  35 
!    and  must  only 
]   south,  the  hoft^ 
j   to  get  to  the  ni 
;    be  entire  Iv  out 
THE  liANI 
'  Septeml)er  3(», 
of  the  Bank-hli 
\  semhlancc* 
the  Bahama 
though  I  have 
from  tin;  Tnitc 
consider  it  a,-;  ; 
day-light,  and 

Another  voy; 
rellcction  of  lig 
"  It  was  a  novc 
Ijottom,  at  the 
day  was  cloiuHi 
sky  seemed  llus 
|J  was  singular. 
*?|  In  allusion  ti: 
^^  tlian  a  piuk  tin?j 
marked  it.  So 
uucc  at  that  tin 

Gcncr 

In  the  rainy  i 
('uhaouglit  to  J 
ring  the  scasoii 
their  port  of  dti 


*Tlic  Icc.Minl, 

!ll)Olltill(liviili|i,| 

.Ike  darlicst  niyht, 


BLUiNT  S  AMEKICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


829 


IS  in  steering 
itself  in  mode- 
Key,  (though 
'ou  pet  too  lar 
cuished  when 
Ihtlioms  water 
water,  till  you 
3  to  the  shore, 
f  S.,  you  may 
lund;  English 
1  be  in  4  or  5 
d  to  be  found, 
you  have  very 
ndy  bottom  is 

ish  Point,  that 
»  so  good  as  at 
dand,  but  lor  a 
•  side  of  these 
Is. 

t  is  about  4200 
es-  as  much  as 
fight  as  that  of 

Brvation,  is  2P 


!  Bank, 

are  several  lit- 
Twins.  They 
are  very  nearly 
1  south,  about 
^er,  is  about  2\ 
'■  other  of  these 
^o  rocks  at  the 
lese  you  might 
veen  the  N.  E. 
irly  south  from 

igerous  and  ex- 
e  extent  of  this 
?  principal  dan- 
oank,  on  which 
y  N.  7  leagues, 
suppose  that  ail 
erous.  On  the 
X  will  find  from 
ard,  unless  you 
■  them  the  next 

of  the  Square 
m  fathoms,  co- 
in fourteen  fa- 
er  the  surface; 

n  9  feet  water. 
Close  to  the  N. 
s  key  lies  in  the 

Square  Hand- 
rihernmost  part 
north  pnvt,  and 

r  9  feet  of  water, 
ige.     The  mas- 


ter o<  a  schooner  drawing;  ')  feet  of  water,  found  hiiiiself  ashore  on  tlic  Silver  Keys,  in 
coining  down  after  lie  had  run  wax  a  mile  S.  W.  on  very  white  grounds.  The  east,  or 
ratiier  the  N.  K.  edge  is  very  dangerous,  hi  this  part  tlnre  are  three  keys  within  a  c*» 
ble's  length  of  the  edge,  which  have  not  more  than  10  or  12  feet  nf  water. 

The  east  part  of  the  Silver  Keys  was  ex])lored  and  soundefi  in  I7.j.'{,  by  Monsieur  Le 
(,'(»ini)tde  Kenisorct,  who,  at  that  time,  commanded  the  king's  ship  rKmrraiide.  In  loU 
J(Mviiig  the  details  of  his  route,  and  trying  iiis  longitude,  soundings,  hearings,  \<-..  I  found 
them  to  agree  so  well,  that  nothing  remains  to  desire  on  the  exact  position  ol' the  east- 
ern part  of  this  shoal.  The  western  side  is  sale,  anil  there  id  a  great  depth  of  water; 
but  alxiut  l.f  league  on  the  eastern  side  the  bottom  decreases,  and  you  see  shoals  in  tliQ 
jN'.  K.  whiidi  rise  very  near  the  surface. 

Ships  ouifht  never  toveuture  within  any  p;nr  of  the  white  jjrounds,  because  they  may 
/jften  I'all  from  11  fathoms  to  ID  feet ;  if,  by  ident,  they  find  themselves  in  the  middle 
of  them,  the  best  way  is  to  tack,  and  go  out  ihe  same  way  they  come  in,  ranging  alon^ 
the  groimds. 

The  Silver  Key  is  11  leagues  long,  east  and  west,  and  7  leagues  broad,  north  and 
south,  in  the  greatest  dimension.  TJie  westernmost  part  lies  north  anil  south  from  Old 
(.'ape  Franyois. 

^'oll  experience  on  the  ed^es  of  the  shoals  weak  currents,  which  generally  follow  the 
directions  of  those  edges.  On  the  Square  ilandkerchief  they  are  scarcely  felt;  on  the 
S.  E.  part  of  the  Silver  Key.s  you  litid  them  setting  to  the  wost  and  >.'.  W. ;  but  a  short 
league  from  the  grounds  tiieir  ell'ect  is  not  perceivable. 

in  general  you  ought  not  to  mind,  in  your  reckoning,  the  weak  currents  which  exist  in 
these  |)assages,  they  Ix'ing  no  where  to  lie  I'eared. 

SlLV^EJv  \\V,Y  IWSS.VdK. — Should  you,  by  any  circumstance,  be  forced  to  go 
from  Cape  llaytien  through  the  Square  J  landkercliief,  you  must  at  the  departure  make 
yourcourse  good  N.  K.  by  K.  and  K-  N.  K.  Jf  the  winds  sulleryou  tosteerthat  course, 
you  would  i)ass  in  the  mid-channel;  but  if  you  are  forced  to  turn,  and  should  not  get 
sight  of  the  IJaytiei)  siiorti,  afti?r  you  have  once  got  into  the  longitude  of  70'^  'M',  you 
nmst  not  jjass  the  latitude  of  ^O  '  "J.j'  without  trequently  heaving  the  lead.  If  you  come 
as  far  as  "JO-"  ;j.j'  withotit  getting  ground,  you  have  nothing  to  fear  from  the  Silver  Keys, 
and  nuist  only  look  out  for  the  Square  Handkerchief,  which  is  not  dangerous  on  the 
south,  the  bottom  giving  you  notice  in  10  and  lo  fathoms.  In  the  latter  case,  continue 
to  get  to  the  uorth-ea>!  ward,  and  when  you  come  into  the  latitude  of  xJl°  20'  N.  you  will 
be  eiitirelv  out  of  the  passage. 

TUH  HANKIJIJNK  OK  TFIH  CAYCOS  AND  BAHAMAS.— In  a  letter  dated 
September  ."{(I,  IHIO,  Captain  Livingston  asks,  "  Has  Mr.  I)e  Mayne  taken  any  notice 
of  the  iJank-blink  .'  1  name  this  from  the  Ice-l)liidv,  to  which  1  presume  it  bears  a  re- 
.■tcniblance.'-  (.>ii  the  Cayiios  i5ank  1  have  seen  it  very  distinctly  in  a  dark  niglit.  On 
the  IJahama  J5aid<s  I  have  not  had  the  same  o])pi)rtunity  of  observing  it  distinctly, 
though  I  have  also  noticed  ic  then;.  Once  on  aj)|)roaching  the  Caycos,  when  coming 
from  the  I'nited  States,  I  saw  it  appearing  extremely  beautiful,  during  sun-shine,  and 
'■Diisider  it  \\i  arising  from  the  rays  ol  light  rellected  by  [lie  while  sand  of  the  banks  in 
day-light,  and  tlie  reliection  ol'  thi>  white  sandy  l)ottiim  mi  the  atmosphere  at  night." 

Another  voyager,  on  passing  over  the  (ireat  IJaiik,  'las  made  similar  remark.s  on  the 
reliection  of  light  from  tlie  white  sand  of  the  bank  to  the  atmosphere.  His  words  are, 
"It  was  a  novel  situation  to  liehold  an  exjianse  of  sea,  unliounded  by  any  land,  and  the 
bottom,  at  the  same  time,  distinctly  visilde  at  the  depth  of  a  few  feet.  Although  the 
day  was  cloudless,  and  the  atmosijliere  uueommoiily  pure,  the  a/.ure  of  the  horizontal 
sky  seemed  lliished  with  an  inl'usion  ofpiiii;  color,  producing  an  elfect  as  beautiful  as  it 

New  Providence." — M' Kiiinon'sWcstL)({ies,\QQA. 
.1  l/ivingston  says,  "There  was  a  greenish  rather 
llr.ui  a  pink  tingi;  thrown  up  over  tiie  Cayeos  JJank,  at  the  time  I  most  i)artieularly  re-. 
marked  it.  Some  of  the  fainter  hues  of  the  rainbow  come  the  nearest  to  its  appea^i 
mice  at  that  time." 

General  Dhxdions  iitiil-ins;,  and  navigating  on,  the  Coast  of  Ciila, 


was  singular. 
In  aliusion 


We  now  drew  near  to 
to  this  r)assas:e  Caiitaii 


In  the  rainy  season,  or  season  of  the  southerly  winds,  vessels  bound  from  Europe 
Cuba  ought  to  ])ass  to  the  nortliwaid  of  Porto  llico  and  Ilayti  or  St.  Domingo;  and  di 


Cuba  ought  to  ])ass  to  the  nortliwaid  of  Porto  llico  and  Ilayti  or  St.  Domingo;  and  du- 
ring the  seasoii  of  the  rforths,  they  should  pass  to  the  southward  of  these  islands,  unless 
their  port  of  destination  requires  them  to  do  otherwise.     There  are  other  reasons  for 


*  Tiic  Iceblink  is  an  cfTiilfjcncc  or  rrflcction  of  Jig 
I  :il)()iit  individnul  icebergs.     It  enables  the  mariner  tg 
,tl),€  durlicst  night, 

48 


or  rrflcction  of  iigiit,  seen  over  the  congregated  ices,  and  evcij 
les  the  mariner  tg  dislingiiish  thcni  ut  sonic  distance,  even  ijj 


330 


BLUxNT  S  AMEUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


•*/ : 


adherino;  to  this  in();lu  of  ir.ivigating.  In  Cuha  tho  ports  to  whicli  vessels  arc  bound  I'lam 
Europe,  may  be  reduced  to  two:  ilics(!  arc  tlie  St.  Jago  de  (Julni  and  the  llavaira.  It 
bound  to  the  lirst  it  is  nncessarv,  in  every  season,  to  direct  your  course  directly  to  it: 
that  is.  in  the  season  of  the  norllis  to  st>'er  from  ( 'ape  Tihuron,  the  S.  \V.  point  of  llaytl 
in  order  to  make  some  point  (ni  the  .'.oulli  side  of  Cuha,  to  windward  of  tlie  inlended  pon, 
or  even  to  windward  ol'  (Juantanamo  ;  and,  in  the  season  of  tlie  souths,  to  stecu-froin  Cape 
Nicholas'  jMole,  on  the  N.  W.  coast  of  llayii,  ahno8t  west  for  the  i)ort,  marking,  in  the 
first  place,  the  various  iioiiits  of  the  coast  of  Cuba,  which  iire  after  described.  ]}ui 
if  bound  to  Havana,  alitiilion  should  ahvays  be  |;aid  to  tin;  season;  that  is,  i| 
your  ])assa};e  is  maile  in  tiie  tinu;  of  tiie  nortiis,  you  should  ','o  to  the  -outh  of  Ciiltii, 
although  you  have  to  return  l!ie  di-^lanec  belween  Cape  Antonio  and  ilavana;  becniiM' 
this  inconvenience  is  not  conipara!)le  to  that  which  nhfiht  be  occasioned  on  the  north  side 
by  a  hard  north,  which  wtiuld  not  only  expose  a  vessel  to  heavy  risks,  but  might  retarii 
the  voyaije  miudi  loiiucr  than  the  tinit!  reciuired  to  reach  Ilavana  from  Cape  Antonin: 
for  tliis  distance  may  ir-  worked  up  in  a  slujri'time,  as  you  may  h:'ve  tin;  assistance  of  tli' 
current  to  the  eitstward,  as  more  [larticiikuly  tlescribed  in  the  directions  for  the  Strait  cil 
Florida. 

Those  navicatinc;  on  the  south  of  Cid)a,  who  have  no  occasion  to  totich  at  Trinidiul. 
or  any  other  part  of  thai  coast,  should  ;<rive  it  a  good  oiling,  and  proceed  to  the  west  fron, 
Cape  de  Cruz.  Here  it  may  be  observed  that,  at  the  distance  of  ;{")  leagues  from  ti)ai 
Cape,  is  tbe  western  end  of  tiic  low  island  called  the  Caynianbrack,  the  N.  K.  end  o,  which 
is  surrounded  by  an  extensive  reef,  tlic  making  of  which  is  dangerous  by  night,  because 
a  reef  extendi  from  it  1  miles  out  to  stva ;  and  allowance  must  always  be  made  for  tlii 
current,  which,  although  variable,  is  generally  prevalent  here.  The  safest  course  ap- 
pears to  be  to  tlie  northward  of  the  Caynr.ui's;  but  even  here  it  is  re(|iiisite  to  beware  ol 
a  shoal,  on  which  14  fathoms  have  been  found,  and  which  was  discoverd  by  a  Spanish 
packet  bound  to  Trinidad,  in  IdUO,  and  there  is  reason  for  suspecting  that  it'has  spots m 
very  little  water.  The  position  of  this  shoal,  according  to  the  last  Spanish  chart,  is  lat. 
20°  11' N.  long.  80°  :J8'  W.  It  had  previously  been  represented  more  than  half  a  degree 
farther  to  the  eastv  ard. * 

The  navigation  on  the  nortli  of  Cuba  is  that  of  the  Bahain a  or  Old  Channel.  For  thi? 
channel  it  is  customary  to  take  a  ])i!oti  who  may  be  engaged  either  at  Agiiadilla,  on  the 
N.  W.  coast  of  Porto  Rico,  or  at  JJaracoa,  in  (Uiba,  as  noticed  hereafter.  If  approach 
ing  Baracoa,  for  (his  purpose,  it  will  be  reijuisue  to  determine  the  ship's  place,  in  thevi- 
cinity  of  Cape  .Maysi;  for  other\\ise  you  may  hap])en  to  fail  in  to  leeward  of  Barac();i; 
and  even  without  the  necessity  ot  calling  for  a  jiilot,  it  will  be  proper  to  make  the  land  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  cape,  for  the  sake  of  a  departure  hence  to  the  westward,  and  foi 
correcting  any  error  produced  by  eurreiu.  'IMie  reinarkable  jioints  of  all  this  coast  will 
be  described.  These  descrii)tioHS,  must,  of  course,  be  especially  regarded,  and  striclh 
attended  to. 

We  have  already  noticed  that  in  tliis  channel,  itulf pendent,  of  aiui  current,  there  is  ii 
regular  tide.  ""'1.  ■  "urrent  itself  is  very  uncertain,  and  no  doubt  fluctuates  according  tu 
the  variations  of  the  i^iulf  Stream,  winds,  cVc  It  sometimes  sets  E.  S.  E.  at  other  times 
W.  N.  W.  and  again  ceases.  With  every  precaution,  a  vessel  ought  not  to  cross  tlir 
meridian  of  Point  Maternillo  without  having  made  and  remarked  it  well;  as  all  the  can 
of  the  most  zealous  and  attentive  navigator  may  otherwise  be  of  no  avail  to  keep  him  clear 
of  the  Mucaras  Shoal,  on  the  north  side,  which  shows  no  symptom  of  its  existence  until 
a  vessel  is  aground  upon  it.  If  obliged  to  beat  up  at  night,  it  ought  to  be  done  so  as  iioi 
to  prolong  the  tack  more  than  will  completely  and  certainly  clear  the  Muearu.^  Ilaviiii; 
passed  over  the  night  in  this  manner,  so  soon  as  it  is  clear  day,  steer  so  as  to  make  tlit 
coast,  and  recogni/.e  it  well-     If  it  be  not  in  sight,  steer  to  the  south  tiiitil  you  make  it. 

Having  once  recognized  Mati'rnillo  Point,  direct  your  course  so  as  to  ])ass  (.Tuinclio, 
or  Ginger  Key,  at  the  distance  of  two  leagues,  if  by  night ;  or  make  it  by  day,  and  theiin 
keep  over  toward  the  edges  of  the  ( treat  15ank  and  Salt  Key  Bank,  ratlicr  than  to  thr 
keys  of  the  ('oast  ol'Cuba,  whicli  oiler  U'w  marks  that  can  be  depended  on;  and  an  ap- 
proach to  which  IS  thereajre  dangerous.  You  will  have  ])assed  all  these  keys  when 
abreast  of  Point  Ycaeos,  and  may  tlience  proceed.  But  the  safest  way,  as  before  noticed, 
is  towards  tin;  southern  edge  of  the  Salt  Key  Mank,  passing  thence  to  the  westward, 
according  to  judgment,  the  state  of  the  current,  iVe. 


I 


*The  same  chart  repvcscnts  another  shoal  of  8  J  fathoms  to  the  north-eastward,  in  l»t.  20°  30' 
and  long.  ^0^  27\ 


cur.A.-' 

extremity  "< 
Sea  from  tin 
Antonio,  on  tl 
!i;as;ues. 

Cape  Mai/.i 
lat.  20^  K)}' 
)>ii  clearly  see 
lor  a  reef  exit 
ing  the  iiiillit, 
lands  of  the  ill 
(o  tbe  N.  W., 
Point  Azulcs, 
a  reef,  which  < 
Alavsi.  Fron 
aho'ut  \V.  N. 
miles,  to  the  1 
Harbor  of  31; 
mile. 

The  Ilarboi 

Vl  feet.     To  ( 

feet  water,  alii 

so  that  there  i: 

depth  for  and 

i''rom  Puert 

'J  short  miles  f 

the  preceding, 

Point  Majai 

each  other,  U 

(Molasses  lie; 

between  these 

(he  harbor  of 

Channel;  and 

in  Porto  Pico 

The  anchor 

have  only  to  a 

to.SO  fathoms, 

you  would  be 

ject  of  cominj; 

tf)  anchor  ;  bii 

(ire  a  cannon  ' 

ly  open  to  the 

vessel  under  i 

trance   of  wh 

what  may  be  : 

which  best  si 

BARACOA 

presenting  its 

able  to  get  on 

it  during  the 

you  may   aln 

Vunque  de  ] 

harbor,  is  an  ( 

a  distance  of 

to])  of  an  anv 

From  the 
(^atias,  which 
pletely  open  I 


blunt's  amkrican  coast  pilot. 


3:jl 


1  nrc  fiaund  t'lnm 
tliu  Havana.  It 
le  directly  to  ir ; 
.  point  of  lliiyti 
a-  iiileiidcd  \ntt\. 
.stfcr  (roin  Ca|)i: 
inarkiiii;,  in  (h,, 
Jeseriljcd.  ]]\u 
nii;  that  is,  j| 
south  of  ("uhii, 
avaiia ;  l)ecniiM. 
Ill  the  north  side 
itt  niiglit  rptaiii 
Cape  Antonin; 
is,si.sta:icf!  ottlii 
for  t*ie  Strait  nt 

ich  at  Trinidad, 
to  tlic  west  fioiii 
agues  from  tlmt 
E.end  (,,  whicl, 
r  night,  because 
be  made  for  the 
ifest  course  ap- 
iitf  to  beware  of 
•d  l)y  a  Spanish 
at  it  has  spots  nl 
isii  chart,  is  iat. 
m  lialf  a  degree 

mnel.  For  thi« 
guadilla,  on  tlip 

If  approach  . 
phice,  in  tlievj- 
rd  of  Baracoa; 
lake  the  land  in 
stward,  and  Ibi 
1  this  coast  wili 
ed,  and  strict)) 

•rent,  there  is  a 
es  according  tu  ■, 

at  other  times 
lot  to  cross  thf 

as  all  the  cart 
keep  him  clear 
existence  until 

done  so  as  noi 
ar.io.  Having 
IS  to  make  tin 

you  make  it. 

la.ss  (iuinclin, 

ly,  and  thence 

r  than  to  the 
II ;  and  an  ap- 

('  keys  when 
fore  noticed, 
the  westward, 


la  l»t.  20°  3(y 


ISLAi\D  OF  CIBA. 


(P|-p,\. — This  is  ilie  largest  island  in  the  West  Indies,  and  is  situated  at  the  wcslcni 
extrcinilV  of  liie  innltituile  of  islands,  keys,  and  l)aiiks.  whicli  separate  the  Caribbean 
Sea  froiii  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Its  leiiL'tls  fniui  ('ajjc  Mai/.e,  on  the  east,  to  Cape  St. 
Antonio,  on  the  west,  is  about  'JOrf  leagu'-s  ;  its  brcadih  is  uiMvjnal,  being  from  12  to  24 
Jeui^ues. 

Cape  Maize,  the  most  easterly  point  of  the  south  part  of  C'uba,  is  situate  in  or  near 
Iat.  CO"  L')','  N-.  i""'  longitude  74^  1'  W.  'Pile  ]-n\v.t  itself  is  a  low  beach,  and  cannot 
}*e  cleurlv  seen  until  yon  are  lu^u-ly  uj)  v.itli  it.  jianding  on  it  is  CAtrcmely  dangerous, 
for  a  reef  extends  from  it  nearly  a  mile  to  the  ea-  tward  :  '.uid  advancing  towards  it  dur- 
ing the  night,  is  very  unsafe,  unless  yoii  lii.ve  prmiously.  in  daylight,  marked  the  liigli 
lands  of  the  interior  (•onutry.  either  of  ('uha  or  ol'  lli.yti.  i''roni  this  point  the  coast  trends 
to  the  N.  W.,  and  rounds  to  river  Maysi,  at  a  mile  from  the  (^ape.  from  this  river  to 
I'oint  A/.uli's,  which  is  another  mill",  lu'arly  in  tlic  same  dirccrion.  (lie  coast  is  bounded  by 
.1  reef,  which  extends  out  about  a  cable's  l<'ugl!i,  atid  l;as  a  breal;  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Mavsi.  From  I'oint  A/.uU's  t!ie  land  begins  to  rise,  and  tlii^  coast  is  clean  and  trends 
about  \V,  N.  W.  fiu'  o  miles,  to  Punta  Frayle  or  l-'riarV  Point,  v,  hence  it  extends  west  6 
miles,  to  the  Kiver  Vaniuri,  and  continues  in  the  same  direction  tv.o  miles  jnore,  to  tiiC 
JJarbor  of  Mata.  All  this  coast  is  very  f  lean,  a:id  vou  may  run  along  it  within  half  a 
tnile. 

The  Harbor  of  ]Mata  is  very  small,  and  too  shallov,-  to  admit  vessels  drawing  more  than 
Vi  feet.  To  enter  it  you  have  only  to  keep  in  inid-chaumd,  and  juiehor  in  from  14  to  18 
feet  water,  almost  in  the  middle  of  the  bay.  All  the  shores  have  shoal  water  from  them, 
so  that  there  is  a  space  of  o.dy  two  cables'  length  in  di.uueter,  in  which  there  is  sutfieient 
de|)th  for  anchoring. 

J''rom  Puerto  de  iMata,  the  coast  trends  nearly  N.  \V.  b  miles,  to  Port  Majana,  and  at 
■2  short  miles  irom  it  is  the  mouth  of  the  I'iver  P.oma.  This  piece  of  coast,  as  well  as 
the  prec(Miing,  is  very  clean. 

Point  Majana  and  15aracoa  Point,  which  lie  neaiiy  east  luil  v.est,  2  miles  distant  from 
each  other,  form  a  bay,  in  the  east  ])art  of  v.hic  !i  is  the  anchorage  of  Playa  de  Miel, 
(Molasses  lieach;)  and  in  the  west,  the  mouth  of  the  Port  of  J3aracoa ;  in  the  middle, 
between  these  two  aiudiorages,  is  the  I'own  of  Baracoa,  standing  on  the  S.  K.  point  of 
the  harbor  of  the  same  name.  In  this  town  dwcdl  the  pilots  for  the  Bahama  or  Old 
Channel;  and  therefore  vessels  wliieli  liav(;  not  previiuisly  engaged  one  at  the  Aguadilla, 
ill  Porto  B  ico,  come  here  for  one. 

The  antdiorage  of  Playa  de  Miel  is  very  open  to  the  norths.  To  anchor  in  it,  you 
have  only  to  approach  PointMajaua,  and  anchor  something  to  the  south  of  it,  in  from  10 
to.lO  fathoms,  on  a  sandy  liottom,  taking  care  not  to  get  to  the  east  of  that  jioint,  where 
you  would  be  immediately  in  4,  or  even  in  less  than  !  fathom ;  of  water.  The  general  ob- 
ject of  coming  to  Baracoa,  being  only  to  oiilain  a  i)ilol,  ilii're  is  no  necessity,  in  that  case, 
to  anchor  ;  but  approaching  Point  Majana,  even  within  t^vo  ealdes'  length,  if  you  choose, 
fire  a  cannon  or  gun  and  a  jiilot  will  come  off  directly.  As  the  Playa  de  31iel  is  entire- 
ly open  to  the  norths,  in  the  season  of  them,  it  is  much  exposed;  and,  therefore,  any 
vessel  under  the  necessity  of  anchoring,  should  steer  at  once  for  Baraco..,  to  tlie  en- 
trance of  which  there  is  no  obstacle,  as  it  is  completely  ("lean,  having  no  danger  but 
what  may  be  seen  ;  and  consulting  the  plan  of  it,  you  may  cjioose  the  spot  to  anchor  in, 
which  best  suits  the  draught  of  water  of  your  vess(d. 

BARACOA  IiAIvBOR,  though  secure  and  sheliercd,  has  ijie  great  inconvenience  of 
presenting  its  mouth  to  tht^  breeze,  and  a  great  swell  conse(]uently  sets  in;  and,  being 
•able  to  get  out  of  it  with  the  land  breeze  only,  vessels  are  olten  detained  much  time  in 
it  during  the  norths,  when  the  land  breeze  is  not  fre(|uent;  but  in  the  rainy  season, 
you  may  almost  reckon  on  having  it  every  night.  'J'he  Anvil  Hill  of  15aracoa,  (El 
Yunque  de  Baracoa,)  which  is  a  little  mountain  about  5  miles  to  the  westward  of  the 
harbor,  is  an  excellent  mark  to  recognize  it  by,  as,  in  (dear  days,  it  may  be  discovered  at 
a  distance  of  more  than  12  leagues,  and  appears,  over  the  other  high  land,  like  the  flat 
top  of  an  anvil. 

From  the  Harbor  of  Baracoa,  the  coast  trends  almost  true  north,  3  miV-s  to  Point 
(^anas,  which,  although  very  clean,  ought  not  to  be  ajiproachrd,  because,  !;eing  com- 
pletely open  to  the  breeze,  there  is  always  a  heavy  sAvell  setting  upon  it.     From  Point 


*>3 


332: 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Caiiiis  to  llic  Iliivlxir  M;irnvi,  is  two  jnilcs ;  llic  toast  trends  iioarly  wpst,  and  is  vorv 


clean. 


poirr  MMvAvr,  i; 


HHl 


:li  stn.'dl,  is  am'H  sliclicifd  from  tlic  norflis.     Its  entranee  is 


not  diliieult,  for  yon  liave  oniv  to  keep  in  mid-eliaiinel.  wliicli  is  less  than  a  eai)le's  lens^tli 
ill  widtli,  and  nuMiins:  jii  for  ilie  middle  (d'  tlie  liay,  anchor  as  soon  as  an  islet,  which  is 
on  its  western  side,  hears  in  the  same  direction. 

From  ^Maravis  tlie  coast  trends  nearly  nortli,  iiiaUinc  a  hond,  (or  hijilit,)  to  Point  ^'^an, 
and  from  tlience  it  runs  to  the  N.  \V..  formini:  another  hend  to  Port  iS'avas,  wliieli  is  an 
oj)r;(iiiit;  of  ahont  t\\  o  ealiies'  jeniith  in  C'vtenl.  in  all  direetioiK,  v.  itli  its  month  to  the 
north;  therefore,  iisefnl  f)nly  as  a  sjieher  from  tlie  hree/.es.  'I'o  eiittn'  it,  no  more  is  ne- 
cessary than  an  iiis|)eeti(in  ol'  the  ])lan.' 

From  I'ort  Navas  to  I'ort  <  ayairnanetji'.e,  t!ie  distance  is  only  two  short  miles.  CnVa- 
giiaiUMjue  is  ht  for  very  small  vessels  nn!y,  and  ils  cntrince  is  mdy  40  yards  wide.  'J'he 
jjlan  will  fjive  aiierfect  knowlod:.:e  cd'  it,  antl  ol"  the  di.'tieulties  wliieli  present  themselves 
in  takin'j;  it. 

TACO. —  '^J'liree  and  a  half  miles  from  Cayai^nnneciiie,  is  tlie  ITarhor  of  Taco.  It  is 
>vell  sheltered  ;  Imt  thimf^'h,  in  its  interior,  there  is  depth  lor  any  class  of  vessels,  yet  its 
ppiraiice  has  a  bar  witli  only  from  I'i  to  !■-  feet  on  it.  and  it  is  also  ohstrncted  hy  rock) 
shoals  with  little  water  on  iheni,  which  si  retch  ont  from  hoth  slnires;  lint  as,  on  arconiil 
of  the  bar,  vessels  drawing;  only  10  or  ^^■l  feet  water  should  yo  in.  those  will  run  no  risk 
in  running  over  the  shoals,  and  tlieret'ore  may  take  this  harbor  by  keeping  in  mid-elian- 
iicl :  and,  when  once  past  lite  entrance,  they  may  direct  themselves  to  that  part  of  the 
harbor  which  snits  th<Mn  best. 

l^'rom  tlie  llailior  id'  "^I'aeo  to  Point  .Tara<rtia,  is  'J'  miles;  and  the  coast,  which  is  a 
sandy  bea(;h,  is  (!e;m.  At  Point  .laragn';!  it  (eases  to  be  so.  thoiigli  all  between  it  and 
('ape  Maysi,  may  be  nm  along  at  a  mile's  distance.  Point  .laragna  sends  out  a  reef 
which  strotclies  to  tlio  \.  W.  of  it ;  tliis  |)oiiit  is  the  eastern  one  of  tlie  anchorage  of  the 
sanie  name,  wliich  is  only  a!i  openiiig  in  tlie  reef,  by  whi(  h  a  vessel  may  enter  upon  the 
baidi  or  shoal,  and  find  sin  her  from  tlie  sea,  behind  the  reef'.  'I'he  break  or  month  is- 
only  two  thirds  of  a  cable's  length  wide  :  and  from  it  to  some  islets  which  are  to  the  8. 
W.  of  it,  the"  distance  is  two  eable-!.  The  islets  are  three  in  iminber  ;  the  southern  one 
is  the  largest;  the  anchorage  lor  large  vessids  extends  only  till  you  are  K.  and  AV.true, 
with  the  south  jiart  of  the  middle  is|<'t;  as  I'arther  in,  there  are  only  IL' to  18  feet  ef 
"water.  'J'o  take  this  anciiorai',!',  it  is  necessary  to  sail  ou'side  the  rcf*!",  which  extends 
ont  from  Point  .Taragua,  until  the  eas;  pan  of  tlie  gicai  islet  bears  nt'arly  S.  W..  then 
steer  direc  tly  for  it:  and,  if  the  vessel  l>e  larj.'e.  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  E.  and  \V. 
with  tin-  middle  islet,  in  ti  fathoms,  on  a  sandy  boltom  ;  but  it"  the  vessel  draws  not  more 
than  J  4  I'eet.  you  may  run  further  in,  kee))iin:.  if  yon  choose,  within  a  (|uarter  of  a  cable 
f)f  the  great  islet,  and  about  a  cable's  lengrli  I'rom  the  middle  ol'  it,  you  may  anchor  in 
ly  feet  on  clay.  Yim  may  also  enter  the  mmith  without  attending  to  the  given  niarka- 
tion  of  8.  \V'.,  I)f«eause  the  reef  itself  shows  the  opening.  This  harbor  should  never  he 
taken  cxcejU  in  a  case  of  necessity,  as  there  can  be  no  other  motive  for  vessels  coniiii::; 
to  it. 

From  Point  Jaragtui  the  coast  frtMids,  first  to  the  N.  \V.  and  afterwards  to  the  north, 
forming  a  great  bay  to  Point  (Juarico,  which  is  7  miles  distant  from  the  former.  Tlid 
reef  which  extends  to  Point  .larauua,  rounds  the  whole  of  it,  alid  stretclies  out  about 
two  miles  from  Point  (iiiarico.  In  approaching  this  side  of  Cttba.  be  carelul  not  to  mis- 
take Guarico  ]'oint  for  (Jape  iMai/.e,  it  being  dangerous  at  night  and  in  thick  Meathei. 
when  you  cannot  recognize,  and  use  as  marks,  the  eastern  lands  of  the  island,  and  par- 
ticularly when  you  are  uncertain  of  your  latitude. 

From  Point  (luarico,  the  coast  trends  nearly  N.  W.  P  miles,  to  the  TJiver  IMoa ;  it  is 
lall  bordered;  by  a  reef,  which  extends  about  two  miles  out  to  sea.  Almost  N.  by  W. 
from  the  month  of  that  river,  and  between  the  x^ef  and  the  shore,  is  an  islet,  named 
Cayo  Moa,  which  oilers  an  excellent  anchmage,  sheltered  from  all  sea.  Tt  is  entered  by 
An  opening  in  the  reel",  almost  due  north  from  the  moulh  of  the  river.  This  opening  is 
About  two  cables'  length  in  width,  and  continues  \V.  by  S.,  forming  the  chaimel  and  an- 
oliorage,  until  the  east  ])art  of  <'ayo  .Moa  bears  norfli.  1%)  take  it,  run  along  the  east 
side  of  the  reef  until  uj)  with  the  openint,  wliieli  will  be  when  the  eastern  part  of  Cavn 
Moa  bears  W.  by  S. ;  and  then  steer  S.  W.  until  the  soitth  part  of  ( ^ayo  Moa  bears  \V. 
fi.  W.  TT  W.  ;  then  steer  \V.  ^S.  and  contimie  so  till  you  anchor  to  the  southward  of 
the  eastern  oart  of  Cayo  Moa,  in  t).';  or  7  lathoms,  u])oh  cby.  'J'he  ]ilan  of  tlie  port  will 
give  a  perfect  idea  of  this  anchorage;  for  reeogni/.ing,  tir  finding  whi'eli,  some  mountains 
about  4  leagues  inland,  named  the  Sierras  de  Moa,  may  serve  as  land-marks. 


*  The  Plans  referred  to  in  these  diivcliMnf!,  are  those  of  ihr  Portitlano  '^t  tet  America  Selentrii' 
nal,  published  at  M'  drid  in  180-9. 


From  the 
which  extei 
fnnn  the  foi 
the  caslern 
»;erve  as  niai 
for  small  ve 
row  and  dd'ti 
take  this  po 
to  the  openi 
the  s(Hltllwa 
coinniencei 
IJiere  is  scar 

CAN  \N< 
is  prop  riy. 
fbroir^h  tln' 

Three  nii 
)>iosr  dirti(  nl 

IW.NA.M' 
coast  is  loll  I 
liarbor,  and 
cilge  ol"  the 
have  |)asse(l 
i'(d  makes,  i 
i:i»'e  a  berth 
farther  direi 

(;ai}(>m 

entrance  of 
piece  of  coas 
two  bramdie 
leading  to  L 
anil  then  stei 
mill  (diannel 
on!  about  a 
a  eable  of  til 
fil'  the  harbd 

MPK.— I 
■)  miles  to  til 
and  has  a  : 
liree/.e  or  th 
lor  this  re(|H 
s('as(m  o("  tli 

To  distinji 
th(;se  are  a 
and  extends 
ma,  to  the  w 
that  it  Lanno 
to  the  north 
ma ;  and  as 
begins  to  risi 
of  hills  or  ir 
Pan  of  Srtin 

15ANKS.- 
I'anes  :  it  is 
iJanes  has  it 
miles  of  ope 
and  a  half  ii 
channel,  are 
seen.  ( )nly 
and  with  sue 
slant,  from  i 
pxtrr-mely  di 
wind,  and  it 
rate  as  far  as 
from  the  res 
to  I'oint  Mu 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT* 


833 


est,  and  is  vorv 

Its  fntiaiifp  is 
a  cal)ie's  leiiirth 
1  islet,  which  is 

)  fo  Point  A'nn, 
v.ifi,  which  is  an 
fs  month  to  the 
,  lie  more  is  iic- 

t  miles.  Cnva- 
ids  wide.  The 
<i'iU  themselves 

of  Taco.  It  is 
vessels,  yet  its 
lU'ted  hy  rocky 
as,  on  account 
ivill  run  no  risk 
IS  in  mirl-cluiM- 
hat  part  of  the 

nasf,  wliich  is  a 

lietween  it  and 

'nds  out  a  reel" 

ichorage  of  the 

enter  upon  the 

^'aU  or  motith  i« 

•h  are  to  the  8. 

le  soufliern  one 

\'].  and  W.true. 

]L>  to  18  feet  «( 

wliich  extends 

fly  S.  W.,  then 

ure  E.  and   \V. 

(haws  not  more 

nrter  of  a  cable 

may  anchor  in 

e  jriven  marka- 

hould  never  he 

vessels  coniiiii; 

Is  to  the  north, 
former.  Th(J 
rhes  otit  about 
efhl  not  fo  mis- 
tliick  weather, 
si  a  11(1,  and  par- 

iver  IMoa  ;  it  is 

uost  N.  by  W. 

m  islet,  named 

It  is  entered  by 

This  opening  is 

hannel  and  an- 

alons  the  east 

rn  part  of  Cayo 

Moa  hears  W. 

3  southward  of 

of  the  port  will 

ome  mountains 

ivks. 


N 


From  the  ancliorage  of  Moa,  the  coast  trends  about  west;  it  is  all  hounded hy  'A  reef, 
which  extends  -J  or  ."{  iiiiii's  iVoiii  it,  as  far  as  J'.irt  ^"asllane(|lle,  which  is  11  miles  distant 
from  the  ((irnier.  <  )ii  tills  part  of  the  coast,  and  between  it  and  the  reef,  are  two  keys, 
the  eastern  one  named  IJmids,  (Asses,)  and  tlie  western  Arena,  (Sand  :)  these  keys  may 
serve  as  marks  for  knowinsr  tiiis  part  of  the  coast.  'J'he  Harbor  of  Va!:uaiie(|ne  is  fit 
for  siiiall  vessels  oidy,  because  its  bottom  is  shallow  and  uneipiul,  and  its  entrance  nar- 
row and  ditliciilt  to  lake,  for  tlie  mmitli  is  formed  merely  by  a  break  in  the  reef.  To 
lake  this  port,  it  is  nc'cssary  to  folbiw  the  ediic  of  the  reef  to  windward,  imtil  you  come 
to  the  openiiii;,  which  Wc^  S.  \V.  two  thirds  ol'  a  mile  from  Arena  Key  ;  then  steer  to 
(he  southward,  ke-'pins  aloii'^  ilieed>;e  ol'  the  \vt'ailier-ree|',  because  the  lee-reef,  which 
commences  when   von  are  west  iVoiii  Arena    !\ev.  narrows  the  entrance  so  much,  tliat 


IJiere  is  scarcely  a  ca 


en"tii  ol'  width  in  the  elr.UMK 


•1.      It  is  (it  f 


ir  small  era 


ft  only. 


()A.\AN()\  A. — A  mile  and  a  half  In  mi  ^'a;,M^.llle(ple  is  the  I'ort  ol'  ('ana  nova,  wliirli 
prop  rly.  an  opening  of  the  coast   only,  and   must  be  encer(Ml   by  another  opening 


tliioir'li  till-  reel'. 


mile 


to  the  westward  (d"  Caiianova  Jlarbor,  is  tliat  (d"  Cebollas,  which  is  alike 


inosr  diifu  ult  to  enter,  or  to  set  out  of,  and  tlierel'ore  iiiifi'  for  iaru;(^  vessels. 


TA.SA.MO.— Ten  n 


west  Irom 


( 


elxilla.' 
1, 


I'ort  Tananio,  and   the  intermediate 


coast  is  foal,  with  a  red'  w  liich  extends  out  a!)ont  tw  o  mib's  from  it.  Tanamo  is  a  larj];e 
liarlxir,  and  lit  fur  vessels  ol'  any  (lenomination  ;  to  enter  it,  you  must  run  along  the 
i'i\!Sv  ol'  llie  windward  reel'  iinlil  yoii  find  the  oix'niiijj;  in  it  ;  then  steer  S.  ~  K.  imtil  vou 
have  passed  the  b'''wanl  point,  when  yoii  may  keep  away  up  the  (dbow  which  the  chan- 
iMd  makes,  in  the  middle  of  which  von  ouiiht  to  keep  ;  but  no  imuc  is  necessary  tlian  to 
sive  a  berth  of  a  third  of  a  cable,  to  all  that  is  •visible.  With  the  I'lan  and  your  eye,  no 
farther  directions  are  needlul. 

(JAHOMCO  AM)  jjl\' ISA.— From  Tanamo  tlie  eoast  trends  west  10  miles,  to  the 
entrance  of  the  ILirbnrs  of  (yabonico  and  Livisa;  a  reef  extends  also,  12  miles  from  this 
pieceoi  coast.  These  two  hariiors  have  one  common  entrance,  which  divides  withm,  into 
two  i)ranches  ;  one  to  the  eastw  ard,  leading  to  <.'abonieo,  and  the  other  to  the  westward, 
leading  to  Livisa.  To  enter  these  harbors,  yoli  must  go  in  by  the  opening  in  the  reef, 
and  then  steer  for  the  windw-.ird  jioint  until  it  bears  S.  i  K.,  and  being  then  near  it,  keep 
mill  channel,  •ivoidinu'  a  reef  which  runs  out  from  the  windward  shore,  and  which  lies 
oiil  about  a  cabby's  length  fr(un  the  iiitericu' ixunt.  You  may  approach  within  a  third  of 
a  cable  of  the  le.'ward  shore  :  (uiee  ai)rc;ist  ol'  the  interior  points,  steer  for  the  channel 
of  the  harbor  you  wisli  to  take,  witliont  anv  otlier  care  than  t(,'  keep  mid-channel, 

iNlPK. —  l-"rom  tlicsi'  ports  tii(>  coast  continues  foul,  having  a  reef  about  W.  N.  W., 
'>  miles  to  t!ie  1  iariiiu'  of  Xipe.  This  iiay.  for  its  magnitude  and  (!(^pth,  is  very  extensivet 
and  has  a  spacious  enfiance.  The  liarlior  is  always  ac((^ssible,  fur  with  either  the 
breeze  or  the  norths,  you  will  run  in  with  a  free  wind;  e(uning  out  is  (piite  the  reverse, 
lor  this  reipiires  the  land  brec'^.es,  which, as  We  have  said  before,  is  often  very  rare  in  the 
seas(ni  (d  the  norths. 

'J'o  distinguish  this  part  of  the  coast,  the  mountains  of  C'ristal  may  serve  as  marks  1 
these  are  a  continuation  of  the  ("ordillera,  (or  ranse,)  which  comes  from  Uaracoa, 
and  extends  to  the  soiuh  from  Port  Livisa,  at  about  1.'!  miles  inland.  The  Pan  of  Sa- 
ma,  to  the  west,  is  also  another  excellent  mark  of  recogni/ance :  its  figure  being  such 
that  it(,annot  be  mistaken,  because  the  summit  of  it  forms  a  table.  It  rises  on  the  land 
to  the  north  of  Nipe  and  ]5anes,  ard  is  almost  jS.  and  S,,  true,  witli  the  Ifarhor  of  Sa" 
ma;  and  as  the  nionntalns  of  Cristal  terminate  to  the  east,  and  the  Pan  of  ,Sama,  which 
begins  to  rise  gradually,  ahuost  from  Point  Mulas,  form  an  opening  or  break  in  the  chain 
(d'  hills  or  mountains,  it  is  almost  imjiossible  for  any  one  to  mistake  the  place.  The 
l*an  of  Srtina  may  he  seen  'JO  miles  oil". 

]»AXKS. —  Prtuu  the  1  [arbor  of  Nipe  the  toast  trends  N.  W.  11  miles,  to  the  Port  of* 
r)anes  :  it  is  all  clean,  and  may  be  run  along  at  half  a  mile's  distance.  The  Harbor  of* 
IJanes  has  its  entrance  in  the  middle  of  a  bay  fornu-d  hy  tlie  coast,  and  which  has  2\ 
miles  of  opening,  whence  it  narrows  into  the  entrance  of  the  port,  wliich  is  only  a  cable 


half 


m  \\ 


idth.  so  that  it  res(nul)les  a  funnel.     Tlie  shores  of  both,  the  bay  ^nd 
lie  uncommonly  clear  and  dee]»  to,  and  you  have  to  fear  nothing  hut  w!  ..  is 

us. 


nerica  SatfntTif 


and  a 
clianne 

seen.  <  )iily  thus  could  this  port  be  entered  with  facility,  as  its  entrance  is  so  tortuo_._ 
|9  and  with  such  elliows  and  turnings,  that  you  must  alter  your  course,  almost  in  an  An  in 
slant,  from  S.  to  N.  It  is  excellent  as  a  ]dace  of  shelter,  for  any  cla.ss  of  ves.sels.  It  is 
extremely  diriicult,  liowever, ^o  get  out  of;  l)ecaus(>  its  mouth  stands  open  to  the  trade 
wind,  and  it  is  necessary  to  avail  yourself  of  the  laud  breeze  to  get  out  clear,  at  any 
rate  as  far  as  the  middle  of  the  hay,  that  you  may  have  room  to  tack  and  clear  yoursell' 
from  the  rest  of  it,  as  well  as  of  the  coast,  which  there  trends  about  N.  by  E.  10  mHeSf 
tn  I'oint  Mula.s,  and  which  is  foul,  with  a  reef  that  stretches  a  mile  from  it. 


334 


ni.IINT  ti  AMERICA?f  COAST  PILOT. 


POINT  iMOLAS. — T(»  mablo  siny  one  to  rfrojrnixe  Point  IMiilr.s,  which,  on  accoant 
of  its  being  very  (oiil,  iiml  lyin.f;  f'urliirr  to  tiic  iioilln  iird  tliaii  nny  i)f'  tho  ajiterior  coast, 
luiiy  l)Pi -pry  Hiispifioiis,  ilio  murks  already  given  may  sufhce  ;  these  being  the  monri- 
tains  of  vhisial  and  J*aii  of  Sama. 

About  f)  miles  N.  W.  from  J'oint  Mnlas  is  Point  Lncrctia,  which  is  r'ear  and  high; 
the  coast  tlietice  contiinics  to  the  west,  witli  sdirii'  inclination  to  the  south..  Cor  13  miles, 
to  the  Port  ol'  Sania,  t'a'niing  a  bay  named  Kio  Se( o,  (\hy  Jviver.)  Vh  thic  coast  is 
very  clear  and  scarped,  excepting  the  bay,  which  has  a  beach. 

THK  POUT  (JK  SA.MA  is  lit  Ibr  vessels  only  which  do  not  draw  more  than  12  feet 
of  water;  and  as  the  shores  both  of  its  entrance  and  the  interior  are  very  clean,  the 
inspection  of  the  plan  will  afford  all  tho  ni>cessury  i.isfruction  for  taking  it.  You 
may  know  this  part  of  the  coast  and  liaibor,  by  the  J'an  of  Sama,  atid  a  hill  or  moun- 
tain near  its  western  part,  which  is  jiretiy  King,  and  lies  N.  W.  and  S.  K.,  aiul  the  top  of 
it  seems  to  be  plain  and  e(|ual,  and  at  its  west  end  arc  scarped  rocks  which  seem  wliite, 
and  wlu'ri!  much  honey  i^  maile.  From  this  slojie  a  sandy  beadi,  named  (iaurdalaboca, 
contimu's  to  the  west :  to  the  south  of  it  may  be  seen  a  (U^tached  liil'.  in  tiie  form  of  a 
sugar-loaf,  and  to  tin?  S,  \\'.  a  small  mountain  covered  with  trees,  the  top  of  wliicli 
i.  "MS  a  tabl(!,  and  which  is  named  Mesata  de  Xeranjo,  (fjittle  Orange  Table.)  Between 
the    ill  and  the  mountain  is  Port  Naranjo,  which  is  o  miles  distant  from  Sama, 

i'OllT  NAKAN.IO  is  a  good  harbor  for  vt.-ssels  of  every  class.  Jts  windwi't-d  point 
may  easily  be  known  by  being  high  and  scarped,  while  the  rest  is  of  Leacli.  To  take  the 
Jiarbor  you  must  sail  without  the  reef,  until  the  windward  point  bears  S.  ^  E.  when  you 
may  sail  towards  if,  taking  care  to  give  it  a  cable's  length  berth,  to  keep  clear  of  a  shoal 
which  surrounds  it,  and  stretches  out  about  two  tliirds  oi'  a  cable  from  it.  It  is  also  ne- 
cessary to  be  cautious  of  another  shoal  wliieh  stretches  out  from  the  leeward  coast,  and 
which  sallies  out  to  tin'  north  of  the  exterior  sloping  point,  about  one  cable  and  one  tliird. 
What  ought  to  be  doiuMs,  to  run  in  mid-chaimel  until  you  are  past  the  two  points  of  the 
entrance  ;  and  so  sooii  as  you  are  well  past  that  to  windward,  you  may  lulf  up,  and  an- 
chor in  :i  bight  formed  by  the  east  coast,  at  about  two  thirds  of  a  cable  from  it,  and  in  10 
fathoms  v,">ter,  opposite  the  spot  where  the  mangroves  come  down  so  as  to  be  bathed 
with  the  water. 

Tliis  Iiarbor  has  the  peculiar  advantage  that  a  vessel  uiay  sail  either  in  or  out  with 
the  breeze. 

From  Port  Naranjo  the  coast,  wliieh  is  a  foul  beach,  trends  W.  2^  miles  to  Point 
Presquera  Nucvo,  wliieh  is  sloping  and  clean  ;  thence  it  descends  W.  S.  W.  3  miles  to 
I'ort  A'^ita,  and  is  very  clean.  'J'his  littl(>  ]iort  is  v(  ry  good  for  vessels  which  do  not  draw 
more  than  18  feet,  and  the  inspection  of  the  chart  of  it  wih  be  a  sufficient  guide.  Three 
miles  to  the  wr  -.t  of  \'ita  is  another  small  harbor,  named  IJariay,  at  the  moutli  of  which 
thc-e  is  shelter  from  tiie  bree/es,  btu  only  in  the  interior  from  the  norths.  Very  small 
vessels  only  can  get  up  there.  Tlie  coast  between  V'^ita  and  JJariay  is  very  clean.  A 
mile  to  leeward  of  Jiariay  there  is  another  port  named  .lururu,  the  entrance  to  which  is 
very  difficult,  being  very  narrow;  and  although  vessels  drawing  20  feet  may  enter  it, 
only    mall  vessels  ought  to  do  so. 

Gii?ARA  OR  XIUEKA. — Five  miles  Avest  from  Juiuru  is  the  harbor  of  Gibara.  Its 
entrance  is  5  cat)lcs  in  breadtli,  and  completely  open  to  the  north.  The  coast  between 
it  and  .lururn  is  very  clean.  To  find  the  port,  three  hills  or  mounts,  which  are  to  be 
seen  to  the  south  of  it,  and  which,  at  a  great  distance,  ap))ear  to  be  islands,  are  excellent 
marks.  The  first  and  most  easterly  of  these  is  named  Silla  of  Gibara  (Saddle  of  Giba- 
ra :)  the  middle  one  resembles  the  shape  of  a  sugar  boiler  ;  and  to  the  west  of  the  third 
are  some  hills  of  a  regular  heiglit. 

From  Port  (iibara  the  coast,  which  is  clean  and  slopinsx,  trends  to  the  north,  2  miles 
to  Point  Erava,  from  which  follows  N.  W.  10  miles,  of  tlie  s.une  kind  of  coast,  to  Punta 
Mangle  (Mangrove  Point;)  and  from  it  continues  6  miles  in  the  same  direction,  but  it 
is  a  sandy  beach  and  clean.  From  this  point  it  trends  west,  but  is  foul,  with  a  reef  of 
six  miles  to  Puerto  del  Padre.  All  this  land  is  low,  and  on  the  coast  may  be  seen  some 
small  palm  trees,  called  Miraguanas.  At  the  west  side  of  Port  Padre  there  are  two 
little  mounds,  very  close  together. 

PUERTO  DEL  PADRE.— Tlie  harbor  o*"  Padre  is  excellent,  and  fit  for  any  class 
and  number  of  vessels.  Its  entrance  is  long,  and  only  two  cables  in  width ;  its  shores 
are  very  clean  and  have  dc.'p  water.  To  enter  this  harbor  it  is  necessary  to  navigate 
outside  the  reefs,  until  the  east  point,  named  .larro,  bears  S.  by  E.  ^  E.,  when  you  may 
place  the  prow  to  the  outer  leeward  point  of  the  entrance  channel ;  and  it  is  necessary 
not  to  confound  this  point  with  another,  which  is  to  the  N.  E.  upon  the  same  coast, 
and  which,  for  distinction,  is  named  Guinclms.  The  last  Ins  an  islet  of  the  same  name 
very  close  to  it,  and  it  may  assist  much  in  finding  the  mouth  of  this  harbor.     Running 


\ 


^1 


for  the  bcfi 
clios,  no  mi 
ivare  of  anv 

From  P< 
R  >ck  PoinI 
thai  a  lago 
The  toast  t 
trends  W. 
which  strel- 

PCEKT 
may  be  disc 
and  may  be 
seen  anotlie 
which  whei 
to  the  view  t 
and  is  daiii; 

This  harl 
long,  iiarroN 
vessels  only 
of  water,  it 
so  with  shi| 

Three  mi 
The  coast  t 
the  i)ort  off 
sels  of  12  ft 
out  6  cables 
tance  by  a  c 
length  in  br 
acrpiainted  ; 
may  run  alo 

NUEV^'I 
N.  W.,  11  1 
as  the  harbc 
harbor.  Tl 
high  to  the 
many  shoab 
avoid  its  wii 
ble's  length, 
poiiii;  but  t 
crooked. 

From  mil 
of  which  rec 
the  b;iy. 

From  Nu 
very  clean, 
a  reef  whicli 
tie ;  and  iie; 
mount,  callt 
mences  a  gr 
many  keys  a 
navigation,  ; 
kevs  upon  it 

About  W 
little  islet,  a 
jaba.  This 
and  west, 
being  of  lesi 
west»vard  it 
beyond  thes 
coast  being 

keyr'o 

Romano,  an 
tent.  This 
wide.  The 
die.  The  ' 
bly  withia  t 


BLUiM'  S  AMERICAN  COAKT  I'lLOT. 


335 


fi,  on  account 
nterior  coast, 
g  t}ie  nioiiri- 

nr  and  high; 
(or  13  milt^s, 
thic  cuast  is 

!  tlinn  1'2  feet 
ry  clean,  tlie 
uiS,  ii.  You 
ill  or  niouri- 
nd  tlie  (op  of 

seem  white, 
laurdaiabocn, 
he  form  of  a 
op  of  wliich 
'.)  Between 
ani.i. 
[i(l\v;'nl  point 

To  take  the 
E.  when  yon 
Rar  of  a  shoal 
It  is  also  ne- 
rd coast,  and 
iuid  one  third. 
I  points  of  tlie 
'  lip,  and  an- 
i  it,  and  in  10 
to  be  bathed 

1  or  .?ut  -.vilh 

les  to  Point 
V.  3  miles  to 
1  do  not  draw 
lide.  Three 
nth  of  which 
Very  small 
y  clean.  A 
e  to  which  is 
lay  enter  it, 

Gibara.  Its 
oast  between 
ch  are  to  be 
are  excellent 
die  of  (iiba- 

of  the  third 

)rth,  2  miles 
ist,  to  Punta 
ction,  but  it 
ith  a  reef  of 
)eseen  some 
lere  are  two 

for  any  class 
;  its  shores 
to  navigate 
len  you  may 
is  necessary 
same  coast, 
I  same  name 
Kunning 


I 


for  the  before  mentioned  point  to  leeward,  and  then  close  past  thu  S.  E.  p'.ni  of  (luin- 
clios,  no  more  rtiiiains  tli.iii  to  steer  for  the  channel,  without  its  being  necessary  to  be- 
ivare  of  any  more,  tliaii  wliiit  is  visibb'. 

From  I'ORT  I'ADKK  the  coiist  fullows  to  the  west,  .'>  miles,  to  Point  Piedras  or 
T\  >ck  Point.  J  lyre  i-  'he  entiaMce  o!'  the  i;ri';it  bay  of  .Mal.iijuelii,  which  is  no  moie 
tlr.u  a  la^«ton,  formed  in  tin;  interior,  in  conseiinciice  of  tiie  land  lieing  low  and  wet. 
T!;.!(,oast  then  trends  \.  N.  \V.,  5  miles,  to  the  Point  of  Coviirrnbias,  iVoiu  which  it 
trends  W.  N'.  W.,  !(•  miles,  to  the  harbor  of  Manati.  All  this  coast  is  luul,  with  a  reef 
which  stretches  outlVom  it  aiioiit  two  iniles. 

PCKKTO  1)K  ;M  ANA 'IT.— The  liiubor  of  Manati  may  beknown  by  a  mount,  wliich 
may  be  discovered  inland  from  it,  slia|)ed  like  a  sugar  loa(.  It  is  called  the  iVlanueco, 
and  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  1.")  or  LM)  miles.  Close  to  the  west  of  this  may  be 
seen  another  hill  not  (|uite  so  high  as  it,  which  is  called  Fardo,  or  the  Table  of  Manati, 
which  when  seen  in  one,  or  slint  in  with  the  Manueco,  looks  like  one  hill,  and  presents 
to  the  view  the  appearance  of  the  saddle  of  (jibara,  which  appearance  has  deceived  many, 
and  is  dangerous  to  navigation. 

This  harbor  <.;"  Manati  may  be  considered  as  a  lagoon,  formed  in  low  wet  land,  with  a 
long,  narrow  and  crooked  channel  in  it,  and  in  whicli  there  is  depth  of  water  for  small 
vessels  only  ;  as  this  channel,  tliroiigliout  its  t'xieiit,  is  i)ordered  with  shoals  of  b  and  H  feet 
of  water,  it  is  running  much  risk  to  enter  it  with  middling  sized  vessels,  and  much  more 
80  with  ships  of  war. 

Three  miles  N.  N.  W.  from  Point  Rlanati,  is  Point  JJrava,  which  is  foul,  with  a  reef. 
The  coast  thence,  which  is  also  foul,  with  a  reef,  trends  about  west,  for  live  miles,  to 
the  port  ofNuevastiiandes,  ((Jrcat  News.)  To  enter  this  pcjrt,  which  is  (it  only  for  ves- 
sels of  l!>J  feet  draught,  it  is  necessary  to  go  in  at  a  iireak  in  tin'  reef,  and  the  reef  lie.^ 
out  ()  cables  or  two  thirds  of  a  mile  from  tli'  coasi,  and  follow  in  afterwards  all  that  dis- 
tance by  a  channel  which  the  reef  forms,  and  which  in  somi!  places  is  only  half  a  cable's 
length  in  breadth.  'J'his  ehannel  is  very  crooked,  and  therefore  any  one  who  is  not  well 
accpiaiiited  runs  much  risk.  So  toon  as  you  are  abreast  of  ilie  points  of  the  harbor,  you 
may  run  along  the  coast  at  liie  distance  of  one  (piarter  of  a  cable,  without  anv  fear. 

NUEV4TAS  DHL  PKIXCIPE.— From  .Nuevas  (irandes  the  coast  trends  about 
N.  W.,  11  miles,  to  the  harbor  of  Nuevitas.  Jt  is  all  (oul,  with  a  reef,  and  may,  as  well 
as  the  harbor,  be  recognized  by  three  mounts,  of  slujrt  extent,  which  rise  within  the 
harbor.  The  ■  are  also  three  islets  in  the  harlior,  nanied  the  Ballanates.  These  seem 
high  to  the  east,  ai,d  diminish  towards  the  west.  Nuevitas  Harbor  is  a  large  bay,  with 
many  slioals,  but  (it  for  any  number  and  class  of  vessels.  To  enter  it  is  necessary  to 
avoid  its  windward  or  east  point,  to  which  you  ought  not  to  approach  nearer  than  a  ca- 
ble's length,  but  approaching,  if  you  choose,  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  leeward 
poiiii;  but  the  best  way  is  to  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  chanuel,  which  is  very  long  and 
crooked. 

From  mid-length  of  the  channel,  going  in,  the  corists  send  out  shoals,  to  keep  clear 
of  which  requires  good  practice  ;  which  practice  is  equally  necessary  in  the  interior  of 
the  bay. 

From  Nuevitas  the  coast  trends  about  N.  N.  W.  to  the  ])oint  of  Maternillos,  and  is 
very  clean.  From  Point  Maternillos  it  trends  ai)out  W.  N.  W.,  and  is  bordered  with 
a  reef  which  stretches  out  a  mile  and  a  half.  All  the  coast  from  Maternillos  rises  a  lit- 
tle ;  and  nearly  at  the  end  of  it,  and  about  14  miles  from  Maternilios,  there  is  a  little 
mount,  called  that  of  Juan  Daniie,  which  forms  a  kind  of  table.  At  this  point  cora- 
niences  a  great  white  shoal  or  bank,  which  extends  far  to  the  west,  and  upon  which  aro 
many  keys  and  reefs.  Here  we  cease  from  describing  tin;  coast,  as  being  of  no  use  t» 
navigation,  and  begin  to  describe  the  edge  of  the  white  ground  or  shoal,  with  islets  and 
keys  upon  it. 

About  W.  N.  W  from  the  point  of  Tuan  Danue,  but  almost  joined  to  it,  there  is  a 
little  islet,  and  in  the  same  direction,  and  at  tlie  distance  of  6  miles,  is  the  Island  Gua- 
jaba.  This  island  may  be  known  by  four  little  mounts,  which  lie  almost  in  a  Hue,  east 
and  west.  The  (irst  three  may  readily  be  seen,  but  it  is  not  so  with  the  fourth,  which 
being  of  less  elevation  than  the  third,  remains  hidden  by  it,  but  as  you  advance  to  the 
westward  it  opens  out,  and  the  whole  four  may  be  perceived.  At  about  4  or  5  leagues 
beyond  these  hillocks  aj)pear,  as  it  were,  many  islets,  caused  by  the  lower  lands  of  the 
coast  being  invisible  above  the  liori/.on. 

KEY  ROMANO,  &c.— To  the  west  from  (Uiajaba,  at  the  distance  of  8  miles  lies  Key 
Romano,  an  island  stretching  N.  \V.  and  S.  E.,  in  which  direction  it  is  16  leagues  in  ex- 
tent. This  land  properly  consists  of  two  islands,  separated  by  a  channel,  half  a  mile 
wide.  The  eastern  isle  has  some  heights,  which,  in  the  middle  of  it,  form  a  kind  of  sad- 
dle. The  western  isle  is  of  low,  wet,  mangrove  land.  Key  Romano  hes  considera- 
bly withia  the  White  Grounds,  and  two  small  keys,  called  Key  Verde  and  Key  Con- 


33G 


HLJJiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'll.OT. 


flics,  lie  iiPiiily  N.  ,1  W.  Iroiii  its  niistornrnost  li«'ii;lit  ;  tlio  (irst  at  llic  distanco  of  7,  and 
th(!  st'i;()ii(l  at  IJ  iiulcs.  Key  Verde  lies  i\.  \V.  j  \V.  Iroiii  tlic  west  part  ol  (iiiajaha, 
and  Key  Ooiilitt's,  N,  W^.  Iiy  \.  Jici  wecii  tliest;  two  kcytt  is  an  anciioragt;,  wliicli  may  Ijc 
laktMi  in  ca.st-  of  nec'cssitj, 

Tiic  Key  V  trdo  or  (ircrii  Key  lies  4,'  iiiiK-s  S.  i>y  K.  from  Key  (Jonfitcs,  aiio  'i  reef  ex- 
tends from  it  nortlnvaril,  to  tlic  distance  (d  ii  mile  and  a  lialf.  Froiii  Key  Coutil'.is  a  rcof 
likewise  extends  to  the  soutliwanl,  one  mile,  and  llicre  is  a  clear  passage  of  more  than 
iwo  milc>.  witliin  llioe  reefs. 

In  order,  tlierefore,  to  s^ain  this  anchorajje,  when  couiiMt;  from  the  eastward,  you  must 
htaiid  in  for  the  passage  formed  hy  these  reefs,  keeping;  a  Idtle  nearer  to  Contites  than  to 
Key  Verde  ;  and  ^vhen  tin  middle  of  Contites  hears  due  N.  W.  hy  N.,  and  the  middle 
of  Key  Venlo  S.  hy  W.  \oii  will  he  on  or  nearly  on  the  eds;e  of  the  hank.  Then  lay 
the  ship's  heail  W.  N.  \V.  and  stand  on  in  this  direction,  until  the  southernmost  part  of 
Key  Contites  hears  north,  when  you  will  stand  N.  N.  \V'.,  or  a  litile  more  to  the  north- 
ward, llavinsj;  at  len.tjlh  l)rouu,ht  the  south  end  ol'  Conlites  N.  N.  E.  half  a  mile  distant, 
you  may  h-t  ;jo  the  anchor,  in  :!',  or  -1  fathoms,  on  sandy  j;roiuid. 

In  getting  under  way  iVoni  this  anchoraj^tf,  should  the  wind  not  allow  you  to  stand 
to  the  S.  K.  you  must  hear  away  to  the  iN.  W.  Iiy  N.,  until  you  have  cleared  a  reef  of 
rocks  extendiuy;  three  (|uarters  of  a  mile  to  tin;  N.  W.  I'roin  (andites  Key;  alter  which 
you  may  stand  to  the  north,  ii#order  the  sooner  to  ji^aiii  the  main  chamu-l. 

West  from  Key  Verde  there  is  a  rcjund  key,  named  I'aloiiias,  ( I'ii^eoii's,)  with  various 
other  small  ones  in  its  neii^hljorhood.  To  tlu;  nortliwaid  is  the  i^land  named  Key  de 
Cru/,  (Key  of  the  Cross,)  wiiich  is  aliout  i;j  miles  in  exteiu,  N.  hy  W.  and  S.  hy  E.  "^ro 
the  N.  I"^.  of  this  isle,  and  at  the  distanc(^  of  ;j  miles,  there  is  on  the  very  edfje  of  the 
grounds,  a  shoal  named  Tributario  de  jMinerva,  which  Ilea  N.  41^  W.  from  Key  Con- 
lites, at  1'2  miles  distance. 

The  edifc  of  tht!i.',rouiJ<ls,  which  is  reef,  stretches  out  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Juan  Da- 
nue,  2\  Mules  from  (iuajaba,  anil  from  the  E.  N.  E.  to  N.  E.  from  the  liii,'h  part  of  Key 
Komano,  forms  an  opening,  hy  which,  according  to  report,  a  vessel  may  enter,  and  ari- 
<;hor  in  h  fathoms,  upon  sanil,  hut  good  holding  ground;  hut  as  wo  cannot  guaraPtco 
this,  any  one  who  makes  the  attempt  ought  to  exeit  great  caution. 

From  this  opening  the  reef  rises  again,  hut  makes  the  opening  already  described  be» 
tween  ihe  Key  Venh;  and  Key  Coidltes;  and  thence  the  (alge  of  the  ground  continues, 
sometimes  foul,  and  at  others  withoiu  reel,  to  the  'J'ributaricj  Shoal,  This  slioal  breaks 
with  a  fresh  hree/,e,  and  sho\vs  above  the  surface  at  low  water.  Six  miles  west  by  north 
I'rom  it  is  iv(  y  J5aril,  (Haired  Ivey,)  and  further  to  the  west  is  Great  Paredou  Key.  The 
edge  of  tli(^  grounds,  which  is  someiimes  I'oul  and  sometimes  clean,  lies  out  two  miles 
from  Key  JJarii,  and  one  and  a  half  mile  Iroiii  the  north  [lart  of  tlu  ( Ireat  Paicdon.  The 
latter  key  affords  good  aiiciiorage  for  either  the  time  of  breezes  or  land-winds.  To 
ascertain  and  take  it,  remember  that  at  a  cable's  length  to  the  north  of  its  nortu  point, 
^here  is  a  small  round  key,  wliich  you  ought  to  leave  on  tin;  larboard  hand  when  going 
in,  and  passing  witliiu  from  half  a  cable  to  a  eal)le's  length  troiu  it-  Vou  anchor  soon  ms 
you  are  sheltered  from  the  land  of  the  (Jreat  Paredou,  in  the  depth  of  ivater  that  suits 
the  vessel's  draught.  On  entering  you  will  leave  to  stavljoard  another  key,  rather  larger 
than  the  one  you  leave  to  larboard  :  it  is  called  the  Middle  Paredon,  and  lies  about  2\ 
miles  from  the  first. 

From  the  Middle  I'aredon  to  the  w('st,  there  is  annthcr  large  key,  called  Coco,  from 
tlie  middle  of  whi(di,  to  the  west  end,  there  is  anchorage;  on  its  north  side. 

To  the  west  of  Coco  Ibllow  the  groups  of  trees  called  .St.  Philip's  Cuilermos,  and 
Santa  Maria's.  'Vo  the  west  of  these,  and  at  the  distance  of  IG  leagues  from  Coco  Key, 
yes  that  called  Key  Frances,  which  may  be  known  from  its  having  three  rotuiil  mounts, 
gi.jtWD,of  them  very  close;  together,  and  the  third  separate.  These  are  naitied  Tetas  do 
'"■?Vpida,  (Widow's  Paps.)  Westward  from  this  key  is  another  jiyrtiun  of  keys,  one  of 
ih^ich  cannot  be  distinguished  I'rum  another  without  diificulty,  as  they  are  so  much 
alike. 

The  edge  of  ilie  grounds  from  Key  Frances,  and  evem  something  before  that,  is  clean, 
and  the  lead  w  ill  there  warn  you  before  you  are  in  any  dangea'  upon  it.  Neverthelt^ss, 
there  is  considerable  risk  from  tlu;  ])axo  iNicoluet  ()r  Nicholas  JSlioal,  which  is  a  s])ot  of 
sand,  lying  at  a  considerable  distance  to  the  northward  of  the  other  keys,  and  is  46 
fathoms- long,  and  .'i  fathoms  wide.  It  is  surrounded  hy  a  reef  to  the  N.  E.  N.  and  N. 
W.  to  the  distance  of  a  cal)le  and  a  lialf.  T\vo  miles  to  the  west  (V(jm  it,  another  shoal 
breaks,  which  is  named  the  Ale  .traces,  and,  as  tlujse  shoals  present  great  dangers  to  the 
navigator,  it  is  necessary  to  give  some  marks  to  rec6gni/,e  them  by,  antl  which  will  indi- 
cate the  position  of  a  vessel  in  respect  to  the  shoals. 

Among  otlier  mountains  which  are  on  the  laud  of  C'uba,  and  about  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  from 
these  shoals,  the  Sierra  Mojeua  (Black  Mouutain)  is  the  best  kuowu.    It  is  long,  and  li?s 


N.  W.  and  .' 
are  various 
\V.  fxiremii 
Shoal.  A  li 
Heights  on 
Nicolao  Sho 
being  X.  am 
15ay  of  Cadi; 

To  the  we 
extent ;  the 
Sierra  de  I. 
tremity  of  th 
proportioned 
Ihe  Paps  of ' 
appear  to  be 
most  |)art  of 
the  highest 
which  are  to 
little  less  eie 
ii)  the  interio 

Tlie  Whit 
border  of  it, 
terminate  at 
erninost  on  t 
norths  may  b 

The  VCAi 
a  mile  from  ! 

I'lKDHA.^ 
which  cannot 
smallest  is  tl 
From  Monill 
and  from  the 
from  Mono,  tl 

The  anchoi 
ward  of  IMont 
any  sea,  comi 
fathoms,  and 
as  you  discov 
at  pleasure, 
care  to  avoid 

MATANZ 
teen  miles,  to 
zas.  You  m; 
which  distinj 
having  a  rout 
ties,  exceptiq 
noticed  at  a  d 
appears  like  i 
it,  adjXiining, 
'iut  it  begins 
seen  at  the  di 
height,  other 

The  Harbc 
norths,  but  it 
place  ;  for,  as 
land-breeze, 
of  easy  entra 
anchorage, 
distance  of  tv 
a  half,  while 
the  western  si 
St.  Seyerino, 
seen  iu  the  S 
and  anchor  s( 
i  N.  where  yi 


BLUNT  S  AMKRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


337 


ICO  of  7,  iiikI 
(if  (iiKijaha, 
liich  iihiy  bu 

iKi  i  leel'cx- 
iiilii'.tM  a  rt'ol' 
)t'  more  ihua 

(1,  you  must 
ilitcs  than  to 
I  the  miihllo 
.  Thi^ii  l;iy 
imost  part  of 

0  tilt'  nortli- 
iiiilo  (hstatii, 

>(iu  tu  stand 

timI  a  rct'l'  of 

alter  wliich 

with  various 
iiu'd  Key  de 
S.  l)y  b:.    To 

e(l,i;e  of  tho 
111  Key  Con- 

>in  Juan  Da- 

1  part  of  Key 
Iter,  and  ari- 
ot  guararteo 

escribed  be- 
lli continues, 
shoal  breaks 
est  by  nortli 
\ey.     Tin; 
ut  two  miles 
ion.     The 
winds.     T(i 
irtli  point, 
.hen  J^^oiiif; 
•hor  soon  mm 
■r  tliat  suits 
ather  larger 
ics  about  2\ 

Coco,  from 

ennos,  and 

Coco  ivey, 

iiid  mounts. 

Tetas  do 

eys,  one  of 

e  so  much 


id 


lat,  is  clean, 
'vertlieless. 
is  a  spot  of 
■1,  and  is  4() 
N. and  N. 
other  sho'.d 
liters  to  tlio 
:h  will  indi- 

and  S.  from 
ng,  and  lies 


^'.  \V.  and  S.  E.  Tlie  S.  K,  lead  of  it  is  rfioderaloly  hiiih,  and  upon  its  extremities 
nrn  various  points  or  peaks  (i)iehai.'dios.)  Of  tliese  peaks  the  two  which  are  on  the  N, 
W.  exireinity  of  tho  Sierra  (mountain)  ate  hii.!h,  and  lie  N.  and  S.,  true,  with  Nicoiao 
Shoal.  A  little  more  to  the  west  ofilw  Sierra  ,Mnreni.  rises  annthermountain,  with  threo 
Heights  on  it,  of  ^yhieh  the  middle  luu-  is  the  hijihest  :  it  liesS.  by  W.,  true,  lioni  tlie 
Nicolao  Shoal.  These  heiijlits  are  named  tlie  'I'etas  de  la  I5ella,  (lUlle's  I'aps  ;)  and 
bcin^I  N-  iiiid  S.  true  with  tlie  middle  one  ( Z  thein,  you  will  be  also  N.and  S.  with  the 
15nv  of  Cadiz  I\'ey,  and  past  both  the  Nicolao  and  Alaeatraces  Shoa's. 

To  the  west  ofthe^l'elas  do  la  Mella,  two  mountains  are  seen.  The  fust  is  of  regular 
extent;  the  second  or  westernmost  very  Imic;,  ami  at  tho  end  of  it  are  two  hills,  named 
Sierra  de  J... nones,  (Jiime  Mountain.)  which  runs  S.  by  \\'.,  true,  with  the  western  ex- 
treniitv  of  the  JJay  of  Cadi/.  Key.  I"'arther  to  the  west  lies  out  anotlier  mountain,  of 
proportioned  extent,  named  Santa  Clara;  and  somethin;;  to  the  west  of  it  may  be  seen 
the  Paps  of  Camarieoa,  of  which  there  are  four,  thimgli  in  some  positions  there  do  not 
appear  to  be  so  many.  The  middle  one  is  the  larsiist,  and  lies  S.  W.  with  the  western- 
most part  of  Key  Cruz  del  Padre,  (Key  of  the  Father's  CrosH.)  These  mountains  are 
the  higliest  which  are  on  tho  north  coast  of  Cuba;  but  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  those 
wbirh  are  to  tho  east  and  west  of  them  are  very  equal  to  those  of  tho  west  ;  indeed,  ar« 
little  less  elevated  than  tliese  mountains  themselves.  Such  are  the  lands  that  are  seen 
ii)  the  interior  of  the  island,  from  the  proximities  of  the  Nicolao  Shoal. 

The  White  Ground  still  trends  to  the  west.  There  are  many  keys  u|)on  the  edge  or 
border  of  it,  and  the  edge  is  d;<ns;erous,  havin<;  some  reefs  on  it.  'J'he  tjround  and  key» 
terminate  at  I'oint  ,)acos,  T  ,  ■  ke\s  named  Mono,  Piedras,  and  Monillo,  are  the  west- 
ermnost  on  the  reef.  These  afford  good  anchorage  where  shelter  from  the  swell  of  the 
norths  may  be  found. 

The  VCACOS  KEYS. — The  north-eastward  of  Port  Ycnros,  at  the  distancoof about 
a  mile  from  the  edije  ofthe  baid<,  lie  the  three  islets  called  by  the  Spaniards  (Jayo  Mono. 
IMKDI^AS  AND  MUNUjLU. — These  keys  atford  convenient  andioragc  to  vessels 
which  cannot  advantageously  use  tlie  Harbor  of  Matanzas.  Tho  southornmost  and 
smallest  is  the  Monillo,  which  lies  at  the  distance  of  three  miles  from  Point  Ycacos. 
From  Monillo  to  the  ('ayo  ile  Piedras,  (Rocky  Key,)  the  distance  is  only  half  a  mile, 
and  frum  the  latter  to  Mono  Key  it  is  two  miles.  At  a  mile  and  a  quarter  N.  E.  by  N, 
from  Mono,  there  is  a  dangerous  reef. 

The  arichorage,  in  regular  soundings  of  .5  to  7  fathoms,  bottom  of  sand,  is  to  the  south- 
ward of  Dlono,  and  on  the  east  and  south  of  Piedras,  where  shijis  may  lie  defended  from 
any  sea,  coming  from  the  northward.  "^J'he  ground  is  sandy  and  clean,  with  from  5  to  6 
fathoms,  and  vr:^-;els  here  may  at  all  times  get  umlersaii.  To  take  the  anchorage  so  soon 
as  you  discover  the  keys,  stand  for  the  middle  of  either  passage,  and  let  go  the  anchor 
at  pleasure.  It  is  only  necessary  that,  in  approaching  from  the  N.  E.  you  must  take 
care  to  avoid  the  reef  above  nientioned,  lying  tp  the  north-eastward  of  Mono. 

MATANZAS.— Froni  Point  Ycacos  the  coast  trends  to  the  S.  W.  and  W.  S.W.  four- 
teen miles,  to  the  Point  of  ."'uva,  which  is  the  eastern  ))nint  ofthe  great  Hay  of  Matan- 
zas.  You  may  run  along  this  coast  at  the  distance  of  a  league.  The  Pan  of  Matanzas, 
which  distinguishes  the  bay,  appears  from  this  direction  like  an  insulated  mountain, 
having  a  round  surface,  and  without  peaks,  water-courses,  precipices,  or  other  inequali- 
ties, excepting  a  small  fissure  near  the  S.  E.  part  ofthe  summit,  which  can  hardly  be 
noticed  at  a  distance,  being  of  so  little  depth.  When  bearing  from  S.  S.  W.  to  south,  it 
appears  like  one  round  hill ;  but  on  any  other  bearing,  another  appears  on  each  side  of 
it,  adjXiining,  and  not  po  hii-'i.  The  land  to  the  eastward  is  even,  tliough  not  very  low; 
'iut  it  begins  to  rise  at  ?I;ianzas  with  a  gradual  slope,  and  to  the  west  the  coast  may  be 
•seen  at  the  distance  of  l  •,"'•'  leagues,  but  it  is  alike  even  or  level,  without  any  remarkable 
height,  other  than  the  i'an,  \>,ich  apjiears  over  it. 

The  Harbor  of  Matanzas,  which  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  is  well  sheltered  from  the 
norths,  but  it  has  several  reefs.  The  Derrotero  says  it  is  difficult  to  get  out  of  this 
place  ;  for,  as  there  is  not  room  to  beat  out,  it  is  necessary  to  get  clear  of  it  with  the 
land-breeze,  which,  during  the  season  of  the  norths,  occurs  but  seldom.  The  harbor  is 
of  easy  entrance,  but  it  is  necessary  to  avoid  some  shoals  which  lie  almost  in  the  very 
anchorage.  To  accomplish  this,  it  is  advisable  to  keep  along  the  leeward  coast,  at  tjie 
distance  of  two  or  three  cables'  length,  passing  Point  Maya  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and 
a  half,  while  it  bears  to  the  southward.  With  the  vessel's  head  nearly  soutli,  you  pass 
the  western  shore  at  the  distance  above  mentioned;  and  so  soon  as  you  see  the  Castle  of 
St.  Severino,  bearing  W.  |  S.  stppr  m  that  direction,  until  tl^e  houses,  which  will  be 
seen  in  the  S.  W.  pr.rner  of  the  bay,  bearS.  35°  "W.  when  you  must  steer  towards  them, 
and  anchor  so  soon  as  the  Castle  of  St.  Severino  bears  between  N.'W.  |  W.  and  N.  "W. 
•J  N.  where  you  wjl)  have  6  or  6  fathoms  of  water,  on  loose  clay  or  ooze. 

43 


338 


fiLUNl's  AMIMlfCAX  COAST  I'H.OT. 


I 


To  get  out  of  this  harbor,  it  in  hrst  to  clriir  yoursi'ir  liy  rowing,  or  liy  tnr  aid  nCtlie 
Innd  brt-ezr,  it"  joii  iiavc  iuiy,  at  a  linn-  win  n   you  cdnsidiT  tiic  nratlirr  as  srtlird,  and 


there  is  no  appear'. net'  of    iioilli.>   ciiiriiii;;   on 


It' 


itnealilf,  you    may   crosH  over,  iind 


come  to  an  ancln)r  on  the  l)aid<  or  t.|ioal  [loiiit  of  Maya,  wiiicli  will  he  u  propi-r  nituatioti 
to  inuke  Huii  from,  when  convenitnt. 

Kemitrlys  oti  llif  llnrlior  of  Mali/ir.ii.",  .''i/  Mr.  IJilhnnii: — "This  harbor  is  rasy  of  ac- 
cess, ami  capabU'  of  lM)ldiiig  a  great  nnn.licr  n(  shipping  of  dillcrmt  sizes,  ronipleicly 
nhehered  from  all  winds,  except  linise  iVom  the  N.  K.(|narler,  wliicli  send  in  a  heiivy  sen. 
The  anchorage  is  partly  proteeli  d  on  llie  N.  K.  by  iwo  shoals,  named  Maxo  Neuvo,  or 
New  Shoal,  and  La  Laja.  On  the  shallow  'st  part  of  the  New  Shoal,  which  is  also  the 
northernmost,  is  a  buoy,  with  a  pole   :Mid  white   flag,  in  'J  lathonis  waier;   and   on  tlit 


southernmost,  (La  liaja,)  is  a  poh 
between  the  two  llaus,  and  the  cl 


liite  (lag  in  'J  feet ;  the  prin<'ipa!  enlrance  i-* 


very 


nma 


II, 


a  IK 


1  at  ti 


about  'J  cables'  lenjith  wide 

rl 


Tl 


use 


(li 


Igs  ;ire 


ms  canno'  bt  .-.t.  .•  at  moie  than  half  a  inde  distant ;  and  as  thev  art 


badly  fixed,  very  often  break  adrift.  'I'hcet'orr  a  stranger  ought  to  pay  strict  attention  to 
the  leading  mark,  and  keep  a  good  loo'i-out  for  the  shallow  water." 

"  The  leading  mark,  is  the  south  suit!  or  notch  in  the  Fan,  on  with  a  large  white  house, 
standing  on  a  hill  at  the  back  of  the  town,  and  is  the  westeriuuost  house  visible,  beariii;; 
W.  S.  \V.  ,|f  VV.  by  compass.  'JMiis  mark  will  cany  a  vessel  in  mid-channel  between  thp 
shoals ;  and  when  tin-  Castle  of  St.  Sovcrino  bears  Irom  N.  \V.  \  \V.  to  N.  W.  },  N.  you 
may,  if  in  a  largo  shij),  anchor  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms,  and  at  the  distance  of  a  inib 
from  the  town.  Small  vessels  may  anchor  farther  up,  within  one  third  of  a  mile  from 
the  town,  according  to  their  draught  of  water." 

"  There  are  also  two  other  good  channels  into  Matanzas  :  one  between  the  New  Shoal 
and  the  Castle  of  St.  Severino,  having  rt  or  'I  talhoms  in  it;  and  the  other  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  South  Hank;  but  the  middle  channel  is  that  preferred." 

"  The  Spanish  plan  in  the  Portulano  de  la  y^nicrica  Setentrional,  published  at  Madrid, 
in  1809,  is  very  incorrect,  with  respect  to  both  distance  and  sotindings,  and  should  nut 
be  relied  on.  The  tides  rise  and  fall  at  times  between  -J  and  .'J  feet;  but  they  are  in- 
fluenced by  the  wimls,  and  very  irregular.  It  is  not  so  dilficull  to  get  out  of  this  pbicp 
as  has  been  described.  During  the  T)  days  tliat  we  lay  here,  the  sea  and  land  breezes 
were  regular;  and  in  the  event  of  their  not  being  so,  vessels  may  beat  out  at  almost  any 
time,  if  acquainted  with  the  place." 

The  Derrotero  continues :  From  the  Harbor  of  Matanzas,  the  coast  rounds  to  the  \. 
W.,  to  the  Punta  de  (ruanos.  which  is  tlie  most  |)rojectiiig  point  to  the  northward,  and  is 
distant  from  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  or  bay,  about  4  miles.  From  Point  (inanos  the 
coast  runs  almost  (West)  W.  },  N.  a  distance  of  40  miles,  to  the  Morro  of  the  Havana : 
it  is  all  clean  and  b(dd  to,  and  may  be  run  along  at  the  distance  of  a  league,  or  less,  ii 
lequired ;  inasmuch  as  there  is  no  otlier  risk  than  a  rocky  shoal  witli  little  water  on  it, 
which  stretches  olf  from  the  coast,  between  the  Kincon  or  Corner,  and  the  Punta  He 
Tarara  or  Cobre.  Along  all  this  coast  are  soundings  on  sand,  which  extend  more  or  lc<s 
from  shore,  and  of  which  the  edges  are  steep  and  dear,  so  that  you  suddenly  pass  from 
100  fathoms  to  20.  With  the  load  going,  there  is  no  risk  running  along,  because  tlip 
soundings  will  warn  you  of  the  limits  into  which  you  stand  without  danger;  and  in  gnml 
weather  you  may  pass  the  night  by  dro|)|)ing  a  kedge  upon  these  soundings,  which  nr,i- 
nccuvre  may  sometimes  be  conveni(Mit,  cither  to  avoid  passing  your  port,  if  the  wind 
blows  fresh  at  night,  or  That  yon  may  not  lose  ground,  if  the  land  breeze  is  light  orcitiii:, 
as  the  current  constantly  runs  eastward,  at  the  mean  rate  of  one  mile  per  j^our.  Tlie 
hills  or  mountains  of  .Faruco,  ^vhich  rise  nearly  in  the  middle  of  this  coast,  is  a  point 
which  serves  to  recognize  it  by,  and  ascertain  your  situation. 

HAVANA. — This,  as  noticed,  is,  in  point  of  import;ince,  the  principal  harbor  ot 
Cuba,  and  has  been  describetl  as  one  of  the  best  in  the  "  irld,  being  deep  enough  fov 
vessels  of  the  largest  class,  sufficiently  ca|)acious  to  receive  a  thovisand  ships  of  war; 
and  so  safe  that  vessels  ride  securely  without  cable  or  anchor.  The  entrance  is  h\ 
a  channel  half  a  mile  long,  so  narrow  tiiat  only  a  single  vessel  can  enter  at  once,  and 
fortified  through  the  whole  distance  with  platforms,  works,  and  artillery.  The  mouth  nt 
this  channel  is  secured  by  two  strong  castles,  as  exhibited  in  the  furure  beneath.  That 
on  the  eastern  side,  called  Morro  Castle,  is  built  in  the  form  of  a  triangle,  fortified  wiili 
bastions,  and  mounted  with  forty  pieces  of  cannon,  almost  level  with  the  water,  dn 
the  opposite  side  of  the  channel  is  another  strong  fort,  called  the  Punta  Castle,  con- 
nected with  the  Castle  town,  on  the  north.  The  city  is  situated  on  the  western  side  ol 
the  harbor,  and  is  surrounded  by  ramparts,  bastions,  and  ditches. 


f 


\ 


Yon  enter 
which  is  a  li; 
bhuwiiig  a  re 
is  so  narrow, 

fori  overtops 
rivi;  at  a  secu 
(bell)!!';  ment 
opposite  the  i 
111  passing 
the  star')oar( 
ft  is  stated 
cliaii;i('I  by  w 
ships  to  puss, 
'J'lie  harbo 
which,  as  ain 
eastwaril  and 
hill,  siirinonn 
Hills  of  .laru 
tiiched.     Thf 
not  only  these 
liiir  can  be  lie 
Dun  Jose  Del 
lineated  on  a 
S.  !•:.  and  N. 
nortiiward  of 
and,  therefore 
diliiciilt,  if  IK 
often  is  i-i  the 
staiK'cs,  the  o 
towing  or  war 
on  entering,  t 
<]uite  free  ;   fo 
son,  or  that  o 
also  because  a 
exposed  ^t<i<d  a 
at  the  dawn  o 
outside  the  M 
The  Morro 
land  breezes, 
months.     It   i 
open,  and  to 
into  tlie  harlio 
shallows,  whi( 
third  of  a  cab 
farther  from 
along  half  aca 


*  In  approacl 
than  a  qiinrter  i 
1815.     The  ves 
S.S.W.,  distnr 
mate  of  the  shi] 


BLUNT  S  AMEniCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


339 


tiip  !ii(1  of  the 
s  Sf'tllrrl,  siiifl 
(IK8  ovir,  1111(1 
opi-r  rtitimtion 

is  rnsy  ni"  mc- 
s,  (•(iniplcicly 
II  ii  lu-iivy  Nfa, 
ixo  Ncnvo,  or 
iili  is  iilso  the 
;  !iii(l  (III  tlic 
)',il  ciitiaiicc  \n 
hvsv  (hia;^  iirc 
lul  ;is  (hfV  arc 
ct  att»;iitioii  to 

B  white  honsf, 
isihic,  hearing 
1 1  hftwceii  tlif 
.  W.  A  N.  jon 
Mice  of  a  iiiilt 
if  a  mile  fniin 

tlip  New  Shn;il 
f  to  the  souili- 

lied  at  Madrid, 
[111(1  should  mil 
ut  they  are  iii- 
it  of  this  |)l;icp 
1(1  land  hrecyps 
t  at  aliriost  any 

unds  to  the  N. 
rthward,  and  is 
nt  (tuaiios  tile 
f  the  Havaiiii :  I 
liiue,  or  less,  if  j 
tie  water  on  it, 
(I  the  ruiita  f|p 
id  iiioie  or  ](■<< 
enly  pass  from 
ir,  lipcause  tlie 
and  in  cood 
ifts,  which  ma- 
ul, if  the  wimi 
.s  light  or  calm, 
er  j^our.  The 
oast',  is  a  point 

?ipal  harhnr  of 
cp  enough  for 

ships  of  war; 
entrance  is  liv 
r  at  once,  and 

The  mouth  nf 
leneath.  Tliat 
>,  fortified  wiiii 
lie  water.  C)n 
ta  Castle,  con- 
western  side  of 


'  '■  '>'.Tv'"'iv.'',tJ 


^"^mm 


'Till  AJui  III  (.'nslli ,  /,,/ 


M,  (/(((/  Kal iiuici'  i>J  lluViuiii. 


Vdu  enter  iiiidei  under  the  Moi'o  ("astle,  sjtiiated  on  a  lii!.'li  rock,  on  the  south  end  of 
%  whicii  is  a  li!>litli(»u.se,  (•oiiiainiiii;  iclliMtiiij;  lamps,  which  make  a  liriMiant  a[)pe:irance, 
bliuwiiii4  a  revolving  li^ht  which  may  he  seen  twenty-live  miles,  past  which  the  channel 
is  so  narrow,  'hat  you  may  nearly  touch  tlie  side  with  a  hoat-hook.  The  top  of  the 
fort  overtops  file  mast  of  the  stoi'iicsf  slii|).  After  entering;  tlinumh  this  pass,  you  ar- 
riv<;  at  a  second,  only  one  iiuinlred  yards  widr.  on  one  side  of  whicii  is  tlie  I'uiita  Fort, 
(hefore  mentioned,)  and  on  the  oilier,  Casih'  lilaina.  a  iiitidij;i()us  strong  fort,  directly 
opposite  llie  city;  haviim;  passed  these  works  you  enter  a  harhor  almost  unrivalled. 

ill  passiiii^  the  (irst  castle,  (.Morro,)  yon  must  not  come  to  anchor,  as  a  reef  lies  off 
the  slarlioard  hand  as  you  enter,  which  is  (hiiitzeroiis. 

It  is  staled  that  the  enlraiire  to  the  harhor  nl  Havana  is  rappidly  filling  up.  The 
ehaiini'l  l>\  wliieli  ihrec-deekers  formerly  enn^red  will  now  hardy  p(ninit  forty-four  gun 
ships  to  pu.'S. 

The  harhor  of  Havana  may  he  distiriiinishod,  at  a  distance,  hy  the  I'aps  of  Managua, 
which,  as  alre:idv  stateil,  lie  on  tin,'  meridian  ol"  the  entrance;  Vhile  the  land,hoth  to  the 
easuvard  and  wi'stward,  is  low  and  e(|iial,  with  the  exception  only  of  the  Morro,  or  little 
hill,  surmounted  bv  the  I'orlilii  ations  and  linhthoiise.  At  (>  lea',Mies  to  the  eastward,  the 
Hills  of  Jaruco  or  Iron  Hills,  may  hn  seen.  These  are  of  moderate  heif^ht,  and  de- 
tiiched.  The  tallies  of  .Marud  are  about  6  leagues  to  the  westward;  and  in  advancing 
not  only  these,  i)ut  the  Hill  of  Cavanas,  may  at  times  he  seen.  [The  form  of  the  har- 
hnr can  lie  best  understood  iiy  refercnee  to  the  particular  plan  of  it,  from  the  survey  of 
Don  .lose  Del  Ilio,  bv  whom  the  position  of  the  .Morro  Castle  has  been  determined  and  de- 
lineated on  a  elnrt,  published  by  E.  k  (1.  W.  lUiCXT.]  'I'he  entrance  in  lies  nearly 
S.  E.  and  N.  W.,  and  it  is,  therefore,  very  difficult  to  enter  when  the  hree/.e  is  not  to  the 
nortinvard  of  K.  N.  E.  The  breeze  enters  at  about  lOii.  A.  M.,  and  blows  till  sunset; 
and,  tlierel'ore.  it  is  only  between  the<(.' hours  that  yon  can  s;,  into- the  port.  It  is  very 
diliieiilt,  if  not  impossible,  to  sail  in  when  the  liree/.e  is  from  ' ..  X.  K.  to  S.  E.,  which  it 
often  is  in  the  rainy  season,  and  sometimes  even  In  the  dry  sea-^^on.  Under  such  circum- 
staiiee.^,  the  only  resource  is  to  anchor  in  the  .Morro  .Shoal,  or  IJaiik,  and  entering  by 
towin"  or  warpim;.  wh(>ii  the  breeze  takes  off.  which,  as  already  stated,  is  at  night.  As, 
on  cntcriiijj:,  these  dilficulties  are  to  he  encinintered,  so,  on  going  out,  you  will  not  be 
quite  free;  for  when  the  breeze  comes  to  the  .N.  E.,  Avhich  it  often  does  in  the  dry  sea- 
son, or  that  of  the  norths,  it  is  not  only  inconvenient,  from  the  wind's  being  scant,  but 
also  because  a  swell  sets  iiito  tli.*:  mouMi  of  the  harbor,  whicli  renders  thi.s  operation  much 
exposed  ^tjfifdanger.  Generally  speaking  it  is  best  to  enter  aliont  mid-day,  and  to  go  out 
at  the  dawn  of  day.  iSlioiild  the  wind  hn  scant  for  getting  in,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor 
outside  the  Morro,  and  tow  or  warp  in  at  n;.<;ht.* 

The  Morro  Bank  affords  anchorage  «afu  enough  in  the  time  of  ilio  ordinary  winds  and 
land  breezes,  but  is  much  exposed  i.i  ihe  season  of  the  norths,  and  in  the  hurricaqe 
months.  It  is,  therefore,  ailvisable  to  anchor  so  as  to  have  the  mouth  of  the  harbor 
open,  and  to  be  extremely-vigilant,  lesi.  you  slimild  be  surprised.  To  direct  yourself 
into  the  harbor,  the  eye  may  suffice,  for  in  the  channel  there  is  no  other  danger  than  the 
shallows,  which  stretch  out  from  each  side.  That  on  the  Morro  side  does  not  extend  one 
third  of  a  cable  from  the  .shore.  To  avoid  the  leeward  shoal,  it  is  requisite  not  to  go 
farther  from  the  eastern  shore  than  a  cable'.s  length;  working  your  vessel  so  as  to  run 
along  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  coast  on  the  N.  E.side,  the  mid-channel  being  at  about 


*  In  approaching  the  Havana  from  the  eastward,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  shoal  spot,  more 
than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  shore,  and  on  which  the  ship  Mariner,  of  Port  Glaspow,  grounded  in 
1815.  The  vessel  drew  about  17  feet  of  water  ;  and  from  the  shoal,  the  Morro  Castle  bore  about 
S.  S.  W.,  distant  one  mile.  This  notice  i.s  given  from  the  information  of  Mr.  Cooper,  who  wtis 
mate  of  the  ship  Jane  of  Glasgow,  thea  in  company  with  the  Mariner. 


340 


lJt.L'NT*si  AMLUICAN  V6\nr  I'H.Ot* 


H 


Ihree  qiuirliTH  of  u  rahW-'N  Icnu'ih.  Whin  oiwe  abrcsist  ol  ilic  iiiiildle  of  ('nstlc  niiinrii 
ou  thf  N.  K.,  which  will  hv  whrii  you  iiii-  aliri'  ist  ol'  thf  N.  K.  (Viuit  (ii  sirh'  ol"  the  city, 
you  inny  keep  away,  and  amlioi  oitpoMrn  tn  the  r.tsicrn  part  ol  th»>  city,  at  what  (li«(ia?i(f 
you  (rhoosc.     'IMic  laruOnt  nhips  may  approach  near  enough  to  hiy  a  |)lank  on  Nlmrc. 

At  a  short  diHtaiicc  without  thi'  .NIorro  Cast!  •,  to  the  S.  W.,  if*avrry  small  shoal,  with 
5  latlioniH  over  it.  This  bank  Ih  to  he  rfar<-il  only  wiicn  there  ix  much  swell  un;  iintl  ut 
other  timc-t  the  lariieHt  Hllips  m;ty  pass  over  it  wiijiout  toUchiii';.  K>en  when  the  watei 
begins  to  slioaltn.  you  ilcud  not  he  afraid  of  it,  as  at  half  a  calile's  Icii'^th  (rom  the  Mor- 
h),  you  will  lie  perfectly  cle.ir  of  it.  Finally,  if  you  winh  to  pass  in  without  any  risk, 
■end  A  hoat  to  place  herself  on  the  (.'apstan  Sh.-al,*  which  will  sf'rvi  you  for  a  mark; 
then  steer  so  as  to  pass  outside  of  hf*r,  and  you  will  h«j  fret!  from  all  danger. 

A  respectalde  KtiKh^h  navi;;ator,  in  i;ivin;4  dirdiions  for  the  Ihwana,  has  said,  "On 
going  ill,  with  the  wind  from  the  eastward,  koep  its  close  to  the  Alorhi  as  possihk.  So 
Boon  as  you  are  within  it,  you  may  meet  with  flaws  and  variable  wituls;  and  shotdd  ynii 
be  oblij^tid  to  let  ^o  an  atuhor.  ijreat  care  should  bc  taken  to  shorten  sail  iind  veer  caiilc 
quickly,  as  the  ground  at  tiie  entraut'e  of  the  harbol- is  not  very  pood  (br  holding.  All 
•hips  lying  in  the  chaimcl  of  the  l..i;ootl,  moor  liead  ant!  stern.  Thcrt)  are  two  wrecks 
lying  rather  more  than  'J  cables  Icir^tll  \viiliin  the  ('lUraiicc  of  tlu'  harbor,  and  denoted  by 
buoys  with  small  tlajjs  ;   the  rhanncl  lies  between  them." 

.Ships  of  war  and  lart;e  merchant  vessels,  generally  warp  iij)  tlio  harbor,  and  anchor  oil 
the  sheers  or  irsenal,  wliere  there  issutticiunt  roouj  for  a  grdat  numbcf  of  ships  to  moor. 
in  from  7  to  .'>  fathoms. 

From  the  Morro,  or  fustlo  of  Havana,  toPunta  de  Ycacos,  (or  Yacos,)  the  distaiicf 
is  twenty  leagues,  and  the  course  nearly  '".'f  N.  From  this  point  may  be  seen  the  i,o;il 
br  I'aii  of  Matan/.as,  to  the  \V.  .S.  W.  This  liill,  which  is  the  norllierrimost  that  ymi 
will  descry  to  the  eastwai'd  of  the  Havana,  lies  over  the  bay  of  Mat.tn/.as,  and  consti- 
tutes tlie  grand  point  of  departure  for  ships  bound  hence  to  the  northward,  through  the 
Btruit  of  Florida. 


Pan  of  Matanzas  to  the  E.  S.  E. 


i8i.Ai\D  or  CllIM. 


We  now  commence  with  the  south  coast  of  Cliba  fi  f)th  Cape  Maize,  proceeding  regu- 
larly westward  to  Cape  Antonio,  including  the  Is^le  of  Pines,  itc.  From  Cape  Antonio 
We  continue  to  describe  the  coast  eastwaid  aloUg  th(i  north  side  to  Havana. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  coasts  of  Cuba,  are  extremely  foul.  Those  most  clear  :ive 
the  southern  coasts,  from  (Jape  Maizi;  to  Cape  Cruz,  the  N.  F.  coast  from  Cape  Miii/j 
to  Punta  [Point]  Maternillo,  and  the  N.  \V.  eoa?il,from  the  Port  of  iAlariel  to  Miitiui- 
zas.  On  the  other  parts  are  many  shallows,  keys,  and  reefs,  so  tluckly  planted  and  s-i 
numerous,  that  in  many  places  they  form  barriuis,  which  jjrcvent  access  to  the  coast  ui 
the  island. 

The  land  to  the  south-wcstwanl  of  Cai)e  Maize,  at  about  half  a  mile  from  it,  be<;iii- 
to  be  high  and  clean,  and  it  trends  about  S.  \V.  i  W.,  ()A  miles,  forming  a  small  bay,  with 
a  sandy  beach,  named  ( 'ala  de  Ovarado.  From  "this  Cala  or  cove,  the  shore  trends  aboiit 
S.  S.  W.  4  miles,  to  Punta  Negra,  or  Point  Nejra,  whence  it  winds  more  to  the  W.  .^. 
W.  about  4  miles  more,  to  Punta  Caleta  ;  i>H  miles  W.  J  S.  from  which,  lies  Point  Sa- 
vina-ld-Mnr,  and  4  miles  to  the  westward  from  the  lattor,"  is  the  Port  of  Bairiqueri. 

The  '  Derrotero'  says  that,  "  From  Cape  Maize  to  Point  Negra,  the  shore  ought  not 
to  be  approached  nearer  than  two  leagues;  for,  as  there  is  no  inducement  to  approach  it, 
surely  it  would  be  foolish  to  run  in  upon  a  coast  w^'^ch  lies  completely  open  to  the  bree- 
zes, and  along  which  there  is  no  anchorage,  although  it  is  clear,  and  has  no  unseen  dan 


*  The  Capstan  is  the  projecting  edge  of  the  shelf  witiiin  tlie  Morro,  at  about  a  cable's  length  from 
the  lighthouse.    A  similar  projection  farther  in,  on  the  Bame  side,  is  the  Pastora  or  Shepherdesi. 


ger.  From  I' 
(list. n)ce  ol  .1  I 
vou  may  am  In 
best  bottom  is 
plao',  several 
ter.  and  plenty 

The   Cape 
Punta  de  la  ( 
in  thi'*  cape  is 
ing  are,  the  ea 
ble  Land  of  : 
liny  water,  tin 
ty  of  lisli  may 
bay,  thi?  one  n; 
the  anchorage 
the  easti'mmor 

Thf  Harbor 
entrance;  it  li: 
only  ;   it  is  we 
into  the  inlerio 
than  a  cable's 
w  ith  from  10  t( 
is,  also,  a  reel' 
those  two  reel' 
tints  narrow  lo 
terior  points ; 

Friiin  l?aiti( 
gnilla,  from  wl 
I'oint  .Mal-AiK 
I'orf.)     All  llu 
ly  sailed  alom. 

Port  Kseond 
various  bays,  li 
outer  points  th 
which  the  wind 
it,  however,  liu 
a  cable  and  a  h 
with  a  tree  wir 
this  harbor,  is  t 
is  nearly  in  mi 
You  havi-  th(!n 
in  that  directioi 
ward,  where  yo 

As  there  is  ii 
))ropcr  lo  allov 
W.,  the  course 
ward  coast  of  t 
j)assed  at  less  t 
demarkation  gi 
windward  befor 
absidutely  neci 
one  wishing  to 
have  mpntionet 
it  is  necessarv  I 

Puerto  Esco 
and  if,  in  any  si 
vise  every  e.\er 
antanamo ;  bee 
be  much  more 
without  a  pilot, 
trance  ;  or,  wh: 
might  be  mistal 


*  Puerto  Escoi 
the  entrance  of  i 


nLLN'r'iJ  AMinilCAN  COAST  Pll.OT. 


311 


it|p  Uliitifa 
fil"  till'  nly, 
i:it  (li.<tlii!irf 
II  sliiirt'. 
shoiil,  uiilr 
uii ;   iiiid  lit 

II  (lie  u^ili'i 

III  I  lie  >It)i- 
iit  iiiiy  risk, 
lor  u  iiiiiik  ; 

)  said,  "On 
issilile.  S(i 
shoiihl  voii 
(I  veer  cable 
[ildiiii;.  All 
two  \vrc<ki 
d«Miote(i  by 

1(1  aii'.'h()ruli 
;i{)s  tu  iiiiiur. 

the  disiaiiiT 
'CM  the  lidiii 
)st  that  voii 
and  cniisti- 
through  tlio 


eedinj,'  resu- 
lt pe  Antonio 


jjer.  Kriiin  I'oint  NV^ra  to  llniticineii,  there  is  no  rl«k  in  riinninn  nlim^  shore,  nt  the 
(ii>it.iiiee  ot  a  mile  ,  and  iilmi:.'  this  ji.irl,  and  Id  the  jceHaid  nl  the  vaiimis  |i(iilitN  (hereon 
villi  ina)  atii  hor  in  the  depth  ni  water  which  ^4Ults  )iiii,  Iniui  ;<.'>  to  7  rathnniH;  but  the, 
*be<il  bottom  IH  ill  \(t  I'athoiiis,  where  yoii  will  bo  at  ii  ^ood  didluiice  oil'  Nlioro.  In  this 
plaee,  several  rivers  diMliar'^e.  rrniii  wliieliMiii  may  prnvide  jiiinseU'  with  excellent  wa- 
ter, and  pleiitv  iil'  lir'-wdiid  may  be  pioniied." 

'IMie  Cape  HiieiKi,  or  ( >( oa  I'oiiU  id'  the  Kti^li-'h  charts,  lies  to  the  eastward  of  the 
I'uiita  de  la  Caleta.  oltlie  Spani.sh:  and  it  has  been  said  by  ii  Mritish  navigator,  "With- 
in this  cap«  is  the  Hay  of  Oeoa,  in  whieh  tliere  in  anehvraye.  'I  hi:  marks  lor  anclior- 
inii  me,  lliP  easternmost  point  bealiiiu  K.  .'^.  K.  about  one  mile  and  a  hall,  wlienthe  Ta- 
ble Land  of  St.  Niehohs'  Mole  will  be  in  a  line  with  the  point,  ^'oll  Inay  anchor  iti 
any  water,  ilie  depths  beini;  iVoiii  ;i')  to  7  lailionis.  but  \(>  and  \^  are  thi'  best ;  alid  pleti- 
ty  ul  (ish  may  be  caui/hl  with  hook  and  line.  Two  tVcsh  water  rivulets  rlin  into  this 
bay,  thiJ  one  named  Kio  du  iMiel,  or  Hoiify  River,  lying  '2  or  [\  miles  to  the  westward  of 
the  anclu)raji;e;  the  otiier,  whieii  lieN  iit-arer,  is  to  the  eastward,  atid  at  the  bottom  of 
the  easternmost  unlly.  but  it  is  generally  dry,  t'roni  the  iiiil're(|liency  of  rain." 

Till*  Harbor  of  Haiiii|ileri,  already  iiientioned,  \n  very  small,  and  has  a  Very  narrow 
entrance;  it  has  only  tVoiii  l.'i  to  'Jo'  feet  id'  water,  and  therel'ore,  is  fit  for  small  vessels 
only;  it  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  tlie  rivulet  of  the  same  name,  which  runs 
into  the  interior  of  the  harbor,  affords  an  opportniiilv  of  Wafrriii;;.  There  is  rather  mor« 
t!ian  a  cable's  lens;lh  between  the  two  other  points  of  the  entrance;  but  a  ro<d<y  reef, 
with  from  ID  to  17  feet  on  the  edtje  of  it,  runs  out  from  the  windward  point;  and  tliero 
IS,  also,  a  reef  runniiii;  out  about  a  ipiarter  of  a  cable  fiorii  the  leeward  point.  iJetween 
these  two  reefs  lies  the  entrance  channel,  which  is  only  M  yards  wide,  and  continues 
tliiis  narrow  for  about  a  cable's  leii'^th,  after  which  it  widens  as  yon  approach  tlie  two  in- 
terior points;  and  the  depth  of  the  water  admits  of  approat  lii'ii;,' the  shme. 

Fioiu  l>aiti(|ucii  the  coast  trends  about  \V.  S.  W.,  (rue,  for  .'i  miles,  to  I'oiiit  Toitil- 
giiiila,  t'rom  which  it  follows  W,,  true,  ',]  miles,  to  the  river  Vateras;  S.  W.  4  miles  is 
Point  Mal-Aiio;  and  at  3  miles  west  from  the  latter,  lies  Puerto  Escondido,  (Hidden 
Pm-f.)  All  the  coast  hetueen  J{aitii|Ueri  and  I'ort  Escondido  is  cleaii,  and  may  be  safe- 
ly sailed  aloiii;  at  the  distance  of  a  mile. 

I'ort  Kscoiidido  I'oriiis  an  aiicliornije  sheltered  from  ail  winds;  in  the  interior  of  it  are 
various  bays,  ht  for  all  classes  of  vessels,  but  its  entrance  is  very  narrow,  for  between  tlie 
outer  points  there  is  only  one  cable's  lenjjth  ;  and  as  each  of  them  sends  out  a  reef,  of 
which  the  windward  one  lies  out  a  third  of  a  cable,  the  ehannel  is  nlily  ")()  yards  Avide  ; 
it,  however,  luckily  has  no  windiii>!;s.  and  the  whole  lenjjth  of  the  strait  is  hot  more  than 
a  cable  and  a  half;  and  as  to  enter  it,  you  must  steer  N.4;{^  W.;  it  iriay  always  be  done 
with  a  free  wind,  even  if  the  breeze  is  at  N.  E.  The  most  prudent  iliode  of  entering 
this  harbor,  is  to  order  a  boat  to  be  placed  on  the  outer  point  of  the  windward  reef,  which 
is  nearly  in  mid-leii!,'th  of  the  channel,  and  which  will  serve  as  a  mark  to  sail  in  by. 
Yon  hwvi'  then  only  to  brim;  the  ves.-el's  head  into  the  direction  above  iiiven,  ;irul  run  on 
in  that  direction,  passina;  close  to  the  boat,  until  you  have  passed  the  inner  point  to  lee- 
ward, where  you  may  anchor  in  o  orb'  fathoms,  clay  y;ronii(l. 

As  there  is  no  town  on  this  harbor,  nor  any  profier  leadinjj;  marks  for  runninj^  in,  it  is 
proper  to  allow  the  vessel  siilhcient  room  to  alter  her  course  from  windward  to  N.  43° 
^\^,  the  course  for  eiiteriiij;  the  harbor.  We  therel'me  recommend,  althoiifih  the  wind- 
ward coast  of  the  entrance  may  be  passed  at  half  a  cable's  h'i);;tli.  that  it  should  not  be 
jiassed  at  less  than  3  or  4;  because  thus,  althoiicdi  in  lulling;  to,  the  vessel  may  |)ass  the 
demarkation  j^iven,  (N.  43°  W.,)  yet  tliCre  will  be  room  to  rectify  this,  by  luftmg  to 
windward  before  you  are  between  the  points,  so  as  to  fjaiii  the  proper  benring,  which  is 
absolutely  necessary,  as  the  channel  cannot  otherwise  be  passed  without  danger.  Any 
one  wishiiiii;  to  run  fart  her  up  the  harbor,  instead  of  bringing  to  in  the  anchorage  we 
have  mentioned,  may  easily  do  so  by  the  eye,  by  towing,  or  even  Uhder  sail;  but  for  this 
it  is  necessary  to  consult  a  plan  of  the  harbor. 

Puerto  Escondido*  having  no  commerce,  it  is  seldom  that  any  vessel  is  bound  into  it; 
and  if,  in  any  storm  or  hurricane,  one  is  obliged  to  seek  anchorage,  we  would  rather  ad- 
vise every  e.\erti()n  to  ho  made  in  order  to  reach  the  next  harbor  to  the  west,  named  Gtl- 
antanamo;  because,  if  it  be  dhhcult  to  enter  Port  Escondido  in  good  weather,  it  must 
be  much  more  so  in  storms  and  obscure  weather ;  and  it  will  be  by  no  means  strange  if, 
without  a  pilot,  or  even  with  one,  a  vessel  might  be  driven  on  one  of  the  reefs  of  the  en- 
trance ;  or,  what  is  still  worse,  might  get  on  the  rotks  at  some  point  of  the  coast,  which 
might  be  mistaken  for  the  entrance  of  this  hurboti. 


*  Puerto  Escondido,  or  Hidden  Port,  is  well  termed  so,  as  I  have  been  within  less  than  a  mile  of 
the  entrance  of  it,  and  could  not  make  it  out  distinctly. — A.  L. 


342 


BLUi\T*sJ  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


GUANTANA.AIO,  or  CU.MHKRLAND  HARBOR,  a  verv  extensive,  iind  exrpllent 
harl)or,  lies  .re  than  -.M  le.ij^ucs  to  tlie  ucstwiud  of  Ciipo  .M";)i/e,  and  4  Iciujiies  iVoin 
Puerto  Esc  .iido.  'i'lie  coast,  in  the  hitter  (hstaiiee,  Ibriiis  some  very  small  sandv 
coves,  and  it  is  very  clean.  The  entranee  of  (iiiaiitananio,  hetween  the  two  outer  pohits, 
is  more  than  a  mile  broad.  Tlie  Derrotero  says—"  The  east  point  may  l)e  approached 
without  fear,  as  lliere  is  no  damper  but  what  is  visible.  The  coast  trends  lu^arlv  iiortii. 
about  a  mile  and  a  (juarter,  whence  it  changes  to  tlie  N.  K.  to  form  the  harbor.  'C)n  tli,' 
windward  side  of  the  entrance,  and  at  aljout  tiiree  (juarters  of  a  mile  within  the  outer 
pc:nt,  a  rocky  shoal  stretches  from  shore,  upon  the  edije  of  which  are  from  4  to  o  fath- 
oms of  water;  this  shoal  is  rather  more  than  a  cable's  leni^th  broad,  and  may  be  easily 
avoided  by  attendinj^  to  the  su!)se(|uent  directions.  On  the  western  side  there  is  also  h 
reef  of  rocks,  but  it  is  narrower  than  that  on  the  east.  To  enter  tins  hari)or,  it  is  neces- 
sary only  to  place  your  vessel  so  as  to  pass  its  windward  point  at  the  distance  of  one  or 
two  cable's  lenj^th,  and  thence  luff  up  to  N.  W.  i)y  N.,  on  which  course  you  must  con- 
tinue until  the  north  point  of  the  River  Guantanamo,  or  ^  -luusta  River,  bears  west ;  you 
may  then  change  your  course  to  N.  by  W.,  until  you  have  tlie  interior  point  of  the 
windward  shore  bearing  east,  wlien  you  will  be  cle,ir  of  the  reef,  which  stretches  from  it. 
You  may  next  haul  by  the  wind,  and  anchor  where  it  may  suit  you  l)est ;  or,  if  youwisji 
to  run  into  the  interior  of  th-i  harbor,  and  tlie  i)re;>/,e  will  "not  allow  you  to  lay  through, 
you  may  beat  in  with  ih;' assistance  of  the  lead  only." 

The  following  remarks  on  the  Harbor  of  Guantanamo,  were  made  by  an  officer  on  the 
Jamaica  station,  in  IH(ti): 

"  The  appearance  of  a  remarkable  spot  of  laud,  on  the  side  of  a  hill,  at  a  distance 
inshore,  determines  the  situation  of  Chimberland  Harbor,  which,  if  you  fall  in  to  the 
westward,  exactly  resenddes  a  kite,  and  is  totally  open  when  it  bears  N.  K.  }  E.;  but  if 
you  are  far  to  the  southward,  it  will  either  be  partly  or  entirely  hid,  unless  you  are  far 
enough  to  the  westward  to  bring  it  over  the  hills  on  that  side  of  it." 

The  following  directions  l"or  sailing  in,  have  been  given  by  .AJr.  .1.  Town,  from  ob- 
servations made  by  him  in  1817  : 

"On  '  lufmg  in,  you  will  observe,  in  the  middle  of  the  bav,  a  remarkable  light  yellow 
(or  brown  and  wliiie)  cliff;  bring  tills  clilf  to  bear  about  N.  by  W.  or  N.  by  \V.  |  W., 
and  run  in  with  that  bearing  until  you  open,  on  the  eastern  side,  a  small  sandy  i)oli)l, 
with  two  huts  on  it.  This  point,  called  Fisherman's  i'oint,  cannot  i)e  mistaken,  as  there 
is  no  other  sandy  point  on  the  east  side  of  the  harbor.  After  you  have  opened  Fisher- 
man's Point,  with  the  bearing  above  described,  you  may  steer  N.  N.  F.,  and  when  Fisli- 
ennan's  Point  bears  E.  by  S.,  haul  up  N.  F.  or  N.  F.  bv  F.,  and  anchor  in  C  or  7  faili- 
oms,  muddy  bottom.  Tlie  best  m  uks  for  anchoring  are,  l^i.-diermin's  Point  .S.  by  F.or 
S.  S.  E.,  the  west  head  of  the  harbor  S.  W.  ^  W.,  and  the  light  yellow  clilf  \V.  A  8., 
in  7  fathoms. 

"On  coming  in  froui  the  eastward,  you  may  keej)  in  as  near  to  the  east  head  of  the 
entrance  as  you  please,  there  being  li)  t'athoms  close  to  it;  affer  passiuLT,  run  to  the  west- 
ward, and  bring  the  aforementioned  bearings  on,  which  will  clear  the  reef  that  lies  oil' 
the  point  a  little  to  the  S.  \V.  of  Fisher, nan's  Point.  Tiie  marks  for  the  south  end  of 
this  reef,  which  has  heretofore  been  described  as  a  single  rock,  are,  the  two  huts  on  Fish- 
erman's Point  on  with  e  icii  other,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.,  and  the  point  within  the  East 
Head  S.  by  F.,  West  Head  S.  W.  by  \V.  ^  W.,  entrance  of  \u<:usta  [liver  W.  i  S.,  the 
yellow  cliff  N.  W.  by  N.  The  marks  lor^the  north  end  of  the  reef  are,  the  X.  F.  hut 
about  its  breadth  open  to  the  northward  of  the  S.  \V.  hut,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.  '  E.,  tlie 
point  within  the  Fast  Head  S.  ^  E.,  the  entrance  of  Augusta  River  VV.  S.  W.  Tli? 
teef  lies  N.  by  W.  and  S.  by  F. "about  1 -V  cable's  length,  and  -20  fathoms  in  breadth-  It 
has  17  feet  water  on  its  shoalest  part,  3\  fathoms  within  it,  and  o  fathoms  close  to  the 
outer  edge,  which  is  about  2'  cables'  length  from  the  shore. 

On  coining  in  from  westwal-d,  you  may  approach  the  point  to  a  cable's  length,  as  it  is 
steep  to;  but,  from  the  aiii)earance  of  the  point  at  a  distance,  .■  stranger  would  supixisi' 
there  was  a  reef  extending  from  it  ;  at  least,  when  you  are  within  a  quarter  of  a  inilo. 
After  you  are  within  this  |)oint,  haul  more  to  the  eastward,  as  th'Me  is  a  (lat  that  extends 
from  the  entrance  of  Augusta  River,  in  a  straight  direction  for  the  yellow  clilf;  this  l!u 
extends  nearly  one  third  of  the  distance  across  the  harbor  towards  Fisherman's  Poiiu; 
but  the  sounilings  to  and  along  it  are  very  regular. 

"If  the  wind  is  olf  the  land,  and  you  have  to  work  in,  your  lead  will  be  the  best  pilot 
when  standing  to  the  westward  ;  but  in  standing  to  the  eastward,  be  careful,  and  do  not 
approach  the  land  nearer  than  three  cables'  length,  as  the  reef  already  described  is  steep  to. 

"In  running  in,  with  the  marks  describefl,  you  will  be  within  the  points  before  you 
get  soundings;  after  which  the  soundings  are  very  regular,  from  IH  to  6  fathoms. 

Augusta  River  is  narrow  at  the  entrance,  and  has  only  12  or  14  feet  water  at  about  one 
quarter  of  a  mile  up.  You  may  go  up  the  river  by  keeping  the  starboard  shore  on 
board,  or  go  into  a  large  lagoon  ou  the  larboard  side. 


When  tl 
the  west w a 
bearing  W  • 
From  ti 
is  generally 
may  be  km 
the  north-v 
west  to  the 
A  hares,  or 
other  by  hi 
Berrac(;s. 

From  till 

the  Port  ol 

mile.     'J'hi 

last  may  be 

The  HA 

row  and  cm 

little  I'arllie 

end  of  whi( 

ward  coast, 

leeward  sldi 

channel  lie.- 

farther  in,  i 

is  between  i 

thirds  of  a  • 

pass  Cape  > 

To  take  t 

Estrella  Ca,- 

ing  the  sam 

yon  are  abn 

may  pass,  y 

the  bottom' 

be  N.  i  W., 

you  may  anc 

The  necef 

four  points, 

have  sufficie 

are  abreast  ( 

may  very  ea 

would  be  ini 

sometimes  b 

ofgetliiig  as 

'JMie  distal 

bay,  on  the 

to  regulate  i 

pose,  and  ac 

At  the  bot 

is  the  most  a 

From  St. , 

anchorages ( 

on  this  coas 

11  miles  disi 

leagues  off. 

Fortv  mill 
the  Peak  of 
this  part  of  f 
Jago,  and  yi 
or  even  less 
seems  more 
tance  from  t 
leagues  to  tli 
and  reefs  wit 
the  edge  of  tl 
Twelve-leagi 
N.  W.  direct 


BLU.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


343 


;ii)(l  excellent 
Icai^iies  iVdin 
V  small   samly 
J  outfipoinls, 
)e  approacheci 
;  iieaily  iioitli. 
I'nor.     On  il],' 
iihiii  the  oui'T 
iin  4  t()  5  t'alli- 
niny  l)e  easily 
there  is  also  h 
lor,  it  is  neci's- 
aiiee  of  one  nr 
voii  must  con- 
ears  west ;  you 
r  point  of  the 
•etches  from  it. 
or,  if  you  wi-.li 
o  lay  throu;4h, 

n  officer  on  the 

II,  at  a  distance 

u   fall  in  to  the 

K.  {  E.;  hut  if 

less  you  are  t';ii- 

Town,  frou^  ob- 

ble  lisilit  yellow 
N.  hy  \V.  h  W., 

i:\ll  sandy  puiut, 
stakeii,  as  there 
opened  Fisher- 
and  when  Fisli- 
)r  in  Ci  or  7  fath- 
'oiiit  S.  I)V  E.or 

w  cliir  \v.  h  .s., 

ast  bead  of  the 
■un  to  the  west- 
-ef  thtt  lies  off 
le  south  end  of 
•o  huts  on  l''i>!i- 
ithin  the  \v.\^l 
>r  W.  h  S.,  the 
the  N.  E.  hilt 
.by  E.;'-E.,lhe 
V.  S.  W.  Th- 
in breadth.  It 
)ins  close  to  the 

s  length,  as  it  is 
would  suppose 
larter  of  a  mile, 
flat  that  exteiuis 
w  cliff;  this  l!nt 
leriuan's  PoIik; 

)e  the  best  pilot 
eful,  aiul  do  not 

ribedissteepto. 
nints  before  you 

fathoms. 
Iter  at  about  one 
rboard  shore  on 


the 


jf  the  harb 


rh 


\h 


C, 


?.  entrai 

the  westward  of  the  liarbor  and  the  :\[orro  Castle  of  St.  .Tai^o  de  Cuba  will  be  in  a  line, 
bearing  \^  •  \  N-i  i<'id  the  outermosi  land  to  the  eastwaid  E.  X.  E. 

From  Guantanamo  to  Point  Berracos,  the  coast  trends  nearly  true  west.  2fi  miles  ;  it 
is  generally  clean,  and  you  may  nin  alonsjit  at  a  mile  from  the  shore.  Point  Hcrracos 
riiav  be  known  by  a  mono  or  hill  whicli  rises  on  it.  From  this  point  the  coast  bends  to 
the  north-westward,  ami  forms  the  Pay  of  Cabo  Paxa,  ( Low  Cape.)  whence  it  trends 
west  to  the  Hivcr  luiiijiua.  The  s|)a('e  between  Cajie  Paxa  and  lurai;tia  is  named  los 
Altari's,  or  the  Altars,  because  the  coa'<t  forms  three  beachy  bays,  separated  from  each 
other  by  high  scarped  mounts.  'J'lje  Kiver  hiragua  is  10  miles  distant  from  Point 
Bevracos. 

From  the  River  Iiiragna  the  coast  continues  nearly  west,  10  miles,  to  the  entrance  of 
(he  Port  of  St.  .lago  de  Cuba  ;  it  is  all  clean,  and  may  be  run  along  at  the  distance  of  a 
mile,  'i'he  Rivers  De  Satdineroand  T)e  .^cpiadores  disembogue  upon  it;  and  near  this 
last  may  be  seen  some  small  houses,  inhabited  by  water-carriers. 

The  llAKHOR  of  ST.  .lACO  DE  CLT5A  is  very  good;  but  the  entrance  being  nar- 
row and  crooked,  is  difhcult  lo  take.  On  the  east  point  stands  the  Morro  (  astle,  and  a 
little  farther  in  Estrella  (St;ir)  Castle,  wliich  is  separated  from  the  IMorro  by  a  bay,  at  the 
end  of  which  is  another  small  (ort  or  btittery.  A  rocky  shoal  runs  out  from  the  wind- 
ward coast,  which  extends  otU  about  2^  cables'  length  from  the  Mo<ro  I'oint ;  and,  on  the 
leeward  side,  another  shoal  runs  out,  about  a  cable's  length  south  of  the  point.  The 
channel  lies  between  these  two  shoals.  At  its  entrance  is  a  cable's  length  in  width,  and 
farther  in,  is  reduced  by  about  a  third  of  a  cable  ;  so  tliat,  when  abreast  of  the  bay,  which 
is  between  the  Morro  and  Estrella  Castles,  which  is  the  narrowest  i)art,  it  is  only  two 
thirds  of  a  cable  in  width;  and  from  this  it  continues,  with  the  same  width,  until  you 
pass  Cape  Smith,  wlien  the  harbor  begins  to  ojien. 

To  take  this  port  you  ought  to  sail  half  a  league  or  two  miles  off  the  shore,  until  the 
Estrella  Castle  bears  N.  E.,  when,  placing  the  vessel's  prow  in  that  direction,  and  steer- 
ing the  same  course,  you  will  enter  the  channel  formed  by  the  reefs;  but,  so  soon  as 
you  are  abreast  of  the  Morro  Point,  within  a  (piarter  of  a  eidile's  length  of  which  you 
may  pass,  you  may  begin  to  keep  away;  so  that,  when  up  with  the  battery,  which  is  at 
the  bottom  of  the  bay,  between  the  Morro  and  Estrella  Castles,  the  vessel's  head  shall 
be  N.  1  W..  which  course  it  is  necessary  to  follow  until  you  are  past  Cape  Smith,  when 
you  may  anchor. 

The  necessity  you  are  under  (from  the  crookedness  of  the  entrance)  of  keeping  away 
four  points,  viz.  from  N.  E.  to  N.,  renders  it  almost  needful  that  a  large  vessel  should 
have  sufficient  space  to  make  the  turn  in.  To  this  end  we  advi-e  that,  so  soon  as  you 
are  abreast  of  the  Morro  Point,  you  ought  to  begin  to  keep  away;  for  without  this,  you 
may  very  easily  get  ashore  at  the  Estrella  Castle.  It  must  here  be  eniarked,  that  it 
would  be  imjiroperto  keep  the  vessel's  prow  away  to  the  north  at  once,  though  it  may 
sometimes  be  done  under  favorable  circuiustan(;es  ;  for,  by  doing  this,  you  incur  a  risk 
of  getting  ashore  on  the  corner  of  the  leeward  reef. 

'J'he  distance  between  the  Morro  J'oint  and  abreast  of  the  battery,  at  the  bottom  of  the 
bay,  on  the  cast,  is  one  cable's  lengtli  ;  with  the  knowledge  of  tliis,  the  Pilot  will  know 
to  regulate  the  steerage,  and  trim  the  sails,  A'c.,  as  may  be  necessary  to  gain  his  pur- 
pose, and  according  to  the  facility  with  which  the  vessel  can  be  worked. 

At  the  bottom  of  this  harbor,  on  the  N.  E.,  is  the  city  of  St.  Jago,  or  of  Cuba,  which 
is  the  ino.st  ancient  city  in  the  island. 

From  St.  Jago  de  Cuba,  tlie  coast  continues  to  the  west,  forming  various  bays,  with 
anchorages  of  little  importance,  the  knowledge  of  w  hich  is  alone  usel'ul  to  coasters.  Up- 
on this  coast  are  the  high  Copper  Mountains,  (Sierras  del  Cobre,)  which  are  about 
11  miles  distant  from  St.  .lago.  In  clear  weather  these  mountains  have  been  seen  33 
leagues  off. 

Forty  miles  W.  by  S-  from  St.  .Tago  de  Cuba  rises  another  very  high  mountain,  named 
the  Peak  of  Tarquino,  whicli  is  an  excellent  landmark.  Cape  Cruz  is  the  last  place  on 
this  part  of  tlie  island,  where  the  coast  is  clean.  It  lies  more  than  30  leagues  from  St. 
Jago,  and  you  may  rim  along  the  whoh;  intermediate  coast  at  the  distance  of  a  league, 
or  even  less;  but,  as  there  is  no  motive  to  induce  one  to  approximate  it  so  much,  it 
seems  more  advisable  for  those  bound  to  the  westward  to  run  along  at  2  or  3  leagues  di.s- 
tance  from  the  shore.  At  Cape  de  Cruz  commences  a  White  Bank,  which  extends  60 
leagues  to  the  north-westward,  and  terminates  at  Trinidad.  Upon  this  bank  are  keys 
and  reefs  without  number,  which  form  channels  of  more  or  less  width.  Of  the  keys  on 
the  edge  of  the  bank,  the  principal  are  those  called  the  Cayosde  las  Doce  Leguas,  or  the 
Twelve-league  Keys,  the  whole  range  of  which  extend  not  less  than  20  leagues  in  a  W. 
N.  W.  direction. 


344 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


■  ti 


ak 


the  Doce  L 


;  Kcvi 


k1  be 


[\  mile 


the  southward  of  Cr 


To  coast 

Cruz,  steer  W.  N.  W.  '^  W.,  with  which  coui'se  you  will  run  alous  the  edge  of  tlie  bank  ; 
and,  having  run  1'2\  miles  in  this  direction,  alter  your  course  to  N.  W.  |  N.,  with  which 
you  will  enter  upon  the  bank  in  4')  lathoms,  on  sand  and  rocks;  keep  this  course  tor  ,i:; 
miles,  when,  with  the  edge  insight,  you  will  leave  it  in  nearly  50  lathoms.  C^otUinuinu 
the  same  course  17  miles  more,  you  will  a,.iin  find  41J  Cathoms,  or  less,  and  soon  after- 
wards will  see  Livisa  Key  to  the  N.  N.  E.,  and  ahead  will  be  seen  the  eastern  head  of 
the  Doce  Leguas  Keys. 

Having  recognized  these  two  points,  you  must  run  along  on  the  bank,  biit  without  get- 
ting along  into  less  than  4  fathoms,  until  you  find  yourself  3  miles  to  the  soutli  of  the 
eastern  head,  and  in  7  fathoms  water,  over  a  bottom  of  sanil  :  you  iriust  then  run  W.  hy 
N.  With  this  course  you  will  shortly  run  off  the  bank,  and  may  coast  along  the  Dcfe 
Leguas  Keys,  at  the  distance  of  a  league,  without  any  fear;  and  having  run  211  miles, 
steer  W.  N.  W.  18',  miles,  and  you  will  then  have  the  Boca  de  CVaballones  (or  mouth 
of  the  Caballones  Channel)  open;  and  it  may  be  easily  known,  as  it  is  broader  than  any 
other  to  the  eastward,  and  because  the  S.  and  E.  point  of  its  entrance  is  very  low,  anil 
the  edges  at  the  water  of  Soboruco  Rock. 

Having  ascertained  your  situation  from  seeing  this  Boca  or  Channel,  you  may  con- 
tinue coasting  along  tii(>  keys,  at  the  distance  of  three  mi!ea,  continuing  on  the  piecedini; 
course;  and  having  run  "31  miles,  you  will  see  to  the  northward  a  great  opening  foriufid 
by  the  keys,  whidi  is  the  Boca  Crande  ;  passing  by  it,  pursue  the  same  course,  keepins; 
the  Cineo  Balas,  or  Five  Balls"  Keys,  in  sight,  at  the  distance  of  2  leagues,  and  uotiti" 
that  a  reef  extends  3  miles  to  the  S.  \V.  of  Key  iJrcton.  The  latter  is  the  westernmost 
of  the  Doce  Leguas  Keys,  nearly  in  a  line  between  Key  JJreton  and  Puerto  Casihia. 
On  the  main  of  Cuba,  is  the  Placer  de  la  Paz,  a  sand-bank,  having  on  its  eastern  part 
good  anchorage,  and  no  where  less  than  14  fathoms,  on  sand  and  shells. 

ADMONITIONS. — If  night  comes  on,  when  you  are  in  the  vicinity  of  Cape  de  Cniz, 
or  to  the  south  of  it,  as  assume<l  in  the  preceding  directions,  you  must  steer  W.  i  S.  for 
14  miles,  and  thence  N.  AV.  y  W.  to  keep  com])letely  free  of  the  Doce  Leguas  Kevs, 
continue  this  course  till  daylight,  changing  it  afterwards  so  as  to  niiike  and  recognize 
these  keys,  and  thus  include  yourself  in  the  route  already  recommended. 

Should  night  overtake  you  in  the  traverse  between  Cape  de  Cruz  and  the  Eastern 
Head,  when  it  might  suit  you  to  anchor  on  the  bank,  you  may  do  so  on  any  part  of  it. 
observing  only  that  the  edges  of  the  banks  are  rocky,  and  that  to  get  clean  ground,  you 
ought  to  run  in  upon  it  into  'JO,  or  even  10  fathoms,  on  sand. 

If  night  falls  when  you  are  coasting  along  the  Doce  Leguas  Keys,  as  already  directed, 
steer  true  West  until  you  consider  yourself  from  3  to  3,1  leagues  from  them,  and  even 
then  continue  the  same  course,  considering  that  hereabout  the  current  sets  N.  E.  and  S. 
W.  and,  if  the  tide  happens  to  set  in,  it  is  very  possible  to  got  aground  on  the  reef;  hence 
no  precaution  ought  to  be  omitted  which  similar  cases  require. 

If  when  in  sight  of  the  Canal  de  Caballones,  you  wish  to  anchor  in  its  mouth,  from  a 
case  of  emergency,  you  can  do  so  without  getting  into  less  than  3  fathoms,  on  sand  ;  and. 
in  case  of  being  unable  to  continue  your  course  to  the  soutli  of  the  keys,  }ou  can  shape 
^•our  course  so  as  to  descry  the  land  of  Cuba,  passing  between  the  Bergantin  and  Manuel 
Gomez  Keys,  in  12  fathoms,  on  clay  ;  following  afterwards  to  the  north,  to  make  the  Aniia 
Maria  Keys,  and  giving  a  berth  to  the  shoal  of  Y'agua,  which  you  leave  to  larboard,  and 
to  some  heads  which  are  to  the  east  of  it,  and  wliich  should  be  left  to  starboard.  Havin,- 
seen  the  last  keys,  and  placed  yourseh"  about  a  league  from  them,  you  umst  steer  for  the 
coast;  or  act  as  directed  in  the  instructions  for  this  interior  navigation. 

MANZANILLO. — The  reef,  which  extends  two  miles  off  Cape  Cruz,  can  be  passeJ 
within  fifty  yards,  in  3  fathoms  water.  This  reef  is  very  steep.  As  soon  as  you  havp 
passed  the  reef,  haul  in  for  the  land  :  you  will  then  have  2 ',  fathoms  water  within  one  li;ili  ! 
a  mile  of  the  beach.  The  first  ])oint  from  the  cape  is  called  Point  Calrado ;  this  capi 
lies  N.  E.  6  miles  from  Cape  ("riiz.  The  ancliorage  is  good  from  the  cape  to  Man-  . 
zanillo  in  the  sloop  channel.  In  passing  Point  Calrado,  you  will  have  3  fathoms:  n- 
soon  as  you  have  passed  the  point,  you  will  have  from  8  (o  10.  This  point  shonld  he 
passed  within  one  half  a  mile.  Three  fourths  of  a  mile  from  Point  Calrado,  in  a  N. 
W.  direction,  hes  a  shoal  ;  it  extends  about  3  miles  in  the  same  direction.  Six  miles 
from  Point  Calrado,  in  a  N.  E.  by  E.  direction,  is  Point  Balona;  this  point  has  a 
shoal  extending  off  from  it,  in  a  N.  W,  direction,  H  mile.  Three  miles  N.  W.  from 
Point  Balona,  lies  what  the  Pilots  call  the  Balona  Shoal;  tiie  shoal  extends  N.  W.  2\ 
miles.  Three  miles  from  Point  Balona,  in  a  N.  E.  direction,  lies  a  small  key,  called  by 
the  Pilots,  Mona  Key  ;  this  key  lies  close  to  the  main  land,  and  cannot  be  seen  as  a  key 
in  p&ssing  along  in  the  channel.  The  shoal  water  extends  off  this  key  about  a  mile.  Two 
miles  distant,  in  a  N.  W.  direction,  is  what  the  Pilots  call  the  Mona  Shoal ;  between 


there  ere 
about  the  i 
bv  the  pile 
\V.  by  S. 
of  the  Swa 
N.  W.  L 
75  miles, 
zanilla. 

A  pilot  < 

zanilla,  and 

The  Cit; 

ground,  ab 

rather  mori 

south  of  it. 

it  is  three  s 

a  half;  and 

River  Guar 

extending  f 

eastwarrl  of 

Directioi 

ready  been 

look  out,  ar 

tinue  the  N 

From  this  s 

the  Pan  de 

of  Bonao,  w 

igation  the  1 

leading  inar 

very  small  k 

sea  upon  it, 

Key  Blanco 

the  western! 

The  placi 

Puga  and  B 

less,  from  th 

have  6  fatho 

chor  in  4  fat 

the  approac 

On  the  ro 

has  the  part 

Grande.     B 

fi'rande  may 

and  it  may  e 

Key  Grande 

quently  hap 

cr,  if  he  doe 

recognizes  t 

will  afterwai 

run  N.  N.  \ 

and,  enterin 

sees  proper. 

The  key  c 

and  half  a  le 

there  is  and 

rnore  or  less 

in  general,  a 

tent  of  bead 

ing,  howeve 

clean. 

The  Co 
The  coast 
leagues,  fori 
mangroves, 
water  in  it,  y 
are  brought 
west  of  Pass; 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT, 


345 


iward  of  Cape  de 
•(ig(!  of  the  bank  ; 
I  N.,  with  which 
his  course  for  2'] 
tiis.  C'oiiiinuini: 
s,  and  sonn  afiei- 
;  eastern  licad  of 

but  without  fjet- 
tlu>  soutli  of  tlie 
t  then  run  W.  hy 
;t  along  the  DcfV 
ng  run  21^  miles, 
illones  (or  mouth 
broader  than  any 
;  is  very  low,  anii 

el,  you  may  con- 
on  the  pjecedinj 
it  opening  formed 
e  course,  keepins^ 
igues,  and  iiutin;; 
?  tlie  westernmost 
d  Puerto  Casiida. 
)n  its  eastern  paii 
s. 

yof  Capede  Cruz, 
t  steer  W.-JS.for 
>ce  Leguas  Keys, 
ke  and  recognize 
ed. 

z  and  the  Eastern 

on  any  part  of  it. 

[ilean  ground,  ycni 

s  ah'eady  directed, 
n  them,  and  even 
sets  N.  E.  and  S. 
jn  the  reef:  hence 

is  mouth,  from  a 
ms,  on  sand;  and, 
ys, ;,  ou  can  shape 
an  tin  and  Manuel 
to  make  the  Anna 
e  to  larboard,  and 
u'lioard.  Havin.' 
umst  steer  fortlip 

uz,  can  be  pnsspii 
soon  as  you  have 
ter  within  one  iiali 
alrado ;  this  capf 
lu'  cape  to  Man- 
ave  :i  fathoms;  a< 
>  point  shoulcl  be 
( 'alrado,  in  a  N. 
■(•lion.  Six  miles 
;  this  point  has  a 
niies  N.  W.  froiu 
extends  N.  W.  'Jl 
nail  key,  called  hy 
>t  be  seen  as  a  key 
bout  a  mile.  Two 
a  Shoal ;  between 


,:4 


t' 


there  are  6  fathoms.  Back  of  the  Mona  Key  is  Lime  River,  being  the  first  (Vesh  wafer 
nbout  the  cape.  N.  by  E.  7  miles,  as  estimated  by  the  pilots,  lie  two  small  keys,  caller! 
bv  the  pilots  Svago.  N.  4  miles  from  Swago  lie  a  group  of  keys,  tending  E.  by  N.  and 
\V.  by  .S.  4  miles,  called  Sloop  Channel  Keys.  There  are  two  shoals  lying  W.  by  N, 
of  the  Swago  Kpvs»     From  Sloop  Channel  Keys  the  passage  is  clear  to  Manzanijla. 

N.  W.  by  W.  7  miles  from  Point  ]i.ilona,  coniriiences  the  (ireat  Bank,  which  extends 
75  miles.  Between  this  and  the  reef  before  mentioned,  lies  the  main  channel  tp  ]Man^ 
zanilla. 

A  pilot  can  most  atways  be  found  at  Cape  Cruvi,  Tlicro  are  but  four  pilots  at  Man', 
zanilla,  and  in  some  cases  a  vessel  might  be  detained  for  want  of  one. 

The  City  of  TRINIDAD,  is  situated  in  lat.  21  •  i2{',  loni'.  80°  4'.  It  lies  on  high 
ground,  about  three  miles  from  the  sea:  the  River  (Tu:>.nr:if)0,  or  of  Trinidad,  passes 
rather  more  than  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  falls  into  the  sea  at  a  little  to  the 
south  of  it.  Trinidad  communicates  with  the  sea  by  this  river,  from  the  mouth  of  which 
it  is  three  short  miles  distant;  by  Puerto  Casiida,  from  whjch  it  is  distant  two  miles  and 
a  half:  and  by  Puerto  Masio,  the  distance  from  which  is  4^  miles,  The  mouth  of  the 
River  Guanrabo  is  to  the  north  of  the  point  of  Marin  Aguilar,  at  which  the  white  gjoupda 
extending  from  Cape  de  Cruz  terminate.  The  harbors  of  Casiida  and  Masio  are  to  the 
eastward  of  this  point,  and  to  arrive  at  them  a  vessel  must  enter  upon  the  white  grounds, 

Directions  for  sailing  from  Cape  de  Cruz  to  the  neighborhood  of  these  ports  have  al- 
ready been  given.  We  have  only  to  repeat  that  it  is  always  advisable  to  keep  a  good 
look  out,  and  the  lead  going,  especially  by  night.  Having  recogni^'.ed  Key  Grande,  con-t 
tinue  the  N.  W.  course  until  Key  Breton  bears  N.  E.  bringing  it  the  distance  of  9  miles, 
From  this  spot  a  N.  N  W.  4  W.  course,  .'i^<  miles,  will  bring  you  to  another,  from  which 
the  Pan  de  Azucar,  or  Sugar-loaf  Hill,  will  appear  on  with  the  most  easterly  of  the  hilla 
of  Bonao,  which  are  some  high  ridges  immediately  tu  the  westward  of  it.  In  this  nav-^ 
igation  the  keys  called  the  Zarza  and  Machos  will  be  seen  from  without;  and  when  the 
leading  mark  above  given  is  on,  you  will  still  be  in  sight  of  the  Machos,  and  of  another 
very  small  key,  named  Puga ;  the  latter  is  rendered  remarkable  by  the  breaking  of  the 
sea  upon  it.  and  it  will  bear  about  N.  ^  W.  a  mile  distant.  f>om  the  same  spot  the 
Key  Blanco  will  be  seen,  bearing  about  N.  N.  W.  ^  W.  This  key  is  remarkable,  both  as 
the  westernmost  key  on  the  bank,  and  because  its  shore  is  bordered  with  white  rocks, 

The  place  where  you  ought  to  enter  upon  the  White  Ground  is  between  the  Keys 
Puga  and  Blanco,  to  do  which  you  must  steer  so  as  to  pass  about  half  a  mile,  or  rather 
less,  from  the  reef  of  Puga,  whitjh  reef  alwavs  shows;  and  in  the  passage  you  will  always 
have  6  fathoms  of  water.  Having  passed  Pniiii,  you  must  steer  N.  ^  W.  in  order  to  an- 
chor in  4  fathoms,  sand  and  weed,  with  the  south  part  of  Key  Blanco  W.  i  S.  that  is,  if 
the  approach  of  night  or  waiting  for  a  pilot,  render  it  necessary. 

On  the  route  between  Key  Grande  and  Key  Blanco,  no  one  need  be  at  any  loss,  who 
h'is  the  particular  chirt  of  the  navigation  bptween  the  Rio  (iuanrabo  and  the  Boca 
Grande.  By  it  may  be  seen  that  any  one  -.vho  wishes  to  enter  upon  the  banli,  by  the  Boca 
Grande  may  always  do  so,  provided  his  vessel  does  not  draw  more  than  14  feet  of  water; 
and  it  may  even  sometimes  be  convenient  to  run  in  here  to  anchor,  under  the  shelter  of 
Key  Grande  or  those  of  Cinco  Balas,  in  case  of  bad  weather  coming  on,  which  will  ffor 
quently  happen,  and  which  is  much  to  be  fcare  1  in  \ugust,  September,  and  October  i 
or,  if  he  does  not  choose  to  anchor  in  the  slielter  of  those  keys,  he  rjiay  run  in  uniil  lie 
recognizes  the  key  called  Rabi-horcado,  which  lie  will  leave  on  the  larbo.ird  luuid,  and 
will  afterwards  see  Cayo  Bargayo ;  having  passed  to  the  eastward  of  the  latter,  he  may 
run  N.  N.  W.  without  fear,  being  guided  in  running  by  the  vessel's  draught  of  water; 
and,  entering  by  the  Machos  Channel,  he  may  run  tor  Masip  or  Puerto  Cnsi|da,  as  he 
sees  proper. 

The  key  called  Blanco  de  Zarza  lies  N.  by  W.  8  miles  from  the  Cayo  Zarssa  de  fuera, 
and  half  a  league  to  the  southward  of  Punta  del  Caney.  Batween  this  key  and  the  coast 
there  is  anchorage,  as  there  also  is  in  various  other  [ilaccs  her  'about,  which  will  be  found 
more  or  less  comuuidious.  according  to  the  winds  and  draught  of  the  vessel.  The  key.*, 
in  general,  are  but  little  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  their  low  shores  have  no  .  - 
tent  of  beach  ;  but  rocky  banks  stretch  out  to  a  short  distance  from  their  points  ;  excepts 
ing,  however,  those  which  form  the  Mathos  Channel,  which  within  the  strait  are  very 
clean. 

The  Coast,  from  the  River  Jaliho7iicn,  v^eshmrd  to  Port  CosiUa,  Trinidad,  &r. 

The  coast  between  Point  Jatibonico,  and  Point  Passabanao,  in  a  distance  of  two 
leagues,  forms  a  bay  with  '2\  and  3  fathoms.  'J'he  shore  is  drowned  and  covered  with 
mangroves.  At  Point  Jatibonico  the  river  of  the  same  name  enters  the  sea.  To 
water  in  it,  you  must  ascend  the  river  for  a  league.  Many  cedar  and  Mahogany  trees 
are  brought  do  n  this  river,  and  many  vessels  "ake  in  cargoes  here.  Three  miles  to  the 
west  of  Passabanao  is  the  Estero  de  las  Caovas  (Mahogany  Creek,)  in  which  aniall  craft 

44 


346 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


not  drawiii.'  above  6  feet,  may  find  shelter  from  the  south-east  winds.  After  Estera  He 
las  Coavas,  at  three  tnilcs  follows  Point  Msmati,  on  whirli  tliere  are  some  wells  of  tol- 
erable sweet  water.  Point  Maiiati,  with  Point  Tolele,  which  lies  two  leagues  to  the 
west  of  it,  form  a  small  hay,  in  tht  middle  of  which  is  the  mouth  of  the  Estero  Nuevo 
(New  Creek).  Point  Tolete  and  Point  Zar/.a.  4;'r  miles  distant,  form  another  bay,  in  which 
the  Estero  de  San  Marcos,  witli  very  little  water  at  its  entrance.  (Jn  the  eastern  part  of 
Point  Zarza,  the  river  (liseiid)oi;ues  itsrll".  By  this  river  there  is  much  traffic  carried  oti 
with  the  town  of  Sancti  Espiritu,  wlijch  is  13  leagues  inland.  W  est  of  Zarza  Point  is 
the  creek  of  the  same  name,  with  7  feet  water,  where  small  vessels  may  find  shelter  fnim 
the  south-easters,  as  they  may  also  to  the  westward  of  Point  Zarza,  under  the  lee  of  a 
veef,  which  runs  out  from  the  W.  S.  W  .  of  it  for  nearly  a  mile,  and  which  forms  a  bay 
with  a  clayey  bottom  of  3  and  .'!',  fathoms. 

A  league  to  the  west  of  I'oint  Zarza  is  Point  Caney,  between  is  a  small  bay,  with  3 
and  6  fatnoms,  clay  and  gn'ss  bottom.  On  the  west  of  Point  Caney  is  the  Estero  (Cretk) 
the  same  name,  with  7  feet  of  water.  1  o  the  south  of  this  point  is  Cayo  Blanco  de  Zarza. 
(the  White  Key  of  Zarza;)  and  betweeu  the  reef  which  runs  out  from  it,  and  the  point. 
there  is  a  good  chamiel,  navip;able  for  any  vessel,  which,  as  before  said,  may  find  good 
shelter  to  the  west  of  the  key.  iieyond  Point  Caney,  on  the  west,  is  the  Desembarcadeio 
de  Mangle  (Mangrove  Mouth.)  Two  leagues  west  of  Point  Caney  is  Point  Ciego;  be- 
tween is  a  bay  with  from  '.i  to  .)  fathoms:  in  the  middle  of  it  is  the  River  Tallabaioa. 
which  has  very  little  water  i'l  the  dry  season;  and  that  of  a  brook,  at  a  very  short  dis- 
tance to  the  westward  of  i'o'nt  ('iegu,  is  always  jjiefcrable.  After  Point  Ciego  comes 
that  of  Yguanojo,  at  which  is  the  river  of  tlie  .'::>.iiip  ii:>.mc.  the  water  of  which  is  excellent, 
but  to  procure  it,  it  Is  necessnry  to  ascend  the  river  (or  a  league.  One  league  and  a  half 
west  from  Point  Yguanojo  is  that  of  Agabaina,  to  the  eastward  of  which  run  out  the 
Caycos  de  Ticrra  (Keys  of  the  Land,)  which,  with  Point  Yguanojo,  form  a  bay  called  >St. 
Pedros,  having  from  '.l\  to  6  fathoms,  oii  clay. 

The  Caycos  de  Tierra,  with  Point  Agal)aina,  form  another  small  bay,  having  7,  5,  and 
4,  fathoms,  on  clay  and  sanJ.     At  Point  Agahama  is  the  river  of  the  same  name. 

The  shores  from  Agabama  to  Point  (.'asilJa  are  drowned,  and  covered  with  mangroves 
(literally  watery  mangrove  land  :  )  and,  from  Casilda  to  Point  Cuanrabo,  they  are  of  sand 
and  scarped  rock.  Kelative  to  the  interior  of  the  land,  we  shall  only  notice  that  the  Pot- 
rerillo,  which  is  the  highest  point  of  the  mountains  above  Trinidad,  may  be  seen  in  clear 
days  at  21  leagues  o(V,  and  t'.ie  Sugar-loaf  (Pan  de  Azucar)  and  it  are  excellent  marks  for 
accurately  ascertaining  your  position. 

From  Boca  Grande,  the  reef  Ibrbids  entering  on  the  bank  as  fiir  as  the  Outer  Zarza. 
between  which  and  the  Outer  Macos  there  is  a  spacious  entrance,  with  depth  for  any  ves- 
sels. Nevertheless,  if  when  in  sight  of  Key  Breton,  and  to  leeward  of  Boca  Grande,  you 
wish  to  anchor  upon  the  bank,  in  order  to  regulate  the  time  for  making  Puga  and  Cayo 
Blanco,  or  for  any  other  course,  it  may  be  done  by  steering  towards  Key  Breton,  uniil 
the  N.  W.  part  of  that  key  bears  E.  j'  N.  but  in  running  thus,  sound  frequently,  until 
you  have  from  4  to  3  fathoms,  on  s  'id,  when  you  may  anchor.  If  the  wind  will  not  al- 
low you  to  steer  in  for  the  anchorage  directly  east,  and  you  are  obliged  to  beat  to  wind- 
ward, observe  not  to  prolong  the  tacks  to  the  northward  longer  than  imtil  the  N.  W. 
part  of  the  key  bears  E.  S.  E.,  or  the  south  tack  farther  than  until  the  same  point  oi  ' 
the  key  bears  N.  K.  by  E.  Between  the?e  bearings  you  may  work,  tack  and  tack,  till 
you  reach  the  anchorage,  in  which  there  is  a  shelter  from  the  winds  from  N.  by  E.  to 
~  S.  W.,  caused  by  the  cordon  of  reefs  and  keys  which  lie  in  these  directions.  All  these 
reefs  show  above  water,  and  the  outer  part  of  them  lies  nearly  3  miles  S.  \V.  from  the 
west  part  of  Key  Breton. 

Any  large  vessel  seeking  shelter  from  tlie  weather  or  any  other  cause  upon  the  bank, 
may  enter  between  the  outer  Zarza  and  outer  Machos,  and  may  run  over  the  whole  of  ; 
the  interior  of  the  bank,  there  being  sulficient  depth  for  vessels  of  'oy  class,  and  forthis 
the  chart  is  the  best  guide. 

TIDES. — We  shall  now  terminate  this  part  of  the  subject  by  remarking  that  the 
tides  produce  streams  more  or  less  rapid,  and  in  various  directions,  according  to  the  chan- 
nels which  the  reefs  form  :  otit  they  are  ot  very  little  importance,  because  the  greatest 
rise  of  water,  which  is  at  the  time  of  the  new  moon,  is  not  more  than  a  foot  and  a  halt, 
except  with  S.  E.  winds,  when  it  sometimes  rises  ."l  f<'et.  '. 

MASIO,  PORT  CASILDA,  AND  TRINIDAD.— To  enter  Port  Masio,  being  r 
within  the  bank,  steer  N.  ?  W.  until  the  south  part  of  Key  Blanco  bears  W.  J  S.,  iu 
which  situation  you  will  find  1  fathoms,  on  clay  and  weeds,  or  grass  (yerba.)  From 
thence  run  N.  50°  W.,  with  which  course  you  will  run  along  the  middle  of  the  channel 
of  Masio,  which  is  formed  by  a  shoal  extending  N.  W.  by  W.  from  Key- Blanco,  and  a 
shoal,  with  some  heads  nearly  even  with  the  watn,  on  the  land  side  ;  and  you  must  con- 
tinue thus  till  you  have  Point  Jobabo  N.  J  W.     This  point  may  easily  be  kuown 


t 


by 


q     snndy  beach 

h     and  steering 

house  Point 

tills,  keep  th 

you  may  rut 

tinctly,  and  t 

trarce,  lulf  i 

you  may  aiu 

fruiii  the  lam 

west  point  ol 

Passing  in 

wish  to  aiich 

in  the  middl 

and  with  the 

To  enter  I 

south  part  of 

direction  is  t 

a*vay  in  this 

trruice,  whicl 

opening,  at  a 

until  you  bri 

ment  place  tl 

which  runs  o 

bring  the  sou 

towards  tJie  c 

on  with  the  v 

towards  these 

with  the  prec; 

which  is  ratlu 

giving  a  berth 

shortly  afterw 

You  may  a 

clayey  bottom 

ria,  by  the  no 

mouths  in  thi 

trances  are  da 

To  enter  tin 

without  fear,  ( 

and  running  o 

point  of  Cirial 

you  have  it  wi 

nas  than  Poin 

a  large  vessel, 

very  small  exi 

shore  of  the  b; 

on  it;  and  wh 

Having  now 

ferable  to  Casi 

it  with  the  tra 

while,  on  the 

not  more  than 

trade  wind  ;  a 

rabo.     Port  M 

or  remain  any 

From  the  R 

at  the  distanc< 

point  of  the  R 

Point  of  San  .1 

for  a  long  mik 

Between  the 

gan,  Honda,  Y 

which  do  not  c 

them,  it  is  nee 

Along  this  p 

reef,  which  stn 

nut  exteud  froi 


BLUxXT  S  AMElilCAX  COAST  PILOT. 


347 


,fter  EstcrH  de 
e  wells  ot"  lol- 
leagues  to  the 
Estero  Nuevo 
r  b'riy,  in  which 
eastern  part  ol" 
'affic;  carried  on 
Zarza  Poiiit  is 
nd  shelter  IVom 
Icr  the  lee  of  a 
,ch  forms  a  bay 

nail  bay,  with  3 
Estero  (Cretk) 
lanco  (le  Zarza, 
,  and  the  point, 
,  may  find  good 
)esenibarcadeio 
oint  Ciej^o;  he- 
vcr  Tallabatoa, 
1  very  short  dis- 
nt  Ciego  comes 
lich  is  excellent, 
eague  and  a  half 
ich  run  out  the 
i  a  bay  called  8t. 

having  7,  5,  and 
me  name. 
I  with  mangrove!! 
they  are  of  sand 
ice  that  the  Pot- 
•  be  seen  in  clear 
:ellent  marks  lor 

lie  Outer  Zarza. 

epth  for  any  ves- 

oca  Grande,  yon 
Puga  and  Cayo 

Ley  Breton,  iinlil 
Vequently,  until 

wind  will  not  al- 
to beat  to  wind-  ; 
until  the  N.  \V,  \ 

le  same  point  oi 

ack  and  tack,  till 
oni  N.  by  E.  to 
ions.  All  these 
S.  W.  from  the 

e  upon  the  bank, 
ver  the  whole  nl 
lass,  and  for  this 

larking  that  the 
-ding  to  thechan- 
iuise  the  greatest 

foot  ami  a  hall, 

irt  Masio,  bein? 
ars  W,  I  S.,  ill 
(yerba.)  From 
e  of  the  channel 
»y- Blanco,  and  a 
id  you  must  con- 
f  be  known  by  a 


snn 
,111(1 


dy  beach.     You  must  then  lulfup  with  the  prow  to  tlie  west  point  of  the  harbor; 
^'   "^'    "'       '  ■    '  '    ■'  '  ))ast  the  Guard- 


til 


;iii(i  steering  N.  N.  W.,  take  caie  to  keep  a  very  little  away  until  you  are 
house  Point,  that  you  may  keep  clear  of  the  reef  which  rims  out  from  it.  lieing  |>ast 
this,  kee|»  the  prow,  ab  above  directed,  to  the  west  point,  until  iiciir  the  entrance,  whea 
vou  may  run  up  the  middle  of  it  by  the  eye,  becauyc  the  edges  of  the  slio  ils  show  dis- 
tinctly, and  the  eye  and  lead  are  the  best  guides.  Having  run  up  the  middle  of  the  en- 
trarce,  lulf  up  N.  by  E.  until,  having  passed  the  points,  and  being  in  4  or  3'.  fathoms, 
you  may  anchor  where  it  suits  you,  being  cautious  solely  of  a  clay  Iiniik  which  nms  out 
from  the  landing  place  on  the  west  shore,  and  the  extieiuity  of  wiiiciiis  in  ono  with  the 
west  point  of  the  port,  at  sciith. 

Passing  in  for  Masio  you  leave  the  Bay  of  Caballonas  to  the  starl)oard  ;  and  if  you 
wish  to  anchor  in  it,  for  shelter  from  the  N.  and  S.  E.  winds,  you  may  do  so  by  keeping 
in  the  middle  between  the  two  points  which  form  it,  and  directing  yourself  mid-strait, 
and  with  the  prow  N.  E.  by  E.,  anchor  when  you  arc  in  .'i',-  fathoms,  clay  or  ooze. 

To  enter  Port  CnxUda,  observe  the  same  route  as  ihaL  given  for  Port  iMasio,  until  the 
south  part  of  Key  (inayo  is  on  with  the  s-iuth  part  of  thu  i.iuin  land  of  Casilda,  in  which 
direction  is  the  mouth  or  opening  of  .lobabo,  by  which  you  ought  to  enter,  and  keeping 
asvay  in  this  position  to  run  in  the  miildie  of  it,  the  eye  and  lead  will  facilitate  the  en- 
trance, which  is  110  yards  wide,  with  4  fathoms  of  water.  JJcing  at  the  west  of  this 
opening,  at  a  cable's  distance,  steer  W.  S.  \V..  sailing  in  6,  7,  and  8  fathoms,  clay, 
until  you  bring  Point  Casilda  on  with  the  north  point  of  (Jayo  Katones,  at  which  mo- 
ment place  the  prow  to  the  westernmost  part  of  the  city  of  Trinidad,  avoiding  the  reef, 
which  runs  out  S.  S.  W.  from  Gayo  Guayo,  and  which  will  be  jiassed  so  soon  as  you 
bring  the  south  part  of  this  key  on  with  the  south  jiart  of'J'abaco.  Afterwards  steer 
towards  the  easternmost  pivrt  of  the  city,  until  you  bring  the  south  part  of  Key  Ratones 
on  with  the  westerntnosi  part  of  the  higVi  hills  of  the  Rio  Honda,  when  you  will  steer 
towards  these  objects  until  you  pass  the  shoal  Eairiedio;  and  following  the  same  mark, 
with  the  precaution  of  keeping  a  little  to  starboard,  you  will  pass  (;!ear  of  Point  Casilda, 
which  is  rather  foul;  and  jiassing  on  for  the  interior,  go  to  the  south  of  Key  Katones, 
giving  a  berth  to  the  point  of  it ;  having  passed  which  you  may  steer  N.  W.  J  W.,  and 
shortly  afterwards  anchor  in  3  or  ,'H  fathoms,  on  clay. 

You  may  anchor  in  any  part  of  these  channels,  if  citciimstances  require  it,  upon  a 
clayey  bottom.  You  may  also  take  Port  Casilda,  entering  from  the  channel  of  Agaba- 
ria,  by  the  north  of  Key  Guayo,  or  from  the  west  of  Key  Blanco,  and  by  the  breaks  or 
mouths  in  this  part  ol  the  reef,  as  Boca  Grande,  the  Negrilla  and  Mulatas;  but  the  en- 
trances are  dangerous,  and  there  are  no  proper  leading  marks. 

To  enter  the  nioulk  of  Guarnaho  or  Trinidad  Jxivcr,  steer  outside  the  bank,  and  run  in 
without  fear,  even  within  a  musket  shct  of  the  shore,  which  in  this  place  is\ery  clean; 
and  running  on  at  the  same  distance,  you  will  see  the  bay  of  the  entrance,  formed  by  the 
point  of  Cirialcs  to  the  south,  and  the  point  of  the  River  Canas  to  the  north  ;  and  when 
you  have  it  well  open,  diicct  yourself  (with  little  sail  set)  so  as  to  pass  nearer  Point  Ca- 
nas than  Point  Cirialcs,  for  it  is  much  cleaner,  Sound  fi;e(|uently,  however,  and,  if  in 
a  large  vessel,  anchor  immediately  upon  getting  bottom,  because  the  anchorage  is  of 
very  small  extent.  If  the  vessel  is  small,  you  may  run  in,  steering  towards  the  south 
shore  of  the  bay,  keeping  the  prow  between  two  sandy  beaches,  which  are  the  only  ones 
on  it;  and  when  in  6  or  8  fatho.ns,  sandy  bottom,  you  may  anchor. 

Having  now  described  this  navigation,  it  is  necessary  only  to  add,  that  IMasio  is  pre- 
ferable to  Casilda,  not  only  on  account  of  its  deeper  water,  and  that  you  can  sail  out  of 
it  with  the  trade  wind,  but  that  it  is  more  easy  to  talvc,  and  does  not  require  a  pilot; 
while,  on  the  contrary.  Port  Casilda  cannot  be  entered  without  one.  Its  anchorage  is 
not  more  than  four  cables'  length  in  extent,  it  is  very  difficult  to  get  out  of  it  with  the 
trade  wind  ;  and  finally,  to  obtain  water  it  is  necessary  to  send  boats  to  the  River  Gua- 
rabo.  Port  Masio  is  therefore  the  only  one  which  vessels  intending  to  load  or  discharge, 
or  remain  any  time  at  Trinidad,  ought  to  take. 

From  the  River  Guarabo  the  coast  wesiwiid  is  very  clean,  and  you  may  run  along  it 
at  the  distance  of  a  league.  For  eight  long  niile^  it  treiid.H  \V.  ^l  N.  as  far  as  the  west 
point  of  the  River  Honda ;  from  this  it  continues  N.  W.  by  W.  f  W.  9  miles,  to  the 
Point  of  San  .luan,  which  is  well  marked,  as  the  coast  afterwards  trends  N.  by  W.  ^  W. 
for  a  long  mile  to  the  River  Guaiginiico. 

Between  the  river  Guarabo  and  the  point  of  San  Juan,  the  rivers  Guanayara,  Caba- 
gan,  Honda,  Yaguanabo,  and  St.  Juan,  run  inio  the  sea.  In  all  these,  coasting  vessels 
which  do  not  draw  more  than  6  feet,  sometimes  airhor.  To  get  fresh  water  in  any  ol 
them,  it  is  necessary  to  proceed  a  league  up  from  their  mouths. 

Along  this  part  of  the  coast  the  water  is  deej),  and  the  bottom  clean,  excepting  a  little 
reef,  which  stretches  out  between  the  Rivers  Ilaguanabo  and  Sa,p  Juan,  and  which  does 
uut  enteud  from  the  coast  so  much  as  half  a  mile.     The  shore  is  scarped,  and  of  soboru- 


348 


BLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOt. 


CO  reck.      Tlio  land  is  mountainous  or  hilly,  for  a  little  to  the  west  of  San  .tuan'sPoirtt 
and  at  it  coniniences  ths  mountains  of  San  Jnail,  or  of  'JVinidad. 

From  the  river  (luaiiimico  tlio  roast  trends  14  miles  N.  W.  by  W.  to  the  Colorado? 
t'oint,  whieh  is  the  east  point  of  Port  XH';ir.),  and  is  so  dean  that  it  inay  be  run  alone 
at  less  than  half  a  cable's  leni^tli.  The  land  is  level,  >yithout  nlountains,  and  in  it  the 
rivers  Gavilan,  (iavilancito*  and  Arimao.are  met  with;  but  they  are  of  little  importance. 

The  Port  or  Harbor  of  Xajjua  or  Jagua,  is  very  spacious,  secure  at  all  times,  and  has 
deep  water,  but  its  entrance  is  very  narrow  and  crooked.  The  cast  point,  named  Colo- 
rados,  and  the  west,  Sabanilla  or  de  la  Vigia,  are  the  exterior  points  of  this  port,  and  the 
distance,  between  them  is  a  large  mile.  Tile  windward  shire,  from  Point  Coloradus, 
trends  N.  \V.  I  N.  2  miles,  to  Point  Pasa  Caballos,  whence  it  sweeps  to  the  N.  by  ]•], 
about  tv'o  thirds  of  a  mile,  to  Point  Milp.i,  which  is  the  interior  eastern  point  of  tlie 
Strait.  The  leeward  shore  Of  the  entrance  follows  nearly  the  sanlR  direction  as  the  wind- 
ward, and  narrow:?  the  channel  so  much,  that  opposite  Point  Pasa  Caballos  it  is  onlv 
a  cable  and  a  third  in  widtli,  and  ihns  it  mntinues  to  Point  Milptt. 

To  enter  Port  Xaf:;u(t,  pass  Point  Coloiridos  at  the  fourth  o(  a  cable's  length  ;  but 
shun  the  exterior  coast  to  wiuiiv/ard,  as  a  reel  stretches  from  it,  and  it  cannot  be  ap- 
jiroached  nearer  than  a  mile,  you  run  on,  inward,  preserving  the  same  distance  of  a  cpuir. 
ter  of  a  cable,  unt'l  you  arrive  at  Point  Pasa  Caballos,  when  you  must  lull",  for  the  pur- 
pose of  keeping  in  mid-channel,  or  rathei'  nearer  to  the  leeward  side  ;  and  so  soon  as 
rtbreast  of  the  interier  points,  place  the  vessel's  head  towards  the  S.  E.  point  of  Cayo  de 
C  irenas.  and  proceed  thus,  in  cder  to  avoid  a  shoal  which  lies  to  the  northwhrd  of 
foint  Milpa,  and  of  which  yoil  will  be  clear  when  the  northern  point  of  the  Key  Alcatraz 
bears  east.  When  once  the  interior  points  are  pacsed,  you  may  anchor  where  you 
please,  a  chart  of  the  harboy  being  a  sufficient  guide. 

The  coast  west  of  Xagua  o»  .higua,  is  all  of  sobcruco  rock,  and  without  any  bank 
or  shOfii,  for  nearly  '2l\  miles,  to  the  point  of  Caleta  Buena  (Good  Cove;)  it  thence 
trends  \V.  N.  W.  {  W.  6^  miles  to  the  east  point  of  Cochinos  or  Swine's  Bay. 

COCHINOS  BAY  is  formed  by  the  point  above  mentioned,  and  another  point  which 
lies  W.  by  N.  from  it.  The  last  is  named  Punta  del  Padre  (Father's  Point.)  Tiie 
bay  extends  13  miles  to  the  N.  N.  W.  The  edge  of  its  eastern  coast  is  of  soboruco 
)iock,  without  a  bank,  until  f,i  a  mt  a  mile  from  the  shore,  when  bottom  is  found  in  l,j 
fathoms,  on  sand  and  rock,  diminishing  the  depth  ri.pidly  towards  the  coast.  The  west- 
ern coast  is  a  sandy  beach,  and  sends  out  rt  bank  to  a  short  distance,  but  all  of  it  is  a 
i-ocky  bottom.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  bay  is  a  landing  place,  which  leads  to  the 
stock  farms,  (Haciendas  de  (lanado,)  but  it  is  liirle  frequented,  on  account  of  its  having 
Bo  little  bank,  And  the  little  that  is  having  generally  a  bottom  of  sharp  rocks. 

point  Padre  is  very  lo\\^,  with  a  sandy  beach.  S.  E.  from  it,  at  the  distance  of  6?  miles, 
lies  Piedras  Key,  which  is  low,  and  of  small  extent.  A  little  to  the  east  of  the  point 
the  bank  which  borders  the  west  coast  of  the  bay  continues  towards  the  south,  and 
along  the  edge  of  it  is  a  reef,  which  almost  joins  the  north  part  of  Piedras  Key.  Tlie 
eastern  side  of  this  reef  is  very  steep  to,  and  has  some  openings,  of  3  and  4  fnthoms, 
which  allow  a  passage  on  to  the  bank.  The  most  frequented  one  is  that  formed  by  the 
southern  extremity  of  the  reef  and  Piedras  Key,  both  because  the  key  serves  as  a  mark 
for  it,  and  because  it  has  a  greater  depth  of  water  than  any  of  the  others.  The  break 
which  terminates  this  reef  ends  to  the  westwai'd  at  the  Lavandera  (Washerwoman) 
Rocks,  which  lie  about  4  leagues  W.  \  N.  from  Piedras  Key. 

From  Padre  Point  to  that  of  Don  Christoval,  all  the  coast  is  broken  with  lagoons, 
forming  many  keys,  with  groups  of  iVIangroves,  having  their  roots  growing  in  the  water, 
or  so  close  to  it  that  the  water  w;\shes  in  among  them,  and  having  no  navigable  clian^ 
ilels.  In  this  large  space  is  comprehended  Cayo  Blanco,  the  south  side  of  which  is  a 
sandy  beach  ;  and  there  is  fresh  water,  in  holes,  at  its  eastern  part.  On  that  side,  at 
the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  shore,  is  the  Lavandera  Reef,  which  extends 
two  miles  east  and  west.  The  west  point  of  it  lies  west  15^  miles  from  Point  Padre,  and 
Vvith  another  key,  which  lies  to  the  N.  W.,  forms  the  Boqueroii  (Little  Mouth)  of  Cal- 
Vario,  which  has  little  depth. 

The  Boqueron  of  Calvario,  with  the  southern  extremity  of  Diego  Perez  Key,  which 
ties  6  miles  distant  from  it  S.  W.  by  W.,  fornls  the  bay  of  Cazones.'which  extends  in- 
land N.  W.  by  W.  for  about  7  miles.  At  the  bottom  of  this  is  Masio  Key.  There  are 
Various  small  channels  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  formed  by  Masio  Key,  which  are  con 
nected  with  lagoons,  lying  along  its  sides  and  at  the  north  end  of  it.  To  the  south  ol' 
this  key  is  a  bank  of  3  or  4  fathoms,  sartd  and  rock  ;  but  it  is  of  no  use,  there  being  no 
communication  thence  to  the  main  land  of  Cuba.  At  the  distance  of  more  than  a  mil'  ' 
and  a  half  to  the  east  from  the  south  point  of  Diego  Perez  Key,  a  reef  begins  which, 
stretching  out  with  a  turn  to  the  8.  E.,  unites  with  the  eastern  part  of  the  Jardinellos, 
iand  is  steep  to.     Between  the  same  point  of  Diego  Perez  and  the  comineacemeat  of  th: 


» 
s 


reef,  there 

short  distf 

other  char 

for  it,  and 

S.  W.  ij 

erninost  p 

chain  of  I 

Cuba,  at  1 

The  south 

for  vessels 

water,  and 

over  them, 

keys  abovr 

Jardines  H 

From  P 

western  F; 

form  a  |ias 

Christoval 

Don  Ch 

coast,  whi 

lies  at  the 

along  this 

the  south  ( 

is  a  passage 

and  the  we: 

sels  which 

N.  \V.  a 

tahambre,  i 

the  coast  ti 

to  form  the 

7  leagues. 

15,'r  miles  d 

and  swam  I 

Lake,  whit 

Guines,  Gi 

as  well  as  i 

the  keys  in 

on  clay. 

To  the  > 
that  name,  i 
From  this  i 
and  a  half  i 
From  thi 
in  the  inter 
which  th.H  i 
The  Riv 
that  name, 
Ar  found,  s 
L.ght  of  th( 
tensive  than 
Cay  am  as 
same  name. 
E.  by  S.  ab 
from  anothi 
miles  S.  by 
is  much  fre 
the  westwa 
At  a  shot 
which  the  v 
(or  stormy) 
cane  month 
To  the  so 
and  betweei 
leading  to  F 
about  7  mil 
those  keys, 


BLUM'  S  AMER:      .V  COAST  PILOT* 


349 


5an  .tuan's  Poirif, 

0  the  Colorado^ 
Tay  be  run  alonjj 
IIS,  and  in  i(  the 
ittle  impoi-tance. 
11  times,  and  has 
Int,  named  Colo- 
bis  port,  and  the 
Point  Coiorados, 

1  to  the  N.  bv  E, 
ern  point  of  the 
ction  a3  thewiml- 
'aballos  it  is  only 

lie's  length  ;    but 

it  cannot  be  np- 

listanceofa  quiir. 

lutf,  for  the  pur- 

; ;  and  so  soon  as 

,  point  of  Cayo  de 

the  northwi.rd  of 

"the  Key  Alcatraz 

ichor  where  you 

without  any  bank 
Cove :)  it  thence 
ne's  Bay. 
lother  point  which 
r's  Point.)  The 
Eist  is  of  soboruco 
torn  is  found  in  15 
poast.     The  west- 

but  all  of  it  is  a 
vhich  leads  to  the 

ount  of  its  having 

ocks. 

stance  of  6?  miles, 
!  east  of  the  point 
the  south,  and 

ledras  Key.     The 
3  and  4  fathoms, 

lat  formed  by  the 
serves  a.s  a  iiiavk 

lers.     The  break 
(Washerwoman) 

ien  with  lagoons, 
ving  in  the  water, 
0  navigable  chan- 

ide  of  which  is  a 
On  that  side,  at 
cf,  which  extends 

Point  Padre,  and 
le  Mouth)  of  Cal- 

Perez  Key,  which 
which  extends  in- 
Key.  There  are 
y,  which  are  con' 
To  the  south  of 
se,  there  beins  no 
'  more  than  a  mile 
•eef  begins  which, 
of  the  Jardinellos, 
iineacemeat  oftho 


rpe 


f.  there  is  a  passage  on  to  the  western  bank,  which  begins  with  7  fathoms,  but  in 


IS  an- 


I 


short  distance  has  only  14  feet.     Four  iiiiifs  to  tiie  S.  l-^.  ol  fiie  simu'  point  there 
other  channel,  with  (irst  .'5  faihon.s,  and  very  soon  alter  only  •,'.     There  is  no  good  mark 
for  it,  and  the  former  is  most  tVniiiented. 

S.  \V.  by  W.  a. mile  and  nine  tenths  from  the  Point  of  Dief^o  I'erez,  lies  the  south- 
ernmost part  of  Palanra  Key,  al'ter  which  fullow  in  order  to  the  N.  \V.  by  \V.,  true,  the 
chain  of  keys  named  .Sal  and  Fabrica.  and  which,  connecting  with  the  main  land  of 
Cuba,  at  Don  Christoval's  Point,  form  innumerable  passages,  but  with  very  little  water. 
The  southernmost  k  ys  of  tliis  chain,  named  Bointo,  Cacao,  and  Palanca,  are  the  marks 
for  vessels  sailing  along  the  bank,  which  has  no  more,  in  many  places,  than  11  feet  of 
water,  and  its  bottom,  of  fine  white  sand,  is  stnddc.l  with  heads  of  rocks,  with  only  6  feet 
over  them,  but  their  color  iiidi  ales  wliere  they  are.  This  passage  is  bounded  by  the 
keys  above  mentioned,  another  key,  Rabihorcado,  to  tlie  south,  and  the  edge  of  the 
Jardines  Hank. 

From  Palanca  Key,  which  lies  12\  miles  W.  N.  W.,  true,  from  Flamenco  Key,  the 
western  Fabrica  Keys  take  a  turn  to  N.  K.  by  N.,  true,  towards  the  main  land,  and  they 
form  a  passage  or  channel  with  another  chain  of  keys,  to  the  west  of  them,  called  Don 
Christoval's. 

Don  Christoval's  Point  lies  N.  N.  W.  2  miles  from  Palanca  Key  ;  and  from  it  the 
coast,  which  is  low  and  swampy,  trends  W.  N.  W.  for  18,"^  miles,  to  a  little  key  which 
lies  at  the  entrance  of  a  small  bay  called  Matahambre.  The  interior  of  the  country 
along  this  part  of  the  coast,  is  firm  land,  and  is  called  the  Savatmas  of  .luan  Luis.  To 
the  south  of  it  extends  a  chain  of  keys,  which  are  also  called  .hian  Luis'  Keys.  There 
is  a  passage  between  tliem  and  the  coast,  as  there  is  also  between  the  east  part  of  them 
and  the  west  part  of  Don  Christoval's;  only,  however,  in  any  of  the  channe's,  for  ves- 
sels which  do  not  draw  more  than  10  feet. 

N.  W.  at  the  distance  of  H'^  miles  from  the  little  key  which  lies  in  the  mouth  of  Ma- 
tahambre, the  Creat  Mangrove  Point  and  the  swampy  land  ceases.  From  this  point 
the  coast  trends  to  the  N.  N.  E.  and  N.  F.  for  a  short  distance;  and  then  to  the  east, 
to  form  the  Ensenada  or  Bay  of  Bioa,  which  extends  inland,  in  that  direction,  about 
7  leagues.  On  the  north  it  is  bounded  by  the  Point  of  Mayabeque,  which  lies  N.  by  W. 
15.'r  miles  distant  t'rom  the  Punta  Gorda.  T'lie  shores  of  this  bay  are  all  of  mangrove 
and  swampy  land  ;  and  on  its  north  side  are  the  branches  of  the  Cineaga  or  Shallow 
Lake,  which  the  natives  of  the  country  have  distinguished  by  the  names  of  the  rivers 
Guines,  Guanamon,  Mora,  Nueva,  and  Beleii,  as  far  as  Mayabeque  Point.  In  this  bay, 
as  well  as  in  the  whole  space  of  sea  comprehended  between  the  coast  of  Batavano  and 
the  keys  in  front  of  it,  as  far  as  the  Cayamas  Channel,  the  depth  is  from  3  to  4  I'athoms, 
on  clay. 

To  the  N.  W,  and  about  a  mile  distant  from  the  Point  of  iVfayabeque,  is  the  river  of 
that  name,  in  which,  vessels  trading  to  Batavano,  can  easily  provide  themselves  with  water. 
From  this  river  the  coast  trends  W.  |  S.,  to  the  anchorage  of  Batavano,  which  is  eight 
and  a  half  miles  distant  from  it. 

From  this  jilace  tlu^  coast  trends  to  the  west  thirteen  miles,  to  Point  Cayamas;  btit, 
in  the  intermediate  space,  lies  the  Point  of  Cagio,  and  the  river  of  the  same  name,  in 
which  thc^  Batavano  vessels  sometimes  also  procure  water. 

The  River  Cagio,  formed  by  the  branches  of  the  Cienega,  runs  into  the  anchorage  of 
that  name,  iu  which,  at  a  moderate  distance  from  the  coast,  from  2^  to  3  fathoms  water 
ai*  found,  sheltered  from  all  winds  by  the  chain  of  keys  which  lies  in  front  of  it.  The 
Light  of  the  Cienega.  comprehended  between  its  mouth  and  the  main  land,  is  more  ex- 
tensive than  that  of  Batavano  or  Mavabeque,  and  the  lands  around  it  are  well  cultivated. 

Cayamas  Point,  and  the  chain  oi"  keys  to  the  south  of  it,  form  the  channel  of  the 
same  name,  which  has  7  feet  of  water  ;  this  chairt^'of  keys  extends  with  a  bend  to  the  S. 
E.  by  S.  about  eleven  miles,  when  it  forms  the  channel  of  La  Hacha.  w'.jich  divides  it 
from  another  chain  of  keys,  which  extends  from  this  place  as  far  as  Cruz  Key,  lying  13 
miles  S.  by  E.  |  E.  from  Batavano.  The  Canal  de  la  Hacha  has  11  feet  of  water,  and 
is  much  frequented  by  vessels  trading  to  Batavano,  when  they  either  enter  or  sail  out  to 
the  westward  of  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  Cayos  de  .San  Felipa,  (St.  Philip's  Keys.) 

At  a  short  distance  to  the  westward  of  Cruz  Key  !ies  another,  called  Redondo,  under 
which  the  vessels  belonging  to  Batavano,  secure  themselves  in  the  season  when  the  fresh 
(or  stormy)  south-east  winds  blow;  that  is,  in  the  months  from  July  till  October,  (hurri- 
cane months,)  which  are  much  to  be  feared  on  all  this  coast. 

To  the  southward  of  Cruz  Key,  at  the  distance  of  two  leagues,  lies  Monte  Key  Key; 
and  between  is  a  channel,  with  2\  fathoms,  clay.  This  channel  is  the  largest  of  those 
leading  to  Batavano,  although  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  clear  of  a  spit,  which  runs  out 
about  7  miles  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  Key;  and  to  the  heads,  which  are  to  the  south  of 
those  keys,  forming  the  aorlh  side  of  the  channel. 


350 


blunt's  amekican  coast  PII-OT. 


From  Cayamas  Point  tlie  coast  of  Cuba  trends  W.  hy  N.  ^  N.,  fonninjn;  a  regular  bay, 
called  Ktisi'iiiida  de  .Majana,  and  wliicli  terniiiiatcs  to  the  . south,  at  I'uiiit  Salinas,  wliicli 
lies  10,',  miles  to  tlio  \V.  S.  \V.  Iioiii  llin  IbniH'r.  In  tlic  iiili-nncdiato  space,  and  near 
Cayamas  I'oint,  is  the  uioulh  of  the  ilivri-  Guanima,  at  wliicli  the  Cienega  ends. 

S.  W.  {  W.  12/,  miles  iVimi  Salinas  I'oint,  a  little  point  stretches  outward.  At  a  short 
distance  to  the  north  of  it  is  the  I'rei  k  ut  Savanna  la  Mar,  which  is  much  fre(|ucnted  by 
trading  vessels,  l""ro;n  the  same  point  the  ccist  continues  Coriiiin}^  ti  bay  with  Medin- 
casa  Point,  which  lies  l.'j,  „  miles  to  tiie  S.  W.  of  the  former. 

Between  this  coast  and  the  Bank,  or  Middle  (iround,  on  which  stand  the  keys  to  the 
northward  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  th'^  depth  of  water  is  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  on  a  bottom 
of  clay,  except  a  spit  with  one  and  a  half  and  two  fathoms,  which  stretches  out  from 
the  southernnmst  key  about  two  leagues,  to  the  S.  W.  {  W.  of  the  Guanima  Keys. 
The  extremity  of  the  spit  lies  S.  /  M.,  u't  miles  from  Salinas  Point. 

The  Guanima  Keys  are  included  in  the  croup  which,  to  the  westward,  form  the 
Channel  of  La  Uacha.and  are  situated  to  the  .southward  of  the  River  of  Guanima  and 
of  Point  Cayamas. 

S.  'l  E.  IvJ  miles  fron:  .Mediacasa  Point,  lies  Dios  Key,  between  which  and  that  point 
is  the  passajje  for  vessels  tradina  Innn  this  (|uarter  to  Batavano.  Dios  Key  is  low,  and 
of  small  extent ;  it  is  detached,  and  the  bank  on  which  it  stands  turns  to  the  eastward, 
and  unites  with  that  which  surrouniis  the  keys  to  the  north  and  east  of  the  Isle  of  l^ines. 
It  also  I'orms  a  channel  with  the  Indian  Keys,  and  those  of  St.  Philip,  with  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  depth  of  water. 

From  Mediacasa  I'oint  the  coast  trends  W.  by  S.,  true,  for  about  two  leagues,  after 
which,  following  S.  and  S.  W.,  it  terminates  at  Fisga  Point,  Ibrming  the  bay  of  Ayani- 
guas:  this  point  lies  S.  W.  |  S.,  distant  10';  miles  from  the  former. 

About  S.  ^  K.,  10';  miles  from  Fisga  Point,  lies  the  easternmost  of  the  Keys  of  San 
Felipe,  from  which  this  chain  itf  keys  conliiaies  in  a  westerly  direction  as  far  as  the  me- 
ridian of  (Juama  Point ;  between  these  keys  and  the  Indian  Keys,  there  is  a  passage, 
with  two  fathoms  of  water;  and  the  depth  in  the  space  of  sea  comprehended  between 
the  coast  and  the  north  part  of  them  is  generally  from  4  to  5  fathoms,  on  clay  and  weeds. 

From  Guama  Point  the  coast  f  )llo\''s  to  the  west,  for  about  2\  leagues,  to  tlie  Point 
and  Creek  of  Guano,  where  the  Bay  of  Cortez  begins.  From  this  place  the  coast  runs 
W.  by  N.,  true,  for  about  two  leagues,  to  the  bottom  of  the  said  bay  ;  and  the  incon- 
siderable rivers  of  San  Juan,  Martinez,  and  Galafre,  disembogue  in  it. 

About  W.  S.  VV.  true,  at  the  distance  of  three  leagues  from  the  Point  of  Guano,  dis- 
embogues the  River  Cuyajuateje,  to  the  S.  E.  of  which,  at  the  distance  of  about  a  mile, 
begin  three  little  keys,  which,  extending  themselves  in  the  turn  more  to  the  east,  for 
about  a  league,  form,  with  the  main  land  of  Cuba,  the  Lagoon  of  Cortez,  which  has 
about  3  fathoms  of  water ;  but  the  little  passes  formed  by  the  keys  have  not  more  than 
7  feet.  Some  huts  have  been  established  on  them  by  persons  who  fish  for  Hawksbili 
Turtle,  or  the  turtle  which  produces  the  tortoise-shell. 

The  southern  extremity  of  this  lagoon,  which  is  on  a  parallel  with  the  Keys  of  San 
Felipe,  and  about  .3  leagues  distant  from  them,  is  the  termination  of  the  Bay  of  Cortez, 
in  which  there  are  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  on  a  grassy  bottom.  About  two  miles  to  the 
east  of  the  south  enrl  of  said  lagoon,  begins  the  deep  water;  the  edge  is  very  steep;  it 
begins  with  7  and  8  fathoms  on  a  rocky  bottom,  and  continues  on  so  as  to  join  the  coast 
close  to  the  northward  of  Point  Piedras. 

Point  Piedras  lies  al)out  S.  by  W.  from  the  Lagoon  of  Cortez,  7  miles  distant ;  the 
coast,  which  is  low,  but  of  firm  land  and  rocky,  with  spaces  of  sandy  beach  at  the  shore, 
running  nearly  in  the  same  direction. 

From  Point  Piedras  the  coast,  which  has  no  bank,  runs  nearly  S.  W.  by  S.  to  the 
Point  Liana,  distant  about  o  miles.  This  point  is  low,  and  has  no  other  marks  to  dis- 
tinguish it  than  the  dilVerent  directions  of  the  coast,  and  some  huts  near  it,  and  to  the 
west  of  it  there  is  a  small  sandy  beach.  To  the  S.  E.  a  reef,  which  is  very  steep  to,  ex- 
tends out  about  two  cables'  length. 

From  Liana  Point  the  coa«t  trends  W.  S.  W.  |  W.,  and  more  southerly  to  Point. or 
Cape  Leones,  and  then  again  follows  the  first  of  these  directions  as  far  as  Cape  Cor- 
rientes.  All  this  piece  of  coast  is  of  high  soboruco  rock,  and  without  danger  at  a 
stone's  throw  distance. 

CAPE  CORRIENTES  ends  in  a  low  point,  with  a  sandy  beach;  and  to  the  S.  W. 
of  it  a  short  bank  stretches  off,  on  the  edge  of  which  are  15  fathoms;  and  close  to  the 
shore  there  are  some  rocks  on  which  the  sea  breaks. 

From  the  Cape  the  coast  trends,  without  any  bank,  N.  3°  E.,  true,  for  about  a  league, 
to  Cape  Cayman  or  the  Point  of  Maria  Gorda,  and  from  it  to  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  N. 
40°  E.  The  place  called  Maria  Gorda  is  remarkable,  being  of  soboruco  rock,  scarped, 
and  higher  than  any  other  part  of  the  bay  ;  from  it  the  bank  again  begins  to  run  ofl'  with 


to  the  eas 
offers  no  il 
des  has  an 
tending  wi 
steps,  and 

J-'rom  1' 
los,  which 
nio.  The 
from  this  1 
or  Deaf  P 

To  the 
rounds  the 
the  Colora 
and  dimini 

The  froi 
mixed  stre 
de  la  Sordi 
and  of  goo 


Cape  Co 
serve  it  is 
weather,  sc 
coast,  may 
from  a  sim 
A 


The  forr 
fee,  can  b 
bank  is  Di( 
the  S.  E. 
to  the  east( 
out  to  the 
leagues,  an 
or  8  on  the 
on  sand  am 
der  the  nai 
scarped  at 

To  the 
shoal  watei 
streaked  wi 


BLUNT  S  AMKRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


351 


lil  a  rccular  bay, 
r  Salinas,  wliidi 

space,  anil  near 
iifii\  endH. 

aid.  At  a. short 
-•hl'rc(|ui'nttMl  liy 
bay  with  Medio- 

the  keys  to  the 
ms,  on  a  bottuiii 
etciies  out  from 
Guaniniu  Keys. 

tward,  form  the 
)f  (iuanima  and 

li  and  tliat  point 
Key  is  low,  and 
to  the  eastward, 
he  Isle  of  Fines, 
with  from  3  to  4 

wo  leagues,  after 
le  bay  of  Ayani- 

he  Keys  of  San 
as  far  as  the  nie- 
ere  is  a  passage, 
ehended  between 
n  clay  and  weeds, 
aes,  to  the  Point 
:;e  the  coast  runs 
;  and  the  incon- 


t  of  Guano,  dis- 
!  of  about  a  mile, 
e  to  the  east,  lor 
ortez,  which  has 
e  not  more  than 
h  for  Hawksbiii 

the  Keys  of  San 
e  Bay  of  Cortez, 
two  miles  to  the 
is  very  steep;  it 
to  join  the  coast 

iles  distant ;  the 
ach  at  the  shore, 

W.  by  S.  to  the 
er  niarks  to  dis- 
ar  it,  and  to  the 
lety  steep  to,  ex- 

lerly  to  Point. or 
far  as  Cape  Cor- 
out  danger  at  a 

md  to  the  S.  W. 
and  close  to  the 

r  about  a  league, 
m  of  the  bay,  N. 
CO  rock,  scarped, 
IS  to  run  ofl"  with 


i 


bad  holdina;  ground,  the  bottom  being  rocky;  although  farther  to  the  north,  and  from 
the  intleclioii  which  the  coast  makes,  the  bottom  is  sand  ;  and  very  near  the  beach  an 
anchor  may  be  let  go  in  .0  fathoms,  with  the  i)recantion  of  having  a  cable  onsiiore,  as  the 
edge  of  the  bank  is  very  steep.  This  is  the  only  anchorage  in  this  bav,  and  allords 
shelter  for  the  strong  trade-winds,  and  S.  K.  winds:  none  of  the  rest  of  the  bay  has 
any  bank.  The  water  met  with  in  the  lagoons  of  Maria  (Jorda,  is  brackish;  but  the 
fresh  may  be  jjcreeived  rising  in  buiibles  in  the  middle  of  the  salt,  and  near  the  bottom 
of  the  bay,  and  about^d  yards  distant  from  the  water's  edge.  With  industry,  and  incase 
of  necessity,  it  mav  be  obtained  in  a  drinkable  state. 


From  the  bottom  of  Corrienles  I'av  the  coast  In  ihIs  west,  true,  to  the  Hale 


hich 


ones,  w 
is  a  short  piece  of  coast,  of  high  soboriico  rock.  From  this  place  it  continues  VV.  S. 
AV,  to  Holandes  or  Ol.indes  Point.  'I'his  point,  which  bears  nearly  west,  5^  leagues, 
from  C.'ape  (Nirrienles,  terminates  to  the  westward  of  the  bay  of  that  name.  Near  and 
to  the  east  of  it  begins  a  reef,  whicli  extends  in  that  direction  about  half  a  mile,  but 
offers  no  dimger,  as  it  lies  very  close  along  the  coast,  and  is  very  steep  to.  Point  Holan- 
des has  an  agreeable  appearance,  having  a  resend)lanie  to  the  curtains  of  a  wall,  and  ex- 
tending with  this  figuie    about  two  miles,  beyond  which  it  descends  in  a  kind  of  falls  or 


steps,  and  the  shore  continues  woody  after  passing  it. 


rhich  is  thf 


thf 


jf  Ce 


'rorn  Point  Holandes.  or  Olandes,  the  coast  trends  nearly  west 

njie  San  Antonio,  or  Cape  Anto- 


os,  wlncU  IS  tne  southernmost  point  ol  the  Iront  of 

nio.  The  westermriost  point  of  the  cape  is  called  Pocillos.  or  Little  Wells  Point:  and 
from  this  the  coast  trends  N.  9°  K.,  true,  three  tenilis  of  a  mile,  or  thereabout,  to  Sorda 
or  Deaf  Point,  whence  the  coast  inclines  more  to  the  north-eastward. 

To  the  eastward  of,  and  near  Cayuelos  Point,  extends  (he  bank,  which  thence  sur- 
rounds the  cape  half  a  mile  from  shore,  and  continues  on  to  the  northward,  where  it  forms 
the  Colorados  Batd*.  Its  depth  begins  with  from  "JO  to  L'o  fathoms,  on  a  rocky  bottom, 
and  diminishes  regularly  towards  the  coast,  with  some  spots  which  have  a  sandy  bottom. 

The  front  of  Cape  Antonio  is  of  low  land,  very  rocky,  and  its  shore  apjjcars  with 
mixed  streaks  of  soi)oruco  rock  and  sandy  beach.  In  its  wells,  called  those  of  Cueva 
de  la  Sorda,  (Deaf  Woman's  Cave,)  and  the  Pocillos,  (Little  Wells,)  water  is  abundant 
and  of  good  quality. 


Cape  Antonio,  (A,)  bearing  N.  W.  i  N.,  true,  distant  5  miles. 

Cape  Corrientes  looks  very  much  like  Cape  Antonio ;  and  in  order  to  ascertain  it,  ob- 
serve it  is  rather  level  land,  of  moderate  height;  but  being  near  it  or  off  it,  in  clear 
weather,  some  hills  in  Cuba,  named  the  Sierras  del  Rosario,  which  stand  toward  the  north 
coast,  may  be  seen,  bearing  nearly  true  north.  They  are  the  only  hills  that  can  be  seen 
from  a  similar  situation,  and  present  two  summits  only  to  the  view. 
A 


Cape  Corrientes  (A)  bearing  N.  35°  E.,  true,  distant  4  miles. 
The  Isle  of  Pines,  Jardines,  and  Jardinillos. 

The  form  of  the  bank  and  reef  which  surround  the  isles  or  keys  called  the  Jardines, 
&c.,  can  be  best  understood  by  reference  to  the  chart.  Towards  the  N.  E.  on  this 
bank  is  Diego  Perez  Key,  already  i;oticed,  and  the  edge  of  the  bank  thence  extends  to 
the  S.  E.,  forming  a  bight  at  the  Megano  or  Sand  Islet  of  Biscayno,  whence  it  extends 
to  the  easternmost  key  of  the  .lardines.  From  the  north  end  of  the  latter,  a  reef  stretches 
out  to  the  eastward,  about  a  mile,  and  the  bank  extends  in  the  same  direction  about  3 
leagues,  and  nearly  2  north  and  south,  with  a  depth  of  15  fathoms  at  the  edges,  and  7 
or  8  on  the  whole  of  it,  excepting  the  proximity  of  the  key,  where  4  fathoms  are  found, 
on  sand  and  rocks.  This  key,  as  well  as  all  those  which  follow  to  the  westward,  un- 
der the  name  of  .Tardinillos,  which  extend  as  far  as  Key  Largo,  are  regularly  high,  and 
scarped  at  the  shores. 

To  the  S.  W.  about  2  leagues  from  the  easternmost  key,  follows  the  edge  of  the 
shoal  water,  with  a  westerly  direction  thence,  west  for  four  leagues.  It  is  studded  or 
streaked  with  reefs,  as  far  as  a  key  which  lies  a  league  to  the  west  of  Trabuco.     For 


352 


ni-UNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


about  5}  miles  the  Bnme  fidjije  forms  ;i  bend,  ns  it  ai)|)roximatrs  the  east  end  of  Key 
Larno. 

LaiLio  Key,  whidi  extends  W.  S.  \V.  and  K.  N.  H.  1'$^  miles,  is  the  enstprninosf  of 
tVie  .liirdiiies,  under  wiiicli  natiiB  are  roinpreliended  all  those  wliich  follow  it  to  the 
west,  as  far  as  the  Isle  of  l*iiii's.  'i'he  smith  side  ot'  Key  liarjjo  is  a  sandy  heaeh,  hor- 
dered  with  a  reef,  wliicli  runs  out  ahoiit  a  mile  from  the  east  end,  and  afterwards  ap. 
proaches  ne.irer,  so  as  almost  to  join  the  west  end  of  'he  key.  when.e  the  same  reef  con. 
tinues,  withoiU  any  hreak,  W.  hy  .S.  and  W.  by  N.,  true,  to  the  Hosario  Oiiannel,  which 
is  5  leaiiups  distant  from  Key  [iarc;o.  On  thn  very  reef,  and  near  the  west  point  of  l^ar- 
go  Key,  there  are  two  rocky  keys,  named  the  Ii;dlenates,  distant  a  leasjuc  from  each 
otlier,  and  they  me  of  mi/derate  heij^lit.  In  all  the  spare  comprehended  between  the 
Eastern  Head  of  the  .lardinillos  and  the  Kosario  (!iiannel,  the  bank  which  extends 
alon^  to  tlie  south  side  of  the  keys,  does  not  extend  farther  out  than  one  or  two  miles. 
Its  edge  begins  with  1')  and  IH  fathoms  of  water,  on  a  rocky  bottom,  and  the  depth  di- 
minishes rapidly  to  the  very  reef  itscll. 

liosario  Kfy,  the  west  end  of  wliich  bears  north,  true,  from  the  cliannel  to  which  it 
gives  name,  forms  a  channel  of  .".  ;md  -1  lathnins  of  water,  with  another  key  to  the  west- 
ward of  it,  named  Cantiles  ;  but  its  outlet  on  to  the  interior  bank,  to  the  westward  of 
the  Passage  Keys,  has  not  more  than  10  feet  of  water.  'JMie  opening  or  chatmel  throush 
the  reel",  is  a  tliird  of  a  mile  in  width,  with  a  depth  (d  .'?  fathoms  in  the  middle.  It  jj 
8teef)at  the  sides,  and  at  half  a  mile  from  its  north  pari  there  is  a  rock,  which  shows 
above  water.      V^essels  smuj.'i.'lins:  into  Cuba  j;enerally  enter  and  sail  out  by  this  passacf. 

From  the  Rosario  Channel  the  reef  trends  S.  W.  ,'  W.  10  miles;  then  W.  N.  W. 
J  W.  19  miles,  to  join  the  east  |)oint  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.  In  tliis  space  are  included 
the  keys  named  Abalo,  the  A2;uardienfes,  ('ampos,  iMatias,  and  many  others  which 
have  no  names.  The  outer  edi^e  of  the  bank  is  parallel  to  the  rtcf,  and  generally  ex- 
tends out  about  12  miles,  excepting  opposite  Abalo  Key,  where  it  runs  out  almost  .1  miles, 
at  about  7  miles  to  the  south  of  the  kev.  The  least  water  on  all  this  bank  is  5  fathoms, 
on  a  rocky  bottom,  with  some  scattered  spots  of  sand. 

The  ISLE  OF  PINES,  when  first  seen,  appears  mountainous  or  hilly,  of  i  mode- 
rate height,  and  the  tops  of  its  mountains  very  sharp.  From  its  east  point  the  south 
coast  trends  S.  W.  J  S.  for  H^^  miles,  with  sandy  beacli,  as  far  as  a  point,  which  may 
be  easily  known,  being  of  high  soboruco  rock,  and  having  a  detached  rock  (farallon) 
very  near  it.  From  this  point  the  coast  continues,  without  any  bank  along  it.  for  seven 
miles,  to  another  little  point,  which,  with  the  former  point,  are  the  boundaries  of  the 
piece  of  coast  denominated  Playa  Larga  (or  Long  l?each.) 

From  the  western  point  of  Playa  Lania,  the  coast  continues  W.  and  W.  5""  N.,  true, 
for  8  leagues,  to  Cocodrillo,  (or  Crocodile  Point,)  which  is  the  .S.  \V.  point  of  the  is|. 
and;  and  from  the  latter  to  the  cove  of  the  same  name  is  '.i\  miles  N.  W.  by  W.  In 
this  cove  fishing  vessels  sometimes  take  shelter,  'i'he  co;.st  continues  N.  W.  for  8,'(, 
miles,  to  Point  Pedernales.  All  the  ground  between  this  and  the  west  of  Playa  Larga 
is  low  and  rocky,  with  shores  of  soboruco  rock,  and  may  be  coasted  along  at  less  thiin 
half  a  mile.  From  Pedernales  I'oint  tlic  coast  bends  (forming  a  bay)  N.  W.  by  N.  v'- 
miles,  to  Key  Frances,  which  is  the  westernmost  point  of  the  island.  Near  the  point 
are  found  the  anchorage  and  watering  place  of  IMierto  Frances.  This  little  roadstead, 
the  bank  of  which  extends  about  half  a  mile,  with  a  depth  of  5  fathoms,  on  sand,  (-.nd 
the  shore  is  also  a  sandy  beach.)  is  much  freijueuted  by  vessels  coming  for  timber,  and 
aft'ords  shelter  from  winds  of  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  quarters. 

Sierras  de  la  Canada.  La  Daguilla.  Caballos, 


Isle  of  Pines,  when  the  Mount  La  Daguilla  bore  N.  53^  W,,  true,  25  miles. 

Key  Frances  is  separated  from  the  coast  by  a  small  channel,  and  forms  flie  west  point 
of  the  deep  Bay  of  Siguanea.  From  that  point  the  coast  trends  to  the  S.  E.  for  five 
leagues,  all  watery  or  swampy,  and  broken  into  keys ;  thence  it  turns  to  the  N.  E.  up 
to  the  Lagoon  of  Siguanea,  which  lies  at  the  foot  of  the  hills  of  the  same  name,  and  has 
from  4  to  6  fathoms  of  water,  but  its  entrance  has  not  more  than  9  feet ;  from  it  branches 
off  a  strip  of  water,  which,  in  nearly  an  E.  and  W.  direction,  divides  the  island  into  two 
parts.  At  the  foot  of  the  hills  of  Siguanea  there  are  two  filters  of  excellent  water, 
which,  at  a  short  distance  from  the  beach,  rises  out  of  the  land. 

From  the  Lagoon  ot  Siguanea,  the  coast  trends  N.  W.  by  \V.  ^  W.  for  10  miles,  to  a 


I 


■^•i 


little  point 

whence  tin 

eriiinosi  pr 

Siguanea  I 

on  a  grass} 

Indian  Ke) 

The  Ind 

W.  from  tl 

The  south 

and  4,",^  mi 

latter,  ther 

From  th 

Bare  OS,  am 

N.  E.by  K 

dist:ince,  ai 

miles  distal 

^  N.  5|  mi 

thence   it   I 

This  hill  01 

north  side; 

and  the  for 

of  the  saiiK 

the  Isle  of 

In  the  sai 

is  the  hill  < 

coast  runs  .*! 

miles  to  anc 

bogues  the 

out,  which. 

From  th( 

the  Cienega 

tas  Point  ai 

the  eastern  i 

E.  to  Piedr: 

distant  two  i 

From  the 

mangroves ; 

so,  though  ' 

From  the 

at  two  miles 

passage  farll 

dine  Keys,  a 

INDIAN 

ly  N.  W.  1] 

miles  to  the 

to  approxinii 

a  league  to  t 

to  those  key 

and  continue 

of  which  it  I 

Frances  Key 

found  at  the 

most  of  the 

as  far  as  the 

about  26  fatl 

thorns.     Th< 

the  depth   d 

beaches  towf 

This  Grea 

keys,  which, 

Perez,  of  th( 

by  the  inner 

with  a  depth 

thorns,  on  ch 


BLUNTS  AMKUICA.X  COAST  PIl.oT, 


353 


east  end  of  Key 


little  point  whirli  forrHs,  to  the  wost,  the  iiioutli  of  tlm  Hio  (lt>  Ion  IiiiJios,  (Ttulinn  River,) 
wliencR  till'  coast  continiiei  N.  W.  7,'^  niiUs  to  Uufiia  \  istii  Point,  wliicli  is  the  tiorth- 
ermMi).st  jjoint  of  the  Hay  of  .Si};iiaiiea,  and  is  lO,',  miles  N.N.  K.  IVoni  Key  P'lanres. 
Sij^uaiica  Hay  extends  17,^  miles  N.  W .  and  S.  K.,  and  has  from  '-'^  to  4 ',  fathoms  water, 
on  a  grassy  bottoiii ;  but  the  passage  between  Key  Fiances  and  the  soiillierniiiost  of  the 
Indian  Keys,  has  not  above  .'{.',  fathoms,  on  sandy  and  grassy  biiitom. 

The  Indian  Keys,  separated  by  small  ehannels,  extend  lliemseives  to  llie  N.  W.  by 
W.  from  the  southeroinost  of  them,  which  is  H  miles  distant  from  the  northernmost. 
The  southern  extremity  lies  N,  .',  W.  from  the  point  of  Key  Frances,')]  miles  distant, 
and  4,",,  miles,  W.  ^'  S.  from  Hnenavista  I'oiiit;  in  the  ehaiinel  between  tliem  and  the 
latter,  there  are  from  4  to  .'j  fathoms  water,  on  «'la;    y  and  grassy  bottom. 

From  the  Point  of  IJuenavista  thoroast  inclines  to  the  eastward  as  far  as  the  Cove  of 
Bareos,  and  the  point  of  that  name,  which  terminates  it  to  the  north,  and  lies  4  leagues 
N.  E.by  K.fromtiie  former.  From  the  last  point  the  (oast  trends  N.  N.  K.  ]  K.  to  a  short 
dist'.mce,  and  afterwards  E.  N.  E.  true,  to  tlienortherninost  (lart  of  the  island,  which  lies  3J 
miles  distant  fnirn  Harros  Point.  From  the  northernmost  joint  the  roast  continues  E, 
^  N.  5]  miles  to  a  little  point  which  lies  to  the  N.  E.  of,  and  close  to  Nuevas  River; 
thence  it  follows  E.  by  !?".  true,  about  5  miles,  to  the  higli  hill,  called  Ojos  del  Agiia, 
This  hill  or  mountain  is  one  of  the  highest  in  the  island,  scarjird  or  precipitous  on  the 
north  side;  and  close  to  arc  3  fathoms  water.  Nearly  in  the  middle,  between  this  jioint 
and  the  former,  is  the  mouth  of  the  River  of  Casas,  which  rises  at  the  foot  of  the  hills 
of  the  same  name,  and  which,  together  witii  Nuevas  River,  arc  the  most  frequintcd  in 
the  Isle  of  Pines  by  those  carrying  on  iraflic  with  Cuba. 

In  the  same  direction,  from  the  mountain  of  Ojos  de  Agua,  at  the  distance  of  5  miles, 
is  the  hill  of  Vivigagua,  also  pretipitous  and  of  moderate  height :  from  this  hill  the 
coast  runsS.  E.  by  E.  4}  miles,  to  .Salinas  Point,  and  thence  continues  S.  E.  by  E.  T/j 
miles  to  another  point,  to  the  north  of  the  River  (Juayabo,  and  between  the  two  disem- 
bogues the  River  of  Santa  Ee,  which  has  excellent  water.  From  the  first  a  spit  rui;s 
out,  which,  separating  about 'J  miles  from  the  coast,  joins  it  ag.nn  at  ihe  river. 

From  the  last  point  the  coast  winds  to  the  southward  as  far  as  the  eastern  mouth  of 
the  Cienega.  This  part  is  named  San  .Juan;  and  in  the  space  is  comprehended  Mula- 
tas  Point  and  the  River  Cniayabo,  which  disembogues  close  to  the  north  of  it.  Fronf» 
the  eastern  mouth  of  the  Cienega,  (which  divides  the  island  in  two,)  the  coast  trends  S. 
E.  to  Piedra  Point,  which  lies  N.  by  VV.  true,  from  the  east  point  of  the  Isle  of  Pines, 
distant  two  miles. 

From  the  Pay  of  Siguanea  to  Nuevas  River,  the  shore  is  all  watery  and  covered  with 
mangroves;  and  from  tliis river  to  tliat  of  Santa  Fe,  it  is  firm  land,  continuing  generally 
so,  though  with  some  watery  places,  as  far  as  the  erst  head  of  the  island. 

From  the  Bay  of  Siguanea,  as  far  as  the  River  Uuayabo,  the  coast  may  be  run  aloog^ 
at  two  miles  distance,  in  3  and  3,',  fathoms  water,  on  a  clayey  and  grassy  bottom;  hut  a 
passage  farther  to  the  eastward  is  |)revented  by  the  shallow  bank  which  surrounds  the  Jarn 
dine  Keys,  and  is  here  connected  witli  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

INDIAN  KEYS,  &:c. — From  Key  Frances  the  edge  of  the  deep  water  follows  near- 
ly N.  W.  11^  miles,  as  far  as  the  parallel  of  the  southernmost  Indian  Keys,  and  at  7 
miles  to  the  west  of  it ;  and  continuing  from  thence  to  the  northward  and  N.  W.,  so  as 
to  approximate  the  most  northerly  of  the  Indian  Keys,  it  then  exvends  so  as  to  pass  about 
a  league  to  the  southward  of  the  easternmost  of  t!ie  keys  of  St.  Felipe,  running  parallel 
to  those  keys,  as  far  as  the  middle  of  the  chain  \  whence  it  nears  them  to  within  a  mile, 
and  continues  along  them  at  that  distance,  a.,  far  as  the  westerryiiost  key,  on  the  parallel 
of  which  it  runs  off  to  join  the  main  land  of  Cuba,  near  Point  I'iedras.  Generally,  from 
Frances  Key  to  the  parallel  of  the  southeriimosf  Indian  Key,  from  13  to  25  fathoms  are 
found  at  the  edge  of  the  bank  ;  from  the  last  named  key  to  the  meridian  of  the  eastern- 
most of  the  St.  Felipe  Keys,  from  30  to  50  fathoms ;  to  the  sontiiward  of  these  keys, 
as  far  as  the  westernmost,  y  to  10  fathoms  ;  and  between  it  and  the  main  land  of  Cuba, 
about  26  fathoms,  except  in  the  proximity  of  the  I  iKer,  where  it  shoalens  to  7  or  8  fa- 
thoms. The  bottom  of  the  whole  is  rocky;  and  very  soon  after  entering  on  the  bank, 
the  depth  diminishes  to  5,  4,  and  3  fathoms,  on  sand.  All  these  keys  have  sandy 
beaches  towards  the  south. 

This  Great  Bank,  \Ohich  we  have  now  described  from  east  to  west,  is  studded  with 
keys,  which,  with  the  coast,  and  among  themselves,  form  the  outer  chapnels  of  Diego 
Perez,  of  the  Rosario,  of  Siguanea,  and  of  Coitez  ;  which  afford  a  passage  to  Batavano, 
by  the  inner  narrows  of  Don  Christoval,  Las  (lordas,  Monte  Rey,  and  of  La  Hacha,  all 
with  a  depth  of  U  feet,  ejccept  Monte  Rey  or  Kedoiido  Key  Passage,  which  has  2^  fa- 
thoms, on  c}ay. 


for  10  miles,  to  a 


45 


354  bm'.nt's  amkiucam  (  oast  rii.oT. 


Remarkt  on  Cape  Avlonio,  the  S.  If.  (f  Cvln,  trd  (he  hie  of  p]nt$,  hy  Cajtaxn 

Liiiviifiiin. 

At  about  two  csiltles'  len;:ili  t,  il,i  noitliw  d  ulthr  pitch  of  the  Cape,  vou  miiv,  wlifn 
t}ie  weiithi'r  is  iiutilfiatf,  Ian  J  willi  ymir  Imafs.  pidviii,'  out,  by  the  eye,  tliK  bt-nt  pliuf 
auiDiij:  the  roclvs.  At  about  .'io  \,iiils  witliiii  liic  first  Irti-s  or  liu>,hes,  vou  will  pcrceivf  a 
space  of  about  two  acien  iti  rMcnt,  rltar  oC  wood.  <  bi  tlu-  opponuc  nide  o(  that  oiieii- 
iri'^,  whi'ie  liie  wood  a;;aiii  comiiifiKU's,  and  at  about  10  or  ITj  yards  into  the  wood,  j,)(| 
will  inei't  with  Vfry  sharp  I'oral  rocks,  auiou'^  wiilch  are  two  wells,  in  cavities  of  the  roiki, 
ofabuut  7  I'cet  deep.  'I'hc  water  ol' the  norihfrnnni.t  well  is  excellent,  that  of  the  souili- 
erniUDst  not  so  yooil  but  yet  very  pai.Ualile.  There  is  a  good  rolliiiL!  way  I'rom  iheiii  to  tin; 
beach,  i)ut  boatiii'^  lar^e  casks  oil'  is  attci.ded  with  diHicully,  Iroiu  sharp  rocks  which  lii> 
under  water.  We  (illed  live  oi  six  inmcheons  at  these  welU  uii  the  l-'th  of  August, 
1817,  and  were  not  deLivcd  alt  (j^ether  more  than  three  hours. 

There  are  plenty  of  excellent  ;;ray  land  crabs  at  ( 'ape  Antonio,  which  are  quite  safeio 
cat,  there  bein^  no  inanchioiieal  trees  hereabout:  abo  plenty  utpigeuiiii,  and  utiier  birilii, 
some  of  which  are  likewise  ex(  client. 

'J'liere  is  a  ll-dicinian's  hut  and  a  turtle  crawl  on  thesoutiierninost  part  of  the  cape,  at 
which  yon  may,  in  the  fishing  season,  gcner  illy  find  a  person  to  point  out  tlie  wells  ;  \n\[ 
what  I  hi've  said  will  enable  any  person,  who  looks  carefully,  to  find  litem, thous;h  a  ptr 
son  may  be  within  M  or  10  yards  of  iheni  and  not  perceive  them,  without  a  good  look 
out.  Men  sent  for  water  should  always  have  tlu.'ir  shoes  on,  to  protect  their  (eet  IViJiii 
the  sharp  rocks.  There  iii  abundance  4)f  .-ii'oii'.'e  to  be  found  at  the  cape,  although  His 
by  no  means,  of  lirst  rale  (|uality.  Tho  fisheriiian's  hut  is  one  of  the  best  marks  fur 
Cape  Antonio,  when  comin;;  from  the  eastward.  OH"  the  cape  about  two  miles  out,  liie 
current  often  sets  '  ery  strong  to  the  S.  E.  When  the  current  sets  thus,  it  is  advisalile 
for  hanily  working  vessels  to  kecj)  pretty  close  inshore,  by  doing  which,  they  will  avdid 
the  strength  of  the  current:  this,  however,  is  to  be  understood  as  applying  only  to  ves- 
sels coming  from  the  eastward. 

Cape  Corrieiites  and  Point  Piedras,  were  formerly  exhibited  on  the  charts  considera- 
bly to  the  soutliward  of  llieir  real  positions;  but  having  lost  my  memorandums  of  their 
positions  by  my  own  obseivalions,  1  can  only  say  that  I  think  J*oint  I'iedras  is  pliit(d 
nearly  eight  minutes  south  of  the  truth,  and  Cape  Corrienles  between  5  and  (>  minutes. 
Til!"  coast  between  partakes  of  the  same  error,  but  Cape  Antonio  is  .ery  correct.* 

18LK  ()V  PINKS. — The  most  dangerous  error  in  the  charts  and  tables,  of  the  po- 


I 


sit 

w 

e 


iilions  of  i)laces  on  the  south  side  of  Cuba,  is  that  of  the  latitude  of  the  Jsle  of  Pines, 
vhich  is  uniformly  stated  as  lying  in  'J!"  O'J'  iN'.,  whereas  the  S,  K.  jxiint  lies,  by  a  very 
jxcellent  observation,  taken  on  the  ')th  of  August,  1(^17,  in  -21°  'M'  ^7"  N.  my  observa- 
tion and  my  male's  also,  agreeing;  exactly  in  making  our  own  latitude  'Jl°  2'J'  37",  and 
both  of  us  agreeing  in  opinion  that  the  land  was  fully  two  minutes  due  north  from  us. 

This  error  of  latitude,  and  the  prevalent,  though  most  erroneous,  idea  lh;it  the  cur- 
rent sets  always  from  (he  eastward  towards  the  Channel  of  Yucatan,  has,  1  have  reasun 
to  believe,  deceived  many;  as,  after  sighting  the  (  aymaiis  and  shajiing  their  course  lor 
Cape  Antonio,  (more  generally  for  Cape  Corrientes,)  the  easterly  current,  which  olicn 
runs  very  strong,  causes  them  to  make  the  Isle  of  Pines;  and,  finding  the  latitude  quite 
dilferent  from  that  assigned  to  it,  arc  completely  at  a  loss  to  know  what  land  they  jiavc 
made,  or  fall  into  the  more  fatal  error  of  supposing  it  Cape  Antonio  ;  and,  hauling  round 
the  S.  W.  point  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  get  embayed  among  the  Cayos  de  los  Indios;  and, 
perhaps,  are  finally  lost  in  the  bay,  as  v,  as  the  case  with  a  very  tine  ship  a  few  years  since. 

-■,  — ,..  I  —_ .-■ —  ■  - ■  ■  '  -     ■  -  -  -  , 

*  Captain  .Inines  Wnllace  Moiifrath  lias  made  some  observations  on  the  Capes  Antonio  and 
Corrientes,  which  corroborate  ihcise  of  Cnpiri'n  lavi/isisten.  Captain  Rlonteath  says,  "In  April, 
1820,  I  measured  the  distance  b"twcen  the  two  rnjits  by  chn.nonieter.  The  distance  pained  wa* 
only  28  n.'iiules  of  longitude.  I'lie  intififle  of  Capu  Corrieii.es  given  in  the  tables,  21°  41' 30 ' 
N.,  is  inco. rect,  as  I  observed  in  21"  13'  N.  ■vheii  upwards  of  ihrce  miles  south  of  the  cape:  ii 
should  be,  at  least,  2!'^  46'  30".  On  iho  12:ii  "f  December,  1820,  by  nine  observations,  lunar 
and  cbroiininetric,  the  longitude  of  Cnpe  Corrienles.  ns  cc  ipputrd  by  Cnpinin  Montealh,  appeared 
to  bo  84=  2D'  20";  it  had  previously  been  placed  in  84°  23'  30",  being  5'  .50"  more  to  'he  east.  I'y 
g'milar  observations  made  on  the  next  day,  thi^  mean  longitude  of  Cape  Antonio  was  84'^  59'  8' , 
We  had  previously  given  it  as  84°  '/t'  30",  from  the  Spainsh  observers.  Here,  it  will  be  observed, 
the  ditference  is  only]'  38":  and  if  from  84^^  57'  """  we  subtract  28',  as  above,  the  longitude  of 
Cape  CoTJenfes.  will  be  84° -29'  30",  which  admirably  verifies  the  preceding  result  of  Captain 
Monieath,  12;h  December,  1820. 

These  remarks  are  more  particularly  to  be  regarded,  because  they  show  the  inaccuracy  of  a  Span. 
ish  chart  of  the  south  side  of  Cuba,  published  at  Madrid,  in  18il,  which  might  otherwise  be  con- 
sidered as  the  standard  authority  for  this  coast. 


I  nive  twice  r 

I     once  when   I  i 

for  a  liiimr  oh 

p     Ciijie  Antonio 

I     feet  of  the  cui 

tune  elaji^ed, ; 

count.     My  ii 

of  ii.'l  knots  pe 

as  Ins,  gave  V. 

Mr.  (»llarra"> 

I  hid,  some 

Kingston,  Jan 

UJies,  (pissen 

ty.  made  the  1 

ter  al)ont  l.'t  h 

island  within  il 

fmue  so  inticci 

rience. 

'J'lie  [sle  of 

exa  t  acconnf 

part  of  the   isl 

youth  side,  in 

IJay,  at  the  ea^ 

ces.or  Siguane 

IJiisli  Ktty  ;  III 

.\ugust.  being 

shell  is  got. 

5        'I'he  houses 

1    hie  distance  fr 

j    tlu'in,  as  the  p: 

many  of  the  hi 

quainted  with 

,    being  starved  ti 

i    dogs:  the  latlt 

lives,  by  eondi 

Water  is  to  I 

J  close  to  the  wf 
of  the  most  wi 
which  a  well  o 
beach;*  it  is  in 
unless  when  th 
ly,  in  general  e 
all  the  water  r 
is  not  sulficien 
in  case  of  nece 

There  is  ii  k 
and  are  inclose 
and  are  tlierefo 
predicament  as 
interesting  to  Ii 
of  the  Isle  of  1 
feet  high.  Th 
or  break  over  a 
neck,  or,  more 
find  a  part  of  t 
ble  length,  and 
cabbage.  I  dii 
cepting  some  n 
il  g  thatch  busl 

During  the  r 
constantly  set  s 


•  A  fallen  tree  1 
years. 


t  These  beans 


BLUNT H  ami:rica>  «oast  PII.OT. 


P.K 


y  Cajtain 


inw  mnv,  wlim 
[||H  t)i"*t  |)l.»ie 
will  pfrcelvf  ,1 
>  III  tliiil  (i|ieii- 
llie  wood,  y,)ii 
[•sol'  tlic  rticlts, 
It  ol'  llif  Nomh. 
III!  tlifiii  to  the 
ocks  whic'li  lie 
til  ol'  Aumist, 

ire  quite  safe  to 
iiui  uther  biid)!, 

(if  tlie  cape,  at 
t  tin.'  wflls  ;  hut 
I,  tluiiijili  II  ptr- 

lilt  H  1>II<I(I  iudk 

tJH'ir  r<'i't  Iroiii 
S  ;iitl]oii<;li  II  IS 

lifst  marks  fur 
o  inilcM  (lilt,  the 
s,  it  is  advisahle 

x\\vy  will  avdid 
iiig  only  to  ves- 

harts  considerii- 
indunis  of  their 
'icdras  is  [ihitid 

and  (i  iiiiiiule^. 

corrett.* 
blfs,  of  i\\c  po- 
'.   Jsle  of  Pities, 
It  lies,  by  a  very 

N.  my  obstrva- 
1°  2'J'  37",  and 
Drth  from  us. 

a  that  the  cur- 
s,  I  have  reason 
tlieir  course  lor 
ent,  which  olttii 
le  latitude  quite 

land  they  liavc 
j,haulitig  ruunij 

OS  Indios;  and, 

few  years  since. 

pes  Antonio  and 

says,  "  In  April, 
innce  jjoincd  was 
iil)livs210  41'3fl" 
h  of  the  cape;  it 
bscrvations,  lunar 
onlealh,  appeared 
u  to  ''if  east.    Bv 

was  84'=  59'  8". 

will  be  observed, 
,  the  lonpitiide  of 

result  of  Captain 

;curacyof  a  Span. 
otherwise  bo  con- 


f  (live  twice  m;i(In   the  Tiifl  of  Pincx  when  I  con  blered  myielf  to  the  wesfwnrd  of  i't ; 

oiiie  wlii'ii  I  expected  to  li;ive  mule  ('apt!  ( 'iirr.i'.iites,  and  a'^aiii,  ulieii,  li;id  it  not  been 
(or  a  liiiiiir  observ.itioii,  I  mIioiiM,  Iniiii  the  ciiiir^es  sicrred,  have  tliiin;;lit  ii^  tilireaii  of 
Ciijie  Antonio.  On  the  latter  itccation  my  male  and  niy-iell  calciil.ited  ilie  probable  ef- 
fect of  the  current,  from  the  courses  steered,  distance  run  by  loy;,  latitude'*  olmerved,  and 
liini!  el.ip^ed,  after  we  passiij  the  (ir.ind  Cayman,  takim;  ,ilso  tlie  landfill  made  into  ac* 
count.  .My  mate,  an  intelligent  youny;  man,  made  the  i  iiireiit  set  .*<  (i7  \\.  at  the  rtito 
of  <),'l  kiiott  per  day.  -^'Ik-  i  ■■.iilt  of  my  ow  n  calculation,  perhaps  noi  so  cantnlly  worked 
aN  hi!t,  i;ave  10.  S.  K.  and  two  iind  u  half  knots  per  hour,  which  nearly  corresponds  with 
iMr.  O'ilarra's. 

I  liiiJ,  some  time  since,  tlie  misfortune  to  be  upset  hi  a  small  schooner,  (feloncinc;  to 
Kiniistoii,  Jaiiiaii  a,  about  two  leayiies  liom  the  su;iili  coast  of  the  Isle  ul  l*|iies  :  two 
UJies, (pisseiiyers,)  and  one  man  were  drowned  ;  iintl  the  ri'iiiamdiT  ol  lis,  wiih  ditficul- 
ly.  made  the  land,  (owinn  to  the  cnrr'Mil'.s  carry iii'j;  us  olf  shore  and  to  the  eastward,)  af- 
ter about  l.'l  hours  of  uneeasiu!;  exertion.  .\h  many  vessels  have  been  cast  away  on  this 
islanil  within  the  last  lour  years,  and  iiiaiiy  more  pi  ib;ilily  may  be.  while  the  charts  con- 
tinue so  inaccurate,  1  subjoin  the  toilowiim  rcmaiks,  the  resiiiis  of  my  own  |iaitifiil  expe 
n«nce. 

The  Isle  of  Pine,s  is  very  thinly  inhabited,  Imt  I  found  it  very  dillficult  to  obtain  any 
exa.'t  account  of  the  actual  population.  Most  of  the  inliabiiants  reside  in  the  nortli 
part  of  flic  island  ;  indeed,  so  f,ir  as  1  enuld  liMrn,  tlvre  aic  only  three  houses  on  tho 
voiilli  side,  in  an  extent  of  twenty  one  l''ai.'iies.  ( )ne  of  ih  mi'  is  situated  near  ('alabtish 
liay,  at  the  east  end  of  the  island,  and  the  otiuM-  t-,. o  neatly  -J  leaizues  irom  Puerto  Fran- 
ces, or  Si;;uane;i  I5ay.  There  is  also  a  lisherman's  htit  on  K<>y  l-iinces.  sometimes  called 
Unsh  Key;  but  it  is  inhabited  only  about  five  months  in  the  year,  vi/,.  from  March  to 
Aiiv'ust,  beins;  the  season  for  catching  the  hawk's-bill  turtle,  from  which  the  tortoise 
shell  is  got. 

The  bouses  are  very  hard  to  find,  beiir^  all  cr  iicealed  amou'.;  the  trees,  at  a  con-idera- 
ble  distance  from  the  shore;  and  it  is  perfectly  in  vain  lor  a  strari;;er  to  attempt  (nidinf; 
them,  as  the  paths  which  lead  to  them  are  no  better  than  cattle  tracks;  and  there  are  so 
many  of  the  latter,  intersectina;  the  woods  in  every  din-ction.  that,  unless  a  person  isac- 
(piaiiited  with  the  place,  he  must  run  much  risk  of  losiii';  iiimsidf  in  the  woods,  and  of 
beini;  starved  to  death;  but  he  may  possibly  f.ili  in  witli  some  of  the  inhabitants  or  their 
doi;s :  the  latter  are  very  sasacious,  and  I  have  known  one  of  tliem  to  save  two  men's 
lives,  by  conductini;  them  to  his  master's  house. 

Water  is  to  be  found  in  some  places,  but  in  very  few  rjtiite  fresli.  There  is  none  quite 
close  to  the  west  end,  e\ce|;t  at  i'uerto  Frames,  when;  about  1.')  yards  to  the  westward 
of  the  most  westerly  clili's  in  the  island,  a  small  path  leafls  into  the  woods,  by  following 
which  a  well  of  excellent  water  may  be  found,  at  about  lialf  a  mile's  distaiice  ftom  the 
beach;*  it  is  in  a  hollow  place,  about  rt  or  10  feet  below  tiie  surrounding  ijrnund,  and, 
unless  when  the  sun  is  almost  vertical,  is  little  alVected  by  its  beams  ;  and  is.  (onserpient- 
ly,  in  s^eneriil  extremely  cool  and  relVeshiii^.  Casks  cannot  be  rolled  from  iho  well,  but 
all  the  water  must  be  carried  by  men  in  small  (  asks,  buckets,  or  deiiii- Johns.  There 
is  not  sulficienf  water  to  supply  a  vessid  of  any  size;  but  it  m;iy  ainird  seasonable  relief 
in  case  of  necessity,  and  I  dare  say  supply  two  puncheon.^  in  6  or  H  hours. 

There  is  a  kind  of  small  beans,  which  inrrow  upon  a  species  of  vine  alona;  the  pround, 
and  are  inclosed  in  a  rousjh  pod;  they  are  sweet  to  the  taste,  but  extremely  poisonous, 
and  are  therefore  to  be  avoided. f  To  persons  who  may  iiiitortiinatidy  Ix'  in  the  same 
predicament  as  [  was,  thtit  is,  destitute  of  food  or  the  means  of  procurina;  it,  it  may  be 
iHteresting  to  know  thiit  the  thatch-tree,  a  species  of  palmetto,  jjrows  on  the  south  coast 
of  the  Isle  of  I'ines,  in  the  most  arid  jilaces,  ami  is  sometimes,  tis  far  ;is  I  can  judge,  60 
feet  hijjh.  This  tree  when  youna;.  alVonls  a  wholesome  and  not  unpalatable  food.  Cut 
or  break  over  a  thatch  tree,  of  7  or  H  feet  in  height,  and  tearing  down  the  haves  in  the 
neck,  or,  more  properly  speakinir,  at  the  junction  of  the  leaves  to  tlie  trunk,  you  will 
find  a  part  of  the  inside,  about  as  thick  as  a  man's  wrist,  very  white,  and  of  considera- 
ble length,  and  which  tastes  like  something  belwcen  a  Swedish  turnip  and  the  common 
cabbage.  I  did  not  know  this  when  I  remained  live  days  without  any  tiling  to  eat,  ex- 
cepting sotrie  raw  shell  fish  ;  and  for  four  days  out  of  the  five,  we  were  constantly  pass- 
it  g  thatch  bushes. 


D 


uring 


the 


nine  ( 


constantly  set  strongly  to  the 


lays  I  remained  on  the  south  side  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  the  current 
eastward.     The  whole  coast  from  the  east  end  of  the  island 


•  A  fallen  tree  lies  across  the  path  half  way  to  tKe  we!',  and  may  probably  remain  there  for  many 
years. 


t  These  beans  grow  on  open  spots  near  the  shore. 


356 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOt. 


mi 


to  the  S.  W.  point,  is  bold,   dose  to  ;   but  olT  the  S.  \V.  point,  and  bctweeh  that  and 
Puerto  Friuices,  dangerous  reel's  e.Mend  out  to  sea,  to  a  considerable  distance. 

I  regretted  much  that  the  loss  of  my  instruments  did  not  permit  me  to  renew  my 
observations  for  latitude  on  sliorn  :  but  the  day  before  the  vessel  upset  I  had  a  good 
observation,  corroborative  of  that  of  the  9th  August,  1817.  1  am,  therefore,  certain  that 
the  latitude  is  incorrect  in  all  charts  J  have  seen. 

The  Rio  de  Sante  Fe  is  e;'  the  north  sid(!  of  the  island  ;  on  the  south  side  there  are 
no  rivers,  unless  it  may  be  possible  some  small  ones  tnay  empty  themselves  into  some 
of  the  eslcros,  or  salt  lagoons.  We  waded  across  all  those  that  we  met  with,  exceptinj; 
one,  near  their  junction  with  tht;  sea.  There  are  one  or  two  other  rivers  on  the  ftortii 
side,  but  that  oi' Sante  Fe  is  the  only  one  that  has  two  fathoms  of  water  at  its  entrance; 
though  some  have  much  more  than  that  depth  inside,  but  with  bars  at  their  entrances. 

There  is  some  mahogany  and  plenty  of  lignum-vittc  in  the  islahd  ;  also,  I  believe,  very 
fine  lancewood. 

In  Puerto  Frances,  or  Siguanca  Bay,  I  am  of  opinion  tliat,  with  good  ground-tackle, 
a  vessel  m;iy  ride  out  almost  any  gale  :  .  o  far,  however,  as  T  could  judge  from  its  ap- 
pearance from  the  shore  ;  and  shelter  may  be  found  under  the  lee  of  the  reefs.  A  Spanish 
fislierniaii  informed  me  that  it  was  a  much  better  place  than  it  was  generally  thouglitto 
be,  and  had  clean  ground,  bottom  of  tine  white  sand  all  over,  within  the  reels,  with  from 
3  to  3j  and  4  fathoms. 

On  a|)proacliing  the  Isle  of  Pines  from  the  southward,  the  first  objects  you  will  dis- 
cover are  three!  very  remark.'ble  peaked  hills  or  mountains,  on  what  are  called  the  Sier- 
ras de  St.  Pedro.  The  land  appears  extremely  arid  and  barren.  The  greater  part  of  it 
Dn  the  south  side  is  covered  witli  wood,  auiong  which,  however,  many  cattle  and  pigs 
find  pasturage. 

Between  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  Batavano,  there  is  a  great  number  of  keys  with  shoal 
water  between  them.  Among  the  roots  of  the  mangrove-trees  on  them,  are  many  atid 
excelleni  cray-fish. 

The  Spanish  master  of  a  schooner  toh'  me  that  he  had  entered  among  the  Jardines, 
and  went  quite  through,  carrying  not  less  than  7  fathoms  ;  and  J  ain  disposed  to  believe 
him ;  only  I  consider  its  iMitrauce  must  be  much  narrower  than  what  we  found  the  deep 
water  between  the  Bntavano  and  the  Isle  of  Pine's  Keys;  as,  from  the  deck  of  a  schoo- 
ner of  about  forty  tons,  we  could  not,  when  in  mid-cliannel,  see  both  at  the  same  time. 

In  the  neigliborliood  of  it  are  immense  (|uanlitics  of  the  Palmetto  Real,  or  cabbage  tree. 

JARDINKS. — In  all  the  .lardincs  excellent  fresli  water  may  be  found,  by  digging  a 
few  inches  deep  in  tlie  sand,  at  a  very  short  distance  from  the  sea,  according  to  my  infor- 
mation, "  not  more  than  half  a  yard  :"  while  in  the  Cayos  de  San  Felipe,  to  the  westw.ird 
of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  no  fresh  water  can  be  procured.  On  the  Jardines  are  also  plenty 
of  thatch-trees.  Some  of  the  Spaiiisli  fisherman  have  remained  six  or  seven  days  at  a 
time  on  one  of  the  Jardines,  living  upon  the  heart  of  the  thatch-tree,  and  upon  the  water 
got  by  digging,  as  before  desciibed. 

7'hc  Norlh  West,   Const  of  Cuba,  from  Cape  Antonio  to  Point   Ycacos  and  Matanzas. 

Having  already  given  the  descriptiori  of  Cape  Antonio,  &c.  from  the  Derrotero  and 
the  notes  of  Captain  Livingston,  we  shall  here  only  notice  that  the  capfe  has  since  been 
described  as  a  low  sandy  point,  with  a  Hag-staff  upon  it,  and  several  huts.  From  Cape 
Antonio  the  coast  sweeps  to  the  N.  E.  and  thence  to  the  E.  and  E.  N.  E.  in  a  broken 
and  variegated  form,  which  can  be  best  understood  by  reference  to  the  cliart.  Witiidiit 
this  coast,  to  the  W.,  \V.  N.  W.  and  N.  is  the  extensive  bank  and  reef  called  those  of 
the  Colorados,  after  described,  which  are  naturally  divided,  and  ought,  therefore,  to  be 
distinguisiied  by  dilferent  names,  that  is  to  say,  the  Antonio  IJaid;  and  Colorados. 

Following  the  (.'olorados,  to  the  East,  are  the  Banks  and  Reefs  of  Isabella,  which 
terminate  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  called  Bahia  Honda,  in  longitude  83°  7'.  A  ton 
near  approach  here  is  very  dangerous,  as  the  reefs  are  generally  very  steep,  and  the 
current  from  the  gulf  sets  along  them  mostly  from  the  N.  W.  to  W.  and  S.  W.  whence, 
it  sweeps  alontr  the  edge  of  the  bank,  near  the  shore,  around  Cajje  Antonio,  and  thence 
eastward  towards  Cape  Corrientes,  &c. 

The  Derrotero  says  that,  "between  the  bank  (tliat  of  San  Antonio)  and  the  reefs  and 
keys  of  the  Colorados,  there  is  an  interior  passage,  for  vessels  of  11  or  12  feet  drauglit, 
but  much  experience  is  re(|uired  for  taking  it  and  all  vessels  are  recommended  to  |)a.<s 
outside,  keeping  well  away  iVom  the  edge  of  the  reef,  which  is  very  steep  to  ;  and  near't 
a  vessel  may  be  entangled  by  eddies  proceeding  from  the  general  current  of  the  strait."* 

*  Mr.  Finlaison  says,  when  you  are  abreast  of  Cnpe  Antonio,  you  will  perceive  the  discolored 
water  on  the  hank,  and  should  take  care  not  to  apiiroacii  too  near,  particularly  in  light  winds,  the 
edge  being  steep  to,  with  generally  a  current  setting  over  it. 


Mr.  GaU 
33tn.,  and  I 
ebb  nortliv 

From  C; 
feet  water  t 
ally  round  i 
from  6  to  3 
decrease  fr 

I  late  Mr.  Ov 
M  that  he  had 
M      eye,  and  hii 

II  In  procee 
I  shoal,  seen 
ff  In  the  day  t 
:|  bank  ;  but  it 
I  of  it.  It  is  ii 
I  to  the  W.  b 
%         W,  when 

;.     yourself  to  1 
with  such  a 
in  a  gale  or 
Tlie  Colo 
22=  19'  N.  a 
or  keys,  the 
and  may  be  : 
the  weather  1 
westward  no 
nel  between 
fathoms,  but 
following  det 
and  made  ou 
feet  water.     [ 
and  breakers 
we  could  see 
to  the  east  of 
so  near  us,  tl 
land  ;  ■ending 
huimiiocks  al 
or  but  two  or 
wlien  we  wer 
ward  of  Cape 
The  high  I 
;    thus  remarka 
-.   follow  :  the 
'    Tables  of  M; 
eastward  of  t 
the  Port  oft 
the  Gulf  and 
noticed   in  tl 
sume    tlie 
Tables  of  M; 
CO,   or  westen 
are  all  points 
frequently  ha 

*  The  flood  tl 
within  the  Islo 

tThe  Briiish 
bottom  ;  they  w 
nif)  bi'aring  S.  !- 

It  Ropms  that 
Anfoiiio,  to  the 
the  mast-head,  I 
the  tops  of  three 

t  Mr.  Finjaiac 

f)  Probably  th( 
tradiciory. 


BLtlNT's  A.MERICAX  COAST  PILOT. 


357 


ctweeh  that  and 

itance. 

e  to  renew  my 

let  I  had  a  good 

'ore,  certain  that 

h  side  there  are 
selves  into  some 
with,  exceptinj; 
■rs  on  the  nortii 

at  its  entrance; 

their  entrances. 

0,  I  believe,  very 

d  ground-tackle, 
idge  from  its  np- 
reefs.  A  Spanish 
erally  thought  to 
3  reel's,  with  hum 

;cts  you  will  dis- 
B  called  the  Sier- 
greater  part  of  it  ) 
"tattle  and  pigs  i 

kevs  with  shoal 
m,'are  many  and 

■)ne;  the  Jardines, 
isjjosed  to  believe 
\c  found  the  deep 
deck  of  a  schoo- 
it  the  same  time. 

1,  or  cabbage  tree, 
iiid,  by  digging  a 
rding  to  my  inloi- 

,  to  the  westward 
es  arc  also  plenty 
)r  seven  days  at  a 
nd  uiion  the  water 


and  Matanzas. 

he  Derrotero  and 

pie  has  since  been 

nts.     From  Cape 

N'.  E.  in  a  l)r()keii 

chart.     Witlidiit 

?f  called  those  of 

t,  therefore,  to  be 

Colorados. 

f  Isabella,  which 

de  83°  7'.     A  ton 

V  steep,  and  the 

id  8.  \V.  whence, 

tonio,  and  thence 

and  the  roefs  and 
I-  lii  feet  draui,',lit. 
iiiimended  to  pass 
ep  to  ;  and  near  it 
nt  of  the  strait.'" 

ceive  the  discolored 
in  light  winds,  ilie 


»uld 


Ante 


full  and  ch 


<h 


about  yh 


am 


i  it  is  high  water  at  (. 
3?,m.,  and  that  tlie  vertical  rise  is  18  inrjies.     The  lloud  se:s  lo  the  souihwan 
ebb  northward.     The  velocity  is  about  tlir(.'e  (|uarlers  of  a  mile  in  an  hour. 

From  Cape  Antonio,  the  bank,  which  appears  of  a  wiiitish  color,  with  only  10  or  12 
feet  water  on  it,  trends  north  by  compass,  about  8  miles,  wlienci;  tlie  edi;e  turns  gradu- 
ally round  to  N.  K.  by  N.  anJ  north  eastward  to  hit.  ri-J^t^',  with  very  uneven  soimdings, 
from  6  to  .'3  fathoms,  rocks  and  sand.  To  the  eastward  and  soutiiward,  the  soundings 
decrease  from  6  fatljoms,  very  gradually  to  the  shore,  ail  fine  sandy  ground.  The 
late  Mr.  Owen,  of  Jamaica,  said  the  edge  of  the  bank  is  clean  all  along,  and  steep  to,  and 
that  he  had  run  along  it,  at  a  very  short  distance,  in  a  line  of  battle  siiip,  guided  by  the 
eye,  and  himself  keeping  at  the  mas'-head. 

In  proceeding  from  Cape  Antonio  to  the  northward,  it  is  requisite  to  be  aware  of  a 
shoal,  seen  in  179T,  and  which  is  represented  at  14  miles  \.  N.  \V.  k  \V.  from  the  cape.f 
In  the  day  time  you  may  safely  lake  the  passage  between  this  shoal  and  the  edge  of  the 
bank;  but  in  the  night,  or  in  thick  weather,  it  is  better  to  make  sure  of  passing  outside 
of  it.  It  is  also  proper  not  to  forget  tin;  b.nik  oi'Sancho  Pardo,  whicJi  lies  about  b  leagues 
to  the  \V.  by  N.  from  t,'ape  Antonio,  a  near  ajjproach  to  which  is  uimeci'ssary. 

If,  when  at  Caoc  Antcnio,  the  w^ind  comes  to  tlie  north,  it  will  be  best  to  maintain 
voiirself  to  leeward  of  the  cape,  cith(!r  on  short  boards,  or  by  coming  to  anchor  ;  because, 
with  such  a  wind,  in  place  of  advancing  on  your  passage,  you  would  probably  be  caught 
in  a  gale  or  storm. 

The  Colorados  Reefs  and  Keys  are  very  extensive.  Tlu'  S.  W.  extremity  lies  in  about 
22°  19'  N.  and  84°  45'  W.  'I'he  whole  are,  in  general,  steep  to.  Ofihe  principal  rocks 
or  keys,  the  westernmost  or  Black  Key  shows  itself  above  water  like  the  hull  of  a  ship, 
and  may  be  seen  4  miles  off;  the  other  two,  Colorados  or  Red  Keys,  are  not  seen  unless 
the  weather  be  quite  calm  ;  ttiey  have  not  above  two  feet  of  water  on  them  ;  and  to  the 
westward  no  ground  is  to  be  found  at  a  short  diiJtaiice,  or  less  than  a  mile.  The  chan- 
nel between  is  half  a  mile  wide,  between  the  Hlack  and  Rvd  Keys  is  a  depth  of  4 
fathoms,  but  very  toul  ground,  r^apt.  Street,  in  his  account  of  th"se  rocks,  gives  the 
following  detail :  "  We  took  our  departure  IVom  4  or  .')  leagues,  abreast  of  Cape  Antonio, 
and  made  our  way  good  N.  F.  i)y  \.  1-')  leagues,  and  then  I'ell  u])oii  the  Colorados  in  3 
feet  water.  They  were  about  me  dry  in  several  places,  without  any  distinction  of  swells 
and  breakers  ;  we  saw  flocks  of  |)elicans  sitting  u|ion  the  reddish  white  saiul.  In  this  place 
we  could  see  no  dry  land  from  the  top-mast  head,  though  very  clear  weather,  but  we  saw 
to  the  east  of  us  three  hummocks  on  Cuba;  the  imiermost,  or  bia;gesr  jieariiig  F.  by  N. 
so  near  us,  that  we  could  see  other  liumiiiocks  within  and  without  these  three,  and  low 
land  ; "ending  away  from  the  imiermost  hummo(d\s  to  the  southward,  and  likewise  the 
hummocks  almost  join  with  the  low  land  between  them.  Ail  tiiis  we  could  see  on  deck, 
or  but  two  or  three  ratlings  up:  Imt  the  three  aforesaid  hummocks  we  raised  upon  decdt, 
when  we  were  about  8  or  10  leagues  off  our  aforesaid  station  of  5  leagues  to  tlie  west- 
ward of  Ca|ie  Antonio." 

The  high  lands  of  Cuba  are  in  many  places  particularly  luiiiked.  The  principal  lands, 
thus  remarkable,  in  regular  succession  from  West  tf)  Fast,  have  been  enumerated  as 
follow  :  the  High  Lands  of  Hnenavista,  the  Coxcomb, J  the  Saddle  Hill,  D(dphin  Hill, 
Tables  of  Mariel.  IVIaiden's  Paps,  to  the  southward  of  the  Havana,  Iron  Hills  to  the 
eastward  of  the  Havana,  and  the  Fan,  or  Ivoaf,  or  Hill  of  i\lataii/as,  to  the  S.  W.  of 
the  Port  of  that  name.  The  appearances  of  all  these  may  i)e  seen  on  the  new  chart  of' 
the  Gulf  and  Windward  Passages,  as  well  as  on  the  old  chart  by  Mr.  Romans.  Those 
noticed  in  the  Derrotero,  are  the  Hills  of  Rosario,§  the  (Jap  of  Yoldal — we  pre- 
sume the  notch  in  the  Coxcomb  ;  the  Pan  of"  Cavanas,  or  Dolphin  Hill ;  the 
Tables  of  Mariel;  the  Tetas  de  Managua,  or  Maiden's  Paps;  the  Sierra  de  .laru- 
00,  or  western  i)art  of  the  Iron  Hills,  and  the  Pan  of  Mataii/.as.  These,  it  is  added, 
are  all  points  from  which  a  ship's  situation  may  be  ascertained  in  clear  weather;  but  it 
frequently  happens,  in  hazy  weather,  that  they  cannot  be  seen  from  sea  at  5  leagues  ofi'. 


*  The  fl.iod  therefore  b  ends  witii  a  southerly  current ;  and  thus  it  appears  to  continue  eastward, 
within  the  Isle  of  Pines,  >  c. 

tTiie  British  eliijis  Cln  a  and  St.  Vincent  .sounded  on  this  sbonl.  and  found  .5  fathoms,  sandy 
bottom  ;  they  were  two  ho  rs  in  passing  over  it,  but  do  not  mention  the  rate  of  going.  Capo  Ante. 
niri  bcnring  S.  S.  K.  Uy  miles  distant. 

It  aerma  that  Mr    Bishop  was  once  near  this  bank.     He  says  that,  havinir  worked  from  Cnpe 

Antonio,  to  the  N.  N.  \V.  about  5  Icnenes,  he  had  snu'idinus  in  l.'j  fathoms.     He  then  went  up  lo 

the  mastJiead,  being  the  main-top-L'aliant  mast  of  the  R|i!iynx,  n  2;')  gun-ship,  nnd  frkini  thence  saw 

,  the  tops  of  three  small  hills  to  the  eastward,  with  Cape  Antonio  bearing  y.  S.  F,.  distant  5  leagues. 

I      t  Mr.  Finiaison  soys,  "  With  the  Coxcomb  Mountain  bearing  S.  ^  E.  you  will  be  in  Ion.  84-*  W," 

§  Probably  the  high  lands  of  Buenavista  ;  for  the  charts  of  this  part  arc  yet  inaccurate  and  con. 
iradictory. 


358 


BLUAt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


BAHIA  HONDA,  &c.— The  liarhor  callnd  B:iliia  Honda,  or  Deep  Rny.  is  situated 
at  the  e.isieni  enJ  of  that  r.iii^e  of  islands  and  rctMs  (lisiin^uisht'd  hy  tlie  name  of  Isa- 
bella. Its  entrance,  aceordin^  to  the  Spanish  olificers,  is  in  latitude  22°  59',  long.  83=' 
71'.  Whe.i  you  are  belbre  tliit  entrance,  it  bears  nearly  south,  but  you  cannot  get  in 
till  the  sea-breeze  eouies  on,  at  about  ten  in  the  niornini;. 

Bahia  Honda  is  a  spicious  and  well  sheltered  li.ubor,  but  the  points  wljich  form  hi 
e.Ttr.uice,  as  well  as  ths  interior  points,  are  bordered  with  a  reef  and  ed^e  of  shallow  wa- 
ter. The  outer  point,  on  the  east  or  windward  side,  is  named  El  Mordlo,  (Little  Mor 
ro,)  fr 


oni  Its  presenting;  a  rism; 


iiun 


1.     Fro;n  this  a  shoal  extenils  tvvo  thirds  ol  a  nide 


to  the  N.  W.  havini;,  however,  at  its  extremity,  a  depth  of  5  fathoms.  The  outer  point 
on  the  west,  is  Puata  Pescadores,  ( Fislu'rman's  Point.)  from  which  a  reef  extends  to 
the  N.  N.  K.  about  one  third  of  a  m  le.  The  distance  between  the  two  points,  which 
are  nearly  east  and  west,  true,  from  each  other,  is  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  ;  but  the 
channel  formed  by  the  edj;es  of  thu  shoals  is  only  a  cable  and  a  hilf  n  width.* 

At  a  third  of  a  mile  with  n  ihi'  exterior  points  are  t>vo  others,  Pniita  del  Cayman  on 
the  west,  and  Punta  del  Real  on  the  east ;  and  between  these  the  breadth  of  the  chan- 
nel do:?s  not  exceed  two  cables'  lenglli.  Frcun  Point  Keal  the  edj^e  of  the  bank 
extends  at  the  distance  of  two  thirds  of  a  cable;  but  from  Point  Cayman  not  more  than 
half  a  cable's  length.  At  half  a  mile  further  in,  tlie  harbor  opens,  and  you  arrive  olf 
Pnnta  del  Carenero,  which  is  on  the  eastern  side.  At  a  third  of  a  mile  to  thesouthwr.id 
of  Point  Carenero  is  an  island,  Key  Ijarito,  or  Ijou';  Key,f  the  west  point  of  which  (I^uii- 
ta  di  Difuntos)  lies  a  little  more  to  the  west  than  Point  Carenero,  and  it  may  therefore 
be  seen  from  the  sea. 

To  enter  this  port,  it  is  requisite  to  keep  at  some  distance  from  the  coast,  and  outside 
the  edges  of  the  reefs,  till  you  are  N.  ^  W .  from  the  mouth,  when  you  may  run  for  it. 
When  near  it,  or  at  about  the  distance  of  a  mile,  you  may  perceive  Point  Difuntos;  and 
placing  your  vessel  most  carefully  to  S.  ^'  E.  you  may  steer  in  that  direction;  as  with 
that  course,  keeping  Point  Difuntos  open,  in  the  mid-channel,  you  will  run  in  with  suf- 
ficient water,  It'  to  6  fathoms.  When  abroast  of  Point  Carenero.  you  will  see  to  tiie 
W.  S.  W.  a  long  point  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbor,  named  Punta  de  Mangles,  or 
Mangrove  Point. J  With  this  in  sight  you  may  now  steer  to  the  S.  W.,  and  when  you 
have  arrived  on  a  line  between  it  and  Point  Difuntos,  you  may  anchor  in  7  fatiioms,  up- 
on  clay;  or,  if  more  convenient,  you  may  luff  up  to  the  south-eastward  of  Point  Difun- 
tos, and  drop  your  anclior  in  6  fathoms,  same  grounil.  There  is  also  anchorage  to  the 
northward  of  Key  Largo,  between  it  and  I'unta  del  Carenero.  in  G  or  7  fathouis,  wliith 
may  be  found,  after  sailing  in  by  the  lead,  along  the  reef  on  the  eastern  side. 

The  B.\Hi.\  B.\NK  lies  ratlier  more  than  5  leagues  to  the  N.  W.  by  N.  from  the 
n'-.outii  of  Bahia  Honda.  It  extends  nearly  cast  and  west  a  league  in  length,  and  is 
about  half  a  league  broad.  On  this  bank  you  may  come  to  an  anchor,  taking  care  ihnt 
you  do  not  go  too  near  the  rock  that  lies  in  the  middle  of  it.  There  is  no  water  on  the 
rock,  and  when  the  breeze  blows  strong  the  sea  breaks  over  it ;  but  on  the  bank  are  0, 
5,  and  4  fathoms  of  water. 

PUEKTO  DE  CABANAS,  OR  PORTO  DE  CAVANAS.— This  harbor  lies  rnihcr 
more  than  four  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Bahia  Honda.  It  has  an  extensive  reef  on 
each  side  of  its  entrance;  yet  it  is  a  line  bay  to  sail  into,  having  5  and  6  farhoms  at  tlie 
entrance,  deepening  to  8  and  10  within,  with  room  enough  for  several  hundred  sail  of 
ship.:.  The  Derrotero  says,  you  may  run  along  the  coast  between  Bahia  Honda  and 
this  place,  at  ll  e  (lisi;ii;(e  ct  two  miles.  Port  Cavanas  is  a  good  anchorage,  sheltcre 
from  all  winds,  and  fit  for  any  class  ot"  vessels.  It  may  be  known  by  a  round  hill,  which 
forms  a  gap  or  break,  and  upon  the  summit  of  which  there  is  a  grove  of  trees,  and  by 
another  hill,  named  the  Pan  of  Cavanas  (Dolphin  Hill.)  The  latter  descends  gradually 
towards  the  east,  until  it  ends  in  low  level  land,  which  conti-nies  lor  a  long  league,  un- 
til it  meets  the  table  land  of  Mariel.  In  addition  to  these  marks,  you  may  see  upon  tlie 
const  two  rows  ot  iiillocks,  which  resemble  sheplicrds'  huts,  and  from  which  the  phiee 
has  derived  its  name.  These  Iiillocks  lie  to  the  eastward  of  Bahia  Honda,  and  the  Pan 
of  Cavanas  :ippears  as  if  in  the  middle  of  them. 

To  enter  this  liarhor,  you  ought  to  open  the  mouth  well  out,  until  you  are  on  its  me- 
ridian, and  that  of  the  east  part  of  an  island  (Isla  Larga)  which  is  within  the  harbor  nn 
itswe^t.     Steer  in  S.J  E.  ui  til  past  the  reef  of  Punta  Longa,  on  the  east  side,  when  you 


*  In  a  late  description  of  Bahia  Honda,  hy  a  British  ofliner,  it  is  said  that  it  may  be  known  by  a 
remarkable  tower  and  a  small  hut  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  and  a  larpe  plantation  on  a 
lo  :nd  hill  just  on  the  back  of  it,  and  two  small  huts  about  IJ  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  west  point 
of  the  entrance. 

t  Wood  Island  of  the  old  English  charts. 

)  Long  Point  of  the  old  charts. 


4 


miy  lufT  u 
touch  on  tl 
and  that  to 
reel  extend 
breadth, 
of  Larija  1> 

PLEK'i 
eastward  ot 
may  know  » 
high,  and  f( 
various  whi 
and  is  very 
gua,  comm 
meridian  ot 
league,  unl 
guished  ot 
or  to  be  sur 

Tu  cuter 
Tables;  at 
tance  of  a  c; 
on  which  th 
sel's  head  t 
you  are  witl 
steer  in  that 
the  same  be; 
see  on  the  \ 
yourself  at  a 
you  please,  i 
of  the  harbo 
"We  only  adi 
quisite  to  be 

It  sometin 
hia  Honda,  f 
high,  and  is  i 


This  islam 
(Colon  or  C 
name  of  St. 
of  time,  cam 
the  respectiv 
ed  to  the  eas 
the  title  of  tl 

To  the  nai 
to  European 
the  victims  o 
live  to  a  grea 
is  continuall; 
fui  variety  ol 
elevations  ar 
forests  of  mi 
wood,  cedar, 
quick-silver, 

The  rivers 
the  rain.s,  tin 
the  plains. 

The  prinr 
N.  W.,  the  t 
of  '^^  Nichol 

•  The  wholi 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


359 


ny,  is  situnted 

p  name  ol'  ls;i- 

o')',  long.  83^ 

cannot  get  in 

ivliich  form  its 
of  shallow  wa- 
,  (Little  Mor-^ 
liinis  ol  a  mile 
lie  outer  point 
•eel'  extends  to 
points,  which 
mile  ;  but  the 
Ith.* 

L'l  Cayman  on 
h  of  the  chan- 
;  of  the  bank 
not  mure  thiin 
you  arrive  olF 
thesomhwriid 
)f  which  (Pun- 
may  tiierefore 

ist,  and  outside 

may  run  for  it. 

;  Uifuntos;  and 

ction  ;  as  with 

un  in  with  sul- 

will  see  to  tiie 

.le  -Mangles,  or 

and  when  you 

7  fathoms,  iip- 

jf  Point  Difiin- 

ichorage  to  the 

athoms,  which 

(ie. 

N.  from  the 
ength,  and  is 
ikinii;  care  that 
water  on  the 
le  bank  are  0, 

rhnr  lies  ralhcr 
■n^iive  reef  on 
aihoms  at  tiie 
iindred  sail  of 
lia  Honda  and 
irasre,  sheltrtP 
lid  hill,  which 
trees,  anil  by 
:n(ls  siradniiliy 
ig  league,  iin- 
see  upon  the 
licli  the  place 
I,  and  the  Pan 

are  on  its  me- 

tlie  harhor  on 

side,  when  you 

be  known  by  a 

plantation  on  a 

if  the  west  point 


I 


imv  lufT  up,  and  anchor  in  from  7  to  0  fathoms.  Be  cautious,  in  advancing,  not  to 
touch  on  the  reefs  on  either  side;  that  to  wind.vard  extends  out  more  tiinn  half  ii  mile, 
and  that  to  leeward  about  two  cables"  length.  At  the  extremity  of  Punta  Longa  the 
reel  extends  out  only  two-thirds  of  a  cable;  but  the  channel  here  is  only  two  cables  in 
breadth.     Another  reef  extends  to  the  same  d. stance,  northward,  from  the  eastern  point 

'^  PUKirrO  DEL  I\l ARIEL,  OPv  POHT  iSL\RIEL,  which  is  4}  leagues  to  the 
eastward  of  Port  Cavjuias,  is  large,  well  sheltered,  and  lit  for  any  c'ass  of  vessels.  You 
may  know  when  you  are  to  the  north  of  it  by  the  'J'ables  of  Mariel,  which  are  moderately 
hiirh,  and  form  very  broad  table  lands  or  hills.  On  approaching  these  you  will  perceive 
various  white  patches.  'J'he  coast  hence  neiids  to  the  eastward,  towards  the  Havana, 
and  is  very  low.  In  proceeding  towards  the  latter,  you  may  descry  the  Paps  of  Mana- 
gua, commonly  called  the  Maiden's  Paps,  winch  are  two  round  hillocks,  lying  on  the 
nieridian  of  the  port.  To  the  westward  of  Mariel  the  coast  is  likewise  low,  for  a  long 
league,  until  it  rises  and  forms  the  hill  of  t'avanas.  Farther  to  the  west  may  be  distin- 
guished other  high  lands  in  the  vicinity  of  Bahia  Honda,  and  which  seem  to  rise  from, 
or  to  be  surrounded  by,  the  water. 

To  Ciller  Fort  Marict,  you  have  only  to  steer  towards  the  western  extremity  of  the 
Tables;  and  having  recognized  it,  may  run  in,  along  the  windward  shore,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  a  cable's  length.  'J'his  will  lead  clear  of  the  reef,  which  borders  the  coast,  and 
on  which  the  sea  breaks.  Having  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  well  open,  place  your  ves- 
sel's head  towards  a  miall  rocky  key,  which  lies  olf  the  leeward  point;  and  so  soon  as 
you  are  within  two  thirds  of  a  cable  from  it,  steer  S.  ■'  E.,  or  what  amounts  to  the  same, 
steer  in  that  directiori,  when  the  leeward  point  of  the  interior  part  of  the  entrance  has 
the  same  bear  ng.  Continue  this  course  until  you  pass  the  round  tower,  which  you  will 
see  on  the  windward  side.  You  may  then  lutt'  to  port,  (larboard.)  so  as  to  maintain 
yourself  at  a  cable's  length  from  the  eastern  shore,  and  you  may  anchor  upon  it,  where 
von  please,  in  8  or  10  fathoms  water.  If  more  agreeal)le,  you  may  run  into  the  interior 
of  the  harbor,  for  which  a  reference  to  the  plan  of  the  harbor  will  be  a  sutficient  guide. 
We  only  add,  that,  as  the  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance  is  only  50  yards  wide,  it  is  re- 
cpiisite  to  be  very  cautious  on  entering  with  a  large  vessel. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  strangers  mistake  the  land  to  the  westward,  and  about  Ba- 
hia Honda,  for  the  table  land  of  Mariel;  but  it  is  lo  be  observed  that  the  latter  is  not  so 
high,  and  is  more  regular  than  any  land  near,  or  to  the  westward  of  Bahia  Honda. 


HAYTI  OR  SAINT  DOHIII^GO. 

This  island,  once  more  called  Hayti,  its  original  name,  was  discovered  by  Colombo, 
(Colon  or  Columbus,)  in  14'J2.  By  Colombo  it  was  called  Hispaniola  ;  but  giving  the 
name  of  JSt.  Domingo  to  a  city  which  he  founded  in  1494,  the  whole  island,  in  process 
of  time,  came  to  be  so  called.  At  length  the  island  was  divided  into  two  parts,  under 
the  respective  governments  of  S|'ain  and  Erance,  when  the  name  of  Hispaniola  was  limit- 
ed to  the  eastern  or  Spanish  portion  ;  and  finally,  the  whole  is  now  independent,  under 
the  title  of  the  Kepublic  of  Hayti.* 

To  the  natives  the  climate,  though  hot,  is  healthy  ;  yet  it  is  exceedingly  pernicious 
to  Europeans,  and  the  shore  of  Hayti  has  been  the  grave  of  thousands,  who  have  been 
the  victims  of  its  heat  and  moisture.  Many  of  the  inhabitants  arc,  nevertheless,  said  to 
live  to  a  great  age.  The  thermometer  in  the  plains  rises  as  high  as  99^^,  but  the  country 
is  continually  refreshed  by  breezes  and  rains,  and  its  salubrity  is  increased  by  the  beauti- 
ful variety  of  its  surface,  exhibiting  hills  and  valleys,  woods  and  rivulets,  lis  highest 
elevations  are  about  6000  feet  above  'he  level  of  the  sea,  and  its  hills  are  covered  with 
forests  of  mahogany,  Brazil-wood,  palms,  elms,  oak,  ])ine,  walnut,  gayac,  maple,  iron- 
wood,  cedar,  ebony,  &ic.  The  island  is  said  to  have  its  mines  of  gold,  silver,  copper, 
quick-silver,  iron,  lead,  precious  stones,  and  chrystal. 

The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  none  are  navigable,  even  by  boats,  in  the  dry  season  :  in 
the  rains,  they  often  rise  25  feet  perpendicular,  and  sometimes  spread  destruction  over 
the  plains. 

The  principal  towns  are,  the  city  of  Cape  Haytien,  formerly  Cape  Francois,  in  the 
N.  W.,  the  city  of  St.  Domingo,  in  the  S.  E.,  Port  an  Prince,  Leogane,  and  the  Mole 
of  ^f.  Nicholas,  in  the  west. 


•  The  whole  was  united  under  one  government,  General  Boyer,  President,  in  1822. 


3G0 


BLI  Nt'sJ  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


i' 


I 


Wo  commence  the  description  of  tlie  shores  of  Ilayti  with  the  Mona  Passage  and 
eastern  const,  anil  tlionce  ])roct'e(l  in  succession  with  tiie  southern,  northern,  and  west- 
ern coasts,  as  this  seems  to  be  for  the  mariner  the  most  convenient  mode  of  arrangement. 

3'/te  Monn  Passu  <j;e.  anil  Eastern  Coast  of  Hay ti,  from  Cape  Raphael  to  the  Island  Saona. 

Tlie  cliannel  called  the  Moiia  J*assa<ie,  between  Porto  Rico  and  Hayti,  is  26  leagues 
in  breadth,  and  generally  clear  and  safe,  with  the  exception  (d" shoals  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  coasts  of  the  two  islands.  On  the  N.  E.  side,  the  land  of  Porto  Rico  is  low,  to  the 
westward  of  the  harbor  of  Arrecibo,  until  it  reaches  Pnnta  de  Pena  Agujereada,  (or 
Point  of  the  Holed  Rock,)  where  a  kind  of  dirty  high  land  begins,  which  trends  S.  W. 
rather  more  than  a  mile,  to  Point  Brugnen,  the  north-westernmost  point  of  Porto  Rico. 
The  coast  again  declines  in  height,  and  forms  a  convex  bow  to  Punta  de  Penas  Blan- 
cas,  (Whitestone  Pomt,)  the  north  point  of  Aguadilla  Bay. 

DESECHO  OR  ZACHEO. — 'i'his  little  island,  nearly  covered  with  trees,  static!? 
like  a  beacon  in  the  ocean,  at  the  distance  of  11,',  miles  W.  |  N.  from  Point  St.  Fran- 
cisco, or  Porto  Rico.  It  appears  like  a  green  mountain,  800  or  1000  yards  broad  at  the 
base,  and  is  so  high  as  to  be  seen  at  12  leagnes  ort".  The  coast  is  generally  clean,  and 
there  is  no  danger  but  what  may  be  seen. 

MONA  PASSAGE. — W'n  found  the  winds  generally  light  in  this  passage,  and  but 
little  current.  The  island  of  Zacheo,  bearing  W.  by  N.  A  N.  11  miles  from  Aguadilla 
Bay,  may  be  seen  on  a  clear  day  (rom  any  part  of  it.  It  is  high,  and  very  bold.  We 
frequently  approached  it  very  close,  without  observing  any  danger,  or  getting  sound- 
ings near  it.  Off  the  north  and  south  ends  there  are  a  lew  rocks,  but  close  to  the  shore 
it  is  covered  with  sm;dl  brushwood,  and  the  landing  place  is  on  the  south  side. 

MONA  AND  MOMTO.— 'I'hese  isles  lie  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Mona  Pas- 
sage, towards  the  south. 

MONA  ISL AN  D. — This  island  is  nearly  level,  and  of  a  moderate  height.  We  could 
not  see  it  farther  than  18  miles  on  a  clear  day.  Its  north-east,  south-east,  and  south- 
west sides,  are  bounded  by  a  reefs  quarter  of  a  mile  ott' shore.  At  the  distance  of  two 
miles,  we  ran  along  these  sides,  but  saw  no  other  danger  than  a  reef  which  extends  one 
mile  and  a  half  otf  the  south  point. 

The  S.  W.  point{to  the  northward  of  which  is  the  anchorage)  is  sand,  long  and 
low,  with  brusliwrod  and  small  trees  on  it.  There  is  a  reef  off  this  point,  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  in  length,  to  the  westward. 

We  anchored  here  in  his  Majesty's  ship  Arachne,  with  the  sandy  point  bearing  S.  ht 
W.  one  mile  and  a  half;  island  ol  Monito,  N.  ^  E.;  N.  W-  Point  of  Mona,  (high  and 
blurt',)  N.  E.  :!  N. 

We  came  to  our  anchorage  from  the  northward,  passing  Monito  to  the  westward 
within  6  miles,  l)ut  had  no  soundings  ;  neither  could  we  see  broken  water,  or  any  dan- 
ger between  it  aiul  Mona.  This  ishmd  is  the  resort  of  innumerable  quantities  of  boo- 
bies; its  sides  are  very  white,  ami  are  inaccessible.  Our  anchorage  was  otf  the  sandv 
bay  formed  l)y  the  S.  W.  point,  (bearings  as  above  meiuioned,)  sandy  bottom  ;  this, 
the  N.  \V.  side,  is  also  bounded  by  a  reef,  about  three  cables'  length  from  shore  ;  the 
passage  through  it  is  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  bay,  but  it  is  narrow,  and  a  boat  must 
pick  her  way  through.  The  soundings  are  very  regular;  we  found  4  falhou's  close  to 
the  reef;  nd  there  would  be  no  danger  in  anchoring  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of  it, 
bearing  in  mind  it  is  open  to  all  westerly,  and  from  south  to  south-east  winds. 

We  landed  on  the  sandy  beach,  and  found  the  west  end  of  the  island,  which  is  low, 
covered  withsuiall  trees,  brushwood,  and,  at  a  few  cleared  spots,  with  grass;  in  tliclal- 
ter  of  which  were  small  pools  of  fresh  v.atcr,  apparently  dug,  but  of  a  bad  quality  ;  around 
these  we  found  the  print  of  the  hoofs  of  cattle  and  horses,  or  mules,  very  recently  made, 
as  was  evident  by  the  sun  not  having  hardened  the  soil.  These  pools  offresh  water  were 
on  the  south-east  side  of  the  sandy  point,  about  one  mile  and  a  half  from  the  landing. 
We  did  not  find  any  signs  of  habitation  or  inhabitants;  and,  excepting  the  before  men- 
tioned fresh-water  pools,  we  saw  no  possibility  of  obtaining  water.  A  small  quantity  ol 
fire  wood  might  be  obtained,  but  with  labor.  The  remarks  on  this  island  in  the  Colum- 
bian Navigator  are  imperfect;  they  give  the  anchorage  in  the  following  bearings  :  Mo- 
nica Island,  N.  by  W. ;  S.  W.  point  of  Mona,  S.  E.  ;  but  it  is  not  possible  to  bring  these 
bearings  on. 

Near  the  west  ])oint,  liowever,  some  vessels  anchor,  in  order  to  procure  grass,  when 
engaged  in  carrying  cattle.     The  island  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  (>  leagues. 

Monito  is  an  islet,  the  greatest  extent  of  which  scarcely  reaches  to  two  thirds  of  a  ca- 
ble's length:  it  is  much  lower  than  Mona,  and  in  shape  resembles  a  shoemaker's  last; 
on  its  surface  no  bush  is  seen,  and  it  is  the  perpetual  resort  of  immense  numbers  of  boo- 
by birds.  The  pilots  of  these  coasts  state  that  there  is  a  clean  and  deep  passage  be- 
tween it  and  Mona. 


I 


EASTEl 
is  generally 
ganno, the 
the  land  of 

From  Cu 
leagues;  at 
continues  tc 

Cape  Rai 
distinguishf 
called  the  R 
be  approacl 
phael  towari 
the  same  na 

Cape  Eng 
E.  Thissh 
ing  W.  by 

From  Ca] 
is  low  and  b 
forms  a  bay 
'J'o  the  sou 
breadth  bctw 
any  but  sma 


THE  IS] 
length  from 
to  the  (listar 
cording  to  tl 
end  are  seve 

From  the 
of  .St.  Domii 
(ween  is  in 
(Andrew's  j; 
four   league.' 
eastern  part  i 

On  the  we 
ter  from  the 
of  St.  Domii 
bank  of  this 
sand  bank,  tl 
a  mile  out  tc 
season  of  the 
added  to  whi 
with  violenc 
priivents  ves> 
of  striking  di 

To  anchor 
('aucedo,  at 
and  deep,  an 
strefches  oui 
northward,  ii 

The  city  t 
situated,  ace 
stands  on  tli 
known  by  a 
which  forms 
modious,  an 
the  wharves. 

The  city  i 
and  W.,  and 
found  in  the 
The  more  m 
thatched  wit 
The  poimlai 
ciousiy  cons 


BLUNt'.S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


361 


EASTERN  COAST  OF  HAYTl  OR  OF  ST.  DOML\(iC). 


riio  eastern  shore 
pe  En- 
is  point 


assage,  and  but 
iVom  Aguadilla 
eery  bold.     We 
getting  sound- 
lose  to  the  sliore 
1  side, 
the  Mona  Pas- 

ght.  We  could 
east,  and  south- 
!  distance  of"  two 
ich  extends  one 

sand,  long  and 
It,  about  a  quar- 

It  bearing  S.  K- 
lona,  (high  and 

0  the  westwaiJ 
Iter,  or  any  dan- 
lantities  oC  bon- 
is ort'  the  sandy 
y  bottom  ;  this, 
rom  shore ;  the 
nd  a  boat  must 
at  bonis  close  to 
of  a  mile  of  it, 
inds. 

which  is  low, 
riiss;  in  the  iat- 
Hialily ;  around 
recently  made, 
Vesb  water  we r? 
)m  the  landing, 
he  before  men- 
nail  quantity  ol' 
i  in  the  Colum- 
bearings  :  Mo- 
e  to  bring  these 

ire  grass,  when 
leagues. 
)  thirds  of  a  ca- 
aemaker's  last; 
umbers  of  boo- 
lep  passage  be- 


is  generally  low,  but  the  land  may  be  (kscriud  at  the  distance  of  10  leagues.  Ca 
iianiio,  the  easternmost  jjoint,  lies  in  hit.  ld°  34.}',  and  long.  68°  20};'.  From  thi 
the  land  of  Porto  Rico  may,  in  clear  weather,  be  seen. 

From  Cupe  Enganno  to  Cape  Raphael,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  \V.  by  W.  14 
leagues;  at  about  3  leagues  to  the  south-eastward  of  the  latter  the  land  rises,  and  so 
continues  to  the  cape. 

Cape  Raphael  is  ot^moderate  height,  and  ajjijcars  at  a  distance  like  an  island.  It  is 
distinguished  by  a  conical  peak  island,  which  resembles  a  sugar  loaf,  and  is  commonly 
called  the  Round  Hill.  The  shore  eastward  is  not  only  low  but  foul,  and  ought  not  to 
be  approached  nearer  thai?  a  league.  At  rather  more  than  half  way  from  Cape  Ra- 
phael towards  Cape  Enganno,  is  Point  Macao,  on  the  S.  W.  of  which  is  a  little  town  of 
the  same  name. 

Cape  Enganno  is  low  by  the  sea,  and  a  shoal  extends  from  it  nearly  3  miles  to  the  N. 
p].  This  shoal,  having  little  water  on  it,  must  have  a  good  berth.  Cape  Enganno,  bear- 
ing W.  by  S.  ()  leagues,  makes  with  two  heads  like  a  wedge. 

From  Cape  Enganno  the  coast  trends  to  the  8.  W.  and  south  to  Point  Espada,  wh'ch 
is  low  and  bordered  by  a  white  shoal  and  reef.  From  this  point  to  the  S.  W.  the  coast 
forms  a  bay  called  Higuey,  and  a  smaller  one,  Calamite  :  both  are  very  foul,  with  reefs. 
To  the  southward  of  the  latter  is  the  island  Soati,  having  a  ( hamiel  of  considerable 
breadth  between  it  and  the  land  of  Ilayti ;  but  it  is  so  obstructed  as  to  be  impassable  to 
any  but  small  craft. 

To  ike  Soidhcrn  Coast,  of  Hay  li,  from  Soan  to  Cape  Tiburon. 


M  trees,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  white  shoal 
•).-ition  f)f  the  eastern  point  of  this  isle,  ac- 


At  the  western 


THE  ISLE  OF  SOAN,  whicli  lies  otV'he  S.  E.  coast  of  Hayti.  is  about  13  miles  in 
Ic  iigth  from  east  to  west.     It  is  coverec' 
to  the  distaiu;e  of  nearly  two      lies,     'i  I 

cording  to  tlie  S|)aiiisli  observers,  is  lu     18°  IL'',  and  long.  06^  olV. 
eii<l  are  several  islets  on  the  bank. 

From  the  S.  W.  extremity  of  Soan  to  Point  Cauccdo,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay 
of  St.  Domingo,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  W.  I-  N.  Ki.r  leagues.  The  coast  be- 
tween is  in  general  tolerubly  clean;  for  tliere  is  only  one  place,  the  Playa  de  Andres, 
(Andrew's  Reach,)  which  has  a  reef,  and  this  stretches  oiu  to  sea  about  a  league  ;  but  at 
four  leagues  from  Soan,  is  the  little  island  of  Santa  Catalina,  (St.  Catharine,)  the 
eastern  part  of  whicli  is  narrow,  and  tlie  western  foul. 

On  tlu!  west  of  (-'ape  Caucedo  is  an  am  horage,  named  La  Caleta,  which  aflbrds  shel- 
U'.r  from  th(^  bree/e.  The  coast  hence  swee[)s  to  the  westward,  to  form  the  Great  bay 
of  St.  IJomingo,  at  the  i)ottom  of  which  the  river  O/.ama  disendjogues.  On  the  western 
bank  of  this  river  stands  the  city  of  St.  Domingo.  Along  all  the  front  of  the  bay  is  a 
sand  bank,  the  Estudios,  having  5,6,  and  8  fathoms  of  water,  and  extending  about  half 
a  mile  out  to  sea.  On  this  bank  vessels  anchor,  but  with  some  risk,  especially  in  the 
season  of  the  souths,  which  raise  a  lieavy  swell,  and  there  is  no  shelter  from  these  winds  ; 
added  to  which  the  coast  is  wild  ami  rocky,  without  any  beach,  and  the  sea  breaks  on  it 
with  violence.  Tlie  safe  anchorage  is  within  the  river,  but  it  has  a  bar  of  rock  which 
prevents  vessels  drawing  more  than  13  feet  from  taking  it ;  and  even  these  are  in  danger 
ol' striking  during  tin'  souths. 

To  anchor  on  tli.c  .iJsltuI/os  Jhoil;  it  is  necessary  to  coast  the  windward  land  from  Cape 
Caucedo,  at  the  distance  of  from  three  cables'  length  to  half  a  mile.  It  is  very  clean 
and  deep,  and  only  on  the  eastern  |)oint  of  the  river  is  there  a  shoal  of  little  water  :  this 
stretches  out  about  two  cables'  length,  and  to  keej)  clear  of  it  you  must  not  haul  to  the 
northward,  in  any  der;ree,  until  the  west  point  of  the  river  bears  north. 

The  city  ol'  St.  Domingo,  which  is  the  metropolis  of  the  eastern  division  of  Hayti,  is 
situated,  according  to  the  late  oi)scrvations,  in  latitude  18°  26',  and  long.  69°  50'.  It 
stands  on  the  right  or  western  bank  of  the  river  O/aina,  the  entrance  to  which  may  be 
known  by  a  great  fort  on  that  side.  To  the  westward  of  this  fort  is  a  large  savanna, 
wjiieh  forms  an  amphitheatre,  and  makes  a  beautiful  jirospoct.  The  harbor  is  very  com- 
modious, and  ships  may  lie  close  to  the  shore  to  take  in  their  lading,  by  planks,  from 
the  wharves. 

The  city  is  huilt  on  a  rocky  point.  The  streets  arc  at  right  angles,  N.  and  S.  and  E. 
and  \V.,  and  have  footways  of  brick.  The  greatest  part  of  the  town  is  built  of  marble 
found  in  the  neighborhood,  and  in  the  style  of  the  ancient  houses  of  France  and  Italy. 
The  more  modern  houses  are  of  clay,  wliieh  acquires  the  liardness  of  stone,  or  of  wood 
thatched  with  the  leaves  of  the  palm-tree.  The  cathedral  is  spacious  and  luagnificent. 
The  iiopulation  is  comptUed  at  more  than 'JO, 000.  The  for' (ications  have  been  judi- 
ciously constructed,  and  the  town  is  surruuiided  by  a  thick  wall. 


II 


s 


362 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


M 


I 


To  sail  into  the.  liarhor,  run  in  dirrctly  towanlH  the  church  with  n  flut  steeple,  and  to 
within  a  mile  of  it.  Here  you  will  have  l-'i  lathonis  of  water,  nearly  opposite  tlic  eastern 
point,  and  a  little  within,  off  a  small  fort  on  the  larboard.  Kun  ih  d'rectly  :  you  cannot 
do  amiss.*     Tov.ards  the  sea  there  is  no  danger. 

In  navigatinj;  olf  this  coast,  allowance  must  always  he  made  for  ♦  currents,  which  set 
most  frequently  to  the  castw.ud  ;  and  there  is  very  commonly  an  iraught  into  the  Bnv 
of  Nave,  to  the  west,  which  nuist  of  course,  in  sonic  degree,  allect  the  navigation  to- 
wards that  of  St.  Domingo. 

Remarks  and  Directions  fur  Sf.  Domingo,  hy  Capt.  Machellar. 

"  The  anchorage  is  ahout  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  is  open  to  all 
winds  from  S.  S.  K.  .';  E.  to  S.  W.  hy  W.  and,  when  the  sea-bree/.e  is  at  all  to  the  south- 
ward, there  is  of  course  a  very  heavy  swell.  The  bottom  is  of  black  sand  and  mud,  ap- 
parently a  good  holding  gr:)un(l.  Ships  intending  to  anchor  litre,  and  being  round  Point 
Nisao,  witli  the  tower  in  sight,  ought  to  keep  well  to  the  eastward;  and  when  the  tower 
bears  N.  N.  W.  they  may  steer  for  it,  keeping  it  in  that  bearing,  until  within  a  mile  ami 
a  half  of  it;  then  bring  tlie  west  point  of  the  entrance  of  the  river,  on  which  stands  a 
signal-tower,  to  bear  N.  1  ¥..  and  in  a  h  ,(>  with  some  houses  on  the  east  side  of  the  river: 
these  houses  stand  within  the  river's  mouth  on  a  small  sandy  beach;  and,  by  keepiri!; 
them  in  one  with  the  west  point  of  the  river  bearing  N.  ^  E.  will  carry  you  into  the  best 
anchorage. 

"On  coming  witliin  a  mile  of  the  town,  you  will  get  soundings  of  40  or  50  fathoms; 
the  next  cast  15;  then  10,  and  from  that  it  shoalens  gra<hially  to  the  shore.  TJie  bank 
being  very  stiep,  1  should  recommend  to  ships  having  the  wind  free,  to  shorten  sail  in 
good  time,  and  run  in  with  their  sails  clued  up,  by  doing  this  you  will  get  your  soinnl- 
ings  true:  and  so  soon  as  in  8  or  9  fathoms,  let  go  your  anchor,  not  waiting  to  round  tu, 
as  there  is  but  little  room. 

"The  east  jioiMt  of  the  entrance  of  tlie  river  is  a  flat  rocky  point,  and  stretches  con- 
siderably out  farther  than  the  west  ixiiiU.  The  east  point  will  be  the  nearest  land  to  yon 
when  yott  anclior,  bearing  about  N.  \\.  The  whole  of  the  town  is  on  tlie  west  side  oi 
the  river,  and  has  been  well  fortified,  but  the  fortifications  at  present  are  out  of  repair.— 
The  river  forms  an  excellc'it  harbor  inside;  but  has  a  bar  of  solid  rock  at  its  entraiup. 
with  never  more  than  l;!'.  t'eet  water  on  it.  The  pilots  here  aflirin  that  the  anchoia;:o 
outside  is  jierfectly  sale;  in  my  opinion  it  may  be  well  enough  to  stop  a  day  or  two  in  tint 
season  of  the  year  when  the  weather  is  settled;  but  not,  on  any  account,  should  a  ship 
anchor  here  during  the  hurricane  months. 

"  I  had  no  opportunity  of  determining  the  situation  of  this  place  while  lying  here.  1 
got  the  latitude  at  aniliDr  bv  two  stars,  one  on  the  north,  and  the  other  on  the  south; 
they  gave  the  anchorage  1H-'  27',  and  the  town  was  nearly  a  mile  north  of  us.  I  shoiiiii 
say  the  latitude  of  tlio  town  was  about  IH"  'Jrt',  but  not  to  be  depended  upon. 

Point  Nisao  is  the  western  point  of  the  Bay  of  St.  Domingo  ;  and  to  clear  it  in  goin" 
out  from  that  anchorage,  you  must  steer  S.  by  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  and  having  run  14  miles 
on  either  of  these  courses,  you  will  be  to  the  southward  of  it. 

From  Nisao  Point  the  c(?ast  trends  about  S.  W.  and  AV.  S.  AV.  and  is  so  clear  thw 
you  may  run  along  it  at  less  than  two  miles.  It  then  sweeps  to  the  westward  towards 
Nave  Bay,  in  which  there  are  various  harbors  and  anchorages.' 

Salinas  Point,  on  the  east  side  of  Nave  Bay,  is  in  latitude  18°  12',  long.  70°  3G'.  From 
this  point  the  coast  extends  to  the  N.  i'^.  a  mile  and  a  half,  to  Caldera  Point,  where  a 
large  bight  begins  to  foim.  Here  is  an  inlet  of  two  miles  to  tin;  east,  in  which  everv 
class  of  vessels  may  anchor  in  the  greatest  security,  sheltered  from  both  wind  and  sea. 
The  mouth  of  this  liarbor  (that  is,  the  space  which  intervenes  between  Caldera  Point  an^l 
the  nearest  land)  is  half  a  mile  wide,  but  the  good  and  deep  channel  is  reduced  to  a  cable's 
length;  Ibrarocky  shoal,  at  the  edge  of  which  there  are  4^  fathoms  water,  stretches  on! 
about  three  cables'  length  from  the  coast;  and  another  of  the  same  kind,  and  witii  the 
same  depth  of  water  at  its  edge,  runs  out  to  half  a  cable  from  Caldera  Point.  The  depili 
of  water  in  this  channel  is  from  7  to  8  fathoms,  on  oo/.y  sand.  Although  this  harboris 
large,  the  ledge  of  rocks  which  borders  the  coast  rountis  the  whole  interior  of  it,  and  re- 
duces it  much;  it  is  also  further  reduced  by  various  rocky  shoals  in  the  very  anchorage, 
but  they  have  between  them  good  and  deej)  channels.  As  these  shoals  obstruct  it  so  much, 
it  is  extremely  difiicult,  even  with  a  good  knowledge  of  it,  to  enter  it  under  sail,  and  totallv 
impossible  if  you  are  not  acquainted  with  it.  In  addition  to  this,  on  account  of  the  narrow- 
ness of  the  channel,  you  cannot  work  in,  and  therefore  no  one  should  enter  into  this  bight 


I 


-:$ 


*  r.  has  been  said,  thnt  since  tliis  description  was  written,  the  depth  of  the  harbor  has  been  re- 
line's  by  an  accumulation  of  sand  :  caution  in  entering  is  therefore  necessary. 


«>iherwise  tin 
I'oint,  and 
<;alilfs'  bMigtl 
small  point, 
sends  out  a  r 
])assed  that 
cable's  h'ligt I 
If  the  wind 
on  both  liDan 
once  anchore 
examine  and  : 
farther  in.  yo 

From  Cab 
Ocoa;  wlien( 
is  sheltered 
are  apt  to  dra 
are  in  the  i)ot 
cable  a.-liore, 
ulso  a  caiile 
and  W.  N.  M 
until  the  bree 
Point  well  pr 
very  heavy. 

From  (Jcoa 
more,  where 
great  bay. 

Near  the  tu 
Escondido  or 
of  tliis  is  mor< 
point,  which  i 
and  b  fathoms 
within  the  iiai 
wliich  is  two  (' 
must  run,  if  k( 
must  keep  wit 
witliin  the  har 
at  two  cables 
north  of  the  s 
length  from  t' 
not  draw  more 
and  ships  of  tl 
ipr  be,  in  this 
' DEATA  P 
liayti.  Its  be 
leagues.  Ofl 
north-eastwar 
hi^di  moiintaii 

ISLE  OF 
in  length  Iron 
and  covered  ^\ 
\rards  Cape  M 
flie  passage  bi 
There  is  tinci 
fathoms,  sand 
N.  E.  one  mil 

East  of  the 
with  50  fathoii 
to  which  a  sn 
west,  three  ca 
up  from  the  ^ 

The  Fraylc 
Beata.     The 
within  a  quart 

Near  all  the 
shore  of  Hayt 
rocks,  about  ^ 
shrubs. 


Blum's  AMUiiicAiN  coast  pilot. 


363 


It  steeple,  and  to 
lositP  the  eastern 
•tly  :  you  rnnni)i 

irronfs,  whirli  sot 
\g\:t  into  the  Bay 
le  navigation  to- 


•ellar. 

nd  is  open  to  all 
all  to  the  south- 
mtl  and  nuid,  ap. 
einjs;  round  Point 
1  when  the  tower 
vithin  a  mile  ami 
1  which  stands,! 
side  of  tlie  river; 
and,  by  keepinj; 
you  into  the  best 

0  or  "jO  fathoms; 
liore.  The  bank 
to  shorten  sail  in 

Slot  your  soiind- 
iting  to  round  to, 

id  stretches  con- 
arest  land  to  \oii 

1  the  west  side  oi 
3  out  of  repair.— 
k  at  its  cntraiH'f. 
at  the  ancliora^t' 
ay  or  two  in  tint 
It,  should  a  ship 

e  lying  here.    I 

er  on  the  south; 

of  us.     I  shoulil 

ipon. 

clear  it  in  goin" 

ing  run  14  milfs 

is  so  clear  that 
estward  towards 

70°  36'.    From 
Point,  where  ;i 
in  which  eveiy 
th  wind  and  sea. 
ildera  Point  ami 
uced  to  a  cable's 
r,  stretches  out 
rid,  and  with  the 
int.     The  depth 
ih  this  harbor  is 
ior  of  it,  and  re- 
very  anchorage, 
truct  it  so  oMich, 
sail,  and  totally 
nt  of  the  narrow - 
3r  into  this  bight 


i 


arbor  has  been  re- 


otherwise  than  b)  warping  or  towing  ;  having  previously  anchored  to  the  north  of  Oaldera 
I'oint,  and  at  ai)out  a  cid)l('.-,'  length  from  it.  In  order  to  this,  you  must  keep  within  2 
cables'  liingth  from  Salinas  J'oint,  and  |)rfserve  the  same  (list;uice  until  you  are  jjasl  a 
small  [)oint,  which  the  coast  forms  between  Salinas  ;mil  ( ';dd(ra  Point,  which  is  foul,  and 
sends  out  a  rocky  shoal,  on  which  there  is  not  mere  tliaji  'J  or '.',  I'athoms  water.  Having 
passed  that  point,  which  is  called  Ilarulieras  Point,  you  may  run  within  less  than  one 
cable's  length  of  the  coast,  if  you  choose  to  make  ( 'aldera  Point,  and  anchor  in  its  vicinity. 
If  the  wind  is  not  favyrablc  for  obtaining  this  silnation,  you  may  tack  in,  but  take  care 
on  both  lioards,  to  tack  in  8  or  10  lat'ioms,  tlnit  you  may  keep  cleiir  of  the  ledges.  If 
once  anchored  outside,  you  nuist  get  a  warp  c;irrieil  out  by  yoiu'  boats  (which  nmst  also 
(•xaiunie  and  ascertain  the  pro|)er  chamjel)  and  having  warped  two  or  three  cables'  length 
(artlier  in,  you  will  be  in  a  very  secure  and  well  sheltered  anchorage. 

From  Caldera  Point,  the  coast  trends  to\v;ir(ls  the  N.  W.  to  the  Point  and  River  of 
Ocoa;  whence  it  returns  towiu'ds  the  N'.F.  and  forms  a  very  extensive  roadstead,  which 
is  sheltered  from  tlie  bree/.es  :  but  the  b;mk,  which  is  of  sand,  is  so  steep,  that  the  anchors 
lire  apt  to  drag,  and  the  cables  sometime:  fail,  being  damaged  by  the  loose  stones  which 
are  in  the  bottom.  From  these  reasons  vessels  anchor  very  near  the  land,  and  send  a 
cable  ajliore,  which  they  m:d<e  fast  to  some  of  the  pidm  trees  that  are  on  the  bank,  having 
also  a  cable  laid  out  tor  the  changes  of  wind  which  take  place  in  the  night  from  the  W. 
and  W.  \.  W.  and  which  render  it  necessary  for  those,  who  take  this  anchorage,  to  wait 
until  the  breeze  comes  in,  which  happens  at  10  A.  M.  With  the  breeze  you  leave  Ocoa 
Point  well  prepared  to  receive  the  gusts  of  wind  which  come  ij!i' the  coast,  for  tlicy  are 
very  heavy. 

From  (Jcou  Road>tead  the  coast  follows  to  the  north  for  1  miles,  :md  then  to  west  eight 
more,  where  it  begins  to  take  to  the  south,  to  form  the  west  coast  or  shore  o'  the 
j;reat  bay. 

Near  the  Una  where  the  coast  i)egins  to  descend  to  the  soutli,  there  is  a  harbor  named 
Fscondido  or  Hidden  Harbor,  which  lies  nearly  N.  W.  from  Salinas  Point.  The  mouth 
of  this  is  more  th;m  hall'a  mih;  in  width,  and  to  enter  it  you  must  kee])  near  its  soutli 
point,  which  is  clean  ;  and  tini  water  is  so  deep  that  at  hall'  a  cable  from  it  there  are  5^ 
and  ()  fathoms.  A  reef  stretches  out  a  cable's  length  from  the  imitli  point.  Haifa  mile 
within  tlie  har!)or,  and  in  the  direction  of  the  middle  of  its  mouth,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal, 
which  is  two  cables  in  extent  from  X.  to  S.  and  one  from  K.  to  W.  and  upon  which  a  vessel 
must  run,  ifkeepiii'j;  in  the  middle  of  the  Inirhor,  and  steering  N.  W.  'i\)  avoid  it,  you 
must  keep  within  two  c;ilde.s'  length  ol'  the  south  shore,  and  anchor  about  half  a  mile 
witliin  the  harbiir,  but  not  farther  in  with  large  vessels,  for  the  depth  diminishes  so  that 
at  two  cables  larther  in  there  are  only  15  feet  of  water.  You  can  also  anchor  to  the 
north  of  the  shoal,  in  o  futhotus,  taking  c;\re  not  to  run  farther  in  than  3  or  4  cables' 
loiigih  from  tlu!  mouth.  In  fiiK"  we;itlier  this  harbor  is  excellent  for  vessels  which  do 
not  draw  more  than  l'.>  feet,  whicli  m;\y  enter,  and  be  sheltered  from  all  winds.  Frigates 
and  ships  of  the  line  remain  always  exposed  to  some  swell  from  the  S.  E.,  and  had  bet- 
ler  be.  in  this  c;>,se,  near  the  soutli  than  the  north  i);irt  of  it. 

-'  I5FATA  I'OIXT,  Oil  LITTJ.I':  CAPK  MOXCON,  is  the  southerniuost  point  of 
llayti.  Its  bearing  and  distance  from  Pnuta  dc  Sidinas  are  about  S.  W.  -'-  W.  sixteen 
leagues.  Of  the  coast  between  we  liave  no  jjarticular  description.  Eight  miles  to  the 
north-eastward  of  lieata  Point,  is  Capo  JMongon,  and  between  these  points  appears  the 
liigh  mountainous  land  of  Jiauruco. 

ISLE  OF  IJFATA.— This  island  lies  to  the  south  of  Beata  Point,  and  is  1),- league 
in  length  from  north  to  south,  and  about  two  miles  broad  from  east  to  west.  It  is  low 
and  covered  with  bushes.  There  is  a  breaker  otf  the  N.  by  E.  side  of  it,  stretching  to- 
w*ards  Cape  Mongon,  at  the  extremity  of  which  is  a  white  shoal,  that  very  much  narrows 
the  passage  between  Beata  and  the  shore.  In  the  passage  arc  but  ;)  Huhoms  of  water. 
There  is  anchorage  to  the  westward  of  i5e;ita  between  it  and  the  shore,  in  7,  8,  and  10 
fathoms,  sandy  and  weedy  bottom,  with  the  N.  W.  end  bearing  about  N.  by  E.  or  N. 
N.  E.  one  mile,  and  the  S.  W.  end  S.  by  AV.  four  miles. 

East  of  the  isle  the  water  is  deep,  and  there  is  no  ground  at  a  short  distance  from  it 
with  50  fathoms  of  line.  There  is,  nevertheless,  a  shoal  stretching  from  the  S.  W.  point, 
to  which  a  small  berth  .should  be  given,  as  there  are  no  more  than  4  fathoms  of  water 
west,  three  cables'  length  from  the  point.  When  the  latter  bears  E.  S.  E.  you  may  haul 
up  from  the  N.  W.  end.     In  the  anchorage  there  is  good  fishing. 

The  Frayles  or  Friars,  a  number  of  steep  rocks  above  water,  lie  west  3  leagues  from 
Beata.  The  sea  breaks  over  part  of  them,  and  they  are  so  bold  to  that  vessela  may  sail 
within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  round  ;  but  it  will  be  prudent  not  to  approach  within  a  mile. 

Near  all  the  isles  ofi"  the  main  coast,  the  bottom  may  generally  be  seen  ;  but  near  the 
shore  of  Hayti  the  water  is  very  deep.  The  coast  hereabouts  is  a  flat  of  white  and  hard 
rocks,  about  40  feet  high,  in  which  appear  large  holes  find  breakings,  with  some  prickly 
shrubs. 


( 


364 


nUIXT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ATjTAN'KL A,  or  tlw  (iittlc  Mount,  u  liij;h  rucK)'  islot.  lies  at  llic  distaiiof  of  (ivp 
leagues  south  from  IJeafa  I'oinf,  in  latitude,  17*^  iiri'  and  longitude;  about  71"  L'3'.  'P|i,. 
islet  is  peaiiod,  Ixit  its  suniniii  lias  a  n>tiin<lity  resemhlin'j;  tlie  upper  i)art  «»(' a  t)ell.  Jt  js 
generally  seen  hd'orc  anv  other  land  in  the  vieinity,  parlieularly  IVom  the  .southward, 
and  appears  like  a  dome  emerging  above  a  mist  or  log.  Being  very  bold,  it  may  be  uj). 
|)roaehed  with  safety. 

At  the  distance  of  two  and  a  half  leagues  N.  N.  K.  from  Altavela,  lies  the  south  end 
of  Beata  Island.  Between  is  a  good  and  very  deep  channel.  There  cannot,  however,  he 
any  motive  for  preferring  a  passage  between  these  island  to  passing  southward  of  Alta- 
vela; and  therefore,  vessels  bound  to  the  westward  from  Ocoa^ay,  may  steer  S.  S.  AV. 
twenty-two  and  a  half  i.^a^ues,  and  a  west  course  will  lluMi  IcaiTOell  to  the  southwaniof 
Altavela;  a  more  southerly  course  is.  however,  to  be  preferred,  in  order  to  avoid  danger 
should  the  wind  beonie  scant,  with  a  westerly  or  \V.  by  N.  current,  which  has  often  been 
found  to  i)revail  here  w'nh  eonsi(leraI)le  strength. 

POINT  AGU.IAS,  or  the  Kaisc  Cape,  bears  from  T.eata  Point  W.  N.  W.  i  W.  six 
leagues,  and  from  the  Frayles  N.  \V.  by  N.  three  leagues.  C^ape  Lope/,  bears  north, 
true,  five  miles  from  Point  Agujas.  The  coast  between  forms  a  bay,  alfording  good  an- 
chorage. From  Cape  Lope-/,,  Cape  Roxo  bears  N.  liy  W.  two  and  a  half  leagues,  ani] 
between  is  the  Enscnada  sin  Foiido,  or  Bottomless  Bay  :  from  tliis  bay  the  coast  trenilfi 
to  the  N.  W.  and  at  five  leagues  from  ( 'a|»n  Koxo,  is  the  mouth  of  tlie  llio  de  Pedcrnale«. 
or  Petre's  Cove  which  constituted  the  old  limit  between  Hisjjaniola  and  Ilayti.  At  this 
place  is  a  good  anchorage,  which  it  is  easy  to  take,  a  bank  here  extending  along  short. 
and  there  is  no  risk  in  nearing  the  coast. 

From  Cape  Loi)e/,  the  promontory  called  iMorne  liouge,  or  Red  Hill,  bears  N.  \\. 
twelve  leagues.  A  league  and  a  half  to  the  eastward  of  Alorne  Kouge,  is  the  village  nl 
Sale  Trou,  or  Foul  Hole,  where  there  is  a  good  anchorage  for  vessels  drawing  less  tJinn 
iGfeet:  larger  ships  may  anchor  tliere,  but  they  must  lie  farther  out  when  the  groumi 
is  not  so  good. 

From  Morne  Rouge  the  coast  trenches  in  n  little  to  the  northward,  then  out  again  K, 
S.  E.  to  the  Anses  a  Pitres,  or  Pifre  ( 'ove.  All  the  coast  is  clear  and  may  be  approaclml 
with  great  safety,  as  noticed  above. 

There  is  good  ancliorage  at  the  Anses  a  Pitres,  and  of  very  easy  access.  Attwo  inih> 
from  the  shore  the  water  is  very  deep.  All  tlie  (  oast  hereabout  appears  white,  lirin^ 
chalky.  You  may  anchor  cither  before  the  plain  of  Anses  a  Pitres,  or  southward  ot';i 
small  cape  before  tlic  mouth  of  a  river,  which  is  considerable  enough  to  be  easily  di-;- 
tinguished.  Tlie  water  is  smooth,  and  you  will  be  well  sheltered  in  G  or  8  fathoms,  grunl 
ground,  or  in  4  fathoms  and  better  ground  nearer  shore. 

From  Morne  Rouge  the  coast  round  to  Cape  .lacpu'iiiel  or  .Tacmel,  whiclr  bears  frimi 
the  former  W.  S.  W.  .|  W.,  twenty- nine  miles.  From  Cape  Ja(|uemel,  (Jape  Marchauil 
bears  N.  by  E.  i  E.  di'stant  rather  less  tlian  two  miles. 

In  approaching  Morne  Kouge  from  Ca])e  .Tacquemrl,  it  may  be  known  by  its  white 
hummocks.  The  coast  in  the  sj)ace  between  form-'  several  little  creeks,  wherein  siiiiil! 
vessels  may  auclior;  but  in  none  of  them  will  tliev  be  sheltered. 

JACQUEMEL  Oil  .TACM  KL.—Bctweoi  Cape  .Taccjuemel  and  Cape  MarecJiad. 
lies  the  Bay  of  .Tacipiemel,  in  the  upper  part  of  wliich  there  is  anchorage  for  shippin;'  ot 
every  class.  Tlie  town  of  Jacr(ueine!  stands  at  the  head  of  the  bay.  to  the  east  of  tlie 
River  (luache,  wliich  has  several  moiulis  in  the  beacji.  This  bay,  which  is  two  niilcs  in 
depth,  was  surveyed  by  Cajitain  Mackellar  and  tlie  ol'licers  of  the  British  ship  Pi(pif,  in 
1817  ;  and  from  this  survey  it  appears  that  in  the  middle  of  it  no  bottom  could  be  foiim! 
at  70  and  80  fathoms;  but.  the  bank  around  the  coast,  wliich  is  about  three  cables' in 
breadth,  lias  from  20  to  .')  fathoms,  shoaling  to  the  land.  On  this  bank,  upon  the  N.  K. 
side  of  the  bay,  is  a  dangerous  reef,  nearly  half  a  mile  long,  the  outer  edge  of  whi(lii> 
three  cables'  length  from  the  sliore.  To  the  westward  of  this  reef,  and  opposite  the 
town,  is  the  anchorage,  having  from  5  and  7  to  .'?,  and  in  one  spot  2\  fathoms.  You  may 
sail  in  with  a  remarkable  white  cliff,  the  last  clilf  on  the  western  side,  bearing  from  W. 
^  N.  to  N.  W.  I  N.  until  the  wharf,  near  the  middle  of  the  town,  comes  on  witii  tlie 
eastern  side  of  an  old  battery,  bearing  N.  by  E.  i  E.,  and  with  this  mark  on  you  liiti 
up  to  the  anchorage,  which,  at  half  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  town,  has  the  dclnh^ 
above  mentioned. 

Jacquemcl  Harbor  may  be  distinguished  at  a  distance,  by  the  sudden  cut  off  or  drop ol 
a  hill,  seen  over  another  long  hill  at  the  uppiir  part  of  the  harbor.  Running  in  towards 
that  drop  will  lead  directly  to  the  entrance. 

BAYENETTE— Froni  Capi;  .Tacquemel  Cape  Bayenette  lies  nearly  W.  1  S.,  dis- 
tant 5  leagues.  The  latter  may  be  known  by  the  white  hummocks  and  cliffs  on  its  n- 
tremity.  This  cape  forms  the  south  side  of  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  which  is  open  to 
the  S.  E.     Its  name  Bayenette,  signifies  Clear  Bay,  and  is  supposed  to  have  been  given 


iVoin  its  gi 
Icred,  but 

LA  V 
and  distill 
long  iimi  i 
like  an  ass 
tends  to  tl 
nected  wi 
Rock. 

From  tl 
shoals,  an 
bay,  calb'i 
those  who 
Crrosse  Ca 
tuft  of  lar 
anchorage 

The  we: 
called  Ba 
Abacoii  b 
25  fathom 
white  rock 
miles  fron 

Re 

"  The  ? 
eter,  tVc. 
intending 
stretches  t 
nothing  in 
between 
thence  sIk 
p;irt  of  th( 
of  a  mile  f 
are  so  very 
the  N.  W. 
to  the  S.  "\ 
not  to  com 
from  it  to 
lar  soundii 
ward  and  i 
))oint  of  L 
for  the  aiK 

"About 
there  are  t 
run  in  and 
liill  on  the 
point  of  L 

"  The  w 
very  regul; 
To  the  iiov 
that  betwci 
are  above  i 

THE  C 
reefs,  wliic 
at  the  distil 
town  of  flu 
wards  this 
white  grou 
or  7  fafhoii 
is  good  anc 
a  sandy  co 

To  go  ir 
water;  and 
mocks  of  ( 
with  a  whii 


DLUNTS  AMEIIICAN  COAST  PIi/)T. 


3()5 


(•  tlistanco  (if  (Ivc 
)Ut71^ti.r.  The 
lit  oCii  liell.  Jt  is 
rii  the  .southwiinl. 
uld,  it  niiiy  be  uj). 

lies  the  south  ond 
innot,  however,  he 
(Uthwuid  of  Ah;i- 
lay  steer  S.  S.  W. 
the  southwnid  di 
ler  to  avoid  diiiif;(| 
ich  has  often  been 

\  N.  W.  1  \V.  six 
rope/.  bears  noilji, 
;\li'ording  good  an- 
I  half  leagues,  anil 
y  the  coast  trend? 
vio  do  Pedernnlos, 
id  Ilayti.  At  this 
iding  along  shon. 

Hill,  hears  N.  AV, 
e,  is  the  villacn  ot 
drawing  less  tlinn 
;  when  the  groiniil 

then  out  again  K, 
nay  be  apjiroacln  i! 

ess.  At  two  mile? 
pears  white,  hrin^ 
or  southward  (it';i 
h  to  be  easily  <\W 
or  8  fathoms,  godil 

wliiclr  bears  from 
1,  C^ape  Marcliauil 

iiown  by  its  wliiti' 
Us,  wherein  .siiwll 

'ajie   Marecjiaiiil. 

ge  for  shippiii;'ol 
to  tlie  cast  of  tJH' 
ich  is  two  miles  iii 
ish  sliip  Pirpir,  in 
)m  could  be  fouml 
It  three  cables'  in 

,  upon  the  N.  E. 
•  edge  of  \vhi(  ii  i- 

and  opposite  tlic 
horns.     You  ni^iy 

bearing  from  W. 
:)ines  on  witii  tlu' 
mark  on  you  hiti 
\vn,  has  the  dcptli« 

1  cut  off  or  drop  nl 
iinning  in  towards 

arly  W.  1  S.,  (lis- 
id  clifls  on  its  rx 
,  which  is  open  tn 
o  have  been  given 


i 


iViiin  its  great  depth  of  water,  ;ind  beiii'^  entirely  clcnr  of  ^lioals.     Tills  bny  is  unsLel- 
icred,  but  there  is  anchorage  on  the  iiurth  siite  near  the  slmri'. 

LA  VACUK. —  From  Cape  IJayciietto  to  the  east  point  of  ]j,\  Vache,  the  bearing 
and  distance  arc  W.  S.  W.  i  VV.,  thirteen  and  a  half  lea'^nes.  The  isle  is  three  leagues 
long  and  about  one  broad;  it  is  hilly,  iunl  at  the  distance  ot' six  or  seven  leanucs,  appears 
like  an  assemblage  of  small  islands.  The  south  swh;  is  boll,  and  along  tlii"  north  reef  ex- 
tends to  the  distance  of  a  cabby's  length.  i'"rom  oil'  the  cast  point  is  a  white  shoal,  crin- 
nected  with  a  reef,  extending  from  an  islet  to  the  >i.  W.,  called  La  Folic,  or  the  Fool's 

Hock. 

From  the  Fool's  Rock  to  the  N.  W.  end  of  La  Vache,  there  is  a  range  of  islets  and 
shoals,  among  which  arc  some  narrow  pMssnces.  On  the  north  side  of  lia  Vache  is  a 
bay,  called  the  Haie  de  Fcrct,  where  then;  is  good  anchorage,  but  it  is  accessible  only  to 
those  who  are  well  ac(piainte(l.  "^i'lie  northernmost  of  the  islets  above  mentioned,  is 
(rrosse  f/'aye,  called  also  ('aye  de  I'Kan  or  Water  Key,  which  is  readily  known  by  a  great 
tuft  of  large  trees.  It  is  bold  to,  and  at  some  distance  from  its  north  side  there  is  good 
anchorage,  in  from  15  to  .'JD  fatliotiu; 

The  western  end  of  La  Vache  forms  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  of  the  great  hay, 
called  Hay  of  the  Craves;  and  from  its  S.  W.  point,  called  Point  Oiaiiiant,  Point 
Abacou  bears  nearly  W.  by  S.  five  miles.  In  inid  channel  between,  there  is  a  dejith  of 
2-5  fathoms,  thence  decreasing  towards  the  island.  From  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  isle  a 
white  rocky  spit  extends  to  the  south,  having  from  7  to  5  fathoms  over  it,  at  about  two 
miles  from  shore. 

Remarks  on  the  Anchorages  idtliln  La  ]'aehc,  },y  Caj:tam  Machellar,  1817, 

"  The  N.  W.  point  of  La  Vache  is  in  latitude  18^  h'  12"  N.,  longitude  by  chronom- 
eter, c^c.  73"  43'  1.5"  W.  \'ariation,  ')'  20'  K.  Ships  coming  iVoin  the  westward,  and 
intending  to  anchor  here,  ought  to  round  Abacou  Point,  at  a  good  mile  olV,  as  a  reef 
stretches  to  the  .S.  L.  to'nearly  that  distance  from  it.  Having  rounded  this  reef,  tliere  is 
nothing  in  the  way,  and  you  may  steer  ior  the  N.  W.  point  of  La  \^iclie.  At  halfway 
between  it  and  Abacou  Point  there  are  soundings  in  ].j  fathoms,  and  the  bottom 
thence  shoalens  i;railually  to  the  island.  The  i)cst  anchorage  here  is  with  the  N.  W. 
part  of  the  island  bearing  F.  N.  F'.  in  T)  fathoms;  you  will  then  be  aliont  three  quarters 
of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  on  a  white  sandy  bottom.  '^^IMie  soundings  all  over  this  part 
are  so  very  regular,  that  you  can  hnnlly  err  in  anchoring  any  wher?,  so  long  as  you  keep 
the  N.  W.  point  of  the  island  bearing  to  tin;  northward  of  east.  From  the  N.  VV.  point 
to  the  S.  W.  point  of  tlie  island  the  soundings  are  not  so  regular,  and  strangers  ought 
not  to  come  nearer  than  in  7  fatlioms,  especially  near  the  !S.  W.  point,  for  a  reef  stretches 
from  it  to  the  southward  not  less  than  two  miles,  having  very  foul  ground  with  irregu- 
lar soundings,  to  upwards  of  a  mile  or  more.  ^J'herefore,  ships,  coming  from  the  cast- 
ward  and  intending  to  anchor,  ought  to  kee])  Abacou  Point  benring  west  until  the  west 
point  of  La  Vache  bears  uortli.  Tliey  may  then  haul  in  to  the  northward,  and  steer 
for  the  anchorage. 

"About  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  town  of  Aux  Cayes,  which  stands  to  the  north, 
there  are  three  small  white  clitVs  close  to  the  sea  side  ;  and  the  mark  1  have  generally 
run  in  and  out  iiy,  is  the  easternmost  cliff  bearing  north,  and  in  a  line  with  a  small  round 
liill  on  the  hijihest  land  behind  it;  and  anchoring  with  this  mark  nearly  on  the  N.  W. 
point  of  La  Vache,  bearing  E.  N.  K.  or  N.  K.  by  E. 

"  The  wliole  of  this  large  bay  to  the  westward  of  La  "\''ache  is  clear,  and  the  soundings 
very  regular  while  you  keep  tlie  west  end  olthe  island  bearing  to  the  northward  of  cast. 
To  the  northward  of  this  1  had  no  opportunity  of  sounding,  although  lam  well  aware 
that  between  La  Vaclie  and  Aux  Cayes,  the  bay  is  covered  with  large  reels,  and  several 
are  above  water." 

THE  CAYES,  ST.  LOUIS,  &c. — Point  Abacou  is  composed  of  two  points  or 
reefs,  which  stretch  three  (juarters  of  a  mile  tf)  seaward  ;  but  you  ini'v  pass  without  f  ^ar, 
at  the  distance  of  half  a  league,  and  will  find  no  grounil  with  a  line  of  40  fathoms.  The 
town  of  the  Cayes  bears  from  Abacou  Point,  nearly  north  fotu-  leagues.  In  sailing  to- 
wards this  place,  and  apjiroaching  Point  Diamant,  before  noticed,  you  will  not  find  the 
white  ground  for  more  than  a  (inarter  of  a  league  from  it;  and  the  ground  is  good  in  G 
or  7  fathoms.  AVith  Point  Diamant  bearing  east  there  are  soundings  all  across.  There 
is  good  anchorage  to  the  west  of  Diamant  Point,  and  larther  to  the  northward  opposite 
a  sandy  cove,  in  from  (J  to  7  fathoms,  bottom  of  mud  and  sand. 

To  go  into  Aux  Cayes  you  range  along  the  N.  AV.  point  of  La  Vache,  in  G  fathoms 
water;  and  you  steer  nearly  N.  by  E.  to  make  on  your  starboard  hand,  the  white  hum- 
mocks of  Cavaillon.  You  will  then  leave  on  the  larboard  haufl  a  large  reef,  surrounded 
with  a  white  shoal,  which  takes  up  almost  all  the  middle  of  the  bay.     Wlion  you  have 


3G6 


HIJJMS  AMERICAN  rOASJT  I'lLOT. 


tMitnilici;  IS 
'IMk!  const 


brought  the  town  to  hear  N.  W.  |  W.,  )(iii  imist  Iiaiil  up  two  points  to  windward  o(  tliu 
town,  St  indin},'  towards  tli;)  Company's  Isltt,  where  vou  may  anchor  il'  you  do  not  mean 
to  p;o  into  liic  road  :  if  you  do  you  siiorlcn  sail  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  wait  lor  a 
pilot.  'I'hc  clianni'l  is  two  thii'ds  of  a  cahic  in  Itrcadth.  Slii|)s  dr.iwin^  more  than  i;; 
I'cet  water  cannot  i;o  in  ;  those  of  I.")  and  17  leet  water  always  anchor  at  ( 'hateaudin,  halt 
a  league  to  the  westward,  and  which  is  sepiuateil  hy  shoals  I'rom  the  jjort. 

To  anchor  in  the  road  oC  Chaleaudiii,  (coming  from  the  mooring  of  La  V^ache,)  W, 
or  W.  N.  \V.  oil  Diaiiiatit  I'oint.  in  M  or  1 1  fathoms,  yon  must  steer  directly  for  'i'orliec, 
which  is  a  small  town  very  easily  distinguisheil  in  the  i  od  of  the  hay  :  this  track  will  ho 
I  f.  ahoui  X.  W,      When  you  are  within  aUout  Iwo  miles  of  the  shore,  you  will  discover  a 

little  white  Hag,  which  is  on  a  shoal;  you  dniilile  it  to  the  westward  at  ahout  half  a  ca- 
ble's length,  leaving  it  on  the  starboard  hand;  wlu-n  you  have  brought  it  to  bear  south, 
you  steer  along  the  coast  for  the  road  of  ( 'liateaudin,  and  anchor  in  (>  or  7  fathoms,  luiid. 
In  all  this  passage,  if  you  keep  the  proper  ch.uMiel,  you  camiot  have  less  than  from  7  to 
9  fathoms,  and  often  IJ  and  !(>,  uniiidy  ground. 

In  a<lvauLing  towards  the  'I'apion  of  ( Javailhui,  you  must  not  approai^h  too  near  its  S. 
E.  si<le,  as  a  shoal  of  only  6  feet  water,  called  Le  iMouton,  or  the  Sheep,  lies  .S.  E.  from 
the  eastern  point,  at  the  distance  of  ahout  half  a  mile.  There  is  a  dept'.i  of  Sfalhoiub 
between  it  and  the  coast. 

CAWXILLON  IWY  is  spacious,  although  its  anchorage  is  of  small  extent.  Tlit; 
coast  on  the  western  sitle  is  very  steej),  and  the  bottom  lull  of  rocks  ;  hut  there  is  an- 
clioring  ground  on  the  eastern  side,  opposite  a  coast  covered  with  mangroves,  which  may 
be  approached  without  fear,  the  bottom  being  clean,  with  .'>  fathoms  close  to  the  shore. 
This  hay  alfords  shelter  tVom  the  sea  breezes  by  the;  eastern  point  of  an  island,  wliiili 
leaves  a  i)assage  into  the  liaie  des  Flamands,  ne\t  descrilx'd. 

Baio  des  Flamand's,  or  [■''lamingo  15ay  lies  a  quarter  of  a  league  from  Cavaillon  Hay. 
and  extends  ujjwards  towards  the  N.  E.  Its  entrance  and  shores  are  clear  and  hold,  ami 
it  is  the  place  where  ships  lie  up  in  the  hurricane  months.  There  is  a  good  careening 
place,  and  anchorage  in  every  part. 

IJAIi^  or  MKSLK. —  l''roni  Flamingo  V>a\  tlie  coast  extends  E.  hy  X.  two  miles 
tothedrand  IJaie  dn  .Mesle,  all  over  whicli  the  aiicliora<:e  is  good;  but  aslh' 
broad  and  o|)en  to  the  southward,  there  is  no  shelter  from  southerly  winds, 
hence,  continues  its  direction  to  Point  J'ascal,  halfway  towards  which  is  the  Petite  Baii^ 
du  Mesle,  in  which  a  vessel  may  anrlior,  hut  it  will  not  he  sheltered  (  ven  from  the  sea- 
breeze. 

Off  the  Great  Bay  du  Mesle  is  a  shoal,  lying  like  a  bar  across  the  hay,  and  extending 
opposite  the  point,  which  is  to  the  westward  (d'  the  Little  Ray  du  .Alesle.  This  hank  has 
not,  in  some  places,  uu)re  tlian  from  1.')  to  IH  feet  water:  it  is  very  narrow,  and  leaves  a 
passage  of  three  (piarters  of  a  mile  only  between  it  and  tlie  coast.  To  the  southward  it 
extends  ahout  half  a  league  from  shore. 

To  go  into  the  (Jreat  liay,  w  ith  a  ship  drawing  more  than  15  feet,  you  must  kcej)  closi' 
to  the  shore  on  the  western  side,  steering  hy  Pointe  Paulin,  whicli  forms  that  side  nt' 
the  entrance. 

15  AY  OF  ST.  LOUIS.— The  great  entrance  of  the  P.ay  of  St.  Louis  lies  bet  wren 
Point  Pascal,  which  is  steep  and  wide,  and  a  little  isle  called  Orange  Key;  the  bearing 
and  ilistance  from  one  to  the  other  being  E.  A  X.  rather  more  than  half  a  league.  Tliis 
isle  may  be  seen  from  the  entrance  of  the  Cayes,  thirteen  miles  distant,  whence  it  ap- 
pears nearly  in  a  line  with  the  southern  extremities  of  the  intermediate  coast. 

About  two  thirds  of  a  mile  X.  E.  by  X.  from  Pascal  Point  is  the  N'igie  or  Old  Look- 
out Point;  between  is  a  cove,  called  the  Bai  du  I'aradis.  When  (df  the  V^igie  Point 
you  will  have  the  whole  of  tlie  Bay  of  St.  Louis  in  sight.  The  bay  is  shut  in  on  tlin 
eastern  side  by  Cape  Bonite,  which  bears  from  the  \'igie  Point,  N.  E.  J-  E.,  distant  one 
mile  and  tliree  quarters. 

In  proceeding  to  the  anchorage  of  the  P)ay  of  St.  Louis,  run  along  past  Point  Pascal 
and  Point  \'igie,  and  thence  along  the  western  coast  of  the  bay,  in  ri  or  10  fathoms  wa- 
ter. The  anchorage  is  west  of  the  Old  Fort,^  about  a  (|uarter  of  a  mile  from  the  west- 
ern shore,  and  so  situated  that  the  town  may  he  seen  from  it,  between  the  Old  Fort  ami 
shore,  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay. 

In  the  anchorage  betbre  the  town,  called  the  Little  Anchorage,  the  greatest  depth  is  5 
fathoms. 

S.  S.  E.  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  Old  Fort,  and  west  of  Cape  Bonite,  at 
nearly  the  same  distance,  is  a  shoal  called  Le  Mouton,  (The  Sheep.)     There  is  a  good 

*  The  Old  Fort  is  on  an  island  of  rocks  towards  the  middle  of  the  bay,  half  a  mile  to  the  south, 
ward  of  the  town.     In  t!ic  passage  between  it  and  the  shore,  there  is  a  depth  of  six  fathoms. 


passage  In 
of  water  i 
I5etwee 
shoal  groi 
pass  into 
of  this  ke 

a  little  isl 
within  it  a 
ninth  of 
which  hea 
mock  rath 
.Mousticpi; 

South  o 
part,  only 
Eel,  and  ti 
angle,  hav 

E.  N.  E 
Great  Key 
markahh^ 
to  ;  hut  tl 
passag(!  he 

Fast  of 
rock,  c.dlei 
cahles'  len; 
Aipiin,  the 
tin:  hay. 
(i  fathoms 
hay  is  exte 
only  li  lath 

The  poll 
white  hum 
which  is  an 
tiniU'S  as  fa 
\V.  a  leagu 

To  enter 
before  men 
and  the  isla 
low  isle  of. 
the  shore ; 
the  northw; 

(iFXEK 
and  steep.  ; 
white  hum 
and  higliest 
take  them, 
reel  ion  of  t 
east,  soutln 
and  hold  to 
leagties  am 
great  depth 

]\)IXT 
vois,  the  he 
easily  distil 
small  cove 

From  Pf 
anchorage  ] 
Coteaux. 
remarkable 

From  L 
tends  W.  b 
de  Vieux  E 
ship  may  in 
breeze. 

From  Be 
ward  4  mile 
white  shoal 


BLUNT  rt  AMi:UICA\  COAKT  PILOT. 


867 


iiulwanl  of  the 
II  (Id  not  iiiciiii 
iirid  wait  I'nr  a 
;  iiiDi);  tliiui  1,'t 
lu(t(.MU(Jiii,  liall° 

LaVaclie,)  \V. 
■tly  for  'roi'licc, 
is  track  will  Iji; 
will  discover  a 
lioiit  half  a  ca- 
to  l)car  south, 
t'atlioins,  iiiiid. 
than  from  7  to 

too  near  its  S, 
lies  .S.  E.  (Voiii 
!i  of  8  fallioiub 

1  extent.  Tlit; 
lit.  there  is  an- 
ves,  wliieli  may 
ic  to  the  short'. 
1  island,  whicli 

Cavaillon  J?av. 
ir  and  hold,  ami 
good  careening 

ly  N.  two  mill's 
i  the  entrance  is 
ds.  Thi!  coast 
the  Petite  ]]ai(; 
n  from  the  sca- 

;md  extondiii!; 

This  hanlv  has 

,  and  leaves  a 

10  southward  it 

lUst  Uoe|)  close 
IS  that  siiie  of 

is  lies  helwrpii 

the  hearini; 

eat;  lie.     This 

whence  it  ap- 

oast. 

or  Old  Look- 

V'is^ie   I'oint 

diiit  in  on  the 

'',.,  distant  one 

t  Toint  Pascal 
0  fathoms  wa- 
from  the  west- 
Old  Fort  and 

itest  depth  is  5 

ape  Bonite,  at 
'here  is  a  good 


■nile  to  the  soulh- 
fathoms. 


i 


i 


pnssage  hctwecii  It  and  the  sliore,  as  well  ;i-^  between  It  aiul  the  Old  I-'ort ;  but  the  depth 
of  water  is  less  on  the  eastern  than  on  the  western  side  of  the  hay. 

Metweeii  Oranue  Key  and  the  shore,  in  a  N.  K.  direction,  there  are  two  islets  nnd  somr 
i^lioal  j;roiind;  the  first  of  which,  next  to  Oraime  Key,  is  called  Kai's  Key.  Von  may 
pass  into  the  hay  of  St.  Louis  tliroii^h  a  siiiill  passaj^e  immediately  on  the  nortli  side 
of  this  Key. 

AC^l  IN  BAY. — One  mile  and  a  half  K.  by  N.  from  Orange  Key,  is  i\Ionsfi()iie  Key, 
a  little  island  clcar'^of  siioals,  unless  very  close  in  shore.  Vou  may  jiass  without  or 
within  it  at  the  ilistance  of  one  eiL'lith  of  a  It-asjiie,  in  10  fathoms,  (ape  .St.  (ieor^e  \» 
north  ol  iMousti((iie  Key,  and  N.  W.  of  a  key  called  ('aye  a  |{amiers,  (or  i'ineon's  Key,) 
which  l)ears  K.  hy  N.  two  miles  from  iMousii(|ne  Key,  and  is  known  hy  a  white  hum- 
mock rather  steep,  and  st;en  at  some  distaiu-e.  There  is  a  deep  passage  between  it  and 
.A|()iisti(|iK'  Bay,  by  which  ships  pass  into  the  urcat  iiay     ','  Aquin. 

South  (d'  ( 'aye  a  Kamiers  is  a  shoal  extendiiii;  Ii;df  a  league,  wliieh  has,  on  its  middle 
part,  only  .'!  fathoms.  Hast  of  the  same  key  is  a  small  isle,  called  L'Anguille,  or  tie 
Kel,  and  to  the  N.  K.  is  another,  called  Le  Kaj^ale  ;  the  three  tbrm  an  e({uilatcral  lu- 
anj;le,  havini;  each  side  lialf  a  leaijue  in  length. 

E.  N.  E.  three  (puirters  of  a  league  from  Cayo  a  Kamiers,  lies  the  west  end  of  the 
(iieat  Key  cd'  A(|uin,  which  is  two  miles  in  length,  and  distinguished  by  two  very  re- 
iiiaikahle  white  liummockH.  It  extends  K.  and  K.  by  N.  true,  and  its  south  side  is  bold 
to;  hut  th(!  white  shoals  of  L'Auszuille  extenil  to  its  western  point,  so  as  to  prevent  a 
jjassagi!  between  it  and  ('aye  a  Kamiers,  for  sliips  that  draw  more  than  I'i  or  l-l  feet. 

East  of  Aquin  Key,  at  the  distame  of  a  short  ipiarter  of  a  league,  is  a  white  insulated 
rock,  called  Le  Diamant,  or  tlie  Diamond;  to  thu  eastward  of  this,  at  the  distance  cjf  two 
cal)les' length,  is  tlie  ]),)iiit  of  iNlorne  Kouge,  or  Ked  Hill.  Thus  the  eastern  end  of 
A(|Min,  the  IJiamond  iioelt,  and  the  point  of  iMoriic  IJoiige,  form  the  two  jjassages  into 
the  hay.  All  the  islands  and  shores  are  bold.  In  tin;  Moriu^  JJoime  I'assage  are  5  and 
()  fathoms  water,  and  in  tir.it  between  A<|uin  Key  and  the  Diamond,  (>,  7,  and  8.  The 
bay  is  extensive  and  trenches  consideialdy  inland,  hi  t  the  water  is  shallow,  and  there  are 
only  3  fatlioins  at  a  distance  from  siiore. 

The  point  of  Morne  Koiige  may  be  readily  known  at  a  distance,  by  three  very  high 
wliite  hummocks,  called  the  Tapion-j  of  A(;uin,  which  together  form  a  great  cape,  under 
which  is  an  anchorage  in  10  and  1'.^  fathoms,  at  a  distance  from  land.  This  bottom  con- 
tinues as  far  as  the  Feiite  Bale  des  Klamands,  or  Little  Flamingo  B;'.v,  which  is  W.  N. 
A\  .  a  league  and  a  (piarter  from  the  Tapions  of  A(iuiii. 

To  enter  the  passage  into  A(iiiiii  Hay,  between  ('aye  a  Kamiers  and  ^fostitiue  Key, 
before  mentioned,  steer  \.  N.  JO.  so  as  to  get  into  the  mid-channel  between  the  shore 
and  the  island,  1  laving  doiil)led  Key  a  Kamiers,  yoinvill  see  La  Kagale,  which  is  a  very 
low  isle  of  sand  ;  leave  this  on  the  starboard  side,  keeping  in  mid-channel  between  it  anrl 
the  shore;  then  haul  up  for  Aquin  Jv(>y  as  iimch  as  tlie  •■  iiul  will  ptuiiiit,  and  anchor  to 
the  northward  id'  it  in  (>  or  7  fathoiiis,  or  farther  in  at  pleasure. 

(iKNEKAJi  KM.M  AKKS. — Observe  that  from  I'oiiit  Pascal  all  the  capes  are  broken 
and  steep,  and  from  the  S.  and  S.  E.;  and  as.  on  all  this  coast  the  land  is  white,  many 
wliite  hummocks  will  he  seen.  Aquin  has  two  above  mentioned ;  but  tlie  easternmost 
and  highest  are  those  of  Morne  Kouge,  and,  with  attention,  it  will  he  impossible  to  mis- 
take them.  J'"roiu  the  point  of  .Morne  Kouge,  or  the  hummocks  of  A(]uiii,  the  true  di- 
rection of  the  coast,  after  having  tronchr^d  in  to  I'orm  the  Petite  Bale  des  Flamands,  is 
east,  southerly  10  leaiiues  to  Cape  Hainet.  The  whole  of  this  coast  is  free  from  danger 
and  bold  to,  but  has  no  hay  or  anchorage,  or  shelter  t'rom  the  common  breeze.  Two 
leagues  and  a  half  westwanl  of  liainet  the  coast  is  iron  bound,  and  the  waternear  it  of 
great  (le])th. 

I'OINT  ABACOU  TO  CAPE  TIBIKOX.— From  Point  Ahacoii  to  I'oint  a  Gra- 
vois,  the  hearing  and  distance  are  west,  southerly  21  leagues.  The  latter  is  low,  not 
easily  distinguishable,  and  has  frec|Utntly  Iieeu  mistaken  for  the  land  of  Port  Salut,  a 
small  cove  lying  a  league  farther  to  the  N.  N.  \V. 

From  Point  ( iravois  N.  W.  hy  N.  4  leagues,  there  is  a  biglit  of  half  a  league,  in  which 
anchorage  may  he  found.  This  bight  lies  about  two  miles  to  the  southward  of  Les 
Coteaux.  From  tliis  sj)ot  to  a  large  liummock  called  Les  Chardoiiiers,  which  is  very 
remarkable  at  a  distance,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  nearly  W.  N.  \V.  10  miles. 

From  Les  Chardoniers  to  the  r'ond  des  Aiiglois,  or  English  Bottom,  the  coast  ex- 
tends W.  by  N.  4  miles,  and  a  hay  thence  rounds  to  within  a  league  and  ahalf  ofPointe 
de  Vieux  Boucan  orBoucan  Point.  All  this  part  is  safe,  but  it  has  no  anchorage.  A 
ship  may  indeed  anchor  very  near  the  land,  but  it  is  every  where  exposed  to  the  sea- 
breeze. 

From  Boucan  Point  to  Point  Burgos,  which  is  a  low  point,  the  coast  trends  west- 
ward 4  miles.  Between  these  places,  ofi'a  point  called  Aigrettes  Point,  there  are  eome 
white  shoals,  rocks  and  breakers ;  but  their  extent  is  not  more  than  half  a  league. 


3(>8 


III.l.Mr.S  AMKUH  .Vi>  LOAHT  IMI.O'I. 


Ilif  Nnrllicni  ('i)iisf  of  Ilin/li,  or  Sf,   Dovi'm/rn,  between  L'tijie  Hiijiharl  ami  St, 

JSicliolim'  Molt'. 

fV;irialii)ii  KiKiiTiiIly  iilioiit  .')''  K.] 

(-'ATK  HAIMJAKI.  \h  ol' nMMlrr.iti'  ln'iirht,  :iiiil  lies  in  or  nlmiit  laf.  l')'",>'  nnd  long. 
CH*^  ■')',>'.  It  has  iilrt':i(ly  Imi-ii  (livscrihi'd.  Kioin  this  ciipc  to  ('a|H'  SaiiiiKia,  tin-  hcariin. 
aiii]  (liHtaiici!  art!  N.  \V.  |  W.,  ni  arly  7  ifaL'm's.  Uttwi-cii  tli(^  twi)  is  Saiiiaiia  ll;iv, 
ahoiit  |()  Icat^iics  ilcf|),  sn  that  ynii  can  scanriy  sec  the  hinil  at  \Uv.  hottoin  of  it;  h'm 
wliat  appears  tii  tin;  cyt"  is  very  hi;;;li  liimlih-  laiiil. 

(/'AI'K  SAMANA  is  a  hnikfii  rii'^'^i-d  point  ul  laiul,  whicli  appears.  (Vdm  ;>  great  dis- 
tance, like  a  ship  with  her  topsails  down,  and  seems  not  to  join  the  main,  hut  on  a  neanr 
approach,  this  shape  changes.  The  cape  makes  with  two  |)()ints,  hoiji  alike,  hlull'  and 
steep,  aliout  tiie  hei<;ht  ol'  iieachy  Head,  in  the  l')ii'j;lish  ('liamnd,  lint  not  so  whitt. 
They  are  4  or ')  ndles  asunder,  with  a  small  hay  and  harhor  hetweeii  them.  At  2  or 'I 
miles  to  tlie  westward  of  tho  westLriimost  point,  there  is  very  hiit^ii  land,  which  l'«IK 
down  to  the  waterside,  and  is  twict.'  iis  lii^li  as  Cape  Samana. 

SA.MANA  IJAV. — 'i'here  is  ijood  anchoraiie  in  IJanisire  or  licvantados  Road,  on  tin; 
south  side  of  tiir  peninsula  (d' Samana.  in  advancin;,'  Cor  this  phuM-,  (d)servH  that  wIumi 
Cape  Samana  hears  N.  W.  Iiy  W.  alxiiit  a  league,  it  appears  like  two  points,  the  wcm. 
rrnmost  of  whicli,  as  you  come  farther  in.  you  should  hrinj^  open  with  a  while  sjiot  ni 
sandy  fjround,  which  may  at  fust  ho  ndsiakeu  for  one  of  tlu!  sand  keys,  althout;!!  it  \* 
connected  with  the  main  shore.  In  order  to  ascertain  tin;  true  point,  oliserve  that  in 
(;oniin<j;  ahont  it  it  will  appear  as  if  a  small  rock  were  lyinj;  oil'  it,  whic  h,  on  a  nearer  ii|i- 
proach,  w  ill  lie  found  to  join  to  the  land.  The  soundinus  are  uncertain.  Having  well 
shot  into  the  hay,  yon  may  have  10  fathoms,  and  then  no  j;romid  in  i>(). 

Or,  heinji  olf  Cape  Samana.  and  intendin;j  lor  this  port,  sail  S.  S.  W.  .T  or  4  iniln 
alons;  shore,  (you  may  i,Mi  within  a  mde.  for  it  is  hidd  to.)  to  Point  N'elandras  or  IJIiic 
I'oint,  which  has  two  or  llir''e  Idack  rocks  lyiii;;  near  it.  When  at  the  leuiith  of  tlii< 
jioiiit  steer  thence  west  about  liall'a  i;iile,  and  you  will  leave  three  keys,  which  are  liii;li 
and  woody,  a  mile  from  you  (ui  yoiu'  larboard  side,  ^\'itl^  the  westernmost  of  thellnti' 
keys  hearing  S.  S.  W.  you  may  anchor  in  l/i  fatiioms.  half  a  mile  from  shore,  and  have 
good  water.     Tln-n  rjcvaiitados  or  l>aui<lre  l\ey  will  hear  \V.  hy  N    1  mile  oil". 

Thcr<'  is  good  easy  liding  in  this  harhor,  in  from  7  to  .'!  fathoms,  ^'ou  may  also  fiml 
good  fresh  water  in  ii;;iny  pl;ices,  with  plenty  ol'  (ish  and  low  I.  Here  is  coniiuoiily  ;i 
fresh  l)re(>/,e  from  the  eastward  all  d.iy,  iind  open  to  the  north. 

The  preceding  paragrajjlis  are  from  the  Frendi  of  the  Count  Chastenet  de  Piiysi- 
gttr,  iVe.     Tlie  t'ollowin;'  from  tin;  Spanish  Derrolero. 

SAArAiN'A  JjAV. —  fnuii  Cape  Ivapliael  the  coast  trends  nearly  West,  and  forms 3 
gulf,  shut  in  to  the  N.  W.  hy  the  ])cniiisiila  of  Samana.  The  i-ast  point  of  this  penin- 
sula, named  Cape  Samana,  lies  7  leagues  N.  W.  hy  W,  I  \V.  from  Cape  Ra|)hael,  'J'liis 
bay,  which  is  more  than  11  leagues  in  extent,  from  east  to  west,  and  4  from  north  t.i 
south,  is  obstructed  and  almost  shut  up  liv  a  iireat  reef,  whicli  eslends  from  the  sdiitli 
coast,  ami  so  far  to  the  north,  that  a  channel  ol'only  :i  miles  in  \\i<lili  remains  hetwetmi 
and  the  pcrdnsuiii  "f  Samaira.  The  iiortliern  extremity  of  this  reef  is  marked  by  sdiii' 
keys  or  islets,  the  largest  of  wliicli,  called  (Jayo  Levanlados,  nuist  he  left  on  the;  larlKnipl 
liatnl  on  going  into  the  bay.  Within  there  are  several  anchorages,  hut  little  fre(|Ufiitiil, 
as  there  is  scarcely  any  commerce  here.  The  (irst  am  horagi-  is  on  the  coast  of  tlir 
l)eiiinsula,  and  near  the  entrance  of  the  bay  ;  it  is  named  tin;  Carem-ro  ('hi(;o,  (or  F/iltlt' 
Carenagc  :)  to  enter  and  anclxir  here,  it  is  necessary  to  approach  within  half  a  mile  ci 
I'oint  V^elandras,  wliich  is  tlie  S.  K.  point  of  the  peninsula,  and  to  keep  along  the  idee 
of  tlie  coast  at  this  distance,  until  sheltered  by  Vinas  Point,  when  you  may  anchor  in  (i 
fathoms,  taking  caret  to  keep  half  a  mile  fniiii  a  key,  naineil  the  Key  of  the  CaiTiiirc 
('hico,  which  is  at  the  west  part  of  the  road,  and  has,  to  the  south  of  it,  either  four  k 
five  small  islets.  IJehind  this  key,  and  between  it  and  the  coast,  is  the  proper  anilio- 
rage  ;  but  it  is  much  narrowed  by  shoals,  and  must  be  entered  by  warping.  I'oint  Vin:i<  I 
is  easily  known,  as  it  bears  true  north  from  the  west  part  of  Levantados  Key.  hi  the  ; 
entrance  there  is  nothing  to  he  feared,  because  there  is  no  danger  but  what  may  be  wpil 
seen  :  and  only  inward  from  Point  Vinas  is  there  a  shoal,  having  on  it  two  feet  of  water; 
to  keep  clear  of  this  shoal,  bear  in  mind  that  it  hears  east,  a  long  mile  from  Vinas  Point. 
Iiy  f(dlowing  the  coast,  as  we  have  directed,  at  the  distance  of  half  a  mile,  you  will  ji 
safe  Iroin  it ;  but,  for  greater  certainty,  kee|)  something  to  starboard,  when  you  will  souml 
in  5  fathoms  water;  for  in  the  channel,  between  it  and  the  coast,  there  are  6^  and  i 
fathoms. 

A  league  and  a  lialf  to  the  west  of  the  Carenero  Chico,  is  the  Puerto  de  Santa  Barbara. 
or  of  Samana  :  the  anchorage  here  is  vc: y  narrow  at  the  entrance,  which  is  formed  bp 
great  reef,  that  runs  out  to  the  cast  from  rohit  Escoudidu,  the  S.  \V.  Point  of  the  liar 


■I 


bor;  »nrt  on  I 
pf/.on  ;  the  m 
thi*  Point  Ki 
Ijorlli  roast  s 
th(*  firit  in  en 

Eoint  (if  its  e 
ay  there  i«  | 
but  h;i5  7  fiuli 
cipal  lurlinr  n 
ia  found  to  th 
Dorlli  coa.it,  H 
nearer  to,  nor 
mid  .ttrait ;  an 
ern  reefs,  or,  I 
o(  R  cable.  S 
and  then  you 
until  Point  K.< 
towardn  the  b 
onchur  to  the 
anchor  in  Agu 
Point  (loinero 
of  .\guada. 

From  this  ai 
in  which  there 
violent.     Two 
thence,  in  the 
bank,  in  ihe  in 
From  Kspan 
of  the  bay,  yoi 
whicli  there  is 
and  about  soul 
ther  in  there  is 
aground.     'J'o 
for  the  .south  c 
account  pf the 
yon  will  fall  to 
which  affords  a 
Point,  when  ct 
length  of  it. 

The  entrance 
with  the  land  b 
Cape  Sainaii 
ingit,  you  may; 
even  more  higli 
and  covered  wi 
be  approached 
and  forms  a  gic 
foul ;  from  whii 
vessels  to  visit 
cois,  or  Old  Ca 
Francois  may  h 
a  mountain  inla 


Ships  comin 
to  their  makino 
ing  particular  c 
In  this  track  tl 
and  they  will  p 
monly  setting  t 

B.UO  iNAV 
20°  12'  N.  and 
the  centre,  and 
Vessels  bound 
correcting  their 
surveys  of  Cap 


nHJXT  S  AMKRICAK  COAST  I'lI.OT, 


3G9 


ael  and  St. 


19"  !i'  and  long. 
nil,  the  beariiii; 
s  Siiiiiiuiu  \\,\y, 
ttiiiii  III'  it ;  but 

-oin  a  ^r(■ut  (Hh- 
hut  uii  a  nearer 
alike,  liliilV  mill 
t  not  HO  whitt, 
em.  At  2  (ir:; 
iiid,  which  MU 

OH  Road,  on  tlie 
serve  that  wlieii 
ointH,  tlie  west- 
a  white  H|iiit  (if 
t,  ahhoii^h  it  \< 
observe  that  in 
on  a  nearer  ii|i- 
1.     Having  well 

^V.  .')  or  4  niil(> 
liandraH  or  IShie 
i  h'tiiztli  of  tlii< 
wiiicli  are  iiii;h 
lost  ol'  the  llini; 
shore,  and  li:ivo 
le  olV. 

:m  may  also  fiml 
is  coiiimoiiij  a 

;enet  de  Pujsc- 

est,  and  forms  a 
It  of  this  ])eiiiii- 
Kapliael.     Tliis 
4  from  north  in 
from  the  .sniilli 
mains  iictweriiil 
iiarki'd  by  suiue 
t  on  the  larlxmrii 
little  fre(|U'>iitiMl,  ' 
the  eoast  of  tin' 
Chieo,  (or  fiittle 
in  half  a  mile  ui 
)  along  the  ".ikf 
may  anchor  in 'i 
of 'the  CaiTmr^' 
it.  either  four  m  f 
le  proper  aiiili- 
.     Point  Villi- 
\oH  Key.     In  the  [ 
vhat  may  be  wpH  ' 
wo  feet  of  water : 
om  Vinas  Point, 
nile,  you  will  s" 
?n  you  willsoiiml 
lere  are  6i  and " 

le  Santa  Barbara, 
ch  is  formed  b)s 
Point  of  the  har- 


bor; and  on  this  raof,  ri^c  ««v«ral  keyn  or  inlfi»«,  ol'wliieh  the  outermost  i.i  named  T 


ro- 


the  second  i!«  the  (IreUer  Ciirenero  ;  and  the  third,  Cayo  Kseondi  !<),  is  very  nea 
ihi-  I'ouii  Ktconilido,  on  the  went.     There  \h  not  oidy  this  re'-f  at  the  entrance,  lor  lh« 


[IfZOtl 


t  sends  olltwo,  which  siretrh  far  to  the  .south,  and  lorui  two  I 


north  foasi  senos  on  iwo,  wnicu  siren  ii  lar  n»  im-  souiii,  arm  lortn  two  l)ayM  :  ol  tlieso 
thp  tirsi  in  called  .\miada,  or  Watering  Hay,  aii<l  ii  lias  P.iint  Ciouiero  for  the  N.  E. 
point  of  its  entrancp.  The  second  roadstead  lies  between  tlie  two  reefs.  In  Agundi^ 
Bay  there  ii  ({ood  anchorage,  in  b  fathoms,  clay  ;  the  Hecond  aneliorajje  \h  very  narrow, 
bui  has  7  fathoms  water.  To  the  west  of  these  two  reefs  and  roadsteads,  lies  the  prin- 
cipal biirbor  and  anchoras{e  of  Samana,  with  ;;  depth  of.')  and  <>  fathoms,  on  clav,  which} 
is  found  to  the  south  of  the  town.  To  enter  this  iiarbor  it  is  necessary  to  run  iiloiiij  the 
north  coast,  nt  half  a  cable's  distance,  and  steer  lo  ilir.  west,  taking  cart  neither  to  get 
nearer  to,  nor  farther  from  I'oint  (Joniero,  than  half  a  cable;  for  you  will  thus  run  in 
mid  strait;  and  by  kecfiing  farther  olf,  you  would  incur  the  risk  of  getting  on  the  south- 
ern reefs,  or,  by  coming  nearer,  get  on  those  of  Point  (Jomera,  which  lie  out  one  third 
of  a  cable.  .So  .soon  as  past  I'oint  (ioinero,  you  may  see  a  little  riynlet  in  Agiiada  Hay  ; 
and  then  you  ought  to  place  the  prow  direct  for  the  wewtcin  extremity  ol  Carenero  Key, 
until  I'oint  Escondido,  or  its  key,  bears  W.  },  S.  when  you  may  run  about  W.  by  N. 
towardn  the  bottom  of  the  Iiarbor,  and  perfectly  fiee  from  the  northern  reefs,  and  may 
anchor  lo  the  south  of  the  town,  in  5  or  6  fatluuiis  water,  u|ion  <'lay.  If  you  wish  to 
anchor  in  Agnada  Hay,  you  must  run  in,  Inlfiiig  up  to  the  northward  so  soon  as  past 
Point  (hmiero,  in  order  to  anchor  in  the  iniddlo  of  it,  and  about  ,S.  }^  K.  from  the  riyulct 
of  Aguada. 

From  this  arjchorage  the  coast  of  the  peninsula  continues  bold,  and  with  roadsteads, 
in  which  there  is  nothing  to  fear,  ex(;ept  the  south  winds,  w  hicii  in  their  season  are  olieii 
violent.  Two  leagues  to  the  west  of  .Saniana  lies  I'oint  Espanola,  with  an  islet ;  and 
thence,  in  the  interior  of  the  bay,  there  is  no  estaljlishnient  whatever.  A  large  clay 
bank,  in  the  interior  of  the  bay,  runs  out  more  than  tv  u  leagues. 

From  Espanola  Point,  in  which  you  will  be  well  to  the  west  of  the  reef  at  the  entr.ince 
of  the  bay,  you  shoufd  steer  to  the  south  for  the  Hay  of  Porlas  or  of  St.  Lorenzo,  in 
which  there  is  no  necessity  to  run  far  in  ;  and  it  may  sufiice  tp  anchor  at  its  entrance, 
and  about  south  of  Arenas  Point,  which  i.s  the  north  point  of  this  bay ;  for  although  far- 
ther in  there  is  sulticient  depth,  yet  there  are  sand  batiks,  on  whu'li  you  iriight  easily  get 
aground.  To  find  this  '  ly,  it  is  better  to  make  the  land  to  the  east  than  to  the  west ; 
for  the  .south  coast  of  .'sainana,  from  Perlas  Hay  to  the  west,  is  very  wild  and  unsafe,  on 
account  of  the  many  ialels  along  it.  Steering  from  said  Point  Kspanola  to  tho  S.  J  E. 
you  will  fall  to  the  east  of  tlie  bay,  and  make  a  little  town  named  .Savanna  dc  la  Mar, 
which  alFords  anchopige  for  very  small  vessels  ;  and  thus,  so  soon  as  you  discover  Arenas 
Point,  when  crossing  over,  steer  towards  it,  and  you  may  approach  within  a  cable's 
length  of  it. 

The  entrance  of  .Sainana  Hay  is  elVected  with  the  regular  breezes  ;  but  you  can  got  out 
with  the  land  breezes  only,  which  blow  by  night. 

Cape  Samaiia  is  of  considerable  height,  and  steep  down  to  the  water's  edge  ;  on  Hear- 
ing it,  you  may  also  discover  Cape  Cabron,  which  is  N,\V.  from  it,  nearly  3  leagues  :  this  is 
even  more  high  and  scarped,  or  steeper,  tiian  the  f.Jimer,  and  the  coast  between  is  green, 
and  covered  with  large  trees:  on  it  there  are  some  islets,  and  as  it  is  foul,  it  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  one  league.  From  Cape  tJa!)ron  tho  coast  tHACs  to  the  west, 
and  forms  a  great  bay  called  Escocesa  Bay;  the  coasts  of  this  bay  are  low,  and  very 
foul ;  from  which  reason,  and  as  there  is  neitlur  town  nor  establishment  in  it,  to  induce 
vessels  to  visit  it,  they  ought  to  proceed  direct  from  Cape  Cabron  to  Cape  ^  iejo  Fran- 
cois, or  Old  Cape  Francois,  which  lies  15  haiuesfrom  it,  \V.  N.  W.  |  W.  Old  Capo 
Francois  may  be  seen,  in  clear  weather,  at  the  distance  often  leagues.  It  is  known  by 
a  mountain  inland,  which  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  15  leagues. 

Directions  for  those  Sailing  in  from  the  Eastward. 

Ships  coming  from  the  eastward  towards  the  N.  E.  coast  of  Hayti,  should,  previous 
to  their  making  the  island,  run  down  between  the  huitudes  of  iy°  20'  and  IQ"'  50',  tak- 
ing particular  care  not  to  pass  either  to  tho  northward  or  southward  of  these  latitudes. 
In  this  track  they  will  make  the  land,  either  by  Cape  Cabron,  ur  Old  Cape  Francois, 
and  they  will  pass  clear  of  the  .Silver  Key  Bank  on  the  one  side,  and  the  current  com- 
monly setting  towards  Samana  Hay  on  the  other. 

BAJO  NAVIDAD.— The  north  point  of  this  bank  lies  in  long.  68°  46'  "W,  and  lat. 
20°  12'  N.  and  extends  in  a  southerly  direction  about  125  inilos;  it  is  12  tuiles  wide  in 
the  centre,  and  has  on  it  from  14  to  26  fathoms  water,  and  i^  perfectly  free  of  danger. 
Vessels  bound  to  the  north  side  of  St.  Domingo,  can  have  an  excellent  opportunity  of 
correcting  their  longitude  by  running  for  this  Bank,  \yhicb  is  laid  down  from  the  r(  nent 
surveys  of  Capt.  K.  lOwen,  ij,.  N.  and  published  by  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt,  1833. 

47 


■ 

1 


370 


BLUNTS    AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT, 


In  pausing  to  the  noriliwnnl  of  Porto  Riro,  a  look  out  slioiild  he  kept  for  a  rock  or 
shoal,  (if  not  more  tlian  one,)  whii  li  ((Mtaiiiiv  exists  tlieie,  altlioiinii  its  exact  situation 


IS  not  yv 


t  ki 


own.     'I'liis   (lainier  has  been  noticed,  where  it  is  slalt'tl   (hat  an  Ainericin 


J  i; 


^Ull 


N;:u' 


|} 


schooner  sInuU  ujion  it  in  1H17.  iti  latitude  alionf  -JO"  north;  and  we  have  since  met 
with  another  notice  which  states  that,  "At  filty  miles  north  iVom  JNirto  Uico,  ('a|)tain 
Baxter,  in  the  hrii;  Koherf,  struck  on  a  rock,  and  remained  several  hours." 

OLD  CAIM<;  VKANCOIS.— The  point  of  the  Old  ("ape  is  rather  low,  and  strelcliei 
out  in  the  form  of  the  snout  o  '  a  porpoise  ;  at  5  or  (>  lea^'ues  ilistance  to  the  N.  N.  \V. 
of  Cape  Cabron,  in  a  clear  day,  the  Old  Cape  is  seen  maUin»^  like  an  island,  whose  ends 
slope  gradually  iiUo  the  s<a.  When  you  have  made  Cape  Cabron,  beint;  4  or.'')  leasnn 
to  the  north-westward  of  it,  you  must  sail  11!  or  14  leagues  M.  \V.  .V  W.  and  you  will 
pass  5  leagtips  to  the  northward  of  tlie  Old  Cape;  then  steer  W.  by  N.,  when,  havin; 
run  1.5  leagues,  vou  will  see  Point  Casrongeat  about  .'{ leagues  distance  from  you;  cdh. 
tinue  on  for  5  leamics,  when  N'sabella  or  Isabella  Point  will  bear  S.  \V.  \  W.,  dist.tni  l 
leagues;  having  advanced  thus  lar,  you  have  nothing  to  fear,  and  if  necessary,  you  inaj 
kee|)  withir.    !  lit   a  league  of  the  shore,  the  coast  being  very  clear. 

At  about  4  leagues  otf  to  the  northward  of  Old  Cape  Francois,  its  point  appears  like 
a  porpoise  snout,  projecting  'o  the  eastward  ;  and  .'?  leagues  farther  west  is  a  jioint  naiiifd 
Cabo  de  la  Koca,  or  Koeky  Cape,  very  much  reseudilmg  it,  and  projecting  to  the  west- 
ward. 'JMie  coast  between  lies  W.  ,',  N.and  K.  J  S.;  it  is  low,  rather  steep  to  the  seaside, 
and  covered  with  trees  remarkably  green. 

Towards  the  point  of  the  Old  Cape,  a  mountain  is  perceived  inland,  which,  in  clear 
\reather,  can  be  seen  lo  leagues  olV,  and  is  a  good  mark  to  point  it  out. 

'J'here  is  soirie  foul  ground  laying  oil'  the  |)itch  of  the  Cape,  and  a  harbor  a  little  lo 
the  westward  id"  if  for  small  vessels.  When  sailing  from  Cape  Saniana  to  Old  Cap? 
Francois  which  is  about  (>  or  7  hours  sail,  you  see  a  point  of  land  on  the  east  side  ol 
the  Cape,  which  often  times  at  first  si<;hf,  you  sui)pose  to  be  the  Cape,  but  comiiif 
nearer  you  will  see  your  niisiike.  i'uid  when  you  are  due  north  of  Old  Cape  Krantoi-. 
you  ".ill  perceive  to  the  eastward  of  the  ("ape  a  very  steep  point,  which  seems  to  be  di- 
vi('  -d  from  the  main,  and  iiimiiui;  oil"  the  land  lises  higher  and  higher  in  such  a  manner  ilui 
the  highest  part  of  it  lies  op-ii  to  the  sea,  so  high  that  yon  cannot  see  the  land  wiiliiu. 

When  from  ( )ld  ("ape  Francois  you  sail  for  Monte  ('hristi,  observe  to  steer  a  niorf 
northerly  course  in  hauling  olf,  givin  i  a  good  distance  between  you  and  tlie  shore,  he 
cause  the  currents  always  set  upon  it;  and  unless  you  do  this  you  will  run  the  hazard 
of  being  ashore. 

From  Cape  de  la  Roca,  the  Iniid  trenches  in  to  the  distance  of  2  leagues,  and  foiinsj 
b?y  pretty  deep,  which  is  sheltrn-d  by  reefs.  This  coast  trends  to  the  W.  N.  W.  and, 
rising  iii  height  to  the  ni  rthward,  comes  to  Punta  iMacnris  or  Point  Mascury,  wliifh 
bears  \\  J  N.  ;rom  Cape  de  la  I? oca.  This  pcdnt  is  high,  and  its  shore  bold  :  it  serves 
as  a  mark  lor  the  small  harbor  of  8t.  Jago,  which  is  V,  leagues  distant  from,  and  to  the 
eastward  of  Puert.i  ue  Plata. 

PUKRTC  l)l;  PLATA,  or  Port  Plata,  lies  17  lengnes  from  the  poWit  of  the  (JM 
Ca|"e,  and  beats  from  it  ue  ;.  It  is  km)wn  by  a  mountain  at  some  distance  inland,  winch 
appears  insulated  like  the  (irange,  although  not  in  so  precise  a  manner.  'J'he  anchorat;'' 
is  good,  and  the  entrance  nearly  coveied  with  mangrove  islets,  which  you  range  ainn;, 
leaving  them  on  your  larboard  lianrl ;  when  you  are  within  these  islets,  you  anchor  in  17 
to  20  fathoms,  good  bottom.  Observe,  when  sailing  in,  to  keej)  close  to  that  point  of 
land  on  your  larboard  side,  which  you  will  see  to  Ix  broken  and  rugged.  When  coniinj 
about  the  said  point,  lulf  up  round  and  run  tij)  as  far  as  you  can,  with  your  sails  aliimsi 
shivering  in  the  wind;  thus  you  wi'l  gain  the  best  piace  in  the  road. 

On  approaching  the  coasr  yon  will  descry  to  the  westward,  a  great  cape,  very  highnnd 
steep;  the  extremity  of  this  is  Punta  del  Algarroba,  or  Point  (^asroiige,  which  is  readily 
known  by  its  maanilnde. 

The  bight  from  Port  Plata  lo  Point  Casrouge  is  bordered  with  reefs  close  to  the-xliore, 
and  does  not  admit  of  any  anchorage. 

Old  Cape  Francois  and  the  (treat  Point  of  Algarroba,  or  Casrouge,  bear  from  cirh 
other  W.  ^  N.  and  K.  ^  .S.  1<)^  leagues.  When  at  the  distance  of  about  3  leagues  to 
the  northward  of  Casrouge,  you  will  see  a  low  point  projecting  out  to  the  westward, 
which  is  remarkable  by  its  having  the  appearance  of  being  detached  from  the  co.i.st  like 
an  island:  it  is  Ysabella  or  Isabella  Point,  the  northernmost  f)oint  of  Havti. 

YSABKLLA,  OR  ISAHKLLA  POINT,  according  to  the  late  observations,  liesin 
latitude  1!)°  5')',  longitude  71°  10'  30",  and  at  the  distance  ol  4^  leagues  W.  N.  W.J 
W.  from  Algarroba  or  (^asrouge  Point.  To  the  eastward  of  it  lies  the  <leep  bight,  califd 
Puerto  C'aballo,  PortCavallo.  Tn  the  bight  between  these,  is  an  anchorage  for  vessels 
drawing  12  or  1.'?  feet  water,  and  sheltered  by  the  reefs:  the  entrance  is  readily  known 
Sy  running  to  it  along  the  reefs. 


II 


On  the  w 
gain  than  t 
from  .'■>  to  7 

|""r()in  !>■ 
leagues, 
row  and  da 

West  of 
an  ancliora 
necessitv. 

To  gain 
as  you  are 

This  aiic 
Rncia.  lies 

THK  (i 
is  seen  at  a 
iiisiilateil  a 
of  a  barn, I 
you  may  a 
of  the  (ira 
part,  at  tin 
Islet.     Tilt 

ll.Vl  TT 
shual  of  not 
small  spilt  o 
1781.  (  io'- 
The  while  l 
there  may  n 
slioal,  the  Ci 
o\\cn  of  eac 

iMoXTE 
another  ree 
extends  neai 
milf!  broad, 
other  parts  v 
:i  to  4,  3,  f),  i 
20  to  2.')  all  ; 
have  coarse  s 
nacles  of  the 
eastern  end  o 
tweeii  it  and 
S.  W.  by  W 

With  Isab 
pass  without 
grees  to  the 
S.  I-:.  Hilt, 
these  shoals 
bring  you  >'i 
distance  of  a 

In  sailing  I 
to  the  northv 
always  sets  t 
There  is  ii 
the  Frayle,  c 
thonts;  but 
ther  in,  with 
Haytien. 

in  approai 
from  Cabras 
ing  the  ancli 

of  E.:^   N.,    ll 

The  Shoa 
south  as  far 
coast  at  the 
bank  rise  th 
groves.     Th 
secuud  from 


V'l.'o 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COASt  PlLOTi 


an 


kept  for  a  rock  or 
I  its  exiict  siliiniidt) 
lliiit  ill!  Aincriciin 
we  hiive  since  inn 
()rt«>  Kico,  ("apiiiin 
iins." 

r  low,  and  stretchy 
•e  lo  the  N.  N.  \V. 
ishnici,  whoso  ends 
einc;  4  or  -^  liMmicn 
\  W.  and  you  will 
y  N.,  when,  hnvm; 
lep  from  you ;  cnn- 
\V.  {  \V.,  ilistam  | 
leccssary,  you  may 

I  point  appears  like 
pst  is  a  [Hiint  naimil 
jectinj;  to  the  wrs;. 
iteep  to  the  sea  side, 

ind,  which,  in  clear 
lit. 

I  a  harbor  a  htllc  to 
iniana  to  Old  Cnpp 
on  the  east  side  ol 
Cape,  hut  rouiiiij 
Old  Cape  Krancui>, 
lich  srcMis  to  bedi- 
1  such  a  manner  tliai 
CO  the  land  within. 
erve  to  steer  a  niorf 
I  and  the  shore,  he 
will  run  the  hazard 

eaunes,  and  fonnsa 
the  W.  N.  W.  mid,   ■ 
iiit  Maseiiry,  wliioh 
lore  bold  :  it  server 
int  Iroin,  and  to  the 

le  ])o'nt  of  the  (M 
stance  inland,  winch 
r.  J'hc  anchornje 
1  you  range  alnii;, 
s,  you  anchor  in  17 
se  to  that  point  of 
I.  \\'hen  coming 
h  your  sails  alnmiit 


i'( 


r;i|)p,  very  liiclinnd 
i}^e,  which  is  readily 

Is  close  to  the  shore, 

gp,  bear  from  cirh 
about  3  leaciipstn 
It  to  the  westward, 
troin  the  coast  like 
Hayti. 
observations,  liesio 
tsiues  W.  N.  \V.\ 
edeep  bicht,  called 
chorage  for  vessels 
■ce  is  readily  l«nomi 


I 


On  the  western  sirie  of  Isabella  Point  is  a  more  exlenslv  niich-jvape,  and  more  easy  to 
^aiii  than  that  of  the  east,  Imt  the  gronmi  in  nruiy  nbu'M  is  foul:  llieie  is  a  depth  of 
iioin  a  to  7  fallioins  water. 

l-'roiii  Isabella  I'oiiit  to  tiie  (irainje  the  bearin;:  and  distance  are  \V.  S.  W.  J  W.  10 
leagues.  Tlie.  coast  between  is  bordered  with  reels,  among  whiiih  the  entrances  are  nar- 
row and  (lanyeroiis. 

West  of  Isabella  I'oint  is  Punta  Rucia,  or  Rocky  Point,  to  the  westward  of  which  is 
an  aiicliorage  for  larg^  vesscl.s,  which  being  very  bad,  ought  to  be  used  only  i,n  case  of 
necessity. 

To  2;ain  this  anchorage  you  must  haul  very  close  to  Rocky  Point,  and  anchor  sosooa 
as  VDii  are  in  I'i  fathoms,  white  l)oll(im. 

Tills  anchorage,  uliicli  is  slieltered  by  the  reefs  that  stretch  N.  N.  W.  from  Punta 
Rucia.  lies  about  four  leagues  from  Isabella  Point. 

TIIH  (jiKA.\(;K. — The  (Jranire  I'oint  is  known  by  the  mountain  of  that  name,  and 
is  seen  at  a  great  distance  before  you  perceive  the  sea  coast.  This  mountain,  which  is 
iiisiilated  and  stands  upon  a  low  peninsula,  has  very  much  the  iifipearance  of  the  roof 
ol'  a  barn,  from  which  it  takes  its  name  (iraiigc.  The  northwest  part  of  it  is  bold,  and 
you  may  api)roach  it  within  a  (piarter  of  a  league,  or  even  less.  Close  to  the  west  part 
of  the  (Jramzc  Point  is  a  lorky  islet,  named  the  Krayle,  or  Friar;  and  from  its  S.  W. 
part,  at  three  cables'  length,  is  another  somewhat  larger,  and  named  ("abrns,  or  Goat's 
Islet.     'I'liese  are  the  islets  of  .Monte  Christi. 

IIVIT-FOND. — Two  leagues  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  the  Orange  Point  lies  a  white 
shual  of  not  more  than  tw(»  cables'  length  each  way,  called  the  I  l;;ut-Fon(l ;  there  is  a 
small  spot  on  llie  sho.d,  with  only  'J.j  t'eet  of  water,  on  which  the  \'ille  de  Paris  struck  in 
1781.  (  iose  !  it  is  a  depth  of  ()  fathom*,  then  li)  and  l.'j,  and  suddenly  no  ground. 
The  white  g  tm\  has  generally  scattered  rocks,  so  that  it  cannot  I. e  ascertained  whether 
there  may  not  be  some  spots  on  it,  even  with  less  than  'J.')  feet.  When  you  are  on  this 
sIkihI,  the  (irange  bears  vS.  by  W.  ',  W.  yon  \\ill  chen  have  the  islets  of  Monte  Christi 
open  of  each  other,  the  westernmost  of  them  bearing  S.  .'^.  W.  [  W. 

MoNTE  CHRISTI  RI'.KK.— A!  jnt  .'{  leairiiesto  the  westward  of  Haut-Fotitl,  lies 
another  reef,  on  which  the  15rilish  ship  Torbay  struck  ami  lost  her  rudder,  in  17»*,'i.  It 
extenils  nearly  N.  F.  and  S.  W.,  is  about  three  (|uaiters  of  n  mile  in  length  and  half  a 
mile  broad.  On  the  slioalest  |)art  the  iioints  ol  Kicks  stand  up  like  sharp  spires.  On 
other  parts  were  seen  while  |)atches  of  sand.  'J"hi'  shuale.sl  water.  .'3  fathoms  ;  thence 
'.i  to  4.  5,  ().  and  7  fathoms.  It  is  steej)  to,  and  hasfrom  15  to  17  fathoms  close  to  it,  and 
L'O  to  'J.')  all  around.  The  biittom  is  soft  in  '20  fathoms;  and  in  som«>  pl.ices  you  will 
have  coarse  sand.  The  water,  when  smooth,  is  very  clear,  so  tiiat  you  niiiy  see  the  pin- 
nacles of  the  rocks  as  you  |)ass  over  them  in  a  bntit.  From  the  sln.al.  in  .'{  (athonis,  the 
eastern  end  of  a  ^rove  of  trees,  ojien  to  the  so'ith-westward  of  Monle  Christi,  (and  be- 
tween it  and  the  key,)  bore  S.  F.  and  the  Mount  ol  (Jape  Francois,  (now  Cape  llayticn,) 
S.  W.  by  \V.     The  variation  at  the  same  time  was  tr  JO'  F. 

With  Isabella  Point  bearing  S.  W.,  distant  four  leagues,  ihe  course  and  distance  to 
pass  without  the  shoals  called  the  [laut-Fond  and  .Monte  Christi  Heel',  will  boa  few  de- 
grees to  the  northward  of  west,  seventeen  bagucs;  and  then  the  latter  will  bear  about 
S.  E.  But,  shoiild  you  be  u|i  with  Isabella  Point,  and  prefer  the  mid  channel  between 
tht  se  shoals  and  the  coast,  a  W.  by  S.  course  sixteen  ler'gues,  will  clear  Uic  slioals  and 
bring  you  in  sight  of  the  high  lanil  of  Cape  llayticn,  (fdrm.ily  Cape  Fi'ancojs,)  at  ihe 
distance  of  about  live  leaiiues. 

In. sailing  between  Old  Cape  Francois  and  the  Oianire,  hp  careful  lo  keep  sulTiciently 
to  the  northward  in  hauling  o(f,  that  you  may  not  be  driven  ashore  by  the  current,  which 
ahvavs  sets  upon  the  coast 

There  is  anchorage  under  the  Grange  to  the  west:  to  take  it  you  must  range  along 
the  Frayle,  or  islet  of  .Monte  Cliristi,  and  let  go  your  anchor  so  soon  as  you  have  6  fa- 
thoms; but  under  the  south  side  of  Cabras,  the  westernmost  islet,  you  may  anchor  far- 
ther in,  with  4  fathoms.  From  the  ({range  you  may  see  the  mountains  above  Cape 
Hayticn. 

(n  approaching  this  anchorage  you  must  be  cautions  of  a  shoal,  which  lies  W.  by  S. 
from  Cabras  Isle,  at  the  distance  of  a  Inng  mile:  to  kecpcli'ar  of  it  on  entering  and  leav- 
ing the  anchorage,  take  care  not  to  bring  Cabras  Isle  to  bear  any  thing  to  the  northward 
of  E.  ^  N.,  but  on  the  contrary,  keep  it  rather  to  the  southward  of  that  bearing. 

The  Shoal  or  Rank  of  Monte  Cluisti  extends  fourteen  miles  to  the  west,  and  to  the 
south  as  far  as  Aran/.anilla  or  iMitnehioneiil  Point,  and  it  thence  continues  to  border  the 
coast  at  tlie  distance  of  half  a  mile,  mote  or  less,  accoiding  to  its  sinuosilies.  On  this 
bank  rise  the  islets  named  the  Seven  Hrothers,  which  are  low,  and  covered  with  man- 
groves. The  islet  named  Monte  (irande  is  the  most  remarkable  of  all  of  them  :  it  is  the 
aecuud  from  the  eastwaid,  and  bus  high  trees  upon  it.     This  bank,  as  well  as  many 


372 


^LUNt's  AMERICAN  c6AST  I^ILOT. 


hthcrs  iti  these  seas,  has  a  very  white  bottom,  and  is  very  dangerous,  because  the  bottom 
is  very  irregular  in  its  depth,  with  stones  and  rocks;  you  may  have  eight,  and  immedi- 
ately after  three  fathoms.  You  shoulil  therefore  avoid  sailing  on  this  or  similar  banks 
unless  they  have  been  well  texnmined  and  sounded. 

MANZANILLA  IJAY,  &c.— To  the  east  of  Manzanilla  Point  there  is  an  excellent 
anchorage  in  Manzanilla  Bay;  from  tbis  bay  the  coast  trends  in  to  the  S.  E.  and  then 
turlis  to  the  west,  in  which  direction  it  continues  to  a  distance  of  8  leagues,  when  it  as- 
fcends  to  the  north,  and  terminatbs  with  Point  Picolet.  The  Grange  Point  with  Point 
Picolet,  fonn  a  great  bay,  in  which,  besides  Manzanilla  Bay,  there  are  two  harbors;  the 
first  of  these,  named  Bayaha  or  Port  Dauphin,  is  to  the  S.  W.  of  Manzanilla  Point,  and 
iabout  two  leagues  from  it ;  and  the  second,  at  the  western  extremity  of  the  bay,  is  kuowo 
as  Guarico,  or  the  City  of  Cape  Hayticn,  or  City  of  the  Cape. 

The  roast  from  Bayaha  to  the  west,  i3  bounded  by  awhite  bank  and  reef,  on  the  edge  of 
which  there  are  from  50  to  80  fathoms  :  between  the  reef  and  the  coast  is  a  channel,  with 
two  or  three  fathoms  of  water,  to  which  there  are  various  passes  in  the  reef,  known  to 
the  coasters  and  piltjts  only. 

The  navigation  from  (irange  Point  to  Manzanilla  Point,  should  be  made  on  the  white 
bank  of  tlie  Seven  Brothers;  it  is,  therefore,  very  necessary  to  know  the  channel;  and, 
though  you  may  proceed  on  the  oxitside  of  the  islets  and  the  bank,  extending  to  the 
westward,  it  follows  that,  in  doing  this,  vessels  miist  get  much  to  leeward,  and  are  then 
obliged  to  beat  up  to  the  anchorage.  The  delay  in  following  this  routfe  is  not  so  great 
when  bound  to  Bayaha,  or  Port  Dauphin;  but  the  channel  for  crossing  the  bank,  which 
we  are  about  to  describe,  being  very  safe,  it  does  not  seem  requisite  that  any  one  should 
go  round  about,  but  that  all  should  proceed  as  follows  : 

Having  passed  nfear  the  Grange  Point,  steer  W.  ^  S.  without  going  to  the  southward 
of  that  bearing  until  you  are  to  the  north,  or  on  the  meridian  of  Yuna  Point  ;*  the  ves- 
sel, having  arrived  at  this  situation,  should  now  steer  towards  Yuna  Point,  iintil  the  islet 
named  Monte  Chico,  which  is  the  easternmost  of  the  Seven  Brothers,  bears  west; 
whence  you  must  steer  S.  W.,  leaving  to  starboard  the  islet  or  key  Tororu,  which  is  the 
southerninost  of  the  Seven  Brothers:  and  when  you  mark  it  at  about  N.  by  E.,  you  must 
steer  S.  ^  E.  luitil  you  have  Mati/aiiilla  Point  E.^  N.,  when  you  must  haul  to  the  wind 
on  the  larboard  tack  to  take  the  aa'-horage,  if  you  can ;  ami  if  not,  you  must  proloui 
the  stretch  to  the  southward  as  far  as  iiecesi-ary,  to  enable  you  to  get  info  the  bay  upon 
the  other  tack,  in  the  uiiderstanditig  I'uat  you  may  run  along  the  whole  of  the  south 
shore  at  half  a  niile,  or  even  less.  In  running  by  the  way  we  have  pointed  out,  you  will 
find  upon  the  bank  7  to  8  fathoms  of  water,  on  sandy  clay,  and  you  may  anchor  on  aiiv 
part  of  it  commodiously,  especially  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  eastern  keys,  Monte  Chico,  and 
Tororu ;  and  it  may  even  be  convenient  to  anchor  in  case  of  night  coming  on,  by  which 
the  inconveniences  arising  from  darkness  may  be  avoided. 

The  edge  of  this  bank  is  so  stbep  that,  from  li*  to  20  fathoms,  you  rapidly  pass  into 
100  fathoms,  and  of  the  same  nature  is  Manzanilla  Bay;  for,  from  7  fathoms  you  pass 
to  100  in  the  short  distance  of  5  cables'  leneth  ;  from  which  reason  an  anchor  should 
never  be  let  go  until  the  depth  has  been  ?)reviously  ascertained  by  the  lead,  keepint;  in 
mind  that  the  best  anchorage  is  in  from  0  to  10  fathoms,  on  a  stiff  clay  bottom,  which 
the  anchors  catch  well,  and  at  less  than  half  a  jnile  from  the  shore. 

In  the  River  Tapion,  (E.S.  E.  of  Manzanilla  Bay,)  and  also  in  that  of  Axabon,  to  the  S. 
El  water  may  be  conveniently  got,  and  you  may  rut  wood  on  any  part  of  the  coast  that 
is  desert  and  uncultivated.  Jn  this  bay  there  are  always  fresh  land  breezes,  which  facil- 
itate much  the  communication  between  l^avaha  and  Monte  Christi ;  for  those  to  whom 
the  breeze  is  contrary,  navigate  at  iil",ht  by  aid  of  the  land  breeze.  In  Manzanilla  Bay 
no  hurricanes  are  felt,  which  is  aii  advant.'ie  of  great  consideration. 

THE  HARBOR  OF  BAYAHA  OR  i'OKT  DAUPHIN  is  one  of  the  finest  ports 
in  Hayti  ;  for  to  its  rreat  extent  it  adds  shelter  eeiual  to  a  dock,  with  an  excellent  clay 
bottom,  and  the  deptn  does  not  exceed  1'2  fatlioms,  nor  is  it  less  than  .')  fathoms,  whidi 
are  found  at  half  a  cable  from  the  shore;  but  notwithstanding  these  singular  qualities, 
if  the  diificulty  of  entering  and  getting  out  of  it,  in  consequence  of  the  narrowness  and 
foulness  of  the  channel  or  mouth,  i.-i  considered,  it  will  be  seen  that  it  would  not  an- 
swer .'^r  any  vessel  on  actual  service  lo  enier  and  be  shut  up  in  a  harbor  from  which  she 
could  not  sail,  unless  at  night,  w'.tii  the  land-breeze,  and  thus  exposing  herself  not  only 
to  the  danger  of  getting  aground  on  the  shoals  of  the  entrance,  but  also,  in  case  of  the 
land-biteze  failing,  she  may  both  lose  the  time  lor  getting  out  and  the  object  for  doinj 
80.  The  interior  of  this  harbor  needi  no  description,  more  than  the  chart,  by  which  it 
may  be  seen  that  its  entrance  is  otily  a  cable  and  two  thirds  in  width  ;  and  this  narrow 
breadth  continues  inwards,  to  the  distance  of  a  short  mile.     The  several  points  whicli 

•  Yuna  Point  is  a  low  point,  which  bears  S.  W.  true,  five  miles  from  Grange  Point. 


'  f 


are  In  tiiis 

shallow  rid 

out  more  I 

Again,  thi^ 

take  the  tu 

It  is  ther('f( 

N.  E.,  for 

ing  well  in 

out  from  t 

place  the  | 

fi-oni  the  It 

abeam,  on 

have  passe 

Dauphin  ai 

part  of  the 

may  be  see 

to  run  in  n 

need  never 

away,  with 

you  cannoi 

sharp  rock! 

spring  tide 

THE   H 

formed  by  i 

the  White 

to  this  port 

vcn  Brothe 

with  the  ve 

out  fear,  wi 

but  if  oblij: 

S.  E.  and  J: 

placed  upor 

plentv  of  sa 

be  left  half 

beaiu,  they 

Those  v.l 

steer  to  the 

then  direct 

bank  oil'  Po 

the  Grange 

thers'  Bank 

The  Con 

following  fo 

descriptions 

correction. 

"  Ships  b 

coast  in  the 

to  distinguii 

and  very  nea 

a  league  aiu 

let  Point,  is 

"  The  m? 

S.  W.  and  ? 

to  project  ir 

is,  that  the  I 

all  this  pari 

tention  you 

seems  to  loi 

west  side ;  i 

end  lies  the 

a  league. 

"  So  sooi 
you  must  sa 
gers  or  keys 
ger  to  atteir 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


373 


ccause  the  toiiom 
ight,  and  immedU 
!  or  similar  banks, 

ere  is  an  excellent 
the  S.  E.  and  then 
?a^ues,  when  it  as- 
!  Point  with  Poim 
5  two  harbors;  the 
nzanilla  Point,  and 
f  the  bay,  is  known 

■eef,  on  the  edpe  of 
It  is  a  channel,  wiih 
the  reef,  known  to 

made  on  the  white 
the  channel;  and, 
k,  extending  to  the 
ward,  and  are  thea 
ouie  is  not  so  great 
ng  the  bank,  which 
liat  any  one  should 

g  to  the  southward 
la  Point  ;*  the  ves- 
'oint,  ijntil  the  islet 
thers,  bears  west; 
iiroru,  which  is  the 
N.  by  E.,  you  musi 
St  haul  to  the  wind 
,  you  must  proloni; 

info  the  bay  upon 
vhole  of  the  south 
ointed  out,  you  will 
may  anchor  on  any 

Monte  Chico,  and 
ming  on,  by  which 

lU  rapidly  pass  into 
7  fathoms  you  puss 
I  an  anchor  should 
le  lead,  keeping  in 
clay  bottom,  which 

f  Axabon,  to  the  S. 
t  of  the  const  that 
•eezes,  which  facd-  | 
for  those  to  whom  j 
n  Manzianilla  Bay 

e  of  the  finest  ports 
h  an  excellent  clay 

T)  fathoms,  \vhi(h 

singular  qualities. 
he  narrowness  and 
It  it  would  not  an- 
)or  from  which  she 

n;  herself  not  only 
ilso,  in  case  of  the 
he  object  for  doine 

chart,  by  which  it 
1 ;  and  this  narrow 

veral  points  which 


are  In  tiiis  }irtssai2;e  render  the  entry  still  morn  diirirult.  T.  ■  risk  of  this  consists  in  ,i 
shalliiw  ridge  which  borders  both  sides  of  the  cliaiuiel.  and  wli;  .  at  the  puints,  stretches 
out  more  than  half  a  cable,  and  reduces  the  cliannel  to  one  able's  length  in  width. 
Again,  this  channel  being  serpentine,  it  is  necessary  th;it  a  ves>el.  in  rnniiinir  in,  should 
take  the  turn-t  with  much  dexterity  and  pr()m|)tiiude,  in  order  to  avoid  getting  aground. 
It  is  thcri'foie  necessary  to  enter  this  harbor  when  the  broe/"  is  to  the  iiortliward  of  E. 
N.  K.,  fw  if  more  scant,  an  attempt  to  take  the  entrance  will  he  impracticable.  Keep- 
ing well  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  yon  pai-s  close  to  the  White  Sli.tal,  which  runs 
out  from  the  windwar]  point  of  it;  and  wlien  abreast  of  it  you  must  luff  up  so  as  to 
place  the  prow  towards  the  second  point  on  the  windward  side,  so  as  to  free  yourself 
fi-\)ni  the  ledge  which  lies  off  the  second  I'oint  to  K'fwanl ;  and  so  soon  as  you  have  this 
abeam,  on  the  larboard  side,  you  must  lulf  up  for  the  last  point  to  windward,  till  you 
h;ive  passed  the  third  leeward  point,  when  you  may  run  in  and  anchor  between  Port 
Dauphin  and  the  little  isle  called  Toiiantes  Island,  without  ai)priiaching  near  the  N.  E. 
part  of  the  latter,  because  a  shallow  bank  stretches  oii  it.  From  what  has  been  said,  it 
may  be  seen  that  the  harbor  re<piires  no  other  direction  than  that  of  an  eye  accustomed 
to  run  in  mid-channel  through  a  devious  |)assage  ;  and  he  who  knows  how  to  do  this, 
need  never  get  ashore  here;  tor  his  eyes  will  direct  him  when  to  luff  and  when  to  bear 
away,  without  particular  leading  marks.  From  the  mouth  to  the  third  leeward  point 
you  cannot  anchor,  from  want  of  space  to  turn  the  vessel,  and  because  the  bottom  is  of 
sharp  rocks.  The  tide,  at  full  and  chan<;e  of  the  moon,  (lows  here  at  7li.  A.  M.,  and 
spring  tides  rise  6',  feet,  blit  neaps  only  ?>'-  feet. 

THE  HARBOR  OF  GUARIC0,'OR  CAPE  HAYTIEN,  is  no  more  than  a  bay, 
formed  by  the  coast,  and  shut  to  the  east  and  north  by  a  group  of  reefs  which  rise  upon 
the  White  Bank,  extending  outward,  at  this  place,  more  than  a  league.  Those  bound 
to  this  port  ought  to  run  from  the  (Grange  Point  towards  Picolet  Point,  outside  the  Se- 
ven Brothers,  and  to  place  themselves  so  that  they  may  run  down  towards  Point  Picolet* 
with  the  ves.^el's  head  to  tlieS.  or  S.  S.  W.  In  this  direction  they  may  approach  with- 
out fear,  within  the  distance  of  a  musket  shot,  arul  may  wait  for  a  pilot,  as  convenient ; 
but  if  obliged  to  take  the  anchorage  witliout  one,  they  must  steer  from  Point  I'icolet 
S.  E.  and  S.  E.  by  E.,  leaving  a  white  flag  (if  there)  on  the  larboard  hand,  and  which, 
placed  upon  the  northern  extremity  of  a  reef,  serves  for  a  beacon,  taking  care  to  carry 
plenty  of  sail  to  clear  a  red  flag,  wliich  they  will  see  a  little  afterwards,  and  whieh  must 
be  left  half  a  cable's  length  to  the  starboard  ;  and  so  soon  as  they  have  this  flag  on  their 
beam,  they  may  steer  for  the  city,  and  anchor  in  from  7  to  9  fathon)S. 

Those  v. ho  go  out  from  ^Ianzanilla  or  Bayaha  (Port  Dauphin)  to  tlie  cape,  ought  to 
steer  to  the  northward  until  Picolet  Point  bears  to  the  southward  of  the  true  west,  and 
then  direct  their  course  to  the  west,  as  convenient;  for  they  will  be  clear  of  the  white 
bank  off  Point  Pictdet ;  but  if  bound  to  the  east,  they  must  run  to  the  northward  until 
the  Grange  Point  bears  to  the  southward  of  the  true  east,  in  order  to  clear  the  Seven  Bro- 
thers' Bank. 

The  Count  Chastenet  de  Puysegur,  in  his  directions  for  the  coast  of  Hayfi,  gives  the) 
following  for  Cape  Haytien,  cVc.  These  were  written  in  17H7,  but  they  include  some 
descriptions  not  given  in  the  Derrotero,  and  we  therefore  insert  them  here,  with  a  trifhng 
correction. 

"  Ships  bound  from  the  eastward  to  Cape  Fran';'ois  always  make  tht5  (Irange:  for  the! 
coast  in  the  environs  of  the  cape  olfers  nothing  remarkable,  uidess  they  be  near  ciiDUgh 
to  distinguish  the  hummock  of  Picolet.  and  the  rock  of  that  name,  lying  to  the  nofth< 
and  very  near  the  hummock.  Having  brought  Monte  Christi  to  the  south,  distant  about 
a  league  and  a  half,  the  proper  course,  in  order  to  fall  a  little  to  the  northward  of  Pico- 
let Point,  is  between  the  W.  S.  W.  and  S.  W.  by  W.,  distant  ')  leagues. 

"  The  mark  is  surer,  when  you  approach  the  cape  from  the  Grange,  in  steering  \Vj 
S.  W.  and  S.  W.  by  W.,  for  in  this  last  position,  the  hummock  of  Picolet  must  appear 
to  project  in  the  sea  luore  than  the  rest  of  the  coast.  The  best  luark  that  can  be  given 
is,  that  the  hummocks  which  are  to  the  west  of  the  road  of  the  cape,  are  the  highest  o( 
all  this  part;  besides,  you  can  distinguish  in  them  larsie  white  spots.  AVith  some  at- 
tention yon  will  discover  Point  Picolet,  which  is  lower  than  the  said  huminocks,  and 
seems  to  lose  itself  aiuong  them.  This  point  terminates  the  road  of  the  cape  on  the 
west  side;  in  coming  near,  you  descry  Fort  Picolet  itself,  built  upon  the  point,  at  whose 
end  lies  the  rock  of  th'*  same  name,  which  is  not  discernible  at  a  greater  distance  than 
a  league. 

"  So  soon  as  you  have  descried  Fort  Picolet,  you  steer  directly  against  it,  because 
you  must  sail  very  near  that  fort  to  enter  tlie  road,  whose  opening  is  bordered  with  dan- 
gers or  keys,  which  you  leave  on  the  larboard  in  coming  in.  We  would  advise  no  stran- 
ger to  attempt  the  channel  without  a  pilot,  for  whom  he  must  wait  in  the  offiug. 


374 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT* 


•'  At  half  past  ten  the  winri  comes  to  the  K.  S.  E.  but  it  must  blow  from  the  N.  E. 


to 


carry  you  into  the  harbor,  lor  you  arc  oblii^ed  to  steer  S.  E.  and  even  E.  S.  E.  The 
breeze  is  very  rep;uhir.  The  l,uid-wind  blows  in  the  evening,  and  often  during  the 
night ;  but  about  10  or  11  in  the  morning,  after  an  interval  or  calm,  it  turns  to  tlie  E. 
N.  E.  or  N.  E.     So  that  at  12  o'clock  shijjs  are  abk'  to  enter  the  harbor. 

The  city  of  ("ape  Haytieii  is  under  I'icolet  Mount.     There  is  no  danger  in  runnins 


in  tor  I'icolet  Point,  if  you  keep  it  bearing  from  S,  S.  W.  to  S.  S.  E.  iShonld  you  not 
have  time  to  wait  for  a  pilot,  you  must  range  along  Picolet  Point,  having  it  about  S.  or 
S.  S.  W.  at  the  distance  of  a  short  musket  shot. 

"  To  sail  into  the  harbor,  biinj;  Point  Picolet  to  bear  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  and  steer  S.  }  \V. 
A  remarkable  mountain,  called  the  Bishop's  Cai).  will  then  be  seen  directly  ahead  : 
bring  this  mountain,  which  appears  in  three  points,  in  a  line  with  a  remarkable  hum- 
mock, by  the  waterside,  in  the  iiarbor,  which  will  bear  8.  by  W.  Steering  in  this  di- 
rection will  lead  to  the  westward  of  the  outer  reef,  named  Le  Coque  Veille.  The  water 
generally  breaks  on  this  reef,  which  has  (or  had)  a  buoy,  or  white  flag  upon  it.  Con- 
tinue in  '.he  same  direction,  leaving  the  buoy  at  the  distance  of  about  15  fathoms  on  the 
larbcud  side,  until  a  small  rock,  standing  detached  a  little  from  Picolet  Point,  appears 
just  open  of  that  point.  Now  haul  to  the  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  by  S.,  keeping  the  rock  just 
open,  and  you  will  pass  between  the  ("oque  N'eille  and  Le  (irand  iMouton  Bank,  a  bank 
having  a  buoy  or  flag  on  its  eastern  edge,  which  is  ft  o.i  the  starboard  side.  The  I'etit 
Mouton,  a  danger  that  always  breaks,  and  a  shoi,  lained  Trompeuse,  with  a  buoy  or 
wliite  flag  on  it,  are  to  be  left  on  the  larboard  side.  You  must,  therefore,  have  suffi- 
cient sail  out  to  weather  rouhd  the  (irand  Mouton  Bank,  giving  the  buoy  or  flag  upuu 
it  a  berth  of  half  or  two  thirds  of  a  cable's  length  ;  and  hiving  passed  it,  steer  for  the 
town,  and  you  may  anchor  where  you  please,  in  8  or')  fathoms,  good  ground. 

"  A  ship  cannot  enter  the  harbor  unless  the  wind  be  at  N.  E.,  as  she  is  obliged  to 
steer  S.  E.  by  S.,  and  even  S.  S.  E.  The  breezes  are  very  regular;  they  come  from 
the  land  in  the  evening,  and  very  often  during  night :  but  at  about  ten  or  eleven  in  the 
morning,  after  an  interval  of  calm,  they  chop  about  E.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  Strong  norths 
have  a  great  swell  into  the  bay." 

The  town  is  on  the  western  side,  about  2  miles  from  Point  Picolet,  in  lat.  19°  46' 20', 
long. 72^  It'. 

PORT  FRANCOIS. — From  Point  Picolet  the  coast  trends  west  to  Ilonorat  Point. 
which  is  the  north  point  of  Port  Francois,  whence  a  reef  stretches  out,  a  cable's  lensth 
to  the  N.  W.  At  its  extremity  arc  ,'5  falhoins  of  water.  The  anchorage  off  Port  Fran- 
cois is  in  a  small  bay,  and  al)ont  two  cables  in  extent.  Between  the  points  of  the  bay 
there  is  good  shelter  from  the  breezes.  To  enter,  you  must  run  along  the  edge  of  the 
reef  of  Honorat,  which  is  on  the  north  side  ;  and  after  having  gone  about  two  cables  to 
the  S.  S.  E.  you  may  anchor  m  d  or  10  fathoms,  on  clayey  sand,  about  S.  W.  by  \V. 
from  the  fort. 

BAY  OF  ACFL. — From  the  south  point  of  Port  Francois,  a  reef  extends  as  far  as 
the  entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Acul,  without  leaving  any  practicable  pass.  The  Bay  oi 
Acul  is  extensive.  It  has  three  entrances,  but  the  western  is  the  best,  the  eastern  bein;i 
narrow  and  devious,  'i'he  fust  entrance  is  between  Rat  Isb't  and  Sandy  Islet,  situated 
on  the  reefs  extending  from  Port  Francois,  and  which  shut  in  the  entrance  to  the  X. 
and  N.  E.  That  to  the  N.  W.  is  'lait  iii  by  other  reefs  and  shoals,  which,  thoii!;li 
among  themselves  they  have  only  difficult  and  narrow  passages,  form  an  excellent  (  ban- 
nel  with  the  west  coast  of  the  bay.  The  three  cliannels  into  the  harbor  are  called  the 
East,  the  Middle,  and  the  West  or  Liiiibe.  Channels.  To  enter  any  one  of  these  chan- 
nels, it  is  necessary  to  ap|)roach  on  the  outside  of  the  White  Bank,  extendins  along 
shore  between  Port  Francr)is  and  the  Bay  of  Acul  until  Rat  Islet  bears  8.  by  W.  ^  V.'., 
attd  so  soon  as  you  are  a  league  from  the  Sandy  Islet,  you  will  plainly  see  Trois  Maries' 
Point,  which  is  the  eastern  point  of  the  bay  ;  and  approaching  nearer,  you  will  also  seen 
low  point  on  the  western  side,  in  the  interior  of  the  bay,  named  I'oint  Belie,  which  is 
known  by  a  elumpof  trees  that  is  upon  it.  Having  recognized  these  points  bring  them 
in  a  line,  and  steer  in  with  this  mark,  keeping  l»y  small  variations  of  course,  the  depth  of 
10  fathoms.  Thus  you  will  run  in  mid-channel,  which  is  not  more  than  a  cable's  leiicili 
wide,  and  the  bottom  of  clay.  On  both  sides  of  it  there  are  white  banks,  with  4  fathoms 
of  water  on  their  edges.  It  is  necessary  to  notice  that  you  must  have  recognized  liie 
two  points  which  serve  for  the  leading  mark  at  two  miles  from  Trois  Maries'  Point :  for 
from  that  distance  it  is  necessary  to  come  in  by  the  mark  described.  In  thick  or  ha/y 
weather,  when  these  objects  cannot  be  seen  at  the  proper  distance,  you  must  not  aUempt 
to  enter  by  this  channel.  At  about  four  cables' length  within,  the  channel  begins  to 
widen,  so  that  when  Rat's  Islet,  which  you  leave  to  the  starboard,  bears  N.  W.,  you 
may  anchor  in  from  14  to  18  fathoms.  All  the  reefs  which  lie  within  Rat  Island  are 
visible. 


To  enter 

S.by  E.  I 

in  9  fathoii 

of  a  lea^u 

to  appvoac 

or  S.E.  by 

Islet,  and  \ 

you  may  ai 

danger  in  I 

but  if  you  I 

In  case  the 

will  be  free 

are  shelten 

The  We 

site.     To  e 

the  west  sid 

That  of  Lii 

Point  Ic; 

its  being  th 

league  beai 

the  breakin 

there  are  5 

channel  bet 

S.  E.  courf 

to  pr  -^  aboi 

to  the  west 

til  very  neai 

avoiding  thf 

\  on  may  al 

Boucaiid  P 

down  at  th( 

between  Ra 

is  called  the 

to  make  a  In 

To  enter  i 

three  cables 

wards  the  pi 

half  a  cable' 

posite.     1-Ia 

called  the  L 

ble's  length 

there  are  ma 

ledge  of  the 

thoins  of  wa 

Between  ' 

about  halfa  i 

taking:  care  t 

not  to  place 

tance  betwee 

In  Acul  Bay 

tween  Trois 

ANSK  A 

of  Margot,  w 

very  useful 

two  miles  we 

you  must  ke 

you  have  py 

moment  you 

This  happen 

bay,  there  is 

depth,  and  i« 

P^OND  L 

Fond  la  (jrar 

named  Palm 

west,  and  aln 

of  necessity, 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


375 


)m  the  N.  E.  to 
E.  .S.  E.  The 
fteii  (luring  the 
turns  to  the  E. 
r. 

infjer  in  running 

Should  you  not 

n2  it  about  S.  or 

ndsteerS.  JW. 

directly  ahead  : 
eniarkahle  buni- 
•ering  in  this  di- 
ille.  The  water 
;  upon  it.  Con- 
5  fathoms  on  the 
't  Point,  appeal* 
in!^  the  roci<  just 
ton  Bank,  a  bank 
side.  The  Petit 
,  with  a  buoy  or 
efore,  have  suffi- 
uoy  or  rtaa;  upon 
I  it,  steer  for  the 
rround. 
she  is  obli:^p(l  to 

they  coTiie  from 
n  or  eleven  in  the 
;.     Sti'ong  northj 

n  lat.  19^  46' 20', 

o  Ilonorat  Point, 
,  a  cable's  leiisth 
ge  off  Port  Friin- 
joints  of  the  bay 
the  ed;ie  of  the 
ut  two  cal)les  to 
ut  S.  W.  by  W. 

extends  as  far  a3 
s.  The  13 ay  oi 
le  eastern  beiiiii 

V  islet,  situated 
itraiMO  to  the  N. 
s,  which,  ihonL'li 
n  excellent  chan- 
bor  are  called  the 
ne  of  these  chan- 
extendina  alonj 

S.  by  W.  \  W.: 
;ec  Trois  Maries' 
on  will  also  see  a 
t  Belie,  whicii  is 
)oint.s  brinii  them 
urse,  the  depth  ol" 
n  a  cable's  leiisitii 
s,  with  4  fathoms 
recognized  the 
aries'  Point ;  for 

In  thick  or  ha/y 
must  not  aitem|)t 
hannel   beains  to 

ears  N.  W.,  you 
in  Rat  Island  are 


M 


To  enter  by  the  Middle  Channel,  you  must  run  outside  the  bank  until  Rat  Islet  bears 
S.  bv  E.  h  Em  ;>"•'  placinji;  the  prow  in  that  direction,  sierriiii;  that  course,  and  keeping 
ill ')  laihoins  of  water,  you  will  pass  very  near  to  some  reefs  w  liith  are  about  one  quarter 
of  a  league  to  the  northward  of  Rat  Islet.  These  are  easily  seen,  and  it  is  necessary 
to  appvoach  them  within  a  cable's  length,  on  the  larboard  hand,  aud  to  luff  up  to  S.  E. 
or  S.  E.  bv  E.  to  pass  alont;  the  north  side  of  that  which  stretches  to  the  east  from  Rat 
Islet,  and  which  must  be  left  to  starboard.  Havin";  once  got  to  the  S.  E.  of  Rat  Islet, 
von  niav  anchor,  as  ^^bove  stated.  All  the  reefs  si.ow  clearly,  and  therefore  there  is  no 
dansrei'  '"  taking  this  channel  when  the  winds  allow  you  to  shape  the  proper  courses  ; 
but  if  you  cannot  do  this,  you  ought  not  to  take  it,  as  there  is  not  room  for  working  in. 
In  case  the  wind  becomes  scant  in  the  chaimel,  you  uiust  anchor  in  a  moment,  and  you 
will  be  free  from  danj;cr;  for  the  holdiiiggrouud  is  very  good,  being  hard  clay,  and  you 
are  sheltered  from  the  swell  of  the  sea. 

The  West  or  Limbe  Channel  is  the  best  and  widest,  for  you  may  work  in  it,  if  requi- 
site. To  enter  by  this  channel,  run  outside  the  banks  or  shoals,  until  Point  league,  on 
the  west  side,  bears  south.  This  point  lies  bntween  Limbe  and  Grand  Boucand  Points. 
That  of  Limbe  is  the  north-westernmost,  and  has  an  islet  at  its  base. 

Poiiil  league  is  easily  known  by  the  scarjied  or  blulf  rocks  which  form  it;  and  from 
its  being  the  only  one  of  any  elevation  lying  to  the  soutli  of  Limbe.  So  soon  as  Point 
league  bears  south,  steer  towards  it,  and  as  you  get  near  it  you  will  see,  to  larboard, 
the  breaking  of  a  reef  of  connidt^rable  extent,  named  Co(|ueveille,  on  the  edge  of  which 
there  are  5  fathoms  of  water ;  liaving  recogniy.ed  this  reef,  taking  care  to  pass  in  mid- 
channel  between  it  and  Point  Icasjue,  in  10  or  l.'j  fathoms  of  water,  and  with  nearly  a 
S.  E.  course,  with  which  you  must  rim  in,  amending  successively  a  little  to  the  east, 
to  pr  -  about  3  or  4  cables'  length  from  (inmd  Boucand  Point.  Yon  may  then  anchor 
to  the  west  of  Trois  Maries'  Point.  If  obliged  to  taek,  you  must  prolong  the  tacks  un- 
til very  near  the  reefs,  on  the  supposition  that  their  breakers  afford  the  best  marks  for 
avoiding  them  ;  and  that,  at  the  very  edge  of  them,  there  are  .5  and  6  fathoms  of  water. 
\  on  may  also  prolong  the  tacks  to  a  cable  from  the  coast,  without  any  risk  ;  for  though 
Boucand  Point  is  foul,  the  reefs  show  above  water,  and  have  8  and  10  fathoms  up  and 
d(t»'ii  at  their  edsre.  The  anchorage,  or  place  which  we  have  assigned  for  anchoring, 
between  Rat  Islet,  Trois  Maries'  Point,  and  Boiicmu  Pomu,  is  not  properly  that  which 
is  called  the  Bay  of  Acul ;  but  as  there  is  good  shelter  in  it,  those  who  have  no  occasion 
to  make  a  long  delay,  or  to  discharge,  may  avoid  enterina  the  bay. 

To  enter  the  Biiji  of  Arul,  you  must  not  apjiroach  Trois  Maries'  Point  nearer  than 
three  cables'  lenjith.  for  it  is  (oul  and  sliallow  ;  and  so  soon  as  you  are  jiast  it,  steer  to- 
wards the  point  of  Morne  Rouge.  (Red  Hill,)  or  the  east,  which  you  must  pass  at  about 
half  a  cable's  length,  in  order  to  give  a  bertli  to  a  shoal  which  lies  olT  Belie  Point,  op- 
posite. Ha"ing  i)asseil  Morne  Rouge  Point,  you  will  see  a  fine  cove,  on  the  same  side, 
called  the  Ijombard  Cove,  in  whicli  you  may  anchor  in  7  fathoms  water,  at  about  a  ca- 
ble's length  tVoiu  the  shore.  From  this  cove  southward,  into  the  interior  of  the  bay, 
there  are  many  stioals  ;  and  no  one  should  p  ss  the  cove  who  has  not  a  i)ractical  know- 
ledge of  them.  In  the  route  above  described,  you  will  always  find  from  10  to  15  fa- 
thoms of  water,  on  clay. 

Between  Trois  Maries'  Point  and  that  of  Morne  Rouge,  in  a  line  with  them,  and 
about  half  a  mile  from  the  first,  there  is  a  shoal  of  small  extent,  which  you  will  shun  by 
taking  care  to  pass  at  not  less  than  ihrne  cables'  length  from  TVois  Maries'  Point,  and 
not  to  place  the  ship's  head  towanU  Morne  Rouge  Point  until  you  are  at  half  the  dis- 
tance between  the  two  points.  The  anchorage  of  the  Lombard  Cove  is  a  natural  rock. 
In  Acul  Bay  it  is  difficult  to  get  water  ;  the  best  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  cove,  be- 
tween Trois  Maries'  anil  Morne  Rouge  Points. 

ANSE  A  CllOITCIlor,  OR  CHOUCIIOU  BAY.— To  Point  Limbe  follows  that 
of  Margot,  which  has  a  roiiml  islet,  lying  rather  farther  out  than  that  of  Limbe.  It  is 
very  useful  to  make  this  islet,  in  order  to  direct  yourself  to  Chouchou  Bay,  wjuch  lies 
two  miles  west  from  it.  In  this  bay  there  is  a  good  depth  of  6  or  7  fathoms  :  to  enter  it 
yon  must  keep  towards  the  e;tst  point,  which  has  (i  fathoms  close  to  it;  and  so  soon  as 
you  have  passed  it,  and  (he  vessel  begins  to  lose  headway,  you  may  anchor;  for  the 
moment  you  enter  under  the  point  the  biee/.e  calms,  and  the  little  you  have  comes  ahead. 
This  happens  even  when  tlie  wind  is  very  fresh  without  the  bay.  To  the  west  of  this 
bay,  there  is  a  small  one,  called  La  Rivii'ue  Salee,  or  Salt  River  Cove,  which  has  little 
depth,  and  is  fit  for  siiinll  (raft  only. 

FOND  LA  (tRA.N(JE — Four  miles  westward  from  th'!  Bay  of  Chouchou  is  that  of 
Fond  la  (jrange,  or  the  Grange  Bottom,  600  fathoms  broad,  antlthe  west  point  of  which, 
named  Palmiste,  is  distinguished  by  a  chain  of  reefs  extending  nearly  a  league  to  the 
west,  and  almost  to  Point  d'lcague.  Fond  la  Grange  is  a  good  roadstead,  and  in  case 
of  necessity,  a  ship  of  the  line  may  ride  in  it ;  for  throughout  it  there  are  not  less  than  6 


I 


376 


BLUNT's  A51ERICAN  COAST  PILOT, 


JJ  '11 


fathoms  water,  and  at  less  than  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore.  To  enter  in  it,  yon 
must  pass  near  the  east  jioml,  anil  anehor  in  about  the  middlu  of  the  bay,  on  clayey 
8anil.  At  a  short  league  v.L.Mv.iiid  Ironi  raimiste  I'oint  lies  that  of  Jcague.  The  coast 
between  is  fonl,  uith  sunken  reels,  wliieh  advance  half  a  league  out  to  sea. 

PUKT  PAlX. — Eight  miles  (rom  I'oint  d'lcague  is  that  of  the  Carenage,  which  \n 
the  northernmost  headlajid  ot  this  part  of  the  coast,  and  wh:ch,  from  a  distance,  may  be 
mistaken  lor  Point  d'lcaj;ue.  The  coast  between  is  very  clear.  From  this  point  the 
coast  trends  :S.  W.  by  .s,  to  form  the  cove  of  Point  I'aix.  To  enter  here  you  must 
avoid  the  east  shore,  because  from  a  point  which  lies  a  little  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  town, 
a  reef  stretches  out  about  a  cable's  length,  and  iunnediately  without  it  there  is  a  depth 
of  13  fathoms,  with  oo/y  sand.  To  avoid  this  reef,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance, 
which  has  only  three  cables'  length  in  breadth,  and  anchor  to  the  N.  VV.  from  the  town, 
in  ]'J  or  13  fathoms,  on  clayey  sand,  about  a  cable  apd  a  half  from  the  shore. 

CHAiN.NEL  UE  TUKTUE. — iNcarly  north  from  Point  d'lcague  is  the  east  ^oint 
of  Tortue  or  'J'ortugas  Island,  which  extends  nearly  east  and  west,  and,  in  that  dnec- 
tion  is  about  (>  leagues  in  extent,  but  only  1  from  N.  to  S.  All  its  north  side  is  iron 
bound,  and  sleep  to,  and  the  south  side  is  for  the  most  part  bounded  by  a  white  shoal 
and  reefs.  The  only  good  anchorage  in  Tortue  is  that  of  Basseterre,  on  its  south  side, 
at  a  league  and  a  ball  from  the  east  point.  It  is  formed  by  the  shore  and  the  reefs  which 
run  out  liom  it,  and  no  vessel  drawing  more  than  14  or  15  leet  can  enter  it.  The  pas- 
sage is  narrow,  but  easy  to  fetch.  \  ou  must  keep  the  weather  reefs  on  board,  leaving 
them  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  N.  \V.  and  N.  to  double  the  reefs  you  leave 
on  the  larboard  hand.  Do  not  bi;  afraid  of  coming  near  the  land,  and  anchor  in  good 
ground  so  soon  as  you  have  brought  the  lee  reef  to  bear  S.  W.  Large  ships  may  come 
to  anchor  outside  the  reef,  upt."  white  ground,  a  mile  to  leeward  of  Basseterre. 

To  the  eastward  of  Basseterre,  towards  Portugal  or  the  east  point,  there  are  several 
bays  or  coves,  in  which  boats  or  sehooneis  may  anchor,  but  nothing  of  a  larger  size. 

The  chuinel  which  the  isle  Torcue  forms  with  liayti,  is  6  uules  wide,  and  lit  for 
every  class  of  vessels,  which  may  commodiously  beat  in  it,  and  often  with  great  advan- 
tages for  getting  to  windward,  when  the  currents  in  it  run  to  the  eastward,  which  they  do 
for  the  greater  i)art  of  the  year  ;  for  raiel),  and  only  during  souths,  do  they  change  their 
direction  to  west.  In  the  latter  case,  it  is  necessary  to  advance  northward,  and  get  6  or 
7  leagues  from  the  Tortue,  to  beat  to  windward.  When  beating  in  the  Tortue  Ohan- 
nel,  you  ought  to  stand  on  within  less  than  a  mile  of  the  coast  on  every  tack  ;  for  to- 
wards the  coasts  the  current  is  stronger,  and  the  wind  nure  favorable,  than  in  mid-chnn- 
nel.  As  there  are  several  bays  on  each  side,  the  setting  of  the  current  is  neither  uni- 
form nor  in  the  same  direction.  You  will  sometimes  see  it  run  in  numerous  directions; 
and  sometimes,  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  it  will  run  contrary  to  the  current  in  shore. 

PORT  PAlX  TO  ST.  NICOLAS'  MOLE.— Four  leagues  from  Port  Paix  lies 
Port  Mous'i(iue.  The  coast  between  is  clear,  and  blutf  or  scarped.  Port  Moustiqiie 
has  scarcely  an  opening  of  4  cables'  length:  its  bottom  is  unequal,  and  impeded  wjih 
rocks,  whicli  render  it  necessary  to  examine  it  with  the  lead  before  you  let  go  an  anchor; 
for  between  the  two  outer  j)oinis  you  cannot  hud  bottom  with  40  fathoms  of  line. 

At  a  league  and  a  half  from  I'ort  Mousti(|ue  is  Port  a  TEcu,  and  the  coast  between 
the  two  is  rocky,  steep  to,  and  blutf.  This  cove  is  better  than  Port  iMoustiiiae,  but  not 
60  easy  for  large  ships,  as  its  entrance  is  narrow,  in  consequence  of  a  reef  which  stretches 
otf  about  two  cables'  length  from  its  eastern  point,  and  upon  which  there  is  not  more 
than  3  fathoms  water.  To  take  this  anchorage,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  near  to  the  reel's 
ofl'  the  east  point,  and  liaul  by  the  wind,  ranging  along  the  reef,  to  anchor  in  8  or  10  la- 
Jthoms  in  the  centre  of  the  cove,  on  clay,  ai)d  about  N.  N.  E.  from  a  house  which  is  at 
the  bottom  of  the  bay. 

Six  miles  from  Port  al'Ecu  is  the  anchorage  of  .Jean  Rabel,  which  is  good,  safe,  ant! 
easy  to  take.  On  approaching  this  place  you  ought,  without  any  fear,  to  approximaie 
the  reef  on  the  east  side,  which  has  10  fathoms  close  to  its  edge.  The  anchorage  tor 
large  ships  is  about  two  cables'  length  from  the  eastern  breakers,  in  Ti  or  15  fatlioins; 
and  care  must  be  taken  not  to  shut  in  the  two  points  which  are  on  the  east  coast,  lor 
though  it  is  possible  to  run  farther  in,  yet  it  is  not  advisable  ;  for  the  depth  suddenly  di- 
ntinishes,  and  the  bottom  is  not  very  clean. 

.Should  you  be  to  the  north-west  of  .lean  Rabel,  at  a  short  league's  distance  from  the 
land,  and  have  half  the  island  of  Tortue  open  with  the  point,  you  will  find  00  fathoms  ol 
water,  oo/.y  ground,  and  a  little  farther  out  f*0  fathoms. 

From  Jean  Rabel  the  coast  forms  a  great  bight  to  the  southward,  as  far  as  the  penin- 
sula, called  Presqu'  Isle,  or  the  Mole,  the  western  point  of  which,  called  the  Mole  Point, 
ies  13  miles  W.  S.  W.  from  it.  All  the  shore  between  is  rocky,  and  does  not  oHerany 
shelter.  At  all  times  the  currents  here  are  very  perceptible  near  the  shore,  and  gene- 
Irally  set  on  it.  At  two  leagues  in  the  otfing  they  are  less  so,  and  run  to  the  north-east. 
Near  the  peninsula  they  are  much  stronger,  and  commonly  set  towards  the  north. 


i 


•1 


ST.  NK 
Rt  itsentra 
doubled  th 
on  the  son 
ground,  "I 
age  is  l)el'o 
gjing  in,  yi 
land  with  s 

Within 
ver  to  watt 
When  it  bl 
letting  go. 

The  Der 
hank,  whic 
3  and  4  fall 
about  a  cab 
a  battery. 
E,  -id  of  il 
prolong  the 
east.  You 
above  menti 
tack  in  time 
let  go  an  an 
which  is  we 
ricanes. 

In  going  ( 
trance ;  and 
of  Fool's  C; 
the  coast  th« 
la  Pcrle,  or 

The  sea-l) 
and  blows  ve 
S.  K.  It  CO 
to  the  northv 
to  slacken  en 

Dir 

In  ailvancii 
tue  Island  a 
you  will  desc 

The  land  ti 
dually  towari 
on  the  same  i 
tain,  smooth 
this,  to  the  s 
are  both  10  o 
the  water  sidf 
approach,  a  h 
saddle-land, 
described. 

MANZArs 
zanilla  Bay. 
part  of  it. 

The  Seven 
them.  Tlier 
approach  the 
advancing  inl 
mile  from  shi 

The  River 
falls  into  the 
impossible,  to 

To  anchor 
Point,  and  dn 
Spanish  line, 
as  easy  to  go 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


377 


enter  in  it,  you 
e  bay,  on  clayey 
fjue.  Tlie  coast 
sea. 

renage,  wliicli  \n 
Jistance,  may  be 
ni  tliis  point  the 
r  liere  you  must 
.  E.  ol'tlie  town, 
;  tlieie  is  a  depth 
of  tlie  entrance, 
I.  from  the  town, 
iiore. 

is  llic  east  point 
d,  in  that  dnec- 
jrtli  side  is  iron 
by  a  white  slioal 
un  its  soiitli  side, 
d  the  reefs  which 
ter  it.     The  pas- 
on  board,  leaving 
e  reefs  you  leave 
I  anchor  in  good 
!  ships  may  come 
isselerre. 
here  are  several 
a  larger  size, 
wide,  and  lit  for 
with  great  advan- 
(1,  which  they  do 
they  change  their 
ard,  and  get  G  ur 
lie  Tortue  (Hian- 
pry  tack  ;    for  to- 
lan  in  niid-chnn- 
t  is  neither  iim- 
erous  directions; 
current  in  siioie. 
Ill  Port  I'aix  lies 
Port  Mousli(|ue 
id  impeded  wiih 
et  go  an  anchor; 
us  of  line, 
e  coast   between 
)usti(iae,  but  not 
f  which  stretches 
jcre  is  not  more 
luear  to  the  reel's 
lor  in  8  or  10  la- 
use  which  is  at 

good,  safi%  an! 
to  approxinnie 
|ie  anchorage  lor 
or  15  fathoms; 
east  coast,  (or 
Ipth  suddenly  di- 

jstance  from  the 
lid  ()0  fathoms  of 

["ar  as  the  penin- 
l  the  Mole  Poini, 
les  not  od'cran) 
[hore,  and  gene- 
the  north-east. 
Ithe  north. 


ST.  NICOLAS'  MOLE,  BAY  OR  TIARr>OR.--This  harbor  is  larce  and  spacious 
nt  itsentrance,  but  narrowstowards  the  town,  whi'h  you  will  descry  as  soon  as  you  have 
doubled  the  cape.  Vou  may  stand  very  close  to  d'her  shore,  but  it  is  advisable  to  allow 
on  the  south  side  more  room  for  veerinij  than  on  the  north  side,  as  there  is  no  anchoring 
ciouiid,  which  you  have  on  the  north  side,  tlioui;li  very  near  the  shore.  The  anchor- 
ace  is  before  the  town,  and  under  the  barracks,  in  15  or  IH  fathoms,  siindy  bottom.  In 
ff  jing  in.  you  must  be  prepared  against  the  pull's  or  squalls,  which  come  down  from  the 
land  with  such  violence  as  to  endanger  t)ie  masts. 

Within  the  bay  or^haibor  you  will  be  sheltered  from  every  wind.  'J'here  is  a  fine  ri- 
ver to  water  at,  and  places  where  a  ship  iii;iy  be  ciireened  with  her  side  to  the  shore. 
When  it  blows  hard  it  is  difficult  to  get  to  the  anchorage  ;  and  if  you  are  not  quick  in 
letting  go,  the  anchor  may  fall  from  6  to  .'JU  and  ;J5  fathoms. 

The  Derrotero  says  that  the  north  co;ist  from  C'ape  Si.  Nicolas,  sends  out  a  white 
bank,  which  stretches  about  one  third  of  a  cable  from  the  slioif,  and  on  which  (here  aro 
3  and  4  fathoms  water.  The  south  shore  has  also  its  white  bank,  which  extends  out 
about  a  cable's  length  from  an  interior  point  S.  W.  of  the  town,  upon  which  thpre  is 
a  batteiy.  From  this  point  the  white  bank  extends  directly  to  the  Fort  Point,  the  N. 
E.  ■  id  of  the  town;  and,  therefore,  when  to  the  northward  of  that  point,  you  must  not 
prolong  the  tack  to  the  south  farther  than  to  brina;  the  north  jiart  of  the  town  to  bear 
east.  Vou  should  also  bo  aware,  that  on  'he  south  roast,  and  a  little  to  the  west  of  the 
above  mentioned  point,  no  bottom  has  been  found  ;  therefore  you  ought  to  look  out  and 
tack  in  time.  On  (he  northern  tack  lliea;  is  not  s(»  much  danger;  for  it  is  jiossible  to 
let  go  an  anchor,  although  it  must  be  done  v  ly  near  to  the  shore.  Jn  the  anchorage, 
which  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  vessels  pa.ss  the  dangerous  season  of  the  hur- 
ricanes. 

In  going  out  you  will  see,  to  the  southward,  the  point  of  the  cape  which  forms  itsen- 
trance ;  and  farther  to  the  southward  you  will  then  descry  the  Point  du  Cap  a  Foux,  or 
of  Fool's  Cape.  The  latter  lies  5',  miles  to  the  southward  of  .'^t.  Nicolas  Point ;  and 
the  coast  thence  extends  2.^  leagues  more,  nearly  in  the  same  direction,  to  the  Point  a 
la  Pcrle,  or  Pearl  Point. 

The  sea-breeze  at  the  Mole  is  from  N.  K.  by  N.  It  comes  on  at  8  in  the  morning, 
and  blows  very  strong  till  10  or  11  at  night.  Tiie  land-breeze  comes  on  moderately  at 
S.  E.  It  continues  till  (i  ii;  the  morning,  tliendies  a«  ;iy.  and  it  is  calm  till  8.  If  bound 
to  the  northw;,rd,  ships  generally  weigh  aj  d  or  10  at  night,  when  the  sea-breeze  begins 
to  slacken  enough  to  run  them  out. 

Directions  for  Shij))i  bound  to  Cape  ITa;/firji,  S^r.,from  the  Wctitu-ard. 

In  advancing  from  the  westward  towards  Cape  Haytien,  give  the  N.  E.  part  of  Tor- 
tue Island  a  good  berth  ;  and  after  you  get  to  windward  of  the  east  end  of  the  island, 
you  will  descry  the  cape.  ^ 

The  land  to  the  west  of  Port  Paix  shuts,  to  the  northward,  a  low  point,  and  rises  gra- 
dually towards  the  south  to  a  high  mountain,  with  a  sugar-loaf  top,  and  then  it  declines 
on  the  same  side  to  a  large  valley,  whence  it  rises  quickly  to  a  prodigious  high  moun- 
tain, smooth  at  the  toj),  and  the  highest  land  in  this  part  of  Hayti.  The  high  land  after 
this,  to  the  southward,  is  of  sugar-loaf  form,  with  a  little  one  to  the  south  of  it,  which 
are  both  10  or  12  miles  in  the  country.  The  next  high  land,  or  point,  which  is  seen  by 
the  water  side,  is  Cape  Ihiytien.  'J'he  land,  at  (list,  makes  like  a  saddle  ;  but  on  nearer 
approach,  a  low  point  will  apjiear,  which  sliuts  from  the  eastward  the  eastern  [)art  of  the 
saddle-land.  This  is  Point  Picolet,  or  the  Cape  Land,  the  extremity  of  the  cape  already 
described. 

MANZANILLA  BAY. — Ships  from  the  westward  may  with  safety  proceed  toMan- 
zanilla  Bay.  It  is  quite  clear,  and  you  may  approach  within  one  third  of  a  mile  in  every 
part  of  it. 

The  Seven  Brothers,  which  have  been  described,  are  mostly  barren,  with  reefs  about 
them.  There  is  some  wood  upon  them,  and  plenty  of  (ish  all  round.  You  need  not 
approach  the  western  part  of  them  nearer  than  two  leagues,  until  you  sec  the  bay.  On 
advancing  into  this,  there  will  be  found  10  lathoms  water,  at  about  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  from  shore. 

The  River  Massacre,  formerly  a  boundary  of  tho  Spanish  and  Haytien  territories, 
falls  into  the  bay,  to  the  eastward  of  Port  Daujihin;  init  it  will  be  very  difficult,  if  not 
impossible,  to  water  there,  as  you  must  go  up  the  river  nearly  two  leagues  to  obtain  it. 

To  anchor  properly,  so  as  to  have  the  best  shelter,  run  along  the  inside  of  Manzanilla 
Point,  and  drop  it  in  b  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  All  the  anchoring  places  are  within  the 
Spanish  line,  where  the  land  is  low,  marshy,  and  covered  with  mangroves.  The  bay  is 
as  easy  to  go  in  a.s  to  get  out,  leaving  regular  land  and  sea-breezes,  and  beicg  quite  se- 

48 


378 


Blum's  americaiv  coast  pilot. 


ctire  from  any  swell.  A  ship,  haviiii;  lost  her  anchors,  may  run  in  upon  the  mtiddv 
shore.  'I'lie  landing  is  very  easy,  line  i><  game  and  lish  ;  and  bulloeUs,  cows,  and  hofs, 
may  be  piirchastMl, 

'I'he  HOAD  (JF  jMON'l'K  CHRIS  Tl  is  more  open  than  Manzaniila  Bay,  although 
in  it  there  is  good  am  lior;\i;e,  well  sinltcred  from  the  N.  K.,  E.,  and  S.  K.,  wliidi  arc 
the  strung  hree/es  ;  and  (iuiing  tlie  nortlis  you  may  anchor  in  5  or  4  fathoms,  under 
Cabra,  the  isiet  oliMome  Cluisli.  Tlie  same  resources  may  be  found  here  as  in  Mim- 
zaniila  Hay. 

"  The  anchorage  at  the  Grange,"  says  an  able  navigator,  '*  is  less  spacious  than  that 
under  Point  Vsai)t'iia,  but  it  is  iiiure  shchered  from  tiie  norths  by  the  ish-t.  Ten  ships 
of  war  might  easily  be  anchored,  in  from  f)  to  7  fathoms,  within  |)istol  shot  of  this  isht, 
which  makes  half  a  le  r;uc  distance  from  the  islet  to  the  reef  that  is  as  (ar  from  the  sborp. 
We  had  four  strong  brec/rs.  wliich  uii^'ht  be  called  gales  of  wind,  yet  we  rode  with  onlv 
half  a  cable,  and  had  not  occasion  to  freshen  hawse. 

"The  islet  ("abras,  or  Cabra,  is  u'siily  half  a  circle  of  'JOO  fathoms  diameter,  anr|  his 
a  hillock  about  the  height  and  length  of  :5()  feet,  with  a  cut  in  the  middle,  of  near  10  tn. 
thorns;  and  this  is  wh.il  bveaks  oil'  the  sea  and  winds.  The  French  had  made  thcrp  a 
very  good  salt-work,  which  the  Spaniards  have  let  go  to  ruin.  It  differs  from  lliose  it 
Turk's  Islands,  produces  belter  salt,  and  is  more  convenient,  as  you  may  introduce  the 
salt  water  as  you  wai.t  it,  in  the  several  pans. 

"  The  landing  is  easy  every  where.  Very  good  hay  is  made  on  the  island  :  it  is  a  kind 
of  dog's  grass,  which  they  pull  up  by  the  roots.  That  which  grows  by  the  river's  side 
is  coarser.  The  river  (St.  .lago)  is  one  league  from  the  island  to  the  .S.  W.  of  the  town, 
and  marked  by  a  tuft  of  trees.  Tlie  water  is  very  good,  and  easily  got.  The  boat  ninv 
go  in  at  hi<;h  water,  and  at  about  half  a  cable's  length  within,  you  will  find  it  fresli,  t|;, 
current  being  so  strong  that  the  salt  water  cannot  get  in.  You  have  commonly  a  qiuii- 
ter-wind  to  (etch  it  in,  and  bring  it  back.  Here  is  very  good  (ishing.  and  you  may  himl 
the  seine,  as  well  as  near  the  shore.  On  the  larboard  side  of  the  town,  about  a  leacus 
from  the  shore,  it  is  good  shooting.  You  will  lind  plenty  of  wood-pigeons  and  Imin 
fowls." 

The   Western  Coasts  of  Ilayti  or  St.  Domingo,  hclween  St.  Nicolas'  Mole  and  CajJt 

Tiburon. 

In  proceeding  from  St.  Nicolas'  Mole,  as  already  observed,  you  will  descry  to  the 
southward  the  I'oiiit  du  Cap  au  Foux.  or  of  Fool's  Cape,  which  lies  5',  miles  to  the 
southward  of  St.  Nicolas'  Point;  and  the  coast  thence  trends  U^  leagues  more,  nearly  in 
the  same  direction,  to  the  Point  de  la  Pcrle,  or  Pearl  Point. 

This  part  of  the  coast  is  steep,  without  any  shelter;  but  here  it  is  generally  a  calm. 
The  currents  in-shore  set  to  the  northward,  and  two  leagues  in  the  oiling,  to  the  \V. 
and  W.  S.  W. 

PLATTF-FORME  OR  PLATFORM,  cScc— From  Point  de  la  Perle  the  coaM 
rounds  to  the  south-eastward  and  cast,  to  the  point  of  the  Platform,  which  is  at  the  dis- 
tance of  3  leagues  trom  the  Ibrmer.  This  point  is  easily  distinguished,  as  well  by  its  tlat 
form  as  by  its  being  the  southermuost  of  this  j)art  of  the  island.  The  anchorage  is  br- 
fore  a  small  sandy  cove,  at  the  boitoiii  of  which  some  houses  are  seen.  You  anchor 
near  the  shore  in  H  or  10  lalhoms,  weedy  bottom.  At  this  place  water  luay  be  obtaind 
after  rains,  but  there  is  none  to  be  had  at  other  times. 

'Jo  anchor  under  the  J'la/J'ornt,  briiia  its  southernmost  point  E.by  S.,  the  westerninnsi 
point  in  sight  \V.  N.  Vv'.,  the  watering  place  N.  N.  E.  Then  come  to  in  about  9  la- 
thorns.  In  deeper  water  the  s'iuiiik!  is  foul ;  and  the  nearer  the  shore  the  clearer  the 
bottom.  The  bank  is  very  steep  (or  two  cables'  length.  Without,  10  fathoms  souini- 
ings  will  not  be  found.  The  b.iy  is  \ei\  convenient  lor  cruizing  ships  tu  heel  and  boot- 
top  in,  cVc. 

Front,  the  Platform  Point  to  Point  a  Pierre,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance  of  li:r 
Port  of  (Jonaives,  the  bearing  and  distaiue  are  E.  lH°  S.,  10  leagues.  The  point  is 
high  and  steep,  and  all  the  coast  between  is  safe,  and  may  be  ranged  very  near.  There 
is  anchorage,  even  (or  large  ships,  at  Hennc  Hay  and  at  Port  Piment,  but  it  ought  tu  iif 
used  only  in  case  of  necessity.  In  the  winter  months  there  are  tornadoes  or  gales  of 
wind  almost  every  night,  coming  from  the  S.  E.,  some  of  which  are  violent ;  and  unless 
you  have  business  on  this  part  of  tlie  coast,  it  is  best  to  stand  olf  two  or  three  leagues, 
60  that  you  may.  with  any  wind,  keep  to  the  westward. 

GONAIVES. — The  bay  of  (lonaives  or  Connaheeves,  as  the  French  pronounce  it,  is 
very  large  and  fine,  the  anchorage  excellent,  and  the  entrance  very  easy.  You  ran^'e 
along  the  shore,  at  half  a  league  or  two  miles  distance,  steering  nearly  east,  and  let  j!0 
your  anchor  in  from  10  to  6  fathoms,  ooze.     You  will  find  from  the  entrance  under  Gu- 


Tiaivi's  I'd! 

Wilier  ib'i 

iuiiil,  and  t 

After  you 

Castries  oi 

lies  abciit : 

Observe 

distance  of 

(.'apfiiin 

of  cuhtaiiii 

it  is  (tl'  viMi 

ral)li's'  leii; 

'.'(/  -11".  aiK 

Siiips  in 

north  side 

siiilit,  bean 

inid-cliaiiiK 

the  harbor, 

small  lull,  a 

have  7  latin 

0  fallDins, 

f.'!).     I  have 

lliuins;   but 

turtii  E.  ,i  > 

The  souii 

inirks  for  rii 

viiu  must  IK 

the  soiitliwa 

on  witli  the 

distance  tba 

tlie  south  si( 

and  alter  tlia 

ST.  MAI 

the  Bay  of  ( 

seven  league 

«!iieli  appeal 

Mniiie  au  I) 

tilionife,  whi 

ai,'e  the  who! 

Cape  St.  I 

hillock  wnici 

The  opeiii 

league  uithii 

to  in  of  the  b 

into  less  wate 

piece  of  foul 

a  reef  stretcl 

Tilt  foUoivim^ 


About  9  le 
alijuit  this  cu: 
which  lasts  ti 
that  time,  be 
naives,  you  n 
ble  distance, 
island,  which 
fathoms  of  w 
fathoms. 

"About  tw 
farther  south 
to  keep  your 
about  4  fatho 

"Thispjac 
all  aloag  to  tl 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


379 


upon  tlie  mudriv 
i,  COWS,  and  ho|;s, 

lla  Hny,  Jihhntigl, 

S.  K.,  wliicli  HI-,. 

4    latlHims,  under 

I  liero  ns  in  Man- 

pacious  thnn  thai 
islrt.  Trn  ship, 
1  shot  of  this  i^lct, 
liu-  lioni  the  sliorc. 
we  rode  with  unU 

(liamrtcr,  ntid  his 
hlle,  of  near  10  i,. 
had  made  thnc  a 
Hers  from  tliose  at 
nay  introduce  tb 

island  :  it  is  a  kind 
hy  the  river's  side 
S"  W.  of  the  town, 
)t.  The  linnt  niav 
ill  find  it  fresh,  tl;'( 
commonly  a  qiini- 
and  you  may  hmil 
wn,  about  a  leagiifi 
pigeons  and  Indii 


;'  Mole  and  Cape 


vill   descrv  to  the 


les  o , 


miles  to  tli 


lies  more,  nearly  m 

penerally  a  calm. 
oiling,  to  the  \V. 

Perle  the  coa<i 

lich  is  at  the  dis- 

d,  as  well  hy  its  flat 

inchorage  is  be- 

een.     You  anchor 

r  may  be  obtained 

.,  the  westernmnst 

to  in  about  [I  la- 

)re  the  clearer  the 

[{)  fathoms  souml- 

to  heel  and  bout- 


le  entrance  of  the 
>s.  The  point  i^ 
very  near.  Theif 
hut  it  ought  tu  he 
ladoes  or  gales  of 
iolent  -,  and  unless 
or  three  leagues,  [• 

h  pronounce  it,  is  | 
easy.  You  ranie  • 
ly  east,  and  let  so  ' 
ntrauce  under  Gu- 


waives  Point,  which  is  low,  and  one  mile  east  of  Point  Pierre,  1.0  ami  12  fathoms:  the 
water  dt'Cccises  as  you  get  into  the  bay.  When  you  are  a  uood  half  league  from  the 
|,iiid,  and  two  miles  from  the  Debercadaire,  (or  landing  place.)  y(m  will  have  h  fathoms. 
After  you  have  doiiiiltMl  the  |)oiiit,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  hand,  you  will  see  Fort 
Castries  on  a  point  of  land,  which  you  must  nut  approach  too  near,  as  there  is  a  key  tliat 
lies  abdiu  a  mile  south  tif  the  point. 

Observe  that  from  the  south  point  of  the  entrance,  a  reef  extends  to  the  N.  E.  to  the 
distance  of  a  (ptarter  of  a  mih;.     It  is  nearly  steeji  to  from  (>  I'at horns. 

(■aj)tain  Mackellar  says  that  the  harbor  of  (ionaives  is  an  excellent  one,  and  capable 
of  coijtaining  any  ninnber  of  ships  of  the  lartjest  si/.e,  conipletily  shni  from  all  winds; 
it  is  ol  very  easy  access,  and  uem-rally  clear,  excepting  a  small  reef  that  t'xiends  about  2 
rabli's'  length  from  K(Mt  Castries,  on  the  north  side.  The  latitude  of  the  town  is  iy° 
•JO  -II".  and  its  longitude  7J-'  -H'  7"  W.     \'ar.  fy'  '>()"  K.  1HI7. 

•Ships  intending  to  anchor  at  (Jonaives,  and  having  advaiKcd  to  PoitU  I'evis,  on  the 
noitli  side  of  the  entrance,  will  gain  soundings  in  1,')  or  K)  fathoms,  am)  have  the  town  in 
siiiht,  bearing  about  K.  by  N.  tlu-y  may  proceed  for  tiie  lownon  that  bearing,  keepins  in 
niid-cliaiiiiel,  or  any  way  lu'ar  it ;  then  soundings  will  lie  very  regular.  When  well  up 
the  liaibor,  you  will  see  I'ort  Castries,  which  stands  on  liic  north  side,  on  the  top  of  a 
small  hill,  about  a  mile  without  the  town.  Wlien  this  fort  bears  N.  by  K.  .V  H.  you  will 
have  7  latiidiiis  in  mid-channel,  fine  solt  mud.  Wlu-n  it  bc.us  N.  by  W.  \  W.  in  5.';  or 
0  fath;)ins,  this  seems  to  be  the  best  anchorage,  and  as  close  in  as  a  ship  of  war  ought  to 
go.  1  have  l)een  so  far  up  the  h  trbor  as  to  have  I''iut  Castries  btMring  N.  W.  in  4  fa- 
iliuins:  but  the  best  anchorage  is  with  it  bearing  N.  by  W.  .',  W.  aiul  the  middle  of  the 
town  K.  T  N.  nearly  in  inid-eiiamiel. 

The  soundings  all  over  the  harbor  are  so  very  rc/nlar,  tliat  U  is  not  necessary  to  have 
marks  for  running  in  and  out  by  ;  but  in  the  event  of  iiaving  to  beat  with  the  sea  breeze, 
you  must  not  stand  too  near  Fort  Castries,  as  there  is  ;■■  smaJI  reef  extending  from  it  to 
the  southward  :  the  mark  for  keeping  clear  of  this  reef,  is  a  Infje  ;ite  behind  the  town 
on  with  the  iiorih(!rniiiost  houses,  bearing  F.  bv  N'. ;  but  this  reef  stretches  to  so  short  a 
distance  that  a  ship  will  scarcely  stand  so  near  the  shore  as  to  touch  it.  In  standing  to 
the  south  side  of  the  harbor,  give  the  shore  a  good  berth  luiti!  without  the  inner  point, 
und  after  that  von  mav  stand  from  shore  to  shore,  bv  your  lead,  withsafetv. 

ST.  .MARC,  OR  ".ST.  MARK.— From  Point  St.  Pierre,  without  the  entrance  of 
the  Bay  of  (fonaives,  the  distance  to  Cape  .St.  Mark,  in  a  direction  nearly  south,  is  nearly 
seven  leagues.  A  leauue  and  a  half  to  the  northward  of  St.  Mark's  Bay  is  a  low  point, 
which  appears  at  a  distance  like  an  island,  and  forms  a  ca))e  that  is  called  La  Point  du 
Monie  au  Diable,  or  the  Devil's  Blutf  Point :  it  points  out  the  mouth  of  the  River  Ar- 
tihoiiite,  which  fdls  intothe  sea  two  miles  northward  of  the  point.  There  is  au  anchor- 
age the  w  hole  length  of  this  coast  for  small  vessels  only. 

Cape  St.  Mark  is  high,  and  of  a  round  form  ;  you  will  descry  at  a  great  distance  the 
hillock  wnich  forms  it,  and  stands  only  one  mile  from  the  sea  side. 

The  opening  of  the  l?ay  of  St.  Mark,  lies  to  the  norih  of  the  cape;  it  extends  one 
league  within  the  land,  and  the  water  in  it  has  a  great  depth.  Ships  anchor  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bay  under  the  town,  in  l.'i  or  18  fathoms  of  water;  small  vessels  may  come 
into  less  water,  but  they  will  be  very  near  the  shore.  In  the  south  side  of  the  bay  is  a 
piece  of  toiil  ground,  extending  two  miles  from  a  blulf  |)oiiil  to  the  S.  E.,  and  on  which 
a  reef  stretches  out  about  two  cables'  length  from  the  coast. 

Titc following  Discrij)tinn  of  I'le  yuri^^afinn.  fxiirnn  Ihr  P!a'fiirin  and  Si.  Mark,  is  given 
bi)  Qipt.  Ilculrr,  an  ciiiiuent  l-^iislish  iiavi<!;ulur. 

About  ')  leagues  ea<stward  of  the  I'latfonn  is  the  fine  bay  and  harbor  of  Gonaives.  All 
alonij  this  coast  you  are  sure,  about  10  o'clock  in  the  forenoon,  to  have  the  sea  breeze, 
which  lasts  till  nijht,  and  then  you  have  the  wind  olf  shore  ;  thercfoie  you  may  stay  till 
that  time,  before  which  there  is  little  or  no  wind  at  all.  If  yon  intend  to  go  into  Go- 
naives, you  must  keep  a  good  distance  off  the  south  point,  which  is  flat  for  a  considera- 
ble distance.  When  you  are  about  the  point  open  with  the  bay,  you  will  descry  a  small 
island,  which  you  must  leave  on  your  larboard  side  and  run  in  with  your  lead  in  10  or  12 
fathoii\s  of  water.  You  may  also  run  along  close  by  the  island  if  you  choose,  in  4  or  5 
fathoms. 

'•  About  two  leagues  to  the  southward  of  Gonaives  is  Artibonite  Point,  and  two  leagues 
farther  south.  Artibonite  River.  In  sailins:  froi.i  (jonaives  to  the  latter  place,  it  is  good 
to  keep  your  lead  ;  for,  as  you  come  near  the  rivi  v,  you  will  find  the  water  shoaleu  to 
about  4  fathoms,  and  after  that  deepening  a^ain  to  7  or  «  fathoms. 

"  This  place  is  very  remarkable,  the  land  being  high  and  uuev  en  and  a  bold  clear  shore 
all  along  to  the  northward,  from  the  Platform  to  Gonaives.     Wheu  you  have  run  8  pr  9 


380 


BLUNT  «  AMERlfcAN  COAST  tMLOt. 


lea;:ups  K.  S.  K.  |  K.  y<m  will  ilicn  see  tlip  l;iti(I  alieiid,  or  eastward,  v(»ry  low  by  tlie 
wairr  side  and  prtxli^ions  mountiiiiis  over  •' ;  this  lc»w  laud  rfaclics  iVorii  <>otiaiveHio 
tliu  sdiitliwai'd  of  Arlilioniie  Kivor,  alunit  a  iiiili> ;  and  it.i  soiitii  end,  Noniewhat  hi^licr 
tiian  liie  rest,  a[i|)cars  hki;  a  table  land,  ovriMjrou  u  with  wet-ds  and  green  fr«'«'M  ;  ibis  j<) 
the  Devil's  HlulK:  round  its  south  en.!  is  the  May  of  St.  Mark,  the  other  point  of  wbidi 
yon  can  see  to  the  S.  W.  of  tlif  Devil''  Illiiff.  To  anchor  off  the  river  brini,'  the  south 
end  ol  tli»r  low  land  to  bear  south  three  miles  distant,  and  as  you  run  in.  you  will  see  fivt; 
or  six  small  houses  by  the  water  side;  l)>-in^  them  to  bear  K.  S.  E.  two  miles;  then  the 
river  will  bear  .S.  K.  On  the  starboar''  sidfc,  <<r  ihc  south  side  of  the  entrance  of  ibe 
river,  there  is  likewise  a  snudi  hole  w'.  ■  y<''«  mny  sec.  Be  sure  to  keep  these  beiir- 
in»s,  and  you  will  be  u|)on  a  fun'  level  1>,  where  you  may  anchor  in  what  water  von 
please,  from  'JO  to  d  fathoi  's.  Hut  ify  ,o  within  "i  miles  of  the  shore  you  willdropnii 
that  bank  from  (>  fathoms  to  -JO,  the  next  ciist ;  then  TjO  or  bd,  and  then  90  or  100  (ailidins. 
within  less  than  half  a  mile  of  tiie  shore,  and  from  that  to  5  at  once.  When  you  mi 
at  anchor  at  Artibonite,you  may  see  the  IMatlbrm,  bearinj;  VV.  N.  W.  about  10  leagut ;. 

"  Artibonite  River  is  not  a  place  of  qrisit  note,  because  it  ebbs  almost  dry  at  low  w,,. 
ter  ;  neither  is  there  any  town  in  this  place,  but  oidy  some  plantations  live  or  six  miles  up 
the  river;  there  you  can  have  i;ood  water  but  no  wood.  The  sea  wind  comes  on  at  iiooii 
at  N.  W.  tid  10  "at  mjilit,  and  the  land  wind  at  H.  by  S.  till  H  in  the  morning." 

From  St.  Mark's  Point  the  coast  of  Uayfi  trends  nearly  S.  K.  true,  six  and  a  li;ilt 
leasjues  to  f^a  Soulfriere,  or  V  a/es  I'oinf,  and  thence  E.  S.  E.  five  leaaues.  to  I'ori  an 
Prince.  The  coast  is  £;cnerally  dean  and  bold,  and  you  may  run  alon^^  jt  at  ihedistimre 
of  a  mile,  in  10,  15,  and  'iO  fathoms  of  water.  In  proceeding  thus,  you  will  fiisi  per- 
ceive I'le  .Ma^a/.iir-  of  Moiitroui,  ami  afterw.uds  the  villa<!;es  of  Arcahais  or  Arcali;ivf, 
and  IJoucassin  ;  and  finally  the  city  of  I'oit  an  Prince.  OH'  the  roast,  at  about  Imli 
way  between  St.  Mark's  Point  and  INtrt  an  Prince,  are  three  small  islets,  called  the  Ar- 
caditis,  which  are  situate  ^  nearly  a  league  from  the  shore,  and  separated  by  chaniieU 
about  half  a  inile  in  breadth.  Near  these  islets,  on  every  side,  the  de[)ths  are  5  and  d 
fathoms. 

To  the  E.  by  S.  of  Boncassii:,  and  very  near  the  coast,  is  Mouton  or  Sheep  Key.  A 
passage  oiiiiht  never  to  be  attempted  within  this  key  ;  near.it,  on  the  outside,  the  coast  \< 
clear  and  water  deep.  About  two  leagues  to  the  southward  of  this  island  is  the  roiul- 
stead  of  Foso :  this  to  the  N.  E.  and  fjamentin  Point  to  the  S.  W.  form  the  enlranrcoi 
the  liay  of  Port  au  I'rince.  To  the  westward  of  this  roadstead  is  an  extensive  lumk, 
with  a  cluster  of  islets,  of  whicli  the  easternmost  is  distant  about  two  miles  from  Konq 
Roadstead,  and  the  southernmost  three  miles  iVoin  Lameiitin  Point.  There  are,  beside^, 
two  other  islets,  which  lie  almost  in  the  direction  of  the  two  points  of  the  bay,  and  whuh 
are  four  miles  from  Foso  Road,  and  two  from  rjamentin  Point. 

PORT  AU  PRLNT'E.*— The  shore  at  the  bottom  of  Port  au  Prince  Bay  is  vciv 
foul,  and  has  a  larce  group  of  isletv.  These  h)rm  the  inner  anchorage  ;  and  to  ijiiiii 
this,  the  aiti  of  a  pilot  is  indispensable;  but  the  Grand  Road  is  without  the  reefs, and 
may  be  entered  without  a  pilot. 

Those  bound  to  Port  au  Prince  from  the  N.  W.,  after  having  made  St.  Mark's  Point, 
may  shape  tiieir  course,  either  to  pass  between  the  Arcadins  and  the  coast,  or  between 
ihein  and  tin?  island  Conave  :  the  first  appears  to  be  the  best  route,  for  thus  tlie  foul 
grounds  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  Gonave  must  be  avoided :  it  is  also  to  be  observed  that  the 
wind  in  the  channel  is  generally  from  the  .\.  E.;  the  nearer,  therefore,  you  pass  to  tlie 
Irtain  land,  the  more  free  will  you  run  to  the  eastward.  Again,  aliimst  every  al'ternoun, 
In  the  rainy  season,  there  are  tornadoes  in  the  channel,  which  compel  vessels  to  lip  to, 
and  to  keep  on  boards  or  tacks,  that  they  may  nc  t  fall  upon  the  reefs  of  Gonave.  If  vdu 
can  foresee  the  siale,  it  will  be  l)est  to  gain  an  anchorage  near  Arcahais  Point,  and  tiiPip 
ride  it  out.f  When  past  the  Arcadins,  yoiir  course  will  be  about  S.  E.  by  S.  to  get  near 
Lainentin  Point.  If  caught  by  night  to  the  eastward  of  this  point,  here  you  may  an- 
chor. From  the  point  to  the  anchorage  of  Port  au  Prince,  the  distance  is  four  niijps; 
and  to  make  it  you  must  steer  towards  the  city,  and  anchor  about  half  a  mile  outside  the 
islets,  in  10  or  15  fathoms. 

The  channel  between  the  Arcadins  and  coast  is  two  miles  wide,  and  in  the  middle  of  it 
you  will  never  have  more  than  28,  nor  less  than  10  fathoms.  The  water  decreases  to- 
wards the  Arcadins  to  6  or  8  fathoms  coraily  ground;  at  thesatne  distance  from  the  op- 
posite shore  is  the  like  depth  with  muddy  bottom. 

From  Pearl  Point  to  the  entrance  of  St.  Mark's  Channel,  mid-way  between  Cape  St. 


♦  See  Plan  by  Com.  R.  Owen,  published  by  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt,  1833. 

+  Or,  you  may  anchor  to  the  northward  of  Lcogane,  on  the  south  side  of  the  channel,  upon  the 
ground  extending  from  Gonave  Island,  as  shown  iu  the  chart. 


Mark,  HiK 
Thi*  «ili 
Mill  may  c 
cadiiis. 

Should 
,',  E.  in  ori 
about  lorn 
make  Poii 
Vou  may 
which  In; 
iii^lii,  y(Mi 
will  liiid  I; 

Vou  ina 
nave  as  to 
within  hall 

'Hie  Arc 
a  mill-,  or 

SOlltll-WCSl 

ground  to 

(;().\A\ 
and  W.  N. 

This  i-ilii 
llie  l'iil|ii\t  ii 

'1  he  ino^ 
which  is  sit 
the  land  of 
about  f'tU)  i( 
in  an  urgen 
prudent,  e.- 
irrcguliu-. 
N.  N.  E.  ai 

.Small  vc< 
the  Little  (i 

The  N.  ^ 
stretches  ah 
fathoms)  opi 
where  there 

To  sail  n« 
coming  fidii 
several  othc 
About  8H  fa 
let,  or  (Jalet 
the  places  tc 
which  are  vi 
the  seii. 

The  seve 
Marc,  (tram 
maiiider  of  I 
and  you  lint 
The  westi 
but  it  is  not 
of  small  (let! 
in  that  part, 
well  ac(|uait 
'i'lie  only 
Bale  du  Pai 
point  of  the 
reel's,  which 

Roche 

still  niudi  fi 
lies  in  the  c 
M.  Le  Com 
reef.  I  wen 
I  landed  on 
of  all  the  ob 
its  breadth  t 
length  3155 


v-c:/ 


nMJIVT*S  AMKUICAN  COASt  Plt.OT. 


381 


very  low  by  ili* 
nim  (•otiiiiveM  to 
somewliiit  liiiilicr 
em  tre»'»  ;  this  is 
;r  point  of  mIik  li 
r  briiiii  the  souih 
,  you  will  Hcp  live 
3  miles;  then  ilic 
!  entriiticc  ol  till 

kff|)  these  bpiir- 
ti  what  water  von 
?you  willdidpdtl 
10  or  100  laliioins. 
When  you  an 
iiboiit  10  ieamif  . 
ist  dry  nt  low  «,,. 
ve  or  six  miles  u;i 

comes  on  at  iiumi 
irnin;j;." 

lie.  six  and  a  hnli 
aanes,  to  I'ori  an 
;  it  at  the  dist;inie 
,011  will  frist  pcr- 
liais  or  Arcalinvf, 
ist,  at  about  hull 
•ts,  called  the  Ar- 
iiaied  by  channeU 
epths  arc  5  and'' 

r  Sheep  Key.  A 
itside,  the  coast  i^ 
sland  is  the  road- 
rill  the  entrance  ol 
1  extensive  bank, 
miles  from  [-'o-o 
rhereare,  beside*, 
he  bay,  and  whiiii 

rince  Bay  is  vciv 

rajje  ;  and  to  ^m 

ut   the  reefs,  ami 

St.  Mark's  Point, 
oast,  or  between 

for  thus  tlie  I'unl 

observed  that  tlie 
,  you  pass  to  tlie 
every  aftenuioii, 
vessels  to  lie  to, 

(Jonave.  If  yiiU 
Point,  and  llieic 
by  S.  to  get  near 

lere  you  may  an- 
:e  is  four  miles; 
mile  outside  the 

n  the  middle  of  it 
Iter  decreases  to- 
nee  from  the  op- 

jctween  Cape  St. 


:  channel,  upon  the 


Maik,  and  the  l.sland  of  (lonave,  the  course  nnd  dixtanre  are  S.  K.  \  K.«ixtrcn  h-aguest 

Till,  wdl  biiuy;  yon  to  the  westward  o|  (ape  St.  M.uk.  for  which  von  may  Hieer.  or, 
you  may  lonlinue  tin?  same  course  six  kauues  larilit  r,  vvliii  h  will  ji-iid  clear  oi  the  Ar- 
cadiiLS. 

Should  It  be  nijrht  when  you  enter  the  chaiint  1  of  St.  Mark,  you  should  steer  S.  8.  K. 
y  E.  in  order  to  clear  the  Arcadins  and  the  eastern  end  of  (ionave  Island.  Having  luii 
about  lour  leaifiies  on  this  track,  the  course  will  Ue  alioiil  S.  K.  by  K.  live  leauues,  to 
make  I'oiiit  Lameniiii,  which  is  (>n  the  south  sid<',  to  the  wesiMjird  (,|  p,,|t  ;iu  IVinee. 
Vou  may  raiii;c  aioii'n  this  coast  without  fear,  only  avuuiinL'  the  shoals  of  the  sandy  key, 
wiiicb  lie  at  a  short  Icaiiue  norilnvurd  of  the  point.  Should  you  pass  this  point  in  tlie 
niijiit.  you  would  do  right,  after  you  have  run  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half,  to  atulior;  vou 
will  liiid  IJ  or  IH  talhoiiis  water,  the  ground  nood  and  the  water  always  smooth. 

Vou  may  be  forced  to  turned  in  this  cliaimel.  but  you  must  not  jjo  so  near  to  the  Go- 
nave  as  to  ilie  ,St.  JJomiiigo  side  ;  the  hitter  being  safe,  may  be  ajipruached  any  where 
uitliiii  half  II  league. 

The  Arcadins,  as  before  noticed,  are  not  to  he  feared  :  a  shoal  stretches  out  froiu  them 
a  mill',  or  hall  a  leairuc  nt  most,  with  .j  orb  fathoms  on  it;  on  the  edge  of  the  west  and 
soiilli-west  sides  you  will  have  from  I  J  to  1.')  lathoms,  corally  iiroiind  :  but  there  is  good 
ground  to  be  t'ouiid  in  H,  l-j.  nnd  l.'t  fathoms,  coars,-  sand  and  shells. 

(i()\  \\K  ISLAM) — The  greatest  leiiu'tii  of  (ionave  Island  is  10  leagues  E.  S.  E. 
and  W.  N.  W.,  its  lireadlii.  which  is  very  reirular.  is  nearly  two  and  half  leagues. 

This  island  was  smveyed  in  IT'^^T.Iiy  M.  de  liieiide  de  Sepmanville,  who  has  given 
the  I'ldiouinij  (les(ri[)tioN  of  its  coasts,  and  the  adjacent  danger^. 

The  most  danfieious  reefs  are  those  which  lie  to  the  .S.  K.  of  Petite  or  Little  (ionave, 
which  is  situate  neaf  the  S.  E.  point  ol  the  great  island.  'I'hese  seem  to  be  joined  with 
tlie  land  of  the  Little  (ionave,  and  stretch  more  than  a  league  into  the  othiig.  lying  at 
about  Hi)0  loises,  or  nearly  a  common  lOnglish  mile  from  the  shore.  A  vessel  may  pass, 
in  an  urgent  case,  between  thein  and  the  [jittle  (ionaVe.  but  the  atlemjit  would  be  im- 
prudent, especially  if  the  wind  be  not  well  set  in,  as  the  currents  are  very  strong  and 
irrciiular.  I  have  observed,  however,  that  in  tiiis  part,  they  run  more  generally  to  the 
N.  N.  E.  and  between  the  two  (Jonaves, 

.Small  vessels,  drawing  H  or  ')  feet  id'  water,  may  find  a  good  anchorage  to  the  west  of 
the  Little  (ionave,  wliii  h  may  be  best  entered  (rom  the  southward. 

The  N.  E.  point  of  (ionave,  called  (iaiet  I'oint.  is  low.  and  bordered  witli  a  reef,  which 
stretches  along  the  east  coast,  towards  the  south,  and  extends  1100  toises  (1 170  English 
fatlioins)  opposite  the  place  called  Trou  a  I'Eau.  or  Water  Hole  :  withii:  is  a  white  ground, 
where  there  are  from  4  to  U  fathoms  of  water. 

To  sail  near  this  reef,  wjiich  everv  vessel  can  do  that  draws  9  or  10  feet,  you  must,  ill 
coming  from  the  east,  take  a  channel  which  is  opposite  to  a  fislierman's  hut.  There  ar€ 
several  other  channels,  whir  h  are  easily  known  liy  the  non-appearance  of  wliite  ground. 
About  8rt  fathoms  within  the  reef,  von  inav  range  along  tlie  coast  as  far  as  Anse  n  Ga- 
let,  or  (ialet  Cove,  in  case  the  wind  slionld  fail.  There  is  anchorage  every  where;  but 
the  places  to  be  prelerred  are  Piron  Cove,  Consantiirs  Hide,  and  especially  tialetCove* 
which  are  very  convenient;  the  hold  is  good,  and  the  reefs  shelter  you  frolu  the  swell  of* 
the  sea. 

The  several  anchorages  on  the  north  coast,  for  boats  oi*  schooners,  are,  L'Islet  a 
iMaiT,  (fraud  Lagoon,  and  Hahaina  (Jhannel,  where  ymi  are  equally  sheltered  ;  the  re- 
mainder of  the  coast  is  likewise  bordered  vvitli  reels,  but  they  are  very  near  the  shore* 
and  you  tinil  there  no  anchorage. 

The  viestern  part  is  an  iron-bound  coast,  along  which  you  may  range  pretty  near; 
but  it  is  not  so  from  the  S.  W.  point  of  Poinf-a-Ketoures,  where  you  may  find  a  number 
of  small  detatched  reefs,  almost  even  with  the  water.  Several  small  vessels  may  anchor 
in  that  part,  on  the  spot  named  Les  li.deines,  or  the  Whales,  but  not  without  a  pilot 
well  ac(|uainled. 

'J'lie  only  place  where  two  or  three  large  sliips.  such  as  frigates,  can  anchor,  is  La 
Baie  du  I'arc,  or  Park  Kay,  whidi  lies  to  the  .\.  W.  of  Point  Fantansque,  the  south 
point  of  the  island  ;  but  coming  into  it  is  dangerous,  on  account  of  several  detached 
reefs,  which  are  never  seen. 

Roche  LOIS. — The  reef  called  Rochelois  had  been  fatal  to  many  ships,  and  was 
still  much  feared  by  navigators,  its  true  situation  having  never  been  well  ascertained  :  it 
lies  in  the  channel  which  separates  the  south  coast  of  the  (ionave  from  that  of  Hayti. 
M.  Le  ('ompte  de  la  Luzerne  ordered  me  to  survey,  and  determine  the  position  of  that 
reef.  I  went  and  anchored  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  rocks,  which  are  above  water  : 
I  landed  on  these  rocks,  where  I  took  four  observations  of  latitude,  as  well  as  the  bearing 
of  all  the  objects  in  sight ;  and,  having  measured  the  whole  extent  of  the  shoal,  I  found 
its  breadth  to  be  2000^  toises,  (-2130  fathoms)  in  a  direction  N.  and  S.  nearly,  and  its 
length  3155  toises  (3360  fathoms)  from  E.  to  "W. 


38:*> 


llI-ri>JT*S  >*MEIIICAN  COAHT  PILOT. 


f 


I  I 


The  rocks,  nillcd  Pirogues,  wliich  are  townnU  the  iiiiddN'  of  this  reef,  wprr  nh'r,if|y 
knor.ti;  I  loiiiiil  llicir  cMciii  in  III'  I '.'.'>  tiiiMCN  (!:>:>  I'allioins)  ;  ihcy  iirc  (jiiitt'  tiiictuirtd 
nt  low  tide,  but  lliriT  hiMds  diiiv  air  |i('rt'>'ivi'il  at  limii  water.  M.  Lt-  ( 'iiiii|i|(>  dc  ( 'ii;H. 
tenet  PiiyseKiir,  who  liad  tin  occasinii  to  <  \|ilure  the  extent  of  this  reel',  xays,  in  hiNju'. 
count  of  tlie  navi;::Uioii  alunu;  the  coast  of  Mt.  J)oiniiiuo,  that  the  rocks,  which  hIkiw 
theuiselves  at  low  wiiir-r,  are  the  oiil>  things  to  lie  leared  on  the  Knehelois  :  lint  I  ii.ivi: 
foutid  twu  other  shoals  oi'verv  siiialj  exieiii,  wlneh  are  very  dan;.'.eroiis,  suite  ihey  h;i\p 
only  two  I'athoiiis  waler.  'I'liey  lie  to  tin-  N.  W.  nf  the  rocks  in  the  unddle,  one  al  f'liii 
tuisen  distance,  and  the  other  al  .'Hill,  'i'here  may  be  some  oilier  dangers  un  llie  Koclic- 
luis,  but  i  eouhl  not  make  inysell'surp  of  it,  huvinu  iieen  only  lour  days  on  that  ex|ieil|. 
lion.  Prudence  requires,  that  wiili  a  larj;e  shi)),  you  should  avoid  it  eniirely ;  there  i, 
more  room  lor  tackint;  to  the  north  ol  liiai  reel  than  to  the  soiiihward  ol  it :  \ou  are  unU 
to  keep  at  tiie  dislame  ol'  one  mile,  at  least,  Iroiii  (iniiave.  il  you  patis  by  the  north; 
whereas,  in  passing  by  tlie  Huutii,  you  may  ranj^e  alon^  the  llaytieii  coast,  whicli  io  cliur 
and  sale. 

The  latitude  of  the  middle  of  the  Kocheluia,  deduced  from  the  four  observations,  U 
18'-'  ;{7'  -JO"  N. 

I'ORT  AU  PKINCK,  to  the  W'K.STWAK  D.— <  )n  leavintj  Port  au  i'rince.  wlinr, 
bound  to  the  Petite  (ioavo,  you  may  ranuc  aloiii:  the  south  coast,  at  the  distance  ui 
one  or  two  miles,  nil  the  shores  beihi;  bold  and  safe,  as  far  as  I'oint  Lpoi;ane. 

From  Point  Ijamentin  (o  liCo;j:aiie  Point,  there  is  no  aiichoraue  :  but  you  will   find  ;i 

food  buttum  lor  anchorm^  between  the  latter  point  and  the  aiidiura^e  oil'  the  town  ul 
.eoyane. 

From  Lcorjane,  the  coast  trends  to  the  soutli,  and  forms  tlie  bay  of  (irnnd  Goavu  ;iiii| 
Petite  (Joave,  which  are  separated  by  a  point  and  a  liill,  nanied  the  '^i'apion  or  Hum. 
mock  of  (ioave.  Vou  enter  inio  I'etiie  (ionve  Day,  by  leaviti(j  on  the  larboard  li;ii  d 
au  islet  which  is  very  near  the  ( nasi,  and  which  lies  to  the  north  of  the  town  ;  to  tlie 
westward  of  this  islet  vou  may  anchor  ill  '),  IJ,  and  I'l  fatlioins.  I'etite  (ioave  is  lij 
leagues  from  Port  au  Prince,  but,  as  you  are  forced  to  double  Point  Jjcogane,  the  riiu 
is  longer. 

MIRAtJOANE. — From  the  Hummock  of  Petite  (ioave  to  the  Tapion  du  Tkui 
Chou(^hou,  or  Hummock  of  Miranoanc,  the  coast  runs  west  ci};hl  miles,  then  W.  ',  ,S. 
six  and  a  half  miles,  to  the  careenina;  island  or  Mirajioane  Hay. 

To  anchor  at  Miragoane,  you  come  within  a  mile  of  the  careening  island,  wVien  ynu 
perceive  a  small  town  at  the  foot  of  a  mountain,  and  some  mangrove  islands  to  the  uesi- 
ward.  Vou  keep  the  mid-channel,  between  the  lirnt  islet  and  the  shore,  where  the  villii:;e 
is  situated,  and  come  to  an  anchor  within,  in  from  18  to  8  tiitlioiiis,  sandy  bottom,  'i  iiii 
anchorage  ought  not  to  be  taken  without  a  pilot ;  the  cliamifl  is  not  more  than  a  caltle', 
length  in  width,  and  you  must  anchor  so  soon  as  you  are  wiiiiiii, 

From  Miragoane  (Jareening  Islaiul,  tiie  coast  benils  in,  and  forms  the  bay  of  that  iiaine. 
It  is  shut  in  on  the  north  by  Frigate  Island,  a  small  islet,  from  whicii  a  white  shoal  ex- 
tends half  a  league  to  the  eastward,  and  nearly  north  to  ihc  anchorage  at  iMiraf.oaiip, 
which  obliges  you,  in  coming  in  or  going  out,  to  keep  the  island  shore  very  close  aboiiid. 
From  this  place  the  coast  trends  west,  to  the  village  of  Hot  litlois,  which  is  situated  at 
the  foot  of  a  large  huimnock. 

From  Miragoane  the  coast  to  the  westward  is  clear  and  deep;  and  beyond  Roclielois 
are  seen  the  towns  of  L'Anse-a-V'eau  and  Petit  Trou.  From  the  last,  the  coast  foiiiisa 
large  bay,  Baradaires. 

BARADAIRE.S  BAY. — From  the  village  of  Rochelois  to  the  entrance  of  the  lh\yi\ 
Baradaires,  the  coast  runs  \V.  5  leagues.  Baradaires  Bay  is  formed  on  the  S.  E.  by 
Roitelets  Point,  and  on  the  N.  W.  by  the  Bee  du  Maisouin,  or  the  Porpoise  Snoiii; 
these  points  bear  from  each  other  nearly  N.  W.  and  8.  E.  four  miles.  Near  the  eas! 
«oast  of  the  bay  there  is  an  island,  with  several  islets,  which  send  out  a  reef  and  shallow 
that  almost  join  the  western  coast,  leaving  a  pass  or  channel,  of  only  live  or  six  caNts' 
length  in  breadth.  To  proceed  into  the  bay,  you  keep  along  the  peninsula  of  the  Bee, 
and  come  into  from  8  to  10  fathoms.  There  is  a  good  dejjth  of  water  in  the  middle  n| 
the  bay,  which  is  of  great  extent ;  but  there  are  several  weedy  shoals,  which  preveut 
your  going  in  without  a  jjilot,  well  acquainted. 

THE  CAYMITE.S,  (fcc— The  northern  extremity  of  the  Bee  de  Marsouin,  and  the 
north  i)art  of  Grand  Caymite  Island,  bear  nearly  \V.  N.  W.  and  E.  .S.  E.  four  leagues, 

The  coast  west  of  the  peninsula  of  the  Bee  bends  in  to  the  southward,  and  forms  a 
fcight ;  thence,  rounding  out  a  little,  it  trends  W.  by  N.  as  far  as  Point  Jereinic.  Tliis 
•bight  and  Great  Caymite  Island  form  a  large  bay,  called  Caymite  Jiay,  where  there  is 
Very  good  anchorage  for  all  sorts  of  vessels.  You  may  come  to  it  without  a  pilot,  and 
anchor  under  the  island  in  what  depth  you  choose.  You  may  also  proceed  to  Flainaiul's 
Bay,  near  the  peninsula,  ranging  along  the  peninsula  side,  and  anchor  opposite  a  sandy 
beach,  in  what  depth  you  please. 


\ 


The  Bny  . 

tllP  .IS^ist.TIIC 

Ciyiiiite  iiid 
HliDalK  of  the 
which  ri:*e  w 
vcrv  "M.ill  on 
W.'S,  \V.  1 1 
,li:!lKMII 
(ir  ( '  i|it'  |{iis 
a  half  league 
I'riiKP.  I'll 
small,  and  no 
rri't',  lint  no 
hire,  ('\ce|)t 
anchorage  wl 
From  (ape 
C(i:Ht  Ueiids 

All  this  sh 
shelter,  altlm 
Bay,  which  i 
that  two  ships 
a  slielter  to  vc 
CAPE  ])A. 
.Marie.  Iiy  the 
will  strike  sou 
distance  of  a  (| 
V'y  tiiirhar  ir 
alidiit  .S.  E.,  tl 
cluir  W.  N.  \V 
A  inusktt  shot 
this  bay  ;  a  mil 
I)  to  10.      Yoi 
ly  the  east ;  no 
,f  there  is  a  Ires 
III  order  to  kee| 
west  from  the  « 
to  tlip  soiithwat 
i.'ape,  you  may 
head  to  S.  E., 
chniage  as  abo' 
From  Ca[ie  I 
firiiis,  at  that  d 
a  frigate  may  ri 
no  shoals,  or  a 
slioie. 

To  the  S.  by 
Point  APinistre, 
These  rocks  are 
more  than  liall'i 
sail  between  it  ; 
as  close  as  she  | 
One  league  tt 
voy  may  aiiclioi 
S.  W.of  thejsl 
All  along  thi 
depth  gradually 
and  live  fathom 
!/■,  at  ."J  miles, 

POINT  DE 
we.»ternniost  poi 
tnack  on  its  ext 
and.  This  poi 
range  very  clos( 
tlioins,  touchinj 
The  anchora; 
ward  c'the  towi 


BMINT'jJ  AMnnCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


383 


,  wrrr  nlrrady 
lite  uncovcri'il 
iipu*  (Ic  Ciiiin- 
uys,  ill  IiIn  iu:. 
,  wlii(  \i  nIkmv 
is  :  liiit  i  li.ivt: 
ii(«-  liifv  li;i\p 
lit',  one  ul  ^iiii 
in  I  lie  Koclic- 

II  lllitt  (>X|)l'll|- 

ir«'ly  :    lln'rf  i<. 

:  Mill  are  unly 
liy  the  nonli; 

which  i8  clear 

ibsprvntions,  U 

I'limt?.  wlipti 
iic  distance  ui 
;:iiie. 

Mill  will  fimi  ;i 
ill'  the  toun  ul 

mill  CJoavf  mill 
ipidii  or  Hiini- 
iai hoard  liiiid 
town  ;  to  liie 
e  (ioavi!  is  10 
ogane,  the  riiu 

pion  du  Tkili 
,  then  W.  i  ,S. 

tid,  wVien  you 
s  to  tlie  west- 
re  tlie  villiige 
bottom,  'lliii 
than  a  calile  s 


V  < 


)f  that  iiairie. 
lite  shoal  e\- 
t  iMirai;(i;ii;e, 
close  aboiiiil, 
is  situated  al 

11(1    Rochelois 
coast  ioriiisa 


of  the  I^iiyui 

the  S.  E.  Iiy 
rpoise  Snmii; 
Near  tlie  t-asi 
ef  and  sliiilli)« 

or  six  caliles' 
ila  of  the  Bee, 
the  micUile  nf 

•liich  preveul 


souin,  and  the 
four  leagues, 
I,  and  forms  a 
reinie.  This 
ivhere  there  is 
t  a  pilot,  and 
to  Flainaiul's 
osit«  a  saudy 


The  n.iy  of  ('ayiiiit»'!i  presents  several  very  fine  am  lioraKe^,  very  fany  to  come  nf  widj 
the  at^itlniic)' of  the  leid  alone;  but  there  is  not  a  uoml  passage  between  the  (irand 
(".iviiiite  iiid  'lie  shore  ;  anil  yon  will  nni  lind  more  than  1.1  feet  wiiter  upon  the  white 
gliiialu  of  the  '•/ittle  C'aymite,  or  of  Koncauil  Islet  ;  and  then  there  are  nrvrral  rnral  rocks, 
which  rii^e  within  two  or  three  feet  of  the  surface  of  the  water,  so  that  no  vessel,  but 
viTV  xi.i.ill  ones,  ever  attempt  it  withoin  a  pilot.  These  white  shoals  extend  three  leagues 
W.'S.  W.  iVoiii  the  (irand  Cayiiiite. 

.IKKKMII"-. — Kroiii  the  north  part  of  the  (irand  Cnymito  to  the  Point  Riviere  Salee, 
or  (lipe  Riisa,  whidhis  one  and  a  half  leaaiie  W.  N.  \\'.  of  Point  .leremie,  is  nine  and 
a  half  lea^nes  ;  this  Salt  River  Point  is  the  northernmost  point  westward  from  Port  au 
i'rinrr.  I'lider  I'oint  .leiemie,  is  the  villanc  of  that  name,  whose  anchorage  is  very 
small,  and  not  projier  for  lari;e  ships;  schooners  and  small  vessels  miiy  anchor  within  the 
r icI,  but  no  ships  which  draw  upwards  ol  twlve  or  loiirleen  feet  shoiihJ  ever  anchor 
here,  except  in  case  of  necessity,  there  beiirj  no  shelter  for  them;  in  short,  it  is  a  bad 
arichnrasre  which  must  be  avoided  diirim;  tht-  norths. 

Kioin  (ape  Rosa,  or  ,*^alt  liiver  Point,  to  Cape  iJame  Marie,  or  Donna  Maria,  tlie 
CO  wt  tiPiids  \V.  S.  \V.  thirteen  miles. 

All  this  shore  is  safe  and  bold,  within  a  quarter  of  a  league  ;  it  does  not  present  any 
shelter,  althiiui^h  in  <  ase  of  necessity,  you  mi^ht  anchor  in  the  Anse  a  Claire,  or  Clair 
Hav,  which  is  1[  leaiiiie  from  Salt  River.  This  bay,  or  rather  cove,  is  so  very  small, 
that  two  ships,  KM)  feet  lonj;,  would  be  embairassed  by  each  other  :  it  can  only  serve  as 
n  slielterto  verv  small  vessels,  and  is  easily  discovered  bv  keepinj;  alont;  shore. 

CAPK  DA.VlK  MARIK.  or  DONN.V  MAIv  lA.— So'soon  as  you  descry  Cape  Dame 
Marie,  by  the  False  Cape  of  that  name,  and  are  hall  a  league  distant  from  if,  you 
will  strike  soMiidinys  of  Irom  1.')  to  Irt  fathunis,  and  may  raime  alonj^  this  cape,  at  the 
(liscince  of  a  (|uarter  of  a  lea<;iie,  in  from  H  to  I'J  fathoms,  weedy  bottom. 

I'd  itnrlmr  in  the  liiii/  (if  Diime.  Miirif,  you  must  keep  the  shore  on  board,  steering 
nlmiit  S.  K.,  the  wind  beiii;:  generally  adverse  ;  and  with  your  lead,  you  come  to  an  an- 
cluir  \V.  N.  W.  of  a  lari^e  white  tapion  or  hummock,  on  which  stands  a  battery,  and  within 
ii  miiskfct  shot  of  which  you  will  lind  .'>  fathoms.  There  is  anchoring  bottom  all  over 
this  bay ;  a  mile  from  the  shore  you  will  have  from  4  to  (>  fathoms,  and  at  2  miles  from 
I)  to  10.  You  will  be  sheltered  from  the  winds  between  the  north  and  south,  passing 
ly  the  east;  notwithstaiidinj;  '.vhich,  ships  that  lie  in  H  or  1(1  fathoms  will  feel  the  swell, 
f  there  is  a  fresh  breeze  without.  In  cnterins;,  keep  about  half  a  mile  off,  but  not  less, 
in  order  to  keep  clear  of  a  reef  which  extends  to  the  len;,'th  of  a  cable  and  a  half  to  the 
west  (roin  the  cajie.  Preserve  this  distance  from  tlie  coast,  until  past  the  False  Cape, 
to  the  southward  of  ('ape  Dame  Marie,  and  which  is  also  foul.  When  once  past  False 
Cape,  you  may  haul  to  the  wind,  which  is  ij;enerally  scant  in  the  bay,  to  j^el  the  vessel's 
head  to  S.  F.,  with  which  course,  and  keeping  the  lead  going,  you  may  gain  the  an- 
flioiasje  as  above. 

From  Cape  Dame  Marie,  the  coast  run?  S.  by  W.  5  leagues  to  Point  dcs  Irois,  and 
firms,  at  that  distance,  several  bays  and  coves,  where  vessels  may  anchor.  In  general, 
a  frigate  may  run  in  along  this  coast,  with  her  lead,  and  anchor  in  any  part,  there  being 
no  shoals,  or  any  danger  under  water,  the  ground  gradually  Increasing  towards  the 
shore. 

To  the  S.  by  W.  of  Cape  Dame  Marie,  2\  lea^iues  distant,  and  about  half  a  league  off 
Point  Ministre,  or  Minister  Point,  are  some  rocks,  called  Tjes  Baleines,  or  the  Whales. 
These  rocks  are  above  water,  and  surrounded  with  a  white  shoal  which  does  not  extend 
more  than  half  a  cable's  length  from  them,  and  on  which  are  four  fathoms.  A  ship  can 
sail  between  it  and  the  shore.  In  the  mid-channel  she  will  have  6  fathoms,  and  may  go 
as  close  as  she  pleases  to  take  them  on  the  oft'  side.     'J'he  sea  always  breaks  on  this  shoal. 

One  league  to  the  ,S.  S.  F.  from  the  Whales,  lies  Pierre  Joseph's  Islet,  where  a  con- 
voy may  anchor.  The  anchorage  is  very  good  and  easy,  and  large  ships  anchor  to  the 
S.'W.  of  the  islet. 

All  along  this  western  coast  you  have  ground  at  two  leagues  from  the  shore,  the 
depth  gradually  increasing  as  you  leave  the  land  ;  so  that,  in  general,  you  will  find  four 
and  live  fathoms,  at  one  mile  distance;  10  or  12  at  two  miles,  and  regularly  from  15  to 
17,  at  .'3  miles.     When  vou  get  into  '.iO  fathoms  you  will  lose  soundings  suddenly. 

POINT  DKS  IROiS,  Oil  IRISH  P(JINT,  as  the  English  sailors  call  it,  is  the 
weoternninst  point  of  liayti.  It  is  not  very  hiiih,  though  remarkable  from  a  small  hum- 
mock on  its  extremity,  which  api)ears  detached  from  the  coast,  and  makes  like  an  isl- 
and. This  point  forms  the  north  part  of  the  Hay  des  Irois,  or  Irish  Ray.  You,may 
range  very  close  to  the  land  on  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  there  being  from  9  to  18  fa- 
tlioins,  touching  the  shore. 

The  anchorage  is  to  the  N.  W  of  a  black  rock,  which  is  seen  a  little  way  to  the  south- 
ward c'the  town.     It  is  in  from  9  to  10  fathoms,  shelly  grnuud.     You  may  uuchor  like- 


384 


BLCM'\s  a:':ierican  coast  pilot. 


wise  to  UiP  southward  of  the  rocky  isirt,   N.  N.  W.  of  a  small  hummock,  towards  the 
middle  of  ilie  hay.     Tlie  depth  is  liere  from  H  to  <)  fatlioms,  sand  and  muddy  cround. 

Tl»o  bay  is  exposed  to  soutliurly  winrls.  There  is  always,  a  great  sea  within,  and  the 
Debercacjaire,  or  landinj;  |)lace,  is  of  course  a  bad  one.  It  is  situated  in  ihe  eddy  of  the 
currents,  which  set  to  the  northward,  on  the  west  side,  and  to  the  .S.  K.  on  the  e;ist 
coast.  Besides,  the  sea  in  the  offuii;  is  alternately  agitated  with  violence  by  the  N.  E, 
and  east  breezes,  wliicli  jjrevaii  on  the  west  ^-oast,  and  by  the  S.  E.  winds  that  blovv  on 
the  south  coast.  Irois  l>ay  is  terminated  to  the  south  by  ( 'ape  Careasse,  which,  wit,) 
Cap  a  Foux.  or  Fool's  Cajjc.  forms  a  lar^e  roundish  point,  whose  end  is  at  Cape  TiLuroii. 

C.\l'li  TIBlJliUN. — Tlu'se  three  capes,  seen  at  a  distance,  form  but  one.  wliidi  i< 
called  (Ja])e  Tiburon,  and  is  very  easily  known  by  its  form  and  height.  It  is  a  hir,'.> 
mountain,  very  lofty,  whose  top  is  rounded  like  the  back  of  a  d(jsser,  or  French  band 
basket,  and  comes  gradually  dowti  towards  the  sea. 

Cape  'riburon,  pro[)erly  s|)eaking,  is  5  miles  .S.  v!.'i"  E.  of  Irish  Point,  and  forms  th* 
entrance  of  Tdjuron  Day,  which  is  to  the  eastward  of  it.  Its  situation  is,  lai.  18"  19 
25",  long.  74  -  J/' ;{-'".  You  will  get  no  ground  at  FM  fathoms,  two  cables'  length  from 
the  coast,  between  (,'ape  (Jarcasse,  and  very  near  C^ape  Tiburon;  but  olf  the  latter,  a; 
that  distat"'e,  you  will  have  from  •J4  to  30  fathoms,  and  a  little  further  out,  cpiickl)  ids. 
soui.. lings. 

Un  the  Aortli  Shore,  of  'nhnrun  Bin/,  the  water  is  deep  to  within  2  or  .T  cables'  lentil 
of  the  rocks,  and  within  lialf  a  cable's  length  you  have  (>  and  7  fathoms,  stitf  clayisl, 
ground.  t)n  the  east  and  S.  E.  shores,  you  have  4  and  4^  fathoms,  tine  muddy  grounil 
within  a  cable's  length,  all  round.  The  edge  of  soundings  runs  as  the  bay  forms,  hall; 
mile  from  its  heatl.  You  may  anchor  any  where  in  the  bay ;  but  bring  Point  Hiiruos 
the  south  point,  (which  is  foul,)  .S.  by  E.  and  the  pitch  of  Cape  Tiburon  W.  N.  W.  jr 
4  or  5  fathoms.  From  that  to  H  or  ?)  is  very  good  ground.  Wooding  and  waterine  ir 
plenty.  You  may  either  land  your  casks,  and  roll  them  over  a  narrow  neck  of  lant  inu 
the  river,  or  fill  them  iu  your  boats  with  buckets. 

Directions  formaleing  the  Island  Hayd,  and  its  different  Ports. 
[From  the  Derrotero  de  las  Antillus,  &c.] 

If  a  vessel  is  bound  to  a  port  on  the  north  coast,  she  m,\y  as  we  have  alreadv  shown 
at  once  get  into  the  latitude  of  Cape  Cabron,  without  inaiving  any  of  the  (Jarrilibe  m 
Vngin  Islands.  By  this  she  will  ^o  clear  ol'tlie  dangerous  isle  of  Anegada,  and  be sur* 
of  not  getting  to  leeward  of  her  port  of  (f  tinatioii.  Having  made  Cape  Cabrcn.  iir 
more  hi  to  be  attended  to  than  to  follow  tin  oast,  at  a  proper  distance  from  the  |)in 
jecting  points,  and  without  getting  into  the  bays  it  forms,  until  approaching  your  dps- 
lined  [)ort,  when  you  may  keep  s;)  near  to  the  coast,  to  windward  of  it,  as  to  make  sure 
not  to  pasH  it.  If  bound  to  a  port  on  the  south  coast  it  is  proper  to  make  the  island  c: 
St.  Bartholoutew,  passing  its  south  side,  and  run  down  by  the  south  of  Porto  Rico,  to 
make  the  island  of  Saona,  if  you  are  boiuid  to  the  harbor  of  .St.  Domingo,  or  to  0cm 
Bay  ;  but  if  not,  yoii  may  [jroceed  at  once  to  make  Beata  and  Altovela,  passing  to  ilif 
south  of  them,  and  so  "irecting  yourself  as  to  appn»a(:h  the  coast  to  windward  of  vom 
port  of  destin.iiion,  in  sufficient  tiniL' to  be  certain  oliiot  overrunning  it.  Those  bouni 
direct  for  harbors  on  the  west  end  of  the  island,  ought  to  make  the  north  .side  in  the 
rainy  season  or  season  of  thi;  souths,  and  the,  south  side  in  the  dry  season,  or  that  n 
the  norths  :  thus  they  fret;  themselves  from  tlie  dangers  and  anxieties  which  the  siniili- 
cause,  in  the  (irst  instance,  and  which  the  r.urths  cause  in  the  second  ;  for  it  is  wpI 
known  to  every  seaman,  that  not  only  is  an  otfshore  wind  not  dangerous,  but  tiiai  i 
allows  of  continuing  your  voyage;  for,  though  it  may  blow  very  hard,  it  can  raise  m 
sea.  and  you  can  regulate  the  sail  according  to  circumstances. 

///  nari ladling  J'rniii  Irnvirn  to  irind u'drd,  this  island  ali'ords  the  very  great  advanfajf 
of  land-breezes.  It  is  W(dl  known  that  th  ;  nearer  you  are  to  the  land,  the  fresher  these 
winds  are,  and  therefore  the  tarther  you  "au  run  with  them:  thus,  in  this  case,  it  an- 
swers to  keep  as  near  along  shore  as  you  can,  which  is  sulfu-iently  easy,  and  keeping  iu 
mind  the  particular  description  td'it,  you  need  not  fear. 

If  it  be  a  matter  of  indilfertince  to  you,  whether  you  beat  up  the  north  or  sotith  side, 
you  ought  to  choose  the  lirst  in  the  season  of  the  souths,  and  the  secoiul  in  the  season  oi 
tlie  norths  ;.  anil  this  is  the  more  reiiuisite,  a.s  when  you  are  running  Irom  windward  to  lee- 
ward, you  have  not  the  same  necessity  to  keep  near  land,  as  when  bound  Irom  Ice 
ward  to  windward  ;  and  it  is  very  certain  that,  in  the  latter  case,  if  cither  a  north  or  a 
8(  uth  catch  you,  when  very  clo>;' on  their  respective  coasts,  fatal  tonseijuences  may  rn- 
stie;  but  if  it  be  not  a  matter  of  indilference  lu  you,  which  side  you  work  to  windward 
rn,  or  that  you  must  of  necessity  take  one  in  preference  to  the  other,  notwithstandinc 


:it 


thi:  obstac 
track,  wh 
Kelativ 
that  their 
siipi)ose, 
selves,  w( 
grounds 


By  the 
one  side, 
and  north 
ter.     The 
the  caster 
ward  of  t 
of  the  K 
Morant 

NAVA^ 
broad  at 
who  says, 
feet  in  Jieij 
deck  of  a 
dicular  ciil 
face  of  the 
the  westwa 
III  every  ot 
soiitliern  si 
t'ourtlis  of 
the  north 
III  crossing 
will  have  3-J 
fatlioms. 
230  falhomi 
a  little  mori 
the  shore, 
cod,  and  rec 
bank  of  lim 
thorns,  witl 
and  Cape  1 

From  Na 
leagues. 

From  Ca 
•ind  distanc 
W.  hv  W  . 

TliE  l-"i 
nearly  •)  mi 
the  westwa 
Point,  .lam 
by  W.  .38  n 
13  or  14  fe( 
swell  upon 
there  will  b 
the  eastern 
westward  tl 

The  cen 
land  over  I 
irg  S.  W. 

THE  M 
E.  from  tin 
crescent,  a 
Key,  Sand 
miles  of  an 
The  keys  l' 
Rood  nnrho 
N.  E.  Key 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


385 


mock,  towanls  tlic 
muddy  uround. 
sea  withii).  and  the 

in  tiie  eddy  of  the 
S.  K.  on  tl»p  e;is( 
!ncp  by  the  N.  E. 
v'mds  thiit  blow  ni 
•ciisso,  vvhich.  witn 
IS  at  Cape  Tiljiirun. 

l)ut  one.  which  j* 
ght.  Il  is  a  larji" 
V,  or  French  band- 

Dint,  and  forms  tli' 
ion  is,  lai.  !><'  K) 
rabies'  ienmli  Ikiiii 
t  o(V  llie  latter,  a: 
?r  out,  quickl)  ins* 

or  ^  cables'  lenml 
thorns,  stilt'  clityisi, 
line  muddy  ground 
le  bay  forms,  hall ; 
rin^  Point  15nr!;os 
uron  W.N.  W.  ir 
ing  and  watering  ir 
)W  neck  of  lane  intc 


Ports. 


lave  alreadv  slown 
of  the  (Jarribbe  m 
iieti'ida,  and  be  sun 
e  Cape  Cabrcn,  lu 
lice  from  the  pm 
roaeliing  your  des- 
it,  as  to  make  surf 

make  the  islami  p: 
|i  of  Porto  Ricci.  t 

rningo,  or  to  Ucn-; 
.fla,  passing  to  ilif 
II  windward  of  youi 
Z  it.  Those  bouni 
f  north  .side  in  tilt 

season,  or   liuit  » 
s  wliicli  the  south' 

Olid  ;  lor  it  is  wel 
[gcrous,  but  that  i 

rd,  it  can  raise  m 

Iry  great  advnntn;* 
|l,  the  fresher  tlic.-'' 
jin  this  case,  it  an- 
lisy,  and  keeping  in 

lortli  or  south  side, 
|id  in  the  season  nl 
|m  windward  to  Iff- 
bound  from  Ice- 
lit  her  a  north  or  a 
^e(|uences  may  en- 
J  work  to  windward 
fr,  notwilhstaudiDfl 


ihi;  obstacles,  the  risk,  at  greatest,  is  not  such  as  ought  to  thwart  a  navigator  from  this 
track,  who  knows  that  in  i)roportion  to  the  dilliculty,  must  ire  liis  viitilantc  and  activity. 
Relative  to  the  currents  wliich  may  be  fnund  along  the  shores  of  Hayti,  we  may  a(i(i 
that  their  elfects  may  be  looted  up.ni  as  ineonsideralde.  Some,  however,  affirm  and 
suppose,  that  tliere  are  currents  of  a  mile  an  hour  setting  to  the  westward  ;   but,  for  our- 

5'     selves,  we  can  only  say  that  we  have  no  foundation  for  such  an  assertion,  but  rather  have 

'     grounds  for  thinking  them  of  little  importance. 

37/i  WindwardCkannd  hilu-ctn  ILn/ti  and  Jiimaiia. 

J  By  the  Windward  Cluinnel  is  meant  that  channel  which  lies  between  Ilaytl  on  the 
one  side,  and  Cuba  and  Jamaica  on  the  other.  Tlie  coasts  wliicli  form  it  on  tlu-'  east 
and  north  have  already  been  described,  and  tlie  coasts  ol' Jamaica  are  described  heveaf- 
ter.  The  breadth  (rf  the  channel  between  Cape  Tiburon,  in  llayti,  and  IMorant  i'oint, 
the  eastern  end  of  Jamaica,  is  :J1  leaijues,  in  a  W.  .S.  W.  direction;  and  to  the  north- 
ward of  this  liriO  is  the  little  isle  calle'd  Navaza,  and  a  dangerous  shoal  bank  called  that 
of  the  Foriniga»;  to  the  soutliward  is  a  bank  ofsonndinu-,  I'ut  cbar  irf  dangers,  ami  the 
Morant  Keys,  with  their  surroimdiiig  bank.     These  we  shall  deseiibf!  in  (rrder. 

N.WAZA  is  alxrut  •-'  miles  in  lenglh.  K.  .■<.  K.  and  W.  .N.  W'.,  and  about  ll  mile 
broad  at  its  widest  part.  It  w  as  surveyed  in  l^"!);}  by  .Mr.  l-'rancis  Cwen,  Master,  R.  N., 
who  says,  "This  island  is  a  flat  level  rock,  apparently  of  volcanic;  origin,  is  above  300 
feet  in  lieiglit.  and  covered  witli  small  shrubs.  Jt  may  be  seen  on  a  clear  day  from  the 
deck  of  a  liiie-ol'-batile  .^liip  alroiif  7  leaiiues.  Kveiy  jrart  tliereof  shows  a  rocky  perpen- 
dicular clilf,  except  a  small  sjraee  on  the  northern  side,  which  is  but  little  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  sea.  From  the  western  extremity  of  the  island,  a  coral  reef  stretches  to 
the  westward  about  IDII  fathoms,  ot)  which  are  only  -,'7  feet  with  1.')  I'atiioms  all  round  it. 
In  every  other  part  thert'  arc  I'J  f.ithoms  wafer  close  to  the  shore.  ( )n  the  western  and 
southern  sides,  soundinsis  iVoiii  lf»  to  10  fatlioms,  sand,  extend  to  the  distance  of  three 
fourths  of  a  mile,  on  which  you  may  amlior  and  lie  smooth  in  a  strong  .sea-breeze.  On 
the  north  side  the  bottom  is  rocky,  and  the  bank  floes  not  extend  bevond  lialf  a  mile. 
Ill  rrossing  this  island,  on  its  eastern  side,  at  the  distance  of  about  one  tliird/jf  a  mile,  you 
will  have  34,  "J.'j.  and  1 -^  la  thou  is  :  ami  a  I  half  a  mile  .'1'^,  and  soon  after.no  croiiml,  with  75 
fathoms.  At  the  distaiuM'  of  1',  mile  from  the  east  end,  no  lioitom  will  be  firiind  with 
i.'30  fathoms.  'J'lie  N.  W.  end  bearing  iN.  or.N.  by  K..  and  the  .S.  F.  ])oint  K.  S.  E.  or 
a  little  more  strutlierly.  you  may  anchor  in  lb  fathoms,  line  sand,  about  liaifa  mile  from 
the  shore.  There  are  great  (|'iaiilities  of  sea  fowls  on  tli>'  island  :  and  round  the  rocks, 
cod.  and  red  snappers  in  abini'iiiiice.  Hetween  .Nava/.a  and  ( 'ape  Tibiimn  there  is  a  small 
bank  of  line  while  sand,  with  |ilenly  of  lish  thereon,  'i'lie  deptii  is  from  11  to  iG  fa- 
thoms, with  the  following  beariniis  : — Navazti  W.  ',  .'^.  ;  Cape  Tiburon  K.  S.  F.  J  E. ; 
and  Cape  l)ame  Marie  N.  F.  ',  K.,  by  compass. 

From  Navaza  to  ( 'ape  Dame  Al.irie,  the  bearing  and  distance  arc  N.  E.  by  E.  J  E.  14 
leagues. 

From  Cape  'J'iburon  to  Mortiiit  Point,  which  is  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  llic  bearing 
and  distance  are  W.  S.  W.  ^  W.  3-1',  leagues  ;  and  from  Navaza  to  the  same  point,  S. 
\V.  by  W.  .',  W.  •J3  leagues. 

THE  FOK.MHiAS,  ( »li  ANT.S.  are  some  dangerous  coral  spots  upon  a  sand  bank, 
nearly  ')  miles  in  b  .igth,  extenrling  in  a  .N.  F.  and  S.  W.  direction,  almut  10  leagues  to 
the  westward  from  Navaza.  Its  eastern  part  bears  \.  F.  by  N.  10  miles  from  Morant 
Point,  Jamaica;  and  from  the  body  of  the  shoal  the  N.  [•'.  end  of  Jamaica  bears  8.  W. 
by  W.  ."^R  miles.  The  eastern  part  is  the  shoalest,  not  hiivins,  in  some  places,  more  than 
i;$  or  14  feet  of  water.  The  edge  here  is  nearly  steep  to.  and  there  is  generally  a  great 
swell  upon  it.  In  standing  over  the  bank,  when  the  depth  increases  to  7  or  7^',  fathoms, 
there  will  be  a  sudden  increase  to  1.1  and  l.j  fathoms,  and  thence  no  bottom  at  20.  On 
the  eastfrn  edge  the  bottom  is  dark,  and  not  easily  seen  in  hazy  weather;  but  to  tho 
westward  the  v.ater  is  discolored,  and  appears  lighter. 

The  centre  of  the  bank  is  in  about  IH  '  :50  N.  and  7o"^  40'  W.  The  fall  of  the  high 
land  over  Plaintain  (larden  IFivci.  which  is  the  easternmost  liigh  land  on  Jamaica,  bear- 
ing S.  W.  by  S.  leads  directh  on  the  bank. 

THE  MORANT  KFYS".— These  keys,  which  lie  at  th"  distance  of  .30  miles  .S.  S. 
E.  from  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  consist  of  four  low  islets  lu'  keys,  situate  in  form  of  a 
crescent,  and  are  surr  Minded  by  a  dangerous  reef.  They  are  disiingnislied  bv  N.  E. 
Key, .Sand  Key,  Savanna,  or  liird  Key,  and  S.  W.  Kr-y.  V'ou  may  approacdi  within  2^ 
miles  of  any  of  them.  The  reef  on  the  eastern  side  is  a  most  dangerous  ledge  of  cornl. 
The  keys  Tie  between  hit.  l^''  i»l'  and  17^  v?'^',  long.  7.'»''  ").j  .  To  the  N.  W,  of  them  h 
Rood  anchoring  ground,  in  .">  or  fi  fathom ;,  white  sand  and  shells.  To  r-nehnr,  give  the 
N.  E.  Key  •>  berth  of  1^,  or  .'  mihs  :  and  when  ihc  .S.   W.  Kev  b'-nrs  S.  by  K.  steer 

49 


386 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


:tly 


If. 


(\ 


ill 


=lr 


ou 


o  westward  of  the  rocky  spit,  that  extends  to  d; 
westward   from  the  iN.  E.  Key,  and  has  hut  little  more  than  [i  fathoms  over  it. 
the  N.  E.  Key  bears  E.  I)y  N.  or  E.  N.  E.  you  may  haul  more  to  the  eastward,  and  an 
chor  with  the  S.  W.  Key  bearinij;  8.  or  S.  by  W.  and  Savanna  Key,  the  next  to  it,  S.  K.. 
in  from  5  to  G  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.     As  there  are  some  spots  of  coral,  it  is  requi- 
site to  ascertain  that  the  bottom  be  clear. 

These  keys  are  only  7  or  9  feet  above  the  water.  The  body  of  them  lies  from  Port 
Morant,  Jamaica,  S.  S.  E.  r}  E.,  about  11  leagues.  With  the  keys  Itearing  S.  W.  nearly 
4  miles,  there  arc  about  18  fathoms  water,  stony  ground,  mixed  with  line  red  speckled  gra- 
vel. With  them  S.  W.  by  S.  about  4  miles,  there  are  16  fathoms;  and  when  S.  S.  W. 
^  W.  6  miles,  there  are  2.3  fathoms,  with  ground  as  above. 

In  order  to  ascertain  when  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  keys,  observe  that  Morani 
Point,  or  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  and  the  north-cast  end  of  the  same,  bear  from  eacli 
other  N.  W.  },-  N.  and  S.  E.  i  S.  so  that  when  tlie  north-east  enil,  which  is  high  ami 
blutf,  is  to  be  seen  on  that  bearing,  or  to  the  westward  of  it,  yoa  will  be  to  the  eastward 
of  the  keys. 

Also,  when  coming  in  from  the  southward  for  Jamaica,  by  keeping  Yallah's  Mill,  lipfc. 
aftor  noticed,  to  the  northward  of  N.  W.  ^  N.  you  will  pass  clear  of  the  keys  to  tlif 
westward. 

Be  very  cautious  on  approaching  the  keys  in  the  night,  lest  you  be  driven  on  them 
by  the  current. 

In  turning  between  the  Morant  Keys  and  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  there  is  a  good  ? 
leagues  of  turning  ground  ;  and  as  it  sfidom  ha|)pens  that  the  land  is  not  descried  befoir 
night,  its  bearings  may  direct  in  turning  or  sailing. 

Capt.  Mackellcr  tells  us  that  the  cocoanut-trces  lormerly  on  Morant  Keys  have  bern  cut 
down  since  1816,  ami  there  is  not  a  shrub  of  any  kind  to  be  seen,  except  a  few  small  tn- 
coanut-bushe:,  on  llie  iN.  E.  Key.  Very  great  care  should  i)e  taken  in  approaching  tin 
N.  E.  Key,  on  either  side,  as  it  is  foul  to  a  great  distance  o(f  ;  and  vessels  intcndiiii;  ic 
anchor  at  the  keys,  ought  not  to  come  on  the  while  water  at  all,  that  is,  to  the  westwarii 
of  the  N.  F^.  Key,  until  they  are  far  enough  to  the  southward  to  have  the  south  part  oi 
the  N.  E.  Key  bearing  E.  by  N. ;  they  may  then  haul  up  to  the  eastward  for  .Savanna or 
Bird  Key  ;  and  when  it  i)ears  S.  E.  and  the  S.  W.  Key  S.  or  S.  |  W.,  anchor  in.oori. 
fathoms.  If  it  is  necessary  to  work  up  to  this  anchorage,  with  the  wind  east,  you  nwv 
stand  to  the  S.  W.  Key,  by  your  lead,  not  going  nearer  than  5  or  6  fathoms  ;  but  iIk 
reef  off  the  N.  E.  Key  is  steep  to,  and  you  will  have  6  fathoms  at  one  cast,  and  the  next '., 
or  perhaps  less;  therefore,  in  working  up,  keep  the  point  of  the  N.  E.  Key  always  la 
the  northward  of  E.  !>y  N.  after  you  are  in  the  white  water. 

Directions/or  the  Wmdimrd  Passages,  which  is  the.  jjrincipal  chantiel  to  the  north-east  wan 

of  Jamaica,  including  those  for  sailijig  to  and  from  Jamaica,  at  d  thence  to  ]\ew  Pnxi- 

dence,  Havana,  Europe,  (?jt. 

Ships  from  Europe,  when  bound  to  .Tamaica,  generally  take  the  broad  and  safe  clinc 
nel  between  the  islands  and  (Juadaloupe,  but  they  may  pass  with  equal  safety  between 
St.  Bartholomews  and  Saba,  or  St.  Eustatias,  and  thence  make  the  parallel  ol  17"  JO'io 
the  southward  of  Hayti,  or  on  the  meridian  of  70°  W.  When  thus  (hr  advanced,  tliev 
may  continue  W.  \  S.  until  they  make  Alto-Vela  or  the  Little  Mount,  which  lies  uif 
the  southern  point  of  Ilayti,  as  already  desrrii)ed.  They  will  thus  avoid  the  dansch 
in  the  vicinity  of  Nciva  Bay,  towards  which  there  is  fretjueutly  an  indraught,  as  belore 
noticed. 

Should  you  hapjjen  to  miss  Alto- Vela,  you  may  probably  make  the  land  of  Jacquemcl. 
or  Jacmel,  before  described  ;  or  if  not,  with  the  next  great  promontory,  of  which  I'oini 
Abacou  and  Point  a  (iravois  are  the  extremities.  Jac(|uemcl  may,  as  already  shown,  In 
distinguished  from  sea  by  the  sudden  cut-off  or  drop  of  a  hill,  seen  over  another  \w\^ 
hill  at  the  upper  part  of  the  harbor.     This  mark  leads  directly  to  the  harbor's  moulli. 

The  Isle  a  Vaclie  lies  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Abacou,  and  forms  the  channel  loAux 
Cayes,  &c.  From  Alto- Vela  to  the  east  end  of  the  Lie  a  Vache,  the  bearing  anil  dis- 
tance are  W.  by  N.  42i  leagues.  From  the  oast  end  of  the  Isle  a  Vache  to  Point  Aba- 
cou, W.  by  S.  14  miles  ;  thence  to  Point  a  (iravois,  W.  \  S.  "J.J  leagues. 

When  olfat  sea,  abreast  of  the  Isle  a  Vache,  the  middle  of  a  saddle  mountain  ovor 
Port  St.  Louis,  bears  nearly  N.  by  E.,  and  then  the  eastern  end  of  a  Vache  is  bctwrpn 
it  and  the  ship.  The  island  is  low,  though  hilly,  and  lies  so  under  the  land  of  the 
main,  that  it  is  not  distinguishable  from  it  at  any  considerable  distance.  At  6  leagues  oil, 
it  appears,  as  already  said,  like  an  assemblage  of  small  islands.  The  water  towards  it 
shoalens  gradually. 

The  saddle  mountains  over  St.  Louis,  which  are  called  the  Grand  Anse  Mountains, 
are  the  second  high  range  from  the  west  end  of  Ilayti.     The  westermnott,  which  is  the 


highest,  I 
Observe, 
render  th 
the  dan^< 

From  I 
\V.  l.J  le; 
than  'JO  It 

Morant 
a  Gravois 

In  ruiin 
tious  of  ri 
already  si 
near  as  to 
ways  goin 
without  di 
who  will  c 


MORA 

to  the  east 

of  this  hill 

bears  W.  . 

of  the  east 

for  when  1 

17°  50' or 

Should  J 

tant,  .vhen 

east  end,  w 

also,  that  a 

Froiii  of] 

should  kee 

from  the  i 

nearly  2  mi 

Tothe  w 

the  shore,  ; 

Horses,  off 

From  th( 

down,  wher 

and  frequen 

Point,  the  i 

From  Yi 

well  as  all  t 

between  th« 

from  Cow  ] 

Plum  J'o 

and  ap])roa 

abreast  of  ii 

nel  to  Port 

When  yo 

the  entranc( 

north  part  c 

mark  is  to  I 

steer  a  little 

until  Port  I 

in  mid-char 

ly  towards  1 

<iun  Key,  w 

|)r(»ach  the  [ 

between  it  a 

and  a  half,  \ 

li'ving  p; 

north  of  (ta 

anchor  abrer 

wind,  the   C 

Twelve  Apo 

Key  reef. 


hat  extends  to  tli.« 
lis  over  it.     Wlicu 

eastward,  and  an- 
le  next  to  it,  S.  K.. 

coval,  it  is  requi- 
em lies  IVnm  Port 
ariiig  S.  W.  nenrl\ 
e  red  speckled  jjru- 
nd  when  S.  S.  W. 

)serve  that  Morani 

le,  bear  from  eacli 

which  iH  hii^h  ami 

be  to  the  eastward 

railah's  Hill,  hcfc 
of  the  keys  to  th^ 

be  driven  on  them 

1,  there  is  a  Rood  f- 
uot  descried  bet'orr 

Keys  have  been  cu! 
ept  a  few  small  i(}- 
in  approaching  tin 
essels  intendini^  to 
is,  to  the  westward 
a  the  south  part  oi 
vnn\  for  Savanna  w 
^'.,  anchor  in  oorii 
vind  east,  you  \m\ 
I  fathoms  ;  i)ut  the 
ast,  and  the  next:i, 
E.  Key  always  i<\ 

the  nor th-rasi ware, 
znce  to  j\ew  Pnu- 

oad  and  safe  clinn- 

ual  safety  between 

iraliel  of'lT '  vHi'io 

iir  advanced,  llin 

nt,  which  lies  ulf 

void  the  dangers 

liaught,  as  belore 

nd  of  .lacqupmei, 
y,  of  which  I'oini 
already  shown,  In 
over  another  idii; 
arbor's  mouth, 
le  channel  to  Aux 
bearing  aiul  disi- 
(he  to  Point  Aba- 
tes. 

le  mountain  over 
Vachc  is  bctwopii 
er  the  land  of  the 
At()  leagues  (111'. 
;  water  towards  it 

Anse  Mountains, 
moit,  which  is  tlif 


I 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


387 


If 


hi'hest,  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  30  or  40  leagues  ofT,*on  both  sidv-s  of  the  island. 
Uliservc,  however,  that  alter  noon  the  exhalation  of  vapor  is  sometimes  so  great  au  to 
nM)d(!r  them  invisible.  ]]c  cautious,  at  such  times,  of  making  the  land,  lest  you  ruu  ou 
the  dangers  of  the  Isle  a  Vache. 

From  Point  a  (tiavois  to  Cape  Tiburon,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  W.  by  W.  4 
W.  1.5  leagues.  The  land  about  Cajjc  Tiburon  is  so  h^gh  as  olten  to  be  seen  at  more 
than  'JO  leagues  off. 

Morant  J'oint,  the  easternmost  extremity  of  Jamaica,  already  noticed,  bears  from  Point 
a  Gravois  W.  J  S.  42  leagues ;  and  from  Cape  Tiburon,  AV.  .S.  W.  31  leagues. 

In  ruiHiing  for  .Jamaica,  from  the  west  end  of  Hayti,  or  the  Isle  of  Alto-Vela,  be  cau- 
tious of  running  too  far  north,  lest  you  should  get  on  iMorant  Point,  this  |)oint  being,  as 
already  shown,  extremely  low.  In  thick  hazy  weather  it  may  possibly  be  approached  so 
near  as  to  make  it  difficult  to  weather  ;  the  wind  setting  right  on,  and  the  current  al- 
ways going  to  leeward.  By  keeping  the  proper  parallel,  (17'^  45',)  you  will  run  down 
without  danger,  and  iriake  Yallah's  Point,  off  which  you  arc  sure  to  meet  with  pilots, 
who  will  conduct  you  to  Port  lioyal  Harbor,  if  re(iuired. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Coast  and  Harbors  of  Jamaica. 

MURANT  POINT  TO  KINGSTON.— The  southernmost  high  land  of  Jamaica, 
to  the  eastward  of  Port  Koyal,  is  Yallah's  Hill,  which  is  very  remarkable.  The  middle 
of  this  hill  is  20  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Port  Royal  Point.  When  the  fall  of  this  hill 
bears  W.  A  N.  steering  W.  by  .S.  will  carry  a  vessel  a  league  or  more  to  the  southward 
of  the  east  end  of  the  island,  which  is  very  low.  The  latitude  at  noon  will  be  a  guide  ; 
for  when  Yallah's  Hill  bears  W.  ^  N.  11  or  12  leagues  distant,  the  ship  will  be  in  lat. 
17°  50' or  17°  51'. 

Should  you  m;ike  the  southernmost  high  land,  bearing  W.  S.  W.  9  or  3  0  leagues  dis- 
tant, when  bound  to  the  south  side  of  the  island,  you  must  haul  up  S.  \V.  to  clear  the 
east  end,  which  will  not  be  in  sight  at  a  greater  (listance  than  4  leagues;  ami  observe, 
also,  that  a  current  fre(]uently  sets  to  the  northward  around  this  end  of  the  island. 

Fro.ii  ort"  Morant  Point,  or  the  east  eml  of  Jamaica,  when  bound  to  Port  Royal,  ships 
should  keep  at  a  distance  of  4  miles  from  shore,  until  i)ast  iMorant  ]5ay,  as  the  coast 
from  the  east  end  to  the  southward  of  Rocky  Point  is  lined  with  a  reef  that  stretches 
nearly  2  miles  outward,  and  over  a  part  of  which  the  sea  generally  breaks. 

To  the  westward  from  Rocky  Point,  the  coast  continues  rocky  to  about  one  mile  from 
the  shore,  as  far  as  Morant  Bay;  it  is  then  clear  to  the  white  cliflV  called  the  Wliite 
Horses,  off  which  there  are  some  rocks,  at  about  half  a  mile  from  shore. 

From  the  White  Horses  to  Yallah's  Point,  the  distance  is  one  league.  In  running 
down,  when  the  former  bear  north,  and  Yallah's  Point  west,  you  will  have  sounding.s, 
and  frequently  see  the  bottom  in  7tf.  H,  9,  and  10  fathoms  ;  and  on  approaching  Yallah's 
Point,  the  water  will  be  found  to  dt^epen  until  you  lose  soundings. 

From  Yallah's  Point  to  Cow  Bay  Point  there  is  no  danger;  the  latter  is  bold  to,  as 
well  as  all  the  coast  to  the  westward,  as  far  as  Plum  Point.  The  cortrse  and  distance 
between  the  two  points  are  W.  by  N.  eight  miles;  but  should  you  be  three  or  four  miles 
from  Cow  Bay  Point,  you  must  steer  more  to  the  northward. 

Plum  Point  is  the  southeast  jjoint  of  the  Palisadoes ;  you  may  run  in  boldly  for  it, 
and  apjjroach  its  extremity  within  half  a  cable's  length,  having  nothing  to  fear  until 
abreast  of  it,  or  between  it  and  the  Middle  C  round,  in  the  entrance  of  the  eastern  chan- 
nel to  Port  Royal. 

When  you  have  brought  Rock  Fort  N.  by  E.  you  will  come  on  a  cross  ledge  without 
the  entrance  of  the  channel,  and  must  then  bring  the  leading  mark  on,  which  is  the 
north  part  of  the  Apostles'  Battery  and  the  magazine  of  Fort  Charles  in  a  line.  This 
mark  is  to  be  kept  on  until  you  are  abreast  of  Lime  Key.  When  thus  far  advanced, 
steer  a  little  to  tlic  southward  towards  Rackham  Key,  giving  Lime  Key  a  good  berth, 
until  Port  Royal  Point  comes  open  between  (lun  Key  and  llackham  Key.  Now  steer 
in  mid-channel  between  these  keys,  and  immediately  after  pa.ssing  them,  jiroceed  direct- 
ly towards  Port  Royal  Point,  till  you  bring  the  fall  of  Yallah's  Hill  on  the  centre  of 
(inn  Key,  which  will  bring  you  between  the  Knoll  and  Port  Royal  Point;  you  may  ap- 
proach the  point  w  ithin  half  a  cable's  length,  and,  by  sailing  close  to  it,  you  will  also  pass 
between  it  and  the  Harbor  Knoll,  which  lies  to  the  wesfward  about  the  length  of  a  cable 
and  a  half',  with  10  feet  on  it. 

ll>ving  passed  the  point  steer  to  the  northward  till  tjie  Admiral's  Penn  comes  to  tho 
north  of  ({allows  Poim.  This  mark  leads  you  clear  of  Old  Port  Roval,  where  you  may 
anchor  abreast  of  the  Dock  Yard,  or  even  before  you  come  to  it.  With  a  land  or  north 
wind,  the  Channel  between  (inn  Key  and  Port  Royal  is  to  be  preferred  ;  then  the 
Twelve  Apostles'  Battery  on  the  fiouth  angle  of  Fort  Charles  leads  vou  clear  of  Gun 
Key  reef. 


388 


BLUATS!  AaiEUICAiN  COAST  FJI.OT. 


Siraiigcis,  ill  rnse  of  lu'ccssity,  rii;iy  pilot  thuir  slii[).i  down  to  the  anchorage  iu  the 
rhatiiiel,  evt-ii  Hlieii  the  iiiarUs  aie  not  to  1)0  sfoii,  as  iiolliiiii,'  is  to  be  I'eared  on  the  side 


i'hich  IS  |i 


ot  me  raiisadof's,  « liuMi  is  inw  and  Diisiiy.  i  iicy  must  only  Keep  within  half  or  three 
f|uartc,is  of  a  mile  of  Plmn  I'oiiit.  and  steer  down  Ity  tlic  I'alisadoes,  till  tliey  bring  Lime 
Key  to  bear  S.  S.  K.  (U'  .S.  II.  Iiy  S.  then  tiicy  anchor  in  15,  16,  or  17  fathoms,  near  the 
middle  of  the  channrl. 

SHOALS  L\  THL  EASTERN  CILVNNEL  OE  I'ORT  ROYAL.— The  most 
remarkal)lc  shoal  in  the  Eastern  Channel  is  the  Middle  (lionnd,  or  Eastern  Middle 
Ground,  which  lies  one  and  a  cjuarter  mile  S.  S.  W.  from  J'Inm  Point;  it  consists  di 
two  patches,  rorky  bottom;  ihe  east  patch  liaviii";  twelve  feet,  and  the  west  patch, 
(about  70  fatiioms  to  the  \V.  S.  W.  of  the  other,)  haviiiij  'J  feet;  they  are  divided  by  a 
narrow  swash,  10  fatlxmis  dee|),  and  both  break  with  strona;  sea  breezes. 

A  Reacon,  with  a  small  triaiii^le  ibcmt  .>0  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  has  been 
erected  on  the  Palisadoes,  ijetween  (Ireatand  fjittle  Plum  Points.  When  bearing  N.  bv 
W.  by  compass,  or  in  one  with  Kingston  Cliurch,  it  will  lead  clearto  theeastward  of  the 
East  Middle  (rioiind. 

Yoix  may  sail  within  the  Middle  riround,  oi-  without  it  to  the  soutliward,  as  necessity 
requires:  but  to  the  northward  is  tlie  l)est  and  safest  channel.  The  soundings  in  thut 
channel  are  tineven,  iVoin  7  to  ]')  or  20  fathoms:  but,  when  you  are  |)ast  the  Middle 
Ground,  tJiey  are  regular  from  I'J  to  l.'J  fathoms  between  Rackhain  and  (hin  Keys. 

The  first  key  you  meet  with,  in  steering  iVom  the  Middle  (iround  towards  Port  Roval. 
is  Lime  Key,  iVom  the  north  end  of  which  a  reef  stretches  about  a  cable's  length  ;  voar 
eye  is  the  best  mark  forii.  as  it  is  generally  seen:  to  the  westward  of  the  key  lies  ano- 
ther shoal,  with  H  or  10  feet  upon  it. 

The  knoll  off  Port  Royal  Point  is  the  third  shoal ;  it  is  a  small  hard  coral  bank  to  th? 
southward  of  the  point,  with  only  lb  feet  water  upon  it.  If  your  sliip  draw  12  or  13  feei 
water,  you  must  be  careful  to  keep  clear  of  it. 

To  go  within  the  knoll,  the  leading  mark  is  to  bring  the  highest  bush  on  Gun  Kev. 
(which  is  near  the  middle  of  it,)  in  one  with  ^'allah's  J'oint;  you  have  then  10  fathoim 
water;  and  the  channel  is  70  fathoms  wide.  The  mark  to  strike  the  knoll  is  the  somb 
point  of  Gun  Key  on  the  high  hill  of  Vallah's,  or  a  shi|)'s  length  open  of  Y'allah's  Point; 
the  breast  mark  is  the  church  on  the  seventh  or  eig'.uh  embrasure  of  the  Fort,  Sandv 
Key  just  open  witli  Lime  Key,  and  you  will  have  If)  or  17  feet  of  water. 

To  go  between  the;  knoll  and  the  Western  JMiddle  (irmmd,  which  lies  about  300  fa- 
thoms to  the  south-westward  (d"  it,  the  leaditig  mark  is  True  Land's  Hummock,  within 
Yallah's,  on  ihe  southernmost  |)art  of  Gun  Key,  or  Vallah's  Point,  well  open  to  thf 
northward  of  the  north  point  of  Rackham's  Key.  I'his  channel,  which  is  the  widest, 
and  has  12  fathoms  of  water,  is  mostly  used  when  taken  with  the  land  wind. 

The  anchorage  is  good  all  over  Port  Royal  Harbor:  but  the  best  anchoring  for  ships 
that  arc  bound  to  .sea,  is  in  ')  fathoms,  with  a  notch  on  the  east  side  of  a  high  mountain, 
called  the  Leading  Notch,  a  little  open  to  the  eastward  of  Fort  Augusta,  and  Rackham 
Key  in  one  with  Port  Royal  Point. 

SOUTH  CHANNEL  OF  PORT  ROYAL.— To  go  to  sea  from  Port  Royal,  you 
make  use  of  the  South  or  the  New  Channel ;  the  small  craft  generally  go  through  (lit 
East  Channel,  but  it  is  to  be  avoided  by  large  vessels,  unless  they  are  prime  sailers,  and 
have  a  strong  land  breeze  or  north,  with  an  appearance  of  its  lasting  long  enough  to 
carry  them  throiigh. 

When  bound  through  tlie  South  Channel  you  should  get  under  weigh  with  the  land 
wind,  JO  soon  iu  the  nioniing  as  you  can  see  the  marks,  ohservin,";  that  the  current  then 
sets  most  commonly  to  the  westward.  Thi'.  general  leading  mark  is  the  Leading  Notch 
in  one  with  the  magazine  of  Fort  Augusta,  which  is  the  easternmost  building  of  thr 
fort.  This  mark  leads  sliips  of  16  or  17  feet  water  clear  through ;  but,  in  a  line  of  b,it 
tie  ship,  the  notch  shoidd  be  kept  very  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  magazine,  uiuil 
Hellshire  Hummock  comes  open  with  Fort  Small. 

To  keep  well  to  the  westward  of  the  Mid<lle  (iround,  be  careful  not  to  bring  the  church 
steeple  upon  the  corner  of  the  wall  with  end)rasures,  tiiitil  Wallah's  Hill  is  brought  in 
one  with  Lime  Key.  Incase  you  sliould  not  se«!  Vallah's  Hill  Point,  look  out  for  a 
hummock  on  Hellshire,  and  wiien  it  is  open  of  Salt  Pan  Hill,  you  will  be  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  Middle  Ground. 

This  Middle  Ground  is  a  large  coral  hank  which  often  breaks,  with  only  three  fret  on 
it  in  the  luiildle;  tlie  north  and  west  sides  are  almost  sleep.  (  hi  its  N.  W.  edte  lies  .i 
buoy,  whn.se  marks  are.  J'ort  Royal  Tower  on  the  fourth  embrasipe  of  Fort  Charles, 
counting  from  the-  westward,  and  Hellshire  Hummock  on  the  (ln;,-sta(f  of  Fort  .Small. 
When  you  have  opened  Hellshire  Hummock  with  I''ort  !^m;,il,  you  steer  out  with  the 
Leading  Notch  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  thejjiagazine.  whic  i  carries  you  between  the 
Drunken  Man's  Key,  the  Turtle  Heads,  and  the  South  Knoll ;  or,  to  avoid  these  heads. 


vou  are  ti 
and  coiilii 
Then  yi 
keep  up  I 
fort,  vou  I 
(le  Ikads 
just  open. 
When  : 
you  will  b 
in  a  line  w 
tuguese, 
you  are  tli 
berth  of  a 
Druidve 
loose  sand 
half  a  milt 
Drunken 

1'he  'J'l 
shoalcst  pii 
heads,  are 
And  to  tile 
steej)  to. 
which  br(M 
3.  S.  E.  of 
ship  Warri 
The  Lilt 
nel.     It  lia,' 
When  P( 
with  Hellsh 
It  fie(|uei 
nel :  and  th 
Should  this 
will  be  dann 
By  inattenti 
their  cables, 
ship. 

The  best 

notch  a  littl 

wind  change 

»ea  breeze,  j 

When  cle 

ther  to  west! 

he  to  the  SOI 

Wreck  Re 

E.  from  Hell 

channel  for  s 

the  reel',  the 

'To  sitil  III] 

proceed  to  si 

if  the  forego 

ings  will  be  f 

N.  W. 

The  shoal 
mast-head, 
coral.  The 
to  them.  T 
SHIPS  1? 
Ground  by  tl 
ward  Chaime 
(he  South  CI 
it  is  ha/.ardiu 
come  on  alie; 

Ni-:w  CIJ 

South  Chanii 
Jo  the  South 
choring  groui 
biee/e,  ai  far 


UJ.UIST.S  A.MLUICA^  COAST  PILOT. 


389 


anchorage  iu  the 
eared  on  the  sida 
;liiii  half  or  tbrrr 
1  tftey  brinj;Lime 
fathoms,  near  the 

fAL— The  most 
•  Eastern  Middle 
int ;  it  consi.sti  of 
the  west  patch, 
are  divided  by  a 
s. 

the  sea,  has  been 
len  bearing  N.  h\ 
he  eastward  of  the 

ivard,  as  necessity 
soundings  in  thu; 

piist  the   Middle 
1  (iiin  Keys, 
vards  Port  Royal, 
)ie's  length ;  jour 

the  key  lies  ar,o- 

coral  bank  to  th? 
draw  12  or  13  feet 

ush  on  Gun  Kev. 

c  then  ]0  fathoni) 

knoll  is  the  soutfc 

if  Valiah's  Point: 
the   Fort,  Sandy 

;r. 

1  lies  about  300  fa- 

uinmock,  within 

ell  open  to  the 

1  is  the  widest, 

ind. 

loring  for  ships 
high  mountain. 

5ta,  and  Rackham 


'ort  Royal,  you  j 

go  through  tilt  I 

niino  sailers,  and  | 

long  enough  to  I 

igh  with  the  land 
the  current  then 
p  Leading  Notrli 
building  of  tlk 
in  a  line  of  bat- 
magazine,  until 

bring  the  rhurrli 
I  is  brought  in 
look  out  for  a 
be  to  the  sotitli- 

iiilv  three  feet  on 
W.  eilue  lie»;i 
of  Fort  Clinrles 
of  Fort  .Siunil. 
teer  out  with  the 
von  betwrPii  the 
i-oid  these  head!. 


vou  are  to  haul  up  so  as  to  bring  tlu'  iluirch  stoeph;  lo  the  easternmost  part  of  tho  Ibrtr 
iind  continue  to  keep  that  murk  until  llic  Soutii  Key  i,s  brought  on  with  Vallah's  I'oint. 
'j'bfu  you  may  h;iui  to  the  westward  if  the  wind  will  permit,  lint  if  you  siiould  not 
keep  up  tlic  leading  niiiik,  and  the-  climcli  steeple  should  come  near  the  eonu'r  of  the 
fort,  voii  nu'..st  then  come  to,  or  t;ick  .ind  siaml  in.  Tlie  mark,  wlu-ii  ashore  on  the  Tur- 
tle IJeads,  is  the  church  steeple  upon  the  magazine  of  the  fort,  and  .Spanish  Town  laud 
just  open. 

When  .Maiden  Key  is  open  a  ship's  length  to  the  southward  of  Drunken  Man's  Key, 
you  will  be  to  the  .H<tuthward  of  the  South  Kin)lls,  and  shoiilil  biing  the  licading  Notch 
in  a  line  with  the  maga/Zuic,  which  will  itriiig  you  close  to  the  westward  of  the  Little  Por- 
tuguese, in  t*  or  ')  fathoms:  when  Yallah's  Jlill  comes  to  the  southward  of  South  Key, 
you  are  then  clear  of  the  Portuguese,  and  may  haul  to  the  S.  F.  giving  South  Key  a 
berth  of  idjout  a  mile. 

Druidien  .Man's  Key  is  a  narrow  ledge  of  rocks  just  above  water,  covered  with  some 
loo.se  sand  that  gives  it  the  ;i|)pcaraiice  of  a  sand  bank.  To  tin;  southward  of  it  about 
h;df  a  mile,  there  is  a  shoal  vvliich  bn-aks  with  strong  sea  brce/.es;  and  between  it  and 
Druiikeii  .Man's  Key  is  a  chtmtie!  having  (>  or  7  failnmis  of  wnter. 

The  'J'urtie  Heads  are  tluMtMlangeious  spots,  with  10  or  11  feet  of  water  on  their 
slioalest  jiart,  and  deep  water  close  to  tliem.  Tin;  South  Iviiolls  to  the  S.  F.  of  these 
heads,  are  two  small  patciiis,  about  70  fathoms  asunder,  with  'J."!  feet  water  on  them. 
And  to  the  S.  by  W.  of  these  lies  Une-lJush  Jleef,  wbicli  always  breaks,  and  is  almost 
steep  to.  The  Three-Fathom  Hank  is  a  larjio  corid  slioal,  with  1')  or  "JO  feet  of  water, 
which  breaks  with  strong  sea  breezes.  A  small  i)alcli,  aioiiit  a  (piarter  of  ;i  mile  to  tho 
S.  S.  F.  of  it,  has  JO  feet  of  water ;  it  is  called  the  Warrior's  J};mk,  from  the  British 
ship  Warrior  having  lost  her  riulder  liiere  iu  17"^"..'. 

The  Little  Portuguese  is  the  southermnostsln.nl  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  south  chan- 
nel.    It  has  tVorn  -J-'  to  .TJ  feet  water      er  it,  ami  iu  general,  ii  ijreat  swell. 

When  I'm'tland  makes  iis  an  island,  open  about  three  (|uarters  of  a  point,  or  a  point, 
with  ilellshire,  you  will  bi;  to  the  soiithw;u(l  ol'  t!ie  Tbree-l'"atli(Mn  i5ank  and  Warrior. 

It  fre(]uently  liappens  that  the  land  breeze  fails  bel'ore  a  sliip  can  get  clear  of  the  chan- 
nel;  and  there  is  sometimes  a  long  interval  of  calm  between  the  land  and  sea  breezes. 
Should  this  occur  it  would  be  rerpiisite  to  aiudior  so  soon  as  the  breeze  fails,  or  there 
will  be  datiger  of  being  set,  by  the  swell,  on  the  Three-l-'athom  Bank  or  (.)ne-Bush  Keel". 
By  inattention  to  this  precaution,  tliere  have  been  instances  of  siiips  slipping  or  cutting 
their  cables,  when  tlie  sea  breeze  has  come  on,  and  running  into  Port  Royal  to  save  the 
ship. 

The  best  anchora~e  is  within  the  length  of  the  Little  I'ortnguese,  with  the  leading 
notch  a  little  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  magazine  of  l-'ort  .Vugusta.  Then,  if  tho 
wind  changes  southerly,  a  ship  may  easily  return  to  Port  Royal,  or  with  the  commoD 
«ea  breeze,  may  jiroceed  to  sini. 

When  clear  of  the  channel,  if  bound  to  leeward,  you  may  steer  S.  by  W.,  or  not  far- 
ther to  westward  than  half  a  jioint  more  westerly,  in  order  to  avo'd  some  shoal  spots  that 
lie  to  the  south-eastward  of  Wreck  R'.'cf. 

AVreck  Keef  always  breaks.  This  datmer  li<'s  about  a  mile,  or  little  irmre,  to  the  S. 
E.  from  Ilellshire  Point,  aiul  is  about  a  mib;  iu  length  from  .\.  F.  to  S.  W.  There  is  a 
channel  for  small  craft  between  it  and  Ilellshire  Point.  Aboui  a  mile  to  the  S.  W.  of 
the  reef,  tliere  is  a  shoal  spot  of  ,T,l  (ailioms  with  7  falliotns  around  it. 

To  .tail  ihrouifli  icilli  tin-  sfit  hrrrzc. — Ships  of  war,  (U'  those  that  sail  well,  may  safely 
proceed  io  sea  from  I'ort  Koyal,  if  they  can  lav  S.  by  I!,  or  a  littlt;  to  the  etistward  of  it, 
if  the  foregoing  precautions  be  strictly  attended  to.  When  through  the  chiinnel,  sound- 
ings  will  be  fouiid  of  10  and  11  fathotns,  if  steering  S.  by  W.  until  J'ortland  bears  W, 
N.W. 

The  shoals  in  general,  when  tlie  sea  breeze  prevails,  may  be  distinctly  seen  frotn  the 
mast-head,  '^riiey  yi)pear  of  ii  brownish  ccdor,  being  covered  >\ith  large  branches  of 
coral.  The  greatest  part  id'  tiiem  are  very  steep,  having  a  depth  of  several  fathoins  close 
to  them.     The  bottom  of  the  eliaiiiiels  between  is  mostly  scd't  mud  or  clay. 

SHIPS  BOFND  to  WINDWAKHfiom  Port  Boviif,  if  tliey  can  weather  the  Middle 
Ground  by  the  time  the  sea-lircMv.e  c(mies  mi,  may  pass  through  (Ik;  JOtisteru  or  Wind- 
ward Chamiel,  and  thus  they  may  gain  b  or  7  miles  more  to  windward  than  by  going  through 
the  South  Channel.  Small  slooi)-rig:j:ed  ves-;(ds  gem-rally  pass  this  w.;-  ;  but  to  others 
it  is  hazardotts  ;  because  if  the  land-breeze  fails,  with  an  interval  of  calm,  a  swell  may 
roine  on  ahead,  and  be  extreiiielv  daiiL'croiis. 

NKW  CHANNEL  (d"  Port  Uoyal— The  New  Channel  lies  to  the  eastward  of  the 
South  Channel,  and  almost  parallel  to  it  ;  it  is  certainly  pr<derable,  on  many  accounts, 
lo  the  South  Ciiaimel  ;  it  has  smooth  water  till  you  come  to  South  Key.  with  good  an- 
choring ground,  easy  riding,  andafarilitv  of  going  to  sea  to  (he  southward  with  the  se3' 
breeze,  a?  far  as  S.  E.  iVc. 


390 


BLUNT's  AMKlllCAX  COAST  IMLOT. 


Tlie  lendins  m;iik  to  piitor  tills  chantipl  is,  a  icinarkalilc  tint  liiiiumock  ou  tlie  mountain 
to  tlic  N.  N.  W.  (if  I'ort  Koyal.  Wli.'.i  ilic  iiiiildli- of  tlii-<  liiiriiiiiock  is  in  a  diri-ct  li„e 
villi  llif  white  liuii^c  slaiKJiii;.'  tit  llic  N .  ^\'■  "'I'  l'".irl  Aiiiiiista.  it  leads  to  tlie  westwuid 
wCtlie  liailu.i-  and  I'oiiit  Kiiuils,  as  well  as  lietueen  the  east  edue  (d'tlio  Western  >Jid(||e 
(uouiid,  and  liie  west  end  of  Ka( kliaiii's  Kev  Shoal.  Steer  with  these  marks  on  till  a 
reniarkahlo  round  hillock,  to  (he  wesiward  ol"  Stony  Hill  IJarracks,  eoiiies  open  to  the 
eastward  ol'  (•nn  Key. 

After  you  have  opened  tliis  hiiinmoek,  you  steer  away  to  the  southward,  kecpin;^  it 
open  till'a  saddle  in  ilie  inoiintaiiis  to  the  X.  W.  comes  in  a  lint-  witii  Fort  Small.  Tlicn 
you  brins{  the  same  hummock  on  the  ceiitrt;  or  west  edf^e  td'  <!un  Key,  wliich  marks 
carry  you  to  the  westward  of  the  shoals  on  the  east  side  (d'  the  ( liannel,  and  about  a  C|iiar. 
ter  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  (d'  the  (!ie;it  I'ortuizio'se.  .So  soon  as  INntland  appears 
like  an  island,  you  may  haul  to  the  cast  ward,  heini;  clear  of  the  reef  and  shoals  of  South 
Key. 

The  shoals  in  this  chamiel  are,  1.  The  Western  Middle  (Srotind,  (on  tlie  east  side  ot 
which  there  is  a  buoy.)  and  the  small  slioals  to  the  southward  (d'this  ground. 

'2.  Tlicr  (irea!  Itav  Slinal,  which  has  )(>  feet  least  water,  and  a  (loatiii)'  beacon  iu  l^ 
feet. 

;?.  The  Four  I'athom  Kmdl,  a  very  small  sjiot,  with  no  less  than  'J  I  feet  water  on  it, 
and  deep  water  all  round.  Ships  of -JO  teet  drauj;ht  may  sail  over  it,  as  the  water  is  smoolli, 

Between  (In-at  IJav  Shoal  and  South  Key  j^reakers  there  are  two  shoals  ;  the  nordi- 
ernmost,  at  about  half  a  mile  S.  by  W.  I'n  ni  the  former,  is  stee]),  and  a  small  part  ol  it 
ii|)pears  just  above  ilie  snn'.ne  of  tlie  water.  'JMiis  shoal  always  shows  ilsidf  by  the  rippling 
on  it.  About  halfway  between  this  and  tlie  breakers  lies  i  he  second  shoal,  having  only 
16  feet  of  water. 

The  South  Key  llreakers  have  a  buoy  upon  them.  The  marks  for  the  west  edi;e  ol 
this  reel  are  tiie  leadiii!,'  noK  h  open  a  little  lo  llie  eastward  of  the  capsian-housc,  and 
a  saddle  mountain  lo  (he  N.  W.  aii<l  !''ort  Small  in  one. 

Haifa  mile  to  the  soiithwai'l  vd'tliese  breakers  is  lli..-  Ki;;1it:'eii  Feet  Ilecf,  remaikalilc 
by  the  f^reat  swell  upmi  it.  To  the  westward  of  that  reci',  lies  the  (ircat  Portuj^ui-sc, 
which  is  the  souihenimost  sjioal  on  the  west  side  of  the  (diannel.* 

OLD  llAKHOK,  hOAti'S  WIIAKF.  cVc— Air.  L<aid's  directions  for  thescliar- 
bors  are  as  Icllow  :  Bein^  clear  of  the  South  or  New  Chaiiinds,  steer  to  the  southward. 
or  S.  by  W.  and  f;ive  Wr<'(  k  Reef  a  berth  of  two  miles;  and  then  ed^e  away,  and  briii^ 
the  fall'of  J{ra/.iletlo  Hill  to  bear  W.  ,'  .\.  or  W.  by  X.  and  steer  for  it  :  this  will  liMd 
you  to  the  southward  of  the  I'oul  iiroimd  idf  the  Ptdican  l\eys,f  and  as  you  ajiproacli 
them,  you  will  see  I'ii;e(m  Island,  which  is  low  and  bushy,  in  a  direction  of  the  fall  oi' 
Brazilettu  Hill ;  keep  it  so,  and  pass  the  Pelican  Keys  in  7},,  7,  and  0.\  fathoms  ;  and.  ns 
you  steer  down  with  those  marks  (ui,  you  will  see  a  remarkable  hummock  ou  the  iiioun- 
tain  to  the  northward,  called  Cudjoe  Hill,  (it  is  like  a  jockey's  cap.)  Wlirntliis  liiim- 
mock  comes  ou  tlie  west  extremity  of  the  slant  fall  of  (ioat  Island,  an<l  will  bear  N.  J  \V, 
then  haul  to  the  N.  W.  by  N.  for  Old  I  larbiu-.  This  last  mark  leads  you  clear  to  west- 
ward of  Dry  Shoal,  part  of  wlTudi  is  (>veii  with  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  you  will  see 
it.  You  will  have  from  (i'  to  f>,  or  .').',  fathoms:  and,  after  you  have  passed  Dry  Shoal, 
continue  steering  N.  W.  by  N.  and  you  w  ill  deepen  your  water  to  H  fathoms. 

And  as  you  approach  rareeiiim;  K'ey,  will  shoalen  it  to  scmti  and  six  fathoms.  Ynu 
must  give  ("aregning  Key  a  berth  (d'  nearly  lidf  a  mile  to  avoid  a  r(!ef  that  runs  froniit 
to  the  southeast ;  and  steer  direct  (or  tlu^  wliarls  at  Old  Harbor,  and  anchor  in  'Ir,  <ir  t 
fathoms,  keejdng  clear  of  the  reef  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor,  which  cencrnllv 
shows  itself. 

Long's  Whnrfnnd  Salt  Turn-. —  If  you  are  bound  to  T.nng's  \\'harf,  in  sailing  to  the 
northward  of  Pigeon  Island,  llierc  is  a  small  white  shoal  of  only  ]H  feet  on  it;  it  shoaleiw 


*  The  prcccdintr  dcsciiplidn  of,  niid  diicclidns  for,  the  h^outli  Chnnncls,  may  be  considrred  as 
inorc  for  tiic  use  of  the  |)ii()i,  tliaii  of  iho  pent  rn!  imvif-'ulor.  Cjiptiiiii  LIviiiL'ston  has  f-iiid,  "  1  ihink 
the  Dorrotero  is  riirht  in  oniittiiiir  dirfctioiis  for  any  of  iln'  cimiinels  ai  I'ort  Royal,  .lariinica,  cxcepi- 
ing  the  eiislern  one.  as  diiiclions  for  the  Soiilheni  Channels  are  nliS(ilulriy  useless  :  bcraase  no 
one  who  is  uiiai-i|uainied  Diiiiht  l(j  be  ioo!  luiidy  (  noiiidi  to  r.ririiipt  carryiiif,'  any  vessel  in  or  oui, 
except  by  ill'-  i'lasicn;  ('haiincl.  rvi  n  v.iih  (lie  iiio.«t  cuiiect  iiistn:cliiinR  iiiid  most  acciiratp  cliari." 

tTlie  !ai)st  lie(|ncMie(l  ;niil  best  <-haniii'l  for  eiiteriiii;  into  this  irreal  bay  is  belwrrn  IVlicaii  and 
Bare  Dush  Ke\s  ;  niid  to  tiike  ii,  those  who  (■(Une  iVoin  Cow  I'ciint  must  stror  W.  S.  W.  ^  ^V.  9 
leagues,  and  until  ll;e  slope  ol  die  Hraziletid  .Mouniain  Ik  ais  AV.  In-  N.  With  this  mark  and  hciir. 
ing  you  proceed  to  rincoii  Island,  &C.  The  liraziietlo  Moiuitain  cannot  he  mislakrn  ;  it  bcin?  ilie 
nortliernmoRt  of  the  two,  wbicii  hit  srcn  to  the  west,  and  the  poiitbern  i.<:  of  n  round  shape.  The 
opening  w  hirh  thef.0  moantulnr  form?  h  the  jioint  to  he  used  :;e  the  leading  n:nrk,  btflring  W.  by  N. 
as  above. — Dsncicio,  tyr, 


gradually 
smith  edg 
between  tl 
the  straii'l 
the  top  h 
niiiiiijtain.'^ 
or.'!,l  I'allu 

Salt  lit 
keep  the  s 
you  close  t 
but  the  no 
Salt  Islam 
and  is  stee 
which  you 
which  SOI 
tuo  or  two 
Salt  Kiver 
south  edge 
fathoms,  ;u 
necessary 
south  end  ( 
ed^e  of  the 
ill  five  fat  Ik 

Pm/cr  Jl 
a  cable's  lei 
anchor  in  -1 
the  reef  on 
that  you  ffei 

IVrst  Ila 
nearlv  even 
water.  Tin 
in  it.  Thei 
north  reef,  i 
not  show  an; 
cult.  As  yoi 
is  also  shoal 

(hiug  lo  , 
with  the  Ian 
hreezo  come 
may  go  ou  e 
reef  of  tlie  H 
is  to  \\\a  non 
Point  by  yoi 
fathoms.  It 
and  wait  for 
between  the 
to  the  southx 
ris'  Shoal,  ii 
keep  it  so  ur 
ris'  Shoal,  ai 
on  the  lowei 
white  water 
Shoal,  you  i 
fall  of  Cudj( 
case  you  nn 
saddle  hill  t( 


*  It  is  said, 
for  there  is  m 
general.  Ma 
upon  the  low 
I-ittle  (lont  Isl 
Key  bearing  i 
Little  (Joat  Isi 
Ilia  mile,  and 
guiile  in  stand 


ou  tlie  niountaiD 
is  ill  ii  direct  line 
III  (lie  M<'st\\;in| 
Wcsicni  AJiddlp 
><■  marks  on  till  a 
iinit's  oiu'ii  to  tlic 

iwnrd,  keeping  it 
'ort  .Siiiiill.  Tiit'ii 
'v.  which  marks 
iiikI  aixiiit  a  r|inir- 
I'lirliaiid  appears 
I  slioais  of  Soiuli 

n  tlio  east  side  of 

round. 

tinj;  beacou  iu  lb 

I  feet  water  on  it, 
!•  water  is  .sinootli. 
iioais  ;  the  iiorili- 
a  small  part  dlii 
;'lf  by  tlie  rippling 
hoal,  having  onlv 

•  the  west  edge  ol 
pstan-house,  and 

lleef,  reiiiarkiiiile 
ireat  Portiigiii'se, 

Diis  for  tliesc  har- 
o  tlie  southward, 
e  away,  and  hriii;; 
this  will  k'lid 
s  joii  apjiroiuli 
in  of  tlie  fall  nf 
thorns  ;  and.  ns 
k  on  the  iiiouii- 
AVlirn  this  hum- 
ill  bear  N.  i  W. 
ou  clear  to  wpst- 
aiid  you  will  see 
sed  Dry  Shoal, 
iiims. 

fathoms.  Ynu 
hat  runs  from  it 
nclior  in  '1.',  or  I 
which  cencrally 

111  sailing  to  the 
m  it;  it  shoalens 


tio 


bt.unt's  ameuica?;  coast  pilot. 


391 


'  lie  con.sidrrcd  as 

has  Fnid,  "  1  think 
I,  .lamaica,  except- 

.'less  :  tit'caiisc  nu 
iiy  vcs.^f'l  ill  or  oui, 

■it  accuratr  ciiari." 
twrni  IVliraii  and 

liis  mark  anil  licar. 

lakni  ;  ii  btin?  die 

uind  .'shnpr.    Tlifl 

btflrintr  'W.byN. 


gradually  on  the  cast  end,  and  bears  north  from  I'iiicon  Island,  ilistanco  one  mile.  Tho 
south  edjze  of  liound  Hill,  just  open  with  Ura/.iictto  liiil,  leads  on  it.  Voii  may  sail 
hetween  this  shoal  and  I'ii^^eoii  Island,  in  H,  7,  (i,  or  •'>  fathoms;  but  to  the  northward  is 
the  strai'-hlest  course.  After  passiny  I'i-coii  Island,  slecr  to  ihi'  norlhwcst,  and  brinn 
the  top  house  about  onc-lliird  from  ilie  north  side  of  the   large  opeuin;,;  or  gap  in  th 


iiioiiiitains ;  thi.s  ui; 
or;!,\  fathoms 


k  leads  between  the  reefs  to  the  ancliorage  at  Long's   Wharf,  in  4 


or.ih  lainoiiis. 

tfult  liivcr  Anchorauc. — If  you  are  bound  to  Salt  River,  after  passing  Piirenu  Island, 
keep  the  south  part  ad"  Hraziletto  liill  open  a  little  oii  your  larlio.ird  bow,  which  will  leaci 
vou  close  to  .Salt  island  ;  yon  may  goeitlnrto  tin;  iiortiiward  oi- soiitluvaid  of  .Salt  Island, 
but  the  north  passage  is  the  best.  Vou  may  pass  within  a  cable  and  a  half's  distance  ot' 
.Salt  Island,  on  the  north  and  west  part:  on  the  south  part  is  a  reef  which  shows  itself, 
and  is  steep  close  to  it.  There  is  a  reef  ('xtendiui^  aloii!;  on  the  east  side  of  Lout;  island, 
which  vou  see:  and  also  a  reef  exti  iidiii:;  from  the  .^alt  ivi\<'i- shore  to  tiie  eastward, 
which  soiretiines  breaks,  'riieretbre  steer  round  the  north  end  of  .'>alt  Island,  at  about 
two  or  two  and  a  half  cables'  distance  from  it;  and  then  sietr  towards  the  entrance  of 
.Salt  Kiver,  until  you  briiijj  the  soiitii  i'd;,;e  of  I'i^eon  Island  almost  in  a  line  with  tho 
south  edirc  of  ."^alt  Island:  keep  them  in  that  direction,  and  when  you  are  in  4.',  4,  or  ;J.V 
fathoms,  anchor  aecordinij;  to  thr.  si/e  id'  your  ship.  It  you  are  in  a  \ow  vessel,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  i.'o  a  little  up  the  sliioiuis,  to  see  l'ii;eiin  Island  over  Salt  Island.  The 
south  end  of  l'ii;eoii  Island,  a  little  open  to  the  southward  of  .Siik  Island,  leads  on  tho 
edije  oftheSalt  Kiver  Keef.  There  isi;(iod  anchorage  under  the  west  part  of  .Salt  Island, 
ill  five  fathoms  and  a  half,  good  holding  ground 

Pcdicc  Jidi/. — To  sail  into  this  bay,  give  the  reef  tliat  runs  olVlvoeky  I'oiiit  a  berth  of 
a  cable's  length  or  more,  and  steer  towards  the  north  part  of  the  sandy  beach,  and 
anchor  in  4.',  4,  or  .'!^  fathoms,  go.id  liolding  groiiiid.  Tiie  rci-f  olV  lloeky  Point,  and 
the  reef  on  the  .south  side  of  the  bay,  are  nearly  even  with  the  siirl'ace  of  the  water,  so 
that  you  generally  see  them.     There  is  a  great  sea  in  this  bay,  with  strong  sea-breezes. 

Wrsl  Harbor. — The  enlranci!  into  tliis  harbor  is  between  two  coral  reefs,  that  aro 
nearly  even  with  the  suri'ace  of  the  «ater;  and  the  heads  ol'eoral  lie  pu'iitly  show  above 
water.  The  ehaimel  between  the  reefs  is  above  half  a  mile  wide,  w ith  (>  and  G};  fathom.s 
ill  it.  There  is  very  good  anchorage,  with  smooth  water,  just  to  the  westward  of  the 
north  reef,  in  .'3,i,  ."),  or  4  fathoms,  good  holding  ground.  The  land  to  the  westward  does 
not  show  any  mark  that  1  could  find  to  guide  you  into  tliis  aiiclioia:,;e,  but  it  is  notdilTi- 
rult.  As  you  go  to  the  westward  in  the  west  harbor,  the  water  shoalens  to  8  or  9  feet.  It 
is  also  shoal  on  the  south  side  towards  the  mangroves,  and  sniootli  w;itcr. 

(loiiip:  to  Sen  Jhitii  Old  llcriior,  7v;Wi;'.s  ]l',i(trf',  i^'\ — .*^llips  generally  cet  uiuler  wav 
with  the  land  wind,  so  as  to  '^et  clear  of  the  reels  near  the  anchorage,  before  tlie  sea- 
breeze  comes  on.  ileiiit;  clear  of  tho  reel's,  you  may  turn  out  with  the  sea-breeze,  and 
may  go  on  either  side  of  Pigeon  Island.  The  chaiiiiel  lietween  Pigeon  Island  and  the 
reefoftiie  Half  Moon  Keys  is  two  miles  wide,  with  deep  water;  but  the  smoothest  water 
is  to  tho  northward  of  Pigeon  Island.  You  may  stand  towards  (loat  Island  and  CJabarita 
Point  by  your  lead  ;  the  soundings  are  gradual,  and  tack  when  you  come  to  o  or  4,', 
fathoms.  If  the  sea-biee/,e  should  be  very  strong,  you  may  anchor  under  Dry  Shoaf, 
and  wait  for  the  land  wind.  lUit,  with  moderati?  sea  liree/es,  any  ship  may  turn  out 
between  the  keys  aiul  reed's,  IJeiiig  as  far  to  the  eastward  as  Dry  Shoal,  and  in  standin" 
to  the  southward,  your  leading  mark  for  the  channel  lietween  IJarc  IJiish  Kev  and  Mor- 
ris' Shoal,  is  Cudjoe  Hill,  on  the  slant  fall  of  (Joal  Isl.ind,  the  same  as  for  l)rv  Shoal  ; 
keep  it  so  until  the  Half  Moon  K'evs  come  in  one;  then  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  Mor- 
ris' Shoal,  and  may  edge  away  a  little,  keeping  the  Cudjoe  Hill  about  a  large  sail's  breadth 
on  the  lower  part  from  the  slant  of  (ioat  Island,  which  mark  will  lead  you  along  tho 
white  water  on  Rare  Hush  side  to  sea.  Hut  ii",  in  standing  to  the  southward  from  Dry 
Shoal,  you  find  that  you  cannot  weather  Morris'  Shoal,*  which  you  will  know  by  the 
fall  of  Cudjoe  Hill  not  being  within  a  sail's  breadth  of  the  fall  of  (loat  Island;  in  this 
case  you  must  tack  to  the  northward,  when  ]>are  Uiisli  Key  bears  K.  S.  K.  or  when  a 
saddle  hill  to  the  northwest  of  Pig(?on  Island  is  just  coining  on  the  north  end  of  Pigeon 


*  It  is  paid,  tlint  nbout  thirty  years  ago,  ships  sailed  over  this  slionl ;  if  so,  it  must  have  ^own  fast, 
for  there  is  not  at  present,  more  than  !)  or  10  feet  on  tho  north  cdire  of  it,  and  n  jrrpnt  .swrlj  in 
general.  Marks  for  the  cast  end  (d'it :  Cudioe  Hill,  about  half  way  from  the  fail  of  (Jont  Island, 
upon  the  low  and  bushy  land  towards  the  risiiur  to  the  westwiird  (ttiis  ris-iiiK  is  coinmonlv  called 
liittle  Gont  Island  ;)  and  tiie  Hall'  .Menti  Keys  iiliniil  fmir  (ic^rees  open,  and  lUMtli  part  ol  J^are  Bush 
Key  bcarinp  E.  ^  S.  Marks  \\>r  ihe  west  end  are,  CiKijoe  Hill,  on  the  al'ore-ineiitioned  risiiirj  of 
I.ittic  (ioat  Island,  and  Wnn',  lltisiij^cy  beiiriiiL'^  II.  '[  S.  It  is  in  lcn«ih  li:il(;  iimre  than  a  quarter 
III  a  mile,  and  in  brcndili  about  onc-si.\tIi  of  a  niiie,  and  siioalcns  too  sudden  for  your  lead  io  be  a 
t'uiile  in  standing  towards  it. 


392 


BMJNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


Isliiii'].  Aii'l,  in  stniidiii;  in  llif  iioriliwiird,  tuck  when  the  fall  ot"  flra/.'ilt.'tto  Hill  cotn.;s 
on  the  cftiln'.  or  ihmi  Ui.-  iioitli  end  ol  i'if^f'on  InIiukI  :  you  may  a[)|)ioacli  ilie  white 
water  on  the  side  of  Hare  JUisli  to  'j  I'adionis.  Tliere  is  a  good  eliaiincl  between  iNloiris' 
Slioal  and  Halt'  Moun  Keys,  hut  it  is  dangerous  to  approaeli  the  latter  on  the  soutlicast 
«ide,  tor  ycMi  will  have  I'roui  (>  or  7  laihoins  to  I'.'  li-  t  in  one  or  two  easts  ol'the  lead.  To 
tiie  K.  S.  K.  and  S.  K.  «)l  Mave  I5ush  Key,  distanre  ahout  ont;  mile,  are  some  spot-i  di 
coral,  with  iVom  :i\  to  o  lathoms  on  them,  and  7  I'aihonis  close  to  tlu'ni.  And  to  tin 
southward  and  S.  S.  K.  oltlte  I'ortland  Keys,  distant  about  two  miles,  are  some  spots  o| 
3,',  and  -1  fathoms  on  theai.  Alter  you  have  passed  tiiose  keys  in  sailiiii;  to  the  westward, 
come  no  nearer  I'ortland  than  two  or  two  and  a  halt  miles,  or  7  or  H  lathoms  ;  lor  tjie 
reeCoir  Rorky  Point,  which  is  the  west  part  of  Pmtland,  extends  nearly  two  luilus  from 
the  p(;int  to  the  southward. 

PORT  ROVAIi  TO  I'ORTLANi).— In  proeeedinn  towards  Portland,  observe  that 
Wreek  \{vy't\  which  is  a  lar^e  shoal  composed  of  dry  rocks  and  breakers,  lies  about  liiilf 
way  between  I'ort  Royal  and  Old  llarlxu',  at  the  distance  of  more  than  a  tuile  iVonMlie 
shore.  This  dani:er,  wlii(  h  appears  in  the  day,  consists  of  two  parts,  havint;  between 
them  a  ehaunel  of  1  fathoms  water.  Ships  passing;  in  the  nii:lit  should  a|)proa(li  in, 
nearer  than  in  I"-'  fathoms,  (u-  eome  to  an  am'hoia<;e  until  moruius;.  Within  the  reef 
there  is  pood  shel  »  ■,  and  tolerable  anehorai;e  in  1  and  T)  fathoms,  bottom  of  sand,  wii|i 
shells  and  mud.      Ilere  ves>.els  occasionally  ride  durin;,;  ihi'  pre\alence  ol' a  breeze,  iVc 

Kroni  J'ort  Royal  to  Portland,  the  distance,  on  a  circuitous  <'ourse,  is  ')  lea^iues.  Ji, 
tliis  track    ■  ien  clear  of  the  South  Channel,  give  Wreck  lu.'ef  a  berth  ot  'J  miles. 

iMini-p  are  .^ontidiniis  outward  as  I'aras  with  the  easternmost  land  of  I  lellshire,  bearin; 
N.  '  !  II''  '-focky  I'oint,  or  the  southernmost  land  of  I'ortland,  .\.  \V.  .',  N.  Wiii. 
thes-  u'ii.  ,s  soundings  have  been  found  of  fnun  17  to  'Jl>  fathoms,  and  tlie  next  cast 
no  gn.    I',  i  at  f^  *  f.  iioms,  alihoiii;h  not  a  ship's  leni^th  from  the  tormer. 


.a 


The  Pedro  Keys  ;  from  the  Jinnnrls  of  II.  ^f.  S.  WUirhcstcr,  Captahii  the  IL 

II '.    ir,li,sh;/,   li.   .V. 


on. 


TIIK  PORTLAND  I\')CK  is  elevated  fr.mi  1.')  to  •,>()  feet  above  the  level  of  tliesra 
The  Winchesier  rounded  it  on  the  south  side,  and  brought  il  to  bear  eiist,  canyiiii;  Irom 
10  to  11  fathoms  water,  (Ui  a  sandy  bottom,  \viih  pieces  ol'  eor.il.  In  this  bearing  ,i  vcv 
eel  mij'ht  anchor  with  safety  in  moderate  wi-ather. 


We  made  the  latitude 17"^   7' 

liiirj;ilU(le 77   ~5 


^0 


N. 


which  is  oidy  'JO"  diii'erent  from  l)e  iMayne's  meridian  distanct!  reduced;  lie  Laviii; 
considered  I'ort  Royal  in  7I>    oJ'  .'is'  W'.,  whilst  we  used  7()    AW  \V. 

Wo  stood  friun  the  Portland  Rock  to  the  S.  \V'.,  earryiuir  from  PJ  to  1.3  fathnnis.ami 
liavint:  these  souu(liiii,'s  larther  to  the  southward  than  laid  down  by  the  chart.  A\'os;i\v 
tlie  Eastern  Mreakers.  so  called  by  l)e  Mayiie  :  they  appeared  to  have  an  extent  ol  iibdii! 
two    cables'  leni;th,  with  two  small  rocks  above  water,  and  were  breaking;  in  all  (|uailer<. 

Near  thest;  the  watershoaled  to  s  fatlioms  anil  a  half;  and  when  they  (tiie  rocks)  borf 
N.  iN.  E.,  distant  A  miles,  we  only  had  7/,  fathoms,  the  Pedro  Keys  just  then  eoiiiinn  m 
sight.  Steering  W.  by  S.,  we  soon  after  liad  no  bottom,  having  got  into  tin;  indent,  ii 
shown  in  Do  Mayne's  chart,  so  that  the  shoalest  water  we  liad  must  liave  been  very  near 
the  edge  of  the  bank. 

We  did  not  go  luarerthan  a  mile  and  a  lialf  to  tlin  tsastward  of  the  Pedro  Kevs.aiid 
had  no  soundings  with  tin-  hand-lead  ;  but  the  chronometers  gave  the  centre  of  thcinni- 
■die  kev  77^  47'  l.">  "  W.,  or  art'  l.'!  "  west  r.rPort  Royal. 

THE  SOI 'Til  WEST  BREAKERS.— They"  are  dangerous,  and  require  a  stnct 
Jookout.  The  sea  breaks  orer  two  small  rocks,  not  more  tiian  three  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  constantly,  but  so  irregularly,  that  fnun  the  deck  of  a  vessel,  and  in  a  nioile- 
rate  breeze,  a  high  breaker  might  not  be  distinguishable  oftener  than  (Uicein  .'>  iniiiiite«, 
and  the  ordinary  ones  would  betaken  lor  waves.  Jn  the  Winchester,  with  a  good  masl- 
head  lookout,  've  passed  within  tiirce  miles  of  thesi'.  without  their  being  discovered. 

On  the  west  side  they  are  bold  to.  Having  stood  to  the  northward  on  tlie  bank,  pas^ 
ang  them  at  tlie  above  named  distance,  we  carried  1  ■;>,  11,  antl  10  fathoms  for  six  iiiiicj. 
When  the  breaker  Imu'c  S.  S.  W.  a!)(mt  tliat  distance,  we  tacked,  and  stood  for  it;  and 
when  about  three  miles  distant,  the  soundings  become  irregular,  varying  from  11  to  8] 
lfatlM>in.s. 

We  were  at  noon  as  near  to  it  as  one  mile,  bearing  east,  and  \\c  had  not  less  than  nine 
fatlioms. 

The  whole  breaking  part  does  not  e?;trnd  more  than  I  or  I ,';  cable's  length  ;  but  it  is  to 
be  supposed  there  is  foul  ground  to  the  eastward  of  it  for  a  mile  or  so.     The  ocean  colorol 


the  water 
tiuii.s  in  ap 


I 


Mayne's  re 

The  Pe( 
the  rcprese 
snake,  wbi 
exist,  as  til 

CAKEI; 
winds  fr(Mn 
a  spii,  of  \: 
waril  of  Km 
ari"  only  '> 
from  Rock 
N.  and  S. 

'1^0  sail 
it,  until  Ivi 
ing  J{obcri> 
hill  above  in 
beach.     W 
cause  your 
but  a  strong 

Along  tin 
Hay,  at  a  in 
lathoms. 

AliLir.A 
of  the  water 
and  vessels  n 
c  ho  rage  for  ; 

BRCNE 
close  to  it,  li 
aluMir  a  mile 
bioadth :  it  h 
the  shore. 

ph;i)|{o  1 

anchorage  fo 

guide  for  anc 

to.     OlfPari 

which  is  lorn 

Parratee  Poi 

The  en  trim 

ter.     To  sail 

of  Parratee  T 

N.  K.  ;  then 

channel.     It 

PORT  R( 

South  Chann 

by  keeping  tl 

bears  west ;  i 

to  be  appreh( 

wiiicli  is  the  ! 

Pedro  Bin 

At  1  or  .')  mill 

railed  the  W 

like  a  schooii 

From  Parr 

W.  <)  miles. 

iiiimber  of  rc^ 

N.  W.  by  W. 

hnen  regular! 

tctt  of  water. 

If  going  to 

<:are  not  to  aji 


V   J 


BLUiNTS  AMKinCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


393 


ilftto  Hill  coino!, 
)i'uacli  tliu  wiiut' 
I  ln'tw«;«'ii  Morris' 
on  llic  souiliciist 
^  (iCtiic  Irad.  To 
art*  soiin"  s|i()i,-i  di 
fin.  And  to  thi 
are  some  spots  ut 
;;  to  the  westward, 
latlioniH  ;  lor  tiie 
!}  two  miles  Iroin 

land,  observe  that 
Ts,  lies  abiuit  imli 
in  a  mile  Iruu'  the 
s,  having  Ijciwcen 
mid  a|)|)roa<  h  in, 
Within  tlip  reel 
Itom  ot"  sand,  with 
e  ol'  a  hreey.c,  iVc, 
,  is  '»  h-aiiucs.  h, 
ii  ot  2  miles. 
I  lellshiio,  hcarin; 
.  W.  y  N.  Witii 
,  and  the  next  cast 
»r. 

)/(//»,  //tr  llvn. 

le  level  of  the  sra 

cast.  CiuiviDulncr. 
this  bearing  ,i  vcs- 

■  N. 

ucod  ;  lie  Laviii; 


\'i  f.ithoins, niHi 

ciiart.      W't'saw 

1  I'Ment  ot  alxMii 

S  in  all  (|uarter« 

(the  roeks)  borf 

then  eoiuiiio  m 

lo  the  iiiilfiit,  K 

been  ver)-  near 


ivc 


i 


Pedro  Keys,  and 
nitre  of  the  mid- 

re(inire  a  strin 
't  above  the  level 
'1,  and  in  a  nidde- 
nee  in  .')  iiiitiiite«, 
nth  a  good  mast- 
discovered, 
n  the  bank,  pas*- 
ins  for  six  iiiilc?. 
stood  for  it;  anil 
iig  from  11  to  (^J 

lot  less  than  nine 

igth  ;  but  it  is  in 
he  ocean  culoroi 


(he  water  above  it  was  remarkiible  Kv^n  in  suuadiiigH,  and  I  should  be  forthi-s  reason  chu^ 
tioiis  in  ai)[noa<'liiii!;  it  to  the  eastward. 

Latitude  of  .Sonth-West  Hreaker iT)""  \r  5(i"  N. 

Longitudiiof  do.  7H     10    Wi.    \V. 

or  I"  'il'  3-2"  west  of  myridian  of  I'ort  Royal,  whieh  is  nearly  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Do 
Mayne'siedueed. 

The  Pedro  Shoals  (Uivora  iJaiik  of  the  Spaniards)  have  been  remilarly  surveyed,  and 
the  representation  wf  them  in  the  eliarls  is  to  be  relied  on.  Of  the  ( 'ascaliel,  or  liattle- 
siiaUe,  which  is  supposed  to  distinguish  the  N.  W.  end  of  the  I'edro  llaiik.  it  does  not 
exist,  as  there  has  been  an  arcurate  survey  of  the  bank,  and  it  was  not  lo  be  found. 

CAIUilSLK  Oil  WITH  V-WOOI)  HAY.to  the  west  of  Portland,  is  an  open  bay, 
winds  friHii  W.  to  S.  K.  Its  S.  K.  extremity  is  the  roeky  point  of  Portland,  from  which 
a  spit,  of  IJfeel  of  water,  extends  about  three  ((iiarters  of  a  mile  to  the  S.  W.  West- 
ward of  Rocky  Point  is  a  bank,  called  Kobertson's  Shoal,  on  some  part  of  which  thero 
are  only  '>  feet  at  low  water.  The  outer  ed^e  of  this  shoal  is  one  mile  and  a  half  west 
from  Koiky  Point.  The  tiirm  of  the  shoal  is  nearly  oval,  from  K.  to  W.  Its  breadth, 
N.  and  S.  is  three  (piaiters  of  a  mile. 

To  sail  into  the  bay,  bring  a  remarkable  round  hill  to  bear  nearly  north,  and  steer  for 
it,  until  Rocky  I'oint  comes  almost  on  with  the  east  point  of  Portland.  Hence,  round- 
ing Eobcrtsons  Shoal,  you  may  come  to  an  anchor  in  from  .'J  to  4  fathoms.  With  ihs 
hill  above  mentioned  N.  by  K.,  there  is  a  spotof  ;ij  fathoms,  at  about 'J.'  miles  from  the 
beach.  With  the  fort  N.  E.  or  N.  N.  K.  is  the  best  jilace  to  anchor  in  for  loading,  be- 
cause your  boats  can  sail  iioth  ashore  and  aboard  with  the  sea-winds.  No  tides  here, 
but  a  strong  westerly  current  generally  riiiifi  in  the  oiling.      Var.  iP  'jd'  K. 

Along  the  coast  to  the  westward,  to  the  distance  of  nearly  twenty  miles  from  Carli.sle 
Hay,  at  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  from  shore,  there  is  r  tgular  depth  of  4  and  41 
fathoms. 

ALLIGATOR  PONT)  KKY.— Alligator  Pond  Key  is  a  kej  ust  above  the  surface 
of  the  water,  with  a  reef  all  round  it.  Its  distance  from  le  sh.ire  is  about  four  miles, 
and  vessels  may  approach  it  by  the  load,  or  on  seeing  the  brrakers.  There  is  good  an- 
chorage for  small  vessels  along  shore,  between  it  and  the  main,  in  ;i  and  4  fathoms. 

Blvl'.NL  l>  VNK,  a  small  bank,  having  on  it  little  more  tl  .n  4  fathoms,  with  VI  or  1.3 
close  to  it,  lies  six  miles  S.  K.  by  compass,  from  Allisralor  Pond  Key.  The  shoal  \% 
about  a  mile  and  three  (piarters  in  extent,  from  east  ti  est,  and  one  mile  and  a  half  in 
breadth  :  it  has  from  4  to  b  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  the  outer  edge  is  about  8  miles  tVom 
the  shore. 

PKDKO  HAY',  cVc— In  Pedro  Bay,  to  the  westward  of  Pedio  RhilT,  there  is  good 
anchorage  for  any  vessels,  but  it  is  open  to  southerly  winds.  The  lead  is  here  the  best 
guide  for  anchoring.  T'lie  coast  hence  to  the  westward,  nearly  lo  Parralee  Point,  is  bold 
hi.  Olf  Parratee  Point  is  a  small  reef;  and  to  the  N.  W.  of  this  point  is  HIack  River, 
which  is  formed  by  extensive  reefs.  To  clear  these  reefs,  keep  Pedro  Rluffopen  with 
Parratee  Point. 

'Vhe  entram-r  of  Black  River  is  between  two  reefs,  and  has  not  more  than  IR  feet  wa- 
ter. To  sail  into  the  river,  when  advancing  from  the  eastward,  keep  Pedro  Hlulf  open 
nf  Parratee  Point,  till  you  bring  the  church  on  with  a  gap  in  the  highland,  or  to  bear 
N.  K.  ;  then  steer  directly  in  for  the  church,  which  will  carry  you  into  the  best  of  the 
channel.     It  is  full  of  heads  of  coral  rocks. 

PORT  ROYAL  TO  RLA^K  RIVKR;  by  Mr.  Town,  lf^l7.— On  leaving  the 
South  Channel  of  Port  Royaf  when  i)oundlo  the  wer^tward,  you  may  clear  Wreck  Reef 
by  keeping  the  Maga/.inc  of  Fort  .lohnson  open  of  St.  (leorge's  Rocks,  until  Portland 
bears  west;  thence  you  may  alter  your  course  along  the  land,  as  there  are  no  dangers 
to  be  apprehended,  until  you  approach  .\lligator  Key,  about  4  miles  S.  E.  \  E.  fron^ 
which  is  the  15rune  Reef,  already  described. 

Pedro  ]{|u(Vis  very  remarkable,  and  may  be  known  from  any  other  land  on  the  coast. 
At  4  or  5  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  bluff,  there  is  a  remarkable  white  spot  in  the  cliff, 
called  the  White  Horses,  kvhich,  when  you  first  make  it  from  the  eastward,  appears 
like  a  schooner  under  sail,  close  to  the  land. 

From  Parratee  Point  to  Luana  Point,  the  bearing  and  distance  are  N.  W.  by  W.  \ 
W.  ')  miles.  The  coast  between  forms  I  ho  bay  of  Black  River,  which  is  obstructed  by  a 
number  of  reefs,  all  of  which  lie  within  the  line  of  the  two  exterior  points,  and  a  course 
N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  will  therefore  lead  clear  of  them.  The  bay  does  not  ajijiear  to  have 
been  regularly  surveyed.  The  main  channel,  which  is  between  two  reefs,  has  only  18 
feet  of  water. 

If  going  to  Black  River,  or  its  hay,  when  advancing  towards  Parratee  Point,  take 
care  not  to  approach  the  point  nearer  than  one  niile,  as  there  is  a  reef  extending  off  to 

50 


r. 


394 


BLUNTS    AMFKK  A.\  COAST  I'lf.OT. 


the  S.  W.  nearly  a  mile.      ^'()llr  leading  marks  into  iIiIh  hay,  to  tin-  andiora^e  whnr 
liant  rtliips  load,  will  lie  tlit'  <  liiircli  |ii>l  oprn  to  ill*' caHlwani  uT  a  Inrfrc  (iilloii-ini': 


iin'r( 

run  iu  with  this  mark,  until  yon  arc  within  iiall  a  niilr  ol  th«>  town,  and  anchor  in  ;diiiiM 
IH  Icet.  Lar^c  ships,  that  cannot  approach  so  nc;ir  the  town,  shoiihl  anchor  nmier  iIk 
pastern  shore,  in  H  or 'I  laihoins.  N Our  liest  rnaik  lor  anchoriiiu  is.  Pedro  IMuP  slnii  in 
aliout  a  cable's  length  n(  Parratee  Point,  in  ')>  lathoiiis,  with  the  town  hcarini;  ahoitt  N. 
K.  Iiy  K.  },  K.  'I'here  is  a  very  danyeroiis  reel  lyimi  on  the  western  side  ol  ihis  hiiv, 
with  only  4  liet  ot  water  on  th  ;  shoalcsl  part.  There  \h  also  a  eoral  bank,  nearly  in  the 
middle  ol  the  hay,  wiih  only  ',•;,  lathoms  over  the  shoalest  part. 

From  [iiiaiia  Point,  the  coast  continues  clear  for  a  leauiie  and  a  half  to  the  N.  W.,  Inn 
it  thence  becomes  foul,  and  so  continues  to  Uluelield's  IJay,  iVc.  'I'lie  dirert  coiifst 
and  distance,  clear  oldaniicr,  Inuii  liUana  Point  to  Suulh  Negril,  tlie  S.  VV.  end  ol  .1,,. 
maiea,  are  \V.  N.  W.  \  \V  .  nearly  III  Icaiiues. 

*MLnKPlKlil)'.'>  l?AV'. — Tliis  pait  of  the  coast  is  environe  I  by  reefs,  and  the  ;ni 
chorajje  here  for  lar;:e  ships  is  without  a  rocky  leduc,  which  strelclies  Irom  C'rah  j'onil 
Point  to  the  west  of  !>hieli«'lds,  and  joins  the  reef  of  .Savanna  la  Mar.  Vessels  cnn, 
ing  from  tlw  eastwanl.  to  anchor  in  the  l)ay,  must  keep  down  by  the  outside  of  the  ici, 
or  keep  the  land  to  the  eastward  ojicn  (iltiie  |)oinf.  until  ihe  Icadin-j-marli  is  hroiiulii  .mi. 
which  is  the  overseer's  house,  a  little  open  to  llw  eastward  ol  ihe  tavein.  Iiearint;  N.  K. 
by  K.  J  K.  For  anchoriii';,  brim;  the  overseer's  house  and  tavern  in  a  line,  N.  K.  hv 
K.  ,j  K.  and  the  eastermiiost  point  K.  .S.  E.  Ships  drawiii};  Id  or  17  leet  of  water,  m\ 
sail  over  the  rocky  ledne,  in  .'3^'  or  4  lathoms,  with  the  overseer's  house  and  tavern 
as  above,  unlil  over  the  ledce,  which  may  be  known  by  (indiinj;  a  sandy  br)fioin.  aihl  , 
depth  of  o.',  or  (>  fatiioms.  The  watering;  place  is  to  the  northward  of  the  l>lulf  I'liim. 
on  the  lee  side  o(  the  bay.  Water  may  also  be  obtaiiu-d  at  a  stream  o(f  liluelieUr>  Ki 
ver,  near  the  tavern. 

In  steering  in,  keep  tiic  lead  going,  and  be  ready  to  anchor,  as  the  water  8hnHlpn« 
rather  sudtleiilv. 

SAVANNA  liA  MAR.— The  coast  from  Bluefields  to  .Savanna  la  Mar  is  rork\ 
in  some  places,  to  the  distam;e  of  two  miles  from  the  slnue.  The  entrance  to  .Sjivant,. 
la  Mar  is  very  narrow,  and  lies  between  a  small  reef  called  the  iMiddle  (iround.  (i.| 
which  there  is  a  depth  of  only  4  feot,)  and  another  reef  liaving  7  or  H  feet  over  it.  Ii 
the  chaimel  there  is  a  depth  of  I')  or  "JO  feet.  The  leading  mark  in,  is  a  large  i;:)[ini 
the  highland,  called  the  Dolphin  Head,  in  a  line  with  a  remarkable  large  tree  on  ihf 
lowtniid,  to  the  eastward  of  tlie  town,  and  bearing  N.  ^'  W.  This  mark  leads  rlnsr tr, 
the  Middle  (iround,  which  will  be  seen.  After  jiassing  the  latter,  haul  to  the  eastwaril 
and  anclior  in  17,  iTi,  or  I.'j  feet  of  water.  This  iliaiinel  should  never  !)<•  atteiii|)te(l  wnli 
out  a  pilot. 

A  mile  and  a  half  to  the  westward  of  the  former  channel,  is  tlie  (Ireat  Cjiannel  o(  S:. 
vanna  la  Mar,  which  is  a  mile  in  breadth,  and  has  a  depth  of  "^4  to  I'J  and  l,"}  feet  tc 
wards  the  shore.  To  sail  through,  in  miil-ehaiinel,  it  is  only  re(|uisite  to  bring  the  t(,r 
on,  bearing  N.  N.  E. 

On  the  southi'rn  extremity  of  the  b.uik  extending  from  shore,  between  .Savanna  la  Mv 
and  .lohn's  Point,  the  Hritish  ship   Monarch  struck,  in   17H"J,  upon  a  bottom  of  cdn 
This  extremity  lies  with  .lohn's  I'oini  bearing  N.  W.  by  \V.  A  W.  and  will  be  avoidd 
by  keeping  one  half  of  the  high  land  of  South  Negril  open  to  the  soutliward  of  .loliii. 
Point. 

In  traversing  hereabout,  it  is  necessary  to  be  very  particular  in  the  use  of  the  ImiI: 
for  the  bank,  whicli  extends  along  the  front  of  Hlueiields,  and  thence  to  ojipositc  S:i 
vanna  la  Mar,  &c.  is  rocky,  and  has,  on  its  edge,  from  •-'(!  to  •J4  feet  of  water;  and  on  it. 
as  on  the  White  Banks,  there  are  many  shoals  with  little  water  (ui  them,  some  of  whirb 
uncover,  and  many  have  breakers.  Without  the  edsie  of  the  reel,  and  very  near  to  i!. 
are  ."i  fathoms  of  water,  which  augments  to  1.'5  fatiioms  at  three  (|uarlers  of  a  iiiili  trnm 
the  edge  of  tlie  bank  ;  the  depth,  therefore,  is  the  best  guide,  for,  when  you  get  from 
8  to  10  fathoms,  you  will  be  from  one  third  to  half  a  mile  from  the  edge  of  the  reel; 
and  when  you  set  I.'J  fathoms  you  will  be  three  (luarters  of  a  mile  from  it :  and.  nursii 


ingyour  route,  you  sliould  not  keep  in  the  de|tth  of  H  to  10  fathoms,  hut  in  thar  nf  1- 
to  15;  for  only  in  tlie  vicinity  of  the  anchorage  tliey  are  for  taking,  should  vessels  ;tt 
into  the  fust  of  these  depths.  The  anchorage  of  .Savanna  la  Mar  is  of  the  same  nature 
as  that  of  Hlueiields :  large  ships  must  anchor  outside  of  tiie  reef,  and,  in  such  a  sitin- 
tion,  they  will  not  be  sheltered  from  tlie  sea,  from  east  round  to  ,S.  by  W.  Jt  seems  pro- 
bable that  such  will  very  seldom  come  to  this  place,  because  tliey  here  run  much  risk  of 
lo.^ing  the  anchors;  as,  tlie  instant  there  is  the  least  appearance  of  the  wind  freshciiiua. 


I) 


II 
th 


*  South  i  kr^es  from  Bluefields,  lies  a  rocky  bank,  discovered  in  1821,  with  from  13  to  20 la. 
thorns  on  it. 


thiv  mils 
aiielior  u 
with  the 

IMIISS   OVC 

W.  «hii  1 
if  the  *!•' 
westward 
only  ti»  •*! 
boat  may 
to  the  eilj 
uldiii:  lilt 
wll;of  ol 
roi'k. 

WKS'I 
coast  is 
called  N. 
North  Ne 
vessels  ; 
\-r.  S;.. 
Hides  Iro 
who  ii)  t 

HetMcci 
IS  low,  ami 
iiurbor  ol 

Mr.  Tov 
the  north  s 
close  as  sin 
llarl)or  ol 
called  the  I 
niiirkal)le  w 

IIAKBO 
island.  It 
eailed  Luct 
the  harl)or, 
a  reet'stretc 
lir'Hi  the  re 
liai'ii  i  lill,  w 
iiii:  nearly  .'' 
Mill  be  with 
ill  a  or  (>  fall 
ijiicea  Poll 

Those  ap 
miles  I'roiii 
times  break! 
ward,  there 

Within  ll 
to,  and  the  1 

)'"or  passi 
stands  on  a 
of  the  fort, 
westward  ol 
ing  ti)  lit,  ill 

Mosi^i; 

ward  of  the 
from  all  wi 
breadtJi,  bu 
torn,  in  geii 
or  over  its 
S.  E.  by  S 
entrance  is 
MONTI- 
This  is  a  gi 

*A  rock,  w 
to,  abuut,  as 
tain  it  was  it 


blu.xt's  amkuican  coast  pilot. 


395 


Inijif  cnlloii-trt'o: 
1(1  ;iii('lii)r  i)i  .iIkiiii 
iiiK'hnr  iiii'l)'!'  till 
cilro  Hliili'  !<luii  III 

I  l)f':irin!:  iilioiii  N, 

II  sidf  (iC  iliis  li;i\ 
)aiik.  iifurly  in  thr 

Ito  the  N.  W. ,1)111 
\'\\*'  (limct  coiiiM 

I  «.  W.  111(1  ol  .1,,. 

ro't's,  iiiid  Jlic  ;iii 
■s  Ironi  Oriil)  I'dtul 
nr.  V'j'ssrls  ((iin 
iiitsidf  (ililic  ic.|, 
iiiirK  i«*  tir(iiii;lii(i|i, 
(Mil.  licariHi;  .\.  [ 

II  a  line.  N.  K.  h> 
left  (tl  wairr.  ni;i\ 
house  and  tavern 

ndy  lidttoiii,  ami  « 
Dri'lic  I'.liitr  I'.iini, 
1  oil  1MucI'k'U1'>  Ki 

the  water  shnalent 

a  hi  Mar  is  rnrk\ 
itraiice  to  Savanii, 
li(hilp  (iround.  (ir 
•  rt  leet  over  it.  h; 
1,  is  a  large  ynpni 
h>  larjip  tree  on  tiit 

arii   leads  v\(i>r  u. 

1 1  to  the  ea.^twnrii. 
attempted  wiih 

at  ('linnni'l  of.^j 
'»  and  13  Icct  tn- 
e  to  bring  flic  lur 

II  Savanna  la  Mi: 
a  lioltom  of  cdrnl. 
1(1  will  he  avoidd 
uthward  ot  Jolin's 

le  use  ol"  the  lend; 
•(■  to  ojiposite  i<;i- 
water;  and  on  it. 
'Ill,  some  ol"  whiit 
id  very  near  in  i!, 
ters  ol"  a  inih  Irorn 
hen  you  get  Irom 
'dge  of  the  reel: 
ni  it ;  and.  ]nirs\i- 
but  in  tliiit  iif  ]:; 
liould  vessels  ;ft 
r  the  same  nature 
I,  in  suel;  a  situ;i- 
\V.  Jt  seems  pro- 
run  mueli  risk  of 
wind  freshcniui!, 


ihev  must  maUf  sail.  Siirh  vdhmcI*  hh  do  not  draw  more  than  I'i  or  l.T  (Vet  of  water  may 
am  lior  upon  llu-  hank,  and  beliiiul,  (or  in  the  lee  of  the  reels.)  in  l.'j  or  Ih  Icet  (d  water 
i;  N.  N.  W.  ',  W.  marly  three  (|iiarters  of  a  miledistanl.      Ndii  may 


Miih  the,  town  hearm 

eross  (jvcr  tli«  edu«'  of  the  hank  so  soon  a.>i  the  wliaives  at  .Savaiina  la  .M.ir  hear  N.  W.  by 
W .  which  will  lie  three  (|uarttrrs  of  n  mile  to  windward  of  the  Kastern  (  haniiel,  (that  i», 
il  tiw.  vessel  is  on  the  edge  of  the  reel,  or  near  it,)  and  sending  a  Itoal  to  he  placed  to  the 
wcstuaril  of  ill'*  Mid'lle  (iround  ;  it  will  serve  for  a  niiide  and  liiioy  ;  and  then  you  have 
oiiU  to  shave  close  to  liie  boat,  as  the  mean  to  keep  clear  ol  the  reel  to  leeward.  The 
boat  inav  proceed  with  the  leadini;  mark  as  above,  or  may  steer  northerly  until  slie  comes 
to  the  edge  of  the  reel,  wiiieh  riiiis  along  to  the  east  of  the  anchorage;  and,  keeping 
jlnii"  the  NOiiiheni  e(|ge  of  this  reef,  she  must  theme  ste(!r  N.  VV.  I  ,N.  so  soon  as  the 
wharf  ol'  .Savanna  la  Mar  !.M>ars  on  tliut  rhumb;   with  this  course  she  will  pass  uvcr  the 

rock. 

VVK.STKRN  KM)  (>!•'  .1  A.M AK'A.— From  .St.  .John's  Point  to  Sonlh  Negri!,  the 
coast  is  bold  to,  or  high  and  steep.  'I'tie  indent  between  .South  and  N(U'th  Negril,  is 
called  Negril,  or  iiong  Hay,  and  alfords  tolerable  anchorage.  < 'lose  to  the  south  side  of 
North  .Negril,  is  .Nci^ril  Harbor,  a  small  harimr  with  good  atichoring  ground  for  small 
vessel..;  ai.d. 'o  the  norih  are  ( )iange  Hay  and  Hall-moon  JJay,  places  rit  for  Jirogers, 
Jcc.  S'.A  miK's  to  the  N.  K.  from  North  Negril  is  (ireen  Island  Harbor,  and  about  'Jj 
miles  Irom  the  latter,  is  J)avis  Cove.  'J'hese  are  plac-.-s  seldom  resorted  to,  but  by  those 
wh(»  go  thither  on  purpose  to  load,  and  have  pilots.* 

JJetwceii  Nejril  and  .Nmlh  I'cdro  the  coast  is  bold,  ex»;epting  at  (incn  Island,  which 
is  low,  and  environed  by  a  reel,  nearly  even  with  the  water.  I'rom  I'edro  I'oint  to  the 
liarbor  of  ijUcea,  vessels  may  stand  within  a  mile  of  the  shore. 

Mr.  Town  says,  a  ship  being  olf  the  west  end  of  .lamaica.  and  bound  to  any  port  ou 
the  north  side,  should  endeavor  to  round  the  points  called  .'south  and  .North  Negril,  as 
eldse  as  she  can;  for  the  eurreiil,  in  general,  sets  to  the  .N.  1).  if  proceeding  for  the 
llarlior  of  jjiicea.  you  may  know  its  entrance  by  a  remarkable  notch  in  the  mountain, 
called  the  Dolphin  Head.  .\t  a  little  to  the  westward  of  tlie  harbor  there  is,  also,  a  re- 
iiiiirkable  white  spot  ni  the  land,  which  may  he.  seen  eight  or  ten  miles  olf. 

IIARBOll  OK  Jil'CEA. — This  harbdr  is  one  of  the  best  on  the  north  side  of  the 
island.  It  is  sale,  tliere  being  little  dantzer  in  sailing  in  or  out.  'I'hc  N.  K.  point  is 
(ailed  liucea  I'oint,  and  on  the  western  point  stands  the  htrt.  N'esstds,  having  opened 
the  harbor,  stand  directly  in.  only  giving  the  l-'ort  i'oint,  on  the  western  side,  a  berth,  as 
a  reef  stretches  from  it.  on  the  e\lremity  (d'  which  tliere  is  generally  a  buoy.  To  sail  in, 
lir'iii:  the  remarkable  niouiilain,  called  the  Dolphin  Head,  open  to  ihe  westward  of  Har- 
baia  iiill,  which  has  a  house  on  the  top  ol"  it.  and  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  harbor,  bear- 
ing nearly  .S,  by  l],  ('oiitiniie  on  in  this  direction,  until  the  fort  bears  west,  when  you 
will  be  within  the  l<'ort  Heef.  Hence  proceed  towards  the  town  on  the  west,  and  anchor 
iiioor  ()  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  with  the  fort  bearin,'  from  N.  by  W.  to  N.  N.  W.  and 
Ijucea  I'oint,  at  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  from  N.  N.  E.  to  N.  N.  E.  |  E. 

Those  approaching  this  place  from  the  eastwaid,  must  observe  to  keep  at  least  three 
miles  from  shore,  until  past  HiicUner's  Heel,  which  lies  olf  Miis(|uito  (  Ove,  and  some- 
tinii's  breaks,  it  is  also  to  be  observed  that,  around  Liicea  I'oint,  and  to  the  north-east- 
ward, there  is  a  rocky  (hit,  extending  out  to  a  considerable  distance. 

Within  the  point  the  reef  extends  to  a  cables  lenitli  from  shore.  If  is  nearly  sleep 
to,  and  tiie  heads  of  coral  sometimes  appear  above  water. 

For  |)assing  clear  of  the  edge  of  the  eastern  bank,  the  mark  is  Malcolm  House,  which 
stands  on  a  small  hill  or  rising  at  the  east  end  ol'  liiicea  Town,  brought  on  the  east  end 
of  the  fort,  and  kept  so  until  von  bring  the  Dolphin  Head,  as  already  mentioned,  to  the 
westward  of  Harbara  Hill.  This  mark  leads  through  H,  7,  and  b  fathoms,  then  deepen- 
ing to  l;i,  and  shonlinu  again  into  the  harbor. 

MoSt^lilTO  COVE,  an  excellent  harbor,  lies  three  and  a  half  miles  to  the  east- 
ward of  the  harbor  of  Lucea.  Here  a  liundred  sail  of  merchant  ships  may  lie  securely 
from  all  winds.  The  ( hannel,  at  the  entrance,  is  little  more  than  a  cable's  length  in 
breadtli,  but  widens  inward  to  where  the  harbor  has  from  7  to  4i  fathoms.  The  bot- 
tom, in  general,  is  muddy.  To  sail  in  you  may  pass  to  the  eastward  of  Hiickner's  Reef, 
or  over  its  eastern  end,  in  h\  or  6  fathoms.  The  course  into  Mosquito  Cove  is  nearly 
S.  E.  by  S.,  but  it  should  not  be  attempted  by  a  .stranger  without  great  caution,  as  tlie 
entrance  is  much  contracted  by  a  reef  from  the  eastern  side. 

MONTECiO  HAY.— The  iiorthorn  pmnt  of  Montego  Hay  lies  in  latitude  18°  32^'. 
This  is  a  good  hay  with  the  wind  from  N.  N.  E.  to  the  eastward  and  soutliward  ;  but  it 


lib  from  13  to  90 


;t 


»A  rock,  with  24  feet  water  on  it,  was  seen  some  years  since  by  one  of  the  ships  in  a  convoy  lying 
to,  abuut,  as  well  as  I  can  recollect,  40  miles  west  of  Negril  Point,  Jamaica:  and  I  am  pretty  ce. 
tain  il  was  in  lat.  16°  24'.     It  was  uoticed  in  public  orders  at  Fort  Royal. 


396 


MLl'i\T  S  AMEUK'AIS  tOAJJT  I'lLOT. 


in  opon  lo  thn  north  ami  woMt ;  iiiid  (lie  n(irtli«>rly  wind,  in  npc<>nil>rr  and  .tanunry.  Ii;i« 
('re<|iifiitly  diivfii  vrtstlNon  uliori'. 

'I'd  Nail  in  iVdiii  (he  i-;mi  win!,  civr  tlic  puinl,  on  roinin^  down,  a  ln'itli  (if  (>vo  miii-K,  m 
order  to  avoid  a  rref  wlncli  ixii'imIm  tVoni  il,  and  winch  niaj  In-  distincliy  Hrt-n  (roni  tlir 
buwM,  wlien  in  4  or  A  lathoniM.  W'licn  yun  <>\h-i\  xhr  Iohd  yon  may  approaili  tlin  ri'vl, 
wliicii  is  prrtty  tttofp.  inin  lo,  '»,  or  f*  CailioniM,  and  will  nvf  tin-  boitoni.  Von  now  haul 
round  towards  tin-  town,  hiii  must  not  vcnluri'  to  an'iior  until  yon  lia«r  well  ^liiit  in  San- 
dy I'oint,  (witliout  tin-  liav  on  ilic  nortli.)  with  n|d  Kort  Point.  Kor.  with  Sandy  Point 
in  siuht,  tl  <>rc  an-  Irom  .;.'>  to  :;il  taihoms,  and  th''  hank  is  so  stt'«'j)  that  the  anrhiii  »i|| 
not  hold.  !(■  ;t  shi|)  drives  oil'  she  will,  with  h  Hva  hrp«^zi'.  he  in  danqcr  ol"  Rroimdmu  dn 
the  |p(!  reels.  'I'lie  lunrk  lor  the  he»t  anchorayt'  is  the  harracks  upon  the  hill  in  a  lun' 
or  nearly  so,  with  Ucilwuk's  Stone  U'liarl,  on  the  N.  K-  side  of  the  hay.  The  gr(Miii,) 
here  is  jrood  in  11,  10,  and  ')  lathoms.  On  entering  from  the  westward  witli  ii  fair  wind. 
tlie  church  hearint;  ea-it  leads  dirertly  lo  the  ain'horajic. 

The  I'ollowin);  description  and  directimis,  are  those  ol'  Mr.  Town :— Montej^o  Hnv  if. 
fords  good  anchcnaKe  I'or '.'()  or  .'!(>  vessels,  cxce|'.t  during  the  prevalence  ol'  strong  norti' 
winds,  which  generally  (lommerK  i-  in  the  heginning  ol  Noverrdior,  and  end  in  the  laiifi 
ond  of  l''ehrii;uv.  U'llh  the  general  trade  wind,  which  is  irom  the  N.  K.  to  the  H.  \ 
K.,  ships  will  ride  here  with  perfect  safety.  There  is  a  small  harhor.  «ir  cove,  in  the  .\ 
E.  part  of  the  hay,  which  will  hold  from  10  to  1"J  vcH.seU.  This*  is  the  only  safe  phiic 
for  8hi|)s  during  tin  strong  north  windn. 

On  loniing  into  this  hay  with  the  sea  bree/r,  which  is  from  N.  K.  to  K,  N.  E.,  ynii 
should  emieavor  to  u'ct  well  to  the  eastward  heforr  you  atleni|it  to  run  in. 

The  leading  mark  lor  clearing  the  Old  l''ort  Keel,  whiih  extends  from  the  am  liorajt 
in  the  hay  to  the  m)rtliward  of  the  tnirthernmost  point,  is  tln^  Itoue  Koad  end  on,  Iimm 
ing  snnth,  or  south  a  little  wrst(!rly.  Proceed  with  this  tnark  until  Montcgo  Cluui  h 
comes  open  of  Old  Kort  Point;  then  haul  in  for  the  S.  K.  part  of  the  town,  uinl  wlin, 
Sandy  I'oint  is  shut  in  with  Old  Kort  Point,  yon  may  anchor  in  from  17  to  10  fntlidiii- 
fme  sand  and  mud.  'I'he  reef  oil'  and  to  the  northwanl  of  Old  i-'ort  I'oint,  lies  [icmit 
one  mile  and  a  ((uarler  from  the  shore  ;  advance,  therefore,  no  nearer  to  tlie  point  north 
ward  of  Old  Kort  J'oint,  than  two  miles. 

About  ."i  miles  to  the  wesfwanl  of  iMontesio  IJay,  is  a  small  creek,  a  hay  without,  wliicli 
is  called  (ireat  Koads.  In  this  bay  UH'rchant  vessels  lay  to  load;  there  being  a  sliuii! 
extending  nearly  tin;  whole  of  the  way  across,  which  affords  good  shelter  fur  ships  Ivlni; 
here  during  the  north  winds. 

\ll  ships  lying  either  in  Montego  May  or  at  (Jreat  Roads,  pay  harbor  dues,  at  the  i;iii 
Wf  one  shilling  ))er  ton,  register  I'lniiaue;  ami  in  the  event  of  any  ship's  iroing  iiitu  iln 
Inner  Harbor,  at  Montego  Hay,  she  is  charged  one  half-)tenny  per  t(m  for  every  day  tlu; 
she  mny  lie  in  this  harbor,  in  addition  to  the  fee  that  is  paid  for  amhoriniz  in  the  bay. 

If  bound  from  Montego  Hay  to  the  eastward,  I  wonlil  recommend  leaving  the  buy  in 
the  eveniiiii,  so  soon  as  the  land  wind  cmnes  oil",  which  will  generally  run  you  clear m 
tiu"  bay  anri  in  a  good  offing  for  the  s>'a  bree/e.  It  is  generally  recommended  to  luatii 
windward  close  to  the  land,  in  order  to  have  the  advantage  of  the  eastern  curnnis;  Inn 
lam  of  opinion  that  the  only  advantage  you  have  by  keeping  inshore,  is,  that  you  nii'ti 
the  land  wind,  whicii  sometimes  will  carry  you  well  to  tlie  eastwiird  during  tlie  iiiclii, 
for  the  current  sets  to  the  westward  as  often  as  to  the  eastward.  If  your  destination  In' 
KaluMinth  I  l;irb(ir,  endeavor,  if  by  night,  to  keep  the  shore  close  aboard,  anil  the  laiiil 
w  ind  will  lead  you  to  the  eastward. 

PEAK  OK  TARt^riN't). — In  working  hence  to  windward,  in  clear  weather,  wiu'i 
Cuba  is  visible,  a  remarkable  hill  will  be  Hisccrnrd.  This  is  the  i'ico  de  'j'aripiirio,  th' 
highest  land  on  this  side  of  (.'uba,  whicli  bears  from  Montego  Point  N.  K.  ^  N.,  (listiiii! 
thirty-five  leagues  ;  from  St.  Anne's  Hay,  N.  by  K.  twenty-eight  and  a  half  leagues;  ami 
from  the  east  end  of  .laniaica,  N.  N.  W.  f(uty  leagues,  by  whicli  you  may  ju(lg(  limi 
far  you  are  to  windward  on  any  otlier  bearings.  'J'he  I'cuk  of  Tanpiino,  (See.  have  al- 
ready been  described. 

FALMOI  TH  HARIU)R,  OR  iMARTHA  HRAK.— This  harbor,  which  IIm  s:\ 
leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Montego  Hay,  is  a  bar-harbor.  Its  chamu-l,  or  entraiKe.  h 
very  narrow,  not  more  than  16  or  17  feet  in  depth,  and  too  intricate  to  be  atteiii|)te(l  wiili- 
out  n  pilot.  The  town  of  Falmouth  is  situate  on  the  w  estern  side  of  the  harbor,  through- 
out the.  greatest  part  of  whicii,  there  is  a  regular  de|)th  of  from  ii  to  10  fathoms. 

MARABONA  BAY.-— At  about  three  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Ktilmnufh,  is  Mara- 
bona  Bay,  which  is  very  remarkable.  It  lias  a  low  pleasant  plantation  close  to  it;  ami 
on  tlie  hill  over  it,  is  a  large  house  or  castle,  formerly  the  rtsidence  of  Brian  Eilward^. 
Esq.  historian  of  the  West  ladies.  Williin  a  league  to  the  eastward  of  this,  is  the 
«mall  harbor  of  Kio  Bueuo. 


I 


RIO  P 
to  the  «':e 
uiid  inm 
than  i.ien 
cli(trai;c  I 
may  lie  « 
three  null 
its  clianii) 

ST.  A.' 
It  IS  iiiirrii 
ihcpeiiinL' 
,1  cahle's  1 
nearly  S. 
stream  of 
by  the  grc 
water  is  cl 

Mr.  To 
bm.  Till 
it,  close  tl 
iiill  on  till 
western  s\i 
perior  to  ,i 
the  town. 

OCMO 
open  to  till 
the  easieri 

w.  y  \v.  I 

water  is  ve 

sels  only,  \\ 

OKA  (' 

posed  like  t 

easiwaril.  Ii 

niost  high  I 

point,     'i'o 

most  III  11  If  I 

Captain  , 

formed  by  r 

the  other _si 

.lamaiea.     ^ 

break  the  sc 

plate.     At  I 

land  by  a  na 

the  reef,  wh 

to  be  iittemj 

(iAIJXA 

but  the  hind 

al)le  round  li 

bur,  on  a  nei 

PORT  y. 

Its  anchorai 

named  ('aba 

cables'  lengi 

island  N.  E. 

length.     Sir 

main      The 

by  he,,   iiig  c 

here,  a>  rhe 

From  Pni 

continues  ,-. 

ANOTT^ 

age  open  to 

is  called  the 

vern,  a  build 

master,  haul 

and  narrow. 

is  about  a  qu 


/^ 


nM'M"  S  AMMIMCAX  COAST  IMI.OT. 


397 


iind  .tantlary.  Ikm 

ill  (if  two  niilcK,  in 
lly  H«'fn  IVoiti  ih^ 
ppniiit'li  tli<>  reel', 
N'oii  iiiiw  IkiuI 
well  ^liiit  ill  S;iM 
Willi  SiiiKJy  I'liirit 

ill    ill)'    lltll'llitt     Hill 

r  1)1°  ^riiiinilin^  up 

llic  hill  in  a  lim 

my.     Tlio  nioiiihl 

d  with  ;i  tiiir  wind. 

-iMoiilryo  Un\  if 
f  of  Hlriiiijj  iiorih 
I  end  ill  tlir  hiliri 
Nj.  K.  to  llif  K.  N 
or  ffivf,  in  tlif  N 
lie  only  siil'e  \i\mv 

.  to  v..  N.  K.,  Mill 
I  ill. 

oni  iIh"  aril  lioni^t 
load  cud  on,  hen 
M()iitc|;o  Cliunh 
lie  town,  and  wlim 
1  17  to  10  r:itli(iiii. 
l  I'liint,  lies  lUMiii 
to  tlie  point  north 

liay  without, wiiuli 
irn-  lifin^  a  sli(i;i! 
•Iter  lor  ships  lyint 

ir  dues,  at  the  r;iie 

ip'.s  iroiim  into  tln' 
for  every  day  ilia; 

)rinu  in  the  hay. 
aviiif;  the  li;iy  in 
run  yon  clear oi 
iK-nded  to  heat  in 
■Ml  currents;  liui 
is,  that  you  nifti 

(liiriiisi;   the   iiiclii. 
iir  destinatii)ii  ln^ 
lard,   and  the  hiiiil 

■ar  weather,  wlirn 

de  'J'ar(|uiiio,  tli' 
i.  K.  'l  N.,  (listiin; 

halt'leaj;ues;  ami 
u  may  judaic  liim 

uino,  ice.  have  al- 

or,  whicli  lies  six 
el,  or  entraiK  e.  li 
be  attempted  with- 
ic  harbor,  through- 

10  fathoms. 
Hlmouth,  is  Mara- 

11  close  to  it;  and 
if  Brian  Edwarcl>. 
rd  of  this,  is  the 


RIO  lUIENO  AND  DRV  lIAKIJt  )l!.—Uio  Mneno.  which  lies  nearly  fotirlfne'"" 
to  the  pastward  of  Kaliiioulh,  is  a  li.iy  exposed  to  all  winds  lieiw<  en  N.  :iiid  W.  \.  \V. 
uiid  liaM  Imt  indilleient  anelioraL'e,  the  li:iiik  lieiiii;  steep.  Ii  im  selilnni  viNiled  li\  other 
tliMli  r.irrchaiit  vesseln,  which  uo  there  to  |o:id.  I'roiii  the  eiitiatice  lo  the  pliu  e  of'  air- 
cliorage  the  distance  is  aiunii  twii  miles.     The  barlior  is  fonned  by  two  rerfi>.      A  ship 


Ilia 


V  lie  with   the  point   N.  N.  W.  \  W.  in  •),  H,  or  7  fathoms.      Dry    il;irlior,  which  I 


i-% 


three  miles  more  to  the  eastward,  is,  hnwever,  a  'j;ood  harbor  lor  Miiail  vcshcIs,  althoiii;h 


Hi*  I 


liannel  be  narrow  :mtl  his  a  depth  of  only  \h  leei. 


ST.  A.NNK'-S  I^A  v.— The  eiiiraiice  oj'  this  bay  lies  in  bit.  H^  ,!r.  lonjj;.  77"  l."}'. 
It  is  narrow,  and  lies  between  two  reels,  which  have  on  their  ridges  :i  ami  .'!■  fathoms, 
d);epeiiini;  abruptly  in  the  channel  to  111  and  1 1  fathoms.  The  t  iitraiii  e  is  less  than  liaM 
a  calile'M  leiiuth  in  breadth,  and  lies  with  i he  barracks  on  the  rise  of  the  hill,  luiuiii;^ 
nearly  H.  l  K.,  but  it  is  not  to  be  attempted  without  a  pilot.  Willi  a  iiortherl\  wind,  a 
streaiii  of  considerable  stremj;tli  sets  outwards  throiiu|i  ihr  channel:  this  is  occiisioned 
by  the  ureal  (|iiaiiiity  of  water  thrown  over  the  reefs  by  the  swell.  In  passinij  in,  as  iho 
w'aler  is  clear,  vessels  jjenerally  pass  close  to  the  western  reef,  on  the  .■^tarlioard  -irle. 

iMr.  Town  says,  St.  Anne's  May  lies  about  twelve  miks  lo  the  eastward  id'  Dry  Har- 
bor. 'I'liis  hay  may  be  known  by  its  haviiii;  a  very  re;;ular  row  ol  i ocoa-niit  trees  iirotind 
it,  (dose  to  the  water's  edi;e,  and  ihi-  town  of  St.  Anne,  which  stands  on  the  siijr  of  a 
hill  on  the  S.  K.  side  of  the  bay.  The  houses  stand  close  to  the  water's  ed<;e  on  the 
western  side,  and  the  plantalions  are,  in  aptiearancc,  in  a  slate  of  cultivation  much  su- 
jierior  to  any  westward  of  tins  place.  The  harbor  of  ."^t.  Anne  is  small,  and  is  (lose  to 
till'  town,      toil  may  amdior  here  in  from  (»  to  ')  latlmms,  rood  mdiind. 

()('IM)  KIOS,  wliich  lies  seven  miles  to  the  eastward  of  St.  Anne's,  is  an  anclioraj^i; 
open  to  the  north  and  .N.  W,  winds.  To  enter,  you  sail  by  a  reel  which  spits  olf  from 
the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  haiilinj;  tip  and  brinyint;  the  westermiiosi  part  of  it  N,  N. 
\V.  .',  \V.  to  N.  W.  in  7  falhoms.  There  is  another  re:'f  to  the  soiilliward,  but  as  the 
water  is  very  clear  it  will  be  seen.  This  is  a  small  harbor,  fre(|uented  by  iiifrchant  ves- 
sels only,  wliich  ^o  there  to  load. 

OKA  ('AUKCA,  10  miles  to  the  eastward  of  ( )clio  Uios,  is  another  anchora'je,  ex- 
posed like  the  former,  to  N.  and  .N.  W,  winds.  To  sail  in  here  when  advanciii;i  from  the 
eastward,  lirst  make  (iaiina  Point  ;  in  order  to  wliich,  when  olf  at  sea,  briiii;  the  wcsiein- 
niost  hiijh  land  of  the  Mine  iMoiintains  .*>.  .S.  K.,  which,  thus  kept  on,  will  lead  to  the 
jioinl.  'J'o  anchor,  ^'ive  the  small  reef  on  the  east  side  a  berth,  and  when  the  western- 
most bhilf  |)oiiit  bears  west,  or  W.  by  N.,  iim  hor  in  .').',.  b,  or  7  fathoms. 

C'a|)tain  Livinusloii  .says,  it  is  not  uenerally  known  that  in  Allan's  Hole,  which  is 
formed  by  reefs  levid  with  the  water  on  the  one  side,  and  the  eastern  shore  of  the  bay  on 
the  other _side,  vessels  drawint;  from  10  to  IvJ  feet,  may  lie  as  secure  as  in  any  haibor  in 
.lainaica.  When  once  in-^ide  the  reel's  I  In-  botlom  is  (|iiiie  clear,  and  the  reefs  compl-lely 
break  the  sea  oil".  Vessids  drawimr  not  more  than  IJ  feet  of  water  may  warp  into  this 
|)late.  At  the  north  end  of  iNe  reef  is  an  islet,  with  buslies  on  it,  divided  from  the  main 
land  by  a  narrow  and  shallow  (dianntd.  Allan's  Hole  has  two  entrances ;  one  thrt)ti;.'li 
tile  reef,  which  is  extremely  narrow,  and  one  by  ihc  point  of  the  reel  .  but  neither  oii;',ht 
to  he  attem|)tcd  without  a  jiilot. 

CiAIjIN'A  I'Ol.NT  lies  tour  mi'es  to  the  eastward  of  ( )ra  Cabeca.  This  pidiit  is  low, 
but  the  land  to  the  southward  of  it  is  hi::li ;  and  in  makiii!.'  it  from  the  westward,  are  mark- 
able  round  hill  that  stands  within  the  point,  will,  on  its  first  ajipearain  e,  form  the  point; 
but.  on  a  nearer  approaih,  the  land  slo|)es  oil'  to  the  niulhward  to  a  low  point. 

POUT  MAKIA.— The  e-itrance  of  this  harbor  lies  in  hit.  IH'^  '2~\  an<l  loiiii.  76-  ',3'. 
Its  aiichorai>eis  open  to  N.  \.  K.,  N.,  and  iN.  W.  winds.  In  coming  in,  the  hish  island, 
named  Cabarita  Island,  iiiiist  be  seen,  and  its  northern  point  should  have  a  berth  of  two 
cables'  length.  Vou  may  haul  into  the  bay,  and  anchor  with  the  i\.  W.  point  of  the 
island  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  at  the  distance  of  about  a  cable  or  a  cable  and  a  half's 
length.  .Small  vessels  ilrawine;  10  feet  of  water,  may  anchor  between  the  island  and  the 
main  The  bottom  is  foul  in  the  outer  part  of  the  bay,  and  many  ships  have  injured  it 
by  he.  ing  over  their  ballast.  There  is  not  room  for  inore  than  U)  or  12  veiHsels  to  lie 
here,  a-  ihe  foul  ground  extends  nearly  over  the  wlude  harbor. 

From  I'ort  Maria  the  coast  trends'  K-  S.  E.  six  miles,  to  Blowing  Point;  thence  it 
continues   >.  S.  E.  |  E.  about  five  miles,  to  Anotta  Hay. 

ANOTTA  BAY,'which  lies  about  1 1  miles  to  the  S!  E.  of  Port  Maria,  has  its  anchor- 
age open  to  N.  and  N.  W".    winds.     To  sail  in,  giv^i  the  reef  on  the  eastern  side,  which 


is  called  the  Schoolmaster,  a  suHicient  berth  ;  then  steer  d 


vern,  a 
master, 


building  easily  known,  S.  by  W.  or  S.     When   advanced   within  tl 
haul  a  little  to  the  eastward,  and  have  the  anchor  clear,  tlie  bank  bein 


wn  until  vou  bring  I  '  ta- 
-ol- 
E'ep 


and  narrow.     The  first  sounding  will  he  10  or  9  fathoms.     Let  go  in  7  fathoms,  which 
is  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  shore,  with  good  holding  ground.     Be  i^uiious  of  au 


398 


BI.UNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


rliohn;;  on  flie  wostorn  P(\(rp  (if  tlie  hank,  as  it  will  not  hold,  and  yon  may  be  in  danji  r 
ot'^j'tiitnj  on  slioi'c  to  the  wc-itward.* 

OI'Anottii  I5ay,  Cajitain  I  iivini:«ir(>n  says,  "This  i>i  thr  uildcst  road  \  ever  .saw.  N'u 
vessel  oii<;ht  t(»  enter  il,  wiilioiit  lieiiiu:  uiienninnudy  uell  lunnd  in  croiind-tackh'.  Tlicv 
outzlit,  hy  all  nn-ans.  to  have  chain  eahles.  'I'he  lollowint;  is  tVoni  memory  only  : — Tlii' 
reel' oil' (iil)raltar  I'oint.  the  Sclionhuasier,  is  niiirii  more  danfjcrons  tlia?i  is ','t'Hfial!\ 
Hiipposed.  The  late  .Mr.  .\iiinis  .M' Dioialil,  the  harhor- master,  iidormed  me  that  ii  r\. 
tends  I'lilly  1^  miles  out;  and  some  |ilaces  have  only  I'rom  (>  to  'J  feet  of  water,  wlijli 
there  are  gaps  or  ^atwavs  thriinirh  tliem,  with  as  many  fathoms." 

Port  ANT<)i\l(),'whic-h  lies  about  H  miles  froni  the  N.  K.  end  of  .lamaica,  «;,>■ 
formerly  a  kiiiii's  i)ort,  where  there  are  still  to  he  seen  the  remains  of  a  eareenin<;  wli;iri 
iVc.  It  is  foriiied  hy  nature  into  two  hariiors,  divided  liy  a  peninsula,  oi;  whieh  stiiiujs 
the  town  of  Tiichlieid.  to  the  .N.  and  .\.  \V.  of  wliieh  lies  the  island  called  Navy  Isluml. 
extendinu;  K.  and  W.,  and  ahont  half  a  mile  m  leni^lli. 

To  sail  into  the  eastern  harlior,  fnst  hrinu;  the  eastern  part  of  the  Hhie  iMonntain- 1,, 
hear  about  S.  S.  W.,  and  steer  in  that  direction  until  you  approach  near  Folly  J'nnn. 
the  east  ])oint  of  tile  eastern  liarlior.  Next  lirin'^  the  churcji  (which  is  a  lar<:e  s(pi,.|.' 
bnildini;  on  the  side  of  the  hill  in  lh(>  S.  W .  )iart  of  the  liay)  on  witli  the  second  wlm 
from  the  westward,  beirinis;  S.  hy  W.  \  W.,  and  you  will  thus  jiass  s.ifely  into  the  lur 
lior.  JJut  observe  that  on  approachinis;  the  tort,  (which  stands  on  the  wesurn  siric,  iipdn 
the  |joint  of  Titchfield  Peninsula.)  to  open  the  church  to  the  eastward  of  the  wliini. 
AV'heri  the  lort  bciirs  N.  \V.  \»n  may  aiiihor  in  '-'.  't,  10,  or  11,  fathoms,  j^o<id  holiiin: 
j^ronnd.     The  liott-im  is,  indeed,  so  stiff  t'lat  it  is  rather  dilVicnlt  lo  <iet  np  tin-  unclidh 

'i'lie  preccdiui;  direclion.s  must  be  particularly  a  tended  to,  in  order  to  avoid  a  rcii, 
which  stretelies  from  the  eastern  end  of  Navy  Island,  as  well  as  from  the  point  ot'tlieiic 
ninsula.  The  eastern  side  ni'  the  harbor  is  shoal,  and  there  is  a  reef  nearly  in  the  iiiiil 
die,  havini;  over  it  only  ,-'  or  If)  leet  of  water. 

'Jo  sail  into  fhr  irrsfrrn  harliDi-,  after  liaviiu;  brought  the  church  well  open  to  the  i;n! 
ward  of  the  lort.  proc(,'ed,  niidcr  easy  sail,  into  the  entrance  of  the  channel  liefween  .\;n\ 
Island  and  Titchfield,  hriniiini;  a  lonjj;  buildin;:,  which  is  a  storehouse,  standiiii;  on  a  In; 
to  the  westward,  oiumi  of  the  soutli-wcstern  point  of  .\avy  Island.  This  mark  is  to  In 
kept  on  until  the  church  appears  o|)en  to  the  westward  of  the  Peninsula;  then  liiiul 
round  to  the  S.  W.  and  anchor  in  from  7  to  -I  fathoms,  where  there  is  L'ood  tiroinid. 

.\  channel,  called  the  Iluj;  Chamnd,  leads  directly  from  sea  into  the  western  liarliur. 
from  i\\v  west  end  of  a  Ioiik  reef  that  extends  from  Navy  Island;  but  it  is  crooked  am! 
narrow,  has  only  l,T  or  II  feet  of  water  on  the  western  part  of  it,  and  is  therefore  im-; 
only  by  small  vessels. 

The  tides  liere  are  not  regular,  bein^  inlluciiced  by  the  winds.  The  variation  in  \','\ 
was  7"  16'  K.,  and  it  is  still  licarly  the  same. 

<.)f  Port  Antonio  Mr.  Townsay.s,  the  western  harbor  is  the  best,  the  eastern  beinj:  oppii 
to  the  north  winds.  When  enteriiu:  the  port,  with  the  sea-breeze,  keep  as  neailv  i 
inid-channel  between  .\avy  Island  and  the  mam  as  you  can.  Run  in  with  the  le:ii!ii,. 
mark  on,  and  anchor  in  about  d  <  r  7  fathoms.  If  in  a  siuall  ship,  anclior  in  4  or  .j  fathoms 
as  the  srround  without  the  latter  dejith  is  foul. 

PORT  ?ilORAN'l\ — Tiiis  is  a  good  harbm-,  but  the  reefs  extenil  to  the  distaticco! 
half  a  mile  from  shore,  on  e  ich  side  of  the  entrance,  and  the  breadth  of  the  channel  !»• 
tween  is  only  a  cable's  length  and  a  half.  .\s  the  directi(m  of  the  entrance  is  N.  7,  W.. 
It  cm  be  attempted  only  with  the  sea-bree/e.  or  between  the  hours  of  10  and  'J  in  the  dm 


*  A  brijj  of  war  waa  lost  op  f!;e  outer  reef,  a  few  years  nijo.  I  have  often  heard  her  nnnir,  dur- 
uip  my  residence  nf  ilie  bay,  but  ■'  ling  escaped  my  memory.  She  wns  .so  fnr  out  llint  no  one  lial 
any  sii='iicioti  that  slie  \va.«  in  the  least  danirer  ;  nid  it  was  only  in  cfinse(|Mence  of  her  lo<!s  th; 
they  disco, cied  the  reefs  lav  sn  far  out.  Mr.  .MMJoaiild,  linrbor.ninfter  and  senior  |iiloi  at  ilic  lai. 
surveyed  the  reels;  but  he  iiiforniod  ii'c  lii.s  survey  was  forwarded  to  i'ort  Royal,  to  he  pnnkn; 
at  the  trial  of  the  olficers  of  the  brig  which  was  lost.  What  I  have  stated  above  was  from  Ins  in- 
formation. 

The  cnrth(|U!d<o  felt  in  .lainnica,  in  1811,  was  particularly  severe  at  Anotta  Cay.     Part  of  the 
bottom  of  the  bay,  nboiil  one  (luarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  .sunk,  and  wi.ere  ve.s.sels  ii.'-i'd  to  1 
chor,  thcM'ii^  now  no  bottom  to  he  foimil ;   or  at  least   I  have  been  assured  none  has  been  In. 
thouirh  i  he.'rd  somebody  at  the  buy  say  that  il  has  been,  .at  17(1  fathoms.     When  this  spot  siiiiu  -. 
vessel  V  as  ridiri;.;,  with  a  keu^'e  out  in  that  direction  to  steady  her.     In  nil  iiisiant,  as  an  cvi.'  « 
ncss  assured  nie,  she  seemed  aw  if  fjoing  down  stern  foremost,  and  then  suddenly  risinir  afjniii, 
swupf;  round  Mt  once.     Thi.s,  it  was  soon  discovered,  was  occasioned  by  her  kedge  heintr  swal- 
lowed by  the   bottom  of  the  bay  when  it  sunk  ;  and  the  sudden  'ise  of  the  vessel  again  wa.-s  viwau 
by  the  hawser,  bent  to  the  kedije,  givinc  way,  or  the  timber  towlilch  it  was  attached  yieliliiiu. 

Anotta  liay  is  an  e.ttremely  unhealthy  place  ;  so  is  Port  Maria ;  but  Ora  Cubeca  is  a  loleiubh 
healthy  situation. 


To  sail  in. 
lemarkahle 
uiiist  red  el 
Take  care 
Voii  will  ill 
i>  .iiudior.i. 
on  the  cash 
The  C.\ 
:;.')   W.  am 
the  (iraiid  1 
brack. 

Tliethai 
lini  that  i^ei 
iii;;ston.  ho 
W.  point  t(i 
more  than 
SI  '  2')'.* 

The  (J K.I 

S.  K.  end 

ern  end  is  s 

extends  aloii 

reet's,  to  w  hi 

iVoin  the  S. 

small  villai,'e 

erinnost  hot 

ynii  may  see 

be  proper  to 

Caotain  I) 

island  is  low. 

who  never  sa 

which  runs 

you  are  near 

tiinall  craft  to 

deepest  wate 

;    vessels  of  tin 

foul,  and  not 

'•  The  west 

the  only  phic 

aiirhora;;c  ;  f 

liy  the  rocks  ; 

ciiased.     Out 

pun  base  it  ;  r 

(we  rode  by  u 

shelf:  we  ho 

chased  our  o 

of  the  inhahil 

"  N'oiir  fns 

shore  :  after  \\ 

gi"!  into  ri  fath 

•dhsorv.ntioii 
(•rand  Cayman 

"fioinritudco 
^1°  .3'  .I.S".    L 

by  chronometer 

"After  these. 

knoi.9,  (I  fathom 

l>f  liMU/illidc;  \vl 

^  Captain  ."VIoii 
Crnnd  Cavmaii 
tilde  190  15',  ,vi 
hiiiar  and  cliron 
tiiercfore,  be  coi 
"At  the  time 
the  barometer  n 
703,  fff,f,,  „.|,j,.), 

Iciitly  adjusted." 


iiay  be  in  danptr 

I  ever  ;-:<iw.  No 
iid-tiicklf.  Tlipy 
Kiry  only  : — 'I'lii' 
tliiMi  is  m'ncmllj 
id  Illf  tlliit  ii  cx- 
t  of  wiiter,  while 

of  Jiun;iicii,  \\;i< 
can'etiinj;  whiirl, 

or;  tvhicli  si-.iinU 
lied  Navy  LsLiinl. 

Inc  Mountniii-  in 
iciir  Folly  I'onr. 
I  is  a  lar^c  s!|ii,'i  • 
tilt*  ;-i;conil  whii 
friy  into  tho  hiir 
vrsicrTi  sific,  iijinn 
ani  of  llir  uImh. 
iiiis,  'jjooii  ho'iiliii'. 
ft  u\)  till-  aiu'luii<. 
er  to  avoid  a  nil 
lie  point  of  tliepc 
nearly  m  the  iiiid 

1  ont-n  to  tlif  i;i»!- 
nnid  between  N;nv 
,  staiKliiiU  on  a  Im 
'Ills  mark  is  lo  l» 
insula ;  then  liiiiil 
s  i^ood  iiround. 
[lie  western  hrtrlKir. 
It  it  is  er(>(d\ed  aiiii 
1  is  therefort?  u>eii 

le  variation  in  1": 

eastern  liein^  o]"'!. 
Uee|>  as  nearlv  r 
with  the  |e:\i!ii-. 
r  ill  4  or  .J  fatliinii-. 

to  the  distance  (11 
if  the  ehaiinel  I"- 

trance  is  N.  \  W.. 

10  and'-'  in  thedii) 


henrd  her  name,  dut- 
out  that  nil  one  \m 

;>nee  of  her  loss  ihr. 
>nior  pilot  at  liii'tiai, 
oval,  to  he  pRiiiiii": 

oie  was  from  iiis  m- 

la  Bay.  Part  of  lii' 
rf  vessels  nsi'il  to  ii!- 
i.iiic  has  been  I'oui.c, 
r'heii  dus  spot  sunk  a 
isiaiit,  as  an  eye  «■. 
.dileidy  risiiiL'  af/niri, 
H-  kedge  beins;  sua 
tsel  again  \\'as  ciiutti 
jiaelied  yiehliiiii- 
:abfca  is  u  loleiubly 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 

To  sail  in,  a  ship  tniist  lie  N.  or  N.  by  K.  until  tiie  leadiim  mark  is  on. 

reina 

iiiiisl  re( 


399 


This  mark  is  a 


rkable  house,  which  stands  iii>on  a   hill,  in  a  line  with  the  east  end  <d  liie  eastern- 
I  cliff  btvarint;  N.  i  \V .     With  this  mark  you  may  sail  into  the  hay  with  safety. 


Take  rare  not  to  approach  too  n« 
Voii  will  t 


:ar  the  reefs,  but  brinijthe  marks  exai  tlv  as  described. 
Iius  have  '),  r".  7',,  7,  (>',  ').  •"),  and  a  ipiarter  less  .">  to  I  fithoms  of  water.   'I'liero 


id  7  i'athonis,  with  the  leadinti  mark  on.  and  I'ero  J')atter> 


fhicl 


1  IH 


is  anchorane  in  (>.}  and  7 

on  the  eastern  side,  bearing  H.  S.  K. 

The  CA  VM A NS  are  three  islands  lying  between  the  meridians  of  7<)^  30',  and  81'" 
;;,V  W.  and  parallels  of  Vf  10',  and  I'j '  ih'  N.  The  larger  and  wesiernniost  is  named 
the  (iraiid  (.'ayiiian,  the  second,  the  Little  Cayman,   and  the  easternmost  the  ('ayman- 

hrack. 

The  (hand  Cayman  was  regularly  surveyed  by  Mr.  (Jeorge  (iaiihl.  in  the  year  177M; 
1)111  iliat  gentleman  ascertained  neitlier  its  true  latitude  nor  its  longitude.  Captain  iiiv- 
iii<rsion.  however,  by  observations  taken  ")tli  August,  InlT.  proves  the  key  near  the  S. 
\V.  point  to  he  in  I'C  14'  N.  anil  the  longitude  of  the  east  end  has  iicen  determined  by 
more  than  one  observer ;  it  is  81^  .'/  W.  hence  we  gain  that  of  the  .s.  W.  key,  by  survey, 

The  (;K,\ND  CAYMAN  is  about  eight  leagues  long,  and  two  and  a  half  broad.  The 
S.  K.  end  lies  in  latitude  l')'  lb'  N.  and  the  N.  K.  poinl  in  laiitiide  1')  -J-J'.  The  east- 
ern end  is  siurounded  by  a  reef,  extending  a  mde  and  a  half  from  shore,  wjiieh  thence 
•  xfeiids  along  tin;  north  and  south  coasts.  Ulf  the  1^.  W.  |)oint  there  is,  also,  a  key  and 
reefs,  to  which  a  good  berth  must  be  given.  The  N.  W.  or  west  point  is  three  leagues 
from  the  S.  \V.  point,  and  between  is  the  spol  called  the  Hogstics,  where  there  is  a 
small  vilhiu'c.  olf  which  you  may  anchor  ir  iVom  I'J  to  7  f.ithoms,  !)v  bringing  th"  soiilli- 
cniiiiosl  house  lo  bear  E.  Iiy  .*s.  at  half  a  iiii!e  I'rom  shore.  T'lie  bottom  is  rocky,  Init 
voii  may  see  the  ground,  where  you  let  go,  as  the  water  is  very  clear:  it  will,  however, 
be  proper  lo  buoy  up  the  cables,  ami  steady  the  ship  with  a  small  anchor. 

Cautain  J)al/el,  in  some  observations  on  passing  the  (Iraud  Cayman,  has  said,  "The 
i.sl;iiid  is  low,  covered  with  cocoa-nut  and  oth'^r  trce-^,  and  of  greater  extent  than  people 
who  never  saw  it  generally  inngine.  The  north  side  forms  a  bay,  across  the  mouth  of 
which  runs  a  reef  of  sunken  rocks,  which  may  be  readily  seen  in  the  day  time,  before 
VDU  are  near  enough  to  run  any  l.inil  of  risk.  It  is  totally  iiujiossible  for  any  thing  hut 
taiiall  craft  to  anchor  on  this  side,  for  there  are  no  soundings  close  io  the  reef,  and  the 
deepest  water  over  it  is  U  feet,  although  there  are  '.'  or  :'  fathoms  witiiin  it.  The  small 
vessels  of  tli(^  island  go  in  here,  as  they  d(»,  likewise,  on  tin:  soiilli  side,  uliich  is  also 
foul,  and  not  to  be  approached  by  strangers. 

"The  west  end  of  (trand  Cayman,  which  is  best  inhaliiteil  and  mostly  resorted  to,  is 
the  only  jilace  where  large  vessels  can  come  to  ;  though  even  here,  it  is  but  indilierent 
aiicluiragc  ;  for,  wiihoni  the  ntiiiDSt  care  you  are  in  danger  of  geflitig  your  cables  cut 
hv  the  rocks;  or  may,  jierhaps,  let  go  your  anchor  in  a  place  >\  here  it  cannot  be  pur- 
chased. Our  anchor  got  under  the  shelf  of  a  rock,  and  we  had  two  days'  hard  work  to 
imn  base  it  ;  nor  could  we  liave  weighed  it  at  all.  if  we  had  not  biu'rowed  a  small  anchor, 
(w!'  rode  by  our  only  anchor)  and  tiackeil  with  a  swivel.  This  luckily  hooked  another 
shelf:  we  liovi!  upon  the  cable  that  was  last  to  il,  and  then  with  much  dilficiiltv  pur- 
chased our  own  anchor  lioni  under  tiie  rock.  We  came  lo  in  11  fathoms,  but  most 
of  the  inhabitants  say  liiat  H  fathoms  is  the  anchorage. 

"  Vour  firs'  soundings  going  in  ar(>  about  17  fathom",  tliree-((uarters  of  a  mil?  nflT 
shore  ;  after  which  you  shallow  your  water  'i  or  o  fathoms,  every  ship/s  length,  till  you 
get  into  8  fathoms,  wlieie  you  may  come  to  in  one  of  the  while  holes.     These  holes  aro 


•Observations  by  Captain  .Tames  Wallace  Mmteaili: — "In  latitude  19°  13'  the  N.  E.  point  of 
(irand  Cayman,  bearing  N.  tiO^  W.,  S.  W.  point,  S.  H  r  \V.  niid  Kast-rn  Reef,  norlh,  true. 

"  fjoiiL'inulcof  ship,  in  time,  81'^  .V  l.V'  :  by  h.'iars.  Hi-  '2'  1"  :  mean  longitude  of  the  Hast  Reef, 
81°  ,3'  ,'')3".  LoM'ritiidp  of  the  east  end  o.' th(>  Cayman,  by  Captain  Wilson,  of  (ireeiiock,  81°  5' ; 
by  ehrononipter,  81"  3'  ;  mean  loiigituiie,  iiy  Captain  Wilson,  as  in  Nautical  Almanac,  81°  4'. 

"Alter  theso  observations  v\'ere  made,  t'leshij)  ran  on  n  W.  course  for  l.'j  minutes,  at  thr  rate  of  four 
knots,  ()  fathoms;  which  gives  nearly  one  and  a  cpiartcriiiile  departure;  eijual  to  1-  20'  difrerenco 
of  longitude  ;  which,  added,  iilaees  the  east  end  of  the  island  in  8P  .')'  13"  W." 

Captain  Moimath  repeated  his  observations  in  laiiliide  I'J'  1,V.  when  the  en^ternmosf  point  of 
lirniiii  Cayman  bore  north;  and  hero  his  hmars  and  chronometer  exactly  agreed.  Again,  in  lati. 
tiule  1!)J  15',  with  ihe  cast  end  of  the  island  Im  arinir  W.  by  N.  five  miles,  the  results  of  four  seta, 
lunar  and  chioiioinetric.  gave  a  dilfereiicc  of  only  2'  d'-'".  The  longitude  of  the  Caymans  may, 
tiierefore,  be  considered  as  finally  seUled. 

"  At  the  time  the  positions  of  these  points  were  ascertained,  the  atmosiihere  in  general  was  clear ; 
the  Imrometer  and  thertnometer  stood,  on  an  average,  from  120.1.')  to  3')  inches,  and  from  (JO^  to 
70^,  from  which  ina.xiinum  the  corrections  for  refraction  were  made,  the  instruments  being  excel- 
Iciitly  adjusted." 


400 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


pjitclies  of  sand  ainonc;  the  rocks,  wliidi  you  can  easily  sec  when  lookina;  ovor  flie  side. 
liCt  a  caiclul  pcrsoii  look  out  I'orward,  to  pick  a  lars;c  liole,  and  be  sure  you  let  go  vour 
ariclior  well  towards  the  weather  side  oC  it,  that,  when  you  veer  away  cahlc,  it  tuny  not 
«;ouie  upon  the  rocks,  if  it  sliould  come  to  blow,  anil  you  are  in  dan!i;er  of  draa;j;ing 
your  anchor  lowar<ts  any  ol' th<'  shelves,  you  must  heave  it  up  aj^ain.  You  can  plainly 
see  your  anchor  as  ottcn  as  you  please,  and  you  can  easily  distinguish  the  rocky  bottom 
•Voni  the  white  holes,  by  its  blackness.  Observing  the  above  directions,  you  cannot '^et 
amiss  :  perhaps  you  will  do  best  not  to  take  a  pilot,  as  they  are  not  over  careful. 

"The  west  i-iid  I'ornis  a  kind  of  double  bay  ;  the  southerniuosi  is  the  road,  (iive  thp 
middle  point  a  good  berth,  as  some  rwcks  lie  off  it :  you"need  not  heave  the  lead  luitil 
you  sec  the  l)ottoiu,  for  yon  will  get  no  ground  till  then." 

Thedrand  (Jayinan  is  inhabited  by  many  i)ersons,  descended  from  the  old  buccanniers. 
exclusive  of  ncgnx's.  'Vhc  climate  and  soil  are  singularly  salubrious  ;  the  people  nre 
vigorous  and  cominoidy  live  to  a  great  age.  They  raise  various  [)roduce  for  their  own 
use,  and  have  si, me  to  spare.  As  navigators,  their  chief  employment  is  to  fish  for 
turtle,  and  to  pilot  vessels  to  the  adjaceul  parts. 

Kefreshuicnts  may  be  obtained  here;  as  fowls,  turtle,  yams,  plantains,  cocoa-nuts,  At. 
but  no  beef  nor  mution.  Water  is  procured  by  tilling  a  bucket  aboiu  twenty  yards  from 
the  beach,  the  well  hearinsr  N.  N.  K.  or  N.  by  K.  from  tiie  anchoring  place. 

From  the  S.  \V.  end  of  the  (Jrand  (!ayman  to  Cape  (-'orrientes,  the  true  bearing  and 
distance  are  N.  47"'  W.  74  leagues;  and  to  (.'ape  Antonio,  N.  .01^  W.  H4  leagues. 

The  CAYMAN  J? HACK  is  very  level  land,  covered  with  small  trees,  and  at  a  shnrt 
distance  presents  a  snioolh,  unbroken  surface,  very  like  Nava/a,  except  towards  the  S, 
W.  point,  where  lln-re  is  a  siuall  bunch  of  trees  a  little  higher  than  the  rest,  appnrentlv 
joMwood  trees,  as  they  are  small  leafed.  Tlie  S.  K.  point  appears  very  blulf,  and  il:i> 
south  side  also  very  bold  :  we  run  down  it  at  less  than  a  mile  distant,  and  saw  no  dnn- 
ger  of  any  kirul  excejit  the  breakers  on  the  shore.  From  off  the  S.  W.  point,  which  is 
low  and  sandy,  a  reel"  runs  off  an  eigiuh  of  a  luile,  hut  you  can  easily  sec  the  breakers, 
and  even  the  colored  wati'r,  a  mile  and  a  half  distant.  We  were  not  far  enough  to  tlif 
eastward  to  ascertain  whether  any  reef  extemled  from  the  east  end  or  not,  but  from  tin 
bold  appearance  of  the  S.  K.  point,  1  should  think  that  if  there  are  any  reefs  they  do 
not  extend  to  the  southward  of  the  east  point.  The  east  end  of  the  (dayman  Hrark  jv 
the  highest,  anrl  with  a  sli2:ht  but  even  declination  towards  the  west  end.  The  (Javinaii 
Urack  is  consideraI)ly  higher  than  lite  Little  Cayman,  and  before  leaving  the  Cav- 
nian  l>rack,  you  will  rise  the  Little  Cayman,  of  which  ymi  wili  not  at  first  discern  srnne 
any  thiiiir,  exce|)t  three  large  cocoa-nut  trees  on  the  east  end,  and  which,  at  a  distuncp, 
appear  like  two  vessels  at  anchor.  These  cocoa-nut  trees  are  the  (miy  ones  I  saw  m; 
this  island.  These  islands  are  separated  by  a  deep  channel,  and  are  resorted  io  by  rlw 
turtlers. 


THE  IfiiLAlVD  OF  PORTO  RI€0. 


This  island  is  thirty  leagues  in  length  :  and  ihrouEiluiiit  this  extent  from  east  to  wp«i 
is  a  cliain  id"  mountains,  with  branches  diverging  to  the  north  and  south,  and  extetiHiii; 
to  the  coasts.  The  whole  are  covered  with  wood,  and  in  the  intervals  are  fertile  vallevs 
anil  plains,  watered  by  more  than  fif"fy  rivulets,  in  the  sands  of  which  gold-dust  has  bpfii 
fotind.  The  highest  summits  of  the  mountains  are  called  the  Peaks  of  Layooiiiu. 
They  are  often  covered  with  snow,  and  may  be  seen  from  a  great  distance. 

The  capitt.l,  St.  .luan,  stands  on  the  western  part  of'  an  island  on  the  north  sill^ 
which  forms  a  good  harbor,  defended  by  a  citadel,  called  the  Morro  Castle,  and  nthfr 
works.  The  town  is  po])ulous  and  well  built ;  the  see  of  a  bishop,  and  the  residence  i)l 
the  goyernor. 

The  n(ulhorn  coast,  whicli  extends  like  the  southern  coast,  nearly  east  and  west,  i* 
but  imperfectly  known.  It  is  rugged  and  uneven,  having  many  rocks  and  islets,  (in 
which  the  sea  breaks  heavily.  P'ifty  miles  north  from  Porto  Rico,  Captain  Baxter,  in 
brig  Robert,  struck  on  a  rock,  and  re-nained  seyeral  hours.  The  town  of  St.  Juan, 
which  stands  at  the  ilistancc  of')  leagues  from  Cape  St.  .luan,  is  the  N.  E.  point  ofl'or- 
to  Rico. 

There  are  no  large  bays  either  on  the  nortliern  or  southern  coast,  and  a  vessel  may 
generally  run  along  the  former  without  any  risk,  at  the  distance  of  three  miles,  and  alon" 
the  south  coast  at  five  ;  only  observing  in  the  latter  case,  to  give  sufficient  berth  to  the 


Rmall  isle  i 

points  of  P 

4  The  Har 

I      the  utmost 

i      t!ie  fnttii  is 

(iiiat   IslaiK 

castle  calle( 

is  generally 

The  west 

the  eiilraiici 

a  depth  of .' 

extcmis  to  t 

eastward  of 

fonnnonly  f 

If  yon  m;i 

all  the  up[)e 

of  the  .Morrr 

fre(|ueiilly  ii 

and  the  gre: 

Off  the  cf 

approached 

i5efore  these 

sages  among 

not  intunatfl 

In  this  ch; 
proacliing  eii 
with  tlie  folic 
Culelirila,  N 
tills  channel 
hecalnied.  to 

\ii:(ii;K, 

S.  W.  end  is 

and  sandy  po 

age.     [n  wor 

Dicniiis  shoal 

regular,  and  1 

proached  neai 

are  a  few  set 

west  side  :  th 

within  three  f 

soiuidnigs  irr< 

CARLJT, 

and,  is  mCiC  t 

re(|iiire  a  larg 

Island,  from  '1 

three  miles. 

which  is  two  i 

bor,  which  an 

dear  and  secu 

Plenty  of  woi 

for  the  gre  a  I  i 

'J'he  coiuse 

by  N.,  or  rath 

foul,  and  with 

the  N.  E.  poii 

danger. 

Tfyou  are  I 
point  of  that  is 
W.  ^  W.,  or  A 
may  run  down 
steer  west,  and 


BLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


401 


;  ovor  the  side. 
rou  lot  go  your 
ihlc,  it  may  not 
jer  of  (liii^jjinj; 
foil  ran  pliiinly 
le  rocky  bottom 
Tou  (•annot  get 
careful, 
road,  (live  the 
^e  tliP  lead  until 

jld  bnccatiniers, 
;  the  people  ;irc 
ee  for  their  own 
nt  is  to  fish  lor 

cocoa-nuts,  cVr. 
ifeiuy  yards  tVom 
dace. 

rue  bearing  and 

^4  leagues. 

■s,  an<l  at  a  shnrt 

t  towards  the  S, 

rest,  apparently 

y  blutV,  and  th" 

uid  saw  no  dan- 

'.  point,  whirli  i^ 

see  the  breaker'!. 

ar  enough  to  ilif 

lot,  but  from  tlii 

ny  reefs  they  dn 

L'ayinan  Mrack  i^ 

J.     The  Cayinnii 

lieavins  the  Cay- 

5l  discern  srairp 

at  a  distance, 

Iv  ones  I  saw  or: 

■sorted  to  by  ;hc 


Voiu  east  to  wcq 
1,  and  extendiii;; 
ire  fertile  vnlleys 

I -dust  hasbpcii 
iS  of  Layooniu. 
nee. 

the  north  siik, 
'astle,  and  othfr 
the  residence  ot 

east  arid  west,  is 
ls  and  islets,  on 
uptain  Baxter,  in 
iwn  of  St.  Juan, 
K.  point  of  I'or- 

nd  a  vessel  may 

miles,  and  alnn" 

■ient  berth  to  the 


umall  isle  called  Dead  Chest,  which  lies  about  lialf  way  between  the  S.  E.  and  S.  W. 
points  of  I'orto  Kieo. 

The  Harbor  of  St.  .luan*  is  very  capacious,  and  thr  larsiest  ships  may  lie  there  with 
the  utmost  safety,  in  5,  <).  an  I  7  f.i'bonis.  Tiie  entrance  is  alorn;  tlit^  islanti  on  which 
the  town  is  erected,  and  lictwcen  the  .Morro  I'oini  and  three  islets,  culled  the  C'abras  or 
(ioat  Islands.  South  of  the  latter  is  a  small  islet,  occu|''""d  by  a  little  sijuarc  fort  or 
castle  called  the  ("anuelo,  which  d.-lends  the  western  side  (d'the  harbor.  The  channel 
is  irenerally  buoyed. 

Tlif  western  ainT  soulliern  sides  of  the  harbor  ;u<'  flat  and  shoal.  The  western  side  of 
the  entrance  is  rocky,  but  in  rlic  channel  the  ground  is  (generally  of  gravel  mid  sand,  with 
a  depth  of  5  b,  7,  and  S  fathoms.  From  tiic;  south  side  ol  the  town,  a  low  point  of  land 
pxteiiiis  to  the  southward.  ;ind  is  surronnded  liy  u  shoal.  Ships  generally  ride  to  the 
eastward  of  this  (lat,  and  out  ol'die  wash  of  thu  sea,  occasioned  by  the  trade-wind,  which 
coininonlv  sets  directly  into  the  htirbor. 

If  you  mtike  the  harbor  with  the  wind  southerly,  you  iiittst  run  into  the  channel  with 
all  tlie  upper  sails  well  set,  in  order  to  prcsetve  your  way,  when  you  come  under  the  lee 
of  the  Morro,  and  liave  a  boat  out  for  towing,  or  to  carry  out  a  warp,  both  of  which  are 
fre(|uciitlv  necessary.  It  is  high  water  Jii  the  liarijor  at  hIi.  '-•Ini.  on  the  full  and  change, 
and  the  greatest  rise  is  about  oim;  foot  and  a  hall'. 

O/f  the  eastern  coast  o(  I'orto  liico,  ;ire  numerous  keys  and  rocks  which  cannot  be 
approached  by  large  vessels,  and  therefcnc  serve  as  a  rendezvous  for  smuggK-rs,  &:c. 
Before  these  are  the  isles  (.'ulebra  and  Vieciue.  or  Snake  and  Crab  Islands.  The  pas- 
sages among  these  isles  and  rocks  are  generally  deep  ;  but  no  one  may  venture  in  who  ia 
not  intimately  actjuainted  with  the  place. 

Passage  between  Si.  Tlionias's  Island  and  Culchra  and  Crnh  Islands. 

In  this  chaimel  there  arc  soundings,  with  20  fathoms  on  the  west  side  of  it,  and,  ap- 
proaciiing  eitlier  the  island  of  Culebra  or  Vietjue.  if  is  shoaler.  We  had  10  fathoms, 
with  the  following  bearings: — Kast  end  of  Crab  Island,  .S.  by  \V.  \  W. ;  east  end  of 
Cidebrita.  N.  by  \V.  -^  W.  ;  and  Sail  fjock,  K.  by  .\'.  [  N.  The  currents  set  through 
this  chaimel  strong  to  the  westward,  which  would  render  it  necessaiy,  in  case  of  being 
becalmed,  to  anchor  befoie  voii  are  drifted  on  the  western  shore. 

VlKCiUK,  OK  CKAU  I>T>A.\  I).— ]l  is  of  moderate  height,  and  well  wooded.  The 
S.  W.  end  is  hilly,  and  to  the  westwaiil  it  is  low  and  uneven.  On  the  west  end  is  a  low 
and  sandy  point,  and  with  it  l)earing  >i.  bv  E.,  aliout  one  milr-  and  a  hidf,  is  the  anchor- 
age. In  working  in  do  not  bring  this  point  lo  the  southward  of  east,  as  there  ;ue  nu- 
nieroiis  shoals  between  it  and  the  east  side  of  l*or(o  Ki(().  We  found  the  soundings 
regular,  and  1 .',  mile  from  shore  you  will  have  (>  fathoms.  Thesluue  should  not  l)e  ap- 
proached nearer,  as  the  soundiiuis  liiere  are  iriegular  and  the  groiinil  rocky.  There 
are  a  few  settlers,  principally  on  tlu"  north  end.  There  are  two  sandy  bays  on  the 
west  side  :  the  jioithernmnst  is  bold  and  the  boitcm  of  saiiri.  Ymi  may  approach  it  to 
within  three  fourths  of  a  mile,  with  4  fathoms.  The  sduihcrti  one  has  a  rocky  bottom, 
soimilings  irregular. 

CARLJT,  OR  SERPENT'S  ISLAND,  s<unetitiies  called  the  Great  Passage  Isl- 
and, is  mcic  than  six  niiies  in  length.  It  has  niim'Tous  icefs  and  k(\vs  about  it,  which 
reipiire  a  large  berth  wheti  passing.  Olf  its  eastern  side  is  Culel)rita  or  ijittle  Ptissagc 
Island,  from  »he  south  end  of  whi(  h  a  dangerous  reef  extends  to  the  S.  S.  W.and  S.  W. 
three  miles.  To  the  west  oi  the  southern  p-ut  of  this  reef  is  the  liarbor  of  Culebra, 
which  is  two  miles  iti  extiMit  from  tiie  eiitraiHc.  Tiicre  art;  two  (  haiuiels  into  this  har- 
i)or,  which  are  divided  by  a  bed  of  rocks,  and  bordered  witli  reels,  but  the  interior  is 
clear  and  secure,  tircat  caution  is  rc()uircii  when  ciUcring  ;  but  a  jiilot  lives  in  the  port. 
I'lenty  of  wood,  water  and  (ish,  may  be  obtained.  The  neighboring  keys  are  famous 
for  the  great  number  of  triipical  biids  which  biced  here. 

The  course  through  tlie  X'irgin's  Passaiic,  on  the  east  of  Vieque  ;uid  Calrit,  is  N.  W. 
by  N.,  or  rather  N.  N.  W'.,  in  case  of  a  cidm  atid  Ice  current;  the  western  side  being 
foul,  and  without  wind,  it  is  dangerous.  Continue  on  this  course  until  Cape  St.  ,luan, 
the  N.  E.  point  of  Porto  Rico,  bears  W.  by  S.  or  W.  S.  W.,  and  you  will  be  clear  of  all 
danger. 

If  you  are  bound  down  the  south  side  of  Porto  l\i<'o,  oiiserve  you  will  see  the  S.  E. 
point  of  that  island  when  lyini:  at  anchoraPCrab  Island  ;  it  bens  from  ihente,  S.  W.  by 
W.  i  W.,  or  W.  S.  W..  about  4J,  leagues,  and  is  called  Pascpia,  or  S.  E.  Cajie.  You 
may  run  down  till  you  come  abreast  of  that  cape,  within  three  or  four  miles  of  it,  and  then 
steer  west,  and  by  the  time  you  have  run  three  leagues  down  past  the  cape,  and  it  bears 


*  See  plan  published  by  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt,  1833, 

61 


402 


BLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


N.  E.,  you  will  scp  a  largo  hroarli  or  slioal,  two  or  tlirre  iniJcs  in  I'^iigtli,  wliicli  ?ii  c  (t 
or  four  miles  troiii  the  coast.  i5y  kcfpiny  a  inilc  or  two  without  tlic  or  :icii,  in  iiuniin 
flown,  you  will  (IcHcry  a  small  Iniiltrmi:  i)y  the  waii  ;■  side,  wljicli  is  a  jjiiinl-honsc ;  •  ; 
by  runninn  down  as  din'ctcd  iituii  the  ;:iiar(l-hoii';'-  !)<•  is  N  ,  ir  a  lii'ii'  to  tin-  wfatln't;  ,  ,., 
of  that  bf-arint;,  you  may  haul  iu  N.  or  N.  by  K.  for  it,  and  niu-hor  in  4  faihonu.,  wirj. 
the  house  bearina  N.  or  iN.  by  K.  one  mile  distaiii.  -'nd  t'v*-.  w.--,t  "nd  of  the  breach  S.  „. 
K.  This  |)lacf  is  called  •(luayanio  or  N'lunma  May,  ai  i  »a  )iiuih  Ircrpu-ntcd.  'iMich 
there  is  no  'itlier  slieltcr  from  the  elfccts  of  sea-brec/.ts  t';)'in  'he  rf  f.  In  ^oin^  in.  a|. 
.noughyou  a;ive  the  west  riu\  of  the  reef  a  pocd  l.ertli,  yo"'  ni'st  k  •")>  the  learl  5;oill^; 
th«!  soundiniis  are  irregular,  from  .'>  to  7  or  H  fathom.^  whence  it  .•dmalens  cradually  m 
shore.  The  land  bv  the  waterside  is  low,  l)u.  ;;|!  in  the  io'.inf  hii;l!  and  nneven. :.« 
before  explained.     In  ciunj:  out  of  (inayamo  Hay,  run  8.  S.  W.  or  S.  W. 

From  (juayauio  Hav  the  next  trailini;  place  is  Salinas,  a  f;ood  place  to  lie  in.  The 
Caxa  de  Muertos  or  Dead  Chest,  ni;iy  he  seen  iVoni,  and  is  a  guide  to  it.  When  at  tlu 
distance  of  from  two  to  three  lea<iue>;  from  (iuayamo  Bay,  you  may  steer  W.  J  S.,  passing; 
eevcral  keys  to  the  northward,  which  lie  near  the  shore  ;  then,  ha' ins:  run  to  a  mki 
cient  distance,  haul  in  Inr  the  western  f  tid  of  the  oMt"iitiost  of  these  keys,  and  aliom  , 
mile  or  a  miie  and  a  hail  off  that  end  is  a  reef,  or  >  unken  key,  whi'  h  cannot  be  seen,  Im- 
the  sea  breaks  over  it  ;  have  this  to  the  westward,  and  run  with  tl  •  westernmost  kcv  r.n 
board,  within  a  cable's  lcn<:th.  This  key  is  bold  to,  but  shoaler  to  leeward  towards  iIp 
breacli.  'i'he  ciiard-house  is  three  or  four  miles  iVoni  this  key,  and  fnay  be  seen  bfinrr 
you  get  within.  You  may  run  in  boldly  for  two  miles  towards  the  guard-honse.  an,] 
anchor  within  a  mile  of  the  same,  in  four  or  live  fathoms,  good  ground,  and  moor  tn  thr 
north-west. 

When  at  anchor  at  Salinas,  with  the  guard-house  bearing  N.  i  E.,  there  is  a  goodwr 
tering  place  close  to  the  water  side,  a  kind  of  lagoon  which  will  be  about  N.  bv  \V 
froir  the  ship,  and  half  a  mile  to  westwar.i  of  the  gnanl-Jiouse.  The  water  ap|ie;ii. 
white  to  nearly  a  league  without  the  key.  'I'he  soundings  arc  from  12  to  7  fathonn. 
very  gradual,  and  there  is  no  danger. 

Within  the  key  above  mentioned,  there  are  several  other  keys  a  little  to  the  eastwun 
of  it;  and  in  runnini;  in  you  will  see,  a'  a!)out  three  leagues  to  westward,  two  small  ke\< 
at  a  little  distani-e  from  each  other,  one  aj)peariiig  double,  tLt;  other  single  ;  you  Imu 
them  to  windward. 

In  quitting  Salinas,  steer  outward  in  the  same  way  asyov  oniered.  When  without  ili 
key  steer  S.  S.  \V.  until  the  Dead  Chest  bears  west:  you  may  then  run  down  boMK. 
giving  that  isle  the  berth  of  a  mile.  There  is  a  small  key  about  a  cable's  length  fmii: 
the  S.  W.  end  of  the  Dead  Chest,  to  which  a  berth  of  a  mile  and  a  halfsliould  be  gi\(i; 
You  inay  then  haul  in,  and  anchor  under  the  lee  of  the  isle  at  |)leasHre,  in  from  7  to  i. 
fathoms.  With  the  west  point  of  tiie  small  key  S.  by  K.  \  E.,  one  mile  and  a  half  d,, 
tant,  and  the  north  end  of  the  Dead  Chest,  N.  E.  J  E.,  there  are  10  fathoms  of  watir,  j-. 
a  mile  from  shore. 

CAXA  DE  MUERTOS,  OR  DEAD  MAN'S  CUKSl .—Tliis  island  is  on  the 
south  side  of  Porto  Rico,  and  liears  E.  ),  S.  ."t>  miles  from  (ape  Roy.o.  When  niadf  r 
appears  in  form  of  a  wdge.  The  north  end  is  high,  the  centre  low,  and  the  south  fiii 
has  a  sugar-loaf  mountain,  ■.••!"  "'■  at  a  distance  ripjiears  a  detadied  inland.  The  anclior- 
age  is  on  the  west  side,  oil  ;',,,  !:iw  land,  half  a  mile  off  diore,  in  s  fathoms,  in  the  I'.i 
lowing  bearing'.:— Sonth-e-  .  .)int  of  the  small  island,  connetlcd  in  Caxa  by  a  ret; 
above  water,  S.  VV.  :  the  only  sandy  bay,  .S.  by  E.  ;  tiie  north-west  point  and  nortlicr. 
peak  in  one,  east.  There  is  no  danger  on  the  west  side  of  this  island,  and  off  the  I'V 
land  the  soimdings  are  regular;  but  to  the  northward  of  it  the  water  is  deeper.  :>ii(l  V' i: 
will  have  17  fathoms  close  to  the  shore.  ( )lV  the  southward  of  ihe  island  there  is  a^lRla; 
which  breaks  about  half  a  mile  offshore. 

PONCE. — The  town  and  harbor  of  Ponce  lie  about  4  lea;^iies  to  the  east  of  (uiniiiro. 
To  run  for  this  port  keep  a  miie  olf  tlie  small  key  olf  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  Dead  MaiJ! 
Chest,  and  run  N.  W.  i,  N.,  or  N.  W.  by  N.  The  land  is  low  near  the  water,  cover.,! 
with  mangrove  bushes  and  some  cocoanul-tree'; ;  but  the  houses  are  also  low,  so  iliai 
you  will  not  wee  them  until  you  open  the  harbor.  In  miming  over,  you  will  sec  a  km 
sandy  island,  which  you  leave  on  the  larboard  hand.  If  it  blows  fresh,  the  reefwliiii 
you  turn  round  on  the  starboard  hand,  will  appear  as  though  there  were  breakers  airi'- 
the  mouth  or  the  harbor,  but  as  you  a|)proacli  you  will  (iml  the  breakers  do  not  in:iki  n 
far  from  the  bushes.  Vou  may  pass  them  within  two  cables'  length,  and  keep  nearer 
the  shore  on  the  southern  side  of  the  harbor. 


f 


% 


•  Guayamo  may  be  known  by  a  windmill  on  a  hill  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  anchorage. 


Tn  proff 
■(M'nrs  low. 
ilii'  cape,  ; 
tins  (^api .  I 
eilge  lui  bo 
W.  H  or  ") 

Til.'  scin 
of  colit'i',  si 

i,';th  (ii  .lui 

Nearly  h; 
harbor  ol  ( i 
vill;i:;e  and 

Tn  i-ntiT 
steer  v..  S. 
begins  aboi 
only  1(1  Ice 
von  « ill  |n'i 
tree  or  i)nsl 

'I'd  (jiirhii 
steer  E.  S. 
on  your  sta 
tlninis;   mhi 
bear  (Vooi 
is  a  good  ri\ 

Ertrdcl  fru 

"  .May  l')i 
til.-  htile  is! 
At  1 1  «■(■  sa\( 
ivico,  wliich 
west  to  run  a 

"May  JOtl 
a  Somali  isbnn 
near  the  luidi 
the  largest  sh 

"  I  ran  alo 
eniinosL  ol  il 
DoniiMg(»  an' 

"About  1 
While  (iroui 
W.  and  'J  or  : 
IJ,  an, I  l.j  fai 
throii,rh  the  \ 

"At  11  wr 
is  tenninaleti 
from  it.  To 
name  of  Port 
at  anchor.  'I 
covered  the  b 
you  soon  des 
and.  is  still  Ic 
«i)ili'  samly 
through  whic 

"  In  the  wi 
niid-channel, 
most,  is  ca'le 
is  railed  Moi 
of  those  two 
going  out  of 
iluiilded  (,"a|!i 
leagues  to  thi 

*  The  tracki 
ris  conuuander 


RLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


403 


1  rich,  in  niniiin!; 
i;ir(l-h<ins{.';  ■.•j'i\ 

lIlC  WPHtlH'l.'iiilSl 

4  !";iilnini».,  ■\  •• 
the  hrcyt  h  *■    , 

[lllflltcd.    ''iMii;!! 

Ill  uoinsr  ill.  al 

the  lo;i(l  ^ciii)!;; 

PUS  araihnllv  ^ 

h  iiiid  iiiipvt'ti,   > 

W. 

!  to  he  in.  The 
it.     When  ni  t)if 

•  W.  ]  S.,])a>.si|r 

ii;  run  to  ;i  sntii' 
pvs.  nn<l  ;tt)(iiit  •, 
iinot  he  seen,  Inr 
steriiniost  kfv  mi 
ward  townrrls  il  c 
ay  he  «ieeji  bflnri 
n;iiar<i-h(iiisp.  ;iri| 
,  aii«l  moor  lo  ihf 

lere  is  a  conri  wi. 

ahoiit  N.  by  \V 
'he  water  appfi- 

12  to  7  I'atiioiiit. 

le  to  tlie  easiwnn 
(1,  two  small  k«\« 
single  ;  you  !<  ;i\^ 

When  wiflidiit  til' 
run  down  holdiv. 
iile's  h>n{,'th  I'm; 
lit'should  he  <;mi 
e,  in  I'roni  7  to  i. 
le  and  a  lialf  ii,> 
liunis  of  waiti.  .: 

i.sland  is  uti  iht 
When  nindi  i' 
Ind  tlie  soutli  fill 
id.  'Pile  aiirlidr- 
ilinnis,  ill  the  I'ul- 
(I  ( 'axa  by  a  ret; 
|i)int  anil  norlheri 
;ind  otr  the  l'i» 
|.s  deeper,  nndyii 
ud  there  is  aslaia. 

east  of  duniiico. 
If  the  Dead  Maii'.> 
|ie  water,  coven.' 

also  Imv,  sn  llial 
hu  will  see  a  low 
|i,  the  reef  whirii 
re  breakers  anii-> 
rs  do  not  iiiakt  o;i 
Imd  keep  nearcs* 


pf  the  anchorage. 


Tn  pvocfiedm^  on  a  west  course  towards  C'a|)e  Roxo,  that  cape,  when  (irst  seen,  Ap- 
pears low.  ^rey,  a'niJ  like  two  keys.  A  shoal,  called  the  •While  (rronnds.  encuMpassea 
the  cape,  i'.iiil  eMcnil  '■,  'he  .S.  W.  At  v!  or  ;{  ieai^iies  lo  the  j-asiwaid  and  .vestward  of 
tins  cape,  there  ai  1  '.  L'J,  and  I'j  iatlioins.  It  is  a  coral  bank,  aim  close  to  the  outer 
eil^e  110  bottom  is  to  be  Coinid.  The  southern  extremity  ljcar«  (Voin  the  cape  S.  W.  | 
\V.  H  or  ')  miles. 

'riic  schooner  Dick,  ('apt.  Miles,  of  and  fov  Jlaltin.i.ic.  fit  i  La  (!iiav;>,  with  u  c  ..o 
of  coliee,  struck  on  th  Morillos  Kocks  south  side  of  I'orto  K'c",  .r  u'idnlght,  on  ,he 
l.ilh  of  .1  line,  and  was  tu'allx  I  ,*t. 

Nearly  half  >*  a)  bctwe<n  the  ('axa  de  INIuertos  and  Cape  Jloxo  is  the  small  hut  securo 
harbor  of  (iiianieo,  which  is  described  herealier.  Four  leagues  more  to  the  east,  is  'be 
villu:;e  and  road  of  I'om-e. 

7'o  fiilir  MdiiiiLnirz,  (Porto  Kieo,)  briipj;  the  island  of  Zaeh'O  to  hear  \V.  N.  W.  and 
steer  K.  S.  K.  i  on  may  approacli  the  island  within  .)()  fathoms.  Tiiere  is  a  reef  which 
bei!;iiis  almiU  1,'.  mile  from  Zachco,  and  extends  to  (.'ape  Koxo,  forminy;  a  chain  with 
uiilv  10  feet  water,  and  not  to  be  attempted  hut  Jby  small  vessels.  In  steerinc  K.  S.  E, 
v(Hi  will  perceive  a  gully  rMiining  from  the  luouiuain,  made  by  freijuent  rains,  without  a 
lice  or  i)iisli  on  it. 

'I'd  nnrlior  in  Mi/i/'ianrz  lliiij,  bri'i'j;  the  i.^land  of  Zacheo  to  bear  W.  N.  \V.,  then 
steer  K.  S.  10.,  which  will  brin<;  you  in  sij;lit  of  the  town,  (toing  in  you  will  .see  a  reef 
uo  your  starboard  hand;  «heii  abreast  you  will  have  soundings  in  13,  I'J,  and  10  fa- 
ilioiiis;  Nou  may  run  into  7  fathoms  and  anchor:  the  extreme  points  of  the  bay  will 
i)cai-  (Voiii  .S.  by  W.  to  .\.  W. ;  the  east  part  of  the  reel  about  N.  W.  J^  miles.  There 
i>  a  ^(ii)d  river  for  ivaterin". 

Eflrdrl J'nnii  tlic  Jniirnnl  of  n»  e.rprrienrrr/  .Y.,'/'/t' '''"'•,  nlonc  ihe  smilh  sitffi  nf  Porta  Rico, 
(till/  'in  tlin  chniinci  belivecn  /'oiin  Rico  iind  SI.  J)oiaingo,  ^r. 

"  May  l')th,  at  .'>  o'clock,  P.  M.  we  thoiiuht  we  descried  lo  X.  W.  and  N.  AV.  by  N. 
llii'  little  island  of  Koriijuem,  (Crab  Island.)  siiiiated  near  the  .S.  K.  end  of  Porto  Rico. 
At  11  we  saw  the  land  on  the  lariioard  hand  :  1  siippos'-d  it  to  be  the  east  point  of  Porto 
Uico,  which  bore  from  lis  N.  W.  and  iN.  W.  by  N.,  distant  about  J  leagues:  1  steered 
west  lo  run  along  its  south  side. 

'•.May  „>l)th. — Ai  half  past  .■),  A.  .M.  we  saw  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Dead  Chest,  which  is 
a  sniali  island  dei„  ''cd  from  t!i  ;  main  one,  ami  jiaving  tiie  form  of  •■  coflin.  It  lies  very 
near  the  middle  ol  liie  south  coast,  and  I  have  been  assured  that  there  is  a  passage  for 
the  largest  ships  between  it  and  the  main  land. 

"  I  ran  aloim  the  land,  with  an  olfiiig  of.J  or  4  leagues,  to  fetch  Cape  Roxo,  thewest- 
ermnosL  o(  the  soiilli  coast  of  l'ort(»  Kico,  and  whicii  (onus,  with  the  S.  E.  point  of  St. 
iJuniingo  and  .Saoiia  Island,  a  eliaimel  from  l'>  to  Jil  ieayues  broad. 

"About  10  \.  M.  we  saw  the  water  discolored:  we  were  upon  a  shoal  called  the 
While  (Grounds,  which  encoinpa-ses  (Jape  Koxo,  and  extends  3  or  4  leagues  t  .  i\ta  S. 
W.  and 'J  or  ;>  leagues  to  the  eastward  and  westward  of  liiis  ca|)e.  You  have  ihe  '.  10, 
1-'.  and  ]')  fathoms.  •The  sand  at  the  bottom  is  of  such  a  shilling  ivhite,  that  i:  •  ^KSa 
thioiigh  the  water.      We  caught  jilenty  offish  with  liie  line. 

"  .-\t  11  we  distinguished  a  cape,  which  lies  a  liltle  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  J  axo.  It 
is  terminated  to  the  souih  by  four  little  i.^laiids.  which  seem  to  be  one  league  '  'staut 
from  it.  To  the  east  of  this  eajie  is  a  small  bay,  called  in  Van  Keulen's  chari  by  th 
name  of  Porto  (Juanico.  The  West  India  sloops  can  moor  there  :  we  saw  two  of  th'  •> 
at  anchor.  This  cape  is  low,  and  appeared  at  fust  as  a  -.let  died  land,  but  we  so,  a  dis- 
covered the  low  land  by  which  it  is  connected  with  the  main  island.  Cape  Roxo,  which 
yon  soon  descry  to  the  westward  of  this,  and  which  is  the  westernmo.^t  point  of  the  isl- 
and, is  still  lower  tliaii  the  former.  IJetween  the  two  yoi.  distinguish  a  flat  and  very 
while  sandy  sli.ne  :  it  consists  of  tlie  same  sand  that  composes  the  White  (irouuds, 
ihrouijii  which  you  may  sail,  but  you  must  not  come  nearer  the  coast  than  two  leagues. 

"  111  the  western  jiart  of  'he  channel,  between  Porto  Rico  and  St.  Domingo,  and  near 
niid-ehannel,  are  two  small  island.s ;  the  easternmost,  which  is  likewise  the  sout.-iern- 
niost,  is  called  Mona  :  the  sf-coml  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  lornT^r,  distance  aboi't  2J  leagues, 
is  called  iNfonica.  You  must  pass,  if  possible,  to  the  windward,  that  is  to  the  eastward 
of  those  two  islands,  in  order  to  double  with  more  (aeiiity  (Jape  Enganno.  that  forrn.'^  the 
going  out  of  the  channel,  to  the  west  on  the  side  of  St.  Domingo.  When  you  have 
doubled  (7ape  Roxo,  you  descry  to  the  northward  of  Zacheo,  a  little  island  lying  8  or  9 
leagues  (othe  N.  E.  by  N.  of  Mona.      You  leave  Zacheo  to  windward.,  to  pass  between 

*  The  tracks  and  soundings  on  this  shoal  are  those  of  the  U.  £.  frigate  Congresa,  Charles  Mor- 
ris connuundur,  and  may  be  depended  on. 


mf. 


Ml 


•':■  ^ivmft.? 


404 


BLfJ.NT's  AMEUtCAA  COAST  PILOT. 


it  antl  the  sniiill  istiiiid  ol  .\Tun;i,  very  nrir  Hii'l-chaiinel :  there  is  no  d.ui'jer  but  whnf  voii 
Ciui  see.  \\  lien  the  \  ;i:  ,  (inn's  iVoni  th''  K.  S.  K.  or  inily  iVoni  tin-  e;ist.  yon  ;nc  tidt 
nbh^'ed  Id  tack,  yon  eross  ihf  chiinm  1  with  a  ([iiartiM-  wiml.  It  is  .sniticimt  tn  sleci  N. 
W.  by  N.  to  l'et(  li  <Jai)e  Ivapliael,  whicii  is  tin'  N.  E.  point  of  St.  |)otriinf;o,  or  tvci, 
Cape  Saniana,  that  hes  about  ri  leiii;nes  to  the  N.  W,  of  ttie  loriner.  .Saniana  Island, 
wheine  this  cape  takes  its  nann-.  I'xti'mls  (Voni  east  to  west,  I'J  leagues:  it  is  so  near  .Si. 
iJomiiij^o  that  it  a|)pears  to  be  Joineil  wilii  it. 

"At  in>i)n  Cape  Ivoxu  bore  N.  hy  W.  ilistanee  .'V-  leagues.  It  was  not  possible,  on 
account  ol  the  clotniy  weather,  to  take  the  nu-.idian  altitude  of  the  sun.  We  steered 
M.  W.  by  N.  to  enter  the  ehannel. 

"At  hair  an  hour  alter  1,',  leoukliief  Zaeheo  very  plainly  :  I  eontinnpd  the  same  eoiir<» 
to  run  aloiiy;  it,  at  one  or  two  icajjues  'h  aaiiee.  This  island  appears  to  be  H(((l  or  Iiiim 
yards  lonij;  it  is  nothing  more  than  a  green  mounlain,  on  scvcial  parts  of  which  yoiin' 
moinc  woods.  I  was  too  iiiiieh  to  windwird  to  see  the  islands  ol'  .^iolla  and  Monica  Iniin 
the  deck,  but  they  could  be  perceived  Croni  the  tnast  head.  The  winri  kept  to  the  .S.  ['. 
till  4  o'clock.  It  is  very  seldom  that  in  sailinij,  through  the  chaiuicl  of  I'orto  Kicu,  \(iij 
go  belore  the  ^vind  as  I  did.  ' 

Dftcfijilin?!.  (if  Porto  li'u    ,  frmn  the  "  Dcrrolrru  (If  las  Atttillds,"  5^r. 

"This  island  is  .'Jl  leagues  in  length  fri.ni  east  to  west,  and  11  leagues  in  breadth  in 
the  broadest  part.  The  N.  E.  point  ol'  it  is  named  .juaii,  (.St.  .lohn's  head,)  wheic  i|jf. 
range  of  mountains  called  |jn(|uillos  coimncMies.  The  liighest  part  of  these,  j-,1 
^'un(pie,  or  the  Anvil,  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  ol'  ^H  inib  s.  The  range  contiinics  k, 
the  westward  with  many  intervals  or  openings,  until  it  eiid-i  al  the  hill  named  Silla  (k 
Caballo,  (llorse's  .Saddle,)  which  is  to  the  sn'irhward  of  Arrecibo. 

The  harixjr  ol'  .San  .Inaii  re(|uncs  a  pilot.  The  liarl>oi-  of  Arrecibo  is  about  9j  leai;ii(K 
more  to  the  vest;  it  has  a  small  Sown  on  its  western  sidt  .  and  a  good  river,  but  is  Iml, 
frei|urnted,  being  open  to  the  north  winds.  From  Arrecilio  the  coast  trends  nearly  tni' 
west  to  the  N.  W.  end  of  the  island.  The  land  here  is  generally  low  until  it  reaclic 
Puma  de  J'eiia  Amijereada.  (or  P(iiiit  (»!'  the  llole<l  Heck,)  win  re  a  kii;d  tit'  cliliy  lii;i 
land  begins,  whnli  trends  S.  W.  rather  more  tlian  a  mile  ,  >  Point  Mniguen.  flie  ndiili- 
westernmost  |)oim  of  I'orto  Rico,  'i'lic;  coast  again  declines  in  lieight,  and  t'orms  .icoi,- 
Vf'X  bow  to  Tunta  do  Penas  iilancas,  (Whitestone's  I'oiiit,)  the  north  j)oint  ol'  AgiinJi 
Bay. 

AUCADILIi  V  BAV.*— From  the  Point  Penas  Hlaiicas.  the  little  town  of  Agiinla 
bears  S.  .S.  F.  "J  miles.  In  the  hay  iii'lore  the  town,  or  rather  village,  is  anclmrajL;!' |i" 
the  largest  ships,  with  shelter  from  the  -.ea  bree/.e.  This  bay  may  be  entered  at  ;iii\ 
hour  of  the  d.iy.  witli  facility  ai..  safety,  but  not  at  night,  as  the  breeze  then  dies  -w.w 
and  a  calm  ensues.  There  is  excellent  water  to  be  obtained  at  a  rivulet  which  piisM- 
through  the  miil  He  of  the  .diage.  The  siluatir)ii  of  the  latter  a&  given  by  the  Spam-h 
Olticers.  is  lar   H  '■  -I't'  b.V,  long.  (j7°  0'  'M" . 

This  bay  is  miieh  lre(|nenteil  bv  vessels  bound  from  Europe  to  ('ul)a,  both  on  accoiin: 
of  the  ficility  with  which  ilicy  can  procure  rel'ie-,hmerus,  and  liecause  ;->iols  for  the  ji;i- 
hama  oi  Obi  Chaiin*d  may  always  l)e  found  here.  If  intending  to  anchor  in  Agiiiula 
Bay,  .if'ev  rounding  I'oint  Riu:;uen.  knep  about  three  cables'  lenglh  from  the  shore,  in  ni- 
derto  give  berth  to  a  shual  whicli  s|)it>.  out  from  Punla  de  las  Palmas;  whence  to  ilini 
of  Penas  IJlam-as  ynii  may  approach  the  coast  nearer,  as  it  is  very  clean;  and  at  hall  a 
cable's  lenglh  from  the  shore  you  may  liud  four  fathoms  of  water. 

To  anclior  iiring  Poin*  .\iruada  N.  N.  W.  'i  or  .'$  miles,  the  church  tower  E.  N.  V... 
the  i  i,md  of  Zaeheo  W.  by  S.,  wlien  yon  will  be  in  10  falhoms  water  about  three  cahliN' 
]>.  I'.'tli  from  the  shore  ;  there  is  a  good  river  of  \\fA\  water  ;  the  sea  in  general  smkpuiIi. 
with  usual  trade  wiml ;  but  should  the  wind  incline  to  the  northward  avoid  anchoring;,  or 
weigh  w  soon  as  it  stus  i;i. 

At  .'v  \V.  by  W.  7.J  miles  from  the  village  of  Aguada,  is  Point  .St.  Francisco,  with 
varicds  r'  ks  about  it.  All  the  coast  between  has  a  beach,  with  many  shoals  foriiied  m 
the  vivf^r^  licr't  empty  themselves  into  the  sea.  At  two  cables'  length  Irom  the  coast  iiit 
4  fathoms  cf  water,  with  bottom  of  rocks  and  sand  ;  but  there  is  no  anchorage.  At  S. 
W  by  S.  j.-nher  less  than  half  a  mile  I'rom  Point  St.  Francisco  is  Point  Guigero,  tlit 
westernmost  point  of  Porto  Rico,  otlierwise  called  El  Riucou.  About  it  the  ground  is 
shoi-l  with  many  rocksi. 


il 


*  Called  Aguada  on  aonie  charts. 


"Tbet, 
nge  (idiii  1 1 
(.i-  S.  ."^.  W 
I'oiiii  Itru 
it  is  Point 
side  ol  liie 
olf  al  riial 
the  luttti,  I 
t»vo  miles. 
)),i\  is  peifr 
Iriiiii   Point 
(or  the  (lepi 
arc.  a  lar; 
town.     IJel 
bear  \.  E. 
Here  you  w 
Tin^  anclioi 
lay  your  an 
cborage  in 
In  shore  iIk 
before  the  (i 
tlie  anelioi',1 
yen  may  I)" 
III  the  uii 
the  bay,  and 
than  from  -J. 
ill  event  of  i 
chorale  ,S.  ' 
between  /a( 
".S|ii|)s  (-0 
the  i-ilaiid,  ar 
work  iij)as  ai 
of  east ;  for  ( 
but  ail  clear 
'•  From  P( 
a  half  miles 
altlioiigli  wel 
rocks.     Altei 
the  loriner. 
which  they  w 
all  i)eacli,  an 
probablv  forii 
"The  Pun 
N.  by  E.  ami 
between  then 
'•  The  Anc 
ships,  |)rovidt 
sary,  in  order 
garrol)a.     It  j 
stretches  out 
"  To  the  w 
there  is  a  rot 
may  pass  ver; 
"A  little  w' 
rocky  shoal,  i 
est  breadth  n 
To  anchor 
Point,  (Punti 
directly  asterr 
German  is  up 
and  winding  li 
other.     Run  i 
luflf  up  and  ai 


2Pr  but  what  you 

'list,  you    iuc  lint 

icifiit  to  steer  N. 

i)inint;o,  or  even 

■Samaria    Isl^md, 

it  13  so  near  Si. 

*  not  possible,  mi 
iiii.     We  Bteeml 

I  the  same  course 

to  hr  HO(t  or  liiiiu 
ot  whieii  ynii  ci 
and  Monica  iVdin 
Uf|)t  to  the  S.  K. 
'  I'orto  Kicu,  \ou 


,"^t 


(IS 

lies  in  breadth  in 
head,)  where  the 
lart  ol'  tiiese,  Kl 
rans;('  contiiiiies  t(, 
II  named   Silhi  ili 

s  ;d)niit  *).',  leai:ti(- 
river,  hut  is  Iml. 
trends  tuMrly  in;' 
)\v  until  it  reaclit 
Kii;(l  of  elitly  1,- 
Hiiuen.  tlie  ikhiIi- 
it,  and  tonus  .icdi,. 
1  point  of  A|:\i;ili 

>  town  of  Aiinal;; 
,  is  iiiichoraf;c  ii  ■ 
he  entered  at  ;uiv 

ze  then  dies  aw.n 
iih't  wiiieli  pasM'. 
11  hy  tlic  Spaiii-ii 

hdtii  on  accdim; 

;-i|(>ts  tor  tlic  ISi- 

iiu  lior  in  Ai;ii;iil:i 

III  the  shore,  in  ni- 

whoiiee  to  iliai 

•an;  and  at  hall  a 

tower  E.  N.  K,. 

Iiboiil  tliree  eiihli'v' 

I  general  siiHiiilli. 

^■i)id  anclioriii};,  or 

It.  Francisco,  with 
shoals  foriiietl  ii} 
Iroiii  the  coast  aie 
ln(hora£;e.  At  S. 
Joint  Ciuigero,  the 
(l  it  the  ground  is 


BLtwr  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


105 


Rnnarls  on  A^ymvllUn  lln/,  ,\r.  hij  Citpt.  John  Murkrllar,  R.  N, 

"The  town  is  in  iat.  Id"  2-1'  !)7il,  and  loiii{.b7'  ri'lTj".  In  proeeedinf;  for  tJie  anchor- 
am' tioin  the  northward,  you  may  run  rounil  the  .\.  W.  point  of  the  island,  about  S.  W. 
i,r  S.  S.  W.  within  a  mile  ol'  llie  shore;  your  depth  of  water  will  be  Jd  or  ■,'.')  lalhoms. 
j'oiiii  liriii|uen,  the  .N.  W.  point,  is  a  hisih  steep  clilf;  about  a  mile  to  the  southward  of 
It  is  INniit  I'ahiias^^a  low  sandy  point,  covered  with  trei-s.  The  latter  forms  the  nortii 
side  of  the  bay,  and  in  roiindinj;  you  must  liive  it  a  berth  of  a  mile,  as  a  reef  stretches 
olf  at  that  distance,  llavini;  rounded  tliis  reef,  with  liie  bay  fairly  open,  you  will  see 
flie  tuMii,  lyins;  in  the  N.  K.  side  of  the  bay,  with  strauuliiii;  houhjs  to  the  .•>).  W.  for 
t»vi)  miles.  'J'he  aiichora;.'e  is  before  tlii'  town  and  near  the  slior".  The  whole  of  the 
l)a\  is  perfectly  clear  witli  the  excejitimi  of  the  white  reel,  (I'enas  Hhincas,)  extending 
from  Point  I'alma.s :  and  you  may  stand  to  a  (|uarier  of  a  mile  from  sj'ore  any  where, 
for  the  depth  of  water  will  not  be  less  than  7  or  H  fatlioms.  'J'he  marks  I'ur  ancliorins; 
are.  a  liir^e  house  standiii!;  by  itself,  about  a  cable's  leimlli  i'l  "ii  tiio  e.irth  end  of  the 
town.  IJetvveeii  it  and  the  town  is  a  small  balterv  of  three  uuiis.  tiring  this  house  to 
bear  N.  K.  .',  N.,  the  ehni<;h  steeple  K.  l  S.,  and  the  north  |)oiiit  of  the  bay  N.  by  \V. 
Ilcie  you  will  have  IH  faihoins,  and  very  ^ood  bottom,  at  ;iboul  half  a  mile  from  shore. 
Tlie  anchorage  is  very  good  farther  in  shore,  in  from  10  to  !.'>  fathoms.  If  you  moor, 
lay  your  anchor  in  lit  fathoms,  an  I  outer  one  in  from  1.)  to  If*.  There  is  also  yood  an- 
cliora;;e  in  from  'JO  to  'Jl  fathoms,  but  there  ycui  Mi'  more  liable  to  drive  oil'  the  bank. 
In  shine  the  aiiciinrai^e  is  ^o  extensive,  that  you  can  hardly  err  in  aiichoriiii^  any  wiiy 
before  the  town.  The  winds  are  freipirntly  variable,  and  render  it  dilhcult  to  a:et  up  to 
the  anchor. i^e.  At  limes  the  sea  liree/.e  blows  fresh  over  the  land  Iroiii  the  N.  K.;  then 
veil  may  l)"at  in  with  ease. 

Ill  the  winter  months,  when  the  iiiu'th  wind  blows  stronjly,  there  is  a  heavy  swell  into 
till'  b;iy,  and  threat  surf  on  the  iieacli.  Lar^c  ships  oni;lil  not  then  to  anchor  farther  in 
than  from  ','.'}  to  2'i  fathoms;  they  will  tlius  have  room  to  get  under  weii;h  and  work  out, 
in  eve'iil  of  its  coiniiii;  on  to  blow;  and.  as  the  west  point  of  the  bay  bears  from  the  an- 
cliora'^e  S.  \V .  .',  W.  a  ship  will  lay  luit  with  the  wind  at  N.  W.,  and  may  run  tluouj;h 
between  Zadieo  and  the  S.  \V.  point  of  tiie  island. 

".Ships  ('(uuiir.;  from  the  southward  tor  A^uada,  may  also  pass  between  Zacheo  and 
the  island,  and  when  /achco  bears  W.by  S.  tliey  will  have  tlic  bay  fairly  open,  and  may 
work  upas  above;  takiny;  care  to  keej)  the  west  point  ot'  the  island  bearing:  to  the  soiitliv  ard 
of  east ;  for  olf  it  there  is  foul  ground  all  the  way  to  the  southward,  as  far  as  ("ape  iioxo, 
but  all  clear  to  the  northward. 

"  From  Point  (iuij;iiera,  (says  the  Derrotero,)  the  coast  trends  S.  F.  by  S.  three  and 
n  half  miles  to  I'unta  de  la  Cadena,  having  one  small  bay,  named  del  Rincun,  wliicli, 
although  well  sheltered  from  the  si-a  breeze,  has  a  very  une(|ual  bottom,  and  is  full  of 
rocks.  Alter  Puiita  de  la  ("adena  hdlovvs  that  of  Ali;arroba,  which  lies  S.  F.  A  fc>.  Iroiti 
the  former.  Hetween  these  ))oinls  lies  the  V>;\y  of  Anasco.  lit  for  vessids  of  any  size,  in 
which  they  will  be  coiupleiely  shellert;d  Iroiii  the  .Norths,  or  north  winds.  'IMie  coast  is 
all  beach,  and  the  bank  or  shallow  water  which  extends  from  it  about  half  a  jiiiie,  is 
probably  formed  by  tiie  river  Anasco.  which  disembodies  at  this  place. 

"The  Pniita  de  .\l<Mrroba  is  the  ninth  point  of  the  Hay  of  .Mayauuez,  an<i  lies  nearly 
N.  by  K.  and  S.  by  \V.  with  the  south  point  named  I'unta  de  Guanagivo  :  ilie  distance 
between  them  beiiiij  about  four  miles. 

" 'IMie  Anchorasje  of  .Mayamiez  is  well  sheltered  from  the  Norths  and  fit  for  bri^s  and 
ships,  provided  tiiey  are  not  very  lari^e;  but  a  i;ood  knowledge  of  its  entrance  is  neces- 
sary, in  order  to  avoid  a  shoal,  which  stretches  out  alioiu  half  a  miU-  from  I'uiiia  del  Al- 
garroba.  It  is  necessary,  also,  to  tjive  a  berth  to  the  Punlilla  «ir  Little  Point,  for  a  reef 
stretches  out  about  two  cables'  leiiij;tli   t'rom  it. 

"To  the  westward   of  Puiita  del  ,\ls;arroba,  and  ah<»ut  a  lar;       >i  m  the  coast, 

there  is  a  nuky  shoal  named  las   iManchas.  with  4  fathoms   of  water  uu  it  :  aut  vessels 
may  pass  ver^  well  between  it  and  the  shori:-. 

"A  little  witliout  the  line  of  the  tW'>  points,  and  about  kalf  way  between  tliein,  is  a 
rocky  shoal,  stretciiin;;;  nearly  N.  and  >.  Its  'en<:rh  is  about  half  a  mile,  and  it.s  great- 
est breadth  not  much  less;  it  is  named  R.ixo  de  Rodrijiuez,  (Kodripo's  Shoal.) 

To  anchor  in  the  p.irt  of  the  bay  whi<di  is  best  sheltered,  haviiit;  rounded  the  Little 
Point,  (PutUilla,)  place  vour  vessel  in  such  a  situation  that  when  the  island  Deseclieo  is 
directly  astern,  you  will  have  the  hinhway  of  the  town  of  San  (terman  exactly  ahead.  St. 
German  is  upon  a  hill  which  is  pretty  hish  and  pointed.  The  highway  is  of  red  earth, 
and  winding  like  a  snake,  and  there  can  be  no  danger  of  mistaking  it,  as  there  is  no 
other.  Run  thus  until  being  soiuethmg  to  the  southward  ot  tiie  Little  Point,  you  may 
luft'  up  and  anchor  within  it,  in  either  J  or  -1  fatuoms,  as  you  may  think  proper.     The 


400 


BLUxNt's  AMKRICAN  coast  F1IA)T. 


river  of  May  >i,mu;7.  runs  into  tin;  sen  at  the  Ixilioni  of  this  liay,  and  in  it  lliP  scliiioin-m 
and  sldops  tor  till'  most  part  winter,  as  it  is  ilie  Ijt'st  andiorago  on  tin'  w(':4  coast  oi  ili,. 
inland.* 

•'  South  iVoin  IMinta  dc  (luanagivn,  ahont  ^)\  nulc»,  is  I'uerto  Ui-al  do  (-'al)o  l'n,\u- 
itH  figure  is  almost  cirtular,  and  tin,'  I'xtrnt  iVom  ucst  to  east  is  al)out  threw  t|narters  di  n 
inih'.  At  its  eiaranco  ari'  If  lathonis  of  water,  and  in  its  middle  ii>  t'eei.  The  <'nti;inri 
is  hy  a  very  ii.irrow  chaniM'l,  near  llie  sontli  point  ol  the  harhor,  and  I'lom  the  north  iKim; 
II  j^reat  reel  streiehes  out,  whieli.  donhiinf;  (ayo  l'"andiieo.  I'nds  at  I'nxta  <le  \'ariiN. 

"  S.  S.  W.  (Voni  this  port,  at  the  distance  ol  two  nnles,  is  the  I'unta  de  (iuani;.'inll;i, 
which  is  the  north  point  of  a  hay  named  Del  liO(|ueron;  tlii.s  is  so  lull  of  reels  as  nm  i., 
allow  ain'horagc.  I'unta  de  .MeloiH's,  (Melon  Point,)  winch  is  the  south  point  ol  |||. 
hay,  is  distant  Irom  the  liisi  ((■nanii.'nilla)  alioiit  two  and  a  hall' miles,  or  a  little  nmn  ; 
-iuni  nearly  west  (Vom  this  |)omt,  at  aliout  six  and  a  hall'  miles  distant,  is  tiie  Uaxo  lie  (;,i|. 
laido,  ((iilliard's  Shoal,)  ol  which  we  shall  spcnik  hereal'ier.  Alons;  the  whole  ol  ijn 
west  coast  the  Monte  (or  Hill)  de  la  Atalaya  nniy  he  seen.  It  is  the  hit;iiest  and  iiiii>i 
Mortlu'rly  peak  ol'  the  two,  which  are  sm-n  on  the  hijLjhest  part  (d  the  irnmnlain  riiiivi 
and  wliich  stands  S.  l\.  hy  K.,  true,  Irom  the  I'unta  de  San  l'"ramisco,  and  whnh  ildiv 
not  alter  the  appearani^e  ol  its  shape  even  when  you  are  to  the  southward  ol  die  hi, 
Uesecheo." 

SHOALS  OKI'  THK  WKST  COAST— FJesides  the  shoals  on  this  coast  ahtiidv 
noticed,  there  are  sc'veral  others,  which  we  siiall  now  deserihe. 

"  1st.  'J'hat  denomiir.ited  Haxo  Ne^ro,  (Mlaek  Shoal,)  which  is  a  reel'or  very  siiiiil 
extent,  ami  upon  which  the  sea  always  hreaks.  It  is  distant  Irom  the  nearest  coast  ahdin 
;{.';  miles,  and  lies  W.  S.  W .  ^  W.  from  I'unta  Citiaiianivo,  and  S.  '^  K.  from  l'mii;iji 
(luinuera. 

"  -Jd.  'I'hat  called  Media  liUiia,  (Half  Moon,)  which  is  a  reefed"  aliont  two  thinJMii 
a  mile  in  len;;th,  north  and  south,  and  about  two  and  a  half  I'ahles'  leii;.'th.  The  sen  i, 
ways  breaks  upon  it;  it  is  about  live  miles  liom  the  coast;  lialf  a  mile  from  it,  alioiit  K 
N.  K.,  there  are  three  rocks  which  sliow  abovi^  water,  and  on  which  the  sea  aiw.n. 
hreaks.  HMie  northern  extremity  of  tln^  reef  is  nearly  S.  W.  hy  W.  from  I'unta  de  (ii,- 
anagivo,  and  south  from  I'unta  de  (iiiiiruera. 

"  .'5(1.  That  named  I, as  ('oronas,  (tin;  Crowns,)  which  are  snoals  of  sand,  on  which  ;ii 
times  the  sea  hreaks,  and  tlic  extent  of  w  hich,  in  all  directions,  is  scarcely  a  mile.  li|, 
about  three  and  a  half  miles  distant  from  the  coast,  and  bears  nearly  S.  W.  by  S.  iVmii 
I'unta  dr  (iuanajibo,  and  S.  \  K.  from  I'unta  de  (iuii:uera. 

"  4th.  A  shoal  which  lit's  to  the  westward  from  i'unta  de  (iuaniiiiiilla,  at  the  (listai,ip 
•of  two  miles.  It  may  be  about  two  cables'  length  in  extent,  and  there  are  three  failifiiir 
•of  water  upon  it  :  the  bottom  is  rocky.  It  bears  S.  by  VV.  j-  W.  from  the  I'unta  de  (iimn. 
■agivo,  and  S.  ^'  E.  from  I'unta  de  (tuis;uera. 

"  5th.  Raxo  de  (lallardo,  which  is  almost  due  west  from  Punta  de  Melones,  ;iii(l  s\ 
miles  and  a  half  distani  linm  it.  lis  extent  is  about  three  cables'  ieimtli.  and  the  Icm 
depth  of  water  mi  it  is  ,'!  fathoms,  with  rocky  bottom.  It  lies  \silh  the  l>b'  hiNcdm 
heariiiij  N.  bv  \V.  -^  W.,  Monte  de  Atalaya  S.  by  W.  ^'  W.  and  the  southern  exin  iiiitvi! 
the  MorillosE.  S.  E." 

The  Soulh  Conxt,  from  West  to  Edst. — From  tlie  Morillos,  or  Little  Hills,  in  tlic  S. 
W.,  to  Capo  Mala|)as(|iia,  which  is  the  S.  E.  extremity  of  the  island,  the  coast  is  oi 
double  land,  and  is  very  foul,  with  reel's,  islets  and  shoals,  which  stretch  out  from  it.  Iii 
the  middle  of  it  is  the  island  Caxa  de  Muertos,  or  Coffin  Island,  distant  from  tlie  lu.iM 
four  miles,  and  foul  on  both  its  N.  E.  and  on  its  S.  W.  sides. 

iiuaniro. — ( )n  tliis  coast  tlie  best  an<'hora2;e  is  in  the  harbor  of  (lutmico,  live  IfHjnie* 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Morillos  :  it  is  lit  for  vessels  of  all  classes,  with  from  (>/,  In  'U.v 
thonis  of  water,  which  latter  depth  is  found  in  its  interior.  The  bottom  is  of  sand  iimi 
grav<d.  Tlie  iiimith  of  the  harbor  is  in  the  middle  of  a  bay,  formed  by  the  point  iHiJ 
«lilf  of  IJrea.  (Pitch  I'oitit.)  on  the  west,  and  that  of  Picua  on  the  east.  Jn  the  iii'i:'!i 
borhood  of  thia  last  are  two  islets,  and  from  theiu  to  I'unta  de  la  Meseta,  which  is  ilif 


*  The  follow  inc:  is  a  former  descriplion  of  the  Biuht,  of  Miiyniriiez  :  dii  tlie  western  side  of  Pur. 
to  Rico  is  the  ALiiiada  Niieva,  one  of  the  fine.«i  roadsieads  f.ir  shippioj;  in  the  West  IruJifs,  being 
sheltered  from  the  trade  winds  by  the  island.    Here  the  jrfiHeons  and  tloia  frencrally  anclvircd  and 
obtained  relVesiiincnts  win  n  they  came  from  Spain.     Ships  may  anelior  in  the  road  in  i'roiii23toM 
fathoms,  >rood  ffround.     In  2.3  fiithoins,  soft  oozy  ground,  tlm  luirllic-riinost  (loiiii  bears  N.  N.  ^.1 
3  inileg,  the  other  jioint  S.  l)y  E.  about  two  leaoues,  and  n  smnll  viliai2:e  anion^r  the  trees  is  dii^inn!  I 
about  one  mile.     In  coniin;;  into  this  road  from  the  noriliward,  you  may  sail  within  a  mile  ol  tlie : 
shore  to  the  southward  of  the  north  point,  there  bcinp  1(1,  12  and  l.ltalhonis  of  water ;  and,  liaviii" 
passed  that  point,  you  will  have  25  and  30  fathoms,  .soft  oozy  ground.    Some  part  along  the  grounil 
is  Hut  and  rocky,  but  you  may  sail  uU  round  within  half  a  uiile  of  the  shore. 


rast  point  i 

alwrnt  a  mi 

iillier  vrilh 

Mt  tweeli 

lust  IS  the 

the  nimitli 

south  sid(>  I 

only  to  i;iv( 

but,  aUo,  tr 

To  eiitei 

this,  liriiij;; 

whii  h  are  :i 

Pap.  yon  w 

run  in  with 

risk  whatevi 

N.  or  perhii 

If  you  ac 

point  or  bin 

[lassiiif;  if,  il 

interior  of  t 

with  the  not 

thorns  of  wa 


By  those 

must  be  lake 

gins  to  the  > 

.    as  an  island. 

.     iiothiiiii;  is  ea 

,    to  ritn  down 

port;  thus  y 

peiise  of  hot 

who  navigate. 

in  this  predic 

of  Aneijada,  ; 

course  to  inal 

,    bpcau.se  these 

tlicm.  althous: 

ziiii;  f(;rthat( 

or  ill  case  you 

iN'either  is  the 

tion  of  cirtiin 

f;iil,  on  the  foi 

the  vessel  mii; 

tnew  and  St.  I 

cnu.sc  it  h;,s  „, 

niiiii  throuj(;h 

channels,  the 

W.  so  as  <!)  i.jj 

have  only  to  r 

From  tlie  is 

trade  winds,  ir 

and  is  so  far  tn 

the  Ics-iser  Ant 

with  the  br«ezi 

file  variablev. 

to  windward,  ft 

land  breeze  pre 

of  the  Colomb 

General  Din 


As  to  choosin 
[you  ought  to  Ci 


BLUNT  S  AMKUICAX  COM^T  PtI.OT. 


407 


:  tliP  sclitioiH'm 
est  t'oasl  til  I  lit' 

ilt>  (!alit»  Roxii; 
ii'e  (|Uiiiifis  (i|  a 

I  tl)l<  limtll  |iiii|i; 

xtii  tl»'  Villas, 
tie  (tii;ii)i;:uill:i. 
i)t'  rvvi'*  •-If'  iKii  I'l 
mil  point  III  ill' 
(ir  a  lillli'  iiiiiM  . 
[lif  r>iixii  lie  (l.il- 
llic  wlicile  til'  iIk' 
liiiilifst  ;mil  iii'isi 
iiiDiiiiliiiii  riiii'.i 
,  -.mil  whiili  (li.'v 
liwaril  ol'  ilif  Im( 

tb''*  ciiasl  aliLMiJ^ 

iTcl'  of  vi-ry  siiiiil 
cart'st  ciiast  almi,! 
K.  tVoiii  I'linm  ill 

liout  two  tliinU'. 
ij-tli.  'IIk- si',1  i! 
■  iVoiii  it.  alidiil  I'. 
eh  tlie  sfva  aiwii\- 
oin  I'liiita  til-  ('I. 

sand,  on  wIikIi  ' 

)ffiv  a  niii<'-     lii- 

S.'W.  by  S.  iViiii; 

ilia,  at  llio  (lisf.iiiv 
•  an-  tliii'«'  rallKMii- 
le  I'liiitailf  (III III 

Mcloiirs,  ami  \\ 
iiL^lli,  anil  till'  li'.i^i 
li  ihf  I  sit'  l>i'sc(liii 
liihoni  cxiniuiiyi: 

lie  Hills,  in  llif  S, 

111,   the  coa^^l  is  m 

■h  out  tVuiii  it.    Ill 

latil  iVoin  tin:  iu.im 

l:i,«i''o,  fivi'  I<".i2iif 
Ith  tVoin  (i7^  III  :'>'!■ 
loin  is  of  saiui  iiml 
1(1  l)_v  tin'  1'"'"' '","' 
1st. "  in  till'  iii'i-"' 
iseta,  which  isi  il'' 


western  side  of  T 
I  West  Indii'S.  lu-,::;  f 
iiorally  nnclwin  il  m    ' 
I  road  in  i'roiii  2:1  ■  " 
ioiiil  bears  M.  N-  ^^ 
Itr  the  trees  isiii-' 
within  a  niiic  "i  "■'• 
If  water ;  and,  haviii. 
Lrt  along  thu  ground 


rasf  point  of  iho  entrance  of  the  harbor,  there  is  a  reef,  wliirh  reaches  ntit  from  the  coast 
;il)iiiit  n  mile,  ami  nearly  loriiis  a  cirele,  iiiiitiiif!;  at  one  end  with  the  isletH,  and  at  the 
oilier  with  I'linta  ile  la  .Meseta.      * 

15.  iweeii  I'nnia  de  Mrea  anil  Pnnta  de  Ins  I'eseadores,  (Kisherinan's  I'liint.)  whieh 
1,1,1  IS  the  west  pi>ii't  III  till'  iiniiitli  iif  the  port,  the  eoast  tnnns  another  hay,  of  whicli 
the  iniinth  is  shut  hv  a  reef  that,  rnniiin;:  iiiit  rroiii  i'linta  de  I'escadores,  ends  on  the 
siiiitlixide  of  the  l)ay,ahoiil  a  niiliMvitliin  the  point  and  elill  of  Mrea.  it  is  necessary  not 
(inlv  to  iZive  a  herih  to  the  reef  which  runs  from  I'linta  de  I'iciia  to  I'linta  de  la  Meseta, 
1)111.  alsii.  to  a  riieUy  sh'ial,  which  stretches  out  a  short  half  mile  from  it. 

I'll  enter  thi-i  liarlmr  ymi  must  steer  on  the  mitside  of  these  hanks  or  reefs.  To  do 
this,  lirinn  tin'  I'nnta  de  la  .Meseta  exactly  in  one  with  one  of  the  j'aps  of  ( lerro  ( Jordo, 
u  liii  li  are  at  some  distaiii  e  inland.  If  you  run  in  with  the  point  in  one  with  the  western 
I'ap,  vou  will  shave  the  hank  very  close,  hnf  will  havi;  10  fathoms  of  water  :  hut.  if  yon 
run  ill  with  I'nnta  de  la  .Meseta  in  one  with  the  eastern  I'ap,  yon  will  pass  without  any 
risk  whatever.  Von  will  have  passed  the  shoal  when  the  islets  at  I'unta  I'ii  ua  hear  K.  | 
N.  or  perlnips  a  little  sooner. 

If  vmi  advance  to  the  liarhor  hy  I'uiita  de  I'.rea  or  I'itch  Point,  yon  may  pass  this 
point  or  hIntV  at  a  cahle's  len^tli.  and  thence  steer  to  within  the  Piiiita  de  la  iMesela, 
passiiii;  it,  if  necessary,  at  a  (|narler  of  a  cahle's  lensfth.  and  thence  proceeding  for  tlie 
interior  o(  the  harlior.  only  ohservin^  that  yon  may  make  holder  with  the  south  than 
with  the  niirili  side  ol'  the  entrance.  \'ou  may  ancliur  where  you  please  in  4  or  5  fa- 
llioms  of  water. 

Dirertions  for  miiJcing  Porto  Tiico,  ^v. 

By  those  advancing  from  the  eastward,  and  hound  for  Porto  Rico,  every  precaution 
iniisi  he  taken,  so  as  to  avuiil  the  dangers  of  ,\  ni'i^'ada.  This  island,  the  last  of  the  Vir- 
gins to  the  N.  K.,  is  so  low,  that  it  may  he  considered  rather  as  a  dangerous  shoal,  than 
as  iin  island.  If  navigating  witli  care,  and  with  certainty  of  the  situation  of  the  vessel, 
niithing  is  easier  than  to  cross  the  meridian  of  Aneg;nla  on  a  jiarallel  ahove  1')",  and  soi 
to  run  down  afterwards  on  I'orto  Kico,  as  to  make  the  land  to  w  indward  of  your  destined 
port:  thus  you  will  not  ho  ohligeil  to  heat  up  again  for  a  distance  overrun,  at  tlie  ex- 
pense of  both  time  and  labor.  lUit  as  it  may  happen,  among  the  multitude  of  ihoso 
who  navigate,  that  some  one  may  he  misled  hy  an  erroneous  reckoning,  and  find  himself 
ill  this  prediciiment,  we  recommend  it  to  such,  in  order  tliat  they  may  avoid  the  dangers 
of  Anegada,  and  also  avoid  overrunning  Porto  Jiico,  that  they,  at  all  times,  shape  a 
course  'o  make  the  islands  of  St.  Bartholomew  and  St.  ]>iartiiis,  (or  the  parallel  of  18°) 
because  these  islands  are  high  and  clean,  and  there  is  no  danger  of  being  wrecked  on 
tJH'in.  although  sailing  by  night,  or  in  thick  weather,  so  that  you  have  a  league  of  hori- 
zon; for  that  distance  here  affords  time,  either  to  steer  so  as  to  take  some  of  the  channels, 
or  ill  case  you  prefer  it  to  haul  by  the  wind,  and  wait  for  daylight,  or  for  clear  weatlier. 
Neither  is  there  a  risk  of  passing  them  without  seeing  them;  and  even  if  hy  a  combina- 
tion of  cirtiimstances,  which  will  he  very  strange,  this  should  happen,  they  could  not 
fiil,  on  the  following  day  to  see  some  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  by  which  the  situation  of 
the  vessel  might  he  rectified.  In  choosing  either  of  the  channels  between  St.  Bartliolo- 
niuw  and  St.  iMartin's,  or  between  the  latter  and  Anguilla,  we  should  prefer  the  latter,  be- 
cause it  lias  no  detached  islets  lying  olf  from  the  principal  lands;  and,  therefore,  run- 
.  niiig  through  it,  even  at  night,  it  is  not  so  unsafe.  Having  run  through  any  of  these 
rhannels,  the  course  must  be  made  to  the  south  of  the  Virgins,  and  thence  to  the  N. 
W.su  as  '<>  jjiiike  the  ("ape  of  St.  ,)uan  of  Porto  Kico,  and  liaviiig  recogni/.ed  this,  you 
have  only  to  run  afterwards  as  may  best  answer  for  your  port  of  destination. 

From  the  island    of  Porto  Kico   you   may  escajie   from  the  region  of  the  general  or 
trade  winds,  into  that  of  the  variables,  merely  by  steeritig  to  the  north;  and.  as  this  isl- 
and is  so  far  to  windward,  it  is  easy  to  gain  all  the  easting  that  is  necessary  for  going  to. 
the  lesser   Antilles  or  ('aribbee  Islands.     You  may  gain  thus  to  windward,  and   beating 
with  the  breeze  without  being  under  the  necessity  of  running  into  high  latitmlesto  catcli 
2  (lie  variables.     On  Porto  Rico  you  cannot  count  on  land  breezes  to  facilitate  the  getting 
I  to  windward,  fop  on  the  next  eoast.  the  utmost  is  that  the  breeze  calms  at  night,  but  no 
■4(  land  breeze  proceeds.     Lastly,  from  this  ishmd  you  may,  on  one  stretch,  catch  any  point 
of  tlie  Colombian  Main,  from  Laguayra  to  leeward. 

General  Directions  for  the  making  of,  and  navigating  among,  the  Caribhee  Islands. 

[From  the  Dcrrotcro  de  las  Antillas.] 

As  tn  choosing  the  north  or  south  part  of  any  of  these  isles  for  making  your  land-fall, 
you  ought  to  consider,  firstly,  which  point  is  nearest  to  the  port  or  road  to  which  you 


40S 


IW.IM  d  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


nredt'stined  ;  and.  scrondly.  thv  spuson  iti  wh'nli  you  :;().  In  the  dry  «pasnn,  it  in  to  he 
rcnieinliprcd  iliattlu'  winds  an*  upneriilly  (Vdii  flie  ndHli-Piixtward,  iiiid  in  I  hi"  riiiii>  ^m. 
Kon  tlii'y  iirp  iittcn  lidtn  the  Nrintli-cjistward.  'I'lms,  in  llir  dry  seaMon,  it  in  hcut  lo  iriiikp 
tlic  norih  side,  and  tlio  wet  .seasim,  the  soiilii,  but  without  h)sing  si^ht  ul  the  first  (on. 
Midi-ration. 

'I'hf'rc  ran  !)«•  no  mistake  in  rrromiisin!:  any  of  the  Antiilas;  and,  in  maltini;  .*>t.  Hur- 
thuhiinew's  and  St.  .Martin's  alone,  can  titeie  he  any  (hmbt  on  Keein;;  at  once  the  t'lm 
nences  or  heit^litM  of  various  islands.     That  this  niHy  not  mislead  nny  one,  they  inu<i| 
reniPinher  the  Coliowiri!;  instruitions. 

When  in  tlie  parallel  ol' .'^t.  {{arthnlomow'a,  at  leas  than  four  len^urN  otT,  if  there  hp 
no  fo^  or  ha/e,  the  islands  of  .St.  Kuslatius,  Sahu,  Ht.  Kitts,  Nevis,  and  St.  Martin')*  ap- 
pear plainly. 

The  mountain  of  St.  Knstatius  forms  a  kind  of  table,  with  uniform  declivities  to  the 
east  and  west.  The  top  is  level,  and  at  the  east  |)art  of  this  plain  a  peak  rises  wlndi 
makes  it  very  remarkable.  To  the  west  of  the  mountain  seems  to  be  a  i;reat  strait,  (m 
coiise(|uence  of  tlie  hinds  near  it  beinsj  under  the  hori/on,  or  .seemint;  drowned,)  and  ii, 
the  west  of  that  there  then  appears,  as  it  were,  another  lonj;  low  isla»,  'he  N.  W.  pari  of 
which  is  hinliest  ;  but  it  is  necessary  not  to  t)c  deceived,  for  all  tliat  .1  is  part  of  the 
land  of  .St.  Kuslatins.  From  this  station  Saba  apjiears  to  the  N.  W  •  ii  i."  not  so  liith 
as  St.  Knstatius,  and  appar<iitly  of  less  extent  than  the  western  |)art  of  St.  Kustatim, 
which  is  seen  insulated. 

The  N.  \V.  |)art  of  St.  Kitfa  is  also  seen,  formed  by  great  mountains,  in  appenranfe 
a.s  elevated  as  .St.  Kustatius,  with  low  land  to  the  east :  to  the  eastward  of  this  low  land 
Nevis  will  be  seen,  a|)parently  higher  than  all  the  others. 

The  lands  of  St.  Martin's  are  notably  hi|i;her  than  those  of  Si.  Bartholomew's;  .md 
this  island  appears  also  when  you  are  some  leagues  further  distant  from  it  than  froin.'st. 
Bartholomew'.^. 

When  there  are  any  clouds  which  hinder  .St.  Martin's  from  beinji;  seen,  there  in;iv 
be  some  hesitation  in  recocnisinfj  .St.  Hartholemew's;  and  thus  it  is  proper  to  im 
tice  that  the  latter,  seen  upon  its  own  parallel,  appears  small,  and  with  four  peaks,  tromi 
ing  north  and  south,  and  occupying  almost  its  whole  extent  ;  and  if  you  are  not  iin" 
than  eiiiht  leagues  from  it,  you  will  see,  also,  the  appearance  of  an  islet  to  the  iiciri 
and  another  to  the  south,  at  a  very  short  di.stanee.  As  this  island  has  neither  trees,  hieii 
mountains,  nor  tliickets,  it  is  not  subject  to  fogs  ;  and  it  may  therefore  be  seen  r)fieiifr 
than  .St.  Martin's,  St.  Kitts,  Nevis,  .St.  Kustatius  and  Saba  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  m 
keep  its  a|)pearance  in  mind. 

At  eight  leagues  to  the  east  of  .St.  Bartholomew's  you  may  see  Nevis  very  high ;  from 
it  to  the  west  the  strait  called  the  Narrows,  and  then  the  lands  cd  St.  Kitts,  appearin^lo 
rise  out  of  the  water,  and  which  continue  increasing  in  height  to  the  westward,  so  thai 
the  westernmost  of  two  mountains,  which  are  at  the  west  part  of  it,  is  the  highesi. 
This  mountain,  which  is  higher  tlian  that  called  Mount  Misery,  has  to  the  west  ol  ii  a 
gentle  declivity,  te'ininating  in  low  land  ;  and  it  cannot  be  mistaken  for  any  other.  In 
the  west  of  this  you  may  also  see  the  largo  strait  towards  St.  Kustatius;  but  from  llii< 
situation  you  will  see  only  the  high  S.  K.  part  of  that  island,  or  rather  its  mountain,  in 
consequence  of  which  it  appears  like  a  very  small  island,  while  its  mountain  seems  to 
be  lower  than  Mount  Misery  ;  but  it  is  easily  known  from  the  table  which  its  top  lorms 
by  the  uniform  declivities  to  the  east  and  west,  and  by  the  peak  on  the  S.  K.  p;ii[  ■■; 
it.  Saba  seems,  from  this  situation,  equal  in  size  to  the  visible  part  of  .St.  Ktistaiiiis 
but  it  shows  only  an  eminence  without  peaks,  with  uniform  declivities,  and  almost  roiim! 

If  a  small  islet  appea»-,s  to  the  west  of.  and  very  near  to.  .St.  Kustatius,  that  nin-^t  m: 
confuse  you;  for  it  is  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  tliat  island  ;  and  on  getting  nearer,  yna 
will  perceive  the  land  which  connects  it  with  the  .S,  K.  part.  Mount  Misery,  on  .>! 
Kitts,  which  has  a  very  high  and  sharp  peak  on  the  eastern  part  of  its  summit,  seems  m 
a  distance  to  be  the  summit  of  Mount  Kustatius  ;  but  it  cannot  be  mistaken  for  .such,  ii 
you  attend  to  its  surface  being  more  unequal  than  the  table  land  at  the  top  of  St.  Eustn- 
tins,  and  tliat  there  is  another  less  elevated  mountain  to  the  east,  and  with  gentle  decli- 
vities, wliii  h  show  much  land  to  the  east  and  west  of  the  high  peak. 

On  no  part  of  Mount  Misery  can  any  resemblance  be  traced  to  a  man  carrying  anothfr  I 
on  his  hack,  and  which,  according  to  a  saying,  was  the  reason  why  Columbo  named  thi<  I 
island  .St.  Kitts. 

When  you  are  six  leagties  to  the  east  of  .St.  Bartholomew's,  its  N.  W.  extremity  ap-  ■ 
pears  insulated,  and  lias  the  appearance  of  a  preny  large  island,  on  the  top  of  which  f 
there  are  four  small  steps,  (like  steps  of  stairs,  Kscalones,)  with  a  considerable  strait  to  [| 
the  .south,  between  it  and  the  principal  island.  In  the  middle  of  this  strait  you  may  also;  .| 
gee  a  smaller  islet.  This  is  really  one  of  the  islets  which  surround  the  island  ;  but  the; 
first  is  only  the  N.  W.  point,  to  the  north  of  which  you  will  see  also  some  islets:  allj 
these  are  much  nearer  St.  Bartholotnew's  than  St.  Martin's. 


lonunn,  it  ii  tn  he 

in  the  rniiiy  xfa- 

it  is  hcNt  H)  iii;ikc 

t  ol  the  first  cun- 

I  mukiiiK  St.  Riir- 
iit  once  the  I'lm 
y  one,  I  hey  musi 

r-s  i)(T,   if  there  he 
d  St.  Martin's  a|i 

derlivitie«  to  tlic 
peak  rises  wlnili 
a  i;reat  strait,  (m 
drowned,)  and  ti. 
•  he  N.  W.  i)ari(i| 
'  •;!  is  ()art  ofili. 
'  ii  If  not  so  liitl; 
of  iSt.  EuHtatitiv 

ns,  in   appearanff 
rd  of  this  low  liuii 


irtholomew 's ;  niii 
)m  it  than  from  .'*t 

g  seen,  there  may 
t  is  proper  to  im 
I  four  pealis,  trriiu 
you  are  not  uw 
islet  to  the  min 
neither  trees,  hii;i! 
)re  be  seen  ottciiPr 
refore  advisable  lo 

is  very  high;  from 
Kitts,  appearinsjin 

westward,  so  thai 
it,  is  the  hi^tiesi. 
to  the  west  ot  it  s 
"or  any  other.  To 
ius  ;  but  from  llii< 
er  its  mountain,  iii 
mountain  sceiiiP  to 
hich  its  top  loriDs, 
ri  tlie  S.  K.  ii;ui  "; 

of  .St.  EnstariiM 

and  ahrost  rouin! 

Ills,  that  must  m! 
icttinig;  nearer,  yoa 

lit    Misery,  on  Si. 
summit,  seems  iil 

stai<en  for  such,  « 

e  top  ofSt.  Eustn- 
with  gentle  decli-     ; 

m  carryina  anothrr 
olumbo  named  ihiJ 


W.  extremity  ap-  [ 
the  top  of  whirh  f 

nsiderable  strait  to ; 

strait  you  may  also  j 

he  island;  but  the; 

0  sorae  islets :  all ; 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V 


// 


/. 


f/. 


(A 


1.0 


I.I 


l^|28 

150     "^ 


2.5 


«..,.  Itt 


IL25  II  1.4 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)872-4503 


# 


H>^ 


\ 


iV 


\\ 


% 


.V 


% 

% 


■>A 


c.^ 


V^^    <^ 


•J        A 


■ovb^M^ut^ 


N'lU'CIX    1SLAXJ)S 


$1 


C5 


I 


^      = 


B. 


ii:ll!!i< 


.Vnr  >;■■/,,  riihlixli(i(  hv   Kiliiiiillil  K(  ici)  \V.  Illiliit.  />/   HhIi'i  Sin 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


409 


m 

] 

'*} 

m\ 

' 

V 


Finallv,  to  navigate  from  one  of  the  Aiitillas  to  another  of  them,  there  is  no  more 
triiiibie  than  wliiit  a  sim|)ie  uavi^atiori  reijuires;  but  it  is  sometliing  greater  when  you 
liave  to  get  from  leeward  to  windward  ;  yet  this  will  be  reduced  to  a  trilling  considera- 
tion, if  the  navigation  is  made  by  tlie  straits  whli'h  are  to  the  north  of  Martinique,  and  in 
which  the  currents  are  weakest ;  but  the  same  does  not  follow  in  the  southerly  straits,  in 
which  the  waters  set  with  more  vivacity  towards  the  west;  and  it  would  be  impractica- 
tiU?  by  the  straits  of  Tobago,  Grenada,  and  St.  Vincent,  in  which  the  waters  run  at  the 
rate  of  not  less  tlian  two  ujiles  an  hour. 


Wi:\DWARD  AI^»  LGEWASTD  ISLANDS. 

Under  the  denomination  of  Windward  Idands,  we  include  the  whole  range  from  the 
Virgins  to  Trinidad  ;  and  under  that  of  LeCivard  Islands,  the  range  which  exists  be- 
tween Trinidad  and  the  (iulf  of  Maracaybo. 

The  Windward  Islands  apjiear  at  a  distance  as  if  united  together  ;  but  there  are  many 
deep  channels  between  them,  through  whichtho.se  aci|uainted  sail  with  safety. 

The  Passage  Isiei,  which  are  de|)endenci(is  of  Porlo  Rico,  and  the  Isle  m' St.  Croix, 
or  Santa  Cruz,  which  lie  to  the  southward,  were  crlginully  inthuled  under  the  general 
name  of  the  Virgin  Islands. 

The  western  division  (Danish)  includes  the  islands  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John,  with 
the  numerous  islets,  as  those  of  St.  James,  Montalvan,  or  Little  Sa'ia,  Savanna  or  Green 
Island,  the  Brass  Isles,  Hanseatic,  and  others,  1  he  eastern  division  (British)  includes 
Tortola,  Virgin  Gorda,  Anegada,  .Tost  Van  Dyke's  Isles,  the  Thatch  Isles,  Normand's, 
Peter's,  Salt,  Cooper's,  Ginger,  Beef,  Cainanoa,  Scrub,  and  Guana  Isles,  with  a  number 
of  islets  in  their  vicinity.  The  whole  group,  Anogada  excepted,  is  high,  craggy,  and 
mostly  bold  to. 

Tortola,  a  few  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  St.  ,Tohn,  is  the  principal  of  the  English  Virgin 
Islands.  It  is  near  5  leagues  long,  and  12  broad,  but  badly  watered,  and  has  the  name  of 
being  unhealthy.     The  entrance  is  wide,  with  plenty  of  water. 

The  town  is  situated  on  the  south  side,  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  2  miles  deep,  with  a 
pretty  good  road  at  the  entrance,  with  Iv?  fathoms  wafer,  good  ground. 

\'irgin  Gorda,  that  is,  the  Great  Virgin,  or  Penniston,  more  commonly  Spanishtown 
Island,  lying  to  the  eastward  of  Tortola.  is  formed  of  elevated  land,  and  is  watered  even 
worse  than  Tortola.  The  island  has  two  good  harbors,  the  largest  of  which  is  that  called 
East  Bay,  on  the  northern  side,  wherein  you  may  anchor  very  safely  in  from  5  to  10  or 
12  fathoms,  to  leeward  of  the  island  called  the  Prickly  Pear;  but  the  entrance  is  narrow, 
being  olistructed  by  a  reef  on  each  side.  The  next  harbor  is  that  called  the  Great  or 
West  Bay,  which  is  in  some  degree  sheltered  to  the  v/est  by  the  islets  called  the  Dogs. 
The  roadstead  hero  has  very  good  liolding  ground,  of  sand  and  ooy.e,  in  8  to  10  fathoms 
of  water.  In  the  smaller  bay,  called  Thomas  Bay.  more  to  the  S.  W.,  vessels  may  an-> 
chor  before  the  town,  in  (j  or  8  fathoms;  but  there  is  a  leef  in  the  middle  of  the  bay, 
which  stretches  north  and  south;  and  there  are  likewise  many  rocks  in  the  bottom, 
which  chafe  the  cables. 

The  course  from  Saba  to  Virgin  Gor^a  "s  N.  \V.  by  W.  northerly,  above  '26  leagues, 
When  V^irgin  (Jorda  bears  from  you  N.  W.  by  N.  7  leagues  otf,  the  Virgins  appear 
like  three  islands,  with  a  great  many  small  ones  about  them  ;  the  middlemost  is  the  longest, 
and  when  you  come  within  :')  leagues,  they  seem  as  if  they  were  joined  together. 

The  best  mark  for  Virgin  (Jorda  is  an  insUuUed  hill,  of  moderate  height,  standingnear 
the  middle  of  it,  and  which  is  easily  known  by  its  being  alonejjL  This  hill,  in  clear  we^-> 
ther.  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  7  leagues.  ^ 

Mr.  Lockwood,  who  surveyed  these  isles,  says  that  under  tl^lee  of  Virgin  Gorda,  the 
groimd  is  so  clear,  that  ?>V,0  sail  might  anchoi  in  the  space  between  the  Dogs  and  the 
Valley.  The  North  Sound,  he  adds,  is  a  perfectly  secure  port,  and  of  great  oapaoity. 
Tile  entrance  between  the  two  reefs  is  not  dliiicult  to  discover. 

ANKGADA,  Oil  ANAtiADA,  is  the  most  northern  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  is  un- 
happily celebrated  for  the  number  of  wrecks,  accompanied,  in  many  instances,  with  a 
heavy  loss  of  life,  which  it  has  occasioned. 

Anegada  is  about  the  size  of  \'irgin  Gorda,  but  so  low  that  its  coasts  are  inundated  at 
hi§h  tides,  and  it  has  not  even  the  smallest  iiummock  on  its  surface.  You  may  discerp 
over  it  two  high  hills  on  Virgin  Gorda,  which  appear  like  a  great  hummock.  There  is 
good  water  on  the  low  part,  near  the  south  point. 


410 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Within  the  last  20  years  above  50  vessels,  mostly  Aineiican,  have  been  lost  on  this 
danjierous  isiaiul  and  the  reefs  surrouiidiiiij  it,  which  has  been  caused  by  the  sirnnrr 
north  '■'teriy  current,  which  prevails  there  most  of  the  time;  its  average  set  beiug 
about  e.ie  knot  per  liour  in  that  direction. 

Those  bound  to  St.  Tliomas,  or  any  of  the  islands  in  that  parallel,  will  find  it  ncvps- 
sary  to  take  every  opportunity  of  ascertaining;  their  latitude  at  ni<;ht,  as,  from  tlie  caustN 
above  stattd,  there  will  always  l)e  a  great  uncertainty  in  their  position. 

The  whole  of  the  windward  side  of  Anegada  is  bordere<i  with  a  dangerous  reef,  which 
thence  continues  under  the  name  of  the  Morse  shoe,  about  4  leagues  to  the  S.  K..  ;\n(l 
terminates  at  K.  N.  K.,  7  miles  from  Point  Pcjaro,  the  cast  end  of  Virgin  (ionla.  'J'hpif; 
are  swasluis  in  the  reef,  but  on  niat)y  parts  only  2  to  ()  I'eet  of  water.  Un  aijproachiji: 
the  isle  from  the  north-eastward,  the  hill  on  V^irgin  (xorda  will  appear  over  it  like  a  great 
hiunmock,  and  l)y  this  mark  the  relative  situation  of  a  vessel  may  be  known. 

From  the  observation  of  R.  II.  Schomi)urgli,  wln»  has  nr.ide  a  plan  oi'this  dangeroii'- 
island,  it  appears  that  the  greatest  mimber  of  wrecks  on  Anegada  occurs  in  tlie  nioiitlh 
from  iMarch  to  .lune,  and  that  vessels  of  large  burden  strike  usually  on  the  reefs  to  tln' 
south-east,  while  smaller  ones  generally  go  on  shore  farther  west,  which  he  imj)utps  iij 
the  wind  which  l)lows  fre(juenily  from  S.  and  S.  E.  from  March  to  .Tune,  therehv  in- 
creasing the  iiorlh-westeriy  current,  in  conse(|uence  of  wliicli  vessels  bound  during  tliat 
time  for  these  islat)ds,  are  more  sidiject  to  error  than  at  any  other  period,  and  that  li:li! 
bodies  being  mort;  inlluenced  by  the  ciu'rent  than  heavy  (jnes,  is  the  cause  of  the  small 
vessels  going  on  shore  fartlicrto  the  westward. 

FALLEN  CITY,  OK  OLD  .lERKSALEM.— A  very  remarkable  cluster  of  bro- 
ken rocks,  to  tlie  southward  of  Virgin  Gorda,  bears  this  name.  They  appear  to  havf 
been  thus  left  by  some  great  convulsion  of  natttre.  To  the  southward  of  these  is  alar:*- 
blufl"  rock,  called  Hound  Kock,  ne.t  to  which  follows  Ginger  Island.  Between  the  two 
latter  i.s  the  general  entrance  into  Sir  Francis  Drake's  Channel,  which  is  called  the 
King's  Chaimel,  it  being  the  best  passage  inward  for  those  bound  to  the  Road  of  Tortola. 

TORTOLA. — The  following  directions  for  sailing  through  the  King's  Channel k. 
Tortola,  have  been  conununicated  by  Mr.  iJackliouse: 

"  To  run  through  Sir  Francis  Drake's  or  the  King's  Chaiuiel,  between  the  Round  RncL 
and  Ginger  Island  towards  T<irtola,  so  soon  as  yoti  uiake  the  land  of  Virgin  Gorda,  strer 
for  the  S.  W.  end  of  it,  W.  N.  W,  northerly;  and  when  you  are  within  six  or  seven 
leagues  of  it,  you  will  raise  the  high  land  of  Tortola,  and  also  the  highest  keys  and  inl- 
ands to  the  eastward  aiul  southward  of  it;  that  is,  beginning  with  the  easternmost  nr 
Round  Rock,  (iinger  Island,  Cooper's  Island,  Salt  Island,  Dead  Chest,  Peter's  Island. 
and  Norman's  Island. 

Having  these  keys  in  sight,  steer  for  the  south  end  of  Round  Rock,  which  yon  can- 
not mistake,  for  within  three  or  four  leagues  of  Round  Reck,  you  will  raise  the  low  iie\; 
called  the  Broken  City,  or  Old  .lerusalein,  which  keys  extend  from  the  S.  W.  enii  ii 
Virgin  Gorda,  in  a  S.  S.  W.  direction,  to  within  two  cables'  length  of  the  north  siden; 
Round  Rock  :  these  keys  are  the  more  remarkable,  not  having  the  least  earth  or  verdiii> 
on  them,  but  are  merely  heaps  of  large  stones,  resembling  the  ruins  of  a  city  or  island. 

When  at  the  rlistance  of  two  or  three  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  these  keys,  bavin; 
the  Round  Rock  N.  W.  westerly,  steer  for  the  south  side  of  the  rock,  keeping  ii  on 
board  as  you  run  through;  that  is,  keen  about  one  third  of  the  breadth  of  the  channel 
from  it  towards  Ginger  Island ;  this  caution  is  necessary  in  case  of  light  winds,  wlm 
strong  leeward  currents  may  hurry  you  close  to  (jinger  Island.  The  course  throuilii* 
nearest  N.  W.  by  VV.  by  compass.  The  Round  Rock  is  a  barren  slate  rock,  andilip 
eastern  cliffs  of  Ginger  Island  are,  also,  full  cf  slate.  The  channel  is  about  half  a  mile 
over :  you  may  pass  safely  within  a  cable's  length  of  Round  Rock,  at  which  distance  we 
sounded  14  and  lo  fathoms,  no  ground. 

Having  passed  Round  Rock  to  the  W.  N.  W.  of  you,  on  the  island  of  Tortola,  yo!! 
will  see  a  negro  town,<t^irhite  dwelling-house,  and  a  fort.  Keep  to  the  westward  of  thi- 
mark,  steering  W.  by 'M.' and  W.  As  you  nui  down  towards  Tortola,  the  easternnioJ'. 
point  of  Tortola  Road  bears  nearest  west,  by  compass,  from  the  Round  Rock,  and  make- 
as  shown  in  the  ])late.  You  may  see  with  a  glass,  at  the  same  time,  the  fort  and  flat- 
staff"  on  the  west  point  of  the  harbor,  from  which  extends  a  dangerous  reef:  the  ea.sterr. 
point  is  a  craggy  blulf,  with  a  footpath  or  road  winding  around  it.  The  first  solnulin^^ 
in  running  down,  (with  the  handline,)  were  found  abreast  of  the  east  end  of  CJingerUl- 
and,  15,  1."],  and  12  fathoms.  'I'lie  course  trom  W.  to  W.  by  S.,  which  soundings  coc- 
tintied  nearly  to  the  east  jioint  of  the  road. 

"  It  is  particularly  to  be  observed,  that  there  is  a  bay  to  the  westward  of  Road  Harl'or. 
called  Sea  Cow,  or  Rogue's  Ray,  which,  by  strangers,  may  be  mistaken  for  the  road.as 
the  points  make  alike.  Therefore,  when  drawing  near  the  eastern  side  of  Road  Harbor,; 
if  you  have  any  doubt,  look  tu  the  S.  W.  quarter,  and  you  will  see  four  remarkable perj 


p('i)dicnlar 

iii^r  S.  \V.  I: 

Mill  bear  lie 

fliDiHS,  abou 

^  fa'honts,  c 

In  the  shore 

til  4  f.itlionr- 

ed  in  two  o« 

J'e  cautions 

Vou  now 

sliore  of  the 

abreast  of  wl 

jioint  to  the  i 

stalf:  bring  i 

As  yon  stt 

deed  the  mai 

the  fust  batti 

is  the  (lag-st; 

tliegiiard-ho 

ble's  length  f 

ly.     Moor  wi 

Jiarf  your  bo» 

ern  point  of  i 

The  inerrh 

hi  proceedi 

nel  between  ti 

the  latter  and 

CUKRKN' 

eurreat  runs  r 

her  zenith,  an 

moon  pas.ses  fi 

according  to  tl 

is  froi'.i  20  to  4 

ISLAND  C 

lieiclits  or  em 

former  rather  ( 

:>"y  of  the  Vir 

shelter  as  any  i 

i"  it,  is  a  cuiii]] 

"11  each  side. 

The  followir 

o(  Captain  IIpj 

.  "The  east  | 

fortress  upon  it 

From  a  httle  w 

with  from  10  to 

"  With  the  w 

of  the  har!)or; 

point,  and  warp 

mile  within  the 

above  that :  tho 

^ou  anchor  wit 

good  ground,  ai; 

is,  at  most  times 

"Observe,  in 

[Point,  and  two 

I  have  less  than  5 

"There  is  a  SI 

hta  cable's  lengi 

jsouth  side  of  thi 

*  Mr.  Lock  wool 

Iquick  over  the  foul 

jagp  at  Tortola  is  n 

pasters  of  mercha 

good  bays." 


BLU.Nt's  AMRRiCA.V  COAST  PILOT. 


411 


^rn  lost  on  this 
I  by  the  stronj 
eraf;e  set  being 

ill  find  it  necTs- 
tVoin  the  causes 

rous  reef,  which 
5  the  S.  K..  und 
in(ji»>iiia.  'J'hrri; 
On  aiipioachi!!: 
vcr  it  like  ;>  gvcai 

IIONVII. 

if  this  dans^fioii'- 
irs  in  the  nuiiiilh 
n  the  reefs  to  tin- 
■h  he  imputes  i. 
liuie,  thereljv  ii;- 
lound  dnvin':  ili;u 
0(1,  and  that  ii:!i; 
ause  of  the  sihjH 

le  cluster  of  bio- 
»v  appear  to  h;ivp 
of  these  is  a  lar:f 
Between  the  two 
i'hich  is  called  the 
3  Road  of  Tovtob. 
King's  Channel  lu 

n  the  Round  Rncl 
^'irfjin  Gorda,  stfei 
vithin  six  or  seven 
trhest  keys  and  iv- 
he  easternmost  or 
St,  Teter's  Island. 

k,  which  you  can- 

1  raise  the  lowkf}- 
the  S.  W.  enil  in' 

f  the  north  sideii; 

ist  earth  or  vevdui- 

f  a  city  or  island. 

lese  keys,  liavin; 

rock,  keepins;  it  m 
th  of  the  charne! 
ight  winds,  when 
course  throuah  i* 
ate  rock,  and  ihf 
about  half  a  mile 
which  distance  we 

d  of  Tortola,  yo;i 
le  westward  ofih!' 
la,  the  easternnio^' 
d  Rock,  and  niake> 
,  the  fort  and  tl;ic- 
,s  reef:  the  eastcn. 
The  first  soundin!< 
end  of  Ginger  Ul- 
ich  soundings  con- 

dof  Road  Harbor.^ 

„ten  for  the  road.''; 
Ide  of  Road  Harbor,; 

l)ur  remarkable  per-' 


piMidicu'ar  rocks,  callfd  the  Indians,  otf  tlio  >J.  W.  end  of  Normand's  Island,  ami  bear- 
ni^  S.  W.  I)y  !S.  (^>'^  'he  |)lat('.)  At  this  tiiiK^  ihe  castrrnmost  point  of  Tortola  iload 
will  bear  nearest  to  W.  S.  \V.  ',  \V".  With  this  beariiiij  on  we  sounded,  and  had  H  fa- 
bout  half  a  mile  from  Tortola.     (Jome  no  nearer.      We  found  no  around,  after 


^xt  cast  with  14  (athonis  of  line;   and,  thinkioi;  it  hold,  we  I 


(orrowet 


tlionis,  a 

>*  fa'hoiMS,  on  the  u< 

til  the  shore,  havini^  the  point  N.  N.    W.,  but  a;^ain  foum!  that  it  liad  si,ddenly   shoaled 

ti)  4  Cithonis,  then  at  -i  cables'  Icn'jth  from  the  shore.     Hauled  oil"  W.  S.  W.  anddee|)en- 

♦•d  in  two  or  three  casts  to  7  fathoms;  and.  at  the  fifth  ca.st,  no  ground  at   l.j  fithoins. 

I'.e  cautious  to  keep  at  least  hidf  a  mile  from  the  point. 

Vou  now  open  tin'  Koad  of  Tortida,  and  keep  your  eye  on  the  easternmost  orweather 
shore  of  the  bay.  <>n  the  third  bliilf  point  in  you  will  descry  a  battery,  (Kort  Shirlev,) 
abreast  of  which  shijjs  of  war  anchor.     Keep  to  the  westward,  until  you  open  the  next 


point  to 


the  northward  of  this,  on  which  stands  Fort  (ieorge,  or  the  citadel,  with  a  (in 


stall':  bring  this  citadel,  (see  the  plate,)  north,  westerly;  'hen  haul  in  and  steer  lor  it. 

As  vou  steer  in  for  the  intadel  on  the  above  bearing,  keep  in  10  fatlioiiis  of  water;  in- 
deed the  mark  will  lead  you  in  14.  I'd,  and  10  lathoms.  \ dii  anchor  abreast  the  point  of 
the  lirst  battery,  with  thi' battery  be:uing  N.  K.,  but  tlie  mark  lor  letting  go  the  anchor 
is  the  (lag-stalf  of  ilie  battery  on  the  west  jioint  of  the  bay,  in  one  with  the  south  end  of 
the  iruard-house,  which  is  close  behind  the  battery  : 


ith  10  (athonis  am:  iibout  one  ca- 


ble's length  from  the  shore.  The  western  l.atlery  will  bear  nearest  S.  \\'.  by  W.wcsler- 
Iv.  Moor  with  yourstream  to  the  N.  N.  K.,  because  the  ground  is  foul ;  and.  slnuld  you 
part  your  bower,  your. stream  will  check  you  into  the  bay,  and  clear  the  reel  oil'  the  >veHt- 


ern  point 


)f  the 


roa( 


The  merrhant's  anchorage  is  in  from  10  to  i;)  fathoms,  on  the  western  side." 
Ill  jnoceeding  outward,  from  Tortida,  you  sail  outwards  through  the  .southern  chan- 
nel between  the  west  end  of  Normand's  Island  and  the  east  side  ol  Flanagan,  or  between 
the  latter  and  the  east  end  of  St.  .lohn's  Island.* 

CURRKNT,  dec. — About  Virgin  Gorda,  and  the  passage  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  the 
current  runs  regularly,  setting  eastward  during  the  moon's  passage  from  the  horizon  to 
her  zenith,  and  from  her  setting  till  she  arrive  at  nadir,  and  to  the  westward  while  the 
moon  jia.sses  from  zenith  to  the  horizon,  and  from  nadir  till  her  rising.  'J'he  rale  varies, 
according  lo  the  breadth  of  the  channels,  from  two  to  (ive  and  a  hall  knots,  and  the  rise 
is  I'roi-i  :.'0  to  40  inches. 


I.'^LAM)  OF  ST.  .lOIIN.— This  island  is  2  leagues  broad  ami  4  in  length,  h: 


IS  no 


heislits  or  eminences  of  importance.  Tlie  north  and  south  coasts  are  elid'y,  and  the 
former  rather  foul  ;  as  is  also  the  east  coast.  The  island  is  said  to  be  the  best  watered  of 
any  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  its  harbor,  called  ('oral  Hay,  is  rejiorted  to  afford  as  good 
.shelter  as  any  harbor  in  the  West  Indies.  An  inlet  on  the  west,  having  4  fathoms  with- 
in it,  is  a  complete  natural  dock,  where  a  frigate  may  careen  or  relit,  lushed  to  the  shore 
on  each  side. 

The  following  description  ai.  .marks  on  this  place  have  been  extracted  from  those 
ol"  Captain  Hester : 

"The  east  pomt  of  the  harbor  is  called  Moor's  or  North  Point.  The  walls  of  the 
tnitress  upon  it,  which  are  white,  may  be  seen  from  the  distance  of  seven  or  eight  leagues. 
From  a  httle  without  iNloor's  Point  f]uite  into  the  harbor,  there  are  regular  soundings, 
with  from  10  to  5  fathoms  of  w.iter. 

"  With  the  wind  any  deirree  to  the  northward  of  east,  yon  may  lie  into  the  entrance 
of  the  harbor;  but  if  it  be  to  the  southward  of  K.  8.  E.  you  must  anclior  without  the 
point,  and  warp  in.  The  governor's  house  and  part  of  the  town  are  nor  above  half  a 
mile  within  the  point  on  th"  ei'st  side;  but  there  is  a  large  harbor,  with  lagoons,  6ic, 
above  that:  though  English  ships  of  war  seldom  go  higher  than  the  governor's  house. 
You  anchor  within  a  qutirter  of  a  mile  frtun  tlie  weather  shore,  in  i)  fafhoiris  of  water, 
good  ground,  and  run  a  stream  anchor  to  the  S.  W.  by  reason  of  the  land  breeze,  which 
is,  at  most  times,  betwixt  the  S.  8.  E.,  south,  and  8.  S.  W.     You.moor  N.  K.  and  8.  W. 

"  Observe,  in  coming  in,  to  leave  one  third  of  the  channel  H>Windward  from  Moor's 
I  Point,  and  two  thirds  to  leeward  towards  the  key  called  Duck'Island,  and  you  will  not 
ihave  less  than  5  t'athoins  of  water. 

"There  is  a  small  bank,  wliich  does  not  show  itself,  and  lies  directly  off  fro  in  the  ante, 
at  a  cable's  length  from  th  e  shore,  with  only  10  feet  over  it.  The  watering  place  is  at  the 
(south  side  of  the  town,  just  without  the  south  gate,  but  it  is  brackish." 

*  Mr.  Loekwood  eays,  "  In  the  passacres,  and  abso  in  Drake's  Channel,  the  current,  running 
Iquick  over  the  foul  ground,  causes  a  ripple,  wliich  wears  the  appearance  of  dantrer.  The  anchor. 
jage  at  Tortola  is  not  good  ;  and,  when  the  convoys  rendevouzcd  in  that  neighborhood,  experienced 
piasters  of  merchantmen,  usually  anchored  under  Peter's  or  Normand's  Islands,  both  of  which  have 
Tiood  bays." 


412 


bLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PtLOT. 


If  you  are  bound  to  Porto  Rico  from  the  eastward,  ni2;ht  corninj^  on,  and  you  off  the 


E.  N.  E.  part  of  St.  John's,  you  will  take  notice  of  the  eusternniost  liiyli  land;  it 
land  a  liltle  from  the  east  end  of  the  isiand,  which  is  low. 


'on  mav  run  to  the  w 


IS  ni- 


est- 


ward  till  you  l^riUji,'  that  hisli  land  to  bear  S.  by  E.  and  then  i)ring  to  till  morning.  iUn 
take  ^reat  care  that  this  hii;h  hint!  does  not  deceive  you,  for  it  lies  a  lont^  way  in  tiie 
country,  and  it  is  ;dl  low  land  by  the  water  side.  In  the  morning  make  sail;  you  niiiy 
see  the  walls  and  works  all  white  about  .Moors  Point. 

From  the  south  point  of  St.  .lohns  Island,  called  Ham's  Head,  to  tlie  entrance  of  St. 
Thomas'  Harbor,  the  course  is  about  VV.  live  and  a  half  leaj^ues  s  from  the  north  siij(! 
of  Saiua  Cruz,  iN.  N.  \\.  },  N.  ten  leagues.  The  latitude  of  St.  Thomas  town  is  1h- 
22'  N. 

ISLAND  OF  ST.  THOMA.^.— Tlic  eminences  of  this  island  are  almost  like  tbcsp 
of  St..lohirs,  and  descend  gently  towards  the  shore.  The  entraiu'e  into  the  iiarbor  Is 
Very  easy  and  commodious  ;  the  town  has  more  commerce  than  any  other  of  the  \'ir;.'in 
Islands,  anil  is  always  well  supplied  with  evry  reipiisite,  being  a  kind  of  warehoiist'  ur 
depot  of  rich  merchandise  ;  it  has  a  regular  careening  place,  and  is  defended  by  a  I'urt 
and  several  batteries. 

In  running  down  from  St.  .lohn's  to  St.  Thomas'  Harbor,  you  leave  Bird  Key  to  the 
southward  of  you,  and  you  continue  your  W.  N.  \V.  course  till  you  come  down  to  Kink 
Keys  ;  they  are  miuh  lower  and  longer  than  JJird  Key,  before  mentioned,  and  there  is  a 
small  opening  of  no  coiisef|uence,  between  tl.em.  Vou  leave  these  keys  to  the  south- 
ward  of  you*  about  one  mile,  and  tlien  steer  N.  W.  when  yon  bring  them  S.  E.  and  con- 
tinue that  N.  \V.  course  abcmt  two  or  three  inile.s  till  you  bring  the  harbor  open  ;  thm 
haul  in  tor  the  town  N.  by  W.  ov  N.  N.  W.,  giving  flie  east  shore  all  along  a  good  berth, 
and  run  within  half  a  mile  of  the  fort,  which  is  white,  atid  jilainly  seen  at  the  east  of  the 
town.  You  anchor  in  5  t'athoms  w;;ter,  fine  clear  ground  ;  it  is  a  h-iC  harbor,  where  vou 
are  landlocked  from  all  winds,  but  tVoin  the  S.  by  \V,  to  the  S.  E,  by  S.,  which  piirt  lies 
open  to  tlie  sea;  but  the  wind  seldom  blows  in  unless  it  is  in  the  hurricane  motuhs.  Tlan 
is  a  rock  above  water  in  the  harbor's  uu)Uth,  (cidled  I'rince  Rupert's  t'lilf,)  wliicli  ym 
leave  to  the  eastward  of  you ;  you  may  make  bold  with  the  west  side  of  it,  but  there  is 
no  passage  within. 

From  St.  Thomas'  Harbor,  if  bound  to  Porfo  Rico,  being  in  the  offing,  ste-r  W.  by  N. 
till  you  come  down  the  length  of  the  west  end  of  the  island,  which  is  about  3  leiigues 
from  the  harbor.  Vou  will  see  a  small  ishiiid  called  I^iltle  Passage,  about  4  or  5  iiiiks 
to  the  westward  of  the  west  end  of  Little  St.  TJioinas.  Little  St.  Thomas  is  a  small 
island,  that  almost  joins  with  the  west  end  of  the  Great  Island  ;  there  is  a  snudi  openiiig 
between  them,  but  of  no  note.  There  is  likewise  a  channel  of  small  importance  be.\»eea 
Little  Passage  and  Little  St.  Thomas:  bnt  there  are  two  other  islands  before  you  come 
down  to  the  west  end  of  that  island.  The  eastermnost,  just  to  the  leeward  of  the  har- 
bor, is  called  Water  Island,  and  almost  joins  with  the  main  land ;  about  two  or  three 
tiiiles  to  leeward  of  that,  is  a  rocky  island,  about  half  a  mile  round,  which  lies  a  mile 
from  the  shore,  and  is  called  Little  Sal;:;;  it  is  foul  ail  round,  and  must  have  a  j;iii(! 
berth.  All  the  shore  along  tiiese  islands  must  be  left  on  your  starboard  hand.  In  run- 
ning down  till  you  pass  Little  Passage,  you  liave  soundings  all  the  way,  but  deep  in'sonie 
places. 

W.  S.  W.  A  S.  from  the  mouth  of  St.  Thomas'  Harbor,  above  4  leagues,  and  S.  ^V. 
by  S.  ')'  miles  from  the  west  point  of  the  island,  lies  a  lemarkabie  rock  in  the  middle  of 
lh6  channel.  It  is  round,  rugged,  and  double  pointed,  as  high  as  Beachy  Head,  and  may 
be  seen  o  or  6  leagues  off.  being  all  white  ;  it  appears  at  some  distance  like  a  sail.wlieine 
it  has  been  called  St.  Thomas'  (Jarvel  or  St.  Thomas'  Hoy.  This  rock  is  bold  to  all 
round,  aad  appears  at  some  distance  like  a  sail,  and  may  be  seen  5  or  6  leagues  oft". 


*  The  chinnel  between  the  main  island  and  Buck  Island,  is  but  one  and  n  half  mile  broad,  and , 
at  the  entrance,  in  the  fair  way,  lies  a  rock,  Citliod  Pncket  Rock,  which  is  a  hard  whitish  rockyshoa!.  j 
the  S.  W,  point  of  which,  is  from  the  flar-stafr  on  Mucklenfell's  Raitery,  (the  eastern  battery  atiLe 
entrance  of  the  harbor,)  S.  57^  E.2180  fathoms,  and  from  the  northern,  or  nearest  point  of  Bucii 
Island,  N.  4=>  E.  1050  fathoms  distance. 

This  sunken  rock  or  shonl  extends  from  i'.a  R.  W.  point  in  a  depth  from  6  fret  water.  E.  N.  E. 
upwards  of  1,)  fathoms  in  length  to  5  J  feet — in  the  centre  of  the  depth  are  9  feec.  From  5i  feet  «a. 
ter  it  inclines  a  half  point  to  the  north,  upwards  oi'  a  quarter  cable's  length,  with  a  depth  of  12  aaj 

9  feet  water. 

The  whole  shoal  is  consequently  1  lie  above  40  fathoms  in  length,  and  has  a  direction  of  nearly 
E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  Its  position  bein^'-  one  third  the  distance  from  St.  Thonins  to  Buck  Island. 
The  passage  between  this  sunken  rock  and  Buck  Island  is  perfectly  free,  with  good  soundings ftuni 

10  to  14i  fathoms.    The  way  to  clear  this  shoai  is  to  keep  Buck  Island  close  on  beard. 


Hen 

The  sfra 
by  which  t 
nets  to  the 
that  betwf 
I  lanagan 
out  of  Or; 
toward  .S.; 
sets  strong 
aids,  (whic 
way,  and  iri 

Vessels 
Key  or  Fre 
the  V^irgins 
Sail  Rock  . 
The  sea 
of  the  bree 
having  inor 
quality  of  t 
On  the  \\ 
mucli  befiei 
as  Flanagaii 
they  do  not 
when  it  is  fr 
it  is  not  mor 
when  these 
lu/f  up  and 
terwards,  if 
mouth,  if  it 
prolong  the 
when  far  enc 
rectej.     If  i 
you  may  run 
ly ;  (or  witli 
no  room  for 
W.  point  of 
nine  feet  wai 
foundered, 
tines  under  t 
never  could  s 
ST.  CRO 
lies  W.  by  J 
full  of  humn 
S.  W.  end  o 
the  whole  of 
to  a  stranger 
only  at  a  big] 
There  are  i 
chief  is  Chri.< 
side  of  a  harl 
The  chief  l 
coast,  under  t 
town,  named 
spacious  bay. 
From  the  t 
is  N.  by  E.  ah 
lies  a  remark; 
Redondo,  nea 
The  harbor 
defended  by  t 
the  eastward, 


*  But,  it  is  to 
having  over  it  oi 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COASt  PII.OT. 


413 


(1  you  off  tie 
liinil ;  it  is  in- 
11  to  the  wfst- 
lorniiig.  Hut 
"S  way  in  tlic 
ail;  you  may 

•ntnvnce  of  St. 
the  iioiih  siii(! 
AS  town  is  In- 
most lil\e  tliLTiP 
I)  the  harlxir  is 
r  of  the  Vir;;lri 
f  warehoust-  or 
untied  by  a  lurt 

Bird  Key  totlie 
le  down  to  Hink 
J,  and  there  is  a 
ys  to  the  soutli- 
(1  S.  K.  and  con- 
rbor  open ;  then 
nsi  a  ^ood  licrlli, 
It  the  east  of  tlie 
irbor,  where  you 
.,  which  part  lies 
months.  There 
UlilV,)  which  _V(iU 
of  it,  but  there  is 

g.stP'T  W.by  N. 
s  ab'jut  3  leagues 
bout  4  or  5  iiiilfs 
"hauias  is  a  small 
s  a  small  opening 
portance  be.ween 
before  you  come 
ward  of  tlie  har- 
)()Ut  two  or  three 
which  lies  a  niiif 
must  have  a  !;Wi(i 
(1  hand.     In  run- 
but  deep  in-some 

igups,  and  S.A\. 

in  the  middle  cl 
Ihy  Head,  anil  nm 
IliUea  sail.wheme 
Irock  is  bold  to  all 

leagues  off. 


Llf  mile  broad,  mi 
J  whitish  rocky  shoe!, 
lastern  battery  at  tte 
larest  point  of  Buck 

I  fret  water.  E.N.E 
1  From5if«e'"'. 
[di  a  depth  of  12  aai 

„  direction  of  nearly 
Imas  to  Buck  Wani 
■good  soundings  ftoa 

In  beard. 


Remarks  on  the  Passages  in  grnerni,  from  the   ^^  DerroUro  cic  Ins  Anlillus.'^ 

The  straits  between  the  Dogs'  Isles  and  N'irs^in  (lorda  are  all  excellent,  and  are  thosd 
bv  which  the  entrance  into  Dr.ike's  ("hanrifl  is  iiiinle  iVom  the  northward.  The  chan- 
nels to  the  southward  are,  thai  between  Salt  ishuiiland  thi;  Dead  ( 'hcst  or  Peter's  Island; 
that  between  Peter's  and  Norinand's  islards;  ;uid  that  between  Normand's  Isle  and 
1-  lanagan  Key.  The  pass  between  tlie  Dead  ('best  and  Salt  l^land,  when  used  for  goini^ 
out  of  Drake's  Channel,  rp(|uires  the  breeze  to  be  steady,  tliat  it  pass  not  troiii  E.  S.  K. 
toward  .S.;  foroiherwise  you  will  be  apt  to  ^v\  entangled  with  Peter's  Island,  as  the  water 
sets  strongly  towards  the  strait  which  it  forms  with  tlie  Dead  C'liest,  ami  the  swell  also 
aids-  (which  is  likewise  heavy,  when  there  is  a  fresh  wind,)  as  it  diminishes  the  vessel's 
way,  and  increases  her  lee-way.* 

Vessels  which  navipate  by  the  south  of  the  Virs^ins,  commonly  pass  between  Bird's 
Kev  or  Frenchiii'an's  Cap  and  Hnck  Island  ;  and  all  those  who  run  iiir  the  sotitliward  of 
the' Virgins  lor  St.  Juan's  Head,  in  Porto  Rico,  pass  through  the  channel  between  the 
Sail  Rock  and  Savanna,  or  Green  Island. 

The  sea  along  tlie  whole  of  the  west  coast  of  \'irt'in  Clorda,  is  traiupiil  during  the  time 
of  the  breezes,  and  you  may  anchor  along  the  uliolc  length  of  it.  in  the  certainty  of  not 
having  more  than  !(>  fathoms,  nor  less  than  8  fatlioms  at  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  the 
quality  of  the  bottom  is  ( ommonly  sandy. 

On  the  west  coast  of  Norman's  Island  there  is  a  harbor,  Man  of  War  Bay,  which  is 
much  better  sheltered  and  more  secure  than  that  of  Virgin  (iorila;  for  in  it,  and  as  far 
as  Flanagan  Islet,  the  sea,  during  the  breezes,  is  as  calm  as  a  bath.  Within  this  harbor 
they  do  not  experience  gusts  of  wind,  and  it  also  appears  that  the  breeze  in  it  is  light, 
when  it  is  fresh  outside.  As  the  interior  of  the  harbor  is  to  windward  of  its  points,  and 
it  is  not  more  than  half  a  mile  wide,  large  vessels  cannot  beat  up  into  it ;  and,  therefore, 
when  these  come  from  the  noith,  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  shave  tlie  point,  and 
lulf  up  and  anchor  in  about  the  middle  of  the  harbor's  mouth,  warping  or  towing  in  af- 
terwards, if  they  have  to  midte  a  long  stay ;  for  if  not,  they  will  lie  very  well  ai  the  very 
mouth,  if  it  be  not  in  the  h''rricane  season.  On  coming  in  from  the  south,  they  must 
prolong  the  tack  to  the  noi.u,  in  the  certainty  that  they  will  find  no  unseen  danger;  and 
when  far  enough,  ihey  must  heave  about  to  mamcuvre,  on  the  south  tack,  as  already  di- 
rected. If  the  wind  with  which  you  rtin  to  take  this  harbor  should  be  from  the  north, 
you  may  run  farther  in,  and  lie  as  if  in  a  dock  ;  but  it  is  necessary  to  furl  your  sails  smart- 
ly ;  for  wilh  norths  there  are  Haws  of  wind  which  might  cause  you  to  drive,  and  there  is 
no  room  for  mana>uvring.  Keep  in  mind  that  about  a  league  to  the  S.  S.  E.  of  the  S. 
W.  point  of  Norinand's  Islands,  there  is  a  rock  of  small  extent,  which  has  not  more  than 
nine  feet  water  on  it.  On  this  rock  the  frigate  Santa  Monica  struck,  and  subsetiuently 
foundered.  The  situation  of  this  rock  is  not  well  ascertained  ;  for,  though  tlie  brigan- 
tities  under  the  command  of  Don  Cosme  Cluurnca  made  every  exertion  to  find  it,  they 
never  could  succeed. 

ST.  CROIX,  OR  SANTA  CRUZ,  is  the  southernmost  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  and 
lies  W.  by  N.  from  Sandy  Point,  in  St.  Kilts,  o.'}  leagues.  It  is  not  very  high  though 
full  of  hummocks,  two  of  which,  on  the  eastern  side,  are  higher  than  the  rest.  At  the 
S.  W.  end  of  the  island,  there  is  a  flat  extending  outwards  to  the  distance  of  a  iTiile  ;  and 
the  whole  of  the  south  side  is  bordered  with  reefs,  which  render  an  ajiproach  dangerous 
to  a  stranger.  The  island  is  scantily  watered ;  and  with  wood  which  can  be  procured 
only  at  a  high  price. 

There  are  two  towns,  one  on  the  north  and  the  other  on  the  west  side.  The  first  and 
chief  is  Christianstied,  the  capital  of  the  Danish  West  India  Islands,  lying  on  the  south 
side  of  a  harbor,  protected  to  seaward  by  extensive  reefs,  and  on  the  land  by  a  fortress. 

The  chief  town,  called  Christiansta^d,  is  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  on  the  north 
coast,  under  the  cannons  of  a  fortress  which  defends  the  principal  harbor.  The  other 
town,  named  Friderickstaed,  lies  on  the  west  side,  about  half  way  up  on  the  middle  of  a 
spacious  bay,  wherein  ships  may  anchor  at  pleasure,  in  froiii  3  to  10  fathoms. 

From  the  town  of  Chri^.tianst;ed  to  the  S.  W.  point  of  St.  John's  Island,  the  oourse 
is  N.  by  E.  about  10  leagues.  In  the  channel,  about  six  miles  S.  by  W.  of  this  point, 
lies  a  remarkable  round  rock,  called  Bii'd  Key,  which  is  about  one  quarter  as  large  as 
Redondo,  near  Montserrat. 

The  harbor  of  Christianstfed  is  difficult  of  access,  and  shoal  in  several  places.  It  is 
defended  by  the  fort  of  Louisa  Augusta,  situated  on  a  neck  of  land  which  trends  from 
the  eastward,  and  by  that  of  Sophia  Frederica,  situate  on  Loot's  Key,  an  islet  north  of 


•  But,  it  is  to  be  noted  that,  at  about  half  a  mile  to  the  E.  N.  E.  of  the  Dead  Chest,  is  a  rock, 
having  over  it  only  12  feet,  and  on  which  the  Blonde  frigate,  and  several  vessels  have  struck. 


^"^■*timmm,% 


414 


ni,U5T's  AMERICAN  COAST  PIT.OT. 


the  town,  undci"  tlio  (juris  of  hoth  of  wliicyi,  vpsst'ls  must  pass  to  tlie  anchoratrp.  Tliis 
is  one  of  tlic  hiindsoim'st  towns  in  tlu>  West  Indit's;  its  |irin(.'ipal  streets  being  wide, 
lony,  and  .stiMi;;iit,  and  inlcr.sict  eacli  oilier  at  ri>;lil  aiiiilos. 

The  fjreatest  leiijith  of  St.  Croix  from  K.  to  \V.  is -Ji)  tnilcs.  On  advancinjj,  its  nonh 
side  presents  a  eliain  of  cinineiiees,  ahnost  like  those  of  the  Virgin  Islands.  At  about 
a  league  to  the  W.  N.  W.  of  the  Kast  Point,  and  half  a  leajjue  from  tlie  north  coast, 
there  is  an  island  named  IJoUken,  or  (!oat  Island,  whieh  ajipears  at  a  distance  like  a  p;irt 
of  the  coast.  I5etweeii  this  islaid  and  St.  Croix  there;  is  a  [lassaee,  but  it  is  bad  and  little 
frequented.  The  east  iioint  of  ( !oat  Island  »;eiids  out  a  reef,  a  mile  and  a  quarter  to  the 
E.  S.  E.;  there  are  others  stretcliiin;  to  the  N.  and  N.  VV. 

The  west  coast  of  St.  Croix  is  clean  ;  the  south  coast  is  very  foul,  and  requires  inucli 
practice,  either  lo  navigate  near  it,  or  enter  into  its  bays,  of  which  there  are  two,  as  shown 
on  the  chart. 

To  enter  the  port  of  Christianstaul  mu«h  practice  is  required,  and  therefore  a  pilot 
must  be  taken. 

ISLANiroF  S( )M I') RERO.— Between  the  Virgin  Islands  and  tiiat  of  Anguilla,  lies 
a  small  rcx'ky  island,  aliout  two  miles  in  IciiLrih;  it  con-<ists  of  a  very  flat  eminence,  with- 
out any  hummock  u|)on  it,  covered  with  birds  from  the  southward.  You  cannot  descry 
this  island  farther  oil'  than  Tj  or  <>  iciuiics  at  most. 

This  wretcdied  island  is  rugijcd.  steep,  and  barren  ;  a  liftle  camphor  and  grass  are  tin; 
only  vegetable  productions  which  ajjpear  on  its  surface;  the  little  water  that  lodges  in 
the  cavities  of  rocks  during  rains,  soon  :'va|)orates.  You  may  anchor  on  the  west  sido 
of  it.  Tlie  (difl's  are  steep  to,  and  are  from  40  to  .l;3  feet  hiuh.  In  17'J"2  an  American 
brig  ran  against  it,  and  her  crew  cre|)t  Iroin  her  yard  arm  to  the  cliff  top.  The  brig  d's- 
engaged  herself,  and  drifted  down  to  Virgin  (jorda,  where  the  hull  and  cargo  became  a 
pri/.e  to  the  wreckers. 

The  latitude  of  Sombrero  is  1R°  .33'  N.  and  its  longitude  is  f>8°  .30'  W.  Two  leagues 
off  Sombrero,  when  it  bears  from  E.  N.  E.  to  K.  by  S.,  is  fou:id  from  3.5  to  2iJ  fathoins, 
uneven  ground  and  rocky  bottom.  It  lies  about  14  leagues  E.  by  S.  from  the  island  ol 
Anegada,  and  V2  leagues  due  east  from  the  reef  lying  off  the  S.  E.  end  of  it.  In  going 
between  the  two  you  have  .'),  (>,  7,  8,  and  10  fathoms  of  water.  The  course  from  Sruii 
to  Sombrero  is  N.  W.  by  N.  \  N.,  distant  20  leagues. 

The  passage  to  leeward  or  windward  of  Somiirero,  is  very  clear  and  safe:  there  is  no 
swell.  The  winds  are  generally  favorable  for  going  out,  and  when  once  you  are  past 
Sombrero,  all  obstacles  arc  at  an  end. 

Angmlla,  and  the  Islets  in  its  Vicinity. 

Anguilla  lies  E.  by  N.  \  N.,  and  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  above  two  leagues  to  the  north  of  St. 
Martin's;  it  is  a  low,  flat  and  withered  island,  without  any  mountains,  so  that  it  cannot 
be  seen  farther  olf  than  4  or  .5  leagues.  The  anchoring  ground  is  good  on  the  south 
side,  because  the  current  there  has  no  force,  on  account  of  a  long  ledge  which  stretches 
off  S.  E.  from  the  east  jioiiit.  On  the  south  part  of  the  west  point  thtre  lies,  about  one 
mile  from  the  shore,  a  small  island,  not  above  100  fathoms  in  length.  To  the  N.  W.  hy 
W.  of  the  west  point  of  Anguilla,  (!istant  about  4  leagues,  lie  several  small  islands,  the 
principal  of  which  are  Dog  and  Prickly  Pear  Islands,  between  which  is  a  good  channel. 
The  first  is  the  eastermuost ;  the  second,  which  is  the  la'-j'est  of  all,  lies  farther  than  any 
of  them  to  the  west,  save  f.  little  rock  that  is  almost  joined  with  it  on  the  west  side.  It 
is  about  one  mile  in  length,  and  has  a  few  inhabitants.  All  these  islands  are  very  low, 
and  cannot  be  seen  farther  off  than  4  or  5  leagues. 

Bearings  taken  and  Remarks  made  in  sailing  hetioecn  the  above  mentioned  Islands, 

hy  an  experienced  Navigator. 

"  When  we  came  to  sail  so  far  out,  I  found  that  the  highest  top  of  St.  Eustatia  caine 
even  with  the  top  of  Brimstone  Hill,  and  that  the  two  southemniost  noints  of  St.  Kitts 
and  St.  Eustatia  were  in  one,  and  bore  N.  W.  by  N.  At  the  same  time  Fort  Tison  bore 
N.  E.  easterly,  when  Sandy  Point,  and  Tuinblc-down-dick,  or  the  northernmost  part  of 
St.  Eustatia  cume  in  one,  and  bears  W.  N.  W. 

"  The  direct  course  from  the  west  end  of  St.  Kitts  is  N.  N.  W.  to  St.  Martin's  west 
end,  and  so  through  between  tlie  Dog  and  Prickly  Pear.  For  when  you  are  within  half 
a  mile  of  the  west  end  of  St.  Martin's,  the  southernmost  land  tif  St.  Bartholomew  comes 
in  one  with  tiie  southernmost  land  in  sight  of  St.  Martin's,  and  they  bear  S.  E.  by  E. 
and  then  Saba  will  bear  S.  by  W.  westerly.  By  the  aforesaid  b  '.rings  of  St.  Bartholo- 
mew and  Saba,  if  you  see  either  of  them,  you  may  by  them  know  how  to  direct  your 
course  for  the  west  part  of  St.  Martin's. 


"  Th 
eriy.     ^ 
of  Dog 
observe! 
same  tii 


Tlio  f( 

Ani;ni 

of  wliicli 

hill  nor  j 

are  very 

and  has  i 

\i'ry  litll 

still  nine 

of  the  eh 

width.     ( 

part  of  A I 

ward  of  t 

which  the 

lenirth,  an 

fathoms  a 

The  ch 

niiniber  o 

neral  froii: 

crease  to 

-Kock,  lyir 

The  Br 

a  rock  call 

ST.  M.^ 

vided  betw 

huge  rock 

very  irregi 

and  as  the 

island,  dcs 

water  for  t 

turbed,  an* 

virid.     \V( 

The  prin 

which  has 

where  a  gre 

French  qn; 

The  Den 

consequent 

P'tsly  than 

in  the  direc 

called  St. 

fend  the  en 

the  line  bet 

draught  go 

'■"ck  named 

hies'  length 

found  by  br 

burg  Bay,  n 

the  opposite 

eastern  end  i 

to  the  north 

greai  tamarii 

to  these  mar 


I 


BI.Ui\T  S  AMKRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


415 


s  bclnsf  wide. 

L;ing,  its  iiorih 
(Is.  At  ;il)(iiit 
(■  north  const, 
Iff  like  ii  i)iiit 
>,  l)',i(l  and  littlt; 
(|uarter  to  the 

requires  much 
I  two,  as  shown 

)erefore  a  pilot 

f  Anguilla,  lirs 
luiineuce,  with- 
i  cannot  descry 

id  grass  are  thf 
r  tiiat  lodges  in 
)n  the  west  sido 
J'2  an  American 
The  hrig  d's- 
cargc  became  a 

.  Two  leajiues 
I")  to  22  lath.inis, 
om  the  island  ot 
of  it.  Ingoing 
)urse  I'roin  Sruii 

safe  :  there  is  no 
lee  you  are  past 


the  north  of  St. 

so  that  it  cannot 

lod  on  the  south 
wliich  stretches 
hes,  about  one 

To  theN.W.by 
nail  islands,  the 
a  good  channel, 
farther  than  any 
le  west  side.    It 

nds  are  very  low, 


Honed  Islaiids, 


St.  Eustatiacame 

loints  of  St.  Kitts 

Fort  Tisonbore 

hernmobt  part  of 

it.  Martin's  west 
liii  are  within  hall 
(tholoniew  comes 
Ibear  S.  E.  by  K. 
of  St.  BarihDlo- 
Iw  to  direct  your 


"  TliP  west  part  of  St.  Martin's  and  tlie  west  end  of  Anguilla.  bear  N.  N.  W.  nnrtli- 
erlv.  When  the  N.  K.  part  of  Aniiiiilla,  the  north  side  of  I'rickly  Pear,  and  llie  middle 
of  ])()<;  Island,  bc,r  >ll  in  one,  it  is  east  ar.d  west.  Three  imles  north  (d'  Dog  island,  I 
observed  at  noon,  aui  'ound  the  latitude  Irt"  2(i'  N.,  and  the  variation  'J  3(1'  K.  At  the 
game  time  St.  Martin's,  showed  itself  beyond  AnguilUi  from  K.  S.  K.  to  S.  by  W." 


Dog  Isliiiid  N.  N.  E.  distant  one  ienguo. 


The  folhuTiiig  particulars  of  Anguilla,  tVr.  arc  from  tiie  Derrotr-ro  de  las  Aniillas,  Sec. 

Anuiiilla  is  situated  to  the  north  of  ."^t.  Martin's,  and  separated  from  it  by  a  channel 
of  which  the  least  width  is  four  miles.  It  is  extremely  low,  and  has  neither  the  smallest 
hill  nor  promine.ice.  Its  soil  is  very  sandy  and  sterile,  and  both  fresh  water  and  wood 
art'  very  scarce.  The  town  is  on  the  east  side,  near  the  N.  !■!.  etui.  It  is  verv  small, 
and  has  no  commerce.  The  bay  is  simt  almost  i'litirely  with  reefs,  and  is  theret'ore  of 
verv  little  value.  To  the  N.  E.  of  the  ea.it  end.  there  is  an  islet,  An'.'iiillita,  which  is 
still  much  lower.  It  is  very  clean  on  its  south  side,  and  has  12  fathoms  water  on  the  side 
of  the  channel  which  sejwrates  it  from  Aniiuilla,  which  channel  is  nearly  half  a  mile  in 
width.  On  passing  here,  when  rui'ning  front  windward  to  leeward.  Anguillita  seems 
part  of  Anguilla,  a. id  the  str  between  tlieni  cannot  be  seen  unti'  yon  are  totiie  west- 
ward of  the  meridian  of  the  former.  Olf  the  east  end  of  .Anguillita  are  four  rocks,  on 
wiiich  the  sea  breaks  v.ith  violence,  but  they  do  not  le  farther  out  than  two  cables' 
length,  and  at  less  than  a  mile  there  are  2i  fathoms,  on  sand,  gradually  increasing  to  ,'50 
fathoms  at  4  .:>iles. 

The  channel  between  St.  Martin's  and  An7"'lla  is  excellent,  and  (it  for  any  class  or 
number  of  vessels;  for  it  has  not  less  than  l;)  fathoms  of  water,  and  the  depth  is  in  ge- 
neral from  1.3  to  '20  fathoms,  of  sand  and  gravel ;  and  near  both  coasts  it  does  not  de- 
crease to  less  than  7  fathoms,  "^rhe  only  thing  whi(  h  is  to  br-  avoided  is  the  Spanish 
Kock,  lying  within  a  mile  from  the  N.  K.  end  of  St.  Martin's,  on  the  south  side. 

The  British  brig  Saltoun,  ('apt.  Melville,  was  wrecked  oO'the  island  of  Anguilla,  on 
a  rock  called  (xraffan,  about  on;-  mile  from  Scrub  Island,  east  of  Anguilla. 

ST.  MARTIN'S  is  divided  from  Anguilla  by  the  channel  above  described.  It  is  di- 
vided between  the  Dutch  and  the  I'nru'h,  and  contains  a  great  nund)erof  hills,  or  rather 
huge  rocks  covered  with  hearh,  which  may  be  seen  above  1(1  leagues  o',l'.  The  shape  is 
very  irregular,  and  the  western  coast  is  comparatively  low.  Ra-nsvery  .seldom  fall  here, 
and  as  the  soil  of  the  plains  and  valleys  is  sandy,  they  are  consequently  unfruitful.  The 
island,  destitute  of  rivers,  has  fountains  and  cisterns,  which  afford  good  and  drinkable 
water  for  the  planters.  The  air  is  very  healthy,  the  shore  full  of  fish,  the  sea  rarely  dis- 
turbed, and  the  anchorage  safe  every  where  about  the  island,  esj)ecia!ly  with  a  N.  E. 
wind.     Wood  is  scarce  and  dear. 

The  principal  town,  Philipsburg,  iies  on  the  S.  W.  side,  in  a  harbor  called  Great  Bay, 
which  has  8,  9,  and  10  fathoms,  good  sandy  ground.  Near  it  are  three  salt  ponds, 
where  a  great  quant  ty  of  salt  is  made.  This  is  the  chief  place  of  the  Dutch  quarter,  the 
French  quarter  being  to  the  north. 

The  Derrotero  says,  St.  Martin's  has  many  heights  and  hollows,  but  no  mountain  of 
consequence.  On  the  S.  W.  side  in  riiilipsbiirg  Bay,  vessels  anchor  more  commodi- 
ously  than  in  any  other  in  the  island.  The  town,  the  capital  of  the  Dutch  part,  extends 
in  the  direction  of  tlie  shore.  On  the  south  side  of  this  harbor  stanrls  an  eight-gun  fort, 
called  St.  Peter's,  and  on  the  N.  W.  point  is  Amsterdam  Fort.  These  two  fort.s  de- 
fend the  entrance.  The  harbor  has  from  3  to  4  fathoms  of  water,  on  find  sand,  but  on 
the  line  between  the  two  exterior  points,  are  from  6  to  9  fathoms,  and  vessels  of  a  large 
draught  go  no  farther  inward  than  this  line.  About  a  mile  to  the  S.  W.  of  this  bay  is  a 
mck  named  the  Man  of  War,  which  has  only  10  feet  of  water  on  it,  and  is  about  2i  ca- 
bles' length  in  circumference.  The  point  of  it  on  which  there  is  the  least  water,  may  be 
found  by  bringing  the  S.  E.  point  of  Simsnn's  Bay,  which  is  to  the  N.  W.  of  Philips- 
burg Bay,  on  with  t',e  high  point  of  the  westernmost  mountain  in  St.  Martin's  ;  and  on 
the  opposite  direction,  by  bringing  the  flag  stafl'at  the  (Governor's  house,  which  is  at  the 
eastern  end  of  the  t(  wn,  on  with  another  iarge  house  which  stands  on  the  top  of  the  hills 
to  the  north  of  the  bay.  The  last  house  may  bo  known  by  its  standing  to  the  east  of  a 
greai  tamarind  tree,  which  is  insulated  and  separated  from  the  other  trees.  In  addition 
to  these  marks  it  may  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  shoal  is  exactly  S.  38°  W.,  true,  from 


410 


BLUNTS  .\mi:kh:a\  coast  pilot. 


tlio  Wliitc  Piiiiif,  which  is  the  wcMi-rti  point  of  liic  buy,  iuid  S.  fi*  flO'  E.,  true,  frnni 
Fort  AtiMii'riliiiii.  At  ;i  tliinl  ot'  u  iMlih-'n  ltMi:;ili  :ii-i)iiiiii  ihiit  ruck,  ur  Hhoiil,  (>,  7,  and  k 
r;iih(»iin,  with  rocky  hDttoiii.  iiie  loiiiid. 

Dn  the  N.  W.  coast  thLMc  is  ii  bay  iiiimod  Marij^ot  Hay,  open  to  N.  \V.  winds,  and  liav- 
iti;;  a  di'pth  of  f'ntiii  I  to  7  (ithoriis,  on  saiil  :  at  tin-  liortoiii  ol'  it  stands  the  town  of  Mn- 
rii;ot,  winch  l)i;lunLi;s  to  the  Kii-nth,  and  which  is  dctfiidcd  hy  a  tort  to  the  iiortli  of  it. 

'I'o  the  east  (d  tiic  N.  K.  end  ol' St.  Martin's  is  an  islet  named  Hat  Island,  which  is 
very  bare,  and  siirro!inded  by  reefs  closf  round  it.  The  chantKd  hetwecn  it  and  Si. 
Martin'.s  is  a  mile  l)r>)ad  and  passable.  The  shoal  named  the  Spanisli  liock  lies  neaiiv 
two  innes  to  the  \V.  N.  VV.  of  Hat  Island.  Tlii.s  is  a  very  small  rock,  the  least  water 
on  wliich  is  three  feet.  Wiien  passini;  to  fiie  north  of  llat  Island,  and  near  to  it,  in 
order  to  steer  to  the  N.  W.,  be  careful  to  jrive  a  snllicient  berth  to  the  rock.  The  strait 
between  this  island  and  St.  jrirtliolomew's,  is  1(1  miles  wi<le.  It  is  without  slioaN, 
sunken  rocks,  or  any  other  invi.sii)le  dangers;  but  thost;  bound  tlirou^h  i'  and  not  dis- 
fiiuMl  for  any  of  th"se  island.s,  ou;j:lit  to  leave  to  the  south  all  tlie  islets  to  the  N.  W.  di 
St.  Hartiiolometv's,  and  to  the  north  all  those  of  .St.  Martin's.  The  navisjable  clianml 
is  thus  reduced  to  a  league  anil  a  half  in  width.  The  ordinary  depth,  until  touchint;  tlip 
islets,  in  from  l;i  to  JO  fathoms,  but  almost  always  ii|)i)ii  rocks,  and  you  may  salely  run 
within  half  a  mile  of  tin;  islets.  'I'lie  navis;ation  of  this  channel  is  excellent,  not  only  tor 
those  ijoin:^  from  windward  to  leeward,  but  also  for  those  bound  from  leeward  to  wind- 
ward ;  but  attention  must  be  paid  to  kee|)  clear  of  the  rock  called  tiie  Man  of  War,  be- 
fore described. 

ST.  IJAIlTlIoriO.MKW'S.— St.  llartholotnew's  S.  W.  end  bears  from  Sandy  Point 
in  St.  Christopher's,  N.  .t  K.,  distant  10  leajiues.  It  lies  K  and  W.  and  is  five  or  .six 
leagues  lonj;.  'l^he  middle  part  is  very  hij^h  land.  Its  shores  are  extremely  daiij^eroiis, 
chiefly  on  the  north  part,  where  tliere  are  many  rocks  above  and  mider  water,  and  the 
approachin<;  thoiTi  requires  an  experienced  pilot  ;  but  it  enjoys  the  advantage  of  havini; 
a  very  good  harbor,  of  an  excellent  hold,  in  which  ships  of  any  size  are  perfectly  shel- 
tered from  till  winds.  The  island  of  St.  Hartholomew's  aj'pears  at  first  almost  roiiMii, 
and  can  be  seen  nine  or  ten  lea:.'ues  olf.  K.  A  N.  fourteen  l  agues  distant  from  the  isl- 
and, lies  a  large  bed  of  rocks,  about  '20  yards  stpiare.  On  the  west  side  of  it  is  a  swell, 
Tlie  rock  is  sharp  pointed,  and  sometimes  covered.  When  the  sea  falls,  it  i*  about  four 
feet  dry. 

V^essels  bound  for  this  island  from  the  eastward,  sliould  endeavor  to  run  dowii  the 
south  side,  and  keep  as  near  the  shore  as  possible.  There  are  several  rocks  on  the 
south  side,  but  all  above  water,  and  bold  to,  the  largest  of  which  is  a  long  fiat  key  called 
Turtleback.     From  Turtleback  round  Point  iNegro,  the  coast  is  clear  and  bold. 

Vessels  bound  in  for  the  liarl)or  should  keep  about  20^)  fathoms  from  the  shore,  and 
when  abreast  of  the  first  battery,  lay  olf  and 'on  and  wait  for  the  pilot.  A  stranger  should 
not  enter  the  harbor  without  a  pilot,  as  the  channels  are  narrow,  and  the  winds  often 
bafiiing. 

There  are  three  channels  by  >vhicli  vessels  eiit^r  the  harbor,  according  to  the  winds, 
viz:   South,  South-West,  and  North- West  Channels. 

The  South  Channel  has  a  good  depth,  but  it  is  dangerous  for  a  stranirerto  attempt,  as 
a  rocky  reef  extends  from  the  middle  key,  called  the  Saints,  two  thirds  across  the  chiin- 
nel ;  but,  should  a  vessel  be  comp'dled  to  run  in  without  a  pilot,  keep  the  main  shore 
close  aboard  and  anchor  when  within  the  second  battery,  in  4  fatlioins.  With  the  wind 
at  east,  the  South-West  Channel  is  the  liest,  and  with  a  N.  E.  wind  the  North-West 
Channel  is  the  best,  as  it  is  tlie  broadest  of  the  three. 

The  north  side  of  tlie  island  is  perfectly  safe;  there  are  several  keys  and  small  i.-^lands, 
but  the  channels  between  them  are  all  bold  and  free  trom  danger  with  the  wind  at  N.  K, 

I  would  recommend  to  those  bound  in.  to  run  down  the  north  side  of  tlie  island,  dou- 
ble the  west  point,  and  stand  in  for  the  harbm'.  The  Haleine.  or  Whale,  is  a  rock  15il 
fathoms  west  from  the  key  called  the  Islets,  in  front  of  the  harbor,  is  even  with  the  water, 
and  has  a  point  standing  up  like  the  fin  of  a  whale.  Vessels  can  pass  all  around,  within 
10  fathoms  of  the  rock. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  island  is  the  town  of  Gustavia,  pleasantly  situated  at  the  font 
of  a  hill,  forming  three  different  sections,  and  in  the  centre  is  the  careenage,  with 
wharves  all  around.  On  the  south-west  side  of  the  water  are  several  ship  wharves,  with 
conveniences  for  careening,  caulking  and  carpenter's  work  well  executed,  and  at  a  mode- 
rate expense.  The  careenage  can  contain  b()  sail,  and  the  road  from  3  to  400  shippini:. 
good  holding  ground,  from  1,  2,  'A,  4,  5,  and  G  fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

About  the  Island  of  8t.  Bartholomew  the  flood,  at  new  and  full  moon,  runs  S.  E.  and 
it  is  then  high  water  at  1  Oh.  and  ;}0m.  P.  M.  while  the  sun  is  farthest  to  the  north  of  the 
equator,  but  comes  about  two  hours  sooner  in  the  following  months,  till  the  sun  gets 
farthest  to  the  south,  when  it  is  high  water  at  lOh.  30m.  A.  M.and  it  runs  afterwards  io 


» 


the  same 
make  a  tii 
ilicst  to  til 
chliinir  am 

(iiew's  lies 

SAIIA- 

lihilf  and  r 

>ca  by  vep 

reiilie  of  I 

nine  miles 

tricafe  and 

it  is  said 

railed  the  I 

alar  cti  liki 

to  the  sDUtl 

that  distanc 

is  to  be  foil 

or  4  faihoni 

been  .iscert; 

THE  IS 

rising  out  o 

a  nearer  apj 

two  nioiintai 

r  than  tliat 

an  exhanstei 

nearly  on  a  I 

The  town 

Lower  Towi 

inhabited  in 

town.  50  or  G 

in  the  rock. 

'I'he  anchf 


wind  blows  Ii 

and  continiia 

eastern  point 

mostly  coarst 

marks  are,  th 

f''oni  sliore ; 

st'is  may  evei 

road  is  much 

this  season,  t 

sijuall  iVom  tl 

The  Derro 

it  has,  is  situ; 

Ijly  gently,  an 

situated."  Th 

even  comes  to 

the  vessels  mi 

stead  is  from  ' 

(ly  to  make  sa 

ly  occur.     Tl 

danger  whate» 

iNEVlS  A! 

flistance  of  eij 

league  wide, 

oiiglit  not  to  I 

shoals. 

NEVIS  is 
^•ei-y  high  in  tl 
makes  like  a  (■ 
i'.  near  the  bot 
al)le  roadstead 
pal  town  of  th 
As  the  shore 
i  near  to  them  i, 


BLUNT  S  A5IEKICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


117 


E.,  tnip,  from 
loal,  «),  7,  ami  k 

winds,  and  hav- 
li(>  town  of  Mii- 
H'  north  of  it. 
Isliind,  whi(  h  is 
MH-ii  it  '.Old  Si. 
tofk  li<"<  ncnilv 
the  It'iHt  wntcr 
lid  near  to  it,  in 
jcU.  Thestnm 
without  sli(i:il-i, 
1  i'  and  not  dis- 
„  ilic  N.  W.  (,1 
winahhr  chaiinci 
nti\  touthinii  tlii> 
I  may  saftdy  run 
lent,  not  only  tur 
leeward  to  winil- 
Man  of  War,  be- 

roiii  Sandy  Point 
and  in  five  or  six 
euiely  daniierous 
?r  water,  and  tlie 
vantage  of  havinij 
re  perfectly  slid- 
rut  almost  routul, 
tant  from  the  isl- 
do  of  it  is  a  swell. 
lis,  it  ii  about  four 

I  to  run  down  tip 
»ral  rocks  on  the 
onsi  flat  key  called 
•  and  bold, 
(in  the  shore,  and 
A  stranger  should 
1  the  winds  often 

•ding  to  the  winds, 

ncer  to  attempt,  as 

a  across  the  chaii- 

-)  the  main  shore 

With  the  wind 

the  North- West 

and  small  islands, 

the  wind  at  N.  K. 

the  island,  dou- 

lale,  is  a  rock  15d 

/en  with  the  water, 

all  around,  witbln 


■11 


ituated  at  the  foot 
p  careenage,  with 
ship  wharves,  with  j 
ted,  and  at  a  mode- 
3  to  400  shipping.  ! 

"I, 

lon,  runs  S.  E.antl 

to  the  north  of  the 

19,  till  the  sun  geU 

runs  afterwards  m 


flie  same  proportion  hack  again.  I  he  winds,  wiiicii  are  nt  long  ('ontiimance,  .Hometinies 
Illlike  ;» tiilling  diU'ererice.  The  horizon  is  also  lowest  at  ilie  iimi>  whin  the  sun  in  far- 
ilii'st  to  the  north  of  the  line:  and  .so  to  the  contrary.  The  gie.jtest  (.itference  in  the 
cliliini;  and  (lowing  is     <  inches  ;  but,  in  general,  only  10  inches. 

DANtiKKOr.S  RUCK.— .S.  'A'  K.  Iv!  miles  iVoin  tiie  S.  i;.  point  of  ."-^t.  IJaitholo- 
niew's  lies  a  dangerous  rock  nearly  even  with  the  water's  edge. 

."s.Vli.V. — The  island  called  .Saba  belongs  totlie  Dutch.  It  is  very  liigh,  and  its  shores 
lilnff  and  clean.  On  the  .S.  \V.  part  is  ;i  siniill  town,  built  in  a  pliiiii,  Imt  hid  Irom  the 
sea  by  very  high  hills,  except  to  the  soutliwiiid.  A  very  high  miuintaiii  ciiiistiliitt's  the 
centre  of  the  island.  The  islund  appears  like  a  steep  ro''k,  nl  a  rouml  lorin  ;  it  is  about 
nine  miles  in  circiimlerence,  accessible  only  on  the  south  side,  on  which  there  is  ,in  in- 
iri(  ate  and  arlilicial  path  leaditig  to  the  .summit,  which  admits  only  one  man  at  a  time. 

It  is  said  that  the  bottom  may  be  seen  all  miiiid.  ( )n  the  N.  \\  .  side  iheic  is  a  roc'k, 
called  the  IJiaiiiond,  standing  at  about  a  musket  shot  from  the  shore,  and  winch  appears 
afar  elf  like  a  sail.  There  is  an  extensive  bank  of  soundings,  extending  seven  leagues 
to  the  southward  and  S.  S.  \V.  of  the  island,  as  shown  on  the  i-liart,  having  on  it,  within 
that  distance,  from  1'2  to  17  fathoms.  Heyond  tiiese  soiiiidings,  to  the  south,  no  bottom 
is  to  be  tound.  At  four  miles  to  the  souihward  of  the  ishmd  tlnre  is  a  shoal  spot  of  .3 
or  4  fathoms,  on  which  the  sea  breaks,  during  gales  of  wind,  but  the  exact  spot  has  nut 
been  ascertained. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  ST.  EITSTATH'S  make:^  at  a  di.stance,  like  asleep  rock, 
rising  out  of  the  sea,  and  in  a  sugar-loaf  form,  ascending  upwards  in  a  round  hill,  but,  on 
a  nearer  approach,  its  figuie  changes,  and  it  appears  loiige;-.  The  rock  is  composed  of 
two  mountains,  whose  middle  land  is  pretty  even,  'i'lie  eastern  iiuuiniain  is  much  high- 
r  than  that  to  tit-  N.  W.;  it  is  Indlow  in  the  middle,  the  excavailon  being  the  crater  of 
an  exhausted  volcano,  which  has  probably  coiistiiuied  the  island:  the  Ijoitoni  is  |)retty 
nearly  on  a  level  with  the  town,  and  is  frequented  by .  s|)ortsmen  in  pursuit  of  game. 

The  town  stands  on  the  south,  side,  and  is  divided  into  two  |)aris,  called  the  T'pperaiid 
Lower  Towns.  The  latter  is  on  the  shore  ;  it  consists  of  shops  and  warehouses,  and  is 
inhabited  in  the  day  only,  as  the  inhaln  'iits  pass  their  niglils  and  holidays  in  the  upper 
town.  50  or  bO  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  to  which  they  ciimi)  by  uuans  of  steps  cut 
in  the  rock.     The  lower  town  consists  of  a  single  street,  and  is  very  indilVerenlly  built. 

The  anchorage,  which  is  off  the  town,  is  not  of  the  best  ;  there  is  a  swell  when  the 
wind  blows  from  the  .S.  E.  ipiarter,  and  lauding  is  rendered  very  |il(icult  by  the  great 
and  continual  breaking  of  the  waves  against  the  shore.  Il'  bound  into  the  road,  give  the 
eastern  point  a  small  berth,  and  anchor  in  12  fathoms,  before  the  town.  'J'he  ground  is 
mostly  coarse  sand  and  coral,  and  mer»  liantmen  buoy  up  their  cables.  The  anchoring 
marks  are,  the  church  bearing  E  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E.,  about  three  (|uarters  of  a  mile 
('■mil  sluue ;  and  the  west  end  of  the  bay,  calleil  liitei  loper's  (.'ajie,  N.  W.  by  N.  \'ps- 
sels  may  even  anchor  farther  in  the  oding.  in  11  or  l.j  fulioiiis,  similar  ground.  The 
road  is  much  freipieiiteil,  and  ships  are  ol'ti"i  tluue,  cncu  in  th"  hurricane  momlis;  but  in 
this  sea.son,  the  wind  must  be  attentively  observed,  as,  on  the  sinallcji  indication  of  a 
sipi  dl  from  the  southward,  they  should  immediaiely  proceed  t-^i  sea. 

The  Derrotero  says,  "This  island  shows  itself  from  the  S.  W.  The  only  hill  which 
it  has.  is  situated  near  the  S.  E.  extremity,  and  extends  to  tiie  west,  descending  tolera- 
bly gently,  and  conms  down  to  the  shore  at  the  place  where  the  town  and  anchoiage  is 
situated.  The  latter  is  so  bad  that,  being  open  to  S.  and  S.  W.  winds,  (when  the  breeze 
pvpn  comes  to  the  southward  and  eastward,)  so  mucii  swell  comes  in  as  to  incommode 
die  vessels  much,  and  prevent  landing  on  the  sLore  co.iveniently  ;.  the  depth  in  tjiis  road- 
stead is  from  7  to  I'J  fathoms,  on  sand,  and  vessels  in  i!  iimsi  remain  at  single  anchor,  rea- 
dy to  make  sail  the  moment  the  wind  comes  on  shore,  which,  however,  docs  not  tVe()uent- 
iy  occur.  The  channel  between  it  and  St.  Christopher's  is  excellent  and  without  any 
danser  whatever." 

NEVIS  AND  .ST.  KITTS  are  high,  and  their  eminences  may  be  descried  at  the 
distance  of  eighteen  leagues;  they  are  separated  by  ihe  Narrows,  a  channel  of  half  a 
Itairue  wide,  but  which,  though  there  is  depth  enough  in  it  for  every  class  of  ves  ds, 
ought  not  to  be  attempted  by  a  stranger  without  a  pilot,  as  it  is  obstructed  by  several 
shoals. 

NEVIS  is  a  small  island,  which  may  bo  readily  known,  being  low  on  both  sides,  and 
'  very  high  in  the  middle.     The  to|)  of  the  high  land,  which,  to  tliose  athwart  it.  N.  or  S. 
i  makes  like  a  saddle,  reaches  far  above  the  clouds.     ''I'he  plantations  are  on  the  sides  of 
5  it,  near  the  bottom.     On  the  western  side  are  two  brooks  of  fresh  water,  and  three  toler- 
able roadsteads,  on  the  principal  of  which,  near  the  S.  W.  end,  is  Charleston,  the  princi- 
pal town  of  the  island. 

As  the  shores  of  the  southern  and  western  sides  are  very  low,  ships  must  not  approach 
oear  to  them  iu  the  xiight,  as  they  are  not  to  be  distinguished  from  the  high  laud  behiad 


418 


BLUNT  a  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


them.     From  the  S.  urul  S.  W.  jioints  thrre  an?  revh  BlrotrhiiiR  ofl"  to  the  diHtanrp  of 


near 


ly  liiiir 


H   111 


ilf,  wliii  h,  !>(■  cnniHc,  niiiMt  also  t)c  (•iiirlnllv  imiidi-rl. 


Tin'  iNiiirovvi^,  or  Nti.ihM,  hciwci'ii  St.  Kills  iiiitl  Nevift,  iis  rallu'r  more  tliaii  lialf  a  |p;ig 
I,  ami  lirs  N.  K.  anil  S.  \V ,     Nc  ulv  in  iiilil-<|ianiu'l,  at  the  rastrrn  mil,  llnri'  i 


U(> 


jroai 


W 


rrniarkalil*'  iiii;li  roi'k,  called  lioolo  1  laiiil ;  aiiij  neatly  one  iiiiU*  ami  a  halt  to  the  ^, 
o(  tiiis  isliiml,  arc  two  iii'.«'rs,  (ailed  ilie  t  'ows.  The  channel,  whic  h  has  a  depth  of  Uun\ 
3  to  12  I'athoMis,  is  biiweuii  tla-Me  rockM  and  St.  Kitts,  lor  on  the  .southern  Hide  there  arc 
several  siioals. 

An  extensive  shoal,  from  a  tnilo  to  a  mile  and  a  half  in  breadth,  and  five  miles  Imii;, 
from  N.  W.  to  S.  K.,  lies  uiilimit  (he  eastern  end  of  the  Narrows.  The  passages  m 
are,  ihcrelore,  between  lis  mnlh  end  and  ."^l.  Kills. and  between  itssoiitli  end  and  Nevh, 
The  southern  hall  of  liic  slmal,  which  is  the  broadest,  is  rocky,  and  has  not,  in  sotni' 
parts,  a  ureaier  depth  ilian  10  liii.  There  is  also  a  dangerous  patch  of  IH  feet  of  waloi, 
near  the  north  end. 

In  sailin;;  up  to  the  Narrows,  between  this  bank  and  the  Isle  of  Nevis,  brinsj  Uonliv 
Island  W.  N.  W.  and  keep  it  so  iiniil  ihe  ( 'ows  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  This  leads  clear  df 
the  reef,  whence  ynii  imiy  proceed  as  shnwii  heicaller,  In  saihii(i;  in  from  the  north 
ward,  before  arrivini;  at  the  Narrows,  iiooby  Island  will  be  seen  nearly  in  mid-way  of  ilm 
channel.  Insailint;  dnwnwanls,  that  isle  is  to  be  kejit  on  the  larboard  side,  keepini;  (iKr 
towards  the  shore  of  St.  Kills.  The  sdiilh  pari  of  Nevis,  kept  open  to  the  westwanl  di 
Booby  ishuid,  will  clear  the  reel'.  The  ( 'ows  are  also  to  be  left  on  the  larboard  side, 
keeping  ovtir  to  tlu?  shore  id'  St.  Kitts  in  'I.',  '>,  or  t)  fathoms,  good  {.'round. 

Tlie  Koad  cd"  Nevis  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island.  In  approachins;  it  from  llio 
southward,  give  the  Korl  I'oint  near  Charlestmi,  a  berth  of  a  mile,  to  avoid  a  shoal  whitii 
lies  to  the  southward  of  that  point  ;  then  liil)'  up  and  anchor  in  from  10  to  7  fathoin*. 
good  (iroiiml,  with  the  foil  bi  ariiii^  S.  K.,  the  .S.  K.  part  of  .St.  Kitts  N.  i  K.,  distaiii' 
ort'  shore  abiut  one  mile. 

In  runniiii;  from  Nevis  to  I'assoterrr,  you  w  ill  cross  a  bank,  on  the  shoalest  part  m 
which  there  are  4  fathoms,  or(|uarter  less  6.  It  i.s  not  quite  a  mile  over,  and  its  midille 
lies  .S..  by  W.  westerly  from  the  Nag's  Head,  or  tin  soiitli  end  of  St.  Kitts,  two  miles. 

.ST.  KITTS. — The  eeiilre  of  this  islanil  is  occupied  l)y  a  great  number  of  high  iiini 
barren  mountains,  intersected  by  rocky  |)recipices,  and  almost  impassable,  and  ainou,' 
which  there  are  several  hot  springs.  Mount  Misery,  which  is  an  exhausted  volcium, 
whose  head  is  hidden  iii  the,  clouds,  is  the  highest  of  all  these  mountains,  its  perpeiidicii- 
lar  height  being  .'!711  fert.f  The  asseniblage  of  hills  makes  the  island  appear,  on  aniip- 
proach  from  the  sea,  like  a  huge  mountain,  covered  with  wood  ;  but  acivancing  ne;u'i, 
the  coast  becomes  less  abrupt,  and  the  ascent  of  the  mountains,  rising  one  above  anotlier. 
will  be  seen  cultivated  as  high  as  possible.  The  S.  E.  side,  on  sailing  along  at  t»o 
leagues  distance,  appears  like  several  detached  islands.  The  N.  W.  part  is  the  higliei.i, 
but  declines  gradually  to  the  sea. 

The  principal  town  is  that  of  Ha.sseterre,  on  the  south  coast,  situate  at  the  mouth  of 
a  river,  which  opens  in*  i  a  bay  called  JJa.sseterre  Koad.  Sandy  Point  Town,  towmdj 
the  N.  W.  is  also  a  lowu  ol  coiiseiinence.  There  is  no  harbor  whatever,  and,  on  ilie 
contrary,  a  surf  continually  beats  on  the  shoie,  which  is  sandy,  and  prevents  any  treeor 
wharf  being  erected  upon  it,  and  also  makes  landing  always  inconveni(Mit,sometiiiie.s dan- 
gerous. Owing  to  this  the  iidiabilants  are  under  the  necessity  of  lauding  and  shippin; 
heavy  goods  in  the  manner  practisul  ,it  Moniserrat. 

SOUTHERxN  SIDE  OF  ST.  Kl  I'TS.— In  sailing  ofV  tlie  southern  coast  of  .'^•. 
Kitts,  the  following  lands  are  to  be  particularly  noticed,  namely,  the  Nag's  Head,  nrsnuih 
end  of  St.  Kitts,  on  which  there  is  a  high  hummock  ;  the  high  lanils  on  each  ,<!ideoi' 
Frigate  Bay,  the  bay  at  the  northern  end  of  the  isthmus  which  connects  the  norliui, 
and  soutliern  parts  of  St.  Kitts:  Moni.ry  Hill,  a  high  mountain  to  the  northward  of  the 
town  of  Basseterre;  and  Brimstone  Hill,  another  high  mountain,  with  a  s(|uare  fort  on 
it,  to  the  eastward  of  Suuly  Point  Town  in  the  west. 

In  proceeding  from  tlio  southern  side  of  Nevis  towards  Basseterre,  yo\i  may  cross  abniik 
lying  off  the  Narrows,  on  which  the  least  depth  is  about  4  I'athoms.  It  is  rather  iiuire 
than  a  mile  in  breadth,  and  its  middle  part  lies  nearly  two  miles  S.  S.  W.  westerly  'Voiii 
the  Nag's  Head,  above  mentioned.     Advancing  towards  Basseterre,  and  having  passed 


*  The  Derrotero  reporfa  tlint  there  is  a  shoal  ofT  the  windwarfl  coast  of  Nevis,  the  situntion  v. 
which  has  not  been  made  known ;  all  that  is  known  of  it  being,  that  an  English  sloop  toiicliedon 
it  at  two  leagues  from  the  shore.  It  is  added  that  an  English  ship  of  the  line  also  touched  iipoiis 
rock,  nearly  two  miles  S.  S.  E.  from  Nevis,     This  may  probably  be  the  same. 

tThe  bottom  of  the  great  crater  of  MoujiI  .Misery  is  a  level  of  fifty  acres,  of  which  seven  art 
covered  with  a  lake,  and  the  rest  with  grass  and  trees ;  amongst  the  latter  is  mountain-cabbage. 
Streams  of  hot  water,  impregnated  with  sulphur,  still  issue  from  the  fissures. 


the  <)oulli  I 

until  the  N; 

iniii'koii  th 

lam  ;   kei'p 

terre  i'diiu" 

then  aiiclio 

i/eiriiiu  »<>r 

sels  friim  tl 

in  iilioried 

hind  on  eac 

to  ih'i'pen  (i 

Till'  folio 

nackhoiise. 

point  a  bert 

diiiii.'i'r.     \ 

Fashion  Fo 

W.     Vow  c 

Old  Koad 

along  shore 

point  of  the 

^Hlh  its  lion 

Slimy  /'oini 

it  upon  a  win 

the  eastward 

to  ihe  westw; 

at  alioiit  a  cii 

l''ri'sh  watiM- 

tilled  at  the  r 

rocky  shore. 

The  remar 

era  point  a  si 

i:irge  gully,  ii 

soon  be  oif  t 

by  \V.  half  a 

liere,  but  wat 

Sandy  I'oii 

to  the  eastwa 

fonseijuently 

thnins,  and  tl 

through  the  n 

must  cautiou! 


In  Basseter 
The  long  |)oii 
Basseterre  noi 
chased,  water 
tides  none. 

In  Old  Roa 

Nevis  S.  E.  sc 

W.  by  N.,  Sto 

one  third  of 

offshore  two  t 

them  at  a  runt 

shore. 

BARBUDA 

I  Its  highest  lam 

I  coasts  of  this  i 

%  to  sound  with 

I  tlie  reef  exten 

continue  to  th 

the  samt  kind 

ward  to  the  dis 

and  of  a  brig,  v 

There  is  "anc 

ride  in  9, 12  or 


BLUNT  S  AMi:ilICA\  COAST  IMLOT. 


419 


the  di«tanrp  nf 

laii  \y\\(  ii  lr;ii;up 

II  mil,  ihiri'  is  a 
lall  to  the  S.W. 
s  ;v  (irplli  of  I'nim 

III  side  tlirrc  iitc 

five  iiiilrs  Idiii;, 
'I'hc  pnssnurs  in 
li  fiid  :u\il  Nevi<<. 
Iiiis  not,  in  sdini' 

18  feet  of  witloi, 

•vis,  hiinjj  IlDfiliy 
his  lends  clciinii 
from  till"  iKirili 
III  mid-way  of  tin- 
lidc,  kft'pin!;  ovfr 

0  thf  westward  nf 
llio  larboard  sidr, 
uiid. 

•Iiiiis?,  it  from  tln' 
^rc-id  a  shoal  wliiili 

1  10  to  7  fathom", 
N.  ^  v.;  di»taiRM 

0  shoal  ("St  part  m 
ver,  and  its  tiiiiiille 
Kitts,  two  miles, 
iiiher  of  high  ami 
sal)lf,  and  aiiiiiui: 
xhaustcd  vohMiic 
ns,  its  perpeiidicu- 

1  appear,  on  an:i|)- 
advancing  neam. 

one  above  anotlifr, 
ling  along  at  t«o 
)art  is  the  higliesi, 

lite  at  the  mouth  of 
nt  Town,  towards 
licver,  and,  on  ihe 
)revcnts  any  tri't'dr 
nt,somctiinPsdaii- 
iding  and  shiprm; 

Ithern  const  of  S'. 

lig's  Head,ors(iiiili 
(Is  on  each  side  of 
nerts  the  nortlifi: 
e  northward  ol  tl;; 

Itli  a  s(iuare  fort  on 

^)U  may  cross  a  bank 

It  is  rather  imn 

W.  westerly  'roin 

and  having  passed 

Jevis,  the  situation  o! 
Ilish  sloop  touched  on 
also  touched  upon  s 

of  which  Feven  m 
IS  mountain.cabbage. 


the  sonlh  end  of  Nevis,  the  course  will  be  N.  \V.  by  N.  When  olf  Krigale  Hay,  run  in 
iiniiltlie  Nan's  lie, id  ajijiears  to  the  soniliwardof  the  mountain  in  Nevis,  or  niitil  the  hum- 
Diiickoii  the  Nag's  Head  appejirs  on  vn itii  ilie  so ni hern  part  ol  the  lop  ol  the  same  moun- 
tain ;  keep  this  mark  on  until  a  Hini;le  tree  on  the  green  ndue  behind  the  town  of  KaHse- 
terre  comes  on  with  the  edge  of  .MoiiKi  y  I  lill,  or  begins  in  shut  in  behind  it  ;  you  may 
llien  anchor  in  ID  or  '*  fathoms,  mud  or  clay,  with  the  fort  on  the  east  side  of  the  town 
he  irini;  norih,  al)out  half  a  mile  distant,  ami  the  west  point  of  tin;  bay  W.  by  N.  Ves^ 
sels  from  the  westward,  when  bound  for  the  road,  may  rim  m  with  the  single  tree  above 
in  iitidiied  just  open  to  the  e;>stwaril  of  .Monkey  Mill;  and,  when  the  points  of  high 
land  on  each  side  of  Kri'^'ate  II. ly  benin  to  shut  in  on  each  other,  the  water  will  be  found 
to  (bi'peii  from  7  to  10  (athoms,  alter  having  passed  over  a  rocky  ridge  into  clean  ground. 

Tiic  following  remarks  on  sailing  from  Nevis  to  iJasseierre,  have  been  made  by  iMr. 
Uacklionse.  "  In  sailing  past  the  island  of  Nevis  for  I5as<eie(re  Hay,  give  the  .*>.  W. 
point  a  berth  of  a  mile  and  a  half,  and  steer  N.  N.  W.  and  N.  \V.  by  .N.  and  there  is  no 
(l.in.;er.  \'or.  may  anchor  in  7,  H,  or  ')  fathom:-,  of  water,  coarse  sandy  bottom,  with 
KasluDii  l''ort  bearing  N.  K.,  the  Half  .Moon  liattery  N.  W.  by  W.,  and  the  town  N.  N. 
W.     Vow  (  animt  wood  nor  wa'er  here." 

()lil  Road  lies  live  and  a  iialf  miles  to  the  westward  of  IJasseterre.  Tn  sailing  close 
aloiiii  shore  to  this  place,  the  embrasiiies  ol'ilie  'i..v  bitti^ry  on  .Siony  I'oirt,  (the  eastern 
point  of  the  bay,)  will  first  appear.  The  town  on  low  gi-.iiiml  will  then  come  in  .sight, 
uilli  its  lioiiscs  inlerinix(!d  with  trees.  The  anchoring  placi?  is  nearly  mid-way  between 
.Stony  Point  and  the  town.  In  sailing  to  this  spot,  run  first  so  far  to  leeward  as  to  fetch 
it  upon  a  wiiiil,  or  nearly  so;  ami  then  siand  in  under  easy  sail,  directly  for  the  gully  to 
llie  eastwiinl  of  the  town  ;  and  when  the  elun  h  of  St.  Tiionias,  standing  nearly  a  mih' 
to  the  westward,  is  brought  on  with  the  llag-stat''  on  l5riinsioiH!  Hill,  you  tnay  anciior, 
at  about  a  cable's  leii'ith  from  the  beach,  in  !)  or  1(1  f.iiliDins.  st'iny,  but  good  ground. 
Fresh  water  here  is  obtained  by  the  casks  beint;  landed  and  rolled  about  100  yards,  then 
filled  at  the  running  gullet,  and  lloated  olf  to  the  boat.  There  is  a  great  surf  on  the 
rocky  shore. 

The  remarks  made  by  .Mr.  Mackhouse  on  Old  Hoad,  are  as  follows  : — "(Hve  tlie  east- 
ern point  a  small  berth,  and  amtlnu-  a  little  to  the  (!astward  id'  a  red  house,  abreast  of  h 
large  gully,  in  10,  11,  or  12  fathoms  of  water.  If  you  go  al)reast  of  the  Inwn,  you  will 
soon  be  olf  tlie  bank.  The  mark  for  anchoring  is  Old  Hoad  Fori  by  the  Red  House  N. 
by  W.  half  a  mile,  and  the  extreme  poiiiv-i  S.  K.  i'nd  W.  N.  \V.  You  cannot  wood 
here,  but  uaterinc  is  extremely  convenient." 

Sandy  Point  Town  lies  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  Hrimstone  Uill.  OfFthis  town,  and 
to  the  eastward  of  it,  the  bank  is  narrow,  and  the  ground  rocky:  the  anchoring  place  is 
conse(|iiently  to  the  westward,  at  about  a  cable's  length  from  shore,  in  from  ')  to  1.3  fa- 
thoms, and  the  mark  for  anchoring  is,  the  street  extenilinf;  from  the  landing  place, 
tlirouQ;h  the  middle  of  the  town,  end  on.  In  runnini:  along  shore  to  the  anchorage,  you 
must  cautiously  avoid  a  reef  stretciiing  half  a  mile  from  Charles  Fort  Point. 

Remarks  made  in  Basseterre  Road  and  Old  Road. 

In  Basseterre,  which  is  a  large  open  bay,  the  marks  of  the  anchorige  are  as  follows: 
The  long  point  of  Nevis  .S.  8.  h]..  Nag's  Head  S.  E.,  Hlulf  Point  W.  l  N..  the  town  of 
Basseterre  north,  distance  off  shore  half  a  mile,  di-pth  of  water  7  fathoms ;  wood  pur- 
chased, water  better  and  easier  got  at  Old  Road,  about  one  and  a  half  league  from  hence, 
tides  none. 

In  Old  Road  the  following  are  the  marks  of  the  anchorage,  viz  :  the  Long  Point  of 
Nevis  1^.  E.  southerly;  .Stony  Fort  E.  S.  K.,  the  westernmost  [joint  of  Old  Road,  N. 
W.  by  N.,  Stony  Point  .S.  E.  ^  E.  Depth  of  water  where  the  anchor  lay,  10^  i^athoms, 
one  third  of  a  cable  out — wind  off  the  land  ;  13  fathoms  under  the  stern — west  dibtance 
offshore  two  thirds  of  a  mile.  You  land  your  casks,  roll  them  about  100  yards,  and  fill 
them  at  a  running  gullet;  then  float  thcai  off  to  the  boat.  A  great  surf  and  a  rocky 
shore. 

BARBUDA — The  greatest  extent  of  Barbuda,  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  is  15  miles. — 
Its  highest  land  cannot  be  discerned  at  more  than  six  leagues  ofl".  The  greater  part  of  the 
coasts  of  this  island  are  very  foul  and  dangerous.  In' its  proximities,  it  is  not  uncommon 
to  sound  with  50  or  60  fathoms  at  the  prow,  and  have  only  4  or  5  fathoms  at  the  stern  ; 
the  reef  extends  several  miles  to  the  S.  E.  from  the  island,  and  the  rocky  soundings 
continue  to  the  south  as  far  as  mid -strait  between  it  and  Antigua,  where  9  fathoms,  on 
the  samt!  kind  of  bottom,  have  been  found.  To  the  N.  and  N.  W.  the  reef  extends  out- 
ward to  the  distance  of  5  miles,  and  here  lie  the  wrecks  of  the  British  ship  Woolwich, 
and  of  a  brig,  which  was  under  the  convoy  of  that  ship. 

There  is  anchorage  in  a  well  sheltered  road  on  the  western  side,  where  ships  may 
ride  io  d,  Vi  or  14  fathoms  of  water ;  or  within  the  reef  in  3^  fathoms,  four  miles  above 


'  V.<*..4i>d<lMur.'l 


I 


'  '*! 


420 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Paltncto  on  the  south-west  Point.     There  is  also  ;inchoin!!;e  olT  the  S.  W.  const  in  5| 
fathoms,  sanily  hottom,  with  Pahneto  I'oiiit  X.  W.  by  W.  tinee  miles,  and  Cocoa  Poi 


It  III'  th 


lit, 


stunt. 


the  sDutli  |ioint  ol  iiie  island,  jv.  by  S-  4  mnes  distan 

ANTKiCA,  has,  in  general,  a  rocky  siioie,  anil  is  surrounded  by  many  dangerous 
»-eefs.  The  climate  ot'  lliis  island  is  commonly  hotter,  less  healthy,  and  the  hurricanes 
more  frecjnent  than  those  of  13arl)adoes.  There  beinj^  no  rivers,  and  but  few  sprinys, 
and  thosi!  braiUish,  the  inhabitants  are  oblijied  to  preserve  the  rain  water  in  cisterns. 
Excesssive  (lronj;hts  fn'(|in'nlly  impede  and  destroy  veijetation. 

Antii^iia,  however,  derives  consiilerable  a(lvanl:»<;es  from  the  circumstanee  of  havini- 
several  excellent  harl)ors,  particularly  Knglish  Harbor  on  the  south  side,  which  is  capn- 
ble  of  receivinu;  tlie  largest  ships  ol'  war  in  th'.^  navy  ;  liere  also  is  a  dock-yard,  whh 
stores  and  all  materials  and  conveniences  for  rejjairing,  heaving  down  and  careening  ,siii|is. 
To  the  westward  of  Knglish  llarlior  is  the  harbor  of  Falmontli,  and  to  windward  is  \Vil- 
loughby  JJay.  At  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  is  Nonsuch  Harbor;  and,  on  tiic  noiih 
side,  is  the  town  and  harbor  of  Parkliam,  dec.  The  coasts  are,  in  general,  very  funl, 
especially  on  the  N.  and  N.  K-  whence  many  reefs  extend  otit  to  the  distance  of  niure 
than  a  leagi;.;. 

The  town  of  St.  John  on  the  N.  W.  side,  is  the  capital.  This  town  is  situated  on  the 
harbor  ot'  the  same  name,  in  whiili  there  is  a  sufficient  depth  for  merchant  vessels,  and 
perfect  security  in  ail  winds.  Ships  from  the  eastward  generally  make  for  the  .S.  K. 
coast  of  the  island. 

Wl  L  L(  )L'!  i  I IBY  BAY.— The  first  harbor  on  the  S.  E.  side  is  that  called  Willougiil.v 
Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  whiili  is  a  little  island,  called  Sandy  Island,  environed  t(i  ;i 
short  distance  by  sunken  rocks.  From  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  a  long  narrow  leei 
extends  more  than  two-thinls  over  the  entrance,  and  to  within  a  half  a  mile  of  S;inil\ 
Island.  The  passage  in  is  therefore  bct^veen  the  island  and  the  reef;  and  even  in  iniii. 
channel  between,  there  is  a  shoal  having  only  9  feet  over  it.  called  the  Weymouth,  wliitii 
lies  only  half  a  n  ile  from  Sandy  Isiaiiil.  mi  which  the  Mail  Packet  Maria  was  lost,  niij 
20  persons  drowned,  in  March,  I.^JG.  Bet.  '^en  Sandy  Island  and  this  shoal,  tiiere  is,i 
depth  of  4  fatjioins;  between  it  and  the  v/est  e;;d  of  the  reef  there  are  7  fathoms,  hihI 
♦he  channel  is  wider,  j^t  a  mile  within  he  entrance  there  is  good  anchorage,  in  4  and 
6  tathoms;  in  going  up,  it  is  receominended  to  borrow  toward  the  larl)oard  shore. 

EN(tL[S[T  KVKBOll. —  This  harbor  is  perfectly  safe,  and  lies  close  under  the  west 
part  of  th?  easternmost  high  land,  so  as  to  alt'oi'd  a  shelter  in  all  winds;  and  ships  of  «;ir 
<omnionly  lie  here  during  the  hurricanes.  In  the  bay  without  the  harbor,  shi])s  niiiviin- 
chor  in  5,  6,  or  7  fathoms.  'J^hey  uuiA  warp  in,  and  ••annot  lie  excepting  N.  i\.  E.  Tiaii; 
are,  generally,  flutterings  of  wiml  from  the  higii  land. 

In  entering  the  harbor,  give  the  Old  Horse  Shoe,  or  low  battery  point,  on  the  staiboanl 
side,  a  good  berth,  and  kee[)  as  nearly  as  possible  in  mid-channel,  between  that  and  tlie 
Opposite  point,  on  which  stands  Fort  Barclay,  unt'l  you  get  into  the  bay  on  the  eiisterii 
side,  called  Freeman's  Bay.  Jn  this  bay  there  are  moorings  for  shipping,  and  good  iiii- 
chorage  hence  up  to  the  store-houses  on  the  western  side,  in  'A,  4,  and  o  iathoms.  Tlie 
water  is  generally  smooth.  It  is  not,  however,  perfectly  safe  tor  a  stranger  to  coiuhuii 
ship  in,  as  the  entrance  is  narrow  and  rather  shoal.  When  you  arc  olif  the  harbur,  ,i 
pilot,  or  the  master  attendant,  will  come  on  board. 

Large  ships  lie  at  proper  moorings,  but  small  ones  lie  with  one  anchor  to  the  E.  S.  E. 
and  the  other  made  astern,  on  shore.  There  are  four  nioori>  s  for*  ships  in  FreeiiKiiri 
Bay,  just  within  the  harbor's  mouth,  the  best  bower  to  the  wcjlward,  and  the  mooiiii!;> 
on  shore  to  the  eastward. 

Wood  and  water  are  not  to  be  obtained  here.  Yon  may,  however,  obtain  the  latter  at 
Fahncuth,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  to  leeward.  It  is  not  very  good,  being  soft,  niuddy 
and  brackish. 

FALMOUTH  HARBOR. — To  sail  into  this  harbor,  run  close  in  towards  the  western 
point,  called  Proctor's  Point,  and  you  will  pass  clear  of  a  ledge  of  sunken  rocks  rallfii 
the  Bishops,  which  lie  toward  the  middle,  just  within  the  entrance,  and  terminate  a  shoal 
extending  fyoin  ths  ^astern  point,  on  which  there  is  a  redoubt  for  the  protection  of  the 
harbor;  beyond  these  rocks  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  3  to  6  fathoms  water. 
There  is  a  battery  on  an  islet  within  for  the  detence  of  the  town,  on  the  western  side  of 
the  harbor:  beyond  which  there  is  a  spi'ing  of  fresh  water. 

Vessels  bound  to  St,  John's  HarboV,  from  the  south  side  of  the  island,  on  approach- 
ing westward,  must  give  the  coast  a  berth  of  ;{  or  4  miles,  until  they  come  abreast  ni 
Johnson's  Point,  (the  S.  W.  point  of  the  island,)  in  order  to  avoid  the  dangerous  reef* 
which  lie  about  2  miles  from  short/*' eastward  and  north-westward  of  that  point.  ]f  bniimi 
to  the  north-westward  from  English  Harbor,  the  course  toabieast  of  Johnson's  Point  i> 
first  W.  by  S.,  or  W.  S.  W.,  about  8  miles ;  then  hauling  towards  the  N.  N.  W.,  aiii 
keeping  the  lead  going,  still  keeping  at  the  above  mentioned  distance  frotc  the  island, 


ftrer  (or  S 

about  7  mi 

Or,  in  sa 

Hiirbor.  ke 

with  the  w( 

bliilf  land  o 

clear  iif  Jol 

On  the  u 

'■oiitliward  < 

tioiii  a  eltis 

mile  east  ai 

tliR  northw; 

called  the  I 

above  menti 

Road,  as  to 

clear  of  the 

keep  it  on  yi 

of  a  mile  fro 

Should  tl: 

gers  to  go  t( 

avoid  a  reef 

stand  above 

rent,  nr  tour 

mav  pass  ch 

RO.VD  O 

from  Sandy 

the  south  sii 

wiiiei)  there 

called  the  W 

The  road  1 

to  10  fathom 

with  the  Shi| 

the  harbor  E 

on  with  the  n 

from  5  to  7  fa 

The  middle 

Fort  James  o 

the  depth  of' 

the  Hawk's  P 

but  the  easter 

Ships  boun 

then  tack,  and 

ward  than  to  ( 

easternmost  o 

wards  the  Wa 

with  the  midd 

To  sail  up  V 

E.,  and  keep  i 

At  the  distal 

channel ;  keep 

the  Hawk's  Bi 

in  the  day,  the 

Bill  bears  E.  b 

of  water  close  i 

all  clear. 

There  is  a  b; 
W.  to  the  land 
part  of  the  bar. 
NORTHER 
Antigua  are  en 
the  land  there  i 
ber  of  small  isl. 
The  whole  are 
the  latter,  the  n 
ludge  stretches 
fathoms  lies  abc 


BLUXT'S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


421 


W.  coast  in  !j\ 
il  Cocoa  Poiiitj 

lany  dangerous 
I  the  hurriciincs 
but  fi'w  Hi)riin;s, 
ater  in  cisterns. 

tance  of  hiivins; 
',  which  is  ciipii- 
ilocU-yaid,  with 
careeiiiDf;  slii|K. 
'indwartl  is  Wil- 
iid,  oil  tho  iKinh 
Mitsral,  very  t'mil, 
hstance  of  iiiuie 

is  situated  on  the 
haul  vessels,  and 
Ue  for  the  .S.  i-. 

died  Willougliliy 

d,  environed  tu  ;i 

long  narrow  reel 

a  mile  of  Samly 

and  even  in  inii'- 

^'^eyinouth,  wliitli 

aria  was  lost,  aiij 

s  slioal,  there  is,i 

re  7  fathoms,  hiuI 

ichoraa;e,  in  4  anil 

)oard  sliore. 

ise  under  the  west 

and  ships  of  war 

jor,  sliips  iiuivaii- 

N.  iN.E.    'lime 

,  on  the  starboard 
iveeii  that  and  the 
;iy  on  the  eastern 
lU'y,  and  good  an- 
)  iatlioins.  The 
nji;er  to  toii(!iici:i 
otif  the  harbor,  .i 

or  to  the  E.  S.  E. 
lips  in  Krecnian'i 
and  the  moorinj;^ 

kbtain  the  latter  s; 
leing  sol't,  nuiiKly 

Iwards  the  western 

Miken  rocks  calleii 

terminate  asluial 

protection  of  tiie 

|6  fathoms  water. 

le  western  side  ot 

Ind,  on  approach- 
ly  come  abreast  "I 
le  dangerous  reefs 
It  point.  Ifboiiiiil 
lohnson'sPoiatii 
le  N.  N.  W.,aiiJ 
1  from  the  island,  I 


jteer  for   Sandv  Island,  the  little  island  lying  to  the  westward  of  St.  .lohn's  Road,  and 
about  7  miles  S.  by  W.  from  .lohnson'-s  Point. 

Or,  in  sailing  from  oil"  lMi<;lisli  Flarbor,  to  the  westward,  when  to  leeward  of  Falmouth 
Harbor,  keep  the  small  battery  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  ol'  that  harbor  open 
«viih  the  western  point  of  the  same,  until  you  are  oil"  Carlisle  Hay,  or  (Jid  Road.  Tlie 
blulfland  of  English  Harbor  being;  then  kept  open  without  that  of  Old  Road,  will  lead 
clear  of  .Johnson's  Reef,  in  a  depth  of  about  Irt  fathoms. 

On  the  western  siiie  of  Antigua,  at  about  half  way  up,  and  nearly  a  league  to  the 
sduthwaril  of  .Sandy  Island,  is  a  lame  h;irbor,  called  Five  Islands  llarl)or,  and  so  called 
from  a  cluster  of  five  remarkable  little  islands,  which  lie  nearly  in  a  line,  about  half  a 
mile  east  and  west,  otf  the  point  on  its  ith  side.  About  thiee  quarters  of  a  mile  to 
the  northward  of  ilie  harbor,  and  closi  .n-shore,  is  another  consi)iciious  little  island, 
called  the  Hawk's  Mill.  When  you  have  approached  so  far  to  Ic  iward  with  tin-  mark 
above  mentioned,  namely,  the  blulf  of  English  Harbor  kept  open  withiiiil  that  of  C)M 
Road,  as  to  have  the  Hawk's  Rill  open  to  the  westward  of  the  Kivt;  Islands,  you  will  be 
clear  of  the  reefs,  and  may  tack  up  towards  Sandy  Island.  In  approaching  ihis  island, 
keep  it  on  your  starboard  bow,  in  order  to  avoid  several  shoals  extending  to  the  distance 
of  a  mile  from  shore,  to  the  N.  W.  of  Five  Islinds  Harbor. 

.Should  the  wind  permit,  you  may  run  within  Sandy  Isl.ind  :  but  it  is  better  for  stran- 
gers to  go  to  leewanl  of  it,  at  the  distance  of  not  less  than  two  cables'  length,  so  as  to 
avoid  a  reef  which  stretches  from  its  southern  side  to  the  S.  W.  Be  careful  not  to 
stand  above  three  miles  to  the  northward  of  this  island,  lest  you  be  caught  by  a  lee  cur- 
rent, or  touch  on  the  shoals  which  lie  to  tlie  northward.  Ry  keeping  in  lo  fathoms,  vou 
niav  pass  clear  of  the  island  in  the  night. 

ROAD  OF  ST.  .JOILN'S.— This  roadstead  lies  about  l.V  mile  east,  a  little  northerly 
from  Sandy  Island.  It  lies  in  lat.  17^  Id',  or  very  nearly  so.  The  western  point,  on 
the  south  side,  which  forms  the  bay,  is  called  the  .Ship's  .Stern,  at  about  a  mile  north  of 
which  there  is  a  dangerous  ledge  of  rocks,  with  not  more  than  '.i  I'eet  water  over  them, 
called  the  Warrington.     Here  are  breakc-s  in  a  wind. 

The  road  lies  to  the  southward  of  the  Warrington  Rocks,  and  has  a  depth  of  from  6 
to  10  fathoms.  The  anchorage,  which  is  2  or  iJ  (;ables'  length  within  the  rocks,  lies 
with  the  .Shijj's  .Stern  S.  W.  by  W. ;  Fort  .Tames  on  the  north  point  of  the  entrance  of 
the  harbor  E.  S.  E. :  and  the  Warrington  N.  by.  W.,  or  with  the  (lag-staffof  Fort  .lames 
on  with  the  north  side  of  the  island  in  the  harbor,  called  Rat  Island,  where  there  are 
from  o  to  7  fathoms  water,  and  good  holding  ground. 

The  middle  of  the  Warrington  Rocks  lies  with  the  northern  i)art  of  the  buildings  on 
Fort  , lames  on  with  Rat  Island  above  mentioned.  Close  to  the  westward  of  them,  in 
the  depth  of  y  liithoms,  the  largest  of  the  Five  Islands  appears  ojien  to  the  westward  of 
the  Hawk's  Bill.  The  vvestern  part  shoalens  about  a  caljle's  lengtli  t'rom  the  breakers, 
but  the  eastern  part  is  bold  to. 

Ships  bound  to  the  road  stand  on  upon  a  wind  fr>;  half  a  mile  above  Sandy  Island; 
then  tack,  and  run  close  in  to  the  .Ship's  .Stern;  but  be  sure  not  to  yet  farther  to  wind- 
ward than  to  open  the  Hawk's  Bill  without  tlie  land,  or  to  bring  il  in  a  line  ^vith  the 
easternmost  of  the  Five  Islands.  Wlien  thus  fat  in,  if  standing  to  the  northward  to- 
wards the  Warrington,  you  must  tack  so  soon  as  the  Hag-staH'of  Fort  James  appears  ou 
with  the  middle  of  Rat  Island. 

To  sail  up  within  .Sandy  Island,  bring  the  westernmost  of  the  Five  Islands  N.  by  E.  J- 
E.,  and  keep  them  open  on  the  starboard  bow,  which  will  lead  clear  of  danger. 

At  the  distance  of  a  mile  from  the  westernmost  of  the  Five  Islands,  you  will  be  in  the 
channel;  keep  Sandy  Island,  as  before  mentioned,  on  the  starboard  bow,  until  you  open 
the  Hawk's  Bill,  and  then  lulf.  The  eastern  side  of  .Sandy  Island  is  nearly  boid  to,  and 
in  the  day,  the  shoalings  may  be  seen.  The  .Ship's  .Slern  is  bold  to.  After  the  Hawk's 
Bill  bears  E.  by  .S.  you  may  haul  up  as  near  to  it  as  you  choose,  there  being  11  fathoms 
of  water  close  to  it.  In  steering  for  the  harbor,  keep  along  the  south  shore,  which  is 
all  clear. 

There  is  a  bar  at  the  entrance  of  tlie  harbor,  which  stretches  from  the  north  side  S. 
W.  to  the  land  on  the  south  side.  The  deepest  water,  14  feet,  is  on  the  southernmost 
part  of  the  bar.     The  dejith  on  the  northern  part  is  about  I'J  feet. 

NORTHERN  SIDE  OF  THE  ISLAND— The  northern  and  western  coasts  of 
Antigua  are  environed  by  numerous  reefs,  (as  shown  on  the  chart,)  between  which  and 
the  land  there  is  a  good  channel  for  shipping.  At  the  N.  E.  part  there  are  also  a  num- 
ber of  small  islands,  of  which  two  or  three  of  the  outermost  arc  called  the  Bird  Islands. 
The  whole  are  encompassed  by  reefs,  which  render  them  inaccessible  to  shipping.  Of 
the  latter,  the  northernmost  is  a  narrow  leilge,  part  of  which  is  sometimes  dry.  This 
lodge  stretches  N.  E.  about  a  mile  from  the  northernmost  Bird  Island.  A  shoal  of  3 
fathoms  lies  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  end  of  the  ledge,  be- 


.^A^I^>M> 


422 


nHJNT^S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


tweeti  whicli  atir]  the  Bird  Islands  Reef  there  .is  a  clear  channel  of  8  and  6  fathorns. 
The  white  water  from  tlie  shoal  may  frequently  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and 
a  half.  * 

The  HARBOR  OF  PARHAM  lies  at  the  distance  of  2  miles  westward  of  the  Bird 
Islands  Ledge.  This  harbor,  though  lajge,  will  admit  small  vessels  only.  The  town 
is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor. 

A  little  island,  called  the  Prickly  Pear,  lies  off  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  of  Par- 
ham  Harbor,  and  about  4  miles  due  west  from  the  north  end  of  the  Bird  Islands  Ledf;p. 
In  advancing  towards  tliis  island,  and  thence  to  Boon's  Point  two  miles  to  the  westward 
of  it,  be  sure  not  to  get  over  to  tlu;  northward,  as  the  retfs  on  that  side  are  extremely 
dangerous,  and  in  some  parts,  not  more  tlian  a  mile  from  I'.ie  coast. 

From  Boon's  Point  to  go  clear  of  the  Warrington  lioc'.is,  on  the  northern  side  of  St. 
John's  Road,  the  course  and  distance  are  W.  S.  W.,  southerly,  4  miles. 

I'he  NORTHKllN  LKDiUvS  olF  the  north  coast  of  Antigua,  commence  with  the 
rock  called  Addison's  RocU  on  the  cast,  and  terminate  with  tiie  reef  called  the  Diamond 
Reef  on  the  west.  Addison's  Rock  is  a  shoal,  having  on  some  parts  only  4  feet  ofwa- 
ter,  and  lying  nearly  north  of  the  fort  on  JJarnai  le  Point,  upon  the  western  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Parham  Harbor.  It  has  a  depth  of  about  3  fathoms  around  it.  Within  a 
short  distance,  N.  by  W.  westerly,  from  Addison's  Rock,  there  are  two  other  shoals  (j| 
about  3  fathoms;  and  half  a  mile  thence,  west,  is  a  reef,  soinetimes  above  water,  ami 
called  the  Horse-shoe.  Tiiis  reef  bears  north,  one  mile  and  a  quarter  distant  from  t!ie 
Prickly  Pear,  close  to  the  westward  of  the  Horse-shoe,  and  between  it  and  the  great 
cluster  of  reefs  which  stretch  to  the  westward,  there  is  a  channel  of  5  (athoms. 

At  a  short  distance  to  the  westward  of  Beggar's  Point  (the  point  (o  the  southward  of 
the  Prickly  Pear)  there  is  a  wind-mill  ;  and  at  the  distance  of  one  third  of  a  mile  to  the 
S.  W.  there  is  another.  These  mills  form  the  mark  for  sailing  through  the  channel  op 
the  western  side  of  the  Horse-shoe  ;  and  steering  S.  by  VV.  between  them,  will  lead  a 
vessel  through. 

A  small  dioal  of  only  5  feet  of  water,  lies  S.  W.  by  \V.  at  the  distance  of  nearly  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  Horseshoe,  and  nearly  at  the  same  distance  N.  W.  by  W.  from  iLe 
Prickly  Pear.  There  is  also  a  slio'!  stretching  half  a  mile  from  the  western  side  of  the 
Prickly  Pear,  which  may  be  seen  during  the  day. 

Capt.  Bradshaw  has  observed,  that  there  are  so  many  shoals  and  rocky  spots  witliout 
the  great  reefs  above  mentioned,  that  it  is  dangerous  to  come  too  near.  That,  in  |)ar- 
ticular,  called  the  Diamond,  lies  a  mile  to  the  west  of  the  reef,  and  in  the  channel  be- 
tween  you  have  G  and  5\  fathoms.  You  will  be  in  this  channel  whilst  you  keep  the 
western  side  of  the  leeward  Sister  in  a  line  with  the  flag-staff  of  James  Fort.  The  Dii- 
mond  is  of  a  circular  form,  and  one  mile  in  extent :  the  depth  of  water  over  it  is  tVoni  l 
to  y  feet.  To  avoid  it,  when  coming  in  from  the  N.  W.,  bring  the  Ship's  .!>tern  to  bear 
S.  by  E.  bcff"-p  you  haul  up  with  the  fort,  and  then  look  out  for  the  Warrington  Rocks, 
If  the  wind  will  .serve,  you  may  pass  close  to  the  westward  of  the  westernmost  Sistfr, 
and  you  will  thus  weather  the  Warrington,  which  bears  north,  above  a  mile  from  the 
Ship's  Stern.  The  westernmost  part  shoalens  from  the  breakers  a  full  cable's  lengiL, 
•but  to  the  eastward  it  is  bold  to. 

liemarks  on  the  Coast,  oj  Antigua. 
[From  the  Dcrrotero  de  las  AntiUa?,] 

On  approaching  Willoughby's  Bay,  upon  the  S.  E.  coast,  great  caution  is  required, 
<n  order  to  avoid  its  rocky  shoals,  and  a  pilot  will  be  requisite  for  strangers  who  enter 
here. 

From  this  bay  the  coast  to  the  westward  continues  very  clear,  and  in  it  you  will  seen 
find  ENGLISH  HARBOR,  which  is  an  excellent  port,  having  a  dock-yard  and  careen- 
ing place  for  vessels  of  any  size.  The  straight  of  this  harbor  is  about  a  cable's  length 
in  width,  and  in  the  middle  of  it  there  are  from  4  to  5  fathoms,  and  3  fathoms  at  a  quar- 
ter of  a  cable  ftom  the  points.  After  English  Harbor,  that  of  FALMOUTH  follows, 
and  thence  the  coast  begins  to  be  foul,  sending  out  to  more  than  two  cables'  length  iVoiii 
it,  very  dangerous  rocky  reefs.  Thus  it  continues  to  CARLISLE  BAY,  or  the  UIJ 
Road.  From  Carlisle  Bay  to  .Johnson's  Point,  the  south-west  point  of  the  island,  the 
coast  extends  to  the  north,  but  has  a  rocky  shoal,  of  the  length  of!i^  miles,  which  hesa: 
a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  coast.  Between  this  slioal  and  the  coast  there  is  a  passagefii 
for  any  vessel,  but  it  ought  not  to  be  attempted  without  a  pilot. 

From  Johnson's  Pctint  the  coast  continues  to  the  north,  to  the  FIVE  ISLANPv 

on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor  of  that  name  ;  ^nd  another  shoal  of  rocks  and  sand  n 

tends  between  these  points,  which  Ues  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the   coast.     Tk 

vdepth  between  '4  very  unequal,  and  the  navigation  therefore  dangerous. 


From  the 

(he  north  \) 

point,  is  the 

between  th< 

ai;d  its  edg 

the  west  of 

;i  mile  in  exi 

Two  mile 

whicli  are  tl 

IS  a  fort. 

Between 
the  rocky  si: 
feet  of  water 
The  town 
tal  of"  the  isle 
guide  any  on 
noticed  :  it  is 
side,  and  din 
most  points, 
westernmost 
with  which  c( 
a  shoal  of  sai 
if  the  wind  ai 
side  of  Sandy 
may  keep  cle; 
and  the  Ship' 
yon  can ;  and 
is  very  clean, 
nearly  south  f 
tlie  coast,  the 
follow  the  tad 
the  coast  to  th 
continue  beati 
Fort  bears  eas 
until  you  are 
clean. 

h\  when  to  1 

S.  E.  of  Sandy 

bears  east,  sout 

you  can  weatlu 

in  as  above  stat 

ton,  and  on  the 

To  proceed  t 

to  the  rocky  sh( 

ridian  of  the  A^ 

tant  from  the  ^ 

about  N.  W.  by 

towards  east,  ai 

bear  S.  E.  by  S 

destination. 

If,  having  ma 

to  steer  true  wet 

about  four  mihs 

towards  it,  unti 

■'^tcer  Jbr  Ship's 

s  Hamilton,  you  i 

;■  anchorage. 

I     The  channel  I: 

I  the  least  danger. 

I     The  channel  b 

I  particularly   betv 

i  through  it,  beca 

"iiid  ;  and  as  the 

:i'i  anchor  canno 

diiven  upon  the  1 

[prevail  here. 


id  6  fathoms, 
:.f  a  mile  and 

•d  of  the  Bin] 
y.     The  town 

trance  of  Par- 
slands  Ledgt-. 
the  westward 
are  extremely 

ern  side  of  St, 

lence  with  tlie 
1  the  Diamond 
ly  4  feet  of  wa- 
tern  side  of  tlie 
I  it.  Within  ;i 
other  shoals  oi 
)0V(  water,  and 
listaiit  from  tbo 
and  the  gieai 
thorns. 

he  southwani  of 
of  a  mile  to  the 
.  the  channel  op 
iiera,  will  lead  a 

;  of  nearly  a  mile 

by  W.  from  ilii; 

jster.'i  side  of  the 

ly  spots  without 
That,  in  par- 
the  channel  be- 
st you  keep  the 
ort.     The  mi- 
over  it  is  iVoni  1 
p's  Stern  to  bear 
rrington  Rocks. 
ternniost  Sister, 
a  mile  from  ihe 
11  cable's  length. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


423 


lition  is  required, 
ingers  who  enter 

■1  it  you  will  sncr, 
lyard  and  careen- 
a  cable's  length 
Ithoms  at  a  quar- 
[OOTH  follows, 
jbles' length  iVoiu 
PAY,  or^heUlJ 
jf  the  island,  the 
liles,  which  lies  at 
|re  is  a  passage  fit 

IVE  ISLANI'> 
Icks  and  sand  fy 
Ithe   coast.     'Ihc 


From  the  Five  Isles  the  coast  forms  a  great  hay,  named  Five  Islands  Harbor,  of  which 
the  north  point  is  called  Pelican  Point.  At  about  two  miles  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  this 
iKiint,  is  the  point  called  the  Ship  s  Stern,  whicli  is  the  S.  \V.  point  of  S>.  John's  Bay. 
Hetween  the  two  points  is  a  sand  bank  which  extends  out  above  a  mile  from  the  coast, 
and  its  edge  is  nearly  on  the  mrridian  or  soiilh  of  Sandy  Island,  an  islet  two  miles  to 
the  west  of  the  Ship's  Stern.  A  reef  surrounds  Sandy  Island,  and  is  three  quarters  of 
a  mile  in  extent  from  N.  E.  to  the  S.  W. 

Two  miles  to  the  N.  E.  by  N.  of  the  Ship's  Stern  are  two  islets,  named  the  Sisters, 
vhich  are  three  quarters  of  a  mile  N.  W.  by  VV.  from  Corbizon's  Point,  on  which  there 
IS  a  fort. 

Between  the  two  Sisters  and  Sandy  Island,  and  just  within  this  line  of  direction,  is 
tlie  rocky  shoal  called  the  Warrington,  which  has  in  its  shoaler  part  not  more  than  3 
feet  of  water. 

The  town  of  St.  .Tohn,  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  the  capi- 
tal of  the  island,  and  centre  of  its  commerce.  We  therefore  give  directions  which  may 
duide  any  one  to  the  anchorage.  The  north  coast  of  this  island  is  very  foul,  as  already 
noticed  :  it  is  therefore  more  advisable,  on  advancing,  to  make  the  island  on  the  south 
side,  and  direct  your  course  so  as  to  pass  about  two  miles  to  the  south  of  its  southern- 
most points,  and  continue  steering  true  west,  but  nothing  to  the  north,  until  the 
westernmost  part  of  the  Five  Islands  bears  north,  when  you  may  luff  up  to  N.  N.  W., 
with  which  cours'i  you  will  pass  about  a  mile  from  the  outermost  part  of  the  Irish  Bank, 
a  shoal  of  sand  and  rock,  and  you  will  follow  it  until  the  Five  Islands  bear  east,  when, 
if  the  wind  allows,  you  will  steer  so  as  to  pass  about  two  cables'  length  from  the  S.  E. 
side  of  Sandy  Island,  taking  care  not  to  pass  to  the  eastward  of  N.  E.  by  N.,  that  you 
may  keep  clear  of  the  sand  baidv,  which  extends  from  the  coast  between  Pelican  Point 
and  the  Ship's  Stern,  until  Sandy  Island  bears  north,  when  yo>i  may  lulf  to  the  wind  all 
you  can  ;  and,  if  you  can,  pl.ice  the  vessel's  head  towards  the  Ship's  Stern  Point,  which 
is  very  clean,  and  follow  on  towards  the  road  within,  and  anchor  in  o  or  G  fathoms  water, 
nearly  south  from  the  Warrington  Shoal.  If,  when  passing  between  Sandy  Island  and 
the  coast,  the  wind  will  not  permit  your  approach  to  the  Ship's  Stern  Point,  you  may 
follow  the  tack  until  Fort  Hamilton,  which  is  the  middle  one  of  the  three  standing  oa 
tlie  coast  to  the  north  of  the  town,  bears  east ;  then  go  about  on  the  other  tack,  and 
continue  beating,  taking  care  not  to  prolong  the  north  tack  mure  than  until  Hamilton 
Fort  bears  east;  or  go  about  even  rather  sooner;  but  the  south  tack  you  may  follow 
until  you  are  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shore  of  Ship's  Stern  Point,  for  it  is  very 
clean. 

If,  when  to  the  west  of  the  Five  Islands,  the  wind  will  not  permit  you  to  pass  to  the 
S.  E.  of  Sandy  Island,  you  must  steer  to  the  north  until  the  north  point  of  Sandy  Island 
bears  east,  southerly,  and  then  you  will  haul  by  the  wind,  and  prolong  the  stretch  imtil 
you  can  weather  Sandy  Island  on  the  other  tack,  and  having  weathered  it,  yoti  will  beat 
in  as  above  stated,  that  is,  on  the  north  tack,  until  you  are  nearly  west  of  Fort  Hamil- 
ton, and  on  the  south  tack,  to  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  coast,  near  the  Ship's  Stern. 

To  proceed  to  the  northward,  from  the  road  of  St.  .Tohn,  it  is  necessary  to  give  a  berth 
to  the  rocky  shoal  called  the  Diamond,  and  others,  which  extend  west  almost  to  the  me- 
ridian of  the  Warrington,  and  the  northernmost  part  of  which  is  nearly  five  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  Ship's  Stern  Point.  To  effect  this,  you  must  steer  from  the  anchorage 
about  N.  W.  by  N.,  but  nothing  to  the  north  of  that,  until  Sandy  Island  bears  from  south 
towards  east,  and  then  you  may  steer  uurth,  which  you  will  continue  until  the  Sisters 
bear  S.  E.  by  S.,  when  you  may  haul  to  the  wind,  and  pursue  your  rou.e,  according  to 
destination. 

If,  having  made  the  north  part  of  Antigua,  you  wish  to  anchor  at  St.  .John's,  you  ought 
to  steer  true  west,  passing  outside  of  all  the  shoals  ;  that  is,  avoiding  the  north  coast  by 
about  four  mihs,  until  Sandy  Island  bears  south,  a  little  easterly,  when  you  may  steer 
towards  it,  until  you  are  due  west  from  the  northernmost  land  of  Antigua ;  thence 
steer  (r,\-  Ship's  Stern  Point,  and  so  run,  until,  being  something  to  the  south  of  Fort 
..  Hamilton,  you  luay  haul  by  the  wind,  or  shape  the  most  convenient  course  to  gain  tho 
;  anchorage. 

The  channel  between  Guadaloupe  and  Antigua,  is  most  excellent,  and  does  not  oft'er 
the  least  danger. 

The  channel  between  Antigua  and  Barbuda,  on  the  contrary,  is,  at  times,  dangerous, 
particularly  between  May  and  November,  during  which  season,  no  or,e  should  pass 
through  it,  because  there  are  many  calms  in  it,  alternating  with  very  her.vy  squalls  of 
wind  ;  and  as  the  depth  of  the  channel  is  "so  unequal,  and  the  bottom  froqjently  rocky, 
an  anchor  cannot  be  let  go  when  the  calms  come  on,  and  the  risk  is  incurred  of  being 
I  driven  upon  the  rocks,  either  on  one  side  or  the  other,  by  currents  that  may  occasionally 
fprevail  here. 


424 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


MONTSERRAT  ANT3  rvEDONDO.— There  is  no  hnrhor  in  the  isl:ind  of  Monf- 


sonvit.  iin'l  the  jrreatpr  part  of  the  coast  is  so  encompassed  with  rocks,  as  to  render  rid 


ing 


danaerous,  in  case  of  a  hurricane  or  tornado.  The  principal  roadstead  is  off  the  town 
and  there  are  two  others  shown  in  the  chart,  namely.  Old  Road  and  Ker's  Bay;  but  iri 
all  these  a  surf  beats  continually  on  the  shore.  Large  heavy  goods  are  therefore  landed 
and  shipped  by  means  of  a  boat,  called  a  Moses,  manned  by  expert  rowers,  who,  when 
tlipy  see  what  is  termed  a  lull,  or  abatement  ofthe  surge,  push  ashore,  and  lay  the  broad- 
side of  the  Moses  on  the  beach,  so  as  to  roll  out  or  admit  the  hogsheads,  <S:c.  (Cotton, 
rum,  and  other  comiiu)dities,  which  will  bear  the  water,  are  generally  floated  oft" or 
ashore. 

It  has  been  recommended  to  those  who  lie  near  this  island,  when  the  st  ite  of  the  at- 
mosphere indicates  an  approaching  tornado,  to  get  under  way  for  Antigua  or  St.  Chris- 
topher's, according  to  the  wind  and  other  circumstances. 

The  Spanish  description  says,  "  Montserrat,  which  lies  nearly  S.  S.  E.  and  N.  N.  W, 
is  a  great  rock  formed  by  two  mountains.  The  N.  E.  part  is  remarkably  high,  scarped 
or  clirty,  and  clean.  The  island  has  not  the  smallest  bay,  nor  any  breakers,  except 
ihey  break  u[)on  the  very  shore,  which  you  may  come  so  near  as  almost  to  touch  it  with- 
out  the  least  risk.  The  N.  W.  point  is  also  high  and  scarped,  (or  cliffy,)  and  blurt; 
The  highest  parts  of  the  island  may,  in  clear  weather,  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  fifteen 
leagues.  The  S.  E.  partis  higher  than  the  N.  W.,  but  it  has  a  gentler  declivity,  and 
where  it  joins  the  sea,  is  rather  low;  the  south  part  is  also  very  clean;  but  when  the 
breeze  south-easts,  the  sea  breaks  upon  it  with  much  force.  The  road  is  an  opening  of 
some  depth,  which  affords  shelter  only  when  the  breeze  is  N.  E.  This  renders  it  im- 
possible for  large  vessels  to  anchor  in  it,  and  none  frequent  it  but  some  small  ones,  to 
carry  away  the  produce  of  the  island,  which  they  take  to  Antigua. 

REDONDO,  which  lies  three  leagues  to  the  N.  W.  from  the  north  end  of  Montset- 
rat,  is  a  very  high,  round,  barren,  and  uninhabited  rock,  having  the  ajjpearance  of  a 
hay-cock,  and  which  may  be  seen  from  the  distance  of  9  or  10  leagues.  There  is  an- 
chorage on  the  west  ■^'ule  of  it,  in  the  depth  of  11  fathoms.  You  may  approach  the  isle 
on  either  side,  it  being  steep  to.  On  the  S.  E.  side  is  a  little  islet,  called  the  Pinnacle, 
which  is  nearly  joined  to  the  land. 

AVES,  OR  BIRD'S  ISLAND.— This  little  solitary  isle,  which  takes  its  name  from 
the  multitude  of  sea  fowl  with  which  it  is  always  covered,  lies,  according  to  the  Spanish 
chart,  in  lat.  15°  50',  and  long.  6;}°  43'.  It  is  extremely  low,  and  surrounded  by  a  sandy 
beach.  In  the  middle  it  is  somewhat  higher  than  at  its  extremities,  and  has  some  trees. 
There  are  reefs  on  its  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  sides,  which  extend  out  to  a  short  distance,  and 
on  which  the  Sea  always  breaks.  The  length  is  about  three  cables,  from  N.  to  S.,  and 
nearly  the  same  from  E.  to  W.  The  height  is  about  12  or  15  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.  At  the  western  part  of  it  there  is  good  shelter  from  the  sea,  where  a  vessel  may  an- 
chor in  10  or  12  fathoms  of  water,  on  a  sandy  bottom.  This  island  may  be  seen,  in  a 
clear  day,  at  Sh  or  4  leagues  off,  but  the  flight  of  birds,  at  the  setting  of  the  sun,  will  al- 
ways point  out  its  sifaation. 

Father  Laval  says,  that  there  is  anchorage  on  the  S.  W.  side,  at  half  a  pistol-shot 
from  shore,  in  .3.^  fathoms,  white  sand.  He  adds,  there  is  neither  pond  nor  a  spring' of 
fresh  water  on  the  island  :  but,  it  is  supposed,  that  by  digging  at  the  distance  of  150  or 
200  paces  from  the  shore,  water  might  be  found. 

On  the  west  and  N.  \V.  sides,  are  two  islets  or  barren  rocks,  \»hite  with  the  dung  of 
birds,  which  resort  there.  These  islands  are  connected  to  Aves  by  shoals  and  breakers, 
which  may  be  seen. 

Mr.  James  Finlaison  (M.  R.  N.)  describes  the  Isle  of  A^es,  as  follows: — "The  Island 
of  Aves  lies  in  lat.  15^  40'  N.  long.  63°  33'  W.  variation  4°  20"  E.  it  is  a  low  small  island, 
about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  length:  you  will  not  see  it  farther  oft"  than  six  or  eight 
miles;  broken  water  extends  from  both  ends  of  the  island,  about  half  a  mile  from  it,- 
Ships  must  be  careful  that  they  keep  near  the  parallel,  in  the  night-time,  as  it  is  impos- 
sible to  see  it,  being  so  very  low;  there  is  a  slight  covering  of  grass  on  the  top." 

The  position  of  Aves,  as  given  in  the  French  Tables,  is  15°  30'  18"  N.  and  ClP  :'>i' 
17"  W.  The  mean  of  the  three  statements  is  15°  40'  N.  and  long.  63"^  38'  W.  A  posi- 
tive determination  seems  to  be  still  a  desideratum. 

GUADALOUPE. — The  form  of  Guadaloupe  is  very  irregular,  as  shown  by  the  Chart, 
and  'he  land  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  an  arm  of  the  sea,  called  the  Riviere  Salee,  or 
Salt  River;  a  stream  diminishing  in  width  from  50  to  15  fathoms,  and  of  which  the 
soundings  are  in  some  places  deep  enough  for  a  ship  of  five  hundred  tons,  whilst,  in 
others,  there  is  scarcely  water  enough  for  a  bark  of  fifty.  The  length  of  this  strait  ij 
about  two  leagues,  and  no  scene  can  be  more  pleasant  than  the  passage  ;  the  water  being 
clear  and  snU,  and  the  banks  on  each  side  lined  with  mangroves  and  pal  ettoes,  which 
aflbrd  excellent  refreshment,  and  shelter  from  tLs  heat. 


The  wesi 
pans,  by  a 
indeed,  thai 
covered  wit 
air,  a  moun 
height,  abo^ 
with  sparks, 
iVuitfiiliiess 
The  easte 
been  so  inu( 
level,  but  it 
mate  so  heai 
ab.e  trade. 

Tlie  chief 

near  the  sou 

Tile  Engl 

part  of  the  S 

by  S.  :  Moil 

Rasseterre  13 

The  Flore 

in  7  fathoms 

tlie  following 

the  church  > 

the  souflierni 

Should  yo 

weigh  at  nigh 

it  may  carry 

the  sea-wind 

the  baffling  w 

there  is  a  sm;i 

Head  ;  it  appi 

within  it. 


This  island, 

twenty  league 

hoats  and  cane 

is  subdivided  i 

west    Basseter 

ern  part  of  Gr 

which  separate 

vessels  which 

necessary  to  h 

the  town  of  St 

ward  and  eastv 

On  the  S.  \ 

most  consider; 

why  it  is  gener 

teied  roadstead 

at  two  cables'  b 

good,  and  thes 

one  anchor  in  i 

you  may  be  reii 

j.       From  the  ai 

I  you  choose,  so 

I  extremity  of  th 

I      Every  one  be 

I  commercial  por 

I  two  miles  of  the 

and  Bay  of  Fe 

pilot  to  carry  yi 

On  this  coast 

9oise,  and  the  s 

town,  a  little  inl 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


425 


?l:ind  ofMont- 
o  render  ruling 
is  oft'  the  town, 
•'s  Bny  ;  but  in 
lerefore  landed 
ers,  who,  wlipn 
i  liiy  the  broad- 
s,  Ace.  (^ottnn, 
ly  floated  off  or 

state  of  the  at- 
la  or  St.  Chris- 

l.andN.N.W. 
ly  high,  scarped 
)reakers,  except 
to  touch  it  with- 
;liffy,)  and  bluff. 
stance  of  fifteen 
;r  declivity,  and 
1 ;  but  when  the 
is  an  opening  of 
is  renders  it  im- 
ne  small  ones,  to 

end  of  Montspi- 
appearance  of  a 
s.  There  is  an- 
approach  the  isle 
led  the  Pinnacle, 

<es  its  name  from 

ng  to  the  Spanish 

unded  by  a  sandy 

id  has  some  trees. 

lort  distance,  and 

•cm  N.  to  S.,  and 

Ivethe  level  of  the 

[e  a  vessel  may  an- 

nay  be  seen,  in  a 

f  the  sun,  will  al- 

,  half  a  pistol-shot 
Ld  nor  a  sprin;^  of 
lislance  of  150  or 

with  the  (lung  of 
loals  and  breakers, 

Lg  : "  The  Island 

la  low  small  island, 
■  than  six  or  eight 
a  mile  from  it.- 
ie,  as  it  is  inipoj- 
Ithetop." 

N.  and  63'  "s' 
38'  \V.     A  posi- 

[own  by  the  Chart, 
1  Riviere  Salee,  or 
md  of  which  the 
led  tons,  whilst,  iu 
]h  of  this  strait  1! 
the  water  being 


Ipa. 


-ettoes 


,  which 


The  western  division  of  the  Island,  which  is  the  most  important,  is  divided  into  two 
parts,  by  a  ridge  of  very  hii^h  rujJijed  nu)untains,  extending  north  and  south  ;  so  high 


with  spiUKs,   visioie  III  lae  iiigin.      r  rom   iiie   iiiuuiuciiiis   now    iiiaiiv  siie; 
jVuitfuliies.s  into  the  jilains,  and  attemper  the  burning  air  of  the  climate. 

The  eastern  division  of  the  island,  distinguished  by  the  name  of  (irand  Terre,  has  not 
i)censo  much  favored  by  nature  as  the  western  part;  indeed  it  is  less  rough,  and  more 
level,  but  it  wants  springs  and  rivers;  the  soil  more  sandy  is  not  so  fertile,  nor  l?  its  cli- 
mate so  healthy.  Its  principal  town,  Port  au  Petre,  or  {St.  Louis,  is  a  place  of  consider- 
able trade. 

The  chief  town  of  (luadaloupe  is  that  named  Basseterre,  situated  on  the  west  side 
near  the  south  end  of  the  island. 

The  English  ship  Temple,  i)eing  at  anchor  at  Basseterre  Road,  had  the  westernmost 
part  of  the  Saintes,  and  some  part  of  the  western  side  of  Dominica  in  one,  bearing  S.  E. 
by  S.  ;  Montserrat,  at  the  same  time,  bore  N.  W.  northerly,  and  the  westernmost  part  of 
Basseterre  Bay  N..  W.  by  N.,  distant  one  mile. 

The  Flore,  French  frigate,  being  moored  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  W.  in  this  road,  in  1772, 
in  7  fathoms,  sandy  ground,  and  the  small  anchor  in  37  fathoms,  similar  ground,  had 
tile  following  bearings  by  compass  : — 'J'he  fort  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  town,  S.  E.  by  E.  ; 
the  church  N.  E. ;  the  N.  W.  end  of  the  town  N.  by  VV.  ;  Point  Irois  N.  N.  W. ;  and 
the  southernmost  point  of  Dominica  S.  E.  by  8. 

Should  you  be  bound  from  the  road  of  Basseterre  to  Antigua,  the  best  way  is  to 
weigh  at  night,  and  sail  at  such  a  distance  from  the  shore  as  to  kee])  the  land  wind,  that 
it  may  carry  you  to  the  northern  part  of  the  island  by  morning,  whore  you  will  have 
the  sea-wind  to  carry  you  across.  Should  you  act  otherwise  you  may  be  caught  by 
the  baffling  winds  from  under  the  high  hinds.  Oft"  the  N.  W.  Point  of  Guadaloupe 
there  is  a  small  but  remarkable  high  rock,  called  Tete  a  la  Anglois,  or  Knglishman's 
Head  ;  it  appears  grey,  and  particularly  distinguishes  this  coast,  and  tliere  is  no  passage 
within  it. 

Remarks  on  Guadalonpe. 
[From  the  Dcrrotero  de  las  Antillns,  &;c.] 

This  island,  the  mountains  of  which  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  at  the  distance  of 
twenty  leagues,  is  divided  into  two  almost  equal  parts,  by  a  channel  navigable  solely  for 
boats  and  canoes.  The  eastern  i)art  is  named  (iRAxND  TERKE,  and  the  western  part 
is  subdivided  into  two,  by  the  mountains  ;  the  east  being  named  Cabes  Terre,  and  the 
west  Basseterre.  The  capital  of  this  island  is  St.  Louis  or  Point  a  Petre,  on  the  west- 
ern part  of  Grand  Terre,  and  at  the  south  entrance  of  the  Riviere  Salee,  or  channel, 
which  separates  it  from  Cabes  Terre.  The  anchorage  of  Point  Petre  is  sheltered,  and 
vessels  which  have  to  remain  at  Guadaloupe  winter  in  it.  In  the  hurricane  season  it  is 
necessary  to  have  a  pilot  to  take  this  anchorage.  If  bound  to  it,  you  proceed  towards 
the  town  of  St.  Louis,  taking  ca.-e  not  to  get  to  the  west  of  it,  but  keeping  to  the  south- 
ward and  eastward,  that  is,  you  must  make  il  to  the  N.  W.  of  you. 

On  the  S.  W.  point  of  Basseterre,  stands  the  town  of  the  same  name,  which  is  the 
most  considerable  in  the  island,  and  the  centre  of  its  commerce.  This  is  the  reason 
why  it  is  generally  resorted  to.  The  anchorage  here  is  a  very  incommodious  uii-hel- 
teted  roaflstead,  where  there  is  a  constant  swell :  its  bottom,  at  the  edge,  is  so  steep,  that 
at  two  cables' length  from  the  shore,  there  are  80  and  100  fathoms.  The  ground  is  not 
good,  and  these  circumstances  make  it  necessary  to  kee])  close  to  the  shore,  and  let  go 
one  anchor  in  -20  or  ;UI  fathoms,  on  clay,  and  hatig  to  it,  without  letting  go  another,  that 
you  may  be  ready  to  make  sail  the  moment  that  winds  from  the  S.  E.  quarter  co  ;  on. 
From  the  anchorage  of  Basseterre  you  may  approach  as  near  to  the  west  coast  as 
you  choose,  so  far  to  the  northward  as  the  hill  named  (iros  Morne,  which  is  the  N.  W. 
extremity  of  this  part  of  the  island. 

Every  one  bound  to  Guadaloupe  ought  to  make  the  south  part  of  it,  for  tlie  principal 
commercial  ports  are  on  it.  If  bound  to  Point  a  Petre  you  ought  to  approach  within 
two  miles  of  the  south  coast  or  Grande  Terre,  and  continue  at  that  distance  to  the  Point 
and  Bay  of  Fergeant,  on  which  is  the  town  of  St.  Louis,  whence  you  ought  to  'ake  a 
pilot  to  carry  you  into  Point  a  Petre. 

On  this  coast  there  are  two  roadsteads,  with  towns  at  them,  the  first  called  St.  Fran- 
9oise,  and  the  second  St.  Anne's.  Between  the  last  and  Fort  Louis  there  is  another 
town,  a  little  inland,  named  Le  Gosier,  which  is  nearly  north  from  an  island  of  the  same 

54 


426 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


name.     From  this  ialet  to  the  west,  in  about  two  miles  .if  the  coast,  arc  (>  or  8  fatliomj 
of  water. 

Ifbouiidto  Fort  Royal  or  Basseterre,  direct  your  course  sous  to  approach  Cnbrs 
Terre  about  Point  St.  Siuiveur;  then  follow  the  coast,  at  the  disfanee  of  .\  mile  or  tliern- 
abouts,  and  pass  about  half  a  cable's  length  from  Point  du  V^ieux  Fort,  or  Old  Fort 
Point,  which  is  the  southernmost  point  of  Petit  Terre,  and  lulf  up  ii'in.ediitely  when 
round  it,  in  order  to  keep  at  ihe  same  distance,  of  ha'f  a  cable's  length  from  the  -joast, 
until  you  are  opposite  the  town,  where  yon  must  anchor. 

It  ought  to  be  observed,  that  when  sailinj;  either  to  ihe  northward  or  southward,  to 
leeward  of  Guadaloupe,  you  ought  to  keep  within  two  miles  of  the  shore,  as  by  doini,'.si), 
you  may  have  the  advantage  of  a  light  land-breeze,  which  will  be  almost  always  suiTi- 
cient  to' pass  it  before  day  ;  but,  getting  jirther  off  the  coast,  it  is  no  uncommon  thing 
to  be  four  or  five  days  aiisolutely  becalmed.  Any  one  who  is  not  able  to  get  near  the 
land  of  Guadaloupe,' that  is,  within  the  distance  of  two  miles,  must  positively  pass  at  7 
or  8  leagues  from  it  to  avoid  the  calms. 

POINT  PETKH. — Point  Chatteaux,  the  easternmost  land  of  Guadaloupe,  is  com- 
,  sed  of  irregularly  shaped  rocks,  some  of  which  appear  ready  to  tumble  over  into  tlio 
wa^or.  From  this  point  you  may  keep  down  the  south  side  of  the  island,  within  about 
two  miles  of  the  shore,  until  you  jiass  an  island  called  Le  Grosier,  which  "s  the  first 
island  you  coino  to,  and  betveen  which  and  the  main  island  there  is  no  passage,  nml 
only  a  small  opening.  From  this  island  to  I'car  the  hari)or,  you  may  go  along  in  the 
edge  of  the  while  water.  When  up  with  Isle  Le  (Trosier,  you  will  discover  a  build- 
ing, on  a  hill  near  the  water,  which  is  called  a  fort,  although  it  has  not  much  the  ap- 
pearance of  one.  About  a  mile,  or  a  mile  and  u  half  from  the  fort,  is  the  entrance  to  the 
harbor  of  Point  Petrc.  In  sailing  along  here,  you  will,  if  not  too  far  o(f  shore,  observe 
an  island  so  low  that  the  mangrove  bushes  appear  to  stand  in  the  water,  from  which  a 
reef  extentis  oil' some  distance  to  the  westward.  A  little  to  the  westward  ot' the  last  is 
another  island,  larger  and  higher,  with  cocoanut-trees  and  soiue  houses  on  it,  where  the 
pilots  slop,  from  which  a  reef  extends  oil'  in  an  easterly  direction.  Between  those  two 
reefs  is  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  A  little  inside  the  low  island  are  several  large  stpiare 
buoys,  near  which  you  pass,  leaving  them  all  on  the  starboard  hand.  There  ?re  icvprrti 
islands  to  the  westward  of  tliose  already  meii'ioned,  among  and  around  which  thegroiiiid 
is  foul,  so  that  vessels  lying  off  and  on  should  i."ej.  to  windward. 

While  I  was  on  shore  my  mate  soun<led  in  three  fathoms,  on  a  small  piece  of  shoal 
ground,  nearly  S.  by  E.  from  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  Point  Petre  is  one  of  the  best 
in  the  West  Indies,  and  pilots  are  readily  obtained. 

THE  SAImTES,  MARIE-GAL  ante,  DESIRADE,  &-c.~These  islands  are  de- 
pendencies of  Guaualoupe,  from  which  island  Marie-Galante,  tlie  principal,  is  11  miles 
distant.     The  channels  between  them  are  generally  clear  and  deep. 

THE  SAINTES.— The  assemblage  of  little  islands,  called  the  Saintcs,  or  All  Saint?, 
were  so  denominated  from  h  iving  been  discovered  by  the  Spaniards  on  All  Saints'  day. 
Th-^y  are  all  bold  to,  and  so  happily  arranged  as  to  form  as  fine  a  road  for  shipping  as  any 
in  ine  neighborhood. 

The  two  largest  islands  are  called  Terre  d'cn  Haut,  o"  the  Upper  Land,  and  Terre  d'en 
Bas,  or  the  Lower  Land.  The  first  is  the  easternmost,  and  contains  the  town,  or  rather 
village,  which  is  situated  about  halfway  down,  on  its  western  side.  Between  this  town  anih 
small  island  (o  the  N.  W.  is  the  anchorage,  which  is  nearly  half  a  mile  broad,  and  has 
a  depth  of  l(j  to  14,  10,  and  6  fathoms.  On  the  Terre  d'en  Bas  is  a  neat  wooden  church, 
with  two  convenient  creeks  for  anchorage  and  landing. 

The  islands  have  constantly  a  fresh  bree/e,  let  the  wind  blow  from  what  quarter  it 
may. 

On  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  upper  island  is  a  mountain,  called  Mont  de  Filles,  the  sum- 
niit  of  which  is  813  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  which  is  therefore  a  proper  sta- 
tion for  a  signal  post.  To  the  N.  W.  of  this  mounttiin,  on  the  north  coast  of  this  island. 
is  a  remarkable  promontory,  called  the  Sugar  Loaf,  which  serves  as  a  guirle  to  ships 
coming  in  from  the  northward ;  for  bearing  S,  W.  by  S.  it  leads  between  a  rock,  callfd 
the  Whale,  and  a  bank  lying  more  to  the  north-westward,  at  the  entrance  of  the  channel, 
within  which  ships  may  haul  round  to  the  road. 

In  passing  out  hence  t  >  the  westward,  keep  over  towards  the  south  shore,  in  orderto 
avoid  a  shoal  which  lies  a!,  tlie  distance  of  a  cable's  length  from  the  south  point  of  the 
island  to  the  north-westward. 

It  is  said  that  there  is  a  sunken  rock  lying  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  northward  of  these 
islands,  of  which  the  particulars  are  unknown. 

MARIE-GALANTE. — The  land  of  Marie-Galante  is  of  moderate  height,  and  if  rises 
gradually  towards  the  north.  On  the  south  and  eastern  sides  are  several  sunken  rocks 
and  dangerous  reefs,  some  of  whl-ch  extend  nearly  a  league  to  sea  ;  but  the  western  side 


i?  a  fair  sin 

is  protectee 

Along th 

pica!  'lirds. 

tii)ii.     It  h; 

ponds  ol  (i'c 

DE.>^IK. 

wood  iuid  fi 

E.  N.  K.  an 

prow,  and  tl; 

wliite  broke 

side  there  ai 

There  is 
ing  netir  the 
out  for  a  cle 
south,  eastei 
(iuadaloupe, 
are  L'2  and 

PETITE 
nel.     It  lies 
lante  and  the 
ingbv  Petite 
DOM  INK 
age  along  tin 
eriv  winds  as 
the  chief 
island.     In  its 
Between  3  ; 
from  the  famo 
the  depth  of  w 
rividets  runnii 
come  to  anchc 
ter,  for  which 
Scot's  Head 
a  fJag-stalf  on 
The  town  ol 
readily  diecern 
bay  off  the  soi 
called  W-:odbi 
with  the  luiddl 
nearly  opposite 
The  course 
seventeen  mile 
BARB A DO 
badoes,  you  m 
will  then  carry 
l-'oard  side,  ha' 
bluf^'  making  li 
bay ;  turn  into 
of  a  large  river 
a  small  river,  w 
is  another  rivei 
but  in  10  fathoi 
The  north  }: 
Prince  Rupert'; 
When  turnin 
a  remarkable  hi 
the  north  side, 

*  Properly  Desi 
rica,  and  he  gave 
beating  Tibout  in  1 

t  This  is  the  di 
no  danger  in  goin; 
one  anchorinTor 
bring  the  fort  N.  1 


BLUM  ,S  AMi:ilICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


427 


6  or  8  fathomj 

pproach  Cnbfs 
I  mile  or  therc- 
t,  or  Old  Fort 
i.ediitely  when 
from  the  'joast, 

r  soiuhw.ird,  to 
,  as  liy  (iitiiiii  s(i, 
s!  alwayn  sulVi- 
nconiiuon  thin; 
to  get  near  tlie 
iitively  pass  at  7 

aloupe,  is  corn- 
Die  over  into  tlio 
nd,  wi'hip  aboui 
kfliich  "s  the  first 
no  passage,  and 
jjo  nl:)iig  ill  the 
liscover  a  builil- 
ot  much  the  ap- 
e  entrance  to  the 
ift"  shore,  observe 
er,  fran\  wliich  a 
ard  ol  the  last  is 
i  on  it,  where  the 
otweeii  those  two 
veral  large  square 
There  ?re  ioveral 
which  the  ground 

all  piece  of  shoal 
;  is  one  of  the  bcsi 

se  islands  are  de- 
icipa!,  is  11  miles 

tes,  or  All  Saints, 
1  All  Saints'  day, 
)r  shipping  as,iny 

d,  and  Terre  d'en 
le  town,  or  rather 
;en  this  town  and  a 
e  broad,  and  has 
t  wooden  chtirch, 

what  quarter  it 


Filles,  the  sum- 
fore  a  proper  sta- 
bast  of  this  island, 

a  suide  to  ships 
ten  a  rock,  called 
t;e  of  the  channel, 

|shore,  in  order  to 
juth  point  of  the 

jrthward  of  these 

[eight,  and  it  rises 

|ral  sunken  rocks 

Uhe  western  side 


j?  a  fair  shore,  with  good  anchorage  in  several   places.      The  town,  IJasseterrc,  wliich 
is  iirotected  by  a  fort,  stands  on  flic,  S,  \V.  point  of  the  island. 


Along  the  eastern  shore  are  lofty  perpendicular  rocks,  that  shelter  vast  numbers  of  tro- 
pical 'lirds.  The  western  shore  is  (lat,  and  the  ground,  in  general,  is  projx'r  for  cultiva- 
fii)ii.  It  has  -jeveril  large  caverns,  where  crabs  are  found  with  many  little  streams  and 
ponds  of  fresh  water. 

DESIKADE,  OH  DESF.ADA.*— This  is  a  small  rocky  island,  destitute  both  of 
wood  and  fresh  water,  but  whereon  some  cotton  is  cultivated.  The  island  lies  nearly 
E.  X.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.,  sha|)i,'d  like  a  galley,  the  eastern  end  making  like  the  head  or 
prow,  and  the  western  end  like  the  tilt.  J?ut  on  advancing  towards  the  north  side,  some 
white  broken  parches  will  appear,  hke  heaps  of  sand  with  red  streaks  in  them.  On  this 
side  there  are  some  rocks  iin.'er  water. 

There  is  anchorage  olf  the  S.  W.  part,  at  a  mile  and  a  half  from  some  houses  stand- 
ing near  the  shore.  Vou  may  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  of  water,  taking  care  to  look 
out  for  a  clear  s])ot.  as  the  ground  is  rocky.  When  at  anchor,  I'etiie  'i'erre  will  bear 
south,  easterly,  and  Point  Chateau.ic  W.  by  S.  Tlie  latter  is  the  easternmost  point  of 
(luadaloupe,  and  may  be  known  by  a  huimuocU  on  it.  Between  it  and  JJesiiade  there 
are  -••i  and  •23  fathoms  of  water. 

PETITE  TEHllE  is  a  .small  sandy  island,  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  .shallow  chan- 
nel. It  lies  directly  in  the  fair-way,  or  in  a  line  between  the  eastern  coast  of  iMarie-tJa- 
lante  and  the  isle  Uesirade.  Captain  Bishop  has  said,  "There  is  pretty  good  anchor- 
ing by  Petite  Terre,  to  the  westward,  at  two  miles  from  shore,  in  7  fathoms  of  water." 

DOMlNiC.X.  has,  properly  speaking,  no  harbors,  but  there  is  good  and  safe  anchor- 
age along  the  western  side,  all  of  which  is  bold.  Slii))s  are,  however,  e.xposcd  to  west- 
erly winds  as  in  the  other  islands ;  but  those  winds  prevail  only  in  the  winter  months. 

The  chief  town  h  that  called  Roseau,  or  (Jharlotte  Town,  on  the  S.  W.  side  of  the 
island.     In  its  road  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  15  to  2^)  fathoms,  good  holding  ground. f 

Between  3  and  4  miles  from  the  north  end  lies  a  noble  bay,  called  Prince  Rupert's  Bay, 
from  the  famous  Prin(;e  Rupert's  anchoring  there,  which,  besides  its  safety,  its  magnitude, 
the  depth  of  water,  and  the  goodness  of  the  unchorage,  has  tlie  advantage  of  three  fresh 
rivulets  running  into  it.  Fleets  destined  to  other  parts  of  the  West  Indies  commonly 
come  to  anchor  in  this  bay,  for  the  purjiose  of  supplying  themselves  with  wood  and  wa- 
ter, for  which  there  are  excellent  conveniences. 

Scot's  Head,  or  L'ointCachacrou,  the  south  point  of  Dominica,  is  a  high  rock,  having 
a  fiag-stalf  on  it,  which,  from  a  distance,  apjiears  like  an  island. 

The  town  of  Roseau  is  about  six  miles  to  the  northward  of  Scot's  Head,  and  will  be 
readily  discerned  when  sailing  along  shore.  Merchant  ships  generally  anchor  in  the 
bay  olf  the  south  end  of  the  town,  but  ships  of  war  in  the  smaller  bay  to  the  northward, 
called  Wcodbridge  F>ay,  abreast  of  a  gibbet  erected  near  the  beach,  and  ajipearing  on 
with  the  middle  of  a  large  caiiefield.  To  come  to  an  anchor  here,  run  in  under  easy  sail, 
nearly  opposite  to  the  gibbet,  and  let  go  the  moment  you  get  projier  soundings. 

The  course  and  distance  from  Roseau  to  Prince  Rupert's  ]5ay  are  nearly  N.  N.  W. 
seventeen  miles.     The  coast  between  is  generally  bold  and  steep. 

BARBADOES  TO  DOMINICA,  &c.— If  "you  are  bound  to  Dominica  from  Bar- 
badoes,  you  must  steer  N.  N.  W.  till  you  have  jiassed  Martinique,  and  a  N.  W.  course 
will  then  carry  you  to  the  northward  of  Dominica.  Leaving  Marie-Calante  on  the  star- 
l.'oard  side,  haul  up  close  in  with  the  north  point  of  Dominica;  you  will  see  a  round 
bluft'  making  like  an  island,  at  some  distance  ;  go  round  tliat  blulf,  and  you  open  the 
bay  ;  turn  into  the  north  ))art,  and  anchor  in  7,  8,  or  '.)  fathoms.     Yon  will  see  the  mouth 

pposite 


of  a  large  river,  which  anchor  to  the  northward  of  half  a  mile,  and  you  will  be 
a  small  river,  which  you  water  at,  the  best  in  the  bay  ;  the  great  river  is  brae  kish.     There 
is  another  river  to  the  soutliward,  where  you  may  anchor  in  b  fathoms,  clear  ground; 
but  in  10  fathoms  you  will  have  coral  rocks. 

The  north  point,  above  referred  to,  is  that  called  Cape  Melville  ;  and  the  bluff  is 
Prince  Rupert's  Head,  which  forms  the  north  side  of  the  bay. 

When  turning  into  the  bay  its  southern  side  will  be  in  sight ,  which  is  a  low  point  with 
a  remarkable  high  hill  over  it,  called  Rolla's  Head  and  Hill.  Prince  Rupert's  Head,  on 
the  north  side,  is  distinguished  by  two  fortified  hills,  called  the  Cabrits,  which  are  con- 

*  Properly  Desiderada.  It  was  the  first  land  wliich  Colombo  made  on  his  second  voyage  to  Ame- 
rica,  and  he  gave  it  the  name  of  the  Desired  Island,  because  he  had  for  a  long  time  before  been 
beating  nbout  in  this  vast  n-act  of  waters,  without  seeing  any  thing  but  sea  and  skies. 

t  This  is  the  description  formerly  given,  but  Mr.  Backhouse  describes  as  follows  : — "There  is 
no  danger  in  going  in,  and  there  are  6  and  7  fathoms  at  half  a  cable's  length  from  shore.  You  lay 
one  anchor  in  7  or  8  fatlioms,  the  other  in  40  fathoms,  very  bad  ground.  The  anchoring  mark  is  ta 
bring  the  fort  N.  E." 


428 


BLUNT's  AiVnmiCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


nected  (o  the  main  by  n  low  marshy  n<'ck.  At  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  which  I.1  fi  mile 
deep,  is  the  town  of  Portsmoutli,  conHistiriij  of  houses  inei;ui;oiy  piiiced  :  westward  u( 
Portsmouth,  on  a  rising  ground  at  the  inner  part  of  ttie  niarsli  which  connects  the  Ca- 
brits  to  the  nain,  tliere  is  a  small  jilantation,  called  (Jotloti  Hill,  with  a  few  s  nail  hou.st-s, 
Over  the  town  appears  two  hijih  sugar-loaf  hdls,  to  the  southward  of  wliic  1  is  a  hiyh 
mountain,  wliose  suunnit  is  involved  in  clouds.  To  llie  southward  of  Ponsrnoutli,  ai 
the  distance  of  nearly  a  mile  and  a  half,  and  on  low  ground  neir  the  beach,  is  a  planta- 
tion, called  I'icanlti  Kstate;  and  nearly  midway  between  Picarde  Estate  and  Kolla's 
Head  is  a  (ine  plantation,  called  that  of  Mount  Allen. 

Nearly  mid-w\y  between  Portsmouth  and  Picarde  Estate,  in  the  valley  on  the  south- 
ern side  of  the  two  sugar-loaf  hills  that  appear  over  the  town,  is  the  river  called  Indian 
lliver,  which  talis  into  the  bay. 

When  working  into  the  bay,  you  may  stand  boldly  over,  from  side  to  side,  which  is  a 
distance  ot*  nearly  three  miles.  The  bay  is  rather  more  than  a  tnile  deep.  Prime  Ru- 
pert's Head  and  Rolla's  Head,  are  both  so  steep  that  either  may  be  approached  to  the 
distance  of  a  ship's  length.  W  hen  olf  Mount  Allen,  you  may  statid  towards  it  so  as  lu 
bring  a  single  tamarind  tree,  which  stands  to  the  northward  of  the  middle  of  Portsmoutli, 
on  with  the  highest  land  behind  it.  Vou  may  stand  towards  Picarde  testate,  until  ;i  lit- 
tle hill  to  the  west  begins  to  open  with  the  cultivated  part  of  Motint  Allen  Estate,  wiili- 
out  the  western  edge  of  Kolla's  Hill.  When  standing  towards  the  marsh,  between  the 
Cabrits  and  Cotton  Hill,  you  should  tack  in  9  or  7  fathoms,  according  to  the  ship's 
draught. 

From  the  inner  part  of  the  Cabrits,  round  the  bay  to  the  western  Mde  of  the  culti- 
vated part  of  Mount  Allen  Estate,  a  shelf  stretches  frouj  the  beach,  which  is,  in  gen- 
eral, a  cable's  lengtli  broad ;  off  Indian  River,  is  a  cable's  length  and  a  half;  at  about 
that  distance  there  are  3  fathoms  of  water;  thence  it  gradually  deepens  to  5,  7,  i.nd  10  la- 
thoms,  and  then  suddenly  to  1.3,  20,  and  2f)  fathoms.  The  clearest  ground  is  in  the  shoal 
water;  for  without  the  depth  of  10  fathoms  it  is  rocky.  The  best  anchorage  is  olf  the 
tamarind  tree,  as  above  mentioned,  and  I  he  coast  seen  over  the  low  land  within  the  Ca- 
brits, on  with  the  western  part  of  Cotton  Hill,  or  on  with  the  drain  at  the  wesfeui  end 
of  it.  Should  you  be  to  the  southward  of  the  tamarind  tree,  you  must  run  in  until  the 
highest  ground  on  the  western  side  of  the  cultivated  part  of  Mount  Allen  Plantation,  is 
open  without  the  western  side  of  Rolla's  Hill.  With  either  of  these  marks  the  groiiml 
is  muddy,  and  the  depth  is  from  ')  to  7  fathoms.  There  is  anchorage  farther  out,  in  from 
12  to  20  fathoms,  fine  dark  sandy  bottom,  at  from  one  to  three  cables'  length  from  shore, 
with  the  tamarind  tree  E.  N.  E. 

There  is  good  fishing  and  good  hauling  for  the  seine  throughout  the  bay.  The  water 
of  the  small  rivers  is  to  be  preferred,  that  of  the  larger  being  brackish. 

Remarks  from  the  Derrotero,  S^v, 

The  Derrotero  says  that  Dominica  is  the  highest  of  all  the  Ar.tillas  :  it  has  niuch 
wood  and  is  very  fertile.  All  its  coasts  are  clean,  and  you  may  apsvoach  within  less  than 
a  mile  of  them.  On  the  west  coast  they  experience  great  calms,  which  extend  six  miles 
out  at  sea  ;  and  here  it  is  necessary  to  navigate  under  moderate  sail,  and  with  much  cau- 
tion, on  accountof  the  heavy  gusts  that  abruptlv  proceed  from  the  openings  and  vallevs 
of  the  mountains;  for,  if  caught,  you  may  sustain  serious  damage  from  them.  This 
island  has  neither  harbor  nor  secure  anchorages  ;  the  best  are  those  of  Roseau,  on  the 
south  part  of  the  west  coast,  and  Rupert's  Bay,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  same  coast; 
in  both  roadsteads  they  anchor  at  less  than  two  cables'  length  from  the  shoro;  and  in 
front  of  the  towns;  there  is  no  need  of  instruction  for  going  to  them,  for  there  is  no 
hidden  danger. 

After  what  has  been  said  of  the  calms  and  gusts  of  wind  on  the  west  side,  it  seems  that 
the  best  way  to  avoid  them  will  be  for  those  be  nd  to  Pupert's  Bay,  to  make  the  north 
part  of  the  island  ;  and  for  those  bound  to  Roseau,  to  make  the  south.  The  channel  be- 
tween Martinique  and  this  island,  offers  no  danger  whatever;  and  the  currents  set  to  the 
N.  W.,  but  thev  are  of  little  importance. 

ST.  ESPRIT  REEF,  in  lat.  14°  37'  N.  long.  58°  59'  W.,  so  named  from  having 
been  discovered  by  the  captain  of  the  French  ship  St.  Esprit,  in  181'^,  and  afterwards 
supposed  to  have  been  sounded  on,  as  mentionetl  in  the  12th  edition  of  this  work,  from 
on  board  of  H.  M.  ship  ?torth  Star,  Lord  Wm.  Paget,  in  February,  1833.  It  appears, 
however,  that  the  reef  does  not  exist,  as  Sir  George  Cockburn  despatched  the  Ariadne, 
Sapphire,  Vestal,  Forte,  and  Victor,  H.  M.  ships,  then  on  the  W.  India  station,  in  Jan. 
1834,  and  after  a  close  examination,  the  captains  reported  no  such  shoal  could  be  found. 

MARTINIQUE  is  about  12  leagues  in  length,  and  lies  N.  W.  by  N.  and  S.  E.  by  S. 
Its  breadth  is  extremely  unequal,  and  scarcely  any  where  more  than  four  or  five  leagues; 


and  if  you  i 
heyoml  the 
land  is  very 
.siigar-loave.s 
of  winch  hi 
seen  from  e^ 
The  princ 
on  the  westf 
near  an  exce 
the  resident  i 
de  Sac  or  1{( 
east  of  it  is  ( 
war. 

{)u  every  s 
but  some  of 
TheDlRi 
the  south  pc 
taken,  should 
otf  it  three  ro 
To  the  west»\ 
The  Diain( 
of  Captain  b 
nearly  as  higl 
the  rock,  but 

Point  Sili, 


Martiniqu 

Having  mac 
leagues.  Th( 
open,  haul  up 
N.,  when  you 
thorns,  which 

FORT  RO 
Martinique,  at 
season  its  diffe 
year,  and  we  I 
than  the  supei 
and  their  neigl 
during  the  rair 
atmosphere, 
favorable  situa 
s'^eltered  by  su 
be  exposed.  \ 
ones,  and  the  r 

The  bay  of  i 
men,  which  we 
middle  of  its  le 
breadth.  Its  j 
This  great  bay" 
ber  it,  and  gre; 
the  color  of  th( 
pa.sses,  which  I 
curves. 

Fort  Royal, 
situated  on  the 
of  which  the  pc 
is  built  on  a  lo\ 
River  Madame, 
•ast  by  the  can 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


429 


rthi(;h  i«  h  inile 
il :  wcHtwanl  of 
DtiiiPcts  tlie  Cn- 
\v  ^  m;iI1  lioustn, 
.vliici  is  il  binh 

I'oHSIIKMItll,  ;il 

;ich,  is  a  pliintii- 
ate  and  Rulla'st 

y  on  the  south- 
er called  Indian 

side,  which  is  j 
Bj).  Prime  Ku- 
)proached  to  the 
)wards  it  «•>  as  lu 
.!  of  Portsinoiitli, 
Estate,  until  a  lit- 
len  Estate,  wiili- 
irsh,  between  tlie 
)g  to  the  slii|j'j 

ide  of  the  culti- 
whieh  is,  in  gen- 
a  half;  at  about 
to  5,  7,  ;.nd  lOlii- 
ind  is  in  the  sh(jal 
■horage  is  oli'llif 
id  within  the  'C\\- 
t  the  western  end 
St  run  in  until  the 
Hen  Plantation,  is 
marks  the  groiiiui 
irther  out,  in  t'rdin 
ength  from  shore, 

I  bay.     The  water 


as  :  it  has  nmch 

within  lessthaii 

extend  six  miles 

id  with  much  can- 

jnings  and  valleys 

Vom  them.    This 

)f  Roseau,  on  the 
if  the  same  coast; 

the  shoro:  and  iu 
m,  for  there  is  no 

side,  it  seems  that 
o  make  the  north 
The  channel  be- 
currents  aet  to  the 

a  mod  from  having 
■7,  and  afterwards 
of  this  work,  from 
18.13.  It  appears, 
ched  the  Ariadne, 
dia  station,  in  Jan. 
al  could  be  found. 
Mi.  and  S.  E.  by  S. 
uror  five  leagues; 


and  if  yo"  inrlnd''  tlie  promontoric»s,  which  project  in  many  places  one  or  two  IcnRUos 
lifvoml  tl'c  rest  ol  th<'  island,  its  ciicninicrence  will  in<-hidc  above  ;i(t  Icajincs.  The 
land  is  ver»'  uneven,  and  every  where  I'ltersecfcd  with  larj^e  huniinocks,  in  the  form  of 
Nil j;;ar- loaves.  Three  mountrtins  rist;  above  these  innumerable  hiimmocUs,  the  highest 
of  which  has  been  a  volcano;  it  appears  like  the  crown  of  a  hat,  and  may  be  plainly 
seen  tVom  every  side  of  the  island. 

The  principal  towns  are  those  named  St.  Pierre,  (St.  Peter,)  f;nd  Fort  Royal,  both 
on  the  western  side  of  the  island.  The  latter,  which  is  very  advantaccoiisly  situated 
near  an  excellent  liarbor,  and  under  cover  of  ;i  penill^llla  entirely  occupied  by  a  fort,  i.-* 
the  resident  c  of  the  (Jovernor.  It  stands  on  the  north  side  of  a  deep  bay,  called  Cul 
(ic  Sac  or  Hoyal  Hay,  and  is  sil.iatcd  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  fort.  A  little  harbor  on  the 
east  of  it  is  called  tiie  Carenage.  Here  are  all  the  conveniences  for  retitting  siiips  of 
war. 

(Jii  every  side  of  the  island  are  large  bays  containing  good  harbors  and  sandy  coves, 
but  some  o(  rhein  do  not  ait'ord  protection  during  the  hurricanes. 

'i'he  DIKECT  and  TRUE  course  from  the  north  end  of  Rarbadoes  to  I'oint  Salines, 
the  south  point  of  Marlinique,  is  N.  W.,  distance  'M  leagues;  but  the  course  to  be 
taken,  should  be  N.  W.  by  iM.,  to  allow  for  a  lee  current.  Point  .Salines  is  low,  anil  has 
off  it  three  rocky  islets;  when  these  bear  west,  you  may  see  between  them  and  the  points 
To  the  westward  of  the  islets,  there  are  several  dangers. 

The  Diamond  Rock,  which  ''es  oft'  the  S.  W.  point,  is,  according  to  the  description 
of  Captain   Hester,  about   twi      the  si/.e   of  the  cupola   of  St.  Paul's  m    London,  and 


nearly  as  high.     To  the  N.  E.  of  it  is  Great  Diamond  Cove, 
the  rock,  but  on  the  south  side  it  is  bold. 


There  is  no  sailing  within 


Martinique  :  the  Diamond  bearing  W.  by  N.,  and  Point  Salines  distant  2  or  .3  leagues. 

Having  made  the  Diamond,  the  course  thence  to  Port  Royal  15ay  is  N.  N.  W.  three 
leagues.  The  tract  is  free  from  danger,  and  the  shores  bold.  When  you  see  the  bay 
open,  haul  up  and  the  fort  will  be  in  sight ;  turn  uj)  towards  it  until  it  bears  N.  by  E.  or 
N.,  when  you  may  anchor  on  a  bank  in  H  fathoms,  or  otf  the  bank  in  from  14  to  17  fa- 
thoms, which  is  the  best  ground.     The  bank  has  coral  on  it,  but  is  not  rocky. 

FORT  ROYAL  BAY. — The  bay  of  Fort  Royal,  by  its  position  on  the  west  side  of 
Martinique,  afl'ords  a  sheltei  f.om  the  reigning  winds!  During  the  whole  of  the  dry 
season  its  different  anchorages  offer  all  the  same  degree  of  safety  during  this  part  of  the 
year,  and  we  have  no  other  motive  in  preferring  one  place  to  the  other  for  anchoring, 
than  the  superior  facility  of  entering  or  leaving,  which  some  places  atford  over  others, 
and  their  neighborhood  to  places  with  which  we  wish  to  communicate.  It  is  different 
during  the  rainy  season,  when  we  have  to  fear  gusts  of  wind  and  sudden  changes  in  the 
atmosphere.  At  this  season  we  must  renounce  the  advantage  of  coming  to  anchor  in 
favorable  situations  for  get  i  nj  a  ship  under  sail,  and  must  seek  a  refuge  in  a  situation 
s'-eltered  by  surrounding  ii  .id,  secure  from  the  accidents  to  which  we  might  otherwise 
be  exposed.  We  shall  ,.r-  cntly  point  out,  among  these  anchorages,  the  most  secure 
ones,  and  the  means  of  entering  them. 

The  bay  of  Fort  Royal  is  nearly  .5^  miles  wide,  between  Point  Negro  and  Cape  Solo- 
mon, which  we  shall  regard  as  its  western  limits.     It  narrows,  so  that  as  we  reach  the 
middle  of  its  length,  it  is  reduced  to  two  miles  in  width,  and  preserves  about  this  mean 
breadth.     Its  greatest  depth  is  nearly  7  miles,  in  an  E.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  direction. 
This  great  bay  of  water  encloses  a  multitude  of  banks  of  gravel  and  coral,  which  encum- 
ber it,  and  greatly  diminishes  the  navigable  part.      These  banks  produce  a  change  in 
1  the  color  of  the  sea,  by  which  they  are  easily  known,  and  serve  as  a  guide  through  the 
i  pa.sses,  which  they  limit.     They  are  generally  very  perpendicular,  and  form  irregular 
I  curves. 

;  Fort  Royal,  the  capital  of  the  island,  and  the  seat  of  government  of  the  colony,  is 
situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  and  IJ  mile  E.  N.  E.  of  Point  Negro.  This  city, 
I  of  which  the  population  is  nearly  4000  without  including  the  garrison  of  Fort  Bourbon, 
I  is  built  on  a  low,  flat  piece  of  ground,  formed  probably  by  the  alluvial  deposits  of  the 
I  River  Madame,  which  forms  its  western  boundary.  It  is  bounded  south  by  the  sea, 
•ast  by  the  careening  place,  north  by  a  canal  which  serves  to  communicate  with  the  ca- 


430 


blunt's  amkuican  coast  pilot. 


I 


I 


I 

I 


I 


hi 


\mM 


reening  plnr*",  tliP  storrs  oCthe  pf)rt,  and  llic  River  MnH:\me.  Thf  strrofs  nr«  ctnijhf, 
anil  ( rosNcd  hy  others  at  ii<;lit  anfjlcM.  At  it><  •■astern  extieniity,  near  the  laieeiiim;  p|;i,  i, 
there  is  a  (ine  |)ara(U' calh'd  the  Si  vaiinah,  wliieh  loriiis  the  (^iaeis  of  Kcirt  Saint  I^ouh, 
elevated,  like  the  rest  of  the  Krontul   only  .'J  or  4  I'vrt  above  the  surl'aee  of  the  sea. 

Fort  St.  liouis  (on  whieh  there  's  a  light)  is  hnilt  on  a  peninsula  terminated  on  al!  i 
sides  by  steep  rocks  oC  ii  eonsiderabl.'  hei.;ht,  espeeially  (,n  the  western  part.  Thi'*  |ir. 
ninstilii  extends  (>()()  yards  south  oftle  I'lirade,  and  separates  the  (Mreening  place  iimn  ; 
the  (iernian  Arxhorage,  which  is  sitii.ited  between  the  city  and  Point  Nef;ro.  It  i.sin): 
;«cccssil)l(!  iVom  the  land  except  bv  :i  narrow  isthiriiis,  which  joins  it  to  the  Savannah,  (in 
the  east  side  it  is  defended  bv  ;>  '  "•  ofgravel  and  inadreporic,  rocks,  which  stretches  ,S. 
and  S.  W.  about  hall' a  :nil 

'J'he  (iernian  Anchora'^e  ,..is  ..<r  its  limits  to  the  north,  after  leavinj;  Point  Neprn.  i 
coast  of  middling  elevation,  whose  almost  perpenilicniar  shores  terminate  before  re;nh- 
iny  .Madame  River,  by  a  little  wharf  built  for  a  landing  place.  Farther  to  the  east,  iimi 
tlie  peninsula  of  Fort  .St.  Fiouis,  and  on  the  site  of  the  city  of  h'ort  Royal,  we  fuid  tb 
soil  couipoNcd  of  grey  sand,  which  is  terminated  by  a  handsome  beach,  where  yout.n. 
land  with  great  facility  at  all  limes. 

The  anchorage  exic  nds  westwardly,  far  as  the  Virgin  Rank,  situated  fi  cables'  leneili 
S.  S.  K.  from  Point  Negro.  It  is  bounded  south  by  the  IMitau  ]{ank,  and  near  Fort>i 
Louis  by  the  bardis  from  this  fort.  On  the  western  extremity  of  these  bardis  is  a  pur 
anchored  in  1')  feet  water,  and  (i  cables'  length  .S.  ;i.')  W.  from  the  (lag-stalf  of  the  I'mi, 

From  Virgin's  Bank  to  the  southwani  of  the  church  of  Fort  Royal,  the  soundings  di'- 
crease  gradually  from  1.'>1  to  11  feet,  on  a  line,  tm  which  the  (lag-stalf  of  Fort  .St.  Loim 
bears  N.  I'jA^  K.  This  line  indicates  the  best  j)lace  to  come  to  anchor.  If  you  (jiiit 
this  line,  either  to  the  N.  or  .S.,  you  will  (iiid,  at  ditfercnt  distances,  the  madre|)oric  rocU 
wliich  are  dangerous  to  come  to  anchor  on,  on  account  of  the  as|)eritie.s  of  the  boiloiii. 
Some  of  them  rise  .suddenly  fifty  feet  above  the  bottom  of  mud  by  which  they  are  siir 
rounded. 

It  is  on  this  line  of  bearing  relative  to  tlie  flag-staff  of  the  fort,  and  nearly  .S.  j  M" 
of  Madame  River,  in  from  'JO  to  110  feet  water,  that  government  vessels  usually  anciior 
'J'he  vessels  of  commerce  usually  approach  nearer  the  fort  and  the  savannah. 

You  can,  if  ne<'ess  ivy,  anchor  on  the  Mitau  Hank,  the  length  of  which  in  an  K.  and 
W.  direction,  is  half  a  mile,  and  the  nu-an  width  tlirce  cables'  length;  but  you  sliouli 
anchor  about  the  centre  of  the  bank,  m  from  8  to  9  fathoms,  as  this  part  otVers  few  ir 
regularities,  and  wheie  the  risk  of  damaging  your  anchor  and  cables  is  less.  In  aiiclidr 
ing  too  near  the  edge  of  this  bank,  you  will  expose  your  cables  to  be  cut,  and  your  ;«i- 
chors  to  be  caught  in  the  crevices  of  the  rocks.  For  greater  security,  however,  wend 
vise  you  not  to  anchor  on  this  bank,  except  with  a  chain  cable. 

The  highest  part  of  this  bank  is  covered  with  24  feet  water,  and  is  situated  one  niilcS. 
,36°  \V.  from  the  south  extremity  of  Fort  St.  Louis. 

We  are  not  certain  that  Virgin's  Bank  is  composed  of  madreporic  rocks.  The  Jiigli- 
est  part  of  this  bank  has  .'31  feet  water. 

With  the  winds  from  E.  to  F..  N.  E.,  which  almo.st  always  blow  here,  you  canno! 
reach  German  Anchorage  without  making  several  tacks,  but  this  offers  no  difticulty.  lui 
there  is  only  one  dangerous  bank  at  the  entrance  of  Fort  Royal  Bay,  which  is  the  Dank 
of  Gros  Islet,  on  the  shoalest  part  of  which  are  21  feet  of  water.  This  bank  is  siliinteii 
one  mile  and  seven  tenths  north  of  Islet  Ramiers,  and  about  the  same  distance  iVuin 
Point  Negro. 

The  permanency  of  the  winds  from  the  cast,  from  November  to  .Tuly,  makes  the  fin- 
man  Anchorage  perfectly  safe.  It  is  only  in  the  months  of  August,  September,  nivi 
October,  that  it  is  necessary  to  (|uit  it  and  seek  refuge  in  the  careenage,  at  the  Three 
Islets,  or  at  the  Cohe  du  Lamentin,  which  we  shall  presently  describe. 

The  port  of  the  careenage,  by  its  situation  east  of  Fort  St.  Louis,  affords  a  shelter 
from  all  winds  which  would  endanger  a  vessel  at  the  Gentian  Anchorage.  It  is  a  little 
bay  four  tenths  of  a  mile  wide,  bounded  west  by  the  peninsula  of  Fort  St.  Louis,  ami 
east  by  Point  Carriere.  A  point  of  small  height  divides  this  bay,  near  the  inarine  es- 
tablishment, into  two  parts,  one  of  which  communicates '..ith  the  canal  which  surroiin* 
the  city,  and  the  other,  which  is  more  spacious,  is  encumbered  with  banks  ofgravel  and 
madreporic  rocks.  The  port  of  the  careenage  extends  from  the  mouth  of  the  canal  to 
the  north  and  south  extremity  of  Fort  St.  Louis.  Its  width  is  scarcely  a  cable's  lengili 
at  its  entrance,  and  diminishes  gradually,  so  that  vessels  stationed  there,  the  number  fi 
which  is  oftentimes  very  great,  have  not  sufficient  room,  and  are  obliged  to  prescrvf 
their  respective  situations,  to  moor  to  anchors,  secured  to  the  foot  of  the  walls  of  thf 
fort. 

There  is,  at  the  entrance  of  the  careenage,  a  little  to  the  north  of  a  line  from  Point 
Carriere,  to  the  extremity  of  Fort  St.  Louis,  a  coral  bank,  which  narrows  very  much  tlie 


I 


anrhnrinj;  pi 

iind  .1  half's 

It,  Ht   Its  .lIlOU 

The  cliani 

rvlend  on  on 

tliire  (-aides' 

lor  heating  ii 

We  advise 

slinalrKt  part 

South  of  t 

an  excellent  ; 

o(  cfiyey  mu 

''arricrc,  at  t 

Seclie  .Slionl 

.Vear  Point 

mile  N.  N.  V 

iuid  the  eiitr; 

drained  lands 

One  (|uarte 

Milh,  remark 

Many  bank: 

tin  ;  the  birge 

into  two  parts 

The  next  a 

bay  of  Fort  li 

rdiiiiding  hmd 

alcd  half  a  mi 

taut,     (rreat  I 

and  descends  j 

of  70  yards  frc 

fiiverod  by  a  s 

most  of  the  tin 

takes  its  name 

its  position,  d( 

anchorage  is  a 

"liich  dimiiiisl 

the  preference 

aiids  to  the  to| 

most  to  (xreat 

A  bank  of  g 

surrounds  aim 

a  half  cables' 

of  the  Three  I 

From  Point 

the  sea.     It  is 

wide,  and  in  d( 

the  bay. 

Between  the 
southernmost  f 
Ance  d'  Arlet, 
islet,  strongly  1 
bears  nearly  N. 
ing  weathered 

On  the  south 
forder  to  gain  th 
iislet,  and  turn  ii 
|of  the  isle  bear 
iUe  cautious  of 
I  breaks  with  a  g 


i 


Desi 


■cr 


Leaving  the 
jHarbor  of  Trir 
jborder  of  reefs  \ 
|depfh,  separatei 


BLUM'S  AMr:iU<A\  COAST  IMF.OT. 


131 


roots  nro  slriinhf, 
I-  carfriiinn  plm  c, 
i'((rt  Saint  LouU, 
of  the  SCSI. 
ItMiirmaH'il  on  ;il! 
11  part,  'riiis  |ir. 
iMMiiiij;  |)lac('  Irtim 
Nff;!"".  It  '!*  'ii'i 
1r'  Savannah,  dii 
which  stretches  S. 

i(T  Point  Negro,  ,i 
natc  l)ef()rc'  rciich- 
vr  ti)  the  east,  n'l! 
Royal,  we  fiml  ib' 
:h,  where  jou  lh; 

P(l  f)  rabies'  leneili 
,,  and  near  KortN 
•se  banks  is  a  pur 
jjr-statV  of  the  Imi, 
,  the  soundings  (If- 
ir  oC  Fort  St.  Loi.n 
chor.  li"  vou  (|Uii 
>  uiadreporic  rouks. 
ities  of  the  boUom 
fliich  they  are  sur 

id  nearly  S.  I  ^V 
ie\s  usually  anclior 
vannah. 

which  in  an  K.  an'. 
ih;  but  ynu  shuuk 
s  part  otVcrs  few  ir- 
is less.  In  anclKir- 
)e  cut,  and  your  ;ui- 
ty,  however,  we  ad- 
situated  one  mile  S. 
;  rocks.     The  liigli- 

here,  you  cannC 
ers  no  difficuhy,  Im 

which  is  the  Bank 
his  bank  is  siluaw 
same  distance  fruiu 


nly,  makes  the  Gpr- 
st,'  September,  aiil 
mage,  at  the  Tlnet 
be. 

lis,  affords  a  sliell'i 

orage.     It  is  a  litil' 

'ort  St.  Louis,  mi 

lear  the  inaririp  es- 

lal  which  surroiiml* 

banks  of  gravel  and 

)uth  of  the  canal  lo 

^ely  a  cable's  leng'li 

here,  the  number  oi 

obliged  to  preservif 

of  the  walls  of  thej 


anchoring  place.  This  hank  is  situated  east  of  the  bnrrncks  of  the  fort,  is  near  a  cabKi 
juui  .1  h;df's  length  troni  N.  N.  H.  to  S.  S.  W.,  and  has  only  from  H  to  ')  feet  water  on 
it,  »t  Its  shoale-4t  part.     Its  north  part  is  marked  by  a  pier. 

Thu  channel  oi'  the  carei-nage  is  between  banks  of  gravel  and  madrepnric  rocks,  which 
rxlend  on  one  side  four  cables'  length  south  of  Kort  .St.  liouis,  and  on  the  other  side 
llirt'o  cables'  len;.;tli  S.  .S.  W.  from  i'oint  ( 'arriere.  Small  vessels  tind  hi-re  spare  enough 
tor  beating  in,  l>ut  others  shoulil  not  atiempt  it  except  with  a  li>ading  wind. 

We  advise  you  not  to  pass  the  (Irand  .Seclie  .Shoal.  It  is  probable,  however,  tiiat  tiio 
shoalrst  part  has  not  less  than  "JO  feet  water. 

South  of  the  mouth  of  Monsieur  iliver,  and  in  a  bend  (d"the  (Jrand  Seclie  .Slmal,  is 
aiiexci'ilent  anchorage,  where  you  can  an.lior  in  7I>  to  .■^!l  fei-t  of  water,  with  a  bottom 
of  c'livcy  mud.  This  aiicliorage  is  bouii  led  north  by  the  banks  extending  from  I'oint 
CarriiMf,  at  the  entrance  of  the  careenage,  and  south  by  the  southern  j)art  of  the  (riand 
Scciie  Shoal. 

Near  I'oint  Sn'ile  is  the  entrance  to  the  Cohe  du  fiamentin,  a  bay  extending  1 1"„  of  a 
mile  N.  N.  W.  and  .S.  S.  K.  Its  greatest  width  perpendicular  to  its  kMii;tli,  is  I ,',  mile, 
and  the  entrance  seven  tenths  of  a  mile  wide.  The  River  Laiiieutiii  winds  through 
rlrained  lands,  and  enters  the  bottom  of  this  bay. 

One  (|uarter  of  a  mile  S.  S.  W.  from  the  entrance  of  the  River  Lamentin,  is  I'oint 
Milh,  remarkable  for  a  handsome  building  sitiialedon  the  highest  point. 

Many  l)anks  of  gravel  and  roc^ks  occupy  a  considerable  space  in  the  (."olie  du  Lamen- 
tin :  the  largest  lixtends  from  I'oint  .Milh  W.  S.  W.  -1  calties'  leriiith,  dividing  the  bay 
into  two  parts,  where  you  can  anchor  on  a  bottom  otinnd.  with  excellent  holding  ground. 

The  next  anchorage,  that  of  the  Tliret;  Islands,  is  one  of  the  most  important  in  the 
hay  of  Fort  Royal.  This  anchorago  is  easily  known  from  the  appearance  of  the  sur- 
rdiiiiding  land,  and  particularly  by  a  small  island,  called  the  (ireat  Ulet,  which  is  situ- 
ated hall  a  mile  from  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  and  south  from  lied  Hill,  •_•  miles  dis- 
tant. (Jreat  Islet  is  composed  of  two  distinct  parts;  the  lirst  part  has  a  round  summit 
and  descends  gradually  to  the  sea  ;  the  second  |)art,  on  the  contrary,  has  an  abtii|)t  rise 
of  70  yards  from  the  bed  of  the  sea,  and  is  terminated  on  the  top  by  a  little  rocky  jilateau, 
covered  by  a  slight  vegetation,  composed  of  small  bushes  and  herbs  dried  ii|)  for  tho 
most  of  the  time  by  the  sun.  The  anchorage,  as  well  as  tlu^  village  of  the  Three  Islands, 
takes  its  name  from  three  small  islands  situated  near  the  coast,  forming  a  triangle.  IJy 
its  position,  defended  by  banks  which  break  oil"  the  sea  caused  by  westerly  winds,  this 
anchorage  is  a  very  safe  one  during  the  rainy  season,  but  it  contains  a  number  of  banks, 
wjiich  diminish  the  space  of  the  anchorage.  The  place  for  anchoring  to  which  we  give 
the  preference,  is  on  the  middle  of  aline  drawn  from  the  easi  "u  of  the  three  small  isl- 
ands to  the  top  of  Great  Islet.  In  going  farther  south,  we  me  .  with  banks  reaching  al- 
most to  (treat  Islet. 

A  bank  of  gravel  and  madreporic  rocks  covered  with  but  two  to  three  feet  of  water, 
surrounds  almost  entirely  the  western  i)art  of  (ireat  Islet,  and  extends  to  within  five  and 
a  half  cables'  length  of  Point  Rose.  This  bank  limits  to  the  i\.  and  E.  the  anchorago 
of  the  Three  Islets. 

From  Point  du  Bout  S.  56°  W.  is  the  Isle  Ramiers,  a  rock  elevated  2.5  yards  above 
the  sea.  It  is  separated  from  the  coast  by  a  channel  about  a  cable  and  a  half's  length 
wide,  and  in  depth  8  to  y  feet.  A  fort,  built  on  the  highest  part,  defends  the  entrance  to 
the  bay. 

Between  the  Diamond  Rock  and  Port  Royal  Harbor,  there  are  three  small  coves,  the 
southernmost  of  which  is  called  Little  Diamond  (,'ove,  and  the  others  (irand  and  Petite 
Alice  d'  Arlet,  or  Arlet  Coves.  At  the  S.  W.  corner  of  the  harbor  there  is  a  small  greea 
islet,  strongly  fortified,  called  Islet  An."  Ilamiers,  or  Pigeon  Island,  from  which  the  fort 
bears  nearly  N.  by  E.  In  working  into  t.ie  harbor,  by  keeping  fl'^^'  '<''i'^  S"i'ig.  and  hav- 
ing weathered  Pigeon  Island,  you  may  rnchor  at  pleasure. 

On  the  soulh  side  of  Pigeon  Island   there  is  a  little  roadstead  P^  ^"'^;    ^^^^^.t'of  tfrfc 
forderto  gain  this  place,  those  who  are  well  acquainted  go  round  t,!^^.^'  ^  J^  putern  part 
iislet,  and  turn  in.     The  south  shore  is  steep.     The  anchorage  liesv^^*^  ^ '^  ^^'  \        ground. 
|of  the  isle  bearing  north,  N.  by  W.,  or  N.  iN.  W.,  in  7,  8,  and  9  fa-'|^o'"^J  jV^^,^  U,  which 
iBe  cautious  of  api)roachi.ig  too  near  the  eastern  shore,  as  a  bauksj^''^'^ 
[breaks  with  a  great  swell. 


if 


a  line  from  Poi"' 
rows  very  mucbtiie 


Description  of  the  Bay  and  Harbor  of  Trinity,  hy  Mans 

Leaving  the  island  of  St.  Mary,  the  coast  trends  about  E.60° 
jHarbor  of  Trinity  ;  which  is  distant  from  this  island   3^-  miles. 
Iborder  of  reefs  which  surround  it  in  almost  every  direction.     It  for 


Jepfb,  separated  from  each  other  in  many  places  by  high  steep  po^^.f"^  ^' 


[ieur  Monier. 

to  the  bottom  of  the 

■and  is  defended  by  a 

,:,ims  little  bays  ol  srn^l 

other  places  ot 


432 


ni-U\T8    AMKRK  AN  COAST  PILOT. 


but  midillin^  einvntion,  aimtng  othnrn  wn  diMtiii^ui^li  Fort  Point,  situated  towarrli  ihg 
north  put  ol  th<'  (Jily  oC  'I'rinity. 

Vou  will  rciniirk,  brlori'  iirriving  ;il  the  bottom  o(  tlir  hnilior,  no  islet,  diMtiinl  from  ilu 

rrccedina;  coiiNt  tlirrc  (|ti;irt('n  ol  a  nnlc,  Ivui^  near  n  mil**  iuid  a  hidf  north  ol  Kon 
'oint,  and  *  liiilr  more  tli;iii  tiiat  distaiMM'  I'roni  tlm  i"<l«'t  ol  Si.  Miiry,  troni  whirh  it 
hrari  S.  5h  '  K.  'I'his  isli-t,  known  liy  thti  n.iini'  of  St.  Anbiii.  iiidirntes  th«!  fMitriinic  n( 
tlir  harbor  of 'I'rinity,  to  vrssris  I'oniinu  by  the  Doniinicii  ('hnnncl.  It.t  a|)|)raranro;iii(| 
position  make  it  rasily  disiin^nishcd.  it  a|i|ii>ar.s  hi^iiand  ttfrp  in  all  parts,  and  it<ihi!<li. 
est  part  in  covered  wiili  biislii-s,  niixrd  with  a  IV'W  tri'C!!.  Yon  c  ui  ^o  on  tin*  north  siii" 
as  nrnrasyoti  please;  (or  it  is  perCectly  sal'e  on  this  side,  but  on  the  south  side  it  [ip. 
seiils  a  yreat  slioal  ol'  inailreporic  roeks,  scattere(|  towards  the  e(ii;ps  willi  projectiii);  ir- 
ri'i;nlur  rocks,  inaiiv  (d  which  are  at  tlii^  h>vel  of  the  sea.  At  the  smith  part  ol  this  s)in,|, 
which  stretches  near  hall  a  niilc  S.  ol'  the  islet,  i<i  a  bank  ol  wliiie  sand,  I'ormed,  prij|i;i. 
hly,  by  the  attrition  ol'  the  blocks  of  coral  detached  by  the  violence  of  the  waves. 

'I'he  island  ol  St.  Aiibin  is  also  inaccessible  at  the  K.  S.  K.  side,  because  of  a  iliin 
of  shallows  which  exieiiils  about  '^',  cables'  lrn;;ih  oil,  and  on  wiiich  the  sea  often  brriikv 
This  chain,  covi.-red  with  II  to  'Jl  feet  of  water  only,  forms  the  western  limit  of  the  than 
nel  which  leads  lo  the  am  horage. 

From  wliafever  (|iiarter  you  may  rouie,  you  may  be  directed  in  the  proper  conrneii 
take  for  the  harbor  of  Trinity,  by  the  view  of  a  rock,  which,  from  a  distance,  appear* 
like  a  vessel  under  sail,  and  for  this  reason  is  called  Carvel  Uock.  'I'his  ro(  k,  elev.iipi: 
'.)()  feel  above  the  level  of  tlie  sua,  is  totally  devoid  of  vcoelation,  and  distinjiiiishcd  li\  , 
pointed  summit,  whitened  by  the  iin^  of  the  numerous  llocks  of  sea  birds.  It  i.^  .n 
excellent  distiimnishiin;  point  for  every  vessel  from  Kurope  or  the  United  Slates,  boiim 
to  Trinity,  or  to  any  of  ihi'  anchorages  of  the  eastern  coast,  because  it  is  to  the  winil 
ward  of  all  the  anchoraui's  and  ports  on  this  part  of  the  island.  The  depth  of  w,\ir 
iiround  it  bcin;;  considi'rable.  you  can  approach  it  as  near  as  you  wish,  but  the  swell  < 
the  sea,  caused  by  tlie  direct  and  permanent  action  of  the  trade  winds  renders  laiidm; 
almost  impossible. 

A  channel  more  than  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  exists  between  tlie  f'arvel  Rock  and  l!i< 
east  part  <»f  a  peninsula  to  which  it  has  j;iven  its  name.  'J'his  peninsula,  remarkahlpli' 
its  great  projection  fiom  the  east  coast,  forms  the  harbor  of  'i'rinity  by  its  junction  i 
that  part  ui'  the  coast  near  the  Island  of  St.  Aubin,  and  separates  tliis  anchorage  I'rw 
that  at  the  bottom  of  (talleon  15ay,by  an  isthmus,  but  little  tdevated  and  only  half  anii< 
wide,  on  which  is  the  plantation  of  IJeau  Sejour,  and  also  a  wind  mill,  which  is  one  olil'l 
iTiost  remarkable  olijects  in  the  neijuliborliood  of  Trinity.  The("arvel  Peninsuhi  n  I 
tends  in  a  direction  k.  ','7^  N.  near  six  miles;  the  land  increases  in  height  towards  th' 
K.  as  far  as  Tartan  Hill,  situated  about  the  middle  of  its  length,  the  highest  puiiii  i 
whirh  is  f)"2.T  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea;  from  thence  the  land  decreases  in  lieijln 
and  asain  rises  in  a  very  sensible  manner  towards  the  east  extremity  :  and  throiighot 
the  whole  extent,  shows  in  general,  a  vegetation  much  less  vigorous  than  the  other  par.' 
of  the  island.  To  the  north  of  the  peninsula  the  reddish  steep  shores  of  little  elfn 
tion,  form  the  edges  of  many  straits;  in  other  places  are  sandy  bays,  in  which  you  r.ir. 
not  penetrate  by  reason  of  the  reefs  which  border  them,  or  the  swell  of  the  sea,  whii. 
insinuates  itself  in  the  small  intervals  where  the  reefs  are  interrupted. 

Tartan  tiaj/,  situated  near  the  islet  of  this  name,  is  the  largest  and  deepest;  but  lb 
roral  rocks  by  which  it  is  encumbered  almost  every  where,  leave  only  a  narrow  pjs! 
practicable  only  for  boats. 

Opposite  the  harbor  of  Trinity,  a  chain  of  madreporic  rocks  stretches  from  tlip  n 
tremity  of  tlie  Carvel  Peninsula  towards  the  Sugar-loaf  Rock,  in  a  direction  geneniljv  W 
jsl.  W.  Its  surface  is  une(|ual  in  many  parts,  forming  shoal  banks  of  great  extent,  win 
cause  a  very  heavy  ses,.  'Phe  most  remarkal)le  of  all,  is  the  LoupMinistre ;  we  lin' 
'".""u*^/  *'"'"' '"  ^*^  ''iet,  and  profiting  by  t!:»  circumstance  of  very  calm  weather,  wef>: 
*>nd  in  tr  ^'"^'^^^  P-irt  at  7  feet.  This  shoa'  part  is  always  indicated  by  heavy  breakf" 
ftf  froni  b"^*^"  •  '^  ■'•*"  c!*sily  be  distinguished  from  a  vessel's  deck  or  masts,  otherwi" 
of  the  fiance'"^  ''"  obj  g^j  ^f  apprehension,  it  contributes  the  better  to  judge  of  the  positie: 
when  bound  ii  f^  '/'^  e  to  the  coast,  and  the  distance  it  is  necessary  to  keep  to  avoid  them 


rjii  •""  me 

i  ne  term  Lour)  ^"Vf  ""  ""  * •' ' 

applied  to  all  fb  h'  '"  "'0  "■'^^'^  ^^  Martini(p:e  to  designate  the  preceding  shoal,  is  usual' 
at  intervals.  W  i"^  ^"^  covered  by  a  small  quantity  of  water,  and  on  which  the  seabreal' 
of  the  coasts.  Vi  dl  have  occasion  to  use  luis  term  frequently  in  a  further  descripiK 

J^etween  the  Loi    ^' 
is  covered  with  b     U*"  ^'"'^'''^  ^^^  ^he  north  part  of  the  Carvel  Peninsula,  the  bottrj 
water.     It  is  xiot  ne    '    ^  °^  different  sizes,  on  many  of  which  we  found  but  3i  fatlionisij 
88  you  would  be  obl^"^*'''^^^'^  ^^  P*^*  them  in  entering  or  leaving  the  Harbor  of  Trinitv,lH| 
!imtged  to  pass  the  great  chain  of  madreporic  rocks,  of  which  the  Uv> 


IPiir. 


■'^A^ji^yut^^^^wf .  - 


/ 


Miidstro  fori 
iiijy  not  )iav 
•buiild  the  >v 
There  e\i 
wti  S.  S.  W 
'  Here  ilie  cli 
white  s.iiid  ix 
VV.  N.  W.I  I 
of  St.  .Mary 
by  one  in  wn 
nut  lu  pa«s  o 
lor  the  sea  tl 
blow  fnoii  til 
the  least  J.') 
channel  whi< 
ui  '». 

The  passa; 

An  bin,  are 

IS  very  iiiipoi 

,  pose  yourself 

very   gieat  d; 

^  until  the  Islet 

i  ri'ctions  give/ 

^  just  s|)()kei|.— 

:',  a  lair  wind,  o 

I  or  seven  cabb 

J  the  .Mailiepiii 

I  liave  nii\  .siiiii 

U'.  of  tlie  L,, 

Jiowever,  thro 

may  come  to  i 

space  coi.ipris 

cellent ;  if  is 

K.  to  the  S.  K 

>;  which  cause  a 

s these  winds  bl 

I     It  is  oftentii 

ticnlarly  when 

to  approach  as 

may  be  done  v 

able  to  double 

which  there  ai 

which  is  about 

less  didicitlty, 

extent  by  lines 

liank,  covered 

•St.  Aubin,  are 

it  is  not  necess 

banks  of  the  L 

Once  outsidi 

Ministre  ;  and 

you  may  pass  i 

ia  little  to  the  e 

The  reef  to  I 

fit  and  tlie  bore 

t;able's  length  ( 

bottom  of  whit 

phould  not  atte 

The  Carvel  ' 

draught  of  wat^ 

other  anchorag 

Md  ihe  violent 

JBoundings  we  e 

Trinity  next 

ony.    The  cit 

f*oint.     Its  len 


HLUMT  S  AMUIIICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


433 


uated  toward*  th« 

!t,  (liHtJinl  from  the 
i;iir  nttrtli  ol  Fori 
ry,  Iroin  wliirh  n 
Irs  th«!  <'ntruMet'  m 
\\H  ii|)|iriir;itiro;in(| 
pivrtd,  iind  itxiii;;)!. 
>  on  iIk'  nortli  m(I. 
south  Jtidf  it  |ir» 
with  pitijpctiiin  ir- 

I  part  ol  thin  hIumI, 
iiul,  t'nrniPil,  prolia- 
iC  th<'  wavi's. 
Iicinmse  of  a  clniii 
IV.  sv;\  (il'tcii  l>rr;ik«. 

II  hiiiit  ut'  the  chaii 

IP  pro|.er  connip  i 
a  (listaiicr,  appfats 
'I'his  roik,  elcv.iier 
(I  (listiiij;iii>thcil  In  i 
sea  birds.  It  !«■  .n 
iiitt'd  Slates,  boimi 
>('  it  is  to  the  wiml 
riie  th'ptli  of  waii[ 
*\\,  but  the  swtH  i 
[ids  renders  laiidin: 

'arvel  Rock  and  t!-' 

sula,  reiiiarkal)|p|i' 

y  by  its  junction  t 

his  anchora<;e  (mt 

and  only  half  a  nii* 

I,  which  is  one  oI'lLf 

arvel  Peninsula  fv 

leight  towards  th' 

le  liit;hest  point  ii 

ecreases  in  lifijlii 

ty  :  and  througliot 

lan  the  other  \nr: 

res  of  little  eifva 

in  which  you  ran 

of  the  sea,  whit: 

1. 

ul  deepest ;  hut  lb 
only  a  narrow  pjM, 

tches  from  the  fv 
ection  generally  V 
great  extent,  whir 
"iMinistre ;  we  b" 
»lin  weather,  wees:; 
d  by  heavy  breaker' 

or  masts,  otherwi" 
ludge  of  the  positr. 

keep  to  avoid  then 


dine;  shoal,  is  usujC' 
which  the  sea  brei' 
a  further  descripHi- 

iiinsula,  the  botto'j 

nd  but  3^  fathoniMi 

larborofTrinitv,fii| 

,  of  which  the  Lc« 


Miiilittre  forms  a  ])art,  ymi  inl^ht  be  exposed,  in  passhi);,  to  sntiie  <lanp;rrnns  rock*,  which 
iiiJV  iiDl  liave  been  di.>i(-overeil  by  us  in  ^ull||dlllg,  or  receive  a  |;rfat  ithui-k  from  tlie  aea, 
.hoiiid  tli«  wind  freshen  ever  ho  little. 

'Iheie  exists  south  of  ihe  Islet  ot  .St.  Aiibin,  more  than  half  a  miln  otf,  a  bank  extend- 
II  ^  S.  S.  \V.  and  N.  .N.  K,  o\(r  hall  a  mile,  and  on  which  wc  found ','1  to  ;t',' teet  wator. 
Here  the  chain  "I  slicials,  wliicli  lies  nil  the  Harbor  of  'rrinily,  ceases.  A  bottom  of 
wiiite  .s.uid  is  louiid,  iiiiiiiediutely  on  the  wesi  side,  in  i.'j  to  |m  lathoms  water,  and  stretches 
\V  .  N.  NV.  the  neneral  direction  of  the  reefs,  to  the  IjOiip  St.  Mary,  situaleil  N.  N.  K. 
of  St.  .Marv's  Islet,  a  mile  distant.  'I'lii"*  shoal  oiriipies  a  space  of  three  cables  in  length 
Itv  one  ill  width,  and  the  shoalest  water  we  found  on  it  was  ,\i  leivt.  It  is  best,  however, 
not  to  p;iss  over  it,  notwitllslan(lill^'  the  i;real  (|uantity  of  water  by  wliicli  it  is  covered  ; 
lor  the  tea  there  is  always  heavy,  and  oltentinies  breaks,  particularly  when  the  wiiidii 
Mow  friMii  the  E.  N.  K.  to  the  N.  K.  strongly  from  these  points;  the  soiindinj;;;s  are  at 
the  least  J')  fathoms  less  than  :i  cable's  leicjth  from  the  liOiip  St.  INIary  ;  and  in  the 
channel  which  separates  it  from  the  islet,    the  depth  of  water  varies  tVom  IS  fathoms 

to  '». 

The  passages  between  (lie  Loup  Ministre,  the  liouit  .St.  Mary,  and  the  Islet  of  .St. 
Aubin,  are  at  least  a  mile  wide,  and  are  lVe((ueiiied  by  vessels  bound  to  Trinity;  but  it 
IS  very  important  not  to  i^el  in  with  the  chain  of  the  I^oup  .^Iinistre,  for  you  would  ex- 
pose yourself  in  passini;  over  tlii-  shoals  where  the  soiiniliiia;s  are  scarcely  |^  fathoms,  to 
virv   ^'leat  ilan^er  troiii   the  sea.      Voii  will  take  the  precaution  to  keeji  your  distance 
until  the  Islet  .St.  Aubiji  bears  S.  [  K.  (true)  at  the  distance  of  nearly  2  miles.     The  di- 
rections given  by  this  course  beiiii;  very  near  the  west  part  of  the  banks  of  which  we  have 
just  spoken. —  Vou  should  not  deviate  from  this  course  to  the  eastward,  (whetheryouhav« 
a  lair  wind,  or  must  beat  in)  tiilyoii  briiii;  llu-  Island  of  St.  Aubin  to  bear  S.  I  K.  at  six 
or  seven  cables'  leii<;th  distance. —  Vitn  may  then  stretch  towards  the  southern  limits  of 
the  .Madieporic    Kocks,  and  when  you  are   W.  N.  W.  of  the  Loup  Ministre,  and  you 
have  not  sulliciently  to  windward  to  be  N.  E.  \  H.  of  the  small  island  of  St.  Aubin,  and 
W.  of  the  Loiip  Ministre,  you  must  steer  S.  |  W,  for  this  aiichniane,  guiding  yourself, 
i  however,  through  the  passage  by  the  sijilit  of  thi!  reels  which  line  it  east  and  west.      You 
!  may  come  to  anchor  east  of  Kort  i'oint,  between  the  two  chains  of  reefs,  and  in  the  whole 
'.,  8p'4ce  cohiprised  between  this  position  and  the  bottom  of  tin;  harbor  the  anchorage  is  ex- 
;  cfllent;  it  is  sheltered  from  the  prevailing  winds,  which  generally  vary  only  from  the  N. 
I  E.  to  Ihe  S.  E.  passing  easterly.     The  winds  from  the  N.  ami  N.  |  E.  are  the  only  ones 
I  which  cause  any  mwcII,  because  their  direction  is  the  sann^  as  ih  U  of  the  entrance,  but 
ylhi'se  winds  blow  very  rarely,  ami  are  not  to  be  feared  except  in  tlu;  winter  season. 
'^     It  is  oftentimes  more  dillicult  to  git  out  of  the  IJarbor  of  Trinity  than  to  enter,  par- 
■ti(!ularly  when  the  winds  are  E.  N.  E.     Taking  care,  liowevcr,  to  low  your  vessels  so  as 
to  approach  as  near  as  possible  to  the  banks  winch  limit  the  anchorage  to  the  East,  which 
may  bo  doiu!  without  iiKumvenieiice,  as  tiieso  banks  are  to  windward:  you  will  then  be 
al)le  to  double  a  little  rock  (letach(;d  from  the  reef  which  surrounds  Foil  Point,  and  on 
which  there  an;  but  7  fathoms  of  water,  after  having  passed  to  the  north  of  tliis  danger, 
which  is  about  two  cables'  lengtii  E.  N.  E.  from  the  Fort,  the  passage  will  present  much 
less  didiculty,  as  the  pass  widens  mm  h  and  is  marked  through  the  greatest  part  of  its 
;extent  by  lines  of  breakers,  which  border  it  almost  without  interruption.     The   Mitau 
Bank,  covered  with  11  feet  of  water  only,  and  the  banks  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  the  Islet  of 
.St.  Aubin,  are  the  only  dangers  which  the  breakers  do  not  render  always  apparent;  but 
it  is  not  necessary  to  prolong  your  distance  as  far  as  the  Mitau  liank  to  pass  clear  of  the 
banks  of  the  Islet  of  St  Aubin 

Once  outside  the  Islet  of  St.  Aubin  you  will  make  your  course  westward  of  the  Loup 
Ministre ;  and  in  case  you  want  to  go  towards  the  entrance  of  the  Dominica  Channel, 
^jou  may  pass  inside  of  Loup  St.  Mary,  or  outside,  openiui:  the  wind-mill  of  Beau  Sejour 
la  little  to  the  cast  of  the  Islet  of  ,St.  Aubin  to  avoid  this  bank. 

The  reef  to  the  south  of  the  Islet  of  .St.  Aubin,  does  not  extend  to  tlie  shore.     Between 
it  and  the  bordei  cf  breakers  which  siurounds  the  coast,  there  is  a  channel  of  about  a 
able's  length  or  more  wide,  and  in  which  tlic  soundings  are  from  5  to  6  fathoms,  with  a 
ottom  of  white  sand.     This  narrow  passage  is  freriuented  by  boats,  as  for  vessels  they 
hould  not  attempt  it. 
The  Carvel  Channel,  which  we  have  before  mentioned,  is  used  by  vessels  of  a  great 
raught  of  water,  but  as  it  does  not  f-horten  the  route  to  the  Harbor  of  Trinity,  or  the 
ther  anchorages  on  the  east  coast,  and  as  there  are  great  inequalities  in  the  soundings, 
nd  the  violent  currents  oftentimes  cause  a  heavy  sea,  it  is  but  rarely  used.     The  least 
oundings  we  ever  found  there  is  40  feet. 
Trinity  next  to  Saint  Pierres  and  Fort  Royal  is  the  most  commercial  place  in  the  co- 
ny.   The  city  extends  along  a  beach  of  sand  which  terminates  to  the  north  at  Fort 
oint.     Its  length  is  about  3400  feet,  its  breadth  is  very  small.     Since  the  hurricanes  of 

55 


■.^^.lAJiJiii 


434 


IJLUiNi's 


A  31  ERIC  AN  COAST  PILOT. 


1813  1  1817,  tlicro  ia  no  roinaikablo  cdifico.  Tlio  River  F'pinette  crosses  it  towards 
the  so  i(hern  part,  alter  liavinj;  watered  a  narrow  valley  j)laiite(l  witli  .su!;ar  canes.  It  Ik 
a  Wiiterinj;  piiico  which  may  answer  lor  vessels  aru  liored  in  the  road  ;  but  to  have  pure 
and  limpid  water,  it  is  necessary  to  jio  to  the  interior  a  considerable  distance.  Duiing 
our  stay  at  Trinity,  the  crew  ot  the  Eclair  preferred  procuring  their  water  at  a  spring  at 
the  plantation  oljieaii  Sejonr." 

PUllT  ROYAL  to  ST.  PIKRTMv— The  N.  W.  point  of  the  Port  Royal  Harbor  i, 
low,  though  bold,  and  has  a  masked  battery  on  it.  'Co  the,  N.  W.  of  this  point,  about  'j 
miles  distant,  there  is  a  rivulet  of  fresh  water,  and  a  village  called  Case  des  Navires.  oti' 
which  there  is  excellent  anclioragc,  from  abreast  of  its  westernmost  liouses  to  abreast  of 
a  battery  cDst  of  it.  The  anchoring-ground,  or  bank,  reaches  only  to  the  distance  of  a 
cable's  loi>gth  and  a  half  from  sliore.  Within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  beach,  thf 
water  is  shoal,  deepening  thence  to  three  fathoms  on  the  outer  part,  and  to  5,  7,  10,  15.  Ik: 
and  2o  fathoms,  at  a  cible's  length  distance ;  off  t  o  battery  the  ground  is  clean,  soften- 
ing to  soft  nuKJ  abreast  of  the  westernmost  houses.  Without  the  depth  of  24  fathom?, 
the  ground  is  hard  and  gravelly. 

In  order  to  anchor  in  this  road,  you  must  turn  to  windward  before  you  stand  in,  until 
the  easternmost  cluster  of  hotises  in  the  village  appears  on  with  the  middle  of  the  vallov 
behind  them;  then  steer  in  with  this  mark.  When  the  point  between  Case  des  Naviren 
and  the  next  village,  called  Case  Pilote,  ope.is  without  the  land  to  the  N.  W.,  you 
will  be  entering  on  the  bank  in  4.'j  fathoms;  the;i  steer  so  as  to  have  the  westernninst 
house  of  the  cluster  above  mentioned  on  with  the  middle  of  the  valley;  and  with  Le 
Grossc  Pointo,  on  the  south  side  of  Port  Royal  Harbor,  shut  in  behind  Point  Negro,  yon 
may  anchor  a  large  ship  in  18  or  20  fathoms.  .Small  vessels  may  stand  farther  in,  with 
the  same  mark,  to  the  depth  of  ')  or  7  fathoms. 

ST.  PIERRE,  (St.  Peter,)  the  trading  town  of  i^Iartinique,  lies  about  4  leagtits  to 
the  N.  W.  of  Port  Royal.  It  is  built  partly  upon  the  rising  grounds  at  the  foot  of  a 
riilge  of  Jiills,  and  partly  along  the  sh(>re  of  a  spacious  circular  bay,  which  forms  an  open 
road  to  the  southward  and  westward. 

The  best  anchoring  place,  called  the  Frigate's  Anchorage,  lies  in  the  southernmn^i 
part  of  tlic  road,  (when  you  see  some  steep  cliffs  and  rocks,)  in  7  fathoms,  gravfliv 
ground.  If  you  bring  thn  higliest  steei)le  of  the  town  N.  ]l  E.,  and  Point  Carhet  (on 
the  soutli  side  of  the  road)  soiuii,  you  will  Jiavc  7  fathoms,  oozy  ground. 

Tlie  French  frigate  La  Flore,  being  moored  in  this  road,  in  1772,  with  one  anclioiiu 
25  fathoms,  line  sand,  and  tlie  other  in  4',  fathoms,  same  ground,  had  the  following  bear- 
ings by  compass,  the  variation  at  the  same  time,  was  '.t°  52'  E. 

Point  Preclieur  N.  W.  by  N.  3°  N.,  the  (iailev's  End  N.  9°  W.,  the  Black  Friar's 
Tower  N.  3°  AV.,  the  Negroes'  Chapel  E.  2^  N.,  Point  Carbet,  S.  4^  W. 

If  you  intend  to  stay  some  time  in  this  road,  it  is  projieryon  should  lie  with  one  anchor 
close  to  the  shore,  to  the  S.  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  (or  even  on  shore)  and  the  other  to  the 
N.  W. 

In  the  hurricane  months,  that  is,  from  the  15th  of  .July  to  the  15th  of  October,  ships 
cannot  lie  with  safety  in  this  road,  ami  the  French  ships  are  generally  obliged  to  jeavf 
it  on  the  15th  of  .Inly  at  farthest.  If  they  are  to  remain  for  a  longer  time  at  Martini(|iif 
they  retire  into  Port  Royal  Ray,  wliere  they  lie  secure  against  the  hiuricanes;  they  may 
also  find  shelter  in  Trinity  15ay  to  the  windwaid  and  on  the  north  side  of  the  island 

Mr.  Backhouse,  in  his  descrijnion  of  the  Road  of  St.  Pierre,  lias  observed  that  "thm 
are  30  and  40  fathoms  at  two  cables'  length  from  the  shore  ;  but  farther  oil"  than  thatyo:; 
will  be  oft"  the  bank.  They  generally  lay  one  anchor  in  25  or  30  fathoms,  and  the  otlie: 
in  12.  The  marks  with  which  we  anchored  were  the  fort  S.  by  E  ;  the  great  church  .V 
offshore  one  cable's  length,  in  24  fathoms. 

In  sailing  from  Case  Navirec  to  St.  Pierre,  you  will  pass  the  village  and  battery  oi 
Case  Pilote,  and  those  of  Fovt  Capet  and  Carbet.     Between  the  latter  is  the  promontniy 


called  Morne  aux  Bccufs,  which  bears  N.  N.  W.  | 


W.,  distant  5.j  leagues,  nearlv, 


tJie  Diamond  Rock 

The  anchorage  in  this  bay  is  far  from  ofl'ering  adequate  seciuity  to  the  many  vessels 
that  frequent  it  from  Europe,  West  Indies,  the  United  States  and  Gulf  of  Mexico,  lis 
being  exposed  to  all  winds  from  S.  S.  W.  to  N.  W.  by  W.,  renders  it  particularly  dan- 
gerous during  the  winter  months,  as  well  as  towards  the  commencement  and  at  the  end 
of  that  season,  by  reason  of  the  sudden  squalls  of  wind  then  frequent.  The  ground 
swell  is  then  often  experienced  with  a  violence  that  afterwards  causes  great  damage.  In 
the  other  parts  of  the  year,  the  road  of  St.  Peter's  is  ahuost  entirely  exempt  from  tlmsf 
dangers,  and  it  is  a  shelter  from  the  reigning  winds,  which  blow  from  the  E.  to  thcE- 
N.  E.,  and  the  phenomenon  of  the  grand  swell  is  iruich  nearer  and  less  dangerous'  ilif 
only  inconveuienoe  it  occasions  is  to  impede  considerably  the  communications  with  the 
city,  and  sometimes  to  render  them  impracticable. 


Vessel 

j;round  s 

they  are 

to  sea  tlj( 

cables;  1 

hold,  the 

.shore  am 

I      lonial  go 

iuenceine 

the  bay  o 

The  b( 

extremity 

other  i)ar 

itlat  space 

in  21  fath 

particulai 

Bay  of  T 

toni  of  irr 

The  an 

res,  whicl 

Place  Bei 

soundings 

chor  at  a 

I     chor  carri 

I     they  may 

i     It  is  also  I 

.'     sel  from  c 

A  little 

cahlfi's  Icii 

wliicli  fore 

proacliing 

<licuii<r  wall 

from  166  k 

sary  to  son 

ingoing  fai 

to  he  cut  b 

North  ol 

conies  mor 

2^  cables'  1 

wi!l  find  no 

Variatior 

NORTI 

vancing  fro 

parture  froi 

theN.E.  I 

feet  of  tlurr 

narrow  opei 

ilookout  af  te 

tercept  the 

winds  to  lee 

This  side 

very  summi 

fnly  the  Mi 

that  is  barr( 

Point  Ma 

or  kind  of  t 

miles  to  the 

•called  the  P 

or  Preacher 

presents  its( 

-l<e  Precher 

the  Morne  a 

the  Diamon 

Between  t 

tected  by  ba 


crosses  it  towards 
:iin;ar  canes.     It  is 

;  but  to  have  pure 
distance.  Diiiiii" 
kvater  at  a  spring  at 


DLUiVr's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


435 


rt  Royal  Harbor  I? 
this  point,  about  •.' 
ase  (les  Navires,  oil" 
nouses  to  abreast  (if 
to  the  distance  of  a 
li  of  the  beacli,  iho 
ulto  5,7, 10, 15. 1>^ 
ind  is  clean,  soften- 
eplh  of  24  fathom?, 

c  you  stand  in,  until 
middle  of  the  valley 
jn  Case  des  Naviies 
to  tlie  N.  \V.,  you 
ivo  the  westernmnst 
'alley  ;  and  with  Le 
id  Point  Negro,  yon 
taiid  farther  in,  with 

s  about  4  leagues  Id 
uids  at  the  foot  of  a 
which  forms  an  oppri 

in  the  southernninst 
7  fathoms,  grnvi'liy 
An\  Point  Carhet  (mi 
ound. 

2,  with  one  nnclioiii) 
d  the  following  bear- 

.,  the  Black  Friar's 
W. 

lie  with  one  anclior 
and  the  other  to  the 

ith  of  October,  ships 
illy  obliged  to  leave 

time  at  Martinlqup 
lurricanes;  they  may 

Ic  of  the  island 
observed  that  "thcr? 

icrolf  than  ihatyu'. 
thoms,  and  the  othe: 

the  great  church  N. 

illage  and  battery  of 
er  is  the  promontniy 
leagues,  nearly,  from 

to  the  nianv  vessfls 
Ju\(  of  Mexico.  1(8 
.-s  it  particularly  dm- 
ement  and  at  the  otiil 
quent.  'J'hc  grounil 
les  great  damage.  In 
y  exempt  from  tliosf 
••oin  theE.  totiieF,. 
.  less  dangerous'  the 
muuications  withtlii! 


Vessels  surprised  at  the  anclioragfi  liy  strong  winds  from  the  ojien  sea,  or  from  a  heavy 
■ground  swell,  find  themselves  in  a  critical  situation.  If  they  cannot  tow  out,  or  beat  out, 
jhey  are  oftentimes  thrown  ashore  l)y  tlie  enormous  surges  ;  if  instead  of  attempting  to  go 
(0  sea  they  remain  at  anchor,  their  loss  is  almost  certain,  particularly  if  they  have  not  chain 
cables;  for  the  continual  shocks  of  the  sea  cause  them  to  drag  their  anchors,  or  if  they 
hold,  the  agitation  of  the  sea  causes  the  cables  to  part,  and  in  either  case  they  drive  on 
shore  and  soon  go  to  pieces.  With  the  intention  of  preventiug  such  shipwrecks,  the  co- 
lonial government  orders  all  French  vessels  to  quit  tin;  roacl  of  St.  JV'ter  at  the  com- 
inencenient  of  tlie  winter,  and  obliges  them  to  depart  for  Kuro|>e,  ov  pass  this  season  in 
the  bay  of  Fort  Royal,  either  at  the  careenage  or  at  the  port  of  the  Three  Islets. 

The  best  anchorage  in  St.  Peter's  Road  extends  from  I'oint  St.  ^lartha  to  the  south 
extremity  of 'I'hurin's  li:\y.  The  soundings  in  this  jiavt  have  less  declivity  than  in  the 
other  jiart  of  the  road.  They  I'orm  relative  to  the  depth  which  exists  before  the  city  a 
flat  space  of  less  depth,  called  the  Plateau  of  Carliet.  You  may  anchor  on  this  plateau 
in  21  fathoms,  two  cables'  length  from  the  shore,  but  you  must  not  anchor  tarther  ofl", 
particularly  if  you  are  west  of  a  little  ravine  where  the  steepness  in  the  rocks  round  the 
Bay  of  Thurin  is  interrupted,  as  at  this  place  we  found  1.50  to  180  feet  water,  and  a  bot- 
tom of  irregular  rocks,  on  which  many  anchors  have  been  lost. 

The  anchorage  for  merchantmen  extends  from  Point  St.  Martha  to  the  river  Des  Pe- 
res, which  bounds  the  city  to  the  north.  French  vessels  occupy  the  space  south  of  the 
Place  Bertin,  and  foreign  vessels  north  of  this  place.  In  these  two  parts  of  the  road  the 
soundings  having  a  very  rapid  increase  towards  the  sea,  you  are  obliged  to  come  to  an- 
chor at  a  cable  and  a  half's  lenath  from  the  shore,  and  to  nujor  by  the  head  to  an  an- 
chor carried  on  shore.  It  is  important  to  bury  your  anchors  very  deep  in  the  sand,  that 
they  may  resist  the  violent  shock  to  which  vessels  arc  cxposeil  from  the  ground  swell. 
It  is  also  necessary  to  take  the;  jirecaution  to  have  your  cables  tight,  to  prevent  your  ves- 
sel from  changing  Irer  ]iosition,un<l  avoid  falling  on  board  other  vessels. 

A  little  distant  from  the  Place  J'ortin,  W.  N.  W.  from  the  marine  hospital,  and  at  a 
cable's  length  distance  from  the  shore,  is  a  bottom  of  rock  called  Hospital  Key,  and  on 
wliich  foreign  vessels  -are  obliueil  to  anchor.  Its  dejith  gradually  fliininishes  in  ap- 
proaching the  shore,  but  on  llie  western  side  it  terminates  abruptly  by  ati  almost  perpen- 
dicular wall;  SB  that  from  50  to  ')'S  feet,  the  soundings  found  ol'fthe  key,  you  suddenly  have 
from  1()6  feet  to  213  feet,  which  are  immediately  outside  its  western  limits.  It  is  neces- 
sary to  sound  before  anchoring  on  this  key,  and  let  go  your  anchor  in  50  feet  water,  as 
ingoing  farther  oil",  at  a  cable  and  a  half's  length  for  example,  you  expose  your  cables 
to  be  cut  by  the  rocks  which  form  the  limits  of  this  key. 

North  of  this  key,  and  in  apjiroaching  it  from  the  river  Des  Peres,  the  anchorage  be- 
comes more  and  more  diflicult,  by  reason  of  the  declivity  of  the  soundings.  At  less  than 
2^  cables'  length  from  the  mouth  of  this  river,  the  deptlx  is  550  feet,  an  I  farther  olFyou 
will  find  no  bottom  with  bOO  feet. 

Variation  at  Fort  Royal  Bay,  1824,  2=  47'  N.  E. 

NORTH-EASTERN  SIDE  OF  THE  ISLAND  TO  ST.  PIERRE.— Ships  ad- 
vancing from  the  eastward,  off  the  north  side  of  Martinique,  generally  take  their  de- 
partme  from  La  Carvaelle,  or  the  (  arvel,  a  remarkable  rocky  islet,  lying  about  H  mile  olT 
the  N.  E.  point.  In  running  thence  along  the  coast,  you  must  cautiously  avoid  the  ef- 
fect of  flurries,  or  sudden  and  partial  gusts  of  wind,  which  frequently  proceed  from  the 
narrow  openings  of  the  mountains  ;  and  if  the  top  gallants  are  up  you  must  keep  a  good 
ilookout  a^ter  the  halliards.  For  it  is  to  be  observed,  generally,  that  the  mountahis  in- 
tercept the  course  of  the  trade  wind,  and  consequently  occasion  caltns  and  variable 
ivinds  to  leeward. 

This  side  of  the  island  is  well  cultivated.  You  will  distiuguish  the  plantations  to  the 
very  summit  of  the  hills,  which  are  themselves  covered  with  trees  and  grass,  excepting 
«>nly  the  Mont  Pelee,  or  Bald  Mountain,  the  higli(>st  of  those  hills,  and  the  only  one 
that  is  barren. 

Point  Macouba,  the  northernmost  point  of  the  islanti,  is  distinguished  by  a  waterfall, 
or  kind  of  torrent,  ■falling  ijito  the  sea  from  the  top  of  a  high  rocky  coast.  About  five 
miles  to  the  W.  S.  W.  from  Point  Macoulia  lies  a  round  rock  detached  from  the  land, 
■called  the  Pearl,  to  the  southward  of  which  an-  tlie  little  isles,  called  those  of  Prcchciir, 
or  Preacher.  Next  follows  the  ])oint  of  the  same  name.  Soon  after  Point  PrcclnMir 
presents  itself,  wltich  ends  in  ,i  flat  hummock  witli  a  iilantntion  on  it,  then  the  tuwn  uf 
Le  Precheur.  Beyond  Precheur  Point  yon  will  discern  two  others  in  a  line,  namely, 
the  Morne  aux  Bumfs,  before  mentioned,  to  the  southward  of  the  road  of  St.  Pierre,  an-d 
the  Diamond  Rock,  to  the  southward  of  Port  I* oval. 

Between  the  north  end  of  the  islaiul  and  St.  Pierre,  tliere  are  several  villages,  JU'O- 
♦ected  by  batteries.     The  coast  is  very  steep  and  clear  of  danger. 


436 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Having  doubled  Point  Precheur,  you  will  descry  the  ships  which  lie  at  anchor  in  the 
Koad  of  St.  Pierre,  as  they  all  have  awiiina:s  to  |irotect  them  from  the  intense  lie;it  of 
the  sun.  You  would  taite  them  at  first  siijht  for  so  many  white  houses,  whose  rool's  are 
built  like  a  terrace;  you  cannot  come  to  anchor  close  hauled  :  for  tlie  winds,  whicli  al- 
ways prevail  from  the  E.  and  E.  N.  E.,  v  11  compel  you  to  traverse  up  to  the  road. 

Remarks  on  the  Navigation  about  Martinique,  from  the  Derrotero  de  las  Antillas,  S^r. 

The  land  of  this  island  is  high  and  rocky,  and  may  be  discerned  at  about  1.5  leagnes 
off.  Its  eastern  part  is  full  of  bays,  but  they  afford  little  shelter,  and  are  frequented  by 
coasters,  only.  From  the  South  Point,  or  Point  Salines,  alon^^  the  western  coast,  to  the 
North  Point,  Point  Macouba,  you  may  approach  within  a  mile  of  the  coast  without  am 
danger. 

The  principal  anchorages  of  Martinique  are  those  of  Port  Royal  and  St.  Pierre. 
That  of  St.  Pierre  is  an  open  roadstead,  which  affords  shelter  from  the  general  breezes 
only;  and  vessels  that  are  obliged  to  remain  in  Martinique  during  the  hurricane  season, 
go  to  Port  Royal  to  pass  it  over.  The  Fortress,  called  Port  Royal,  is  on  a  tongue  oi 
land,  which  runs  nearly  half  a  mile  to  the  south  into  the  sea;  from  the  S.  W.  partoi 
this  tongue,  a  shoal  of  sand  and  rock  stretches  out,  but  it  may  be  easily  discovered  In 
the  color  of  the  water.  By  the  eastern  side  of  this  point  is  the  harbor  and  arsenal. 
where  vessels  anchor  in  the  greatest  safety  ;  but  they  enter  into  it  only  in  the  season  oi 
hurricanes,  or  for  the  purpost;  of  careening ;  its  bottom  is  excellent,  with  a  depth  of  from 
6  to  10  fathoms.  The  city  is  about  one  fourth  of  a  mile  to  the  north  of  this  point,  and 
at  the  sea  side,  on  the  west  part,  in  Flamingo  Bay,  which  is,  therefore,  the  anchorajje  for 
merchant  vessels;  and,  indeed,  generally,  for  all  vessels  which  are  not  to  remain  lonj 
at  Martinique. 

If  you  approach  Martinique  on  the  north  side,  and  mean  to  anchor  in  the  Road  in 
St.  Pierre,  you  may  haul  in  as  close  as  you  choose  for  Macouba  Point,  and  should  rur, 
along  the  coast  afterwards  so  as  to  pass  outside  of  the  Islets  du  Seron,  which  lie  on  thf 
N.  W.  point  of  the  island;  and  from  these  you  may  shave  the  Point  du  Precheur, 
(Preacher's  Point,)  within  half  a  cable's  length,  in  order  to  run  and  anchor  in  from  oi 
the  town  of  St.  Pierre,  6r  a  little  to  the  south  of  it;  keeping  in  mind  that  the  coast i^ 
so  steep,  that  half  a  cable's  length  from  it  you  will  have  4  or  6  fathoms  water,  and  ,3.5  or 
40  fathoms  at  3  cables'  length.  Vessels  moor  with  two  anchors,  one  to  the  west  in  ."ij 
or  40  fathoms,  and  one  to  the  east  in  4  or  5  fatlioms ;  it  is,  however,  better  to  have  a  ca- 
ble on  shore  in  place  of  the  anchor  to  the  east,  that  you  may  not  drag  with  the  stron; 
gusts  of  wind  which  come  over  the  land. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Port  Royal,  you  will  steer  from  Pointe  Precheur  to  Morne  aux 
Boeufs,  which  is  the  south  point  of  the  Bay  of  St.  Pierre  :  and  from  it  you  will  sweep 
along  the  coast  to  shave  Point  des  Negres,  (Negro  Point,)  from  which  you  must  haul  to 
wind  all  you  can,  in  the  understanding  that,  from  the  said  point  to  Flamingo  Bay,  you 
may  shave  the  coast  without  any  risk. 

As  it  is  necessary  to  beat  up  from  Negres  Point  to  the  anchorage,  keep  in  mind  that 
the  shoal  which  runs  out  from  Port  Royal  Point,  extends  to  the  west  as  far  as  the  meri- 
dian of  a  brook  which  runs  into  the  sea,  to  the  westward  of  the  city :  and  thus,  wlm 
you  mark  the  said  brook  at  north  you  must  not  prolong  the  south  tack  further  than  D 
bring  Port  Royal  Point  a  little  to  the  northward  of  east,  but  ought  rather  to  go  aboii: 
before  you  bring  it  to  bear  east,  and  anchor  on  the  other  tack  opposite  the  city.  If  yon 
have  to  enter  the  harbor,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot. 

Those  approaching  Martinique  from  the  southward,  nuist  steer  so  as  to  pass  clofPin 
the  Diamond  Rock  and  Point,  and  shave  Cape  Solomon,  where  the  course  is  nearly 
north,  but  nothing  to  the  east  of  it,  until  Pointe  Noire  bears  east;  from  this  situation 
you  will  haul  by  the  wind  to  take  Flamingo  Bay,  or  enter  into  the  harbor  as  may  be  re- 
quisite, it  being  well  understood  that  you  can  anchor  in  any  part  of  the  great  bay. 

If  coming  from  the  south  and  bound  to  St.  Pierre,  you  must  steer  from  Soloninii* 
Cape  to  Morne  aux  Boeufs,  hauling  in  to  anchor  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  town  as  already  di- 
rected. 

It  is  almost  a  matter  of  indifference  what  part  of  Martinique  you  make  :  only  in  ca.'? 
of  the  winds  being  free  from  the  N.  E.  you  may  consider  it  preferable  to  make  the  north 
tide. 

The  strait  between  St.  Lucia  and  Martinique  is  clear  of  all  danger;  the  breeze  is  a!' 
ways  steady  in  it,  and  its  current  is  scarcely  perceptible. 


About  a 
high  peaks 
they  lie  vei 
both,  on  CO 

On  the 
northern  c; 
Islands,  ha 
been  form( 
above  grou 
hurricanes, 
carry  then 
The  shores 
them. 

Nearly  a 
Grand  Bay 
Islet:  these 

When  bo 
to  the  leew£ 
bor,  then  ru 
dangers  maj 

Should  yc 
Bay,  (Anse 
bring  Point 
or  lOfathen 
into  the  sea. 
unless  after 


The  Islam 
ficiently  visi 
may  be  seen 

At  the  N. 
rather  more 
Point  and  th 
the  Bay  of 
class  of  vess 
at  half  a  mi 
for  small  ves 
water.  The 
bles'  length. 

Near  Breh 
strait,  practi< 
the  Gros  Isle 
coast,  on  the 
out  from  it. 
you  may  anc 
where  there 

About  am 
tending  nearl 
its  distance  fi 
western  side 
the  Careenag 
basbor  in  th« 


io  at  andior  in  the 
the  intense  licit  n| 
les, whose  roots  are 
le  winds,  which  al- 
p  to  the  road. 

;  las  Antillas,  S^r. 

it  about  15  leagncs 
I  are  frequented  bv 
'cstern  coast,  to  tlif 
3  coast  without  any 

ml  and  St.  Pierre. 
:lie  general  breezes 
e  hurricane  season, 
1,  is  on  a  tongue  oi 
,  the  S.  W.  partfii 
jasily  discovered  U 
aarbor  and  arsenni, 
nly  in  the  season  oi 
vith  a  depth  of  from 
th  of  this  point,  anrl 
e,  the  anchorage  for 
!  not  to  remain  lon» 

0 

}hor  in  the  Road  m 
lint,  and  should  rut 
30,  which  lie  on  th' 
Point  du  Preclieur, 
d  anchor  in  front  of 
ind  that  the  coast  i* 
nis  water,  and  ."^oor 
ne  to  the  west  in  35 
better  to  have  aca- 
rag  with  the  stron; 

leur  to  Morne  aux 

m  it  you  will  sweep 

h  you  must  haul  to 

lamingo  Bay,  you 

keep  in  mind  tk 

t  as  far  as  the  men- 

y :  and  thus,  when 

t;irk  further  than  to 

rather  to  go  aboin 

te  the  city.    If  joii 

as  to  pass  close  to 
lie  course  is  nearly 

from  this  situation 
larbor  as  may  bare- 
the  great  bay. 

er  from  Solomon* 

town  as  already  di- 

make  :  only  in  case 
e  to  make  the  north 

31- ;  the  breeze  is  al- 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


lite  Island  of  St.  Lucia. 


437 


St.  Lucia  bearing  N.  \V,  by  W.  3  or  4  leagues. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  west  of  the  Sulphur  Ilill,  on  the  sea  shore,  stand  two 
high  peaks,  called  by  the  French  Les  Pitons,  and  by  the  English  the  .Sugar  I^oaves  : 
they  lie  very  near  each  other,  but  between  them  there  is  opening  enough  to  distinguish 
both,  oncoming  from  the  southward. 

On  the  western  side  of  the  island,  at  the  distance  of  about  three  leagues  from  its 
northern  cape,  is  Port  Castries  or  the  Careenage,  one  of  the  harbors  in  the  Windward 
Islands,  having  deep  water  and  good  ground  all  over  it.  These  careening  places  have 
been  formed  by  nature,  which  require  no  wharfs,  aiul  only  a  capstan  to  turn  the  keel 
above  ground.  Thirty  line-of-battle  ships  might  lie  securely  here  immoored,  during  the 
hurricanes.  No  ships  can  enter  without  warping  in;  but  there  is  always  a  breeze  to 
carry  them  out:  and  in  less  than  an  hour,  the  largest  squadron  may  be  in  the  offmg. 
The  shores  are  so  bold,  that  a  first  rate  man-of-war  may  approach  whithin  six  yards  of 
them. 

Nearly  a  league  to  the  southward  of  the  Careenage  lies  the  Grand  Cul  de  Sac,  or 
Grand  Bay:  and  nearly  two  leagues  to  the  northward  of  the  same,  is  the  Bay  of  Gros 
Islet:  these  places  form  excellent  roads  for  ships  of  war. 

When  bound  from  the  northward  to  the  Careenage,  you  will  see  a  bluff  two  leagues 
to  the  leeward,  which  may  be  approached  boldly  ;  you  must  haul  close  in  to  see  the  har- 
bor, then  run  into  it  as  far  as  you  can  fetch  and  warp  in.  When  the  sun  shines  all  the 
dangers  may  be  seen. 

Should  you  have  occasion  to  anchor  off  the  south  coast,  you  may  do  so  in  Old  Fort 
Bay,  (Anse  de  Vieux  Fort,)  under  the  .S.  E.  bluff,  unf  >  which  you  may  turn  till  you 
bring  Point  Moulacique,  the  southern  Point,  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  and  then  anchor  in  7,  8, 
or  10  fathoms,  good  ground.  At  the  north  put  of  this  bay  there  is  a  river,  wliich  runs 
into  the  sea.  If  you  water  here,  it  must  be  by  proceeding  half  a  mile  up  with  the  boat; 
unless  after  great  rains,  when  you  may  fill  at  the  entrance. 

Remarks  on  St.  Lucia. 
[From  the  Derrotcro,  &-c.] 

The  Island  of  Santa  Lucia  shows  high,  and  in  detached  hills,  with  various  peaks  suf- 
ficiently visible  :  in  particular  two,  at  its  extreme  S.  W.  jjart,  called  the  Pitons,  which 
may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  sixteen  leagues;  they  are  black,  and  covered  with  tvood. 

At  the  N.  W.  point  of  this  island  there  is  an  islet,  named  the  Gros  Islet,  which  is 
rather  more  than  a  mile  distant  from  Point  Salines,  to  the  S.  W.  Between  Salines 
Point  and  the  Gros  Islet,  there  is  a  rock  named  Burgaux.  To  the  south  of  the  islet  is 
the  Bay  of  Gros  Islet,  or  Roadstead  of  St.  Croix,  with  excellent  anchorage  for  every 
class  of  vessels,  having  a  depth  of  from  17  fathoms  down  to  5  fathoms,  which  are  found 
at  half  a  mile  from  the  coast ;  between  the  coast  and  the  Gros  Islet  there  is  a  passage 
for  small  vessels  only,  it  being  impeded  by  a  shoal,  on  which  there  are  only  2  fathoms  of 
water.  The  Gros  Islet  is  foul,  and  you  ought  not  to  approach  nearer  to  it  than  two  ca- 
bles' length. 

Near  Brelotte  Point,  to  the  south  of  Gros  Islet  Bay,  there  is  an  islet,  which  forms  a 
strait,  practicable  for  any  vessel,  it  having  7  fathoms  of  water  in  it.  This  islet  is,  li' 
the  Gros  Islet,  foul,  and  you  must  not  approach  nearer  to  it  than  two  cables'  length ;  tlus 
coast,  on  the  contrary,  is  clean,  and  a  rock,  which  is  also  clean,  lies  about  a  cable's  length 
out  from  it.  On  all  this  coast  there  are  from  8  to  1 0  fathoms,  at  half  a  mile  frojn  it,  and 
you  may  anchor  in  any  part,  though  the  safest  anchorage  is  in  the  Road  of  St.  Croix, 
where  there  is  good  shelter  from  the  sea. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  S.  by  E.  of  Brelotte  Point,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal,  ex- 
tending  nearly  in  that  direction,  which  is  a  mile  itv length  and  about  two  cables  in  breadth  ; 
its  distance  from  the  coast  is  more  than  half  a  mile.  This  is  the  only  danger  on  all  the 
western  side  ot  ^f.  Lucia,  on  which  there  are  excellent  anchorages,  but  principally  in 
the  Careenage,  which  is  two  leagues  to  the  S.  by  W.  of  the  great  islet,  and  the  best 
haifbor  in  the  Lesser  Antillas,  with  excellent  anchorage,  very  clean,  and  three  natural 


f 


> 

/ 
''"     438 


rlunt's 


AMEUICAN  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


coves  in  tlie  interior,  ;uid  such  steep  shores  fliat  tliey  niipht  sei-ve  ns  wharves,  or  molo, 
at  whicli  the  liirgrsl  iiion-or-war  may  Ix'  liove  down.  Tills  liarlior  lias-,  liowever,  liicdis- 
advantage  tiiat  yon  cannot  enter  it  except  Ijv  towinc;  or  warpinsr,  it  iicinj;  impossllile  to 
beat  in,  on  account  of  its  narrowness;  but,  in  exchange,  it  is  easy  to  get  out  oC  it  even 
with  a  large  squadron  ;  as  you  must  enter  eitlinr  towing  or  warping,  it  is  suf'ticient  to  s;iv 
that  the  south  point  sends  out  a  very  shallow  tongue  of  sand  to  tlie  N.  W.,  and  that  the 
North  Point  is  deep  and  clean,  and  you  may  ap|)roaeh  within  a  quarter  of  a  cable's  Icugih 
of  it,  without  (jiving  a  bertli  to  more  tlian  the  rocUs  which  are  seen. 

The  streight  between  this  island  and  St.  Vincent's  is  subject  to  tornadoes,  and  strong 
currents  to  the  W.  N.  W. ;  and  as  Port  Castries  and  the  bay  of  St.  (aoix  are  towiinln 
the  northern  extremity  of  the  island,  it  is  advisable  to  make  the  land,  when  bound  to 
them,  from  the  northward. 

The  Inland  of  St.  VinccnCs. 


t:ti^M/jita§m 


St.  Vincent  bearing  S.  by  W.  about  4  leagues. 

From  Bequia  to  St.  Vincent's  the  course  is  north  about  two  leagues.  The  ckiniifl 
between  these  two  islands  is  very  good  to  come  tlirough,  if  bound  frouiBarbadoes  totln; 
Salt  Tortuga,  or  the  Spanish  INlain  ;  and  there  are  small  trading  vessels  which  work  up 
through  it.  St.  Vincent's  is  about  five  leagues  long,  and  lies  nearly  N.  and  S.  and  K 
and  W.  The  iu)rtli  end.  which  is  much  liiglier  than  tlie  south  part,  is  inhabited  Iji 
nbout  2000  natives  or  Caribs.  t)n  the  north  end  there  is  a  volcano,  called  La  Smif. 
friere,  or  Sulphur  Hill,  near  Spanish  Point.  On  the  west  side  of  the  island,  which  is  bolrf. 
!ire  several  bays,  having  all  of  them  fresh  water  rivers,  and  on  the  S.  W.  side  you  mat 
good  anchorage,  as  near  or  as  far  off  as  you  please,  especially  in  Kingston  Pay,  wlirn 
the  chief  town  is  situated.  J>ut  the  best  bay  of  tJie  island  is  Palair  J$ay.  When  yet, 
turn  up  between  St.  Viucf>nt's  and  Pequia,  you  will  see  a  large  blulf  of  land,  and  just  ii 
the  windward  of  that  is  Palair  15ay,  or  Calliaqua.  The  shore  is  bold  on  each  side, 
Run  into  19,  ~0,  or  15  fathoms  and  anchor.  There  are  two  rivers  which  run  into  \\v. 
sea. 

The  course  froui  Carlisle  Bay  to  the  south  end  of  St.  Vincent's  is  W.,  northerly.  3" 
leagues.  If  you  intend  to  anchor  in  Kingston  Bay,  yoti  will  see  a  small  high  ])eakp(l 
island,  called  Young's  Island  ;  pass  the  bay  to  leeward  of  this  island,  and  go  roiiml  a 
long  sloping  point:  you  may  borrow  within  pistol  shot;  but  if  the  wind  takes  you  slum. 
you  may  anchor  in  35  fathoms  and  warp  in.  There  is  a  small  ledge  of  rocks  close  on 
the  weather  shore,  within  6  fathoms. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  island,  which  is  bold,  there  are  several  bays,  all  of  them  hav- 
ing fresh  water  rivers  ;  and  on  the  S.  W.  side,  ships  may  anchor  at  pleasure,  especially 
in  Kingston  Bay,  on  which  the  chief  town  of  the  island  is  situated. 

Thebest  bay,  however,  for  shipping,  is  that  railed  Calliaqua.  or  Tyrrel's  Bay,  at  tlie 

luth  end  of  the  island.     This  may  be  known  by  a  high  blutf,  wliich  will  be  seen  wlie: 

rning  up  between  St.  \'inccnt's  and  Bequia,  which  lies  on  the  leeward  side  of  tlie  bay. 
The  shore  is  here  bold  on  each  side.  Rui;  into  19,  20,  or  IS  fathoms,  and  anchor. 
There  are  two  rivers,  which  run  into  the  sea. 

Kingston  Bay  is  completely  open  to  the  S.  W.,  and  is  more  than  a  mile  in  breadth. 
The  town  is  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  close  to  the  water  side ;  the  anchorage  good,  tlif 
soundings  regular,  with  a  bottom  of  dark  sand,  ajjparently  cleai,  and  forming  a  ^ooJ 
holding  ground.  The  water  is  deep  ou  eacli  side  of  the  bay,  and  you  may  round  the 
eastern  head,  called  the  Old  Womtm's  Point,  as  close  as  you  i)lcase,  there  being  20  la- 
thoms  at  not  more  than  20  J  feet  fioiu  the  shore.  The  best  anchorage  for  a  frigate  is 
with  the  court-house  betu-ing  north,  ii'l  19  or  20  fatlioms,  not  more  than  a  quarter  iil  i 
mile  from  the  beach.  There  is  a  light  current  setting  along  the  bay,  but  it  is  not  regu- 
lar.    The  tide  rises  al)out  4  feet.     Fresh  water  is  'j;ood  and  easily  obtained. 

PBINCESS  OK  BARAWALLY  BAY.— This  little  bay  lies  five  and  a  half  milcsto 
the  north-westward  of  Kingston,  and  its  north  side  is  formed  by  rocks  called  the  Bottle  iuin 
Glass,  between  which  and  the  main  there  is  a  passage  for  boats.  There  is  no  daiisenii 
going  in;  and.  in  coming  from  the  northward,  you  may  haul  close  rouiul  the  Bottle  ami 
(jrlass.  When  round  this  point,  lufl'  up  as  much  as  possible,  and  you  will  open  the  town 
barracks,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.,  which  may  be  kept  thus  tmtil  the  Bottle  and  Gla«« 
Point  bears  N.  W. ;  you  will  then  be  in  aboui  22  fathoms,  with  sandy  ground. 


RO 

tu 


All  along  I 

good  ground 

.";     and  lay  youi 

;     in  32  fiuhou 

'\       T.iKGR 

ninuerable  r( 

16  or  18  leat 

riuacou  and 

lies  about  G  I 

of  about  6  m 

Bequia,  a 

about  2  leag 

hay,  where  y 

but  no  water. 

you  may  stai 

N.  by  E.  c 

clear  along  tl 

Observe  th 

ISLAND 

on  the  easier 

■•sels,  as  well  i 

The  princi 

is  situated  oi 

formed  by  a  ] 

;    the  south.     '. 

I    entirely  clear, 

•    which  lies  a  j 

'    of  only  17  or 

tance  o/f  the 

The  chief  I 

open  and  prot 

The  town  c 

talilishment. 

On  the  son 

•feudy,  and  2 

or  Egmont  II 

ride  in  safety 

its  peculiar  c 

I'Tnely,  the  ( 

length"  rather 

excellent  hole 

lie  alongside  c 

after  which  th 

joys  this  pecii 

In  sailing  o 

westward  of  I< 

neeessary  to  k 

The  (Trampus 

rogue  Point  bi 

sage  within  th 

Ofl'the  nort 

and,  there  star 

arch  in  it,)  an( 

avoided  by  ke 

coast  of  the  is 

reef  extends, 


.f 

*4 


ST.  GEOR 
give  Molenier' 


BLUM'  S  A.MKIIICAN  COAST  TILOT. 


439 


h'.irvcs,  or  moles, 
liowever,  tliedis- 
iiii^  iini)ossil)le  lu 
gel  oiu  oC  it  even 
is  sutViciciit  to  s;iv 
W.,  and  tliiitihe 
of  a  cable's  length 

ladoes,  and  strong 
("roix  are  towards 
id,  when  bound  to 


lies.  The  chiinnc'; 
niliarbadoestotlii 
sels  which  \vorku| 
y  N.  and  S.  iindK 
'rt,  is  inhabited  l; 
o,  called  La  Soti'- 
:land,  which  is  bolil 
W.  side  you  maL 
njj3ton  ]5ay,  wiien 
r  15av.  ^Vlien  ymi 
of  la"iid,  and  just  t" 
bold  on  each  side. 
vhich  run  into  ib 

W.,  northerly.  3J 

mall  high  iieakci! 

,  and  go  round  a 

ind  takes  you  sliort. 

of  rocks  close  "ii 

■s,  all  of  them  im- 
pleasure,  especially 

\yycVs  Bay,  at  ik 
"will  be  seen  wk; 
.-ardside  of  the  bay. 
horns,  and  auclior. 

.  a  mile  in  breadth, 
ichorage  good,  tk 
,nd  forming  a  Si'** 
fou  may  rouud  tli" 

there  being  20  la- 
cage  for  a  frigate  1- 
than  a  (|uarter  td  ' 

but  it  is  not  rcgii- 
auicd. 

and  a  half  miles  to  I 
called  the  Bottle ai:  J 
lere  is  no  daiisei '' 

und  the  Bottle  ami  i 

I  will  open  the  town 

le  Bottle  and  Gla?'! 

ly  ground.  ■ 


All  along  the  Bottle  and  (llass  side  is  rocky,  but  the  bottom  of  the  bay  all  sandy  aiul 
eood  ground.  If  you  moor  in  and  out,  which  is  used  for  ships  of  \v;u',  you  may  warp  in, 
iind  lay  vour  inner  anchor  in  !•,»  or  i:i  fathoms  of  water,  and  your  outer  anchor  will  be 
in  3"2  fathoms.     Moor  a  cable  eiu'h  wav. 

TxiE  GK.ANADINK8,  OR  (11?  ANADILLOS— The(!ranidincs  form  a  •  haiu  of  in- 
numerable rocks  and  barren  spots,  good  for  little,  which  extend  to  N.  1',.  by  .N.  forabout 
16  or  18  leagues.  Sonu',  however,  are  of  considerable  size  and  vahu^  particularly  Ca- 
riuacou  and  Hequia,  both  iidiabited,  iuid  producing  goori  colfee  and  cotton  C^ariiiacou 
lies  about  G  leagues  N.  by  K.  I  E.  front  tlie  N.  \V.  of  Grenada,  it  is  of  a  circular  torm. 
of  about  b  miles  in  length  and  breadth,  and  has  a  commodious  harbor. 

Bequia,  called  also  Ijittle  iM;u-tiiii'|ue,  is  the  northerimiost  of  the  (ireiiadiiies.  and  Wen 
about  2  leagues  south  from  St.  Vincent's.  On  the  west  side  it  has  a  very  good  sandy 
bay,  where  you  may  ride  occasionally  ;  and  wood  is  to  be  got  there,  witli  plenty  offish, 
but  no  water.  The  little  islands  to  the  southward  of  |{e(|iiia  are  very  fair,  anil  near  them 
you  may  stand  boldly,  having  neither  rock"^  nor  dangers  you  need  to  fear. 

N.  by  E.  course  from  Toiiu  Laurent,  or  the  N.  W.  point  of  (irenada,  w'.W  carry  you 
clear  along  the  (Iranadines. 

Observe  that  towards  the  south  part  it  is  rather  dangerous  to  come  near  in  tlie  night. 

ISLAND  OF  GRENADA. — There  is  good  anchoring  grouiu!  along  the  coasts,  and 
on  the  eastern  and  western  sides  are  several  small  bays  and  creeks,  commodious  for  ves- 
sels, as  well  as  for  the  landing  and  shipping  of  goods. 

The  principal  town  is  that  of  S'i'.  CrKOlMi  K,  in  the  S.  W.  quarter  of  the  island,  which 
is  situated  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  formerly  (idled  La  (Jrande  Bay.  This  bay  is 
formed  by  a  point  called  Molenier's  Boint,  on  the  north,  ard  Oabrlt  or  (Joat  Point  on 
the  south.  The  di.stance  between  these  points  is  3.V  miles.  The  space  between  is  not 
entirely  clear,  as  a  coral  reef  extends  out  to  a  considerable  distance  irom  Point  St.  Eloi, 
which  lies  a  mile  to  the  south-eastward  of  Molenier's  Point ;  and  there  is  a  sand  bank, 
of  only  17  or  18  feet  of  water,  on  which  coral  is  beginning  to  grow,  at  some  little  dis- 
tance o(f  the  fort  point,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrtmce  to  the  hari)or. 

The  chief  bay  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  island,  is  that  called  Greenville  Bay,  which  is 
open  and  protected  by  extensive  reels. 

Tiie  town  of  GREEN  VILLE  is  a  port  of  entry,  having  its  distinct  custom-house  es- 
tablishment.    Th(!  villiiges  are  generally  on  tlie  slii|iping  liays  around  the  island. 

On  the  south  siile  of  the  island,  immediately  on  the  western  side  of  the  Point  of  Fort 
.leudy,  and  2  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Salines  Point,  lies  the  harbor  called  Calavine 
or  Egmont  Harbor,  which  is  very  deep,  and  -vvhere,  it  is  said,  sixty  men  of  war  could 
ride  in  safety  wi'liont  anchors.  Theentiance  is  nearly  half  a  mile  in  breadth.  Within, 
its  peculiar  conformation  is  such,  that  it  may  be  considered  as  forming  two  harbors, 
namely,  the  Outer  and  Inner  Ports.  The  entrance  into  the  hitter  is  narrow,  and  its 
length  rather  more  than  luilf  a  mile.  The  depth  in  the  greater  part  is  7  fathoms,  with 
excellent  holding  ground,  being  every  where  a  soft  oozy  bottom.  The  ships  may  hero 
lie  alongside  of  the  warehouses,  and  take  in  tl'^'ir  lading  with  great  ease  and  convenience  ; 
after  which  they  may,  with  very  little  trouble,  be  towed  into  the  outer  harbor,  which  en- 
joys this  peculiar  advantage,  that  shi|)s  rnu  sail  in  or  out  with  the  common  trade  wind. 

In  sailing  off  the  south  side  o'  the  island,  there  is  little  danger  until  you  get  to  the 
westward  of  Foit  Jeudy  Point.  But  thence  to  the  rocks  named  the  (>rampuses,  it  is 
necessary  to  keep  a  good  offing,  as  the  ground  in-shore  is  very  foul,  and  full  of  reefs. 
The  Grampuses  lie  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  off  the  land,  with  the  point  called  Pi- 
rogue  Point  bearing  N.  -\  W.  They  appear  just  above  the  surface,  and  there  is  a  pas- 
sage within  them,  but  it  Is  not  deemed  safe. 

Off  the  north  side  of  the  island,  in  the  channel  between  it  and  Redonda,  or  Round  Isl- 
and, there  stands  a  remarkable  rock,  called  London  Bridge,  (from  itshaving  a  natural 
arch  in  it,)  and  from  the  south  side  of  which  extends  a  reef.  This  rock  may  be  easily 
avoided  by  keeping  over  to  the  north  side  of  the  channel.  Hence  and  along  the  west 
coast  of  the  island,  the  shore  is  bold,  all  along  to  the  point  of  St.  Eloi,  whence  a  coral 
reef  extends,  as  before  explained. 

Pt.  David. 
t'rison.  Redonda. 


La  Tcnto. 


Pierced  Rock. 


Islets  off  the  north  end  of  Grenada. 

ST.  GEORGE'S  BAY.— When  sailing  into  St.  George's  Bay,  from  the  northward, 
give  Molenier's  Point  a  small  berth.     Vou  may  run  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  if,  in 


r 


V/  440 


DLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


a 


y  or  ')  fiithoms.  The  point  is  low,  with  some  straggling  trees  on  it,  and  makes  like  an 
island.  When  \wax  the  point  you  will  see  St.  (ieorge's  Fort,  bearing  S.  S.  E.  Keep 
your  lull'  for  the  I'ort,  and  when  you  cannot  (etch  ne;ir  enough  to  anchor,  with  the  fort 
bearing  east,  tack,  or  you  will  be  in  danger  of  running  on  the  three-fathom  bank,  before 
noticed.  The  soundings  are  very  regular  from  Molenier's  Point — some  casts  20,  13,  (|. 
.^nd  Ivi  fathoms  ;  and  in  shore,  towards  the  fort,  from  9  to  5  fathoms,  the  bottom  is  foul. 

To  sail  within  the  three-fathom  bank  or  middle  ground,  you  may  be  directed  by  two 
white  houses,  over  the  town,  about  half  way  up  the  hill.  Keep  them  open  with  the 
north  end  of  the  fort,  and  run  directly  in,  until  you  see  a  single  tree  to  the  southward, 
upon  a  iittio  hill,  open  a  good  sail's  breadth  to  the  northward  of  a  large  tree  close  tothe 
shore  ;  you  will  then  be  within  the  bank,  and  may  pass  the  fort  point  at  the  distance  of 
hah  d  cable's  length,  in  4  and  5  fathoms.  In  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  there  are  16  fj. 
thoms  of  water,  but  it  shoalens  very  fast  to  the  southward. 

The  best  anchoring  ground  in  St.  (ieorge's  Bay,  is  olf  the  mouth  of  the  harbor,  nt 
about  a  calde's  length  from  the  fort,  with  the  two  white  houses,  above  mentioned,  open 
to  the  southward  of  the  fort ;  but  if  you  anchor  in  the  bay  olf  the  town,  the  houses  must 
be  open  to  the  northward  of  the  fort  and  bear  E.  S.  E. 

li.  advancing  towards  St.  (xeorge's  Harbor  from  the  southward,  it  must  be  observed 
that  after  passing  Point  de  Salines,  there  is  a  very  dangerous  coral  reef  lying  between 
that  point  and  Goat  Point,  witli  only  2  or  'A  feet  over  it,  in  the  shoalest  part.  This  bank 
lies  witli  the  signal  stall"  of  Fort  St.  George  in  one  with  a  house  that  has  two  'utle  tur- 
rets or  pavilions,  situated  on  the  top  of  a  hill  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  redoubts  on 
Hospital  Oill.  With  this  mark  you  will  be  in  a  line  with  the  reef,  and  must  give  it  ?n 
olHng.  The  bank  is  about  a  mile  in  length,  lying  parallel  with  the  shore.  Within  it 
there  is  a  narrow  channel,  through  which  small  craft  frequently  pass. 

In  running  from  the  eastward,  towards  Point  de  Salines,  you  will  see  islet  Ramenr,  a 
very  small  island  lying  rallier  more  than  half  a  mile  from  the  nearest  shore,  and  neariya 
mile  from  the  point.  (Jive  that  isirt  a  berth  of  a  mile,  and  do  not  attempt  to  pass  within 
it,  as  the  passage  is  shoal.  To  Point  de  Salines  it  is  sufficient  to  give  a  berth  of  half  j 
mile,  as  at  that  distance  there  are  7  fathoms  water.  So  soon  as  you  pa^s  the  point,  the 
bay  will  be  open.  Y  ou  iiir«t  now  carefully  avoid  the  bank  above  described,  which  von 
will  have  passed,  when  a  rei.,arkable  liousc,  like  a  suirnner  house,  \\\w\\  a  high  point  cjose 
to  the  end  of  the  reef,  bears  S.  E.     On  the  hank  the  sea  freijuently  breaks. 

To  sail  into  the  harbor  you  leave  the  three-fathom  shoal,  as  before  directed,  on  the 
starboard  hand,  and  run  in  close  under  the  fort,  and  then  warp  up.  The  ground  is  all 
clear,  and  the  harbor  capable  of  containing,  with  the  utmost  safety,  a  large  fleet  ofships 
of  the  line. 

You  will  generally  be  obliged  to  work  up  into  the  bay,  as  it  lies  open  to  the  westward, 
and  the  trade  wind  blows  directly  outward.  The  true  entrance  of  the  port  is  from  W, 
S.W. 

GREENVILLE  BAY. — This  port  lies  about  halfway  down  the  island,  on  the  east- 
ern side,  and  all  those  bound  for  it  must  be  very  cautious,  and  not  go  to  leeward  ofit; 
for  if  they  do,  they  must  pass  round  Point  de  Salines,  and  turn  to  windward,  on  the  other 
side  of  the  island,  as  the  current  sets  so  strongly  to  the  southward  that,  with  the  pre- 
vailing winds,  the  fastest  sailing  vessel  cannot  lead  up.  Tliey  should  heave  to,  a  little 
to  windward  of  the  Greenville  Rock,  which  lies  to  the  north-eastward,  (off  Telescope 
Point,)  and  is  round,  pretty  high  and  steep  on  all  sides.  Upon  firing  a  signal,  a  pilot 
will  come  off,  and  take  charge  of  the  ship. 

The  marks  for  going  in  are  two  white  beacons,  formed  at  the  head  in  shape  of  a  dia- 
mond. One  stands  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  south  end  of  the  town,  at  high  wstet 
mark  ;  the  other  a  little  inland  on  the  side  of  the  road  leading  over  the  mountains.  Thev 
bear,  when  in  a  line,  N.  74°  W.  By  keeping  them  thus  you  may  run  directly  in,  under 
an  easy  sail.  Be  careful  to  steer  very  small,  as  the  channel  between  the  rocks  is  very 
narrow,  not  being  a  ship's  length  across.  After  you  are  through  the  narrow,  if  jour 
fihip  draws  more  than  13  feet,  you  must  come  to  at  the  mooring  chain  and  lighten. 

This  harl)or,  to  those  acquainted  with  it,  is  safe  and  commodious,  being  sheltered 
from  all  winds.  Yet  it  is  impracticable  to  a  stranger,  the  lead  being  no  guide;  and  if 
you  once  get  too  near  the  rocks,  the  current  sets  so  strongly  that  you  cannot  get  off 
.•igain. 

Remarks  on  Grenada. 
[From  the  Derroterode  las  Antillas,  &c.] 

Any  part  of  Grenada  may  be  safely  approached  to  within  less  than  two  miles.  On  its 
western  coast  are  many  bays  fit  for  anchoring  in,  but  the  principal  is  that  in  which  stands 
the  town  and  harbor  of  ST.  GEORGE,  or  Port  Royal.  This  bay  is  about  one  league 
from  the  Salines,  or  the  S.  W.  Point.     Between  that  point  and  Fort  St.  George,  there 


if  a  rocky  sh 

iVoiH  N.  E. 

there  are  6  s 

from  Point  ( 

(ioat  Point, 

(teorge's  Ba 

greatest  brea 

(0  it  are  bj  ai 

The  western 

mile.    The! 

b'y  W.,  truf 

bank  is  three 

Beiiind  thi 

length  in  de| 

place  is  as  w 

can  haul  alori 

(irenada  n 

by  the  S.  W 

To  the  soi 

the  water's  si 

of  a  mile  froi 

may  keep  cle 

is  an  islet  nai 

cable's  lengtl 

out  Glover's 

soon  as  you 

ward,  and  ph 

the  Fort  St. 

point  OD  vvhii 

beat  up  bctwe 

south  of  the  I 

out  some  rod 

The  anchoi 

you  may  let  g 

equally  find  c 

in  this  place, 

go  into  the  hn 

Some  chart 

45  fathoms. 

set  S.  70°  W. 


Barbadoes,  ' 

moderate  heigl 

island  may  be 

lower  than  the 

■,   the  island  bear 

I  appears  the  hij 

I  cliiies  towards 

1  ged  and  brokei 

I      The  S.  E.  c 

;.  ledge  of  rocks  i 

extend  about  a 

South  Point,  w 

it  runs  off  abov 

tends  by  the  wl 

The  principa 

little  rivulet  on 


BLUNT  S  ASIEP    .AN  COAST  PILOT. 


441 


md  makes  like  an 
r  S.  S.  E.  Keep 
•.hot,  with  the  fort 
ihom  bank,  before 
ne  casts  20,  13,  'I. 
he  bottom  is  foul. 
le  directed  by  two 
m  open  with  the 
to  the  southward, 
e  tree  close  to  the 
at  the  distance  of 
)r  there  are  15  fj. 

of  the  harbor,  jt 
;  mentioned,  open 
n,  the  houses  must 

must  be  observed 
•eef  lying  between 
,t  part.  This  bank 
has  two  'ttle  lur- 
of  the  redoubts  on 
md  must  give  it  ?n 
shore.     Within  it 

>e  islet  Ramenr,  a 
ihore,  and  nearly  a 
mpt  to  pass  within 
e  a  berth  of  Haifa 
pa^^s  the  point,  the 
jcribed,  which  \ou 
1  a  high  point  close 
reaks. 

6  directed,  on  the 
The  ground  is  ail 
large  fleet  of  ships 

n  to  the  westward. 
16  port  is  from  \V, 

island,  on  the  east- 

0  to  leeward  of  it; 
ward,  on  the  other 

that,  with  the  pre- 

d  heave  to,  a  little 

ird,  (off  Telescope 

ng  a  signal,  a  pilot 

in  shape  of  a  dia- 
own,  at  high  w?.ter 
B  mountains.  Thev 

directly  in,  under 
n  the  rocks  is  very 
he  narrow,  if  your 

1  and  lighten. 

is,  being  sheltered 
no  guide ;  andil 
you  cannot  get  olf 


two  miles.  On  its 
hat  in  which  stands 
about  one  league 
St.  George,  there 


iiai  rocky  shoal  and  banks  of  sand,  with  coral.  The  rocky  shoal  is  half  a  mile  in  extent 
from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.,  and  its  greatest  breadth  is  two  cables'  length.  On  ail  its  edges 
there  are  6  and  7  fathoms.  It  bears  N.  '23°  E.,  true,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  distant 
from  Point  de  Saliues,  and  the  northernmost  part  of  it  lies  nearly  W.,  or  W.  by  N.  from 
(ioat  I'oiiu,  at  about  three  cables'  length.  Goat  Point  is  the  southernmost  point  of  St. 
George's  Bay.  The  first  sand  bank  is  a  mile  in  extent,  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.,  and  its 
greatest  breadth  is  three  cables'  length.  The  least  water  on  it  is  3|  fathoms,  and  close 
(u  it  are  ().i  and  7  fat''onis.  Between  it  and  the  coast  the  (li|)th  increases  to  10  fathoms. 
The  western  extremity  lies  nearly  north  from  Goat  Point,  and  at  the  distance  of  half  a 
mile.  The  second  bank,  on  which  there  are  not  more  than  .'3  fathoins  of  water,  lies  S. 
59^  W.,  true,  from  the  fort,  at  the  distance  of  half  a  mile.  The  greatest  extent  of  this 
bank  is  tluee  cables'  length. 

Behind  the  point  on  which  the  fort  stands,  is  the  harbor,  which  is  only  three  cables' 
length  in  depth,  and  into  which  vessels  go  to  load  and  unload,  or  to  be  careened.  This 
i)liice  is  as  well  sheltered  as  the  best  harbor  can  be,  and  vessels  of  the  greatest  burthen 
can  haul  alongside  the  shore,  in  a  depth  of  8  or  It)  fathoms. 

(irenada  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  7  or  8  leagues;  and  as  the  principal  harbor  is 
by  the  S.  W.  jioint,  the  best  way  is  to  make  and  haul  in  for  its  south  side. 

To  the  south  of  Point  Pirogue,  on  the  south  coast,  there  are  some  rocks  even  with 
the  water's  surface,  which  are  called  the  (grampuses,  and  which  lie  out  about  two  thirds 
of  a  mile  from  the  point.  At  night  it  is  necessary  to  be  certain  how  you  run,  that  you 
may  keep  clear  of  them.  To  the  westward  of  Pirogue  Point,  nearly  half  a  league,  there 
is  an  islet  named  Glover's  Island,  which  is  very  clean,  and  has  4^  fathoms  of  water,  at  a 
cable's  length  from  it.  To  take  St.  George's  Bay,  you  ought  to  pass  about  a  mile  with- 
out Glover's  Island,  and  at  half  a  mile  with  Point  de  Salines,  steering  to  the  north  so 
soon  as  you  have  passed  the  latter,  until  Goat  Point  bears  east ;  then  luff  to  the  east- 
ward, and  place  the  prow  to  Point  St.  Eloi,  which  is  about  a  mile  to  the  northward  of 
the  Fort  St.  George.  Thus  you  will  pass  salely  outside  the  shoals.  So  soon  as  the 
point  on  which  the  fort  stands  bears  east,  you  will  have  passed  the  last  shoal,  and  may 
beat  up  between  it  and  Point  St.  Eloi,  taking  care  neither  to  prolong  the  tacks  to  the 
south  of  the  fort,  nor  within  less  than  two  cables'  length  of  St.  Eloi's  Point,  wliich  sends 
out  gome  rocks  to  the  west. 

The  anchorage  is  to  the  west  of  the  town,  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  coast,  where 
vou  may  let  go  an  anchor  in  6  or  9  fathoms.  The  bottom  is  very  various,  for  you  may 
equally  find  clay,  sand,  or  rocks.  Vessels  inteiuling  to  make  a  short  stay  only,  bring  to 
in  this  place,  with  only  one  anchor  ;  but  those  which  have  to  make  a  stay  and  unload^ 
go  into  the  harbor,  where  they  moor  with  four. 

Some  charts  depict  a  bank  and  shoal  to  the  S.  W.  of  Point  de  Salines,  with  13  and 
45  fathoms.  In  the  strait  between  Grenada  and  Tobago,  the  water  has  beer,  found  to 
set  S.  70°  W.  with  the  velocity  of  a  mile  and  a  half  an  hour. 

The  Idand  of  Burhadues, 


Barbadoes  bearing  W.  N.  W.  about  G  leagues. 

Barbadoes,  which  lies  out  of  the  line,  and  to  windward  of  the  Caribbee  Islands,  is  of 
moderate  height,  ar  d  generally  level,  although  there  are  a  ^e\\  hills,  of  easy  ascent.  The 
island  may  be  seen  in  fine  clear  weather  10  or  11  leagues  off.  The  east  end  is  much 
lower  than  the  other  parts;  but  on  coming  from  the  eastward,  or  when  the  north  end  of 
the  island  bears  W.  by  N,  and  the  S.  W.  point  about  W.  S.  W.,  then  the  eastern  part 
appears  the  highest.  From  the  eastern  part  to  the  southward,  the  land  is  even,  and  de- 
clines towards  the  sea;  but  between  the  eastern  and  northern  points,  it  is  uneven,  rug- 
ged and  broken. 

The  S.  E.  coast  from  South  Point  to  Kitriages  on  the  eastern  point,  is  enclosed  by  a 
ledge  of  rocks  called  the  Cobblers,  from  one  of  the  most  remarkable  among  them.  They 
extend  about  a  mile  from  shore,  and  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid  them  in  the  night.  At 
•South  Point,  where  the  rocks  terminate,  there  is  a  flat  spit,  which  must  have  a  berth,  as 
'^  it  runs  off  above  a  mile  to  the  W.  S.  W.  In  the  daytime  you  may  see  how  far  it  ex- 
tends by  the  white  water. 

The  principal  town  of  Barbadoes  is  that  called  Bridgetown,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a 
little  rivulet  on  the  north  side  of  Carlisle  Bay,  upon  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  island. 

56 


442 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Those  bound  to  Bridgetown  should  always  endeavor  to  make  the  south  side  of  tlm 
island  by  sailing  on  or  near  tlie  jiarallel  of  i:}*^'.  In  the  latitude  of  Harbadoes,  at  iihont 
70  or  80  leagues  to  the  eastward,  you  will  find  the  water  discolorfd  anrl  thick,  as  if  thpre 
were  soundings,  though  there  are  none  ;  l)y  this  indication,  if  met  with,  your  siniatini, 
will  be  nearly  ascertained.  When  you  approach  the  island,  you  may  run  along  with;,, 
three  miles  of  the  shore,  until  you  advance  towards  Needham's  Point,  which  forms  i|„, 
south  side  of  Carlisle  Hay.  Vou  may  haul  up  and  anchor  in  Osten's  Kay  to  the  wpst. 
ward  of  South  Point,  by  avoiding  the  spit  above  described,  where  you  will  find  groiinii 
in  7,  H,  9,  or  10  fathoms  water.  "This  bay  is  rocky  ;  but  the  best  ground,  which  is  tn|f. 
rably  good,  lies  with  a  mill  close  by  the  water  side,  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  bearing  E,|„. 
N.,  or  E.  N.  E. 

In  Carlisle  Bay,  also,  the  ground  is  tbul,  and  apt  to  chafe  the  cables.  In  haulinjrin 
for  this  place,  give  Needham's  Point  a  berth  of  a  (|uartcr  of  a  mile,  to  avoid  a  reef  v,  |ij,|, 
Btrelches  from  it,  and  always  breaks.  You  may  then  run  in  till  you  bring  Charles  Fon, 
on  Needham's  Point,  t»  bear  S.  E.,  and  ^he  steeple  N.  N.  E. 

There  is,  also,  anchorage  in  this  bay,  in  23  fathoms,  fine  sandy  bottom,  with  Ncedhnn;'* 
Point,  S.  E.  J  S.  the  church  N.  N.  E.  and  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  bay  N.  W.  by  N. 

The  long  mark  for  the  reef  of  Needham's  Point  is  a  house  standing  upon  the  hill  alioi, 
the  north  end  of  the  town,  open  with  the  outermost  or  southernmost  flag  staff  on  Npni 
ham's  Point ;  and  the  thwart-mark  is  the  three  flag-staffs  in  one.  With  the  above  nipn 
tioned  house  on  the  hill  open  to  the  northward  of  the  church,  the  ground  is  foul,  hutif, 
the  southward  it  is  more  clear;  and  with  that  house  just  open  to  the  southward  of  tb 
church,  there  is  an  anchorage  in  about  12  fathoms;  the  other  marks  for  which  are,  aroHii 
to  the  eastward  of  the  town  directly  open,  the  fort  S.  S.  E.  A  E.  and  Pelican  Point  N 
W.  by  N.     The  tide  is  almost  imperceptible. 

On  the  leeward  side  of  the  island,  N.  N.  W.  from  the  northern  part  of  Carlisle  Bay,  ar* 
several  shoals,  called  the  Pelican  and  Half  Acre  Shoals,  the  outennost  of  which  lieabnc: 
three  quarters  of  a  mile  off". 

Before  Speightstown,  which  lies  between  eight  and  nine  miles  to  the  rorthwardti 
Bridgetown,  and  which  is  defended  by  three  forts,  vessels  occasionally  ride. 

There  is  a  bank  lying  about  three  hundred  miles  to  windward  of  Barbadoes,  callf- 
Glassioniercs,  from  the  name  of  the  French  Admiral  who  first  reported  it,  but  subseqiiet: 
information  confirms  it. 

TOBAGO,  like  Barbadoes,  lies  out  of  the  line,  and  to  windward  of  the  Caribboe  !< 
lands.  The  land  in  the  northern  part  is  so  high  as  to  be  seen,  in  clear  weather,  atih' 
distance  of  fifteen  leagues. 

ThoUjjh  Tobago  docs  not  possess  any  harbors,  properly  so  called,  yet  it  has  several 
good  bays  ;  which,  considering  that  from  their  southern  latitude  they  are  never  expospii 
to  dangerous  gales  of  wind,  are  equally  convenient  and  secure  to  shipping.  Fortius 
reason,  the  men  of  war  stationed  at  the  Caribbee  Islands  frequently  repair  hither  forsalm 
in  tyje  hurricane  months. 

The  principal  towns  are  Scarborough  and  Georgetown,  situated  on  the  south  side  oi 
the  island,  and  its  best  roadstead  is  in  Man  of  War  Bay?  on  the  north  side.  The  vcrtin! 
rise  of  the  tide,  on  the  full  and  change,  is  only  four  feet.  The  currents  near  the  island, 
are  very  strong  and  uncertain,  especially  between  it  and  Trinidad.  The  N.  E.  tnide- 
wind  prevails  all  the  year  round. 

The  course  usually  taken  from  the  island  of  Barbadoes  to  the  S.  E.  side  of  TohaEo, 
is  south  rather  easterly,  so  as  to  allow  for  the  current,  which  sets  most  frequently  to  tit 
N.  W.  and  so  as  to  get  several  leagues  to  windward  of  the  island. 

If  you  make  Tobago  towards  the  evening,  and  are  afraid  of  running  in  with  it,  you  mm! 
not,  by  any  means,  lie  to,  but  stand  to  the  southward  under  an  easy  sail,  otherwise  the 
current,  which  always  sets  eitlier  to  the  N.  W.  or  N.  E.  may  nccasion  your  losing  sid!: 
of  the  island ;  and  it  is  possible  that  a  N.  W.  current  may  carry  you  so  far  to  leeward  j> 
to  render  it  difficult  to  regain  it. 

Ships  bound  to  the  bays  on  the  N.  W.  side,  sliould  always  endeavor  to  make  ilie 
north  end  of  the  island,  which  is  bold  and  clear.  A  cluster  of  large  bold  rocks,  cM. 
Melville's  Rocks,  lies  off' the  N.  E.  point.  Of  these  the  westernmost  is  very  remarkalile. 
having  a  large  hole  in  it.  from  north  to  south.  You  may  run  as  near  to  these  rocks  as 
you  choose,  and  along  the  coast  hence  to  the  Man  of  War  Bay. 

MAN  OF  WAR  BAY.— This  bay  is  not  only  the  best  in  Tobago,  but  is  oneoftlip 
best  harbors  in  the  West  Indies,  having  sufficient  depth  for  the  largest  ships  close  to  t|w 
shore.  The  distance  from  Melville's  Rocks  to  North  Point  on  the  N.  E.  side  oUU- 
bay,  is  about  three  miles.  In  sailing  in,  haul  round  this  point,  when  you  will  have  the 
bay  open,  and  you  must  be  careful  not  to  be  taken  aback,  the  wind  being  very  fluttering 
under  the  high  land. 

You  will  find  uu  soundings  until  close  up  in  the  bay,  and  thea  from  40  to  10  fatliuiui' 


.^       Having  ( 
'    in.  vou  wd 


ei 
dl 

.   buy  an  you 

If    17  fathoms. 

In  I'irate's  I 

(Jn  the  so 

mile  from  si 

there  is  a  gr 

The  weste 

'   the  ('ardiua 

the  bay. 

Nearly  tw( 

Hay,  are  son 

a  half  from  tl 

wliicb  there 

of  the  rocks, 

COURT I 

the  island,  e> 

ern  point  of 

■-  Sisters.     Ti 

breaks  at  low 

ill ')  or  10  fat 

I  only  that  the 

hangs  to  the 

much.     In  tl 

during  night. 

:  lind  very  goo 

•'  lar  soundings 

I      To  the  sou 

anchorage  wi 

smoothly  her 

Between  M 

tuvier's  Bay, 

seis  of  one  hi; 

At  the  S. V 

anchor  in  6  fa 

,  without  the  re 

Point,  and  is  i 

the  current  m 

breakers  you 

having  passed 

EASTER? 

lies  the  small  i 

Within  these  i 

may  anchor  in 

foul,  and  the  ( 

ships  must,  th 

most  constant 

At  the  dista 

Point,  and   rat 

(Queen's  Islam 

anchoring  grr 

water.     The  1; 

from  the  eastv 

out  is  early  in 

the  northward 

South-wcsti 

called  Richmc 

tion,  is  a  lessei 

,  points  of  the  ( 

dry  rock,  calle 

the  Roxburg  I 

the  N.  W.  of 

I  hereafter.     Fr 

i  bank  and  reef, 

I  several  places, 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


443 


le  south  side  of  tlm 
{iirbiuloes,  at  :il)i,|,t 
nd  tliick,  as  il'iliprp 
ivitli,  your  sitURtinn 
ny  run  along  ^\'nh'v. 
nt,  whirh  lornisilif 
I's  Bay  tn  the  wpsi. 
on  will  fiiKl  grniiiid 
mnd,  which  is  mlf. 
;  bay,  bearing  K.hv 

)les.  [n  haniinjrin 
n  avoid  a  rppf  \,lii(i| 
bring  Charles  Fort, 

m,  with  NeedhaiTi'( 
ly  N.  W.  by  N. 
;  upon  tlif  liill  ;ilinu 
t  flag  staft'on  Nph 
Vith  the  above  nifn 
round  is  foul,  buiio 
lie  southward  of  tb 
for  which  are,  aronii 
id  Pelican  Point  N 

;  of  Carlisle  Bny,  art 
St  of  which  lie  abnc: 

to  the  rorthward  i 
lly  ride. 

]f  Barbadoes,  calif 
?d  it,  but  subsequet; 

of  the  Caril)l)ppls. 
?lear  weather,  atife 

yet  it  has  several 
are  never  exposfc 

shipping.     For  till! 

lair  hither  for  salei) 

n  the  south  sirieoi 

ide.     Tlie  vertical 

3iits  near  the  island, 

The  N.  E.  trade- 

E.  side  of  Toba£o, 
5st  frequently  toik 

in  with  it,  you  mm! 

sail,  otherwise  i!;e 

in  your  losing  sidi; 

so  far  to  leeward a^ 

leaver  to  ninketlif 
e  bold  rocks,  calW 

is  very  remarkalile. 
lar  to  tliese  rocks  a* 

TO,  but  is  oneoftliP 
?st  ships  close  toll!'" 
N.  E.  side  oftlii> 
I  you  will  have  the 
leing  very  flutteriuj 

40  to  10  fathciui' 


Having  entered,  turn  in  and  anchor  as  far  to  windward  as  you  can.  After  you  are  sljut 
in,  voii  will  see  the  little  bay  on  Uic  eastern  side  called  Pirate's  Cay  ;  -Tct  as  near  to  that 
b;u  as  you  can:  you  will  lind  all  clear  ground,  and  may  anchor  in  Iroin  12  to  14,  IG  or 
17  tailioni'*-  If  you  cannot  turn  in,  you  may  anchor  in  'Jii  or  10  fathoms,  and  warp  up. 
In  I'ir.ite's  Bay,  is  the  waterint;  place  in  the  rainy  season. 

(Jii  the  south  shore  of  the  i)ay  you  may  anchor  in  1')  or  H  fathoms,  at  a  (piarter  of  .1 
mile  from  shore,  and  have  good  water  at  all  times,  half  a  mile  froui  the  anchorage;  but 
there  is  a  great  surf  which  uuikes  watering  hazardous. 

The  western  side  of  the  bay  is  a  good  place  for  (ishing;  but  there  is  n  small  shoal  called 
the  (.'ardiual,  lying  within  half  a  mile  of  the  shore  on  that  side  about  half-way  dowu 
the  bay. 

Nearly  two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Point  Corvo,  the  western  point  of  Man  of  War 
Bay,  are  some  bold  rocks,  called  the  Brothers;  and  in  the  same  direction,  at  a  league  and 
a  half  from  that  point,  are  some  others  of  the  same  description,  called  the  Sisters,  close  to 
wliicli  there  is  a  deptli  of  40  fatiioms.  All  the  coast  hereabout  is  l)old  to.  From  abreast 
of  the  rocks,  the  south-west  end  of  the  Island,  which  is  low  and  sandy,  may  be  seen. 

COUllTLAND  BAVS, — The  first  bay  from  the  northward,  on  the  western  side  of 
the  island,  excepting  a  few  for  small  vessels,  is  that  called  ( treat  (Jourtland  Bay,  the  north- 
ern point  of  which,  called  (luaua  Poiiu,  lies  thirteen  uiiles  to  the  south-westward  of  the 
Sisters.  To  tiiis  poiui  a  berth  must  be  given,  as  a  rock,  called  the  Beef  Barrel,  which 
hreaks  at  low  water,  lies  just  off  it.  There  is  anchorage  in  0  fathoms,  but  good  fishing 
in  0  or  10  fathoms,  either  with  the  seine  or  with  the  hook  and  line.  The  ground  is  clear, 
only  that  there  are  a  few  stumps  of  trees  close  up  to  the  mouth  of  the  river.  Jf  the  wind 
hangs  to  the  southward  of  east,  you  will  ride  very  roughly,  and  if  at  N.  E.  will  roll  very 
much.  In  the  bay  you  will  have  the  cf)mm(m  trade  wind  all  day,  and  an  off-shore  breeze 
during  night.  If  you  arrive  in  the  night,  anil  do  not  care  to  push  lor  the  bay,  you  may 
fnid  very  good  anchorage  to  windward  of  the  cliff,  in  from  six  to  twenty  fathoms,  regu- 
lar soundings. 

'J\)  the  southward  of  (iroat  Courtlaml  T5ay  is  Tjittle  Courtland  Bay,  having  very  good 
anchorage  within  the  windward  point, vvhieli  is  pretty  bold.  Vessels  ride  more  safe  and 
smoothly  liere  than  in  the  former. 

Between  Man  of  War  Bay  and  Courtland  Bay,  are  the  bays  called  Bloody  Bay,  Peale- 
ttivier's  Bay,  Englishman's  Bay  and  Castaua  JBay,  which  have  safe  anchorage  for  ves- 
sels of  one  hundred  and  fifty  tons. 

At  the  S.  W.  end  of  Tobago  is  Sandy  Point  Bay,  in  the  bottom  of  which  ships  may 
anchor  in  6  fathoms.  When  you  weigh  for  this  place,  be  sure  of  a  breeze  to  carry  you 
without  the  reef,  called  the  Buckoo,  whichexteuds  from  Little  Courtland  Bay  to  Brown's 
Point,  and  is  dry  in  some  places,  at  the  distance  of  two  miles  from  sliore.  If  it  be  calm 
the  current  may  set  you  on  this  reef.  At  the  distance  of  two  cables'  length  from  the 
breakers  you  will  be  safe  to  enter  Brown's  Point  Bay,  haul  close  round  the  reef,  and 
having  passed  the  point,  anchor  as  above. 

EASTERN  COAST.— About  three  and  a  half  miles  S.  S.  E.  from  Melville's  Rocks 
lies  the  small  island  called  Little  Tobago,  near  which  there  are  several  islets  and  rocks. 
Within  these  is  the  bay  called  Tyrrel's  Bay,  in  the  bottom  of  which  vessels  of  150  tons 
may  anchor  in  7  fathoms.  The  ground  between  Little  Tobago  and  the  main,  is  very 
foul,  and  the  currents  very  stronii  and  uncertain.  In  sailing  off  this  part  of  the  coast, 
ships  must,  therefore,  keep  well  to  the  southward,  allowing  for  a  N.  W.  current  which  al- 
most constantly  prevails  al)0Ut  Little  Tobago. 

At  the  distance  of  three  and  a  half  miles  to  the  southward  of  Little  Tobago  is  Pedro 
Point,  and  rather  less  than  two  miles  from  Pedro  Pidiit  lies  a  high  rocky  islet,  called 
Queen's  Island.  Between  these  points  is  the  bay  called  King's  Bay,  which  has  good 
anchoring  grouiul  in  every  jiart  within  the  windward  point,  in  from  (>  to  20  fathoms  of 
water.  The  land  on  the  eastern  side,  being  high,  intercepts  the  trade  wind,  and  the  swell 
from  the  eastward  is  apt  to  set  a  vessel  down  to  the  leeward  point;  the  best  time  to  sail 
out  is  early  in  the  morning  about  daybreak,  when  the  wind  blows  fresh  from  the  land  on 
the  northward. 

South-westward  from  Queen's  Island  at  the  distance  of  a  league,  lies  a  similar  islet, 
called  Richmond  Island  ;  and  one  league  and  a  half  from  the  latter,  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, is  a  lesser  islet  called  Smith's  Island.  These  islets,  being  situated  off  projecting 
points  of  the  coast,  are  conspicuous.  Nearly  a  mile  west  of  Queen's  Island  is  a  large 
dry  rock,  called  the  Roxburg,  and  between  lies  the  bay,  named  Queen's  Bay.  Between 
the  Roxburg  Rock  and  Richmond  Island  is  Hog  Bay,  in  which  the  ground  is  foal.  To 
the  N.  W.  of  Richmond  Island  is  the  little  bay  called  Halifax  Bay,  which  is  noticed 
hereafter.  From  Halifax  Bay,  extending  nearly  to  Smith's  Island,  there  is  a  dangerous 
bank  and  reef,  half  a  league  broad,  call,etl  the  Great  River  Shoal,  on  which  the  depth,  ia 
sereral  places,  is  only  three  fathoms. 


444 


n, 


nLIJNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  J'lLOT. 


In  running  down  for  Queen's  Bay,  which  iiea  within  Qtieen'^  Isiiind,  "s  above  men- 
tioned, give  the  latter  a  good  bertii  until  y'"i  open  ii  lai^e  house,  havini);  a  gallery  on, 
rising  gtound  fronting  the  quay,  whirh  in  tiie  only  one  of  that  description  \\\  the  hav 
Continue  on  this,  without  borrowing,  until  you  bring  tluH  house  in  a  lino  with  otio  m, 
the  hill  above ;  and  keep  this  mark  on,  if  the  wind  permits,  until  you  are  i  rabies'  Icniili 
from  the  shore  ;  then  haul  your  wind  and  anchor  at  about  lf)t(  lathouis  fntni  shore  m , 
fathoms,  hne  ground,  abreast  of  the  watch-house  on  the  beach.  .Should  the  wind  be  nil- 
verse,  you  must  let  go  an  anchor  and  warp  up.  In  sailing  outward,  attend  to  the  saiu? 
mark  as  in  sailing  in,  without  getting  over  to  windward. 

The  dan^rcrs  are  so  numerous,  from  (Queen's  Hay  to  the  west  end  of  the  island,  thai 
no  stranger  should  ventnre  without  a  pilot.  The  most  accessible  b»ys  are  thos«  il? 
scribed  as  follow: 

Halifax  liay,  to  the  N.  \V.  of  Richmond  Island,  as  before  mentioned,  is  a  good  bv 
for  vessels  of  1.50  tons,  but  a  shoal  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance.  The  next:. 
called  Barbadoes  Bay,  and  lies  to  the  leeward  of  Smith's  Island.  To  avoid  (ireat  Ri^i 
Shoal  in  sailing  for  Barbadoes  Bay,  or  to  the  westward  of  it,  keep  Little  'J'obago  opf; 
without  Richmond  Island,  with  Smith's  Island  bearing  N.  \V.,  you  may  lulf  tij)  f(iril» 
bay,  on  cautiously  avoiding  a  reef  of  coral  rocks,  which  stretches  to  the  distance  w. , 
cable's  length  from  (Iranby  b'ort  I'oint,  on  the  windward  side.  Within  this  reef,  beliu^ 
Georgetown,  there  is  good  ground  in  from  1'-'  to  7  fathoms;  particularly  witli  a  silk  \»\- 
ton-tree  on  the  beach  in  a  line  with  the  flag-staff  on  the  top  of  the  liill. 

Rocky  iiay,  on  which  the  town  of  Sc.'arborough  is  situated,  is  a  deep  bay,  gencnilv 
safe;  but  a  heavy  swell  rolls  in  with  the  breeze,  especially  when  it  is  to  tlie  soutlm 
east.  It  lies  five  and  a  half  miles  to  the  westward  of  Barbadoes  Bay.  In  sailiiigiij 
wards  this  place,  keep  Little  Tobago  open  of  Ricluiiond  Island,  as  above  directed, ;i 
avoid  Great  River  Shoal ;  and  next  observe  that  the  Chesterfield  Rock  is  a  danger  whid 
must,  also,  be  cautiously  avoided.  This  is  a  sunken  rock,  having  only  7  feet  oven 
and  on  which  the  sea  fretpieiitly  break'*.  It  lies  at  half  a  mile  from  shore,  about  twoiiii. 
a  half  miles  to  the  southward  of  Granby  Fort  Point,  and  at  the  same  d'stance  to  win; 
ward  of  the  east  side  of  Rockly  Bay.  You  may  sail  clear  within  it,  with  Richmond  l-i- 
and  open  between  .Stuith's  Island  and  the  main;  and  without  it,  by  keeping  Richmnn. 
Island  open  without  Smith's  Island;  for  Richmond  and  Smith's  Islands,  in  a  line,  lea. 
directly  on  it. 

When  past  the  Chesterfield  Rock,  you  haul  in  for  .Scarborough  Point,  wliich  is  a  bole 
bluff  point,  with  a  fort  on  the  hill.  There  is  no  danger,  provided  you  keep  the  wenilr 
shore  well  on  board,  till  you  open  the  main  street,  which  extends  directly  up  llie  lul 
With  this  mark  you  may  anchor  in  from  7  to  !)  fathoms,  being  the  only  clear  part  of  the 
bay.  It  is  requisite,  even  here,  to  buoy  up  the  cables.  No  stranger  should  attempt t 
leave  the  harbor  without  a  pilot,  as  it  would  be  extremely  hazardous.  The  channelbe- 
tween  Scarborough  Point  and  the  reefs  is  less  than  three  quarters  of  a  mile  in  breadtli 
and  the  dangers  extend  thence  to  the  end  of  the  island. 

In  the  Channel,  between  Tobago  and  Trinidad,  is  a  bank  or  shoal,  on  which  51 1«- 
thorns  have  been  found,  and  the  pilots  assert  that  there  are  places  on  it  with  still  le>> 
water ;  it  has  been  sounded  with  great  care,  but  less  than  5i  fathoms  liave  not  been  I'ouni 
It  is,  however,  advisable  to  run  with  caution;  for  it  is  not  impossible  thai  there  inavbf 
some  rock,  of  small  extent,  which  has  escaped  notice.  In  this  channel  or  strait,  tin 
current  runs  to  the  westward  at  the  rate  of  two  miles  per  hour ;  but  so  that  when  af 
proaching  Trinidad,  the  direction  of  the  current  is  towards  the  N.  W.  and  near  Tobajfi 
towards  the  .S.  W.  On  the  N.  E.  part  of  Tobago  the  current  sets  to  the  north-we*! 
ward  with  more  velocity  than  is  stated  above. 


w 


THE  ISLAIVD  OF  TKIIVIDAD  AND  GULF  OF  PABIA. 

Compiled  chiefly  from  the  Directions  and  Survey  of  Captain  Columbine. 

AU  the  bearings  given,  whether  points  or  degrees,  are  true  bearings,  unless  otherwise  expresEed. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  TRINIDAD  is  of  considerable  magnitude,  containing,  accord-^ 
ing  to  computation,  2012  square  British  statute  miles.  It  presents  a  front  to  the  east- 
ward of  nearly  42  geopraphic  miles,  from  Point  Galere  to  Point  Galeota,  its  N.  E.  ami 
S.  E.  extremes;  the  latter  bearing  from  the  former  S.  7|°  W.  From  Point  Oalenta 
the  South  Coaat  exteuda  56  miles  westward  to  Point  Icaque,  or  Icacos ;  and  from  the 


iMler  to  > 
N.  .N.E.d 
miles  to  th. 
which  may 
ward  above 
mountains, 
middle  of  t 
of  the  islari 
GIXF  < 
larije  space 
classes;  as 
venient  de 
north  the  o 
some  islam 
are  danger 
NOKTK 
dad  stretcl 
miles  to  I'd 
All  this  coa 
steep  moun 
heavy  surf 
places.     Tl 
wards  the  w 
which  exten 
that  of  Mar 
t.'947feetab( 
eastward  art 
'JUOO. 

Between  ] 
sets  into  the 
gerons  to  an 
the  first  froii 
water.  slielt( 
3  miles  to  th 
The  next  is  ' 
this  is  also  .. 
descend  fron 
point  of  this 
is  Isle  aux  V 
there  is  and 
IJ  mile  from 
ward  of  it  a  s 
9  nii'es  to  th 
MARACC 
IG  to  10  fath 
sand,  near  tl 
than  any  oth 
Two  miles  fV 
half  that  in 
bay,  on  whic 
Chupara.  I 
thorns  water, 
large  house 
than  Maracc 
sudden  shift! 
POINT  C 
nearly  east  a 
is  a  rock,  or 
eastward  froi 
eastward,  bei 
entrance  of 
eastward,  is 
the  little  Riv 
same  directi( 
same  descrip 
to  the  shore, 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


445 


^lanil,  ^s  nbovp  nipn- 
liiivinn  11  i;iill<'ry  on  a 
ncriplinn  iti  i\w  lia\ 
in  a  line  with  otic  i,\, 
I  are  '2  cables'  Icntjtii 
utn\n  Cnini  shorr  iti , 
lould  the  wind  he  m- 
I,  attend  tu  the  kiuik 

nd  of  the  island,  ilui 
e  bsys  are  thos«  d? 

tinned,  is  a  jjnofi  bu 
traiiee.  'I'he  imxi... 
J'o  avoid  (ireat  Rui 
Little  'J'obajio  o|ip, 
I  may  lufV  tip  fonl- 
to  the  distance  di , 
ithin  this  reef,  heii,^ 
jlarly  with  a  silk  (di 
tiiil. 

deep  bay,  penenllv 
it  is  to  the  soiitJui 
Bay.  In  sailing  it 
as  above  directed,;! 
nek  is  a  dancer  whid 
g  only  7  feet  oven 
shore,  about  twoai,. 
iriK!  d'stance  to  wii, 
,  witii  Kichiiionil  l- 
y  keeping  RiclinioL 
dands,  in  a  line,  lea. 

'oint,  which  is  a  bole 
'ou  keep  the  weallir 
directly  up  ilie  lull 
only  clear  part  ofili! 
:er  should  attempt t: 
IS.  The  chai'nelljp- 
of  a  mile  in  breadih 

loal,  on  which  51  li- 
on it  with  still  le« 
lave  not  beenl'ouni 
e  that  there  may  bf 

lannel  or  strait,  liit 
ut  SO  that  when  ap- 

V.  and  near  Tobago 

ts  to  the  north-we*i 


^  OF  PABIA. 

Columbine. 

otherwise  expressed. 

1,  containing,  accord- 
J  a  front  to  the  east' 
aleota,  its  N.  E.  and 
Vom  Point  (lalenta 
■cacoa :  and  from  the 


IfAtft  to  Mono  Point,  which  i«  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  the  island,  it  is  43  miles  in  ji 
N.  N.  K- direction.  The  North  ('oast  extcnils  eastward  iVoni  iMono  I'oint,  about  46 
Hides  to  that  of  (iaiere.  A  range  of  high  inoiintaiiis  extends  all  along  the  North  (Joast, 
whii'li  may  be  neen  at  the  distance  of  11  or  I'J  leagues;  and  these  stretch  to  the  south- 
ward above  3  leagues  on  the  Kast  (.^oast.  The  south  side  is  also  bordered  by  a  range  of 
uutiintains,  but  considerably  inferior  in  height  to  tnose  on  the  north  side;  and  near  the 
middle  of  the  Kast  Coast  is  another  range  extending  to  the  \V.  S.  W.  The  other  parts 
of  the  island  are  principally  low  and  level  land,  wiiii  some  savannas. 

(U'LF  OF  I'AKIA. — Between  the  island  of  Trinidad  and  the  main  land,  there  isa 
large  space  or  opening,  called  the  tJulf  of  Paria,  iffording  secure  shelter  to  ships  of  all 
classes:  as  they  may  anchor  in  any  part  of  it  witliout  the  smallest  risk,  and  in  any  con- 
venient depth  of  water.  This  great  (iiilf  may  be  entered  by  two  channels,  erne  to  the 
norili  the  other  to  the  south:  that  to  the  north  is  <livided  into  several  small  channels  by 
some  islands;  anil  that  to  the  south  has  an  islet  in  it  surrounded  by  rocky  slioals,  which 
are  dangerous. 

NOUTH  COAST  OF  TRINIDAD.— From  Point  (Jalere,  the  North  Coast  of  Trini- 
dad stretches  first  S.  85p  W.  '2')  miles  to  Point   Cliui)ara,  and   thence  S.  HP  W.  14^ 
miles  to  Point  Coro/.al ;  whence  it  bends  to  S.  M\'^  W.,  about  4  miles  to  Point  Mona. 
All  tliii  coast  is  bounded  by  rocky  shores,  and,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  |)art,  with 
steep  mountains  thickly  covered  with  wood,  close  down  to  the  sea,  which  breaks  in  a 
heavy  surf  along  the  whole  extent,  and  renders  landing  impossible,  except  at  very  tew 
'    places.     The  land  immediately  about  Point  (iaiere  is  not  al)ove  .'iOfeet  high  ;  it  rises  to- 
\   wards  the  west,  and  about  Toco  begins  to  connect  itself  with  the  chain   of  mountains 
which  extend  along  the  whole  North  (Joast,  from  Rio  (irande  to  the  Bocas.     Of  these, 
that  of  Maraccas,  called  by  the  Spaniards  Cerro  de  las  (Juevas,  is  the  highest,  being 
■    i.'947  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  sea,  and  not  two  miles  from  '  he  sea  coast :  those  to  the 
'    eastward  are  estimated  from  '2000  to  2500  feet  high,  and  those   o  tho  westward  at  less  than 

Between  Mono  Point  and  that  of  Chupara  there  arc  some  bays;  but  so  much  swell 
sets  into  them,  and  the  wind  is  so  uncertain  and  light  close  to  the  shore,  that  it  is  dan- 
gerous to  anchor  a  ship  in  any  of  them,  except  in  Escouvas  and  Maraccas.  Of  these, 
the  first  from  the  westward  is  Macaripe,  a  cove  in  which  there  are  from  7  to  .3'  fathoms 
water,  sheltered  from  the  N.  E.  winds,  and  defended  by  two  batteries:  this  lies  about 
3  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Mona  Point,  and  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  Point  Corozal, 
'i  The  next  is  Chute  d'Eau,  at  the  distance  of  5  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Corozal; 
this  is  also  ..  small  sandy  cove,  deriving  its  name  from  some  rills  of  water,  which,  as  they 
descend  from  the  hills,  are  projected  over  the  rocks  in  various  directions.  DiX  the  east 
point  of  this  cove  is  an  islet  of  the  same  name;  and  about  1^  mile  to  the  eastward  of  it 
is  Isle  aux  Vaches,  an  islet  lying  close  to  the  east  point  of  another  cove  or  bay,  in  which 
there  is  anchorage  in  from  12  to  8  fathoms,  sheltered  from  N.  N.  E.  winds.  About  E. 
IJ  mile  from  Isle  aux  Vaches,  is  the  west  point  of  Maraccas  Bay,  having  to  the  east- 
ward of  it  a  small  bay  called  Mai  d'Estomac,  in  which  there  is  no  shelter :  this  point  lies 
9  mi'es  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Corozal. 

MARACCAS  BAY. — This  bay  is  a  mile  wide,  and  about  the  same  depth,  having  from 
'  IG  to  10  fathoms,  on  mud,  at  its  entrance,  decreasing  gradually  to  8  and  7  fathoms,  on 
sand,  near  the  middle.  It  is  open  to  the  north,  but  is  capable  of  affording  more  shelter 
than  any  other  on  this  part  of  the  coast :  the  land  about  it  is  level  for  a  considerable  space. 
Two  miles  farther  north-eastward  is  Esco:  >'as  Bay,  five  sixths  of  a  mile  wide,  and  about 
half  that  in  depth,  with  from  10  to  5  or  4  fathoms  wai^^r  in  it.  The  east  point  of  this 
bay,  on  which  there  is  a  battery  to  defend  it,  is  1^'  mile  S.  W.  from  the  west  part  of  Point 
Chupara.  Here  is  anchorage  at  about  one  third  of  a  mile  from  the  east  point,  in  9  fa- 
thoms water,  sand  and  mud,  with  the  fort,  (Abercroiubie,)  bearing  E.  N.  E.,  and  the 
large  house  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay  S.  by  W.  Escouvas  is  a  better  anchorage 
than  Maraccas  Bay;  the  latter,  although  much  larger,  being  more  subject  to  calms  and 
sudden  shiftings  of  the  wind. 

POINT  CHUPARA. —  Point  Chupara  is  scarped  and  cliffy,  and  extends  about  a  mile 
nearly  east  and  west.  At  the  distance  of  700  feet  to  the  westward  of  its  west  extremity, 
is  a  rock,  on  which  the  sea  generally  breaks ;  and  the  reef  extends  about  half  a  mile 
eastward  from  its  east  extremity.  From  this  point  the  coast  inclines  to  the  east  south- 
eastward, being  a  sandy  beach  ;  and  at  the  distance  of  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  is  the 
entrance  of  the  Little  River  Chupara,  fit  only  for  boats.  Here  the  coast  again  trends 
eastward,  is  partly  composed  of  clifl's.  and  at  the  distance  of  Sj!  miles  is  the  mouth  of 
the  little  River  Macapou,  similar  to  that  of  Chupara.  Nearly  3  miles  further,  in  the 
same  direction,  in  the  east  part  of  a  small  sandy  cove,  is  the  little  River  Paria,  of  the 
same  description  as  the  two  former:  a  small  islet  lies  off  the  fast  side  of  the  cove,  close 
to  the  shore,  called  Paria  Islet:  2^  railes  to  the  westward  of  this  islet,  and  about  ooe 


410 


ULUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


third  oT  :i  iniloolT  frum  thr  rocky  |i(»intH  nii  tlip  piKt  n'mIc  ot'  thu  River  >f:icnpou,  tlirrr 
in  :i  ri't'ldr  rocks:  there  iiro  iiUo  several  other  rocks  lyiii^i  iit  ii  short  tlisliiiice  Iroiii  itlitiri', 
between  ('hu|i;irn  anil  I'aria,  hut  none  so  Car  oH'  as  the  reel  just  spoken  ol.  Ahoiii  twn 
miles  eastwanl  of  I'aria  Islet  is  Tritii  ItciiiiJ  Kis  :  the  slwire  lietwi-e;)  heirii;  chielly  rm  kv 
cinrs,  with  iwci  islets  lyiiii;  near  il.  Nearly  I,  oiile  |';irtlier,  in  the  same  (iireiiioti,  imJi 
at  the  east  riiij  iil'  a  sanilv  beach,  is  the  iMonth  o|  the  little  Uiver  .Maiiilainiis,  haviiii;  |„.. 
tween  a  itrojeeiini;  rocky  point:  this,  like  tiie  tornier,  will  adinit  nothni^  but  Imj.hs 
llenc^;  the  cnast  tri>iiils  to  east  north-eastward  :!  miles  to  I'liint  iMatelot,  v\hich  lie^  1| 
miles  N.  H7"  K.  Irom  I'oint  Clmpara. 

Kroin  Matejot  I'oini  to  Kio  (irande  I'oint.  the  bearitifj  and  distance  are  N.  ho  '  K.  7' 
miles:  at  abont  a  mile  to  the  ea-itward  of  the  lormi-r  is  Le  I'eiil  Matflot.  and  belwoi. 
tiiese,  close  to  the  eastward  »(  a  rocky  spot,  is  tiie  entrance  ol'  Shark's  Kiver,  snnilario 
those  already  described.  The  coast  thence,  to  within  half  a  mile  of  Uio  (iraiiile,  u 
chielly  rocky  and  liii;h,  with  a  lew  sandy  bays.  RioOraiidc,  contrary  to  its  appellaiKii,, 
is  a  small  river,  like  those  beliire  mentioned;  it  lies  about  S.  \V.  by  .S.  three  cpiarieiv, 
a  mile  iVom  the  point  of  thai  name,  the  shore  between  bein^  scarped  :  from  the  entr:ii<, 
«»f  the  river  a  sandy  beach  extends  westward  aiiout  half  a  mile,  having  oil'  its  west  i.\. 
ireinity  two  islets  or  rocks,  the  oiitermost  of  which  lies  nearly  one  third  of  a  mile  liuii, 
bliore.  A  vessel  may  anchor  in  '»  fathoms  water  at  one  third  or  two  fifths  of  a  mile  \V, 
by  N.  from  Kio  (iraiide  I'oint,  (olf  which  is  an  islet  or  rock,)  with  the  east  end  ol  iji, 
sandy  ln-ach  liearini^  about  ,'*!.  by  11.  {  K.  The  coast  from  hence  trends  nearly  K.  ,■ 
miles  to  I'oint  Sans  Soiici, — the  shore  bem^  chielly  scarped. 

l"'rom   I'oint  Sans  .SoiK'i  to  Keel's  i'oiiii,  (calh'd  by  the  .Spaniards  Toco  i'oint,)  ilie 
bearinu  and  distanceart;  S.  H7"  K.  4j  ;iiiles.     iiere  tlie  coast  bends  in  a  little  to  the  sdiiili. 
ward,  and  is  of  the  same  description  as  the  anterior.     About  I),  by  .S.  v'-'  miles  froiii  S;r , 
Souci  I'oint  is  Toco  I'oini,  with   smue  islets  or  rocks  lyinu;  close  to  it;  and  betwrcni; 
and  Keels  I'oiiit,  to  the  west  s'lUtli-westward  of  the   latter,  is  ^Foco   JJay,  where  i  >lii 
may  aiuiior  at  about  lhre(>  ipiarters  (da  mile  from  the  land,  in  1 'J  fathoms  water,  tiiadiK 
Uiound.  with   Keel's  I'oint  beariiin  V!..  by  S.,  Harris'  house"  .S.  ,S.  K.  |  K.;  or  lailli' 
southward,  in  I'i  or  I  !  latlioiiis,  with  Keels  I'oint  K.  by  .N.  and  Harris'  house  as  beldie 
but  this  is  not  a  good  jilace  to  lie  at,  as  a  '^n-at  swell  sets  in. 

Kroin  lieefs  Point  the  coast  trends  .S.  ()!'  K.,  nearly  1^  mile  to  Point  (Jalere.  wliidi, 
as  before  iiotiftd,  is  the  N.  K.  point  of  the  island.  The  land  between  is  of  a  niodciiiif 
lieight.  A  reef  extends  about  one  third  of  a  mile  from  shore  alons;  all  this  sjiace,  iimi' 
should  not  be  api)roached  nearer  than  the  depth  of  I'J  fathcMns.  There  is  also  a  rock  i- 
the  eastward  of  Point  Galero,  about  three  fourths  of  a  mile,  often  visible,  but  on  wlinh 
the  sea  always  breaks;  and  there  is  loasou  to  suspect  that  some  sunken  ones  lie  still 
further  out,  and  also  within  it. 

The  whole  of  I  he  mutli  coast  is  bold,  with  the  exception  of  the  places  already  men- 
tioned  ;  and  the  soundings  extend  several  miles  olf,  anil  are  almost  regular.  KoiinnilK 
N.  by  W.  from  Point  (Jalere  there  are  'J'J  fathoms;  half  a  mile  fartlicr  olf.  40  I'atiioiih, 
sand  and  mud.  '"hree  and  a  half  miles  north  from  I'oint  .Sans  .Souci  there  are  'j;i  lii- 
thoins  ;  at  the  same  distance  N.  by  W.  froin  KioOrande,  2(1  fathoms;  and  at  asiiiiilar 
tlistance  N.  N.  W.  from  Point  Matelot,  17  fathoms.  N.  by  E.  .OiV miles  from  Paiiatliire 
are  i;]  fathoms  ;  N.  by  W.  '.'i  miles  from  the  Kiver  Macapou,  21 ;  and  N.  three  I'oiirilis 
of  a  mile  from  Chujiaia  Point,  H  fathoms.  There  are  78  fathoms,  5  leagues  N.  hv  \V. 
(Voin  Escouvas  ;  and  A3  fathoms  5^  miles  north  from  Maraccas  JJay,  North,  G\  m\f> 
froi',1  Point  Coro/al,  there  are  ()0  fathoms  ;  and  at  7  leagues  N.  by  E.from  Boco  Mdim. 
'I'.i  fathoms.  Tiiese  depths  decrease  grailually  towards  the  shore,  very  close  to  wliiib 
;irc  8,  7,  and  G  fathoms. 

The  bottom  being  every  where  good,  sand  and  mud,  a  vessel  having  occasioti  to  an- 
chor, inay  choose  her  ancliorage  on  any  part  of  this  coast,  with  the  precaution  not  to  su 
into  any  of  the  bays  to  leeward  of  IMaraccas;  as  the  high  uu)untains  tliere  prevent  the 
*vind  from  blowing  home,  and  the  swell  in  such  a  ease  renders  it  difticult  to  inaii;\!;e  a 
ship. 

At  }Cio  (jlrande,  on  the  full  and  cliange  days  of  the  moon,  it  is  high  water  at  41).  liOni.; 
and  between  this  and  Point  Cliupmra,  the  last  two  hours  of  the  ebb,  and  sometimes  the 
whole  of  it,  sets  to  the  eastward  along  the  shore. 

EAST  COAST  OF  TUFNl DAD— The  range  of  high  mountains  extending  along 
the  north  coast  of  this  island,  from  west  to  east,  continues  on  the  east  coast  as  far  as 
Point  Salibia.  The  highest  part  of  the  range,  as  before  said,  is  near  the  meridian  ol 
Escouvas  ;  on  the  east,  the  most  elevated  part  is  near  Point  Salibia. 


*  Harris'  house  is  situate  on  a  little  hill  at  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  bay,  and  easily  distinguished,  be- 
ing the  largest  in  that  neighborhood. 


I 


The  cene 
i»S.  7j'  W 
rocky,  with 
I'liitit  1,1  \''i 

I'liiiit  la  y» 

loriiis  a  bay, 

inaiia.     Kroi 

or  4  phuilati 

sandy  bay, w 

ex[)ost'(l  to  t 

alidu;  wliDs,' 

foiirllis  of  a  n 

the  sliiire. 

sisis  01  some 

to  within  till 

piiint  Itself,  w 

\V.  at  the  di 

large  or  dee) 

4  latlinins. 

torrent  discli 

mile  S.  4M° 

and  at  tlie  di 

«vhich  is  Salil 

ter  within  a  s 

ter  or  a  third 

posed.     Thi' 

nearly  as  far, 

mile  from  the 

westward  of  i 

near  if,  and  t 

ol  ,1  mile,  will 

of  nioiintaiiis, 

of  Point  (lale 

a  vast  extent  i 

lated  hills  aris 

W^e  have  ji 

It  continues  o 

K.  from  Palu 

der  landing  o 

the  middle  of 

bad  bar. 

At  Manr.aii 
about  Ijf  mile 
sheltered  by  a 
sulhcieiit  for  a 
tlie  best  on  al 
Point,  enstwa 
same  point  an 
S.  71°  W.  fri 
and  is  not  to  I 
great  safety  be 
wind  will  scan 
from  the  soutl 
from  the  three 
suddenly  from 
water,  with  tl 
'^V.  about  the 
far  the  best  an 
to  make  sail  ii 
ward.  Nearly 
branche  Mouii 
about  1 000  fee 
part  of  the  co;i 
COCOS  B; 
zanilla  Bay,  is 
abruptly  to  thi 


BLUM  S  AMERICAN  COAST  ril.OT. 


447 


i^liuicf  Irdin  Hlmrr, 

I'll   Ol.         Alxillt   iMi, 

)ririi{  iliii'lly  riukv 
inn  ilii'cction,  iiiiil 
(liMiiiis,  hiiviiii;  Iji'. 
iilliiii;!  lint  liiMts, 
lot,  wliii-li  \iv»  |4 

?  are  N.  H(}°  V..V. 
tt'lot.  siikI  hftwiTi 
H  River,  siiiiil.n  i, 

of  Kill  (iriiiiili',  I, 
I  to  its  nppL'lliiiioii, 
i.  thri'P  t|ir<irii'i»qi 

iVdm  llif  t'nlr:iii, 
IIJJ   till'  its  Writ  i\ 

linl    III'    :i    lllilr    llnl!: 

ililis  ot  a  null'  \V. 
lie  east  ciiil  ol  ihi 
leiiils  neiirly  V..  j; 

'I'dcii  I'dirit.)  :|,. 

I  little  to  tlio  sDiilli- 
I'j  iiiiles  iVoiii  S;ii]( 
it ;  Mill!  iii'tw  rni  i; 
jiiiv,  wlieic  a  s\\\\ 
iiMiH  water,  iiiiuliK 
^.  I  K.;  or  liirllii-; 
i'  liousc  as  bel'oie 

lint  (talero,  which, 

II  is  1)1'  w  niodrriiie 
all  this  spaet;,  ;imi 
re  is  also  a  rock  t" 
ilile,  liiit  oil  w!iii|] 
liken  ones  lir  >iil 

ares  already  imn- 
iilar.  Fourmilfs 
r  olV,  40  ratlioiiir 
ci  there  art-  -I'A  i,i- 
;>ii(l  at  a  siiiiil.i: 
s  Croin  I'iiriatliire 
tl  N.  three  I'oiirtlK 
eagues  N.  hy  \V. 
North,  6';  miles 
111  lioco  Miilin, 
ry  close   to  wliiclj 

<;   occasion  to  ;i!i- 

;eantion  not  In  i:u 

tliere  prevpiil  llie 

(icult  to  maiKiKta 

.vaterat  4li.  .'lOni.; 
nd  sometimes  the 

extending  along 
ist  coast  as  far  as 
r  the  meridian  ol 


y  distinguiehed,  be-        % 


Th**  cenrral  hoarintj  of  the  oast  Hide  oftlie  island  from  Point  (lalerr  to  I'oint  (ialrot.-i 
ii  ."^.  7.V  NV-  nlioiit  11,',  miles.  Cape  (iaiere,  as  lielore  said,  is  emiiparaiively  low  and 
rii(ky,*with  a  heavy  sea  (lonstanily  lireakiiij;  on  it;  and  S.  7^  W.  Iniiii  it  1{  mile,  it 
i'diiit  la  Kiirest,  having  lietwcen  a  rocky  li.iy,  in  wlin  li  there  is  no  landiii;,'.  I'rom 
I'oint  la  Korest  S.  40  '  W.  4j  miJi'H,  lies  I'oint  (iiiayamaii.  Hetween  theiif  ihc  coawt 
loniis  a  hav,  on  the  shore  of  which,  and  nearly  iiiidway,  is  the  little  setileineni  of  L'u- 
iiiaiia.  Kroiii  I'oint  (Jalere  to  (iiiiiaiia  the  inast  is  very  rocky.  Cniiiana  emisisis  of  ■'{ 
or  I  plaiilatioiis,  situated  on  land  loler.ildy  even,  and  risin;^  with  a  ;;i'iitle  accent  liom  a 
sandy  bay,  which  always  atfurds  L'ood  laiidinu,  althoiit>li  i|uite  iiiisheliered,  iiml  a^  niueti 
exposed  to  the  eaut,  and  to  the  consei|(tent  violence  of  the  ocean,  a.s  the  rest  of  the  coast, 
aldim  wliost«  whole  extent,  except  at  this  spot,  a  tremendous  surf  hri'aks.  At  three 
(iinrtlis  of  a  mile  olf  there  are  '»  fathoms  water,  w  hence  the  depth  decreases  ^radiiallv  to 
rlie  slmre.  I^'nim  Ciimaiia  In  I'oint  (iiiayamaii,  a  distance  ol  'J.|,  miles,  the  shore  i  lui- 
Msis  01  some  points  of  rocks  and  sandy  beaches,  l-'roni  the  latter  poiiil  it  becomes  cliliy 
to  within  three  limrths  of  a  mile  of  Halandra  I'oint,  and  then  a  sandy  beach  almost  to  tim 
point  Itself,  which  terminates  in  a  scarped  rock,  and  bears  from  (iiiayamaii  I'oint  S.  40" 
W.  at  the  distance  of  I  miles.  Malandra  llay  is  to  the  westward  ol  the  point;  it  is  not 
lari;e  or  deej)  enoiiirh  to  shelter  any  vessel  larger  than  a  iradinji  schddiier,  in  (Vdiii  'J.',  to 
4  lallioms.  The  north  part  of  this  bay  is  a  sandy  beach,  and  at  its  west  end  a  moiintaiii 
torrent  discharges;  the  shore  thence  is  clilly  as  far  as  .Salibia  I'oint,  which  is  nearly  a 
mile  S.  4H°  VV.  from  that  of  Halanilra.  'J'he  coast  now  bends  more  to  the  westward  ; 
and  at  the  distance  of  nearly  "J  miles  VV.  S.  W.  4  W.  is  I'atiira  I'oint,  to  the  N.  K.  of 
which  is  Salibia  Hay,  where  a  small  vessel  drawing  H  leet  water  may  find  tolerable  shel- 
ter within  a  small  rocky  islet  on  the  north  side.  'I'liere  is  also  aiichoraiie  about  a  ()iiar- 
tcr  or  a  third  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  islet,  in  5  or  U  fathoms  water,  but  more  ex- 
lioseil.  This  islet  lies  four  (ifths  of  a  mile  from  .Salibia  I'oiiit;  the  rocky  shore  extends 
nearly  as  far,  and  thence  to  I'atnra  I'oint  is  a  sandy  beach.  About  VV.  by  N.  half  a 
mile  from  the  islet,  is  the  entrance  of  Salibia  Kiver.  (it  only  tor  bciats,  and  a  little  to  the 
westward  of  it  is  a  tolerably  ^ooil  landinj;  place.  I'atnra  I'oint  has  a  small  islet  or  rock 
near  it,  and  the  coast  is  cliffy,  tlionnh  somewhat  lower  than  before,  lor  aiiout  two  tilths 
d(  a  mile,  whence  it  turns  abruptly  to  the  sotitliward.  Salibia  is  at  the  foot  oftlie  ran^e 
of  nidimtains,  which  extends  aUinu  the  iidithcrn  coast;  and  here  ends  the  rocky  ipiarter 
ol  Point  (ial«;re.  l<'rdm  hence  ti)  the  simthward  is  a  loii^  sandy  shore,  the  interior  being 
a  vast  extent  of  land,  a|)|)arently  level  and  of  a  nidderaie  lieiL'ht,  with  a  few  distant  insu- 
lated hills  arising  out  of  the  plain,  the  whole  covered  with  a  continued  forest. 

VV^;  have  jnst  said  that  the  coast  turns  abruptly  to  the  soiithwi.rd,  and  is  a  sandy  shore, 
it  continues  oftlie  same  dcscriplioii  so  tar  as  Nian/.anilla  I'oint,  which  is  '([  miles  ,S.  H° 
K.  from  I'alura  I'oint,  with  a  surl  breakinu  alum;  its  whole  extent,  sii  heavily  as  to  ren- 
der landinji  on  any  part  of  it  totally  impracticable.  'J'his  is  called  I'atuia  Hay;  near 
the  middle  of  it  the  Kiver  Oropuche  discharges  itself  tliroiiyh  the  surf,  and  over  a  very 
bad  bar. 

At  Man7,anilla  Point  the  coast  turns  suddenly  to  S.  W.  by  \V.  and  W.  S.  \V.  for 
about  Ij;  mile,  chiefly  rocky,  but  forming  a  sukiII  sandy  bay  or  liarbor  .d  the  same  name, 
sheltered  by  sdinn  rocky  islets  lyinu;  near  its  cast  |)oint.  This  bay  has  a  depth  of  water 
sufficient  for  any  vessel  not  drawing  more  than  9  feet ;  and  although  very  small,  it  is 
the  best  on  all  the  east  coast  of  the  island.  A  reef  of  rocks  stretches  from  iMan/.aiiilla 
I'oint,  eastward,  rather  more  than  half  :i  mile;  and  nearly  'J  miles  S.  4<)^  K.  from  the 
same  point  are  three  rocks,  above  water,  over  w  hich  the  sea  always  breaks.  Half  a  mile 
S.  71  "  W.  from  these  rocks  is  another,  so  small,  that  it  scarcely  makes  the  sea  break, 
and  is  not  to  be  seen  uiuil  you  are  close  to  it.  \  essels  from  the  north  may  run  with 
s:reat  safety  between  the  reef  w  hich  stretches  off  from  the  point  and  these  rocks  ;  but  the 
wind  will  scarcely  permit  a  s(|uare  riitijc'd  vessel  to  lie  her  course  thrdii!;h  this  channel 
iVdin  the  southward.  There  is  also  some  foul  izroiind  about  two  fifths  of  a  mile  E.  N.  E. 
from  the  three  rocks,  on  and  near  which  the  sea  breaks  in  very  bad  weather.  It  shoals 
suddenly  from  9  to  4J  fathoms.  A  ship  may  anchor  off  Manzanilia  Hay,  in  b  fathoms 
water,  with  the  leewardmost  of  the  rocky  islets  at  the  entrance  oftlie  bay  bearinj;  N. 
W.  about  the  distance  of  .S  cables'  length,  and  iMaii/.anilla  Puiiit  N.  iN.  K."  'J'his  is  by 
far  the  best  anchorage  on  the  coast,  as  a  ship  from  hence  will  always  have  plenty  of  rooiu 
to  make  sail  in  case  of  necessity.  Here  the  flood  and  elib  streams  both  set  northeast- 
ward. Nearly  W.  S.  W.,  about  3i  miles  from  Manzanilla  Toint,  is  the  east  cud  of  Le- 
branche  Mountains,  which  thence  c'xteiid  west,  south-westward.  This,  by  estimation,  is 
about  1000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  forms  a  conspicuous  mark  to  know  this 
part  of  the  coast  by. 

COCOS  BAY. — Close  to  the  w-cstv^'ard  of  the  clifly  shore,  on  the  west  side  of  Man- 
zanilla  Bay,  is  the  mouth  of  the  little  river  Lebrauche  ;  and  hence  the  coast  again  turns 
abruptly  to  the  southward  as  far  as  the  river  Ortoire,  a  distaijce  of  lOi  miles  ;  the  shore 


448 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


:if 


being  all  a  sandy  beach,  nearly  straight,  with  the  surf  breaking  hearily  on  it.  Tins 
is  called  Cocos  Bay,  from  its  shore  being  bordered  by  a  narrow  grove  of  cocoanut  trees 
7  or  8  miles  long.  Near  the  middle  of  the  bay  the  river  Milan  discharges  its  waters. 
About  half  a  mile  eastward  of  the  mouth  of  the  Ortoire  River,  is  a  landing  place  behiml 
a  rocky  point,  on  the  north  side  of  a  scarped  promontory,  which  advances  H  mile  iiito 
the  sea,  and  presents  a  front  of  high  clift'to  the  eastward,  of  about  a  mile  in  length  N.  N. 
E.  and  S.  S.  W.  Thi.«  is  called  Mayero  Point,  (but  i)y  the  Spaniards  Cape  CJuatarn.) 
Several  rocks  and  reef^^  lie  off  its  N.  E.  part  to  a  considerable  distance;  and  it  shoulii 
not  be  approached  from  the  east  nearer  than  a  mile,  as  there  are  only  3  fathoms  at  tlic 
distance  of  four  fifths  of  a  mile  from  it,  in  that  direction ;  but  a  vessel  may  anchor,  ;i[ 
nearly  a  mile  to  the  norrhward  of  this  piom-^ntory,  in  5  fathoms,  good  ground,  having  the 
N.  E.  part  of  the  point  bearing  S.  E.  {  S.,  and  the  westernmost  rocky  blulf,  which  is 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Ortoire,  S.  W.  J  S.     Mayero  Point  is  remarkable  at  the  distance  of 

6  or  6  leagues,  from  advancing  into  the  sea,  and  also  from  the  almost  equal  elevation  of  the 
whole  tongue  of  laud  that  forms  it.  It  lies  nearly  11  miles  S.  13°  W.  from  ManzaniJIa 
Point. 

MAYERO  BAY. —  From  the  south  part  of  Mayero  Point,  the  land  continues 
high  and  scarped  for  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  to  the  W.  N.  W.,  whence  a  low  sandy 
beach  begins,  turning  to  S.  by  W.  and  S.,  and  continues  of  the  same  description,  wiii; 
low  land  in  the  interior,  as  faras  Point  Galeota,  which  is  12^  miles  S.  8°  \V.  from  Mayero 
Point.  The  space  between  these  points  is  called  Mayero  Bay;  and  at  its  northern  pan 
the  water  is  sufficiently  smooth  to  afford  good  landing  for  two  or  three  miles,  although  it 
is  as  much  exposed  to  the  east  as  the  middle  and  southern  parts,  where  a  heavy  sun 
breaks  ;  and  off  this  part,  also,  a  vessel  may  anchor,  as  there  are  about  6  fathoms  at  Ij 
mile  off,  and  it  shoals  gradually  to  the  shore.  To  the  southward  of  Mayero  point  are 
some  plantations,  and  at  the  distance  of  3  miles  a  church. 

POINT  GALEOTA,  as  we  have  before  said,  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  island.  Se- 
veral rocks  lie  off  it,  but  they  are  all  above  water;  and  at  the  distance  ot"  three  quarters 
of  a  mile  to  the  E.  and  S.  E.  of  it,  is  a  depth  of  10  fathoms.  This  promontory  is  of  mo 
derate  elevation,  and  may  be  discovered  from  the  north-eastwaiJ  at  the  distance  of  6n: 

7  leagues.  The  soundings  extend  to  a  considerable  distance  off  to  the  eastward,  aoi; 
shoal  gradually  to  the  land  :  these  will  be  best  understood  by  inspecting  the  chart. 

SUNKEN  ROCK. — Before  we  quit  this  part,  we  ouglit  not  to  omit  mentioning  ,i 
dangerous  rock  that  lies  6  or  7  leagues  from  the  land,  although  we  are  not  acquainted 
with  its  precise  situation.  The  surveyor,*  when  searching  for  it  in  the  direction  thi; 
was  pointed  out  to  him,  found  a  bank  of  16  fathoms,  with  deep  water  all  around  it,  on 
which  it  is  supposed  to  exist.  This  bank  lies  7  leagues  S.  37-^°  E.  from  Point  Galeie, 
and  N.  82°  E.  from  the  motmtain  of  Lebrauche,  distant  (>}  leagues  from  Manzanilli 
Point.  There  is  no  doubt  of  its  existence,  a  vessel  having  been  wrecked  upon  it :  amlii 
has  been  seen  by  several  persons  at  very  low  spring  tides  ;  it  is  a  very  small  rock,  auJ 
steep  close  to. 

SOUTH  COAST  OP  TRINIDAD.— From  Point  Galeota  to  the  Point  de  la  (iraiidp 
Calle,  it  is  4  miles  S.  75°  W.  The  coast  between  forms  (iuaya-Guayara  Bay,  which  is 
spacious,  with  a  sandy  shore,  but  so  shoal  that  nothing  can  be  sheltered  in  it,  excepi 
very  small  vessels,  there  being  only  ,']  fathoms  water  a  mile  from  the  land.  A  rockv 
shoal  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  it,  and  there  are  several  rocks  near  Galeota  Point,  hii: 
they  are  all  above  water.  From  Point  de  la  (Jrande  Calle  the  coast  trends  S.  by  \\'.\ 
W.,  all  scarped  and  rocky,  to  Point  Casa  Cruz,  a  distance  of  5|  miles.  All  alonfjthis 
part  there  are  5  fathoms  water  at  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  land.  From  Point  Cnsa 
Cruz  the  coast  runs  nearly  west,  with  several  inflections,  about  32  miles,  to  Point  Ta- 
baro,  the  shore  being  chiefly  scarped  with  two  or  three  spots  of  sandy  beach,  amJ  a 
few  rocks  at  the  projecting  points.  From  Point  Tabaro  the  coast  trends  W.  bv  N. 
about  two  and  a  half  miles  to  Point  Ilerin,  a  projecting  point  of  sand,  with  some 
rocks  lying  off  it.  Nearly  five  miles  west  by  north  from  the  latter  lies  Islot  Point. 
The  coast  between  is  sandy,  and  forms  a  small  bay  called  Herin  Bay,  in  which  there  are 
3  or  4  fathoms  water.  The  coast  from  hence  trends  W.  S.  W.,  nearly  C  iniJes,  to  Puini 
Quemada,  the  shore  being  all  sandy.  About  midway  lies  Point  Chaguaramas.  Ahoni 
3  miles  to  the  westward  of  Point  Quemada  is  Point  Icacos,  or  Icaque,  the  fuiuth-weslerii 
extremity  of  the  island.  We  have  already  said  that  Point  (ialeota  may  be  distiiirlly 
made  out  at  the  distance  of  6  or7-leaguos.  From  this  point  tin;  land  begins  to  be  more 
elevated,  and  continues  so  along  the  south  coast.  No  part  of  this  coast  can  properly  be 
called  mountainous,  although  it  is  very  hilly  ;  but  tiiese  gradually  diminish  l^roni  the  n- 
cinity  of  Point  Herin  towards  Point   Icacos,  which  is  quite  low  and  flat.     The  hiHul 

*  Captaiu  E.  H.  Columbine. 


Guaya-Gua; 
;  from  Point 
as  a  guide  w 
abuut  a  mile 
be  obtained 
will  be  fount 
const ;  but  ii 
-  ur  10  fatlii 
of  Point  Icu 
itself,  but  so 
Point  (-^ueiii 
risk. 

POINT  1 

a  cirnular  Ibi 

From  its  8. 

nortli-eastwa 

WESTC 

ing  and  dista 

rinia,  which 

distance,  and 

From  Poii 

coast  betwee 

siderable  dist 

t«o  thirds  of 

feet  lies  also 

of  14  miles  fi 

Point.     Betw 

Cape  Brea  pr 

i  within  it  is  a 

ward,  about  a 

close  to  the  i) 

From  the  i 

N.  (>9'  F.  91 

miles.     The's 

low  water,  ini 

about  l'^  mile 

fivo  thirds  of; 

~  miles,  the  w 

and  to  the  nor 

to  tile  northw 

of  hills.     Tht 

with  shallow  v 

caal  Point,  is 

point,  is  that  r 

miles  to  Port  > 

tie  rivers  Cha, 

Here  we  lUa 

the  Bocas,  am 

Mono  Poin 

thence  to  Tail 

At  three  quart 

Careenage  of 

17  fathoms  at  t 

a  ship  of  the  Ii 

J  forms  the  east 

cessary  to  kce 

Taitron's   Bay 

Point,  is  aboil 

beach  at  its  ht 

these  Days  is  1 

tiie  three  islan 

t  will  be  describ 

GASPAR  ( 

of  Gaspar  Grar 

1|  mile  to  Pur 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


449 


iTily  on  it.  TI113 
;  ot'cocoanutirecs 
charges  its  waters. 
idins;  place  behinil 
■ances  H  mile  into 
lile  in  length  N.  \. 
(Is  Cape  Guatarn,) 
nee;  and  it  should 
ly  3  fathoms  at  ihr: 
5el  may  anchor,  at 
ground,  having  the 
icky  blutf,  which  is 
lie  at  the  distance  ni 
|ual  elevation  ot  the 
7.  from  Manzuni'la 

he  land  continufs 
hence  a  low  sandv 
le  description,  wiiii 
i°  W.  from  Miiyero 

at  its  northern  pan 
!e  miles,  although  it 

where  a  heavy  sun 
out  6  fathoms  at  1| 
of  Mayero  point  an 

of  tVie  island.     Se- 

:e  ot'  three  quarters 

iromontory  is  ol'ino- 

the  distance  of  bo- 

:>  the  eastward,  anc 

ting  the  chart. 

omit  mentioning  a 

;  are  not  acquaiiik'i 

n  the  direction  tha: 

er  all  around  it,  or. 

from  Point  Galere, 

■„s  from  Manzanill;i 

;ked  upon  it ;  amlii 

iry  small  ruck,  and 

Point  de  la  UrmV 
ayara  Bay,  wiiichis 
altered  in  it,  excei': 
the  land.     A  rocky 
(laleota  Point,  hii! 
trends  S.  In  W.  1 
les.      All  aloiis  thi' 
From  Point  Cnss 
miles,  to  Point  Ta- 
sandy  beach,  ami  a 
;t  trends  W.  by  N. 
of  sand,  with  some 
ter  lies  Islot  Point. 
^  in  which  there  are 
ily  (Smites, to  Poini 
iguaramas.     About 
e,'thci.JUHth-\vesteni 
a  may  be  distiiKiiy 
d  i)egins  to  be  more 
jast  can  proi)eriy  be 
iminish  from  the  vi- 
d  flat.     The  hill  ol 


Guava-Guayara,  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  this  range,  and  about  1.1  mile  N.  W.  by  W. 
;  from  Point  "de  la  (nande  Calle,  is  760  feet  high  by  admeasurement.  This  may  serve 
a?  a  guide  whereby  to  estimate  the  height  ot'  the  others.  There  is  a  watering  place 
about  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  Point  (Jasa  Cruz,  where,  with  a  little  trouble,  water  may 
be  obtained  from  a  mountain  stream  that  falls  into  a  well  on  the  beach.  Five  fathoms 
will  be  found  at  a  mile  and  a  half  tVom  the  shore,  in  which  depth  you  may  run  along  the 
coist :  but  it  is  more  advisable  to  keep  at  two  miles  from  the  lan(i.  You  will  then  be  in 
-  or  10  fathoms,  and  clear  of  all  risk.  At  the  distance  of  3  or  4  leagues  to  the  eastward 
of  Point  Icacos,  a  reef  of  rocks  lies  upwards  of  a  mile  from  the  land.  It  does  not.sliow 
itself,  but  some  red  clitls  on  the  shore  will  nearly  point  out  its  situation.  After  passing 
Point  t-^ueniada,  you  may  approach  the  shore  to  a  quartet  of  a  mile  without  the  least 

risk. 

POINT  ICAC'OS,  OR  ICAQT''^E,  is  a  sandy  promontory  advancing  into  the  sea  in 
a  circular  form,  but  so  steep  that  at  half  a  cable's  length  there  are  8  or  'J  fathoms  water. 
From  its  S.  W.  part  it  first  runs  northward  about  1J|  mile  to  point  Corral,  and  thence 
north-eastward  1,t  m\h  to  Point  Gallos,  which  has  2  or  3  islets  lying  oil' its  west  side. 

WEST  COAST  OF  TRINIDAD.— From  Point  Icacosto  Port  d'Espagne  the  bear- 
ing and  distance  are  N.  3b^  E.  43  miles.  All  this  part  is  low,  excepting  Mount  Napa- 
rinia,  which  is  round,  and  bU'J  feet  high.  Jn  clear  v.eather  it  may  be  seen  at  8  leagues 
distance,  and  is  a  good  mark  within  the  (julf  of  Paria. 

From  Point  Gallos,  before  mentioned,  to  Point  Cedro,  it  is  hh  miles  N.  61"  E.,  the 
coast  between  forming  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  the  N.  E.  part  of  which  is  flat  at  a  con- 
siderable distance  oil'.  From  the  point  a  spit  projects  westward,  and  at  its  extremity, 
two  thirds  of  a  mile  from  the  point,  is  a  rock  called  the  IJarrel  of  Heef.  A  shoal  of  9 
feel  lies  also  about  3  miles  N.  E.  ,V  F.  from  the  same  point.  N.  ()2'^  E.,  at  the  distance 
of  14  miles  from  Point  Cedro,  is  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  Cape  or  Point  I3rea,  or  Pitch 
Point.  Between  these  the  shore  forms  two  shallow  bays,  separated  by  Guape  Point. 
Cape  Brea  presents  a  front  of  two  or  three  miles  in  extent,  projecting  to  the  N.  W.,  and 
■i  with'in  it  is  a  wonderful  lake  of  pitch  or  bituminous  matter.  In  the  bay  to  the  south- 
ward, about  a  mile  from  Point  Brea,  there  are  two  small  rivers  of  excellent  fresh  water 
close  to  the  beach. 

From  the  north  part  of  Point  Brea  to  Mount  Naparima.  the  bearing  and  dislnnee  are 
N.  (>9^  E.  9}  miles,  and  from  the  latter  to  Point  Cascaal,  the  coast  trends  N.  G°  W.  11 
miles.  The  siiore  b'Hween  Ca|)e  Bre:i  and  Point  Cascaal  forms  a  deep  bay,  with  shal- 
low water,  into  which  several  rivers  discud)ogue;  of  these  the  first  is  the  Sjbaira,  at 
about  1'^  mile  to  the  S.  W.  of  Mount  Naparima.  Between  this  river  and  the  Mount,  at 
two  t'lirds  of  a  mile  from  shore,  lies  a  farallon,  or  rock,  and  to  the  W.  N.  W.  of  it,  full 
2  mdes,  the  water  is  shallow.  At  the  foot  of  the  mount,  on  its  west  side,  is  Petit  Bourg, 
auil  to  the  northward  of  it  are  the  little  rivers  Taronga  and  Guaracaro.  About  'J.'  mile.s 
to  the  northward  of  Petit  Bourg  is  Stony  Point,  at  the  western  end  of  the  middle  range 
of  hills.  The  coast  thence  trends  about  N.  ;',  W.  8|  miles  to  Cascaal  Point,  bordered 
with  shallow  water  to  the  distance  of  4  miles  oil'.  About  S.  E.  by  S.  l\  mile  from  Cas- 
caal Point,  is  the  mouth  of  the  little;  river  Coiira,  and  ] !:;'  mile  N.  E.  i  E.  from  the  same 
point,  is  that  of  Carapichima,  of  a  similar  description.  From  hence  it  is  N.  13.1°  w.  9 
miles  to  Port  d'Espagne  ;  the  land  between  is  low  and  swampy,  through  which  the  lit- 
tle rivers  Chagouane,  Aripo,  and  Arouca,  discharge  their  waters. 
Here  we  discontinue  the  description  of  this  coast  from  the  south,  resume  it  again  at 
•   the  Bocas,  and  conclude  -it  Port  d'Espagne. 

Mono  Point,  as  we  have  before  said,  is  the  N.  AV.  extremity  of  the  island.     From 

thence  to  Taitron's  Point,  or  Punta  del  Diablo,  it  is  little  more  than  IJ  mile  S.  8°  E. 

At  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  former,  lies  the  north  point  of  an  islet,  called  the 

Careenage  of  "\:n\o,  which  runs  in  north-eastward  tnore  than  half  a  mile,  and  has  from 

17  fathoms  at  tne  entrance,  to  4  and  3  at  the  extremity.     At  the  head  of  this  inlet,  or  bay, 

a  ship  of  the  line  might  lie  secure  to  the  shore,  land-lovked.     OlTthe  sandy  shore  which 

^i  forms  the  east  side  of  it,  there  i,5  a  bank  which  shoals  suddenly  :  it  will  therefore  be  ne- 

I  cessary  to  keep  on  the  opposite  shore,  if  you  should  have  occasion  to  work  up  so  far. 

I  Taitron's    Bay,  called  also   Ensonada  del  "infante,  lies  to  the  northward  of  Taitron's 

I  Point,  is  about  one  third  of  a  mile  wide,  and  of  nearly  the  stmie  depth,  having  a  sandy 

I  beach  at  its  head,  and  a  depth  of  1,5  fathoins  at  the  entrance.     The  high  land  between 

the.se  oays  is  1400  feet  above  the  surface  of  tlie  sea.     Westward  from  these  points  lie 

the  three  islands,  Mono,  Huevo,  and  Chaca-chacare,  which  form  the  Bocas,  and  which 

will  be  described  hereafter. 

1     GASPAR  GRANDE.— S.  4°  W.  1  mile  from  Taitron's  Point,  lies  the  west  point 

JofGasparGrande,  natued  Espolon  (Coek's-spnr.)     This  island  extends  eastward  nearly 

1|  mile  to  Punta  de  la  Reyaa,  the  east  jioint,  and  is  about  half  a  mile  broad.     Its  eleva- 

57 


450 


BLUi\T  sJ  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


tion  is  considerable,  the  highest  part  being  337  feet ;  and  its  coasts  fornisojnc  coves,  or 
little  bays,  in  whicli  small  vessels  may  anelior. 

From  Taitron's  Point  the  coast  of  Trinidad  runs  S.  73°  E.  four  fifths  of  a  mile  to 
Punta  de  San  Jose,  whence  it  bends  in  to  tiie  N.  K.  and  E.  1|  mile,  and  thence  to  [\]p 
S.  S.  VV.  about  two  thirds  of  a  uiile  to  Punta  San  Carlos,  being  the  west  part  of  Cli;,. 
guaramus  Peninsula.  This  point  lies  almost  'J  miles  S.  ho°  E.  from  Taitron's  Poim 
one  and  one  tenth  mile  S.  60=  E.  from  Punta  de  San  .lose,  and  7-10  yards  to  the  ea> 
ward  ofGaspar  Grande.  Gasparillo  Island  lies  to  the  southward  of  Punta  de  San  Jom. 
and  has  an  islet  on  its  north  side.  This  island  forms  two  passages  :  that  on  the  nnrij 
is  250  yards  wide,  with  o  to  15  fathoms  water;  and  that  on  the  south,  between  it  ai 
Caspar  Grande,  is  740  yards  wide,  with  from  9  to  14  fathoms  water. 

CHAGIJARAMUS  HAY  is  comprised  i)etwen  (Jaspar  (Jrande,  on  the  8.  AV.  ij 
west  side  of  the  peninsula  on  the  east,  and  the  land  on  the  north.  It  is  spacious,  mi; 
affords  good  anchorage.  'J'he  shores  are  bold,  except  off  the  large  plantation,  wliich; 
situated  in  the  jjrincipal  valley  on  the  north  side,  wheiu;e  a  shoal  of  1  to  3  fathoms cs 
tends  600  yards  oil'.  Its  outer  edge  trends  to  W.  N.  W.,  and  is  very  steep.  Vessf;, 
may  anchor  in  this  bay  any  where  ;  but  the  most  convenient  sjjot  for  watering,  is  in; 
fathoms,  with  thi;  east  end  of  Gaspar  (irande  bearing  S.  by  E.  and  Taitron's  Point  i.v. 
line  with  Punta  de  San  .lose.  There  is  a  wreck  of  one  of  the  S))anish  ships  of  the  In, 
that  were  burnt  here  at  the  taking  of  tl)e  ishind.  It  lies  in  17  fathoms  water,  havinnii. 
western  Diego  Island  open  1"'  10'  of  Punta  San  Carlos,  and  the  north  extreme  of  (Ik 
par  Grande  W.  by  S.     Avoiding  tliis  wreck,  a  shi|)  or  two  may  water  very  well  hi  it, 

At  full  and  cliaiige  of  the  moon,  it  is  high  water  by  the  shore  at  3  o'clock,  and  it  riw 
about  5  feet ;  but  at  the  anclioraue  the  flood  stream  runs  until  half  past  3  o'clock.  Tip 
flood  runs  to  the  eastward,  and  continues  only  5]  hours  ;  the  ebb  runs  to  the  westw;ir 

ESCONDTDO  IIAPvBtHl.— 'J\»  the  nortliward  of  Punta  San  Carlos,  or  Escoiulii! 
is  a  little  harbor  named  Escondi<Io.  From  this  point  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  four  ter.tlisdi; 
mile,  is  Prince's  Point;  and  thence  to  the  east  end  of  Chaguaramus  Peninsula  ii, 
about  E.  N.  E.  l^V  niile.  From  this  latter  point  to  another  point  at  the  west  side 
Lyuch's  Bay,  it  xa  N.  55^  E.  ly^  mile.  To  the  N.  W.  of  the  east  point  of  tbe  ]wni[- 
aula,  nearly  half  a  mile,  is  an  inlet,  or  ba^,  called  the  Careenage,  an  excellent  liaii. 
for  merchant  ships,  but  too  shoal  for  men-of-war.  there  being  only  from  10  to  i'-Ut 
water.     North-eastward  from  this  bay  is  another  with  2.7  to  4  fathoms  in  it. 

DIEGO'S  ISLANDS.— To  the  S.  and  S.  E.  of  Prince's  Point,  about  one  third  of; 
mile,  lie  Diego's  Islaiuls,  two  in  ntiniljer,  of  about  a  c|uarter  of  a  mile  in  extent  irif:) 
and  the  sanie  distance  asunder,  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W.  ^  VV.     Thfn' h 
good  passage  between  them  of  i)  to  12  fathoms  water,  and  also  between  them  andPrii]ce> 
Point,  of  20  to  25  fathoms. 

COLORAS. — The  (Joloras  are  a  cluster  of  small  islands,  five  in  number,  opciipvn;; 
a  space  of  four  tenths  of  a  mile.  They  lie  l.'j  mile  E.  i  S.  from  the  easternmost  ot  Lr 
go's  Isles,  and  1 1  mile  S.  E.  from  the  east  ])oint  of  the  peninsula.  There  appears  to  '■ 
a  passage  between  the  two  southernmost  and  the  others. 

PORT  D'ESPAGNE.— From  the  point  on  the  west  side  of  Lynch's  Bay,  tiiecoK 
with  some  inflections,  trends  E.  S.  E.  a  distance  of  5,^  miles  to  Port  d'Espagne.  ar. 
there  turns  about  S.  S.  K.  Ik  mile  to  the  river  Caroni,  which  in  the  rainy  season  pour' 
out  a  furious  stream.  The  water  in  the  road  of  Port  d'Espagne  is  very  shallow,  tliei' 
being  only  3;}  fathoms  at  a  mile  and  a  half  off.  It  is  extremely  foul  and  muddv  tlifi 
and  nearer  to  the  siiore  it  is  j)roporlional)jy  m(»re  so.  At  about  li  mile  off  tioiii  it 
shore,  with  the  round  white  tower  on  a  hill  near  the  town,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.,  tlr' 
are  3^  fathoms,  very  soft  mud,  but  shijjs  may  anchor  any  where.  The  ship  will  tuiiii!: 
soft  mud  up  long  before  she  gets  into  a  good  ancho-ing  place,  which  should  be  inaboir. 
3  feet  more  water  than  she  draws.     The  water  is  always  perfectly  smooth. 

The  tide  flows  here  on  full  and  change  days  of  the  moon,  at  half  past  5  o'clock;  ll' 
flood  comes  from  the  west,  and  the  ebb  from  the  S.  E.;  and  the  water  is  slack  about  1- 
hour,  both  at  high  and  low  water.  The  course  of  the  tides,  both  ebb  and  flood,  ^m 
each  checked  by  an  opposing  shore  in  this  corner  where  the  town  is  situated,  they  iKiiiu 
ally  mu.st  deposit  there  nuich  of  the  mud  which  they  carry  along  with  them:  hence  tli; 
quantity  of  mud  in  'he  anchorage. 

The  coast  of  the  .nain  land  is  low  and  swampy,  opened  by  a  great  number  of  mv 
and  channels  falling  iiTto  the  (iulf;  of  these  the  deepest  and  most  frequented,  isll;' 
Guarapiche,  by  which  a  trade  is  carried  on  with  the  interior  of  Cumana;  it  isnavigaW 
for  schooners  and  large  balaxues. 

Description  of  Ihc  Islnnch  which  form  the  Boca.i. 
The  northern  passages  into  the  (hilf  of  Paria,  between  the  N.  W.  end  of  Trinidaii. 
three  islands  lying  oft"  it,  and  the  Coast  of  Paria,  were  by  Columbus  called  Bocasilt 


Brazos,  fro 
liuwcvei,  is 
MONO 
Island,  Hiu 
'  fro  in  N-  K. 
the  land  on 
est  of  thes( 
;  ?'ast  side  of 
Dehert's,  b 
others, 
from  Mono 
but  in  the  I 
..  tailed  ]!(jco 
■'  in  it.     A  cli 
Ishind;  the 
Hl'KVO 
ing  a  bay  on 
laiii  one  au( 
extends  1  j 
:  W.  from  til 
V  surface  of  t 
••uiiiiiionly  f 
jiliont  S.  \V 
trance,  is  ab 
CllACA- 
I  east  point  of 
point  of  Hu 
[north  point, 
jsaiiic  distanc 
the  coast  rni 
;  K.  about  thri 
westward,  wi 
the  I'urther  e 
])aits.  is  a  lo\ 
side  uf  tile  is 
'  there  is  a  sin 
AV.  point  of 
hi<;h  land  of 
W.  point  of  < 
hdl  on  that  | 
rock,  is  70  5(, 
island  has  an 
moon  nt  'M)  n 
The  Chan 
Passage  :   it  1 
entrance,  tw( 
great  extent, 


The  great 
faiid  Boca  (jr; 
triecessity,  ver 
^  311  or  4(5  fath- 
',  the  bottom,  e 
■  constant  opei 
'  rapidity  at  tii 

*  Tlrere  is  ai 
shoalcat  part  o 
i  fcrrnce.  This 
of  the  ship  Sai 
fo'  sieveral  hon 
ig,  althongh  n 
[fare,  S.  \V.  pu 
[niana,  or  Parii 


BLUNT  S  A3IEIITCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


451 


s  form  some  covrs.  o. 

mr  lil'tlis  of  a  mile  to 
ile,  and  thencp  to  tli» 
he  west  part  of  ('h;,. 
from  Taitron's  Pnim, 
740  vartls  to  the  easi 
rif  Punta  de  San  .lovi. 
\es  :  that  on  the  nonj 

south,  between  it  ami 
:r. 

ide,  on  the  S.  AV.  tii» 
1.  It  is  spacious,  aw 
ye  plantation,  which  i 

of  1  to  3  fathoms  f\. 
!  very  steep.  Ve>sr;, 
t  for  watcrinsj,  is  in;. 
id  Taitron's  Point  iv 
anish  ships  of  the  lis. 
loms  water,  having  :i,. 
north  extreme  of(;,v 
ater  very  well  htic 
It  .'!  o'clock,  and  it  n<« 
f  past  ;5  o'clock.  Tii- 
)  rnns  to  the  westwar 

(Jarlos,  or  EscoikIk! 
;.  i  K.  four  tei.tlisd!. 
ramus  Peninsula  ii 
oint  at  the  west  side 
3ast  point  of  the  peni! 
;e.  an  excellent  liari- 
only  from  10  to  23  fe 
loms  in  it. 
nt,  about  one  third  n: 

a  mile  in  extent  i-ric; 
W.  ^  VV.     Then- 1> 
veen  them  andl'iiiicf 

in  number,  occu])viri; 
le  easternmost  ol'Di'- 
There  appears  to- 

ynch's  Hay,  tlieco.i^' 
Port  d'EsiJit^np.  ar, 

the  rainy  season  pour' 
is  very  shallow,  tliK' 
bul  and  muddy  tlifi' 
li  mile  olf  from  li;^ 

nil  N.  K.  by  E.,  tlier' 
The  ship  will  tuniil!' 

ich  should  be  in  aboi:; 
smooth, 
tlf  past  5  o'clock:  ti' 

water  is  slack  about  i; 
I  ei)h  and  flood,  lifin; 
is  situated,  theyiialiu 
with  them  :  hence  tl' 

reat  number  of  rivPi' 
iiost  iVequented,  is  tli' 
umana ;  it  is  navigable 


7.9.  V 

.  W.  end  of  Trinidad.' 
mbus  called  BocasJi 


Brazos,  from  the  velocity  of  the  current  which  lie  found  settinjn  throufrh  them.     This, 
,   however,  is  very  various  in  its  strenjfth,  tiioimh  constant  in  its  direction  to  tlie  northward. 
I      MONO  ISLAND. — The  tliree  islands  which  form  these  passages,  are  Mono,  or  Ape's 
;i  Island,  Huevo,  or  Egg  island,  and  Chaea-chacare.     The  lirst  is  about  iil  miles  in  length 
lioni  N.  E.  to  S.  \V.,  and  I.',  mile  in  breadth:  it  consists  of  two  lofty  hills,  from  which 
the  land  on  the  soutli  side  shelves  down  to  the  sea,  in  riilges  siiii^ularly  sharp  :  the  high- 
est of  these  hills,  at  the  north  part,  is  lOL"  feet  above  the  surtace  of  the  sea.     On  the 
east  side  of  the  island  are  two  bays;  the  northernmost   named  Morris'  Bay,  the  other 
Dohert's,  besides  some  coves :  to  the  westward  of  these,  on  the  south  side,  are  some 
others.     The  N.  E.  point  of  this  island  bears  about  S.  W.  by  W.  distant  half  a  mile 
v;  t'roni  .Mono  Point,  and  the  S.  E.  point  \V.  N.  W.  1  W.  V.VM)  yards  from  Taitron's  Point; 
but  in  the  narrowest   part,  the  channel  is  not  quite  one  third  of  a  mile  wide.     This  is 
i  called  Boco  Mono:  it  lies  lu-ariy  north  and  south,  and  has  from  "jy  to  47  fathoms  water 
I  in  it.     A  cluster  of  rocks  lies  about  .jOO  yards  E.  N.  E.  from  the  N.  E.  point  of  Mono 
'?  Island;  these  have  H  fatlioms  close  to  them. 

HUKV'O,  OR  K(i(i   ISLAND,  is  the  next:  this  is  of  a  seiui-circular  shape,  form- 
iti'i  a  h'tiy  on  its  8.  W.  side.     Jts  N.  E.  ))oiiit,  near  to  winch  lies  the  Umbrella  Kock,  isdis- 
taiji  one  and  one  tenth  mile  W.  by  S.  from  the  N.  W.  part  of  Mono  IslaiKJ,  and  thence 
extends  IJ  mile  ;iliout  N.  \V.  by  W.  ^  \V.     Its  south  point  lies  one  mile  W.  N.  W.  f 
W.  from  the  S.  W.  |)oint  of  Mono,     lluevo,  near  its  N.  E.  point,  is  b55  feet  above  the 
;  surface  of  the  sea.     'J'hc  cltaniiel  between  it  and  Mono  is  called  Poco  lluevo,  or  more 
cuniinonly  the  Unibiella  Passage,  t'rom  the  rock  of  that  uaiiu» :  the  course  through  ia 
about  .S.  \V.  by  S.  and  N.  E.  by  N.;  and  its  narrowest  part,  which  is  near  the  S.  W.  en- 
trance, is  about  three  qtiarters  of  a  mile  wide,  with  a  deptli  of  more  than  100  fathoms. 
CHACA-t'HAOAKE  is  the  westernmost  of  the  three  islands :  Point  St.  Jago,  the 
feast  point  of  this  island,  lies  three  ijitarters  of  a  mile  nearly  W.  S.  \V.  tVoui  tlie  south 
j  ponit  of  Huevo:  and  thence  extends  about  N.  \V.  ]  N.  one  and  lour  filths  mile  to  the 
Inorlli  point,  near  whic.h  is  an  islet;  and  thence  turns  about   S.  by  W.  -'r  W.  nearly  the 
I  same  distance  to  its  .S.  \V.  point.     From  the  latter  to   Point  Antoine,  ihe  S.  E.  point, 
I  the  coast  runs  about  E.  I  N.  1.',  mile ;  and  from  this  point  to  tliat  of  St.  .Jago,  N.  E.  by 
:  E.  about  three  ((itarters  of  a  mile.     Between  the  hitter  points  a  deep  bay  is  formed  north- 
westward, with  sale  iuichoragt.',  hut  dilficult  to  get  in  or  out  of',  except  by  warping.     At 
the  further  end  of  this  bay  of  (."haca-chacare,  which  nearly  divides  tlie  island  into  two 
jiarts,  is  a  low  .--.aiidy  neck  or  isthmus.     To  tlie  southward  of  this  beach,  and  on  the  west 
i  side  of  tiie  island,  are  some  scattered  rocks,  at  abtnit  a  cable's  length  from  shore;  and 
'  there  is  a  small  rock,  with  -Jr,  fathoms  on  it,  lyinir  one  thir<l  of  a  mile  west  from  the  S. 
\V.  jioiiu  of  tlie   island,  and  S.  ','5,',     W.  from  its  N.  W.  extremity.*     The  whole  of  the 
liiiili  land  of  the  ])eninsula  of  (!haguaramus  open  to  the  soutliuard  of  the  rock  at  the  S. 
W.  point  of  CTiaca-chacare,  clears  it  on  the  south  side:  the  angular  altitude  of  the  high 
hill  on  that  |)oiiit,  from  the  top  to  the  sea,  at  its  foot,  taken  in  a  boat  anchored  on  the 
rock,  is  7°  fM'.     This  hill  is  406  feet  above  tlie  surface  of  the  sea  :  the  nortli  part  of  the 
island  has  an  elevation  of  810  feet,     lli-re  it  is  high  water  on  full  and  change  days  of  the 
moon  at  .''0  miiiiit<'s  after  "J  o'clotdv. 

The  Channel  formed  by  Cha<!a-ehacare  and  lluevo,  is  ciilled  Boca  N'avios,  or  Ship 
Passage:  it  lies  S.  E.  by  S.  and  N.  W.  by  N.  and  is,  at  the  narrowest  point,  the  S.W. 
jeiitrance,  two  thirds  of  a  mile  wide.     To  the  westward  of  this  island  is  Boca  Grande,  of 
^great  extent,  and  almost  free  from  danger. 

Dcscnpiion  of  the  Boras. 

The  great  depth  of  water  in  the  three   lar.iest  of  the  !)Ocns,  namely,  Nuveo,  Navios, 

:'aiid  Boca  Orande,  prevents  anchoring  in  any  part   of  iliem,  except  in   case  of  absolute 

{necessity,  very  close  to  the  shore.     A  ship  may  anchor  any  where  in  Boca  Mono,  but  ia 

j;iil  or  40  fathoms,  in  mid-channel.     The  beds  of  these  channels  are  much  deeper  thau 

:||the  bottom,  either  within  or  without  them;  as  if  they  had  been  thus  worn  away  by  the 

^constant  operation  of  the  Northern  Current  which  runs  throUi:li  tliein.     In  aut'timn  its 

^rapidity  at  times  is  so  great,  that  ships  are  fre(|ueutly  driven  out  again,  after  having  eii- 


*  Tliereis  another  rncli  lyiuir  off  the  S.W.  point  nf  Chaca-chiicnrc,  with  nnlj-  9  feet  water  on  the 
ishoalcst  pan  of  it,  at  low  water,  with  very  deep  \vat(  r  all  around  ;  it  is  iibout  40  yards  in  circuni. 
jferrnce.  This  rook  was  discovered  on  the  niorniufrof  the  2Gthof  .Fune,  1809,  by  Captain  Siighree, 
jot  the  ship  Samuel,  of  London,  drawing  17  feet  of  water,  who  struck  and  rtmnincd  fast  upon  it 
jfo'  Reveral  hours.     While  this  ship  was  aground  two  others  passed,  one  on  each  side,  without  fouelu 

ig,  although  not  at  25  fathoms  distant.  The  bearings  bv  compass  f'rom  the  ship  were,  Clia  .a.cha- 
icare,  S.  W.  point,  E.  N.  E.,  El  Plata,  or  Goose  Island,  S'.  W.  by  W.  i  W.;  and  the  S.  E.  end  of  Cu. 
inmna,  or  Paria,  W.  by  S. 


452 


blunt's  amerigaiv  coast  pilot. 


tered  one  of  the  passages  with  a  good  breeze :  during  the  rest  of  the  yea),  its  rnte  mny 
commonly  be  estimated  to  be  about  2  or  li  knots ;  but  close  to  the  S.  W.  point  of  Clia- 
ca-chacare,  it  runs  nuich  stronger.  Except  in  autumn,  the  tide  of  flood  which  sets 
through  them  into  the  Gulf  of  Paria,  has  a  considerable  power  toward,?  the  top  of  hiyh 
water,  in  checking  this  current  ;  and  at  spring  tides,  the  water  is  frequently  perfecily 
slack  in  Boca  Mono  for  an  hour;  and  very  nearly  so  in  Boca  Huevo. 

Boca  Mono. — Tn  the  Boca  Mono,  (the  eastern  mouth,)  at  ebb  tide,  the  current  runs 
outward  with  a  velocity  of  li  or  2  miles  an  hour,  and  something  less  at  ordinary  flood: 
so  that,  with  the  exception  of  about  an  hour  near  the  top  of  a  spring  flood,  it  always  runs 
outward.  For  this  reason,  and  because  it  is  subject  to  calms  and  eddy  winds,  occasioned 
by  the  great  elevation  of  the  coast,  from  being  very  narrow,  (not  exceeding  one  third  of 
a  mile  in  width,)  long  and  winding,  and  consequently  full  of  eddies,  it  should  not  bent- 
tempted  by  a  ship  except  in  a  case  of  necessity,  although  it  is  the  windward  one  ;  but  eitlm 
of  the  others  should  be  preferred.  It  is  high  water  here  on  full  and  change  dajs  of  the 
nioon  at  oO  minutes  after  3  o'clock. 

A  ship  may  anchor  any  where  in  the  south  part  of  this  passage,  and  all  along  the  south 
side  of  Mono.  Dehert's  Bay  affords  excellent  anchorage,  and  there  is  deep  water  far 
into  it :  a  ship  anchored  off  the  mouth  of  it  in  16  fathoms,  on  clay,  with  the  south  point 
bearing  8.  W.  by  S.  and  found  the  ground  so  tough  that  it  was  with  great  difficulty  the 
anchor  was  weighed. 

BOCA  IIUEV^O,  EGG  PASSAGE,  (or,  as  it  is  now  more  commonly  called,  the 
Parasol,  or  Umbrella  Passage,)  is  safe  to  attempt  to  run  in  at,  if  the  »vind  hangs  to  the 
N.  E.,  as  it  will  then,  probably,  blow  quite  through  the  passage;  but  at  any  rate,  if  tlip 
ship  cannot  stem  the  current,  there  is  ample  room  to  back  and  fdl  her  out  again.  The 
shores  are  bold,  but  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  rock  at  the  S.  W.  point  of  Mono;  al- 
though it  is  not  above  a  ship's  length  from  the  point,  the  eddy  of  the  flood  tide  at  the 
springs  sets  directly  over  it.  At  ebb  tide  the  current  sets  through  with  rather  less  vpIoli- 
ty  than  in  the  former;  and  during  the  last  two  hours  of  flood,  it  is  nearly  slack  water: 
on  this  account,  it  being  the  shortest,  being  to  the  windward  of  the  other  two  and  beiii; 
entirely  clean,  it  is  considered  the  best  for  entering  the  gulf.  It  is  advisable  to  keep 
closer  to  the  island  of  Huevas  than  to  that  of  Mono,  to  avoid  being  becalmed  by  thehiEh 
land  of  Mono,  and  also  because  the  current  inclines  to  the  N.  E. 

BOCA  NAVIOS,  OR  SMIP  PASSAGE,  may  be  safely  entered,  if,  when  a  ship 
hauls  round  the  N.  W.  end  of  Huevo  at  a  quarter  or  one  third  of  a  mile  distance,  ihe 
can  lie  up  high  enough  to  bring  the  south  end  of  the  island  on  her  starboard  bow.  so  as 
to  have  the  current  under  her  lee  ;  otherwise  it  will  be  improper  to  attempt  it,  as  the  cur- 
rent does  not  run  fairly  out,  but  rather  inclines  down  on  Chara-chacare.  AVith  a  Huh- 
ing  tide,  it  runs  with  a  velocity  of  li  mile  per  hour;  but  at  the  ebb,  frequently  at  the  riiie 
of  3,v  or  4  miles.  It  is  high  water  on  full  and  change  days  of  the  moon  at  39  miniiies 
after  3  o'clock.  Although  the  entrance  by  this  channel  is  practicable  only  under  the 
above  circumstance  with  a  flood  tide;  yet,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  far  superior  to  tiie 
Boca  Huevo  for  gettin;;  out  of  the  Gulf;  but  it  is  necessary,  in  so  doing,  to  pay  ii'tm- 
tion  to  the  set  of  the  current,  as  we  have  just  mentioned,  and  also  to  the  followiiij;:— 

On  June  5,  1804,  at  7  P.  M.,  His  Majesty's  ship  Ulysses  weighed  from  Chaguariumi* 
Bay  but  falling  calm,  it  was  10  o'clock  on  the  following  morning  hefo.e  she  reacluil 
the  south  point  of  Huevo,  with  an  intention  of  going  through  Boca  Navios.  Here  w:); 
found  such  a  strong  current  setting  round  thatjjoint  to  the  E.  S.E.  that  being  nii;;ljkMo 
stem  it,  she  was  let  drive  out  through  the  l^mbrella  Passage,  which  took  up  two  Injure 
to  perform,  owing  to  a  number  of  eddies  and  opposite  currents,  formed  by  the  tide  ol 
flood  setting  into  the  (lulf,  and  contending  against  the  usual  stream  setting  outward.  It 
was  high  water  in  the  Bocas  that  day,  at  about  half  past  twelve  o'clock,  being  three  days 
before  the  new  tnoon. 

BOCA  GRANDE. — In  this  channel,  at  ebb  tide,  the  current  runs  with  less  velocity 
than  through  either  of  the  others,  and  at  flood  there  is  scarcely  any.  It  is  also  very  dean. 
with  the  exception  of  the  sunken  rocks  lying  off  the  S.  W.  point  of  Chaca-chacare,  aiiJ 
pf  sufficient  breadth  to  tack  at  pleasure;  but  being  the  leewardmost,  it  is  only  resorieil 
to  in  case  of  having  failed  to  effect  a  passage  by  either  of  the  preceding. 

Remarks  on  the  Currents  on  the  Coastc  of  Trinidad  and  in  the  Gulf  of  Paria. 

CURRENTS  IN  THE  VICINITY  OF  TRINIDAD.— We  have  already  stated  that 
the  western  Equinoctial  or  Tropical  Current,  occasioned  by  the  Trade  Wind,  being  con- 
fined by  the  trending  of  the  Coast  of  South  America,  is  thrown  in  a  collected  force  upon 
Trinidad,  and  runs  there  with  great  strength;  we  have  now  further  to  observe,  that  the 
force  of  this  current,  is  still  further  increased  along  its  shores  by  the  obstruction  which 
the  island  itself  presents  against  the  inQ  course  of  the  stream;  aud  by  the  waters  of  the 


Orinoco,  v 

charging  it 

particular!; 

height,     l' 

tiiient,  niaj 

to  its  stren 

These  ci 

cause.     It 

satisfactory 

runs  to  the 

tweeii  the  i 

strength,  tl 

that  point. 

Passing 

leagues,  as 

direction,  ii 

where  it  se 

out  of  thes( 

Along  th 

near  Point 

tracts  the  cl 

and  may  be 

The  chai 

the  SerpenI 

self  over  it. 

in  the  rniddl 

again  contr; 

the  body  of 

into  the  cor 

i'l  10  be  obsf 

the  E.  N.  E 

the  effect  of 

Point  Chuf 

easterly  cm 

Coast,  as  w; 

worked  up 

?i  knots. 

That  par 
round  the  > 
ship  bound 
so  little,  sh( 
out  of  the  g 
the  Bocas. 
very  doul)tfi 
tween  Kick 
the  strong  It 
ders  it  very 
generally  oi 
of  working 

Practical 


It  has  bee 
this  country 
X.  E. ;  and 
cumstance, 
the  preferen 
the  dry  seas 
regard  to  thi 
and  from  .Ii 
and  S.  E.  e 
the  eastwart 
ahead  of  he 


BLUNT\S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


453 


'ai,  its  rnte  mny 
V.  point  of  Clia- 
Inod  wbich  sets 
3  the  top  of  hiiili 
juently  perfecily 

the  current  nins 
!t  ordinary  flood; 
)d,  it  always  runs 
vinds,  occasioned 
idins  one  third  ot' 
shoukl  not  be  iit- 
rd  one  :  but  eiilm 
luuige  days  of  the 

ill  along  the  south 

is  deep  water  far 

h  the  south  pnint 

;reat  difficulty  tlie 

monly  called,  tlie 
ivind  hangs  to  the 
at  any  rate,  if  the 
r  out  again.  The 
)oint  of  Mono;  a!- 
e  flood  tide  al  the 
1  rather  less  veloii- 
learly  slack  water: 
her  two  and  bein: 
advisable  to  keep 
:alnied  by  the  high 

id,  if,  when  a  ship 
mile  distance,  she 
;arboard  bow,  so  a^ 
enipt  it,  as  the  cur- 
ire.  With  a  flo«- 
quently  at  the  rate 
loon  at  30  niinuies 
bie  only  under  the 
far  su])erior  to  the 
oing,  to  pay  alien- 

the  followini;:— 
'roui  Clia,L'uar.uini> 

pfo.e  slie  readiiJ 
Navios.  Here  was 
hat  being  uii;:bleio 

took  uj)  t«o  liijiir> 
ned  by  the  tide  oi 
etting  outward,  h 
k,  being  three  days 

IS  with  less  velocity 
It  is  also  very  clean. 
Chaca-chacare.  and 
:,  it  is  only  resorted 
ing. 

Gulf  of  Paria. 

e  already  stated  that 
je  Wind,  being  con- 
loUected  force  upon 
to  observe,  that  the 
e  obstruction  which 
by  the  waters  of  ili« 


Orinoco,  which  flowing  through  vast  plains,  subjoct  to  periodical  inundations,  and  dis- 
charging itself  into  the  ocean  near  this  island,  sjreatly  increases  the  current  in  its  vicinity, 
l)articularly  about  the  months  of  August  and  September,  when  that  river  is  at  its  greatest 
height.  The  river  Amazon  also,  collecting  the  waters  of  almost  half  the  Southern  con- 
tinent, may,  perhaps,  though  at  the  remote  distance  of  2S()  leagues,  contribute  somewhat 
to  its  strength. 

These  currents  vary  much  in  their  velocity  at  dilferent  times,  without  any  apjjarent 
cause.  It  is  said  they  run  strongest  in  the  declining  f|uarters  of  the  moon ;  but  of  this  no 
satisfactory  proof  has  hitherto  been  obtained.  Adapting  itself  to  the  coast,  the  current 
runs  to  the  northward,  along  the  east  side  of  Trinidad,  and  lakes  a  western  direi  tion  be- 
twcei)  the  island  Tobago  and  Point  (ialere,  round  which  it  runs  with  such  accumulated 
strength,  that  it  is  scarcely  possible  for  a  square-rigged  vessel  to  beat  against  it,  round 
that  point,  although  there  are  instances  of  its  having  been  effected. 

Passing  Point  Galere,  it  runs  along  the  North  ("oast,  close  to  the  shore,  for  a  few 
leagues,  as  'ar  as  Rio  Grande;  but  there  it  often  (|iiits  the  shore,  and  takes  a  W.  N.  W. 
direction,  increasing  its  distance  from  the  land  till  it  gets  to  the  northward  of  the  I'ocas, 
where  it  seldom  prevails  within  5  or  6  leagues,  being  repelled  by  the  current  which  runs 
out  of  these  passages:  there  the  two  streams  blend  and  run  to  the  westward. 

Along  the  South  C'oast  it  always  runs  to  the  w  estward,  seldom  less  than  1  i  or  2  knots, 
near  Point  Galeota,  but  often  more;  and  as  the  opposite  sh  )re  of  South  America  eon- 
tracts  the  channel  towards  Point  Icaciue,  or  Icacos.  its  velocity  is  much  accelerated  there, 
and  may  be  estimated  generally  at  :>  knots,  but  it  frequently  runs  still  stronger. 

The  channel  between  the  Coast  of  America  and  the  S.  W.  point  of  Trinidad,  is  called 
the  Serpent's  Mouth,  through  which  the  current  enters  the  (Uilf  of  Paria,  dispersing  it- 
self over  it.  Near  the  shore  of  tlu;  (tu''  it  is  subject  to  the  influence  of  the  tides,  but 
in  the  middle,  it  always  runs  to  the  norr  -  'd  towards  the  Bocas;  where  its  channel  being 
again  contracted,  its  veloci'  is  pro;  or^.oivuly  increased.  Having  passed  these  Straits, 
the  body  of  this  water  preserves  its  i.  itherly  direction  for  5  or  (>  leagues,  before  it  falls 
into  the  comiuon  course  of  the  stream  of  the  ocean,  which  is  there  W.  N.  W.  Put  it 
i-i  10  be  observed,  that  so  soon  as  it  has  passed  the  Pocas,  a  considerable  jjart  diverges  to 
the  E.  N.  E.  and  either  runs  with  some  rapidity  to  windward,  or  so  thoroughly  destroys 
the  effect  of  the  western  current,  that  a  ship  will  seldom  fail  of  working  up,  at  least  to 
Point  Chupara,  with  ease,  by  keejjing  within  a  moderate  distance  of  the  shore.  This 
easterly  current  frequently  extends  to  a  considerable  distance  farther  along  the  North 
Const,  as  was  experienced  in  the  month  of  .Tune,  1804,  when  His  Majesty's  ship  Ulysses 
worked  up  to  Rio  Grande  from  Huevo,  in  2.5  hours,  although  she  never  went  more  than 
3  knots. 

That  part  of  the  stream  which  goes  out  of  the  Boca  Grande  on  the  west  side,  turns 
round  the  N.  E.  point  of  P^iria,  and  runs  down  that  Coast  with  such  velocity,  that  if  a 
ship  bound  to  Trinidad  should  fall  in  with  the  land  to  leeward  of  this  point,  though  ever 
80  little,  she  must  immediately  stand  to  the  northward  a^nin,  at  least  so  far  as  13°  of  hit. 
ottt  of  the  great  force  of  the  current,  and  work  up  to  Grenada  before  she  again  attempts 
the  Bocas.  Even  then,  if  she  cannot  lie  S.  E.  by  S.  at  least,  her  reaching  them  will  be 
very  <loubtful ;  aiul  her  best  mode  of  proceeding  will  be,  to  go  through  the  passage  be- 
tween Kick  'em.Tenny  and  Carriacou,  in  order  to  weather  (ireiiada,  before  she  gets  into 
the  strong  lee  current  that  prevails  between  that  island  and  Trinidad.  This  current  ren- 
ders it  very  difficult  for  ships  to  fetch  I'oiiit  Saline  in  (irenada  from  the  Bocas:  they 
generally  only  reach  about  4  or  .')  leagues  to  leeward  of  that  island  ;  hence  the  necessity 
of  working  to  windward  on  the  North  C'oast  of  Trinidad. 

Practical   Directions  for  7na/dng  tlie   Island  of  Trinidad,  and  for  entering  the 

Gulf  of  Paria. 

[From  the  Derrotoro  de  las  Antillas.] 

It  has  been  already  obsei-ved,  that  from  .Tuly  to  November  is  called  the  rainy  season  in 
this  country,  in  which  the  General  Trade  Wind  is  very  light,  and  veering  to  E.  S.  E.  and 
S.  E.;  and  that  in  the  other  mo.iths  it  blows  fresh  from  N.  E.  or  E.  N.  E.;  this  cir- 
cumstance, and  the  two  chaimels  by  which  the  Gulf  of  Paria  may  be  entered,  occasions 
the  preference  to  be  given  to  the  south  entrance  during  the  rains,  and  to  the  other  during 
the  dry  season.  It  is  therefore  obvious  that  Trinidad  should  be  approached  with  due 
regard  to  the  season  :  from  December  to  June  the  object  is  to  make  it  about  Point  Galere ; 
and  from  July  to  December,  about  Point  (Jaleota.  These  two  points  being  the  N.  E. 
and  S.  E.  extremities  of  the  island,  cannot  fail  of  beinj;  kn  -wn.  A  ship  coming  from 
the  eastward,  and  making  the  body  of  the  island,  will  see  tuc  mountain  of  Lebranche 
ahead  of  her;  aud  a  flat  low  shore  extending  from  thence  about  4  leagues  to  the  north- 


454 


ULUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ward,  wliere  it  is  bounded  by  the  Mortyiern  range  of  hij^h  mountains.  To  the  soutliwnni 
oC  Lubrwnclic  will  bi'  seen  another,  and  more  extensive  low  shore,  at  tlie  exiictnity  oi 
which  are  the  liills  of  (iuaya-jfuayare.  Tlic  range  of  high  mountains  whieh  exted  alona 
the  Northern  Coast,  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  at  the  distanfie  of  11  leagues,  but 
Point  CJalere  cannot  be  distinguished  at  more  than  ii  leagues,  IV        being  low. 

T.'ie  s(tundings  olf  the  eastern  eoast  of  tlie  island  to  the  disi  ,.  ce  of  17  leagues,  fur- 
nisli  a  safe  metliod  of  rectifying  tlie  j'laee  of  a  sliip  aniving  from  the  eastward,  and  im- 
der  eireumstanees  of  night  or  clomiy  weather,  will  save  much  time  ;  for  being  in  the  paiiil- 
lel  of  the  island,  it  is  necessary  to  try  for  soundings,  which  may  be  done  without  nmredflny 
or  inconvenience  than  that  of  trying  at  about  every  -JO  miles,  when  the  ship  is  supposili 
to  be  nearing  t!ie  land.  The  dejith  of  water  and  the  lalilnde  will  give  the  situation  ol  the 
ship  with  tolerable  precision.  Knowing  this,  no  more  is  re(|uisite  tlian  to  steer  for  the 
Points  (ialere  or  tJaleota,  according  to  tlie  season  of  tlie  year,  for  entering  the  gulf  nj. 
ther  by  the  north  or  south  passage.*  But  as  it  frequently  happens  tliat  two  or  thiir- 
days  elapse  witlmut  ohtainnig  a  meridian  altitU(U',  it  is  very  |)ossil)le  that  tlie  mariiiei, 
supposing  himself  to  be  in  the  parallel  of  Trinidad,  may  actually  be  in  that  of  Tobajy, 
or  even  of  (irenada,  as  the  current  sets  with  sucii  violence  to  the  N.  VV. :  for  this  rea- 
son no  opportunity  ofoljserving  the  !  ititude  either  by  the  moon,  a  star,  or  by  altiiudesoi' 
the  sun  before  and  after  he  luis  passed  the  meridian,  should  i)e  neglected.  It  is  also  ad. 
visable  to  make  the  land  rather  to  tl;e  soutli  than  to  the  luirlJi  of  either  of  the  ])oiiit.s,  ;is 
the  currents  will  always  favor  working  to  tlie  northward.  The  t'acility  is  still  greater  in 
times  ol'tlie  M.  K.  winds  for  getting  up  (roiii  Point  (iaieota  to  J'oint  Galere.  The  pav 
sage  may  also  be  made  from  the  latter  to  the  i'ormer,  but  not  with  so  much  ease.  So 
soon  as  one  of  the  points  or  capes  has  been  made  out  distinctly,  the  route  to  the  mouths 
olthe  gulf  is  ns  follows  : 

From  Point  Galere  a  ship  may  run  along  the  coast  at  the  distance  of  two  miles,  with 
an  uiuierstanding  of  its  being  ijuite  clean,  as  before  describi'd. 

Point  Coroz'.'l  may  be  approached  to  halt'  a  mile.  It  will  then  be  better  to  close  more 
upon  the  land,  to  reach  the  mouths  with  greater  facility. 

Dlrcctiuns  for  the  Bocas. 

From  the  description  already  given  of  tlie  islands  which  form  the  Rocas,  and  also 
of  the  Bocas,  it  is  evident  that  the  Boca  Huevo,  or  Umbrella  Passage,  should  becliusui 
lor  entering  the  gulf,  and  that  the  best  time  is  with  a  (lowing  tide,  and  with  a  wind  thai 
will  ensure  the  ready  working  of  the  ship;  but  if  there  be  a  four-knot  breeze,  there  is  uu 
necessity  to  wait  for  the  tide.  At  iiiglu,  if  the  weather  be  clear,  there  is  no  incon- 
venience in  entering  the  lluevos  (jhainiel,  as  tlie  only  risk  is  of  getting  too  close  tu  one 
of  the  little  islets,  and  which  is  almost  imjiossible  to  happen  ;  but  if  calms,  scant  winds;, 
want  of  tide,  darkness,  t)r  excess  ol"  caution,  sliould  determine  the  uiariner  to  wait  for  a 
more  favorable  opiiortuiiity,  he  may  anchor  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  from  the  coast  in 
18  or  20  liitlioms,  except  the  wind  be  N.  E.,  which  raises  a  heavy  sea  :  in  such  a  case 
he  will  do  better  by  kee|.iiiig  under  sail,  and  making  short  tacks  on  and  olf  shore.  Alon^ 
the  coast  from  ]*uint  Toco  to  Point  Chupara,  the  bottom  is  soft  mud  ;  on  the  meridian 
of  tli(!  latter  point  it  is  coarse  sand  and  fine  gravel  ;  and  to  the  west  of  it,  so  far  as  the 
moutjjs,  it  is  mud  of  a  greenish  color.  These  differences  in  the  bottom  will  point  oiu 
with  sufficient  accuracy  wliat  part  of  the  coast  the  ship  is  on. 

When  a  ship  has  passed  through  either  of  the  cliamiels,  site  should  be  kept  close  to 
die  wind,  on  the  larboard  tack,  in  order  to  get  away  from  the  mouths,  and  near  the 
coast  of  Trinidad  ;  and  she  sliould,  in  general,  be  continued  on  tliis  tack  so  long  as  the 
riood  tide  lasts,  that  she  may  go  on  the  starboard  tack  so  soon  as  the  ebb  begins,  with  a 
certainty  of  reaching  tlie  anchorage,  or  at  least  within  a  very  little  of  it.  It  may  pro- 
bably appear  to  some  persons,  more  eligible  to  luake  several  tacks  after  entering  the 
gulf,  and  particularly  so  if  the  larboard  tack  is  not  the  most  advantageous ;  but  it  imisl 
be  remembered  that  tlie  strongest  currents  are  in  the  narrows,  and  therefore  from  re- 
maining near  the  mouths,  in  eonse(|uenee  of  having  made  several  tacks,  it  would  not  be 
extraordinary  if  the  ebb  tide  should  force  thetn  through  the  channel  again,  or  compel 
them  to  anchor  to  prevent  it;  and  even  if  neither  of  these  circumstances  should  take 
place,  the  ebb  will  be  found  unfavorable  for  gaining  the  Port  d'Kspagne.  On  the  otht. 
hand,  by  having  stood  on  the  larboard  tack  within  the  gulf,  if  necessary,  as  far  as  the 
parallel  of  Mount  Najiarima,  the  ebb  tide  will  then  very  favorably  assist  the  ship  nn  the 
starboard  tack,  perhaps,  so  much  as  to  reach  the  anchorage,  or  it  will  be  gained  by  an- 
other short  board.     If  calms  or  very  light  winds  prevent  gaining  ground  by  keeping 


*  It  is  necessary  to  be  cautious  of  the  sunken  rock  that  lies  about  7  leagues  S.  E.  J  S.  from  Point 
Galere. 


under  sail, 
strength  of 
hie  ;  beeau: 
ble  in  weig] 
fathoins.  ac 
At  al)r)ut 
fathoms;  IV 
ihonis,  wliii 
lar,  though 
leagues  tVoi 
crease  sudd 
the  shore : 
and  a  half  i 
town  of  J5re 
orH.by  K. 
Huniiing 
miles  from 
the  shore, 
t bonis  2  mil 
nut  it.     Go 
tlie  latter  to 
"  The  fol 
.'^amuelCha 
we  tried  the 
but  when  al 
had  not  the 
According  t 
Bocas,  wher 
but  the  largf 
For  when  tl 
fathoms  wat( 


So  soon  as 
the  island  at 
iu  from  7  to 
is  of  did'erer 
no  reason  to 
On  clearing 
least  risk,  to 
convenient. 

The  First 
of  it,  distant 
with  U  fatho 
cos,  as  before 
so  steep,  that 
this  channel  : 
W.  with  the 

The  Secor 
ing  to  the  N. 
los  S,.  60°  W 
est  extent  of 
nel  set  in  neai 

n^he  Third 
(Soldier's  Isb 
is  about  two  s 
part  ofSoldat 
flood  tide  the 
AV.  and  W.  J 

The  Fourt 
of  it  and  the  n 


*  In  going  til 
Cliaca-chacare, 


\)  tlin  southwiinl 
ilic  exUTiiilly  ui 
liicli  exted  aUinii 
1 1  leiigui's,  but 
iig  low. 

■  17  leaRurs.  fur- 
astwanl,  and  un- 
eing  in  tlie  p;ii;i|. 
ilhoiU  iiioredelMv 
ship  is  siippo!i(,il 
le  situation  ol'tlie 
n  to  steer  Cor  the 
erinir  tlic  sjuif  n- 
that  two  or  tiiin- 
hat  the  niariiiei, 
1  that  of  Tol)ag(;, 
VV. :  4br  this  re;i- 
or  by  iiitiuuk'sdi 
,'d.  It  is  also  ;iii- 
r  of  the  ])oints,  ;is 
is  still  jjreatei-  m 
ialere.  Tlie  pnv 
niuch  ease.  So 
ite  to  the  mouths 

of  two  miles,  with 

liter  to  close  mure 


?  Rocas,  and  also 
,  sliould  becliosui 
1  with  a  wind  lliat 
ccze,  there  is  iw 
here   is  no  iiicui!- 

too  close  tu  Olli; 

ms,  scant  wimis, 

ner  to  wait  for  a 

from  the  coast  in 

in  such  a  tiise 

if  shore.     Along 

on  the  ineriuiaii 

f  it,  so  far  as  the 

HI  will  point  out 

l)e  kept  dose  to 
hs,  and  near  the 
fk  so  long  us  tlie 
bb  begins,  with  a 

it.  It  may  pin- 
iftc'r  enteriiii^  the 
ous  ;  but  it  nubl 
ic  re  fore  from  re- 
s,  it  would  not  he 

igain,  or  compel 
nces  should  talvC 
le.  On  the  otht, 
sary,  as  far  as  the 

t  the  ship  on  the 
1  be  gained  by  an- 
■ound  by  keeping 


Blum's  American  coast  pilot. 


45 


iO 


' 


,  E.  I  S.  from  Point 


under  sail,  the  krdge  anchor  may  be  let  go;  it  will  be  sulficient  to  hold  against  tiic 
strengtii  of  tiic  tide,  and  the  use  of  large  anchors  should  l)e  avoided  as  much  as  possi- 
ble; becauM'  as  they  l)iiry  themselves  so  deep  intliesol't  mud,  thno  is  considerable  trou- 
ble in  weighing  lliem.  In  I'ort  (I'lCspagnc  siiips  may  anchor  in  the  8.  W.  part,  in  4  or5 
fathoms,  according  to  the  ship's  draught  :  moor  N.  W.  and  8.  K. 

Atai)out  4  mibs  within  the  Jioca;;,  sotindings  may  lie  got  with  the  haiul  line,  in  20 
fathoms;  from  whence,  in  standing  southward,  the  water  soon  shoals  to  14.  13,  and  l'2fa- 
ihouis.  which  depths  will  (lontinue  several  miles  ;  l)ul  the  souudinus  are  not  ((uite  regu- 
lar, though  nearly  so,  there  beinvr  sonn;  small  banks  with  (>  or  7  fathoms  (m  them,  .')  orb 
leagues  iVom  the  shore.  When  about  (>  or  7  niileB  from  Point  Urea,  the  depths  will  in- 
crease suddenly  to  17  and  if^  fathoms;  the  latter  will  continue  until  about  -2!,  miles  from 
the  shore:  the  water  then  shoals  gradually  to  .3  fathoms,  about  the  length  of  a  cable 
and  a  half  from  the  beach.  The  best  aticliora;;e  off  this  ])art  of  the  islatnl  is  with  the 
town  ofHrea.  which  consists  of  5  or  (i  old  houses  near  the  beach,  bearing  about  south, 
or  8.  by  K.  one  mile  off  tlu'  shore,  in  (>  or  7  failionis. 

Kuniiiu!.' down  the  coast  to  the  southward  from  Port  d'Kspagne,  observe  that  about  8 
miles  from  it,  and  otVa  point  of  mangroves,  there  are  on'y  "Jl  fathoms,  at  Ij,'  mile  from 
the  shore.  To  the  iu)rfli-wesfward  from  Xajiarima  Hill  about  7  miles,  there  are  2?,  fa- 
thoms 2  miles  distant  from  the  !;md.  and  this  bank  is  steep,  with  111  fathoms  not  far  with- 
out it.  Go  into  no  less  than  4^  fathoms  between  Point  Brea  and  Point  Cedrcj ;  from 
the  latter  to  Point  los  (iallos,  the  shore  is  llat,  and  ;i  ship  may  be  guided  by  the  lead. 

"  The  following  remarks  on  15oca  Huevo  were  made  in  8epteiid)er,  182(),  by  Captain 
.*>amuel  Chambers,  of  his  Majesty's  ship  Druid.  J  le  says — '  As  had  been  recommended, 
we  tried  the  second  passage  two  dill'creiit  evenings,  approaching  it  w  ith  a  line  breeze  ; 
hut  when  almost  through,  both  times,  the  current  forced  her  out ;  and  the  second  night, 
had  not  the  l)oats  been  ready  down,  and  she  a  ((ui(  k  ship,  she  must  have  gone  on  .shore. 
According  to  calculation,  this  was  at  (iood  title.  We  immediately  bore  u|)  for  the  Creat 
Bocas,  where  we  soon  got  through  ;*  therefore  T  by  no  means  recommend  any  passage 
but  the  large  one.  as  the  advantage  is  trilling  coinparative  with  the  safety  of  your  ship. 
For  when  through  either,  in  less  than  an  hour,  witli  a  moderate  breeze,  you  come  in  13 
fathoms  water,  when  you  may  anchor.'  " 

t 

Description  of  and  Dircrfio7ts  foi-  the  South  Chavnd. 

So  soon  as  the  ship  has  reached  Point  (iaieota,  she  should  be  ke])t  along  the  shore  of 
the  island  at  the  distancre  of  two  miles  or  less;  at  the  distam-e  of  two  miles  she  will  be 
ill  from  7  to  ')  fathoms,  clear  of  all  risk  ;  and  although  it  may  be  perceived  that  the  water 
is  of  dilVerent  colors,  particularly  to  the  eastward  of  Point  lierin  and  about  it,  there  is 
1)0  reason  to  l)c  suspicious  of  shoals,  as  tiie  variety  ol'  colors  is  o(;casioned  by  the  current. 
On  clearing  Point  Quemada,  she  may  near  the  shore  to  a  f|uarter  of  a  mile,  without  the 
least  risk,  to  gain  that  channel  which,  under  the  existing  circumstances,  may  be  most 
convenient. 

The  First  Channel  is  formed  by  Point  Icacos,  or  Tcaque,  and  a  shoal  lying  to  the  west 
of  it,  distant  about  half  a  mile,  and  whi(^h  is  from  ea-;t  to  west  about  two  cables'  length, 
with  H  fathom,  rocky  bottom.  In  the  channel  there  are  ')  fathoiris  water.  Point  lea- 
cos,  as  before  said,  is  a  sandy  promontory,  advancing  into  the  sea  in  a  circular  form,  but 
so  steep,  that  at  half  a  cable's  length  from  it,  there  are  7  or  8  fathoms.  The  current  in 
this  channel  sets  to  the  8.  W.  at  the  Hood,  with  a  velocity  of  2.y  miles  per  hour,  and  N. 
W.  with  the  ebb.  at  the  rate  of  .'5  and  3';  miles. 

The  8econd  (Tiannel  is  formed  by  the  rocky  shoal  and  a  hank  of  rock  and  gravel  ly- 
ing to  the  N.  W..  upon  which  there  are  4  fathoms.  This  bank  bears  from  Point  Gal- 
los  8,  G0°  W.,  distant  3  miles,  and  from  Icacos  N.  73^  W.,  distant  2  miles.  The  great- 
est extent  of  it  is  three  ([uarters  of  a  mile  N.  W.  and  .S.  E.  The  currents  in  this  chan- 
nel set  in  nearly  the  same  direction  as  in  the  preceding  one.     Its  breadth  is  about  a  mile. 

The  Third  Channel  lies  between  the  bank  last  mentioned  and  the  Islote  del  8oldado, 
(Soldier's  Islet,)  with  the  reefs  and  shoals  on  the  south  and  8.  K.  of  it.  This  channel 
is  about  two  short  miles  from  east  to  west.  About  2^  cables  from  the  reef  off  the  eas( 
l)art  of  Soldado,  there  are  (>  fathoms  water,  in  mid-channel  H,  and  near  the  bank  ii\.  At 
flood  tide  the  current  sets  W.  by  8.  with  the  velocity  of  3.^  miles;  ami  with  the  ebb  N. 
W.  and  \V.  N.  W.  at  the  rate  of4  and  4;^  miles  per  hour. " 

The  Fourth  (Jhannel  is  formed  by  the  8oldado  with  the  reefs  and  shoals  on  the  south 
of  it  and  the  main  land.     Tlie  breadth  of  it  is  about  4  miles.     The  currents  always  set  to 

*  In  goina:  through  this  passage  bo  careful  nf  the  rock  t'lat  lies  W.  S.  W.  from  the  S.  W.  point  of 
Chaca-chacare,  aa  well  as  that  which  lies  one  third  of  a  mile  due  west  from  it. 


456 


BLUNT'S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


hoi 


id-chR 


the  N.  W.  and  W.  N.  W.  with  a  velocity  of  4,1  or  5  miles  per  hour,  in  mid-channel, 
and  near  Soldado  ;  but  at  halt' a  mile  from  tlie  main  it  runs  only  from  1  i  to  2  miles. 

To  enter  the  First  Channel,  it  is  only  necessary  to  near  Point  Icacos  at  about  ara- 
ble's length,  lurting  up  by  degrees  as  it  is  jjassed,  and  then  steering  north,  to  pass  at  a 
convenient  distance  from  the  Points  Corral  and  Callos.  'JMiis  passage  can  never  beat. 
tended  with  difficulty,  either  by  day  or  night,  especially  at  ebb  tide,  as  the  current  wi|| 
keep  the  ship  clear  of  the  shoal ;  and  if  it  should  be  necessary  to  anchor,  there  will  be 
no  risk  of  getting  aground,  as  the  shoal  will  be  at  least  3  cables'  length  distant  fromihe 
ship. 

To  enter  the  Second  Channel,  it  will  be  necessary,  after  having  passed  Point  Qnp. 
niada,  and  approached  the  coast  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  to  place  the  ship's  head  towards 
Soldado,  and  keep  her  so  until  Point  (Jallos  comes  open  of  I'oinl  Corral,  and  then  lutf, 
but  without  going  to  tlie  N.  N.  E.  until  Point  C^orral  bears  east ;  she  may  then  be  kept 
along  the  coast  of  Trinidad. 

To  pass  thn)Uij;li  the  Third  Channel,  the  ship's  head  ought  to  be  placed  towards  tlip 
Soldado,  in  the  same  manner  as  for  the  second,  and  kept  in  that  direction  until  Point  (ia|. 
los  bears  N.  67^  E.  ;  then  luff  up  to  N.  until  the  south  front  of  Point  Icacos  bears  S. 
E.  by  E.,  and  Point  Callos  N.  83^  E.;  then  run  along  the  coast  of  the  island. 

To  pass  through  the  Fourth  Channel,  you  have  only  to  pass  at  2  miles  S.  of  the  Sol- 
dado, and  when  it  bears  N.  K.  lulf  up  to  N.,  and  keep  luffing  by  little  and  little  to  coa<i 
along  the  island  of  Trinidad.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  get  within  two  miles  of  the 
Soldado,  observing  that  the  current  will  set  the  ship  strongly  to  the  N.  W. 

Hence  it  results,  that  at  any  time  a  ship  may  enter  the  gulf  by  the  South  Channels, 
even  by  night,  if  not  very  dark;  that  the  First  Channel  is  the  best,  not  only  because  it 
is  the  windward  one,  but  by  keeping  the  luff,  every  danger  will  be  avoided,  especiajiv 
with  the  ebb  tide.  In  fact,  there  can  be  no  danger  whatever,  if  an  anchor  be  ready  to 
let  go  in  ca^e  of  a  sudden  calm,  or  other  cause,  that  might  carry  the  ship  towards  tlif 
shoal.  In  the  night  time  either  of  the  channels  can  be  more  easy  to  enter  than  the  first; 
for  as  the  point  must  necessarily  be  passed  within  a  cable's  length,  every  impediinen: 
from  darkness  will  be  avoided,  because  at  so  short  a  distance  it  can  be  very  distinctly 
seen. 

But  however  easy  the  entrance  into  tlie  gulf  by  tliesc  channels  is,  if  any  circnrnstancf, 
either  of  calm  or  want  of  daylight,  may  render  it  advisable  to  wait  some  time  before 
attempting  it,  the  ship  can  be  anchored  on  the  south  coast  of  Trinidad  ;  for  if  kept  tm. 
der  way  and  tacking,  as  the  current  always  sets  inward,  it  will  be  very  difficult  to  main. 
tain  a  determinate  i)osition, 

On  getting  through  the  channels  into  the  gulf,  steer  for  the  west  coast  of  Trinidad, 
and  keep  along  it,  at  2\  or  3  miles  distant,  as  far  as  Brea  Point.  Port  d'Espagire  i< 
not  above  8,r  leagues  from  this  ])oint,  and  by  steering  N.  by  E.  |  E.  the  buildings  inii 
will  soon  be  discovered.  Kthis  course  cannot  be  made  good,  recourse  nmst  be  had  if 
tacking  ;  but  the  boards  must  not  be  stretched  within  4  miles  of  the  shore,  on  accountoi 
tlie  shoal  that  lies  off  it ;  and  if  standing  into  the  Bay  of  Naparima,  it  will  be  necessarv 
to  be  careful  of  two  shoals,  one  west  of  the  mount,  distant  about  2^  miles,  and  the  other 
S.  75°  W.  of  it,  distant  4  miles.  In  proceeding  from  Brea  Point  to  Port  d'Esp-innc, 
the  depths  are  from  7  to  12  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  3  miles  from  the  point;  tlienU 
fathoms  for  about  a  mile  ;  after  which,  18  or  19  lathoms  for  nearly  10  miles ;  and  thea 
a  gradual  decrease  to  5  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  2^  miles  S.  S.  W.  from  the  town, 

Good  fresh  water  may  be  obtained  from  two  small  rivers  in  the  bay,  about  a  mile  to 
the  southward  of  Point  Brea;  at  high  water,  a  boat  may  land  close  to  it.  Wood  can  lie 
procured  in  abundance  with  little  trouble,  as  the  trees  are  very  large,  and  close  to  tire 
waterside. 

In  September,  1821,  his  Majesty's  ship  Forte,  Capt.  Sir  T.  J.  Cochrane,  passed  over 
a  bank  with  only  4  fathoms  water  on  it,  at  about  4  or  5  miles  northward  of  the  Soldado, 
and  the  same  distance  from  the  shore.  The  Captain  says,  "  I  felt  a  very  strong  smell  ci' 
tar,  or  pitch,  and  observed  some  of  the  former  floating  on  the  surface,  whicli,  no  doubt, 
oo'/ed  from  the  bank  below.  I  have  since  learned  it  is  composed  of  pitch,  and  that\tlicre 
is  a  spot  on  it  with  only  3  fathoms  water ;  but  being  suddenly  called  from  the  station, 
1  had  not  time  to  ascertain  that  fact." 


TUE  C 


In  the  dei 

gos,)  it  was 

care  and  tin 

steep  islet,  c 

ill  Trinidad 

south,  for  t! 

northward  t 

miles  due  w 

till!  shi.re  pt 

distance  of  a 

Cape  Tre 

tinues  to  be 

tance  of  two 

Una  re  Ba 

it  is  necessai 

shoal  extern 

bottom,  imn 

ami  on  the  h 

S.  W.  point 

a  mile.     Pas 

eriy  one,  wil 

i-'roiii  Uiii 

for  the  s])ac( 

fai-ther,  to  C 

clean,  and  in 

ing  and  dists 

miles. 

TESTIG< 
miles,  lie  the 
besides  sever 
clean,  and  m 
with  those  bi 
proached  to 
that  which  li 
half  a  mile  ft 
ing  in  case  o( 
lies  N.  \V.  ar 
age,  shelteret 
be  approache 
outside  of  th* 
and  another  1 
part,  betweer 
length  from  t 
y  fathoms,  on 
Between  til 
of  them,  lies 
avoided  by  la 
From  Capi 
Santo.     Thii 

*  From  the  ] 
t  The  Testi] 
and,  abounds  ' 
ahold  shore,  ar 
Otis,  Captain  t^ 
I  from  shore,  the 
current  setting 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


457 


ur,  in  mid-channel, 
III  li  to  2  miles, 
cacos  at  about  a  oa- 
^  north,  to  |)ass  at  a 
ige  can  never  be  at- 
,  as  the  current  will 
inchor,  there  willbe 
ijth  distant  i'romihe 

passed  Point  Quo. 
ship's  head  tovvaids 
;orral,  and  then  lutr, 
le  may  then  be  kept 

!  placed  towards  tliP 
:ion  until  Point  (iul. 
oiut  icacos  bears  S, 
the  island, 
miles  S.  of  the  Sol- 
le  and  little  to  coa*! 
lin  two  miles  of  the 

N.  W. 
he  South  Channels, 

not  only  because  n 
e  avoided,  especialh 
I  anchor  be  ready  to 
the  ship  towards  ihf 
I  enter  than  the  first; 
h,  every  inipedimen; 
an  be  very  distincth 

if  any  circumstancp. 
it  some  time  before 
idad  ;  for  if  kept  iin- 
ery  difficult  to  man;- 

t  coast  of  Trinidad, 

Port  d'Espagiie  i' 

.  the  buildings  ini: 

)urse  nmst  be  iiadii 

shore,  on  account m 
,  it  will  be  necessan 
miles,  and  the  other 

to  Port  d'tlspasjiie. 
n  the  point;  tlienU 

10  miles  :  and  tim 
V.  from  the  town, 
bay,  about  a  mile  ti 
to  it.     Wood  can  be 
■ge,  and  close  to  the 

:)chrane,  passed  ovei 
ward  of  the  Soklado, 
very  strong  sniell  i'\ 
ice,  which,  no  do'il ', 
pitch,  and  that\there 
led  from  the  staiiun, 


THE  COAST  OF  COLOTIBIA,  FRO^   THE  C^VLF  OF 
PARI  A  TO  CARTHAIiiEIVA.'' 

Tn  the  description  of  the  island  of  Trinidad,  and  (he  Dragon's  Mouth,  (Bocas  de  Dra- 
gos,)  it  was  saiil  that  the  fourth,  or  Boca  (Jrande,  is  formed  by  the  island  of  Chaca-cha- 
care  and  the  main  land.  The  most  projecting,  or  N.  K.  point  of  the  coast  forms  a  lofty 
steei)  islet,  called  the  Morro.  This  lies  about  4  leuj^aes,  >f.  7d^  W.,  from  Point  Mono, 
in  Trinidad.  From  the  Morro  the  coast  runs  westward,  with  a  little  inflection  to  the 
south,  for  the  distance  of  V)  miles,  to  the  Bay  of  Mexilloncs,  whence  it  trends  a  little 
northward  to  Cape  Tres  Puntas,  (Three  I'oints,)  which  is  distant  from  the  Morro  50 
miles  (li'e  west.  The  whole  of  the  land  alon^  this  spkue  is  hijrh  and  mountainous,  and 
the  shi.re  perfectly  clean,  so  that  it  may  be  run  along  by  at  half  a  mile  distant.  At  the 
distance  of  a  mile  there  are  from  20  to  40  fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  muddy  sand. 

Ca|)C  Tres  Puntas  is  the  most  northerly  cape  of  all  this  part  of  the  coast,  and  it  con- 
tinues to  be  equally  as  clean  and  deep  as  the  preceding  part,  to  the  Bay  of  Unare,  a  dis- 
tance of  two  miles. 

Unare  Bay  jjresents  a  good  anchorage,  sheltered  from  the  trade  wind.  To  enter  it, 
it  is  necessary  to  keep  about  a  mile  from  the  N.  E.  point,  which  is  fronted  by  a  rocky 
shoal  extending  half  a  mile  out;  then  stand  in  and  anchor  in  5  or  4^  fathoms,  sandy 
bottom,  immediately  on  getting  round  within  the  point.  A  little  river  falls  into  this  bay, 
and  on  the  hill  to  the  east  of  it,  there  is  an  Indian  town  named  San  Juan  de  Unare.  The 
S.  W.  point  of  the  bay  sendsolVa  reef,  with  several  islets  upon  it,  to  the  distance  of  half 
a  mile.  Passing  outside  of  them,  and  at  about  two  cables'  length  from  the  most  north- 
erly one,  will  clear  every  danger. 

From  Unare  Bay  the  coast  continues  to  run  west,  with  some  inflections  to  the  south, 
for  the  space  of  10  miles,  whence  it  turns  gradually  to  the  northward  of  west,  for  9  mile.s 
farther,  to  Cape  Mala  Pascua,  between  which  and  Cape  Three  Points  all  the  shore  is 
clean,  and  may  be  coasted  at  a  mile's  distance,  in  8  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  The  bear- 
ing and  distance  from  Cape  Three  Points  to  that  of  Mala  Pascua,  are  S.  83i°  W.  20,1 
miles. 

TESTIGOS  ISLANDS.— Nearly  N.  i  W,  from  this  cape,  at  the  distance  of  40 
miles,  lie  the  little  islands  called  the  Testigos.  These  consist  of  seven  principal  islands, 
besides  several  farallones,  or  high  rocks.  The  passages  between  the  islands  are  free  and 
clean,  and  may  be  run  through  without  any  risk  whatever;  but  the  contrary  is  the  case 
with  those  between  the  rocks,  for  they  are  very  narrow.  All  those  islands  may  be  ap- 
proached to  the  distance  of  two  cables'  length,  cr  even  nearer,  if  necessary,  excepting 
that  which  lies  most  to  the  north-eastward.  This  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  extending 
half  a  mile  from  it.  Between  the  islands  the  bottom  is  sandy,  and  will  admit  of  anchor- 
ing in  case  of  necessity.  The  principal  islanil,  called  Testigo  Grande,  (Great  Testigo,) 
lies  N.  W.  and  S.  E.,  about  2,^  miles  in  length.  The  I^*.  W.  jjart  allbrds  good  anchor- 
age, sheltered  from  the  trade  wind,  with  a  depth  of  8  to  15  fathoms,  coarse  sand.  It  may 
be  approached  either  by  the  N.  W.  or  S.  E.  side.  If  by  the  former,  it  must  be  on  the 
outside  of  the  rock  that  lies  off  it ;  if  by  the  latter,  the  passage  is  between  the  great  island 
and  another  lying  S.  W.  of  it.  The  channel  i*  sufficiently  spacious;  for  at  the  narrowest 
part,  between  the  rock  at  the  east  side  of  the  little  island,  and  another  about  a  cable's 
Ipngtii  from  the  S.  VV.  coast  of  the  large  island,  it  is  half  a  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  Site 
y  fathoms,  on  red  gravel. f 

Between  these  islands  and  the  coast,  there  are  soundings.  About  5  miles  to  the  S.  S.  E. 
of  them,  lies  a  large  bank  of  sand,  with  4^  and  5^  fathoms  water  on  it,  which  should  be 
avoided  by  large  ships. 

From  Cape  Mala  Pasqua  the  coast  runs  nearly  west  7  or  Smiles  to  the  Blorro  of  Porto 
Santo.     This  Morro  is  joined  to  the  shore  by  a  little  low  sandy  tongue  ;  and  very  near  to 


*  From  the  Derrotero  de  las  Islas  Antillas,  &e.  &c.  kc,  seguiido  edicion,  Madrid,  1820. 
+  The  Testigos  may  be  seen  from  the  distance  of  5  leagues.  The  Great  Testioo,  called  Goat  Isl. 
nnd,  abounds  with  land  tr,,  ,oises.  It  is  not  inhabited,  except  in  the  season,  by  turtlcrs.  It  appears 
ahold  shore,  and  has  a  sandy  beach  near  its  north  end.  Augrust  27,  1826,  his  Majesty's  ship  Valor- 
ous, Captain  the  Earl  of  Huntington,  anchored  here  in  Ifi  fathoms,  on  sandy  bottom,  about  1 J  mile 
I  from  shore,  the  north  end  of  the  island  bearing  N.  i  H.  and  the  south  end  E.  S.  E.  J  E. ;  found  the 
current  setting  west  north-westward,  li  mile  per  hour.    No  fresh  water  to  be  ''ad. 

53 


458 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  >rnrro  on  the  west,  Tips  an  islet  rallcil  I'orU)  Satitc 


()  the  wpsfwan 


loftl 


10 


iimiv 


Tdnmu',  is  an  anclima^c  slicllcrcd  rnini  llin  tiMili-  wiini,  in  4',  to  ')',  rallmnis  water,  ^i,t,^ 


<l.     Tl 


•iifd  to  'J  '•al)lrs'  It 


anil  niiKl.  l  lie  north  Mdc  ot  the  .Morrn  ami  i;*lai(l  in  ly  he  approaclit-d  lo  •,'  ''ainrs  MMii;i||, 
if  ncci'ssary.  To  uaiii  tli<'  aiiflioraijc,  ininirflialciy  alter  pas^sing  llir  island,  steer  S,  m 
S.  Ijy  V\  .  and  nnelior  in  4,t  or  o-  (iithoin.i,  so  soon  as  shelter  t'roiii  the  wind  is  ol>taiiifi|; 
but  takinsi  eare  not  to  t;et  to  the  eastward  of  the  western  part  of  the  islet,  heeanse  ii|,.,p 
lies  a  bank  in  that  direction  with  oidy :!  I'aihoiiis  water  on  it.  i^onlhward  from  the  Miir. 
ru,  and  al)out  'J  leamii's  inland,  stands  ilie  nioniitain  of  I'orto  .Santo. 

l''roin  ihis  l);iy  the  coast  inclines  to  W.  .s.  W.  for  the  spat  t?  of  .'!.',  miles, and  sends (,|i 
a  bank  with  liitlc  water  on  it,  about  half  a  mile,  and  exiendimj;  all  the  \vay  to  the  pdim 
of  Ilernan  VaM(]ne/.,  which  tbrms  another  little  bay  with  an  anchorage  of  .'i.J  itj  f,'  i,. 
thoiiis  water,  sheltered  from  the  trade  wind.  From  a  river  that  disendiouncs  intii  i| ,. 
Hay  of  llernan  \'as(|ne/..  fresh  water  may  be  (d)tained  ;  and  lo  the  sonllnvard  of  lu 
western  point,  oil"  whicli  is  a  small  islet,  stands  the  town  of  (.'arnpano  :  two  miles  we>ti,i 
Cariipano  are  the  point  and  Mono  of  Salines,  or  of  Jarro,  with  an  islet  near  to  it,  wlmli, 
with  the  point  of  flernan  Vasipie/,  forms  the  bay  of  ("arnpano,  inelnding  that  ot  Hir- 
nan  Vastjncz.  'I'here  are  two  shoals  at  llu^  entrance  of  this  bay,  lyini;  a  little  to  il;i. 
northwaid  of  the  parallel  of  INiint  llernan  \'as(Hie/.  and  westward  of  the  ineridiiin  ,,| 
Carnpano:  of  these,  the  (irsi  has  •>'!  fathoms  on  it,  with  ,'),',  close  to,  and  lies  one  riii; 
\V.  N.  W.  from  the  |)oint;  the  other  lies  1^  mile  \V.  ^  N.  from  the  same  point,  and  p 
mile  N.  E.  from  Point  Salines:  this  has  1,';  fathom  on  it,  with  4,'  fathoms  dose  to  r. 
A  third  shoal,  of  .'5|  fathoms,  with  .')  close  to  it.  lies  within  the  bay,  at  three  ((nartprsoi 
a  mile  W.  ,<.  W.  \  \V.  from  Point  llernan  \'as(|ue/,,  and  the  same  distance  north  Ikiu 
the  town  of  Carnpano;  and  westward  of  the  \own  there  is  a  bank  with  litlle  water  oim, 
exlendini;  from  the  shore  northward  nearly  three  (|uarters  of  a  mile,  and  one  mile  E.N. 
E.  from  the  islet  at  Point  Saliii"::. 

MURPvO  HLANCO,— From  tlie  Point  and   Mono  of  Salines  to   Mono  Blanco,. 
distance   of  three  miles  nearly  west,  the   (:,->ast  is  clean,  with  several    paiclies  of  sn 
rocks  lyiii!,'  (dose  to  the  shore  :  nearly  south  of  this  Morro,  and  about  'A  leagues  iniiu. ■ 
the  Mountain  of  San  .lose,  or  St.  .Joseph,  may  be  seen. 

From  Morrn  Hlanco  to  the  we.itward,  a  hank  runs  off.  v  ith  little  water  on  it,  that  dif. 
not  permit  the  coast  to  be  approached  nearer  than  'J  miles  ;  on  this  part  of  it,  thtnciup, 
1st,  the  Point  and  Morro  of  Padilla,  known  by  an  islet  and  several  rocks  extendini;  in - 
little  distance  from  it  :  -Jd.  the  Point  and  Mono  of  Taijuien,  which  inojects  \;n\\:n 
northward  than  the  preceding,  and  is  also  stirrounded  by  several  islets:  IJd,  the  3Ionn 
of  Lebranche,  which  is  joined  to  the  main  by  a  low  sandy  and  swampy  toriizne  of  hiiil; 
and  4th,  the  Morro  de  la  Esmeralda,  or  Kmerald  ^lorro,  which  is  an  islet  separated  irm; 
the  coast  by  a  channel  of  about  half  a  cable's  leiiiith  wide.  Between  Tjebriuiclic  ;ir,- 
the  Emerald  Morro,  at  a  moderate  distance  from  the  land,  lie  the  (iarrapotas  Islets;  bn; 
from  rocks  and  shoals  there  is  no  passaiie  between  them  :  there  is,  however,  betwpcnily 
most  southerly  islet  and  the  main  land,  a  ijood  |)assa.<j;e  ;  but  the  better  way  always.  \-\a 
go  on  the  outside  of  them,  especially  with  lar^jt!  ships.  From  Morro  Blanco  Id  tl;» 
point  of  Taquien,  the  distance  is  .')'.  miles  N.  h;}!"  W.  and  thence  to  the  Emerald  Mono, 
8\  miles  S.  7,>"  W.  Southward  of  the  latter,  and  about  115  miles  inland,  will  be  seen 
Mount  Redondo. 

ESMERALDA  BAY.— To  the  westward  of  the  Emerald  ^.lorro  there  isfnrmoda 
large  bay,  but  it  is  obstructed  by  a  bank,  with  very  irregular  soundings,  which  exli'in!; 
from  the  middle  of  the  Morro  about  .south,  and  ,S.  W.  nearly  a  mile,  then  S.  \V.  I)v>, 
to  within  one  third  of  a  mile  of  the  coast,  whence  it  turns  to  the  westward,  and  rii;i- 
parallel  to  the  shore,  at  about  that  distance  from  it.  In  the  bay  and  on  the  bank,  l\m' 
are  three  islets,  called  the  (Jascabels,  lying  nearly  east  and  we.st.  Un  going  to  anclior 
in  this  bay,  ships  may  pass  as  close  as  may  be  necessary  to  the  north  and  west  of  Knif- 
raid  Island,  and  anchor  under  shelter  of  it,  at  the  distance  of  2  cables'  length,  in  oUu 
6^  fathoms  water,  sandy  mud. 

From  this  bay  the  coast  runs  west  about  5  miles  to  the  Point  and  Morro  of  M;iiiza- 
nilla,  all  the  way  bounded,  at  the  distance  of  one  third  of  a  mile,  by  a  bank  wliicii  ex- 
tends from  the  Emerald  Isle.     The  Point  of  Man/.anilla  forms  a  bay  ;  but  it  isobstnut- 

ed  by  the  same  bank  of  which  we  have  sp(>ken,  and  which  terminates  at  the  fust  steep 

^,  ill. 


point,  about  two  thirds  of  a  mile  to  leeward  of  the  bay  ;  it  not  only  im|)edes  entranc 
to  the  bay,  but  also  prevents  steering  to  the  southward  before  getting  to  the  westwnnloi 
the  said  steep  point.     From  this  situation,  west  of  the  point,  the  coast  is  (juile  cle; 

leiiil- 


6  said  steep  point.     From  this  situation,  west  of  the  point,  the  coast  is  (juile  cle.in  I 
the  space  of  8  miles,  to   Point  (iuarapoluro,  where   another  bank  begins,  ami  ex 


two  thirds  of  a  mile  from  the  coast.  About  one  mile  N.  E.  of  Point  Gnarapotuio  lies 
a  sunken  rock  that  must  be  carefully  avoided.  A  little  eastward  of  this  point,  and  nboni 
a  league  inland,  will  be  seen  the  peak  of  a  mountain  called  Pico  del  Este,  Peak  of  the 
East!. 


ifliree  nii 
ShiHd  Poiiii 

j   \.  VV\.ver\ 
Tnacopala,  \ 
t'le  coast   t; 
iViiin  llie  niii 
wf-l  of  (^ari 
iMst  part  of  I 
of  the  coast, 
liinii's  to  <_'a 
tliat  at  Cayn 
more  than  li 
iN.  H-  K.  1 1 

;  Island  Mar^ 
(if  this  chain 
dpscription  o 
ceed  iloiig  tl 
islands. 

From  the 
salient  poinl'- 
and  .Nlorro  (b 
somiMvliat  to 

(  this  |)oinl  lie- 
La  Pena,  tin 

;,  tance  of  ii,'  i' 
(niarliin,  or  ( 

■'  low  land  and 
little  extent. 
From  Poll 
or  Kdily  Poir 
latter  bears  IV 
u  front  extern 
whence  the  c 
i\)[[cc  being  a 
called  Point  ( 
employed  in  I 
sends  oil'  a  b;i 
funr  miles  we 
terminates  at 
the  south  sid( 
Thence  soiitl 
PiUidy  beach  h 
tiniies  for  2  ni 
of  the  Ridge 
(liately  within 
sanctuary,  dei 
direction  of  S 
hut  all  of  it  is 
of  the  little  bi 
tie  in  a  ruinou 
a!)ont  S.  E.  b 
rection  to  S.  . 
Sandy  Point, 
of  Cariaco. 
a  mile  south  i 
Here  we  sn 
THE  ISL 
east  to  west,  al 
the  north,  it  a 
it.  On  the  ea 
Cape  Three  1 
called  Macan: 
from  Chacop; 
tance  of  l.S  ni 
sending  off  a 
lie  about  a  mil 


HLU.NTS  AMEIUCW  COAST  I'll.OT. 


459 


ward  nf  tlin  S;unlv 
itlmiiis  Wfitrr.  s;ii,fj 
til  ■,'  '.'iihltrs'  It-'iiyili, 
isliiiid,  sti'cr  S.  or 
'  wind  h  (d)iHiiifii; 
isli't,  l)i'(:;nis«'  tliiio 
vitid  iVoiii  the  Mill. 

miles,  mid  scuds  (,|i 
ic  \vii_v  1(1  I  lie  |Miiiii 
nigt!  ol'  !')},  to  'i'  !i. 
;ciid)Oi;ucs  into  tij 
e  soiillnviird   u\  m 

:  I  w(i  miles  wist,,i 
et  ne:ii-  to  it,  "Imii, 
hiding  tli;it  ot  llir- 
y'lnu,  ;i  little  to  tiif 
I  of  the  riu'iidiiiii,,! 
,  and  lies  (inc  iiu'f 

siime  point,  iinil  ]' 
atlinnis  ( lose  to  i', 
at  lliree  (|nailprs  m 
distance  north  Irtm 
.til  little  water  oin;, 
and  one  mile  E.  N. 

o  ^lorro  Bliuicd, , 
il  palclies  of  sn.;] 
ut  3  leagues  iiilain:. 

ater  on  it,  tlial  dcp. 

part  of  it,  ilu'i(';i|p 

ocUs  extending;  \i<\ 

cli    projects   j;iitlifi 

ets  :   .']d,  tlie  Morm 

)y  tonaue  of  liiiil; 

islet  separated  froir; 

en  Tiebranclif  m 

rapotas  Islets ;  hii; 

wever,  between  lly 

er  way  always,  isiii 

rro   Blanco  to  tb 

le  Kmerald  Moii\ 

nland,  w  ill  be  seen 

0  tiiere  is  formcih 
i;:s,  wliicli  exU'iii> 
,  then  S.  W.  1)\>. 

westward,  and  riiii- 
011  the  bank,  tlier' 
Un  going  to  anchor 
iiid  west  of  Knif- 
es' leiiiitli,  in  .5_;  lu 

1  Morro  of  yhwa- 
1  iiaiik  wliitli  e\- 
but  it  is  obstnui- 

es  at  the  fust  sfci'ii 
iijic'des  entranct' in- 
to the  westwiird  ni 
ist  is  (|uite  clean  fur 
egins,  and  exiemls 
It  (juarapotuio  lies 
his  point,  and  ahoiii 
I  Este,  Peak  of  tlie 


Three  miles  westward  from  (iiiarapotiim  f'oitif,  i«  ti,.i»  of  Kmudo  IJhinro,  or  White 
Shii'ld  I'oint,  the  coast  hcm^  steep  and  lii;'li;  hut  tVoni  that  the  coast  runs  out  about 
\.  \\'.,verv  low  and  .swampy,  I'orllie  space  ofv;|  iniles,  where  there  ri«e.>t  a  .Morro  called 
(  iiainpata,  which  lorim  a  pitiiii,  projci  liii'^  into  the  sea  almoit  J  miles.  l'"rom  tliis  point 
till!  coast  takes  a  soulheiiy  direciifui  and  forms  a  ;;ieat  bay,  in  which,  at  1  ,'  mile  west 
liiiiii  the  middle  of  the  said  .NIorro,  there  is  a  little  isl.ind  called  Cuibi-s;  at  about  a  miln 
west  of  (Jnribes  island  is  an  islet  called  l)e  Ijcdxis,  or  lite  Wolf,  with  a  rock  close  to  the 
i-ist  n;irt  ol'  it.  Tlie  shoal  bank  that  be;;ins  at  (fiiai.ip'itiira  I'omt.  also  borilers  this  part 
uf  ihe  coast,  and  reaches  alioiitoiie  third  of  a  mile  from  the  Morro  I'oint  ;  it  theme  con- 
tinues to  ('aribtis  Island,  whence  it  turns  to  the  soiitli,  bearing  so  close  up  on  the  shore 
rliat  at  Cayman  INuiit,  the  soutiieriiinost  and  wesfciiiuiost  of  the  bay,  it  does  not  extend 
more  than  half  a  mile. 

\.  S  K.  (Voiii  Chacopata.  at  the  distance  of  17  mileo,  lies  the  eastern  point  a(  tlie 
Island  Margarita,  foriniiig  with  the  main  land  a  ch  iiinel  11  miles  wide.  In  the  middle 
of  this  channel  are  the  C-'o<  he,  or  ('oach,  and  Cuagiia.  or<'ubagua  Islands;  and  as  i 
description  (d'  the  coasts  on  both  sides  of  this  channel  will  be  necessary,  we  w  ill  (irst  pru 
ceeil  ilong  that  of  the  main,  so  far  as  Araya,  and  then  return  to  Margarita  and  the  other 
islands. 

Kioin  the  Point  and  .Niorro  of  Cayman,  the  coast  is  level  toward  the  west,  the  only 
salient  points  being  thosti  of  Tuna,  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  preceding,  and  the  Point 
and  .Morro  del  Castillo,  '2  miles  beyond  'Tuna.  From  Castillo  Point,  tlie  const  iii<dines 
MiiniMvliat  to  the  north,  as  far  as  the  I'oiiit  and  Morro  of  f^a  Pena,  a  distance  ol' -l  miles  : 
this  point  lies  S.  77^  W.  14t  indes  from  the  Morro  of  Chacopata.  I'rom  the  I'oint  of 
La  I'ena,  the  coast  descends  somewhat  to  the  soul liward  uf  west  to  Point  (Jorda,  a  dis- 
tance (d"  '2 1  miles,  from  which  it  I'orms  a  bay  with  a  very  lint  shore  and  beacii  to  Point 
(tiiachin,  or  Ltiiaranache,  forming  a  piece  of  steep  and  high  land,  which  rises  above  tlie 
low  land  and  seems  insulated  by  it :  along  the  sliore  of  the  Ijay,  there  \.i  a  steep  point  of 
little  extent,  called  .Miiias.     From  Point  tiorda  to  that  {>{'  (hiachin,  it  is  G\  milry. 

Fiom  i'oint  ( Jiiaidiin  the  siion'  continui-s  low  and  (lat,  so  far  as  I'linta  del  F.scarcco, 
or  Fildy  i'oint,  where  ii  rises  a  little  :  ilie  distance  from  one  to  the  other  is  :-;.',  iiiile-s  :  the 

I  latter  hears  t'roin  the  Point  of  La  Penii  N.  85"  \V  .  I'J.V  miles.     Point  Hscar.  co  presents 

'  a  front  extending  half  a  mile,  the  western  rxtremity  of  which  is  tailed  I'oint  Cardon, 
whence  the  coast  bends  to  .*^.  49'  W.  a  distance  of  21  miles,  to  Point  .\raya,  the  whole 
space  iieiiig  a  very  low  sandy  beacli.  About  half  a  mile  tVr)iii  Aiaya  Point  is  anotlier, 
called  Point  fMiica.  On  Araya  Point  there  are  a  lew  small  houses,  inliabiied  by  people 
einploved  in  the  salt  works.  All  the  onast,  from  Point  Cayman  to  that  of  Escarceo, 
sends  off  a  bank  about  half  a  mile  from  shore,  an;l  which  from  the  latter  tioint  extends 
four  miles  westward,  forming  what  is  called  the  Araya  .'^hoal,  the  south  edge  of  which 
tprinin:.\tes  at  Point  Cliica,  lo  the  sovithward  of  Point  ,\raya.  This  will  be  cleared  on 
the  south  side  by  bringing  the  most  southerly  of  the  lioi  >«s  on  the  Point  to  be.ar  east. 
Thence  southward  the  coast  may  be  approached  at  -J  cables'  length;  for  althou'rh  the 
Kindy  beach  is  very  (lat,  at  that  distance  there  are  .')  or  (>  fathoms  water.  The  beach  con- 
tinues lor '2  miles  about  S.  .S.  E.  to  Punta  de  Piedias,  formed  by  the  western  extremity 
of  the  Kidge  of  (niaranat  he;  this  Point  shows  a  front  of  about  half  a  mile,  and  imme- 
diately within  it  the  land  rises  to  a  lofty  hill  ;  (ui  the  soiilh  [)  trt  of"  it  stands  a  chapel,  or 
sanctuary,  dedicated  lo  the  A'ir<riti  of  Agua  S,>nta.  'J'he  coast  continues  in  the  same 
direction  of  S.  .S.  E.  to  I'oint  Harragon  ;  't  iirst  it  is  low  and  sandy,  and  afterward  steep, 
but  all  of  it  is  so  clean  that  it  may  be  coasted  at  a  cable's  length.  Un  th(>  south  i)oiiit 
of  the  little  bay  of  .\raya,  where  the  high  land  ot'  Point  Jiiirragcm  begins,  iliere  is  a  cas- 
tle in  a  ruinous  state.  From  Point  Harrauoii  the  coast  continues  higli  and  very  clear«, 
aliout  S.  E.  by  .S.  a  distance  of  2  miles,  to  Poiflt  Caney,  from  whence  il  changes  its  di- 
rection to  S.  E.  by  E.  and  c>)ntinues  for  rather  more  than  a  mile  to  Punta  de  .\venas,  or 
Sandy  Point,  which  is  the  soiith'-rnm  st  part  of  this  coast,  and  northernmost  of  the  liulf 
of  Cariaco.     From  Point  Caney  there  is  a  bank  extending  along  the  coast  as  far  as  half 

i  a  mile  south  of  Point  Arenas. 

I      Here  we  susjiend  our  description  of  the  coast  and  return  to 

'■  THE  ISLAND  OF  MARGARITA.— The  greatest  hmgth  of  this  island  i-s  from 
east  lo  west,  about  .37.1  miles  ;  it  is  mountainous,  and,  w  hen  seen  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  north,  it  appears  like  two  islands,  from  a  space  of  low  swampy  land  in  the  middle  of 
it.  On  the  eastern  part  there  are  several  heights,  that  may  be  seen  in  clear  weatlier  frotn 
Cape  Three  Points,  a  distance  of  24  leagues;  and  on  the  west  part  a  ridge  ef  heights 
called  Macanao.  The  eastern  point  is  named  Ballena.  and.  as  before  said,  lies  N.  8*^  E. 
!  from  Chacopata  Morro;  the  coast  runs  thence  N.  N.  W.  \  W,  to  Cape  La  Isia,  a  dis- 
tance of  1.3  mdes,  forming  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  island.  The  whole  of  it  is  clean,  only 
sending  off  a  bank  of  about  .3  caiiles  in  breadth;  two  islets,  named  Isles  of  the  Cape, 
lie  kbout  a  mile  and  a  half  south-eastward  uf  tlic  Cupe,  aud  about  half  a  mile  t'rouisborc. 


400 


iilu.nt's  ameuican  coa.ht  IMI.OT. 


From  f'ape  T,ii  Tsli  tlui  coMt  riitm  S.  W.  Ity  W.  to  I'oint  I<ii  (i;il(>rn,  a  spac«  nf  7  niilf,, 
:ill  clciiii;  thin*  is  iil.><()  mm  iisli't  lyiiiK  1,',  mih'  N.  K  Uy  N.  rnmi  tlic  piiiiil,  iiiiiiifd  l^ai,,,. 
leni,  having  hrtwccn  tliiMii  M  tatlioiiH  wiiicr,  on  Naiid  iiml  nIhIN.  Knmi  i'oint  Lh  {',,,\^. 
til  t(»  I'oinf  Marin  IjiIxp,  it  is  S.  W.  ^  S.  :i\  iiiilrs;  liciwceii  ilicsc  points  ilicrc  ih  a  l.ir;;^ 
bay*  wiih  a  bank  'Mlxin;;  tin-  Hbnrr.s  (if  it,  wliidi  in  the  cenlie  runs  oil'  nrarly  a  Jnilt-.  ("i, 
tlif  Nhori'  (ippositf  III  till-  wiliest  part  ol  the  bank,  Ntaiuls  an  Iii'      .i  village. 

I'oint  (li'l  Tiinar  brars  t'roin  that  of  Maria  Libri;  N.  H.J  \V.,  at  ibt;  dislanc*'  of  ip 
iiiib's  :  in  the  inlerinciliatt;  Npacc  then?  is  a  vrry  lar^c  bay,  niiinini.' alioni  Ti  inili-.s  iiilmni] 
Tlie  whob;  ol  I'JH  bay  is  vrry  clean,  and  presents  no  other  daiinir  than  the  bank  wliii|i 
borders  it,  which,  at  the  widest  part,  extendN  only  about  half  u  mile  fioiii  the  land:  i||, 
shore  at  the  extretiiilv  of  the  bay  is  a  low  swampy  beaeh.  A  reef  of  eoiisidernble  exinn 
runs  (id  in  a  N.  N.  k.  direition  from  Point  del  Tiiiiar.  I'"riim  this  point  the  r(i;i«( 
trends  alioni  W.  by  S.  for  8  miles,  to  Point  did  Ti^re,  the  whole  very  clean,  and  iii;i\lf 
coasted  within  half  a  mile;  from  tiie latter  point  the  land  bends  tu  S.  7  J  W.  (or 'J'  mil,, 
to  the  Morro  of  Holiledar,  and  thence  S.  S.  VV.  adistanee  of  4.\  miles,  to  the  I'uniUiif 
Arenas,  which  is  the  western  extremity  of  the  island.  The  bank  of  shallow  water  wlinh 
purroiinds  tiie  const,  extends  about  I ',  mile  I'rom  this  western  part  of  the  isl.uid.  betwen 
the  Morro  of  Kobledarand  Pi-int  Arenas.  About  N.  W.  -^  N.  l',  niiles  from  Point  Aik 
nas,  and  W.  ,',  S.  l  miles  from  the  Morro  of  Kobledar,  lies  the  eastern  cd^e  ol  a  nali 
shoal,  named  the  Ostial,  haviii!;  on  its  shallowest  part  4  \  fathoms ;  it  thence  extends  iiliom 
N.  \V.  by  W.  ;{  miles,  and  is  nevly  iiiniUi  wide.  Hetween  it  and  the  Morro  of  Kohl,. 
dar,  tiiere  are  from  .0  to  7  fatiioms,  on  sand  and  mud;  to  the  northward  and  wesitvupi 
the  soundings  extend  to  a  considerable  distance;  but  ou  the  iS.  VV.  side,  at  a  shuit  d,-. 
tatice,  the  water  is  very  deep. 

Three  miles  and  a  half  about  S.  W.  from  liallena  Point,  arc  Point  Moreno  and  a  Mm 
ro;  the  intermediate  coast  foiins  a  sjiacious  bay,  on  the  north  side  of  which  stands  t|], 
town  of  Pamp.itar.  iNearly  in  a  line  between  the  two  points,  and  about  midway,  Iicsiji. 
little  islet  called  lilanco,  which  is  very  clean  ;  the  passaji;e  between  it  and  the  land  is\en 
safe.  All  parts  of  this  bay  alioni  am^horage  in  7  and  t'  fathoms  water,  at  two  thirds  oi 
mile  from  the  beach:  with  the  trade  wiiul  blowiufi  fresh  it  is  rather  exfiosed,  as  tlirn  . 
no  shelter;  and  altlioimh  siuli  a  wind  does  not  send  in  much  sea,  it  will  be  advisaMiM 
anchor  in  such  a  position  that,  in  case  ol  necessity,  there  may  lie  room  to  run  freely  i, ; 
the  Morro  Moreno,  w  liich,  if  occasion  require,  may  be  passed  on  the  east  side,  at  tue 
distance  of  a  cable's  length. f 

From  the  Morro  Moreno,  the  direction  of  the  coast  is  S.  W.  -J  W.  for  a  space  ni- 
miles,  to  Mos(|uito  Point;  the  land  between  forminj;  a  great  bay,  on  the  north  paiii.: 
which  stands  the  town,  so  called,  of  La  Mar,  but  more  correctly,  a  cluster  of  straw  Ijuiv 
The  coast  from  Moreno  I'oint  to  that  of  Mos(|uito  is  so  foul,  that  it  would  be  b;i/:ir: 
oils  to  pet  williin  two  miles  of  it :  the  same  character  may  be  given  to  that  farther  »\t'<; 
ward.  From  Mos(|nito  Point  to  Piuita  de  Manjjics,  or  Mangrove  Point,  the  bi;iiii;; 
and  distance  are  S.  81! '  W.  101  miles:  the  coast  between  is  very  foul,  from  a  rdch-i/ ,«./,., 
that  extends  olfaboitt  a  mile.  From  Mangles  Point  the  shore  turns  to  the  noithwin), 
forming  a  bay  between  it  and  Point  Pieilras,  a  distance  of  .'5|  miles  :  from  the  latter  |iok 
it  runs  farther  northward,  forming  imother  bay  with  Point  del  I'o/.o,  which  is  disiimi' 
miles  from  thf;  ))receding.  Point  del  Pozo  lies  10  miles  N.  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Pun; 
Mangles  ;  and  fram  the  foriner  to  Point  A-enas,  the  bearing  and  (i':<taiice  are  W.  In  N, 
12  miles.  All  that  part  of  the  coast  from  Mangles  Point  to  Arenas  Point  is,  liU  the 
preceding,  tout,  and  should  not  be  approached  to  less  than  12  miles. 

THE  FRfVYLES. — Nine  miles  E.  N.  eastward  from  Cape  la  Isla  in  Margarita,  ilea 

*  Mr.  Willinm  Waddy,  Master  of  H.  M.  S.li'Aniiabip,  in  iiis  reninrks  on  tbis  liav  snys,  "Ina;- 
proaching  it  from  tbe  northward  and  westward,  thesouiulincs  will  be  reuui.Tr,  from  .'JO  t'litlumisaiiie 
distance  of  4  leagues  to  6  fuihonis.  Pass  tlit  islet  of  (Jalera  at  n  discretionary  distance,  niidinha  • 
ing  round  Point  la  Gr.lera,  whicli  is  hii!;h  and  blufi'.  you  will  see  n  tine  open  bay,  where  you  may  r.u 
at  anchor  in  safety,  in  from  lO  to  4  lathoms,  with  Point  la  Gaiera  bearing  about  N,  E.  i  E.  dista:.; 
about  2  miles." 

t  His  Majesty's  sloop  Bnrbadoes,  John  Fleming,  E«q.  commander,  anchored  here  in  January,  1815. 
He  says,  "  Ships  from  the  eastward  having  approached  Ballena  Point  to  about  a  mile,  should  id:e 
away  to  the  S.  W,  sounding  in  12  and  lU  fathoms  water  until  Fort  La  Cnrranta  comes  open  ;  ih' 
fort  is  on  a  point  of  land  over  the  sea,  about  half  a  mile  to  the  cast  south-eastward  of  Fort  St.  Carl'-. 
■which  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  town.  With  Fort  La  Carranta  bearing  N.W.  J  N.  by  conipa?'. 
distant  one  mile,  there  is  good  anrhorn""  in  8  fathoms  water ;  but  this  is  not  a  safe  and  advaiitnt'ciii:= 
bay  for  a  fleet  to  rendezvous  in,  there  beinj.'  little  shelter  against  any  weather,  and  a  great  scarcity o: 
water  and  every  species  of  ])rovisions.     The  lorts  command  the  anchorage." 

"  In  sailing  out  of  Pampatar  Bay  and  bound  to  the  westward,  pass  to  the  westward  of  niniico  hh. 
on  account  of  a  reef  lying  ofi°  itsS.  E.  side,  which  makes  it  dangerous  tu  borrow  near  it  in  that  direc- 
tion." 


group  of  isb 
tlii-y  .ire  all 
about  two  > 
S(>L\  I 
"    little  islet  ( 
llllies.      Thi 
and   .Marj^ai 
weather. 

('Iiitiini'l  ( 

lands:    the 

( 'iihiinna,  Ol 

in  ii>iiL;lli,  .11 

froiii  the  N. 

un  tbe  nort 

across  :  an  i 

confined  p.ii 

anil  a  vessel 

Ciibagiia 

long,  and  2 

about  a  mile 

extends  aboi 

channels, — i 

land. — both 

stretcbes  ou 

Point  in  Ma 

In  navigat 

'   of  keeping  i 

from  tbe   i\. 

cleared  :   but 

bnuigbt  to  b) 

eilgiiig  a  littl 

said  tiorth  pi 

To  navigal 

Isl.inds,  by  w 

and  thence  si 

na  Point,  arc 

westward,  the 

these  channe 

bound  to  Aril 

ciiuse  these  | 

Araya,  and  tl 

To  sail  to  I 

ofl'  Point  Ar. 

may  be  effect 

to  the  soutlix 

*  His  Mnjest 
in  the  South  \n 
Ciiacopata,  bcu 
Island  about  S 
t  His  Miijesl 
Maicli,  182.5. 
■  mis  wiiter  (ha 
(liii.'Clly  for  the 
arriving  abreas 
blowing  strong 
side  of  Coche  I 
111  9}  fathoms  ' 
point,  bearing  ; 
Morro  de  Pena 

;  W,  by  S.  from 
to  avoid  it,  hav 
its  western  edg 
a  His  MajesI 

j  about  IJ  mile  o 
point,  bearing  ] 

I  Miirgarita,  N.  J 


,  n  «pace  of*  ini|r«, 

iniiit,  lllltiifil  i.;i  (i,,. 
Klin  I'liiiii  Lh  (iiili'. 
Hilts  ilu:rr  Im  a  \,\t':^ 
I)  iiiMi'l)'  a  iiiilf.  o„ 
illiiye. 

till!  (liNtnnof  nf  11' 
ilxiiit  T)  iiiilcN  iiil,iii.|; 
liiiii  llii;  liiiiik  mIiiiji 
■  iViini  till'  liiiiil :  t|,i 

c«insi(l«'riili|('  cxiiik 
h'lN  poiiil  the  cdii.t 
rv  ell  III),  iiiiil  iii;i\  Ir 

i\i  W.  lor'j;  ihii,,, 
Itn,  to  th(!  I'linta  ir 
sliiilldw  Wilier  wliiiji 

tlif  isliuid.  Iirtwcif, 
ilt'.M  Iriiin  IStiiit  AiK 
(Mil  e(l;;e  ol  a  rtnk\ 
Ik'iicc  rxti'iids  iilii,i;i 
he  iMorro  of  HoMi. 
iwiiid  ainl  wcsiwiuii, 
.  side,  lit  a  shoii  1I15. 

:  Morprio  and  n  Mui 

wf  wliich  stiimis  ili, 
loilt  liiidw;iy,  iit'.sili< 
t  and  tin'  land  in  vctt 
icr,  at  two  thirds  ol; 
r  expdsfd,  as  tlicrni 
t  will  he  advisaliicit 
Din  to  run  iVt'cly  lit 
the  east  side,  at  liie 

W.  for  a  Sparc  ni- 

on  the  north  pmu: 

uster  of  straw  lim,, 

t  would  he  liiiz;irv 

I  that  farther  we.; 

I'dint,  tli(!  bt'iini.: 

1,  from  a  rockfi  .<//■., 

s  to  tli(!  iioi'thwiii! 

roni  tlie  latter  jioi;: 

which  is  distiint ' 

\.\'.  I  W.  from  I'l.ii;; 

taiiee  are  W.  hv  N 

ts  Point  is,  lil^e  the 

a  in  Margarita,  liea 

this  linv  snys,  "Ina;- 
tVoni  'M  riitlniiiisai':f 
diHtance,  mid  in  ha  • 
V,  where  ymi  may  riic 
out  N.  E.'i  E.  distill.; 

here  in  January,  IftlG 
jut  a  mile,  should  ii:t 
ntn  comes  open  ;  ih:s 
ardof  FortSi.  Carl'i, 
^.VV.  J  N.byconipa??, 
safe  and  advaiitageuu! 
and  a  great  scarcity 01 

stwardof  niancolsk 
jw  nearitinthatdirec 


BLUM'h  AMKRICAJf  COAiT  PILOT. 


4GI 


group  of  i'*l''<«<  '"allfil  the  Fraylcs,  or  the  Kriiirs,  of  which  tin*  sonlhernmost  i.-i  tlu"  larppBt : 
they  are  all  very  clean,  except  the  iiorthernniodt,  whiih  is  siirruuiided  hy  a  nrf,  ixleiiding 


about  two  cidiles'  lenuih  Irom  it 
i  SOliA  iSI.K'i'.— About  l\i  miles  N.  K.  ',  K.  from  the  liiruesi  ol  the  Kriiyles.  lies  the 
^  little  isli'f  culled  S(da.  which  is  verv  clean:  Irom  Sohi  to  the  Tesliuos,  the  distance  is  "J? 
nilifs.  The  passa)^en  between  tlie  {'estiyos  iind  .Scdu,  .Sola  ami  the  l-'rayU'H,  the  Frayles 
mid  Mar'j;arita,  arc  all  so  clear,  that  shijii  of  all  Hi/.e.i  may  use  (hem  in  any  kind  of 
weiUlier. 

('httiini'l  iirlirrrn  Miiri^drild  lUid  the  Mnin. —  In  this  channel  there  are  two  large  is- 

liiiids:    the  easternmost   one  is  called    Kl  Coche,    or  the  ('oa(  h  ;    and  that  on  the  west, 

'    Ciibaijiia,  or  Cuagiia.     Coche  Island  is  low,  lyiiiy;  W.  N.  W.  and  K.  .S.  K.  about  U  niilod 

in  leiii.'(h,  and  '-'.',  miles  wide.     It  is  surrounded  hy  a  rocky  shoal  and  reef,  which  extern! 

from  the  N.  W.  and  .S.  K.  points  about  a  mile  and  a  half,  and  forms  two  channels:  that 

un  the  north,  with  the   Island  of  iMar^arita,  whii  h,  in   its  narrowest  part,   is  two  miles 

'  across:  and  that  on  the  south,  with  th(>  main  land,  of  nearly  similar  breadth  in  its  must 

j  conlined  part.     Fn  both  of  them  the  jjassages  are  perfectly  dear,  *  tlie  botioui  very  good, 

and  a  vessel  may  ride  at  anchor  in  either  of  them  as  securely  as  in  a  harbor. 

Ciibagua  is  smaller  than  ('oche  Isl.inil,  and  lies  nearly  east  and  west  :  it  is  about  h  miles 
loim,  and  'J  miles  wide,  l''roin  the  east  point  there  are  1  sluml  and  a  rrtf,  extending  out 
about  a  mile  :  the  north  and  south  sides  are  very  clean  :  but  on  the  »  est  side,  a  rarkij  ulioul 
extends  about  one  third  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  'I'liis,  like  ("oche  Jsland.  form.s  two 
channels, — one  on  the  north  with  .M;irnarita,  and  the  other  on  tlie  soiuh  with  the  main 
i  Imid — l)()(h  very  clear.     In  the  narrowest  pan,  which  is  between  the  sIkhiI.  am!  rfi/'  which 

<  sirelches  out  from   the  east  end  ('uba^iui,  and  the  Lank  that  extends  otf  fruui  Mangieii 
•   Point  in  Margarita,  the  width  is  .'5^  miles. 

;       In  navigating  the  North  Channel  of  these  islands  no  other  care  is  necessary  than  that 

'  of  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  jiassage  ;  for,  by  so  doing,  the  Ixinlxn  of  Margarita,  tluit 

from  the   N.    W.  of  Coche    Island,  and  that  from   the   east  end  of  ("ubagna,   will  all  be 

<'haie(l :   but   for  greater  certainty,  the   tiu.st  northerly   little   point  of  Cubamia  may   be 

l  hrotiglit  to  bear  west ;  which  course  may  thi'ii  he  kept  on  to  pass  Mangles  Point,  and  then 

<  edging  a  little  to  the  northward,  so  as  to  pass  a  cable's  length  to  the  northward  of  the 
said  north  point  of  Cubagua,  every  danger  will  he  avoided. 

To  navigate  the  Sonli  Channel,  \  you  ought  to  pass  near  to  the  Carihes  and  Lohos 
Islands,  by  which  yon  will  clear  the  bank  that  extends  to  the  8.  E.  from  Coche  Island, 
and  thence  shape  a  westerly  course  without  fear,  as  the  three  Tuna  Islets,  lying  off  Tu- 
na Poiiit,  are  very  clean,  and  may  be  passed  between,  if  necessary.  PVorii  these  islets 
westward,  the  channel  widens  considerably,  and  consc(|uenily  re(|uires  less  care.  In  all 
tlu'se  channels  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  at  night,  in  any  part  of  them,  when  the  ship  is 
bound  to  Araya  or  Cumana,  lest  the  current  should  carry  her  to  leeward;  and  also  be- 
cause these  port!)  should  always  bo  entered  in  the  day  time,  that  the  shoal  oH'  Point 
Araya,  and  the  shallow  batik  of  Cumana,  may  be  avoided. 

To  sail  to  the  ANCI1()KA(jK  of  A  KAY' A,  the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  the  shoal 
off  Point  Araya,  which,  as  before  observed,  extends  ',',',  miles  to  the  iN.  W.  of  it:  this 
may  be  elfected  by  standing  on  about  ,'J  miles  from  the  point  iiefore  the  course  is  altered 
to  the  southward;  or,  what  is  nearly  the  same  thing,  to  make  no  southing  until  having 

*  His  Majesty's  sloop  Sapphire,  A.  Mont;;onierie,  Esq.  Commander,  when  beating  to  windward 
in  the  .Simlh  passajre,  on  the  2i)ili  of  April,  18:21,  struck  on  a  xhoal  of  15  feet  water;  the  Morroof 
Chacopata,  bearing  about  E.  S.  E.  i  E.  by  compass,  distant  2  2-3  miles,  and  the  west  end  of  Caribes 
Island  about  S.  }  E.  2  miles. 

t  His  Majesty's  .sloop  nellette,  .T.  Leith  Esq.  Commander,  ran  tlirnii^di  this  cliannel  on  the  7th  of 
Maicli,  182.').  He  passed  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  flic  norihward  of  Point  Chacopata,  in  TJ  futli. 
oiiis  water  (having  gradually  shoaled  fnnn  the  depth  of  19  fathuina  to  the  eastward),  and  steered 
diiePtiy  for  tlie  Island  Lobos,  in  which  track  he  had  not  less  than  44,  nor  more  than  5  fathoms,  until 
arriviiit,'  abreast  of  the  suid  island.  After  passing  it,  the  water  began  to  deepen  fast,  hut  the  wind 
blowing  strong  from  the  east,  with  an  a|)iiearunce  of  foul  weather,  he  hauled  towards  the  S.  W. 
side  of  Coche  Island,  where  the  shoal  extends  only  a  short  distance  off,  shortened  sail  and  anchored 
in  9J  fathoms  water,  on  mud,  about  ,3  miles  offshore  ;  "  with  (he  west  end  of  C(jclie,  a  low  sandy 
point,  bearing  N.  W.  by  N.  by  compass  ;  the  S.  E.  end  S.  i  E.,  Lobos  Island  S.  E.  hy  E.  }  E.  and 
Morro  do  Pena  S.  W.  j  W.  On  the  8lh,  at  G,  30  A.  M.  he  weighed  ;  and  after  running  22  miles 
W.  by  S.  from  the  anchorage,  saw  w  bite  cidored  water  on  Araya  shoal  ahead  ;  hauled  up  to  N.  W 
to  avoid  it,  having  found  that  a  W.  by  S.  course  would  not  clear  it ;  at  11  A.  M.  passed  close  round 
its  western  edge,  and  gradually  hauled  in  for  Point  Piedras,  &,c. 

»  His  Majesty's  ship  Valorous,  Capt.  J.  Murray,  anchored  off  the  west  end  of  Coche  Island,  at 
t  about  1 J  mile  off  shore,  in  7  fathoms,  muddy  bottom  ;  w  ith  the  N.W.  end  of  the  island,  a  low  sandy 
[  point,  bearing  N.  E.  by  N.  its  S.  W.  point  east ;  Cubagua  Islaiid  Sv.  |  N.  and  Point  Mangles  in 
Murgarila,  N.  N.  VV.  \  W.  this  anchorage  is  very  good. 


4C2 


BT.U.NT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


pot  nut  of  soiindiiiiis.  l?nt  if  it  sliould  he  tlrjiiulit  prclrrnbli^  to  use  landmniks,  lio  v;\fp. 
fill  not  to  cross  tlic  parallel  of  ol'  I'oiiit  Escarcfo,  uni'  the  west<'riiuiost  |)cak  of  I'oui,  (jn 
the  height  of  M;t(;iii;io,  in  iMar';:irita,  bisiis  norlli,  a  lit  lie  easterly  ;  for  wIkmi  it  li(!ars  .\, 
5°  E.  it  will  clear  the  west  cxlrcitiity  ol  liic  shoal  alKnit  liail'  a  iiiili'.  Tiic  Isiaiid  <i|  (  n. 
basiia  will  also  aObrd  a  mark;  fur,  liy  l)rii)i;iiijj;  tlic  west  jjoiiit  ol'  it  to  hear  N.  K..  ih,; 
weslern  ed<;e  of  the  shoal  will  he  ciearcd  two  iniios.*  Hence  it  ai)|)cars,  thiit  a  shn, 
bound  to  Araya,  and  iiavinsi  run  down  the  Soiiili  Channel  between  ("oche  and  ( 'iiliii^u.i 
on  tlie  north,  and  the  main  land  on  the  south,  siiutild  |)a>s  about  a  mile  to  the  north\v;i|,| 
of  I'oint  Kscaiceo,  and  S(eer  west  uniil  the  west  point  ol  Ciibayua  bears  N.  i!.,  wIkh, 
by  altering  the  course  to  the  southv^ard,  she  will  pass  two  miles  distant  from  the  wi^i 
edge  of  the  shoal ;  and  if  it  be  desirous  to  keep  closer  t(»  it,  to  a\oid  eettiiii!;  so  imiiii  !„ 
leeward,  it  »uay  be  doiu-  by  steerin"'  west,  tintil  the  westernmost  |)eak  of  INIaeanao  hc;ii< 
N.  5'^  K.,  or  rather  UKue  easterly;  then  brinj;  her  head  to  the  southward,  and  she  \\||| 
pass  Ht  the  distance  of  one  mile  from  it.  J\ee|)  on  the  south  course,  until  she  j:ets  alnciM 
of  the  southermnost  house  on  Point  Araya.  then  haul  to  the  wind,  in  order  to  fetcji  inio 
the  little  J?ay  of  Arava,  which  will  be  known  by  the  J'"(Ht  on  'ho  south  side,  and  the  S;iiii. 
luary  cl  Our  Ladv  of  A;;ua  Saiua  on  the  north  side,  ami  on  the  south  slo|)e  of  (in,:. 
ranche.  In  this  bay,  and  also  on  every  part  ol'tliis  coast,  as  far  as  Point  Arenas,  a  slii 
may  be  ancihored  in  any  convenient  liepili,  and,  if  liesirable,  at  a  cable's  lein;ih  from  i|,h 
shore. 

iit  like  manner,  in  doubhns:  Point  Araya  from  the  northward,  that  is,  from  f'uli;ii;r,;i 
or  Maroarita.  the  parallel  of  Point  Escarceo  should  n(.t  be  crossed  to  the  eastward  (il'ihe 
bearings  before  jiiven  ;  and  if  by  any  accident  you  happen  to  <lo  so.  you  should  iniiiiiii,. 
ately  steer  in  an  opposite  direction,  until  vou  aic  due  west  iVdui  Point  Kscarceo;  m,] 
then  west,  until  the  proper  bcarioiis  come  on — nauudy.  tiie  westernmost  peak  of  .Miici. 
nao  N.  5^  K.,  or  rather  iiuire  easterly ;  when  you  should  steer  south,  so  as  to  be  aMc  -n 
haul  io  the  wind  on  f;cttinsj  abreast  of  the  southernmost  hoitse  on  Poiiu  Araya.  tiii 
coiuufs;  from  the  north,  the  siuuidins^s  will  also  be  a  ;.;ood  cuide,  either  by  keepini;  (iiii  (• 
tbem  alto2;eihcr,  or,  at  I  -i-l,  by  t;ot  ;;etting  into  less  than  .J.'j  fathoms,  uiuil  after  trof^sih; 
(iie  parallel  belore  mentioiu'd. 

There  are  a  sltallow  bank  ami  reef  stretchina;  about  half  a  mile  south  from  I'oint  Are- 
lias,  which  have  been  already  spoken  of  as  the  North  Point  of  the  (Uilf  Cariacou,  whjdi 
runs  3o  miles  inland  to  the  eastward  :  at  the  broadest  part  it  is  8  miles  across,  and  n:;iv 
be  considereil  a.s  a  spacitnis,  well-sheltered  harijor,  there  beiiii;  good  anchora!:e  in  CMti 
part  of  it;  but  the  best  is  in  150  fathojns.  'J'lie  shores  are  very  ch^iii.  and  may  be  ap- 
proached  lo  half  a  mile,  or  even  a  less  distance,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  Cumana.  uline 
a  shallow  bank  extends  aiiout  two  thirds  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  On  the  no:  .i  fiV 
th^rt!  are  two  harbors,  called  the  Little  and  the  (ireat-  or  Bishop's  Lagoon  ;  the  loiiint 
is  '  .-v  sii' ,11,  but  the  latter  is  spacious:  and,  besides  having  from  H  lo  IH  fat  hems  «;;iir. 
is  s(.  ci'  :'.n  that  there  is  no  danger  except  wliat  is  visible.  Its  entrance  is  I'J  miles  Imii, 
Point  Arenas.  Within  ;hi'  (iiilf  there  is  no  town  of  eonseipiciiee,  or  other  iiidntPiiKi.i 
for  ship>'  'Voni  Europe  to  visit  it  ;  the  main  object  ot  attraction  for  all  is  ("umana.  whkh 
is  situated  on  the  Son  i  Point  f<(  tlie  entrance  into  thetiiilf.  Tins  iioint  is  lew  nu! 
sandy,  with  a  bank  rutuiioi:  I'lom  it  to  the  v,  est  and  so  nth.  so  steep  that,  from  10  fail.iiii<, 
there  are  almost  immediately  o  ;  and  from  .'>,  a  shi])  would  be  aground  before  gettiin;  m;- 
other  cast  ol"  the  lead.  'J'he  ed;:e  of  the  bank  running  eastward,  lies  nearly  east  linii 
tlie  jioint,  about  4  miles,  to  Punta  Haxa,  or  Low  Point,  whence  it  turns  to  siuuli-c;''!- 
war(i  with  tiie  coast,  narrowing  by  degrees  to  the  vicinity  of  Mouiu  iUanco,  where  itii:- 
Hiinates  on  a  i  hsiii  shoie. 

The  edge  of  the  bank  that  runs  southward  from  tlie  jioint  is  very  close  to  the  sliniv, 
forming  with  it  the  mouth  of  the  River  Man/anares.  or  (.'umana.  whetue  it  increasiMi 
breadth  to  the  S.  W.  so  much  that,  i\.  M'.  of  the  Escarpimo  Jxoxo,  a  little  nioniit.  wi;ii 

*Hi8  Mnjesly'.i  sluoii  K^k,  L'.dward  I.loyil,  Esq.  Conuiinnder,  ran  auioiind  on  this  slmal.  on  ;l.e 
20tli  of  August,  18:21,  having  at  the  time  .Araya  Point  bearing  S.  1'].  by  E.  by  conipnRS.  disinni  liniiiis 
by  estimation,  yuhjuiiied  is  an  extract  Irom  the  Log  Rook,  whence  we  have  oblaiiird  tin  iii- 
formation : — 

"P.  M.  Fresh  brrn/es  and  tine,  luniiing  idomr  ilie  land  In  I  ween  INTnrfiariin  and  the  main.  Ai 
4h.  I'oini  Arnsa  snmli  G  or  7  nnies:  ai  lb.  l.un.  irinnned  sail  and  hauled  more  to  ilir  wimi:  nl-lh, 
25ni.  ibe  ship  under  a  press  of  sail,  niiiniiifr  at  the  raie  ol  10  kiiols,  8.  S,  W.  bv  compa!'.'',  lu;;,' 
about  ()  miles  from  Point  Araya,  and  (by  the  leiulsmnn  in  biiili  cjiains)  in  9  liilhoms  wiiter,  suililm  v 
shnalcd,  and  imniediulely  afterwards  struck  the  trnuiul.  Shortened  and  furled  sails  ;  hoisted  niiiii.e 
boat.«,  and  sounded  in  every  direction  naind  the  ship  ;  laid  the  stream  anchor  out  N.  W.  ill  3  null- 
cms;  at  (ih.  parted  the  stream  cable,  of  which 'JO  bithonis  were  lost:  Point  Arava  then  braniij 
S.  K.  by  E." 

It  farther  appears  that  the  sea  broke  very  high  within  a  quarter  <jf  a  mile  of  her;  and  that  tlie 
Nouiidinga  ull  round  were  very  iiregulur.     Oa  the  !23d,  alter  being  lightened,  she  got  utf. 


Mr' 


a  red  elift". 
narrows  at. 
The  T( 
hanks  ol'  t 
stands  an 
in  front  ol 
thcr  fort. 
Escarpado 
eil.     iliivi 
the  river. 
on  !.'elting 
which,  am 
scant  wind 
to  work  to 
tack  hel'ore 
('nin ma,  b 
the  bank  o 
be  prolong 
To  the  ;■ 
till-  Kiver 
nearly  we: 
hcacli,  to  I 
length  widt 
nearer  to  tl 
be  av.)i(leii 
Kroii       1 
i   of  ll  mile  t 
I  sunken  roc 
I  westward  ol 
?        l'"roni  Po 
'l  distance 
;   I'l  failioins 
I  of  the  bay  i 
I  are  a  /J'?"  roi 
less,  it  (uiq;I 
About  VV 
and  forms  tl 
well  shelter 
many  nalnr 
tlioms,  or  b 
the  shores, 
Itngtli  from 
ties  may  be 
the  best  har 
world. 
i   -^      ~ 
»His  Maj( 
oiiblcs'  leiiiitl 
the  eiitranee 
I   loiiio  oil  the  I 
■;    Pels  to  anelim 
I    f\u\l'(irl  o:i   ll 
''    fiiither  oil"  sli 
ii)  fithoiiis,  0 
on  the  beach 
oil"  shore  nnt 
W.     'I'hn  ris 
river  to  tlu^  u 
+  His  Maji 
IB'.'l.     Caiit. 
tlii'i-  the  two  I 
entered  with 
01,'re.ss  ;  thoui 
ter  may  be  ol; 
(ieserves  (hat 
nbove  its  mm 
a  good  waieri 


laiidmniks,  1k«  curp. 
idst  |)(mIv  (iC  I'oui,  (III 
for  wlini  it  l(;';irs  N 

Tln>  Island  oICi,. 
t  to  lii'ur  N.  K.,  ihi,. 
ippc'Mis,  tli;it  a  sli!|, 
['iic'lie  and  ( 'nli;iL;ii,i 
lile  to  \hv.  noiliiH;ii(| 

hears  N.  K.,  ulun, 
isiaiit  iVoin  till'  wisi 
il  !.'elliti<;  so  iiiiicli  !„ 
ik  of  IMacanao  l»(';n\ 
lliward,  and  slic  «ill 
luitil  slu'  i:('ts  aliici-i 
II  order  to  letch  iiiji 

I  side,  and  the  Simc. 
south  slo))e  oi'  (Jui- 
I'oiiit  Arenas,  a  sin;) 
)le's  len!;lh  I'roin  i|,h 

at  is,  iVoin  rtilKiiiiii 

0  the  eastward  oi  liie 
yoti  slionid  iimmil,. 
Niinl  Kscareeii;  ;ii],i 
most  ])eak  oC  M;\r,\- 
h,  so  as  to  he  ahli'  lo 

II  Point  Arava.  Uii 
ler  l>y  keepine  oiii  t: 
s,  until  aliei-  crussin.' 

iitli  I'roin  Point  Aif- 
Inir  (..'ariaeou,  wind; 
lies  aeross,  and  n\\\ 

1  anehoraue  in  pvmv 
111.  and  may  he  iip- 

V  ot'Cnniaiia.  ulmt 

On  tlie  no:  .1 .-:  •■ 

afjoon  ;   tlie  toiinct 

0  is  ratlicnis  «;iiir. 
c  is  \-2  miles  Irim, 

r  otlier  indnepiiici,! 
is  Ciimaiia.  uliiii: 
i!S  |ioint  IS  Idw  ;ii.(! 
1.  fKiiii  10  I'adidiiN 
d  hefore  .<,'etlii;^  in,- 
ies  nearly  east  lien 
urns  to  soiitli-i';"!- 
laiKo,  where  iltn- 

elose  to   tlie  ^lnu'', 

leiice  il  ineri';ist's  11 

a  little  nKiiinl.  «::ii 

1  on  ll'.is  sliDiil.  oil  :i.e 
onipiiFS.  dis:niii  linii.is 

have  obtained  tlwiii- 

itn  niid  tlie  ninin.  A! 
ire  to  the  «iiul  :  atlh. 
V.  1)\-  coiii|  11?.=,  in:!;,' 
ilionis  Wilier,  siulilciy 
d  suits;  lioisu'd  mitii.e 
T  out  N.  \V.  in  3  iii;li- 
It   Arayn  then  lican::g 

of  her;  and  ilmi  ilie 
shs  got  off. 


».r.,» 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PTLOT. 


463 


a  red  cliff,  south  of  the  town,  il  readies  ithout  ;i  mile  from  the  .shore:  from  thi.s  point  it 
iKirrows  au;ain.  and  teriiiitiales  at  i'oint  I'^iedras. 

The  TOWN  and  FOKL'  of  ("CM  ANA,  stand  on  the  hii;li  land  of  the  point,  on  the 
hanks  of  the  Maii/.aiiares,  or  Ciimana  Kiver:  on  the  low  land,  and  near  to  the  he.irh, 
stands  an  Indian  town,  separated  from  ('umair.i  hy  the  river.  The  anehorasje  is  nearly 
III  Iront  of,  or  to  the  westward  of.  the  river's  nn)ntli,  on  the  south  jjoint  of  whieh  is  ano- 
ther t'ort.  In  order  to  feleli  this  anchorage,  ships  slioiild  steer  from  Point  Caney  towards 
Hscarpado  Roxo,  hut  not  more  to  windward,  until  the  hank  off  I'nntade  Ar»'nas  is  clear- 
ed. Having  passed  it,  they  should  ke-p  to  the  wind,  and  steer  direet  I'or  the  month  of 
the  river,  whieh  will  he  known  l»y  the  fori  ;ilready  spoken  of.  Keep  the  lead  {joins:;  and 
on  irPttin^  a  depth  of  water  suitalile  for  the  size  of  the  vessel,  let  go  nil  anchor,  with 
whieh,  and  a  stream  amdior  towards  tin;  slim-f,  the  ship  will  he  moored.*  If,  from  a 
scant  wind,  or  from  the  current  haviiii;  set  the  vessel  to  leeward,  it  should  he  necessary 
to  work  to  windward  to  <;aiii  the  aiicliora>;i',  when  standins;  to  the  southward  she  should 
tack  hefore  port  .St.  .\nioifio,  whieh  is  situated  on  the  most  elevated  part  of  the  town  of 
('iiitnna,  hears  to  the  northward  of  east,  in  order  to  keep  clear  of  the  projeetiiia;  point  of 
tlie  bank  olV  Kscarjiado  Koxo  ;  to  the  nortliwanl  there  is  no  danger,  and  the  board  may 
be  prolonged  aeeonlim:  lo  jiidanient. 

'I'll  the  S.  W.  of  the  P-searpado  lloxo,  and  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  Piinta  de  Piedrns, 
the  Kiver  Mordones  disembogues  its  waters;  and  from  this  latter  point  the  coast  lies 
nearly  west  for  the  distance  <d"  .'5.'  miles,  in  some  points  scarped,  ;ind  in  others  a  sandy 
beach,  to  Port  Kscondido.  wiiieh  is  a  hay  running  about  half  a  mile  inland,  and  3  cables' 
leiiiTth  wide  at  the  entrance.  In  the  middle  of  it  the  depth  i.^  -1  ^  fithoms,  on  sand,  but 
nearer  to  the  shore,  only  .'i  and  "J.  Off  the  West  Point  there  are  some  rocks,  which  may 
bcavoideil  bv  passim;  at  a  little  more  than  a  cable's  length  from  it. 

Froii  ,e  West  Point  of  Port  Kscondido,  the  coast  trends  about  west  for  the  distance 
of  11  mile  to  Piiiila  de  Campanarito,  all  of  wliiidi  is  scarped,  and  very  clean,  except  one 
sunken  ro(d<,  about  half  a  eal)le's  leuirtli  from  the  coast,  and  'J  or  ."J  cables'  length  to  the 
westward  of  the  West  Point  of  Port  Kscondido. 

From  Point  fJainpanarito  to  the  .Morro  and  Vigia,  or  Signal  Tower  of  Mochiiria,  the 
distance  is  ','  of  a  mile:  between  tliein  is  a  very  fine  hay,  varying  in  depth  of  water,  from 
I'l  filhoms  to  .')',,  which  will  he  found  within  a  cable's  lengtli  of  the  shore.  Every  part 
of  tiie  bay  is  clean;  and  only  off  the  north  and  west  sides  of  [*oint  Campanarito  there 
are  n  f'e>r  rorks,  extending  somewhat  less  than  half  a  cable's  length  from  it,  but  neverthe- 
less, it  ou2;ht  not  to  he  passed  nearer  than  one. 

About  W.  .*>.  W.  from  the  signal  tower  of  .^^ochima,  a  little  longne  of  land  projects, 
mid  forms  the  cast  point  idtlie  Harbor  of  .^^ocllima,  wliicdi  is  capacious,  heantifiil  and 
well  sheltered.  The  shores  are  indented  with  several  coves,  or  little  bays,  which  are  so 
many  natural  docks,  "^rhe  depth  of  w;ifer  is  very  regular,  no  where  exceeding  14  fa- 
tlioms,  or  being  less  than  4'r;  the  latter  from  one  to  one  cable  and  ;i  half's  lesigth  from 
the  shores,  which  are  generally  very  clean.  15y  keeping  at  the  distance  of  li  cable's 
length  from  every  visible  f)bstruction,  all  danirer  will  Ije  avoided.  To  these  good  quali- 
ties luay  he  added  that  of  sailing  in  and  out  with  the  trade  wiiid,f  altogether  making  it 
the  best  harbor  in  this  pari  of  America  ;  indeed  it  may  he  reckoned  one  of  the  best  in  the 
Horld. 


*  His  Majesty's  ship  Valorous,  Ciipt.  .1,  Murray,  r.ucliored  here,  in  F(>h.  ll*21,  <;' iiliout  2^  or  3 
oaiijis'  leiiKiii  from  the  .shore.  In  II  fiithoiiis  water,  on  mud  and  c'ay  ;  with  the  low  sandy  point  at 
till'  entrance  of  the  river,  bearing  N.  }  H.  by  eoinpass,  distant  3  cables'  leiiirlli  ;  and  Fort  San  An- 
tonio on  tlic  hill  above  the  town.  east.  The  hank  shelves  off  very  suddenly,  whieh  occasions  ves- 
sels to  anchor  near  the  heaeli,  in  11,  8,  and  tl  I'aihoms,  on  srood  croiind.  To  the  northward,  and  oft" 
llii\/i(i7  0:1  the  lieacli,  it  shelves  oil"  (|iiicker  still  ;  but  to  the  southward,  the  shoal  water  extends 
fiiiiherolV  shore.  The  llellettn  sloop,  .1.  Smith,  Fs(|.  comiuauder,  in  March,  ISG."),  anchored  in 
~J  fitiioiiis,  o!i  mud,  with  the  rattle  on  the  hill  ami  rliiirr/i  in  one.  E.  i  N,  by  coinpass:  the  Fort 
on  the  lieach  N.  N.  E.  i  F.  and  the  Red  t'liif  (llsearpado  Koxo)  S.  i  K.  Tiiis  is  about  }  of  a  milo 
oil'  shore  and  is  ipiile  an  outside  berth  ;  it  is  iieeessury  to  steady  the  ship  with  a  stream  to  the  S. 
W,  The  rise  and  fall  of  the  tide  is  from  t  lo  .')  feet.  (Jood  water  may  be  obtained  in  the  little 
nvpr  to  the  nordiward  of  the  fort  on  the  beach.     The  wind  always  blows  olf  the  shore. 

t  His  Majesity's  sloop  Sapphire,  A.  !\lonlixo!iierie,  F.ri|.,  C(Mmnan(l(>r,  vififed  this  harbor  in  April, 
18'21.  Capl.  M.  observes,  that  ihousrh  the  an(diora:re  is  good  throiiirliOiit,  the  most  secure  is  in  ei- 
llipr  t!ie  two  first  ea<<lern  biuhis,  inoorini;  with  n  cniile  or  hawser  to  tne  shore.  The  harbor  may  bo 
entered  with  tin-  trade  wind  ;  and  as  there  is  trenerally  a  land-breeze  duriiurtlie  niirht.  il  is  easy  of 
cgrcHs  ;  thouirh  from  the  lirst  eastern  biirhi,  a  ship  may  sail  out  at  any  time  with  the  sea-breeze.  Wa- 
tprniay  be  obtained  at  the  south  end  of  the  harbor  Innn  the  RiveT  iVIoehima,  thouph  it  by  no  means 
deserves  (lint  appellation,  beinu-  only  a  small  stream  at  any  time;  and  though,  if  cleared  a  lildo 
aliove  its  mouth,  enoiifrli  might  be  had  for  any  minihor  of  ships,  yet  it  can  at  no  time  be  accounted 
a  good  watering  place. 


464 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


m    Hi 
it  I 


About  a  mile  to  the  westward  is  tlie  Ilnrborof  Marian-,  wliich  is  also  an  excellent  port. 
The  depth  of  water  is  from  14  to  4|  fathoms,  tiie  latter  at  half  a  cable's  length  Irom 
shore.  It  is  very  clean,  and  as  the  entrance  is  spacious,  it  may  be  entered  with  the 
trade  wiud  at  any  time,  and  quitted  with  e(|ual  facility.  The  west  point  of  the  harbor 
is  called  Point  Manure. 

From  Point  Manure  the  coast  runs  about  W.  .S.  W.  for  the  distance  of  U  mile,  f,, 
Puntade  Tigrillo,  which  sends  out  u  reef  on  every  side,  to  the  distance  of  half  a  cable* 
length  from  it.     The  coast  thence  trends  to  the  southward  and  eastward  a  distance  ofj! 
miles,  whence  it  returns  to  W.  by  S.  for  5  miles,  to  Punta  (xorda,  forming  what  is  cnllpi] 
Tigrillo  Bay.  at  the  farther  extremity  of  which  there  is  a  canal  communicating  with  the 
Harbor  of  xSlochima.     In  the  entrance  of  this  bay  there  are  three  islands:   the  fnsi  or 
easternmost  one  is  named   Venados;  the  second  or  middle  one  the  East  Caraca ;  and 
the   third  the   West  Caraca.      The  shores  of  the  bay,  as  well  as  those  of  the  isliimls, 
are  very  clean,  there  being  only  off  the  north  point  of  Venados,  called  Point  Campaiiiirn 
a  rock  which  extends  about  a  cable's  length  from  it ;  and  from  the  S.  W.  part  ol'iiif 
same  island,  a  small  shallow  bank  running  o(!"  a  similar  distance.     All  the  passages  nj 
straits  between  these  islands,  and   also  between  them  and  the  main  land,  are  free  atii 
navigable  for  shi|)s  of  any  class  ;  and  although  some  of  them  are  narrow,  there  is  suitl- 
cient  room  for  anchoring,  in  case  of  necessity. 

The  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  a  rocky  shoal,  called  the  Caracas,  which  lies  aboii; 
N.  W.  at  the  distance  of  rather  more  than  a  mile  from  the  East  Caraca.  It  is  about 
half  a  mile  in  extent  from  east  to  west.  There  is  not,  however,  much  risk;  for  in  pass. 
ing  between  it  and  the  Caracas,  it  will  be  avoided  by  keeping  near  to  the  latter,  and  n 
going  outside  of  it,  keeping  to  the  northward  of  Point  Manare  will  clear  it  in  thatdi- 
rection. 

To  the  southward  of  Piuita  Gorda,  distant  .1  miles,  lies  Punta  del  Escarpado  Roxn 
(Red  Slope  Point.)  These  form  the  entrance  of  the  (!ulf  of  Santa  Fe,  which  riiti 
about  6  miles  inland  to  the  eastward.  All  its  shores  are  very  clean  ;  but  at  the  entrance 
at  about  one  third  of  a  mile  from  the  north  coast,  lies  a  foul  rock,  that  should  notbenp 
proached  witliin  two  cables'  length.  The  depth  of  water  in  this  gulf  is  from  27  to  1- 
fathoms,  on  mud  bottom. 

From  the  Point  of  Escarpado  Koxo  the  coast  inclines  to  the  southward,  and  theme 
the  westward,  for  2\  miles,  to  Punta  de  la  Cru/..  forming  a  bay  that  is  very  clean,  and  af- 
fords excellent  anchorage,  called  the  Hay  of  Santa  Cru/.  About  VV.  S.  W.,  one  mile 
from  the  latter  point,  lies  the  easternmost  of  the  little  islands  called  the  Arapos,  extend- 
ing altogether  to  the  westward  about  half  a  mile.  They  are  very  clean,  except  in  tlip 
strait  between  them,  which  is  impassable  on  account  of  a  bank  and  reef  that  unites  tlieni 
together.  The  passage  between  the  easternmost  one  and  the  coast  is  open,  and  witlinm 
danger.  Off  the  western  part  of  the  westernmost  island  there  are  two  rocks,  but  ihev 
are  very  clean. 

From  Punta  de  Cru/.  the  coast  continues  westward,  inclining  a  little  to  the  south- 
ward, nearly  4  miles  to  Punta  Comona — the  whole  of  it  clean,  and  navigable  within  t«) 
cables' length  of  the  shore,  without  the  least  risk.  Westward  from  Punta  Conionn.  :i! 
most  2  miles,  is  Punta  de  Pertigalele,  in  which  space  there  is  a  fine  bay,  with  12  fatlmn:- 
water  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shore.  In  the  farther  part  of  this  bay  there  isasaink 
beach  wliere  two  small  rivers  discharge  their  waters,  ll  is  all  very  riean,  except  on  tl.f 
eastern  part,  which  sends  o(f  a  reef  ai)out  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore. 

MONOS  ISLAND. — In  front  of  this  bay,  and  about;}  cables'  length  to  the  north- 
ward of  Pertigalete  Point,  lies  the  south  coast  of  the  Island  Monos,  or  (Juaracaro,  tin 
shores  of  which  are  steep  and  clean.  About  2  cables'  length  from  the  north  side  there 
is  a  rock  and  a  foul  reef,  which  should  not  be  a|)|)roached  nearer  than  half  a  cable's  Icnytli; 
the  channel  between  Monos  and  the  rock  is  very  clean,  witir25  fathoms  water;  and  in 
sailing  through  !.  will  be  best  to  keep  closer  to  the  island  than  to  the  rock.  The  chin 
nel  between  Monos  and  the  coast  is  also  very  clean,  with  4.')  to  50  fathoms  water  in  ilif 
middle  of  it,  arid  nearly  the  same  depth  near  to  the  island,  which  should  be  kept  close  on 
board,  if  any  thing  prevents  running  througli  mid-channel. 

One  mile  and  a  half  to  the  westward  of  Pertigalete  Point  is  Point  Cuanta,  and  iietween 
titem  is  formed  the  Bay  of  Pertigalete,  within  which  there  are  several  islets,  and  a  liiilf 
river  disembogues  into  it.  in  case  of  anchoring  here,  it  will  be  necessary  to  keep  cli'ar 
of  the  west  side  of  Pertigalete  Point,  passing  it  at  a  cable's  length  at  least,  to  avoids 
reef  which  runs  out  from  that  part.  It  is  also  necessary  to  be  c;«  '.il  to  avoid  a  reef  ami 
shoal  from  the  centre  of  the  bay  ;  which  will  be  cleared  by  not  gi,  ting  any  thing  totliei 
westward  of  the  most  easterly  part  of  the  first  islet  to  the  north.  With  this  attention  a  | 
ship  may  be  anchored  nearly  north  from  the  mouth  of  the  littlo  river,  in  4^  fathoms  wa- 
ter, at  about  Ij  cable's  length  from  the  beach  on  the  east  side.  ; 


To  the  V 

between  th 

of  which  11 

J    very  clean 

'^    a  cable's  le 

bles'  lengtl 

cultv  will  b 

'J'lIE  P 

length,  and 

there  is  an 

point,  from 

which  has  i 

This  Morr( 

to  the  main 

length. 

The  dist: 

and  the  coa 

this  tract  o( 

mile  into  tli 

steer  directl 

clean,  and  ii 

go  uito  the  1 

(  water,  sand 

I      The  west 

I  nearer  than 

^  southward  c 

to  the  eastw 

forms  a  larg 

stands  the  C 

for  being  ve 

On  the  CO 

1  several  othe 

;   da  lies  to  thi 

i  than  a  mile 

1  length  to  th( 
N.  E.  and  is 
ward  of  its  e 
bles'  length 
miles,  lies  tl 
extent,  and  ' 
C'himana,  an 
west,  is  the  f 
length,  and  ; 
about  one  ca 
tie  islet  aboi 
point  of  the 
of  a  very  irr 
miles.     To  t 

2  to  the  Great 
I  northward  of 
I  tween  the  twi 
I  extremity  of 

(treat  Chimai 
^  measures  2  n 
Chimana,  abi 
mud;  and  th 
mile  wide,  an 
length  from  I 
the  South  CI 
From  a  rec 
that  these  isl: 
on  the  east  o 
the  West  Ch 
and  their  islet 
80  eligible  for 
gator;  iu  oth< 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


4G5 


Iso  an  excellent  port, 
cable's  length  from 

)e  entered  with  the 
point  of  the  harbor 

stance  of  11  milp,  to 
ince  of  halfa  cabled 
ward  a  distance  o(  .'l 
ji-ming  what  is  rnllei'i 
niunicatini^  with  tlie 
islands  :  the  first  nr 
le  East  Caraca  ;  and 
hose  of  the  isl;iiiil< 
d  Point  Campaiiiim, 
le  S.  W.  part  uUy 
All  the  passages  nr 
lin  land,  are  free  ani 
larrow,  there  is  suill- 

cas,  which  lies  abou; 
Caraca.  It  is  about 
cVi  risk ;  for  in  pii>s. 
r  to  the  latter,  and  in 
ill  clear  it  in  that  di- 

lei  Escarpado  Roxn 
inta  Fe,  which  nir,^ 
;  but  at  the  entrance 
bat  should  not  he  ap- 
gulf  is  from  127  to  1- 

irthward,  and  thpiii- 

is  very  dean,  and  i;- 

VV.  S.  W.,  one  mile 

the  Arapos,  extpnii- 

clean,  except  in  I 

reef  that  unites  them 

s  open,  and  wiiliniii 

two  rocks,  but  the; 

a  little  to  the  south- 
navigable  within  t») 
Punta  Coniona,  a!- 
bay,  with  12  fatlimi' 
is  bay  there  isasanJy 
clean,  except  on  the 
diore. 
length  to  the  north- 
is,  or  (inarararo,  the 
the  north  side  there 
half  a  cable's  length: 
lionis  water:  and  in 
rock.     The  fh;in- 
athoins  water  inllie 
ouldbe  kept  close  OD 

Huanta,  and  lietnoen 
ral  islets,  and  a  liulf 
cessary  to  keep  cifar 
1  at  least,  to  avoids 
il  to  avoid  a  reel' ami 
ling  any  thing  to  the 
VVith  this  attention  a 
,'r,  in  41  fathoms  wa- 


To  the  westward  of  Punta  de  Guanta,  and  three  miles  i;  >iant,  is  Punta  do  Bergantin  : 
between  the  two,  and  about  a  mile  from  the  first,  is  the  littl  bay  of  Guanla,  in  the  mouth 
of  which  lie  several  islets  and  rocks,  with  very  narrow  chiiinels  between  them,  though 
very  clean  and  navigable.  Within  the  bay  there  arc  from  1-')  to  ')  tathoms  water,  at  half 
a  cable's  length  from  the  shore :  at  the  west  front  of  the  bay  a  reef  runs  ofl'  about  -2  ca- 
bles' length ;  but,  by  keeping  over  to  the  eastern  side,  which  is  very  clean,  every  ditfi- 
cultynill  be  avoided. 

THE  PUi\TA  DEL  BERGANTIN  has  a  foul  reef,  which  runs  ofl' about  a  cable's 
length,  and  extends  about  a  mile  to  the  southward.  Ou  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  Point 
there  is  an  islet,  so  very  foul  all  round  as  not  to  leave  u  clear  passage  between  it  and  the 
point,  from  which  the  coast  continues  west,  forming  Bergantin  Bay,  the  southern  side  of 
which  has  a  foul  reef  that  borders  the  coast  westward  as  far  as  the  Alorro  of  Barcelona. 
This  Morro  is  high  land,  lying  nearly  north  and  south  one  mile  in  extent :  and  joined 
to  the  main  land  by  a  very  narrow  isthmus,  or  tongue  of  sand,  rather  more  than  a  mile  in 
length. 

Tlie  distance  between  Punta  del  Bergantin  and  the  Morro  of  Barcelona,  is  4^  miles, 
and  the  coast  inclines  to  the  southward,  forming  a  large  bay  called  Pozuelos  Bay  :  all 
this  tract  of  shore,  which  is  a  sandy  beach  and  very  low  land,  sends  olT  a  shallow  bank  a 
mile  into  the  sea.  Therefore,  in  navigating  on  this  part  of  tlie  coast,  it  is  advisable  to 
steer  directly  from  Bergantin  Point  for  the  north  point  of  the  Morro,  which  is  steep  and 
clean, and  may  be  pcassed  within  a  cable's  length;  or,  should  it  be  thought  |)referable  to 
go  mto  the  bay,  the  lead  umst  be  kept  going,  to  avoid  getting  into  less  than  7i  fathoms 
water,  sandy  bottom. 

The  western  side  of  the  Morro  of  Barcelona  is  foul,  and  ought  not  to  be  approached 
nearer  than 'J  cables'  length:  from  its  north  point  to  Punta  Maurica,  which  is  to  the 
southward  of  it,  the  distance  is  about  4  miles:  the  coast,  a  low  sandy  beach,  rounds  in 
to  the  eastward  ;  and  in  this  part  the  River  of  Barcelo.ni  discharging  itself  into  the  sea, 
forms  a  large  bank  of  sandy  mud.  About  li  mile  inlaii'l,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river, 
stands  the  City  of  Barcelona.  To  anchor  in  the  bay,  the  lead  will  prove  the  best  guide, 
for  being  very  shoal,  each  ship  may  take  a  bertli  suitable  to  its  draught  of  water. 

On  the  coast  from  Cape  Manare,  besides  the  Caraca  Islands  already  noticed,  there  are 
several  others,  called  the  Picudas,  the  Chimanas,  and  the  Bonacha.  The  Great  Picu- 
da  lies  to  the  westward  of  the  west  Caraca,  with  which  it  forms  a  channel  rather  more 
than  a  mile  wide,  free  from  all  danger,  except  a  sunken  rock  that  lies  about  2  cables' 
length  to  the  eastward  of  the  east  point  of  Picuda.  This  Island  lies  about  S.  W.  and 
N.  E.  a.id  is  little  more  than  a  mile  in  length  :  its  shores  are  very  clean:  to  the  north- 
ward of  its  east  extremity  there  are  two  rocks, — the  firat  about  one  and  the  other  .'!  ca- 
bles' length  o(f.  About  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the  (iieat  Picuda,  at  the  distance  of  3j 
miles,  lies  the  second  Picuda, — an  islet  of  a  circular  figure,  about  3  cables'  length  in 
extent,  and  very  clean.  About  .S.  S.  E.  from  it  at  the  ilistaiu  e  of  a  mile,  is  the  East 
Ciiimana,  another  islet  less  than  the  preceding,  and  e(|iially  clean.  Two  miles  further 
west,  is  the  east  point  of  the  second  Chiniana,  whicli  lies  east  and  west  about  1^  mile  in 
length,  and  also  very  clean;  to  the  eastward  of  it  are  two  little  islets,  the  nearest  being 
about  one  cable's  length  otf,  and  the  other  5  cables ;  and  on  the  west  side  is  another  lit- 
tle islet  about  a  cable's  length  distant.  About  S.  W.  2  cables'  length  from  the  west 
point  of  the  second  (^himana,  lies  the  east  point  of  the  (jreat  Chiniana,  which  island  is 
of  a  very  irregular  figure,  and  in  its  greatest  extent,  about  E.  by  S.  and  W.  by  N.  3i 
miles.  To  the  westward  of  it,  about  one  third  of  a  mile,  lies  the  West  Chiniana,  joined 
to  the  Great  Chiniana  by  a  shoal  of  rocks  and  sand,  extending  a  full  half  mile  to  the 
northward  of  the  north  extremity  of  the  (treat  Chimana;  on  this  slioal,  and  midway  be- 
tween the  two  Islands,  there  is  an  islet,  also  another  at  a  short  distance  from  the  west 
extremity  of  the  West  (Jhiinana;  and,  finally,  to  the  southward  of  the  east  part  of  the 
Great  Chimana  lies  the  South  Chimana,  that  in  its  greatest  extent  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W. 
measures  2  miles.  This  island  forms  two  channels:  one  on  the  north  with  the  Great 
Chimana,  about  a  cable  and  a  half  wide,  and  very  clean,  with  a  depth  of  "JO  fathoms,  on 
mud;  and  the  other  to  the  south,  between  the  Island  and  Punta  de!  Bergantin,  half  a 
mile  wide,  and  very  clean  :  in  passing  through  it  the  reef,  which  extends  about  a  cable's 
length  from  Bergantin  Point,  is  the  only  danger  to  bo  avoided.  Between  the  Great  and 
the  South  Chimana,  there  are  several  islets,  all  very  clean. 

From  a  recapitula'iou  of  what  has  been  said  of  the  Picudas  and  Chimanas,  it  appears 
tliat  these  islands  and  their  islets  are  clean  and  steep  to ;  the  only  dangers  being  the  rock 
oil  the  east  of  the  Great  Picuda,  and  the  slioal  in  the  channel  between  the  Great  and 
the  West  Chimana;  consequently  all  the  channels  or  passages  between  these  islands 
aiul  their  islets  are  navigable,  although  some  of  them  from  being  very  narrow,  are  not 
80  eligible  for  large  ships :  this  circumstance,  how  ever,  is  a  matter  of  choice  fur  the  navi- 
gator; iu  other  respects  he  has  uo  hidden  danger  to  guard  against. 

69 


466 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


BORRACHA  ISLAND,  (Drunken  Woman's  Island,)  is  about  3  miles  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  West  Chimana :  it  lies  nearly  north  and  south,  in  which  direction  it  is  rather 
more  than  2  miles  in  length,  and  1};  at  its  greatest  breadth.  All  the  east  and  north  sides 
of  it  are  clean:  but  on  the  N.  W.  a  very  foul  rocky  bank,  with  very  little  water  uti  n, 
extends  to  a  considerable  distance,  having  on  it  several  little  islets;  all  of  which  shoiilil 
be  passed  on  the  outside,  at  '.I  cables'  length  distance  from  the  most  westerly.  From  the 
south  extremity  of  the  island  a  large  sand  bank  runs  off  about  S.  S.  W.  on  which  are 
situated  an  islet  called  Borracha,  near  the  island,  two  small  islets,  called  the  Borrachii(,>. 
at  the  distance  of  two  large  miles  from  tho  Borracha.  They  should  always  be  passed 
on  the  south  side,  at  the  distance  of  3  cables'  length  from  the  southernmost  of  them. 
for  between  them  and  the  Borracha,  as  well  as  between  it  and  the  principal  island,  the 
water  is  very  shallow. 

From  the  anchorage  of  Barcelona  the  coast  trends  to  the  S.  W.  and  westward  forilif 
space  of  32  miles,  to  the  Morro  of  Unare,  which  lies  about  W.  S.  W.  jf  W.  34  niilis 
from  th(i  ^^  -ro  of  Barcelona.  It  thence  inclines  to  the  northward  of  west,  then  N,  \V, 
and  lastly  north  to  Cape  f'odera,  distant  from  the  Morro  of  Unare  .'37  miles  N.  \V.  \,\ 
W.  J  W.  and  from  that  of  Barcelona  85  miles  N.  76°  W. 

The  whole  of  this  coast  is  low  land,  on  which  are  seen  the  Morros  of  Piritu  and.] 
Unare,  distant  7  miles  from  each  other.  The  wato  s  shallow  along  it,  but  it  is  veri 
clean,  and  in  approaching  it  the  lead  will  be  a  suHicitn  guide.  The  two  islands  of  Pi 
ritu  lie  nearly  12  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  anchorage  of  Barcelona,  and  about .;' 
miles  from  the  shore  :  they  lie  nearly  E.  S.  K.  and  W.  N.  W.  are  low  like  the  coast,  iimi 
have  a  reef  extending  a  cable  and  a  half's  length  from  them.  There  is  a  passage  lip- 
tween  the  two  islands,  but  it  is  hazardous  to  attempt  on  account  of  the  reefs  on  e-iri; 
side,  which  leave  a  channel  of  only  2  cables'  length  wide,  with  5)  fathoms  water.  Tlif 
passage  between  the  islands  and  the  main  land  is  free  for  ships  of  any  size;  and  in  goin; 
through  it  there  is  no  necessity  for  any  other  guide  than  the  lead. 

About  due  north  from  the  Morro  of  Roldar,  at  the  N.  W.  point  of  Margarita,  abnr 
40  miles,  lies  the  southeriur.ost  of  seven  islets,  called  the  Hermanos,  or  Brother; 
'vhich  southeriunost,  at  the  distance  of  2  miles  therefrom,  is  called  Pico;  and  from  in 
the  next,  wliicli  is  the  largest  and  called  Orqnilla,  the  distance  is  3  miles :  the  others!/ 
to  the  north  and  N.  N.  W.  of  it:  they  are  all  very  clean  and  steep  to  ;  so  that  there  ar-: 
no  soundings  in  the  passages  between  them. 

BLANCA. — To  the  westward  of  the  northernmost  of  the  Hermanos,  at  the  distanc 
of  7^  miles  lies  the  Island  Blanca,*  or  Blanquilla,  about  6  miles  in  extent  from  north  i 
south,  and  3  from  east  to  west :  it  is  very  flat  and  sterile,  and  the  coasts  are  very  chi: 
except  the  S.  W.  point,  where  there  are  several  ridges  of  rocks  extending  about  .ira 
bles'  length  from  the  shore;  some  parts  of  the  west  side,  and  off  the  north  point,  wher 
there  are  some  foul  rocks  extending  2  cables  from  the  shore.  On  the  N.  W,  [r 
there  is  an  anchorage,  in  from  IH  fathoms  at  a  mile  from  the  shore,  to  6  or  7  at  3  cablf^ 
length  from  it;  all  the  bottom  being  sand.  On  the  west  side  about  half  way,  at  a  cov 
in  the  beach,  there  is  a  Cazimba,  spring,  or  well,  where  fresh  water  may  be  obtained 

TORTUOA. — Westward  from  Margarita,  at  the  distance  of  47  miles,  lies  the  ea;; 
end  of  the  Island  Tortuga,  (Tuitle  Island,)  which  thence  extends  about  12  miles  to  lb 
westward,  and  is  about  !)  miles  at  its  greatest  breadth.  All  the  east  and  N.  E.  sides  art 
very  clear,  except  at  Punta  Delgada,  the  N.  E.  extremity,  where  a  reef  extends  off  abc, 
2  cables'  length:  the  south  side  is  also  clean;  but  at  the  S.  E.  part  are  several  isif' 
The  west  point  of  the  island  is  named  Punta  dc  Arenas,  from  which  to  the  north  poin 
called  Punta  Norte,  there  are  so  many  banks,  that  it  will  be  necessary  to  keep  the  le^: 
going  while  passing  that  space.  On  this  side  there  is,  first,  Anguila  Key,  lying  about  haj 
a  mile  from  the  shore,  the  intermediate  channel  being  very  foul  with  reefs  ;  second,  (avi 
Herradura,  or  Horse-shore  Key,  forming,  with  the  coast,  a  channel  of  one  mile  v  idf. 
but  too  dangerous  to  be  attempted  by  large  ships;  from  the  N.  E.  point  of  this  Kev. 
ridge  of  rocks  extends  about  2^  cables'  length  eastward  ;  thirdly,  the  Tortnguillos  Kf}' 
two  in  number,  entirely  surrounded  by  a  bank,  with  little  water  on  it.  The  anchoras;' 
at  this  island  is  between  the  Tortuguillos  and  its  coast:  it  may  be  entered  from  thp '^ 
W.  or  from  the  north,  through  the  chnnnel  formed  by  the  Tortuguillos  and  Herradiin 
Key.  At  the  anchorage,  and  in  all  the  channels,  the  greatest  depth  of  water  is  frorn'j 
to  7J  fathoms,  with  sandy  bottom  in  the  middle.  In  going  in  the  only  care  required  i- 
not  to  get  into  a  less  depth  than  6j  fathoms. 


.?K. 


«  Mr.  AV.  Wuddy,  Master  of  His  Majesty's  Ship  L'Aimable,  in  his  remarks  says,  "  This  isH' 
appears  low,  with  white  clifTs.     You  may  sail  round  it  without  the  least  dnngrr,  and  niayanr' 
in  the  depth  of  8  or  9  fathoms  in  Danipier's  Bay,  havinp:  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  island  benrinc  •'* 
j  E.  about  the  distance  of  a  mile  :  the  ground  is  a  white  sandy  ooze.     The  current  sets  rcg'j:i 
from  E.  to  West."— March  9, 1796. 


Discriplioil 


CAPE  ( 

to  the  norf 
at  half  a  ca 
west  side  tli 
liav  ;  to  en 
to  which  till 
wiieri'ver  tii 
length  from 
treniity  of  tl 
to  the  westH 
from  the  sin 
rock  close  t( 
From  L'a 
west  many 
pears  like  a 
where  there 
depth. 

From  Poi 
miles  to  Poi 
the  eastern  e 
a  reef,  whid 
Chusi)a;  for 
The  and) 
point  of  the 
River  Chusj 
length  from  I 
From  the 
mile  to  Point 
stands  the  to 
clean,  and  th( 
Point  Curuai 
so  to  la  Pun 
about  a  cable 
tween  the  tw 
north  of  it  lie 
est  extent  is; 
lal  depth  on 
than  3  ;  for  w 
age  of  Chus] 
Ciiuspa,  ther 
cleared,  by  tf 
crossing  the  i 
From  Poin 
miles  to  the  ? 
at  half  a  mile 
TME  POI 
on  this  roast; 
coast,  with  a 
the  west ;  (or 
f'Ts;  and  the 
•*i;a.     To  pre 

i      •  About  3  mi 

,|  bay  of  tliat  nnr 

■f  pipes  or  spouts, 

^  and  tlie  soundi 

villaRp,  keep  th 

cocoa-nut  tree, 

;       Thorr  is  a  de 

4   ''"'  villaern,  clos 

I  breadth  open  of 

W,lson,  1819. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


467 


!  miles  to  the  west- 
lirection  it  is  rather 
east  and  norili  sidts 
y  little  water  on  it. 
ill  of  which  shoulil 
■esteriy.  From  the 
S.  W.  on  which  are 
led  the  Borrachito?. 
lid  always  be  passed 
tliernniost  of  thein, 
principal  island,  ilie 

ind  westward  fortbf 
;.  W.  if  W.  :j4  nii'ts 
of  west,  then  N.  W, 
I  57  miles  N.  W.  bv 

ros  of  Piritu  and  of 
ong  it,  but  it  is  vert 
le  two  islands  of  Pi 
dona,  and  about  '■>'. 
3w  like  the  coast,  iino 
here  is  a  passage  be- 
of  the  reefs  on  r-ith 
Fathoms  water.  Tbf 
ly  size ;  and  in  goin; 

:  of  Margarita,  aboii' 
nianos,  or  Brother* 
Pico  ;  and  from  it! 
miles  :  the  others i- 
I  to  ;  so  that  there  a.'- 

nanos,  at  the  distnnc 

extent  from  northi' 
;oasts  are  very  cleat 
xtending  about  lira 
le  north  point,  wher 

On  the  N.  W.  lar: 
,  to  6  or  7  at  .T  cable> 
it  half  way,  at  a  ccc 

r  may  be  obtained. 
47  miles,  lies  the  ea-; 

about  12  miles  to  it 

t  and  N.  E.  sides  ar* 
reef  extends  otl'abo; 

art  are  several  islf- 

h  to  the  north  poir. 

isary  to  keep  the  lea: 

Key,  lying  about  haJ 
reefs ;  second,  Cav' 

lel   of  one  mile  ^ id'' 
point  of  this  Kev.  i 

le  Tortuguiiios  l\>v<. 

n  it.     The  anchoras* 
entered   from  th'"  - 

uillos  and  Herradun 
1  of  water  is  from'i 

only  care  required  i; 


rks  snvf",  "  This  iflsrt 


Description  of  the  Coast  of  Caracas  and  the  Frontier  Islands  from  Cape  Codera  to  Cape 

iS<.  Roman, 

CAPE  CODERA,  a  place  well  known  on  this  coast,  is  a  very  round  morro,  or  hill, 
to  the  north  of  which  about  a  mile,  a  tongue  of  low  land  projects,  and  is  so  clean  that 
at  half  a  cable's  length  from  it  there  are  'J  fathoms  water,  on  sandy  bottom.  On  the 
west  side  this  tongue  forms  a  very  fine  anchorage,  named  Puerto  Corsarios,  or  Privateer's 
liav  ;  to  enter  which  it  is  only  necessary  to  double  the  west  point  of  the  tongue,  close 
to  which  there  is  a  farallon,  or  rock,  and  anchor  so  soon  as  there  is  shelter  from  the  wind, 
wherever  the  depth  of  water  may  be  suitable;  with  an  understanding,  that  at  two  cables' 
length  fron)  the  shore  there  are  7  fathoms  water,  on  sandy  bottom.  At  the  south  cx- 
trermtv  of  the  bay,  the  coast,  for  a  space  of  about  IJ  cables'  length,  is  a  low  swampy  beach, 
to  the  westward  of  which  it  is  foul,  with  a  reef  stretching  about  half  a  cable's  length 
fioin  the  shore.  Tlie  west  point  of  the  bay,  named  Caracoles,  has  on  the  north  side  a 
rock  close  to  it,  from  which  a  reef  extends  about  a  cable's  length. 

From  Cape  Codera  the  high  mountains  of  ('aracas  are  visible,  extending  east  and 
west  many  leagues.  Nearly  14  miles  N.  J  W.  from  the  Cape  lies  an  islet,  which  ap- 
pears like  a  ship  under  sail:  it  is  very  clean,  except  about  a  musket  shot  to  the  north, 
where  there  are  two  sunken  rocks,  having  between  them  and  the  islet  a  chatmel  of  great 
depth. 

From  Point  Caracoles,  the  coast  runs  in  the  direction  of  W.  N.  W.  a  distance  of  9.} 
miles  to  Poi"-:  Maspa,  whence  it  trends  W.  by  S.  "J,',  miles,  to  Point  ('huspa,  which  ia 
the  eastern  ex. temity  of  an  anchorage  of  the  same  name.  All  this  space  is  bordered  by 
a  reef,  which  extemls  one  mile  northward  from  Point  Maspa  and  terminates  at  Point 
Chuspa;  for  this  reason  it  should  not  be  coasted  at  a  less  distance  than  2  miles. 

The  anchorage  of  Chuspa  is  excellent :  from  the  Point  Chuspa,  which  is  the  N.  E. 
point  of  the  bay,  the  coast  runs  about  S.  W.  fur  a  mile  and  a  half,  to  the  mouth  of  the 
River  Chuspa,  on  the  cast  bank  of  which  stands  the  town  of  Chuspa,  about  2  cables' 
length  from  the  beach. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  river  the  coast  rounds  to  the  westward  for  tlie  distance  of  1,1 
mile  to  Point  Curuau ;  to  the  southward  of  which,  at  about  one  third  of  a  mile  inland, 
stands  the  town  of  Curuau.  From  Point  Chuspa  to  that  of  Curuau  all  the  shore  is  very 
clean,  and  the  only  guide  retiiiired  for  entering  the  anchorage  will  be  the  lead  ;  but  from 
Point  Curuau  the  rcjast  is  very  foul  with  a  reef  extending  2  cables  otf,  and  continuing 
so  to  la  Punta  del  Frayle,  (Friar's  Point,)  with  a  farallon,  or  rock  of  the  same  name, 
about  a  cable's  length  from  it.  This  point  is  nearly  4  miles  from  Point  Curuau;  be- 
tween the  two  jjoints  there  is  a  projection  to  the  north,  called  de  Sabana ;  and  to  the 
north  of  it  lies  a  bank,  the  south  edge  of  w  hicli  is  about  a  mile  from  the  sliore  :  its  great- 
est extent  is  about  a  tnile  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.on  rocky  bottom  ;  and  although  the  gene- 
ral depth  on  it  is  from  8  to  4\  fathoms,  in  some  places  there  are  only  3'^,  and  even  less 
than  3  ;  for  which  reason  it  should  be  c  arefnlly  avoided.  It  lies  Smiles  from  the  anchor- 
age of  Chuspa;  and  as  in  fetching  that  place  it  will  be  necessary  to  pass  near  to  Point 
Chuspa,  there  can  be  hut  little  risk  in  a])i)roacliing  it;  it  will,  however,  be  entirely 
cleared,  by  taking  care  to  be  to  the  northward  of  the  parallel  of  Point  (-'huspa,  before 
crossing  the  meridian  of  Curuau. 

Kroirt  Point  del  Fiayle  the  direction  of  the  coast  is  S.  fG-  W.  for  the  distance  of  SQJt 
miles  <«)  the  anchorage  of  La  (iiiayra,*  on  every  part  of  which  a  ship  may  be  anchored 
at  half  a  mile,  or  even  at  a  mnsket  shot's  flistance,  from  the  shore. 

THE  PORT  OF  LA  (JUAVHA,  with  respect  to  its  commerce,  is  the  principal  one 
on  this  coast:  it  cannot  properly  be  called  either  a  liarbor  or  a  roadstead,  but  a  continued 
coast,  with  a  little  sinuosity  b(>tween  Point  Carabellera  on  the  east,  and  Cape  Blanco  io 
the  west ;  ronsetjuently,  it  afVords  no  shelter  from  winds  in  the  N.  E.  and  N.  W.  quar- 
ters; and  the  trade  wind  from  the  eastward,  which  constantly  prevails,  sends  in  a  heavy 
sea.     To  prevent  ships  from  thwarting   the  sea  when  the  wind  subsides,  or  falls  calm, 


Inngrr,  and  may  and 
)f  the  island  bennnc  -^ 
'ho  current  sets  rcgul»: 


•  About  3  iiiiles  to  the  enstwnrd  of  I,n  Ciiiayra,  in  the  little  villnirc  of  i\Incuto.  .litunted  in  n  smnll 
bay  of  that  name,  and  is  an  rxeellent  place  for  waierinR.  Tiic  water  is  procured  from  three  iron 
pipes  or  spouts,  distant  about  84  feet  from  the  beach.  There  is  good  anebornt'e  nil  over  the  bay, 
and  the  soundings  are  very  regular  in  npproachitur  the  wnterin?  plnec.  (In  troin"'  in  towards  the 
villagp,  keep  the  watering  place  in  a  line  with  the  N.  W.  corner  of  the  chu|)cl,  and  tlie  highest 
cocoa-nut  tree,  over  the  east  angle  of  the  I'ort  west  of  the  village. 

There  is  a  depth  of  20  fathoms  at  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  with  a  street  of 
the  village,  close  by  the  watering  place,  open  or  end  on;  and  the  easternriio«t  point  about  a  sail's 
breadth  open  of  the  point  to  thu  westward  ol  it.  lleuiark  book  of  U.  M.  S.  .iuhsbury,  Captain  Joha 
Wilson,  1819. 


468 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


they  am  gcnprnlly  moored  with  a  cal)le  astorn  to  the  wf stwaid  :  the  bottom  is  good  holij. 
ing  ground,  and  at  a  cal)le"s  length  from  the  shore  there  are  nearly  .'{  fathoms  water.  In 
this  anchorage,  it  is  seldom  tliat  any  other  wind  thr.n  the  trade  is  experienced,  whiih, 
however,  sometimes,  for  short  intervals,  does  veer  to  the  west ;  in  which  case,  the  posi- 
tion of  the  ship  should  be  changed,  and  her  head  placed  to  the  westward:  there  are  ^p|. 
dom  any  land  winds,  but  there  are  squalls  from  the  S.  K.  during  the  rainy  season.  Al- 
though, from  the  nature  of  its  locality.  La  Guayra  cannot  be  considered  as  a  port  orim 
anchorage,  yet,  from  the  nature  of  the  climate,  it  is  both,  in  which  with  tVesh,  or  indent 
with  hard  gales,  ships  at  anchor  are  not  exposed  to  danger.*  Ships  from  sea  bound  to 
the  anchorage  of  Laguayra,  will  have  a  good  mark  in  a  very  high  and  steep  peak,  callfd 
the  Peak  of  Cares,  situated  about  9  iniles  inland,  and  20  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the 
anchorage.  At  about  10  miles  to  the  westward  of  this  peak  is  another  called  the  ppat 
of  Niguatar ;  and  thence  a  range  of  mountains  extending  towards  Laguayra,  ainmiJ 
which  the  Silla  de  Caracas,  (Saddle  of  Caracas,)  and  Mount  Avila  may  be  very  well  di.- 
tinguished ;  the  latter  being  about  2  miles  inland,  and  nearly  on  the  meridian  of  the  an- 
chorage.  It  is  advisable  to  make  the  land  well  to  windward  ;  there  will  then  be  no  dan- 
ger in  tunning  down  to  the  anchorage.  Cables  are  sometimes  injured  here  by  some  an- 
chors lost  by  tite  English  in  one  of  their  expeditions  against  this  place. 

From  the  anchorage  of  La  Guayra  the  coast  first  runs  west  for  the  distance  of  six 
miles,  and  thence  west  by  south  twenty  and  a  half  miles,  to  the  little  harbor  of  (.Vnz, 
and  is  sufficiently  clean  to  be  run  down  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  This  port  is  a  small 
indent  in  the  coast,  with  an  entrance  about  one  and  a  half  cable's  length  wide,  and  two 
cables  in  extent  inward  ;  very  clean,  f"oi  't  half  a  shi|)'s  length  from  the  coast,  all  round. 
there  are  4^  fathoms  water.  At  its  south  extremity  a  little  river  discharges  its  water; 
and  off  its  eastern  point,  called  Point  la  Cruz,  there  is  a  rock  close  to  it.  Were  it  oi 
greater  capacity,  this  anchorage  would  be  excellent,  but  it  is  so  small  as  to  be  eligible 
for  small  vessels  only. 

From  Port  la  Cruz  the  coast  trends  S.  P2°  W.,  a  distance  of  2.3  miles,  to  the  Bayci 
Cata.  It  is  all  very  clean  and  may  be  approached  with  safety  to  the  distance  of  a  milf. 
or  less.  About  2  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  this  bay,  and  5  miles  inland,  will  be  siea 
Monte  de  la  Meseta,  (Table  Mountain,)  and  at  about  the  same  distance  inland,  on  ths 
meridian  of  Cata,  anotlier,  called  Mount  Ocumare.  These  will  serve  as  marks  fortakiii,' 
Cata  Bay,  or  the  anchorage  of  Ocumare,  which  is  farther  to  the  westward. 

Cata  Bay  is  half  a  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  about  as  much  in  depth.  At  the 
eastern  point  there  is  an  islet  lying  almost  close  to  it;  and  from  this  point  the  shore 
trends  to  the  south  to  the  extremity  of  the  bay,  where  a  river  falls  into  it,  throwing  up  a 
bank,  with  little  water  on  it,  which  extends  almost  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore, 
Every  other  part  of  the  bay  is  clean,  with  a  depth  of  water  from  25  to  4^  fathoms,  abou: 
1|  cable's  length  from  tlie  beach. 

Two  thirds  of  a  mile  westward  from  the  west  point  of  Cata  Bay  is  the  eastern  point  oi 
the  Bay  of  Ocumare,  in  which  there  is  very  good  anchorage.  An  islet  lies  off  the  pk 
point,  in  a  N.  W.  direction,  forming  with  it  a  strait,  or  channel,  of  about  half  a  cable'- 
length  wide,  very  clean,  and  with  a  depth  not  less  than  6  fathoms.  In  taking  the  anchor- 
age in  this  bay,  pass  close  to  the  islet,  and  steer  to  the  south  until  shelter  is  obtainei 
from  the  wind  ;  then  anchor  in  6  or  G~  fathoms,  on  sand,  at  about  a  cable's  lenath.nr; 
litt'.a  more,  southward  of  the  islet.  The  bay  has  many  banks  in  it,  but  the  lead  is; 
good  guide.  Care  must  however  be  taken  ;  for  as  the  anchorage  narrows  to  the  «ou!li- 
ward,  a  large  ship  may  possibly  touch  the  ground,  unless  attention  be  paid  to  luff  ami 
stop  her  headway  in  time.  A  river  falls  into  this  bay  to  the  southward  of  the  islet,  hav- 
ing on  its  banks  a  few  fishermen's  huts. 

Two  iniles  and  a  half  westward  from  the  islet  of  Ocumare  lies  the  east  y)oint  of  a  bay. 
called  Cienega  de  Ocumare,  (the  Bog  or  Quagmire  of  Ocumare,)  which  is,  in  fact,  m 
more  than  a  swampy  opening  in  the  land,  and  which,  between  shoals  of  a  ree(,  \m  i 
channel  of  12  to  4j  fathoms  water.     The  west  point  of  this  bay  is  formed  by  an  isolate. 

*  Captain  F.  Chnmir  says,  "  La  Guayra  cannot  be  called  any  thing  else  than  a  dangerous  roac 
Btead  ;  but  as  tbe  trade  wind  blows  rif^ht  siong  shore,  by  be'ng  prepared,  a  ship  may  always cIpi: 
the  land.  The  town  and  fortifications,  which  nmy  be  distinguished  at  a  long  distance,  mark 'sf 
anchorage  ;  the  former  Iv  ariiifr  P.  by  E.,  in  a  deptii  of  10  fathoms,  at  1^  mile  from  tbe  shore,  iss' 
secure  as  any  other.  The  Rollers  are  very  heavy,  and  oftentimes  it  is  dangerous  to  attempt  lana- 
ing.  The  ground  is  very  bad  for  holding,  and  in  a  good  strong  sea  breeze  you  may  expect  to  brm; 
your  anchors  honio." 

Cant.  G.  G.  Lennock,  in  his  remarks  on  this  place,  observes  that,  "  although  during  the  hurrica'if 
of  1815,  at  the  Leeward  Islands,  they  did  not  experience  any  wind  here,  yet  there  was  a  verylifs-- 
vy  swell  at  the  anchorafrc,  which  drove  the  vessels  from  their  anchors  on  shore,  and  dashed  then 
to  pieces  against  the  rocks." 


morro  that 
coastiiii;  ve^ 
One  mile 
mo,  which 
points  it  is ; 
entrance  to 
is  from  25  ( 
tending  off 
cable's  leng 
River  Turia 
in  a  .\.  W. 
From  the 
This  part  o 
There  are  vi 
sailing  by  oi 
Plan  of  "the 
islands.* 

Porto  Cal 
with  inangrc 
largest  size  i 
from  them, 
chorage,  in  \ 
in  4.'   fathoii 
berth  is  abot 
11  or  12  fatl 
careened,  an 
proceeds  to 
sary,  and  tak 
to  complete 
Arc,  althoug 
it  may  be  nei 
prejudicial, 
the  harbor,  t 
perance,  occt 
of  which  are 
The  coast 
Tucacas,  or 
islets.     With 
rope  should  1 
cacas,  the  no 
Cabello  :  the 
until  they  are 
the  point,  in 
Point  Tuci 
jects  out  froiT 
mile  in  lengt 
there  is  a  clia 
it,  it  is  dange 
N.  E.  side  of 
approached  at 
of  the  most  nc 
foul,  with  a  n 


*  h  appears  1 
good  and  spncii 
miles  to  windvv! 
water.  You  ni 
the  best  passage 
order  to  take  a  h 

The  Valorou: 
Long  Island  be 
east,  and  the  f'oi 
good  place  to  g^ 
leeward. 

It  is  necessai 
v^estcndofLoDi 


blunt's  americax  coast  pilot. 


4G9 


ttom  is  good  hnh\. 
athoms  water.  In 
tperienced,  which, 
ich  case,  the  pnsi- 
ard :  there  are  nf  |. 
rainy  season.  Al- 
!red  as  a  port  or  ;iii 
ith  fresh,  nr  inderd 
from  sea  bound  u, 
1  steep  peak,  cnileil 
he  eastward  of  the 
ler  called  the  Peak 
Lajruayra,  ainniij 
ay  be  very  well  (h,. 
meridian  of  thf  an- 
vill  then  be  no  diii- 
id  here  by  some  ai,- 
e. 

the  distance  of  sis 
ttle  harbor  of  Cruz, 
This  port  is  a  small 
jngth  wide,  and  two 
the  coast,  all  round. 
ischarges  its  water; 
;  to  it.  Were  it  oi 
lall  as  to  be  eligiLIc 

miles,  to  the  Bay  oi 
B  distance  of  a  mile, 
inland,  will  be  am 
stance  inland,  onife 
e  as  marks  fortakliu 
■stward. 

;h  in  depth.  At  the 
his  point  the  shore 
ito  it,  throwing  up  a 
nrth  from  the  shore, 
to  4^  fathoms,  abot: 

the  eastern  point  ol 
slet  lies  olV  the  eis; 
about  half  a  cable's 
n  taking  the  anchor- 
shelter  is  obtniiieii 
cable's  lenath.nr- 
it,  but  the  lead  is-: 
arrows  to  the  foulli' 
be  ))aid  to  luff  aiii 
vard  of  the  islet,  hat- 
east  point  of  a  bay 
which  is,  in  fact,  iic 
oals  of  a  reef,  ha*  2 
brraed  by  an  isoiateo 

than  a  danfrerous  rosil 
ship  may  always  cte 

)ng  distance,  mark'r.^j 
le  from  the  shore, 

gerous  to  aticiupt  In^l 

■ou  may  expect  to  br.  ' 

gh  during  the  hurrica- 
n  there  was  n  veryli'S' 
hore,  and  dashed  thti 


ninrro  that  rises  on  the  low  land.  The  anchorage  is  very  bad,  and  fit  only  for  small 
co.istini;  vessels. 

One  mile  and  a  half  to  the  westward  of  the  Morro  of  Cienega  is  the  Harbor  of  Turia- 
mi),  which  is  excellent,  and  capal)le  of  receiving  every  class  of  .ships.  At  the  exterior 
points  it  is  abo\it  a  mile  broad,  but  decrt^ases  inwards  to  two  thirds  of  a  mile.  From  the 
entrance  to  its  sonth  extremity  is  alxiut  two  miles,  and  thei^'cneral  depth  in  mid-channel 
is  from  'J.'i  to  18  fathoms,  on  mud  and  s:ind.  All  its  shores  are  bordered  by  a  reef,  ex- 
tendi"? oir  about  one  third  of  a  cable  :  therefore,  by  not  ajiproaching  nearer  than  half  a 
cable's  length,  all  danger  will  be  avoided.  At  the  farther  cxfn  inity  of  the  harbor  the 
River  Tnriaino  discharges  itself  on  a  sandy  beach.  Olf  the  east  point,  at  a  cable's  length 
in  a  N.  W.  direction,  lies  Turiamo  Islet. 

From  the  Harbor  of  Turiamo  westward,  at  the  distance  of  9  miles,  is  I'orto  Cabello. 
This  part  of  the  shore  is  very  clean,  and  may  be  coasted  at  the  distance  of  a  mile. 
There  are  various  detached  islands  lying  olVit  to  the  eastward  of  Porto  Cabello  ;  and  for 
sailinc  by  or  between  them,  sufficient  information  will  be  obtained  by  inspecting  the 
Plan  of  the  Port,  published  at  the  Hydrographical  Office,  which  includes  all  these 
islands.*  • 

Porto  Cabello  is  a  channel  formed  by  several  islets  and  tongues  of  low  land,  covered 
with  mangroves.  Ships  desirous  of  entering  must  lie  waiped  into  it;  and  those  of  the- 
largest  size  may  be  made  fast  to  the  mole,  not  re(|niring  even  the  use  of  a  plank  to  land 
from  them.  The  mouth  of  this  channel  opens  into  a  spacious  bay,  with  excellent  an- 
chorage, in  10  to  12  fathoms,  sandy  mud,  and  well  slielteied  from  (he  trade  wind.  ]5eing 
in  4,'j  fathoms  will  be  near  enough  to  the  beach,  which  is  rocky  and  foul.  The  best 
berth  is  about  west  from  the  harbor's  mouth,  at  the  distance  of  ;5  or  4  cables'  length,  in 
11  or  12  fathoms.  In  this  harlior  all  Spanish  merchant  ships  that  go  to  La  (iuayra  are 
careened,  and  winter.  Each  ship,  so  soon  as  she  has  delivered  her  cargo  at  La  (»uayra, 
proceeds  to  Porto  Cabello  for  greater  security,  to  receive  such  repairs  as  may  be  neces- 
sary, and  lake  in  jiart  of  the  homeward  bound  cargo.  She  then  returns  to  La  (niayra 
to  complete  her  lading.  At  Porto  Cabello  there  is  always  a  body  of  good  shipwrights, 
Arc,  although  it  is  not  very  numerous.  Ships  of  war  should  only  enter  the  harbor  when 
it  may  be  necessary  to  careen  them  :  for  other  ])urposes  it  is  not  only  useless,  but  it  is 
prejudicial.  They  should  therefore  always  remain  in  the  bay;  for  the  excessive  heat  in 
the  harbor,  the  mangroves  with  which  it  is  surrounded,  added  to  any  degree  of  intem- 
perance, occasion  almost  immediate  attacks  of  putrid  fevers  and  the  black  vomit,  both 
of  which  are  very  fatal  to  Europeans. 

The  coast  to  leeward,  or  to  the  westwanl  of  Porto  Cabello,  forms  a  great  bay,  called 
Tucacas,  or  the  Gulf  of  Triste,  (Doleful  or  Dreary  Gulf,)  in  which  there  are  several 
islets.  With  the  trade  wind  it  is  a  lee  shore,  and  rather  dangerous.  Shijis  from  Eu- 
rope should  keep  clear  of  it.  as  there  can  be  no  inducement  to  take  them  in.  Point  Tu- 
cacas, the  north  point  of  this  gulf,  bears  N.  2.S°  W.,  2.5  miles  from  the  mouth  of  Porto 
Cabello  :  therefore  vessels  bound  westward  from  that  port  shouhl  stpcr  about  N.  by  W. 
until  they  are  abreast  of  Point  Tucacas,  or  N.  N.  W.  if  they  intend  to  keep  close  in  with 
the  point,  in  order  to  take  the  anchorage  at  it,  c;,11ed  Chichiriviclie. 

Point  Tucacas  is  formed  by  a  !ow  swampy  lan-i,  covered  with  mancroves,  which  pro- 
jects out  from  the  high  land  about  a  mile,  f  )n  the  east  side  of  it  there  is  a  key,  about  a 
mile  in  length  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.,  called  Sombrero,  between  which  and  the  coast 
there  is  a  channel  barely  half  a  mile  wide  ;  and  although  there  are  11  fathoms  water  in 
it,  it  is  dangerous  from  shi-als,  and  the  reefs  extending  from  the  coast.  A  key  on  the 
N.  E.  side  of  it  is  also  surrounded  by  a  reef  of  two  cables'  breadth,  which  should  not  be 
approached  at  less  than  a  mile  distant.  From  Point  Tucacas.  which  is  to  the  westward 
of  the  most  northerly  part  of  Sombrero  Key,  the  coast  runs  about  N.  W.  It  is  low  and 
foul,  with  a  reef  half  a  mile  broad,  which  extends  so  far  as  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  of 


*  It  appears  by  the  remarks  of  Captain  James  Murray,  of  H.  M.  ship  V'alorous,  that  there  is  a  very 
good  and  spacious  anchoratre  between  Isia  Lnrira.  or  Long  Island,  and  the  main,  and  about  3  j 
miles  to  windward  of  Porto  Cabello.  There  is  plenty  of  room  for  a  large  Heel,  in  10  or  12  fathoms 
water.  You  may  sail  into,  or  out  from,  this  anchorage,  through  between  any  of  the  islands  ;  hut 
the  best  passage  is  considered  to  he  round  the  east  end  of  Long  Island,  between  it  and  the  main,  in 
order  to  take  a.  berth  well  to  windward. 

The  Valorous  anchored  here  on  February  27,  182.1,  in  eleven  fathoms,  with  the  S.  \V.  end  of 
Long  Island  bearing  N.  N.  W.  by  eom[)nsH,  distant  two  cables'  length  ;  the  east  end  of  the  island 
east,  and  the  fort  on  the  hill  above  Porto  Cabello  W,  S.  W.,  distant  3  or  4  miles.  This  is  a  very 
good  place  to  get  wood ;  and  fresh  water  may  be  procured  from  the  river  on  the  mam  a  little  to 
leeward. 

It  is  necessary  to  be  cautious  of  u  shoal  that  lies  about  a  cable's  length  to  the  southward  of  tho 
west  end  of  Long  Island. 


470 


BLUm's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Cliichiriviclie,  disiiuit  ;j  miles  iVoiii  the  point.  Tliis  harijor  is  formed  by  low  lands  frv. 
vered  witli  luaiuiiovfs,  and  altliounh  well  shi-ltfied  from  nil  winds,  with  6i  fathoms, 
uood  lioldiiijt:  };roiind,  tlic  cuiraiut;  to  it  is  a  little  dillicult  on  arcount  of  shoals  and  reels, 
The  east  point,  railed  ( 'liitliinviche,  prescnls  a  front  of  rather  more  than  a  mile  in 
len'jlh,  Irom  wliich  a  reel' runs  oil'  aljoul  three  ealdes'  lenulh,  iiaving  on  it  several  islits 
tliat  must  he  passed  on  the  outside.  To  the  north  of  these  tliere  is  a  key,  called  i'er;i/,;i, 
with  a  foul  reef  all  around  it,  halfa(;ai»le  hroad.  'J'his  key,  and  the  islands  off  the  point, 
I'orm  a  channel  two  eahles'  lenmlh  wide,  with  upwards  of  7  fathoms  water.  To  the  \\v>,\. 
ward  of  I'era/a  Kt'v  lies  another,  called  rhirhiriviehe  Key,  lari;er  than  the  former,  ainl 
*dso  surrounded  iiv  a  reel  of  a  caldc's  ienijlh  hroad.  J?etween  these  two  there  is  a  <  Inm. 
nel  rather  mure  ihaii  two  ealiles'  length  wide,  with  0  and  7  fathoms  water  in  it.  'i'o  tli,; 
west  of  (Jhiehiriviehe  Key  lies  the  west  point  of  the  harhor,  fonuiuf;  between  them  a 
channel  of 'J',  ealdes'  !eui;ili  wide,  with  5-^;,  d,  and  7;'t  fathoms.  Tlierc  are,  however.  t«o 
ishoals  in  it,  withoidy  -'  I'aihoms  water  over  them.  At  half  a  mile  north  from  Chichirividi- 
Key,  there  is  a  larjie  one.  eailed  Salt  Key,  from  the  salterns  in  it.  This  key  is  ;i|,o 
•surrounded  hy  a  reef,  jiearly  a  cable's  leiif^th  broad,  ex(.'ept  on  the  S.  W.  part.  FinaJK, 
about  N.  by  K.,  at  the  distance  of  1,',  mih;  from  Sail  Key,  lies  Jiorracho  Key,  wliidi  is 
very  foul,  with  a  reef  exlendiui;  half  auule  from  the  N.  E.  and  S.  points  of  it.  All  tins 
part  of  the  sea  just  deseribcd  is  of  so  reiruiara  bottom,  that  at  somewhat  more  tliaii  (u/c 
lialf  a  mile  from  the  coast  there  are  (>,',  falhmns,  which  depth  contitmcs  so  far  as  'j  miks 
north  of  Jiorracho  Key,  where  there  are  14  fathoms,  on  sandy  mu<l.  To  enter  this  li;,r. 
bor,  observe  that  on  gettina  abreast  of  the  noriheriuuost  part  of  Sombrero  Key,  whicii 
tihould  always  be  passed  on  ils  outside,  place  the  ship's  head  toward  I'eraza  Key,  mid  i,ii 
approachiuif  it  steer  west,  so  as  to  pass  in  the  middle  of  the  strait  between  it  and  theisjpn 
oH"  the  point,  until  I'er.iza  Key  bears  N.  K.  by  K.,  and  then  S.  W.  by  W.,  edgiiic;  to- 
wards the  south,  so  soon  as  the  largest  islet  oil' Point  Chichiriviche  bears  east;  tlicnip 
run  under  shelter  of  the  point,  luffina;  uj)  to  S.  S.  E.  and  there  anchor  in  6^  fatlioms 
iniul.  The  plan  of  this  hariior  will  show  all  that  is  necessary  to  be  done,  either  in  goin« 
in  or  comin;j;  out. 

From  the  Harbor  of  Chieliiriviehe,  the  diicf  lion  of  ihe  coast  is  N.  N.  W.  J  \V.  Inr 
the  distance  of  It^  miles,  to  I'oint  St.  .luan  :  the  ground  in  all  tliat  tract  is  so  regular,  tii;it 
at  the  distance  of  4  miles,  there  are  only  14  fathoms  water:  tlie  only  danger  is  a  small 
~shoiil,  called  I^a  Piraijua,  lyinir  ofV  a  little  point,  named  Manatie,  about  four  and  a  (juaiti'r 
miles  before  arrivinji  at  J'oint  St.  .luan  :  it  does  not,  however,  extend  more  than  a  iinle 
from  the  shore. 

Point  St.  .luan  forms,  on  its  west  side,  aIarc;o  bay,  but  so  shallow,  that  at  a  mile  fromiiie 
beach,  there  are  no  more  than  .T.V  fathoms  water.  N.  W.  of  the  ])oint  tliere  are  two 
Keys  ;  the  (Irst,  half  a  mile  distant."  called  St.  .1  nan's  Key  :  and  the  second,  nearly  -2  iiiilo 
farther,  named  the  \.  W.  Key.  On  the  X.  W.  side  of  Point  St.  Juan,  a  reef  stretcliesiiir 
about  ','  cai)les'  |eii,tj;tli;  and  the  Key  of  St.  .luan  is  surrounded  by  another  about  half lliiii 
breadth.  '^J'he  N.  W.  Key  is  also  surrounded  by  a  reef  that  extends  out  about  half  a  mile 
from  its  .S.  K.  point,  havin;^  on  it  several  keys  and  islets.  'J'he  anchoraae  is  to  the  S^. 
AV^.  of  St.  .1  nan's  Key:  in  order  to  take  it,  it  will  be  necessary  to  |)ass  to  the  ntM'thwuni 
and  westward  of  that  Iv'ey,  and  an(  hor  in  any  dei'lli  of  water  suitable  to  the  ship's  (baii;;li; 
It  is  directed  to  pass  outside  of  .St.  .luan's  Key,  because  the  ehamiel  formed  belwecn ;; 
and  the  I'oint  is  elijiible  for  small  vessels  only;  not  alone  from  its  narrowness  ami  the 
foulness  of  the  reef,  but  becaiise  the  greatest  depth  of  water  is  only  .'5|  fathoms. 

From  Point  St.  .Fuaii  the  direction  of  the  coast  is  about  \.  t)t)°  W.  for  tlie  distance  of 
19  miles,  to  Point  Ube.o,  the  whoh?  space  beina  clean,  and  the  depths  regular;  but  tliere 
is  a  farallon,  or  rock,  lying  near  a  rocky  or  clilfy  part  of  the  shore,  about  H  miles  iVwii 
Point  St.  .luan,  called  Penon  del  Soldado.  On  the  west  side  of  Point  Ubero  there  isa 
hav,  but  being  very  shallow,  it  sciucely  affords  any  shelter  for  large  shijis,  from  the  Tnnle 
Wind.  About  N.  N.  \V.  one  and  a  half  mile  from  this  Point,  there  is  a  Ixink,  overwliiil; 
the  least  depth  is  four  and  a  half  fathoms  :  cm  it  there  are  some /oo.sr  rork.i. 

From  Point  Ubero  to  that  of  Zanmro.  the  distance  is  IC'  miles,  N.  W.  by  W.  ;  and  (m.: 
Point  /amuro  the  coast  runs  N.  77^"  W.  forming  various  sinuosities  for  the  distatirt'ui 
2'jand  a  half  miles,  to  Point  Man/anillo,  and  thence  S.  P:P  W.  14  miles,  to  Point  T;iy- 
mataynia.     All  this  coast  is  clean,  and  the  soundings  regular,  ref|uiring  no  other  cimle 
than  the  lead  to  run  along  it  at  half  a  league  distaiu'c;  and   in  the  interior  are  srvml 
heights  that  may  be  seen  far  at  sea.     Between  the  Points  Man/.anilla  and  'J'aymajtiima 
the  coast  bends  in  to  the  southward  ;  anil  at  the  distance  of  5  miles  S.  ()2°  W.  from  thclur- 
nier,  is  the  Pay  of  Cumarebo,  !  eiiig  a  sandy  beach  so  called  ;  the  town  of  the  same  name 
standing  on  a  hill  at  the  distance  of  .'5  miles  S.  E.  from  it.     N.  N.  W.  6}  miles  from  il:  ' 
sandy  beach,  and  N.  h^>'-^  W.  7,V  miles  from  Poin*  Manzanilla,  lies  the  rocky  bank  of  Cu  ^ 
niarebo,  with  5i  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  from  11  to  18  fathoms  very  near  to  it.     Froi"! 
Point  Taymalayma  tl-e  coast  trends  S.  W.  by  W.  about  4  miles,  to  Point  des  Fravlts. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


471 


liV  low  lands  rrv- 
rt'iih  (),j  ratlioiiis, 
f  shoals  and  r'cIs. 
rv  than  a  milr  in 
)ii  it  scvfial  islii< 
ry,  called  l'<  r;i/„i, 
\nds  oH"  thf  polui, 
er.  To  tbe  wciit- 
n  the  fornu'r.  ainl 
,•()  then;  is  a  (  hun- 
ter in  it.  Ti)  lilt; 
fj  between  thtiii  a 

are,  however,  two 
■rouiChichirividr 
This  key  is  hUd 
^V.  pari.  Filially, 
:ho  Key,  wliit  ii  is 
ints  of  it.  All  \\\\- 
liat  more  than  (me 
[?s  so  far  as  'J  inib 

To  enter  this  li,.r- 
nbrero  Key,  wliicii 
'era/.a  Key,  and  on 
cen  it  and  iheisleu 

by  W.,  edging  tu- 
bears  east ;  thence 
•hor  in  6',  fatlu)iii>, 
Mie,  citlier  in  going 

N.  N.  W.  -J  W.lor 

(,t  is  so  regular,  tlm 
ily  danger  is  a  small 
It  four  and  a  (|uaiii'r 
d  more  than  a  mile 

latatamile  fromtiie 
loint  there  are  two 
[cond,  nearly  2  milts 
1,  a  reef  St  retches  ulf 
ither  about  hall'llin 
111  al)out  half  a  mile 
[cliorage  is  to  tlie  ^. 
iss  to  the  nortliwiwi 
I)  the  ship's  diau^li; 
[l  formed  between  i; 
I  narrowness  ami  ilie 
I."?!  fathoms. 
f.  for  the  distanced 
[s  regular ;  l)"t  tli^e 
ab()Ut  r^  miles  IVhi, 
int  IJbero  there  is  a 
[lips,  from  the  Trade 
|s  a  Jxink,  over  wliich 
,r  racks. 

Iv.  by  W. :  and  from 
|s  for  the  distance  oi 
Liles,  to  Point  Tay- 
iring  no  other  cuuif 
interior  are  several 
la  and  Taymaytania 
.')2°W.  from  the  lor- 
[vn  of  the  same  name 
/.  6,V  miles  from  the 
e  rocky  bank  of  Cu- 
[y  near  to  it.     Fioi" 
Point  des  Frayles. 


on  the  past  side  of  the  Bay  of  FjU  Vebi  (b^  Coro.  'IMiis  bay  has  an  anrlinrac;e,  and,  in 
proceeding  to  it,  no  other  guide  than  the  lead  is  re(|uire(l,  as  the  liottom  is  regular  and 
clean.  At  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  bay  stands  the  town  of  La  Vela  do  (!oro  ;  and  about  two 
miles  inland  to  the  eastward  of  it,  an  Indian  village,  called  (Jarri/.al.  The  River  (Joro 
tails  into  the  sea  IJ  mile  west  of  the  town. 

From  the  Kiver  Coro  the  coast  turns  alini|)tly  to  N.  W.  J  N.  forming  a  chain  of  sand 
hills  about  1')  miles  in  length,  unitinu  the  Peninsula  of  J'araguana  with  the  coast ;  these 
sand  bills  are  called  the  Isthmus  of  Medaims,  or  Sand  Hills.  'I'he  Kastern  Coast  of  this 
Peninsula  trends  true  north  for  lo  miles,  to  Point  Auricula,  which  hears  N.  2'P  W.  from 
the  Bay  of  Coro,  and  distant  ;i.T  miles:  all  the  coast  has  very  regularsoundings,  there  bemg 
\ri  fatlioms  at  the  distance  of  10  miles  tVoiii  it. 

From  Point  Auricula  the  coast  trends  from  N.  by  W.  to  N.  W.  l  N.  a  distance  of  Ifjl 
miles,  to  Point  Tumatey,  and  thence  about  VV.  N.  W.  ;?^  miles,  fo  ('ajie  San  Ivoiiian, 
the  northermnost  land  of  the  Peninsula.  The  uuiuiitain  of  Santa  Anna,  on  the  Pen- 
Misiila  Paragiiaiia,  may  be  se(M)  from  the  sea  at  the.  distance  of  many  leagues. 

Due  north  I'rom  (.'ape  (.'odera,  at  the  distance  of  ■J.".',  lengiies,  lies  the  Island  of  Orchila, 
rather  llat,  its  createst  extent  is  from  east  to  west.  ( )ii  its  \ortli  Coast  are  some  peaks, 
the  highest  of  which  is  at  its  west(!rn  extremity.  ( )|f  the  east  end  a  Key  runs  to  the  north- 
ward about ;{  miles;  and,  to  the  westward  of  it,  ;i  great  /rr/'exlends  in  that  directioti,  nearly 
half  the  length  of  the  island  :  there  are  several  keys  on  the  reef.  All  the  rest  ot'  the  coast 
is  clean,  and  may  be  approached  to  a  calile's  length.  On  the  S.  W.  part  near  the  west- 
ern extremity,  there  is  a  very  clean  sandy  beaidi,  in  fnuit  of  which  there  is  a  good  anchor- 
age, well  sheltered  from  the  trade  wind,  in  b  and  7  fathoms  water,  within  a  cable  and  a 
half  of  the  beach.  Ilalf  a  mile  W.  N.  W.  from  the  west  point  of  the  island,  there  is  a 
high  rock,  very  clean  and  steep,  forming  a  passage  eligible  for  ships  olany  burthen. 

S.  W.  \  W.  from  Orchila,  and  S.  K.  by  K.  4'  K.  from  the  east  end  of  the'lvoccas,  there 
is  a  shoal  witli  '■>  fathoms  water;  the  form  of  tin;  shoal  is  nearly  round,  anil  is  about  l\ 
mile  round.     Long,  corrected  by  the  Roccas,  bh°  27',  hit.  11"  1-''. 

The  K(.)Ql'KS. —  Twenty-two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Orchila  lie  the  Koques,  an 
assemblage  of  low  keys  raised  on  a  very  dangerous  r<'ef.  This  group  occupies  a  space 
of  12  miles  from  north  to  south,  and  213  from  east  to  west ;  of  which  the  8.  E.  Key,  named 
(irande,  is  6  miles  from  east  to  west,  and  nearly  the  same  in  breadth.  To  the  westward 
of  it  is  Key  Sal,  upwards  of  seven  miles  in  length  nearly  east  and  west,  very  narrow;  and 
to  the  northward  and  westward  of  Key  Sal,  there  Ilea  great  number  of  smaller  ones,  without 
any  passage  between  them.  The  northernmost  group  consists  of  El  lic(|ue,  nearly  two 
miles  in  length  E.  by  S.  and  W.  by  N.,  the  French  Keys,  four  in  nuiiiber;  the  N.  E. 
Key,  Naman's  Key,  and  I'irate  Key.  All  the  exterior  keys  on  the  edge  of  the  reef  may 
bo  passed  at  a  mile  distance,  except  on  the  eastern  side,  where  the  reef  extentls  upwards 
of  three  miles  beyond  them.  The  passages  between  the  keys  must  not  be  attempted,  as 
most  of  them  are  barred  by  the  reef,  exce|)t  on  the  west  side  of  El  Kixpie  Key,  where 
there  is  an  entratu'c  int/)  a  very  (ine  bay,  formed  l)y  tin;  other  keys  and  reefs,  in  which 
there  are  from  1.3  to  20  fathoms  water;  hut  a  foul  rocky  bottom  fre(|iuMilly  does  great 
damage  to  the  cables.  The  anchorage  is  on  tlu'  west  side  of  the  key,  in  17  or  If^  falhonis 
water,  on  sand  and  mud,  and  about  three  cables*  length  from  the  beach.  The  Roque 
Key  may  be  easily  distinguished  by  several  peaks  on  it,  that  may  be  seen  at  a  moderate 
distance.  It  will  be  most  prudent  to  give  all  these  keys  a  wide  berth,  as  the  vicinity  of 
them  will  be  perilous  to  a  ship,  particularly  at  night. 

PORT  EL  ROqilE.— [n  October,  1827,  while  his  Majesty's  sloop  Arachne,  captain 
W.  R.  A.  Pettman,  liiy  at  the  above  anchorage,  a  very  (ine  harbor  was  discovered  to  the 
eastward  of  El  Roque,  and  surveyed  by  lieutenant,  now  coiiunander,  E.  O.  .lohnes  :  it 
is  sheltered  on  the  north  by  the  French  Keys,  from  the  east  by  the  N.  E.  Key  and  the 
reef,  and  on  the  south  by  I'irate  and  Naman's  Key,  and  their  reefs.  From  the  Plan 
published  at  the  Hydrographical  Odfice,  it  will  be  seen  that  there  is  a  space  of  about  two 
,  miles  in  length,  and  half  a  mile  wide  at  the  narrowest  part  between  the  reefs,  wliere  ships 
may  anchor  in  from  12  to  14  fathoms,  and  live  entrances,  or  outlets,  quite  clean. 

The  Instruction  says,  "  Port  El  Roque  presents  considerable  advantages,  as  a  safe  and 
convenient  anchorage,  over  that  which  seems  to  have  been  lieretofore  made  use  of  by 
ships  of  war,  and  in  which  his  Majesty's  sloop  Arachne  came  to  anchor;  as  it  will  be  evi- 
dent by  a  reference  to  the  Plan,  that  from  whatever  quarter  of  the  compass  the  wind 
might  blow,  a  vessel  could  scarce  find  a  dilliculty  in  getting  to  sea.  Nor,  from  the  jnan- 
ner  in  which  it  is  locked  in,  by  the  keys  and  reefs,  (a  circumstance,  of  course,  produc- 
tive of  a  constant  .'rmoothness  of  water,)  is  it  probable  she  could  receive  any  injury, 
should  her  commander  deem  it  necessary  to  ride  out  a  gale  at  her  anchors. 

"Beside  which,  a  ship  will  find  another  important  advantage  over  the  old  anchorage— 
I  that  of  having,  almost  invariably,  a  clear  unobstructed  trade  breeze  across  the  reef,  which 
can  bring  with  it  no  decaying  vegetable,  or  other  impure  eltluvia,  to  render  the  place  un- 


472 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


wholesome:  a  circumstance  not  unlikely  to  occur,  to  the  detriment  of  a  dhip'd  comp,i. 
uy's  lu-al(li,  ill  thu  ruud  where  the  Arachne  \i\y,  I'rum  its  iecwurti  pruxiinity  to  a  iiKm. 
grove  iirirsh. 

"  The  cliiinnols  are  clean,  and,  without  an  exception,  steep  to  the  reefs  on  either sidf, 
which  arc  of  CKial,  and  have  scarcely  sulVicient  water  on  their  ed^es  for  a  four-oRit,! 
gig  ;  thus  dispiayinu;,  Ity  the  contrast  between  the  sliades  of  deep  and  shallow  souiulin;,, 
a  secure  (juifle  to  a  straiij^er  on  enteritifi;.  Tin-  bottom  is  mostly  of  a  hard  sandy  natutc, 
ihoui^h  tiiere  was  found  a  patch  of  stilfcla"  off  the  N.  K.  point  of  Pirate  Key,  in  i|,|,. 
teen  fathoms. 

"  The  islands,  with  tlie  exci^ptioti  of  Kl  I  ,iin,  appear  to  be  of  a  coral  formation,  wifl, 
a  light  sandy  soil,  thickly  covered  with  the  .iphire  plant:  most  having  salt  luartjip,. 
either  in  their  interioi  or  just  within  the  reefs,  which  are  skirted  with  mangrove  ;ii,,| 
other  timber  trees,  affording  shelter  to  innumerable  lamilies  of  boobies,  and  other  a(|ii^. 
tic  binls;  as  the  marshes  likewise  abound  in  several  delicious  kinds  of  the  sni|)e  gpniis, 
that  are  by  no  means  ditricult  to  be  got  at. 

"  Fish  of  exi  client  (pialiiy  may  be  caught  in  plenty,  either  with  a  seine  (the  inethoii 
we  adopted)  or  by  anclioring  in  a  boat  near  the  reefs,  and  employing  hook  and  lint  i,ir 
that  purpose.  "^I'lie  only  (juadruped  that  came  under  observation,  was  a  small  (lescm 
tion  of  rat,  several  of  which  were  met  with  in  visiting  the  peaks  of  El  Ko(|ue.  Tlmw 
lieights  are  of  rmiestone,  which  is  removed  by  slaves,  and  burnt  in  a  kiln  at  their  I'lhii, 
(the  pro|)erty  of  a  Dutchman,)  and  tiien  conveyed  to  the  island  of  ('urazao,  to  be  iwAe 
use  of  in  the  erection  of  forts,  and  tor  other  government  purposes.  Turtle  are  met  wnii, 
but  not  nu.iieif)us. 

"  Ships  re(]uiring  small  plank,  fine,  wood,  boats'  knees  and  breast  hooks,  can  be  wn|; 
supplied,  for  the  labor  of  cutting  them,  though  it  is  recommended,  should  time  wlmr 
of  it,  to  have  it  always  barked,  sjilit,  or  sawed  up,  before  embarkation,  as,  should  ih 
sap  lodge  ujion  decks  or  any  thing  else,  the  stains  would  be  found  difficult  to  eradiinie 
There  is  a  well  of  water  upon  the  S.  W.  end  of  El  Roque.  The  supjilv  is  niicfitiii 
never,  however,  exceeding  HO  gallons  a  day.  The  lime  burners  obtain  what  they  iiiis- 
use  of",  by  digging  wells  in  the  sand  ;  and  although  that  wliich  was  tasted  was  of  ;iti  m 
different  (|uality,  it  is  not  improbable  that  by  a  deeper  excavation,  better  may  be  prociin,; 

"  A  stranger,  in  running  for  the  harbor,  is  recommended  to  pass  to  the  westw.ird  ( 
the  peaks,  and  then  stretch  across  towards  Hlackman's  Key,  which  may  be  easily  kiui"!. 
as  appearing,  without  the  use  of  a  glass,  like  a  single  large  rock,  (though  actually  ii|i« 
islet  with  buslies  on  it,)  until  he  can  letch  through  the  south  channel,  which  will  onf 
clearly  to  sea  at  the  bearing  of  N.  lb  E.,  per  compass,  when  he  can  pass  with  sal'otv  iif- 
tween  Pirate  Key  on  the  larboard,  and  a  small  dry  sand  bank  on  the  starboard  side,  botli 
of  which  are  bold  within  the  channel  ;  but  a  reef  extends  ,'}.'5.'{  fathoms  off  the  S.  .S.  U' 
end  of  the  former,  which,  like  all  others,  is  easily  traced  from  a  vessel's  deck  bythpf\' 

"On  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  it  is  high  water  at  4h.  30m.  P.  M.  Spnu- 
tides  rise  ;{  feet  perpendicular." 

ISLA.S  l)E  AVKS. — Thirty  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  Roques  are  the  Islisd: 
Aves,  (Hird's  Islands,)  which  are  two  groups  of  keys,  rising  upon  two  distinct  rcpfs,  ani 
forming  between  tiieiu  a  channel  of  ')  milt;s  in  breadth.  These  keys  are  very  low  im; 
flat ;  and  as  the  east  group  has  a  reef  extendinor  4  miles  to  the  north  from  it,  and  !!i= 
western  another,  extending  6  miles  in  the  same  direction,  it  results  that  an  approach; 
them,  especially  from  the  north,  is  extremely  dangerous;  and  therefore  they  ou;;liiii 
be  given  as  wide  a  berth  to  as  any  other  dangerous  shoal. 

HIJEN  AVllE  ISLAND.— To  the  westward  of  Aves,  and  at  the  distance  of  .33  niik 
is  the  island  of  13uen  Ayre.  It  is  of  moderate  height,  with  several  mountains  and  |if';in> 
on  it,  the  most  elevated  of  which  is  close  to  the  north  point.  The  south  point  ol  il. 
island  is  rather  low  and  flat,  and  called  Point  Rasa  del  Lacre.  About  the  middle  nlii' 
west  shore,  there  is  a  town  and  a  small  fort.  There  also  is  the  anchorage,  which  is  >i 
steep  that  at  1^  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  is  a  depth  of  17  fathoms,  and  it  mcipiw* 
so  rapidly  that  at  a  cable's  length  further  out  there  are  60  fathoms.  For  this  reason  i: 
is  necessary  to  run  out  and  make  fast  a  cable  to  the  shore.  Small  ships  should  always 
be  prepared,  in  order  to  prevent  the  anchor  from  dragging  ;  for  should  she  be  driven  liuir 
the  anchorage,  it  will  cost  much  trouble  to  regain  it.  From  the  west  part  of  the  am  li"r- 
age,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  lies  an  island  named  Little  Ruen  Ayre  ;  and  aItliout;h  tin 
passage  formed  by  it  on  the  N.  E.  will  admit  ships  of  any  size,  yet  it  will  be  prefenil!' 
to  use  the  S.  W.  channel,  as  being  more  free,  both  inward  and  outward.  There  is  i:^ 
danger  whatever  to  be  apprehended  at  the  distance  of  a  cable's  length  from  all  the  coii.>! 
of  Ruen  Ayre,  except  on  the  east  side,  where  a  reef  runs  out  in  some  places  more  than 
half  a  mile  ;  but  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  points  are  very  clean. 

CURAZAO  ISLAND. — Twenty-seven  miles  westward  froju  the  south  point  of Buenj 

yre  lies  the  S.  E.  poiut  of  the  island  Curazao.     It  thence  extends  about  N.  W.  -i  Wi 


Ayr 


.15  miles,  1: 

some  nioii 

arc  very  cl 

by  E.  fron 

sandy  islar 

dangerous 

of  this  isia 

that  on  the 

than  the  re 

(lri26)  in  e 

and  bearinj 

mountain  r 

passed  with 

no  hottdin  ' 

The  islai 

whole  coini 

the  rlistancf 

is  another  b 

proper  to  m 

faking  care 

fifierable  str 

of  low  land. 

<tand  Fort  ^ 

Jews.     On  ,1 

(lam,  defend] 

habited  by  th 

three  qiiartei 

entrance,  wh 

on  the  banks 

channel  it  is 

cable's  lengtl 

from  it ;  and 

enough  to  br 

then  stand  in 

ready  to  assis 

ORURA  I 

eriy  part  of  ( 

nearly  N.  W, 

on  it,  that  im 

semblance  to 

some  islets  cl 

so  far  as  the 

cables'  length 

intermediate 

Lieutenant 

Orubn  in  Sep 

is  (moderately 

end,  at  a  dista 

7  miles  to  the 

of  18  or  20  mi 

having,  at  a  c; 

in  a  rocky  ish 

the  east  point, 

the  Sugar  Lo; 

ward  of  it.     T 

the  land  so  far 

I  N.  N.  W.,  wh 

I  a  hill  behind. 

•|mity  of  the  po 

J  the  bree/e,  yoi 

I  some  rocky  pa 

fget  close  in  wi 

Ifar  past  the  opi 
chorage  in  froti 
visions,  or  tern 
„  hie  to  go  into  t 


of  a  uliip's  compa- 
uxiinit)'  tu  a  m;ui. 

reefs  on  either  sirlf, 
[«8  fur  a  four-oaiii) 
sliitllow  HDutiilin^, 
,  hard  saiidy  iii)Uii.>. 
.'iratu  Key,  in  ilur- 

(iral  formation,  with 
living  salt  iii;ir>*hfs 
with  inans;i()ve  ;ii,(| 
es,  arid  other  ;iijin. 
ol"  the  stiipc  griiiis, 

{  sfiiiP  (the  mptlioii 
i;i  1k)oI\  and  liiic  i,ir 
vas  a  siiiall  descrip 
El  Hociuc.  Tli(H* 
a  kiln  at  their  I'lni;, 
!nrazao,  to  be  iin'i' 
J'urllc  are  nietwuji, 

t  hooks,  can  be  woi; 
,  should  time  ailmi: 
ation,  as,  should  th 
lithe  lilt  to  eradl';i!f 
supjjlv  is  llllClTf.lH 
lain  what  they  iivik- 
i  tasted  was  of  ;m  in 
Iter  may  be  prociin.; 
^  to  the  westward  ■ 
inay  be  easily  kiiii«:. 
lough  actually  a  l'i» 
lel,  which  will  oner, 
1  pass  with  saletv  lie- 
starboard  side,  bfitn 
)nis  oil"  the  S.  S.  W 
el's  deck  by  thecu 
30m.  p.  M.    Sprm; 

|ues  are  the  Islnsde 

o  distinct  rcpfs,  .mi 

■ys  are  very  low  aw 

rth  from  it,  and  tfe 

that  an  approach i 

("lore  they  ou;;htH 

distanceof  .">3niilei, 
Tiiiuntains  and  ppaiv* 
south  point  of  tl.' 

ut  tlie  middle  nl'ti.^ 

horai^e,  which  is  >■ 
oms,  and  it  increas* 
For  this  reason r. 

ships  shoulil  alw'« 
Id  she  be  driven  I'm;: 
St  i)art  of  the  anc  Imr- 

3 ;  and  although  d" 
it  will  be  preferaWf 

ward.  There  is  r 
Tth  from  all  the  foas; 
lue  places  more  ilwt 

south  point  of  Buen 
s  about  N.  W.  i  ^V 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


473 


X-)  milf".  but  the  greatest  breadth  does  not  exceed  (>  miles.  It  is  moderately  high,  with 
some  mountains,  (hat  may  be  seen  from  a  considerable  distance  at  sea.  All  its  c!oastH 
arc  very  elcan,  and  may  be  paoscd  at  tlie  <listance  of  a  cable's  lenj^lh,  without  risk.  S.  E. 
by  E.  (roni  the  S.  E.  point,  named  Canon,  at  the  distance  of  4  miles,  there  is  a  little  low 
sandy  island,  named  Little  Curazao,  which,  althou^li  very  clean,  is,  from  its  lowness, 
(iangeions  at  niuht  and  in  thick  weather.  Lieiilenant  D.  F.  (  iunpliell  says,  **  No  jiart 
of  this  island  appears  elevated  more  than  6  or  H  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  except 
thai  on  the  west  end  there  arc  two  small  clumps  of  mangrove  bushes,  showing  higher 
than  the  rest  of  the  island.  The  crew  of  a  Dutch  .National  Corvette  hail  been  employed 
(IrJjf))  Ml  erecting;  on  the  east  end  a  larjje  cairn  of  siones,  having  on  its  top  an  old  tree, 
anil  bearing  at  a  distance  a  great  resend)lance  to  a  martello  tower.  It  bears  from  the 
mountain  of  Sta.  ISarbara,  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  Curazao,  E.  by  .S.  by  compass.  Ho 
passed  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  N.  E.,  N.  and  N.  W.sidesof  the  Island,  and  got 
no  bottom  with  a  Une  of  40  fathoms." 

The  island  of  Curazao  has  many  bays  and  harbors,  tlie  principal  of  which,  where  the 
whole  cominerc^e  of  the  island  is  carried  on,  is  .St.  Amie"s,  on  the  west  coast,  situated  at 
the  distance  of  14}  miles  from  Point  Canon.  To  the  eiistward  of  this,  about  six  miles, 
is  another  bay,  named  Sta.  Barbara.  In  proceeding  to  the  Harbor  of  St.  Atme,  it  will  be 
proper  to  make  Point  Canon,  so  as  to  run  down  the  coast  at  one  or  two  miles'  distance, 
taking  care  not  to  get  to  leeward  of  the  harbor's  mouth,  as  the  current  sets  with  con- 
siderable strength  to  the  westward.  The  entrance  is  very  narrow,  an<l  formed  l)y  tongues 
of  low  land.  That  in  tiie  inner  part  also  forms  large  lagoons.  On  the  eastern  point 
<tand  Fort  Amsterdam  ami  the  principal  town  of  the  island,  inhabited  by  Protestants  and 
Jews.  On  an  islet  close  to  the  west  poiiU  there  is  a  battery,  which,  with  Fort  Amster- 
dam, defends  the  mouth  of  the  harbor;  .uid  on  the  western  shore  stands  the  town  in- 
habited by  the  Catholics.  The  channel  leading  into  tlie  bay  runs  in  about  N.  E.  by  N.,  is 
three  quarters  of  a  mile  long,  and  a  cable's  length  broad,  exce|)t  between  the  forts  at  the 
entrance,  where  it  is  barely  half  that  breadth.  The  towns,  wharfs,  anil  magazines,  are 
on  the  banks  of  this  channel,  where  also  ships  anchor  and  are  careened.  To  enter  the 
channel  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  windward  coast  close  on  board,  but  noi  within  half  a 
cable's  length,  as  there  are  rocks  and  also  a  reef,  extending  about  one  third  of  a  cable 
from  it;  and  on  getting  abreast  of  the  batteries  on  the  point  of  Fort  Amsterdam,  luff 
enough  to  bring  the  ship's  head  towards  the  battery  on  the  islet  at  the  west  point,  and 
then  stand  inward  through  the  middle  of  the  channel.  The  Dutch  always  have  a  launch 
ready  to  assist  in  towing  ships  into  the  harbor. 

ORUBA  ISLAND. — At  the  distance  df  415  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  most  north- 
erly part  of  Curazao  lies  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  island  of  Ornlia,  which  extends  thence 
nearly  N.  W.  17  miles,  and  is  4  miles  wide.  Although  low  there  are  some  heights  up- 
on it,  that  may  be  seen  at  a  moderate  distance  olV,  partii  iilarly  one.  which,  I'rom  its  re- 
semblance to,  is  called  the  .Sugar  Loaf.  All  the  eastern  coast  is  very  clean,  and  has 
some  islets  close  to  it.  On  the  western  coast  there  is  a  chain  of  keys,  extending  almost 
so  far  as  the  west  ])oint.  These  may  be  coasted  on  the  outside,  at  the  distance!  of  two 
cables'  length,  if  necessary.  This  island  lies  to  the  northward  of  Cape  St.  Koirian,  the 
intermediate  channel  being  I'.i  miles  wide,  and  very  clear. 

Lieutenant  1).  F.  Campbell,  commanding  his  Majesty's  schooner  Monkey,  visited 
Orubn  in  September,  IB-'fi.     From  his  remarks  we  extract  the  following  : — "  TIm;  island 
isimoderately  high;  the  east  part  even,  and  gradually  lowering  to  a  point.     The  west 
end,  at  a  distance,  appears  like  broken  hummocks.     "^JMie  .Sugar-loaf  Hill,  which  is  about 
7  miles  to  the  N.  W.  point,  is  the  highest  in  the  island,  and  may  be  seen  at  the  distance 
of  18  or  20  miles.     A  chain  of  low  bushy  keys  stretches  along  the  south  shore,  bold  to, 
having,  at  a  cable's  length  off,  no  sounding  with  the  hand  lead.     These  keys  terminate 
in  a  rocky  islet,  considerably  higher  than  the  rest,  about  tlnee  miles  to  the  westward  of 
the  east  point,  and  two  cables'  length  off  shore.     About  three  miles  to  the  westward  of 
the  Sugar  Loaf  there  is  a  projecting  point,  having  an  opening  between  the  keys  to  lee- 
ward of  it.     To  take  the  shelter  atlbrded  by  this  point,  it  is  necessary  to  get  close  in  with 
I  the  land  so  far  to  windward  as  the  Sugar  Loaf,  and  run  along  shore  till  the  port  bears 
;  N.  N.  W.,  when  the  (lag-stalf  will  come  on  with  a  small  red  house  standing  by  itself  on 
I  a  hill  behind.     These  marks  kept  in  a  line,  will  lead  clear  of  a  rocky  ledge  at  the  extre- 
I  mity  of  the  point.     To  leeward  it  is  all  clear.     When  far  enough  in  to  be  sheltered  from 
I  the  breeze,  you  may  anchor  in  4  to  .j  fathoms,  on  sandy  bottom.     There  are,  however, 
I  some  rocky  patches  to  be  carefully  avoided.     It  is  particularly  necessary  for  a  stranger  to 
get  close  in  with  the  keys  well  to  windward,  otherwise  the  current  will  swee])  him  so 
far  past  the  opening,  as  will  require  half  a  day  to  beat  up  again.     There  is  also  good  an- 
jchorage  in  from  5  to  12  fathoms  under  the  west  end  of  tlie  island  ;  but  as  procuring  pro- 
jvisions,  or  temporary  refit,  can  be  the  only  inducements  for  visiting  Oruba,  it  is  advisa- 
|ble  to  go  into  the  barber,  which  is  distinguished  by  the  town  along  the  beach,  close  to 

60 


hi 


474 


BLUNT's  AMkRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Icewnril  of  tho  Hnrnly  point,  and  naiiif<l  Port  Cnliiillo*.  'Vhv  pilots  nic  skilCiiI  iind  ;i(i(.„. 
tivn;  and  tlir  ancliomnc  within  tlu"  rerlH  and  flour  to  llir  town,  in  .'t  fallioniH  water, 
nnndy  bottom,  in  very  j;(tod.  I'itnIi  wiit«'r  in  Mnirtt'.  tlirrf  bring  no  nprinp.  It  t»  n,\. 
lertrd  in  taiikn  in  the  nionllis  o(  SfpliinluT  and  Ortidx-i,  but  is  ndiid  and  wholrnonif." 

The  tollowin};  is  (mm  the  remarks  of  Capt.  T.  W.  (.'arter,  of  liiu  Majesty'*  «hip  Kmii 
loiin,  Ofioher  1,  IHlfj : 

"The  brut  anclioragp  al)out  this  Uland  is  on  the  suiitii  side,  about  4  or/i  miles  tn  ihr 
north-westward  ol'the  viilane.  Vou  may  anchor  on  a  white  shoal  in  about  7  tatluiiin, 
with  a  low  and  very  while  sandy  point  bearing  N.  ,',  K.,  a  remarkable  mountain,  riearU 
resembling  a  sugar-loaf,  at  th<'  baek  of  the  town  K.  by  S.,  and  the  easternmost  exirriiiiu 
of  the  laiul  S.  K.,  at  three  (juarters  of  a  mile  nlf  shore.  You  must  look  lor  a  ele.Mmim 
to  drop  your  anchor,  as  some  parts  are  rocky.  Water  may  b«'  procured  here  by  diggnij; 
»  few  (eet  in  the  Hand,  at  a  short  distance  from  the  beach." 

The  Gulf  of  yinrzHtUi,  or  of  Mararai/ho, 

From  ('ape  St.  I'otnan  the  coast  runs  S.  bv."  W.  a  distance  of  i;!  miles,  to  Point  Mi 
colla.  It  is  all  shallow  and  clean,*  and  may  be  safely  approached  by  the  lead.  TIid 
point,  and  P<iint  Kspada,  (Sword  Point.)  which  lies  nearly  west  from  it,  at  ihedisUiKi 
of  .'in  tuiles  forni  the  entrance  of  the  (iuK  of  \  eiie/,uela,  or  of  iMaracaybo.  The  sdinh 
extremity  of  this  gull Djjens  into  the  (ireat  Lagoon  of  IMaraca\bo,  by  a  l)«ll;\  thai  lisn 
but  one  mouth  navigable,  and  that  only  lor  vessels  ilrawing  no  more  than  I'i  feet  waifr, 
as  thcic  is  a  bar,  upon  wliieh  there  is  no  more  than  11  leet.  Hitherto  no  chart  ot  iht 
coasts  of  this  gulf  has  been  drawn  from  actual  survey,  nrr  is  the  situation  of  the  bar  ;if- 
curately  laid  down  ;  yet,  from  jiractice,  tlie  course  to  it  is  tolerably  well  known,  limh 
from  Point  Macolla  anil  Point  Kspada.  The  Mydrographic  (dn)iMission,  unilcr  ilii 
commanfl  of  ("aptain  J)oii  .loa(|uin  Francisco  Fidalgo,  surveyed  and  drew  a  chart  ( 
that  part  of  the  east  coast  from  Point  Macolla  to  Point  Arenas,  whi(h  is  a  little  to  tii' 
eastward  of  the  bar.  The  inspection  of  this  chart  will  prove  a  sulficient  guide  ;  and  ;» 
the  water  is  shallow,  but  without  banks,  or  detached  islands,  the  lead  is  the  best  jiwi't 
that  can  be  recommetided.  The  same  may  be  recomiuended  for  the  west  coast,  wliiri 
though  not  surveyed,  has  been  well  explored  ;  and  it  is  ascertained  that  it  may  be  miiVIi 
approached  to  the  depth  of  t)  or  5  fathoms,  in  every  part.  'J'lioso  who  enter  this  mili 
have  generally  no  other  object  in  view  than  to  proc«'ed  to  the  lagocm,  (or  the  purposf  ,ii 
loading  with  cocoa,  tobacco,  and  other  produce.  W'e  sliall,  therefore,  now  proceed  in 
give  some  instrttctions  for  navigating  it  with  certainty. 

Being  four  leagues  to  the  westward  of  ('a|)e  St  Roman,  and  thence  steering  S.  W 
by  S.  will  take  a  ship  in  sight  of  the  Mesas  of  Borojo,  which  are  some  level  hillocks. m 
sand  hills,  situated  (o  t)ie  east  of  tlie  Bar.  From  this  situation  steer  about  west,  kef'|iii;; 
at  the  distance  of '_*  leagues  from  the  coast,  and  in  from  4^  to  5]  fathoms  water,  until  ili* 
Castles  of  Zapara  and  San  C'arlos  appear  in  siglit :  these  defend  the  entrance  of  tl.c  i„i 
goon,  and  are  placed,  the  first  on  the  eastern  point,  and  the  second  on  the  wesirrn- 
They  are  not,  however,  on  the  Bar,  but  rather  to  the  southward  of  it;  tlie  15ar  itself  hcmi: 
formed  by  the  slioals,  which  extend  out  W.  N.  W.  to  the  tlistance  of  !ji  or  li  miles  Iroii 
the  Bajo  Seco,  or  Dry  Shoal.  The  sea  breaks  on  all  these  shoals,  and  the  deeper  »i 
ter  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  having  no  breakers.  This  will  be  found  by  keeping! 
one  and  a  half  cable's  length  from  the  outermost  breakers  olf  Jiajo  Sero.  This  ]hw 
Seco  is  an  islet  of  sand,  which  is  about  a  cable  and  a  half  over  in  every  direction-  it  In* 
N.  N.  E.  at  the  distance  of  one  and  a  half  mile  from  San  (arlos  f'astle,  and  at  aboii! 
east  from  it  will  be  seen  tlie  other,  named  Zapara.  The  island  of  this  name  has  snnif 
very  high  mangroves;  and  outside  of  it,  in  5  and  a  half  or  6  and  a  half  fathoms,  the  bottom 
is  hard  mud,  mixed  with  sand  ;  and  this  is  where  ships  ought  to  anchor,  in  case  of  ne- 
cessity ;  observing  that  the  ground  tackle  ought  to  be  good,  as  the  prevailing  wind  blows 
very  fresh  at  the  place. 

Being  off  Point  Kspada,  at  the  distance  of  2  leagues,  and  bound  to  the  bar.  steerinca 
S.  S.  W.  ^  W.  course  will  take  a  ship  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  islet  named  Bajo  Seco. 


*  By  the  remarks  of  Capt.  T.  W.  Carter,  of  bis  Majesty's  ship  Eniiiloiis,  we  find  llml  on  the  SOth 
of  September,  1815,  when  standintj  towards  tlm  shore.  Cape  St.  Ri.>niaii  bearirif,'  E.  i\.  1).  J  E,  dis- 
tant from  12  to  1.5  miles,  and  ofl" shore  nl)out  .3  miles,  they  fell  in  wjili  a  slioni  on  w  hioh  ilie  water 
broke,  having  close  to  it  1.5  fnthnms.  He  further  adds,  "  The  land  beinp  very  low  iilunil  this  pnrtut 
the  coast,  it  would  be  dangerous  to  heal  up  nInnR  shore  diirinfj  nijiht ;  nlihoiiijh,  with  the  wesieriy 
current  running  tbronp;b  the  rhannel,  a  strong  counter  current  will  be  f'oimd  nlonir  the  slinro,  anJ 
with  the  very  strong  breezes  that  you  frequently  get  in  this  channel,  it  is  difficult  to  pet  up,  exrn>: 
by  beating  in  shore.  You  will,  however,  find  good  anchorage  all  along  this  part  of  the  coast,  in 
from  5  to  10  fathoms  ;  and  during  the  day  you  may  see  all  your  danger." 


On  this  c 
nilvunce  sou 
to  run  out  .1 
The  bree/i 
har  .iiid  all  i 
be  liuariled 

lli'.'b  wai 
.')  o'clock  all 
(III  llie  bar, 
III  till'  rainv 

The  liar 
north  and  so 
he  altered  ti 
uill  be  seen 
same  depth, 
lo  on  the  si. 
gets  on  boai 

Steering  I 
ilholll,  IS  the 
Caslle  cf  S;i 
Seco  can  be 

A  knowlei 
the  west  war 
Illation,  ever 
where  Zajia 
shoals  ;  or, 
perish :  unfi 

Vessels  di 
water,  to  avi 
mediately,  t 
cliauiiel,  shi 

A  pilot  is 
which,  parii 
must  be  don 
that  tliey  m:i 
any  other  gu 
wind  general 
(leavors  shoi 
advantage  of 
soon  as  the  \ 
also  to  get  aj 
to  the  north, 

Directions 


"Tn  sailiiii 
and  by  keepi 
set  of  the  Mn 

"On  iieari 
7  fathoms  wt 
one  good  str 
Chichibacoa 
Bar  of  Marai 
fathoms,  and 

"  The  bes 
Carlos,  and  i 

"  The  enti 

•'  The  Bai 
Zapara,  on  t 
southward  ol 
and  of  some 
have  settled 
The  whole  B 
stream  anclu 
we  hove  it  u 


DLUNT  S  AMF.IIICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


475 


f  ckilOiI  anil  iiin,. 
1  ;t  fill  ho  MIX  Willi  r, 
Hpriiip.      It   IN  rill 

IIImI    Mholl'NOIIie.  " 

iijf«ty'»«hipKmii 

4  or  5  tnilfd  fn  ilir 
I  iihoiit  7  liitliiiiiiv 
>  iiiotintiiin,  tifarlv 
priinioKl  rxliTiiiin 
Ilk  1(11  a  ('Iran  '<|iii 
(•»!  Ill  ri'  I))'  iliggiii)j 


iilr«.  to  Point  Mi 
))  tlif  li'ail.  Till. 
I  it,  at  I  lie  (JiHtiiiin 
ayho.  '1"Ih'  sciiih 
)V  a  Delta  tli:ii  h,m 
than  1'2  iVet  watfr, 
rtii  no  chart  nl  il> 
ilion  ol'  till'  li.ir  :<( 

wt'il  known,  liiiih 
mission,  uinlcr  iln 
nd  drew  a  chart  o: 
(  h  iH  a  little  u>  il;* 
ii'rit  guide  ;  anil  < 
d  in  the  best  jjimt 
wcHt  coast,  wIikI: 
liat  it  may  lie  y,iif'.\ 
«lio  enlir  tins  tni' 

tor  the  |iur|i(iv,ii 
re,  iiow  proceed  m 

ire  steering  S.  \V 
IP  level  hilldcks,  i> 
lioiit  west,  ket'iiii : 
IDS  water,  until  ili* 
['iitrance  of  ll.c  i.a 
on  the  western.— 
tlie  Bar  itsellbciii 
'J:;  or  .'5  miles  liuM 
111(1  the  deejier  in- 
lund  by  keeping  a! 
Sero.  This  Hhio 
ry  (lireetioii  •  il  in* 
astle,  and  at  abnii! 
lis  name  has  snnie 
ithoms,  the  bottom 
lior,  in  case  of  ne- 
Evailing  wind  blows 

I  the  bar,  steering  a 
(I  liajo  8eco. 

iml  llinlon  the  SOiii 
njr  H.N.  H,  i  E.di^- 
!  on  which  ilic  wiiicr 
low  I'.honl  lliispnri'ii 
;b,  with  Ihe  wosierly 
nlouir  the  shore,  and 
null  to  pet  11]),  e.xcoi'; 
I  part  of  the  coast,  in 


On  thin  eourMe,  ,\»  well  a<i  the  tormer,  the  depth  diminiNheit  very  Kradunlly  ns  you 
mlvance  HoutliMard  ;  and  it  will  be  adfinable  nut  to  upproach  the  bar  in  the  niftht,  but 
III  run  (lilt  a;;aiii,  or  make  short  boards  about  4  Iea){iie4  t'rinii  it,  until  dayli;(ht  cuiiien  un. 
The  biee/es  ill  this  (iull  are  Iresli,  and  I'nim  N.  N.  K.  which  i  ause  a  hejvy  sea  on  thu 
liitr  and  all  the  Hoiitli  nliure  ;  hu  that  there  in  grout  riMk  ut'  gettiu^  aground,  which  inu»t 
be  unaided  again.Ht. 

Ili.'li  water  on  thiH  b;ir  taken  place,  on  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  at  a  quarter  after 
,')  n'rliii  k  alleriioon  ;  on  sprint;  tides,  the  w;iter  rise-t  iViim  \i  to  'J',  feet.  The  le;i.st  water 
nil  the  bar,  at  lii);h  water,  in  the  seaHonot  the  bree/.es,  tn  1 1  feet  8  iiii  lies  ;  ;ind  10^  feet 
III  till'  rainy  season,  which  is  in  Aunust,  Sepiember,  Octobei,  and  November. 

The  Har  cannot  be  crossed  without  a  pilot ;  and  therefore,  su  soon  nt,  the  ship  in  nearly 
iiortli  and  south  with  the  (.'astle  of  San  ( 'arlos,  and  in  .^i^  fathoms  water,  the  course  hIiouIJ 
be  .ilicreil  to  the  west,  until  in  the  depth  of  t ',  furhoriis,  when  tlie  breaker.s  on  the  shoal* 
will  be  seen  in  a  line,  about  W .  .\'.  \V.  ( 'oiitiniie  steering;  to  the  westward,  keeping  the 
gniiie  depth,  until  .;ettiiig  abreast  of  thu  last  breakers,  which  will  be  iie;ir  the  mouth,  heave 
to  on  the  starboi.rd  lack  ;  ur  what  is  better,  make  sliort  tacks  off  and  on,  until  the  pilot 
gets  on  board. 

."^teeriiis;  lor  the  bar,  the  first  object  that  ((iiiies  in  sight,  as  beiii;;  the  highest  there- 
iihoiit,  is  the  Isbiiid  of  Todas,  or  'I'odos,  which  lies  about  ','>  miles  to  the  southward  of  the 
Casile  of  Sun  Carlos:  shape  »  course  towards  this  island,  until  tlie  CustleH  and  the  Bajo 
JSeco  can  be  seen,  and  then  proceed  as  before  direeied. 

A  knowledge  of  the  r.nirl  sitiuilion  of  the  iiioiitli  of  tin;  bar  is  very  essential:  tliat  is  tu 
the  westward  of  the  meiidian  o("  the  (,';iHile  oj"  ,<;iii  ( ';irlos  ;  because,  without  this  inlor- 
iiiation,  everv  pertain  would  suppose  it  to  lie  between  the  iSajo  Sec^t  iiiid  the  Kastern  ( 'oast 
where  Zapar;i  < 'astle  stands.  By  such  a  mistake,  tiie  ship  might  be  cast  away  on  the 
shoals  ;  ur,  if  attempting  to  enter,  it  would  be  a  prodigy  if  every  person  on  board  did  uut 
perish:  unfortunately,  such  iiecideiUs  have  sometimes  occurred. 

Vessels  drawing  from  ')  to  1','  lect  water,  should  endeavor  to  be  at  the  entranro  ;it  high 
water,  to  avoid  all  danger  of  even  touching  ;  for  if  she  would  not  answer  the  helm  iin- 
inediately,  the  peril  would  be  imminent.  In  sucli  nn  event,  from  the  narrowness  of  the 
cliaunel,  shipwreck  would  be  inevimblo. 

A  pilot  is  also  re(,uisi(e  for  gei'ing  over  the  Rar  outward,  and  clearing  the  shoals  :  after 
which,  particular  instructions  for  sailing  out  of  the  (iulf  ar»!  necessary  ;  for  although  it 
iiiiist  be  dotie  bv  working  out,  yet  every  navigator  knows  how  to  regulate  his  tacks,  lo 
that  they  may  be  >iior"  or  less  favorable  ;  a  ,d  here  he  may  prolong  either  tack  without 
any  other  guide  than  the  lead.  It  is,  however,  necessary  to  remark,  that  in  the  Gulf  the 
wind  generally  shilts  to  the  north,  or  nearly  .so,  at  4  or  />  o'(;lock,  I'.  M.  ;  therefore  en- 
deavors should  be  made  to  tret  near  tin;  Western  Coast  about  that  time,  in  order  to  take 
advantage  of  it  for  a  long  lioiird  to  the  E.  N.  K. ;  aiul  to  go  on  the  other  tack  again,  so 
fioon  as  the  wind  rounds  back  again  to  the  eastward  ;  not  only  to  gain  northing  by  it,  but 
also  to  get  again  over  lo  the  West  Coast,  to  make  the  best  use  of  the  next  shift  of  wind 
lo  the  north. 

Viiecliom  fur  Nuvigathia  fnnn  ."^anln  Mmiha  lo  Ihe  Bar  of  Maracayho^  by  Capt. 

Frederick  Cliamier,  Ji.  N.  IH-Jfi. 

"Tn  sailing  from  .Santa  Martha  for  Maracaybo,  T  rounded  Cape  Aguja  quite  close, 
and  by  keeping  within  .')  miles  of  the  foot  of  the  .'<now  IMountains,  carried  the  easterly 
set  of  the  Magdaleiia  up  to  Cape  la  \'(tla.  and  had  likewise  light  winds  from  the  westward. 

"On  Hearing  liio  de  la  lla(;ha,  you  must  keep  the  lead  going,  as  you  will  be  in  5  and 
7  fathoms  water  the  whole  night,  .\fier  passing  Cape  la  Vela,  the  best  jilan  is  to  make 
one  good  stretch  to  sea,  and  the  next  morning  you  will  in  all  probability  weather  Cape 
(^hichibacoa:  in  which  case  you  will  weather  Punta  Espada,  and  be  able  to  stand  for  the 
Bar  of  Maracaybo.  You  will  run  the  greater  distance  from  Piintii  Espada  in  9  and  10 
fathoms,  and  the  shoaling  of  the  water  will  be  a  guide  to  shorten  sail  for  daylight. 

"  The  best  anchorage  is  with  the  Castle  of  the  Bajo  Seco  in  a  line  with  that  of  St. 
Carlos,  and  distant  from  the  latter  about  7  miles,  in  about  6  fathoms  water. 

"  The  entrance  of  the  Bar  is  in  lat.  IP  2';  long.,  by  chronometer,  71°  4.3'  W. 

"  The  Bar  of  Maracaybo  is  a  shifting  bar  ;  formerly  the  entrance  was  by  the  Island  of 
Zapara,  on  the  west  end  of  which  stands  the  Old  Fort.  It  then  formed  its  channel  to  the 
southward  of  Bajo  Seco  (which  at  that  time  was  not  above  water,  although  now  an  Isl- 
and of  some  magnitude,  and  the  principal  defence  of  the  entrance,)  but  now  it  seems  to 
have  settled  into  a  permanent  channel  of  1.3  feet  depth,  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  Bajo  Seco. 
The  whole  Bar  is  a  quicksand,  and  when  the  Britomart  grounded  in  passing,  although  the 
stream  anchor  was  towed  in  the  cutter  a  cable's  length  astern,  and  (JroppeiJ  instantly,  yet 
we  hove  it  up  without  starting  the  vessel  in  the  slightest  degree.     Having  ultimately 


476 


blunt's  amkiucan  coast  mt.ot. 


been  ol)lia;cfl  to  heave  the  <Tuns  overboard,  the  sand  covered  them  so  deeply,  that  the  buov 
rope,  whicli  was  tlie  s;(nii'  as  is  allowed  lor  an  aiicliof  of  1()  cwt.  snapped  before  we  roulil 
raisf"  the  gnn  siiiruientiy  to  sweep  it.  and  tliat  oidy  (lie  next  day. 

"  To  pass  the  Har,  a  pilot  should  always  be  taken  :  the  dill'icnlty  is  to  get  one;  an  old 
Spanish  onlinance  bcinj;  still  in  force,  that  no  forcjij!!  man  of  war  is  to  be  taken  airos,, 

"  The  town  of  Maraciaybo  stands  Jl  miles  np  the  lake,  and  you  iiave  to  pass  over  tho 
Tabla/.os,  shoals  of  soft  mud,  with  about  10  feet,  in  some  places,  which  you  niaj  tlra« 
through  with  ease. 

"  1  came  out  over  the  Bar  against  a  head  sea,  drawing  eleven  feet  fore  and  aft,  ani,' 
never  touched. 

"  Water  can  be  procured,  if  you  are  outside  of  the  Bar,  from  the  main  land,  exacil\ 
opposite  the  fort  of  the  l?ajo  .*^e(•o;  and,  if  inside,  the  lake  is  fresh  water  10  miles  al)ov,. 
the  Bar.     The  seine  may  be  drawn  any  where  in  the  sandy  bays;  but  the  alligators  .ir 
very  plentiful. 

"  Although  the  Derrotero  de  las  Antillas  and  others  mention  the  depth  of  wafer  ui, 
Bar  in  the  rainy  season,  from  August  to  Novenii)er,  to  be  Id.',  feet,  yet  no  more  thi'. 
14  fi.»t,  a';, I  iliat  only  in  one  place,  could  I  succeed  in  (indiiig.  The  tides  are  vtv 
strong  indeed." 

Conlinuatitm  of  tlic  Coast  from  Point  Espada  to  Carthagena. 

It  has  been  already  said  that  Point  Espada  is  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  to  the  Giiii 
of  Vene/.uela,  or  of  Maracayl)o;  from  it  the  coast  trends  about  N.  W.  by  N.  a  distanre 
of  1.'}  tniles,  to  Cape  Chichibacoa,  and  is  all  so  dean  and  shallow,  that  the  lead  is  asm- 
ficient  guide;  and.  althoiigli  tlie  coast  is  low,  there  are  several  peaks  which  rise  inland. 
the  highest  ot"  which  are  named  .'"^ierras  do  Aceyle. 

Frcm  ('a|)(!  (Jhichihacoa.  \.  7.'>^  K.,  at  the  distance  of  10  miles,  arc  the  Mona"s  dfi 
Sur,  or  .Southern  Monks,  which  are  two  very  small  and  perfectly  clean  islets,  lo  tiu; 
they  may  be  passed  at  the  distance  of  half  a  cable's  length  without  any  ft!ar.  About  \ 
K.  by  K.  from  them,  at  the  distance  of;!  miles,  there  is  another,  named  Monge  del  Esir 
or  Hast  .Miiiik,  whi(  h  is  alsn  very  clean  ;  and  at  tin-  distance  of  H  miles  N.  ^  W.  froiiitlur 
first  is  another  group  of  seven  isltis,  named  Mongesdel  Norte  '>r  >  orfhern  .Monks:  th;-'' 
iiYP  foul  with  a  rrrj\  anil  ought  not  to  be  ajjproached  at  less  'h  ni  a  mile.  The  clKuindi 
which  the  Northern  Monks  form  with  the  east  and  with  the  Southern  Monks,  as  well  is 
between  them  and  the  coast,  are  very  free  and  'lean  ;  therefore  there  is  not  the  least  risk 
in  navigating  them. 

l''rom  Cape  Chii'liibacoa  the  const  bends  nearly  W.  N.  W.  2r>  miles  to  Point  (lallina*.' 
which  is  the  most  northerly  part  of  all  this  coast.  From  Point  (iallinas  the  coast  bcinK 
to  W.  S.  W.  a  distance  of  5  miles  to  I'oint  .\guia,  from  which  a  shoal  bank  extends  a 
mile  out  to  sea.  At  I'oint  Aguja  the  coast  turns  ;o  ihe  southward,  and  forms  a  bav  m 
small  extent,  named  Hahia  Homla  ('hicha,  or  Little  Bay  Honda,  which  has  very  shallow 
water,  ;uid  affords  no  heller:  next  to  this  is  the  Harbor  of  Bahia  llunda,  the  eastern 
point  of  which  is  4  mile  from  Point  Aguja. 

BAlilA  HOND.\.  is  «  bay  of  great  extent,  and  its  mouth  is  .T  miles  wide.  In  entir 
ing  this  bay  you  have  oidy  to  be  careful  to  avoid  a  shoal  which  lies  in  the  month  of  ii 
and  in  a  line  with  the  two  points  of  the  entrance,  and  which  is  distant  from  the  west  pmi:; 
three  quartrrs  of  a  mile,  and  from  the  east  point  a  mile  and  two  thirds.  This  baii«. 
whose  greatest  extension  is  nearly  E.  and  W.,  is  about  one  third  of  a  mile  in  lengtii,  urj 
little  more ;  and  the  least  depth  of  water  on  it  is  at  the  east  end,  where  there  is  only  or,t 
foot;  upon  which,  with  the  slightest  wind,  the  sea  breaks.  In  other  res])ects  the  bav  is 
shallow  ami  clean  ;  so  that  no  other  guide  than  the  lead  is  reijuired  for  choosing  an  an- 
choring place  in  it,  the  dei)ths  SeingfroiU'l  to  H  f  ithoms.  '^^I'lie  coast  from  Cajie  Cliiclii- 
bacoa  to  this  bay,  is  low  and  level,  but  clean  and  shallow,  so  that  no  other  guide  tliaiiihe 
lead  will  be  rei|uired. 

From  the  west  point  of  B;ihia  Honda  the  .oast  runs  about  S.  W.  for  the  distance 1 1 
11  miles,  to  a  large  Bay,  named  El  Portete,  the  entrance  of  which  is  very  n.nrow,  aiii 
the  depth  of  water  in  the  interior  will  admit  none  but  small  vessels.  From  El  Poiiiti' 
the  coast  trends  about  west,  lor  a  distance  of  14  miles,  to  Cape  la  Vela:  the  cuast  l^ 


•  A  shoal  of  4J  fnlhoins,  or  less.  f)n  the  7lli  of  July,  1827,  bis  Majesty's  ship  Driiid,  Cop; 
Srrriuel  Clmnibers,  niniiintr  along  shore  to  the  westwnril,  suddenly  shnnled  the  water  from  10 la. 
thcniH  to  'i-  CaiJt-  <'liiiiMl)irf  snys,  "  I  understand  there  are  only  '2  fathoms  on  it,  nnd  it  if  no!  in 
any  chart  ilini  I  have  seen.  Its  latitude  is  12-  30'  i;.,  ionKilude  7P  46'  30"  W.  Point  Gnllinas 
b.'urs  from  u  S.  S.  E.,  distant  "">  miles,  and  Bahiu  Honda  S.  S.  \V.  \  W.  Ships  of  a  large  draiiglii  I 
o("  waiiT  shiiulil  !iot  gi)  nearer  than  to  bring  the  low  sandy  hilis  on  the  shore  in  sight.  If  clear  wei 
ther,  the  high  land  of  Chiniaro  will  be  seen." 


clean,  and 
at  C^pe  la 
and  which 
tills  hill  fh 
which  is  I 
this  point, 
ship's  leni 
nr.iy  be  rii 
bi'i  ii  i->  l>< 
I  hise  to  tb 
la  \ da  is 
named  Sii 
A.NCIK 
southward 
nil  other  g 
that  at  'J  n 
iliminishe-- 

CAl'K 

ibout  soul 

n  a  grove, 

point  it  tre 

ti)  the  sout 

tVoin  Man; 

although  I 

Between  tl 

with-J  Cath 

Fryni  Pi 

nnles  troni 

S.   bl'  W. 

La  Hacha. 

de  (ruia.  w 

Vela  to  !•.' 

less  project 

cal  Olfice ; 

siderable  wa 

and  the  st.'c 

the  coast,  h 

IP  26'  \ry 

coast  nearer 

20  fatho:ns. 

La  Hacha, 

well  known, 

two  peaks  I 

extend  to  tl 

[iistructio 

we  have  sail 

Cape  la  \'el 

nevertheles.'! 

rcipiisiie  to 

age  olf  the  ( 

will  he  necc 

the  coast ;  a 

cha.  in  .5^  tc 

;,  anchorage  w 

large  vessels 

and  when  th 

uut. 

The  takin 

in^  marks,  d 

I  pass  it,  'he  I 

'  the  west  wan 

.  tion.    The 

4  same  purpos 

From  Caf 

tance  of  12^ 

oeut  or  proj« 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


477 


(lre|ily,  llmt  tlio  biiov 
ippo.l  before  we  ('(lulil 

is  to  get  one;  an  olj 
is  to  be  taken  arrosv 
have  to  pass  over  tlio 
whicli  you  may  drii;; 

eet  fore  and  aft,  ami 

lie  main  land,  exacil\ 
water  10  miles  abovi' 
but  tile  alligators  w: 

lie  depth  of  water  on 

let,  yet  no  more  tiiri!. 

Tile  tides  are  veiv 


rthagena. 

le  entrance  to  the  Gull 

I.  W.  by  N.  a  distam? 

that  the  lead  is  a  sui- 

ali.s  which  rise  inland. 

;s,  are  the  Mons?"'  ilf 
y  clean  islets,  ".o  tlia; 
t  any  ft!ar.  About  N. 
ained  Moiiine  del  E>ii 
lilcs  N.  i  W.  fronitlie 
(irthern  Monks:  i1i:m' 
I  mile.  The  clunneli 
lern  iMonks,  as  well  li 
ere  is  nut  the  least  riiL 

OS  to  Point  (tallinaO 
llinas  the  coast  bcink 
siioal  bank  extends  a 
I,  and  forms  a  bayui 
hich  has  very  sliailou 
la  Ilwnda,  the  eastern 

miles  wide.     In  cntir- 

ies  in  the  mouth  of  ii. 

nt  iVom  the  west  poin; 
thirds.     This  ban;,. 

f  a  mile  in  leni;tli.  ura 
lere  there  is  oidy  one 
er  respects  tiie  bay  is 
d  for  choosin;;  an  an- 
ist  from  Cape  Cliiclii- 

o  other  guide  thanlhe 

W.  for  the  distance  ii 
h  is  very  narrow,  ami 

s.  From  Kl  I'oiitif 
la  Vela  :  the  coast  li 

jcsty'fl  ship  Dntid,  Coiit. 
led  tbe  water  from  10  la- 
)ins  on  it,  niid  it  is  not  in 
30"  W.     Point  Gallinas 

SliipB  of  a  large  liraughi 
•e  in  aight.    If  clear  wet- 


cli-an,  and  from  Hahia  Honda  the  land  beains  to  rise  higher.  One  league  before  arriving 
at  C^pe  la  \'ela  tliere  is  a  little  hill,  in  form  of  a  sugar-loaf,  against  which  the  sea  breaks, 
ai)(l  wliicli  projects  about  halt  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  rest  of  tlit;  shore.  From 
this  hill  ibe  land  continues  of  a  good  height,  rounding  southward  so  far  as  the  west  point, 
wliicli  is  that  properly  named  Cape  I^a  \'ela :  about  2.',  cables'  lengtli  to  the  westward  of 
this  point,  there  is  an  islet,  or  rock,  very  clean  and  steep  to,  which  may  be  pa.ssed  at  a 
ship's  length,  if  you  please.  The  channel  between  it  and  the  cape  is  (piite  clear,  and 
may  be  run  through  without  risk  of  danger,  there  being  fti  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  it ; 
hvl  ii  i-  l)etter  to  keep  near  the  islet  than  the  cape,  because;  there  are  5'  fathoms  water 
1  lose  to  llie  foriiici.  ,md  only  4  or  even  less  than  .'5,  near  the  latter.  'IMie  land  about  Cape 
la  \  fla  is  vi'iy  sterile,  and  .S.  E.  from  it,  about  7  miles  inland,  there  rises  a  mountain, 
nnnioil  Sierra  del  ( -arpentero,  the  Carpenter's  IMountain. 

A.\('II()K.\(!K  OF  CAPF  LA  \'KLA.— From  the  cape  the  shore  trends  to  the 
souilnvard,  forming  a  large  bay,  where  there  is  shelter  tVom  the  trade  wind  :  to  enter  '.t 
110  otlii'r  guide  tlian  the  lead  is  necessary,  for  all  the  bottom  is  clean  and  so  sliallo'v, 
that  at  'J  miles  from  the  coast  there  are  .")^  fathoms,  and  Irom  that  the  depth  gradua'.ly 
diiiiinislies  towards  the  shore. 

CAPK  LA  VKLA  T( )  I'OINT  MANARK  — From  Cape  la  Vela  the  coast  runs 
about  south,  willi  some  inclination  westward  J.'J  miles  to  Caslilletis  Point,  where  there 
is  a  grove,  or  group  of  mangroves,  from  which  the  cape  bears  N.  2V^  K.  From  this 
point  it  trends  8.  74^  W.  14  miles,  to  Manare  Point,  and  between  the  two  bends  a  little 
to  the  southward,  with  some  projecting  points.  S.  7'2'  W.  at  the  distance  of  i;,.,  miles 
I'roiii  iManare  Point,  is  that  of  La  ('ru/,  the  iiitermediale  coast  being  nearly  straight, 
altliougli  the  Points  of  Almidones,  Pajaro  and  the  Fonton  dc  .lorole,  project  out  a  little, 
Heiween  the  two  latter,  at  a  mile  and  a  half  to  seaward,  lies  the  Pajaro,  or  Bird's  IShoal, 
with  ■.>  fathoms  water  on  it,  on  sandy  bottom. 

Kryin  Point  de  la  Cm/,  at  the  distance  of  4  miles  S.  54°  W.  is  Point  Vela  ;  and  at  7 
index  from  it  S.  4-2"  \V.  arc  the  city  and  river  of  La  Ilacha.  The  coast  thence  trends 
•S.  ()P  \V.  and  S.  o.'P  W.  to  Punia  DibuUe,  which  is  [Ml  miles  distant  from  the  city  of 
i.a  Haclia.  From  Dibulle  Point  the  coast  runs  west,  and  i\.  7.')^  W.  to  (,'ape  San  Juan 
de  (iuia,  which  is  distant  38,',  mil"s  fron  Dibulle  Point.  All  tliis  coast  from  Cape  Ih 
Vela  to  12  miles  east  of  San  .luan  de  (Juia,  sends  out  a  bank  of  soundings,  more  or 
less  projecting  into  the  sea,  as  may  be  seen  in  th(!  charts  published  at  the  Flydrographi- 
cal  Olfice ;  bill  it  is  dangerous  on  account  of  several  shoals  on  it,  which  exte?;'!  a  con- 
siderable way  off  to  sea.  The  fust  slionl,  which  is  already  notii;ed,  is  that  named  Pajaro  ; 
and  the  s(?eond,  named  Navio  Qiiebrailo,  or  Wrecked  Ship,  is  situ-iteci  at  "J.;  miles  from 
tbe  coast,  between  the  Laguana  (Jrande  and  the  Laguana  \avio  (^uebrado,  in  latitude 
IP  '2G'  15",  and  longitude  7;S'^  14'  ."()"  W.;  therefore  ships  slii)uld  not  a|)proacli  the 
coast  nearer  than  4  leagues;  and  care  should  be  taken  not  to  gel  into  a  less  depth  than 
L'O  fathoms.  The  shore  is  generally  low  ;  but  somewhat  to  the  westward  of  the  city  of 
La  Haclia,  the  celebrated  Sierra  Nevadas,  or  Snowy  iMountains,  begin  to  rise  inland, 
well  known,  ntit  only  for  the  great  elevation,  but  also  because  the  summit  terminates  in 
two  peaks  like  sugar  loaves,  which  are  always  covered  with  snow.  These  mountains 
extend  to  the  westward,  and  terminate  under  the  meridian  of  Cajie  Aguja. 

Instructions  for  taking  the  (tnrhora<rc  off  the  VA'YY  OF  LA  HA(UIA. — Altliougli 
we  have  said  that  it  is  nt,-'  advisable  to  approach  this  coast,  but  to  steer  a  direct  course  from 
('a|)e  la  Vela  to  C.ipe  Aguja,  and  take  care  to  get  into  no  less  depth  than  'Jit  fathoms; 
nevertiielcss,  as  vessels  bound  to  Fia  Ilacha  must  of  necessity  stand  in  for  the  shore,  it  is 
reijiiisile  to  give  some  rule  by  which  they  may  do  it  without  risk.  To  take  the  anelior- 
aiie  olf  the  City  of  La  Ilacha,  and  being  near  the  rock  or  farallon  at  Cape  la  Vela,  it 
will  be  necessary  to  steer  S.  o,"}"  W.  or  .').)' W.,  with  which  course  run  in  sight  of 
the  coast;  and  h  iving  run  51  miles  they  will  be  on  the  meridian  of  the  city  of  La  Ha- 
clia, ill  5,}  to  6.y  fathoms  water,  on  sandy  bottom,  and  may  then  direct  themselves  to  the 
.  anchorage  without  more  attention  than  by  the  chart  apjiears  nc'cessary,  observing  that 
\a\-z,k  vessels  ought  to  steer  for  the  anchorage  N.  N.  W.  of  the  city,  in  5  or  6  fathoms; 
and  when  they  sail  from  it,  they  ought  to  follow  this  course  until  they  are  three  leagues 

Ullt, 

The  taking  of  this  ancliorage,  as  well  as  all  others  which  have  no  secure  distinguish- 
ing marks,  demands  some  vigilance  ;  and  as  a  case  may  happen  in  wliich  a  vessel  in  ly 
I  pass  it,  'he  bank  of  4j  and  5  fathoms,  on  gravel,  sand,  and  rock,  which  lies  15:^  miles  to 
J  the  westward  of  the  city  of  La  Hacha,  may  serve  as  a  mark  for  ascertaining  her  si!ua- 
ition.  The  snowy  mountains  of  Santa  Martha  may  also  serve  as  good  marks  for  the 
,|  same  purpose. 

t  From  Cape  San  Juan  de  Guia  the  coast  runs  W.  N.  W.,  W..  and  W.  S.  W.  a  dis- 
tance of  12^  miles,  to  the  north  part  of  the  islet  of  Cape  Aguja,  which  forms  a  promi- 
nent or  projecliDg  front  uf  high  hilU,  scarped,  and  with  deep  water  close  to,  with  several 


478 


BLUM'  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


coves  or  snr.ill  l)ays,  and  ^ood  ancliorasos.  The  islet  of  Cape  A£;iija  forms,  with  the 
cape,  a  channel  of  tlirec  tcnllis  of  a  mile  in  lireacitli;  hut  the  j)assage  is  very  narrow,  m, 
aLComit  of  the  reefs  wliich  exlend  out  both  from  the  cape  and  the  south  i)art  of  the  islet; 
so  that,  althou}i;li  there  is  water  enouiiii  for  any  vessel,  yet  none  should  attempt  it,  as  ijv 
80  doins;  they  would  run  the  risk  of  heing  wrecked. 

'I'o  the  N.  W.  of  the  islet  of  (^ape  Airuja  there  are  three  rocks,  or  farallones.  verv 
near  each  other;  and  the  one  which  extends  farthest  (nit,  which  is  also  the  laraest,  isai 
the  distance  of  three  caldes'  !eni;lh.  There  is  another,  to  the  westward  of  the  west  point, 
uhicli  is  hii^her  than  eillier  of  liie  former,  and  is  also  at  a  short  distance;  they  aitMi; 
clean,  and  steep  to.  From  (."ape  Asiuja  the  coast  trends  S.  ;il°  W.  3.',  miles,  to  liptn; 
Point,  which  is  the  north  point  of  the  Hay  of  Santa  Martha,  and  the  south  point  dfil,. 
Bight  or  Ancon  of  'raj;ani,'o  :  the  coast  is  high  and  scarped,  with  some  beacJies  andiij. 
dents. 

S.\NTA  MARTHA. —The  harbor  of  Santa  Martha  may  be  considered  as  one  ofili,; 
best  on  this  coast.  To  the  westward  of  its  northern  point,  called  Point  Hetin,  at  li.f 
distance  of  half  a  cable,  there  is  a  farallon,  or  rock,  named  El  Morrochica,  wliidni 
very  clean,  so  that  it  may  be  passed  at  half  a  ship's  length,  if  necessary  :  between  it  an: 
the  point  there  aicfroiiio  toHlathoms  water;  but  we  advise  that  no  on«' sliould  attcn: 
this  ))assa2e.  which  is  so  very  narrow,  as  there  is  nothinji  to  be  gained  by  it.  Ainiin; 
cables'  leniith  to  the  westward  of  the  same  point  lies  an  islet,  called  tlie  Morro,  also\>n 
clean,  so  that  it  may  be  |)assed  on  either  side  at  the  distance  of  half  a  cable's  lf'ii;;i|j. 
There  is  a  fortification  on  this  island,  which,  with  other  batteries  on  the  coast,  (Icffini. 
the  harbor  and  city.  'J'he  channel  between  tlie  Moiro  and  the  rock  off  the  point  is  vt'r\ 
open  and  clean,  with  a  deptli  of  water  from  Ki  to  27  fathoms.  Tin;  bay  is  also  very  cIph; 
and  the  bottom  t^ood  :  there  is  nothinir  in  it  to  avoid,  or  give  a  berth  to,  but  a  bank  h^■ 
fi>-.  e  the  city,  which  extends  out  about  half  a  mile  from  the  beach  ;  but  as  the  deptli  i| 
minislies  gradually  from  the  edge,  the  use  of  the  lead  will  \u'.  suHicient  to  avoid  all  ii- 
from  it.  The  best  anchorage  is  to  the  northward  of  the  city,  as  much  as  possible  witfc 
in  the  cove,  or  basin  ;  to  enter  it,  pass  at  about  half  a  cable's  length  outside  of  the  Mo: 
rochica,  steering  thence  so  as  to  pass  at  about  the  same  distance  from  some  rocks  wliir: 
extend  southward  from  the  point:*  having  passed  them  lulf  as  much  as  possible  ai,: 
anchor  where  most  convenient,  with  the  precaution  of  being  guarde<l  against  the  ed.f 
which  extend  from  the  coast  and  the  Points,  exliibited  in  the  particular  plan  of  the  Iih 
bor.  On  entering  into  this  anchorage,  be  particularly  atteiuive  to  the  sails,  tVc.  furil- 
gusts  of  wind  como  otV  the  land  very  heavy.  The  River  Man/.anares  disembogiie>; 
little  to  the  south  of  ti:e  citv,  wliich  although  not  large,  has  verv  good  water. 

FROM  SANTA  MARTHA  TO  THK  RIVEK  MACJDALKNA.— From  (mt. 
Point,  which  is  the  south  point  of  Santa  Martha,  the  coast  trends  nearly  south  lUiiiilev 
to  the  ( 'ieiiega,  which  is  a  lagoon,  formed  by  some  of  the  branches  of  the  river  Majcj 
lena.  From  this  Cienega  it  bends  to  the  west,  and  W.  N.  W.  a  distance  of  H4  tniies,i: 
the  western  mouth  of  this  celebrated  river,  named  Boca  de  Ceni/.a.  leaving  at  H  miles: 
the  eastward  another,  naineil  Hoca  de  Rio  \'iejo.  or  Old  River.  These  streams  ttirni  / 
island  in  form  of  a  i^elta,  named  Isia  de  los  (tome/,  which  is  six  miles  tVoni  iioiiiii 
south,  and  eight  from  east  to  west.  l?y  the  two  directions  which  the  coast  takes  In' 
Santa  Martha,  it  forms  a  very  large  bay,  in  the  bottom  of  which  is  the  Chienga.  A 
this  coast  is  low  an  I  shallow;  and  from  the  Cienega  towards  the  west,  it  forms  the  l>i: 
de  Salamanca,  the  west  point  of  which  is  formed  by  the  Boca  de  Rio  Viejo.  ^'Iie  waift^ 
of  the  Cienega,  and  those  which  torni  this  island,  communicate  witli  the  Magdalenali 
several  small  channels.  The  current  of  this  great  river  is  so  p(»werful,  that  at  more  the 
five  leagues  out  at  sea  if  gives  a  greenish  color  to  the  water,  resembling  that  over  a  sliai 
low  bank.  All  the  bay  may  be  coasted  by  the  hand  lead,  for  it  is  all  clean.  The  «k 
part  of  Isla  de  los  (tome/,  and  the  east  part  of  Isla  Verde,  or  (ireen  Island,  form  ik 
Boca  de  ('eniza  of  the  River  Magdalena;  and  in  the  middle  of  this  mouth  there  w 
two  keys. 

The  Isla  Verde  stretches  from  east  to  west  a  rljstance  of  5  miles,  and  to  the  southwst: 
of  It  is  another,  of  greater  extent,  called  Sabanilla,  at  the  S.  W.  end  of  which  is  a  hiirbw 
of  the  same  name,  with  4^,  5!,  and  0  fathoms  water,  on  sand  and  mud. 

*  rrolml)lv  there  arc  aunkrn  rooks  lyinR  at  a  E;rratci-  (listniicp  from  Poiiu  lectin  ;  f(ir  Capinin  > 
Chninhers  of  His  Mtiji'siy's  ship   Druid,  says,  thnt  "  bnviiiK  hren  drivrn  out  from   iho  niicln'ra; 
by  heavy  squtilla  twice  ;  on  the  morninir  of  the  '^ 
the  ship  groiitulrd  on  a  rock  not  laid  down  in  the 

previous  inorniiijj.  It  bore  from  the  oast  end  of  Hi  Morrochica  S.  55^  E.,  troni  the  S.  E.ot  Put 
Betin  S.  4(i^  W.,  and  from  the  West  Point  S.  10^  W.,  all  true  bearings.  On  its  inside  it  isiir.: 
perpendicular,  with  5  fathoms,  decreasinif  t^radually  to  the  shore  :  its  outside  is  a  quick  desccni* 
9,  12,  and  15  fathoms ;  and  on  the  top  of  it  are  exactly  12  feci." 


7thof  Fcbruiirv  18'-]8,  in  atrain  takimr  the  hnrb 
chart,  and  which  he  had  passcil  inside  ot  o\\\h 


The  De 
from  docn 

"TheH 
Boca  de  f ' 
(iifle,  and  b 
hetweei!  th 
westward  ( 
The  extrc 
eastward  (i 

Dmrtions 

"  On  ma 
miles  to  tli 
mock  resell 
be  seen,  wl 
7  feet  water 
the  Red  C 
the  land  S. 
taken  in  ah 
from  it,  till' 
"  When 
will  have  \y,\ 
fathmns. 
point  of  the 
of  a  mile  fr- 

"  When 
Ontario  tail* 
the  followin 
On  the  insi( 
outside  the 
It  is  cnni|)o: 
vfis  lluowin 
the  rocks,  ai 
"  There  i; 
pnriinent,  loi 
eastward  of 
the  bay  on  w 
no  occasion 
"  As  the  \ 
rhorage.  1 
into  less  tha 
is  the  reef  al 
"  I  have  b 
the  banks  to 
the  westwan 
meets  the  fr 
nilla  Bay,  wl 
of  the  bay,  a 
"There  i; 
rises  4  or  5  f 
"  Water  o 
Magdalena; 
wood  may  bi 
vcred  with  di 

Direction 

"  The  Ian 
sists  of  small 
north  side  ol 
person  to  ap 

"('oming 
islands,  and 
continue  stei 
and  then  ste« 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


479 


Ajrnja  forms,  with  tlip 
;ige  is  very  narruw,  di, 
south  part  of  the  islet. 
lould  attempt  it,  as  in 

'ks.  or  farailoiips.  verv 
IS  also  the  hu'ijcst,  is  at 
ward  of  the  west  point. 
distance;  they  nrc  hI: 
\V.  .TJ,  miles,  "to  |!eti;; 
the  south  i)oinf  ofii,, 
1  some  beaches  aiidiij. 

/nsidered  as  one  oUh 

ed  Point  Hotin,  at  ii,f 

I  Morrochica,  wliidi  i- 

Rssary  :  between  it  im: 

no  one  should  attcn, 

jained  l)y  it.     Alxjui; 

L'd  tlie  Morro,  alsovtn 

half  a  cable's  l(Mi:ili. 

»  on  the  coast,  (li'lVn.;, 

ick  off  the  point  isvm 

e  bay  is  also  very  clfii; 

ertli  to,  but  a  limik  V- 

I ;   but  as  the  depth  il 

Ificient  to  avoid  nil  ii., 

much  as  possiblp  wiit 

:th  outside  of  the  Mr 

from  some  rocks  wine 

1  much  as  possible  m.; 

rded  airainst  the  ed.*. 

ticular  plan  of  theliir 

o  the  sails,  tVc.  I'oriL: 

zanares  disembogiie>; 

jiood  water. 

jENA. — Kroni  (liit; 

nearly  south  l,i' iiiilev 

es  of  the  river  Ma£i;s 

istance  of  .'{4  milcM: 

I.  leavinc  at  8  miles: 

These  streams  I'nrni/ 

ix  miles  from  iiortli'i 

1  the  coast  takes  In" 

is  the  (.'hienL'ii.    A 

west,  it  forms  the  l>it 

tio  Viejo.  The  waiff^ 

ivith  the  >lai;(liilfnsl> 

rful,  that  at  innrell!': 

blins:  tli;it  over  a  slii. 

s  allclean.     Thewf>i 

Ireen  Island,  form  \k 

this  mouth  there  ;iir 

and  to  the  soutliwari 
nd  of  wliich  is  a  haiboi 
mud. 

int  Helin  ;  fur  Cnptnin  > 
Diu  from  ilio  niidiora;* 
iiiTiiiii  tiikiiiL'  tlic  hnrlw. 

(1  piisBi'd  inside  (it  iin''- 

;.,  from  the  S.  R.ol'l'"i 
On  it.9  inside  it  isqu.:; 

iide  is  a  quick  descciii 


The  Derrofero  bein}^  silent  on  this  harbor,  we  introduce  the  following  account  of  it 
from  documents  in  the  Hydrograpliieal  Office: 

"  'J'he  Harbor  of  Sabanilla  is  situated  about  7  or  8  miles  to  the  south-westward  of  the 
Doca  dc  Ceni/.a,  of  the  Magdalena  Kiver,  and  is  formed  by  the  main  land  on  the  south 
side,  and  by  the  islands  Sabanilla,  Verde,  and  others,  on  the  north  side.  Its  entrance  is 
between  the  point  ofMorro  Hermoso  and  a  shoal  bank  that  extends  about  4  miles  south- 
westward  from  the  Isla  Verde,  and  nearly  'J  miles  from  tlie  west  end  of  Sabanilla  Island. 
The  extremity  of  this  bank  has  about  7  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  about  6  miles  novth- 
eastward  Irom  Morro  Hermoso  I'oint." 

Diredims  for  iiahamlla  Harhor,  hy  JixIrfU  Lrif-h,  Esq.,  Covmavder  of  his  Majesty's 

sloop   (hhtrio,  l&H)  and  ]8-2\. 

"On  niakiuE;  Sabanilla,  it  may  be  known  by  a  remarkable  table  land  lying  about  two 
miles  to  the  westward  of  the  fort.  On  the  east  end  of  the  table  land  is  a  s(|nare  huni- 
mork  resemblin^i  a  battery.  J5ring  this  humnmck  to  bear  S.  E.  },  S.,  and  a  red  cliff  will 
he  seen,  whirh  steer  directly  for,  and  you  will  pass  to  the  westwa'rd  of  a  shoal,  with  only 
7  feet  water  on  some  parts  of  it,  that  extends  4  miles  from  Isla  Verde.  Its  bearinf;8  are, 
the  Red  Clifl'S.  E.  by  8.  ;  Morro  Hermoso  Point  .S.  W.  by  S.  ;  the  west  extremity  of 
theland  S.  W. ;  and  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  island  N.  by  E.  i  E.  These  bearings  were 
taken  in  a  boat,  in  7  feet  water,  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  ;  andat  the  distance  of  30  yards 
from  it,  there  are  5  fathoms,  increasing  regularly. 

"  When  the  west  extremity  of  the  land  is  shut  in  with  Morro  Hermoso  Point,  you 
will  have  passed  the  point  of  the  shoal,  and  may  haul  up  towards  the  fort,  in  from  ji  to  ."? 
fathoms.  The  bearings  at  the  (Jntario's  anchorage  were,  the  fort  N.  E.  i-  E.;'west 
point  of  the  island  N.  by  W.  J  W.  ;  and  Morro  Hermoso  Point  S.  W.  j  W.  at  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  fr^m  shore. 

"When  turning  into  this  harbor,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  shoal  on  whicli  the 
Ontario  tailed  when  in  stays.  It  lies  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  Red  Cliff,  with 
,  the  following  bearings  : — The  outer  part  of  the  island  N.  N.  W.,  and  the  fort  E.  N.  E. 
On  the  inside  of  this  bank  is  a  reef  of  rocks,  some  of  which  are  above  water.  On  the 
outside  the  depths  are  from  G  to  3;\  fathoms,  and  on  it  there  are  from  3.',  to  2  fathoms. 
It  is  eoin|)ose(l  of  sand  and  mud,  and  is,  perhaps,  formed  by  the  freshes  of  the  small  ri- 
vers llirowing  the  nuid  into  the  current,  which,  setting  to  the  westward,  carries  it  against 
the  rocks,  and  there  being  stoi)ped,  forms  a  s])it  orbaidi. 

"Tliere  is  also  another  shoal,  or  oyster  bed,  on  which  the  schooners  Kate,  and  Ex- 
periment, lost  their  rudders.  Its  marks  are  the  magazine  in  the  fort,  open  a  little  to  the 
eastward  of  the  guard-house,  also  in  tht;  fort,  and  a  remarkable  notch  in  the  bottom  of 
the  bay  on  with  a  blufl'i)oint  to  the  northward  of  the  custom-house.  Ships  of  war  have 
no  occasion  for  going  so  far  up,  as  the  anchorage  is  equally  good  a  mile  below  it. 

"  As  the  wind  generally  blows  from  the  N.  E.  ships  are  obliged  to  work  up  to  the  an- 
rhorage.  Thcj  ought  not  to  stand  inshore  to  less  than  5  fathoms,  nor  to  the  northvvard 
into  less  than  5.j,  as  the  bank  is  steep  to,  and  on  the  shore  side,  abreast  of  the  Red  Cliff, 
is  the  reef  above  mentioned. 

"  I  have  been  informed  that  heavy  gales,  or  great  freshes  from  tlic  Magdalena,  cause 
the  banks  to  shift.  During  several  visits  to  this  harbor,  we  found  the  current  setting  to 
the  westward,  owing,  perhaps,  to  the  easterly  current,  which  from  Galera  de  Zamba 
meets  the  freshes  from  the  Alagdalena,  causing  an  eddy  over  the  outer  bank  into  Saba- 
nilla Bay,  which,  not  being  able  to  escape  to  the  eastward,  returns  along  the  south  shore 
of  the  bay,  and  round  the;  8.  W.  point  to  sea. 

"There  is  no  regular  tide  at  this  part  of  the  coast,  but  the  water  sometimes  falls  and: 
rises  4  or  5  feet. 

"Water  of  an  indifferent  quality  may  be  procured  here  from  the  S.  W.  mouth  of  th& 
Magdalena;  but  the  bar  is  so  shallow  that  nothing  but  small  boats  can  get  in.     Firo 
I  wood  may  be  easily  obtained  in  any  quantity,  the  beach  near  tlie  river  being  nearly  co- 
vered with  drift  wood." 

Directions  for  enterivir  Sahanilla  Ilarhor,  hy  Capf.  W.  B.  Biglnnd,  Ii.  N.,  1821. 

"The  land  to  tlie  eastward  of  the  an(  horage  is  quite  low,  and  full  of  trees.  It  con- 
\  sists  of  small  islands  lying  about  the  mouth  of  the  River  Mag<lalena.  The  shore  on  the 
:  north  side  of  thejn,  1  believe  is  safe,  by  attending  to  the  lead ;  but  I  would  not  advise  any 
I  person  to  approach  it  nearer  than  2|  miles. 

"Coming  from  the  eastward,  and  having  a  distinct  view  of  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  low 

i  islands,  and  the  high  land  to  the  southward  ovei  them,  go  no  nearer  than  Q\  miles,  but 

enntinue  steering  westward,  until  the  point  of  Morro  Hermoso  hears  about  S.  by  W., 

and  then  steer  directly  towards  it,  until  you  bring  a  small  hummock  upon  the  table  land 


480 


BLU^T'S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


to  the  southward  to  hear  about  S.  E.  (some  yellow-faced  clifTs  close  to  the  water  bi| 
then  be  seen,  and  nearly  on  with  the  said  hunimi)ck.)  You  may  then  with  safety  hau 
up  for  it,  and  it  will  lead  you  clear  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  shoal  that  stretches  off  '2\  miin 
S.  S.  W.  from  the  low  islands,  with  only  5  feet  water  on  it.  Keep  this  latter  mark  on 
and  run  S.  E.  until  you  gt-t  a  small  whitish  looking  house  to  the  right  of  the  fort,  an,; 
close  to  the  water,  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  highest  part  of  the  highest  of  thrnebil!, 
at  the  back  of  the  fort,  bearing  E.  |  N.;  then  haul  up  for  it,  which  is  about  as  high  a, 
a  ship  will  lie,  as  the  wind  is  generally  at  N.  N.  E. 

"  Hut  if,  in  going  in,  you  should  happen  to  get  into  7  fathoms  water,  before  you  h\r 
the  latter  mark  on,  bear  up  to  S.  W.  immediately  until  you  deepen  to  9  or  10  fathom". 
which  you  will  soon  do.  The  reason  for  this  precaution  is,  that  if  you  are  without  the 
bank,  you  may  have  6  fathoms,  and  before  another  cast  of  the  lead  can  be  had,  the  shir 
be  on  shore. 

"  On  a  line  with  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  shoal  and  the  main  land,  there  is  not  more  thjB 
6J  fathoms  water.     Ships  of  a  small  draught  may  anchor  close  to  the  fort,  in  :?  fathom* 

"There  are  good  turning  marks  for  working  up  to  the  fort,  but  rather  ditficult  i-, 
strangers  to  understand.  In  standing  south-eastward,  be  careful  to  keep  a  good  lonkoi; 
for  a  small  red  or  yellow  spot  in  the  land  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  custom-house,  and  keep ; 
open  of  the  fort.  In  standing  northward  keep  a  very  small  hillock  on  the  land,  arcr; 
siderable  distance  off,  just  open  of  the  south-easternmost  low  land,  though  this  will  nn; 
be  known  unless  pointed  out.  A  frigate  may  work  in  by  standing  no  farther  to  the  S.E, 
than  the  depth  of  5  fathoms,  nor  to  the  northward  than  5i  fathoms.  In  mid-clianr« 
above  the  line  of  the  S.  S.  W.  part  of  the  reef,  there  are  no  more  than  6|  fathoms,  or 
muddy  bottom.  The  soundings  are  very  regular,  but  in  standing  towards  the  reditu 
Btecp  to. 

"  The  fort  is  not  very  conspicuous,  but  may  be  seen  8  or  9  miles.  It  has  6  ^\w 
which  cannot  be  seen  one  mile  olf,  and  a  small  howitzer.  It  is  situated  on  a  rising  bin- 
under  the  high  land. 

"  His  Majesty's  ship  Euryalus  anchored  on  May  4th  in  5\  fathoms,  on  soft  mud,  mi;; 
the  northernmost  island  bearing  N.  4.'j°  E. ;  Point  Morro  Ilermoso  S.  50°  W. ;  hisrn?> 
red  bluff  S.  55°  E.,  distant  nearly  a  mile  ;  the  fort  N.  46°  E.;  and  the  customhnn- 
N.  41°  E.  On  the  I6th  of  the  same  month,  she  anchored  in  7  fathoms,  on  soft  ini,:. 
with  the  northernmost  small  island  N.  2°  E. ;  the  custom  house  N.  40°  E. ;  the  low; 
house  at  the  fort  N.  58°  E.  ;  the  double  highest  red  bluft'  S.  G0°  E. ;  and  Point  Mom 
Heriuoso  S.  40°  W. 

"  A  frigate  might  work  up  a  half  or  three  quarters  of  a  mile  nearer  the  fort,  and  anck; 
in  5  fathoms,  to  windward  of  all  the  red-faced  land.  About  3  cables'  length  cfflif! 
a  rock  just  above  water,  with  two  others  close  to  its  north  side,  with  2  feet  on  them  ;  ar; 
another  20  yards  N.  E.  with  4  feet  on  it.  There  are  4  fathoms  close  to  their  \.  W 
side,  and  2J  fathoms  between  them  and  the  shore.  The  custom-house  kept  open  of, li' 
fort  clears  them.  Although  these  rocks  are  out  of  the  track  of  vessels  working  up,  i, 
has  been  thought  proper  to  notice  them,  asthev  are  dangerous  for  boats." 

COAST  BETWEEN  ISLA  VEKDE  AND  GALEKA  POINT  OF  ZAMBA.- 
From  the  Isia  V^erde  the  coast  trends  S.  58'^  W.  for  a  distance  of  33  miles,  to  (hien 
Point  of  the  Island  of  Zamba,  or  Zamba  Point :  the  shore  between  forms  a  bay  of  (iveo: 
six  miles  in  depth,  all  of  it  being  shallow:  for,  at  3  leagues  from  the  shore,  there a'f 
only  2G  fathoms  of  water,  on  muddy  bottom.  The  Cascabel  and  Palmarito  Shoals  an 
in  it;  ihe  first,  very  near  the  coast,  in  the  middle  of  a  little  bay  formed  by  the  Morros.c 
hills  of  Damas  and  of  Inasco  :  the  second  is  more  dangerous,  for  it  lies  at  a  league  or! 
shore,  N.  26°  \V.  from  Morro  Pelado,  or  Jiald  Hill.* 

ANCHORAGE  OF  (JALERA  DE  ZAMBA.— The  Galera  Point  of  Zamba  iss^ 
low  that,  when  there  is  a  fresh  breeze,  the  sea  washes  over  the  greater  part  of  it.  To 
the  west,  W.  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  of  its  western  extremity,  and  at  the  distance  of  Q  mie* 
from  its  most  projecting  part,  there  are  four  small  banks,  of  diflcrent  sizes,  with  5',  fa- 
thoms water,  on  black  sand.  Between  these  banks,  and  between  them  and  the  coast,  the 
depths  are  7,  8,  9,  and  10  fathoms,  black  sand.     This  Galera  Point  of  Zamba  projecis 


*Ca|)tan  J.  F.  Chnpinan,  when  coiiimnnding  the  Nautilus  sloop,  on  the  8th  of  .luly,  1831,  whf 
working  to  windward  on  this  const,  and  beinp  nboiu  3^  miles  from  the  nearest  shore,  with  Morro 
Hermoso  bearing  about  E.  N.  E.  distant  5  or  (5  miles,  struck  on  an  unknown  rork,  not  three  tirrc! 
the  size  of  the  ship  ;  it  had  11  feet  water  on  it,  and  (i  fathoms  all  rourul  it.  f;i  n  suhstM|iipiii  in'rmir,' 
he  describes  it  hearing  S.  \V.  from  Murio  Hermoso,  ui  the  same  distp.ice  from  it,  and  tVoiii  iii( 
nep-est  shore. 

The  difference  in  the  given  bearings  of  Morro  Hermoso  precludes  the  possibility  of  assigning  to  ihu 
rock  a  place  in  the  chart ;  but  is  has  been  thought  advi.Mablo  to  insert  the  above  account,  in  order 
excite  the  vigilance  of  those  who  may  hereafter  have  to  navigate  on  .his  part  of  tha  coast. 


nito  the  sei 
liree/.es ;  b 
the  Isia  de 
Ziiinha;  tl 
teutiou  tfvt 
At  .S.  2f)' 
which  is  lo 
the  coast  is 
hill,  forinins 
it,  called  Bi 
Of  these,  tl 
S.  6^  K..at 
and  N.  (>' 
teuths  of  a  i 
another,  ol" 
C'ascajal.     .' 
short  miles, 
from  noriii 
Ihere  is  isiioi 
on  the  outsi 
•  There  is  al:s 
i  ;i  fathoms  w 
(  warn  tiie  n  iv 
j.ciinpelbd  to 
I     NEtJKIL 
^  long  mile  an 
y  extent.     It  \> 
^  lar  form,  wit 
I  them,  ih(  re  ; 
land  till!  eliaii 
j-siiukeii  rocks 
l'op;i,  at  (,';irt 
Isary,  serve  to 
.soutlK'rnmost 
C.ARTllA 
and  tlience  it 
Los  Morri;o< 
trends  S.  ;53° 
part  of  this  s 
rises  the  hill 
.^lonks,  and  a 
ytliis  hill  may 
10  leagues. 

II.VHBUR 
built,  extends 
(forin:*,  with  tli 
■well  sheltered 
the  little  tong 
•Tierra  Bomba, 
•and  which  is 
very  little  watt 
■8outh,  anil  its 
■to  the  harbor  ( 
iOther  large  isl 

♦SUNFvRN 

Jnmcs,  ciunnmn 
mil's.  Ou  cxai 
ieiigth,  with  3  t( 
^hnrp  pniiueil,  fr 
On  May  "nli, 
,  E.,  the  pstini 
Jathoms  uuiIit  tl 
These  rocks  a 
Correctly  placed 
Vosition. 


lose  to  the  water  iviil 
then  with  safety  haul 
stretches  olf  2\  milei 
p  this  liUter  marii  on, 
right  of  the  fort,  aini 
highest  of  thrcplnji) 
h  is  about  as  high  j, 

ater,  before  you  \n\, 
in  to  9  or  10  falh(iir,<, 
fyou  are  without  ihf 
I  can  be  had,  the  ship 

lere  is  not  more  thj; 
he  fort,  in  3  fathomv 
ut  rather  difFicult  i  r 
)  keep  a  good  iookoi. 
»m-house,  and  keep ; 
k  on  the  land,  aror: 
,  though  tliis  will  nr; 
10  farther  to  theSE 
ms.  In  mid-chanr« 
;  than  6|  fathoms,  ce 
;  towards  the  reel  it;; 


liles.     It  has  6 


gun' 


uated  on  a  rising  bk- 


ms,  on  soft  mud,«i;; 

0  S.  50°  W. ;  hignfi 
ind  the  custoni-hon- 
athoms,  on  soft  mi .'. 
N.  40°  E. ;  the  lo».; 
E.  ;  and  Point  iMom 

sr  the  fort,  and  ancti': 
cables'  length  ctf  lifi 

1  2  feet  on  them ;  an: 
close  to  their  N.  \\. 
ouse  kept  opeiiof,!!' 
vessels  working  up.i, 

boats." 

NT  OF  ZAMBA.- 
if  ;}3  miles,  to  (inleri 
forms  a  bay  of  tivec: 
the  shore,  thcipa't 
['almarito  Siioals  a'( 
10(1  l)y  the  Monos.K 
it  lies  at  a  league  on 

oint  of  Zaniba  i«>^ 
eater  part  of  it.  'b 
e  distance  of  2  mi  >* 

cnt  sizes,  with  .')!  u- 
em  and  the  coasi.ihf 
t  of  Zamba  project 


BLVNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


4811 


8ih  of  .Inly,  1831.  «hilf 
ircst  shore,  with  Morro 
'n  rork,  not  three  linu! 
';i  a  suhsoi|iienl  ai'ifiir/ 
■  from  it,  and  from  th( 

liiity  ofa.ssipniiiRtothii 
jove  account,  iii  order 
rt  of  tha  coast. 


niti 

hrecz 

the 

ZiiniL-, 

tentioii  tiKtlii!  hand  lead. 

At  S.  'J'*"^  W.,  distant  1-1,^  miles  from  Point  Galera  of  Zamba,  is  the  Point  of  Canoas, 
wlrlcli  is  low  at  the  water's  e(lu;e,  but  liilly  very  close  to  it.  Between  these  two  points 
the  coist  is  of  moderate  height;  and  at  about  one  third  from  Point  Canoas  there  rises  a 


tenths  of  a  inile,  an^  two  little  banks,  with  'J  and  4  fathoms  water  on  theiri ;  and  there  is 

iiotlier,  of  e([iial  dcptii,  lying  N.  58°  W.^  at  the  distance  of  two  short  miles  from  the 

S.  14°  W.  from  the  Point  Galera  of  Zaml)a,  and   at  tiie  distance  of  seven 


aiK 
Cascajal. 


NEtJivi 
long  iiiijp  and  a  quarter, 


3  water.      I  ins  lies  in  tlie  middle  ot  tiio  nay  oi  j>iipo  del  uato.      we  ouglit  to 
I  warn  tiie  nivigator  tliat  going  into  this  bay  is  dangerous,  esjiecially  by  night,  and  if  he  is 
cainpelii-.d  to  do  so.  he  ought  not  to  go  into  a  less  depth  than  "JO  tatlioms. 

ILTiO  SKOAL. — The  Point  of  Canoas  has  lying  off  it  at  the  distance  of  one 
iM*,  .S.  4!)°  W.*  asli(,     (ailed  the  iS'egrillo,  of  one  (juarter  of  a  mile 
extent.     It  is  composed  of  three  rocks,  at  a  sliort  distance  IVoiri  eacli  otlu^r,  in  a  triangu- 
lar form,  with   from  "J  to  5  feet  on  them.     All  arour.d  tliese  rocks,  and  very  near  to 
them,  th(  re  arc  (>,  s,  and  *.)  fathoms  water,  on  a  bottom  of  r(^cks,  small  gravel,  and  sand; 
and  the  channel  between  them  and  tlit;  coast  would  lie  practicalile,  were  it  not  for  three 
,.siuikeM  rocks,  \v!<i.-li  make  it  dillicult  to  pass.     Fr(»m  the  Negrillo  Siioal,  tlie  hill  of  La 
.  I'opa,  at  Cartliagena,  bears  H.  4]  W.  distant  7^  iiu'es;  and  this  bearing  may,  if  neces- 
sary, serve  to  guide  the  navigator  clear  of  it.      At   S.  50°  AV.,  a  short  mile  from  the 
.souflicrninost  M(U'rito,  is  the  ('abe/a  .^hoal,  with 'J  feet  of  water  on  its  shoalest  part. 

CA  Iv  Til  A(iH.\  A. —  From  (Canoas  Point  the  ''oast  trends  to  the  eastward  alongmile; 
and  tlience  it  bends  roun('  to  tiie  southward  .1  miles,  where  rise  some  little  hills,  called 
Los  .Morritos.  From  these,  th(!  coast,  whi('ii  is  low,  and  covered  with  mangroves, 
trends  .S.  .'5.'P  W.  5\  miles  to  the  city  of  Cartliagena,  which  is  built  upon  tiie  western 
part  of  this  swampy  land.  About  one  mile  and  tliret;  (juartcrs  to  the  east  of  the  city 
rises  the  hill  of  La  Popa,  on  the  summit  of  which  there  is  a  convent  of  Augustine 
.^lonks,  and  a  chapel  or  sanctuary  dedicated  to  the  Virgin  of  La  Popa.  In  clear  weather, 
S  {fliis  hill  may  be  seen,  from  the  quarter  deck  of  a  linc-of-battlo  ship,  at  the  distance  of 
II)  leagues. 

1IAK.I50II  OF  CARTHAGENA.— The  little  tongue  of  land  on  which  the  city  is 
built,  extends  S.  S.  W.  two  short  miles  from  it;  then  turning  round  to  the  east,  it 
,fonn»,  with  the  main  land,  a  basin,  which  is  the  anchorage  or  harbor,  and  which  is  as 
.well  sheltered  as  the  best  ars(?nal.  One  mile  to  the  soutliward  of  the  exterior  point  of 
the  little  tongue,  of  which  we  have  just  spoken,  is  the  north  point  of  the  island  called 
'Tierra  IJoiiiha,  an'i  Hie  passage  which  is  formed  between  the  two  is  called  Boca  Grande, 
■and  which  is  arti(ieiii!!y  closed  in  such  a  manner  that  only  boats,  and  vessels  drawing 
very  little  water,  can  enter  by  it.  Tierra  Bomba  Island  is  about  4  miles  from  north  to 
south,  and  its  south  point  is  the  north  point  of  Boca  ('liiea,  which  is  the  only  entrance 
■to  the  harbor  of  C'artliagena.  The  south  point  of  this  entrance  is  the  north  point  of  an- 
jOther  large  island,  named  Baru,  and  which  is  separated  from  the  main  land  by  a  creek 


^  *SUNKKN  ROCKS  OFF  CANOAS  POINT.— On  May  27th,  1829.  H.  M.  B.  Spcy,  W. 
Siimcs,  coiniuandcr,  .struck  on  n  reef  of  rocks,  Canons  I'oint  licarinj?  N.  E.  i  N.,  distant  al)(^ut  tlroe 
%ii:les.  On  exauiiiiituf  this  reef,  it  was  found  to  consist  of  several  heads  of  rocks  nhout  100  yards  in 
£ens;th.  with  3  to  .">  fnllioins  between  tlietii,  7  fathoms  all  round  them,  and  on  the  tops,  which  are 
yhnrp  pointed,  from  4  to  .5  feet.     The  current  was  settiiu,'  to  rlio  N.  N.  E.  one  mile  per  hour. 

Oa  .May  ,')ili,  Ls^li,  fl.  M.  S.  Isis,  Capt.  II.  ration,  struck  on  aroek,  witli  Canoas  Point  bearing 

_  .  E.,  the  estinuited  disianee  from  the  land  about  2i  gr  3  miles.     When  she  struck  there  were  7* 

athoms  under  the  main  chains. 
These  rocks  arc  evidently  the  coutir.untion  of  the  Negrillo  Shoal,  which,  therefore,  has  not  been 

orrectly  placed  in  the  Spanish  surveys.    Measures  have  been  taken  to  ascertain  its  extent  and 

■^sition. 

61 


*  f'.t    !«    * 


!'•■'»    <•      • 


482 


dlu.m's  a.meuican  coast  pilot. 


named  PaHu-Caballus,  navii;;iljlo  by  ciuioes  oiily.     On   lioth  jidiiits  nf  iIjc  IJoca  Cl 
there  aro  casth^s  to  dereiid  the  eiitiaiice.    That  on  tlie  iioith  side  is  ir,iiiiL-<l  .'jaii  l-'criiinKi 


iii'j 


an 


d  that  on  the  soutli  San  Josef.     'I'his  l)o(a  or  entrance  is  rallier  inori'  tlian  two  c; 


thicli 


lenni"  1"  WKitli ;  nut  mere  are  parts  ol  it  where  tlie  iKiuk  oi  .snaiiow  water  wiiicii  exiini!, 
oll'lromthc  southern  eastle  (San  .losct's)  narrows  it  one  liall". 

This  entranec  o[)cns  first  into  a  iar,i;e  and  well  >lie!tered  liav,  wherii  tlierc  is  a  (|p|ii!i 
of  13  and  15  fatlionis.  To  the  uortii  of  this  tlic  eastern  coast  of  'I'ierra  l>onifja  iniinKj 
towards  the  main  land,  leavin<r  a  channel  of  a  mile  in  wiihli.  at  the  entrance  of  wliji}, 
and  in  its  uiiddie,  are  some  shoals,  which  lie  to  tUv.  westward  of  an  islet  called  iJnijHs, 
and  which  is  very  near  to  the  main  land.  Tliroui;li  this  strait  is  the  tntrance  intoiK,. 
coud  bay,  which  corresponds  with,  or  is  o|)posite  to,  the  l>o(  a  (irande,  ami  in  wIikJ. 
there  arc  also  14  and  15  fathoms.  'J\t  the  north  of  this  second  bay  there  is  an  entriiiin 
of  less  than  half  a  mile  wide,  defended  by  other  castles,  and  w  liich  conducts  into  ij|. 
liarbor.  This  channel  or  entrance  has  a  shoal  in  the  middle,  which  forms  it  into  i»,i 
very  narrow  channels,  but  with  8  to  lii  fathoms  water;  and  the  depth  in  the  anehon;.' 
no  where  exceeds  11  fathoms. 

Having  given  an  idea  of  the  harbor,  we  shall  now  speak  of  the  exterior  coast  and  ihi^ 
shoals. 

BANK  OF  BOCA  GRANDE.— From  Point  Canoas  to  Boca  (Jrande  there  is, 
large  bank,  on  which  the  depth  of  water  diminislnvs  gradually  ;  and  there  are  !)  fathum, 
at  4  miles,  or  somewhat  less,  from  tlie  land.  This  bank  is  named  the  IMaya  (iriiiiitc, 
and  ships  may  anchor  on  it,  in  7  or  8  fatlunns  water,  on  a  bottom  of  grey  sand,  in  Imu 
of  the  city.  After  |)assing  the  most  iH)rtherly  part  of  Tierra  ]>omba,  the  depth  inciciiNfs 
to  20,  31),  and  41)  fathoms;  and  at  2  cables'  length  from  the  shme  there  are  (>.  Toil.e 
westward  of  Tierra  Uomba,  at  thedistance  of  4  miles,  there  is  a  shoal,  called  the  Saliiidli. 
na,  which  has  been  nmch  spoken  ol',  on  account  of  the  great  loss  of  ships  which  it  hi. 
caused.  This  shoal,  which  is  little  more  than  a  mile  in  extent  from  north  to  soutb,  an; 
U  little  less  from  east  to  west,  lies  with  the  following  bearings  :* 

The  lltuil,  or  XortJi,  Edge  of  it. 

The  Castle  del  Angel ." 8.64"  E. 

Hill  of  La  I'opa N.  C8    E. 

N.  W.  J'oiiit  of  Tierra  Boniba N.H)    E. 

Point  Canoas iN.  35    E. 

'JVic  South  Head,  or  K(lu;c,  on  which  the  si  a  .'^ou.nillj  hndJ.s. 

The  Tower  of  the  Cathedral N.  55°  E. 

Hill  of  La  Popa N.  62    E. 

N.  W.  Point  of  Tierra  Bomba N.  70    E. 

Point  Canoas N.  33^  E. 

In  addition  to  these  marks,  by  which  it  may  with  certainty  be  avoided,  in  riinniiigtrom 
Playa  Orando  for  Boca  Chica,  ships  ought  to  get  into  from  (>  to  S  l"iUlioms,  to  the  «i'i 
of  the  city,  and  at  the  distance  of  three  short  miles  from  it,  and  then  steer  south,  wiili-i! 
inclining  anything  to  the  westward  ;  and  so  soon  as  tlu;  depth  increases,  keep  nioie:- 
the  larboard  hand,  in  order  to  crlose  in  with  Tierra  ]{omba  to  the  distance  of  halfaiiiilf 
and  run  along  thus,  closing  to  within  a  pistol  shot  of  the  north  shore,  at  the  entriiiicn 
Boca  Chica,  avoiding  the  south  shore,  which  is  foul.  'J'o  enter  iioca  Chica,  ami  iiai 
gate  within  the  bays,  up  to  the  harbor,  requires  a  pilot,  and  one  may  always  be  obtaliifi 
at  Boca  Chica. t 

As  the  Harbor  of  Carthagena  may  be  made  by  sliips  from  the  southward,  it  is  nocf- 
sary  to  give  some  description  of  the  south  c(tast,  as  far  as  the  islands  of  Mosario,  inuriier 
to  connect  all  the  information  re(|uired  for  making  the  land  with  (orreetness  and  sal'iiv, 

We  have  already  said  that  the  south  coast  of  Boca  Chica  is  the  north  coast  of  tlie  M- 
and  Baru.  The  exterior  coast  of  this  island  from  the  point  forming  the  entrancf  ! 
Boca  Chica,  trends  S.  ,'55.^°  W.  for  13  miles,  to  Baru  Point.  This  coast  is  snlViticiiik 
clean  as  far  as  an  islet,  named  the  Farallon  of  I'erico,  froiri  which  to  the  south  it  is  ver\ 


__     ___  iiL.ui  II.         I  III  ^    riiii  V    liM'ii   iinn  M    v,  II  M    I  \\  1 1    I  :ill  (I 

and  half  a  cat)lu()n  tlir  S.W.  in  l(i  lailioiiis,  wliicli  o\ii;lil  id  Ik!  tlie  bearini;"!  of  tin  irrrli.irs. 
moored,  the  centre  of  San  Fernando  Castle  will  bear  N.  ll.,  as  btfurc,  the  ctiitrt  ul':i 
tl«,  IJ.  S.  K.,  and  the  extremity  of  Tierra  Uynibu,  W.  N.  W. 


> an  Josef  Cij 


fiiitl.  with  a  n 
r;iih'n  of  Pen 
Olios,  with  se 
;il<ti  thf  snial 
•.caret'ly  one 
tors  of  i»  mile 
at  the  distaiii 
Mortliward  of 
and  wliieli,  w 
Knsario  Islaii 
miles  distant, 
tlioiii  lias  froii 
Ch'ir.x  liears  > 
The  llnsari 
ncfpininted  ;  I 
the  shallows, 
Anrio  Island,  t 
to  the  soiithw 
of  Hnsario  Is 
'j;  miles  S.  W 

Observations  c 

i 
t 

■  Rcdccting  ( 
.  <'oast,  it  woiib 

given,  to  eiiaii 
as  tliLMi;  is  on 
hanl  iKirths  ar 
do  at  any  time 
season,  that  i.- 
tliey  must  be 
tlicy  Mow  off.' 
la  Vela,  may  I 
no  more  is  !ier 
the  descriptioi 
rarely  the  e(le( 

From  Cape 
ospecially  fron 
strong,  so  muc 
present  some  r 
inadvertencies 
consequences, 
to  S.  and  S.  W 
Ration,  and  th 
ihougli  they  ir 
ing  iieiielieial  t 

The  i)riiiei]) 
from  Europe  it 
(""aiiello,  I\Jara( 
garita,  and  Sai 

■  as  well  as  in  t 
windward  of  th 

>  so{pient  upon  jj 

I  Sea  of  the  An' 

I  should  close  w 

I  preference  thrn 

I  hofore  stated  ir 

llidund  to  Barc( 

tlio  northward 

Those  who  a 

root  course  for 

|lmt  those  who, 

vigate  to  the  n 


(if  tlic  lUica  CliKj 
iiR'il  .^iiii  l''(rii;iu(|(,, 
oif  llllili  two  (■;ll,|^^• 
.viilfi'  whicli  fxtdid, 

•\v  tlicic  is  a  (ip|i|)i 

'ira  Jidiiiha  iiKliiim 
ciitiaiH'o  (if  wlilij] 
isli'l  I'allecl  JirujHN, 

L'  i-nlraiire  into  as.. 

aiiilc,  ami  in  wIik); 

tluTf  is  an  fniiaiin 

li  cKiKluuts  into  III.. 
h  I'ornis  it  into  u.i 

th  in  the  anelior;i> 

tcrior  coast  and  il;< 

(Jianflo  tlicin  i<  j 
thert!  are  'J  latliiini, 

the  IMaya  (Jniulo, 
f  };roy  sand,  in  (mu 
,  the  depth  incrcjw, 
lieie  arc  (>.  To  iLo 
,  caUed  tlio  S;dmrii|. 
)f  slii|)>  whirli  it  lij. 
1  nurtli  to  south,  an. 


:;4'^  E. 

j8     E. 
0     K. 

iij     E. 

hnaJcs. 

K. 
.J    E. 
0    E. 
"  E. 

ed,  in  riinniii,c;t'rfiii 
iillioins,  to  the  wi'i 
steer  south,  willi'ii;! 
•eases,  keep  nioic!' 

anee  of  lialf  a  inile 
e,  at  the  entniicfi 

ea  Chica,  anil  mh- 

always  l)e  obtninri 

itliward,  it  is  nocf*- 
(if  iJosario,  iiionkr 

•r<'rlHCss  and  sal'tH. 

irih  coast  of  the- 1>1- 

in;;  tile  entrancf'M 
e(»ast  is  sulVicii'iiili 
tile  south  it  is  von 


larts. 
Haj(s'\'s  ship  I-jiropi. 
J  liaii'  iiiiiiul  tlicS.W 

by  li.e  hfiicil  until ;'- 
ti  i.'!  i'l.iliiMiis,  at  all".: 

on  1 1  If  .%'.  E.  aiu'lw. 

iIk  iiii.'li.irs.    ^Vb 
utic  ul  ."iau  JoH'fCai 


IH.UNT's  AMKUirVN  COAST  PlT.Ot. 


483 


fuid,  with  a  rcdf.  To  the  westward  of  this  hitter  part  of  thn  coast,  that  is,  from  the  Fn- 
rallon  of  I'erieo  soutliwanl,  arc  tlie  isluiuls  »{'  Kosario,  of  wliieh  there  are  foUr  principal 
iitirs,  with  several  siii;dl  ish-ts.  The  easternmost  and  soutlierniiiost  of  these,  which  is 
nl<o  the  smallest,  is  named  Isla  de  Arenas,  and  it  is  distant  from  ilie  shore  of  IJanl 
Ncarcelv  one  mile  and  a  hail';  liiil  the  ehimiel  lielween  them  is  reduced  to  three  (|iiar- 
torsof  a  mile,  by  the  reefs  and  slioals  wliieh  extend  iVoin  both  sides.  W.  N.  W.  \  \V., 
at  tlie  distance  of  .'W  hiii;^  miles  from  Arenas  Island,  is  the  Island  ofRosario  ;  and  t'o  tho 
nDrtiiwMiil  of  these  two,  is  that  named  ]sla  Fiarya,  or  \jOU<i  Island,  which  is  the  larjiest, 
and  wiiieli,  witli  its  baidxs,  shoals,  and  islets,  estends  out  to  the  westward  farther  tliait 
Knsario  Island.  'I'o  tin'  norilnvard  of  the  middle  of  Isla  Lurga,  at  a  little  more  than  ■'{ 
miles  distant,  lies  the  islet  Tesoro,  with  a  reef  to  the  westward.  Tlie  channel  between 
thcin  lias  from  17  to 'J')  fathoms  water,  on  a  bottom  of  sand  and  rocks,  from  which  IJocu 
Chica  bears  N.  (>:V  K..*  distant  H)\  miles. 

The  llnsario  Islands  are  very  loul,  and  no  one  sliould  sail  among  them  unless  well 
nc(|iiainted  ;  but  always  keep  at  a  siiiiicient  distance  to  the  westward,  in  order  to  avoid 
tiic  slrdlows,  which  extend  out  from  them.  About  S.  S.  W.,  distant  7  miles  from  Ro- 
sario  Island,  there  is  a  shoal  called  the  Tortitfja.  Tliese  islands  are  fertile  in  trees,  and 
to  the  southward  of  them  there  is  jjood  shelter  from  the  trade  wind.  l?esides  the  Bank 
of  Rosario  Island,  there  are  two  others,  ont>  'M,  miles  to  the  W.  N.  W.,  and  the  other 

miles  S.  W.  by  S.     IJolli  arc  rocks  and  sand,  withf)  and  7  fathoms  water  on  thetii. 


.ii 


Observations  and  Rejlcctions  on  narianliriff  on  tlir  Coast  of  Culumhia,  from  the  Dragon's 
<  Mdiilk  to  (Airthagcna. 

Rcdcctimr  on  wliat  has  been  stated  respecting  the  winds  that  are  cxjicrienced  on  this 
("oast,  it  would  appei'.r  that  nothing;  ("urther  need  be  adileil  to  the  description  already 
given,  to  enable  the  navigator  to  proseoiite  his  voyage  with  the  createst  safety.  In  fact, 
;  as  there  is  on  this  coast  only  the  general  breeze,  or  trade  wind,  neither  hurricanes  nor 
hard  norths  are  to  be  feared,  the  fust  being  al)solutely  unknown,  and  the  second,  if  they 
•111  at  any  lime  occur,  never  exceed  the  streiiuth  of  the  ordinary  bree/.e.  If  in  liie  rainy 
season,  that  is,  iVom  May  to  November,  there  are  sometimes  strong  southerly  winds, 
tlicy  must  be  considered  rather  as  s(|ualls  with  heavy  rain,  of  short  duration  ;  and  as 
tliey  Mow  oil"  shore,  do  but  little  injury.  This  coast,  therefore,  especially  as  far  as  Cape 
la  Vela,  may  be  considered  as  a  continued  harbor,  as  far  as  climate  is  concerned  ;  and 
no  more  is  necessary,  to  enaiile  us  to  avoid  every  danger  u|)on  it,  than  a  reference  to 
the  description  given  ;  for  we  art;  sure  that  the  loss  of  a  vessel  upon  it,  has  been  very 
rarely  the  eifect  of  a  storm. 

From  Cape  I^a  Vela  westward,  it  is  proper  to  give  some  notices;  for  as  the  hreezcs, 
especially  from  Cape  Aguja,  or  rather  from  Prdiit  8an  .liian  de  (liiia,  are  exceedingly 
strong,  so  much  so,  that  they  may  be  considered  as  real  gales,  it  becomes  uecessary  to 
present  some  rules  for  making  the  dili'erent  harbors,  to  prevent  as  much  as  possible  those 
inadvertencies  that,  during  such  uumuiiag(,'alde  winds,  might  prove  of  the  most  seriou.H 
consequences.  The  shifting  of  the  wind,  which  we  have  before  said  sometimes  changes 
to  S.  and  S.  \V.,  from  .luiie  to  Nov-;>miier,  raises  some  doubt  with  respect  to  the  navi- 
gation, and  tlierefore  the  following  rellections  will  not  be  considered  irrcdevant ;  for 
though  they  may  not  be  necessary  for  those  who  are  ac(iuainted,  they  cannot  fail  of  be- 
ing iieiielicial  to  those  who  arc  not  so. 

Tin;  principal  commercial  establishments  on  this  coast,  and  towards  wliich  vessels 
from  Europe  in  general  direct  tlieir  course,  are  Cumana,  Barcelona,  F^a  Cuayra,  Porto 
(■■ahello,  Maracayho,  Santa  Martha,  and  ("arthagena ;  Pampatar,  in  the  island  of  Mar- 
garita, and  Santa  Ana,  in  the  island  of  (hira/ao.      It  being  a  general  rule  on  this  coast, 
as  well  as  in  the  wlnde  sea  of  the  Antillas,  or  Caribbean    Sea,  to   make  the  land  to 
windward  of  the  port  of  destination,  as  a  matter  of  necessity,  to  prevent  the  trouble  con- 
i  sequent  upon  getting  to  leeward  of  it,  we  may  say  with  safety,  that,  being  once  within  tho 
JSnaof  the  Antillas,  all  those  who  intend  to  anchor  at  either  Margarita  or  Cumana, 
^should  close  with  the  coast  ai)out  Cape  Mala  Pastpia,  or  Cajfc  Three  Points,  passing  in 
1  incference  through  the  channel  whicli  Margarita  lornis  with  the  main  land,  as  we  havo 
lirfoie  stated  in  the  description.      This  routt!  also  appears  preferable  for  those  who  arc 
|li()und  to  Barcelona,  although  there  certainly  can  be  no  inconvenience  in  their  going  to 
'|tlip  northward  of  Marsiarita. 

Those  who  are  bound  to  La  (iiiayra,  from  (aiinana,  or  Tjarcelona,  .shouhl  shape  a  di- 
;roct  course  for  Cane  f^odern.  nnssiiKr  :iUi:iv«  lir>tween  the  island  Tortiiiia  and  the  coast: 


liut  tl 


'P 


P 


')■ 


ose  who,  from  Euro])e,  or  any  of  tlie,  Antillas,  are  bound  to  that  jxut,  should  na- 


|vig.itc  to  the  northward  of  Tortiiga,  to  approach  the  coast  about  the  same  cape,  or 

*By  the  Chart  it  bears  N.-'iT'^E. 


484 


BI,|lNl''s  AMEIUCAIN  COAST  Plf.OT. 


little  to  leeward  of  it.  takinj;  ciicc,  if  tlioy  clinoso  to  make  tlin  roVk  rallrd  llm  S(fi)|ii(), 
which  lies  to  the  noiliiwan!  of  tiic  cajie.  For  tiiosn  boiind  to  Porto  Cahcllo,  it  will  not 
be  so  necessary  to  make  (^ajjc  C'odera.  as  any  otlirr  [mini  on  the  coast  will  answer  tlj^ 
same  purpose,  providi-d  it  i)e  siirficicully  to  windward  of  tlicir  por(. 

To  make  (^'apo  (."oderrf,  or  any  liarl)or  iipon  the  coast  to  leeward  of  it,  every  one  ninv 
doit  in  tlie  marit-ertliat  is  easiest,  or  that  lie  considers  best ;  that  is,  lie  may  pass  tlnonni, 
any  of  the  straits  or  passajj;cs  that  are  fonrfcd  by  the  islands  to  tiio  norlliwani  of  tl,,. 
coast;  in  doing  which,  nothing  more  is  ncessary  than  to  attend  to  the  dcseriplioiioi 
the  one  that  he  takes. 

Those  bound  to  Maracaybo  from  the  oast,  should  get  sight  of  Capo  St.  Roman,  nnd 
those  from  the  westward  should  make  Point  Kspada.  In  running  for  Cape  St.  ]\oiii;in 
they  may  pass  either  to  the  northward  orsouthward  of  fJurazao  ;  and  from  that  cape  thn 
may  run  along;  by  tlie  coast,  until  they  sret  about  two  miles  to  thfc  westward  of  Punit 
Macolla,  which  is  the  situation  from  which  the  course  to  the  bar  is  certain,  as  hm  ■,,]. 
ready  been  stated  in  tiic  description. 

Should  the  navigation  to  Cape  St.  PkOinan  be  made  outside  the  islands,  it  shouliilip 
recollected  that  the  Roques  and  the  Islas  des  Aves  are  extremely  dangerous  on  thur 
north  sides  ;  and  to  the  end  tliat  they  may  be  careful  to  keej)  themselves  at  a  sutlirifm 
distance  from  them,  especially  i)y  night,  they  must  not  forget  to  ajiply  to  their  reckoriins 
(or  the  nigh'  a  concction  for  currents  which  they  experience  during  the  day,  as  df. 
duced  from  tiie  comparison  of  the  dead  reckonino:  with  the  points  ofdcjjartiire  and  |,ini|. 
falls  t  I'P  observation  of  this  remark  is  very  important,  as  from  what  has  been  k- 

fdre.Si.  '     ■  icl.    .   ?  to  the  currents,  they  in  this  place  require  particular  attention. 

Thos  )"Ui,d  ■ivr'it  for  Santa  Martha,  or  Carthagena,  ought,  unquestionably,  to  navj. 
gate  outside  all  tl'  ■  v  ;  mds,  so  as  tri  make  that  of  ( )ruba  and  the  land  al)out  Cape  la  Veh; 
for,  having  obtained  a  sight  of  the  latter,  they  may  witli  safety  shape  a  direct  eoursp  for 
Cape  Agiija,  in  order  to  reacli  the  anchorage  of  Santa  iMartha,  as  before  directed.  \V> 
speak  of  the  propriety  of  navigating  to  the  northward  of  all  the  islands,  because  hy  so 
doing  a  more  direct  course  may  be  sliaped,  and  the  distance  be  thereby  shortened,  whick 
is  well  known  to  every  skilful  navigator. 

Those  who,  without  touching  at  Santa  Martha,  go  on  to  v'arthagena,  will  ^hw^c  i 
direct  course  from  Ca])e  Airuja  for  the  mouths  of  tlie  River  Magdalena,  wlienrr,  l,v 
passing  about  2  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Point  Zamba,  and  one  aufl  a  half  from  Puint 
Canoas,  they  may  proceed  direct  to  the  ]?oea  Chica,  or  else  anclior  off  Point  Canons,  ot 
on  the  bank  of  Playa  Grande,  if  tliey  should  not  be  able  to  effect  an  cntninre  into  ]\m 
Chica  with  daylight.  Calculation  ought  to  be  made,  in  order  that  the  distance  itinv  fce 
proportioned  to  the  rate  tlie  vessel  sails  at,  or  tlie  sailing  of  the  vessel  to  the  distaiiieto 
be  run,  so  as  to  reach  Point  Zaniba,  and  thence  take  the  Boca  Chica  by  day  ;  or  anchor 
off  Point  Canoas,  or  on  Playa  Grande,  in  order,  if  possible,  to  avoid  the  neeessiiv  tf 
hauling  the  wind  for  the  night,  which  will  be  troublesome  and  injurious  to  the  sliipaml 
her  rigging,  in  the  time  of  the  hard  bree/.es  ;  but  if  there  be  no  means  of  avoiding  it. 
the  situation  must  be  maintained  by  short  tacks  off  and  on  ;  or  if  the  wind  and  sea  wiii 
permit,  let  go  an  anchor. 

When  we  advise  a  direct  coiirse  to  be  shaped  from  point  to  point  on  tlie  coast,  v 
Aguja,  Zamba  and  Cnnoas,  it  is  not  only  on  account  of  distance,  which  would  be  grcatlv 
lengthened  by  following  every  turn  of  the  coast,  but  also  for  the  purpose  of  avoidinnihe 
various  .shoals  and  dangers  which  lie  between  Cape  la  Vela  and  Point  Agnja,  as  noticed 
in  the  description  of  the  anchorage  of  the  city  of  La  Hacha,  as  well  as  those  lyinsrl'?- 
tween  Point  Zamba  and  Point  Canoas,  among  which  we  recommend  no  one  to  go  iviih 
a  large  vessel. 

If  during  the  season  of  the  breezes,  it  is  necessary  to  follow  the  route  which  we  have 
Qesfciribed  to  Carthagena,  from  any  place  situated  to  the  eastward  of  it,  you  oiidiiin 
the  season  of  the  rains,  or  during  the  Vendavales,  to  steer  true  west  from  C'ape  la  Vp|,i, 
iti  the  parallel  of  1*2°,  or  somewhat  more,  in  order  to  retain  the  bree/.e,  until  you  jrtso 
far  ii  75°  45'  or  76°  15'  west  longitude  ;  and  from  that  situation  to  steer  south,  roniinj 
up  by  degrees  to  .S.  E.  on  getting  info  the  limits  of  the  rains  ;  observing  also,  that  it  i< 
better  to  make  the  land  to  the  southward  of  Roca  Chica  than  to  the  northward  of  ii; 
becau.se  in  this  season  the  current  sets  to  the  N.  E.,  though  in  the  season  of  the  lirfP/p< 
they  run  to  the  S.  W.  Particular  care  should  likewise  be  taken,  not  to  run  in  upon  the 
land  by  night,  but  only  by  day  ;  for  at  such  times  tlie  land  is  very  ha/y. 

In  working  to  windward  on  this  coast,  from  Carthagena  to  Margarita,  or  Trinidad. 
haul  close  by  the  wind,  and  make  the  boards  as  long  as  convenient.  The  proper  tinip 
of  tacking  ought  to  he  decided  by  the  daily  variation  of  the  trade  wind,  which,  at  ahnut 
12  at  night,  or  somewhat  sooner,  comes  off  the  shore  from  about  E.  S.  PL,  or  even  S.E., 
if  it  has  been  raining  before,  and  the  ground  is  soaked  ;  and  from  0  to  11  in  the  fore- 
ooon,  the  sea-breeze,  or  that  frohi  E.  N.  fe.,  comes  on.     At  all  distances  from  the  shore 


BLUXt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


485 


k  riiHed  tlio  Sffiiintl, 
rto  Cahcllo,  it  wi||  not 
?  coast  will  answer  tlie 

d  ot"  it,  fvoi  V  one  hkiv 

I,  ho  liny  pii.sstliidiinji 

tho  noilliuaid  u\'  tf,,, 

:i  to  the  dusciijitioiioi 

Cnpc  St.  Roman,  w.i 

S  for  Cape  St.  Roman  _ 
nd  from  that  capo  ih^, 
lib  westward  of  Pum 
r  is  certain,  as  lias  ii|. 

ie  ishinds,  it  should  i,? 
dy  dangerous  on  tlinr 
!inseivcs  at  a  s«(li{if,|[ 
ipjy  to  their  rcc  konir 
lurinir  tlie  day,  as  de. 
of  departure  and  iimil. 
roin  wliat  lias  been  Ik 
iciilar  attention. 
nf|nestioiial)ly,  to  navi- 
id  about  Cape  la  Vela; 
[ipe  a  direct  conrspfnt 
before  directed.  \\% 
islands,  because  h\  a, 
,'rcby  shortened,  whirk 

rtlia^ena,  will  slinpp  j 

ra.<jdalena,  w  henro,  l,v 

aiifl  a  half  from  Poin; 

jr  off  Point  Cannas,  oi 

an  entrance  into  Hon 

t  tlie  distance  niiivbe 

ssel  to  the  dLstjinreto 

ica  by  day  ;  or  anchor 

ivoid   the  necessitvtf 

urinijs  to  the  sliipninl 

means  of  avoiiJiiig  it, 

the  wind  and  sea  »i|i 

point  on  tlie  coast,  3; 
liieli  would  be  grcatlv 
urpose  of  avoidingihe 
oiiit  Afjnja,  as  noticed 
ell  as  those  lying  V- 
end  no  one  to  go  wiih 

route  which  we  have 
rd  of  it,  you  ouclit  in 
St  from  Cape  la  Vela, 
ee/.e,  until  you  get  so 
o  steer  south,  rnmin; 
-serving  also,  that  itn 

the  northward  nf  it; 

season  of  the  Iiitpzps 
not  to  run  in  upon  the 
'  hazy. 

argarita,  or  Trinidail, 
nt.  The  proper  tinip 
wind,  which,  at  about 
!.  S.  E.,  orevenS.  E,. 
u  9  to  11  in  (he  fore- 
tancea  froiu  (he  shore 


these  variations  take  jdace  ;  and  the  navigator  may,  and  ought,  to  take  ndvan^cc  of 
them  in  working  from  leeward  to  witwhviird  :  therefore  when  at  ni,':hf  the  bice/.e  gels  to 
the  S.  E.  it  will  be  pr()|)er  to  lack,  and  stretch  off  from  land  until  the  iiioining  ;  and 
wlion  the  wind  gels  to  the  nortli\\ai(i  (tf  ca^t,  lie  oiiglit  lo  tack  and  Miind  in  towards  ilio 
land  again.  And  if  on  account  of  Hearing  the  land  he  cannot  (•ontinne  on  the  same  lack 
until  the  breeze  changes,  he  ought  to  make  short  tacks  along  shore,  until  ihc  breeze  again 
changes  to  ¥..S.  E.,  and  then  again  standout  lo  sea.  l?y  these  means  two  long  strcic  lies 
tnay  always  be  made,  one  lo  the  N.  K.,  the  oilier  to  the  S.  K.  ;  that  is  to  say,  both  of 
them  witliin  eight  points  of  the  compass.  |{y  working  lo  windwnrd  on  short  tacks  ahm}; 
shore,  this  advantage  ciinnot  be  oiitained,  because  the  breeze  always  blows  along  the 
tioast,  unless  sometimes  there  maybe  a  light  land-wind  in  the  night,  and  btlore  the  snn 
rises  during  the  season  of  the  rains;  but  they  do  not  last,  and  su(  h  variations  afford  but 
little  assistance. 

Very  small  vessels  cannot  proceed  upon  this  system,  when  the  breezes  are  very  fresli, 
which  from  point  Aguda  to  Isla  l<'iierla  are  like  storms,  willi  a  rouL'h  sea  ;  so  that  they 
cannot  make  any  way:  in  these  cases,  it  is  most  advisable  for  them  to  keep  in  near  t)ie 
coast  wtiere  the  water  is  smootlier.  J?ut  large  vessels,  well  eciuipped,  and  cajiable  of  re- 
sisting these  gales,  or  when  the  breiv.es  are  moderate,  ought  to  make  long  stretches  when 
the  wihd  will  admit  of  it,  in  the  manner  itlready  described. 

Ohscrvations  hy  Captain  Don  Tarqitato  rddrola. 

On  the  coast  of  Carthagena  de  Indias,  of  which  I  can  speak  with  cerlainty,  the  breezes 
do  not  begin  until  the  end  of  November,  and  generally  with  little  slrengih  until  ihe  tuid- 
dle  or  end  of  December,  from  wliith  tinu!  they  are  powerful  both  day  and  night;  only 
they  frequently,  but  not  always,  moderate  a  little  between  siin-r'  and  nine  or  ten  in  the 
morning,  when  they  recover  their  ordinary  force.  When  yoii  re  .  y  near  the  coast, 
especially  if  it  be  high,  you  may  often  (ind  them  moderate  at  th"  daw  f  day,  and  at  sun- 
rise veer  to  C  N.  E.  until  ')  or  10  o'clock,  when  they  again  'ew  i,i  dieir  usual  direc- 
tion, whicli  on  this  coast  is  from  X.  N.  E.  lo  N.  E.  Of  these  va- iations,  those  who  are 
acquainted  with  the  coast,  and  sail  near  il,  may  take  advantage  :  and  it  may  be  better,  at 
night-fall,  to  anchor  at  the  various  points!  which  oH'cf,  even  fork  ge  vessels.  In  the  sea- 
son which  is  not  of  the  breezes,  that  is  from  April  or  May  i  nlil  December,  they  experi- 
ence the  wet  season,  i)ut  not  in  the  other  seasons,  as  li;is  ^11  made  nianifi'st ;  adding, 
that  a  vessel  which  attempts  to  get  to  windward  outside,  wmI  not  acomplish  it  without 
great  difliculty  and  damage,  as  much  from  the  strength  of  the  breeze,  biu-ause  the  sea  is 
very  rough  and  short  as  far  as  .''.0  or  40  leagiu's  t'roni  the  coast,  when  it  becomes  longer  ; 
and  because  being  foired  in  the  night  to  take  in  reefs,  and  that  the  current  draws  towards 
the  N.  W.  quarter,  it  results  that  the  little  gained  by  tacking  is  lost  by  these  causes.— 
'These  facts  have  beetl  proved  by  continued  experience. 


COAST  OF  COLOMBIA,  ]VIOS4{UITO,  HOrVDH  RAS, 

AIVD  YlJCATAiV, 

From  Carlhaffcna  to  Cape  Catoche.* 

THE  RO.SARIO  ISLANDS  and  ISLAND  OF  BARU  have  been  described  in 
the  fireceding  section,  and  it  has  also  been  noticed  that  the  latter  is  separated  from  the 
mainland  by  a  narrow  channel,  named  the  Paso  Caballos  (Horse  Pass.)  The  north 
end  0!"  the  channel  opens  into  the  first  l?ay  of  Carthagena,  the  south  end  of  it  into  the 
N.  E.  part  of  a  great  bay  between  the  ]slan<l  Baru  and  the  coast,  which  extends  inward 
north -ea-sterly  nearly  12  miles  :  ihe  points  which  form  its  entrance  are  the  ,S.  W.  end  of 
the  Island  Baru  on  the  west,  and  Barbacaos  Point,  on  the  main  land,  on  the  east.  This 
bay  is  named  Barbaeoas,  or  the  Little  (Julf  of  ]>aru  ;  it  has  several  shoal  spots  in  it,  but 
is  generally  clean,  wilh  a  depth  of.*]  to  •)  and  10  fathoms,  on  fine  sand  and  ooze  ;  the  luost 
general  depth  being  from  4  to  5  fathoms.  Jn  it  there  is  very  good  shelter  from  the 
breeze  ;  and,  in  entering,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  edges  of  the  shoal  ground  that 
extends  from  the  Rosario  Isles,  and  not  to  forget  the  Tortuga  Bank,  which  lies  at  the 
distance  of  10  miles  S.  42°  W.  from  Rosario  Island,  with  7^  fathoms  water,  on  sand  and 
rock. 


•  From  the  Derrotero  de  las  Anlillas,  &c.  &c. 


486 


nH'M  S  A.MEUICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


At  one  niilr  N.  11"  W.  fnmi  Hiiibnrons  I'oinf.  is  a  sJmal,  tlio  lr;i«t  wnfor  on  whlili  ,^ 
lwi»  liiiliiiiM-i ;  niiil  llicio  is  ;iii(illii'r  lyiiiu  S.  ^'i  '  W.  '.",  miles  (rMtii  tlic  siiiiic  point,  «ii|, 
trrtm  1',  to  "J  liillioiiis  on  it;  llirsc  :i|c  ii;mii'il  ihi'  l{:iili;uo:is  S|io:i|s.  Itrsitjrs  i|||.»,. 
tlii'H'  iiic  two  oilii'is,  iiaiiiiMJ  Alillo  iiiiil  M  itiinill;i:  lln-  (ii-.(  lirs  ,\.  •,•,",  W,  ijistiiiii  :; 
niiji's  tioin  ISiiiliiuiias  I'oint,  with  tli<*  ili'|itli  of  otii!  loot,  on  rock  ;  :in<!  tin*  srronil  Iks 
N.  K.  by  N.,  nearly  •'")  miles  iVom  the  same  point,  and  lias  very  little  water  on  it. 

i-'roiu  Harliaeoas  I'oint  the  coa  .1  runs  aiioiit  S.  ^  W.  1')',  miles,  to  the  Kimfon,  i,. 
IM'ili' of  'ri:;ii:i :  'his  is  easily  I^iidwii,  hi'c.an-ie  ii  enro  or  lull  rises  on  il,  uhieli  is  il,, 
lii^hesi  ol'  any  on  this  part  ol'  the  coast.  From  this  {''ronton  a  hank,  with  little  unt.^ 
un  it,  extenils  lo  tin-  north  a  little  westerly,  about  I  miles,  the  extremity  iif  which  ojipdMi 
to  I'oint  (jomisario  (the  (ir>t  projeetinu  point  to  the  north,)  exleiiils  -J',  miles  iVoin  sliur, 
f'nmi  the  !■"  ronton  or  lUiill'  ol' 'li^iia  to  tin-  l>oi|neroti  or  I'oint  San  lleniardn,  it  is  i. 
miles  S.  •_'.■>  \V.  To  the  iioilh-easiHanl  ol'  I'oint  San  llernardo,  ami  in  the  (lirer-iioii„: 
the  coast,  are  two  ishls  ;  the  northernmost  named  jsleta  de  .lesus,  and  the  southurn  (in., 
Cahriina  ;  they  lie  respectively  at  1  and  ;!  miles  rrnni  the  point. 

The  I'oint  ol' San  Meriiardo  is  the  S.  W.  point  of  a  drowned  mangrove  key;  hctwpfr 
it  and  the  coast  there  is  a  narrow  (hanmd,  called  the  r>o(|iieron,  rrei|iiented  hy  caiKies:)!,,! 
piroiines.     S.  -JO     \'..  Ironi  the   I'oint  .''^aii   lii'niardo,  nearly  "J  miles,  lies  a  rr>r/,ii  /,„„, 
calleil  the  I'ajarito  (iiittle  l!ii'd  Kock;)  the  least  water  on  which  is  3{  fathoms,  and  tin 
most  Ij  fathoms. 

To  I  lie  westward  of  .'^an  llernardo  I'oint  lie  tlie  islands  of  the  sanio  name,  which  ?\<' 
eleven  in  iiniiili(>r.  incliidiir^  those  of  .lesiis  and  Calnniia,  already  mentioned  ;  lint  witlioi,! 
inchidini;  some  othi'r  small  islets  of  little  consideralioii.  The  rdi;e  oC  the  liatiks  on  «||i.|i 
these  islands  are  situated,  extends  to  the  westward  I'j  inileu,  and  nearly  1(1  from  norlli!, 
sonlh.  Various  little  channels  are  formed  liotwecn  tliem.  The  depth  on  the  hiinkti 
the  west  and  south  of  tiiese  islands  is  very  umM|ual ;  for  you  may  sndilexily  pass  frmi; 
shallow  into  tleep  water.      All  the  i-^lands  are  low  and  covered  with  trees. 

SALA.MANt^l'ILLA  CI  I ANNK  L.— The  SalamaiHpiilla  ('hami<d  lies  to  the  p:^. 
ward  of  the  San  IJenardo  Islands,  or  ralhcr  helwcen  the  hank  on  the  K.  and  S.  K.  miJ' 
of  the  Island  Salamaniinilla,  and  that  on  the  west  side  of  the  islet  Cahnina.  Its  dirn' 
lion  is  N.  17  '  K.,  and  contrary,  and  in  the  narrowest  part  is  only  three  tenths  of  a  iiiilc 
wide  ;  hut  the  rieptli  is  fro  1 11  ')  to  IJ',  fathoms,  on  clay,  w  ith  .')  fat  I  ion  is  at  the  ed;;ps  of  tlif 
hanks.  The  liaiiks  have  hut  little  water  on  them,  and  therefori'.  unless  jirecisidy  in  tl:.' 
middle  ot'  the  |)assa,i,'e,  there  is  j;reat  danger  of  i;roiiiidini;.  Tin;  (diannel  is  ncnrcrin 
Salaniaii(|uilla  than  to  Cahruna;  therefore  it  is  necessary  to  pass  nearest  to  tlic  iW- 
mer:  and  if  the  weather  he  f  lear,  the  hanks  may  he  seen,  hy  which  ships  may  s.ii! 
throiii;li  with  less  risk:  hut,  in  thick  (loudv  weather,  the  hand  lend  is  the  only  ^'iiiilc. 

SAIMNC  Tllltortill  TIIK  .SAL'AMANtin  Lf.A  ('II ANNKL.— To  «iai! 
through  this  Ciiannel  from  the  north;  so  soon  as  yon  liave  passed  to  tli;' west\\aril  of  ik 
Ivosario  Islands,  steer  towards  the  Cerro,  or  Hill  of  Tij^tia,  hearing  in  mind  that  iL' 
.sltallow  hniiL\  called  the  Tortiiua,  lies  N.  r.;] '  \W  from  that  hill,  whicdi  will  he  a  sudid.i!' 
guiihi  for  yiviii^  it  a  snilalde  lierth :  that  is,  you  must  not  steer  towards  Tij;iia  I  lill  wlv. 
in  that  direction,  hiU  eitlier  to  llie  southward  or  eastward  of  that  hearing;.  Stand  mi  uii'! 
the  easlerimiost  of  the  l-osario  Islands,  named  Salaiiiaii(|iiilla,  hears  south  ;  iVoin  wiiirii 
Rituation  you  may  steer  S.  S.  K.  until  the  Hill  of 'i'iiiua  bears  N.  E. ;  and  then  steer  S.  \V. 
keepint;  the  same  hearin;;  on  ;  and  keepini;in  mind  what  has  been  previously  saidofiliij 
rhanind,  have  persons  on  the  look-out  lor  the  hanks,  which  stretch  oIVI'kiiii  liolli  m(1p\ 
and  which,  as  we  have  liefure  said,  show  plainiv. 

V,\  LV  OF  .MoKKOSt^riLLO.— Having'  passed  throuiL'h  Salamanfjiiilla  CliiiiuMi. 
and  bein':;  opposite  to  San  IJernardo  I'oint,  you  will  discover  the  preat  l>ay  of  Tnhi,  cnlli  i 
also  the  (iulf  of  ,M()rros(|uillo,  \tliich  is  fiirmeil  by  the  islands  of  San  I'enitirdo  mi  iL'' 
ntntli,  and  the  Island  h'tieite  on  the  south.  The  latter  lies  with  the  southermiwist  K'V 
uf  the  loriiier,  bearint;  N.  MP  E.  disiint  -Jb  miles.  All  this  (iulf  lias  a  yooil  de|iili  of  wa- 
ter, there  beill^  from  *)  to  •,';»  fallioms,  on  j;reeu  oo/,o  ;  therefore  a  ship  may  aiulidr  ii; 
any  part  of  it  during  the  season  of  liiilit  breezes,  calms  and  variable  winds. 

TOlil'. — Thirteen  miles  S.  .';:!',  K.  from  Toiiit  San  liernardo,  in  the  bottom  of  thi> 
(iulf,  is  the  town  ol"  Santiago  do  Tolii,  situated  close  to  the  sea:  this  town  lies  l.T  mil'' 
N.  b.'J"  E.  from  the  month  (d'the  Harbor  of  ("ispata,  and  is  in  hit.  ')^  ;!0'  bU".  Tim  Innl 
in  the  vicinity  of  this  town  is  plain,  with  savannas,  which  extend  to  tlio  norlli.  en-'.  ;iii'i 
south,  terminated  on  the  i-ast  by  a  chain  of  mountains,  over  which  there  rises  one  nmiiiii. 
forinin''  two  nmiiil  hiiiiimoeks,  named  the  Telas  de  Tolu  :  these  lie  I'J  miles  to  the 


easlwiird  of  the  town,  and  are  useful  m; 


uks  f 


or  reeo^ni/.mi 


II 


le  coast. 


In  order  <o  pass  to  the  westward  of  the  Islands  of  San  r.ernardo,  it  is  necessary  to 
keep  at  aiioiil  six  miles  from  the  norlhernniiist  of  thi'iii,  named  Tintinpan  ;  and  then  iini 
sleer  to  the  eastward  of  south,  until  the  point  of  .*saii  I'.ernardo  bears  K.  by  N.,  in  nliii'I' 
direction  you  may  steer  towards  ■•    '''  '  .  It  is  very  convenient  iVu' those  boiini' 


i„  .Saiiiiai; 
i.tvaiicod 
iii.nk  llic> 
miiiiIm^^iI' 
.>.,•)  U'.. 
i,iiit  ^'i  ni 
p.iui.  Ci-' 
Hill  Icadd 

I'l  :i:i! 

t.iiicc  of  1 
tliu  fasten 
era  poiiit> 
with  liit^li 
<,l     W.  ti 
iiild  llie  be 
ilir  latter 
ill  this  H;i 
hills  of  Sai 
jiart  of  the 
pote:    neai 
the  distaiH 
IJill  lies  S 
The  Kiv 
M'ini-circli 
'.  including;'  i 
\illanes  of 
From  til 
runs  S.  f\ 
the  iiitiTint 
I  and  I'uiita 
\  farlhesl  fro 
I  with  a  ilc|)i 
"      I'liiita  de 
uiate  liei^h 
.Kill  to  t'le  I 
with  soiue  ! 
.\.  K.  to  S. 
water :  the 
oii^'ht  to  ta 
The  S.  ^ 
at  the  distal 
«ith  a  reef, 
this  reef  lii 
liiy  naiinal 
liithoms,  ol 
this  bay,  a  r 
alile  peaks. 
Point  l)ro(| 
IS  LA   F 
of  J  I.';  mile 
(.!  miles.     ' 
wliat  less  fr 
palms,  whi( 
;  Arenas  I'oi 
SOIIK!  of  wli 
tlie  reefs,  ai 
i  saiid.     lies 
'lie  one  witi 
111(1  the  oth 
^  mile  from  1 
.  Mie  from  b  i 
schooner,  a 
S.  I'J '  \V 
<'aribana,  m 
llie  iiitcrm 
iliis  space  is 


ULUM'  S  AMLlllLAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


487 


'ast  wnter  on  which  \\ 
tin-  siiinr'  point,  Mill, 

(i;i1h.      JJt'siiIrK  ilii„, 

N.  '.'•'»     W.  ilistiiiit  :: 
;  iiiid  the  stTdnil  li(< 

Ic  wiitrr  on  it. 

s,   to  the  Kiiiitdti,  I,. 

i  on   it,   uliirli    is  i||,> 

):ilik,    \\\\\i  iitllr  Will, 

IlitV  III    wilicll  0|)|l(|>||, 

s  'J},  mih'S  I'rom  .slum 
■^Mii  lli'i'mii'iid,  it  is  1 
itiil  in  tlii^  (lircclioiM.: 
and  the  soutliurii  otH'. 

inarovc  key ;  Ijctwrri- 
i|ii('nt<'(l  Uy  (•■.UHtt's-.iM 
Ics,  iirs  a  rnrki/  Imu^^ 
is  3|  futhoins,  und  iIk 

anic  nniTiP,  which  w 
ifiitioni'd ;  lint  witlmi.' 
(>('  till"  lianks  on  ulii'h 
early  ID  (Vorn  norlli ', 
di<|illi  on  tlio  li;inkt> 
ly  siidflfjdy  pass  tnnn 
li  trcos. 

anncl  lies  to  the  pns|. 
(lie  K.  and  S.  K.  ^n!' 
t  Calinma.  Its  dntv 
three;  tenths  of  a  mil' 
iMiis  at  the  i'ilf;psnf  di" 
iinli'ss  pfccisidy  in  th" 
(;  clnnnid  is  ncnn^r  in 
s-s  ncari'st  to  the  lur- 
.liirli  ships  may  sail 
is  the  oidv  iinidc. 
ANNKL.— To  *j.l 
1  tli;'  wesHvard  nt  ll;c 
ni;  in  mind  tli;it  il.' 
(  h  will  lie  a  siidiciM!' 
•(Is  Tiiina  Hill  »li' 
n:^.  Stand  on  iiii'i 
s  south  ;  t'loin  wliicii 
md  then  steer  S.  W. 
irevionsly  said  nf  ilnj 
1  (llV  tlOlM  Iiolli  sii1p<, 

;iniaii(|uilla  ('Iianiul. 
I  I  lay  ol'Tnlu,  cnlW 
San  I'i'rnardo  oii  lii'- 
le  sonlhernn'dst  Ivy 
.s  a  i;ood  deptli  "I  »3- 

hip  may  anchor  iii 
'  winds. 

n  the  liottom  of  tk 

lis  town  lies  1"  mil" 

')    .';u'  ')')".  The  Inml 

the  north,  oast,  anil 
icro  rises  one  muniit, 

lie  1-J  miles  to  the 
ist. 

n,  it  is  nerrssary  tn 
tiniian;  and  then  n"' 
rs  !•:.  liy  N.,  inwliirli 
liciit  ("or  those  bounil 


aro 


Saii'i^HO  ''"    I'^'hi.  Ill  I'litir    by  the  .^'alauiatKHiilla  ('haninl;  and  ^o  j-oon  as  they 
Ivanced  lo  aliri  iisl  ol'  San  liernardo  I'omt,  they  will  see  the  'I'ttas  ile  'I'ldn,  with  «hiili 


'  iiiiirk  lliL'y  *iii'  dirtt^t  themselves  lothat  town.  ( )t  oilier  liill.-,  wliieli  are  Hcen  tti  tin* 
DiillMvard,  ill)'  easii'ininost  is  tailed  Santeio;  it  heais  iiom  the  I'oint  ol  San  llernaidu 
.■>..')  W'.,  dist.inl  Jl  iinles;  and  the  we-.iermiK).st,  named  Cispaia,  hears  S.  W  W.  dis- 
tant -■'  mil  -s  Iroin  the  sanii;  polnl.  Near  the  norih  side  ol  this  hill  is  the  I  lailior  ol  ( 'is- 
ii.ita.  Cispala  Hill  is  not  so  lii^h  as  ih.it  ol  S.mlero  :  steeriiii;  direeily  liitsveeii  the  mo, 
udl  h'ad  dirtjct  to  the  eniraiK f  ol'lhis  harbor,  hearing  in  mind  what  was  liel'ore  said. 

rrKIJri>  DK  CISI'ATA. — The  innuth  olC'ispata  llarltor  lies  S.  K.  W.  at  the  dis- 
liiiicc  or  17.'  mill's  t'nttii  the  Point  ol' I^an  Mernardo  ;  and  the  I'oint  of  Zapote,  which  i» 
liic  eastern  point  oT  the  harlior,  is  in  latilmic ')  x!!'  1')' ,  and  lonjiitiide  ?•'>  .')l  :  the  west- 
irii  iMiinls  ari'  Terraphn  and  lial  ladia,  d. slant  iVom  each  other  one  mile,  and  covered 
with  liit:h  man;;ritves,  e.Mcndin;;  into  the  water.  From  its  month  the  iiarlmr  runs  in  S. 
{,.{  '  W.  to  the  dlstaneu  ol' 7  miles.  This  harhor  is  well  .sheltered  Iruniseas  anil  winds, 
;iiid  the  best  anchoraj^o  is  on  the  northern  shore,  hetween  IJalaiidra  ml  iNavios  Points; 
liir  latter  belnj;  very  remarkable  I'lom  its  pnijectiii^  out  to  the  sonlhv.  ird:  the  dani;erii 
in  this  Harbor  wdl  be  seen  in  the  I'lan  piibli->hi  il  at  the  I  lydro^raplm  al  (Mliei!.  'Tlio 
hills  ol'  Santeri*  .iiin  *'ispata  will  serve  to  liml  this  harbor  e.saetly  ;  the  midiile  and  hiuhesl 
(i.irt  oltlie  loriiur  lies  S.  'IH^  K.  distant  above  l  miles  Irom  the  Fronton,  or  point  ot  /a- 
piitc;  near  this  hill,  and  to  the  westward  ol  its  north  part,  is  the  villau'e  of  Santero,  at 
ilie  distance  of  two  miles  from  the  little  I'.ay  of  Za|tote.  'I'lie  hi^'lifst  points  of  ( 'i.-pata 
llill  lies  S.  'J7    ;>•)'  W.  r<  Uiu<j,  miles  from  tin)  said  Fronton,  or  I'oint  of  /apote. 

The  River  Sinu  diseiiibou;;es  into  the  interior  of  Cispata   ll.irbur:   it  forms  almost  a 
^eini-circdc  towards  this  west  and  south,  pa.->sinf;  by  the  southern  slope  of  ('i.spata  Hills, 
mc'iudinj;  to  this  |)oint,  the  villa:;e  San  lliMiiardu  ilel   \ientu  on  the  left  bank,  and  tho 
■  villanes  of  San  Nicolas  and  Santa  Cru/,  de  Lorica  on  the  ri'.:ht. 

From  the  Me/.ti/.os  I'oint,  which  is  the  noriliemiiinsi  point  ot'Cispata  llarbnr,  the  coast 
runs  S.  81"^  W.,  S.  7U^  \V.  and  .S.  (;;!  W.  to  Point  P.edras,  a  disiauce  of  17  j  miles:  in 
the  iiitcrniediate  s|)ac(',  and  on  the  beariims  mentioned,  are  found  the  ( 'ieneuade  \'enado^ 
and  ruiiladel  N'iento  (Wind  I'oint.)  between  which  is  the  part  where  the  bank  cxtend.s 
f.irilicsl  from  the  coast ;  for  there  il  cMeiids  [}*,  miles  northward,  and  b  '  m'.les  westwaid, 
with  a  depth  ol';i,  I,  and  .')  I'alhu.iis,  on  s.ind  and  rock,  and  also  on  sand  and  oo/e. 

Piintade  Piedras  foriiH  a  front  in  the  direction  of  .S.  •11)^  W.  for  ."5  miles  :  it  is  of  mod- 
erate heii^ht,  sc.irped,  and  foul  at  the  vwiter's  edye :  at  its  N.  E.  end  a  small  bay  is  formed, 
.mil  to  t'le  northward  of  it,  at  the  disiance  of  two  cables'  ItMii^th,  lies  a  lillle  hi^h  rock, 
with  soii.\e  shoals  half  a  mile  to  the  N.  W.  of  it.  Thesis  shoals  exleiio  nearly  a  mile  Iroin 
N.  F.  to  S.  W.  and  hive  some  rocks  above  water,  and  hIIk  m  wliich  appear  mily  at  low 
water  :  the  depth  on  them  is  from  1  \  to  •,'  fathoms.  Those  who  run  along  near  this  coast 
oiisht  to  take  care  and  keej)  the  lead  constanlly  i^oiiii;. 

The  S.  W.  extremity  of  the  front  or  blul'ol  I'oint  Piedras  is  called  Point  Itada;  ami 
at  the  distance  ot  live  loiii;  miles  S.  .!')  W.  from  il,  is  I'unta  Proipieles,  low  and  rocky, 
nitli  a  reef,  which  extends  out  northward  two  cables"  lenL;tli.  At  a  slioil  distance  froin 
this  reef  lies  the  'J'oro,  or  Hull  Shoal.  IJetwcen  limqui  les  I'oint  and  Kada  I'oint  is  tho 
liay  named  Fnsenada  de  la  Kada,  which  has  a  low  biachy  shore  :  it  is  shallow,  with  .'>| 
liithoms,  on  oo/y  bottom,  at  the  distance  of  ei^ht  to  nine  tenths  of  a  mile.  S.  K.  I'roiii 
this  bav,  a  ridiii;  of  hills  may  be  seen,  extendiim  \.  K.  and  S.  W .,  having;  three  remark- 
;i!de  peaks,  the  highest  and  largest  of  vvJiicli  lies  about  live  miles  suutheaslward  from 
I'oint  liioiiueles. 

ISLA  FFFIITK.— The  \.  K.  end  of  Puerto  Island  lies  S.Hl.V'  W.  at  the  distanro 
iif  :.'l.;  miles  from  Point  Mestizos,  and  from  the  N.  E.  part  of  Poiiit  Piedras  N.  57"  W. 
(>.', miles.  This  island  is  one  mile  and  a  i|iiai'ter  in  length  from  north  to  south,  and some^ 
what  less  from  east  to  west  :  it  is  hi.^h  in  the  middle  and  covered  with  trees  and  royal 
palms,  which  ajipear  al)uve  the  others.  It  can  be  approached  at  the  south  point,  named 
Arenas  I'oint,  only  ;  because  it  is  surrounded  by  reefs,  with  various  scattered  rocks, 
.some  of  which  apfiear  above  water,  and  others  do  not.  ( )n  the  bank  on  the  outside  of 
I  the  reefs,  and  even  on  them,  lliere  are  from  -J  to  I  f.ithoms  water,  on  rock  am!  coarso 
.land.  IJesides  these  banks,  which  surround  the  island,  there  are  two  other  small  ones  ; 
tilt!  one  with  4.7  fathoms  water,  on  sand,  liod  S.  S.  W.  from  the  island,  distant  one  mile  ; 
and  the  other,  with  h\  fathoms  water,  on  sand  and  i;ravel,  lies  S.  ~'S  '  K.,  distant  a  lonj; 
mile  from  Arenas  Point.  In  tlie  channel  between  the  island  and  the  main  land,  tliero 
■^  are  from  b  to  11  fathoms  water.  The  island  may  be  seen  I'ruiu  the  deck  of  a  brig  or 
schooner,  at  the  disiance  of  »'U  miles. 

S.  4'J^  W.  from  Hro(|ueles  Point,  at  the  distance  of  about  ')(>  miles,  is  the  Point  of 
<'aribana,  wliich  is  the  northernuiost  point  of  thi;  (Iiilf  of  Praba,  or  of  .N'oftli  Darien. 
The  iiitorinediale  coajt  forms  bays,  trending  inward  (>  miles,  or  somewhat  less:  and  ii> 
tlu3 space  is  the  front  uad  hill  of  Turtufion,  which  is  remarkable;  the  [luiiits  uf  Arbo- 


-i88 


BI.UiNT  .S  AMLUICA.N  COAHT  I'll-OT. 


k-tfi,  III   LIkIc  'I'lTi's;  Siui  .lii.iii,  mid  Siiviitiillii  :  lliiit  uf  Snii  .liiuii  is  lii^h  uiid  nciiineij 

tli't  uilii'i's  art*  liMv  to  tli(>  tvittn'N  «<(lj;i<,  with  hisu  hc.-t  rriiiii  Dtio  piuiit  (o  tin*  uilicr.     Jh,' 

iiili'i'iiM  i-«  :i  \'iw  iaii';i>  iil'  lulls,  (rriniintiii';  iicai  the  cnnis  or   liillt  of  Suvanillu,  whir)) 

.  lire  iiltoii  I  iiiilfsS.  S.  K.  iVoiii  llir  |iiiiril  nt   lliil  ii  uiii>.      All  this  coiist  \\mhk  hiuik  lvio|> 

I  aliiii;  it;  SI)  lli.il,<Jiii-iii^  the  himsoii  nl  Ij^iit  lir<-r/fs,  or  uf  v.ui.iiilc  wiiidi  and  cidini,  stlnp, 

iiM)  aiiclior  on  ii,  at  any  ciinvcnii'iit  di.siancc  Iidiii  tlif  <  itasi,  a<(  (lrditl^  to  the  si/x  uj'iji, 

vrNscj.     'J'hi'ii'  art!  tin  utlior  ohi^liucliuiis  on  it  than  a  tarallnn,  whicli  lira  S.  3!)'  W,  j 

l<Mi^  mill;  and  a  half  iVoiij  |Sni(|iir|rH  I'oinl;  thi!  Island  'riirln,Miilla,  which  li<>!t  I'xiiilei 

>S..'i7     W.  Iioiti  thf  .sann;  pmnl,  and  ncirlv  west  iVoni  the  {''iiMilnii  and  Mill  ol  'I'orlugon 

raiiii'i' nion- than  I  nulcs;  and  iiii>  ^iii^anlnnivs  Sinial,  wiiiili  lirs  S.  W.  iVuni  Savatiilj) 

I'ltnil,  at  the  distanit;  nl  a  lonj;  mill-;  liiis  lynii;  ni-aithi'  slntri-,  pn'si'nts  no  danger,  cj. 

<'e|)t  til  tliiMi*  who  nin  u<-arthat  |ioint,  or  (ii^anlnncs  I'oinl.     'rortuunilla  Island  is  low, 

and  covered  with  trees:  a  >iiiall   leef  eMcrid*  iVinn  it  innthward,  with  very   little  wairr 


on  It 


I J  1 1     ( I  • 

CAKIIIANA  I'OWV.—  diilj'  <./'  I'nihii,  or  Ihnirii. —  Vitmt  ( 'aribana,  as  we  have  sj. 
ready  said,  is  the  uorilieininust  |i(iinl  (d'  the  (iiill  ol  I'lalia:  it  is  low,  with  trees  nii  ii, 
and  suiiiiiiudcd  by  rucks  elosiMo  it.  It  is  readily  known,  bei'aiiselroni  it  the  eoast  trendi 
to  the  siHilb  til  rnriii  the  said  ( iiill',  and  also  by  the  ( 'erro  de  Aj^nilla,  or  Kagje  Hill,  wind, 
is  near  ii :  tbis  Iiill  is  in  l.ilitiidit  H  ;;7'  .'iit  N.  and  lonjj;itiidt'  7(»  ^  5(>'  .'{()"  \V.;  and  from 
it,  Cape  'Till  11  roll,  uliicli  is  tin;  western  point  that  I'orius  the  tlulf  of  Darien,  bears  ^i.W 
W.  "J')  miles  dislatit. 

Auml.i  llil.i,  although  ul'  iiioderatn  height,  is  remarkable  iVoni  being  insulated  in  thi 
middle  III'  low  land. 

SIIOAh.S  o|'|.'  CAKIIIWA  POINT— The  shoals  o(V  Caribana  Point  are  at  tlieS, 
\V.  end  III  tlie  l;anl\,  ylrciily  described,  as  generally  cxtiiidinif  aloim  the  eoast;  theoutfr 
eurncr  ot  whii  li,  with  l!  raihoms  water,  is  t  miles  N.  W.  by  N.  Irom  the  point. 

In  this  extent,  and  nearly  in  that  direction,  there  arc  two  rocks;  one,  at  a  little  dii- 
taiice  rioiii  the  |ioiiit,  partly  shows  itsill';  and  the  other  farther  separated  from  it  witl; 
very  litile  water  on  il.  Kioni  the  eilf:e  of  tin;  bank,  in  .'i  fathoms,  the  depth  iticrPiiso 
oiitwai'il'i  to  (laiid  7  fatiuiiiis,  on  saiiilv  biittmn,  and  successively  to  more;  so  thatb  m\\t\ 
N.  W.  Irom  C'arib;iiia  roiiii,  there  are  '»  and  10  fathoms,  on  oo/.y  sand  ;  at  11  miles,  21 
fathoms,  oo/e  ;  and.  lastly,  at  1-1  miles,  ,'i-J  fathoms,  also  on  oo/.e.  These  sonndinjis,  iviili 
the  biMriiiijs  of  Ai,'iiilu  Hill,  may  serve  to  direct  those  who  are  bound  to  the  (iidf;  ub- 
serviiii;  that  so  soon  as  Aj;iiila  Hill  bears  east,  they  will  be  entirely  free  from  the  shnals 
of  Cariliaiia  I'oiul,  ;;iid  may  sti'cr  freely  for  the  (iiiK  of  Daricii,  nearly  to  Arenas  Point, 
which  lies  ,')'^  mile;;;  S.  Vio  '  \V.  from  that  of  Caribana;  all  this  part  liavinj;  a  good  depit 
of  v»ater. 

(Wl.F  or  I'KAHA,  OK  OF  NORTH  HAPvlEN.— This  Gulf,  as  above  stated, 
has  its  entrance  bi'lwi  en  Caribana  Point  on  tiie  v.:\M,  and  Cape  Tiburon  on  the  west, 
All  the  (astern  and  soiitherii  coasts  of  it,  to  the  Ilay  of  Camhdaria,  offer  secure  an- 
ehorane  at  every  season  of  the  year;  but  the  other  parts  to  Cape  Tiburon  are  very  wilj 
in  the  season  of  the  hree/.es,  and  without  any  siielter,  except  for  small  vessels;  but  a 
the  season  of  the  Vendavales,  when  there  are  lii;iit  bree/es,  variable  winds  and  rnlms, 
you  may  anchor  in  any  jiartof  the  (Jiilf  without  either  windorsea  to  ineommode  you. 

AKKNAS  POlN'J'. — The  north  and  south  points  of  Arenas  form  n  low  front  of  two 
uiiles  extent,  and  they  bear  from  each  other  .^.  1')  K.  and  N.  1')-^  W.  These  two  poinii 
form  the  eastern  dyke  of  Agiiila  Laijooii,  which  extends  from  thence  eastward  .'ij' iiiiltj, 
and  is  .'{  miles  from  iiorili  to  south,  with  various  low  islets  in  it :  this  lagoon  coininencM 
at  the  southern  extremity  of  Ajiuila  Hill,  heretofore  descriiied. 

K  lO  S.\  Ii  A  HO. — From  Arenas  Point  southward,  the  coast  trends  eastward  a  distanci 
of  .'}]  miles  to  the  Rio  Salailo,  and  thus  forms  a  tiiiiiiue  of  sand,  projectin<;  into  the  sea, 
and  which,  allliouf^h  it  is  low,  has  a  sullicient  depth  of  water  near  it,  and  may  be  coasted 
at  less  than  a  mil(>. 

From  the  Rio  .^alado  the  eoast  takes  a  southerly  direetion,  with  some  inclinationeast- 
ward  ;  it  is  all  low  land,  with  hillocks  at  intervals;  and  the  depth  on  the  bank  all  alon* 
it  is  so  re;;ular,  and  the  biittom  so  clean,  that  it  may  be  coasted  without  jiny  other  care 
than  due  attention  to  the  lead.  From  the  Point  and  Hill  of  Cayman,  which  are  distant 
from  Kio  Salado  It  miles  .S.  11°  K.  the  shores  to  the  southward  on  both  sides  of  the 
(lulf,  so  firasthe  princi|)al  mouth  of  the  Rio  Atrato,  are  swampy,  without  even  oneliii! 
<tn  it;  and,  from  the  Kio  .Snrimiilla,  whieh  is  in  the  southernmost  part  of  the  Gulf. to 
the  north  and  west,  may  be  considered  as  the  Delta,  where  the  preat  river  Atrato  or  Da- 
rien  disembogues,  'i'he  Hay  of  Candelaria,  which  is  formed  by  the  swampy  land  at  the 
mouths  of  the  river,  bears  from  the  Hill  of  Cayman  about  S.  49°  W.  at  the  distance  of 
Iv?  miles.  For  navifjatinj;  all  aloii^  this  coast  of  the  bottom  of  the  (Julf,  from  Cayman 
Point  on  tho  east  to  the  Bay  of  (Candelaria  on  the  west,  there  needs  no  other  direction 
than  that  of  attending  to  the  lead ;  nor  is  there  any  danger,  for  a  ship  may  be  anchored 
wherever  ilmay  be  couvciucut,  or  necessity  may  require. 


The  prim 
he  til  nv.iil  y 
ihf  inHTiiii 
linn  river  In 
liiriiiiiiK  ill" 
ifiilije  fill  bii. 
HMW  ;ii|vani 
|Mri  of  till' 
liiiiii  llii'  sea 
land. 

HAV  OF 
that  tlie  jjrea 
jiriives,  reed' 
uniiith  or  rn 
the  Little  F 
borders  the 
whicli  rediic 
tViini  the  .S. 
on  the  soul 
fond  anchor; 

Instruction 
liirelnl  use  o 
ihiiins  in  its  i 
bunk  that  sui 
Irom  .')  to  set 
mid-channel, 
have  a  man  i. 
cales  the  ch; 
,'i  iVct  wafer, 

CHOCO  I 
Hay  tiie  coas 
nearly  .j  milei 
this  eoast  the 
tend}'  oiitwan 
tance  I'roin  R 
distance  from 
tliiit  |)resents 
it  you  have  o 
and  when  yoi 
voii  m;.y  and 

PEAKS  ( 
coast,  and  to  I 
Peak  of  Tan 
peaks  of  the; 
which  is  ovei 
next  to  it  son 

isli«:ts 

Keys  the  coas 
high,  and  thei 
is  a  group  of 
these  follow  a 
half  a  mile. 
half  a  mill'  > 
■  and  the  i>,  i  t 
'  this  islet  ti*^'  i 
account  of  its 
deros,  consist 
clcau,  with  de 
from  the  coas 
Three  mile 
from  the  coas 
lies  Gandi  Po 
coast  follows  ; 
with  which,  ( 
names  disenib 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  I'li.OT. 


489 


s  liigh  and  icuMied 
((I  till'  uilier.  Th,' 
III'  Suvanillu,  mIucI, 
isl  lias  a  l)iiiik  lyiaj' 
iiiU  anil  ciiliiii, sliini 
iii;  to  I  lie  MJ/u  ul'tiit 
ill  lips  S.  :)!)'  W,, 
whioli  \U'»  \U  niilti 
il  Hill  ot°  'riirtiigun 
W.  (rom  Siiviinillj 
K'lUs  111)  (hiiigrr,  fj. 
Uiiilhi  Isl'.inil  is  Im, 
illi  very  little  wai»r 

haiiii,  ns  we  have  a|. 
w,  with  triTs  on  n, 
III  it  tijt'  coa.it  trendi 
11-  KaR)«'  Hill,  which 
:W'  W.;  -.111(1  from 
Uarieii,  bears  N.hr- 


iig  insulated  in  ihi 


la  I'oint  are  nttlieS. 

[|i(>  coast ;  tlieuutrt 

II  tliR  point. 

one,  at  a  little  dis. 

arated  tVoin  it  witl; 

the  depth    iiicroiisfi 

(ire  ;   so  that  (i  iiiilo 

11(1 ;  at  II    miles,  Jl 

lese  s(iiiiidiii):.s,  ivuli 

nil  to  the  (iiiit';  ob- 

ree  IVoiii  the  shoals 

ly  to  Arenas  I'oim, 

ivinj;  a  good  depth 

r,  as  above  slated, 

ihiiroii  on  the  west. 

ofler  seeure  an- 

hiiron  are  very  wilJ 

nail  vessels;  but  ,!i 

winds  and  CHJms, 

ineoiiiinode  you. 

a  low  front  of  two 

These  two  pninli 

eastward  Tij'  miles, 

agoon  commences 

eastward  a  distanct 
■tinj;  into  the  sea, 
iiid  may  be  coasted 

lie  inelinationeast- 
the  bank  all  alonj 
out  any  other  care 
I,  which  are  distant 
both  sides  of  the 
thoiit  even  one  hill 
irt  of  the  Gulf,  to 
river  Atrato  or  Da- 
>waiiipy  land  at  the 
.  at  the  distance  ot 
iulf,  from  Cayman 
no  other  direction 
1  may  be  anchored 


The  principal,  indeed  the  nn\r.  object  for  eiiterinc  into  the  (iulf  of  Darirn,  can  only 
he  III  nv.iil  yourself  of  the  tacililies  which  the  Kiver  Atrato  allords  tor  eoiidiictiii|{  into 
(he  Ulterior  the  imports,  and  wilhdrawiiiK  therefrom  the  exports  :  thus,  notwithsiaiidiiig 
ilim  river  branches  inio  the  seu  by  many  months,  extending  over  a  ^reat  distance,  and 
liiriiiitiK  the  swaui|)y  and  inundated  lands  jiisr  spoken  ol,  yet  only  ei^lii  ol  them  are  navi- 
K^lile  lot  boats  and  launches;  and  of  ihe  whole  of  them,  not  o'le  of  them  oilers  the 
!(,ime  iidvantanes  as  the  Liltle  Kaysan,  or  I'lieasant.  which  discharges  into  the  southern 
|),iri  of  the  bay  nf  Candelaria:  inasmuch,  as  shijis  aiicliorinj;  there,  will  he  sheltered 
Iriiin  ibe  sea,  and  be  near  to  the  channel  by  whii  h  their  iVeij^hts  are  to  be  conveyed  in- 
land. • 

HAV  ok  CANDKIiAIUA. — The  coasts  of  the  Hay  of  Candnlaria  are  so  very  low, 
lli;il  ilie  greater  part  of  them  are  inundated,  even  at  low  water,  and  bordered  with  man- 
jtriives,  reeds,  and  rushes,  so  that  only  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  'lay  appears  dry.  The 
uiiiuth  or  entrance  of  the  bay  from  the  .\.  W.  point  to  the  .S.  K.  where  the  bram  h  called 
the  Liiile  Faysaii  falls  into  it,  is  about','  miles  in  width;  but  there  is  a  sand  bank  which 
borders  the  whole  circuit  of  it,  and  extends  out  a  mile  to  the.S.  K.  from  the  .\.  W.  point, 
which  reduces  the  entrance  to  scarcely  a  mile  in  breadth.  This  shoal  also  stretches  uli' 
fniMi  the  S.  E.  point,  bu'  only  to  a  cable's  lenjjth  and  a  half;  within  the  bay  it  narrows 
on  the  south  shore,  but  widens  considerably  on  the  N.  W.  side.  'J'hc  clear  space  of 
(food  anchorage  is  about  a  mile  and  a  third  each  wjiy. 

Instruction.^  for  rntfrint!;  CANUKLAKFA  15A\  . — To  enter  this  bay,  caution  and  a 
ciirel'iil  use  of  the  lead  are  necessary,  taking  can-  not  to  jjet  into  less  than  17.^  or  17  fa- 
thoms in  its  entrance,  nor  1-'  within  it.  This  caution  is  very  necessary,  Ix-cause  the  sand 
hank  that  surrounds  it  is  so  steep,  that  it  shoals  immediately  from  Hi  to  .'j  faihoms,  and 
Irnin  .')  to  gettine  aground.  Hy  taking  care  to  preserve  the  proper  depth,  you  will  go  in 
mul-channel,  at  about  4  cables'  length  from  the  .S.  K.  jioint.  It  will  also  be  advisable  to 
have  a  man  upon  the  lookout,  on  one  of  the  yard  arms,  as  the  color  of  the  w.nter  indi- 
cates the  channel  and  the  shoals.  On  the  Bar  of  the  Little  Faysan  branr  h.  there  are 
;{  feet  water,  and  the  tides  rise  "J  feet,  throughout  the  whole  of  the  (iulf  of  Darien. 

CHOCO  POINT  AND  ANCIIOKACiK.— From  the  N.  W.  point  of  ( '.uulelaria 
Hay  the  coast  continues  low,  and  covered  with  mnns;ioves,  in  the  dnec  tiiui  i>\  N.  ]()''  W. 
nearly  .j  miles,  to  Revesa  I'oint ;  thence  W.  N.  \V.  7  miles,  to  the  Tarena  Keys  ;  on  all 
this  coast  the  shallow  bank,  thrown  up  by  the  waters  from  the  mouths  of  the  river,  ex- 
tend.- outward.  The  principal  mouth  of  the  Atrato  lies  at  about  one  ihiid  of  the  dis- 
tance iVoin  Kevesa  I'oint  towards  Tereiia  Keys;  and  it  is  necessary  lo  kii  p  at  two  miles 
distance  from  the  coast.  Kevesa  Point,  which  is  also  called  T'linco  INiiiii,  tonus  a  curve 
th;it  presents  a  fine  anchoraa;e.  well  sheltered  from  the  north  winds  and  iieci'.es;  to  enter 
it  you  have  only  to  keep  about  H  cable's  length  distant  from  the  south  sid;'  of  the  jioint ; 
.mil  when  you  are  abreast  of  it,  or  to  the  westward  of  it  somewhat  farther  into  the  bay, 
voii  iu„y  anchor  in  1."  or  14  fatlioiiis. 

PEAK.*'^  OF  TAKENA,  CANDELAHl A,  T)K  CAHO,  AND  GANDI.— On  this 
coast,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Tarena  Keys,  will  be  seen  a  mount,  ni  nill,  called  the 
Peak  of  Tarena,  whence  lies  a  very  lofty  ridge,  extending  to  the  N.  W.  cf  the  various 
peaks  of  these  heights,  the  southernmost  is  called  f'aiidelaria,  and  the  iioriherniiiost, 
which  is  over  Cape  Tiburon,  is  called  Pico  de  Cabo,  or  Peak  of  the  Cape;  the  peak 
next  to  it  southward  is  named  (inndi. 

ISLETS  TIJTIIMATES,  TA.MBOR  AND  BOLANDEROS.— From  Tarena 
Keys  the  coast  runs  about  N.  28°  W.  a  distance  of  10  miles,  to  the  Bolanderns  :  it  is  all 
high,  and  there  are  various  islets  lying  along  it.  The  fust  of  these,  named  Tutumates, 
is  a  group  of  three  islets,  very  clean,  and  lying  about  half  a  mile  from  the  coast.  To 
these  follow  another  named  Tanibor,  which  is  separated  from  the  coast  rather  tnore  than 
half  a  mile.  Although  this  is  clean,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  at  the  distance  of 
half  a  mili^  N.  N.  E.  from  it,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal  which  shows  itself,  between  which 
J  and  the  is  t  there  is  a  passage;  but  it  is  always  better  to  pass  outside,  'i'o  the  west  of 
I  this  islet  ti,  coast  forms  a  bay  called  Puerto  Escondido,  or  Hidden  Harbor,  which  on 
account  of  us  small  capacity,  admits  small  vessels  only.  To  Tambor  follow  the  Bolan- 
deros,  consisting  of  a  larger  islet,  with  other  small  ones  at  its  south  nait :  all  these  are 
clean,  with  deej)  water  around  them,  and  do  not  lie  farther  than  three  (]uartcrsof  a  mile 
from  the  coast. 

Three  miles  N.  55°  W.  from  the  Great  Bolandero,  and  at  the  distance  of  lialf  a  mile 
from  the  coast,  lies  the  Pitoii  Islet,  which  is  very  clean  ;  from  thence  N.  65'^  W.  (>  mik  . 
lies  (Jandi  Point,  forming  a  beachy  bay,  named  Tripo  (iandi.  FromGandi  Point  iUv- 
coast  follows  about  N.  N.  VV.  for  the  distance  of  1  j  mile,  to  the  point  of  the  River  Gar,(it; 
with  which,  Gandi  Point  forms  the  bay  of  Estola,  or  Gandi,  where  the  livers  of  thesa 
names  disembogue :  this  bay  is  of  little  importance. 

62 


490 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Hi 


At  N.  16"^  W.  fij  miles  from  Tiandi  Point,  lies  the  Tonel  Islet,  very  clean  with  deep 
water,  especially  on  its  eastern  side  :  it  is  rather  more  than  a  mile  from  the  coast.  From 
this  islet  to  Capo  Tilmron  it  is  G},-  miles  N.  42^  W.  All  this  coast  from  the  Tarcoa 
Keys  to  Cape  Tiburon,  is  high  and  steep,  with  deep  water:  but  it  is  very  wild  in  the  sea- 
son of  the  bree/.es :  for  which  reason  it  is  most  prudent  to  avoid  it  dnrinu  these  seasons, 
«nd  to  keep  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  (Julf,  as  it  not  only  affords  security  and  the  ;ir. 
commodation  of  anchorage  in  every  part,  but,  as  there  is  no  inconvenience  arising  from 
the  sea,  it  is  much  more  easy  for  working  to  windward ;  and  much  time  may  be  saved 
by  it. 

CAPE  TIBURON.— This  cape,  as  before  said,  is  the  N.  W.  boundary  of  the  Gulf; 
it  is  rocky,  high,  and  scarped  ;  and  projects  out  in  a  N.  E.  direction  forming  an  isth- 
mus, on  the  south  and  west  sides  of  which  are  two  little  harbor.<.  The  first  of  these  i, 
so  narrow  as  to  be  of  ViuU-  importance;  the  second  is  larger,  and  called  Miel  Harbor,  m 
which  there  is  good  holding  ground,  and  the  greatest  deptii  i.-s  from  IJ  to  12  fathoms. or] 
sand  and  clay. 

POINT  AND  PEAK  OF  CARRETO.— Thirteen  miles  N.  6-2o  W.  from  Cape Ti. 
buron  is  the  Point  and  Peak  of  Carreto,  which  is  the  eastern  point  of  a  little  harbor o! 
thac  name.  IJeiweenthe  tw(»  points  a  bay  is  ''ormed  of  about  21  miles  in  depth,  whitii 
k  called  the  Bay  of  Anachucuna;  ail  its  sli  re  is  beachy  to  the  foot  of  the  high  moun- 
tains, without  any  remarkable  point.  In  the  N.  W.  part  of  this  bay,  and  at  the  distance 
of  two  miles  to  the  southward  of  Point  Carreio,  is  a  little  harbor,  called  Puerto  Escod- 
dido,  fit  for  sinu^silurs  only. 

CARRETO  HARBOR.— The  Point  and  Peak  of  Carreto  are,  as  before  stated,  j| 
the  eastern  part  of  the  Harbor  of  that  name,  the  western  part  being  formed  by  a  cluster 
of  islets  of  various  si/.es;  and  between  these  points  the  greatest  distance  is  a  mile  andi 
half,  but  the  narrowest  part  of  the  mouth  is  only  a  mile.  This  harbor  is  of  a  semicir- 
cular form,  and  extends  inward  about  a  mile  :  the  depth  of  water  in  it  is  not  less  than  3' 
fathoms,  nor  more  than  8  fathoms.  Notwithstanding  these  good  qualities,  it  is,  on  thf 
contrary,  open  to  the  N.  E.  breezes  and  the  seas  they  raise,  and  has  little  shelter  froir, 
the  N.  W.;  it  is,  therefore,  only  of  use  during  the  season  of  the  calms  and  variab!- 
winds. 

CARRETO  SHOALS. — To  the  north  of  this  harbor,  at  the  distance  of  a  long  niiip 
there  are  two  little  shoals  near  each  other  bearing  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  with  5,r  fatlioins  ovf; 
them,  on  rocky  bottom,  and  near  them  from  20  to  2a  fathoms  ;  with  fresh  breezes  theses 
breaks  over  them. 

Seven  miles  N.  48-  W.  from  the  point  and  peak  of  Carreto  is  Punta  Escoces,  or  .Scois 
Point:  on  this  bearing  there  are  clusters  of  isit  ts  of  ditlcrent  sizes,  extending  out  tfiN 
N.  E.  a  long  mile  from  Punta  de  los  Islotes:  to  this  point,  which  is  three  miles  south- 
eastward from  I'unta  Escoces,  the  coast  is  high  and  scarped  ;  but  from  thence  to  I'un 
ta  Escoces, it  is  lower,  with  a  beach. 

CAROLINE  BAY. —  I'unta  Esccces  is  the  S.  E.  of  a  bay,  named  Caroline  T5ay,ih? 
great  islet  of  Oio,  or  Santa  Catalina,  being  the  N.  W.  point,  bearing  from  the  foriii?i 
N.  40°  \V.,  distant  I  miles  ;  and  from  this  line  of  direction,  the  bay  falls  inward  aboiii 
one  mile  and  two  thirds.  In  the  S.  E.  part  of  this  bay  is  Puerto  Escoces,  or  Escor-liilo 
(Scottish  or  Hidden  Harbor.)  which  extends  inwiird  in  that  direction  nearly  three  mile*, 
and  forms  good  shelter.  There  are  some  shoals  in  it,  which  are  represented  in  i lie  par 
ticular  Plan  of  the  Harbor,  by  which  any  vessel  may  run  in  for  the  anchonige,  wiierf 
they  will  find4i,  .5',,  U,  and  7  fathoms  water,  on  sandy  bottom. 

GRANDE  DEL  ')RO,  SAN  ACOUSTIN,  AND  PIEDRAS  ISLET.-Thf 
Isia  Grande  del  Oro  is  high,  and  at  one  mile  and  eight  tenths  to  the  south  of  it,  there 
is  a  smaller  island,  called  .San  Augustin  ;  an<l  on  tli(>  same  bearing,  a  little  more  thani 
cable's  length  from  San  Augustin,  is  Piedras  Islet,  which  doubtless  takes  its  narael'roiii 
the  many  rocks  with  which  it  is  surrounded. 

Between  Piedras  Islet  on  the  north,  the  west  point  of  Aglatomate  River  on  the  south. 
and  that  of  San  Fulgencia  to  the  S.  W.  isformett  the  Ensenada,  or  Bay  of  (Jaroliiia.or 
Caledonia,  and  the  channel  of  Sasardi. 

CALEDONIA  BAY'. — The  Bay  of  Caledonia  is,  strictly  speaking,  ff^rtned  bv  ihf 
points  already  mentioned,  which  bear  from  each  other  N.  2.'3^  W.  and  contrary,  distant 
one  mile.  This  bay  is  clean,  and  has  a  good  (lepih  of  water;  the  greatest  part  of  it' 
shore  is  beach,  and  near  the  middle  of  it  disembogues  the  River  Aglaseniqna.  ThPlmii: 
or  point  of  it;\n  Fulgencia  is  salient,  scarped,  and  clean;  and  it  also  has  a  little  liiulitai 
its  western  pan,  with  little  depth  of  water,  bordered  i)v  mangroves  and  various  kevs. 

SASARDI  CHANNEL,  S.  E.  ENTRANCE.— Betw?er.  San  Fulgencia  Point, the 
Great  Oro  Island,  Piedras  Islet,  and  the  Mangrove  Keys  which  lie  to  the  west  of  them. 
the  Channel  of  3aGardi  is  formed;  whose  S.  E.  entrance  from  edge  to  edge,  is  about 
fotir  cables'  length  wide,  a  little  more  or  less,  and  with  a  depth  of  8  to  11  fathoms,  ou 


ooze;  nn( 

dras  Islet, 

of  sea  bet 

mile  from 

These  1 

a  good  (le 

ble,  becau 

and  less  ri 

SASAI 

[y}"  W.  fr 

islands,  w| 

to  the  N 

chanael  is 

sardi,  witl 

and  is,  th 

wish  to  en 

Bptwec 

of  .Sasard 

said  eastei 

ireinity  of 

ul  a  utile 

with  little 

The  fro 

the  shore. 

bears  N.  5 

ous  open  b 

reefs.     ( }t\ 

shut  by  re 

narrowest 

The  Isl 

ble  points, 

more  than 

are  scarpe( 

is  ia  latitu 

W.  from  tl 

which  is  lo 

depth  of  7 

inences  th» 

and  reefs,  f 

channels,  s 

tiiccoast  is 

the  chart  o 

which  it  ct 

^  The  cha 

Zainbogan( 

Arevalo,  M 

or  less  free 

A  ship,  :i 

N.  W.  2.5  11 

be  to  the  n 

5  miles.     \ 

reefs,  and  a 

pass  at  a  gr 

GULF  < 

of  the  Kola 

is  low,  and 

tends  N.  an 

tance  to  thi 

From  Pc 

some  reefs, 

this,  extemi 

ward  of  th( 

Mulatas,  an 

To  run  ii 

•8  to  the  S. 

south  of  it,  I 

Bias. 


i 


( 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


491 


very  clean  with  deep 
om  the  coast.  From 
)ast  from  the  Tareni 
i  very  wild  in  the  sea- 
(luring  these  seasons, 

I  security  and  the  ;ir. 
venience  arising  from 
h  time  may  be  saved 

oundary  of  the  Gnlf; 

•tion  forminu  an  isih. 

The  first  of  thespn 

■ailed  Miel  Harbor,in 

II  11  to  12  fathoms.  (.>: 

)Vjo  W.  from  Tape  Ti- 
lt of  a  little  harbor  0! 
miles  in  depth,  whidi 
lot  of  the  high  moiin- 
ly,  and  at  the  distance 
called  Puerto  Escon- 

re,  as  before  stated,  ai 
ig  formed  by  a  cluster 
listance  is  a  mile  and: 
liarbor  is  of  a  semicir- 
in  it  is  not  less  than  3' 
qualities,  it  is,  on  th* 
has  little  shelter  fror, 
le  calms  and  variabi: 

istance  of  a  long  niiif 
^  with  5,T  fathoms  nvp; 
h  fresh  breezes  the  sea 

inta  Escoces,  or  Scot's 
I's,  extending  owt  tn.\. 
I  is  three  miles  souih- 
.  from  thence  to  I'li 

med  Caroline  TJay, t 
rinji  froiTi  the  forni?i 
bay  falls  inward  abniii 
scoces,  or  Kscon'lido 
on  nearly  three  miles, 
represented  in  the  par- 
the  anchonige,  where 

RAS    ISLET.-Thf 
the  south  of  it.  there 
ij,  a  little  more  thani 

ss  takes  its  narael'roiii 

te  River  on  the  sniilli, 
or  Hay  of  Carolina. or 

cakine;,  ff^nned  by  the 
;ii)d  (contrary,  liistani 
i("  ijreatest  part  of  it< 
jlascniqua.  The  Irnii: 
,s(>  has  a  little  hii'lital 
s  and  various  keys, 
1  Fula;encia  Point,  the 
e  to  the  west  of  them,  j 
edge  to  edge,  is  abmi! 
if  8  to  1 1  fathoms,  ou ! 


ooze;  and  farther  in,  from  7  to  <)  fathoms;  as  also  between  the  edge  of  the  bank  off  Pie- 
dras  islet,  and  the  Bay  of  Caledonia,  the  depth  is  from  ().i  to  14  fathoms;  and  the  space 
of  sea  between  this  bay  and  Puerto  Eseoces,  is  of  a  good  depth  ;  but  at  ft.  55°  K.  a  short 
mile  from  Piedras  Islet,  the  sea  breaks  when  the  bree/.e  is  fresh. 

These  harbors  are  equally  .sheltered  from  the  winds  and  seas  of  botli  seasons,  and  have 
a  good  depth  of  water ;  but  the  channel  of  S-.'sardi  and  Bay  of  Caledonia  are  prefera- 
ble, because  you  can  either  enter  or  sail  out  from  them  with  all  winds,  with  more  facility 
and  less  risk  than  you  can  either  into  or  out  of  Puerto  Escoces. 

SASARDl  CHANNEL,  N.  W.  ENTRANCE.— At  the  distance  of  4^ miles,  N. 
.OS"  W.  Irom  the  east  end  of  the  (ireat  Oro  Island,  is  the  west  extrenuty  of  two  larger 
islands,  which,  with  the  reefs,  shoals,  and  multitude  of  smalb-r  islets  extending  thence 
to  the  N.  W.,  form,  with  the  coast,  the  channel  of  Sasardi.  The  N.  W.  mouth  of  this 
channel  is  formed  by  the  said  western  point  ol  the  two  large  islands  and  the  front  of  Sa- 
sardi, with  an  opening  of  three  quarters  of  a  mile:  this  channel  has  many  shoals  in  it, 
and  is,  therefore,  of  no  utility ;  neither  is  there  any  population  near  it.  Those  who 
wish  to  enttr  it  must  have  a  free  wind  for  that  purpose. 

Between  the  pastern  point  of  (treat  Oio  Island  and  the  N.  W.  mouth  of  the  channel 
of  Sasardi,  some  reefs  project  ont,  with  two  islets  at  the  extremity,  which  bear  from  the 
said  eastern  point  of  (Jreat  Oro  N.  'J5'  \V.  two  miles  distant,  and  (rom  the  S.  E.  ex- 
tremity of  the  two  large  islands  already  mentioned,  about  N.  E.  Also,  at  the  distance 
of  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  westward  of  the  front  or  point  of  Sasardi,  there  is  a  bank 
with  little  water  on  it. 

The  front  of  Sasardi  is  projecting,  round,  scarped,  and  surrounded  l)y  ;eefs  close  to 
the  shore.  From  the  most  salient  part  of  this  tiont.  the  S.  E.  par?  oi  ilie  Isia  de  Pinos 
bears  N.  5"  W.,  distant  two  mib's;  and  in  tlie  intermediate  space  the  coast  ibrms  vari- 
ous open  bays,  of  little  importance,  the  points  of  which  are  searfied,  and  surrounded  by 
reefs.  Off  the  west  part  of  the  said  island  is  the  Cienagaof  Navaijandi.  with  its  mouth 
shut  by  reefs;  which,  with  the  island,  form  a  channel  nt  two  cables'  length  wide  in  the 
narrowest  part,  with  a  depth  of  from  1.';  to  5  fathoms  water. 

The  Isia  de  Pinos  is  high,  with  a  hill  extending  along  it,  on  which  rise  two  remarka- 
ble points,  covered  with  wood  :  its  greatest  extent  is  N.  E.  by  N.  and  S.  W.by  S.  rather 
more  than  a  mile,  and  its  greatest  breadth  is  scarcely  a  mile  :  its  N.  E.  and  south  sides 
are  scarped,  anel  bordered  by  reefs,  very  near  the  shore.  The  N.  E.  point  of  this  island 
is  in  latitude  'P  1'  ;Ui",  and  longitude  77°  50'  10  ".  At  the  distance  of  t>vo  miles  N.  by 
W.  from  the  north  end  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  is  the  Isia  de  Pajaros,  cr  Bird's  Island, 
which  is  low,  narrow,  covered  with  brushwood,  and  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  have  a 
depth  of  7  or  H  fathoms  close  to  their  edges,  on  rocky  bottom.  From  this  point  com- 
mences the  immense  Archipelago  of  the  Mulatas,  composed  of  islands,  keys,  shoals, 
and  reefs,  forming  between  them  and  the  main  land  many  anchorages  and  well  sheltered 
channels,  .secure  in  all  weathers,  and  torininatiiig  at  Punta  de  San  Bias.  The  interior  of 
the'coast  is  a  high  mountain  range,  with  notable  ]>eaks,  whose  situations  are  exhibited  in 
the  chart  of  the  coast,  and  may  serve  as  marks  to  liirect  to  the  various  anchoiages,  iScc. 
which  it  comprises. 

The  channels  which  are  formed  in  Miis  space,  are  (hose  of  Pinos,  Mosquitos,  Cuiti, 
Zambogandi,  Punta  Brava,  Cocos,  Rio  de  Monos,  llatones,  Playon  Crande,  Puyadas, 
Arevalo,  Mangles,  Moron,  ('aobos,  Ilolandes,  Chichime,  and  San  Bias.  These  are  more 
or  less  free,  as  may  be  seen  by  inspection  on  the  chart. 

A  ship,  at  the  distance  of  one  league  to  the  northward  of  Pajaros  Islet,  and  steering 
N.  \V.25  miles,  and  N.  fi5°  W.  .'{8,V  mile.'.,  will  pass  clear  of  all  these  dangers,  and  will 
be  to  the  north  of  the  v^asternmost  keys  of  the  Holandes  (Iroup,  at  the  distance  of  i^  or 
5  miles.     With  these  courses  you  will,  in  the  beginning,  pass  at  1|  or  12  miles  outside  the 
reefs,  and  afterwards  at  4  and  5,\  miles;  but  it  remains  at  the  option  of  the  navigator  to 
pass  at  a  greater  distance,  if  more  convenient. 
4       GULF  OF  SAN  BLAS. — Seventeeii  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  easternmost  kevs 
I    of  the  Holandes  Group  lies  Point  San  Bias,  in  lat.  ')°  ."{4'  .'Ui  ',  and  long.  7')^'  1'  24".    'it 
l    is  low,  and  forms  the  N.  E.  boundary  of  the  (iulf  of  San  iilas,  the  mouth  of  which  ex- 
tends N.  and  S.  to  the  anchorage  of  Mandinga  U  miles,  and  from  that  line  an  equal  dis- 
tance to  the  westward.     Its  coasts  are  low,  with  mangroves  which  advance  into  the  sea. 

From  Point  San  Bias  eastward,  to  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  three  quarters,  extend 
i    some  reefs,  with  various  keys,  the  easternmost  of  which  is  called  Cayo  Frances.     From 
,   this,  extending  to  the  S.  W.  and  westward,  there  are  twelve  other  keys  ;  and  to  the  east- 
ward of  them  are  many  banks  and  islands,  which  make  part  of  the  Archipelago  of  the 
Mulatas,  and  form  various  channels. 

To  run  into  and  anchor  in  the  Gulf  of  San  Bias,  whether  it  be  in  Bahia  Inglesa,  which 
is  to  the  S.  W.  of  Point  San  Bias,  or  at  Mandinga,  which,  as  before  said,  lies  to  the 
south  of  it,  the  most  commodious  passage  is  by  the  cbanuel  of  Cbicbiiue  aud  that  of  Saa 
Bias. 


'^ 


492 


nLlJNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


THE  CHICHI.ME  CJHANNKL  is  formed  to  the  west  by  tlie  keys  off  Poini  f?,in 
Bias,  to  the  east  by  the  leef  and  j;roup  of  keys  ofChiehiine,  and  to  the  south  by  anoihcr 
group  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  some  call  (Jayos  de  Linion  or  [jemon  Keys. 

TllK  CHANN'KIj  of  SAN  HLAS  is  formed  by  the  Cayos  de  Ijimon  to  the  8.  K 
and  those  of  San  Klas  to  the  N.  W.     The  first  is  three  miles  in  extent  between  the  steci 
edges  of  the  reefs  ;  atid  the  second  one  mile  and  three  (piarters. 

DIRKCTIONS  FUR  FNTKRINCJ  TIJE  GULF  OF  SAN  BLAS.— To  enter 
this  gulf  it  is  necessary  to  open  the  moutli  of  the  channel  of  Chichinie,  until  you  are  n|, 
the  true  meridian  of  the  second  islet,  counting  from  the  westward  to  Cayos  de  Ljuhh, 
from  which  situation  steer  south  towards  it,  until  abreast  of,  or  rather  before  you  get ., 
far  to  the  south  as  ( "ayo  Frances  ;  then  steer  S.  50°  W.  through  the  middle  of  San  lil,, 
Channel,  which,  as  already  noticed,  is  a  mile  and  three  quarters  wide  between  the  m , 
of  the  west  south-westernnu)st  islet  of  the  Lemon  Keys,  called  (iallo,  or  tlie  Cock,  xa 
the  reef  which  extends  to  the  southward  frym  Cayo  Frances  ;  thus  directing  yourseli'; 
the  anchorage,  whether  it  be  to  that  on  the  north  side  of  the  gulf,  or  in  Mandinga  Hhv 
To  proceed  to  the  latter,  the  keys  which  lie  to  the  north  of  Mandinga  Point  will  sen 
for  a  mark.  Of  these,  the  outermost,  called  ("abras,  lies  a  mile  from  the  point;  ami  ; 
should  be  noticed,  that  at  nearly  a  mile  N.  \{)°  W.  from  Cabras  there  is  a  little  sa:,iii 
key,  to  which  a  berth  must  be  given,  and  there  is  a  bank,  with  1  and  \\  fathom  oni 
lying  N.  W)'  W.,  distant  a  long  mile  and  a  half  from  Cabras  Islet.  The  passage  isU 
tween  this  bank  and  the  little  sandy  key.  The  anchoiage  of  Mandingn  is  sheltered, ;ii,i 
has  depth  sullicient  for  any  class  of  vessels.  In  the  gulf,  and  extentling  out  from  (hi 
bottom  of  it  to  the  distance  of  .'ij  miles,  there  are  various  islets,  keys,  and  banks,  i|v 
easternmost  ol' which  is  called  Cayo  Maceta.  To  all  ol' these  a  berth  must  be  given,  r 
desirous  of  going  far  into  the  gulf. 

HOfi  A  N  I)!:S  CllANNKL.— This  is  the  largest  of  all  the  channels  that  are  lorm^ 
by  the  Mulatas  Islands.  Its  mouth  is  formed  on  the  east  by  the  western  extreiniiv. 
the  reels  ot'tlie  Holandes  (iroup,  and  on  the  S.  W.  by  Icacos  Key.  Tlie  dislancelror. 
one  Ley  to  the  other  is  -ij'  miles  N.  oo^  E.,  and  S.  55°  W.,  and  the  least  depth  imb 
channel  is  IJ  fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  sand  ;  but  W.  N.  W.  from  Holandes  Key,  i(tik» 
distance  of  a  little  more  than  1'  mile,  there  is  a  shoal,  which  extends  half  a  mile  M.ji;: 
S.,  with  ()  and  {)\  fathoms  (hi  it,  over  rocks.  The  sea  breaks  over  it  when  there  is  bt; 
little  swell.  It  may  i)c  passed  either  on  the  east  or  west  side,  but  it  will  be  always  best: 
pass  to  tlie  eastwaril  of  it,  ami  near  to  the  reels  of  the  Holande..  (iroup,  the  breiikcrsk 
which  will  serve  as  marks.  Proceed  afterwards  toward  the  east  part  of  Icacos  Key,  anl 
give  it  a  berdi  in  passing.  This  key  or  island  is  of  firm  land,  covered  with  hicli  u'on 
and  nniricd  from  the  abundancf!  of  icacos  trees  growing  tm  it.  From  the  meiiiliati, 
lea  .OS  Key.  on  its  south  side,  the  direction  of  the  Holandes  Channel  is  about  S, ;.' 
W.,  to  tlie  !)uttoin  of  the  tiulf  ot'  San  Bias.  It  is  clean,  and  has  a  depth  o,  iil  to . 
fathom*;,  nil  oo/,y  bottom,  with  a  breadth  of  2\  to  3  miles,  between  groups,  deiiiclit 
keys,  and  reels,  but  free  and  commodious  to  turn  in,  in  case  of  necessity,  towards  tl.: 
anchorages  ahcadv  do-jcribcd. 

FROM  THE  Point  of  SAN  BLAS  westward.— At  N.  49  W..  r;ii.lifr 
more  t!i:in  half  a  mile  from  Point  .San  Bias,  is  the  north  part  of  its  (ront,  low,  andci. 
vered  with  mangroves ;  and  in  the  intermediate  suace  is  a  little  key,  called  Piedias,  at: 
other  shoals,  connected  with  Cayo  Frances.  ,\t  the  distance  of  a  <]narterofa  iiiijp' 
34  '  W.  from  the  nnrtli  point  of  San  Bias,  is  a  key  namiMl  Cayo  Perro,  al.'^o  uniii'il 
tlie  reel's  extending  westward  from  Cayo  Frances,  and  wliich  terminate  at  an  island  lyn.. 
in  front  of  C'iiieau'a,  a  mile  and  a  quarter  farther  west. 

From  Perro  Key  the  coast  continue-;  nearly  10  miles  S.  88°  W.  to  Cocos  Point, f! 
the  east  side  of  tlie  mouth  of  Kscribanos  Harbor.  I'lie  intermediate  coast  continiin 
low,  with  reefs  along  shore,  and  somewhat  of  a  bay.  The  most  visible  objectj  on  it  ait 
Magote  Point,  which  is  small,  a  little  salient,  and  has  a  hillock  on  it;  that  of  Cerio  Co- 
lorado, wliich  is  round,  scarped,  and  projects  out  but  little  ;  and  tliat  of  Playa  Colorailo. 
which  is  round,  and  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  extend  out  to  a  cable's  length. 

POINT  ESCRIBANOS. — Coco.s  Point  advances  into  the  sea,  and  from  it  the  poirl 
of  Escrilianos  bears  S.  HO  ^  W.,  one  mile  and  a  third,  and  in  this  space  a  bay  is  t'ornied. 
in  the  middle  of  which  is  Escribanos  Harbor,  extending  inward  to  the  south,  tVomi:« 
mouth,  half  a  mile.  'J'his  harbor  is  very  shallow,  having  no  more  than  1  and  Ufiitlioiw 
water.  Without,  on  both  sides,  there  are  reefs  with  very  little  water  on  them;  andii 
the  channel,  which  is  formeil  by  them,  there  are  from  3j  to  6  fathoms. 

ESCRIBANOS  SHOALS. — To  the  norih-eastward  of  the  mouth  of  this  harbor  ar? 
the  shoals  named  the  Escribanos.  They  are  two  in  number,  and  are  composed  olrefli 
with  very  little  water  on  them,  and  lying  near  each  other.  On  the  reef  nearest  to  tlie 
coa.st  is  an  islet  Iving  rather  less  than  two  miles  from  Cocos  Point.  This  reef  extend) 
a  mile  from  W.  S.  W.  to  E.  N.  E.     The  other  liea  about  W.  N.  W.  from  the  laiil 


;  islet  or  rock 
I'atlioiiis  wa 
hi  the  chan 
'J  to  12  lath 

EscribaiK 
miles.  Thi 
thoiiis  watei 
l()to:U  fath 
as  a  guide ; 
channel  bet 
ter,  on  sand 
from  E.scrib 

TERR  IN 
lies  Terrin  I 
are  distant  f 
bra  Islet,  di: 
on  to  the  w 
which  is  so 
Point  Chagi 

The  rangt 
of  Porto  He 
do,  being  ra 
■  tant  full  7  11 
I  and  iJank. 
I  top  is  large, 
i      Pescador 
1  point  is  sun 
'  mile  to  the  ' 
i  tween  that  p 

Between  ] 
Point,  on  tin 
tance  of  4  lo 
extends  in  n 
torn  of  the  br 
this  bay,  lies 
as  is  also  the 
is  small,  and 
clear  dejjth  i 
San  Cristova 
it  extend  out 

From  Poi 
called  Juan  i 
of  half  a  mill 
Pozo,  and  bt 
fathoms,  on  ; 

Point  San 
the  Hney  Sh 
and  the  reefs 
clay  ;  and  9, 
Vibora  .Shoal 
and  scarped. 

The  Point 
^  also  high,  sc 
1  several  islets 
I  scarped,  and 
which  the  fa 
islet,  there  a 
ntul  also  to  tl 
lastly,  to  the 
mile,  lies  the 
these  islets  ; 
dor  there  are 

Manzanill 
tenths  of  a  i 
the  strait  bet 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


493 


s  keys  off  Poitil  S,in 
the  south  by  anoihcr 

fmon  Krys. 
liinion  to  the  S,  K. 

ent  between  the  Mn>, 

B LAS.— To  enter 
lime,  until  you  ;irei.], 

to  Cayos  de  liiium, 
ler  belbre  you  get  ■•! 
he  middle  of  H-.m  li|,„ 
ide  between  tlie  m . 
dlo,  or  the  Cock,  n,; 
s  (hrectinj;  yourseli;; 

or  in  ^L^nllin};i^  h;iv 
linga  Point  will  sen- 
oui  the  poini;  and  : 
there  is  a  httle  sainii 
and  1,V  fathom  oni 
.  The  passage  islif 
lingn  is  sheltered,  an 
itending  out  from  ih' 

kevs,  and  banks,  ih- 
erth  must  be  given,] 

mnels  that  are  forHih 

western  exfremliv, 

'.     'i'he  distance  Iror. 

the  least  depth  inif/ 

Holandes  Key,  ;it  t^ 

rids  half  a  mile  iN.ar,: 

r  It  when  there  is  k 

will  be  always  be^l• 

rroup,  the  brenkcrsf 

trt  of  Icacos  Kpv,  ;r. 

end  with  liitili  udn 

rom  the  nieiiilian. 

innel  is  about  S,  ;', 

a  depth  o,'  vil  to . 

en  (.'roups,  tletiiclit 

ecessity,  towards  il.; 

At  N.  49°  W.,  ratfe 
s  lr(ir)t.  low,  and  ft' 
,  called  Piedras,  ar; 

»  (jnarter  of  a  mileN 
Perro,  also  uniicil' 

inate  at  an  ishiml  Kn, 


to  Cocos  Puini, 
(iiate  coast  contiiiii 
sible  objectj  on  it;i 
It ;  that  of  Ceriu  Ci-     ^ 
at  of  Playn  Colorado 
iblc's  lenjtifli.  I 

and  from  it  the  point 
pace  a  bay  is  formed, 
o  the  south,  frnmii* 

han  1  and  Ufatlioiii* 
aler  on  them  ;  andii 
jnis. 

uth  of  this  harbor  art 
ue  composed  ofre«fi 
le  reef  nearest  toth» 
This  reef  extendi ^ 
N.  W.  from  the  said ' 


J 


islet  or  rock,  nnd  extends  nearly  a  mile  from  K.  to  AV.  Potli  arc  stcrp  to,  \\  ilh  ."5  and  4 
fatlioms  water  ;  and  on  the  bank  are  tr(jin  d  to  IJ  fathoms,  on  t;ra\ci  and  coarse  sand. 
Ill  the  channel  formed  by  the  south-easternmost  shoal  and  Cocos  I'oiiit,  there  are  from 
•)  to  12  I'athoms,  diminishing;  to  (>  and  fj  fathoms  on  each  side. 

Kscribanos  IJank  l-es  ne.uly  N.  \V.  by  W.  from  the  shoal  of  that  name,  distant  .'i.V 
miles.  This  extends  N.  .')U^  \V.,  and  S.o()-  K.,  nearly  2  miles,  and  has  iVom  .')  to  8  fa- 
thoms water,  on  rocky  bottom.  To  the  northward  of  its  ed!,'e,  about  2  tables'  lenjith.  from 
1()  to:U  fathoms  are  found.  In  heavy  seas,  the  water  breaks  on  this  bank,  which  may  serve 
as  a  guide;  and  when  it  does  not,  a  lookout  must  be  kept  at  the  mast  lieads.  In  the 
channel  between  this  bank  and  the  '•"scribanos  Shoal,  there  are  from  sio  17  fathoms  wa- 
ter, on  sand,  gravei,  and  rock.s.  The  N.  W.  part  of  it  lies  N.  3*2^  W.,  distant  8[  miles 
from  Escribanos  Point. 

TERiUN  POINT.— 'Nineteen  and  one  third  miles  N.  81^  \V.  from  Cicos  Point, 
lies  Terrin  Point  and  Pescador  Islet.  UfMween  the  former  and  (^iiiiiiiongo  Point,  wjiich 
are  distant  from  each  other  8,',  miles,  and  on  the  meiidiau  of  Kscribanos  Hank,  is  Culc- 
bra  Islet,  distant  from  Culebra  Point  two  thirds  of  a  mile  about  N.  N.  W.  Following 
on  to  the  westward,  the  point  and  islet  of  (|ueiigo  are  met  with.  P:.rt  Kscondido, 
which  is  somewhat  to  the  westward  of  this  point,  is  only  a  little  f  icnaga.  or  lauoon. 
Point  Chaguachagua,  and  that  of  Macolla,  are  thcmost  remarkaiilc  points  on  this  part. 

The  range  of  mountains  which  extends  along  this  coast,  from  those  ot'  Daricii  to  tliose 
of  Porto  liello,  are  sufficiently  remarkidjle,  that  railed  Cerro  de  la  (Iran  Lonia,  or  (ior- 
do,  being  rather  more  so  than  the  others.  It  lies  8.  l^V^  W.  from  Culcbra  Islet,  dis- 
tant full  7  miles,  and  may  serve  as  a  mark  for  keeping  clear  of  the  Escribanos  .Shoals 
and  IJank.  This  hill  is  a  little  higher  than  the  Cordillera,  in  wliicli  it  is  situated.  Its 
top  is  large,  and  of  some  extent. 

Pescador  Islet  lies  about  2  cables'  length  N.  4.'P  W.  l>om  Terrin  Point,  and  the 
point  is  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  extend  a  cable's  length  to  the  north,  and  half  a 
mile  to  the  west,  continuing  to  S.  S.  W.  so  as  to  surround  three  islets,  which  lie  be- 
tween that  point  and  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  harbor  of  Nombie  de  Dios. 

Between  Point  Terrin,  on  the  east,  and  the  Islet  Martin  Pescador  and  Manzanilla 
Point,  on  the  west,  the  first  of  which  bears  from  Terrin  Point  N.  bi^  W.,  .it  the  dis- 
tance of  4  long  miles,  and  the  second  N.  72°  W.,  r>  miles,  a  great  bay  is  formed,  which 
extends  in  nearly  :{  miles  to  the  8.  W.  and  fn  the  \V.  and  N.  W.  2  miles,  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bay  of  .San  Cristoval.  At  1';  mile  .S.  1')  '  W.  iVoin  the  eastern  extremity  of 
this  bay,  lies  the  western  point  of  the  harbor  of  Nombre  de  Dios,  suirouiidcd  with  reefs, 
as  is  also  the  eastern  point,  although  at  this  part  they  extend  fartiiot  oil".  This  harbor 
is  small,  and  the  greatest  part  of  its  shores  are  bordered  with  ri'cfs  ;;nd  shallows.  Its 
clear  dejjth  is  ',){,  4,  and  5  tathoms,  in  the  mouth.  The  other  parts  of  the  great  bay  of 
San  Cristoval  are  useless  in  the  season  of  the  breezes,  and  the  reefs  from  the  bottom  of 
it  extend  out  nearly  a  mile  towards  Point  San  Oisloval. 

From  Point  San  Cristoval,  distant  2  long  cables'  length  to  the  N.  E.,  lies  an  islet, 
called  Juan  del  Po/.o,  surrounded  with  rocks;  and  about  S.  E.  from  it.  at  the  dist;uie.e 
of  half  a  mile,  is  a  bank  named  tlie  N'ibora.  Between  this  bank  and  the  Islet  .luan  del 
Pozo,  and  between  the  latter  and  Point  San  Cristoval,  there  is  a  depth  of  '.),  10,  and  13 
fathoms,  on  gra^^-l  and  coarse  sand. 

Point  San  Cristoval  lies  S.  88-"  W.  .3}  miles  from  Terrin  Point :  also,  from  this  point 
the  Buev  .Shoal  bears  N.  fiO^  W.,  distant  nine  tenths  of  a  mile.  Between  this  shoni 
and  the  reefs  of  Ttrrin  Point  there  are  from  9  to  I'i  fathoms  water,  on  rock,  sand,  and 
clav  ;  and  9,  I'i,  and  14  fathoms,  on  ground  of  the  same  (luality,  between  the  Buey  and 
Vibora  .Shoals.  The  coast  between  Point  San  Cristoval  and  that  of  Manzanillo  is  high 
and  scarped. 

The  Point  of  Manzanillo  is  the  northernmost  of  all  the  coast  of  Porto  Bello.  It  is 
also  high,  scarped,  and  projecting  out,  with  two  huiumoeks  on  it.  Near  this  point  are 
several  islets  and  a  shoal.  The  greatest  of  these,  named  Manzanillo  Islet,  is  liigh  and 
scarped,  and  lies  four  fifths  of  a  mile  to  the  east.  It  has  three  farailons  to  the  north,  of 
which  the  farthest  out  is  distant  a  long  cable's  length.  At  S.  ,30°  W.  from  the  same 
islet,  there  are  threesniall  islets,  surrounded  with  reefs,  which  extend  N.  E.  and  S.  W.; 
and  also  to  the  east  there  is  another  small  one,  ''istant  about  a  cable  and  a  half;  and, 
lastly,  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  the  said  Manzanillo  Islet,  at  the  distance  of  four  tenths  of  a 
mile,  lies  the  islet  of  Martin  Pescador,  extending  about  a  cable's  length  N.  and  S.  All 
these  islets  are  liigh  and  scarped,  and  between  those  of  Manzanillo  and  Martin  Pesca- 
dor there  are  from  10  to  14  fathoms  water. 

Manzanillo  Shoal  lies  N.  W.  of  ihe  point  of  the  same  name,  at  the  distance  of  four 
tenths  of  a  mile.  It  has  very  little  water  on  it,  and  5  and  6  fathoms  close  to  it ;  and  io 
the  strait  between  it  and  the  point  there  are  13  fathoma  water. 


494 


BLUNT  S  AMEIUCAJV  COAST  PILOT. 


m 


,i'kl 


Ih 


Among  the  mountains  on  fl\i»  coast,  two  are  remarkable,  nametl  Saxino  and  Nonilir^ 
de  Dios,  and  which  may  serve  as  marks  for  recognizing  the  liarbor  of  the  last  nanic 
The  first,  which  is  high,  terminates  in  two  peaks  nt  -r  each  (  ther,  a.n"  tUe  northeaM. 
ernmost  of  them  is  about  S.  'JU'  E.  from  Terrin  I'oin*  (list  j.t  nearly  7  miles.  That 
Nombre  de  Dios,  which  is  to  tiie  soutli  of  the  lia  b  jr,  terUiinaies  in  one  peak,  and  iguj,. 
tant  from  Terrin  Point  8  miles  S.  S.  \V. 

N.  65°  W.,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  from  lV"ari;:;iiiilIo  Point,  is  fh'  l.i:': 
^st  part  of  Tambor  Islet,  which  is  high,  round  and  scarped,  nn.<  whi'  ii  m  connected  bv 
a  .eef  of  two  cables'  lencth,  with  the  northernniost  part  of  Venados  c  Bastimentos  Jsj. 
and.  This  island  is  nearly  a  mile  in  length,  N.  E.  ;i'id  b.  W.,  an-t  forms,  with  ili* 
main  land,  the  N.  E.  channel  of  IJastimentos  Hi 'bor,  ilie  j^ireutesf  i^xtent  of  which,  be 
tween  the  reefs,  is  one  and  a  half  tenth  of  a  mile,  with  5  and  5i  fathoms  water,  o[ 
sand.  This  island  of  Bastinicntos  is  foul  on  its  S.  E.,  S.,  and  S.  W.  sides;  and  !k 
latter,  with  Cabra  Islet,  which  lies  somewhat  to  the  southward  of  west,  forms  the  N.W, 
channel,  the  narrowest  part  of  which,  between  the  reefs,  is  three  tenths  of  a  mile  wijf 
with  from  .'5,y  to  y  fathoms,  on  mud.  The  harbor  of  Bastimentos  is  of  little  importance 
although  sheltered,  with  a  depth  of  .'U  to  7  fathoms.  All  its  shores  are  bounded  Iji 
reefs;  and  the  (Mistomary  anchorage  is  to  the  S.  W.,  S.,  and  S.  E.  of  the  somhc; 
sandy  point  of  IJastimentos  Island. 

GARROTE  HARBOR.— At  S.  51"  W.  from  the  highest  part  of  Tambor  Islet, ,i; 
the  distance  of  "J.^  miles,  lies  the  month  of  (ianote  Harbor,  formed  by  the  main  l;imlio 
the  south,  by  (treat  Garrote  Island  in  the  east,  and  by  Pelado  Island,  and  other  islM; 
which  follow  to  the  westward  one  mile  and  a  half,  to  the  mouth  of  the  IJotpieronev 
The  mouth  of  (iarrote  Harbor  is  scarcely  three  tenths  of  a  mile  wide  between  the  mv 
to  the  west  of  (Jreat  Garrote  Island  and  l*el:i'Io  Islet.  Its  first  direction  is  from  iioris 
to  south,  and  afterwards  to  .S.  E.,  with  a  deptn  of  from  6i  fathoms  in  the  interior  ofili< 
harbor,  to  I'i  an<i  IH  in  the  mouth,  on  mud.  jietween  this  harbor  and  that  ol  Rastinm 
tos,  rises  the  Hill  of  (iarrote.  It  is  of  middling  height,  and  its  top  terminates  in  a  pesl 
at  the  distance  of  seven  tenths  of  a  mile  from  the  coast. 

At  the  distance  of  ;U  miles  S.by  E.  from  the  little  bay  of  Garrote,  is  the  Monntainr 
Capiro  or  Capira,  high,  and  almost  always  covered  with  clouds.  This  mountdin  i 
situated  nearly  east  from  vhe  city  of  San  Felipe  of  Porto  Bello. 

At  a  short  distance  to  the  southward  of  Capira  is  the  Sierr;-  or  Mountain  Ridge ( 
Llorona,  extending  nearly  east  and  west.  It  is  the  higliest  ;)(  all  on  the  eoas.  ofl'nri; 
Bello.  On  the  eastern  part  of  its  top  it  appears  as  if  cut  <'own  vertically,  formiiiji 
peak  called  the  Campana,  or  the  Bell.  From  this  peak  the  ridge  descends  gradually  i 
the  west,  to  near  the  Peak  of  (luanche.  The  appearaiice  of  this  ridge  is  such,  that : 
cannot  be  mistaken  tor  any  other.  In  clear  weather  it  may  be  seen  at  the  distance f 
45  miles  ;  but  in  the  season  of  the  fresh  breezes  it  is  generally  covered  with  ha/e;  ;*: 
in  the  season  of  the  vandavales  and  variable  winds  it  may  oiien  be  seen  between  8  and" 
in  the  morning,  and  4  and  5  in  the  afternoon  ;  but  in  the  rfs).  of  the  day  it  is  covered  witt 
clouds. 

The  Lavandera  Shoal  lies  N.  (i^  E.  seven  tenths  of  a  iiiili'  tVom  the  north  e:<trpnii!i 
of  Pelado  Islet,  and  N.  i^5'-  W,,  <?istant  one  mile,  from  ("abra  Islet,  at  the  mouth  ol'Ji.i; 
timentos  Harbor.     This  shni' 


7^  and  ')  fathoms  close  to  a 


f  rock,  with  very  little  water  on  it,  and  steep  to,  «i;:: 
n  which  the  sea  breaks,      The  channels  between,: 
and  Cabra  and  Pc'i.ido  Islets  '    v  -  i  depth  of  from  14  to  17  fathoms,  on  mud. 

BOQUE RONES  POINT  AND  ISLETS— S.  64^  W.  from  the  highest  part  ci 
Tambor  Islet,  at  the  distance  of  three  luiles  and  eight  tenths,  lies  the  point  of  Humit 
Tones,  which  is  salient,  high  and  scarped  ;  and  tVom  it,  almost  on  tlie  opposite  beariii; 
that  is,  N.  64°  E.,  there  are  5  islets,  called  the  Boquerones,  which  extend  out  about" 
cables'  length.     Here  terminate  the  reefs  and  islets  which  extend  westward  from  Peladi, 

CASIQIIE  HILL. — Boquerones  Point  has  to  the  south,  at  a  long  mile's  di,staiice, 
a  hill,  named  Casique,  which  terminates  in  a  point,  and  is  of  middling  height.  Jt  may 
serve  as  a  mark  for  keeping  clear  of  the  Farallon  Sucia,  or  Foul  Rock,  which  lie.<.V 
^3°  W.  nearly  "3  miles  from  Boquerones  Point.  The  Foul  Farallon  is  at  the  wcsteiii 
of  two  groups  of  islets  and  shoals,  which  from  S.  W.  to  N.  E.  extend  six  and  a  lii 
tenths  of  a  mile,  forming  a  cliannel  between  both,  with  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  Tin 
north-easternmost  islet,  or  farallon,  bears  N.  88°  W.  from  the  highest  part  of  Tambo; 
Islet,  at  the  distance  of  nearly  4  miles  ;  and  in  this  space  there  are  from  16  to  30fathoni) 
water,  on  clay  and  sand  ;  and  16,  21,  L'2,  and  25  fathoms,  between  the  said  farallon,  tht 
islets  of  the  coast,  and  the  Lavandera  Shoal. 

DUARTE  ISLETS.— Three  miles  S.  69°  W.  from  Boquerones  Point,  lies  the  norili 
end  of  the  Faarte  Islets,  which  are  4  in  numbec,  and  extend  S.  25°  E.and  N.2o°  W.sis 
tenths  of  a  mile.  From  the  north-easternmost  one  a  reef  extends  a  cable's  length  in  the 


ime  (!ircctif 

cables    lengll 

Iroin  that  of 

straits  there 

'  roast  15  high 

,iiif.  Tnd  is  3U 

[     rocks. 

At  the  di.sti 

Islets,  i.s  Dra 

coast  IS  high 

and  l)oidered 

(entli.s  of  a  m 

RURTO  I 

capability  of 

entrance,  whi 

on  the  south 

N.  by  W.     'J 

rather  more  t 

W.     From  tl 

mangroves  at 

reefs  and  roc 

length ;  and 

vaiices  2j  cal: 

from  the  city 

■  and  1  \  fathor 

minishing  ret 

by  warping  or 

anchorage  is 

on  clay  and  s 

the  little  shoE 

The  reefs  c 

Ventura,  the  I 

point  of  the  s; 

all  connected 

mile,  lies  the 

middle  that  a] 

W.,  at  the  di; 

dina  Shoal. 

and  the  other 

aroiuiil  it,  am 

water,  on  cla; 

At  three  fit 

Point  Fames 

ter  on  it,  on  a 

the  channel  b 

on  clay. 

Fresli  Walt 

lets  descend  > 

from  that  whi 

cording  to  tin 

of  San  Geron 

To  the  sou 

or  (Jove  of  Bi 

I     To  enter  P 

I  approach  the 

'  hlo's  length  t( 

but  never  att 

Drake,  steer 

ward  in  that  ( 

!      If  bound  iti 

Buenaventun 

.,;  N.  E.  and  m 

i  nearer  the  no 

3     FROM  P< 

1  nearly  15  mi 
1  ,,,„.,:«„   ...I.: 


I 


arremos,  whii 


BLUNT\S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


495 


I  Saxinn  and  Noniliri. 
lor  of  the  last  nrfn.f 
■,  aiiil  t'.ie  nonheiiM. 
riy  7  miles.     Tliai 
one  peuk.  ind  !>.;., 

!o  Point,  is  fhr-  hi:*; 
'hi'  II  is  connected  bv 
IS  0.'  Biisliinentos  Isj. 
I  anfl  forms,  with  ili* 
t  oxtent  of  which,  b« 
5|  fathoms  water,  o: 
5.  W.  sides;  iind  lU 
vest,  forms  the  N.  W 
[enths  of  a  mile  wide 
s  of  little  importance. 
Iiores  are  bounded  In 
S.  E.  of  the  south (■ 

n  of  Tambor  Islet,  a; 
d  by  the  main  hmdn 
sland,  and  other  'h\^\^ 
1  of  the  Boquerones 
'ide  between  the  rtci* 
irection  is  from  iiurtr 
in  the  interior  of  il:» 
and  that  ol  Hastinm 
3  terminates  in  a  peai 

te,  is  the  Mountain  r: 
I.      This  mountdin  i 

)r  Mountain  Ridjec 

on  the  eoas.  of  I'nm 

vertically,  forminji 

descends  gradually  it 
ridge  is  such,  that  i: 

een  at  the  distance c: 

vered  with  haze;  m 
seen  between  8  and" 
da^  it  is  covered  wi:;. 

n  the  north  p;<trpniii> 
,  at  tlie  moulii  ul'ii.iv 
I  it,  and  steep  to.  wr. 
channels  between.; 
n,  on  mud. 
fi  the  highest  pari  c; 

the  point  of  n(}(iiit 

tlie  opposite  beanii; 
h  extend  out  ahoui' 
vestward  from  Pelade. 

long  mile's  distance. 

iling  height.    It  may 

Rock,  which  liesN 

lion  is  at  the  west  ai 

extend  six  and  a  hall 
fathoms  water.  Tlit 
;hest  part  of  Tamboi 

from  iGtoHOfalhonii 
the  said  farallon,  th! 

s  Point,  lies  thennrihl 
'E.andN.25°W,sn 
cable's  length  in  tL:  I 


ime  di'-ection.  The  snuthernmost  of  these  islets  is  separated  a  liltle  tnore  Mian  two 
cables  length  frotn  the  Point  of  Duarte  on  the  main  land  to  the  .southward  of  it;  ami 
IroMi  that  of  Sabanilla,  which  bears  N.  04''  K.  nearly  half  a  niile.  Between  the  two 
straits  there  is  a  depth  i.;  '"r'  .i|  fallioms,  close  to  the  islet,  to  !.'>.  The  intermediate 
-"i;r,r  ii  high  and  scarped,  with  some  bays.  The  PoMit  of  .losef  Pobre  extends  farthest 
Hit,  nnd  is  surrounded  with  rocks  and  reefs.  Sabanilla  Point  has  .i  so  a  reef,  and  some 
rocks. 

At  the  di.■^tance  of  two  long  ?7)iles  .S.  liP  W.  frou  l',.  iu»rtliern',',)st  paif  cf  Duaitn 
Islets,  is  Drake's  Point,  wliic.'i  is  the  N.  \V.  point  of  Porto  Bello.  Thi;  ;;  termediate 
coast  IS  high  and  scar|)c  I,  with  a  little  liariior.  called  fyeon,  of  very  little  inij)ortance, 
and  bordered  with  reels,  which  lerminate  to  the  N.  N.  \V.  at  a  little  farallon,  distant  fou. 
tenths  of  a  mile  from  its  mouth. 

PORTO  BKLLO,  OH  POIITO  VKFiO.— The  name  of  this  poit  aptly  defmes  its 
rapahilily  of  receiving  a;i(l  acconnnodiiting  ships  of  every  class.  The  widest  part  of  its 
entrance,  which  is  between  Drake's  Point  (m  the  north,  and  the  Islet  «if  Huenaventura 
on  the  south,  is  one  mile  and  one  lifth  ;  and  these  Ix-ir  from  each  other  S.  by  E.  and 
N.  by  W.  The  narrowest  jiart  between  Todo  Fierni  Poiitt  and  that  of  Famesio,  is 
rather  more  than  half  a  mile  wide,  and  these  lie  in  the  direction  of  S.  'J^  K.  and  N.  2'^ 
W.  From  the  last  mentioned  points  the  harbor  extends  inward  E.  N.  E.  1 ',  mile  to  the 
mangroves  at  its  bottom.  The  north  shore  is  clean  ;  but  from  vhe  south  shore  some 
reefs  and  rocks,  with  very  little  water  on  them,  stretch  o(T  to  between  1  and  1;',  cable's 
length;  and  in  the  bottom  or  eist  part  of  the  harbor  there  is  a  sand  bank,  whi<;h  ad- 
vances 21  cables'  length  from  the  mangroves  towards  the  west ;  and  also  at  N.  2b  ^  W". 
from  the  city  mole,  one  and  a  half  tenth  of  a  mile,  there  is  a  very  little  sand  bank,  with  1 
;  and  U  fathom  water  on  it.  The  rest  of  the  harbor  is  clean,  and  sulliciently  deep,  di- 
minishing regularly  from  lb  to  H  fathoms.  Ships  of  the  line  ought  to  enter  this  harbor 
by  warping  or  towing,  because  there  are  regularly  either  head  Windsor  calms.  The  best 
anchorage  is  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  Battery  of  Santiago  de  la  (lloria,  in  ')  or  10  fathonis, 
on  clay  and  sand  ;  but  smaller  ve.'jsels  may  go  nearer  to  the  city,  taking  care  to  avoid 
the  little  shoal  already  spoken  of. 

The  reefs  on  the  south  shore  continue  to  the  W.  S.  W.,  and  W.,  to  the  Islet  Buena- 
ventura, the  N.  W.  jjoint  of  which  bears  S.  5')^  \V.  three  long  cables'  leiigtii  from  the 
point  of  the  same  name;  and  between  tliis  islet  and  the  point,  there  are  two  smaller  ones, 
all  connected  by  reefs.  S.  .'<7  '  \V.  trom  Drake's  Point,  at  the  distance  of  cne  fifth  of  a 
mile,  lies  the  middle  of  Drake's  Islet,  which  is  clean  all  around,  and  has  a  break  in  the 
middle  that  apjiears  to  divide  it  into  two  parts.  From  this  break  to  the  w(>st,  and  N.  bo^ 
W.,  at  the  distance  of  three  fifths  ol  a  mile,  lie  the  south  and  tuirtli  ends  of  the  Salme- 
dina  Shoal.  The  south  part  consists  of  rocks  above  water,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  ; 
and  the  other  parts  have  trom  2  to  .'!.}  tathoms  water,  on  rocks.  There  is  deep  water  all 
around  it,  and  in  the  channel  between  it  and  the  islet  there  are  frotn  11  to  20  fathoms 
water,  on  clay. 

At  three  tilths  of  a  mile  south  from  Drake's  Islet,  and  three  and  a  half  tenths  west  fn  nr 
Point  Famesio,  lies  the  Famesio  Shoal,  of  a  triangular  form,  with  :i\  to  5  fathoms  wa- 
ter on  it,  on  a  bottom  of  rock.  There  is  no  passage  between  it  and  the  coast;  but  "li 
the  channel  between  it  and  the  Salmedina  Shoal  there  are  from  10  to  21  fathoms  w^t  , 
on  clay. 

Fre.sk  Water. — This  harbor  is  surrounded  by  high  hills,  from  which  some  rills  orrivu-- 
lets  descend  on  both  coasts,  and  from  whence  vessels  may  procure   wat'  r,  particulnilv 
from  that  which  runs  into  the  bay  to  the  westward  of  the  Fort  of  San  Fernando.     Ac- 
cording to  the  determinations  of  Brigadier  D.  .)oa(iuin  Franciscc  Fidalgo,  the  Battery 
of  San  Geroniino,  at  the  city,  is  in  latitude  '>^  24' 22"  N.,  and  lon.itude  V)^  43'  W. 
To  the  southward  of  Porto  Bello,  at  the  distance  of  a  long  half  mile,  is  the  Enstnado, 
>,    or  Cove  of  Buenaventura,  much  bordered  with  reefs,  and  consetiuenlly  of  little  use. 
I     To  enter  Porto  Bello  when  approaching  it  from  the  north-eastward,  it  is  advisable  to 
I  approach  the  Farallons  of  Duarte,  and  from  them  to  steer  so  as  to  pass  at  about  a  ca- 
ible's  length  to  the  N.  W.  of  Drake's  Islet,  by  which  the  Salmedina  Shoal  will  be  avoided; 
I  but  never  attempt  to  pass   between  Drake's   Islet  and   the   shore.     Having  passed  tho 
Drake,  steer  to  the  south  and  east,  to  gain  the  middle  of  the  harbor,  and  proceed  in- 
ward in  that  direction,  or  rather  nearest  to  the  north  shore. 
I     If  bound  into  this  Harbor  from  the  southward,  pass  at  about  half  a  mile  frotn  the  Islet 
I  Btienaventura,  and  thence  towards  Drake's  Islet,  to  clear  the  Famesio  Shoal ;  then  steer 
i  N.  E.  and  more  easterly  as  the  harbor  opens;  and  lastly,  run  in  mid-channel,  or  rather 
I  nearer  the  north  side,  as  before  directed. 

I  FROM  PORTO  BELLO  TO  CHAGRES—About  S.  50"  W.  at  the  distance  of 
I  nearly  15  miles  from  Drake's  Point,  is  the  western  extremity  of  the  front  of  Long- 
I  arreinos,  which,  with  the  north-easternmost  of  the  Islas  de  Naranjos,  or  Orange  Isles, 


w:-^ 


^'.'^4 
*/ 


496 


BLUM's  AMERICA^  COAST  PILOT. 


^1 


form  a  l>;iy  in  whicli  are  two  crcf^ks,  called  tliose  of  Miiias  ;  tlie  Ornnpe  ImIps  lie  N.fii,^ 
E.  al  till'  distance  ot  4','  milts  tVoni  Lon;;arrcnioM  I'niiit.  The  Minas  Creeks  are  fottiic! 
aiiiont;  ni;in;;i(ivcs,  iuid  tlie  f  sieniirinst  (ine  «'xtends  inward  .'{  miles  to  the  S.  S.  E.,  is(ji 
various  Incadtlis,  aiiil  UsnIioh's  are  liordered  with  rcfj'n.  The  western  creek  is  narriiwtf 
atid  siiurter;  it  .fiends  inward  to  the  south,  rather  more  than  a  mile.  At  the  S.  K.  imr, 
of  the  Uraii^^e  Isles,  ,vhicli  are  low,  covered  with  trees,  and  surrounded  with  rerj's,  tllPr^ 
is  lio  aiiciioraije  with  4,'.,  (>,  and  7  t'athoms  water,  on  sand. 

In  the  in:ernie(li;iit;  part  of  this  coast,  Point  (Jorda  is  the  most  projfctinE.  and  ilipp 
are  srvi;ral  coves  ol  little  coiiNideration.  'J'o  this  point  the  coast  is  hij;h,  with  l)ank«r,r 
ridi;es,  and  between  it  and  Hueiiaviiitura  Cove,  the  River  (Jnnnchc  disenibo(.'ui'. 
(Jiianche  Ijill  bears  from  Point  (iorda  N.  f^-2°  E.  distant  .'J-,'  miles.  From  I'oint  (inrdi 
to  the  .S.  W.  the  coast  ^radnally  diminishes  in  lieight,  and  tlie  remainder  from  the  Pnin! 
of  Ki(t  (irande  and  the  (reeks  of  iSlinas,  is  a  low  coast,  with  manijroves.  The  Frontor) 
of  !^oiij;aireMios  is  likewise  low,  with  mangroves,  and  bordered  with  reefx,  as  are  also tSf 
points  wjiich  form  the  iMinas  Creeks;  (licsf  rrrjs  extend  somewhat  m#rc  than  a  rnhip, 
length  off,  are  sleep  lo,  and  at  the  distance  of  one  third  of  a  mile  there  are  11  lathoDi! 
water,  on  clay. 

.M  ANZA  N  I  liLO  I'OINT. —  From  the  Fronton  of  Longarremos,  the  mangrovpsn 
tend  to  the  t^.  \\'.  ne;uly  1.',  mile  to  tin'  Point  ot'  *  iNlan/.anillo,  which  is  also  of  manarinpi 
roiiinl,  anil  bordered  with  nrj'i,  to  tiie  distance  of  a  long  cable,  with  a  little  shval  tbn, 
distant  l>  ciblcs  Irom  it,  N.  W.  I»y  JN. 

M.WZAiS  ILLO  IIA  KlUJiv  is  I'ormed  between  the  Lslet  of  that  name  to  the  west,  and 
the  main  haul  lo  the  east,  extending  in  nearly  2  miles  S.  8.  E.  from  Manzanillo  Point: 
this  llarlior  is  clean,  from  J,'  to  (>  fathoms  water.  The  best  anchorge  for  every  class oi 
vessels  is  a  little  to  the  south  of  its  mouth,  and  on  the  east  coast,  in  o  fathoms  water,  on 
sand  and  clay. 

Five  miles  S.  6H°  W.  from  the  front  of  Longarremos  is  Toro  Point,  which  is  the  wes; 
em  point  of  Naos  Harbor,  the  eastern  one  being  the  north  end  of  Manzanillo  Island,  whict 
is  distant  I'roin  Toro  Point  2^  miles.  Toro  Point  is  salient,  high,  scarped,  and  boniere: 
with  reefs,  extending  out  about  two  cable's  length,  f  with  an  islet  near  them.  iNaosci 
Navy  11  irbor  extends  inward  nearly  4  miles  to  the  south  from  the  middle  of  its  inouih 
its  breadth  is  nearly  <'(|iial,  narrowing  somewhat  from  two  thirds  of  the  said  distance;  ; 
is  rlrtni  to  the  parallel  (d'Point  Limon,  with  a  depth  from  Jj  to  Gl  fathoms  water,  on  sain 
and  clay:  (Vom  Point  Liman  to  the  south  it  is  shallow.  As  this  Harbor  is  open  to  wiiKJi 
fro;n  N.  E.  lo  N.  VV.  round  by  north,  it  can  be  of  use  in  the  season  of  the  variable  wimii 
f»nd  calms  only. 

From  Toro  Point  the  coast  trends  S.  (>7"  W.  nearly  2^  miles  to  Brujas  Point,  whirt 
is  of  inodeiate  height,  and,  like  the  intermediate  coast,  bordered  with  rrrfs  which  extfri 
only  a  short  distance  out,  but  sniiouiid  an  islet,  named  Mogote  de  Brujas,  which  lies i- 
the  "<.  E.  of  the  |)oiiU  of  the  same  nam<',  about  '2  cables'  length. 

From  Hrujas  Point  the  coast  that  follows  is  lower  than  before,  and  in  the  direction"! 
S.  .'Jo"  W.  for  2  miles  to  Batata,  or  \'igia  Point,  so  named  from  having  a  gu:trd-hou<i' 
on  it:  from  this  point  that  of  Cha;:res  is  a  cable's  length  distant,  and  is  lower  than  ;i:* 
former,  i)<)rd'':<'<l  wi'.h  low  rocks  which  show  above  water,  and  reefs  which  extend  uu; 
to  a  sliott  distance. 

CHa' i'lKS.  — l-'rom  Ch.igres  Point  to  the  west  point  of  the  Perion  or  rw/r,  on  whic! 
staiuls  the  (  asile  of  San  Lorenzo,  is  about  1^  cable's  length  S.  by  E.  The  Peiioni' 
scarped  to  the  N.  W.  and  south,  and  the  Castle  of  San  Lorenzo,  as  we  have  said,  i! 
situated  on  it,  in  latitude  [V  20'  57"  N.  and  longitude  80°  3'  .53"  W.  This  Penon  to  the 
north  with  point  Arenas  to  the  south,  form  the  tuouth  of  Chagrc'S  River,  which,  at  the 
widest  part,  is  two  cables'  length  across,  and  H  where  narrowest. 

;"•(  the  E.  S.  E.  at  a  short  distance  from  the  Castle  of  San  Lorenzo,  is  the  little  to»n 
or  vil'age  of  C'hagres,  consisting  of  huts  covered  with  thatch.  The  mouth  of  the  rivn 
narrov/s  h'-tween  the  penon  and  bank,  which  extends  out  from  Arenas  Point  in  a  N.  W. 
direcfioti  tr>  tli!'.  distance  of  a  cable's  length.  In  the  mouth,  and  to  the  south  of  the  pemm. 
tlu'ir  ,ir(  ,'    and  3  fathoms  water;  and  the  same  depth  continues,  a  little  more  or  less, to 


*S>f()ALS  yPAR  PORTO  HKLLO.— H.  M.  S.  Tribune,  Captain  Sir  NesheU  J.  Willoughbv, 
K.  C.  B.  OT!  till  lOth  of  Novi  nilier,  18:21,  struck  on  a  mck  oli'Mnnzunillo  point  with  the  Island  pi 
HastiiuentoF  hearing  .S.  VV.  hy  W.  by  conijuiss,  distaiu  'A  niiles,  nnd  Monkey  Island  S.  E.  Tiicrf 
■were  .'>  fathoms  walrr  on  it.  and  7  or  8  fatlniiiis  rmiiid  if.  This  was  accidentally  omitted  in  its  prop- 
per  plac'  .  His  Mnjcsty's  -^Hip  Harpv,  in  IVhniarv,  i&2d,  having  Manzanillo  point  bearing  S,  W. 
by  compass,  Tainhor  Island  W.  .;  S.  distant  4  miles,  and  being  about  3^  or  4  miles  offshore, 
had  only  (I  failionis  wnter  on  rocky  hot'oni ;  and  then  hauling  to  the  N.  W.  gradually  deepciitJ 
to  20  fnthonis 

tCapt.  Vt.  S.  Smith  nnd  others,  say  it  extends  oil' about  a  inile  north-eastward. 


die  distance  o 
the  distance  o 
Ironi  nor'.h  to 
to  sail  out  of 
vessels,  whici 
a  fair  wind,  fo 
(lie  opposition 
the  other  of  t 

From  Poin 
mile  to  the  pn 
miles,  to  the  ' 

S.  .16'  W. 
fttlier  P(]ually 
p'ranriso  Fidn 
they  do  not  m 

De.irriptions 
Navy  Bivj 

"  Ac  land 
westward  is  en 
that  to  the  ea- 
C'hagres,  from 
arrive  close  to 

"CHACiRI' 
4  or  5  miles  o 
to  have  lying  i 
with  bushes,  w 
About  half  wa 
being  steep  to 
cellent  water: 
without  dange 
or  day,  after  | 
anchorage  for  ; 
anchored  in  .')}■ 
E.  ■'  N.  A  str 
according  to  tli 
any  great  straii 
well  to  slip  ant 

"The  Bar  o 
tranco  is  rathe 
fectly  secure. 
be  avoided,  or 
healthy  place  I 
a  night  in  the 
of  the  number 
November,  181 

"NAVY  B. 
formed  by  Poi 
ward,  and  Poii 
about  a  mile  to 
oiiis  water ;  Pc 
within  half  a  c 
miles  inward,  1 
creases  very  gi 
to2{  fathoms, 
but  reference  o 
greater  portiot 
variable,  are  g 
which  are  gene 
Point  Man/i. 
mile  distant,  w 
little  outset  fro 

"  Point  Liir 
Toro  Point,  hs 
who  coramunii 


nee  Isles  lie  N.  rii 
I  ("reeks  are  fottiiM 
0  the  S.  S.  E.,  IS, J. 
•n  creek  is  narrow,, 
.  AttlieS.  E.  pan 
led  with  reefs,  there 

rojfctin!:,  and  tliPfA 
liijih,  witli  hankinr 
iche  disenibomiPv 
From  Point  (inrrii 
nder  from  the  Vn\n\ 
ves.  The  Fronioii 
reef's,  as  are  alsnih? 
mire  than  a  trIiIp, 
ere  are  11  lathoiw 

the  mangroves  fv 
s  also  of  inanjTdvn 
a  little  shoal  ihath 

inie  to  the  west,  anii 

Manzanillo  Poim, 

;e  for  every  cIhssoi 

5  fathoms  water,  or, 

t,  which  is  the  wesi. 
lanillo  Island,  whici 
jrped,  and  boidere; 
ear  them.  iNaost; 
liddle  of  its  mouili 
he  said  distance: :: 
lioms  water,  on  sac: 
l)(>r  is  open  to  winiii 
f  the  variable  winj, 

?rnjas  Point,  whi'l 

rrrfs  which  exten 

rujas,  which  liest- 

d  in  the  dirertinn" 

villi;  a  ginrd-iiot" 

id  is  lower  than  \u 

which  extend  oui 

m  or  rnck,  on  whic: 

E.     The  Penon,' 

as  we  have  said,  i> 

This  Penontothe 

liver,  which,  atihe 

o,  is  the  little  town 
mouth  of  the  river 
IS  Point  in  a  N.  V. 
south  of  the  pemm. 
ttle  more  or  less,  lo 


eshett  J.  Willoughbv, 
nt  with  the  Island  ni 
Isliind  S.  E.    Tilcrf 

ly  omitted  in  its  prop- 

)  point  bearing  S,  ^^. 
or  4  miles  olf  shore, 

.  grrndually  deepened 

ard. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT.  497 

die  distunce  of  half  a  mile  ttp  the  river.  To  the  west  of  the  Castle  of  .^an  Lracnzo,  at 
the  distance  of  200  varas,  or  'IJ  English  fathoms,  is  a  shoal  named  Laja,  which  extends 
from  north  to  south  70  fathoms,  and  is  of  rock,  with  very  little  water  on  it.     To  enter  and 

•  1      ...    ..i-.u:. .  _; ;..   ,i i „..i.".    i _ir.._.. 


le  Other  o(  tlicse  dantjcrs. 

Kroiii  Point  Arenas  of  the  Rivor  f'has;res,  the  direction  of  tiic  coast  is  S.  ()7p  \V.  ona 
mile  to  the  point  of  .Morriio,  or  Little  Hill  Point ;  and  from  thence  S.  .'JS  '  W.  nearly  2 
miles,  to  the  Point  of  Animas:  all  the  shore  beins;  low  with  a  beach. 

S.  36'  W.  at  the  distance  of  J  lon;^  miles  from  the  last  mentioned  point,  there  is  an- 
other equally  low;  and  is  the  last  point  of  the  surveys  of  Hrij^adier  Don  .loaquin 
Kraneisn  Eiilalgo  ;  from  whence  proceedinrr  onward,  althoui;h  we  have  varioui  accounts, 
they  do  not  meeil  that  confidence  which  would  entitle  them  to  be  named  Dirci  ions. 

Dtucri  plions  of  ihe  coast  from.  Porto  Jiello  to  Chagrcs,  with  ci'irecthns  f"  Cha(rrrs  and 
Navy  Bays  ;  by  Ciipl.  (i.  Sidney  Smith,  late  Commander  of  II M.  Sloop  Bustard. 

"Tiie  land  of  Porto  Bcllo  is  very  high  and  full  of  hummocks,  whil«t  all  that  to  the 
westward  is  comparatively  low,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  ('liaj;;res  offers  nothinji;  remarkable  : 
that  to  the  eastward  of  Manzanillo  Point  is  rather  hit;h  and  uniform,  'i'lie  Castle  of 
f'h.n^rcs,  from  the  nature  of  its  position,  cannot  be  seen  from  the  eastward  until  you 
arrive  close  to  it 

"CHAGRES  BAY. — Point  Brttjas  forms  the  N.  E.  poii.:  of  the  Bay,  and  when  within 
4  or  5  miles  of  it,  in  nearly  an  cast  or  west  direction,  it  cannot  be  mistaken  ;  it  appears 
to  have  lying  off  it  a  small  island,  with  its  sides  of  perpendicular  rock,  and  top  covered 
with  bushes,  which,  on  nearer  apjiroach,  is  found  to  be  connectcMJ  with  the  main  land. — 
About  halfway  between  this  point  ;;nd  the  (.'astic  (the  wliolo  of  that  part  of  the  coast 
beini;  steep  to)  is  a  remarkable  white  patch  in  the  clilf,  and  close  to  it  a  fine  fall  of  ex- 
cellent water:  but  unless  in  very  fine  weather  and  smooth  water,  it  cannot  be  ajiproached 
;  without  daiif^er  of  slaving  the  boat.  Wlien  running;  in  lor  the  anchoratjc  duriii-i  ni.nht 
or  day,  after  jiassin^  Brujas  Point,  keep  it  open  of  the  point  .S.  S.  \V.  of  it.  The  best 
anchorii^e  for  a  lar^e  ship  is  with  IJrujay  Point  N.  lO.  about  three  miles.  The  i'mstard 
anclioreil  in  .'){  fathoms  with  the  Flai^siall' in  the  Castle  8.  E.  .';  E.  and  Point  Brujas  N. 
Y..  l  N.  A  stroti!^  current  sets  out  of  the  river  to  the  N.  \.  K.  with  'ireater  oi  less  force, 
according  to  the  season,  whether  rainy  or  dry  ;  but  at  all  times  it  |)reve.its  your  riding  with 
any  great  strain  with  northerly  winds.  Should  it  come  on  to  blow  heavy,  it  would  be 
well  to  slip  and  shift  round  to  Navy  Bay. 

"The  Bar  of  Cliagres  Harbor  f)r  River  has  2.V  fathoms  on  it,  at  low  water:  the  en- 
trance is  rather  diiricult,  and  at  all  times  requires  a  fair  wind,  but  when  in.  you  aro  per- 
lectly  secure.  I  would  not  recommetid  its  being  entered,  if  the  measure  could  possibly 
be  avoided,  or  to  sutler  the  boats  to  be  there  at  iiiglit.  It  is,  perhaps,  tlio  most  un- 
healthy place  known.  The  Bustard's  cutter  was,  by  stress  of  weather,  obliged  to  pass 
a  night  in  the  harbor;  the  consequent  loss  was  a  litutenant.  and  seven  men:  only  one 
of  the  number  attacked  recovered.  This  happened  between  the  'JTth  ;»nd  30ih  day  of 
November,  1827. 

"NAVY  BAY  is  about  4  miles  in  depth,  and  3  in  breadth,  open  to  the  north,  and 
formed  by  Point  Manzi,  which  is  the  N.  \Y.  point  of  the  Manzanillo  Island,  to  the  east- 
ward, and  Point  Toro  to  the  westward.     Otf  the  latter  lies  a  dangerous  reef,  extending 
about  a  mile  to  the  N.  E.  which  should  not  be  approached  to  a  less  depth  than  5^  fath- 
oms water;  Point  iManzi  on  the  opposite  side  may  be  approached  with  »iilety  by  the  eye, 
within  half  a  cable's  length.     The  shores  of  the  Bay  on  botli  sides  are  bold  for  nearly  2 
I  miles  inward,  having  3  fathoms  close  to  the  beach  or  bushes.     The  depiia  ©f  ■water  de- 
H  creases  very  gradually  between  Toro  Ileef  and  the  south  end  of  th     bay.  being  from  7 
to  2}  tathoms,  so  that  persons  may  select  their  berth  according  to  their  draught  ot  watpr: 
but  reference  ought  to  be  had  to  the  season  oithe  year.     In  the  rainv  season,  b;  tai  the 
;;reater  portion  of  the  year,  it  is  best  to  anclwr  on  the  west  sioie,  as  the  winds,  though 
variable,  are  generally  from  that  qnarter;    aad  during  the  season  of  strong  sea  breezis', 
which  are  generally  from  the  N.  E.  with  occMional  westing,  it  is  better  tJ  anchor  under 
Point  Mair/,i.     The  latter  hoie  from  the  Bust  ird  N.  \  W.  by  compass,  one  third  of  a 
.,  mile  distant,  where  the  holding  ground  was  found  very  good  ^t  4i  fathoms  water,  with  a 
?  little  outset  frtmi  the  bay. 

/j      "Point  Limon  is  hlulf,  and  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  hay,  about  three  miles  within 

i  Toro  Point,  having  a  hut  erected  on  it.  where  there  is  generally  a  guard  of  a  lew  soidisrs, 

who  communicate  with  Chagres  by  an  intricate  foot  path ;   fut  althoush  the  distance  is 


fs: 


498 


BMINT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


m 


i 


not  above  J  milfs,  it  takes  several  hcurs  to  arcomplish  it.     Wlien  Point  fiimon  is  w»|i 
open,  bearing  S.  by  W.  by  com|)iis3,  tiie  liny  may  be  entered  with  safely. 

"  Thesoundinyis  on  the  coast  between  Points  Toro  and  Briijas  at  a  full  mile  nfTuhnrc 
are  7\,  8,  8^,  9,  and  10  fathoms,  and  thence  to  half  a  mile  oft'  ('hai,'res,  nr  iJatata  I'oint, 
10,  0,7,  (jj.  and  G  fathoms;  there  are  '>',  with  the  while  patch  before  mentioned  benrlin 
E.  S.  K.  always  keeping  Hrujas  Point  just  open  of  thi'|)oinl  .^.  S.  W.  of  it. 

"Navy  Bay  has  not  a  sinule  resident  on  its  shore  besides  the  j^uard  before  spokon  oi 
Landing,  excejit  at  a  few  places,  is  very  difficult.  Wood  and  cocoa-nuts  are  to  be  had 
in  abundance  :  fish  are  scarce. 

"  Some  persons  have  pointed  out  dift'crent  spots  where  fresh  water  may  be  ohfaiiif(| 
but  the  Bustard's  boats  durin|r  her  stay  here,  from  the  ."SOth  of  November  to  the  lltlmi 
December,  1S27,  were  employed  surveying  and  visitina;  every  part  of  the  bay;  andil. 
though  heavy  rains  had  fallen,  water  was  not  to  be  found,  except  in  small  rjuanlitiesin 
stagnant  pools." 

Dirertions  Jhr  sailing  from  Jumtiim,  to  and  vpon  the  Coast  of  Colowliia,  hetirrrn  Esnui, 
Island  and  Carlhagcna,  including  Cluigres  and  Porto  litllo,by  Capt.  J.  Maclicllar,  Ji 
N.  181G. 

.TAIMATCA  TO  tSCUDO  ISLAND  AND  riIA(iRRS.— "The  current  betwr 
the  Island  of  .lamaica  and  the  S|)anisli  main,  or  ("oast  of  Colombia,  is  not  always  to  bi> 
depended  u|)on  as  settin^j  to  the  westw  nrd,  as  is  generally  supposed ;  for  in  crossing  Irmn 
Jamaica  to  the  main,  ships  have  been  known  to  be  driven  to  the  eastward  by  the  currpnt 
50  or  ()0  miles  in  i  or  5  days;  which  can  only  be  guarded  against  by  lunar  observntionj, 
or  good  chronometers.  From  the  month  of  May  till  tin;  middle  or  end  of  Novpinbe', 
the  east  anil  N.  K.  Tradt;  Winds  seidotti  blow  home  to  the  main  ;  thercl'ore  ships  shou!: 
never  go  to  the  southward  of  the  parallel  of  eleven  degrees,  until  they  are  40  or  oOniilu 
to  the  westward  of  their  intended  port ;  after  which  they  may  make  a  south  course  gnoi 
allowing  half  a  point  easterly  variation,  and  with  the  winds,  which  in  the  aforementmnp 
months  blow  from  S.  W.  to  W.,  and  sometimes  in  the  morning  after  dayligiit  lill- 
o'clock,  even  at  south,  together  with  the  current,  will  set  them  to  the  eastward,  and  lhi>rf 
by  gain  the  anchorage.  If,  however,  u|)on  making  the  land,  they  should  fmd  lliatil' 
current  has  set  theni  to  the  eastward  of  the  intended  port,  and  light  winds  prevail,  thei 
should  immediately  stand  to  the  northward  so  far  as  10°  .'}0',  or  even  11°,  of  latitudiMc 
order  to  meet  the  N.  E.  trade  wind,  and  with  it  to  make  good  the  necessary  wesiin; 
again. 

"  The  land  to  the  westward  of  the  River  Chagrcs,  within  the  Tslnnd  Escudo,  is  iiid 
and  unless  you  are  close  in  shore,  it  is  impossii)lc  to  rliscover  that  island  ;  but  in  arltit 
day,  a  remarkable  high  hill  will  be  seen  t(>  the  eastward  of  it,  which  makes  like  a  siijir 
loaf.  Steer  in  towards  that  hill,  until  you  are  within  I!  iriiles  of  the  shore,  and  then  nr, 
to  the  eastward  at  about  that  distance  from  it,  free  frotn  danger,  until  you  see  a  fortoa 
a  small  blutf,  which  is  the  entrance  of  the  river,  bearing  about  E.by  S.  or  E.,  accorriin; 
to  your  distance  from  the  land.  The  mouth  of  the  River  Chagres  is  strongly  inarkei, 
by  the  land  to  the  westward  formitig  a  blutf,  and  the  fort  on  the  eastern  side:  the  latter, 
however,  cannot  be  seen  at  a  greater  distance  than  10  or  12  miles.  You  have  goodaD- 
chorage  by  bringing  the  fort  to  bear  E.  .S.  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  .',  E.  in  from  10  to  6  fathoms 
sand  an<l  mud:  the  Sugar  Loaf  to  the  westward  will  api)ear  about  one  third  above  iIh 
low  land  between  Chagres  and  Escudo.  and  the  two  high  hills  of  Porto  Bello  openo; 
Point  Brujas.  In  mooring,  lay  your  small  bower  to  the  westward,  an<l  the  best  to  tlif 
eastward,  as  the  offset  of  the  river  will  generally  keep  the  hawse  clear  during  the  preva- 
lence of  westerly  winds."     A'^ariation  f)^  10'  E. 

CHAGRES  TO  PORTO  BELLO— "  From  the  Road  of  the  River  Chagres  l" 
Porto  Bello,  the  course  by  compass  is  N.  E.J,  N.,  iiut  if  you  run  .T  or  4  miles  to  the  iioiili- 
ward,  then  a  N.  E.  course  will  take  you  into  the  harbor:  the  distance  is  about  28  oi"'' 
miles.  I  strongly  recommend,  should  light  winds  prevail,  which  is  generally  the  case 
from  May  to  the  end  of  November,  that  ships  bound  to  the  eastward  should  get  a  good 
offing,  as  the  current  runs  at  the  rate  of  from  H  to  2,^  miles  an  hour,  to  the  nortliwaril 
and  eastward,  and  sets  right  on  the  rocks  to  the  N.  E.  of  Porto  J?ello,  particularly  in  the 
rainy  months,  that  is,  as  above  stated,  from  IMay  to  November.  In  this  season  the  Kivfr 
Chagres  has  a  discharge  which  discolors  the  sea  6,  7,  and  8  miles  ofT;  and  this  water 
meeting  the  sea  current,  causes  a  strong  set  to  tlie  eastward. 

"If  you  intend  going  into  Porto  Bello.  the  entrance  nf  the  harbor  tnny  be  known  by 
two  remarkable  trees  on  the  top  of  the  hill,  on  the  starboard  or  south  side;  and  on  a 
hill,  on  the  larboard  side,  is  a  small  signal  post.  Tn  coming  from  the  westward  keep 
within  3  miles  of  the  shore,  until  you  open  the  town  of  i*orto  Bello,  on  the  starboard  or 
south  side  of  the  harbor,  which  will  lead  you  in ;  but  observe,  should  you  have  liglit 


winds,  to  kee 
Drake's  Islet, 
ii|mn  it.     Tal 
hind  on  the  s( 
Vou  may  am 
guiiiK  into  till 
ijenfrally  brc 
latlionis  in  br( 
ll  bears  from 
taut  about  liOi 
from  llie  east* 
"  During  tl 
dancer  to  l)e  a 
length  of  the 
we  found  (Vo 
care  must  be 
bliut  the  town 
avoid  the  sun! 
"  There  are 
and  supplies 
a  mile  below 
vou  will  be  al) 
wind,  keep  tli 
thoins,  or  eve 
"  During  tli 
from  the  S.  V 
the  harbor  : 
day.     In  moo 
ward." 

CHAfJREi 
months  of  the 
wanl  4  or  5  le 
general  light, 
to  Bello,  and 
seldom  less  tl 
voidably  drawi 
laily  in  the  ev 
round  the  con 
all  up. 

"  \Vhen  yt)i 

current  appeal 

S.  by  E.;  but 

tiie  dilferent  p 

San  Bernardo, 

observed  to  be 

islands  are  lo' 

bearing  from  1 

tween  the  islai 

able  trees,  whii 

of  the  coast,  a 

"As  you  pre 

may  always  be 

are  long  and  lo 

|hill  over  Cart 

'5«tands,  and  for 

Rosario  Island 

Ifrom  1  to  2:^  m 

"  In  proceed 

'«he  town  of  C 

-stance  of  10  or 

Jto  bear  to  the 

:0f  the  Saiined 

4W.  by  W.  abo 

I 

•  According  t( 


BLUNT  8  AMEIIIGAN  COAST  PILOT, 


499 


Point  liimon  U  vrf\] 
iit'pty. 

A  full  mile  ofTmhor^ 
ri"<.  or  Hatiita  I'omt, 
p  iiipritionrd  beiirini; 

;v.  (.r  it. 

iril  ht'tbre  spoken  of. 

i-nutH  are  tu  be  hnj 

nr  may  be  obfainerl; 

ember  to  the  llthni 

of  the  biiy  ;  and  il. 

a  small  r|u:mti(iesii] 


1 1) ill,  hrtirrrn  Exrufi- 
ipL  J.  Mac/cellar,  H. 

Phe  current  bpiwccr, 

,  is  not  always  to  U 

for  in  crossing  Irmn 

twanl  by  the  cumni 

y  iiinar  observation!, 

r  end  of  November, 

lerefore  ships  slum  • 

py  are  40  or  oOiinlti 

a  south  courspgooil. 

1  the  aforemention' 

after  daylight  till' 

eastward,  and  tlnTp 

should  find  that  il. 

f.  winds  prevail,  tliev 

n  11'^,  of  latitude,:!! 

e  necessary  wesiin; 

nd  Escudo,  is  liich. 
■iland  ;  but  in  acleir 
1  makes  like  a  sujif 

shore,  and  tlieii  riir, 
itil  you  see  a  fortm 

S.  or  E.,  according 
s  is  strongly  inariifi 
em  side :  the  latter. 

You  have  good  an- 
om  10  to  6  fathoms 

one  third  above  tlw 

Porto  Bello  openn; 

an<l  the  best  to  thf 
ar  during  the  preva- 

ic  River  Chagres  tn 
■  4  miles  to  thenoiili- 
ice  is  about  28  or "''' 
is  generally  the  case 
d  should  get  a  gnoil 
ur,  to  the  northwarJ 

0,  particularly  in  liie 
his  season  the  Kiver 
s  off;  and  this  wiilfr 

nr  may  be  known  by 

outh  side;  and  on  a 

the  westward  keep 

1,  on  the  starboard  ot 
»uld  you  have  ligbt 


muds,  to  keep  well  up  on  account  of  the  .Salmedina  !*!hoal,  whicli  lies  in  a  line  wiih 
lirikc's  islet,  on  the  larboard  hand,  when  going  in,  as  the  current  may  set  you  dowu 
uiioi'  it.  'i'ake  care,  however,  that  you  do  not  shut  the  town  of  Porto  Hello  in  with  the 
land  on  the  south  side,  as  a  shoal  extends  olf  from  the  Islet  ISuenaventura,  on  that  side. 
Vou  may  anchor  in  from  10  to  1'^  fatliunis,  on  soft  mud.  There  are  no  other  dangers  in 
i;uiii);  into  the  harbor  besides  those  stated.  The  Salmedina  is  fre(|uently  visible,  and 
({eiicrally  breaks:  it  is  from  .')()  to  GO  'athoms  in  extent  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  JS.  W.  and  50 
l.ilbuins  in  breadth,  with  ()tathomsall  round  it,  at  'J.'i  fathoms  distance  from  the  breakers. 
itl)ears  from  Drake's  Islet,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance,  W.  },  S,  by  compass,  dis- 
tant about  MOU  fathoms;  and  lieiween  is  the  passage  generally  taken  by  ships  coming 
from  the  eastward,  !(.!■  l*orto  IJello. 

"Dining  the  N.  E.  trades  blowing  home,  that  is,  from  December  to  May,  there  is  no 
dancer  to  be  apprehended  in  going  through  this  passage,  as  you  may  keep  within  a  ship's 
leni;ili  of  the  Islet,  and  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  .Salmedina  ;  between  which 
we  I'oinid  from  7  to  14,  and  'Jv!  fathoms  of  water.  In  turning  uj)  to  Porto  Bello,  great 
care  nnist  be  taken,  when  within  .T  or  4  tuiles  of  the  harbor's  mouth,  that  you  do  not 
shut  the  town  in  with  the  land  on  the  south  or  starboard  side  of  the  harbor,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  sunken  rocks  off  Buenaventura  Islet. 

"There  are  no  particular  marks  for  anchoring;  but  when  ships  require  refreshment, 
and  supplies  of  water  and  wood,  I  would  recommend  their  anchoring  about  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  below  Fort  Fernaiulo,  which  stands  on  the  north  shore,  and  is  easily  seen;  theu 
vou  will  be  abreast  of  the  only  watering  |)laee  in  the  harbor.  In  going  in  with  a  leading 
wind,  keep  the  town  well  open  on  the  starboard  l)ow,  and  anchor  in  from  30  to  15  fa- 
thoms, or  even  in  I'Jor  10,  according  to  the  size  of  your  ship. 

"During  the  months  of  May,  .luiie,  cVc.  to  November,  light  airs  prevail  in  the  harbor 
from  the  .S.  W.  and  W. ;  ai\d,  (^arly  in  the  morning,  light  winds  from  the  N.  E.  down 
the  harbor:  therefore,  be  preparetl  with  boats  ahead,  to  be  under  way  by  the  dawn  of 
day.  In  mooring,  let  the  small  bower  be  to  the  noiiliward,  and  the  best  to  the  south* 
ward." 

CHAGRES  TO  CARTIIAGENA.— "  Wlien  at  the  river  Chagres,  during  the 
months  of  the  rainy  season,  or  from  May  to  the  end  of  Novend)er,  stand  out  to  the  north- 
wanl  4  or  5  leagues,  so  soon  as  you  can;  because  the  winds  during  these  months  are  in 
jfeneral  light,  and  the  current  very  strong,  setting  directly  on  the  rocks  which  lie  ofl'  Por- 
to Bello,  and  thence  along  the  line  of  toast  from  E.by  N.  to  E.  N.  E.  and  E.  S.  E.and 
seldom  less  than  at  the  rate  of  H  or  3  miles  an  hour.  .Should  you,  however,  be  una- 
voidably drawn  in  near  the  land  of  Porto  Bello,  be  constantly  on  your  guard,  but  particu- 
larly in  tht!  evening  and  at  night,  against  squalls,  which  frequently  shift  from  the  land, 
round  the  compass,  with  torrents  of  rain  and  gusts  of  wind  so  .is  to  oblige  you  to  clew 
id!  lip. 

"  When  you  get  to  the  eastward  of  I'oint  St.  Bias,  and  open  the  (iiilf  of  Darien,  the 
current  appears  to  liave  less  clfeet,  mid  generally  draws  in  to  the  south,  .S.  by  W.  and 
S.  by  E.;  but  I  strongly  suspect  that  it  is  much  iiidtienccd  by  the  prevailing  winds  at 
tiie  ditferent  jicriods  of  the  seasons.  After  passing  the  (Julf,  you  may  see  the  islands  of 
San  Bernardo,  which  lie  to  the  eastward,  and  form  a  duster,  the  centre  of  which  we 
observed  to  be  in  latitude  9='  27'  N.*  longitude  by  chronometer,  75°  52'  ,"30  '  W.  These 
islands  are  low,  but  very  remarkal)le,  when  at  the  distatice  of  10  or  12  miles  off,  and 
bearing  from  E.  to  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  several  parts  of  them  will  ajipear  like  small  rocks  be- 
tween the  islands  :  but  at  the  south  end  of  the  norlhernmo;  t  island  there  are  two  remark- 
able trees,  which  may  he  mistaken  lof  a  vessel  at  anchor.  These  islands,  like  the  whol« 
of  the  coast,  are  covered  with  '» ood.  and  may  be  seen  afiout  5  leagues  oH". 

"As  you  proceed  furtlier  to  the  eastward  you  will  make  the  islands  of  Rosario,  whrch 

may  always  be  known  from  those  of  San  Bernardo,  as  they  lie  in  a  triangular  form,  and 

arelongand  low.     Having  passed  these  islands,  if  the  weather  be  fine,  you  will  see  the 

ikill  over  Carthagena,  called   Popa,  on  which  a  convent  and  castle  with  a  signal  staff 

wands,  and  forms  not  unlike  a  gunner's  Quoin.     After  you  get  to  the  eastward   of  the 

vRosario  Islands,  you  will  find  a  current  setting  to  the  N.  W.  and  N.N.  W.  at  the  rate  of 

|from  1  to  2^  mif"s  in  an  hour. 

"  In  proceeduij,  to  your  nnchrrage  you  must  steer  to  the  northward,  until  you  open 
nhe  town  of  Carthagena  to  the  southward  of  the  Popa,  which  may  be  seen  at  the  dis- 
tance of  10  or  12  leagues  ott".  In  running  in  from  sea.  you  must  never  bring  the  Popa 
to  bear  to  the  nortliward  of  east :  either  of  the  above  marks  or  bearings  will  lead  clear 
of  the  Salmedina  Shoal,  which  has  oaly  8  feet  water  on  it ;  and  bears  from  the  Popa  S. 
\V.  by  W.  about  S  miles. 


i 


Pauiude. 


According  to  the  survey  of  Don  J.  1'".  Fidalgo,  the  centre  of  these  Islands  lies  in  9^  45'  north 


500 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


"The  nnrhnrn;;r  of  (';irtli;icpria  is  very  goiiil,  s;iim1  iiml  imitl,  and  frnni  f*  to  (>  f;iil;niiM 
of  water.  Ilc'if  yoii  aii-  about  .'(',  tir  •!  miles  fuMi  ihft  ( ily,  unci  may  see  a  t'afewHv  , 
the  I'mc  of  the  hiy,  iiameil  the  St.  Duniinuo  (Jale,  wlier<  you  may  land,  kei'|iiiiji  a  Imi, 
to  the  westward,  where  there  is  a  ^ood  sandy  he:i(  h.  In  (lie  fine  Mrasoii  tlie  uinds  pcuc 
rally  hlow  alon(i  shore,  and  stdJom  lirinji;  in  mucli  HPa.  The  marks  tor  anchorinp  ^  , 
the  eitadel  on  with  the  lower  or  soutli  jjart  01  the  I'opa,  or  the  l*oi)a  E.  by  !S.  and  lU 
Boca  Chica  S.  J  K." 

[From  (he  Journals  and  Ronmrkaof  Utl'iocrfi  in  theBritiah  Navy.] 
The   Codift  from   ('liiifrrm  to  linra  (/rl   'lorn  of  Ihf  Cliirii/iii   Luf^niin,  hjf   Captain  Mr 
(ii'orf>e  (tralium,  whin  Commundrr  of  tl.  M.  nlooji  Jranis,  \f*'2i  and  lH','5. 

ESCTDU  ISLAND.—The  rour.sc  from  Chagrcs  to  the  liland  E.scudo  is  \V.  by  S. 
by  compass,  about  7.')  miles.    The  i.sland  lies ')  miles  from  the  main  land,  and  its  e:i>tti 
by  sifzhts  taken  with  two  well  rej^ulated  (.hronometurs,  was  tound  to  he  in  r-r  •»)  \\\ 
lonifitudc.     It  is  low  and  covered  with  cocouiiut  trcbu,  and  ia  about  l^  mile  in  Wir^n, 
with  a  reef  of  rocks  exteniliiKj  from  each  enil. 

Point  Vail  tieia  bears  from  this  island  W.  by  S.  22  miles,  and  ma^  *"  r.ren  in  eU,-. 
weather.  To  llu'  eastward  of  the  point  there  are  two  small  keys,  nai.'u  .  >lie  I'hiiiij; 
Keys,  and  are  covered  with  trees.  To  the  westward,  about  three  mil.;. ,  re  the  ijiri:, 
Tiger  Keys,  between  which  and  the  main  is  a  passage  about  a  mile  in  breadth,  huviii;; 
from  7  to  li)  fathoms  water.     Here  the  current  was  found  setting  strong  to  the  westwjp; 

(I'RKK.N  I5,\V. — !^i\  or  seven  milis  to  the  westward  of  the  Tiger  Keys  is  theentrmct 
of  the  ('hiri(|iii  LagoDn;  and  H  miles  S.  K.  of  this  entrance  is  (ireen  JJay,  where  \j 
may  anchor  in  1(1  fathoms,  about  a  mile  Ironi  the  shore,  abreast  of  an  old  hut  iuilit 
middle  of  the  bay.  At  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  the  water  shoals  suddenly.  VnA 
water  may  be  |)rocured  in  aliundam.e  :  it  runs  out  of  a  hollow  rock  neruly  .'iOO  yards! 
the  westward  of  the  hut.  There  is  also  a  pool  of  water  close  to  the  hut,  but  it  is  ikjI  ^ 
good  as  that  obtained  from  the  rock.  Wood  is  plentiful.  There  are  no  inhubitau;! 
within  7  or  H  miles. 

In  working  out  of  (ireen  J?ay,  two  small  keys  will  be  observed  :  they  are  named  iLi 
Zapadillas,  and  bear  W.  N.  W.  from  Point  Valelicia.  To  these  a  berth  must  be  p\K. 
on  account  of  a  reef  which  stretches  to  the  south-eastward  from  thetn  about  two  mil.. 
on  which  the  water  breaks  in  most  |nirts. 

Boca  del  Toro,  another  passage  into  the  lagoon,  is  about  10  miles  W.  by  S.  ftntiiilt 
Zapadilla  Keys.  This  may  be  known  by  a  reirarkable  rock,  standing  near  tlie  iiiidcli 
of  the  entrance.  Sliips  going  into  the  lagoon,  should  keep  the  rock  open  at  abnuii 
cable's  length  on  the  starboard  side,  until  a  reef  appears  on  tlie  larboard  side,  wiiu: 
must  not  be  approached  to  a  less  deptli  than  4  fathoms,  it  being  very  steep.  Passiiii 
end  of  the  reef  in  7  fathom.s,  and  haul  up  for  the  bay,  where  you  may  choose  your;iL 
chorage  in  from  8  to  4  fallioms,  well  sheltered. 

The  only  supplies  to  be  obtaihcd  here,  are  turtle,  fish,  and  wood. 

The  C'nri(jai  Lagoon,  ly  DougJus  Cor,  Esq.,  Commander  of  his  Majeslfs  sloo^ 

tShi'f neater,  in  IHl'J. 
[Tho  courses  and  bearings  ore  magnetic] 

Chiriqui  Lagoon  is  about  2fi  miles  long,  and  in  some  places  I'J  or  l.T  miles  wide, » 
several  rivers  falling  into  it.  The  principal  entrance  into  this  lagoon  is  called  tlic  \\- 
lencia  Channel,  which  is  about  two  miles  wide,  lying  north  and  south,  with  from  2.1 'o 
14  fathoms  water.  Its  latitude  is  about  9"  16' ".N.,  and  longitude  81°  5»'  W.  Th 
western  side  of  this  channel  is  formed  by  the  Zapadillas  and  Water  Key;  the  fmiK 
having  a  reef  on  tlie  nortli  side  of  them,  from  the  S.  E.  end  of  Provision  Island  to;i'a; 
2  miles  S.  E.  of  the  easternmost  Zapadilla  Key.  Off  the  east  end  of  Water  Key.  a  rH 
extends  about  lialf  a  mile.  ^JTie  eastern  side  of  the  channel  is  formed  by  the  1m 
Keys  and  Valencia  Point.  The  Ti^er  Keys  he  IJl  piile  from  Valencia  Point,  ;ind  ut 
four*  in  number,  three  having  trees  on  them,  and  the  fourth  perfectly  bare,  to  tlie  ^.  \\ 
of  which  is  a  rock  jiist  even  with  the  surface  of  the  water.  On  tliis  the  sea  always  breaks. 
aud  there  are  17  fathoms  within  half  a  mile  of  it.  There  is  little  or  no  danger  in  goiiu 
into  this  channel,  by  keeping  a  good  lookout  from  the  masthead,  until  you  get  «itli' 
Water  Key  ;  then  there  is  a  rocky  bank  with  11  feet  on  some  parts  of  it.  The  inurk! 
to  avoid  this  bank,  is  to  keep  the  two  Zapadilla  Keys  open  of  the  east  end  of  W'M 
Key,  N.  N.  \V.  ,'  W.  In  going  across  to  the  south  side  of  tlie  lagoon  to  Chracu.Mti 
River,  the  soundings  are  very  irregular,  there  being  in  some  places  not  more  liland 
fathoms.     By  observing  tVe  following  directions,  you  will  not  have  less  than  that  dcpih. 

*  Capt.  J.  G.  Graham  notices  only  three. 


Whrn  :ihrf 
iillii  Keys  jut 
t|i;ii  hfiiring  I 
North  Valeiic 
W.  ,S.  W.  Ill 
jf  Water  Key 
til  the  North  i 
(if  three  fatho 
en  List  to  10  I 
MoLi  Kiver  w 
ire  within  'J  i> 
h.is,  however, 
f;irlioiiis,  on  II] 
end  of  Water 

At  the  heail 
fowh,  and  ph 
licti)  I'resli  at 

There  is  ve 
fallioins  water 
giving  the  reel 
guide  for  you 

The  north  i 
54'  Id  "  W.     ' 

Remarks  on  tl 


In  his  Maje^ 
enstwani  of  tlii 
most  ri'inarkal 
a  gun  (pioin,  a 
distinguish,  wa 
al'iiut  1(1  mile 
Froiii  this  to 
We  sounded  i 
shore.     The  w 
mile  an  hour, 
discolored  for 
will  ot'ten  obse 
I'V  the  outsets 
there  being  ') 
would  not  be  | 
ryin<:,  l)ut  mos 
generally  blue 
Point  San  .1 
the  North  Fo 
which  gives  it 
a  mile,  as  I  ol* 
northerly  dine 
markably  high 
auce  of  a  vessc 
From  Point 
I  river,  aud  as  m 
5  fathoms,  about 
at  the  entrain  r 
.,  iti5and4,',  fat! 
,:  length  from  tli 
distinguish  froi 
river,  in  4^  fat! 
I  did  not  oh' 
-|  The  sounding.' 
j  my  opinion,  th 
There  are  i 
Serjeant  and  tw 
out  a  passport 


IILUNT  S  AMKIlirAN  COAST  ni.OT. 


>0L 


see  a  i;;ttew;iv  , 
ml,  kpf|)inj;  :i  inn, 
on  the  uiiiiIm  ^ciic 

lor  ani'liorint  , 
u  E.  by  S.  aiiilii., 

ivy.] 

,  hii  Captain  M'. 
I  and  lf"J5. 

^scuilo  is  W.  by  S. 
11(1,  mul  iUeiist  ti,(i, 

0  lip  in  r*\°  •.")  W 

1  \}j  iiiilf  in  leny;. 

\Hj  ' "  rrfn  in  cl^i; 
lair^.  'lie  lM;tm,ii:. 
nil..-. .  'lie  Hit'  ilit't 
>  in  breiuitli,  Im  i,- 
nt;  to  llie  wcstMii. 
Key.s  is  thectitrii  t 
en  Bay,  wliire  \  j 
if  an  old  liut  itnl' 
lis  siidcicniy.  i'r- 
np;irly  riOU  yarci- 
hut,  but  it  is  iKii 
c  are  no  inhubitaij:! 

tlipy  are  named  ihi 
[jerth  iiinst  be  nive; 
m  about  two  mil;. 

s  W.  by  S.  fintiiiii 
ill};  near  the  iiiiiJi:!t 
otk  open  at  iib(iu;i 
aiboard  side,  »bu: 
■ry  steep.  Passibi 
ay  cliQOse  yourai. 


is  Majesty's  sloo^ 


1.3  miles  wide,  w 
on  is  callt'd  the  \«- 
utii,  witli  rii)ni2:!« 
81°  6«'  W.    Tb| 
ter  Key ;  the  fotn.ei 
sinn  Island  to  aUui 
f  Water  Key,  a  reel 
biined  by  the  Tis" 
m-ia  Point,  ami  :ue| 
y  bare,  to  the  S.W 
he  sea  always  breaks, 
•  no  danger  in  goiii; 
until  you  f;et«ii!H''| 
of  it.     The  iiiarki 
east  end  of  AVaieil 
;oon  toChracuMo.!! 
CCS  not  more  llisn'l 
less  than  that  depih. 


When  ibreast  of  Water  Key.  »terr  to  the  m»\itliH  ird  until  you  bnn^  tlio  Iwn  Za|)a- 
lill.i  KeVH  jii>*l  open  (d  the  east  end  olW'aier  Key,  lirarini'  N.  W.  by  .\.  ;  keep  llieiu  on 
fliii  liiMrin^  until  the  ><inali  ki'ys  wliiili  lie  oil  \'ali-ni'ia  South  Point  ((inie  on  with  the 
\(irih  Valeiuia  I'oiiit,  and  you  rtill  have  from  IH  to  .'>  and  (>  fallioios;  then  steer  to  the 
W.  .S.  W.  until  the  eastern  Zapadilla  Key  eoitie."*  within  half  its  lireadth  of  the  east  end 
ul  Water  Key,  beariu]^  N.  N.  W.  ,'  W.,  and  keep  it  thiiN  open,  or  in  that  direction,  un- 
til the  North  ind  South  \'nleneia  Points  apjiear  in  a  line.  Voii  will  tin  n  In-  on  a  bank 
of  three  falhoin",  which  is  about  hall  a  mile  w  ide  ;  ami  when  over  it  the  \s  atcr  w  ill  deep- 
en f.iNt  to  111  and  1'.'  fathoms.  \N  Inu  ynu  are  on  the  bank  of  three  fallniins,  ('liracu 
Mola  Kiver  will  bear  about  S.  K.  4  or  S  miles  distant.  It  i«  not  percepiildc  until  you 
«re  within  'J  or  '.\  miles.  Nine  fathoms  is  near  cnoui;h  to  approach  on  the  rivci  side.  It 
has,  however,  two  entrances.  The  best  ancluua^^e  is  olf  the  nurihiriiniost,  in  ')  or  10 
fallioins,  oil  muddy  bottom,  with  Valencia  INiiiit  bcariim  N.  by  W,  ',  W.,  and  the  east 
end  of  Water  Kev  .N.  W.  ,'  N.,  or  voii  may  jro  f.irtlier  eastward,  in  't  f'Mioiiis. 

At  the  head  of  the  rivci  a  tribe  of  Indians  live,  from  wliom  yoii  may  purchase  ho^s, 
fowls,  and  plaiitniiis,  by  ^oinu;  up  to  their  villa;;e  about  'Ji»  miles.  The  water  is  per- 
liciiy  iVesh  at  a  t|iiartPr  id' a  mile  from  the  sea. 

There  is  very  t;ood  amhorai.'e  on  the  south  side  of  ilie  Z,i|.;idilla  Keys,  in  I'J  nr  l.'J 
fathoms  water,  about  one  mile  olf  either  of  them,  and  lilile  dan^>  i  in  ;;iiiii<;  in  there,  by 
gimili  the  reef  oil'  tlie  S.  K.  key  a  berth  of  about  a  mile.  \  our  eye  will  bo  the  best 
guide  for  you  hetc. 

The  north  entrance  of  tlir.  Chraco  Mola  lUver  is  in  l.it.  T  1'  3C"  N.,  and  long.  81° 
54'  lei '  W.     Variation  of  the  conipas-s  0  '  oU'  E. 

Remarks  on  the  Coast  of  Ninira^na,  hif  Sir  Willlum  S.  Wixrmav,  iilwt  Commander  vj 
II.  M.  S.  Sujtliie,  in  Ma;/  and  Junt,  lf>0. 
[The  courses  a:id  beariiiys  arc  iiingiietic.J 

In  his  Majesty's  sloop  .Sophie,  we  made  tlie  coast  of  Nicaragua,  about  .'U)  miles  to  the 
eastward  of  the  Kiver  .San  .luaii  and  close  to  the  Kiver  Toitn^ja.  Near  the  latter  is  the 
most  remarkable  land  on  the  coast.  It  is  a  liiuli  hummock,  shaped  at  the  west  end  like 
a  yiiii  quoin,  and  called  the  Turtle  I'amie.  The  land  to  the  eastward,  as  far  as  I  could 
distiiiijuish,  was  very  low,  and  perfectly  levi  I.  To  the  westward  it  was  the  same,  for 
about  1(1  miles,  when;  there  are  three  hdlocUs  rising  mlaml  near  the  Itiver  Colorado, 
from  this  to  Point  San  .liian,  it  is  uiiiforiiily  level,  very  low,  and  coveri.'d  with  trees. 
We  sounded  in  .'>()  fathoms,  on  blue  iiiuil  and  small  shtdls,  at  abort  10  or  11  <iiiles  olf 
shore.  The  wind  variable  from  N.  to  N.  E.,  a  current  runnini;  to  the  S.  W.  about  one 
mile  an  hour.  Off  this  part  of  the  i'o;i>t,  particularly  after  vjiin,  the  w;irer  will  be  much 
discolored  for  a  coiisiderabhr  dislanct'  iVoiii  the  land  ;  and  il'tlie  wind  blows  on  shore,  you 
will  ot'ten  observe  a  ripple  that  has  the  a|ipearaiice  of  broken  water,  which  is  occasioned 
by  the  outsets  from  the  many  rivers  on  the  coast;  liut  the  souiiiliii^s  are  very  regular, 
there  beiiiji  ')  and  10  fathoms  from  ;i  to  4  mib's  o(V  shore.  Nevertheliss,  at  ni;;ht  it 
would  not  be  prndenf  to  sro  into  less  than  7  fathoms,  as  the  currents  arc  constantly  va- 
ryins,  but  mostly  set  on  shore.  The  am  borate  is  j^ood  all  aloii;^  this  pait  ol'the  coast, 
generally  blue  mud  and  clay. 

Point  San  .Iiian,  bearing  N.  W.  by  W.,  distant  about  .'j  miles,  has  tlie  apjiearance  of 
the  North  Foreland.  The  land,  thoujih  low,  is  thickly  covered  with  very  lii;:h  trees, 
which  i^ives  it  a  bluff  and  a  bold  appearance;  but  it  should  not  be  approai  lied  within 
a  mile,  as  I  observed  the  hreaUers  extendiri;:  lialf  a  mile  or  more  Ircm  the  point,  in  a 
northerly  direction.  Standing  towards  Point  San  .1  nan  from  the  eastward,  many  re- 
markably high  trees  are  seen  ;  one  in  particular,  strijiped  of  its  branches,  has  the  appear- 
ance of  a  vessel's  mast,  and  may  be  seen  at  a  considerable  distancjr. 

From  Point  San  .luan  the  land  takes  a  south-westeii\  direction  to  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  and  as  near  as  T  could  judge,  about  8  or  10  miles.  You  may  run  along  in  H  or  9 
fathoms,  about  two  miles  oH"  shore,  till  iJneast  of  a  low  sandy  point  on  the  buboard  hand, 
at  the  entrance  of  the  river,  when  you  may  haul  round  at  about  a  cableV  length  from  it, 
in  5  and  4.1-  fathoms.  On  the  starboard  liaiiil,  just  within  the  river,  at  about  three  cables' 
length  front  the  point,  th(!re  is  a  bank  with  only  4  or  !j  feet  on  if,  wliicli  you  may  |)!aiiily 
distinguish  from  the  ship.  We  anchored  in  the  Sophie  about ,  bible's  length  w  ithin  the 
river,  in  4^  fathoms  water,  on  blue  mud. 
I  did  not  observe  any  shoals  or  dangers  upon  the  coast,  or  near  the  river  .San  Juan. 

;  The  soundings  are  regular,  and  a  good  lookout,  with  the  lead  constantly  going,  are,  iu 

•  my  opinion,  the  principal  requisites  for  approaching  this  coast. 

There  are  no  inhabitants  at  or  near  the  river,  but  the  Spaniards  have  a  guard  of  a 

;  Serjeant  and  twelve  soldiers  at  a  short  distance  witbiu  it,  to  prevent  boats  going  up  with- 
out a  passport  from  the  commandant  at  Grenada. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V 


// 


/ 


C/j 


^ 


1.0    ^^  H^ 


I.I 


12 


■^   I 


IL25  ■  1.4 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


2.0 


1.8 


1.6 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


,\ 


-4^ 


^^^ 


^ 


a^ 


<^ 


p^;4 


h 


\\ 


^N 


502 


BLUNT^S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT* 


Vei'y  excellent  fresh  water,  and  plenty  of  wood,  may  be  easily  procured ;  and  there 
appeared  to  be  abundance  offish. 

From  Chaffrcs  to  Cape  Cafoche. 
[Continued  from  the  Derrotero.] 

The  description  which  We  havi'  given  of  the  coast  thus  far,  we  have  presumed  to  call 
by  tijat  name,  because  we  can  sulily  say  that  the  data  from  which  we  have  compiled  it, 
is  essentially  good,  and  therefore  contains  no  error  but  of  a  vety  trivial  nature  ;  but 
heuce  proceedinif  onward,  we  cannot  speak  with  equal  certainty,  and  therefore  have 
thought  it  neceHsary  to  apprize  the  navigator  with  the  distrust  with  which  we  proceed. 
And  although  the  general  course  of  the  coast  may  be  considered  as  moderately  exact, 
yet  we  are  in  want  of  the  details  that  are  indispensably  necessary  for  coasting  alon^  the 
shore.  Therefore,  until  correct  charts  come  to  hand,  we  shall  content  ourselves  with 
giving  such  information  as  appears  to  us  to  a])proximate  nearest  to  the  truth,  and  which 
may  be  sufficient  to  enable  mariners  to  make  those  points  of  the  coast  that  are  most  fre- 
quented. 

THE  COAST  BETWEEN  PORTO  BELLO  AND  VALENCIA  POINT.- 
From  the  last  low  point  without  a  name,  of  the  surveys  of  Brigadier  John  J.  F.  Fidaigo, 
the  coast  trends  about  S.  70°  W.  a  distance  of  53  miles,  to  the  River  Beleni  from  whence 
it  bends  N.  55°  W.  8  leagues,  to  Point  Escudo  ;  and  thence  it  runs  west  another  eijjiit 
leagues,  to  Valencia  Point.  All  this  coast  is  generally  low,  excepting  some  parts  which 
rise  a  little  :  and  the  water  is  deep,  so  that  at  the  distance  of  3  or  4  miles  off,  there  are 
from  20  to  40  fathoms,  the  bottom  being  chiefly  mud  and  sand.  Several  rivers  disem- 
bogue upon  it,  two  of  which,  besides  Chagres,  namely,  that  of  Indies,  and  that  of  Cocleli 
ai'e  navigable,  and  have  communication  with  the  interior.  The  river  Coclet  is  42  miles 
to  the  westward  of  Chagres ;  and  i)etween  them  are  4  remarkable  mouhtains,  two  of  them 
inland,  and  the  other  two  on  the  coast ;  and  as  they  may  serve  for  recognizing  the  land 
by,  we  give  a  description  of  them. 

1.  The  Caladeros  Altos  of  Chagres  are  two  mountains  situated  on  the  River  Chagres, 
and  some  distance  inland.  They  lie  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  Sk  W.,*  and  appear  separate 
from  each  other  as  you  come  from  Porto  Bello.  They  seem  only  as  one  when  they 
bear  S.  E.,  and  ihus  apparently  united  they  have  the  same  bearing  from  the  Castle  of 
San  Lorenzo,  at  Chagres  ;  therefore  those  bound  to  Chagres  from  sea,  have  only  to 
bring  these  two  mountains  in  one,  and  steer  S.  E.  for  the  port. 

2.  The  Pilon  of  Miguel  de  la  Borda  is  a  single  mountain,  so  named  from  its  resem- 
blance to  a  sugar  loaf,  which  is  seen  inland,  at  about  9  leagues  to  the  S.  W.  by  S.  from 
Chagres.  When  this  mountain  bears  S.  by  W.  it  will  be  in  a  line  with  the  river  Indios, 
which  is  5  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Chagres. 

3.  The  Sierra  of  Miguel  de  la  Borda  is  of  moderate  elevation,  and  rises  upon  the 
same  coast.  It  extends  north  and  south,  and  is  13  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Porto 
Bello. 

4.  The  SierrAof  Coclet,  which  is  somewhat  lower  than  the  former,  lies  to  the  S.S, 
W.  of  the  river  Coclet. 

2Vie  Cordillera  of  Veragua  and  Serrania  of  Salarr/inra. — Besides  the  mountains  above 
described,  there  are  others  about  7  leagues  inland,  very  well  known,  and  celebrated  for 
their  grea«  -elevation,  named  the  Cordillera  de  Veragua,  which  commence  nearly  to  the 
south  of  lie  river  Coclet,  and  unite  with  the  Serrania  of  Salamanca,  nearly  on  the  me- 
ridian ofBocas  de  Toro,  which  ■'nds  a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  meridian  of  the  river 
Matina.  Both  are  so -elevated  as  to  be  seer:  36  leagues  out  to  sea  in  clear  weather.  At 
the  east  end  of  the  mountains  of  Veragua  there  is  a  gap  resembling  a  riding  saddle,  and 
is  called  the  Silla,  or  Saddle  of  Veragua,  and  which  lies  south  from  the  river  Coclet. 
Therefore  to  fm»  that  river  from  sea,  you  have  only  to  lying  the  Silla  to  bear  due  south, 
and  steer  in  for  the  shores  To  the  westward  of  the  Silla  there  is  a  mount  on  the  high- 
est top  of  the  same  Cordillera,  of  the  figure  of  a  house  or  castle,  and  is  called  the  Castle 
of  Choco.from  which  the  island  named  Escudo  de  Veraguas  (Shield  of  Veragua)  bears 
N.  38°  W.  Therefore,  when  the  mount  bears  S.  38°  E.,  the  island  will  be  found  by 
steering  in  that  direction.!  Upon  the  west  end  of  the  same  mountain  may  be  seen  a 
remarkable  peak,  called  Pan  de  Suerre^  so  called  from  the  village  at  its  base.  This 
may  serve  as  a  mark  for  finding  Matina. 

The  Island  of  Escudo  is  low,  covered  with  cocoa  and  other  trees,  and  surrounded  on 
the  east  and  north  parts  with  various  keys  of  a  chalky  clay,  also  covered  with  trees. 

*  We  presume  this  should  be  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 

t  By  another  chart  the  bearing  is  N.  2°  \V.,  and  S.  2°  E. ;  but  qs  we  have  not  the  means  of  s^ 
certaining  which,  or  if  either,  is  correct,  we  advise  the  navigator  to  use  it  with  caution. 


From  the  eas 
breaks.  All 
extends  out  a 
and  the  depth 
t'roin  the  mai 
rivulets,  but  i 
from  their  dis 
good  anchorai 
the  bank  to  th 
it  is  not  shelte 
the  cables. 

From  Point 
situated  in  9° 
and  islets,  whi 
Gordade  Tirl 
The  eastern  p; 
They  are  conr 
ofChiriqui  ma 
the  easternmof 
there  is  depth 
of  all  burthens 
formed  by  Pur 
the  bay,  there 
sels.     This  ch; 
another  more  t 
enter.     Withir 
bors;  but  as  wi 
to  enter  in  or 
western  coast, 
from  it  to  mid- 

The  pilot  Pi 
latitude  9°  15' 
9°  29'. 

COAST  BE 
—From  Punta 
to  Point  Carret 
N.  W.,  a  distan 
Thence  the  cof 
Harbor  of  San  . 
einbogue  in  it, 
and  tiiat  of  San 
enters  the  very 

SAN  JUAN 
by  alow  island, 
island  is  nearly 
The  west  point 
The  bay  is  verj 
which  limits  the 
2j  from  east  to 
"To  take  the  a 
one,  or  one  and 
ceed  inward  tov 
ing  that  at  a  cab 
to  anchor,  there 
the  harbor.  Vc 
lenience,  except 
ffom  Septembei 

The  mouth  o 
Point  Arenas,  a 
to  the  east  of  P 
may  be  obtainc( 

From  the  Ht 
easterly,  a  distai 
is  properly  calle 

*  See,  Howe 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


503 


uied ;  and  there 


presumed  to  call 
lave  compiled  it, 
vial  nature  ;  but 
i  therefore  have 
lich  we  proceed. 
loderateiy  exact. 
)asting  along  the 
It  ourselves  witL 
truth,  and  which 
hat  are  most  fre- 

CIA  POINT- 
lin  J.  F.  Fidalgo, 
leni  from  whence 
est  another  eijjlit 
iorae  parts  which 
iles  off',  there  are 
;ral  rivers  disem- 
nd  that  of  Cocletj 
!^oclet  is  4'2  miles 
tains,  two  of  them 
ognizing  the  land 

16  River  Chaares, 
d  appear  separate 
IS  one  when  they 
om  the  Castle  of 
jea,  have  only  to 


from  its  resem- 

W.  by  S.  from 

the  river  Indies, 


d  rises  upon  the 
estward  of  Porto 

lies  to  the  S.S. 

mountains  above 
nd  celebrated  for 
nee  nearly  to  the 
leariy  on  the  iiie- 
idian  of  the  river 
f'nr  weather.    At 

ding  saddle,  and 
[he  river  Coclet, 
bear  due  south, 
lunt  on  the  hijh- 

called  the  Castle 
f  Veragua)  bears 

will  be  found  by 
in  may  be  seen  a 
its  base.    This 

id  surrounded  on 
rered  with  trees, 


ot  the  means  ofW' 
lution. 


From  the  east  side  a  reef  extends  off  about  half  a  letigue,  on  which  the  sea  generally 
breaks.  All  the  island  and  its  keys  are  surrounded  by  a  bank  of  sand  and  gravel,  which 
extends  out  about  5  miles,  on  which,  and  very  near  to  the  land,  there  are  4^  fathoms, 
and  the  depth  gradually  increases  outward.  The  island  is  situated  about  three  leagues 
troin  the  main  land,  and  in  case  of  emergency  water  may  be  procured  from  its  various 
rivulets,  but  not  without  considerable  trouble,  from  the  scantiness  of  the  streams,  and 
from  their  distance  above  tho  beach.  On  the  S.  and  S.  \V.  sides  of  this  island  there  is 
good  anchorage,  sheltered  from  the  norths  and  the  breezes.  There  is  also  anchorage  on 
the  bank  to  the  eastward,  but  this  is  not  so  commodious  as  the  other,  not  only  because 
it  is  not  sheltered  from  the  breeze,  but  also  because  the  bottom  is  rocky,  and  may  chafe 
the  cables. 

From  Point  Valencia,  already  noticed,  and  which,  according  to  the  Pilot  Patino,  is 
situated  in  9°  13'  of  north  latitude,  the  coast  forms  a  great  bay,  shut  in  by  various  keys 
and  islets,  which  extend  from  ihat  point  W.  N.  W.  a  distance  of  14  leagues,  to  Punta 
Gorda  de  Tirbi.  This  great  bay  is  separated  into  two  parts,  by  several  interior  keys. 
The  eastern  part  is  called  the  Lagoon  of  Chiriqui,  and  the  western  part  Almirante  Bay. 
They  are  connected  by  various  arms  and  creeks  of  little  depth  of  water.  The  Lagoon 
of  Chiriqui  may  be  entered  through  the  channel  which  is  formed  by  Point  Valenciaand 
the  easternmost  keys  of  the  group  ;  and  according  to  our  information,  although  shallow, 
there  is  depth  of  water  sufficient,  both  in  the  channel  and  within  the  lagoon,  for  vessels 
of  all  burthens.  Almirante  Bay  must  be  entered  exclusively  by  the  channel  which  is 
formed  by  Punta  Gorda  de  Tirbi  and  the  westernmost  key.  In  this  mouth,  and  within 
the  bay,  there  is,  from  the  same  authority,  depth  of  water  sufficient  for  all  classes  of  ves- 
eels.  This  channel  is  called  the  Dragon's  Mouth,  Boca  del  Dragon,  to  distinguish  it  from 
another  more  to  the  eastward,  called  Boca  del  Toro,  by  which  only  small  vessels  can 
enter.  Within  both  bays  the  anchorage  is  as  well  sheltered  and  sficure  as  the  best  har- 
bors; but  as  we  possess  no  information  respecting  them,  we  shall  say  no  more  than  that 
to  enter  in  or  go  out  by  the  Dragon's  Mouth,  you  should  give  a  good  berth  to  the 
western  coast,  or  that  of  Punta  Gorda  de  Tirbi,  on  account  of  a  rocky  reef  that  runs  out 
from  it  to  mid-channel.* 

The  pilot  Patino  places  the  northernmost  key  off  Point  Valencia,  called  Zapadilla,  in 
latitude  9°  15'  30"  N.,  and  the  northernmost  of  those  of  the  Island  Baslimentos,  in 
9°  29'. 

COAST  BETWEEN  PUNTA  GORDA  AND  SAN  .JUAN  DE  NICARAGUA. 
—From  Punta  Gorda  de  Tirbi,  the  coast  trends  about  N.  ob  '  W.  a  distance  of  14  miles, 
to  Point  Carreta,  which  is  the  eastern  point  of  a  bay  that  falls  into  the  S.  W.,  W.,  and 
N.  W.,  a  distance  of  13  miles,  to  Blanca,  or  White  Point,  which  has  an  islet  near  it. 
Thence  the  coast  trends  N.  3''  W.,  26  miles,  to  the  Point  of  Arenas,  which  forms  the 
Harbor  of  San  Juan.  All  this  coast  is  clean,  and  the  water  deep,  and  several  rivers  dis- 
embogue in  it,  of  which  the  principal  is  that  of  Martina  or  Port  Cartayo,  or  Cartago, 
and  that  of  San  ,Iuan.  The  last  discharges  its  water  by  several  mouths,  one  of  which 
enters  the  very  harbor. 

SAN  .TUAN  DE  NICARAGUA.— The  Harbor  of  San  .Tuan,  or  St.  John,  is  formed 
by  alow  island,  which,  with  the  coast,  encloses  an  extensive  bay.  On  the  east  part  the 
island  is  nearly  joined  to  the  main  land,  and  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  on  the  west. 
The  west  point  of  the  island  is  called  Arenas  Point,  which  is  situated  in  10°  66'  N.  lat. 
The  bay  is  very  spacious,  but  is  incommoded  with  a  large  bank,  with  little  water  on  it, 
which  limits  the  extent  of  the  anchorage  to  5  cables'  length  from  north  to  south,  and  to 
^  from  east  to  west. 

To  take  the  anchorage,  you  have  only  to  coast  Point  Arenas  at  the  distance  of  a  half, 
one,  or  one  and  a  half,  cable's  length,  according  to  the  ship's  draught  of  water,  and  pro- 
ceed inward  towards  the  east,  so  as  to  take  the  round  of  the  point,  with  an  understand- 
ing that  at  a  cable's  length  fromthe  south  coast  of  the  island,  which  is  where  you  ought 
to  anchor,  there  are  i^  fathoms  water.  The  lead  is  the  best,  in  fact  the  only  guide  into 
the  harbor.  Vessels  in  it  are  securely  sheltered,  there  being  no  sea  to  occasion  incon- 
venience, except  when  the  wind  is  in  the  N.  W.  quarter,  which  is  common  on  this  coast, 
from  September  to  the  end  of  January  or  beginning  of  February. 

The  mouth  of  the  River  Si.  Juan  is  exactly  on  the  meridian  of,  or  true  south  from, 
Point  Arenas,  and  by  it  there  is  a  communication  with  the  Lake  of  Nicaragua.  A  little 
to  the  east  of  Point  Arenas,  upon  the  island,  are  some  pits,  or  wells,  where  fresh  water 
may  be  obtained:  it  may  also  be  procured  in  the  river. 

From  the  Harbor  of  San  Juan  de  Nicaragua  the  coast  trends  to  tlie  north,  a  little 
easterly,  a  distance  of  80  leagues,  to  Cape  Gracias  a  Dios,  (Thanks  to  God,)  and  is  what 
is  properly  called  the  Mosquito  Shore.     It  is  all  low  land,  for  the  high  lands  terminate 


*  See,  however,  another  account  of  this  lagoon,  and  some  other  places,  given  hereafter 


504 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


at  St.  Juan's ;  and  in  this  extont  there  are  numerous  rivers  and  lagoons.  A  bank  of 
sounilings  extends  all  along  it,  being  about  8  miles  from  the  shore  at  Point  Arenas,  and 
running  off  in  a  north-easterly  direction  into  latitude  1(>'^  .'33'  N.,  and  to  longitude  81°  \\\ 

Udoii  this  bank  there  arc  a  number  of  keys  and  reefs,  and  those  oft'  Cape  Graciasa 
Di  are  very  dangerous.  Of  thein  we  possess  no  written  description,  but  we  may  re- 
mark that  this  coast  has  been  recently  surveyed  by  order  of  the  British  Admiralty,  by 
Capt.  R.  Owen  and  Lieut.  Barnett,  and  that  the  results  are  published  on  the  General 
Chart  of  the  West  Indies,  18;}7,  E.  dc  G.  W.  Blunt. 

COAST  BKTWEKN  ARKNAS  POINT  AND  THE  PIGEON  KEYS— North 
of  Point  Arenas,  4(1  miles  distant,  is  Point  Gorda;  the  coast  between  forms  an  extensive 
bay,  called  the  Gulf  of  Matina.  About  J'oint  (lorda  and  near  it  are  several  islets  which, 
with  the  coast,  are  clean  ;  and  the  soundings  are  so  regular,  that  no  other  guide  is  neces- 
sary  tlian  the  use  of  the  lead. 

From  Point  Gorda  the  coast  trends  to  N.  about  .3  leagues  to  Point  Monos,  S.  E.  o( 
which  there  are  several  keys,  very  clean;  and  between  them  and  the  coast  there  is  nn 
anchorage  in  3  fathoms  water:  this  anchorage  ought  to  be  entered  from  the  southwani 
of  the  islets.  To  the  N.  N.E.  of  these  islets  there  are  others  which  rise  upon  the  hanii 
and  reef,  calleil  the  Pigeons,  extending  al)out  1'^  miles  from  north  to  south.  To  the 
eastward  of  all  these,  and  without  the  bank,  lies  a  key,  which  with  the  Pigeons,  fnrmsa 
cliannel;  but  it  is  best  to  avoid  it,  by  sailing  on  the  outside,  as  the  Pigeons'  Reef  hi|| 
thereby  be  entirely  cleared,  although  it  extends  about  two  miles  north  from  the  islands. 

BLiJHFIKLD'S,  Oli  BLKWFIELD'S  LAGOON.— Abreast  of  the  Pigeon  Kpys, 
on  the  coast,  is  the  southern  point  of  Bluefield's  Lagoon,  which  is  a  bay  extending  in. 
land  to  the  westward,  about  10  miles,  and  receiv  iiig  in  its  northern  part  a  considerable  river 
called  Rio  Kscondido.  From  the  southern  point  of  the  bay,  or  lagoon,  to  the  northern 
one,  called  Bluefield's  Point,  the  distance  is  13  miles  N.  N.  E.;  the  latitiuJe  of  thispoin' 
is  110  56'  20"  N.  it  being  the  me  n  of  several  observations.  Nearly  on  the  line,  betweci 
the  two  points,  is  a  key  11  miles  in  length,  which  forms,  with  the  points,  two  channnels: 
of  these  the  northern  is  the  principal  one,  and  has,  in  the  season  of  the  breezes,  about  il 
fathoms  water;  but  at  that  season  it  is  dangerous,  because  there  is  a  fall  (Alfada)  of." 
feet.  In  the  time  of  the  V'endavales,  or  rainy  season,  there  are  2}^  fathoms,  without  anv 
fall,  or  Alfada. 

Having  passed  this  bar,  or  channel,  tlierc  are  within  the  bay  5  and  G  fathoms  water, 
upon  clay  :  the  anchorage  is  near  the  town  on  the  N.  E.  side.  To  enter  tlie  lagoon  vm 
have  only  to  keep  along  by  Bluefield's  Point,  at  the  distance  of  a  stone's  throw,  foriti< 
very  clean;  and  the  point  may  be  known  from  its  being  the  highest  land  on  this  partnf 
the  coast.  When  within  continue  on  near  the  north  shore,  for  the  south  is  very  foul, 
and  requires  the  utmost  caution:  it  will  be  indispensably  necessary  in  going  uj)  to  have 
anchors  and  cables  all  clear,  to  let  go  at  an  instant  when  the  current,  which  is  moderate- 
ly strong,  may  render  such  an  expedient  necessary. 

PEARL  LAGOON. — From  Bluefield's  Point  the  coast  trends  north,  inclining  a  little 
to  the  west,  for  the  distance  of  18  miles,  to  the  entrance  of  the  Pearl  Lagoon.  OH" this 
part  of  the  coast  is  a  key,  called  the  Cayman,  lying  at  the  distance  of  7  miles  from  B hie- 
field's  Point,  and  somewhat  more  than  half  a  league  from  the  shore.  A  reef  extendi 
from  the  north  part  of  this  key  to  the  distance  of  4  miles ;  but  as  every  vessel  ought 
to  pass  to  the  eastward  of  it,  there  can  be  no  danger  if  the  lead  be  kept  going.  The  en- 
trance of  Pearl  Lagoon  has  deeper  water  than  that  of  Bluefield's :  there  is  also  anchor- 
age on  the  outside  of  it,  under  shelter  of  the  north  coast,  which  rounds  to  the  N.  E.a 
distance  of  11  miles  to  Point  Loro. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  Pearl  Lagoon,  and  well  out  from  the  joast,  lies  the  Pit  Key, 
which  is  7  leagues  from  it ;  the  Lobo  Ma-'no,  or  Sea  Wolf  Key,*  which  lies  12  mib 
N.  E.  by  E.  from  Pit  Key  ;  and  lastly  the  Islas  de  Mangle,  or  Corn  Islands,  which  He 
jabout  12  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  latter. 

The  Pit  and  Sea  Wolf  Keys  are  somewhat  foul,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer 
than  half  a  mile:  they  are  dangerous  to  navigation,  because  having  14  fathoms  about 
them,  and  no  bank  near  them  with  less  depth,  the  soundings  will  give  no  indication  of 
their  proximiiy  in  the  night,  or  in  thick  weather.  The  channels  which  they  form  with 
the  Corn  Islands  and  the  coast,  are  clean  and  free. 

[The  Courses  and  Bearings  arc  magnetic] 

ISLAND  OF  ST.  ANl)REAV'.-On  the  1st  day  of  September,  1818,  His  Majesty's 
*loop  Beaver  anchored  in  a  fine  bay  or  cove  on  the  west  coast  of  this  island ;  of  which 


in  it,  br.t  the  gn 


*  According  to  various  modern  charts,  these  two  Keys  appear  to  be  of  doubtful  existence;  but 
we  do  not  venture  to  alter  these  directions  until  we  have  better  accounts  and  data  to  convince  us 
pf  it. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


505 


oons.  A  bank  of 
Point  Arenas,  nnd 
longitude  81°  \V. 
fl'  Cape  Graciasn 
1,  but  we  mny  re- 
ish  Admiralty,  bv 
ed  on  the  Generiil 

I  KEYS.— North 
forms  an  extensive 
veral  islets  which, 
ler  guide  is  neccs- 

t  Monos,  S.  E.  ol 
e  coast  there  is  an 
om  the  southwaril 
rise  upon  thn  Iwnk 
to  south.  Tn  the 
B  Pigeons,  forms  a 
'igeons'  Reef  will 
1  from  the  islands! 
■  the  Pigeon  Keys, 
bay  extending  ill. 
1  considerable  river 
n,  to  the  northern 
titnde  of  this  poin: 
1  the  line,  betweci 
Its,  two  channnels; 
le  breezes,  about  ■; 
I  fall  (Alfada)of: 
horns,  without  an; 

G  fathoms  water, 
iter  the  lagoon  ym 
le's  throw,  for  ito 
iiid  on  this  partoi 
south  is  very  I'nul, 
going  up  to  have 
which  is  moderate- 

1,  inclining  a  little 
agoon.  Oft'this 
7  miles  from  Blue- 
A  reef  extendi 
very  vessel  ought 
it  going.  The  en- 
ere  is  also  anchor- 
ds  to  the  N.  E,j 

lies  the  Pit  Key, 

^hich  lies  12  mile< 

Islands,  which  lie 

ipproached  nearer 
14  fathoms  about 
■e  no  indication  of 
cli  they  form  with 


■318,  His  Majesty's 
island ;  of  which 

ibtful  existence ;  bui 
data  to  convince  us 


the  following  information  was  obtained,  while  lying  there.  The  bay  is  spaciou.i  and 
clean,  sheltered  from  N.  by  E.  round  by  east  to  S.  by  E.;  and  it  appeared  ihat  a  S.  AV. 
wind  would  not  send  in  much  sea.  The  bottom  is  rocky  without  the  depth  of  7  fathoms; 
so  that  you  must  run  in  until  you  get  upon  the  white  Ixittom,  which  consists  of  white 
sand,  and  bounds  the  bay,  stretching  off  a  long  mile,  having  good  anchorage  on  every 
part  of  it.  The  Beaver  laid  with  a  small  inlet  laying  nearly  east,  distant  three  quartets 
of  a  mile  off  shore  ;  the  north  point  of  the  bay  bearing  N.  by  W.  and  the  south  point 
S.  by  VV.  i  W.  in  6^'  fathoms. 

No  other  directions  are  necessary  for  entering  this  bay,  than  to  steer  directly  in,  and 
anchor  where  convenient.  To  find  the  situation  of  the  bay  from  the  offing,  look  out  for 
the  highest  part  of  the  island,  near  the  south  end,  on  which  are  two  cocoa-nut  trees,  very 
conspicuous  by  their  overtopping  the  other  trees,  and  by  being  the  only  cocoa-nut  trees 
that  show  themselves  on  the  high  land  :  bring  them  to  bear  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  and 
you  will  fina  the  bay  by  steering  in  that  direction. 

It  is  flat  to  the  distance  of  two  cables'  length  from  the  north  point,  with  no  more  than 
2  and  3  fathoms,  deepening  suddenly  to  8  fathoms;  but  this  lying  so  near  the  shore,  ia 
out  of  the  way  of  sailing  in  from  the  southward.  But  if  from  the  northward,  running 
along  shore,  with  a  scant  N.  E.  wind,  it  will  be  necessary  to  give  it  a  berth,  going  no 
nearer  to  the  shore  than  8  fathoms  ;  and  keeping  the  south  point  of  the  bay  a  little  open 
of  the  larboard  bow  bearing  nearly  south;  and  when  the  two  cocoa-nut  trees  come  over 
a  remarkable  withered  tree  which  stands  near  a  sandy  place  on  the  point,  bearing  about 
N.  E.  you  will  have  passed  the  point  of  the  flat,  and  may  liaul  in  S.  E.  for  tlie  anchor- 
age. We  sounded  the  north  shore,  and  found  5  fathoms  close  to  ;  so  far  as  we  sounded, 
tiie  bay  was  all  bold  and  clear. 

There  is  an  inlet  in  the  N.  E.  corner  of  the  cove,  which  would  answer  for  a  careening 
place  for  small  vessels;  it  is  also  a  snug  harbor  for  boats.  At  the  entrance  it  is  27  fa- 
thoms wide  and  has  4^  fathoms  water  ;  but  this  depth  does  not  continue  more  than  a  ca- 
ble's length,  when  it  shoals  to  3,  and  then  suddenly  to  6  feet.  Two  brigs  and  a  frigate 
might  be  moored  in  the  entrance,  in  which  situation  they  would  api)ear  as  in  a  wet  dock, 
having  hawsers  made  faM  on  shore  from  their  bows  and  quarters ;  but  a  vessel  must  be 
warped  in  stern  foremost,  having  a  bower  anchor  a  cable's  length  to  the  westward,  as  a 
security  against  the  winds  from  that  quarter,  which  blow  right  in.  The  north  part  of 
the  cove  is  also  a  good  place  to  moor  ships,  huving  a  bow  er  anchor  toward  the  sea ;  they 
might  be  moored  with  their  sterns  to  the  shore,  by  the  stream  cable,  or  a  good  hawser. 

The  island  in  general  presents  a  pleasant  fertile  appearance;  it  is  of  moderate  height, 
and  may  be  seen  18  or  20  miles  oiY:  when  seen  from  the  eastward,  it  makes  in  two  hum- 
mocks, of  which  the  north  one  is  the  highest.  As  we  sailed  along  the  east  coast,  we  ob- 
served it  to  be  bounded  by  a  reef,  wiiich  appeared  to  extend  off  4  or  5  miles;  the  south 
point  of  this  reef,  with  the  shore  inside  of  it,  forms  what  is  called  the  Eastern  Harbor, 
the  entrance  of  which  is  from  the  southward.  The  north  end  is  very  dangerous,  having 
a  low  key  with  a  reef  off  it,  (  ^  which  the  sea  breaks  as  far  as  can  be  seen  from  the  deck, 
probably  7  miles ;  it  joins  witn  me  eastern  reef,  and  they  together  encompass  all  the  north 
end  and  twothrds  of  the  east  side  of  the  island,  ending  a  mile  or  so  south  of  the  en- 
trance to  the  Eastern  Harbor. 

The  south  end  is  bold,  as  is  the  west  side  :  you  may  anchor  in  a  bight  near  the  shore 
to  the  northward  of  the  cove,  near  some  chalky  clitis:  we  got  soundings  of  9  fathoms 
in  it,  bi't  the  ground  \/as  coarse.  There  are  no  soundings  until  you  come  very  near  the 
shore. 

From  the  hills  you  can  see  the  E.  S.  E.  Keys,  which  lie  7  leagues  from  St.  Andrew's: 
theS.  S.  W.  Key's  10,  and  Old  Providence  18  leagues. 

The  currents  about  these  i  'ands  are  very  irregular,  setting  occasionally  in  every  direc- 
tion, but  generally  to  the  northward  and  southward.  In  going  there,  we  exjierienced  a 
strong  easterly  current;  in  returning,  a  , 'southerly  one;  and  a  vessel  had  arrived  from 
the  Indian  coast  a  short  time  before,  having  had  calms  nearly  all  the  passage,  and  was 
brought  along  by  a  strong  N.  E.  current. 

THE  S.  S.  VV.KEVS,  are  the  southernmost  and  westernmost  of  the  keys  around  St. 
Andrew's  Island,  being  S.  by  W.  20  miles  from  the  south  jjoint  of  St.  Andrew's  Island. 
These  are  three  islets,  which  afford  gooil  anchoring  ground,  and  so  clean  that  there  is 
nothing  to  be  guarded  against,  except  what  is  in  sight  ;  for  although  there  are  a  ievr 
rocks  round  them,  they  are  too  near  to  be  of  any  interruption. 

THE  E.  S.  E.  KEYS.— About  E.  l  S.  from  St.  Andrew's  Island,  at  the  distance  of 
5  leagues  from  the  south  end  of  it,  there  are  three  keys,  called  the  E.  S.  E.  Keys.  They 
are  surrounded  by  a  reef  and  a  bank,  of  7  miles  in  extent,  which  is  very  dangerous,  and 
although  there  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels  on  it,  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  pilot. 

LITTLE  CORN  ISLAND  lies  about  20  leagues  W.  S.  W.  1  W.  from  St.  An- 
drew"*,  aud  has  a  reef  round  the  east  side  of  it,  about  a  mile  from  tHe  shore.    The  isl- 

64 


''if 

11 

m 


i  I 


i 


50G 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


and  appears  to  be  all  savanna,  bordered  round  the  beach  with  trees :  all  round  the  p;i«t 
Bide  there  are  a  great  number  of  cocoa-nut  trees,  'i'liere  is  good  anchorage  in  a  bay  on 
the  S.  VV.  side  ol  the  island,  where  you  niaj  lie  shfiiered  from  north  winds;  from  the 
north  and  south  points  of  the  bay  there  are  reefs  run  ofl'  to  the  distance  of  two  c;iblts' 
length,  but  there  is  good  room  to  work  in,  and  regular  soundings.  You  may  anclidr  in 
3  or  4  fathoms,  sandy  ground,  at  about  a  mile  from  the  shore.  ]n  ajjproaching  this  liay 
from  the  northward,  it  is  necessary  to  give  the  north  point  of  the  island  a  berth  of  a  mile 
in  order  to  clear  the  reef.  The  tide  rises  and  falls  about  3  feet,  and  there  was  a  currrnt 
off  the  bay  setting  to  the  southward,  but  not  very  strong.  Latitude  of  the  bay  by  obser- 
vation is  12"  17'  N.  Variation  of  the  compass,  1)°  -JO'  K.  At  the  Porcupine's  anchur- 
age  the  south  onint  of  the  bay  bore  E.  S.  K.,  and  the  north  point  N.  W.  by  W. 

GREAT  CORN  ISLAND.— This  island  lies  S.  S.  W.  10  or  11  miles  from  Litile 
Corn  Island  :  it  has  a  reef  olf  the  N.  E.  end  of  it,  that  runs  along  the  east  side  aboui  a 
mile  and  a  half  iVoin  the  shore.  'JMie  N.  W,  part  of  the  island  is  pretty  bold;  in  ihf 
N.  W.  bay  called  the  Rrigantine  Bay,  there  is  good  anchorage  with  the  sea  breeze,  bui 
no  shelter  from  norths.  Tiiere  is  another  called  the  S.  W.  Ray.  where  we  anchored  in 
3  fathoms.  Olf  the  point  between  the  two  bays  lies  a  very  dangerous  ledge  of  rocl,;. 
stretching  from  the  point  to  sea,  nearly  east  and  west,  about  2  or  2k  miles,  and  havin:; 
from  10  to  13  feet  water  on  it :  it  does  not  appear  to  be  more  than  2  cables'  length  across 
in  any  part,  and  on  the  outer  end  there  is  a  spot  with  only  9  feet  on  it,  where  tlie  sm 
broke  when  it  blew  strong.  Over  this  ledge  we  were  carried  by  the  unskilfulness  ol  tl:e 
pilot,  and  beat  our  rudder  off,  close  by  the  point,  where  I  think  we  had  the  best  waiei  ; 
this  ledge  breaks  off  the  sea  from  the  bay,  when  the  wind  is  to  the  westward  of  norlli, 
In  going  down  the  west  side  of  the  island  for  the  bay,  it  is  necessary  to  give  these  rocks 
a  good  berth,  and  not  haul  in  for  the  bay  till  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  island  bears  about 
E.  S.  E.;  but  by  keeping  a  look  out  from  the  mast  head,  you  nay  see  the  rocks  and 
round  them,  taking  care  to  go  no  nearer  to  them  than  6  fathoms:  you  may  then  work  up 
into  the  bay,  the  soundings  being  regular  from  G  to  2j  fathoms,  on  a  fine  sandy  bottom. 
You  may  sail  along  on  the  outside  of  the  reef  to  the  eastward  of  the  island,  and  go 
round  the  8.  E.  point,  which  is  pretty  bold;  then  haul  into  the  bay,  and  fetch  farther lo 
windward  than  by  going  to  the  westward  round  the  ledge.  The  Porcupine  lay  in  31a- 
thorns  water,  about  half  a  mile  off  shore,  with  the  north  point  of  the  bay  bearing  N.  bv 
W.,  and  the  S.  W.  point  S.  E.  J  S.  We  always  found  a  great  swell  in  the  bay,  spttin? 
from  point  to  point  whichever  way  the  wind  blew  ;  but  it  had  been  constantly  blowing 
strong  without.  The  patch  of  9  feet  on  the  outer  end  of  the  ledge,  where  the  sea  broke. 
bore  W.  by  N.  from  the  anchorage.  The  latitude  observed  at  the  anchorage  is  12°  13 
N.  and  the  longitude  ^3^  3'  W.  We  observed  a  regular  rise  and  fall  of  the  water  bv  the 
$hore;  but  the  current  off  the  bay  ran  moderately  to  the  southward. 

This  island  is  very  conveniently  situated  for  those  bound  to  the  Harbor  of  Bluefields, 
which  bears  from  it  W.  by  S.  distant  14  leagues,  and  which  it  is  very  dangerous  attempt- 
ing, in  blowing  weather,  with  the  wind  on  shore,  as  there  are  only  12  or  13  feet  water 
on  the  bar ;  but  here,  as  was  our  case,  they  may  stay  in  safety  till  the  weather  settles. 
that  thev  can  get  in. 

DANGEROUS  ROCK.— To  the  southward  of  the  Great  Corn  Island,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  about  7  miles,  there  is  a  rock  which  appears  above  water,  and  the  greatest  cau- 
tion should  be  taken  to  avoid  it ;  for  we  do  not  believe  that  its  situation  is  coirectly 
known,  and  even  if  it  were,  it  would  still  be  dangerous  to  navigation  at  right,  or  in  thick 
weather. 

THE  ISLANDS  OF  SANTA  CATALINA  AND  PROVIDENCE,  separated  only 
by  a  narrow  channel,  may  be  considered  as  one  island.  .They  are  situated  about  13 
leagues  N.  23°  E.  from  St.  Andrew's.  Catalina  is  scarcely  any  thing  more  than  a  rock. 
extremely  cniggy,  and  mostly  covered  with  stones.  The  highest  parts  of  it  are  ex- 
cessively irr''gular,  so  that  it  is  of  uo  value,  and  is  therefore  uninhabited.  Providence 
is  about  4  miles  in  length  froiu  north  to  south,  and  2  from  east  to  west.  From  the  level 
of  the  sea,  at  the  most  salient  points,  it  begins  to  rise  with  a  very  gentle  acclivity  towards 
the  centre,  where,  resembling  an  amphitheatre,  it  forms  four  hills,  crowned  by  a  high 
mountain.  From  the  summit  or  cusp  of  the  easternmost  hill,  four  streams  descend 
from  the  same  source,  and  run  down  to  the  shore  in  different  directions,  subdividing  in 
their  course  into  smaller  rivulets  of  most  excellent  water.  The  most  abundant  cf  these 
streams  in  the  dry  season,  is  that  which  runs  down  on  the  west  side,  into  what  is  called 
Freshwater  Bay,  Ensenada  de  Agua  dulce.  In  clear  weather  the  island  may  be  seen 
from  10  to  12  leagues  off.  It  is,  as  well  as  Catalina,  surrounded  by  a  reef,  that  will  not 
admit  of  coming  within  a  league  of  it,  and  on  the  north  side,  not  nearer  than  4  rniles. 
It  is  inhabited  by  three  or  four  families,  who  cultivate  some  portions  of  it.  Vessels  nni 
drawing  more  than  10  or  11  feet,  may  get  In  between  the  reefs,  but  it  is  necessary  to 
have  a  pilot  for  the  purpose. 


.MM... 


BLL'NT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


507 


round  tlie  f;i«t 
rage  in  a  bay  on 
imls;  from  (he 
e  of  two  ciihk's" 
I  iiiiiy  anclidr  in 
uaching  this  liay 
a  berth  ol  aniile 
re  was  a  currrnt 
lie  bay  by  obser- 
upine's  anchor- 
'.  by  W. 
liles  from  Little 
;ast  side  about  a 
tty  bohl ;  in  \\\t 
s  sea  breeze,  but 
I  we  anchored  in 
s  ledge  of  rocks. 
niles,  and  havin; 
es'  length  across 
it,  where  the  se,i 
ikilfulness  of  the 
J  the  best  water; 
stward  of  norili. 
I  give  these  roci<s 
dand  bears  abuiit 
iee  the  rocl<s  and 
nay  then  work  up 
ine  sandy  bottom, 
le  island,  and  go 
id  fetch  farther  to 
;upine  lay  in  3  iV 
ray  bearing  N.  by 
n  the  bay,  setting 
onstanlly  blowiiit; 
ere  the  sea  brok", 
horage  is  12=  l.T 
f  the  water  bv  the 

bor  of  Bluefields, 

ngerous  attempt- 

or  13  feet  water 

weather  settles. 

Island,  at  the  dis- 

the  greatest  can- 

lation  is  correctly 

Iright,  or  in  thick 

IE,  separated  only 
Isituated  about  13 
|more  than  a  rock. 
^arts  of  it  are  ex- 
ited.    Providence 
From  the  level 
I  acclivity  towards 
jwned  by  a  liipli 
streams  descend 
IS,  subdividing  in 
abundant  oflhe.se 
ito  what  is  called 
land  may  be  seen 
Veef,  that  will  not 
frer  thaM  4  rniles. 
it.     Vessels  nn; 
It  is  necessary  to 


MrSIvETRERS. —  This  shoal,  of  which  we  have  no  written  description,  i.s  danger- 
ous, and  ha.s  an  extent  of  8  miles,  in  a  north-westerly  direction.  The  centre  lies  in  13° 
■yr  S.  i.it.,  and  80^  03'  \V.  long. 

QUIT  A  SITKNO. — This  is  an  extensive  bank,  of  3')  miles  in  length  from  north  to 
south,  and  13  miles  in  width  from  east  to  west,  having  on  it  from  7  to  JO  fatlioins  water, 
excepting  on  the  eastern  edge,  which  is  dangerous,  being  a  range  of  shoals  and  reefs, 
lur  ail  extent  of  v,'3  miles,  ranging  nearly  north  and  south. 

South  point  of  the  bank  is  in 14="    2'  N.  lat.,  81=  l.'y  VV.  long. 

North  point 14    37       "        81       7         •' 

South  point  of  the  shoal  ground 14      7       "        81       7         " 

North     do.  do.  do 14    30       "         81       7         " 

SERRA.NA. — East,  42  miles  from  the  eastern  edge  of  Quita  Sueno,  is  the  Serrana 
Bank.  It  is  of  a  triangular  shape,  longest  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.,  being  20  miles  long  ; 
on  which  point  there  is  a  key.     The  N.  E.  and  S.  aides  are  bounded  by  reefs. 

North  point 14°  28'  N.  lat.,  hO°  17'  W.  long. 

East  point 14    24       "        80       8 

S.  W.  point 14    16       "        80     23         " 

SERRANILLA. — This  is  a  bank  of  25  miles  in  extent  from  east  to  west,  and  20 
miles  fiom  north  to  south,  of  difl'erent  depths,  from  3  to  30  fathoms.  The  S.  E.  side  is 
a  range  of  keys  and  breakers  ;  the  western  side  is  clean  and  clear,  with  the  exception  of 
U!ie  small  spot  called  the  Western  Breaker. 

The  N.  E.  Breaker,  whith  may  be  called  the  N.  E. 

point  of  the  bank  lies  in 15°  47'  N.  lat.,  79°  42'  W.  long. 

The  west  point  of  the  bank  in 15    45        "         80      7        " 

THE  NEW  SHOAL  is  a  bank  extending  about  13  miles  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.,  and  7 
Ironieast  to  west.  All  the  eastern  part  is  a  reef,  very  steep  to  ;  but  on  the  west  side  the 
depth  diminishes  gradually.  (Ja  the  bank,  at  a  mile  and  a  half  from  its  northern  ex- 
tremity, there  is  a  sandy  key,  si'  ated  in  latitude  15^  52'  20"  N.  and  longitude  78^  33' 
W.  'fhree  or  four  miles  W.  N.  W.  from  this  key,  you  may  anchor;  but  take  care  not 
to  get  into  less  than  9  fathonrs  water,  because  at  C'.y  miles  W.  N.  W.  from  it,  a  rock  has 
been  found,  with  only  7  teet  water  on  it ;  and  S.  by  E.  from  it,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile, 
there  is  another,  with  no  more  than  4  feet  water  on  it.  Both  of  them  stand  in  5  fathoms. 
Thev  are  very  steep,  and  not  larger  than  a  boat. 

THE  B.\.XO  DEL  COMBOY  does  not  exist;  for  particular  search  has  been  made 
for  it,  but  it  could  not  be  found. 

The  above  have  all  been  surveyed  by  Capt.  R.  Owen  and  Lieut.  Barnett,  and  are  pub- 
lished in  the  General  Chart  of  the  West  Indies,  by  E.  6c  G.  W.  Blunt,  1837. 

GRE.iT  RIVER.— 'From  Point  Loro,  already  mentioned,  the  coast  trends  about 
north,  a  distance  of  27  miles,  to  the  Rio  Grande,  or  Great  River.  This  part  of  the  coast 
is  very  foul,  with  a  reef  which  stretches  off  from  it  about  G  miles.  On  the  southern 
ed§e  of  the  reef,  and  east  from  Pcint  Loro,  there  are  two  keys,  the  easternmost  of  which 
is  called  Marron.  To  the  north,  a  little  westerly  from  this  key.  and  at  the  distance  of 
9 miles,  there  is  another,  which  is  outside  the  reef.  Without  these  two  keys  there  are 
othors,  of  which  the  southernmost  are  called  the  Pearl  Keys.  To  these  follow  three 
others,  called  the  King's  Keys,  which  lie  east  from  the  mouth  of  the  Great  liiver,  at 
the  distance  of  about  13  miles.  Finally,  to  these  follow  the  Mosquito,  Mim  of  War, 
and  Sea  Wolf  Keys,  the  last  being  to  the  eastward  of  the  Man  of  War  Keys.  The 
northernmost  of  the  Man  of  War  Keys  lies  about  20  miles  distant  from  the  (ireat  River. 
lietrt'een  all  these  keys  ihere  are  good  channels,  with  from  5.y  to  •)  fathoms  water,  on 
clean  mud  ;  but  to  take  them  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  pilot,  and  if  you  have  not  one, 
you  ought  to  go  outside  the  whole  of  them.  To  enter  the  anchorage  of  Great  River, 
you  stiould  pass  between  the  Man  of  War  Keys  and  the  coast ;  in  which  channel,  until 
vou  arrive  at  Great  River,  there  is  nothing  to  fear  or  attend  to  but  tho  lead. 
'  PRINCE  AMILCA  RIVER.— To  the  N.  by  W.  from  (4reat  River,  at  the  distance 
of  11  miles,  there  is  another  river,  called  Prince  Amilca,*  from  which,  in  the  same  di- 
rection, and  at  the  distance  of  9  miles,  is  the  Black  Rock  River.  From  this  the  coast 
trends  north  a  little  easterly,  for  11  miles,  to  the  River  Tongula  ;  in  front  of  the  mouth 
of  which,  about  5  miles  to  the  eastward,  there  are  some  rocky  shoals,  which  are  the  only 
dangers  along  the  coast,  between  this  river  and  Great  River. 

*  There  is  great  variety  in  the  charts  in  the  names  of  this  and  other  rivers  on  tho  coast,  and  also 
of  the  keys. 


3  F*  « 

m 


508 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


THE  COAST  TO  BRACMA  POINT— From  the  River  Tonjjula  the  f ortst  ti-e^if), 
about  N.  by  W.  ''or  tlie  tlistaiuc  of  17  miles,  to  the  River  Wurva  ;  whence  it  contiimp, 
to  the  nortli  for  </  miles  to  Uracina  River;  and  theiiee  it  rounds  to  the  N.  E.  a  difimicc 
of  8  miles,  to  Hracma  Point.  This  last  pai'  of  the  coast,  called  the  Rarrancas,  or  Hrng. 
man's  Rlutf,  forms  a  bay  shelteicd  from  the  nortlis,  and  westerly  winds,  and  in  it  ynu 
may  anchor,  in  any  depth  that  suits  you,  under.-tandiiic  .hat  at  'J  miles  from  the  land 
there  are  4  fathoms,  upon  coarse  tray  sand  iuid  small  shells.  (Irtnt  care  should  be 
taken  in  laiulini;  on  this  beach,  as  there  is  a  bank  before  it,  on  whicli,  witli  ever  so  imli; 
wind  from  the  east,  the  sea  breaks  with  fjreat  force. 

THE  COAST  TO  (iRACIAS  A  DIOS.— From  Bracma  Point  the  const  trpmjs 
about  N.  N.  W.,  a  distance  of  G  miles,  to  the  River  Tupapi,  or  Housctan-,,  whidus 
known  by  a  town  situated  about  three  quarters  of  a  leasiue  froin  the  beach,  ;ui(l  dis- 
cernible at  a  good  offuia;,  as  the  ground  is  level  and  bare.  Froui  Tupapi  the  shore  runs 
about  N.N.  E.  a  distance  of  20  miles,  to  the  Governor's  Point,  which  is  known  by  be- 
ing more  salient  eastward  than  any  other  on  this  coast,  and  thickly  covered  with  trees, 
From  this  point  the  coast  trends  to  the  N.  N.  \V.,  a  distance  of  12  miles,  to  tlie  nioiiih 
of  Arenas,  or  Sandy  Ray,  in  which  there  is  so  little  water,  that,  in  the  time  of  ihe 
breezes,  launches  jjass  with  difficulty;  but  within,  there  is  a  deep  and  spacious  bay, 
From  Sandy  Bay  the  coast  trends  to  the  north,  10  miles,  to  the  River  Guanason,  aiiil 
thence  to  the  Ray  of  Grac'as  a  Dios,  it  is  13  miles  in  the  •ime  direction. 

THE  RAY  OF  GRACIAS  A  DJOS  is  formed  by  a  tongue  of  land  extending  to 
the  eastward  more  than  4  miles,  and  which  affords  a  good  roadstead,  with  winds  Iroin 
S.  S.  W.  round  by  \V.  an'l  N.  to  S.  S.  E.  The  easternmost  and  southernmost  point 
of  this  tongue  of  land  is  that  which.  Is  called  Cape  Gracias  a  Dios  ;  and  from  it  to  ilie 
south  there  are  several  keys,  of  whicii  the  last  or  southernruost  is  called  San  Pio ;  ami 
the  south  point  of  it,  called  Arenas  Point,  is  also  the  east  point  of  the  bay.  Thr.  deptli 
of  water  in  the  bay  is  from  20  feet,  which  is  found  at  the  entrance,  to  16,  which  is fouuil 
well  within  it;  and  in  all  parts  of  it  the  bottom  is  soft,  sliniv  clav. 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  TAKING  THE  ANCH()RA(iE  OF  GRACIAS  A 
DIOS. — To  anchor  in  this  bay,  if  approaching  it  from  the  north  and  west,  you  !ia\e 
only  to  pass  the  sandy  point  of  Key  San  Pio,  and  then  run  into  the  bay,  and  antlici  in 
the  number  of  feet  suitable  to  thy  vessel's  draught  of  water,  for  all  of  which  yor.  ha,e 
oi.dy  to  attend  to  the  lead.  The  only  thing  which  demands  a  little  care,  if,  not  .o  iiiis- 
taUe  for  the  Key  San  Pio,  that  which  comes  before  it,  called  Troncoso  ;  for  having  a 
strait  of  a  mile  in  breadth  between  them,  and  the  Key  San  Pio  being  very  low,  any  one 
coming  from  sea  may  be  deceived,  and  take  the  strait  between  the  keys  for  the  entrance; 
but  this  mistake  may  be  avoided,  if  you  bear  in  mind  that  Key  Troncoso  is  very  sniiiil, 
and,  on  the  contrary,  that  Key  San  Pio  is  a  mile  in  extent  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W,,  anJ 
farther,  in  this  strait,  there  is  so  little  water,  that  scarcely  a  canoe  can  pass,  which  islhc 
cause  of  the  sea  generally  breaking  in  it.  To  those  coming  from  the  southward,  in  or- 
der to  enter  this  bay,  we  have  nothing  farther  to  recommend. 

Such  is  the  description  of  this  bay,  given  in  1788,  by  Don  Gonzalo  Vnllejo,  who  an- 
chored in  it  in  the  cj  rvette  San  Pio,  under  his  command  ;  but  we  ought  also  to  adJ 
what  Don  .losef  del  Rio  reports  of  it,  after  visiting  it  in  179'5.  "J  ought  to  make  known 
that  the  anchorage  in  the  bay  of  Cape  Gracias  a  Dios,  is  becomin^^  lost;  for  the  cut  of 
communication  made  by  the  Ens^lish  frou;  the  Gre.it  River  Segovia,  across  tlie  tongue 
of  land  that  forms  the  bay,  for  the  purpose  of  conveying  into  it  the  timber  which  tiiej 
bring  down  by  that  river,  has  increased  so  much  in  width  that,  from  a  narrow  canal,  it 
has  become  a  brancli  of  the  river,  and  brings  with  it  so  much  soil,  and  so  many  trunks 
of  trees,  which  h?>s  diminished  the  depth  of  the  bay  so  much,  that  since  the  year  1T8?, 
there  are  three  feet  less  water  in  the  vicinity  of  Key  San  Pio;  and  it  is  very  probable, 
that,  within  a  few  years,  the  depth  will  be  filled  up,  and  vessels  will  be  obliged  lo  remain 
on  the  outside,  detirived  of  the  shelter  *liey  at  present  have,  and  which  is  of  so  great  an 
advantage  to  those  who  navigate  on  this  coast  durins  the  season  of  the  Norths." 

All  the  coast  from  the  River  Tongula  is  clean,  without  any  other  keys  or  reefs  on  the 
bank  than  those  already  described  ;  and  those  which  are  between  the  parallels  of  Gover- 
nor's Point,  and  Cape  Gracias  a  Dios,  which  are  named  the  Mosquitos  and  Thomas' 
Keys.  These  keys,  with  their  reefs,  form  with  the  coast,  a  channel  four  leagues  in 
breadth  where  narrowest;  and  although  between  them  there  are  passes  with  a  depth  of 
6  fathoms  or  more  water,  yet  it  is  not  advisable  to  attempt  them,  but  always  run  to  llie 
westward,  between  them  and  the  coast ;  for  there  can  be  ao  risk  in  this  channel,  as  the 
lead  will  give  timely  warnino,  either  in  sailing  with  the  witd  large,  or  working  to  wind- 
ward; for  at  half  a  league  from  the  coast  *here  are  4^  fathoms  and  y  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  keys;  therefore,  by  not  getting  into  less  than  4rwhen  standing  westward,  or  into 
more  than  8  fathoms  to  the  eastward,  there  will  not  be~  the  leu-t  risk  or  cause  of  aoxist;. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  I>IL()T. 


509 


the  coast  treofli 
ice  it  continues 
Ni.  K.  a  •lis'tiiiicc 
rancas,  or  Hraj- 
»,  and  in  it  jnu 
's  Ironi  the  land 
rare  should  be 
ith  ever  so  little 

the  coast  trends 
isctan",  whiili  u 

beacli,  and  ins- 
j)i  the  shore  rum 

is  known  by  b(> 
vered  with  trees, 
es,  to  the  mouth 
the  time  of  the 
id  spncioDs  bay, 
r  Guanasou,  ^nd 
n. 
ind  extending  to 

with  winds  I'roin 
Litherninost  point 
md  from  it  to  the 
led  San  Pio;  ami 
bay-  Thr,  deptli 
If),' which  is  found 

?    GRACIAS  A 

id  west,  you  ha\e 

;iy,  and  aiuliciin 

f  which  yov.  lia.e 

are,  is  not  .0  mis- 

)so  ;  for  having  a 

very  low,  any  one 

for  tlie  entiunce; 

■oso  is  very  sniaii, 

E.  to  S.  W„  anJ 

pass,  which  is  the 

southward,  in  or- 


From  the  Hay  of  Oracias  a  Dios,  you  may  steer  S.  S.  K.,  which  ronr.'c  will  take  you 
in  sight  of  the  westernmost  key  of  this  croup,  wliicli  is  :\  dark  lirown  rock,  that  may  ho 
geeii  lit  the  distance  of  6  or  (>  miles.  On  this  route  you  will  have  iVoni  7  to  H\  fathoms, 
and  the  course  must  K-'kept  without  going  anyihiiig  to  the  eastward  of  it,  until  you  are 
well  clear  of  the  soutlu  "most  keys;  the  surest  indication  for  which,  will  be  your  get- 
ting the  deptli  of  II  fathi.   is,  and  thence  you  may  shape  a  course  for  your  vovage. 

FROM  CAPK  (^IIACIAS  A  DIOS,  WHSfVVARI).— From  Capo  (!rac"iasa  Dios 
the  co.ist  runs  about  N.  W.  for  the  distance  of  ten  leagues,  to  ('ape  Kalsc,  wliich  may 
be  known  from  beina;  t\e  highest  land  on  this  part  of  the  coast.  From  the  Fal.se  Cape 
a  bank,  with  very  little  water  on  it,  projects  out  to  the  N.  E.  to  the  distance  of  h  miles  ; 
but  the  coast  bank  preserves  i'^  regular  soundings,  and  it  even  seems  as  if  they  extended 
to  the  Serrannilla;  but  however  that  jnay  be,  it  is  so  little  known,  that  'J  fathoms  is  the 
greatest  depth  that  you  ought  to  navigate  in,  because  tlicre  are  various  shoals,  of  which 
the  psitions  are  very  doulitful ;  and,  tiierefore,  to  ni;vigate  with  safety,  you  ought  not  to 
get  into  deeper  water  than  9  fathoms,  nor  into  a  less  depth  than  .'i.l  (alhonis;  and  this 
rule  will  hold  good,  either  in  steering  a  direct  course,  or  working  to  windward  ;  lor  you 
will  thus  be  sure  of  navigating  in  a  clean  channel  of  'JO  miles  breadth. 

From  False  Cape  the  coast  trends  aliout  W.  N.  \V.  for  a  distance  of  about  .'].')  miles, 
to  the  Lagoon  of  Cartago,  or  Cara'.nsca,  which  is  easily  known  bv  its  wide  niouih.  All 
this  coast,  like  the  preceding,  is  clean,  with  regular  soundings  along  it;  and,  to  navigate 
on  it,  the  lead  is  a  sufficient  guide,  so  that  you  may  not  get  into  less  than  5.',  fathoms  when 
standing  towards  the  shore,  or  into  more  than  *)  when  staiidina  ol)';  by  doing  wliich,  you 
will  evade  falling  on  the  Vivorilla,*  <5cc.  as  they  he  about  6  leagues  olf  the  coast  north- 
ward. 

From  Cartago  Lagoon  the  coast  trends  ubout  W.  N.  W,  for  a  distance  of  about  iO 
leagues,  to  Brewer's  Lagoon ;  ant'  thent",  almost  on  the  same  bearing,  a  distance  of  8j 
leagues,  to  ths  Rio  Tinto,  or  lih>      River. 

BLACK  RIVER,  AND  .AIETIIOD  OF  ANCHORING  OFF  IT— Black  River 
is  distinguished  by  the  rnounuiins  of  La  Cruz,  which  are  v(  ry  lofty,  and  are  the  first  to 
be  seen  on  all  the  coast,  after  passing  Nicaragua.  These  mountains  are  a  little  to  the 
eastward  of  the  ri.'er's  mouth  :  on  the  same  river  there  is  a  peak,  named  the  Sugar  Loaf, 
because  it  is  of  that  shape.  To  anchor  olf  this  riv.-r,  bring  the  mouth  of  it  to  bear  south, 
and  Cape  Cameron  west,  taking  care  not  to  get  into  less  than  11  fathoms  ;  because  in 
less  depth  there  are  many  lost  anchors,  left  by  ships  obliged  precipit.itely  to  make  sail 
when  the  norths  have  set  in. 

This  anchorage  is  an  open  roadstead,  where,  even  with  the  winds  of  the  breeze,  it  is 
necessary  to  ride  with  two  thirds  of  a  cal)le  out ;  and  so  soon  as  the  wind  falls,  to  heave 
in  to  nearly  a-peak,  in  order  to  avoid  fouling  the  anchor.  When  lying  in  this  anchorage 
dn"i:ig  the  season  of  the  gales,  which,  as  we  have  said,  is  from  October  to  February,  tlie 
utmost  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  state  of  the  weather;  and  when  you  see  the  wind 
gets  to  the  south-east  and  then  veers  to  south,  and  southwest,  you  ought  immediately 
to  weigh  the  anchor,  and  make  sail  olf  shore  well  clear  of  tlie  lanil,  for  a  gale  will 
surely  succeed.  Cloudiness,  or  a  foul  appearance  in  the  N.  W.  quarter  during  these 
months,  is  an  aliuost  infallible  sign  oi'  an  approaching  gale;  a  swell  from  the  north  is  an 
indication  equally  certiin,  that  precedes  the  gale  at  a  moderate  interval.     In  any  of  these 

lies,  the  loss  of  a  ship  remaining  at  anchor  is  inevitable ;  frequently  the  wind  will 
nof  give  time  to  weigh  the  anchor;  in  which  case  the  cable  must  be  slipped,  with  a  buoy 
up  ;n  it,  or  even  cut,  that  you  may  immediately  make  sail,  and  get  clear  from  the  lanci, 
in  order  to  encounter  the  gale  under  sail.  These  gales  are  very  violent,  and  raise  a  hea- 
vy sea,  and  therefore,  ii  a  ship  is  very  much  distressed,  she  has  the  resource  of  running 
to  the  Bay  of  Gracias  a  Dios  for  shelter,  and  riding  out  the  gale  at  anchor;  and  it  has 
been  already  observed,  that  the  lead  is  a  guide,  which  there,  will  carry  you  clear  of  all 
danger.  As  these  gales  occur  more  frequently  from  the  N.  W.  and  W.,  than  from  the 
north,  the  result  is,  that  ordinarily,  the  anchorages  of  Gracias  a  Dios  may  be  considered 
as  a  port  to  leeward,  to  which  yoa  can  bear  away  :  in  which  resource  there  will  be  found 
the  advantage  of  being  to  windward  of  the  Black  River  when  the  hard  weather  ceases; 
because  then  the  breeze  blows  from  the  east,  and  therefore  in  a  short  time,  and  almost 
without  trouble,  you  can  return  to  vour  former  anchorage. 

BLACK  RIVER  BAR..— Tl^e 'Bar  of  Black  River  is  extremely  dangerous,  and 
bo'itsrun  great  risk  of  being  upse..  on  it,  and  the  crews  on  board  of  them  of  perishing, 
from  the  very  heavy  sea  there  is  generally  upon  it.  Therefore,  either  to  enter  or  come 
out  of  it,  it  is  necessary  that  it  should  be  done  in  the  calm  of  the  morning,  before  the  sea 
breeze  sets  in,  and  after  the  land  breeze  has  blown  the  preceding  night.     If  the  breeze 


^n^fiB 

I 

^'i'l' 

^lli 

fit 

1 

•  There  are  many  charts  in  which  this  and  other  rocks  do  not  appear  ;  but  we  do  not  think  pro. 
per  to  alter  these  directions  until  we  have  a  more  correct  account  of  the  situation  of  all  of  them. 


510 


iu,i'M"*s  ami:u1caN  coast  pilot. 


has  been  tolenibly  fiesli,  neither  \iu\n^  in  or  eomin^  out  ran  be  clFerted;  so  tlmt  ciim. 
inunicition  with  tiio  sljore  in  tar  from  lVLM|uent,  and  is  always  very  troublesome  and  dun- 
gerons. 

COAST  TO  f'APK  CAMKRO.N  AND  PKNTA  CASTIIJ.A.— From  Black 
.liver  t}ie  coast  trends  west,  with  some  iiu  limition  tii  the  norih,  lor  a  (hstiince  olO  inilcs, 
to  Cape  Cameron,  which  is  tohned  hy  a  low  toligne  of  land  pfojeetina  into  tlie  sea. 
From  this  Cape  the  coast  trends  W.  '.]°  S.  a  distance  of  '20  leacues,  to  Punta  Castilla, 
or  Cape  Honduras:  it  is  all  ch-an,  and  also  deeper  than  the  anterior  coast,  so  thiit  it 
should  not  be  appronclied  into  less  tlian  7',  liithoins  water. 

Punta  Castilla  is  low  ;  and  a  small  sand  bank,  with  very  little  water  on  it,  extends  (Von, 
it  one  (juartorofa  mile  to  the  westward.  Castilla  is  tlie  north  point  of  the  Bay  o(  Tnix. 
illo  ,  wliich  i\t  tlie  entrance  is  about  7  miles  wide.  This  liay  is  easily  entered,  as  there 
is  nothing  to  be  guarded  against  except  the  little  bank  oil'  Point  Castilla.  On  the  soiiih 
coast  of  the  bay  there  is  a  high  mountain,  railed  CJiiaiinoreto,  which  may  be  seen  atiht 
distance  of  i»4  leagues.  In  making  the  bay  Irom  the  olTing,  tiiis  mountain  is  a  gooj 
mark  for  riiiming  in  by;  for,  by  bringing  it  to  bear  about  S.  S.  E.,  or  S.  K-by  .'*'.,  it  will 
lead  clear  of  Point  Castilla,  and  up  to  the  anchorage  off  the  mouth  of  the  River  ('ris. 
tales,  which  falls  into  the  south  side  of  the  bay.  This  anchorage  seems  preferable,  not 
only  because  its  contiguity  to  the  river  affords  the  opportunity  of  procuring  water  con- 
veniently, but  also,  because  from  this  spot  Point  (.'astilla  may  be  easily  cleared,  in  (';i>e 
of  being  obliged  to  get  under  way  by  ti  gale  from  W.  S.  \V.,  west,  or  W.  N.  W. ;  whenc* 
it  blows  most  frequently  from  October  or  November  until  Febrtinry.  With  such  winds 
a  simple  inspection  of  the  ])lan  of  the  bay  will  show  that  there  nmst  be  a  heavy  sea  inii; 
and  tliis  was  experienced  in  the  ship  Maria,  in  J)ecember  and  January  1800,  which  hav. 
ilig  rode  out  one  or  two  of  these  gales  al  anchor,  was  afterwards  under  the  necessity  of 
quitting  and  taking  shelter  in  Port  RoviU,  in  the  Island  of  Rattan,  as  her  captain  con- 
sidered the  ancdiorage  of  Truxillo  too  ha/ardous  to  femain  at  during  the  season  of  the 
Norths,  which  was  the  seasfin  he  was  in  it. 

To  enter  in  or  sail  out  of  this  bay,  no  particular  instructions  are  necessary,  as  there  is 
plenty  of  room  for  working  without  the  smallest  risk,  oliserving  oidy  not  to  approirh 
Blanquilla  or  St.  Lucas  Key,  nearer  thati  half  a  mile:  this  key  is  off  the  south  coa-;!, 
about  two  miles  outside  the  bay,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  bank,  with  little  water  on  it,  the 
best  guide  towards  which  is  the  lead.  Take  care  not  to  get  into  less  than  5.'v  fathoms  in 
its  vicinity,  and  you  will  avoid  every  danger.  Blanquilla  lies  about  a  mile  from  the 
coast,  and  you  may  run  through  the  channel  between,  without  any  other  guide  than  the 
lead.  It  was  heretofore  believed  that  this  bay  was  well  sheltered,  and  a  good  place  of 
refuge  during  the  storms  of  winter;  but  this  is  not  the  fact,  and  any  vessel  stationed  ou 
the  coast  at  that  season  ought  to  prefer  Port  Roval,  in  Rattan,  to  it. 

GUANA.IA,  OR  BOXACCA.— North  from'Point  Castilla,  at  the  distance  of  eight 
teagues,  is  the  Island  of  Guanaja,  about  three  leagues  In  length  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  Itij 
entirely  surrounded  by  keys  and  reefs,  which  extend  a  league  olf  from  it.  On  the  east 
side  of  the  island  there  is  a  very  good  anchofagc,  particularly  during  the  north  wind^: 
but  it  will  be  necessary  to  pass  between  the  keys  and  reefs  to  enter  it.  The  best  pas- 
sage is  to  the  southward,  leaving  tiie  southernmost  key  on  the  larboard,  and  anotlierkcy 
fying  N.  by  E.  half  a  mile  from  it  on  the  starboard.  Endeavor  to  pass  in  mid-channei, 
and  steer  towfirds  another  key  that  lies  two  thii'ds  of  a  mile  west  from  the  northernmost 
of  those  you  have  passed.  It  will  bear  from  you  about  N.  71°  W.  You  ought  alwavs 
to  pass  between  the  two  last  mentioned  keys,  and  then  nothing  remains  but  to  coast 
along  the  island  to  the  N.  E.,  and  anclior  at  any  convenient  place  after  getting  under 
shelter  of  the  land  ;  observing  to  keep  about  the  middle  of  the  channel  between  tlie 
island  and  the  keys,  \n  7,  8,  and  ')  fathoms  water,  on  muddy  sand.  It  may  be  necessary 
sometimes  to  run  for  this  anchorage  in  blowing  Weather  from  N.,  N.  W.,  or  W..  which 
tvill  not  permit  of  entering  it  on  one  stretch.  In  such  a  case,  however,  it  may  be  ob 
served  that  you  may  work  between  the  three  keys  before  mentioned,  on  the  supposition 
tliat  it  will  be  sufficient  to  give  thein  a  berth  of  a  cable's  length.  The  plan  of  the  har- 
bor will  clearly  elucidate  what  has  been  said  of  it. 

RATTAN. — Westward  of  Guanaja  is  the  Island  Rattan,  about  10  leagues  in  length 
from  E.  N.  E.  to  W.  S.  W.  A  reef  runs  off  eastward  from  the  east  point,  to  the  dis- 
tance of  12  miles,  on  which  there  are  several  keys  and  islands  ;  of  these,  the  easternmost 
is  called  Barburel.  The  distance  from  Barburet  to  Guanaja  is  about  10  miles  ;  but  the 
channel  is  reduced  to  5  miles  only,  by  the  reefs  which  extend  from  both  islands:  without 
great  experience,  the  ])assage  through  it  will  be  attended  with  great  danger.  All  the 
North  Coast  of  Rattan  is  bordered  by  reefs  that  prevent  its  being  safely  approached  nearer 
than  a  league  ;  and  those  not  well  acquainted  with  the  coast,  should  keep  at  a  still 
greater  distance.  On  the  South  Coast  there  are  several  good  roadsteads,  but  most  of 
tliem  are  difficult  of  access  from  the  foul  reefs  at  the  entrances.    Of  all  these  harbors, 


BLUNT's  AMEItlCAX  COAST  PILOT. 


511 


tr(!;  so  tlint  (nni 
iblcsuiue  uiid  diin. 

.A. — From  Hhck 
istiincf  of ')  inilfs, 
in;;  into  tlie  sim. 
to  Purita  t'iistilla, 
ir  coabt,  80  that  it 

)n  it,  extends  from 

tlu-l^uyof  Tnix. 

enterod,  as  there 
la.  On  the  souih 
nay  be  seen  at  iht 
lountain  is  u  gouij 

S.  E.hy  S.,  it  will 
)f  the  River  Cris- 
ins  preferable,  nut 
)curing  water  con- 
ly  cleared,  in  mt 
^N.W.;  whence 

With  such  winds 
:  a  heavy  sea  inii; 
'  1800,  which  bv. 
pr  the  necessiiv  oi 
s  her  captain  cnn- 
the  season  of  the 

-essary,  as  there  i) 

'  not  to   approa'li 

f  the  south  coa*!. 

tie  water  on  it,  the 

an  5,-  fathoms  in 

a  mile  from  the 

vr  guide  than  the 

i   a  iiood  place  of 

essel  stationed  on 

distance  of  eisht 

andS.  W.    Itii 

1  it.     On  the  east 

the  north  winds: 

t.     The  best  pas- 

and  anotherkey 

IS  in  mid-channel, 

he  northernmost 

()U  ouglit  always 

ains  but  to  coast 

ter  getting  iindot 

mnel  between  the 

may  be  necessary 

v.,  or  W..  wiiich 

r,  it  may  be  ob- 

n  the  supposition 

plan  of  the  bar- 

eagues  in  length 
point,  to  the  dis- 
,  the  easternmost 
0  miles  ;  but  the 
islands :  without 
danger.  All  the 
pproached  nearer 
d  keep  at  a  slill 
;ads,  but  most  of 
all  these  harbors, 


ihst  railed  Port  lloyal,  on  th^  easfern  part  <»f  tlie  island,  U  tlie  principal  ;  and  of  which 
mention  was  made  when  dcscnbiim  liic  Itny  <>t  'i'ruxillo,  as  \w\i\a,  well  ad.ipted  for  af- 
foniin);  shelter  durinR  (he  season  nl  tiic  nortlis.  It  is  formed  by  the  coasts  of  the  island 
nil  the  north  and  west,  and  by  some  re  it's  and  keys  on  the  Moutli  and  east:  the  entramn 
to  it  is  by  a  narrow  channel,  scarcely  half  a  cable's  jenj^th  wide,  between  the  reefs;  but 
loriunatcly,  this  uarrov  -ss  is  not  more  than  a  cable  and  a  half's  lentil.  The  east  .side 
of  this  channel  is  lormed  by  a  reef  exiendinu;  from  the  west  side  of  tlie  island  called  Lein, 
which  is  easily  distin£;uisliai)le  (rom  iissi/.e,  and  caimot  be  mistaken  lor  the  other  keys, 
which  are  very  suiall.  In  attempting  to  enter  this  Ijarbor  without  a  pilot,  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  murk  the  tntrunci-  by  boats  or  otherwise ;  and  it  oufjht  always  to  he  dcme  with 
the  wind  from  N.  K.,  easterly,  or  from  west,  southerly,  in  order  to  m't  clear  within  the 
reef:  we  re'er  to  tlie  Plan  o(  the  harbor,  but  it  must  be  mentiutied,  we  cannot  i;uaranteo 
the  correctness  of  it.  In  approaching  the  island  Iroiu  the  southward,  j^reat  caution  is  re- 
fjiiired  to  avoid  a  mc/i'i/  shoaL  nearly  opposite  the  western  extremity  of  it,  at  the  distance 
of  more  than  4  miles  from  the  coast :  the  channel  between  it  ami  the  coast  is  also  ob- 
structed by  severni  olhfr  slioah  ;  and  although  there  is  a  passage  for  large  ships,  yet  with- 
out M  .^xt)erienced  pilot,  thi'V  should  always  pass  on  the  outside  of  it. 

FK(J.M  TfirXILLO  WKSTWAIil).— From  the  KiverC;ristales,  in  the  Bay  of 
Tnixillo,  the  coast  trends  :ibout  8.  Tj""  \V.  a  distance  M  leagues,  to  Triunfo  de  la  Cruz, 
or  'riiumph  of  the  Cross.  This  coast  is  (/(iri^civiin,  on  account  of  several  rerfs  and  shonls 
which  extend  from  the  south  side  of  I'tila;  lor  which  reason,  if  there  is  no  cause  for 
keepine  near  the  shore,  or  you  have  not  the  requisite  experience  for  making  the  passage 
witliuut  risk,  we  stronsrly  reconuneiid  a  course  always  to  the  northward  of  both  the  Co- 
chinos  and  the  Island  Utila. 

THK  COCHINOS  are  two  rather  large  islands,  clean  on  the  north  side,  hut  with 
'^rious  (oul  keys  and  reefs  on  the  south  :  between  these  islands  and  the  keys  there  is  a 
regular  anchorasje,  respecting  which,  the  only  information  we  possess  is  a  plan,  that,  on 
examination,  will  present  all  the  instructions  requisite. 

LTILA  ISLAND  lies  about  N.  7'P  W.  from  the  Cochinos,  at  the  distance  of  23 
miles:  the  north,  south,  and  west  coasts  of  it  arc  Jouly  but  the  East  Coast  has  a  good 
anchorage;  to  enter  which  safely,  much  experience  is  requisite.  To  the  S.  W.  of  this 
island,  lies  a  shoal,  called  the  Sahnedina,  of  more  than  .3  miles  extent ;  on  account  of 
wiiich,  when  going  to  the  northward  of  Utila,  observe  to  approach  it  no  nearer  than  two 
leagues  until  you  are  abreast  of  its  western  points;  you  may  then  run  down  for  the  coast 
about  Punta  Sal  :  in  doing  which,  a  S.  W.  by  W.  ;\  W.  course  will  coimteract  the  effect 
of  the  current,  that  hereabout  sets  N,  \V.,  and  might  otherwise  drift  the  ship  into  some 
difficulty  with  Long  Reef. 

THE  TRIUNFO  DE  LA  CRUZ  is  a  point  whence  the  coast  rounds  to  S.  S.  W, 
and  S.  about  7  miles,  and  then  bends  to  the  N.  VV.  for  a  space  of  2'2  miles  further,  to 
Punta  Sal,  forming  a  great  bay,  sheltered  from  tlie  breezes,  and  with  good  anchorage 
forships  of  every  denomination.  To  the  north  of  Cape  Triunfo,  at  the  distance  of  half 
a  mile,  there  are  some  islets,  two  of  which  are  tolerably  large,  and  may  be  seen  at  the 
distance  of  two  leagues ;  they  are  clean,  and  by  passing  at  half  a  mile  from  all  that  is 
visible,  you  may  proceed  direct  to  the  anchorage  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  bay,  a  little 
to  the  southward  of  the  point,  in  b%  to  8  fathoms  water,  on  sand. 

PUNTA  SAL. — Tlie  iioint  at  which  the  bay  terminates  is  called  Punta  Sal,  or  Salt 
Point;  and  at  about  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  it,  lie  some  high  rocks,  called  the 
Bishops,  forming  a  channel  navigable  for  boats  only.  The  Point  appears  with  some  hil- 
locks and  broken  ground,  and  to  the  southward  of  it  there  is  a  little  harbor,  called  Puerto 
Sal,  but  of  which  we  have  no  details  :  however,  off  the  mouth  of  this  harbor,  and  at  the 
round  of  Punta  de  Sal,  you  may  anchor  under  shelter  from  the  breezes ;  but  it  will  be 
necessary  not  to  come  to  in  more  than  12  fathoms,  because  in  17,  16,  15,  and  14,  the 
bottom  is  rocky;  while,  on  the  contrary,  in  less  than  12,  it  is  clean  clay. 

From  Puerto  Sal  the  coast  lies  about  W.  S.  W.  a  distance  of  8  miles,  to  the  River 
Lua,  which  is  large  and  deep  :  in  front  of  this  river  there  is  anrhorage  on  excellent  hold- 
ing ground  of  clay,  but  without  the  least  shelter  from  the  norths. 

About  8  miles  W.  I  S.  from  the  River  Lua  is  that  of  Chamalacon,  off  which  there  ia 
also  anchorage  on  good  holding  ground,  but  also  unshelterd  from  the  norths. 

PORT  CABALLOS,  OR  CAVALLOS,  lies  about  W.  S.  W.  from  the  River  Cha- 
malacon, and  at  the  distance  of  4  leagues.  This  harbor  is  formed  by  a  low  point  of 
sand  to  seaward,  on  the  west  side  of  which  there  is  an  anchorage  in  5J  to  4^  fathoms,  on 
sand.  The  harbor  may  be  known  by  a  high  round  hill,  which  is  situated  close  to  the 
sea  on  the  eastern  coast,  and  at  about  two  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  the  port.  To  en- 
ter this  port,  you  have  only  to  keep  clear  of  what  is  visible. 

From  Porto  Caballos  to  Oinoa,  the  distance  is  7  miles  S.  W.  by  W.  Within  this 
space  there  is  a  small  bank,  with  little  water  on  it,  lying  north  of  some  red  gullies  or 


w\ 


1  ■*  i 


512 


btjjnt's  amhrican  coast  rn,0T. 


broken  i^roun  1,  which  arn  spon  on  the  coiitt,  iin  I  at  the  distance  of  about  a  league  undu 
hah' from  them.  To  kec|»  clcir  of  this  hank,  lak«!  caro  not  to  ^et  into  \vhh  than  eight 
fathoiM'*,  until  you  have  [i.Hseii  ilie  red  huIIh'm;  you  may  then  steer  direct  for  Ohio;,. 

OAKJ.V — Tlie  harbor  of  ( )Mioa  i^t  fornn-d  by  a  btw  point  of  hmd  covered  with  mun. 
groves,  whiitli  projects  out  to  sea.  I'pon  this  point  tlicre  is  a  signal  tower,  or  loolvout, 
wliich  is  well  seen  front  sen,  and  serves  as  a  mark  to  recognize  the  harbor  l)y.  It  iimy 
also  b-!  known  by  the  high  I  ind  rising  from  Oiiioa,  and  running  westward,  because  IVoiJi 
Oiuoa  eastward  it  is  all  low.  'i'o  enter  into  Oiiioa,  we  have  nothing  to  say,  only  ilut 
you  niay  pass  at  a  cable's  length  from  the  mangrove  |)oiiit,  which  forms  the  harhor; 
and  on  getting  to  the  westward  of  if,  you  ouL'ht  to  lulf  as  much  as  possible  to  the  sninj, 
and  east,  to  fetcii  the  .south  part  of  the  point,  with  the  olije(!t  of  trying  whether  you  i;in 
enter  into  the  basin  or  raider  i  under  sail;  but  as  it  will  be  necessary  to  steer  norlli  fur 
this  purpos((,  the  best  way  will  be  to  get  as  much  to  the  eastward  as  possible,  until  joj 
are  abreast  of  the  mouth  of  the  basin,  and  anchor  there  for  warping  in. 

From  tho  Anchorage  of  Omoa,  in  clear  weather,  (Jape  Three  Points  may  he  ippi, 
bearing  abont  W.  by  N.  J  N.  All  the  land  to  the  westward  of  Omoa  is  very  high,  m,,) 
upon  it  rise  .'{  or  4  summits,  resembling  sugar  loaves  ;  but  the  coast  is  very  low,  Hnd 
continues  80  to  the  (fulf  of  Honduras.  From  Omoa  to  Cape  Three  I'oints,  tlif  i),. 
tance  is  about  li  leagues,  the  intermediate  coast  trending  a  little  to  the  southward,  vo 
that  it  forms  a  bight,  in  which  there  is  generally  a  confused  sea  ;  and  therefore  it  ii  ad- 
visable  not  to  go  too  near  to  it,  but  rather  to  steer  W.  N.  W.,  or  N.  W .  by  W.,  to  pmj 
well  clear  of  (Jape  Three  Points.  After  running  a  short  disiance  on  these  courses,  vnu 
will  see  at  the  N.  W.  the  Southernmost  Keys,  which  lie  off  the  coast  of  Hacalar,  and 
which  are  about  5  leagues  distant  from  ("ape  Three  I'oints.  In  all  the  channel  lead- 
ing into  the  Gulf  of  Honduras,  and  as  far  as  Point  lManabi(|ue,  the  greatest  drplhof 
water  is  'J.I  tathoms.  Point  Manabi(|ue  is  about  .'5  leagues  W.  by  N.  from  Cape  Three 
Points;  and  west  from  it,  at  the  distance  of  a  league  and  a  half,  there  is  a  bank,  wiih 
little  water  over  it,  called  the  Ruey,  or  Ox,  to  which  a  berth  nuist  be  given. 

(JULF  OV  HON  DlJllAS.— Point  Manibi(|ue  and  the  Southernmost  Keys  of  tht 
coast  of  Bacalar  form  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Honduras,  within  which,  anil  at  S.  or 
S.  by  E.  from  iManabi(|ue  Point,  is  the  Kay  of  .St.  Thomas  de  C^astilla,  or  St.  Thomaj 
of  (Jastile  ;  and  S.  \V.  by  S.  or  S.  W.  from  the  same  point,  lies  the  mouth  of  Rio 
Dulce.  All  this  gulf  is  shoal,  but  with  depth  suiricient  for  ships  of  every  class;  but  in 
navigating  in  it,  you  ought  to  keep  the  lead  going,  and  have  the  anchors  ready  to  letco, 
if  necessary,  or  if  you  wish  to  anclior.  The  mouth  of  the  River  Dulce  may  be  known 
by  a  little  insulated  hill,  wliich  is  somewhat  to  the  westward  of  it.  The  anchonis;p  u 
N.  N.  E.  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  in  any  convenient  depth  of  water,  and  the  an- 
chors must  he  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 

From  the  River  Dulce  the  coast  rounds  to  the  N.  and  E.  to  Point  Tapet,  wliich ii 
about  18  miles  N.  W.  from  Manibi(iue  ;  and  thence  north-easterly  to  Cape  Catochf, 
which,  with  Cape  San  Antonio,  in  the  Island  of  Cuba,  forms  the  south  channel  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  On  this  coast  there  is  a  reef  extending  to  the  19th  degree  of  Iatiiiid.\ 
on  which  there  rise  almost  innuinenible  keys,  with  various  openings  or  i)assages  through 
Ihepi,  by  which  the  coast  may  bo  approached.  The  southernmost  keys  on  this  rer?l  are 
the  Zapadillos,  which  are  about  5  leagues  distant  from  the  coast.  Between  this  reef 
and  the  coast  there  is  a  channel,  with  a  good  depth  of  water  in  it,  but  it  is  full  of  dan- 
gers; and  speaking  generally,  it  may  be  said  that  all  this  part  of  the  coast  is  so  foul,  and 
80  little  known,  that  it  cannot  be  navigated  near  without  great  risk.  There  are  not  only 
the  reef  and  chain  of  keys  already  mentioned,  but  other  foul  reefs  also,  namely,  Lonj 
or  Glover's  Reef,  Four  Keys  \iee(,  and  Chinchorro.  Some  of  these  lie  more  than  20 
leagues  from  the  coast,  and  with  it  form  channels  free  and  navigable. 

2'Ae  Mosquito  Coast,  from  Black  Hirer  to  Point  Branna,  hy  Captain  George  Countta, 
tchcn  commanding  II.  M.  Sloop  Porcupine,  1786  and  1787. 

[The  Courses  and  Bearings  are  magnetic] 

Black  River  is  known  by  the  land  over  it,  which  is  the  easternmost  highland  o*:  the 
Mosquito  shore,  and  very  remarkable,  called  Poyer  Hills  ;  to  the  westward  it  is  all  hi£;h 
land.  Therefore,  if  when  steering  in  for  Black  River,  you  fall  in  with  high  land  to  the 
eastward  of  you,  you  will  be  certain  of  being  to  the  westward  of  it.  It  is  quite  an  open 
Road,  the  shore  lying  nearly  east  and  west :  you  must  therefore  lie  at  a  single  anchor, 
and  be  ready  to  put  to  sea  the  instant  the  North  comes  on,  even  if  you  are  obliged  to 
leave  your  anchor  ;  as  the  swell  sets  in  so  violently,  there  would  be  little  chance  of  riding 
it  out,  and  in  case  of  parting,  in  all  probability  you  will  be  driven  on  shore. 

The  number  of  anchors  left  here  makes  the  road  very  bad,  as  your  cables  are  liable 


j^mii^'^ 


DLiriMT'H  AMEUICAIM  C0A8T  I'lLOT. 


513 


out  a  Icaqnf  jimln 
it(»  less  tliiiii  cigln 
lirrit  lor  ( tiiion! 
covered  wiili  un^. 
towt'r,  or  lookout, 
larhor  by.  It  mny 
viinl,  bccausf  I'rnin 
<^  to  »iiy,  only  ili« 
forms  llip  lijirhiir; 
tHHibU^  to  the  !tniii[i 
g  whether  you  i;in 
y  to  steer  iiorlii  dr 
possible,  until  mh 
I, 

'oinfs  may  be  scpd 
a  is  very  hij;li,  am) 
»gt  is  very  low,  Hnd 
ec  Points,  tiif  dis- 
(  the  southw.uil,  vo 
I  therefore  it  is  aJ. 
VV.  by  VV.,  to  pan 
these  coiirsp"!,  Will 
ast  of  Hacaiar,  ninj 
I  the  channel  lend- 
t!  greatest  diplliof 
[.  from  Caj)e  Three 
ere  is  a  bank,  witli 
!  f^iven. 

iimost  Keys  of  the 
which,  and  at  S.  or 
ilia,  or  St.  Thomsj 
the  mouth  of  Rio 
|every  class  ;  but  in 
ors  ready  to  letcu, 
nice  may  be  known 
The  anchoranp  n 
water,  and  the  an- 

nt  Tapet,  which  ij 

to  Cape  Catochf, 

th  channel  intollie 

degree  of  latitiido, 

r  jjassagesthrouch 

ovs  on  this  repl';ire 

i?otween  this  reef 

lit  it  is  full  of  dan- 

•oast  is  so  foul,  ami 

There  are  not  only 

Iso,  namely,  Lon? 

c  lie  more  than  iO 


George  Countesi, 

787. 


t  highland  o":  tie 
tward  it  is  all  hii;h 
h  high  land  to  the 
It  is  quite  an  open 

t  a  single  anchor, 
f'ou  are  obliged  to 

e  chance  of  riding 

shore. 

[r  cables  are  Habl« 


to  bo  cut  by  them,  or  in  lieavinj;  up,  to  hook  one  ;  In  which  caso  you  seldom  Ciil  losing 
your  own,  as  it  is  good  holding  ground  ;  this  m;is  ilie  ciisc  with  lis  lui  the  'J7th  of  No- 
vi'iiibrr,  17H0.  For  the  abovi;  reason,  it  is  advisable  to  lie  Momewhal  to  tlie  eastward  of 
(tie  Uiiiial  anchoring  phui-,  where  you  will  liiivo  clear  ground.  Should  the  wind  roinu 
III  tbe  westward  of  north,  yoii  iiiiist  run  to  Cape  (iracias  a  Dios  ;  liiit  it  it  should  lie  to 
till!  iMsiw.inl,  you  may  go  eitlier  tu  Truxillu  or  liunucca.  Tlie  north  prevails  from  Uc- 
loliiir  to  JM-briiaiy. 

V\'e  aiichoied  in  12  fathoms  directly  ofVtho  river,  with  the  Sugar-loaf  of  I'oycr  Ilillrt 
hearing  soiilli,  and  C.ipc  (!aiiuroii  ncsi  ;  but  witli  the  Sugar-loal  lii-arinu;  S.  .^  \V.  ihero 
i>  1(  M  risk  ol  getting  foul  of  aiicliuis.  When  the  trees  on  the  low  land  are  seen  from 
till  deck,  you  will  liavc  HO  or  ')ii  falliuiiis,  triiin  wliji  h  it  shoals  n-giilaily  to  ')  fathoms, 
un  niiiddy  bottom.  The  entrance  into  the  river  is  narinw,  and  disiiiiguishalilc  from  the 
oilier  land ;  it  liau  »  dangerous  hur  across  it,  which  can  very  seldom  be  passed,  excejit 
in  till"  morning,  hefoie  thcHca  brce/e  sets  in  ;  and  then  only  in  lluir  craft  :  though  it  is 
.siinieiimcs  sniuoth  enough  for  a  ship's  liuat  to  go  over  in  safely.  Iteing  over  ihe  bar, 
;iiid  ill  the  entrance  of  the  river,  you  must  procccti  up  a  lagoon  on  the  right  hand,  about 
[\  mile  to  the  town,  or  Hank,  as  they  call  it,  which  is  the  principal  settlement,  and  is 
vrry  pleasantly  situated  on  the  left  side  of  the  lagoon,  going  up.  Tiiu  town  is  about  a 
mile  long,  and  consists  of  only  one  street  ;  at  the  cast  cud  of  it  tiicre  is  a  battery  of  I'i 
j;iiiis  en  barbetl<'. 

(mjimI  water  may  be  obtained  a  little  way  up  the  river,  and  plenty  of  wood  ;  hut  both 
must  lie  got  oil' in  the  country  craft  on  accoiiiil  of  the  bar. 

From  the  IMack  Kiver  to  Cape  (iracias  a  iJios,  wc  kept  alongshore,  souudiiig  in  from 
7  to  10  fathoms.  <  >(F  I'atook  Kiver,  which  lies  at  a  considerable  distance  to  the  east- 
wanl  of  Hlack  River,  we  observed  the  Iresli  water,  w  here  it  joined  llii-  sea,  lorm  a  dis- 
llmt  line  as  far  as  we  could  sec,  being  v«'ry  brown  and  miidily,  and  had  the  ap|)earaucc 
of  a  shoal.  When  in  it,  we  found  the  wiiler  nearly  (Vcsh  ;  at  the  time  of  this  alarming 
ap|icarance  there  was  a  Hood  in  the  river. 

Oll'tlie  Caralasca  Laiioou  it  is  slioal  to  soinn  distance;  we  passed  it  in  f>  fathoms, 
kt'cpiiig  oil' and  on,  as  we  shoaled  or  (lee|)<Mied  llii^  water.  On  passing  the  False  Cape, 
liu  careful  to  give  it  a  good  bcrlii,  keeping  in  .'>  fathoms,  as  a  ihiigcroiis  shoal  runs  otl" 
fniiii  it;  then  keep  aloiigshon'  in  o  lathoiiis  for  tiie  cape,  which  appears  likv'  a  bluH'iioint, 
with  level  low  land  to  the  westward  of  it.  As  you  proceed  to  the  southward,  keeping 
iii-l',  or  .5  fathoms,  you  will  see  near  the  cape  three  >.iiiall  islands,  with  moderately  high 
tiTtsoii  them  :  but  they  all  join  the  land  by  a  narrow  beach  :  beyond  them  is  a  low  sandy 
ki'y,  cmiiicctcd  wiili  the  oilier  by  a  reef,  and  I'oiiniiig  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  it  ap- 
pears !o  lie  across  the  mouth  ol  it.  As  a  spit  runs  from  this  key,  you  must  give  the 
point  a  berth  of  about  'J  cables'  length.  There  is  good  anchorage  within  the  spit  point 
ill  1  fathoms,  the  said  point  bearing  S.  K.  distant  three  ijuarters  of  a  mill!,  where  thn 
I'orcupiiie  anchored,  having  little  wind,  and  I  lure  being  a  great  outset  occasioned  by  n 
fresh  ill  the  river.  You  may  bring  tlit;  southermiiost  point  of  the  Spit  Kt'y  to  bear  S. 
and  the  northernmost  jioint  S.  F.  by  K.  distant  three  <iuarttrs  of  a  mile,  and  anchor  in 
i  fatlionis. 

Ill  working  u\)  the  harbor  tlic  soundings  arc  regular,  from  4  to  .T  fathoms,  muddy  bot- 
tom. The  town,  wliicli  is  only  a  few  huts  built  for  the  conveninence  of  the  wood-cutters 
s(|uariiig  and  shipping  oil' their  mahogany,  is  siiualed  on  both  sides  of  tlie  llaulovcr, 
which  is  a  cut  they  have  made  from  the  river  Wanks  across  into  the  harbor,  the  river 
running  into  the  sea  by  the  cape.  Through  this  cut,  great  trees  and  logs  have  been 
drove,  which  have  lodged  round  it,  and  formed  a  bar  about  two  cables'  length  off,  ovei 
which  there  is  barely  water  for  a  boat ;  and  it  is  increasing,  so  that  it  is  very  probable  it  will 
in  time  spoil  the  harbor.  Uefore  this  cut  was  made,  there  was  dei'|)  water  close  in,  and 
they  brought  their  wood  through  another  opening  to  tlii!  (lastward  into  the  harbor. 
There  being  a  Hood  in  the  river,  and  conscipieutly  a  continual  outset,  could  maka  no 
observations  respecting  the  tide.     Jjalitiide  observed,  14'^  ,Vy  N. 

SANDY^  JJAY  is  the  residence  of  one  of  the  Mosiiiiito  Chiefs,  and  lies  about  9  leagues 
from  Cape  Gracias  a  Dios  to  the  soutluvaid  ;  it  is  low  l(>vel  land,  and  »inly  to  be  distin- 
guished by  a  gap  among  the  bushes  near  the  beach,  which  the  Indians  have  cut  through 
for  nearly  a  mile,  to  open  a  passage  into  a  sjiacious  Lagoon  for  their  craft,  directly  across 
which  is  their  town,  vary  near  the  water  side,  in  tin;  midst  of  a  plantain  walk,  on  which, 
and  some  cassada  roots,  with  turtle  that  they  catch  in  the  season,  is  their  cliief  depend- 
ence for  sup|)ort.  The  coast  here  trends  nearly  north  and  south  ;  the  Porcupine  lay  in 
'i fathoms,  about  two  miley  from  the  shore,  with  tlie  (.'reek  bearing  S.  S.  W.  i  W.  at  the 
distance  of  .'5  miles;  here  we  were  obliged  to  ride  out  a  gale  of  wind,  with  a  heavy  sea 
setting  right  on  the  shore.  'J''lii'  Bar,  wliicli  is  ol'f  the  Creek,  is  not  above  a  cable's 
length  from  the  shore,  and  has  a  coiitiiiiial  iireacli  over  it,  willioul  any  very  heavy  surf; 
1  went  over  it  iu  one  of  their  craft,  which  the  ludiaus  are  very  expert  iii  managing.     Nci- 


m 

i  3  II 


11' 


|.( 


^tl 


514 


KLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


.ther  wood  nor  witer  can  bo  procured,  except  from  the  Indians,  and  brought  oHin  then 
'Craft,  for  the  ship's  bouts  cannot  go  over  tlic  bar.     liatitude  observed,  11°  30'. 

It  is  better  to  anchor  farther  southward  of!'  the  Creek,  bringing  it  to  bear  W.  I)y  S.  oi 
W.  S.  W.  for  the  convenience  of  getting  oil'  from  the  shore,  'llic  water  rises  ami  falls 
here  a  little,  but  there  is  no  regular  tide. 

TRKBUPP  Y  is  about  7  leagues  to  the  southward  of  Sandy  Bay,  and  is  the  residcnco 
of  the  Indian  Chief  Governor,  wiio  is  considered  to  be  the  most  powerful  ciiicf  on  the 
Mosquito  shore.  On  running  down  you  will  see  houses  a  considerable  way  inland,  wiiitli 
is  the  Governor's  Town,  olf  which  we  ancliored.  The  land  is  not  high,  but  has  tlie  ap- 
pearance, from  tlic  ship,  of  i)eing  cultivated.  The  l*ofcupino  lay  in  .3  fatlionis,  betwicu 
y  and  3  miles  from  the  shore,  and  ;>  from  the  liar,  and  found  tinee  fatlionis  very  near  in, 
The  Bar  is  at  the  entrance  of  a  small  river,  that  runs  winding  u[)  to  the  town,  and  isoni) 
safe  to  be  passed  in  the  country  craft.  It  is  no  better  lying  liere  than  at  t?andy  Bay.  as 
it  is  a  straight  shore.  Tiie  bearings  at  the  ancliorago  were  Branginaii's  Blnlf  (Point 
Bracma)  S.  W.  |  W.,  the  river's  mouth  W.,  and  the  northernmost  land  N.  by  E.  Lati- 
tudc  observed,  14°  8'  N.     Found  a  current  setting  to  tlie  southward. 

Neither  wood  nor  water  to  be  had  here,  except  jirocured  from  the  Indians,  and  brouglit 
off  in  their  craft. 

BRANGMAN'S  BLUFF  (Point  Bracma)  makes  out  in  a  point  from  where  we  lay 
off  Trebuppy,  about  the  distance  of  5  miles,  and  has  somewliat  of  a  bay  to  the  south- 
ward of  it.  We  ran  in  till  the  blulf  bore  N.  N.  K.  i  E.  and  anchored  in  4|  fathoms 
about  2  miles  from  the  shore,  with  the  river's  moutli  bearing  N.  W.  and  the  soutlimi- 
most  land  S.  W.  by  S.  At  aliout  half  a  mile  within  the  ship  there  were  only  3  fatlimii^. 
The  appearance  of  the  land  is  iiiucli  the  same  as  at  Trebuppy ;  there  is  a  bar  at  the  river's 
mouth;  and  at  about  2  miles  up  the  river  are  the  few  liouses  of  the  inhabitants,  who 
have  a  number  of  cattle  and  good  pasturage,  some  of  which  we  procured.  There  are 
no  Indians  living  liere.  There  is  a  considerable  rise  and  fall  of  tlie  tide  in  the  river,  but 
at  the  anchorage  wo  could  only  perceive  a  small  southerly  current.  Latitude  obsencd, 
14'°  3'  N.  variation  .'^°  .')()'  K. 

Wood  and  water  may  Jbe  got  here,  but  they  must  be  brought  off  by  the  inhabitants 
in  their  craft. 

BESCRirTIOl^i  of  Ihc  Swan.  IdniKffi,  S^r.  with  Directions  for  Navigating  from  Hnlf 
Moon  Key  to  Bailzr  ;  and-  from,  Enatisli.  Key  Northwitrd  past  Mauger  Key,  Tvrmp 
by  Capt.  Ci.  Sydney  Smith,  ivhilc  Commander  (fll.  M.  Sloop  Bustard,  1827-18'2!?. 

The  Swan  Islands,  two  in  number,  are  low,  but  may  be  distinguished  from  the  mast- 
head in  clear  weather,  ;:t  a  distance  of  5  leagues.  They  tire  in  extent  aiiout  4';  ii)ili'\ 
in  an  E.  N.  E.  and  W..  S.  W.  bearing,  and  have  a  passage  between  them,  in  which  tbt'ir 
is  only  sufficient  water  for  ;i  boat  :  tliey  may  Ik^  approached  on  either  side  with  salVtvia 
a  distance  of  three  quarters  of  a  mile;  and  at  tiie  S.  W.  end  of  the  western  island  tlim 
is  a  fine  sandy  bay,  and  clean  bottom,  where  a  ship  may  tmchor  in  stifety  in  from  7  to  10 
fathoms,  at  half  a  mile  off  sliore.  [''arther  west,  at  from  1.'  to  2  miles  distant,  the  hut- 
torn  becomes  foul,  with  very  irregular  soundings  from  10  to  4.^  fathoms.  A  i)ank  of  tlli^ 
description  has  been  said  to  exist  olf  the  east  end,  where  the  Bustard  obtained  soitiidin.'- 
in  12  fathoms,  on  rocky  bottom,  at  a  mile  distant  from  the  point,  whence  tin,'  dc|)tli  de- 
creased gradually  to  5  fathoms,  a(  half  ;i  cable's  length  from  tj.-  shore,  the  boats  bein; 
dispatched  to  sound  round  both  islands.  The  easternmost  isia  .  is  infested  with  iiimi- 
merable  Boobies,  its  shore  no'  accessible  without  great  danger,  or  injury  to  the  boat, 
The  western  island,  on  the  contrary,  is  well  wooded,  with  several  good  landing  placc> 
in  small  sandy  bays,  which  abound  in  turtle ;  some  hundreds  of  their  eggs  were  collertci! 
on  the  beach  in  the  space  of  a  few  minutes  ;  and  several  large  snakes  were  killed  by  tin 
boats'  crews,  found  feeding  on  the  eggs.  Cocoa-nuts  were  in  great  numbers  on  the  north 
sid«?.  Search  was  made  for  water,  but  without  success,  though  it  might  probably  havt 
been  found  by  digging. 

Observed  latitude  of  the  West  Island,  17°  24'  N.,  longitude  by  chron.  83^  53'  W. 

MISTERIOSA  BANK.— North,  90  miles  distant  from  the  Swan  Islands,  is  the  iMis- 
teriosa  Bank  ;  this  bank  has  been  partially  examined  by  Capt.  R.  Owen  of  H.  M.  Ship 
Blossom,  and  is  inserted  on  the  Chart  publislied  by  K.  A:  G.  W.  Blunt. 

Mr.  Allen,  formerly  first  Lieutenant  of  the  ship,  says,  in  a  note  to  the  author  nfthi^ 
work,  we  have  not  entirely  completed  the  examination  of  this  bank,  but  believe  there  is 
a  small  key  on  the  noith  end  of  it. 

THE  MISTERIOSA  BANK  was  met  with  by  D.  Tomas  Nicolas  de  Villa,  in  his 
passage  from  Truxillo  to  Batavano,  in  April,  1787,  having  sounded  in  11  fathoms,  on 
white  sand  and  stones.  The  latitude  deduced  from  that  observation  at  noon,  places  thi- 
bank  in  18°  48'  42"  N.     Its  longitude  is  77  "  2'J'  24  "  W.  from  Cadiz,  as  deduced  iVum 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


515 


ins,  and  brouglit 


the  inhabitants 


I'lintii  Castilla,  at  Tiuxillo,  (well  ascertained  l)y  Gen.  Don  Tomas  Ugarte,)  allowing 
tor  llic  eirors  which  Villa  ii.lsilit  have  made  in  5  days'  navii^ation.  Also,  on  the  11th  o'' 
A|>rii,  l^'J-'j.  '^-  Josef  iMaiia  .Merlin,  Captain  of  a  particnhu-  fiif,'ato,  called  the  Flecha, 
souiidfd  on  this  bank  in  his  jjassapc  from  Cadiz  to  Vera  Cni/,.  According  to  his  ob- 
servations, flic  di'pths  of  ')  and  i;j  I'ailioms  were  in  north  latitude  IS"^  52'  4'i",  and  18° 
ry-y  ;i()".  His  !oiii.'itude  was  dcdnced  from  the  spot  where  he  had  16  fathoms,  on  the 
eastern  edije  of  the  8cranilla  (well  ascertained  by  \i.  I).  .1.  K.  Fidalgo  ;)  and  it  seems, 
afier  niakin;:  all  the  corrections  for  the  action  of  the  currents,  dec,  the  longitude  of 
Misi'TJosa  by  Merlin  is  77'^  3')'  30",  wliich,  dillering  only  10'  from  the  former,  shows 
diat  I  lie  baidv  is  well  fixed,  and  not  very  fir  from  its  true  situation,  taking  the  mean  of 
the  two  longitudes,  77^  34'  37"  west  of  C  liz  (83°  51'  37"  W.  of  Greenwich)  will 
i)C  that  ill  which  wc  jilace  it. 

TllK  ALBION  AND  MAUD'S  BANK,  described  in  a  former  erMtion  of  this  work, 
are  without  doubt  the  Misteriosa  Bank. 

(iLOVKK'S  llEEF.— This  is  laid  down  from  the  surveys  of  Com.  R.  Owen,  of  his 
Majesty's  sliip  Blossom,  and  published  by  K.  &  G.  W.  Blunt,  1833.  The  bank  is  in 
general  very  dangerous.  With  the  cominon  trade  wind  the  current  sets  strongly  over 
it  to  the  westward.  The  following  description  has  been  conmiunicated  by  (Japt.  J. 
Burnett. 

"Glover's  Reef,  which  has  two  sand  spots  on  the  north  end,  lies  nearly  south  from 
Hat  Key,  distant  15  miles,  trending  thence  S.  S.  W.  i  W.  to  the  south  end  of  the  reef, 
(jii  which  there  are  five  islands  or  keys.  'J'lieso  iiiay  easily  be  known  from  the  SDUth- 
crn  four  keys,  as  they  are  quite  bold  on  the  south  side.  The  keys  are  very  little  de- 
tached, and  nearly  all  of  the  same  height,  with  numerous  cocoa-nut  trees  on  them.  IC, 
from  want  of  observation,  and  strong  current,  you  may  have  gotten  to  the  southward  of 
Glover's  lleef,  and  the  wind  be  so  far  to  the  northward  that  you  cannot  sail  north  for 
Key  Bokel,  night  coming  on.  you  should  anchor  to  leeward  of  the  key,  where  there  is 
good  ground,  in  from  7  to  17  fathoms,  within  half  a  mile  of  the  keys,  and  thei-e  either 
wait  for  a  wind,  or  till  you  send  into  English  Key  for  a  ])ilof." 

ISALIZE,  OR  BELIZE. — Pilots  for  Bali/.e  arc  always  in  readiness  at  Half-moon 
Key,  (the  S.  K.  Key,)  on  the  east  en<l  of  which  stands  the  lighthouse,  whose  lantern  is 
elevated  about  50  feet  above  the  sea,  wiiicli  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  when  4  leagues 
distant — a  circumstance  that  causes  this  route  to  Balize  to  be  generally  preferred — 
though  in  the  season  of  the  north  winds,  that  is,  from  October  to  March,  it  is  considered 
J)V  some,  and  with  apparent  justice,  best  to  make  Mauger  Key,  the  northern  key  on 
Turneff,  from  which  you  may  nm  with  a  fair  wind  S.  S.  W.  6  leagues  to  English  Key; 
whereas,  i)y  approaching  Half-inoon  Key  at  this  season,  the  prevailing  winds  will  not 
allow  you  lo  fetch  Key  Bokel  from  Hat  Key  Reef,  and  also  gives  you  a  dead  beat  tj 
Kii^iishKey.  It  has  been  recommended  by  some  to  make  ]?onacca  in  lat.  16°  35'  N. ; 
but  this  island  is  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  circumstance,  ''jmbined  with  the  strong 
southerly  currents  at  the  season  alluded  to,  when  gales  from  the  i\.  and  N.  W.  may  be 
frequently  expected,  renders  it  a  coast  rather  to  be  avoided,  particularly  as  the  only  port 
imcleryour  Ice  would  be  New  Port  Pvoyal,  in  tlie  soutli  side  of  Kattan — a  most  desirable 
port  for  persons  acquainted — hut  the  entrance  lies  between  reefs,  and  is  intricate,  and 
pilots  are  seldom  to  be  obtained. 

Observed  latitude  of  the  lighthouse  on  llalf-moon  Key,  17°  12' 30"  ;  longitude  by 
chronometer,  87"  27'  10"  V/. 

HAT  '(EY  AND  REE1<\— W.  S.  W.  of  Half-moon  Key  lies  Hat  Key,  which  is 
wooded,  p..d  resembles,  in  form,  a  coronet.  A  dangerous  reef  extends  from  this  key  S. 
I)V  E.  3  n-iles,  to  clear  which,  when  2  miles  south  of  Half-moon  Key,  they  steer  S.  S. 
W.  J  W.  10  miles.  From  the  edge  of  the  reef  to  Key  Bokel,  the  course  is  W.  or 
W.  I  N.,  according  to  the  wind,  7  leacues. 

KEY  150KEL  AND  ANCHORA(tE,— Key  Bokel  may  be  known  by  its  fme  sandy 
beach  and  three  or  four  cocoa-nut  trees,  and  may  be  rounded  at  half  a  mile  distant,  but 
not  nearer.  Should  you  wish  to  anchor,  a  clear  sandy  bottom  will  be  found,  with  from 
10  to  4  fathoms,  the  centre  of  the  key  bearing  from  E.  by  S.  to  S.  E.  :  the  E.  S.  E. 
bearing  is  preferred.  It  is  advisable  to  give  a  good  scope  of  cable  at  once,  as  from  the 
edge  of  the  bank  being  very  steep,  you  are  liable,  mease  of  squalls  or  fresh  breezes  from 
the  eastward,  to  drive  off  it  before  you  could  liavc  time  to  veer. 

ENGLISH  KEY.— The  course  and  distance  from  hence  to  English  Key  is  N.  W. 
by  N.4  leagues.  It  has  three  cocoa-nut  trees  on  its  centre,  is  sandy  on  the  N.  E.  side, 
and  bushy  to  the  water's  edge  on  its  S.  and  S.  W.  sides,  lying  at  the  south  side  of  the 
entrance  of  the  channel  to  Balize.*     Golf's  Key  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the 

♦Copy  of  a  notice,  dated  Lloyd's,  Iflth  May,  1823. — "Many  vessels,  at  difli^ront  limes,  hav. 
ing  been  lost  on  the  main  reef,  when  going  into  Honduras,  from  being  unable  to  distinguish  Eng- 


lllil 


516 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


channel ;  is  very  small  iind  busliy,  with  ono  cocoa-nnt  treo  In  the  centro,  anrl  Rnrronndrd 
by  n  sandy  beach.  To  tlic  eastward  about  half  a  mile  is  a  sand  iiatch,  called  by  ii,,. 
pilots  "  Sand  1?orc,"  nearly  even  with  the  water's  edge,  and  requires  a  good  berth  \n 
rounding.  The  anchorage  is  m  from  8  to  4  fathoms,  with  Gofl's  Key  bearing  frmiiN, 
by  W.  to  N.  by  E.,  or  tiie  keys  to  the  northward  and  Goff's  Key  in  one.  From  this 
place,  unless  perfectly  ac(iuairited,  you  cannot  proceed  without  a  pilot. 

There  is  also  anchorage  in  4  fathoms  at  ".Toe's  Hole,"  under  TunielV,  as  far  iionh 
from  Key  Hokel  as  to  have  English  Key  bearing  N.  W.  by  W.  The  d('i)th  of  watPil,,.. 
tweeu  English  and  Golf's  Keys  is  20  fathoms.  Pilots  ate  generally  found  on  the  formci 
of  those  keys,  waiting  the  arrival  of  vessels  coming  in  from  the  northward. 

The  course  in  mid-channel  from  English  Key  to  IJali.e  is  abput  W.  N.  W.  till  ihr 
west  end  of  Water  Key  bears  north ;  thtMi  haul  up  to  N.  hy  W.  or  N.  N.  W.  till  (inii's 
Key  is  on  with  AVater  Key,  which  is  the  mark  to  run  over  the  narrows  in  2j  fatboms; 
then  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  l)y  W.,  hauling  to  the  northwaril  after  passing  the  middle 
ground,  which  has  only  10  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  from  2  to  '2}j  miles  from  Jiiijizi, 
From  the  Narrows  you  will  find  7  fathoms,  decreasing  gradually  as  you  approach  ^\\c 
anchorage.  The  marks  for  anchoring  off  Bali/.o  are  the  steeple  of  the  church  dp 
with  the  centre  of  Government  House,  and  the  south  end  of  Fort  George,  sitiiatefloiu 
low  dat  island,  bearing  N.  W.  \  W.,  where  you  will  have  2^  fathoms,  on  mu'lily  bottoiii. 
Ships  of  a  greater  draught  of  water  lie  at  a  considerable  distance  from  thi;  town,  and 
proceed  to  it  through  a  wider  and  deeper  channel  than  the  one  described,  having  in  it  3 
iathoms  and  upwards. 

The  current  in  the  anchorage  sets  to  the  southward,  at  the  rate  of  one  mile  per  hour, 
with  a  rise  and  fall  of  two  feet. 

Supplies  of  all  sorts  are  of  a  very  inferior  description.  Vegetables  are  seldom  to  be 
juocured,  and  never  but  in  very  small  quantities.  IJeef  is  also  inferior  and  very  scarct. 
Turtle  alone  is  abundant.  The  water  is  not  good  for  a  voyage,  unless  taken  froinnbom 
14  miles  up  the  river,  except  during  the  rainy  season,  when  it  may  be  had  pcrl'ectlv 
fresh  two  miles  from  its  mouth. 

MAUGER  KEY.— The  course  from  English  Key  to  Manger  Key  is  N.  E.  by  N.( 
or  7  leagues.  It  lies  in  latitude  17'^  :i(>'  15"  N.,  and  longitude  S?*^  4'2'  30"  W.,  hein; 
the  northernmost  key  on  Turnelf,  Avith  a  reef  extending  from  it  N.  N.  W.  two  niiics, 
To  the  S.  S.  W.  is  Crawl  Key,  at  the  S.  W.  eiul  of  which  there  is  anchorage  dniir 
the  regular  trade  winds,  in  4  or  5  fathoms.  To  the  eastward  of  Crawl  Key  lies  Tllre^ 
cornered  Key,  all  having  a  great  resemblance  to  each  other,  Maugcr  Key  being  the 
smallest,  and,  as  before  stated,  the  northernmost. 

From  Port  Royal,  Jamaica,  to  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  and  thence  to  the  Island  of  Coim- 
met ;  by  Capt.  Wm.  Sandoni,  K.  N.,  in  the  years  182()  and  18ii8. 

[The  courses  and  bearings  arc  nianjnetic] 

SWAN  ISLANDS.— Left  Port  Royal  for  Halize,  Honduras,  on  the  24th  of  .Tunr 
182f>.  Having  some  doubts  as  to  the  true  situation  of  the  Swan  Islands,  as  tliey  ar? 
laid  down  directly  in  the  track  from  .Tamaica  to  Rali/.e,  I  determined  on  making  them, 
which  was  done  at  8h.  3flm.  A.  M.  of  the  2Gth.  After  making  the  east  end,  I  ran  down 
the  north  side,  which  is  bold,  and  may  be  ap|)roached  with  safety  to  the  distance  ofiiaii 
a  mile,  until  within  three  quarters  of  a  mile  of  the  west  end,  where  s'loal  water  and  dan- 
gerous rocks  lie  off  full  one  mile  and  a  half.  The  easternmost  of  thesu  islands  is  noi 
low,  and  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  18  or  20  miles  off.  I  observed  from  the  mast- 
head, in  coasting  along  the  north  side  of  these  islands,  that  the  discolored  water  extended 
a  full  mile  off  from  the  E.  S.  E.  part,  along  the  south  side  to  the  west  end,  whne  it 
extended  off  full  ll  mile.  They  are  two  distinct  islands,  connected  by  a  reef  of  nicU 
and  well  wooded,  the  trees  on  the  easternmost  being  moderately  high.  The  latitudrol 
the  eastern  end  is  17"  22'  ;5()"N.;  the  longitude,  by  chronometer,  from  Port  Royal,  be- 
ing 6°  56',  makes  this  end  in  83^  48'  W. 

From  the  Swan  Island  towards  Balize,  it  is  necessary  to  guard  most  particularly  against 
the  influence  of  the  currents  in  running  down  to  the  shores  of  Honduras.  They  are 
entirely  influenced  by  the  winds,  and  change  their  direction  when  the  wind  changes; 
hut  on  approaching  the  shoals,  reefs,  and  keys,  south  of  Balize,  you  will  generally  find 
a  strong  current  setting  to  the  northward,  which  must  be  guarded  against  by  frequent 
observations  during  the  night.     The  south-easternmost  of  the  southern  four  keys  is 


lish  and  GofT's  Keys  (between  which  is  the  only  ship  channel  into  Bnlize)  from  the  many  dllur 
keys  on  the  main  reef.  Major  (icnerul  Codd,  his  Majesty's  Superintendent,  has  caused  a  flag- 
staff, GO  foot  high,  with  an  octagon  figure  on  the  top,  to  be  erected  on  Entlish  Key. 

(Signed)  '•  JOHN  YOUNG,  Agent  for  Honduras." 


^iBSfcv^! 


BLUNT  3  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


517 


I,  and  Kurronndf'ii 

;;h,  called  l)y  \\\f 

I  a  good  berth  in 

f  beaniig  frum  N, 

I  one.     From  this 

t. 

ineO",  as  far  north 

ilepth  nl'  watPilip- 

iind  on  tlic  tonnpr 

vard. 

kV.  N.  W.  till  thr. 

N.  W.  till  Cnli's 
ws  in  2\  latlioiiis; 
assing  tlie  iiiiildln 
tides  I'ntni  IV.ilizc. 
you  approat-li  ilic 
of  the  church  m 
;orge,  situated oin 

on  niui'ily  bottoii;. 
from  th(  town,  and 
ibed,  having  in  it  3 

one  mile  per  hour, 

;s  are  seldom  to  be 
or  and  very  scarce, 
ss  taken  from  nliuii; 
iy  be  had  pcrl'ectiy 

3y  isN.  E.  byN.(' 
42'  30"  W.,  hcin; 
.  N.  W.  two  miles, 
k  anchorage  duiiiij 
wl  Key  lies  Three- 
ger  Key  being  the 


the  Mavd  of  Co:u- 
d  1823. 


1  the  24th  of  Jiinf, 

slands,  as  they  flt? 

Id  on  making  them, 

last  end,  [  ran  down 

Ithe  distance  of  lull 

loal  water  and  dan- 

Ithesu  islands  is  not 

led  from  the  mast- 

ired  water  cxtenileil 

[west  end,  where  il 

by  a  reef  of  r(ick«, 
11.     The  latitiulrol 

im  Port  Royal,  he- 

[particularly  against 
Vduras.  They  are 
jhe  wind  changes: 
will  generally  (mi 
Igainst  by  frequent 
Ithern  four  keys  is 


ifrom  llic  ninny  otlur 
It,  has  caused  a  Hag- 

|h  Key. 

Int  for  Honduras.' 


Half-nioon  Key,  bo  called  from  the  form  of  the  sandy  shoal  projectino;  from  h.  Oi\  this 
|(,.'y  tlie  lightlidusi'  is  placed,  in  hit.  17  '  li'  130"  N.,  and  loii;;.  H7^  27'  10''  W.,  by  chro- 
iiiiiiH'ter.     lleri!  the  pilots  for  Dali/.c  icside. 

Tlie  approach  to  15ali/.e  from  the  Onter  Keys  is  too  difficult  to  be  attempted  by  any 
one  not  having  a  thorough  and  practical  knowledge  of  it. 

On  Itaviiig  Port  Koyal,  .lannary  "Jlst,  instead  of  steering  lo  the  southward  of  west 
for  the  ])urpos(?  of  making  Katlaii,  and  tlirreiiy  ensuring  a  more  certain  route  to  the 
jiuhtliouse,  (on  Half-moon  Key,)  off  i>ali/e,  I  was  mider  the  necessity  of  keeping  to  tlie 
iiorthNvanl,  to  communicate  near  ('o/.uimd;  conse(|iieiitly  ran  down  on  the  eastern  reef, 
and  found  myself  much  perplexed  in  conse()Ucnce  of  a  very  strong  current,  which  ran 
to  the  N.  N.  W.  ui)W4rds  of  2  miles  an  linnr.  1  could  not  ascertain  the;  latitude  of  tho 
North  Key  on  the  Kasteni  Kcef;   but  ran  aloiu;  by  liie  eastern  edge  of  ijie  reef. 

The  ])ilot  was  rtu-eived  as  usual  at  tin;  lii;htliou.><',  and  sail  made  for  Knglish  Key,  past 
Hat  Key,  and  Key  Uokel.  At  this  time  tlie  remarkable  cocoa-nut  trees,  with  a  s])acu 
hetwoen,  showing  the  clear  light,  sufficiently  ])oint  out  Knglisli  Key.  1  weiglied  from 
Knelish  Key,  and  sounded  along  the  shore  of  Tiirnell'  to  Maiiger  Key,  and  now  con- 
firmed an  oiiinion  f  formed  two  years  since,  namely; — that  ratlu'r  than  beat  about  out- 
side, T  would  endeavor  to  make  iMau<fer  Key,  (which  I  would  also  do,  if  I  had  made  tho 
North  Key  on  the  Kastern  Keef,)  and  run  along  the  western  side  of  Turned",  at  the  dis- 
tance of  from  2  to  4  miles  oil'.  When  about  12  miles  to  the  southward  of  Mauger  Key, 
you  will  see  two  or  three  remaikable  hillocks  on  T'urnetC:  from  these  hillocks  ICnglish 
Key  will  bear  about  W.  by  .S.  From  lienee  you  may  steer  across  to  Knglish  Key,  with 
less  chance  of  mistaking  it,  attending  to  the  ibiegoing  remarks. — iianudy,  the  space  be- 
tween the  cocoa-nut  trees.  The  course  from  Manger  Key  to  Knirlish  Key  is  S.  S.  W. 
20  miles;  but  I  imagine  there  is  a  great  risk  of  a  stranger's  bein?.',  bewildered,  from  tho 
similarity  of  the  Keys  near  Knglish  K<'y,  by  steering  directly  for  it;  and  therefore  rc- 
coiiimend  running  alony  the  'J'nrnel!'  shore,  as  above,  in  preference. 

ANCIlOUACJh:  AT  KiMtLISII  KKV.— In  anchoring  at  Knglish  Key,  fake  your 
soundings  from  Golf's  Key,  and  rouiul  towards  Knglish  Key,  as  there  is  a  dangerous  spit 
otV  the  iatter,  called  by  the  pilots,  the  Sand  Dore.  With  Knglish  Key  bearing  S.  W. 
i  S.  and  Golf's  Key  N.  by  W.  there  are  5  lathuiiis. 

I  have  several  times  worked  from  tlu;  above  anchorage  to  IMaugcr  Key,  and  always 
found  a  southerly  set;  it  is,  however,  iiilhienced  by  an  ebb  and  (low  of  the  water,  but 
not  very  strong.  In  the  Esjiiegle  1  worked  close  to  the  eilge  of  the  reef  oil  Mauger  Key, 
and  consider  it  about  2  miles  off;  and  at  night  made  the  edue  of  tht  reef  when  about 
2  miles  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  4  from  Mauger  Key.  Therefore,  unless  very  dark, 
by  keeping  a  good  look  out,  ymi  may  see  it  in  time  to  avoid  danger. 

I  must  here  caution  navigators  against  a  strong  current,  which  almost  always  sets  be- 
tween Mauger  Key  and  the  opposite  keys,  about  N.  W. :  when  standing  to  the  north- 
ward, I  have  most  unexpectedly  been  set  on  the  lee  shore,  when  1  thought  mysidf  many 
miles  olF  it.     This  current  sometimes  sets  westerly,  and  then  to  the  southward. 

I  beat  up  to  the  northward  during  the  night,  keeping  much  to  the  southward  and  east- 
ward, to  avoid  the  danger  of  going  near  the  Triangles.  Early  in  the  morning  sail  was 
made  to  the  northward,  and  the  northern  end  of  Ambergris  K(;y  closed  on,  without  hav- 
ing seen  the  Triangles:  nor  had  we  much  northern  current  during  the  night.  1  must 
here  remark,  that  the  whole  of  the  shore  of  the  Ambergris  Key  has  a  reef  about  a  ((uar- 
ter  of  a  mile,  or  a  little  more,  off,  in  many  places  dry,  and  the  sea  breaking  on  till  of  it. 
I  continued  working  to  the  north  towards  the  Island  of  Cozumel.  The  coast  of  Ha- 
calar  is  bold,  and  may  be  approached  in  some  places  within  one  mile;  there  is  a  reef  all 
along  it,  which,  both  by  the  colnr  and  breakinsj;,  plaitily  indicates  itself;  ;uid  off  some  of 
the  projecting  points  they  are  plaitily  seen  i)roaking  at  a  considerable  distance  off.  You 
have  no  soiindingsi  outside  the  reef,  nor  any  means  of  ascertaining  your  ap[n'oach  to  it 
in  the  night. 

AMllERGRTS  KEY.— The  long  isle  called  Ambergris  Key,  to  the  northward  of 
Balize,  is  said  to  abound  with  extensive  fresh  water  lakes;  to  jn'oducc  logwood,  and  the 
more  valuable  kind  of  dye-wood,  natued  lirasiletto.  In  most  seasons  it  is  plentifully 
stocked  with  many  kinds  of  game. 

EL  CHINCHONO.— The  shoal  called  the  NORTHERN  TRIANGLE  lies  at  tho 
distance  of  l.*]  leagues  to  the  northward  of  Mauger  Key.  Gajitain  liurnett  says,  when 
the  trade  wind  prevails,  a  current,  often  very  strong,  sets  down  between  Mauger  Ivey  and 
the  Triangle;  there  dividing  itself,  it  sets  to  the  southward,  between  Tunuii"  .ind  the 
Main  Reef,  and,  to  the  northward,  between  the  Triangle  Reef  and  Ambrrgds  Key. 
With  a  wind  from  E.  to  E.  S.  E.  as  you  sail  to  leeward  of  tlie  Triangle,  you  \mI1  have 
a  strong  current  in  your  favor. 

The  south  end  of  the  Triangle  Reef  is  from  four  to  five  juiles  broad ;  it  makes  in  two 
points,  between  which  there  is  a  sandy  spot.     From  the  S.  W.  point,  the  reef  trends  N. 


518  blunt's  amiciuca^'  coast  pilot. 

by  \V.  J  W.  to  tlic  uroat  key  on  the  centre  of  the  rcof ;  from  thenco  N.  Iiy  E.  to  jIk. 
two  keys  on  tlie  iiortl)  end.  The  course  along  chore  to  Coznmel  is  N.  by  K,  .',  K.  jiu,! 
the  shore  (iretty  I)ohl. 

COZUMIUi  ISLAND. — On  first  makins  tlie  Island  Cozumel,  from  tlic  nortli-wcsi 
end  l)cin<i  mnch  liiiilier  tlinii  tlie  soulJiern.  \(iii  iire  inclined  to  think  the  island  lies  near- 
ly east  and  west :  hut,  on  a  nearer  approacl),  il  will  he  found  to  lie  nearly  in  a  N.  K.  mni 
S.  W.  direction,     'j'here  is  ^ood  anclioraiic  all  alons;  the  west  side  of  the  island  at  ahom 


"  ^ - ?^   •.. - 

...,  itrary  direction  alonir  from  the  edge  of  tlie  hank.     On  lirst 

Beeinjr  this,  I  was  somewhat  alarmed;  hut  on  (indinn;  the  cause,  the  alarm  ceased. 

ANCHOR  A(!  K. — 'Pin!  Kspiej^le  anchored  in  the  first  bend  of  the  coast  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  N.  \V.  point,  having  that  point  bezying  N.  by  E.  and  the  southern  extreme 
S.  8.  W.  distant  off  shore  alxjut  half  a  mile.  It  is  necessary  to  remark  that  the  lam] 
from  the  N.  W.  to  the  norlh  jjoint  falls  in  to  the  eastward,  forming  a  long  deep  bijilun 
H  miles.  About  s  miles  to  the  southward  from  ti.e  N.  W.  ])oint  tliere  is  a  small  lni;oi)]i, 
the  entrance  to  which  is  not  discernible  till  very  near  il,  having  about  .O  or  6  feet  of  «a- 
ter  at  the  mouth;  there  are  many  small  islels  all  about  it,  and  an  abundance  of  fislmf 
the  finest  (|uality.  All  along  the  coast  there  is  an  abundance  of  wood,  and  fish  inav  bp 
••aught:  in  some  jilaces  the  seine  may  be  hauled,  but  generally  speaking,  the  beatlii> 
lined  with  small  rocks  near  the  water's  edge.  'J'he  south  end  of  the  island  is  low,  ami 
has  a  long  sandy  spit  piojecting  from  it.  1  have  heard  that  fresh  water  is  to  be  found, 
but  did  not  see  any. 


Cursory  Remarks  on  the  Northern  Part  of  Cozumcl  Idand,  hy  Ardhony  dc  Mayne,  R.  A, 

Surreyur,  Fchrudry,  ]820. 

COZUMKL  ISLAND  is  of  a  moderate  height,  extending  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  upward? 
of  7  leagues,  and  is  about  2  leagues  in  breadth.  Its  east  side  appeared  to  be  free  fiom 
danger;  but  off  the  N.  E.  point  a  reef  runs  out  in  a  N.  E.  by  N.  direction  upwards m 
3  miles:  this  reef  is  steej)  to  in  every  part ;  and  there  are  10  and  11  fathoms  close  lj 
the  breakers  on  the  N.  E.  extremity.  We  passed  the  north-eastern  breakers  atailii- 
tance  of  half  a  mile,  having  12  fathoms,  and  rounding  then,  gradually,  stood  into  aky 
on  the  west  side  of  the  island,  and  there  anchored  in  b  fathoms,  on  rocky  bottom,  at 
about  2}j  miles  from  the  beach  ;  witli  the  N.  E.  point  bearing  cast,  distant  5  miles.  From 
this  spot  we  could  j)lainly  see  the  main  land  of  IJacalarto  the  westward,  which  is  rather 
low,  with  a  number  of  large  trees  along  the  shore. 

From  observations  made  at  this  anchorage,  we  found  the  N.  E.  point  of  Cozuinel 
situated  In  latitude  L'U-  32'  N.  and  longitu(ie  8G"'  44'  52"  W.  The  north  pan  of  tli' 
island  is  low  and  swampy,  covered  with  tliick  underwood,  but  we  observed  no  other  than 
small  trees;  on  the  south  Jiart,  the  trees  ajipearcd  much  larger,  but  of  the  fustic  or  log- 
wood kind. 

We  could  not  perceive  any  discolored  water  or  soundings  ofl'  the  east  side  of  tliei 
and;  but  olf  the   north    part,  or  end,  the  soundings  extend  to   a  considerable  dislaii 
northward  from  the  reef  before  mentioned.     We  found  13,  14,  20,  and  IG  fathom?,  oa  j 
rocky  bottom.     In  latitude  20  '  50',  and  longitude  Tb'-^  40',  we  had  10  fathoms,  on  rorU 
bottom;  with  strong  rii)|)ling  caused  by  the  current,  similar  to  the  (iulf  Stream,  the  sii 
being  N.  by  K.  2.',  knots;  at  (his  point  the  bank  appeared  to  terminate. 

We  found  the  current  to  the  eastward  of  (Jozumel  setting  N.  by  E.  at  the  rate  ot :!  I 
knots;  but  to  the  westward,  between  the  island  and  the  main,  it  ran  south-westward Jt  | 
the  rate  of  2^  knots. 

From  several  ol)servations,  the  variation  of  the  comjiass  was  found?]  degrees  easterly, 

The  main  land  ojiposite  to  Oo/.umel  trends  about  N.  IS\  E.  |  E.  to  the  island  Miigf 
ras,  and  is  all  low  and  woody. 


BLU.NT  S  A3IEUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


519 


N.  Iiv  E.  to  I'lic 
by  l^.  \  K 


111(1 


till"   IKIltll-WCM 

isliim.1  lips  in';u- 
y  in  ;i  N.  K.  ;iiii| 
le  island  at  uhmn 
!  anchor  ui!\v  ln' 
r,  aiitl  very  stfO|i 
iiciruif;  tilt;  sliiiiv 
ijred  walpr,  iind.i 
nset>  very  strun; 
ct  with  the  eililv 
e  hank.     On  liw 
arm  ceased, 
jast  to  the  souih- 
louthern  extienie 
ark  that  the  lanil 
lonj;  deepbifjlitif 
is  a  small  hmm. 
5  or  6  leet  of  \v;i- 
uulance  of  fisliof 
1,  and  fish  inay  bo 
king:,  the  beach  is 
island  is  low,  m\ 
;er  is  to  be  found, 


y  de  Mayne,  R.  X 

md  S.  W.  upward? 
,ed  to  be  free  from 
recti  on  upwards  n 
fathoms  close  in 
breakers  at  a  ilis- 
stood  into  aba; 
rocky  bottom,  ai 
ant  5  miles.  From 
d,  which  is  ratlier 


1  r 


)oint  of  Co7.uinel 
north  part  of  lli' 
irvcd  no  other  tlm 
)f  the  Instic  ork- 

jast  side  of  tlieisl-] 
nsiderable  distam' 
,nd  If)  fathom?,  03 1 
lathoms,  on  rocky 
uir  Stream,  the  set 

K .  at  the  rate  of  0 
south-westward  .11 1 

7'  degrees  rastciiy. 
,\hc 'island  M"gc 


THE  COAST  AIVD  IMVERS  OF  «UYA]\A,  FRO:?!  THE 

EQUATOR  Ai\l>  THE  A.lIAZO.\,  ^VESTWARH 

TO  THE  illLF  OF  PARIA,  OR  TR1I\IDAD. 

THE  COAST  OF  (iUYANA  IN  tiKNERAr,.—Tlie  coun.ry  comprehended  un- 
der the  name  of  (iuyaiia,  extends  soulhward  from  the  river  Oronocoto  the  river  of 
Aina/.ons.  The  coasts  of  it  are  f;enerally  low ;  as  ilm  numerous  rivers  hrin,^;  down  vast 
(luaiitities  of  alluvial  matter,  which,  accuinulatinj;  on  tlie  shores,  Iris  formed  a  border  of 
low  },'iound.  This  ground,  between  the  hi^li  and  low  water  marks,  is  commonly  cover- 
ed witli  mangroves ;  at  low  water,  it  appears  like  an  inaccessible  bank  ;  but  with  the  ris- 
iiij;  tide,  it  is  inundated. 

I'OllTlKJUESE  (tUYANA. — The  Ama/,on  is  considered  asthe  first  or  larj^est  river 
in  the  world.  Mr.  Pinkertoii  has  said,  "amoiii;  the  grand  rivers  which  water  the  globe, 
and  ditfuse  fertility  and  commerce  along  their  shores,  the  Amazon  will  ever  maintain 
the  preference."  The  truth  of  this  averment  seems  to  be  un(|uestionable  ;  the  sources  of 
this  river  being  within  two  degrees  of  the  Pacilic  Ocean,  about  the  parallel  of  11°  S.  and 
several  great  rivers  fall  into  it,  these  again  having  innumerable  branches.  The  course 
of  its  grand  stream  is  nearly  east  across  the  continent,  until  it  falls  into  the  Atlantic  un- 
der the  etjuinoctial  line.  The  river  is  said  to  bo  navigable  through  nearly  its  whole 
length,  though  impeded  by  many  banks  of  sand,  some  of  which  extend  30  or  40  leagues. 
Beiow  its  confluence  witli  the  river  Xingu,  at  40  leagues  from  the  sea,  its  opposite  banks 
are  invisible  from  each  otlier.  At  Ovidos,  more  than  140  leagues  from  tlie  sea,  its  breadth 
is  about  1000  fathoms.     The  tide  is  perceptible  to  the  distance  of  150  leagues. 

The  declivity  of  the  bed  of  the  river,  from  ( )vidos,  has  been  computed  at  only  four 
feet;  yet  the  immense  body  of  interior  water  gives  it  an  astotiishing  impetus  ;  so  that  it 
rushes  into  the  sea  with  amazing  velocity  ;  and  is  said  to  freshen  the  ocean,  at  times,  to 
the  distance  of  nearly  HO  leagues  from  the  shore.  'JMiis  rapidity,  on  the  return  of  tide, 
occasions  a  bore,  called  by  the  Indians  jiororora,  which  is  chiplly  observable  towards 
Cape  North,  and  which  sur|)asses  those  ol'oiliers  great  rivers.  This  |)liei!omf  non  always 
occurs  two  days  before  and  after  the  full  r.nd  change  of  the  moon;  when  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  flood,  the  sea  rushes  into  the  river,  forming  three  or  four  successive 
waves,  that  break  mountains  high  on  the  bar,  and  raise  the  tide  within  to  its  greates  e'e- 
vation  ill  one  or  two  minutes.  It  has  been  said  that  the  elevation  of  these  ridges  of  water 
has  amounted  to  not  less  than  'JdO  feet ;  i)ul  tli(>  oidinary  rise  over  tin;  bar,  is  from  12  to 
[')  feet.     The  noise  of  the  irruption  may  be  heard  at  the  (hstance  ot' t^vo  leagues. 

FRENCH  GUYANA. — The  coasts  of  French  (liiyana  are  much  like  tliose  of  tho 
Portuguese  or  IJraziliaii  territory,  and  i)rcsent  nothing  remarkable  to  the  navigator;  the 
whole  being  lined  by  drowned  niaiiiirovi^  isles  and  mud  i)anks,  whicli  b'ar  tlie  mouths  of 
tiie  numerous  rivers.  The  rains  on  ihis  coast  jrrevail  from  .lanuary  to  Juno,  and  forin 
stagnant  ponds  and  marshes,  whicli  render  the  climate  very  unhealthy.  The  currents 
along  the  coast  are  strong  and  irregular. 

The  only  town  is  that  of  Cayenne,  situated  on  an  isb;  or  rather  delta,  called  Cayano  ; 

hence  the  whole  territory  is  commonly  styled  (.'aycnno.     'JMie  situation  of  this  place  was 

ascertained  by  M.  la  Condainine,  in  1774,  from  four  eclipses  of  the  first  satellite  of 

I  Jupiter,  cV:c.  who  has  given  it  as  in  4^  56'  15"  N.  and  5ii°  Ifj'  30"  W.  a  position  since 

generally  adopted. 

The  coast  is  in  many  places  dangerous;  having  extensive  banks  of  sand  anir  mud  wifl» 

numerous  rocks,  some  of  the  shoals  reach  to  the  distance  of  two  leagues  from  shore. 

The  isle  Cayano  lies  between  the  rivers  Oiiya  and  Cayenne;  the  latter  has  near  its 

entrance,  only  1'2  and  l."]  feet  of  water,  with  soft  mu<l  interspersed  with  rocks.     The 

I  town  is  situated  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  island  ;  it  is  generally  descrilied  as  a  \\^tclie(l 

ilace,  the  streets  steep  and  narrow,  and  i)aved  with  sharp  stones.     The  harbor,  wliich  is 

I  a  tolerable  one,  is  supposed  to  have  determined  the  choice  of  settlers,  in  fixing  on 

I  this  situation. 

There  are  several  islets  off  Cayenne,  as  exhibited  on  the  charts  ;    of  these  the  outer 
[ones,  called  the  Constables  or  Gunners,  are  the  most  conspicuous;    they  being  barren 
j  rocks  whitened  with  birds' dung.     The  Malingre,  and  other  Isles  to  the  eastward  of 
I  Cayenne,  arc  very  steep.     On  one  of  these  is  an  hospital  for  lepers,  a  malady  very  com- 
mon on  the  Cayano  Island.     These  isles,  &c.  aro  more  particularly  described  hereafter. 


■I., 

i 


;  i 


h 


■f 


:f 


rli'' 


520 


ULL'IHT  d  AMEllICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


f 


IMTTCII  AND  151HTFSII  (UJYANA.— Dulcli  Ouyiiiiiinr  Snriniim,  extends froi,, thr 
Miirri)\v)'iic  to  llu;  ('oriinliiit;,  nii  ixtciit  of  I7(l  iiuI(.';j;  and  Urilisli  (luyana,  IVoiii  llmCo 
raiiliiio  to  KsstMiuiho,  an  extent  of  abttut  I'JO  niilcs. 

General  Directions  for  the  Coasts  of  Dalrh  and  British  dinjnna. 

SliijVS  bound  (Vuin  tlin  windward  cr  ("ailblx'c  Islands  to  tlicso  {'(-.ists,  .should  steer  ;is 
far  to  the  eastward  as  S.  K.  if  the  wind  will  periiut,  on  account  of  th;;  f-n-onf,'  ;ndrnii;;lii 
or  current,  setting  all  times  of  the  year  ly  the  wost'vard,  into  and  ihrou'h  the  gull  ni 
Taria.  'JMie  nioinont  you  come  on  to  the  outward  '  df^(!  of  the  ijround,  yon  wiM  ix^rici^,. 
the  color  of  the  water  eli,wi,;i;e  to  a  lii^iil  ^rcun,  aii'i  will  have  (Voin  ;]ij  to  Ao  lathonis.  Ii 
iti  that  depth  you  slionld  be  so  far  to  the  southward  as  7  '2')'  or  7'^  oL"  north  latiiudi, 
you  may  steer  in  >S.  W.  and  make  the  land  ;  but  if  more  to  the  northward,  Ueep) our  HimJ 
till  you  attain  that  latitude,  you  will  have  veiy  4;radual  soundings  (|uite  to  the  shore,  Inn 
very  shallow;  you  v.ill  be  in  !>  fatlioms  when  you  (irst  };et  siij;ht  of  the  ]a:i<l  aliuin 
Denu'sara  ;  but  you  may  riui  in  witliout  tear  in  4  lathoms,  i)ein^  ai'entive  to  your  lend,— 
As  it  is  the  general  opinion  that  there  are  many  unexplored  sand  banks  on  this  coasi,  ;i 
/^reat  attention  to  the  lead  and  the  (piality  of  t)ie  j^rotiud  will  be  necessary,  as  by  ilui 
only  you  will  be  a])priaed  of  the  danger;  for,  on  most  parts  of  this  coast  to  tl'O  fiistwiirj 
of  the  river  Oronoeo,  tlie  Ijiittom  is  ol'  very  soft  nutd  ;  if,  on  a  sudden,  you  f.i:d  hard  simdv 
ground,  be  assured  some  danger  is  near,  .md  immediatcdy  haul  oil',  till  you  again  <inil>ult 
ground  as  before. 

The  making  of  the  land  all  the  way  from  the  Oronoeo,  as  far  to  the  eastward  as  Civ- 
enne,  is  very  low  and  woody,  aiul  therefore  ap|)ears  in  all  ])arts  so  much  alike,  tliattht 
most  experienced  pilots  are  Irecjuensiy  deceived.  Your  chief  dependence  thtMcfore  is  in 
a  true  altitude;  it  that,  liy  reason  oi'tliiel.  weather,  caimot  be  o'ltaint'd,  it  will  l)e  avlvis- 
able  to  anchor  in  aliout  six  fathoms,  wiiieli  you  may  do  with  great  safety,  having  good 
ground,  and  in  general  moder.ite  gales  and  smooth  water. 

The  making  of  the  land  about  J)eiuarara  is  the  nu)st  remarkable  of  any  part  of  the  coast; 
the  woods  in  many  placs  bein;;  burnt  down,  and  cleared  for  cultivation,  makes  tlii!J,\:iii 
appear  in  large  ga.ps,  wlier;;  the  houses,  vvTc.  are  plainly  to  be  seen;  and  if  there  are  iiiiv 
ships  lyiniT  at  tlu'  lower  part  t)f  the  rivt-r  their  mast  -heads  may  be  jilaiuly  sten  abuve  \k 
trees,  tor  some  liislance  at  sea. 

If  bound  iiuo  the  Uemarara,  you  must  ruii  to  the  westward  till  you  bring  tlie  entrance 
of  the  river  S.  S.  \^ .  or  S.  by  W.,  and  either  lie  to,  or  anelior  for  the  tide,  in  4  fatliiiiiu 
of  water  ;  but  be  very  cautious  nut  to  be  iiauled  farther  to  the  westw.ud  than  these Inar- 
ings,  for  *he  Hood  nuis  very  strongly  into  the  river  Esseipiibo,  at  tin;  mouth  of  wliuk 
and  at  a  ..reat  <!istaiu'e  from  the  land,  lie  many  very  dangerous  sand  banks,  on  soiiieni 
which  there  are  not  more  than  D  or  10  feet  of  water,  ami  the  Hood  tide  sets  d-recilyuD 
them. 

On  many  jiarts  of  this  coa^t,  particularly  olT  Point  Spirit,  a  league  to  the  castwanloi 
the  J)emarara,  the  Hood  tide  sets  directly  on  the  shore,  and  the  ebb  sets  off  to  the  M.  L 
It  will  be  advisable,  wlien  calm  and  near  tlie  land,  to  anchor  there. 

In  the  moiilh  of  December,  there  is,  at  times,  jiarticularly  m  shoal  water,  on  thccoiiiiiij 
in  of  the  (!ov-d,  a  great  sea,  called  the  rollers,  and,  by  the  Jndiaiis,  I'ororoca.     Itisofitii 
fatal  to  vessels  at  anchor.      The  early  navigators  have  been  pu/./.led  to  assign  a  cause  Iw  I 
this  phenomenon,  which  is  occasioiied  by  tlie  northern  winds  blowing  on  the  shoal  water. 

It  is  to  be  observed,  generally,  that  on  a  great  extent  of  the  coast  of  (juyana,  tlif 
sides  of  the  rivers  and  creeks  are  alm;)st  every  where  covered  \vith  thick  forests.  Tlic 
immense  plains  of  natural  salt  swamps,  which  he  between  these  forests  and  the  sei 
coast,  (commonly  called  savannas,)  were  also  fornn  riy  covered  \\itli  forests,  whicli  li.ivf 
been  destroyed  by  means  of  fire.  Much  brush  woo,],  however,  has  since  grown  up,  the 
branches  and  roots  o*'  which  are  so  interlaced  will:  each  other,  as  to  prevent  pencli^'.liii,; 
through  them  even  in  boats.  The  greatest  part  of  these  savannas  contain  so  mudi 
water,  which  (lows  into  tliein  during  the  rainy  season,  that  the  greatest  heat  of  the  drv 
season  is  insullicient  to  drain  tliem.     The  land  therefore  cannot  be  cultivated. 

At  the  distance  of  between  lU  and  40  leagues  from  the  coast,  the  wind  generally  pre- 
vails from  the  K.  S.  E.,  but  within  12  leaj^  les  the  wind  is  variable — in  the  morning  S.K., 
and  E.  S.  K.  towards  noon,  drawing  round  to  the  east;  and  between  ~>  and  .-i  it  is  jzciic- 
rally  to  the  N.E.and  N.i\.  E.  or  north.     Jii  the  iiigiit  it  varies  from  E.  liy  N.  to  Iv  !)}!>• 

To  get  to  the  windward  on  this  coast,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  siilfer  the  soutlieiiv 
winds  to  take  you  more  than  10  leagues  from  the  land,  at  which  distance  you  should  lif  j 
about  noon;  for  by  two  hours  after,  the  wind  may  prevail  so  far  to  the  north  as  to  i;iy 
you  along  shore.     Uy  8  in  the  evening  the  north  wind  has  generally  subsided,  and  tin 
wind  then  blows  along  shortt  fnmi  the  eastward  :  therefore,  with  a  whole  ci)b  before  yuu.  I 
it  may  be  best  to  anchor  and  stop  for  n  tide.     JJy  daylight  the  wind  will  be  found  to  linvi  [ 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


521 


,  cxt»>ri(1s  frciiii  ttic 
ana,  iVoiii  (lie  Co 


•lyntia. 


s,  sliould  steer  ;is 
;  f'roii}^  intli;iii:;lu 
roi'.'^h  I  lie  gull  III 
,  you  wi'l  j)t!nt;l\(' 
()  45  liitlioiiis.  Ii 
!0'  uortli  liititiidi', 
id,  kce])> our  wind 
!  lo  the  shove,  bm 
of  the  hi!i(l  uliuiii 
ive  to  jdiir  leiul.- 
ks  on  this  eoasi.  ;i 
L:t'ss;u-y,  as  hy  llui 
[\st  to  tl'O  f'ilstwiiril 
•on  f'.iitl  hard  siimlv 
you  again  (iud  m\ 

2  eastward  as  (';iy- 
uch  alike,  tlr.it  tiic 
eiice  therefore  is  in 
fd,  it  will  1)0  iulvis- 
i-.ifety,  havln!^  i;»oi! 

ly  part  of  the  coast; 
on,  makes  the  i;\iiii 
tnd  if  there  are  aiiv 


inly 


SLon  above  ilit 


hring  the  entrance 
tide,  in  4  fatliniiii 
ml  than  these lirar- 
!  mouth  of  wliidi 
banks,  on  soim'iii 
ido  sets  d'reclWiiii 

o  the  castwanliif 
ets  off  to  the  M.  L 

atcr,  onthecoiniii;, 
)roroca.     It  is  oto 
)  assign  a  cause  luf 
on  the  shoal  water. 
1st  of  (luyana,  tilt' 
hi(!k  forests.    Tlie 
rests  and  the  m 
orests,  whicli  li;ivf 
ncc  grown  u]!,  i!i'- 
revent  ])encti"'.lii); 
contain  so  much 
lest  heat  of  the  drv 
ultivated. 
vind  generally  lire- 
the  morning  S.  Km  | 
■2  and  8  it  is  !;piic- 
K.byiN.tolvbv^' 
uffer  the  sontheiiv 
nee  you  shouUi  li?  I 
the  north  as  to  lav 
subsided,  ami  tlit  | 
)le  ebb  before  yuii. 
11  be  found  to  Lav 


changod  to  west,  southerly  :  honee  the  advantage  of  l)fiiig  near  shore.  Tlius  proceed- 
ii,<T,  and  taking  advantage  of  the  tides,  ashii)nmy  beat  fr.  :n  Denierara  to  Surinam  in  the 
spac-  of  liiree  or  four  days. 

SURINAM,  OR  DUTCH  (GUYANA.— The  River  Marowynn  forms  the  eastern 
boun(iuy  of  the  provinee.  Tiiis  river,  which  is  but  little  frequenied,  enijities  itscll  into 
the  se:'  by  channels  formed  between  several  alluvial  i)i;nks.  'I'he  nn)utii  of  the  river 
above  these  is  three  miles  m  breadth,  and  the  stream  is  navigable  to  ti  great  distance. 

OF  SLJHINA.M  RIVKR,  the  entrance  is  three  miles  broad,  and  there  is  a  depth  over 
the  barof  from  I'J  to  18  feet  at  low  water,  and  from  21  to  .10  at  high  water.  The  depth 
within  is  greater;  but  this  is  interrupted  by  two  bars  within  the  river,  whirh  are  exhi- 
bited on  the  charts. 

PARAMARIBO,  the  chief  town,  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  river,  between  4  and  5 
leagues  from  sea. 

The  approach  to  the  town  is  defended  by  several  works  on  each  side  of  the  river.  Of 
these.  Fort  Amsterdam,  at  seven  miles  up,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  the  most  considera- 
ble. Fort  Zeclant'la.  below  the  town,  is  separated  from  it  by  an  esplanade,  and  protects 
the  shipping,  in  the  reach  of  the  river  before  it,  which  will  contain  100  sail. 

The  river  is  navigable  for  large  ships  to  the  distance  of  \2  miles  within  land,  and  60 
miles  higher  for  small  vessels.  The  batdis,  quite  down  to  the  water's  edge,  are  covered 
with  evergreen  mangroves,  which  render  its  navigation  extremely  jileasant. 

RIVER  SURli\AM. — It  is  advisable  for  shijis  bound  for  Siirinaiii,  when  coming 
from  the  eastward,  or  long  voyages,  to  get  into  latitude  5"  5.')'N.,in  the  longitude  of 50° 
(unless  they  have  a  time  keeper,  or  lunar  observation,  which  may  be  depended  upon  ;) 
as  by  that  means  they  will  have  an  opportunity,  from  observation  to  observation,  of  ascer- 
taining the  current,  which  almost  constantly,  off  the  Marowyiie,  runs  to  the  N.  W. ;  and 
you  are  also  to  observe  that,  during  the  rainy  season,  you  cannot  always  depend  on  ame- 
riiiioual  observation. 

When  you  have  gained  ground  in  the  above  latitude,  (and  be  sure  to  sound  in  time,) 
60  to  40  fathoms,  fine  sand,  you  will  be  40  to  20  leagues  tw  eastward  of  Marowyiie  Shoals  ; 
and  you  may  not,  in  the  night,  approach  nearer  to  them  than  .10  fathoms,  when  the 
soundings  will  be  gradually  coarser.  In  hauling  to  the  northward  you  will  have  deej)er 
water  and  finer  sand;  and  in  10  fathoms  water,  heaving  to  with  your  head  to  the  north- 
ward, you  will  driv  clear  enough  of  the  shoals  to  the  N.  W.  You  will  always  know 
wliether  youare  to  liie  eastward,  and  conserpjently  to  the  windward,  by  those  soundings  ; 
for  the  ground,  six  leagues  to  leeward  of  the  Marowyne,  all  the  way  to  Brain's  Point,* 
issoftniud.  Yourbest  landfall  will  be  between  Post  Orange  aiul  the  Marowyne;  indeed 
it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  you  should  make  the  land  thereabout.  The  3Iarowyne 
is  known  by  the  only  high  land  near  the  coast,  and  appears,  when  you  make  it,  at  a  great 
distance  inland,  and  bringing  it  to  bear  south  of  you,  you  will  be  clear  of  its  shoals  ;  and 
had  bette;  then  stand  in  until  you  are  in  .")  fathoms  of  water. 

In  making  Post  Orange,  which  has  ot'len  been  mistaken  for  Brain's  Point,  and  which 
error  has  occasioned  the  loss  of  many  ships, f  observe  that  there  are  many  large  white 
houses,  which  are  barracks  ;  and  in  the  middle  of  them,  appears  a  large  tree,  which, 
when  bearing  south  of  you,  makes  like  a  ship  with  top-gailant-studding-sails  set;  and 
the  tlag-stalf  also  ap[)ep,rs  among  the  tr.'es  ;  and  those  trees  show  to  i)e  nearer  the  hou- 
ses; whereas  Bram's  Point  has  two  large  houses,  a  beacon  erected  in  1817,  and  the  trees 
are  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  as  shown  on  the  Chart  ot"  Surinam. 

SURINAM. — You  will  then  keep  on  the  edge  of  the  Mud  Bank,  (well  described  on 
the  Chart,)  in  from  3  to  -21  fathoms,  or  as  near  .-iS  your  draught  of  water  will  permit  ^ 
and  you  need  be  under  no  ap])rehension  in  steering  along  the  coast,  if  you  touch,  as  the 
mud  is  very  soft;  and,  on  the  Mud  Ba.ik,  the  moment  you  haul  to  the  northward,  you 
deepen  your  wat'jr  ;  for,  on  the  whole  of  this  bank,  it  deepens  gradually,  ftom  2  to  3i 
fathoms,  and  then  you  are  on  the  outward  edge  of  it. 

The  next  mark  you  have  (for  you  must  be  very  attentive  in  keeping  a  good  lookout) 
is  a  break  in  the  land,  which  has  been  cleared  for  a  plantation,  with  two  houses;  the 
trees  on  each  side  having  been  burnt,  appear  very  brown,  and  in  making  it  in  3  fathoms 
of  water,  4  leagues  oti",  you  will  be  from  3  to  4  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Bram's  Point, 

*  Bram's  Point  is  the  eastern  point  of  the  entr.TPce  of  Surinam  River.  A  beacon,  70  feet  lii^di, 
has  been  erected  about  a  mile  to  windward  of  ihc  point,  on  wliich  is  a  broad  tin  vane,  painted 
white.  When  this  vane  is  first  distinguishable  from  any  vessel  coming  from  the  eastward,  she 
may  be  reckoned  on  tiie  edge  of  the  mud  bank.  The  body  or  frame  of  the  bcacoiMS  boarded 
around,  and  painted  white.  There  are  also  two  ilag-stail's,  the  eastern  one  for  signals,  and  on  the 
Western  the  colors  are  hoisted,  and  at  a  distance  appear  to  be  almost  in  the  water. 

t  A8  the  name  of  Post  Oransre  does  not  appear  on  some  charts,  it  may  be  proper  to  notice  that  it 
lies  13  leagues  to  the  eastward  Bram's  Point. 

66 


■  iii 


!| 


522 


BLUiVT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


which  forms  the  enstorn  entrance  of  Suriniim  River.  If  it  be  eveninjr.  or  ehf)-ti(?p.  vnn 
had  better  haul  to  tiif  nortiiward,  ami  must  anclmr  wlien  you  have  4  lalluiius  nf  wntfi, 
as  the  current  would,  duiiii!^  the  niijlit.  drill  you,  (should  you  lie-to)  as  far  to  the  wi^r. 
ward  as  th  '  Saraniae(  a  ;  and  n.any  shij's  have  been  three  or  four  weeiis  beating  t)ark  to 
Brain's  Point,  although  the  distance  is  only  7  or  8  leagues.  Nay,  lieavy  sailers,  afipr 
beatinjT  many  weeks,  have  borne  up  for  Merbice,  iinding  it  unavailinij;  to  cor  tend  against 
wind  and  current. 

B'lAM'S  POINT  may  be  rearlily  kuown  by  tlie  beacon  with  a  vane,  at  a  mile  to  tl.^ 
<»astward  of  it,  and  t.vo  lla<;-stalls,  which  have  alreaily  been  noiieed.  Vou  will,  ont!> 
flood,  when  it  bears  S.  S.  E.  haul  in.  keeping  the  point  open  to  tlu'  larboard  bow.  H\ect. 
ing  thus,  you  \.ill  clear  the  shoal  that  runs  out  to  the  northward  of  it ;  and  you  are  inil. 
fair  channel  wav,  and  niav  I'o  within  hail,  wlicii  lliere  is  good  anchorage  in  -1  fall,  „  . 
of  water;  observing  the  best  anchorage  is  wilhin  the  jioint  iiaif  a  mile.  Tlie  course  l;^ 
the  river  from  its  entrance  (o  Fort  Amsterdam  is  ,'^.  K.  On  getting  within  this  pniu 
keep  the  eastern  shore  on  board,  as  then,  all  the  way  up,  intil  you  reach  Paraniarihn,  i< 
the  deepest  water.  About  three  miles  within  the  point,  you  Inve  oidy  2  fathoms  nt  \m 
water;  and  from  thenc<' to  within  two  miles  of  tlie  c  iitranee  of  the  C'omowinie,  mav  nii 
be  improperly  termed  the  lower  bar;  it  extends  about  tluee  miles. 

In  approaching  close  to  Dram's  I'oint  from  the  sea,  you  may  naturally,  if  a  stranjpt. 
apprehend  danger  from  several  wrecks  that  lie  on  the  point ;  but  these  are  old  ves<f|s 
that  have  been  broujiht  from  i'aramaribo,  and  placed  there  as  break-waters  ;  as,  at  s'lmc 
seasons,  the  sea  breaks  upon  the  point. 

Having  reached  nearly  to  the  entrance  of  the  f'omov.iuie,  which  branches  from  ihc 
Surinam,  you  must  be  very  particular  in  guaiding  against  the  lloo('.  which  setsstrun^K 
into  the  Oomowinie.  and  whicli,  wityiout  great  precaution,  would  set  you  on  a  sjiit  m 
sand,  which  extends  from  '.'''ort  Amsterdam,  almost  across  the  ("omowmie.  On  tlientliei 
hand,  you  must  guard  against  some  sunken  rocks  which  lie  a  little  below  Fort  Ainst'i- 
dam,  on  the  western  shore,  so  as  to  keep  betwee'i  the  two.  Having  passed  the  llii:;- 
staff,  you  will  have  Iri  feet  at  low  water;  and  t'rom  thence  to  the  edge  of  the  lr,n.  u? 
deepest  water  in  the  river.  It  is  here  that  those  ships  complete  their  lading,  wLiclnlian 
too  much  water  to  pass  over  the  bar. 

kt  Tiger's  Hole  there  are  (>  fathoms  of  water,  which  if*  ju.st  above  Governor  Frederiri'; 
planUitioii,  called  Voorburg.  Here  you  will  then  have  a  leading  wind  up;  and  by  kopji 
ing  three  quarters  over  to  the  eastern  shore,  you  will  have  the  deepest  water,  11  feet  ii 
low,  and  IH  feet  at  liigh  water.  You  may  anchor  abreast  of  Paramaribo,  in  4  fathom?, 
observing  that  the  deepest  water  is  close  to  the  town. 

We  shall  conclude  by  these  general  descriptions  : — That  yon  will  be  near,  and  m 
windward  of  the  Marowyne,  with  coarse  ground;  that,  hauling  to  tht;  northward,  ii;f 
ground  will  gradually  become  fmer  and  the  water  deeper;  and  to  leeward  of  the  shon];, 
a  sandy  coast  and  ooze  •  that  it  is  necessary  to  keep  on  the  edge  of  the  ba-k,  in  from 
2.V  to  '.i  fathoms,  and  in  the  rainy  season,  rather  anchor  too  soon  ;  or  if  you  are  in  ihf 
least  doubtful,  or  should  you  sail  a  few  leagues  to  leeward,  even  in  a  fast  sailing  vessii. 
you  would  have  much  difficulty  and  length  oftim-*:  in  turning  back;  and  that,  in  ob- 
serving these  precautions,  you  cannot  fail  to  make  the  land  proprrly. 

It  is  high  water,  at  full  and  change,  at  Bram's  Point,  at  6  o'clock.  The  flood  setsM 
the  westward,  ebb  to  the  eastward. 

BRITISH  GUYANA. — The  River  Berbice,  as  a  harbor,  is  of  minor  importance, 
there  being  a  depth  of  only  7  feet  on  the  bar  at  low  ebbs.  This  bar  is  two  leagues  iVom 
the  entrance  of  the  river.  The  low  isle  within,  called  Crab  Isle,  is  so  named  from  th* 
number  of  land-crabs  which  are  found  upon  it. 

New  Amsterdam,  the  chief  town,  is  situated  at  two  miles  above  f'rab  Island,  on  the 
eastern  bank.  It  is  intersected  by  canals,  which  have  the  advantage  of  the  tide.  The 
government  and  pui)lic  houses  are  of  brick,  and  handsomely  built.  The  entrance  is 
protected  by  three  batteries. 

In  sailing  for  the  coast  of  Demerara  from  the  .northward,  you  must  keep  well  to  wind- 
ward, as  the  general  set  of  current  along  the  coast  is  W.  or  W.  N.  W.,  about  two  miles 
an  hour. 

At  the  distance  of  20  miles  offshore,  the  currents  vary  according  to  th.j  wind,  and  it 
may  be  observed  as  a  general  rule,  that  when  there  is  any  westing  in  the  wind,  a  strong 
easterly  set  will  be  found  along  the  whole  coast ;  and  that  when  the  wii.d  inclines  to  the 
eastward,  the  sot  will  then  he  westerly. 

The  trade  wind  blowing  between  N.  N.  £.  and  8.  F,.  causes  the  westerly  set  nsiially 
found;  but  as  the  wind  occasionally  veers  to  the  northward,  and  even  so  far  as  N.N.W.. 
particularly  in  the  winter  months  the  easterly  current  above  alluded  to  sometimes  exists. 

The  flood-tide  sets  along  the  coast  S.  W.  and  the  ebb  N,  E.  Their  influence  is  not 
felt  beyond  eight  miles  ofl' shore. 


BLUiM's  AM'JRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


523 


'S!m&:^ 


As  tlu'  passiipcfroiii  Dciiiiinr.i  to  lloibirp,  or  <  tlier  ports  to  windtinnl.  exposes  you  to 
Uif  ;;t'iieral  westerly  currnit,  it  is  weli  t(i  ki-ep  closi-  iiislidri".  and  take  advantaire  ot'tlie 
inshore  tidei;  and  wlioiild  the  -.viiids  be  li'^ht,  it  will  he  neccssiuv  to  aiidior  wiiji  t~he  flood. 

("niisiiiu'  ti,  windward  in  tlie  Araedme,  ve  lonnd  tlie  trade  wind  inidine  so  iniieli  to  the 
luirlliward  as  to  enahle  us  to  l;iy  up  i';.,in(l  K.  hy  N.,  wlicn  wr  loiuid  liie  eaxterly  set,  as 
hflore  nn'ntioned.  rniiMiii<i  at  least  -J'  knots  an  Inmr.  This,  liowever,  is  iir)t  com- 
mon, ;Mid  oiiuht  not  to  he  calculated  upon  in  iwakintfa  passage  to  windward,  uidess  the 
wind,  as  previously  noticed,  enahles_\()U  to  lay  K.  hy  N.  oreast. 

The  color  oftie  water  alom;  the  coast,  to  1!»  nnles  oil' shore,  is  tlii(  k  and  muddy,  and 
(III  iiiatiy  piirls  of  il  there  are  wry  ilark  pat(  lies,  apparently  shoals,  bi;t  the  soundings  on 
tlu'iii  are  the  .-.auie  as  the  water  surrounding;  them. 

(Hi't'ie  months  ()r  entrances  oftiie  diliereiit  rivers,  the  bottom  is  liard,  but  in  general 
aidii;;  this  coast  it  is  mud. 

Ill  worUins;  to  windward,  stand  no  nearer  the  shore  than  (bur  ("atlioiiis,  nor  oil' bevond 
nine.     Vou  will  then  he  enabled  to  take  a(lvaiitati;e  ol'  the  regular  ebl)  and  Hood  inshore. 

Api'ciii-dncc  ol'  llic  Lund  i»i  the  JJcmcrura  Lotist. — Nine  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Co- 
cobaiiu  I'oiiit  are  hve  or  six  single  cocoa-nut  trees  ;  ten  miles  farther  to  Uie  eastward 
are  two  rows  of  the  same  trees,  appearing  like  white  dill's. 

Twenty-six  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  river 
llipie  is  a  hillock,  t'ormed  by  a  large  cotton  tree. 

This  tuwers  above  the  low  land,  ■..  d  forms  like  '''^[^r~t^s^^.-^^^^ir' ^i'--^\j^^- 1"^^^^^ 
a  sugar  loaf :  it  is  called  General  niUrruy's  tree.    ^-;li|2»*'S^-»''i?i!^i^^S»^ifert^^ 

(ieneral  Murray's  Tree,  S.  W.  by  S.  12'. 

Forty-six  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  river 
are  two  hillocks  close  toitether.  They  also 
I'dnii  like  su,<;ar  loaves,  and  show  theiiiselvjs 
above  the  low  land. 

Two  Cotton  Trees,  S.  S.  W.  11'. 

Vessels  rn  the  coast  of  llritish  CJiiyann.  a!id  bound  to  Demerara,  will  clearly  mako 
these  objects,  as  they  alone  alter  tin;  appearance  of  the  low  laud. 

Cii'J)  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  IJerbice.  v.iil  point  this  part  of  the  coast  out, 
there  be  ill  i;  no  other  island  between  Demerara  and  Surinam. 

Fourteen  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Uerbice  there  is  a  building  close  down  to  the  water; 
its  sides  and  top  are  white,  and  a  little  to  the  westward  of  it  is  a  deep  gap  in  the  land. 

Fifty  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Uerbice  there  is  a  patch  ol'  burnt  trees,  having  the  ap- 
pearance of  vessels  at  anchor. 

The  iiitermediate  coast  between  these  ol)jects  is  low;  patches  of  trees,  and  a  few  dis- 
persed houses,  alone  altering;  it?  appearance. 

Tliere  is  nodan<;er,  if  the  lead  is  kept  Avell  goini. 

Unless  standing  in  for  a  harlior  or  river,  do  not  ■^.Vl  into  less  than  5  fathoms,  as  there 
are  many  banks  but  little  known  inside  these  sonndin';s.     'i^iere  is  anchorage  along  the 
The  flood  selMn  |    whole  coast,  but  be  careful,  ifyou  anchor  off  Berbice,  to  have  sufficiently  deep  waterto 
prevent  touching  the  bottom  between  the  hollows  of  the  rollers,  which  break. 

The  pilotage  going  in  and  out  of  Oemarara  being  so  heavy,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor 
outside,  being  4  or  o  miles  oif  shore,  and  Cocobaiio  Point  bearing  W.  S.  W.  6  or  7 
Tiiilps.  is  the  best  anchorajre. 

'.  .IE  H.\llBOK  OF   DKMERARA.— This  harbor  is  formed  at  the  entrance  of  the 
river  of  the  same  name.  Point  Cocobaiio,  which  has  a  lighthouse  on  it,  being  the  east 
em  point  of  the  harlior. 

It  is  a  bar  harbor,  the  bar  running  north  and  south  t'rom  Point  Spirit,  which  is  5  miles 
to  the  eastward  of  Cocobano  Point. 

At  hish  water  you  will  have  on  it  15  feet ;  high  springs  16^  and  17.  The  vise  and 
fallis9feef. 

Dircntivns  to  sail  for  the  River. — Being  to  windward,  and  running  tor  the  river,  keep 
at  the  distance  of  4  or  5  miles  off  shore,  in  4'  and  a  fathoms.  Sixteen  miles  to  the  east- 
ward of  the  river  are  two  very  remarkable  rows  of  cabbage  trees.  Three  miles  to  the 
westward  of  them  are  seven  single  ones.  These  trees  have  the  appearance  of  white 
cliffs. 

Having  passed  these,  stand  on  with  the  same  soundingsiintil  you  see  Cocobnno  Point, 
which  is  low,  and  the  northernmost  point  of  land,  and  has  a  lighthouse  on  it.  Steer 
about  west,  until  the  lighthouse  bears  S.  S.  AV. ;  then  steer  S.  AV.  until  the  lighthouse 
bears  south;  then  steer  S.  AV.  by  S.  until  it  bears  S.  by  E.  You  will  then  have  the 
river  and  ships  open  ;  ateer  for  the  lighthouse  and  you  will  have  a  white  buoy  on  your 


f 


n 

»;ii 


524 


BLU.Nt's  AMKRlCAiN  COAST  PILOT. 


left,  and  a  h];\rk  nn  your  ri'.'lit.  \  i>ur  anchorage  i<t  ahreasf  of  tlif'  lislitliotJ^P  ;  It  ull| 
hear  K.  !,  S.  ;  at  low  .vati'r  you  will  liavii  17  lint,  'rii'-  llood  runs  two  knots  and  a  hull, 
Riid  tlir  (>l)l)  tliri  (>  liiiotH  an  hour.     'I'Ik;  hoidiii;{  uroiiiid  is  (;oo<l,  Ijfiii'j;  niud  and  rlnv, 

In  woikiiiiiout  you  nuist  not  Initi;;  tln!  liy;lilliou.s('  to  tho  w»stuaiil  ol'.S.  W.  by  \V.i,r 
to  fin-  soutiiwaid  of  S.  Iiy  \V . 

Tin'  water  that  is  generally  usi-d  is  ain-watcr.  Tn  tiic  dry  seasons  it  would  lie  ncrcj. 
sary  lor  a  ship  in  want  of  water  to  i;o  I '•  or  20  miles  uji  tlie  rmr,  where  it  is  (|uite  iVpsd 
und  :M)()d, 

TliP  pdots  tor  this  harbor  are  very  co*  d,  and  keep  n  sharj)  lookout  for  vessels  coinii.;- 
down,  piekini;  vessids  up  1')  and  •,•!)  nubs  to  the  windward  olthe  river. 

ll  is  lii'^h  water  (spring  lid"s)  at  (li-orii^e  Town  at  111.  l.'iin.  I*.  iM.  l^ise  at  ordinnrv 
Bprin^s,  ')  (eet ;  at  neaps,  H  Ic-et.  '"'•'>  tide  eoiuitnies  to  llow  on  the  surface  Ih,  liim' 
alter  tiii^li  water,  and  durin;;  s  -s  runs  about  thret;  knots  per  hour  at  the  anclior- 

age.  in  the  dry  season,  iVoin  .h.  ,,  .     November. 

The  distance  iVoni  (ieor^e  Town  to  ill''  Sandhills  np  the  river  is  about  Qii},  milos, hv 
Capt.  '.) wen's  survey.  In  tjoini;  up  to  the  Sandhills,  keep  the  eastern  shoie  eli>se  on  lioan!. 
alter  passiiii;  the  llals  oli  I  rovidence,  until  abreast  of  llowertMdenie  ("reek;  then  lumi 
over  towards  the  point  on  the  west  shore  above  (!lasf;ow. 

The  liLihlhoiise  is  in  lat.  0^-1'J'  -JU"  N.,  lon;^.  M'-'  11'  20"  W. ;  variation  5'  '13'  E.,lv 
Capt.  Owen's  observations. 

SPA  NISn  OR  COr.OMRTANGTTVANA.—The  most  remarkable  feature  of  Sp;ini<|, 
Guyana  is  the  course  of  tho  River  Oronoco.  A  ijreat  part  of  the  upper  portion  o(  ila^ 
river  was  explored,  in  the  year  IHOO,  by  the  celebrated  Humboldt,  who  proved  its  coni- 
munication  .vith  the  Rio  Nej^ro  and,  coiiseipiently.  with  ihe  Amazon.  The  months ul 
of  the  ( )ronoco  are  of  daii'.i;erous  navigation,  and  rc()uire  an  expert  pilot.  Seven  of  tlit-m 
are  navii,Ml)lc  ;  imt  the  cliief  is  tlir  (ireal  .Moiiili,  (lU)ca  ( Jrande.  or  l!oca  dc  Navios)  «iin|; 
is  about  six  miles  in  width.  This  is  most  to  the  southward,  and  in  the  direct  course t, 
the  river.  The  isles  of  the  Oronoco,  or  rather  its  Delta,  which  is  of  prodigious  n- 
tent,  are  possessed  by  the  (iuaraunas  and  the  Mariusas,  two  independent  tribes  of  in. 
dians.  The  northern  part  opposite  to  Trinidail,  is  overflowed  from  the  niiildl"  o; 
January  to  the  middle  of  .[utie;  and,  diirint;  tjiis  season,  tho  (juaraunaa  dwell  upon  liie 
palm-trees  witii  whi<  h  it  is  covered. 

The  seven  navigable  channels  into  the  river,  already  mentioned,  have  been  descriUii 
as  follow,  comuiencini;  northward: 

The  flr.it  of  tlio  navigable  mouths  is  the  (Irand  Manamo,  in  the  Gulf  of  Paria;  ilu 
second  is  the  Catio  or  e;iiial  of  I'eilernales,  three  leagues  south  of  the  Soldier's  Isiiiiil 
at  the  entraiRe  of  tlie  gulf:  it  is  fit  for  long-boat.s  only  :  the  tliird  mouth,  named  C;i|,iir;i, 
is  seven  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Pedernales,  and,  likewise,  is  (it  only  for  boats:  iLe 
fourth,  named  Macareo,  is  six  leagues  eastward  from  (Ja])ura,  and  is  navigable  by  snia,! 
craft:  iMaiiusas,  the  (iltlt,  is  112  leagues  to  the  so'ulh-eastward  of  the  fourth;  but  l.e- 
tween  arc  many  mouths  navigable  when  the  river  is  high  :  the  sixth  mouth  is  eialilei'[ 
leagues  to  the  soutiiward  of  AJariusas,  and  is  navigable  for  small  vessels:  thescventli,  li'm 
Grande,  or  Great  Mouth,  is  eiglit  leagues  S.  E.  from  the  sixth:  its  breadth  is  six  niiits 
between  the  Islands,  Congrejo,  (Crab  Isles,)  on  the  N.  W.  and  Point  Banna,  on  the  S.E. 
but  the  navigable  channel  is  not  above  three  miles,  and  is  crossed  by  a  bar,  with  17  kt; 
at  low  water  :  the  approach  to  this  entrance  is  dangerous,  from  the  shoals  runiiini;cil" 
seven  miles  eastward  from  Congrejo  Island,  and  two  miles  northward  from  Poir,! 
Banna. 

The  Flux  an  1  TJeHux  of  the  tide,  are  felt  in  the  month  of  April,  when  flie  riveris 
lowest,  beyond  Angostura,  at  a  distance  of  more  than  Ho  leagues  in-land.  At  flu  con- 
fluence of  the  C'arnny,  6l)  leagues  iVom  the  coast,  the  water  rises  one  foot  three  inches 
These  oscillations  of  the  surface  of  the  river,  this  suspension  of  its  course,  must  not  be 
confounded  with  a  tide  that  flows  up.  At  the  Great  Mouth,  near  Cape  Barma,  tlic  liife 
rises  to  a  heiglit  of  two  or  three  feet;  but  further  to  the  N.  W".  towards  and  in  the  Gul; 
of  Paria,  the  tide  rises  7,  8,  and  even  10  feet.  .Such  is  the  efiect  of  the  configuration  ol  | 
the  coast,  and  of  the  obstacles  presented  by  tlie  Bocas  del  Drago,  6cc. 

The  currents  on  the  wlude  of  this  coast  run  from  Cape  Orange  towards  the  north- 
west ;  and  the  variations  which  the  fresh  waters  of  the  Oronoco  produce  in  the  forced 
the  general  current,  and  in  the  transparency  and  the  reflected  color  of  the  sea,  rarely  ex- 
tend farther  than  three  or  four  leagues  E.  N.  E.  of  Congrejo,  or  Crab  Island.  The 
waters  in  the  Gulf  of  Paria  are  salt,  thouah  in  a  less  degree  than  in  the  rest  of  the  Ca- 
ribbean Sea,  attributed  to  the  small  mouth  (Bocas  Chicas)of  the  Oronoco,  and  the  mass 
of  water  furnished  by  the  River  Guarapiche.  From  these  reasons  there  are  no  salt  pits  I 
on  this  coast. 

The  navigation  of  the  river,  whether  vessels  enter  by  the  Great  Mouth  or  by  the  lahy- 
rinth  of  the  Bocas  Chicas,  requires  various  precautions,  according  as  the  bed  may  be 


full  or  the  wat 
luis  liiiig  been 
iiiNlied  the   |il 
similar,  and  ai 
the  vernal  •  ijii 
crease  of   the 
re'iioii.H.     Tlii 
Ne;iro,  appear 
,i!  progress  ol 
(die  pe(  ,)lo  sa; 
ll  is,  at  first,  o 
i;iiMs  its  maxin 
the  end  of  ,liil 
sloulv  than  it  i 
Tlie  River  . 
laucli  less  regii 
luiwevcr,  to  iiK 
Iroiii  tii^  inoiitl 
al  the  lime  win 
America  can  cri 
tioii  of  the  groi 
liiose  of  the  Ai 
results  from  tin 
coiicav.*  and  coi 
very  regularly  w 
suits  from  the  .'■ 
the  risings  only 
the  sun  lias  cro: 
conimence  till  V 
Foreign  pilots 
who  has,  in  gem 
:it  1,'j  I'alhonis. 
the  number  of  t 
the  mean  rise  at 
U'lien  vessels 
January  and  Fel: 
taking  the  groun 
and  no  buoy  has 
ol  the  river,  whe 

Gena 


BLUNT's  AMr:ilICAN  COAST  IMT.OT. 


)r  vessels  comitie 


\tion  5"  '13'  E.,  U 


lave  been  clcsciiLeii 


full  or  tliP  watcru  vrry  low.     The  remilariry  '»'  tlicsc  pfriodirnl  risings  of  iIip  nronoro 

has  loMU  lit'i'ii  iiii  oliji'ct  ((("  '.iiliniriilHiii  to  tiiivi'llt'is,  im  llir  (imtiIhw  iii^s  oJ'  llif  Nilt'  liir- 
iiJKix'il  the  |)liil(>Mi>|)!ii'rs  ol  iiiilii|iniy  wiili  ii  |ii'iililfr:i  iliU'ciilt  to  Hoivf.  M'lie  cause  in 
liiinliir,  Hiiii  acts  eiiimliy  on  all  ilie  rivers  that  take  their  ri^e  in  the  torrid  zone.  Alter 
(lie  vernal  t  i|iiinox,  tin;  cessatinn  ol'the  hree/es  annoniwes  the  season  of  rains.  The  in- 
ri'oase  ol  the  rivers  is  in  pro|)(iriion  to  ilie  (|u:nitity  ol  water  that  Talis  in  tiie  (liil'erent 
i'(><>ions.  'i'iii^i  (|naiiiity,  in  the  centre  uf  the  loresis  ol'  the  u|i|i''r  ( >ronoeo,  and  the  Rio 
Ne^rt),  appeared  to  nie  to  extend  ')(»  or  KM)  inches  annnally.  The  I'ollowins;  is  tlie  usii- 
;ii  prn;iress  oC  the  oscillations  ol  the  Oromxo.  Iniint^diately  alK-r  the  vernal  e(|nin'>x, 
(die  pel  |)lc  say  on  tin-  •.•.')tli  of  iMareh.)  the  eoinineiieenient  of  the  risiny;  is  perceived. 
Ills,  at  lirst,  only  an  inch  in  'Jl  hours;  soini'tiines  the  river  a^ain  sinUs  in  April;  it  at- 
iiiiiis  its  nia\iinnni,  or  srealesi  heii;lil,  in  .Inly;  remains  I'ldl,  (at  ilie  same  level.)  Irom 
ihe  emi  of  .Inly  till  llie  'J')i\\  of  Aui;nsi,  ami  then  decreases  progressively,  hot  nioro 
slowly  than  it  increased.     It  is  at  its  minimnin,  or  least  depth,  in  January  and  l''el)rnary. 

'i'lie  River  Amazon,  according;  to  the  informalinn  whieli  1  olitained  on  its  hanks,  is 
laiicli  less  reijnlar  in  the  periods  of  its  oscillations  than  the  Oromieo  :  it  uenerally  lie^ins, 
ii(iwe\cr,  to  increase  in  l)ceend)er,  and  attains  its  greatest  height  in  .March.  It  sinks 
IroMi  tiie  month  ol  .May,  and  is  at  the  lowest  heinht  in  the  months  of  .Inly  and  Augnst, 
at  the  time  when  the  lower  Oronoco  immdates  all  the  snrronndiiiju;  land.  As  no  river  in 
America  can  cross  the  eiptator  t'roin  soiitli  to  north,  on  account  of  the  general  conli^ura- 
tiiiii  of  the  urotmd,  the  risings  of  the  Oronoco  have  an  iiilhienee  on  the  Amazon;  liut 
tlidse  of  the  Amazon  do  not  alter  the  pro;;ress  of  the  osrillations  of  the  Oronoco.  It 
results  from  these  data,  that,  in  the  two  basins  of  the  Amazon  and  the  Oronoco,  the 
coiicavc?  and  convex  snmmils  of  the  curve  of  proaressive  ini  reuse  and  decrease  correspond 
verv  rou;iilarly  with  each  other,  since  they  exliiliit  the  difference  of  six  months  which  re- 
sults from  the,  siuiation  of  the  rivers  in  opposite  hemispheres.  The  commencement  of 
till'  risings  only  is  less  lardy  in  the  Oronoco.  This  river  increases  sensibly  so  soon  as 
the  sun  has  crossed  the  eijuator;  in  the  Amazon,  on  the  contrary,  the  risings  do  not 
cunnnence  till  two  months  after  the  eiininox. 

Foreign  pilots  admit ')()  feet  for  the  ordinary  rise  in  tho  lower  Oronoco.  M.  de  Pons, 
will)  has,  in  general,  collected  very  accurate  notions  diiriii;,'  his  stay  at  Caraccas,  fixes  it 
;it  II)  I'alhoms.  The  heights  nal  -rally  vary,  according  to  the  breadth  of  tlie  bed,  and 
tiie  number  of  tributary  streams  which  the  principal  trunk  receives.  It  appears  that 
the  mean  rise  at  Angostura  does  not  exceed  24  orSr)  feet. 

When  vessels  that  draw  nuicli  water,  sail  up  towards  Angostura,  in  the  months  of 
Jiinuary  and  February,  by  reason  of  the  sea  breeze  and  the  tide,  they  run  the  risk  of 
taking  the  ground.  IMie  navigable  channel  olten  clianges  its  breadth  and  (lirc;;iion  ; 
and  no  buoy  has  yet  been  laid  down  to  indicate  any  deposite  of  car''\  formed  in  the  bed 
of  the  river,  where  the  waters  have  lost  their  orij^inal  velocity. 

General  Description  of,  and  Directions  for,  tlic  Coast  (f  Guyana. 

[From  the  "  Dcrrotcro  do  las  Atitiliaf--,"  &c.] 

The  coast,  which  extends  from  Cape  North  to  the  (Jreat  Month  of  the  Oronoco,  which 
is  in  latitude  d°  41'  N.  is  very  low,  and  soundings  off  it  reach  out  a  great  way  to  sea. 
This  circtinistance  is  the  oidy  mean  of  ascertaining  with  certainty  the  proximity.  Any 
oilier  mode  of  recognizing  the  coast  is  very  difllcult:  for,  in  the  clearest  day,  it  is  not 
possible  to  discern  the  land  at  five  leagues  off;  and  the  nature  of  the  coast  itself  im- 
pedes a  nearer  approach  than  two  leagues,  on  account  of  the  shoahiess  of  the  water,  and 
the  banks  of  sand  and  mnd  of  great  extent  with  which  it  is  obstructed. 

The  harbors  on  this  coast  are  the  moutl'-:  ;if  rivers  only,  all  of  which  have  bars,  more 
,  or  less  navigable;  and  to  enter,  a  practical  i^n  iwledge  is  necessary. 

From  North  Cape  to  Cape  Cassapana,  the  land  is  very  low  and  wet,  and  covered  with 
la  thick  wood,  without  any  other  mark  to  iccognize  it  by,  than  the  hill  or  mount  of 
iMayps;  a  kind  of  platform,  insulated  and  hilly,  which  may  be  seen,  in  clear  weather,  at 
jthe  distance  of  five  or  six  leagues.  Its  latitude  is  3°  5'  N.  The  soundings  hereabout 
lextend  far  out  to  sea.  You  may  sail  along  the  coast  at  three  leagues  from  it,  and  at  tliat 
Idistance  have  from  8  to  10  fathoms.  At  10  leagues  from  land,  the  dejith  increases  to 
[15  and  QO  fathoms  ;  and,  at  lo  and  20  leagues  distance,  there  are  from  25  to  .'iO  fathoms, 
pith  bottom  of  soft  clay,  or  of  fine  sand  of  various  colors,  'j'he  current  runs  N.  N. 
|W,  but,  close  to  the  shore,  varies  according  to  the  tide,  of  which  the  flood  runs  W.  N. 
|W.  and  the  ebb  N.  E.  at  tlie  rate  of  about  three  miles  an  hour.  It  flows  at  six  o'clock 
on  full  and  change  days,  and  rises  from  12  to  15  feet. 

The  general  velocity  of  the  current,  outside  the  influence  of  the  tides,  may  be  esti- 
nated  at  two  miles  an  hour.  On  this  account,  in  making  this  coast,  it  is  always  neces- 
Wry  to  make  it  in  lesa  latitude,  (i.  e.  more  to  the  southward,)  than  that  of  your  port  of 


520 


BLUNTS  AMLHICAN  TOAST  lMr.<»T. 


ilpstiniition.  It  \h  tlip  niNtum  of  thosr  lioiiml  t(»  <'ii)imiiii'.  to  «Miil<';iV(ir  t(i  stiiko  stniiil. 
itiKS  alioiit  N.  K.  IroMi  Cnpo  North,  ami  '.'U  ur'M  Wuguvn  I'rotii  it,  Ht  mIucIi  illMtiitue  i||<v 
timl  Iroin  to  to  /)<)  lailimriH  of  w.itrr. 

C.ipr  CiiNHcpoiii  licH  ill  liiiiiiiilc  ;i  '  M' :  tn-iir  it  tlirrpin  ii  tjrciit  Itiiiik  of  rlny  wliicbiv 
tends  T)  or  (>  IfMmirH  tint  to  (.rii :  it-i  rxtiiit  from  N.  lo  S.  is  :iliitiil  I  li-iiuin's ;  wiih  t  m;.; 
Tj  lallioiiis  of  water  upon  it.     <  )ii  aceonnl  of  this,  vessels  from  llie  sonilnvanl   nri|,|||_^ 
fliis  cape,  oiii»lit  not  lo  rtin  aloiij;  ilie  short'  nearer  thiin  f>  or  '»  ieaunes.     After  \\\\s»,] 
passed  this  hi-nU,  Cape  Oraniie  Ihmis  W.  Iiy  N.disianI  from  ()  to  7  "eaynes;  and  altli(]i|.i" 
fnmi   this   place  it  caniiot  he   discovered.  >et    ils   proximity  mny   I  e  ascertained  wiiln,  ; 
any  douht  :  for,  stecriiii,'  mirtii,  yon  will  deepen  tlic  water  from  C>  to  1(1  fathoms  in  hh,. 
iiin;;  less  than  a  mile;  when  yon   find  this    filler  depth,  you  oni;hi  to  sieer  W.  N.  \\ 
(or  even  we.st,  if  tu,'cer*nary,)  lo  preserve   the  Hiiiiie  depth.     It  is   to  lie  remarked  i||„ 
when  a  vessel  is  near  Cape  Cassepoiir,  and   in  Ti  fathoms  of  water,  nhe  oiiyht  not  tuM 
steered  so  as  to  mainlain   that  depih;   lint  that  it  is  iiecessai'y  to  .steer  north,  or  evrn  \ 
hy  K.  until  von  net  7  lathoins  of  water,  when  yon  will  no  longer  he  aide  to  see  llielmi 
from  the  deck,  as  it  is  very  low.     A(t<'r  steerin-^  the  same  course  lor  n  short  lime,  n,: 
fathoms,  you  may  .steer  N.  N.  \V.  and  N.  \V.  witii  the  same  depth  :  with  these  cmuv, 
you  will  near  ( 'ape  Oran^'c   insrnsihly,  and   make   it  at  the  distance   of -J  or  .'!  leiimiH 
wiieii  ill  H  (ir  ')  faihoms  of  water.     Jh-tween  this  cape  and  Cant!  (,'asscpour  the  river  ,.1 
that  name  disemlioj;nes  itself. 

Cape  Orange  may  he  known  hy  a  cut  point,  (I'linta  Cortailo,)  or  rather,  more  jirnppr. 
ly,  a  point  which  seems  to  havP  heen  cut  or  shortened,  which  is  on  tiie  side  neM  totlie 
Bca,  and  is  tln^  highest  land  to  the  S.  K.of  the  same  cape  ;  and  also  liy  the  Silver  .Mdhh. 
tains,  which  form  various  peaks,  appi  irinij  insulated  and  detached  the  one  from  tlieiiil). 
er,  and  whicli  are  the  more  rcmarkalde  as  they  are  the  first  liii^li  land  discuvered  in  ri,ii,, 
iim  from  Cape  North.  Approachinj;  Cape  Orange,  you  may  discover  various  reiiKuL 
ble  hills,  over  the  point  which  forms  tlie  cniranee  of  the  Kiver  Dyapoc. 

Hevond  (,'ape  Orange  the  c  (ii-st  forms  a  hay,  of  1  leaijlies  in  hreadth,  in  vvliich  tlir  •:r^' 
river  (Jyapoc  (lisciiilioi;iies  itself,  and  into  whicli  also  two  other  rivers  of  small  consiil.r 
tioii  discharjie  llieir  waters;  the  one  to  the  ea-tward  is  naiiied  ('oripe,  and  that  to  ii> 
westward  is  called  Wanari.  Tlie  Silver  iMonntains  .serve  not  only  as  a  mark  I'ur  (.'ai-' 
Oranjfe,  but  also  for  this  bay;  because,  be^innini;  to  rise  on  the  west  coast,  in  a  swainp 
country,  they  tome  down  almost  to  the  edsieof  tlie  sea. 

The  River  Oyapoc  is  twd  leajiues  widi;  at  its  entrance;  and  you  may  anchor  in  it  in, 
fathoms,  clayey  liottom,  keepimi  Wanary  west,  at  the  distance  of  three  ^|ualtll^l| 
les'gue.  Mount  I.ucas  is  a  small,  hut  tolrralily  high  hill,  on  llie  point  which  dindh 
the  rivers  Wanari  and  Oyapoc.  One  league  up  the  river,  (Oyapoc,)  tlierc  is  a  low  is|. 
and,  named  Isla  de  \'enados,  which  is  covered  by  very  liijuh  tides,  ^"ou  may  jiiis*! 
the  westward  of  it,  where  you  will  have  ■!  fatlioms  of  water  close  to  the  shore.  Aiv 
the  Isla  de  V'enados,  theie  arc  some  other  small  islands,  which  do  not  emliarriiss  i!- 
navigation  of  the  river.  After  sailing  up  tlie  river  .5  or  b  leagues,  there  is  a  line  1,1, 
which  serves  as  a  harbor,  and  in  which  you  may  anchor  in  4,  .'),  or  G  t'athoms  of  \v;;ifr, 
and  as  near  the  shore  as  you  please.  At  this  place  there  is  a  small  fort  and  a  lountn 
house. 

Ahout  12  leagues  to  the  N.  W.  from  the  River  Oya|ioc  is  the  River  Aiiroiiak,  wjiici 
also,  is  of  some  im|)ortance.  Its  entrance  is  two  leagues  wide,  and  it  has  from  u  to, 
fathoms  of  water.  The  lands  which  form  it  are  very  low,  marshy,  and  covered  wiii 
mannrotes.  Two  leagues  up  the  river,  and  in  the  nfnldle  of  it,  there  is  a  low  Hiid  vi  i 
•narrow  island,  of  about  half  a  mile  in  length,  covered  with  wood  ami  named  Fislm- 
man's  Island.  To  tho  north  of  it  a  bank  of  sand  stretches  out  more  than  two  iniles,i(i| 
^vhich  it  is  necessary  to  give  a  berth  when  you  enter  into  the  river,  '^^fhere  is  a  cliaiiiR 
on  each  side  of  tin;  island.  'JMie  one  to  the  eastward  has  3  fathoms  of  water,  but  thaiio  | 
the  westward  not  more  than  2  fathoms. 

Five  leagues  north  of  the  mouth  of  this  river  there  is  a  tolerably  higli  bare  island,  in  I 
shape  resembling  a  half-orange;  it  is  called  the  (ireat  Constable,  to  distinguish  it  lioiri 
a  smaller  island,  which  lies  half  a  league  from  it  nearer  the  coast,  almost  level  \vitliilit| 
water,  and  which  is  called  the  Little  Constable.*     The  Great  Constable,  (or  (hiiiiiet.i 
may  be  discovered  8  or  10  leagues  out  at  sea.     Vessels  bound  to  Cayenne  direct  tlicirl 
course  to  these  islands  from  Cape  Orange,  from  olf  which  they  bear  N.  N.  W.,  distani 
18  leagues.     In  this  passage  it  is  necessary  to  keep  In  8  or  f)  fathoms.     The  (heat  ton- 
stable  has  .3  fathoms  of  water  all  rouiul  it,  and  is  very  clean.     The  little  one  lies  E  ^ 
E.and  W.  S.  W.  with  the  great  one.     You  may  pass  between  them  in  8  or  9  fathonisoij 
water,  observing  to  keep  within  two  musket-shots  of  the  great  one,  and  to  leave  th<;li 
one  on  the  larboard  hand. 


•  These  are  the  Gunners  of  the  English  Charts. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


527 


\liii'li  diKtaiK )'  ili.s 

k  (irdny  wliitlifv 
»'iis;uf's;  witli  4  ;uii! 
HoiilliNViiid  iirikiii. 
[U's.     Al'lrr   liinii,_ 

mit'S;      illlll    lllllldll'  1; 

iisccrialnnl  \viilii,i|. 
I  10  l.itlniiiis  ill  nil]. 
til  Hicfi-  W.  N,  \V 
I  lie  rfiiiaikcd  tlm, 
h\\v  iiiiulit  Milt  toi.H 
I'l  iKirili,  <ir  t'Vpn  \, 

lllilf  to  set'  tlie  l;ii,l 
ir  a  sliiirt  tiiiiH,  m: 
;  witli  tlif'sc  <(iur>(, 
(•  dl'  'J  or  ;>  IfiiviiH, 
ssfpour  the  liver  i.; 

nitlicr,  iiinrc  |)rnrer. 
tlif  side  lU'Xf  tnilie 
liy  till-  Silvfr  Muiiii. 
In'  one  from  tlitMnh. 
il  (liscovcretl  in  cum- 
vcr  various  reiiiarl»;! 
ilioc. 

li,  ill  which  liio^re 
rs  of  small  coiisiiltTv 
ripe,  and  that  to  lb 
,•  as  a  mark  lor  (';ii- 
'st  coast,  in  a  swiiini; 

iiav  aiirhor  in  it  in, 

I'    ilirt'i'  (iiiartdsiii, 

point  which  (iimlfs 

,)  tlirre  is  a  low  i>l. 

You  may  passu 

to  the   siiorc.    Alii; 

o  not  ciiiljarrass  lie  | 
,  there  is  a  tine  In, 
C<  I'atlioms  (if  w;;iir. 
[  Ibrt  and  a  couniry 

ivcr  A|)ronak,  wliicl 
d  it  iias   iVoin  o  lo ,  | 
,  and    covered  wiii:  I 
re   is  a  low  and  veri  | 
and  named  Fisiin- 
than  two  inilfsi' 
There  is  a  eliaiii!''. 
uf  water,  but  thaiio 


N.  N.  W.  from  the  (Ireat  Coiistalije  iliprc  U  a  rorky  !<ho!il,  which  Mome  plarc  nt  two, 
nther-*  ill  three,  and  iilju'rs  (Veil  at  Iniir  miles  disiaiice  (Viim  it.  'To  nwiid  this  niioal  in 
iln'  principal  iei»(iii  lor  jiassini;  lietween  the  Coiistaldex.  '|"||(.  i'rciich  ship  of  war  r<n 
(.iroiiile,  liomiil  to  Cayeiiiie,  in  l?;!-*,  alter  haviri4{  passed  hetweeii  the  (onslalde't,  Irav- 
nv:  the  «real  one  on  flio  Ntiirltoard  liaiid,  steered  N.  W.  hy  \V.  for  the  Mother  and 
Dniilliters,  and  soon  after  dis»  oveied  the  water  lireakinc  Upon  what  appeareil  to  In- rocks, 
uliicli  liore  N.  I»y  W.  alioiit  a  |ea:;iie  distant.  At  the  same  time  the  (ireat  Constnlde 
Imre  K.  Iiy  S.  and  the  little  one  S.  by  K.  I'rom  this  il  appears  that  the  shoal  liesN.;}')" 
\\ .  true,  ironi  the  (iri'it  Coiisialde,  at  the  distance  of  lour  mik'!*.  Its  extent  may  ho 
alMiiit  five  cables'  length,  ,nnd  it  lies  N.  W.  and  S.  K. 

The  course  from  tlio  (ireat  ("onstnlde,  to  pass  outside  (lie  Mother  and  Daiijliter^, 
HJiich  lie  almiii  (>  leai;ni's  distant  from  it,  is  N.  \V.  Iiy  \V.;  with  tins  conrse  von  will 
»|iii;ilt'ii  tile  waier,  and  will  not  have  mort  than  (>  falhoms  near  the  .NIaliii:;re,  (one  of  the 
Mnilic  and  Daughtertj,)  near  the  N.  N.  K.  piirt  of  which  you  may  anchor  in  ;>  fathoms, 
at  low  water. 

Kiiiir  leagues*  X.  W.  from  the  Aprnnak  is  Kan  River,  and  from  it  to  the  Kiver  ( )rapu 
IS  rt'ckoned  .'')  leayiies  more.  The  Kiver  Orapu  separates  ( 'ayemie  on  the  east  from  the 
iiiiin  land,  it  is  a  line  river,  its  entrance  lieiiiK  aliont  a  leaiiiie  wide,  and  iins  ,1  fiithoms, 
at  low  water,     'i'he  hanks  are  pretty  hi^h,  and  covered  with  lari;e  trees. 

CAYKNNK. — The  Island  of  Cayenne  Ih  about  nix  lesi^ues  in  extent,  from  north  to 
«i)iilb,  and  its  t;reatest  breadth  may  be  .'!  or  I  lea',Mies.  (  hi  the  north  it  is  bounded  by 
the  sea  ;  on  the  west  by  the  Kiver  ( 'ayciiiie  ;  on  the  east  by  the  Kiver  < 'rajm  ;  and  on  the 
Miiilii,  by  a  liianch  formed  by  the  rivers  (trapii  and  Cayenne,  which  here  unite. 

Tilt'  ('ity  and  Fortress  of  ( 'ayenne  are  situated  on  tlu'  N.  W.  point  of  the  island,  the 
iiniili  part  of  wliich  has  various  hills  and  eminences,  hut  the  south  part  is  low  and  wet, 
in  till- season  of  the  rains.  The  harboi  is  to  the  westward  of  the  city,  in  the  month  of 
till' Kiver  Cay<'niie.  The  hills,  or  hiirh  lands,  of  which  we  have  spoken,  are  named  Du 
i'liiit,  Keiiioiitabo.  Mount  .lolv,  and  Mahuri;  and  all  these  are  dose  to  the  north  coast. 
A  litlle  inland  are  those  of  Baduel,  Tigres,  I'apa^uay,  and  Mathory  :  and  ujioii  the  banks 
ol'tlie  Oiiya.  that  of  the  Franciscans. 

At  iihoul  a  leanriie,  or  leajjiie  and  a  half,  or  something  more,  from  the  Island  of  Cay- 
piiiic,  are  the  Islets  (d'  Kemire;  they  are  live  in  number,  vi/„  tin;  Child,  the  Father,  the 
>liitln'r.  and  ,lie  Two  Daiicrhters.  The  last  ar<'  two  little  rocks,  very  close  together, 
and  ahont  a  mile  distant  from  the  Mother,  to  the  K.  S.  K.  The  Father  is  the  largest  of 
all  these  islets,  and  bears  F.  N.  E.  true,  froiu  Mount  .loly,  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
Cavrniie  Island,  4   miles  distant.      It  uny  be  about  half  a  mile  long,  K.  .*<.  E.  and 

w:  N.  \V. 

The  Child  is  very  small,  and  lies  about  a  league  E.  N.  E.  from  Mount  Uemoiitabo,  and 
I'nnr  miles  from  the  Father.  You  may  pa^s  without  them  at  three  miles,  or  a  little  less 
distance,  without  any  risk,  and  with  a  certainty  of  not  having  less  than  5  or  G  fathnnis  fif 
water.  Betwixt  these  islets  and  the  co.ist  there  is  about  liftoen  feet  of  water,  at  low  ebb, 
hilt  the  passage  is  dangerous,  on  account  of  a  rocky  slioal  which  lies  in  mid-channe|,  al- 
most even  with  the  surface  of  the  water.  There  is  also  a  shallow,  which  extends  between 
the  Fatlier  and  Child  :  this  shoal  lies  N.  N.  \V.  from  Mount  .loly  and  nearly  east  from 
Mount  Reinontabo.  Round  the  Malingre,  the  bottom  is  very  shallow,  and  it  is  said  that 
a  reef  stretches  out  about  two  cables'  leneth  N.  N.  W.  from  its  western  extremity. 

besides  these  isles  there  is  another,  at  about  three  leagues  to  the  W.  N.  W.  of  the 
f'hild,  called  the  Forlorn  Hope,  or  the  Lost  Child,  which  lies  nearly  on  the  meridian  of 
the  town  of  Cayenne,  at  the  distance  of  seven  miles. 

In  order  to  enter  Cayenne,  it  is  (irst  absolutely  necessary  to  anchor  between  Malingre 
and  tiie  Forlorn  Hope,  both  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  a  |)ilot,  and  to  wait  for  the  tide, 
so  as  to  pass  the  shallows  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.     lietween  the  Child  and  the  Fa- 
Ither,  the  anchorage  is  very  incommodious;    for  the  N.  E.  winds  raise  much  sea  in  it, 
j«hich,  catching  vessels  on  the  beam,  makes  them  roll  ns  if  in  a  storm.      An  anchor  is 
■very  apt  to  drag,  and  it  is  necessary  to  have  another  all  ready  to  let  go  ;  and  often  three 
or  tour  days  elapse,  in  which  no  communication  can  be  had  with  the  shore.     In  this  an- 
chorage there  are  from  twenty  to  twenty-live  feet,    at   low  water,    the  bottom  being 
of  clay. 

In  general,  vessels  anchor  to  the  E.  N.  E.,  N.  E.  or  north,  of  the  Child,  at  the   dis- 

|tance  of  two  miles;  but  there  are  some  who  anchor  to  the  E.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  of  the 

"orlorn  Hope,  nt  about  two  miles  distant  from  it.     From  the  east  to  the  sotith  of  the 

Palter,  the  depth  of  water  diminishes  to  l;j,  1'2,  or  even  10  feet ;  and  you  must  take  good 

hre  not  to  place  yourself  between  it  and  the  coast,  because  there  is  even  less  depth, 

*  The  original  says  six  leagues,  which  distance  appears  to  be  too  great. 


fM\ 


528 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


In  this  '-'  je  the  titles  rise  7  or  8  feet ;  and  it  is  high  water,  on  full  and  change  davs,  at 
6  o'clo( 

N.  \V  .  by  N.  from  the  Forlorn  Hope,  at  the  distance  of  8  or  0  leagues,  are  three  small 
islets,  which  are  so  placed  as  to  form  a  triangle.  They  are  called  the  Devil's  Isjetj. 
They  form  a  due  and  well  sheltered  harbor.  The  best  aiichorajje  at  them  is  K.  8.  K.of 
the  most  southerly  islet,  in  6  or  6  fathoms  of  water,  with  a  hard  clay  bottom,  nt  about  a 
inusket  shot's  distance  from  the  islet.  In  this  islet  there  is  a  reservoir  of  fresh  water' 
but  it  is  necessary  to  get  the  water  with  small  kegs,  which  can  be  carried,  as  the  roueli- 
ness  and  steepness  of  the  ground  render  it  impossible  to  get  it  with  large  casks. 

Between  these  islets  and  the  Forlorn  Hope  there  are  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  of  water,  ji 
3  or  4  leagues  from  the  land  ;  n(*ar  the  Devil's  Islets  are  y,  and  leaving  them  to  the  S. 
or  S.  E.  you  will  have  20,  ."50,  and  40  fathoms,  increasing  your  depth  as  you  increase 
your  distance  from  the  islets. 

Six  leagues  N.  \V.  from  Cayenne  is  the  River  Macouria.  The  coast  between  is  low, 
level,  and  has  many  handsome  houses.  At  15  league^  N.  W.  from  Macouria  is  the  River 
Sinaniari.  'JMiis  river  afilbrds  excellent  anchorage  at  2  or  3  leagues  from  its  uioiiih,  jj 
which  vessels  are  not  incommoded  by  the  sea,  because  the  bottom  is  of  very  soft  clav, 
Nineteen  leagues  N.  W.  by  \V.  from  Sinaniari  is  the  River  Maroni,  which  is  verv 
considerable.  Its  entrance  is  about  2  leagues  wide,  but  is  of  difficult  access,  on  accoiim 
of  ths  shoals  of  sand  and  clay  which  are  in  it.  In  this  space  of  coast  the  rivers  lNin;|. 
nnri,  Aracoubo,  and  Amanibo,  disembogue  themselves,  and  shoals  and  banks  of  clav 
stretch  out  about  3  leagues  to  sea,  along  the  whole  of  it;  so  that  it  is  indispensably  ne- 
cessary  to  keep  at  least  4  leagues  from  the  land,  in  5  or  b  fathoms  of  water.  It  is  also 
to  be  remarked  that  between  Cayenne  and  Maroni  there  are  many  single  or  detached 
rocks,  some  of  which  are  even  two  leagues  from  the  shore. 

From  the  River  Maroni  to  Surinam  River,  the  distance  is  about  34  leagues.  Th= 
coast  trends  W.  by  N.  ;  it  is  all  so  much  alike,  and  so  low,  that  it  is  totally  impossible  to 
distinguish  one  part  from  another,  so  as  to  rectify  the  position  of  any  vessel :  hence  it  is 
absi  'utely  necessary  to  make  the  Maroni,  in  order  to  be  sure  of  falling  in  correctly  wiii; 
Surinam.  This  coast,  also,  has  various  banks  of  clay  stretching  from  it,  which  rendei 
it  necessary  to  keep  at  four  leagues  off  it.  The  entrance  of  the  Rivcf  Surinam,  ivjiej 
coming  from  the  eastward,  may  be  known  by  its  Crow's-bill  Point,  which  may  be  seen 3; 
4  or  5  leagues  oil",  and  is  the  only  land  which,  under  these  circumstances,  can  be  (Ji,. 
cerned.  It  has  a  beacon  on  it,  as  before  mentioned.  The  east  shore  is  that  which j, 
first  seen  :  the  opposite  cannot  be  discerned  until  you  are  in  the  entrance  of  theriver,ii 
being  remarkably  low  land,  which,  as  it  were,  hides  itself  to  the  west. 

To  anchor  in  the  entrance  it  is  necessary  to  bring  the  east  point,  of  which  we  hart 
spoken,  to  bear  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  by  S.,  at  the  distance  of  three  leagues,  ancJioring  thenir. 
3,7  fathoms  at  low  water.  The  tides  flow  at  six  o'clock,  on  full  and  change  days;  and  a; 
the  anrhorajie,  at  the  entrance  of  the  river,  the  flood  tide  sets  from  S.  to  S.  S.  E.,  aw 
the  ebb  from  N.  to  N.  N.  W.  The  least  water  is  two  fathoms  and  a  half.  When  ik 
wind  is  favorable  for  entering  the  river,  steer  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  by  E.  until  the  east  point 
bears  east ;  then  steer  E .  S.  E.  to  anchor  in  5  fathoms,  on  a  clay  bottom,  at  a  qiiariei 
of  a  league  from  the  east  point,  which  is  named  Bram's  Point,  with  that  point  bearic; 
N.  92 \V. 

At  one  league  up  the  River  Surinam  the  River  Comowinie  discharges  its  waters  into 
it.  The  entrance  is  defended  by  Fort  Amsterdam,  on  the  south  side,  and  by  a  batten. 
wliich  is  on  the  north  part,  so  situated  as  to  defend  the  River  Surinam  also.  On  ik 
west  bank  of  the  latter  there  are  various  batteries,  which  cross  their  fires  with  thoseoi 
Fort  Amsterdam,  A  little  further  up  is  the  bar,  upon  which  there  are  not  more  than  l«o 
fathoms  at  low  water.  After  passing  this,  you  And,  on  the  west  shore,  Fort  Zeelauii. 
and  the  town  of  Paramaribo,  which  is  the  capital  of  this  colony. 

Four  leagues  west  of  the  River  Surinam,  the  River  Saramaca  and  Copename  enter 
the  sea  by  the  same  mouth.  Tlieir  banks  are  uninhabited,  and  in  their  mouth  aretwo 
fathoms  at  low  water. 

Ten  leagues  west  from  these  rivers,  tlic  River  Corentine  disembogues  itself.  Its  eti- 
trance  is  about  a  league  in  width,  but  of  dii'ficult  access,  on  account  of  the  sand  'lanks 
ofVit,  which  extend  three  leagues  out  to  sea.  Within  the  river  are  three  islands,  which 
are  very  clean,  running  north  and  south  :  between  you  may  anchor  in  5  fathoms  of  water. 
The  entrance  and  anchorage  are  on  the  west  side.  The  small  River  Nikesa  also  dis- 
charges its  waters  by  the  same  mouth  as  the  Corentine. 

Five  leagues  west  from  the  Corentine  is  the  River  of  Berbice.  It.?  mouth  is  about  a 
league  in  width.  Its  banks  are  very  low,  and  covered  with  trees,  in  the  very  mouth 
lies  Crab  Island,  which  divides  the  entrance  into  two  channels.  This  island  is  low  and 
bushy,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  baidv  of  sand  and  clay,  which  prevents  a  nearer  approac: 
to  it  than  at  least  a  long  musket  shot.     It  is  in  length  about  a  mile,  and  half  a  niilei' 


breadth.    Thi 

A  rocky  shoal 

tion,  as  you  mi 

tivo  fathoms  ai 

[Directions 

The  River  : 

islands  and  sh( 

though  the  isl; 

it  requires  mu( 

low,  and  bush 

very  narrow,  a 

the  river,  xiy..,  1 

1.)  to  '3ii  fathou 

cluster  of  them 

cliannel  that  tin 

At  ten  league 

the  river.     'I'lic 

At  /ifteen  or  1 

which  is  about 

east  point  of  the 

cm  side,  is  tlie 

stands  at  the  foo 

From  the  Ri 

Point,  wliich  foi 

nut  trees,  which 

the  than  mangn 

From  Coco  T 

keejjing  in  .5  or  (1 

and  a  half  leagut 

will  see  the  mou 

mouth  is  very  ne 

■■'no  other  ])oint 

not  only  because 

count  of  three  1. 

about  S.  W.  at  S( 

N.  E.  from  thii 

two  and  ti  half  fa 

jiioalen  the  water 

From  the  moi 

figlitjea,',nies  abo 

Nabanela,  which 

l'J»'t'r,  and  the  \\ 

shallow  hank  of  s( 

RIVER  ORO; 

m  lat.  8°  51'  N. 

^ix  leagues  from  i 

'sliind;  and  tliis 

'  oiist  of  Sabaneta 

'I'l'th  of  which  at 

'''^y-    Tlie  bar  is 

J:;,  to  w. 

The  coast,  wjiii 
from  Point  Saban 
poundary  of  this  1 
jfiiipties  itself. 
J   The  coast  whic 
former;  low,  and 
iheOronocodisch 
[liecause  thev  are  f 
GRAND' MOI 
aeed  only  say  that 
pa,st  at  the  distan 
K'ape  Barma  betir.- 
per,  keeping  the  1 
jin  shallow  water; 
piling  on  the  sho 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


529 


d  change  days,  at 

!s,  are  three  small 
he  Devil's  Isleu, 
icinis  K.  iS.  E.cf 
jottoni,  nt  about  a 
ir  of  I'resh  water; 
ied,  as  the  rough, 
■re  casks. 
horns  of  water,  ji 
ig  them  to  the  S. 
li  as  you  increase 

sst  between  is  low, 
icouriaistheKivfr 
(Voiii  its  month,  m 
;)f  very  soli  clay. 
)ni,  which  is  very 

access,  on  account 
rst  the  rivers  Sim- 

and  banlis  of  clay 
s  indispensably  ne- 
f  water.     It  is  also 

single  or  detached 

34  leagues.  Th» 
r)taily  impossible  to 

vessel :  hence  it  i< 
ng  in  correctly  wit': 
0111  it,  which  tenilei 
iver  Surinam,  wlie: 
hich  may  be  seen  a; 

tances,  can  be  div 
ore  is  that  which  li 
ranee  of  the  river,  ii 

t,  of  which  we  have 
s,  anciioringtheiiir.  I 
hange  days:  audi; 
S.  to  S.  S.  Y..,m' 
a  half.     When  th; 
ntil  the  east  poini 
ottoni,  at  n  quartn  | 
that  point  beanr,; 

rges  its  waters  into 
[e,  and  by  a  batter),  ] 
hiam  also.  Oti  the 
lir  tires  with  those (? 
'  not  more  than  t»t' 
[lore,  Fort  Zeeland, 

Ind  Copennmeetiierl 
(their  mouth  are  t«| 

Igues  itself.    Its  en- 
It  of  the  sand  'rmiil 
Ithree  island.s,  which 
5  fathoms  of  water. I 
iver  NikesaalsodiJ- 

It?  mouth  is  abonta 
[in  the  very  iiiouth 
liis  island  is  low  aiifi 
3  a  nearer  approac-^ 
:,  and  half  a  mile" 


breadth.  The  bank  which  surrounds  it  stretches  about  a  league  to  the  northward  of  it. 
A  rocky  shoal  extends  from  its  east  point,  to  which  it  is  necessary  to  give  much  atten- 
tion, as  you  must  enter  by  the  east  channel,  on  the  bar  of  which  there  are  not  more  than 
mo  fathoms  at  low  water. 

[Directions  for  the  Dcmerara  have  already  been  fully  given.] 

The  River  Ksse(|uii)o  is  very  large.  Its  mouth  is  three  miles  wide,  but  it  is  full  of 
islands  and  shoals,  which  obstruct  the  passage,  and  render  it  difficult  to  enter  ;  and  al- 
thou'di  the  islatids  and  shoals  form  channels  deep  enough  for  all  classes  of  vessels,  yet 
it  re(|iiii'es  much  care  and  practical  knowledge  to  enter  them.  The  islands  arc  numerous, 
\o\v,  and  bushy.  The  greater  part  of  them  are  a  league  or  two  leagties  in  length,  but 
verv  narrow,  and  lie  north  and  south.  There  are  two  principal  channels  for  entering 
the'river,  viz.,  the  east  and  west  channels.  The  eastern  is  the  best  :  there  are  in  it  from 
1.')  to  35  t'athoms.  After  having  ptissed  the  islands  at  the  entrance,  you  will  see  tinother 
cluster  of  them,  which  it  is  proper  to  pass  on  the  east  side,  where  they  form  so  deep  a 
channel  that  there  are  from  40  to  70  fathoms  in  it. 

At  ten  leagues  from  the  entrance,  the  fort  is  situated,  upon  an  island  in  the  middle  of 
the  river.     The  town,  or  rather  village,  is  situated  on  the  west  side,  in  front  of  the  fort. 

Atlifteen  or  sixteen  leagues  from  the  Esserjuibo,  is  the  month  of  the  KiverPauroma, 
which  is  about  half  a  league  in  width  ;  its  shores  are  low,  and  covered  with  trees.  The 
east  point  of  the  entrance  is  named  Cape  Nassau.  Six  leagues  uj)  the  river,  on  the  east- 
ern .side,  is  the  fort  named  New  Zealand  ;  the  town  or  village,  named  Middlcburgh, 
stands  at  the  foot  of  the  fort. 

From  the  River  Pauroma  the  cotist  trends,  without  varying  its  appearance,  to  Coco 
Point,  which  forms  a  bay  to  the  south,  and  to  the  westward  ha.s  some  very  high  cocoa- 
nut  trees,  which  are  the  only  ones  on  all  this  coast,  on  which,  in  general,  there  is  nothing 
else  than  mangroves. 

From  Coco  Point,  you  ought  to  steer  N.  W.  and  N.  N.  W.  with  the  precaution  of 
keeping  in  5  or  6  fathoms  of  water,  in  order  to  shun  a  bank  of  mud,  which  lies  about  two 
and  a  half  leagues  N.  N.  W.  from  it.  Having  run  twelve  leagues  on  these  courses,  you 
will  see  the  mouth  of  the  (Tuayama,  situate  in  8^  2']'  N.  latitude.  The  making  of  this 
mouth  is  very  necessary  for  those  who  seek  the  great  entrance  of  the  Oronoco,  as  there 
is  no  other  point  which  ctm  be  used  with  certainty  as  a  mark,  and  it  cannot  be  mistaken  ; 
not  only  because  it  is  the  sole  entrance  or  opening  which  can  be  seen,  but  also  on  ac- - 
count  of  three  little  hills  or  hillocks,  which  may  be  seen,  if  the  day  be  clear,  bearing 
about  S.  W.  at  some  distance  inland. 

N.  E.  from  this  mouth,  about  three  leagues  distant,  there  is  a  shoal  of  fine  sand,  with 
I  two  and  a  half  fathoms  of  water  on  it;  and  to  avoid  it.  you  must  take  good  care  not  to 
slioalen  the  water  more  than  to  5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  (Tuayama  the  coast  is  woody,  level,  and  low,  and  trends  for 
eight  leagues  about  N.  W.  to  tlit;  jioint  of  Mocomoco  ;  after  which  comes  the  coast  named 
Sabanela,  which  trends  west  about  four  leagues:  it  ;dso  is  covered  with  wood,  !ev(>l,  and 
lower,  and  the  water  on  it  shallower,  than  the  former.  All  this  coast  is  bounded  by  a 
shallow  hank  of  soft  clay  and  shells,  and  sand  with  clay  and  shells. 

RIVER  OllOXOCC).— The  Isle  Congrejo  (Crab  Island)  of  which  the  N.  K.  point  is 
ill  hit.  8^  51'  N.  has  a  shoal  of  har<l  sand,  of  the  color  of  ground  codec,  which  extends 
six  leagues  from  its  eastern  jjart,  and  about  two  leagues  from  the  northern  jiart  of  the 
island;  and  this  renders  the  entrance  of  the  river  dangerous:  for  between  it  and  the 
coast  of  .Sabaneta  is  formed  the  Bar  of  the  Grand  Entrance  of  the  River  Oronoeo,  the 
li'pth  of  which  at  low  water,  is  15  feet,  and  at  high  water  only  It)  feet;  the  bottom  soft 
c!;iv.  The  bar  is  about  three  leagues  in  extent  from  N.  to  S.  and  a  little  less  from 
-E.'to  W. 

The  coast,  which  is  rather  higher  than  the  former,  though  still  woody,  trends  .S.  W. 
jfrom  Point  Sabaneta,  about  three  leagues,  and  ends  at  Cape  liarma,  which  forms  the 
Iboundary  of  this  line  of  coast;  as  after  this  it  forms  a  great  bay,  into  which  the  river 
|empties  itself. 

The  coast  which  follows,  from  Isla  de  Congrejo  to  leeward,  is  very  distinct  from  the 
jformer;  low,  and  all  broken,  forming  different  mouths,  by  which  the  small  branches  of 
Itlie Oronoeo  discharge  their  waters.  They  are  lit  for  small  vessels  only,  which  have  pilots, 
|because  they  are  full  of  dangerous  sand  banks. 

GRAND' MOUTH  of  the  RIVER  OROXOCO.— After  what  has  been  stated,  we 
[need  only  say  that,  having  recognized  the  Uoca  de  (Juayama,  you  may  run  along  the 
Icoast  at  the  distance  of  live  or  six  leagues,  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  in  soft  clayey  bottom,  until 
ICape  Barma  bears  S.  by  \V.,  when  you  may  .shape  your  course  for  the  bar;  still,  how- 
ever, keeping  the  lead  going,  in  order  to  preserve  the  soft  clayey  bottom,  although  even 
jin  shallow  water;  as  it  is  better  to  get  ashore  on  the  clayey  mud,  than  to  run  the  risk  of 
palhng  on  the  shoal  of  hard  sand  off  Isla  Congrejo.     If  you  catch  that  quality  of  sound- 

67 


i  Jm. 

m\\ 

If 

1 

f^M 

Pi 

I'M 

Ki 

i 


530 


BLUiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ings,  (hard  sand,  like  ground  coffee, )  you  must  immediately  steer  south,  to  recover  the 
soft  bottom.  Following  these  directions,  you  will  near  Cape  Burma;  and,  when  about 
two  leagues  from  it,  you  will  see  a  large  island  covered  with  trees,  which  is  that  called 
Isla  de  Congrejo;  and,  having  passed  the  bar,  you  will  begin  to  augment  the  depth  of 
water  until  you  find  5  fathoms.  When  it  is  proper  to  steer  from  S.  W.  by  S.  to  S.  \V. 
by  W.  to  keep  mid-channel,  understandini;  that,  if  you  are  in  less  than  5  fathoms,  soft 
bottom,  you  are  too  much  on  the  mainland-si<le  of  the  channel,  and  must  steer  more  to 
the  westward  to  recover  the  mid-channel;  but,  if  you  find  less  than  5  fathoms  of  water, 
with  a  sand  bottom,  you  are  getting  upon  the  shoal  olf  the  Isla  de  Congrejo;  and,  in  tliij 
case,  must  steer  more  to  tlie  southward  to  recover  the  mid-channel.  With  these  di- 
rections, and  attention  to  the  soundings,  you  may  run  in,  until  the  S.  E.  point  of  Islade 
Congrejo  covers  some  woody  islets,  which  lie  off  the  N.  E.  point  of  it ;  you  may  then 
run  close  to  the  island,  and  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms  of  water,  the  bottom  soft  clayey 
mud.  Moor  with  a  cable  ashore,  and,  in  this  situation,  every  vessel  will  be  secure  and 
well-sheltered  ;  and  it  is  necessary,  at  this  place,  to  wait  for  a  pilot,  to  conduct  any  vessel 
up  the  river ;  for,  without  one,  they  may  be  certain  of  experiencing  some  misfortune  or 
other.     A  pilot  may  be  engaged  from  any  of  the  small  vessels  of  the  country. 

On  all  this  coast  the  tides  are  rapid  and  irregular.  They  are  said  to  be  felt  as  high 
up  the  river  as  Imataca,  a  village  of  the  Guaraunas  Indians.  As  to  the  times  of  high 
water,  all  that  the  pilots  remark  is,  that,  at  one-third  ebb,  at  the  rising  of  the  moon,  the 
water  of  the  Oronoco  increases  from  April  to  September,  and  decreases  during  the  other 
months  of  the  year.  It  is  navigable  for  large  vessels  up  to  the  capital  only,  between  the 
monthsof  May  and  December;  during  the  rest  of  the  year,  they  must  stop  sixteen  leagues 
farther  down,  not  being  able  to  ascend  higher;  in  consequence  of  a  bar  or  pass,  named 
del  Mamo,  which  at  that  time  has  not  more  than  4  or  5  feet  of  water  on  it;  and  large 
merchant  vessels,  therefore,  must  employ  lighters  to  load  and  unload  them,  which,  al- 
though there  are  plenty  of  them,  occasions  much  expense. 

The  magnetic  variation,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  is  4°  East. 

From  this  mouth  the  Delta  of  the  River  Oronoco  extends  itself  to  the  interior  of  the 
Gulf  of  Paria,  rendering  this  portion  of  the  coast  useless,  either  for  trade  or  navigatioD, 
being  no  more  than  a  labyrinth  of  low  muddy  isles,  which  are  drowned  in  the  seasoHoi 
the  floods,  in  the  river.  The  number  of  them  is  unknown  ;  and  it  is  not  easy  to  makea 
plan  of  them,  for  they  are  all  formed  by  the  various  channels  into  which  the  Oronoco  di- 
vides, and  which  may  be  considered  as  useless  for  any  thing,  except  boats  and  canoes. 
The  termination  of  this  coast  may  thus  be  fixed  at  the  Grand  Mouth  of  the  Oronoco. 
which  we  have  described  ;  and  we  now  proceed  to  make  some  general  remarks,  which 
follow  : 

GENERAL  REMARKS  ON  THE  COAST  OF  GUYANA.— Although  the  whole 
of  this  coast  may  have  no  great  errors  in  the  situation  on  the  charts,  yet  it  must  notbesup- 
posed  that  every  point  of  it  is  accurately  placed  :  for  instance.  Point  Barima  had  an  error 
of  22  minutes  of  latitude  in  its  position.  The  points  which  have  been  observed  are  in- 
serted in  the  table  of  latitudes  and  longitudes  : — 

The  mariner  may  confide  in  the  situation  of  these  points  ;  and  it  is  necessary  tore- 
mark,  also,  that,  on  a  coast,  of  which  there  is  scarcely  a  possibility  of  recognizing  the 
different  places,  except  by  the  latitudes,  it  is  very  easy  to  make  a  mistake,  and  get  to  lee- 
ward of  your  port  of  destination.  For  this  reason  it  is  proper  to  nm  down  the  coast 
from  windward  to  leeward,  taking  good  care  to  make  the  various  places  out  distinctly.  Ii 
is  also  proper  to  examine  the  mouths,  or  embouchures,  of  the  rivers  :  and  what  renders 
this  more  and  more  necessary  is,  that,  in  the  season  of  the  rains,  there  are  often  days  on 
which  the  latitude  cannot  be  observed. 

2d.  If  such  is  the  uiicoitainty  as  to  the  positions  of  the  points,  it  is  no  less  in  respect 
of  the  soundings  at  the  mouths  or  entrances  of  the  rivers.  It  ought  always  to  be  remem- 
bered that  all  the.s'e  rivers  form  bars,  and  that  the  bars  generally  have  very  little  waterou 
them.  The  best  way  for  those  who  have  not  a  practical  knowledge  of  these  entrances, 
is  either  to  obtain  such  by  means  of  their  boats,  or  not  to  enter  a  river  without  a  pilot. 

3d.  The  wind,  which  from  E.  N.  E.  to  N.  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.  always  prevails 
upon  this  coast,  and  the  current,  which  always  runs  W.  N.  W.  make  the  lesser  latitude  | 
to  windward  ;  and  hence,  on  all  this  coast,  it  is  very  easy  to  increase  your  north  latitude, 
but  almost  impossible  to  decrease  it. 

4th.  The  general  current,  of  which  we  have  spoken,  must  not  be  confounded  with  that  I 
which  is  produced  by  the  tides,  the  influence  of  which  is  principally  felt  near  the  coast; 
and  twelve  leagues  out  at  sea,  or  9  fathoms  of  water,  may  be  considered  as  their  limits :  as 
at  that  distance  out  at  sea,  no  other  current  but  the  general  one  is  felt :  but,  between  that 
and  the  land,  no  other  currents  than  those  caused  by  the  tides  are  felt.  The  flood  sets 
towards  the  coast,  and  the  ebb  away  from  it :  the  tide  flows  on  full  and  change  days, atj 
Cape  North,  at?  o'clock  ;  on  the  coast  of  Mayez,  at  6  o'clock  ;  at  Cayenne,  at  5  o'clock; 
and  at  Surinam,  at  6  o'clock. 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


531 


1,  to  recovet  the 
and,  when  about 
ch  is  that  called 
eiit  the  depth  of 
.  by  S.  to  S.W. 
1  5  i'athonis,  soft 
ist  steer  more  to 
iithonis  of  water, 
rejo ;  and,  in  tliij 
With  these  di- 
i.  point  of  Ishule 
;  you  may  then 
ittom  soft  clayey 
ill  be  secure  anii 
onduct  any  vessel 
me  misfortune  or 
>untry. 

to  be  felt  as  hifli 
[he  times  of  high 
of  the  moon,  the 
3  during  the  other 
only,  between  the 
jp  sixteen  leagues 
ar  or  pass,  named 
r  on  it ;  and  large 
1  them,  which,  al- 


he  interior  of  the 
ade  or  navigation, 
id  in  the  season  oi 
lot  easy  to  makej 
h  theOronocodi- 
boats  and  canoes. 
:i  of  the  Oronoco, 
lal  remarks,  which 

Ithough  the  whole 
it  must  not  be  sup- 
arima  had  an  error 
11  observed  are  in- 

lis  necessary  tore- 
pf  recognizing  the 
ake,  and  gettolee- 
In  down  the  coast 
|s  out  distinctly.  It ! 
and  what  renders  ] 
are  often  days  ( 

h  no  less  in  respect 
1  ways  to  be  remem- 
Ivery  little  wateroii 
lof  these  entrances, 
ler  without  a  pilot. 
T..  always  prevaiU 
the  lesser  latitude  | 
nir  north  latitude, 

lifonndcdwiththall 
Vu  near  the  coast; 
as  their  limits;  Ml 
but.  between  that 
It.     The  flood  sets 
Vd  change  days,  at] 
Line,  at  5  o'clock; 


5th.  In  addition  to  what  has  already  been  said,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels  bound  from 
Kurope  to  Guyaiin,  to  make  the  land  about  tin;  coast  of  Maye/. ;  sluinning  the  vicinity  ot' 
the  River  Amazon.  Iiecause  it  produces  vast  swellii)g.«,  which  are  felt  a  groat  distance  out 
at  sea  ;  and  which,  loar  the  mouth  of  the  river,  might  prove  most  fatal  to  a  vessel.  This 
phenomenon,  whicli  ii  known  in  the  CJanges,  and  other  great  rivers,  by  the  name  of  a 
Bore,  is  here  called  the  I'ororoca,  as  already  noticed. 

6th.  Having  made  and  recognized  tlie  coast,  it  is  necessary  to  run  along  it,  keeping  the 
lead  constantly  going,  so  as  to  keep  in  7,  8,  or  9  fathoms,  taking  care  not  to  get  into  less 
water,  from  fear  of  striking  on  some  of  the  shoals  which  stretch  out  from  the  coast ;  and 
although  with  that  depth,  in  some  places,  the  land  cannot  be  seen  from  the  vessel,  even 
in  clear  weatiier,  tliis  can  occasion  little  or  no  inconvenience  ;  as,  when  near  the  latitude 
of  your  place  of  destination,  it  is  easy  to  put  the  vessel  on  the  larboard  tack,  and  run  in  to 
sight  the  land.  Nor  is  there  any  difficulty  in  examining  it,  when  necessary,  as  you  have 
only  to  keep  more  away  on  the  larboard  tack  ;  but,  in  such  cases,  it  is  very  necessary  to 
be  extremely  careful  with  the  lead.  When  night  comes  on,  and  you  are  near  the  port  of 
vuur  destination,  it  is  proper  to  anchor  :  as  also  when  it  is  calm,  within  the  limits  of  the 
tides,  (described  before,)  as  the  current,  or  set  of  the  flood  tide,  carries  a  vessel  towards 
the  coast. 

7tli.  Getting  aground  on  this  coast  is  not  generally  attended  with  much  danger,  as  the 
bottom  is  always  of  clay,  more  or  less  soft.  Notwithstanding  this,  no  one  ought  to  navi- 
gate this  part  without  due  care,  as  getting  ashore  not  only  causes  a  loss  of  time,  but  occa- 
sions much  work  in  carrying  out  anchors,  6cc.  to  get  a  vessel  off.  We  notice  here  that, 
even  when  a  vessel  is  in  the  regular  track,  although  in  'J  fathoms  of  water,  she  will  raise 
the  mud,  as  if  ploughing  it  with  her  keel.  This  may  cause  uneasiness  to  those  who  wit- 
ness such  a  thing  for  the  first  time,  though  it  is  the  consequence  of  a  very  natural  cause. 

8th.  The  islands  of  Reniire,  the  Constai)les,  and  the  Health  Islands,  are  the  only 
points  of  this  coa.«!t  which  are  likely  to  cause  the  loss  of  a  vessel,  if  it  gets  ashore  on 
them.  In  order  to  avoid  this,  it  is  needful  to  pay  attention  to  the  currents,  that  they  do 
not  drive  you  upon  them;  and  not  to  attempt  to  pass  between  the  Constables,  unless 
with  a  free  wind  ;  with  the  contrary,  it  is  better  to  anchor  at  three  leagues  from  them, 
or  to  pass  outside  of  them,  taking  care  to  give  the  shoal,  of  which  we  have  already  spo- 
ken, a  sufficient  berth. 

9th.  On  the  whole  of  this  coast  there  are  no  other  harbor'-  than  those  formed  by  the 
mouths  of  rivers,  the  greater  part  of  which  retpiirn  practical  knowledge  to  enter  them, 
on  account  of  the  bars  and  shallows  which  run  out  from  all  of  them;  but  as,  on  all  this 
coast,  storms  are  unknown,  and  there  is  not  tlie  smallest  risk  in  anchoring  where  one 
deems  it  to  be  necessary,  there  can  be  no  necessity  to  run  rashly  for  one  of  these  anchor- 
ages, but  rather  wait  at  anchor  outside  for  a  pilot,  or  till  such  time  as  you  can  obtain  a 
stiflicient  prac(ical  knowledge  of  the  place  by  nieans  of  your  boats,  so  as  to  be  able  to 
take  the  vessel  in  safety  yourself. 

10th.  When  any  one  wants  to  beat  to  windward  on  this  coast,  or,  what  is  the  same, 
wishes  to  go  from  the  Otonoco  or  Surinam  to  Cayenne,  he  must  work  along  the  coast 
with  the  ebb  tide,  in  from  3\  or  4  fathoms  water,  out  to  8  or  [)  fathoms  :  for  though  you 
may  be  shouldered  away  by  the  current  to  the  N.  K.  you  will  gain  very  well  on  the  tacb 
to  the  S.  E.  or  E,  S.  E.,  but  with  the  llood  it  is  necessary  to  anchor;  for  then,  both  wind 
and  current  being  against  you,  you  will  irremediably  be  driven  upon  the  coast. 

llth.  Those  who  from  the  Antillas  are  bound  to  any  port  in  Guyana,  ought  to  keep 
their  larboard  tacks  on  board,  until  in  a  convenient  latitude  to  make  the  land  to  the  south- 
ward of  their  port  of  destination,  which  ought  to  be  more  or  less  to  the  southward,  ac- 
cording to  the  practice  and  knowledge  of  the  navigator  who  directs  the  vessel ;  but,  upon 
all  this  coast,  especially  from  Cayenne  to  the  Oronoco,  even  the  most  experienced  are 
•  unable  to  ascertain  the  places  where  they  find  themselves;  and  without  the  assistance  of 
[observations  for  latitude,  and  of  priuieiit  conjectures  on  the  different  appearances  to 
[windward  and  leeward,  they  would  often  commit  very  serious  mistakes. 
I   The  environs  of  Demeiara  are  the  parts  of  the  coast  easiest  known,  on  account  of  the 
[trees  being  burnt  and  cut  down  to  clear  the  land  for  cultivation ;  and  where  these  trees 
[have  been  cleared  away,  there  are  clear  spots  or  gaps  in  which,  (as  already  stated,) 
[houses,  &c.  may  be  plainly  seen.     When  at  a  loss,  it  is  best  to  anchor  till  you  can  clear 
[Up your  doubts;  as,  although  you  lose  the  time  in  which  you  are  at  anchor,  yet  you 
[keep  still  to  windward,  which  is  what  interests  you  most;  and  which,  if  lost,  it  would 
[cost  you  much  time  and  labor  to  recover. 

12th.  DEAD  RECKONING  in  Shoal  Water  as  on  the  Coast  of  Guyana,  Sfv.—As 
[the  greatest  uncertainty  in  the  situation  of  a  vessel  arises  from  the  errors  in  the  dead- 
[reckoning,  caused  by  urrents,  to  diminish  such  errors,  and  render  the  computation  more 
Jcorrect,  it  is  advisable  to  take  off  the  log-chip  from  the  log-line,  and  to  substitute  a 
ileaden  weight,  weighing  4,  6,  or  8  pounds,  as  may  be  judged  necessary :  this,  taking  the 


i' 


532 


blunt's  ameuican  coast  pilot. 


bottom,  (when  the  log  is  liove  with  it,  in  i)Iace  of  a  lo^-chip,)  will  not  so  easily  (ollnw 
ihe  vessel,  or  be  inlluenced  l)y  currents.  15y  this  niodo  it  is  clear  that  the  lof^  will  sIm.h 
the  whole  distance  which  the  vessel  runs,  whether  caused  by  winds  or  l)y  curnms, 
Then,  havin<;  made  fast  the  lo^-  line,  l)ut"ore  you  haul  it  in,  mark  the  bearing  oi  ii, 
and  the  opposite  ))oint  or  direction  will  i)e  the  cotnse  which  the  vessel  makes  ^w,A. 
It  is  clear  that,  by  this  mode,  the  course  and  distance  ought  to  be  as  rxiictly 
I'ound  as  if  no  current  existed.  If  you  heave  the  lor  with  a  chip,  in  the  usual  niiintKr, 
as  well  as  a  log  with  a  lead  attacheil  to  it,  and  compare  the  distance  by  it,  and  the  cniiist 
which  the  vessel  ap|)ears  to  make  by  compasa,  with  the  distance  and  course  found  bv 
the  proposed  method,  you  will  be  able  to  ascertain  the  direction  and  velocity  of  ibt 
current. 


SOUTH  AlflERICA,  SOIJTBI  OF  THE  E^IUATOR. 

We  now  connnence  south  of  the  Equator,  with  the  island  of  Fernando  Noronha  ai ! 
the  RiK(;;is,  as  they  are  ol'reii  fallen  in  witii  in  the  route  to  South  America. 

FMIINANDO  NOilOMlA.— This  island  is  remarkable  liy  a  high  rocky  pcakoiiiis 
north  sidi!,  called  the  Pyramid,  very  barren  and  rugged  ;  and  by  its  S.  AV.  ])oint,  iiiiinKi 
the  llole-in-lhe-Wall,  which  is  ])ierced  through,  and  gives  a  free  passage  to  the su, 
The  Pyramid  ap|/ears,  at  a  distaiH'c,  like  a  very  high  steeple  or  tower.  The  south  side 
is  distiimuishable  by  a  little  rocky  i.>!e,  that  appears  like  a  statue.  The  island  is  ahont: 
miles  li)iig,  and  2  or  2]  i)road.  It  has  been  the  rendezvous  of  vessels  employeil  i; 
the  southern  whale  (ishcry,  &c.  for  procuring  supplies  of  cattle,  sheep,  ))oultry,  wooj. 
&c.;  but  water  is  frecjuently  scarce.  Kast  India  ships,  have,  also,  occasionally  toiubi 
here,  when  they  have  lieeii  horsed  to  the  westward  i)y  the  currents. 

On  approacliing  the  ishmd,  no  soundings  will  be  found  until  very  close  in.  Tlitrp  n 
no  danger  i)ut  what  may  be  seen,  excepting  a  rocky  spot  off  the  south  side  between  i«( 
and  three  miies  from  the  shore,  and  a  rock  al  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  S.  W 
point. 

The  road  or  prmcipal  ..nchorage  is  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  being  shelicicdti 
the  norlli  eastern  land,  and  several  islets  in  that  direction.  The  anchorage  has  iVonilii 
to  r2  fathoms,  loose  sandy  ground,  at  about  half  a  mil'j  from  the  citadel  point  or  iiearM 
shore.  It  is  unsafe  to  lie  in  with  northerly  or  N.  W.  winds,  which  are  said  to  prevaf 
from  Decendjer  to  April;  in  the  other  months  the  winds  are  mostly  from  the  S. E,oi 
easterly  ;  sometimes  at  N.  E. 

Fernando  Noronha  was  formerly  approjuiated  exclusively,  by  the  Brazilian  govetc. 
ment,  as  a  place  of  exile  for  their  vilest  criminals,  under  the  coiUrol  of  a  garrisou.  1 
the  little  sandy  bays  and  anchorages  are  defended  by  forts. 

Water  may  be  obtained  here;  i)ut  in  the  dry  season  it  is  sometimes  very  scarce,  k 
seasons  of  drought,  which  are  not  uncommon,  the  rivulets  vre  dried  up,  and  the  vejieu- 
tion  parched.  There  are  but  few  vegetal)les,  hit  i)lenty  of  live  stock  and  fish,  withat 
immense  quantity  of  doves.  The  fresh  water  is  obtained  from  a  well  near  the  Gover- 
nor's house,  in  the  cove  called  Water  Bay;  but  the  cask  nmst  be  rolled  over  some  rocb 
and  swung  ofl"  to  the  boat  over  tVie  impeding  surf. 

Wood  is  cut  on  the  larger  islet  to  the  N.  E.,  called  Wooding  or  Rat  Island.  Thi 
islet  is  nearly  surrounded  by  rocks,  and  there  is  risk  of  staving  the  boat  when  t:\kiiigoii 
the  wood,  as  it  is  heavy,  and  siidis  if  thrown  into  the  water.  .Should  the  governor  per- 
jjiit  wood  to  be  cut  on  the  main  island,  it  may  be  conveyed  without  much  danger  Irmii 
the  fine  sandy  bays  to  the  westward  of  the  roao. 

In  1H05  Captain  Mortimer  found  but  a  small  supply  of  water,  few  vegetables,  biitpleii- 
ty  of  live  stock  and  fish,  and  an  immense  quantity  of  doves.  On  the  9th  day  of  April, 
1827,  H.  M.  Ship  Cambridge,  Capt.  T.  .1.  Maling,  touched  here,  and  there  were  al 
that  time  about  200  inhabitants  on  the  island :  of  these  ftO  were  soldiers  under  the 
government  of  a  Prussian  officer,  who  with  the  assistance  of  an  engineer  was  repairing 
the  fortifications  and  erecting  new  points  of  defence. 

From  Tobacco  Point,  or  the  south  point  of  the  island,  a  reef  of  rocks,  even  with  the 
water,  extends  half  a  mile  to  the  southward  ;  and  to  the  S.  E.  by  E.  21  miles  froniilif 
same  point,  is  the  centre  of  a  rocky  patch,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks.  Within  a 
line  with  these  rocks  the  pyramid  is  shut  in  with  the  highest  hill  on  the  south  side  of  the 
island.     Between  this  reef  and  the  shore  is  a  channel  of  from  10  to  15  fathoms. 

The  current  here  commonly  sets  strongly  to  the  westward,  for  which  due  allowanci 
jmust  bo  made  in  rounding  the  islands  to  the  N.  E. 


.'«^ibeivV 


BLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


533 


TllK  ROCC'AS. — These  arc  dangerous  low  keys,  IG  or  17  leagues  to  tho  westward 
of  l''erii:iml-o  Noroiiha,  and  on  which  tho  Britannia  Kast  Jndia  shij)  and  King  (ieorgi: 
transport,  deceived  hy  the  ttjrrents,  were  h)st  in  IHOO.  The  keys  or  islets  are  sandy 
witii  shrulis  upon  them;  they  cannot  he  seen  (Voiu  the  mast  liead  in  the  clearest  weather 
at  the  distance  of  more  than  .'}  leagues.  At  their  IS'.  E.  end  is  a  higii  rock,  and  the  sea 
breaks  exceedingly  liigh  all  round  them.  'JMie  ship  (Uory,  at  two  miles  ?(»  ihe  west  of 
the  rtef,  found  bottom  at  2H  fathoms,  coral  rock.  The  current  here  was  found  to  set  2^ 
miles  hourly,  to  the  westward,     /lise  and  fall  of  tide  (>  feet. 

COAST  OF  BRAZIL. — Bi/  Bdron  liditissin.  The  appearance  of  the  coast  of  Bra- 
zil is  very  difl'erent.  From  the  island  of  Santa  (.'atharinaup  to  (Jiinda  Point,  (bO  leagues 
north  of  Ca|)e  Frio,)  the  land  is  very  high  and  woody,  and  tan  b<;  discovered  in  tine  wea- 
ther from  .'JO  to  ()0  miles  distance,  and  consequently,  with  little  care,  a  vessel  can  make 
laud  without  danger.  North  of  this  in  many  i)lac"es  the  land  is  very  low,  and  not  to  be 
perceived  from  that  distance;  as  for  example,  between  Espirito  Santo  and  iMount  Pas- 
cal; between  the  bay  of  Porto  Seguro  and  the  bay  of  All  Saints;  between  the  Torre  de 
Gracia  dc  Arila  and  Oape  St.  Augustine  ;  and  finally,  every  wliere  between  Olinda  and 
the  Island  of  Maranham :  In  all  these  places  the  land  is  more  or  less  low,  few  moun- 
tains can  be  perceived,  being  so  far  in  the  interior. 

Sounding  in  general  is  of  very  little  service  to  indicate  the  distance  from  tlie  land,  par- 
ticularly from  Point  Santa  Catharina  Island  up  to  Olinda,  on  account  of  the  great  depth 
even  at  a  short  distance  from  the  shove,  except  in  the  neigliborliood  of  the  Abrolhos. 
It  may  be  generally  stated  that  the  depth  under  the  following  parallels,  is  nearly  this; 
70 fathoms  at  L-*  leagues  distant  from  the  land  of  Santa  ("atharina;  40  fathoms  at  12 
leagues  frotn  the  Parairagua;  r)0  fathoms  at  1"2  leagues  east  from  the  island  ui'  San  Se- 
bastian; -io  fathoms  at  o  leagues  soutii-east  of  .Toatinger  Point ;  77  fathoms  at  IH  leagues 
south-eastof  Rio  .Taneiro  entrance:  Finally,  more  than  60  fathouis  at  7  leagues  only  irom 
Cape  Frio.  The  depth  of  the  sea  is  very  great  N.  E.  of  Cape  Frio,  for  at  30  leagues 
distant,  in  a  direction  E.  {  S.  of  Cape  St.  Thomas,  we  did  not  (ind  the  bottom  even  with 
100  fathoms.  Soundings  increase  again  E.  and  S.  E.  of  Abrolhos;  generally  speaking, 
it  is  in  few  instances  not  to  be  depended  rn,  that  a  less  depth  than  100  fathoms  is  to  be 
met  at  .'JO  leagues  from  the  coast. 

\o  bottom  is  to  be  met  even  with  200  fathoms,  eight  leagues  only  S.  E.  of  St.  Sal- 
vador, nor  at  12  miles  south  of  this,  although  at  a  distance  of  4  miles,  there  are  but  20 
fatiioms;  and  finally,  E.  froiu  Cape  Morro  San  Palo,  we  did  not  fmd  tlie  bottom  with 
120  lathoms,  although  at  [)  leagues  distant.  From  Bahia  to  Olinda  the  coast  is  not  less 
bold,  for  at  'J  leagues  east  of  Torre  de  Cracia  de  Avilla  the  sounding  is  over  180  fa- 
thoms; at  the  same  distance  9  leagues  east  of  the  bar  of  Itapierucu  it  is  over  200  fa- 
thoms; the  soundings  a'-e  over  I'JO  fathoms  20  leagues  from  Rio  Real,  and  1.5  fathoin.s 
are  found  10  leacues  east  of  Kio  San  Francisco.  Finally,  every  where  up  to  Pernam- 
biico,  there  are  not  less  than  V>0  to  40  fathoms  at') or  10  leagues  distant  froiu  the  shore, 
and  between  Olinda  and  Pernaiubuco,  from  IH  to  20  leagues  distant  from  the  shore,  the 
bottom  is  not  met  over  120  fathoms.  Though  the  sounding  be  less  nortli  of  Olinda, 
yet  it  is  too  great  at  a  small  distance  to  Ix;  of    ervice. 

North  of  Cape  .San  Ro(|ue,  the  land  lieing  more  low,  and  extending  into  the  sea,  the 
soundings  decrease  gradually  towards  the  shore. 

From  Monte  lAfelaiicia  up  to  the  village  of  Anmfadas  there  are  but  15  fathoms  at  16 
leagues  distant,  and  farther  north  the  soundings  increase,  but  it  may  be  taken  as  a  gene- 
ral rule,  that  10  fathoms  are  to  be  met  with  at  the  distance  of  10  or  12  miles,  between 
Anmfadas  and  .lericacoara.  Opposite  tlie  village  of  Cu -ica  there  is  a  spot  where  24  to 
2.5  feet  only  of  water  are  to  be  met,  over  an  extetit  of  tin  e  leagues,  but  it  is  the  only 
place  up  to  Maranham. 

The  coast  of  Brazil  offers  this  particular,  vi/..  that  there  are  two  banks  or  shoals  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  shore,  the  first  of  which  is  not  far  distant  from  the  land,  and  in 
many  places  rises  over  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  in  some  other  places  form  the  breakers  or 
shallow  waters.  The  other  bank,  farther  distant  frotn  the  shore,  is  not  etitially  distant 
anywhere.  It  cannot  be  stated  as  forming  shallow  \.ater,  but  it  is  a  fact  tliat  between 
this  bank  and  the  former,  there  is  a  deep  channel  separated  from  the  inain  sea  by  this 
bank  and  the  small  islands  of  Figuera,  (/astillo,  Gueiuado,  los  Alcatroses,  los  Abrolhos. 
Manuel  Luis  Shoal  iriay  be  considered  as  the  prominent  point  of  this  second  bank. 

The  teiuperature  of  Brazil  varies.  In  the  southern  latitudes  the  winter  is  pretty  severe. 
Frost  and  snow  are  not  uncommon  at  Rio  Grande.  The  seasons  luay  be  divided  into  two, 
viz.,  the  rainy  season  and  dry  season,  the  last  of  which  is  from  September  to  February. 
The  rainy  season  continues  from  March  to  Sejjtember,  but  the  only  months  in  fact  which 
may  be  considered  as  rainy  are  May,  June,  an(l  .Inly. 

On  the  Brazil  coast  the  south  monsoon  is  from  March  to  September.  The  northeru 
one  from  September  to  March.     The  prevalent  winds,  according  to  the  saying  of  the  na- 


ll 


Ml 

i 


■4  V-       I 


534 


BLUNT's  AMKRICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


fives,  duiirit;  the  south  monsoon,  are  (Vonn  E.  S.  E.  and  S.  S.  E.,  and  during  ih; 
northern  monsoon  are  (Voni  K.N.E.  and  N.N.E. ;  this  may  be  the  case  at  sea.  ]  will  u,,, 
oppose  this  fact,  having;  no  reason  for  it;  hut  I  can  assure,  from  my  own  observatiun, 
that  at  a  short  distance  from  liie  shore  J  did  not  (ind  tiie  monsoon  so  regular  as  it  i, 
supposed ;  in  fact,  tlie  most  prevalent  wind  at  ail  times,  is  from  the  eastern  part  of  tlip 
compass.  The  Kahajos  are  very  stronp;  winds,  blowing  from  the  S.  W.  diirinf:  tin. 
rainy  season.  They  last  three  or  four  days  with  great  force,  not  so  great  when  it  r;iiii«, 
but  very  heavy  in  dry  weatlier.  "^J'his  begins  at  the  change  of  the  moon.  The  ffrwrn 
are  squalls,  and  are  met  more  fre(iiiently  in  the  neigliborhood  of  Abrollios  Islands,  and 
called  for  this  reason,  Abrolhos  squalls.  They  are  more  frr(|uent  in  the  months  of  iMav, 
.Tune,  July,  and  August,  and  in  very  rainy  seasons  tliey  blow  from  E.  S.  E.  They  sjv 
they  arise  from  a  white  cloud  of  a  round  shape,  and  of  a  little  appearance  at  first,  andbv 
and  oy  increase  to  sucli  a  force  as  to  be  dreadful. 

Land-bree/.es  are  very  regular  on  the  whole  extent  of  Brazil  coast,  but  not  equally 
regular  and  strong,  but  more  so  as  you  approach  the  equator.  At  Ilio  .Faneiro  they  are 
not  very  regular,  and  very  often  not  at  all  felt.  The  land-breezes  are  more  ijowerlnjia 
the  northern  monsoon,  and  in  the  southern  monsoon  very  often  the  land-breeze  has 
quite  the  same  direction  as  the  sea-breeze,  this  part  coming  from  the  8.  \V. 

Ft  .d  a  general  rule,  that  the  land-breeze  will  be  more  powerful  in  proportion  as  the 
sea-breeze  is  so.  It  may  be  stated,  that  a  vessel  can  depart  from  Brazil  any  day  ii 
pleases. 

Generally  the  more  you  proceed  south  along  the  coast,  the  more  you  must  expect  to 
find  the  wind  coming  from  the  south  and  west  in  the  rainy  season.  In  this  time  of  the 
year,  from  Abagoados  I'atos  up  to  Cape  Frio,  they  blow  with  great  violence  from  S.  K, 
to  S.  W.,  and  even  N.  W.  In  this  case  they  turn  into  hurricanes,  and  are  called  Pani- 
peiros.  In  the  River  Plata  they  are  very  dangerous.  If  at  sunset,  foggy  clouds,  aii(i 
the  land  appears  more  distinct  at  a  small  distance,  it  is  an  omen  the  wind  will  blow  from 
the  S.  or  S.  W.,  and  they  will  be  powerful  in  general.  They  last  in  proportion  as  tliei 
are  more  heavy,  and  last  longer  if  not  so  dreadful.  When  they  turn  into  a  hurricane, 
they  will  never  last  over  twenty-four  hours.  When  the  wind  hauls  towards  the  east, 
you  may  expect  fine  clear  weather.  It  is  to  the  contrary  when  it  nears  towards  the  wcsl: 
easterly  winds  bring  clear  v    ather  ;  westerly  winds  bring  fogs. 

Nothing  positive  can  be  saul  respecting  the  regularity  of  the  currents  :  they  gcneralh 
follow  the  direction  of  the  wind,  for  there  is  no  river  of  a  sufficient  magnitude  on  the 
whole  extent  of  the  Brazilian  coast  capable  of  causing  a  current,  according  to  numerous 
observations.  The  average  running  of  the  currents  is  at  the  rate  of  six  tenths  of  a  mile 
an  hour ;  in  the  monsoon  time  never  over  that  rate,  and  in  many  instances  below  if,  even 
no  current  at  all.  It  is  oidy  north  of  *Pernambuco,  that  the  current  can  be  con- 
sidered as  permanent,  and  cajjablc  of  causing  some  errors  in  the  day's  work  of  a  ship, 
and,  even  in  this  case,  it  is  only  when  you  so  along  the  coast  at  no  great  distance,  fori! 
distant  at  sea  no  current  exists.  I'roni  wliat  has  been  said  respecting  winds  and  cur- 
rents, we  may  inferthat  no  im|)ediment  exists  in  navigating  the  Brazilian  sea,  from  Saii!j 
Catharina  to  Olinda  Point,  and  it  is  entirely  useless  to  endeavor  to  make  land  more 
south  than  the  place  bound  to,  as  formerly  prescribed.  If  going  to  Olinda,  orany  other 
place  more  north,  up  to  Maranham,  it  is  better  to  keep  east  of  the  place  bound  to,  in 
order  to  counteract  the  eft'ects  of  the  currents,  which  run  generally  W.  N.  W.  as  will 
be  more  particularly  stated  when  describing  the  several  harbors,  and  the  manner  to 
reach  them. 

Description  of  the  Cape  and  Banks  of  St.  Roqve. 

The  Cape  of  St.  Roque  admits  hardly  any  description,  for  nothing  particular  enists 
hy  which  this  cape  may  be  distinguished  from  the  eandy  beach.  The  color  of  the  sand 
is  white,  but  in  some  places  appears  of  a  reddish  tinge,  owing  to  the  reflection  of  the 
light,  and  by  this  reason  is  not  a  very  certain  guide.  From  place  to  place  bushes  are  to 
be  seen  on  the  top  of  the  beach,  and  some  trees  can  be  discovered  far  in  the  interior. 
which  is  not  the  case  in  coming  from  the  south.  Cape  St.  Roque  is  not  in  fact  the 
most  extreme  end  of  this  great  elbow  of  the  South  American  land,  for  the  direction  of 
the  shore  remains  nearly  the  same  20  miles  farther,  and  it  is  only  at  Calcanar  Point  that 
it  changes  its  course  to  N.  N.  W. 

From  St.  Roque  the  land  lowers  more  and  more,  and  8  miles  distant  it  forms  Cape 
Petetinga,  which  cape  oilers  no  more  particulars  than  St.  Roque,  and  the  beach  is  of  the 
same  white  sand. 


»  A  lighthouse,  which  exhibits  a  revolving  light,  has  been  erected  at  the  entrance  of  Pernambu. 
CO,  by  which  that  part  of  the  eoastmay  be  recognized. 


blunt's  America;    joast  pilot. 


535 


.,  and  during  the 
at  sea.     1  will  nm 

own  obseivaliuii, 
so  regnli\r  iis  it  i, 
■astern  pint  nt'  tlip 
S.  W.  durinfj  tin. 
rent  when  it  ruins, 
oon.  The  gmm 
ollios  Islands,  anj 
le  months  of  Mm 

S.  E.  Theyw 
nee  at  first,  andliv 

?t,  hut  not  rquallv 
10  Janeiro  Ihcyiire 
I  more  jiowerlul  in 
le  land-breeze  has 
S.  W. 

proportion  as  tlie 
Brazil  any  day  ji 

ou  must  expect  to 
In  this  time  of  the 
iolence  from  S,  E, 
nd  are  called  Pnni- 
f'osipy  clouds,  aiiii 
vind  will  blow  from 
proportion  as  tlie» 
n  into  a  hurrirane, 
i  towards  the  m<i, 
s  towards  the  wesi; 

its  :  they  jrcnerally 

:  magnitude  on  the 

rding  to  numerous 

IX  tenths  of  a  mile 

mces  below  it,  even 

irent  can  be  con- 

_  's  work  of  a  ship, 

reat  distance,  for  if 

g  winds  and  cur- 

ian  sea,  from  Sai.ia 

o  make  land  more 

inda,  or  any  other 

place  bound  to,  in 

W.  N.  W.  as  will 

nd  the  mannerlo 


particular  exists 
e  color  of  thesanii 
e  reflection  of  the 
)Iace  bushes  are  to 
far  in  the  interior, 
is  not  in  fact  the 
or  the  direction  of 
alcanar  Point  that 

!ant  it  forms  Cape 
the  beach  is  ofthc 


ranee  of  Pernambu- 


The  Portugue.so  cosmographer,  Piinentel,  admits  that  near  Cape  Petetinga  there  is  u 
t-oud  watering  place  for  ships,  but  we  had  no  cliauce  to  ascertain  that  fact. 

Near  Cape  Petetinga  the  soundings  begin  to  indicate  the  sliallow  water  of  the  Banks 
of  St.  ll')que.  Tliis  shoal  runs  in  a  direction  pirallel  with  the  .shore,  nearly  fiO  miles, 
and  ths average  breadth  iniy  be  considered  (>  miles.  Tlie  chanmd  between  them  and 
the  iniiin  land  is  from  i>  to  G  miles  wide,  and  it  is  reported  that  vessels  of  a  less  draught 
of  water  than  7  or  8  feet,  can  pass  without  the  least  danger.  The  greatest  distance  from 
the  northern  shoal  to  St.  Roque  is  iJO  miles. 

NottvithstanJing  the  small  h'jiglit  of  the  shore  near  the.sc  shoals,  in  fine  and  clear 
weather,  it  may  be  discovered  before  you  reach  them. 

The  whole  extent  we  ascribe  to  the  shallow  water  is  not  eijually  dangerous,  and  it  is 
reported  that  places  exist  where  large  ships  may  cross  tlieiri.  As  the  whole  coast  is  of 
very  little  interest,  one  will  do  better  to  keep  at  a  distance  from  it. 

The  eastern  breiker  stands  IJ  miles  distant  from  Calcanar  I'oint.  The  sea  seldom 
breaks  over  it.  The  next  west  of  the  former,  and  8  miles  distant  t'rom  dos  tres  Irmaos 
Point,  is  called  the  Lavandera,  and  the  third  one,  called  the  ITrca.s,  stands  12  miles  N. 
'  N.  K.  from  Tubaroa  Point,  and  opposite  St.  AII)erto  Bay.  The  sea  breaks  constantly 
with  great  force  on  these  two  last,  particularly  when  the  wind  blows  from  the  sea. 

By  keeping  at  a  reasonable  distance  there  is  not  the  least  danger  to  be  ap|)rehended. 
Wefoimd  the  soundings  increasing  regularly  and  very  fast,  towards  tho  sea,  the  surest 
proof  that  no  more  shallow  water  is  to  be  met,  though  in  many  charts  another  shoal  is 
marked  E.  "20°  N.  of  this  place.  This  we  consider  as  an  error,  for  the  reasons  previ- 
ously stated. 

The  soundings  are  of  no  service  to  indicate  the  approach  of  this  place.     The  nature 
of  the  bottom  seems  to  be  the   same  every  where,  and  we  found  it  always  a  mixture  of 
white  madrepores,  intermixed  with  sand,  and  in  some  instances  with  gravel. 

The  green  color  of  the  water,  like  every  shallow  water,  deserves  more  notice,  and  you 
may  consider  yourself  safe  as  long  as  you  have  not  reached  this  green  water. 

The  ciurent  runs  N.  N.  \V.  and  X.  W.  at  the  rate  of  nearly  '2  miles  an  hour;  aud  the 
tid«  rises  from  b  to  10  feet,  according  to  the  new  or  full  moon. 

From  Cape  .St.  Roque  to  Ponta  Petetinga,  is  o  leagues  to  the  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by 
N.  At  the  loot  of  this  hill,  or  eminence,  is  a  stream,  where  you  may  obtain  water;  and 
at  about  a  musket  simt  from  shore,  is  a  high  reef,  near  which  you  may  anchor  in  3  or  4 
fathoms;  bottom  of  sand  and  mud.     The  coast  in  general  is  fiat  and  barren. 

At  3  leagues  from  Petetinga,  westward,  are  some  rocks  on  the  shore  called  Pedra  da 
Garca,  near  which  any  ship  may  anchor ;  and  a^  about  15  leagues  to  the  west,  is  the 
Ponta  das  Pedras,  or  Point  of  Rocks,  with  the  rocks  called  the  Tliree  Brothers.  Of  all 
the  coast  between,  the  country  is  bare  and  black,  its  surface  covered  with  sand,  and  it 
appears  like  small  islands. 

Olf  the  Pta.  das  Pedras  are  three  shoals  of  rock,  having  a  channel  between  them  and 
the  main,  of.'?  and  4  fathoms.     At  ,3  leagues  outward  are  reefs  above  water. 

Of  the  River  Guamare  to  the  S.  \V.  the  distinguishing  marks  are  two  inland  sugar 
loaf  mountains,  of  unequal  heights.  To  the  west  is  the  island  Tubarao;  then  follow 
the  rivers  Amarg'jsa,  Cavallos,  and  Conchas  :  of  tliese  rivers  the  first  two  lead  to  the 
Salines  or  Sail  Ponds  of  Assu;  whence  many  parts  of  Brazil  have  been  supplied.  The 
coast  hence  trends  to  the  Ponta  do  Mel,  or  lloney  Point,  as  sho»vn  on  the  chart.  The 
point  may  be  kuuwn  by  its  high  red  clilfs  ;  and  hereabout  were,  and  probably  still  are, 
som«  palm  or  cocoa  trees. 

.  the  River  Upanema,  situate  as  shown  on  the  chart,  are  natural  salinas,  which,  like 
those  of  Assu,  require  no  artificial  means  for  crystallization.  Its  entrance  has  a  bar  of 
little  more  than  one  fathom  at  high  water,  although  within  there  is  a  depth  of  8  fathoms. 
Here  the  land  is  very  h'vel ;  and  on  the  west  of  the  river,  there  are,  as  far  as  a  field-piece 
can  carry,  red  clifls.  Within  land  is  Monte  \'ermelhos,  a  sugar-loaf  hill.  Ships,  how- 
ever, should  not  advance  into  the  bay,  as  it  is  full  of  shallows. 

From  the  River  Upanema  to  the  N.  W.  the  next  river  of  any  consequence  is  the  lagua- 
ripc,  which  may  be  known  by  a  round  bare  hill  of  sand  on  the  N.  W.  terminating  in  a 
rock  below,  and  within  land  a  mountain,  having  seven  sugar-loaf  points. 

Five  leagues  inland  from  the  laguaripe  rises  the  range  of  the  Guniame  Mountains, 
which  extend  ten  leagues  in  the  direction  of  east  and  wes:. 

Commencing  at  about  tliree  leagues  from  the  River  laguaripe,  the  land  for  nearly  four 
leagues,  close  to  the  sea,  appears  dark  and  full,  with  several  openings  like  bays.  At  about 
half  a  league  from  the  commencement  of  these  openings  are  some  white  clifis,  in  shape 
like  a  schooner,  with  all  sails  set,  and  head  at  east.  So  soon  as  this  full  land  terminates, 
the  coast  assumes  a  more  flat  and  level  appearance. 

Upon  the  south  bank  of  the  River  laguaripe  at  the  distance  of  about  nine  miles  from 
the  entrance,  is  the  town  of  Aracati.  At  the  entrance  is  a  bar,  narrow  and  dangerous, 
owing  to  sand  banks  on  each  side  ;  and  upon  these  the  surf  is  very  violent.    The  sand  is 


m 


•  If. 


536 


blunt's  americain  coast  pilot. 


HO  loose  at  the  tnoulb  of  tlv.  river,  that,  even  with  the  coasting  vessels  of  the  coutitr* 
every  j)rccaiitioii  is  rcciulrcd.  'J'iie  rivor  widens  iiiiiiic<natcly  witiiin  tiio  bar,  and  tVtri]:) 
rather  a  spacious  hay  ;  l)Mt  (lie  port  cannot,  iVorn  tlic  uncertainty  of  its  deptli,  ever  becoine 
important,  and  it  has,  at  titiics,  been  nearly  choked  u|).* 

Pinientel  describes  tlie  JJay  of  J^iianpe  to  the  soiilli-eastward  of  Seara  ,wliieh,  he  savs, 
forms  a  small  harbor  to  the  westward  of  sonic  low  level  land.  The  bay  is.  surronndi'il  hy 
very  high  perpendicular  cliffs,  ajiainst  wliich  the  sea  breaks  at  half-tide.  It  has  ;i  liijj, 
round  rock,  beliind  or  within  uhieh  is  shelter  and  anchorage  in  two  and  a  half  or  tlnfe 
fathoms.  On  the  N.  W.  of  this  bluff  rock  you  may  anchor  in  the  very  roll  of  the  sea, 
as  it  has  4  and  o  fatlu)nis ,  and  on  the  strand  are  pits  for  watering.  Along  side  of  the 
rock  of  Jguaripe,  on  the  east,  the  river  Xaro  falls  into  the  sea  :  anil,  on  its  west  side,  tlin.; 
leagues  out  to  sea,  is  a  siiallow  of  green  water,  off)  to  7  fathoms,  with  bottom  of  mixi 
sand,  and,  in  some  places,  small  shells. 

SE  AK  A — is  the  most  important  town  upon  this  part  of  the  coast.  The  bay  on  whirl, 
it  stands  is  formed  by  Point  Macoripc  (in  f'.t.  .'i^'lO'  ."id"  S.  and  long.  ."Jri^  ~*7'  W.;  totlie 
eastward,  and  by  the  Hiver  Papina  to  the  westward,  an  extent  of  about  4  leagues.  |[ 
is  extremely  open  ;  its  greatest  depth  being  li  miles. 

Abreast  of  the  town,  and  at  tlie  distance  of  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  extends  a  ri(|i;p 
of  rocks,  level  with  the  water's  edge,  and  within  which  small  craft  generally  anchor,  ilje 
entrance  to  the  anchorage  being  around  the  eastern  end  of  the  reef. 

The  land  within  Point  Macoripe  is  a  high  and  irregular  sand-hill,  terminating  in  fhe 
point,  which  has  a  tower  near  the  extremity.  .Ships  advaiu:ing  irom  the  N.  E.  sliotild 
not  approach  the  point  nearer  than  thrt'e  uiiles,  and  should  ('hoose  a  berth  withoiu  ilie 
points  which  form  the  bay.  Tolerable  anchorage  may  be  obtained  by  bringing  the  point 
to  bear  S.  E.  by  K.  and  the  town  of  Seara  S.,  about  4  miles  distant  from  shore,  inofa- 
thorns,  sand  and  uuid.  His  Majesty's  ship  Inconstant,  in  1814,  was  the  first  Etiglisli 
ship  of  war  that  had  anchored  here  within  the  memory  of  tiie  oldest  inhabitants;  hav 
ing  brought  up  in  a  spot  which  had  previously  been  occujfied  by  the  American  frigate 
Constitution. 

The  Recife,  or  Reef,  forms  a  complete  ridge,  at  a  considerable  distance  from  thesliorp, 
and  is  to  be  seen  af  low  water.  It  extends  parallel  with  the  shore  for  about  one  quarter 
of  a  mile,  with  two  openings,  one  above  and  the  other  below  the  town.  A  small  vessel 
may  come  to  anchor  between  it  and  the  shore;  but  a  ship  can  bring  up  only  in  oiicol 
the  openings  of  the  ridge,  or  on  the  outside  of  it.  A  vessel  coming  in  from  the  north- 
ward should  make  Point  Macoripe,  which  is  a  league  to  the  eastward  of  the  town,  wiili 
a  small  fort  on  it,  and  may  thence  bring  up  in  6  or  .j  fathoms.  (.)n  the  appearance  ol  a 
ship,  the  town  fort  displays  a  wliite  flag  ujion  a  tall  flag-stall". 

North-eastward  of  .Seara,  between  the  reef  and  shore,  is  a  rock,  called  Pedra  da  Vellu, 
or  the  Old  Woman's  Rock,  which  may  be  known  by  the  breakers  over  it.  When  a  ves- 
sel leaves  the  port  she  may  pass  between  this  rock  and  tiie  shore,  giving  berth  to  a  shoal 
which  lies  about  100  yards  to  the  northward,  or  she  may  run  out  between  the  rock  and 
the  principal  ridge  or  reef. 

On  the  1st  of  .lanuary,  1824,  a  vessel,  commanded  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Matthewson,  was 
wrecked  by  striking  on  the  Pedra  da  \"elha,  while  lyin<r-to  for  a  i)ilot.  The  rock  ap- 
))eared  to  be  in  si/.e  not  more  than  two  or  three  times  the  length  of  tlie  ship.  It  lies 
about  one-third  of  the  way  between  Point  Macoripe  and  the  inner  anchorage,  and  the 
depth  all  round  it  is  3},  fathoms. 

Captain  Matthewson  says,  "  In  going  into  the  bay,  I  kept  the  lead  constantly  goinj; 
and  when  in  .3^  fathoms  wore  ship,  with  her  head  off  shore  ;  at  the  moment  before  she 
struck  we  had  this  depth  of  water.  She  struck  only  twice,  did  not  stop,  and,  as  quirk 
as  the  lead  could  be  hove,  we  had  3,V  fathoms  again.  The  vessel  drew  scarcely  nine  feel 
of  water. 

The  breach  may  be  seen  on  the  rock  at  low  water;  but  in  fhe  daytime,  when  the  sea- 
breeze  sets  in,  the  water  generally  tops  and  shows  so  much  alike  that  it  is  not  easy  todis- 
tinguish  the  place  of  the  rock  in  the  general  swell. 

The  inner  anchorage  above  mentioned,  is  between  the  recife  or  reef  and  the  shore. 
You  enter  by  the  eastern  channel  and  go  out  by  the  western,  when  you  cannot  fetch  out 
by  theeastern  one.  Here  a  vessel  lies  at  low  water,  surrounded  by  breakers,  except  in 
the  channels;  and  as  the  pilots  are  very  inattentive,  it  is,  altogether,  very  dangerous. 
This  is,  nevertheless,  becoming  a  place  of  very  considerable  trade. 

"  From  Seara  the  coast  trends  N.  W.  by  W.  to  Jericoacoara,t  the  depth  gradually 


*  Koater's  Travels  in  Brazil,  vol.  1,  p.  17.5, 

t  "  .Tericoacoara  is  a  bay  covered  with  sea  weed,  and  its  coast  bare  and  barren.     It  is  full  ol  | 
shallows,  having  near  the  shore  only  2  fiiflioins.     Its  distinguishing  mark  is  a  fine  high  mountain, 
almost  round,  a  little  inland,  the  ground  breaking  near  it,  and  forming  others  not  quite  so  high."—  j 
[Pimentel.] 


assume  a  higher  an( 


BLUXT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


537 


increasinc:  offslion; ;  l)Ut  a  N.  W.  coiusp  should  he  pursued,  to  avoid  a  spit,  the  base  of 
which  e>;lriids  troin  Mount  Mciancias  to  .hricoacoaia,  and  terniiiiates  in  a  N.  E.  diiec- 
lion  tVoiu  llie  latter,  at  tiie  distance  ol't)  or  7  h'a^ues  oil' shore.  Ilavini;  run  100  miles 
upon  the  above  N.  W.  course,  iiieludint;  a  mile  and  a  hall  per  iiour  for  the  current's  as- 
sistance, in  soundin;;3  varyinj;  from  1]  to  "JO  fathoms,  change  tln^  course  to  W.  |  N., 
uliich  is  nearly  the  direction  of  the  coast  from  Jericoacoara  to  Mangues  Point,  and  it 
will  "ivc  >'ou  a  sif;hl  of  tlie  land  as  far  as  the  island  of  St.  Anna. 

"  NV'licn  ships  are  bound  to  Maranham,  from  seaward,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to 
iinke  the  land  considerably  to  the  ea^tuard,  as  the  currents,  in  general,  set  very  strongly 
beiween  VV.  h  '^-  "1(1  W.  iN.  W.  If,  in  endeavoring  to  make  the  land,  yon  should  be 
ill  Int.  about  .'V^  S.,  on  discovering  it  you  will  be  offMount  iMelancias,  or  between  it  and 
Se;ira;  if  the  latter,  three  other  mountains  will  be  observed  to  tlie  S.  S.  K.,  lying  nearly 
S.  K.  and  N.  W.  of  each  other,  which  mountains  are  about  7  leagues  to  the  westward 
(il'Seara,  and  are  easily  seen  from  that  place.  About  this  part  of  the  coast  you  will 
have  a  bottom  of  fine  sand  and  shells. 

"If  you  should  make  land  when  yott  consider  yourself  in  fromlat.  2^  l.'j'  S.  to  2"^  30' 
S.,  and  have  a  bottom  of  small  red  and  wJiite  stones,  you  will  be  o(f  .lericoaeoara  ;  if  the 
bottom  consists  of  yellow,  blue,  and  red  stones,  you  will  be  oH'  I'arnahiba  orTamonia; 
aiul  three  mountains,  lying  nearly  in  the  meridian  of  each  otlicr,  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  latter,  will  be  seen. 

"The  whole  coast  from  Point  Macoripe  to  Parnahiba  is  sandy  to  about  lialf  a  league 
inland,  whence  it  ajjpears  well  cultivated;  so  tliat  it  is  easily  distinguishable  from  the 
coast  between  Parnahiba  and  (ireen  Mangues  (Mangroves)  Point,  which  consists  of 
nothing  but  sand,  without  the  least  sign  of  vegetation." 

That  part  of  the  sea  coast  of  the  province  of  J'aiuhy,  extending  from  the  Earra  de  Iguar- 
rassu,  the  easternmost  branch  of  the  Kio  de  Parnahiba  to  the  liarra  de  Tutoia,  is  in- 
correctly laid  down  in  all  our  charts.  The  distance  between  these  two  mouths  is  about 
oG  miles,  in  which  extent  the  Rio  de  Parnahiba  discliarges  itself  by  four  others.  Two 
of  the  mouths  of  this  river,  namely,  those  of  Iguarrassu  and  the  J5arra  Velha,  are  only 
jiid  ilown  in  the  charts,  while  the  position  of  the  four  others  is  unknown.  Aow  litis  har- 
hr  of  Tutoia  is  tlie  oiib/  one  alnnis  this  r.rlc.nsive  line  of  eonst  from  liahia  de  Tvdosos  San- 
toslolltc  River  Aiiiazo)is  that  iidniits  oflliehar  heiriff  erossedal  all  limes  of  the  moon  h)/  res- 
.schdrnwing  14  or  \a  feet  water.  Notwithstanding  this,  the  position  of  the  harbor  of  Tu- 
toia is  not  only  incoricctly  laid  down  in  some  (harts,  but  in  luany  which  are  tolerably 
correct  in  other  respects,  Tutoia  is  not  even  mentioned. 

The  bar  of  Tutoia  is  between  7  and  8  miles  wide.  The  masters  of  two  English  ves- 
5c|j  who  sounded  on  it,  never  found  less  than  5  or  6  fathoms  water,  which  corroborated 
the  extract  of  a  log  of  a  large  Braj^ilian  brig  of  war  that  had  entered  the  harbor  a  shor' 
time  previous  to  our  arrival. 

The  bars  of  Iguarrassu  and  Barra  Velha  are  not  navigable.     Tutoia,  as  above  men- 
tionetl,  is  the  only  port  accessible,  and  is  highly  important  in  a  commercial  point  of  view. 
"Inclining  to  the  shore  and  observing  the  sand  banks  well,  as  you  pass  along,  the  en- 
trance of  the  Kiver  Perguicas  will  easily  be  distinguished.     The  sand  will  now  begin  to 
assume  a  higher  and  more  irregular  appearance  :  this  height  and  irregularity  docs  not, 
however,  deserve  the  appellation  of  hills.     Wlien  the  Perguicas  bears  S.  S.  E.  you  will 
ibednto  shoalen  your  water  to  8  or  9  fathoms,  but  a  steady  course  shoiiM  be  jjursued, 
as  you  will  presently  pass  the  spit  fornu'd  by  the  sand  washed  from  the  river,  and  which, 
[■meeting  the  natural  course  of  the  current  in  the  offing,  inclines  it  to  the  N.  W. 

If  the  day  should  be  far  advanced  when  you  are  off  this  i)art  of  the  coast,  haul  to  the 
vine)  under  topsails  and  foresail  for  the  night ;  standing  off  into  22  or  24  fathoms,  and 
:  on  into  12  or  14.     It  would   not  be  advisable  to  haul  the  wind  before  you  are  past  the 
^Perguicas,  as,  otherwise,  you  may  be  short  of  daylight  for  the  operations  of  the  ensuing 
day.    At  daylight  you  may  bear  up  under  all  sail,  ])ursuing  the  former  course  and  dis- 
lance  from  the  shore,  and  towards  the  conclusion  of  the  sand  banks  the  land  will  begia 
Id  appear  a  little  more  fertile,  and  Green  Mangues  Point  will  easily  be  distinguished. 
ANGERSTEIN'S  ROCKS.— Lat.  4°  28'  S.  long.  ,'J7°  G'  W.  soundings  U  feet. 
Extract  of  a  letter  from  Mr.  .lohn  Bouch,  master  of  the  Brig  Angerstein,  dated  Rio 
^aguaribe,  15th  December,  1830. 

■In  lat.  4°  28'  S.  and  long.  .'37^  G'  W.  I  came  through  a  cluster  of  rocks,  tliirteen  in 
tiumher,  from  two  to  three  fathoms  under  water.  I  ran  close  along  side  of  one  ;  it  was 
[juite  visible  under  water,  and  I  hove  the  lead  on  it  myself,  and  had  not  more  than  11  feet 
pater.  They  are  not  dangerous  by  day,  but  I  should  not  like  to  be  among  them  by  night, 
f\i\\  a  sea  on.  The  rocks  being  of  a  dark  brown  color,  they  show  themselves  sufficiently 
lor  a  vessel  to  pass  clear  of  theiu  ;  and  before  the  second  cast  of  the  lead  can  be  got,  you 
fK  in  10  fathoms  water.     They  he  in  a  triangular  form,  about  H  miles  from  the  laud, 

68 


ul 


I'l 


n 


I 


638 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  IMT.OT. 


with  Ponto  do  Mel,  8.  S.  K.  J  E,,  the  Reil  Mount  on  the  Return,  W.  by  N.  i  N.  7  nr8 
leagues." 

Description  of  St.  Marco  Bay. 

St.  Marco  Bay  is  that  part  of'tlu!  sea  fi)iii|)ris(Ml  Ix-twccMi  the  wf^trni  coant  (•fMarjiiilinni 
and  th(!  tiiaiii  land  ;  its  ciitraiicc  lies  N.  N.  K.  and  S.  S.  W.;  its  Infill  is  (ivrrscvctitvui,, 
miles,  and  its  width  six  miles  :  every  where  the  depth  of  wwler  is  sndieieni  for  l;ir;( 
vessels,  even  for  frifiatos,  which  may  east  anchor  near  tlio  harbor  of  St.  f^uis,  Nituatii|i,i; 
the  western  coast  of  tlie  island  of  Maraidiain. 

The  prevalent  winds  beiiu;  frcim  the  east,  vessels  bound  to  iMaranliam  must  en(l(;n,r 
to  make  the  first  land  east  of  the  island,  except  in  case  (da  fair  and  favorable  wind  Inn:, 
nortli  to  w(;st. 

The  white  sandv  bea(h,  called  Lancoe  (Jrandes,  is  the  first  land  a  vessel  boinuli, 
Maranham  must  endeavor  to  make  :  but  it  is  pro|)('i'  to  observe,  that,  by  an  eiror  in  ili' 
day's  work,  you  may  be  deceived,  and  mistake  the  Fiatieoe  Pecpietias  for  the  [,;irir,p 
(irandes,  and  in  sucli  case  consider  yourself  west  of  the  l'eri;uicus,  when  in  (act  yoiiHiij 
be  on  the  east  of  this  shallow  water  :  to  prevent  stuh  an  error,  the  surest  way  will  In  d, 
keep  at  ten  or  twelve-  miles  distance  from  the  shore,  with  from  t)  to  I')  fathoms  fifn.n.- 
an<l  sail  alon.u;  the  coast  until  you  reach  tin?  yreen  Manuel  slioie  ;  from  this  p(iiiit\ri; 
must  steer  west;  and  very  so(mi  after  you  will  discover  the  breakers  of  St.  Arm  Mml 
and  the  island  itself.  Now  you  must  direct  your  course  round  the  breakers  of , St.  An,, 
at  two  or  three  miles  distance,  until  north  of  them,  juid  you  will  be  certain  to  have  p;is>r! 
them  when  .St.  Ann  Island  shall  stand  south  a  few  decrees  east  of  you. 

Havinu;  passed  the  northern  breakers  of  St.  Ann,  you  nuist  steer  ajjain  west,  a  Tph dp. 
grees  north,  tuitil  you  discover  tin;  breakers  of  (.'orao  (Jrande,  which  you  may  a|i|)ro;ii: 
as  near  as  the  former.  From  this  point  you  may  proceed  to  the  harbor  by  two  diUcrit 
courses:  if  you  intend  to  follow  the  first  course,  then  you  must  steer  round  ("oino  (irn- 
de,  keeping  at  a  regular  distance,  with  10  or  I'J  fathoms  of  water:  if  the  second,  m, 
coast  along  the  western  shore  of  Maraidiam  island.  Maranham  Island  is  easily  disii;- 
guished  from  Santa  Ann  Island  by  its  greater  lieight,  and  its  white  shore  towards  ih» 
north. 

The  first  point  to  be  discovered,  when  keeping  close  to  the  Maranham  Island,  is  r,i;»  | 
St.  Marcos,  from  whidi  the  bay  derives  its  name.     It  is  a  high  land  of  very  great  dcr; 
vity,  on  the  top  of  whicli  a  house  is  to  be  discovered,  with  a  mast  for  a  signal.    Tli: 
cape  and  land  project  into  the  sea,  and  800  yards  from  the  sea-shore  there  are  mam  I 
rocks  and  sandy  breakers,  which  you  must  not  approach,  being  very  dangerous. 

Keeping  always  the  same  course,  S.  W.  and  S.  VV^.  ]  S.  you  will  very  soon  rendu!' 
parallel  of  the  small  fort  of  San  Anfoni  de  la  Barra,  situated  at  the  ])oint  of  Areias  wYn 
forms  the  northern  point  of  St.  Luis  Harbor.     That  point  being  part  of  the  rocks ac: 
sandy  bank  above  stated,  it  will  be  dangerous  to  approach  too  near,  as  long  as  you  staijl 
west  of  it,  but  when  voii  sliall  have  sailed  beyond  this  cape,  you  may  cast  anchor. 

SHOAL  OF  MANOEL  LUIZ.— At  the  distance  of  77  miles  N.  8^  E.  from  Itacoioi 
you  will  find  one  of  the  most  dangerous  shoals  that  you  can  possibly  meet  with,  nt  se 
this  is  called  the  Shoal  of  Manoel  Luiz,  and  was  only  known  by  the  number  o','  wreciil 
that  happened  before  we  were   able  to  discover  or  assign  its  true  position.    It  rot 
sists  of  many  groups  of  conical  rocks,  nearly  even  with  the  water's  edge,  separated  W 
intervals,  irregular  both  in  distance  and  in  de])th. 

This  shoal,  being  situated  in  a  sea  rarely  exposed  to  violent  winds,  breaks  only  fori:! 
instant,  and  that  when  the  tide  is  quite  low,  so  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  perccn'T 
it  even  when  passing  very  near.  Nevertheless,  the  rocks  on  the  surface  which  we  liai'| 
explored,  are  not  more  than  Iron:  5  to  15  feet  under  water  at  low  tide,  while  there  ar:' 
12,  and  10  fathoms  close  to  them  ;  thus  you  may  encounter  this  danger  suddenly,  andfc 
wrecked  without  the  hope  of  assistance.* 

The  instantaneous  breakings  rise  in  appearance  like  the  back  of  a  whale,  when  thestil 
is  calm  ;  and  when  these  disappear,  they  leave  masses  of  white  foam,  which  are  visible lof 
some  time.  When  the  sky  is  clear,  you  may  discover  the  rocks  under  water,  wjiicil 
appear  in  large  black  patches  ;  but  as  these  patches  are  not  perceptible  until  youaiciol 
near,  you  must  not  wait  for  such  indications.  After  two  hours  of  flood,  and  at  the  di^l 
tance  of  only  half  a  mile,  it  is  probable  you  will  not  see  one  trace  of  this  danger,  if 
sea  is  calm. 

The  survey  which  we  made  of  this  shoal,  has  enabled  us  to  be  well  acquainted  witlmi 
approaches  from  the  east,  the  south,  and  from  the  west,  so  as  to  be  certain  that  iiotliicJ 


•  The  Venus,  of  Liverpool,  in  1814,  experienced  this  misfortune  ;  for  having  struck  upon  ttj 
fatal  rock,  she  went  down  immediately,  and  entirely  disappeared  in  10  or  V2  minutes. 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


539 


.  hy  N.  i  N.7nr8 


lianifprous  exists  in  tlirse  directions.  I  wish  I  could  slnte  ilie  .sanif  witli  confidence  re- 
«|R>('tiii<;  the  upproacii  frDiii  tin;  north  ;  hut  this  extiniiniilion  would  inive  occupied  ms 
ei^lit  (i;iy»  nn»re,  ainl  »v<!  ir.iii  rnn  tin-  (ipixntunity  ol'  niiikini;  it  ;  lor  the  followiniu  diiv, 
filter  we  Ir.id  discovered  this  shoid,  tin-  had  s('as(»n  set  in  with  violence.  'l"he  weather 
wiMiliI  not  allow  us  ti,  make  any  more  astronomical  olisrrv.iiiuns. 

All  llie  accounts  that  1  could  collect  (d'  thi's(!  rocks  of  Manotd  liui/,  ai;recd,  in  the 
midst  of  contradictions,  in  [dacins;  I  hem  more  lo  tlii'  soulliuurd.  of  the  [dai-e  which  1  dis- 
tdvereil  them  in,  and  conllncd  them  to  much  narrower  limits  than  those  in  which  i  loi'iul 
(liiMU  ;  it  was  tluMclore  nnc-t  prohahle  that  I  had  seen  tluMu  all.  Nevertheless  I  do  not 
iillirin  this;  and  our  survey  haviiiij  iiuludtMl  the  apiiroaches  lo  these  dangers  in  the  di- 
recliiins  the  ino>l  im|)orlaiii  to  vessels  which  tVe(|ucnl  ^laranham,  F  am  pleased  to  have 
resolved  the  (piestion  of  the  actual  position  oC  this  dainjer  in  its  nujst  essential  |)arts, 
;(i,'ree;d)ly  to  the  instructions  given  int! ;  leaving;  to  a  more  t'avorahle  o|)portunitv  the 
cliiuice  of  disc(»veiin;i  whatevisr  may  he  further  interestin;^.  (or  the  henelit  of  navii;nlion 
in  iicneral.  From  our  ohservations,  made  at  tin?  anchoras;e  4(lt)  toises  to  the  south  of 
tJie  most  westerly  roek  (d  .^Ianoe|  Lui/,  and  under  circumstances  which  assure  us  of  its 
correctness,  i  place  these  rocks  in  latitude  i)°  51'  "J.')"  S.,  lons;itude  44^  14'  45"  VV.  and 
the  viiri;ition  observed  at  the  same  anchoras;c,  .Tan.  •."),  ]h-,m),  was  "I)  57'  K.  Tlie  same 
(liiv,  in  the  cveniuij;  of  which  it  was  full  moon,  we  found  the  rise  of  the  tide  was  l-J  feet, 
ami  iliiit  it  was  hiv'h  water  at  /ive  o'(dock  ;  that  the  (lood  ran  for  six  hours,  at  the  rate  of 
six  tenths  of  a  mile  per  hour,  to  the  S.  VV,  and  the  ehh  ran  N.  K.  for  the  same  period, 
iiiiil  with  the  same  velocity.  Lastly,  the  nature  of  the  rocks  wliicli  form  this  danger, 
appears  to  be  of  the  same  kind  as  those  of  the  AI)rolhos,  ami  are  similar  to  most  of  the 
titlier  rocks  and  islets  at  a  little  distance  from  the  coast  of  llra/.il,  which  we  have  already 
described. 

Such  were  our  ohservations.  nccordine  to  our  .surveys,  of  these  shoals  of  Manoel  Luiz, 
wlien,  in  18',*5,  we  were  told  that  anotlier  firoup  of  rocks  had  been  disctovered  nearly  7 
I  IciiLMies  more  to  the  northward,  and  alnu)st  on  the  sami;  nieridiau  as  ours.  This  dis- 
I  covery,  eniirely  a<!cidental,  was  made  by  .Mr.  Da  Silva,  an  offu cr  in  the  Brazilian  Navy, 
■will),  on  his  route  to  I'ara,  saw  the  breakers  on  his  passa-^e,  ami  discovered  these  rocks. 
I  am  not  ac(|uainte(l  with  the  particulars  of  this  discovery  ;  but  the  position  jjiven  to  this 
new  (lani;er  is  said  to  he  latitude  0°  3'j'  S.,  longitude  44^  17'  :21"  \V.  and  according  to 
llie  acciuint  we  received,  there  does  not  appear  to  bo  any  doubt,  at  least  of  their  latitude. 
One  (pu'stion  here  presents  itself,  that  is,  to  which  of  the  two  shoals,  Mr.  I)a  Silva'g 
onuiiic,  ou^ht  we  to  i:ive  the  name  of  .Manoel  Lui/  .'  If  you  consult  former  charts  which 
notice  this  shoal,  vou  will  linil  so  little  a'^recment  ainon:j;  them,  that  it  will  be  impossible 
t)  decide  in  t'avor  of  one  or  the  other.  They  are  marked  as  oidy  one  jiroup  of  rocks,  and 
uutaiiy  of  them  are  placed  in  the  jjosition  ^iven  (jither  by  Mr.  Da  Silva  or  myself'.  I  am 
therefore  inclined  to  think  that  these  two  datisiers  ouiiht  to  be  considered  as  a  continua- 
tion of  the  same  shoal.  Its  ext(Mit,  which  would  i)i'  7  leagues  north  and  south,  havii,^ 
ercasioneii  its  beiui;  met  within  many  parts,  will  explain,  in  some  measure,  the  different 
pusitions  that  have  been  assigned  to  it.  1  airree  that  this  hypotliesis  would  not  justify  all 
these  accounts,  because  I  am  iidormed  that  the  popular  opinion  at  Maranham,  lor  exam- 
ple, places  the  shoal  one  deijree  more  to  the  southward  than  where  we  found  it,  and 
where  we.  are  cnnjhlent  theie  exists  no  sort  of" danger  ;  ;intl  we  may  say  the  same  respect- 
iii:j  the  danger  discovered  by  Mr.  i)a  Silva;  however,  it  appears,  beyoml  all  doubt,  that 
what  is  called  the  Shoal  of  Manoel  Luiz,  is  only  one  of  the  points  of  the  extensive  shoal 
|that  .Mr.  Da  Silva  and  myself  have  fixed  the  northern  and  southern  limits  of.* 

We  conclude  this  subjiict,  by  observing  that  it  .ippears  to  us  difticult  to  deterinine  from 
the  soundings,  your  distance  from  the  shoal  of  Manoel  Lui/. ;  the  de])tli  and  the  nature 
;  pi' the  ground  beinir  .so  variable,  at  a  certain  distance  from  the  danger,  that  you  can  de- 
duce from  them  only  very  uncertain  conclusions.  The  soundings  of  white  sand,  speck- 
led black  and  red.  as  before  mentioned,  being  the  most  common  in  that  part  of  the  sea, 
petween  the  meridian  of  the  Coroa  Grande,  and  that  of  the  eastern  coast  of  the  adjacent 
Continent,  extend  10  or  15  leagues  to  the  northward  of  the  entrance  to  tlie  Bay  of  St. 
Marcos  ;  l)ut  these  are  not  without  exceptions,  as  you  will  often  find  soundings  of  a  very 
pilferent  a|)pearance. 
Beyond  this  limit,  as  well  as  to  the  eastward  of  Coroa  Grande,  sand  and  broken  mad- 


ipry 


*  It  is  remarkable  that  Captain  Appleton,  in  1817,  discovered  a  danjrerous  shoal  in  latitude  0° 
I.V  S.  and  about  4  leagues  to  the  westward  of  the  reputed  situation  of  the  Bank  of  Manoel  Luiz, 
»'h;ch  would  appear  to  be  placed  somewhere  between  Roussin  and  Da  Silva's  Rock?,  and  proba. 
Ily  will  prove  to  be  a  continuation  of  the  same  dangers.  He  states  them  to  be  compo.ied  of  sharp, 
loinied  coral  rocks,  with  only  14  and  15  feet  water  over  them  in  some  places,  while  clo.se  to  theao 
fallows  the  lead  will  fall  into  40  fathoms  ;  this  description,  in  its  principal  features,  very  much  ro- 
euibles  that  of  the  Baron. 


540 


DLIJIVt's  AMF.RrCAN  COAST  PFIOT. 


rpporn  nrn  the  moMt  rointiiotily  met  wiili.     'Plirsc  jin*  nrurly  Jh»' •nmn  which  VMi  m 

riitiitniifly    mcft    wiili  ;ill  nlmit;  llic  «ii;isi   til'  lliir/.il   Irdiii  llif  Alir(illii)<(.     Wr  i, i 

them    ill   lhi>   exlri-iiiily  (il   :ill   our   nmUt   hi   llic   r;islu;ml,  ami    nn  ilii'   |iHriill*'|  di  n,,, 
shiiiil ;    mill  it  In  prdliiiiili;  liicy  rxinni  iiinrli  lailhcr  to  llir  iiiirllnv;ii(i  ;iiiil  ciiNiwiinl. 

ill  llic  t,  lirokcti  iiiii(li'c|iiiiM  arc  iiinsi  ciiiihikiii  in  ilic  viiiiiily  (illliis  ilaiii^ci,  In  llii'tii.r 
■oulli,  and  uost  dl  ii ;  Imt  ilicy  an-  iiilxt'd  sdiiiftiiiicN,  ili(iii!;li  raifly,  « iiii  cdaisi'  i;r;ni| 
liriilii'ri  sIk'IIh  ami  idcks,  Iml  vai yiiii;  in  ilcplli  sn  iiiik  ii,  liiat  Vdii  cannot,  by  thu  nuuiki! 
iiigfl,  dctcriiiiiie  your  (lintaiice  Iroiu  tlic  slioal  lo  wiiljin  'i  dr  (i  lcaj;iic«j. 

Virecliuns  for  Vessels  bound  to  Murnnhftm,  }>>/  L'irul.  K.  Stnpford,  commanding  U,}ii 

Sr/iijoiiir  I'ic/ilc. 

VphscIs  bound  lo  Miiriuiham  may  cross  tho  c(|i)ntor  in  lorm.  40'-'  W.  which  Mi||(,p. 
blc  them  to  Iclch  llic  Ijaiiciu's  (iraiidcs,  a  landrail  dcscrvidly  rcconiincmlcd  liy  H;i,„„ 
KoiHsiii.  It  has  lifi'ii  ciHtoniary  to  in  ikc  tin;  li<;liilidnsu  on  llic  island  (if  Santa  An  , 
but  an  error  in  llic  lonuMtiidc  will  liu  df  less  iiiiporlancc  liy  making  ihc  liaticncs  (ir 

A  vessel  arriviim  oil'  Saiila    Anna,  and  tint   liavini;  NnKicietil  davlijilil  lo  tlnd  he 
into  tlie  hay  ol'  St.  Mark,  may  lay  Id  (nrtlic  nii^lit  iill' and  on  llic  li^lillidiisc,  kce 


illlHi. 


liiir. 


n:i 


as  near  soiiili  dl  licr  as  |idssililc,  distant  6  and  7  miles.     The  light  is  revolving,  iind 
be  seen  distant  aliuiit  \')  miles. 

As  there  is  constantly  a  heavy  swell  on  the  coast,  anchorage  should  be  avoided  il'imj. 
sible,  as  il  is  Imtli  dilliciih  anil  danucroiis  to  recover  the  anchor. 

From  Sania   Anna  a  \ess(l  should   sieci  \V.  ,',  N.;  liy  doint;  which  she  will  |insstli> 
breakers  ot"  Coroa  (Irandc,  at  the  distance  ol'  ahont  Ii  miles,  and  iMmint  llacoloiin  »i 
be  discdvered  tiearinir  alidiit  west.      \V  hen  distant  alidiit  10  iir  11  miles  iVdiii  the  M 
alter  course  to  .S.  },  W.,  till  the  tort  and  (la^-stalJorSl.  Mark's  arc  made  out  nearly  Mn 
St.  Mark's  pc'i,;;  should  not  he  passed  at  a  i^rcatcr  distance  than  a  mile  and  a  liiiil. 


iii)i,t 


the  hank   of  Dc  (.'erca,  (on  tin;   slariioard    hand   ^niii^  in,)  may   he  avnided ;  a  red 
rocks  runs  oil' iVom  ihe  point;  and  to  tivciid  these,  it  shdiild  not  he  appniached,  wnL 
three  ipiarters  ol'  a  mile.     Within  these  limits  a  vessel  may  coast  aloni;  until  Foil  A:, 
tonio  hi;ars  K.  or  10.  by  S.  uhen  shi'  should  aiiclior  and  wait  liir  a  pilot. 

A  vessel  by  I'dlldwinj;  thealmvc  route  td  Maianham.  \vill  avoid  sictliiu:  entangled iiinr, 
the  swash-ways  on  the  C'droa  (irandc  slniais,  menlidiieil  hy  captain  (Juiirtenay  iis  bm,, 
80  very  daiiiierdus  to  straiu'iers. 

The  inhabitaiits  df  Maranham,  in  consciiueiicc  df  ihcir  harbdr  fiiliiiL'  uji,  expert  tu' 
obliged  lo  transfer  their  port  of  .shipment  to  Alcaiitra.  1/icnl.  Stu|ilord  visited  this  pi' 
and  is  of  fipinion  that  it  is  jirefcralde  in  every  ropcct  In  .Marai.liaui,  hciiij>  easier 


111 


cess,  eai 


pahle  df  cdiitaiiiint;  more  ships,  and  allowini;  them  to  j;et  in  or  out,  at  ;iiiv  tn- 
of  tide,  with  the  prevailiiit;  winds.  The  depth  of  water  is  also  greater.  The  Piitl* 
was  anchored  about  one  third  of  a  cable's  lent'th  from  the  slinre,  in  7  fathdiiis  at  I  ■ 
water,  heintj;  more  than  in  any  part  of  the  hari  (ir  of  Maranhani,  even  at  hiuh  wiiin. 

Captain  ( 'ourlcn-.y  represents  the  hotKim.  alonuthc  whiile  line  of  coast,  as  heiii^i  ', 
posed  of  (|nicksai)  Is,  to  which  he  attributes  ilie  l're(|uent  loss  of  anchors  by  vc.-m' 
Lieutenant  Stopford  is  of  a  dilferent  oiiiiiion,  liavins:  fre(|uently  anchored  on  all  pmiM 
the  coast,  between  Maranham  and  I'ara.  Jt  is,  however,  indispensab'e,  that  \i'><': 
should  ascertain  the  i|uality  of  tli:-  buttom  before  aiichdrini,',  as  it  is  fdul  in  many  pLu-. 
The  Pickle  lost  her  small  bower  hcforc  l/ieutcnant  Stopldril  was  aware  of  this.  I)\ 
choringdii  rdcky  ground.  \'essels  shduld  he  careful  not  to  anchor  olf  .Si.  Mark's |ioi!;, 
as  the  ground  is  foul,  and  manv  anchors  have  been  lost  there. 

ROUTE  FROM   MARANHAM  TO  PARA.— A  vess.d  bound  from  ManinhMJ 


■"ara,  durms 


tl 


ic  rainv  season, 


sliouid    iret  to    the  northward  rif  the  eiiuator  as  s 


;(i(iii 
ail  ill';. 


It:. 


possible.     .She  \vill  thus  avoid   the    light  bafllirm  winds  and  calms  which  jirev 
season;  and  also  the  current,  which  sets  from  K.  N.  E.  to  .S.  E.  abont  2  or  .'1  iiiiliv* 
hour,  occasioned  by  the  waters  from  the  various  rivers  and  hays  of  the  const. 

To  ihe  westward  of  the  island  of  Salina  there  are  some  white  cliffs  so  nearly  rpsem- 
blinsi  those  to  the  eastward  of  that  island,  tliat  they  have  been  freipiently  inislaKfii  l"'[ 
each  other.     ^'^esseIs  inistakin;:  the  western  cliffs   for  those  east  of'  .Salinas,  have  sioorl 

:er('i! 
the  lul-l 


on  until  they   have  become  lost  on  llie  Rragan/.a  shoal,  or  in  that   equally  diwvi 
place  called  tlie  Well.     The  utmost  caution  therefore  is  necessary   to  attend  to 


lo 


wing  directions  for  anchorlii!:at  Salina 


Bring  the  town  of  .Salina  to  bear  S.hy  E.  atid  anchor  in  9  fathoms.     The  wholecoa? 
from  Turnivissais  woody,  anr|  the  white  sand  hills  are  very  remarkable. 

Information  obtained  from  .Senhor  .Saramanhas,  the  chief  pilot.  Lieutenant  Vrj^ 
commander  of  the  U.  S.  Schooner  J3oxer,  at  Para,  South  Anierit  a. 

1.  A  flag 
be  obtained. 


hoisted  on  the  flag-stalF  at  Sahna'a  village,  is  the  day  signal  that  a  pilot 


uiai 


BLUNTS  AMKUICAN  COAST  IMLOT. 


r>ii 


no  which  yen  «„ 

lllON.        W'v    lull!,, I 

II'  |i.ir;illr|  III  (III, 
mil  fiiNtwiiril. 
hxi^cr,  to  tliPi'a«t. 
Mill  conrsp  uriml. 
lint,  Ij)'  the  huuiiil. 


immand'tng  II.  .1/, 
»V.  which  will  Hi, 

[llllCllllllI   I'V    li,i    , 

iiwl  of  Siintii  All,,, 
'  Ii;\iicofs  (iiiiiiiii. 
oht  ti)  liiiil  licr «,, 
lithousc,  kripiii.,; 
s  rcviilviiit;,  ami , ,, 


(1  1)0  avoiili'ii  il 


•li  slic  will  |i;^<l|y 
Diiiit  Itariiluini  wi; 
l«'.s  t'roiii  tlif  Mduiii 
lie  out  nciirlv  'Am 
mile  '.iihI  u  hall,  iL : 
'  iivoiili'il ;  a  reel  ,1 
i  a|)|)rmi(lii'(l,  will,: 
iliini^  until  Foil  A:, 
liliit. 

iii<j;('iitaiisIe(lainop; 

Courteiiay  as  beij;  | 

iiL'  up,  expect  til' 

I'uiil  visited  tliis|i! 

,  heiiif;  easiei  ol  , 

(ir  out,  lit  any  in 
reater.     Tlie  I'iHM 
ill  7  latlioiiis  at  U\ 
en  at  hiuli  water, 
coast,  as  l)ein;;'ii|ti.| 

aiifliors  by  vi'sm:. 

lioi-cilon  ail  pmiM 

usable,  that  vesseli 
s  I'onl  in  many  pbi« 

ware   of  tliis.  h)  A 
idli'St.  Mark's puio', 

il  iVom  Maranliniiii)| 
ic  einiator  as  sooiim| 
which  iii-evail  in';; 
bout  2  i)r  .">  niiif>|«1 
the  coast, 
ids  so  nearly  rf»| 
jnently  mistaKfii  fel 
f  Salinas,  have  siokI 
U  cquallv  ilan^eroiil 
to  altciici  tutlielolj 

iiis.     The  whole co3n| 

jt,  Lieutenant  Viii^ 

la. 

tiinal  that  a  pilot  ma| 


'2.  It  the  pilot  shiiiilil  not,  Imwever,  cmiie  oil'  iluriiii;  the  ilay,  anil  at  ni(;ht  there  bo 
aliiiMn  two  lii.'htH,  the  pilot  may  b«  expedfil  oil'  the  InllowinK  niDrnini;. 

;;.  Il  tliere  be  ihiee  liijlits  slmwii,  the  pilot  has  no  boat,  anil  iiiumI  have  one  from  tlio 
vpMKi'l  '*■  bnii:;  liim  oil';  in  wlin  li  caNe  ilie  vessel  miiHt  btin:;  the  vill.i;;e  ot  SalinaN  to 
hear  S.  S.  W .  in  soiiniliiii;s  ol'  live  or  six  ratlioiiis  water,  \tlieii  point  Atalaia,  (iiiipio- 
iiirlv  callcit  in  the  i  liarts,  Atisia,)  will  be  (lislanl  about  ■'>  miles.  Vou  may  here  iliit- 
p.iicli  a  boat,  well  nianneil,  which  must  keep  eloNO  in  with  the  slioreu  of  Aialaia,  ( U-ar 
til  the  snri,  until  it  meets  with  an  openinu  in  the  reel'  wliii  h  lines  the  i  oast  in  iVont  of 
tin-  villa;ie, thriiii;;h  winch  it  mii-t  pass.  Inside  the  red",  the  water  m  i|uile  smooth,  and 
villi  iiiav  land  .my  where  upon  the  In  arli. 

'    I.  'I'iie  boat  should  be  sent  at  hall  tlood,  in  order  that  it  may  return  the  same  tide, 

li  IS  liiiiii  water  on  rull  and  ehaiiv'c  at  7  o'clock,  and  oil' shore  at  H.     I'ara,  June  1,  XH'.i'J, 

II.  M.  S.  fickle  reniained  at  anclior  one  ni'.;ht  in  7  lathomH,  with  the  town  bearini.; 

s;.  Iiv    \].  and  had  no  diliii  iilty    in  re^ainin;;  her   anchor   in  the   iiioniin;.'.      liiiutenanl 

Slii|iii>rd  observes,  that  accidents  have  rrei|uently  happened,  and  lives  h^ive  bein  lost  by 

boats  uoiim  tnr  the  pilots  beinn  swamped  in  the  surf.     They  have  iVeipieiitly  landed  iin- 

int'iliately  under  the  town,  whieli  is  very  wronj;,  and  liieutenant  .*«<toprord  recominenil.s 

Uii'iii  to  pass  to  the  westward  nl'tiie  island  :   by  doin}j  this  a  river  will  be  observed,  wliiih 

liMils  up  to  the  lowii.  wiiere  boats  may  land  in  sat'etv,a!i(l  thereby  avoid  the  surf  outside. 

MMvANIIA.M    TO   I'AKA. —  I'ara,  or  (Jrand  I'ara.  is  ihe  northermnnst  |)rovinee  of 

iha/.ll,  ii'i'l  i^  celebrated  for  its  cotton,  sn^ar,  vanilla,  chocolati;,  and  coll'ee.     'ihe  coast 

Iriiiii  the  bay  of  Maranham  to  I'ara,  is  n;enerally  lirw  and  sandy,  and  has  many   little 

jsiis,  of  llie  same   deseription,  with   iiiimeroiis   coves   and   rivulets.      I'imenti  I  has  ile- 

hcrilied  the  whole,  but  his  desci iptioii  is  not  adapted  to  the   use  of  the  niodcrn  navi- 

Katar,  utuiseil  to  creep  alim<j;  the    shore.     Some  of  it  may,  however,  be  useful.      .\  ves- 

si'l,  he  says,  bound  from  .Nlaranhani  to  I'ara,  should  take  her  departure  in  the  inornin<;, 

ativance  to  tlie  ainihoraije  olf  the  Araeaji,  or  elitf,  already  described,  thence  stand  out  to 

se.i,  to  beyond  the  shoals  of  Ciima,  (or  Oarnaveros  banks.)  which  may  be  clfecied  in  a 

riiiiof '■*  b'a'jiues.     Ilavin;:!;  passed  these,  you  approach  the  sand   bank  stretcliini;  from 

till'  wi'stern  sliore,  and  over  which  there  are  G,  111,  7,  (),  .'),  7,  and  H  falhoms.     Thus,  you 

iiiav  i)rocecd  to  the  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  \V.  by  N.  to  the  distance  of  "J-J  lea^'ues,  when  the 

eriiiniil  of  the   bank,  white  sand  with   black   specks,  will  be  succeeded   by  coarse  sand 

ami  stones,  or  brown  sand  and  broken  shells,  with   115  to  17  and  UO  fathoms  of  water.* 

Here  yon  ^^'iH  be  olf  the  island  of  St.  .loan,  or  St.  .lolm,  and  near  the  parallel  of  one 

(le'.'iee  south. 

Till'  island  of  .St.  .loao  is  nearly  level  with  the  sea,  and  about  IJ  leai;ues  Ions,'  from  H.  N. 
F..  to  W.  S.  W.  Hetween  tlie  N.  E.  end  of  tliis  island  and  Point  Turiva/.o  to  the  W.  N. 
W.tlie  distance  is  aiioiit  ')  leaL'iies.  The  bay  between  ali'ords  shelter,  and  vessels  may 
anchor  on  the  .N.  W.  side  of  St.  .lohn's  island,  in  from  b  to  -l  fathoms,  sandy  ground. 

At  the  distance  of  IH  |caii;ni's  W.  .N.  \\^  frmn  Tnrivazo  point  is  Cape  (inrupi,  over 
wliirh  is  a  mountain,  insulated  and  therefore  remarkable.  This  mount  is  several  leagues 
inlaiiil,  and  near  it  is  another,  somewhat  smaller  and  rounder.  The  coast  here,  as  in 
otlu'r  i)arts.  is,  however,  low",  level  and  sandy,  covered  with  a  dark  brush-wood,  and  from 
the  jmiiit  a  shoal,  with  breakers,  extends  .'!  miles  out  to  sea. 

From  Cape  (iurupi  to  the  ITivcr  Cayte,  on  the  western  bank  of  wliieh  is  n  small  town 
of  the  same  name,  the  distance  is  24  leaiiues,  on  a  course  nearly  west.  At  the  entrance 
of  this  river,  on  the  eastern  side,  are  several  low  islets,  of  the  same  name.  Oil'  the 
.slinie,  throuj;hont  this  extent,  the  bottcmi  is  jirenerally  ilat,  and  there  is  commonly  7  and 
Hfatliomsat  :<  leagues  olf,  with  t  lear  erouiid. 

I'roin  the  Cayte  to  the  inlet  of  Maracnno,  the  distance  W.  by  N.  is  IJ.'f  leagues.  In 
sailiii:,'  alona;  it  is  proper  to  keep  2  or  ;{  leagues  oil'  shore,  in  soundin(2;s  of  7  and  8  fa- 
tlioins.  The  coast  here  is  distinsuished  by  a  ran::e  or  chain  of  white  sand-liills,  the 
]ii:;liest  of  which,  Piraussu  Mill,  is  about  3,';  leasjues  westward  of  Cayte  Point,  the  west- 
ern point  of  the  mouth  of  the  Cayte.  I'iraussii  Hill  appears  like  a  high  blutf,  and  per- 
pendicular point,  close  to  the  sea,  with  red  clilVs'on  its  eastern  side. 

At  5t  leaa;ne.s  \V,  by  N.  from  Piraussu  Hill  is  Point  Atalaia,  distin^^nished  by  a  watch- 
tower,  havim;  a  aun  which  is  occasionally  fired  when  a  vessel  is  approachiu};.  On  mak- 
ing; this,  and  keepiug  a  good  look-out,  the  smoke  may  be  seen.  At  this  place  are  two 
eminences  of  wliite  sand,  and  immediately  west  of  the  point  is  the  inlet  or  bay  of  Mara- 
cnno, havin<r  .5  and  G  fathoms  of  water,  and  sjood  ground. 

RIO  PARA. —  Point  Tigioca,  the  eastern  point  of  the  mouth  of  the  Para,  is  9  leagues 
west  from  Atalaia  Point ;  and  within  tliis,  at  the  distance  of  7  miles  to  the  S.  W.  is  Point 
Tapua.  Here  an  extensive  bank  extends  2  leagues  from  shore  between  the  two  points, 
and  to  the  northward  are  tlie  Tigioca  shoals  and  breakers,  the  positions  and  nature  of 

*  According  to  a  late  survey. 


V 


m\ 


542 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


which  c;in  bo  understood  only  by  relerenoo  lo  the  cliiirts.  Tlie  passage  in  is  betwtrn 
tlu'se  sbotil-i,  iuid  iiiis  a  depth  of  ]t2,  1 1 .  mid  15  latii(Miis.  at  about  II  miles  iVom  tlit 
soiiilicni  siiore,  in  latitude  U^  2',V  .S.  Tliere  is,  also,  a  cliaiuu'l  for  small  vess(.'ls.  ;it .", 
miles  iVom  slioie,  and  alonio;  the  edge  of  the  l?axo  do  Horonoco,  tiie  bank  which  exteudj 
iVoni  I'oint  Ticiioea,  as  already  n()tic'(>d. 

l)lRl':C''ri(J.\S  KOK  JWRA.— Vessels  bound  to  Para  should  endeavor  to  ni;ikp 
the  land  about  Salina  or  C'avte,  whieh  lies  to  the  eastward  ol'Salina,  and  is  reniaiknlil,. 
for  its  white  sand  hills,  steeiiog  to  tin,'  westward,  keeping  the  land  in  siijlit  G  or?  nuKs 
distant,  you  will  make  llie  Point  Atalaia,  which  has  a  house  near  its  extreme  point,  and 
immediately  after  will  see  the  village  of  Snlina,  w  liich  faces  the  sea,  and  easily  percei\(i| 
in  clear  weather  by  its  white  i)uil(lings.  Here  vessels  take  a  pilot  for  I'ara,  and  iidi,,. 
should  not  come  oil'  by  making  a  si<:nal,  you  will  liave  to  send  the  i)oat  on  shore  furdiic. 

Should  you  not  see  Salina,  or  (ind  any  ditliculty  in  |)rocuring  a  pilot,  by  attenilin- 
to  the  following  directions  you  will  (ind  no  difficulty  in  passing  the  shoals,  or  going  up 
the  river. 

The  lanil  between  Salina  and  Tigioea  runs  about  W.  by  N.  about  4  leagues.  ']'./ 
the  westward  of  Salina  you  will  sec;  a  point  of  land,  S.  W.  of  whieh  are  two  reauirk;il,li. 
white  sand  hills,  and  by  keeping  a  good  lookout  at  the  mast-head  you  cannot  p;iss  tliii:i 
without  seeing  them,  they  being  the  only  thing  remarkable  between  Salinas  and  Tiginci, 
and  is  a  good  departure  to  run  between  the  slioals.  1'igioca  lies  about  17  miles  to  ili,. 
westward  of  tliisland,  and  is  alow  point.  You  will  have  running  along  11,  I'J,  14  nnd 
15  fathoms  water  channel-way,  ami  be  carel'ul  in  sounding  ;  come  no  nearer  tlic  hm,] 
than  9  or  10  miles,  as  you  approach  Tigioea,  for  fear  of  getting  into  the  Well,  which  is 
a  dangerotis  place,  and  oftentimes  deceives  strangers  by  supposing  it  to  be  a  good  clian- 
nel  inside,  as  most  of  the  books  and  charts  represent,  but  sliould  never  be  attenipicdbv 
any.  The  Weil  (or  entrance  of  do.)  is  aliout  5  or  b  miles  to  the  north  and  eastwani  1 1 
Point  Tigioea,  and  has  from  -Jl)  to  '.?H  fathoms  water:  by  getting  tliat  soundirii;s  voi; 
may  jud'ie  immediately  you  are  in  the  Well,  for  there  are  no  such  soundings  any  where 
about  that  ])art  of  the  roast.  Haul  olV  as  soon  as  possible  to  tlie  south  and  east,  to 
avoid  tlie  Pda^anca  liank,  for  in  that  soundings  you  are  not  far  off  danger  :  perli;\;is  tiif 
next  soundings  you  may  not  have  more  than  2  or-'!  fathoms  and  less,  as  I  have  lijunili; 
to  be  the  case  in  going  through  that  channel  with  a  boat,  and  sounded  all  the  way.  soine- 
times  not  6  feet,  and  breakers  both  sides.  ]  have  been  the  more  exact  in  pointing  om 
the  danger  of  this  channel,  that  it  may  never  be  attempted  by  any,  and  if  unt'ortinintilv 
you  should  happen  to  get  in,  and  your  water  shoalens,  if  flood  tide,  coiue  to  anclior  niii! 
wait  for  the  ebb,  and  then  you  should  not  haul  olt'tlic  land  too  sudden,  for  fearoftlio 
Braganca  Hank,  which  is  inside  of  you,  and  which  you  cannot  avoid  seeing,  as  it  break' 
constantly  unless  at  liigli  water,  and  the  sea  perfectly  smooth,  which  seldom  hapjiciisto 
be  the  case,  that  a  vessel  can  pass  it  without  seeing. 

Running  for  tin-  Channel  hchvccn  Tigioea  and  Braganca  Banks. 

When  you  make  '^Pigioca  Point  from  the  mast-head,  and  runnini  alons  the  lam!  so 
that  you  can  see  it  plain  from  the  deck,  (say  <t  or  10  miles.)  vou  will  soon  discover th' 
Braganca  breakers  tVom  aloft,  which  lueak  very  hiiih  on  the  lari)oard  band  going  in.  anil 
is  the  best  mark  to  run  in  Ijy.  The  tide  runs  very  rapid  in  this  channel,  and  tjie  seaai 
times,  and  for  the  most  considerable.  The  ripple  caused  by  the  tide  at  times  appear* 
to  a  stranger  like  shoal  water,  where  there  are  jirobably  from  14  to  15  fathoms  water, 
and  while  the  Hraganca  is  in  sight  you  need  not  be  a|)preliensive  of  any  danger.  I()rtii? 
bank  is  steep  close  lo  the  breakers,  and  you  should  |)ass  within  'i  miles  of  them,  or  even 
less,  and  when  Tigioea  Point  bears  about  .^.  I'),  by  8.  Braganca  distant  about  ier" 
miles,  you  may  liaul  up  about  S.  W.  to  avoid  Tigioea  Shoal,  which  lies  outside  of  ynii. 
and  streteh(!s  to  the  soutli  and  west,  and  breaks  heavy  at  the  east  part,  but  seldom sien 
going  tlirough  tliis  channel,  and  should  your  water  shoalen.  approaching  said  shonl. 
(which  will  not  be  the  case  whilst  the  land  is  in  si(rht  plain  from  the  deck,)  haul  mnrp 
to  the  south,  and  your  water  will  deepen  immediately  ;  you  may  then  procec!  up  llif 
mer  by  keeping  the  Braganca  in  sight,  which  will  always  be  a  sure  guide  for  goin'.'  in. 
keeping  them  at  a  distance  about  'J  miles,  more  or  less,  as  the  courses  given  may  be  al- 
fected  more  or  less  by  the  tides. 

The  land  iietween  Tigioea  and  Point  Taiper  is  broken,  appearing  in  spots  of  small 
islands,  which  makes  them  more  remarkalile,  and  near  to  Taiper  is  a  dry  sand  hank 
about  5  miles  from  the  land,  amltollie  south  of  which,  al)ieas*  of  Point  Taiper,  is  good 
anchorage,  in  aliout  7  or  H  fathoms  water,  and  is  where  pilots  come  to  anchor  oiitwani 
bound  to  wait  an  opportunity  of  riinning  out  between  the  shoals  on  account  ofiieiiicj 
less  exposed  to  the  heavy  sea  which  sets  in  with  the  flood  tide,  and  out  of  the  streugtb  j 
of  it. 


BLUxXt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


543 


snge  ill  is  between 

11  miles  iVoin  tlir 

siiiitll  vessels,  iit  .j 

;uiU  wliicli  exti'iiils 

endeavor  to  nuike 
,  and  is  renKiriviiljlc 
1  siijlit  T)  or  7  miles 
extreme  puint,  -.imI 
Hid  easily  perceiMil 
for  Para,  and  ildi.e 
)at  on  shore  I'or  oiie. 
1  pilot,  l)y  attendiif: 
sliuals,  or  going  ii|i 

[)nt  4  leagups.  T» 
are  two  remailiahle 
)U  eamiot  pnss  tluw 
Salinas  and  Ti!:iiic:i. 
)()ut  17  miles  to  tli,. 
dong  11,  1~'-  14  aiiij 
?  no  nearer  tlie  Inml 
)  the  Well,  whicli  IS 
it  to  1)6  a  good  cliaii- 
ever  be  attcniplcdby 
orth  and  eastwanl  (f 

that  sonndinsis  yoi; 
sonndinijs  any  where 
^  sonth  and  east,  tn 
dancer ;  perha;);,  tiie 
ss,  as  I  have  t'oumli; 
led  alltlic  way,  some- 
3xa('t  in  pointiiii;  mi! 

and  it'unt'ortiiniili'iy 

come  to  anchor  nml 
den.  for  fear  of  th" 
seeinix,  as  it  bvc;ik« 

h  seldom  liapiiciislo 


BanJxS. 

nfr  alon^:  tlie  land  sn 
vill  soon  discover  til* 
rd  hand  goiniff  in,  ain! 
innel,  and  the  seaai 
.ide  at  times  appfMi^ 

0  15  t'athonis  waier. 
,r  any  danger,  roriii' 
iiiles'oi'them,  or  even 

1  distant  about  '2  ir " 
h  lies  outside  ot  vox 
.art,  but  seldom  seen 
vroachinjr  said  sluml. 
the  deck.)  haul  nimf 

hen  ')rocer!  n\)  lli' 
,c  guide  for  goin': in. 
rses  given  may  be  at- 

ing  in  spots  ol'  siiiab 
)■  is  a  drv  sand  b'.ink 
'oint  Taiper.  istziioJ 
le  to  anchor  outw.na 
on  account  otbi'inj 
d  out  of  the  streiigtli  ] 


Point  Taiper  is  about  11   miles  from  Tigioca  j'oint.     Tlie  land  between  Taiper  and 
Vi'zia  lies  about  S.  W.  by  W.  and  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  about  17  miles,  between  which, 


kiepin 
iippro.K 


i  at  a  distance  from  5  to  4  miles,  yon  will  have  ')  to  10  fathoms  water,  and  as  y 


ou 


h  \ 


I'fia  vour  water  wil 


shoal 


en 


;ra( 


liially  to  !-!  and  7   tathoms.     'J'he   point  of 


V'igia  is  remarkable  in  coming   from  the  northward,  and  as  you  draw  to  tlie  southward 
imuilier  point  will   open  which  show.s  the  entrance  of  Vigia.      IJe   careful  not  to  ap- 
iioacli  too  near  Vigia,  as  there  is  a  shoal  stretches  o(f  about  N.  W.  by  N.  2  miles  from 
ilhern  part  of  the  land,  which  forms  the  entrance  ;  and  noith  Irom  the  souther 


1 

the  no 


|];u 


t  which   forms  the  eiurance  to  \'i 


iria. 


or  nearl 


o  miles.  Iiard   sand 
th 


I) 


igia  IS  a 


siiiidl  li.'^hing    town,  and  cannot    be  seen    in  passmg,  as  there  is  an  island  in  front  of  it, 
which  stands  some  distance  from  the  entrance. 

Kunniiig  along  the  land,  at  the  distance  of  4  miles,  you  will  have  7,  P,  and  'i  fathoms 
towards  (Jolares,  it  being  a  small  villagt-  which  faces  the  water,  and  is  very  easily  dis- 
tin"uished  by  its  white  buildings,  distant  from  the  south  point  of  the  land  (>  or  7  miles. 
Olf  this  village,  or  between  it  and  V'igia,  is  good  anchorage  about  ;j  miles  from  the  land, 
sticky  bottom.  Be  careful  not  to  come  too  close  to  Colarcs,  as  there  is  a  reef  of  rocks 
tli;u  stretches  off  nearly  tvo  miles. 

If  night  is  coming  on,  it  is  advisable  not  to  ])ass  f'olares,  but  come  to  an  anchor  and 
wait  until  morning,  and  to  know  when  you  |)ass  Colares,  your  water  will  deepen  very 
soon  after  as  you  approach  the  15ay  de  Sal,  which  will  he  open  to  your  view.  Bay  de 
Sal  is  a  large  deep  hay,  being  about  4  or  o  miles  wide  at  the  entrance. 

Be  careful  not  to  get  into  tliis  bay,  as  it  is  danger(uis,  being  full  of  rocks,  and  no  safe 
anchorage,  and  has  sometimes  been  taken  for  JJay  St.  Anthony.  Between  Bay  St.  An- 
thony and  Colares  there  is  no  good  anclun-age  that  can  be  recommended  with  safety, 
the  water  being  very  deep,  particularly  abreast  the  Bay  de  Sal,  where  you  will  have 
bom  16  to  18  and  'JO  fathoms  water,  wliich  is  iM)t  the  case  any  where  else  in  the  river. 
Colares  bearing  west  about  5  miles,  steer  from  S.  S.  W.  to  S.  S.  W.  ^  W.  You  will 
then  pass  two  small  islands  on  your  larboard  haml,  one  abreast  of  the  land,  which  forms 
the  Bay  de  Sal,  (S.  part,)  the  otlier  about  :',  miles  to  the  S.  and  W.  Jn  approaching 
these  islands  your  course  will  draw  you  towards  the  land,  hut  come  no  nearer  than  two 
miles,  as  there  are  rocks  wliicli  stretch  ofl' about  H  mile,  with  7  fathoms  close  to  tliem  ; 
therefore  8  or  9  fathoms  is  near  enough.  As  you  draw  up  with  the  south  island,  you 
niiike  the  island  of  Taluock  nearly  ahead.  Be  ciucful  in  drawing  up  to  this  island  not 
to  come  too  close  to  it,  as  there  are  rocks  stretching  oD'  it  to  Xorth  Tatuock,  between 
'J  and  ;5  miles.  Leave  this  island  on  your  starboard  hand  after  passing  the  small  island 
previously  mentioned,  4  or  o  miles;  you  may  then  haul  in  for  the  land  which  forms 
the  Bay  St.  Anthony.  The  shore  becomes  bold  and  witliout  danger.  The  Bay  St. 
Anthony  is  a  fine  ch^ar  bay,  good  anchorage  all  lhrf)ns;h  from  5  to  7  and  8  fatiioms, 
and  by  liauling  into  the  bay  if  you  want  to  anchor,  |)arlicularly  the  southern  part  close 
in,  which  forms  a  lee,  you  will  have  the  sea  jjerteclly  smooth,  good  shelter  trom  the 
wind,  ami  out  of  tlie  strength  of  the  tide  ;  but  if  you  want  to  proceed  to  town,  steer 
across  the  bay,  the  wind  being  always  fair  for  going  u|):  you  will  then  see  several  isl- 
ands: keep  between  them  and  the  point  which  forms  the  sonth  part  of  the  bay,  (or 
Point  Penheiro,)  which  is  close  to.  Vou  will  soon  see  a  small  island  called  Paraquet 
Island,  open  to  your  view,  and  appears  at  a  distance  to  be  close  in  to  the  main  land. 
When  you  pass  Point  Penheiro,  steer  directly  for  it,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  hand 
close  aboard,  as  it  is  on  the  very  edge  of  the  channel.  It  is  so  bold  close  to  this  island 
tiiat  you  need  not  he  afraid  tc-  jiass  within  the  length  of  your  vessel  of  it,  and  it  is  re- 
quisite you  should  pass  close  to  it,  as  the  channel  becomes  narrow  as  you  pass  it,  hav- 
ing a  shoal  flat  of  sand  on  your  starboard  hand.  The  fort,  which  stands  on  a  small  isl- 
and, wil)  open  plain  to  your  view.  About  two  miles  distant  from  this  island  steer  for 
it,  giving  it  a  bertl'  'Tlialf  a  cable's  length  on  the  larboard  hand,  where  you  must  send 
the  boat  on  shore  with  your  papers,  or  coirie  to  anchor :  tlie  latter  is  |)rei"erable  for  a 
stranger,  as  the  channel  is  very  narrow.      When 


ou  W(!igh  anchor  steer 


for  P 


ara,  or 


ty  of  Belem,  which  will  be  open  and  plain  to  your  view,  distant  about  5  miles  from 
fort,  keeping  the  laud  distant  about  one  mile  ou  your  larboaid  hand,  ami  as  you  approach 
the  town,  haul  in  for  tin;  shi|)ping,  or  (  ustom-house,  the  next  large  building  to  St.  An- 


thony's ('hurcli,  which  is  the  (irst  or  nearest  church  in  co 


ming  u|)  the  river 


ther 


you 


m 


ly  anchor  abreast  the  custom-house,  where  you  will  have  to  land  your  cargo. 
N.  B. — There  is  a  shoal  of  considerabh>  length  runs  between  the  island  of  iMarnjo  and 
the  main  laiul  that  runs  m^arly  north  and  soulli,  which  the  sea  constantly  breaks  on. 

1,  being  abreast  of  Colares,  or  that  part 


rarest  distance  of  said  shoal  from  the  m; 


un  lam 


of  the  laud  which  forms  the  Bay  de  Sal.  distant  7  or  8  milt 

High  water,  lull  and  change,  at  I'ara,  I'J  o'clock. 


■m 


Do,  entrance  between  the  ohoala 


10 


544 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


From  the  mouth  of  the  river,  within  Point  Tigioca,  the  distance  to  the  basin  or  an- 
chorage ot'  Para,  is  tiO  leagues.  Ail  the  western  side  of  the  river  is  shoal,  but  on  tho 
eastern  side  are  even  soundings  of  d,  7,  8,  9,  10,  7,  10,  1^,  9,  7,  and  (>  tathonis.  In  the 
basin  itself  are  from  5  to  3  fathoms. 

A  vessel  direct  from  sea,  with  good  observations,  may  cross  tlie  equator  on  the  mr.. 
ridian  of  45^^,  where  soundings,  from  50  to  40  I'athoms,  may  be  found.  A  course  iifucp 
W.  l)y  S.  will  lead  towards  Alaracuno  Inlet,  on  the  east  of  which  a  pilot  may  l)e  (,],. 
tained.  Tiie  soundings  over  the  bank  decrease  gradually,  I'rom  40  to  15  fathoms;  ami 
it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  flood  tide  sets  strongly  to  the  west,  while  the  winds  arefinm 
the  east. 

The  flood  sets  into  the  Rio  Para  at  the  rate  of  4  miles  an  hour.  The  beginning  from 
the  eastward  is  very  rapid,  and  it  veers  gradually  to  the  N.  E.  and  N.  The  vertical 
rise  is  10  feet. 

Vessdx  outward  hound,  from  point  Ikpua,  steer  according  to  the  tide,  keeping  tli^t 
point  S.  E.  to  the  distance  of  fifteen  or  sixteen  miles.  With  Cape  Magoary  then  in  sigln, 
haul  up  N.  E.  or  N.  N.  E.,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  banks  of  St.  Rosa  on  the  wtst.  Tl.p 
wind  here  being  generally  from  the  eastwanl,  with  frequent  squalls,  great  caution  is  ip- 
quired.  In  thick  weather,  when  Cape  Magoary  cannot  be  seen,  the  approach  to  Si. 
Rosa's  Bank  may  be  known  by  the  soundings  becoming  irregular,  which  is  not  thecjsf 
to  the  eastward  of  the  channel.  The  weather  shoals  should  be  kept  on  board  as  inucli 
as  possible. 

Description  of  Pernamhiico  Bay,  and  Instructions  to  sail  in  and  ont  of  it. 

Cape  St.  Antonio  is  the  land  vessels  bound  to  *Pernambuco  must  endeavor  to  ma!,e 
first.  The  coast  north  of  Cape  Antonio  forms  a  bay,  in  the  centre  of  which  lies  IVr- 
nambuco.  At  the  extreme  end  of  this  coast,  N.  17^  E.,  stands  Olinda  Point ;  half  wnv 
from  Olinda  Point  to  Semambius,  the  church  of  Nossa  Senhora  Do  Rosario  is  l)uilt  on 
a  height;  its  two  towers  are  easily  distinguished  when  coming  from  the  main  sea;  do- 
ing along  the  coast  at  two  to  four  miles  distance,  there  are  IL*  to  19  fathoms  water. 

When  you  have  ascertained  Cape  St.  Antonio,  you  must  keep  at  two  or  three  mile* 
from  the  shore,  until  you  perceive  the  Fort  of  Picao,  between  the  N.  W.  and  \V.  .\. 
W.  and  then  steer  in  a  straight  line  to  the  Fort  built  on  the  breakers,  and  you  will  upv 
it  until  the  Cocoa-tree  of  Olinda  (which  stands  between  the  two  highest  i)uil(iin;> 
of  the  city)  appears  N.  -,V  E.  of  you.  In  this  situation  you  will  stand  within  two  or  tliw 
thousand  yards  of  the  breakers,  which  form  a  key.  This  anchorage  is  not  of  the  best. 
large  ships  ought  never  go  nearer,  and  it  is  prudent  never  to  cast  anchor  in  bad  wcatlicr. 
West  of  the  meridian  of  the  Cocoa-tree  of  Olinda,  notwithstanding  the  contrary  is  gpiior- 
ally  j)rescribed,  going  to  Pernambuco  during  the  northern  monsoon,  it  is  best  to  malielari 
on  Olinda  Point.  From  Olinda  Point  up  to  the  Fort  of  Picao,  there  is  a  shoal  e.xteiil- 
ing  two  miles  from  the  .shore  towards  the  sea,  which  makes  it  necessary  to  keep  at  three 
miles  distance,  and  by  a  depth  of  water  from  H  to  10  fathoms,  until  the  Fort  Picao  siai:'; 
west,  a  few  degrees  towarrls  the  north,  by  which  you  will  avoid  the  English  bank.Hhii:: 
is  formed  by  sandy  rocks  lying  at  the  southern  end  of  Olinda  bank.  That  does  nnt  ex- 
tend further  east  than  the  meridian  of  Olinda  City,  nor  farther  south  than  the  parallel 
of  Fort  Ciesco.  The  sea  breaks  there  with  great  violence  in  heavy  wind,  though  liieie 
are  2  fathoms  of  water.  Small  vessels  may  avoid  it  to  the  west  and  north,  keepitig  atli;i:i 
a  mile  froiri  the  main  land  from  Pernand)uco  up  to  Olinda  Point,  but  this  vessel  sliili 
not  require  over  three  to  five  fathoms,  and  it  is  indispensable  to  have  on  board  a  pilot  lor 
the  place. 

The  harbor  of  Pernaiubuco  is  not  a  very  safe  one,  for  vessels  of  a  great  draiiglitoi 
water  are  not  able  to  cross  the  bar;  for  the  swell  of  thj  sea  is  very  great  outside,  amli; 
too  near  the  shore,  there  will  be  great  danger  should  the  anchor  drag  or  the  ship  tailn 
the  leeward,  when  getting  under  sail,  which  may  become  indispensable  should  the  winil 
turn  S.  S.  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  as  is  the  case  in  the  month  of  March  and  Septeiuber.  Duriii; 
the  northern  monsoon  the  prevalent  winds  are  from  the  east,  particularly  at  the  timeol 
new  or  full  moon,  and  though  the  weather  is  clear  and  fine  generally,  yet  it  reijiiires  to 
be  careful  in  the  anchorage,  and  the  surest  will  be  not  to  cast  anchor  too  near  the  sjinrp, 
the  bottoir  ueing  very  re  nky,  and  requisite  to  make  use  of  chain  cables  in  this  place  innrf 
than  in  any  other.  Large  vessels  will  do  well  to  be  all  limes  in  readiness  to  get  uiiiIit 
sail,  and  prudence  requires  to  let  fall  every  evening  a  second  anchor  for  safety  duiiu; 
the  night.  , 

If  there  is  any  necessity  to  remain  a  long  time  at  Pernambuco,  the  best  way  will  be 


*  At  the  entrance  of  Pernambuco  a  lighuhouse  is  erected,  showing  a  revolving  light,  as  prcv 
ously  mentioned. 


BLUM  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


545 


the  basin  or  nn- 
shoal,  but  on  the 
'athoins.      In  tlie 

untor  on  tht-  mp. 

A  course  liriiiT 

pilot  miiy  he  ol.. 

15  fathoms  ;  wA 

he  winds  arefiiHii 

le  beginninc;  from 
N.     The  venical 

tide,  kecr/mg  tiw 
^oaiy  then  insight, 

on  the  west.  Thf 
;reat  caution  is  ip- 
lie  approach  to  Si 
lich  is  not  theca>e 

on  board  as  imich 


.nd  out  of  it. 

t  endeavor  to  mulie 
of  which  lies  IVr- 

hi  Point ;  half  wav 
Rosario  is  built  rni 

1  the  main  sea;  go- 

"athoms  water, 
two  or  three  mile* 
N.  W.  and  \V.  N. 

■s,  and  you  will  iiPiir 

0  highest  buililir:< 

1  within  two  ortlii<e 
e  is  not  of  the  hcM 
•hor  in  bad  weather. 
]ie  contrary  is  gener- 

t  is  best  to  niake  lanil 

|-e  is  a  shoal  cxteivi- 

arv  to  keep  at  thief 

lie  Fort  Picaoslnnii? 

nglish  bank,  wliii'.. 

That  does  not  e\- 

ith  than  the  parallfi 

wind,  though  iliere 

lorth,  keeping  at  lia'.l 

but  this  vessel  s\d\ 

on  board  a  pilot  I'm 

If  a  great  draught  oi  1 
Threat  outside,  aiulii 
lia  or  the  sliipl'ail:^ 
[ible  should  the  wbi 
Keptember.     Dnriiij 
jularly  at  the  time  ol 
ly,  yet  it  recptirestn 
1)1-  too  near  tlie  shore.  | 
les  in  this  i)liicc  more 
[idiness  to  get  under 
lor  for  safety  imw;  I 

the  best  way  will  be 


Living  light,  as  previ- 


to  cast  the  two  anchors  oft"  the  cat-head,  toward  the  main  sea,  with  another  toward  the 
\V.  N.  V'^  •  on  the  stern  of  the  ship,  in  order  to  prevent  the  ship  from  swinging  during 
the  calm  which  comes  after  every  squall  of  wind. 

The  liarbor  of  Pernanibuco  is  sufficiently  spacious  and  deep  for  vessels  from  10  to  12 
feet  draught  of  water;  it  is  divided  into  two  parts;  the  interior  pari,  which  is  called  the 
Poco,  (tlie  W  ell)  is  an  anchorage  situated  on  the  northern  end.  The  entrance  is  formed 
1)V  several  rock.,  or  banks  of  small  stones.  There  are  from  17  to  30  feet  water  on  the  bar, 
as  well  as  inside.  The  shore  is  sandy,  and  the  water  decreases  in  depth,  in  proportion 
as  you  go  toward  the  land.  The  only  guard  vessels  have  from  the  winds  coining  from 
the  sea,  are  the  rocks  or  breakers  before  stated  ;  but  they  are  very  deficient  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  during  the  southern  monsoon  this  place  is  not  at  all  safe.  The  second  part  of 
the  Fort  is  called  Recife  Port:  it  is  comprised  between  the  natural  quay  of  rocks  and 
the  city :  it  is  also  called  Mosqueirao.  This  harbor  is  better  guarded  than  the  former, 
by  the  quay  of  rocks,  which,  at  low  water  mark,Tire  from  8  to  10  feet  above  the  sea  ;  but 
to  reach  in  the  Mosqueirao,  it  is  necessary  to  cross  the  bar,  on  which,  at  low  water  mark, 
there  are  but  7  feet  water. 

If  you  wish  to  carry  your  vessel  in  the  Poco  harbor,  you  must  proceed  as  follows. — 
Being  situated  as  we  have  already  stated,  inside  of  the  English  bank,  the  cocoa-tree  of 
Olinda  N.  rV  K.  of  you,  you  must  see  a  small  pyramid  built  on  the  shore,  in  a  straight 
line  with  the  church  of  San  Amarao,  which  is  surrounded  with  cocoa-trees;  in  this  sit- 
uation the  church  and  pyramid  stand  very  near  the  west  of  the  wood,  and  you  must  fol- 
low that  direction  until  you  perceive  south  of  you  the  Fort  Picao.  If  you  wish  to  go 
into  Mosqueirao  you  will  have  to  steer  S.  ^  W.  from  that  place. 

Small  vessels  sometimes  used  to  pass  through  the  south  entrance  to  reach  Mosqueirao, 
which  is  at  the  northern  end  of  the  quay  of  rocks,  wliereon  Fort  Picao  is  built.  The 
mark  to  direct  your  course  in  this  case  is,  to  keep  the  t  vo  corner  towers  of  the  southern 
end  of  Fort  Brun  in  the  same  direction,  and  consequently  the  one  covering  the  other, 
ami  true  west;  sail  in  this  direction  until  you  see  the  Fort  Picao  south  of  you  ;  then 
steer  along  the  western  side  of  the  breakers,  and  you  will  reach  the  harbor.  There  is 
no  great  danger  in  going  near  the  breakers;  it  is  customary  with  pilots,  when  called,  to 
roine  to  take  vessels  lying  in  the  bay.  We  again  repeat,  that  vessels  trading  with  Per- 
nanibuco must  not  draw  over  from  10  to  T^  feet  water. 

The  two  harbors  of  Pernambuco  are  safer  than  the  bay,  ships  being  sheltered  frotn 
the  too  great  swell  of  the  sea  by  the  breakers  or  (piay  of  rocks ;  but  when  the  wind  stands 
east  and  blows  hard,  it  requires  to  be  well  secured. 

The  prevalent  winds  are,  as  in  the  tropical  climate,  from  S.  S.  E.  to  N.  N.  E.;  from 
March  to  Se])tember,  they  are  more  toward  the  south,  and  sometimes  S.  W.;  during  the 
other  six  months  they  stand  E.  N.  E.  and  N.  N.  E. 

DcscrijHion  of  the  Coast  comprised  beticrrn  Cape  St.  Antonio,  and  Olinda  Point,  the  mouth 
of  the  St.  Francisco  River,  and  Cape  St.  Augustine. 

Froiu  Itapuanzinho  Point  up  to  Itapuan,  the  coast  bears  no  longer  the  same  appear- 
ance as  it  docs  previous  to  your  arrival  at  Bahia.  Here  the  shore  is  but  sandy  and  low, 
few  trees  are  to  be  perceived  at  a  distance,  and  from  jilace  to  place  some  cocoa-trees. 
All  along  the  shore  a  ridge  of  rocks  are  to  be  met,  and  in  many  instances  they  rise  above 
the  level  of  the  sea;  the  one  at  the  Itapuan  Point  jiarticularly,  seems  like  small  islands. 
Thirty-eight  miles  farther  N.  45°  E.  of  Itapuan  Point,  you  are  opposite  the  Torre  de 
Garcia  of  Avila,  a  kind  of  fort,  built  on  the  top  of  the  coast,  among  the  trees,  and  which 
is  now  used  as  a  house  for  signals.  The  coast  viewed  froin  9  to  10  miles  distant,  appears 
like  a  wall  of  great  magnitude  and  equal  height,  except  where  the  two  rivers  San  Joan- 
nes and  .Taeuhypc  discharge  into  the  sea,  where  a  large  cut  appears  in  this  wall.  The 
depth  of  the  sea  is  very  great  opjiosite  this  ])lace,  for  being  only  10  miles  distant,  no 
sounding  is  to  be  met.  From  Torre  of  Avihi  up  to  Oiteras  of  San  Miguel,  the  shore  is 
more  high,  but  with  small  hills. 

All  the  coast  from  Rio  Real  up  to  Rio  St.  Francisco  is  low  and  sandy,  with  small  broom 

j  bushes,  and  small  hills  are  discovered  at  no  great  distance  in  the  interior.     A  vessel  may 

approach  very  near  the  land,  the  bottom  is  sandy,  with  gravel  and  broken  rocks.     The 

p  next  river  after  Rio  Real,  is  Rio  Sergipe,  which  is  1>1  miles  distant  from  Vassa  Barris. 

The  mouth  of  this  river,  when  viewed  at  no  great  distance,  is  easily  distinguished  by  the 

1.  three  small  hills  of  an  equal  height,  all  covered  with  briars,  lying  9  miles  S.  W.  of  the 

bar.    These  hills  are  called  the  Ostres  Irmaos,  (or  Three  Brothers.) 

At  '.he  mouth  of  the  Sergipe  River,  a  very  white  sand  beach  is  to  be  seen,  whose  color 

r  'tr'  es  with  the  green  ground  of  the  coast  all  around.     At  the  bar  the  sea  breaks  with 

f;  great  force  at  the  time;  t'rom  which  we  must  infer  a  shallow  water.     The  rivers  which 

'^  tome  next  in  succession  are,  Cotombeda  River,  near  the  Miserias  Point,  and  Japaratuba 

69 


I'l 


1 


msm^\ 


------- — •""Utiiiiff 


546 


BLUNT'S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Points,  south  of  the  mountains  of  Pacatuba  ;  the  country  round  Collndlba  Tliver,  is  nnr 
of  the  most  productive  in  sugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  dec.  There  are  but  7  feet  wntor  at  thr- 
bar.  When  viewing  the  bar  W.  the  Mount  Aracajou  stands  a  lew  lenj^nes  N,  \V,  ai,r| 
in  the  west  Morro  Teiha  is  discovered.  'J'iie  Moiinl  Ararajnu  seems  to  run  in  a  \nm\\,\ 
direction  with  the  coast,  and  in  its  northern  extremity  .i  der])  cut  is  to  lie  peictivf.,], 
The  second  mount  bears  tlie  sliape  of  a  Quaker's  hat.  Tlie  coast  from  Kio  Idapamuilia 
up  to  Si.  Francisco  River,  is  very  dant^eroiis  in  a  strong  S.  K.  wind,  for  vessels  gojn, 
near  the  land,  they  having  no  good  ciiance  to  escape  tlie  wind,  and  the  bott-.im  too  luril 
for  the  anchor  to  have  a  good  hold  in  it.  Prudence  requires  to  keep  at  some  disianio 
from  it. 

Near  St.  Francisco  River  the  land  is  very  low,  and  cannot  be  seen  even  at  a  short  djs. 
tance,  for  which  reason  great  care  is  required  to  make  land  near  St.  Francisco.  Th? 
only  mountains  to  be  discovered  at  a  distance  are  the  Itabayanna  and  Pacatuba,  butor'v 
in  line  clear  weather,  and  when  exactly  opposite  the  River  St.  Francisco.  The  entranr'e 
of  this  river  lies  south  of  Manguinha  Point,  which  is  very  low,  and  all  covered  wnl, 
Mongel  trees.  It  jjrojects  E.  S.  E.  and,  at  1^  mile  distant  from  it,  in  its  direciiori. 
there  are  dangerous  breakers.  The  north  of  the  entrance  is  formed  by  a  land  more  m 
than  the  former,  having  a  white  sand,  and  in  its  projection  into  the  sea  there  are  no  k 
dangerous  breakers  than  on  the  other  southern  points.  It  is  between  these  breakers  vo'i 
must  cast  anchor  until  a  pilot  comes  on  the  bar.  There  are  from  12  to  1.3  leet  waipr, 
the  country  is  very  populous,  well  cultivated,  and  produces  great  quantities  of  sn;ar; 
when  near,  the  land  from  St.  Frarcisco  River  up  to  Alagoas  is  low  and  sandy,  and  i 
ridge  of  rocks  at  no  great  distance  from  the  shorei  s  to  be  seen.  Many  small  rivet; 
discharge  into  the  sea,  but  none  of  a  sufficient  depth  to  be  navigated;  they  may  be  ap- 
proached very  near  without  danger. 

Opposite  Cururippe,  three  miles  distant  from  the  shore,  stands  the  rock  of  DomEo?. 
rigo.  This  rock,  as  well  as  several  smaller  ones  to  be  seen  only  at  low  water  mark. 
have  been  designated  by  some  as  tlie  (Josniographer  Banks  of  St.  Francisco,  aci 
stated  to  be  very  dangerous,  but  without  the  least  reason.  We  found  all  around  th 
place  a  great  depth  of  water,  and  the  shallow  wator  will  not  extend  over  3  miles,  k 
supposing  it  to  extend  as  fiir  as  the  Iquia,  as  there  is  no  reason  to  keep  so  near  the  lanii, 
one  will  do  better,  at  all  events,  to  remain  at  a  greater  distance  than  4  miles.  An  in:- 
portant  observation  is  to  be  made  on  this  part  of  the  Brazil  coast,  and  agreed  to  bv  tl.» 
natives,  which  is  this,  that  the  land-breeze  during  the  night  time  is  hardly  periri.od. 
when  4  or  5  miles  from  the  land,  but  at  daylight  it  begins  to  reach  that  distance,  anj 
seems  to  attract  the  eastern  wind  towards  the  north  u.;  1  12  in  the  morning  ;  aniiaKer 
•wards  the  eastern  wind  returns  gradually  towards  the  east:  from  that  fact  ve.s.sels mm 
derive  some  benefit  on  either  course,  when  obliged  to  beat.  Near  San  Miguel  the  .sliorf 
is  very  bold,  and  nearly  80  feet  high,  and  the  top  perfectly  even  and  horizontal  for  a; 
open  space  of  15  miles.  When  coming  from  the  southernmost,  the  village  of  Macav? 
is  to  be  discovered  on  the  top  of  a  highland.  The  church  is  easily  distinguislie.l ;  ati 
for  this  reason  the  placo  deserves  notice.  Th.;  .Jaragua  River  empties  below  Maravo, 
and  the  point  which  forms  the  northern  land  of  the  mouth  is  covered  with  coco,i  trm 
and  very  animated  breakers  are  to  be  seen  at  some  distance  in  its  direction.  Norih  c 
Macavo  and  from  the  interior,  the  mount  of  Marambaya  is  discovered  'ven  at  45  miif; 
distal. t.  This  mount  offers  this  particular,  that  the  country  on  which  it  stands,  thoiu; 
high,  is  very  level  on  every  side  of  its  base.  The  shore  north  of  Macayo  is  sanHv,  k: 
from  place  to  place  of  a  reddish  color;  low  trees  are  seen  not  far  distant' from  the  sliorf 
The  Fort  of  Tamandare,  though  not  very  important,  deserves  some  notice,  bpin^rib 
only  place  affording  a  safe  shelter  between  Bahia  and  Pernambuco.  This  anchoracpi' 
formed  by  a  deep  cut  into  a  bold  shore,  and  is  sufficiently  large  and  deep  for  admiitiii: 
large  vessels. 

Nine  miles  N.  I  N.  E.  of  Tamandare  Harbor,  lies  the  small  island  or  rocks  of  Alexo, 
situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  small  river  Serenhen.  Previous  to  your  arrival  there,  llie 
bar  of  Rio  Fermoso  is  discovered.  AVhen  you  observe  the  two  rocks  of  Alexo  toaether, 
they  stand  N.  6°  W.  ;  then  north  of  these  two  rocks  Monte  Do  Sella  is  discovered  in 
the  interior,  which  derives  its  name  from  its  shape,  (Little  Saddle,)  and  may  be  useliil 
to  ascertain  the  situation  of  a  ship. 

Being  a  few  miles  east  of  the  rocks  of  St.  Alexo,  you  will  distinctly  perceive  the  Caff 
of  St.  Augustine,  lying  16  miles  N.  18^  E.     This  cape  is  hardly  covered  with  woodaiii 
not  very  thick  ;  it  is  of  a  moderate  height,  which  decreases  gradually  towards  the  sea.  !i 
offers  the  particular  remark,  that  a  steep  beach  of  a  red  yellow  <;olor  is  to  be  seen  ici 
many  places  of  it :  it  has  a  barren  prospect  when  nearing  it ;  on  its  top  there  is  achunbir 
towards  the  north  side,  a  little  below  the  church,  fortifications  are  to  be  seen. 


wind  to  be  me 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


547 


idiba  "Rivor,  is  nnr 
7  let;!  wntor  at  ihr- 
pnrrnos  N,  W.  ai),| 
to  mil  in  a  \y.\n\\,\ 

is  to   lie   I)f!IC(ur.,| 

111  Kio  Idapanuiil.a 
,  for  vessels  ccinj 
;ie  i)ott'.)in  too  Iwril 
[)  at  some  ilislano 

even  at  a  short  di*. 
.  Francisco.  Tli? 
Pacatnl)a,  biitnr', 
100.  The  entranfo 
1(1   all  covered  wuh 

it,  in  its  (lirectinn, 
by  a  land  more  'm 
ea  there  are  no  Ui 
1  these  breakers  \T,i 
2  to  l^  I'eet  wii'ipr, 
[uantities  of  siinnr; 
w  and  sandy,  and  \ 

Many  small  rivet< 
d  ;  they  may  be  ap- 

e  rock  of  DnmRnr. 
at  low  water  nip.rt, 
St.  Francisco,  an: 
bund  all  around  tk- 
id  over  o  miles,   i:. 
eep  so  near  the  laM, 
in  4  miles.    An  iir- 
nd  aj;;reed  to  by  tl.» 
is  hardly  percei.oii, 
h  that  distanee.  wi 
morning  ;  andafiPi- 
that  fact  vessels  mav 
an  Miguel  the  slior* 
nd  horizontal  for  i: 
le  village  of  Macav: 
distinguisheil:  aci 
pties  below  JIaravo, 
ed  with  cocoa  tree'. 
iiipction.     Norlli  ( 
red    'ven  at  45  miW 
ich  it  stands,  tluni;: 
lacayo  is  santiy,  w.: 
slant  from  the  shore 
nie  notice,  brine  ib 
This  anchnracpii 
.1  deep  for  admittic; 


id  or  rocks  of  Alew,! 
nir  arrival  there,  the  I 
(s  of  Alcxo  tojeiher,! 
!ella  is  discovered inl 
,)  and  may  be  useliil 

ly  perceive  the  Tapl 
lered  witli  wood, anil 
towards  the  sea,  111 
'olor  is  to  be  seen  iJ 
op  iliere  isachimli'.| 
:t  be  seen. 


Dcsr.rijJlion  of  the  Bay  of  All  Saintii,  or  Bahia — Instructions  to  go  in  and  out  of  tliit 

Harbor, 

A'essels  bound  to  Bahia  during  the  soutiiern  monsoon  should  make  land  near  Saa 
I'aiilo.  If  during  the  nortliern  monsoon  they  will  do  better  to  make  land  north  of  Ita- 
fiuiin,  which  is  a  little  further  north  than  Cape  St.  Antonio.  Upon  the  whole  this  will 
ile;K'iiii  ou  the  accuracy  of  the  day's  work,  the  actual  situation  of  the  vessel,  and  the 
wind  to  be  met  with  when  nci'r  the  coast.  The  main  entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Bahia, 
failed  likewise  St.  Salvador,  is  formed  by  the  cape  or  promontory  of  St.  Antonio  on  the 
..ast,  and  by  the  Island  of  Itaparica  on  the  west.  The  mean  distance  from  the  Cape  St. 
Antuiiiu  to  Itaparica  Island  is  not  less  than  4  miles,  but  the  one  half  only  of  this  chan- 
nel, which  is  towards  the  main  land,  is  safe  for  navigation  of  large  ships.  If  from  the 
Morro  San  Paulo,  you  steer  N.  41)^  E.,  with  a  favorable  wind,  you  will  pass  at  the  pro- 
per (iistiuice  of  the  bold  shore  of  Itaparica  Island,  and  of  the  breakers  of  St.  Antonio  ; 
but  if  yoii  are  obliged  to  b'at,  it  requires  care  to  avoid  both  places. 

Nothing  is  to  be  feared  by  keeping  at  e(|ual  distance  from  the  main  land,  on  which 
stand  San  Paulo,  Mount  Arod,  Itaparica,  until  you  discover  towards  the  north,  the  Ja- 
buru  Point,  which  is  the  eastern  end  of  Itaparica  Island.  Arrived  opposite  Point  Ara- 
tuba,  you  are  now  7  miles  from  Jaburu,  and  5  miles  S.  41°  W.  of  Cape  St.  Antonio, 
and  nearly  15  miles  W.  of  the  southern  extremity  of  the  breakers  of  St.  Antonio.  From 
iliat  situation  you  must  direct  your  course  straight  towards  the  Cape  of  St.  Antonio 
until  two  miles  only  from  the  shore  :  from  thence  steer  straight  towards  the  church  of 
Bo.n  Fiiu,  (situated  on  tlie  Point  of  Moiitferrate,)  until  you  reach  the  Fort  Do  Mars,  or 
J>ant  iMarcello,  near  which  is  the  usual  ancho   ige. 

The  Flat  of  St.  Antonio,  lying  4  miles  S  VV^.  of  Cape  St.  Antonio,  there  is  no  dif- 
ficuliy  to  av((id  it,  and  is  altogetli  r;ot  vc  v  (  igerous.  It  is  a  sandy  bank  of  a  reddish 
color :  no  rocks  are  to  be  met  th.re,  and  4  ,  iionis  of  waterare  to  be  foutui  every  where. 
Such  is  the  opini(»n  of  the  natives,  and  of  the  most  experienced  'nen  ;  but  having  per- 
ceived some  places  where  the  sea  breaks  on  this  bank  during  strong  wind,  I  would  sug- 
gest to  keep  a  distance  from  this  ])lace  with  a  large  ship,  which  is  the  case  when  fol- 
Kiwing  the  course  we  have  described.  The  general  anchorage  f"or  merchant  vessels  is 
iniide  of  the  line  drawn  from  the  Fort  of  Marto  Montferrate  Point.  It  is  necessary 
when  going  to  this  anchorage  to  avoid  the  sandy  bank  of  Panella.  which  we  Irad  no 
chance  to  ascertain,  but  it  is  ri'ported  by  the  natives  as  a  very  shallow  water  of  3  to  3^ 
fathoms  only,  lying  W.  ]  N.  W.  from  Fort  Do  Mar. 

It  is  generally  the  ease  that  the  wind  permits  you  to  come  to  anchor  in  front  of  St. 
Salvador,  the  most  prevalent  wind  being  from  E.  and  from  S.  E.,  and  vessels  can  gene- 
rally go  in  by  plying  small  board.  During  the  night  time,  the  breeze  comes  from  seve- 
ral points  of  the  compass,  but  move  generally  from  the  land  side.  The  tides  are  per- 
fectly regular  from  St.  Salvador,  and  the  Hood  and  low  water  last  an  equal  time.  The 
harbor  is  very  safe,  and  there  are  only  a  few  instances  when  a  strong  wind  from  S.  W, 
blows,  that  the  water  is  much  swelled,  and  the  ships  do  not  ride  easy. 

Tlie  course  to  follow  when  goinu  out  of  St.  Salvador,  is  very  near  the  reverse  to  the 

•one  to  proceed  in.     When  one  mile  distant  west  of  Cape  St.  Antonio,  and  steering  4^ 

miles  S.  S.  W.  of  the  same,  the  shallow  water  will  be  avoided,  and  afterwards  you  may 

,go  round  the  cape  into  the  open  sea.     All  the  lands  near  Cape  St.  Antonio  are  tolerably 

tiiljh.  if  compared  to  those  of  the  opposite  side.     They  are  of  a  pleasing  appearance, 

being  covered  with  trees,  and  a  luxurious  veiietation  of  a  green  color.     This  shore  in 

^line  weather  can  bo  discovered  from  ;?0  miles  distant.     On  the  end  of  St.  Antonio  Cape, 

JBt.mds  a  liirhthouse,  not  verv  lii<rli,  which  in  night  time  can  only  he  seen  from  12  to  15 

:nilcs.     In  the  day  time,  when  the  lighthouse  bears  \V.,  the  fort  of  St.  Antonio  appears 

IS  separated  at  a  small  distance  from  the  main  land.     Two  and  a  half  miles  east,  a  few 

logrees  south  of  the  lighthouse,  there  is  another  land  point,  on  the  top  of  which  stand 

[he  poles  for  signals.     This  last  point  forms  wiih  the  Itapuanzinho  Point,  which  stands 

me  mile  east  of  a  small  bay.     Many  houses  are  to  be  seen  along  the  sea  coast. 

ISLE  OF  TIllNIDAD  AND  MARTIN  VAS'  ^OCKS.— Descriptions  and  Di- 
kctions. — In  approaching  Trinidad  from  the  eastward,  when  running  on  its  parallel,  you 

iil  make  the  three  islets  or  rocks  of  Martin  Vas',  which  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of 
light  or  nine  leagnes  from  a  ship's  deck.  These  rocks  are  very  remarkable,  and  cannot 
)e  mistaken.  They  lie  north  and  south  of  each  other,  the  distance  from  the  outer  rock 
)eing  about  three  miles.  The  central  rock  is  very  high,  with  ttifts  of  withered  grasa 
Icattered  over  ils  surface.  The  other  two  are  entirely  barren.  There  is  a  passage  be- 
tween the  southernmost  and  central  rocks.  The  northernmost  i.  most  join.  In  clear 
feather  Trinidad  is  distinctly  seen  froiu  tlie  rocks  of  Martiu  Vas',  and  may  be  descried 
'l6  leagues  off. 


548 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


The  island  is  about  G  miles  in  rircuinferrnce,  the  land  very  unoqna!,  and  at  hrst  nn 
more  than  a  cluster  of  rocks,  with  some  shrubs  in  the  valleys.  The  northirnniost  sid,. 
is  quite  barren,  but  to  the  southward  all  the  interstices  of  the  rocivs  are  lilled  witli  ever- 
greens of  several  kinds.  There  is  also  a  <|uantity  of  sea-fowl  and  rncU-fish,  imd  niaijv 
wild  hogs.  The  generality  of  the  wood  is  very  small,  though  the/  'e  trees  of  eighteen 
inches  diameter  towards  the  extreme  heights. 

Trinidad  is  surrounded  by  sharp  rugged  coral  recks,  with  an  almost  continual  siirce 
breaking  on  every  part,  which  renders  the  landing  often  precarious,  and  watering  fre. 
quently  impracticable;  nor  is  there  a  possibility  of  rendering  cither  certain,  for  the 
surge  is  often  incredibly  great,  and  has  been  seen  during  a  gale  at  S.  W.,  to  break  over 
a  bluff  which  is  200  feet  high. 

The  island  is  supplied  with  very  good  water  from  two  small  streams  down  the  E.niul 
S.  W.  sides  of  it ;  besides  a  snuill  issue  from  the  rock  which  forms  the  S.  \V.  extremiiv, 
not  one  of  them  will  fill  a  tube  of  6  inches  in  diameter,  and  there  is  a  doubt  whether 
these  run  temporary  or  perennial,  though  they  always  produce  a  small  quantity  of  wa. 
ter,  sufficient  to  preserve  the  existence  of  a  few  wretched  inhabitants.  Lieut.  Tlioiii;n 
Harrison,  from  whose  account  this  detail  of  Trinidad  is  chiefly  extracted,  speakini;  ci 
the  anchorage,  says  that  they  anchoi  d  off  the  west  side  of  the  island,  at  a  mile  from 
the  shore,  to  be  able  to  weather  it  on  any  tack,  should  the  wind  happen  to  blow  on, 
"  being  directed,"  continues  that  gentleman,  "  to  do  so  by  Captain  De  Auvergne,  mIiq 
informed  us  of  the  wreck  of  the  Rattlesnake,  and  the  miraculous  escape  of  the  Ju|iiitr 
and  Mercury."  They  prudently  avoided  the  common  anchorage,  which  is  about  a 
musket  shot  from  the  shore,  in  18  or  20  fathoms  water.  On  that  side  there  stands  a 
stupendous  arch  or  hole  in  the  rock,  like  that  of  Fernando  Noronha,  and  two  verj  re- 
markable rocks,  one  called  the  Monument  and  the  other  the  Sugar-loaf. 

The  Monument  is  850  feet  high,  of  a  cylinclriral  form,  and  almost  detached  from  tlie 
island,  with  large  trees  growing  on  its  top.  This  had  been  named  in  1700,  by  Lr. 
Halley,  the  Nine  Pin.  The  Sugar-loaf,  at  the  S.  E.  end,  is  1160  feet  high,  of  a  conitdi 
form,  with  trees  likewise  on  its  summit,  and  whenever  it  rains  hard,  a  cascade  of  7l 
feet,  makes  there  a  beautiful  appearance.  'JMie  arch  is  a  natural  passage  made  by  tie 
sea  through  a  high  bluff  of  about  800  feet  high.  It  is  40  feet  in  breadth,  nearly  50 1'eei 
in  height,  and  420  in  length;  the  depth  of  water  above  3  fathoms.  When  the  sea  ii 
moderate,  you  may  see  through  this  arch  into  the  only  bay  in  the  island,  and  liavei 
view  of  a  distant  rock  covered  with  trees,  which  renders  the  prospect  extremely  pic- 
turesque. 

Lieutenant  Hamilton  says  "we  first  saw  the  island  on  the  5lh  of  June,  on  our  passaje  j 
to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  we  had  then  variable  winds  and  calms:  and  on  making ii.| 
second  time  on  the  8th  of  November  we  had  exactly  the  same  winds  and  weather,  sc- 
companied  with  a  heavy  squall  of  wind  from  the  westward.  During  our  stay  there,  aboit 
two  months,  the  prevailing  wind  was  from  N.  N.  E. :  hence  I  conclude  the  S.  K.  tiaii!! 
wind  is  not  to  be  depended  upon,  although  the  island  is  so  far  within  the  tropic  oij 
Capricorn. 

The  American  commander,  Amasa  Delano,  visited  Trinidad  in  1803,  and  hea:a:| 
describes  it  as  mostly  a  barren  rough  pij."  of  rocky  mountains.  What  soil  there  isi: 
the  island  he  found  on  the  eastern  side,  where  there  are  several  s;ind  beaches,  al)oveMt 
of  which  the  Portuguese  had  a  settlement,  and  have  he  says  done  much  to  work  sirtu 
or  roads  over  the  valleys,  levelling  down  small  hills  to  make  the  roads  good.  Thcyli. 
walled  in  a  number  of  enclosures  for  the  purjjose  of  making  fields  at  the  cxpensei: 
much  labor. 

This  settlement  was  directly  above  the  most  northerly  sand  beach  on  the  east  side:! 
the  island,  and  has  the  best  stream  of  water  on  the  island  running  through  it.   It  iiiiiihilf 
possible,  he  adds,  in  pleasant  weather  to  get  it  off  from  this  ])lacc,  but  we  got  ouisii? 
the  south  side  from  the  next  best  v;atering  place  or  stream.     This  falls  in  a  casciide  ovei| 
rocks  someway  u|)  the  mountain,  so  that  it  can  be  seen  from  a  boat  when  passing  it.- 
Afteryou  have  discovered  the  stream  you  can  land  on  a  point  of  rocks  just  to  tliewejij 
ward  of  the  watering  place,  and  from  thence  may  walk  past  it,  and  when  a  little  toiLfl 
eastward  of  the  stream  there  is  a  small  cove  between  the  rocks,  where  you  may  lit 
your  casks  off. 

Wood  may  be  cut  on  the  mountain  just  above  the  first  landing  place,  and  yon  cantaUl 
it  off  if  you  have  a  small  oak  boat.  The  method  in  which  we  filled  our  water  was  carnai;| 
it  in  kegs  and  buckets  to  the  place  where  we  floated  our  casks  on  shore. 

All  the  south  side,  of  the  island  is  indented  with  small  bays,  but  the  whole  is  so  irwl 
bound  a  shore,  and  such  a  swell  surging  against  it,  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  landzj 
boat  without  great  danger  in  staving  it.  The  south  part  is  a  very  remarkable  hiali«(|i»"l 
bluf^head,  and  is  very  larae.  'JMiere  is  a  sand  beach  to  the  westward  of  this  head,  butlf 
should  caution  against  landing  on  the  beach  till  it  is  well  examined  ;  for  just  at  the  loweil 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


549 


a!,  iirid  at  brst  nn 
iiortluTiiMiost  .siilc 
re  lillfd  witli  ivcr- 
ck-'ish,  iiiid  iiKiiiv 
•e  trees  of  eightuen 

)st  continual  siir^e 
,  and  watering  fre- 
er certain,  tor  thp 
W.,  to  break  ovtr 

IS  down  the  E.and 
le  S.  \V.  extrniiiiy, 
18  a  doubt  wlictlier 
lall  quantity  of  wa. 
s.  Lieut.  Thomas 
racted,  sjieakiiii;  cf 
and,  at  a  mile  from 
happen  to  blow  on, 
De  Auveri^ne,  mIio 
icape  of  the  Jupiur 
,  which  is  about  a 
side  there  stands  a 
lia,  and  two  verj  re- 
loaf. 

it  detached  from  tlie 
ned  in  1700,  by  Lr, 
■et  high,  of  a  cnnir<, 
rd,  a  cascade  of  7i. 
[jassage  made  by  tlie 
eadth,  nearly  50  fen 
3.  When  the  sta  ,i 
3  island,  and  have  i 
pect  extremely  pic- 
Tune,  on  our  passajf  j 
and  on  making  it. 
nds  and  weather,  at- 
ur  stay  tliere.  abon 
ude  the  S.  E.  traiitl 
ithin  the  tropic  oi| 

1R03,  and  he  ajar. 

,Vhat  soil  there  isc. 

I  beaches,  aliovc  oi- 

much  to  work  strtt> 

•rood.     Thcyli. 

ds  at  the  expense  l| 


•h  on  the  east  sided' I 
roujih  it.    It  niishi-*! 

hut  we  j;ot  (iiiis 
alls  in  a  cascii(ieovei| 
at  when  passing  it.- 
jtks  iust  to  the«e«!l 
d  when  a  little  tait«| 
.-here  you  may  tloi;! 

ace,  andyoncantaUj 
r  water  was  canyiui 

diore. 

the  whole  is  so  irK| 
,  impossible  to  bi;il| 
markable  hiali  i"!'""? 
■d  of  this  head,  lull 
for  just  at  the  lowe-I 


cntl  of  the  beach  and  ainonsst  the  breakers  it  is  full  of  rocks,  which  are  not  sren  till  you 
arc  anionast  tliem.  Where  we  landed  we  saw  the  remains  of  at  least  two  or  three  boats 
which  had  been  knocked  to  jjicces  by  laiKliDji;.  ^\'e  found  plenty  of  fjoafs  and  hogs. — 
The  latter  were  very  shy,  l)ut  we  killed  some  of  them  and  a  number  of  goats.  We  saw 
some  cats,  and  these  three  sorts  of  (piadnipeds  were  the  only  animals  we  saw  on  the  is- 
land. If :»  ship  is  very  tnuch  in  want  of  wood  or  water,  it  may  be  ^ot  at  Trinidad;  or  if 
tiie  crew  should  have  the  scurvy,  it  is  an  excellent  place  to  recruit  them  in,  as  you  can 
(ret  plenty  of  <.Mecns  on  the  S.  E.  |)art  of  the  island,  such  as  fine  purslane  and  several 
other  kin<ls.  These,  tojjether  with  the  fine  sweet  water,  would  soon  recruit  a  crew. 
A  ship  must  never  be  anchored  at  this  ])lacr'  with  common  cables,  or  she  will  be  likely 
(0  lose  her  anchors;  but  if  she  has  chains  for  hor  anchors,  the  rocks  cannot  cut  them. 
The  naviijation  is  safe  for  a  ship  all  around  the  island  within  the  distance  of  a  mile. 
Martin  \'as'  rocks,  or  more  ])ro|)erly  islets,  lie  about  east,  nine  leagues  distant,  but  there 
do  nut  appear  to  be  any  dangers  between  them  and  Trinidad. 

MARTIN  VAS'  ROCKS. — These  rocks,  as  noticed  above,  are  high  and  barren. 
The  central  one  is  the  largest,  and  it  may  be  seen  from  a  ship's  deck  at  the  distance  often 
leagues.  When  bearini;  south,  the  rocks  seem  neatly  in  a  line.  The  northern  and  central 
rocks  are  near  each  other,  but  betwi'cn  the  central  and  southern  rocks  is  a  good  channel. 
Here  the  Chesterfield,  in  l.SOO,  observed  the  latitude  28^  128',  when  she  hove  to  in  twelve 
fathoms,  with  the  largest  rock  E.  N.  E.  about  a  mile,  the  bottom  then  visible,  and  caught 
plenty  of  rock-cod  arid  other  fish.  The  boat  in  sounding  found  the  depth  decrease  gra- 
dually over  a  rocky  bottom  to  a  fathom  and  a  half,  close  to  the  largest  rock. 

The  north  rock  is  small  and  most  westerly,  all  are  steep  and  inaccessible  ;  the  dis- 
tance between  the  extremities  is  about  three  miles ;  that  to  Trinidad,  as  already  noticed, 
about  nine  leagues. 

ASCENCAO,  or  PORTTTCiUESE  ASCENSION.— An  island  distinguished  by  this 
name,  has  formerly  been  described,  and  said  to  be  at  the  distance  of  about  100  leagues 
to  the  westward  of  the  Isle  of  Trinidad.  Doubts  have  long  since  been  entertained  as  to 
its  existence,  and  we  have  the  best  reason  to  believe  that  they  are  verified.  La  Perouse 
in  1785  sought  for  it  without  success,  as  far  as  the  longitude  seven  degrees  west  of 
Trinidad,  and  M.  Krusenstern,  in  180:5,  prosecuted  the  search  so  much  further  to  the 
westward,  tliat  its  non-existence  within  ;^7^  west  apjiears  certain.  Add  to  this  that  the 
Governor  of  S.  Catharine's  informed  M.  Perouse  that  the  Governor  General  of  Brazil 
bad  dispatched  a  vessel  in  the  i)receditig  year,  to  survey  the  islatui,  but  it  could  not  be 
foinid,  and  it  had  consequently  been  expunged  frotn  the  charts. 

Notwithstanding  this,  it  has  been  said  that  land  was  seen  by  the  commander  of  the 
Steamer  Telica,  on  her  passage  to  Peru  in  1625,  which  appeared  to  lie  in  latitude  20^  35' 
and  long.  ;57°  8',  or  nearly  so.  At  noon  the  vessel  was  in  or  about  20°  20'  S.  and  long, 
37"  28'.  The  island  (if  land)  bore  S.  E.  by  E.  i  E.  by  compass,  distant  by  estimatioa 
about  8  leagues.     But  we  mark  this  as  very  doubtful. 

CONGRESS  BANK. — In  Brackenbridge's  account  of  the  voyage  of  the  U.  S.  Frigate 
Congress  to  Buenos  Ayres  in  1817,  it  is  reported  that  Commodore  Sinclair  found  some 
extensive  rocky  (coral)  soundings  of  3-5  fathoms,  and  lost  them  in  latitude  20^  30'  S.  and 
37°  30'  W. 


Description  of  the  Const  hrfwcen  Bio  Janeiro  and  the  Bay  of  All  Saints,  sliorvingthe  An- 
clinruffe  in  tlie  Harbor  of  Es/nrito  S(i)ito,  Porto  Scuuiro,  t^r.  ^v.  and  near  Capes  Frio, 
Tluinias,  St.  Paul,  and  Si.  Ante 
of  Ahrolhos. 


ntonio,  with  a  description  of  tlie  banks  and  small  islands 


Leaving  the  bay  of  Rio  .Taneiro  to  proceed  eastward,  14  miles  distant,  E.  15°  S.  of 
the  Sugar  Loaf,  you  will  find  the  two  islands  of  Marice,  situated  nearly  one  league  from 
the  sea-shore;  they  are  not  very  high,  their  southern  shore  is  quite  perpendicular,  and 
there  is  no  danger  in  going  near  them. 

j.t  14  miles  farther  N.  77°  E.  of  these  islands,  you  meet  Cape  Negro,  which  is  formed 
by  a  hill  not  very  high,  adjoining  to  the  liighest  tnountains  to  be  met  with  between  Rio 
Janeiro  and  Cape  Frio,  which,  with  its  dark  green  tinge,  (from  which  it  derives  its  name,) 
are  quite  sufficient  to  distinguish  it.  There  is  not  the  least  danger  in  nearing  it,  for  even 
at  the  distance  of  three  miles,  the  soundings  are  from  30  to  40  fathoius.  nmddy  bottom. 

The  sea-shore  from  Rio  .laneiro  to  Cape  Frio  is  low  and  sandy  :  the  mountains  which 
surround  that  bay  run  first  E.  N.  E.  until  you  reach  the  meridian  of  Cape  Negro,  and  af- 
terward N.  E.,  leaving  an  em|)ty  flat  between,  over  10  leagues  in  extent,  which  is  to  be 
seen  from  the  sea  in  fine  weather  onlv. 

Between  Cape  Negro  and  Cape  Frio  tlie  land  is  low.  and  a  few  small  hills  are  to  be 
perceived  at  some  distance  from  the  sea-shore,  which  is  there  sandy  and  bushy.  On  the 
top  of  one  of  these  stuall  Lllb,  9  miles  E.  N.  E.  from  Cape  Negro,  stands  a  church 


550 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


dedicated  to  Nostra  Dama  de  Nazcreth.  At  no  great  distance  from  the  shore  a  ridge  of 
rociis  and  sand  are  to  be  seen  at  low  water,  and  considered  daimeroits  by  the  coastini' 
traders,  bin  without  frood  reason,  as  there  are  ;!()  and  10  fathoms  water  at  d  miles  distiiut, 
muddy  bottom,  the  depth  inereasin-j;  very  fast  toward  the  sea,  and  at  10  leagues  disUiini., 
from  70  to  90  fathoms,  bottom  sanely,  rocky,  and  muddy. 

Though  of  little  importance,  it  is  proper  to  state  that  inside  the  beach,  a  flat  of  watci 
can  be  seen.  The  depth  of  the  sea  near  Kio  .laneiro  is  very  great,  varying  from  7(i  i,, 
90  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  10  or  15  l«;agues,  diminishing  gradually  toward  the  lanl, 
The  bottom  is  a  mixture  of  coarse  sand,  gravel,  broken  shells,  rocks  and  mud.  In 
some  charts,  S.  S.  E.  from  Cape  Frio,  distant  10  or  12  leagues,  from  20  to  25  fathuiiij 
have  been  marked,  but  we  believe  it  incorrect. 

CAPK  FKIO,  (on  which  tliere  is  a  lighthouse  with  a  revolving  light,  wliich  is  visible 
2  minutes  and  eclipsed  2  minutes,  and  can  be  seen  40  miles  in  clear  weather,)  is  the  smit!,. 
ern  end  of  an  island  lying  on  the  eastern  end  of  the  beach  of  Maranbaya.  This  island  ;s 
rocky ;  there  are  trees  only  in  some  places,  and  no  where  is  green  grass  to  be  seen.  In 
fine  weather  it  may  be  discovered  from  15  leagues  distant.  Viewed  frotn  K.  and  N.,  twu 
dift'erent  hills  are  to  be  perceived  on  Cape  I'rio,  the  northern  one  of  whicli  is  the  lan^t-t 
and  highest,  and  on  the  southern  one  a  kind  of  rock  seems  to  project  and  liaug  over, 
Viewed  from  the  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.E.  these  two  hills  appear  to  be  but  one  with  tops, 
and  at  a  small  distance  from  the  cape,  in  an  E.  S.  E.  direction,  lies  a  small  island  of  a 
conical  shape.  All  this  shore  is  so  bold  that  .10  and  even  40  fathoms  are  to  be  met  m 
every  direction,  even  at  one  mile  distance,  bottom  almost  every  where  muii. 

Between  the  island  of  Frio  and  the  main  land  there  \s  a  good  channel  for  small  ves- 
sels, and  a  good  anchorage  for  others  of  any  size.  The  channel  runs  N.  E.  and  S.  \V. 
It  is  not  fretpiently  used,  on  account  of  its  narrowness  at  the  southern  part,  but  the  depth 
of  water  is  every  where  more  than  sufficient.  The  northern  passage  \r,  very  spacious  niiii 
safe  against  any  wind  except  N.  E.;  but  by  anchoring  more  north  toward  the  Island  doj 
Porcos,  you  may  consider  yourself  perfectly  safe,  the  atu'horage  being  (irrii,  and  oIkmi 
resorted  to  by  coasting  traders  who  wait  there  for  favorable  winds,  and  for  a  chance  la 
put  to  sea  through  the  southern  or  northern  passage.  In  time  of  war  this  place  mr.yU 
useful  to  get  information.     Var.  2"  ;5'  E.  1H1<J. 

The  northern  part  of  the  coast  of  Cape  Frio,  together  with  the  islands,  runs  N.  35°  E, 
up  to  Anchora  Islands,  and  forms  with  this  last  a  deep  bay,  in  the  inside  of  which  staiij 
the  numerous  islands  of  Papagaros ;  several  of  them  afford  very  safe  ancliorage  in  cass 
of  contrary  wind. 

The  island  of  Ancoras  stands  at  4  miles  E.  |  S.  from  Cape  f?usios;  the  eastern  one 
has  the  appearance  of  a  quaker's  hat.  I  do  not  doubt,  as  reported  by  native  mariners, 
the  practicability  for  alarce  ship  to  pass  between  them  and  the  main  land. 

North  of  Cape  Busios  lies  the  small  island  of  Branca,  from  whence  another  beach  ex- 
tends to  the  Morro  San  .loao  or  San  Joam,  and  at  no  great  distance  the  island  of  Feno. 
The  land  now  runs  easterly  up  to  Cape  St.  Thomas.  This  gulf,  formed  by  the  coast 
between  the  Capes  Busios  and  St.  Thomas,  is  very  near  30  leagues  in  extent,  and  in  the 
middle  of  it,  at  3  leagues  distance  from  the  shore,  lies  the  island  of  Santa  Anna. 

Tlie  Morro  San  .Toam  is  easy  to  be  distinguished,  being  entirely  separated  from  the 
chain  of  mountains  lying  in  its  rear,  and  its  top  having  a  warlike  appearance. 

At  twenty  miles  N.  \  W.  of  Morro  San  Joam,  another  hill  is  to  be  perceived,  whicli 
offers  this  particular,  that  its  northern  side  is  quite  perpendicularly  cut,  and  its  top  eml> 
in  a  sharp  point.     It  is  known  by  the  name  of  Father  de  Macaye,  or  Macahe. 

The  islands  of  St.  Ann  are  three  in  nund)er.  Viewed  from  S.  .S.  \V.  and  N.  N.  F,., 
they  appear  as  one  only.  The  southern  one  is  the  highest.  '^IMie  atichorage  in  tlif 
channel  is  one  of  the  safest  and  most  convenient  for  any  kind  of  rcjiairs,  and  to  refit  ves- 
sels of  any  description.  Good  water  and  timber  arc  to  be  found,  and  at  the  distance  of 
ibur  to  five  miles  from  the  shore,  there  is,  in  every  direction,  from  19  to  30  fathoms  of 
water,  and  a  good  mud  bottom. 

From  the  parallel  of  the  island  of  St.  Ann  up  to  Benevenfe,  which  stands  in  latitud? 
20°  53'  50"  S.,  a  (hit  land  projects  considerably  into  the  sea.  That  low  land  is  i<noivii 
by  the  name  of  Cranes.  Some  navigators  bound  to  Rio  .Janeiro,  state  that  they  Iwve 
been  deceived  by  the  similar  appearance  between  the  coast  north  of  C^e  Frio  and  the 
coast  forming  the  bay  of  Rio  .Janeiro.  Such  an  error  appears  very  extraordinary,  lor 
the  entrance  of  Rio  Janeiro  is  on  the  angular  jioint  of  two  chains  of  mountains,  the 
eastern  side  running  E.  |  N.,  and  the  western  side  running  \V.  S.  W.;  whereas  the 
land  north  of  Cape  Frio  runs  N.  and  S.,  which  is  quite  an  opposite  direction.  On  the 
whole,  a  sinsle  observation  will  relieve  the  doubts  in  that  respect. 

CAPE  THOMAS — From  the  island  of  St.  Ann  to  Benevente  End,  the  land  extendj 
more  and  more  to  the  sea ;  and  at  Cape  Thomas  the  mountains  appear  to  be  thirteen 
leagues  from  the  sea  shore.     This  part  of  the  Brazilian  coast  is  very  low ;  a  few  trees 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


551 


xp  sliovp  a  ritlc;e  uf 

LIS  by  tlif  coiisiiiig 

Mt  G  miles  tlistum, 

[)  leagues  disiaiHc, 

acli,  a  (lat  of  w;itn 
varying  iVoiii  7lj  tn 
y  toward  the  land, 
cks  and  niiid.  In 
II  iJO  to  'J5  latlium, 

rlit,  which  is  visible 
ilher,)  is  the  soiitli- 
lya.  This  island  is 
ass  to  be  seen.  In 
Voin  K.  and  N.,  t\\u 
which  is  the  lar;;t-t 
ject  and  hang  over. 
!  but  one  with  tops, 
a  small  island  (if  ;i 
ns  arc  to  be  met  m 
'e  muii. 

laniiel  for  small  v(\. 
ns  N.  E.  and  S.W. 
II  part,  but  thecleptli 
i.j  very  spacious  ami 
)\vard  the  Island  dus 
liiiio;  firm,  and  ol'it'ii 
and  for  a  chanc'' 1 1 
ar  this  pUn;e  niiiyU 

atids,  runs  N.  35"  E, 
side  of  which  stuiiJ 
fe  anchorage  in  cass 

,ios  ;  the  eastern  one 
bv  native  mariners, 

.  land. 

i;e  another  beach  ex- 
the  island  of  Fenu. 

|formed  by  the  coasi 
in  extent,  and  in  the 
Santa  Anna, 
separated  from  tk 

[pearance. 
be  perceived,  which 
cut,  and  its  top  euJs 
r  Macalie. 

k  W.  and  N.N. K., 

lie  aiiehoraire  in  the 
airs,  and  to  retit  ve*- 
lid  at  the  distance  of 
19  to  30  fathoms  of 

lich  stands  in  latitude 
It  low  land  is  Unnwn 
(state  that  they  have 
]f  C^e  Frio  and  tlie 
ry  extraordinary,  In' 
is  of  mountains,  tlie 
Is.  W.;  whereas  the 
direction.    On  the 

Ind,  the  land  extends 
Ippear  to  be  thirteen 
lery  low  -,  a  few  trees 


and  small  sand-hills  soom  as  buried  in  the  sea  water.  Tliis  beach  pxtend.s  far  in  the  sea, 
and  liirnis  what  is  called  the  banks  of  Cape  Tliomas.  The  chart  shows  how  far  the 
.shallow  water  extends.  y\t  the  distance  of  five  miles  wi-  found  from  10  to  i!l  fathoms, 
nicreasiii}:  reuularly  towards  the  sea.  JJy  keeping  lilieen  miles  Irom  the  shore  there  is 
iiDt  the  hast  danger. 

Though  some  coasting  traders  state  that  places  on  the  banks  are  to  be  met  with,  hav- 
ing -  or  o  fathoms  of  water  only,  yet  tlie  pilot  we  had  on  board  thinks  differently,  and 
niithiiig  has  been  perceived  by  us  to  indicate  such  a  shallowness. 

Tilt-  nature  of  the  bottom  near  Cape  Thomas  is  not  of  a  muddy  nature,  but  white  sand 
and  broken  shells.  It  should  here  be  observed,  that  this  white  sand,  which  extends  so 
far  north,  ajipears  to  begin  only  there,  and  is  never  met  with  fartlier  soulli. 

At  a  short  distance  from  Henevente  you  meet,  in  succession,  the  Barra  Guarapaya, 
(Hald  Island,)  La  Rosa,  and  the  small  islands  of  (iuarapari. 

Tiic  Iviver  tJuarapari  empties  into  the  sea  between  two  hills  covered  with  trees.  On 
the  top  of  the  southern  hill  there  is  a  church  with  a  steeple,  many  houses,  and  cocoa 
trees.  The  other  hill  is  called  I'erro  de  Cao.  To  proceed  up  the  river,  it  is  neces- 
.sary  to  keep  (iuarapari  Hill  N.  VV. 

Tiic  sui.ounding  coast  is  tolerably  high,  and  every  wliere  covered  witli  small  trees, 
and  in  several  places  a  yellow  steep  beach  not  perceived  to  the  southward  of  Benevente. 
The  mountains  in  the  interior  deserve  particular  notice,  being  of  a  conical  shape,  and 
appearing  to  incline  on  one  side,  which  is  not  to  be  observed  tlic  south  or  north. 

ESlMlilTO  SANTO.— The  Island  Calvada  lies  4  miles  distant  from  the  shore. 
There  is  no  danger  passing  in  the  channel,  being  from  TJ  to  20  fathoms  water.  Outside 
this  island,  and  oil'  the  Island  Rosa,  the  depth  varies  from  12  to  20  fathoms  up  to  Es- 
pirito  Santo  Bay.  Keeping  at  the  distance  of  2  to  7  miles  from  the  shore,  at  nearly  two 
thirds  the  distance  from  (iuarapari  Santo,  you  meet  the  rocky  island  Jien,  and  a'little 
fariher  distant  the  Pacotes  rocks,  which  indicate  the  entrance  of  the  bay  of  Espirito 
Santo.  The  particulars  wliich  distinguish  Espirito  Santo  Bay,  are  Monte  Moreno  and 
Mertiie  Alvara.  Monte  Moreno  is  a  mountain  on  the  southern  end  of  the  bay,  its 
northern  base  forming  tlie  southern  entrance  of  the  river  of  Espirito,  is  of  a  conical 
shape,  covered  in  part  with  wood  ;  no  green  grass  to  be  seen  on  its  eastern  side,  and 
may  be  discovered  10  leagues  distant.  Vessels  going  up  the  river  must  range  along  it  at 
no  ^reat  distance.  The  two  Pacotes  rocks  stand  2|  miles,  and  are  of  unequal  size. 
The  inside  channel  is  used  only  by  small  vessels. 

Nearly  one  mile  distant  from  Monte  Moreno,  S.  G0°  W.,  stands  the  Morrode  Nozza, 
(Semhora  de  Poria,)  a  rocky  hill  with  little  wood.  The  church,  which  is  built  on  its 
top,  can  be  discovered  5  leagues  distant.  What  distinguishes  the  hill  called  the  Mastre 
Alvaro,  is  its  great  height  on  a  low  ground,  appearing  as  entirely  separated  from  the 
other  mountains. 

The  greatest  part  of  the  bay  of  Espirito  Santo  is  occupied  by  two  islands,  in  a  direc- 
tion N.  N.  W.  of  Monte  Moreno.  Though  the  space  between  this  island  and  the 
mountain  appears  to  be  wholly  obstructed  by  banks,  and  the  two  rocks,  the  Balea  (the 
Whale)  and  the  Casello,  (the  Horse,)  yet  a  vessel  not  drawing  over  l6  feet  water  may 
easily  go  through  there  without  danger,  as  you  will  not  have  less  than  18  feet  water. 
The  anchorage  we  occupied  in  the  bay  of  Espirito  Santo  \vas  not  the  best  one,  because 
we  iiad  no  knowledge  of  a  submarine  rock  not  more  than  two  cables'  distance  from  us, 
where,  from  time  to  time,  the  sea  was  breaking.  The  safest  place  to  anchor  is  the  oue 
pointed  on  the  chart,  with  an  anchor. 

Espirito  Santo  is  of  some  importance  to  navigators.     At  one  league's  distance  from 

the  city  of  Victoria,  there  is  good  water.     Wood  and  cattle  can  be  got  in  plenty,  and 

cheap.     The  climate  appears  unhealthy,  being  extremely  damp.     A  rock  called  the 

Pao  de  Ilanuar,  (Sugar-loaf,)  about  2000  yards  from  the  city,  is  of  some  service  to  ma- 

[riners,  as  you  steer  in  its  direction  after  weathering  Monte  Moreno,  if  you  intend  to  get 

j  into  the  river.     The  tides  are  not  more  than  4  feet,  and  are  regular  but  in  the  inside  of 

the  bay. 

The  coast  north  of  Espirito   Santo  is  low  and  covered  with  trees;  and  the  shore, 

I  which  runs  N.  ."iQ"  E.  from  the  Tubaron  (the  Shark)  up  to  the  bar  of  Rio  Doce  nearly 

16  leagues  distant,  is  of  a  yellow  red  color. 

From  llio  Doce  (Soft  River)  the  coast  runs  north  and  south  up  to  the  bar  of  San  Ma- 

theo,  a  distance  of  20  leagues.     The  country  in  the  interior  does  not  appear  so  low  as 

'  the  sea  shore,  but  from  Rio  Doce  to  Mount  Pascoal  the  country  is  very  flat.     There  is 

iiconsetpiently  no  more  dilliculty  in  recognizing  Espirito  Santo  Bay  when  coming  from 

the  south  or  from  the  north,  as  in  the  first  instance  Mount  Mastre  Alvaro  comes  next  to 

^the  flat  land,  and  in  the  second  instance  it  ends  a  land  tolerably  high. 

The  shore  from  Tubarao  end  up  to  San  Matheo,  may  be  approached  every  where  at 
l^the  distance  of  2  or  3  miles.  From  9  to  10  fathoms  water  are  to  be  found  at  such  adis- 
I  i  tance,  bottom  sandy,  sometimes  muddy,  and  with  broken  shells. 


ui 


'mat 


■*«6UMte4rf>| 


552 


BLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


It  is  rcporttd  Rio  Doce  runs  fnrin  the  interior,  but  its  mouth  dors  not  admit  of  large 
vcsspIs.  It  is  to  he  observed  here,  tliat  the  muncious  iHhindti  pointed  out  in  «ome 
chiirts,  ns  existing  at  its  muuih,  is  not  correct. 

The  b»rof  Rio  Seca  hcs  ten  lentines  north  of  Rio  Doce.  Rio  Seen  is  a  stream  only 
in  the  rainy  season.  Two  miles  east  of  ivio  Seca  we  found  no  variation  in  the  coin'. 
pass,  July,  IHl'). 

The  bar  of  .San  Matheo  is  10  leajjiies  di'<tant  from  Rio  Sera.  Being  far  at  sea,  thisbir 
may  be  distino;uishe(l  by  ilie  breakers  of  the  sea,  wiiich  are  greater  tlian  on  tlie  surround- 
ing  places.  Tiie  shallowness  of  the  water,  the  impossibility  for  a  ship  to  <ross  over  the 
bar,  and  above  all,  the  little  benefit  to  be  derived  from  thi.<  place,  are  more  than  sullicient 
reasons  to  keep  at  a  distance  from  it. 

ABROLHU.S. — At  a  distance  of  4  to  .'j  leagues  from  San  Matheo,  in  a  nortliern  dirpr 
tion,  and  at  3  to  4  leagues  from  the  land,  the  soundings  begin  to  indicate  the  shallow  wa. 
terofthe  Abrolhos.  This  shallow  place  may  be  considered  to  extend  nortli  and  somh 
from  18  to  20  leagues,  and  east  and  west  not  less  than  "JO  leagues  ;  and  though  the  w|ii,|c 
extent  is  not  to  be  considered  equally  dangerous,  yet  a  vessel  not  particularly  bound  to  tliii 
place,  will  do  well  to  keep  away  from  it. 

The  Abrolhos  Islands,  or  Sante  Barbara  Islands,  are  four  in  number,  not  inchulinctwn 
or  three  flat  rocks.  The  two  northern  islands  are  the  highest.  'J'he  western  mien 
nearly  1.30  feet  al)ove  the  sea  ;  the  other  llf}.  They  may  be  perceived  from  the  tup  of 
a  frigate  in  fine  weather,  from  20  leagues  distance. 

Nothing  is  to  be  found  on  this  island  except  some  reeds  and  cactus.  Numerous  tribfj 
of  birds  inhabit  them.  A  few  turtles  are  to  i)e  met  with.  Fishes  are  in  plenty,  and  tlip 
fishermen  of  Porto  Securo  repair  there  to  fish,  and  dry  what  they  call  garoiijas.  Thii 
is  consequently  the  only  thing  a  vessel  can  expect  thither. 

We  have  already  stated  that  the  whole  extent  assigned  to  the  shallow  water  is  nc 
every  where  dangerous.  In  the  same  extent,  by  our  observations  and  soundings,  itiiji- 
pears  that  from  the  E.  S.  E.  up  to  S.  by  N.,  and  W.,  large  ships  may  approach  from: 
to  8  miles,  in  fine  weather.  Tlie  only  part  we  had  no  chance  of  sounding,  and  whicr. 
remains  consequently  doubtful,  is  that  part  coujprised  between  the  S.  and  S-  S.  E. 

West  of  this  island  there  is  a  cliannel,  of  nearly  '.I  leagues  wide,  wliere  the  soiindinji 
show  from  10  to  15  fathoms,  except  in  a  few  places  where  it  shows  only  8  fathoms.  Tli' 
western  side  of  this  channel  is  formed  by  more  shallow  water,  called  the  Paredas,  (nr 
Walls,)  which  is  very  dangerous.  According  to  the  report  of  the  native  mariners,  th' 
tides  are  irregular  on  the  Abrolhos  ;  the  current  runs  according  to  the  wind,  and  dnp, 
not  run  over  j\  of  a  mile  an  hour.  The  sounding  shows  no  mud  over  the  whole  pxten; 
we  ascribed  to  the  shallow  water  of  Abrolhos,  and  if  any  is  to  be  perceived,  it  is  a  cer- 
tain sign  you  are  no  longer  there.  The  nature  of  the  bottom  in  the  Abrolhos  is  white 
sandy  stone,  mixed  with  broken  madrepore*  in  a  powdered  state.  Sometimes  thatsanrtv  i 
gravel  is  very  firm  and  combined  with  sand  and  rock,  particularly  in  the  N.  E.  direction. 
In  the  direction  of  S.  S.  W.  or  N.  E.  by  W  ,  the  bottom  is  very  firm  and  like  tough  mor- 
tar, in  which  the  anchors  have  a  good  hold,  though  they  enter  very  little  into  it.  AV? 
have  no  correct  information  respecting  the  Paredes,  which  are  stated  in  the  chart,  ac- 
cording to  the  saying  of  the  native  mariners,  beginning  at  the  bar  of  Portalegra,  and  end 
ingat  Alcobaca. 

Extract  of  a  letter  from  Capt.  Fitzroy,  of  H.  M.  Sloop  Beagle,  to  Capt.  Bemifort,  R.  .V  | 
071  the  subject  of  the  Abrolhos  Banks,\  dated  "  Rio  de  Janeiro,  April  10, 183li. 

"On  the  18th  March  we  sailed  from  Bahia,  and  worked  our  way  slowly  towards tk 
eastern  limit  of  the  Abrolhos  Banks.     The  winds,  being  light  and  easterly,  favored  ocrl 
fioundings  frequently,  and  taking  good  observations. 

"  Having  reached  the  parallel  of  the  islands,  to  the  eastward  of  the  easternmost  soiind-j 
ings  laid  down  in  the  charts,  and  finding  no  ground  with  300  fathoms  of  line,  1  began tol 
Bteer  westward,  sounding  continually,  and  keeping  a  sharp  look  out  at  the  mast-lieadf 
At  2  P.  M.,  on  the  26th,  we  had  no  bottom  with  230  fathoms,  and  at  4  P.  M.  we  founii| 
only  30  fathoms,  without  the  slightest  change  either  in  the  color  of  the  water  oriniiil 
temperature,  or  any  indication  of  so  sudden  a  change  in  its  depth. 

"  I  directly  hauled  to  the  wind,  and  worked  back  again  to  the  eastward,  to  have  ano-l 
ther  opportunity  of  confirming  the  place  of  the  edge  of  the  bank.  We  lost  soundings  ai 
suddenly  as  we  found  them ;  and  in  standing  to  the  westward  a  second  time,  with  a  gra[^| 
nel  towing  astern  by  200  fathoms  of  line,  we  hooked  the  rocky  bottom,  and  straightenfil 
the  grapnel:  but  my  obj»ict  in  ascertaining  the  exact  beginning  of  the  bank  was  gained,  f 

*  Every  kind  of  stone  supposed  to  be  formed  by  insects,  is  called  by  the  French,  madrepore- 
t  From  the  Journal  of  the  Geographical  Society. 


IMIIOS.         I   ilc 

tilis  inouiitain  stu 
f'"'  f'Jtst,  Mount 
I II  <;:miiot  Ijo  mist; 
'I'lic  shore  fVoi 
liid  its  goneral  ii| 
■'•ic;!!:  itdiir.M-s 
hoards  Porto  S, 
lumerous  among 
Pss  ill  SHccessiiH 
T^o,  and  the  clii 
lecuro:  the  w;il| 
1  wme  distance . 
a 'lie  bar  there  a 
F'ks,  extending 
r  vessels  of  sola 
I'rom  Porto  Sc. 
I-M°  E.  very  wo 
l"ce.    A  new  cit 
P  but  two  fathoi 


IJLUNT  S  AMEKICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


553 


ot  arlniit  of  Inrje 
itt'tl  out  in  Home 

a  is  a  stroani  only 
(titiii  in  ihc  coin- 
far  at  sfia,thiRbr 
I  oil  tlu' suiround- 
)  to  cross  overihc 
Dte  than  sunic.fnt 

I  a  norlliorn  dirfp- 
\r.  tlie  shallow  wa- 
1(1  north  and  s'liuli 
I  though  the  wlmlf 
lUu-ly  bound  to  iliis 

-,  not  inclndinatwn 
The  western  one  i< 
jeA  from  the  tup  of 

Numerous  tribe? 
e  in  plenty,  and  tlif 
all  garoujas.    This 

shallow  water  is  w. 
11(1  soundings,  itii|i- 
lay  approach  froml 
ounding,  and  wliicli 
JS.andS.  S.  E. 
where  the  sonndin;< 
nly  B  fathoms.  The 
ed"  the   Paredas,  (or 

native  mariners,  tk? 
the  wind,  and  iloes 

iver  the  whole  pxieni 

jerceived,  it  is  a  cer- 
[he  Abrolhos  is  wliite  | 

lometimes  thatsandv 

the  N.  E.  direction. 

[i  and  like  tough  ninr- 

ivy  little  into  it.    W'. 

ited  in  the  chart,  a^- 
Portalegra,aiHlciid. 

rjapt.  Bemifort,  R.  y 
\,  April  10,  im. 

ay  slowly  towards  li' 
easterly,  favored  ok  | 

lie  easternmost  soud- 

Inis  of  line,  1  began  lol 
lout  at  the  mast-heai 
1  at  4  P.  M.  we  found 
of  the  water  or  in  iw| 

Eastward,  to  have  ano- 

We  lost  soundings" 

:ondtime,withagraP'| 

»om,  and  straightene 

the  bank  was  gained. 


"  l'"roin  that  spot  we  had  soundings  hi  less  llian   10  fatliuiiis,  until  we  anchored  near 

ihc  AI)ndlios  Islands. 

•'  I  pa-scil  to  the  soiiiliwani  and  eastward  of  llieni,  because  that  side  had  not  been  ex- 
inmii'il ;  lint  time  would  not  allow  of  my  doiiii,'  what  I  wislnnl  while  so  favorable  an  op- 
|Mirliriity  ollered. 

••  At  least  a  fortniglit  would  be  necessary  to  complete  the  survey  of  IJaron  Ivoussin, 
wliicli  appears,  so  far  as  we  have  examined,  to  be  extrciMcly  correct.  The  soundinus  ;uo 
.11  irii'milar,  that  little  dcpcndeiK  e  can  be  placed  on  the  lead.  It  is  only  by  a  multitiidi! 
iil'siiiiiidings,  by  watciiin^  the  s('a  when  there  is  much  swell,  and  Iraversiiij;  every  pari, 
Willi  a  siiarp  look  out  at  ilie  mast-ln-ad.  that  ilic  m'i;,'liborhood  of  the  Abrolhos,  particu- 
laiiv  to  till'  soiitli-i'ast,  ran  be  llioroiii;lily  I'saiiiiiicil. 

"More  than  once  we  had  four  or  live  fathoms  under  one  8i'<>  of  the  vessel,  ami  from 
filtcrii  to  twenty  under  the  other  side.     The  saiil.s  dc  suud:,  as  the  French  express  it, 


ity 

The  tide,  or  rather  (nirreiit,  which  we  experienced,  set  continually  to  the  soiitliward 

r.irtlii'  three  days  we  were  near  these  inlands,  varying  from  half  a  mile  to  a  mile  and  a 

hilfaii  hour. 

"  I  sit|)post!d  that  the  bottom  was  chielly  composed  of  coral  rock,  but  was  surprised  to 

TmiiI  nil  coral  exceptiiii;  small  i'i'#;;mcnts  niowiii;;  on  the  solid  rock,  w  liieh  is  cliii  lly  i^neiss 

,111(1  siiiiNtoiK!.      As  the  charts  say  *•  cmuil  met,''    1  have  seiil  a  few  of  the  soiiiidiii!;s  for 

viiiir  iiispeelioii  ;   and  you  will  see  by  them  that  what  has  here  beeii  called  coral,  is  the 
..  ,.r  ..  c,.i;,l  .',./.l/    <°... ..I   I,.'  I'l,..  , I.. ......:»  ,.r  ,1. .....•,,.■     ...:..,,.i    ..:.i ii'...„ 


li  coralline 


1  French,  madrepore. 


II        Ill.^|/ci    Liifii    ^       tiirii      T»JH      I'lii     .-tx    y.      •/»      iii\    lit     iiiiii.      *fL|iii.     iih.t     ||»    ii        >n,<    ii     i    'lin    'I     »    '» 

I'latiiig  of  a  solid  rock,    formed  by  the  deposit  of  the  sea-water,  mixed   with 
subsraiices,  and  what  a  sailor  generally  calls  '  barnacles.' 

"My  meridian  distance  of  tlw.  Abrolhos  ItoeUs  I'rom  Uahia,  llieir  latitude,  and  their 
!^i/,!.'.  ai,'rec  precisely  with  those  ^iveii  in  tiie  l-'reiich  siir\ey;  but  between  llaliia  and  Kio 
ill' .laiieiro,  and  coiiseipiently  befween  (he  Alirollms  and  Kin  de  .laiieiro,  tiierc  exists  a 
ililleri'iice  of  from  four  to  live  mib's  between  us,  (his  beiiifi  the  only  point  on  which  I 
liavi' found  any  su(;h  liili'ereiice,  either  on  this  or  on  the  I'ea^lc's  former  voyairc. 

"Ilaviiin  made  both  jiassa^es,    I  venture  t.»  obsc^rve,   that  .!j;oiiisr  within  tlie  Abrolhos 

certainly  shortens  that  ix'lweeii  Jlio  and  Bahia  very  iiiueh:  but  yet  I  should  not  reconi- 

!  iiiPinl  it  to  any  vessel  unless  she  has  reason  lo  make  iiiiiisiial  liasti;.     'J'lie  souiidiinis  are 

svi'iy  irregular,  varying  suddenly  from  :,'!'  to  (>  faihoii^j;  and  there  are  both  reefs  and 

I  currents." 

Tlie  little  city  of  i'rado  lies  on  the  iimuth  of  tlio  river  liicurucu,  a  very  deep  cut 
iiiiiniigst  the  trees,  which  are  iiiimeroiis  mi  tlie  shore,  al  the  place  Wiicre  tlie  river  dis- 
ichiiigos  into  the  sea.  There  is  no  danger  near  the  mmith;  even  at  ihr(>(!  miles  there  are 
UiDiii  111  to  14  fathoms  of  water.  This  depth  remains  the  same  ;is  far  as  the  village  of 
M'uruinbiana,  situated  K.  S.  E.  (jf  Mount  J'axal.  Mount  Pascal  is  to  lie  perceived  oven 
■Miom  the  Abrolhos. 

E.  by  S  "iH  miles  from  Moiuit  Pascal,  in  a  direction  north  and  south,  and  at  1'2  miles 
ilistiiiit  from  the  coast,  the  water  is  very  shallow,  intermixed  with  rocks.  That  danger- 
ous place  is  called  the  Itacolomis,  and  runs  E.  S.  E.  and  S.  by  \V.  There  is  not  the 
If'ist  daii::er  by  keeping  away  ITmiles  from  the  shore,  and  when  north  of  Mount  Pascal 
tlie  land  may  be  neareil  to  ."'>  miles,  the  depth  iieing  from  Ii  to  "34  fathoms. 

Mount  Pascal,  as  we  stated  before,  is  the  highest  of  the  mountains  perceived  from  tlic 
Alirollios.  The  chain  it  belongs  to  runs  ;iearly  S.  E.  and  N.  \V.  'V\w  southern  part  of 
this  mouiitaiu  seems  as  if  a  largo  sijuare  tower  .ad  been  built  on  its  top.  Viewed  from 
till' cast.  Mount  Pascal  appears  of  a  conical  shape,  and  being  the  highest  of  the  whole, 
ii  cannot  be  mistaken. 

The  shore  from  Villa  Prado  up  to  Mount  Pascal  runs  N.  10^  E.     Tt  is  low,  woody, 

Mill  its  general  appearance  is  very  much  like  the  shore  between  Itacolomis  and  Mount 

riscid:  it  dilfers  only  in  its  yellow  red  colors.     This  red  color  increases  more  and  more 

Vwarils  Porto  Seeuro,  and  the  shore  mon    high,  and  steeji,  and  the  cow-tree  is  more 

jumerous  amongst  the  trees  which  cover  the  land.      If  going  along  the  coast,  you  will 

■iss  in  succession  the  bars  of  (Iraiiiminuaii.  ol'  .lonsima,  of  Frade.  the  small  bay  of  Tran- 

pso,  and  the  church  of  Mossa.     In  Senhorada  .ludea,  distant  only  two  miles  from  Porto 

eciiro:  the  walls  of  that  church  being  perfectly  white,  if  is  perceived  amongst  the  trees 

I  some  distance:  there  is  a  small  river  which  empties  in  the  harbor  of  Porto  Sccuro; 

ithe  bar  there  are  14  feet  at  high  wate,-  anil  only  1 1  inside  :  moreover,  there  are  many 

inks,  extending  very  far;  taking  the  whole  together,  Porto  Seeuro  is  not  a  good  place 

|r  vessels  of  small  si:^e,  and  of  no  use  for  large  ones. 

From  Porto  Seeuro  to  Rio  (Jrande,  there  are  twelve  leagues  distance;  the  coast  runs 
■  14°  E.  very  woody  ;  sandy  banks  and  shallow  water,  are  to  be  found  at  tlig>c  miles  dis- 
liice.  A  new  city  called  Ikdmonte,  stands  on  the  southern  bank  of  Rio  GTaiulc:  there 
IP  but  two  fathoms  of  water  on  the  bar.  , 

7(1  •  •         •     ■ 


t; 


554 


BLUNT  8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Bclmonto  to  Fort  St.  flcor^cs  dos  IlliPdH,  thrro  arn  twenty  IvaKUcs  clistnncr, 
•tenp  wliorc  and  i<(|iiiilly  woody  ;  depth  of  wiilcr  iVorii  ni-vimi  to  twenty  t'litlioinH  :  iiml  m  ;, 
i>iilo>4  diHtaiiee,  muddy  hottoni  iind  broken  niadreiiore.  At  half  ilie  (hNtaiii  e  Irtttn  liil 
nionto  to  Kort  St.  (leoi^eM,  you  meet  the  Seras  de  ilaiaea,  a  ^loiip  ot  iniiuntainH  on  ulndi 
torminates  tlic  (lat  country  hejiinninu;  after  INIount  I'aseal;  lln;  Hof!  i>rn  niouniaui  hian 
the  naititi  of  Commandatiilia,  from  wlii<li  the  Nmall  river  ih-rives  its  name,  l-'roni  iIhih, 
up  the  Itay  of  All  .Saints  the  coast  oliers  the  (inesl  pr(is|)ect,  lieitif^  well  cultivated  mil,, 
Tallcy,  and  tiic  small  hills  covered  with  wood. 

From  Fort  .St.  Cicorj^e,  u|)  to  the  two  (-'astellianoH  Ends,  I')  IcagiiPH  dislanre,  ih,- 
coa.st  JH  perfectly  secure:  the  largest  sliips  may  approacli  it  within  Iwu  miles,  wiilii,iii 
the  least  danger. 

The  Dos  (jastolhanos  Ends,  heion^  to  a  hiiih  land  joining  to  I'onta  do  Muta,  at  die 
•xtremity  of  which  stands  the  small  island  of  (jiiipe.  The  Alula  point  and  the  ishimlut 
Quipt!  form  a  kind  of  liasin,  into  which  empties  ilie  small  river  Acarahi,  at  a  slmri  (||<. 
tance  from  tlie  small  town  of  Camamu.  Tlic  breakers  which  obstruct  the  bay,  do  ihii 
parmit  vessels  to  i^o  into  it. 

Bcginninf;  at  this  place  the  coast  seems  divided  into  two,  and  appears  like  two  islamk 
This  appearance  is  produced  by  the  low  land  exiitinjj;  between  the  two  hilly  |)art8,  and  re- 
mains the  same,  till  you  arrive  at  cape  or  iMorro  .San  I'anlo. 

Morro  San  I'aulo,  from  the  east  end  of  the  bar  of  I'ha's  Kiver,  may  be  very  casilj  ,|i.. 
tinj^uished,  though  not  very  hii^h,  bein:;  higher  than  the  highland,  which  stands  (inii» 
rear,  in  llr.;  northern  direction;  there  is  on  its  top,  two  sc^parated  yroups  of  cow-inn 
TPry  apparent.  Morro  San  I'aulo  oilers  this  particular,  that  when  near  it,  the  (jrwn 
▼erdant  color  of  its  top  seems  spoiled  on  the  norlhern  sidt;  with  larf^e  while  st:  ins:  in  imc 
weather  tliesc  while;  stains  may  be  s(!t!n  from  lilty-lnur  miles  distance.  Two  milt!,  lasi 
of  Morro  .San  I'aulo  there  arc  17  fathoms,  with  s;oo(l  muddy  bottom.  North  of  .San  I'liulu 
the  coast  is  low,  sandy,  and  a  reef  of  rocks  runs  abtn;;  within  a  short  distance  of  it.  Tim 
coast  ap|)ears  at  first  connected  witli  the  island  of  Tamarica;  bui  the  land  on  thisisl.iiiJ 
is  hif;her:  the  space  between  tlie  western  side  of  itaporica  Island,  and  the  mam  iiiriii, 
forms  what  is  called  the  false  entrance  of  Uahia.  This  channel  is  very  crooked,  uarrn». 
and  too  difficult  to  admit  vessels  to  pass. 

A  vessel  may  steer  in  a  straight  direction  from  Morro  San  Paulo  to  Cape  St.  Antonio; 
but  if  tlie  wind  blows  too  strong  towards  the  land,  it  is  belter  to  keep  a  little  more  to  ibe 
N.  W.  until  the  eastern  point  of  Tamarica  island  stands  north  t)f  you. 

Description  of  the  Mountains  and  other  objects  ivhich  show  your  approach  to  Rio  Jam;, 

At  the  eastern  end  of  the  beach  of  Maranbaya  stands  the  large  point  of  Guainiiba. 
where  begin  tlie  high  mountains  which  surround  the  Hay  of  Uio  .laneiro.  From  lliu 
point,  in  clear  weather,  the  Island  lledonda  (Koiiiid  Island)  can  be  seen,  although  eijlii 
leagues  distant.  That  island  stands  at  the  entrance'  of  the  Hay  of  Kio  de  .laneiro,  aiiJ 
is  easily  distinguished  by  its  rouixl  sliajx-,  and  by  the  green  and  white  color  of  its  shore*. 
From  the  same  point  the  mountain  called  the  (iabia,  or  Main-top,  which  by  its  pcciilur 
shape  cannot  be  confounded  witli  any  other,  and  is,  by  this  reason,  the  surest  iiiiirkui 
Rio  de  .raneiro.  When  arrived  near  Ivound  Island,  there  is  not  the  least  difficuliv  in 
reaching  Rio  .laneiro.  It  is  unnecessary  to  undertake  the  course  towards  tiiat  |)la(f, 
unless  you  'ire  sure  to  reach  it  before  night  time,  ami  lor  that  to  wait  for  the  sea  bree/e, 
which  generally  begins  at  12  or  1  o'clock. 

Some  say  that  it  is  better  to  make  land  near  Cape  Frio,  when  bound  for  Rio  Janiim: 
though  it  will  do  well  for  vessels  coming  from  the  north  or  east,  yet  in  every  other  iii- 
■tance,  it  will  be  wasting  time. 

The  Grand  Island,  the  Morro  Maranbaya,  and  particularly  the  Main-top  JMountaic, 
are  the  surest  guides  for  nearing  Rio  Janeiro,  as  they  may  be  seen  at  a  great  di>taiice, 
and  no  fear  in  nearing  the  land. 

There  is  something  peculiar  which  distinguishes  the  appearance  of  the  Bay  of  Rio 
Janeiro  from  every  other  place.  When  coming  from  the  E.S.E.  uj)  to  the  S.W.  the  lops 
of  the  mountains  bear  a  perfect  resemblance  to  a  man  lying  on  his  back,  in  a  direction 
W.  S.  W.  and  E.  N.  E.,  the  Mount  Main-top  seeming  to  form  the  head,  and  Muuut 
Sugar-loaf  the  extremities  of  the  feet. 

The  Main-top  Mount  is  tiat  on  its  top,  and  seems  not  so  large  at  its  base  as  at  its  top, 
from  whence  it  derives  its  name.  Eight  mdes  distant  from  the  mountain  lies  the  I'aoola- 
sucar  (Sugar-loaf)  Mount,  a  large  rock,  which,  although  generally  indicated  as  the 
best  mark  to  ascertain  the  bay  of  Rio  Janeiro,  is  not  so,  according  to  my  observations, 
being  not  so  high,  so  distinct,  or  so  near  the  shore,  as  the  Main-top  Mount.  It  oilers 
this  particular,  that  its  shape  is  very  conical,  and  it  appears  above  all  the  other  moun- 
tains of  a  like  shape  around  it,  and  it  seems  to  incline  a  little  towards  the  N.  W. 

It  i«  v«ry  prudent  to  keep  at  somG  distance  from  the  shore,  when  navigating  between 


■MaMm. 


BLUNT*8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


655 


y  IcaKUcs  (li.Mancr, 
tatlidiiiH  :  ami  iit :, 
(liMtatH'i-  iVuin  Itil- 
luiiintiiiiis  oil  whicli 
1-III  iiit)utit;uii  lii'4r« 
lint'.     Kroiii  tlh'iiii' 

ell  CUllivUlL-(l   111  till 

a^iirH  ilistaiire,  th.- 
twu  iiiilt'ti,  witlidiii 

ita  ill-  Miita,  at  tln' 
lint  uMil  tlic  islaiiilni 
rahi,  at  a  Hlmrt  (li«. 
nut  tlu-  Itay,  do  imi 

pars  lik<'  two  ishiiiik 
o  hilly  parts,  and  re- 
ay  he  very  easily  i||.. 
which  staiiils  units 

[r  roups   Ol     COW-lpi'l 

a  near  it,  the  |;retn 
white  sti.ins:  inline 
cc.  'J'wo  inilt's  liht 
North  of  San  I'.iulo 
ilislance  of  it.  'I'lm 
le  laiiil  oil  thinislanil 
,  and  the  main  liind. 
ery  crooked,  narrnw. 

to  Cape  St.  Antonin; 
n)  a  little  moietutlie 
ou. 

roacli  to  liio  Janm. 

loint  of  (Juantiba. 

aiieiro.     FrotinliH 

en,  althoiii.'h  fiilii 

\io  dc  .latieiri),  aiil 

e  color  of  its  slum*. 

,liich  by  its  iieciilur  I 
the  surest  niarkui  ] 
le  least  difficulty  in 
towards  that  |ii.iif, 
for  the  sea  bree/.f. 

iiid  for  Rio  Janeiro; 
et  in  every  other  in- 

klain-top  Mountain, 
at  a  great  distance, 

of  the  Bay  of  Rio 
to  the  S.W.  the  tops 
back,  in  a  direction 
e  head,  and  Mouui 

ts  base  as  at  its  top. 
tain  lies  the  Paool'a- 
lly  indicated  as  ilie 
Ito  my  observations. 
p  Mount.  It  nlTcrs 
\\\  the  other  moun- 

the  N.  W. 
Inavigating  between 


Rio  Janeiro  ontl  Capo  Krio,  because  tlio  «oa-bree/.n  blown  generally  towards  tho  shoro, 
Mui  ill  Id"'  fii;>"ner  the  wave?*  m  mratr  a  ciirrenf,  havini;  the  same  tendency,  particularly 
wlifii  It  blows  from  >S.  W.,  and  then  in  case  of  a  siiddeii  storm,  lliere  will  be  Homo  dun- 
Iter  ill  the  anclioraj^e,  not  iiiiiiK  there  very  Male. 

We  must  repeat  that  it  is  ver;'  prudent  never  to  apjiroach  too  near  the  iHlaniiH  wliich 
Maud  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay  of  Kio  .Janeiro,  ex«  ept  in  case  you  are  certain  to  reach 
the  harbor  diiriiii;  day  time;  lor  if  en;;ai,'ed  amongst  them  you  may  be  dan(;erously 
situated,  in  case  of  as(|iiall  ofwind,  which  is  often  the  cumg  ;  then  if  nut  uuubleii  torcucli 
chu  liarbor  in  daylight,  it  is  better  to  put  to  sea  a^aiti. 

Dinrtions/ur  tfoirifi  in  and  out  of  the  ILtrhor  oj  Ii!o  Janeiro, 

To  enter  the  harbor  of  Rio  .Janeiro  it  is  preferred  generally  to  jiass  between  the  Island 
Kasa'  (Itare  Island)  and  tin  Island  of  I'ara,  (l''atlier  and  Mother,)  the  first  one  nearly  7 
milts  fr(tin  the  Sunar-loaf,  the  two  last  '>},  miles  M.  11  '  K.  of  Rare  Island.  They  have 
hulil  shores,  antl  may  be  approached  very  near;  and  even  if  necessary  a  vessel  can  pass 
lit'twcen  them  and  the  shore.  The  depth  of  water  between  thcsu  islands  is  from  l;]  to 
•j:i  fallioins.  Standing  one  mile  abreast  of  Rare  Island,  you  must  perceive  tlm  western 
fiid  of  the  most  western  island  (I'aya)  N.  47'^  K.  from  this  point.  Direct  yoiircoiirso 
(luring  7,',  miles  N.  .V  K.,  until  you  arrive  at  i^OO  yards  west  ol  the  fortress  of  Santa  Cruz, 
situated  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  entrance. f  During  that  course  yoii  will  havo 
jiassed  on  your  larboard  hand  several  small  rocks  and  small  islands,  which  lie  between 
the  Kouiid  Island  and  thi'  land  on  the  iMain-top  IMoiint  side,  and  you  will  pass  at  one 
half  mile  distance  from  the  small  island  Toiicinlio,  (liam  Island,)  which  is  not  far  dis- 
tant from  the  .Sugar-loaf  Mount.  There  is  not  thi^  least  danger.  Y'ou  have  only  to 
keep  at  a  |)roper  distanci!  from  the  rocks  which  are  to  be  seen.  The  least  depth  of  wa- 
ter is  7  fathoms  at  the  entrance  ;  but  when  in  the  liarbor  it  increases  very  fast,  and  at  a 
ffw  yards  from  the  .Santa  Cruz  Rattery  there  are  over  lU  and  Hi  fathoms. 

Tiie  way  \v<^  prescribe!  to  go  into  the  harbor  |)ossesses  many  advantages.  First,  it 
enables  you  to  approach  the  .^anta  Cruz  fortress  sulficiently  near  to  answer  the  ques- 
tions put  to  you  by  tin;  g\iard  ;  second,  to  keep  the  sirip  at  a  reasonabh^  distance  from 
thi'  (lat  island  lying  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  on  which  is  built  the  Kort  Lage  ;  and 
thirdly,  to  correct  the  etfect  of  tiie  current,  which  sets  towards  the  N.  W.  with  tlic  tide. 

The  passage  between  Fori  aula  Cruz  and  Fort  Lage  is  the  only  one  used  in  pass- 
inj;, and  the  one  formed  by  S.ui  ,loao  I'oint  is  never  used  ;  not  on  account  ol"  deficiency 
ul  water,  but  because  it  is  narrower,  more  crooked,  and  the  bottom  being  rocky,  is  not 
sale,  in  case  of  necessity,  to  anchor.     They  smy  the  passage  tlirough  it  is  jirohibited. 

When  at  fiOO  yards  distance  west  from  Fort  Santa  Cruz,  the  course  to  reach  tlie  best 
anchorage  is  N.  35^  W.  until  you  arrive  E.  N.  E.  of  Fort  Villegagnon,  which  you  may 
pass  at  only  bOO  yards  distance.  From  that  place  you  will  steer  toward  tho  Island  dos 
Katos,  (Rat  Island,)  and  now,  being  in  sight  of  the  city,  you  may  choose  your  anchor- 
age in  from  10  to  20  fathoms. 

If  you  draw  a  line  from  the  flag  of  Fort  Villegagnon  to  the  Cobras  (Snake)  Island, 
that  line  will  separate  the  anchorage  for  vessels  of  war  from  that  of  the  merchant  vessels. 
The  best  for  vessels  of  war  is  towards  the  E.  N.  E.  of  the  palace,  and  south  of  a  line 
drawn  from  Rat  Island  to  the  main  church  in  the  city,  and  the  best  for  merchant  vessels 
is  near  the  city.  The  largest  reach  that  place  by  passing  north  of  Snake  Island,  and  they 
are  separated  from  the  vessels  of  war  by  a  bank,  or  shallow  water,  where  boats  only  can 
pass,  and  over  which  the  sea  is  constantly  breaking  at  low  water. 

The  sea  and  land-breezes  are  regular,  and  each  last  one  half  of  the  day.  The  land- 
breeze  begins  in  the  evening,  continues  during  the  night,  and  stops  at  nine  oi  ten  in  the 
morning;  a  calm  of  one  hour  generally  succeeds  it,  and  at  about  eleven  the  sea-breeze 
commences. 

Vessels  going  to  sea  will  follow  the  course  opposite  to  that  pursued  when  going  in. 
It  is  best  to  take  your  departure  in  the  morning,  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  the  land- 
breeze,  which,  lasting  3  or  4  hours  during  daylight,  enables  you  to  clear  all  the  small 
islands,  and  reach  the  open  sea.  Vessels  used  sometimes  to  go  at  some  distance  from 
the  city  the  day  ])revious  to  their  departure,  in  order  to  have  a  better  chance  of  getting 
to  sea  the  day  after,  with  the  laud-breeze.  In  case  the  breeze  should  subside,  it  would 
be  better  to  cast  anchor. 

Description  of  the  Coast  comprised  bcficeen  the  Island  of  St.  Catharina  and  the  Bay  of 

Rio  Janeiro. 

VOL  AGE  BANK,  on  the  coast  of  Brazil,  lat.  26°  44'  S.,long.  48°  15'  W.  Sound- 
ings 12J  to  14  fathoms. 

•  On  Rasa  Island  there  is  a  lighthouse  with  a  revolving  light. 
i  A  fixed  light  is  exhibited  on  the  fortreis  of  Santa  Cruz. 


556 


Blum's  amkkican  coast  pilot. 


His  iMajcsty's  .slii|)  Volnt'c.  on  Ik*!*  w:iy  f(»  St.  Ciilhaiinos,  on  llio  coast  of  IJim/.iI,  n, 
SeptciiihiT,  If^;!',',  siiiick  soumlinus  in  II  laliiotiis,  iniicl,  on  a  liank  w  liicli  is  not  laidddBi, 
oil  tiiL'  (halts  in  tlio  aliov(^  laliliidt;  and  loniiitndc.  (alcnlatcd  lioni  llic  noon  oliscrvaiimi. 
Kioui  thiMicf,  wiiilc  liie  .ship  was  sailing  two  niilrs  west  hy  siniili,  liotioiii  was  loiunl  wnl; 
11  to  1-2,'  latlioins  ;  alter  which,  on  stcM-rini;  \V.  and  \V.  S.  W..  tlic  water  dci-pcnrd  : 


dvniy  t( 


id  -J')  lailionis :  and  tlicsc  depths  were  proscived  until  iiie  island  oT  A 


lii 


redo,  al  the;  nortii  (mkIoI'Si.  ("atliaiines  Island,  was  passed. 


'I'll 


d)ov<!  position   ol   tl 


.SKll 


red  to  he  in  lat.  •J7'  2G'  IJU' 


<li(ial  depends  on  tliat  oC  K 


oit 


an 


.lose,  whicii  was 


nid  lon;j;.  4^-=   ;{y'  W.     The  variation  was  t 


oui,i| 


he  7  '  easterly.     Ilonssin  ])asse(|  insiile  ol'this  slntal.  and  does  not  lav  it  down. 

FRO.M  Jl'lO  .T.VNHIRU  TO  TilK  KIVHK  in.ATK.— ( )n  (pi'iitinfr  l!io  .lan.iKi 
the  sh(n-e  hends  \V.  hy  S.  towards  to.  ureal  I'oint  id'  (inaratiha,  where  the  ran^i' i, 
nionnlains  terminates  which  surrounds  the    \];\\  ol'  l>io  .Janeiro,      r'roni   tiiis  ]  oint  \,ii 


nniy  ih  Inie  \veatljer  clear 


Iv  per( 


ceive   IvcdoiKla,  ol 


li 


(lunil 


Island,  distant  eiylit 


iea';iic., 


w 


hicli  island  is  distinguished  hy  its  t'orui,  ami  the  deej)  streaks  of  white  and  daik  ur 


wiiicdi  sl(  ,  e  do 


wn  on  every  snic; 


\ 


on  wil 


■;o  div(  ern  l^a  d'ahia  at  the  distanc 


I'K; 


C  (i|. 


icai^ucs,  lieariui;  K.  N.  K.,  whicli  is  a  reuiarkaldy  I'ornied  nionnlain.as  alreaiiy  descriljii! 
ami  (  aiinot  well  he  cont'ou'ideil  with  any  other.  It  iliereliue  is  tin-  most  certain  imiii 
lor  Kit)  .laneini.  particularly  when  comin<:  troni  the  soutlMvanl. 

'  From  the  J'oint  of  (inaratiha,  a  W.  S.  W.  course  will  lead  aloni:  the  low  land  of  Mi- 
ranihaya,  the  western  point  of  whii  h  terminates  in  a  littli'  hill,  called  the  JMorro  de  .Ma- 
raiidiaya,  at  the  entrance  to  the  Uay  of  lllia(Jrande.     The  eastern  point  (d'the  Traymlt 


M. 


ranihaya,  or 


.M; 


iva  Island,  is  sejiaraled  I'roiu  the  lam!  of  (uiaratil 


a  l)V  a  sii 


chann(d,  which  hoats  only  can  enter.     This  island  ocenpies  a  space  of  H  leajiues  K, 
\V.     It  is  very  low,  ami  you  must  not  approach  it  witliont  the  prentest  cant 


;ii,i! 


ion,  fsiif. 


cially  ^  hen  tlic  weather  is  not  clear.     This  circumspection  is  the  more  necessjiivdi 
fa  rock,  surrounded  with  shallow  siromid,  \\hi(  h  jirojects  .">  miles  to  tliesdinli. 


accouiv  o 


ward  froin  the  coast,  ahoui  midway.     J'y  Ueepin^  ahont  -1  mdes  from  the  coast  attli. 
pa  ',  you  will  have  from  'J-J  to  .')(l  fa'.homs  water,  with  a  iiottoni  (d'sand  and  uravel. 

J5AY  OF  JLIIA  (iHANDM.— The  great  15ay- of  Uha  (irande,  lornied  betwrni  lb 
rnntinent  and  tin"  island  of  ihis  name,  has  two  entrances.  'J'ln-  western  one  is  liniimlfY 
uy  the.  Point  of  .loatiiiira  and  the  Inland  of  (iraiide;   the  eastern  one  hy  the  same  ishiinl, 


and  til 


e  pr(Miiontory  or  low 


mil 


M 


iraiiiDava. 


Eitl 


ler  o 


f  th 


ese  entrances  cniimid; 


you  into  the  hay,  which  is  calculated   to  receive  the  lariiest  vesscds. 


^ri 


le    pilots  sav, 


"  whole  fleets  may  enter  there,  and  lind  .shelter  from  every  wind.  Tlic  soun(lini.'sv 
from  .')()  to  7  fathoms  in  the  greatest  part  of  the  hay,  and  you  may  readily  procure  « 
and  wa.ter  from  many  parts  of  the  coast." 

Al   .'k'  distance  of  'J  miles  from    the  south  part  of  Una  (Irande  is  the  little  islaiidoM 
fieoi.}ii  'ireij,  whiidi  has  a  liarren  appearance,  hut  will  liirnish  you  with  hoth  wikhI  iiiiM 
water.     Tlie  largest  vessels  may  find  anchorage  on  its  northern  side,  and  refresliiiicm* 
may  he  procured  at  the  little  village  of  d'Angia  dos  IJeos.  which  is  tliere  situated. 

[t  does  r   i  aj  pear  tlial  I'aroii  Koiissm  penetrated  into  the  interior  ef' the  IJayofill 
Grande;  an,!  the  iiiforiii;    ion  Kuropians  at  |)rcsent  possess  of  this  hay  is  very  ini])rrtii: 

This  hay  is  hounded  on  the  N.  M.,  ami  also  on  the  S.  W.,  hy  the  main  land,  ciiiii|)ri' 
Jiending  a  length  of  full  (>()  miles,  and  is  studded  with  numerous  islands  and  placps  n 
sncliorage,  liaving  many  villages  on  the  northern  shore.  The  Eastern  or  iMaraiiiliny 
(Channel,  leading  into  this  hay,  is  ft  miles  wide,  and  may  he  known  hy  the  siiiirji'  1"" 
mountain  ahont  700  feet  high,  which  stands  on  tlie  low  point  of  jMaramhaya.  The  >aiiil'  I 
(lat,  or  Inland  of  Maramhaya,  is  ahont  -JO  ("eel  above  the  Icvi  I  of  the  sea.  In  most  pari-. 
especially  near  the  middle  of  the  island,  it  is  rjuite  barren  ;  in  otliers  it  is  covered  witli 
various  crce|)iiig  plants,  whiidi  kc(>p  tli(>  soil  together.     It  exhiliits  on  its  siinimit  a  lilil' 


briishw 


ooil,  and  at  its  northern  extremity  some  mangroves. 


owani 


tin 


<ea  It  IS  steri'. 


and  the  siirl' breaks  with  violence  against  it;  hut  towards  the  bay  it  is  level  and  siiuioiii 
This  latter  side  abounds  with  shidl-lish  and  sand-larks.  The  herbage  slielters  iiiiiiiy 
arniadilloes,   and   there  are  numerous  deer  and  otlier  animals  of  chase.     There  isi 


church,  and  some  fi 


iriii:;s  of  ^ood  water. 


The  Isl  Old  (irande,  uhich  bounds  the  western  side  of  the  channel,  is  14  or  15  milt 


111 


length,  and  lies  in  the  centre   between   the  two  c 


hanni 


The  Wesle 


n,  ( 


r  (iaii'i: 


Chauiiel,  is  ;>  leagues  wide,  and  both  cliaiimds  have  deep  water  within  tliein.  On  mur- 
ing this  passage  there  arc  said  to  he  several  small  bays  at  the  western  shore ;  and  in  fil- 
tering the  ea.stern  clianmd  there  are  also  tlie  bays  of  Palnias,  Albroo,  and  Ksidiella.  a'l 


situated  on  the  eastern  siile  of  the    Isle  of  (irandi 


Pal 


nla^ 


>ay   IS   repiii 


ted  K 


good  amhoiage,  inasmuch  as  a  vesscd  may  lie  landlocked  within  it,  and  ride  in  'i  m  ■ 
fathoms  water.     The  other  two  are  smaller,  and  have  a  depth  ol  .'),  d,  and  7  fathoms. 

The  following  directions  are  (Voni  the  .loiirnals  of  Mr.  IJruce,  iMaster  of  II.  M.  Sliil 
Diamond,  in  lir'^6  : — 


"The  west 
kiiinvii  iiy  a  n 
111  hriii;;  -N.  b 
I'liint.     Kee 
IS  laid  dmvii  ii 
iiiiniicr  III   is 
liiw  and  ban 
■  II. Ill]  side,  ca 
Vc'iAiJIc  Isiaiic 
li.iij  nil  where 
iiiaiiiii'.  that  II 
llliis  nil  tlie  s 
li'iwci'ii  them 
iii'ii  steered    i 
jibii.'c  observe 
jtiiii  far  to  the 
[nms;  have  seei 
liin::  Point ;   iii- 
11  liiat  they  nil 
Itii'aiiile  ill  '),  II 
Iriiiiiiil  .lagesoiis 
lilii'  extremes   o 
-liinc.     We  pa 
[  Hr!l-\voo(led  or 

ailioins  water. 
[uiiiiily  island 
i(iai\  !'J  I'eet  w.i 
•Tlic  iiest,  II 
liiiaiii  land  on  b 
llaiboaid  side,  a 
jtliiiiiis  of  water 
Itlii'  aiiclmrage  ol 
iMaiinra  Island  I 
|traiiue  of  Tagiia 
J^iiiit  Sapatiba  I 
III  sailing  fri 
jtlic  Islands  of  (i 
hvarils  (ial)ia  (Jra 
piii;  the  shores  o 
llic  reel's  on  that 
Jlii'loic  you  get  tl 
Ilia  (irande  bore 
j^liiviii!.;  slioaleil  jj 
StlHiiiis,  that  the 
ICiaiide  iNf.  E.  \] 
The  Marailil 
bfalnl.  with  coiiii 
■nil  ','i't  within    1 
•liouhl  nor  bring 
^etstrongly  over 
i'aint  .loatingji 
Klnicit.     This 

u~;yr\v.    Thi 

land  whicdi  forn 

[iroached  with  sa 

l-'roni  Point  ('; 

"i'''os :  thi,.^  (r|.,, 

[»'lipr  smaller  oiii 

li''  jiilots  assert 

|linm;v|i  whi(!h  la 

'^ii't'*  of  the  eoasi 

|li'iiild  not  attemi 

•ur.  Ih'iice  sayi 

"llowing  hearing 

il!'"i'e  appear  to  I 

ffnn  all  winds. 


^,t^Sti^' 


BLUNT  S  AMi:UICA]V  COAST  PILOT. 


557 


coast  of  I)ni/.il,  n, 
ilcli  is  iKit  liiiildimi, 
i-  iioiiii  ohst'iviilii.ii. 
lotii  wiis  CouikI  Will: 
■  iiU'i"  (Ict'pi'ni'd  Mii; 

ilif  island  of  Aiii 

JSC,  wllicll   WilS  K,;. 

riiitiou  was  t'ouiiil  ;r, 
ly  il  down. 
niHiii^  IJio  .laiKiui. 

wljcrc  tlir  irin:;ii 
'roiM  tliis  ]  (lint  yn 
istant  eitjlit  liM^m  , 

liitt'  and  d:iik  i;iii;; 

at  tlio  distance  iip 
as  already  ilcscrilin!. 
(•  most  ceitain  iikh, 

;  tlic  low  land  oI'Mv 
d  ilio  Mono  (le  31:1- 
mint  (d'tlif  l*i;iy;ii;i 
(iiiaratiba  by  a  siik,1I 
2  of  H  leafjut'S  K.  mi 
•atest  caution.  iv|.p. 
p  niDic  iicccssiiiv  nr 
.".  nidcs  to  the  sdiiiji. 
roiii  I  lie  coast  at  tin, 
and  and  gravel. 
,  formed  between  ij.f 
'Stern  one  is  liniinilni 
e  by  the  same  isliiinl.  1 
I'  entrances  coiuiiKi.i 
H.  The  pilots  say.  I 
Mm  s()iindins:svaF 
•e.idily  procure  wtm''  j 

is  the  little  isliimlo 
with  both  wood  ami  | 
and  refreshiiieiiti 

ir're  situated. 
•  (>('  the  Hay  el"  ill 
w  is  very  im|iei-|ii; 
main  land.  ciiiii|ir'' 

ands  and  jilacos  !> 
tern  or  IMarainlm'. 

bv  tlie  sin;:!''  l"'''' 

nbaya.  Tlies;iii(k| 
sea.  In  most  |i:iri-. 
rs  it  is  covered  willi 
)n  its  sunnnit  a  lilt'' 
(Is  the  sea  it  is.sti'fi'. 
level  and  smnuili 
ba^e  shelters  iii.iny 

■hase.     There  i<i 

el.  is  14  or  LO  niilf- 
A'estern,  or  (i'ain>~'' 
in  them.  On  oiitir- 
shore  :  and  in  •''i' 
fo,  and  I'.schelln.  all' 
is  reported  to  li;i»' 
.  and  ride  in  <>  >»  ' 
.,  and  7  fathom^;, 
istirof  II.  M.  Slii 


••'j'lie  westeri'.  channid  between  the  Ilha  Orande  and  .Toaliniia  Point  may  readily  be 
Uiiiwii  liv  a  reniari^id)lt'  hill  inland,  tailed  the  Friar's  llood;  this  you  should  endeavor 
111  liriiii;  N.  by  '''•  •'.  ''•'  -'H'l  tli<'U  sleci-  towards  it  until  you  ;:et  within  '.'.'.  miles  of  the 
riii.'ii.  Ktn'j)  at  this  distaiire  from  the  island,  in  order  to  avoid  the  sunken  rock,  which 
I,  Liiil  down  in  the  chart  about  luid-channel :  we  kept  about  -J  miles  otf,  ami  saw  n  uroat 
iiaiiilier  (d   islands  ovc-r  towards  tj'.e  main       .M'ter  passing  Starlins;    Point,  we  |)Preeived 

I  liiw  and  barrel;  island,  lyiim  about  I',  mile  from  Ilha  (iraiidr;   this  we  lel't  on  the  star- 
ii.ad  side,  carrying  ')  and    10  lalhoms  close  to   it.     \\v  then  discovered  what   is  called 

|'i'i'r\ille  Island,  and  also  the  Town  of  \'illa  (irande;  steered  tor  the  Island  T«'rville,  and 
l|i,ii|  im  where  less  than  (>.',  and  7  fathom.s.     (ir<'en    Island    lies   so  very  close  to  V'illia 

(,r;iiide.  that  until  you  s;et  close  to  it,  it  cannot  be  distinguished  as  an  island.  We  lel't 
filiis  111)  the  slarboanl  side,  and  Terville  island  on  the  larboard,  and  had  ')  and  (^  fathoms 

Iniwci'ii  liiem;   kept  (lose  to  lilia  ( i  ramie,  until  (iabia  (irande  was  distinctly  perceived; 

liicii  .steered  towards  it.  i^radually  deepening  otir  water  to  Ti  and    l.'i  fathoms."     Mr. 

1)111, ■('  observes.  "  I  have  no  hesitation  in  sayiii!!  the  wliole  of  these  islands  are  laid  down 
[loo  liir  to  the  westward  in  all  thecharts;  Inr  if  they  had  been  correctly  .'lelineated.  wo 
[imis;  have  seen  Uarren  Island,  Klam  and  (Iretri  hdands,  the  moment  we  roniided  Star- 

liii;:  I'oint;  instead  of  which,  tliey  were  not  visible  until  we  had  passed  V'ernieille  Point, 
Imi  tliat  they  must  be  ne.irer  to  Hsdudla  Point.  We  rounded  close  to  the  Island  (labia 
[(ir.iiide  in  '),  10,  and  11  fathoms,  and  tluMi  steered  for  the  cluster  of  islands  which  lies 
lidiuid  .la,','esons.  or  .ia;.'enos  [slaml,  and  came  to  fortlie  niirht  in  14  fatlioms.  sandy  i:round, 
jiii'"  extremes  (d' the  islands  bearitu;  S.  !•;.  and  N.  K.  by  K.,  distant  1'  mile  from  the 
Isliore.  We  passed  through  between  the  islands  Kcu'tada  and  a  small,  low,  round,  and 
iHcll-wooded  one.  which  lies  nearly  west,  distant  -J  miles  from  the  former,  in  1()  and  17 

I'.iilmms water,  '''his  is  a  very  safe  pussa,'.:e  with  a  le.idins;  wind  ;  but  due  east  from  the 
iHiiody  island  ■  ulcerous  reef  runs  oft'  aliiuit  the  lenulh  id'  ."!  cables,  upon  which  are 
[oaU  !'.'  I'eet  walt'r:   tliis  theret'ore  must  alwavs  lie  carelhllv  ;;uarded  against. 

The  best,  most  common,  and  by  tar  the  safest  |)assa}j;e  to  Sa|)atiba,  is  by  keeping  the 
liiKiiii  land  on  board,  leavins:  'he  whole  of  the  Islands  of  Tacurueu  and  Madeira  on  the 
[l;irl)oaiil  side,  and  those  of  .Taj^enos  (ui  the  starboard  :  yiui  will  then  have  10  and  ')  fa- 
|llioiiis  of  water  until   you    <;et  abreast  (d"  .Madeira:   it  then  sjradiiallv  shoalens  towards 

:lie  ;iii(liiirau<'  of  Santa  Cru/.,  oil'  which  we  anchored,  with  the  foliowin;j;  bearings: — 
j^ladeiia  IslamI  W.  by  .\.  .',  N.  distant  vi;  miles;   Tacurueu  Island  W.  by  S.  AS.;   en- 

pniiice  of  Ta,t;ua  iviver  N.  W.  ^  N.,  distant  l.V  tnile;  Mount    .Maraud)aya  S.'W.,  and 

]'(iiiit  Sajiatiba  H.  by  S.  j  S.  in  •')','  fathoms,  miuldv  ground. 

Ill  sailini;  from  hence.  w<>  kept  the  main  land  on  board,  and  when  we  were  between 

;liO  Islands  ot'  (iabia  (.'rande  and  l''ortuda.  cauulit  a  westerly  wind,     ^'ou  nniy  stand  to- 

hv.irds  (labia  (iran(h>  into  any  depth  you  choose;   but  you  must  be  cautious  in  approach- 

Siii:  the  shores  of  Marambaya.     Stand  not  into  less  than  10  fathoms,  lest  yon  tret  upon 

;lie  reefs  on  that  side;  you  will  have  1."),  J  7,  10.  and  in  two  casts  only  •'i  faii'oms;  then, 
Jlii'l'ovo  y(ui  i;et  the  shi|)  round,  you  will  be  in  4  fathoms  :  with  the  above  soundini;s,  (ia- 
|lii;i  (liiiiide  bore  N.  N.  \V..  and  Point  .Marambaya  S.  by  K.  It  appears  by  the  water 
|li;iviii!^  shoaled  gradually  wlien  standing;  towards  the  reef,  from  17  to  l.'i.  It),  and  7  fa- 
^iioms,  that  the    western  ed^e  of  it  lies  wiili  Point   Marambaya  8.  E.r,  K.,  and  Gabia 

tiniiido  .\.  E.  .',  N. 

'The  Marandtaya  or  Eastern  CJhaimtd,  is  upon  the  whole  very  safe,  and  may  be  navi- 
;;it('(l,  with  common  prudiMice,  with  very  little  danger.     Slioiild  the  wimls  be  light  when 

lull  ;'et  within    Point   .^l  uambaya,  and  the  llood  or  easterly   current    is   making,  you 

^lioiild  not  bring  (labia  (Irande  "to  tlie  northward  of  N.  E.  o'r  N.  E.  |  N.,  for  the  tides 

>i't  stniiialy  over  Marambaya  lleefs.  and  there  are  plenty  of  jjIiiccs  for  anchorage." 
l",iiiil  .loatiiiira,  which  is  the  wesieru   point  of  the  (lairoso  Chamud,  has  a  small  islet 
•Inn' it.     This  island,  ac(  iirdins:  lo  I'laron  Koiissin,  lies  in  "j:! '  j.S' .".il"  S.  and  longitude 

II  3')  W.  This  Point,  with  that  of  Cariocii,  terminates  the  southern  part  of  the  high 
laid  which  forms  the  vast  liay  of  Illia  (Irande:  both  are  very  lofty,  and  may  be  ap- 
pmiK'heil  Willi  safety  by  all  s,i,ls  of  vessels. 

From  I'oint  Carioeii  the  land  runs  W.  -j:',^  S.  about  ')  leagues  towards  tlie  Islands  of 

"rcos:  this  group  comprehends  an  island  s(miewhat  high,  and  is  accompanied  by  three 
^lior  smaller  ones  ;  one  of  these   lies   to   the  southward,  the  others  to  the   eastward. 

lie  pilots  assert  "  that  between  this  island  and  the  continent  there  is  a  very  fine  channel, 
Iiimii2;li  which  large  vessids  may  pass,  and  anchor  in  perfect  safety.  Yon  may  at  many 
prts  of  the  coast  procure  woo(i  and  water,  also  cattle  and  other  necessaries:  but  you 
|lioiilil  not  attempt  this  passage  without  haviiiL^  the  advantatre  of  a  fair  wind." 

Mr.  lirnce  says,  "  When  I  was  near  the  shore  about  the  Island  of  I'orcos,  I  took  the 
fi'llowing  hearings  of  a  very  interesting  cbislcr  of  islarir/s :  between  the  wliole  of  which 
li!'M'e  apjiear  to  be  irood  and  safe  passages,  with  excellent  anchorages  inside,  sheltered 
T'lm  all  winds.     Tho  Islaiul  of  Porcns  bore  S.  W.  .}  W.  distant  12  miles;  the  <irbt  or 


556 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


§ 


inshore  island  ;il)ont  Ir.ilf  a  mile  from  the  main,  and  situated  abreast  of  a  very  finn  siiiknI 
beach,  N.  by  E.  distant  tliree-quarters  of  a  mile;  second  isLmd  N.  E.  by  K.  distnm'i 
mile;   a  rociv  which  is  10  feel  above  tiie  level  of  the  sea,  E.  N.  E.  distant  1^'  mile;  aiiiil 
an  island,  wiiicli  appeanl  to  i)e  L'.}  miles  in  lenpfh,  and  forming  a  sort  of  cape  to  tliisliiile| 
bay,  E.  I)y  S.  distant  ;5.',  miles;  with  6  smaller  islets  inside  of  it,  running  to  the  N.  tiisi. 
ward  in  a  semicircular  form. 

Mr.  .1.  Enuledue,  of  11.  M.  Ship  Bedford,  observes,  "  The  bay  in  Porcos  Island  fonni  | 
a  fjood  roadstead,  Ixiini;  sheltered  from  all  winds,  except  those  from  the  N.  E.  to  tiiet 
by  N.  which  seldom  continue  lonjf  eiiousih  to  occasion  a  sea  of  any  consequence;  jtmav  i 
therefore  be  considered  the  best  and  safest  of  any  on  this  part  of  the  coast.  Tlierciscil 
rei^ular  tide,  and  the  water  does  not  rise  or  fall  above  1  foot.  Shark's  Road  also 
good  anchorage  with  all  winds  except  those  from  the  southward,  which  occasion  a  hea\)  | 
tumbling  sea,  and  render  iarge  vessels  unsafe. " 

SAINT  SEBASTIAN'S  ISLAND.— Point  Pirasonungo,  *  which  is  the  S.  eastfrcl 
point  of  the  Island  of  St.  Sebastian,  bears  from  Redonda  Island  W.  S.  W.  i  S.  {\\a\\\-\ 
4t).',  Ie:'i2;ues,  and  from  the  Point  Cariocu   S.  W.  ^  S.  distant  4')  miles.     It'is  ahouM: 
leagues  in  diameter,  and  the  mountains  are  as  lol'ty  as  those  upon  the  main  land,  Irfc;  I 
which  it  is  separated  by  a  narrow  channel.     This  island  is  visible  15  leagues  off  in  (hr  | 
weather:  the  shores  are  very  steep,  the  south  point  projects  sensibly,  and  the  coast turm 
directly  to  the  E.   S.  E.  so  far  as  the  S.  S.  E.  point  of  the   island.    The  eastern  rw; 
runs  nearly  in  the  direction  of  the  meridian.     The  whole  island  is  in  the  form  of  ainl 
angle,  and  the  coast  opposite  to  (he  continent  forms  with  it  a  strait,  or  channel,  mtU 
deep  bays,  where  you  will  fmd  excellent  anchorage  on  a  bottom  of  mud,  having  (Voni5,i| 
to  H  fathoms.     "  While  nuMitioning  the  ipialities  of  the  soundings,"  says  the  lliiron, 
may  observe  that  on  the  Coasts  of  Hra/.il,  muddy  ground  is  most  always  to  be  found  neai  | 
the  highest  lands." 

Many  islands,  or  groups  of  islets,  situated  to  the  northward  of  the  Island  of  St.  Sehj<- 1 
tian,  contribute  to  shelter  the  vast  basin  which  the  island  forms  with  tlie  continent.  % 
most  contiguous  is  the  Island  of  Victoria.     Six  miles  E.  "^H^  N.  of  Victoria  are  the  thm 
little  Islets  of  I'.u/.ios  ;  and  11  miles  N.  15"  W.  of  these  lie  the  Porcos  Islands,  ;ilreai!i| 
noticed.     The  passages  between  these  islands  have  water  suflicient  for  the  largest  ves- 
sels, like  that  between  the  Island  of  St.  Sebastian  and  the  main  :  however,  the  passari  | 
between  Victoria  and  St.  Sebastian's  being  contracted  by  a  reef,  which  stretches  2  niiies^ 
the  S.  S.  \V.  of  the  former,  it  is  somewhat  hazardous  for  large  vessels  to  pass  thrnusliit 

TIIE  S'J'KAIT  OF  ST.  SEBASTIAN  is  formed  between  the  island  and  the  conti- 
nent, and  oilers  a  safe  and  connuodious  port  for  the  largest  vessels  :  its  general  direitire 
is  N.  30"  E.  and  .S.  IJO"  W..  but  this  course  cannot  be  followed  exactly  tlirouglioulilif  I 
strait,  on  account  of  the  banks  which  nm  out  from  the  continent  two  thirds  of  its  Jen:" 
from  north  to  south.     Vessels  coming  from  the  northward,  and  leaving  a  point  situaie:! 
half  a  mile  from  L'Armacao,  which  is  built  at  the  head  of  the  northwest  side  ol  the  islani 
should  first  proceed  S.  10"  W.  for  about  5  miles,  and  then  S.  45"  W.  until  they  get  oii! 
of  the  strait.     In  this  passage,  which  is  about  11  miles  in  length,  the  least  water  wIIImI 
10  fathoms,  but  more  frequently  from  15  to  20  fathoms,  the  ground  being  always  of  muii, 
which  holds  '.veil.     The  greatest  breadth  between  the  isbmd  and  the  main  is  about  thm  I 
miles,  and  this  is  at  the  northern  entrance  ;  but  two  thirds  of  this  space  is  occupied  M 
the  banks  just  nientioned,  over  which  there  are  not  above  three  fathoms  water;  so  tb: 
you  must  range  along  the  shore  of  St.  Sebastian's  Island,  at  the  distance  of  500or6i}(l 
fathoms. 

The  southern  entrance  is  much  narrower  :  nevertheless,  all  the  natives  assure  you  ita 
the  largest  shi])s  may  navigate  it,  by  only  following  the  direction  of  the  channel.    Yo3 1 
could  not  wish  for  a  harbor  tnore  tranquil  than  this  of  St.  Sei)astian  ;  for,  environed k;  | 
high  land,  the  vessel  rides  on  water  which  is  as  smooth  as  though  it  wire  in  a  basin. 

Von  will  find  at  S..  Sebastian  the  advantages  of  a  good  supply  of  cattle,  poultry,  arnck, 
and  other  provisions  customary  to  the  countries  situated  within  the  Tropics.     You  may  | 
ol)taiii  I  hese  very  easily,  and  at  moderate  prices,  either  at  the  two  principal  estabiishmrnts, 
or  at  the  habitations  of  the  natives,  which  are  scattered  about  in  great  numbers  in  the] 
interior  of  the  coast.      Fish  are  seldom  very  |)lentiful,  but  they  are  of  a  good  qiialiiy. 

Tiie  ancient  town  of  St.  Sebastian  is  on  the  continent,  at  the  narrowest  partoflhel 
strait.  Since  1H17  the  Brazilians  have  projected  another,  to  be  called  Villa  Novadil 
Prince/.a,  sittiated  near  the  north  entrance  on  the  island.  It  is  400  fathoms  S.  W. oi| 
this  new  establishment,  where  there  is  the  best  anchorage  for  mc  of  war,  hiivinc  1 
fathoms  water  on  a  bottom  of  grey  sand.  There  are  a  great  many  watering  places  on  th?| 
Island  of  St.  Sebastian  :  one  of  the  best  is  at  the  entrance  to  the  new  town  and  L'Armaf 


•This  point,  according  to  Baron  Rousain,  is  in  latitude  2,3'  57'  32",  and  longitude  45°20'1&'I 
W. ;  but  Captain  Heywood,  in  1810,  tnndc  it  only  in  longitude  45"^  9'  30". 


•  This  lighthous 


'Mmi: 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


559 


;  of  a  very  fiiio  siitiilt ) 
I.  E.  by  H.  ilist:im'j 
distant  1^'  mile;  -.nA 
t  oC  cape  to  tliislmliJ 
ining  to  the  N.  i;i>|. 

Porcos  Island  form*  | 
,  the  N.  E.  to  tliet, 
conse(|uence;  itmav  | 
e  coast.     There  isrii 
lark's  Road  also  )i,. 
lich  occasion  a  Lean  I 

lich  is  the  S.  eastrrD  | 

r.  s,  w.  i  s.  limi 

iiilcs.     It  is  abouiC 
the  main  land,  liW,  i 
15  leajmiesofl'indfirl 
y,  ami  the  coast  turn 
I.    The  eastern  cukJ 
in  the  form  of  airi- 
rait,  or  channel,  mth 
mud,  havinj;  iVom'jjl 
,"  says  the  Biirnn, ' 
ways  to  be  found  neai 

e  Island  of  St.  Sehsi- 
1  the  continent.  T:- 
Victoria  are  tlic  ihm 
orcos  Islands,  aircao  I 
nl  for  the  largest  ve*- 
however,  the  passari  I 
ch  stretdies  U  niileji* 
lels  to  pass  thrniishii 
island  and  the  conii- 
:  its  general  direiiiK 
actly  throujihoiii  ifct  | 
vo  thirds  of  its  lenrf 
ivins;  a  point  situaie:| 
ifest  side  oltheislaM, 
W.  until  they  get  or.  I 
le  least  water  wIIIm 
leing  always  of  inui 
main  is  about  three 
space  is  occupied  fc' 
loms  water;  so  tk 
stance  of  500or6i)il| 

tives  assure  you  tte 
the  channel.    Vol 
n  ;  for,  environed  h  \ 
were  in  a  basin, 
ittle,  poultry,  arrack,  I 
Tropics.    You  may 
eip.il  establislimfDtf, 
eat  numbers  in  ilie| 
f  a  good  qtiality. 
arrowest  part  of  the  I 
ailed  Villa  Nnvadj 
10  fatlioins  S.  W.ot 
('  of  war,  havincl"! 
atiring  places  on  the  I 
V  town  and  L'Armif 


longitude  45°  20' 1&' 


fno,  situated  at  the  N.  W.  point  of  tlie  island,  where  water  is  goi   '  and  easily  obtained. 

Wood  for  fuel  may  also  be  had  on  all  parts  of  the  adjacent  coiitmi  it. 

The  winds  at  St.  Sebastian  follow,  almost  always,  the  directiou  of  the  Strait,  except 
intni"ht,  when  the  laiul  breezes  blow  alternately  from  many  points,  without  following 
Unv  rei^ular  law.  During  the  day  the  winds  generally  <:ome  from  the  N.  N.  E.  and  the 
1  s;.  s.  W.,  following  the  direction  of  the  land  ;  but  are  frequently  interrupted  by  intervals 

|ol*  calm. 

The  currents  follow  the  same  directions  as  the  winds,  and  their  velocity  is  proportion- 
ate to  the  force  of  the  latter:  the  most  common  in  the  Straits,  is  from  ,'„  of  a  mile  per 
hour,  to  1  ,"„  of  a  mile. 

The  tides  have  no  regularity  within  the  Strait;  nevertheless,  we  thought  we  could 
reckon  that  it  is  high  water  on   the  days  of  new  and  full  moon,  at  2  o'clock.     The  rise 
( ol'  the  tide  has  been  estimated  at  4  feet. 

The  anchorage  is  situated  in  latitude  '2:P  47'  iifi  "  S.  and  In  longitude  45^  2T  W.  The 
{variation  was  .'i^  'J5'  E.,  in  .June,  Iril'J.  We  have  observed  that  the  land  of  St.  Sebas- 
I  tian's  Island,  and  that  of  the  neighboring  parts,  is  uuu;li  elevated  ;  the  hills  are  covered 
[with  wood  up  to  their  sununit,  and  have  a  most  agreeable  aspect.  The  coasts  are  steep, 
iauil  you  may  anchor  any  where  at  a  little  distance  from  them,  on  a  good  bottom;  and 
[tliere  is,  in  general,  no  danger  but  what  appears  above  water. 

About  W.  S.  VV.  \  \V.  from  the  southern  eiuraiu;e  of  the  Strait  of  St.  Sebastian  is 
[that  of  Santos,  the  distance  being  nearly  50  miles.  IJetwceri  them  you  will  perceive  the 
[deep  bay  which  forms  the  coast,  and  also  a  immber  of  islands  near  the  shore,  of  which 
lllie  Monte  de  Trigo,  (Stack  of  Corn,)  is  the  nu)st  considerable.  The  Monte  de  Trigo 
lis  nearly  conical,  high,  and  woody  to  its  very  sununit.  At  2  or  3  miles  from  it,  as  well 
las  at  the  same  distance  along  the  neighboring  coast,  yon  will  fmd  a  good  passage  with 
[from  12  to  25  fathoms,  on  an  excellent  bottom  of  iimd.  Due  east  irom  this  island,  at 
i  about  14  miles  distance,  is  a  small  rocky  islet,  called  Toquetotjuc;  it  lies  just  o(f  t)  •; 

li western  entrance  of  the  Strait  of  St.  Sebastian;  and  in  coming  out  or  going  in,  shouid 

6  always  be  left  to  the  northward.     Some  small  rocky  islands  also  lie  close  to  the  shore, 
land  to  the  N.  E.  of  Monte  de  Trigo. 

LES  ALCATRAZES. — The  group  of  Alcatra/.es  is  composed  of  several  barren 
Irocks  above  water,  the  largest  of  which  may  be  seen  7  leagues  olf.  Viewed  from  the  E. 
]S.  E.  it  has  the  appearance  which  ])ainters  commonly  give  to  the  (lol|)hin;  whose  head, 
ijoined  to  two  little  rocks,  is  turned  to  the  \V.  S.  W. :  another  rock,  larger  than  the  two 
jlatier,  lies  at  the  distance  of  2  miles  to  the  W.  N.  \V.,  while  2  or  .'3  others  are  situated 
Jabout  a  similar  distance  to  the  north-eastward.  The  pilots  say  the  bottom  is  not  safe  in 
Ithe  parts  adjacent  to  this  grou|)  of  rocks,  and  that  it  will  be  prudent  not  to  approach  them 
[nearer  than  4  or  5  miles,  and  that  with  a  fair  wind.  This  precaution  may  be  rendered 
[necessary  by  the  vicinity  of  the  Strait  and  Island  of  St.  Sebastian,  which  cause  the  cur- 
irents  to  be  very  considerable  at  this  part.     Mr.  J{ruce  asserts,  that  vessels   beating  to 

Jwindward  from  Santos,  may  pass  close  to  the  Alcatra/.es,  which  are  steep  to,  and  visible 

Klrt  or  12  leagues  olf  in  clear  weather. 

I?    The  summit  of  the  principal  island  of  the  Alcatra/.es  is  in  latitude  24°  6'  5"  S.  and 
'    I  longitude  45"^  AG'  ."52"  W.     The  variation  in  IHI'),  was  5°  E. 

It  will  here  be  proper  to  mention  a  roc  k  first  seen  by  Manoel  Madeiros,  a  Portuguese 
ffnmmander,  on  tlie  l.'Uh  of  February,  Lill,  who  sounded  round  it  at  100  latlnims'  dis- 
Itance,  and  was  unable  to  reach  the  ground.  He  entertained  no  doubt  of  the  real  exist- 
jcnceofthis  danger,  and  described  it  to  be  a  round  naked  rock,  sometimes  abov*;  water, 
land  often  covered  by  the  s.vell  of  the  sea.  Tim  mariiu'is  of  Hra/.il  seem  to  allow  the 
|reality  of  this  danger,  which  is  said  to  lie  .^5  leagues  S.  by  E.  from  the  S.  K.  I'oint  of  St. 
[Sebastian,  and  72  leagues  E.  2')'  N.  from  the  N.  E.  Point  of  St.  Catharine's  Island  ;  or 
linlat.  25^  41'  20"  S.,  and  long.  44°  5'i'  \V.  from  (Jreenwich. 

Haron  Roussin  observes,  this  danger  appeared  nearly  in  a  similar  situation  on  two  MS. 
charts  of  the  Portuguese,  then  in  his  possession;  and  therefore  he  thought  it  ought  to 
he  placed  on  all  maritime  charts  in  future. 
W.  ^  N.,  distant  11  leagiu-sfrom  the  Alcatra/.es,  is  the  Island  of  Moela,  upon  which 
lighthouse  is  erected.*  The  island  is  situated  olf  the  eastern  point  of  the  Harbor 
of  Santos. 

SANTOS. —  The  Port  of  Santos  was  formerly  much  frequeiiled  by  Portuguese 
^essels,  but  is  now  only  of  secondary  importance  ;  for  the  riches  of  the  provinces  ofKio 
jJaneiro,  Bahia,  and  Pernambuco,  acfpiire  every  day  a  predominance  more  considerable 
llliiin  all  the  southern  provinces.  This  jxirt  is  formed  by  the  continent  and  the  Island  S(. 
I-^maro,  being  only  separated  from  tlie  former  by  the  little  iliver  Pertioga.  'J'here  are 
itwo  entrances,  but  only  that  of  the  south  is  navigable  by  large  vessels;  for  the  other, 


'V\ 


I 


560 


BLUiNT  S  AMi;UICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


formed  l)y  tlic  Kivcr  Bertio^a,  is  only  (it  Cor  Hinall  craft.  The  Harbor  of  .Siititos  «ii|  ;i,| 
luit  lar!j;e  sliips;,  wliicli  may  ride  sheitered  (iom  all  winds,  excej)t  those  from  tlic  S.^S.W 
totlie.S.K. 

The  Point  of  Taypu,  wliich  forms  the  western  point  of  the  cntranie,  is  in  iat.  jj    | 

0' -JU  "  W.     The    i'dint  olMandiiha   is  to   ihc  casiw  .-kI  ;  in,,] 


II"  S. 


(I  in  I 


oni 


•)() 


on  the  same  paiallcl,  about  a  mile  to  the  suntli-caslward  of  which  is  the  jiitlu  I 
lMo(da,  whiih  may  be  a|)proaehi'(l  wilhonl  danger. 

TJie  Ibllowiii!.^  dircciions  arc  liy  Mr.  I5riice,  whose  name  has  frLMiinmliy  been  inn,,. 
dueed  in  the  course  of  this  work. 

"  111  shH'rinjr  fur  Santos  from  the  southward,  you  may  pass  clust;  to  tlic  Jslauii  lidlii,. 
da,  (the  t^uciuiada  (irande  of  JJoiissin.)  I)earini;  iS.  K.  ,',  iS.  distaiU  1  mile;  it  Is  :.'  nnk 
loDi^  and  narrow,  and  lies  about  iN.  N.  K.  and  8.  8.  W.:  the  highest  part  is  to  the ,8.  \\', 
which  appears  lofiy  and  bhill',  and,  with  ihi-  above  bearing,  seems  to  be  round.  ,\.  \\\ 
from  this  island  is  aiiotiier,  distant  nearly  G  miles  :  tisis  is  small  and  (juite  round,  In;,,,, 
thickly   wooded,   and   visible  "JO   miles  oil".     After  passiuij;  between  these  islaiKU.  j  i,,," 


ceivr  '      rock  T^  or  1.')  (eet  high,  and  a  little  larger  than  a  line  of  batthvship's  iaiuidi' 
(neuher  ol"  these  two  last  appear  in  tlie  charts.)      'J'he  following  are  their  beariiiijs  im 

lerhaps  iJedonda,  S.  K.  ,',  K.  distant  about  b  miliN 
miles;  and   the  Koi  k  N.  K.  •,'  >i.  abont  (>  milts 


estimated  distances: — Jiargt;  Island,  perhaps  iJedonda,  S.  K.  ,' K.  distant  about  ( 


small  round  Woody  Island,  S.  \V 


the  Rock  in  one  witi 


K 


ediiiKla, 


J"-.  ;   Kock       d  Woody  Island  in  one  S.  \V,  h< 


When  going  into  Sant(js  l!ay,  I  took  the  folliMvii,^  bearings:    iJii-d  or  J}uty  Islaml, 
Laage  de  Santos  of  Houssin.)   S.  E.  dislanl.  l  leagues;  Aleatra/es,  K.  \'  i\.  ]-,'(i| 
leagues;  supposed  Ixedond.i,  S.  \V.  I  \V.  lOor  11  leagues;   and  i'oiiit  Kngenho.  iKm 
nearly  *)  miles :  at  this  distance  we  could  not  see  either  the  Woody  Island,  or  the  ;;  r, 
"  In  advancing  into  the  River  Santos,  you  will  have  10,  ').  ,-^,  and  7  fathoms  watr 


r,  ii; : 

lillTll 


you  near  the  bar,  iii)on  which  there  are  only  1',  and  ■')  I'ailiouis  :  the  enlrance  is  i 
but  the  starboard  side  is  much  the  boldest,  and  has  1')  fathoms  water  close  to  th( 
Alter  passing  the  (irst  Harra  (irande,  the  water  deepens  to  1.')  and  !(>  fathoms,  wiiliin  i. 
fathoms  of  the  shore.  Keep  tin;  sf.irboard  land  close  on  board,  until  you  get  abrcii.-ii 
a  few  huts  ;  then  steer  mid-chaiinid,  keeping  gradually  on  towards  llie  highest  or  ikmiJi. 
ernmosl  lull,   therc^  being  two   on  the  wcsti'rnniost  Ijaiik  of  the  river,  and  these  art' il,( 


Illy  ones,  therefore  you  cannot  be  mistaken.     Steer  from  the  huts  before  niciit 


o 


towards  these  t\vo 


hills 


'he  reach  is  shallow,  with  not  more  than  .'5  fathoms  on  it :  \h 


lllllhi 


the  starboaril  side  will  be  found  the  fdioalest  ;  keep  therefore  close  to  the 


hill.v 


water  will  deeneii  to  (>  fathoms  ;  but 


Living  p 


d  the  hills,  you  may  ayain  rm 


the  starboard  shore,  and  when  you  have  passed  aiiout  -J  cables'  length,  then  steer  lor 
fort  on  the  starboard  bank  of  the  river.     This  is  erected  upon  a  perpendicular  rock,  cji 


ami  \iiii: 
1   U)\\;iPi 


to  which  are  "JO  fathoms  wate 


anil  wiien  yo 


u  arrive  abreast  ol  tl 


IS  tort,  you  will 


town  of  Santos  nearly  open  of  the  point  on  the  larboard  side.     Steer  to\vard 


S  II, 


•I'I'l!, 
M'I'M' 


about  v!  or  ;>  cables'  leimtli  from  the  shore, 


and 


you  \vill  then  avoid  the  si 


loai  whiilnii 


from  it,  and  be  perfe(  tly  clear  also  of  the  bank  which  runs  oli'  the  fort  in  the  (liniiiuii 
of  the  town,  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  when  almost  up  to  liie  town,  you  can  untlior. 
The  best  anchorage  will  be  ai)re;ist  nearly  of  the  centre  of  the  town,  in  7  fathoi 


bottom  of  miu 


V 


rovismns  are 


diundant,  and  good  water  may  be  (djt;iined  by 


lis,  nil  ;, 

'(■mill).- 


a  boat  about  7  or  )^  miles  further  up  the  river 

"To  enter  this  port  a  pilot  is  not  absolutely  necessary  ;  for  the  above  directiiii)>,ii 
well  attended  to,  will  be  fully  sufficient  to  carry  you  in,  clear  of  every  danger.  Win 
you  get  abreast  of  the  town,  you  will  observe  the  high  land  opposite,  on  the  nortiieni-ii 
of  the  river.  You  may  pull  towards  this,  and  round  Carvailo  I'oint  preltv  cldM',  U 
which  you  will  open  the  [jago  de  St.  Ivita.  This  like  is  about  four  miles  in  circiiiii- 
ference.  Steer  rijiht  u])  it  for  the  distanci;  of  a  (|uarler  of  a  mile,  and  stretch  diiccih 
over  for  a  low  round  island,  thickly  (overed  with  brushwood  ;  and  when  you  get 


tl 


lis,  you  will  jierceive  another  island,  somewliat  siinilar  m  appcMiance 


lu'iir 


vecp  iiiMicr! 


ii\i'r. 


the  first  island,  and  pass  between  them ;  (hen  you  will  ojieii  tiu!  entrance  ol  the 
and  also  will  observe  another  branch  or  opening  on  the  starboard  side.  Jvee))  the  lar- 
board shore  on  board,  and  jmll  up  about  ;j  or  4  miles.  You  will  then  find  ilie  wain 
freshen.  A  boat  may  with  ease  make  two  trips  a  day  ;  but  as  the  atmos|)here  isliotami 
sultry,  all  boats  should  endeavor  to  get  on  board  before  half  alter  .'i  o'clocii ;  for  at  lli> 
time  it  commonly  begins  to  rain,  and  continues  to  do  so  until  10  at  night.  \\  oml  h'm 
abundance. 

The  IJarra  de  St.  Vincent  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  i'ort  of  SantflN 


but  the  eolitiniial  iiicre.ise  and  aeeumulalio 


n  ol 


and  was  once  a  good  chaiiii 

liave  choked  its  entrance  up,  for  now  it  will  searcrdy  admit  canoes  to  pass. 

Le  Laage,  or  Rock  of  Santos,  lies  ]().',  miles  S.  14"  E.  of  the  Island  Moela:  iti^a 
smooth  white  stone,  elevated  about  6  or  H  feet  above  the  surfaoe  of  the  sea;  it  lies  in 
latitude  24'  18'  S.  and  in  longitude  iC^  17'  W.     Midway  between  tliis  danger  ami  tin 


Port  of  Santi 

the  usual  qu; 

Leaving  th 

a  distance  of 

iiirerii  r;  for  i 

teisected  and 

ilie  apj)earan( 

but  continues 

The  Vdlag 

uliicli  you  ni: 

taiit  20  miles, 

."iea,  which  the 

,iie  from  I'J  to 

jwrt  of  SantoJ 

ami  ]'>  miles  f 

The  Island." 

I  each  other  1(] 

MO  the  S.  E.,  a 

\  Hard  of  it :  yo 

ilieni  and  the  1 

In  sailing  ak 

[  Kiver  and  llill 

■  lie  Unha,  the  j 

..miles  off  thr  h 

'  shore  becomes 

opposite  increa; 

IGL'APE  A 

I  the  River  Cana 

t.the  middle,  anc 

i  sailing  along  it, 

J  Ihan  in  or  12  fii 

^f'd  from  the  co 

iX'aiiaMea,  and  is( 

pcpth  .sntficient 

Jiuist  not  coiifou 

icajiues  further 

liaaied  in  latitude 

L  Ton  may  anci 

^excellent  nuuhh 

jtliis  coast  access" 

|jbi  a  calm,  when 

_  After  passing  ; 

[|t  the  Island  Ho 

I  which  the  Hrazil 

^ver,  "you  may 

w  common  cha 

fhe  Island  JJom 

it  a  little  distance 

y  it,  about  2  mil 

[I  bottom  of  sand 

'J'lie  13ar  of  Ca 

Jiicnous:  one  is 

pin  Bom  Abrigi 

i»liite  sand,  int( 

hape,  a  distanc 

fthe  chain  ofuK 

•remarkably,  thi 

I"",  will  prevent 

f  low  coast  wit] 

Pnn  this  part,  an 

F'ation,  6  league 

jl'imentel,  indei 

Prre  de  Cananea 

fK  to  the  entranc 

Fh  of  which  are 

P'thern  entrauce, 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


561 


r  of  Santos  will  ;ii|. 
iu  tVoui  tliL'  S.fS.W, 

ue,  is  ill  lilt,  v'l  I 
tlic  ra^lwnul  ;  ;ii.,| 
is  the  link'  lv|,ii,| 

(jucntly  ijeeii  iiuni- 

()  the  Lshiud  lUtW 
I  mile;  it  is  'J  iiii!>s 
part  h  to  tlic.S.  \\\ 

l)c  idiiiiil.     N.  \\. 

(|nit('  loiiiiil,  liiiii; 
llu'M'  islaixU,  1  [ill. 
iittlc-sliii)'s  laiiiiili; 
re  their  l)t'ariiij;s  wA 
istaiit  al)oiit  <>  iiiiir>; 

','   >».  alioilt  !i  IlliliN; 

I  ill  one  S.  \»  .  I)\  >, 
or  Duty  Islanil.  (il,,> 
I's,  K.  V  N.  l^crl:; 
)iiit  Hiii;ciili(i,  iioiiii, 
Ishwid,  or  tin;  Umk. 
•  I'athiiius  water,  iiii;i! 
entrance  is  iiiimi,, 
er  close  to  tlie  >liii\>. 
l()  i'allionis,  within  r. 
itii  you  Jiet  aliiciisii; 
llie  liiiiliesl  or  iiuiiii- 
,-er,  and  these  areiLt 
Us  Ijeibre  nieiiliinw 
;  lallioiiis  on  il  iilicrt 
to  tlie  liills,  ami  \hi; 
lay  a^aiii  run  timwi 
ill,  then  steer  I'onk 
iciiilicular  roeli.  (i^'H 
lort,  you  will  M'l'ii/' 
cr  towards  il,  kir]]'. 
the  shoal  whiclinii.- 
i  fori  in  the  (iin'ctinii 
iwii,  you  ran  aiidi'T 
11,  ill  7  ralhonis,  "U  ■■ 
idjiained  by  stiiiiin; 

i(>  above  direetinnNii 

Ivery  (laii.uer.     Wim 

(uii  the  ii(irtliorii>iii'' 

J'oiiit  pretty  eliiM'.  Ii; 

lour  miles  in  cliTUiii- 

]',  and  stretch  ibiiii> 

hen  you  i,et  lU'ar  i' 

nee.       Keep  nearer i' 

Hitrance  ol  the  livir. 

side.     Keej)  tliPhir- 

tlieu  lind  the  «;iur 

ituiosphere  isliot™' 

:;  (rclocU;  lor  m  ili> 

ui^ht.     ^Voolli^": 

the  Tort  of  SanliN 
leu iiiulal lull  of  ■'"' 
lo  pass. 

Ishmd  Morla:  iti*'! 

U'  the  sea;  it  lies  m  ] 

tliis  danger  ami  tlu 


Port  of  Santos,  them  are  1!)  and  20  fathoms,  with  a  bottom  of  sand  and  mud,  which  is 
the  usual  quality  of  the  ground  hereabout. 

Leaving  the  Port  of  yantos,  the  coast  runs  S.  \V.  towards  the  Village  of  Conceicao, 
adisiaiice  of  8  leagues.  The  land  is  generally  low  at  the  water's  edge,  but  high  in  thj 
iiiterier;  for  a  chain  of  mountains  runs  along  4  or  5  leagues  inland,  and  the  shore  is  in- 
insecled  and  broken  by  several  rivulets,  which,  in  sailing  along  at  a  distance,  gives  to  it 
ilie  apjiearance  of  islands.  This  chain  of  mountains  is  broken  by  the  Harbor  of  Santos, 
but  continues  to  run  E.  by  N.  so  far  as  the  Harbor  of  St.  Sebastian. 

Tlie  Village  of  Conceicao  is  situated  on  a  little  mountain  near  the  shore,  4  miles  off 
which  you  may  auchoi  in  10  or  IJ  fathoms  water.  To  the  S.  W.  of  Point  Taypu,  dis- 
iiiiit  JO  iniles,  is  an  isolated  rock,  elevated  about  10  or  Ivi  feet  above  the  surface  of  the 
sea, which  the  Portuguese  call  Laagc  de  Conceicao,  at  a  pistol-shot  distance  from  which 
.iii'froin  112  to  14  fathoms,  sand  and  mud.  Olf  this  part  you  may  distincly  perceive  the 
.  port  of  Santos.  This  rock  lies  7  miles  to  the  E.  31"  S.  of  the  Village  of  Conceicao, 
ami  If)  miles  to  tlie  N.  4^  W.  from  C^ueimada  (irande. 

The  Islands   of  (^ueimada  are  two  masses  of  rocks,  nearly  barren,  and  distant  from 

each  other  10  miles,  in  a  S.  E.  and   N.  W.  direction;  the  largest,  which  is  farthest 

to  the  S.  E.,  and  may  be  seen  7  or  8  leagues  off,  has  a  little  rock  lying  to  the  north- 

«arii  of  it:  you  may,  without  danger,  go  between  the  two  C^ueimadas,  or  pass  between 

tlicm  and  the  land. 

Ill  sailing  along  the  shore  to  the  south-westward,  yo-i  will  rerogni/e  successively  the 

JPviverand  Hill  of  Piruibe,  the  two  Isles  of  (^ueimada,  the  Isles  of  tiuarahu,  the  Harra 

ide  Unha,  the  Point  da  J  urea,  and  the  River  Iguape.     At  the  distance  of  from  3  to  10 

•  miles  off  thr  '.and,  you  will  have  a  depth  of  from  8  to  15  fathoms.     The  coast  near  the 

shore  becomca  rather  high,  and  runs  in  the  direction  of  S.  50^  W.,  and  the  soundings 

;  opposite  increase  in  proportion  to  the  elevation  of  the  adjacent  coast. 

IGUAPE  ANU  CANANEA. — 'J'he  coast,  from  the  entrance  of  the  River  Tguape  to 

[the  River  Cananea,  is  called  the  Playa  de  Iguape  ;  it  is  a  low  sandy  ilat,  except  about 

the  middle,  and  cannot  be  seen  unless  you  are  a  very  little  distance  off;  therefore,  in 

isailiiij;  along  it,  you  ought  never  to  come  nearer  the  land  than  '2  leagues,  nor  into  less 

hhan  10  or  12  fathoms  water,  with  a  bottom  of  sand.     This  Playa  de  Iguape  is  separa- 

fiom  the  continent  by  a  lake,  or  natural  canal,  which  communicates  with  the  l»arof 

Y'aiiaiiea,  and  is  called  by  the  Portuguese,  Mar  Peiiuina,  or  the  Little  Sen,    This  lake  has 

'cpth  snilicient  for  large  vessels,  but  the  Bar  of  Iguape  will  only  admit  of  boats.     You 

Hist  not  confounil  this  opening  with  the  Bar  of  the  River  Iguape,  which  is  situated  3 

leasiues  further  to  the  north-eastward,  and  forms  the  entrance  of  the  River  Iguape,  sit- 

.  ated  in  latitude  24'^  .'55'  S. 

You  may  anchor  all  along  this  coast  at  the  distance  of  2  or  3  miles  off  the  Playa,  on 
excellent  imiddy  ground,  with  from  (i  to  10  fathoms  water;  but  there  are  no  ports  on 
tliis  coast  accessible  to  large  ships,  and  there  can  be  no  necessity  to  .anchor  here,  unless 
l|h  a  calm,  when  you  have  no  occasion  to  expose  yourself  to  danger. 
,  After  passing  along  the  Playa  de  Iguape,  you  will  arrive  at  the  Rar  of  Cananea,  and 
|t  the  Island  Hoin  Abrigo,  whicVi  lies  to  the  southward  of  the  Bar  of  Cananea,  within 
which  the  Brazilians  construct  their  large  vessels:  and  the  natives  say,  that  to  enter  the 

Sver,  "you  may  pass  with  a  pilot  to  the  southward  of  the  Island  of  Bom  Abrigo;  but 
IP  common  channel  is  to  the  northward,  althouah  it  is  encumbered  with  many  shoals." 
"^hc  Island  Bom  Abrigo  is  very  high,  and  covered  with  trees;  and  vessels  may  anchor 
It  a  little  distance  olf  to  the  eastward.     There  is  a  little  island  lying  to  the  southward 
f  it,  about  2  miles  to  the  eastward  from  which  there  are  11  and  12  fathoms  water,  ou 
I'l  bottom  of  sand. 
The  Bar  of  Cananea  may  be  known  from  seaward  by  two  objects,  both  equally  con- 


Picuous:  one  is  the  Mountain  of  Cardo/.,  situated  inland,  about  5  leagues  \V.  N.  W. 
|nm  Hum  Abrigo;  tlie  other  is  the  Playa  de  Iguape,  or  Hat,  consisting  of  little  downs 
f white  sand,  intersi)ersed  with  brushwood,  which  extends  all  the  way  from  the  Bar  of 
Ruape,  a  distance  of  10  leagues,  Notwithstanding  the  short  distance,  and  the  height 
Ttlie  chain  of  mountains,  of  which  Mount  Cardo/,  constitutes  a  part,  and  predominates 
I  remarkably,  the  fogs  that  prevail  throughout  this  part  of  the  coast  in  the  south  mon- 
pun,  will  prevent  your  discovering  the  land,  an<l  large  vessels  should  therefore  approach 
}( low  coast  with  the  greatest  precaution.  Mount  Cardoz  is  the  highest  mountain 
pnn  this  part,  and  is  situated  in  lat.  24^^  54'  45"  S.,  and  in  long.  48'^  12'  20"  W.  The 
kriation,  G  leagues  off  the  land,  was  7°  E.  in  1819. 

J  Pimentel,  in  describing  this  part,  proceeds  thus : — "  From  the  Barra  de  Iguape  to  the 
jarre  de  Cananea  the  distance  is  about  30  miles,  the  shores  being  low  and  Hat.  Oppo- 
fe  to  the  entrance  to  the  latter,  lies  the  Island  Abrigo,  dividing  it  into  two  channels, 
Plh  of  which  are  dangsrous,  on  account  of  the  breakers  and  shoals  thereabout.  The 
prtliern  entrance,  called  Barra  Falsa,  is  narrow  and  shallow.     Corvettes  and  small  boats 

71 


5rr2 


IJI.Um'h  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


only  rnfpr  thrre.  Tlio  soiitlicni  ontrano!  is  widrr  and  (Iccpcr,  and  in  fliis  clianiirlsliins 
olhiirtht-n  (iiid  a  ])assas;i'.  .S.iil  in  towards  llic  scmllifrn  slioir,  kccpiriii  close  in  ;;  hikI  i 
fathoms  water  ;  but  observe  tin-  har  is  shiriirii;.  and  ronsf>(|U(Mitlv  danf;crons  to  all  Mr;ii]. 
gcrs.  Tlio  har  is  altoiil  a  mile  in  brradlli.  Wlicn  yon  arc  within  you  will  dc(>|i(  n  \„||j 
water  to  5,  (>,  and  7  fathonis,  and  may  anchor  as  most  convenient  lor  yonr  |)nr|)o>c.' 

From  Caiianea  southward,  you  will  (all  in  with  a  small  island,  called  Castdlo.  Tl,,, 
is  nearly  o|)|)osite  to  the  Kiver  Arr.'pira,  which  is  now  mil  naviualile.  l-'nrtlier  dm, 
FiiTuera,  another  small  island  :   and  eoastiir,'  alon^,  von  will  reach  the  T.arra  de  S 


iiiii. 


gui,  admitlin;^  canoes  only. 


'I'his  eri'ek  is  divided  I'lnm  the  main  entrance  to  tl 


Paranagnaby  the  Island  of  Pecas,  near  a  mile  iVom  the  southern  part  ol' which  art 
rocks.     Tliese  rocks   form  the  northern  lioundary  ol'  the  chamiel,  while  tin-   [si; 


«i.iii» 


Mel  lies  to  the 


nth.     Th 


iiassaire 


between  is  near  a  mill'  in  width.     A  lcai;ii( 


.sea  arc  o 


niv 


I,  and  .')  I'athoms  ;   but  as  you  approach  the  bar,  it  deepens  to 


P  fathoms ;   in   the  chamiel  are   1 


III  ■')  fathom 


mil  when  within    von  will 


liavp 


and  7  fathoms.     There  is  another  entrance  to  the  souihwaid  of  .Mel  Island,  called  II; 


do  Sul  ;  but,  liiu' the  Marra  de  Supera;^ui,  it  is  fit  only  for  boat.> 


Tl 


le  course  to  ['; 


nairiii 


md  the   \'illa  .\ntoniiia  is  due  west.     The  former  is  on   the  larbiiariUiip 


II 


Imost  1  lea;:ues  from  tlie  bar,  while  the  latter  is  latlier  to  the  northward,  and  ;il;, 


ea2;ues  up 


(hi 


river, 
uid 


There  are  several   islands  scattered   about,  but  the  el 
V  k 


laiiiiv 


generally  clear,  ami  every  known  danger  is  visniji 


Konssiii  says,  that  in  followiiii;  the  land  to  the  i*^.  westward  of  I'.om  Abriwo,  totlicrli^ 
tatice  of  10  miles,  you  will  meet  tlw  little  Island  Castillo,  and  H^'  miles  beyond  tlmi, ; 
the  same  direction,  the  Island  of  Ki'^o,  or  Fii^nera,  both  which  have  obtained  tlieiriiini^ 
from  their  peculiar  appearance  :  the  former  is  somewhat  less  elevated  than  the  Imif. 
but  broader,  and  has  a  ridj^e  risint;  up  in  the  middle,  which  may  be  mistaken  fiiriun>t|f 
the  latter  resembles  a  iig.  They  are  both  nearly  barren,  and  bear  from  each  nilip-v' 
35"  W.  and  N.  .'i")^  K.  In  drawing  near  to  them,  you  will  have,  at  the  distance  of; 
mile,  from  IT)  to  10  fathoms,  fine  sandy  ground. 

P.\RAN.\(HT\. — Haviii;^  [lassed  to  tlie  southward  id'  Fi;j:nera  about  H  or  0  iiiilns.v,: 
will  open  the  Bar  of  Parana:,'ua.  This  is  a  bay  of  '{  or  -1  Iea<;-ues  diainoter.  reeeiviniimj:, | 
brooks  and  little  rivers :  the  entrance  is  sheltered,  and  at  the  same  time  divided  imnn' 
channels  by   a    low  island,   upon  which    are  many  little   hills,   appearinjr,   whin  vrr: 
at  a  distance,  like  several  islands.    '^I'his  island,  named  Isle  do  Mel,  has  on  its  nonh-ps; 
ern  side,  three  little   Islets  das   I'almas.     The  southern  entrance  is  eiiciinibeicil  wril 
breakers,  and  not  navigable.     The  northern  channel  will  admit  of  brigs,  and  iiianvj.r;| 
built  in  the  bay,  which  is  surrounded  by  forests,      fn  iiavii;atinn;  the  northern  p;t>>j;^ 
the  pilots  say  you  oui^lit  to  leave  tiie   Islands  of  Falma  to  tlie  starboard  :  these  ymi «' 
recognize  by  the  j)alin-trees  with  which  they  are  covered,    but  a  pilot  must  al»av!t!| 
employed  for  the  interior  navigation. 

The  water  which  runs  out  of  the  Ilay  of  Paranagua,  constantly  carries  with  it  tlipafjl 
vial  soil  of  the  country,  wliii  h  sensibly  is  diminishing  its  depth,  but  there  is  dilipin^ 
nothing  material  to  obstruct  its  navigation  ;  and  2  leagues  from  the  two  entrain  c- ilr: 
are  from  •'3  to  ')  fatliom<  water,   the  bottom  beiiii:   crev  sand  and  mud.     The  coastl'r; 


hence  to  the  Island  of  St.  C'athariiu!,  cene 


y  speaking,  runs  south. 


iHiiiis,  from  a! 

Aiiicary  ;  near 

these  islands  I 

]);issai:es  bet\M' 

and  the  moiull 

anil  even  then 

The  Kiver  .^ 

.San  l''r.uicisco 

li;iy  of  the  saiii 

shore,  .\.  X.  F 

ilioins  water,  oi 

vated,  but  intei 

ill  the  interior 

Directly  soul 

the  eastern  exti 

and  west;  here 

chor  in  sufficie 

far  as  the  Island 

13  leagues. 

S.  S.  E.  7  le: 
hetweeii  them  a 
!  several  bays.     ' 
Piiiu'nlel  says, 
!  111)111  all  winds, 
I  selves  into  this 
lliirk  woods.     '| 
I  eriy  to  the  Jslan 


The  summit  of  the  southern  hills  on  the  island  of  AFel  is  in  latitude  2.5°  32' 4 
and  in  longitude  48"  i'.j'  40"  \V.     Tlw  variation  was  (,°  1'  F.  in  IHIO. 

OUARATUnA.— .*=!.  S.  W.  from  the  IJarra  do  .'<nl  de  Parangiia  is  the  Point  of  Jf!-! 
Diaz,  the  eastern  point  of  the  entrance  of  Rio  San  Francisco  ;  If)  miles  N.  by  W.lk 
•which  is  the  entrance  to  the  Iviver  (iuaratuba,  from  the  northern  point  of  whichap;in».| 
or  shoal,  runs  up  to  the  Rarra  do  Sul ;   this  shoal  extends  4  or  .')  miles  from  the  sh^; 
and  is  bounded  to  the  eastward  by  the  little  Islets  of  Coral,  and  by   two  great  mcl;-. 
feet  high,  called  tlie  ttaculomis.     The  shoal  is  not  navigable  except  by  boats;  hut  hi 
may  approach  the  rocks  to  seaward  to  the  distance  of  one  or  two  miles,  where  yoa»i' 
have  from  10  to  \2  fathoms  water,  the  ground  being  sand  and  innil. 

Pinientel  says,  "the  entrance  to  the  River  (luar.atiiba  is  on  thi;  nortli  side,  near.iM 
rock,  where  you  will  have  a  deep  channel  with  (>  and  .-^  fathoms  water;  but  from  tlii-!| 
is  shoal  to  the  southward.     This  river  is  reiuarkably  rapid,  and  famed  for  iis  iishim'>- 
"Whoever  runs  for  the  harbor  from  the  northward,  should  keep  dose  to  the  lanil,  iiiii| 
for  the  point  of  the  ro(d<  above  nientiniied,  and  when  about  to  enter,  keep  the  small 
island  astern  :  this  island  lies  about  1 '  mile  to  sea,  and  your  anchorage  will  l)c  iiiiiiieiliitf'j 
behind  the  hill  to  the  northward,  or  opposite  to  the  hill  on  the  south  side.     Thisii 
supplied  by  several  others,  of  which  Rio  .St.  .loao  is  the  most  considerable,  ami  is  s; 
be  navigable  for  upwards  of  11]  leagues." 

RIO  SAN  FRANfTSCO.— ".About  Ifi  miles  south  from  Cuaratuba  is  the  norilifj 
entrance  to  the  Rio  San  Francisco,  capable  of  accommodating  any  vesscd,  and  bavins  H'l 
6  to  13  fathoms  in  its  chauael.     To  sail  in,  it  is  advisttblc  to  coast  up  the  land  which  •■   •  An  A.'-macao  is 


ULUM's!  AMEllICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


GC3 


1  fliis  cliiinnrlsliips 
11^  dose  in  li  iiml  i 
prions  to  ill!  Mr;ii|. 
(I  will  (lcc|i(  II  \i,iii 
jiiiir  pni'iitiM^, 
led  ('■■istill...    Till, 
lie.     Furl  her  dUi, 
le  ri:irn\  dc  Sii|iir;i. 
i"uici'  111  till'  M i\,' 
I  ol'  wllicll  ;iir  M.|,„ 
tvliiic   111''    i-^l:iiiil 
:li.      A  It'ii^iii'  ir!i  • 
•epcns  to  ■'),  fi.7.  h 
voii  will  ii;iv(< ',.' 
Isliuid,  cidlnl  r,,|, 
riif  course  to  l';;r. 
Ill  tlif  liiri)(i;iril  >ii|p, 
tliwnrtl.  ;iii(l  abim;  i, 
,  1)111  till'  eliiiiiiii'i :, 

111  Ahrign,  loiliHis. 
liles  heyond  tlial,  \i\ 
obtaiiii'd  tlifirnaiiiH 
lied  tliau  tlio  lutir 
luistiiluMi  fiUiirMlf 
ir  IVoni  eiicli  otlic^, 
,  at  the  distiinceoi: 

Hint  f*  or  •)  inilos.y : 
11101  er.  r('C('iviMs;iii?:i| 
tiiiii'  divided  intiiu 
ppeariui:,  whon  h;:| 
Ir.is  oil  its  uiirth-p  • 
•  is  eiirninhrii'il  »  ;i 
f  l)ri;;s,  and  iii;uivi!:| 
he  mirtliern  pava:'.[ 
loaiil  :  tliese  y(in«i!l 
pilot  must   ahvavst'l 

arrios  willi  itilirj!';! 

but  thi're  is  oll;eni;'| 
le  two  entrained  th»p| 
hud.     The  L'o;bllrc| 

ih. 

Iilitude  25°  32' 4."  > 

19. 

la  is  the  Point  of  J' 
miles  N.  by  W.fral 

lint  orAvhiciiaparm.f 
miles  (Voiii  the  • 

liy  two  jjrent  rock-. I 
pt  by  boats;  l)«t  )tf 
mile's,  where  ynu»iT 

li. 

lnorthsidi\nrnr:il4 
■ater  ;  but  tVoni  l!ii'i| 
liH.'d  for  iis  (isluii'' 

(lose  to  the  laiiil.  "'J 
[er,  keep  tlie  small  1 
,re  will  beimiiieiii*'] 
lull  side.  TbisiH 
Mderahle,  aiiilUj;i'''i 

iiratuba  is  tlie  iuirilif| 

l-e.ss(d,  and  having It;^ 

up  tlie  laud  which- 


i„  ilie  soMilr.vard.  in  <> 
,|,is  coast  eiid.s,  y 


mil  f^  ratlioms  ;    and    w  lien  v 


oil   a 


rrive  at  the  headland  where 


oil  should  make  lor  tli(>  northern  point,  taking  care  tu  avoid  a  bank 
iiiiiiiiiiu  tu  tlie  X.  E.,  wllicll  is  HJioal,  liaviii);  nut  mure  than  one  lathom  at  low  water; 
;iiiil  as  sDon  as  this  north  point  comes  abreast,  .stand  S.  by  W.  tor  the  lowii,  or  fur  tlie 


'iiiaclior  Si. 


baili 


Oh  an  eminence,   opposiie  to  wliidi  you  may  am  liur  in  clear 


h 


5;  run 
lerniiiM 


11(1.    'i'his  entrance  may  be  known  liy  the  hi^li  wdody  land  of  San  l'"ranciseo,  wiiich 
tes  at  the.  hill  ;  and  also  liv  the  iliree  islets  Ivmi;  two  or  three  miles  to  the  west- 


wan 


I  of  this  hill.     The  oilier  entrance  to  the  river,  ealled  Aracary,  in  six  leagues  tu  the 
iitlnvard,  and  (it  only  lor  r-anoes  ;   but   opposite  are  soiik'   islands  with  anchorage  and 


slu'lier  Iroin  the  si 


a,  in   I  and  .')  latlioms  water,   on  a 


bott 


oiii  ol    will 


tisli 


d. 


'I'lie  Islands  ol'  (iarcia  he  on  the  parallel  of  the  Point  ol   .loan  Dia/.,  which  rornis  the 


eiistt'rii 


extreniilv  ol'tlie  l»av  ol' San  l''r.incis 


and  are  situated  about  -J.',  miles  i'roiii  the 


iHiiiit.     Koiirteeii  miles  tu  the  southward  uitliis  iljroup  uf  (Jareia  are  tiie  Tamboretes  l.s- 
Is,  rriiiii  abreast  ol'  \\liicli  the  coast  turns  more  to  the  westward,   so  lar  as  the  River 


lam 

\iaeaiv  ;   near  the 


'iitiaiice  ol  which  is  anollier  uroiip,  called  the  ivcmcdi 


ill 


these  islands  lie  at  the  distance  oC  "J,  .i,  m  4  miles  Irom   the  coast,  and  are  said  lo  have 
iiiissaues  between  them.     The  islands  are  covered  with  trei^s;   but  betwefjii  the  Remedios 
and  the  mouth  ot  the  River  Aracary,  the  passajje  is  .said  tu  admit  uf  small  vessels  only; 
anil  even  then  it  is  not  lo  In"  depended  on. 
The  ixiver  Aracary.  al'ier  riimiin;;;  a  considerable  way  up,  ami  separatim;  the  Island  of 


.San  1' 


rancisco  Irom  the  mam,  turns 


.\.  K 


■lerlv. 


anil  runs  m 


to  th 


e  sea  at  a  spacious 


bav  uf  the  same  name,  where  you  may  anchor  in  ^■everal  places.  At  "J  leamies  from  the 
shore,  N.  N.  K.  ol'tiie  entrance  of  Kiu  San  Francisco,  you  will  not  liiid  inure  than  6  la- 
ihiHiis  water,  on  a  hoitom  of  line  sand.  The  coast  is  llat,  the  hind  adiacent  hut  little  ele- 
vated, bill  inteisperscil  with  desolate  spots,  w  liicli  are  rather  leniaikable.  A  lew  leaj^iies 
ill  the  interior  are  tiie  Sierras  of  Maraiuha,  a  chain  of  vi-ry  liiiih  moiiiitains. 

Directly  south  of  the  Remedios  Islands,  distant  !>  leajiues,  is  the  Point  Itapacornya, 
the  eastern  extremity  of  a  bay,  rather  deep,  and  sheltered  hy  the  winds  from  the  suuth 


hi(  1 


ami  west;  here  are  an  iirm<irai>*^  'and  two  little  rocky  islands,  near  w 

chur  in  sufficient  depth  of  water.     At  the  bottom  of  this  bav   the  land  runs  N.  I  E.  s 


1   vou   mav   an- 


o 


far  as  the  Islands  Uarcia,  where  you  will  see  another  uinutcuo,  the  whole  distance  being 
1,'{  leanues. 

S.  S.  E.  7  leaa;nes  and  a  half  from  I'oint  Itapncoroya  if?  the  Point  of  Bumbas,  and 
between  them  are  the  Points  of  ("ambecudo,  Camboriu,  ^'tajieba,  and  (iar<<ja.s,  funning 
several  hays.     Vou  may  safely  sail  aloiiii  these  points  at  the  distance  oi  '2  or  .'J  miles. — 


Piinentel 


says, 


the  eiitranet^  to  (iaropas  l>av  is  8  or  ')  miles  broad,  and  well  sheltered 


I'litiii  all  winds,  w  itli  depth  of  water  enousih  tor  any  siiip.     Two  rivers  discharge  theni- 


ise 


Ives  into  this  bav  over  b 


of  while  rocks,  and  tlie  surrounding  land  is  covered  with 
thick  woods.  To  the  southward  is  Point  Manduri,  from  wlience  yuu  pruceed  un  suuth- 
erly  to  the  Island  ot'  St.  (,'atharine.  " 

Dfscrijtlion  of  the  hlaud  and  Aiichoraiies  of  Si.  Catharine,  Jiij  Baron  lioiissin. 

THE  ISLAND  OF  ST.  CATHARINE  is  situated  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
riMitiiunt,  upon  tlie  parallel  uf  28^  S.  ;  it  is  sufliciently  elevated  to  be  visible  l.j  leagues 
'ii  HI  fine  weather.  At  the  above  distance  you  will  find  70  farhoms  ;  thence  the  depth 
"liiiiiiiishes  giadn.iliv  to  within  I  caiiles'  len;;th  of  the  coast,  where  there  are  4  fathoms, 
ill  apDroachiiig  from  the  eastward,  this  island  appears  very  uneven,  being  intersected 
[with  inouiitains  and  deep  valh'ys  :  its  elevation  is  greater  at  tlie  southward  than  at  the 
[niirthward.  Acros.',  it  the  mountains  on  the  (;ontinent  are  a  little  more  ehnated  than 
jilmsc  (HI  tlie  island:  aii.l  you  will  dislingiiisli  among  these  i)rinei|)ally  the  3Iorro  de 
ICaniborella,  which  is  a  Inaiich  uf  the  eastern  Cordilleras,  which  extend  from  Kio  Janeiro 
|to  this  island. 

About  the  iniildle  of  the  island,  and  near  the  edge  n(  the  sea,  is  a  large  lake,  which 
Ipresents  an  opening  that  may  serve  to  distinguish  it  is  a  landfall.  At  three  leagues  from 
jthc  eastern  (oast,  if  you  bring  this  opening  to  hear  west,  tlie  N.  E.  point  of  the  Island 
jwill  he  about  3  leagu"s  to  the  N.  W.  All  th:-  eastern  side  of  this  island  is  safe  and  rather 
Isteep  to,  and  you  may  run  alongside  many  large  rucks  on  the  coast  without  danger. 

The  Island  of  .St.  ('atliarine  may  be  entirely  circumnavigated,  and  many  anclioiages 
jwill  he  found  between  the  westein  coast  and  the  continent;  but  tlit!  northern  part  nf  tlie 
jchaiuie!  is  the  only  one  fitted  to  receive  vessi  Is  which  draw  much  water,  aud  it  is  to  this 
||)art  we  shall  limit  our  description. 

Tu  entf-r  hy  the  ISurth  Channel  into  (he  Gulf  or  Baj/  of  St..  Catharine's. — The  passage 
Imost  frequented,  leading  to  the  anchurage,  is  between  the  nurth  puint  of  St.  Catharine's 


•  An  Arniacao  is  a  building  used  for  tlio  purpose  of  converting  the  blubber  of  wholes  irrto  oil. 


564 


BUJNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


tind  the  Arvnrrdo,  a  woody  island  sitnatrd  N.  N.  E.  from  the  northrrn  point  ciillpd  Point 
Rapa.  This  passajje  i.s  rather  less  tiiati  'J  h'a;;n«'s  in  fxtrnt,  and  dot-s  not  contain  :inv 
danjjer.  You  may  approach  it  on  t'ithcr  siih-,  oltsorvinir  only  to  kecj)  clear  oCtlic  M,,'. 
leques*,  which  you  will  leave  to  the  southward  :  thi'se  are  iarjje  rocks,  and  lie  nr;irih». 
shore.  We  may  say  tlie  same  of  all  the  points  which  surround  liiis  passage,  for  you  ni;iv 
sail  close,  and  heat  up  to  them  without  the  least  risk  or  danger.  There  are  2f)  feet  w;ii,'r 
at  Goo  toises  distance  from  the  N.  W.  coast  of  St.  Catliarine's,  which  is  the  deepest 
water  in  this  part  of  the  channel. 

The  anchorage  for  larirr.  vessels  in  the  li/ti/  of  St.  Catharine's. — When  you  are  wiilii,, 
the  hay,  you  may  anchor  any  where,  aL'reeal)ly  to  the  si/e  of  your  vessel  ;  by  keepinuit, 
the  middle  of  the  channel,  the  dejjth  will  he  sulhcient  for  the  largest  ships,  to  1000  toix, 
S.  by  E.  o(f  tlie  little  Island  Anhatomirim.  Having  passed  this  |)oint,  in  advancing  in 
the  soiithwanl,  the  depth  gradually  decreases;  and  8.  of  the  Raton  Islands  there  arc  noi 
more  than  10  or  1".'  feet  water.  There  is  little  more  depth  west  of  these  islands,  \\\\\<, 
large  bay  called  by  the  natives  Sacco  (rrande  :  it  is  a  (pliot  place  to  ride  in,  and  principiiHv 
frequented  by  vessels  in  the  whale  fisheries:  but  ships  drawing  any  great  quantity m' 
water  could  not  have  access  to  it. 

There  is  plenty  of  water  in  all  the  anchorages  in  the  Bay  of  St.  Catharine.  In  tli:; 
which  vessels  of  war  most  conunonly  frequent,  you  will  have  the  following  beariii;;*: 
North  Point  of  St.  Catharine's,  N.  Gy°  30'  E. ;  middle  of  the  Fort  of  Santa  Cruz,  S,  (,, 
30'  W. ;  the  Fortress  St.  Joseph,  S.  bb'^  30'  E. ;  and  the  point  of  the  Armacaco,  oiiihe 
continent,  N.  1(>°  50'  E. 

The  depth  of  the  above  anchorage  is  30  feet ;  and  the  bottom  is  mud  of  a  greenish 
cast,  and  holds  well. 

Here  you  enjoy  almost  always  a  perfectly  tranquil  sea,  under  shelter  of  the  high  Imvl, 
with  which  it  is  surrounded,  the  only  exi)osed  part  being  to  the  N.  eastward  ;  hut  \V. 
winds  from  this  part  are  here  very  seldom  dangerous. 

Many  places  for  obtaining  water  are  in  the  vicinity  of  this  anchorage  :  the  best  is  aboc; 
2  miles  north  of  the  Island  Anhatomirim,  upon  the  continent,  which  is  supplied  dayiiriil 
night  with  excellent  water,  of  which  you  can  obtain  an  ample  quantity.  You  mnvfe; 
permission  at  a  cheap  rate  to  take  fire-wood  either  on  the  continent  or  on  one  of  the  Isies 
of  Raton,  and  also  for  repairing  your  vessel,  if  needful.  In  short,  the  principal  townei 
the  island,  and  the  habitations  near  this  anchorage,  furnish,  at  moderate  prices,  allkindi 
of  refreshments,  (tec.  which  the  country  produces.  The  provisions  consist  of  bidluck 
pigs,  fowls,  maize,  rice,  spirits,  farinha,  dried  meats,  sugar,  coH'ee,  all  tropical  fruits, k 
The  Island  of  St.  Catharine  is  therefore  one  of  the  best  jiorts  at  which  a  vessel  canoe 
supplied  with  necessaries,  after  or  before  a  long  voyage. 

The  anchorages  of  this  island  are  sometimes  plentifully   supplied  with  fi'h :  luitib| 
success  of  the  fishing  depends  upon  a  variety  of  causes,  with  which  we  are  not  welhc- 
quainted.     La  Perouse  found  abundance  of  fish  in  November,  but  1  was  less  forums:* 
in  the  same  month,  and  also  from  May  to  August.    Most  of  the  shores  are  besides  coure;  | 
with  the  bones  of  whales,  which  it  becomes  difficult  to  avoid  in  hauling  the  seine. 

When  you  provide  yourself  with  fire-wood  from  the  country,  it  is  better  to  prefer  ttf 
young  trees ;  for  the  old  trunks  are  commonly  hollow,  and  filled  with  insects  and  the  ep  | 
of  reptiles,  which  are  very  often  venomous,  and  might  be  highly  dangerous  on  boanlvd: 
vessel.      It  will  therefore  always  be  prudent  to  throw  the  wood  into  the  sea  before  ju, 
take  it  on  board. 

The  winds  most  frequent  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Catharine  f(dlow  the  direction  oftlicrlur- 
nel,  whether  inwards  or  outwards,  but  these  are  seldom  violent ;  and  the  storms  are:;G:| 
dangerous  to  vessels  which  are  well  moored. 

From  March  to  September,  that  is  during  the  time  called  winter,  or  the  southern  nica- 
soon,  tlie  winds  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  islands  blow  generally  from  the  south  orS. 
S.  W.  Sometimes  they  come  on  with  very  areat  violence,  and  are  accompanied »iili| 
rain  ;  but  these  gales  seldom  last  more  than  48  hours.  l\)wards  the  nionth  of  Oclokrl 
the  winds  approach  towards  the  E.  and  N.  ;  the  six  following  months  form  the  sM«i»iir,| 
and  are  the  hottest  throughout  the  year.  There  are  frequently  storms,  which  coiiiel 
from  the  N.  and  S.  E.  round  by  tlie  west  ;  and  if  in  this  season  the  winds  blow  fiomtlnl 
S.  E.  they  are  accom|)anied  witli  considerable  rain  :  but  in  general,  however,  the  grealejij 
quantity  of  rain  falls  during  the  mouths  of  August  and  September,  although  even  at  ihiij 
period  many  years  have  been  exem|)t  from  it.  The  tides  are  regular  at  the  aiichorasfT 
and  it  may  be  remnrke(l  'hat  as  they  blow  into  tlie  north  and  south  entrances  of  the  sirjiil 
at  the  same  time,  meeting  at  the  anchorage  near  the  town,  they  return  in  a  siniihir  manl 
ner,  with  more  or  less  velocity,  according  as  they  are  accelerated  or  retarded  by  the  preT 
vailing  winds. 

*  A  name  generally  given  to  those  rocks  above  water  which  have  a  round  and  dark  appearanct  V? 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


5()5 


n  point  c;iI1p(1  Point 
it's  not  contitiii  iiny 
v\)  clear  of  the  Mii. 
:-l<H,  and  lie  nr;irth(. 
)assasf.  lor  y*>u  ni;iv 
pre  are  2f)  I'ei't  waie'r 
hich  is  the  deepe.,! 

Hicn  you  are  within 
essel ;  by  i^ecpini;!;, 
shipH,  to  KHKItdiH, 
oint,  in  advancing  m 
Islands  there  arenrn 
these  islands,  in  ih" 
le  in,  and  iJrincipallv 
iiy  great  quantity  i,i 

Catharine.     Tn  ili:; 
followin}.'  bcariiij;*; 
if  Santa  Cruz,  S, ',; 
he  Armacaco.onilie 

is  mud  of  a  greenish 

>lter  of  thehighlati'li 
i.  eastward  ;  but  ibe 

[ige  :  the  best  is  abou: 

i;h  is  supplied  day  mi 

mtity.     You  may  tr, 

tor  on  one  of  the  Isiei 

the  principal  to\vn«! 

Jerate  prices,  all  kimii 

IS  consist  of  bnliocks, 

all  tropical  fruits. k 

wliich  a  vessel  canoe 

rd  with  fii'h;  luitil; 
1  we  are  not  weliac- 
I  was  less  foriiinali; 
s  are  besides  tou'rei 
uling  the  seine. 

better  to  prefer  ik 

1  insects  and  ibeep 

sierous  on  boani  yt,.: 

ito  the  sea  before  vi. 


direction  oftbccliac' 
lid  the  storms  are  no: 


,  or  the  southern  men- 

from  the  soutli  or  J. 

are  accompanied  «itli| 

the  month  of  October 

ilhs  form  the  sumiud 

y  storms,  which  coiml 

e  winds  blow  frointii(l 

,  however,  the  greatest 

althoimh  even  attlui 

alar  at  the  aiicborase;! 

1  entrances  of  the  strailj 

turn  in  a  simil'.tr  ii*| 

)r  retarded  b>  the  pre- 

d  and  dark  appearan».| 


Tho  romnion  rai)idity  of  the  current  seldom  exceeds  three  tenths  of  n  mile  an  hour  at 
li:ilf-tide  :  and  the  rise  of  the  water  does  not  in  general  cNceed  .'J  feet  ;  but  at  the  springs 
the  cinreiits  run  sometimes  one  mile  and  a  half  per  hmir.  and  then  the  «aler  rises  0  feet, 
h  e*  lii'^h  water  at  the  above  anchoraire  at  Kt  minutes  after  two  on  full  and  change  days. 

if  vdu  should  find  yourself  uniler  any  circumstances  to  re(|uire  the  protection  of  the 
forts,  this  anehorape  will  not  suit  :  you  must  in  that  ease  draw  nearer  to  one  of  the  de- 
fences adjacent:  these  are  the  forts  ol  .^aiita  Cruz  on  the  Island  of  Anhatoiiiiriui ;  St. 
Ji,se|)b,  on  the  Island  of  St.  Catharine;  or  the  Fortress  of  IJaton,  erected  upon  tho 
iarj;est  of  the  two  islands  of  that  name.  Hut  tlie  shot  from  these  fortitications  do  not 
cri).>son  any  of  these  points  etfectually,  at  least  with  the  artillery  with  which  tliey  are  at 
present  protected. 

The  ( Jovernor  of  the  province  resides  in  the  town  of  \ossa  Senhora  do  Desterro,  situ- 
ated about  4  leacues  to  the  S.  S.  K.  of  the  Kort  of  Santa  Cm/.  The  passage  to  it  being 
ill  a  strait,  well  sheltered,  is  almost  always  easy  for  small  vessels  ;  and  the  cormnunica- 
tinii  between  all  the  points  is  quick.  Your  depth  decreases  from  (>  to  '2  fathoms  in  going 
from  the  above  anchorasjes  southward. 

The  position  of  the  thig-statf  of  Fort  Santa  Cru/.  on  the  Island  .\nhatomiriin  is  27° 
l>.j'  :i-2"  S.,  and  the  loi^itude  48=  41'  W.  Toint  Kapa,  the  north  point  of  St.  Catha- 
rine's, is  in  latitude  'J7  '  22'  :U"  S.,  and  in  longitude  iti"  3i'  7"  \V.  The  variation  at 
the  anchorage  in  IHli),  was  7=  29'  2(."  K. 

The  Island  of  St.  Catharine  may  be  made  indifierently  upon  all  parts  of  tlie  island, 
and  it  rarely  happens  that  either  tiie  winds  or  the  cnrreiils  are  stron<^  enough  to  occa- 
sion any  dithculty  in  correcting  your  route;  however,  you  ouiiht  to  prefer  making 
the  southern  part  of  the  island  in  the  south  monsoon,  and  the  northern  part  in  the  con- 
trary monsoon. 

^lany  little  isles  are  visible  to  the  northward  of  St.  Catharine's  :  the  largest  of  these 
is  .\rvoredo.  which  has  been  already  described.  Its  distance  from  I'oints  (ianxos  and 
Zanibo  on  the  continent,  and  from  tht!  Isle  Fedra  de  (Jalle,  is  nearly  the  same  as  troni 
the  Point  llapa  in  St.  Catharine's;  and  you  may  pass  through,  in  great  sat'ety,  all  the 
channtds  formed  between  these  islands  and  the  continent.  The  depth  varies  from  '24  to 
12  fatlioms,  on  a  bottom  of  mud  and  grey  sand  :  you  liave  only  to  avoid  the  rocks  and 
breakers  of  San  Pedro,  situated  rather  less  than  'MOO  toises  (about  3  miles)  W.  N.  W. 
fioiii  .Arvoredo. 

IJirectly  to  the  northward  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  St.  Catharine's,  is  the  Bay  of 
Tijoucas,  where  there  is  good  anchorage.  Three  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  all  the 
islands,  the  depths  are  from  27  to  31  fathoms. 

To  the  above  we  here  add  the  remarks  of  Mr.  liruce,  who  says,  "  There  are  no  par- 
ticular dangers  in  going  to  tlie  atu-horage  of  Santa  Cru/  ;  and  in  entering  you  will  carry 
regular  soundings,  13,  12,  and  *)  fathoms,  gradually  shoaling  towards  St.  C'atharine's 
Island,  until  you  get  abreast  of  Fapagaios  Island.  It  then  shoalens  abruptly  from  7^  to 
5  and  4^  fathoms.  The  best  leading  mark  for  a  large  ship  to  enter,  wlien  she  is  abreast 
of  the  above  island,  is  to  haul  over  to  the  westward  until  Great  and  Little  Katon  Islands 
are  in  one  ;  then  steer  for  them  until  you  are  nearly  abreast,  or  a  mile  from  Santa  Cruz, 
when  you  may  haul  over  to  the  eastward,  until  you  get  the  southernmost  Raton  Island, 
winch  is  tho  smaller  of  the  two,  open  of  the  great  island.  Keep  it  just  open,  and  you 
may  anchor  witliiu  a  mile  of  them  in  G  or  7  fathoms,  good  holding  ground,  and  well  shel- 
tered. In  working  out  from  this  anciiorage,  when  you  are  standing  to  the  westward,  do 
not  stand  into  less  than  '>  fathoms,  for  there  is  a  bank  of  4  fathoms  on  its  eastern  edge, 
ami  only  3',  and  .3  fathoms  on  its  inner  part.  It  lies  rather  less  tiiaii  2  miles  to  the  south- 
ward of  S  itita  CnvA.  Standing  to  the  eastward,  you  may  bring  the  Island  of  Arvoredo 
on  witli  I'oint  Groca,  (St.  .lose,)  and  when  you  get  nearly  so  far  as  the  Points  of  Groca 
and  .Santa  Cruz,  you  may  stand  into  any  depth  you  please.  There  is  good  anchorage 
under  .Santa  (,'ruz,  where  shi|)s  commonly  tont'h  for  water;  but  the  best  anchorage  is 
with  tiie  small  Island  Katoncsjust  o|)en  to  the  eastward  of  the  larger  one,  in  5^  fathoms. 
The  deeper  water  will  be  found  on  tlie  eastern  side  ;  but  when  off  Santa  Cru/  the  west- 
ern side  will  be  the  boldest.  There  is  but  a  scanty  supply  of  water  inside  of  Santa  Cruz, 
which  comes  from  a  small  rivulet  close  to  the  beach.  Here  you  may  fill  your  casks  in 
the  boat,  by  baling  with  buckets  ;  but  tliis  supply  in  dry  weather  sometimes  fails.  Wood 
may  be  either  cut  or  jnirchased.'' 

The  Island  of  Santa  Catharine  is  of  siuh  height  as  to  be  discovered  in  fine  weather 
from  45  miles  distant,  at  which  distance  there  are  70  fathoms  water,  diminishing  gradu- 
ally towards  the  shore.  Nearing  it  from  the  east,  it  appears  witli  high  mountains  and 
deep  valleys.  Taking  the  whole  together,  the  southern  part  ajipears  higher  than  the 
northern  side.  The  Morro  Camborello  is  a  mountain  which  appears  above  eviiy  other. 
Vessels  may  go  round  this  island  with  safety.  The  channel  between  the  main  laud  af- 
i   fords  good  anchorage,  but  the  best  place  to  cast  anchor  is  on  the  northern  part. 


18 


5GG 


HLUNTS  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Snntn  Ciitlmrinr  iiU'iinls  llii-  ht-st  placf  td  rolit  a  vt'ssiil.  'I'liuro  is  an  iiipxliaiisiili|,, 
quantity  ol  uodd  water,  to  In-  i;(it  witlimit  any  fxpcnsc  ;  fuel,  and  ^divisions  nl'  ^^\,f^ 
kind  at  a  clicap  rate — sncli  as  licet",  jxirk,  |Miiiliry,  eoiii.  sii'jac,  iliied  licel',  aiack,  \i\\,\ 
It  is  then  tin;  must  C(inv'eni(  nl  place  i'tir  a  sliip  to  sto)),  in  case  ol  want,  and  (or  rciiiiiis 
Wln-n  takinf"  on  lioard  wood  tor  I'ucl,  it  is  necessary  to  take  yonnij  branches  otdv,  ■,\u,\ 
even  to  let  tlioni  lloat  in  the  sea  water,  in  order  to  destroy  the  numerous  worms,  as  i|||,|f 
efitjs  are  very  dai\i;erous  on  hoard  ol' a  shi|(. 

'I'lu' coast  north  of  Santa  Catliari  .,  <  every  where  very  liiizh.  Woody  monntim, 
and  deep  valleys  arc  to  he  discovered  a  ouid.  Kroni  Santa  Catharine  to  the  HayotSin 
Francisco,  you  meet  several  small  isia  n  and  rocks,  and  the  last  are  the  small  (iam, 
Islands,  ','  miles  distant  (rom  .loao  Diaz,  i'oint,  (which  point  forms  the  eastern  extrrti]|t\ 
of  the  River  San  Krancisco.)  San  Francisco  Kiver  is  not  very  deep.  Jts  niouili  , 
turned  N.  N.  K.,  and  emptii-s  in  a  larj^e  hay,  in  which  you  may  anchor  any  where.  '|  i,,, 
shore  of  this  hay  is  tiat,  the  surronmlio!;  land  t)ot  very  high,  hnt  from  place  in  phif, 
small  hillocks  are  to  he  seen,  which  render  that  place  rennnkahle,  |)articularly  hv  th, 
chain  ofa  very  hiijli  mountain,  to  he  seen  nearly  at  ')  niih  s  in  (Ik;  interior.  Tlie  Isluii 
of  San  Sebastian  is  to  be  seen  15  miles  distant.  'I'lie  shores  are  very  hold.  The  w||, ;.. 
island  taken  tofiethor  seems  of  a  trian^ruTar  shape.  The  channel  aOords  jjood  andiMi. 
age,  but  is  not  to  be  followed  in  a  straijjht  line  from  end  to  (Mid.  I'.anks  connected  wnk 
the  main  land,  existiriff  nearly  two  tliirds  of  the  wiiole  extent,  in  the  direction  of  N.to 
S.,  iind  conse(|ncntly,  when  comins;  from  the  north,  and  starting  from  a  point  sitii;iii,| 
one  h.df  mile  from  the  Armacao.  which  is  constructed  at  the  head  of  (he  island,  it  ism. 
cessary  to  steer  (irst  live  miles  .S.  K)'^  W.,  and  from  thence  .S.  4.') '  W.,  until  vouarpuiit, 
This  route  is  nearly  H  miles,  and  tlie  depth  o('  water  from  10  to  L'O  falhoiiis.  'i'lie 
greatest  distance  between  the  ojiposite  lands,  is  nearly  ."i  miles,  hut  tw(»  thirds  nf  ilmt 
space  is  not  safe  for  navinatiiii:.  It  is  necessary  to  near  the  shore  of  San  Sebasiinn  K,. 
and,  at  no  less  distance  than  from  ten  to  twelve  hundred  yards.  The  southern  eniiiiiKt 
is  more  narrow.  The  natives  say  that  very  large  ships  may  pass  thiDiigii.  San  SpIjii?. 
tian  Harbor  is  one  of  the  safest  in  the  world,  and  offers  the  same  facilities  as  Sania 
Catharine  for  provisions  of  anv  kind. 

No.  1.  FROM  THE  NORTH  POINT  OK  ST.  CATHARTXK  TO  f'APE  SI- 
MARTHA  (iRAXI)K.»— The  land  of  the  Isle  St.  ("alharine,  and  the  iiei<;hboriin;ri,ii^ 
tinent  to  Cape  St.  .Martha  (iraiide,  is  very  liiirli  and  woody.  The  highest  nunimaiis 
perceived  from  this  island,  are  of  the  Cnbatao  chain,  covered  with  cloiids  wlicn  tin- 
winds  from  the  south  ])revail,  and  clear  in  N.  K.  win«ls.  At  sea  with  a  clear  hori/dii, 
these  coasts  can  be  easily  |)erceived  at  PJ  leagues  distance.  The  soundings  arc  tin iv 
.from  70  to  80  fathoms,  with  a  muddy  bottom.  In  approaching  the  coast,  the  soiuidiir, 
'diminish  gradually.  At  .3  leagues  distance  the  soundings  are  still  from  ."7  to  40faiiionK 
aud  20  to  .'50  at  4  miles  distance. 

The  whole  coast  is  safe.  'J'he  Emulation  coasted  if  at  .3  or  4  miles  off,  and  passed  be- 
tween the  Irmnas  Islands  and  iMole(|ues  do  Sul,  in  17  fathoms  water.  The  onlv  dnii 
gers  to  he  avoided  are  the  islands  and  islets,  whicli  can  be  perceived  ?,  lea-'ucs  oil,  ;iiiii 
round  which  there  are  lo  fathoms  water. 

The  usual  anchorages  are  at  Isle  de  CaMi|)exc,  I*oint  IMnheira  and  La  Lairun;!. 

The  two  first  form  shelters  from  southerly  winds  ;  the  third  is  only  piacticiihjc  I'lr 
small  vessels,  drawing  at  the  most  liom  7  to  H  tect  of  water,  bv  reason  ofa  bar  at  tin- en- 
trance of  the  (liagune,  near  the  borders  of  the  lake  where  the  city  of  Laguiia  is  built. 

The  Island  of  St.  Catharine  is  about  0  leagues  long,  and  its  greatest  width  ddPs  not 
(exceed  10  miles.  It  forms,  with  the  continent,  a  strait  in  which  vessels  find  excelji'iii 
.anchorages. 

The  points  to  distinguish  the  two  entranrps  into  the  strait,  arc  the  followinc  • 

THE  NORTH  ENTRANCE.— The  Island  of  Arvoredo,  which  rises  in  tlieforraui 
a  sugar-loaf  with  two  summits  (seen  at  a  distance.) 

The  Islet  Badejo,  wliich  is  in  the  form  ofa  tiller,  and  without  vegetation. 

THE  SOUTH  ENTRANCE.— Tlie  islet  of  the  (ireat  I\Io!e.|ue  do  Sul,  which  re- 
Bcmbles  a  steep  beach  when  seen  from  the  S.  K.,  and  for  lliis  reason  is  perfectly  de- 
lineated on  the  coa.st,  which  is  woody. 

The  Isle  Coral  stretching  from  north  to  south,  and  round  wlien  perceived  in  tin* 
direction.     It  is  covered  with  trees,  and  is  about  1 ',  mile  long. 

If  you  wish  to  come  to  anchor  north  of  St.  Catharine's,  where  large  ships  oii;:iit  to 
anchor,  you  must  follow  the  directions  given  by  Admiral  Roussin;  but  if  you  wish  10 
come  by  the  south  bar  to  the  city  of  Nostra  Senhora  do  Desterro,  the  capital  oftiicisl- 


*  From  the  surveys  of  Mr.  Barral,  (Commander  of  the  French  surveying  brig  thg  Emulation,) 
who  was  directed  to  continue  the  surveys  of  Baron  Roussin. 


BLUNT  a  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


5G7 


You  inny  gnvprn  your- 


;E  to  cape  ST. 


'11  perceived  in  tins 


brig  the  Emulation,) 


anil,  vnu  rnniint  do  if  with  a  vessel  drawing  over  \'.\  feel  water. 
scli'li'v  tl>"  rollowiiin  dirrctions  : 

Sti'f  r  liir  ( 'iijie  (^mlirii  ( 'ahitco,  inavint;  the  two  Rafone  Tslnnds  on  your  Inrhoard  hand, 
not  ii'isiliiii  a  iiiiii"  and  a  liidT  distant  ;  whi'ii  yi>ii  liriti'^  ilie  f<niali  Uatfuie  Island  to  hear 
(.;ist  J  iiiih'^  distant,  steer  S.  K.  nnlil  llii'  two  rocks  ol  iia|Mim^a  do  Noile  are  in  a  line 
wiiii  Cape  (Jiiehra  ('ahaeo.  Von  will  then  have  on  your  starlioard  hand  a  (hit  roek,  on 
>virKl,i,  111  1"^^  water,  tin  re  are  hut  I  or  .">  feet.  As  soon  as  yon  open  ihiH  ( a[)e  to  tho 
sdiiili  lit  the  rocks  ot' Itapilin^a  do  Norte,  steer  S.  W.  and  pnx.eed  on  this  coiirsp  nntil 
ili(-  nicks  hear  N.  N.  \V. 

Knmi  thi'iice  steer  so  as  to  pass  within  I  or  .'>  caldes'  length  east  of  the  i-fick  of  Cape 
'I'ps  llciirii|nes.  a  wooded  cape,  and  inoie  apparent  than  Cape  (^iiehra  Cahaeo.  Then 
sici'i  direct  lor  the  little  strait  of  the  city,  taking;  care  to  pass  ;i  or  |  ealdes'  lenpth  from 
tlic  islet  of  I'oint  do  Lial,  From  this  islet  you  will  enter  the  little  strait  defended  hy 
Fort  Santa  Anna  on  yonr  left,  and  hy  the  hattcry  of  San  .loao  on  your  rij,'ht.  N'ou  will 
find  there  a  hotloin  of  IJ  to  IH  fathoms,  and  you  will  perceive,  in  approaching,  the  Islet 
(ifd.ito  and  the  Islet  of  Vitihas,  situated  hefore  the  city.  Vnu  will  leave  the  fnst  on  your 
Liiliiianl,  and  cntne  to  an  anchor  in  I't  to  •,'ll  feet  of  water,  tlie  Island  of  (Jato  liearini;  hy 
roiiijiass  N.  N.  K.,  the  Islet  of  N'irdias  S.  S.  K.,  and  the  steeple  of  the  Cathedral  N.  K. 
Till'  eity  ot'  Nostra  Scnhora  do  Desterro  is  situated  in  •j?''  ,'ir)' •J.'i"  .S.  latitude,  and  iu 
IH'  ;!4'  'J"  \V.  loimitiide.  The  variation  of  tlie  needle  in  ()c tidier,  IR.'il,  was  5"^  2!)'  N.  E. 
In  coining  from  the  nortli  har  to  the  eity,  we  freipu-ntly  found  hut  7  feet  of  water, 
and  a  mnddy  liottom  ;  hut  the  mud  is  at  least .")  feet  deep,  and  a  vessel  lies  easy  ;  at  hiii;h 
water  the  passat;"'  is  made.  The  Kiniilation,  which  drew  1.'!  feet  4  inches,  was  ,1  days 
coinini,'  up  to  the  city.  She  was  dra;,'^' 1  througii  the  mud  hy  her  anchors,  when  the 
water  was  low  or  the  tide  weak. 

In  comins;  in  by  tlie  South  Bar,  you  must  have  a  fair  wind,  hish  water,  smooth  sea, 
anil  fine  weather,  without  wliich  the  currents  may  throw  you  on  Fort  Isle,  or  on  the 
Point  dos  Naufra^ados,  distant  from  each  otlier  only  -J^^d  fathoms.  The  vessel  should 
draw  less  than  ]■')  l'"('t.  The  t'ollowin^  is  the  route  to  take:  steer  on  a  line  drawn  from 
("iinil  island  to  I>'ort  Island,  towards  tiie  last  Island;  when  you  are  abreast  of  the  two 
Islands  dos  Papa£;ios,  (they  are  on  your  left,)  you  will  liave  the  three  Irinaos  Islands, 
and  the  Moleipies  do  Sul  on  your  ri'.'ht,  and  you  will  lirini;  the  Cape  to  the  N.  K.  to 
(i|)('iitlie  passai^e  ;  arrived  at  this  point,  you  will  steer  directly  in  the  middle,  until  you 
lind  yiinrself  south  id'  the  Isle  dos  t'ardos,  rciiiarkahle  by  a  single  tree,  elevated  on  the 
siiiiiiiiit.  Steer  tlien  so  as  to  pass  K.  of  the  Isle  dos  Cardos  one  or  two  cables'  length 
distant,  and  from  tlienee  continue  until  you  'ind  yourself  F.  or  W.  witli  the  south  point 
of  Kiiceadado  Hrito,  half  a  mile  distant.  Follow  tiie  coast  of  the  continent,  until  you 
come  up  to  Cape  Pes(|uciro  Fundo,  at  4  cables'  leni^th  distant.  You  will  pass  the  vil- 
lai;e  rf  b^nceadorlo  Hrito,  and  at  a  little  distance  forward,  is  a  group  of  houses  or  cabins 
forming  the  little  Village  dos  Cedros.  On  yonr  right  at  a  great  distance,  you  will  per- 
ci'ive  the  village  of  Robeirao,  situated  on  the  Island  of  St.  Catharine's,  and  almost  be- 
fore you  Isle  Largo. 

Before  arriving  to  this  last,  you  will  have  to  avoid  a  reef  of  rocks  always  under  wafer. 
You  are  on  this  reef  when  the  towers  of  the  cathedral  in  the  city  are  W.  of  the  Islo 
Largo,  and  tliose  of  Cardos  by  the  fort  of  the  soutli  bar. 

From  the  Isle  Largo  steer  N.  until  you  are  olf  the  Isle  das  Cascas,  and  then  steer  for 
the  steeples  of  the  City,  till  you  come  to  the  anchorage  indicated  between  Isles  Gata 
and  Vinhas. 

There  are  on  the  coast  of  the  Island  of  St.  Catharine,  from  Point  Rupa.  tlic  north 
extremity,  the  following  islands  and  islets: — The  North  Moleques,  the  Islet  Badejo,  (the 
outward  one,)  the  two  Aranhas  Islands,  Pavier  Island,  (of  a  middling  height  and  with- 
out trees.)  Canipexe  Island,  the  three  Irmaos  Islands,  the  South  JNIoleques,  three  largo 
white  rocks  which  touch  each  other,  (composing  the  (Jrand  iMole(|ue.)  On  the  coast 
of  the  continent,  commencing  at  the  south  bar,  are  the  t'oUowing  islands  and  islets  : — . 
Coral  Island,  S.  E.  of  Point  Piiiheira,  .\raras  Islands,  (S.  K.  of  Point  Hitiiba,)  Toco- 
romi  Islet,  (an  elevated  and  perpendicular  rock,)  S.  E.  of  Araras  Island,  Lobos  de  la 
Laguana,  (S.  VV.  of  Araras  and  Tocoromi.) 

Ill  passing  along  the  coast,  we  (ind  tlie  following  points  and  capes: — Point  Pinheira, 
Cape  tluaratuba.  Cape  Cirui,  Cape  Uvidor,  Point  Viracjucra,  Point  Bituba,  or  Embi- 
tuba,  Morro-da-Barra,  Morro-da-Fora,  Cape  Santa-Martha-Pequeno,  and  (,'ape  Santa- 
Martha-tirandc. 

At  Point  Bituba  commences  the  beach,  behind  which  is  a  lake  and  the  cities  of  Villa 
Nova,  Santa  Anna,  and  La  Laguna.  This  last  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  lake, 
;itnne  mile  from  the  bar  within,  in  latitude  28°  28' 23"  S.  and  48°  50' 17"  W.  longitude. 
This  position  has  been  determined  on  shore. 


5GS 


BLUNT  S  AMEUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


CAPP:  saint  mart  a  (}KANf)K  is  romiirkahlf  on  arcount  of  spvpral  Inr;;. 
wliilt'  rocks,  siiiiiiiol  on  lhi>  snniuiit  ol'  tlit-  ('ii|)i',  tvlncli  ni:i)  l)*>  tiikcn  at  a  (liK(;iti('(>  for  a 
nuMiht'r  oC  liouM's.  'I'lic  liititmlt-  is  art  '  .'I')'  S.,  iind  iln-  loni^itmlo  4rt  '  49'  I'J  '  \V.  Tfn- 
Viiriiilion  of  tin-  nccilli!  in  Ndvcnihi-r,  Irt.'U,  was  7  '  'JO'  N.  K. 

N).  J.  I'lJOAl  (AIM';  SANTA  .M  \  iri' \  (;i{ANI)K  To  RK)  GRAND!',  ;)f; 
SAN  I'K  DKO. — Tins  s|i;ic«'  of  lanil,  iilKuii  ')')  ir;ii:nt'H  in  cxirMl.  Iia.s  a  coast  i'\tii  mclv 
low,  liavini;,  uf  inti'ivais,  little  sand  liiils  ami  liiaiiiliN's.  'I'lic  land  can  liardlv  'iv  |„|. 
ceivcd  in  cItMr  wcitliir,  Inim  tlir  mast  head,  at  the  short  distance  of  7  or  H  mile  ,  jin.l 
tVoni  the  deck  at  .'(  miles  distance  at  the  larlhest.  It  may  lie  divided  into  three  p.  ri^. 
'J'he  first  rnns  N.  K.  and  S.  \\'.,  trne  ;  "e  « ill  cull  it  the  Meach  das  Torres.  The  ensi, 
\y  part  is  in  -in"  VJ'  4')  "  W.  lonj:iln(le,  and  the  .siiiialion  ul'  the  westernmost  part  is  m 
4«J'^.'3^'  4:/'  W.  lonsitude. 

The  second  ()art  runs  N.  I  K.  and  S.  |  W.,  true,  and  is  called  the  Reach  oC  i'Vrnnm- 
buco.     The  easterly  part  is  in  'J') '  5J'  S.  latitude,  and  4'J^  M'  l.')  "  \V.  longitude 

The  thiid  part  runs  N.  K.  and  S.  W.,  trne.  and  is  known  by  llie  name  oC  the  Ilnnrh 
of  Destretto.  The  easternmost  part  is  in  .'!1  '  12'  S.  latitude,  and  .50^  .'{')'  46  "  W.  lun- 
gitude. 

RKAC[1  O!'"  TORRKS.— Wo  will  remark  hern  that  a  chain  of  mountains,  diifurj 
about  1')  leaf;iies  from  the  sea,  stretches  aloni;  in  the  interior,  and  ends  ahiuptly  at  Tor 
re«,  '2!i  leai^nes  frr>m  ('apc.^sania  Marta  (traiide. 

This  hciich  may  he  approached  within  .'!  or  4  miles,  and  has  been  coasted,  at  tliissniill 
distance,  Dv  the  lOmiilation.  It  was  impossible  to  find  any  remarkable  points  on  ilm 
route  to  form  a  trian^ulation.  I  conlined  myself  to  fixing  the  position  of  the  vcssp|,hv 
frequent  observations,  and  from  thence  deduced  the  <;oast,  by  estimatins;  our  distance. 

We  found  .'JO  fathoms  of  water,  bottom  <d'  sand,  miiil,  and  shells,  4  miles  S.  of  ('ap« 
Saint  Marta  (Jrandp,  and  from  then(  e  to  Torres,  the  soundinjjs  <lecrease  to  .'j  fitlidini, 
ahnost  to  touching  the  sliorf?  at  this  last  place.  You  can  judsje  of  the  decrease  of  ilif 
soundiiii^s,  as  the  distance  between  the  firsl  soundings  in  'M  fathoms,  and  the  soundings 
at  •')  fathoms,  was  •,'•")  lea'.iues. 

RHACIf  OF  FIORNA.MIU'CO.— This  is  also  more  perpendicular  than  the  fiw, 
espei'ially  in  the  latitudes  of  ;!i)  and  ;il  d(>^rees.  The  Kmulation  found  40  l"athoiii'<  mi. 
ter,  with  a  bottom  of  sand,  muil,  and  shells,  4  to  o  miles  from  the  shore.  She  coasipti 
alnnsT  (or  half  a  day. 

Ill  sieeriiii;  o!f  shore  to  the  distance  of  1.')  leacjiies,  the  soundings  aucinent  progrF«- 
sively  to  ').>  fathoms,  with  u  bottom  of  muddy  sand:  at  a  ureater  distance,  no  b()tt(iiiiii 
found  with  KM)  fathoms;   at  111  leaijues  distance,  the  soumlinns  are  about  8.'!  fatlioiiis, 

RKACII  OF  DKSTRHTTO.— It  terminates  at  Rio  (irande  de  San  Pedro.  Ymi 
will  find  10  to  1.5  fathoms  in  coastinj;  alonj;,  at  the  distance  of  ;5  or  4  miles.  The  Emu- 
lation coasted  along  17  leagues  at  this  short  distance,  over  a  bottom  of  sand.  It  is  not 
higher  than  the  bent  h  of  Fernambiico,  but  there  are  hills  of  sand  and  less  vegrtiiiinn. 
Twenty  to  24  leagues  S.  K.  of  this  beach  we  find  ,3rt  and  .'!!)  fathoms  water,  botioiiioi 
mud  anri  sand,  and  in  sailing  towards  the  land,  these  soundings  gradually  decrease. 

We  will  also  remark  that  of  the  tiirei!  beaches,  that  of  Fernambuco,  the  easterninnst, 
has  more  water  towards  the  shore,  and  also  at  a  distance;  on  the  contrary,  that  of  Des- 
tretto lias  the  least. 

RIO  GRANDE  DE  SAN  PEDRO.— The  approach  to  Rio  Grande  de  San  Pcdrn, 
is  difficult  on  account  of  the  want  of  elevation  of  the  neighboring  land,  it  being  low  for 
a  distance  of  Q.'i  leagues  north,  and  40  leagues  south.  You  should  not  attempt  lliph,ir 
except  when  the  wind  is  N.  E.,  the  weather  very  fine,  and  appearing  as  though  if  wnnli 
last  several  days,  ^'ou  should  coast  along  the  beach  of  Destretto  at  a  small  (listancf, 
until  you  perceive  the  tower,  wliich  is  situated  at  tlie  north  point  of  the  bar,  two  mile* 
inside.  You  must  not,  if  possible  to  avoid  it,  get  embayed  or  wind  bound  on  ihe  souih 
side,  because  the  sea  breaks  in  the  shoal  water. 

The  bar  is  not  practicable  for  vessels  drawing  more  than  10  or  10.1  feet  in  oicliiian' 
tides. 

As  soon  as  they  perceive  from  the  tower,  a  vessel,  tliey  hoist  a  red  flag.  It  is  the  signal 
given  to  the  pilot  boats  to  go  to  the  bar  and  sound  it  out. 

The  vessel  ought,  on  lier  side,  to  show  her  draught  of  water  by  means  of  white,  red, 
and  blue  Hags,  and  a  blue  pendant. 


inml,  in  .'54'^  24' 


BLUNT'8  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


669 


I  OR\NI)K  DK 


>Palms  of  water.  Flair. 

10 Wluif. 

i(»i niiii!. 

11 K.'.l. 

,  J  W  lute. 

^'j (  I'.liir. 

S  IHn... 
^- \  Wliii.'. 


Palms  of  water,  I'l''K' 

,.,1  S  \Vhiie. 

^*i j  K.d. 

^■' j  White. 

Ill  S  IMue. 

^"^^ iUe.l. 

ij  S  Red. 

^ )  niuo. 


TliPsr  sijjnuls  arn  rppeaffd  by  the  tower ;  an<I  tlie  pilot  hoiit,  nn  perceivinn  them, 
inikiM  :» ■ni^iial,  il  thurc  is  waicr  enoiii^h  mi  thf^  Imr.  It  ihi-  li;ir  he  iiiipassiiMi',  the  tow- 
rr  i'ikt's  the  leil  (l;i:^,  and  llii-  vi-ssi'l  NhouM  siti'r  (i(l';  it'  there  he  Hiinicii  lit  water,  llio 
Ihi.u  hoi  ••<  ;•  d  i'4  ;  il  you  oii.'lit  to  stei  r  lor  it,  it  keeps  the  (lajj;  in  the  saiiii'  situation; 
if  it  hovers  it  to*  i«rd.t  the  ri^ht  you  must  keep  to  the  starboard  ;  if  it  lowers  it  tovvaid.i 
ilip  left,  you  must  kee[)  to  the  lari)oard. 

The  har  rhaiiiies  every  year,  diirina;  the  winter;  and  as  soon  as  tlie  pilots  linve  well 
iKcertaincd  the  ehaniiel,  the  iirt-sidcnt  of  the  proviiiie,  notifies  the  goveMimeiil  at  Kio 
JiMi'iro.  it  sometimes  happens,  that  it  is  iiii])ossible  to  cios<s  the  bar  lur  a  long  lime,  ut- 
icr  a  great  S.  K.  gale. 

The  j;eos;rap)iiral  position  of  tlie  tower  is  .'iQ''  07'  20"  ooiitli  latitude,  and  Ti-jo  H'  45" 
W.  lon^itude.     The  variation  of  the  needle,  in  the  month  of  November,  1~;J1,  was  8" 

No.  ^.  FROM  RIO  GRANDK  I)K  S\N  I'KDRO,  TO  CAPK  .SAINT  iSIARY. 
—In  this  part  of  the  coast  the  soundiniis  are  very  shallow  and  variable,  you  are  there- 
fire  obliijed  to  keep  olf.  The  Kmulalion,  in  \V:>  ,'{()'  [W  f>.  latitude  and  52'  1')'  Ab" 
W.  ioiii^iiude,  passed  at  onee  from  22  fathoms,  sand  and  i.iud,  to  IH  falhonis,  sand  and 
shells;  she  soon  ascertained  the  edcrps  of  a  great  hank  extending  from  the  coast  7  or  ti 
ieiimies  and  exfcndinn  to  the  ('astillos. 

The  Castillos  are  black  and  searped  rocks,  situated  at  a  very  small  distance  from  the 
ianii,  in  .14°  24'  .S.  latitude  and  5;i '  40' 4.'> '  W.  longitude.  At  the  north  is  found  nn 
iiiiiiiense  bay,  in  which  you  find  shelter  from  .S.  W.  winds,  but  you  should  quit  this  an- 
chorage as  soon  r.s  the  winds  vary  to  the  K.  and  the  N.  K. 
.South  of  the  Castillos  is  Rahia  Falsa,  of  which  we  shall  s|)eak  liereaftcr. 
Some  time  befoic  arrivine;  at  these  rocks,  if  you  coast  alonjj  the  lai.d  11  to  1?  miles  in 
roiiiiii!:  from  the  N.  the  soundiiis;s  show  11  to  12  fathoms  water,  with  a  bottom  of  sand; 
when  shells  are  mixed  with  sand,  you  are  still  on  the  (ireat  Bank,  and  you  steer  a  little 
more  to  the  larboard  ;  you  will  then  perceive  two  iiills  having  the  form  of  teats,  the  only 
ones  which  can  be  seen  to  (,'ape  .Saint  IMarv. 

.N'y.  4.  WIND.-^,  TiDHS  AND  Cl'llkKNTS.— At  the  Island  of  St,  Catharines, 
the  prevailing  winds  are  N.  F.,  N.  W.,  S.  W.,  and  S.  F.  The  winds  from  N.  \V,  bring 
fine  weather,  and  the  winds  from  .S.  F.  in  the  winter,  are  extremely  rainy. 

The  tides  are  not  regular  in  the  strait  until  the  approach  of  a  new  and  full  moon. 
The  dilVerence  between  high  and  low  water,  is  there,  scarce  above  5  feet. 

The  sea  rises  in  the  .S.  basin  from  the  .S.  to  the  N.  and  it  rises  in  the  N.  basin  from 
the  N.  to  the  S.  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  waters  meeting  from  two  sides  accumulate 
towards  the  city,  built  near  the  little  strait,  wliich  serves  as  a  limit  for  the  whole  strait, 
of  which  the  two  basins  are  composed.  It  falls  also  in  a  contrary  manner  from  which 
it  rises. 

About  the  beach  of  Rio  Orande  de  San  Pedro,  the  winds  from  tlie  S.  W.,  N.  E.,  N. 
^W.,  and  .S.  F.,  are  e(]ually  the  most  frequent,  and  those  from  ilie  S.  F  the  most  violent 
Und  dangerous.  A  vessel  surprised  by  a  sudden  s(|uall  from  this  (]uarter,  on  the  coast, 
(cannot  getaway  from  it.  By  a  wind  from  the  K.  S.  F.  the  Fmiilation,  under  top-gal- 
Slant  sails,  would  have  been  obliged  to  run  on  shore  on  the  beach  of  Torres,  if  the  wind 
ihad  lasted  several  hours  ;  the  sea  broke  in  30  fathoms  of  water,  and  the  vessel  ran  great 
[risk  of  being  dismasted  by  reason  of  the  great  shocks  that  she  ex])erienced.  During 
jthese  winds  from  the  S.  F.,  the  sea  runs  extraordinarily  high,  and  the  currents  run 
jrapidly  towards  the  shore. 

The  winds  blow  usually  from  the  S.  F.  after  having  blown  from  the  .S.  W.  These 
M  winds  do  not  usually  blow  until  after  the  N.  E.  wiiid^  have  varied  to  N.  W.  and  VV. 
IN.  W. 

RIO  DE  LA  PLATA. — The  River  Plate  is  55  leagues  wide  at  its  mouth,  and  runs 
nearly  W.  N.  W.  and  F.  S.  E.,  true.  It  is  formed  by  the  waters  of  the  Uruguay  and 
the  Parana,  two  great  rivers  which  receive  the  waters  of  an  immense  number  of  other 


M 


*  The  palm  is  !>i  English  inches. 
T4 


570 


BLUNT's  AMKRICAN  COAST  PH.OT. 


rivers,  anuirii;  ulilcli  in;iy  hv.  moiitioniMl  the  I';ir;iguay,  tin;  l'ic()liiia);i,  and  Kio  fi'rand 


de( 


iirtiha. 


'I'lie  capes  xrliirh  mark  the  fiilraiicf  arc  llii>sc  (ilSaiiil  .Maria  ami  Si.  Antony  ;    liif  fi|,,| 
is  situated  on  the  mirliiera  side,  and  the  second  i»n  llie  soiilhern. 
Tlie  cua.st  of  till'  niirtin'rii  side,  cinnpriscd  hctwi^en  Sami  .Maria  and  tlic  iiuuitli  (iltli, 


Urui; 


iinv,  i.s  ill  t,'cni'ral  lii^li 


le  coast  on  ilic  soiiilicrn  side,  coiniirised  hetweon  Cape  St.  .\ntony  and  tlic  r 


Tl 
)ftlie  I'arana,  is  on  ll 


ic  conlrary  very  1( 


)\V 


under  tlie  name  ol'  I'ampas,  are  t'oiind. 


it  is  on  this  side  those  iinmcnse  |)laiiH  |. 


■mil 


'J'lie  river  sensihly  diminislies  in  width  iVoiii  its  iiioutii  to  the  confluence  of  the  Rivru 
Urnnnay  and  I'araii.i.     It  may  he  divided  in  two  jiarts.  nearly  eijual  in  leii:;th 


Tl 


le  Inst  extends  iVom  ( "ape 


iiit  .^laria  .uid  Saint  ,\iiliiiiv  on  the  iiortli,  to  the  |{ 


of  Santa  Lucia,  and  to  the  south  lo  Point  das  I'ledras  dc  San  liorromhoii  *  tlie  wati  i  i 
the  river  is  there  iirackish.  Tiie  second  part  extends  Vom  these  last  points  to  the  rui.. 
fliience  of  the  l'riii,'iiay  and  the  Parana;  the  water  is  here  i;enerally  sweet. 


The  demh  id'tl 


ater  in  tlio   Kiver  Plate  increases  in  i:oin^  (Vom  this  coiiflin 


the  • 

ofsol't  saiiil-stiinc.  to  the  meridian  of  .Monte  \'ideo  ;    Irom   this  place  it  is  ofon/v 


and  the  lioltoni  hctween  the  liaiiLs  is  generally  composed  of  miid,  and  lie.piri 


sand  only,  sainl  and  shells,  and  sand  and   gravel,  as  I'ar  as  ("ape  St.  .Vnthony,  e\ce| 
wards  the  north  side,  and  towards  Hnsenada-de-San-l5orniinlion,  where  it  is  for 


ll  III 


iiu'd  (i| 


mud.  The  south  side,  from  near  the  I\iv<'r  .Salado  to  near  thi'  liorders  tiir-  Knsenad.ni 
Barraixan  has  a  horder  of  sol'i  sand-stone  two  to  tliriM!  leagues  wide,  on  which  it  isvirv 
shallow. 

Wo  may  consider  the  hodom  of  sand,  sand  and  sliells,  and  sand  and  fjravel,  sitnaihl 
enst  of  the  ineri<lian  of  .Mcmte  Video,  as  forininc;  an  innnenso  bank,  the  highest  paitni 
which  is  known  liy  the  name  of  the  Kn^lish  Uank. 

The  hottom  of  hard  sand  found  west  of  the  same  meridian,  forms  sundry  banks,  oc 
which  the  <le|)th  of  water  is  from  one  '.o  one  and  a  halt  talhoiiis  at  the  most. 

Three  cities  are  hnilf  on  the  north  ii  ink  ;  the  lirst,  alter  Icavin.^  Cape  St.  iMary.  isMv 
donado,  the  second,  Monte  Video,  and  the  third  the  colony  of  San  .Sacramento:  ilin 
belong  to  t'..e   Ri'puhlic,  of  l?aiida  Orient, il  <>{'  rnn.'uay.  the  chief  of  which  i.«  .Mdiii- 


Vid 


Kleo ; 


rom 


.Monte  \'ideo  to  the  colonv  o("  I'm 'uav  is  I'  leairues. 


r :  I! !( 


The  city  of  IJueiios  .\yrcs  is  the  only  one  situated  on  tile  south  sid(>  of  the  rive 
the  chief  city  of  the  I'liited  Provinces  of  La  IMata  ;  the  distance  to  Parana  is 'i  lea:;ii(<, 

From  Ca|)e  St.  Maria  to  Maldonado,  is  (>  leagues;  from  Maldonado  to  Monte  \'iilei). 
21  leagues  ;  and  from  this  last  .ity  to  Colonia,  'i8  leagues;  tlio  distance  from  Cape  Sin; 
Maria  to  the  I'ruL'iiav  is  tl 


111.- 


.1  leairues. 


From  (,'ape  St.  Anthony  to  IJiieiios  Ayres.  is  I.'i  leagues,  and  from  llience  to  V;\niv. 
60  leagues  ;  the  south  side  of  the  river  is  thus  -J.')  leagues  less  in  extent  than  the  north  miIi 

On  the  north  side  there  are  many  islands,  and  a  iini'.iber  of  rocks,  above  and  iiihIh 
water:  there  are  no  \e  on  tin'  opposite  side  as  far  as  Hiienos  Ay  res. f  These  islam!- n' 
Ijohos,  ri  miles  S.  S.  H.  ol'  .Maldonado,  (iorili,  in  the  Hay  o(  Maldonado  {''lores,  1.  ■ 
Monte  Video,  l.')mil(  ■;  ,*^aii  (iahriel,  Karallon,  l,,op('/,  liefore  Cidonia  and  lloriiu-.  , 
and  ()  miles  west  ol'  this  city.     The  rocks  are  all  a  short  distance  from  the  shore. 

No.  ri.  li.VNlvS. — The  (irst  wc  meet  witli  comiiiL;  from  the  sea,  is  the  Knglisli  nmil, 
which  breaks  in  .').')'  1 1'  S.  latitude,  and  .O.j^  .51'  4.3  "  W.  longitude  ;  it  is  11  miles  soiiihn! 
the  Island  of  Klores. 

The  second  is  Archimedes  r.ank,  on  whicli  :m  Knglisli  frigate  of  this  name  toiiriF; 
It  is  very  small,  and  is  situated  S.  |  K.  (true)  from  .Monte  \'ideo,  at  I')  miles  distance. 

The  third  is  New  i?ank,  formed  within  a  few  years,  very  probably  by  the  sand  ilriti' 
frotn  the  little  bank  of  Orti/,.      It  is  situated  on  the  southern  side  of  the  river. i 

The  fourth  and  the  largest  of  the  whole  is  the  ( )rli/. ;  its  eastern  extremity  is  only  hnlf?  I 
mile  wide,  and  is  north  of  .New  I'ank  :  i.'s  western  extremity  stretches  to  within  a  veiy  slicrt 
distance  of  (Jolonia  ;  it  is  nearer  the  noiih  »han  the  south  side  of  the  river.     Its  grcaiesi 
width  is  11  to  12  miles. 


»  The  Point  das  Picrlrns  de  .Snn  Borronilmn  forms  wiili  <  'iijie  St.  Anioiiy  n  prent  Imy,  cnllpiiiiiM 
Ensenada  of  San  Horioiiibon,  in  which  two  smajl  rivers  (li.sciiarsri'  tln'iiisclvrs,  the  .'■^nii  llorrmnl' » 
and  the  Salndo:  this  last  is  the  Inrjiest,  and  diuiiii,'' the  war  lielwciMi  Miieiios  .\yics  aii'l  Mrazil,  >r!i'!  | 
as  a  refuse  to  a  prent  niiinlier  of  jirivnt'  eis  ;  it  is  dilliruli  to  disrovi>r  its  inoiiiji ;  tlic  rojlowincli'™- 
ever  serves  as  an  iiuliciition  of  ii.     The  sniilli  Bi<le  is  covered  with  hushes  which  leriiiiimie  ni !«' 
brick  towers  used  formerly  lis  liiiie  kilns  ;  and  a*  the  N.  part  of  the  entraiicc  are  two  luniks  nf  snii:)  | 
land,  on  which  two  haitcries  arc  huilt. 

tThe  islands  sitiinled  at  the  Point  of  Sanlineo  of  I'nsrnnda  hring  very  small  we  do  not  nicnMii 

J  The  American  Corvette  Vandaha  touched  on  this  new  bank. 


,);i,  and  Kio  Cirande 

it.  Aiitdiiy  ;  «h(!  first 

ml  till-  iiumtli  (il  the 

)l()iiy  ;ui(l  tlu'  I  ,  .,iili 
miiiiisc  plains  Uiidwi 

(liKMici:  ol'  tlu?  RivoK 
I  in  l«'n:itli. 

ic  iinrtti.  In  llic  lVi\nr 
•imilioii  *  tilt"  watii  .,| 
1st  points  to  the  riii;. 
ly  sUt'Ot. 

iin  this  roi)(Uu'nrpin 
I"  mini,  and  In-ipiciiilv 
ICC  it  is  of  oo/y  ^;lll(!, 
.  Anthony,  csccpi  in. 
whi'if  it  is  l\)iiiii(l  i; 
dors  the  KnsrMiadiiii" 
c,  (Ml  which  it  is  vrry 

id  and  gravel,  sitiiiitn| 
ik,  the  liii^hi'st  paiini 

iiiis  snn(h'v  banks.  (,i; 
[  tlir  most. 
Cape  St.  iMary.  isM  ' 
"^an  Sacranifiito ;  tiit\ 
iot'  of  which  is  Monif 
s. 

sidf  of  the  rivpr;  iii< 
to  Parana  is  •'>  ic;i!;i;(v 

ia(h)  to  Monlc  \  iili  i. 

ante  iVuin  Cape  Snin; 

)m  thoncc  to  I'mni'. 

Ill  llian  the  ikmiIimiI' 
lis,  ahovc   and  iifi'l" 
■f      '■JMit'sc  islaiiil>  .If 
Idoiiado  Flori's.  I,   ' 
'olonia  and  Umiiov 

(Voni  tlif  shore, 
is  the  Knsilisli  I!;iii'k, 
it  is  11  iiiik's  sDUili"! 

of  this  name  tourhoi 
at  1')  niilos  distaiicr. 
)|y  hy  the  sand  dnlV: 
iftlic  river. i 
nxtreniiiy  is  only  h;ilM 
>s  to  within  a  very  slioi 
the  river.     It.s  grcaWi  1 


nv  n  grcnt  bnv,  cnlWiM 
•Ives,  the  Snn  l?orritinl'"ii  | 
Avi-es  and  Urazil.  ■"""■^ 
loulh;  Ilie  tullowin^li™- 
■s  wliieii  lerininni'.'  at  i'' 
■c  nrc  two  bunks  111  ff>"' ll 

small  wG  do  not  mcn'i;.. 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


571 


The  lil'th  is  ihe  Thico  Dank,  a  daii'jprons  hank,  hy  reason  of  the  irrpgnlavity  of  the 


souiiilinu^  on  the  eni; 


lie  si 


xth  and  hevenlli  are  llie  I'.aii 


It  is  plaeeil  lietween  liie  Ortiz  liank  and  the  south  side. 


ol   .Saiitiauo 


mil  of  i^ara,  and  the  eii^htli,  ninth 


,iii( 


lentil,  ihosi-  of  ("nidad.  < 'aincroncs,  and  the  i'alnias,  all  situated  on  the  same  side, 


«'\cepi  the  i'ahiias,  wliiili  is  heiwei-n  the  eonlhi' iiec  of  the  rriinuay  and  Parana, 


on 


thti 


\\:\\  Ironi 


linenos  Avrcs  to  ("ohinia. 


jn  uoin^  to  iMaldonado,   tin 


hank  to  fear,  hiit  in  ;;oiiii;  to   Monte  \'idc(),  yoi 


St  avoid  I']n!:lish  and  Architniiles  Hank:  in  j^oin<;  to  Hiienos  .\yres  yon  have  to  pass 
r<     all  the  hanks.      Vessels  do  not  <:enrrally  lake  a  pilot  in  going  to  Monte  Video,  hut  tlicy 


nnelv  (im 


it  to  talic  one  in  piin;i  to  Hiienos  Avre- 


The  pilots  «  ho  conduct  M'ssels  lo  Miienos  Avres,  live  at  .'vlonte  \'ideo  or  Point  Tndio. 


1  liev  Keep  nniler  sail,  or  at  anclior  near  tlie  coast  in  srliooners  or  curers. 

The  i50veriiinenl  of  the  I'nited  Prininces  of  La  Plata,  caused  to  he  placed  s.-veral 
veais  since,  Inr.'ie  bm)ys  nn  the  edj^es  of  most  of  the  Hanks,  Iml  had  weather  and  the 
slrniiL'  enrrnils  have  caused  iheiu  to  disapjiear.  The  aoveinmout  of  Mont(>  \'iile  i,  jiave 
creeled  a  lo.ver  with  a  i.'ood  li::iil.  on  the  Isle  of  l'"loies,  <devated  ahout  I'JO  (eel  above 
the  lc\e!  of  the  sea :  il  can  he  perceived  in  the  iiii^hl  at  l.j  or  10  miles  distamre,  and  serves 
III  avoid  the  f'ti^lish  and  Arcliiimdes  I'anks. 


.\i 


WINDS,  Tli)i:s  ANI)(  riniKNTS.— Al  the  enlrance  of  the  river,  ;ind  at 


iMontc  Video,  the  prevailiii<;;  \\iiids  r.re  the  N.  E.  and  8.  W 
At  I'uenos  Avres  and  at  ("olonia.  thev  are  N.,   N.  W.,   S 


!•: 


aiK 


I  S.  W 


I) 


nniii;  snn 


liner,  and  in  line  weather,  ll 


e  w  11 


ids  blow  ill  the  w  lude  river,  with  conside- 


riilile  rei;iilariiy,  Iroiii  the  K.  to  the  S.  K.  from  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning,  until  sunset. 
Ill  the  ni^lit  the  winds  varv  to  tlie  north. 


Tl 


le  winds  Iron 


s.  \v 


am 


I  s.  s.  w 


illOW 


n  alioiif  the  I'ivei  Plate,  hv  the  name 


ot'lliP  Pamperos,  from  the  Pam|)os  from  which  thev  coiiii'. 

The   Pain])ero  lii^hls  iin  the  sky,  ihe  same  as  the  N.  W.  winds  in  Provence,  and  tlie 
N.  K.  (in  the  coasts  of  Hrilanv  ;  it  blows  nsnallv  afier  rain,  (u-  when  the  wind  has  varied 


lioiii  the  N.  to  the  ,\.  W.  ai.i 

dav.    OflenliniPs  ii  comes  nH  at  once  with  a  stroi 


1  lo  W.  .\.  \V.  and  in  summer  after  a  calm  and  very   liot 
iL'  wind   from  the  N.  K.  when  the  skv 


is  covered  with  clouds  ;  the  explosimi  is  then  sudden  anil   veiv  dangerous;  and  it  is  best 


lor  vessids  in  till*   P.iver  Plate,  or  the  cnira 


lo  ijet  under  easy  s 


lil.  as 


soon  as  there 


are  in 


y  indications  of  a  Pampero.*     The  barometer  falls  previ(Uis  to  tlie  i  .;.npcro  and 


rises  afterwards. 


As  il 


rains  ofiener  in  winter  than  in  summer,  this  wind  is  more  frP(|UPnlIy  in  iIip  win 


tcr,  anil  lasts  each  lime  from  two  to  three  ilavs. 


n  siinimer 


b 


ilows  with  more  vio 


lence 


•,ni;i  ceases  sooner:  il  is  then  called  in  the  eminlry  tln'  Turbonado  CTormeiif.) 

When  the  weather  is  fair,  and  the  wind  lii;ht  and  constant,  the  lidos  on  this  poast  are 
ri'iula'-;  on  the  contrary,  in  bad  weather  and  strnnir  winds,  the  tides  are  irregular,  and 
IbviM  cnrrents  which  oftentimes  inn  from   I  to  5  miles  per  liour.t 


At  I'neiios  Avres  the  sea  is  lii;rli  with   tl 


10     Willi 


Is  t'roiii   the  .S.  K.  and  low  with  the 


viiiils  N.  W 


S.  W.     At  iMonie  \'ideo  and  the  remainder  of  iIk;  northern  side,  the 


liver  rises  with  the  winds  from  the  S.  !•'.  and  S.  W.  and  falls  with  those  from  the  north. 
The  ilitforenee  between  hi^h  and  'ow  water  on  the  borders  of  the  river,  rartdv  exceeds  4 
or .')  feet  ;  bill  in  siro,/)^  <.'al(>s  from  the  S.  W.  thev  sonietiiiips  rise  10  feet. 

Ill  the  moiiihs  of  .March,  April,  and  a  jiarl  of  Mav.  the  l!iver  Plate  is  higher  than  in 
the  other  months  of  the  year,  opcasioned  by  the  rivers  Parana  and!  ■rn!:uay.  It  then 
liriiiiTsdowii  trees  and  shrubs,  whicli  form  littb^  islands  of  verdure  suflicieiiily  romarkahle. 
This  is  the  epoch  of  the  finest  spasoii  in  this  iiupresling  part  of  South  .Xmoripa,  of  mode- 


rate liiee/.es  and  a  mean  temperaluro. 


n 


iiriii 


'^  the  spring,  summer  and  winter,  the  winds 


are  very  slroni;.  and  the  tompeiatiire  of  ihe  atmosphere  very  variablo 

No.  H.  .\N('II(  )l\  A(i  KS. — Wherever  tli(>  lead  shows  mud.  yon  ean  anchor,  having 

pare  however  to  anchor  far  enou'zh  from  the  banks,  not  to  be  driven  on  them. 
With  the  winds  from  the  S.  the  anchorages  on  the  south  side  are  best,  with  the  winds 

Iroiii  the  N.  the  opjiosito  side  is  iirefeialde. 
r  arge  vessels  and  frigates  may  go  up  to  ATonto  Video  ;  vps-els  drawing  less  than  17 


fepi 


'PI,  may  go  tip  to  Muoiios  .\yres  and  the  Ifiniios  Islands. 
The  anchorages  which  s'k  Iter  f'om  tlie  N.  W.,  N.  i;..  1'.,  and  S.  V..  are  Maldona- 


•  The  Hiunlaiion,  in  the  niirbf  ol  die  lil  si  of  Aiiu'iisi,  i'-'HH, !',")  Icnirnes  oiri'roin  Lulms  Islnmi,  un- 
der (oresiiil  ami  tiipsails,  was  sorprlscil  by  ii  Painperi).  wbicli  in  two  miniitps  cnrried  nwnv  the  top- 
sails mill  forced  Iinr  lo  scud  under  bare  poles  ;  n  brig  was  upset  in  ilie  river  nnd  nn  euorni'iis  whale 
ciiRliiii  siiore. 

t  At  the  iM'ginninfrof  Mareli.  18!M,  the  Einidntion  explored  the  soiitli  side  ;  she  could  not  Btem  the 
ciirrrnt  from  the  i\^  W.  in  sitdit  of  Point  ilus  ririlras.(b  .San.Borroinboii,  nlthoueh  she  had  a  fair 
wind  and  all  cail  set,  and  a  ii.ur  knot  breeze,  bltu  v\  us  ubhged  to  come  lo  anchor  twice. 


tl; 
PI 

m 


572 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


do,  Monte  Video  and  Homos.     Those  which  give  slielter  from  S.  W.  winds,  are  Knsf. 
nada  de  J'arag.nn  and  Jhu-nos  Ayres. 

Small  vessels  may  anchor  at  ("ape  St.  Mary,  at  tlie  entrance  of  the  TTiver  Santa  Ln. 
cia  and  at  (.'ujonia  on  the  north  side;  at  Ilio  Salado  within  Knsenada  de  iianigan  aiidai 
Riachnelo  near  IJuenos  Ayres  on  the  south  siile. 

You  can  come  to  anchor  at  iMaldonado  in  (>  to  H  falhouis  of  water;  at  iMonte  Video, 
in  the  road  in  5  to  6  laiiioms,  in  the  port  in  3  to  3.) ;  at  the  Ifornos  Islands  in  3',  104; 
fathoms  :  in  the  road  of  Eiisenada  de  B.iraean  in  about  5  fathoms  ;  at  Huenos  Ajres  in 
the  road  in  3\  to  4\  fatiioms  ;  and  near  the  city  in  2  to  3  fathoms. 

In  the  anchorages  on  tlie  north  side,  you  should  moor  for  the  S.  W.  winds  ;  in  the 
others  for  the  S.  E.  winds. 

Of  all  these  jjoris  and  roads,  the  best  holding  ground  is  at  Maldonado.  It  is  nuiclifd. 
vered  with  sand.  In  the  other  places  the  bottom  is  of  soft  n  .'d,  through  which  tlic  n. 
chors  dra;,'  in  sudden  (laws  of  wind.  During  the  I'amperos,  the  Ilcmos  Islaiitis  i.n , 
an  exceilijut  anchorage,  because  the  sea  is  broken  olf  l)y  the  I'alnias  JJank.  'i'his  Ik 
ancliorage  was  not  known  when  the  Emulation  was  there  in  Sp()ienibcr.  1H30. 

No.  <J.  DEPTH  OF  THE  Rl\  ER  AT  THE  ENTRANCE  AND  OFE  Tilf, 
MOUTH. — When  in  the  parallel  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  and  in  the  longitude  of  5J^  h  4' 
which  is  that  of  Kio  (irande  de  San  Pedro,  the  soundiniis  at  l)ie  distance  of  33  \i':\zi.,. 
from  the  cape  aic  ')()  f.ithoms,  mud;  at  'J5  leacues  the  bottom  is  sand  or  iiiiid  iiiiM.i 
with  shells,  and  show  40  to  "JH  fathoms  only.  In  going  towards  the  cape,  the  kouihIi;,., 
decrease  irregularly. 

On  the  parallel  of  Castillos,  at  33  leagues  di>tance,  the  depth  of  the  water  is  of  fa- 
thoms, and  the  prevailing  quality  of  the  bottom  is  sandy. 

In  sailinL'  on  parallels  farther  south  than  Cape  St.  Mary,  you  will  find  less  uatprin 
the  sam :'  longitude,  and  the  depth  diminishes  more  regularly.  At  15  leagues  fromt't|)' 
St.  Antonio,  the  de|)th  is  17  fathoms,  bottom  of  sand.  At  28  leagues  S.  E.  from  lir 
same  cape,  you  will  have  4.3  fathoms,  same  quality  of  bottom.  North  of  the  cape,  and; 
leagues  from  the  land,  you  will  have  7  to  H  fathoms  water. 

If  you  shai)e  your  course  for  the  English  iJank,  that  is  to  say,  in  the  parallel  nt  ,"y 
ir  S.,  you  will  fmd  (>  to  7  fathoms,  and  a  sandy  bottom,  .3  leagues  before  arriving  ilure 
You  are  then  nearly  in  55'^  3'J'  45"  longitude. 

On  the  parallel  of  35'  30',  when  you  read)  the  longitude  of  50°  39'  45"  W.,  tiie  Ui- 
torn  is  of  line  sand,  and  the  depth  H  fathoms.  On  the  parallel  of  35°  35',  and  tuiLc 
parallel  of  Cape  St.  Antonio,  the  bottom  is  sand  mixed  witli  shells  and  gravel. 

In  the  latitude  ol  35°  20'  S.,  when  you  have  passed  the  longitude  of  the  English  Bant, 
the  soundings  do  not  reach  above  8  fithoms  ;  on  the  parallel  of  3f)°  it  reaches  to  11  au 
12  fathoms;  west  of  the  bank,  on  the  same  parallel,  there  are  5  and  (>  fathoms  (inly. 

At  20  leagues  distance  from  the  entrance  to  the  river,  the  water  loses  its  bint:  (ulir 
and  becomes  green,  tinged  with  yellow. 

In  coasting  along  the  nortli  side,  in  sijlit  or  near  the  land,  you  will  have  mud  s.(iiini;- 
ings;  running  on  a  parallel  greater  than  that  of  Lobos  Island,  you  have  no  sdiiiiiiiii:^ 
of  mud  except  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  meridian  of  this  island  ;  at  two  miles  ,Miuti;  | 
you  have  10  and  17  fathoms  of  water;  and  at  (1  miles,  2.3  and  24  fathoms,  n)U(l  Ikiikmi. 
In  going  from  Lobos  to  Monte  Video,  the  dejjths  diininish  grndually,  but  inei^iiliuK 
In  the  passages  ("ornu'<l  by  the  hard  sand  banks,  situati'd  between  Alonte  X'idto  aii 
Buenos  Avres,  there  ;ire  from  '.i\in  5';  fathoms  of  wafer. 

No.  10.' POINTS  TO  KECOtiNIZE  IN  .M.\K1N(;  THE  LAND.— Tlieie  art 
tliree.  Cape  St.  Marv,  Lobos  Island,  and  Cape  St.  Antonio. 

CAPE  ST.  ,^I  ARV.— Its  position  determined  on  shore,  is  found  to  be  34^^  3')'  1'  S 
lat.,  and  54°  ')'  45"  \V.  lonciiude.  The  variation  of  the  needle,  in  the  month  of  l'ol> 
ruarv,  lH;n,  was  10°  7'  N.  E. 

Alllidimh  of  but  little  tdevation,  the  cape  is  distinauished  by  the  nei^ihborliond  oliifo 
little  islands  named  'J'mia  and  Palonna,  distant  from  each  other  otdy  2()()  feel,  liif 
separation  forms  a  passage  for  small  vessels  drawing  less  than  10  feet  water,  and  is  ilif 
entrance  of  a  bay  which  is  sheltered  by  the  cape  and  the  two  islands.  You  find  there 
from  11  to  1'.'  feet  of  water.      It  ^^ill  contain  peihaps  7  or  H  vessels. 

The  Llaiid  of  Tuna,  the  smallest  and  the  nearest  to  the  ca|)e,  is  covered  with  the  cac- 
tus, wliich  is  peculiar  to  a  sandy  coast,  ^'ou  wilr  remark  also  iti  comiiii:  from  IVoiiimx 
a  hirge  sand  hill  with  a  double  |)eak,  S.  M'.  of  the  cape,  near  a  very  (lat  bearli.  Al  llif 
north,  on  a  hill,  is  sen  an  establishinent  consistini;  of  a  i:nmp  of  houses  called  an  I- 
tancia,  for  laising  «'attle.  Nearto  these  houses  are  many  trees,  and  all  about  llieni  iiiiny 
enclosures. 

The  coast  to  tlie  nortli  forms  a  larire  bay,  1 1  miles  in  CNteiit,  with  a  point  sminniHl''il 
by  the  Palniarone  and  Castillos  Isl  inds.  The  island  of  I'almarone,  the  nearest  tu  the 
point,  iti  verdant :  the  Castillos  are  barren.     Otherwise,  this  resemblance  to  Cape  !Jt. 


■*iiM^K..:. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


573 


W.  winds,  are  Ens?. 

lie  ITivpr  Sant;i  Ln- 
la  de  Hariigaii  aiidai 

er;  at  Monte  Video, 

)8  Islands  in  .'}'  id  41 

at  IJucnos  Ayres  i;; 

S.  \V.  winds  ;  in  ih? 


of  the  water  is  ot  iV 

will  find  Irs.s  Matpr;n 
15  leat;ues  fromC'i)- 
lyups  S.  K.  iVdiii  il/ 
)rth  of  the  capt,  and; 

in  tlio  parallel  (il':i; 
;  before  arrivinj;  llure. 


and  iiravel. 
of  the  Knslisli  Hack, 
it  reaches  to  11  ai.c 
(1  (1  fathoms  (inly. 
loses  its  bluu  (iilit 

will  have  iniid  '■(ninii- 
u  have  no  s(niiiiiiii;i 
It  two  inilt's  siiii'i. 
iilioiiis,  nnid  liiiiKiii. 
dly,  but  irreyiilail) 
n  Clonic   Video  au 

I. AND.— There  at* 

id  tobenr  ;i')'  1  ^. 
n  the  month  of  Fcl- 

nei};liborhond  oi'w 
only  'J(i(l  feet.    The 
Tect  'water,  and  is  i!:f 
Ids.      Vuu  find  lliere 

•overed  with  the  cac- 

1 1  mini:  iVoni  front  s(  a, 

!at  beach.     At  ll>e 

Ihonses  called  an  K>- 

'all  about  themmuny 

I)  a  point  snrrniimlfii 
le.  the  nearest  to  llie 
liblance  tu  Cape  5ft. 


Marv  has  caused  soinefimes  one  to  be  taken  for  the  other,  ami  has  caused  many  ship- 


wrecks. 


It  has  been  named,  for  this  reason.  False  I'av. 


At  two  miles  east  of  the  ('astilbis,  are  Inniid  Id  lathoms  of  water,  bottom  of  sand. 
From  tliese  islands  to  ('a|)e  .St.  Mary,  at  the  same  distance,  are  found  ]  1  to  14  fathoms, 
same  kind  of  bottom.  At  the  east  of  the  cape,  11  latlionis.  a  bottom  of  sand,  or  sand 
and  i;ravel ;  S.  at .'{  miles  distance,  -JO  lathoms,  sand  ;  and  S.  \V.,  I'rom  1h  to  ii'J  fathoms^ 
bottDin  of  mini. 

ISLKOK  I.OiU).^.— It  is  situated  in  .'!.■)    O'.JV  .'^.  lat iH  in  .')!'   ',i'  15"  W.  lonp., 

and  is  oidy  a  niile  in  extent.      It  can  be  seen  15  to  lb  iiubs  oil.      It  is  inliabited  bv  a 

C>' 
avo 


en(  number  of  seals,  fiimi  whuh  it  takes  its   name.     'J'he  eastern   pait   outiht  to  be 
idi'd,  by  reason  of  a  chain  of  reefs  which  extends  ;j  miles  oil'. 

'i'liis  island  is  without  ve;:etatioii.     liaise  vessels  pass  easily  in  the  strait  between  it 
and  the  m.iin  land,  and  find  there  17  fathoms  of  water. 
Its  ])(isition  has  been  deieruiincd  fnuii  the  sea  and  the  island  of  (ioriti  by  trianguhi- 


tiun. 


The  variation  of  the  needle  is  the  same  as  at  Cape  St.  ^Alary. 


CAl'K  8T.  A.NT()M(). — We  coiTiprehend  under  this  name  a  hujie  collection  of 
little  mountains,  or  hills  composed  of  sand,  which  siretc  li  to  the  E.  and  S.,  and  which 
are  terminated  in  tbe  west  by  a  low  coast  covered  with  biisbes. 

Its  position,  deieiiuincfl  at  the  anehoraue,  is  in  .Ib"^   ]•)'  .3b"  S.  lat.,  .Ob"  47'  15"  W, 


DIIJ. 


The  variation  of  the  needl(>  was  in  the 


inon 


th  of  December,  1h;!1,  l.r-  .^O'  N.  E 


The  point  determined  is  that  where  the  se|)aralion  takes  plact;  between  the  .«and  liills  and 
the  low  verdant  coast. 

This  cape  is  surrounded  by  a  bank  of  sand  which  breaks  oftentimes  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  land,  extendiui:  N.  and  E.,  and  ou-rht  to  be  I'arefnlly  avoided. 

No.  11.  NAV'.OA'J'ION  AT  THE  EN'J'KANCE  AND  IN  THE  RIVER 
rL.\TK, — The  description  that  we  have  ijiven  of  this  river,  naturally  indicates  tiie  pre- 
cantions  necessary  to  take  to  ascertain  the  points  of  the  entrance.  \\'e  think  it  jirefera- 
blet(»  make  tlie  north  side,  as  the  land  is  the  highest. 

.^ome  n  viijators  pretemi  that  they  can  always  jud};e  of  their  situation,  out  of  si^;hl  of 
land,  by  the  depth  of  water  and  the  cpiality  of  the  s(iiin(!ins;s. 

We  do  not  partake  of  their  security  in  this  respect,  because  in  exploring  the  south 
coast  of  iJra/.il,  in  l.'S.il,  we  Imind  s()iin(lin!:s  on  all  the  coast,  nearly  of  the  same  depth 
and  quality  as  towards  the  entrance  of  the  river.  J{esides  the  (Ireat  Rank,  whose  posi- 
tion we  have  determined  between  the  Rio  (irande  de  San  I'edrn  and  the  (,'astillos,  luis 
the  same  sort  of  soundings  we  meet  with  west  of  ('ape  St.  Mary,  and  causes  by  this  re- 
;Seail)laiice  numerous  errors. 


\\'> 


e  advise  mariners  hoi 


iiid  In  the  Fvivcr  I'l.ite.  to  be  well  assured  of  their  position  by 
frpi|iient  observations  of  latitude  and  loniiitiKle,  and  to  lake  them  with  the  greatest  jire- 
caiition.  as  the  currents  may  dec<>ive  them  between  tlie  liours  of  observation. 
If  the  winds  are  well  established  from  the  N    E.,  makinsi  the  land  about  Cape  Mary 


lias  ill 


lis  advanlaiie 


that 


von  ( 


an  rec(n;iii/.e  a  lari;er  exteni  of  land  before  eiiterint:  the  ri- 


ver. lUit  ill  all  other  circumstances  Lolins  Isbmil  has  this  a(lvanta<;e,  that  it  offers  more 
fliancs  of  success,  by  the  position  of  tin,'  island,  to  aMiid  beiny  wind-'ound  on  the  noith 
coast,  and  to  beat  up  with  creater  advantaiie.     Makinj^  the  land  at  Cape  St.  Antonio, 


should  be  considered  th 


St  diir 


icnlt  and  (lansieroiis. 


No.  IJ.  CoriJSE   To   MONTE    VI  DKO.— I'.einirsnuth  of  Eobos  Island,  at  2  or  3 


null's  distance,  ilie  direct   course  for  {"lores  Jsland   is 


W.  7^  N.,  t 


rue,  or 


W.  J  S.  bv 


compass.      Rut  we  know   the    River    Plate   is  subject  to  very  variable  currents;  and 
you  sliould  steer  in  such  a  manner  as  to  a|)proach  the  north  border  of  tiie  river,  rather 

jthaii  the  s.-mth  side,  on  accmint  of  the  En'ilish  15  ink.      ^  on  will  perceive  in  ^dod  sea- 

Ison  tlie  Tower  of  .Maldoiiado,  and  the  elev.ited  land   to   the  east.      In  sailing,'  aloni:  at  a 

Idist 

Inf  which,  to  the  riiiht  and  the  b'fi.  are  sand  bcaclu 


nice  of  5  or  (>  miles,  you  will  distinmiish  a  point  formed  of  bla(  k  rocks,  on  both  sides 

This   is  RIack    Point,  or  Point 

s  on 


jNcjijro,  situated  14  miles  from    Maldonado,  near  a  vast  sandy  liiiy.     The  lii<;li  land 
jthe  city  side  are  remarkable  for  a  meat  while  band,  which  sliows  itself  on  both  siiles  of 
)!\Vliale  Point." 

When  Point  Neijro  bears  N.  (i  miles  distant,  the  Island  of  Flores  bears  W.  7''  N., 
true.     'Plie  Island  of  Eobos  is  then  on  the  same  bearim:  about  .'i7  miles  distant,  and  tiio 


f^eouiidi 


iiijsare  from  Ki  In  14  lathoms,  with  a  ninddv  botio 


The  land  N.   of  Point  Neixr 

l^alnnj; 


!Xro  makes  a  deep  iicinl 


am 


1    1 


m. 

lecomes  lower. 


In   stf 


^riiiEf 


hit., 


n  si^ht  of  land,  vou  can  distiiiL'uish  the  hills  of  Alilar,  situated  in  ;i4    47'  15"  S, 


and 


65°  31'  8"  W.  long.    When  tliey  bear  by  eoinpass  N.  by  W.,  and  the  nearest  hill 


*  Whale  Point  is  the  wr«!t  extremity  of  the  bnv  of  Mnhlonndo,     It  is  verv  ncnr  the  fame  pni-nllel 
^01  the  tower  of  the  city,  alihoui,h  the  fc^panish  and  Kii^Hisli  churls  place  it  W.  S.  W.  of  the  tower. 


574 


blunt's  amkrican  coas'^  pilot. 


b  'iii-s  K.  \')^  X.,  ymi  ;iro  llicn  27  miles  dislniit  from  Flon-s.  TIio  souih1Iii!,'s  iirc  il,,,,, 
l,'  t(t  l;;  liiilioms,  Ixittoiii  (iC  11111(1,  :ui(l  slill  on  the  simif  rliiiinl)  witli  holxiy.  'I'lic  1||||< 
of  Aliliir  iiir  isoliilcd,  ;\ii<l  rcscmlilf  two  (cuts. 

Ill  niuiiiii;:  W.  .',  S.  hy  cominiss,  von  liiivc  to  run  only  I 'J  to  111  iiiili-s  to  pctccivc  I'lun, 
iiiiist-lnMil  till'  tower  hiiilt  on  h'lores.  This  isliiml  iit  iir.st  reseniMes  three  ishmd.s,  the,) 
the  lower  |);irt  yriidnnlly  shows  itseIC,  nnd  ;il  llie  distiincp  oir>  miles,  if  the  sea  is  low.  i.l,,, 
wliide  islniid  is  .seen.  Jl' the  sea  is  lii^h,  tli:' island  at  the  siime  ili-'ance  appears  in  tud 
part;;. 

hit  he  niijlit,  as  soon  as  yon  perreive  tlie  lialit  on  the  tower,  steer  direct  until  wiiin, 

4  miles  distRiiee. 

From  iheiice  keeji  on  the  larlioard  side,  leaving  the  i.siand  on  the  starboard  hand,  ai,: 
passiiijr  wiiliin  'i  or  ■')  miles  south  of  it.* 

J?etween  Klores  and  Kni^lish  IJank,  the  bottom  is  mud,  and  the  deptli  of  water  7  in- 
Cathoms. 

From  I'lores  to  Monte  Video  is  !(>  miles  in  a  straight  lino,  and  you  must  steer ii 
compass  W.  by  .'>.;  avoid  I'oint  Mrava. 

Point  Mrava,  situated  east  oC  the  eiiy,  is  formed  by  a  long  line  of  rocks  8trotcliii);.ri,:; 
from  the  land,  ^'oll  iiiiisf  give  a  good  berth  to  a  rock  delaelied  fri.;>i  the  rest.  .\  1;,, , 
while  house  is  built  N'.  of  Hiava.  and  another,  a  smaller  one,  is  situated  towards  llieiriv 
tile  (d'the  rocks.  In  ipiiitiiig  Flores  you  can,  at  the  same  time,  if  the  realher  bo  cifir, 
perceive  the  Orro  or  hill  of  Monte  Video,  and  soon  after  the  steeples  of  the  Caiiie- 
lira  I  in  the  city. 

If  the  wind  is  from  the  N.  or  N.  E.,  you  ought  to  steer  in  the  night,  W.  Iiy  S, ; 
doui)le  I'oint  Hrava.  Hut  if  the  wind  is  from  S.  K.  or  K.  8.  K.,  it  is  prudent  to  s.- 
W.  .S.  W.  \'ou  should,  by  way  of  precaution,  in  either  case,  bring  the  light  ofKlnri 
to  bear  K.  by  N.,  or  K.  N.  K.,  to  be  assurcil  that  the  currents  have  not  set  you  tiiwur, 
I'oiiit  JJr.iva. 

When  the  hill  of  Moiiie  Video  bears  N.  AV.  bv  compass,  the  point  is  doubled,  iiuil  w 
steer  gradually  towards  the  starlxiard  hand,  if  you  would  anchor  in  the  hariior.  A  hir, 
vessel,  which  can  only  anchor  in  the  o|)en  road,  should  steer  W.  by  S.  from  Bniva,  ai. 
anchor  in  .">  fathoms. 

Sonili  oi"  I'lava.  one  mile  distant,  (here  are  from  .5  to  C>  fathoms  of  water. 

C'li  the  passage  from  Lobos  to  Monte  \'ideo,  and  also  in  the  navigation  of  any  parly 
file  river,  vmu  unist  eslimale  (he  distances  run  by  a  ground  log,  that  is  to  say,  by  iilii;iii  i 
nhich  (he  "  chip"  has  been  replaced  by  a  piece  of  lead.  If  yon  throw  the  roiiiiiiOD 
log  immi  diately  after  the  deep  loi;,  the  dillerence  given  by  the  two  logs  shows  if  the  cur- 
rents are  in  liviu' of.  or  against  the  vessel. 

As  any  jiart  of  the  coast  beiween  Point  Neiiro  and  Flores.  may  be  apjiroachi'd  Miilr 

5  or  ()  miles,  it  may  be  well,  in  the  night-time,  to  steer  wide  to  the  starboard.     Tlierf 
volving  light  on  the  Island,  in  this  case,  m  .;■  be  i)erceived  on  the  larboard  side,  bu;  imiil 
be  easy  to  rectify  the  vessel's  course  in  steering  directly  for  it.  and  then  leaving'  it  inihf 
fitarboard   hand,   when    you    estimate  yourself  4  or  5  miles  distant.      Vou   will  In  il;.!  | 
means  cerlamiy  go  clear  of  the  Kngiisli  Dank. 

The  Ccrro  of  Monte  X'ideo  is  47.'}  feet  hi<;h.  They  liave  established  their  a  liv: 
light,  which  can  be  seen  in  clear  weather  at  only  from  5  to  b  miles  distance. 

If  you  wish  to  go  to  Monte  Video,  S.  of  the  English  P.aiik,  you  must,  in  eiiiiriiij: 
viv'-r,  place  yourself  on  the  parallel  of  35^  .'JO',  and  steer  W.by  S.  with  nortlieiiy  wu;., 
and  W.  S.  \V.  with  soiidierly  winds. 

The  soundings  are  at  first  line  sand,  then  sand  of  the  usual  kind,  farther  om  nun;: 
sand,  and  again  mud.     \du  will  be  in  this  last  case  on   the  meridian  of  M<miI('  \'ult.  j 
and  you  ought  then  to  see  the  hill  of  Monte  \'ideo,  which  can  be  seen   in  the  (l;iy-i; 
in  clear  weather,  ')  leai:ues  distant.      The  geographical  |)ositiou    of  this  hill   is  31 
'J"  S.  latitude,  and  rib"  lb'  IW  W.  longitude. 

If  in  spite  of  your  prerautions  you  should  get  in  5  or  G  fathoms  cf  water,  in  pnssip; 
S.  of  Eniilish  Maiik,  it  will  be  necessary  to  steer  uku'c  to  the  larboard,  and  keep  iiilniiil 
7  to  ')  falhdins. 

.Monte  \'nleo  is  in  .ni"  .'i  1'  11"  S.  latitude,  and  5fi°  I.'VIR''  W.  longitude.  The  varu- 
tion  of  the  needle  in  September  and  December,  IB.'H,  was  11°  4',*'  24"  N.  E. 

In  a  thick  fog,  or  in  the  case  of  uiu'crtainty  of  the  true  position  of  the  ship,  it  is  best  I 
to  anchor,  rather  than  pursue  your  course  iijithe  River  Plate. 


•  You  can  pass  norih  of  Flores,  taking  the  prccnution  to  pa.s9  ii  a  pood  distance  from  lliecas-| 
em  puiiil,  lo  avoid  n  bank  of  rocks  iimlcr  wnltr,  and  which  cxlcids  n  niiie  and  Iialfneriii.  }-'• 
can  anclior  only  iiorili  of  ilie  tower  one  or  two  luilca  distant.  'I'.iu  Emulation  nncliorcJ  here  in  j| 
gale  of  wind,  in  January,  1831. 


wi^ife* 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


575 


lib  iiortlierlv  wiudi 


Xo.  13.  COURSK  TO  lUIENOS  AYRKS — Vessels  tliiit  do  not  wish  to  takr  the 
p:».sii;:i'  li>'  the  island  ul'  Flores,  must  run  on  the  paniliul  ol'  I'oint  I'ii'dri's  dc  San  JJor- 
i,,inl)("in,  and  stc-or  tint-  \V.  until  tlu-y  make  it.  Its  geoj^rapliii^d  position  is  ,'5.')'^  -J?' 40" 
S,  latilinlf,  ')7"  'J'  W.  lon;^itude.  'i'his  point  is  very  low,  and  can  only  bi;  perceived  in 
clfir  wcatiicr.  V'ou  will  remark  on  the  right,  many  woody  hills,  amonj;  which  the  high- 
est i.ciirs  nearly  N.  W.* 

Kriiin  I'oint  I'iedras  dc  San  Horrombon  the  course  is  the  same  as  when  the  ve.'sel  has 
nasseil  .Monte  Video. 

V'esstils  that  draw  less  than  ')  I'eet  of  water,  pass  generally  over  all  the  banks  between 
this  liisl  city  and  lUu-nos  Ay  res. 

'I'liDM!  drawui';  l^i  feet  may  pass  botwoeu  Chico  Haidi  and  the  south  side. 

TiDsc  drawing  1.3  feet  may  pass  between  the  channel  form(,'d  by  Ortiz.  Hank  and  the 
norlli  .side. 

TiiDse  drawin::;  L'j  or  17  feet  slu)uld  choose  the  passage  between  Ortiz-  Hank  and  Chi- 

"I'ASSAdF,  BKTWKKN  ClIKMJ  HANK  AND  THE  LAND.— On  leaving  .AI.,n- 
io  \'i(l(*o,  sleer  .S.  W.  by  (;om|)ass  .!()  mib^s,  to  avoid  being  drifteil  on  the  Ortiz,  by  tliB 
nirreiil.".  Vou  must  thf  n  iiead  W.  S.  W.  until  you  make  I'oint  Indio,  or  rather  Sal- 
\;iilor  (irande. 

i'oiit  Indio  is  in  'Mi°  lit'  20"  soutli  latitude,  and  '>7^   U'  ■\-2'  west  longitude,  and  .'ivj 

miles  from  Monte  Video,  it  is  very   low,  and  can    oidy  be  known  by  the  woody  hills  in 

ihc  east  pari,  while  the  coast  to  the  west  has  rm  hills.     When  you  re(;kon  your.self  ')  to 

lOnides  from  Point  Salvador  (irande,  head  \V.  N.  VV.  abmg  th'-  land.     Vou  will  soon 

perceive  tlie  three  Ond)u  Treesf  of  the   Magdalena,  and  then  the  church  of  the  same 

inline.     When  the  first  Onibu  Tree  bears  S.  by  K.  by  compass,  you  are  then  N.  and  S. 

line,  from  tiie  east  poiiU  of  the  Chico  \.     di ;  when  the  ihurch  is  on  the  same  rhumb, 

villi  are  in  the  midille  o(  tiie  channel.     Vou  will  distinguish  in  a  short  time  a  large  single 

Uiiilm  Tree  on  a  hill,  and  more  distant,  three  other  Ombu  Trees  forming  a  single  group. 

in  sailing  along  with  tlu>  land  in  sight,  it  is  better  to  steer  first  one  side  and  then  the 

•other,  to  ascertain  the  limits  of  the  border  of  soft  sandstone,  which  we  have  said  exists 

ill  I  Ins  part  of  the  river,  and  not  to  (jtiit  it  more  than  'J  or  .'5  cables'  lengtli,  in  obtaining 

with  the  leatl  alternately  soft  sandstone  and  mud,  by  this  means  you  will  avoid  the  Chico 

Rank. 

W'lien  you  distinguish  two  small  elevations  covered  with  buslics  and  trees,  and  an  Ombu 

^iTne  by  the  side  of  two  low  houses, you  have  nassetl  the  narrow(;st  part  of  the  cliannel. 

ftAVIieii  you  are  N.  and  S.  true,  with   these  elevations,  you   are  entirely   clear.     Frniii 

Itlieiicc  you  may  follow  tin;  coast,  or  steer  N.  W.  until  you  make  the  edges  of  the  ( )rtiz. 

Ill  the  first  case  it  is  necessary  to  steer  at  a  distance  from  the  land,  twice  as  great  as 

^bi'l'iiie,  to  avoid  the  Hanks  of  .Santiago,  Lara,  and  (.'iiidad.     In  the  second  case,  which 

^  is  liie  most  prudent,  you  must  pay  great   attention  to   the  soundings.     The  depth  iii- 

■iciiMscs  at  fust  to  ';  fathoms  at  the  least,  and  then  diminishes  gradrally  to  .'5'^  and  .3  fa- 

fctlioiiis.     As  soon   as  you  have  these  last  soundings  you  are  on  the  edge  of  (Jrtiz,  and 

[Ayou  must  then  head  to  the  west. 

This  course  will  bring  you  towards  the  south  side.  You  will  soon  see  the  village  of 
(^liiliiies,  situated  on  a  little  hill  on  which  there  are  many  Ombu  Trees,  and  the  towers 
nl'  Ihu  !ios  Aytes,  and  the  vessels  anchored  in  the  open  road.  ]t  is  as  well  when  these 
(liifcrent  objects  are  well  distinguished  to  steer  \V.  N.  W.  to  avoid  the  Ciudad  liank. 
, As  soon  as  the  Towers  of  the  Cathedral  bear  S;  W.  you  are  in  the  outward  road  of  the 
city. 

the  city  of  Buenos   Ayres  is  in  :M"  .)()'  18"  S.  latitude,  and  .58°  2.T  57"  W.  longi- 
Uude.     Th'e  variation  of  the  needle,  in  March,  IH.'H,  was  I'i^  r,i)'  .50"  N.  E. 

PASSAfiE  BETWEEN  ORTIZ  AND  THE  NORTH  SIDE. — In  leaving 
^lonte  Video,  you  may  follow  the  land  along  6  miles  distant,  taking  care  to  avoid  the 
ll'aiiella  Rocks,  near  which  is  a  largo  iron  buoyt  secured  by  means  of  a  strong  anchor 
and  clinin. 

The  Panella  Rocks  are  situated  in  ?,i°  .54'  15"  S.  latitude,  and  5()^  \>(V  \V.  longitude. 
Vou  are  on  them  when  you  see  I'oint  das  Veguas  of  the  hill  of  Monte  Video  with  the 


i 


* 'fills  hill  is  called  Salvador  (trando.     It  is  situated  between  Point  Piedrasde  San  Borronibon 

P'and  Point   Indio;  the  hill  sitiiiited  \).  of  Salvador  Cirande,  is  called  Salvador  Chico.     The  jiiiota 

Ciiiit'.miul  Indian  Point  wiih  tiiese  hills. 

tTlu^  Oiiilm  is  a  tree  which  thrives  on  the  borders  of  the  River  Plate  ;  it  is  as  thick  and  bushy 

l^s  ,1  walnut  tree  :  its  wood  is  so  peculiar,  thai  it  is  ^ood  for  nothing,  not  even  to  burn.     It  grows 

fiery  rapidly. 

t  This  buoy  was  placed  by  the  Emulation,  in  May,  1631,  by  request  of  the  government  of  Mont«< 
^'idco,  to  rcjiluce  one  carried  away  by  bad  weather. 


576 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


steeples  of  the  city,  and  Point  Espinillo  benrs  N.  by  K.  by  compass,  distant  5  mile«, 
These  rocks  are  never  uncovered,  but  when  the  water  of  the  river  is  very  low,  it  occa- 
sions a  Ions;  eddy  which  may  be  easily  distinguished. 

Point  Kspiiiillo,  ihouu'h  low,  is  apparent,  because  it  tertninates  the  coast  of  the  hill  of 
Monte  \'i(U'(),  and  it  forms  iliu  entrance  of  the  river  of  fcJanta  Lucia,  11  miles  trum 
Monte  Video. 

IJeinj;  N.  and  S.  true  with  l^oint  Espinillo,  you  must  steer  W.  by  N.  by  compass,  ;ir,i| 
follow  the  land  always  at  the  disiiuK  e  of  (>  or  7  miles,  to  avoid  the  little  banks  of  H;ini| 
on  the  borders  of  the  river.  You  will  soon  perceive  the  high  scarped  mountains,  callij 
]3arrancasde  San  (Jrej^orio,  or  Santa  Lucia.  When  you  are  N.  and  S.  with  their  cisi 
extremity,  called  Point  de  .lesus  Maria,  steer  \V.  N.  W.  until  you  brine  this  poitn  i,, 
bear  E.  |  N.by  compass.  Yoti  must  then  head  to  the  W.  until  yoti  make  Point  Snii(r>.' 
the  only  part  of  the  coast  which  is  woody.  The  latitude  is  V-M"  :J.j'  20"  S.and  the  Ion .. 
tudeTj?^  2b'  -21"  \V.  '■ 

From  thence  you  may  coast  alons;  at  a  short  distance,  until  you  pass  north  of  vnn, 
great  bank  of  rocks,  of  which  some  are  out  of  water,  and  arc  known  by  the  name  olij.f 
Pijins.  Vou  will  thus  arrive  olV  Point  Colonia,  with  a  considerable  depth  of  water,biii 
in  a  very  narrow  channel  between  this  part  of  the  coast  and  the  Orfi/,  Hank. 

When  you  are  befort-  the  cily  of  ('olonia,  you  leave  in  };ood  season  on  your  riqlitth* 
San  (Jabriel  Islands,  Karallon  and  Ticper,  and  steer  then  S.  W.  for  Hiicnos  Ayres. 

The  naviijation  south  of  the  Chico  IJank,  and  north  of  the  Ortiz,  IJank,  is  not  pracij. 
cable  except  with  a  fair  wind  and  a  favorable  current. 

PASSACE  HKTWEEN  THE  CIllCO  BANK  AND  THE  ORTTZ  BANIU 
You  may  leave  Monte  Video  until  within  ')  or  10  miles  of  Salvador  (irande,  tlirn  vou 
bring  the  vessel's  head  W.  N.  W.  to  bring  the  first  Onibu  Tree  of  the  Magdalina  S.L, 
and  avoid  by  this  course  the  new  bank.     From  this  the  course  is  N.  W.  J  N. 

This  course  leads  directly  to  the  edges  of  the  Ortiz  Bank,  and  as  soon  as  you  roni' 
up  to  this  bank  and  have  .')J  to  ',]};  fathoms,  bring  the  head  W.  until  you  perceive  iIk 
village  of  Quilmes  and  Buenos  Ayres. 

If  the  winds  are  ahead  and  the  currents  favorable,  you  may  beat  between  Cliirnar; 
Ortiz  Bank,  but  the  tacks  should  be  short,  and  you  sliould  [irefer  the  neighborlmodif 
the  Ortiz,  because  this  bank  is  announced  by  the  progressive  and  regular  diminution ci 
the  soundings.  If  the  currents  are  contrary,  you  should  anchor  between  the  h,itii,< 
taking  care  to  avoid  the  sol't  sand  bottom  which  vou  often  meet  in  the  River  Plalp. 

No.  14.  C"OlTRSE  FOR  THE  IlOR.NOS  ISLANDS.— If  you  are  before  Colnri:,. 
going  from  Monte  Video  to  the  north  of  the  ( )rti/.,  leave  the  islands  on  the  right,  and  «bz 
you  bring  the  island  of  Farallon  to  the  north,  steer  N.  N.  W.,  and  then  N.  by  W.;i  ;; 
will  soon  see  tlic  Hornos  Islands  on  the  same  line,  the  last  islands  after  leaving  ColoDn, 
and  covered  with  small  trees,  and  very  bushy. 

You  will  anchor  N.  W.  from  the  outward  one,  and  at  from  1  to  1.',  mile  ofT. 

Tn  going  from  Buenos  Ayres,  you  must  steer  so  as  to  bring  Farallon  north  of  yoii.anJ 
then  steer  as  in  the  preceding  case. 

Colonia  is  situated  in  ;54°  -JH'  14"  S.  latitude,  and  r,7°  .W  37"  W.  longitude.  Th(  | 
variation  of  the  needle  was,  in  September,  Id.'JO,  11°  8'  N.  E. 

Additional  Rrmarks,  by   dipt.  Ileyu-ood. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  River  Plata, f  the  prevailing  winds,  during  the  summer  monih<, 
from  Se|)tember  to  March,  are  north-easterly,  witli  tolerably  clear  weather  over  lieai, 
but  a  dense  atmosphere  near  the  horizon.  These  winds  haul  gradually  to  the  eiistwar; 
as  you  advance  up  the  river;  and,  about  tin?  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  strong  hrfp^ti 
from  the  south-eastward  are  common  at  this  season,  accompanied  with  rain  ami  W 
weather.  At  Buenos  Ayres,  during  the  summer  months,  flic  .S.  E.  winds  are  gencralli 
fresh  in  the  day-time,  liauling  round  to  the  northward  in  the  night. 


•  This  point  is  so  named  from  a  little  river  of  the  same  name,  before  whicb  smnll  vessels  botnd 
to  Cojdiiia,  or  from  liie  Urngiiny,  ancbi.r.  The  brii,'  Star  of  the  South,  cniiic  near  hcinp  losiimi. 
tempting  to  approach  this  jioint,  on  some  rocks  covered  with  water,  which  wvxv  not  seen  orindi- 
catcd  on  any  chitri.     Foriiitiaicly  a  biif,' anclionMl  near,  prcivcnted  the  loss   by  making  us  a  sigiui. 

+  Shddl  off  the  l\i()  (Ic  In  I'latii. — Tiir  IiMiircl,  M'Donald,  from  London  to  Vtdparaiso,  put  iniiuhf 
river  of  La  Phita,  on  tliu  l!bh  of  .lane,  1^^'■J,  having  been  obliged  to  hear  up  to  repair  some  daman 
sustained  l)y  a  heavy  sea  breaking  on  Imard  of  Ikt.      The  muster  reported  as  follows: — Timt, hjI 
the  l.'ith  of.Tune,  h-t  discovered  a  shoal  in  !at.  .Ki^  2H  '  S.,  long.  51"^  3(1'  W. ;  that  it  appeared  lolfl 
nhoiu  a  mile  long,  and  the  same  in  breailiii,  with  a  sea  breaking  very  high  over  it,  that  it  had  thi' ap- 
pearance of  sand,  and  httie  water  on  it.     lie  passed  within  half  a  mile,  and  then  hove  to,  soundwil 
with  90  fathoms  of  line,  and  found  no  bottom.     He  further  states,  that  he  had  a  good  chronomcttroal 
board,  and  wus  six  niiica  out  of  his  longitude  when  ho  made  the  port  of  Monte  Video. 


BLUIMT's  AMlilUCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


577 


iss,  distant  5  miles. 
s  very  low,  it  ccta- 

>  const  of  the  hill  of 
ucia,  11  miifs  Irom 

N.  by  compass,  and 
ittic  haiiivs  t)t'  sjiml 
■(I  iiioinitains,  calltii 
cl  S.  with  tlielr  lasi 
I  hrinj:  this  poim  in 
inaUe  Point  SniKc,' 
!0"  S.anil  the  Ion:;. 

pass  north  of  yoin 
1  hy  the  naniP  ol'ih? 
•  depth  of  water.biit 
i/.  liaiik. 

on  on  yonr  rij;littht 
IJnenos  Ayres. 
,  Bank,  is  not  practi- 

ORTIZ  B.\NK,- 
)r  (irande,  then  you 
he  Ma<;(hdina  S.  L, 

.  W.^N. 

as  soon  as  yon  rom? 

til  you  perceive  ib( 

t  between  Chiro  ad 

tlie  neisiliborhnuiif' 

egular  diiiiinutiimri 

between  tlie  hanks, 

Ifhe  River  IMate. 

are  before  Colniiij, 

the  riglit,  anflwk.'i 

icn  N.  by  \V.;uiii 

ter  leaving  Coloun, 

',  mile  off. 

on  north  of  von.  an!  I 


«' Diirinc  the  winter  months,  from  March  to  September,  the  jirevailinu;  winds,  at  tho 


piitraiici; 


(it'  the  IMala,  are  S.  \V.  or  more  westerly;    hut,  up  tiie  river,    nior 


I,'  iri.neia 


iroiii 


the  n< 


liward,  than  tht;  soulinvard,  of  west. 


Uy 


The  wiiiti-r  season  is  iIki  best,  in  jioint  of  weather,  at  ISuenos  Ayres;  for.  the  winds 


l)ciri„'  rine 


(Iv  from  tlie  N.  W.  to  S.  VV.  the  water  is  smooth,  and  the  c 


ominniiM-ation  can 


me- 


lie  kept  up  between  the-  shore  and  the  shipping  with  mori'  I'acilily.  The  weather  is  so 
times,  lint  not  fnM|iU'ntly,  foggy.  l'-.i>is  ar<'  most  (ommon  in  the  moiiths  ni  .liiK,  August, 
iind  September,  ami  prevail  mmi!  at  tiie  entrance  of  the  rivt^r,  as  far  up  as  the  S.  K.  tail  of 
the  Ortiz,  than  above  the  baiik> 


'  As  it  eamiot  be  said  that  there  are  regular  tides  in  the  Plata,  but  curreni-i  a<  inuert; 


im 


ill  tlit'ir  duration,  as  they  are  irregular  in  tlieir  rate  and  direction,  iio  (  i  rlain  allowaiieu 
ran  be  made  lor  them  ;  theret'ore-a  ground-log  should  always  he  usi'd,  to  Know  the  course 
111. nil'  good,  au( 
'•The  ti(b 


1  (list; 


nice  run. 


lerally  speaking,  when  the  w(!ather  is  line  and  settled,  and  the  wiud.4 
moderate,  do  not,  iii  any  part  of  this  river,  rise  or  fall  more  than  .')  or  b  feet ;  tliouuh  at 
Ihieiios  Avres,  at  llnr  distaiice  of  i-^  miles  from  the.  city,  we  found,  in  his  .Majestv's  .xliip 
N'ereiis,  when  the  winils  were  strong  at    N.   W. 


littl 


e,  sometimes,  as  i  .'i  {■,■('1  water 


viliile  with  strong  bree/es  from  K.  S.  K.  to  S.  S.  W.  the  depth  was  upwards  of.')  fatlioins  : 
liiit,  exi-ept  on  such  extraordinary  oeirasions,  we  hud  b(,'iweeii  17  and  21  feel  water.  I 
liave  heard,  howi'ver,  some  marvellous  stories  of  tho  river  having  been  almost  dried  up 
.icross  from  Itiii'iios  Ayres  to  Colonia,  during  hi'avy  westerly  gales. 

The  Kiv<'r  Plata  has  many  singularities,  which  I  think  may,  in  a  great  meusiir.',  bn 


ilCCI 


united  lor,  from  its  formation  beiii^  so  dill'erent  Irom  ativ  otlir-r  known  ri\ 


er. 


It 


s  eii- 


II  iiiee  being  very  wide  and  very  shallow,  it  is  all'ected  by  every  change  of  wind  in  a  most 
cxtraordinaiy  manner  ;   so   much  so,  that  a  shift  of  wind   may   In;   predicteil  nlmost  to  a 


certainlv,  bv  observiiiLr  can 


the  currents,  w 


hiel 


I   iisiia 


llv 


fully  tl 


le  state  of  the  nierciuv  in  a  UaniiMcter  am 


I  ti 


ic 


■iet  of 


slllll  lielore 


111 


(;  wim 


I.      1 


II   calm   \ve.ither  tiie   cinreiils  are 


gfiiicraily  very  slack;  and  then  as  regular,  almost,  as  tides:  setting  up  and  down  the 
river  alternattdy.      W^heii  the  wiinls  are  variable,  the  currents  are  e((ually 


kinnv 


II  tiie  Nereiis  to  be  current  rode  four  dill'erent  wavs  in  less  than  si\  lioiir.- 


W 


Have 
leii 


the  current  comes  in  from  tlie  eastward,  alon^j  llienorlli  bank  of  the  Plata,  a  nnrtli-east- 
erlv  wiiiij  may  generally  lie  expected  to  fuliow;  and  at  the  same  lime  ('Iioiild  the  wind 
have  been  previously  to  the  S.  E.)  the  mercury  in  the  baroMieler  will  fall  a  little  ;  Inu. 
iiiucii  more  if  the  transition  be  (|uick  from  south-west,  without  stopjiin^  iii  th'-  sontii- 
(H.ilerii  (|narler. 

WMien  tlie  wind  continues  in  the  iiorlli-east  (pi;iri(  r.  the  mercury  is  inori!  deprcsse,! 


L'cording  to  its  strength)   than  with  any  otlier  win 


d  there  is  usiiallv,   then,  a  set 


iiitd  the  river  on  the  mu'tli  bank,  and  out  on  the  opposite,  indeed,  whilst  iIk;  winds  are 
ht'tween  N.  K.  ami  S.  S.  I"],  the  current  generally  runs  to  the  westward  past  .Monte  X'ideo, 
tliinmli  without  much  augmenting  the  depili  dl  water  olf  that  jilai  e,  but  liliiii^  the  river 
above  the  banks. 


Tl 


le  wiiK 


Is  between  N.  N.  K.  and   W.  \.  W.  make  the  water  lowest:    t 


VV.  longitude.    Th(  |    luMiig  then  strongest  along  the  south  bank  of  the  river,  past  the  Poiiit.~ 
Meiiioria;  but  very  inconsiderable  along  the.  north  bank. 


lie  out-sot 
I ndio  and 


the  summer  mnnib, 
weather  over  \\n\  | 
ually  to  the  eastwat: 

noon,  strong  lirepw 
with  rain  ami  inJ 
winds  are  geiicrailj  | 


ich  smnl!  vessels  bod 
ic  near  being  iosiinii- 

were  not  seen  or  inili- 1 
by  innUing  us  iipcM' 
Vaipiuaiso,  inilini'ii''! 

to  repair  smiieilaiiir.-"« 
.  ns  follows:— Tiia'.,'; 
;  that  it  appeared  M-' 
cr  it,  that  it  hiultlH''?; 
il  tlienliovcto,  soiinii'--| 

npodd  cliroiioiiicttru 
te  Video. 


••  lli'lore  the  setting  in  ot  a  S.  W.  gale,  or  Pampero,  the  weather  is  usuallv  verv  mi- 
settleil,  and  the  winds  unsteady  and  variable  in  the  northern  and  uorlh-westcrii  boards, 
preceded  by  a  considerable  fall  in  the  iiierciiry,  though  il  usually  rises  a  little  ;i:;ain  before 
the  wind  shifts  to  the  south-west,  and  often  continues  to  rise,  even  though  the  wind  may 
increase  from  that  (|uar(er. 

"  Hefore  these  winds  set  in  at  l>uenns  Ayres,  iIh;  current  rims  up,  and  lills  tlit?  river 
|unusually  high  :  at  the  same  time  as  stnuig  an  out-set  is  expi-rienced  along  the  north 
[bank,  wliii  li  coutinues  whilst  the  winds  are  strongest  from  \V.  S.  \V.  to  .S.,  seeming  to 
prove  that  these  winds  force  up,  from  the  southward,  a  large  accumulated  body  of  water 
(past  Cipe  St.  Antonio,  which  can  only  (ind  a  jiassa^e  out  auaiii  by  the  luuih  shore, 
iwliere  tiley  increase  the  depth  of  water,  as  wadi  as  up  the  river,  and  |iaitien!arly  in  tho 
|sluiliow  liariior  of  Monte  Video.*  Whilst  these  S,  W.  winds  blow  the  air  is  cold,  and 
Ithe  atiuosjihere  clear  and  elastic,  in  a  d(><;ree  rarcdy  to  be  met  with  in  any  other  part  of 
[the  world.  They  are  generally  succeeded  bv  some  davs  of  line  serene  weather,  the  w  iiul 


iicoiitiimiii!,'  moderate  from  the  siMithward, 


I  h 


or  varying  lo  the  castwarrl 


live  never  known  the  velocity  ol  the  tide  or  current,  in 


the  I 


»ive 


Mat: 


1,  any  where 


I 


to  exceed  three  knots  per  hour:  but  I  have  heanl  it  said,  by  some,  that  they  have  found 


It  to  run  at  the  rate  of  six  or  seven  mile 


s  an  hour 


;.     •  There  is  a  lighthouse  at  Monte  Video,  the  Inntrrn  of  which  is  four  hundred  and  sevcnty.five 

Jteet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

\  7." 


\ 

578 


LLl'iNT  3  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Iwiili 


Miuhsh  J'.;mk,  in  i(s  |i-ii;i||(:, 
;'>(1  i)f  the  iiii'iidiaii  u(  [.olios, 
;('i-(»ii.s,   if  proniMciirclit 


••  As  tho  vrirnU  nutsidn  the  Illvcr  Plafn,  and  iiiirticiilarly  about  Capo  St.  M.ny,  fi,f 
most  frequently  ,'tnm  tho  north-oastward  and  nortliward,  oxropt  wlion  tlio  S.  K.  sm,,. 
iiior  and  S.  W.  winfr  <.';al('s  lilow,  ahiiiii  ilic  times  i>{'  n<MV  ami  I'lili  moon,  I  eotisidprn 
on  the  whole,  most  advisahle,  tor  shlp><  Ixmtid  inlo  the  rivi-r,  lo  get  in  wiih  the  land  aliDui 
tlie  latitude  of  that  eape. 

"  In  latitude  ;{'i    S.  ilio  hank  of  soundings  extends  oli' tl;e  land  full  thirty-six  lraciiP(i 

wiiero  the  depth  of  water,  in  loiujilndo  50'  -Ji)'  VV.  is  !>l  fathoms,  and  tho  (pialitv  ni  ihe 

bottom  darli  olive-eolored  niiid,  or  ooze,  as  if  is  all  al(in;r  the  fiuterinnst  vert'o  of  tlio  W^^ 

"  In  lat.  ;U  '  S.  and  .'jn  leaniies  from   the  land,   the  hank  is  stei-p,   and   the  soini(|ji|,K 

decrease  (pii(kly  ;  in  siandin';  to  tin  westward,  to  :.'.j  f'.thoms,  -Ji)  leagues  from  land. 

"  In  lat.  Lil  '  -JO'  :'>.  and  lonu;.  rjl  '  ')n'  \V.  or  about  W  leagues  east  of  the  (heat  (';i,. 
tellios  linek,  tho  deptli  is  ()■'{  or  '- 1  fallionis,  dark  mud.  Jii  sfaiidimj;  in  for  tlie  land,  i,,,. 
twooM  tho  (ireat  Castelhos  and  ( 'ape  St.  JMary,  the  water  shoals,  in  a  short  distaneo,  fi,,,,, 
()0  to  "^'5  fathoms;  and  tin-  (piaiity  of  the  bottom  than?es  to  sand,  which  .'^rows  cmirv, 
as  you  apjiroaeh  the  coast;  ,ind,  as  far  as  seven  lea'.'^Hes  oil'  shore,  is  inlerinixed  «ii|, 
shells.  M'his  bottom  is  feimd  mdy  in,  ami  to  the  innthward  ol',  the  lalitudr!  of  ('ape  ,s, 
Mary,  cxoei)t  very  close  in  with  it. 

"  To  the  soutliv.ard  of  .'!  1'  10'  .*^.  the  bottom  is  rhielly  nnid,  informixod  with  (jni 
or  f^nivel ;  -nd  ilashii)  happen  to  be  set  to  tlie  southward  <d'< 'ape  .^t.  Alary,  as  slic 
in  (or  th.'  ltt\,  yet  keeps  to  the  northv.ard  of  T>(d)os,  she  will  .'^et  out  of  line  smid 
di     .      .v\  v'hicli  is  the  (piality  of  the  bottom,  ehiedy,  l.(  tween  Cape  .St.  Marv  and  |,,|. 
bot,  ■     t'.ol.  •     >3  or  9  Icaj^ucs  to  tho  eastward  of  th.at  island  ;  and  the  depth  of' water |,p. 
twci-    ■  !ien   i-  jionorally  Hi)  to  20  fathoms. 

"  In  lat.  '.'li'P  ■■  and  loiin;.  0:2  '  W.  or  t-J  l(>a^nes  true  east  of  Lobos,  there  arr  nliom 
90  fathoms  watet,  dark  sandy  bottom  ;  from  whemr  the  bank  of  soundings  takes  a  S,  \V. 
direction.  East  of  Lobos,  'J7  lcaj;ues,  tin  <lepth  is  -Jo  fiilhoms;  and,  in  sleeriii;,' in, m 
its  parallel,  the  same  depth  nearly  continiios  till  very  near  that  island.  Hut,  if  set  ;iliii{e 
to  the  southward  of  hobos,  the  water  v/ill  sluval  even  to  HI  fathoms,  perhaps,  on  a  brj 
sandy  or  t^raveily  ridm',  that  extends  all  the  way  from  the  '■'" 
as  far  as  bmij.  frl'  .'JO'  \V.;  or  lull  1-  lea'^ui's  to  ilie  easiv, 

"Thus  the  approach  to  this  livereannot  be  eon.-iilered  dan 
taken  in  navi^atin^,  and  duo  attention  paid  to  the  lead,  and  to  the  course  steered. 

"  1  sliall  here  insert  the  hoiioralde  Cai)!.  Moiiverie's  dcs.-riplion  of  Cape  St.  Marv,  ic, 
wliich  I  believe  to  be  v(>ry  eorrret,  ami  his  directions  jin'icious. 

"  Cape  St.  Mtuy  is  a  low  point,  with  rocks  all  about  it.  The  diicetion  of  the  coaq, 
to  tlie  westward  of  this  Capi-,  becomes  more  westerly  tlnii  at  any  other  part  nortjmarii 
of  it.  About  six  miles  northward  of  it  is  a  house,  with  a  row  of  trees  northward  oltlis 
house,  (pro!)ably  a  fence  of  hii^h  prickly-jioar  bu-<hes.)  «hirdi  is  v(  ry  remarkabii'. 

"  About  a  mile  south  of  the  lniiis;>  is  a  bliili  point,  wiili  a  few  rocks  at  the  fool,  wliifli 
is  remarkabl(\  bein.;  different  from  ihe  rest  of  the  c'o;isl.  the  ceneral  cliaraet(!r  of  Hhifli 
is  a  sandy  beach.  <  >uc  cannot  fail  (!l'  knowin.i?  the  Cape  by  tiiese  marks,  runniii'j  (Ur. 
the  coast  near  it.  If  you  are  at  any  distaueo  oil",  you  will  imt  jjerccivo  them.  Tin-  \\:m 
off  Cape  St.  Mary  is  shoaler  than  to  th<'  northwar.l.  ( )ir  the  Cape,  in  a  .S.  K.  dinTtina 
you  have  s',  fathoms  at  tiie  distance  of  1  or  o  miles." 

1  am  inclined  to  think  Capf.  15.  may  have  been  somewhat  deceived  in  liis  esiimatinr. 
hero;  for  in  his  .Majesty's  ship  Nereus,  L  found  more  water  at  the  disfanoe  he  iiipd. 
tions.  On  tho  17th  of  November,  1^10.  at  noou,  in  lat.  Ill"  -I'J'  S.,  and  loiiir.  alMHifJ 
20'  E.  of  the  Momit  Video,  h:.il  lii^ht  winds  frtun  S.  by  W.,  and  line  weather.  At  h' 
past  1  P.  M.,  ta(d.ed  in  'SA  fathoms,  to  stand  in  sln)re,  ami  carried  fnun  that  deptli  to!- 
fathoms,  wlion  sights  were  taken  for  the  chronometer,  which  made  2"  13'  'Jl"enst« 
Mount  Video,  Capo  St.  .Mary  beariii';  N.  b(» '  \V.,  and  sta-idin;;  on,  layin;,'  up  W,  d 
W.  by  N.,  tacking  in  l"i!  fathoms  water,  the  prickly  jx-ar  hed^i-  (mentioned  hv  Ca|it3ii 
Bouverie)  being  on  with  Cape  St.  .^Iary  (which  is  foniied  by  a  low  rocky  islet  ncitijl 
joining  the  sliore)  bearing  norih  by  compass,  and  tin:  breaker,  stretchinj;  to  the  Jj.  E.f 
of  the  cape,  N.  7°  E.,  about  ;5  miles  was  our  distance  from  tho  cape 

Captain  Bouverie.  in  continuation,  says,  "  To  the  northward  of  the  capo,  betwccnill 
and  Palma,  you  have  10  or  11  I'athoins  at  a  little  distance  from  the  shore 

"Ships  in  general  make  the  l;ind  with  N.  or  N.  E.  winds:  tberofore  it  is  best  to  kcfpl 
in  the  latitude  of  the  cajie,  or  a  little  to  the  northward  of  it,  till  you  get  soundings, aslhtl 
current  sots  to  the  S.  W.  It  is  better  not  to  inaKc  the  land  north  of  tho  capo,  nottlia;! 
I  believe  there  is  any  absolute  danger,  but  the  water  in  many  places  is  shoal  aloiigwajl 
ofl'thc  land,  and  wctuid  alarm  any  one  rmt  acipiaiiitnd  v.  1th  ihal  circumstance. 

"  In  lat.  33°  27'  S.,  and  long,  •'i'i    '>'  W.  is  a  shoal,  where  we  found  9  fathoms  water. 
believe  it  is  a  ridge  riuuung  in  tliat  parallel  of  latitude  all  tho  way  to  tho  shore.     In  lal 
tude  34"  S.  is  some  tolerably  high  land,  on  which  is  a  Spanish  fortress,  called  Fort  Tel 
resa.     Tt  is'  a  sr(iv.'re.  with  l»asiioi!s  it  the  angle.«.     Tt  ha;-  three  guns  iu  tho  faco  Hiulomj 


In  the  Hank,  and 
It  ii  a  mark  set  i 
'•  Heiiiii  in  1  iti 
Tint!  sand  and  sin 
fath.nns,  sand  an 
the  land  before  i 
t(i  allow  for  the  c 
aieriiidiie  i  N.  an 
otiier  way. 

'•  I  am  imdinei 

with  oil' the  moii 

suntii-wi'stwarii,  > 

'•.\greein:;  in  ( 

to  make  the  lathi 

any  where  belwei 

lisli  Hank,  passin;. 

There  is  a  good  | 

\^irialion  Ili    eas 

'•  When  wiih'n 

compass,  is  a  fair 

witli  the  wind  froi 

guarded  against. 

mid  'JJ  ;   and  sume 

ward  nor  to  the  sc 

then  to  dark  blue 

southward,  in  stoc 

.siuidy  ;  and  when 

Irt,  and  17  fathoms 

Iiavt!  hard  casis  of 

of  the  Knglish  I  Jan 

the  bottom  soften, 

foul  ridge  of  the  E 

tho  fair  way  from 

likely  to  blow,  a  si 

from  southerly  wii 

miles  from  lj(d)os. 

Captain  iloin erie  s 

"The  Spanish 
lietween  any  pan  o 
by  small  ves.sols,  ex 
the  N.  W.  point  of 
or  b  fathoms,  gmnl 
heavy  swell ;  and  t 
way  across  in  bad  v 
chorage  beloro  its 
places  where  there 
rocks  to  the  south 
'111'  iMiter  j)art  of  j', 
"  In  the  direct,   ii 
jwherc  there  are  pai 
Ion  the  rocks,  are  N 
is.  \V.  point  of  (lilt 
jAzucar,  jii.st  within 
"  in  mid-chanmd 
jdistance  from  the  is 
Itheni,  all  round  the 
jThe  stream  loses  it> 
Irollyour  casks  aboi 
j    "  Having  Lobos 
[about  18  fathoms ; 
f«iup  regard  to  tho  v 
^:dipad  of  you.     hi 
I  'boms  due  south  ol' 
j  or  ten  miles  of  h'lor, 
"Though  Captai 
aightorday,  by  ma 


DLUiXT  8  AMEUICAN  C()Aj?T  PILOT. 


679 


Sf.  IM.'iiy,  urB 

he  S.  K.  sum. 

I,  I  nitisidpr  n, 

(lie  land  aliom 

i-|y-six  Irn^^upd^ 
'  (|Hiility  (li'ihe 
"j;r  of  tlio  Innii, 
the  .soniulinos 
Vom  l;iii(|. 
lln"  (treat  Cm. 
or  tlic  land,  In.. 
t  <listancc,|'i(iiii 
li  i;r(ius  cniuMr 
iiilcrmixfii  wj;ii 
inle  111'  ( 'ape  Si 

(1  with  (itipsiitij 
ary,  as  slm  Imuii 
il'  (inc  saml  wu 
.  Mary  ami  I,;,. 
|illi  of  water !if 

there  arr  nhuiit 
(IS  lakes  ;i  S.  W, 
ri  sleeriii;;  in, oi. 

Silt,  if  set  iilltilf 
rliaps,  t)ii  iibri 
K,  ill  its  |ni;illti, 
■ridiaii  of  [.idIkis, 
if  proper  nirobt 
<e  strereii. 

le  St.  iMarv,&:. 


nil  o 


f  the  cni«, 
part  iKirtliwaH  I 
orlliward  iifilie  | 
inarlvalile. 
tli(>  liml.  h1i 
raeti'r  (if  wliifil 
rimiiiiiiz  i\im\ 
•in.     Tlu'  wall 
S.  J'l.  (lin.Ttioii, 

II  Ills  (•^liiiinikl 
istatiee  hi'  nifiv 
il  loii.U.  alKiut']- 
•atlier.  At  lul  I 
lint  depth  t(i!-j 
i:i'  -Jl"  cnslfij 
lyinii  up  W.  aniil 

d  by  CiiptMl 

cKy  islet  nearli 
lii 


li:  to  the  IS.  tl 


In  the  flank,  and  staiils  ahoiit  a  mile  iVom  the  li<  aeh.     Almiit  0  leagues  N.  N.  E.  iVom 
It  li  a  mark  set  up,  as  tlie  teniiinaiioii  of  liie  Spanish  leirilories. 

"  Hoiiii;  ill  1  ititiide  of  C.ipe  St.  .A!.iiy,aiiil  liaviii;:^  i;of  ,';rouiid  in  ^•- (ir  .'>(>  fathoms  water, 
fmi!  ^a:id  and  shells,  you  iii.iv  ricl.on  yunr- .11" '.'il  lea^mvj  olf  shore  ;  with  Ironi  15  to  20 
fath.iiin,  .taiid  anil  clay  iiri\ed,  yoii  are  not  Car  oil"  the  land.  When  yon  havo  not  seen 
the  land  hefore  nii;lit,  he  sure  to  Keep  to  the  tiortlnvani  of  the  rape  hy  your  reckoning, 
for  the  current,  which  sets  to  tin-  .southward.     This  is  the  ea.si;  with  the  above- 


to  allow 


iiit'ii 


liiiiie  I  N.  and  N.  Iv  winds.     With  S.  and  S.  W.  wi;;ds  the  current  runs  strong 


t)ic 


other  way. 

•'  I  nin  inclined  to  t'nink  that  the  stronc;  nurth-castcrly  currents  which  are  to  be  met 
with  olf  the  niouih  of  the  I'lata  wiien  tiii'  wind  is  about  to  Mow,  or  blowinj^,  from  the 
suuth-weslwaid,  do  not  extend  inii(!i,  if  at  all,  beyond  the  liank  of  soundings. 

".Vnreeiiiji  in  opinion  \\\\\i  ("aplaiii  iiouverie.  that,  tjsenrrally  speakint;,  it  is  advisable 
to  make  the  land  aljoui.  ('ape  .'«;i.  .Mmiv,  I  >/ould  also  recomiiM  iid,  if  the  wind  should  be 


any  where  between  i-', 


I-; 


.UK 


I  N.  N.  E.,  to 


ent<Mthe  river  on  llu'  north  side  of  the  Kiig- 


[IV 
lisli  Hank,  passing  IjoIk'^.  on  either  .side.aceordini;  to  the  wind  and  state  ot  the  weather. 
There  is  a  nood  passage  hi'twecn  Lobos  and  ilie  main,  havini^   17  to  11  fathoms  water. 
Variation  I.)    easterly  (1    1:5.) 

"  When  within  .'J  or  1  lea:;ue.i  of  (^ipe  St.  .Mary,  in  IT  or  l.-<  fathoms,  S.  S.  W.,  by 
compass,  is  ii  fair  coursi!  to  steer  for  passing  outside  of  Ijobos  in  the  niglit  time;  for, 
with  the  wind  from  the  eastward,  or  N.  K.  the  set  along  shore  into  the  river  must  be 
guarded  ai.;.iiiist.  .Steeling  this  S.  S.  W.  course,  the  di|)th  of  water  will  increase  to  20 
and  "JJ  ;  and  sitme  easis,  perhaps,  of  'J-j  or  HI  fathoms,  (if  you  are  set  neilh(<rto  the  west- 
ward nor  to  the  southward  ot'it.)  and  the  bottom  will  (!haiii;e,  lirst  to  sandy  mud,  and 
then  to  dark  blue  mud,  as  you  api)roaeh  the  latitude  of  Lob'         If  you  arc  set  to  tlie 


sou 


thward,  in  sieeriim  .'^.  .S.  \V.  you  will  nut  di  epen  so  iiiiiei. 


bottom  will  keep 


olios. 


you  will  h      •  no  more  than  19, 

II 


■w  miles,  VOU  Wl 


saiuly  ;  and  when  you  approiudi  the  latitude  nf  I. 
18,  and  17  fathoms;  but  if  you  are  set  to  the  soulhwaid  id" 
have  hard  casts  of  from  Id  to  lU  faihoms.  and  may  rest  assured  of  being  on  the  paralhd 
of  the  Knglish  IJaiik,  and  may  therefore  make  a  west  northerly  course,  trim,  till  you  (ind 
the  bottom  soften,  as  it  is  all  dari;  Idm;  or  ijreenish  mud,  in  hi'  ehaiinel,  between  the 
foul  ridse  ol  the  i';iiu,ii.di  li'.iiik  and  iin'  lunlh  .-diore,  ail  the  way  up  to  Monte  Video,  in 
the  fair  way  from  Lol.'us.  When  oil"  Lubos,  if  the  we;-  er  ihreaien,  and  il  should  be 
likely  to  blow,  a  ship  will  tiiid  safe  aiiehoraye  in  the  h,.  .,or  of  Maldoiiailo,  sheltered 
'from  southerly  winds  by  the  Lsland  of  (Jorilti.  which  bear,?  N.  42'  W.,  true,  11  or  12 
miles  from  jjolios.  .\s  I  have  never  lieen  in  .Maldoiiadu  my.udf.  I  shall  insert  here  what 
Captain  lloii'.i'rit^  says  about  it. 

"The  Spanish  survey-  ol'  this  bay  lay  down  a  siiflieieiu  depth  of  water  for  any  ship 
between  any  jiari  of  the  island  and  the  main  ;  hnwcncr.  it  cannot  be  sahdy  entered,  but 
by  small  vessels,  e.xc^ept  to  tli-  westward  :  and  you  iniist  not  go  farther  in  tlian  to  bring 
the  N.  W.  point  id'tioritti  to  bear  S.  ."<.  \V.  ',  W.,  or  S.  W.  by  S.,  by  compass,  with  4^ 
or  .i  fathoms,  good  strong  clay.     With  soiitlierly  winds  tliere  is,  in  the  east  passage,  a 


heavy 


swei 


anil  tli(>  water. 


roni 


tin 


round   lieiiii:  iiiieven,  breaks  almost  the  whole 


way  across  in  bad  weatlier.  The  Dioiuede  {lifty-gun  ship)  passed  throui;h  it  to  the  an- 
chorage before  its  dangers  wore  known,  and  had  not  less  than  l.'-t'eet;  but  there  are 
places  where  there  is  so  liitle  as  1,',  fathom;  and  it  is  very  irregular.  There  is  a  bed  of 
rocks  to  the  south  ol  (iuritii  :  tlie  mark:;  for  it  are,  the  Tower  of  Maldonado  nortli,  and 
the  outer  part  of  I'oint  del  KpIcE.  N.  E.  .',  K. 

"In  the  direct  line  dt'lii.'  entrance  ol  the  bay,  frmn  the  westward,  is  a  bed  of  rocks 

j  where  there  are  parts  havin^j  only  :{  and  ipiarter  less  ,'J  fathoms.     The  bearings,  taken 

jon  the  rocks,  are  N.  K.  point  of  (loritti.  K.  ',  S.  :  N.  W.  point  of  ditto,  E.  by  S.  -},  S.; 

S.  W.  point  of  ditto,  S.  K.  by  S.  ;    Point  I'.allena,  W.  by  N.  .'    X.  ;   the  hill  of  Tan  (le 

jAzucar,  jnsl  within  the  cMieme  of  Point  IJaliiMia. 

"  in  mid-channel,  between  tliese  rocks  and  the  ishmd,  are  f>\  and  7  fathoms.     Their 
sidistance  from  the  island  is  about  three  i|uarters  of  a  mile.     Tliere  are  7  fathoms  close  to 


eane   between  ilB  *'^*''"' '*"  ''omid  the  wcsieni  side.     The  waleriiiir  place  is  on  the  main,  close  by  a  battery 
'  '    '     '  KaThe  stream  loses  itstdf  in  the  siind,  except  when  swollen  iiy  lieavy  rains,  and  you  have  to 


il  is  best  to  kcfp 
:ounding.s,nslhi 
le  cape,  not  tltf. 
shoal  a  long  wa; 
stance. 

itlioms  water.  1 

1  shore.     In  lati' 

called  Fort  Te- 

the  faco  amlont 


«  roll 


your  casks  about  bf)  yards  over  tlie  sand.  The  water  is  very  good. 
.]  "  Having  liobos  bearing  N.  by  AV.,  liy  compass,  distant  ;i  or  1  miles,  you  will  h.ivc 
about  18  fathoms;  and,  in  iiiakinu;  a  compass  course.  AV.  .'  S.,  by  ground  lo^s  (having 
^due  regard  to  tlie  wind  and  current  at  the  time.)  you  wilf  make  the  Island  of  Klore.s 
I  ahead  of  you.  In  this  track  your  souinliii^s  will  ijradually  ih>erease  from  JH  to  IJ  fa- 
thoms due  south  of  Mlack  Point,  and  to  7  or  r!  fathoms  when  you  approacli  within  nine 
"orlen  miles  of  Klores. 

"  Though  Captain  Honverie  says,  '  Von  may  lun  quite  iiji  to  Monte  Video,  cither  by 
[night  or  day,  by  making  a  due  west  (ouise,  lirst  trying  the  current  to  make  allnwance  for 


\ 

580 


TUAJNt's  AMKKICAN  COAHT  TII-OT. 


it;'  iunl  ihoiish  I  li;iv«^  frf(|m'iiily  done  it  iny'*«'lf.  y<'f  '  woulil  not  rrronnnoiKl  n  ;\^^ 
Kciicral  rule  to  he  t'olloucd  liy  sfr;inst*r'<  to  tlie  Kiver  I'liitii.  (irciit  riirc  and  attctirinn  tir 
the  ruiiisr  im;i(I('  i;oiiil,  ami  In  the  soundings,  aic  iiidi«i|K'iisald_v  i«'(|iiisitf  in  tliuM 
who  atii'iiiiit  to  condMri  vessels  diiiin;.'  llie  ni!:lii,  in  an)  part  of  this  river;  anil  ( un 
these  liave  lieen  hill  too  ol'ien  insiiClieient  to  save  ships  iVoni  desH nction.  IJnt,  in  imr. 
chant  vessels,  I  Tear  wo  cannot  always  expect  to  lind  those  (jualities;  and,  thereldr.,  [ 
withhold  my  opinion  of  its  heinj;  advisahh^  lor  tlieiii  to  run  in  the  ni;;ht  ;  neither  c;:!)  n 
be  rione  hy  men  of  war.  without  some  risk. 

"  l-'lores  hears,  hy  the  world,  W.  1  '.W  N.  (Voni  l.ohos,  distant  .'>•.'  miles,  h  |,,, 
neatly  N.  !!.  and  .S.  W.,  has  a  small  hnmniock  in  the  middle,  and  oim-  at  each  end ;  i|,.> 
to  the  .S.  \\'.,  heinsj ."')  leet  hi^li.  Itetween  these  the  land  is  low  and  marstiy,  and  mi; 
(lowed  soinetinns  heiweeii  the  central  anil  .\.  K.  hummock,  .t  may  he  seen  at  tlirni,. 
tiuice  oC  Tne  or  .six  leasiiu's  Crom  a  ship's  deck  in  clear  weal  her. 

"'i'liere  is  jjiuhI  am  horau'c  all  round  lliis  island.  Iiiit  a  reel' extends  in  a  N.  AV.  dirrr. 
tion  I'rom  the  north  point  aiioiit  a  mile.  Seals  and  sea  lions,  and  various  nipiaiir  li>|,\ 
resort  to  the  small  island  as  will  as  to  fiohos  ;  and  in  tlie  months  ol' August  and  S('[jiiii.. 
her,  sivat  cpiantities  ol'very  excellent  eiZ!is  may  he  procured.  With  the  wind  eiistirk, 
hoals  may  land  on  the  western  side  of  {'"lores,  particularly  in  a  small  cove  very  iie;iiii» 
S.  W.  |)ait  III  llie  island.      P'roiii  {'"lores,  W.  N.    \\'..  the  Carefas    Rocks  (ahovr  v,;\Wi 


are  disiaiil  ahoul  live  miles,  and   there  are  .'")  fathoms   hetween  theiii. 


rue  soiilli. 


the  distanie  of  1 1  miles  iViuii  Florcs,  is  tlio  north  part  ol'the  Hnulish  IJank,  on  w] 
in  that  lalitiide,  .'{")'  H'  S..  there  are  ahout  TJ  leei  wator.     'I'lie  depth  ol'  water  lift 


l'"Iores  and  llie  l'lut.'li--h  I>aiik  is  7  rallioins  all  the  wav  across,  to  within  a  verv  liitlf 


hi 


^enerallv  hreaks,  and,  will 


tance  ol'  holli.  The  Kn^lish  l»ank,  in  lat.  .'!.')"  J-j,  ijeneraiiy  nreaks,  anil,  wiiii,i|„it 
river,  is  ahove  water  in  some  places.  Its  extent,  to  the  soiilliward,  has  not  yet  hrcnw. 
ciirately  deliiied  ;  and  Cor  70  or  '^0  miles  to  the  south-eastward  of  it  the  ground  is  va- 
to  he  ("oul  and  uneven,  and  has  not  heeii  explored. 

"J>etweeii  tlie  Aicjiimeiles  and  the  Kn;:lish  Iiank  tliere  is  a  swatch  of  !'i  fatli(iiii« li- 
ter, (ac conliii','  to  ('apt.  I>eaut'urt,  of  the  Royal  Navy,  who  explored  tlu'se  hanks  in  Imi;, 
and  as  many  miles  wide. 

" 'J'lu!  shoalest  part  of  the  Archimedes  l?ank,  ahoul  2','  fatlioms,  is  4  iiiiles  in  v\ut: 
ahout  north  and  south,  and  there  are  I  fathoms  all  round  it.  The  rentre  of  it  is  inlim 
tilde  .'IT'  IJ'  S.,  and  the  .Monte  N'ideo  hears  N.  'J'j'  W.,  hy  the  world,  from  it,  iImmi 
'JO  miles,  r.esidcs  this  hank,  there  is  a  small  knoll,  in  lat.  I!.')"  It'  S.,  whii  h  is  iiii'!; 
from  the  iMoiite  \'ideo  'Jl  luiles,  and  has  not  more  than  .■'.',  fathoms  of  water  on  it,  aij 
about   1  fatlioms  all  roinid  it. 


r 


assiii!' 


to  tlie  southward  of  Flores,  at  the  distance  id"  a  couple  of  miles,  vim 


f)',  or  7   lalhiiiiis,  and  may  steer  W.  ',  S.  to   pass  I'oint  iJralia,  which  hears  tnie  \V. 
N.,  distant    I    leaiiiies  from  the   S.  \V.  end  of  Flores.     This  point  is  holder  tu  tlmri 
land  to  tlie  westward,  between  it  and  tlie  town  of  Monfo  N'idco,  and  may  he  passpili'|n.e,| 
ill  l',    or  .')  fatlioms,  at  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  distance.     ^Mie  best  ancliorn!;iMcr 
friiiate,  off  tlie  town  of  Monte  \'ideo,  is  with  I'oint  l?ralia   hearinsr  W.  by  N.  ',  N.;!!:- 

nuns,  |» 


cathedral   N.  K.  by  X. 


d   the   mount  about  N.  W.  by  M,.  in  .'!',  and  4  fati 


till 


miles  or  more  from  the  town,  «'itli  the  harbor  (|iiite  open.     The  bottom  is  all  suit 
"  The  harbor  of  Monte  Video  is  very  slioal,  havinc;  only  from  14  to  I'J  feet  water; 
the  bottom  is  so  very  soft  that  vessels  receive  no  damage  by  i;rouiidin!j;  there.     t"n|ite: 
Hoiiverie  says,  '  A  S.  S.  \V.  wind,  which  blows  riuht  into  the  harbor,  and  causes  a  i 
(leal  ofse;i,  always  occasions  the  waterto  rise  a  fathom  or  more.' 

"  In  a  loiii;  conliiiuanee  of  tine  weather,  the  tides  souu'times  assuuie  the  ap| 
of  regularity  :   but  lliis  is  not  often  the  case.     They  arc  governed  entirely  by  tl 
The  winds  from  the  southward  cause  the  waterto  run  out  on  the  north  shore strniis;e>i 
Fine  weallier  and  a   N.  \\\   wind  make  the  water  lowest.      It  is  usual,  in   Monte  Viilf?| 
hariior.  to  have  an  anchor  to  the  i'^.  K.  and  another  to  the  S.  W.  and  to  take  one  iiiate 
from  the  northward;  lor  the  water,  forced  in  by  the  southerly  wind,  sometinies  rii>lw| 
out  with  astonishing  raj)idity  ;  when  the  anchorage  to  the  north  is  of  the  greatest  .serviff 
"The  .Mount  A'ideo  is  in"  latinide  :M"  ')',','  S.  longitude  . ''if)"  ,']' W.  of  Creeiiwicli:  l)f 


iioiirac'f 

IC  willtiv 


ing  1""  'J4'  W.  of  the  island   of  l.ob 


an 


d  'J°  10'  E.  from  tlie  ralliedral 


15llPDl» 


Avri's.     On  the  summit  of  this  mount  is  a  fortified  buildinc,  whose  base  is  I'.'  fet't(>ii;- 


dies  by  L'U  feet,  used  sometimes  for  a  light-house.*     The  diameter  of  the  hiiileiii  i 


ilJl 


*  A  lanirrn,  wiili  l.iiiips  nnd  rcilcciors,  for  Monie  Video,  Wius  i)ri'])ared  in  London,  by  or(ltT:| 
tlii^  Poi'iiirui  !-c  uovcriinieiil,  and  sliipjicd  in  May,  181!).  It  was  llieii  staled  liiat  the  iJLdiilniiii'r  «'-| 
to  be  eroded  mi  the  Isli  Flores  ;  bill,  on  tlie  Sitiili  of  October  following,  an  ofiicia!  notice  was  issi».l 
from  tlie  I'riiisli  Ailiiiirally,  .stiiiinjr  that  "  the  liiililboiisc,  wliicli  furniorly  stood  upon  the  mouniwl 
Monto  Video,  bad  been  reestablished,  and  is  to  be  ligLted  every  evening."  The  light  liaf,  'li''*| 
fore,  been  maferiully  improved. 


UM  .NT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


581 


piMiiiriul  it  a*  ^ 
inil  attciilinn  hi 
iiisite  ill  tliiisr 
rivfi- ;  iiiwl  cu'n 
I.  IJiit,  ill  imr- 
iiid,  tlicrt'liiri'.  [ 
;   iicillicr  c;:]]  ' 

'  miles.  It  \:n 
I  ciicli  ctid  ;  il,' 
liirsliy,  mill  iiw[ 
:  .scull  ill  tliriih 

I  :i  .\.  \V.  (lirK. 
)iis  ni|iiiiii('  line's 
jiist  ;iii(l  S((i|iii 
ic  wind  (Mstitlt, 
Dvc  very  neanlif 
•ks  (ididvc  Wilier 

'rniC  SIHllll,   ,; 

P.iiliK,  (III  wli:-!!, 
ol'  \v;il('r  lictHiin 

II  ii  very  lillloilN 
,  ;iiid,  Willi  ;i  lh« 
.;  not  yi't  hniiiir. 
he  ground  is  sar 

of  .')   filtlldlllSHl 

se  banks  in  Imc. 

4  miles  in  t'xtfT.'. 
Urv  of  it  is  inliiii 
d,  (Voni  it,  (iistjiii 
,.  wliicli  is  trill' S 
1)1'  wiiter  (III  it,  id 

miles,  villi  bv  | 
lears  tine  \\'.\ 
older  to  tlKinib 
V  1)0  p;issrilii(i>t,  I 
t  iiiiclior;n;i' li''- 

liy  N.  'N.  •,!!:• 

d  4  t'litlionis,  l» 

im  is  all  soft  ii.i; 

<)  leet  water;  ir. 

iS,  there.     Cnj"': 

and  causes  aiOu 

10  tlie  apii(';inr,'| 
ircly  liy  the  wini' 
h  shore  slroiije?- 
in  INIonte  VhImI 

I  take  one  iiiatal 
sonietinies  n\-y\ 
10  greatest  seivitt 
('  (ireeiiwieh;l'f| 

lodral   of  l?ii™" 
asp  is  I-.'  I'eet(iit-I 
(■  the  laiilernisl' 

London,  by  orilct;'! 

,1  ihe  iiizliiluiiisf'"^ 
ial  notice  was  issM 
1  upon  the  mouniwl 
The  light  lia".  'Ii'"f 


for'  ^1  iniliex,  niid  its  rjevalidii  ahiivc  tlie  level  of  the  sea,  •t7.''>  feet.  At  the  ha«p  of  the 
mount  are  several  runs  ol  exctdleni  water,  |iariiciil  irly  in  luo  sniall.  siiiootli,  simdy  liayH, 
1)11  the  S.  W.  part  ol'  it,  where  ships  m  ihe outer  road  may  supply  iheiiiseivos  wiiii  cane; 
,iiid  aiiothei  oil  the  east  side  of  the  mount,  just  alircast  of  Ual  island,  adapted  to  NJiips 
ni  the  liarlior. 

'•(tivinn  the  preference  to  the  passa'^e  on  llie  north  side  of  the  l',ni;lish  liank,  CHpe- 
riallv  ttlieii  the  wind  is  any  where  lietweeu  S.  S.  K.  and  .\.  .\.  K.  (Ui  pasMii;;  liohos,  bc- 
( ause  it  may  lie  expected  iiio-'l  prohahly  to  shift,  if  it  (hies  at  all,  round  hy  tlie  nortli  to 
the  westward ;  thouuh,  periiaps,  not  helore  that  w  ind,  and  tlic  inset,  together,  mijilit  car- 
ry a  ship  up  to  .Moiiie  \  idco;  yet  il  the  wind  should  he  to  tiie  iiorth-westwaid  at  ttii; 
liiiie  III  iiiakiiiu  llie  land,  it  may  lie  pretty  cniilideiilly  expected  to  sliilt  next  to  the  west- 
ward or  S.  \\'.,  and  therefore  a  ship  shonjii  not  strive  to  heat  up.  round  holios  and  llie 
iiiirtli  (lianiK  I.  against  an  outset,  hut  .stand  at  once  over  towards  Cape  .St.  Antonio, 
where,  hv  the  tini'i  shf!  could  stretch  across,  slip  would,  most  likely,  (ind  a  S.  S.  W.  wind 
and  .\.  W. current  to  run  up  w  iih,  ahuii:  aweatlier  shore,  to  Hiiciios  Ayres:  orto  .Monte 
\'ideii,  it' liou'id  thillicr.  pa^.-iiii.;  to  the  westward  of  the  hank  of  Archimedes,  in  ahoiit  ."J 
liithonis  wat("  r,  if  the  mount  should  he  sren  in  ^ood  time,  never  to  hriii;;  it  to  hear 
to  the  wc.iiward  (d'  north,  till  within  ."i  ieaniies  of  if. 

"In  standing  to  the  southward,  froiii  ahrcast  ol'  Capr^  St.  Mary,  with  the  wind  siuilh- 
westerlv,  a  shi'pwill  have  Iroiii  I -^  to  -J  I  or  •.'■'>  fathoms  when  in  the  latitude  of  Lobos, 
and  ahniit  I'.' or  1'!  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  it;  and,  iiiakiiifi;  a  S.  .S.  K.  cmirse,  the 
water  will  then  shoal  to  Ir^,  16,  rj,  or  1 1  latiioius,  in  crossint;  the  ridi'e,  which  is  i;(!ne- 
rally  eoiiiposcd  of  sand,  ;;rey  speckled,  mixed  with  .stones,  lu-reahouts;  after  which  the 
depth  increases  jiradiially  to  I'.')  or  •"■*>  fathoms,  ov«'r  a  sandy  bottom,  in  laiitude  ;;.") '  40' 
S.  and  lonnitiide  o.'i '  -J.'/  W.  In  the  latitude  (d' .'!()"  S.  and  1")  or-Jil  miles  farther  to  the 
eastwiud.  ymi  will  deepen  off  the  hank  cnlir(dy.  A  ship,  havin:.'  i;of  as  tar  to  tin;  south 
as  .'J<> '  .S.,  may  coiisider  liers(dl  in  t\\v  fair  way  lor  proceediii;^  up  on  the  south  sidt;  of 
the  Kniilish  Hank  ;  and,  if  tlu'  wind  servo,  a  true  west  course  may  be  made  good. 

"In  latitude  .'id'  .S.  the  depth  of  water  on  the  meridian  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  is  .'W  fa- 
thoms, and  the  bottom  line  i;rey  sand,  like  yroiiinl  peiiper. 

"  Keepini;  still  to  the  westward,  on  that  parallel  of  .'id  S.  the  depth  decreases  to  1')  or 
IHfatiionis,  true  south  of  Lohos;  and  for  10  leagues  I'arlher  you  have  irom  that  to  l.'i 
latiioins.  Milt  if  from  tin;  latitude  (d"  :{(P  S.on  tin;  iiicridiaii  of  ii(d)os,  you  make  a  W. 
hy  N.,  or  W.  by  N.  h  N.  course,  true,  you  will  shoal  tin;  water  to  H  or  7.'  fathoms,  in 
latitniie  .''.'j^  4.')'  S.  on  the  meridian  of  the  Knulish  Itaiik.  'The  (luality  of  the  bottom, 
i;('iu'rallv,  in  this  track,  is  saiidv,  mixed  «  iili  small  stones ;  and  the  nearer  you  approach 
to  the  rid^e  ol'  the  lOnulisli  liank,  it  is  intermixed  with  hits  of  shtdls,  and  smiietimes 
with  (lay  or  mud. 

"Krom  latitude  .'J.')"'  4')'  S.,  (h;<'  S.  of  the  Kin;lis!i  IJank,  a  \V.  N.  W.  true  cmirse  fo 
latitude  .'!.')  .'{.'!'  S.will  hriiu;  Mount  \'ideo  to  hear  N.  hy  the  world,  in  about  (j.',  fathoms, 
imid,  at  the  distance  of  l.'i  leaiiues  from  Point  I'iedras;  and  Irom  this  position  tlu!  same 
true  course  may  he  made  to  raise  the  land  alioiii  I'oint  dtd  Indio,  it'  bound  up  to  Hiienos 
Ayres;  or  N.  \V.  or  more  northerly,  to  get  sight  of  the  Mount  Video;  liavinj;;  due  re- 
iiard  to  the  sot  of  the  rurront,  iijjor  down  the  river,  (hat  you  may  neither  he  horsed  on 
the  S.  K.  tail  of  the  Ortiz  Flats,  nor  on  tin  western  |)art  of  the  Archimedes'  Bank. 
The  hotfom  above  this  is  soft  iiiiid.  or  clay,  in  the  (dianiuds,  lit  for  safe  anchorage.  In 
latitude  3')^  .'111'  S.,  or  ihereahouts,  and  due  south  of  the  Archimedes'  Hank,  or  some 
miles  further  tn  the  eastward,  I  have  been  told  by  some  persons  they  liave  had  as  little 
y  as  4  fathoms,  hard  ground. 

"  Ships  leaving  Monte  Video,  to  proceed  up  to  IJiienos  Ayres,  must  be  very  attentive 
I  to  the  lead;  and  the  course  steered  across  the  river  must  ho  very  carid'ully  regulated  by 
the  set  of  current  at  tlie  time.  If  the  weather  be  sufficiently  clear,  the  mount  is  the 
most  sure  guide,  keeping  it  by  an  azimuth  compass,  on  the  magnetic  bearing  N.  K.  by 
N. ;  and  when  it  sinks  to  an  eye  in  the  top,  a  more  westerly  course  may  he  steered  to 
raise  the  land  about  I'oiiil  del  Indio.  This  direc  lion  is  iiiteiide(l  to  apply  particularly  to 
frigates,  or  any  ships  drawing  mor(^  than  Hi  feet  water;  because  it  is  not  advisable  for 
[them  to  cross  the  tail  of  the  ( )rliz  Klats  much  farther  to  the  westward  than  a  true  S.  W. 

lurse  from  the  mount  will  take  them;  for,  with  a  low  river,  I  have  had  barely  .'!j   fa- 
^thoins.  in  the  Nereiis,  with  the  mount  hearing  N.  .^.'j''  K.  hy  ccmipass,  distant  Id  ieagii'^s. 
I  At  other  times,  1  have  sunk  the  mount  on  a  N.  ."jlf  K.  magnetic  hearing,  and   had  as 
nnich  as  ."i.'r  fathoms  water;  but  the  river  was  then  wtdl  filled. 

"The  Ortiz  Hank  extends  from  hit.  :vr  •,'.'>'  S.  to  hit.  .'i.')^  l.'i'  S.  Shijis  fiassing  be- 
Itween  the  Ortiz  and  the  south  shore,  have  only  to  keep  the  land  in  sight,  to  clear  the 
jbank.  On  the  C'hico  Hank,  (tlu;  smallest  of  the  Ortiz  and  the  most  southern,)  there  i.s 
[the  wreck  of  a  vessel,  the  mast  of  which  serves  as  a  beacon,  lying  about  12  miles  cast 
l^rom  El  Erabudo,  and  8  or  10  iriiles  west  from  the  S.  E.  buoy  on  the  Ortix,  and  may  b» 


C83 


ULUM's  AMnUICAN  t'OAJ'T  IMI.OT. 


pnssod  on  cltbrr  »iilp,  m  thrrc  nre  H  t;it}M»iii«  very  nciir  if  nil  sirournl,  iind  also  fourhium 
Tlinn'  in  a  a.tnu\  piiss;i):t*  lii'iwrfrri  thi'  <Jrti/.  Hiiiik  nnil  C'hii'o,  willi  iiolliiiifj;  Iihh  tlim]  j 
t'iilliiiiiis  ;   tlir  <  >rii/,  sidf  is  til)' ifrrpcst. 

"Soiiiidiii:"',  (III  ;i|i|irM;',(  liitiL'  ilir  south  nid'" 'if  tin-  Orii/.  n;iiik,  tiic  i-c*;;iil:ir,  iuid  «li(,;i||.ij 
^riidtiidiy.  W'lii'ii  vdii  ^cI  j.nril  I'Mtniii,  k"i  |i  nil'  ;i  litili'  uinl  iIii'Imii  iiiio  .'I),,  4  ni  ^ij. 
tliiiiiiM,  Nid't  iMiid  'riic  ii|'|.i(t;irli  Id  llic  Chicii  in  niil  Mile  nil  llii'  ( )|li/.  side,  as  joit^fi 
rroiii  /i  iiilii  'J  rmiitiins  diri'illy,  in  khiik*  pliicfs,  width  iiiakcH  it  HalfMt  In  krtpon  llndr. 
tiz  Midi'  (d  llif  tiiiddic  piiss;ii;i'.  'I'lii'  midiilr  |iit^Mij;f  is  Milt  iiiud  iiiilil  very  iiiiiri,, 
liiiiiks;  till'  pansiip)'  lii'lunii  till'  Cliiio  and  llif  ^liuic  is  loi'  ilir  iiiuni  part  snli  nuid,  ;,^. 
ill  many  plaicsit  uill  r|i;iiii;c  siiddi'iily,  anil  ap|'rai'-i  in  lie  Iniini'd  nl' hard  ;ind  suit 


altcriiatrly.      \'nii  M  ill  cany  .'>',,  .').'.  and  I  lallinins   in  the  cliaiim  I,  and   tin-   |i;i 
from  '1  to  ()  miles  liroad.     Tide  rises  in  tin*  rivt-r  idioiit  /i  (ci  f  in  Hciilcd  wrailKr. 


nd. 


■>>sil:;i' 


Kor  th<;  disiiiuci-  nf  full  1 7  niilcs  to  thr  sniitli-i'aslM  ard  nl'  tlii-  ( )rli/.  jicainii.  tip 


pcn« 


rally 


nil  iiinri' 


am 


I  nl'tni  less,  than  .1'  ralhntns:  ijir  linttnm  (nii;;li  I'lav,  iirari.st 


hank  ;  and  in  ooiut!  placfs  lartlii-r  to  the  .south-iiastward,  Hiil't  iiiiid,  not  iiiun.'  thai 


(1 


lonis. 


•' AricrHinkiii^  tlits  mount  nhoiit  N.  K.  hy  N.and  havini,' :!',  failmnis,  a  W.  S,  W.cnin^ 
will  raise  till'  land,  (if  the  wcailicr  is  ehar,)  alMiiii.  INiuit  del  liidio  to  ilii"  lyeaiiijt 
inasthr.id ;  and  prolialily  yon  will  iini  have  more  than  :!|,  or  at  liest,  .">,J  ralii(iiiis.  XIk 
mount  and  land  near  I'oiiit  del  Indin  are  sniiieiihies  visilde  at  the  same  time. 

"I'nint  del  Indio  is  in  latitude  alunil  .'!'»     K.'  S.  and  0    .'id    \V.  ol  the  Mount  V 
from  which  it  hears  S.  d.T'  W.  hy  I  lie  world,  distant  .'iO  iiiilns.     'I'lu-rc  is  litllo  mm 


Kli'n, 


I' Mm 


.'{  fathoms  at  the  disiancf  of  1(1  nr  1  I  miles,  when  the  river  is  in  a  mean  state ;  tarti 
the  southward,  and  nil  I'nint  I'iedras,  there  is  only  that  depth  11  or  l'>  miles  nlVs 
Very  threat  eaiition,  llierelnre,  is  rei|uired  in  a|i|irnaehiii:;  it ;  and  a  constant  Im  h,  ,1 
should  he  kept  lor  the  land,  as  it  is  very  low,  and  cannot  he  seen  I'artiier  than  iL'irl, 
miles  ill  any  weather,  from  the  deck  of  a  frigate. 

"When  the  land  is  handy  raised  to  an  eye  1')  or  'JO  fret  ahove  tlie  surface  of  llicm 
tor,  a  W .  .N.  W.  mamieiie  eniiisc  will  lead  alniit;  slinre,  hetweeii  it  and  the  snnlli  pm 
the  Ortiz,  which  is  distant  altniil  II  miles  from  it  :   and  lielween  tiieni  there  is  im  »|„;, 
more  water  than  .';',  hut  iimsily  ;;;  r;iiiioms.      With  a  hi^h  river,   I  have  had  a  i|ii,ii' . 
less  l    fathoms.     The  nearer  ilie  ( )iti/.,  the  deeper  the  water. 

*'  In  steeriii'i  up  W.  .\.  W'.,  with  the  land  seen  from  the  deck,  (if  (dear  wcatlur,)!  t 


will  have  ;!',  or  ;>!  fathoms,  vet  if  the  river  is  It 


I' 


some  casts  of  ."J  fall 


Willi" 


raise  a  remarkalde  clump  nl  liees, 


called  Kniliudn,  wlui  h  are   much  lallertliaii 


llii'i'-' 


highest  at  tlie  west  end,  and  lie  in  hit.  ;!■'•    l<    S.,  and  in  Iniij;.  1     Id'  .'JO'   W.of  liic  .\|. 


Video,  or  ii?'  .'50"  K.  of  the  cathedral  of  I 


Mieiios 


A) 


res. 


At  some  distance  to  ili 


(■»ij[- 


ward  of  the  Kmluido  trees,  there  is  another  clump  almiit  the  same  Iieii,'hl ;  but  tin  .1  it- 
in}>  highest  at  the  east  end,  are  sullicienlly  dislin^uislu'd  not  to  he  mistaken  InrllifUii. 
Emliudo. 

"  When  in  .'J^  or."}}  lathoiiis,  tjie  Kmliudn  lrec:s  bear  hy  comjiass  W.  .*>.  \V.,  thc^^.E 
end  of  the  Cliico  IJank  will  hear  W.  N.  W.,  or  thereahoiits,  10  or  1 1  miles  from  \m 
and  you  must  now  deicrmine  from  the  water  that  your  shiji  draws,  and  the  liicn  mhh 
lion  of  the  wind  and  si;ile  of  tiie  v.eiulicr,  Mlielher  you  will  pass  lielween  the  ('liunn 
thesiiore,  or  lietwicn  tlie  Ortiz  and  tti<'  Cliieo.  I  have  passed  iipand  down  sever;illimrt| 
bi'twcen  the  Chicoaiid  the  south  shore  in  the  Nereus,  lii;htened  iii  her  draft  to  i^l'tf 
inches;  hut  1  would  never  attempt  it  ajrain  from  choice,  now  I  am  hutter  ac(|uaiiittiUiii| 
the  middle  channel  lielween  the  ("hlco  and  the  Ortiz,  and  have  every  reason  to  bcl 
that  the  midille  unniiid  some  cliarls  l;iy  down  in  it.  does  nut  exist. 


Mien  I 


A  ship  not  draw  ini:  more  than  l.j  feet  may  take  either  passage,  ami  of  tlie  twd.nn:!;: 
perhaps  to  prefer  thai  to  the  southward  oftlie  (Jhico  liaiik.  particularly  it"  the  wind  slii.ii!i| 
he  well  to  the  sniithwanl,  as  sjie  mijilit  take  her  snundinys  from  the  weather  slinri'.ici! 
keepini;  in  someuhai  more  than   lier  own  draft,  run  up  alniii;  it,  and  by  nut  defj)i'Diiij| 
ahove  .'{  fathoms,  would  ensure  lieiii<;  in  tlie  southward  ol  the  Chico. 

"The  S.  K.  end  of  the  Chico  l>aiik  hears  from  the  Kmhudo  trees,  N.  ^2^  K.,  true, 
distant  10  miles,  and  K.  ')  '  N.,  1.'}  miles  from  Atalaya  churcdi.  Its  latitude  tlicro  hoi' 
fiG' ;]()"  S.,  and  Innjiitudu  1"  ')'  \V.  of  the  .Mount  \'ideo.     'J'his  hank  runs  in  tlir  diiec- 1 


tion 


of  N.  31    \\'.,  true,  or   N.  (>•'>     W..  hv  cnmnass.  ahout  l,'}  miles  to  its  N.  W.  t' 


'lUi. 


which  is  in  latitude  .'il  ~  is'  .jO"  .S..  and  17'  K.  ofUucnos  Ayres  Cathedral.  Fnim  i™ 
N.  W.  end,  in  M  feet  water,  Atalaya  Church  hears  S.  ir'  W.,  distant  11  miles;  ami 
Point  Santiago.  Inrniiiii;  the  Knsenada  de  ]5arraf;an,  hears  \V.  1°  N.,  11  miles  from ii. 
The  hreadth  oftlie  Chico  does  not  e\(;eed  two  miles,  or  perliajis  n  mile  and  a  half,  aiii 


its  inner  ediie  is  ahniu  ')  miles  frnm  tlii-  short 


Tl 


le  water  lielween  it  and  tiie  slmrcisnol 


where  more  tlian  .T.',  fathouis,  and  tlii;  deepest  water  is  alonj;  the  inner  edne  of  the  slinal. 
at  the  tlistancc  of  lialf  a  mile  from  it,  or  less  in  some  jilaces.     Ahout  midway  liciwic 


11 1: 


and  the  shore  there  is  a  quarter  less  three  fathnniH.     On  some  parts  of  tlie  Chico  tlieifl 


BLlJrVT'8  AMERICAN  COAsT  I'lLOT. 


683 


,  !in»l  »Un  fourbiKni. 

•  rciiuliir,  mill  «li(,;il,n 
Mil  into  '.\}.,  4  i)r,)|j. 

)rli/.  <*i<l<',  as  ji.u  ;.i| 
h\  III  U('i'|i  on  (III  tif. 
tl  until  vt^rv  iii'iiriU 
isi  |)ai't  siil'i  iiMiil.  u.- 
r  liaiil  ami  sntt  nil.,, 
I,  anil  llif  |iii.sMn;i.  ^ 
lilni  wcatlnr. 
)iti/.  Iiiswiiii,  iliipi, 
u;;li  riay.  ncarfxt  • , 

mil  iiiiir*'  than  '.'^  i,. 

IS,  a  W .  S.  W.  riii.M 
lid  to  tin-  i')i'  ill  I 
St,  .".J  ratliiini.s.    Ti, 
<:ini<'  tiiiit'. 
ol  tlic  Mount  Vi(!,i,, 
WW  i'.  Hull'  imiiciluD 
iicaii  Htato;  tarthrrlu 
or  ir>  inilcH  oil'  s||„ie 
ul  a  roii.slant   lodkuiii  | 
lartlier  than  IL'urL 

ho  surface  of  tlio  \»j 

ami  the  soiitli  |i:iri>: 

(•111  then'  is  tin  \\\m 

1  liavo  liad  :i  ijUiiiiti 

Ifclrar  wratlicr,) ym  | 

i>ts  of  .■;   latlidiiis  ;:iil 

:li  lailcr  lliaii  tliin^i,  | 

wr  W.of  llic.M,.;:i 

(listaiicf  to  lla»t5i- 

ii'i^iit ;  but  tlicscU- 

inisiaUcn  liirtlieiruf  I 

\V.  S.  W..  iIm'S.E 
1 1  mill's  fidiii  Null 
,  ami  the  tlii'ii  liiM 
twi  Til  till'  Cliiriiiir 
1  down  srviTiiltiii,' 
lici- ilial't  Id  I -lit: 
cttrr  ai'(|Uiuiiliii»H' 
very  roason  In  bi'lieHl 

am]  of  the  twii.u'i.' 
Iv  if  till' wiiiil  -In 
II'  wralliiT  siiiiit.  .. 
mil  by  not  dei:|)tiu; 

M's,  N.  ;i-J'  K.,  tni?. 

lalilndi!  iIkto  iso4' 
iiiU  runs  in  ihr  (lii«- 
li's  III  its  N.  \V.  onil. 
ulii'iir.il.  Fiomilii' 
islant  11  mill's;  iii.i 
Nm  M  miles  fioni'i; 

mile  and  n  lialf.-'"' 

it  and  the  sliinch:" 

u'l-  ed«c  of  llif  ^'i"'' 

ut  miiiwav  Initwiiii  ' 

ts  of  the  C'hico  liiei* 


|<  rnry  lilll"  water,  nni\  wiihin  tlie  liinitH  I  liavo  iitsi^neil  to  it  no  moro  than  H  feet. 

p   Tlieri'  >vas,  for  sonn'  year.s,  liie  mast  of  a  vi-shi'I  ealbd  llie  I'andora,  wliieli  was  wrei:kt;(l 

,11  iliiH  shoal,  ill  lat.  .'M"  f*\'  S.,  iihoiit  'i  miles  from  its  S.  K.  end,  which  |M'oveil  an  ox- 

ri-lli'iit  lieaeon  to  i^nlde  ships  iiasoin;  il   on  eiilirr  side;   bin  ii   his  di-<a|i|ieari'il.     It  in 

'•isary  thil  thr>'r   Inioys  should  he   plaecd  on  this  dangerous  slimil,  to  mark  itn 


very  iieei 
(.,. litre  mil 


ileael 


I  em 


I  I'll 
\1 


'•'I'll  ships  drawing  less  iliaii  lifieen  feet,  it  is  only  further  necessary  In  rerommenri 
UP  and  atteniinn  on  appro  ichiiii;  I'oiiit  St.  las^o,  which  forms  hiishy  and  distinct;  nnd 
I, I'll  il  I '  liroituht  'o  hear  to  the  soiilh-westwanl,  haul  out  into  tlii>  stream  of  :i',  f.ithoms, 


III   I'llM 


iii|  Hillside  ill"  si>lt,   v,iiie!l  milt  abolll   .\ 


W 


bv  ciiiii;ia'w  jnini  I'oiiil  St 


iKo  at 


|i<;isl  till  i»r  eleven  miles;  its  extreme  point,  in  t'.vo  fithoiis.  iii-iii.;  live  miles  from  the 
(thiire.  Whnii  two  remarkable  trees  on  I'oint  Lara  an;  bioui;lit  lo  bear  S,  by  K.  ,',  K.  or 
S.  S.  K.  by  compass,  you  are  past  ihe  .Spit.  Tills  murk  will  also  KmiI  u  sliip  of  tint 
ilrain:lii  lit  water  ileur  lo  ilic  wi-siward  of  liie  Spit,  in  ninniii.'  in  tow  nils  ilic  Kfiscnaila. 

'•  Alter  passim;  till- spit  ol' I'liinl  Si.  iii':ti.  in.'l'  latlimii :.  a  W.  by  ,N.  mirihcijy  course 
liv  compass  will  lead  up  I)  tin-  outer  road  of  r.iii'iins  Aue",  where  any  sliip  may  Miifuly 
aiirlidr  in  the  water  she  draws,  if  the  river  is  low. 

"  Kriijatcs,  or  any  vessels  drawiii'^  more  thui  Id  feet  wat"r,  nIioiiIiI  barely  raisp  ilip  land 
aliciiit  I'liiiit  ill  1  111. (id  lo  till' eye  on  deck,  and  borrow  iiearci  ijie  ( ),ii/, :  more  particularly 

sftrasS.  W.  bv  \V.  (ma'iiietic ;)  for,  with 


lli'll  till"  I'liiiliiido  trees  are  binil 


'111  t 


liear  a 


ihe  Kiiiliudo  beariim  from  S.  \V.  to  S.  S.  W.  ihi-  boitom  is  Hal,  olf  to  .">  fathoms,  full  7 
miles  Iroiii  the  shore,  and  ciiielly  hard  clay,  'i'iieri'fore,  when  tlie  I'lmbiido  trees  liear  \V. 
S.  W.  Iiy  compass,  and  you  are  about ')  or  10  miles  oll'siiore,  in  :>',  fatlioms,  if  you  liave  a 
li'iidiiiir  wind.  Il  nil  to  the  N.  \V.  by  W.  or  more  ninlherly  ;  in  nny  be  reipiiied  to  clear 
till'  S.  I'),  tail  of  till'  (.'iiico,  on  w  hich  a  red  buoy  is  placed,  and  you  will  soon  deepen  your 
water  to  I  fathoms,  ami  more  in  the  middle  cliaimel,  betwt'in  the  Chico  and  the  Orti/, 
Sliiial.  'I'lie  fair  course  lhioii;;h,  between  them,  is  about  .N.  W.  Iiy  W.  ',  W.  (magnetic,) 
iiiiil  in  midcliamiel  the  land  can  biil  just  be  disiin.'^Miislied  from  the  quarter  deck  of  a 
friuale.     When  tiie  Kiiibudo  trees  bear  S. -JO     \V.  by  coinpass.  you  will  be  abreast  of  tl 


Us.  K.  Piid  III  liie  Chico,  and  may  either  lake  voiir  slioal 


iOl 


•0 

iiidin.,'s  aloiiu  its  northern  or 


outer  edije,  to  about  a  rpiarK  r  less  lour,  if  llie  wind  i<  soiiiherly.  or  if  the  wind  be  north- 
erly, (ir  easterly,  borrow  iiilo  a  eoiivenieiit  lieplli  alom;  the  soiillierii  edt,'e  of  the  ( )rti7,. 
I  heljeve  the  breadth  of  this  middle  chaiiiiei  may  be  live  or  six  miles,  and  the  deptii  of 
water  from  l  to  .'>',,  and  even  U  fatlinms,  in  the  lair  way.  about  the  N.  \V.  part  of  it,  ami 
alireast  that  end  of  the  ( 'liieo.  'I'lie  ipiality  ol'iiie  uroiiml  all  tlii!  way  ihrouijh  this  cliaimol 
(is  Ceiierally  soft  miid.  and  lit  fo-  safe  aiiehorai;e. 

'  "Tlie  iN.  W.  pilch  id"  the  <  hico  i'lank,  on  which  is  a  red  f{uoy  asbefore  mentioned, 
'bi'inj;  passed,  and  the  depth  ul' water  !}  or  .').',  fuhoms,  you  may  steer  by  compass  W.  I)y 
N.  ',  N'.  or  \V.  Iiy  N.  for  Uiieiios  Avres.  tikiiii:  i  are  not  to  shoal  under  i]iiiirter-less  four 
oil*  Knscnada,  till  l^uinl  ii-ira  trees  bear  S.  S.  I-!.  A  littli'  more  than  hairway  from  INiint 
Lara  to  ilueiios  Ayres  there  arc  two  oilier  remarkahli'  trees.  Wiieii  iiiMured  olf  Ituenos 
Ayres,  in  the  Nereus,  in  1"!  feel  water,  and  ihe  botioiii  soft  mud.  tliese  trees  bore  by  com- 
pass. S.  17  '  K.  the  catlicdral  S.  07  '  W.  and  the  spire  of  the  iieeoleia  Convent  .S.  76° 
W. 


variation 


lUA  E 


P.  I  IK  \  WOOD. 


ITII»3  RIVER  PLATA  TO  CAPE  EIORI¥,  FAT.KLAI\D 
IISLAIVD!$,  ISOIJTn  ISHETLAND,  &:c. 

The  con  '  of  the  Pampas,  nr  plains  of  Buenos  Ayres,  extends  from  the  River  Plata 
ito  till!  Colorado  or  IJed  iliver.  represented  in  lal.  ;i') '  .50'  .S.  It  is  entirely  tlat,  and  des- 
liliite  of  harliois.  Tlie  interior  is  one  v.ist  plain,  mostly  covered  with  ^rass  and  clover, 
Ihe  food  of  inillions  of  liorned  cattle.  The  maritime  part,  noxt  the  .sea,  has  iieen  called 
'y  the  Spaniards  the  Pays-del  Diable,  or  Devil's  Country,  (no  very  attractive  appella- 
liiMi,)  yet  the  coast  may  be  approached  with  safety,  as  the  soundings  arc  regular. 

AIUKL   ROCKS — Coastof  Duenos  Ayres,  lat.  40'='  1'  S.,  long.  57°  37'  W.     Ror-i, 
iBupposed  to  be  above  water. 

€    Extract  from  the  log  book  of  the  schooner  Ariel,  of  Whitehaven,  Thomas  Dij...Ui 
Imaster,  on  her  passage  froai  Liverpool  to  Valparaiso,  Dec.  ii'2,  1827  : 


*  Thoro  is  a  <;ooJ  harbor  ut  thia  place. 


584 


BLUM'  S  AiMERICAM  COAST  PILOT. 


^■tW 


■  It.     .   •*.;  / 


'•  At  1 1  hours  45  mirmtes,  A.  M.,  tiioderat'.'  hroi'zcs  from  tlic  N.  K.,  steering  S.  H.  W, 
by  compass,  saw  somctliiii:,'  oT  a  n-ddi-ili  apiiearaiice,  a  little  al)()V(;  water,  at  alxiiii  ^ 
(]iiarti'r  ol  a  inili!  disiant.  i  laiiicd  iii  lor  it,  soiiiidi'd,  and  obtained  hditiini  at  17  I', 
fine  ^roy  sand.     'I'll'-  (ilijci't  seen 


dxint  ()  Ici-'t  aliovi'  tin'  water,  ami  -JO  or  ;!0  | 


lllllllN, 

ii'H  in 


circuiid't'icMcc,  Imt  mor(!  fxtcnsivc  imdcrricatli.  W'Iiimi  cIosp  to.  wi?  saw  aiioilu-r  li 
at  about  J  or  .'{  cables"  length  to  tlie  N.  K.oltlie  (irsf,  also  of  a  reddish  appearance.  'Ij 
sea  was  breaking  over  them,  with  a  noise.  There  was  some  sea-weed,  and  a  niinihf  r 
sea-birds  about  them.  These  rocks  lie  in  ilie  general  track  oCveisels  round  Cape  1|„,, 
to  the  west  coast  o!'  South  America.  The  liiitude  >va-i  obtained  liv  a  ;;o()d  incrnli;, 
altitude  ol'tlie  sun,  and  the  longitude,  by  ^oml  lunar  ()ii-;ervatiims  taken  that  day,  ami  |, 
chronometric  oiiservatiims.  Til.  1)1  \ON,  Masifi." 


UK)  .N'HtilvO. —  In  coming  from  the  ea-;twanl  to  Kio    Nei;ro,  the  navigator  sli 


"li:' 


endeavor  to  make  tlie  land,  in  ab(»ut  the  paralbd  <it   Id    -'r. 


and  ionuitiidc  b"J°  1.")  W 


when  he  will  liist  see  I'ouil  l!a/.a,  which  will  be  readily  known  by  three  reniaik.i 
huuunocdvs.  Alter  approaching  to  within  one  league  of  this  point,  he  may  steer  son' 
west  towards  Ivio  Neyro.  takin:;  caie   not  to  (•ouie  into   less  than  '>   or  -i  lathonis  «:i:, 


w'rth  a  sandv  bottiuu. 


Th 


le  shore  is  a  conii'juap.i  ,•  o 


f  low 


sam 


I   hill 


s.  interspersed 


lieath  and  brushwond,  until  you  approach  ;)'»■  'iver,  where  tlie  iiiilocks  become  m,. 
elevated,  and  .u'c  comi)osed  of  clean  uliite  sa,  d,  lyini;  iii  ridues  or  iindnlalions,  likii,. 
waves  of  the  ocean. 

About  4  or  .")  miles  south  of  Point  lla/.a,  is  a  singular  hillock  of  brushwood,  k.wn- 
small  slirnl)s  io\vard.>  the  east  end,  which  from  tin*  sea  appears  lik(^  a  ilrove  of  en:!. 
Eia;iit  iiules  to  the  south  and  west  of  this,  is  a  remarkable  i,'ap.  about  'J.',  miles  had, ;/ 
the  beach.  As  voii  approach  the  entrance  ol'  Kio  iVciiro,  the  ran^e  (d  while  sand  lull, 
will  terminate,  and  the  iiioutl;  of  the  river  beariiui  W.  8.  W.  appears  iiiuh  and  liltiilU'i 
the  eastern  side.  'I'hi-  western  point  of  the  river  is  low,  but  rises  jL^radiially  to  the  Su\v\ 
JJaranca,  which  is  lii^h  anil  bind',  terminatiny:  in  a  perpendicular  |)oiiif,  and   this  |iiiii,' 


i.s  a  table 


itid 


liu- 


■I  or  •")  miles  lo  the  wesluanl. 


>  1>^ 


To  enter  the  hari)or  of  Kio  Ne^ro,  without  a  jiilot,  the  siuithcast  chaiund  is  to 
fcrred ;  and  you  must  keej)  ahuii;  in  4,  .'>,  nr  f>  tallKun-^  ot' water,  until  you  bring  I' 
de  Maine  to  bear  N.  W.  Tiien  steer  for  tin' mouth  ol' the  river,  obsiu-viiu;  to  keepI'Mr 
Welcome,  which  is  a  reiu:irkable  bluff  iiroiiiontoiy.  about  lU  yards  open  of  a  Ioh  |ii.|i 
oil' the  pilot's  house.  These  marks  are  distinctly  seen,  when  Point  de  Maine,  tliiii,; 
ern  point  o(  the  river.  i)ears  .\.  \V.  J?iU  beware  ol'  the  llood  tide,  which  sets  vim:- 
over  the  north  bank:  and  if  your  vessel  draws  more  than  Kt  feet  (d"  water,  you  iinwiv 
attempt  to  enter  until  thri'e  (piarters  of  flood,  when  you  will  liive  from  'J  to  •,",  faiinii; 


of  water  between  the  iiank>i,  which  will  deepe 


as  you  approach  I'oint  de  Alaiiir 


breakers  on  the  bank  are  distinctly  seen,  and  with  a  southerly  wind  it  freijueiiily  lip 
all  round  the  channel,      ilaviiif; passed  through  bi-tween  the  north  and  south  ballk^. 


l';iN|r!|l 


«il. 


Will  lind  4,  5,  and  (>  fathoms  of  water,  but  you  must  be  careful  and  keep  the 
point  on  board  until  you  are  inside  of  the  point  id' the  borras  ;  by  which  means  yoii 
clear  the  inner  bank,  which  extends  two  thuds  of  its  leii;:tli  oiilsidi'  the  harbor's  iiidu;!:. 
In  this  river,  at  the  town,  there  are  about  two  hours  (lood  tide,  and  conuiKMily  alieiitii;; 
hours  of  el)i)  tiije,  freijueiitly  runniim  at  the  rate  id'  live  or  six  miles  an  hour.  Ihit  Hiih 
in  the  mouth  of  the  river  the  (lood  tide  runs  four  limirs,  and  the  ebb  tid(>  ei^ht  limiiv  ; 
the  rate  of  three  and  a  half  miles  an  hour.  It  is  liii:li  water  at  the  bar,  mi  the  il;iy<. 
new  and  full  iiiomi.  at  a  ijiiarter  past  I  1  ;  and  the  water  rise-;  there  1  I  feet  on  tlie'.|M;i; 
tide.;,  and  f^  feet  on  the  neap  tides;  but  when  liie  wind  blows  strmi^ly  frimi  the  S.  1. 
the  tide  rises  from  I'J  to  1-i  i'vi^t.  There  is  a  reyular  tide  aloiij;  the  coast,  (>  Inuiis  llm  ' 
and  (>  hours  ebb,  but  the  (lood  tide  inclines  rather  towards  the  shore,  about  N.  K.b' 
N.,  at  the  rate  oft'  (U-  .'?  miles  an  luutr.  < 'oiise(|ueiitly  in  entering;  the  Ivio  Ne^ni,  |r^ 
ticular  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  currents  and  tides  wliiidi  set  strongly  to  the  N,  t. 
round  the  Point  de  Maine. 

In  this  river,  refreshments  of  all  kinds  can  be  procured. 

FALKLAND  l.'^LANDS,  the  .Maluinas  of  the  Spaniards.— These  islands  Iw 
borne  dil)"erent  names,  successively  imi)ailed  by  the  idder  navitjators.  Keretitly  tin) 
havf  I  eeii  taken  j)oss(!Ssiou  id",  in  a  Imanal  iiianner,  as  bidoii^inir  to  the  I'liiteil  Pro- 
vinces of  South  America.  And  on  account  of  some  outrage  committed  by  the  sctllir* 
on  American  vessels,  the  settlement  was  broken  up  by  the  I'.  S.  slooj)  of  war  Lcxiii:' 
ton,  in  the  year  ]r*:il.  Since  tlieii  they  have  been  talieu  i)oss(!ssiou  of  by  order  ol  ll" 
British  siov.'rnment. 

Tlui  ish.ndsand  isb-ts,  in  <reneral.  appear  ei(ually  bleak  and  desolate,  presentina  b;irrPii|^ 
shores  and  naked  limestone  uiountaius.  with  no  other  vegetation  than  heatli  and  gn'^ 


In  the  low  gn.ui:ds  a  stratum  of  peat.  '.'  feet  thick,  coveru  a  bed  of  stone  or  slatr. 


Thf 


quadrupeds  art  wolves  ami  foxes,  w  liich  earth  themselves  alike.     .Seals  and  sea  birflsarf 
innumerable.     The  advantages  wf  the  i-shuids  are  their  excellent  harbors,  a  climate  com 


tnonly  tein; 
nlaimlant. 
Ill,'  it  in  ab 
ilic  sdiitli  a 
Our  infor 
!hi'  an",  III) 
u'ry  near  ;l 
IjieiitPiia 
Npw  ."^iiiith 
on  the  'J  1st 
.«ntVlv  to  an 
priirePils  as 
'•  Our  int 
\i'w  Islanih 
I  III  .Vew  Ish 
W.  by  com 
the  PMtrancf 
n  binlf,  stani 
ver  Island,  a 
"  As  if  is 
monts,  lo  ol) 
wTitlier  trri) 
iliiiik  that  a 
"  llaviiiir  I 
stronjtj,   and 
iipfpssity  eiti 
pas<;i2e  amoi 
iiiil  down  in 
brought  us  t( 
h:inil,  a  few 
near  eMnu<,'h 
a  steep  side, 
Hh  ,1,'ivpn  it  t' 
51'  ir  soiit'i 
hi"  liriiunht  I 
(Ibservinj;  th 
r;,'lit  astern  z 
tiin'e  huinmii 
on  the  left  is 
ill  both,  but  fi 
filler  form  n 
th"  tides  of  f 
the  rocks  on  t 
iniist  go  in,  u 
.riiiiain!!  here 
is  a  sandy  bea 
water  to  anclii 
iflfiil  a  westerlv 
jhe  get  under 
Five  smal 
together,  bear 
'lenvc  them  on 
'cnse  when  we 
she  attended  to 
.,fes  we  were  ca 
llnin  is  very  foi 
*liiiiild  the  wii 
'I'daiiil,  if  she  i 
jlioitoin,  within 
|c;irry  a  vessel  i 
'    "  It  is  propi 
^ler  left  hand, 
4iianl  side  afte 
lying  at  a  cons 
Teiable  to  runn 


^"umi^iiii,,  k 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


E.,  steering  S.  S.  W, 
i)V(!  Wiiifr,  lit  alioiii  ,1 
Ixitliiin  iit  17  I'iilliiiiiiN, 
■,  iiiiil  'Jd  Di  :;o  icitii, 
wv  s:i\v  aiiiitlicr  In  .ii, 
ish  iipiK'iirimcf.  'ri,,. 
'('(>(l.  iiiwl  a  niiinlxr  .| 
els  nmml  ( ";i|)i'  linn.  ,| 
il  liv  ;i  ;;()()(l  incriilio 
iilvfii  lliiil  <lav,  ami  \.\ 

DIXON,  M";\st('r."' 
tli(<  iiMvi^iitor  sliiiii!,! 
loiiuiludf  ()-J°  l.VW, 

liy  tlin'i'  n- murk. I" 
t,  he  iiv.iy  steer  sdi-;;. 
(i  or  H  rjitlioiiis  wMn 
ills,  inti'rs|)crsi'il  in;!, 
iilldcks  litToim-  Hint. 
r  niiiluhirniiis,  likr  'i. 

of  hrushwontl.  Ii;i\:i.; 
liU(>  i\  drove  ol'  nnl. 
iholll  'J',  miles  hiirki)! 
Hire  of  wiiile  siiml  ||ill< 
lears  lii^li  aii<l  liliiiin'; 
<;ni(Uiiilly  to  the  Smiil 
point,   iiuii    tllis  |iiiii; 

ist  cliiiiinel  i.s  lo  In.  |i|.'. 
until  _Vo\i  brim;  I'w!.' 
)liserviiin  tr)  keep I'mn' 
■(Is  open  of  ;>  low  |iii:!,i 
int  (le  .Maine,  llir  la.;- 
ide.  which  sets  •^imii; 
of  water,  voii  now  111', 
from  •.'  to  •,>',  fallmm  | 
)int  de  Maine.    T 
I  it  lre((nenll_v  ImiKS 
md  south  l)aiik<.  \iii; 
and  keep  llie  i';i>iitD 
which  nu'an.s  yeiiwill 
the  harhor's  itiDUlli, 
eonunonly  aiiiiiitte  j 
s  an  hour.     I!iit«iih- 
lit  tide  eiL'hl  liiiin\'. 
u-  liar,  on  the  ijiiy^u! 
I  feel  on  the  <\mf:\ 
i)wj.\\  Irom  the  S.I 
cijasi.  ()  iionrs  llod' 
ore,  alioiit   N.  Y..'<i] 
^  the  Kill  .\"e::ro,  |m' 
stron'ilv  to  the  N.f'. 


— These   islniwls  \m 
ators.      IJecently  ilu)  I 
;:    to  the    Tnited  W 
imitted  hy  the  seiilirM 
sloop  of  war  Lexin;- 
jion  of  liy  onlerot'il''! 

late,  presentiii;;li;i"''^' 
than  heath  and  p'l- 
f  stone  or  slatf.  'H'' 
Seals  and  sea  hirrfsJr' 
inrl)or.s,  a  climate  cum 


monly  temperato  and  healthy,  but  subject  to  great  vicissirude.s.  The  running  waters  are 
nliiindant.  Thouijii  tlu'  islands  have  no  wood,  there  is  no  want  of  fuel,  the  peat  afford- 
iti,'  it  ni  abundance.  Lar^eciuantilies  are  sometimes  found,  which  appear  to  come  from 
ihc  south  and  west. 

Our  nifornnition  with  regard  to  the  islands  i.i  yet  imperfect.  The  positions  in  the  ta- 
ble are,  however,  given  as  nearly  as  we  could  obtain  them.  We  believe  that  they  are 
very  near  the  truth,  especially  in  the  western  poi'its. 

liieiuenant  (irant,  commander  of  the  f^ady  Nelson,  in  the  relation  of  liis  voyage  to 
New  ."^iiuth  VV^^les,  has  given  some  usefn!  remarks  on  these  islands.  lie  states  that, 
on  the  "Jlst  .January,  l."^()J,  having  before  intended  to  touch  at  these  islands,  they  came 
sat'civ  to  an  anchor  iii  Hope  I5ay,  or  J  Jttle  West  Point  Harbor,  in  the  N.  VV.,  atid  then 
proceeds  as  follows  : 

'•Our  intention  had  been  first  to  touch  at  a  cluster  of  island.s  to  the  westward,  called 
New  Islands  by  the  Americans,  who  are  the  most  constant  visitors  of  Falkland's  Islands. 
(»ri  New  Islands  are  found  plenty  of  goats  and  hogs.  They  lie  about  .'{()  miles  ,S.  S. 
W.  by  comj^ass  Irom  West  Hay,  as  a  N.  N.  K.  course  carried  us  from  them  clear  to 
the  entrance  of  West  Poi.it.  They  are  distinguished  by  a  particular  saddle  island  and 
n  liliilf,  standing  separately  froiu  each  other.  Thry  are  a  little  to  tiie  northward  of  lea- 
ver Island,  and  may  be  easily  found  by  the  two  remarkable  islands  just  mentioned. 

"  As  it  is  of  the  greatest  coiisc(|Uciu'e  to  mariners,  when  in  want  of  water  or  refresh- 
ments, to  obtain  every  possible  information  in  order  to  secure  a  port  amongst  this  foul- 
HPither  group  of  isl mils,  which  jiurpose  may  be  defeated  by  the  smallest  oversight,  I 
lliiiik  that  a  U^w  remarks  made  in  the  run  may  rmt  be  unacceptable. 

"  llavinir  made  New  Islands,  the  westerly  wind,  which  generally  )>rcvails,  blowingvery 
strong,  and  in  sfnialls,  would  not  permit  us  to  anchor.  We  were  therefuro  under  the 
iipcessity  either  of  making  the  harbor  of  West  Point,  or  running  in  the  night  through  a 
pas<a!;e  among  the  ,Ia«.ons,  well  known  to  be  full  of  rocks  and  shoals,  many  of  them  not 
i  liil  down  in  any  chart.  1  have  bei'ore  observed,  that  liO  miles  N.  N.  E.,  by  compass 
brought  us  to  the  entrance  of  West  Point  Harbor.  In  this  run  there  are,  on  the  right 
Iniid,  a  few  small  flat  islands,  called  Pass  Islands.  'JMiese  ought  to  be  kept  on  board 
near  enough  to  see  the  surf  breaking  on  them  :  and  soon  after  a  remarkable  island,  with 
a  steep  side,  will  present  itself,  having  the  appearance  of  a  split  in  th.}  middle,  which- 
hts  given  it  tli'>  naivie  of  Split  Island.  Here  we  observed  the  latitude,  at  noon,  to  be 
,Sr  1  r  sout'i,  when  it  bore  K.  N.  E.,  by  compass,  distant  tliree  miles.  The  split  must 
bp  liroughf  to  bear  south  liy  west  in  running  in.  and  north  by  east  in  coming  out. 
|()bserving  this,  a  vessel  will  fnid  itself  in  the  tair-way  ;  and  right  ih(;ad  coming  in.  or 
.r:zht  astern  going  out.  a  si:;ht  will  be  had  of  West  Point  erUrance,  making  at  first  like 
tiiri'e  hummocks,  to  the  right  of  which  is  the  moutii  of  the  hariior.-  The  small  harbor 
on  the  lel't  is  pref'rable  to  the  larger  one  on  the  right.  lhon;;h  anchorage  may  be  fotind 
in  lioth,  but  fresh  water  may  more  r(>ailily  be  had  in  the  little  harbor.  Iloth  these  to- 
gether form  nearly  an  oval,  divided  by  the  passage  which  runs  directly  through,  where 
llu'  tides  of  flood  and  ebb  alternately  eiUer.  .\  vessel  must  therefore  haul  close  roimd 
the  rocks  on  the  siniili  side,  to  net  into  the  little  harbor  tor  the  ebb  tide,  with  which  she 
must  go  in,  unless  it  blir.vs  very  strong,  so  as  to  etialhe  her  to  stem  tlie  flood,  both  tides 
.rumiing  heie  with  areat  ia()idity,  and  ivlu'ii  it  blows  hard  raising  a  confused  sea.  There 
is  a  sandy  beach  at  the  top  of  the  harbor,  off  wliidi  a  vessel  may  choose  her  depth  of 
Wnter  to  anchor  in.  In  going  out  of  the  liarbor,  the  northern  passage  is  most  eligible; 
and  a  westerly  wind,  with  a  course  N.  by  K.,  by  compass,  will  carry  a  vessel  out,  provided 
she  get  under  way  at  the  lir.-t  ol'the  ebb. 

'  Five  small  perpendicular  rocks,  called  tlie  Needle  Keys,  appear  when  out,  standing 

ogether,  bearing  N.  E.  by  E  ,  or  thereabouts,  from  the  harbor's  mouth.     It  is  best  to 

eave  them  on  the  ri'.;ht ;  but  should  there  Ik;  little  wind,  ami  the  tide  strong,  as  was  the 

icase  when  we  passed  them,  a  vessel  may  go  close  to  the  right  of  them,     'j'he  tide  must 

healtendetl  to,  as  it  runs  strontrly  betwixt  them.     The  water  close  to  them  is  very  dee[), 

B.s  we  were  carried  by  the  tide  near  euouah  to  throw  any  thitig  upon  them.     The  bot- 

oin  is  very  fmil,  so  that  if  an  anchor  is  let  go,  it  is  a  chan(  e  if  it  is  ever  recovered  ;  and 

liiiiild  the  wind  coiuiiute  light,  the  tide  of  flood  making,  a  vessel   may  anclior  at  Sedi'O 

*Ii|a!iil,  if  she  can  ^et  as  fir  down,  where  10  fathoms  water  will  be  foiinil,  with  a  sandy 

iiiitoni,  within  -J  or  :'.  miles  of  the  shore.     From  Sedge  Island,  a  N.  by  E.  course  will 

•cany  a  vessel  clear  out  to  sea. 

i  "It  is  proper  to  obsurve  here,  that  if  a  vessel  is  olillged  lo  leave  the  Needle  Keys  on 
licr  left  hand,  the  nearer  she  kei>ps  to  them  the  better,  and  even  to  haul  over  on  the  lar- 
tiianl  side  after  she  is  past,  as  she  will  have  the  more  room  to  weather  a  ledge  of  rockit 
Ivinijata  considerable  disiance  out  from  Saundor's  Point.  This  passage  is  much  pre- 
jjfeiable  to  rumiing  through  the  Jasons. 
*  74 


11^ 


.": '  •• 


5SC 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


"  Falkland's  IslHtids  hnve  been  doscribed  by  many  voyaj^ors,  wliose  stay  tbrrp  (-j,,, 
them  belter  oppditiinity  of  oljservation.  I  sliall  just  observe  tlial  they  lie  very  eonvi  m,,,, 
for  being  touehed  at  on  loii<;  voyages,  when  there  happens  such  a  necessity  tor  a  su|ir,|v 
of  seasto(Mi  as  we  (,'xpcrieneed. 

"The  soil  is  light,  i)rodueinii  a  stronc  grass,  known  by  the  name  of  ttissaek,  wliid,  ,, 
set  fire  to,  the  turf  will  burn  tor  a  considerable  time  ;  and  notwiilislaudiiit;  beavy  miu,, 
it  is  not  to  be  extinguished.  1  saw  but  lillie  tindicr,  and  even  brushwood  did  not  ;i),jini 
to  be  in  plenty.     Few  birds  are  to  be  seen,  but  geese  and  penguins  are  in  great  nnnilHr>.. 

"We  found  the  geese  excellent  eating,  without  the  least  taste  of  (ish,  as  tbey  jivm 
grass  and  sea-weed.  Celery  was  fcuind  growing  plentilhlly.  We  used  it  freely,  aju, 
anti-scorbulie  virtues  art;  well  known. 

"  We  found  an  American  ship  lying  here,  called  the  Washington,  of  Nantucket.  ||., 
commander,  Jedediah  Fit/,  informed  me  that  the  Aiiieriean  sailors  have  discovcinl  j,„. 
tatoes  eaten  raw  to  be  a  |)owerful  anti-seorbutie,  and  that  tlieir  whaling  v'jssel.«s  im. 
stantly  took  a  quantity  wilh  them  to  sea,  to  eat  raw.  as  an  antidote  against  the  sen,,, 
He  had  planted  a  ganlt'ii  here,  as  was  tlie  inistom  with  \essi  Is  visiting:  ihis  place,  iiinii, 
brouglit  some  potatoes  I'resli  dug  iVoiii  it,  which  he  lecoinmciuled  me  lo  laste,  alttr-;, 
ting  me  an  example.  1  complied,  and  must  say  tiiat  1  liave  before  taken  a  iiiini'  . 
palateable  medicine.  He  made  use  of  the  young  leaves  of  the  common  doc  k,  Ik  , 
them  as  cabbage,  to  eat  wilh  his  meat.  I  le  siripjied  the  lealfiom  th''  rib  or  sk  m  i;  ; . 
middle,  which  he  said  l/ad  a  purgative-  (|uality.  lie  made  no  usr-  of  the  ct'jcrv.  ,,>  . 
tlmught  the  dock  was  preferai)le  to  it.  I  dined  willi  him  on  board  his  ship,  when  i,  ,. 
of  the  latter  vegetable  was  served  upon  table,  and  u|)on  eating,  1  thought  its  tastt  i 
unpleasant." 

it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  Eastern  or  Ijittle  Island  has  never  yet  been  regiil;!iivM;f 
veyed,  and  its  true  (igure  is  yet  unknown.  Many  dangers  not  yet  laid  down  ij  i^, 
charts  may  therefore  exist  in  tlie  vicinity.  CM'  this  there  lias  lately  been  a  sij.ii,i|  (, 
ample,  in  the  sudden  loss  of  the  French  sloop  I'ranie,  which  was  wrecked  on  the  l'; 
of  February,  18v.'0,  by  striking  on  a  sunken  rock  near  the  mouth  of  French  Hav.  l;, 
vessel,  commanded  by  M.  Freyciiiet,  was  returning  from  her  voyage  around  the  w,. 
She  had  been  driven  by  a  dreadful  storm  fromtiood  .Success  Hay,  in  Tierra  del  |'i,i_, 
Happily  her  people  and  stores  were  saved,  by  an  American,  which  happened  to  Um: 
the  spot.  The  account  of  this  accidi'iit  is  so  vague  that  wi;  cannot  gain  from  it  ihi  •  ■ 
eition  of  the  rock,  but  it  is  clear  that  by  French  J5ay  is  meant  the  iJerkeley  ^wiuu; 
our  charts. 

Ca|)tain  Barnard,  who  was  inhumanly  left  in  those  islands,  where  he  was  a  ion.i.ti 
resident,  by  the  master  and  crew  of  a  IJritish  vessel,  whom  hi;  took  otf  a  wreck, -iiirtl 
that  all  the  dangers  with  wliich  he  is  acqiiainied  (with  the  exception  of  the  rock  oim 
the    Uranie  was  wrecked,  are  covered   with  kelp);  and  as  a  rule  all  the  kelp  is  ii 
avoided.     Captain  King,  ot  the  J\.  N.,  has  given  some  valuable  remarks  on  kelp,  in!,,! 
survey  of  Tierra  del  Fiiego,  republished  in  this  volume,  to  which  we  refer  the  n,nlir. 

Mr.  Wm.  .Marsh,  of  the  brig  Nancy,  IHI.!,  has  favored  us  with  a  rough  skeicli  olittl 
Maluinas,  by  which  it  appears  that  there  is  a  group  id"  isles  at  the  S.  W.  end  of  SkIk;,'. 
or  the  Little  Maiuina,  which  forms  a  convenient  harlxir,  the  track  to  wliich  is  ilciinicaiil 
the  Chart,  Kelp  15ay,  to  the  eastward  of  this  iirmip  is  full  of  «ceds. 

The  late  ('ajit.  .lolin  M'Hride,  (d' the  l\oyal  Navy,  kept  a  regular  jourtial  of  tlifwii;.! 
and  weather  at  the  Falkland  Islands,  from  1st  of  February,  17()(),  to  I'ilh  .laiiuaiy,  K' 
which  was  published  in  177."),  by  Mr.  Dalrympie.  The  journal  concludes  with  tiiPk,. 
lowing  general  remarks  : 

"  From  looking  over  tiie  foregoina;  journal  of  the  winds,  for  the  space  ofoiie  vciir,  tl'l 
will  be  found  to  prevail  in  the  western  (|uarter,  and  generally  blow  a  close  redtil  lii|i-i| 
gale,  with  a  cold  air.     Jn  Noveiid)er  the  vfinds  begin  to  be  more  frecjueiit  in  llie.N.ll 
quarter,  generally  ha/.y  weather,  and  for  the  most  part  blow  about  l(>  or  •.'()  hours,  ffhul 
it  begins  to  rain.      The  wind  then  ri'guiarly  shifts  into  the  westward,  and  so  on,  lilUl 
pets  to  the  S.  W.  by  S.  and  S.  S.  W.,  when  it  blows  fresh,  and  clears  np.     Tlii''S.>, 
W.  wind  continues  for  about   Itj  hours,  then  dies  away,  when  the  wind  shifts  ;i5;uiii« 
the  N.  W.  (|uarter.     This  continues  during  December,  January,  and   Kelininrv.asii 
changes  in  the  manner  above  meiiiioned.  every  three  or  four  days.     As  iMarrli(iiiiif< 
on,  you  have  these  ehaiiL'es  but  seldom,  and  as  the  winter  advances,  they  arc  seliinnii 
the  N.  W.  (|uarter,  but  rallier  incline  to  the  E.  N.  E.,  which  is  generally  arcein|iniiiii!| 
with  sleet  and  snow.     There  is  not  the  least  proportion  in  the  gales  between  winie'aril 
summer,     in  summer,  (as  I  have  before  observed.)  as  the  winds  are  in  the  westwiinl.llii.'! 
blow  in  such  heavy  s(|ualls  otf  the  tops'  of  the  mountains,  that  it  is  someiiiiics  ;iii  1hiii| 
before  a  eiitte-r  can  row  to  the  shore,  althiiii';h  the  water  is  smooth,  and  the  dislaiin' ol 
hut  one  cable  and  a  half  (»ll.    In  winter  the  winds  are  pent  up  by  a  keen  frosty  air.  'iiil| 
most  lusting  gales  are  those  from  S.  by  E.  to  S.  by  W.,  and  arc  extremely  cold." 


ICOAST  OF 


losp  stay  tlirrp  pnv,. 
\'y  lit'  vciy  coiivi  m,,,, 
lecessity  lor  a  s\i|i[,iv 

■  of  Hissack.  wliicli,  ;;■ 
sliiiidiiit;  licavj  riiins, 

llWUod  dill    liUt  il|>|l,t 

■,\rv.  in  !;riai  niiiiiUh. 
if  (isli,  as  till')-  livf,,(, 
i  used  it  iVucly,  as  i,, 

11,  of  .Naiiiiickct.  ||., 
s  liavt'  disc-()Vfrci!|i|,. 

wlialitij;  v'sst'ls  i.jn. 
t(!  aj;aiiist  tlif  sciuw, 
iim  lliis  plate,  aim  i. 

iiic  to  lastc,  altir-e;. 
ire  takiii  a  iiiore  i;. 
(million  doik,  liniliuj 
til''  ril>  or  sirni  inn., 
(■  of  the  (••■lery.  ;i*  i,, 
I  his  sliip,  \vli(,tj;n':>ii 
L  thoughl  its  taste ij, 

^•et  been  reguIiiiivMit 
ji't  laid  ddwii  1,1  |i, 
iit'ly  lici'U  a  si<,iiii|  (, 
is  wrecked  on  ihe  1'; 
1)1"  Kreiicli  15ay.  Tu 
aj;e  around  the  w.k,: 
,,  in  TitM-ra  del  \'w,, 
li  liappcncd  to  tiir,M 
lot  jjain  tVoin  it  the  in. 
hi'  iJerkeU'y  Sounds: 

i-ro  lie  was  a  loir.'!i-t 
•  k  uir  a  wrt'L'k,  •  !H 
n  ol'tlif  rock  uimiiifk 
all  the  kelp  is  ion 
marks  on  kelp,  iiiliii 
wi"  relcr  I  lie  rcidcr. 
a  r(ui;ih  skeicli  oiiu 
\\^  end  ol'-SiilfW, 
to  which  is  ilen(it('(i;i| 
s. 

ir  journal  ol  tla-Mir  i 
r)th  .lanuan,  K' 
includes  with  llifK, 


pace  ofoiieveiir, ii/il 
a  close  reeliil  Iii]h| 
l're(|uent  in  llie  N.' 

Id  or  -'11  hours,  hIiiiI 
ward,  and  so  on,  liiul 
lears  up.  Tlii'^S.M 
e  wind  shifts  iii;;iii:H| 
y,  and  Kelirnaiv.aril 
ys.  As  March  imvl 
es,  they  arc  seldom ii| 
renerall'y  arc(iin|iaiii"' 
es  between  wiiitrMii 
in  the  westwanl.tlu'll 
is  sonieiiiiies  an  1 
h,  and  the  dislmiif »! 
keriilVosty  ;tii-  '^^' 
treiuely  cold." 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


587 


In  Jannarv  and  Fehmary,  the  thernioinetpr  several  times  rose  to  59°,  but  no  higher. 
iiiAu^n-!t,  it  once  fell  to  •/()   .  hut  was  seldom  lower  than  ;'.-J   . 

Of  the  isles,  in  general,  Captain  .M' Bride  said,  "  We  I'oiind  a  mass  of  islands  and  bro- 
ken lands,  hi-aten  by  storms  almost  perpetual,  ^'et  this  is  summer;  and  iC  the  winds 
ol  winter  hold  their  natural  i)roportion,  those  who  lie  but  -2  cables'  length  Crom  the  shore 
nuisi  iiiss  weeks  wiiluuit  having  any  cominunicaiion  with  it." 

JiKKhKJjKV  sol  Nl»  is  the  I'lierto  de  la  .'^idedad  ol' the  Spaniards;  nndit  wnuld, 
nerliiips.  bp  more  proper  to  !;ive  it  that  desii;natioii.  It  was  at  the  i\.  W.  part  of  this 
harlior  that  the  French,  under  M.  de  l5ouj;aiin  ille,  had  their  settlement  in  1T()4,  as  no- 
ticed iiliovc.  A  narticular  plan  ol  it  is  uiven  in  the  journal  of  (he  voyas:e,  by  whicli  it 
npiiears  to  be  more  than  a  league  wide  at  the  entrance,  exlendinn  east  and  west  :!  leaijues, 
til  I'inr  inlands  which  lie  in  the  inner  part  of  the  harbor:  three  on  the  north,  and  one  on 
the  south  side,  'I'he  latter  is  the  lar<j;est,  and  is  called  l*eii<.'uin.  or  liurnt  Island.  'I'lirt 
soundings  to  the  space  beiweeu  tliesi.  islands,  decrease  I'rom  "JO  lo  7  I'athoms  ;  and  witliin 
the  islrs  Irom  7  to  '.i  fathoms.  Here,  therefore,  a  ccmvenient  slielter  may  occasionally 
be  liiiiiid.  and  a  div's  -jport.  if  i'.e->iiable.  aiiion<;  Jieese,  bustards,  ducks,  seals,  tVc. 

L'AKil.K  SHOAL. — This  slioal  was  seen  on  the  1st  of  ( >clober,  If^H.  Mv.  Poole 
places  it  in  latitude  ;'>1°  ;">!'  S.  and  loni'itude  bl  .')ii'  W.  It  extends  about  north  and 
sDiiili,  breakinir  very  hi','h  in  an  extent  of  -iUO  or  .■|()l)  yards.  The  shi|)  was  then  sieer- 
in^  S.  H.  and  about  three  (|uarteis  of  ;i  mile  from  it  off  and  on.  .Steering  south,  about 
\!i  mile,  had  soundings  in  H7  fathoms. 

L'AHiLK  ItOCK. — This  rork  is  also  reported  by  Captain  Saloy,  cotumamler  of  tlie 
French  bris;  of  war  L'Alerl,  who  plai  es  it  in  lat.  .51  '  4.')'  S.  lon;i;.  ()'>''  HI'  W.  having 
Kiniidinus  in  a  few  feet  water,  vorky  bottom.  Also  seen  by  several  inerchant  vessels, 
line  ol  which  lowered  a  boat,  anil  soumled  on  it.  A  depth  of  only  a  few  feet  water  was 
I'liiuid,  .tnd  tlie  surface  of  it,  neeordini;  to  the  lead,  seemed  to  lu;  very  uneven.  Capt. 
Salov  also  reports  that  the  sea  always  breaks  on  it.  The  jaisiiion  of  this  rock  rendeni 
it  i'\ceedini{ly  daii'ierous  to  vessels  uoiiiij;  round  Cajie  Horn  into  the  I'aeilic,  us  it  lies 
nearly  midway  between  the  I'alkland  Islands  and  the  South  AaierieaJi  Coast. 


E/iST  AI\D  ^VEST  PytTA«o:\IA,  STRAITS  OF  ]!IA- 

<;amiae\s,  ai\d  the  sea  coast  of 

TIERKA  DEf^  Fl  E<>iO. 

[From  the  Survey  of  (."apt.  P.  P.  Kmn,  11.  N.  F.  R.  S.  ic] 

'COAST  OF  PATACiONIA   FJIO.M   I'ORT  ST.  ELENA  TU  CAPE  VIRGINS. 

I  In  the  f.)llt)wiiif'  Direetifiri.s  all  the  lirariiit,'s.  whicli  are  not  otherwise  distinpuislied,  nre  corrected 
fir  Variation.  The  latitudes  boiiit'  all  south,  mid  the  Icniiziiiides  west  of  (Jrecnwich,  and  tha 
.nriatioii  easterly,  tlir  disiinijriiishinf,'  letters  S.  W.  and  H.  have  been  oiiiitted.] 

POKT  ST.  ''LENA.— The  plan  in  the  Admiralty  Chtirv,  which  is  a  copy  of  the 
fxpelleiit  anil  correct  survey  by  the  ollicers  of  the  .Spanish  ships  Atrevida  and  Descu- 
liierta,  is  sufficient  for  the  naviijator;  there  is  ;>lso  a  ])lan  in  Weddel's  Wiyaije  that  is 
|i'ipiallv  I'.orrect.  'i'he  hariior  may  be  easily  known  by  som«'  hummocky  hills  on  the  N. 
E.  projpctin'j;  point,  on  the  eastern  of  which  is  a  remarkable  stor.t^  that  a]ipears  to  have 
'been  plaeed  there  as  a  monumcnial  record,  but  which  is  a  uaturi'i  iiroiliiction.  The  best 
anchoraiie  i-,  at  the  N.  W.  corner  of  the  b.iy,  in  U  or  7  fathoius,  but  not  too  near  to  tlie 
fihore,  l"or  when  the  sea  is  heavy  the  iirouiid  swell  breaks  for  some  distaiu'e  oil'.  In 
working  into  the  bay  the  •.'  lathom  bank  must  be  avoided,  for  which  the  low  island  is  a 
good  mark. 

The  projecting  head  at  the  jiurth  end  of  the  bay  is  in 

Latitude.' J.p   30'  4.')" 

Lon<;i(vide  by  the  mean  of  ][i  chronometers  from  Coritti,  (Kiver  Plate,)  b.')^  17'  26" 

Variation  of  the  compass 1<)"  ]l)' 

H.  \V.  at  full  and  change, 1  o'clock. 

rise  at  .springs, 17  feet. 

The  water  that  is  contained  in  the  wells,  the  situations  of  which  are  given  from  Mr. 
iWeddel's  plan,  is  too  brackish  to  be  worth  consideration;  nor  is  there  any  fresh  water 
to  be  obtained  from  any  part  of  the  hiirbor.     Of  luel,  a  temijorary  supply  may  be  pro- 


588 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PHOT. 


cured  from  the  small  shrubby  tree  that  is  described  in  the  account  of  Port  Desire,  wliidj 
is  t(ileral)ly  iibiindaiit  Ix  re.  (iuanacoes,  ostriches,  arma'iillos,  iind  llu-  laviw,  or  }'„• 
goiiian  hare,  are  to  be  procurpd,  as  arc  also  wild  div^us,  juir!  'id}.'e>.,  i  nip'  • ,  and  rji;;.! ;  |  , 
lish  seem  to  be  scarce.  The  utianaco  alVords  ;ui  excellent  food,  but  it  is  diliicult  to 
proach  them:  one  that  was  slntt  by  us,  when  ch  ai.cl  ••  i'  s  i  u  ;i,Hv»ighed  ]iH  do  .„,. 
The  Indians  sometimes  visit  this  part  of  the  coast,  ^.hicli  '■  used  ')y  tiiem  pnociiKiHv 
for  buryinj;  tlieir  dead. 

In  approarhint:  I'orl  St.  Klena  from  tiie  northward,  tliee  .tie  icvijrTl  rocks  near  I'ne 
shore  which  arc  very  little  above  the  water,  and  there  is  a  ci.nsideraLle  reef  in  the  (iliiv, 
Bituated  4[  miles  S.  Tr*^  H.  from  Cape  Kaso,  and  N.  51"  K.  8  milis  from  the  \.  K.  ti(..,| 
of  tlie  north  head  of  the  port.  It  is  a  dry  rock,  and  is  near  the  extremity  of  a  rm  ( 
which  i)robai)ly  projects  olf  from  the  liticr  point,  for  thert;  are  two  dry  dock.'  in  i|ie 
same  line  of  lit  arin;;,  one  1.1  milt;  and  the  other  ',i\  miles  from  the  point,  besides  sevci; 
})atches  which  break.  The  tide  sets  tatlier  strong  alonj;  the  shore,  which  is  (Vontt-un 
reefs  for  2  or  3  miles  olf;  great  caution  >liould  therefore  be  used  ;n  approacliiiii;  ;; 
coast,  as  the  water  is  deep,  and  if  becalmed,  it  may  1;;;  necessary  to  anch(u-,  wlijtlm,,, 
be  in  at  least  30  fatlion.s  water. 

Should  the  above  reef  be  as  continuous  as  it  appears,  there  sh  uld  be  f,'ood  ridin.ia 
the  bay  between  Cape  Kaso  and  I'ort  St.  Klena. 

Between  the  south  head  of  Port  .St.  MIcna  and  Cape  'i'wo  liays,  are  two  biehlj.  inii.^ 
coast,  tilt!  soiithermnost  of  which  is  (;oMsiilcrable  and  may  probably  alford  a  fjooii  .ii,- 
ciiorai;e.  Cape  Two  J$ays  is  a  rounded  point  ;  the  hill  close  to  the  sea  on  the  ii,m<i 
j)rojectmg  part  of  the  cape  being  in  lat.  11°  58':  the  small  islet  of  Arce,  to  the  sninh- 
east  of  the  cape,  is  in  lat.  45°  0' 50",  and  )jn.  G5°  25'  i.'5";  and  Rasa  Island  is  in  lai. 
4*5°  ()'  :](l".  Ion.  Grp  -20'  11". 

The  coast  trends  westerly  round  Cape  Two  Bays,  and  forms  the  northern  part  ol  >i. 
George's  Gulf. 

The  southern  limit  of  St.  George's  (Julf,  Cape  Three  Points,  is  very  easily  discnven; 
at  sea  by  its  very  level  ouUine,  being  a  long  range  of  talde  land,  higher  than  any  pr; 
near  it,  visible  from  the  deck  for  more  than  "JO  miles  ;  and  to  the  south-east,  (kt;iilii 
but  near  the  rani;c,  there  is  a  conicid  hill,  which  is  easily  discerned  from  the  nortli«,r:. 
but  (Vom  the  norlii-east  is  not  seen,  being  concealed  by  ilie  langes  of  land  beliiiid  ii  ■. 
the  south-west.  At  b'  miles  to  the  south-east  of  Cape  'i'!;iee  Points  is  Ca|)e  Hlun >.. 
a  low  rugged  tonsrue  of  land,  terminated  by  a  rounded  but  very  rugged  iiillock  and  Uo 
smaller  ones;  wl;irh,  when  (irsi  seen,  appear  to  l)e  i'^lands  detached  from  the  ('ii::>!. 
The  neck  of  land  which  t'orms  the  coiuinunication  with  the  coast  is  low  and  sanciv, :::.! 
proliably  oilers,  on  its  south  side,  slielter  iVoin  southerly  winds. 

There  are  several  shoals  off  this  part  of  the  coast,  tli.'f  at  low  water  would  doiihi.-! 
be  dangerous.  His  Majesty's  .Sliip  Adventure,  passed  ovr  two,  and  had  not  less  iIkih.j 
fathoms,  but  possibly  at  low  water  the  deplli  may  be  coi.s'.decably  less;  they  are  llinm 
up  by  the  force  of  the  tide,  which  sweejjs  rounti  the  cape,  into  and  out  of  .St.  George* 
Gulf,  with  great  strength. 

The  north  and  soutli  ends  i-f  the  northern  shoal  bear  respectively  from  Cape  Tlim 
Points  and  Cape  Blanco  ;•  -i,  .listaiit  from  the  former  7  miles,  and  from  the  la'.trr; 
miles,  consei.uenlly  it  e>, ;  ■  i'  in  a  N.  by  W.  anil  S.  by  K.  direction  for  5^,  miles:  it ; 
scarcely  a  (piarter  of  a  I'lii.    ivide. 

The  north  end  of  the  southern  shoal  bears  S.  75°  E.  7  nules  from  Cape  Bliuico,  aii 
extends  in  nearly  a  south  direction  for  :!  miles.  15etween  these  shoals  there  is  a  pa^sa;; 
2  n)iles  wide,  and  the  de[)th  gradually  increases  to  nu)re  than  15  fathoms. 

Within  the  outer  shoals  are  2  otliers  seen  by  the  Sjiiuiiards;  they  are  laid  down  lioa 
the  authorUy  of  a  chart  coninuuiicated  to  me  by  Don  Feli|)e  Bauza.  'J'he  uuier  nuri!;- 
em  shoal  is  probably  the  one  noticed  by  CJommodore  Byron*  who  described  it  to  Ijmi 
from  Cape  Blanco  W.  S.  W.  .';  S.  2  leagues,  the  de|)th  diminishing,  as  he  approadieilit 
from  the  eastward,  tVom  Hi  to  7  fathoms.  'ITiere  is,  Imwever,  much  shoal  gi-ouiid  tolhe 
north-east;  for  in  the  ye;ir  lH-20,  having  ;ipproiiched  the  land,  and  being  14  miles  Ircm 
Cape  Three  Points,  bearing  S.  38'^  \V.  mas;,  the  depth  rather  suddenly  decreased  Iroin 
40  to  14  fathoms,  pebbly  bottom,  so  that  the  foul  ground  extends  for  14  or  15  niiloto 


I 


*  Shoah  off  Cape  Bhturn. — Mr.  Pimpson's  Journal  Fnys,  "  Found  vnrinns  snundinp.'',  the  i^li'^a' 
est  water  7  fitlionis  oil  a  lnuik.     Then  Cnpc   lilnnco  Vow  .'^.  W.  by  \V.  ^  AV.  i2  lc!if.'i:iF.  ami 
Bouibiiiosl  land  in  I'iulit  south.     This  slionl  .^hows  itself  by  a  frrrnt  rippliii^r;  vve  hail  13  Aiili  :  ■ 
without  it,  c' 'SP  lo  the  ripidintr,  and  were  soon  over  it  and  sircrcd  dirrctlv  in  for  the  Inr.d.    I't 
water  poor,  aflcrdet  penrd  very  fust;  at  one  Icnpi.c  Iron'  tl  c  fhoic  wc  hnd  42  fnihin  .•■■." 

Till.!  shoals,  thrref.ire,  that   the  Advctilure  pnpFcd,  arc  the  f-nuie  ns  the  above.     IlnwhtfV'    • 
ban  d'NihtlcHS  made  ati  mroncous  extract  from  the  Cutumudorc's  Journal,  ill  UcBcribing  them  luUl  j 
fourinsiettd  of  two  ieap.ics  off  tUe  shore.  f    - 


;he  norih-f 
iMlliin  the 
(•nines  irie 
mat  by  atn 
avoided. 

A  good  I 
hillock  of 
ble  iVoin  til 
Thp  Hoot 
whlih  .igle 
iieii;iiliorh( 
produce  St  I 
There  IS 
that  the  di~ 
pared  uiili 
too  soiithei 
a.ssigned  to 
above  retell 
The  ci.a- 
witliin  the  ( 
patches  of 
.my  known  < 
within  that 
with  a  sliiiig 
point  of  the 
point  of  that 
I'roDi  this  bli 
which  the  d 
ledge ;  it  op 
Desire,  or  m 
in  (>[  fathom 


Tills  situatio 
mile  and  a  h 
lioltimi  being 
uiound,  althi 
rose  iVoin  (>,' 

PORT  1)1 
strength  id  i 
severid  rocky 
anchor.ige  oli 
will  he  seen, 
ally  is,  wesK 
slack  water ; 
llie  somh  sIk 
ook  out  for  I 
ol  rocky  gro 
i  entrance  to  tl 
the  north  she 

The  river  \ 
tance.t     Fo 

•  Ciipi  Blnn 
47°  15'.  Mr. 
of  what  ou,  oh 

t  Soino  year 
pose  it  was  sot 
mains  of  a  IVui 

:  I'int  Vi'sii 
thinks  the  Inst 
"hip  should  be 
:i;i  uvi-red  ;  .sii 

The  Journal 
*wo  miles  S.  V 
'!•  to  point  the 


rr<T,  t  Bpsive,  wliid, 
1   lh»   tiivi;.,  or  )', 
nip"  ■,  and  ralis ;  i  ,( 
it  it  is  dillicult  lo 
vpighed  Ifrt  no,.,,,,. 
I  '))■  them  pnucipullj 

evernl  rorks  nc;ir  I'nf 
Lie  red'  in  tlu-  oHh,,, 
iVom  the  N.  K.  im  i 
oxiicMiily  (if  a  rul^e 
wo  dry  doikf  iu  ihe 
point,  besides  sevir:ii 
•,  whicli  is  iVohtcd  i\ 
li  in  approiiciiiiii;  :: 
to  aiiclior,  wliicii  Wi,| 

uld  be  good  ridin;;  ;a 

.  are  two  biyhts  inil.e 
d)ly  all'ord  a  itiodd  n,- 
I  the  sea  on  the  11,1.1 
f  Arce,  to  the  soiiih- 
liasa  ishiiid  is  in  lit. 

e  northern  part  ul  .St. 

very  easily  discoveni 
higher  than  any  p  11 

south-east,  dei'.uiii  \ 
(1  Croin  the  n(iitii»<r 
•s  of"  land  bcliiinl  11  . 
'oints  is  Cape  Hliinv. 
iiiliied  hillock  aiid  l«; 
cht'd   iVoni   the  (ii;>:. 

is  low  and  sandy,  .ul 

iter  would  douljlle.s 
id  had  not  less  tlumo 
CSS  ;   they  arc  tliin»'. 
out  of  St.  Cieorjf! 

•ly  from  Cape  Tliret 
■Uld  from  tlie  Jiittfr  ; 
ion  for  i)l  miles;  it.^ 

rom  Cape  Bliinco,  ;iic 
als  there  is  a  pussasij 
ithoms. 

[■y  are  laid  dowti  fnini| 
I.     Tlie  outer  iiurit- 
described  it  to  Will 
:,  as  he  approaclieilii 
1  shoal  ground  to  lb] 

being  14  miles  li' 

leidy  decreased  rrMiii  I 

for  i4  or  15  miles  10 


Ills  snundinps,  tlie  slwa 

i  W.  52  iciijrucs.  niidttf 

iig ;  we  had  13  Aitii  i;:? 

in   for  tlie  land.    TS'.t 

42  fn  I  ho n-s." 

nliove.     IIa«lafV'^';s 

in  dcBcribiiig  ihcm  '"  ■* 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  CO.iST  PILOT.  589 

;|io  north-past  of  the  ea;)c,  the  edge  of  the  baidt,  (11  fathoms.)  being  idiotit  P  or  10  mdee 
williiii  therfoiHidlngs  tf  •  '..ihems.  Un  appr(»ach:  lig  it,  the  (|uality  of  the  boitom  be- 
comes irregular,  and  changes  f'om  00/e  to  sand.  :.iid  the  shoal  patches  are  pebbly;  so 
iii.Tt  by  attention  to  the  soundings  aiid  nature  of  the  bottom,  tin  ye  shoals  may  be  easily 
avoided. 

A  iiood  mark  to  avoid  them  is,  not  to  approach  :.o  1  .ar  to  tlie  c  ,ipe  a."*  tc  «v  c  tlie  ruggi  u 
hillock  of  ("ape  Ul  inco,  aim  to  keep  the  high  land  of  Cape  Tlirce  rmnts,  which  is  visi- 
ble iVmn  the  tieck,  a!  out  20  miles,  on  the  "norizon. 

'i'lic  llood  or  noithcily  tiiie  (teased  iti  the  oiling  .it  1h.  15'  after  the  moon's  passage, 
which  .igrces  very  well  with  the  establishment  of  the  tide  oil'  i'diguin  Ishmd  ;  but  in  the 
nemliliorhood  of  the  cape  and  among  the  shoals,  the  tides  may  be  less  regular;  they 
produce  strong  rippli'iirs,  and  set  with  cotisider:d)le  sirtiglh. 

There  is  reason  to  think  that  the  two  ea[)e,s*  are  laid  down  erroneously  in  latitude,  and 
that  the  distance  betwei'n  them  should  be  greatc  r;  for  by  a  latitude  observed  at  se;i,  com- 
paii'd  with  yood  bearings  of  the  two  ea])es,  the  error  of  the  chart  would  be  seven  miles 
too  soiiilierly.  We  hail  no  good  opporfuni  y  of  investigating  this  jioint,  and  the  situation 
assigned  to  them  i.-.  taken  from  tlie  chart  comnuiidcatcd  to  me  by  JJon  Feli[)e  ljau:'.a, 
above  referred  to. 

'J'lie  coast  line  between  Cape  lilanco  ;,iid  Port  Desir"  has  been  imperfectly  seen; 
« llbiii  the  distance  of  three  to  live  mile.s  (r>  tm  the  shorv!,  how  ever,  there  are  several  small 
patches  of  loi  k.  which  uncover  at  half  tide,  but  beyond  that  belt  the  coast  is  liee  from 
aiiv  known  danger,  and  may  be  approai  lied  by  sounding  in  not  less  than  II  or  l-'i  fatlHims : 
within  that  limit  the  ground  is  foul.  'J'o  the  northward  of  Port  Desire  the  land  is  low, 
with  a  shingle  beach,  excepting  for  the  fust  .'i  miles,  where  it  is  high  ami  clilfy.  The  north 
point  of  the  entrance  of  the  bay  is  a  steep  Idull',  wliich  is  remarkable  iti  being  the  only 
ponit  of  that  description  along  the  coast  to  thi!  nortliward.  At  three  miles  N.  "iH^  K.  mag. 
from  this  blulf  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  (Surrel's  Ledge,)  a  (juarier  of  a  mile  without 
which  the  depth  is  13  fathoms.  Tlie  'i'ower  Ilock  becomes  visible  alter  passing  this 
ledge;  it  opens  out  when  the  north  blulf  bears  S.  ."">()  W.  mag.  A  ship  bound  to  Port 
Desire,  or  merely  w  ishing  to  anchor  in  tlie  bay  w  hich  fronts  it,  may  procure  a  good  berth 
in  (jj  fathoms,  at  low  water,  well  sheltered  from  N.  ^  W.  to  S.  .')(H  K.  mag.  with  the 

North  bluff  bearing N.  'l'^  '  W.  i 

Tower  rock N.  >^-2\  \V.\  "Mir^netic. 

Penguin  Island S.  50]  W.  S 

This  situation  being  a  little  to  the  southwartl  of  the  fair  way  of  the  port,  and  about  one 
Hide  and  a  half  from  the  nearest  shore,  is  (itiite  out  of  the  strength  of  the  tide;  the 
lioltom  beiii^  strewed  with  rounded  stones,  is  rathi'ir  foul  for  hemp  cables,  but  tlie  holding 
I'lound,  although  of  such  suspicious  (juality,  seemed  to  be  good;  at  this  place  the  tide 
rose  from  b,'  to  ')',  fathoms,  a  dillerem  e  of  16.'  feei". 

Pl^)RT  ])KS1RK. — The  river  of  Port  Desire  has  rather  a  dillicult  entrance,  froi'  the 
strength  ol  the  tide  and  its  narrow  v'.idth,  and  it  i^  rendered  still  more  confined  i'rc,  i 
several  rocky  reel's  that  extend  oil'  the  north  shore  to  nearly  mid-ciiamiel.  'J'heie  is  "  .■.■! 
anchorage  otf  the  mouth.  IJy  waitinir,  therefore,  for  low  water,  all  the  dangers  thn'  .  j,t 
will  be  seen,  and  the  vessel  easily  dropi  in  with  the  tide,  should  the  wind  be,  as  it  i-  mor- 
ally is,  westerly.  If  it  be  fair,  it  is  advisable  for  the  ship  to  be  in  the  entrance  ,it 
slack  water;  or.  if  the  breeze  be  strong  enough,  a  little  before:  as  the  water  is  deoji  >a 
the  south  shore,  there  seems  to  be  no  real  danger  that  may  not  he  avoided  by  a  careful 
look  out  for  kelp,  which  always  grows  upon,  and  therefore  jilainly  indicates  the  exist'Mee 
of  rocky  ground.  The  course  in  is  about  S.  Tb^  \V.  mag.  anil  the  distance  from  the 
entrance  lo  the  anchorage  is  one  mile  and  a  half.  The  ancliorage  is  olf  the  ruins  f  on 
the  north  shore,  and  the  vessel  sliould  be  moored:  tlie  tide  sets  in  and  out  regularly. 

The  river  was  examined  for  lb  miles,  but  is  probably  navigable  to  a  in:icli  g.ealer  dis- 
i  tance.J      Four  miles  above  the  ruins  there  is  a  small  peninsula,  connected  by  a  narrow 

*  Ciipi  Blanco.— The  Spanish  chart,  from  which  I  have  laid  down  the  cape,  places  it  in  latitude 
472  15'.  Mr.  Simpson's  Journal  describes  it  to  be  in  latitude  47-3  lU',  which  is  only  2  miles  short 
of  what  (Ml.  observations  made  it. 

t  Sonic  years  since,  a  Spanish  colony  was  founded  at  Port  Desire,  but  not  nnswerinp  the  pur. 

pose  it  was  soon  afterwards  given  up.     The  ruins  of  the  ediliccs,  which  are  of  stone,  and  the  it?. 

;  innins  of  a  fruit  garden,  that  at  our  visit  produced  quinces  and  cherries,  distinctly  point  oet  the  spot. 

t  Fort  Degiie.—ih-dw  recommended  the  river  to  be  entered  at  vnunc  flood,  but  !\li.  Sinipsoti 

•  thinks  the  Ipst  (piarter  flood  to  bo  the  best  tini\     If  the  latter  be  adopted,  1  would  advipe  that  the 

Hup  should  be  anchored  otf  the  entrance  durin  ^  the  low  water,  in  order  to  see  the  banks  and  rocks 

uncovered  ;  since  they  will  not  be  visible  after  luilf  tide. 

The  Journal  also  mentions  that  the  Coinmodoie  found  a  small  run  of  good  frpnli  xtater  at  about 

:  uvo  miles  S.  W.  of  the  Tower  Rock.     Tliey  fdled  live  or  bix  tuns  of  it.     A  p.j|.>  was  erected  neai 

{  1!,  to  pomt  the  spot  out  to  future  visitors. 


^^'A 


0- 


590 


TILUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


smm-f-^ 


,,.^*^*«^f| 


isthmus  to  the  narlh  I'hnro;  \>y  suitliti^  ;i  i)iirty  "p,  and  stiitionirii;  iiu'ii  witii  {:iiiis  ourhc 
isthmus,  it  is  nry  !ilioly  ihut  sfvciiil  ;j;iiiniii((i»'s  may  he  sliiit  as  llicy  ;u«Mlrivfii  iicrii.ssit; 
for  tiic  petiitisiil.'  is  thcu'  lavorilr  place  to  I'l'i'i!  U|)iiti.  'I'licsc  animals  arc  very  ahuiidiiii!. 
but  iitilcss  ulrarD^'Mii  he  u.fil,  ilioy  nrc  vt-ry  fiiliiiiili,  liom  llu-u- i-liyui'ss,  ti>  he  appiinu  h,,], 
'JMierj  Tre  s  )iui*  walcr  holes  iic.ir  the  rums,  wliicli  <>('Mcrally  cimtaiu  wairr,  iiiit  o|^, 
Itrat'kish  a  (|uality  its  scarcely  U;  l>«^  wortli  iioiicf.  'I'he  wood,  aliliou^h  «d  titv  small  m/,. 
bums  well,  aud  is  mueli  prized  l»v  sealers  lor  that  (juality;  it  is  a  low  shriiljliy  tree,  hear, 
in:;  a  yellow  flouer,  with  a  jfrickle  at  the  extremity  of  »;very  leal'.  'IMie  .seiilers  (mI:  ,1 
pircdlo,  Irdiii  the  small  diiin  n-^ioas  of  the  stem.  The  roots  also  are  diii;  up  and  u^i] 
tor  fuel. 

The  outer  side  ol  I'enmiiii  Island  is  Indd,  and  may  be  passed  very  close  withniit  dni; 
j;pr,  for  tin;  tide  rath-T  sets  oil'  than  towards  the  shore.  The  tidt;  is  very  rapid,  ^1,1 
<orms,  even  in  a  calm,  sirom:  ripplinu:s,  whiih  in  a  bree/.e  must  be  very  danyenms  1 1 
boats  to  passthron^li,  and,  indeed,  noi  aa;rceal)le  lor  vessels  ol'  any  NJ/.e.  The  llixnj ,,  , 
(o  the  northward,  and  it.niiii;  its  streimth,  at  more  ihan  :;  knots  :  lor  we  I'ouiid  the  1  hi  ■ 
have  set  us  I,')  miles  to  the  south  in  6  hours.  (  HI"  the  island,  the  hii;li  naier,  or  the ;, 
niination  of  ihe  northerly  stream,  takes  place  at  ahoul  111.  or  Ih.  15m.  alter  the  iihihh, 
passable;   which  is  .'1',  or  -1  hours  at  least  at'leif  it  is  hi;;h  water  at  tli<'  shore. 

SKA  MKAIv  BAN",  is  one  of  the  best  anchorai^es  that  I  know  of  on  the  coast,  Im: 
is  dilficull  of  access,  without  a  leading  and  a  lie>h  wind,  on  account  of  the  streir^ili  L 
the  tides,  which  set  to  the  norlliward  ihroiiijh  the  narrow  channels  separating  the  mui 
islets  thai  arR  strewc  1  between  l'ein;uin  Island  and  the  main  land.  The  bottom,  btside,, 
is  not  only  deep,  -J;S  to  .'<()  fathou\s,  but  is  very  foul  ami  rocky  ;  and  althoii<;h  a  shipniK 
be  prevented  from  drilliiiij  lhrou','h  by  drop|tiiii;  an  amdior,  yet  iis  los>,  from  the  liiui- 
uess  of  the  ground,  would  be  almost  certain.  In  entering  the  bay,  border  pr(iiv  di,,,- 
tc  the  low  rocky  ■..oliii  to  the  souihwird,  tii  avoid  a  Hcf  that  lies  about  a  (|uarierii|  1 
mile  witlutut  it :  bu;  as  the  sea  always  breaks  upon  it,  the  eye  aud  a  <lii(!  eoiisideralidn  1 
the  tide  are  tin*  best  jjuidi-s.  '['his  reef  extends  for  some  distam  e  to  the  eastward  nt  th' 
hri  ikers,  and  therefor"  the  tides,  when  within  it,  set  in  or  out  of  the  bay,  but  with  hi:;, 
streii.'th.  Should  a  ship  not  l)e  able  to  ( liter  the  bay.  there  is  an(diora<;e  ol?"  the  |](];i,i 
l)elwpeii  if  and  the  reef,  on,  I  Indieve,  tolerably  clean  j,'roiiiid.  ^'ouwill  havi-  lv!(ir,; 
fathoms  otV  the  reef;  then  thr-  de|)ili  shoals  for  one  or  two  heaves,  to  7  fathoms,  iil'in 
which  it  deepens  aiiaiii :  you  may  then  haul  across  the  bay,  and  aiu  hor  at  about  acpiiiir 
<»f  i)  mile  wltlilii  the  low  rocky  |)imit.  l.'eariiii;  V..  \  N.  or  K.  by  N.  by  compass.  in4'- 
thorns  low  wati'T,  avoidiiiLj  the  kelp  which  projects  o!f  from  tlic  low  saiidv  beaches;  v„,< 
IS,  however,  suffieieiiily  distinct,  and  for  further  directions  ilic  plan  will  be  the  best  uiii':i. 
A  small  vessel  may  easily  lui  ■■  in,  but  I  should  hesitate  takinj;  such  n  step  in  one  tliisl 
ronldnot  make  (|uite  certain  of.  When  once  in,  the  an(diora;;e  is  jjood,  and  protn'l 
at  al'  points,  except  between  N.  11  and  N.  7^^.',°  K.;  but  from  the  appearance  ol  !:;■ 
beaches  I  ''o  not  think  a  iieavy  sea  is  ever  thrown  into  it.  There  is  no  wood  to  lir  pi  ■ 
ciU'-d  of  atiy  si/.e,  and  the  i\;w  -ialions  of  water,  that  are  collected  in  llie  wells  ,•!  i!. 
poinf,  so  very  precarious  as  to  be  scarcely  wortli  attention.  The  passajje  to  the  nmr 
inn  holes  is  ov-r  asm  ill  roekv  bar.  whiidi  a  boa!  may  cross  at  three  (|iMrters  tlood ;  it;> 
iiiiM>"diate|v  Wiihin  the  eastern  |)oiiiI  of  the  bay  :  there  is  a  small  sprim;  at  the  luni:: 
mil  I  the  third  sandy  beach,  which  a  herd  n[  ^nanacoes  was  observed  to  visit  even 
morning,  but  as  (he  water  only  Tickles  down  in  a  very  small  quantity,  it  cannot  alliiri 
more  than  a  temporary  supply.  Two  of  the  tiiree  wells  at  the  [)oint  we  found  to  be  I'lil! 
of  sea  water,  which  h  id  breaclied  over  the  rocks ;  the  other  contained  about  10  :;al!(Mi! 
o''  rather  a  brackish  taste.  jJesides  a  jjoud  and  secure  au(diora;;e,  this  jilace  ali(*ril>iM 
lather  advntai;es  :  ii  is  convenient  for  sealiiij;  vessels  to  uncl.'orin  whilst  employed  iiillitir 
occupation  upon  lVii<>uin  Island. 

.*2.»a  Bear  Hay  is  in  latitude  47'^  .5^'  4')",  and  longitude  f)5°  44';  variation  20";  higij 
wa\er  at  full  and  change  IJh.  (.')',  and  the  tide  rises  Jll  feet. 

.Spi;ini;s  IJay  is  contained  between  the  south  head  of  Sea  Rear  Hay  and  tlie  piMi: 
viithii,  I  he.  Shag  Rock  ;  it  forms  a  conslderablt^  bii,'ht,  but  is  much  exposed,  beiiii;  i|iii:i 
o;Vi'n  to  the  soutli  aud  east,  and  at  the  conclusion  of  the  south-west  sjale,  when  ihewini 
always  veers  to  .oouth  and  south  by  east,  there  is  a  considerable  sea.  The  shiiru  i* 
skirted  for  some  dislam  e  oil'  with  many  rocks,  ami  the  bay  alloaether  is  (|uite  unlit  ft 
tnchnraijo.  The  land  is  of  the  same  height  as  about  Sea  Hear  Hay,  but  has  inore  lunii'< 
o.  nodules  of  roekv  hills  visible  on  the  outline  of  its  summit. 

Oil  this  bay,  in  the  old  chart,  is  laid  tlown  a  rock  called  the  Eddystone.  It  wmill 
seem  that  this  rock  and  the  Hellacn  Jiock,  dis< overed  by  Nodales,  in  Ibl'J.  is  the  .saiiif 
dantjer  ■,  but  the  whole  coast  iietween  Cape  HI  luco  and  Port  .St.  Julian  is  mmdi  slrewitl 
witii  slioals,  which  are  ihi;  more  dangerous  horn  the  strength  of  the  tides  which  sttln- 
tween  tliem-  In  navi-iating  upon  this  part  of  the  coast,  the  depth  and  quality  ol  ila' 
soundings  is  a  good  guide,  ami,  a-^  a  genejal  rule,  when  the  depth  is  more  than  40  la- 
ithoms,  there  exists  no  known  danger. 


In  direet 
tlile,  will  di 

The  Sh.i 
ImII'oII'sIk. 
Hide,  S.  S. 

Oil  the  1.1 
n  little  til  III 
iiinri'  to  the 
to  the  soutli 
Cape  is  vet' 
honi  the  pi  I 
oil  ,ip|iroac 
paiihes,  bu 
lailioiiis. 

The   ;;roil 
Mere  the  en 
"ard  of  till' 
liling   .Mom 
it  is(alleil 
The  H.dl 
.Noil. lies,  in 
I'M  ('apt.  St 
had  an  obsc 
.iiid  long.  ()'' 
Capi',  ami  ."> 
;ilii)ve  llie  wa 
h:ilf  a  mile  1 
and  (Ml    its  e 
giouiid  aroii 
ed.       I5el«c( 
Wood's  M 
Port  .St.  .lull 
lieiid  of  the 
bii^lier  than  1 
lure,  no  misi 
hears  N.  ^(, 
jutting  out  l( 
part  is  while 
Iv"|)iiii;  y 
head,  which 
according  to 
The  land  t 
hy  scrubby  hi 
iViilii  the  K.  .*" 
In  hit.  4')  ' 
clay  dills,  tin 
about  ;!()0  or; 
w.islies  their 
pioily  of  shin 
lie  oif  certain 
the  shore.      ' 
perceived  wh 
Amdiorage 
to  two  miles  I 
4')^  ■)')'  the  r 
minaies,  at  'J 
of  the  eiitran- 
hit.  .OC  '  ')'  -JO' 
SA.\TA  f 
Santa  Cru/,  i 
,  makes  when  • 

*  I',ilili/x/iiiie 
,  11  !•<  the  liellaet 
5  and  is  covered 
r  1 J  le;iguc8,  E 


kip^y 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


591 


iicii  witli  mills  on  (lie 
■,\\v  <li  ivcii  iiriii^v  ii; 
Is  ;iic  very  ;il)tiiiil;i:i!, 
ss,  ti>  In;  ;ip|intii(liii|. 
till  w;iifi.  hut  III  s) 
:h  III'  Tcry  Miiiiill  M/, 
r  sliriihliy  lift',  liiMf. 
'IMif  scalers  (111;  |i 
ic  (lii^   up  anil  u<il 

y  clitsc  wltlidut  (l:i'. 
I'  is  vt'iy  raiiiil.  ^iil 
>  very  daiu'ennis  |.| 

.i/«'.        'I'llC    lIlKllI  M< 

we  loiiiid  till"  tlili !, 
mil  nalcr.  <ii  llii'  ii'. 
nil.  alicr  till'  iiiiiniM 
sliDrr. 

of  nil  tlio  ciiasl,  L, 
[it  of  tin-  stn'umli.i: 
sf|iaratiii^  tlic  r(M»v 

'I'llC  llDtlom,  llrMi:r., 
allliou^ll  A  sllip  lint 

loss,  iViiiii    till-  liiiii- 

,  liordcr  prrtiy  di-e 

aliiiiit  it  i|iiarti'r  n|  i 

iliK'  cDii^iili'iatiiiii  <; 

K  the  eastward  ulili^ 

ic  hay,  hut  with  Im:, 

lii)ra<i<!  1)11'  the  |iMii,i 

)U  will  have  I'J  (ir ;; 

s,  til  7  ralliiiiiis,  ;iii'[ 

uir  at  aliiiut  a(|u;iri'r 

hy  ciiiniiass,  in  4  ii- 

sandy  hraclies;  ihi* 

kill  hi-  till'  hi'st  zw'r. 

Ii  a  sti'p  ill  mil'  ill  {'I 

(ii)d,  and   priitri'!i-l 

'  apprarani'i'  nl  'li'' 

no   wood  to  III'  |ii  1- 

in  I  lie   wi'lls  I'l  ihe 

ssai;i'  to  till'  w.iitr- 

(|iiart(M's  IliKid  ;  il.> 

iprini;  at   tin-  rn'rih 

crvi'd  to  visit  v\it\ 

itv,  it    caimiil  altdr' 

we  round  to  lir  lul 

rd  ahoiit  40  yallnii* 

this  place  ntl'iiril>  II' 

St  eiiiploycil  HI  iliHi 

variation  20" ;  hii;ii 

ir  l?ay  and  tlie  iioin'- 
>xposcij,  hcim;  i|iii:i' 
i;alc,  when  iIkmmiiI 
sea.  The  sh;iri  i- 
ler  is  quite  unfit  k 
,  hut  has  more  luiniis 

iddvstone.  It  >vmi!l 
iii'lOl',),  is  thesiiim' 
liaii  is  imifh  sirr««i 
e  tides  which  set  In- 
h  and  (luality  oftlic 
is  more  than  40  la- 


in ilirectin!;  llie  shiji's  cnitrse  hy  niiilit  near  this  mast,  retard  should  lie  jin'rd  to  the 
tiijc,  vviii'h  sets  with  consiileralile  slreii:;ili,  the  ciiiient  riiDiiiii^  parallel  with  the  xlinre. 

Tin;  Sliai;  Knek  is  a  whitish  mass  of  rock,  perlinly  hare,  lyinij  iilmul  iinr  mile  and  a 
li:ilfiilf  shore  ;  two  miles  to  the  south  of  it  are  four  s.nall  dark  eulored  rock.s  ;  and  at  three 


null 


\V.  from  It,  there  is  rallier  a  lart:e  rocky  islet. 


( 111  llie  liiid,  iiid  at  a  short  distance  from  the  ciia«t,  arc  tlire»-  hills,  which  afipear,  wh^"!! 
a  lillle  til  tin:  soiiihward  ot  .'^e.t  I'.tMr  Kay,  like  llirec  roiiiid  topped  hills,  hut  on  reaihiiig 
re  to  thr  smiiliM  aid  they  extend  in  length  and  loiiii  inlo  two  lulls,  and,  at  thrc<>  leagues 


Mill 


til  the  south  of  llie  .'s ha  4  Ivock,  I  hey  appear  to  form  one  mass  ot'tahle  land.  Walehmau's 
(ape  is  very  low,  and  may  he  distiiitiiiislied  hy  itn  hell-shaped  mount:  at  two  leagues 
fiiiiii  llie  poinl  is  u  shoal  \Nilh  kelp  upon  it,  oti  whicli  the  leisl  water  is  .')  tathoms,  hut 
(III  ,i|ipriiachin:;  it  ill"  depth  ;_'railiially  decreases:  there  arc  also  tiiariy  other  shoal 
ililies,  hut  are  all  huiiyed  with   sea  weed  ;   the  ship  paused  hetwecu  sevral  in  7  und  9 


fall 


llllllS. 


Till'  ground  is  very  fmil  and  iiiicven  for  more  thin  four  miles  iVoin  Watchuian'.s  Cape. 


il 


le  coast  ireiiiis  roiiiii 


to  til 


e  NM'-lwarii  and  li;'comis 


hiL'l 


ler, 


lieiiis' 


to  l\ 


le  south 


uarii  of  the  cape,  llicre  appears  a  iiiiiiiiil  ahoiit  two  miles  Irom  its  extreme  point  rescm- 
liliti;;  .Moiiie  \'ideo,  in  the  Kiver  I'laie,  liotli  in  !-l,ape  and  color,  hut  tiot  quite  so  high. 
Il  In  I  ailed  Monte  N'lileo,  and  in  lal  4f^    18'  .')j  ',  and  loin;.  (>•>     IS'. 

The  Mellaco  Kock,  or  San  Kstcvan's  (Slephen's)  Slioal,  whicli  was  discovered  hy  the 
Nodi'.les,  in  1(>1'),  was  searched  for  in  vain  in  the  J)esciiiiierla  and  Atrevida's  voy.ij^e  ; 
li;,i  ( 'apt.  Stokes,  in  the  early  part  ol'  1  HJr-,  on  lii.s  passage  dvv,  ii  the  coast,  loiiiid  it,  and 
had  an  ohservation  of  the  sun  close  to  it  for  tiie  lalitmh'.  it  i.s  in  latitude  IH  ,'iir  !}U", 
iiiid  loin;.  ()()     ')'  "J.")' 


Jt  hears  S.  1.1'  K.,  lit'  miles  from  the  eXMt'iiiilv  of  Watch 


mail  H 


(' 


pe,  and  S.  K.,  mas;.,  from  Moute  \'ideo.  The  lock  is  a  d.uk  mass,  ahoul  ')  or  HI  feet 
aliiive  llie  water  at  liiirh  lide,  and  has  the  apjiearaiu ciif  a  hoal  turned  hottoiii  up.  \\'ilhiu 
li;ilf  a  mile  of  its  soiitii  side  tlie  licaule  sounded  in  1"J  and  1 '>  fathoms,  rocky  hottom, 
anil  (111  its  east  side,  at  the  same  distance,  the  depth  is  Irom  Jd  to  'J4  falhoms.  The 
i:niuiiil  around  it  heiii<;  foul  and  uneven,  the  (ojsl  in  its  iiei<;hhorhood  should  he  avoid- 
ed.     I)i'lweeii  W'atchiiiaii's  (v'ape  and  Port  St.  .Iiiliin  the  land  is  of  inoderale  heii;ht. 


\V 


.M 


mil 


It  is  \  isihle  fioiii  llie  ilrik  for  at  least  1  1   leagues,  and  is  a  yoiid  mark  for 


Port  St.  .I'lllaii,  hi'iii;;  llai-toppcil  and  iiiiich  more  ehvaled  than  llie  land  ahoiit  il.  'I'he 
trend  of  the  coast  may  also  in;  a  u;ood  mark  ;  hut  as  the  land  ahoiit  I'ort  St.  .liilian  is 
liiuher  than  to  the  soulhw.ird  or  norlhward,  and  Wood's  Mount  h  so  reinarkahle  a  fea- 
ture, no  mislake  can  he   made.      In  a  line  with  the  south   poinl  ol'  entrance  the   mount 


hears  N.  s(,  ■   ',  W.(W.  Id 


111.1^.) 


Th 


orlli  head,  ('a(ii   ('iirinso,  is  a  low  point 


intliii'j;  out  to  the  norlhward,  foinied  of  dills  hiiri/.uiii.illy  stralilied,  of  which  the  upper 
part  is  white  lirown,  and  the  Iowim-  j;(Mierally  hiack,  or  with  lilack  streaks. 

Keejiin^  Wood's  .Mount  hearing;  S.  (i7  W.,  hy  compass,  will  leail  you  to  the  south 
head,  which  will  he  easily  dislin<^iiished  'Aheii  at  the  dislaiicc  of  b  or  b  miles,  or  more, 
ari'.irdiii";  to  llie  stale  ol'tlie  wealhei. 

The  land  to  the  siiiitli«  aid  of  i'orl  St.  .Iiilieii  is  uniforni,  (lat,  and  low.     It  is  covered 

coming 


hv  si'iiilihv  hushes,  and  Ironied  hv  a  sliiiii;le  heach.     At  ll>  or  1  -J  miles  south  of  it. 


finm  the  !•;.  S.  E.,  a  small  llal-topped  hill  is  seen  over  the  low  coast  hills. 

Ill  lat.  4')'  -7',  the  chaiacler  ol'the  coast  tdiaiii'.es  eutirely  to  a  raii<;e  of  steep  white 
clay  clin's,  the  average  heisiht  of  which  was  calculated,  hy  aiiiiular  measurement,  to  he 
aliout  ;;iMl  iir;i.')ll  feet.  They  rise  like  a  «all  from  the  sea,  which,  ai  hich  water,  nearly 
washes  their  hase ;  hut  at  low  water  they  are  fronted  hy  a  consideiahle  extent  of  beach, 
pmtly  of  shingle  and  jiartly  of  mud.  Some  short  rocky  ledi;es.  which  hreak  at  half  tide, 
^^  he  olf  certain  parts  otthis  raiii;e,  hut  none  of  the  ledges  extend  loi  more  than  a  mile  tVom 
Ij  the  shore.  This  clili'y  raiii^e  occasionally  forms  projections,  but  so  ^ighl  as  not  to  be 
perceived  when  jiassinij;  alireasi  of  them. 

Aiichi)rai;i's  aloii<{  the  coast  may  he  taken  up,  witli  th*-  wind  :r  sbi»r»-,  at  firom  a  mile 
to  two  miles  from  the  heaeh,  in  from')  to  12  and  I  I  fathoms,  oo/.y  hottom.  In  latitude 
4')"  .').')'  the  raiiiie  of  steep  while  cliffs  li<-;;ius  uradiially  lo  diininish  in  liei^hf,  and  ter- 
minates, at  ')  miles  farther  to  the  souiliward,  in  a  low  |io»rit,  lormiiii^  tlie  northern  side 
iif  the  entrance  of  Santa  Cruz  Kiver.  It  is  called  in  the  chart  North  Point,  and  is  in 
lat.  ryC  .')'  •2(1",  and  68^^  .T. 

SANTA  CHl'Z. —  The  appearar'<e  {>\  the  coast  about  the  entrance  of  the  river  of 
•  Santa  Cru/.  is  very  remarkahlc,  and  easy  to  lie  known,  from  the  manner  in  winch  it 
;  makes  when  scimi  t'i»m  the  northwani.  and   is  c\en  more  conspiciUfius  when  seen  from 

•  Eildi/stiiue.— Myron  sjiw  this  riK-k,  but  from  IiIh  [losiiion  of  it  there  seems  to  iie  little  doubt  that 
It  IS  the  nellaco  Hock  i)l    .N'miales.      Mr.  ^    .;|isiiii's   jiiMriial  sii\»,  '•  ii  is  .">  jpacurs   from  the  shore. 
,';  iiiid  isc'oviTcil  ar  liiirli  water.     It  hears  fnini  I'enirnin  Island  S.  S.  W..  a  litile  wj-sicrly,  distant  14 
or  15  k'iigues,  a.id  is  in  lat.  IS-  3G'.     (Tlic  laiuude  of  tho  Bclluco  is  40=*  30'  5U'  . 


o 


BLUNT  S  AJIERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  sontliwnrd.  From  ilip  latlor  flii'i'clion  a  ronst  lineof  clifTs  and  downH  of  rnn'^idrri 
hie  ht'lsjlit  \'*  seen  fxtomliir^  to  llic  sd  ;itliw;iril  ol  the  nitr;iiico  as  Car  as  tin-  eye  can  r( ;.( l, 
and  tennin  iiinij  abiuplly  to  tlio  iiitrihwaid  in  a  hisli,  stcrp,  flat  fopin-d  (lid',  .\I(,,|,, 
Kntranc(>,  of  whioli  tlin  upper  part  descends  vcrlirally ;  the  lower  slopes  oil",  and  app^nr, 
to  l)p.  united  with  some  very  low  hiii  I,  whirli  will  be  seen  extending  (accordinj;  to  ihc 
dislanre  oil )  two  or  three  points  of  the  compass  to  the  northward  of  it.  Munni  K,|. 
trance  is  at  the  south  Kiitrance  of  the  river,  and  is,  by  annular  lueasurenietit,  '^')i,^,,^ 
hi^ill.      'The  low  land  is  ontlie  nnrilurn  side  of  the  rntrance  of  tlie  river. 

The  outer  part  of  the  bar,  on  which  at  low  tide  there  are  14  feet  water,  is  nearly  lour 
miles  S.  bS""  J  K.from  Mount  Kntrance.  and  '(  miles  from  North  I'oint,  bearing  N.o4'E, 

Kourteen  miles  up  the  river.  <ui  ihe  south  bank,   is  Weddi-ll's   lUulV.  a  r(uispi(ii(ii, 
headland;  and  11  miles  farther  is  anr  flier  called  Hea'^le  I'.hjlV.      Weddi  I's  Mlnli.  o|.i:) , 
the  .south  entrauj-e,  and  in  a  line  with   the  centre  of  Sea  Lion  Island,  bearin;;  N.  W. 
W.  \  \V.,*  by  coir.pa-*s,  is  the  leadir  i;  mark   lor  liie  j):iss;t;;e  over  the  bar.     Willi  I'l, 


irk 


the   Meiifflf 


d  the  b;i 


fai  horns. t     The  Br 


•rosseu  me  oar  m  /  v  lainoms.t       i  ne  upn 
Hlull",  a  little  open  of  the  low  points  of  the  north  side  of  the  river,  is  also  a  lending  tiur. 
to  cross  the  bar. 

After  passin:;  the  bar,  whieli  is  about  a  mile  broa<l,  there  is  no  impediment  tn  n  ii*' 
course  up  the  rivt  r,  keepin;;  midway  between  the  narrow  points  of  entrance,  utud  renr 
ing  the  siuials  which  project  olf  the  e.n.st  point  of  Sea  Fiion  Island.  'I'he  best  anrliir. 
a!;e  seems  to  be  that  occupied  by  tiie  JJea;;le,  on  the  south  side  of  Sea  [jinn  |s;„r 
where  the  water  is  shoalerand  the  fidfi  not  so  stroni;. 

At  Weddel's  i'.lutfthe  river  divides  into  two  arms.  The  northern  one,  which  tnriii 
under  the  east  fall  of  the  i5ea<;lc  HIiilT,  was  examined  by  ("aptain  .Stokes  for  IJ  in,!.; 
above  its  commencement,  where  it  eea.'ed  to  be  naviijabic,  oven  at  hii;h  water.  It«li(| 
was  divided  by  banks  of  sand  into  sever;  I  little  fordable  streams,  preservin,j,  as  fara^il,* 
inequalities  of  the  land  would  permit  thr  eye  to  follow  their  course,  a  nu-an  N.  W.  livN 
direction.  The  stream  at  this  part  wa«  <|uite  fresli,  but  still  subject  to  the  re^uinni 
and  How.  On  the  boat's  return  she  wai  left  dry  for  six  hours,  in  the  middle  of  th.'fliii! 
nel,  about  two  miles  above  lieagle  Rlufl'.  At  lialf  tide  tlie  boats  took  in  their  waterj: 
this  place. 

The  shore  on  the  S.  W.  side  is  a  ranjj'''  of  clay  cIKfs,  of  tlic  average  heieht  of  2.3flfr'i 
with  grassy  downs,  and  intersected  with  valleys  and  ravines.  Cn  the  eastern  siilc.  ■  f 
land  for  the  most  part  is  low  and  level,  with  ,i  shingle  beach.  The  aspect  of  the  coiimn 
is  dreary,  the  soil  gravelly,  and  the  vegetaitinu  scanty,  the  largest  production  oftlintni. 
ture  being  buslies  bearing  berries,  none  of  which  exceed  7  or  S  feet  in  height.  Minv 
brant  geese  and  ducks  were  seen,  as  well  as  t'le  common  sea  fowl  of  these  parts.  sucl;?< 
penguins,  cormorants,  gulls,  ducks,  and  divers.  Several  ostriches  also  made  tlicir  ■■ 
pearance  on  the  beach,  and  traces  of  guanaco's  were  observed. 

The  south-western  arm,  which  is  th»'  lucst  lonsiderable  one  of  the  two,  was  exnminfj 
for  .33  niile.s.  It  was  supposed  by  W'eddel  to  be  of  smdi  considerable  size  and  iiKciv-i- 
ing  appearance  as  to  be  likely  to  communicate  with  some  branch  from  the  Strait  dl  Mv 
galhaens.  The  first  reach  of  the  arm  runs  .*<.  W.  by  W.  (>  miles,  with  a  mean  liiraiii; 
of  2,7  miles.  At  l.^  league  up,  the  boat,  bein  ;  ancliored  for  the  night  in  mid-cli;iiiiii'l,[ 
12  feet,  was  left  dry  at  low  wafer.  At  the  place  of  the  first  observation,  on  the  nonh 
side,  in  lat.  40^  ,">~'.  and  long.  ti.S^  5.3'  the  inlluerife  of  thr  tides  had  altogetlier  m'o'i 
and  the  water  was  quite  fresh.  The  stream  v\\\  beautifully  clear  and  pure,  mIiIi  ihiif- 
locity  of  at  least  'i  miles  an  hour,  over  a  bed  of  pebbles  mixed  with  dark  sand;  its  ineis 
breadth  being  three  (juarters  of  a  mile,  and  deptii  in  inid-(  'iiiiiii.!  -^  i">«i.  It  rnriKliflv.ii^;; 
two  nearly  parallel  ranges  of  hills,  about  4  tniles  asunder.  IJeyond  this  the  reachrs  3'< 
short,  seldom  more  than  2  miles  long,  forming  tortuous  courses  between  S.  S.  K.  nnd  \V 
by  S.  The  wind  blew  directly  down,  and  the  rapidity  of  the  .stream  was  so  great  ili;itili( 
boat  was  obliged  to  he  tracked  up  the  river.J 

The  examination  terminated  in  lat.  .')()'^  ')',  long.  60^  21',  which  is  4.')  miles  in  a  Aw 
west  direction  from  its  inoutli,  but  by  the  course  of  the  stream  .j.3  miles. 

At  an  anchorage  outside  the  bar.  Mount  Kntrance  bearing  .\.  .'<2"'  \V'.,  five  iiiilc*  "if. 
and  Weddel's  IJlulf  N.  ().'>^  W..  the  Heagle  rode  out  a  gale  from  the  S.  S.  V/.  anl 
south  with  a  heavy  sea,  without  driving.  'I'he  soundings  fliat  are  marked  in  the  cliart, 
outside  the  bar,  were  taken  at  low  water,  whilst  the  ship  occupied  the  above  anchor:;''. 


*  This  is  the  benrinpff^iven  by  Weddcl  in  his  account  of  Snnta  Cm?.. 

i  Tiic  rise  of  the  tide  is  considcrab'e.  In  ^^oing  out,  after  crofsin^^  the  bar,  the  nengie  anciiorfd, 
and  at  low  tide  the  water  had  fallen  2()  fret. 

t  Tiic  above  descnplion  of  Santa  Cruz  and  the  river  is  taken  from  the  late  commander  Stokes' 
MS.  Journal. 


The  fidi!s 
111  turn  t»i' 
(iliserved  li> 
Tiie  CI  I- 
(|iy  a;  hill  t 
mill's.     (^;i 
nut  a  liii>  I 
IJelivP^ii  ( 
(•e>'iiiiii  ol  cl 
p.iri  olthe  c 
HiMiher. 

When  wit 
southward  o 
Tln'ri;  can  li 
rniilioiisly 
rDi'ks  hIik'Ii 
<'()\'  I.M 
Ciptain  .Sioi 
iiilitrinafion 
Coy    Inlet 
fiDiiled    by  a 
niside  there  .> 
iiuik^,  which 
|i)>e  than  to 
ill  its  terimii.i 
Thence  to 
from  rocky  le 
7  to  12  and  1 
hcacli  is  of  s! 
beyond  tlieli)\ 
ally  ileejXMis. 
tea  breaks;   it 
Tlie  flood  s 
water  at  full  a 
In  lat.  51 '1 
of  iVesh  «;iter 
it  is  standing 
K'inporarv  sn| 

('.mm:'  k.\ 

thill  extends  fi 
Ciipe  St.  ViiK 
^  uuiiis,  f()i-  w 
miles  dilferen 
Aiiventure  as  ' 
liuving  been  ol 
A  simil.u'  erro 
tiiaiid  of  Lova 
mil  the  Noila 
liic  one  fortlic 
le  Rio  (le  (ia 
liiiiy  easily  be 

On  the'old  i 
idls  "like  the 
iiaik  they  are 
Stri'tified,  the 

The  interio 
j)l;uits,  among 
^buiinds  will)  i 
^  lifsides  the 
prickling  down 

The  entrani 
rn|)e  Fairwi'ai 

or  5  leagues 
S'orlh  llill.  ] 
'atpr,  but  at  1: 
if  the  shoals,  ^ 


downs  of  rnnsiilm. 
ns  the  pvc  citti  rf  ;ii|], 

topiK^d  rliir,  MiMit,; 
(ipes  ulV,  hikI  ;i|i[if:ir, 
ns;  (iicconliti;;  t(i  the 
I  of  it.  Miiiinl  \.i. 
riisiiiemrnt,  li'ih  i,,, 
rivor. 

water,  is  nf-nrlv  liinr 
iiit,  lifitiirij;  N.  .'>;  H, 
MliilV.  a  r(ms|)i(iiiii. 

1(1,  hniiiiii;  N.  W.  ., 

tiip  h;ir.      Willi  |i>, 

lottis.f      Tho   |{i':i.v 

s  also  a  Icadinj:  ih.it. 

iinprdimcnt  to  a  lr» 
^iilraiicp,  until  rni|i- 
i.     Tho  licsl  nnrlir- 

of  Sou  Lion  Isliinl. 

prn  one,  whicli  inriii 
S tokos  for  I'J  niilii 
;  hinli  water.  It»  IcI 
■pservin-^,  ns  far  iimIi* 
,  a  iiu-an  N.  W.  l.vN 
rrt  to  the  rfcul'ir '' 
)«?  middle  of  the  char- 
took  in  their  \v;itpr;; 

n£;e  hriclit  of -JoOiV' 
the  easleni  side,  "> 
aspeet  til'lhe  romiirj 
rodiieiion  of  tint  ii" 
•t  in  hci^lil.  M:in 
il  these  parts.  su(!:?< 
s  also  made  their  ;'• 

le  two,  wns  exntninci 
l)ie  si/p  and  iii;fiv<t- 

111)  tlie  Strail  ul  Mv 
wilii  a  ineaii  hitaiii', 
;iit  in  mid-ehaniipLi: 
rvation,  on  liic  nnnh 
id  altoLjefli'T  rcn'if I. 
nd  pure.  «llli  llir  *>'■ 

dark  sand  ;  its  inei; 
.  It  nirisliftrtrfj 
d  this  the  rea-hrs  v> 
,een  8.  S.  ]•].  niid  W, 

was  so  great  thatihe 


blunt's  ameuicax  coast  pilot. 


503 


IS  45  miles  in  a  Aw 

niies. 

■2°  W.,  C\v('  milfii'lT. 

in  th(>  S.  S.  \V.  an 


The  tidus  ill  the  offiii'j;  were  observed  to  (low  very  rejniarly  six  hours  each  way,  but 
Miiini  l»i'  iioiin  later  lli.ui  the  time  of  iiiyh  water  in  sliore.  The  llood,  us  before,  was 
.ilisiTved  to  mil  lo  the  iinithward. 

The  CDiist  to  the  south  of  the  rivor  is  bounded  by  a  led:je  of  rorks,  whieli  are  either 
,|iv  at  half  tide,  or  are  then  shown  by  a  line  oi  breakers:  iliey  exiend  as  far  olf  as  three 
iiiiii't.  On  one  occasino  the  Mea^le  anehortid  aiiuinj;  tliein,  and  had  some  dilficiiliy,  and 
not  a  liiile  risk,  in  eseapini;. 

MctwPfii  Coy  Inlet  an  I  .S  iiila  Cm/,  the  eriast  trends  liijlitly  in,  and  is  forme  I  !)y  a  suc- 
ci'ssjoii  of  clilfan  I  intervening  low  beaches.  (Joy  inlei  is  eonspieiious,  as  it  is  the  only 
part  Dl'the  coast  that  has  the  appearance  of  an  inlet  between  Santa  Cm/,  and  Cajie  Fair- 
HiMllier. 

U'lii'ii  within  seven  miles  of  its  latitmie  (.")0^  ')7')  as  well  to  the  northward  as  lo  tho 
southward  ol  it,  a  ship  sjntuld  kei'p  at  the  tiislanee  of  I'oiir  or  live  miles  oif  the  enast.— 
There  ean  be  no  iiuJueement  lo  yo  iii'arer,  as  it  alfords  niuthdr  fuel  nor  water  ;  and  if  in- 
ciiitioiisly  approaelieil  mui  h  trouble  and  even  dan:;er  may  ensue,  from  the  ledges  of 
rocks  whieli  piojecl  at  least  three  mih's,  anil  perhaps  mor.-  from  the  coast. 

('()^"  l-NLpyi  . — 'I'linc  is  no  account  either  of  Coy  Inlet  or  of  the  (iallei;os  Hiver  in 
r.iptain  Stokes's  .Journal :  what  is  here  ;:iveii  is  taken  from  the  chart,  and  iVoni  what  oral 
iiilorniation  I  have  received. 

Coy  Inlet  is  a  shoal  salt  wafer  inlet,  terminatins;  at  1')  miles  from  the  eiitranre,  and 
iVonled  l)y  a  liar  of  rocks,  leaving  a  passavje  only  of  six  feet  water  on  their  .south  side; 
iiisiile  there  seems  to  be  liltli-  more  than  Ij  I'eet  water,  and  in  most  parts  of  tin  inlet,  l!io 
bulks,  which  are  of  mini  and  sand, 'jre  dry  at  low  water;  it  is  useh'ss  liir  any  other  piir- 
|))se  than  to  alford  shelter  to  a  .small  boat.  The  southern  side  of  the  inlet  is  dill'y,  and 
at  its  terimii.ition  receives  tlie  drains  of  an  extensive  llat  country. 

Thence  to  Cape  I-'airweather  the  coast  is  simil  i  to  the  northern  part,  but  more  fren 
from  rocky  ledi^es,  and  i^ood  aiichoram'  may  be  h.id  from  •,'  to  ()  miles  oil' shore,  in  frimi 
7  to  I 'J  and  11  fathoms,  muddy  iioltoiii :  the  water  slioalim;  i^radually  to  the  slmre.  The 
beach  is  of  shingle  lo  hi};h  water  mark,  and  then  of  hard  » lay  as  tar  as  one  htiiidred  feet 
lifvoiid  the  low  water  limit,  where  aiireen  miidily  bottom  commences,  and  the  water  gradu- 
ally deepens.  Tiie  outer  c^dye  of  the  clay  is  bounded  by  a  Icd^^e  ul  ro(  ks,  on  which  tho 
tea  breaks;   it  extends  lor  some  distance  paralhd  with  the  coast. 

Tlie  llood  sets  lo  tilt!  iN.  \V.  by  N.  and  the  el>l)  S.  K.  by  S.  U  hours  each  way;  high 
1>ater  at  full  ami  change  between  •)  and  10  o'clock,  and  the  tide  rises  "Jl  feel. 

Ill  lat.  51  '  H)',  a!)out  17  miles  north  of  the  cape,  there  is  a  ravine  (Mintainiiii;  almndaneo 
nllVesh  water,  winch  may  be  obtained,  when  the  wind  i.s  olf  sliore,  without  any  difficulty; 
it  is  standiiiii  water,  and  bein;;  much  grown  over  with  plants,  may  not  keep,  but  fur  a 
'icinporarv  supplv  it  seemed  to  be  verv  i^ood. 

C.M'H'  F.\liaVi:.\'nii:it,  is  the  south  extremity  of  the  Ion;;  rango  of  clay  din's 
that  extends  I'rom  Coy  Inlet,  alninst,  without  a  break.      Tlie  cajie  resembles  very  mucli 
(';i|)p  St.  Vincent,  on  the  coast  of  Sjiain  ;  it  also  bears  a  very  great  resemblance  lo  Capo 
Villains,  for  which  il  has  (Vecpieiilly  in'cii  taken,   notwilhsiandiiig  there  is  more  than  '15 
miles   dilferenee   in  the  latitude  of  the  two  headlaiids.       'J'iiis  mistake  was   made  in  the 
Aiiventure  as  well  as  in  the  IJeagle  on  our  lirst  visit,  when,  no  observation  for  the  latitude 
liaviii;;  been  obtained,  we  were  two  days  at  aiudioroH'il  l<eforo  our  error  was  discovered. 
A  simil.ir  error  was  also  nnde  by  one  of  the  sliips  belonging  to  the  fleet  under  the  com- 
niaiid  of  Fjoyasa.  in  the  year  15-,'j  (see  Biuney's  ("(dlection  of  \'oyages,  v(d.  i.  p.  1,'il  ;  ) 
jtoiiil  the  Nodales,  in  their  description  of  the  coast,  warn  the  navigator  from  mistaking 
^lienne  for  the  oilier,  "y  veneio  lie  mar  en  fuera  a  buscar  la  tierra,  faeilmeiite  podiaii  liacer 
e  Rio  (le  (iallegos  el  Cabo  ue  las  Virgines;"  (and  in  making  the  land  Cape  N'irj^ins 

ay  easily  be  mistaken  fur  the  Hiver  (iallegos.)      \'oyage  of  the  Nodales,  ]>.  5.'J. 

On  the  old  charts  ol  t his  part  ol  the  coast  the  shore  is  described  to  be  formed  ot"  chalk 
ills  "like  the  coast  of  Kent : "'  the  resemblance,  certainly,  is  very  great,  but  instead  of 

talk  they  are  of  clay.  'JMiey  are  from  .'J  to  4  hundred  feet  high,  and  are  horiifioutallv 
^tr;>tified,  the  strata  running  for  many  miles  without  ituerniption. 

'I'he  interior  is  formed  by  open  plains  of  undulating  (.ounlry  covered  with  grass  and 
|)lants,  among   which  is  aSiinlan'-e  of  wild   thyme,   hut   entirely  deslitute   of  tiees:    it 


marked  in  the  rli;ii;,       ^lumiids  with  guanacoes,  which  may  be  procured  by  laying  in  wait  at  the  water  holes. 


the  abovi>  anchnii;''. 


:ir,  the  Menj^Ic  aiidiorfi!. 
ate  commander  Stokes' 


J   Besides  the  pond  above-inention»'d,  there  is  no  want  for  fresh  water;    it  may  be  seeo 
|il('kliiig  down  the  face  of  the  clills  .»t  short  intervals. 

The  entrame  of  the  Iliver  (Jallegus  is  formed  on  the  north  side  by  the  clilfy  land  of 
Tape  Fairweather,  and  (ui  the  south  by  a  low  shore  that  is  not  visible  at  s»a  for  more  than 
^  or  5  leagues^  excepting  the  hills  in  the  i;iterior,  called  the  Friars,  the  Convents,  and 

crossed 


by  I 


igh 


but  at  half  ebb  they  are  almost  dry.     The  entrance  is  round  the  south  extremity 
shoals,  which  bear  frutu  the  south  trend  of  the  cape  S.  43*^  £.,  distant  1,0  miles, 

75 


591 


BMNT  S  AMKIUCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Tlip  pn'«i:ii.'c  in  i«  piii;illc|  wiili  tlic  ((iiisf  fd  iiic  •Kniiliwiiiil  n{'  the  pnfrinc''.  fnkiii^' mr 
not  t«)  itpt-n  llic  IiiikI  to  tlic  iiortliwnnl  (i((';ii'c  Knirwriiihrr's  most  « ;istcrn  Ircinl,  Hhirh, 
wIpmi  ill  the  (nil  \v;iv,  slimild  lie  n  N.  Id'  W.  111.11^.  Tiif  "tlim*' itti  llic  l;iiiii>;irii  h.iiiil  ti.in 
flirii  III-  8r.if|ii;iliy  !i;>|)r(i;i(li(Ml.  iiiiil,  in  ilic  prcHCiif  sfiitr  of  llic  ktio"  I<'(|>.m'  mi-  posM  .,  ,(„ 
Mliip  slioiilil  1)*^  nticliorcii  (o  iiwnit  low  wnti-r.  in  Id  tiitlioiiis,  at  a  mile  ami  a  liall  I'mniilr 
wliorc,  so  soon  as  ilic  sontli  fioint  lir^itis  to  he  olisrrvfd  to  trctnl  round  lo  llir  «(■>!«  1, 
tilt'  anrlioraif  llicri'  is  uooil.  and  well  slicltrifd  Ironi  the  picvaiiini;  winds. 

Hy  iindi  nini:,  tin'  passa^r  in  will  lu-  oasilv  dctcflcd,  and  ina\  In-  passed  \n{<  <■  tlirvln  , 
are  ii;;iiiii  covfrcd.  wliicli  will  !>»•  a '.:oorl  uuidc;  I  I'atlionis  is  tlir  drpili  at  low  water  in:!,. 
niirrowijst  part  of  the  cltannrl.  Aiuhoraijf'  may  be  tak«'n  up  on  the  «onth  Nide,  liirioii,, 
liorffiward  the  banks  are  extensive. 

There  is  also  a  middle,  ami  as  it  appears  lo  lie  the  widest,  may  he  thr  tin'  l)r«l  rhnnnfl 
for  crossini;  the  liar.     'The  imter  part  was  not  coiiipleiely  examined  ;   hut.  no  doiilit,  iir 
is  a  snilieieiit  di>|ilh  of  water  at  three  (piarters  llnod  loi  any  vessel  to  [lass  it.     'riiescin 
«'rii  channel,  however,  is  preferable  from  haviny;  tlie  latid  as  a  ctiide. 

The  riv«  r  runs  in  to  the  westward  for  .'id  miles,  and  then  winds  nx    "  o'liitherly  hctw.f 
two  rari'.x's   if  hills.      Its  banks  are  formed  of  downs,  alionndiii!;  wit)'.  ^  .anacoes  and., 
riches.     The  water  is  fresh  at  'J.'*  miles  from  the  moiith.     In  the  entnf;"!'  (he  time  nf  h 
water  af  (nil  and  cliaii'j;e  is  Hh  .'idm  ;  the  rise  of  tide,  at  the  springs,  is  'lb  feet,  an(jii.r 
Stream  runs  as  much  as  five  miles  an  hour. 

From  the  south  entianre  of  the  (Ja-ile^os  Ixiver,  the  coast,  towards  Cape  \'ircin«,^^ 
tends  in  a  more  easterly  direction  than  it  does  to  the  northward  of  (ape  i-'airwculi,, 
and.  for  the  (irst  half  of  the  distain  e,  is  lurmed  by  n  low  slielviin;  coast,  that  ;uaif» 
ira'^nes  from  the  shore  is  not  visible,  so  that  a  slraii<;er  niii;hf  readily  .sii[i|)(isc  it  fohrili 
entrance  of  the  Strait  of  .Masralhaeiis.  There  are,  however,  some  marks  by  whicji  iti,,,, 
be  known,  even  should  the  latitude  not  have  been  ascertained.  In  rleu  weather  the  Frii-. 
find  the  other  hills  near  them  would  be  visible;  and  in  thwk  weather  the  sonn(liii;;>  .- 
the  rape  will  be  an  iiifallible  i;iiide;  for  at  the  distance  of  four  miles  o(f  no  iimrp  tli:if:, 
fathoms  will  be  touiid,  whereas,  at  that  distance  tVom  <  'ape  \'ir<:ins  the  depth  is  coiimiI.- 
able;  the  bottom  also  to  the  north  of  Cape  Kairweather  is  of  mud,  whilst  that  id' 
north  of  Cape  Nirijins  is  of  ijravel  or  <'oarse  sand;  and  the  latter  cape  has  a  Ion:;  ■ 
point  of  shitmie  riiiiiiiii>4  o(f  it  for  nearly  live  mill's  to  the  .S.  \\'.  and,  lastly,  ii  if. 
weather  be  clear,  the  distant  land  of  Tierra  del  Fiieyo  will  be  visible  to  the  .S.  .S.  W 

,\t  eiiihti-eii  mill's  to  the  soiiihw  ird  of  ('ape  l-'airwealher  the  cliffs  ai;ain  coiniiii'iu', 
nnd  ennlimie  to  Cape  Virgins,  with  only  one  or  two  breaks;  in  one  of  whicli,  ein|itiiii|.i 
north  of  the  latter  cape,  I  think  a  boat  may  land  if  necessary.  There  is  jjood  am  linr  .f 
iiloii'j  the  whole  coast  between  the  tialle^os  and  Cape  N'ircins,  at  from  two  to  five  riiili- -' 
shore;  but  the  bottom  is  riither  stony,  and  mii^ht  injure  hempen  cables.  As  tlier;i|>n 
approachcil,  the  ;;roiind  becomes  more  foul. 

Of  the  Wiii(h  (tnd  Wi-nlhrr,  T'ld'.'-^,  (uxl  J'arlali/in  of  thr  Compass,  heticccn  C  WW 
lU.V.XCO  aiul  C.VPK   VIIKJIX.S. 

Our  experience  of  the  wind  and  weather  upon  this  part  of  the  coast  was  not  siiffioiP'; 
to  enabje  us  to  form  any  juds;ment  of  the  chances  that  are  liable  to  occur.  Tin  ]r' 
vailiiii;  winds,  particularly  towards  the  southern  portiun,  are  from  the  soiith-wisi.  ir- 
whicli  ipiarter  the  <:ales  are  the  strongest  ;  but  near  fli"  land,  duriiii;  the  smiiiiK  rsi'iis- 
thev  veeraliiiul  between  south  and  W.  N.  W.  and  in  the  winter,  when  the  sun  tKisncr'/ 
em  declination,  they  han<;  more  commonly  to  tlie  northward  of  west.  Northerly  \vii;i 
nre  accompanied  by  misty  or  foc<:y  weather,  particularly  on  that  portion  of  the  coastl" 
twern  the  Rio  de  la  IMata  and  I'ort  St.  Klena. 

The  marine  bariimeler  here  is  of  si'.Mial  advanta;re.  It  is  low  with  a  northerly  wind. I;: 
as  soon  ax  the  coltimii  Ins  (alien  to  •.")  inches  or  lower,  and  ceases  to  (all,  a  chaiiL'c  <il«!'i 
from  the  S.  W.  may  be  expected:  which  commences  with,  or  very  soon  follows  ' 
ascent  of  thr  mercury;  the  wiiul  then  freshens  and  blows  hard,  and  the  weather  "br- 
up.  The  clouds  are  white,  of  |ar<;e  si/.e,  and  of  rounded  form,  and  the  air  lipcomf' 
elastic,  dry.  and  cold.  During;  the  existence  ot',  and  for  some  davs  preceding,  a  iinrtli- 
eriy  wind,  there  is  <;ener  illy  a  very  copious  deposition  of  dew  ;  indeed,  the  apprnrap' 
of  it  is  an  ititallilile  presa;.'e  of  the  change.  With  northerly  winds  the  air  is  iiiilil  it 
excessively  daiii|).  but  when  they  blow  from  the  opposite  (piarter  it  is  cold  ami  dry.- 
The  wind  rarely  blow.s  from  east,  hut  sometimes  obliquely  towards  the  coast  from  .N.F. 
or  S.  S.  E. 

The  Jlond  tiilr  sets  to  tlie  northward,  parallel  with  the  coast.  Near  Cape  Virein'.th 
northerly  tide  ceases  at  about  four  hours  before  tiic  moon's  passage;  in  the  Gallf:''' 
River  it  is  hiu;h  water,  at  full  and  chansje,  at  i^h.  .OOm.,  and  rises  4f)  feet:  at  Cape  Fair 
weulher,  at  9  o'clock,  and  rises  28  feet;  at  Coy  Inlet,  at  between  nine  and  ten  o'ciocii 


ULUM  8  AMEIUCAN  COAST  I'lI-OT. 


G95 


•nfninrr.  fnkiii^-  r.no 
■iiNtcrn  tn'iirl,  «hirh. 
r  Iniliniiril  linnil  niiM 

Icilllf  Wl-  JtiivM-.vlhr 

I'  ;iiiil  ;i  li;ill  iVdniihr 
nnil  to  till-  wcstwiini; 
I  uliids. 

ssimI  hell  If  thrshiuii 

till  ;it  liiw  *.-\U>t  iiiiK 

soiilli  side,  lur  liiilv 

tlir  tin-  ln'«l  rliririDr; 
;  hilt,  no  (loiilit,  tlif- 
I  pass  it.  Tlio  sdii'i! 
e. 

'  »')iit1irrly  hctn.i 
tl;  ^  .:iniic()»'s  iiihl., 
riir.''(*  «hp  tiiiip  nfh. 
gs,  is  4(>  let'l.  iind;,.. 

rds  ( 'apr  \'irt;in*.  n. 
f  Capf  l''aiiw(Miliii; 
ig  coast,  that  ;itak» 
iiy  suppose  ii  to  hnht 
narks  l)y  wliidi  iimat 
It'll' wcatlirrllii'  Vrw 
rlicr  tlic  sonii(liii;<  '• 
|ps  o(V  no  iMoro  lh;in, 
1  ilit>  tlrptli  is  consul" 
iiul,  wliilst  tliat  111' 
'i-  capp  has  a  iiin;  . 
W.  anil,  lastlv.  il'ib 
ililc  to  tlie  S.  S.  W, 
liiVs  a^aiii  roininfiKV, 
n  of  wliicli.  oi';lili!i!< 
'I'O  is  ;;no(l  iiiirlmr.i.'f  I 
n  two  to  (ivr  niili-iS' 
allies.    As  the  rap » 


•jss,  hcliccen  (\\PF, 


nast  was  not  siiffinp'J 
to  ncrnr.  Tin'  \v-\ 
the  south-wi'st.  Ir(is| 

n;:  thf>  snninirrsi';i«i'' 
irii  the  snii  liastKir'vl 
■St.     Norflifi'ly  wii;i'j| 

imtinii  of  the  l(l;lst^^l 

a  iiorlheiiy  \viniU:;| 
I'all,  a  eliaiiu'eiif«i'i 
very  soon  i'nlliiws. ' 
UKf  the  weiilluT  "In' 
,  anil  the  air  bpcoinf* 
vs  preeeiliniz.  n  imrtb- 
iiileeil,  tliP  apprnra" 
Is  tlie   air  is  milil  V- 
it  is  cold  ami  iln- 
Is  the  coast  from  N.F.. 

:par  Cape  Vircini'.tl:! 
ssaiie;  in  tlie  Ciallc:^! 
4f)  fppt :  at  Cape  Fair- 
nine  and  ten  o'clock; 


y\  Santa  Cni/.,  ahotit  lOli.  I.^in.,  rlslnt'  .'IH  feel,  Iml  in  tlie  otVini;  two  lioiiri*  Uter;  at  Soii 
lliar  Hiy,  r.'ii.  I'lin.,  riiiiii: -Jit  ffei  ;  I'.iri  Desire,  l.'li.  Him.,  use  Im',  leei :  and  at  I'orl 
.>«i.  Kleiia,  at  I  i»i  lock  in  the  alternoon.  they  ri-»e  \',  teel.  In  the  oilin,'  of  I'nrl  hesire, 
(III*  tiller  are  .1'  or  4  hniirs  later  than  they  are  in-8liure,  wliieii  is  pndi.ilily  i>wiii<{  tu  llie 
vdilv  tide  scttiiiij;  out  of  St.  (icoijire'M  (jiiif. 

'iMiP  riiriiilioii  i>t' Iht  coiii/iuss  uradiiiilly  iiiereases  from  ilip  Kio  de  la  I'iata.  whrro  it  in 
.iliiiut  14  ;  ill  lat.  :(() '.^,  liifii;.  ;').')  |,  it  is  alioiil  1 4  ', :  iiilat.4l  ,  and  Ion:.  (>ii  .  it  in  1()°  ; 
inlat41  ,',  and  Ion-;,  "(id  ;,  it  is  17';  at  I'orl  St.  Klena,  I'j  It)  ;  at  I'ort  Desire,  10" 
4'.'  ;  at  .'^ea  Hear  Hay,  •.'(»  47';  at  Tort  St.  .Iiiliaii,  'J>  IH';  at  .Santa  Crii/,  •.•i) '  64';  at 
the  Kiver  ( Jallcnos,  •il''  47';  and  at  Capp  Virgins,  it  may  he  considerpd  aliimt  •.»;i'^i.  At 
till  l.ixt  place,  acciirdini;  to  Sir  .lolin  Narlioioiii;li.*  the  variation  in  the  year  I'pTO  was  ]7<3 
.Hill  W.I  I 'is  and  Carteret,]  in  I  he  year  17(>7,  found  it  J I  I',')' ;  so  that  it  has  si  artoly  ullcrvd 
uitinu  the  la.st  liiuidred  uiid  .tixty  yenm. 

Strait  of  Afiiiiitlfiiiens — I'liiir  l'ir<ii»s  to  Furt  Fumine, 

CAl'K  XllKilNS,  a  steep  clilf.  alimit  :i()l)  feet  hiuh,  (in  lat.  :>:'  IK'  af) '.  nnd  Ion. 
ii^  l()'  •')■>()  is  ihe  southern  exlrenniy  of  the  l*aiai;onian  coast,  and  the  north  eniraiieo 
of  lliP  .Strait  of  iMau;alliaeiis.  There  is  im  appearance  of  a  reef  that  may  extend  oil" 
ilie  point  for  half  a  mile,  hut  not  heyond  that  distance.  The  .\dventure  passed  at  l^ 
mile  I'roiii  it,  sciiindini;  in  ^  fathoms,  stones;  and  then  slandinu;  to  the  south,  crossed  a 
li.iiik  o(  ijra\e|,  soiindinL;  reiiulailv  in  7  lathoms,  until  Dun^encss  I'oiiil  hore  .si.  W.  iiy 
W.  hy  compass,  when  the  water  dee|)ened.  This  hank  trends  oil'  more  to  the  soiit^j- 
uard  and  caslwaril,  hut  I  helieve  its  leriiiiiialloii  is  at  ')  miles  ,•<.  S7  K.  (roiii  the  extreiiN 
I  iiy  of  Diinneness. 

1  do  nut  iiiiaiiine  that  any  part  of  it  is  shoal  enoii::h  to  endanger  a  slTip.  hut  near  itn 
eMii'mily  tliere  are  -  line  overl'alls,  amoiii;  whiihihc  least  depth  that  we  found  was  5 
r  (allidins  al  low  water, ■> 

III  roniidiiii;  Cape  Virgins,  unless  the  wind  he  casteily  or  soullierly.  1  should  recoin- 
nieiid  a  ship  to  pass  within  one  mile  and  a  half  <d'  the  cape,  and  steer  .S.  hy  K.  hy  com- 
pass until  l)iini;eness  hears  .S.  \\'.  maii. ;  then  to  cd^e  away  around  the  latter  pcriiit.  and 
;iltciH'anls  the  coast  is  clear  to  Capc^  Possession.  In  moderate  wisitlicr  ships  may  an- 
chor any  where  lnlwccu  Dmmencss  and  ("ape  rossessiou.  The  holtoiH  is  of  mood 
iiii|ilin:<:  ground,  and  quite  clean.  At  front  :i  to  '>  miles  from  the  coast,  tiic  de|Hh  will  hu 
Irani  1  •")  to  •,'!»  lathoms. 

We  know  noihini;  of  the  Fuejian  shore,  or  south  side  of  the  entrnnce.  TheReafilc, 
III  ljeatiii<>;  in,  made  a  Imard  for  ^  miles  to  the  southward  ul  Dunueness,  and  had  40  tiw 
thoiiis;  hut  1  helieve  the  coast  to  he  id  shoal  approach,  and  to  he  liiicil  hy  a  hank  that 
is  connected  to  the  extensive  reefs  which  project  from  Ca|H!  Oran^ic. 

CAl'K  P()SSKS.*sl().\  isa  clilfy  headland  on  the  north  shore,  and  will  he  seen  opcn- 
ini:  round  Duii:;eness.  on  the  nia;;iietic  hearing  of  S.  r^d  .'{()'  \V.;  the  distance  ln'tween 
is  Ji)  miles  ;   at  lO  or  12  miles  to  the  west  of  Duniiencss,  Mount  Aviiioiid  will  make 


111 


Its  appearani  e,  heariiii;  .ilio 


Hit  N.  H.V  W 


'»'*»• 


10 


I'U.S.SK.SSION  IJA^  ,  which  extends  froiii  Cajie  I'ossession  to  the  eiitiiuice  of  tl 
Virst  Narrow,  curves  in  to  the  norlhward  round  Ihe  c.ipe  and  is  fronted  hy  an  extensive 
'«.lioal,  stretchiiii;  oli'  for  more  than  4  miles  from  the  shore,  many  parts  of  which  aic  dry 
lall  tide:  on  its  south  side  the  depth  diminishes  inadually.  and  offers  i^ood  anihoi- 
|a:i'  for  vessels  enterini;  the  strait,  to  await  the  tide  for  passin;.'  the  First  Narrow. 

On  the  western  side  of  tue  hay,  there  are  some  remarkahlc  hills  of  a  darker  ^reetl 
Bute  than  others  near  tiiem  ;  1  have  called  them  the  Direction  Hills;  hccausi;  after  puss- 
jiiii:^  Cape  I'ossession,  they  all'ord  a  ijood  mark  for  ap|  laehini;  iIk;  Narrows,  which  are 
jliot  visihle  until  well  across  the  hay  ;  hy  allciitioii  also  to  their  hearings,  ihe  shoal  that 
xteiiils  olf  Cape  Oraui^e  may  he  avoid- d.  'J'o  take  up  an  anchorai:;e  on  the  hank,  yreal 
^^ttention  must  be  paid  to  the  soun(lini;s.  which  at  the  ediie  decrease  suddenly;  it  would 
not  he  advisable  to  anchor  in  less  than  10  or  1-J  fathoms  at  hij;li  w-ater,  for  the  tide  falls 
or  7  fatlioins  :  hut  as  the  stream  runs  iimcli  weaker  on  approachiiii:  the  ed^e  of  the 
iiiik,  tlie  nearer  to  it  the  better.  A  j^ood  berth  for  ancliorinu  is  to  };et  the  northern  Di- 
i-ction  IJill,  (which  is  dark  colored  and  very  conspicuous,)  to  bear  S.  5G^  W.     iMouut 


*  NiirliDroii^di's  Vovai.ro,  p.  III).  t  Hawkcsworih,  vol.  i.  p.  410. 

I  Iiy  chrononietrical  uliscrvation  i]8^  17'  IH  ". 

§  The  sh.ial  soutiiiiiiiis  of  .')  faihoiiis  ulF  Cape  Viririna  bear  froni  the  cape.  .'^.  3.1-  E.     There  \a 

pn('lK)i'at;e  under  Uuiigeiicss  with  westerly  winds      Vv'alli.s  anchoicd  in  10  faihoiiif!,  pravrl ;  Capo 

"lir<;:ns  bi.'ariiij,'  N.  by  W.  J  W.,  and  Diiii;ifeiiess  .'^.  by  W.  but  ihese  bearings  when  laid  down  in 

|liu  chart,  do  not  a|i|  ■  ar  to  be  correct.     Tliu  Dolphin  anchored  at  4  miles  oil'  the  cape,  bearing  N. 

I  E.  and  at  ii  or  3  luiles  from  the  extremity  oi'  the  Nc3.s,  bearing  S.  S.  W,  i  W. 


i 


v^. 


o^.  \^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V 


#/ 


</ 


i< 


.•t'  ..^ 


^ 


f/j 


fA 


1.0 


I.I 


HIM  IIM 

^    1^    12.0 


1.25  i  1.4 


1.8 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


iV 


m 


•1>^ 


:\ 


\ 


^9) 


V 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4S03 


o^ 


593 


CLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PiLOT* 


Ayriiohd  N.  45°  to  50°  W.,  and  the  highest,  (easternmost,)  peaked  hillock  pon  Csm 
OnuiL^e  ahoiit  .S.  S.  E.  (compass  bearings.)  When  the  hill  above  noticed  i)ears  S.  ,y,' 
AV.  and  .Mount  Ayniond  between  N.  50°  and  fiO^  W.*  you  are  in  9  or  2[)  fatlioms,  jii>t 
off  the  edge  of  tiie  bank  ;  about  half  to  one  mile  more  to  tlie  northward,  or  noitli-wcsi. 
ward,  good  anchorage  may  be  selected  out  of  the  strength  of  tlie  tide. 

There  is,  however,  a  more  advanced  situation  about  lialf  a  mile  to  the  eastward  nfilip 
end  of  the  shoal,  that  may  easily  be  taken  up;  namely,  that  where  14  fathoms  is  niarktd 
on  the  plan,  for  which  the  following  are  the  bearings: — The 

Northern  Direction  Hill, .S.  59°  W.  i 

Mount  Aymond N.43°  AV.  \  Mag. 

Peak  of  Cape  Orange, .y.  122°  E.  ) 

One  mile  more  in  advance  to  the  S.  W.  would  still  be  a  better  berth,  but  great  csrc 
hiust  be  taken  not  to  ground  on  the  tail  of  the  shoal.  At  about  half  a  mile  more  to  n,; 
eastward,  the  situation  would  be  more  secure. 

Slionld  the  di.stant  land  behind  Cape  Gregory  be  seen,  which  makes  with  a  long  liljf 
level  strij)  of  land,  terminating  at  its  S.  W.  end  willi  rather  a  bluff  or  ))reeij)itons  liii;,,; 
is  a  good  mark  for  the  above  anchorage.  The  (all,  or  extremity,  should  be  visible, a 
the  space  between  the  souiheriimost  and  central  of  the  Direction  Hills.  There  is  akj 
conspicuous  lump  on  the  same  land,  which  will  be  seen  a  little  to  the  eastward  ndl' 
northern  Direction  Hill ;  and  the  Asses  Ears,  nearly  out  of  sight,  should  be  seen  a  litilei, 
the  eastward  of  that  part  of  the  shore  of  Possession  Bay  where  the  cliH'y  coast  coinnunnv 

Another  mark  for  the  approach  of  the  bank,  which  is  very  good  when  Mount  Ayiiiuui 
bears  more  westerly  than  N.  43^  W.  mag.  is,  not  to  lose  sight  of  the  Asses  Ears.  Al 
our  anchorage  in  0  fathoms,  near  the  dry  part  of  the  bank,  they  were  lost  sight  ol'bvj 
fise  in  the  land;  half  a  mile  to  the  southward,  at  tlie  anchorage  marked  11  fathoms,  in.- 
of  them  re-appeared  above  the  land  ;  Mount  Aymond  at  the  same  time  bearing  by  cfiiii. 
pass  N.  41°  \V.  mag.  But  this  rule  fails  to  the  westward,  or  nearer  the  Narrow,  loriM 
bank  then  trends  mole  southerly,  and  the  Asses  Ears  are  visible  at  its  ed^e;  ij. 
west  limit  of  this  rule  is,  as  before  noticed,  when  Mount  Ayinond  bears  about  N.  4u-  W. 
mag.  There  is,  also,  another  reiuark  worth  attending  to;  which  is,  that,  after  pa.^sip; 
Cape  Possession,  Mount  Aymond  assumes  the  ap|)earance  of  a  round  obtusely-]  e;il,(o 
hill,  with  a  smaller  elevation  on  each  edge  of  its  outline;  which  appearance  is  pre.-mej 
until  it  bears  N.  50°  \V.  mag.  and  then  the  easternmost  of  the  minor  elevations  giaa- 
ally  disap|)ears,  while  the  western  one  becomes  more  consiiicuous. 

To  avoid  the  north  shoals,  do  not  get  the  North  Direction  Hill  to  bear  more  Bouilit!!v 
than  S.  56°  W.  mag. ;  and  the  mark  for  avoiding  the  reefs  that  extend  off  Cape  ()nii:e, 
is  not  to  get  the  same  Direction  Hill  to  bear  more  westerly  than  W.  by  S.  |  S.  inas;.  (ui 
AV.  by  S.  ^  S.  will  just  pass  without  the  edge,)  until  Mount  Aymond  bears  N.4S'W. 
mag.  or  the  peak  of  Cape  Orange  south,  mag.  when  the  fair  way  of  the  First  N-imi 
will  be  open,  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  mag.  The  north  or  north-western  side  of  tli"  Fir>; 
Narrow,  is  a  clitf  of  moderate  height,  and  makes  like  a  flat  table  land.  When  abre;*: 
of  Ca])c  Oranire,  a  S.  S.  W.  mag.  course  must  be  steered.  The  tide  sets  right  tliri)ii:l;; 
so  that  in  driftiu':  whicli  with  the  wind  against  the  tide  is  the  safest  and  best  plan,tlitr: 
is  no  danger  of  being  thrown  upon  the  shoals. f 

The  First  Narrow  was  called  by  Sarmiento,  Angostura  de  Nuestra  SenoradeEv 
peranza.  He  describes  itvery  correctly  to  be  3  leagues  long,  and  lessthan  half  alencw 
wide,  v.'ith  cliffy  shores ;  the  tide  running  strong  ;  the  dei)th  more  than  5U  fathoms,  mi 
and  pebbles,  (callao;)  and  on  the  north  shore  there  is  a  beach  of  shingle.  In  tiii.s|aii, 
however,  as  discretion  nmst  be  the  best  guide,  it  will  be  necessary  merely  to  state  ill 
dangers  that  exist.  To  the  north  of  Point  Delgada,  (meaning  thin  or  slender,)  theshcri 
is  fronted  by  extensive  shoals  that  dry  at  half  tide,  and  which,  being  dry  when  Sarmiento 
passed,  was  called  by  him  Point  Atiegada,  (drowned  land;)  these  should  not  be  ap- 
proached. The  south  shoVe  also,  for  nearly  5  miles  to  the  west  of  Cape  Orange,  liasa 
shoal  off  it,  but  it  does  not  extend  to  a  great  distance  from  the  beach;  beyo  d  lliisiiis 
not  safe  to  approach  either  shore  within  half  a  mile,  for  each  is  fronted  by  a  bankibi 
dries  at  low  water.  The  western  end  of  the  Narrow  on  the  north  shore,  Sarmiento's 
Point  Bananca,  (meaning  a  cliff,)  has  a  considerable  reef  off  it,  upon  wliich  there  isi 


B 


*Thc 
t  ii\; 


'he^e  be r  rings  nrv.  by  comp'iss;  tbc  variation  of  the  needle  is  22^''. 
.  Ji:ef  i:ff  Cojte  Oravgc — This  reef  extends  off  to  the  K.  N.  F].  lor  a  con.«idcralilc  d'slance. 
yron  snuck  upon  it,  ns  did  also  the  Santa  Casilda.  The  Adeoria,  a  h(  ;ding  vcppiI.  in  li^SB, a''o 
^triick  upon  it  and  was  left  dry  ;  and  the  Pcaglr,  in  going  to  hor  as.=^i,otancc.  crossed  the  tail  ol ;!"" 
high  water,  occasionally  striking  the  ground.  Bougainville  describes  it.s  position  thus:  "AVhcn:i:f 
hillocks  wliich  I  have  named  Quatre  fils  Aymond,"  (Asses  Ears,)  "only  offer  two  to  sight  in  fona 
of  a  ^'ate,  you  are  opposite  the  said  rocks. 


v^rv  large  quantit 
IS  19  Mules  distant 
After  emerging 
tlie  course  of  \\  h 
rv,  ill  order  to  avi 
passed  twice  thrt) 
tlicin,  which  gav( 
only  altered  I'i  fe 
and  there  was  sea 
he  taken  up  with 
securitv  of  the  vi 
POINT  BAR 
in  the  chart,  its  I 
site  side  S;iriiiicn 
.\fter  reaching 
lile  peaked  hilloci 
of  the  tide,  in  fro; 
rhorage  is  good, 
tiling  but  shtdls ; 
It  is  best  to  aiK 
over  the  centre  ol 
The  peaked  hi 
del  Valle;  to  the  c 
Eleven  Thousand 
Cape  Gregory  wil 
an  island  ;  for  the  I 
also  be  seen  half  w 
beroines  visible. 

The  extremity  o 
73°  VV.  (.S.  50°  y 
two  miles  and  a  hi 
hills  that  form  the 
thorns.  The  bottc 
of  a  stiffer  quality, 
from  the  shore  ;  chi 
approach  too  near. 
At  the  anchorag( 
H  half  or  three  ho 
which  should  be  at 
hour  or  more  after 
Upon  the  suinnii 
extreme  point,  is  a 
bush  is  in  lat.  52°  ; 
23^  34'  E. 

The  country  abo 

westward  of  the  ca] 

cipal  residence  is  ii 

where  guanacoes  a 

thesoutliward  also? 

Gregory  they  have 

from  the  eastward  ! 

anchorage  before  it 

They  are  very  f 

fond  of  beads  and  o 

ter.     Swords  are  } 

arming  their  boias^ 

triches. 

They  also  barter 

^  Paraguay  tea,)  toll 

>  eager,  but  are  eonti 

muskets,  powder  ar 

men,  who  left  an  E 

i  and  it  is  to  be  hope 

'     THE  SECOND 

tuns  five  or  six  kno 

reach  au  anchorage 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


597 


v^ry  larje  t|nantity  of  kelp.     Point  Barranca  bears  from  Cniie  Gregory  N.  4PJ°  E.  and 
IS  19  HiileH  distant. 

Alter  cmcr^inti;  from  the  Narrow,  the  ship  should  lie  alloued  to  drift  with  the  tide, 
tlie  course  of  which  is  .S.  .S.  W.  for  at  least  IJ  miles,  before  liauling  u))  'or  Cape  Grego- 
rv,  ill  order  to  avoid  the  ripplinj.'s  which  rage  furiously  on  each  cdi^e  of  the  bank.  1  have 
passed  twice  thronch  them  for  the  sake  of  proving  the  depth.  ;md  once  anchored  within 
them,  which  gave  me  an  opjiortunity  of  ascertaining  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  tide;  but  it 
only  altered  I'J  feet :  tlie  stream  or  current,  however,  set  at  Sand  4  knots  the  whole  tide, 
ami  there  was  scarcely  five  minutes  slack  water.  It  is  an  anchorage  tJiat  ought  not  to 
be  taken  up  without  the  greatest  necessity,  for  the  ripplings  break  over  the  deck,  and  the 
security  of  the  vessel  is  very  doubtful. 

POINT  BARRANCA  is  a  flat  topped  sand  hill,  the  position  of  which  being  given 
in  the  chart,  its  bearing  will  inf!'"ate  the  situation  of  the  ship:  the  point  on  the  oppo- 
site side  Sarmiento  called  Point  Baxa,  (low.) 

After  reaching  thus  far,  steer  AV.  S.  W.  by  compass,  until  abreast  of  some  remarka- 
ble peaked  hillocks  on  the  north  shore ;  where,  if  necessary,  anchorage  may  be  had  out 
of  the  tide,  in  from  G  to  10  fathoms  ;  at  any  part  of  the  northern  side  of  the  bay  the  an- 
rhorage  is  good,  upon  a  clay  bottom  covered  with  broken  shells :  the  lead  brings  upno- 
tiling  but  sh(>lls ;  underneath,  however,  it  is  of  day  and  good  holding  groun<l. 

It  is  best  to  anchor  near  the  shore  on  account  of  the  tide,  which  ripples  very  mucuall 
over  the  centre  ol"  the  bay. 

The  jicaked  hillock  above  mentioned  is  certainly  Sarmiento's  Point  Nuesfra  Senora 
del  Valle;  to  the  eastward  of  it  is  St.  .Tago  Bay;  and  to  the  westward  his  Bay  of  the 
Eleven  Thousand  Virgins.  \Vhv°n  abreast  of  the  point,  the  land  and  bay  'o  tlie  north  of 
Cape  Gregory  will  be  easily  distinguished;  the  former  will  be  seen  first,  and  resembles 
an  island  ;  for  the  land  of  the  bay  is  (lat  and  low  ;  but  a  very  conspicuous  hummock  will 
also  be  seen  halfway  between  it  and  the  flat  table  land,  as  soon  as  the  land  of  the  cape 
becomes  visible.     The  hummock  is  marked  on  the  chart. 

The  extremity  of  Cape  (Jrc^iory  bears  from  the  western  end  of  the  First  Narrow,  S. 
7.'P  VV.  (S.  50"  ^  W.  mag.)  distant  twenty-two  miles.  The  anchorage  is  from  two  to 
two  miles  and  a  half  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  the  cajie,  abreast  of  the  north  end  of  the  sand 
hills  that  form  the  headland,  and  about  one  mile  from  the  shore,  in  from  13  to  15  fa- 
thoms. Tlie  bottom  is  eK;;ellent,  a  soft,  but  tenacious  mud,  which,  nearer  the  shore,  is 
of  a  stifler  quality.  At  low  v.  at'  r  a  sand  spit  extends  off  for  one  third  or  nearly  half  a  mile 
from  the  shore  ;  close  to  which  there  are  7  fathoms  water.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to 
approach  too  near. 

At  the  anchorage  the  tide  turns  to  the  south-westward,  towards  the  cape,  for  two  and 
a  half  or  three  hours  before  it  begins  to  run  to  the  westward  in  the  Second  Narrow; 
which  should  be  attended  to,  for  a  ship  will  lose  much  ground  by  weighing  before  an 
hour  or  more  after  the  tide  has  turned. 

Upon  the  summit  of  the  land  of  the  cape,  four  fifths  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  the 
extreme  point,  is  a  remarkable  liush  ;  close  to  which  the  ol)servations  were  inade.  The 
bush  is  in  lat.  52"^  38'  3"  S.,  and  long.  70°  9'  51"  W.  The  variation  of  the  compass 
23^^  34'  E. 

The  country  abounds  with  guanaooes  and  ostriches,  and  the  valley,  two  miles  to  the 
westward  of  the  cape,  is  frequently  the  abode  of  the  Patagonian  Indians;  but  their  prin- 
cipal residence  is  upon  the  low  land  at  the  back  of  Peckett's  Harbor  and  Quoin  Hill, 
where  guanacoes  are  more  abundant,  and  the  country  more  open.  Ships  coming  from 
the  southward  also  are  seen  by  them  at  a  great  distance,  so  that  by  the  time  she  reaches  Cape 
Gregory  they  have  already  arrived  to  meet  her.  They  do  not,  however,  see  ships  coming 
from  the  eastward  so  easily,  and  we  were,  on  two  occasions,  two  or  three  days  at  the 
anchorage  before  it  was  known  that  we  were  present. 

They  are  very  friendly,  and  will  supply  guanaco  meat  at  a  small  price.     They  are 
fond  of  beads  and  ornaments,  but  particularly  of  knives,  and  the  larger  they  are  the  bet- 
ter.    Swords  are  held  in  high  estimation  by  them,  as  well  as  lead  for  the  purpose  of 
f  arming  their  tolas,  an  instrument  used  to  entangle  the  legs  of  the  guanacoes  and  os- 
]  triches. 

They  also  barter  their  inanlles  and  skins  ;  and  are  fond  of  sugar,  flour,  matte,  (the 
-i  Paraguay  tea,)  tobacco,  and  horse  gear,  particularly  bits.  For  spiiits  they  are  very 
eager,  but  are  contented  with  it  in  a  diluted  state.  At  our  last  interview  they  asked  for 
muskets,  powder  and  ball,  the  use  of  which  they  liave  learned  iVom  two  Portuguese  sea- 
men, who  left  an  English  sealing  vessel  to  reside  with  them;  but  these  were  not  given, 
uiul  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  such  weapons  will  not  be  jmt  i.ito  their  hands. 

THE  SECOND  NARROW  is  about  ten  miles  long;  and,  with  a  favorable  tide,  which 
runs  five  or  six  knots,  is  very  quickly  passed.  With  an  adverse  wind  a  ship  will  easily 
reach  aa  anchorage  to  the  north  of  Elizabeth  Island. 


I".     Vi 


u 


598 


Blum's  American  coast  pilot. 


The  north  sule  of  tlic  Socoiid  iNarrow  is  very  shoal,  and  ouffht  not  to  be  approaclicd, 
for  the  ground  is  also  very  Coiil.  Tiiere  are  two  or  three  very  iiivititiy;  hiuiiis  lor  ii  shin 
that  is  eaiii;ht  wiiii  tlie  tide,  hut  it  is  not  advisable  to  anchor  in  them  :  she  should  ri\ili,r 
ireturu  to  tiie  anchorage  oH'CJape  (Irej^ory. 

SUSANNAH  COVK  is  wliere  Sarniiento  anchored  in  8  fathoms,  low  water,  Imli ,, 
leagiu;  from  the  land,  <;ood  bottom  ;  but,  as  it  was  exposed  to  the  strei/^ili  of  tiie  tide,  i,. 
shifted  to  another  ancliora<:e  about  half  a  leai;ne  west  of  (,'apc  (Jreyory,  wliere  tlie  ai 
was  dropped  in  8  fathoms,  but  the  vessel  tailing  on  the  edge  of  the  shoal  in  .'3  fatl 


he  Avas  ylad  to  make  his  escape. 


IUIIl>, 


The  south  shore  wf  the  Second  Narrow,  which  Narborouiili  called  the  Sweepsfukfj 
Foreland,  is  composed  of  cli/fs,  and  is.  I  believe,  of  bold  approach.  'r\\o  projectiin;  lie  ,| 
in  the  centre  is  Sarmiento's  St.  Simon's  Head,  and  the  western  end  he  named  dipt  >| 
N'inceiit,  from  its  resemblance  to  that  of  S|)ain.  To  the  southward  of  the  eastern  );(,.,i 
of  this  head,  Point  St.   Isldro,  which  is  a  low  sandy  point,  is  Fish  Cove,  where  Kiijluiv 


and  Cuinnrmsjs  anchored  their  boat :  and  Sarmiento  savs,  "  We  anchored  behind 


befoie  noticed,  called  Saiitisidro,  in  a  small  bay.  of  low  land  and  sandy  i)cach,  in  lofaili 
at  a  ipiarterofa  h^aaue  from  the  shore,  but  upon  veering  cable  tlie  vessel  was  in 
thoins  ;   so  that  fearing  she  would  be  left  dry.  Iron)  the  great  rise  and  fal'  of  the 
hereabout,  we  sliifted  farther  out  to  15  fathoms,  but  the  anchor  dragged,  and  we 
quently  came  to  in  'J  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,   where,  at  low  water,  the  deptli  w; 
th 


\  pill 


Sllli 

Is  i; 


oms. 


Three  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Cracia,  the  western  end  of  the  Second  X 


IITiiW 


on  the  north  side,  is  Oazy  Harbor,  so  culled  by  Narborough  ;  it  is  a  secure  phwi  ih 
small  vessels.  The  entranj;'e  is  nearly  two  miles  long,  and  too  narrow  for  large  fhii,,, 
unless  the  weather  be  moderate,  when  they  might  drop  in  or  out  wiili  the  tide ;  i|,;. 
depth  inside  is  from  .'5  to  10  fathoms.  'J'lure  is  neither  wood  nor  water  to  be  pi,i,  ;i;(i 
therefore  no  indueensent  to  enter  it;  a  j)lan  of  it  was  made,  it  is  described  bv  Sii  J 
Narborough, f  and  Cordova  calls  it  iJirtI  Uav  (Knseiiatia  de  los  Paxaros).t 

iNAKBUKUUCH'S  PECKKTT'S  HARBOR,  or,  as  Sarmiento  called  it,  St.  IW 
tholomew's  Ray,  is  8  miles  to  the  west  of  Cape  (tracia,  and,  although  very  shoal,  ofi'tr>/ 
good  shelter,  if  requirtvl,  for  small  vessels  ;  but  the  space  is  very  confined  ;  the  ;iiiiu. 
rage  without  is -irhnost  as  safe,  and  nuuh  more  convenient.  '^J'he  distance  between  ii,f 
two  points  of  entrance  is  nearly  two  miles,  but  fror  the  nortli-east  shore,  to  ihesii!,!! 
island  of  the-  south-wost  point,  the  whole  space  is  a  shoal,  upon  the  greater  part  of  Hliia 
the  sea  breaks  in  a  moderate  breeze. 

Tlie  entr;uice  is  between  the  soutli-west  point  and  the  island,  and  is  rather  morrMlisa 
one-tifth  of  a  mile  wide  Half  a  mile  outside,  the  anchorage  is  good,  in  7  lailidii/: 
•shoal  ground  extends  for  a  quarter  of  a  mile  olf  the  ])oint. 

The  bay,  which  is  formed  by  Peckett's  Harbor  and  Elizabeth  Island,  is  exten.siveaiid 
well  sheltered,  with  an  easy  dej)th  of  wafer  all  over,  between  .5  and  7  fathoms  ;  ilie  ii;i!iiif 
iof  the  bottom  is  clay,  and  oilers  excellent  holding  ground.  In  the  centre  is  a  |ii;iilii.: 
kelp  ;  but  it  is  not  known  whether  the  depth  is  shoaler  in  that  part,  or  whether  it  ])rocec(ii 
from  the  bottom  being  rocUy. 

The  tide  is  not  strong  to  the  westward  of  the  north  end  of  Elizabeth  Island  ;§  l)iitiiif> 
with  considerable  velocity  in  the  deej)  channel  between  it  and  the  Second  ISarrdw.  l- 
the  soutliward  of  the  island  the  stream  divides  into  two  directions,  and  ver;  suiiii  Icsif 
its  strength  ;  one  sets  down  the  south  side  of  the  island,  and  the  other  between  the  ishiiu'i! 
of  Santa  Martha  and  Magdalena.  This  is  the  Hood  ;  the  ebb  sets  to  the  norlhwarii.  Tlie 
ebb  and  (low  are  regular,  high  water  at  the  full  and  change,  being  at  about  1-Jii'clmt 

There  is  jrood  anchorage,  out  of  the  strength  of  tide,  at  a  mile  to  the  north  (if  FinU 
San  Silvestre;  it  is  convenient  for  a  ship  to  leave  with  the  intention  of  passiiiii  rmwi 
Elizabeth  Island.  I  conceive  this  to  be  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  entrance  of  llie 
.Strait  of  Magalhaei's,  for  the  tide  sets  across  the  passage  with  some  strength. 

The  passage  to  tlie  west  of  the  island  is  clear,  and  without  danger,  by  keepina;  inliie 
juiddle  of  the  channel ;  but  in  jiassing  down  the  south  side  of  Elizabeth  Island  ilie  sliore 
should  be  ke|)t  close  to,  to  avoid  being  thrown  upon  tlie  islands  of  Santa  Martha  unJ 
Magdalena, II  although  T  believe  there  is  plenty  of  water  between  them,  for  Saiiiiifiiio 
anchored  there  in  15  fathoms  ;  as  well  as  to  clear  the  shoal  that  extends  olf  the  soiiili- 
west  end  of  the  latter  island,  ujion  which  we  did  not  find  less  water  than  o  fathoms  ii|ioii 


*  Sarmiento,  ji.  X^tiT.  t  Narborputrh,  p.  G2  and  V2l.  H'ltimo  Viaae,  p.  107. 

§Eli/al)edi  .'sluiiJ  was  so  named  by  Sir  I';-ancis  Drake.  Sarmiento  passed  iis  north  cast  end, 
and,  consideri'ig  it  a  jiart  of  the  Continent,  called  it  Point  San  Silvestre. — [Sarmiento,  p.  255.) 

||T!!P  ■'■'::. ids  of  Santa  Martha  and  Magdalena,  so  named  by  Sarmiento,  (p.  251)  have  ?i:iff 
been  called  by  other  names  ;  the  former  St.  Burtholoniuvv,  the  latter  St.  Georjje's,  ulso  rcnsui"''*'- 
and.— [See  N  arborough's  Voyage,  p.  62.] 


\ 


■ 


nnv  part;*  but  t 
lo'triist  too  mil 
rhroll'^d)  kelp  ;   I 
wherever  the  i)o 
1-,'iideis  the  few 
for  it  serves  as  a 
out  that  a  ship  i 
that  hv  its  drift  it 
LAKE  DO  l'..\ 
particuhirly  in  tl 
ainoii;:  wliich  tin 
At  litiredo    I? 
iliaineter  at  aboii 
l'"or the  pur))!! 
md  secure  berth 
the  sonth-west  e 
Cape  Negro,  wh 
\V'e  know  scar 
twecMi  (jape  St. 
not  be  api'.roaclu 
ter.  and  the  ancin 
Two  deep  inlet 
land  near  Cape  (i 
tallied. 

Between  Cape 

cliorage  may  be  1 

begins  to  be  thick 

in  the  vieinitv  of  J 

SANDY'  PO! 

than  a  mile  from 

projects  olf  it  in  a 

on  a  remarkaldy  c 

south  side  of  the  \ 

and  a  half  trom  tin 

To  the  soutlivva 

had  at  three  quarl 

ovei  clay.     At  the 

so  that,  with  the  a\ 

by  keeping  outside 

nnich  so  as  to  lav 

jad  in  coasting  th 

(iripes,  because  th 

hind  stpialls  arc  de 

POINT  ST.  i\] 

pnd  may  be  knowr 

Bay.     it  has  also 

cepting  a  few  deai 

As  the  bay  opens, 

markable  round  h: 

south  of  it,  throuc 

It  is  convenient 

timber,  watering  if 

no  material  conse( 

When  the  wind 

need  be  apprehen 

from  that  tpiarter, 

does,  the  holding 

In  standing  into 

frnm  the  coast,  in 

^  hliiir  points  at  the 

I  bears  W.  S.  W.,  \ 

the  bay,  among  w 

Round  its  edge  thi 

•ShoaloffSnnta  J 
the  least  water  foun* 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


>99 


nnv  pnit;*  but  tlin  a;roiin(l  hciri^  irrcszuliir.  nnd  much  Uclp  strinved  alxiut  it,  it  is  not  safe 
III  trust  too  imicli  to  apiieiiiaiices.  On  all  occasions,  it  is  a(lvisai)lc  to  avoid  passiiijiy 
rl)nm,'li  K<'lp ;  lor  altlioiif;li  it  tVc(iiieiitly  shoots  ii])  iVoin  ID,  and  even  •?.{)  lathonis,  yet, 
wlii'it'Vi'i-  the  holtoni  is  rocky,  tlicre  it  is  to  he  t'ouiid.  Tlui  presence  of  this  ve!j;etal)le 
ii'iiilcis  llie  fe\.'  (lauiiers  that  exist  in  tlu;  iiavi^ialioii  oi'  the  strait  of  little  c<jiise()iience, 
lor  it  serves  as  a  hiioy  to  tiiarU  the  existence  oCthein.  and  it  is  only  l)y  a  careless  look- 
out that  a  ship  can  he  placed  in  a  danj;erous  situation.  AnothfT  advantage  in  Uelp  is, 
that  l)V  its  (hill  it  shows  hoth  the  direction  and  velocity  of  the  tide. 

JiAiiKOO  \\X\  oH'crs  irood  anchorage  in  the  centre  and  towards  tlie  north  side,  and 
pariicularly  in  the  north-west  corner.  <  )if  the  south  point  is  a  large  patch  of  kelp, 
anion::  which  the  iirounil  is  shoal  and  foul. 

At  fiaredo  Bay  wood  may  he  procured,  and  tliere  is  a  fresli  water  lake  of  a  mile  in 
diameter  at  about  half  a  mile  behind  the  beach,  much  frecpieiited  by  wild  ducks. 

F'orthe  purjiose  of  anchoraa;e  only,  the  bay  need  not  be  entered  ;  because  a  very  good 
nnd  secnn!  berth  may  be  found  at  from  1  to  '2  luiles  olf  it,  in  10  to  i;5  fathoms,  having 
the  south-west  extremity  of  Eli/.abeth  Island  on  with,  or  a  little  open  of,  the  trend  of 
Cape  Negro,  'vhich  is  Byron's  Porjiesse  Poiot. 

We  know  scarcely  any  thina;  of  the  south  side  of  St.  Pliilip's  Bay,  or  of  the  coast  be- 
tween Cape  St.  Vincent  and  Cape  Momuonth.  'I'he  latter  is  a  lee  shore,  and  should 
lint  be  ainiroached  when  the  wind  is  northerly,  for  there  seems  to  be  no  harbor  or  shel- 
ter, and  the  anchorage  must  be  much  exposed. 

Two  deep  inlets  were  seen  behind  Sweepstakes  Foreland,  from  the  summit  of  the  table 
hiiul  near  Cape  (iregory,  one  of  which  may  probably  insulate  it,  but  this  was  not  ascer- 
tained. 

Between  Cape  Negro  and  Sandy  Point,  which  is  Sarmiento's  Catalina  Ray,  good  an- 
chorage may  be  had,  from  one  to  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  shore.  Here  the  country 
begins  to  be  thickly  wooded,  and  to  assume  a  very  picturesque  appearance,  particularly 
in  the  vicinity  of  Sandy  Point. 

SANDY'  POINT,  Sarmiento's  Cape  de  San  Antonio  de  Padua,  projects  for  more 
than  a  mile  from  the  line  of  coast,  and  should  not  be  [lassed  within  a  mile.  A  shoal 
l)rojecfs  olf  it  in  an  east  direction  (mag.)  Tlie  mark  for  its  south  edge  is  a  single  tree, 
on  a  remarkably  clear  part  of  the  country,  (a  park  like  meadow,)  near  the  shore,  on  the 
south  side  of  the  point,  in  a  line  wi-h  a  deep  ravine  in  the  mountain  behind.  One  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  point,  we  had  no  bottom  with  IH  fathoms. 

'i'o  the  southuud  of  Sandy  Point,  as  far  as  Point  St.  Mary,  good  anchorage  may  be 
had  at  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  in  11  and  IvJ  fathoms,  sand  and  shells 
nvei  clay.  At  the  edge  of  the  kel)),  which  fronts  the  shore,  there  are  o  and  b  fathoms; 
so  that,  with  the  wind  offshore,  a  ship  may  anchor  or  sail  along  it  very  close  to  the  coast, 
by  keeping  outside  the  kelp.  The  squalls  olf  the  land  are  very  strong,  sometimes  so 
much  so  as  to  lay  a  ship  on  her  broadside.  It  is  not  jjrudenl,  therefore,  to  carry  much 
jail  in  coasting  this  part;  and  it  is  necessary  to  have  the  quarter  boats  secured  with 
gripes,  because  the  wind,  for  a  moment,  blows  with  the  force  of  a  hurricane.  These 
land  stpialls  are  denominated  by  the  sealers  "williwaws." 

POINT  ST.  MARV,  in  lat'.  5:>°  21'  40",  is  12^  miles  to  the  south  of  Sandy  Point, 
end  may  be  known  by  the  land  trending  in  to  the  southward  of  it,  forming  Fresh  Water 
Bay.  It  has  also  a  high  bank  close  to  the  beach,  with  two  patches  bare  of  trees,  ex~ 
cepting  a  few  dead  stumps.  All  the  points  to  the  northward  are  low  and  thickly  wooded.. 
As  the  bay  opens,  the  blulV  points  at  its  south  end  become  visible.  There  is  also  a  re- 
markable round  hill  a  short  distance  behind  the  centre  of  the  bay,  and  a  valley  to  the- 
south  of  it,  through  whicli  a  river  flows  and  falls  into  the  bay. 

It  is  convcnietu  for  wooding  at,  but  from  the  river  being  blocked  up  by  much  drift 
timber,  watering  is  difficult.  The  proximity,  however,  cf  Port  Famine  renders  this  of 
no  iTiaterial  consequence. 

When  the  wind  is  from  the  noriliward,  a  swell  is  thrown  into  the  bay  :  but  no  danger 
need  be  apprehended  from  its  being  open  to  the  eastward,  for  the  wind  seldom  blows 
from  that  quarter,  excepting  in  the  winter,  and  then  rarely  with  great  strengtli.  If  it 
does,  the  holding  ground  is  good,  and  with  good  gear  there  is  no  danger. 

In  standing  into  the  bay  from  the  northward,  keep  within  three  (juarters  to  half  a  mile 
from  the  coast,  in  10  or  11  fathoms;  and  passing  Point  St.  i.Iary,  steer  on  towards  the 
blulf  points  at  the  south  end  of  the  bay,  until  the  south  pitcii  of  tlie  Ontre  Mount 
bears  W.  S.  W.,  when  you  vvill  be  clear  of  the  kelp  that  extends  off  the  north  side  of 
the  bay,  among  which  I  believe  there  is  a  sufficiency  of  water,  but  tjie  ground  is  foul. 
Round  its  edge  there  are  6  and  7  fathoms.      Having  the  mount  bearing  as  above,  steer 


I 


*  Shoal  off  Santa  Mngdalcna.     Simpson's  Journal  says  there  are  3  fathoms  on  it  in  manj-  places ; 
the  least  water  foun<d  by  us  was  5  fathoms. 


GOO 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


for  it,  or  a  little  to  tlie  south  of  it,  and  anchor  in  ')  fathoms,  sandy  mud  over  clay,  whici, 
will  be  with  the  followins:  beariii^rs  : 


Point  St.  Mary N.  15°    W. 'I 

Outer  tnmd N.    9°     W. 

Centre  Mount  (south  pitch) S.  74°i  W. 

I^ntranee  of  Kivor S.  35  ^    W. 

South  Biufi" S.  21°    E. 


Mag. 


A  aood  berth  may  be  had  much  nearer  the  shore  in  C>  fathoms,  towards  whirh  i|,f 
depth  gradually  decrease.",  if  the  anchorage  is  used  merely  as  a  stopping  place,  the 
first  is  best,  for  the  wind  near  the  shore  is  a|)l  to  (low  and  veer  about. 

Between  Freshwater  Bay  and  Point  Sfuita  Anna  the  coast  is  very  bold,  and  so  stcpp 
as  to  olfcr  no  anchorage,  excepting  in  the  bay  that  is  formed  by  the  reef  olV  RotU 
Point;  but  it  is  sni:i'l  and  inconvenient  to  weigh  from,  should  the  wind  be  southoilv. 

Should  the  day  bo  advanced,  it  is  better  to  anchor  in  Freshwater  Bay  tlian  run  ilio 
risk  of  being  under  way  all  night,  unless  it  be  in  the  sununer,  with  moonlight  ;wul  ibe 
weather  likely  to  be  fine.  In  this  climate,  however,  the  latter  is  very  doui)tful,  for  wea- 
ther  changes  so  suddenly  that  no  dependence  can  be  placed  upon  appearances. 

POINT  SANTA  AiN'NA  will  appear,  on  standing  down  near  the  conr.t,  to  be  the 
termination  of  the  land  ;  it  is  a  long  point  extending  into  the  sea,  having  at  the  cxtiemiiy 
a  clump  of  trees.  It  bears  from  Cape  Valentyn  8.  47i°  W.  mag.  On  approachiiijit, 
the  distant  point  of  Cape  St.  Isidro  will  be  seen  beyond  it ;  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  or 
mistake  in  recognizing  it. 

Along  the  whole  extent  of  the  coast,  between  the  Point  Santa  Anna  and  Eliznbeth 
Inland,  the  flood  sets  to  the  soi  thward  and  the  ebb  to  the  northward,  and  it  is  lii^h 
water  about  12  o'clock  at  full  and  change.  The  variation  is  about  23°  west.  T;;e 
etrength  of  the  tide  is  not  great,  but  frequently  after  a  so  itherly  wind  there  is,  in  the 
offing,  a  current  to  the  northward  independent  of  the  tide.  In  winter  the  tides  occa- 
sionally rise  very  high,  and  on  one  occasion,  in  the  month  of  June,  nearly  overflowed 
the  whole  of  the  low  land  on  the  west  side. 

PORT  FAMINE. — Standing  into  Port  Famine,  pass  round  Point  Santa  Anns.ii 
with  a  leading  wind,  at  one  tifth  of  a  mile,  in  17  fathoms  ;  but  if  the  wind  is  scanty,  do 
not  get  too  near,  on  account  of  the  eddy  tide,  wliich  sometimes  se's  towards  the  poim, 
Steer  in  for  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  for  the  summit  of  Mount  St.  Philip,  keping  it  over 
the  centre' of  the  depth  of  the  bay  ;  th«t  is,  halfway  between  the  rivulet  (whicii  will  lip 
easily  distinguished  by  a  small  break  in  the  trees)  and  the  N.  W.  end  of  the  clear  bni 
on  the  west  side  of  the  bay.  This  bank  being  clear  of  trees,  and  covered  with  griiss.u 
very  conspicuous.  Keep  on  this  course  until  the  mouth  of  Sedger  River  is  open,  and 
upon  shutting  in  the  points  of  its  entrance,  shorten  sail  and  anchor  in  9,  8,  or  7  fiitiioim, 
as  convenient.  The  best  berth,  in  the  summer,  is  to  anchor  over  towards  the  west  side 
in  9  fathoms,  with  Cape  Valentyn  in  a  line  with  Point  Santa  Anna  ;  but  in  the  winter 
season  with  N.  E.  winds,  the  best  berth  is  more  in  the  centre  of  the  bay. 

The  strongest  winds  are  from  the  south-west.  It  blows  also  hard  sometimes  I'loin 
south,  and  occasionally  a  fresh  gale  out  of  the  valley,  to  the  south  of  Mount  St.  Pliilip, 
Unless  a  long  stay  be  meditated,  it  would  be  sufficient  to  moor  with  a  kedge  to  tlie.N, 
E.  The  ground  is  ex;'ellent  all  over  the  port,  being  a  stiff  tenacious  clay.  Lnmlir,; 
may  be  almost  always  effected,  excepting  in  easterly  gales,  on  one  side  or  the  other, 
There  is  fire  wood  in  abundance  on  the  beaches,  and  wells  containing  excellent  fiesk 
water,  were  dug  by  us  at  the  N.  W  extremity  of  the  clear  part  of  Point  Santa  Aiinn.nn 
the  bank  above  the  third  or  westernmost  small  shingle  bay.  The  water  of  tiie  river,  as 
well  as  of  the  ponds,  of  which  there  are  many  upon  the  flat  shore  of  the  western  side  of 
the  port,  is  very  good  for  present  use,  but  will  not  keep,  in  consequence  of  its  llowin; 
through  an  immense  mass  of  decomposed  vegetable  matter  ;  but  the  water  of  the  weiis 
drains  through  the  ground,  and  not  only  keeps  well,  but  is  remarkably  clear  and  wcil 
tasted.  Their  situation  is  marked  on  the  plan,  and  for  some  time  our  traces  will  no; 
fail  to  show  the  road. 

Our  observatory,  the  situation  of  which  is  indicated  by  the  stem  of  a  tree  If)  inclifi=in 
diameter,  placed  upright  about  8  feet  under  and  3  above  the  ground,  banked  up  by  a 
mound,  is  in  lat.  53°  38'  12",  and  70°  54'.  High  water  at  full  and  change  at  I2o'cloci;; 
the  ebb  sets  to  the  northward,  and  the  flood  to  the  southward  ;  but  the  rise  anti  fall  is 
very  irregular,  depending  entirely  upon  the  prevalence  of  the  winds,  northerly  and  east- 
erly winds  causing  high  tides,  and  westerly  and  south-westerly  low  tides.  The  varia- 
tion is  about  23°  30'. 

Of  the  tiues  in  Pcs3ession  Bay  and  the  First  Narrow,  we  have  had  too  little  experi- 
ence to  enable  us  to  give  a  very  clear  account:  I  shall  therefore  here  confine  myself 
merely  to  euch  observations  as  may  be  of  service  to  the  navigator. 


To  the  sDiiih- 

issage  ;  but  (Ik 
cai"il  to  risi'. 

Tlie  same  is  l' 
-.11  tne  centre  of 
(tioon's  passage, ; 
sage.  Til  is  ob-ii 
.■U,  an  aiirliiirage  n 
leet,  and  ran  at  t 
tide  cDinmenees 

At  tlieaiicliorai 
in  ilir  First  N.irn 
later  iM'I'ore  liii'y  t 
place  regularly  \. 
a  few  iiiiiiulcs  of 
was  eight  feel. 

Stru'.t  of  JM'ugtdh 

US  F.  LESS  1! 

,"^1.  Sebastian  (Jli 
n'a(tliinL;-.  p.'cliap^ 
.!()  miles  deej),  as 
ri'irlli  slii)r(!  alfon! 
iiinler  the  hill  em  I 
'j'hc  lenninatin 
name  of  Sannieiii 
'J'liis  country  a! 
nil  luinting  than  I 
at  adistaiiee  iVom 

D.VWSON  LSI 
.Sniiiid,  is  4()  mile- 
low,  but  becoiuea 
Freshwater  Bay. 
the  western  side  oi 
Lomas  Hay  and  I 
commeiuled.  Lo 
cx])osed  to  the  uoi 
prevalent. 

Lieutenant  (hw 
the  prevailing  wim 
stiii'bliie  clay,  .■ill'i 
jf  tlie  shores  also 
thrown  up,  even  ii 
cieiitly  pleiitil'iil,  a 
iiiiieli  resortcil  to  1 
beach. 

Between  Lomas 
cepting  at  Preserv 
small  size. 

POUT  S.\N  A 
posite  to  San  Nicl 
ibrtniglit  that  we 
from  the  violence  i 
anchors.  Wc  afst 
us  well  as  the  iiarn 

This  place  recei 
by  him  to  be  three 
that  width,  and  de.< 
indeed,  for  any  ves 
on  the  opposite  or 

The  anchorage  i 
Island,  ill  wliich,  p 
ilroppeil  ill  from  1( 
situated  ou  the  iuuc 


ULUNT's  AMLIilCAN  COAfST  IMLOl'. 


001 


.-eif  clay,  which 


ards  which  tl,e 
)ing  place,  the 

1,  and  so  steep 
reef  off  Rockv 
»e  *oiuliniy. 
y  tliaii  niiiilic 
juliijht  and  the 
iilitful,  for  wes. 
ances. 

coar.t,  lo  be  the 
It  the  extifiiiiiv 
apiJi'oachiiisii, 
1  be  no  doubt  or 

and  Elizabeth 

I,  and  it  is  hi:h 

!3°  west.    T.;e 

there  is.  in  the 

tlie  tides  occa- 

sarly  overflowed 

Santa  Anna,  if 

lul  is  scanty,  do 

vards  the  point, 

»,  keping  it  nvfr 

(which  will  he 

the  cieiir  bank 

with  jiriisj.is 

er  is  open,  and 

or  7  tiithoim, 

s  the  west  siJo 

in  the  wiMicr 

ioinetimes  I'rnm 
lunt  St.  Plillip, 
edge  to  the.N, 

ay.  Lnmiiiis 
e  or  the  oilier. 
excellent  fresli 
Santa  Aiiiin,  on 

,)!' the  river,  as 
western  side  of 

of  its  lloffinj 
ter  of  the  welis 

clear  and  wil 

traces  will  not 

■ee  16  inches  in 
•anked  up  l)y  a 
eat  12  o'clock; 
rise  and  fall  is 
herly  and  east- 
!S.     The  varia- 

0  little  experi- 
confine  mjs«l( 


To  iho  soiith-e.ist  ol' Cape  Possession  it  is  high  water  at  Ui.  h()n\.  hoforc  the  inoon's 

HHii<;e  ;  Imt  the  stream  of  tide  conliimes  to  run  in  until  two  hours  after  the  water  has 
ei^'d  to  rise.     The  easterly  tide  coiniiiences  at  •,>li.  ."jtiin.  hefore  the  ciilmiiiatioii. 

Tiie  same,  is  the  case  as  (aras,  and  evci  in,  ilii^  [''ir-t  Narmw,  eseepliiii;  in  the  times, 
-n  tlie  centre  of  I'ossessiuM  I'.iy,  near  the  hink,  it  was  lii^li  \»ait.'ral  .'ill.  olin.  hefore  the 
moon's  pass,i;;e,  and  the  tide  imiii'd  to  the  eastward  at  noon,  or  Oh.  ;i')m.  after  tht;  pas- 
su.re.  This  ohservation  was  made  on  tlu;  day  of  full  mumi.  'i'lie  rise  was  i.'H  feet,  but 
at  an  aiieliorat;e  more  tr)  tlir^  westwaid,  near  tlr.;  soi^ith-wesl  end  of  the  hank,  it  rose  ;55 
f(M't,  and  ran  at  the  rate  of  six  knots  and  a  <ni.irti'r.  In  the  I'irst  Narrow  the  eastern 
tide  coiiuni'iices  at  noon  (full  ami  ehaii^^e.) 

At  tlieaii(;hora;j;e  in  (ir.v'^'ory  i»ay  the  oastrriy  tide  commeiieed  ■20  minutes  earlier  than 
in  (lie  Fu'st  iNarrow.  In  th(!  .Second  Narrow  tiie  tides  are  two  ami  a  half  or  thre<;  hours 
|;ilcr  l)efore  they  turn.  Totli"  westward  of  the  Soroiid  N.irrowhiuh  and  low  water  take 
|il:\cc  reiiiilarly  with  llie  set  of  the  tide,  and  the  former  o(!curs,  at  full  and  change,  within 
;i  few  mimiies  ofiiooi;.  The  rise  and  I'all  is  iucoiisideialde  ;  the  greattist  we  experienced 
was  eight  feel. 


Sira  il  (if  Magidliaem 


-Daivtijii.  Ishtnil — Adni'irdlhj  Suuiid — llic  (tah  id,  Corkburr),  and 


IJ.SKLKS.S  1>AV  was  exainined  iii  ilin  hopo  of  its  eommmiicating  with  the  snp))osed 
St.  Sebastian  Channel,  of  t!ie  old  ciiari.s;  hut  it  i)roved  to  he  teriuinated  liy  low  land, 
roacliiii'j;.  p. M-liaps,  across  the  (MHiiiiry,  t(»wai(is  (.'ai)C  St.  Iv-ipiriiu  Santo,  Il  is  nmrethau 
:',i)  miles  deep,  and  from  1 -J  to  -JO  wide,  ami  entirely  exp(>se(|  to  the  south-west.  The 
(Kirlli  sliiiri^  afl'orils  no  shelter,  hiU  on  the  soiMh  there  is  an  indentation  of  the  coast  lino 
iinder  the  hill  called  Nose  I'eak,  that  may  possibly  alford  a  sheltered  an(  liora^e. 

The  termination  of  tli"  (hit  table  ridge.'^extendinj;  to  the  N.  V..  from  Point  Jioqueron,  a 
n;iino  of  .Sarmieiito's.  meaniii';'  an  opeiiini^s  is  alirupt  ami  very  precipitous. 

'J'liis  conniry  abunnds  with  Lniauacoes,  and  the  Indians  an>  ))robal>ly  more  dependent 
on  himimg  than  lisliim;  for  their  suljsisteuce,  for  wt;  (djservcd  their  fires  upon  the  hills, 
,it  adistiiiice,  fromthe  coast. 

JJAWSON  ISLAND,  which  fronts  Useless  Hay,  and  thedeej)  iidet  called  Admiralty 
.•■loiiiid,  is  4f)  milcvs  hni!:,  and  aljoiit  -jO  broad.  Its  northern  extremity.  Cape  Valentyn,  is 
low,  i)ut  l)Ci;onies  visible  in  passinir  down  the  op|)osite  shore,  betw*  en  Sandy  Point  and 
('"rcshwater  l>ay.  jMoimt  (Jrave-,  however,  is  seen  I'rom  a  much  i:;ieat(;r  distance.  On 
iiio  western  side  of  ihc  island  there  are  but  U\o  places  in  which  vessels  can  anchor,  viz., 
jjoiuas  Bay  and  Port  San  Antonio,  but  botli  beina;  on  a  le(!  shore,  they  are  not  to  be  re- 
lommended.  Thomas  Hay  is  a  di'ep  l)i:!;ht,  siifliciently  sjifdlered  from  S.  W.,  but  quite 
I'xposei!  to  the  nortli-west  and  westerly  winds,  which,  (luring  the  winter,  iire  the  most 
prevalent. 

Lieutenant  Craves  rema.rks  that  Lomar,  Day,  although  only  tolerably  sheltered  from 
(he  prevailing  winds,  would,  from  its  extent  (six  miles  dee|))  and  nature  of  the  bottom,  a 
stiff  blue  clay,  ail'm-d  good  shelter  for  vessels  of  any  draft  or  burden.  The  a])pearance 
.)f  the  shores  also  seem  to  favor  studi  on  opinion,  for  scarcely  any  driftwood  was  found 
thrown  up,  even  in  those  parts  whieh  were  most  exposed  to  the  surf.  Wood  is  suffi- 
ciently plentiful,  and  water  very  abundant.  This  bay  appears  at  certain  seasons  to  he 
much  resorted  to  by  the  Indians,  for  Ujjwards  of  twenty  wigwams  were  seen  near  the 
beach. 

Between  Loiuas  Bay  and  Cape  St.  N'^alentyn,  there  is  no  landin,g,  even  for  a  boat,  ex- 
cepting at  Preservation  Cave,  which  aifords  only  just  room  enough  to  beach  one  of 
small  size. 

POUT  SAN  ANTONIO,  which  is  situated  about  the  centre  of  the  west  coast,  op- 
posite to  San  Nicholas  Bay,  has  the  lippearance  of  being  well  sheltered,  but  during  a 
fortnight  that  we  spent  tluu-e  we  e\|)erienced  so  nuich  inconvenience,  and  even  risk, 
from  the  violence  of  the  siiualls,  that  we  were  obliged  to  secure  the  vessel  with  three 
anchors.  We  also  fouinl  some  difficulty  in  leaving  it,  on  account  of  the  baflling  winds, 
as  well  as  the  narrow  width  of  the  i)assage,  for  we  went  out  by  the  north  entrance. 

This  ])Iace  received  the  distinguishing  c-pithet  of  Port  from  Cordova,  and  is  described 
by  him  to  be  three  tpiarters  of  a  mile  wide;  instead  of  which,  it  is  scarcely  one  third  of 
that  width,  and  deserves  the  name  only  of  a  cove.  It  is  a  very  unfit  ])lace  for  a  ship,  or, 
indeed,  for  any  vessel  to  enter,  especially  when  there  are  so  many  much  better  places 
on  the  oi)i)nsite  or  continental  shore 

The  anchorage  is  formed  by  a  channel  within  the  islands  Norlli  Lsland  and  San  .Tuan 
Islanil,  in  which,  particularly  at  the  north  end,  are  several  islets.  The  tmchor  may  be 
dropped  in  from  10  to  15  fathoius,  olf  a  small  beach  in  ilununing-bird  Cove,  which  is 
situated  on  the  inner  side,  and  about  half  a 'mile  from  the  south  end  of  San  Juan  Island. 

7(. 


m 


m 
m 


602 


BLUNT'h  AMEUICAPf  COAST  PILOT. 


From  the  west  end  of  North  Island  a  reef  extends  olFfor  a  (luarter  of  a  mile,  and  to  tlm 
southward  are  two  small  islets,  wliicli  may  be  passed  on  either  side.  North  Isliind  ia 
8e|)arated  iVom  San  Juan  Island  by  a  narrow  and  ini])assal)lc  strait. 

The  south  entrance  is,  perhaps,  tlio  hest,  all)i')U!,'h  wilii  a  northerly  wind  tlie  noi  ^m 
should  be  preferred.  There  is  no  dani;er  but  what  is  evident:  the  ground,  however,  ,> 
not  very  clean  until  you  reach  [lunnuing-bird  Cove. 

The  south  entrance  is  tolerably  wide.  In  entering,  haul  round  the  south  point  .if 
San  Juan  [sland,  for  near  the  shore  of  the  eastern  side  there  is  a  rock  under  watt,,  dp. 
posite  to  Humminjj-bird  Cove,  in  a  small  bij^lit,  there  is  a  stream  of  fresh  water. 

POUT  VALDEZ  is  a  deep  inlet,  fronting;  \V.  N.  W.,  and  not  at  all  invitin<;  to  enipr, 
From  the  appearance  of  the  hills,  squi'.lls  uuist  be  very  fre(|iit;nt,  and  blow  with  tliegrcni. 
est  violence;  for  trees  are  seen  torn  up  by  the  roots,  in  long  lines,  evidently  v.auspd  U 
the  destructive  force  of  the  winds. 

The  ebb  tide  sets  to  the  north  through  the  channel. 

THE  GAliRIEL  CHANNEL  separates  Dawson  Island  from  the  Ticrra  del  Fiip;,, 
It  is  merely  a  ravine  of  the  slate  formation,  into  which  the  water  has  found  its  way  and 
insulated  the  island.  It  extends  precisely  in  the  direction  of  the  strata,  with  almost  |i;i. 
rallel  shores.  It  is  25  miles  lonu;  and  from  half  a  mile  to  one  mile  and  a  half  wide,  ih» 
narrowest  part  being;  in  t'e  centre.  The  north  shore  is  -t  ridge  of  slate,  rising  abruptlv 
to  a  sharp  edge,  and  then  as  abruptly  descending  on  the  opposite  side,  where  it  fonnsi 
valley,  which,  had  it  been  a  little  deeper,  would  have  been  tilled  by  water  and  havelje- 
come  another  channel  like  the  Gabriel. 

'I  ha  south  side  of  the  Gabriel  Channel  is  formed  by  a  high  mass  of  mountains,  pro. 
bably  the  most  elevated  land  in  the  Tierra  del  t'''uego.  Among  many  of  its  high  peiib 
are  two  more  conspicuous  than  the  rest.  Mount  Sarmiento  and  Mount  liucklaml.  The 
first  is  6,800  feet  high,  and,  rising  from  a  broad  base,  terminates  in  two  peaked  suinniiis, 
bearing  from  each  other  N.  E.  and  S.  W.,  and  are  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  asunder. 
From  the  northward  it  aj  pears  very  much  like  the  crater  of  a  volcano  ;  but  when  viewed 
from  the  westward,  the  two  peaks  are  in  a  line,  and  its  volcanic  resemblance  ceases.  I; 
is  noticed  by  Sarmicnto  as  well  as  by  Cordova,  in  th-^* journals  oftheir  respe^-tive  voyages, 
Sarmiento  calls  iL  Volcan  Nevado  (the  .Snowy  Volcano.) 

It  is  the  most  remarkable  mountain  in  the  stiait ;  but  from  the  state  of  the  climate 
and  its  being  clothed  with  per|)etual  snows,  it  is  almost  always  enveloped  in  condensed 
vapor.  During  a  low  temperature,  however,  particularly  with  a  N.  E.  or  S.  E.  wind, 
when  the  sky  is  often  cloudless,  it  is  exposed  to  view,  and  presents  a  magnificent  ap. 
pearance.  From  its  great  height  and  situation  it  served  our  purpose  admirably  to  con- 
nect the  points  of  the  survey.  It  was  seen,  and  bearings  of  it  were  taken,  froni  tholu'- 
lowing  distant  stations,  vi/..,  Eli/.abeth  Island,  Port  Famine,  Cape  Holland,  Port  Gal- 
lant, and  Mount  Skyring,  at  the  south  entrance  of  the  Barbara  Channel. 

MOUNT  BUCKLAND  is,  by  estimation,  about  4,000  feet  high.  It  is  a  pyramidal 
block  of  slate,  with  a  sharp  pointed  apex,  and  entirely  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 

Between  these  mountains  the  summit  of  the  range  is  occupied  by  an  extensive  gla- 
cier, the  constant  dissolution  of  which  feeds  the  innumerable  cascades  that  pour  Iar2i 
bodies  of  water  down  the  rocky  pneipices  overhanging  \'-°.  south  shore  of  the  Gabriel 
Channel. 

At  the  extremity  of  the  cliannel  is  Fitton  Harbor  ;  and  on  the  opposite  side  of  Cape 
Rowlett  arc  Port  Cooke  and  Brookes  Harbor. 

PORT  COOKE  is  a  very  convenient  and  useful  port.  It  is  slieltered  by  a  high 
wooded  island.     The  anchorage  is  off  the  rivulet  on  the  west  side,  in  9  fathoms. 

BROOKES  HARBOR,  like  Fitton  Harbor,  is  spacious,  but  not  good  as  a  port,  fui 
the  water  is  deep,  and  the  anchorages,  being  in  coves,  are  not  easy  of  access  witlio'U  llie 
labor  of  towing. 

ADMIRALTY  SOUND  extends  for  43  miles  to  the  S.  E.  into  the  land  of  Tiern 
del  Fucgo.  It  is  7  miles  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  gradually  diminishes  to  3.  OnJs 
north  side  the  ^hore  is  very  straight,  but  the  south  side  has  two  deep  inlets,  Ainsworth 
and  Parry  Harbors.  It  terminates  in  a  bay,  affording  anchorage  in  from  10  to  15  fa- 
thoms, but  very  much  exposed  to  N.  W.  winds,  which,  I  should  think,  from  the  funnel 
shape  of  the  sound,  would  blow  with  furious  strength.  On  the  north  side  of  the  bay  is 
Mount  Hope,  a  lofty  insulated  mass  of  rock,  but  to  the  south  of  it  lies  a  considerable 
tract  of  low  land,  over  which  the  view  was  unobstructed  for  u  considerable  distance,  and 
was  bounded  by  a  distant  mountain,  in  the  direction  of  the  position  of  Captain  Basil 
Hall's  Volcano,*  in  lat.  54'  48',  long.  di-^.  If  the  volcano  exists,  it  is  most  probably 
the  abo"e  mountain,  but  we  saw  nothing  to  indicate  the  appearance  of  its  being  in  an 
eroptive  state.     It  is  placed  o    the  chart  from  Captain  Hall's  authority. 


♦  A  Loo  Choo  story,  probably.    See  B.  Hall's  book.— E.  6u  G.  W.  B. 


In  Ainsworth  H;! 
tains  at  the  back  ol 

(llPSfl). 

PAKRV  IIAKI 
west  side  there  are 
.•small  vessel. 

'J'lie  eastern  side 
l;irlv  Mrenton  iSonm 
witii  1/omas  Hay,  tl 
Till-  large  (enlral 
rciii.iikiibly  sii;trp-p( 
NO.N'-KNTRV  I 
(Icpfli  hctwccri  the  p 
FOX  1!A\-.— Tl 
kelp.     A  rapid  stre; 
is  iu  from  3  to  .5  fat 
witliiii  20  yards  of  tl 
HARRIS  BAV^ 
AVILLES  BAY, 
small  extent,  atl'ords 
tide  rises  and  falls  a! 
At  the  bottom  of  Wi 
feet  security.     Thei 
part.s,  there  is  the  sai 
CAP.:  ST.  VAL 
and  has  a  small  hum 
cape  there  is  a  slighi 
sels  (rom  any  wind 
beach,  below  high  w; 
und  perfectly  unshelt 
The  opening  of  M 
northward  it  appear; 
Cape  San  Isidro  that 
rection  for  20  miles, 
ticularly  on  the  west 

•  low  narrow  tongue  o 
called  by  Sarmiento  i 

'  on  its  s.nnmit. 

Under  this  mount; 

bound  through  the  s 

rocky  bed,  on  which 

basin,  with  good  anch 

ofl  the  high  land,  whi 

This  little  port  is  mui 

side,  some  of  which 

ing  ab;ient  on  a  fishin 

To  the  south  of  IL 

I  Inlet.     It  is  three  mil 

I  but  neither  so  good  ni 

three  islets,  (Rees  Tsh 

MOUNT  BOQUE 

cipitous  and  lofty  moi 

I  but  remarkably  consp 

f  a  part  of  the  western  i 

a  south-west  gale,  are 

occasion  our  decked  si 

than  2i  miles  wide.     ( 

0  the  south-east  for  2 

•  SHOLL  BAY  is  : 
;  Point.  There  is  a  rec 
^  On  the  opposite  sho 
;  and  is  between  4  and  i 

In  the  centre  of  Ma, 
at  a  short  distance  to 
Labyrinth  Islands,  am 


DLUNT*8  AMERIC;»JJ  COAST  PILOT. 


603 


2,  and  to  Hip 
rth  Island  in 


[\  (Id  Fun;;, 
1  its  way  mul 
h  almost  |i;i. 
itlf  wide,  the 
nni;  abru|ii|v 
ire  it  fi)riii<'i 
and  have  lie- 

untains,  pro- 
s  high  peaks 
;ivhui(l.  The 
ted  duiiiniiis, 
lile  asunder. 
when  viewed 
:e  ceases,  I; 
tive  voyagej, 

'  the  climate 

in  condense') 

■  S.  E.  winii, 

gnificent  up- 

djly  to  con- 

om  thefo'- 

,  Port  Gal- 

I  pyraniiila! 

al  snow, 
[tensive  gla- 
\t  jjour  hm 

the  Gabriel 

side  of  Cape 
by  a  high 

Ills. 

s  a  port,  fui 
wiihont  the 

d  of  Tiern 
[)  3.  On  :ts 
Ainsworth 
10  to  15  la- 
I  the  funnel 
f  the  bay  is 
;onsiderable 
[stance,  and 
plain  Basil 
St  probably 
being  in  an 


In  Ainswnrth  Hf;rhor  there  is  anclioiage  at  the  liottoni,  on  tlic  west  sido.  Tho  nioun- 
fains  at  the  back  of  the  liarbor  arc  capped  by  an  fnormou.s  glacier  that  descends  into 
(bcst-a. 

J'AKllV  HAIM50K  is  about  five  iiiilcH  deej)  and  tlirre  wide.  At  the  entrance  on  the 
vest  side  there  are  two  coves,  cither  of  which  (jllcr  a  i  onvcnicnt  .stopping  place  for  a 
.small  vessel. 

'J'lii!  ea-stern  side  of  Dawson  Island  is  very  much  intersected  by  deep  inlets,  particu- 
larlv  lircnton  ;->onnd,  and  its  tcnnitiation,  i'ort  Owen,  which  very  nearly  cunimunicates 
wiiii  hoMias  Bay,  the  dividini;  land  Ix'ing  low  and  marshy. 

Till'  lar^e  central  island  in  Hniiiuii  .'-loiiiid,  AVickhaiii  Islanil,  is  liigii,  and  there  is  a 
rciii;iikiil)l\'  siiarp-peakf'd  hill  upon  it,  ^vlli<■h  i.s  seen  in  clear  weather  from  Port  Famine. 
i\0.\-i;.\'rilV  BAY'  was  not  examine.!.      It  appciued  to  offer  snug  anchorage.     The 
depth  between  the  points  of  entrance  was  from  '.)  to  I')  fathoms. 

FOX  P>AN'. — The  bottom  and  south  side  are  shoal,  but  the  banks  are  indicated  \y 
kelp.     A  rapid  stream  of  water  empties  itself  into  tlie  bay.     The  anchorage  in  Fox  Bay 
is  in  from  :i  to  o  fathoms.     The  north  liead,  Steep  Tree  IJlull',  i.s  of  bold  approach  : 
within  'JO  yards  of  the  shore  the  depth  is  ')  iVtlioni.s. 
HARRIS  RAV^  is  an  indenturi;  of  the;  coast,  two  miles  deep. 

AVILLES  BAY,  oil"  which  is  Offmg  Island,  by  which  it  may  be  known,  although  of 
small  extent,  a/Vords  excellent  anchorage,  upon  a  mud  bottom,  in  'J  or  10  fathoms.  The 
tide  rises  and  falls  about  d  feet.  It  is  high  water  at  lull  and  change,  about  12  o'clock. 
At  the  bottom  of  Willes  Ray  is  Philip  (i  id  ley  Cove,  where  a  small  vessel  may  lie  in  per- 
fect .security.  There  are  not  less  than  3  fathoms  in  the  entrance,  and  inside,  in  most 
parts,  there  is  the  same  depth. 

CAPi]  ST,  VALKNTV^N  is  the  northern  extremity  of  Dawson  Island.  It  is  low, 
and  has  a  small  hunmiock  near  the  point.  Between  the  tw(>  points  which  form  the 
cape  there  is  a  slight  incui  vation  of  the  shore,  which  would  afford  shelter  to  small  ves- 
sels from  any  wind  to  the  southward  of  east  or  west ;  but  the  water  is  shoal,  and  the 
beach,  below  high  water  mark,  is  of  large  stones.  The  coast  to  the  south-west  is  open, 
und  perfectly  unsheltered  :  it  is  backed  by  cliHs.     I'he  beach  is  of  shingle. 

Tlie  opening  of  Magdalen  Sound  was  first  noticed  by  Sarmiento.  Coming  from  the 
northvvard  il  appears  to  be  a  continuation  of  the  strait,  and  it  is  not  until  after  pa.ssing 
Cape  San  Isidro  that  the  true  channel  becomes  evident.  It  extend.s  in  a  southerly  di- 
rection for  120  miles,  and  is  bounded  on  either  side  by  high  and  i)recipitous  hills,  par- 
ticularly on  the  west  shore  The  eastern  entrance  of  tlie  sound.  Anxious  Point,  is  a 
low  narrow  tongue  of  land,  with  an  island  o(f  it.  Opposite  to  i(  is  a  steep  mountain, 
called  by  Sarmiento  the  Vernal,  (or  summer  house,)  Irom  a  remarkable  lump  of  rock 
on  its  s.immit. 

Under  this  mountain  is  Hope  Harbor,  a  convenient  stopping  place  for  small  vessels 
bound  through  the  sound.  The  entrance  is  narrow,  with  kelp  across  it,  indicating  a 
rocky  bed,  on  which  we  had  not  less  than  7  fathoms.  Inside  it  opens  into  a  spacious 
ba.sin,  with  good  anchorage  in  4  fathoms,  sheltereil  from  all  winds,  excepting  the  squalls 
otl  the  high  land,  which  must  blow  with  furious  violence  during  a  south-westerly  gale. 
This  little  port  is  much  frequented  by  Indians,  for  we  found  many  wigwams  on  the  south 
side,  some  of  which  were  occupied  by  the  women  and  children  of  a  tribe,  the  men  be- 
ing absent  on  a  fishing  excursion. 

To  the  south  of  Hope  Harbor,  betweenjthe  Vernal  and  Mount  Boqueron,  is  Stokes' 
Inlet.  It  is  three  miles  long,  with  deep  water  all  over:  there  is  a  cove  on  its  north  side, 
but  neither  so  good  nor  so  accessible  as  Hope  Harbor.  In  the  entrance  of  the  inlet  are 
three  islets,  (Rees  Islets.) 

MOUNT  BOQUERON,  the  extremity  of  which  is  Squally  Point,  is  a  very  pre- 
'  cipitous  and  lofty  mountain,  about  3000  feet  high,  and  having  on  its  summit  three  small 
but  remarkrtbly  conspicuous  peaks.  It  is  the  eastern  head  of  Stokes'  Inlet,  and  forms 
a  part  of  the  western  shore  of  Magdaien  Sound.  The  squalls  that  blow  off  this  during' 
a  south-west  gale,  are  most  furious,  and  dangerous  unless  little  sail  be  carried.  On  one 
occasion  our  decked  sailing  boat  was  7  hours  in  passing  it.  The  sound  here  is  not  more 
than  2^  miles  wide.  On  the  opposite  shore,  within  Anxious  Point,  is  an  islet  extending 
'   0  the  south-east  for  2  or  3  miles,  but  is  narrow  and  unimportant. 

SHOLL  BAY  is  a  small  bight  of  the  coast  line,  5  miles  to  the  south  of  Squally 
^  Point,     There  is  a  reef  off  it,  the  position  of  which  is  pointed  out  by  kelp. 
■k     On  the  opposite  shore  is  Keats'  Sound.     It  extends  to  the  south-east  for  6  or  8  miles, 
'rt!  and  is  between  4  and  5  miles  wide, 

*l  In  the  centre  of  Magdalen  Sound,  abreast  of  the  above  opening,  is  a  rocky  islet;  and 
at  a  short  distance  to  the  southward,  on  the  western  coast,  is  a  bay  and  group,  called 
Labyrinth  Islands,  among  which  small  vessels  may  find  good  anchorage. 


M 
n 


m'l 


li 


(iOi 


IJI.lJiXT  H  AMIiniCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


TKANSITIDN  JJAY  ,^  tlrrp,  ;iiiil  nlliulf  im|»riiliincc.  l-'oiir  milrs  fiiillit'r,  iii  C,,!,. 
'ruin,  llii'  slum'  Iii'ikIn  sikIiIchI)  huiiiiI.  J  lire  iMiiimIiiIcii  Siuind  H'liiiiiiiiii  s,  ;iiii|  d.ii^. 
burn  ( 'liiHitii'l  cDinniriici's. 

On  the  (i|>|i(iMlc  sliuic,  In  llic  solilli  (•("  l\<  ills'  Sinind,  llii'ir  ;iic  nii  dliji  its  wi.nl  , 
lic'um,  ('Mr|iluij;  iMdunt  Saruin'iiiii,  v.  Iiicli  lias  hicu  ;ilir;i(ly  (Ir.sciiln  d,  iiml  r)i;;ii,|,| 
Mill,  which  Wiis  11)1111(1111  Im-','.')!!!!  !'<  el  liii:li. 

TiK'ipolKini  (if  i\I;it;il;ili'ii  SiHiikI  is  d  iiiilis  «i:lr,  liiit  sit  ('apt'  'I'lilii  lln'  rlianiMl  i,,,,. 
riiwslD'J  niili's,  ami  iMtiiic  |iarlisiiiii  iikhi' tliaii  1/  ii;ili' w  i'lc.  'riM'sniitJi  sliuir  is  Mimi, 
liidkcn,  ami  llitic  ale  man)  siiiimis  pi'm  lialinn  <l<  rjlv  inl<i  llir  land,  u  liii  li,  in  lln-;  |i;ii 
acrnrdiuj;  lo  (,'aptaiii  l''il/,ni_\'s  siiivi'V  <d' 'rir;r\r--.'M)nnd.  is  7  miles  w  idc.  MIcvimi  im:., 
more  to  llic  westward,  at  ('i)iirl<iiav  Siuiiid.  lin'  u  idih  ol  ilic  iirninsida  is  nui  mmi'  il,,,, 
:;  mill's. 

WAIJI'  ^>\^  .  ;dilmm;li  CNiinKcd  tu  muiI  lici  I_v  w  inds,  is  a  (■iiinniiciil  sli)|ipiiii;  |)|;,ii  ■ 
a  plan  >\ as  madi'  nl   il. 

.^TOK.MN'  WW  isavnvwild  iiii-lirili  i.'d  place,  unlit  I'nr  anv  vessel  In  slop  al.  .\; 
l))P  !UU'li*ira};(>  llie  \>ater  is  deep,  \'i  to  'JU  rallmms,  and  lin-  Imltnui  riicUy.  'I'lie  Inn  |, 
strewed  iiver  wiili  slmajs,  iIm'  exisieiiee  id'  wiiieli  is  marked  \i\  kelp:  lliesc  narriiwil, 
ell  imiid  so  nuieli  as  to  render  tlie  eiiiram  e  and  esil  linlli  iiitrieale    and   dillienlt   li 


ir  ;in 


liiit  a  small  and 


hand 


V  vessi 


I'AKK    WW    is  linili  VI  rv  snnu,  and  sei  ure,  uilli  ^nml  anelmrai'e  ii 


I'all 


inlllK,  Mill,; 


and  mud.      it  lias  llm  same  disadvaiila,<ir  as  yiorniv  l!a\ .  in  liein^  in  the  lee  ;  ide  ni 


cliaimid,  and  is,  fhercroie,  diDieiill  lo  teavi 


Tli'Mi'  is,  Imi\s ever,  here,  iiane  riMiiii  hi  U 


oul,  and  no  dampers  lo  enennnlei    lint  what  are  \isilile.      At  the  N.   I".,  amje  ol'  lli 


!■  h.W 


s  a  narrovv  isilimns.  mil  mure  than  ."idil  yaMJs  across,  separal    ,'^  i 


I  Iriim  Mereiirv  Si 


I'liich  was  nut  examined,     it  is  laiil  down  Irom  an  evi' 


•tell. 


y  Siiiiiiii. 


Ill  working  down  tlu;  elriiiiuel,  llie  soulli  side  slimild  he  prel'erred,  as  it  is  a  wrailni 
shore,  and  seems  to  lie  In  Iter  providi-d  with  coves  and  liarliors  to  anchor  in. 

KIM;  AM)  i''rr/IM>\'  ISI,.\NI)S  in  uiid-clianml,  arrid'  Imld  approa(di;  nsm 
also  ivirke's  IJmdvS  more  to  the  wislward. 


'.riie  llood  tide  sets  to  the  southward, or  lo  seaward,  liiit  was  not  found  lo  run  will 


ih:: 


fii'ieiit  8tri!nii;tli,  Ut  lienelit  or  impede  a  vessel  iicatiiiij;  lliroii};li.     The  rise  and  fall  isiil-K 
iiiroiisideralile,  not  beinjj;  more  ihaii  d,  or  at  most,  H  feel  at  spring,'  tides. 

'riiere  are  several  anchoiave-;  anionu  I  he  I'rowsi^    Islandf:,  which  are  very  nunieiini*, 
and  skirl  the  eoasi  lor  seveial  miles.      i>eiiind  them  the  land  Ireiidsin  and  forms  ii  iluii 


sound.     The  Adidaide  Sidiuoii 


nchored  in  a  hav  on  the  norlii  side  of  one  ol'  ih 


I'  i>: 


ands  o|)p.osite  to  ihirrow  Head,  in  li  fathoms;  liiit  there  are  many  phuu's  of  a  sim 


lure,  e( 


h 


iiallv  convenient  and   secure.      A  \ 
11 


cs.- 


I,   ill 


want  of  aiichoraiie 


mil 


Id  I 


iliinij- 

lUi-l  ,1 


loal  out  and  wait  in  the  oilim;  itiilil  me  answeriiifi  ihe  purpose  he  found.  I'liihiiiii 
iliese  ilee|)-waler  hays,  a  imal  should  always  he  hoisted  out,  and  a  hawser  kepi  niiilyin 
luake  fast  lo  the  shore,  il  will  he  iVeijiienlly  necessary  lo  low  up  to  the  head  (il  llit 
harhors;   lor,  from  the  liei,^lit  of  the  land,  the  wind  yeiierally  fails  or  heeonies  lijitlling 

The  distance  across  the  cliannel,  helwi-eii  I'row 
lyl 


le  distance  across  tiie  ciianne 
inihs 


^e  Islands  and  I'.arrow  Head,  is 


sciirn'' 


DY'Ni'' Fil'IY  SOl'iNI)  extends  for  more  than  ')  miles  in  a  iiorlh-west  dire  tiim  inii 


the  interior  of  Clarence  Island.     <  )ii  tl 


le  west 


ilfordiiiu  several  anchoraiies,  mITu  li   the  chart  will 


ol   its  eiilrance  is  a  iirouj)  of 


!;iM(l-. 


oilers  shelter  and  seeuiilv  from  all  wimh 


Th 


il  out.     One  of  them,  Kli/.;iiiav. 
oiloni  of  hvnelev  Sounilwas  iiutiv 


aniiiied 


jNlKIAIi/liK   SOIXI),  N\l 


lie 


lonns  the  cmlioucl 


Hire  o 


f  the  IJarhara  and  ('(ickliuni 


Clianntds,  is  very  extensive,  and  is  compleiely  Idled  with  islands.     Some  of  tliciii  aiiui 
larije  size,  and  all  are  of  the  most  minted  and  desolate  character.     The  oiling  is  stiCMcl 

lillc,  ilSHlS 

ll'lll. 


with  clusters  of  rocks  :  of  these  the  f'.ast  and  West  furies  are  the  most  remark 

as  the  most   impoilani:  for  ihe   passage  iiiio  the  ( 'ockluirn  ("liaimel  lies  hetwecii  tl 


The  former  are  very  near  the  land  of  ("ajie  Schomherg.  'I'he  West  i'^iries  liear  I'mi; 
the  Tower  llock,  off  Cape  iNoir,  N.  84"  E.  :.>.')  uiiles;  and  S.  ;iO°  W.  11  miles  Iroii; 
Mount  Skyriiia;.  The  Tussatt  lioeks,  wliieli  arc  two  in  numher,  hear  from  tlic  AVi^i 
Furies  iN.  7.'!  E.  l,',  miles;  and  in  a  line  luiwi'en  the  I'.ast  and  West  .i'uries,  ;!  ii)ilf« 
from  the  latter,  and  :J  from  the  loiiner,  is  a  rock  standing;  alone.      It  hears  from  Mmim 


Skyr 


in< 


S.  I'J    W.  11 


miles 


o  avoK 


I  it,  in  eiiteriii;^  with  a  westerly  wind,  pas 


s  iic;ii 


the  West  Furies,  and  steer  for  the  'J'tissae  Uorl 

After  passing  these,  there  are   no  dangers  that  we  know  i 


ii.  111 


the  entrance 


Coekburn  Channel.     A  reference  to  th("  plan  a\  ill  show  every  thing  else  that  iici' 


of  ill. 


noted 


Mount  Skyriiig  is  a  very  promineiit  ohjeet.     Tt  rises  to  a  jieak  to  the  height  ef  SM 
feet:  and,  being  visible  for  a  considerable  distance,  was  useful  in  connecting  the  trian- 


nidation  of  the  sh 
IKirlll  eilil    of  the 

liiaiiii;:  of  ;Moiiii 
Tl'f  variation  is  'J 

'I'lie  sonlliern  t 
.111(1  nicks,  lliat  III 
tilt-  licsl  guide  lor 
ty  ;  llicrc  are  niiii 
woiilil  alford  pcrfi 

Tlic  land  hciea 
CO  isl  of  Tierra  ih 
Id  iN  eastern  cMi 
coast,  and  referci 
»(irk.' 

Among  iMagill's 
iiood  and  well  she! 
Ml  Ircipiciil  e\('r» 

for  sealim;  vi'- 
lliey  iisnaily  fre(|ii 
North  ( 'live  was  o 

I'l  K\-  iJAKIK 
is  a  very  wild  anci 
Tiissac  Hocks,  111! 

I    i;^\()i';  isiiA 

'  wliicli  a  plan  was 

('JiiiiiiKd. 
:      r.KOWN'S   i'.A 
llic  north  cntraiice, 
NOIITIi    ANCI 
c(niimeiid(  '. 
•       iJeUvceii  I  Jewell 
and  slioals,  some  m 
,  caaliun  is  ihercl'mi 
j      'J'lie  lide,  to  the  i 
siitlicient  coiise(jiie 
I  i  IIS  to  impede  vesscds 
The  country  lieri 
;iiid  cypress  trees; 
ur  l.S  fe(!t.     'I'hcy  a 
when  seasoned, wor 
l]K.l)i<'()KI)  i'.A 
narrow  part  of  the 
and  |)erfeclly  slielte 
kelp,  the  easleiniiu 
narrow  channel ;  wl 
I  strait,  will  be  of  sei 
Here,  as  well  as  tl 
[  (Lieutciianl  ( Irav's 
iNUTLANI)  r.; 
liuown  by  two  sinal 
] chorage. 

Between  IVdfon 

I  channel  is  open,  am 

J  inlets  not  here  dese 

I  examined.     They; 

;  the  bottom  is  foul  : 

The  western  coa 

J     FIELDS  HAV 

i'l  place,  unless  the  w 

J  iVoin  with  a  view  o( 

*  Views  of  jinrls  of 
I  vessel  Beagle,  18:29  ai 

t  III  the  winter  of  ' 
I  and  the  crew  saved  h 


ni.IIM'  H  AMKUKJAN  (;OAST  VJl.fYT. 


CO/ 


illlllIT,  lll(',,|i,. 

in  :.,  iiiid  ('i,(k- 

M  I  S   \H  ,  I  1 1 

,  mill    l')i„iii„| 
'•   •■liamii'l  ii„|. 

I  ^•IllilC  is  llillij, 

li.  ill  tills  |r;,i:, 
Mfxt'ii  mill. 

i  tlOl   llltllt'  III,,,, 

•liij'pi'i.i;  I'lim: 

111   Slll|l  ill.      \. 

).      'I'll.'  I.;i,  ,< 
icsi)  nai'ifiw ilif 

irCn'llll     I'lir  ;i'< 

J  (alllillllK,  v;iiii; 
Iff  :  I'll  111  :i, 
If  I'liimi  III U', 
llllf  til'  link* 
If  rein-)'  S(iiiii„ 

it  is  ii  «i';niin 
'  ill. 
ipioacli;  ;is„i 

lO  run  wiiliM:;. 
J  and  r^ll  is;ii' 

i'l'vy  mimcnii:-, 

111  luriiis  ;i  {|i.| 

iiiif  nl'  llii'  i>I- 

oC  a  siiiiiiiinii- 

liinilil  \\»H.\ 

ml.     Kiiti'fiii; 

kf|)t  rciiilyiii 

If  lifail  III' lit 

inifs  liali'iii^. 

fail,  issriuv- 

(lin''liuii  in'. 

iiu|)  111'  \^hm\: 

111,  Kli/iilJav 

111(1  was  iiotcv 

and  ('ocklii;ni 
)!'  tliriii  art  III 
rrni!i;  is  strcm'i 
arkalilo,!isttdi 
lie twccii  tlicii: 
irifs  l)t;in'  I'rmi. 
]  1  miles  (ni. 
i(ini  llio  AVl^ 
"iirics,  ;>  mil" 
I's  ("nun  ?!in;!. 
vind.  pass  m 

ntianco  of  il' 
0  tliat  ncci  !• 

eiglit  of  ,1.111"' 
;ling  the  triai;- 


;;iilalioii  111  tlif  Hliait  willi  lliat  nl'  llic  outer  coa.sl.  Il  wim  seen  t'lum  Kifld  Hay.  at  ilu; 
iiiirlli  fiiil  oi'  llif  ISailiaia  Clianiif  I  ;  and,  fVom  its  Nuniinil,  < 'apt.  I''il/,niy  nlitairifd  a 
l,i.;iiiii;;  111'  :Miimil  Sannifiitii.  lis  .snniinit  is  in  lal.  :>i  •2\  1 1",  ami  Imi';.  1-2'''  T  40". 
Tl'f  varialiiin  is  '-'')   • 

'I'll!' siinllirin  fiiltani'f  nl'  llir  I'larliaia  ('lianiifl  i.i  mi  vc  i  y  iiniiii  (iccniiifd  liV  i'lamlH 
,inil  I'lu'ks,  lliat  III)  dii'ffl  flianiirl  fin  lie  pfici  ivi  tl.  'i'lii'  rhail  iiuiaI  Ik:  rilfiifd  In  as 
iht!  lii'st  jiuidf  liir  its  navi'^atimi.  i''iir  small  vf.xsr  Ih  tlif  if  is  ntiilif  r  danuf  i  nnr  dilVicnl- 
ly  ;  tliiri'  arc  nnnn'iiiiis  ani'lnna.';!' s  that  liny  nii'.^lil  if.ii  li  uiilmnt  liuiililr,  and  lliat 
tvnnlil  iili'ind  iifilfcl  si'ciinly. 

Till'  land  lififaliiinl  is  aUn  dr^'iili'd  in  (  aplaiii  l''ll/aii_\'s  pnl<li>liril  \irws  oj'  ilic  sea 
i'i),i>l  III'  'I'ii'iia  del  l''iif,'^ii,  uliif II  fiinliiin  f m  f llf nl  \if\vs  nl'  ilir  l.md  fnini  ('ape  i'illai' 
III  its  fasicrn  fMniniiN  at  ('apf  |)ifj:ii.     Sfiliuii  \  1 1,  i  imlains  ilii-  dfscnpiidn  nl' ilic* 


riiast,  and   ri'tfrfiiifs  aif   ilififin   niadf  li 
wnik 


I   (lie  \  lews  II 


r  llif  land  in  ( 'aplain    l''il/.iiiy's 


;\llll•n^  [Niacin's  Islands  llicif  aic   scscral   cincs   and  anrhuia'^is.     'ruin's  llailiiiriH 


(;on(l  and  Wfll  slif  llf  ifil,  f  \fipliim  rinm  tlif  vinli  nt  sipia 


ill'  llif  lii;;li  land,  which  art; 


'  so  rrL't|iit'iil  fVfry  wln-ri'  anmiiK  the  Cnvfs  ul'  Tirira  dil  I'lif.;!!. 

I''()r  si-aliim  vfssfis,  hnwfvi'r.  if  is  innif  sal'f  and  sfcnif  than  Tiny  llarlmr,  ilif  plait- 
llii'V  usually  ('rfi|nrnl.  I'.vrry  l  hini;  thai  i'"iii':;i,in  I  larlmis  .ili'md  is  In  la-  nhlaiiifd  in  il. 
Norlh  Ciivf  was  nrfiipicd  liy  ('aplain  I'ii/niy  in  llif  l>ta;;lf. 

I'MIJ^'  ilAlir.Oi!,  iHi  llif  sniilh-fast  ^idt■  i.t'  llif  cfnlral  island  id  iMai^ill's  (irnnp, 
i>  a  Vfiy  wild  anchor  i>;r.  Kiuin  its  cnnli^nily  In  llic  i'',asl  and  West  |'"nrics,  and  llic 
Tiissac  Kiicks.  (Ill  which  seals  aif  rmind,  il  is  nun  h  t'lfipicntfd  liy  scalimi  Vf-scls.f 

|;\'.\<)l';    l."<li.\.\|)  all'iMils  an  anchora'^f  nn  its  nmlli-fasl  .^Idf  ;   and  llfWfll  l!ay,  td' 
wliiili  a  plan   n\  as  niadf,  is  a  .^nnd  stiippiiii;    plaif,  lillicr   Inr  fiilfiini;   ur  ijiiiniiiL;  ihi- 
clianiifl. 
,      l)i{(>\V'N'S    l>.\^'   is  nini'f  f  \lf  iisIm',  IhiI    also  aliords  i;imii|  slifllfr  in  a  snial!  covi- at 
llic  niirlli  cnlraiicf.  in  H  ralliiiins.  sand,  aniiinii,  sinnc  kf Ip. 

NOKTII  AN('ll()|{.\(il';,  t'ur  a  small  vissfl,  is  hdcrahly  scciiic  luit  mil  In  he  rii- 
ciininifndt  '. 

Uetweeii  llewftt  l>ay  and  Niirlh  Anch(ira«:f ,  ihc  channel  is  slrcwcd  will  many  nicks 
and  slioal.s,  stiine  td'  wliitdi,  allliniiiili  cnvercd  willi  kelp,  only  sliow  at  haH'-lide.  Much 
caalidti  is  theidiMc  nccessaiy,  and  all  patidics  nl"  kelp  shiinid  ht'  eaierully  aMiided. 

The  lidi  ,  In  ilie  noilhwanl  nl  iNiiilh  \iichniai;f ,  >vliicli,  In  the  '■niillnvard,  was  nnt  of 
siillicieiil  ciinsei|iience  to  inlerlen'  with  the  navigation  nl  the  channels,  is  so  huh  h  Celt 
;is  to  impede  vessels  liirniiiL'  In  windward  against  it. 

The  country  here  has  a  more  aureeahle  appearance;  lieins;  heller  wimded  with  heecdi 
and  cypress  trees;  hut  the  laller  aie  stunted,  and  dn  i:nt  attain  a  greater  hcijihl  than  l.'i 
ur  1^  I'tMit.  They  are  very  seiviceahle  I'nr  hnal-hnok  spars,  hoat's  masts,  \'e.  The  wnud, 
when  seasnni'd,  works  up  well. 

1jKJ)1'"(  )U  I)  li.W  is  a  <;notl  anchnrai;e.  It  is  situaled  nii  tiie  nnrth-wfst  sitio  ofthc 
narrow  part  ol'  the  (dianmd.  Its  depth  is  rroin  'JO  to  '■'  latiioms,  f;ooil  holdinjj;  firoiind, 
and  perfertly  sheltered  tVom  the  prevailim.'  wimls.  At  its  entrance  are  several  patches  of 
kelp,  tlie  easternninst  nC  which  has  iraihiiins  on  it.  A  jil. in  was  made,  im  Indiiiij  tho 
narrow  (diaiinel ;  which,  as  it  is  a  place  likidy  to  he  rreiiiiented  hy  vessids  iiavi^al'iiii  the 
4  strait,  will  ht;  ol'  service. 

Here,  aswidl  asihrouglmut  tin;  J'arhara  Channel,  the  llnod  tide  sets  to  the  southward. 
(Lieutenant  (iravs  :MS.) 

JUTLAND  J>A^',  liaviiiij  B  and  ]•'>  lathnms  over  a  sand  and  iinid  linltoni,  may  be 
known  hy  two  small  islands,  jliirs  Islands,  which  lie  one  mile  iN'.  N.  ]\.  rroiii  the  an- 
chorage. 

Between  Bedford  and   Nutland    IV.iys,  and,  indeed,  as  far  as   the  Sha'j;  Narrows,  the 

^  cliannel  is  open,  and  may  he  navi^^ated  wiihout  inipediment.     There  are  many  hays  anil 

inlets  not  here  th'scrihed  or  noticed,  that  may  he  occupied,  hut  almost  all  rciinire  to  he 

,  cxaniineih     They  all  tiend  far  enough  into  tlie  land  to  ari'n.d  <:oo(l  shelter,  hut  in  many 

tlie  hottoin  is  foul  and  roidiy,  and  the  water  too  deep  i   r  am;horau;e. 

Tlie  western  coast,  heini;  the  windward  shore,  should,  of  (;oiirse,  he  prefeiied. 

FI10T>I)"S  1)  \^'  is  too  expo'.-ed  to  soiitheily  winds  to  he  lecommeiided  as  a  steppinf; 
|ilace,  unless  tlie  wind  he  noitheily.  Nutianil  Ihiy  is  a  more  convenient  plait;  to  start 
I'lnin  with  a  view  of  passing  the  IS'arntws. 


■■  "Views  of  pnrts  of  the  sea  coast  of  Tierra  del  Fuejjo,  taken  on  hoard  IJis  Mnieftv's  surveying 
vessel  Beagle,  18^9  and  1S30. 

till  tlie  winter  of  18i!fi-7,  the  Prince  of  Sa.xe  Coburg,  scalcj-,  wus  wrecked  in  i'liry  llnrbor, 
iiul  the  crew  saved  by  the  Deagle's  boats. 


i 


GO*' 


HMrnT's  AmraicAJi  coast  tilot. 


'I'll  ilii>  imrlli  i»f  Niilliinil  Mity  in  Knidrrip  Iliiy;  iit  llio  liDttoiii,  nr  iKirthfin  |i;irt(if||, 
nri>  Nitiiic  i;iM)il  covrx ;  Inn  tin*  liiiml  rinivi'iiit'iii  oC  tlii-in  is  iil  rlir  I'lihli'iriti'Miinii';  h  „ 
I'iillril  nil  lilt'  i'li;iil  I  )ihiH'r  ( 'iivc.  It  ixliiiil^  id  iIm'  imhiIi  loi  iilirinl  ;i  IiiiIhih',  ;iii,|  mi,,^,,^ 
Kiiiiii  :ilh-liiir,ii;<'  ill  |(l  t:itliiilllM,  NlilViriilill)'  ucll  sllilliiril  ;iimI  (||s|;iiit  jioiii  himJi  jainl  t„ 
Iw  Irrc  (111111  tilt'  iiitiiiiiliiiii  m|Ii;iIIs,  tn-  willi-winv. 

Hiiniiil  DiiiiiiT  ("tivf  iH  liy  SoiiihI.  ii  tlt'i'p  iiilff  with  a  nliifiiT  nC  cimMiilciiiliji.  r\ii,|| 
iiJ  llic  liiillnm,  (i(»m  uliii'li  hunt'  iiiiissi's  nl  in'  ;iii'  fdiisiiuitly  rMlliiii;,  ;iiitl  tliiHini- , ,,, 
t><'fii|iy  tlir  wiilt'is  <il'  llif  iiili'l.  'i'lif  Willi  r  is  tlft'p,  and  liif  ;m(lii>i;i;;f  iitil  rtiiMJ,  wi,,,, 
tlicri'  ill'f  SI)  iiiiiliv  lii'llfi'  pliit't's.  Dt'iiii  lliillini'  is  ;i  iiiiisiili'iM'  'r  iiilfl  Mi'iiiliii;;  ill  liiK'r. 
tlif  s:uiii'  uliiiitr,  wliii'li  «<xIi>iiiIm  rnnii  the  liriiil  iirSinylli  Ihiinor,  Id  a  ninsiili'ialiji.  |{, 
laiicf  in  till'  siiiitli-wt'st.  Il'ttl'a  iavtualiic  tit  plIi  it  iiiiL;lit  airiini  ^ntiti  anilitira^r.  \\, 
(litl  iini  Ciller  i(. 

Till!  iniiy  iiavii;altic  (•ommiiiiiraJinii  llial  txists  jprlwcfii  llif  Darliara  Clianiii'l  mikI'!,, 
Sirail,  is  iImi  i  alltil  llii-  Sli.iu  Namiws,  mi  llii-  wi'sliiii  sidf  id'  ('aM'liiiMi  l.shiiid.  Ti' 
wiillli  id'llit;  tipi'iiiiii;  is  at  Itasi  mif  mile  and  ilirt'f  (|iiai'tt'iM,  Inil  llif  fasii'in  pniliniiu.,, 
tilled  Willi  roi'Uv  islels  and  sliiials,  iliat  (lit>  actual  Incadlli  of  the  iiidy  navi^aldc  |i:ii!  , 
the  null  lie  I II  end.  is  a  In  ml  101)  \anls;  and  I  lie  u  iilcsl  pail  at  I  lie  siiiitli  end,  scarei'lvl  , 
a  mile — the  whide  leiii;ih  nl'  the  passage  liciiii;  laliier  h  ss  lliaii  two  miles.  It  is  I'drn.i 
tin  the  west  side  liy  a  pKijectini^  pnint  ol'  liiuli  land,  that  uradnaily  trends  roniMliiui, 
xvestwani;  anil  nn  llic  nppnsite  side  liy  three  islaiiils,  the  iiiirtlicniniiisl  nl' which  is  U',; 
Island;  nil  ihf  sdiilhcrniiHist  is  IMniint  WnndencU,  out!  of  t;iir  slaliiins  I'tir  tin  '|'n. 
aiiirnliition. 

Uelwceii  Wet  Island,  where  the  Narrows  on  the  nnitli  side  cnmmcnce,  and  iIii'hi.;. 
erii  slinre.  the  width  is  not  mure  than  100  lo  l.Ml  yaiils,  and  pciliaps  ::00  yards  Ion;,.. 
'riirnii;;h  this  the  tide  sets  as  much  as  seven  miles  an  hour;  the  sides  td'llie  rdcLsirf 
sleep  tn;  sn,  that  I  a|iprehend  nn  accident  can  liap|  t  n  tn  a  sliip  in  passing;  llicm,  m,'. 
withsfainlin^  the  want  nl'  rnniii  I'nr  mantcnvriii^.  Al  llie  sniilli  end  td'  Wet  IsIiukI,  ||. 
stream  nllide  diviiles, — niie  sets  In  the  eastward,  rnimd  Wet  Island,  whilst  llie  |inii(i| 
runs  tlirnin;h  the  Shas;  NarrnwM.  And  in  liit!  .same  inaniirr,  a  part  of  the  sniillitininl,, 
which  is  'he  llnnd,  alter  passim;  A\'el  Island,  runs  to  the  sntitii-east,  round  the  cnsifrt; 
side  nC  .Mniinl   Wnmh  ik  Ix. 

All  the  space  In  the  eastward  nl'  Mniiiil  W'nndcnciv  is  sn  sirewed  with  isliuids  ,im 
rtirUs,  that  the  passage  must  lie  dilliciilt  it  nut  ilan:;crnns. 

To  avt)id  the  daiij;er  of  lieiii!.'  thrown  out  <d'  the  Narrows,  it  is  only  necessary  tnkfep 
the  western  shore  nn  hoard:  where  there  are  no  indentations,  llie  lidi!  will  carry  ivi.iil 
alom;  with  safety.  \t  the  north  end  of  the  .Narrows,  on  the  west  sid(>,  is  a  siielvii)!.'  I'lim, 
on  whicli  there  are  .'')  I'alhoms  ; — here  is  an  iMldy,  Imt  as  soon  as  the  vessel  is  once  Hi^mn 
the  Narrows,  (within  Wet  Island,)  the  mid-chamu  I  may  he  Kept.  In  shootinj,'  tliisius?. 
af;e,  it  would  he  helter  to  furl  the  sails  and  tow  throtiiih,  ftir  if  the  wind  he  strtnif;,  tjicfj. 
tlies  ;iiid  violent  s(|iialls  wcndd  he  very  inconvenient,  from  their  ha()liii<;,  and  layin;'llit 
vessel  u])on  Iter  heam  ends  ;  which  frr(|iienlly  happens,  even  ihoiiuli  evi.-ry  sail  hi'iiirlf!!, 
It  will  he  necessary  lo  have  a  couple  of  hoats  out,  ready,  either  lo  low,  the  ship's  hue 
round,  or  to  j)reveiit  her  heiiij;  thrown  hy  tlu;  tide  into  the  ciiannel  to  tlie  sniiihgi 
Wet  Island. 

Tf  anchorai;e  ho  desirahlo  after  i)asslnj);  the  Narrows,  there  is  none  tn  ho  recniniiipnd- 
ed,  until  the  coves  heiween  Smyth  llarhor  and  Cape  Kd^eworlh  he  reached. 

Of  these  l)ii!,hton  Cove  is  preferahle.  Tlie  aiichora};c  is  oil"  llic  sandy  beach,  in'2i 
futhoms. 

Warrinjiton  Cove,  the  next  to  the  north,  also  offers  good  shelter  and  anchorage,  k 
both  are  exposed  tn  easterly  winds. 

The  tide  in  the  Shai'  Narrows,  at  full  and  change,  commences  to  set  to  the  soiitliwari 
at  12  o'clock.  In  the  Harhara  Channel  tho  (lood  tide  was  found  by  Lieutenants  Skjricj 
and  (waves,  to  set  to  seaward,  or  to  the  southward;  as  was  also  the  case  in  Corkiiuni 
Channel.  Our  experience  of  the  tides  hereabouts  was  not  sufficient  to  justifiy  our 
uiakins;  any  further  observation  upon  them. 

SMVTII  IIARUOR  is  about  4  miles  deep,  and  a  half  to  one  mile  wide,  surroiindfii 
by  high  land,  and  trendinj;  in  a  westerly  direction.  The  water  is  deep,  excepting  in  Earle 
Cove,  on  the  north  side,  where  vessels  might  lie,  if  necessary  ;  but  I  should  think  it  aver) 
■wild  i)laee  in  bad  weather. 

The  hills  at  the  lu!ad  are  cai)ped  by  glaciers  that  communicate  with  those  at  the  head 
.of  Icy  Sound.  It  seems  possible  that  all  the  mountains  between  this  and  Whale  Sound 
are  entirely  covered  with  a  coating  of  Ice. 

Half  a  mile  south-cast  from  Cape  Edgeworth  is  a  shoal,  so  thickly  covered  with  kelp 
as  to  be  easily  seen  in  passing  or  approaching  it; — there  are  not  more  than  two  feel  of 
water  over  its  shoalest  part. 


Ti)  pis-i  throii.; 
,,i  |*,irt  (I. ill. ml  nil 
m'ltlinr  be  safe  im 

The  iiiirlh-wesi 
III  ci)iH"'(|iieiice  III 
lierealiiiiils  lli.il  li 

Hehvci'ii  ( 'a|it! 
f'roiii  iHirtli-west, 

till)  Hlllitll  or  NUIIll 

Sirail  of  Mit,<r,ilh'. 

Is 

The  Sedizer  Ki^ 
liy  boats  at  half  li 
hy  Nliinips  of  tree- 
mile  from  iht;  entr: 
the  casks  at  low  tii 
mint',  is  covered 
virealile  for  repairi 
The  river  was  ci 
ralltid    Segar's   Riv 
was  llif;re  .stoppivl  i 
tilt!  water."     Jlyroi 
Imt  gives  rather  a  i 
serves. 

Voces  Jfay,  or  tl 
point  of  I'ort  Kami 
from  7  to  10  fatlio 
Famine.  The  Sec 
valley. 

JJetween  this  ba 

^lee|t  for  anchorage 

fliose  siiimnit  is  iM 

111  is  'JbOi  feet   higl 

'abreast  of  Kli/.abelli 

tiiienlal  shore.      W 

ciinmicr  it  has  gent 

Winter  months  its  si 

to  the  southward  of 

being  a  sharp  ridge, 

a  precipitous  descci 

hif^liest  |)eak  near  it 

There  is  a  low,  b 

of  Cape  San  Isidro 

ills  extremity  that  is 

HACiLI-rjJAVT,  ( 

inilits  ))oiiUsonu  mi 

from  liO  to  12  fat  hoi 

aatcd  with  decomix 

jliound  with  Wiiitoi 

|ends  for  about  a  ca 

llagle  Bay  is  not  us 

pe  necessary  to  steai 

nre  very  violent. 

;    GUN  li^Y,  the  I 

Vessel  near  the  slion 

JV.  and  N.  G7°  E.  -. 

Discharge  themsolve 

ilay,and  good  holdii 

Separates  it  from  Ini 

distant  more  than  1| 

^t  the  bottom  towari 

only  sufficient  depth 

Either  side  of  which 

I  good  bottom,  in  fro 


nUINT'H  AMl'.UICAN  COAST  PILOT. 

To  rn<t'<  llir')ii';li  iho  Miirliiir;i  ('Itiiniiil,  tVoiii  tlic  iiortli,  it  woiilil  lie  iiilvisalilc  (o  Htn^ 

i  ,1  I'mt  (i.illiiiil  iiiiiil  •\  r.ivitiiilili'  i)|i|iiirliiiiiiy  ollfis ;  tnr,  vvilli  a  sttiitli-wcst  wind  it  would 

iieillii'r  l)t'  >iiiri'  iii'i  |ii.iiMi<iil(li'  In  pa-'S  iln-  Slia;;  Nainiws. 

'I'lic  iiitrlli-wrii  wind  pri'vaiU  iniirf  tliaii  any  ntlirr  ni  llic  W(>slcrn  ■  .iilinn  d'  tlu*  Nirait, 

''  m  cini-ii'iliH'ini'  nl'  tin-  n-ailirs  liciidin;:  in  tliat  lirannn.     !•  Hci'nf.  ut  In-  a  ;;(nrral  ruin 

licitMlMiiits  lli.a  till!  wind  riiln  r  lilnws  n|i  in  down  llicin. 

IJi'lwci'n  Ciipt!  I''mwaid  and  ilic  wrsicrn  rniianrc  ol'  llii-  strait.  I'lf  wiinl  is  ;;rncrally 
iVnin  iiorlli-wtrsi,  allhouKli  at  sea,  or  in  llic  ( ;oi;kl»nrii  or  ISarliara  <  diantnds,  ii  may  bt;  in 
llm  sdiilli  or  .soiitli-woHtrrn  hoards. 

Strait  of  Miti^iUli'irnii—Fmin  I'orl  l'\iiniiir  In  CitPf.  Ffowurd,  thr.  Nurlh  ('ottsi  of  Clarence 
i  Isluiul,  and  from  C'tpr.  Froward  to  the  Jr.roinr.  Clidnnd. 

The  S«'d|,'('r  llivrr,  whir.li  is  (VoiiUmI  liy  a  har  lliat  dries  at  low  wairr,  can  he  rntcrcd 
hy  lioats  at  lialT  lidi'.  and  is  naviijaldi!  lor  :j  or  I  niilrs;  alter  wliicdi  its  ImmI  is  so  filli-d  up 
liVHlninpsol  Iri'cs,  iliat  it  is  diriitiilt  to  pcin-trate  larllii-r.  Tlie  water  is  iVrsli  at  liall  a 
iiiile  I'roin  the  »'nti".iin;e,  hot  to  mnnre  its  Itiiini;  perCiMlly  H'umI,  it  wonid  \ir  lii-ttcr  to  till 
llic  easks  al  low  liile.  Tlie  low  land  near  tin;  inontli,  as  well  as  tin-  Ix-arli  ol  I'ort  Ka- 
ninie.  is  envered  with  drill  liinl)er  ol'  Iarj{e  .si/,e,  whieli  w(!  lonnd  very  iiHcful,  and  Mor- 
viceal)le  Cor  repairing  our  !)nats. 

'IMie  river  w.is  rditid  hy  Sanniento,  Ilio  de  San  Juan.  In  Narl»oroiii,'h's  voyaj,'ft  it  is 
culled  .Se^jar's  River,  and  liis  lioat  ii*  descnihed  to  liavc^  ;;iMie  np  it  j'or  ')  (!)  miles;  Init 
was  tlifire  stopped  Iroiii  150011;  tarlher  liy  "  reason  of  the  trunk-tiniiicr  ami  slioidiness  (d' 
the  water."  IJyroii  describes  tins  river,  whieii  he  <'alls  the  .Scd;;(!r,  in  >;lowin;;  lerins, 
hut  gives  rather  a  more  (Ialt(!ritii5  account  of  the  timl)er  i;.  wiiii^  on  its  !iatd;s  than  it  de- 
serves. 

Vociis  Hay,  or  tln^  i'laya-ilc  las-Voecs  of  Sarmienio,  is  to  the  snntliward  ol  tin-  -lontli 
point  of  I'ort  Kaniine,  when;  the  .SL'd;;('r  Kiver  falls  itilo  tiie  sea.  .\  ship  miy  anchor  in 
I'ntin  7  to  10  lathoins,  olV  the  .Sccoinl  lliver,  hut  the  shelter  is  not  as  t;ood  as  in  I'ort 
Famine.  The  Second  Jlivcr  has  a  slioal  entrance,  hut  extends  for  some  distance  uj)  the 
valley. 

Itetween  this  hay  ami  (!apeSan  Tsidro,  ( I'oint  ."sliiit-np  of  Mynin,)  ihc^  water  is  too 
deep  for  anehoraiie,  even  close  to  the  heach.     The  capi:  is  the  terminal  ion  of  the  ridye, 

host!  summit  is  iM(»niit  'J'arn,  the  mostconspieuoiis  mountain  of  this  part  of  the  .tn-it. 
ill  is 'JhO'i  feel  hi;;h  hy  haronn  irieal  measurement,  it  is  readily  ilistiiifruished  from 
fubreast  td'  Kli/.aheili  Island,  wliemie  it  appears  to  he  the  most  iirojeciiiiL,'  part  of  the  eon- 
tiaeiUal  shore.  When  viewed  from  the  norlhwani  its  shape;  is  peaked,  and  during'  tho 
Slimmer  it  has  generally  some  patclies  of  snow  a  little  helow  its  summit;  hut  in  tho 
winter  months  its  sides  are  covered  with  snow  for  tw(»  thirds  down.  From  ahreasf  and 
to  the  southward  of  I'ort  l''amim',  it  has  rather  a  saddle  sliaped  appearance  ;  its  summit 
beinj^  a  sliarj)  ridi;e,  t^xtiMidini;  very  nearly  for  om;  mile,  mu'lli-west  and  south-eaat,  with 
a  precipitous  descent  on  the  north-east, and  a  sKiep  slope  on  the  south-west  sides.  Tho 
hifjliest  i)eak  near  its  north-east  end,  is  in  lat.  5:5 '  -hj'  (/',  and  Ion.  7iP  5h'  of,". 

There  is  a  low,  hut  conspicuous  rounded  hillock  covered  with  trees,  at  t)ie  extromity 
of  Cape  San  Isidro ;  and  a  rocky  patch  extends  olf  it  for  2  cables'  length,  with  a  rock  at 
.fits  extremity  tlmt  is  a  washat  liij^h  water.     Ii  is  covered  with  ktdp. 

\  IvMiLI'i  J).\.Y,  (Valcarcel  l>ay  of  (Jordova,)  is  about  ihri'e  (piarters  of  a  mile  deep; 
Rinl  its  points  one  mile  apart,  bearing  N.  JO.  ami  .S.  \V.  Tlie  anchorage!  is  at  tlie  head,  in 
fioin  ;.'()  to  rj  fathoms,  l^lu^re  are  two  streams  of  water;  but,  being  very  much  iin|)reg- 
iiiitcd  with  decomposed  vegiitable  matter,  cannot  he  preserved  long.  The  woods  here 
ahound  with  Winters  iJark,  of  which  there  are  many  vi^ry  large  trees.  A  small  reef  ex- 
HiMuls  for  about  a  cable's  lenglli  olf  tlie  .S.  W.  point  of  the  hay,  on  wliiidi  is  an  islet. 
I^agle  IJay  is  not  useful  for  any  but  a  small  vessel,  that  can  he  towed  in,  and  then  it  will 
pe  necessary  to  steady  her  hy  warps,  to  the  shore.  Tlic  squalls,  or  willi-waws,  at  times, 
are  very  vioh^nt. 

:  (iUN  13AV",  the  next  to  the  westward,  although  small,  affords  anchorage  for  a  single 
»nssel  near  the  shore,  at  its  S.  W.  part,  in  from  H  to  ')  fathoms.  Its  points  bear  .S.  .57'' 
W.  and  N.  (J7°  E.  and  are  distant  more  than  thr(!e-(|uarters  of  a  mile.  Two  rivulets 
discharge  themselves  into  it,  from  which  water  is  easily  procured.  The  bottom  is  a  stiff 
xlay,aiid  good  holding  ground.  A  round  hill  of  moderate  eliivation,  and  thi(;kly  wooded, 
Ipparates  it  from  Indian  IJay,  the  points  of  whicli  bear  S.  G'/'  W.  andN.()')^K.  and  are 
distant  more  than  1|  mile.  From  the  east  point  the  shore  runs  due  west,  curving  round 
^t  the  bottom  towards  an  islet  covered  with  trees;  between  which  and  the  shore  there  is 
^inly  sulTicient  depth  for  a  boat  to  pass.     A  rock  about  12  feet  high  lies  to  the  S.  E.,  on 

ither  side  of  which  is  an  anchorage,  suflleicntly  sheltered  from  the  prevailing  winds,  over 

good  bottom,  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms.     Tho  north  side  of  the  bay  is  shoal,  caused,  proba- 


COS 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


bly,  by  llin  ;illuvial  tloposit  from  a  rivor  nciuly  in  tlio  centre.     A  patch  of  kelp  cxu-'nii^ 
oil'  till-  .S.  I),  point  for  -J  rubles'  l(Miij;tli,  but  iiiis  ')  fatboiiis  over  it  at  the  centre. 

Neitlicr  (imi  nor  liiilian  IJays  are  noticeil  in  c;or(b)va".s  description  of  tli(!  strait,  ;i|. 
tlion^h  tbey  are  (piite  (Mpiai  to  any  other  iu  liie  nei^bl)oriioo(l,  for  stopj)irij;  pbiees. 

JUJb'tJilAtJiO  J>AY\  wliich  is  Cor(b)va"s  tJantin  JJay,  is  small,  and  tiie  water  vm 
<i(!(;p,  except  nearllie  bottom,  where  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  ^  fathoms,  clay,  j, 
is  separated  from  IJournand  May,  ((Jil  l!ay  of  (Cordova,)  by  ('ajje  Kenianpiable,  »{' IW,. 
gainville,  wliieii  is  a  p-'e'^ipitoiis  round-topped  ijliiif  |)rojeetion,  woodcMJ  to  the  snninn'. 
At  two  cai)les'  len;^th  from  the  base  no  bottom  was  "oiind  with  -JK  fatlioms  of  line,  I,; 
at  the  distance  of  ott  yards  the  deptli  was  ■.'()  fathoms.  JJonrnanii  Hay  is  more  snug  ;„; 
convenient  than  its  noriliern  neigliljor,  J5oiichage  Bay,  being  sheltered  from  the  sotiit. 
erly  winds  i)y  \assaii  Island.  At  the  .S-.  W.  end  of  a  stony  lieach  at  the  bdrtoni,  i,, 
rivulet  of  L';ood  water,  off  wliich  there  is  good  anchorage  in  s  fathoms,  stiff  mud. 

J}t)b\;AlNVllJiK  l!AV^  (Cordova's  Texada  J!ay)  b.rms  a  ba^in,  or  wet  dock,  . 
wliicii  a  vessel  might  careen  with  i)erfccl  security.  It  is  Irom  its  .-mall  size,  great  ilti:; 
of  water,  and  the  height  of  the  land,  ratlier  diflicult  (d'  access,  which  renders  it  aliii«. 
always  necessary  to  tow  in.  On  entering,  the  anchor  should  be  dropped  in  1-2  fatlion., 
and  the  vessel  steadied  i)y  wari)s  to  the  trees,  at  the  sides  and  i)otlom  of  the  cove,  h:, 
completely  sheltered  from  all  winds,  ami  an  exeidlent  place  lor  a  vessel  to  reiniiiii r. 
particularly  if  the  obji-ct  be  to  procure  timber,  wiiicli  grows  here  to  ;i  great  size,  iiinl;. 
both  HNidily  cut  down  and  easily  einburkcd.  A  rivulet  at  the  bottom  affords  a  modeni- 
supply  of  water ;  but  if  more  be  re(pi;red,  tlie  neiy,hbm-ing  bays  will  al'ford  an  abundant, 

j.i  the  |)issage  between  Nassau  Jslan  1  and  the  main,  the  least  water  is  7  fathoms, m. 
;i  slilf  clay  bottom,  gradually  dee|)eiiiiig  on  eacli  side.  IJiit  the  winds  being  baliliiig,  v, 
the  tides  irregular  and  rippling  in  many  parts,  a  vessel  should  not  attempt  it  biit'iii:. 
necessity. 

NASSAU   ISLAND'S  south  extremity  is  Sarmiento's  Point,  Santa  ]?rigida. 

ST.  NUJilOLAS  ^>AY^  so  named  by  the  Nodales  in  Ibis,  (Imt  previously,  l)y  Si: 
inieiito,  IJahia  de  Santa  l>rigida  y  Santa  Agueda,  and  French  J'iay  by  IJe  Gennes.i 
not  only  of  larger  size  than  any  of  the  bays  to  the  south  of  ( 'ape  San  Isidro,  but  is  t! 
best  anelmiagu  that  exists  between  that  cape  and  Cape  Frv)ward,  as  well  from  its  hii;. 
more  easily  entered  and  left,  as  from  th  ■  moderate  depth  of  w.uer,  and  extent  of  thn.- 
choring  ground,  lis  points  bear  from  each  other  S.  ."jH^  \V.  and  N.  06°  K.,  aiiilir; 
distant  two  miles.  Nearly  in  the  centre  is  a  small  islet  covered  with  trees,  betwft: 
which  and  the  shore  is  a  ])assage  with  [)  fathoms  water,  stiff  clay.  The  shore  is,  lio» 
ever,  fronted  for  its  whole  length  by  a  shoal  bank,  wdiich  very  much  reduces  the  ;iroi. 
rent  extent  ol'  the  bay.  This  hank  stretches  off  to  the  distance  of  a  (juarter  of  a:;,i!f 
from  the  siiore,  Uw.  eilge  ot  wliich  is  sleep  to,  and  is  generally  distinguished  by  tlieriv 
l)le,  which,  with  a  moderate  breeze,  breaks  at  lialf  tide.  Tin;  i>e;igle  anchored  i;:''j! 
bay,  at  .']  cai)les'  length  to  the  N.  h).  of  the  small  central  islet,  in  12  fathoms  pt'ili' 
bottom  ;  but  the  best  berth  is  one  quarter  to  one  third  of  a  mile  to  the  S.  W.  ol'fe 
islet,  in  10  or  11  filhoms,  muddy  bottom.  Captain  Stokes  recommends  in  liis  inuiiiL 
incoming  in,  to  keep  sail  upon  the  ship,  in  order  to  shoot  into  a  good  berth,  on  accur 
of  the  liigh  laud  of  Nodales  Peak  becalming  the  sails;  and  to  avoid  the  drift  ol'ii' 
stream  of  the  river  setting  the  ship  over  to  the  easterti  side  of  the  bay.  I  do  not,  lur. 
ever,  think  that  the  strcti  ■'.  of  the  river  can  affect  ;i  ship  in  any  position  betwcniir 
islet  iuid  the  peak.  In  ta  .ig  up  an  anchorage,  much  ear(;  is  necijsstwy  to  avoid  tDiic: 
ing  the  bank.  Less  than  10  fatlioms  is  not  sal'e,  but  in  that  de|)th  the  security  is|K; 
feet,  and  the  berth  very  easy  to  leave.  In  passing  through  the  strait  this  bay  isvfp 
usefiil  to  stoi)  at,  ;is  well  from  the  farility  of  entering  and  leaving  it,  as  for  its  proximi:' 
to  Cape  Froward.     The  islet  is  in  latitiiile  'hV^  50'  n.S",  and  longitude  71°  3'  V-i". 

In  the  middle  of  tlie  bay  is  l)e  (iennes  River,  (Kio  del  N'alle  (^raiide  of  Sarinieiilf 
which  is  (da  larger  size  than  Sedger  Uiver.  It  is  100  yards  across,  and  apparently  ev 
tends  in  a  winding  direction  up  the  valley  for  some  distance.  From  its  entrance  beir; 
fronted  by  a  shoal  or  bink,  the  form  of  which  must  be  eor-;tantly  shifting,  and  its  beC 
strewed  with  trees  that  drd't  out  of  the  river  during  tlie  winter  freshes,  it  is  far  froiiilf 
ing  an  (di'^ible  place  for  prociiriii',^  wat(  r. 

From  (ilaseott  Point,  the  southern  liead  of  the  bay,  a  mountainous  and  high  rangt't" 
hills  runs  back  for  some  ilistance.  On  its  summit  are  several  sharp  peaks,  the  mo' 
conspicuous  of  which  is  Nodales  Peak. 

From  (Ilaseott  Point  the  coast  extends  in  nearly  a  straight  line  to  Cape  Froward, 
distance  of  7  mile<,  tjic  bmrl  at  the  lia(dv  continuing  moiuitainous  and  woody.  A  poii 
formed  by  a  beach  of  shingle,  covered  with  trees  to  within  20  yards  of  the  water's  eiljel 


and  distant  nearly 
and  the  entrance  ( 
'anchorage  at  a  qui 
a  westerly  wind  ; 
•sale.     The  Beagh 
'     CAPE   FROW 
jrises  abruptly  froir 
jas  did  Lieut.  Ur;iv 
|iiuiiie(lialely   above 
|(,'a|)e  Prow  m-I  js  ii 
Iwind,  and       vj  (loo 
ffiill  1111(1  el/.inge,  at 
The  north  coast 
jtliat  of  the  Bariiar; 
,ing  (leei)ly  into  the 
^    BOUCiAlNVlL 
{is  sul'ficiently  point 
;tlie  V^ernal,  before 
jto  the  entrance  oft 
|tance  apart,  and  is 
asin,  there  are  .5  ( 
aiitage,  since  it  is  ( 
ard ;  for  the  nort 
revent  a  vessel  sai 
INMAN  BAY, 
OR,  are  all  deep  i 
To  the  westward 
eparated  at  the  bot 
ivide. 

In  the  entrance  ( 
mall.  They  are  ( 
liles  and  a  half. 
KEMPE  HARli 
yell  Sound,  is  rp 
lips.  Stokes  Cre 
liorage  ;  but  from  i 
CASCADE  HA 
fore  more  attainable 
ounded  by  high  lai 
ille  describes,  from 
arbors  from  Lyell 
m  lat.  5:V'  57'  Ss',  i 
HIDDEN  IIAR 
SAN  PEDRO  S 
t  extends,  in  a  sout 
ng  ort"  into  the  land 
Itiiough  a  small,  a 
ailed  Murray  Cove 
F RES II  WATE 
nd  indilferent  place 
BELL  BAY,  (tl 
^Jhorage,  Bradley  C 
istern  head  of  the 
ock  that  forms  its  n 
n,  by  stern-fasts  or 
lorthward,  has  good 
0  tow  both  into  and 
MOL^\T  POND 
risible  from  the  east 
one  of  which  only  i: 
Between  Cape  ln| 
slaiids  and  rocks,  an 
eparated  from  each 


*  It  was  liore  that  M.  dc  I'liunainvillo  cut  limber  for  the  Iveiicb  colony,  at  llic  Falkland  Ishmi*'! 
To  scaling  vesstjls  it  is  known  by  the  name  of  Jack's  Harbor. 


Byron  found  the  i 
lidway  between  St.  i; 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


609 


aiiJ  distant  nearly  3  miles  from  Cape  Froward,  is  tlie  only  projection.     Between  thig 

1111(1  the  entrance  of  a  rivulet,  which  waters  the  only  valley  that  exists  in  tliis  space,  an 

.unliorage  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  in  11  fathoms,  mif;htlje  ocrupierl  during 

a  westerly  wind  ;  but  with  the  wind  more  southerly  it  would  be  too  much  exjjosed  to  be 

sHl'e.     The  Beasjle  anchored  here  at  2  cables'  length  otV  the  sandy  beach,  in  11  fathoms. 

CAPE   FROWARD,  the  southern  extremity  of  the  continent  of  South  America, 

rises  abruptly  from  the  sea.     At  its  baso  is  a  small  rock,  on  which  Bounainville  landed, 

as  did  Lieut.  Graves,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaiuins;  a  set  of  bearinia;s.     The  hill  that  rises 

iiuiuediately  above  the  cape,  wa*;   called  by  Sarmiento  the  Morro  of  Santa  Agueda. 

jcape  b'row  u(i  is  in  lat.  53°  53'  43",  long.  /I''  14'  31".     The  ebb  tide  sets  to  the'north- 

Iwiiid,  and      .c  Hood  to  the  southward,  but  with  very  little  strength.     It  is  high  water  at 

[full  and  cli.mge,  at  1  P.  M.* 

The  north  coast  of  Clarence  Islat  1  extends  from  the  entrance  of  Magdalen  Sound  to 
fthat  of  the  ljarl)ara  Chaimel,  the  whole  length  of  which  is  indcntod  by  sounds  stretch- 
ing deeply  into  the  island. 

j  BOUtiAINVlLLK'S  PORT  OF  BEAUBASIN,  (the  Bahia  Darsena  of  Cordova,) 
lis  sufficiently  pointed  out  by  the  small  rocky  islet  called  Periagua,  and  the  mountain  of 
tlie  V^ernal,  before  described.  The  outer  part  of  the  port  decreases  in  width  gradually 
40  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  which  is  formed  by  two  projecting  points,  a  very  short  dis- 
Atance  apart,  and  is  very  shoal,  the  deepest  water  being  only  2f  fathoms.  Inside,  in  .he 
asin,  there  are  5  fathoms.  It  is  a  very  snug  place  when  once  in,  but  possesses  no  ad- 
aiitage,  since  it  is  on  the  wrong  side  of  the  strait  for  vessels  bound  through  to  the  west- 
ard ;  for  the  northerly  or  easterly  wind,  which  would  be  favorable  to  proceed,  would 
revent  a  vessel  sailing  out  of  it. 

INMAN  BAY,  HAWKlxNS  BAY,  STAPLES  INLET,  AND  SHOLL  IIAR- 
OR,  are  all  deep  inlets,  surrounded  by  high  precipitous  land. 

To  the  westward  of  Greenough  Peninsula,  is  Lyell  Sound.  It  is  9  miles  deep,  and  is 
separated  at  the  bottom  from  Sholl  Harbor  by  a  ridge  of  hills  about  one  mile  and  a  half 
wide. 

In  the  entrance  of  Lyell  Sound,  are  two  conspicuous  islands,  one  of  ^vhich  is  very 
mull.  They  are  called  Dos  Ilerinanas,  and  bear  from  Cape  Froward  S.  46"  W.,  five 
liies  and  a  half. 

KEMPE  HARBOR,  one  mile  and  a  half  within  the  entrance,  on  the  west  side  of 
yell  Sound,  is  rather  dilficult  of  access,  but  i)erfectly  secure,  and  would  hold  six 
lips.      Stokes  Creek,  on  the  same  side,  more  to  the  southward,  also  ofl'ers  good  an- 
horage  ;  but  from  its  being  out  of  the  way,  can  be  of  no  utility. 
CASCADE  HARBOR,  AND  MAZ^AREDO  BAY,  are  of  less  size,  and  there- 
re  more  attainable,  but  of  the  same  character  with  Lyell  Sound,  viz.,  deej)  water,  sur- 
ounded  by  high  land.      The  former  is  known  by  the  cascade  which  M.  de  Bougain- 
ille  describes,  from  which  It  derives  its  name.      On  the  headland  that  sejiarates  these 
arbors  from  Lyell  Sound,  is  a  sugar-loaf  hill,  the  position  of  which  is  well  determined, 
a  lat.  53'^  57'  32",  long.  71°  24'  13 '. 
HIDDEN  II ARBOR  has  a  narrow  entrance,  but,  if  required,  offers  good  shelter. 
SAN  PEDRO  SOUND  is  the  most  extensive  inlet  that  we  know  in  Clarer  ■?"  island, 
t  extends,  in  a  southerly  direction,  for  nearly  13  miles,  and  has  three  other  in!>  i  ,  Lianch- 
ng  oH'into  the  land,  two  to  the  westward  and  one  to  the  eastward.     There  td  a  good, 
Itliough  a  small,  anchorage  on  its  west  side,  one  mile  and  a  half  within  the  entrance, 
ailed  Murray  Cove,  and  another  close  to  it,  which  is  even  more  sheltered. 
FRESH  WATER  COV^E,  the  Caleta  de  agua  dulce  of  Sarmiento,  is  a  confined 
nd  indifferent  ))laee  for  a  ship. 
BELL  B.VY,  (the  Bahia  de  la  Campana  of  Sarmiento,)  has  a  very  convenient  an- 
horage,  Bradley  Cove,  on  itc  west  side,  bearing  S.  7'J°  W.  from  Point  Taylor,  the 
astern  head  of  the  bay.      It  will  be  readily  distinguished  by  a  small  green  round  hil- 
ock  that  forms  its  north  head.     The  anchorage  is  in  17  fathoms,  and  the  vessel  hauls 
n,  by  stern-fasts  or  a  kcdge,  into  <)  fathoms,  in  perfect  security.      Pond  Bay,  to  the 
ortliward,  has  good  shelter,  but  it  is  not  of  such  easy  access,  for  it  would  be  necessary 
0  tow  both  into  and  out  of  it. 
MOUNT  POND,  a  peaked  hill  over  the  harbor,  is  a  conspicuous  mountain,  and  is 
isible  from  the  eastward  as  soon  as  it  opens  round  Cape  Froward.     It  has  two  summits, 
ne  of  which  only  is  visible  from  the  eastward. 

Between  Cape  Inglefield  and  Point  Elvira,  is  St.  Sitnon's  Bay.  It  is  studded  with 
slaiids  and  rocks,  and  at  the  bottom  has  two  communications  with  the  Barbara  Channel, 
eparated  from  each  other  by  Burgess  Island,  the  easternmost  of  which,  called  Tom's 


Falldund  Isliiiil-'ijS.  *  l^yo"  fo"»d  the  depth  of  water,  at  less  than  a  cable's  length  from  the  point,  40  fathoms, 
lidway  between  St.  Nicholas  Buy  und  Port  San  Antonio,  we  had  no  bottom  widi  256  fathoms. 

77 


610 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Narrows,  is  the  most  extensive ;  but  this,  from  the  irregulnrity  and  forre  of  the  lidpj, 
is  not  to  be  prrforri'd  to  the  more  direct  one  of  the  Shag  Narrows,  on  the  western  sl'le 
of  Cayetnno  Ishind  ;  for  there  is  no  good  anchorage  iu  St.  .Miclraei's  Channel,  >ilij|.|| 
leads  to  it,  and  it  is  bounded  by  a  steep  and  precipitous  coast.  The  Gonsale/  Narmws 
on  the  west  side  of  Burgess  Island,  is  not  more  than  .'50  yards  across,  and  from  the  force 
of  the  tide  and  the  fail  of  the  rapid,  would  be  dangerous  even  for  a  boat  to  puss. 

The  only  good  anchorage  in  St.  Simon's  Bay  is  Millar's  Cove.  It  is  about  3  miles 
within  Point  Elvira,  and  has  three  rocky  islets  off  its  entrance.  A  conspicuous  uidtiut 
forms  the  summit  of  the  eastern  hea<l.  The  anchorage  is  in  5  fathoms,  a  good  bottum 
and  entirely  sheltered.     Wood  and  water  are  plentiful. 

Immediately  round  the  east  head  of  Millar's  Cove,  is  Port  Langara.  It  is  rniLc 
more  than  a  mile  long,  and  two  thirds  of  a  mile  wide,  and  trends  in  a  W.  N.  W.  clin,-. 
tion.  The  water  is  deep,  excepting  at  the  head,  and  in  a  cove  on  the  north  shore,  in 
either  of  which  there  is  good  anchorage.  At  the  former  the  depth  is  8  fathoms,  arKlin 
the  cove,  5  fathoms.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  are  Shipton  and  Mellersli  ('(n,^ 
Both  are  surrounded  by  liigh  land,  and  the  water  being  very  deep,  neither  of  thrniaf. 
ford  anchorage.  0!f  the  head  that  divides  them,  are  the  Castro  Islands.  On  the  iiinh 
side  of  the  largest  is  a  very  convenient  cove,  with  a  moderate  depth  of  water.  The  ( ,|,. 
tellano  Islands  consist  of  five  principal  c  ries.  Tl:ey  are  situated  in  the  centre  of  il;f 
bay,  and  have  no  anchorage  among  them. 

The  coast  from  (>a|)e  Froward  to  Jerome  Channel,  a  distance  of  40  miles,  is  vny 
slightly  indented.  The  anchorages,  therefore",  are  few  in  number,  but  they  are  (ifeusn'r 
access,  and  altogether  more  convenient  than  those  of  the  southern  shore.  Takin!;ili,.i„ 
in  succession,  Snug  Bay,  5  miles  N.  W.  of  Ca[)e  Froward,  is  a  slight  indentation  of  th' 
coast  at  the  embouchure  of  a  small  rivulet,  the  deposits  from  which  have  thrown  upj 
bank  near  the  shore,  on  which  anchorage  may  be  had  in  8  and  9  fathoms.  Tiic  hK 
anchorage  is  half  a  mile  to  the  K.  S.  E.  of  the  island,  in  9  fathoms,  black  sand,  theriv;, 
let  mouth  bearing  N  N.  W.  three  quarters  of  a  mile.  It  is  much  exposed,  beini>opf 
fromW.  S.  W.  by  S.,  to  S.  E.^ 

Byrrn,  who  anchored  in  it,  describes  it  as  being  fit  for  his  purpose.  It  is  certain!)  a 
convcnieui  siojjijing  place  in  fine  weather. 

WOOD'S  BAY,  situated  under  the  lee  of  Cajjc  Holland,  is  a  convenient  stoppin; 
place  for  ships,  but  only  small  vessels  should  anchor  inside  the  cove.  The  ancliorj^r 
is  very  good  to  the  eastward  of  the  river's  mouth,  at  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  ini; 
and  13  fathoms  water.  Small  vessels  may  enter  the  cove,  by  luffing  rouiul  tlielclj; 
patches  that  extend  olf  the  south  point  of  the  bay,  on  which  there  are  ^i  fathoms. 

Entering  Wood's  Bay,  steer  for  the  gap  or  low  land  behind  the  cape  ;  and  asyounctr 
the  south  point,  keej)  midway  between  it  and  the  river's  mouth ;  or  for  a  leadini;in;irli, 
keep  a  hillock,  or  conspicuous  clump  of  trees  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  in  a  line  ivitlis 
remarkable  peak,  one  or  two  miles  behind,  bearing,  by  compass,  N.  52°  W.  Ancliorii) 
17  fathoms,  immediately  that  you  are  in  a  line  between  the  two  points.  Small  vi^ek 
may  go  farther,  into  10  fathoms.  The  west  side  of  tlie  cove  may  be  approaclicd  priiii 
near,  and  the  depth  will  not  be  less  than  5  fathoms,  excepting  upon  the  two  ratliuiii> 
patch  that  stretches  off  the  east  point,  the  extent  of  which  is  sufficiently  shown  bytli' 
kelp;  but  on  the  eastern  side  the  bank  shoals  suddenly,  and  umst  be  avoided,  for  the  r; 
are  115  fathoms  close  to  its  edge,  upon  which  there  are  not  more  than  two  f ect  watfi 
The  south  luiint  of  Woods'  Bay  is  in  lat.  .5:3°  48'  33",  and  long.  71°  35'  41  ". 

CAPE  HOLLAND  is  a  bold,  high,  and,  although  slightly  projecting,  yet  a  viivcoir 
spicuous  headland.  It  is  precipitous,  and  descends  to  the  sea  in  steps,  pleutifull)' ci- 
vered  with  shrubs.     It  is  14  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Froward. 

Near  (Jape  Coventry,  and  in  Andrews  Bay,  anchorage  may  be  had  near  the  shore, : 
the  weather  ijc  line.  To  the  westward  of  the  former,  at  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  tlici; 
are  13  fathoms. 

CORDF.S  BAY,  four  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Gallnnt,  may  be  known  by  ilie 
small  bright  green  islet,  (Muscle  Island,)  that  lies  in  the  entrance;  also  by  a  tliree- 
peaked  mountain,  about  l,r)(K)  or  2,000  feet  high,  standing  detached  from  the  surround- 
ing hills,  at  tlie  bottom  of  the  bay.  The  western  entrance,  whicli  lies  between  Wtri 
Point  and  the  reef  off  Muscle  Island,  is  two  thirds  of  a  mile  wide.  Within  it  is  a  l);iv ! 
mil«  deep,  but  much  contracted  by  shoals  covered  with  kelp.  Between  ihein,  lioHevcr, 
the  anchorage  is  very  good  and  well  sheltered.  The  bottom  is  of  sand,  and  the  deptliJ 
and  7  fathoms.  At  the  extremity  of  the  bay  is  a  large  lagoon.  Port  San  Miguel,  trend- 
ing in  a  north-east  direction  for  two  miles,  and  two  thirds  of  a  mile  across.     The  entrance 

*  SnufC  Buy. — At  Byron's  Anchorage  in  Snug  Bay,  "  Cape  Froward  bore  E.  i  S.  h  miles;  the 
islet  in  the  bay  W.  by  S.  half  a  niilo  ;  the  river's  mouth  N.  W.  I)y  W.  three  quarters  of  a  mi!t'| 
Shoaled  suddenly  from  17  to  9  falhoma,  but  had  no  ground  until  near  the  island." 


bearing  N.  iP  E.,  a 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Gil 


B  of  the  tides, 
c  western  siHe 
haniiel,  wh,,!, 
.sale/,  Narnivv. 
Croni  the  force 
)  pass, 
about  3  niiifs 
)ieiu)us  UKiiiijt 
good  bottum, 

It  is  riit'f 
N.  W.  direct 
orth  shore,  m 
iithoin.s,  and  in 
ellersh  r'(,v,s. 
er  nl"  them  at- 
On  the  ii'in'i 
er.  The(,.. 
3  centre  of  the 

)  niiles,  isvrry 
ey  are  of^m 
Takint;  thnu 
entatiotiofthf 
■e  thrown  upi 
ins.  Tlie  hf.; 
sand,  the  rivt- 
;ed,  being  ope 

t  is  certainly  a 

nient  stoppiii; 
rhe  anelior.ui' 
18  shore,  in  i; 
round  tlieiifii; 

fathoms, 
nd  as  yntuK'ir 

leadint;in;irk, 
n  a  line  h  itli  a 

I.     Anciioriii 

Small  ve»d> 

iruacheii  pre;!) 

two  latliuiiii 

f  shown  by  ili- 

ided,  for  ther; 
two  feet  wiitfi. 
11  '. 
y  et  a  very  cod- 

pjentifully  co- 

ar  the  shoio, : 
he  shore,  tlirr: 

known  by  the 
Iso  by  a  tiiree- 
I  tiie  surround- 
jctwcen  We-i 
lin  it  is  a  b;iy ! 
hem,  however, 
nd  tliedcptlii 
lAJiguel,  trend- 

The  entr;uice 

S.  5  miles ;  ttic 
irters  of  a  m'-'^' 


is  both  narrow  and  shoal,  and  not  safe  for  a  vessel  drawing  more  than  G  feet.  Inside  tho 
lagoon  the  dei)tii  is  from  3  to  13  fathoms.  With  Forteseuc  15ay  and  i'ort  (iailant  so 
near,  the  probability  is  that  it  will  never  be  much  used  ;  hut  in  turninii;  to  the  westward 
it  would  be  belter  to  anchor  here  than  lose  f^round  by  veturninii;  to  Woods'  I^ay.  By 
entering  the  western  channel  and  steering  clear  of  the  kelp,  a  safe  and  coniuiodious  an- 
chorage may  easily  be  reached. 

FORTE  SCUE  BAY  is  the  first  best  anchorage  to  the  westward  of  St.  Nicholas  Bay. 
It  is  spacious,  well  sheltered,  easy  of  access,  and  of  moderate  depth.  The  best  berth  i.s 
to  the  south-east  of  the  small  islet,  outside  of  Wigwam  Point,  in  7  or  8  fathoms.  Hav- 
ing the  entrance  of  Port  (Jallant  open,  small  vessels  may  sail  into  the  port,  but  the  chan- 
nel is  rather  narrow.  The  banks  on  the  western  side,  oli'  Wigwam  Point,  are  distin- 
guished by  the  kel|). 

When  within,  the  shelter  is  perfect ;  but  Fortescue  Bay  is  quite  sufficiently  shel- 
tereil,  and  much  more  convenient  to  leave.  In  this  part  of  the  strait,  as  the  channel  be- 
comes narrowed  by  the  islands,  the  tides  are  much  felt.  There  are  two  good  anchor- 
afijes  before  reaching  the  entrance  of  the  Gerome  Channel,  namely,  Elizabeth  Bay  and 
York  Roads,  off  Batcheior's  River.  They  are,  however,  only  fit  for  stopping  places. 
There  are  no  anchorages  among  the  islands  that  can  be  recommended,  excei)ting  in  the 
strait  that  separates  the  group  of  Charles'  Islands,  in  which  there  is  security  and  a  con- 
venient depth.  AVhen  the  wind  blows  frcvsh  there  is  a  hollow  sea  between  Charles' 
Islands  and  the  north  shore,  which  very  much  impedes  shi|)s  beating  to  the  westward. 

At  a  short  distance  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  Passage  Point,  is  a  shoal,  with  2  fathoms  upon 
it.  Elizabeth  Bay  has  a  sandy  beach,  and  a  rivulet  emptying  itself  into  it.  Cordova 
reconiinends  the  best  anchorage  to  be  in  15  fathoms.  Passage  Point  bearing  E.  S.  E., 
distant  half  a  mile,  about  3  cables'  length  from  the  river,  and  to  the  N.  W.  of  a  bank  on 
which  there  is  much  kelp.* 

Captain  Fitz.  Roy  descrii)es  the  anchorage  of  York  Roads,  or  Batcheior's  Bay,  to  be 
good  and  convenient :  "  Haifa  mile  oft",  a  woody  point,  (just  to  the  westward  of  the  river,) 
bearing  N.  6^  E.,  and  the  mouth  of  the  river  N.  E.  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  is  a  good 
berth,  because  there  is  plenty  of  room  to  weigh  from  and  space  to  drive,  should  the  an- 
chor drag.  The  bottom  is  good  in  10  or  12  fathoms,  but  not  in  a  less  depth.  The 
shore  is  aflat  shingle  beach  for  two  miles,  the  only  one  in  this  part  of  the  strait."  Cor- 
dova recommends  the  following  as  the  best  anchorage,  at  half  a  mile  from  the  beach,  the 
river  bearing  N.  5^  E.,  and  the  west  pointof  the  bay  N.  -27°  W. 

The  set  and  change  of  the  tide  here  are  very  uncertain,  on  account  of  tho  meeting  of 
the  Jerome  Channel  tides  with  these  of  the  strait,  which  occasions  many  ri])plings  ;  and 
it  would  require  a  better  experience  than  we  possess,  to  give  a  correct  ex|)lanation.  Cap- 
tain Fit/.  Roy  says,  that  "the  tide  along  shore,  near  Batchelor  River,  changed  an  hour 
later  than  in  the  otifing.  At  Batcheior's  Bay,  by  the  beach,  during  the  first  half  or  one 
third  of  the  tide  that  ran  to  the  south-east,  the  water  fell ;  and  during  the  latter  half  or 
two  thirds,  it  rose.  In  the  otfing  it  ran  very  strong."  The  establishment  of  the  tide,  at 
the  entrance  of  the  river,  by  an  observation  made  by  Captain  Fitz  Roy,  with  the  moon 
eight  days  old,  would  be,  at  full  and  change,  at  Ih.  4fjm.  By  an  observation  made  by 
Captain  Stokes,  two  years  previous,  it  was  found  to  be  2h.  13m.  The  tide  at  the  an- 
chorage ran  three  knots. 

BATCHELOR  RIVER  is  accessible  to  boats  only  ;  and  in  going  into  or  out  of  its 
entrance,  they  must  be  very  careful  to  follow  exactly  the  course  of  the  stream,  for  a  bar 
lies  outside.     Large  boats  cannot  enter  at  half  tide. f 

To  the  following  islands  in  the  centre  of  the  strait,  that  fonn  the  south  Umit  of  Eng- 
lish Reach,  I  have  restored  the  names  that  were  originally  given  by  Sir  John  Nar- 
borough. 

SECllETARY  WREN'S  ISL\ND  is  a  small  rocky  islet,  rising  abruptly  on  all 
sides,  and  forming  two  summits.  Near  it  are  some  rocks,  and  to  the  S.  E.  is  a  group  of 
small  rocks;  and  at  a  mile  to  the  E.  S.  E.  are  two  rocks  above  water,  called  Canoas. 
The  islet  has  no  name  on  Cordova's  Chart. 

CHARLES  ISLANDS,  besides  some  smaller  islets,  consist  of  three  principal  isl- 
ands; and  in  the  centre  there  is  a  very  good  port,  having  good  anchorage  within  the 

*  Mr.  Simpson  describes  the  Dolphin's  nnchornge  here  in  10  fathoms.  Rupert's  Island  bore 
S.  by  E.  2  or  3  miles ;  Passage  Point  S.  E.  by  S.  tlireo  (juarters  of  n  inilc  ;  the  west  part  of  the  bay 
W.  by  N.  2  miles,  and  a  reef  of  rocks  about  a  cable's  leiif;lli  from  the  shore  N.  W.  by  W.  a  quarter 
of  a  mile.  The  reef  is  quite  covered  at  hisb  water.  Here  tho  flood  set  to  the  eastward,  and 
flowed,  at  full  and  change,  until  12  o'clock. 

t  "  At  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Batchelor  River,  is  a  shoal  which  has  not  more 
than  6  foot  upon  it  at  low  water,  and  M  fn.;t  at  hiRli  water.  It  is  about  half  u  mile  from  the  shore, 
tad  shows  itself  by  the  weeds  upon  it."— [Simpson's  Journal.) 


612 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


islets,  in  13  fi\thoms.     It  has  an  outlet  to  the  N.  W.,  and  one  to  the  S.  W.,  filso  a  nnr- 
row  point  communicates  with  the  strait  to  the  S.  E. 

Oi<()osite  to  Cape  (4allanl,  on  the  eastern  island,  near  its  N.  W.  end,  la  a  coiis]»irii,,,|u 
white  rock,  called  Willis'  Mark.  Next  to  (he  westward,  in  succession,  are  M()iijnoiii(, 
and  James  Islands,  (called  by  Cordova  Isia  de  los  Infantes,)  then  Cordova  Tslpt,  a,,,) 
Rupert's  Island,  and  to  the  westward  of  these  the  island  of  Carlos  III.,  so  named  by  (;„f. 
dova.  The  last  is  separated  from  Ulloa  Peninsula  by  St.  David's  Sound,  which  is  nmi. 
gable  throuf^hout. 

To  the  northward  of  Whale  Point  the  eastern  extremity  of  Carlos  III.  Island,  is  ^ 
cove  witii  an  anchora'^e,  in  15  fathoms,  close  to  the  shore,  on  a  steep  bank,  but  l,i| 
ground.  The  IJea^le  and  Adelaide  both  dragged  off  the  bank,  from  the  violence  of  i|,(. 
squalls  off  the  high  land.  From  the  narth  point  of  the  cove  to  Rupert's  Island.  Isj 
rocky  ledge,  (Lucky  Ledge.)  ovnr  which  the  tide  sets  with  cons-derable  strength,  'flu 
Beagle,  having  dragged  her  anchor  in  the  cove,  was  brought  up  by  its  hooking  a  rmi 
on  the  ledge,  but  it  was  found  broken  on  being  hove  uj).  Whilst  there,  the  tide  set 
past  her  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  at  the  rate  of  three  knots  an  hour. 

To  the  westward  of  Cape  Middleton,  of  Narborough,  is  Muscle  ]5ay.  having  docpw,. 
ter,  and  of  uninviting  character.  Cordova  describes  it  to  be  a  mile  wide,  with  unfiHii 
soxindings,  from  12  to  40  fathoms,  stones.  This  bay  is  not  to  be  recommended,  altliun  i, 
it  appears  to  bo  well  sheltered.  There  is  an  anchorage  in  from  16  to  30  fatlioms :,, 
Ponet  Bay,  of  Cordova,  close  to  Carlos  111.  Island.  It  lies  underthe  S.  E.  side  ot  sdnip 
islands  opposite  to  Batchelor  River.  At  a  short  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  CrosMiiie, 
the  N.  W.  end  of  Carlos  III.  Island,  is  Tilly  Bay.  but  it  has  nothing  to  recommmd  k, 
particularly  when  the  much  better  anchorage  off  Batchelor  River  is  so  close  at  hnnd 

CHOISEUL  BA\',  AND  NASH  HARBOR,  on  the  Fucgian  Coast,  are  not  miho 
least  inviting;  the  former.  Captain  Fitz  Roy  describes  to  be  a  large,  deceiving,  limiior. 
like  bay,  full  of  islets  and  patches  of  kelp,  under  which,  of  course,  there  are  rocks.  Be- 
tween the  islets,  the  water  is  deep  and  unfit  for  anchorage. 

NASH  HARBOR  is  equally  unserviceable. 

WHALE  SOUND,  also  on  the  Fuegian  shore,  at  the  back  of  Ulloa  Peninsula,  i<i 
large  inlet,  trending  eight  miles  into  the  land,  and  terminating  in  a  valley  bounded  on  nA 
side  by  high  mountains.  There  is  anchorage  only  in  one  place,  the  west  side  of  Lm 
Harbor;  and,  although  this  harbor  appears  large,  the  anchorage  is  small,  and  close  to 
the  shore. 

ST.  DAVID'S  SOUND  separates  Carlos  III.  Island  from  Ulloa  Peninsula.  At  its 
north  end  the  water  is  deep,  but  where  it  begins  to  narrow,  there  are  soundings  itiit.on 
which  anchorage  might  be  found,  if  there  was  a  necessity  ;  but  I  cannot  imagine  siiclian 
occa.siou  will  ever  happen : — should  it,  the  chart  will  be  a  sufficient  guide. 

Strait  of  Magalhaens — Jerome    Cfianncl — Olway  and  Shyring  Waters,    Croohi  mi 

Long  Reaches 

THE  JEROME  CHANNEL  was  only  slightly  examined  by  Cordova's  officers;  ik 
their  object  being  merely  to  confirm  or  disprove  Sarmiento's  statement  of  the  insuhiniv 
of  the  land  between  it  and  the  Gulf  of  Xaultegua,  now  called  Croker  Peninsuln,  *ili! 
Lago  de  la  Botella  was  alone  explored  by  them.  The  continuation  of  the  Jerome,  mm- 
in  the  old  charts  Indian  Sound,  having  never  been  traced  ;  and,  therefore,  being  an  (ibjiv: 
of  great  interest,  it  was  investigated  by  Catitain  Fitz  Roy  as  carefully  as  could  be  doii* 
in  the  middle  of  winter  in  an  open  boat.  The  period  of  his  absence  from  the  ship,  linw- 
ever,  32  days,  not  being  sufficient  to  complete  the  service,  the  westerp  shores  of  the  Sky- 
ring  Water  were  not  visited  ;  and  as  a  further  examination  of  it  will,  probably,  beoneil 
the  ol)iccts  of  the  voyage  he  is  now  preparing  for,  a  brief  description  will  be  sufficient. 

THE  JEROME  CHANNEL  is  narrow,  but  throughout,  free  from  danger.  Tk 
western  shore  is  high  and  steep,  and  covered  with  trees:  the  eastern  shore  is  lower  ami 
less  wooded.  In  mid-channel,  near  its  western  end,  are  two  islets  which  have  no  phre 
in  the  Sjjaiiish  Chart;  utde.ss  (lie  Tertin  Isles  be  intended  to  re|)rcsent  them; — if  sotliej 
are  badly  placed.     The  Spanish  Chart  makes  the  channel  6  miles  too  long. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  Jerome  are  2  coves.  Wood  Cove  and  Seal  Cove,  that  maybe 
used  with  advantage  by  small  vessels.  On  the  eastern  shore,  the  bights.  Three  Islnmi  Bay 
(Cordova's  Real  Cove,)  and  Coronilla  Cove,  appeared  to  be  commodious.  ArauzBayis 
open  and  exposed  to  the  N.  W. 

Where  the  Lago  de  la  Botella  joins  the  Jerome,  the  latter  winds  round  the  noith-ea^i 
On  its  eastern  side,  behind  the  False  Corona  Isles,  is  Cutter  Cove,  affording  aiichi)niit 
for  a  small  vessel ;  a  plan  was  made  of  it.     Opposite  is  Nunez  Creek,  with  deep  «;itfi- 

*  Sarmiflnto  describes  it  to  be  an  island  by  the  Indian  name  of  Cayrayxayiisgua. 


to  the  N.  W.  f( 


'luce  Jslmiii'liay 


\ 
BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT.  GI3        ^"^ 

Ahreast  of  the  Corona  Isles,  one  of  which,  the  Sugar  Loaf,  is  about  200  feet  high,  is 
Siilivaii  Sound,  penetrating  for  five  miles  into  the  land  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel ; 
and  at  a  league  to  the  n^rihward  of  the  .Sugar  Loaf,  is  another  opening  to  l!ie  westward  ; 
oil  the  north  shore  of  which  is  Bending  Cove;  which,  with  Cutter  Cove,  are  the  only 
stopping  places  between  Cape  Forty-Five  and  Child's  Uluti'. 

Between  Child's  Bluff  and  Point  Stokes,  the  Otway  water  commences.  On  the  west 
shore  it  affords  several  commodious  anchorages.  Off  Point  V^illiers,  lat.  fi3"  9',  at  a 
(juarterof  a  mile  from  the  shore,  there  arc  from  10  to  30  fathoms;  and  the  depth  decrea- 
ses in  advancin;:  more  northerly.  There  is  anchorage  all  across  the  north-east  part  of 
tlie  water,  in  from  5  to  20  fathoms,  the  bottom  of  sandy  mud. 

Ingleficid  and  Vivian  Islands,  at  the  west  end  of  the  water,  are  low,  but  tliickly  wood- 
ed. An  isthmus,  6  to  10  miles  across,  separates  the  Otway  Water  from  llie  Strait  near 
Eli/.iibetli  Island.  From  an  elevated  station  on  the  north  side  of  Fit/.  Roy  Channel,  this 
narrow  neck  appeared  to  be  low  and  much  occupied  by  lagoons.  The  south  sliore  of 
Otway  Water  is  formed  by  liigh  land,  with  three  deep  ojienings  that  were  not  examined. 
J.runswick  Peninsula,  a  mass  of  high  mountainous  land,  is  the  most  southern  extremity 
of  the  Continent. 

In  lat.  [y-i^  40',  and  long.  71'°  W.  is  the  east  entrance  of  Fitz  Roy  Channel;  it  forms 
a  comniuiiication  between  the  Otway  and  the  Skyriiig  Waters,  and  lakes  a  winding  course 
to  the  N.  W.  for  11  miles,  which  is  easily  navigated.  A  strong  tide  running  during  the 
neaps  at  the  rate  of  five  or  six  miles  an  hour  in  the  entrance,  and  two  or  three  in  other 
parts,  sets  through  it,  six  hours  each  way.  The  rise  and  fall,  however,  were  scarcely 
distinguishable. 

SKYRING  WATER,  is  10  leagues  long  from  east  to  west.  Its  shores  are  low.  At 
the  western  extremity  two  openings  were  observed  to  wind  under  a  high  castellated- 
topped  mountain,  (Dynevor  Castle,)  which  were  supposed  by  Captain  Fitz  Roy  to  com- 
municate with  some  of  the  sounds  of  the  western  coast.  Through  Euston  Opening,  the 
southern  one,  no  land  was  visible  in  the  distance;  but,  on  a  subse(|uent  examination  of 
the  termination  of  the  Ancon  sin  Salida  of  Sarmiento,  by  Captain  Skyring,  no  commu- 
nication was  detected. 

Of  the  TIDES  in  the  JEROME  and  INTERIOR  \VATERS.— The  tide  was  found 
to  set  through  the  Jerome  Channel  with  great  regularity,  six  hours  each  way.  The 
Spanish  account,  however,  says,  "The  current  is  always  in  the  direction  of  the  channel, 
but  rarely  sets  to  the  N.  W.,  particularly  in  mi<I-channel  and  the  western  shore  ;  on  the 
opposite  side,  however,  the  tide  sets  six  hours  each  way,  to  the  N   W.  and  S.  E." 

The  following  observations  were  made  by  Captain  Fitz  Roy  for  the  time  of  high  wa- 
ter at  full  and  change,  at  various  parts  of  the  Jerome  and  its  interior  waters,  viz  :  in  the 
entrance  of  the  Jerome,  near  Arauz  Bay,  at  1  o'clock  ;  near  Bending  Cove,  at  3  o'clock  ; 
at  Cutter  Cove,  at  4  o'clock;  on  the  south  shore  of  Fanny  Bay,  at  Gidley  Island,  as 
also  at  Martin  Point,  at  5  o'clock;  at  Inglefield  Island  at  4  o'clock;  and  at  the  same 
hour  at  the  eastern  entrance  of  Fitz  Roy  Channel;  but  at  the  western  end  of  it  at  Ih. 
15m.     The  variation  of  the  compass  was  found  to  be,  at  tlie 

Point  of  Islets 23°  58' 

Donkin  Cove 23°  40' 

Wigwam  Cove 23°  34' 

Inglefield  Island 23"  56' 

Point  Martin 23°  58' 

The  mean  of  which  will  be  23°  49'. 

The  portion  of  the  strait  comprised  between  the  western  extremity  of  Ulloa  Peninsula 
and  the  entrance  of  the  .Jerome  is  called  Crooked  Reach.  In  the  navigation  of  this  part 
Wallis  and  Carteret  suffered  extreme  anxiety ;  and  no  one  that  has  read  their  journals 
would  willingly  run  the  risk  of  anchoring  in  any  port  or  bay  on  its  southern  shore.  The 
chart  will  show  several  inlets  deep  enough  to  induce  any  navigator  to  trust  to  them  ;  and, 
probably,  for  small  vessels,  many  sheltered  nooks  might  be  found,  but  they  have  all  very 
deep  water,  and  when  the  wind  blows  strong  dow-  o  Long  Reach,  they  a're  exposed  to 
a  heavy  sea  and  furious  wind.  The  anchorage  of  Lorja  Bay,  within  the  Ortiz  Islands,  (the 
Island  Bay  of  Byron,)  is  so  much  preferable,  that  it  alone  is  to  be  recommended.  IBoth 
Captain  Stokes  and  Captain  Fitz  Roy  speak  highly  of  it  in  their  journals  :  it  is  snug  and 
well  sheltered,  and  tolerably  easy  of  access,  but  in  a  gale,  like  its  neighbors,  the  anchor- 
age is  much  incommoded  by  the  willi-waws,  which  "drive  the  ship  from  one  side  to  the 
other,  as  if  she  were  alight  chip  upon  the  water."  Captain  Fitz  Roy  says,  "let  me 
recommend  Borja  Bay  as  an  excellent,  although  small,  anchorage:  wood  and  water  are 
plentiful ;  under  the  coarse  upper  sand  is  a  stiff  clay,  like  pipe  clay.  Avoid  the  islet  off 
its  west  side;  as  you  go  in  or  out." 

As  this  is  an  anchorage  that  may  be  much  used.  Captain  Stokes'  account  of  it  is  also 
subjoined : 


11 


ii 


^ 


614 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


"  BORJA  BAY  is  situated  on  tlie  northern  shore  of  Crooiied  Roach,  two  tnilpsto 
the  eastward  of  Cape  Quod.     Its  position  is  pointed  out  as  well  by  the  islet  o(f  its  west 
point,  as  by  its  situation  with  re...pect  to  VA  Morrion,  the  hchnet-shaped  |)oint  |)ievi(iihlv 
called  by  the  Enj^lisli,  St.  David's  lloail.    ^J'he  entrance  to  the  bay  is  to  the  fastwiinl  lif 
the  largest  islet,  and   presents  no  dari^c'rs;  all  the  islets  and  slioi°s  of  tlm  1  ;iy  iniiv  l,i 
approached  to  half  a  cable's  length   e  en  to  the  edge  of  the  kelj).     The  only  (liCfKn;,. 
that  impedes  gettii.  g  into  the  bay,  arises  from  the  ballling  winds  and  violent  gusts  that  u,: 
casionally  come  off  the  Miountain-^  and  down  the  deep  ravines  which  form  the  snirotinil 
in;^  coast,  and  the  u.most  vigilance  must  '■<«  exercised  in  beating  in  under  sail  to  gu;ip| 
against  their  elfects.    The  aneliorag;;  is  iJorlVcriy  sheltered  from  the  prevj'.iling  winds.  i|n. 
westerly  anil  soutli-westerly  gales,  and  is  o|ien  oidy  to  south-easterly  winds,  wliich  vrrv 
rarely  blow  here,  and  still  more  rarely  with  violence  ;  and  as  the  holding  ground  is  Pm,) 
(small  stones  and  sand)  and  the  depth  of  water  moderate  (14  to  If)  fathoms)  and  iim 
fetch  of  sea  prevented  by  the  narrowness  of  the  strait  in  this  j)art.  the  greatest  hr(;ii||-i 
being  only  three  miles,  it  may  be  oronounced  a  very  good  and  secure  harbor.     Tiic  hp,t 
plan  is  to  anchor  with  the  bower,  and  ste. idled  to  the  shore  by  a  hawser  or  a  ke'ii/e.    ,\o 
surf  or  swell  obstructs  landing  any  wheie  :  good  water  anc,  plenty  of  wood  are  easy  t(i  Ir 
embarked:  the  trees,  a  species  of  beech,  aie  of  a  considerable  si/.e.     The  shores nf, 
rocky,  and  the  beadi  plentifully  stocked — as  indeed  arc  all  parts  of  the  strait  to  the  insi. 
ward — with  Itarberries  and  wild  celery. 

Byron  anchored  in  Borja  Uay,  as  did  also  Carteret,  in  the  Swallow,  The  former  give? 
a  plan  of  it,  and  calls  it  Island  Bay.  He  attempted  to  anchor  in  it,  but  was  preTeniedlv 
the  strength  of  the  tide. 

Captain  Stokes  describes  the  Morrion,  or  St.  David's  Head,  to  be  a  lofty  granitic  rock, 
of  which  the  outer  face  is  perpendicular  and  bare,  and  of  a  light  grey  color,  distiii^ubli- 
able  from  a  consideiable  distance  both  from  the  east  and  the  north-west,  and  forniiii;;ar, 
excellent  leading  mark  to  assure  the  navigator  of  his  position. 

Narborough  thus  describes  Cape  Quod  :  "  It  is  a  steep  up  cape,  of  a  rocky  {ricvbl 
face,  and  of  a  gooi"  height  before  one  comes  to  it :  it  shows  like  a  great  building  olnciis 
tie  :  it  points  olf  with  a  race  from  the  other  uiountains,  so  nuich  into  the  channel  of  i||f 
streight,  that  it  makes  shutling  in  against  the  south  land,  and  maketh  an  elbow  in  iLc 
Btreight."'* 

Abreast  of  Capo  Quod,  captain  Stokes  tried  and  found  the  current  settinjr  'o  the  cast- 
ward  at  I75  knot  an  hour. 

Between  Borja  Bay  and  Cape  Quod  are  two  coves,  too  small  to  be  of  any  use  wlien 
Borja  Bay  is  so  much  superior. 

Snowy  Sound,  a  deep  inlet,  unimportant  to  the  navigator,  and  not  worth  any  pc^nj 
while  to  enter,  excepting  for  anchorage  in  a  cove  at  about  a  mile,  ami  in  another  at  two 
miles,  within  its  western  head.  It  extends  in  lor  10  miles  and  terminates  in  two  inliis, 
surrounded  by  high,  perpendicular,  black  rncks.  Snowy  Sound  w^s  formeily  consiwr- 
ed  to  be  a  channel  communicating  with  Whale  Sound,  and  insulating  Ulloa  Peninsula; 
but  this  is  disproved  by  captain  Fitz  Roy's  careful  examination  of  it. 

The  following  descriptions  of  the  bays  between  Cape  Quod  and  Cape  Notch,  are 
taken  principally  from  the  appendix  to  Cordova's  Voyage  to  the  Strait. 

BARCELO  BAY,  the  fust  to  the  west  of  Cape  Quod,  seems  to  be  large  and  incom- 
modious, and  strewed  with  small  islets. 

OSORNO  BAY  follows,  and,  according  to  Cordova,  has  very  deep  water  all  over; 
there  being  40  fathoms  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  beach,  excepting  on  the  west  side, 
"»vhere  there  is  a  rocky  'edge  with  from  10  to  20  fathoms. 

Next,  to  the  westward,  is  LANCjARA  BA^.  It  trends  in  for  about  a  mile  to  thnnnrtl- 
■east,  and  has  10  to  IJ  fathoms,  stony  bottom.  It  is  more  sheltered  than  thctwofoiiner 
bays. 

POSADAS  BAY  is,  most  probably,  Wallis'  Lion  Cove.  Its  western  point  is  foriiic; 
by  a  high,  rounded,  and  precipitous  headland,  resembling,  in  captain  Wallis' i(lp;i.i 
lion's  head ;  and  although  Cordova  could  not  discover  the  likeness,  yet  it  is  sufficientl) 
descriptive  to  point  out  the  hay,  were  the  anchorage  worth  occupying,  which  it  isiin. 
Wallis  describes  it  to  have  deep  water  close  to  the  shore;  his  ship  was  anchored  inW 
fathoms. 

ARCE  BAY. — Cordova  describes  it  to  have  anchorage  in  from  6  to  17  fathoms,  stone?. 
It  divides  at  the  bottom  into  two  arms,  each  being  half  a  mile  deep.  The  outer  points 
bear  from  each  other  W.  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  half  a  mile  across. 

FLORES  BAY  is,  probably,  Wallis'  Good  Luck  Bay,  Cordova  describes  it  to  be 

*  At  not  a  league  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Quod  is  a  rock  which  has  not  more  than  9  feet  upon 
it,  but  shows  itself  by  the  weed?  growing  upon  it ;  it  is  a  good  distance  from  the  north  shore,  and  j 
is  in  the  fair  way  working  to  the  westward  round  the  Cape. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


CIS 


e  and  inconi- 


very  small  ;<ri<l  exposed,  with  from  6  to  20  fatlioms,  stones  ;ind  gnivcl.     At  the  bottom 
is  ;[riviilft  of  very  gonci  water. 

VlLLi'lNA  ('<'VK   lias  from  15  to  'JO  f;itliotiis,  and  is  very  open  and  exposed. 

Then  follows  (iUlKlOK.  liAV. —  It  is  large,  and  ()|)en  to  the  south,  and  prohably 
alVordspood  anchorage  in  coves.  Cordova  descriht-s  it  to  extend  for  more  than  a  league 
to  the  north,  the  mouth  being  2  miles  wide.  Its  west  |)oint  is  ( -ajie  Noteh,  which  will 
s(!rve  to  reeogni/.c  it.  Near  the  entranee  is  an  island  and  several  rocks;  and  within 
them,  on  the  west  side,  are  2  coves,  with  from  ]f)  to  .'50  fathoms,  stones.  ISeyond  them 
is  tlip  port,  wiiich  has  a  narrow  entrance.  A  river  falls  from  a  considerable  height  into 
it,  and  by  the  rapidity  of  the  current  has  formed  a  channel  of  ooze  in  the  direction  of 
the  entrance,  in  whicii  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  20  to  2()  fathoms:  on  either  side 
of  the  channel  the  bottom  is  stony.  The  port  is  too  difficult  to  reach  to  make  it  an  ob- 
ject of  any  value.  Should,  however,  a  strong  gale  from  south  or  south-west  oblige  a 
ship  to  run  in,  she  should  avoid  passing  too  near  the  west  side  of  the  narrow  ;  for  a  reef 
extends  off  it  for  nearly  a  cable's  length.  There  is  also  a  bank  outside  the  narrow,  but 
it  is  pointed  nut  by  kelp. 

From  the  above  description  of  the  bays  between  CapesQuod  and  Notch,  occupying  a 
space  of  12^^  miles,  and  from  the  view  we  had  of  them  in  passing,  none  seem  to  be  con- 
venient, or  very  safe.  'J'he  b(!st  port  for  ;dieltcr  for  a  ship,  is  .Swallow  Harbor,  on  the 
opposite  shore':  but  small  vessels  may  fmd  many  places,  that  a  ship  dare  not  aj)proach, 
where  every  convenience  may  be  had ;  for  if  the  water  be  too  deej)  for  anchorage,  they 
may  be  secured  to  the  shore  at  the  bottom  of  the  coves,  where  neither  the  swell  nor  the 
winil  can  rei'ch  thetu. 

SWALLOW  HARBOR  is  1{  mile  to  tlie  westward  of  Snowy  Sound.  It  is  a  better 
anchorage  forsliips  than  any  in  the  neigliiiorhood.  The  plan  of  it  is  a  suHicient  guide, 
the  dangers  being  well  buoyed  and  pointed  out  by  kelp.  It  was  first  used  bv  captain 
Ciirterel  in  the  Swallow  ;  and  ('ordova  gives  a  short  description  of  it. 

The  anchorage  is  under  the  east  side  of  the  island  which  separates  the  harbor  fro. .4  Cor- 
dova's Condesa  Bay,  and  which  forms  its  west  side.  Wallis  describes  the  harbor  to  be 
"  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  excellent  in  every  respect.  There  are  two  channels  into 
it  which  are  both  narrow,  but  not  dangerous,  as  the  rocks  are  easily  discovered  by  the 
weeds  that  grow  upon  them."  Cordova's  account  of  it  runs  thus — "  To  the  westward 
of  Snowy  Sound  are  two  bays  formed  in  a  bight  by  an  island.  The  eastern,  Swallow 
Harbor,  has  in  its  mouth  three  islands  and  a  rock;  besides  strewed  with  kelp,  which 
serves  to  point  otit  the  dangers  in  entering.  Within,  it  is  very  v/ell  sludtered  from  all 
winds.  The  depth  is  from  40  to  1<>  fathoms,  stones,  and  in  some  parts  oo/.e.  This  bay  is 
to  the  south  of  Ca|)e  Notch;  and  to  recogni/.e  it,  there  is  a  cascade  falling  down  the 
centre  of  a  nu)untain  at  the  bottom  of  the  port,  to  the  westward  of  which  are  2  higher 
mountains;  the  sunmiit  of  tlie  eastern  being  peaked,  and  the  western  one  rounded. 

The  bay,  to  the  westward  of  the  island,  is  Condesa  Bay.  It  is  full  of  islets  and  rocks, 
and  the  channel  behind  the  island,  communicating  with  Swallow  Bay,  is  very  narrow." 

At  about  a  cable's  length  otf  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  of  .Swallow  Harbor,  cap- 
tain Fit/,  Roy  saw  a  rock  just  awash.     This  danger  should  be  carefully  avioided. 

STEWART'S  BAY  is  less  than  a  league  from  Swallow  Bay.  Of  this  place  Capt. 
Stokes  makes  the  following  remarks  : — "  Stewart's  Bay  alforded  us  a  quiet  resting  place 
for  the  night,  but  it  is  by  no  means  to  be  recommended  as  an  anchorage;  for  though  it 
is  sulTiciently  sheltered  from  wind  and  sea,  yet  the  rocks,  in  different  parts  of  it,  render 
the  passage  in  or  out  very  hazardous:  every  danger  in  it  is  pointed  out  by  rock  weed, 
but  it  is  so  nuich  straitened  as  to  require  the  utmost  vigihince.  A  plan  of  it  was  made 
and  connected  with  the  coast  by  bearings  and  angles  to  Cape  Notch,  and  to  other  fixed 
points.     The  description  of  the  place  by  Cordova  cannot  be  improved." 

The  account  in  Cordova  is  as  follows : — 

"  Stewart  Bay,  (La  Bahia  de  Stuardo,)  follows  Condesa  Bay.  It  has  an  island  besides 
several  patches  of  kelp,  an  indication  of  the  many  rocks  that  exist.  Even  the  best  chan- 
nel is  narrow  and  tortuous;  the  depth  from  12  to  16  fathoms,  stones.  At  the  bottom  is 
an  islet,  forming  two  harrow  channels  leading  into  a  port  or  basin,  2  cables'  length  wide  : 
the  eastern  channel  is  the  deeper  and  has  13  to  20  fathoms.  Inside  the  basin,  and  on  the 
east  side,  the  depth  is  G  and  !)  fathoms,  mud.  A  reef  extends  for  half  a  cable's  length 
to  the  westward  of  the  south  end  of  the  islet.  It  would  be  difficult  and  dangerous  to 
enter  this  small  basin." 

Then  follows  a  deep  and  extensive  channel,  of  which  we  know  only  that  it  extends  to 
the  south  for  5  or  6  miles,  and  perhaps,  is  very  similar,  in  its  termination,  to  Snowy 
Sound.     It  is  Sarmiento's  Snowy  Channel.     (Ensenadade  Mucha  Nieve.) 

At  this  part  of  the  strait,  the  breadth  is  about  2i  miles  ;  but,  at  Cape  Qiu)d  it  scarcely 
exceeds  Ij  mile.  The  shores  are  certainly  much  less  verdant  than  to  the  eastward  of 
Cape  (^uod ;  but  not  so  dismal  as  Cordova's  account  would  make  them  appear  to  be ; 


G16 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


for,  In?  says :  "As  soon  as  Cape  Qiiod  is  passed,  the  strait  assumes  the  most  horrible  aiv 
pciirimcc,  (I'oii  cl  asptK-to  inns  liorriblc,)  having  hifrli  mountains  on  ho'ii  sidrs,  Hrpjirniej 
by  raviui's  entirely  destitute  of  trees,  (V;>in  the  inid-hei^ht  upwards."  To  us  it  appcnrfil 
that  the  liills  were  <'<'rtaiidy  much  more  l  ire  of  vej^etation  above,  but  l)eiow  were  nn|i|p. 
fieient ;  tlie  trees  and  siiriibs,  iiowever,  are  of  small  size.  Korthe  purposes  of  fuel  abim. 
dance  of  wood  is  to  !)e  obtained.  Jn  the  winter  months  the  hills  are  covered  with  stioH, 
JVoni  the  summit  to  the  base;  but  in  the  month  of  April,  when  the  Adventure  passed 
through,  no  siu)vv  was  visible  about  then. 

Captain  Stokes  remarks,  that  tlu?  mountains  in  this  part,  (Cape  Notch,)  spire  up  in', 
peaks  of  yreat  height,  coiuiected  by  siiij;ularly  sharp  saw-liki;  ridges,  a:  .  are  of  vrirfi,. 
tion  as  if  they  hail  been  ri'iiilcrcd  so  by  the  hand  of  art.  About  their  bases  there  a,, 
geru'rally  some  green  [latches  of  jutmle.  but  upontlu-  whole  notiiiug  can  be  more  sterile 
and  repulsive  than  this  |)ortion  of  the  strait.  TliiH  account  of  raptaiti  ."^lokes  a^;ri'es  \ii|| 
Cordova's;  but  upon  examining  the  coves,  we  found  iheui  so  thickly  wooded  with  slini!« 
and  jtuigle,  and  small  trees,  that  it  was  diihcult  to  penetrate  beyond  a  few  yards  froinilit 
beach. 

C!APE  N()T('ll  is  a  projecMing  point  of  grey  colored  rock,  about  ()5fl  feet  high,  til- 
ing a  dee|i  cleft  in  its  sumnut.     It  is  a  cons|)icuons  luMilland,  and  cantH)t  be  mistakm. 

The  next  place-  to  the  westward  of  ('ape  Notch,  tli;,t  can  be  rec()Miniended  for  an  i,. 
diorage,  is  Playa  I'arda  C'ove,  which  is  well  sheltered,  and,  for  chain  cables,  has  a  ;,  | 
bottom,  being  of  sandy  nuid,  strewed  with  stones;  it  is  half  a  mile  wide  at  tin?  cnlraui. 
and  about  a  quarter  deep.  Koiind  the  we.si  side  of  Middle-point  is  a  channel,  a  quarter 
of  a  M)ilc  long  and  l.")()  yards  wide,  v,  ith  6  and  7  fathoms  water,  c(mimunicating  wjilu 
very  excellent  little  harbor  for  a  small  vessel,  of  about  a  f]uarter  of  a  mile  in  diaini'tcr, 

I'laya  I'arda  Cove  is  easily  known  by  Shelter  Island,  that  fronts  th(!  inlet  ol  I'l.m 
Parda.  The  inlet  is  1,^  nule  long,  and  half  a  mile  broad,  but  with  vry  deep  watcrall 
over.  Hy  lutling  round  the  islaiul,  a  sliip  will  fetch  the  anclu)rage  in  tlui  cove;  and, al. 
though  sail  should  not  be  reduced  too  soon,  yet  the  -stpjalls,  if  the  weather  be  bad,  Llmi 
down  the  inlet  of  Playa  Parda  with  great  violence.  Anchor  a  little  within,  and  \v,\\(v.» 
between  the  points  of  entrance,  at  about  H  cable  from  the  middle  point,  in  5^  andbli 
tlioms. 

Of  (.f  lacier  Hay,  remarkable  for  a  glacier  at  the  bottom,  and  of  another  bay  to  the  casi- 
ward  of  it,  we  ktmw  nr)thing  :  the  former  may  possess  ..'ood  shelter  and,  f)erhaps,  anrlur. 
age;  but  the  latter  is  too  full  of  isbuids  to  be  recommen  led.  JJetween  (TJacicr  Havami 
IMaya  Parda,  the  shore  is  bold  but  straight,  e.xce[)ting  a  small  cove  about  2  /nilcs  fo 
Playa  Parda,  which  seemed  likely  to  all'ord  shelter  forsnudl  vessels.  Oil'  /he  west  inner 
point  is  a  reef,  but  within  it  there  seeiiied  to  be  a  basin  half  a  mile  deep.  Eye  skcitlies 
of  these  three  indentations  were  made  as  we  passed  by. 

To  the  westward  of  Snowy  Chaiuud  are  several  inlets  affording,  apparently,  good 
shelter,  but  those  we  examined  were  found  to  have  very  deep  water. 

Opposite  to  Playa  Parda  is  a  deep  opening  which  has  more  the  appearance  of  a  chnnnel 
leading  through  the  Tierra  del  Fuego,  than  any  opening  to  the  west  of  the  Barbara,  lib 
evidently  tlie  inlet  noticed  by  .'■iarm.iento,  atid  thus  described  by  him: — "a  great baj 
(Ensenada)  which  trends  mto  the  land  in  a  \V.  S.  W.  direction  for  more  than  2  lengiu>, 
and  has  an  island  at  its  mouth; — we  called  it  the  Abra  (opening,)  because  we  did  iiotsee 
its  termination.  On  the  opposite  shore  there  is  another  port  and  grey  beach  (Puerto < 
Playa  Parda,)  whicli  has  an  island  that  shelters  it.  Within  the  Abra  the  land  is  lowanii 
hummocky ; — half  a  league  beyond  (i.  e.  to  the  eastward  of)  the  Abra  is  a  cove;  iiiid 
on  tlie  opposite  shore,  a  league  across,  is  another  cove  whicl  'onus  a  port,  wliicli  the  lib 
dians  call  Pelepelgua,  and  the  cove  they  call  ]^\eafjuil."  The  cove  Pelepelgiia,  niaj 
probably  be  (ilacier  Bay,  and  Exeaquil  must  of  course  be  one  of  the  coves  to  the  eiisi- 
ward  of  the  Abra. 

To  us,  the  ojiening  or  Abra  seemed  to  be  one  mile  and  a  half  wide,  with  an  islanili". 
the  ontrance.  Within,  it  ap|)eare(l  to  take,  first,  a  south,  then  a  S.  \V".  course,  and  al'liv 
wards  to  trend  round  a  projecting,  low,  hummocky  jjointof  the  east  shore,  and  wind  umltr 
the  base  of  a  high  precipitous  ridgo  on  the  opposite  or  west  shore,  towards  the  S.  E.Lt- 
yond  whicli  its  course  could  not  be  observed. 

On  the  seawan!  coast  there  is  a  deep  o|)enin<f  behind  Otway  Bay,  which,  probably,  iim 
communicate  with  it. 

The  weather  here  is  generally  so  thick,  that,  although  the  distance  across  be  only  Kvo 
to  three  miles,  yet  one  shore  is  frequently  concealed  from  the  other,  by  the  mist;  on 
which  account  Captain  Stokes  found  it  impossible  to  form  any  |)lan  of  this  part  -A  the 
strait,  on  his  passage  through  it.  Captain  Stokes,  in  leaving  Stewart's  Bay,  says,  "« 
continued  our  progress  to  the  westward,  having  westerly  and  S.  W.  winds,  with  tliitk 
♦..eather  and  drizzling  rain.  The  coasts  on  both  sides  were  very  rarely  visible  to  us,  by 
reason  of  the  thick  mist  by  which  they  were  cai»ped.     It  is,  however,  a  bold  coast  on 


n 


faei;  side,    othe,  ivi 
M.MMAN'S  CO 
anchorage ;    at  tlic 
iiiik-  dt'e|»;  a  plan  » 
serves,  that  it  aliori 
j;(mmI  li(dding  "rouii 
within  sixty  yards  ( 
slionld  be  kept  abo; 
This  cove  is  abo 
advatilageous  pliice 
Opposite  to  Cap(> 
situation.     I'^om  C 
strait  ami  precipitoi 
I  are  a  iVw  inlets,  but 
fliati  a  league  to  tin 
'leep  itdet.      It  is  in 
'IMie  Heagle  ancli 
stopping  place;   the 
ill  l()  fathoms,  mudi 
ti)  bo  ill  laf.  T)!^  U' 
'J'lierr'  is  a  plan  of  t 
"T'l' land  on  III. 
|Riiinniit  to  the  water 
land  tlie  trees  crookei 
.S.  W.  by  \V.  from  t 
,  from  which  a  narrow 
formed  by  the  desce 
.  well  sheltered  from  f 
are  al.Mmdact." — Str 
There  is  an  anchoi 
and  rode  out  a  heavy 
trance,  on  which  the 
winds.      On  the  wes 
3Iedalla,)  of  which 
voyage. 

Jt  has,  according  t- 
tlie  easternmost  of  w 
^»idc  ;  it  is  strewed  li 
ffiood  and  clear  passa 
4  fathoms,  and  insidi 
)""rt,  there  are  no  dai 
only  of  the  islet  in  it 
is  plenty  of  water. 

The  (iulf  of  Xaul 

trending  into  the  lan( 

iniiles  of  some  of  the 

about  four  miles  acre 

entrance  is  St.  Ann's 

half  a  mile  wide.     St 

and  E.  S.  E.  directio 

W.  extremity, 

The  land  forming  t 

I  Jerome  Channel,  is  c 

I     The  plan  that  was 

|who  ]iassed  through 

}  arm  rale  survey  be  m 

I  been  examined,  for  i 

|think  there  is  any  anc 

^a  mistake  and  get  int 

Ms  no  thornu<^hfarey— 

Little  has  been  sail 

and  fall,  they  are  reall 


*  More  probably  by  fl 
I  Channel,  is  very  commc 
1  The  name  Xaultegi 


r 


t  horrible  ;i|v 

Ics,  Hrpjiniifj 
IS  it  apprnrnl 
wero  iKiiili.. 
(>r  Iticl  alum- 
il  witli  siimv, 
iituro  passiii 

si»in!  niili;, 
il'f  of  Vt';;i'i|. 
st^s  thrre  :\f, 
I',  more  stfiiif 
^s  ii;;r('(;s  uri, 
(I  with  slini,v 
■arils  iVoiiiii,. 

ret  hiirli.  In.. 
lie  niisiiikdi. 
led  Cor  aii;T|. 
•s,  has  a  yi: 

the  eiitnii;,!'. 
iiiel,  a  (|iiariit 
eatinij;  will,  j 

in  (liaiiii'tnf, 
niet  ol  I'layi 
deep  water  iill 
i:ove ;  and,  al. 
r  he  bad,  blmi 
,  and  half  «Hi 
in  5^  and  Gil 

)ay  to  the  mi 

irhaps,  anrliir- 

aeier  Hay  ami 

2  /niU:s  imn 

lio  west  iiiiior 

Eye  ski'kks 

larently,  good 

:c  of  a  chnniipl 
Sarbara.   it  is 

'  a  great  baj 
lian  2  leagiifi, 
we  did  not  see 

eh  (Puerto  V 
and  is  low  ami 
a  cove;  anil 
which  the  111- 

spclfiiia,  iiuij 
;s  to  the  e;\si- 

1  an  island  is 

rse,  and  alVr 

id  wind  uiiiltr 

theS.  E.bc 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


cn 


fid.  side,  otlip.w'ise  the  .strait  wonld  he  utterly  iinnavi!j;al)Ie  in  sucli  weather." 
,  MAiMA.N'S  (lOVK.  one  mile  ami  a  h;df  to  the  "west  of  ri;iya  Parda,  is  a  eonveiiient 
I  ;>n(borane;  at  the  entranee  it  is  about  one  third  of  a  mile  wide,  and  more  than  half  !» 
Miile  denp;  a  plan  was  made  of  it,  wiiicli  will  be  a  sulheieiu  nuide.  Captain  Stokex,  oh- 
sirves,  that  it  alfords  shelter  from  i  he  prevailing  winds ;  the  anchorage  is  :l"~' fathoms, 
i;(ii)d  holding  "round  ;  but  less  wnler  may  be  ((biained.  if  rtninired,  there  being  f^  fathoms 
«iihin  sixty  yards  of  the  beach,  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay.  In  entering;,  the  west  sido 
.should  be  t>«'pt  al)oard. 

This  cove  is  idioiit  midway  between  (,'ape  I'Ktoile  and   IMaya  Parda ;    and  is  a  very 

advantageous  place  to  stop  at. 

Opposite  to  (.'ape  I'Ktoile,  is  a  bay  with  anchorage  in  17  fathoms,  in  a  well  sheltered 

I  Situation.     From  ('ape  I'l'.toile  to  the  enlrani:e  of  the  (iulf  of  \aultegua,   the  shore  i.s 

]  strait  and  precipitous,  and  the  hills  an-  barren  and  rocky.     On  the  opposite  shore  there 

1  are  a  few  inlets,  but  the  most  iis'ful  one  for  the  navigator  is  Half  I'ort  I'.ay,  rather  more 

than  a  league  to  the  east  of  Cape  Monday.     It  is  immediately  rouiitl  the  south  side  of  a 


ileep  inlet.     It  is  merely  a  slight  indentation  (d  the  coast. 


)robably, 


mav 


s  be  onl)'  i«(i 
the  mist ;  on 
is  part  -ji  lilt 
ly,  says,  "«-e 
s,  withtlnd 
ibie  to  us,  by 
bold  coast  on 


■■! 


'I'he  Meagle  anchored  lii<re  on  two  or  three  occasions,  and  found  it  to  be  an  excellent 
sto|)ping  place;  the  anchorage  is  within  two  tliirdsof  i  cable's  length  of  tlio  west  point. 
ill  it)  fathoms,  muildv  boitoiri.  The  situation  of  this  cove  was  ascertained  by  observ  uion 
to  be  in  lat.  ■'J'P  IV  '.\G",  and  long.  73^  14'  37"  W.  (or  i»"  20'  56"  west  of  Port  Famine.) 
There  is  a  plan  of  this  bav. 

"T'l"  land  on  the  .S.  W.  sido  of  the  a'  chorage  Is  high,  and  thickly  wooded  from  lt« 

summit  to  the  water's  edge.     (_)ii  the  eastern  side  it  is  lower,  the  vegetation  more  scanty 

and  the  trees  crooked  and  stunted,  and  pressed  down  to  the  N.  K.  by  the  prevailing  winds. 

,  S.  \V.  by  W.  from  the  anchorage,  is  a  remarkable  cleft  in  the  Humtnit  of  the  highland, 

!  from  which  a  narrow  stripe  cleared  of  jungle  descends  to  the  water's  edge,  apparently 

^  fi)nne<l  by  the  descent  of  a  torrent  or  of  large  masses  of  the  rock.*     The  anchorage  i.s 

well  sheltered  from  prevailing  l)roe/,e9,  and  the  holding  grounci  is  good;    water  and  fuel 

are  abiindaiU.  "—Stokes'  MSS. 

There  is  an  anchorage  under  ('ape  Monday  for  small  vessels,  in  whicli  Byron  anchored, 

and  rode  nut  a  heavy  gale  of  wind.     With  the  exception  of  a  shoal  in  midway  of  the  en^ 

trance,  on  which  there  are  4  fathoms,  it  seems  to  offer  good  shelter  from  the  prevailing 

iwinds.     On  the  west  side  of  Cape   Monday  is  Cordova's   Medal  Bay  (Puerto  de  la 

fMedalla,)  of  whicli  a  very  full  but  llorid  description  is  given  in  the  appendix  of  thut 

'^voyage. 

i  Jt  has,  according  to  the  description,  an  island  in  the  entrance  wlilch  forms  2  channels, 
lllie  easternmost  of  which  is  only  deep  enough  for  boats,  hut  the  western  is  25  fathoms 
t'wide;  it  is  strewed  half  way  across  with  kelp;  hut  between  the  kelp  and  the  island  is  a 
{rood  and  clear  passage  with  G  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  In  the  kelp  there  is  not  less  than 
4  fathoms,  and  inside  il  the  depth  is  'J,  8,  and  7  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  To  enter  this 
P'^rt,  there  are  no  dangers  that  are  not  visible,  and  those  are  easily  avoided ;  they  consist 
only  of  the  islet  in  its  entrance,  and  some  patches  of  kelp,  Qver  which,  however,  there 
is  plenty  of  water. 

The  (iulf  of  Xaultegua,  improperly  called  Bulkeley's  Channel,  is  a  deep  opening, 
trending  into  the  land  in  an  easterly  direction  for  28  miles,  and  approaching  within  two 
miles  of  some  of  the  inlets  on  the  north-west  side  of  Indian  Sound.  The  entrance  ia 
about  four  miles  across,  but  afterwards  expands  to  a  width  of  nearly  15  miles.  At  the 
entrance  is  St.  Ann's  Island,  between  which  and  the  south  point,  is  a  navigable  channel, 
half  a  mile  wide.  St.  Ann's  Island  is  about  two  iniles  long,  and  extends  in  a  W,  N.  W, 
and  E.  S.  R.  direction;  oft'  its  N,  W.  end  ia  nn  islet,  and  there  is  another  close  to  itg  S, 
W.  extremity, 

The  land  forming  the  north  side  of  the  strait,  between  the  Gulf  of  Xaultcguaf  and  the 
Jerome  Channel,  is  called  Crnker  Peninsida. 

I     The  plan  that  was  made  of  the  gulf  is  little  more  than  a  sketch-     Captain  Fita  Roy, 

hvho  passed  through  it  in  a  boat,  and  examined  it  to  its  termination,  says:  *'jf  ever  nn 

\arnirate  survey  be  made  of  the  gulf,  it  must  be  when  all  other  gulfs  in  the  world  have 

■Ibeen  examined,  for  it  is  utterly  useless;  and  from  the  appearance  of  its  shores  1  do  not 

think  there  is  any  anchorage  in  it.     Therefore,  shoiild  a  ship  be  so  unfortunate  as  to  make 

a  mistake  and  jjet  into  it,  she  must  keep  under  weigh  until  she  gets  out  «gain,     There 

is  no  thornuiihfarey — Fitz  Roy's  Journal. 

Little  has  been  said  of  the  tides  in  this  part  of  the  strait,  and,  Indeed,  as  to  their  rise 

od  fall,  they  are  really  of  no  ijnportance,  being  little  more  than  4  feet,     It  is  high  water 

*  More  probably  by  the  eiTeot  of  a  guat  of  wind,  whiob.,  to  the  eastward,  particularly  in  the  Gabriel 
IChannel,  is  very  common 

1  The  name  Xaultegua  is  from  Sarmiento,  who  very  cojroctly  describes  it, 

78 


618 


BLUNT*H  AMKRICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


at  t'lill  iinil  clinngo  in  all  parts  within  a  few  minutes  of  noon.     The  current  nets  ron»tnnt. 
ly  to  till"  eastward  with  niori-  or  Ii'mh  Ntrerifith. 

Hftwi'cn  Caprs  Notch  and  (iuocl,  tin-  iiirrrnt  set  uh  'wo  miles  to  the  eautwaid  in  v 
houi'4;  and  IVoin  Cape  (^uod  to  I'ort  (iailant,  we  found  the  current  had  favored  usii 
miles  in  3^  hours.     Tlie  ebb  tide  sets  to  the  eastward. 

Strait  of  Ma/raUinens — Sea  Reach,  includinff  Capes  Virlory,  and  Pillar,  and  the  Evan. 

gelinls. 

Pot  ween  Eli/al)etli  Island  atiiltli(!  western  end  of  Long  Reach,  there  is  very  little  mui 
T  '  "iivy  pall,  or,  perhaps,  even  a  slroiig  hree/c,  a  short  sea  may  l)e  espci  jcni  cil  i, 
;der  part  (d  the  strait,  piirlitiilarly  near,  and  to  llie  westward  id'  Cape  I'mwurl: 
but  nothinc;  to  be  eomiianil  lo  the  (onlusecl,  breaKinii  swell,  that  runs  in  tlic  m,i,,, 
Western  Keach.  It  was  felt  by  the  JJeagU;  wlien  beatintj  to  the  westward,  iiiniiediiut , 
on  reaehiiii;  (  a|)e  Providence.  There  seems  to  be  no  danger  for  vesstds  beat  iiiir  thnmj 
the  strait  hereabouts,  the  >hore  beiui;  liidil  to.  I'yroii  [lassed  a  night,  and  a  vcrv  d' . 
jiestuous  (Hie,  here;  as  did  also  the  l?ragle,  the  latter  not  being  able  to  litid  .iiiiiini  , 
before  night.  ( 'afttaiu  Stokes  u|ii>n  this  oeeasion,  writes: — "  We  continued  beatii,, 
windward,  the  wind  scjually  and  weather  rainy.  'JMie  enast  on  both  sides  is  bcdd.  (  , 
hoards  were  directed  during  the  uiglit,  which  was  very  dark,  by  the  sight  of  ('iipc  I;. 
right  when  on  oru;  shore,  and  of  ('ape  Providence  when  on  the  other.  We  coinrMi, , 
ta(  ketl  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  from  either  shore." 

A  league  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Monday  is  an  inlet,  wliiclj  we  sup|)ose  to  he  S, 
miento's  Ptu-rto  Angosto.     Upon  its  west  lu-ad  is  a  conspicuous  round  mount,  nnd in 
the  north,  between  the  mount  and  a  projecting  point,  is  a  confmed  but  very  sniic  %l 
commodious  cove  fora  small  vessel,  in  17  fathoms,  at  a  quarterof  a  mile  within  the  !im(| 

In  consulting  the  appendix  to  Cordova's  voyage,  it  would  seem  that  this  iirojci  imri , 
an  island,  insulated  by  the  inlet  here,  called  Puerto  Angosto.  The  description  ni: 
thus  : — "A  bay  formed  in  the  Tierradel  Kuego,  between  Cape  San  lldefonso,  (I'lirJilit 
and  an  island  in  the  eastern  part  of  its  moutli.  The  figure  of  the  island  is  trinii;iil 
and  its  N.  E.  point  lies  in  the  line  of  bearing  of  Capes  Lunes,  (Monday,)  and  Siui  \h. 
fonso,  (Upright.)  At  the  east  end  of  the  island  is  an  inlet  nnuiing  to  the  soutli-Mt«t,i.! 
mile  wide,  and  a  league  long,  to  the  bottom  of  the  bay  ;  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  inihim! ff. 
ing  1|  mile  long.  To  the  westward,  tiie  distance  between  the  shore  and  the  hhsfn 
much  more,  and  the  direction  of  the  second  channel  is  N.  J  W.  The  bay,  whose ;«[• 
eat  breadth  is  two  leagues,  has  at  its  bottom,  and  towards  the  S.  K.  part,  the  n\mzi,\ 
an  inlet,  the  course  of  which  disapj)ears  behind  the  mountains,  in  n  S.  I  E.  diriv  j, 
There  appeared  to  be  a  good  anchorage  between  the  island  and  the  eastern  shun.  I;;i 
we  had  no  bottom  with  30  fathoms." 

There  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  the  island  above  described  is  the  projectinir  pnii)!,' 
miles  to  the  west  of  (!ape  Monday,  and  thai  Saruiiento's  Puerto  Angosto  iMsiil;m<i;: 
but  the  Spanish  cliart  is  so  vague,  and  our  own  so  imperfect  in  its  part,  that  I  prelVrlf;. 
ing  it  to  future  examination,  rather  than  invent  an  island  ;  although,  from  the  Spanw 
account,  there  seeiris  no  reason  to  doubt  its  existence. 

Of  Upright  Bay  we  know  little.  The  Adelaide  rode  out  a  gale  from  the  enstirir; 
with  her  stern  in  the  surf  of  tlie  beach,  and  the  Heagle  anchored  under  the  enstside' 
the  cape,  at  about  half  a  mile  .S.  W.  of  the  rocky  islet,  and  for  shelter  froin  \vp<tpr' 
winds,  found  it  to  be  very  good.  Of  this  captain  Stokes  says: — "We  anchonilai. 
cable's  length  off  a  small  patch  of  light-colored  shingle  beach,  situated  at  tlieww 
side  of  the  bay,  in  22  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  The  anchorage,  thoueh  affonliiii;  exf- 
lent  shelter  from  the  prevailing  winds,  is  bad  with  a  southerly  one  ;  for  the  stcrpnt^- 
the  bottom  recpiiring  a  vessel  to  anchor  close  to  the  shore,  sufficient  scope  is  notltlr 
veering  cai)le.  There  is  a  plan  of  the  bay  in  Hawkesworth  froiu  Byron's  acrnunt. « 
anchored  in  the  southern  part  of  the  bay,  perhaps  under  the  lee  of  the  islands  totlif 
E.  of  the  cape. 

CAPE  UPKICriT  bears  due  south  5  miles  from  Cape  Providence.  It  has  a  rn' 
islet  a  quarter  of  a  mile  off  its  east  extremity,  surrounded  by  kelp,  which  also  rxtc:. 
for  some  distance  from  the  cape  towards  the  islet,  at  the  end  of  which  there  arc::- 
thorns.* 

CAPE  PROVIDENCE  is  a  rugged  rocky  mountain,  higherthan  the  adjacent rs: 
it  is  deeply  cleft  at  the  top,  and,  when  bearing  about  nortli,  the  western  portion  nfi' 
summit  appears  arched,  the  eastern  lower  and  peaked.     When  the  cape  bears  E.  I)VJ 

*  Mr.  Simp.son  notices  a  reef  about  3  leagues  to  the  west  of  Cape  Upright,  and  at  some  disiisill 
from  the  shore ;  we  did  not  observe  it. 


in.iR.  distant  aboi 

ipi.iricr  ol°  a  pom 

'I'lii'ie  arc  mdiik 

to  ,i  |j1.ui  given  in 

(he  »iiy,  as  well  a: 

scciiniy  to  ve>scl.« 

Till'  di.slance  I'l 

l;iiiil  u'ches  iiMvar 

dcsirilx-'s  tlie  co;i> 

1.111(1  of  ('ape   I'ri 

wliii  li  two  are  coi 

,1  diit.dice  their  (o 

>.i^t'  til  luo  good  ; 

1(1  I"  fu  inure  .shel 

i"'our  miles  to  tl 

is  a  Well  ^llt;lfercd 

Koiiiid    l.slaiid  and 

roiiiiil  the  bilicr  lo 

tlicreare  •,'.';  lallioi 

rocky.     On  lilt,  ea 

Hnclioiaiio  of  Tiiiii 

mile  dei'p.      li.s  cii 

lotviiii;  rlirectioiis,  i 

of  rocky  i.slets,  one 

tlie  ea.steru   side  ol 

outer  rock  a  bertli  i 

of   «at(!r,  ;illd   U|)|||1 

?"  \n  c.\c;elleiii  le 
hke  a  tomhstiuie,  al 
.   dial  forms  the  coas 
j  rucks  to  be  roundeii 
The  least  water  fi 
^  and  near  and  wiihin 
the  lead  in  hand,  ai 
I  there  is  no  real  (Ian 
a  mile  from  the  bac 
known  of  the  hdcIk 
High  water  at  ful 
diciilar  rise  and  fall 
'I'he  flood  tide  on 
^  rarely  exceeds  half 
I  Phillip,  to  the  west 
'rows  again  4  league 
To  the  westward 
the  land  of  the  cajx 


«.  W 


end  IS  a  rod 


Between  Capes 
Itwo  openings;  the 
IK.  for  10  miles  frorii 
[Channel.     The  rod 
'  W.  asf«>-  as  ,'}  miles 

Under  :he  lee,  (t 
[cboied  in  18-27.     Ol 
j  anchorage  in  1-5  fat 
;  westward,  inasmuch 
Ihere  is  formed  into  ( 
lanchorages  on  the  o 
Ithe  northward  of  we 
las  in  every  anchorage 
■unless  we  except  tht 
joose  abounds  here, 
[no  quadrupeds." 

Of  the  coast  of  the 

»e  know  very  little; 

pain  anchorage,  but, 

h  deep,  precipitous 

Band  shelves  down  to 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


GIO 


etR  ronntant- 

nlwiird  in  ",' 
liivurfd  II- ti 


nd  the  Evan- 


^■y  liltlfSMil 
<|)fiii'ii(  I'd  .'I 
I'f  l''i-(iw;itil: 
n  llif  SI.;,  r 
,  iiiiiiir-iliiiini 
Mliiiii  ihriiii.i; 
(I  ;i  vi'iv  ti: 
ml  iiii(li(ii  V 
H'd  liciitiii;', 
i.s  hold.     <'/ 

(if    (  'iipc    I  !■ 

,V«'  (.'Dmiiiii:., 

ise  to  i)P  S 
inoiint,  aii'Jh 
^(■ry  snuc  %'i 
tliiii  the  Vk! 

IS  projcciion;. 
script  ion  riir. 
iiso,  (I'liri^k 
I  is  triniisuli;, 
I  and  Sun  lllf. 
s(iutli-wis|,! 
■  the  i5i|;iiii!)-i-. 
d  tlie  \Anlii 
y,  whose ;m|- 
,  tlio  rnnriiji' 
I  E.  dirri'iD, 
tern  shurc.ljst 

jectinir  i'"in'l 
to  iiisiilnie*!!; 
t  I  prefer  If  Ji- 
ll the  Spani-i 

n  the  ra^tiri!- 
the  east  side 

from  wp<ie;' 

anchori'ilaii 

ed  at  tlifW": 

ffonlini;  exp 

le  stef|)nt'*- 
)e  is  not  left' 

s  acrount, «• 
shmds  totlie- 

It  has  a  rnf't 
;h  also  exlPC' 
there  arc:!;- 

adjacent  ri'i: 
l)orti(iii  "f  I'' 
I  bears  E.liJ- 


innK'  ili^t'tnt  about  l\  league,  a  hltlu  round  rocky  inlet  will  br  seen  open  of  it,  about  one 
(luirler  of  a  point  of  the  coiupass  ?iiore  southerly." — Stoket'  MSS. 

'I'liiie  an-  soon'  •iichoraijes  on  the  rinht,  to  the  N.  K.  of  Cape  Providence,  aernrdinR 
to  .1  pi. in  niven  in  llawkesworth's  ("ollection  of  Voyai(e>4,  l)iit  llu-y  are  too  iinicb  out  of 
(he  tvay,  da  well  as  very  open  and  exposed  to  southerly  winds,  to  bu  of  UHe,  or  to  oiler  any 
hceiiriiy  to  vessels  bound  thron:;li  the  strait. 

Tilt'  'li->*ii"ii;e  from  Cape  I'rovidence  to  Cape  Taniar,  is  ')\  miles;  in  this  space  the 
liiiiil  iii'hes  inwards,  and  forms  a  liay  about  a  league  and  a  half  det>p.  Captain  Stokes 
tloirilies  the  ( (last  lo  the  east  of  Cape  'I'aniar  to  be  fornii-d  into  two  lar^e  bights  by  the 
land  ul' Cape  I'rdvidi'nce.  ( )n  the  western  side  of  the  latter  are  several  islands,  of 
wbii  li  two  are  conspicuous;  they  arc  roiiinl  and  of  a  ^ood  lni;;hl,  and  uell  wooded  ;  at 
a  distance  their  form  is  conical,  the  eastern  beiiij;  the  lowest,  Itetween  them  is  a  pan- 
sane  to  two  j;(»od  anchorages,  which  riientenal  .Skyrint;,  wlio  examineil  them,  consider- 
ed ecu  mure  sheltered  tlun  'Paniar  llarhur. 

Four  niib-s  to  the  I'astvvanI  of  Cape  'i'ainar  is  Komnl  Island,  lo  the  N.  W.  of  whi<.'h 
is  a  well  >lit;lteied  anch<irai{e,  but  with  deiMi  water.  In  siandin;^  in,  pass  midway  between 
ilound  Island  and  an  island  to  the  westward,  which  lies  clos('  to  the  shore,  and  haul 
roniKl  the  latter  lo  the  mouth  of  a  cove,  in  the  entrance  of  which,  near  the  south  shore, 
there  are  S)  latbonis,  sand.  The  shore  to  the  N.  and  N.  K.  of  Hoiitid  Island,  is  very 
ro<'Uv.  On  the  east  siili' of  the  piomuntory  of  ( 'ape  Tamar,  is  the  useful  anil  e\(-ellent 
anclioraze  of  Tamar  Harb.)r.  It  is  scarcely  -'  miles  wiile,  and  rather  mori'  i!ian  half  a 
mile  deep.  lis  entrance  is  not  exactly  free  from  danger,  but  with  attention  to  tiie  fol- 
lowin;;  directions,  none  need  be  apprehended.  There  is  a  sunken  rock  between  a  u;roup 
of  rocky  islets,  one  thinloveroii  the  western  side,  ami  a  patch  of  kelp,  one  third  towards 
the  easierii  side  of  the  bay.  W^illi  a  westerly  wind  it  would  lie  advisable  lo  i;ive  the 
outer  rock  a  berth  of  J  cal)l'es'  leii<;tli  to  av(ud  this  ilaiijjer, on  which  there  are  only  ')  feet 
of  water,  and  upon  which  the  J5eaia;le  struck. 

"An  excellent  leadiiiL'-mark  for  this  shoal,  is  a  whitened  portion  of  bare  rock,  looking 
like  a  loinbstune,  about  one  third  ol'ihe  way  up  the  ijreen  side  of  the  moiinlainous  land 
that  forms  the  coast  of  the  bay.  T'his  stone  bears  N.  70°  VV.,  (by  compass,;  from  the 
rucks  to  be  rounded  on  ent  rinji  the  iinchorage." 

The  least  water  found  aim)iiji  the  kelp  on  the  east  side  of  the  channel  was  4,^  fathoms, 
and  near  and  within  the  ed,i;e  towards  the  rocky  islt^ts,  there  arc  7  lathoms;  so  that  with 
the  lead  in  hand,  and  a  look  out  for  kelp,  which  should  not  utmecessarily  be  entered,^ 
there  is  no  real  (lander  to  be  appreheiiilc'il.  The  ]}ea;^le  aiuhore  I  at  about  one  third  of 
a  mile  from  the  hack  of  the  bay.  The  plan  will  show  what  is  further  necessary  to  bu 
known  of  the  anchorase. 

IIii;h  water  at  full  and  chan?*' takes  place  in  Tamar  Harbor  at  3h.  5m,  and  the  perpen- 
dicular rise  and  fall  is  5  feet. 

'I'he  (lood  tide  on  this  part  of   he  northern  shore  of  the  strait  sets  to  the  eastward,  and 
.rarely  exceeds  haif  u  mile  an  hour.     At  this   part  the  strait  is  7  miles  wide:  at  Ca|)o 
Phillip,  to  the  westward  the  breadth  increases  to  o  leauues;   but  at  Cape  Parker  it  nar- 
Irows  a.i;ain  4  leagues,  whicli  breadth  it  keeps  to  the  end. 

To  the  westward  of  Cape  Tamar  is  Tamar  Island.     It  is  high,  and  is  separated  from 
jthe  land  of  the  cape  by  a  deep  channel  from  half  to  one  mile  wide.     Half  a  mile  oil"  its 


IS.  W 


eiul  IS  a 


rock. 


ut  some 


disltat* 


tain 


anchorasje,  but,  iii  general,  they  are  not  found  in  the  large  harbors,  which  are  most- 


'  n 


I 
( 


Between  Capes  Tamar  and   Phillip,  a  space  of  4  leagues,  there  is  a  deep  bight,  with 
[two  openings;  the  easternmost,  in  which  are  Clacier  and  ley  Sounds,  extends  lo  the  N. 
lE.  for  10  miles  from  the  mouth,  and  the  westernmost  is  the  comujencenient  of  Smyth'a 
Channel.     The  rocks,  called  the  Stragglers,  extend  to  a  considerable  distance  to  the  S. 
W.  as  f^r  as  3  miles  within  the  line  of  bearing  between  Cape  Phillip  and  Tamar  Island. 
Under  :he  lee,  (the  N.  E.)  of  Cape  Phillip  is  Sholl's  IJay,  in  which  the  Beagle  an- 
[chored  in  1&27.     Of  this  place  Captain  Stokes  writes: — "  We  found  there  an  excellent 
J  anchorage  in  15  fathoms.     It  is  valuable  for  vessels  working  through  the   strait  to  the 
westward,  inasmuch  as,  from  the  discontinuous  nature  of  the   northern  shore,  (which 
lere  is  formed  into  deep  bays,)  this  place  will  be  much  more  easily  recognized  than  the  - 

[anchorages  on  the  ()|)posite  coast;  besidfis  the  winds  hang  here,  in  general,  somewhat  to  if 

[the  northward  of  west,  hence  a  better  starting-|)lace  tor  the  westward  is  obtained.  iJerc, 
las  in  every  anchorage  on  the  strait,  water  and  fuel  are  (vasily  procured  :  but  nothing  more, 
inless  we  exce|)t  the  wild  berries,  (Beri)eris,  sp.)  celery,  muscles,  and  limpets;  the  wild 
oose  abounds  here,  but  its  nauseous,  filthy  tcute  renders  it  uneatable.     No  inhabitants,  _._ 

[no  quadrupeds."  jjj 

Of  the  coast  of  the  strait  on  the  south  side,  between  Cape  Upright  and  Valentine  Bay, 
Iwe  know  very  little;   there  are  several  deep  bights  and  spacions  harbors,  which  may  con-  M 


ly  deep,  precipitous  chasms  or  r 


iiies 
more 


in  the  rock.     The  smaller  coves,  or  where  the 


land  shelves  down  to  the  sea,  are  more  likely  lo  afford  anchorasres 


,J 


mo 


ULUNT's  AMCltlCAlV  COAH'r  IMl,Ot. 


In  (lie  a|)|)('n(lix  to  ('ur<lovu'!<  work  urn  (iPMcriptiotiM  ol'soinn  aiicliorn^f!^,  wliicli  ir  tniy 
be  iisi-l'iil  to  lilt  iitioii  lii-rc  :  it  xayM,  "  In  roiiiiiliiii{  ('ii|i<>  (lldcruiiNO,)  r|iriKl>(  wv  ruiniil 
oursclvfs  in  a  hay,  nut  vrry  ilcfp,  J  miles  atroH.i,  (lividcd  in  itn  ffiiiii'  hy  inaiiy  i-^lct,* n j 
rocks  fxirndinn  to  ilic  north;  tin-  oimr  or  northiitiiriost  o'  whic  h  lirars  W.  fron,  i|, 
cxIiiMiiiiy  III'  tlio  rapt'.  One  niih;  N',  \V.  {  N.  Ironi  tlic  nortiiernniuitt  inlt-l  ia  u  ruuinl 
ruck,  wliirlt  in  ol'  (lati''t>rons  approacli." 

To  tho  westward  oi  this  hay  is  atiollicr,  I!  miles  widp,  and  ahont  »h  drep;  the  wIkjI, 
t)f  it,  |i;irti(  iilarly  towards  thi^  <■;  stern  part,  is  tiill  of  islets,  and  at  the  hottoin  is  h  n,, 
row  eanal  trending  to  the  M.  S.  ]•',.  At  the  wesltru  end  ot  this  hay,  called  hy  \V,il , 
the  May  oC  Islands,  iVom  the  lUindier  it  coiitimid,  coonneuces  a  tiiiiii,  which,  wiilnl. 
two  preoediim,  niaUe  the  ^reat  hay,  called  liy  the  Indian-^,  accordiiii;  to  .S.irinieiiio,  \;. 
(piili|iia.  It  is  contained  hetweeti  (.'ape  Cpriullt  and  ahold  iirojectin^  point,  tl)  milts', 
the  W.  N.  W.,  called  Point  I0clu'ni(|ite.  The  country  ii  thcif  dcscrihfil  to  he  |i„ 
«ind  the  ve;;etalion  scimiy. 

The  j»astern  pilitit  ol'  tlnr  Third  May  has  a  utrinCof  islets  rsti'tidin^  a  mile  to  the  imr 
and  tti  the  soutii-wist   are  several   others.      And  on  its  east  side   is  a  l»ay   called  Cu, 
^Miil!;ua  ;  anil  a  little  hevond  it,  at  the  buttum  ol  the  hay,  is  I'ori  Criarte,  tht:  inuiitliM 
which  is  'J  rallies'  leii:;lli  across. 

P()HT  rUIAKTK  was  carelnlly  soutidnd,  hut  the  hottom  is  genernlly  had  and  Mon. 
With  .3,  H,  II,  to  IS  lathoMis.  The  harlmr  is  snironnded  hy  hi^li  moiiiiiains,  ri.-itiLM  . 
tically,  and  with  only  a  lew  stnnltMl  trees  on  lh»!  shores.  Its  f;reateRt  (■xleiit,  v»liii|, , 
from  north  to  south,  is  half  a  mile;  the  mouth  is  not  visihie  ntitil  <lo.se  to  it:  its  iicir. 
iiiii  '  iim  Cape  I'rovidenct!  is  .S.  i-j^  ;)()'  \V,  There  is  no  danjicr  in  vnlerin;;  it  hut  uli;. 
is  visihin;  hut  it  is  not  recommended  as  a  i^ood  harhor,  from  (lie  loul  L'round  all  iivinl 
A  little  to  the  eastward  also,  of  I'oinl  Kcheni(|ue,  is  Cape  Santa  (  asilda — a  low  iminf 

To  the  west  i)f  I'oint  Koheiiiipuj  is  a  harhor  J',  miles  wide,  the  points  of  ftiir«me 
beinu;  N.  W.  and  S.  K.  Tliere  is  an  islaml  in  the  centre  formhii;  two  channels,  hiitwitli 
Very  deep  water,  tiu  ;;rotliid  heint;  foulid  with  '>.')  fathoms.  At  the  hoitoiii  is  ;i  c;!!!] 
trending;  to  tht?S.  S.  W.  and  disappearinii  helwecn  tlie  mountains.  On  the  eastfrn  >ii;f 
of  the  island  the  ciiamitd  is  at  first  a  mile  uiile,  hut  afterwards  narrows  <:radii;illy;  i|,r 
western  channel  is  scarcely  two  caliles'  leniilh  aCross.  The  shores  are  hiuh  piici|iii. 
ous  mountains.     The  Indians,  accordiiii;  to  Sarmientu,  call  the  pi  iv  i;  l'ueiiacli;iil::i,{. 

THK  CANAL  DK  LA  THMl»KSTAT),  (or  .Stormy  Channel.)  (roni  the  iltsivi;. 
tion  is  tidf  to  he  recommended.  The  Water  is  very  ileep  all  over,  and  the  place  .Hirl- 
no  security  for  vessels  of  any  ilescription.  To  the.  westward  is  a  hetler  liarlmr,  '4ir'.i 
the  Spanish  officers  thought  to  he  Sarmiento's  Port  .Simtii  .Monica,  it  hears  ,S.>,\\'. 
from  Cape  Taiiiar,  and  it  is  11  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  L'pfiyht,  hut  iiutiiwe 
than  .3  leaj^ues  aeconrm}f  to  Sarmiento's  account. 

Two  thirds  of  a  mile  to  the  westward,  is  a  point  with  t\Vo  islets  oflTit,  roiind  wliitlil* 
Port  (-'hurrilca,  a  deep  and  spacious  hay.  two  miles  witle,  the  points  hi'arln^  K.  S.  i 
and  W.  N.  W.  Contailiinj^  two  ports  and  some  coves,  hut  with  very  deej)  waicr,  am 
therefore  useless,  for  it  wonid  he  necessary  to  make  fast  to  the  rocks  to  secure  n  ves>pl 

To  the  westward  of  this  we  have  l.iid  down  a  useful  cove,  Darhy  Cove,  in  wliici, 
small  vessels  may  ohtain  jjood  shelter. 

From  Darby  Cove  the  coast  extends  to  the  N.  firj^  W.  for  7  miles,  havin<;  in  tlieii; 
terval  several  indentations,  hut  all  with  deep  water;  at  I'oint  Felix  the  land  trends  ileei- 
ly  in  to  the  soutli-west,  and  forms  a  hay  5  miles  wide  anil  2  7  deep.  At  its  western  Milt 
is  Vah'iitine  Harhor,  in  which  the  Heaule  anchored,  of  which  there  is  no  writlcmlf- 
3cripti(in  in  captain  StoUiN'  Joiiitial :  tiie  plan,  however,  will  show  the  nature  dfilit'iiv 
choraije.  which  seems  to  lie  coiumodioiis  and  secure,  and  of  easy  approach.  On  liiiiil 
injj;  round  the  island,  there  are  some  islets  lialf  a  mile  oil',  which  must  he  avoided,  bi: 
otherwise  tliere  seems  to  he  no  dangers. 

The  anchoraue,  as  a  stopping.;  place,  is  in  from  'JO  to  '2(^  fatlionis,  sand,  at  tioarlv 
tjuarter  of  a  iiiile  from  citiiir  .slioiu.     A  more  shclteied  .situation  may  iii^  ohtaiiicd  In;:- 
south-west. 

The  latitude  of  the  mount  (marked  in  the  plan)  '^1)2°  55'  5",  anil  long.  74°  15'.  Va- 
riation of  the  compass  24'^  II*'. 

CAPE  CCiOV  AS,  the  extiemity  of  ah  island  that  is  close  to  the  shore,  is  in  l;ititiul' 
52°  a.V  1')",  and  loii!.'.  7  J '  17'  .'iO".  Jietween  it  and  Cape  Valentine  the  coast  Coni!*  a 
bay  with  islands  in  it.  To  the  westward,  also,  of  the  cape,  the  <  tiast  is  hroken,  and  u>m- 
some  sinuosities.  A  Ira^iie  N.  W.  V  ^^^  fi'om  Cape  Ciievar;,  is  the  east  part  of  Tins- 
ilio  I>ay.  wliich  was  not  examined. 

The  Spanisii  account  describes  it  to  be  1,'  mile  wide,  in  the  direttion  of  N.  W.  nml 
S.  E.,  and  half  a  mile  deep.  At  the  bottom  there  is  a  port  with  an  entfance  half  a  niilf 
across,  hearing  nearly  N.  and  S.  It  is  a  well  sheltek-ed  port,  trending  W.  S.  W.  fori' 
mile,  with  two  small  basins  at  the  bottoui.     The  depth  is  very  great,  but  close  to  tlie  f 


wr^t  Hhore  ther'e  an 
14  ureal,  and  neneri 
iHiiie  was  there  less 
There  IS  plenty  < 
(crelice  to  Tilesil.iy 
sitnaJrd  three  ipiart 
|;ithiMIIH  Tuesilay 
ship  perliaps  mi;;hl 
( )|i  ilie  north  >-l 

.  inaii.iMe  projecin 
over  it.     To  the  < 

f  iM>ierii  head  of  wh 
teviral  isfinds  in  ll 
iiii:  to  the  moth. 

( )n  the  west  side 
.ipproai'h  is  not  cle 
iMpt!  seems  to  alfi 
with  two  rorkv  isle 
The  liuid  ofCap 
It  coninienees  a  ran 

,  never  he  approacln 

|isl,ind  is  Westminsi 
s|ii(Uoiis  piiiiits.  Sill 
'I'lie  Meaule  ran  in  a 
of  asceriainint;  its  pi 
SIR  .lOiLN  N'A 
^iid  |n>rhaps,  huiidri' 
aiiiiini;st  them  are  s 
\)H  the  soiitli  coast  t 

UceesS. 
It  is  a  (lan^iProus  ^ 

jsea  breaches  very  hi; 
fre(|uenlly  in  amoiii;i 

»     A  leamiT!  to  the  wi 

tlis  one  mile  and  a  ijii 
•\V.  for  one  mile  and 
!J.  K.,  with  lOfatlioi 
ained  in  27  fathoms, 
At  ;{',  miles  from  t 
<0F  iMKKCV,  (Pne 
JBiid  Carteret,)  one  o 
i>iily  4  miles  tvithin  ( 
^wait  a  favoiable  opp 
'or  there  is  no  dance 
oldiiii;  ground  exce 
lie  oil"  the  (irst  blyht 
eiiient  for  many  pui' 
The  observations  f 
islets,  the  summit  0! 
he  variation  is  23° 
Three  miles  to  the 
hich  Capt.  Sto'kes  I 
ifficulty,  nwinn  to  tl 
e  observed  the  lati 
.82'J,  with  his  inslrui 
tscent  was  so  ijreat  tl 
The  extremity  of  ( 
ictory  in  52"  16'  IC 
le  strait. 

"THE  EVANGf 

|he  Isles  of  Directioi: 

estern  month  of  the 

iiid  some  detached  r 

luited  only  to  afford  ; 

landing  on  one  oft 

id  highest  may  be  st 


bi.unt's  amkuican  coa«t  IMF.oT. 


C'Jl 


wliirti  if  rtiiy 

iiiiy  iNlctM.li  I 

VV.  friiiii  i|,. 

I<|  i!*  a  riiu.i 

'|i;  tin;  will,,, 

ttdlll  iN  11  ti;i,. 

Ic.l  l.y  \v.,r, 

'ii<li,  Willi  II 
iiriiiii'iiiii,  \. 
lit.  Id  miles', 
'il  tu  be  |io<i, 

'  til  tlip  nnni; 
ciiilt'd  Cti 

till'   lIKJltlt, 
lllKJ  Iltld  Mmi'. 

iiiM,  ri.-itiL'  I  !. 
itciit,  vtiml. , 
(I  il  :  its  ii{,ii. 
in;:  it  liiit »!; : 
liikI  ciII  <iw'!,; 

— n  low  |iiiiii;' 

Is  of  cmiciiii.. 
i>l\c\s,  lilil  «il': 
I  toll)  is  ;i  Clin  I 
le  eiistfrn  m/ 
L'r.iiiiially;  ii, 

hiuii  |)M(i|i. 
(■ii;i('li;iil;;i,j. 
ni  the  (le»(,i;i- 
(•  pliice  ntinnl* 

liiirlxir,  'iliuli 
Ix'iics  S.>,\\', 
,  lillt   liutli.:e 

•oiiiid  wlii'l::. 
ilii^  K.  S,  \. 

'f|)  wilier,  ;iii, 
(•lire  11  ve^^^■ 
t)ve,  in  «liii:. 

viiin;  in  the  lu- 
ll IfPiids  ileei" 
s  wcslcrn  Mih 
IK)  written  ilc- 
lire  of  die  an- 
il. On  li»iil' 
le  avoided,  bt 

1(1,  at  nearlv; 
ihtiiiiicd  t(i  lb 

7t=  15'.    Vj- 

is  in  Iiitiiiiil' 
coast  lonii^  1 
;pii.  and  l'iirin> 
jiait  (il'Tnix- 

of  N.  W.  and 
ce  half  a  mile 
S.  W.lorU 
lit  close  to  the 


west  shnrfl  fhi'Cfi  nro  H,  lo,  to  1.1  fiiihiMiis,  on  satiil  ami  coral.  Near  the  mmitli  tlic  ilfpili 
i4  (jrcat,  iiiiil  i.M'ii«Mally  ol'  ntorn'H.  Tln'rc  inn  si-vt-ral  lianki  luioycd  li)  nv,\  witd,  l»iil  in 
iiiMif  wuM  tlicrc  IfMM  than  7  t'allioinN  water. 

Tlu'ri'  IS  |iliiiiy  ol'  wooil  ami  water  in  'I'nixillo  llay,  Imf  iiol  ody  will  visit  il  in  |ire- 
tcrciii '■  t«»  'I'lUiday  Hay,  or,  rather,  the  moic  convfiin'iii  am  lioiani'  ol  'I'lH-fday  Cove, 
si(iia;i  d  three  i|iiarters  ol  a  mile  south  ol' t  'ape  Cortinlo.  The  aiii  hora-:!-  \n  in  I  J  to  II 
lallioiiii*  'I'liesilay  Kay  is  lar;:er,  ami  iherelore  more  exposed  (o  ihe  M|uall8,  iiul  lor  II 
ship  perhaps  inislii  lie  nnir«  tonveniiMit. 

(Ill  the  north  shore  ol'  the  sirait,  opposite  to  Tape  Coriado,  is  Cape   Parker,  a  re- 

iiiark'ilde  pro|i'ciioii.  with  three  liiinnmiiks  on  ihe  Miiiitnii  ul  the  lii^'h  land  wiii(-h  riscH 

over  It.     To   till'   eastward    the   coast    lli'iifis  deeply    in  lo  the  iiorlli,  lolinim:   '<*  hav,  tint 

I  iMitiMii  head  of  whicli.  Cape   IMiillip,  hears  .S.  ')7  '    K.  ')   miles.      There  appeared  to  lus 

I  several  islandM  in  the  hay,  nnd  at  the  hottoni  a  narrow  upeilili;;,  perhaps  a  chaniiel,  lead- 

■  ins;  to  the  north. 

( )ii  the  west  side  of  the  hay  the  roiisf  i.s  indented  and  alVords  some  aiicliora'.;e's.  hut  the 
.ipprnaiji  is  not  (dear.  The  first  hay,  iiowi'ver,  to  the  eastward  olthi'  S.  I',,  trend  ol  llm 
I'.ipe  seems  to  alldrd  a  uood  sloppiii','  place;  hut  it  is  lioiiied  liy  a  consider. ilde  shoal, 
with  two  rocky  isleti*.     The  depth  is  Iroiii  7  to  'J'J  I'athonis. 

'I'lie  land  of' Cape  Parker  will  piohahly  turn  otif  to  he  an  island.     To  fiie  westward  of 

it  comminces  a  raii^e  ol  islands,  rockn  and  shoals,  Irontini:  a  hroken  coa<it  tliat  should 

never  lie  approacheil  hut  lor  llic  purpose  ol' discovery  or  seal  (islieiy.      Tlic  easfcrnmosi 

island  is  \Vestininsrer  Hall,  a  hi'.:h  rm  ky  island,  and   tlieic  are  two  or  thrc(   oiher  (  on- 

|s|ii('Uoiis  points,  such  as  the  Cupola  and  Ohservatioii   .Mount,  that  iiiiuht   lie  noticed. 

■TliP  iJeaiile  ran  in  atnoiiL'sf  the  hreakers,  and  anchorl'd  near  the  latter,  lor  tiit-  purpose 

-  (d  ascenainin;;  its  position,  and  ohtainint,'  hearings  Cor  the  suiVcV. 

s  Sl!{  .lOll.N  N.AKMOKOrdirS  l.>^L.\M).S  consist  ol'  h  or  10  principal  islaiidv 
hiiid  in-rhaps,  hundreds  ol'snialier  ones.  I'ehinil  them  thernseenii'd  to  he  a  tiiatiti(d,  and 
|iiiniiiiij;st  tiiein  are  several  ani'liorajjcs,  hut  nnnn  to  he  recoiiiiiiended,  especially  when 
|viii  the  .sxmtli  coast  there  arc  two  or  three  intich  hctlcr,  tmich  sal'er,  ami  oririiih  easier 
''acc(;sS.. 

It  is  a  tlan<;<'rous  coast,  as  well  from  the  immense  iiiimlier  of  rocks  liiion  which  tlu; 
sea  iircaches  very  high,  as  from  the  tides,  which  near  the  ed;^^  of  ilie  line  ol  shoals  set 
«fre(|iiently  in  amoii<;st  them. 

iA  h'..\»\\v.  to  the  westwai'd  ofCajie  ('ortadn,  i«  .SKVIllNd  IIARIJOU.  Its  entrance 
s  one  mile  and  a  (|uarter  wide,  and  afterwards  half  a  liiile,  and  trends  to  the  .S.  W.  Iiy 
,  iV.  for  one  mite  and  a  half,  and  then  terminates  in  a  (ove  extcndintj  half  a  mile  to  the 
*S.  K.,  with  10  fathoms  in  it.  There  are  .some  ishuids  in  it,  and  anchorage  mij;lit  he  ub- 
itained  in  'J7  fathoms. 

'  .\t  .{'.  mile!?  from  the  west  poifit  of  .'^kyrin;;  llarhor  is  the  east  head  of  the  II.M'IUHl 
•OF  iMKKCV,  (Puerto  de  la  .Misericordia  of  Sarmieiito,  .Separation  llarliorof  W'allis 
tiid  Carteret,)  one  of  the  hest  anehorai;es  of  the  weslern  part  of  the  strait,  and  heinij; 
jbiily  I  miles  witliiu  Cape  Pillar,  is  very  conveniently  placed  for  a  ship  to  anchor  at  tu 
Jfiwait  a  favdiahle  op|)ortiinity  for  leaving  the  strait.  The  plan  will  hea  stilficient  guide  ; 
Tor  there  is  no  dancer  in  entering;.  The  depth  is  moderate.  IJ  to  M  fathoms,  and  the 
loldlng  ground  exctdlent,  being  a  black  clay.  A  ship  may  select  her  position  ;  but  the 
me  oil' the  first  hlnht  round  the  point  beins;  eijually  well  sheltered,  and  mlich  more  con- 
'enient  for  many  purposes,  is  flit!  best  berth. 

The  observations  for  latitude  and  longitude  were  made  upon  the  largest  of  Olisprvafinn 
[slets,  the  summit  of  which  was  found  to  be  in  hit.  i)2^  d-1'  57",  and  long.  7-1'  lio'  31". 
'he  variation  is  23°  48'. 

Three  miles  to  the  WMfvvard  of  the  largest  Observation  Tslel,  is  Cajie  Pillar.  ni)on 
'hich  Capt.  Sto'kes  landed,  on  the  'i5th  of  February,  IH'J/,  but  iiol  without  t:onsiderable 
litTiculty,  owing  to  the  great  swell  that  then,  and  indeed  alway;*,  prevails  near  it.  Here 
le  observed  the  latitude.  Captain  Fit/,  Roy  also  landed  iii  a  cove  u'  der  the  ca|)e  in 
.8-"),  with  his  instruments,  to  obtain  bearings  from  its  summit ;  but  the  dilfuully  of  tile 
iscent  was  so  great  that  he  did  not  risk  the  destruction  6\'  them. 
!  The  extremity  of  Cape  Pillar  is  in  lat.  3-2°  42'  5:}",  and  Ioiil'.  74°  .V)'  3\",  and  Cape 
Wictory  in  52'^  16'  10",  and  74°  50'  55".  These  points  form  the  western  entrance  of 
"he  strait. 

"THE  EVANGELT.STS,  as  they  were  named  by  the  early  Spani.sh  navigators,  but 

jlie  Isles  of  nirection  by  Nariioroiigli,  from  their  forming  a  capital  leadiiii:  mark  for  the 

western  mouth  of  the  strait,  are  a  group  of  rocky  islets,  consisting  of  four  principal  ones, 

tnd  some  detached  rocks  and  breakers.      The  islands  are  very  rugged  and  barren,  and 

|uited  only  to  afford  a  resting  place  or  breeding  haunt  of  seals  and  oceanic  birds.  Tliere 

landing  on  one  of  the  islands,  and  anchorage  round  them,  if  necessary.     The  largest 

id  highest  may  be  seen  ia  tolerably  clear  weather,  from  a  brig's  deck,  at  the  distance  of 


i 


()22 


Blum's  American  coast  pilot. 


7  or  8  leaoriles.*  Tl)e  southernmost,  from  its  shape  called  the  Sugar  Loaf,  \s'n\U\ 
5-2°  '2i'  Irt",  arid  h)inf.  7o^  02'  o(>".  From  the  Suijar  Loaf  the  extremity  of  Cape  I'li);,, 
bears  N.  ;J8"  \V.,  2.1:,  miles,  aiid  from  Cape  V^ictory,  according  to  Capt.  Slokes'surwi 
S,  4-2^  W.  11  miles."— [Stokos'  M.SS.] 

The  tides  here  are  very  variaMe,  and  sometimes  set  to  the  E.  N.  E.  towards  theroiv 
that  front  Cape  V^iclory  and  .Sir  John  Narborough's  Islands. 

Of  the  Sea,  or  outer  Coast  of  Ticrra  d.d  Furt^o,  from  Cape  Pillar  to  Cape  Diego,  in  ^/^ , 
Le  Midrc,  hy  Captain  Jiobeit  Fitz  Roy,  K.  iV. 

[In  this  section,  references  (printed  in  Italics)  are  made  to  a  work  published  hy  (a 
tain  Fitz;  Roy,  entitled  "  N'icvvs  uf  the  Coast,  taken  on  board  his  Majesty's  siuve\; 
vessel,  13eas,'le,  Irf-Ji)  and  16:)()."] 

The  western  entrance  to  the  Strait  of  Ma'^alhaens  is  easily  known  by  the  wide  okn 
inf;  between  Sir  Ji/iin  Narborouj^h's  Islands  and  Cape  Pillar.     The  Evan;:elists  V; 
themselves  distinctly  at  0  miles  distance,      'i'hey  are  four  barren  rocks,  about  lUj.v, 
above  the  sea. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  strait,  near  Cape  Victory,  is  a  remarkable  height,  c.i 
Diana's  Peak. 

WESTMINSTER  HALL  is  remarkable,  but  the  land  about  Cape  Pillar  caruiuii: 
mistaken,  after  a  glance  at  the  chart. 

In  nraking  the  land  and  a|)proac'hlng  the  strait,  a  ship  should  keep  well  to  the  iiur:;. 
ward  of  Cape  Pillar,  and  sliould,  indeed,  close  the  Evangelists,  unless  the  wind :,,, 
southing,  because  there  is  a  strong  current  which  sets  across  the  entrance  of  tliestrii; 
directly  towards  flie  dan,'erous  cluster  of  rocks  called  the  Apostles  and  .ludges.  |||. 
lows  the  trend  of  the  coast,  ami  would  set  a  s'.ip  many  miles  to  the  southward  U](.,i 
Pillar  if  she  stood  in  for  it  witliout  making  projjer  allowance.  It  runs  from  1  to  ;'iiii|., 
an  hour,  according  to  the  winds  that  are  or  have  been  prevalent. 

When  fairly  within  the  strait,  a  shi|}  should  close  the  southern  shore.     If  intendiiii; 
anchor,  the  fust  anchorage  is  the  Harbor  of  Mercy,  4  miles  from  Ca()e  Pillar.    Its  pL.r 
is  shown  by  five  small  islands,  round  which  you  pass  and  haul  in  to  tlie  anchorage. 

Close  to  Cape  Pillar  are  two  small  rocks,  called  the  Launches.  They  are  uotiuMe 
than  ;j  cables'  length  from  the  shore. 

The  cape  and  the  shore  on  each  side  are  steep  to.  Off  the  cape,  at  2  miles  distancf, 
are  60  ami  70  fathoms,  line  sand. 

Proceeding  along  the  outer,  or  south-west  coast,  the  Apostle  and  Judge  Rockssliow 
themselves.  They  are  some  feet,  from  a  to  50,  above  the  water,  but  many  breakei5>li]ff 
near  them,  and  indicate  an  extensive  reel'.  The  outer  rock  is  four  miles  from  tijeuul, 
i^leven  miles  from  Cape  Pillar  is  Dislocation  Harbor,  a  place  of  refuge  for  an  eiiibiu; 
or  distressed  ship,  but  unfit  for  any  other  purpose.  Its  entrance  is  rendered  difticuli.:! 
the  eye,  by  rocks,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  violently,  and  by  two  rocks  under  waina-i 
which  the  .sea  does  not  always  break,  but  whose  place  is  accurately  shown  in  the  plain: 
the  harbor.  The  place  of  Dislocation  Harbor  is  pointed  out  by  the  heights,  caiiudL" 
:and  Shoulder  Peaks.  They  are  the  most  remarkable  on  that  part  of  the  coast,  audrii 
niediiUely  over  the  harbor. 

To  fnid  the  entrance,  steer  for  the  peaks  ;  look  out  for  the  weather  and  lee  rocks,  boi 
■several  feet  above  water,  the  sea  breaking  violently  on  them,  and  when  within  4  miles ;; 
the  shore  you  will  distinctly  see  tlie  opening  from  the  mast-head.  In  going  iii.aKJidt!.- 
two  rocks  at  the  entrance,  and  anchor  in  the  innermost  part.  Only  a  small  sliip  tup 
out  again  without  a  fair  wind.  The  prevailing  winds  send  in  a  swell,  but  the  \)\mf 
<)uite  secure.  Water  may  be  obtained  very  easily.  The  boats  can  lie  in  a  stream  wliiii 
runs  from  the  mountains,  and  lill  alongside.  Wood  is  plentiful.  Four  small  vesM 
may  lie  in  security,     M"'he  bottom  is  very  even,  from  l.O  to  "JS  fathoms,  fine  white  saiiii. 

The  entrance  is  narrow,  exposed  to  the  prevailing  wind  and  swell,  which  might,  1 1 
days  together,  prevent  a  vessel  from  getting  out  to  sea.  Two  miles  from  Dislucaiw 
Harbor,  is  Cape  Deseado,  the  highest  land  hereabout,  and  remarkable.  A  rock)  kki 
lies  one  mile  offshore. 

From  Cape  Deseado  the  coast  runs  high  and  unbroken  for  about  two  miles,  then  iber; 
IS  an  opening,  not  examined. 

Several  islands  succeed  for  a  space  of  two  miles,  after  whicli  you  open  Barrister  Bay. 
an  exposed  place,  full  of  islets,  rocks,  and  breakers,  and  unlit  lor  any  vessel. 

CAPE  S[JNDAY  is  the  next  headland.      It  is  hisrh  and  prominent 


Two  islets  and  two  dangerous  rocks  lie  off  it:  they  are  shown  in  the  chart 


(Se 


This  cape  is  on  one  of  a  cluster  called  the  Week  Islands.     At  their  south  side  is  a  roai 


*  We  saw  them  22  miles  off,  from  the  Adventure's  deck.— [P.  P.  K  j 


iptPad,  with  good  h 

,,„k.     It  is  expose 

iKit  advise  a  vessel  t 

t^,\.  (piite  secure,  b 

I.M  tattioms,  good  h 

The  eye  must  b 

description — inlets 

tlie  rocky  places. 

to  tlieiii  difficult,  ai 

There  are,  howe 

>in  their  (nder. 

Nix  miles  south  ( 

liaiiicd  bv  ("apt.  C( 

^     CAPK   INMAN 

Nos.  7,  >"  anri  ').) 

Behind  the  islanc 
an  anchorage  decid 
•north-west  winds. 

The  Beagle  rode 

in,  she  was  exposei 

tirrrd  how  to  find  it 

Between  the  islar 

feet  security,  smoot 

close  to  the  west  si 

.^wind  blowing  from 

|Fuegian  harbor. 

I    Behind,  or  to  the 

'epace  of  water,  surr 

•scattered  about,  an 

•hence  to  the  Straits 

;,can  reach,  from  the 

Off  CAPE  INM 

nd  gives  them  a  fo 

ihore,  and  shows  its 

CAPE  SCHET: 

Jie  Landfall  Islandi 

'bourse  along  shore, 

latitude  of  Cape  Ta 

*    Off  CAPE  TAT 

.ters  of  rocks,  called 

THE  FINCHAi 

many  islets  and  rod 

;As  a  reference  to  th 

is  very  dangerous  ai 

ater  Sound,  but  fa 

ipon  the  shelving  e 

Ifore  dark. 

Between  the  Fine 
ilace,  full  of  rocks  ; 
pad  neither  time  noi 
[approach  of  a  vessel 
lalmost  innumerable 
1  CAPE  GLOUCl 
|(.Sce  Nos.  13,  14,  15 
|but,  on  a  nearer  app 
sof  the  Grafton  Islan 
'mile  to  the  north-w 

(close,  beins  steep  to 
Cape  Gloucester  i 
ancliorages  on  this  ( 
[risk,  and  in  which  a 
|least  prevalent  of  an' 


*  It  seems  probable 
I  «trait,  opposite  Playa  F 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


623 


r  Loaf,  isinht, 
ty  ofCapePiDj, 


Istpn 


Slokes' 


(1,  with  good  boMing  in  18  or  20  fathoms,  coarsfi  c;invpl  and  sand,  with  patches  of 
k.     It  is  exj)osed  to  southerly  winds  and  to  tiiose  (Vom  the  west;  therefore  I  should 


survey, 


adv 


1  to  anchor  there.     Hetweeii  the.  islands  is  a  siiui;  heiili  for  a  small  ves- 


awards  the  rocj 


Diego,  in  Stu 

iblished  hy  Ci . 
esty's  survey;,, 

f  the  wide  ojii. 
■jVaiijielists  s!i ., 
s,  about  lOji,,; 

le  height,  tir; 

Pillar  caniiuU: 

^ell  to  the  nonj. 
■ss  the  wind  !i.i> 
uce  of  thesirsi; 
Judges.  iii'„i. 
uthward  oi'l. , 
Ironi  1  lo  ■.'  II;,, 

,     Tf  iutendin/' 
Pillar.    Its  1)1;.. 
i  anchorage. 
hey  are  not  ui.;: 

2  miles  dislanc', 

ge  Rock<sliow 

y  breakeij>liijiv 

es  from  tlieidii.i, 

for  au  eiii!),i)t: 

ered  dilticult.A 

under  waltr.  il 

n  ill  the  plain: 

ghts,  caik'dLi* 

le  coast,  audra- 

1  lee  rocks,  be;; 
witliiii  4  milts 
ng  ill,  avoid  t:, 
mail  sbij)  ciiiii:- 
but  the  phut  • 

a  streiiin  wlini 

ur  small  ves^t.^ 
fine  white  sam:. 

lich  iiiiglit.  w 
Vom  Dislocaiiui 
A  rock)  ulei 


miles,  then  tber? 

11  Barrister  Ba)' 

ssel. 

It.     (See  yo.  '■ 

art. 

th  side  is  a  road 


a  vessel 

^ secure,  but  dithcult  of  access.     The  Beagle  lay  at  anchor  there  one  week,  in 

■jiJ  lathonis,  good  holding  ground. 

'J'lie  eve  must  be  the  chief  guide  in  entering  most  of  these  places.  They  are  of  one 
description — inlets  between  high  land,  having,  generally,  deep  wafer,  with  kelp  buoying 
the  rock V  places.  Flaws  of  wind  aiul  violent  uusts  olflhe  high  land  render  the  approach 
t(i  tln'iii'difficult,  and,  to  a  large  ship,  impracticable. 

Tiicie  are,  however,  anchorages  on  this  coast  fit  for  a  fleet,  which  will  be  mentioned 
ill  rheir  or<ler. 

Six  miles  south  of  the  Week  Islands  are  the  Landfall  Islands,  {Nos.  9,  10  and  11,)  so 
iMiMcd  by  ('apt.  Cook,  from  seeing  them  first  when  he  visited  this  coast. 

('APK  INMAN  is  a  very  remarkable  head-land  at  their  western  extremity.  (See 
Ni>s.  7,  r'and'J.) 

IJehind  the  island,  of  which  it  fornisthemost  conspicuous  part.  isLATlTl'DK  BAY, 
an  anchorage  decidedly  good,  though  somewhat  exposed  to  a  swell  thrown  in  by  heavy 
•north-west  winds. 

The  Bengle  rode  out  a  heavy  gale  from  that  quarter,  though  having  anchored  too  far 
in,  she  was  exposed  to  rollers.  The  plan  shows  the  best  anchorage,  {and  (lie  sketch  an- 
nexed how  lojifid  it. :  see  No.  11.) 

:    Between  the  islands  is  a  snug  berth  for  a  vessel  not  drawing  more  than  12  feet,  in  per- 
fect security,  smooth  water;  and  a  vessel  should  not  moor  in  less  than  ten  fathoms,  as 
lose  to  the  west  shore  as  possible,  with  an  anchor  to  the  eastward,  in  the  event  of  a 

ind  blowing  from  that  quarter.     Water  and  wood  are  plentiful,  as  is  the  case  in  every 
^Fiiegian  harbor. 

Behind,  or  to  the  eastward  of  the  Landfall  Islands,  is  OTWAY  BAY,  an  extensive 
space  of  water,  surrounded  by  broken  land,  islets  and  rocks.  Many  of  the  latter  are 
scattered  about,  and  render  it  unfit  for  any  vessel.  It  is  probable  that  passages  lead 
hence  to  the  Straits  of  Magalhaens.  as  deep  inlets  run  in  that  direction  as  far  as  the  eye 
Jean  reach,  from  the  Landfall  Islands.     They  were  not  explored  for  want  of  time.* 

Off  CAPE  IN  MAN  are  several  detached  rocks,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  violently, 
and  gives  them  a  formidable  appearance.     The  outermost  one  is  not  two  miles  from  the 
^shore,  and  shows  itself  plainly. 

f  CAPE  SCHETKY  is  a  remarkable  double-peaked  height,  at  tl  e  south  extremity  of 
.the  Landfall  Islands.  Some  rocks  just  awash  lie  off  it,  distant  one  mile.  The  truo 
course  along  shore,  after  giving  the  Apostles  a  proper  berth,  is  S.  29^  E.  as  far  as  the 
latitude  of  Cape  Tate,  (No.  12,)  the  southern  limit  of  Otway  Bay. 

Off  CAPE  TATE,  which  is  rather  high,  and  rounded  at  the  summit,  are  several  clus- 
,ters  of  rocks,  called  the  C^ollege  Rocks.  They  are  only  seen  when  near  the  land. 
.  THE  FINCHAM  ISLANDS  next  are  noticed  in  passing  along  shore.  There  are 
many  islets  and  rocks  near,  and  very  many  scattered  between  the  islands  and  Cape  Tate. 
As  a  reference  to  the  chart  will  show,  there  is  no  good  anchorage  hereabout.  The  coast 
is  very  dangerous  and  unfit  to  be  approached.  The  Beagle  tried  to  anchor  in  IJeep- 
ivater  Sound,  but  failing  to  find  a  proper  depth  of  water,  was  obliged  to  drop  her  anchor 
^upon  the  shelving  end  of  a  small  island,  being  too  far  up  the  sound  to  get  out  again  be- 
'ffore  dark. 

Between  the  Fincham  Islands  and  Cape  Gloucester,  is  BRE  A  fvER  BAY,  a  large  wilcj 

Iplace,  full  of  rocks  and  breakers,  and  exposed  to  all  the  strength  of  the  west  winds.     I 

had  neither  time  nor  inclination  to  examine  it,  for  I  never  saw  a  place  more  unfit  for  th& 

approach  of  a  vessel.      The  surrounding  coast  is  broken  into  islands,  islets,  and  rocks,. 

ahuost  innumerable. 

CAPE  GLOUCESTER  is  a  very  remarkable  promontory,  and  cannot  bo  mistaken. 

){See  Nos.  13,  14,  1.5,  16  and  17.)  At  a  distance  it  appears  to  be  a  high,  detached  island  ; 
but,  on  a  nearer  approach,  a  low  neck  of  land  is  seen,  which  connects  it  with  the  largest 
of  the  Grafton  Islands.  (No.  18.)  A  rock  (on  which  the  sea  breaks)  lies  nearly  one 
<|mile  to  the  north-west.  There  is  no  other  danger.  The  cape  may  be  passed  quite 
|close,  beiiis:  steep  to. 

I  Cape  Gloucester  is  a  guide  to  EUSTON  BAY,  (Nos.  19,  20  and  21,)  one  of  the  best 
,|anchorages  on  this  coa.st,  one  which  can  be  approached  and  left  with  any  wind,  witliout 
|risk,  and  in  which  a  fleet  may  lie  in  perfect  security  from  all  but  the  S.  E.  winds,  the 
Jleast  prevalent  of  any  on  this  coast. 

*  It  seems  probable  that  a  communication  may  exist  between  this  inlet  and  the  Abra,  in  the 
•  etrait,  opposite  Playa  Parda. 


I 


■i  '  1 


624 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


THE  GRAFTON  ISLANDS  extend  about  20  miles  in  a  S.  E.  direction  from  Cnp? 
Gloucester.  Jk-iwecn  them  are  several  nnchorages,  but  the  best  and  easiest  ofacce.sij 
Elision  J')ay. 

Passing  Cape  Gloucester,  you  see  a  high  isl.ind  to  the  S.  E.,  distant  7  miles.  Tliiji 
is  I|)swi( 'i  Tsland.  (i\os.  19  (in(f  20.)  lietween  it  and  Cape  Gloucester  isaBav, :a 
which  are  many  rocks  and  breakers. 

Rounding  IPS  WICMl  ISLAND,  you  must  give  a  good  berth  to  the  rocks  under  wj. 
ter,  which  lie  one  mile  from  its  S.  E.  extremity.  The  sea  does  not  always  break  uinj 
them,  but  it  floes  ijennrally.  Their  place  in  the  chart  may  be  depended  upon.  Tlifre 
is  no  other  hidden  danger.  Alter  clearin.e;  these  rocks,  pass  close  to  Leading;  Islnnd, 
(ISvs.  1')  tind  '20,)  and  steer  for  the  openint;  of  Laura  ]}asin,  which  you  will  see  nndrri 
high-peaked  monntain.  (yos.  19,  20  aiit/ 21.)  Choose  your  berth  by  the  eye,  if  intem:. 
ing  to  anchor  in  the  bay,  or  work  as  tar  up  the  passage  to  the  basin  as  you  think  pioiiff, 
then  anchor  and  warp  to  the  berth  marked  in  the  plan. 

The  Hea'^le  worked  up  all  the  way  against  a  fresh  wind  blowing  directly  out.  Tlier? 
is  water  for  a  frigate  in  the  basin,  bnt  it  is  better  suited  to  a  small  vessel.  Large  sIhn 
should  anchor  in  tiie  bay;  and  as  the  bottom  is  even  and  good,  and  the  bay  capncin., 
exposed  only  to  .'^.  K.  winds,  which  come  on  gradually  and  seldom  blow  hard,  it  ni,i\> 
considered  a  fit  place  for  ships  of  any  size,  or  for  a  stjuadron.  Wood  and  watenrf 
jdentiful,  and  easy  to  be  obtained.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  bay  varies  from  5  to, 
fathoms;  the  l)ottom  generally  fine  speckled  sand. 

A  large  patch  of  kelp  lies  across  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  but  tliere  is  no  (iiin;,; 
benealh  it,  excei)t  for  a  lineof-battle  ship,  as  in  one  spot  there  are  four  fathoms  oniv, 
This  kelp  was  very  closely  examined,  and  its  safety  satisfactorily  proved. 

There  are  other  anchorages  among  these  islands,  but  none  fit  or  desirable  lor  a  sliip 
while  so  near  Euston  Bay. 

HOPE  HARBOR  is  one  of  those  formerly  used  b^  sealing  vessels. 

L'nder  ISABEFjLA  ISLAND  is  an  anchorage  fit  for  a  sealing'vessel,  bnt  nn  nthpr 
Rocks  lie  in  the  way  to  it,  as  the  chart  shows.  The  Beagle  passed  a  night  there,  Ijutiic 
by  choice. 

THE  (JRAFTON  ISLANDS  are  high,  and  the  remarks  on  the  general  diaram 
of  the  coast  are  applicable  to  theiu.  {See  No.  21.)  Behind  them  lies  a  passage,  ihrmi! ; 
which  a  sealing  vessel  has  passed.  To  the  N.  E.  of  it  is  a  mass  of  land,  broken « 
islets  and  rocks. 

Having  ])asse(l  Cape  Gloucester,  your  attention  is  drawn  to  NOIR  ISLAND, oIim. 
derate  heiglit,  about  GOO  feet  above  the  sea,  and  having  a  remarkable  neck  of  landiofiie 
S.  W.,  ended  by  a  rock  like  a  steeple,  or  tower.  {Sec  Nos.  22,  "2.3  and  24.)  Oniimle 
south  of  this  ])oint  is  a  sunken  rock,  over  which  the  sea  occasionally  breaks.  Twootkr 
breakers  are  in  the  bight  close  to  the  point. 

There  is  aii  excellent  roadstead  under  the  east  side  of  Noir  Lsland.  Several  shipsmsy 
lie  there,  secure  from  all  winds  between  north  and  south  by  the  west,  over  a  clenr  s^iniy 
bottom.  Wood  and  water  jjlentiful,  and  easily  obtained.  There  is  a  cove  at  tlie  mjii'i, 
part  of  the  island,  where  boats  would  be  perfectly  safe  in  any  weather,  but  the  ciitmiirt 
is  too  narrow  for  vessels  of  any  kind. 

The  large  space  between  Noir  Lsland  and  the  Agnes  Islands  is  extremely  danceraii 
for  shipping,  being  scattered  with  rocks,  some  just  awash,  many  showing  thcniselvcs  se- 
veral feet  above,  others  under  water.  Still  there  is  abundant  room  to  go  rounil  tlip  iv 
and  in  perfect  security  ;  therefore  no  ship  need  fear  being  hampered  by  an  east  wiiiil,  ii 
the  event  of  anchoring  in  Noir  Roads.  A  rock  lies  in  the  roads,  and  another,  avei) 
dangerous  one,  four  miles  to  the  eastward.     They  are  exactly  laid  down  in  the  chart. 

Seven  miles  south  of  Noir  Island  are  the  Tower  Rocks.  {No,  23.)  They  are  Ini 
quite  steep  to,  and  exactly  laid  down  in  the  chart.  A  ship  may  pass  close  to  either  m:^ 
of  them. 

Between  Noir  Island  and  Cape  Schomberg,  on  London  Island,  lie  many  reefs,  ant'. 
great  number  of  detached  out-lying  rocks,  which  render  this  part  of  the  coast  extrnmt 
dangerous  and  unfit  for  vessels.  No  chart  could  guide  them.  They  must  trust  to  il)- 
light  and  clear  weather,  with  a  good  lookout,  if  necessary  to  enter  or  leave  the  Barbi 
Channel,  which  opens  into  this  bay. 

The  Agnes  Islands,  and  those  in  tlieir  neighborhood,  do  not  require  any  descriplimi. 
They  are  so  fortified  by  outlying  rocks  as  not  to  be  fit  places  for  the  approach  ol'aiiy 
vessel. 

Northward  of  them  is  Stokes  Bay,  and  to  the  eastward  a  number  of  islands,  between 
which  is  the  Barbara  Channel. 

No  vessel  ought  to  entangle  herself  in  these  labyrinths:  if  she  does,  sli  must  sail !)» 
eye.  Neither  chart,  directions,  nor  soundings,  would  be  of  much  assistance,  and  la 
thick  weather,  her  situation  would  be  most  precarious. 


i 


Uetweeti  Noir 

every  part  of  wh 

theia  the  sea  con 

The  Beagle  p; 

ands ;  but  1  shot 

ty  of  its  ever  beii 

This  part  of  tl 

At  the  south 

Tlie  iSaxe  Cobur 

ter,  ami  very  bad 

Between  Fury 

nefs.     (No.  20  h. 

;!  Kast  and   West  I 

jf  by  sealing  vesseb 

J^'our  remarkal) 

liiictly.     The  Kt 

Peaks,  {No.  2G  a, 

ami  27,)  is  high, 

iiear  Fury  Island, 

The  situation  o 

accurate;  but  no 

.so  that  she  may  s: 

i      At  the  north  si( 

I  Cove.     It  is,  how 

I  it  nmst  be  reiiieinl 

^  the  cove,  unless  y 

'  hold  you  tempori 

Tom's  Harbor,  fit 

venture,  anchored 

There  are  soun 

dom  exceeding  00 

,      London  Island 

ja  safe  anchorage  c 

|j)'iint  out  its  sl(uat 

;aiids,  and  near  the 

I  As  there  are  no  so 

'into  the  passage,  j 

iharbor.  The  lioldi 

off  the  high  land  i 

lay  here  moored,  d 

raised  outside  by  r 

moving  an  -mchor. 

The  lee  side  of  1 

in  this  country.     > 

land  lies  to  the  win 

ferable,  because  tin 

leeward  of  them  is 

Levanter. 

Between  and  to 

bers  of  islets  and  r( 

islands,  in  which  si 

BRECKNOCK 

4ing  or  leaving  the  1 

I     CAPE  DESOL 

Mand;  {No.  27,)  it  i 

,     Tlie  next  promo 

|reagh;  {No.  27,)  i 

flarge  space  of  wate 

and  Whale-boat  Si 

Rocks  and  break 

mall  vessels  inigh 

jways  be  with  much 

jail  object  does  not  i 

Under  Cape  Cas 

large,  but  for  small 

wind,  having  three 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


G25 


:tion  from  Cnnn 
siest  of  accesMs 

•  7  miles.    Tim 
ster  IS  a  Bay,  v, 

rocks  un<ler  «j. 
v;iys  break  iipi-i) 
il  upon.  Tlii- 
Le-.ulilij;  |sl;iii,;, 
will  see  utnlfri 
ic  eye,  if  intem;. 
ou  tliinU  \mi\'t[. 

:tly  out.  Til.'. 
L'i.  Lnrc;e  si,:;< 
i)!iy  caiiaiiii,., 
I'  hard,  it  nm  * 
(1  and  water  w 
•ies  from  o  to,, 

iprc  is  no  dai!;.; 

iir  fiuhoius  uiilv, 

1. 

sirable  for  a  sliip 


sel,  but  tin  mlip. 
ilit  there,  biitii; 

Ejeneral  cliaracitr 
passage,  throufi 
and,  broken  )!i:a 

SLAND.nfiM. 
ck  of  land  tmiie 
i  24.)  Oneiiiilf. 
aks.     Two  otiiir 

evcral  ships msy 

era  clear saiidv 

ove  at  the  soulii 

but  the  entrauce 

mely  dancemiiv 
g  theniselves  se- 
go  round  the  is!- 

an  east  wind,  n 

another,  aven 
n  in  thecliari. 

They  are  luji. 
ose  to  either  Mii' 

nany  reefs,  nut'. 
toast  exlren>> 
nst  tnist  tod  >• 

cave  the  Barbjn 

aiiv  descripli™' 
ipproach  of  any 

islands,  between 

si  i  must  sail  l)< 
isistance,  and  ia 


IJctween  Noir  and  Kempe  Islands,  {No.  25,)  is  the  Milky  Way,  a  space  of  sea,  in 

seen  ' 


riery  part  of  which  rocks 
(lienithe  sea  continually  breaks. 


1  just  awash  with,  or  a  few  feet  above  the  water.     On 


'Die  Beagle  passed  in  shore  of  them  all,  close  to  the  Aj;nes,  Konpe,  and  Fury  Isl- 


:k,  nor  is  there 


i»y  1 


.'rubabili- 


mds;  but  1  shoulil  not  advise  any  vessel  to  loUow  her  trad 
ty  of  its  ever  being  mtempted. 
This  part  of  the  coast  only  requires  to  be  known  to  be  the  more  avoided. 
At  the  south  side  of  Fury  Island  is  Fury  Harbor,  a  iiad  place,  unfit  for  any  vessel. 
The  Saxe  Coburg  sealing  schooner  was  lost  in  it  in  the  year  Id'J?.     There  is  little  shel 
ter,  and  very  bad  ground. 

Between  Fury  and  London  Islands  is  the  entrance  of  the  ]?arbaia  and  Coekburn  Chan- 
nels. (i\o.  20  II.)  Rocks  show  themselves  in  every  direction, — the  two  clusters  called 
Kast  and  West  Furies  being  the  most  remarkable.  They  have  been  much  freijucnted 
l;y  sealing  vessels'  boats,  fur  seal  being  numerous  upon  them  at  times. 

Four  remarkable  mountains  point  out  the  entrance  to  the  Barbara  Channel  very  dis- 
liuctly.  The  Kempe  I'eaks,  (No.  25,)  are  high  and  show  three  points.  The  Fury 
J'ealis,  (No.  26  a,  No.  and  27,)  are  high  and  divided.  Mount  Skyring,  (No.  2()  a,  26  h, 
ami  27,)  is  high,  and  has  a  single  peak.  St.  Paul's  is  similar  to,  and  in  one  view,  fro:ii 
near  Fury  Island,  ajjpears  very  like  the  dome  of  the  cathedral  wliosc  name  it  bears. 

The  situation  of  the  rocks  off  the  channel's  entrance,  as  laid  down  in  the  chart,  is 
aiccurate;  but  no  vessel  should  attempt  to  pass  them  without  daylight  and  clear  weather, 
so  that  she  may  sail  more  by  a  good  eye  at  the  mast-head,  than  by  any  chart. 

At  the  north  side  of  Fury  Island,  is  a  snug  and  perfectly  safe  anchorage,  called  North 
Cove.  It  is,  however,  only  (it  for  small  vessels.  When  there,  thi-y  are  in  security ;  but 
'  it  must  be  remembered  that  there  is  no  anchorage  in  the  channel,  nor  until  you  get  into 
the  cove,  unless  you  close  the  weather  shore,  and  lind  a  creek,  in  which  the  anchor  will 
'  bold  you  temporarily.  At  the  north  side  of  Mount  Skyring  is  another  anchorage, 
Tom's  Harbor,  lit  for  small  vessels.  The  Adelaide,  tender  to  His  Majesty's  sloop  Ad- 
venture, anchored  in  it  when  exjiloring  these  parts. 

There  are  soundings  over  all  the  tract  of  sea  between  Noir  and  London  Islands,  sel- 
dom exceeding  60  fathoms,  and  near  the  rocks  diminishing  to  20,  15,  and  10. 
,      L(ni(lou  Island  is  one  of  a  large  group  called  the  Camden  islands.     At  its  east  end  is 
|asafe  anchorage  called  To-.vnshend  Harbor.     (No.  27.)     The  Horace  Peaks,  (No.  27,) 
|j)oint  out  Its  sifuation.     .Some  rocks  on  which  the  sea  breaks  violently,  lie  oil'  the  isl- 
jaiids,  and  near  ilie  entrance  of  Pratt  Passage.     'Jliey  are  exactly  1  lid  down  in  the  chart. 
As  there  are  no  soundings  in  less  than  50  fathoms  after  jiassing  these  rocks,  and  gcttinj; 
into  the  passage,  you  must  depend  upon  the  wind  lasting  to  carry  you  into  or  out  of  the 
Jjarbor.  The  holding  ground  in  it  is  excciient,  and  though  you  have  tremendous  stjualls 
oil"  the  high  land  to  the  westward,  there  is  no  fear  of  an  anchor  starting.     The  Beagle 
ilay  here  moored,  during  the  worst  weather  she  had  on  the  coast.     A  very  high  sea  was 
■raised  outside  by  a  violent  southerly  gale,  but  she  remained  in  perfect  security  without 
moving  an  iiichor. 
I     The  lee  side  of  high  land,  as  [  have  elsewhere  remarked,  is  not  the  best  for  anchorage 
,  in  this  country.     When  good  holding  can  be  found  to  windward  of  a  height,  and   low 
land  lies  to  the  windward  of  you,  sufficient  to  break  the  sea,  the  anchoragf;  is  iiiucli  jire- 
ferable,  because  the  wind  is  steady  and  docs  not  blow  home  to  the  heights.     JJeing   to 
leeward  of  them  is  like  being  on  the  west  side  of  (Gibraltar  Rock  when  it  blows  a  strong 
Levanter. 

Between  and  to  the  northward  of  these  islands,  are  passages  with  deep  water,  num- 
bers of  islets  and  rocks,  and  anchorages  opposite  to  nu)st  of  the  valleys,  or  between  the 
f islands,  in  which  small  vessels  could  lie  securely,  if  necessary. 
,     BRECKNOCK  PASSA(}E  is  wide  and  clear  of  all  danger.     I  should  jirefer  enter- 
ling  or  leaving  the  Barbara  Channel  by  this  way,  rather  than  by  passing  the  l''ury  Ro(!ks. 
f     CAPE  DESOLATION,  the  south  point  of  Basket  Island,  is  a  very  remarkable  head- 
land; (No.  27,)  it  is  rugged  with  many  peaks. 

The  next  promontory  which  is  approached  in  passing  ■>..•  ig  the  coast,  is  Cajie  Castle- 
reagh ;  (No.  27,)  it  is  high  and  remarkable.     Between  this  and  Cape  Desolation,  is  a 
parge  space  of  water,  called  Desolate  Bay,  leading  to  Courtenay  Sound,  Thieves  Sound, 
land  Whale-boat  Sound. 

Rocks  and  breakers  abound,  and  make  these  sounds  quite  unfit  for  shipping  ;  no  doubt 
mall  vessels  might,  in  clear  weather,  traverse  any  of  these  jiassages,  but  it  would  al- 
Iways  be  with  much  risk,  and  should  not  be  attempted  without  an  adequate  object.     Such 
i|an  object  does  not  now,  nor  is  it  likely  to  exist. 

Under  Capo  Castlereagh  is  an  excellent  anchorage,  called  Stewart  Harbor.  It  is  not 
large,  but  for  small  vessels  is  au  exceedingly  good  place,  being  easy  of  access  with  any 
wind,  having  three  openings.     A  vessel  may  anchor  in  the  entrance  and  narp  in  ;  there 

7!) 


C26 


BLUNT  rf  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


is  no  where  more  than  1(>  I'athoms,  generally  from  G  to  li2.     Wood  and  water,  as  in  cvt/,, 
Fu(;i;ian  harltor,  ait;  pU'iitil'iil,  and  easily  obtahied. 

Two  rocks  lie  nciuly  in  th"  middle,  jn.st  awash  at  high  water.     The  i)ian  whows  il, 
|)laco  exactly. 

A  rock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks,  iics  one  mile  west  ol'  the  niidi 


ii'if 


bor.     There  is  no  otln'r  d; 


jpenin;^  to  the ! 


i;ir- 


inkier. 


Farther  to  the  south-east  are  the  (liibert  Island.-,  oil"  which,  ■■•<  miles  S.  L!0^  E.  |i 


Cai)e  Castler 


(Mun, 


are  tlie  Ni(du)lsi)i 


IJetween  the  Stewart  and  Ciilljurf  Islands,  is  Adventure  Passage,  an  open  space,  wi;; 
deep  water,  clear  of  (knis^ir. 

At  the  noriheastern  side  of  the  eastern  (Tdbert  y\'.\  is  Doris  Cove,  a  side  an(  lion 
for  a  small  vessid.      Tiie  Deaude  lay  ti;ere  nioori'd  one  week.      Tiiere  are  no  hiddrii  d,, 

rs  herfaboiiis  ;   I  hi;  eye  and  tiie  ciiari  w'.W  guide  a  vessel  safely. 

I   say  n;)thiii;:  of  the  large  sounds  and  numerous  passages  lying  to  the  nortliuanLi 


ire 


th 


esi!  and  the  ,si(.'\va 


rt  lsi;ui( 


l>ecau. 


;e  they  are  not  likely  to  be  again  visited 


The  liundonilerry  islands  are  ilie  next,  ilioy  extend  nearly  to  Christmas  .Soun 


'L'lvi:J5i.H   l.^l.A-NiJ  is  a  re:i 


larUable  lu 


:lil,  1 


lavuig  iliree  pmu 


It  IS  visible  Ir 


U,i,  I 


consi(kMal)li;  (lisiaiice;  near  il  are  some  straggling  rucks,  shown  in  the  (diart. 

i\ine  miles  S.  -^'-J  '  il.  iVom  Tri.'ble  Island,  are  the  Phillips'  Hocks.  Tiiey  are  dan: ;. 
ous,  though  above  water,  Ijccansc  so  far  frcnu  the  hhore,  and  so  low. 

CUUK  liAV  is  a  largt;  spiice  between  Cape  Alikli.-xdij)  and  Waterman  Isb,;. 
J5rokcn  land,  islets  a.:d  bniakei.:, 'urroniid  and  make  it  unlit  for  lh(va!)[)roa<  h  of  vi';.|.k 
Its  shores  w-jre  explored  by  the  JJcagle's  boats. 

At  the  north-east  is  the  entrance  of  tlie  iJeagle  (Jhannel,  and  a  passage  to  Wh;iIc-bo;it 
Sound,  both  unlit  for  sailing  vessels,  excepting  Avilh  a  fair  wind. 

WATKILMAN  JSIjANU  (Ay.  -Je,)  is  soon  known  by  the  remarkable  heights  ,uit< 
south  part.  The  s()uthermuo-.r  wiis  named  by  ('apt.  I'ook,  "  York  Minster,"  fininii> 
fancied  resendilancc  i>  that  building,  lie  well  describes  it  as  a  "  wild  looking  ruck, 
{No.  2S.) 

Eight  miles  west  of  "York  Minsler,"  and  5  from  Point  May,  are  the  C;i|M!;. 
Rocks,  above  water  a!)out  20  feet.  There  are  no  other  dangers  to  seaward  of  a  line  liuii 
York  Minster  to  tiie  I'hillips"  Jlocks. 

Hauling  round  York  Minster,  you  may  enter  Christmas  Sound.  There  is  nu  liiilib 
danger;  the  chart  tmd  plan  are  exact.  Adventure  Cove,  (in  which  captain  Cook  an- 
chored,) is  the  easiot  of  access,  but  it  v.ill  only  hold  one  vessel. 

M.VliCll  liAR15(<il  is  large,  witli  good  Indding  ground;  but  there  arc  niamvicly 
places;  and  one  rock,  under  water,  (see  the  plan,)  having  on  it  only  one  I'atlmm;  lis 
place  is  marked  by  very  thick  kelp.  The  IJeagle  worked  through  the  narrow  j);i>m.c, 
round  Shag  Island,  from  Adventure  Cove,  and  worked  into  the  imicrmost  corner  ut  the 
harbor  without  using  a  warp  ;  larger  vessels  would  of  course  lind  themselves  inoiecoii- 
fined. 

1  do  not  think  a  vessel  of  more  than  iivehuiulred  tons  should  attempt  to  enter  Clin>i- 
mas  Sound. 

The  JJeaglc  lay  moored  i.r  this  harbor  all  the  month  of  March,  in  i)erfect  sat'ety;  Ijm 
her  chain  cables  bticanie  entangled  with  the  rocks,  and  were  not  hove  in  without  iiuuli 
dithculty  and  (hday. 

PORT  CliElvJvE  is  a  bad  place  for  any  vessel,  though  (piite secure  when  in  it;  w- 
cess  is  diflicult,  and  from  its  situation,  it  is  exposed  to  very  violent  sijualls. 

PlCKElvSvilLL  COVE,  (named  by  Cook,)  as  well  as  Port  Clerke,  is  unworthy  oi 
notice  as  an  anchorage. 

Cook's  des;niptiou  of  Ciiristmas  Sound,  is  as  accurate  as  his  accounts  of  other  jili- 
ces.  His  "(ireat  Dlack  Rock"  and  "Little  JJlaek  Rock,"  show  themselves  as  ynu in- 
ter. Near  York  iMinster  arc  several  rocks  and  islets,  close  to  the  eastward;  one  roiL 
on  which  tlie  sea  breaks  violently,  lies  v!  miles  E.  'JO^  S.  from  the  south  extreme  of  lb 
3rmsler.  You  may  pass  it  (juiti;  close.  ( )lf  the  "  Great  Black  Rock,"  tiien;  are  twinif 
three  breakers,  caused  by  rocks  under  water. 

Jiut  little  current  sets  among  these  islands.  To  seaward  of  them,  and  near  the  lieaJ- 
land,  it  sets  as  I  before  described. 

The  tides  between  Cape  I'illar  ;iii(l  Cape  Horn,  are  regular,  as  regards  their  risc;iiiil 
fall,  and  tim;;  of  high  water,  but  not  so  with  respect  to  their  vidocity  and  direction.  It 
ippeared  to  me  that  while  the  water  was  rising  upon  the  shore,  the  tide,  (m  rati 


ler  I'll 
lie  nil 


rent,)  set  along  shore  from  the  north-west  towards  the  south-east,  at  the  rate  ol  o 
an  hour,  or  nmre,  according  to  tlit>  wind. 

During  the  six  hoius  of  falliiu'  water,  or  ebb  tide,  tiiere  was  little  or  no  current  settins 


along  s 


ho  re. 


At  Cape  Pillar  it  is  high  water  at  one  o'clock,  on  the  days  of  full  and  change. 
York  Minster  it  is  high  water  at  U  iu  the  afternoon, 


.\t 


At  the  interni 

MUitli-enst. 

Fnrdier  eastv 

Tlie  rise  III'  1 1 
Eastward  of 
aiii'iiii,'  tliein. 

{),'( i'liint  Xa: 
Itic  sntitli-rnst  e 

Thelldofmis 
iivo  inilcs  distal 
(ive  miles  in  a  ii 
dreil  feet  above 
.1  mountain,  bn. 
in  a  vessel,  (or  1 

Neither  Tref 

LE.Vl)IN(i 
vend  it  are  Dull 
(of  Mr.  Weddi 

n'liere  may  bi 
some  coves  mi  I 
holding  irround 

CLEARI5<)'I 
It  is  described  ii 

INDIAN  CO 
(i)  be  recommei 
when  there,  hav 
.lane  lay  at  nncdi 
coast  with  less  t 

INDIAN  S( 
of  islands. 

between  Ca]ii 
{No.  33)  is  a  tra 
ever,  a  lee  shore 
cliorage. 

On  Ilendersoi 
From  its  summi 
fifty  miles  distan 
There  is  no  hid 
over  a  space  of  f 

A  ship  may  pr 

rocks  lie  off  the 

Dnat  Island  has 

on  tlu^  point    los 

,,        Their  jdace  oi 

c  .nnected  by  tri; 

;.   are  snnndinsxs  oi 

"1    where  Mr.  Wedi 

IJetween  tlie  1 

FALSE  C;AI 
or  west  it  looks 
coast. 

"ORANGE  : 
False  Cajie,  as  c 
abreast  of  Point 
if  necessary,  in  g 
at  the  north  side 
cove,  with  18  fat 
which  you  open  1 
from  I'oiiit  Lnrt 

SCHAPENH 
water,  rather  to  i 
bottom,  is  seen  a 
There  is  anchor 
recommend  a  veg 
harbor,  or  ancho 


ni.UNT's  AMERICAN  COAlrJT  PILOT. 


027 


^■ater,  as  iiunt-iv 
|)l:ui  «Uows  ilit^. 
filing  to  the  hiir. 

S.    ;]0^    E.    li,,.;, 

jpen  space,  wn;; 
a  safo  aiK  huri.;. 

0    no    lli(llK'l)    (i;|;;. 

;lu;  iiurtliwani  ,(• 

iit(Ml. 

lias  Souiul. 

:  is  visible  iVui-n 

chart. 

."iii-y  aro  il;iii;;er- 

'tUei'iiiaii  l>I,iiiii, 
ri)a(  h  of  vetstk, 

JO  to  \Vh;ile-bo;it 

)le  hciglus  ,uii< 
liiister,"  tri)mii> 
1(1  looking  ruck," 

arc  the  (.';i])'.|,,:. 
ird  ol'  a  liiieiru;! 

lere  is  no  liiiiiii'n 
:;aptaiu  (.'uo!;  an. 

are  main  'ncLy 
one  fatlidm;  lis 
narrow  |i:is>;\j. 
ist  cornel'  ut  iln' 
selves  niorctoii- 

t  to  enter  Cliviji- 

rl'ect  sali'ty;  lir, 
n  witluiut  null.. 

wlien  ill  it;  ai- 
nils. 
',  is  umvortliyoi 

iits  ol"  other  pla- 
lelvcs  as  you  en- 

ward ;  one  rod. 

I  cMrenie  ol'il:' 
'  tiiere  are  twnur 

(1  near  tlic  lieail- 

Is  tlieir  riscaiii 
ihI  direction.  1' 
e,  (or  ratlieri.1"- 

rate  ol' one  mil'; 

o  current  setting 
Old  change.    U 


At  lliB  intrrnu'diatc  places  tlie  time  gradually  rlian:,'rs  IVoni  I  to  \i,  as  you  go  to  the 
yoiith-rast. 

{•"luili'M  ca'^tv.ard  Iii^li  water  is  ptill  later.     At  ( 'apo  Horn  it  is  at  half  past  3. 

Tlir  li^c  111   till''  vaiii's  iVoni   I  to  ."-^  feci.      ((  i-i  iiiiii'il  ill  CK  li  plan. 

Eastward  of  ( 'hrislmas  Sonnfj  lii;  (he  A\'(i(id  Islaml-  'riicii-  is  no  irood  anchorage 
aiii'iMi.'  tlieni.     J'assas;cs  and  iiroken  land  lie  iichiiid  lliciii  to  the  northward. 

Olf  Point  Nativity  arc  two  islands  and  an  outlying;  rock.  Hope  Island  is  six  miles  to 
Uie  sontli-east  of  tliis  jxiiiit. 

Tlie  llilpfonsus,  a  lari;e  i.rronp  of  rocks  and  islets,  n(  \f  claim  attention.  Tliey  are  thirty- 
five  miles  distant  from  York  .Alinster,  and  l)ear  from  tli:;t  spot  S.  4P  E.  T!icy  extend 
five  miles  in  a  north-west  and  south-east  direction,  arc  v<  i y  narrow,  and  about  one  liun- 
drcil  feet  above  tlie  sea.  (Sec  No,  2').)  They  appear  to  he  the  remains  of  tlie  ridiije  of 
a  moimlain.  lirokeii  throuijli  in  many  places  by  tin;  sea.  You  may  jiass  close  by  th<-'m 
in  a  vessel,  for  there  is  no  daii^er.     Sealers  have  nnudi  IVecpicnted  them  for  fur  seals. 

Neifiier  'riefiisis  Jhiy  nor  J'ons  Sound  afford  amdiora^e. 

LEAI)lN'(v  iirEri,'(of  Mr.  Woddidl,)  is  a  very  remarkable  doul)ie  leaked  bright;  be- 
voni!  it  are  Duff's  l>av,  Morton  and  Henderson  Islands,  and  the  entrance  of  Indian  Sound 
(of  Mr.  Wed.lell). 

There  may  be  good  anchorage  between  tliese  islands.  There  was  not  time  to  examine 
some  coves  on  the  cast  sidt;  of  Morton  Island,  whose  appeariuice  promised  shelter  and 
holdiii!,'  ground. 

CLEAIM)()TTOM  V>\Y  is  at  the  norlli  end  of  Morton  Island,  and  a  good  anchorage. 
It  is  d(>scribed  in  iMr.  W'eddell's  useful  and  interesting  .lournal. 

INDIAN  COX'!''.,  in  which  also  he  anchored,  and  remained  some  time,  is  not  a  place 
to  be  recommended  to  vessels.  They  must  go  far  among  the  islands  to  reach  it,  and 
when  tliere,  have  a'bad  rocky  bottom,  witli  deep  water,  excepting  one  corner,  where  the 
.lane  lay  at  anchor  with  the  jieaufoy.  JMany  better  anchorages  may  be  attained  on  this 
<'oast  with  less  trnulile. 

INDIAN  S((i  ND  is  a  large  tract  (d'  water,  extending  to  the  north-west.  It  is  full 
of  islands. 

between  ('ape  Wcddel],  at  the  east  side  id'  Indian  Sounti,  and  False  (!ape  Horn, 
(.\o.  33)  is  a  tract  of  broken  land,  which  has  not  been  ])ropcrly  examined.  It  is,  how- 
ever, a  leo  shore  during  south-west  and  southerly  winds,  and  therefore  unfit  for  an- 
chorage. 

On  Henderson  island  is  a  high  sliarp-])ointed  hill,  wliicli  is  vis'ble  at  a  gicat  distance. 
I'roin  its  summit  the  Diego  Ramirez  Islands  {.Xos.  30,  31,  i/nJ  3-?,)  were  seen,  though 
fifty  miles  distant.  The  hiuhest  ])oint  of  these  islands  is  about  150  feet  above  the  sea. 
Tlu're  is  no  hidden  danger  near  t'jem.  They  lie  nearly  north  and  south,  and  extend 
over  a  sjiaee  of  liver  miles. 

A  ship  may  pass  between  the  northern  cluster  and  tliat  to  the  southward.  Detached 
rocks  lie  olf  the  southern  island  :  all  the  outer  ones  are  above  water.  The  southern  or 
iioat  Island  has  a  cove  at  its  north-east  corner,  in  which  boats  may  land ;  there  is  water 
on  the  point    lose  to  the  eastward  of  tliis  landing-place. 

Their  jdaec  on  the  eliart  may  be  depended  upon,  because  they  we"c  seen  from,  and 
c  nnected  by  triangulation  to,  Henderson  and  Ileriiiito  Islands  (Kater's  Peak.)  There 
are  soundings  on  e;ieh  side,  but  too  deep  for  iuicliorage,  excepting  to  the  south-east, 
where  Mr.  Weddell  lays  down  some  soundings  (in  his  chart.)  which  were  not  found. 

Between  the  Diego  Kamire/,  and  the  Ihuanite  Islands  there  is  no  danjzer  of  any  kind. 

FALSE  CAPE  HOUN  is  a  very  remarkable  he;idl;ind.  (.Y^  33.)  'From  the  east 
or  west  it  looks  like  a  large  horn.  It  is  a  leading  mark  to  tlie  best  anchorage  on  this 
coast. 

"ORANGE  BAY." — To  anchor  in  this  bay  yon  must  pass  to  the  eastward  of  the 
False  Cajie,  as  close  as  you  jilease.  Steering  N.  E.  flrnt )  for  four  miles  will  bring  you 
abreast  of  Point  Lort;  a  liay  two  miles  wid(>  is  then  opened,  in  which  you  may  anchor, 
if  necessary,  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  over  a  fine  sandy  bottom.  Some  rocks,  above  water,  lie 
at  the  north  side.  I'eyond  the  point  which  forms  the  north  side  of  this  bay,  is  a  small 
cove,  with  IH  fathoms  water  in  tlie  middle ;  beyond  it  is  another  cove,  ratherlarger,  after 
which  you  open  Schapenham  l>ay  (so  called  by"the  Nassau  Fleet).  A  north  course  (/rue) 
from  Point  Lort  will  talio  you  abreast  of  Orange  i'ay. 

SCHAPENHAM  BAY  is  one  mile  and  a  half  wide;  there  is  a  small  black  rock,  above 
water,  rather  to  the  nm-thward  of  its  middle.  A  great  deal  of  kelp.  Iviiig  over  a  rocky 
bottom,  is  seen  at  the  head  of  the  bay.  and  a  large  waterfall  nr.uks  the  place  distinctly". 
There  is  anchorage  in  from  10  to  15  fathoms,  near  the  south  point;  but  I  sliould  not 
recommend  a  vessel  to  use  it,  when  by  going  I'urlhersho  may  get  into  an  unexceptionable 
harbor,  or  anchor  off  its  entrance  in'perfcct  security. 


028 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Tho  Iniid  boliiiKl  tlioso  coves  that  liavo  been  mentioned  is  high  and  rngj^ed :  two  sin- 
jfular  ])riil\s  sliow  thniisrlvos,  wliich  rescmhie  gentry-boxes.  Near  tlie  shore  the  land  m 
low,  <(nn|)are<l  with  otlier  ])arts  of  ihc  coast,  and  has  not  the  iron-bound  forbiddinfj  an- 
pi'araiK  r  oC  tiio  more  westerly  sliorcs. 

{''roni  the  h(!ij;lits  sudden  and  very  strong  squalls  blow  during  westerly  winds.  Beinc 
g»'n<  rally  a  weather  shore,  and  regular  soundings  extending  along  it,  there  is  no  difliculty 
in  (dioosiiig  or  apjjroacliing  an  anchorage. 

Oil"  Orange  ]>ay  anchor  soundings  extend  to  two  miles  from  the  land.  The  oppnin; 
of  tho  bay  is  three  miles  wide,  and  in  that  |)art  are  eighteen  or  twenty  fathoms,  over  a  fm, 
speckled  sand.  Two  islands,  the  larger  having  a  smooth  down-like  a])pe:iraiicp,  lie  jj, 
the  middle;  behind  them  is  the  harbor,  a  square  mile  of  excellent  anchorage,  without  j 
single  rock  or  shoal.  In  the  two  creeks  at  tlie  south  side  is  good  ancli(u-age  for  .simili 
vessels  :  the  depth  of  the  water  varies  gradually  from  5  to  'JO  fathoms.  The  bottDm 
every  where  is  a  due  speckled  sand.  Tho  land  hereabouts  is  low,  comparatively  speakii;, 
and  yoii  arc  not  annoyed  by  the  violent  squalls  which  come  from  the  heights  in  otlpr 
places. 

You  may  go  close  to  the  shore  in  every  part,  therefore  no  directions  are  necessar)  in 
])oint  out  the  way  to  the  best  berth  which  is  marked  in  the  ])Um.  Wood  and  water  ore 
))leiuil'iil ;  the  best  watering  place  is  in  a  small  cove  at  the  north  side,  called  Water  Con. 
Tliis  harbor  is  (it  for  a  (Icet  of  line-of-battle  ships,  and  could  suiJjdy  them  withaw 
quantity  of  wood  and  water. 

Off  tlie  not  ill  point  are  several  small  islets,  which  nuist  not  be  approached  too  closely; 
they  are,  however,  out  of  the  way. 

Six  miles  N.  N.  W.  of  the  outer  anchorage  is  a  curious  island,  like  a  castle,  or  a  pack 
saddle. 

Orange  ]?ay  is  somewhat  open  to  east  winds,  but  they  seldom  blow  strong,  andHoiill 
be  fair  for  ships  bound  westward.  No  sea  can  be  thrown  in,  because  of  the  lleriiiitf 
Islands. 

There  is  no  current  here  worthy  of  notice.  The  tide  rises  six  feet:  high  water  at 
lialf-past  tiiree. 

Opposite  to  the  land  lying  between  New-Years  and  Tekeinika  Sounds,  called  Ilanly 
Peninsula,  on  the  east  side  of  which  is  Ora^ige  Hay,  are  the  Hermite  Islands.  (AW.IX, 
33,  and '.](t.)  Their  northern  shores  have  not  yet  been  examined.  The  southcriure 
accurately  laid  down  in  the  chart. 

NAS.SAL'  i>AY  extends  to  the  north  and  north-west  into  the  Beagle  Channd.- 
There  is  nothing  to  lead  a  vessel  into  these  openings,  therefore  a  description  of  them 
is  not  necessary.  They  may  jirove  useful  for  boats,  and  a  glance  at  the  chart  will  be  of 
more  service,  for  their  ])urpose,  than  any  directions. 

Nassau  Hay  is  very  accessible,  and  free  from  dangers.     Anchorage  may  be  fonmlon   j^ 
each  coast,  and  the  only  dangers  are  some  rocks  (or  islets,)  above  water,  shown  in  the 
chart,  and  visible  at  a  distance  by  daylight.     The  northern  shore  is  low,  particularly  in- 
wards (iuanaco  Toint,  where  the  coast  first  begins  to  show  signs  of  ajjproaching  K:i5t- 
ern  Patagonia,  ( i.anging  its  rocky  heights  for  level  land  and  low  earthy  cliffs. 

On  the  soutliei-nmost  of  the  llermite  Islands  is  Cape  Horn.  There  is  nothins  very 
stiiking  in  the  ajipearancc  of  this  promontory,  as  seen  from  a  distance  ;  but,  in  ]);\sslni; 
near,  it  is  more  remarkable,  showing  high  black  clili's  towards  the  south  :  it  is  about  five 
hundred  feet  above  the  sea.     (7V/r  Skclchfs  \t)S.  .'S4,  ;J."),  anr/  'M),  are  fuithfulh)  (Irinnu) 

No  dangers  exist  to  tVie  southward,  in  ap|)roaching  these  i''iinds — they  may  bec'osed 
without  hesitation. 

WEST  CAPK  is  low.  The  land  about  St.  Martin's  Cove  is  high  and  rugged.- 
Wollaston  and  Ilerschel  Islands  have  also  ridges  of  mountains.  Kater's  Peak,  the 
highest  land  (excepting  Mount  Hyde)  on  the  islands,  is  seventeen  hundred  fejt  above 
the  sea.  ■ 

In  the  channel  between  False  Cape  Horn  and  the  Hermite  Islands,  a  current  is  foun^ 
setting  into  Nassau  ]?ay,  and  rather  towards  the  Hermite  Islands,  at  the  rate  of  two  knols 
an  hour  with  the  flood  tide,  and  about  half  a  knot  with  the  ebb.  As  this  current  sets 
rather  towards  West  Cape,  a  good  berth  must  be  given  to  it  in  passing. 

FRANKLIN  SOUND  is  clear  of  obstruction,  and  has  no  other  danger  than  tliose 
\vhich  are  shown  in  the  chart. 

ill  Nassau  ]5ay  the  compasses  are  much  affected  ;  they  become  very  sluggish,  and 
might  cause  a  serious  error  if  not  carefully  attended  to.f 

*Bv  baroniclriral  iiionsiircnicnt,  1719  fret  nitnve  liit'li  walcrmark. — [P.  P.  K.] 
IThe  niairnetie  nrodlu  was  very  rciiiarkalily  niTcctcd  in  many  parts  of  llic  islands  of  the  group,  al 
tbousdi  I  did  not  observe  any  great  (litlercncc,  when  ;u  a  distance  from  tlie  ronk  of  which  tliov  are 


A  strong  curie 
;   tiirongb  tlie  Hay 
*    to  tlie  wind  and  t 
£  of  tide. 

*'      With  the  sket( 

'^i  Cove.    Temporal 

or  under  the  sout 

a  dear  sandy  bott 

shoals  to  IT)  and 

during  a  westerly 

I'OKT  MAX' 

sipialls,  (or  willi- 

i  only  two  are  fit  fo 

'^  tlioins  water,  ove 

'  (piires  a  little  mo 

The  passages 

AVhat  few  rocks  I 

Some  rocks  lie  o 

sideration. 

One  mile  to  tin 
The  sea  always  l> 
Off  the  east  poi 
reit  are  several  r( 
or  40  ("eet  above  t 
Off  Cape  Horn 
Cape  Pillar,  it  is 
runs  two  knots  ar 
the  westward  at  a 
The  Harnevelt 
chart  and  sketch 
refer  also  to  the  c 
of  the  coast,  from 
The  space  bet\ 
'  as  I  am  aware,  bu 
;      In  Goeiee  lloa 
I  bottom. 

LENNOX  IS 

jabouts,  may  be  a| 

There  are  no  si 

■:,  the  land  near  s 

At  the  east  side 

a  cove  in  which  tl 

.( is  quite  secure,  ai 

s  sel  would  not  wis 

]  opening  of  the  Ik 

i  profit  by  its  straij 

between  ranges  ol 

3  and  4,000  feet  a 

ral  has  deep  wate 

A  range  of  liig 

'  le  Maire.      Mout 


I  formed,  or  on  board 

t  Port  Maxwell,  the  c 

i^to  be  so  much  infliK 

')  numerous  crystals  u 

1  wards  made  by  taki 

Istatioiis  around,  at  f 

I  to  127°.     The  bloc] 

^  of  the  Geological  Sf 

No  sensible  diffe 

hvhere  the  variation 

twith  astronomical  b 

[the  variation  in  thai 

*  In  beating  up  t 

[Cape  Horn,  I  foun( 

[throughout  being  so 

1 6,800  feet. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


629 


K£;p(l :  two  sin- 
lore  the  land  is 
I  forbiililinjr  aj,. 

winds.    Rcinj 
D  is  no  (lifliciiltv 

The  openin; 
onis,  over  ;i  fim 
|)e;ir:\ncp,  lie  i„ 
i-iisie,  without  a 
Ktragc  for  sinnji 
.  'I'he  bottom 
lively  speakiri?, 
leights  in  oihfr 

ire  necessary  Id 

tl  iuiii  water  nrt 

t;(l  Water  C'ovf-. 

them  withaii\ 

hed  too  closelv; 

;asth',  or  a  pack 

ronfi,  and  wouM 
of  tlie  lleriiiiii' 

:  high  water  at 

Is,  called  Ilanlv 
inds.  (.Vo.s.  .'If 
he  southern  are 

gle  ChanneL- 
ription  of  them 
chart  will  be  (if 

ay  be  fotimlon 
>r,  shown  in  the 
particularly  to- 
)r()aching  East- 
ills. 

is  nothing  very 

but,  in  passins 

it  is  about  live 

tlifidh/  dram.) 

y  may  be  c'osed 

and  rugged.— 

ter's  Peak,  tlie 

dred  fe.'t  abovf 

current  is  foutid 
ate  of  two  knots 
his  current  sets 

iger  than  those 

y  slngj;ish,  and 


s  of  the  gToi\]i,  al- 
»f  which  they  are 


A  strong  can 


tiirou 


ent  set.s,  at  times,  along  the  outer  coast  of  the  Ilermite  Islands,  nnil 

„,.  li  the  Hay  of  St.  Francis.  It  varies  from  half  a  knot  to  two  knots  ;in  hour,  accorling 
to  tlitTwind  and  the  time  of  tide;  and,  in  the  bay,  changes  its  direction  with  the  chang(  •. 

With  the  .sketch  or  chart,  no  one  would  require  a  direction  to  point  out  St.  Martin'i  ) 
Cove.  Temporarv  anchorage  may  be  hail  in  the  small  bay  leading  to  St.  .loachim'.'*  ('ove  , 
or  under  the  south  head  of  St.  Martin's  Cove,  wht'rc  you  find  from  'JO  to  -Jo  fatlioms,  ove  r 
a  dear  sandy  bottom.  As  you  approach  the  western  end  of  St.  Martin's  Cove  the  watt  r 
shoals  to  L')  and  10  fathoms.  It  is  jjerfectly  secure,  but  visited  by  very  violent  squall  s 
I 


uring  a  westerly  wind. 
I'OKT  MAXWELl 


L  is  a  ]>erfectly  secure  anchorage,  and  iintrotibled  by  mour.iai  n 
sijnails,  (or  willi-waws.)  but  it  is  rather  out  of  the  way-     Though    t  has  four  opening!*, 

4  oidv  two  are  fit  for  vessels — those  to  the  north  and  east.  The  bcM  berth  ia  it  has  !(>  ft  i- 
^  tlio'ins  water,  over  a  clear  sandy  bottom.  This  harbor  is  decidedly  good,  though  it  r(;- 
^  {|uires  a  little  more  time  and  trotible  in  the  apiiroach. 

The  passages  between  these  islands  have  deep  water,  and  are  (vhe  from  dangers. 
■\Vhat  few  rocks  there  are,  show  themselves  above  water,  or  are  thickly  covered  with  kel] ). 
Some  rocks  lie  olV  the  south  ciul  of  Chanticleer  Island,  too  close  to  be  of  mucli  con- 
sideration. 

One  mile  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Horn  there  arc  three  rocks,  generally  above  water. 
The  sea  always  breaks  on  them. 

Off  the  east  |)oint  of  Horn  Island,  are  soii>^  small  rocks  and  breakers.  Ofl'Cape  I>e- 
reit  arc  several  rocks,  all  above  water ;  and  m.o  miles  to  the  S.  K.  is  a  cluster  rising  (iO 
or  40  feet  above  the  sea.  «!. 

Off  Cape  Horn  the  current  is  as  strong  as|jii  any  part  of  the  coast.  Between  it  and 
Cape  Pillar,  it  is  by  no  means  regular;  soinetWies  with  a  strong  Aviiid  and  (lowing  tide  it 
runs  two  knots  an  hour — at  others  it  is  hardly  worth  notice.*  I  never  found  it  set  to 
the  westward  at  any  time  of  tide,  or  with  at^y  wind. 

The  Harnevelt  islands  {No.  28)  lie  11  miles  N.  E.  by  E.  from  Cape  Deceit.     The 

chart  and  sketch  are  a  sufficient  description.     For  the  Evouts  Isles,  (Nn.  'AS,)  I  should 

refer  also  to  tlie  chart  and  the  accompanying  view;  and  for  the  appearance  of  this  part 

of  the  coast,  from  Cape  Horn  to  Cajie  (iood  Success,  to  the  sketch.     (No.  ^7.) 

t      The  space  between  Cape  Deceit  and  New  Island,  is  free  from  hiJden  dangers,  as  far 

I  as  I  am  aware,  but  it  has  not  yet  been  sufficiently  examined. 

I     In  Goeree  Koad  there  is  very  good  anchorage  in  G  or  7  fathoms  water,  over  a  sandy 

*  bottom. 

'     LENNOX  ISLAND,  as  well  as  New  Island,  and  indeed  any  part  of  the  coast  here- 
;;j|abouts,  may  be  apjuoached  with  confidence,  using  the  lead  and  looking  out  for  kelp. 
'       There  are  no  shoals,  but  the  water  is  not  so  deep  as  to  tlie  west  of  Cape  Horn,  neither 
'.;  the  land  near  so  high. 

At  the  east  side  of  Lennox  Island  is  excellent  andiorage.     Siriall  vessels  may  go  into- 

a  cove  in  which  tlie  Heagle  lay  moored,  but  large  ships  must  anchor  in  the  load,  which 

J  is  quite  secure,  and  sheltered  from  all  but  south-east  winds,  with  which  of  course  a  ves- 

5  sel  would  not  wish  to  reiuain  at  anchor.  To  the  north  of  Lennox  Island  is  the  eastern 
;  ojiening  of  the  Beagle  Channel.  It  is  easy  of  access,  but  useless  to  a  ship.  Boats  may 
I  profit  by  its  straight  course  and  smooth  water.     It  runs  120  miles  in  nearly  a  direct  line 

•  between  ranges  of  liigh  mountains  covered  always  with  snow.     Thehighest  are  between 

'   3  and  4,000  feet  above  the  sea.      This  channel  averages  1^,  mile  in  width,  and  in  gene- 
1    ral  has  deep  water  ;  but  there  are  in  it  many  islets,  and  rocks  near  them. 

A  range  of  high  mountains  runs  uninterruptedly  from  the  Barbara  Cliannel  to  Strait 
le  Maire.      Mount  SarmientOj  more  than  5,000  feetf  above  tlie  sea,  is  in  this  range^ 

■      '  4~'-  ]  ^  '  ~     ' 

i  formed,  or  on  board  the  ship.  On  one  occasion,  on  asccndins;  the  summit  of  Maxwcli  Island,  in 
I  Port  Maxwell,  the  compass  was  placed  fur  convenience  upon  the  rock,  when  the  needle  was  found 
I  to  be  so  much  influenced  by  the  ferruginous  nature  ol  the  rock,  composed  of  Quartz  with  large  and 

numerous  crystals  of  Hornblende,  that  its  poles  became  exactly  reversed.  An  experiment  was  after- 
ivvards  made  by  taking  a  set  of  bearings  of  a  distant  object,  (to  prevent  an  error  of  parallax,)  at  several 
Sstatioris  around,  at  fifty  yirds  from  the  above  magnetic  rork  ;  when  the  extreme  diflcrencc  aniounl  ed 
I  to  127°.  The  block  upor  which  the  compass  was  placed  in  the  first  instance  is  now  in  the  musei  ini 
-of the  Geological  Society. 

No  sensible  difference,  however,  was  found  in  the  valley  at  the  bottom  of  St.  Martin's  Cc.'e, 

I  where  the  variation  of  the  compass  was  observed  by  several  different  instruments,  and  compared 

pvith  astronomical  bearings,  when  the  deviation  did  not  amount  to  more  than  the  usual  amount  of' 

[the  variation  in  that  neighborhood.— [P.  P.  K.] 

I    *  In  beating  up  to  the  anchorage  in  St.  Martin's  Cove,  at  from  20  to  GO  miles  to  the  eastward  of 

I  Cape  Horn,  I  found  the  current  setting  constantly  at  from  half  to  one  mile  per  hour,  the  v\'icd 

[throughout  being  south-westerly.— [P.  P.  K.l 

'    1 6,800  feet. 


630 


ULUNT  S  AMKRK'AN  COAST  PILOT. 


Southwiml  oC  tlirso  moniitMiM''  ii  :i  siirrpssinn  of  broken  Innd,  intnrsnctcd  f)y  ]y,m,j(]^ 
or  IfirL'c  sdiinils.  A  hoiif  i-,\\\  l'o  iVdiu  the  WiM^k  Tsliinds  to  tlin  ciistcrn  cntnmcn  oi  I'll,, 
lU'ii^lc  ( 'lia.'iiicl,  williout  l)('iiii|;  once  <v\|ins('(|  lo  tiif  oiilsiilc  cniist,  or  ro  llic  sea  «l||||| 
is  llicrc  loiiNd. 

Some  lici;;lu.s  on  Now  T.-;l;inil  w(M-e  noticed  i)y  Cook  ;  tliey  wen;  not,  Iiowever,  so  vi,,. 
ble  from  tlie  west  :is  iVoi.i  iIk;  eiist  side. 

(iood  teiii|)()r;irv  anchor;r^e  durlir,'  westi>rly  winils  nniy  l)e  ohl.iined  nnder  Xcw  Isj;,. ; 
or  near  the  sliore  to  tlie  nortliwani;  lot  I  know  of  no  ijood  liarhor  between  |{iciimi,i,; 
Koad  and  (Jood  Sueeess  J5ny,  in  Stniit  lo  Maire. 

Ilefrular  sonndiiius  are  (hnnd  iiMeaboiits,  in  ;dl  directions,  and  tlie  sliore  is  sleep  ti, 

Neitlier  Aiiuirn^  i>ay,  Spanianrs  Ilarl)or,  nor  A'aleiityn's  Hay,  are  fit  lor  more  tim 
temporary  anclioraij;e  diirint;  nortin  riy  or  westerly  winds,  'i'liey  are  mncli  exposcil  in 
the  sontli.      For  that  purpose  llie  chart  is  asMllicienl  ;^nide. 

The  tide  is  felt  strongly  on  this  jiart  of  the  coast,  eausinji  races  and  eddies  np;ii';,> 
projoetin^f  points.  Tn  flie  odio'i,  the  current  (or  tide)  sets  towards  Strait  le  Maire,  irvn 
.1  to  .'5  knots  an  hour,  wlien  the  water  is  risina;  on  the  shore,  and  the  wind  westn;,, 
While  the  water  is  falling;,  it  runs  with  less  strength,  and  with  an  easterly  wind  i-;:  < 
felt  at  all. 

The  JSell  Mountain  is  remarkable  :  it  is  seen  far  at  sea,  from  the  north  as  well  as  from 
the  sontli.      It  is  liiirh.  afid  in  shape  resembles  a  larjie  bell. 

CAPK  rJOOD  SrCCESS  is  hi^h  and  IjIuII'.  {Xo.  40.)  Some  rocks  lie  closeioit, 
above  water. 

The  land  from  the  1>'-I!  lArountain  to  (iood  Success  Bay  is  higher  than  that  neiir  I,  .n. 
nox  and  New  Islands,     it  more  resemliles  Ae  south-west  coast. 

Between  Cape  Horn  and  Staten  IslainL  regular  soundings  are  found,  between  ."Kiml 
70  fathoms,  over  a  sandy  bottom. 

The  siiundings  in  Strait  Ic  Maire  are  similar  near  their  southern  entrance.  Townnl; 
the  north  the  soundings  diminish:  anil  -J  miles  from  Cape  San  Diego  there  are  nntiinir. 
than  30  fathoms  water,  over  a  rocky  bottom.  The  strait  is  clear  of  all  obstarlc*.  i!,. 
tide  excepted.  The  land,  from  Cape  Cood  .'"uceess  to  jNIaurice  Cove,  is  high  and  Imii, 
with  wat(!r  for  a  ship  as  near  to  it  as  she  ought  to  go. 

Rather  more  than  two  miles  north-<'ast  of  Cape  (Iood  Success  is  a  ]irojectiiii.' lii'i'l- 
land,  wliicli,  at  (irsi;,  appears  to  be  the  cape.  Two  rocky  islets  show  themselvus  dii.,> 
to  it,  and  from  a  distance  appear  like  a  shij)  under  sail. 

Six  miles  from  these  rocks.  N.  E.I)y  N.,  is  the  Bay  of  (!ood  Success.  (iVr;.  Ih.)  [| 
is  a  good  aiudiorage,  ])er('e('tly  safe,  ];rovided  that  a  vessel  does  not  anchor  tnn  far  in 
towards  tiie  sandy  beach  at  its  head  ;  for,  during  south-east  gales,  a  heavy  swell  w'nli 
dangerous  rollers  sets  right  into  tiie  bay.  The  l)est  berth  is  shown  in  the  plan.  Ijii^lns 
of  about  1,200  feet  above  the  sea.  surround  the  liay;  therefore,  with  strong  winds,  it i< 
subject  to  s(|ualls,  Avhieh.,  during  westerly  gales,  are  very  violent. 

GOOD  SUC('KSS  P>\\  is  an  excellent  anchorage  for  vessels  of  any  si/c  tostupin 
to  get  wood  or  water,  but  it  would  not  answer  if  a  vessel  refjuired  to  lie  steady  lor  n- 
pairs,  as  a  swell  fref|iu>iitiy  sets  in.  It  is  (piite  safe;  but  in  the  winter  seasnn,  wlnii 
easterly  winds  are  common,  no  vessel  should  anchor  so  near  the  head  of  the  bay  iisslic 
might  in  summer. 

The  "Broad  Koad."  mentioned  by  Cook,  is  a  good  mark  for  the  bay,  if  the  inhciidfll 
the  land  does  not  suriicienlly  point  out  its  situation.  It  is  a  barren  strij)  of  land  on  tlv 
height  at  the  south  side  of  th"  hari)or.  Maurice  C'ove  has  no  good  anchorage;  iti* 
merely  a  rocky  bight. 

Hence  to  C;\\k  .San  Diego,  the  land  is  much  lower,  and  the  water  near  it  less  (locp, 

CAPE  S.VN  1)1  ECO  is  low.  A  shii)  may  go  close  to  it.  There  are  shoalersounii- 
ings  towards  the  east,  for  about  two  miles,  than  in  other  parts  near  here;  for  a  loiU 
ledge  under  water  seems  to  ])roieet  fVoni  the  ca{)e.  On  this  ledge  there  are  overtali-. 
strong  eddies,  and  a  violent  race  of  tide  when  the  wind  is  op])osed  to  it. 

Bevond  Cape  San  T^iego  the  land  suddeulv  trends  awav  westward. 

CAPE  ST.  VINCENT  is  a  rocky  point, 'with  low  binds  above  it. 

]ietween  this  point  and  Cajie  San  Diego,  is  "Thetis  Bay,"  a  tolerable  anchorage  din- 
ing west  or  soiuherly  winds,  thougli  the  i)ottom  is  rocky  in  many  ])laccs.  Between  tln^ 
heads  the  tides  run  with  great  strength  ;  therefore  a  ship  should  anchor  off  a  green  bliili 
at  the  west  side,  and  within  the  line  of  the  heads  she  will  have  from  6  to  12  fathoms ol 
water,  over  a  coarse  sandy  bottom,  luixed  with  jiatehes  of  rock. 

Beyond  Cajie  St.  Vincent  the  land  trends  to  the  W.  and  N.  W.  Jt  is  rather  low  near 
the  sea,  t)Ut  in  shore  are  many  hills  ])artially  covered  with  wood. 

Regular  soundings  ext^nrl  to  seaward  Ibr  many  leagues  ;  and  good  anchorage  maybe 
found  near  the  land,  on  any  part  of  this  coast,  during  westerly  winds. 

The  tides  in  Strait  le  Maire  areas  regular  as  in  any  |)arl  of  the  world.  They  will  as- 
sist a  vessel  materially  in  her  jiassage,  if  taken  at  the  right  time. 


•s  wind.     Tiie  ebb  i 


ni<UIVT's  AMHUICAN  ('UAST  I'lLOT. 


G3L 


I  t'ddirs  near 'i,; 
lit  It^  iM;iin',irr,.|| 
c  witnl  wcstPM, 
iterly  wind  Imm 

li  as  well  as  from 

;ks  He  close  to  it, 

;iii  tliat  lUMiJ/n- 

1,  i)t!tweeii;M;iiiil 

raiicc.  T-nnnl; 
icre  are  luitiimr. 
all  <)i)stiicles,  i!iP 
is  high  and  Ii4!, 

])voi('('tiii};lip;i!l. 
thciiisLdvc's  tliw 

s.  (No.4i\]  f( 
anchor  tnnlarin 
lifavy  swell  w'nli 
;(■  plan.  llii;lits 
itrong  winds,  it  i< 

ny  size  to  stup  in 

IP.  steady  lorn'- 

ter  season,  when 

of  the  bay  as  she 

,  if  tlie  iulicndnl 

rip  of  liuiil  1)11  till' 

anchorage;  iti< 

par  it  Ir.xS  dpcp. 
re  shoaior  soiiini- 
lore ;  for  a  nub 
lore  are  uverl'iiil-. 


IS  rather  low  near    :| 
nchorage  maybe 
i.     They  will  iis- 


As  tlie  strait  is  very  wide,  perfectly  free  from  nl»sta(df.-;  ol  any  kind,  th(!  sotiiidinns 
ro'idar,  with  (lood  Siieet.'ss  liay  eh).st!  at  hand,  in  ease  ihr  N>in<l  or  tide  slioiild  ehan^c, 
vfss.'U  may  pii^.-.  llnoii'^li  without difficiiliy  or  ri-U. 

When  the  lidt;  opiiose.s  tin*  wind  and  swdl,  there  is  a  lica\y,  and,  lur  small  vessels,  a 
,l;iM"in)!is,  race  of  tide  olf  Cape  .Sati  Dit'j^o,  where,  ,i  •  I  ^^ald  belore,  tlien-  is  a  shoal  ledge, 
;iii,rtli(  tide  runs  very  .strongly.  We  found  it  so  in  tlic  Mtsi'^lu  at  even  a  neap  (lood  tule; 
lint  let  ii  lie  nnnarked,  that  on  another  day,  at  the  lop  of  the  spriiii;s,  Iji'in^  the  day  af- 
ter lull  moon,  we  pa>s>'d  the  '.ami'  .-.poi  al  hall  liouil,  wiili  pcrt'celly  smooth  \\ati'r. 

Thiiifh  the  tiile  was  rnnnin^r  tjucu  or  luur  knots  an  lioiir  roniid  ihr  eajie,  and  eddies 
were  sLM'n  in  every  dinrelion,  the  vessel's  steerage  was  Init  little  aifi'cled  hy  tliini. 

It  is  lii^h  water  on  ill'-  sliorr  in  iJood  Siiecess  J5ay,  and  slaek  water  in  tin'  strait,  nt  4 
in  llir  alirriiiiiiii  on  liir  lull  and  (diaii'^e  days,  and  low  water  with  slack  tide  in  the  offing, 
at  in  in  the  nmriiiiig.     The  tide  rises  per|»<'iidiei!larly  iVoni  0  to  fS  f-iT,  according  to  the 

At  (Jape  rillar,  as  1  hefore  said,  the  turn  of  tide  is  aljoiit  I  o'eloid^.  Along  the  S.  \V. 
and  S.  K.  coasts,  the  time  gradually  ini  rea-rs  to  4  in  the  artcriioon  at  this  place. 

l''roin  <  'ape  San  Diego  to  tin'  iioVlliw.ud,  tiie  lidi-  si^ts  norlli  and  west  along  the  shore, 
from  one  kiiol  to  llirie.     'L'he  ebl)  sets  in  a  contrary  direction,  but  not  »o  strongly. 

In  .Strait  le  .Maire  the  Hood  tide  runs  fioiii  two  to  four  knots  near  the  cape,  and  from 
one  to  three  in  inid-chaunel,  more  or  less,  according  to  the  siren-ih  and  direction  ol  the 
wind.     The  ebb  sets  to  the  southward,  about  one  knot  an  lnnir.' 

At  times,  wiieii  a  strong  llood  tide  is  ojiposed  by  a  northerly  wind,  there  is  an  overfall 
olf  Cajie  San  Diego,  like  the  "  l>ores"  on  our  own  coast  and  (d-ewliere. 

STATKN  IS  LAND  is  high,  ami  its  niouutains  an;  geniMally  covered  with  snow.  Its 
shores  lying  towards  the  strait  are  very  bold  and  rugged.  .No  danger  is  near  them,  ex- 
centim:  strong  eddies  and  races,  caused  by  the  tide  near  tin;  headlands. 

CAPK  St.  A.NTONV,  MIDDLH  (JAPH,  AND  (JAl'K  SAX  r.AllTlIOLO- 
MHW,  are  high,  blulf  promontories.  The  soundings  to  the  northward  are  very  regu- 
lar, anil  give  notice  of  your  apjiroach  to  Staten  Island,  or  the  Strait  Le  Maire. 

General  Ohserval'mis  upon  the.  appearance  and  rhanirler  of  llie  Sea  Count  of  Tierra  (let. 
Finuo;  DcsLiiplluii  of  I'le  Andiorugea ;  and  llciaarLs  I'/ion,  the  Seasons,  Wind  and 
IVcalher. 

From  Cape  Pillar  to  Capo  Horn,  the  coast  of  Tierra  del  I'liego  is  very  irregular,  ami 
iimch  brok(!ii ;  being,  in  fact,  composed  of  an  immense  number  of  islands.  It  is  gene- 
rally high,  bold,  and  free  from  shoals  or  banks;  but  there  are  many  ro(d<s  nearly  level 
witli  the  surfiee  of  the  water,  distant  -J,  and  even  ;;  miles  from  the  nearest  shore,  which 
make  it  very  unsafe  for  a  vessel  to  approach  nearer  than  .">  miles,  exci^jting  in  daylight 
and  clear  weather.  The  coast  varies  in  height  from  3  to  1.300  feet  above  the  sea.  Fur- 
ther in  shore  are  ranges  of  mountains  always  covered  with  snow,  whose  height  is  from 
:J  to  4000  feet,  and  in  one  instance,  (.Sarmiento,)  .jOOO.  '■■ 

With  daylight  and  clear  weather,  a  vessel  may  close  the  shore  without  risk,  because 
the  water  is  invariably  deep;  and  no  rock  is  found  which  is  not  so  marked  by  sea-weed, 
(or  kelp,  as  it  is  generally  called,)  that  by  a  good  look  out  at  the  mast-head,  its  situation 
is  as  clearly  seen  as  if  it  were  buoyed.  l>y  avoitling  kelp  you  are%ure  of  having  suffi- 
cient water  for  the  largest  ships,  on  any  part  of  this  coast.  At  the  same  time  it  must  be 
remembered  that  k(dp  grows  in  some  jilaces  from  a  depth  of  oO  fathoms,  and  that  on 
many  parts  of  this  coast  you  may  pass  through  thick  beds  of  sea-weed  without  having 
less  than  G  fathoms  water;  still  it  is  always  a  sign  of  danger,  and  until  the  spot  where  il 
grows  has  been  carefully  sounded,  it  is  not  safe  to  pass  over  it  with  a  ship.  As  an  in* 
stance  : — after  sounding  a  large  bed  of  this  weed  in  one  of  the  Ueagle's  boats,  and  think- 
ing it  might  be  passed  safely,  a  rock  was  fouiul,  not  mor(!  than  4  feet  in  diameter,  hav- 
ing only  one  fathom  water  over  it. 

Viewing  the  coast  at  a  distance,  it  appears  high,  rugged,  covered  with  stmw,  and  con- 
tinued— as  if  there  were  no  islands.  When  near,  you  s('e  many  inlets  which  intersect 
the  land  in  every  direction,  and  open  into  large  gulls  or  sounds  behind  the  seaward  isl- 
ands. 

You  now  lose  sight  of  the  higher  land,  which  is  covered  with  snow  throughout  the 
year,  and  lind  the  heights  close  to  the  sea  thickly  wooded  towards  the  east,  though  bar- 

*  The  flood  tide  sets  through  Strait  Ic  Mairc  from  the  southward,  and  along  the  north  and  south 
sides  of  Statcii  Island  from  cast  to  west.  It  is  high  water,  at  full  and  change,  at  the  anchorage 
within  the  New  Year's  Isles,  as  well  as  on  the  cast  side  of  Strait  lo  Mairc,  at .')  o'clock.  The  cur. 
rent  is  very  strong,  ruiniing  from  4  to  G  knots.  Olf  Capo  St.  John  there  is  a  tide  race,  which  ex- 
tends for  some  distunco  olf  the  jioiut.— [!'.  1*.  K.J 


m'2 


in.l'XT  S  AMKIUCAN  COAST  l»ILOT. 


Ten  on  llioir  wrsfj'in  .sides,  (Mviiit^  t(>  tlio  prnviiiling  winils.  TiicHO  heights  iiro  sflii,,,,. 
»;()V('if(l  Willi  sMdw,  lirciiiisc  (lie  SIM  wiiiils  anil  llu!  ruin  melt  it  Hiion  iii'tcr  it  inlls.  o,, 
liotitc  111  till  (MHii'iii  v,illc),s,  wiicii-  llii!  Liiiil  . .  lovorcd  willi  wmnl,  anil  walrr  is  ncph  |  i  i 
iiii;  ilinvii  iIh)  laviiii'i,  m>n(i  anclniiiim'  ism-iu'iaily  round.  Hut  tliosr  valleys  an- pximuiiI 
to  treniLMidons  si|nalls,  whicli  coini!  iVoiii  llin  linnlits.  The  licsl  ot' all  anclioranis,, 
llli."  coast,  is  win-ii'  yon  liml  i;i»od  irionnd  on  tint  western  side  ol'  liiuli  land,  and  air  1,1, 
tecteil  lioni  llie  sea  liy  low  islaniU.  It  never  Idows  near  so  hard  ai;ainsf  lii;;li  |;i,|,| 
Ironi  il,  lint  the  sea  on  ilie  we  ither  side,  is  of  lourse  too  lorinidable,  uidess  .stiipiiiil  „ 
1  nientioneii,  liy  islets. 

Where  the  land  isehielly  eoni|iiised  oC  sandstone  or  slate,  anehorai^Ts  aliouiid  ;  w|i,. 
uf  granite,  it  is  dil'lienlt  to  strdu-  Noiiiidini^s. 

riio  dili'erenee  lietween  liie  i^ranile  and  slate,  or  sandstone  iiills,  (an  lie  disiiiiirnni,,,, 
Ijy  till!  Conner  heiny;  very  barren  and  rnni^ed,  and  oC  a  /^rey  or  while  appearance;  wIktm, 
ithe  laller  are  j^eneraily  eovered  with  vej;etation,  are  dark  colored,  and  iiave  siiiiiiiilfr 
outlines.  Tiu^se  slatt;  or  sandslone  hills  slmw  few  peaks,  and  the  oidy  rnm^ed  i,|;,,,^ 
arc  those  exposed  to  wind  or  sea. 

.Souii(rnij;s  extend  to  ;ii)  miles  (Voni  the  coast.  IJelween  10  and  '.'()  miles  iVoiii  i;, 
land,  tin;  depth  of  water  varies  iVom  dit  lo  -JOI)  I'alhoms,  the  liotlom  almost  every \v||i'r» 
line  while  or  speckled  sand.  Kroni  10  to  5  miles  distant  tin"  averai;e  depth  is  oO  iatliiiii,. 
it  varies  froni  .'!0  to  100,  and  in  soiiii!  places  no  uroiind  wiih  ','0(1  lathonis  of  line.  („>[ 
than  .'j  miles  iVom  the  slmre  the  soniidiiius  are  very  irremilar  indeed,  ijenerally  li'ssi||,r 
40  fathoms,  hiii  in  somi;  places  dcepeniiii;  snddeiily  to  lUOor  more:  in  others  u |„, 
rises  iic.irly  lo,  or  aliove,  the  surface  of  the  water. 

.\fi(!r  carryiri.;  .')(),  40,  ;!(),  or  -M)  fathoms,  towards  an  inlet  which  you  arc  dnsiriiin,i| 
cnterim;,  you  will  prol)aldy  liiid  the  water  deepen  to  dO  or  100  fatlionis  as  soon  ;is\„i| 
enter  the  opening;  :  and  in  the  lar^e  soiinds,  heiiind  the  seaward  islands,  the  water  is  ihi,. 
sideralily  deeper  than  on  the  outside. 

'J'iiere  is  a  liaiik  of  soimdint^s  alom;  the  wln)l'j  coast,  extendin;i;  (Vom  'JO  to  .'id  mil,, 
from  it,  winch  appears  to  have  l)et!ii  foriued  by  the  continued  action  of  tlie  sea  ii|iiiiiit 
sin)re,  wearing  it  away  and  t'orniini,'  a  bank  with  its  sand. 

IJetween  the  islands  wlieris  there  is  no  swell  or  surf  worth  notice,  the  water  is  ijirr, 
and  the  boltoiii  very  irreijiilar. 

.V  small  ship  may  run  ainim<j;  the  islands  in  many  jjlaces,  and  iind  i;ood  anclior:i;'{';  Imt 
.she  runs  into  a  labyrinth,  from  which  her  escape  may  be  dilhcult,  and,  in  thick  \ve;iilw, 
extremely  dani;eri)ns.  , 

Foi^s  are  extremely  rare  on  this  coast,  but  thick  rainy  weather  and  stronj^  winils|irc. 
vail.  The  sun  shows  hinrsdf  but  little  ;  tlie  sky,  even  in  fine  weather,  jeini,' genimllj 
overcast  and  cloudy.     A  clear  day  is  a  very  rare  occurrence. 

Gales  of  wind  succeed  each  other  at  short  intervals  and  last  several  days.  At  times 
the  weather  is  fine  and  settled  for  a  fi)rtni;,dit,  but  those  times  are  i'ow. 

Westerly  winds  prevail  dnriim  the  jjreater  part  of  the  year.  The  east  wind  blows 
chielly  in  the  winter  months,  and  at  times  very  hard,  but  it  seldoai  blows  in  siiniiiu'r. 

Winds  from  the  eastern  ipiarter  invariably  rise  light,  with  hue  weather; — they  iiicriMsi' 
gradually — the  weather  chansjes — and  at  times  end  in  a  determined  heavy  gale.  Morp 
frequently  they  rise  to  the  strength  of  a  treble-reefed  topsail  breeze,  then  die  away  gn- 
dually,  or  shift  to  another  (juarter. 

From  the  north  the  wind  always  begins  to  blow  moderately,  but  with  thick  weather 
and  more  clouds  than  from  the  eastward,  and  it  is  generally  accomiianied  by  small  rain. 
Increasing  in  strength,  it  draws  to  the  westward  gradually,  and  blows  hardest  between 
north  and  north-west,  with  heavy  clouds,  thick  weather,  and  much  rain. 

When  the  fury  of  the  north-wester  is  expended,  which  varies  from  12  to  50  hours,  01 
even  while  it  is  blowing   hard,  the  wind  sometimes  shifts  suddenly  into  the  .soutli-»e.i! 
quarter,  blowing  harder  than  before.     This  wind  soon  drives  away  the  clouds,  and  in; 
,few  hours  you  have  (?lear  weather,  but  with  heavy  squalls  passing  occasionally. 

In  the  south-west  quarter  the  wind  hangs  several  days,  (generally  speaking,)  blowing 
strong,  but  moderating"  towards  its  end,  and  granting  two  or  tliree  days  of  fine  weather. 

Northerly  winds  then  begin  again,  generally,  during  the  sumnni  months;  Imt  all 
manner  of  shifts  and  changes  arc  experienced  from  north  to  south  l)y  the  west,  ilurins 
that  season,  which  would  hardly  deserve  the  name  of  summer,  weiu  not  thedaysso 
much  longer,  and  the  weather  a  little  warmer.  Rain  and  wind  prevail  much  more  dur- 
ing the  long  than  the  short  days. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  bad  weather  never  comes  on  suddenly,  from  the  east- 
ward, neither  does  a  south-west  or  southerly  gale  shift  suddenly  to  the  northward.  >?. 
W.  and  southerly  winds  rise  suddenly  and  violently,  and  must  bo  well  considered iu 
choosing  anchorages,  and  preparing  for  shifts  of  wind  at  sea. 


I      The  most  ""''>' 

I  umiili-wesl,  with  a 

I      Mindi  diirereiicc 

jMiib's.     1  can  mil 

pifSDincicr  (Adie's 

not,  of  I'ourHC.ciir 

liiuli  niirthciii  I, nil 

west  rnnainiiig  tli< 

Tlii're  is  a  ronti 

'  frmii  lliP  north  we. 

their  vicinity  the  c 

J  wards  .Staten  Islaii 

(iMui'h  has  been 
a  serious  obstacle 
in  existence. 

I  found  it  run  a 

west, — less,  or  ins( 

larly  near  the  proj 

This  current  set' 

pari  of  the  roast. 

There  is,  in  fact 

Heing  high  and  bo 

ami  a  bank  of  son 

feared.     Rocks,  it 

out  of  a  ship's  wa; 

^      A  line  from  hea 

i  the  coast,  will  clea 

and  steep  to. 

(Tales  of  wind  ft 
foretold  by  heavy  I 
anil  appearing  very 
Winds  from  the 
flying  clouds,  witli 
I  height.     The  sun 
i  hours,  or  a  day, be 
|of  the  sun,  althiu; 
Jcausing  his  limbs 
'    light  between  N.  P 
are  succeeded  by 

It  may  be  as  we 
iCape  Horn,  as  mu 
^  round  the  cape  in 

tTlie  equinoctial 
of  the  world.  Ih 
eipiinoxes.  In  .\i 
in  the  year.  We? 
Decend)er,  .Tan 
ynii  liave  some  fin 
rain,  jjrevail  Mirou 
any  part  of  the  gli 
Marcli,  as  I  sail 
violent  winds,  tho 
I  In  April,  May 
r^  shorten,  it  is  more 
I  during  these  nion 
I  with  fine  clear  set 
I  few  successive  an 
-  altitudes,  would  h 
alike,  but  easterly 
The  days  being 
tliough  they  are, 
wind  is  much  in  t 
I  should  say  th 
a  passage  from  t 
easy  that  it  hardl 
fer  April,  May  ar 


J 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


033 


«'""  !irfi  fip|,|,„„ 
K-r  it  (•,11s.    Up 
■•Iter  iH  .srph  iiii. 

I'7^  ••>•<' «'X|M,„.,| 

ml.  iiiid  iirf|,r„ 
'^'  lii:;li  liiml,. 
nir.ss  Ht..|)|„.,|,,j 


:ili()iiiii 


«lipri' 


lie  fiisliiiiitiislifil 

iraiicc;  wlicn,, 

liiivi'   sinoiiiliff 

y  MiKfrud  place, 

'  miles  iVoiii!);. 
ist  t'vrrywlirr» 

llsr)()    illtllnil,.; 

H  ol'  liiip.  [,„„ 
tii'iiiily  Icssiliij 
in  otlu'is  a  f,,,^ 

I  iii(!  fIfsiroiK,,! 
1^  ■''oon  as  Villi 

lit!  wiitcr  is  Vim- 

II  "JO  to  .",1)  mil,, 
lie  sen  ii|i(ii|  iii. 

le  water  is  dcpii 
iuirlu»ra;'(';  l,;it 

11   tilick  WIMllnT, 

rotig  winds  pre- 


iluys.     At  I 


IlllfS 


East  wind  blu*i 
vs  in  suiniiicr. 
; — they  iiicriMv' 
ivy  !j;a!f.  Mor^ 
;n  die  away  gri- 
ll thick  weathei 
[m1  by  small  rain- 
lardest  betwees 

I  to  50  hours,  oi 
the  south-»es 

clouds,  and  iii' 
ionaily. 
aking,)  blowin; 
of  fine  weather. 
months;  but  ail 
he  west,  durins 
not  the  days  so 
luch  more  dur- 

,  from  the  east- 
northward.    S. 

II  considered  iu 


Thf  most  ii«iial  wpntlier  in  thene  latitudes,  is  a  fresh  wind  lietween  a  north-west  and 
smiiliwiwi,  with  a  cinudy  overcast  sky. 
,  Much  diircreiice  of  opinion  has  prevailed  as  to  the  utility  of  a  barometer  in  these  lat- 
inidns.  1  can  only  say,  that  di:riiij{  I'i  iiionlhs  constant  inal  of  a  baroiiiciir  and  syin- 
pit'sijini'ter  (Adie'-i,)  I  found  their  indications  of  the  utmost  value,  'i'luir  variations  dr» 
ni)f,  of  ciiurse,  correspond  to  ihose  of  inidille  laliludes,  liiit  they  correspund  to  those  of 
hi<'ii  MDrtheni  latitinle."  in  a  remarkable  manner,  chunking  fiouih  for  north,  (cast  and 
I  west  rniiainin^  the  same.) 

I'lierc  is  a  ciuitinual  current  settinp;  along  the  south-west  coast  of  Tierra  del  Fuego, 
rtli  west  towards  the  south-east,  as  far  as  the  Dieijo  Kamire/,  Islands.     From 


I  from  the  no 


their 


vicinity  the  ciin 


•nt  taken  a  more  easterly  direction,  settiiii;  round  Cape  Horn  tu- 


h  Staten  Island,     nd  olf  to  seaward  to  the  K.  .S.  K 


I  wan 

iMiich  has  been  said  of  tin-  slren<;tli  of  this  current,  some  persons  .supiiosinR  that  it  is 
|a  serious  obstacle  in  passing  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Horn,  whilt;  others  almost  deny 
t'lta  existence. 

I  I  found  it  run  at  the  average  rale  of  a  mile  an  hour.  Its  strength  is  greater  during 
west, — less,  or  insensible,  during  easterly  winds.  It  is  strongest  near  the  land,  particu- 
larly near  the  projecting  capes  or  detached  islamls. 

'iMiis  current  sets  rather  from  the  land,  w!iii;h  diminishes  the  danger  of  approacliing  this 
part  of  the  coast. 
There  is,  in  fact,  much  less  risk  in  a|)proaching  this  coast  than  is  generally  supposed. 
4  Being  high  and  bold,  without  sand-banks  or  shoals,  its  position  accurately  determined, 
and  a  bank  of  soundings  extending  'JO  or  .10  miles  froiti  the  shore,  it  cannot  be  much 
feared.  Rocks,  it  is  true,  abound  near  the  land,  but  they  are  very  near  to  the  shore,  and 
out  of  a  ship's  way. 

A  line  from  headland  to  headland,  (beginning  from  the  outermost    Apostle,)  along 
the  coast,  will  clear  all  danger,  excepting  the  Tower  Rocks,  which  are  high  above  water, 
I  and  steep  to. 

I  (tales  of  wind  from  the  south"  ard,  and  squalls  from  the  south-west,  are  preceded  and 
foretold  by  heavy  b.mks  of  large  white  clouds  rising  in  those  quarters,  having  hard  edges, 
and  appearing  very  rounded  and  solid.     {Cuinuloni.) 

Winds  from  the  northward  and  north-westward,  are  preceded  and  accompanied  by  low 

flying  clouds,  with  a  thickly   overcast  sky,  in  which  the  clouds  appear  to  be  at  a  great 

1  height.     The  sun  shows  dimly  through  them,  and  has  a  reddish  appearance.     For  some 

i  hours,  or  a  day,  before  a  gale  from  the  north  or  we^it,  it  is  not  [lossible  to  take  an  altitude 

-of  the  sun,  ahh;)ugh  he  is  visii)|e  :  the  ha/.iness  of  the  afmosiihert-  in  the  upper  regions, 

causing  his  limbs  to  be  (piite   indistinct.     Sometimes,  but  very    rarely,  with  the  wind 

light  between  N.  N.  W.  and  i\.  N.  K.,  you  have  a  few  days  of  beautiful  weather.      They 

are  succeeded  by  gales  from  the  southward,  with  much  rain. 

It  mav  be  as  well  to  say  a  few   worrls  respecting  the  seasons  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Cape  Horn,  as  much  question  ha,s  arisen  respecting  ;he  propriety  of  making  the  passage 
.  round  the  cape  in  winter  or  in  summer. 

^      The  equinoctial  months  are  the  worst  in  the  year,  generally  speaking,  as  in  most  parts 

I  of  the  world.     Heavy  gales  prevail  at  those  limes,  though  not,  perhaps,  exactly  at  the 

o(|uinoxes.     In  .\u'j;ust,  .Se|)teml)er,  October  and  November,  you  have  the  worst  months 

ill  the  year.     Westerly  winds,  rain,  snow,  hail,  and  cold  weather,  then  prevail. 

I      December,  .Tanuary  and    February  are  the  warmest  iiionths:   the  days  are  l"ng,  and 

you  have  some  fine  weather;  but  westerly  wintls,  very  strong  gales  at  times,  with  much 

rain,  jirevail  •hrnughout  this  season,  which  carries  with  it  less  of  summer  th.in  in  alinost 

I  any  part  of  the  globe. 

•      March,  as  I  said,  is  stormy,  and  perhaps  the  worst  month  in  the  year  wiili  respect  to 
violent  winds,  though  not  so  rainy  as  the  summer  months. 

In  April,  May  and  .Tune,  the  finest  weather  is  experienced  ;  and  thougl/  the  days 
slmrten,  it  is  more  like  summer  than  any  other  time  of  the  year.  Had  weati.er  is  found 
(luring  these  months,  but  not  so  much  as  at  other  times.  Easterly  winds  are  frefjuent, 
with  fine  clear  settled  weather.  During  this  period  there  is  so';ie  chance  of  obtaining  a 
few  successive  and  corresponding  observations.  To  try  to  rate  chronometers  by  equal 
I  altitudes,  would  be  a  fruitless  waste  of  time  at  other  seasons.  June  and  July  are  much 
I  alike,  but  easterly  gales  blow  more  during  July. 

I  The  days  being  so  short,  and  the  weather  cold,  make  these  months  very  unpleasant, 
1  though  they  are,  perhaps,  the  best  for  a  ship  making  a  passage  to  the  westward,  as  the 
I  wind  is  much  in  the  eastern  quarter. 

I  should  say  that  the  summer  months,  December  and  January,  are  the  best  for  making 
a  passage  from  the  Pacific  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  though  that  jiassage  is  so  short  and 
■   easy  that  it  hardly  requires  a  choice  of  time.     For  going  to  the  westward  I  should  pre- 
fer April,  May  and  June. 

80 


HLIINT  8  AMKRICAN  COART  PILOT. 


634 

Lij?litnint5  ami  thumlpr  arc  nrldoni  known.  Violent  s(|iiall«i  come  from  the  «ouihjm| 
■oiitli-weHi,  giving  wiiitiitii;  of  tlii'ir  upproiu  h  l)y  iiiuf«H«!t  ul  cljuii*.  'I'lit-y  iire  r«ii(|(i(j 
mure  rornii(l.il)lc  liy  itiiow,  iiml  liail  of  l.irj^K  Hj/.e. 

Soulh-wcat  Coast,  or   IVcsUrn  Putaffonin,  from  the  Strait  of  Maf^alluteni  to  ('<(^,( 

Tret  Monlin. 

Very  small  portions  of  the  «ra  const  of  this  intervi.l  were  seen  by  us.  The  follosip. 
descriptions  lire  prin(  ipiilly  nhsiractrd  from  the  niiimiscripi  journiiN  of  the  line  ('apii, 
Stokes,  Lieutenant  (now  Captain)  .Sky ring,  and  Mr.  Kirke,  mate  o(  his  iMajesty'tn,,. 
veyinit  sloop  Deacle. 

Between  CAI'K  VICTORY  AND  LORD  NKI.SON  STRAIT,  the  roa».t  !,,»„ 
mtich  brrfken,  and  intursccled  by  channels  lcadiii>;  bciwern  the  iHlands  of  (^iH-cnAv. 
laido  Archipeiano,  on  the  sea  ro:ist  of  whieh,  to  rile  N.  N.  K.  of  Cape  Victory,  is  ii,. 
markable  |)yramidal  hill  called  Diana  Peak,  which,  in  clear  weather,  is  visiMe  to  si  , 
entering  the  strait.  Cape  lsal)el  is  a  steep  rocky  promontory  of  grvM  heiubt,  u,  , 
peaked  summit.  an<l  a  sharply  serrated  rid^e,  having;  two  detached  coliinmar  niinv. , 
rock.  Beadle  Island,  lyin^  olf  it,  is  wall  Hided;  but  although  tolerably  hi^h,  in  m,] 
lower  thnn  the  land  of  tjie  cape. 

CAFH  .SANTA  M'('IA,  the  westrnmiost  jmint  of  (^ambridjje  Island,  ishij^hmj 
precipitous,     ('ape  (ieor^^e,  at  the  south  cikJ,  is  lower,  and  lornis  a  liliilf  |)oint. 

THK  .SANIU.ASCHANNKL,  DUCK  AM)  Dl'NCAiN  IlAKHOKS,  THi:  1)1% 
CAN  ROCK,  and  other  rocks  oi\  fhent,  are  inserted  from  the  oral  information  nfi. 
masttr  of  ui  American  schooner,  and,  pr()bal)ly,  are  very  incorrectly  laid  dowu.  .^i;. 
gusta  Island  and  the  White  Horse  were  seen  iiy  Lieuten.int  Skyrinj;. 

CAPE  SANTIACiO,  tin*  south  end  of  iMadre  de  Dios  Archipelago,  is  correctlt 
placed,  as  are  also  the  general  direction  of  the  coast  to  the  northward,  and  the  suniiiin 
of  the  land  that  are  particularized,  viz.,  the  openiiij:;  of  West  Channel,  April  I'n, 
Tower  Rock,  and  the  bay  to  the  north  (d'it,  and  Cape  Three  Points,  wliidi  is  (Iipsod; 
entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Trinidad.  Opposite  to  the  latter  cape  is  Cape  Priiiiero.y 
south  point  of  the  niounlainous  island  of  .Mount  Corso,  the  land  of  which  may  liisrr: 
in  clear  weather,  from  the  southward,  at  the  distance  of  ten  leagues.  It  forms  tlievisif » 
northern  termination  of  the  coast  line.  Viewed  when  bearing  north,  or  any  point i(ii;( 
westward  of  north,  its  summit  makes  like  a  round  mount  rising  conspicuously  iiburfihe 
contiguous  land,  from  which  a  siriall  portion  of  low  coast  extends  for  two  degrf^tf. 
yond  it  to  the  westward.  The  b.nd  of  the  northern  shore  of  the  gulf  uj.nkes  innwun- 
tainous  ridges  and  peaks,  the  average  height  of  which  Captain  JStokes  estimaleiliobe 
about  .3,nC0  feet. 

CAPE  THREE  POINTS  rises  to  a  lofty  rocky  mountain,  nearly  2,000  feet  in;;!,, 
the  summit  being  of  peaks  and  sharj)  serrated  ridges,  with  a  detached  mass  of  mrk  oi 
pyramidal  form  at  the  base,  which  shuts  in  with  the  land  on  the  bearing  of  N.  5P  E. 

The  variation  here  is  20''  ."JH'. 

PORT  HENRY  is  3  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  Cape  Three  Points.  The  shore  l-ptweej 
them  is  lined  for  nearly  a  league  olf  with  rocks  and  islets,  of  which  several  scort'smljh 
be  counted  in  the  space  of  a  square  mile;  but  they  seem  to  be  of  bold  approach,  and  do 
dangers  probably  exist  that  are  not  above  water,  or  are  not  shown  by  kelp. 

Bound  to  Port  Henry,  a  vessel  sliould  keep  on  the  south  side  of  the  gulf,  for  th( 
northern  part  is  strewed  with  many  rocks,  and  seemed  to  be  exceedingly  dangerous. 
The  soundings,  also,  are  very  irregular,  and  the  bottom  is  foul  and  rocky. 

The  entrance  of  Port  Henry  will  be  easily  distinguished  by  its  sandy  beach,  since i; 
is  the  first  that  is  observed  on  the  south  shore  on  entering  the  gulf.  It  is  a  small,  ligl:: 
colored  beach,  with  a  lowish  sandy  clifT  at  the  back,  and  a  round,  rocky  and  woodf: 
mount  at  its  western  end.  The  Seal  Rocks,  also  in  the  ofTiiig,  are  a  good  mark.  Tbi 
bear  N.  12°  E.,5  miles  from  the  west  point  of  the  entrance,  which  is  about  a  mile  wiJt, 
The  channel  is  bounded  on  each  side  by  low  rocks,  lying  otfhighish  round  rocky  isb, 
that  may  be  approached  within  one  and  a  half  cable's  length.  The  soundings  are  frora 
20  to  2G  fathoms,  on  a  sandy  bottom.  Afterwards  they  decrease  pretty  gradually  totlie 
anchorage,  which  is  in  9  and  10  fathoms. 

When  the  sandy  beach  bears  .S.  V)°  E.,  mag.,  the  fair  way  of  the  entrance  will  be 
quite  o))en  ;  and  a  vessel  may  stand  in,  keeping  the  round  mount  at  the  western  emloi 
the  sandy  beach  on  the  larboard  bow,  until  nearly  abreast  of  it.  She  may  then  [)roceed 
up  the  harbor  as  high  as  convenient,  and  select  her  berth  ;  for  the  ground  is  quite  clear 
of  danger  to  the  line  of  rock  weed,  which  skirts  the  shores  and  islets.  The  depth  of 
water  is  between  12  and  8  fathoms,  and  the  bottom  generally  of  sand  and  mud. 

In  turning  in  there  are  some  patches  of  kelp  on  each  side,  growing  upon  rocks  that 
wash  at  high  water,  which  must  be  avoided.     Their  positions  are  given  in  the  plan. 


JA«  the  squalls  olf 
,|ii|)  to  luichor  as  so 
,;,.,» (if  ilie  water,  m 
,  rin-  |)l.iii  will  hhiiw 
Wood.inil  water  lU 
It  IS  high  water .» 
^ntrciin  of  the  tide, 
'hour.     The  observ, 
western  side  ol   tb'- 
1  )•  .     Viiri.ilion  ol  i 
'I'llK  (H'LK  Ol 
It  is  nearly  HI  leai;ii 
of  .Maihe  de  Dios,  i 
them  were  visited 
Maud  is  Port  de  lii 
iVoiii  Sarinienlo's  ac 

» >n  llie  northern 
cominuiiicales  with 
North  Arm,  appeurt 
Calhedral  nidUiil  is 
•  tain   reseiiil)les  the 
Between  the  two  op 
idiorage  in  1 1  fatlio 
Utay. 

\  The  gulf  meets  t 
/channel  is  contracle 
\X.\\  isles  and  rocks  ii 
|nieiitioiied,  the  Van 

I  amis  extending  fi»r 
Bay.      On  the  sou' 
particnlarized  in  tli 
.  reef  otf  its  S.  W.  er 
I     The  island  of  Mo 
t  more  than  a  league 
of  the  west  coast  of 
the   shore.      There 
^deepens  immediatel 
I      PICTONOPK.> 
them,  of  which  Caj 
miles  otf  the  coast  t 
''  are  more  numerous 
i  are  awash,  and  otlu 
Dvnely  Bav  is  very 
'CAPE  i)VER  i 
is  a  rocky  islet,  call 
similarity  '*  to  that 
from  the  southernn 
This  rock  is  a  gti 
S.64°W.,  (S.  W. 
At  one  mile  to  tl 
on  approaching  Po 
by  compass,  you  w 
hand.     Abreast  of  i 
channel  here  is  on 
end  of  Breaksea  Is 
about  one  eighth  o 
from  6  to  8  fathom 
case  of  being  becal 
BRKAKSEA  I 
which  are  three  qii 
4  fathoms,  and  gr 
with  6  and  8  fatho: 
of  anchoring  your 
out  by  its  vicinity 

*  There  must  be  i 


% 


BUINT  H  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


635 


i«7  »re  ri.|i(l„„j 
aen»  to  Cujii 

The  follow.j 

1  iMmjcsI  J  •»,„,. 

lit"  I'oam  i<i  1,^ 
111  (^uecii  ,v .. 
''iciory,  \<n,,. 
visililc  t(i  J  , 
t  hrii;|it,  «,  , 
niniir  riinixi, , 

'   ''"«''.  is  III;  1 

ifitl,  i*t  liislnr,; 
r  point. 
S.THKDLV. 
triiiiitioii  III  1;. 
id  duwu.    \i. 

JO,  is  correcilt 
lid  the  Hiiniiiii', 
I'l.  April  I'm, 
ich  is  I  lie  Hill", 
)C  Priiiifro, :!]. 
I'll  m;iy  hi'  <.(,. 
orms  llievbji', 
any  point  in fo 
ously  iiborpihe 
two  degrfejtf. 
iiakes  innioiin- 
cstimatedtobe 

!,000  fept  lid 
nass  of  rnck  of 
g  of  N.  5PE, 

shore  between 
al  scores  mink 
jproacli,  aadiio 

P- 

e  gulf,  for  till 

gly  d;ingcroui. 

beach,  since i; 
IS  a  small,  liet' 
ky  and  vroodn 
d  mark.  Tli" 
iUt  a  mile  wio't, 
nd  rocky  isles, 
dings  are  from 
raduaily  totlie 

ritrance  will 
wpsfern  end  of 
y  then  proce 
d  is  quite  clear 
The  depth  of 
mud. 
pon  rocks  tliat 
1  the  plan- 


All  the  nqnalln  ofT  the  hi^h  land  are  KoiiiotiinrH  very  dtrotij;,  it  will  be  adviRable  for  a 
. hill  III  •iiiciior  iiN  Hoiui  AH  poKMdtle,  itiiil  wiir|)  up  lo  her  berth,  wiiicli,  Iroin  the  Htuoolh* 
,,■>•*  ol  ill"  »v;ilfr,  III  ty  bi-  rusdy  ••dectcd.  Any  security  may  be  iibtiiiiied  in  this  harbor. 
rill-  pl.iii  will  show  ili»t  the  baHui  ut  the  bottom  of  the  liurbor  m  u  complete  wet  dock. 
Wiioil  .'iiid  wiiif'r  ill  the  saiidv  be^iih  arc  in  .ibiindiince. 

it  IS  tii,i;li  tNati'i  at  lull  ami  ('hani<;<>  within  a  tew  iiiinuteH  of  noon,  and  riiteN  i'l  feet.  The 

^Irl•.lln  III  the   tide,  however,  is  very  itiionsidfralile,  and  never  fxccciied  lialf  a  mile  an 

hour.    The  obseivaliiins  for  latitude  and  lon^itudi-,  iVe.,  were  made  on  a  ro':k  ut  tha 

niMtern  nide  of  the  purl,  marked  A,  in  the  plan-     'I'he  lut.  is  50°  00'  IH",  long.  76°  16' 

ill'.     Variation  ol  ihi-  compass,  '20'  !')0'. 

TIIK  (il'LK  OK  TKLNIDAI)  separates  Wellington  Island  from  Madrc  de   Dion. 

It  is  nearly  1 0  leagues  Utujr,  and  Irom  4  to  H  miles  wide.     Its  south  shore,  or  north  eoust 

[of  .Maihe  de  Dios,  is  very  much  broken,  and,  probably,  eoutains  many  ports.     None  of 

llheiu  were  visited  exeepting   for  niuht  amiiorages.       Under  the  east  side  of  Division 

iMand  is  Port  ile  la  Mono,  which,  with  Point  Candelaria  and  I'ort  Ki>sario,  are  inserted 

lioin  .Sariniento's  account. 

I  )n  the  northern  shore  are  two  openini;-like  channeU.  The  wesi(j*nmost  probably 
eomiimiiicates  with  the  Kallos  ('haiinel;  the  oiIht,  Sarmiento's  HmFf>  de  Norte,  or 
North  Arm,  appeared  to  trend  under  the  bast!  of  the  raojuje  of  mountains,  amon|i;  which 
Caiheihal  mount  is  a  conspicuous  (dijecf.  Krom  the  entrance  of  the  strait  this  moun- 
tain resembles  the  spire  and  ro(d°  of  a  church,  and  is  visible  for  more  than  'JO  leagues, 
lletween  the  two  opening's  is  Neeshain  Hay,  in  which  the  Adelaide  'ound  a  secure  an- 
(lioraiije  in  11  fathoms.     There  is  also  good  am  horage  for  a  small  vessel  in  Windward 

i'he  culf  meets  the  Wide  (Channel  at  its  junction  with  (Conception  .Strait,  where  the 
cliaiinel  is  contracted  by  an  island  to  the  wiiith  ol  ime  mile  and  a  lialf.     'J'here  arc  seve- 
iral  isles  and  roi:lis  in  the  ijull',  of  which  the  most  remarkable  are  the  .Seal  Koi  ks,  before 
[nieiitioiied,  the  Van  Isles,  opposite  the  western  channel,  and  a  group  of  numerous  isl- 
ands extending  for  a  league  lo  the  southward  of  the  land  to  the  westward  of  Neeshain 


I  am 
J  15a 


I j.„y.  On  the  south  sliore  are  also  several  isles,  but  they  are  near  the  coast,  and  are 
i particularized  in  the  chart.  The  most  remarkable  is  Middle  Island,  which,  with  the 
^  reef  o/F  its  S.  W.  end,  is  well  described  by  Sarmiento. 

I  The  island  of  Mount  (Jorso  is  separated  Irorii  Cape  Brcnton  by  Spartan  Passage.  For 
I  more  than  a  league  off  Cape  I'rimero  are  some  extensive  reels;  indeed  the  whole  line 
I  of  the  west  coast  of  Madre  de  Uios  is  fronted  liy  rocks,  some  of  which  are  'J  leagues  from 
I  the  shore.  There  are  regular  soundings  in  the  entrance  of  the  gulf,  but  the  water 
♦  deepens  immediately  after  passing  totlie  eastward  of  Port  Henry. 

I      PICTON  OPKNINti  and  Dyiiely  IJay  very  probably  insulate  the  land  that  separates 

Jthein,  of  wliich  Cape  Montague  is  the  S.  W.  extreme.     There  are  some  rocks  8  or  10 

miles  olfthe  coast  to  the  southward  ;  but  between  Cape  Montague  and  Cape  Dyer  they 

'  are  more  numerous.     Several  are  from  8  lo  10  miles  off  the  sliore.     Many  are  dry,  some 

i  are  awash,  and  others  show  only  by  the  breaking  of  the  sea.     The  coast  to  the  north  of 

Dvnely  llav  is  very  broken. 

'CAPE  i3YER  is  in  lat.  48=  5' .55",  long.  75°  34' 35".  At  5  miles  S.  86°  W.  from  it 
is  a  rocky  islet,  called  by  Bulkely  and  Cuimnings  "The  Rock  of  Dundee,"  from  its 
similarity  "  lo  that  island  in  the  West  Indies,  but  not  so  large.  It  lieth  about  4  leagues* 
from  the  southernmost  point  of  land  out  at  sea." 

This  rock  is  a  good  mark  for  Port  Santa  Barbara,  from  the  entrance  of  which  it  bears 
S.  64°  W.,  (S.  W.  mag.)  distant  nine  miles. 

At  one  mile  to  the  north  of  the  rock,  the  depth  is  23  fathoms,  and  gradually  decreases 
on  approaching  Port  Santa  Barbara;  in  steering  for  which,  as  soon  as  Cape  Dyer  bears S. 
by  compass,  you  will  be  close  to  some  rocks,  whicli  you  should  keep  on  your  larboard 
hand.  Abreast  of  this  rock,  one  eighth  of  a  mile  olf,  the  depth  will  be  11  fathoms.  The 
channel  here  is  one  mile  wide,  but  gradually  narrows  on  approaching  the  south-west 
end  of  Breaksea  Island  :  and  at  Wreck  Point,  the  west  head  of  the  port,  the  width  is 
about  one  eighth  of  a  mile.  There  are  several  rocks  in  this  passage,  but  as  the  depth  is 
from  6  to  8  fathoms,  the  anchor  may  be  dropped,  and  the  ship  warped  clear  of  them,  ia 
case  of  being  becalmed  :  calms,  however,  are  of  rare  occurrence  here. 

BREAKSEA  ISLAND,  more  than  two  miles  long,  tronts  the  port,  the  heads  of 
which  are  three  quarters  of  a  mile  apart.  In  the  entrance  of  the  port  the  depth  is  3,j  and 
4  fathoms,  and  gradually  decreases  to  2^  fathoms,  but  at  the  bottom  there  is  a  basin 
with  6  and  8  fathoms  in  it.  This  is  a  very  good  harbor,  and  from  the  rare  opportunity 
of  anchoring  your  ship  in  a  moderate  depth,  is  of  easy  access.  It  is  also  readily  made 
out  by  its  vicinity  to  the  Dundee  Rock,  which  serves  to  point  out  its  position. 

*  There  must  be  a  mistake  here :  it  should  probably  have  been  four  miles. 


636 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


The  west  head  of  the  port  is  in  latitude  48°  2'  15",  and  longitude  75°  29'  45" ;  vnriniion 
19°  10'.  High  water  takes  place  at  lull  and  change,  at  Oh.  28m.  and  rises  three  to  fu^j 
feet  (neaps). 

To  the  N.  E.  of  Hreaksea  Island  are  many  straggling  rocks.  The  13paj;le  ]uivii,T 
entered  the  port  by  the  western  entrance,  left  it  by  threading  the  rocks  to  the  eastward^ 
in  doing  which,  she  had  not  less  than  9  fathoms. 

Between  the  island  and  the  mouth  of  the  port,  the  depth  is  from  C  to  7  fathoms,  good 
ground,  which  renders  the  entrance  and  exit  very  easy. 

FLINN  SOUiND  is  a  deep  opening  to  the  eastward  of  the  port;  that  was  not  ex- 
amined. 

POINT  BYNOE,  with  the  group  of  islands — Bynoe  Islands,  extending  for  two  miln 
off  it,  is  thv;  west  head  of  the  Fallos  Channel,  which  was  explored  for  .'iO  miles  witlini 
offering  any  interesting  feature.  Mr.  Kirke,  who  examined  it,  describes  it  to  be  penediv 
clear  of  rocks,  and  abounding  in  anchorages  for  small  vessels,  although  the  water  is  (if,;,', 
The  bottom  is  sandy.  Its  general  width  is  one  and  a  half  to  two  miles.  The  wtsifm 
side  of  the  mouth  is  a  ridge  of  mountains;  the  eastern  side  is  much  lower,  and  vnv 
broken,  and  formed  by  many  small  islands.  At  five  miles  within  it,  on  the  west  .side, ', 
our  Lady's  Bay,  of  the  old  charts.  Fallos  Channel  probably  communicates  with  tl  i  >,. 
by  Dynely  Bay  and  Picton  Opening  ;  and,  beyond  the  latter,  was  supposed  to  comiuw;. 
cate  with  the  Gulf  of '^I'rinidad  by  the  channel  to  the  west  of  Neesham  Bay. 

THE  CtUAIANECO  ISLANDS,  twenty  miles  in  extent,  are  composed  of  two  pi. 
cipal  islands,  and  many  smaller  islets — the  westernmost  is  called  Byron  Isliuul,  iuiil!i,H 
easternmost  Waaer  Island.  They  are  separated  by  Rundle  Pass,  called  in  Biilkth* 
Narrative,  The  Lagoon  ;  on  the  west  side,  and  at  the  north  end  of  it,  is  Speedwell  ]]l\, 

RUNDLE  PAS.S  is  oidy  a  }  of  a  tnile  wide,  but  perfectly  clear  in  the  whole  exin,i 
of  its  channel,  excepting  the  northern  entrance  ;  where  it  is  guarded  by  many  detacLw 
rocks,  which  render  the  entrance  to  Sjteedwell  Bay  rather  difficult.*  Acconlii!;! 
Byron's  and  Bulkely's  Narratives,  the  situation  of  the  wreck  of  the  Wager  is  ntnru, 
west  end  of  the  north  side  of  Wager  Island.  Harvey  Bay  and  Good  Iliiihoi  y., 
mentioned  by  Bulkely.  Off  the  western  end  of  Byron  Island  are  some  rocky  isjei.s;;iti 
its  north  coast  is  also  very  much  strewed  with  them,  even  to  a  considerable  distaiite 
from  the  shore. 

Tiie  (icaianeco  Islands  are  separated  fio)n  the  land  of  Wellington  Island  by  a  clear, 
but,  in  some  parts,  narrow  ])iissage.  At  its  S.  W.  end  it  is  contracted  by  rocks  to  smile 
and  a  half,  and  at  the  south  end  of  Byron  Island  is  scarcely  a  mile  broad;  a  It  (in  a  id-;, 
however,  it  widens  to  two  and  a  half  and  three  miles. 

The  north  point  of  Wellington  Island  is  Cape  San  Roman.  It  is  the  west  bead  of 
the  Mesier  Channel. 

TARN  BAY  is  about  five  leagues  wide.  The  Ayautau  Islands  are  four  miles  I'loui 
the  coast,  but  the  interval  is  occuj)ied  by  several  rocky  reefs,  between  which  Liputcniiii 
Skyring  thought  there  seemed  to  be  a  sufficiently  clear  passage.  The  pilot  MihIimIc, 
however,  thought  diUerently.  The  latter  describes  a  small  boat-liaven  on  tlie  hiiiiei 
island,  but  it  is  among  rocks.  Opposite  to  Ayautau  is  a  port,  called  by  the  missionary 
Voyagers,  San  Pcdicarpo  ;  which,  from  its  exposure  to  the  westward,  I  should  not  iliirik 
very  inviting.  The  ports  of  Tianitau  and  Asauriiuan  are  also  mentioned  by  the  mis- 
fiionary  priests,  in  their  journals.  The  former  is  described  to  have  many  islands  iiiiii 
entrance,  and  to  be  to  the  northward  of  San  Policarpo  ;  and  the  latter  to  be  to  the  souii 
of  Tianitau,  and  opposite  to  Ayautau. 

The  Channel's  Mouth  of  the  old  chart  is  laid  down,  as  well  as  all  this  part  of  tt' 
coast,  from  Machado's  account,  who  describes  the  opening,  and  gives  it  lat.  47-  2; 
which  is  only  ,3  miles  in  error.  We  found  it  to  extend  in  a  S.  E.  direction  for  elevr. 
miles,  and  then  to  divide  into  two  arms,  one  trending  15  miles  to  the  eastward,  and  th 
other  eleven  miles  south,  where  they  terminate.  They  are  merely  de-  •,)  and  niiiiin 
arms  of  the  sea,  running  between  steep-sided  ranges  of  mountains.  Tiie  shores  ?ri 
rocky,  and  aft'ord  neither  coves  nor  bights,  nor  even  shelter  for  a  boat,  and  arc  pcrlecii) 
unproductive;  for  no  seals  or  birds  were  seen,  and  the  shores  were  destitute  event; 
shell- fish. 

CAPE  MACHADO,  in  lat.  47°  27'  35",  long.  74°  2C'  10",  is  the  north  head  of  tliis 
opening.     Two  miles  olf  it  are  two  rocks,  which  the  pilot  carefully  and  correctly  de- 


*Machado,  the  pilot  who  explored  this  coast  in  the  year  1769,  by  order  of  the  Governor  of  CK 
loe,  Don  Carlos  de  Reranger,  describes  these  islands  at  some  length,  but  with  a  little  confusion  ct  j 
bearings.     The  north  end  of  Kundle  Pass,  he  calls  the  west  end,  and  the  south  outlet,  the  enfiern 
Byron's  Island,  he  describes  as  being  the  southern  island.     I  think  his  Port  Ballenas  must  be  or.  j 
the  south  side  of  Wager  Island,  for  he  describes  it  to  be  opposite  to  Cape  Roman  ;  therefore,  P^iri  [ 
Eustaquio  should  be  on  the  north  coast,  probably  in  tho  strait  witlrin  San  Pedro  Island. 


scribes,  as  he  also  ( 

\   ueaily  a  league,     'j 

I   the  entrance,  and  c 

three  anchors  dow: 

Excepting  this  v 

Cuptain  Stokes  deis 

he  says,  "were  in  ! 

rifically  violent.     ./ 

rocky  islets,  upon  \ 

:    inevitably  driven,  il 

Between  Chanm 

than  !!.-iual.     In  lat, 

j  there  was  an  :ippea 

JKSUIT  SOU.N 

I  terminates  in  two  i 

high  mountains,  ai 

cier.     The  latter  ei 

one  part  of  it  is  c 

trance  is  a  large  isl 

rendered  still  more 

.Separated  by  Ch 

Byron's  Narrative. 

and  thi(  kly  woodei 

are  noticed  and  nai 

cio  Bay. 

The  former  is  b) 
fathoms  at  eight  hi 
beach,  backed  by  t 
four  or  five  miles,  c 
backed  by  mountai 
strai','ht-stemme(l  t 
wiioded  with  .stuntc 
tallv  prevents  boats 
JGNACIO  BVY 
lined  bv  reefs  extei 
KELLY  ilAKl 
Penas,  in  the  bay  t 
trends  inwards  in  at 
rugged  and  rocky, 
and  craggy  ranges 
miles  asunder,  and 
magnetic  bearing  h 
to  40  fathoms  deep, 
islets  that  fringe  tli 
remarkable  muddie 
proceeds  only  from 
sive  glacier  that  oci 
the  depth  of  water, 
ner  north  point,  anc 
Then  haul  up  alon: 
you  please  to  an  ; 
locked  in  with  eacl 
off  the  western  end 
so  tenacious,  that  it 
and  water,  however 
I  mountains,  some  fc 
ravines — it  is  chill, 
were  the  only  livin: 
For  knowing  Ke 
ice,  lying  on  tliti  Ic 
The  water  at  the  t 
be  fit  for  immediate 
way  Sound,  will  be 
bearing  W.  1°  N. 
59',  and  the  Ion.  74 
3i  miles  east  south 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


G87 


'45";  variMion 
is  three  to  louf 

Braille  having 
o  tlie  eastward, 

'  fathoms,  gooj 


lat  was  not 


n- 


ig  for  two  mh 
I)  iiiiles  with,, J 
t  to  be  iieneiiii 
e  water  isd^n'. 
The  wtjitrii 
owcr,  and  Vfv 
he  west  .side.'. 
tes  with  il  t;M 
pti  to  coni!ijui;i. 

;('(!  ot  two  ]i,!,. 

Islillui,   illllli:.: 

erl  ill  IJniLtn* 
Speedwi  II  i;,'i. 
le  whole  mm 
many  (IctiirLf; 
Accoi(!iii:i 
af;er  is  nt.-ini. 
lod  Harbnr  a, 
[)C'ky  isipis;ar.i 
erabie  dis'aiii' 

land  liy  a  clf-r, 
(  rocks  los/iiiie 
ad ;  afKriunds, 

he  west  bead  of 

Dur  miles  from 
lich  Lieiitcii,:i;i 
pilot  i\hidi;Vo. 
1  on  the  liir;ti 

tlie  iiii'isiui'.Hv 
hoiiid  not  iliiri!, 
ned  li_v  tlie  iiii>- 
ny  islands  inr,; 

be  to  the  soull 

this  part  of  ll' 
s  it  lat.  47=  25 
ction  for  elevt: 
stward,  and  ti:^ 
"  M  and  mini* 
File  shores  m 
nd  arc  perfecih 
estitute  eveiu; 

rtli  head  of  tliii 
J  correctly  de^ 

Governor  of  Ch' 
little  confusion  c: 
utlet,  the  enWTi 
eiins  nnist  bfor. 
1 ;  tiiercfoie,  Fun 
land. 


I 


scribes,  as  hc  nlso  does  the  rocks  and  breakers  which  extend  oft'  the  south  head  for 
iiiMilv  a  league.  The  Ueagle  twice  occupied  an  anchorage  under  the  Ha/.ard  Isles,  in 
the  entrance,  and  on  both  occasions  was  detained  many  days  Irom  bad  weather,  with 
tliiee  anchors  down. 

Kxccptiiii^  this  very  bad  and  exposed  anchorage,  there  exists  none  in  the  channel. — 
(Jnptain  Stokes  describes  it  to  be  an  extremely  perilous  anchorage.  "The  anchors," 
iio  savs,  "were  in  '-'3  fathoms,  on  a  bad  bottom,  sand  and  coral.  The  siiualls  were  tei- 
riiically  violent.  Astern,  at  the  distance  of  half  a  ( ablc's  length,  were  rocks,  and  low 
rocky  isl^"'*.  upon  which  a  furious  surf  raged,  and  on  which  tlie  ship  must  have  been 
inevitai)ly  driven,  if  the  anchors,  of  which  three  were  down,  had  started." 

Between  Channels  Mouth  and  Jesuit  Sound,  the  coast  is  more  unbroken  and  low 
than  tvsual.  In  lat.  47^  17'  are  some  reefs  which  project  two  miles  to  sea  ;  behind  them 
there  was  an  appearancte  of  a  bight,  which  may  afford  anchorage. 

JKSUIT  SOUND,  like  Channels  Mouth,  is  quite  unfit  to  be  entered  by  any  ship.  It 
terminates  in  two  inlets,  IJenito  and  .Iiilian.  The  former  is  bounded  on  either  siile  by 
high  mountains,  and  terminates  in  low  land,  with  a  rivulet  that  orginates  in  a  large  gla- 
cier. The  latter  ends  in  high  mountainous  land,  with  streains  of  watipr  between  the  hills  : 
one  part  of  it  is  cliffy  ;  and  it  has,  on  the  S.  W.  side,  a  long  sandy  beach.  In  its  en- 
trance is  a  large  island,  making  the  passages  on  each  side  very  narrow,  and  they  are 
rendered  still  more  so  by  rocks  and  islets. 

Separated  by  Chea])  Channel  from  the  main  is  Xavier  Island,  the  Montrose  Island  of 

IJvron's  Narrative.     It  is  eleven  miles  and  a  half  long,  and  four  wide,  and  is  very  high 

aiid  tliii  kly  wooded  with  lofty  trees.     The  only  two  anclioraces  which  the  island  affords 

are  noticed  and  named  by  Machado,  the  northern  one.  Port  Xavier,  the  southern  Igna- 

cio  May. 

'J'he  former  is  by  much  the  better  place,  being  secure  from  prevailing  winds,  with  17 

■■  fathoms  at  eight  huiKlied  yards  from  the  shore.     The  south  end  of  the  bay  is  a  sandy 

beach,  backed  by  tall  beach  trees.     The  shore  to  the  south  of  Xavier  Bay,  for  the  first 

four  or  five  miles,  consists  of  a  high,  steep  clay  clill",  with  a  narrow  stony  beach  at  its  base, 

backed  by  mountains  of  twelve  or  fourteen  hundred  feet  high,  and  covered  by  large  and 

strai<:lit-steiiimed  trees.     'J'lie  remainder  of  the  coast,  to  Ignacio  Bay,  is  low,  and  slightly 

wooded  with  stuntcil  trees;  and  its  wliole  extent  is  lashed  with  a  furious  surf,  that  to- 

>   tally  prevents  boats  from  landing. 

I  ItiNAClO  BVY  affords  anchorage  in  9  fathoms.  The  western  coast  of  the  Island  is 
I  lined  by  reefs  extending  two  miles  off,  upon  which  the  sea  bri-aks  high. 
I  KKLLV  II.\l\l)OU  is  situated  at  the  bottom  of  the  north-east  corner  of  the  Gulf  of 
S  Penas,  in  the  bay  toriiied  between  the  land  of  St.  Estevan  (xulf  and  Xavier  Island.  It 
trends  inwards  in  an  easterly  direction  for  eight  miles.  The  land  about  the  harbor  is  high, 
rugged  and  rocky,  but  by  no  means  destitute  of  verdure.  In  the  interior  are  lofty-peaked 
and  craggy  ranges  of  snow  covered  mountains.  The  points  of  the  entrances  are  two 
miles  asunder,  and  are  thickly  wooded,  and  low,  compared  with  the  adjacent  land  ;  their 
magnetic  bearing  is  N.  48°  E.  and  S.  48^  W.  Between  them  is  a  channel  of  from  35 
to  40  fathoms  deep,  over  a  mud  bottom,  without  danger,  to  a  cable's  length  of  the  rocky 
islets  that  fringe  the  shore  for  a  quarter  of  a  mile  off.  On  approaching  the  harbor  the 
remarkable  muddied  appearance  of  the  water  is  rather  startling;  but  the  discoloration 
proceeds  only  from  the  freshes  of  the  river,  and  the  streams  produced  from  a  very  exten- 
sive glacier  that  occupies  many  miles  of  the  country  to  the  north.  The  plan  will  show 
the  depth  of  water.  The  course  in  is  E.  S.  E.  by  compass,  until  in  a  line  between  the  in- 
ner north  point,  and  an  inlet  on  the  south  shore  that  is  fronted  by  five  or  six  wooded  islets. 
Then  haul  up  along  the  larboard  side  of  the  harbor,  as  close  to  the  shore  and  as  far  as 
you  please  to  an  anchorige.  The  best  berth  is  when  the  two  points  of  entrance  are 
locked  in  with  each  other,  and  within  a  cable  and  a  half  of  the  sandy  sjiit  that  extends 
off  the  western  end  of  a  high  and  thickly  wooded  island.  The  ground  is  excellent,  and 
so  tenacious,  that  it  was  with  difficulty  that  the  Beagle  lifted  her  anchors.  Shelter,  wood 
and  water,  however,  are  the  only  advantages  offered  by  the  harbor.  Environed  by  lofty 
mountains,  some  fourteen  and  eighteen  hundred  feet  high,  and  ice-filled  valleys  and 
ravines — it  is  chill,  damp  and  dreary.  A  few  birds,  and  a  small  number  of  hair  seals, 
were  the  only  living  animals  seen  by  us.     Not  a  trace  of  human  beings  was  observed. 

For  knowing  Kelly  Harbor  the  glacier  is  a  capital  leading-mark.  It  is  a  large  field  of 
ice,  lying  on  the  low  part  of  the  coast,  about  2  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  harbor. 
The  water  at  the  anchorage,  at  half  tide,  was  perfectly  fresh,  but  was  too  muddietl  to 
be  fit  for  immediate  use.  When  in  the  fair  way  of  the  harbor,  the  Sugar-loaf  in  Hollo- 
way  Sound,  will  be  seen  just  on  with  the  end  of  the  land,  to  the  north  of  Purcell  Island, 
bearing  W.  1°  N.  by  compass.  The  latitude  of  the  north  point  of  the  harbor  is  46° 
59',  and  the  Ion.  74°  5'  30" ;  the  variation  about  20°.  The  mountain  on  the  south  shore, 
^  miles  east  southerly  from  the  north  point,  is  1,540  feet  high. 


63S 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ST.  ESTEVAN  GULF.— The  entrance  of  this  gulf,  which  is  situalerlg  miltH  north 
of  the  N.  E.  end  of  Xavier  Island,  is  4  miles  wide.  The  land  on  the  western  snjc 
,Forelius  Peninsula,  is  a  narrow  tongue  of  land  nearly  6  leagues  long.  The  eastern  snip 
of  the  gulf  is  a  long  sandy  beach,  curving  round  to  the  N.  W.  towards  the  entrance  of 
the  River  San  Tadeo,  between  which  and  Cirujano  Island,  forming  the  south,  (or  lailm 
the  west,)  |)oint  of  entrance,  the  width  is  less  than  5  miles;  and  at  a  league  rurtlierui 
the  westward,  it  is  not  more  than  3i  miles  across.  Here,  in  the  centre,  there  is  a  small 
islet,  called  Dead  Tree  Island. 

Beyond  this  is  St.  Quentin  Sound,  10  miles  deep;  and,  at  its  N.  W.  corner,  Ahiunate 
Inlet  extends  in  for  about  8  miles.  St.  Quentin's  Sound  tern)inateB  in  continuous  lo« 
land,  with  patches  of  sandy  beach,  over  which,  among  other  lofty  mountains,  the  Uoii,. 
of  St.  Paul's  is  seen.  The  shores  are  thickly  wooded  with  shapely  and  well-grown  tr(e>: 
the  land  near  the  beach,  for  the  most  part,  is  low,  rising  into  mountainous  peaks;  a  iitij 
distance  in  the  interior  of  which,  some  are  1,500  feet  high,  but  they  are  not  craggy. 

ST.  ESTEVAN  GULF  is  one  of  the  best  harbors  of  the  coast,  being  ea.sy  oi  a. 
cess,  and  with  moderate  depth  of  water  all  over;  with  good  holding  ground,  and  a  citjn 
bottom.  The  best  anchorage  is  at  about  2  miles  above  Dead  Tree  Island,  in  from  4!j 
6  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  This  will  be  at  2  miles  from  either  shore,  but  the  berijin 
perfectly  land-locked;  and,  if  necessary,  anchorage  may  be  taken  up  much  nearerto,;, 

CIRUJANO  ISLAND,  above  mentioned,  is  tliat  on  which  the  surgeon  ot  the  Wi- 
ger  was  buried.*  The  missionary  priests  describe  a  pt)rt  on  the  island,  called  Sini 'Ju- 
mas.  The  island  is  separated  from  the  extremity  of  Forelius  Peninsula  by  a  strait, one 
mile  to  three  quarters  of  a  mile  wide. 

The  mouth  of  the  RIVER  SAN  TADEO,  is  easily  distinguished  on  entering  ii« 
gull,  by  the  sand  hills  on  each  side  of  its  entrance,  and  the  bearing  of  the  east  treniiii 
Cirujano  Island,  S.  W.  ^  S.  (by  compass,  S.  by  \V.  j  W.)  A  sandy  beach  extends  lu 
the  east  and  west  of  it  for  many  miles;  the  land  is  low  and  marshy,  and  covered  wuli 
stumps  of  dead  trees.  It  has  a  bar  entrance,  much  of  which  must  be  nearly  dr)  a; 
spring  tides.  A  heavy  swell  breaks  upon  it  for  its  whole  length,  so  that  no  oijeningtr 
swatch-way  is  left,  and  excepting  in  very  fine  weather,  it  is  very  hazardous  to  cross,  .\i 
the  mou.h  the  breadth  is  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  :  but,  within  the  entriniceit 
opens  to  a  basin  of  some  extent;  and  at  3  miles  up  it  is  300  yards  wide,  after  wiiicli  i; 
gradually  narrows.  Nine  miles  from  the  entrance,  the  stream  is  divided  into  two  iiiiiis, 
the  Northern  or  Black  River,  takes  a  northerly,  and  the  other  an  easterly  direction.  Tlie 
former  is  a  strong  and  rapid  stream,  quite  uninfluenced  by  tide,  which,  however,  evtc/idj 
for  a  short  distance  up  the  eastern  arm;  after  which,  the  current  down  becomes stailu- 
ally  as  strong  as  in  the  Black  River,  The  banks  of  the  latter  are  comparatively  bamn 
to  those  of  the  Black  River,  where  the  wood  is  very  thick.  The  courses  of  both  arms 
are  very  tortuous,  and  the  bed  of  the  river  so  choked  with  trunks  and  branches  of  trees, 
as  to  jwevent  its  complete  exploration,  as  well  as  the  detection  of  the  Desecho,  the  place 
where  the  Indians  carry  their  canoes  across  the  Isthmus  of  Ofqui. 

PUPiCELL  LSLAND  is  separated  from  the  land  of  Forelius  Peninsula,  by  agood 
channel  *2  miles  wide;  it  is  moderately  high  and  thickly  wooded,  and  about  6  niilesin 
circuit.  About  mid-channel,  and  nearly  abreast  of  the  east  end  of  the  island,  is » roct 
only  a  few  feet  above  the  water.  The  channel  to  the  south  of  the  rock,  is  from  18  to  22 
fathoms  deep,  and  the  bottom  sandy. 

Upon  the  peninsula,  opposite  to  the  west  end  of  Purcell  Island,  is  an  isthmus  of  low, 
sandy  land,  scarcely  a  mile  wide  ;  the  one  over  which,  I  think  it  may  be  inferred  from 
the  narrative,  that  the  canoes  in  which  Byron  and  his  companions  were  embarked,  wer' 
carried.  One  day's  journey  by  land  to  the  west  of  this  ithmus,  Byron  describes  a  river, 
up  which  the  Indian  guides  attempted  to  take  the  Wager's  barge.  This  river,  if  it  ex- 
ists, probably  falls  intc  Bad  Bay. 

The  Bea'zle  anchored  in  BAD  BAY  after  dark,  in  8  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  and  lei: 
it  at  9  o'clock  the  following  morning.  Of  this  place,  captain  Stokes  remarks  ;—".\i 
daylight  we  found  that  we  had  anchored  in  a  small  bay  about  half  a  mile  off  a  shinjle 
beach,  on  wliich,  as  well  as  on  every  part  of  the  shore,  a  furious  surf  raged  that  etlec;- 
ually  prevented  our  landing  to  get  chronometer  sights.  The  mouth  of  this  bay  is  ^ 
50°  E.,  mag.,  9  leagues  from  Cape  Tres  Montes,  which,  in  clear  weather,  may  be  sfi 
from  its  mouth.     Like  all  this  shore  of  the  gulf,  it  is  completely  open  to  the  S.  W.a;iii 


gul 


*  Of  this  circumstance  I  was  informed  by  Pedro  Osorio,  an  old  soldier,  whom  I  saw  at  Cliilot, 
who  formed  one  of  the  party  of  the  missionary  voyages.  I  asked  him  why  it  was  called  El  Ciru- 
jano, to  which  he  replied:  "Porqiie  alii  murio  el  cirujano  del  Wage  "  (Because  the  Sunjeonol 
the  Wager  died  there.;  Pedro  Csorio  knew  Byron's  party  well  .though  it  was  68  years  since 
thej  visited  the  island. — See  also  Byron's  Narrative,  p.  147. 


a  heavy  rolling  sea 
south-east. 

To  the  weslv/arc 

give  bight,  16  niile: 

ands,  called  Marir 

is  very  conspicuou 

main,  ol  miles  N. 

called  the  Dome  o 

NEUMAN  IN 

land,  where  it  tertr 

is  the  resort  of  larji 

about  5  miles  in  ex 

S.  W.  and  reachii 

isthmus  of  low  an 

beach,  from  whenc 

ner  Sound,  off  the 

up  by  the  Marine 

water.     On  the  so 

Port  Otwav,  an  inl 

The  entrance  of 

or  15  miles  distant 

first  opening  after  | 

is  the  Logan  Roc 

bears.     It  is  broad 

connected  to  the  r 

the  west  shore  is 

Here  anchorage  n 

the  port  affords.     ' 

age  all  over  it,  but 

CAPE  TRES 

the  height  of  2,0l 

south  extremity  ol 

To  the  northwa 

tend  off  it  for  half 

POINT  MITF 

46°  43'. 

Of  the  WIND 

:  gonia,  described  ir 

I  N.  W.;  butif  it  t 

round  to  the  west' 

These  westerly  ga 

;  the  weather,  if  the 

round  to  the  N.  V 

doubtless,  be  wors 

with  fine  clear  wea 

a  quick  succession 

Should  a  vessel 

visable  for  her  to  n 

to  the  westward  tl 

chorages  of  Port 

has  very  much  red 

I  always  be  preferabl 

T       The  barometer  I 

5  is  at  its  minimum  1 

The  temperature  : 

i  Port  Otway,  in  the 

I   of  .Tune,  were  51° 

i      Of  the  TIDKS 

I  an  hour  on  either  i 

more  than  6  feet. 

The  variation  of 

Henry,  21°;  at  Pc 


*  It  was  here  that 
voyage,  after  the  wr< 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


639 


rner,  Altiimate 
ontiiiuouslo* 
lins,  tlie  JJoiii- 
ll-grown  tree,; 
peaks;  h  liiiie 
ot  craggy, 
ng  easy  ol  s . 
nd,  and  a  eltjn 
d,  in  fro  111  4!.j 
at  the  beriliH 
eh  nearer  ti),;, 
3n  ot'  the  Wj. 
railed  SuiiV 
by  a  strait,  oce 

n  entering  ii,« 
B  east  trend  ii| 
ich  extends  iij 
1  covered  Huii 
:  nearly  ilrj  ai 

no  opening  01 
3  to  cross.  Ai 
the  entrance  II 

after  wliicli  i: 
into  two  iiniis; 
irection.  Tiie 

wcver,  e.Mwids 
econies  aradu- 
ratively  bamn 

of  butli  uriiij 
iches  of  iretj, 

chi),  the  place 

iula,  by  a  good 
out  6  iiiilesin 
land,  is  s  rock 
i  from  18  to  22 

ithmus  of  low, 

inferred  from 

nibarked,  wer* 

scribes  a  river, 

river,  if  it  ex- 

ottom,  and  Ifi: 
•marks :— "Ai 
\  off  a  sliindt 
ed  that  etiec;- 
this  bay  is  N. 
r,  may  be  sfia 
the  S.  W.  asd 


4 


I  saw  at  Cliiloe, 
called  ElCirii- 
!  the  Sur>,'eon  ot 
68  years  since 


a  heavy  rolling  sea.     About  9  A.  M.  we  left  it,  and  proceeded  to  trace  the  coast  to  the 
gouth-cast. 

To  the  wesiv/ard,  between  Bad  Bay  and  the  land  of  Cape  Tres  iVIontes,  is  an  exten- 
sive bight,  16  miles  wide  and  about  12  deep.  The  centre  is  occupied  by  a  ^roup  of  isl- 
ands, called  Marine  Islands,*  upon  which  the  Sugar-loaf,  a  mountain  1,840  feet  high, 
is  very  conspicuous;  it  was  seen  from  the  Wager  the  day  before  her  wreck.  Upon  the 
main,  o'l  miles  N.  15°  E.  from  the  Su:;ar-loaf,  is  another  equally  remarkable  mountain, 
called  the  Dome  of  St.  Paul's,  2,^84  leet  high. 

NEUMAN  INLET,  at  the  N.  E.  corner  of  this  gulf,  extends  for  17  miles  into  the 
land,  where  it  terminates ;  but  it  is  of  no  use,  as  the  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage.  It 
is  the  resort  of  large  numbers  of  hair  seal.  At  the  north-west  corner  is  Hoppner  Sound, 
about  5  miles  in  extent.  At  its  south-west  end  is  a  deep  inlet,  extending  7  miles  to  the 
S.  VV.  and  reaching  to  within  2  miles  of  the  sea  coast,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  aa 
isthmus  of  low  and  thickly-wooded  land.  Captain  Stokes  walked  across  it  to  the  sea- 
beach,  from  whence  he  saw  Cape  Raper.  The  Beagle  anchored  at  the  bottom  of  Hopp- 
ner Sound,  off  the  luouth  of  the  inlet.  The  mouth  of  the  sound  is  very  much  blocked 
up  by  the  Marine  Islands ;  but  the  southern  channel,  although  narrow,  has  plenty  of 
water.  On  the  south-west  side  of  the  Marine  Islands  is  Holloway  Sound,  in  which  is 
Port  Otway,  an  inlet  extending  for  5  miles  into  the  land,  in  a  S.  W.  direction. 

The  entrance  of  PORT  OTWAY  is  on  the  west  side  of  Holloway  Sound,  about  14 
or  15  miles  distant  from  Cape  Tres  Montcs,  and  may  be  readily  known  by  its  being  the 
first  opening  after  passing  the  cape.  Olf  the  mouth  are  the  Entrance  Isles,  among  which 
is  the  Logan  Rock,  having  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  celebrated  rock  whose  name  it 
bears.  It  is  broad  and  flat  at  the  top,  and  decreases  to  its  base,  which  is  very  small,  and 
connected  to  the  rock  on  which  it  seems  to  rest.  Immediately  within  the  entrance  on 
the  west  shore  is  a  sandy  beach,  over  which  a  rivulet  discharges  itself  into  the  bay. 
Here  anchorage  may  be  had  in  9  or  10  fathoms.  It  is  by  far  the  most  convenient  one 
the  port  affords.  The  plan  will  show  the  particulars  of  the  inlet,  which  contains  anchor- 
age all  over  it,  but  the  depth  is  generally  inconveniently  great,  from  20  to  30  fathoms. 

CAPE  TRES  MONTES  is  a  bold  and  remarkable  headland,  rising  from  the  sea  to 
the  height  of  2,000  feet.  It  lies  in  lat.  46°  58'  57",  and  Ion.  75''  27'  30",  and  is  the 
south  extremity  of  the  Peninsula  of  Tres  Montes. 

To  the  northward  of  it  is  Cape  Raper,  in  lat.  46*^  48'  25".  Rocks  and  breakers  ex- 
tend off  it  for  half  a  league  to  seaward. 

POINT  MITFORD  REES,  the  northernmost  land  seen  by  the  Beagle,  is  in  lat. 
46°  43'. 

Of  the  \VIND  AND  WEATHER.— The  climate  of  the  coast  of  Western  Pata- 
gonia, described  in  this  section,  is  cold,  damp,  and  tempestuous.  The  reigning  wind  is 
N.  W. ;  but  if  it  blows  hard  from  that  quarter,  the  wind  is  very  liable  to  shift  suddenly 
round  to  the  westward  and  blow  a  heavy  gale,  which  raises  a  mountainous  cross  sea. 
These  westerly  gales  do  not  generally  last  long,  but  veer  round  to  the  southward,  when 
the  weather,  if  the  barometer  rises,  will  probably  clear  up.  Should  they,  however,  back 
round  to  the  N.  W.  again,  and  the  barometer  keep  low,  or  oscillate,  the  weather  will, 
doubtless,  be  worse.  Easterly  winds  are  of  rare  occurrence ;  tliey  are  accompanied 
with  fine  clear  weather;  but  westerly  winds  bring  with  them  a  constant  fall  of  rain,  and 
a  quick  succession  of  hard  squalls  of  wind  and  hail. 

Should  a  vessel  be  near  the  coast  during  one  of  these  northerly  gales,  it  would  be  ad- 
visable for  her  to  make  an  offing  as  quickly  as  possible,  to  guard  against  the  sudden  shift 
to  the  westward  that  is  almost  certain  to  ensue.  The  discovery,  however,  of  the  an- 
chorages of  Port  Henry,  Port  Santa  Barbara,  Port  Otway,  and  St.  Qiientin's  Sound, 
has  very  much  reduced  the  dangers  of  the  lee  shore ;  and  a  refuge  in  either  of  them  will 
always  be  preferable  to  passing  a  night  on  this  coast  in  a  gale  of  wind. 

The  barometer  falls  with  northerly  and  westerly  winds,  but  rises  with  southerly.  It 
is  at  its  minimum  height  with  N.  W.  winds,  and  at  its  maximum  when  the  wind  is  S,  E. 
The  temperature  is  rarely  so  low  as  40  degrees,  excepting  in  the  winter  months.  At 
Port  Otway,  in  the  (lulf  of  Penas,  the  maximum  and  minimum  for  19  days,  in  the  month 
of  .Tune,  were  51°  and  27^°. 

Of  the  TIDES.— lli^h  water,  at  most  parts  of  this  coast,  takes  place  within  half 
an  hour  on  either  side  of  noon.  The  stream  is  inconsiderable,  and  the  rise  and  fall  rarely 
more  than  6  feet. 

The  variation  of  the  compass,  at  the  western  entrance  of  the  strait,  is  23?"  ;  at  Port 
Henry,  21°  ;  at  Port  Santa  Barbara,  19°  ;  Xavier  Island,  20°  ;  and  at  Port  Otway,  20^°. 


*  It  was  here  that  four  Marines  voluntarily  remained  on  ehore  during  Byron's  perilous  boat 
voyage,  after  the  wreck  of  the  Wager.    Byron's  Narrative,  p.  g5, 


640 


BLUJVT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Of  die  Interior  Sounds  and  Channels  between  Uie  Strait  of  Magalhacns  and  the  Gulf  of 

Fenas. 

The  western  coast,  between  the  Strait  of  Magalhaens  and  the  Gulf  of  Penas,  is  formfd 
by  a  succession  of  islands  of  considerable  extent,  the  largest  of  which,  Wellington  is|. 
and,  occupies  a  length  of  coast  of  i:38  miles.  It  is  separated  from  the  main  by  ilu 
Mesier  and  VVide  Channels  ;  and  from  Madre  de  Dios  by  the  Gulf  of  Trinidad.  Mad,, 
de  Dios,  which  is  probably  composed  of  several  islands,  has  for  its  inner  or  easttru 
boundary  the  Conception  Strait. 

HANOVER  ISLAND  has  the  Sarmiento  and  Esteven  Channels  on  its  eastern  side 
and  on  the  south  is  separated  from  Queen  Adelaide  Archipelago  by  Lord  Nelson  Strait 
which  communicates  by  Smyth  Chaimel  with  the  Strait  of  Magalhaens. 

SiMV'TH  CHANNEL  commences  in  the  strait  at  Beaufort  Bay,  on  the  eastern  sH^ 
of  Cape  PhilJi]),  N.  78°  E.  5^  miles  from  which  are  the  Fairway  Isles;  and  at  a  iii;;; 
more  than  G  miles  from  the  cape,  on  the  west  shore,  is  the  anchorage  of  Deep  lhnk> 
the  entrance  of  which  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide.  The  anchorage  is  about  half  a  ti;= 
within  the  head,  ofl'  the  entrance  of  a  lagoon,  in  from  30  to  35  fathoms.  North  arj 
south  of  the  port  are  inlets,  each  one  mile  deep.  In  entering,  there  is  a  patch  ofL?' 
on  the  starboard  hand,  and  the  shore  is  fronted  for  a  short  distance  off  by  rocks. 

GOOD'S  BAY,  the  next  anchorage,  is  better  than  the  last,  the  depth  being  frnm;« 
to  25  fathoms.  It  is  convenient  for  vessels  going  to  the  northward,  but  when  bound  u 
the  opposite  direction  North  Anchorage  will  be  better,  from  the  depth  being  less;  hw 
it  is  small,  and  the  entrance  is  more  fronted  by  rocks  than  Good's  Bay.  It  is  not  inten;*] 
to  anchor  in  either  of  the  above  places.  The  widest  and  best  channel  is  to  the  fiit. 
ward  of  Middle  Island.     There  is  a  plan  of  these  anchorages. 

OlFthe  N.  E.  point  of  Shoal  Island  is  a  rocky  patch,  upon  which  the  Adelaide  Mnut 
The  channel  for  the  next  four  miles  is  rather  intricate  ;  but  all  the  dangers  are  poinie; 
out. 

Opposite  to  Cape  Colworth  is  Clappcrton  Inlet,  beyond  which  is  a  considerable  irat; 
of  low  country,  a  rare  sight  in  these  regions.  Two  miles  further,  on  the  eastern  sidp.n 
Hose  Harbor,  suitable  for  a  small  vessel;  and  on  the  opposite  shore  is  Retreat Bav, 
fronted  by  low  rocky  islets.     The  depth  within  is  24  fathoms. 

Onwards  the  channel  is  clear,  as  far  as  Oake  Bay,  where  the  depth  is  9  fathoms;  fcm 
the  anchorage  is  better  among  the  Otter  Islands,  the  depth  being  6  and  7  fathoms,  and 
the  ground  clean. 

The  channel,  for  the  next  8  miles,  becomes  more  strewed  with  islands  and  rock^.ami 
has  much  shoal  water  off  every  low  jwint.  The  const,  also,  is  very  low  on  the  ra<'en! 
shore,  as  far  as  the  base  of  Mount  Burncy,  which  is  5,800  I'eet  high,  and  covered  n't 
perpetual  snow. 

The  best  channel  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  Otter  Islands,  and  between  the  Siniiinpr 
Isles  and  Long  Island,  for  which  the  chart  and  a  good  looivout  for  kelp  will  be  suirKifr.; 
guides. 

FORTUNE  BAY  is  at  the  south-east  extremity  of,  ajjparently,  an  island  intlietL- 
trance  of  a  deep  channel,  which  is,  probably,  one  that  Mr.  Cutler,  the  master  of;: 
American  sealing  vessel,  passed  throu,,h.*  Upon  the  supposition  of  its  lea(lini,Mliroii;: 
the  land,  and  insulating  the  western  shore  of  Smyth  Channel,  to  the  north  of  Point  Paliif; 
The  latter  is  distinguished  by  the  name  of  RenncI  Island.  Fortune  Bay  is  a  verym 
venient  and  good  anchorage,  the  depth  being  moderate,  and  bottom  good,  flieb* 
berth  is  within  Low  Ishuid,  in  from  8  to  12  fathoms.  At  the  bottom  of  the  bay  is; 
thickly  woo'led  valley,  with  a  fresh  water  stream. 

A  league  to  the  north  of  Point  Palmer,  on  the  opposite  shore,  is  Isthmus  Bny.nllo: 
ing  excellent  anchorage,  but  open  to  S.  W.  which  here  is  not  of  much  inonient,  Ion: 
channel  is  only  two  miles  wide.  The  bottom  of  Isthmus  Bay  is  formed  by  a  vrryn^ 
row  strip  of  land  separatuig  it  from  what  1  have  no  doubt  is  Sarmiento's  Oracion  Hi; 
Five  miles  north  of  Point  Palmer  is  AVelcome  Bay,  also  affording  an  excellent  place 
anchor  in,  with  moderate  depth  and  good  bottom.     A  plan  was  made  of  it. 

In  SANDY  BAY,  on  the  east  side  of  the  channel,  and  off  Inlet  Bay,  on  the  ni;:- 
site  shore,  there  ai-p  good  anchorages.  Both  have  a  moderate  depth,  and  are  shelier?; 
from  the  prev;iilina:  winds,  which  generally  are  north-westerly. 

In  lat.  52°  1'  is  Victory  Passage,  sejiarating  Zach  Peninsula  from  Hunter  Tslandj'; 
communicating  with  Union  Sound,  which  leads  to  the  Ancon  Sin  Salida  of  Sariiiiciiii 

*  We  met  this  intelligent  person  two  or  three  different  times  whilst  cmplo5Td  upon  the  surf? 
nnd  received  much  valuable,  and  what  afterwards  proved  to  be  correct  information  fromb 
which  I  am  here  much  gratified  to  have  an  opportunity  of  acknowledging.— [P.  P.  K.] 


Ou  the  west  side  o 
and  south  of  the  is 
Ai  the  south  CXI 
15  f;itlii)ms.      llfi 
fartliL'ron,  neiu-  Ct 
fa'honis,  it  narrow 
Creek  seems  conlii 
ilincf  lu  {\n'.  111(1 
fliirinj,'  strong  ihui 
small  vessel  in  wiw 
hi'ulc  iincliDrcil  am 
Jlcywooil  Passiigc 
(riiiita  (id  Ocsle, 
more- West.      Lici 
Mtl  with  the  I'oliow 
,.       "  So  genccally, 
•f  even  fur  working  vi 

siiiiiil  criil't  lit  any 
;  (ranee  is  ri  ami  '_)  ft 
V  the  northward,  and 
i  so  that  a  vessel  is  i 
i  be  ill  the  Strait  of 
I  tides.     'I'lic   cliaini 
I  teiiipestiioiis." — [> 
p*      As  the  sounds  w; 
I  little  need  be  said  ii 
I  The  cliar*^       II  be 
^  They  po<-  iiiiiiy 

Sanni       .j  on  hi: 
[Strait  of  .\iagalliaei 
J  All  his  (lescrij)tioiis 
i  places  he  lueiitions 
|caniiiit  be   mistake! 
r'  the  Morro  ofAin 
Ivater  ravine  that  di 
ilarge  iiioitth  of  a  c 
Ihay  without  ;i  tlion 
liiiiiliiiL;  ciDschcs  CI 
■■\\illi  :;reiit  labor  an 
itlii'  westward,  has 
|liill'  to  the  Morro  e 
riic  anchorages 
SouikIs,  \\('ii'  iis  I'd 
LKKWAIM)  15 
^neiided. 

WHALE   no  A 
A  small  cove  on  t 
IxetCord. 
FOC  P.aS',  two 
EASTER  15 A  \ 
'J'iie. Canal  of  t! 
ligh  snow-cai)[)C(l  ( 
laviiiL;-  a  glacier  of 
from  (.'ape  Earnest, 
)f  alioiit  half  a  iiiih 
WOKSLEV  B 
LAST  HOPE 
miles  tlie  ineadtli 
.1  lathoiiis  deep. 

l)ISAPP()l.\'i\^ 
feicil  with  stunted  i 

(bit  stj)iiy  beacli 
[ithiii  a  ijiiarter  ol 

*  Tlicse  islets  wci(' 
'idi  birds, 


BLINT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


041 


le  eastern  sHj 
and  at  a  liiilj 
'  Deep  Harder, 
)ul  hair  a  miif 
3.  North  aid 
a  patch  of  k!:|i 
rocks, 
being  frninv 
when  bound  i; 
leing  less;  1;,  ■ 
t  is  not  inteiviH) 
1  is  to  tiie  (a.;. 

ulelaideMnuli 
;ers  are  poinier 

nsiderable  irar 
I  eastern  sidp,;. 
is  Retreat  Bav, 

9  fathoms;  but 

7  fathoms,  and 

i  and  rocke.md 

on  the  rib'etc 

id  covered  wiit 

en  the  Hrnmn 
will  be  .sullifif:.; 

island  in  then. 
le  iiiiistPVdf; 
leading  llirni:; 
jf  Point  Palirc 
y  is  a  vevv  cut- 
ood.  Tliekt: 
of  the  bay  is 

Tins  Bay, ali'ur 
moment,  Ion: 
d  l)y  a  vnv  !i 
)'s  (Jracioii  li- 
xrelleut  place 
it. 

iiy,  on  thpn|w- 
nd  are  shelifK: 


inter  Island,  j:.; 
la  of  SarniicDif. 


()u  the  west  side  of  I  limtcr  Island  is  Island  J5ay,  with  good  anchorage  both  to  the  north 
iiiul  south  of  the  islets.     The  Adelaide  anchored  in  the  latter  in  17  fathoms. 

Aitlic  south  extremity  of  l*ia/,/,i  Uiaiid  is  llamptr  15, ly,  with  anchorage  in  from  7  to 
16  fathoms.  IIitc  the  cir.iimcl  with'iis  lo  ihrcc  miles  and  a  half;  but  at  two  leagues 
fartliyron,  near  (.'eres  Island,  under  the  ,S,  K.  end  ol  which  the  A<l('laide  anchored  in  10 
fa'honis,  it  narrows  to  two  miles.  Kocky  Cove  is  not  lo  be  recommended,  and  Narrow 
Creek  seems  confuied. 

Iliiice  lo  the  inoulli  of  the  ch;iiuiel,  which  again  widens  here  to  5  miles,  and  in  which, 
durin"  strong  norlh-west  winds,  tiu.'  se:i  runs  heavy,  w(!  Know  of  no  anchorage;  but  a 
small  vessel  in  want  will  douliiless  lind  many,  by  sending  her  boat  in  s(tarch.  Tlie  Ade- 
laide anchored  among  the  Diana  jshuids,  and  in  Montague  l!ay,  having  passed  through 
ilcywuod  Passage,  'fhe  norlljcrn  ))oint  of  Pia/zi  Island  is  Narniiento's  West  Point, 
(Piiiita  del  Ucsle,)  and  a  league,  to  the  soulii  is  his  Piint;i  de  Mas-al-C)este,  or  Point- 
more- West.  l>ieuten;mt  .^kyring  concludes  the  jouriKd  of  his  survey  of  Sinyth  Chan- 
nel with  the  foUouing  remarks  : 

"So  genevally,  in<leed,  do  the  northerly  winds  i)rev;iil,  that  it  would  be  troublesome 
even  for  working  vessels  to  make  a  pas.s.ige  to  the  mjrtliward  ;  but  it  is  a  safe  channel  for 
snr.dl  craft  at  any  time  The  tides  are  regular:  tli  ■  rise  and  fall  at  the  southern  en- 
I  trance  is  8  and  ')  feet,  but  at  the  noriiiern  only  ■'>  ;md  (>.  The  Hood  tide  always  sets  to 
I  the  northwaril,  and  the  strength  oj'ilic  slreimi  is  frijm  hall'toone  mile  and  ahalf  anhour  ; 
^  so  that  a  vessel  is  not  so  likely  to  b(!  detained  here  for  any  length  of  time,  as  she  would 
')(■  in  the  Strait  of  Magalhaen-,  where  there  is  little  or  no  assistance  felt  from  westerly 
tides.  'I'he  channel  iivsides  is  c'om[)aralively  free  frcjiii  sea,  and  the  winds  are  not  SO 
';  'eiiipestuous." — [Skyring's  M.S.] 

As  the  sounds  within  Smyth  ( 'li;uuu'l  will  never  be  used  for  any  purpose  of  navigation, 
little  need  be  said  in  a  work  destined  solely  for  the  use  of  shipping  Irecjuenting  the  coast. 
The  char^  11  be  sullicient  to  refer  to  for  every  purpose  of  curiosity  or  information. 
'i'liey  po--  niuiy  aiiclioi;iges  for  small  vess(.ds,  allbrding  both  sheiler  and  security. 

Sarmi  .j  <)i\  his  third  boat  voyage  to  discover  a  passage  through  the  land  into  the 
Strait  of  >lagalhaens,  gives  a  detailed  and  very  interesting  account  of  his  proceedings. 
All  his  descri|)tions  are  so  good,  that  wc  had  no  hesitation  in  assigning  positions  to  those 
jilices  he  mentions,  to  all  of  which  his  names  have  been  appended.  Cape  Ano-nuevo 
ciimiot  b(!  mistaken,  and  the  description  ol' his  Ancon  Sin  Salida  is  ])erfect.  He  says 
'•  ilie  3Iorro  of  Ano-nuevo  trcndsround  to  the  S.  10.  and  S.  .'"'.  K.  for  a  league,  lo  the  first 
Miller  ravine  that  descends  from  the  sunnnit.  In  an  east  direction  from  tliis,  appears  a 
),ii<:e  mouth  of  a  channel,  about  two  leagues  off.  We  went  to  it,  and  found  it  to  be  a 
Ii;iy  withoiU  a  thoroughfare,  forming  a  cove  to  the  north,  about  a  league  deep;  so  that, 
iiiiding  eniselv(!s  embayed,  we  returned  to  the  entrance,  which  we  had  previously  reached 
|-\vitli  tireat  labor  ;uid  fatigue.  This  bight  lias  lour  islets.  The  bay,  from  the  islets  to 
Itlie  westward,  has  a  sandy  beach,  backed  by  a  low  couiiliy  lor  m<»re  than  a  league  and  a 
lidl'fo  the  Morro  of  Ano-nuevo." 

The  ;mcliorages  that  were  useil  by  the  Arlelaide  upon  the  e\;imination  of  the  interior 
(Minds,  were  as  follows  : 

liKKWAJM)   i>AV,  exposed,  and  being  upmi  llie  leeward  shore,  is  not  to  be  recom- 
neiided. 
WliALK   noA'L'  WAY,  about  one  mile  to  the  cast  of  Grey  Cape. 
A  small  cove  on  the  north  shore  of  Kirke  Narrows,  about  u  mile  to  the  east  of  Cape 
E^etford. 
I''()(!  B.\^',  two  miles  ;md  a  half  lo  llio  iiortli  of  ihe  east  end  of  Kirke  Narrows. 
KASTKll  ]>A\,  a  convenient  anchorage  wiiliin   While  Narrows. 
S    The. Canal  of  tlie  Mountains,  nearly  ill  miles  long,  is  bounded  on  each  side  by  the 
migh  snow-capped  Cordillera,  the  western  side  being  by  very  much  the  higher  land,  and 
^laviiii;  a  ulacier  of  -JO  miles  in  eMeiit,  ruimiiig  p;inill("l  wiili  the  canal.     Kighteen  miles 
^/roni  Cape  k'.arnest,  where  the  canal  (  ommem  es,  the  cliaimel  is  contracted  to  the  width 
|of  ah(uit  half  a  mile;  oiherwise  its  width  is  from  one  to  two  miles. 
■'     WUKSLKN'  r>\\   AM)  SOCND  extend  lo  miles  into  the  land. 
,     LAST   IJOPK   INLF/r  is  40  miles  in  lengili.     Its  niouih  is  .'!.',  miles  wide,  but  at 

f  miles  the  l)re;idth  is  eontraeled  by  islands^  to  less  than  ;i  mile,  the  channel  being  5  to 
1  lathomsdeep.     i^eymid  this  i. arrow  the  sound  trends  to  the  W.  N.  W. 
DISAPPOINT.MKNT   BAN'.— The  l;uid  at  the  bottom  is  very  low,  and  thickly  co- 
lered  with  stiinled  wood.     Mr.  Kiike  traced  iis  shores,  and  found  ihem  to  be  formed  by 
at  st,ony  beach,  and  tin;  water  so  shallow  tluit  the  boat  could  seldom  a])proach  it 
[ithui  a  ijuarter  of  a  mile.     A  considerable  body  of  water  was  noticed  by  him  over  the 


upon  tlic  surfi. 
mniion  from  o 
P.K.J 


*  These  islets  were  covered  widi  black-ucekiii 
filli  liird.«, 

81 


-v\au.-,  and  the  sound  generally  is  well  atockta 


642 


ULUJNT  S  AMIMIICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


low  laml,  probably  a  laii^cr  lagoon,  for  it  coiiirrmnicates  with  the  l)ay  by  a  liipi;!  iimn, 
GO  yards  wide.     No  lii,i;li  land  was  seen  in  an  easterly  diruL-lioii  ;  so  that  tlio  country  be- 
Iwucii  l)isa|)i)oiiitiii(Mit  iJay  and  th(.'  cisU'ru  coast  may  [)rol)ably  bu  a  contiiiiK.'d  niiuiini 
or  plain,  like  tin?  coast  of  I'lastcrn  Patagonia.  ' 

OBSTRUCTION  SOUND  cxf  is  lor  thirty  nuirs  in  a  south  by  cast  direction,  ami 
then  for  fifteen  more  to  the  W.  '  \V.  wiicr<'  it  terminates.  It  is  separated  from  the 
bottom  of  Skyrin-^  Walcr  i)y  a  ridi;(!  of  hills,  perhaps  twelve  miles  across.  Some  water 
was  seen  from  a  lieiji,ht,  about  six  miles  olf,  in  tlie  intervening  space,  but  the  shores  utre 
so  carefully  traced  that  Lieutenant  Skyriiif;,  who  examined  it,  feels  satisfied  thai  nii 
eommunication  exists.  This  (piestion,  however,  will  probably  be  set  at  rest  by  Caniuin 
Fitzroy,  during  his  inlended  voyage. 

A  large  plan  was  made  of  ihes.'  sounds,  to  wliieh  a  reference  will  give  every  dcsireii 
information. 

SARiMlENTO  CIIANNKU,  connnunlcating  l)et\\een  llu-  east  side  of  I'ia/./.i  Islrml 
and  Staines  Tenin^^ula,  continues  to  lh(>  northward  of  tiie  niouih  of  Peel  Inlet,  wIkhh 
joins  the  Sail  Estevau  Chaniitd,  from  whicii  if  is  .se|)arated  by  liie  islands  of  \aiiciiii. 
ver  ami  Esi)crau/.a.  l>etvveeu  these  is  a  passage  nearly  a  league  wiue,  but  strewed  hhI, 
islands. 

RELIEF  IL\R]K)H,  at  the  south  end  of  Vancouver  island,  is  a  convenient  anclK.r. 
age;  !)ut  (he  best  hereaboiUs  is  J'uerto  I'ueno,  (irst  noticed  liy  Sarmicnto.  It  ali(ii,\ 
excellent  aiu'horagc  and  a  n^oderate  depth  td'  water,  the  latter  of  very  nnusual  ()((|||. 
rence.  A  small  cove,  round  the  north  point,  called  Schooner  (,'ove,  is  well  adapted lur 
a  small  vessel,  and  may  be  used  in  prel'erence  tiven  to  Puerto  lUieno. 

In  SAN  ESTEVAN  CHANNEL,  Escape  Ihiy,  altlumgh  small,  is  ccmvenii'iit  ;iiiil 
well  sheltered.  Opixisite  the  south  end  of  Esperai]/.a  Island  is  the  deep  openinjut 
Ellen  Ray,  which  may  probably  be  a  chainiel  passing  through  and  dividing  Ihinoui 
Jaland.  To  the  north  the  anchorages  of  lUjoice  Harbor  and  Anchor  Ray  are  cuim.iu- 
dious  and  useful. 

PEEL  INLET  extends  in  for  7  leagues,  communicating  with  Pitt  Channel,  ami  in- 
•ulating  Ciiatliam  Island,  whicli  is  separated  from  the  N.  en(l  of  lIa!U)ver  Island  hy  a  rim. 
tinuation  of  the  Sarniienfo  and  San  Estevau  Cliamiels,  ofwliichtln!  principal  featiupis 
the  Guia  Narrows.*  These  narrows  are  (>  miles  long,  and,  excepting  the  nurlli  cijil, 
where  it  is  only  one  fifth  of  a  mile  wide,  is  from  half  to  one  mile  broad.  The  titles  lure 
are  not  very  rapid.  High  walcr  at  full  and  change  takes  place  at  2h.  8m.,  tlie /li;w| 
running  to  the  southward.  At  the  south  entrance  of  San  Estcvan  Channel,  tlieievnje 
is  the  case,  of  which,  for  vessels  passini;  through,  some  advantage  may  be  taken. 

The  north-west  coast  of  Chatham  Island  has  many  bights  and  coves  fronted  byislamls, 
among  which  is  Cuanl  i5ay,  where  the  Adelaide  anchored  ;  but  the  coast  is  too  exposed 
to  the  sea  and  prevailing  winds,  to  otl'er  much  convenient  or  even  secure  shelter. 

The  north-west  points  of  llanoverand  Chatli;iiii  Islands  are  more  than  ten  miles  apart, 
and  midway  between  them  is  situated  Sarmiento's  Innocent's  Island  (Isla  de  Ins  h- 
nocentes.) 

COiNCEPTION  STRAIT  separates  Madre  de  Dios  and  its  island  to  the  southivurd 
from  the  Main  land.  It  conmiences  at  Cape  Santiago,  in  lat.  50^'°,  and  joins  the  Wide 
Channel,  or  Rrazo  Aneho  of  Sarmieuto  in  50^  5'.  On  the  west  side  (the  eastern  coiisl 
of  Madre  de  Dios)  arc  several  convenient  anchorages,  i)articularly  Walker  15ay,  a  bay  to 
the  north  of  Point  Michael,  and  Tom  Bay,  all  of  Avhich,  being  on  the  weather  shore, 
afford  secure  anchorage  ;  but  the  squalls  off  the  high  land  are  not  less  felt  than  in  other 
parts. 

ST.  ANDREW  SOUND  is  four  leagues  wide  ;  but  the  mouth  is  much  occupied  bv 
the  Canning  Isles,  upon  the  northernnuist  of  which,  at  the  south-west  end,  is  PortlamI 
Bay,  a  good  anchorage  for  a  small  vessel,  in  ')  fathoms.  The  principal  entrance  ol'ft 
Andrew  Souiul  is  to  the  north  of  ('hatham  Island.  It  is  o  miles  wide,  and  at  (>  leajiif; 
withm,  divides  into  two  arms  :  the  northern  one  is  5  or  G  leagues  long,  and  terniinat'<: 
but  the  southern  channel,  which  is  Pitt  Chaiuiel,  trending  behind  Chatham  Islam.l,  anii 
communicates,  as  before  mentioned,  with  Peel  Inlet. 

The  anchorage  of  Expectation  ]5ay,  5  leagues  within  the  Sound,  at  the  east  extreniiiv 
of  the  Kentish  Isles,  was  used  by  the  Aflelaide  in  her  examination  of  these  inlets. 

At  POINT  RRAZO  ANCIIO  the  Gulf  of  Trinidad  commences,  and  the  Conception 
Strait  terminates ;  for  its  continuation  to  the  north-east  bears  the  name  of  Wide  Chan- 
nel, which  is  40  miles  long,  and  frouT  I'j  to  3,V  miles  broad. 

At  SAUMAPv-EZ  ISLAND  it  joins  the  Mesier  Channel,  and  to  the  N.  E.  oomimi- 
nicates  with  Sir  George  Eyre  Sound,  which  is  40  miles  long,  and  with  an  average 


*  So  called  after  Sanr.icnfo's  Boat.     If  was  by  this  route  ho  pnsprd  down  to  the  pxaniinationol 
his  Ancon  Sin  Saiida.     lie  describes  it  ns  a  narrow,  .100  paces  wide. 


Remarks  upon  the 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  IMI.OT, 


643 


examination  ol 


iirendih  of  1  miles.      Noitr  tlio  ontrnnrp  on  tlio  rust  side  \v;is  loiiiKi  a  largo  rookery  ol 
sea!'*,  and  another,  \^>  miles  Cai'llier  up.  on  tlie  saMio  side,  in  lat.  18  '  'Jl'. 

The  southern  end  of  tlie  Mesier  Channel,  for  iiraily  10  leai,'nes,  is  named  Indian 
Reacli.  Ft  is  narrow,  and  has  many  isl(!ts,  but  tic  watrr  is  An-]).  Then  follows  English 
Narrows,  I'J  miles  Iomj,  and  iVom  half  to  one  mile  and  a  (|iiarler  widi; ;  hut  miuiy  I'arts 
art^  eiiritracteil  by  islands  to  lOO  yards,  'i'liu  passage  lies  (di  the  west  side  of  the  chan- 
nel, to  the  westward  of  all  the  islands. 

Knini  the  north  end  of  the  narrows  to  the  outlet  of  tlie  Mesier,  at  Tarn  Bay,  in  the 
(Hilf  (if  I'enas,  a  distance  of  7.j  miles,  the  channel  is  ([Mite  oj)cn  and  free  from  all  im- 
pediiiient. 

TflF.  ANCIlORAdF.S  in  tlie  Wide  and  Mcsiei  Channels,  nre  more  imiuerous  than 
we  have  any  aeeonnt  of.  Tlio-ie  (Hvujiieil  hy  thi^  Adidaih'  in  her  course  through,  are 
as  I'oilows,  viz.  : 

FATAL  ]?AY",  in  lat.  47^  oo',  on  the  western  shore,  al  tle^  north  entrance  of  the 
cliannd,  insnlatim:  Millar  Island.     'I'his  hav  is  open  and  e\p!)sed. 

ISLAND  llAKr.Oll,  on  thr  east  shore,  in  lat.  H'  ()':'.",  is  a  small  hut  excellent 
land-locked  ancliorage,  wilii  '.axid  holding;  grounil.  Wood  anil  water  (dose  at  hand, and 
abundance  of  fish. 

WATiOivFALL  PAV,  in  lat.  4"P  17';  al  the  enlraiiee  of  an  inlet  on  the  east  side  of 
the  (diannid. 

At  this  |)art  (d'llie  Mc-;ii'r  Channel  l!i(-  tides  aic  r:giilar,  and  run  (>  hours  each  way, 
the  fiooil  srltiiei  N.  bv  W. 

Wlli'l'i-:  KKLP  COVI''.,  on  tlio  inirtji  sidr  of  liion  i'ay,  aljont  one  mile  within  thn 
liead,  is  conlined,  and  only  fit  for  a  small  ves-^id. 

HALT  l?A  V,  on  the  <'ast  shore,  at  the  north  end  of  the  Knglish  Narrows,  in  lat.  48" 
.51'.  Here  the  (Inod  sets  to  tlr-  S.  S.  F,.,  and  tin-  tide  being  eonfmed  by  the  narrow 
width  of  flic  channel,  riuis  witli  considerable  stren;:tlK 

LEVEL  15  VV,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  chamnd,  al  the  south  end  of  the  narrows, 
is  in  lat.  4')°  7'  .JO". 

ROCKY"  lUCIIT,  opposite  the  north-east  point  of  Saumnrez  Island,  in  from  17  to 
12  faflionis. 

Fl'RY^  COVE,  near  Tied  Cape,  the  exiremity  of  F.xmouiii  I'ldmontory.  It  is  very 
confined,  there  not  being  room  lor  more  than  two  sn  all  vessels  ;  but  the  groun(i.  is  good, 
and  although  open  to  the  S.  W.,  it  is  a  S(<eurG  haven. 

.SANDY  BAY,  on  the  west  slnu-e  of  Wide  Chanced,  in  lat,  AV  4;7  ,10". 

SMALL  CRAFT  P.KillT,  also  on  the  west  shore,  near  tlie  south  end  of  tlie  Yv^ide 
Channel,  is  of  small  si/,(\  bul  answers  every  ))urpose  of  a  sto|);ii.ii;  place  for  the  night. 

OPICN  BAY,  on  the  east  sliore,  opposite  the  Cn'f  of  Trinidad.  Tin;  anchorage  is 
sheltered  by  two  islands  ;  but  it  is  too  expensed  to  tr  ist  a  vessel  in,  and  therefore  not  to 
be  recommended. 

Besides  the  aijove  aiudiorai^es,  there  are  many  eqially  e(nivenieiit,a!id,  i)erhnps,  much 
better,  that  may  be  occupied  by  vessels  navigating  these  (diannels.  Every  bight  offers 
an  anchorage,  and  almost  any  may  be  entered  wit!i  sa!(;ty.  On  all  occasions  the  wea 
thcr  shore  should  be  preferred,  and  a  shelving  coast  is  generally  fronted  l)y  shoaler  sound- 
ings, and  more  likely  to  afford  moderate  depth  of  water  than  the  steep-sided  coasts;  for 
in  the  great  depth  of  water  alone  consists  the  difficulty  of  navi;:ating  these  channels. 

Througlinnt  the  whole  space  between  the  Strait  of  ?>Ia;;alliaens  and  the  Gulf  of  Pe- 
nas,  tliere  is  abundance  of  wood  and  water,  fish,  shell-fish,  cidery,  and  birds. 

Remarks  upon  the,  I'asxnrrcrnimd,  Cape  Ilnrn,  and  Id  and  from  tJtc  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
Oceans,  tlirouqh  tlie  Strait  of  ATairalltwiis. 

Ships  bound  from  the  Atlantic  to  any  of  the  ports  in  the  Pacific,  will  find  it  advantage 
ous  to  keep  within  100  miles  of  the  coast  of  Eastern  Patagimia,  as  well  as  to  avoid  the 
heavy  sea  that  is  raised  by  the  westerly  gales  whicli  prevail  to  the  eastward,  and  increase  ip 
strength  according  to  the  distance  from  the  land,  as  to  profit  by  th.e  variableness  of  the 
wind  when  fixed  in  the  western  board.  Near  the  coast,  from  April  to  September,  when 
the  sun  has  north  declination,  the  winds  prevail  more  from  the  W.  N.  W.  to  N.  N.  W. 
than  from  any  other  quarter.  Easterly  gales  are  of  very  rare  occurrence,  but  even  when 
they  do  blow, "the  direction  being  obliquely  upon  the  coast,  T  do  not  consider  it  at  all 
hazardous  to  keep  the  land  on  board.  In  the  opposite  season,  when  the  sun  has  south 
declination,  the  winds  will  incline  from  the  southward  of  west,  and  frequently  blow  hard; 
but  as  the  coast  is  a  weather  shore,  tiie  sea  goes  down  immediately  after  the  gale.  Jn 
this  season,  although  the  winds  are  generally  against  a  ship's  making  quick  jirogrcss, 
yet  as  they  seldom  remain  fixed  in  one  point,  and  frequently  shift  backward  and  for- 
ward 6  or  8  points  in  as  many  hours,  advantage  may  be  takcii  of  the  change  so  as  to 
keep  close  in  with- the  coast. 


644 


nLUXT's  A>IT:riICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Having  onrrniadc  llic  ImikI,  which  slumld  ho  dnjio  to  iho  snutlnviinl  of  (:ii|m;  (!i;i,|(.„ 
it  will  be  beiicliciiil  to  kcr])  it  tojjpiii^  on  the  horizon,  until  the  cntiancc  oltlic  8tr;iit,,(- 
Magalhaens  he  piisscih 

With  rcspeet  to  lliis  |)aii  ol'ilu-  voyajL'f,  ulM'tlicr  ((«  |>ii>s  tlii()iii;ii  tlie  Slcall  ic  iAhiii,. 
or  round  Siaton   Island,  innch  dil'Criinci'  ol  (i|iinion  csists.      I'riidcncc,  I   iliink,  m,,, 
gests  the  latter;  jet  I  hlioiild  vi  ly  ichictanlly  uive  n|>  the  oiipminniiy  that  nii:;hi  tii\\; 
of  clearinj^  the  sliait,  and  llnK  luic  ui'  luinii  "o  mucli  nioic  to  Hindwanl.      Willi;, 
southerly  wind,  il  would  not  Lc  aihi>a!ilf  to  aiieinjii  the  >tiail  ;   Iit.  \\\\\i  a  ui  ailiciiid, 
the  sea  runs  very  eross  and  deep,  and  nii.uht s( mtcIv  injnir  and  cndanuer  tiic  salcivdi; 
small  vess(d,  and  to  a  lai:;i'  (<iii'  do  ininli  damage.    In  calm  weather  il  wodid  Ix!  >iiiri|,„p, 
imprudent,  (unless  the  >n'slern  sid'  of  the  strait  can  lie  reaclnd,  uhere  a  -lilp  iniiilif  im. 
chor,)  on  aei-ount  of  the  tide  seitin:;  o\er  lo  tie-  Stalen  Inland  side,  w  hen  .  ilit  l'"i'(,iiirs 
necessary  to  ancdior,   it    unnld    neee^>arily    lie   in  v(  ry   deep   w.iier,   and    (dusi;  tn  tlic 
land.     With  a  iM)rtherly  wind  ilie  route  seems  not  oidy  pra*  lieaide.  but.  mtv  ii('v,nii;i;i. 
OUS,  and  it  would  leipiire  sunn'  res(diilion  to  ;;l\-e  up  llie  oppoiliinily  so  iiiviiin'^ly  ((Hcici 
I  doubt  whether  nortlii'riy  \vinds,  nnless  they  are  very  siron':.  Mow  tliroiii:li  ihc  ^iiMi;- 
if  not,  a  ship  is  drifted  over  to  tin;  eastern  shores,  \vliere,  I'rom  tlie  fni'(  e  of  (lie  li.lc.  j 
must  be  (piite  uninana;^)  able. 

Captain  Fit/.  l{oy,  whose  antlnnity.  j'nmi  l;i^  experieiiee.  nirisl  lie  veiy  !:!»(. d.  sreiiM 
think  there  is  neither  dillienlty  nor  risk  in  i)assin'.r  the  sliail.  'I'lie  oidy  d  in'i'-r  that  dir, 
exist,  and  that  may  be  an  imaginary  one.  is  ilu'  failure  of  the  wind.  SJiijis  p;i-^|. 
through  it  from  the  south,  are  not  so  lialde  lo  liie  t'^iiini-e  of  the  s()nth-\*'<li'rh- «;. 
nnless  it  be  lii^ht,  and  t'.en  it  will  proJialdy  bi'  iVoui  the  ;N.  \\'.  at  the  nerthcni  em!  (.iil,, 
strait.  The  anchorage  in  (iood  Success  I'ay,  however,  is  admirably  situated.  sIk.h;,; 
the  wind  or  tide  fail. 

In  passing  to  leeward  ol'.'stalen  fslainl,  tlie  fide  race.  wJilcli  extends  for  ?(nne  (li^i;  i,,, 
off  Cape  St.  Jolui,  at  tlie  N.  K.  (.-nd  of  tlie  island,  uuist  be  avoided,  otherwise  llicrcc;. 
ist  no  dangers. 

The  anchorage  under  New-\'car's  Islands,  altho;iL:li  it  is  a  wild  one  and  llie  liiiii„|, 
tad,  and  the  tide  very  stroiiij;,  yet  ofl'ers  ^ood  sin  Iter  froni  sonth-west  ^vinds,  and  miji 
be  occupied  with  advantanf;  dnrin!>;  the  existeine  of  a  gale  from  tiiut  quarter,  siiicp  itj. 
unfavorable  for  .ships  boiuid  round  the  Horn. 

After  passing  Staten  Island,  if  the  wind  he  w(>slerly,  the  ship  should  lie  kept  iijKinil.p 
starboard  tack,  ludess  it  veers  to  tin-  sontliuard  of  .'<.  .<.  W.  until  she  reaidies  thp];iiini(|. 
of  60'' south,  and  then  upon  that  tack  upon  which  nn)Ht  westing  may  be  made.  Iiii|ii> 
parallel,  however,  tln^  wind  is  thought  to  jnevail  more  I'rom  llie  eastward  than  turn  iiuv 
other  quarter.  Never  havina  passed  round  f'apc  Horn  in  the  sinnmer  season.  I  iiwv 
not  perhaps  be  justilied  in  opposing  my  opinion  to  that  of  otlieis;  who,  liaviir;  tiiii! 
both  seasons,  give  the  jireferem-e  to  the  summer  nionlhs.  The  advantage  of  len;^  dnv; 
is  certainly  very  great,  but  from  my  e\|)erience  ol'  the  winds  and  weather  during  tlicso op- 
posite seasons  at  Port  Famine,  1  jjreferred  the  winter  passage;  ami  in  onr  sid)s('(|iu'iii 
experience  of  it,  found  no  reason  to  alter  my  opinion.  Easterly  ami  northerly  wimls 
prevail  in  the  winter  off  the  cape,  whilst  southerly  and  wc^sleriy  winds  are  c(nistaiil  (lin- 
ing the  summer  months;  and  imt  oidy  ari;  the  winds  more  l'a\(irable  in  the  winter,  Inn 
they  are  moderate  in  comparison  to  the  fury  of  the  summer  gales. 

Having  passed  the  meridian  of  f'ape  Pillar,  it  will  yet  jje  advisable  tf)  take  rveiy  np 
portunity  of  making  westing  in  ])ref(nencc  to  northinir,  until  rea(  hing  the  ineridiiiii  H 
.82°  or  84°,  which  will  enable  a  ship  to  steer  tlirouLrh  the  norih-westerly  winds  that  pre- 
vail between  the  parallels  of  oil    and  .'>l^.     (See  IlalPs  South  America,  Appendix.) 

With  respect  to  the  utility  of  the  barometer  as  an  indicator  of  tlii?  weather  that  ises- 
perienced  o(f  (Jape  Horn,  1  do  not  think  it  ran  be  considered  so  uiifaili.ng  a  guide  as  iti< 
in  the  lower  or  luiddle  latitudes.  ( 'ajitain  Fit/.  Roy,  however,  has  a  better  (ipiiiinii  et'lii' 
indications  shown  by  this  valualile  instninient  :  my  opinion  is,  that  although  the  risii 
fall  precedes  the  change,  yet  it  uiore  fre(|uently  ;iccomi)anies  it.  'Ihe  following  skcid 
of  the  movement  of  the  barometer,  and  of  the  weather  that  we  experienced,  may  notki 
without  its  use. 

Being  to  the  north  of  Staten  Island  for  .1  days  preceding  full  moon,  whicli  oeciiinv 
on  the  3d  of  April,  1829,  wc  had  very  foggy  weather,  with  light  winds  from  tlie  n-'- 
ward  and  northward,  causing  a  fall  of  the  mercin-y  from  L")-')(l  to  2'j'.')(>.  On  the  diiyfi 
full  moon  the  column  rose,  ami  we  had  a  beautiful  morning,  during  which  the  lii:li 
mountains  of  Staten  Island  were  (jnite  unclmided,  as  were  also  those  of  Ticrni  ilf! 
Fuego.  At  noon,  however,  a  fresh  gale  from  the  S.  W.  set  in,  and  env<doped  the  W 
with  a  dense  mist.  No  sooner  had  the  wind  changed,  than  the  mercury  rose  to  S')'''!- 
but  fell  again  the  next  morning  ;  and  with  the  descent  the  wind  veered  round  to,  ami 
blew  strong  from  N.  W.,  with  thick  cloudy  weather  and  rain,  wliich  continued  until  the 
following  noon,  when  the  wind  veered  to  S.  W.,  the  barometer  at  29*54,  having  slightly 


risen;  but  after  tl 
when  wc  had  a  fr 
,111(1  cdininiied  to 
inilil  il  reached  - 
(It  m.'c  of  wind, 
cast,  uith  sipialls 
weather. 

The  colniiin  iio 

(lull  and  showery 

from  the  sonlhwa 

After  this  to  ne' 

and  \V.  S.  W.,  tl 

more  \vesferlv  ;   b 

The  mean  heiu 

The  mercury  st 

With  the  wind 

'JS-8(),  a  S.  W.  ga 

ceased  to  descend 

In  the  month  of  .1 

nallv  rose  to  ."le."). 

at  i'r\ 

The  following 
Observatory  at  I'd 


Of  the  Passage  / 


The  difficulties 
well  from  adverse 
great,  that  the  Sti 
they  may  be  avoi< 
be  placed  ;  but  by 
and  weather,  has 
and  plans  of  the 
descriptions  of  tl 
him  with  advice  a 
moved,  but  there 
large,  or  even  anj 
unless  detention 

For  a  square-ri 
useful : — 

In  the  eastern 

Narrow;  where, 

I  side  of  the  chann 

I  and  of  reaching  ( 

of  passing  the  Si 

which  place  the 


bt.um's  amf.iucan  coast  imi.ot. 


645 


rispn;  hut  aflcr  tho  clinngn  it  Cell  iiud  continiif.l  to  ilcvrriHl  mMi'irilly  until  nii(lni;;Iif, 
when' we  li:i<l  :>  <V»'sli  inalc  tVoiii  W.  S.  \V.  Wlicii  this  wind  wi-t  in.  \\v  nuMC  iiiv  rose, 
,111(1  CI)!!?)!!!!!'!!  to  ri-n,  iw  till!  wio'l  vccrcii,  willio II t  (Ircrc-.isiii.r  in  sirf:r,'ili,  to  S.  S.  W. 
tiiiiil  ii  itMcliril  •:')■')•"),  when  ii  lill  ii-^iiin  iiiid  iln'  wnnliiT  inodcnitcd.  hut  witiumt  any 
(■|un''o  of  wind.  During  lii"  di'Sfcnt  nt  liic  nn'iciiiv,  lln-  sky  wlili  n>  «;is  dull  and  ovcr- 
ca.st.  with    s(|ii;di-<  cl'  wind   and   lain,  Inil  on   shore   it  si'(  ini'd   to  he  vtv  line   sufishiny 

wcallicr.  .       ,    , 

'riiccidninn  now  rcl!  lo  'J')vj:i,  and  dm  in':  ils  dcsfcnt  the  wpafhcr  nMiianicd  ilio  sanio, 
(lull  and  sliowrrv;  Imt  as  soon  as  the  nificniy  luianif  staiionaiy,  a  lifsli  hrcc/.c  set  in 
iVoin  till'  sonlhwanl,  with  i]ur  weal  her. 

Al'ifi-this  to  new  moon,  tin-  wcatln'r  was  very  mi-<'ltlcd.  llic  uiiid  veering  liclwccii  S. 
anil  \V.  S.  W.,  tin-  liaiomi'ti  r  lisin^  as  it  vciiiil  lo  lli:'  rniinir,  and  lallini^  as  it  Ix-canie 
nirni'  wi'stciiv  ;   lint  no  no  oci  iision  did  il  |iicc(m|i'  tin    (lian'^c. 

Tlio  nif'an  liri'^'n  oC  ilic  haionicln-  i>  niii.iit  -J')-.'*. 

Tlio  mncnrv  staixls  lowest  with  .\.  \V .  winds,  iiiid  lii:;hest  with  S.  K. 

With  the  wind  at  N.  W.  or  noiliit  riy.  the  mercury  is  low:  il'  it  Talis  to  'J')  iiuhes  or 
28'8(),  a  S.  W.  jiale  niav  he  e\|)ecied."  Imt  dues  nol  eoimiience  until  tho  (■(dnmn  lias 
ceased  to  deseend.  it  lVi(|iienil\.  however,  tails  wilhont  iieiim  followed  l)y  this  tdianae. 
In  the  month  of  .lime,  al  I'ort  Kamim-.tlie  hanmicter  fell  lo  •.',•^•17.  and  aflerwards  grad- 
ually ro.se  to  ;;()■.").  whiih  was  followed  liy  cidd  ve;;ilier,  in  wliicdi  the  ihcrmonietcr  stoo(l 
at  l->^ 

The  foliowini:  table  shows  the  n, can  lemijeraliiro  and  pre-siire  as  resi^tered  ;it  the 
Observatory  at  I'oit  Famine,  in  the  .'*^iiaii. 


P  F(dirnary,. . 

',]■{ 

•■20-.in 

j   Martdi,  .... 

■I')-! 

•."j-f).| 

1  April, 

■!  1  -.' 

;    'Jf)-.j7 

1 

1  :Ma} 

35-5 

;.")•:;!  1 

y   .lime, 

?y?.-9 

';     •J!)-,'.^ 

1  .Inly ... 

.';;!•() 

',")-.")7 

i   Ain;iist, 

;;:;-2 

L")-2^^ 

Of  the  Passage  to  and  from  llic  Allatitir  and  J'dciiir  Oceans,  hij  the  Strait  of  Ma  gal- 

hams. 

The  difficulties  that  present  themselves  to  naviifator.s,  in  passins;;  round  Cajie  Horn,  a« 

well  from  adverse  winds  as  the  severe  jjale  and  heavy  sea  that  they  are  (tx])os(!d  to,  are  so 

great,  that  tlie  Str;tit  of  .Maiialhaens  lias  n;itiirally  hecii  looked  to  as  a  route  hy  which 

they  may  be  avoided.     Ilitherio  no  chart  has  existed  in  which  uiuch  conhdence  coxihi 

be  placed;  but  by  the  jiresent  survey,  the  navigation  llirouu;h  it,  independent  of  wind 

and  weather,  has  been  reiuhM-ed  nmcli  easier;  since  a  correct  delineation  of  its  shores, 

and  plans  of  tlie   anchorages,  have  been   made;  and  in  (he  I'.recediiijj;  padres  sufficient 

descriptions  of  them  have   been  given  to  assure  the  navii;ator  of  his  ])lace,  and  furnish 

|ia  him  with  advice  as  to  his  proeee(rmj»s.     The  local  difculties.  therefore,  have  been  re- 

'jM  moved,  but  there  remain  miu  h  tnore  serious  ones,  which  I  should  not  recommend  a 

^  large,  or  even  any  but  a  very  active  and   fast-sailing  stjuare-riiiged  vessel,  to  encounter, 

unless  detention  be  iH)t  an  object  of  importance, 

I      For  a  square-rigged  vessel  bound  through  the  strait,  the  following  directions  will  be 

I  useful : — 

'I      In  the  eastern  entranre,  the  winds  will   fretpiently  favor  a  ship's  arrival  oil'  the  First 
^  Narrow;  where,  if  she  selects  a  good  anchorage  onlhe  baidi  which  bounds  the  northern 
side  of  the  channel,  she  may  wait  an  oppmtunity  of  ])assing  through  the  First  Narrow, 
and  of  reaching  (n-egory  Uay;  where  also  a  delay  may  safely  be  made,  lor  the  purpose 
1  of  passing  the  Second  Narrow  and  arriving  at  the  neighborhood  of  Cape  Negro ;  al 
which  place  the  difficulties  and  dangers  of  the  eastern  entrance  cease. 


646 


bt.unt's  amkrican  coast  pilot. 


The  (lungers  licimj;  ciin'riilly  |)l!irr(l  on  the  rlinrt,  nnd  siiU'icicntly  rlpsriilifd  in  tfi^ 
in-rcciliim  |i;iir  uriliis  mciniiir,  ?uitliini,'  iir'cil  he  i('|ii'iitc(|  here;  and  in<I«'fMl  iiiikIi  in,,,, 
l)t'  li'('t  Id  lin-  jii(l'^:Mi'rit  1111(1  (!i-icictiiiii  id   llic  ii;ivimit(ir. 

The  |)ii.ss;i>r»)  of  tilt)  b'irst  Niiiiow,  the  ;iii(  li(iiii:;t!  to  (lie  (MstMiird  of,  and  in.  (iirM„rv 
IJay,  ill'-  |iassai;p  of  tlic  Scrdiid  Xarnnv,  llic  aiiclii>iai,'c  ii>  llic  nmtli  of  Kli/.ilictli  I,;. 
and,  and  tli((  pa-^^iaiic  iDiind  its  south  side,  liavc  aliradv  hrrn  rlcs(  rilx'd. 

'JMic  tiih's  aiwwcr  hcsi  lor  vi-.^rU  ciil'Tiii'.'  the  Sliaii  al  llic  iicriod  of  lull  and  rh;iii ,. 
ol  the  moon,  since  llicrc  arc  two  westerly  tides  in  the  day.  In  the  winter  season,  iltli, 
inorniiii;  tide  lie  not  snUicient  to  earrv  a  vessid  thn>nt;li  tlie  l'"irst  Narrow,  .sln-  mavrf. 
turn  to  l*ossessioii  I'ay.  sideel  an  am  hori'.'e,  and  he  seenred  a'_Min  hcd'ore  nii;lit :  cir,  n 
the  sunnner,  if  she  has  passed  the  Narrow,  and  enalded  to  an(  Inn- (or  the  tide,  ili,., 
will  ho  snlTicient  daylijit  I'or  her  to  proceed  wiih  the  lollowini;  tide  to  'Irei^ory  liay, 
or  at  least  to  a  s.il'e  an(diora::e  oil'  tin'  peaUed  hillo(d<s,  on  the  in)rth  slnnc. 

I  liav(!  twice  attempted  to  pa-is  die  |''irst  Narrow,  and  heen  ol)li'.;ed  to  relmn  tnii, 
anrJntrav'e  in  Possession  l>ay:  and  twice  I  have  passed  tliroii'.'h  it  a'.'ainst  a  strong;  lini  . 
hlowinv'  diri'ctiv  throii-li.  Iiy  aid  of  the  tidi';  wirndi  runs,  in  the  narrower  pails  mil 
rato  of  1 1)  or  I  J  miles  an  hour.  \\'ii"n  the  tide  and  wind  are  opposed  to  oa(di  olln  im  . 
sea  is  very  deep  and  hi-avy,  and  hreaUs  hiih  over  llie  de(d<s;  it  is.  liierel'ore,  adviv  , 
to  tdoso  ro<d',  or  lower  tli(>  topsails  on  the  cap,  and  drift  through  ;  for  llie  tiile,  if  ;it:i, 
sprinirs,  will  generally  he  sii('li(  ieni  to  cairv  a  ship  to  an  ancdiora^e,  aitlioii!:li  noi  ;i|«  u 
to  one  that  il  would  he  safe  to  jiass  ihe  iii',f|ii  al.  <  )n  this  acconni,  i(  woiilii  he  priic  ii 
to  retiirn  ;  for,  alihoui,'li  the  Inddiie;  ground  is  exceedin:;ly  liood,  yet,  to  pari  in  ihc  m.' , 
or  drift  towards,  or  Ihroiiu'li  the  Narrow,  could  scarcidy  liappen  without  accident. 

In  loaviin;  the  ancdiora^e  in  (ire^ory  l>ay,  attention  must  ho  paid  to  tho  tide,  whirli 
continuos  to  run  to  the  eastwanl  in  the  Second  Narrow,.'!  hours  after  it  has  connniinei 
to  sot  to  the  ,^.  \V.  iit  tlie  anchoriiro. 

With  a  leadiiii;  wind  Ihroui^h  the  .'^iM-ond  Narrow,  a  ship  will  easily  rea(di  an  ;iii(!ifir. 
ago  olf  Laredo  I5ay;  hut  if  the  lido  fails  upon  omorgimi  from  it,  she  should  seek  lor 
berth  in  tlio  hay  to  tho  north  of  Kii/,al)otli  Island,  as  near  to  tho  island  as  possili|i\  Imt 
to  tho  weslwarii  of  its  .\.   K,  end,  to  he  out  of  tlie  iiilliieiico  of  the  lido.     The  (|i|ii||„: 
water,  Iiowcmt,  will  ix-  ihe  hesi  miide. 

Diroctioiis  to  pass  round  tho  south  side  of  Kli/.alieth  l-!and  hav(<  already  liepn  siicn; 
arid  as  this  part  offers  some  dangers,  the  (diart  and  the  description  should  he  ciucliiliy 
voforrfMl  to. 

Tho  only  advice  tliat  sooms  wanting  to  improve  tho  diroctioiis  of  tho  coast  fpnii  iliis 
to  Port  Famine,  is,  with  a  south-westerly  wind,  to  keep  close  to  tho  weather  slmtp,  in 
order  to  henoht  iiy  the  Haws  down  tlu'  vallovs;  hut  this  must  he  done  with  caiiiinii.in 
conse((uonro  of  tho  s(|ualls  oli"  llio  hii:h  land,  the  violeiire  of  whioii,  to  a  porsoimiiac- 
customed  to  them,  cannot  ho  w(dl  ima;:iiiod. 

Tho  fourtli  section  (rives  an  account  of  tho  aiudiora^os  hotwoon  I'ort  FaiiiiiiP  iii:: 
Cape  Froward,  of  wlfndi  the  only  ccMivonieiit  one  tor  a  ship  is  St.  Nicdiolas  liay,  iimltii 
which,  if  defeated  in  i)assing  round  tho  oapo,  a  ship  iia<l  hotter  return  ;  for  it  isca^yii 
reach  as  well  as  to  h'avo,  and  oxtromolv  roiivonient  to  stop  at,  to  await  an  opportunity oi 
proceeding. 

From  Capo  Froward  to  tho  westward,  unless  fivoreil  hv  a  fair  wind,  it  is  nrrrs<;iiyti 
persevere  and  take  advantage  of  every  opporluiiily  of  advancing  stop  hy  slop.  Tiier' 
are  several  anchorages  that  a  ship  mav  take  up,  such  as  Sniic  Hay,  o(f  Woixrs  Day, 
near  Cape  f'ovontrv.  in  Fortoseue  i'av.  Klizaboth  P.ay,  and  V'ork  Roads.  These  an 
before  doscrihod.  To  tlie  westward,  in  Crooked  Rea(  h,  tho  anchorages  arc  not  so  gooii. 
and,  oxc?))ting  llorja  I5ay,  none  seem  to  oiler  miudi  convonionce.  ]}orja  ]?ay,  however 
is  well  calculated  to  supply  tho  dcdlcicncy,  altliough  for  a  square-rigged  vessel  tlier^ 
must  he  si    le  difficulty  in  reaching  it. 

LONG  RE.\(;iI  is  hr)th  long  aiul  narrow,  and  ill  supplied  with  anchnragcs  foraslii? 
Such  asthev  are.  Swallow  llarhor,  IMava  Parda,  Marian's  Cove,  and  Half  Port  Biiy.sPHi 
to  be  the  host.  In  thick  weather,  althoiiuh  tho  (diannol  is  very  narrow,  yet  (Min  siilf' 
scarcely  visibh;  from  the  other,  and  the  only  advantage  it  has  over  other  parts  nl  i.r 
strait  is  the  smoothness  of  tho  water.  In  Sea  Reach  there  is  a  heavy  rolling  swell,  wii't 
a  short  and  ileen  sea.  wdrudi  renders  il  very  difrieiilt  to  beat  to  windward. 

TAM.\R.  II.VKUOK,  Valentine  Harbor,  Tuesday  Cove,  and  the  Harbor  of  Mmv, 
are  the  best  anchorages  ;  and  the  latter  is  particularly  convenient  to  occupy,  to  awaiia!i 
opportunity  of  sailing  out  of  tho  strait. 

In  the  entrance  the  sea  runs  vorv  heavy  and  irregularly  during  and  after  a  gale:  so 
that  a  ship  should  not  leave  her  anchorage  in  the  liarbor  of  Mercy,  without  a  fair  on 
leading  wind  to  get  her  quickly  through  it. 

For  small  vessels,  particularly  if  they  be  fore-and-aft  rigged,  many,  if  not  all  of  tlie 
local  difTicultios  vanish  ;  and  inlets  which  a  ship  riare  not  or  cannot  approach,  may  of 


n 


riileiTd  with  safety 
(If  jji'tler  olf  in  eiitt 
,1  heavy  sea  ;  hut  li 
ciniau''.  ^be  has  ; 
IJie  wind  he  norths 
llie  Pacific. 

One  very  great  ai 
lortniiity  ol  obtain 
(iiriicnlly.  AiioiIk 
imnilhs.  from  .laiin 
Famine,  at  the  (irst 
fi-ih  are  also  caiighi 
I  iiKirning  or  late  in 
jilacc  where  there  ; 
On  the  outer  coast 


'■  Piirdliius  for  jKts.s 

The  advantage  w 
f  (ilie  lo  the  AtlaiUi* 
'  i;le  his  ship  willi  ll 
«.  i  After  passing  throii 
il  from  the  innlhwan 
1  coast ;  or  il  not,  ilii 
I'  ])aratively  smooth  ; 
'>  she  must  go  to  the 
'1  and  a  lieavy  hi-ani 
(  adviiitage  is  iiicalc 
i  ahled  to  escape  tl 
.'  the  .Sout'i  Atlanti(; 
Coini.ig  iVom  the 
,  trance  i/f  the  strait 
northward  of  Capt; 
breakwater  to  the  d 
hollow  sea  almost  a 
Tho  land  of  Caji 
be  not  very  thi(d<,  ' 
'^thc  hori/.on  from  a  .s 
of  them,  and  steer  I 
not  pass  too  near  t( 
the  southward :  bin 
steer  along  the  sho 
south  .shore  ;  and  i 
will  be  correctly  k 
weather  be  thi(d<,  b 
ceeding  with  safely 
The  Adventure  c 
ing  within  alfa  mi 
close  reefed  topsaib 
frequently  conceah 
smooth,  and  the  co 
wo  proceeded  withe 
wind  and  rain  fro(|n 
clearl  ■  distinguislu 
the  distance  shown 
had  not  been  subje 
iiiiudi  in  error,  in  c 
light  winds,  wliich 
daybreak  we  were  I 
wc  were  abreast  of 
In  the  summer  s 
;l)e  very  tempestuou 
less  as  a  precaution 


*Froni  tho  Advent 
[liorizou  at  the  distaiic 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAM'  IMLOT. 


C47 


rntfifil  Willi  siilVty,  iiiul  iiiiclmiiijjo  ciisily  ohlaiiicd  hy  iIk  in.     A  huiiv  >h\\)  "ill  iifihaps 

,.  Idtiii  1)11111  ••nlfiiiin  ;iiiil  Itaviiij;  tin-  .strait  wlu-ic  llicre  is  oj  en  ^\y,\vv,  aiitl  rrr(ninii|y 

licavv  sra  ;   luit  Idi'  llif  iiaviual  ion  ol  the  strait,  a  Miiall  \rv-i|  Ims  1 1  n^idi  lalily  llic  ad- 

viiita"t'.    Sill'  lias  also  llif  (i|)|)inlmul\  iiliia-siiiu  ilniiiiuli  iIm'  (  ucklmin  Cliaiiiiil,  slionlil 

tile  wTihI  be  iioiili- westerly,  which  will  \r\y  nuiili  n  .ni.c  ih.   lni:iii  1,1  ilic  i:a>,sag»-  into 

/      One  vfiy  inreat  ailvantago  to  hv  ilorivcd  rioiii  the  passaj^c  iliioiisih  the  strait  is,  the  op- 

(  piirtiiiiitv  nl  (d)iainin';  as  ininli  wood  and  water  as  can  lie  ri(|iiiri(l,  without  the  least 

(liliiciiilv.       Another  iireal   advaiitaici'   is.  that   hy   liaiiliii;;  (he  seme  diiiiir.'  tiie  siimnier 

luoiitlis,'  I'roni  .laiiiiary  to  ;May,  al  the  nioiith  (d"  iln   river  01  nloim  lh<'  l.i  aehes  in  Tort 

Faiiiiiii',  at  the  (iist  ipiartrr  Hood,  a  plenliliil  Mipply  ol  lisli  ina\  he  oliiained.      Kxeellent 

/i>li  an- also  eaiinlil  at  the  aiiehorai;e  with  the  hook  and  line,  at  all  seasons,  early  in  thu 

1  iiiiiniiii"  or  late  ni  the  evei'iii','-      I'i'^h  may  al>o  he  (ditained  with  the  seine  at  any  other 

1  i  placf  wliere  there  are  riveis.      I''resli\vater  Hay  and  I'nri  (lallaiit  are  »(|naliy  pmduelive. 

ill  On  tin:  outer  coast  of'Tierra  del  l'uei;o  an  exeell'  m  lisli  iiia\  l/r  eau!:!!!  in  the  kelp. 

]);irrrinns  for  2)(iss'ni!i-  thruiigli  tin'  Slruil  nf  .\l<i,ii(illiiUiis,  fii,m  ll,r  J'ddjir  l„  llii  AllmUic. 

The  advantage  which  a  ship  "ill  deiivc  IV passing  llncni-h  the  strait,  iVoin  the  I'a- 

cilic  to  the  Atlantic — Cor  there  iiiiist  he  some  jireat  one  to  iinhiee  the  seaman  to  entan- 
iile  his  ship  with  the  land  when  lair  winds  and  an  open  sea  are  helore  him— is  very  fireat. 
Alter  passim;  thron^h  the  strait,  the  prevaihn^  winds  hein^  wj-sterly,  and  more  Ireiiiiently 
iiom  the  northwarii  than  iVom  the  southward  (d*  west,  they  are  lair  lor  his  riiimiii.t;  up  the 
coast ;  or  if  not,  the  shiji  is  not  liahie  lo  receive  iiinch  injury  Irom  the  sea,  u  liicli  is  com- 
l)arati'v(dy  smooth;  whereas,  to  a  ship  pas^iiii;  roiind  the  Horn,  ilthe  wind  he  north-west 
she  must  f,'»  to  the  eastward  ol'  the  Falkland  Islands,  and  he  exposed  to  sironj,'  gales, 
ami  a  heavy  heam  sea,  and  hiiij  the  wiiirl  to  make  her  northinj;.  To  a  small  vessel  tlie 
adviiitajii;  is  inealciilahle ;  lor,  hesides  lilliiij;  her  hidd  with  wood  and  water,  she  is  en- 
;il)led  to  escape  the  severe  weather  that  so  const  nitiy  reigns  in  the  hij^her  latitudes  oi' 
tiic  .Soutli  Atlantic  Uceaii. 

Comi.ii,'  Irom  the  northward  it  will  he  advisahle  to  keep  an  oirmj;  until  the  western  en- 
tnince  (,1  the  strait  is  well  under  the  lee,  to  avoid  heiiijL'  thrown  upon  the  coast  to  tlie 
norihv.ard  of  Capo  Victory,  which  is  rui:i;ed  and  inliospitahle,  and,  lormiiiij;  as  it  were  a 
hreakwater  10  the  deep  rcdlin;;  swell  of  the  ocean,  is  tor  some  miles  oil' iVinj^ed  hy  a  cross 
liollow  sea  almost  amountiii';  to  a  ripplinu;. 

'J'he  land  id'  Cn\)v.  \ictory  is  hi^h  and  rus;i;ed,  and  much  hroi.en;  and  if  the  wcatlicr 
bo  not  very  thick,  will  ho  seen  long  before  the  Kvaimelists,  which  are  not  visible  above 
the  liori/.on  from  a  ship's  deck,  for  imu'c  than  lour  or  live  leai;ues.'  Pa>;s  to  the  southward 
of  them,  and  steer  forCajJO  Pillar,  which  makes  like  a  hii;li  island.  In  calm  weather  do 
not  |)ass  too  near  to  the  cape,  for  tht;  ('urreiit  som-iimes  sets  out,  and  round  tlie  Cape  to 
the  southward  ;  but  with  a  stroiiji  wind  get  under  the  lee  of  it  as  soon  as  you  jilease,  and 
steer  alonj;  the  shore.  In  the  iii<;ht  it  will  be  advisable  to  kee|)  close  to  the  land  of  the 
south  shore  ;  and  if  a  ])atent  loi;  he  used,  which  no  ship  should  he  without,  your  distance 
will  be  corre(  lly  known.  The  course  alom;  shore,  hy  conipiiss,  is  E.  i'  S.  and  if  the 
weather  he  tlii(d<,  hy  keeping  sight  of  the  soutli  shore,  there  will  he  no  dKhculty  in  pro- 
ceeding with  safety. 

The  Adventure  entered  the  strait  on  the  1st  of  April,  IP.TO,  at  sunset ;  and  after  pass- 
ing within  alfa  mile  of  the  islets  off  the  Harbor  of  Mercy,  steered  E.  J  S.,  mag.,  under 
close  reefed  topsails,  braced  by,  the  weather  being  so  s(|ually  and  thick  that  the  land  was 
frequently  concealed  from  us;  hut,  it  being  occasionally  seen,  the  water  being  quite 
smooth,  and  the  course  steadily  steeied,  with  the  patent  log  lo  mark  the  distance  run, 
we  proceeded  without  the  least  anxiety,  although  the  night  was  dark  and  the  s(|uall.s  of 
wind  and  rain  fre(|uent  and  violent.  When  abreast  of  Cape  Tamar,  that  projection  was 
clearl  distiiiguislied,  as  was  also  the  laud  of  Cape  Providence,  which  served  to  check 
the  distance  shown  by  the  pat(?nt  log,  but  both  giving  the  same  results  proved  tliat  we 
had  not  been  subjected  to  any  current ;  whereas  the  account  by  the  ship's  log  was  very 
much  in  error,  in  consequence  of  the  violence  of  the  squalls  and  the  huig  intervals  of 
light  winds,  which  rendercMl  it  imi)ossii)le  to  keej)  a  correct  account  of  the  distance.  At 
daybreak  we  were  between  Cape  Monday  and  the  (Julf  of  Xaultegua;  and  at  8  o'clock 
we  were  abreast  of  Playa  Parda,  in  which,  after  a  calm  day,  the  ship  was  anchored. 

In  the  summer  season  there  is  no  occasion  to  anchor  any  where,  unless  the  weather 
be  very  tempestuous,  for  the  nights  are  short  and  hardly  dark  enough  to  require  it,  un- 
iless  as  a  precautionary  measure,  or  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  wood  and  water,  the 


*  From  the  Adventure's  dock,  the  eye  being  thirteen  feet  above  the  water,  iliey  were  seen  on  the 
Iborizon  at  the  distance  of  fourteen  miles. 


018 


IILII.NTH  AMi:itI(  AN  COAST  I'lLOT. 


hcMt  |il;u;f'  (nr  wliich  ii  I'dil  Kiimiiic,  wlit-ro  the  heiicliPM  iiro  Htrowcil  with  iihumh 
]());.s  iiMvill  sciciMicJ  wuDii,  wliidi  i.s  wry  Miipnior  ti»  the  j^rffn  wtiml  that  imiitt 
\v\M'  III'  used. 


lllo 


other. 


iNoiMilli^liiriihn.;  ihi'   Advi'iitun'  ••x|)fiii'iii«'il  no  ctim-iit  in  the  wcHtrrii  psirtofii, 


Hir.xU,  tlii'i-t'  in  j^t'iii'iiillv  a  m  t  lo  the  iMxhvanI,  wliich  is  more  or  U's^  U\\ 


('l^('lllll.<t:lllL'l■^4. 


'I'in'  ihicclHiii  a       :.tHii'^ih  111'  till.'  ciiiiciils  an-  c 


lu'iiirilii 


() 


llii 


,H{sv(\  hy  liic  ,1, 


II'. Ill, 


airs. 


'I'lli'  rliait  uill  lie  a  sllllirii'iit    i:\w\f   I'ol'  vrs-.i  U  liuuiiil  liivoliuli   rioill  til 


<•  uotw'iinl. 


IIMiii 


lar  as  Fiandu  I'.ay,  alirr  uliicli  a  li'w  iliii'<liitiis  uill  lie  lu-cfssarv.  Tlif  land  licii-sl 
III-  k('|il  cliisi-  on  liiiard,  to  avoid  tlii^  reel  oil'  tlic  hoiitli-ucst  mil  of  Santa  Maj^ij 
Mciiii.';  ain-ca.st  ol'il,  licar  ;\\\,\\,  kri'iiinpi;  llic  niiitli-»'aMl  fxtrfinit)  of  IHi/ahclli  Ul.imi 
tlir  .siai'l)(iaiil  liou,  until  Mm  sec  Santa  Martha  in  one  w  itii,  or  a  littli-  In  tlif  NomJiv, 
4)1',  the  soiiili  trend  ol'tli"  Sicond  .Narrow,  (Cape  St.  Vincent,)  u  liieii  is  the  leadiii^m 
lor  the  lair  ehannel  until  yon  I'-i"*'*  the  .spii  of  shoal  soundings,  which  oxtonds  a<!rii>s 
St.  Ma^dalena.  'I'here  are  also  shoal  somidinijs  towards  tjie  soiith-uest  end  nl' Kl; 
lieth  Island.  At  hall'a  mile  idl'we  had  ')  latlioiiis,  ("ape  St.  X'incent  la  in t;  then  the  Im,, 
it'  Santa  .Martha  open  to  liie  northward  ol  liiat  island.      Keepin'^  the  capv  just  in  sj 


"K 


tl 


l(>   iioi'tliwarii   ol 


la   .Marili.i,  steer  on   and   pass   round   the  low  iN.  K.  cxlreinityi 

'Jin;  tide  here  nets  ac 


Kli/.alielh    l-land,   oil'  which   aie   sever.d   tide   eddie.- 
channel. 


HOW'   steer 
ild 


lor  th 


<ecolli 


I    .\ 


irrow, 


icepui 

r  th 


(' 


M' 


(i 


t'ernilde  as  the  low  pr<i|i'iliii;4  (•.tienie  ol   llie  noiiii  sn 
.sHirlioard  liow 


e;;ory,  which  wi 


Ii   be 


d  th 


d  N 


ross  i|)t 
just  4 


until  yon  are  three  miles  past  Saul  i  .Martha.  The  course  may  tl 
directed  for  tin.'  (.'ape,  opeiiin;;  it  gradually  on  tin'  larhoard  liow  as  you  approach 
avoid  the  shnal  that  extends  oil'  it. 


irrow,  (III  •]„. 


it,  tl) 


If  vou  anchor  in  (irciiorv  Jlav,  which  Is  advisalde 


tide  Tor  rnnnint;  llndii.;h  llie  T'lrsl  .Nai 


row 


haul 


order  to  have  tliu  whole  of  the 


up  and  keeji  at  a  null-  and  a  li;i 


lni;i, 
lie  wil:, 


the  shore.      When   liie  north  eMreiuily  ol'  the  sandy  land   ol'  the  Cape  is  in  a  Ii 
the  west  extreme  of  tht;  hijL;!!  lalde  land,  you  will  he  near  the  anchorage;  then  simrtfii 
sail,  and  when  the  ^rceu  slope  lie-ins  to  open,  you  will  have  14  lathoius  :  you  niav  iln-n 


i:   lUllIi, 


UK  lior  or  keep  away  to  the  N.  M.  and   choose!  a  eonvenient   depth,  takinjf  car 
approach  tiie  shore,  so  i.s  to  liriiiu'    Cape  (!re;iory  to   the  southward  of  S.  hy  W.J  \\\ 
(liy  compass.)     Thi!  Iiest  berth  is  with  the  Cape  heariiii;  '^.  S.  W. 

Hence,  to  the  First  Narrow  the  coiuse  hy  compass  is  due  N.  E.liy  E.*     The  bd  r 


the  entrance 


heinu 


()W,   WI 


II 


not  at  lirst  lie 


per( 


hut 


on  stceriii};  on  you  «ill  lir^i 


see  .some  hnnmiockv  land,  niakiuy;  like  islands.     'J'hcse  an;  hills  on  the  eastern  ur  !■' 


lie- 


!>\;\\\  siile  ol   the 


.N 


iridvv . 


ward 


and   this   is  at    tin; 


Soon  al'terwards  a  llat  low  sand  hill  will  lie  seen  to  tin;  mmli- 
>.  W.  extreiiiily  id'  I'oiut  llarranca.  On  aiiproaciiin;:  the 
Narrow  at  I  miles  oil',  keep  a  cliliy  heail,  I  or  -J  miles  within  the  east  side  of  the  Nar- 
row, open  of  the  trend  of  I'oiiit  Ihirranca,  liy  which  you  will  avoid  the  shoal  that  ex- 
tends olf  the  latter  point.  Vou  should  not  iju  into  less  depih  than  d  fathoms.  Almost 
times  of  ihe  (ide  there  are  loni^  lines  and  patches  (d'stroiii^  rippling.s  through  which  jou 
must  pass.     The  sjioal  is  easily  dislin^uished  liy  the  kidp. 

When  the  cliaiuud  through  the  narrow  bears  by  compass  N.  by  K.J  E.,  steer  through 
it;  and  that,  or  a  N.  N.  K.  course  will  carry  you  through.  Ou  each  side,  tlie  baiikes- 
tend.s  oil'  for  some  distance;  but  by  keeping  in  mid-ehannel,  there  is  no  danger  until  the 


clilly  coast  ne  jiassei 


tb 


d,  v\  hen  reefs  extend  oil"  either  shore;  I'm'  souk 


(list: 


mee,  par 


ticularlv 


off  Cape  Urange.  The  N.  N.  E.  cours(>  must  he  kept  until  the  Peak  of  Cape  Orange 
bears  S.,  and  the  northern  Direction  Hill  W.  S.  W.  or  W.  by  S.  i  S.  by  compass. 
Then  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  Cape  Possession,  taking  care  not  to  approacli  too  near  to  tli( 
bank  oil"  Cape  Orange,  or  the  one  on  the  north  side  of  Possession  IJay,  for  which tk 
chart  must  lie  consulted. 

For  a  small  vessel,  the  jias.sage  thniugh  the  strait  from  west  to  east  is  not  only  easy, 
but  to  be  strongly  reeomuiendid  as  the  best  and  safest  route.  Indeed,  1  think  the  jii" 
sage  would  be  ipiite  as  expeditious,  and.  |ierha|is,  much  safer  to  enter  the  (lulf  (d  Trii- 
idad,  and  pass  down  the  Conception  Strait,  tin;  Sarmiento  or  St.  Estevan  Channt'l.saci 
Smyth's  Ciiamiid,  and  enter  the  strait  at  Cape  Taiiiar.  In  tli(!se  channels  luirtherlj 
winds  prevail,  and  there  is  no  want  of  convenient  and  well-sheltered  anchorages  fur tlie 
night,  many  of  which  have  already  been  mentioned,  and  multitudes  of  others,  and  per- 
haps much  better  ones,  might  be  Ibuiul. 


*  If  from  the  Second  Narrow,  N.  K.  \  V..  will  he  the  (■(iinpass  course ;  hut  I  slioiild  rccommcnil 
:  sliiji  hauling  up  to  the  iiorihward  until  ahreasi  of  Cape  (ireuory,  and  then  to  steer  as  above. 


CilJLF 


That  immenM 
In  till!  norihvvarrf 
eii  isi  of  .North  A 
Three  decrees 
the  .\.  E.  one  mi 
the  parallel  ol'  2ij] 
'J(>'  K.  by  S.,  chii 
sissippi,  and  lat. 
lent  and  exact  dir 
\V.  part  of  Cuba, 
winds  round  Cap 
ward,  to  the  norti 
of  Florida,  into  tl 
'i'he   Derrotttro 
space  included  be 
riaveral.     The  sin 
like  a  river,  ciondu 
(irst  to  the  E.  .\. 
by  which  keys  tin 
pursues  on  the  pa 
dining  a  little  to  t 
"  On  the  iin-ridi 
K.  S.  E.  and  S.  E 
the  sdntjierii  dilFe 
eddy  eurr<Mit  nv;\ 
The  disiinetion  is 
only  from  the  ine 
out  from  the  ooas 
'■  .\s  the  veloci 
its  strength  as  Ire 
this  (ihaimel,  havi 
curately  to  estahl 
the  velocity  of  th 
We  say  during  tli 
use  of  meridian  a 
allihidcs  of  thr  /ili 
■J//III  cannot  hr  in  r 
lalitiidcs  dediircd 
jiro.rimifif  nf  thr  :< 
as  much  a.s  possil>li 
of  the  operation  i 
tained  the  veloeii 
and  this  knowled 
lalitiule  ;  because 
by  the  current,  y( 
current,  and  with 
and  departure  vvh 
of  the  ship  with  tl 
still  approximate 
seatnan-likecond 
For  those  who 

1.  Tint  it  is  m 
it  is  the  farthest 
which  is  desirabU 

2.  That,  as  yoi 
notwithstanding 
ought,  with  the  u 


blunt's  amkuican  coast  pilot. 


r»i9 


CJULF  STttE\:?l,  AI\»  fJiTRAHT  OV  1  LORIDA. 


Tint  immense  ritrrcnt  whirli  rontiinially  "ipfs  fn.m  llip  fiiilfs  of  Mrxicd  niid  I'Mor'nh, 
U)  lilt;  iiorlliwiird  iiiid  iiortli-onstwiird,  sIid'.IiI  he  well  iiinliTsfoorl,  as  ail  wlio  naviiiatf  tlio 
coiixt  of  North  Ainrrica,  cxiiiTifncc  more  or  ii-ss  of  its  indnciict'. 

'J'hrrt!  de^rett  to  the.  S.  N.  K.  of  Vera  Cni/..  the  curri'iit  liiis  Ix-cii  foiinil  sptting  to 
thi'  N.  K.  o"u'  milf  an  hour.  'I'hcii  N.  N.  K.  and  N.  Iiy  K.,  mid  ayaiii  N.  K.,  nearly  to 
the  piiralicl  of  J'»V^.  I"",^-  '"  '■"•  "'"''*' ''  channes  inirr  to  the  fast,  and  liccomcs.  in  lat. 
•J()^  K.  hv  S.,  chanijini;  soiitliward  to  S.  K.  hy  S.  In  tliii  diriTiioii  of  ihf  Kivcr  Mi«- 
MSMJppi,  luid  lat.  VJ'j'  :W  N.,  the  current  sets  Variously  to  tlw  sonth-easiward.  Its  ex- 
lent  ami  exact  dirertion  are  here  iinkMowii.  hiil  i;  is  certain,  th  it  settiiMj;  towards  the  N. 
\V.  |»;irt  ol  Cuba,  and  slrikini,'  on  tli-  hanks  of  Isahella  and  Cojorados,  a  porlion  of  it 
winds  round  ("ape  Antonio  to  tlie  south-eastward,  wliile  the  ^reat  l)ody  of  it  sets  rnst- 
ward.  to  the  norrhwanl  of  Cuha,  windin;;  to  K.  N.  K.,  N.  K.,  and  N.,  through  the  Strait 
of  Kloriria,  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

The  Di-rroturo  de  las  Antillas  says,  "  Uy  the  .><trait  of  Florida,  we  understand  the 
space  inrludi'd  hetween  the  lueridian'ol' the 'Dry  Tortuuas,  anil  the  parallel  of  (Jape  ('a- 
iiaveral.  The  simple  in>i|)cctiori  of  the  chart  will  show  tins  to  he  a  hed  orcoiirse,  which, 
like  a  river,  eondurls  the  water  to  the  nurihvvard.  'I'his  river,  or  f^enrr.ii  current,  dows 
(irst  to  the  K.  N.  K.  as  far  as  the  meridian  of  the  western  part  of  the  Douiile  .Shot  Keys, 
hy  winch  keys  the  stream  is  diverted  from  K.  N.  K.  to  N.  by  H.,  tlie  direction  wliicli  it 
pursues  on  the  parallel  of  Cajie  l''lori<Ia;  tiienee  to  ('ape  (Janaveral  it  runs  norlli,  iu- 
clininil  a  little  to  the  east. 

"On  the  meridian  of  the  Havana;  stripes  of  current  are  at  times  found  seitinq;  to  flie 
K.  S.  K.  and  .S.  K.  from  the  Tortusjas  soun  linns.  C'are  should  he  taken  not  to  contuse 
liie  sdiitiiern  diirerences.  caused  hy  this  hraiudi  of  the  current,  with  those  causerl  hy  iha 
fildy  current  near  the  Colorados — the  one  giving  easit-rn  departure,  the  otiier  wpit. 
The  distinction  is  very  clear,  and  can  admit  of  no  d()ul)t,  hecau.e  ilie  eddy  current  is  met 
only  from  the  meridians  of  Cavanas  and  ISay  Iloinla  to  Cape  Antonio,  and  not  fartlier 
out  from  the  coast  than  the  |)aralle[  of -J .'3  de:;rees. 

'•  .\s  tiie  velocity  of  the  current  varies,  it  is  rerjnisite  for  every  navigator  to  ascertain 
its  strenijth  as  fre:|iiently  as  |)ossih!e,  while  wiliiin  tlie  stream.  Kvery  one  who  enters 
tills  (iliannel,  liaviii;;  marked  well  eitlier  the  lands  otCulia  or  the  l-'lorida  Keet,  so  as  ac- 
curately to  establish  this  point  of  departure,  oui;ht  to  dftermine  in  his  first  day's  work, 
the  velticitv  of  the  current  hy  the  ilid'erence  of  latitude,  hy  account  anil  observation. 
We  say  during  the  Hist  day's  work,  because  the  ijenerality  of  common  navigators  make 
use  of  meridian  altitudes  of  the  sun  alone,  to  find  the  latitude  ;  hut  it  is  very  clear,  that 
allUitilrs  of  ihr  ji/iinrfs  iiml  Ji.vcil  stars  nii/rfit  not  to  hr  iirr^lrctrd  ;  not  onh/  hrrnuse  hy  this 
you  cannot  hr  in  (hnitit  of  your  real,  httilU'/c,  hut  also  hcnnisc  thry  may  Itc  more  eravL  than 
latitudes  deduced  from  meridian  altititdi  s  of  the  /iiin,  n-hm  that  luminary  passes  in  the 
^nonmitij  of  the  zenith,  and  hcrause  these  repeated  ohsrrrations  during  the  nisht  assume^ 
as  much  as  possihtc,  the  situation  of  the  ship.  Thus  you  may  may  s;o  on,  with  a  clear  idea 
of  the  operation  of  the  current,  and  the  way  that  the  ship  is  making.  Havins;  ascer- 
tained the  velocity  of  the  current,  use  can  be  made  of  it  to  find  the  ship's  departure, 
and  this  knowledge  will  be  most  iin|)ortant  when  you  fail  in  obtaining  observations  for 
latitude;  because,  in  such  a  case,  wanting  a  knowledge  of  the  diirerence  of  latitude  given 
hy  the  current,  you  will  he  in  want  of  every  thing;  hut  if  you  know  the  velocity  of  the 
current,  and  with  it  the  course  which  it  follows,  you  may  find  the  dilference  of  latitude 
and  de|)arture  which  the  current  gives,  and  which,  though  it  will  not  give  the  position 
of  the  ship  with  that  precision  with  which  it  might  be  obtained  by  latitude  observed,  will 
still  approximate  sufTiciently  to  the  truth  to  enable  one  to  avoid  danger,  if  prudence  and 
seaman-like  contluct  are  combined." 

For  those  who  have  little  experience  in  the  art  of  navigation,  we  add — 

1.  That  it  is  most  convenient  to  direct  your  course  in  mid-channel,  not  only  because 
it  is  the  farthest  from  danger,  but  because  you  will  there  have  the  strongest  current, 
which  is  desirable.     (.See  Remarks  of  Mr.  Romans  on  the  Gulf  Stream.) 

2.  That,  as  you  cannot  ascertain  with  all  necessary  certainty  the  position  of  the  ship, 
notwithstanding  the  rftles  given  to  diminish  the  Trcrs  occasioned  by  the  currents,  you 
ought,  with  the  utmost  care,  to  shun  the  eastern  coast  of  Florida,  as  being  very  danger- 

82 


650 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ous,  the  tirade  wind  blowing  upon  it,  while  there  is  not  the  least  risk  in  rnnnins;  alop* 
the  Salt  Key  Banit,  and  thecdc;e  of  the  Great  Hanii  of  Bahama.  Upon  the  l;\iter.  ;iKn^ 
you  meet  with  good  MncJiora^cs,  very  (it  to  lie  in  during  the  hard  northerly  gulfs  c\y,'. 
rienced  between  NovemI)er  and  Maich,  and  which  do  not  fail  to  cause  much  dniin  ,> 
and  somctitups  even  force  vessels  to  heiir  away,  which  is  always  dangerous,  for  tlic  wp  . 
ther  is  generally  thick,  with  such  winds,  and  the  greatest  danger  will  be  to  run,  in  on. ,,, 
theiTi,  ashore  upon  the  coast  of  Cuba,  when  hoping  to  have  made  Havana  or  Mataiiz,, 
Therefore,  so  soon  as  there  is  an  appearance  of  a  northerly  gale,  the  best  way  is,  if  nc  - 
the  Srilt  Key  Bank,  to  anchor  on  it ;  and  if  near  the  (Jieat  Bank,  to  approach  the  edcci; 
it,  in  order  to  be  able  to  anchor  when  it  may  be  necessary  ;  for,  although  you  may  \u^.. 
a  hard  norther,  so  long  as  you  can  lie  to  in  it,  you  ought  to  pursue  your  voyage,  as  the 
current  "'ill  certainly  carry  the  ship  through  the  strait. 

3.  It  is  very  necessary  to  sight  the  keys  on  the  bank,  even  though  you  have  no  feara 
a  norther,  and  there  may  be  occasions  in  which  every  exertion  should  be  made  to  ^^, 
them,  especially  if,  from  want  of  observations,  the  situation  of  the  ship  is  not  well  kiimi,, 

4.  When,  owing  to  calms  or  light  winds,  a  vessel  not  bound  to  the  northward  is  , 
danger  of  being  carried  through  the  strait  by  the  current,  she  ought  immediately  to  »;. 
preach  the  edge  of  the  Salt  Key  Bank,  or  of  the  Great  Bahama  Bank,  and  rriin 
from  thence  by  the  Santaren  Channel  to  the  coast  of  Cuba,  witlnuit  trying  to  beat  L  , 
the  lost  ground  ;  for  by  doing  this,  she  would  only  render  the  chance  of  being  carriej 
through  more  certain. 

6.  Should  you  involuntarily  approach  the  coast  of  Florida,  you  should  take  extrir. 
dinary  care  to  examine  whether  you  have  advanced  out  of  the  general  current,  and  i  , ' 
the  eddy.  That  you  may  know  this,  observe  the  eddy  forms  a  remarkable  and  visii^ 
line  between  it  and  the  general  current,  which  line  of  division  is,  in  many  places,  oiiiii 
sight  of  land;  that  in  general  you  have  no  soundings  on  it.  anil  that  i'  lows,  not  oniv 
by  the  change  in  the  color  of  the  water,  but  that  also  in  it,  during  th  greatest  ca!iii<, 
there  is  a  kind  of  boiling  or  overfalling  of  the  water.  From  this  line  of  division  tlipin. 
ter  gradually  changes  color,  so  that  near  the  Florida  Keys  it  is  a  beautiful  sea  green,  mi 
at  last  it  becomes  almost  as  white  as  milk. 

6.  When  in  the  eddy,  you  have  to  make  the  correction  of  currents  on  courses  entirplv 
different  from  those  in  the  stream.  This  is  the  more  necessary  to  be  attended  to,  be- 
cause, from  ignorance  of  this  circumstance,  many  have  been  shi|)wrecked. 

7.  When  you  enter  the  channel,  or  strait,  from  the  Tortugas  Bank,  with  the/nffn- 
tion  of  passing  through,  take  care  to  become  certain  of  the  land  of  C!uba,  or  soiiicpnrt 
of  the  R^ef  of  Florida,  in  order  to  have  a  good  departure ;  lor  although  the  lamuiles 
and  soundings  on  the  Tortugas  Bank  are  more  than  suflficient  to  ascertain  the  place  of 
the  ship,  yet  the  variable  set  of  the  current  toward  the  Havana  may  produce  a  seniis 
error,  if  not  properly  attended  to.  The  meridian  of  the  Havana  is,  in  a  word,  the  best 
point  of  departure  forshijjs  bound  to  the  north-eastward. 

At  (ibout  I3i  degrees  north  of  Cape  Antonio,  the  current  has  at  times  been  found  settin; 
to  the  S.  W.,  winding  towards  the  northern  edge  of  the  Yucatan  Bank  ;  but  at  a  ikm 
thence  eastward,  setting  nearly  S.  E.  0(f  the  west  end  of  Cuba,  at  10  leagues  .\,\V. 
from  Cape  St.  Antonio,  it  has  been  found  setting  S.  W.  by  W.  one  mile  an  hour.  But 
these  cannot  be  considered  as  its  "general  directions." 

The  stream  in  mid-channel,  on  tlie  meridian  of  Havana,  acquires  the  direction  olE. 
N.  E.,  and  velocity  of  about  2\  miles  an  hour.  On  the  meridian  of  the  southcriiiiiost 
point  of  Florida  its  velocity,  at  about  one  third  over  from  the  Florida  Reel's,  is  enra 
IDonly  4  miles.  Between  the  Bcmini  Isles  and  Cape  Florida,  its  direction  is  about  N. 
by  E.,  and  velocity  nwre  than  4  miles.* 

On  the  Cuba  side  the  stream  is  weak,  and  it  sets  to  the  eastward.  On  the  oppnsiie 
side,  along  the  Florida  Reefs  and  Keys,  there  is  a  re-flow  or  counter  current,  setiiii;;  m 
the  S.  W.  and  W.  By  the  assistance  of  the  latter,  ntany  small  vessels  have  i)a\matei 
through  the  strait  froin  the  north.vard  ;  but  this  navigation  is  too  dangerous  to  be  ii!- 
tempted  by  strangers.  The  tides  set  strong  among  these  reefs,  and  are  more  paiticii- 
larly  described  in  this  work. 

The  winds  are  found  to  allect  the  position  of  the  stream  considerably.  Between  Cii^a 
and  Florida  northerly  winds  press  it  southward  towards  the  shore  of  the  former;  soiiili- 
erly  winds  have  a  contrary  elject.  When  turhed  to  the  north,  easterly  winds  press  ino 
the  Florida  side,  and  westerly  winds  nearer  to  the  Bahamas.  Southerly  winds  cause  it 
to  spread,  and  so  may  those  from  the  north. 

*  "  The  calculations  of  the  velocity  of  the  Gulf  Stream  are  not  to  hv  depended  upon.  I  lii»« 
found  it  setting  at  the  rate  of  .5  knots,  and  even  upwards.  This  was  on  the  Kith  and  J 7th  nl  Au. 
gust,  1817.  On  the  19th  and  20th  B'ebruary,  1819,  it  seemed  to  be  imperceptible.  In  September, 
1819)  it  set  at  much  about  the  rate  described  in  the  charts.'-' 


In  the  Strait  ol 
storm,  it  opposes 
elianiiels  and  (>\w 
coast.  Shipping 
'I'lie  water  is  siipi 
riiiiiiiiig  against  il 
the  Strait  of  Flori 


"  Sailed  from  J 
was  oil"  the  S.  W. 
^i'  47'  W.  Hert 
an  hour.  Al  7h. 
W.  "  says  Capt.  1 
about  three  or  fot 
time  the  wind  was 
wind  not  sot  a  litt 
side,  where  we  fo 
the  Florida  Strea 

"  After  roundin 
latter  days  of  Maj 
by  no  mrans  so  st 
we  had  a  right  to 
in  tlu-  hour.  Tin 
an  e\eel!cnt  cliroi 

"  When  we  ele 
the  inlhience  of  tl 
came  on  to  blow  1 
by  S.  from  Cape 
favorite  track,  ant 
ring  this  gale,  for 
W.  S.  W.  but  in 
setting  finely  to  tl 

"On  .lune  i23d, 
2G'  (by  altitud"S  a 
24  hours  rim,  and 
true  difference  of 
had  been  runninn 
miles.  Allowing 
sequently,  on  mal 

"  After  the  gale 
W.  and  S.  \V.  n 
a  fine  north-eastei 
lat.  43^  35'  and  lo 


*  hi  the  month  o 
•.he  lii!i;hcst  irccs  or 
master,  was  carried 
The  vessel  bilsed  ir 
was  found  lo  have 
lantie  Pilot.] 

t  A  scientific  nav 
get  ..•'.t  of  it  as  carl 
the  current  will  not 
generally  attend  tha 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


G51 


In  the  Strait  of  Florida,  within  the  Baliamns,  wlicri  a  northerly  gale  increases  to  a 
storm,  it  opposes  the  stream  in  its  course,  tlioiigli  adverse  ])ouer  causes  it  to  fill  all  the 
ciianiicls  and  opeiiiriiis  among  the  Martyr  Lsles  and  ilei  Is,  and  to  ovortlow  all  the  low 
(■((list.  Sliippini;  have  even  hcen  carried  over  the  low  keys,  atul  left  dry  on  shore.* 
'I'iic  water  is  supposed  at  limes  to  have  arisen  to  the  height  ol'oO  feet,  and  to  have  been 
niiiiiiii'j:  aj,Minst  i he  fury  of  the  winds  at  the  rate  of  7  miles  an  hour.  During  these  limes 
the  Strait  of  Florida  exhibits  a  scene  terrific  beyond  description. 


Remarks  on  (lit  Stream,  ^-c.  hy  Captain  J.  Steele  Park', 

".Sailed  from  Jamaica  for  London,  on  the  20th  May,  18-34.  At  noon,  on  the  27th, 
was  otf  the  .S.  \V.  side  of  Cuba,  in  latilude  'Jl°  'J()',  longilude  by  ehronomeiers  and  lunarf 
-1  ^  47'  W.  Here  was  discovered  a  current  settiiifi  to  the  N.  \V.  at  ihe  rate  of  two  miles 
111  hour.  At  7h.  .'!0m.  Cape  Antonio  bore  N.  W.  o  or  (>  miles.  The  current  to  the  N. 
W. "'  says  Capt.  Park,  "swept  us  into  the  (Julf  of  Mexico  ;  and  there  we  were  beating 
about  three  or  four  days,  making  northing  and  westin?  in  S|)ite  of  our  teeth.  All  this 
time  the  wind  was  easterly,  and  we  miiiht  have  cruised  about  there  till  Christmas,  had  the 
wind  not  aot  a  little  to  the  southward  of  east,  which  enabled  us  lo  get  over  to  the  N.  E. 
side,  where  we  found  the  current  running  directly  opposite  to  the  former,  being  now  ia 
the  Florida  Stream. 

"After  rounding;  Cajjc  Antonio,  the  land  of  Cuba  was  not  seen.     At  this  time,  (the 


setting  finely  to  the  N.  E. 

"On  June  i23d,  at  noon,  hit.  .37°  51',  long.  6l"  54' ;  June  24th,  lat.  39°  56',  long.  57° 
2G'  (by  altitu<l"s  and  chronometer.)     Here  the  ship  really  made  4°  28'  of  easting  in  the 

OJ    li/Aiirc    viiM      'iiirl    tlio    \r\tr    ir'wm    i\ti\\T    'X^    1^'  In    tll*»  C'll>-ifi    tifim   nnrfllinrr  ivnQ  mfi/lA  T^M* 


24  hours  run,  and  the  log  gave  only  3*^  16'.  In  the  same  time  northing  was  made.  The 
true  dilference  of  latitude  was  lv.''>  minutes,  but  the  log  gave  about  80  only.  The  vessel 
had  been  running  all  the  time  E.  by  N.  by  compass,  and  went  through  the  water  173 
miles.  Allowing  half  a  point  of  variation,  gives  the  true  course  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  Sub- 
sequently, on  making  Scilly,  there  was  not  an  error  in  the  watch  of  a  single  mile. 

"After  the  gale  from  the  northward  subsided,  the  winds  became  variable  between  N. 
W.  and  .S.  W.  Tiie  ship  passed  iie;ir  the  Tail  of  the  (ireat  IJank,  and  continued  to  carry 
a  fine  north-easterly  current  at  the  i  'te  of  30,  25,  and  20  miles  a  day,  until  she  reached 
lat.  43°  35'  and  Ion.  36°  50',  where  it  ceased." 


*  In  the  month  of  Soptrmbcr,  1769,  there  happened  an  inundation,  w 
the  highest  irces  on  the  Cayo  Lar.'ra,  &.c.,  and  durinfr  wliicii  tiie  Lrdb 
master,  was  carried  over  the  reef  I)>  tiie  N.  W.  current  of  tiie  stream,  can 
The  vessel  bilged  in  shallow  water,  but  an  anchor  was  tbrown  out,  and 
was  found  to  have  grounded  on  Elliot's  Key,  with  its  anchor  among  the 
lantic  Pilot.] 

tA  scientific  navigator  says,  "When  in  the  Gulf,  eastward  of  Ilatteraa 
get  ,..:t  of  it  as  early  aa  possible,  especially  with  a  strong  N.  E.  wind,  for 
tiie  current  will  not  compensate  for  the  effects  of  the  destructive  sea  and 
generally  attend  that  part  of  the  ocean. " 


hich  covered  the  tops  ol 
ury  Snow,  John  Lorain^ 
sed  liy  a  gale  from  N.  EJ, 
the  next  day  the  vessel 
trees. — [De  Brahm's  Au 

,  I  generally  endeavor  to 
I  think  the  advantage  of 
squally  weather,  which 


652 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Currents  from  the  Bai/  of  Honchiras,  and  Ihence  through  the  Strait  of  Florida,  at  ob- 
served by  Capl.  \V.  J.  Caj/es,  in  Jan.  1824. 

Jan.  16  Lat.  17°  55'  Long.  87°  30'  Current  16  miles  southerly  in  tlie  24  hours. 


17 

18 

24 

87 

8 

14 

do. 

do. 

18 

18 

14 

86 

35 

16 

do. 

do. 

ly 

1') 

31 

85 

58 

5 

do. 

northward. 

20 

20 

6 

85 

17 

() 

do. 

do. 

21 

20 

47 

85 

39 

5 

do. 

do.     and  20  eastward. 

2-2 

22 

9 

85 

44 

2') 

do. 

northward. 

2:3 

23 

13 

84 

8 

11 

do. 

do. 

24 

2:j 

22 

82 

42 

no  current. 

25 

24 

47 

80 

10 

9 

mil 

es  northward,  and  55  eastward 

26 

20 

62 

79 

54 

49 

do. 

northward. 

27 

28 

22 

79 

50 

29 

do. 

do. 

28 

30 

0 

78 

34 

37 

do. 

do. 

29 

30 

31 

76 

6 

24 

do. 

do. 

From  the  S.  W.  corner  of  the  Tortugas  Bank  ,the  current  has,  at  times,  been  four,!! 
to  set  S.  8.  W.  directly  over  to  the  Cohtrados.  IJut  between  the  Tortugas  ami  Liv 
Hunda,  or  Port  Cavaiias,  it  takes  its  rcfiular  set  to  the  eastward. 

The  boisterous  east,  N.  E.  and  N.  winds,  wliich  atlect  the  CiuH'  Stream,  generallr 
begin  in  September,  and  continue  until  March. 

On  the  southern  edge  of  the  Tortugas  Soundincs,  lat.  24°  30',  lone.  83°  30'.  ilif  cur- 
rent sets  about  E.  by  S.  20  miles  in  the  24  hours  ;  and  in  lat.  24°,  long.  82°  2U',  it  ^ds 
about  E.  by  N.  42  miles. 


ticmarlcs  on  the  Stream,  hy  Captain  W>  J.  Munteath. 

Between  latitude  25°  40',  and  28°  20',  Captain  Montcath  found  the  current  in  the 
Strait  had  set  80  miles  in  the  24  hours  of  .June  27,  1820.  On  the  southern  border  of 
the  stream,  (northward  of  the  parallel  of  Cape  Hatteras,)  6th  .Tuly,  1820,  lat.  35 -jn  to 
36°  30',  l(in^.  72°  30'  to  71°  3',  Captain  "SI.  found  the  current  setting  N.  E.  7.')niilej 
in  the  24  hours.  Next  day,  July  7,  to  lat.  37°  40',  long.  (.9°,  he  fout.d  it  N.  b:\  K.  i"6 
miles  in  24  hours.  On  the  following  day,  July  8,  to  lat.  38°  38',  long.  67°,  it  ran  N.o8' 
E.  30  miles.  July  9,  to  lat.  39°  10',  lotig.  66°  10'  westward,  only  10  miles.  Tlie  ob- 
servations were  continued  each  day  by  Chronometer,  which  agreed  within  a  few  trilcs. 

The  Stream,  from  lal.  26°  to  28°,  generally  sets  north,  rather  easterly  ;  from  '.'-"to 
about  31°,  it  appears  to  run  north,  inclining  a  little  in  the  direction  of  the  coast,  r.ilhor 
westerly  ;  it  thence  siuldenly  turns  to  N.  E.  by  E.  or  a  little  more  easterly,  to  Intiiiide 
35",  or  about  tlie  parallel  of  Cape  Hatleras,  where  it  runs  within  about  18  miles  ol  the 
Cape. 

The  Stream,  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  const  at  Cape  Hatteras,  inclines  moro  to  ilie 
eastward,  at  the  rate  of  about  2.',  knots  ;  then  the  shoals  of  Nantucket  apjiear  to  iVotit  it,iiti(l 
to  throw  it  olfto  the  E.  N.  E.  and  E.  by  N.  northerly,  in  about  the  parallel  ol' :j'Jr, 
longitude  63',°,  it  has  been  found  to  run  at  the  late  of  two  knots  between  E.  by  N.anil 
E.  N.  E.       " 

Col.  Williams,  in  his  "  Thermomefrical  Navigation,"  states  that  the  whirlpools  on  the 
northern  edge  of  the  Stream,  have  been  seen  in  lat.  41°  57',  long.  65°  1'.  He  also  ob- 
served great  (|uantities  of  weed,  supposed  to  be  on  the  northern  edge  o(  the  Stream  in 
latitude  41°  5.'!',  long.  65°  33'.  It  has  sui)se(jucntly  been  ascertained  by  Lieut.  Cliarks 
Hare,  R.  N.  that  on  the  meridian  of  57°  W.  in  the  summer  season,  the  nortlirrn  edte 
of  the  Stream  ranges  up  to  42^°  N.  atid  even  in  the  winter  months  to  above  42°  N.  Tlii> 
hss  been  confirmed  by  twenty-five  voyages  across  the  Atlantic,  assisted  by  chronometer, 
thermometer.  Ale.,  the  last  o(' wliich  was  made  in  the  fidl  of  the  year  1824. 

it  is.  however,  to  be  considered,  that  a  north,  N.  E.  or  east  wind  forces  the  Stream 
towards  the  coast,  contracts  its  l)readili,  aiul  thus  increases  its  rapidity.  On  tlio  roc 
trary.  S.  W.  west  and  N.  W.  winds,  ('«. .  •;  the  stream  farther  into  the  ocean,  anil  (limi- 
nishes  its  strength-*     It  is  clear,  then,    ijat  the  Stream  fluctuates  in  its  direction  ad 


*  An  experienced  navipator,  before  quoted,  says  "  It  is  always  found  tlint  the  strongest  current 
is  in  the  warmest  water.  I  have  observed  the  greatest  degree  of  heat  of  the  (iulf,  between  the  men- 
dian  of  Cape  Hatteras,  and  that  of  Nantucket,  to  vory  at  difl'crent  times  from  "a*^  to  67"  of fuh- 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


653 


force,  according  to  circunistani  «,  and  no  absolute  rule  can  ho  (jivcn  for  ascertaining  its 
more  ordinary  boundaries  ;  it  i  'relbre  follows,  that  a  description  of  tlie  itidications 
bv  wliicli  it  may  be  known,  is  of  lore  ii)ii)ortancc.  These  are,  tlie  appearance  and  letn- 
ijer.iture  of  the  water;  the  Stream  in  its  lower  latitudes,  and  usual  eourse  in  fair  wea- 
ther, where  it  (lows  uninterrui)ted!y,  may  l)e  known  by  its  siuooth  and  clear  surface,  and 
bine  color.  The  nuirsin  of  the  Stream  is  marked  by  a  ripjilc  on  its  edi;e  ;  the  water  in 
some  i)!aces  appears  like  boiling  water ;  and  in  other  places,  it  foams  like  the  waters 
of  a  cataract,  even  in  dead  calms,  and  in  places  which  are  fathomless  ;  and  during  strong 
,tV.  £■  winds,  that  part  from  Cape  Roman  to  the  north  and  cast  breaks  violently,  so  much  so 
llidl  it  has  been  mistaken  far  shoidtt  during  the  night. 

Un  the  outer  edge  of  the  .Stream,  especially  in  fair  weather,  there  are  great  ripplings, 
wliich  are  very  percei)tible  ;  and  it  has  been  observed,  by  many  navigators,  that  in  the 
(Jiilf  the  water  does  not  sparkle  in  the  night,  but  with  siiulh-castcrh/  u.'inds  it  docs  as  much 
as  in  other  par's  of  the  ocean.  The  appearance  of  the  weed  called  (iulf-weed  is  also  an 
indication  of  being  in  or  near  the  Stream,  as  it  is  never  seen  far  north  of  it. 


•am,  generillT 


had  the  wind  a-head  all  the  way  :  take  your  departure  and  stand  for  the  Stream  :  so  soon 
as  you  fnid  the  water  to  increase  in  heat  about  half  as  much  as  you  know  it  would  when 
in  the  stream,  heave  about  and  stand  for  the  coast;  you  will  infallibly  discover  the  edge 
of  sonndings  by  the  cooling  of  the  water;  theu  stand  otf  again,  and  so  on  to  the  end  of 
tlie  voyage  ;  when  it  is  almost  certain,  that  the  distance  would  be  run  in  a  shorter  time 
than  if  there  were  no  .Stream,  for  you  would  have  a  favorable  inside  current.  On  the 
return  passage,  take  your  departure,  and  run  otf  till  you  get  into  the  warmest  water, 
which  will  be  the  middle  of  the  stream,  and  take  the  advantage  of  its  currents. 

The  following  fact  may  serve  to  illustrate  the  propriety  of  these  directions.  In.Iune, 
J 798,  the  iMail-l'acket  for  Charleston,  iiad  25  days'  passage  in  going,  but  returned  in  7. 
'J'he  captain  accounted  for  this  by  having  calms,  or  very  light  airs  and  a  northerly  eur- 


This  was  the  true  cause,     lie  was  in  the  middle  of  the  stream,  where  there  gene  ■ 
alms  or  light  winds;  the  edges  only,  which  come  in  contact  with  colder  re- 
After  being  in  the  latitude  of  Cape  Hatteras,  he  found  him- 


rent 

rally  are  r 

gions,  being  tempestuous 


gums,  oeuig  leiupesiuous.  ^lu^r  ueioi;  iii  ine  itiiiiuue  oi  \^i\\it:  niiiit-rits,  iie  iiiunu  iiuvi- 
self  in  that  of  Cape  Henry,  (.']7  leagues  to  the  northward.)  The  vessel,  however,  ar- 
rived at  last ;  and  on  the  return  voyage,  the  ca|)tain  steered  the  same  course  back  again  ; 
and,  with  the  sanu?  ii;;ht  airs,  he  performed  the  voyage  in  7  days.  Had  this  captain 
known  the  use  of  the  thermometer,  need  he  to  have  been  much  longer  in  going  than  in 


coming  .' 

The  thermometer  is  not  only  useful  for  ascertaining  when  in  the  Gulf  Stream,  but  it 
is  likewise  advantageous  in  discovering  the  approach  to  soundings  on  the  Coast  of  North 
America  betwcHUi  Ca))e  Canaveral  ami  the  island  of  iN'ewfoundland. 

In  .June,  17')!.  ca|)tain  \V.  Billings,  of  Philadelphia,  iti  latitude  ."5')'^  long.  '}(P,  abreast 
of  the  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  found  that  the  mercury  in  the  thermometer  fell  10  de- 
grees. It  was  near  the  same  place  that  a  similar  observation  was  made  by  Dr.  Franklin, 
in  November,  177b,  and  aiu)ther  by  Mr.  William:,  in  Novendier,  17f^'J,  who  has  observed 
that,  '•  by  the  coincidence  of  these  three  jomaials,  at  so  great  a  distance  of  time,  and 
without  any  connitxion  with  each  other,  this  imptirtant  fact  seems  to  be  established;  A 
n:iL'igulor  niuji  discover  his  <ij)pro(/rh  toirards  objects  of  danger,  ichen  he  is  at  such  a  dis- 
tance as  to  be  able  easibf  to  avoid  them,  h>f  atlentireh/  e.vaniining  the  temperature  of  the  sea, 
the  water  over  baid<s  and  shoals  being  colder  than  that  of  the  deep  ocean." 

thedificrence  of 
ita 

(  v.>>.|<v  1111  i«i  v^   io    iiiiiiAi.  iii.v.1*   cum   i^uir,^!  in;n    i.iiiiii^iY     uy     Llir;     itn^l    lliai    II    v;uiln;S    IIUIII    IIIC     I'rO- 

pical  reizions,  where  the  mean  tem|)erature  is  8'2",  and  it  requires  a  long  time  before  so 
large  a  body  of  water  loses  or  changes  its  temperature  in  a  very  great  degree. 

At  the  edge  of  the  grand  Baidv  of  Newfoundland,  the  water  has  beei.  found  5  degrees 
colder  than  the  deep  oceati  to  the  eastward.  'JMie  highest  part  of  the  bank  is  lo'deg. 
colder  still,  or  15  deg.  colder  than  the  ocean  eastward. 

i-cnlicit,  and  ilio  strouOTst  ciirriMit  to  ditler  fnini  3  to  l\  miles  per  hour;  that  the  breadth  of  the 
Strcuni  currcru  is  much  less  than  is  generally  supposed,  and  that  the  winds  cause  a  great  effect  on 
the  Gulf:  for  instance,  a  wind  that  would  produce  a  current  of  one  knot,  would  retard  one  of  3 
knots  to  2  knots  if  opposed  to  it ;  and  would  accelerate  the  same  to  4  knots,  if  in  the  some  direction  ; 
and  that  a  wind  crossing  a  current  obliquely,  would  atlcet  if  ns  the  sine  of  the  ande  at  which  it  is 
opposed.  The  direction  of  a  current  cannot,  however,  be  materially  changed,  when  forced  against 
an  opposing  barrier." 


the  water  over  banks  and  shoals  being  colder  than  that  of  the  deep  ocean." 

Others,  also  entitled  to  credit,  believe  the  thermometer  only  indicates  thedificrence 
temperature  caused  by  goin<r  into  or  leaving  the  Oiilf  Stream,  on  the  principle  that 
temperature  is  inlluenccd  and  governed  entirely  by  the  fact  that  it  comes  from  the  Tr 


654 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


On  the  const  of  New-Enj^liind,  near  Cape  Cod,*  the  water  out  of  soundings  is  R  ofjQ 
deg.  wanner  tlian  in  soundiims;  and  in  the  stream  it  is  about  H  degrees  warmer  still,  so 
that,  in  coining  from  tiie  eastward,  a  (all  of  H  deg.  will  indicate  your  leaving  the  stream 
and  a  farther  I'ail  of  H  deg.  will  indicatt!  your  being  on  soimdings. 

On  the  coast  from  Cape  Ilenlopc  ii  to  Cape  Uemy,  the  water,  out  of  soundings,  is  6 dp.. 
warmer  than  in  soundings;  and  in  the  Stream,  about  o  degrees  warnuM-  still;  so  tinit.m 
coming  from  the  eastward,  a  fall  of  5  deg.  will  indicate  your  leaving  the  stream,  anilj 
farther  fall  of  5  deg.  will  give  notice  of  soundings. 

Mr.  Williams  recommends  lo  seamen  to  take  three  tliernmmeters.  "  Let  tlieni,"l]e 
says,  "  be  kept  in  one  place  some  days  previous  to  sailing,  in  order  to  try  tlieir  unilbrmiiv, 
The  plate  should  be  made  of  ivory  or  nntal,  for  wood  will  swell  at  sea;  and  as  the  ehi,; 
tube  will  not  yield,  it  is  from  this  reason  very  liable  to  break  :  bell-metal  is  the  best.  Lf| 
the  instrument  be  (ixed  in  a  s(piare  metal  box,  the  bottom  of  which,  as  high  as  the  marjl 
30^,  should  be  water  tight ;  so  that,  in  examining  the  degree  of  heat,  the  ball  niavle 
kept  in  the  water;  the  remainder  of  the  length  should  be  open  in  the  front,  with  onlvuo 
or  three  cross-bars  to  wanl  olf  any  accidental  b\i)\4,  like  the  thernu)meter  used  by  IJrtw. 
ers.  Fix  one  instrument  in  some  i)art  of  the  ship,  in  the  shade,  and  in  ojien  air,  butaj 
much  out  of  tlie  wind,  and  in  as  dry  a  place  as  possible.  The  after  part  of  one  of  ||,( 
after  stanchions,  under  the  quarter  rail,  may  answer,  if  no  better  place  can  be  found, 

Let  the  secoi  instrument  be  neatly  slung,  with  a  sufficiency  of  line  to  allow  it  lo 
tow  in  the  dead  >>    ter  of  the  wake. 

Put  the  other  away  safely,  to  be  ready  to  supply  the  place  of  either  of  the  others ia 
case  of  aecident. 

About  the  edges  of  the  stream  there  is  generally  a  current  running  in  a  contrarv 
direction,  which  is  accelerated  by  the  wind,  in  proportion  to  its  st.  engtli,  blowing  dn. 
trary  tc  the  stream,  and  retarded,  or  perhajjs  altogether  obstructed,  by  the  wind  hlmci; 
in  the  direction  of  the  stream.  In  the  latter  case,  the  limits  of  the  stream  will  he  ex- 
tended. 

In  the  winter,  when  the  cold  upon  the  land  is  most  intense,  which  is  genernilv  hp. 
tween  December  and  iMarch,  heavy  and  continued  gales  very  frequently  prevail,  lilii,]; 
commonly  proceed  from  between  the  north  and  west,  across  the  course  of  the  (JulfSirum, 
-from  Cape  Hatteras  until  past  (ieorge's  IJaidi,  and  bend  its  direction  more  to  tlieeiist«;iri|; 
being  aided  at  the  saine  time  by  the  discharge  of  the  great  bays  and  rivers,  increased 
by  the  force  of  the  wind  blowing  down  upon  them,  and  the  constant  supply  of  s(;eam 
that  passes  along  the  coast  of  the  Carolinas,  the  whole  produces  so  strong  a  current  to 
the  eastward  as  to  render  it  impossible  for  a  ship  to  approach  the  coast  until  tiu'iiisa 
change  of  wind. 

During  the  prevalence  of  a  southerly  or  easterly  wind,  which  is  not  so  common  iiere, 
it  has  been  found  tint  the  current  is  forced  close  to,  and  in  some  parts  upon  the  snuud. 
iings.  From  a  scientific  nautical  genileinan  we  received  the  following,  viz..  wliile (iff 
■Cape  Tjookout,  in  11  fathoms  water,  he  liad  a  strong  current  from  the  southward,  (nviiu 
entirely  to  the  Ciulf  current.  'J'his  also  proves  the  Culf  influenced  by  winds.  Bein; 
thus  peiU  in  between  the  wind  and  the  slioal  grounds  near  the  shore,  the  brendihu 
greatly  diminished,  and  tlie  velocity  proportionably  increased.  This  circumstiincebas 
"been,  in  particular,  observed  from  about  the  longitude  of  Block  Island,  along  the  cil;;cs 
of  Nantucket  Shoals,  thence  beyond  (ieorge's  Dank  ;  it  has  the  same  effect  aion);  the 
coast  of  (ieorgia  and  jiart  of  South  Carolina.  In  the  first  place,  the  southerly  winds 
•forced  the  current  to  the  edge  of  the  soundings,  wheie  it  then  ran  from  l\  to  2  knots; 
.and,  in  the  latter  place,  that  the  easterly  wind  forced  the  current  upon  soundins;s. 
With  west  and  N.  W.  winds,  the  Stream  would  be  removed  some  league^-  fintiieroii, 
These  remarks  are  sufficient  to  show  the  uncertainty  of  the  boundaries  or  edges  of  the 
Stream.  These  eddies  on  the  inner  edge  are  inconsiderable  ;  but  on  the  outer  one,  in 
Sfine  weather,  they  are  strong,  and  of  considerable  extent. 

By  an  ingenious  work,  entitled  "  Therinometrical  Navigation,"  written  by  Mr.  Join 
"Williams,  and  published  at  Philadelpliia,  in  17')'),  we  are  informed  that  Coininoilor' 
Truxton  lias  often  ascertained  the  velocity  of  the  (Julf  Stream,  to  the  norilnvaid  of  Ca]t 
Hatteras,  and  found  it  to  be  seldom  less  than  one  knot,  and  never  more  than  two  knoi-, 
an  hour.  The  temperature  of  the  air  and  water  witliout  the  Stream,  was  generally  its 
*;ime  ;  that  is,  the  difference  seldom  exceeded  2  or  3  degrees  ;  the  air  being  sonictiiiiti 
the  warmest,  at  other  times  the  water. 


i 


*  The  bonk,  from  Cape  Cod,  extends  almost  ns  far  a.s  Cape  Suble,  where  it  joins  the  banks  of 
Nova  Scolia,  deepening  Kradunlly  from  2i)  to  .')l)  or  5.')  fathoms,  which  depth  there  is  in  lai.  43'. 
In  crossiiii,'  the  bank  l)elween  lat.  lOO  41'  and  hit.  43  \  the  bottom  is  very  reninrkabie.  On  ihe 
out&ido  it  is  tine  sand,  siiualintr  gradually  for  several  leagues.  On  the  middle  of  the  bank,  it  is 
coarse  sand  or  shingle,  with  pebble  stones.  On  the  inside  it  is  muddy,  with  pieces  of  shells,  aad 
deepens  suddenly  from  45  or  18  to  150  or  160  fathoms. 


Cnpt.  Livingstoi 
sidereal  and  solar 
Capt.  .loreal  Colta 
velocity." 

Mr.VVilliams  ob 
deed,  I  have  know 
;hat  is,  between  if 
as  you  get  on  so 
poitunity  of  deter 
them  a  fivod  Ihcniu 
of  the  air,  every  t\ 
the  (Uilf  Stream, 
temperature  of  tlif 
out  my  voyage  ;  w 
and  afterwards  for 
gltude.  It  is  of  t 
be  acquainted  witl 
shorten  your  voya 
it  inconceivably  ;  .'■ 
rica,  spoken  Eun 
banks  of  Newfonn 
ing  out  of  the  St., 
general  course  of 
Blunt,  in  1832;  ai 
never  to  come  nea 
])iobability  will  be 
which  often  runs  a 
N.  W.  when  appr 
course  till  you  are 
as  before  nientiom 
bound  in,  to  cross 
or  adverse  winds, 
voyage  considerab 

The  course  of 
trolled,  in  a  great 
requires  to  be  add 
ports,  when  passit 
tween  these  siioal 
between  them  and 
Bank,  is  in  latitud 
of  Nantucket  Son 

Ships  crossing  i 
possible  ;  or,  it  is 

*  By  the  journals 

on  the  coast  of  Aiiu 

of  Mr.  .1.  Williams  i 

Gulf  Stream  at  70°, 

1791,  June,  C 

Si 

ft. 

Strcnm  wi 
The  difference  of  he 
tion  hereafter,  and  a 
contains  all  the  reim 

Captain  A.  Livin; 
1817,  I  particularly 
fathoms,  it  stood  at 
the  course  of  an  hoi 
ward  of  Bermuda, 
Jamaica  it  was  82^, 
mnica. 

t  The  following  n 
verpool  paper,  Janu 
navigation  of  this  oc 

"  The  packet  shi] 
of  the  shortest  passa 


BLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


655 


ilingsisPorlo 
k'liniii'r  Mill 
iiig  tlie  strt 


I.  so 


iilings,  isoilc-. 
till;  so  ihni.H, 
.'  stream,  ami  a 

Let  tlieiii."!:, 
eir  iiniforiiiiiv, 
11(1  as  the  gl;i>i 
the  best.  Le; 
2;h  iis  tlie  tn;„i 
le  b:ill  innvi,. 
,  witli  onKuo 

used  by  bre«. 
^wn  air,  \m,^ 

of  one  ol'  i|,5 
»n  be  found. 
to  allow  it  i,) 


Ihe  others 


m 


>n  a  contrary 
,  blowinmnij. 
e  wind  Id  im,,; 
am  will  he  es" 

Seneraliy  y. 
prcviiil,  whiii; 

e(iul('Slrt;!|i;, 

:)tlieeasi\\;iri|; 
vers,  iiitriM.sed 
pply  ofsoeam 
:ig  a  current  (0 
until  tlu-insa 

common  here, 
)on  the  sniiiid- 
:,  viz.  while  otf 
ithward,  oHiiiJ 
winds.  lii'i:i; 
the  brendlhis 
ftimstancelias 
lona;  the  cd^ps 
'Hect  along  ilie 
ititherly  winds 
1^,  to  2  knots; 
undines, 
ucs  I'artiier  oli', 
or  edsesot'ilif 
3  outer  one,  in 

I  by  Mr.  Jolit 
t  Coninioilur' 
hward  ofCii: 
lan  two  knoi;, 
I  generally  i!i' 
ing  soniciinui 


ns  the  bank!)  of 
c  is  ill  lat.  43^ 
•kable.  On  ilie 
the  bank,  it  is 
38  of  £klls,  aad 


Cnpt.  Livingston  says,  "  it  set  me,  ofT  Cape  Tlntterns,  one  degree  and  eight  miles,  by 
siiirrea!  and  so!:ir  observations,  to  the  northward,  in  1()  hours  by  dead  reckoning;  and 
(apt.  .loreal  Coltast,  of  Philadelphia,  informed  lue  that  it  set  occasionally  with  greater 


vt'liu'ifv. 


Tn  the   Str 


:h 


than  th 


*• 


Mr.W^illianis  observes,  "  In  the   r^treatu  the  water  is  inucli  warmer  than  the  air;  in- 
deed, I  have  known  it  10  degrees  ^varmer ;  but  so  soon  as  you  get  within  the  Stream, 
y  hat  is,  between  it  and  the  coast,)  the  water  becomes  colder   han  the  air;  an<l  the  more 
as  voij  get   on  soundings  ;ind  approach  the  shore.*     If  mariners  who  have  not  the  op- 
poitmiity  of  determining  their  longitude  by  celestial  oliservations,  will  only  cdrry  uilh 
thrm  a  ,e»W  ihcniiomrter,  and  try  the  temperature  of  the  water,  and  comjjare  it  with  that 
of  tlie  air,  every  two  hours,  they  may  always  know  when  they  come  into,  or  go  out  of, 
flip  (iulf  Stream.     Indeed,  I  have  always  made  a  practice,  when  at  sea,  of  comparing  the 
temperature  of  the  air  and  water  daily.  ;ind  often,  very  frequently  during  the  day  through- 
out my  voyage  ;  uhercby  I  immediately  discovered  any  lliin^  ol'  a  current  that  way  going  ; 
and  afterwards  found  its  strength  and  direction  by  observations  for  the  latitude  and  lon- 
gitude.    It  is  of  the  utmost  conse(iuence,  in  making  a  passage  to  and  from  Europe,  to 
be  acquainted  with  this  Gulf  Stream  ;  as,  by  keeping  in  it  when  hound   eastward,  you 
shorten  vour  voyage,  and  l)y  avoiding  it  when  returning  to  the  westward,  you  facilitate 
it  inconceivably  ;  so  much  so,  that  I  have  frequently,  when  bound  from  Europe  to  Ame- 
rica, spoken  European  ships,  unac(|uaintcd  with  the  strength  and  extent  of  it,  olT  the 
banks  of  Newfoundland,  and  been  in  port  a  very  ccmsiderable  time  before  them,  by  keep- 
ing out  of  the  St;\  am,  whereas  they  lengthened  their  passage  by  keeping  in  it.     The 
general  course  of  the  (Inlf  .Stream  is  marked  on  the  chart  published  by  E.  &  G.  W. 
IJInnt,  in  lfi3'2 ;  and  I  would  advise  those  who  make  the  northern  passage  from  Europe, 
never  to  come  nearer  the  inner  line  of  it,  by  choice,  than  10  or  XT)  leagues  ;  and  then  the 
probability  will  be,  that  their  passage  will  be  assisted  by  the  help  of  a  counter  current 
which  often  rniis  within  it.     In  coming  olfa  voyage  from  the  southward,  be  sure  to  steer 
N.  W.  when  approaching  the  Stream,  if  the  wind  will  permit  you  ;  and  continue   that 
course  till  yon  are  within  it,  which  may  be  easily  known  by  the  temperature  of  the  water, 
as  before  mentioned.     I  have  alway.s  considered  it  of  the  utmost  consequence,   when 
bound  in,  to  cross  the  Stream  as  speedily  as  possible,  lest  I  should   be  visited  by  calms 
or  adverse  winds,  and  by  these  means  drove  far  out  of  my  way,  which  would  prolong  the 
voyage  considerably,  especially  in  the  winter  season. 

The  course  of  ships  bound  from  Europe,  to  the  ports  of  the  United  States,  is  con- 
trolled, in  a  great  degree,  by  the  operation  of  the  Florida  Stream.  Little,  therefore, 
iequires  to  be  added  to  the  subject  liere.  Those  bound  to  the  northern  and  middle 
ports,  when  passing  the  shoal  grounds  on  George's  Bank,  should  take  care  to  pass  be- 
tween these  siioals  and  the  Stream.  Also,  when  passing  th(>  Nantucket  Shoals,  to  keep 
between  them  and  the  .Stream.  'J'he  south  part  of  the  most  dangerous  shoal  on  George's 
Bank,  is  in  latitude  41^  :W  N.  and  the  shoals  extend  to  latitude  41°  5;}'  30"  N.  and  that 
of  Nantucket  South  Shoal  in  latitude  41  '  4'  N. 

Ships  crossing  the  Stream,  when  bound  to  the  westward,  must  get  over  as  quickly  as 
possible  ;  or,  it  is  clear  that  they  will  be  carried  far  out  of  their  course. | 


*  By  the  journals  of  Caiit.  VV,  Billings,  of  Philadelphia,  it  ajjpcars  that  in  June,  1791,  the  water 
oil  the  coast  of  America  was  at  the  tetnpcraiure  ot  61°,  and  in  the  Gulf  Stream  at  77'^.  By  those' 
of  Mr.  .1.  Williams  it  appears,  that  in  November,  17b9,  the  water  on  the  coast  was  47^,  and  in  the; 
Gulf  Stream  at  7(J0,  viz. : 

1791,  June,  Coast     fifo     1789,  Nov.,  Coast     47^    DifTcrencc  between  >  Coast     14° 
Str-am  77  Stream  70  June  and  Nov,     ^  Stream     7 

Stream  warmer  16  Stream  warmer  i.'3 

The  difference  of  heat  is  therefore  greater  in  winter  than  in  summer.  See  the  concluding  observa» 
tion  bcl-eafter,  and  also  the  pamphlet  published  witii  "  Hlunt's  Chart  of  the  Western  Ocean,"  whicb 
contains  all  the  remarks  of  Mr.  Williams  on  the  subject. 

Captain  A.  Livingston  says,  "  On  my  voyape  from  P'-iindelphia  to  Kingston,  JamRica,  October, 
1817,  I  particularly  attended  to  the  thernionteter.  Close  o(f  the  mouth  of  the  Delaware,  in  about  16 
fathoms,  it  stood  at  6uo  ;  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  Gulf  Stream  it  rose  pretty  rapidly  to  CAP,  and  in 
the  course  of  an  hour  to  76°;  nr.\t  morning  78^,  which  heat  continued  till  we  were  to  ll'."  south- 
w'ard  of  Bermuda,  whence  it  gradually  increased  until  between  Cuba  and  St.  Domingo,  and  at 
Jamaica  it  was  82^,  which  appears  to  me  to  he  the  mean  temperature  of  the  sea  water  about  Ja. 
maica. 

tThe  following  notice  relative  to  several  short  passages  aeross  the  Atlantic,  was  given  in  a  Li- 
verpool paper,  January,  1824,  and  affords  a  pleasing  demonstration  of  improved  knowledge  in  the 
navigation  of  this  ocean  : 

"  The  packet  ship  New- York,  Capt.  Thomas  Bennrt,  arrived  here  on  Thursday  last,  after  one 
of  the  shortest  passages  wo  believe  yet  made  between  New. York  and  this  port.    She  sailed  on  the 


656 


BLUM  S  AMERICAIN  COAST  PILOT. 


Tt  has  been  remarked  tliat,  "ships  from  sea,  approaching  any  part  of  the  AmonVan 
coast  botwren  hnnii  Island  and  (Jajx!  ilattcras,  if  in  doubt  aixjut  their  reckoniiij;,  sjujuu 
take  notice  of  what  is  conirriorjly  calhid  the  (inlf-weed,  which  is  in  j^reater  plenty,  iiuiliii 
lar<;er  clusters,  to  the  eastward  of  the  (iulf  Stream  than  in  it,  where  the  spriL's  arc  tut 
small  and  few.  Witliin  the  Stream  tin  re  is  no  weed,  unless  in  rare  instances,  and  iluro 
the  color  of  the  water  changes  to  a  still  darker  and  muddy  color. 

The  outer  edj^e  of  the  bank  olV  this  part  of  the  coast  appears  to  be  very  steep;  f(,f  j, 
has  been  fre(|uently  found  that,  while  the  lead  has  been  ke|)t  i,'oin<;,  there  hate  beenrdiii) 
4o  fathoms,  soon  after,  .'5"),  and  a  mile  nearer  shore  only  'J''>  or  'JO  I'athoins;  from  tiii.i 
depths  the  shoaliuij  to  the  shore  varies  in  di(l'er(;iit  directions. 

Sir  Charl(!s  J}lai;den,  M.  1).  and  F.  11.  S.  in  the  transactions  of  the  Philosophical  Si,, 
ciety  says,  "during;  a  voyage  to  America,  in  the  spring  of  the  year  177b,  I  used  iVrrpuiiiv 
to  examine  the  heat  of  sea  water  newly  drawn,  in  onk'r  to  compare  it  with  that  of  tlicinf. 
We  made  our  passage  far  to  the  southward.  In  this  situation,  the  greatest  heat  ol'ijf 
water,  which  f  observed,  was  such  as  raised  the  (juicksilver  in  Fahrenheit's  thernionif  r 
to  77i°.  This  happened  twice;  the  fnst  time,  on  the  lO'.h  of  A|)ril  in  latitude  21°  l(r\ 
and  longitude,  by  our  reckoning,  5J°  \V.,  and  the  second  time,  three  days  aflerwanU,  ■, 
hit.  2'2'^  7',  and  long,  fjo^  ;  but  in  general,  the  heat  of  the  sea,  near  the  tropic  of  Caiic- 
about  the  middb?  of  April,  was  from  70^'  to  77°. 

"The  rendezvous  appointed  for  the  fleet  being  ofl'Cape  Fear,  our  course,  on  appni'l,. 
ing  the  American  coast,  became  north-westwiuil.  On  the  •,'.'>d  of  April,  the  heat  ol He 
sea  was  74  \  our  latitude,  at  noon,  '28'^  T  N.  Next  day  the  heat  was  only  71°  ;  wcvifrj 
then  in  latitude  2'J°  12';  the  heat  of  the  water,  therefore,  was  now  lessening  veiv  |m 
in  proportion  to  the  change  of  latitude.  The  20th,  our  latitude  was  , "51°  3';  buttiidij;, 
we  had  thus  gone  almost  2^^  farther  to  the  northward,  (he  heat  of  the  sea  was  this  dm  .. 
creased,  it  being  72°  in  the  morning,  and  72,1°  jn  the  evening.  Next  day,  2Gth  ol  .\]>r,|. 
at  half  past  eight  in  the  morning,  1  again  plunged  the  thermometer  into  sea-watei.  ;iii| 
was  greatly  surprised  to  see  the  (juicksilver  rise  to  7H°,  higher  than  1  had  ever  obvpnriii' 
even  within  the  tropic.  As  the  diltVrence  was  too  great  to  be  imputed  to  any  acciilonj 
variation,  J  immedialely  conc(Mved  that  we  must  have  come  into  the  (iulf  Slream,  i!.. 
water  of  which  still  retained  great  ])art  of  the  heat  that  it  had  acquired  in  the  toniil/nif, 
This  idea  was  confirmed  by  the  subsequent  regular  and  (piick  diminution  of  iIicIm;,!; 
the  ship's  run  for  a  (piarter  of  an  hour  had  lessened  it  2°,  the  thermometer,  at  i),ree 
quarters  after  eight,  being  raised  by  sea-water,  fresh  drawn,  oidy  to  7t)'^  ;  by  niiip,  (|;c 
heat  was  reduccrl  to  7:i^  ;  and  in  a  (juarter  of  an  hour  nujre,  to  71°  nearly  ;  all  tliMime 
the  wind  blew  fresh,  and  we  were  going  seven  knots  an  hour  on  a  north-western  inurse. 
The  water  now  began  to  lose  the  fine  transparent  blue  color  of  the  ocean,  and  to  7i<^mm 
something  of  a  greenish  olive  tinge,  a  well  known  indication  of  soundings.  Accnnlin^lv, 
between  four  and  five  in  the  afternoon,  ground  was  struck  with  the  lead,  at  the  ilepilii)! 
eighty  fathoms,  the  heat  of  the  sea  being  then  reduced  to  6')°.  Jn  the  (M)niso  nt"  ilip 
following  night  and  next  day,  as  we  came  into  shallower  water  and  nearer  the  land,  ilie 
temperature  of  the  sea  graduallv  fell  to  bo°,  which  was  nearly  that  of  the  air  attiietime, 

Unfortunately,  had  wea'.her  on  the  2fith,  prevented  us  from  taking  an  obscivaiion  if 
the  sun;  but,  on  the  27th,  t);ough  it  was  then  cloudy  at  noon,  we  calculated  ilirlaiitmlp 
from  two  altitudes,  and  found  it  to  be  X',°  26'  N.  The  difference  of  this  latitude  l'ni!!i 
that  which  we  had  observed  on  the  2.)th,  being  2°  2!)',  was  so  much  greater  than  cukII 
be  deduced  from  the  ship's  run,  marked  in  the  loir  book,  as  to  convince  the  seamen  tl:;i 
we  had  been  set  many  miles  tc    'le  northward  by  the  current. 

On  the  25th,  at  noon,  the  longitude  by  our  reckoning  was  74°  W.,  and  1  believe  ihf 
computation  to  have  been  ])retty  just;  but  the  soundings,  together  with  the  latilnii. 
will  determine  the  spot  where  these  observations  were  made,  better  than  any  rpclaniiii; 
from  the  eastward.  The  sliip's  run  on  the  2()th,  from  'J  in  the  forenoon  to  4  in  the  afur 
noon,  was  about  10  leagues  on  a  N.  W.  by  N.  course:  soon  afterwards  we  hove  toi: 
order  to  sound,  and  hnding  bottom,  we  went  very  slowly  all  night,  till  noon  tiie  nt\: 
day." 

From  these  observations,  I  think  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  Gulf  Stream,  ;il)o : 
the  33d  degree  of  north  latitude,  ami  the  7()tli  (l(>gree  of  longitude  west  of  'ireinwii!:. 
is,  in  the  month  of  April,  at  least  G  degrees  liotter  than  the  water  of  the  sen  tlirniiji 
which  it  runs.  As  the  heat  of  the  sea  water  evidently  began  to  increase  in  the  eveni.; 
of  the  25th,  and  as  the  observations  show  that  we  were  getting  out  of  the  current  wiiea 
I  first  tried  the  heat  in  the  morning  of  the  2bth,  it  is  most  probable  that  the  ship's  run 
during  the  night  is  nearly  the  breadth  of  the  Stream,  measured  obliquely  across;  tint 


16th  of  December,  and  arrived  here  in  the  morning  of  the  1st  of  .Tanuary,  being  little  more  than  15 
days.  The  Mary  Catherine,  which  left  Charleston  on  the  lUtli  of  December,  made  her  voyage  t'r.nn 
port  to  port  in  19  days.  The  Marmion  arrived  in  the  evening  of  the  7ih  January,  in  18  days  from 
Charleston,  and  two  more  from  that  town." 


as  it  blew  a  fresh  b 
lime  between  the  I 
iriay  be  estimated  ; 
jjomiils  the  stream 
excluiliiig  the  rock 
low  water  that  i'.\ 
correspondence  ol 
principles  of  hydr; 
from  the  chtimi'l  I 

"  If  the  heal  ol 
formed  by  compari 
Kingston,  in  Janiai 
may  iie  estimated 
the  continent,  whic 
perhajis  a  d-grei'  o 
the  win)le  iiay  :   Id 
bility  in  the  snp|)i)> 
surface,  agrees  in 
whole  year,  in  thai 
water,  as  it  issues  ii 
riation  of  tempi'ral 
general  mass.     At 
fore,  ill  its  wiiolr 
stantly  running  tin 
on'ly  4-  of  licit,  tl 
supjuised  original  i 
diminution  ol  tin- 
of  the  vast  body  oi 
locily  of  its  niotii 
every  i)art  of'  it,  in 
water  in  the  siirroi 
be  the  best  means 
stance  of  its  movei 
northward,  is  ctnel 

On  the  2'')tli  Sep 
army  up  (Jhesape; 
they  were  oveitali 
wind,  which,  aftei 
without  iiitermissi 
driven  to  the  soiitl 
dangerous  shoals  v 

On  the  2-^th.  al 
about  G')^.  On  th 
these  24  hours,  bei 
perature  of  the  sea 
was  35^  44',  only 
men  aboard,  iis  we 
preceding  days,  an 
concluded  that  so 
whether  this  was  t 

*  History  of  .laina 
heat  recorded  in  tliat 
which  appear  to  me 

t  Monsier  findiii's 
ed  from  the  24ili  of, 
as  is  iiulinatcd  by  2.1 
According  to  M.  dc 
degree  of  Rcaumer's 
heat  in  .lamaica,  du 
elude  that  the  mean 

t  The  lowest  cnlni 
cause  of  the  con.sian 
which  water,  not  ha 
remained  some  time 
Dalrymple,  Esq.  reli 
(See  i'hil.  Trans,  vo 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


057 


'  the  Ampn',Mn 
t^oninj:,  sli,j,j|,j 

"I'riL^.H  arc  l,m 
nces,  and  tlur? 

y  steep ;  for  „ 
life  bccnfoiiii 
s;    from  tin,. 

ilosojiliicalSi,. 

ised  frrrineiiit 

thatoftli..;,; 

est  heat  oi'  :,'f 

9  tlieriiionie>t 
iule21°  l(i;v 
J  adoiwardj,;!! 
opic  of  Cnnc-: 

•i  on  appidxl,. 
he  licat  ol'  n.^ 
'  71°  ;  wen  Pre 
niiig  very  fi,., 
3';  hut  liidv,;, 
A'as  tliisil;i\  ,. 
,  •^GthofA'inl. 
sea- water.  ;ini 
'ver  obcrvfiir 
aiiv  acciilfi;';] 
If  Strc;ini.  ii- 
he  torriil  zo;,e, 

n  of  tllp|ip;il; 

leter,  at  i),reo 

by  niiip.  (Jjc 

;  iill  iliMiine 

cstern  tnwrse. 

and  to  a->iiine 

Accnnlin:lv, 

It  the  ile|i;liiii 

course  nt"  i1:p 

r  the  land,  ik 

air  at  till' tiiiir. 

ohservaiiim  if 

ted  tliolaliiiiili' 

atitude  I'rnin 

tcr  than  cdiiH 

le  seamen  tl;at 

[1  1  believe  ilie 
1  tiie  latilii'i!'. 
any  reckoniii: 
>  4  in  tlir  al'tit- 
we  hove  to;: 
noon  tlie  nc\: 

Stream,  aim-; 
of  'frei-nwii!:. 

e  sea  tlndnji 
in  the  evcnm 

current  when 
the  ship's  run 
f  across;  tli.it 


as  il  blew  a  fresh  breeze,  could  not  be  less  tlian  'J')  lca;:;iies  in  lo  hours,  the  distance  of 
Nine  between  the  two  observations  of  the  lieat,  and  iience  tin-  breailth  of  the  Stream 
iiiav  be  estiniuted  at  'JO  leagues.  The  breadth  of  the  (iiiif  of  l-'lorida,  which  evidently 
l)(Hiii<ls  till,'  stream  of  its  onj^iii,  ajipears  by  the  charts  to  be  •,'  or  ;J  miles  less  than  this, 
excluiliii.i,'  tlie  rocks  and  sand  banks  whiili  surround  ihc  ISaliaiiia  Islands,  and  the  slial- 
luw  water  that  extends  to  a  consideiable  distance  t'roiii  iIk;  coast  of  Florida;  and  the 
correspoii'lence  of  tlieso  measures  is  very  remarkable,  since  the  stream,  from  well  known 
piiDciplcs  (if  hydraulics,  must  gradually  become  wider  as  it  gets  to  a  {greater  distance 
iVuni  the  cliami  ■!  by  wlTodi  it  issues. 

'•  If  the  heal  of  I  lie  '  .'nif  (il'  .Mexico  were  knowti,  many  curious  calculations  might  be 
lorineil  by  cDiiipariii^  it  ^viili  that  of  the  current.  The  mean  heat  of  Spanish  town  and 
Jviii,:;stoii,  in  Jamaica,  seems  not  to  exceed  Hi";*  that  of  St.  Domingo,  on  the  sea  coast, 
j/iay  lie.  eslim.ited  at  the  same,  from  .Aloiis.  (lodiu's  obser\atii)ns;-f  but  as  tlie  coast  of 
tiie  coiilinenl,  wliieli  bounds  the  ( iull  lo  the  westw  aid  and  southward,  is  jirobably  warmer, 
perhaps  a  drgree  or  two  luay  lie  allowed  lor  the  mean  temperature  of  the  climate  over 
the  w  hole  bay  ;  lei  it  be  slated  at  HJ  or  f'-i  decrees.  Mow  there  seems  to  be  great  proba- 
bility in  the  supposition  that  the  sea,  at  a  certain  comparatively  small  distance  below  its 
surface,  agre<'s  iti  lieit  pretty  nearly  with  the  average  temperature  of  the  air,  during  the 
whole  year,  in  that  pari  ;  and  lieuce  it  may  be  conjeetiiri  d  that  tli''  greatest  heat  of  the 
wat(;r,  as  il  issues  out  of  the  i)ay  to  lorm  liie  stream,  is  tdiout  .-'J  degreo.t  the  small  va- 
riation of  leiMpi'ratiire  uii  llie  surface  not  being  suijitieiil  lo  ali'eet  mateiially  that  of  the 
general  ni.iss,  \i  tlie  tropic  of  (  aneer,  1  found  tlic  if  ii  to  be  77^;  liic  stream,  there- 
lore,  in  its  whole  course  Irnm  tlii'  >inll'  of  Klorida,  ma>  lie  supposed  m  have  been  con- 
stantly running  tliroimli  uatir  from  1  i  i  (j  degrees  colder  than  itstlf,  and  yet  it  had  lost 
only  4  of  he, It,  tlioiiuli  the  surrounding  water,  where  1  (djst'rved  it,  was  10'  below  the 
supposed  original  temjier.iture  ot  ihe  water  \vhich  I'orms  the  eiiirent.  From  this  small 
diminution  of  the  lie.il,  in  a  disiainc  el'  pruijably  ;j(IO  iniles.  some  idea  may  be  acquired 
of  the  vast  lioily  of  lliiid  vijiieii  sets  oil!  from  (lie  (iidf  ot'  Mexico,  and  of  the  great  ve- 
locity of  its  motion.  iNiimerous  observalions  of  the  temperature  of  this  stream,  in 
every  j)art  ot  it,  and  at  dilfereiit  seasons  of  the  year,  coiiijiared  with  the  heat  of  the 
water  in  the  surrounding  seas,  both  wiiliiu  and  without  ilie  troiiic,  would,  I  ap|)reliend, 
be  the  best  means  of  ascertaining  its  miiiire,  and  determining  every  nuiterial  circum- 
.stance  of  its  niovemimt.  especially  if  tin-  eii'ect  of  the  current,  in  piisliing  ships  to  tlie 
northward,  is  carefully  attended  to,  at  the  s;inie  time  with  the  i/bscrvatioiis  upon  its  heat." 
On  the  'i'jtii  .'^epicmher,  1777,  as  the  shijis  which  had  Iraiisporled  Sir  William  Howe's 
army  up  (Jhesapcike  l>ay  were  returning  towards  the  Didawarc  wUh  the  sick  and  stores, 
they  were  overtaken,  between  Cape  Charles  and  Cap('  IJenlopen,  by  a  violent  gale  of 
wind,  which,  alti-r  some  variation,  fixed  uhiinatidy  at  .N.  .\.  K.  anil  continued  5  days 
without  intermission.  It  blew  so  hard  that  they  were  constantly  losing  ground,  and 
driven  to  the  southward.  We  also  pui|)osely  made  some  ca-ting,  to  kec|)  clear  of  the 
dangerous  shoals  w  hie  h  lie  oil' ('ape  li;,tteras. 

On  the  -JSth,  at  noon,  our  latitude  was  :U>  Ui'  \..  an.l  the  lieat  of  the  sea,  all  day, 
about  6.'}^  On  the  v!')ih  our  latitude  was  :j(j  S.  V\'e  had,  therefore,  in  the  course  of 
these  '^M  hoiu-s,  been  driven  by  the  wind  :5,-<  miiilical  mih.'s  to  the  southward.  The  tem- 
perature of  the  sea  continued  nearly  al  (.."j  '.  Next  day,  the  .'llUh,  our  latitude,  at  noon, 
was  ;3o^  44',  only  is  miles  t'arilier  to  tli.'  soutliwar.j,  fliouuli  in  the  oniniou  of  the  sea- 
men aboard,  as  well  as  my  own,  it  had  blown  al  hast  as  hard  i  ii  tlii.s  as  on  any  of  the 
preceding  days,  and  we  had  not  been  able  to  carry  mo'c  sail;  canse(|iienlly  it  may  be 
concluded  that  some  current  had  set  the  sliip  -JO  miles  to  the  northward."  To  know 
whether  this  was  the  Gulf  Stream,  let  us  consuk  the  thermDiiieler.     At  half  i)ast  nine 


*  History  of  Jninaica,  London,  1774,  vol.  iii.  paire  (i.")a,  003.  'J'lie  diircrcnt  observations  of  the 
heat  recorded  in  that  work,  do  not  ayrec  toi^'eili.  r,  but  iliosc  adopted  here  are  taken  from  that  series 
which  appear  to  me  most  correct. 

t  Monsier  (Jodin's  e.vperimeiits  upon  the  pendulum  were  made  at  the  petit  irrovc.  They  continu. 
cd  from  the  24th  of  August  to  the  lili  .September,  and  the  avciaiio  heat  dminjj  that  time  was  such 
as  is  iiulioatcd  by  25^  of  1\1.  ile  Reaumor's  iheiinomcter,  (sec  Mem.  Acad,  Science,  173.},  \).  5.  7.) 
Accordiiifr  to  M.  de  Luc's  calculation,  (see  Modilications  de  I'Atmospherc,  vol.  i.  j).  37^.)  the  2ath 
degree  of  Rcaumer's  /»•««  therniomeler  answers  to  about  the  ^.'uli  of  Fahrenheit's  ;  but  the  average 
heat  in  .famaica,  durimj;  the  months  of  Aulmisi  and  September,  is  also  Hi'P ;  licncc  we  may  con. 
elude  that  the  mean  heat  fur  ihc  wli.de  year  is  nearly  the  same  on  the  sea  coasts  of  both  i.sla'nds. 

t  The  lowest  calculation  of  the  nn  an  Uiiipi  ralmc  of  the  Culf  is  preferred  on  this  occasion,  be. 
cause  of  the  constant  inllu.x  of  new  waicr  tiom  the  Ailaniie  ocean,  produced  by  the  trade  winds, 
which  water,  not  having  been  near  aiiv  land,  must,  I  think,  be  sensiblv  colder  llian  that  which  has 
remained  some  dme  enclosed  in  the  bay.  On  this  subject,  the  observations  made  bv  Alexander 
Dalrymple,  Ksq.  relative  to  the  heat  of  the  sea,  near  the  coast  of  Guinea,  ought  to  be  consulted.— 
(See  I'hil.  Trans,  vol.  Ixviii.  p.  31>4,  &c.) 


^\ 


G58 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


In  the  foronoon  of  this  dny,  tho  heat  of  the  water  was  iG'^,  no  less  than  11°  ahnrci|,p 
teini)erature  oftlicsca,  bcroic  wc  ciiinc  into  the  ciiriPiit. 

Towards  evening  the  wiml  It  11,  uiid  wo  stood  N.  \V.  by  N.  close  hauled.     Astiic 


«fa 


still  ran  very  hiiili,  and  the  .slii|)  scarcely  went  above  two  knots  an  lionr,  uedid  ikhii^, 
less  than  three  points  of  leeway  on  this  tack.  The  conrsc  we  made  ;';(io(l,  lh('i(|(i|i.,,(., 
W.  N.  W..  which  on  the  distance  run  by  noon  nest  day,  <i,\\v.  us  alxuit  Jd  hhIk,, 
nortliin,:^ ;  but  that  day.  llie  Isi  ol  Octolier,  onr  latitude  «as  ;;()■'  -J-J',  ;;.-  miles  liirilur'. 
the  north  tinin  we  had  been  the  <lay  In  lore ;  the  d.licicncc,  "J'J  miles,  must  be  ;iiiiii 
to  the  (lulf  Stream.  This,  however,  is  only  part  of  the  eliect  which  the  current  wi, 
have  produced  upon  tlii' ship,  if  we  had  contiuued  m  it  the  wlude  "Jt  lumrs  ;  lor  tliin 


>[IH 


we  were  still  in  tlie  stream  at  live  in  the  ailerMciiti  <;!'  the  Ddtli, 


of  tlic  water,  beini;  then  abovi 


appeared  hy  tin 


and  at  einlit   in  ibe  cvcniiij;  the  lieat  beirin  stjl 


yet  by  seven  the  next  morniui;  we  bad  certainly  j:ot  clear  of  it,  the  heat  oC  the  .sen  lif^ 
then  reduced  to  its  former  standard  of  ().')'.  On  tliis  occasion,  tiierefore,  we  did  notfr,, 
the  stream,  but,  haviii<:;  lallen  in  with  it  ol)!i(|uely  on  the  western  side,  we  |Hi.s1ik| ,. 


agii 


iain  on  tlu'  sanu'  skIc,  ;is  soon  as  im 


th 


ited. 


These  observations  liaviicr  been  made  .'!    to  tlu;  northward  of  my  former  ours, 


to  observe  that  the  heat  of  tiie  (lull  .Stream 


h 


Th 


curmus  to  ooserve  tnat  tne  lu-at  oi  nieiiun  .-Mream  was  :jMess.  i lie  seasons  (jii;.,, 
year,  indeed,  were  very  diflerent ;  but,  perhaps  under  such  eircunistanees,  fliat  iIm 
effects  were  nearly  balanced.  In  the  latter  observations,  the  meridian  altitude  u!i!> 
sun  was  less,  but  then  a  hot  summer  pieeeded  them  ;  whereas  in  the  I'ormer,  tli(in!;|;;|i> 
sun's  power  was  become  very  ureat,  yet  tin-  u  inter  had  been  passed  but  a  sliiiiii|,f 
Calculatini;  upon  this  proporlion,  we  may  be  led  to  suspect,  that  about  tlie  "J/tli  ilc,;*? 
of  latitude,  which  is  as  soon  as  the  stream  has  got  clear  of  the  (in If  of  Florida,  itlifru, 
sensibly  to  lose  its  heat  from  f-^J  ,  the  supposed  temperature  of  the  (iulf  of  Mexioiis,; 
continues  to  lose  it  at  the  rale  of  about  •,' '  of  fahreidieit's  scale  to  every  o"  of  l:i!j||;jf 
with  some  variation,  ])robably,  as  the  surrounding  sea  and  the  air  are  warmer  or  tolilfi 
at  ditl'erent  seasons  of  the  year. 

The  preceding  facts  had  made  nie  very  desirous  of  observing  the  lieat  of  tlieGi 
Stream  on  my  passaiic  lionieward,  but  a  violent  gale  of  wind,  wliich  came  on  two  (b, 
after  we  had  sailed  from  Sandy  ilook,  disabled  every  person  on  board,  who  knewiKmjr, 
harnlle  a  thermmueter,  from  keeping  the  deck.  The  master  of  the  slii|),  however,  rum. 
telligent  man.  to  whom  i  had  communicated  my  views,  assured  me,  that  on  llie.MconiJ 
(lay  of  the  gale,  the  ivater  felt  to  him  remarkably  warm  :  we  were  then  near  tlii' ;/)/jj||c. 
gree  of  west  lonyitude.  This  a;:rees  very  will  with  the  common  remark  o|'-i;„;p|, 
who  allege  that  tliey  are  l're(|ueui!y  .sensible  of  the  (iulf  .'"•tream  oil  ISantucku  >hij;i|s 
a  distance  oliiKireihan  llMio  iriiles  I'lom  (he  (iulC  of  Florida  I  According  to  ilinslt^. 
latif)n  1  have  beliire  adopted,  of  a  bjss  of  "J  '  of  heal  for  every  o^'  of  latitude,  the  iiiii|itra. 
lure  of  the  (J  nil' Stream  here  would  be  nearly  To,  the  diO'erence  of  whidi  from.Vi  ,tl;f 
heat  that  i  observeil  in  the  sea  water,  bolli  before  and  after  the  gale,  mi^bt  cimIv  Le 
perceived  by  the  master  of  the  ves^el.  'j'hls  was  in  the  winter  sci'.son,  at  tiic  ei.il  of 
Decemlier. 

An  opinion  jirevails  anujng  seamen,  that  there  is  something  iieculiar  in  llie  HoailiPt 
about  the  (Jiill' Stream.  As  far  as  1  could  judge,  the  heat  of  tlu^  air  w;is  coDsidcriililt 
increased  by  it,  as  might  be  expected,  but  win  ilierlo  a  de^^rce  or  exIiMit  siHIk imt  I'Jr 
producing  any  material  t  luuiges  in  the  atniosplii  re,  must  be  detcrniined  by  liiliire  ob- 
servations. 

Perhaps  other  currents  may  b(!  found,  which,  issuing  from  ])laces  warmer  nr  rnlilci 
than  the  surrdundiug  sea,  (idler  from  it  in  their  temperature  so  much  as  to  he  disio 
vered  by  the  thermometer.  Should  there  be  many  such,  this  ii;siriiment  will  coiiii;' 
be  ranked  amoni;st  the  nitist  valuable  ai  .-ea,  as  the  difficully  of  ;isccrlaiiiiiig  ciiuii,:' 
is  well  known  to  be  one  of  the  greatest  defects  in  tlie  jiresent  art  of  navigation. 

In  the  mean  time,  1  hope  the  observations  which  have  been  here;  lelatcd  are  siiffirifr 
to  prove  that  in  crossinij  the  (Julf  Stream,  very  esseiilial  advantages  may  bedcrivdiiw 
the  use  of  the  iheriiiomeier  ;  f(;r  if  a  ii:asler  of  a  slii]),  iiomid  to  any  ol'  tiic  soiitjii; 
provinces  of  North  Ameri<a,  will  be  caiel'ul  to  try  the  heat  of  the  sea  l're(|iicntlv,:( 
must  discover  very  accurately  liis  entrance  into  the  <!ulf  Stream  by  the  sudden  inciPi.-t 
of  the  heat,  and  a  contimiance  of  the  ;  ame  experiuicnts  will  show  him.  with  eciuiilft- 
actness,  liow  long  he  remains  in  it.  Ilence  he  will  always  be  ai)|«!  to  ni;ike  a  |ir(i|i('n!- 
lowance  for  the  number  of  miles  a  ship  is  set  to  the  northward,  by  multiplying  tlit'tiiiie 
into  the  velocity  of  the  current.  Tliou;j,li  this  velocity  i;.  hitherto  very  iinperfectly  kmi«c 
from  want  of  some  method  of  determining  how  long  the  current  acted  upon  tliesliip. 
yet  all  uncertainty  arising  from  tlience  must  soon  cease,  as  a  few  ex[)erinients  nponilie 
heat  of  tlie  stream,  comjiared  with  theship's  run,  checked  by  observations  of  iliehiii- 
tuile,  will  ascertain  its  motion  with  sutficient  precision.  From  dilferences  in  lliewinil. 
and  perhaps  other  circumstances,  it  is  probable  that  there  nuiy  be  some  variations  in  the 


nii;  and  meridian  o 

quainted  witli  tlu 

water,  have  been  k 

westward,  and  wliei 

of  Cape  Florida,  f 

reef. 

Il',  witli  adverse 
of  the  (Julf  of  .Me\ 
deavor  to  make  th 
der  the  lee  side  ;  b 
fevn  extent  of  tiu>  s 
|strait,  nor  along  th 
[of  Cape  Florida  or 
lis  the  least  c     1  of 
Iseis  may  also  be  br 
[of.     IJut  if  at  any  t 
Itlien  the  Atlantic  c 
(take  the  stream  :  b 
[tate  the  progress,  ^ 
[marks: 

"  We  took  our 

[leagues;  then  S.  S 

IC  leaijues,  with  the 

[act  of  recfmir  top-s 

on  Carysfort  Reef. 

1  made  her  course  A 

"  I  left,"  says  ar 

I  steered  S.  W.  by  .*■ 

of  the  Uouble-lien 

from,  S.  W.  by  W, 

"Augusts'),  181 

ran  28  miles  W.  S 

found,  by  meridian 

"  Aug.  30.— Wii 

miles  west  to  midn 

A.  M.  the  ship  Th 

tant  one  mile,  mad 

[  ship  and  stood  olV  t 

ed  with  4^  fathoms 

I  boat  and  run  out  e; 

Three  Sisters  then 

by  E.  direction,  an 

tion,  where  we  fo 

This  must  have  be 

!  channels  to  be  fou 

the  same  directioi 

board,  the  wind  ve 

passage,  found  the 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


659 


viner  ones.ti, 
3  SLMsons  oiiie 

"«'P>^,  that  ikr 

altitude  {,<<•, 
im-r,  thoiii;!,;,;, 
lit  a  slioiii:i:f 

thf   'J7lll  ll,.;;,,,' 

lorida,  itliKfi 

of  MfxiduK 

!  3"  of  laiiiiijf. 


leat  of  the  im 

IM.'    Oil  t\l(i  i]ac 
llO  klR'wllOB-K, 

liowfvcr,,iiiin. 

t  on  lliesccnmi 

I'iirllicMijjiJe. 

larU  ol'>(,;niei), 
tii('k.tM;oals, 
IS  '"  il^i'iaku- 

I'.  tlMM('ll;|ieta- 
1    Irolll  j'l-,|];f 

iii,!;lit  v;m\\[i( 
at  till'  eul  of 


ill  till'  wrailiPf 
IS  c(iiisiili'r;i!!|i 
It  siiliiciriit  iJr 
\>y  ruiiMcob- 

iniirr  nr  cnldtr 
;is  t(i  be  (lisfu 
It  will  conic  If 
liiiliii;  ciinfi,;' 
alidii. 

ai'c  siilticiir 
lie  derived  licE 
r  tlie  soulk': 
rrei|iiriitlv.'! 
iddeii  iiiciT>! 
with  e(|U;\l«- 
^e  a  |)ni|;cn!- 
lyiiiti;  tlu'tiiiie 
•iCcctlv  kiiiiw 
upon  the  ship. 
I  en  Is  ii|i(inilie 
MIS  of  ilie  laii- 
es  ill  tlie  winil. 
Illations  in  the 


rclorltv  of  tlie  cuiroiit ;  anil  it  will  In*  curious  to  observe  whither  tlicse  variations  may 
not  liemiciitly  lie  iioiiitcd  out  liy  a  diH\'nMicp  in  its  teiiiiit«iatiire,  as  the  quicker  the  cur- 
leiit  iiiovi's  the  less  heat  is  liUi'ly  I'l  I"'  lost,  and  ci)iisc(|ii('iilly  the  lioftcT  will  the  water 
lie  ill  tills  oliserv.iliiiii,  liowevcr,  llie  season  ol'  the  year  iniist  alwuys  Ik;  considi'red, 
iiiirtlv  lieeause  it  may  iicrhaps  in  some  (le;;rce  allVci  the  oii'^'iiial  tciii|ieraluie  of  the 
water  in  the  (Julf  of '.Mexico,  but  principally  because  the  a(.i;ia!  heat  of  the  stream  must 
be  areaicr  or  less,  in  pni|Hirtioii  as  the  tract  of  iho  soa  throiii;li  which  it  has  down,  was 
wanner  or  colder.  In  winter  I  shall  suppose  that  the  heat  of  the  stream  itself  would  bo 
rather  less  than  in  summer,  but  that  the  dili'crcnce  lietwcen  it  airl  the  surnuindint,'  sea 
would  lie  much  greater  ;  and  1  ciuiceive  thai  in  the  middle  of  summer,  lliouuh  the  stream 
had  lost  verv  little  of  its  original  heal,  yet  the  sea  mi'.'ht,  in  some  jiarts,  ac(|uire  nearly 
tile  same  teinperatiire,  so  as  to  render  it  scarcely  possible  to  distiii'i^uish  by  the  therino- 
mefer  when  a 'diip  entered  iiilo  llie  corrrnt. 

Vessels  may  with  safety  avoid  tlie  eddy  of  tlie  ;:ulf.  or  make  allowance  for  it  in  their 
calculations;  'that  is,  if  tliev  caiiiiot  lielp'tailiiiir  into  them,  after  they  have  taken  all  the 
precanlioiis  by  souiidin.'s  in  blue  v-ati-r,  and  when  th<  y  had  bottom,  stood  olf,  they  will 
naturally  siilitract  what  loii-iiiide  they  make  in  the  eildy,  from  what  they  had  made  in 
the  stream,  and  lu-'ii.  a  new  dop.irtnre,  beiiiL'  at  tlie  same  time  very  precise  in  their  morn- 
injj  and  meridian  obsi-rviilions.  Many  ships  bound  l!iroii;;li  the  ."^trait  of  Florida,  uiiac- 
qmiiiited  with  the  stream'^  eddy,  and"  i'j;iioraiit  also  of  the  soundini[s  beiii;,'  under  blue 
water,  have  been  lost  in  fair  weather.  Tliey  were  swept  insensibly  by  the  eddy  to  the 
w(!stw'aid.  and  when  th-v  found  liy  tlieir  calculations  that  they  had  a  sufficient  offms;  east 
of  Cape  Florida,  they  stood  iioriii.  and  instead  of  eiiterin;;  tlie  strait  ran  directly  upon  a 

reef. 

If,  with  adverse  noithcrly,  easterly,  nr  N.  H.  winds,  vessids  Imppen  to  be  m  the  mouth 
of  the  (Julf  of  .Mexico,  tha't  is.  betvveen  the  Havana  and  Cape  Florida,  they  had  best  en- 
deavor to  make  tlr!  na!ia!!ia  Fslands,  or  at  least  the  soundings  of  them,  and  proceed  un- 
der the  lee  side  ;  but  when  they  are  to  the  north  of  them,  it  is  best  to  keep  in  the  east- 
ern extent  of  tlie  stre  im,  or  else  ihey  will  not  lie  abl<  to  clear  their  way  through  the 
strait,  nor  alon^  the  coast  of  East  Florida,  and  may  m'et  on  shore  upon  the  reefs  either 
of  Cape  Florida  nr  Cape  Canaveral,  if  not  upon  the  beach  between  the  two  capes,  which 
is  the  least  ;  I  of  the  two  :  for  thus  the  crew  and  cara;o  may  be  saved  ;  and  some  ves- 
sels iiiav  also  be  brou;^ht  olf,  provided  the  storm  ceases  before  the  vessel  is  made  a  wreck 
of.  Uiit  if  at  any  time  of  the  south  sun,  or  at  any  other  time,  the  winds  are  westwardly, 
then  the  Atlantic  coast  affords  the  most  eliirible  lee  for  naviiratms  who  do  not  choose  to 
take  the  stream;  but  if  the  current  in  the  yiilf  is  well  uinleistood,  it  will  ".'really  facili- 
tate tlie  i)ro"ress,  when  bound  to  the  northwaril,  as  fully  illustrated  in  the  following  re- 
marks : 

"  We  took  our  departure  from  tli"  westward  of  Cat  Key,  and  strercd  S.  S.  W.  24 
Icasjues;  then  S.  S.  \V.  i  S.  o't  leaiuos,  when  we  altered  our  course  to  S.  S.  \V.  i  W. 
C  leaijues.  with  the  wiiid's(|iially  at  N.  W.,  coin^  at  the  rale  of  .-<  knots.  While  in  the 
act  of  recfmir  to|)-sails,  juili^in^  ourselves  near  the  I^ouble-headed  Sliot  Keys,  we  struck 
ion  C^arysfort  Keel'."'  [The  course  steered  by  compass  was  S.  S.  W.,  whereas  the  drift 
;made  her  course  W.  S.  W'.] 

"I  left,"  says  an  experienced  navigator,  "the  Hahaina  Hi.  k  in  lat.  ','4°  .3.T  N.,  and 
'steered  S.  W.  by  S.,  by  compass,  and  in  the  inorninc;  discovered  myself  within  fi  miles 
of  the  Double-headed  Shot  Keys,  which  bear  from  the  latitude  1  took  my  departure 
from,  S.  W.  by  W." 

"  Atigust  2'),  \fi\C). — At  midnight  left  the  bank  with  the  wind  south  and  south-westerly  5 
ran  28  miles  W.  S.  W. ;  -Ji  iiiiJes  W.  by  S.,  close  hauled  upon  our  larboard  tack,  and 
found,  by  meridian  altitude  of  the  sun,  our  latitude  to  be  -2-1^  oU'  N." 

"Aug.  30. — AVinds  westerly  and  lifjht,  still  on  the  wind  on  our  larboard  tack  ;  run  25 
,  miles  west  to  midnight,  sounded,  no  ground ;  continued  W.  and  W.  by  N.  4  miles,  to  3 
I  A.  M.  the  ship  Three  Sisters,  captain  Armington,  being  then  on  our  weather  bow,  dis- 
tant one  mile,  made  a  signal  she  was  ashore  ;  hove  the  lead  and  had  but . "5  fathoms,  tacked 
'ship  and  stood  ofVten  minutes,  sounded,  quarter  les^'iJ,  tacked  again  and  stood  in,  sound- 
ed with  4^  fathoms,  when  we  let  go  our  anchor  and  brought  up  at  4  A.  M.     Manned  the 
I  boat  and  runout  east  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  when  the  bo  it  struck   on  a  reef,  the  ship 
Three  Sisters  then  bearing  W.  S.  W.  one  mile.     Went  off  in  the  boat  again  in  a  N.E. 
by  E.  direction,  and  found  a  narrow  channel  of  12  feet ;  tried  again  in  a  S.  S.  E.  direc- 
tion, where  we  found  a  jiassage  of  15  feet,  one  mile  wide,  current  setting  N.  N.  E. 
This  must  have  been  the  channel  which  we  fortunately  got  in  at,  there  being  but  two 
channels  to  be  found  ;  the  wide  channel  was  the  only  one  which  would  admit  us  both  in 
the  same  direction  we  then  were.     Cut  under  way  the  captain   of  the  ship  being  on 
\  board,  the  wind  veering  from  S.  S.  W.  to  N.  W.  and  stood  out,  but  on  approaching  the 
passage,  found  the  current  to  set  strong  on  the  S.  end  of  the  N.  reef,  which  set  us  jnto 


OGO 


BLUNIH  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


11  fent  water,  in  about  tin-  li'n<;fh  nl'  the  vessel,  wlicn  it  deRprncd  to  3,  4,  (>,  7,  Ifi,  >) 
fathninM,  ami  oil'  soiiiKiiii^s,  tin-  It-ad  hcint;  liovi;  as  (jiiick  as  posiiblc 

"  The  piact'  we  yot  in  ;it,  appears  to  hv,  Uy  the  chart,  JWiller's  inlet  and  oiillrt,  Ivi,,, 
between  Histaynn  "s  itnd   Li  (llnirii's  reel',  in  latitinle -J,")  ' -J-J'  N." 

"  During  my  seveial  ernises  within  the  iMarl>rs  or  l-Moiida  Kt'cl,"  says  Air.  K(mii;iii, 
"  I  have  seen  a  j^reat  nnnilier  tif'  vessi  Is  horrtiw  so  elose  nn  the  reel",  that  they  apptMrhJ 
to  be  within  it;  anil  sonieliines  I  eoiilfl  even  see  the  people  wiili  the  help  of  ;i  {.in,, 
tho  people,  I  suppose,  were  well  aetpiainted  or  very  bold;  .)nt  let  tin*  inati  who  dur, 
thi..  '  ever  no  expeiieneed,  he  ninsl  be  very  carernl  to  l^eep  a  strict  look-out;  Corn, 
part  .(Hild  not  eonie  nearer  than  just  to  raise  tlie  land,  especially  as  tides  may  hai, 
ihei.  I  ..inencu  lartln'r  oil'  than  we  are  aware  of. 

"  Besides  this  reason  lor  siaiidiiii;  lontn-r  oil'  than  in,  there  is  one  still  greater.  Kvin 
experienced  mariner  Uimws  that  a  vessel  will  run  towards  shore  in  less  time  than  she,  || 
run  the  same  distance  I'lom  it;  and  tiiat  the  higher  the  huid  she  works  under,  the  (|nii!,f 
she  nuis  in,  cr)nse(|nentl\  the  slower  she  runs  oil'.  Ilenee  idinosi  <'very  one  in  licur  , 
,upon  a  le<^  sln)re  \\\\\  stand  out  a  longer  lime  tli.in  in;  Iml  lew,  even  amony;  the  m,.^ 
cx|)erienced,  know  the  philosophy  of  this  phi'iiomenoii  auainst  which  they  mij^i 
so  carefnlly.  It  is  that  ureal  law  of  natnrc.  whereby  :dl  lii;ht  bodies  must  lidl  (in  i<, 
heavier  ones — I  mean  attraction.  To  explain  thi  i  by  an  experinit  nt ;  take  any  v('«,| 
fill  it  almost  will)  water,  put  a  cork  nr  chip  in  it;  while  tlnif  remains  in  the  centre,!;;, 
attracted  from  every  side  aliki',  and  tlierel'iire  stands  (ixed  ;  but  no  sooner  is  it  tjinun 
out  of  the  centre  liian  it  will  be^in  to  approach  the  side  ;  and,  as  it  draws  near,  atirn. 
tion  is  iiu'reased,  till  at  last  the  velocity  of  the  chip  beeoim-s  ^'o  sjreat  as  to  run  witlioi. 
siderable  violeni'e  a^^ainst  the  vessel,  where  it  remains  fixed;  and,  if  it  is  an  obloiii;|iifrp 
in  shape  ot  a  vessel,  the  same  will  happen  as  when  a  ship  runs  ashore  stern-oii,  n/,]' 
will  wind  broadsides  to.  The  explanation  of  this  piienomenon  we  owt;  to  .lidin  ('iillim, 
Esq.  of  Newport,  in  Rhode-Island,  formerly  lirst  counsellor  of  the  slate,  andaviivn. 
perieneed  commander." 

Speakiny  of  the  (lULI''  STUKAM,  Mr.  Romans, »  whose  surveys  cd' the  Cum,,, 
Florida  relleeird  i^reat  credit  on  him,  says:  "^'lie  All-^raeioiis  Kuler  of  the  I'lmcf.!. 
has  so  disposed  the  several  shores  ol'  this  nia/,y  iMliyrinth,  as  to  cause  this  cnrri'iit  luriiii 
in  a  direction  N.  K.  and  at  the  rate  of  .'i,  and  .'.!  miles  in  an  hour;  by  which  iiieiuK  « 
are  enabled  better  to  avoid  the  imminent  danijers  of  the  reef,  where  it  becomes ;i  1^. 
shore;  for  the  viidenee  of  the  easterly  ii;ales  lieals  thr-  ( Jiilf-water  over  the  reels  m,  ,i,s 
to  destroy  the  ell'eet  of  llood-iide-;,  by  c  ansini:  a  constant  reverberatiiii,'  cnrreiil  Iniiiitlie 
shore  over  the  reef,  insomuch  that  a  vessel  ridin;;  under  the  reef  will  lay  witli  l;n>ltra 
to  windward. 

"I  once  eanie  out  from  Malaciimlie.  and  was  scarcely  dear  of  the  reef,  beli.ie  1  wan 
overtaken  by  a  gale  from  the  eastward,  wliieh  was  very  violent.  It  was  '>  o'clnck  in  the 
eveniuE;,  and  it  bein<4  dark,  to  aitempi  a  re-eiitraii(;e  of  the  rei'f,  I  was  forced  tn  Jieave 
the  vessel  to,  which  I  did  under  th"  balanced  niaiii>ail  :  she  was  ,i  heavy  sc.ijoiiiier  of 
about  70  tons,  and  a  dull  sailer.  The  sin  ((M'din^  nii;hi  I  passed  in  the  deepest  (iisircss 
of  mind,  seeing  the  biimiiiix  of  llin  breakers  in  eonstaiu  snceession  on  the  vct'l'.  till  past 
one  o'clock;  tlie  storm  continued  till  ten  next  inmnint;,  when  I  made  sail  to  the  iiorlli- 
ward,  and  at  m)on,  to  my  utter  asfunislnneni,  I  had  an  observalion  of  the  sun's  altitiiile, 
which  proved  nie  to  be  in'-'O  '  30'  latitude,  by  which  I  liad  made  a  dilference  of  latitiiile 
of  118  miles,  in  the  short  space  of  1L>  hours,  17  id"  wliieh  I  lay  to. 

♦'  I  am  an  utter  enemy  (continiK's  Mr.  IvoinaiH.)  to  all  tin oreiie  and  svsfrniatii  posi- 
tions, which  has  caused  in   me  an  wndefaiiirable  thirst  for  finding,  in  my  exiiunfiiff, 


*  Mr.  Romans  observes,  "If  by  koeiiin^'  to  tlie  iiiMtlr.vai'd,  tlie  current  of  tlie  Mexiraii  riiilflia! 
set  you  on  soundings  on  Tortui;ns  Slmal,  ;lu"^e  soniuliiiirs,  in  fiirav  wenllirr,  may  lie  n  t'liiile,  k 
ing  properly  laid  down  in  the  eluirf.  Vmi  do  not  eliiimje  llic  color  of  your  water  till  vdii  p' 
well  in  with  the  shoal,  Inif  there  is  irenrniilv  an  eddy  current  so  soon  ns  yon  are  on  sniiiuliiisi; 
therefore,  if  you  stand  over  to  tlie  florida  shorn,  so  soon  as  you  are  up  to  the  latitmle  n{ '2Tii. 
keep  as  much  to  the  eastward  as  N.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  till  you  i;ef  sniindintra.  And,  whaieKt 
terrible  idea  people  may  have  of  that  shore,  if  tin  wind  will  allow  you.  keep  it  on  hoard,  especial? 
in  tho  autumn  and  winter  seasons,  when  the  IS.  and  N.  VV.  winds  are  freeiianif,  and  tho  nirrfal 
often  runs  to  leeward.  In  those  seasons,  you  may  take  an  advantage  of  the  tides  on  soumiinfl, 
by  carefully  observing  their  times;  and  this  conduct  will  tend  to  shorten  your  |)assai,'r.  Wkra, 
however,  you  are  got  as  far  windward  as  the  soutii  end  of  jVIataounibe  Reef,  endeavor  to  {retal 
the  easting  you  can  possibly  aeipiire,  in  order  to  iret  the  Baliaiiia  shore  on  board,  which  is  iliem«i 
eligible  in  going  northward.  The  proximity  of  tlie  Reef  of  Florida  will  manifest  itself  clcarlyiii 
day-light  by  the  white  color  of  the  water,  and  thus  there  may  be  no  danirer  in  approachinjf  it;  I'u' 
this  is  far  from  being  the  case  at  night,  when  it  ought  to  be  carefully  avoided,  and  the  lead  kept  ton- 
Btantly  going;  because,  having  soimdings  to  the  distance  of  two  miles  without  the  steep  part  of «, 
they^will  show  t^e  proximity  of  danger." 


blunt's  amkhu'an  coast  imlot. 


CGI 


Piiiifpsfor  iill  rxfriionlinary  appcarancos,  lie  lli<  y  what  tJn-y  may.  And  my  fxprririiPntal 
|i()>;iti(tin)r  llif!  laiisn  of  the  iiicrcaso  of  ih«i  vflnciiy  (il  ihis  ciirn-nt,  (liiiini:  ilu-  ^ah's, 
lli;it  liliiw  conlnry  m  its  <hi«'(tiiiii,  is  no  oiler  than  tlic  n  viiliirilinj;  ruir<iit  ocrasioiuMi 
l)V  llif  »^*»'"'"n  "'  •'"'  water  within  ihe  reef,  which  in  the  iiii'Mioralih'  i;ale  ol  ( )(tol)er, 
t){,'),  when  tlie   l.pillmry  was  hint,  was  no  h-ssthan  :!(»  fei'l  ahove  it>  ordinary  h-vel." 

Hcsiilfs  the  coiivfuiciM  r  ot  rorrpctin;,'  a  ship's  tomse,  hy  knowiiii^  how  to  m.iUe  a  pro- 
per alliiwaiicc  lor  thi-  dislancf  she  is  set  to  the  iiorth«;od  hy  llie  rnrrent,  a  method  of 
deli'iiniiiin;i  wilti  et  riainty  when  she  enters  into  tlie  (JuH'  Stream,  is  attended  with  llie 
farther  inestimable  advai\ta^(!  of  showinj;  her  phae  upon  the  oeean  in  iht-  nmsi  { ritical 
sitiiatifin  ;  for,  as  tlie  eiurent  s(^ts  alon>{  the  coast  of  America,  at  places  on  soundin^a, 
the  mariner  when  he  finds  tills  sudden  increase  of  heat  in  the  sea,  will  he  warned  of  his 
approach  to  the  coavt.  and  will  thus  have  tiimdy  notice  to  take  tiie  necessary  precau- 
tious lor  the  safety  ol'  his  vessel.  As  the  course  of  the  ( in  If  Stream  comes  to  he  more 
!i(ciirat(dv  Unowii,  from  repeatiil  observations  of  the  heat  and  latitiuh-s,  this  iiK-thod  of 
deterininin;,'  theshijj's  place  will  he  proporlionahly  more  applicable  to  use.  And  it  de- 
rives additional  importance  from  the  |ieculiar  ein-unistances  of  the  American  (M)ast, 
which  from  the  month  of  the  Delaware  to  the  soiitlienimost  point  of  I'^loriila,  is  every 
where  low,  and  beset  with  lVe(|neiit  shoals,  rnnnim:  out  so  far  into  the  sea,  that  a  vessel 
may  be  aiiroiiiid  in  many  [daces  where  the  shore  is  not  to  be  disiinj;uislieil,  even  from 
the  mast-head.  The  (riilf  .Stream,  therefore,  which  has  hitherto  served  only  to  increase 
tin-  perple\ities  of  seamen,  will  iiow,  if  these  observations  are  found  to  be  just  in  |)rac- 
lice,  become  one  of  the  chief  means  of  their  preservation  up(ui  this  dangerous  coast. 


I 


CG3 


UMJIVT  H  AMEUICAiy  COAST  PILOT. 


Extritet  nf  n  Letter  f mm  Franrin  D   Vii.'on,  E»q.,  to  Col,  John  IVillianu,  Commnndanl  nf  i\f 
Cor  pa  oj  Euffiiifrrit,  ami  Aii'hor  of  "  Thrnnomelrical  Nnrigotion,"  at  New  \'nrk ;  ilalni 

ri,uri>.y,  (Mill,'.)  3<(ili  Juiif,  l~lii, 
"  My  viiynu'"'  Jrciiii  \tw  York  to  fliilil'iix,  in  tin-  Hriiisli  piirkct  Klizii,  wum  ho  very  IriniPfsiu,,,;, 
mid  iiiir<iriiiiiiiU',  (liiiviiii;  ciirrird  asvuy  our  roriiimMi,)  tliiil  1  did  not  ninki-  nny  tliertnonn'irii  nl  >,ii, 
NcrviitionN  ;  bnt  wlicn  wc  xailcd  from  iliilil'iix,  on  ilu'iJTili  April,  I  licttnii  tlicin,  and  contiiiiiril  in. 
til  I  iinr>irtnn!iii'ly  liroke  boili  iny  llicriiionicici'S.  ilowi'vcr  Mliort  llic  time  wiim,  you  will  |iHrciii> 
tlint  my  oli>'t'iviiiion'<  Iimvc  liccn  viry  impoitiiiii,  mid  I  licrcwith  kiiiiI  the  result  of  tlicm.  Ymi  »,' 
pcrci'ivo  Willi  wini  lidcliiy  tin'  lliiTiiiDmclrr  indiiiiicd  ilic  Imiiks,  and  the  approxiimilioii  tuwan'i 
IslandH  of  ice,  The  ciipiaiii  was  wo  ronviiH'rd  o|'  ihi'  ii.scfiilncxs  (d'llic  iln'rmonirtcr,  thai  lie  iiiaii> 
rcu'nliir  ri'iiiarliH,  and  in-<  ricd  ilirni  in  his  loiiiiial.  F  <;nvi'  liini  onr  of  your  hookn,  thinkiiii:  ii  w.iulj 
he  pIcaHiiitr  to  yon  iliai  I  HJiiiiild  cMcnd  ilif  know  Iciltrc  of  a  discovt-ry  ko  iinclnl  ns  yours,  nnii  I 
wixli  it  wurc  more  ucncrully  known.  Afirr  Imvini;  mirnriilinMly  cHrniicd  the  iHJands  of  ico,  and 
Bcvcrul  Bcveri"  t'^'^'^i  ^*'''  urrivcd  ai  I'lilmoiitli  on  the  vJiJd  <d  May,  IHIO." 


ilR 

Exlntrt  f 

om 

the 

Elita'ii  Journal, 

iiui;r!i. 

KT  OF      1 

LAT.    i   I.ONi>. 

DATES. 



1 

1 

RMMAUK^. 

A.M. 
Ill 

p.  M.    Air. 

\Vnt««r. 

N.    1    W. 

Ap.  'ir' 

Il> 

KN 

1 

1      17 

41 

J303I)'  iG2o 

■)2' 

4     43 

8  ,  4li 

42     1 
40 

1    .. 

Snbic  Bank. 

..••••••*i..i* 

21) 

H 

i    4."! 

43 

1 

Noon. 

49 

48 

12  27   (III 

.54 

r, 

.'iO 

G2 

7 

48 

G4 

311 

f) 

10 

48 
Gil 

G2 
Gl 

Tnpkinff  fownrd?  fd^'o  of  Stream. 
Steering  in  the  Stream. 



Noon. 

la'i" 

.5!)" 

21 

.') 

.'•.8 

Gl 

!) 

(iO 

iiO 

May    1 

8 

(>(( 

:^H 

1' 

i  i;o 

2  i  (!4 

40 

Sound  in  7(1  falhoms,  no  ImtMni :  tlir  inii: 
at  that  depth  U  '  warmer  than  on  the  siirl.uc. 

ii"  .53" 

5(> 

.52' 

3  «;3 

4  i  M 
.')  '  (!0 

4G 
47 
47 
4.5 

An  island  ot' iee,  liearinR  S.  i^,  V..  '  mifi, 
Ahri'ast  of  iee  \  mile  to  leeward. 
Island  of  ice  hears  S.  S.  W.  7  miles. 

(i 

.■iT 

8 

Mi 

48 

2 

1 

:j 

8 
10 

f 



.')8 
GO 
GO 
G3 

.IO 
GO 
G2 
G3 

Noon. 

G4 

G3 

41  25   .53 

8 

3 

Gl 

G4 

i 

(i 
9 

G2 

.')8 
.-iG 

1.... 

Sound  with  70  fathoms,  no  bottom. 

4 
(i 

12 

.'50 
43 
40 

.'iG 
43 
3!t 

Sound  with  H(l  fathoms,  no  bottom. 
Sound  with  8(1  fathoms,  no  bottom. 
All  enormous  island  of  ice  abreast,  100  yds. 
This  was  about  1.50  feet  high,  and  1  mile  in  di. 

'...1 

amcter.  When  first  discovered,  it  wa.snotlOO 

yards  from  the  vessel,  and  we  were  snilinir  di. 

rectly  towards  it.     The  obscurity  wns  then  so 

great,  that  at  that  distance  it  appeared  only  like 

a  white  cloud,  extending  from  the  sea  over  our 

masta. 

8 
10 

41 
43 

■^ 

Passed  several  islands  of  ice,  the  iargcsi 
bearing  S.  W.  7  miles. 

Noon. 

44 

43 

12     1 

50 

4 

No  bottom  by  80  fathoms. 

4 

44 

.-iO 

G 

4G 

GO 

Midn.     12 

41) 

GO 

4 

4 

8 

4(i 
43 

.'■)2 
GO 

( 

Noon. 

M 

.59 

42  54 

4G 

2 

8 

49 

GO 

12 

48 

GO 

5 

G 

47 

.59 

Noon. 

.in 

59 

43  12 

41_ 

43 

Hroko  the  Thermometers. 

The  Important  po 
or  near  ilie  ctream, 
ditl'ereiH-e  between 
n  eoiirurrcat  ubtiei 
jiiiiK'uent. 

Kruiii  April  28,  a 
nboali)  of  Sable,  Iro 
Cy«|0.  AtlOl'.  > 
the  coa»t  at  54  ^  w 
iMoraing,  30th,  we  « 

l(  these  Ntripes  of 
In)  inure  diHtinelly  d 

About  23  hourn  a 
the  mercury  falls  14 
an  inland  of  iee,  iil> 
atmosphere,  and  oi 
ter  rose  to  51'',  1)111 
tanee  of  7  miles.  I 
ocean,  ought  to  iml 
11  A.  .M.,  to  the  ne.\ 
comes  again  into  oc 
stream  attain,  and  t 
during  17  hours,  till 
no  hotioiii  in  80  faili 
Now,  from  past  ex| 
heeuiise  at  that  dist 
ice  abreast,  100  yarc 
the  thermometer  bei 
the  fate  of  the  ship  ' 
sive  answer;  ami  h 
alone  cause  such  ac 


Temperature  oj'  the 

March    7        Ai 

8 

9 
10 
11 
13 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 


91 
93 
93 

94 
95 
96 
97 
98 
99 
30 
31 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 
t  West  of  the 


April 


*  Captain  Law's  f 
•tatef, "  April  6,  in  1 


t 


BLUNT  H  AMKUICAN  COAHT  IMLOT. 


GG3 


Ixfmarku  on  tha  fnrff^oini;  Jiiiirmit, 

Tlieiiiip'^f"'"' l'"i"' "fconipBrimm  Ih  the  ililliTt'iicc  iti  ilic  litiit  oCihc  wntrr  in  (lilU'rciitplnrcfi,  in 

(ir  iiriir  liic  Filrcniii,  in  iIh'  oci'ii'i,  oui  ol'  ilir  Mirciiiii,  mi  ilic  riiii.>l,  iiriil  iiiiir  ihIiiikIm  oI  ici — ii<it  (he 

iliircmiicr  bctwrtii  till'  Ih'iii  ot'lln'  uatrr  lunl  ilir  nir,  ii^  Muur  liii\f  iiiini,'iiuil.     'I'lic  liiiti  r  i^  mirrly 

n  iinicurrt'Mt  obnerviilion  :  it  Mrvcn  to  tutcjiuu  I'ur  (niiiiiiuy  tluinai'N,  and  tiiiichy  tu  ;{in(lo  liio 

jmlt,'"!*'"'- 

Jr'rorn  April  iJH,  nt  10  A.  M.,  td  April  VJH,  nt  H  A.  M.,  we  kit  the  tcnipt  riitiirc  of  i|it>  h(  it  in  tlin 

jibimla  <it  Hablo,  Ironi  ID  tolH.     A;  .')  1'.  Al.  wo  mi' ilie  wiirin  inlliicniT  ol  llie  (Julf  .Stniini  Ironi  ti'J'^ 

to  (>l'\     At  lOl'.  M.  we  HL'f  tlicicniprriiiiirc  hflwitn  the  irillu(nL(  of  ilie  Hirriiin  in  ilnii  wiiicrimil 

till'  I'lmst  lit  .11 ',  whii'h  \n  nlMHii  ii  iiitiin  ht'twcrn  the  two;  then  Hianiling  oil'  slime,  at  1)  iho  next 

iiioriiiiiK,  •I'lth,  we  Hec  ihe  wiinii  iiilh.i'iice  ol  the  Mniiiii  ii:,'aiii. 

IC  tlie.Hc  ntripe«  ol' water  had  lieeii  disliii;,'iii(ilied  hy  the  colors  ol' w  hiie,  n  (I,  and  IjIiic,  could  they 

he  more  dixiinetly  dincoveruhlr  than  they  are  hy  tiio  coiiNlani  ii.-e  ol  ihe  ihernioiiMler  ? 

Ahout  'S.\  hour><  afterwards,  May  1,  at  M  A.  M.,  we  liiul  the  v\alt;r  eooiinjr,  and  in  .'<  hoiirn  iiiorr 

the  mercury  fulln  11'^  (Hi'.)      Here  no  lioitoni  could  he  found  hy  tin   h  ad  ;  and  iheie  was  |iroliuhly 

nn  inland  of  ice,  ohfciired  hy  fo>,'.     [Let  it  he  reincnihered,  iliii'  the  coldness  of  ice  coiideuse«  iho 

atmosphere,  and  of  course  the  coii-rcpience  must  he  fotr.]     I'lis.^i.-iir  ihisiil  'i  V,  !\1,,  ilie  ihi  rinoine. 

ter  rose  to  .I  I'',  but  in  one  hour  more  it  fell  to  W^  a'fnin  ;  iind  an  island  of  ice  a|ipcared  at  the  (lis- 

tnnce  of  7  niiles.     Let  naviuniors  rilleci  on  this,  and  say  ihal  a  sudden  fall  of  Ii"  in  this  part  of  tlio 

ocean,  ouj;ht  to  induce  lliein  to  haul  to  the  s<iuiliwnrd,  and  keep  a  _;ood  lookout.     I'Voni  May  1,  at 

11  A.  .M.,  to  the  next  niornini,'  at  I  A.  M.,  we  see  the  uradual  ehnii^'es  as  the  ship  passes  the  iceniid 

.,    comes  a^'iiin  into  ocean  watiT  (.IW'';)   hut  in  x!  hours  more  the  ship  is  in  the  wnriii  iiUluence  of  ihu 

I    stream  a;,'aiii,  and  the  meieiiry  rises  III'-  (tiO  .)     i^lie  proceeds  in  ii  nearly  re;;iihii'  dcffree  ol  heat 

■*    duriiif,'  17  hours,  till  at  ti  1'.  M.  the  \.aier  h'tjins  uLraiii  lo  cool,  fallini.'  to  ,'iti'  at  iiiidiiit(lii.     Here  was 

no  hottoiii  in  HI)  fuihoms.     May  !hl,  at  I  A.  M.,  the  water  was  at  i.'l  ,  .>i,ll  no  lintioi.i  m  Mil  fatlioinH. 

Now,  from  past  experience,  we  musi  say,  here  is  an  island  of  ice  in  a  liss  distance  than  7  iiiilefi, 

lieeuuse  at  that  distance  the  water  was  ■Hi'-'.      When  day  appears,  helujld  an  enonnoiiij  island  of 

ice  abreast,  10(1  yards,  and  the  heat  of  the  water  reduced  to  '.M^ !  A  question  now  occurs  :  Jl-id  not 

the  thermometer  been  thus  used,  had  it  not  been  continued  diniiij,'  the  iii^'hl,  what  would  have  been 

the  fate  of  the  ship  .'    Let  the  recollection  of  the  niiserahle  faie  of  the  ship  *.lupitcr,  he  an  iinpres. 

sue  answer;  and  let  it  he  laid  down  as  a  luariliine  axiom,  that  want  ol  caiiiion,  or  ifjnorancc,  can 

alone  cause  such  accidents  in  future.  JON  A.  WILLIAMS. 


'Te.mprralure  oj  the  air  and  water  on  ii  ixiaxnirr  frmn  New  York  In  hrlninl,  Mtirrh,  181G,  ;/j  the 
ship  lirand   Turk,  Juhn  (Jurltoii,  t'lmiinnittlvr. 


Marcli  7 
H 
9 
10 
11 
\-2 
1.3 
11 
1.-) 

Hi 

17 
18 
19 
i>0 

ai 

22 

as 

ai 

25 
2(5 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 


April 


Air,  noon.        Water. 


Lut.  N. 


41  I.') 
4))  00 
47  00 
.Iti  .'10 
(il  00 
.lli  00 
41  00 
58  00 

47  00 
52  00 
5t!  30 
51  00 


52  30 

47  00 

48  00 
48  00 
48  00 
45  00 
48  00 

48  00 

49  00 
49  08 


t  West  of  the  Bank. 


08  30 

(III  00 

(i5  00 

(il  (10 

K")!l  ;)o 


m:i 
hi 


(III 

00 
30 

57  00 
57  00 
5(i  00 
54  00 


50  00 

48  00 

50  00 
50  00 
50  00 
50  00 
50  00 
50  00 
.ID  00 
50  00 


39 
39 

10 
40 


8N. 
3(1 

3(J 
12 


42  00 
42  25 
42  25 

4.3  44 

44  22 

45  43 

4G  4G 


49 
5L 


11 


24 


15 
15 


51 
51 
.50  50 

50  44 

51  17 
50  30 

49  54 

50  18 

X  On  the  Bank. 


Long.  W.        Wind. 


N.  in  the  (lulf. 

N.     do. 

S.  and  W.  do. 

N.     do. 

W. 

8.  W. 

N.  E. 

IS.  and  W. 

S.  and  W. 
S.  and  W. 
S.  and  W. 

fS.  and  K. 


21  57       W. 

18  13       S.  and  E. 

E. 

N. and  E. 

N.  W. 

s.w. 

E. 

E. 

10  4(;       N.  E. 
10  23       N.E. 

§  East  of  the  Bank. 


Ill 

3(; 

59 

(13 

51 

1 1 

.5-f 

17 

49 

.-)! 

47 

01 

45  42 

39 

27 

37 

15 

3,3 

It 

31 

.33 

17 
15 
12 

10 

10 

9 


55 
41 
24 
24 
13 


•  Captain  Law's  protest,  eontainin;,'  the  particuhira  of  the  distressing  circumstance  of  tliis  ship, 
«tate», "  April  6,  in  lat.  44°  20',  long.  49°,  at  8  A.  M.,  saw  several  pieces  of  broken  ice,  from  which 


OGl 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Off-Selfrum  the  Gulf  Sream. 

Vnm\  llic  supciior  cleviiiiiiii  of  tlin  (iiilf  .Stream,  its  water,  about  the  15ali;iiii;is,  i,,,. 
pears  to  liavt;  a  dfilivity  or  ifiiileiicy  to  tlie  eastward  ;  and  tliere  is  reason  to  bflit\o 
that  an  oll'-scl  of  llic  Stream,  I'roiri  willioiit  the  Maternillo  Hank,  sets,  if  not  ;^eneiHllv 
very  lre(]uently,  to  the  casiwanl  and  .S.  E.  Witli  tlie  usual  set  of  the  currents,  alonyil,, 
eastern  ran^e  of  tlie  Dahama  Islands,  we  are  not  ..ccuralely  ac((uainte(l ;  but,  Mitli;i.\ 
\V.  wind,  uc  hav','  no  doul)t  that  it  is  in  a  S.  K.  dirt'(;tioti,  '''lie  Knropa,  a  ship  ofwi, 
returning;  to  Jamaica,  h\  this  passaj;c,  from  a  cruise  ol''  Havana,  in  17- ~,  stcer»'(l  cj,' 
on  the  parallel  of  .io  N.  with  a  westerly  wind,  until  the  rn.i  was  supiwsed  to  have  broii;-!!- 
her  on  the  meriilian  of  Turk's  Islands,  by  which  it  was  intended  to  pass  soutiiwani,  Im' 
an  ctislcrlji  current  had  swept  her  aloiiij  as  hij;h  as  that  of  the  Mona  Passage.  Ciipiii-r, 
Maiiderson,  of  the  Koyal  Navv,  who  fust  noticed  this  event,  observes,  "  if  it  werr  i.iii> 
ascertained  that  a  current  was  coumion  in  that  |)art  of  the  ocean,  mi;^ht  it  iiot  be  f;n  r. 
able  for  vessels  bouinl  from  .lamaica  to  the  Catibbee  Islands,  especially  i;  the  suiiiii,fr 
months,  durins;  the  prevaletu'c  of  the  sea  bree/.es?" 

"The  ship  Fame,  t'aptain.i.  W.  iMonleath,  a  jiood  lunarian,  assures  me, "  says  Can. 
tain  Livingston,  "tliat  he  had  been  carried  three  dej;;'„es  and  upwards  to  the  eaMu;;; 
between  the  time  of  his  departure  from  the  American  coast  and  makinj;  the  WiiicUir, 
Passages;  but  this  may  have  been  partly  oc(;asioiied  by  the  (iiill' Stream,  wliicli  liium 
liave  crossed  loo  olili(|uely  in  proceedim:  from  Norlolk."  The  h'ame  above  inetiiii,|„; 
was  bound  IVoiti  Nmlolk,  in  \'iri:inia,  to  Kiii^stoii,  .lamaica,  in  May,  IHlb;  and  iiur,!, 
of  thirteen  days,  uiilil  in  the  latitude  of  'J'J  ',  and  longitude  ()1°,  it  was  found  that  lliiiir. 
rent  had  set  the  vessel  ;;     1(1'  K. 

"(laptain  llall,  in  the  Mrii-;  Lowland  Lass,  pas.sed  to  windward  of  Porto  Kico,  HJiet 
lie  tliou<;ht  that  he  had  run  through  the  .Mom"  I'assaj^e.  C'aptain  I'attersoii,  of  tliibn, 
Clyde,  as  1  am  informed,  passed  down  the  Aiu-gada  Passage,  when  he  intended  lu  liai- 
made  the  Mona. 

(Japt.  Ivomaus,  before  (pioted,  says,  "  within  tlie  ed]t!P  of  the  Stream  is  a  smooilieiljv, 
gradu  dly  changin;;,  as  it  approaches  JIawke  (.'haiinel  and  its  Islaiuls,  from  the  Siifnni. 
deep  blue  to  a  IxMutiful  sea  j;reen,  and  at  last  into  a  milk-wliite.  The  soun(liti:;s. iii;i|(r 
■  the  blue  colored  water,  aie  generally  on  a  (ice  white  marl  ;  under  the  sea  green,  mi  ih. 
said  marl,  you  meet  w  ith  sponge,  white  coral,  sea-feathers,  turtle-grass,  and  son.dmic.; 
banks  of  rucks;  and  under  the  white  coioreci  water,  the  soundings  are  on  wliin' im;iiI, 
with  bank  or  rocks,  or  white  sand.  The  eddy  takes  its  current  in  an  opposite  (iirecimn 
from  that  nt'  the  contiguous  stream,  vi/,.  sonth-westwardly." 

The  soundings  ol'  the  e(|dy.  |)rovided  no  reef  be  in  tin'  way  between  the  ."'•ti(  in:  jinl 
tlie  Hawke  ("haiiuel,  run  from  "Jd  fathoms  to  '2\  ;  and  when  tlie  reef  ilivi<les  tlic  Siiciin 
and  the  Hawk-  (,'liarmel.  the  soundings,  in  sinne  places,  are  from  l)ott()ndess  ;it  (niu' m 
12  or  11  fathoms.     Ilawke  ("hamiel  is  the  channel  between  Florida  Reef  and  kcvs. 

"In  a.ldition  to  the  ai)ove  notices,  1  have  l)een  assured,  by  an  intelli;ient  Spatii<hirir 
gator,  that,  about  thirty  years  since,  vessels  bound  from  Havana  to  Kurojie,  usid  ^iinr- 
ally  to  cut  oil'  three  degrees  of'  longitude  I'roiii  tlii'ir  reckoning,  on  a( coimt  of  thi^-ei. 
which  he  said,  was  considered  then  as  certainly  existing.  At  that  tiiiu;  the  cliiirls  wire 
about  a  degrees  wrong,  which  would  reduce  tlie  Spaniard's  allowance  to  tv  k  (Ipgim, 
or  thereabout. 


at  11  tbe  same  diiy,  we  fiijipcised  ourselves  entirely  clear,  and  steeriiii;  \V.  by  N.,  W.,  E.  \.  K  . 
foggy  wcntber.  At  2  P.  .M.  I)eu;an  to  diseover  islands  of  ice  iif,Min,  niul  at  W  oVloek  .«.iw  ii . 
field  abead,  vvliicli  apiie.ncd  to  have  no  ojieninji;.  AVe  llieii  wore  sliip,  and  kepi  otl  to  the  ?i 
■ward  and  enstward,  contiiniaily  passing  small  islands  of  ice,  until  five  P.  M.,  when  we  liiiinil 
ice  ex'rtiding  so  far  to  norlli  and  south  dial  we  could  not  clear  it.  We  then  hove  aiioiil  and  sinii' 
to  the  .lortbwaid  among  the  broken  ire,  till  night  came  on,  and  no  iirnspeet  of  ireiiing  clear.  V 
hove  to  under  three  luptnils  dniibie  reeled,  in  hopes  tu  liav(^  sullicieiit  drift  to  kiep  clear  nf  iIk  : 
of  ice  to  Jetnvard,  until  dayliirhi,  but  found  at  ahdui  1 1  we  were  dritiintr  fast  upon  a  large  tli  Id, 
were  obliged  lowcursbip  and  liaid  U\  the  snulliwiird  under  ea.sy  spil,  liililiig  and  hcjuiiig  .'i":i 
the  broken  ice  as  occasion  reipiired,  until  baif  |iast  V-l,  when  we  struck  a  small  piece,  whir 
found  had  gone  thmugli  the  starboard  Imw. 

"  Captain  Law  wouhl  reeouniiend  loany  vessel  bound  to  Europe,  noi  lo  go  to  the  north  ni  l:i' 
as  the  information  of  Capiaiti  Gniner  in  the  schooner  ihiit  relieved  him,  bad  been  as  far  ; 
soiuhward  as  41^'  .10',  and  coi^Id  see  no  soiitliern  terminiition." 

By  u  reference  to  the  journal  of  Capl.  t'arllon,  who  ranks  with  the  first   navigators  ol  lln'  "i.' 
and  an  ornanicnt  of  the  I'.  S.  Navy,  the  iiii|H)rtanc(;  of  the  iniirine  iherniometer  is  lully  illnsira 
On  the  Kllb  the  shij)  crossed   the   baid<,  at  wimh  time  the  temperature  of  the  water  wii."  li   I' 
colder  than  the  previous  and  rullowing  diivs.     A  particular  use  nl'  this  instniini  'U,  as  voii  apiT'." 
the  coast,  will  unqucstion^ibly  point  out  the  soundings,  and  render  useful  services  to  the  iiavigau'i 


I 


"Tlie.'p  notice: 

tbf^  northward  o( 

slii))  I'roiii  the  Ha 

fullow  my  own  pi; 

the  aid  of  this  oli- 

in  tbR  southern  p 

and  I  know  that  i 

it  Ims  been  foil 

N.  \V.  IbO  leagn 

li  miles  per  day, ' 

the  current  was  t 

wliicli  continued  i 

ward  anil  vvestwar 

land.     This  (;urri 

more  probably  a  i 

accoriling  to  the  ( 

It  has  also  beer 

sets  in  liii;li  latitin 

at  the  rate  of  a  h;i 

An  experienced 

I  maile,  dtirin,'  liv 

rent  to  the  soutluv 

it  gtmerally  prevai 

lo  that  of  G'J^.      A 

longitude,  found  ; 

Ktirope,  bound  to 

of  latitude  37",  or 

westward  of  the  B 

against  the  wind  t 

Upon  siiuixfinsi 

New  Vork,   the  e 

flnenceil  by  the  w 

a  slow  current  of 

prev.iil.  the  curren 

tlie  pilots  of  this  C( 

hapiien,  yet  they 

frei|iieiit.     It  is  pre 

near  the  eni ranee 

N.  K.  In  th  ■  imi 

in  the  latitude  of 

gins  to  color  ol   a 

current  from  the  < 


»  Captain  Thomai 
ward  li)4  miles,  in  I 
7!)J  :>\)  W.  To  the 
2j',  the  current  was 

Oil  the  Illih  Febri 
Maternillo  Bank,  nii 
28' 7'  N.,  and  76^.') 
lore,  evidently  in  tli( 

la  proceeding  oil' 
the  northward  of  the 
nier  diaii  of  57  J,  unti 
3J3o'  K. 

(j.ipt.  Haniliii,  in  t 
current  weslerlv,  froi 
gale,  from  the  28:li  ti 
which,  to  (he  eastwa 
ward.  The  ship  pas 
apparently  the  '  !idf 
Rlill  lindiiig  a  strong 
Bank  of  .Sable  Islam: 

The  brig  afterwan 
f23  W.  found  a  sligl 
ridian  of  64°,  had  c 
current  to  the  wcstw 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


GG5 


15iili;iiii;is,  ;n. 

ISO II    to  btlun,. 

not  ^^uiifnlK, 

■eiits,  illoilytllr 

but,  \viili;,_\ 
:>  sliip  oIh;i, 
7,  stceie(l  CK 
o  have  bioii;'!)' 
^mitliwiinl,  liii- 

i«ge.         ('apt;,,; 

il  it  were  (.r,,> 
it  iiot  bi'  I'm  r. 
h  the  suiiiiNT 

le, "  siiys  (',..,. 
I)  the  eiisiw,;| 
the  Wiiiilui;, 
,  whicil  Ileum 
mvo  mfniini,..i, 
'•;  'and  iiiirvi 
1(1  that  iIkm.,;. 

rto  Rifo,  «!iei: 
son,  oCtlii'iiii, 
tended  ut  ki- 

a  snirxiili  eiliiv, 
in  the  Sii(;iiii\ 
nmhiiLis.  iii,,iir 
x  ji,'recii,  1)11  tliv 
nid  son.ctmies 
jn  wliiie  iiiiiH, 
(osite  (lireniun 


iifi^pep  notices  tend  to  prove  that  an  easterly  ofl'-srt.  from  the  finlf  Stream,  sets  to 
the  iiorilnvard  of  the  IJahainas ;  of  this  I  am  so  firmly  convinced,  ili;it  if,  in  charfjc  of  a 
shii)  from  the  Havana,  or  even  New-Orleans,  bound  to  Jamaica,  I  should,  if  allowed  to 
t"i)llo.v  my  own  plan,  run  out  the  Strait  of  Florida,  and  attempt  niakin«;  my  pa.ssaj^e  with 
the  ,iid  of  this  oil-set.  This  is  to  he  understood  in  case  I  should  not  have  westerly  winds 
III  the  sonthern  parallels;  for  such  winds  are,  I  am  told,  more  frequent  than  formerly; 
and  i  know  that  they  are  l»y     t  means  of  rare  occurrence  on  the  S.  W.  of  Cuba."* 

It  has  been  found  that  when  (Jape  Henry,  (the  south  point  of  the  Cliesa|)eake,)  bore 
N.  W.  IbO  leagues  distant,  a  current  was  settinti  to  the  southward,  at  the  rate  of  10  or 
12  miles  per  day,  which  so  continued  until  Cape  Henry  bore  W.  N.  W.  H'lor'JO  leaf^ues  ; 
the  current  was  then  found  settinfi!  to  the  N.  E.  at  the  rate  of  ,'i:$  or  ,'54  miles  per  day, 
which  continued  until  within  :\2  or  .'iO  leagues  of  the  land  ;  then  a  current  set  to  the  uoulh- 
ward  and  westward,  at  the  rate  of  10  or  15  miles  jvm-  day,  to  within  1-J  or  15  miles  of  tho 
land.  This  current,  which  is  considered  as  the  -ddy  of  the  (iulf  Stream,  (but  which  is 
more  probably  a  continuation  of  the  Labrador  current,)  sets,  more  or  less,  to  the  S.  W. 
accorilinE;  to  "the  fijjure  «if  the  coast. 

It  has  also  been  observed  by  others,  that  a  southern  and  western  current  constantly 
■its  ill  hi;;h  latitudes  between  the  (hilf  Stream  and  coast,  more  particularly  in  soundings, 
ai  the  rate  of  a  half  mile  an  hour,  or  more,  according;  to  ilie  wind. 

Anexjierienced  officer  of  the  navy,  before  quoted,  has  said,  that  "  In  all  the  observations 
I  inadi',  diuiii,'  live  years  criiisins;  on  the  A  'lerican  coast,  1  never  foiiml  this  eastern  cur- 
rent to  the  southward  of  latitude  ;il<^,  and  only  once,  (ihe  above-mentioned  time,)  so  far; 
it  uenerally  pievailini;  between  the  latitudes  of  .'J7 ^  and  40^,  from  the  loi.L'iiude  of  60° 
Id  that  of  O'J^.  And  I  have  often,  about  the  latitude  of  .'50'  or  37°,  and  about  the  above 
b)n!,'ilii(h',  found  a  stroiif;  current  to  the  south,  and  south-west.  Therefore  Khi|)s  from 
Kuroj)",  bound  to  America,  should  endeavor  to  make  the  passage  either  to  the  southward 
of  latitude  37",  or  to  the  northward  of  latitude  40^ :  that  is  to  say,  when  as  far.  or  to  the 
westward  of  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland,  they  tjiould,  as  much  as  possible,  avoid  beating 
against  the  wind  to  the  westward,  between  the  latitudes  of  .37'  and  40". 

rpnn  .si)Uii(/in!>s,  along  the  coasts  of  (ieorgia  Carolina,  Virginia,  New  .Jersey,  and 
New  Vo.'k,  the  current  runs,  in  general,  parallel  to  the  shore;  and  is,  in  general,  in- 
(liiciiced  by  the  wind,  which  mostly  prevails  from  between  the  south  and  west,  produciiig- 
a  slow  current  of  aliout  one  or  a  half  knot  to  the  N.  K.;  but  when  the  N.  and  E.  winds 
|)rfvail.  the  current  along  shore  to  the  souii.-west  will  fre(|uently  run  two  knots;  on  which, 
the  pilots  of  this  coast  remark,  that  the  south  and  S.  W.  currents  tliouiiii  they  but  seldom 
happen,  yet  thev  are  always  stronger  than  those  to  the  iHirtliwaid,  whi(li  are  more 
frcipient.  It  is  proliable  the  tides  may  have  some  inllucnce  on  these  ciirreiiis.  particulaily 
near  the  enirance  of  the  great  bays  and  inlets.  The  (lood  on  this  coast  nmies  Irom  the 
N.  H.  In  th'  months  of  April  and  Alay  1  have  observed,  on  crossin'/  the  (Jiilf  .Stream, 
in  the  laiilude  of  (.'a|)e  Henry,  that,  when  near  the  inside  of  the  Stream,  the  water  bo- 
gins  to  color  ot  a  deeper  green:  and  thence  to  the  eiiue  of  soundings  there  is  a  strong 
current  from  the  eastward.      The  color  of  the  water  from  green,  turns  to  muddy  when 


*  Captain  Thomas  Hamlin,  in  ihe  brifj  Rpcnvrry.  then  in  the  Gulf  Stream,  was  set  to  the  nor  h- 
ward  lil4  miles,  in  ilie  24  hours  of  the  2  lih  March,  IH'.'i).  The  ship's  pliico,  at  Dmtn,  28^  4'  N., 
7!)J  .)!)  W.  To  tlic  iKirth-i'iistward,  on  tiic  ik^xi  day.  wiihoiit  the  .Sircaiii  in  lai.  29-'  35',  Jong.  77^ 
2j',  liio  current  was  I'liuiul  to  liavo  set  only  1 1  niilcs  norlli,  but  cojisidcrai)iy  niorr  to  the  enstwaid. 

On  the  Itiih  February,  1818,  tlie  ship  Mars,  under  the  same  coiniiuiiuJer,  was  at  the  back  of  tho 
Matcruillo  Hank,  and  no  northerly  current  wsis  tbuiid  ;  and  nearly  two  degrees  farlhrr  castsvnrd,in 
2S'  7'  N.,  and  76  J  53'  \V.  ihv.  current,  in  24  hours,  had  set  3'  S.  and  14'  E.  The  ship  was,  there, 
fore,  evidently  in  the  off.srt  from  the  Gulf  .'^Ireain. 

Ill  proceeding  onward,  towards  Ireland,  in  March,  Capi.  IlaiiiJin  pasFcd  nbeut  four  deirrers  to 
the  northward  of  the  A/ores,  and  was  favored  by  an  imsterly  current  from  the  parallel  of  3.5^^,  and 
nier'dian  of  57^,  until  he  reached  the  Sailers,  on  ihc  S.  E.  coast,  where  his  dilTeronces  amounted  to 
3^3,i'  R. 

Capt.  Hamlin,  in  the  Recovery,  on  his  passaife  outward  tri  Ilalifiix,  September,  1819,  found  the 
current  wesierlv,  from  45'  to  3  )'  jier  day,  betwciMi  the  parallels  of  51^'  iind  40^,  long,  29^  to  37^.  A 
gale,  trom  lhe28;h  to  the  3  lib  Sept.  disturlnd  the  ship's  course  in  about  4;P  N.  and  41'^  W.  after 
whicli,  to  i.liu  eastward  of  the  Newfoundland  IJank,  tl  e  current  was  found  to  set  strongly  to  the  east, 
ward.  Tho  ship  imssed  over  liii!  hank  in  the  jiarallel  of  43-' :  tho  current  still  strong  to  the  etistward  ; 
apparently  the  Gulf  Stream.  The  Recovery  ihenc  proceeded  to  the  southern  edge  of  liaiuiuereau, 
still  lindint;  a  strong  easterly  current,  but  with  diininisbcd  sirengtb,  whicli  continued  iliencu  to  the 
Bank  of  Sahle  Island. 

The  brig  afterwards  proceeded  from  Halifax  to  Jamaica  ;  and  on  the  22d  of  Nov.  1819,  in  40°  N. 
62^  W.  found  a  slight  current  to  the  southward  ;  which,  in  the  parallel  of  2t)'^  to  23^,  near  the  me- 
ridian of  64°,  had  changed  to  the  eastward  ;  but,  on  approachiujj  the  Silver  Key  Passage,  a  slight 
current  to  the  westward  appeared  to  prevail. 

84 


666 


BLUNT  3  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


on  soundings,  the  current  still  continiiinjEj  until  within  the  inflnpiicp  of  tlir  tide;;  ]},j, 
eastern  current  is.  no  doubt,  occasioned  by  the  discharge  of  water  out  of  t!ie  ( 'bt'sjippnj,,, 
by  the  floods  from  the  snow  nipltinu;  in  the  country;  and  it  prevails,  in  sotiip  (|,.j,f,^' 
throughout  the  year,  l)ut  its  ellect  is  tireatcr  at  this  time.  It  is  probaiilc  that  a  siiijii;,J 
current  prevails  oil  the  mouth  of  the  Diiawaie. 

Round  the  east  end  of  Long  Islaiiil,  and  thence  to  the  eastward  round  N;intiirUt 
Shoals,  across  George's  IJank,  to  Ca|)e  Sable,  a  strong  tide  runs;  the  Hood  setting  to  it, 
north  and  west,  in  order  to  fill  up  the  bays,  rivers,  anri  inlets,  and  the  ebb  the  cumriirv 
The  tides  that  set  across  (Jeorge's  iJank  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  arc  very  much  intinrniH 
by  the  winds.  ])articularly  if  after  a  strong  .S.  or  S.  K.  wind,  it  slmuld  suddeniv  climii.* 
to  W.  or  N.  W.  (circumstances  that  often  lia])|;en,)  shiiH  will  then  find  iheniscKesdriiii,) 
by  the  outset  50  or  (A)  miles  in  the  'J4  hours,  or  more,  to  the  8.  K.  The  indraugLiij 
also  great  with  S.  or  8.  E.  v  :nds,  which  ought  to  be  jiaid  particular  altt'iition  to. 

llpou  the  Nova  Scotia  coa^^^t  the  currents  run  parallel  to  the  shore,  bm  more  Ircmif-f 
from  the  eastward  than  from  tin;  westward,  partictilailj  in  the  s[)ring  :  ilie  siiniii.  v 
winds  force  them  upon  the  shore  by  the  water  riimiiiig  in.  to  fdl  up  the  bays  and  JnlnJ. 
and  the  N.  and  N.  W.  winds  have  the  same  eflect  iii  forcing  them  olVsliorc.  A  re'ulir 
tide  here  runs  along  shore;  the  Hood  from  E.  N.  E. 


Remarks  on  tJu  foregoing,  and  on  the  Gmcral  Charnrter  oj  the  Tiorth  Atlantic  Curmu 

by  IV.  C.  Red  field. 

It  appears  from  the  foregoing  observations,  that  immediately  contiguous  to  the  kr- 
ders  of  the  (iulf  Stream,  on  the  coast  of  the  L'nited  .States,  a  moderate  current  Kpw. 
rally  found  setting  to  the  southward  and  westward,  or  in  the  direction  which  is  o|)|iii>i;e 
to  the  Stream,  and  parallel  to  the  American  coast.  By  a  familiar  association.  iIim, 
styled,  by  all  the  fore-mentioned  observers,  as  an  eddij  current  ;  but  we  shall  pnilutv 
find,  on  more  ])articular  inquiry,  that  it  has  little  or  no  claim  to  this  characirr.  A'l 
eddy,  as  is  well  known,  is  usually  caused  by  some  fixed  obstacle  ojiposed  to  a  sircan,, 
and  is  nearly  circular  in  its  action.  Moreover,  it  derives  its  waters  directly  (ioni  ile 
parent  stream,  and  necessarily  partakes  of  the  same  temperature.  I  must,  thinibrc, 
dissent  from  the  views  of  those  persons  who  refer  this  current  to  the  •'ddying  luiionol 
the  Gulf  Stream,  for  these  reasons: 

1st.  Because  this  current,  in  open  sea,  nowhere  assumes  the  form  of  an  eddv.  hiii, 
when  unobstructed  by  violent  winds,  |)ursues  its  course  towards  the  south-west, una 
line  which  is  parallel  to  the  general  directicm  of  the  coast. 

2d.  Because,  on  the  outward  edge  of  the  (Jiilf  .Stream  at  least,  there  are  no  ohsiadcs 
presented  which  could  divert  tlie  progress  of  that  portion  of  the  Stream,  and  circurascnbe 
the  saiue  in  eddies. 

3d.  Because,  if  this  current  was  derived  from  the  fJulf  Stream,  it  must  ntcfsMriiv 
partake  of  its  temperature  ;  but  the  sudden  reduction  of  tem|)erature  on  lenviim  tlio 
margin  of  the  (!ulf  Stream  is  most  remarkable,  and  is  almost  unparalleled,  except  in liie 
immediate  vicinity  of  ice. 

We  shall  in  vain  attempt  to  explain  this  extraordinary  change  of  temperature  liv  the 
proximity  of  shallows  or  soundings,  for  this  cannot  avail  if  the  water  itself  he  denved 
from  the  Gulf  current,  to  say  nothing  here  of  the  general  unsoundness  of  this  ex|il;inalioii. 

I  Lave  long  since  become  satisfied  that  the  curriMit  in  (|uestion  is  neither  mori'  rinrlcs! 
than  a  direct  continuation  of  tlie  polar  or  Labrador  current,  which  bears  sniiih«;ii(i  ilie 
great  stream  of  drift  ice  from  Davis'  Strait,  and  which,  in  its  progress  to  the  lower  I  iii- 
4  tudes,  is  kept  in  constant  proximity  to  the  American  coast  by  the  same  dynaniiriillm 
or  influence,  which,  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  causes  all  currents  which  |i;issiii; 
southerly  direction  to  incline  to  the  westward,  in  consequence  o(  the  increasing  rdialu' 
Telocity  of  the  earth's  surface  in  tlie  opposite  direction,  as  in  the  case  of  the  trade  wiiiu 
in  the  'ower  latitudes. 

In  ci)llating  the  observations  of  various  navigators,  we  find  reason  to  conclinle  tli;;, 
in  ordinary  states  of  weather,  this  current  may  be  traced  from  the  coast  of  .N'ewroiii-- 
land  to  Gape  Hatteras,  and,  j)erliaps,  to  Florida,  the  reflux  influence  which  fullon'J 
violent  gale  being  of  short  duration. 

According  to  this  view  of  the  case,  tlie  Gulf  Stream,  in  its  course  from  FInriihio 
the  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  is  for  the  most  jiart  imbedded  or  stratiliid  upon  a  ciirrpiit 
which  is  setting  in  the  opposite  direction  in  its  progress  from  the  polar  regions.  The 
impulses  by  which  these  diverse  currents  are  maintained,  being  as  permanent  and  un- 
changing as  the  diurnal  rotation  of  our  planet,  their  opposite  courses  on  this  coast,  nlnle 
ia  contact  with  each  other,  are  no  more  surprising  or  incxplicuble  than  those  of  two  op- 


posite currents  of 

ses  lor  a  long  peri 

From  the  fact  t 

oilier  ill  the  polar 

inoinftcr ;  and  wit 

teimiiiod  with  gr 

between  Nantuck- 

rontriliute  sometl 

itirations  are  reipi 

It  is  (lesiral)lp,  tli« 

and  record  bis  ob.' 

The  drift  ice  fn 

North   Ailanlic   ( 

writer  in  the  Lon 

after  bearing  llio  i 

becomes  exiiaiisli 

is  undoiibloilly  ill 

tirand  Maiik  ilsell 

jiroccss  during  a  I 

ter  ill  IK)  otlipr  in; 

bosom,  the  order  n 

perafiire.    The  ici 

after  the  latter  hai 

by  the   tepid   wate 

olistriictioiis   whic 

These  Hvo  stream 

but  like  other  cii 

course,  the  (iulf ." 

a((|iiired  in  latitiu 

along  the  shoals 

depths,  liy  the  tar 

The  writer  abo\ 

Davis'  Strait,  to  b 

to  tlie  elfi'ct  of  th 

drifts  which  are  Ix 

spite  of  the   powe 

however,  like  bott 

yield  greatly  to  tl 

the  (iiilf  Stream   \ 

Europe,  where  a  I 

tlie  coast  of  Ndrvv 

The  south-easterl 

gravitation,  bv  tlir 

merges  in  the   Fli 

subordinate  gyrati 

system  of  oceanic 

wholly  unfelt  upoi 

taiiied,  in  all  its  es 

coiniiined  with  an 

From  the  tempr 

in  some  other  posil 

ture  of  the  sea  is  1 

satisfactorily  for  si 

deed  been  ascribei 

that  siudi  radialioi 

the  colder  partich 

how  the  supposed 

temperature  of  a  c 

source  ;  for  on  no 

Were  it  otherwise 

in  winter,  and  an  i 

I  tropical  latitudes. 

work,  who  has  ke[ 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


e67 


antic  Curmu, 


>IIS  to  tiK'  Ik:- 

urrcnt  is  unc- 
ich  is  o))|iii>i!e 
iciiilion.  iliiMs 

:li;ir;i(:ifr.  An 
eil  to  a  sircsiii, 
•ctly  from  il.e 
ust,  thfrcl'ort', 
lying  :i(iionof 

fTii  eddy,  bm, 
lUlh-ncst,  ona 

rr  HO  ohstaflfs 
d  circuiiiscribe 

ist  necessarily 
HI  lt';lvill^  tlie 
I,  exec  jit  in  the 

lonitiirp  liv  ilie 
K'lf  l)P  ijpriveij 
iisex|il;iiinii(in. 
r  iiioic  ruirli-< 
soiith«;ini  ilie 
llie  louer  I  I;- 
(lyiiiuiiir.il  l,i» 
liicli  jiiiss  in: 
riisinjr  ro(;ilii' 
he  tnidcwiiii.! 

conrliide  lliii. 
of  Nt'ivl'diii'.- 
Iiieh  t'ullo»>J 

oin  FInriil.iin 
J  poll  ;i  fiirmii 
regions.  The 
luient  and  un-  j 
lis  coast,  while 
lose  of  two  op- 


no'ile  ciirronts  of  atmosphere,  and  the  latter  are  oHen  known  to  maintain  opposite  cour- 
ses tor  a  loiij  |)eriod  aiul  at  hi;ili  velocities,  while  tiiiis  su|)eriniposcd  one  upon  the  other. 
i'roiii  the  fact  that  tliose  j^n-at  currents  have  their  oriiL'iti,  one  in  (he  tropica!  and  the 
her  in  the  polar  seas,  tlicir  presence  can  be  nnlailinuly  identided  hy  means  of  the  tlier- 


01  . 

jnomi'ier;  and  with  the  aid  of  ijood  ciirononietiMs  ilieir  po-^ition  and  extent  may  be  de- 
termined with  greater  certainty  than  has  yet  been  done,  particularly  in  the  latitudes 
between  i\antiicket  and  Florida.  In  this  department  of  hydrology  every  navigator  may 
rontril)ate  soniething  of  value  to  his  profession  and  to  science,  for  which  no  other  qual- 
ifications are  re(piired  tiian  fre(|m!nt  observations  and  proper  attention  to  the  ship's  place. 
It  is  (lesirid)le,  tlierefore,  that  every  ship  master  wiio  traverses  this  region,  should  make 
and  record  his  observations  hourly  upon  these  currents. 

The  drift  ice  from  the  ptdar  l)asin  is  all  found  in  the  western  portion  of  the  Arctic  and 
North   Atbnlic   Oceans,  iiotwitlislandiiiK  tlie  inlluence  of  violent  westerly  winds.     A 


writer  in 


the  I. 


onilo 


II  Nautical  Magazine*  supposes  that  a  portion  of  the  polar  current, 


after  bearing  the  ice  along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  (Jrand  IJank  into  the  Atlantic,  there 
becomes  exhausted,  or  joins  liie  l''lori(';!  Stream.  Hy  its  action  the  great  stream  of  ice 
is  undoubtedly  thus  brought  within  the  dissolving  influence  of  the  (xuif  Stream,  and  the 
(irand  Maiik  itself,  perhaps,  owes  its  origin  to  the  deposits  which  have  resulted  from  this 
process  during  a  long  course  of  ages.  Hut  the  former  current  proiiably  "joins"  the  lat- 
ter in  no  other  manner  than  i)y  passing  under  the  same,  or  yicdding  it  a  |rassage  U[)on  its 
bosom,  the  order  of  super-piisition  i)eing  mainly  determined  by  the  great  diversity  of  tem- 
perature. The  iceberirs  being  tiius  carried  southward  by  the  deeper  ])nlar  current,  even 
after  the  latter  has  lost  its  induenceat  the  surface,  their  rapid  destruction  is  here  effected 
by  the  tejiid  water  of  the  (iulf  Stream,  and  we  are  thus  relieved  from  the  dangerous 
obstructions  which  would  otherwise  be  found  in  the  lower  latitudes  of  the  Atlantic. 
These  two  streams  of  current,  theretore,  neither  meet  nor  coalesce  in  any  proper  sense, 
but  like  other  currents,  both  atmos|)heric  and  aqueous,  pursue  each  its  determinate 
I'onrse,  the  (Iulf  Stream  being  thrown  eastward  l)y  the  greater  rotative  velocity  which  it 
ar(|uired  in  latitudes  nearer  the  equator,  and  the  polar  current  being  thrown  westward 
along  the  siioals  and  soundiuj;s  of  the  American  continent,  and  its  contiguous  ocean 
depths,  by  the  tardy  rotation  which  it  derived  in  higher  latitudes. 

The  writer  ai)ove  alluded  to,  sui)|)oscs  the  natural  course  of  the  polar  current  from 
i>avis'  Strait,  to  be  towards  the  coast  of  Moroceo,  in  North  Africa ;  but  a  little  attention 
til  the  -ilfi-ct  of  the  earth's  rotation  mi  this  current,  will  show  that  both  it  and  the  ice 
drifts  whieli  are  i)orne  on  its  surface  must  be  turned  westward  as  here  described,  in  de- 
s|)iie  of  the  powerfiil  westerly  gales  which  ])revail  in  these  latitudes.  Light  articles, 
however,  like  bottles,  which  are  set  afloat  to  (leterniinc  the  drift  of  currents,  will  not  only 
yield  greatly  to  the  influence  of  these  winds,  but  on  falling  into  the  surface  current  of 
the  (lulf  Stream  will,  of  course,  accompany  that  current  in  its  progress  to  the  coast  of 
Europe,  where  a  leading  brancli  of  this  siream  i-;  found  penetrating  the  polar  sea  along 
tlie  coast  of  Norway,  and  appears  to  be  ultimately  resolved  into  the  Labrador  current. 
The  south-easterly  branch  of  the  Stream  assumes  the  shorter  and  more  direct  circuit  of 
gravitation,  by  the  coast  of  North  Africa  to  the  tropical  latitudes,  from  whence  it  again 
merges  in  the  Florida  Stream.  If  is  by  this  system  of  compensation,  aided  by  various 
subordinate  gyrations,  such  for  instance  as  Keniiprs  currei.t,  that  the  great  mechanical 
system  of  oceanic  circulation  is  apparently  maintained  ;  and  were  the  influence  of  windff 
wholly  unfelt  upon  the  ocean,  it  is  probable  that  the  same  system  would  still  be  main- 
tained, in  all  its  essential  features,  by  the  mechanical  influences  of  the  earth's  rotation, 
combined  with  an  unstable  state  of  equilibrium. 

Frmn  the  tem|ieratiire  of  the  sea  upon  the  North  American  banks  and  soundings,  and 
in  some  other  positions  which  are  analogous,  it  has  been  assumed  that  the  mean  tempera- 
ture of  the  sea  is  lower  on  shoals  than  in  deep  water,  but  it  seems  difficult  to  acco-int 
satisfactorily  for  such  a  result,  unless  upon  the  ground  already  mentioned.  It  has  m- 
dced  been  ascribed  to  increased  radiation  from  the  bottom,  and  again  it  has  been  denied 
that  siudi  radiation  can  be  carried  on  through  water  from  a  non-luminous  body  ;  and,  as 
tlie  colder  particles  can  have  no  tendency  to  rise  towards  the  surface,  it  does  not  appear 
how  the  supimsed  reduction  in  the  temperature  of  the  bottom  can  materially  affect  the 
temperature  of  a  current  of  fifty  or  sixty  fathoms  in  depth,  which  is  derived  from  a  foreign 
source  ;  for  on  none  of  these  shoals  or  soundings  is  the  water  permanently  quiescent. 
Were  it  otherwise,  we  might  reasonably  expect  a  diminution  of  temperature  on  shoals 
in  winter,  and  an  increase  of  lemperalure  in  summer,  with  a  permanent  increase  if  in 
tropical  latitudes.  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  (4eo.  W.  Blunt,  one  of  the  proprietors  of  this 
work,  who  has  kept  a  thermometrical  journal  while  crossing  the  Atlantic,  that  on  enter- 


»  Nautical  Magazine  for  Miirch,  1837,  p.  139.     In  this  nrticle  it  \b  stated  that  between  42°  and 
43^  west,  is  tho  farthest  easterly  position  in  vehich  floating  masses  of  ice  have  been  found. 


C68 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ing  upon  sonndings  in  llie  Knglisli  Chiinnd,  he  has  found  an  inrrease  of  temppntiupin 
the  wiitPr  of  'J",  Fahreiilu'it.  Those  who  dilier  from  our  views  in  regard  to  these  (  uriinis 
ouji;ht  therefore  to  propose  some  rational  iiyjiothesis  to  account  for  the  preat  reiliur,, J 
of  temi)erature  in  tl)e  waters  wliicli  iav(!  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  L't)ited  Stales.  Wv,,, 
these  waters  derived  as  an  eddy  current  from  the  (Julf  .Stream,  it  is  |)rol)ahle  iliat  ii,y 
would  no  Ian4;er  serve  for  the  myriads  of  codfish  which  now  frequent  our  shores,  arH 
wliich  are  known  to  inhabit  the  c(ddest  waters. 

Many  exiieriments  ii|)on  tlie  drift  of  ctirrents  have  been  made  with  bottles  conlpinir) 
memorandums  of  tiie  date  and  locality  in  which  they  were  committed  to  the  sea.  Tlit-i^ 
experiments  are  not  without  their  value,  allhoutih  it  is  obvious  that  a  cirrnitous  cuuw 
is  liable  to  be  constriu'd  into  a  direct  one,  and  tluu  violent  winds  may  greatly  all'ect  ij,; 
course  of  such  objects  upon  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  while  an  important  diversionniiv 
result  from  a  mere  siiperlicial  cross  current,  as  we  liave  noti('c<l  in  the  case  of  ilie  (iij 
Stream.  Perhaps  tlu!  sus'pension  of  a  fmht  .veighl  to  these  floats,  with  a  line  ricniiif 
to  twenty  fathoms  in  length,  would  allbrd  results  of  a  more  satisfactory  ( liarnciei,  ,|. 
though  the  duration  of  such  pendulous  fixtures  can  linrdly  be  relied  on.  Ifliticdi, 
this  maimer  the  fact  should  be  noted  upon  the  memoranilum  inclosed,  which  skiij 
specify  also  the  length  of  line  which  may  be  atlachcd. 


TIDES. 


TIDE  is  a  periodical  motion  of  the  water  of  the  sea,  by  wliich  it  ebbs  and  (InwctBicp 
a  day.  The  (low  coiiliniies  about  6  hours,  during  which  the  water  gradually  rises  tiHn 
arrives  to  its  greatest  height;  then  it  bejiiiis  to  ebb  or  decrease,  and  continues  to  do-o 
for  about  6  more,  till  it  has  fallen  to  nearly  its  former  level  ;  then  the  flow  begins  ;is  L. 
fore.  When  the  water  has  allained  its  greatest  height,  it  is  said  to  je  high  water,  :i; ; 
wlienit  has  done  falling,  it  is  called  low  water. 

The  cause  ol'tlie  tides  is  supposed  to  be  the  unequal  attraction  of  the  sun  and  ii:(/(,i 
upon  different  parts  ol  the  earth.  For  they  attract  the  i)artst)f  the  earth's  surliKcmu- 
est  to  them,  with  a  ijieater  force  than  they  do  its  centre,  and  attract  ll;e  (  entre  nion  ilin 
tliey  do  the  opposite  surface.  To  restore  this  ecuiililiiiiim  the  waters  lake  a  s|i||r,i;„| 
figure,  whose  longer  axix  is  directed  towards  the  all  rac  ling  luniieaiy.  Ill  lie  iiki.  n  nii  v 
acted  upon  the  water,  the  time  ol  high  water  would  be  when  the  iiiO(;ii  was  ii|Liiil.e 
meridian,  above  or  below  the  horizon,  or  rather  at  an  hour  or  two  after,  (bc(aii,«niiie 
moon  eoniinues  to  act  with  considerable  lorce  for  some  time  after  p.assing  the  iiieiiiii.iM.) 
But  the  iiiiion  passes  the  Uk  ridiaii  about  I'lni.  I;,ler  eveiy  day  :  of  c(Jin>e.  if  >!;('  inly 
acted  on  the  tides,  they  would  be  retarded  every  lii.y  -l';m,  and  it  would  be  hij;li  unierai 
the  same  distance  from  her  passing  the  mt  ridian,  ajul  it  is  upon  this  princi|ilc  iLalilie 
time  of  liigh  water  is  calculated  in  most  books  of  navigation,  altliougli  the  tiiretliis 
calculated  will  sometimes  dill'er  an  liour  IVom  the  iiiiih,  o>>iimtotlie  negled  olilieilis- 
turbing  force  of  the  sun.  The  eli'eet  of  the  moon  upon  the  tides  is  greater  lliaii  lli;it(,f 
the  sun,  notw  itlistaiiding  the  (|iiantity  of  matter  in  the  hitler  is  va.^tly  greater  limn  inil.e 
former;  but  the  sun  being  at  a  nuudi  greater  distance  from  the  e.irtli  than  ilicnicdi, 
attracts  the  dilferent  parts  of  the  earth  with  neaily  tlie  same  force  ;  wlM-reas  the  niniin 
t;eing  at  a  much  less  distance,  attracts  the  diliereni  pails  ot'the  earlli  wiiii  very  ililleifiil 
forces.  According  to  the  latest  observations,  the  mean  lorce  of  the  sun  for  .'aisini:  il;e 
tides,  is  to  the  mean  force  of  the  moon  as  1  to  2,',.  Uy  the  combined  elifM't  ol'ihrseiiu 
forces,  the  tides  come  on  sooner  when  the  moon  is  in  her  fust  and  third  (piaru  is,  in: 
later  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters,  than  they  would  do  if  caused  only  by  ibrniiiei. 
attraction.  The  mean  (|iiaiitity  of  this  acceleration  and  retardation  is  given  intlR'Tul- 
B,  subjoined,  the  use  of  which  will  be  explained  liereafier. 

The  tides  are  greater  than  common  about  three  days  after  the  new  and  full  iimo': 
these  are  called  spring  tides.  And  the  tides  are  lower  than  common  about  three  il."- 
after  the  first  ai)il  last  (|uarters  .  these  are  called  the  iK.ap  tides.  In  the  I'oriner  rnseile 
sun  and  the  moon  conspire  to  raise  the  fide  in  the  same  idace,  but  in  the  latter  tlie 'ej 
raises  the  water  where  the  moo*;  depresses  it.  \\'hen  the  moon  is  in  l.er  perigee, ir 
nearest  approach  to  the  earth.,  the  tides  rise  higher  than  they  do,  under  the  saiiieiif- 
cumstances,  at  other  limes,  and  are  lowest  when  she  is  in  her  apogee,  or  fariliest  dis- 
tance from  the  earth.  Tl  e  spring  tides  are  greatest  about  the  time  of  the  eipiinnxb, 
in  March  and  September,  and  the  neap  tides  are  less.  All  these  things  woiiiil  obtain 
exactly,  were  the  whole  •••urface  of  tlie  earth  covered  with  sea;  but  the  iutciiupiioii» 


raiised  by  the  con 
rases.  A  small  in 
jjccause  the  actio 
such  seas.  In  ve 
Fill  in  rhc  obser 
and  full  moon  at  t 
Tlii'se  times  are  p 
onler  in  the  table, 
peniling  on  the  g 
tardc'l  every  day. 
wliich  reason  I  sh 
joined  tables  A  an 
water  may  be  obla 


Find  the  time  n 
ill  pay;e  dth  oltlic 
given  place,  in  tin 
be  apjilied  to  the 
loii<;itiide,  but  sub 
the  time  that  the 
Tabic  B,  and  take 
of  passing  the  inei 
to  the  direction  ol 

T  '  his  correcte 
will  be  the  lime  o 
day.  If  this  sum 
the  remainder  will 
if  it  exceed  'Mb.  4 
will  be  the  lime  of 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


6G9 


faused  by  the  continents,  islands,  shoals,  Arc,  entirely  alter  the  state  of  the  tides  in  many 
rases.  A  small  inland  sea,  such  as  the  3I('(iiteir;uiean  or  ]5alti<',  is  little  swlject  to  tides, 
bccanse  the  action  of  the  sum  and  iv.nun  is  aluavs  neaily  e(iiial  at  the  extremities  of 
siiih  seas.     In  very  hijih  latitudes  the  tides  are  inconsideral)le. 

From  rhc  observations  of  many  persons,  the  times  of  hit;h  water  on  tlie  days  of  new 
and  lull  moon  at  the  |)rin(i|>al  places  in  N'ortli  and  ."^outli  America,  have  i)een  collected. 
Thi'sR  times  are  put  in  a  table  against  the  names  of  the  places,  arranired  in  alphabetical 
order  in  the  table.  The  nu)st  common  rule  jirescribed  for  (indins;  liiijh  water  is  that  de- 
peniiltii;  on  the  golden  number  and  epact,  the  tide  bcinj;  supjjosed  to  be  unifoimly  re- 
tanlod  every  day.  This  method  will  sometimes  dilfer  two  hours  from  the  truili,  for 
wbicli  reason  1  shall  not  iiise.t  it.  but  shall  proceed  to  exidain  the  calculation  by  the  ad- 
joined tables  A  anil  1»,  and  the  Nautiial  Almanac,  by  means  of  which  the  time  of  hiph 
water  may  be  obtained  to  a  greater  degree  of  exactness  thim  from  our  conunon  almanacs. 

RULK. 

Find  the  time  of  the  moon's  eomina;  to  the  meridian  at  Greenwich  on  the  given  day, 
in  page  ()th  of  the  Naulicd  Almanac.  Jlnter  the  'J'able  A,  and  (ind  the  lontiilnde  of  the 
given  place,  in  the  left  hand  colunm.  corresponding  to  which  is  a  miniber  of  mmutes  to 
be  applied  lo  the  time  ot'  passiiii;  the  nu^ridian  at  (IretMiwich,  by  adding  when  in  west 
Ion<;ituile,  but  sul)tracting  when  in  east  longitude.  'J'lie  sum  or  difference  will  be  nearly 
the  time  that  the  moon  passes  the  meridian  of  the  given  place.  With  this  time  enter 
Table  B,  and  lake  out  the  corresponding  correction,  which  is  to  be  ap|)lie(l  to  the  time 
of  pas>;ing  the  meridian  of  the  place  of  observation,  by  adding  or  subtracti..g,  according 
to  tlie  direction  of  the  fable. 

T  bis  corre('ted  tinu' add  the  time  of  !'ull  sea  on  the  full  and  change  days.  The  sum 
will  be  the  time  of  high  water  at  the  given  place,  reckoning  from  the  noon  of  the  given 
day.  If  this  sum  be  greater  than  TJh.  'Jim.  you  must  subtract  I'Jh.  -Mm.  from  it,  and 
tlie  remainder  will  bo  the  time  of  liitrh  water  nearly,  reckoning  from  the  same  noon;  or 
it  it  exceed  'Mil.  4^m.  you  must  subtract  ^411.  -ISni.  from  that  sum,  and  the  remainder 
will  be  the  time  of  high  water,  reckoning  from  the  same  noon  nearly. 

EXAMPLE  L 

Re(|uired  the  titue  of  high  water  at  Charleston,  (S.  C.,)  March  17,  1820,  in  the  after- 
noon, civil  account. 

By  the  Nautical  Almanac  T  find  that  the  moon  passed  tlie  meridian  of  d'reenwieh  at 
2h.  ."Jim.  ;  to  this  I  add  11m.,  taken  from  Table  A,  corresponding  to  the  longitude  of 
Charleston.  With  the  sum  'Jh.  4-,'iii.  I  ent(>r  the  Table  H.  and  find  (by  taking  propor- 
tional parts)  that  the  correi  tion  is  l.")!!!.,  which  is  to  he  subttacted  frctiii  "Jh.  4'Jm.  (be- 
cause immediately  over  it  in  the  table  it  is  marked  8ub.  ;)  to  the  remainder,  Ih.  67m., 
I  add  the  time  of  lii<-h  water  on  the  full  and  change  days,  7li.  l.'im.  (which  is  found  in 
the  tide  tal)le  following;)  the  sum  'Jh.  1-Jm.  is  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  afternoon 
of  march  17,  1820,  civil  account. 


EXAMPLE  II. 

Required  the  time  of  high  water  at  i'ortland,  Maine,  May  23,  1820,  in  the  afternoon, 
civil  account. 

l?y  the  Nautical  Almanac  the  moon  will  pass  the  meridian  of  Greenwich  at  8  hours  49 
muuites.  The  correction  from  Table  A,  corresponding  to  70'^,  the  longitude  of  Port- 
land is 'Jm.,  which  added  to  8li.  4ym.  gives  the  time  of  the  moon's  siaahintr  at  Portland 
Bh.  'irim.  nearly.  The  number  in  Table  B  corresponding  to  Hh.  ,58m.  is\>;im.,  which 
IS  to  be  added  to  Hh.  58m.  (because  immediately  over  it,  in  the  table,  is  marked  Add.) 
lo  the  sum  f)h.  21  in.  1  add  the  tiire  of  liigh  water,  on  the  full  and  change  days,  lOh. 
4.^111.,  and  the  sun  is  20li.  (mi.;  conse(iuently  the  hich  water  is  at  2nh.  bin.  past  noon 
of  May  2:},  that  is,  at  Hh.  6m.  A.  M.  of  May  24.  And  by  subtracting  12h.  24ni.  from 
2()li.  6m.  we  have  7h.  42m.  which  will  be  nearly  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  afternoon 
of  May  2;i,  IH-JO.  * 

In  this  manner  we  may  obtain  tlie  i.mc  of  high  water  at  any  place,  to  a  considerable 
degree  ol  accuracy.  But  the  tides  are  so  iniuh  influenced  by  the  winds,  freshets,  <Scc. 
that  the  calculated  times  will  sometimes  differ  a  little  from  the  truth. 

Many  pilots  reckon  the  time  of  hiuh  water  by  the  point  of  the  compas    the  moon  is 
upon  at  that  tune,  allowing  45m.  for  each  point.     Thus  on  the  full  and  change  days,  if 
itis  high  water  at  noon  they  .say  a  north  and  south  moon  makes  full  sea  ;  and  if  at  llh,  • 
Urn.  they  say  a  S.  by  E.  or  N.  by  W.  moon  makes  full  sea :  and  in  likfc  manner  for 


670 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


any  other  time.  Etit  it  is  a  very  inaccurate  way  of  finding  the  time  of  full  sea  by  i|ie 
bearing  of  tiie  moon,  except  in  places  where  it  is  high  water  about  noon  on  the  full  ;ii,i| 
change  days. 

When  you  liave  not  a  Nautical  Almanac,  you  may  find  the  time  of  high  watPriy 
means  of  the  following  fables  (J  and  I) ;  iuid  although  the  fiinner  method  is  the  iiuist  m. 
curate,  yet  the  i:itter  may  he  useful  in  many  cases.  To  calculate  the  time  of  full  seaU 
this  method,  observe  the  following 

RULE. 

Enter  Table  C,  and  ttke  out  the  number  which  stands  opposite  to  the  year,  and  under 
the  month  for  which  the  tide  is  to  be  cidculatcd  ;  this  number  added  to  the  day  nfilie 
Hionth,  will  give  the  moon's  age,  rejecting  ."()  when  the  sum  exceeds  tliat  ninnlier, 
Against  her  age,  found  in  the  left  hand  column  of  Table  1),  is  a  number  of  hours  ;ir,J 
minutes  in  the  adjoined  column,  which  being  ailded  to  the  time  of  high  water  at  lie 
given  |)Iace  on  the  full  and  ciiansie  days,  will  give  the  time  of  high  water  recpiired,  ov 
serving  to  reject  TJli.  24m.  or  24h.  4Hmi.  when  the  sum  exceeds  citlier  of  those  times. 

By  this  rule  I  shall  work  the  two  succeeding  examples. 

EXAMPLE  J II. 

Required  tlie  time  of  high  water  at  Charleston,  (8.  C.,)  March  17,  1820,  in  the  afier- 
noon,  civil  account. 

In  the  Table  C,  opposite  1820,  and  under  March,  stands  Ifi,  which  added  to  fhednvrif 
the  month  17,  gives  33,  and  by  subtracting  30  leaves  3.  the  moon's  age.  Opposite  Sin 
Table  T),  is  Ih.  4()m.,  which  added  (o  7h.  lorn.,  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  fuiliiiil 
change  days,  gives  yh.  Im.  for  the  time  of  high  water — did'ering  llui.  from  the  foriim 
method. 

EXAMPLE  IV. 

Required  the  time  of  high  water  at  Portland,  (Maine,)  May  23,  1820,  in  the  afternoon. 
civil  account. 

In  tlie  Table  C,  opposite  1R20,  and  under  May,  stands  IB,  which  added  to  tli'd.ivof 
the  month.  23,  gives  (by  neglecting  30)  the  moon's  age  11.  Opposite  to  this,  ii;  TiiLle 
D,  is  ')h.  I'hn.,  wliich  added  to  ]0h.  4om.,  the  time  of  liigh  water  on  the  full  and  (li;iii;;e 
days,  gives  20h.  Im.,  from  which  subtracting  12h.  24m.,  there  remains  7h.  40in.  I'unlie 
time  of  full  sea.  May  23,  ISJO.     This  dillVrs  2m.  frotn  the  formermethod. 

In  the  third  column  of  Table  D,  is  given  the  time  of  the  moon's  coming  to  tlie  mni- 
dian,  for  every  day  of  her  age  :  thus,  opposite  11  days  stands  8h.  57m.,  which  is  ihe 
time  of  her  coming  to  the  meridian  on  that  day-  This  table  may  be  of  some  use  wIicq 
a  Nautical  Almanac  caniioi  be  procured  ;  but  being  calculated  upon  the  supposiiinnibt 
the  moon  moves  uniformly  in  the  equator,  the  table  cannot  be  very  accurate,  'riieiiiiin- 
bers  in  this  table  are  reckoned  from  noon  to  noon  :  thus,  Ih.  A.  M.  is  denoted  bj  131)., 
2h.  A.  M.by  14h.,  tVc. 

The  time  of  new  moon  is  easily  found,  by  subtracting  tlie  nujuber  taken  from  T.ihle 
C  from  30.  Kx.  :  Suppose  it  was  required  to  find  the  time  of  new  moon  for  MaVil-iti. 
By  examining  the  table  we  find  the  number  corresponding  to  that  fiiue  is  18  :  this  suV 
tjucted  from  .30  leaves  12  ;  therefore  it  will  be  new  moon  the  12th  May,  1820. 

When  the  time  of  hiiih  water  is  known  for  any  day  of  the  irioon's  age,  we  may  from 
thence  find  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days,  by  the  following 

RULE. 

Find  the  time  of  the  moon's  coming  to  the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  in  the  Gfh  pacei 
the  Nautical  Almanac  ;  to  this  lime  apjily  the  corrections  taken  from  the  tables  A  iii. 
B,  (in  the  same  manner  as  directed  in  the  preceding  rule  for  finding  the  tiiDC  ol  hi;: 
water.)  subtract  this  corrected  time  from  the  observed  time  of  high  water,  and  the  re- 
mainder will  be  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days. 

NoTK. — If  the  time  to  he  subtracted  be  greater  than  the  observed  time  of  full  sei. 
you  must  increase  the  latter  by  12h.  24m.  or  by  24h.  48m.  nearly. 

EXAMPLE. 

Suppose  that  on  the  17th  of  March,  1820,  the  time  of  high  water  at  Charleston  (S.  CI 
was  found  to  be  at  9h.  12m.  P.  M.,  required  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  full  and 
chaDg«  days. 


I  finil,  as  in  exa 
taking  this  from  'J 
ami  change  days. 

When  you  havi 
full  and  charme  b 
Tal.le  (',  that  the 
Table  1),   is  lb. 
high  water  on  the 


I 

I 

I 


Tami,!';  a. 

'1 

3 

0 

3»  , 

^  ■ 

H( 

1 
1 

1 

"3   . 

^^ 
11 

i 

-3 

1 

i'H 

IVii. 

M.    ni. 

0 

111 

2(1 
.3(1 
40 
50 
(iO 
70 
80 
90 

100 
110 
130 
13!) 
110 
150 
IGO 
170 
180 

0 
1 
3 
4 
5 
7 
8 
9 
11 
12 

14 
15 
IG 
18 
19 
20 
22 
23 
24 

I 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 

j: 

2 

^,       In  ill!  iho  precedin, 

A  arising  from  the  varii 

ferf-nt  drclinnlions  of 

time  of  high  water,  I 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


671 


I  find,  ns  in  example  1st,  preredina,  that  thn  miml)nr  tri  he  subtrartcd  is  lli.  ^Tm.  ; 
taking  tliis  Croiii  'Jli.  l:2in.  luavus  7li.  IJin.,  wiiicli  is  tlio  timt!  of  high  water  on  llie  lull 
ami  (•li;»n};p<li>ys. 

Wlini  vou  linve  not  a  Nautical  Almanac,  you  may  find  the  time  of  high  watoron  the 
full  ;tii(l  chaiiiri!  I)y  means  of  the  tahlt-s  Oaiiil  i).  For  in  the  present  exaiuple,  [  fitul  hy 
Talili"  (',  tliat  the  moon's  as^e  was  :!,  correspondina;  to  which,  in  the  second  column  of 
Tiibie  1',  is  111-  4()m. ;  (his  subtracted  from  9h.  7m.,  leaves  7h.  ^Im.  for  the  time  of 
high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days. 


Tai 

r.K  A. 

Taiii.i 

3  B 

U. 

Tadm: 

U. 

Table    D.      1 

5 

-a  i 

FOR    FINDING    THE    MOO.n's    ACE. 

o 

fcZ 

Of 

3  s 

to 

o 

fi  ^ 

0     . 
5J    eL 

2   « 

^J 

A(/(l  the  number  taken  from  lliis  Tabic  tc 

•< 

-1 

5    6C     . 

Cor. 

the  da}i  uf  the  month  ;  the  sum  (rrjerl- 
inti  30  or  60  if  necessary)   will  be  the 

§ 

3 

-3 

J II 

^  il 

Moon's  age,  nearly. 

Day. 

s 

S 

- 

II.      M. 

H,     M. 

J3 

l>g. 

0 
10 
20 

M.   m. 

Hours. 

11.  M. 

Subi 
0     1) 

Year  ~ 

i^ 

<5 

CL> 
—5 

_>. 

M 

-< 

0- 

O 

"^^ 

> 

0 
1 
2 

0     0 

0  35 

1  1(1 

0      0 

0  49 

1  3^ 

0 
1 
3 

0 

.^H 
<% 

< 

] 

1 
2 

0  17 

0  31 

182015 

17 

1() 

18 

18 

20 

20 

22 

23 

23 

•lo 

25 

4 

1  46 

2  22 

2  26 

5 

3  l.'i 

30 

4 

3 

0  .'iO 

lri-JIi2(. 

28 

26 

2H 

2y 

1 

O 

.* 

4 

5 

6 

() 

() 

3     1 

4    4 

1 

1     '\ 

3  44 

4  35 

4  53 

5  42 

40 

5 

f) 

1     It 

1822    7 

0 

7 

') 

10 

11 

12 

14 

15 

l(i 

17 

17 

7 

6 

1     11 

H 

5  3!) 

6  3(1 

i>0 

7 

7 

0  35 

182;}  18 

2(1 

18 

1') 

2(1 

•).) 

>)•> 

24 

•■>(. 

2(. 

28 

28 

9 

G  :.•; 

7  19 

tiO 

8 

Add 



10 

8   15 

8     f« 

70 

9 

8 

0     2 

1824  2'J 

1 

0 

1 

>) 

4 

4 

f. 

8 

8 

Id 

10 

11 

9   19 

H  ..-, 

80 
90 

11 
12 

9 

10 
11 
12 

U  2.1 
0  21 
0  14 
0     0 

1 

13 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

In 

1!) 

19 

21 

12 
13 
14 
15 

10  1(1 

10  .--vl 

11  .33 

12  9 

9  46 

10  31 

11  23 

12  12 

1825 

12 

1  8->(>  22 

25 

23 

23 

24 

25 

25 

27 

29 

■J 

1 

>) 

Subi 



— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

16 

12  44 

13     1 

1011 

14 

13 
14 

0  i; 

0     3 

1827|  3 

5 

3 

5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

10 

1 

12 

17 

18 
19 

13  19 

13  .--^l 

14  31 

13  50 

14  38 
13  27 

110 

15 

If) 

0  50 

182814 

15 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

19 

21 

•).) 

2.3 

24 

lao 

16 

16 

1    ;i 

' 

''(I 

15   11 

16  16 

17  6 

130 

IS 

17 

I    it 

182')  25 

■2G 

25 

27 

2^ 

2') 

(t 

1 

O 

.3 

4 

5 

21 

15  ."iG 

18 

1    ;i 

i 

22 

16  49 

17  54 

no 
ir)0 

19 

20 

19 

0  35 

Add 

1830    G 

8 

6 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

23 
24 

17  57 
19  17 

18  42 

19  31 

160 
170 

22 
23 

20 
21 
22 

0     2 
0  23 
0  21 

18.3117 

18 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

25 
26 
27 

20  32 

21  33 

22  22 

20  20 

21  9 
21  58 

23 

0  11 

1832 

28 

2«J 

28 

0 

^ 

.3 

.3 

5 

7 

7 

8 

9 

28 

23     4 

22  46 

180 

24 

24 

0    0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

29 

23  42 

23  35 

1833!l0 

11 

') 

10 

11 

_13 

14 

15 

17 

17 

19 

19 

29  i 

24     0 

24    0 

;  of  full  sei 


In  all  the  preceding  calculations  of  the  Time  of  High  Water,  we  have  neglected  the  correction 
nrising  from  the  variation  of  the  distances  of  the  sun  and  moon  from  the  earth,  and  from  the  dif. 
foront  declinations  of  those  objects.  These  causes  might  produce  a  correction  of  10'  or  12'  in  the 
tune  of  high  water,  but  in  general  will  be  much  less,  and  may,  therefore,  be  neglected. 


'J 


G72 


BI.UiNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


T  A  n  L  E, 

Shoiriv-r  the  TTMi:S  of  IIKifr  WAl'llR,  at.  tlir  Full  and  Cliansr  of  the  M,,.- 
at  the  piinripal  J\)rl.s  aiii(  Jliirlxiin  on  the  Coasts  of  Aurth  and  iiouth  Amin.l 
villi  the  verticid  rlac  if  the   Tide  in  ft  I, 


PLACES. 


Anticosii  I.  (W.  cti(l) 

A|ii)le  River  (St.  Liiwrcncc) 

Aiiiiiipolis  (N.  S.) 

Aiigiisiiiic,  St 

Aniircws,  St 

.Ann,  Cape  

Anit'lia   Hiirbor 

Aniinpolis  (Mary land) 

.vinazon  River  


B 

Uristrd  Bay  (Nova  Scotin)  .. 

road  Hay 

Benaiuniit.es  I'oint  (St.  Law. 

retire)  

Ben\ir  II  irhor 

Bai^in  of  Mines,  viz. 

Windsor  

Seven  l:-le.s  Harbor 

Cape  Split 

Boston  Lighthouse 

Boston  (town) 

Barnstable  Bay 

Block  Lsland 

Barbadocs    (W.   1.)    scarcely 

perceptible 

Berbice  

Bermuda  Inlet 

Cello  Isle,  Strait.-*  of. 

Button  Island 

Buzzard's  Bay 


Crane  Island  (St.  Lawrence) 

Chat  (Cape)  

Cocayne  to  Cape  Tornientin, 

and  thence  to  Fictou  Harbor 

Chedabucto  Bay 

Canso  Harbor 

Canso  Cape 

Country  Harbor  to  White  I. 

Bay  

Campbell  Port 

Cumberland  Basin  Fort 

Casco  Bay 

Cod  (Cape) 

Charles  (Cape) 

Churchill  (Cape) 

Charleston 

Cayenne  


Delaware  River  (cnt.) 

Dry  Tortiigas  

DemeraraBay 


E 
Elizabeth  Islands  (Tarpaulin 

Cove) 

Elizabeth  Town  Point  (New 

Jersey)  

Eastport  


TI.ME. 


It. 

3 
11 
11 

11 
11 

H 
7 
G 


.M. 

30 


1.-) 
.31) 
31 
3!) 
17 


7  4.'i 

10  45 

1     3I» 

8  45 

12 
11 

11  15 
10 

11     30 
11 
7     37 


7 

7  45 

I)  50 

7  40 


12 

7 

7 
8 
8 

9 
7 
10     30 

10  45 

11  3,) 
7 
7 
7 
6 


45 
30 


30 


45 
20 
15 


9 

8    30 
4    45 


8    40 

8    54 
II     30 


RISES. 


EKET. 

32 

311 


36 
31 

40 


1 
12 

30 


13 

8 


71 
!) 

(5\ 


H 


5 
15 


PLACES. 


I' 

Fort  St.  .John  (Newfoundland) 

Frying  Fan  Shoals 

l''o.\  Island  (I'tiiobscol) 

I'lorldii  Kcy.'<(,Sonil)rcro  Keys) 


TIME. 


II. 
(! 

6 
10 

8 


Fear  (Cape)  I     8 


Green  T.-iland  (St.  Lawrence) 

(Jill  ofClUINO 

(■olds  borough 

(Itorfre's   River 

(Jay  Head 

(Jeorfretown  Bar 

(.Jut  of  Annapolis  (entrance  ol 

St.  Liiwrencc) 

Guudaloujie  (irre^'ular) 


H 

Halifax  

Hampton  Roads.. 
Hillsborough  Inlet. 

Holme.s'  Hole  

Harbor  Delule 

Hatteras  (('ape).. 
Ileiilopen  (Cape)  . 

Henry  ((Jape) 

Hood,  I'ort  

Howe,  Fort 


I 

Isle  Vertc  or  Green  Island. 

Ire  Cove  

Jackson,  Port 


K 

Kamoiiraxa    Isles,    St.    Law- 
rence   

Iveiiiieb(>ek  

Kennebunk 


L 

Louisbourg  (Nova  Scotia) 

M 

.Matane  (St.  Lawrence) 

.Maiiiconiijjan  Buy  

.Vlinjan  Harbor  'Gulf  of  St 
Lawrence)    , 

.Ma hone  Bay  to  Liverpool  Har- 
bor ((julf  of  St.  Lawrence) 

.Meogeney  Bay 

.Moose  Island 

.Mount  Desert 

.Machias   

Marblehead  

Monomoy  Point 

Mouths  of  the  Mississippi 

Martinico  (irregular)  

.Martha's  Vinyard  (W.  Point) 

Mary's,  St.  (Bar) 

.May  (Cape) 


8 
8 
11 
10 
7 
7 

10 
G 


M. 
.Ill 

30 
45 

50 


40 
30 

45 
37 


45 


Rlvfv 


itV. 


3'i 


7     31) 

8 

7  30 
10  10 
12 

i) 

8 

7 

7 

8 


41) 

3;) 
3,) 


,5 

H 


8    40 
10 

8 


4      10  ; 

10  4.5  I     9 

11  13       9 


7  15     ;j 


12    15 


1 

3 

1:2  , 
11 

8 

t 

12 

11     30 

2.i 

11 

V! 

U 

VI 

U     30 

11 

11     3J 

li 

1! 

6    45 

li 

7    37 

7     30 

7 

8    45 

K  J 

'  -^ 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


C73 


e  of  the  Mo,.,, 
•iouth  Allan, 


•10 
30 


10 


2    15 

1  12 


Rlst\ 


H.     M.       yrx 


3!) 


3(1  1 


H 

-1,. 

.5 

7 

41) 

^ 

1 

3,1 

6' 

8 

3,1 

t 

K 

■III 

10 

H 

1 

h 

3 

11 

3 

t 

■) 

I     30 

25 

[ 

VI 

[ 

!■• 

.     30 

11 

,     3,)' 

ll 

li 

;  45 

li 

■     37 

■     30 

!     45 

() 

rr.AcEs. 


N  II. 

Nuiimi'ki't  Town 1(( 

(1(1        .Slioul 10 

Nassiii  (N.  r.) (i 

Ni  wlkdhjrd G 

Ni  wlmi}iiiiit !• 

Niw  llavt.ii  'J 

.N'l'w  Loihkiii  7 

\(»|M)rt  :  fi 

New  Yukk H 

Xijutliii  >ioniid  It) 

\,ill..lk  !  7 

New  iiii.!  Old  Fcrolici  (New-l 

t'uilliilluild)   !  11 

Niirruifiinsct  Bay 6 


TIMK. 


0 


Ocr!iC(jck  Inlet 

Old  I'oint  Comfort 

r 

riaccntia  Harbor,  (Newfound. 

land) 9 

Pillars  (>![.  Lawrence) 4 

IVim  Mille  Vaehes  (St.  Lav 

ronee)  2 

I'rince   lOdward's  IhIcs,  Clinr-i 

lotte  Town  (St.  Lawrer.     )(  9 

Port  Hood  (Breton  Island)...!  6 

Fassaniaijuiiddy I  11 


Pcnohscot  River. 

Portland  

I'urlsniouili 

I'lviii.mth 

P.Jrt  Royal 

Port  Rico,  St.  Juan. 

Providence  

PistolctUay 


Q 
Quebec  (St.  Lawrence). 


R 

Restiironcliey  Harbor 

Race  Point 

Rhode  Island 

Rio  Janeiro  (South  America) 

Richmond 

Roniain  (S.  C.) 

RoyalPort 

Roseway,  Port 


9 
9 
9 

10 
5 
8 
6 
5 


.M. 

3: 1 
41 

30 
45 
41) 
24 
10 
51 
50 


45 
7 


30 
35 


15 
45 


RISES. 


30 
15 
15 
45 

4G 

ao 

55 
15 


4     30 


3 

10  45 

5  15 
3 

2  20 

6  30 
'o  46 
6  45 


lEF.r. 
5 
5 
7 
5 
10 
b 

5 
5 


6 
25 
10 

9 
10 

114 
6 


ri.ACES. 


TIME. 


IllSF.s. 


S 


.Siinbiiry  

Si.  Jolin'.s  (N'ewlliuiidland) 
S[.  I'ierre  and   .Mniuelon  (St. 

Law  rencc)   

Seven  Islands  Harbor , 

.•^1.  IS'icoIks  Harbor 

SidiK  >•  Hiirbori  IJretoii  I.><land) 
Souih  sjiore  ol  Madame  Island 
."^liilp  Harbor        --ut  of  Cniiso 

Sable  Island,  .-oriliSide 

do  .-'  mtli  Side 

Spry  Harbor  (."?t.  Lawrence) 
Slicpody  jiay  (St.  Lnwrcnee) 
•St.  Jolin'.H  (i\ew  Brunswick) 

lelburne  Harbor 

SlieeiiKcut  River 

Salem  

Sandy  Hook 

St.  Simon's  Sound 

St.  Simon's  liar 

St.  Siin(m's  Oiling 

St.  Mary's   Dar 


St.  HariJiolonicw'a  (irre'-'j'ur). 

Surinam  (IJram's  Point;  

.Salvador  St 

Savannah  

St.  Croix  River 

St.  Genevieve  and  St.  Barbc 

Hay  

Seven  Isles  Harbor 

Seal  Island 

Split  (Cape) 


The  Traverse  (St.  Lawrence] 

Torbay  (Breton  Island) 

Townsend  Harbor 

Tobaco  (uncertain) 

Trinidad  (Port  Spain) 

Tarpauhn  Cove 


I  II. 

8 

9 

1 

12 

9 
8 
8 

10 
8 
8 

II 

12 
8 
9 

10 
7 
7 
G 
5 
7 

4 
2 

7 
10 

10 
1 

7 
9 


4 

8 
10 

4 

7 


Vineyard  Sound 

Vera  Cruz  (only  one  tide  in  24 
hours,  irregular) , 


W 

Windsor  (Bay  ofFundy). 
Wood's  Hole 


M. 

30 
30 


30 
3!) 
311 
30 

30 
15 

37 

30 


30 

30 
15 
45 


30 
15 
45 


30 
45 
45 

30 
32 


9  30 


10  .30 
7  10 


FEi;r. 


G(k7 

18 
12 

G 

H 

^i 

7 

8 

'4 

48 
25 

8 

9 
11 


7 


18 


18 
8 
9 

3i 
6 


5 
2 


60 
5 


86 


()71 


IlLl-iNT'ri  AMi;i!irAi>'  fOAST  rii.o'i. 


Ct'llUU^T^. 


A  Cr IvIvlON'l"  is  III  lire -^r lit  111  III"  iimltTstiMnl  '.is  ;i  .slir;nii  mi.  m  .1  |r;iiiirii|,'ii  .,,•(  mu 
ilirfctioii  of,  llif  Niii  liici'  i>{  ilir  mm,  i)i(ii>iiiiif(|  liv  w  iniN  iiml  iiilin  imi|iiiIm'<,  fMlusn, 
(liiU  wliicli  iiiii)'  111-  iiilliiciicfil  li_v)  llic  <;misi's  III  ilic  liili's.  It  is  iin  nlisfi  valmii  ol  Ij.m. 
\wr  lliat  t:uiiriils  an-  scan  rly  i'MI'  Ii'Ii  l>iil  ^'l  "'"iii  iiml  lult's  Imi  ii|inii  ilu-  I'nii.si!*;  m,,! 
it  is  icitaiiily  an  rsialilislinl  lact  lliat  (iiniiits  pnvail  iirsilv  iti  llinsr  parts  wlim;  ,|„. 
titles  are  weak,  anil  .scaicciv  |K'HH'|ilil)|(',  iir  wlicii'  ihc  m  a,  a|ipanntly  liiili'  iiiiliii|,„j 
by  till'  cansi's  nl  tin;  liijr,  is  ilispuM'd  to  a  ijiiirsci'iii  Nlalf.  'i'liis  uill  lir  nliv  mils  li\  .n,  . 
H'litivf  I'onsiiifialiiin  ol  llu'  liillDwiiii;  ili^iiipiimis.  'The  nrirssiiy  ol'  alti'iilinn  lu  ... 
HilfUt,  iin|ieiTep(il)l(>,  ami  tlikirlnu'  ilan^iiuiis,  npriaiiun  nl  1  iim  iiis.  till  hv  (mjh,,  , 
appaii'iit. 

Thf  ciini'iits  of  liii-  Allaiiiii-  are  iil'it'ii  nt"  a  lor  a!  anil  temporary  niiliiri';  yet  f'\|i(r 
en*')'  iiiis  sliiiwn  wiirn'  anil  liow  llii'V  pri'iliniiinati',  ami  hmsihi  will  iiilorni  tlir  iniup,, 
wliori'  111'  is  to  I'xpi'rl  ami  alJuw  lor  tin-ir  opri  alioii. 

Willi  tlic!  i;ri'atost  vrioiiiy  ol  ilit'  i'i|iiinoi'lial  i  iirrnil  wi;  cannot  prclcnil  to  lii'm,,. 
ratcly  acipiaintcil.  lis  cintral  ilncciion,  wlicn  in  lull  I'orcr,  is  W.  N.  W.,  and  in,,. 
rally,  it  is  inia<;ini'il,  almni  one  inili'  :inil  a  hall' in  the  hour,  hut  increasinu;  to  iIumiiv. 
wuril  ;  SI)  I  hat  off  1  lie  coast  ol  ( iii\atia  it  con  in  ion  l\  m'Is  al  the  rate  of  tuo  or  tlirti'  ini.., 

At  any  consiileralile  liisiame  Iroin  tiie  coa>t  ol  Ainciiia,  the  easterly  current,  imi;..; 
by  tho  .iction  of  violent  \V.  or  N.  W.  wiinls,  is  seliloin  leli  to  the  s«uiili\varil  iiri;ii.:x 
consei|itently  the  sea  alioiii  ilie  Itcriniiilas,  anil  ilience  soiitjiuanl,  is  tree  Irotiiilni:. 
Iluenee  of  this  current.  The  currents  here,  tlioii';h  slow,  are  pioilneed  in  the  iliiuMi, 
of  the  winil,  parliciilarly  when  il  is  of  Imiu  cdijiimance.  'rinse  currents  aii' imin 
stronger  near  the  isLimls  ami  rocks  ol'  i>erniuilas  ilian  at  a  distance.  In  a  brisk  lmIi.  i)|f 
current  lierc  has  been  experienced  from  I'J  to  Jr<  miles  in  "Ji  hours,  in  the  diriii:(iiii,| 
the  wind  ;  at  other  times,  when  the  wind  was  not  scllled,  no  current  has  been  \,\uiii 

To  continui  il  westeily  winds  are  to  he  altribnicd  the  joininon  occurrence  ii|;i  |m,«. 
8ai;e  from  Halifax  to  the  I-lniilish  ('haniicl  in  Id  or  IS  days,  viih  such  curreiiN;Mliii>p 
wiiicli  carried  the  bowsprit  of  the  l/illle  IJelt,  sloop  of  war,  lost  near  lialilix.m  Ij 
nunitiis,  to  the  entrance  of  l>asi|ne  IJoads.  'i'he  currents  of  the  .Atlantic  liavi' si'mn, 
the  shores  of  the  llelnidi's  the  producls  of  .laniaica  and  ('nba,  and  of  the  soiiliiirii|;arij 
of  North  America. 

The  easterly  and  sontli-easterly  currrnls  are  blended  in  their  soulhern  ri'iiiniis, « ih 
the  Florida  ortiulf  Slreani.  already  described,  and  lliey  do  imi  yeem  to  pn  *;iil  in  lie 
S.  W.  of  tlic  Azores.  On  the  iimtVary,  to  the  W.  S.  \V.  and  S.  \V.  of  lliosc  i>l,ii,i|,, 
tlie  currents  appear  to  follow  tlie  course  of  ihe  tr.ide  winds  towards  the  Carllplii'iin  Sn; 
aud  to  the  southward  of  the  tropic  they  blend  with  the  ei|ualorial  current,  wliirli  mi. 
from  K.  S.  K.  to  W.  N.  W.  and  \V.  'J'ouards  the  west,  they  oeiasionally  i"itriiiliii 
the  northward  ol  ihe  I'.eriiiiulas,  and  even  unite  with  the  soulhern  edue  or  ri'llinr  ol  ihf 
Gulf  Stream.  The  existence  of  these  currents  has  loiif;  been  known,  but  a  farllin  rv,- 
mination,  and  more  precise  information  are  still  desiderata.  The  recent  i\;iiii|ilis  1, 
them  which  we  have  to  adduce  are  mil  numerous,  lint  they  are  salisfactoiy  ;  lliry.il>J 
accord  with  natural  I'aei-:,  ami  are  in  unisDn  wiih  that  theory  which  derives  its  nuiniis 
from  the  rotary  luovenieni  of  the  eaiih,  and  llie  operation  ol  the  trade  winds. 

"The  currents  of  the  Caribbean   ."Sea  are   probably  varied  by   the  inllnemr  nl  li- 
moon,  and   eoniliine   in  some  decree,  with  the  tides,  es|ieeially   abmit  Ciih.i.  .liiiiiiiii 
and  St.  Dominiio." 

The  J)(!rrolero  adds,  "This  id 'a  is  confiiined  iiy  what  Don  Tonpialo  I'l  driilii.  !.■ 
captain  of  a  friiiate,  has  coiiiiiiiiniraled  to  the  1 1  vdroj;raphi(:  l5oard.  *  Aiilioii  :li.  ru- 
rally,' says  this  oHieer,  'the  eiuri'iits  beiweeii  the  .Spanish  main  and  llie  West  In  ; 
Islands  set  towards  the  fdiirlh  i|iiailrinl,  (that  is,  north-westerly.)  vcl  i,  siniicliiis 
thoui;li  seldom,  happens  that  liny  are  foiiml  setlin;;  to  the  fii^t  ipnidiaiil,'  •  '  N.  I 
in  proof  of  whieli  he  stales  that  he  perfectly  remembers,  ih()ii;;li  he  cannot  i;i\e  tiiii'- 
nieiits,  in  conscipience  of  having  lost  his  journals,  that  in  .July,  1?'>.")  or  IT'tb,  wlnii  vis- 
ing with  a  fresh  bree/.e  from  .Sania  Martha  to.lamaiea,  in  a  schooner,  he  steered  fiir.Mi- 
rant  Point  ;   but  coiisiderinj;  that  by  kee|iin^  as  close  hauled  as  that  i  tiiirse  rcipiimUie 

II  iii.ili' 


must  be  unable  to  iiiaki-  il  before  the  day  was  spent,  lie  |)iel'eired  keeping  away,  t 
the  land  to  leeward  of  it,  and  did  so  at  H  A.  JVI.,  thus  au^mentiui;  the  rate,  ol  llie  v 
sailing.     At  noon  he  observed  the  latitude,  in  coii|unclion  with  the  jiilol,  Dun  Mii"'- 


I'alinti,  anil  foun 


.eepin.-  away 


\V 


^fe 


■(•s«l'l 


Si 


tiiiii  and  vi'locily 
llifv  wiMi'  lliiec  I 

"Oil  liMviim  t 
.s;>ia'ii«li  siir\eyiii 
diT  wliii'li  llie  eh 
in;  ill  'V  '"''!'  '''•''' 
tlieiii  111  her  aiicli 
vcMsi'l  wa-*  seen  a 
was  a  vp.'<sel  at  an 
ih,'  I'edro  Key,  1 
spite  of  liaviii'i  to 
aiicIl  ue  I  lii'sidi 
tilde  lie  iiliserved 
noilliA  ird.      In  ll 
foiiiiil  the  curreiil 
111  ike  too  free  wil 

"  M  iieb  cuireii 
'lit',  as  was  reinai 
is  the  case  on  its 
fiom  ( 'artha'iena 
three  miles  fiiiiii 
set  all  sail  and  r  n 
erii  point  :  and  tli 
iloiiblless  passed 

" In  nnne  thai 
I'orlo  Uico,  St.  I 
them,  he  ri'inarke 
miles  daily  mii;hl 

In  the  .^k'llloir. 
8tniii<;  and  coiitii 
rolls  tiie  waves  ovi 
which  we  have  ca 
no  constant  curre 
ori;;inal  jiapers  pi 
ditVerent  officers, 

"  111  the.  examii 
del  Tori),  made  ii 
of  .April,  siroii:;  c 
that,  heavini;  to  a( 
The  winds  at  the 
bian  proceoded  tc 
N.  and  N.  N.  K., 
10  leagues  to  the 
E.  S.  K.,  so  that, 
of  iMij^uel  de  ]{or 
time,  from  leavinj 
verse.  On  tlie  1 
through  the  l?oca 
bending  to  the  E. 

Ai;ain,  "The  c 
.Tilly,  WIS  bound  t 
currents  to  tlie  mi 
and  ill  such  a  ma 
able  to  sinht  (lapi 

"  Don  .loaoipii 
W.  of  Cape  (Jrai 
with  sijualls;  ami 
(■ink  the  same  eoi 
inilil  he  arrived  a 

"The  captain 
coast,  near  Haraii 
the  rate  of  rather 

Finally,  "  Don 
vana  to  the  ("xulf 


»i,u\Ts  ,\Mi;i::<\N  (OAsr  imiot 


G75 


i<iil;ii  !.i'i  mil 
K'M,  »'X(;liisu,., 
Viltiiili  (if  |;,ii| 
llir  i'(i;i>l>;  ,11 
';ii'>  will  It  „,, 
III  If  iiilhifi„„i 

ItVlilUS  I(J  ,11,,. 
Itl'lltidli  Ui    ., 

'illl    lie  ri|ii,  ^ 

I'-:  >i'l  cxiKi, 

nil    IIk!  lllJllii;., 

"M(l    tu  he  11    . 

\V..  ;iii<l  ., 
ii.u;  ti>  till' «,.. 

()»•  til  Iff  Illl,.,. 

Clinclil,  (Mi:.. 
iirtl  (if  l;il.„i 
I'c  Iroiii  iL, 
ill  till'  liiiii,,, , 
rents  iirc  ii,iii,,j 
I  ln'isk  L';ili',  ihf 

till'  •lilirt,i,||i,| 

^  lif''ii  lii'iiii), 
rriice  III' ;i  |i,i,«. 
iriciil.s;i>i||(,,«e 

I  lalil'iix,  I'l  H 
tic  liiuc  -<-i,\\ii 

si)Ullu-rii|)am 

n  rcji'miis,  ttnlj 

I)   |il'rv;iil  Id  ike 

llio'ic  ishiiiilv 

MrililiiMll  Si;i; 
■III.   wIllI'llMU 

ir.illy  t'xiciiil  111 
r  i'i'(l(i\r  iil'ihi 

II  r;iitliri  r\,i- 
It  .■x;iiii)ili's  I 
iiv  ;  tlifv  iiN'. 
cs  iis  ciiiri'i;' 

lllt'liCI'    (ll   li.' 

'nil, I,  ,l.iin;i!i 

I  l'i-,l|-(il;i.  I:- 
iliiiir:li.  ■:!'.■ 
If   Wr>l  III  . 

i,     SdlllCtlll'v 

.•  .    •  N.  I 

i|  i;nc  lili'i/- 

'III,    u  ill'll  >':• 

:ciTfil  I'lir)!''- 
(■  rt'(|iiiml.lie 
iwiiv,  to  iiialie 
of  I  lie  vcs^i* 
,  Dou  Miiiif! 


i 


current 


G7G 


bi.unt's  amicuk'an  coast  pii.ot. 


ranwitli  in\irli  forrr  fo  tlip  N.  H.  in  tlir  nioiilli  •)('  Drrpmlx-r ;  and  he  iiiMs  tliaf,  in  d,,, 
milf,  flH*  <MirnMil>«  tdlloHcd  nil  known  mil-;  that  near  tin- k»'VN  llu-y  run  wiili  vkiI,.,,^, 
and  into  llir  rliaiitirlH  hrlwrcn  llirni;  >>ii  that  liy  (licin  a  vi»<sr|,  dnnii!;  a  <'aliii,  iri:iv  mi,„' 
1)1-  c.iiiird  iMi  tlic  riTl'-*.  It)  till'  (  liarmrl  IxlwriMi  tin'  keys  and  coast  ol  I  liuiiliiriK, ,, 
tlif  Ndiitli,  llio  water  waHriiiind  selling  to  ilu>  N.  I',.,  and,  nrar  llic  ciiasl,  t<i  llir  ciNt," 

Ni-ar  till-  parallid  (it  li>  N.  tlic  curnnts  prodiirrd  l)y  the  N.  K.  and  S.  K.  trade  wi,,,, 
iriav  lie  inia^'inod  liMinitc;  and  lliis  united  strtani,  liidnji:  dividfd  liy  tlu*  island  of  Tnoi. 
(lail  and  tin*  Soutiirrn  Aruillas,  iIiciki"  passes  inln  llie  ( 'arililieau  Sea. 

From  the  nioutlis  nt  the  Ama/iin,  Onmoeti,  and  ntlier  riveix,  a  vast  e()ht\  o|  u;,!^, 
falls  into  the  K(|uat(irial  Sea,  innic  jiarlu  iilarly  in  the  wet  season:  what  eJliM  t  tlii»n,. 
trr  may  have  un  the  riirrenl  is  at  |iresent  unknown.  Hut  we  learn,  rroiii  the  Dcriuiffi, 
(le  his  Antillas,  that,  "OUtht!  coasiH  tiltJuyana  there  are  two  rurrents  :  Isf.  Tlic  ^11,^. 
ral  or  e(|uinoetial  current  atid  aiiothi'r  caused  liy  the  tides;  the  lioiiiidary  of  the  |i|^|^ 
\'2  leagues  (Voin  shore,  or  in  the  depth  oC  '»  |:itlioni.s  of  water,  from  which  tnwiinl,  ,, 
shore,  that  ol"  the  tiile  is  experienced.  'JMie  ilili  sr-ts  to  the  N.  I'!.an<l  the  Hood  fdu  ,,  , 
Hhorc.      In  the  (riill  ol   I'aria,  also,  the  tide  inllnenccH  the  cmrents. 

"  III  the  southern  .straits,  orehaiuiels  of  the  Antillas,  the  velocity  of  the  riirrrnt  iiiH>| 
is  sfddoin  under  a  mile  an  hour:  liiit  its  (  hanues  are  so  ureat,  that  it  is  inipnsKili|(i.„ 
point  out  its  exact  direction,  or  to  esiiililisji  any  ueneral  ride  lur  its  velocity." 

"thithe  Coloinhian  coast,  iVoni  'I'rinidad  to  Cape  la  \  .  I  1.  the  f  iirrenf  s«ee|i<!,. 
frontier  islands,  inidinini;  someiliiiii;  to  the  south,  accordiny  to  the  straits  w  iii(  li  it  (on  , 
from,  and  ruimiim  aliout  1',  mile  an  hour  with  little  dill'erenee.  lletwrentlieislaii(K  ,| 
the  coast,  and  particularly  in  the  proxiniirv  ot  the  latter,  it  has  lieeii  rnnarkcd  ilm  1. 
current,  at  times,  runs  to  the  west,  ami  at  otlnrs.  to  the  east.  From  Cape  la  \(|i,  i;, 
jirincipal  part  of  the  current  runs  \V.  N.  \V.  :  and,  as  if  spi'iids.  its  velocity  diniiiii«i„,. 
there  is,  however,  a  liranch,  which  runs  with  the  velocity  of  aliout  a  mile  an  liui.r, li,. 
rectintj  itstdf  towards  the  coast  aliout  Cartiiaifcna ;  from  this  poiiu.  and  in  the  spun  „i 
sea  com|/rehendeil  lietween  II  decrees  of  latitude  anil  the  ((last,  it  has,  Imwever.  Ikh, 
ohservt.'d,  that,  iti  a  dry  season,  the  current  runs  to  the  west\\:u(l,  atnl  in  the  MMMirni 
the  rains,  to  the  eastward. 

"On  the  iMos(|uito  Shore,  and  in  the  May  of  Honduras,  no  rule  can  lie  <;iveii  lor  ilie 
alterations  of  the  ciurcMit.  All  that  can  lie  said  is,  at  a  t;oo(l  distance  fruin  laiiii.  ji  II^ 
generally  lieen  found  settins;;  towards  the  N.  W. 

"  In  crossini;  from  the  coast,  or  from  ('artha<;ena,  to  the  islands,  it  has  hven  iKnnnl 
that,  from  iia  (iuayra  to  the  eastern  part  of  St.  J)omiTii;o,on  a  voyage  made  in  |i,,i„i- 
ber,  a  ditference  of  100  miles  to  the  westward,  was  I'ound  during  the  seven  tl.iys  tliiM,v. 
age  lasted." — Derrolrrn  ilr  las  AniUhis, 

Mr.  Town,  iti  his  Directions  for  the  Coldiidiian  Coast,  has  said.  "  Althonc'li,  licnirpn 
the  island  of  .lamaica  and  the  Spanish  main,  westerly  (iirreiits  arr'  most  fre(|iii  111.  mi 
they  do  not  always  prevail;  for  ships  have  lieen  known  to  he  driven  liy  the  ciirn  ni  Inni 
60  to  6(1  miles  to  the  eastward,  in  4  or  .')  days.  l''rom  the  lieiiimiin;;  o(  .May  till  .Nninn- 
ber,  (the  rainy  season,)  the  sea-hree/.e  sci<lom  or  ne^r  Mows  home  to  the  iniiiii:  iiinl 
ships  going  there  should  never  go  to  the  southward  of  (lie  latitude  of  11  ,  iiniii  tlm 
are,  at  least,  40  or  ."iO  miles  to  the  westward  of  their  iniendi'd  port  ;  after  wliirli  ilm 
may  make  a  south  course,  as  the  land-lnee/e,  which  is  i;ener;il'y  from  the  S.  \\',. niid 
the  strong  easterly  current,  will  set  you  to  the  eastwiud  of  your  ititemled  port,  if  L'ni? 
care  be  not  taken.  When  to  the  eastward,  if  light  winds  prevail,  you  must  stand  lollic 
northward  until  you  meet  the  sea-bree/.e,  which  will  be  between  the  latitudes  of  lOiini 
11  degrees,  anri  then  run  to  the  westward. 

"Being  off  Porto  Hello,  in  His  Majesty's  ship  Salisbury,  on  or  about  the  12tli"l 
August,  IRlfi,  and  being  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  that  port,  with  liulit  varialilr  winil> 
for  several  days,  the  sliip  was  set  to  the  eastward,  at  the  rate  of  5U  miles  per  day:  ;inii 
having  been  afterwards  placed  in  the  same  situation,  I  found  it  mcessary  In  iiKike  il 
land  well  to  the  westward,  and  to  keep  close  to  it.  From  Novi  nher  until  M  ly.  (1! 
dry  season,)  you  should  endeavor  to  make  tiie  land  well  to  the  ea»*ward,  and  rnii  iilii. 
shore;  as  the  sea-broe/.es  generally  blow  very  strongly,  and  the  cun  cutsets  totlifHK 
ward  at  the  rate  of  about  2  or ;?  miles  in  an  hour. 

"  iietween  Chagre  and  I'orto-Midlo.  during  the  rainy  season,  tin  re  is  geiirriliyi 
noriherly  current,  at  the  rate  of  from  1',  to  -i'r  miles  an  hour.  After  the  end  of  ill' 
rainy  season  the  current  sets  to  the  southward  and  westwanl,  and  strong  southerly  inl 
easterly  winrls  prevail  here.  From  November  until  May,  (the  dry  season,)  the  soiitliff- 
ly  and  westerly  are  very  light  winds,  except  in  squalls,  which  end  with  heavy  rain.  !ii 
sudden  squalls,  you  will  often  have  the  winds  from  all  points  of  the  coini'riiss. 

"  If  at  Chagre,  at  any  time  during  the  rainy  season,  (.May  till  November.)  and  boiinl 
to  the  eastward,  endeavor  to  get  4  or  .'i  leagues  frotn  the  land,  so  soon  as  you  cm:  lif 
the  winds  are,  in  general,  very  light,  and  the  current  very  strong.     The  latter  sets  froiu 


f'huiire  directly 

K.  N.  K.,  K.  S. 
'.",  miles  in  an  h 
and  ram  appear  1 
ilie  I  iMupass,  am 

"  III  crossini; 
is  anv,  it  sets  alii 
"  .Ne.ir  Cariha 
8i)riin  it  sets  to  tl 
"  lletweeti  (Ja 
dependence  on ll 
hdine. 

"  I  should  rec 

shore  close  to  ;  ' 

but  also  a  stron; 

to  the  land  than 

C.iptain    Ijivin 

■lime  and  .luly,  I 

at  a  rate,  I  am    ( 

.^Iississippi  at  .\'( 

verv  fresh  sen-lir 

I  'poll  the  ( 'iir 

lias  said,  "lull 

niife  of  the  ship 

in  .Vpril  and  Dec 

Aiiioiiio.  I  iiivari; 

I  have  heard  it  u 

(yape  Antonio,  li 

this  ha^,  in  tli<>  a 

Farther  on,  " 

.lutii',  \>*\7,  liefw 

minli  J?  miles  ii 

We  have  ;ilre; 

(III  the  currents  ( 

Captains  W.  .1.  ( 

Captain  Capes 

northward  and  w 

the  current,  and 

hour.       Metweeil 

tude  17^  '.»•,'',  Ion 

these  islands,  foi 

that  the  attempt 

dark  night,  a  slii 

"  .\lioiit  the  so 

ships  to  be  lost  01 

at  all  times,  the  ( 

every  two  hours. 

partnre  troiii  Mm 

till  midnight ;  it  t 

not  lift  till!  siiiiihi 

then  made  all  sni 

sails  over  tlieni  ;  I 

morning,  we  wer 

hove  the  sliip  to. 

"If  a  ship  he  1; 

opinion  that  the  i 

to  the  N.  \V.  ami 

trials,  which  is  tl 

or  east  end  of  R; 

will   be  N.  N.  W 

when  they  take  t 

N.  W.  from  the  ' 

west  end  of  Rati 

from  the  east  or 

Captain  Miirne 

the  trade  wind  jir 


ni.UNT8  AMKUK'AN  TOAST  I'll.OT 


(u7 


•l>"llilf,   IfllliH 

Willi  viol,.,,,,, 

i'liii.i'i;i_v  Mi,„'| 

"iMiiliiriis, ,, 

to   tlu-  IMNt." 

K.  Iriidr'  »!,,,, 

•slillldol  Till; 
OIltN    of  Uil,, 

''H'l'tt  llio  1, 
till'  DiTioii-r. 
Iff.    'J'llf  cone. 

'  •'('  till'  l',l,,  , 
•h  tdWiinU  •  „ 

'   (IiMmI  tO«;„., 

nirront  inws-j 

I  iiii|iosHili|r.„ 
tv." 

'lit     S(M'(.|i*  I  , 

ivllicli  it  („n  . 
tlir  ishiiiiK  :,| 
iiirkcd  i||i|  ■,. 
[If  l;i  \'('|i. ,  , 

I.V     tlilllilllvl,,,. 

«'  nil  liiii.r,  ,i|. 

II  tho  .s|i;in  ,.i 
liiiMcvfr.  hni: 

1  I  lie    MMm,ii„| 

!•  Jli veil  for  ilie 
'111  liiiid.  II  )|,|< 

bprn  iii'<frif(| 
iiilf  ill  iii'ii'iii- 
1  tla)s  llini,v. 

(iri;.'li,  liiiwfHn 

t     t'lC(|l|ltlI.  \,I 

!«'  ciirmit  (h'ni 
i\\  till  .\ii\iiii- 
tlie  iiiiiiii:  iiiiij 
1"',  iiniil  ilipj 
tcr  M  liicii  ilin 
lie  S.  \V„nii(i 

I  port,  if  zm^ 
St  st;iii(l  tollif 
lulr.s  of  10  ;inii 

lit  tlie  V:{\\«i 
v;iri;il)lr  wind- 
\)cr  (liiv :  mil' 

V    (O  IIKlkf  \\: 

mil  MiT.  (il 
iinil  run  iiinr. 

tS    to  tllf  WK- 

is  i;('iirr;ill>  ■• 
If  end  iifi!' 
soiitlieily  iiril 
)  the  soiitlifi- 
\nvy  niiii.    '" 

II  ss. 

T,)  ;ind  boiiml 
I  yoH  cm :  li'f 
itter  sets  from 


riiiiarP  ilireetiv  on  tlie  roeks  «>f  Torto  Mellf.,  nml  tlieneo  jilonj;  the  liinil  iVoiii  K.  by  N., 
v..  N.  K.,  K.  S.  K...  iiiid  iiiiordiiiu  ;is  tin-  l:iiid  Im-s  :  its  i;eMii,il  laii'  iniii!;  iVoin  1',  tit 
'.",'  miles  in  :in  lioiir.  (insit  tare  kIumiIiI  Im'  tiiki'ii  ulicii  in' n  iIh'  IiihI,  if  :i  Immvv  si|ii;ii| 
itiiil  r.iiii  :i|i|ie;u'  to  lie  eniiiiiiu  on.  Dining  this  mhi  uil!  Ii;i\i'  ilic  uiml  lioiii  ;ill  points  iiC 
ilir  I  iiiii|iiiss,  and  often  mo  stroni;  that  all  sail  iiiiisi  lie  taken  in. 

"Ill  irossini:  till'  <iiill'  of  Dirien,  little  or  no  i  iirient  will  In'  (oiind;  MJieiiever  there 
isaii\,  it  sets  alioiii  south,  S.  Ity  W.,  or  S.  Iiv  K.  up  ilir  (iiilf. 

••  Near  ( 'arllia^riia  llie  ciirreiit  uencrally  coi's  li\  tlic  « in, I ;  Imi  nlf  (he  islands  of  Uo- 
sariio  It  sets  to  the  N.  W.  and  N.  N.  W.,  from  om-  to  two  miles  an  hour. 

■•  lletweeii  <'artlia'.!eii;i  anil  the  IMaixdaletia,  in  tli«  rainy  season,  voii  caiiiiiit  put  any 
di'|iendeiiee  on  ilie  winds  or  eiirrenls ;  Imi,  (Voiii  Novenilier  to  May,  (lie  trade  wind  Mows 
lioine. 

•'I  should  re'iMiiiiii'iid,  if  tiirniiiu  to  wimlward,  with  siroti.;  Irid"  winds,  to  Kicp  the 
shore  close  to;  whereas,  liy  uoiii:;  oil' iVoiii  the  land,  yon  will  not  only  have  a  heavy  sea, 
liut  also  a  stron'4  .N.  VV.  current.  Il'  yon  have  jiiilit  variahle  winds,  approach  no  nearer 
to  the  land  than  I  or  '>  leai^iies.  as  yon  ni  iv  In-  certain  of  an  easterly  current." 

t'aplain  Ijivin^sion  savs,  "  I  )nrin;;  '>  weeks  in  which  I  rcinaiiied  at  ( 'artlia'jnia,  in 
.liiiii-  and  .liilv,  l-^ir,tlic  cinr"nt  inshore  set  consiaiilly  and  stroii'^ly  to  the  noriliward, 
at  a  rale,  I  am  coiivinciil,  of  not  less  than  1  ',  mili'  an  hour,  or  nearly  as  slron^  as  the 
Mississippi  at  .\ew  Orleans.  1  have  seen  the  Ivsk,  sloop  of  war,  ciirreiit-nide  a;;ainsi  a 
very  (Vesh  sea-liree/e.  when  at  anchor,  iwarlv  west  fioiii  the  city,  distant  altoiit  a  mile." 
1  'poll  the  ( 'iirreni  lietweeii  the  <  ir and  ( 'a\  man  and  ( 'ape  Antonio,  ( 'apl.iin  ,^Ionteath 
has  said,  '•  In  the  nitnllis  of  Mav,  HI  I  and  I-!'),  (Iwo  voya<,'es  in  which  I  was  cliief- 
iiiiti'  of  the  ship  I'rince  K'-'^'eui,  from  lvin_'stoii,)  in  .lime,  1H17,  in  thi'  ship  l''anie  ;  and 
in  April  and  Decenilier,  H.'O,  in  the  ship  .^Ial•y,  lietweeii  (irand  (Jayiivaii  island  and  Capo 
Antonio.  I  iiivarialilv  foiiinl  the  current  seiiin','  siroii;.'  to  the  eastward,  or  !•",.  S.  !•;.  ;  and 
I  have  heard  it  ^eiierdlv  remailo'd  that,  vessels  shaping;  a  course  I'loiii  the  ('aymans  for 
(-.ipe  Anioiiio,  have  found  tlieiiisi-lves  ot'f,  or  even  to  the  eastward  of  ('ape  ( 'lU'rieiites  ; 
tills  ha-,  ill  the  aliove  eases,  invariahly  happened  lo  myself." 

Farther  on,  "  In  inv  passage  from  KiiiListon.  towards  Campeche,  in  the  ship  {''aiiie, 
.liine,  1-117,  hetween  Cape  Antonio  and  Cape  (Iitoehe,  I  hmiid  the  current  lo  set  duo 
nonli  27  miles  in  a  run  <d"  IH  hours." 

We  leave  already  i;iveii,  in  the  precediiej;  paue,  (lie  reiiiarU  of  the  .s^paiiish  navigators 
on  the  currents  of  the  .Mosipiito  Shore  and  l>ay  of  I  loiidiiias.  We  now  add  tlio.sc  of 
C.iptains  W.  .1.  (!apes,  of  fjondon.  and  .fohn  Mnrneit.  of  I'ort  (ilasi;ow. 

Captain  Capes  says,  "  l?etween  .lamaiea  and  ilonacca  the  current  generally  sets  to  the 
northward  and  westward.     Here,   in    May,   l.-^ld.  1   was  set  (-0  niili^s  to  tin-  westward  by 

the  (uirrent,  and  fi I  that  it  set  rather  iiorilierlv.  finm  one  i|iiaiter  to   half  a  mile  an 

hour.  Hetween  .lam  lica  ',ind  Moiiacca  ire  the  islands  called  the  Swan  ls|;iiids,  in  lati- 
tude 17^  o-,'',  lonuiliide  H.T  .Sfi'.  I  would  not  advise  any  one  hound  to  the  Hay  to  make 
tliese  islands.  Cor  it  cannot  be  nf  service,  and  the  current  is  so  very  irregular  about  them, 
that  the  attempl  serves  only  to  bou  'der  -he  iiavi:.rator:  and  by  falliie,'  in  with  them  in  a 
dark  ni<i;lil.  a  ship  would  be  in  daii^'cr  of  running;  on  shore,  as  the  land  is  very  low. 

"  About  tile  southern  Four  Keys  the  currents  are  very  uncertain.  I  have  known  three 
^llips  to  be  lost  on  these  Keys  by  lyinsr  to  for  the  niiiht,"  after  they  have  made  them  ;  for, 
It  all  times,  the  current  sets  siroiiL'iy  on  ihem  ;  and.  in  two  of  the  cases,  the  ships  wore 
every  two  hours,  with  an  intention  to  keep  their  station.  In  one  voyai^e  I  took  my  de- 
jiarlnre  from  IJonacca  at  four  P.  M.  with  a  stroim  bree/e  from  the  east,  whicdi  continued 
nil  iuidni:j;ht;  it  then  died  away,  (no  uncommon  circiimstanee  in  this  part,)  so  that  1  did 
not  lift  the  southern  l''our  Keys  before  four  P.  M.  the  next  day,  from  ihe  fore-yard.  I 
then  made  all  snus;,  and  plied  to  windward,  under  sinirle-reefed  topsails  and  top-gallant 
sails  luer  them  ;  tacked  ship  every  iliree  hours  dnriii^  ninht.  and.  to  mv  siirprisi;,  in  the 
mornins;,  we  were  not  more  than"  one  or  two  miles  to  windward  of  iliem;  so,  if  I  had 
hove  the  sliip  to,  I  have  no  doubt  but  she  would  have  been  driven  on  shore  by  the  current. 
"  If  a  ship  be  lyin'^-to,  under  Kaftan,  it  will  not  be  amiss  to  try  the  current.  It  is  my 
opinion  that  the  current  about  I'.oiiacea  takes  two  diirerent  directiotis ;  one  part  setting 
to  the  N.  W.  and  the  othi-r  part  luaiichini;  to  the  .S.  .*<.  W.  T  have  found  it  so  on  several 
trials,  which  is  the  reason  that  I  prefer  lakinu'  a  departure  (for  the  bay)  from  the  middle 
or  east  end  of  Rattan;  for,  if  a  ship  take  her  departure  from  the  west  end,  her  course 
will  be  N.  N.  W,;  but  it  very  freijuenllv  happens  that  ships  s;et  down  on  those  reefs 
\r  w  ^^^  ^^^'^  ^'"^"^  ileparture  from  the  west  en  '  The  reason  is  this:  a  ship  steering 
N.  W.  Irom  the  west  end  has  mm-e  of  the  ciirre  m  her  beam,  which  sweeps  round  the 
west  end  of  Rattan  very  stidn<;  ;,t  times:  cons  uitlv  ships  that  take  their  departure 
troin  the  east  or  middle  part  do  not  feel  so  mm:.  ,.f  the  current." 

<;aptain  Hurnett,  in  his  directions  for  sailing;  from  the  Hay  id'  Honduras,  says,  "when 
ilic  trade  wind  jirevails,  a  current,  often  very  strong,  sets  down  between  Mauger  Key  and 


G78 


IH-UXT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  NiirtliPiii  'rriiiniilo;  tlirrr,  (livuiinj;;  itself,  it  sets  to  the  southward,  between  T 
and  tlic  .Main  llci'l'.  and  to  ilic  norlhwaid  between  tiie  Triangle  Reef  and  AndxTL-iis  K 
Jl  is  must  a;l\  isalili'.  witii  ilic  wind  iVuni  lln"  casi  tu  K.  S.  K.  lo  sail  to  leeward  of  the  '1 
an^lf,  as  yuu  will  have  a  siroiii;  cmn'ni  in  your  luvor  .so  suon  as  you  bring  it  to  liie  e 


iirneir 


inl  ol' 


ilSl- 


\OU. 


in   the  (diannid.  Ijctwccn  llie   isiaiid  Co/.nniel  and   the  shore,  the  current  along  sli 
nins  at  the  rate  ol' i.earlv  'J',  miles  an  lionr,  till  lost  in  the  Mexican  8ea." 


idte 


.Mi;\l('A.\  .'-'■I'KKA.M,  \c.— It 


bid 


verted   lacl,   tiiat  tlicre 


ieve,  a\v(dl-estal)lisl)ed,  althougli  a  contra 


constant  indian<;lit  on  the  western  side  of  the  (Jlianiiel 


Viicalan,  into  the  Mexican  Sea:   and  that  there  is  coinmonly  a  rellow  on  the  e«A7cr)> side 
of  the  same  (diaimid  around  ('a|)e  Aiiloiiio.  iVi 


Wil 


1    (he  lot  mc 


its  favor,  liis   Maji-stv's  ship   Resistance,  C'liptain   Adam. 


filF  iliP 


I'miik  of  ^'n(•ata^.  made  a  course  W.  X.  W.  ,1  W.  tiearly  .-"()  Ieay;iies  in  the  -Jl  liour?, 
I)eeend)er  \C,  and  17,  If^Ofi;*  and  we  have  no  doubt  tiiat  many  iiistanee.s  may  be  fum,,! 
to  prove  tlic  same  effect;  on  the  Cuba  side  only,  it  appears  that  vessels  have  beeiisctio 
the   sonihward:   and   Captain  .Mand<Mson   has  stated   tha»,  when  a  stroiit;  easterly  wimj 


ha> 


)een    lilowin^   between 


Cnl) 


l""!orid 


1,  vesst 


Is  1 


leaviiiL'  to   o 


tl 


i<   sonili  side  1,1 


Cape  Antonio,  at  about  two  jcaijues  from  siiore,  have,  in  the  course  of  one  night,  been 
carried  against  a  strong  .sea-brec/.e,  nearly  as  higli  as  Cape  Corrientes,  being  a  distiinee 
of  It)  leaLnles^ 


Krom  Cape  .\ntoiiio  the  current  sets,  nl  limrs,  to  tli"  K.  S,  K.  past  the  Isle  off 
has  iiifornn-d  ns  that,  in  March  l.-'l.-*,  he  found  the  current  bet 


ptain  fjiviniiston 


that  di 


full 


the  (ireat  Cayman  and  hlc  oC  Pine 
and  a  half  an  hour,  or  ')(i  miles  in  the  -J  1  hours.  In  August,  1H17.  he  found  the  setni-ariv 
the  same,  biu  the  current  not  half  so  strong.  The  .*>panish  Directory  says,  " Fiiiiii 
(!  d(^  Cm/,  on  the  south  si'de  of  (luba,  it  is  iwttieed  that  there  is  a  constant  rui,  nt 


C 


lothe  westward,  with  some  inclination  lo  the  soutiiward  or  northward,  and  which  has  hcf 
known  sometimes  to  set  -ju  miles  in  a  single  day."  In  oppositi(Hi  to  this,  the  e.xactwunls 
of  C'aptain  Livingston  are,  "  1  have  twice  experienced  a  strong  eurrent  setting  about  K. 
S.  K.  between  the  Caymans  and  Isle  (d'  Pines  ;  and  on  the  latter  of  these  occasiiins,  iioili 
my  male  and  inysidf  separately  calculated  it  to  set  about  do  miles  jier  day  or  '2^,  per  hour. 
This,  however,  I  imline  to  think  a  very  particular  case,  such  as  may  but  seldom  ncrur. 
The  wiinls  at  this  linn-  were  li^^ht  and  westerly.  On  the  other  occasion,  .so  far;i</ri'- 
eollect,  it  set  about  P2  or  11  miles  per  day  only.  All  my  jiapers  on  these  subjects  liave 
been  lost;   bnl  the  first  instance  was  too  remarkable  to  be  forgotten." 

On  the  northern  coast  of  St.  l)omiiis;o,  and  in  the  windward  ])assages,  there  docs  not 
appear  to  be  anv  general  current.  ( )n  the  nf)rth  side  of  Cuba  the  ease  is  ru'arly  the  s;iiiip; 
but  in  the  chaimel  here  is  a  regular  tide  throughout  the  year,  subject,  however,  to 
certain  variations. 

The  ci>rreiUs  of  the  Carilibean  Sea  are  probably  varied  by  the  inlluence  of  the  monn 
and  cliange  of  seasons,  and  coiid)ine,  in  .sonn-  degree,  with  the  tides;  especially  ;iliout 
Cuba,  .lam.iica  and  ."^t.  Domingo. t 

In  an  old  book.  (Kelly's  Xavigation,  vol.  i.  17:):5,)  is  an  abstract  from  a  journal,  which 
contains  the  following  ])assag(! : — "  Retween  the  west  end  of  Hispaniola  and  the  hlanil 
of  .Taman:a,  if  I  took  my  departure  upon  a  full  or  chaiiiri"  of  the  moon,  1  foiiiidthatl 
made  many  leamies  more  than  1  did  at  the  i|uarters  of  the  moon.  At  tlie  lull  aiiil 
change,  1  was  lo(d<ing  out  for  the  land  lonsj:  before  I  saw  it;  and,  at  the  (|uarters,  I  wa> 
down  upon  it  long  before  I  looked  for  it.  The  reasons,  as  1  foinid  afterwards,  were,  tliii 
the  full  ami  change  made  a  strong  windward  eurrent,  and  the  coiUrary  on  the  (puulers, 
This  has  been  exeiu))lilied  in  many  instances." 

On  this  subjeet  Captain  Livingston  says,  "  It  is  a  prevailing  opinion  witli  ninny,  tlia! 
th  moon  governs  entirely  the  currents  among  the  West  India  Islands.  No  doiiht  tli' 
moon  has  some  elfect  on  them,  but  1  am  of  opini(Ui  that  the  wimls  have  a  still  mort 
powerful  iiilhiciice. 

"It  is  rarely,  indeed,  oti  the  north  side  of  the  Island  of  .lamaiea  that  there  is  a  wcs;- 
erly  current  when  the  north  and  X.  \V.  winds  prevail ;  the  current  then  always,  oralni'K 
always,  setting  to  tlie  eastward. 

"  On  the  south  side  of  Cuba,  when  the  wind  is  westerly,  which  it  often  is,  you  areai- 


»Thc  n  irihenniiosi  part  of  the  track  extends  to  21°  .^O'  N.  loii^ntnde  90°  39'  W.  . 

tCnptaiii  RovvImikI  l!niuke,  when  once  lyinir-to  for  llic  niijht,  oil'  Cape  Antonio,  fcaind  hiiimJ 
next  ninrniiii.i' iitf  Cape  t'orrieaies,  i 

tCnptaiii  f'niter,  of  the  ship  R(d)ert,  from  the  Clvde,  sumo  years  since  threw  a  boule  overboaru 
to  the  eiistuan!  of  .\ho  \'ehi,  on  the  south  coast  of  Jlayii,  ami  about  thii'teen  inoiitha  afterwards  lie 
saw  a  Cliarlesiown  newspaper,  at  Kini^'ston,  .lamaiea,  which  stated  that  the  bottle  had  been  picW 
»p  ..n  tlic  shore,  near  St.  Mary's,  in  I'loriila. 


ways  certain  of  a 
as,  when  the  fre? 
some  degree,  lei 
to  regain  I  heir  It 

In  the  wii.dwa 
ward  or  S.  W.,  ; 
when  a  curretit  r 
setting  ea.stward 
also  that,  when  ;i 
j)erteive(!  on  the 

J5iU  b»  tweeii  tl 
of  the  currents  tr 

Jn  the  IJaUam; 
havintr  been  font 


lect,  of  the  eurre 
tilla.s,  iVe. 

In  the  channel 
west;  on  the  sou 
erly.     its  velocit 

J5elween  (Jren 
but  tht!  general  i 

Retween  St. 
northerly  ;  ami 
these  islands  it  si 

lietweeri  St.  I. 
the  western  side 

The  eurrrent  s 
to  the  nortli-vves 
mile  hourly.  iN 
An'igna  N.  W. 

JJelween  Jiedo 

Witliout  Rarb 
ward  of  the  N'irgi 

At  the  distanct 
the  Virgin  Island 
one  mile  to  one  i 

In  the  Mona  1 
as  fre(|iieiuly  sett 
but  Captain' ^Moi 
Rico,  in  lioni  hit 
N.  N.  K.  at  the  r 
Porto  Rico,  it  in 
the  western  side 

From  Trinidad 
curretU  has  been 
W.  also  to  Carth 

From  Cartlia" 
W.,  W.  N.  \V.,"; 
mile  per  hour, 
ceding  |)ages. 

At  about  40  mi 
W. ;  changing  ti 
distance  from  the 
and  Vera  (Jru/,  tl 

The  action  oft 
position  of  the  w; 
the  rotary  unttion 
to  flioiv,  (luring  a 
and  which  hits  frc 
reckonings,  wIkmi 

On  the  east  coi 
soons,  as  before  e 
them,  as  well  as  t 


BLUNT  S  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


079 


wpon  Turneir 

nl  (if  I  lie  Tn. 
it  t(i  the  e;isi. 

t  :ili)ng  shdre 

iifili  a  contr.'. 
e  ('liannti  i,i 
le  eastern  side 

^flaiii.  otf  ilip 
till'  -21  linurs, 
may  lie  Wnii 
,ve  hfeii  setio 
easterly  winii 
south  side  (if 
If  night,  Ijwn 
ins^  a  (list;in(e 

Isln  of  Piiifj. 

ITCUt  hftHKi, 
>f   full  -J  l|||l,i 

till-  set  nnrlv 
says,  "rnnii 
iistaiit  ciiii'it 
liieli  Imsbec 
le  exact  Hiirils 
[tiny;  ahdiiiL 
ecasions,  l)uih 
<r'2},  per  hour. 
seldom  ncciir. 
so  far  IIS  I  ri'- 
suhjcds  Laie 

here  dopsnnt 

Illy  thps;iiiie; 

however,  to 

of  tli»'  iiinnn 
pecially  iiliuut 


)f  a  reflowing  current  roiiiul  Cape  Anti 


;  easily  arToimtiMJ  I'l 


i 


ournal,  whirh 
iml  llic  Isliiiiil 
'omul  ihiit! 
Lt  the  I'lill  ami 
iiarters,  I  was 
(Is,  wore,  tlwt 
the  (luailers. 

th  iiiaiiv,  lli;i: 
No  (loui)t  tlie 
i  ii  still  inert 

IP  re  is  a  wcs:- 
ays,  or  aliui!' 

is,  you  are  ai- 


),  fcund  liiinsd; 

Mittle  ovrrliM"' 
s  afterward?  iif 
lad  been  picked 


^..jo „  ,  - lor: 

as,  when  the  fresh  trailo  wind  ceases,  and  the  uesierly  wimls  -.it  in,  the  harrier  i<,  in 
some  (iei:ree,  leiuoveil,  which  conrnied  the  w;iiers  m  ihc  (inHDf  .Mi  \ico.  :iih1  liny  seek 
to  reiiaiii  their  level  as  w(!ll  hy  the  Channel  of  \  ncatan  as  liy  the  Siraii  <il  i''loiiila.'' 

Ill  the  windward  ('lianiiel  of  .laniaici  the  eiincni  i;eiicrally  seis  wiili  the  wind  to  lec- 
waid  or  8.  W'.,  yet,  hotli  lure  and  at  .lamaica,  it  is  vaiiaiile.  Some  liavi'  aliiinii  d  that, 
when  a  current  runs  to  leeward,  on  the  south  side  of  .lamaica,  there  is  frei|in  nily  one 
setting;  eastward  on  the  north  side  ;  and,  at  other  times,  no  current  is  to  lie  perceived  ; 
also  tlial,  when  a  lee  current  runs  on  the  north  shore,  the  same  circumstances  may  be 
perceived  on  the  south  shore  as  wi^re  lietoie  ohscivcd  on  the  noilli. 

J{iU  1)(  twecn  the  Mona  l'assai;e  and  the  Caynians,  smilli  ol  the  islands,  the  lend.ncy 
of  the  currents  towards  .short;  is  most  coniinonly  found  to  the  north-westward. 

In  the  Haliama  I'assafics  tlie  currents  are  devious;  lidih  \veather  and  lee  eurr"nts 
liaviiit;  Ijct'ii  I'ound.  'These  also  appear  to  he  inlluenced  hy  the  tidal  causes  ;  lor  tin;  tides 
are  nperuiivc  on  the  hanks,  and  somclimes  set  stidn;:ly. 

The  foUovvim^  is  an  additional  detail  ol  th<'  liest  information  wv  have  lieen  aide  to  col- 
lect, of  the  currents  ill  the  Caribbean  and  Mexican  Seas,  from  llie  Dcrroiero  de  las  Au- 
tillas,  \'c. 

In  the  channel  between  'rrinidud  ami  ( Irenada  the  cnrnMit  has  heen  (cimd  to  set  nearly 
west;  on  tlie  south  side  lialf  a  point  sunthtrly,  and  on  the  north  side  half  a  point  nortli- 
erly.      Its  velocity  from  a  mile  to  ;■  mile  and  a  half  jier  Imnr. 

J  Jet  ween  (irenada  and  St.  \' in  cent's,  aUKiiiir  the  (Ircnadiiies,  tlie  ciirn  nts  art;  devious; 
but  the  j^eneral  inset  appears  to  he  W.  hy  N. 

J5etwecn  St.  Vincent's  and  S'.  fiiK  ia,  the  current,  I'miii  the  eastward,  sets  in  more 
northerly;  and  within,  on  the  west,  it  has  been  foiind  settiiiL:  to  the  N.  W.  Iletween 
tliese  islands  it  seems  to  be  as  strong;  as  in  any  other  part  ol  the  ranm'. 

Between  St.  Lucia  and  Ahirtinitpie  ii  has  been  fcund  nearly  north.  \'ery  variable  on 
the  western  side  ol'tlie  latter. 

The  currrent  sets  nearly  in  the  same  miiincr  iietwceii  Maiiiiii(|iii'  and  Dominica;  but 
to  the  northwestward  of  the  latter,  it  has  been  found  nearly  S.  W.  ihree-fourlhs  of  a 
mile  hourly.  Northward  of  (iuadaloii[)e  it  sets  W.  .',  S.  ami  between  .Montserrai  and 
An'igna  N.  W. 

Between  Kedonda  and  Nevis  it  has  been  found  W.  S.  \V .  half  a  mile  liourly. 

Witliout  Marbuda  and  the  northern  i^les,  it  has  set  about  W.  by  N.  and  to  the  liorth- 
wanhd'the  Virgin  Isles  and  I'orto  Jiico  about  W.  S.  W. 

At  the  distance  of  about  one  de;;r.'e,  within  the  ranue  of  the  Carilibei'  Islands,  and  to 
the  Viriiin  islands,  the  current  has  been  found  setting,  in  ;;en(  ral,  to  tin'  W.  N.  W.  from 
one  mile  to  one  mile  and  a  half  an  hour. 

In  the  Mona  Tassai^e,  between  Porto  Kieo  and  llayli,  the  current  has  been  marked 
as  fre(|uently  settiiiir  to  the  N.  W.  and  we  havi  insianrcs  ol  a  set  ihronuh  to  the  S.  W. ; 
biU  Captain  Moiitealh,  in  February,  Inld,  uhin  jiroccediiii;  soutliward  towards  Porto 
Rico,  ill  liom  latitude  'J.ii"  to  '22^,  and  lonsiitiide  (,l  to  (..■),  found  the  current  setting 
N.  N.  K.  at  the  rate  of  ii)  miles  in  the  ^4  hours  :  and  he  says  that,  olf  the  N.  W.  end  of 
Porto  Rico,  it  invariably  set  from  the  ( 'aribiieaii  Sea  to  the  north  and  N.  N.  E.  On 
the  western  side  of  the  passai;e  it  set  north,  two  miles  an  hour. 

From  Trinidad,  westward,  and  oli'the  north  side  ■of  the  Spanish  Leeward  Isles,  the 
current  has  been  found  settina;  west  and  8.  W.  to  the  (Inlf  of  Maraeaybo  ;  thence  S. 
W.  also  to  {'arthat;eiia  :  hut  it  varies,  as  has  been  already  noticed. 

From  Carthauena  towards  the  channel  of  Yucatan,  it'  has  been  found  N.  N.  W.,  N. 
W.,  W.  N.  W.,  and  N.  \V.  by  N.,  from  I  to  marly  •,'  miles,  ami  then  decirasin-;  to  U 
mile  per  hour.  It  has  also  heen  found  seltinu'  to  the  easfwaril,  as  shown  in  the  pre- 
ccdin^i;  jiai^es. 

At  about  40  miles  northward  of  Cape  Catoche,  th(>  current  has  Ir«ii  found  N.  W.  by 
W. ;  ehan^in-  thence  to  S.  S.  \V.  olf  the  N.  \V.  point  of  \  iicatan,  m'arlv  at  the  same 
fhstanee  Irom  the  coasi.  J{aie  something  less  than  half  a  mile  an  hour.  Between  this 
and  Vera  Cru/,  the  cnrient  ceases. 

The  action  of  the  S.  E.  trade  wind,  in  the  e(|uaiorial  rej^ions,  and  t'le  apparent  dis- 
position ol  the  waters  in  these  reirjons  to  retire  westward,  which  has  breii  aliribnted  to 
the  rotary  motion  ol  the  earth,  are  considered  as  the  causes  of  a  current  which  is  known 
to  low,durino-  a  -real  part  of  the  year,  from  the  Etlihipi.^  ( )ccan  to  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
an(  which  has  lre(|ueiitly  carried  ships  considerably  to  the  west  and  \V.  N.  W.  of  their 
rcek()niii;;s,  when  olf  the  N.  \V.  part  of  Brazil. 


Ontl 
soons,  as  befon;  explained,  hut 
them,  as  well  as  the  part  of  the  coast 


le  east  coast  of  Brazil  th.'  currents  generally  jiartake  of  the  direcliuii  of  the  inon- 

vary  in  velocity  according  to  the  advance  and  decline  of 


ULUNT's  AMKRICAIV  COAST  PILOT. 


Lieutonixnt  IIowett'H'.iys,  dining  the  soutlicily  monsoon,  the  currents  to  the  soiitliwnrd 
of  (Jiipo  St.  Aiimistiii  lire  not  so  powciliil  ;is  to  thi;  northward,  where  they  iticrt'iisnn 
streiimh  until  the  montlis  ol'  .lime  iiiid  .Inly,  ;ind  tlien  ^riidnally  decline.  On  tlic  (on. 
trary,  in  tlic  nortlieriy  monsoon,  they  are  generally  very  slroni;  to  the  sontliwar(lot(';i|^ 
St.  Ani^Mstin,  wlien  lliey  are  uoak  to  tlie  imrlliuard,  a-*  they  h-ive  some  dilticnity  in  ||^,. 
tacliini;  tiiemselves  from  tiie  stre;Tm,  whieii  runs  from  the  S.  K.  trade  around  Cape  :m. 
Ko(|ue.  ? 

Mr.  J^indley  also  notices  that  "  A  strons;  current  runs  soutliward  Ironi  Cape  St.  An- 
f^nstin,  uoinniencim;  about  the  niiddle  of  Octoher,  and  eontumini;  until  January.  iiHt, 
whieli  there  is  no  partieolar  (  iirre:U  till  the  middle  id'  Aprd,  u  lien  a  powerful  out;  sci.. 
in  nortlicily  tdl  .Inly,  aild  then  sulisides  in  like  manner." 

'J'he  c'lr.ents  of  ih«  Kiver  I'lata,  and  other  local  currents  near  the  shores,  liave  beco 
het'ore  noticed,  in  the  Descriptions  and  Sailiiii,'  iJiredions. 

The  tullowing  I'acts  estahlish  the  existence  of  tlie  comhined  current;  and  they  sW, 
in  some  de<;rce,  its  forc^e  anil  direction  towards  the  lira/ilian  (Mtast : 

1.  In  .lime  and  .Inly,  17')."».  the  Homhay  Castle,  East  Jnj^aman,  between  the  Isicdf 
I'ahn  1  (of  the  (Janaries)  ;uid  tlie  coast  of  Hra/il,  experienced  a  westerly  current,  ainou'i;. 
ing  to  r,',". 

2.  On'May  20,  1H()2,  the  CufVnels.  East  Indiainan,  lost  the  N.  E.  trade  in  8p  noitii, 
lonfj.  '2:1'^.  (lained  t!ie  S.  E.  trade  .hine  4,  in  .">-  N.,  loii'.:.  -J!  ^  From  the  etpnitortif 
current  was  found  to  set  W.  and  \V,  by  N.,  from  'M  to  b'2  miles  daily,  till  liie  cojimj, 
IJra/.il  was  in  sifrht  on  tiie  lltli.  in  8""  S. 

;!.   .May  ■,>.!,  IHOJ,  the  Sir   Eflward   llimlies  lost  the  N.   E.  trade  in  ()^  N.,  long,  J.; 
and  the  wind  was  from  S.  S.  E.  on  ilie  tioth,  in  5'  N.,  and  'Jli^  30'  W.     The  triiileUjii 
far  at  souiliward,  and  the  current  set  stron;;ly  to  the  west. 

■1.  October  H),  !-<()."),  tlie  European  (leet  lost  the  N.  E.  trade  in  11°  N.,  long. 'J^■,,lnn 
gained  the  S.  E.  trade  on  the  -Jbth,  in  4^  N.,  long.  'J")  '.  On  the  4th  of  Noveniijcr.iu 
land  of  Brazil  was  seen  in  lat.  (PS.;  the  wind  near  the  land  was  at  E.  by  S»  and  K.^.i. 
l>y  proceeding  too  tar  to  the  westward,  two  ships  (d  the  lleet  were  wrecked  in  tlio iiKin. 
ina;  of  tlie  1st  of  N'ovemlxM',  on  the  l!ocea<,  lU'  iiow  i\ey>,  in  lat.  ."J-  ."JV?'  S.,  and  ;j;i',  W., 
and  several  others  had  nearly  shared  the  same  fate.  This  catastrophe  had  pruiiiiliK 
been  avoifled  by  a  due  knowledge  (d,  and  attention  to,  tiie  elfects  of  the  curreni,  iilncli 
was  subsei|ueiilly  ascertained  to  set  'J.'  miles  per  hour  to  the  westward,  near  the  Kuccis, 

f).  On  the  Istol'.liine,  ]7').'i,  the  Kin<:  (iecnge.  East  Indi.unan.  crossed  the  fnt in, jiH 
AV.,  and  from  liic  'Jd  to  the  .")lh  experienced  a  westerly  current  of  1  .■)."!'.  <  )n  tlh  oili. 
Ca])e  .St.  KiKpie  was  in  sight,  and  the  ship  was  kept  workim:  until  the  Kith,  endcivi'iui; 
inellectually  to  weather  it.  She  then  stood  to  the  north-eastwaid,  closely  liaiilcd,  id 
lat.  1^  N.,  in  ordi-r  to  reijain  the  variable  >\  ii  ds  in  north  latitude,  and  then  proccediiJK, 
cress  tiie  e(piator,  which  was  at  length  eli'ected. 

6.  In  May  and  .luiie,  IHDT.  the  transpmts,  laden  with  (U'dnance  stores,  for  tlic  ;iriiiy 
at  Monte  \'ideo,  by  crossing  the  e(pialor  too  far  to  the  wrsi«ard,  were  carried  .so  liir  in 
this  direction  by  the  current,  thatthey  could  not  get  to  tlie  southward  ol  Ca|)(' Au;;iis- 
tin,  (li  I.  ri^  2."5'  S.,)  and  were  twice  obliijed  to  stand  to  tlie  northward,  into  variabji' «iiiil<, 
to  regain  easting,  after  having  allempted  inelfeeiually  to  gain  the  re  ular  soiiliitM 
trade  wind. 

7.  It  is  a  well  known  fact,  that  several  sliips  have  made  the  isle  of  Fernando  Nornnlia, 
on  their  outward  bound  jiassage  to  India,  by  the  currents  having  set  thei  to  tiiewisi- 
ward,  after  the  failure  of  the  N.  E.  trade  wind.  The  current  runs  strongly  about  tliij 
island. 


WIIVDS. 


WIND  is  a  sensible  current  or  movement  of  the  atmosphere  over  the  earlli's  .siirl 
The  Winds  are  divided  into  I'crcnnial,  Periodical,  and  X'ariablc.     They  are  akso  divi 
into  (Teneral  and  Particular.     Perennial,  or  Constant  Winds,  are  those  whidi  al«  >• 
blow  till'  same  way  ;  such  is  that  easterly  wind,  between  the  trojiics.  commonly  callidi: 
Trade  Wind.     Periodical  Win<ls  are  those  which  constantly  return  at   certain  tiim- 
such  are  land  and  sea-bree/,es,  blowing  alternately  from  land  to  sea,  and  from  sea  t(i  In 
Variable,  or  Erratic   Winds,  are  sufdi   as  blow  now   this  way,  now  that,  and  are  ii' 
up,  now  hushed,  without  regularity  either  as  to  time  or  place:  such  are  the  winds  prc^ 
lent  to  the  northward  of  30°  N.  latitude. 


*'riiecuu.'<C8of '! 
dclphia  ;— The  iiir, 
Ijciu,  und  it  does  n 
earili,  will  crive  pla 
clcviitidii,  one  sirni 
ultitude,  as  denser 
niucli  dcii.'icr  hy  lli 
wanner.     Hence, 
eacli  iitlier.      Vet. 
c.\';eed  that  in  di. 
picpoiulcra^e  niid 
with  iiicre:isiMt;\i|( 
itioreascN  as  it  falls 
it  rises,  niid  Ikmht 
tlcnly  varving  curn 
nul,  Xo.  1-2. 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


C81 


the  soutliwarrl 

icy  iiicriMsc  ill 

On  tlic  ((,i|. 

tllW;ll(l(ll(';i|,. 

liUiiiiiiy  III  1, 
ouiitl  Capi'  > 

1  Cape  St.  Ai, 

.lanuiiiy,  im,. 

iverl'ul  out!  m- 

)res,  liavc  beci 

and  they  slioit, 

een  the  Isle,i 
irrent,  aniouii;. 

le  in  8\°  nnrili, 
tlu'  (•(|ir,itiirt!'t 
till  tlie  coHM  i, 

'  N.,  lone.  .'•". 
Tiie  trade Li;; 

,  lonj;.  2f-.3ni; 

NovenihiT,  !!• 
S.  and  K.f^.l. 
(mI  in  till'  iiin!: 
1.,  and;!;;:  \V„ 
le  liad  pri)ii;iliK 

curreiii,  Him). 
ear  tho  /idcc.is, 

I  the  l;iii'iii:;ii 

'.  ( )ii  ilif  .^ili, 
th,  eii(ie;ivii'mg 
iscly  iiaiilt'il,  iii 
■n  ijrofcedtMJ  to 

s,  tor  tlif  iiriiiv 

ariicri  so  far  in 

t"  ( 'a|)('  Aiijiiis- 

variaiiji' winds, 

liar  soiilii-easi 

ando  Nornnlia, 
to  llie  wi'st- 
ugly  about  thii 


* 


rartli'ssuit 
arc  also  divi-: 

which  al«a>' 
loidy  calli'iliiis 
cfiiain  liiiifs; 
oni  sea  to  \wi 
t,  and  are  no« 
le  windsprcvi 


PERENNIAL  or  TRADE  WINT3. — Over  extensive  tracts  of  ocean,  in  the  lower 
liiiiadfs,  or  toward  the  equator,  Perennial  or  Trade  Winds  are  found  to  prevail,  which 
lojlinv  tin;  cour.se  of  tiie  sun  :  thus,  on  the  Allanli<'  Ocean,  at  about  HM)  leaf;ue.s  from 
liie  AlVuiiUi  shore,  between  llie  latitutb's  of  10  anil  •,*(>  de<;rees,  a  constant  bree/.e  |)revails 
lioiu  tlie  iiorili-easlward.  Cpon  approachinu  the  .Xincrican  side,  lliis  N.  K.  wind  be- 
r  (lines  more  easterly,  or  seldom  blo\vs  iu(ue  llian  one  point  of  the  compass  from  the  east, 
eiilicrli)  the  nortlnvard  or  southward, 

Tin;  Perennial  or  Trade  Wind,  on  the  American  side  of  tlie  Atlantic,  extends,  at 
tunes,  to  .'>0  dciirees  of  laii'ude,  which  is  ai)out  1  decrees  larl|jer  to  the  northward  than 
ON  tlie  .\fricaiJ  side.  jjikewise  on  tlii'  south  ol  the  e(|uator,  the  Perennial  Wind, 
winch  is  here  iVom  tile  soutli-east,  extends  3  or  4  dei;rees  farther  towar'l-  •'.!"  I'oast  of 
Hiazil  than  (ui  the  o|)posite  side  of  the  ocean.  The  t'enffid  cause  of  this  winil  is  tlie 
iiiKiimi  of  tiu"  earth,  in  its  diuin.d  rotation,  connected  with  its  orbital  movements. 

IlllAT  iiicriMscs  evaporatiim,  and  renders  the  atmosphere  ca|)able  of  supportina;  a 
urcaler  (pianlity  ol  moisture  than  it  \voiil(l  lii;  in  a  ecxder  slate  : — were  the  atmosphere  of 
one  roiituiiied  warmth,  and  its  motion  unitorni,  there  would  be  no  rain  ;  lor  it  would  not 
imbibe  more  moisture  in  exhalation  than  it  eonlil  siipp(ul.  Heat  often  produces  diver- 
sitv  ill  winds  and  weather,  lor  near  the  land,  w  In  n  the  sun  has  preat  inlluence,  it  occasions 
land  and  sea-breezes  near  the  shore  ;  and,  in  particiil.ir  situations,  heavy  gusts  and  sijualls 
iil'wind  * 

Small  islands,  lying  at  a  great  distance  Irom  the  main  land,  ojjcrate  very  little  upon  tho 
Trade  Wind.  If  elev.ited,  these  ishuids  are  more  subject  to  rain  than  if  low  :  thi.s  may 
be  occasion'  d,  princi|)ally,  by  tlie  ascent  given  to  the  wind,  or  atmospliere,  in  rising  over 
the  tops  ol  the  liills  ;  when,  being  cooled,  it  condenses  into  small  dn/,/.ly  rain.  'J'his  is 
an  iliect  peculiar  to  all  motiiitains,  even  in  the  miildle  of  continents,  when  tlii'  atmosphere 
is  siiliieienlly  chaigi'(|  with  mnistiire.  l'"or  the  sun's  rays,  by  heating  the  atmosphere, 
according  to  its  density,  ren<leis  it  much  warmer  at  the  bottom  than  at  tlie  top  of  liills. 
Upon  a  mountain  sloping  from  th.' .sea  towards  the  top,  and  about  700  yards  in  li"iglif,  a 
pleas, uit  biee/.e  has  bei'ii  observed  in  shore,  and  fine  clear  weather  ;  the  air  in  ascending, 
(being  condensed  by  told,)  at  about  half  way  up,  had  the  ■ippearancf!  of  fog,  or  thin  light 
dying  clouds;  but  at  the  top  was  a  misiiiig  rain;  and  this  may  freiiueniiy  be  seen  in 
any  iiKuintainous  country. f 

The  clouds,  in  the  higher  regions  of  tho  air,  are  frequently  seen  to  move  in  a  direeliou 
(onfrary  to  the  wind  behiw.  The  no'tli-eas»  Trade  Wind  has  frecjiiently  asoiitli-westerly 
wind  above  it ;  and  a  south  east  « ind  often  prevails  beneath  one  whose  direction  is  north- 
west. It  is  found  th.it,  just  without  the  limits  of  the  Trade  Wind,  the  wind  generally 
blows  from  the  opposite  cpiarter.  The  counter-current  of  air,  above,  is  often  seen  in  a 
tVcsli  Trade  Wind. 

There  arc  .several  heights  of  clouds  tm  the  coast  of  North  America  ;  the  highest  and 
those  which  appear  of  the  linest  texture, (if  I  may  be  allowed  liie  expression)  ll,p;it  highest 
in  the  almos|)here.  Cluudsdt'  this  (lescri|)tion  always  come  from  the  westward;  just 
before  the  appearance  of  an  easterly  storm,  they  gather  in  the  .S.  W.  and  S,  S.  W.,  and  if 
a  glim  (as  the  sailors  call  it)  in  the  N.  K.  and  .\.  N.  K.  their  appearance  in  the  sky  indi- 
e.ites  a  N.  E.  storm  of  snow  or  ram.  All  great  ?torms  which  are  met  with  above  the  hit. 
ol  .'!()',  whether  snow  or  rain,  bei>iii  to  the  westward  and  advance  gradiiallv  to  the  east- 
ward, along  the  coast  of  North  .\merica,  in  ci  nformity  with  ihegeneial  atmospheric  cur- 
rent (if  the  region.  When  a  .*^.  W.  wind,  in  the  upper  regions  of  the  atmosphere,  is  at- 
tended with  a  .\.  E.oroi)posite  wind  below,  the  latter  is  commonly  accompanied  with  low 

fly  inir  clouds  which  (hi  vebelore  the  wind,  while  the  higher  clouds  go  in  a  contrary  direction. 

Ship  .M.isters  and  Pilots,  on  leaving  tin-  coast,  outward  lio'ind,  may  notice  that  so  long 

as  tlie.se  higher  clouds  do  not  gather  and  thicken  in  the  W.  or  S.  W.  so  long  a  heavy  or 

*Thecuiisc8ofTornndocs,  Hurricanes,  and  .Squalls,  have  been  thus  assigned  by  Dr.IInrc,  ofPhila. 
deipliia  ;--TIr.  nir.  bciiiir  a  pcrf(-(;lly  elastic  (luid,  its  deii.sity  is  dependant  on  pressure,  n.s  well  as  on 
lieiu,  am  It  ihjcs  not  follow  that  air,  winch  niny  hv  heated  in  con.scpicncc  of  its  proximitv  to  tho 
earili,  will  jrivp  place  u>  older  nir  from  aiiove.  The  prcs.-iue  of  the  ntiii(i,«pl,ere  varyinif  wi,h  the 
eievatKm.oiiesintnin  ol  air  may  be  ns  much  rarer  l.v  ilie  diiniiiiiiioii  of  pres.mir,.  coMs.vnient  to  its 
ultitud.),  !iH  denser  by  the  cid  c.)nse.|iienl  to  its  reiiioi.iicss  Iroin  the  earth,  and  another  niav  be  as 
niucii  (tenser  l.y  the  iiieie,-,,.e,|  pic...siire  nrLoin-  iVoiii  its  proAiimiy  to  the  earth,  ns  rnicr  by  beinff 
vNarmer  llence,  when  iiii.Mpn.lly  heated,  dilleienl  strata  of  the  atmosphere  do  not  always  disturb 
eacii  otiier.  "^  et,  alter  a  lime,  the  raielieali  m  in  the  lower  Miatuin.  bv  greater  heat,  may  so  far 
exceed  t|.:it  in  the  upper  slinuim,  at-,  inbint  on  an  inferior  de^r,ee  of  pressure,  that  this  stratum  may 
l";''I"m.lera'e  and  l.e^riii  to  deseend.  Whenever  such  a  movement  coininenees,  it  must  proceed 
«itii  inereasin-yeloeity  ;  fur  the  pressure  on  the  up|.crHtrntum,  and.  of  course,  its  deiisiivand  «eit.dil. 

icreases  as  n  (alls  ;  wlinst,  on  the  contrary,  the  (l.>nsiiv  ..ml  wei-lii  of  tlie  lower  must  les.sen  it  as 
It  r.ses,  ami  |i,.iue  the  cliauKe  is,  at  times,  so  much  aece!eiaied  as  to  ocea.'-ion  the  furious  and  .siid 
uMilyvarymtr  currents  ot  air  which  attend  tornadoes,  hurricanes,  and  t^'inalU.—SUUmau's  Juur, 

'"'  ■^''-  '-  t  Oriental  Nuvigntor,  or  East  India  Directory. 

8G 


. 


682 


nHJNT'S  AMERICAN  COAfeT  PTLOT. 


long  storm  of  snow  or  rain  will  not  orcnr.     Any  rain  or  foul  weather,  tliat  prnrpHsfr,, 
wiiulH,  wl)ich  rise  ir'jm  t))*-  eastward.  ,i,(i  drive  ht'for"'  tlie  wind  to  the  westward. 


vind. 


Willi 


out  a  fall  ol'llie  b  iro>' "tir,  is  not  a'tended  with  violi 

Thr,  .space  Ironi  iaiiliido  y./'^  to  2ri^  or  •J'J''  In-tweti  >>..?  '^'i\:\r,],]t  and  Trade  M'ind  , 
reinarkabhi  for  a  vo-'tiniial  iha*^  ^e  of  winiis,  withsud  ';  '  !i"!  Mid  rainis,  rain.  tlnitM. 
and  hghiniiig.  This  spat  h.^  ijucri  c^'iied  liic  !!•.•'  L.ititudes,  because  it  lias  oHeii  i,,,^ 
found  necessary  here  ic  tlirfw  ovr  r'l  ard  the  horses  wliich  were  to  be  transported  im),. 
W.  Indies,  tec.  To  thi-  iioriHw^'-d  »'\  iliese  latitudes,  upon  the  American  coa.'^f,  and  ii;iii( 
than  one  third  over  the  Aii;<nM< .  westerly  winds  prevail  nearly  nine  months  in  iliivt;.; 

In  the  latitiuit  aLove  the  ri.ulo  Winds,  the  wind  fnim  the  W.  S.  westward  bcin,,,,. 
plete  with  moisture,  from  the  j^real  exhalation  between  the  tro[)ics,  as  it  approiiclHsiL- 
cold  and  hisjlier  latitudes,  becomes  condensed  info  shuwers  of  hail,  rain,  or  snow. 

There  is  often  an  interval  of  calm  between  tlm  Tiade  W'mds  and  the  opposite  windiij 
high  latitmies.  Tliis  is  not,  however,  always  the  case  ;  for,  if  tlie  Trade  \Vind  iniMi„f. 
der.s  be  much  to  the  eastward,  it  fre(in  'titly  chai)i;es  irradually  round  without  an  iiiii>it]| 
of  calm.  'IMiere  is  ticiu-rally  also  a  calm  in  a  certain  space  between  the  two  |irn;ii!r- 
winds  blowing  in  op|)osite  directions,  as  between  the  'J'radc  Wind  ami  the  wcstrrlv  u-i 
on  the  African  coast.  In  the  limit.-  of  the  Trade  Wind,  a  dead  calm  is  generally  iIk -.. 
lude  to  a  storm,  and  it  t)Ught  always  to  be  consiilercd  as  a  prognostic  thert-ot,  ilioii:.. 
storm  often  appears  without  this  warning. 

When  the  sun  is  at  its  greatest  declination,  north  of  the  equator,  the  S.  E.  wind,  p,. 
ticularly  between  Brazil  and  Africa,  varying  towards  the  course  of  the  sun.  ciinii;i.i 
quarter  or  half  a  point  more  to  the  sonthward,  and  the  N.  K.  Trade  Wind  veers  iinr  ;, 
the  eastward.  The  contrary  happens  nlicii  the  sun  is  near  the  southern  troiiic  ilcr^lr. 
the  S.  E.  wind,  south  of  the  line,  gets  more  to  the  east,  and  the  N.  K.  wind,  on  ihi  \'. 
lantic,  veers  more  to  the  north. 

On  the  African  side  of  the  S.  Atlantic,  the  winds  are  nearest  to  the  south,  and  h\i\[, 
American  side  nearest  to  the  east.  In  tliese  seas,  Doci.  Halley  observed,  that  wiifnih- 
wind  was  eastward,  the  weather  was  gloomy,  dark,  and  rainy,  with  hard  gales  of  n inn; 
but,  when  the  wind  veered  to  the  southward,  the  weather  generally  becomes  serene,  niia 
gentle  breezes,  next  to  a  caii.i. 

The  Equatorial  LiMir^i  of  the  N.  E.  Perennial  or  Trade  Wind  between  tlifmrriii- 
ans  of  18  and  26  degrees  vf<;,  have  been  found,  upon  the  comjiarison  (d'  iiiirh  .Jiii 
journals,  English  and  French,  to  vary  consiilerable  even  in  the  same  months  (jI  the  vp,ir. 
We  liave  shown,  by  the  annexed  tabl(>,  where  tin'  N.  K.  Trade,  according  totlit|iii). 
bable  mean,  may  be  e.s[,ected  to  cease  in  the  dillerenl  inontlis:  and  it  will  be  foiiwi  lo 
answer  the  purpose  with  sufficient  precision. 

Inthis  table  the  coltunns  of  Extremes  show  the  uncertain  termination  of  the  trndewinii-, 
as  experienced  in  dittereo,  ships.  The  annexed  columns  ,'diow  the  Probable  niriiii:  an; 
the  last  column  exhibits)  lie  mean  brea<llh  of  the  interval  between  the  N.K.  and  S.F..hii;iI;. 

Thus  the  table  shows,  ihat  in  the  month  of  January,  the  i\.  E.  Trade  has  hcpii  found 
Bometimes  to  cease  in  the  parallel  of  10°,  and  sometimes  in  that  of"  3°  N'.  Thatdie 
probable  mean  of  its  limit  is  about  .'>''  N. — That  the  S.  E.  'J'rade  at  the  same  time,  Ira 
^een  found  to  cease  sometimes  at  only  half  a  degree  north  of  the  line,  and  sonipriiiit-^-.: 
;  degrees.  That  the  proi)abl^  mean  ol"  its  limit  is,  therefore,  two  degrees  and  a  (|iiniif: 
.ind  that  the  interval  between  the  assumed  mcai;s  of  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  Trade  Wiira 
'u  equal  to  2|  degrees :  and  so  of  the  rest. 

Table  shomng  the  Equivortial  Limits  of  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  Trade  Winds,  Ictwm 
the  Meridians  o/'IH  and  'JCi  Drurrrs   Il"r,s7. 


ii 


N.  E.  TRADE  WIND. 


CEASES. 


General 
Extremes. 

3° to  10°  N. 
2  to  10  ~ 
2  to  8  — 
2ito  ')  — 
4" to  10  -- 
6' to  1,3       — 


In  January  at 
February. 
March  . . , 
April  .... 

May 

June  . 

July 8,jtol4 

August  . .  .11  to  15 
Septemner  9  to  14 
October...  7itol4 
November.  ^  foil 
December.   J   to    7 


Probable 
Mean. 

3°  N. 
4    — 

8|-; 
11      ■— 

13    -I 

HI-  j 

10    —  ' 

8    -  i 

51-  I 


S.  E.  TUADE  WIND. 


(ieneral 
Extremes. 
0;',°  to  4^  N. 
to  3    — 

to  2',  — 

T  _ 


0.^ 

o" 

0 
0 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 


to 
to  4" 
to  5 
to  6 
to  5 
to  5 
to  5 
to  5 
to  4," 


I       IMKIiVAl, 
I       BETWKEN. 

Probable  ,.        „      ,,. 
Mean.     Mean  Breadtl 

ol 

~li 

3 


N. 


2}  degrees. 


—        5^ 


3i 
.'5 


—         7 


1 


3      — 


'A 

Hi 

7 

-If 

2! 


1^ 


111  the  spare 
Ih'i'ii  loiiiiii,  llii 
(111-  -iuii  has  gie 
III!'  ciialtled,  at 
Hbuii  tliiv  do, 
('jvpcneiiccil  in 
llKirc  i,;eiiei-al!y 
ar-.  litiqii-nlly  s 
taken,  as  many 
A\'liiil>viiids  b.n 
On  tl»e  easier 
eral  easterly  or 
direction  and  to 
is  rcplace.l  by  i 
prevails  from  ti 
U.t(d)er  t«t  .Ma\ 
To  ilic  smiil 
liappcns  that,  ; 
shilis  to  the  op 
one  vessel  h;i 
distant,  has,  at 
with  the  wind  i 
ol'  tiii'se  gales. 
In  the  year  1 
ships  of  war,  ei 
togi'tiier  w'itii  a 
to  witb  a  hurrif 
ctpially  heavy,  ; 
The  winds  w 
the  eastward  of 
bc'iuc'Mi   thi'iii  : 
l{EK.Mri)A 
<|iicnt  ;  liiit  liie 
llikhivt,  in  his 
tliiiniler,  lightn' 
llie  English  at  i 
seeing  tlie  ship 
land,  wiii(;h,  ac( 
of  tin-  Herinodt 
and  inhabited  w 
thunder,  storni' 
is  si>  woiidriius 
lia/.ard  of  ship\> 
mate  of  these 
purity  of  its  air 
"  The  gcner; 
on  the  coasts  ol 
nominaliMi  diur 
and  whi(  li  strik 
llie  locality  and 
interior,  always 
forenoon,  and  i 
luminary  augni 
altitude   decren 
maximum  of  it 
has  perceptilily 
the  rlsiii','  of  tin 
hiiui-hree/.esce 
"  Tiie  annua 
of  the  sun,  whi 
dry  seasons.     ' 
loud    ihiinder 
east,  bi,'  iiiterr 
the  atmo-,pher 
"  When  the 
then  th?  trade 


BT.UNT  S  AMCRICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


683 


lat  prorprrlsfi  „ 

Trade  M'iml,,, 
la,  r;iin,  ilnin .. 

I'  it  }i;i.s  often  I,,;, 

ransportid  („ ,). 

II  coiisf.  iindii,,,. 
iitlis  ill  i|ii. ,, 

I'slwiiiil  brill;;,,. 

it  ii|)|ir(iiicli(.,s,|, 

1,  or  Midw. 

(ini(isiic«iii,ii|j 

:'    \\'ill(l  ill  ils!„f. 

itlioiit  ;ni  iiiiriji 

''  two  prciaiLi' 

till'  wcstrrlv  w.'l 

Z(Mi('i-;ill_v  ili(.r,,. 

lllClCof,  ihoil;,! 

.S.  K.  wiml,!: 
le  sun,  clianii. 
iiid  veers  n  , , 
II  (r(i|iic  :  !ir"'. 
wind,  on  thf  y. 

loiith,  nnd  oiif, 
I'd,  that  wlifn" 
i;nles  of  m; 
jmesscroiie,  nr, 

twpen  tliPMiprhi. 
on  of  iii,!r(v  ^. 
(iiillis  ol'ilifvfar. 
rdiiii;  to  tlic'ino- 
will  be  fimuil  ui 

)f  tlio  fr;i(!(M\ii!(. 
il);tl)le  iniMii:  in,, 
.  .iiul  S.K.uii;4 
le  luis  licpii  found 
3°  i\.  Tim  lb 
le  same  liriie,  lii! 
iind  soniPtiiiifsj; 
'OS  iiiid  a  (|iiarift. 
E.  Trade  Winii 


Wintis,  hctwm 


l>TKIi\.U 
KF.TWKK.S. 

Mean  Breadil 
2\  degrees. 

4 

H 

7 

■J! 


',  tlip  :  .^urse  of  the  nen- 

■  ■■  8(»iTie  ido  iitications  in 

itr-v/.p. .  .ilms  at  nij<hi  anu 

•I. IV,  Uiiiess  ;•<  strong  wind 

iif.i".^.  ex[»erieuced  from 


]ii  the  r^pnre  of  variatdi;  winds  between  the  trades,  exhibited  in  the  hist  column,  it  has 
liccii  loiiml,  liiitf  soutlaMJy  winds  |irev'.iil  more  than  ;iii}-  other;  more  particjlrfrly  ulien 
tin-  sun  lias  j;ieal  northern  deelination.  lldiiieuard  brtund  East  Iiiilia  siii|)S  art-  tl  ore- 
lorc  eiialtlcd,  at  ill's  season,  to  crost;  iIa;  space  more  (quickly  *han  those  out warti  bound  ; 
wiiuii  tiny  do,  in  some  dcaree,  .  ;  ail  other  liiiies.  ^'et  calms  ;  id  vaiihh  winds  are 
expeneiieed  \n  e.ery  inoiiih  in  th'-  year,  >vithiii  Miis  sj>a';e  '•  it  the  roiiofr,  which  are 
mori!  njeneraily  i'l  l\<c  vii  inity  of  !he  N.  K.  trade,  scdtlo-n  <  <(rtit(Uc  Innr.  These  calms 
a'' lieijii.--nt)y  siieeeeded  by  siiddcr  s(j;j;iMs,  against  w!.u:li  e\ -rv  pf-'MUtiori  -h.uld  be 
i;il,eii,  as  many  ships  have  lost  their  topmasts,  and  have  been  oiLe''wii,c  dari'ui"**!  by  them. 
Wliiilwiiids  have  sometimes  aceiimpaiji d  these  s(iualls. 

On  the  eastern  eii.tst  ot  North  Aiiu'ica,  and  amoii^  its  is'an 
era!  easterly  or  trade  wind  is  uninterrupted,  ihonijh  siibjei:' 
direction  ami  force.     At  a  short  dislanee  frcM  the  land  the  s. 
is  replaeed  by  the  lami-bree/e.     This  variation  happens  eVL._ 
)jrevails  fiuiii   the  norihward  or  souilnvard  ;   the  /irst  of  tin's 
O.tiilier  to  May,  and  the  seeond  in  .Inly,  Aiiynst,  and  Septonii/er. 

To  the  southward  of  Newfouiidlaiiil.  shifts  otwind  are  very  eoiiimon,  and  it  frequently 
liappetis  that,  alter  lilo\viii<T  a  <;ale  upon  one  point  of  tlu;  compass,  the  wind  suddenly 
shilis  to  the  oj)|)osile  point,  and  blows  e(|iially  stron<^.  It  has  been  known  that,  while 
one  vessel  has  been  lyinjn  to.  in  a  heavy  (,'ale  of  wind,  another,  not  more  than  ."]()  leaji^ues 
disiant,  has,  at  the  very  same  time,  been  in  anoiher  fjale  e(|ually  heavy,  and  lying  to, 
with  the  wind  in  (piile  an  opposite  direction.  This  fact  shows  the  whirlwind  character 
of  these  cales.  the  opjiosite  winds  bein<;on  opposite  sides  of  the  circuit  of  the  gale. 

In  the  year  17HJ,  at  the  time  the  Ville  de  Paris.  Centaur.  Raiiiillies,  and  severalother 
ships  of  war.  eiili»'r  foundered,  or  were  rendered  unserviceable,  on  or  near  the  Banks, 
toiji'ther  with  a  whole  lleet  of  West  Indiamen,  exci  'iiig  five  or  six,  they  were  all  lying 
to  with  a  hurricane  from  E.  8.  E.  the  wind  sliifted  in  an  instant  to  N.  W.  and  blew 
equally  heavy,  and  every  -hip  lying  to,  under  a  square  course,  foundered. 

The  winds  within  the  (iiilf  are  not  so  liable  to  sudden  shifts  as  on  the  outside,  or  to 
the  eastwiird  of,  Hreton  Island.  'I'he  weather  to  the  southward  of  Magdalen  Islands, 
beiwe/'ii  them  and  I'rince  lOdward  Island,  is  generally  much  clearer  than  on  the  north. 

J{KR,Mri)A.S'  I.SLK.S. — Near  these  islands,  hurricanes  and  tem|)C8ts  are  very  fre- 
quent ;  but  the  prevailing  winds,  with  fine  weather,  are  from  between  the  south  and  west. 
II  tkluyt,  in  his  voyages,  1.3').^,  calls  the  sea  about  the  I'>eniiudas  a  "  hellish  place  for 
tliniiiler,  lightning',  and  storms:"  and  another  writer,  in  1()I5,  describing  the  arrival  of 
the  English  at  these  islands  in  IbO'K  lias  said,  '■  t^ir  (ieorge  Souiers,  sitting  at  the  sterna, 
seeing  the  ship  desperate  of  relief,  lookim;  every  minute  when  it  would  sinke,  he  espied 
laud,  which,  according  to  his  and  ('apt.  Newport's  opinion,  sliiu'd  be  that  dreadful  coast 
of  the  IJermoiles,  which  islands  were,  of  all  muions,  said  and  ipposed  to  be  inchanted, 
and  inhabited  with  wii<'hes  and  devils;  which  grew  by  reason  of  accustomed  monstrous 
thunder,  storms,  and  tempests,  neere  unto  those  i*'aiids  ;  also  for  that  the  whole  coast 
is  so  wondrous  dangerous  of  rocks  that  lew  can  a,)iToac!;  t'..r m  but  with  unspeakable 
ha/.ard  of  shipwreck."  We  now  laugh  at  this:  ltv>  ing  tha  the  mild  and  regular  cli- 
mate of  these  islands  is  prefer.ible  even  to  that  oi  '  acieir.  and  to  be  piv  .erred  for  ;Le 
purity  of  its  air,  t<tL;etlier  with  the  abundance  an  >   _i  .dity  dliuils  and  vegetables. 

"  The  general  easterly  wind,  of  the  tropical  re;...>ns,  is  lelt  on  the  coast  of  tluynna  Jind 
on  the  (;oastsof  the  Caribbean  and  iMcNJean  fteas,  b  it  with  variations  which  ii.iy  be  de- 
nominated diurnal  and  annual.  The  diurnal  perion  is  th  t  which  the  sea-breeze  causes, 
and  whii  h  strikes  the  coast  usually  at  an  angle  of  two  p'ov!  -i,  less  or  more,  according  to 
the  locality  and  other  circm  istances;  and  then  r!  •  laud  v.ind,  whicli,  coming  froin  the 
interior,  ahvavs  blov»s  oli' shore.  The  sea-bree/.e  comes  on  at  about  nine  or  ten  in  tlie 
forenoon,  and  continues  while  the  sun  is  abo^  the  hori/.on,  increasing  its  force  as  that 
luminary  augments  its  altitude,  and  diminishing,  in  a  similar  proportion,  as  the  sun's 
altitude  decreases.  Thus,  when  the  sun  is  on  the  m-ridian,  the  sea-ttreuze  is  at  the 
maximum  of  its  strength;  and  at  the  time  that  .lie  ^uii  reaches  the  hori/.on,  this  breeze 
has  perceptil)ly  ceased.  The  land-bree/e  commences  before  inidnight,  and  continues  until 
the  rising  o|  the  sun  ;  sometimes  longer.  A  space  (d  some  hours  intervenes  between  the 
laiid-iiree/.es  ceasing  and  the  sea-breezes  coming  on,  during  which  there  is  a  jierfect  cahn. 

"  The  annual  jjeriod  of  the  trade  wind  hero  is  produced  by  the  proxiinifv  or  distance 
of  the  sun,  which  occasions  the  only  two  seasons  known  in  the  tropic  ;  the  rainy  and  the 
dry  seasons.  'J'he  first  is  when  the  sun  is  in  'he  tro|)ic  of  Clancer,  ami  heavy  rai-T?  with 
loud  ihiinder  ate  prevalent.  In  this  season  the  wind  is  generally  to  the  southward  of 
east,  bi><  interrupted  by  trequent  calms,  yet  it  occasionally  blows  with  force  a:id  obscures 
the  atmosphere. 

"When  the  sun  remove-  to  she  trouic  of  Capricorn,  the  dry  season  com),  ence.,,  and 
then  thc!  trade  wind,  which  is  steady  at  S.  E.  is  cool  aiid  agreeable.     At  this  season.,  >i. 


i 


684 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


and  N.  W.  winds  nro  somctiiiips  foTinrl  lilowing  with  much  force,  and,  indeed,  in  sr-,, 
dcyn'r,  tliov  n-niiliily  nilerniiK!  willi  thf  t;«Mi(;ral  wind,  as  they  are  more  tVcqueni  iii.\,. 
venilx'r  and  Ucccnilin-,  (iian  in  Fil)riiarv  and  .Marcii. 

"In  th(!  chaniit!  dl'  llie  seasons  there  is  a  remarkable  dill'erenre;  for,  in  Ajirilvj 
May,  no  eiian:;e  is  experienced  in  tlie  atinospliere,  and  tiie  weatlier  is,  in  ^fiierai,  !,(„,. 
tit'nily  fine;  hnt  in  August,  September,  and  October,  tliere  are  nsnally  cahnH,  or  virv 
h'^lit  winds:  and  ihoaihiil  hurricanes,  in  these  montlis,  sometimes  renthr  the  inm  . 
tion  perib)iis.  I''r()ni  tiiese  perils,  however,  areexempted  the  ishiiid  Trinidad,  ilic  (d,,,', 
)f  (,'oloMibia,  (late  'I'erra  Kirma,)  the  (itiifs  or  Hays  of  Dfirien  4i\(\  Honduras,  and  i|,, 


Ui^lit  of  Vera  i'ruv.,  to  which  the  hurricanes  do  not  reacli 


in  ti 


le   space  o|  sc; 


tween   llie  (rreat  Antilia.s  and  the  coast  of  Colombia,  tlie  t'cncral  N.  K.  or  Trade  Wn,. 
rejjularly  prev;iils;  but.  near  the  shore,  tint  following  |)eculiarilies  are  found  : 

"  At  the  <  ireater  Antillas,  the  sea-bice/e  consiinlly  pretiiils  by  day,  and  llie  lap;, 
brec/i'  liy  ni^lit.  These  larid-breezes  are  the  frcsiiol  uhii  h  are  known,  and  assist  \»,. 
Kfds  much  in  netlini;  lo  the  eastward  or  remoimiinf;  to  windwiird,  which,  wiihout  i\;% 
would  be  almost  impossible.  At  the  Lesser  Antillas, 
Lin;ia,  icv.  there  are  no  land  bree/es. 


as 


Do 


mimca. 


iMart 


miinie, 


iuiil ; 


"  (Jn  the  Coasts  of  (iuyana  there  are  no  land-breezes,  nor  more  wind  than  is  ti; 
rally  experienced  betwi'cn  the  Iropics.  In  .lnn!i;iry,  f'cbrnary,  and  .Marc  li,  liic  «i| 
here  bb»w  from  N.  to  K.  N.  \'..  and  thi"  weather  is  cle;ir.  In  April,  May,  and  .linic; 
winds  are  from  K.  lo  8.  K.     hi  July,  Anmist,  and  .September,  there  are  calms,  wiilit, 

and,  inOclolier,  November,  and  December,  there  aren 


nadoes  Irom 


rom  S.  ami  S.  W 


tiniial  rains,  while  the  sky  is,  in  mneial,  obscnred  by  clonds.      In  the  dry  season,  \il! 
is  from  .lamiary  to  .Inne,  tin;  heat  is  very  great ;  and,  in  the  wet  season,  rains  and  tin 


lers  are  constant  and  vio 


lent. 


♦'On  the  Coasts  of  Cnmaiia  and  Cnraccas,  to  Cape  la  Vela,  the  breeze  folldwstli 
regular  course;  but  fiom  that  cape  to  Cape  San  15las  the  g(  iieral  wind  alters  iisiliiM 
tion;  for  it  blows  from  N.  K.  or  N.  N.  K.,  exceptiiii;  in  the  months  of  Mart  ii.  .\|'r:l 
iVIay,  and  .Inne,  when  it  conies  to  K.  N.  K.  and  is  then  so  uiiconimonly  sironi;!>', 
render  it  necessary  for  vessels  lo  lie  lo.  These  gales,  which  are  well  known  to  in;ini:n- 
extend  from  ahotii  mid-channel  lo  within  two  or  three  leagues  of  the  { oast,  wIkmpi 
become  weak,  especially   at  niyht.     On  thi«  coast,  about  the  (iiilf  of  Nicaiiii;n;i, 


IH' 


westerly  win 


mi 


(Is.  which  the  jiilois  of  that  cotiniry  c.dl  N'endevales,   (rainy  winds 


nitlis  from  .Inly  to  December ;  but  these  winds  never  pass  the  parallel  of  li;  .V. 


1)  ill.; 


IfMf.ll 
!  Hi] 

;mmI  .Vil- 
li's aiiil 


do  they  blow  constantly,  but  alleinaie  with  ih-  .  la-bvee/e, 

"Upon  the  Mosquito  .'^hore,  Honduras,  ,ind  Eastern  Coast  of  Yucatan,  llie 
winds  or  breezes  prevail  in  February,  March,  April,  and  May  ;  but.  during  the  lii: 
of  these  months,  they  are  occasionally  inlerrupted  by  norilis.     In  .Inne.  .Inlv. 
gust,  the  winils  here  are  from   the  eastward  and   westward  of  siniih,  with  toinadi 
calms.     In  Sejiteniber,  October,  November,  December,  and  .laiinarv.  they  are  li 
northward  or  southward  of  west,  with  freijuent  gales  from  W.  S.  W.,  W.,  N.  W.  aiil 
north. 

"On  the  Northern  and  Western  Coast  of  Yucatan,  between  Cape  Cafoche  ,ind  Pnini 
Piedras,  or  Descondida  and  thence  lo  Campcche,  there  is  no  oiher  than  the  N.  K.  or 
general  wind,  inter'aipted  by  hard  norths  in  the  season  of  them;  and  about  lliet'iidol' 
April,  tornadoes  commence  from  N.  E.  to  S.  E.  "^I'hese  tornadoes  generally  liiiin  in 
the  afternoon,  continue  about  an  hour;  and,  by  nightfall,  the  serenity  ol'llir  aiiii(is|i|iitp 
is  re-estaldished.  The  season  of  the  toinadoes  <  ontinues  until  ."^cplemlier.  mid  itr.iH 
the  time  there  are  sea-breezes  upon  the  coast,  which  blow  Irom  N.  N.  AV.  to  N.  K.  It 
has  been  remarked  that,  as  the  sea-breeze  is  the  mure  fresh,  the  more  (ierce  is  the  inr- 
nado,  especially  from  .Inne  to  September.  The  sea-breezes  come  on  at  about  11  (d'liif 
day  :  anri  at  nii;ht  the  wind  gets  round  to  East,  E.  S.  E.  or  S.  E.,  so  that  it  may  be  m 


some  degree  considered  as  a  land-liiei'ze. 

"On  the  Coast  of  the  Mexican  Sea,  from  Vera  Cruz  to  Tampico.  the  breeze  finnil 
S.  E.  and  E.  prevails  in  April,  May,  .lune.  and  July;  and,  at  nis:lit.  the  iand-biTt-/ 
conies  off  from  8.  to  S.  AV.:  but,  if  the  land  breeze  is  from  the  N.  W.  wiili  raiii.i!- 
wind,  on  tlie  day  following,  will  be  from  Xorlli.  \.  N.  E.  or  i\.  E.,  ])arliciilnrly  in  .\: 
gi'.si  and  Sept'-mlter;   these  winds  are  deniiminated.  in  tlii;  connlry,  '  \'ient(is  de  ( 


\^Midevales,  (head-winds  or  rainy  winds;)  they  are   not  strong,  nor  do  iliey  r; 


llsC  I 


sea;  with  tli'Mii,  therffore,  a  vess(d  may  take  an  anchoraiie  as  well  a 


s  wi 


til  Ih 


e  t'HP' 


bree/je ;  but  they  imp"de  ijeliing  out,  for  wlii(  h  the  land  breeze  is  retjiiired.     Tin'  \ 
tos  de  Calieza,  or  lii'id wiiuN,  rea(  h  to  aiiout  M  or  'M  leagues  Irom   tiic  coast.  ,»l  wii 


distance  are  found  tlmse  \t  E.  and  E.  S.  E 


♦Ilurricanea  have  isometinios  occurred  in  these  regionp. — W.  C.  R. 


"  From  tlie  m 
making  Vera  Cr 
the  uiislrnction 
from  the  norths, 
for  it  »vili  be  imp 
here,  has  been  \ 
lias  liceii  eiptaiii 

'•Although  ill 
wiiiit  than  the  g 
March,  the  nor 
year  into  two  se; 
tlie  breezes  are 
nortiis  bliiw,  is  I'l 
.sep'aratelv. 

"The  (ii-il  of 
moinh  and  the  li 
times  it  happens 
ill  avv  rains  anil 
Ktrenuth,  and  co 
these  months,  at 
altain  their  iitini 
wards,  liiKMuh  ll 
norllis  are  obscii 
general,  not  nior 
so  l'ri'i|neiit.  nor 
•Jl  hours,  and  li; 
we  li;ive  said,  the 
blows  with  great 

"There  are  va 
nr<',  the  wind  ste 
lioii-ics  and  strei; 
and  Villa-Rica,  > 
the  iiicreasi!  of  li 
the  southward  :  I 
time  of  the  nort 
range,  than  t^ight 
lower  than  'i'*,'^ 
not  begin  lo  bio 
north  comes  on  : 
to  N.  I-:.;  the  se 
ings  trust  not  to 

'r\m  wind  szeii 
same  strength  wl 
meiices  in  the  e\ 
happens  that,  afti 
the  norihward  ai 
west,  the  nortli  v 
its  regular  hour: 
at  the  turn  of  tli 
on  the  day  bel'ori 

"The  Norths 
wliich  is  more  i 
sky  reniaii'ed  co' 
northward  and  w 
tiler  sueceedinj; 
it  will  last  to,  in  I 
N.  E.  m  N..  the 

••  F.'iamples  ar 
w  hicli  tini'\s  the\ 
ui'.i(lef,ile  aic  cal 

"  The  wet  seii 
breezes,  at  the  i 
plained,  are  Iron 
the  sky  sonietiiii 
contitiue  all  nigl 
every  niuht,  exc 
the  rains  have  be 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


085 


ll    llllltl   is  i^i  . 

iirch,  tlip  wii  . 

,  illlll   .lllMC, - 

•;iliiis.  vsitlM... 
tlicrc  iirr  (^ 

r'   St'ilSOIl,    \,;ii; 

;iiiis  and  i)ii,j. 

?/.p  (oIlimMlie 

allcis  iisdiii  • 

Marcli,  Ajrl. 

kvii  to  niiiiiih-. 

ast,  uliciT i!,n 

Nicarai'ii;!,  ;,;? 

uiiids.)  iiiilie 

of  ia^\'.,ijof 

in.  lliP  ;n,ir;il 
ly;  I  lie  lii>t  i«o 

niv,  and  An- 
toriiaddcs  aiii] 

art'  I'ldin  i!;i' 
f.,  iN.  W.  aiil 

clip  and  Pnini 
1  the  N.  K.or 
ont  I  lie  end  if 
■rallv  Inrin  ;:- 
ir  aliiiii>|i!Mii 
iior.  ami  ai  ;i  i 
.  to  N.  K.  It 
rce  is  the  Uir- 
hont  11  (it'llii 
t  it  niav  be  id 


ITC/p  rir>ni  li. 
laiid-liriH/- 
Willi  rain,  li 
iilaiiy  in  A:- 
los  dp  C'alii,' 
cv  raise  ll' 
iii(<  i.'pn' 
Tlio  \,i  ■ 
Dast,  Hi  wliidi 


"Frora  the  middle  of  SeptPinher  until  the  iiionth  of  March,  caution  is  nrcrssary  in 
making  Vera  Cm/.,  for  the  nortliH  arp  then  vory  heavy.  The  narrowness  of  this  harlior, 
llic  oKstrucfioii  formed  hy  llie  shoals  at  it.s  entrance,  and  the  slender  shelter  it  affords 
(roiii  ilip  norths,  render  an  alieinpt  to  mai»e  it  (liirinii  one  of  them,  exiretnely  danf;erons, 
lor  it  mil  l»e  iinposslljle  to  tak(^  tlit!  aiicliora!:e.  'i'lie  following  descriplioii  of  the  winds 
licre.  has  bi-en  written  hy  Don  Bernardo  de  Urta,  a  ea|)tain  in  the  .S|)anish  navy,  wlio 
has  l)pen  captain  of  the  I'ort,  and  who  surveyed  it. 

'•Airlioimh  in  the  (Iiilf  of  Mexico  we  cannot  say  that  there  is  any  other  constant 
leral  lirce/.e   of  this  re;;ioii,  iirilwithslatidiinj  lliat,   from  Septeniher  to 


wind  lliaii    the 

iMaicli.   the    iiorlh  winds  iiiierrupt  the  jiPiifial  course,  and,  in  some  decree,  diviile  the 


> 


ear  into  two  seasons,  w 


ci  and  drv.  or  of  the  ilree/.es  and  Norths:   the  (irst,   in  wiiicli 


the  l)ree/es  are  settled,  is  from  Manli  to  September;  and  the  second,  in  wiiich  tho' 
nortlis  l)lii\v,  is  from  Se|)tciiil)cr  to  Ma  cii.  For  greater  clearness  wc  shall  explain  each; 
separatelv. 

'•'I'lie  (ii-t  id'  the   niirili«  is  res:iilarlv  (Vli    in    the    month  of  Septemlier;  hut,  in  thii- 


ii)on:li  and  the  I'ollowiii'. 


on 


e,  t>t.ii>;  I,  the  iiorliis  do  not  blow  with  iiiiich  I'orce 


isome 


timpN  ll  happens  that  ihey  do  not  appear,  hut,  in  that  case,  the  hreeze  is  interrni)ted  by 
'll  ivv  lains  and  tornadoes.  In  November  the  norths  are  cstablisheil,  blow  with  much 
■ireiijiii,  and  (•(iiiiinue  a  len<;lli  of  lime  diiriii;:  Deeeiiiber,  .lanuary,  and  February.  In 
iliese  months,  after  they  be'^in.  they  increase  last:  and  in  four  hours  or  a  little  niorH, 
atinii  their  iitinost  strength,  with  which  tliey  continue  blowinjj;  for  IH  hours;  but  after- 
waiils,  ilioush  they  tlo  not  cease  for  somed:iys,  they  are  moderate.  In  tliesi;  months  the 
iiorilis  are  obscuri!  and  north-westerly,  and  they  come  nnso  frc((m'nlly,  that  there  is,  in 
i;ei,(r,il,  not  more  than  \  or  b  days  between  tliem.  In  March  and  Ajiril  they  are  neiilier 
SI)  lVei|iieiit.  nor  last  so  loii^,  and  are  clearer:  but  yet  tliey  art^  umre  fierce  for  the  finst 
•-'I  lioins,  and  liave  less  north-westiny;.  In  the  interval  belVue  Novendier,  in  which,  as 
we  have  said,  the  norths  arc  established,  tiie  w(!ather  is  beautiful,  and  tiu'  general  breeze- 
blows  witli  great  rey;nlarity  I)y  day  ;   the  land  breeze  as  regular  by  night. 

"There  are  various  signs  by  which  the  coming  on  of  a  n(}rth  may  be  foreseen;  su  ih 
are.  the  wind  sUv.idy  at  sontli;  tin-  nmislure  of  the  walls,  and  of  tlic  pavements  of  the 
hollies  and  streets;  seeing  clearly  the  Peak  of  Orizaba  and  the  Mountains  of  Perote 
and  Villa-Rica,  with  the  cloiul  on  those  of  St.  Martin,  having  folds  like  a  white  sheet; 
tlie  increase  of  heat  and  of  dew;  and  a  thick  fog  or  a  low  sciul,  flying  with  Telocity  to 
tlie  Sdiiiliward  :  but  the  most  c(  rtain  of  all  is  tiie  barom(>ter;  for  this  instrument,  in  the 
time  ol  the  norths  at  \'eia  ("ruz,  does  not  vary  nore,  betw  >en  its  highest  and  lowest 
raii;;e,  than  ei;^hl  tenths;  that  is  to  say,  it  does  not  rise  higher  than  .'iUJ'„  inches,  nor  fall' 
hiwerthan  i'),'^  inches.  The  descent  of  the  mercury  predicts  the  norths;  but  they  do 
not  begin  to  blow  the  moment  it  sinks,  which  it  always  does  ii  short  time  belore  the 
iiortli  comes  on  :  at  these  times  liuhtnings  aj)p(>ar  on  tiie  horizon,  espeeially  from  N.W. 
to  N.  K. ;  the  sea  sparkles,  cobwebs  are  seen  on  the  ringing,  if  by  day  :  with  such  wara- 
mgs  trust  not  to  the  weather,  for  a  north  will  inlailiiily  come  on. 

This  wind  <;en(Maily  inoderalcs  at  the  settiiii;  of  the  sun  ;  that  is,  it  does  not  retain  the- 
same  strength  whieli  it  had  from')  in  the  morning  to  three  in  the  afternoon,  unless  it  com 
ineiiees  in  the  evening  or  at  night,  for  then  it  may  increase  otherwise.  Sometimes  it 
happens  that,  after  dark,  or  a  little  l)ef(H-e  midnight,  it  is  found  to  be  the  land-wind,  from 
the  iiorihward  and  westward;  in  which  case,  should  it  get  round  to  the  southward  of 
west,  the  north  will  be  at  an  end,  and  the  general  breeze  will,  to  a  certaintv,  come  on  at 
its  regular  hour:  but  if  that  does  not  happen  at  the  rising  of  the  sun,  or  afterwards,  and 
at  the  turn  of  the  tide,  it  will  return  to  blow  from  tin  north,  with  the  same  violence  a» 
on  the  day  before,  and  then  it  is  ealled  a  North  de  Miu-ea  or  Tide-North. 

"The  Norths  also,  soiiienni*"s,  conclude  by  taking  to  the  northward  and  eastward, 
which  is  more  certain;  for,  ii  the  wind  in  the  evening  gets  to  N.  F,.,  although  the 
sky  reiiiaii'cd  covered  the  «lay  followiiat.  but  by  night  the  land  breeze  has  been  from  the 
northward  and  westward,  the  gular  breeare  will  surely  ensue  in  the  evening,  good  wea- 
ther sueceedinu  and  continuing  lor  4  or'i  .lays:  the  latter  period  being  the  longest  that 
it  win  last  to.  in  the  season  of  the  norths;  but,  if  the  wind  retrograde  from  N.  F.  to  N. 
N.  K.  <»r  N.,  the  weather  will  be  still  unsettled. 

•■  F.\ainplesare  not  wanting  of  norths  li.ippening  in  May.  .Tune.  Tnlv,  and  August,  at 
which  tim'\s  they  are  most  furious,  and  are  called  Nortesdc'l  Mueso  Colorado  ;  tlie  more 
modevate  aic  called  Chocolateros,  but  these  are  rather  uncommon. 

"The  wer  seascm.  or  the  season  of  the  breezes,  is  from  March  to  September:  the 
breP7,ps.  at  the  end  of  .Mar(!h,  and  throujih  the  whole  month  of  April,  as  already  ex- 
piamed.  are  trom  time  to  time,  imerriipted  by  norths,  and  are  from  E.S.  E.  very  fresh; 
the  sky  sometimes  clear,  at  other  tmies  obscure.  At  times  these  touch  from  S.  E.  and 
eontitiiii'  all  night,  without  giving  placv  lo  the  land-bree/e,  which  prevails,  in  general, 
every  ni-ht.  excepting  when  the  norlli  wind  is  on.  The  land-breeze  is  freshest  wheu 
ihe  rains  have  begun. 


GSG 


DLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


"  .\ftrr  tlif>  sun  piissi-s  the  zpiiilh  nl'  Vera  ('riiz.  ami  until  he  retinns  to  it,  thai  ,^ 
from  llic  Killi  ul'  ^l:iy  tn  llic  'JTlii  ol"  July,  tlic  hrcc/rs,  are  of  tiie  ii!<lit("<t  <l»«irijiiM,.' 
iiliiiiist  Collins,  wiili  iMiirii  mist  or  iia/.c,  aii<l  .sli;!lit  tnriiaiioi^M.  Alter  llial  time,  iIu'imj. 
sant  breezes  Irom  iN.  \\'.  to  N.  K.  sometimes  ri'iiiain  lixed. 

"  From  till!  'jnli  of  .Inly  to  tlio  midillc  of  ( )(;tot)cr,  wlien  the  iiorllis  i)eeoiric  ,.vi,,v 
lislieii,  tlie  tornadoes  are  lierce,  wiili  Iie;)vy  rains,  lliiiMilcr,  and  li>;litnint;:  tliusc  ^1,;  | 
brin':  llic  lieavi(!st  winds  are  from  tiie  e;i-<i,  lint  tin'Y  are  aisct  of  the  sliortest  diiiiitidn, 

"III  llic  season  (d'  IJree/.es,  the  lotid  tariaiion  of  tlie  liaromcler  is  four-leiniis;  |j^ 
greatest  ascent  of  the  mereiiiy  is  to  ItO  inelies  iliiriy-five  oiie-hiiridre(hlis,  and  itsjirciniv 
descent  to  'J'.)  inches  ninety-six  one-hiimhcdtlis.  'J'lie  ihermometi'r  in  .Inly  rises  to «; 
and  does  not  fall  to  )*:i\"  :  in  Deccmiier  it  rises  to  HO',",  bm  never  I'ldls  below  dd  .,_ 
'i'liis,  it  must  be  understood,  u  as  acertained  in  the  siiade,  the  instrument  being  pinc^,] 
in  one  of  the  cixdest  and  best  ventilated  halls  in  the  castle. 

"  In  the  months  ol'  Aumist,  and  .^('iitember.  rarely  a  year  passes  without  hiirririrni 
near  Florida  and  the  northern  Anlillas;  but  to  \'era  (-'riiz.  or  any  part  of  the  eoant  the  ^ 
to  f 'aiiipe<he,  they  never  arise  ;  all  that  is  fell  Ix'ins;  the  heavy  sea,  which  has  iiriscii,!, 
in  the  liii;her  latitudes,  llurric.ines  beain  blou  in;:  from  the  norlliward  and  easi\v;iril;  m 
althoiij;li  they  do  not  always  ^o  round  the  same  way,  yet  in  :;eneral  they  next  ;^o|im,.; 
southward  and  eastward,  with  thick  s(|iially  weather  and  rain." 

From  'I'l, mpico  to  Hay  of  .^t.  Hcriianl.  the  winds  are  ronliiinally  frnm  E.  to  S„,ii); 
)ii;ht  from  the  month  of  A))ril  to  Aiuiust ;  the  contrary  is  experienceil  in  the  other  tnoiiiiii. 
This  coast  is  exposed  on  account  of  the  hardness  id  ^alcs  fr<rii  K.  and  F,.  .*^.  l",.,»|ini| 
blow  without  intermission  for  tv.o  or  llirrc  days  beinre  hauliiig  to  I  he  nortliward. 

In  latitude  20'^  'M'  N.  there  arc  land  bree/.es  at  night,  which  blow  from  niidnijn 
to  nine  A.  M. 

From  IJay  St.  Bernard  to  the  Mississippi,  them  are  land-liiTezps  at  daylicht,  nnddn 
(he  day's  enterin;:,  the  winds  haul  lo  S.  F.  and  F.  S.  F.  and  in  the  afternoon  it  ^fnimllv 
liauls  S.  W.  In  winter  the  southerly  winds  are  very  tempestuous,  and  blow  for  llic  spare 
«1'  two  or  three  days.  The  mouths  most  to  be  feared  to  navigate  tliis  sea,  are  Aii;ii,!. 
September,  October,  and  November,  in  which  there  are  hurricanes  and  winds  on  slion  ,,i 
lieavy  that  no  canvass  can  stand  them:  upon  the  M  ississi|)|)i,  and  all  its  nioiiili'.,  iluro 
are  very  thick  fogs  very  frequently,  especially  in  February,  March  and  Ajjril,  nmj  m 
June  and  .Inly. 

From  the  Mississippi  to  lat.  28°  N.,  in  the  month  of  Ajiril  to  .luly,  the  rnVnin" 
winds  are  gcn(!rally  Irom  N.  lo  E.  and  from  E.  to  S.  in  the  mornim;,  and  in  the  iitir. 
noon  they  haul  S.  W.  These  S.  W.  winds  are  tempestuous  in  August,  SrpitiiiWr. 
and  October,  an  ejioch  in  winch  are  also  experienced  heavy  soiithers  and  luimcmcs, 
From  Novi'iuber  to  March  the  winds  blow  from  the  northward,  beginning  (irst  Iniiii  S. 
E.  and  .S.,  with  heavy  rain,  when  it  hauls  to  .S.  W.  and  W.,  and  blows  very  heavy,  tillit 
hauls  to  N.  W.  and  N.,  wlien  it  clears  the  weather,  and  then  to  N.  E..  and  is  niilil. 

From  lat.  2H^  N.  to  the  southermnosi  of  the  Florida  Keys,  the  trade  wind  rt'lcmin 
the  morning,  and  at  mid-day  it  hauls  in  from  the  sea.  'I'liis  happens  in  sumnicr,  luiiin 
winter,  especially  from  November  to  March,  the  winds  blow  from  S.  to  W.  and  raise  a 
very  heavy  sea. 

In  the  new  channel  of  Bahama,  the  reitniing  wind  is  the  trade,  interrupted  inwinfr 
by  norths,  and  in  summer  l)y  calms.  Although  the  nortliern  limits  of  this  cliiiiiiii'l  Ma 
2^°  30'  N.,  and  conseqjucnlly  within  the  limits  of  the  trades,  yet  it  is  necessary  in  keep 
in  mind  that  in  winter,  that  is,  from  November  to  April,  you  will  meet  with  tlip  vaiii- 
bles  at  or  before  you  arrive  to  lat.  27^,  which  variables  are  from  E.  to  .S.  and  from  S.  lo 
W..  and  in  summer  vou  iiavc  calms  and  light  airs  from  S.  to  W.  and  from  W.  to  N. 

ON  THE  EASTERN  (JOAST  OF  BRAZIL,  between  the  months  of  Seinombn 
and  March,  the  winds  generally  prevail  from  N.  by  E.  to  N.  E.  by  E.  Between  March 
and  September  the  prevailing  winils  arc  from  V..  by  N.  to  E.  S.  E. 

The  former  of  these  is  generally  termed  the  northerly  monsoon,  and  the  latter,  liif 
southerly  one;  although  there  appears,  in  fact,  to  be  no  direct  and  ou|)osite  ciiaiii;ei! 
them  on  or  about  the  equinoxes,  as  is  generally  the  case  w.th  the  win. Is  so  cnlletl. 

These  winds  are  simply  a  conlinuation  of  the  .S.  F.  trade,  which  cliaiiies  its  diiv 
tion  as  above  described,  and  is  inlluenced  by  the  land  on  its  approach  thereto.     ^\  li- 
the sun  is  to  the  northward,  no  particular  dilference  is  observed  in  the  S.  E.  trade,  I 
it  may  be  carried  within  sight  of  the  coast,  with  scarcely  any  deviation:  neveitlndf ■ 
about  both  equinoxes,  but  more  especially  when  the  sun  is  advancing  In  the  nortliw ! 
calms  and  very  light  winds,  with  apparently  no  settled  quarter,  will  prevail  near 
coast;  and  this  may  be  said  to  be  more  particularly  the  case  on  that  part  of  it  l)el»i  ■ 
the  Abrolhos  and  Cape  Frio.      As  the  sun  advances  to  the  southward,  the  trade  wind 
will  generally  come  round  to  the  north-eastward,  and  will  have  its  ietroi,'rade  nioveiiieit 
witlf  the  return  of  the  sun  to  the  equinox.     At  this  latter  season,  ships,  on  approafli- 
ing  the  coast,  will  begin  to  observe  this  northerly  inclination  of  the  S.  E.  trade,  wh" 


BI.UNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


687 


fivn  (Irirpcs  of  it,  and  which  thoy  will  find  grarlunlly  to  increase  as  they 


IXTOIIII-  iv,,,. 

:   lliiisc  w!i,  ij 
St  «lui;uioii. 

Ul-tClllils;  li, 
lllli  itsyi,.;,.,,, 
l_v  riNcs  til »; 
liflow  (id     _ 
it  bfiiig  iiiati; 


1  K.  to  S,.,|. 
ollit'f  mill  I',, 
.  S.  K..(M,,L 
tlnviiKJ. 

tVoUl  lllKiliijii 

lyli.chf,  nnildii 
ion  it  (.'orniilli 
w  for  tli('S|M(> 
•a.  nie  Aiiju.;. 
ids  (II)  sliiiri'M 
iiiiiutlis,  tlurt 
I   April,  ami  m 

tlip  rrijnin" 

ii:  till'  iit'iiT. 

st,  SrpiemWr, 

nd  Imiricanrs, 

2  (ii'st  trdiii  S. 

V  lipavv,  ijHit 

I  is  mild. 

Mnd  rciiinsin 
luiimcr,  hiitin 
\V.  and  raise  a 

itcd  in  winter 
s  cliaiiiii'l  i<iu 
essarv  ti>  i^t'^p 

itli  the  varit- 

>i(l  (Vom  .S.  tu 
u  W.  t(i  N. 

of  Sf  pl'^mliw 
etween  Marcli 


within  fonr  or 

ini  liiif  III  lli<"  wi'stward. 

Within  a  (Vw  miles  of  the  coast,  and  in  the  flilVnrnt  roadsteads  and  liarhnrs,  tlie  wind 
•'fr.prallv  blows  din-ctly  upon  it  ;  and,  in  ilir  dfcp  liarhors,  and  upon  the  shore,  this  in 
•.•iHndlv  snpersedfil  by  a  land  bric/.e  wliich  sometimes  lasts  a  «reater  part  of  the  nijiht. 
\l)iiiii  liio  de  .laiH-iro  iliis  lain!  bree/e  somftiiiiivs  t-xiends  as  far  seaward  as  Kound  Isl- 
and, wliib-ai  l'iMiiaiiil)UC()  it  rarely  reaches  the  roadstead 


'IMie  preceiliny;  riiiiarKs  are  tli 


f  liieiitciiant    llrwctt.     Pimcntel,  and,  after  him. 


,M.  !)'.\pres 


has  >aid  that  the  winds  of  the  nonherly    monsoons,  between  .September 


iiid  March,  are  from   N.   K.  and   K.  N.  K.,  or  less  northeriy  than  as  above;  and  tliat 
f  the  soiitlierlv  moti-^ooii  are  from  K.  S.  K.  to  S.  S.  K.,  or  more  sontherly.     It 


those  o 


niav 


,■  ilierofore  be   adiiiilled,  tiiat   they  tlo  sometimes  prevail  more  from  the  south,  and 


that  those  near  the  norih  but  seldom  occur 


.Mr.  I^indlev,  in  hi>;  narra 


live  of  a  vovai;e  to  Urazil,  havinj;  resided  a  eon.sidcrable  time 


on  siiore 


Hahia.  tVc.  has  described  the  inshore  wind  as  follows  : — "  From  Cape  St. 

")  iiKiiitlis  in  the  vear,  chiellv  north-easterly 


Ao.;iiNtine.  (•-iiMitliward.)  the  wind  blows,  <)  iiKiiitlis  in  the  year,  chielly  northeaste 
theiiiornins:.  and  north- we-terly  ilnriti!:  the  eveniriiz  and  ni:;hl.  'I'iiis  continues  i;ra(lu- 
allv  clnnu'iii"  alon;;  the  coast,  till,  at  Kio  de  .laneiro  and  the  Kio  Plata,  it  becomes  a 
reinlar  lamrbree/e  from  evenini;  till  iiiornin<;,  and  llirouuhoiit  the  day  the  reverse. 
Dnri'i',' the  three  stormy  months,  that  is,  from  the  latter  end  of  February  to  that  of 
.M;;v,  ilie  wind  is  j^encrally  southerly,  blowing  very  fresh  and  s<iually,  at  times,  from  the 
SDiilli-west." 

liieiiienant  Ilcwett  has  observed,  that  tlie  w  itids  o(V  Cape  Frio  are  seldom  found  to 
the  sdiithward  of  east;  and  in  the  nortliern  monsoon  they  are  jjenerally  to  the  north- 
w  ird  of  N.  K.  Heavy  and  violent  s(pialls  are  occasionally  met  with  iti  rounding  the 
Cape,  to  obvi.iic  the  cifects  of  which  every  precaution  is  re(|nired. 

The  same  uiiicer  adds,  that  at  ilio  do  .laneiro,  the  sea  brec/,e  varies  in  its  commence- 
ment from  ten  to  one  o'clock  in  the  forenoon,  and  ceases  in  the  evening  between  the 
lioiirs  of  seven  and  eleven.  At  the  full  and  clian.<;c  of  tlie  moon,  vi(deni  squalls  from 
the  N.  \V.,  named  by  the  Potlutiucse  "  Terc  Altos,"  immediately  supersede  tlie  sea 
bree/e,  fisting  from  I'our  to  six  hours. 

Ciplain  I'eter  Ileywood,  in  the  British  frigate  Nereus,  was  for  three  yearson  the  Bra- 
zil station,  and  the  '/realer  jiart  of  that  time  in  the  River  IMala.  Tliis  gentleman  describes 
the  winds  in  pa;;e  .'jTb  of  this  work. 

The  late  Captain  .Fohii  M'lJride,  of  the  Royal  Navy,  kept  a  recular  journal  of  the 
winds  ami  weather  at  Hie  Falkland  Islands,  from  1st  of  February,  17(if),  to  l<)ih  .January, 
171)7,  which  was  piiblisiied  iu  1775,  by  Mr.  Dalrymple.  The  journal  concludes  with 
the  followiiiii  general  remarks  : 

"  From  lorejioiui;  over  tlie  followins;  journal  of  the  winds,  for  the  space  of  one  year, 
tliey  will  be  louiid  to  prevail  in  tlie  western  (|uarter,  and  aeneraily  blow  a  close  reefed 
topsail  gale,  with  a  cool  air.  In  November  the  winds  begin  to  be  more  frequent  in  the 
N.  W.  quarter,  generally  hazy  weather,  and  lor  the  most  part  blow  about  16  or20  hours, 
when  it  begins  to  rain  ;  the  wind  then  regularly  shifts  into  the  westward,  and  so  on,  till 
it  gets  to  the  .S.  W.  by  .S.  and  S.  S.  W.,  when  it  blows  fresh,  and  clears  up.  This  S. 
S.  W.  wind  continues  for  about  Hi  hours,  then  dies  away,  when  the  wind  shifts  again  to 
the  N.  W.  quarter:  this  continues  during  December,  .January,  and  February,  and 
changes  in  tin-  manner  above  mentioned  every  three  or  four  days.  As  March  cornea 
on,  you  have  tliese  changes  but  selilom ;  and  as  the  winter  advances,  they  are  seldom 
iu  the  N.  W.  (piarfer,  out  rather  incline  to  the  V].  N.  E.,  which  is  generally  accompa- 
nied with  sleet  and  snow.  There  is  not  the  least  proportion  in  the  gaies  between  winter 
and  summer.  In  summer,  (as  I  have  before  observed,)  as  the  winds  are  in  the  west- 
ward, they  blow  in  such  heavy  sijualls  offthe  tojis  of  the  mountains,  that  it  is  sometimes 
an  hour  before  a  cutter  can  row  to  the  shore,  altliough  the  water  is  smooth,  and  the  dis- 
tance of  but  one  cable  and  a  half  olf.  In  the  winter,  the  winds  are  jrent  up  by  a  keen 
frosty  air.  The  »u)st  lasting  gales  are  those  from  S.  by  E.  to  S.  by  W.,  and  are  ex- 
tremely cold." 

Observationx  on  the  Winds,  by  Captain  Frederick  Oiamier,  R.  N. 

"The  trade  winds,  in  the  West  Indies,  generally  blow  from  N.  E.  to  .S.  E.,  varying 
according  to  circumstances,  which  will  be  hereafter  expressed.  About  Barbadoes  and 
the  Windward  Islands,  that  is,  from  Tobago  to  Barbuda,  the  wind  will  be  found  to  veer 
more  to  the  northward  in  the  early  part  of  the  year,  than  in  the  months  of  June,  .Tuly, 
and  August.  In  the  more  northern  islands,  such  as  Dominica,  Montstrrat,  Antigua. 
Nevis,  (kcthe  wind,  in  the  evenings  of  .ianuary,  February,  and  .March,  veers  round  to 
about  north,  or  N.  N.  E.,  blows  very  fresh  in  squalls ;  and  from  the  extensive  space  of 


r 


•688 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


ocenn  over  wh'ch  it  travels,  bpcniiiP!!  cool  and  very  n'fre8liinj».  The  thprmonirt(r,  c,,^ 
All  l'!ii!;lisli  ll,irl)<)i-,  III  (Ik' abiivi*  iikmkIis,  :il  H  o'clnck,  I'.  M.,  I  never  .saw  iiIkivc  7<i  ;,, 
tlii.s  NiMSDii  (il  itic  year,  llii'  siikiicss  ot'  the  luil  inonihs  ih  iiii  longer  ex|ieiii'iiiri|;  ,, 
general  las^iiuile  ot  (lie  iiioriiiii^s  ami  imkiiihoI  .Inly  and  Aiik;iiNt  Heen\xtoi^iiiieii ;  ^n,,  „, 
uian  wilt)  \  isiied  these  iHlaiiils  during  the  lirsl  tliiti'  iiiniiths  iiUlie  year,  wiuilil  litiiivi!  „ 
the  clian<;e  ol' seventy  or  eighty  days  could  make  mkIi  an  ama/aii^  dilliiiiK  c  in  (lie  In,. 
as  well  as  in  the  energy,  ot  the  inlr.iliitants  nl  the  Wiiidwaid  Islands.  In  the  i  li  i:,, 
seasons  (Iroiii  wet  to  dry)  a  gnat  dillereiiii  i>  txpeiienLed  in  the  winds.  In  April,,, 
3Iny,  ihc  atmosplKMe  is  in  general  clear,  ami  line  weather  (irevails;  lint  in  .\n;:ust,  >.  . 
ti  iiilier,  and  ()<  toln  i,  cuIiiim  ur  very  ligiit  winds  aie  not  iiiu  oiumun.  Strung  liiaiii,.!,, 
Uhiw  in  these  months. 

"  In  speaking  ol  hurri(  aiies,  they  are  well  know  ii  to  have  lieen  very  rarely  expemiut: 
in  Trinidad,  'i'he  mainland  ol  ('olonil<ia,  the  (iiill  id  Dam  n  and  llondiita»,  niiil  h^. 
Wii»e  Vera  (Jrii/,,  are  almost  exempt  trom  this  scourge.  In  the  "  Denotero  de  i.is  .^i,. 
tillas,"  however,  mention  is  made  of  a  hurricane  having  been  experienced  on  ihi'  in. ;. 
.ill'.;  oCllie  Irtili  of  August,  Ir'U). 

"  In  the  greater  AiitilU  s,  such  as  .    tiiaic.,  Ciilia,  St.  Domingo  (or  llaxli.)  aiiil  I'.  , 
Kji'eo,  the  sea-brec/»!  blows  by  day,  a'ul  t'  l'  land  wind  by  night ;  bul  m  the  b  sm  r  .\iiii  . 
fi\t4'[i  as  Martinieo,  Dominica,  St.  Jiiicia,  Antigua,  cVc.  land  winds  are  very  iinciniiii 
an/l  ccilaiiily,   in  all  my  crui/.ing  in  those  seas,  about  these  i.slands,  I  never  expnm 
ill'*  land  wind. 

/''roiii  the  Coast  of  (jiimana  to  Piuifa  Agii'ia,  the  common  trade  wiml  con>t.iiiil\  ■ 
nt  K.  S.  K.  to  K.  N.  K.,  the  land  wind  being  uncommon,  but  still  not  unknown.    .\ 
riKir,  in  La  (Juayra  Road,  in  February,  IHJT,  a  very  light  cool  land  wind,  IVoiii  ih  ^ 
8.  W.  oc<!asionally  reached  the  ship,  liut  I  do ii lit  its  ever  exi ending  iiioir  than  r.\') 
to  sea.     On  the  evening  of  the  ■.'Olli  '  )<'lober,  Ibid,  a  heavy  s(|iiall  came  Ironi  iIm  >  - 
W.  oil' Cape  la  Vela,  and  blew  lor  some  time  with  violetice.      I  h;ive  merely  niciiliiii,^ 
the  two  above  facts,  because  in  the  Derrotero  it  is  asserted  that  land  winds  .irei.ii' 
known  on  this  coast. 

"'I'he  Coast  between  Cajie  la  Vela  and  Santa  M.irtha  seems  more  aecnsimiiij  i 
clianges  of  wind  than  any  other  part  of  the  West  Indi'  s.  Although  the  rrmarkMilM.i: 
celebrated  Spanish  navigators  would  had  us  to  believe  that  the  winds  blow  so  licrolv 
from  the  K.  N.  K.  that  ships  are  obliged  to  lie  to;  yet  I  have,  in  the  iiionlh  orAii:ii>i, 
by  keeping  close  in  shore  between  I'unta  Aguja  anil  Cape  la  Vela,  had  the  wind  at  west 
for  two  or  three  days  together;  and  until  we  had  passed  Kio  de  la  llacha,  and  I'luml 
Cape  la  Vela,  we  neither  had  easterly  winds  nor  westerly  currents. 

"In  that  part  of  the  Coast  of  Vucatan,  between  (Jape  Catoclu!  and  I'unta  l'iiil!ii*,  - 
Deconoeida,  and  that  coast  which  trends  to  the  southward  to  (ampeclie,  the  tr;iilt  «ii,;i> 
have  generally  been  at  E.  N.  K.  In  the  evening,  tow  ards  Scplemlier,  the  wind  occ;isiuiwllv 
veers  to  the  E.  S.  E.,  and  this  has  been  called  a  "land  wind"  by  many  authors. 

"At  all  seasons  of  the  year,  1  liavi;  experienced  land  winds  on  the  coast  of  (  'ilw;  ills! 
is,  from  Cape  Corrientes  to  St.  .hii^o  de  (juba.  If  the  sea  biee/,e,  which  in  ('uiiiKiswril 
as  Jamaica  and  St.  Domingo  (or  llayti,)  g(Mierally  begins  about  nine  o'clock  in  ll;f 
morning,  and  freshens  until  noon,  should  in  the  evening  about  sun-set  dwindle  toneiirlv 
a  calm,  you  may  be  certain  of  a  light  air  olftlie  land  : — a  mark  to  judge  by,  and  wlmh 
I  never  knew  to  fail,  was  the  clouds  hanging  heavily  over  the  blue  mountains  of  .iaiii;ut», 
or  Copper  Hills  of  Cuba. 

"The  winds  operate  very  little  uymn  the  Thermometer.     From  May  to  Octoiieriii-Li- 
tnaica,  at  day-dawn,  K-J^  will  be  the  average;  it  will  be  f^fi°  at  nuon,  and  again,  f-  i! 
the  evening.     To  tind  the  Thermometer  at  7."^    during  the  night,  even  in  a  place  «lifit 
the  wind  circulates  freely,  cooled  also  by  the  dew,  is  a  luxury  so  rarely  likely  to  uinir. 
that  in  looking  over  my  private  .lournal  for  two  years,  1  cannot  discover  one  instiaiit"' 
it  in  the  above  months;  yet  still,  the  land  winds,  to  those  who  have  been  long  itsmIui' 
in  the  country,  is  a  luxury  most  eagerly  expected,  and  most  wel'.'(>mely  received.    Il  i- 
80  different  a  kind  from  the  sea  bree/.e,  that  respiration  becomes  eas\  ;  whereas,  »iili!! 
Thermometer  at  90^  at  J'orf  Royal,  and  the  sea  breeze  blowing  nearly  a  gale,  1 1 
found  inhaling  the  hot  wind  very  oppressive  and  very  relaxing. 

"It  would  very  far  exceed  the  limits  I  propose   for  these  reinarks,  to  dwell  iii"ii 
different  changes  and  dilferent  winds  in  these  seas,  although  1  have  kept  a  most  arm' 
j)rivate  Journal,  from  which  I  have  extracted  the  foregoing  remarks.     It  is  uk  rely  n 
site  to  mention,  in  conclusion,  the  season  of  the  'norths'  in  the  Culf  of  Mexico. 

"Don  Bernardo  de  Orta  has  given  one  of  the  best  and  truest  accounts  of  these  "imls 
that  1  have  seen:  comparing  this  with  the  accounts  of  llumlioidt  and  Don  Ciwi'i 
Churruca,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  norths  are  so  well  marked,  that  uoboiiy  could  iiii>i:i^ 
the  approach  of  one.  For  instance,  lying  in  Sacrificios,  near  \'era  Crii/.  if  the  |itiil;i'l 
Orizaba  is  very  clear  in  the  morning,  a  light  thin  cloud  here  and  there,  .>iui  the  stite'* 


of  Vera  Cruz,  tl 

|5ale  of  wind.     I' 

•  •  These  wind- 

and  soini'iiineH  ii 
the  N.  K.,  Ilyiiii 
wiml  lie^'ins  to  vt 
In  tin'  iimht  tune 
ol'  the  gale;  and 
reduce  sail,  and  i 
"  Iteiweeii  .lam 
po,  I  II  ive  alw  ly  < 
it  will  ireiierally 
great  advaiita:;c 
wiiiii.  you  will  b 
one  must  percei^ 


CURSORY 


The  science  n 
the  natural  pliein 
and  comfort  of  ev 
phenomena,  as  e< 
as  to  the  iiieiiilii'i 
bilious,  or  of  geo 
ried  kiio\vli'dge  w 

In  the  pioiHMliii 
tion  of  oliservatioi 
atiil   on  dilferent 
general  and  curse 
nomiMia  which  oc 


The  transparei 
the  a  I  III  OS  j)h  ere,  fo 
ate  vicinity  of  the 
expanded  and  tei 
or  fifty  miles  fron 
tained  by  means  ^ 
inches  in  height, 
tual  (juantity  is  w 
this  limit  that  nc; 
parently  develope 
siiuare  miles  ;  an 
exl-:!)its  at  the  si 
thai  liy  this  stand 
sujierlii'lal  extent 

These  several  t 

the  phenomena  o 

altiliide  to  our  eo 

thickness  jf the  ; 

face,  this  is  only 

I  common  sheet  ol 

I  view  the  atmosph 

j  tion  to  the  actual 

thousandth  part  < 

jceive  the  ioapplii 


bi.unt's  amkiucan  coast  imi.ot. 


(189 


of  Vera  Cruz,  tlin  walls  cif  llio  houses,  \c.  tlamp, — lutoitj  iiiii;lit  yon  will  liavr  a  hard 
gait!  of  wind,     lis  dnralioii  is  very  unciTtiiiii. 

"  'I'lii'te  winds,  which  rommciici!  alioiit  the  riid  of  July,  and  conlinnf  to  T'cliniary, 
iinl  soinciirriiM  to  March,  hlnw  occasionally  "ilh  yrr.ii  mhIciicc,  lii';;innin.:  j-cncrally  at 
(In-  N.  K.,  dviiii?  round  the  compass,  and  ulliniaidy  sciilinn  ;il  N.  S.  \V  .  When  (he 
wnid  lic'^ins  to  vci-r  n;ain  towards  cither  the  cast  or  the  west,  ihts  ijalc  will  soon  he  over. 
Ill  llif  nuhl  tiinP,  the  highly  |)hos|thorescent  appearance  ortiieMCii,  marks  the  apprrtacli 
ol'  the  !jale;  and  ihi'  x{|nill  hciiii;  visihje  Ion.;  Iiclorc  it  approaclies,  gives  ampli>  time  to 
reduce  sad,  and  to  have  every  thmj:  prcparcil 

"  jjeiweeii  .l.iniaica  and  .Maracaylio,  .iiid  in  the  space  iielMfcii  tjie  latter  and  Si.  Domiii- 
pi),  I  li  ive  ahviy  i  oliserved,  tli  il  slioiild  ihe  tr  ide  wind  at  daylight  lie  al  K.  N.  K.  at  noon 
it  «ill  treneraliy  he  ahoiit  K.  Iiy  S.  if  the  day  is  clenr.  Tiie  kiioulediic  of  this  ijiven  !i 
prcat  advania:ie  in  ii  windw.inl  heal;  and  hy  this  means,  walchio;;  ilic  vaii^ition  ol'  lliP 
wind,  yitii  will  be  ahle  to  head  the  currcnl  lor  some  liuurst, — .u\  advanta^i  which  every 
one  must  perceive." 


imstaiill)  '•',  .. 

iiowii.  A;  . 
Ill,  Iroiii  ll:  \ 
'  I  hall  I'.vt'i,,,.,. 

iVom  till  >.  > 
rely  iiiciiMiiiif; 
\iih\s  ,ire  nmli 

accnstdiiml  i 
rniark>  nl  >iii;, 
)lo\v  so  liiro'lv 
nil  ol'.AllJM, 
II'  \viiii|;itui'<i 
la,  and  uiicni'd 

nta  Pipilrns,  (ir 
ijie  iriiilcwiiiil' 
id  (iiT;!>liiii;ilh 
iiihnrs. 

I  (ir('Mi);i:lli;i! 
ill  ( 'iiiia;istull 

o'clock   ill  li' 

'iiidlc  tdinMili 

hy,  and  wIki!: 

ins  ot'.laiiiiiU', 

Oclolii'rin.l.i- 

II  aj^aiii,  •".;  '■- 
a  plate  wlifit 
kely  Id  ocim. 
me  insiaiirf' 
loiii;  rt'siiliir 
civcd.     lti> 

ercas,  wiihit' 

ll  gale,  I  lia- 

hvcll  ii|"ni: 
most  acciir" 

<  merely  rt'ip 

Mexico. 

ol'ihoo  iiii''^ 

i  I  Jon  rti-i:,' 
could  iiii>'''" 

.  il'the  peaki'l 

iiui  thcsticctil 


CURSORY  REMARFvS  AM)   Sf(;fn:.«?TlO\S  ON   VARIOIS 

ToiMcs  i\  Mi;'ri:()R()i,o(iv.    . 

BY  AN  AMATr-TJR  OPSiF^R'  FR. 

The  science  of  Meieortdosy  is  not  only  inleresiin:;  t()  'lo  philosophic  ohsprver,  hut 
tlie  natural  phenomena  of  which  it  takes  cocni/aiice  ;ire  such  as  daily  atl'ect  tlie  interest 
and  (111111011  of  every  iiiiMiiheror  the  human  lamily.  I>iil  io  no  ida-^s  of  persons  are  ihf  so 
phenoiiieiiii,  as  exhiiiited  in  various  piiris  ol  tlii'  world,  of  so  iiiiiidi  practical  impoilanco 
as  lo  the  memhcrs  of  the  nautical  prol'cs>ion.  A  ccmpeleiil  knowledce  of  ihese  exhi- 
iiilions,  or  of  peouriiphical  meleorolocy,  is  tlieiefore  an  important  eleiiieiit  of  that  va- 
ried knowliMl<ie  which  is  aci|uired  hy  the  skilful  iiavi<;,ilnr. 

In  the  pi(!cediiin  paL'cs  of  the  Aiiierican  Coas!  I'ilrl.  will  he  found  a  valwalde  collec- 
tion of  oli-erv;ilions  on  ilie  winds  wliiih  h  ive  heen  found  lo  prevail  in  the  Atianiic  ( Icean, 
;uid  on  diffcienl  portions  ot'  the  Amei-ic;in  coast.  \\'c  ikhv  proceed  to  exhihii  a  more 
general  and  cursory  view  of  the  atmosphere  and  winds,  and  ol  various  atmospheric  phe- 
nomena which  occur  in  these  regions. 

(Icnrral  I'lnc  of  tltc.  Atmosphere. 

The  transparent  aerial  fliTnl  which  surrounds  our  (rlohe,  and  which  we  denominate 
I'w  ahiiosplii-rc,  forms  a  comparatively  thin  stiatiim  or  envelope,  which  in  the  immedi- 
ate vicinity  of  the  earth,  is  <;really  compressed  hy  its  own  weight,  and  which  in  its  most 
evpanded  and  tenuous  state  is  supposed  lo  extend  itself  lo  the  heii;lit  of  only  forty-five 
or  fifty  miles  from  the  eartii's  surt'ace.  Its  superincumhent  pressure  or  weight  is  ascer- 
tained hy  means  of  the  haroineter,  and  is  eipial  to  a  column  of  mercury  about  thirty 
inches  in  hei<rhl.  Hy  means  of  this  instrument  we  learn  tliat  one  half  its  wei'^ht  or  ac- 
tual (jiianiity  is  wiiliin  three  milc<  and  a  half  of  the  surface  of  the  ocian;  and  iTis  within 
this  limit  that  marly  nil  ihe  visible  or  important  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere  are  ap- 
parently developed  The  lower  surface  of  the  atmosphere  is  equal  to  about  'J()0,Ono,000 
square  miles;  and  as  a  compression  of  the  whole  mass  to  the  common  density  which  it 
exi  ,!)its  at  the  sea  level,  wmld  reduce  its  emire  hei<iht  to  about  five  miles,  it  follows 
thai  hy  this  siiimlard  of  comparison  the  height  or  thickness  of  the  atmosphere  is  to  its 
Bupcrlicial  extent  in  the  proportion  of  only  1  to  40,000,000. 

These  several  facts  are  too  important  to  be  lost  sigiit  of  in  our  general  reasonings  upon 
the  |)henomena  of  the  atm  isphere  ;  and  the  more  so,  as  we  are  prone  to  give  too  much 
iillitude.  lo  our  conceptions  on  these  subjects.  If  we  even  consider  the  proper  height  or 
thickness  jf  the  atmos|dicre  as  eipial  to  fifty  miles,  still,  as  compared  with  its  entire  sur- 
face, this  is  only  equal  to  one  five  hundredth  of  the  proportion  which  the  thickness  of  a 
common  sheet  of  paper,  of  the  foolscap  size,  bears  to  its  surface  dimensions;  and  if  we 
view  the  atmosphere  either  as  condensed  to  the  mean  of  the  surface  pressure,  or  in  rela- 
tion to  the  actual  limit  of  all  its  tangible  phenomena,  it  will  only  he  equal  to  one  five- 

I  thousandth  part  of  the  proportional  thickness  above  mentioned.     We  may  hence  per- 
ceive the  inapplicability  of  analogical  reasonings  that  are  founded  on  the  movementa 

'  87 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


w.. 


V. 


i/x 


& 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


^    1^    12.0 


—    6' 


U    IIIIII.6 


6^ 


/} 


e; 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


\ 


^V 


% 


V 


<f' 


i\' 


\ 


<>.  % 


<^>    o 


<^. 


%^ 


<^^ 


<^ 


V 


r 

o 


t^^- 


t/i 


>. 


'^ 


' 


^ 
# 


6^ 


690 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


which  occur  in  a  chimney,  or  in  an  inclosed  apartment,  as  attempted  to  be  applied  in  ex- 
planation of  the  general  movements  of  the  atmosphere. 

Two  instruments  of  modern  invention,  the  barometer  and  thermo7ne(er,  arc  tr\i]\  tn. 
valuable  as  testing  the  condition  of  the  atmosphere,  and  their  use  should  be  faniiliiirto 
evn  y  navigator.  By  the  first,  as  we  have  seen,  the  amount  or  weight  of  the  superiiicnm- 
beni  atmosphere,  at  any  place,  may  always  be  accurately  known,  and  by  the  indiciUions 
of  the  other,  the  temperature  of  the  air,  as  well  as  of  the  ocean,  may  be  ascertained  wuh 
equal  precision. 

Among  the  most  striking  peculiarities  of  the  atmosphere,  are  its  rapid  and  almost  con- 
stant movements  of  progression  or  circulation,  which,  with  some  unimportant  exccp- 
,  tions,  appear  to  prevail  throughout  the  globe.  These  movements  evidently  sliow  ijie 
continued  operation  of  some  jjoweriul  impulse,  which,  to  the  writer  at  least,  does  not  ;i|i. 
pear  to  have  been  satisfactorily  explained.  It  is  estimated  from  the  average  rate  of  sail- 
ing of  ships  during  long  voyages  through  did'erciit  seas,  and  from  other  data,  thatilie 
average  velocity  of  the  wind  near  th(!  surl'ace  of  the  ocean  is  ecjual  to  eighteen  miles  an 
hour  throughout  the  year,  and  in  the  common  region  of  the  clouds  the  velocity  muit 


be  much  greater. 


Temperature  of  Elevation. 


Elevation  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  or  the  general  level  of  a  country,  causes  a  regu- 
lar variation  in  temperature.  The  first  ;)00  feet  usually  causes  a  dilference  of  abontono 
degree  of  Fahrenheit's  thermometer.  After  ascending  .300  feet,  it  is  estimated  tluiiilie 
thermometer  falls  a  degree  in  -295  feet,  then  at  '217,  "J.S'J,  2C','3,  and  I'JL'feet ;  but  3Uii|tei 
to  a  degree  is  a  common  rule.  On  these  j)rinciples  the  limit  of  jjerpetual  frost  hashfeii 
calculated.  Tt  is  made  a  little  more  than  lo,000  feet  at  the  e()untor,  and  from  liiniio 
13,000  between  the  tropics,  and  from  9,000  to  4,000  feet  between  latitudes  40°  and  o'l'. 

It  has  been  found,  however,  that  the  above  rule  is  subject  to  great  variations,  owiiic, 
probably,  to  the  course,  temperature,  and  sujer-positioo  of  the  atmospheric  curfiiis 
which  prevail  in  dilferent  regions  at  dilfercnt  altitudes.  Colder  currents  are  often  louml 
resting  upon,  or  interposed  between,  those  of  a  higher  temperature,  and  vice  versa.  On 
the  Himalaya  Mountains,  in  Asia,  between  the  latitudes  of  28°  and  34°  north,  liie  re- 
gion of  vegetation  has  been  found  to  extend  several  thousand  feet  above  the  .siipjioserl 
line  of  congelation  in  those  latitudes.  It  is  also  remarkable  that  the  line  of  |ieij)eiiial 
snow  is  found  at  a  much  greater  altitude  on  the  northern  side  of  these  mountains  than 
on  the  southern  side,  in  a  lower  latitude.  From  this  it  niav  be  inferred  that  the  tern- 
perature  in  high  regions,  as  well  as  in  lower  situations,  is  greatly  affected  by  the  geo- 
graphical course  and  physical  condition  of  the  currents  of  atmosphere  which  [aevaii  in 
these  regions. 

Stralification  and  Elevation  of  the  Currents  of  the  Atmosphere. 

It  is  obvious,  from  the  courses  of  the  clouds  and  other  light  bodies  which  sometimP! 
float  in  the  atmosphere,  that  the  movements  of  the  latter  are  mainly  horizontal,  or  pa- 
rallel to  the  earth's  surface.  Notwithstanding  this,  the  cftnmon  theory  of  winds  sup- 
poses a  constant  rising  of  the  atmosphere  in  the  equatorial  regions,  connected  with  a 
flow  in  the  higher  atiuosphere  towards  the  polar  regions,  and  a  counter  (low  at  the  sur- 
face towards  t)ie  equator,  to  supply  the  ascending  current.  This  ascending  movement, 
however,  has  never  yet  been  discovered,  and  it  is  easy  to  perceive  that  if  it  existed  in  the 
manner  supposed,  its  magnitude  and  velocity  must  be  altogether  too  great  to  have 
eluded  observation. 

It  is  apparent,  however,  that  different  currents  often  prevail  at  diflferent  altitudes,  su- 
perimposed one  upon  another,  and  moving  at  the  same  time  in  dilferent  directions.  These 
currents  are  often  of  difl'erent  temperatures  and  hygrometrical  conditions,  and  are  fotinil 
moving  with  diflerent  degrees  of  velocity.  It  is  by  the  influence  of  these  currents  tlir 
volcanic  ashes,  and  other  light  substances,  which  are  elevated  by  means  of  wbirlwiiiiij 
to  the  higher  regions  of  the  atmosphere,  are  conveyed  to  great  distances,  and  in  dire- 
tions  which  are  often  contrary  to  the  prevailing  wind  at  the  surface.  On  the  enipin 
in  St.  Vincent,  in  1812,  ashes  were  thus  deposited  at  Barbadoes,  which  is  60  or  a' 
miles  to  the  windvard,  and  also  on  the  decks  of  vessels  still  farther  eastward,  while  ite 
trade  wind  was  blowing  in  its  usual  direction.  On  the  great  eruption  of  the  volcano  ol 
Cosiguina,  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific,  in  Guatemala,  in  .lanuary,  183i3,  the  volcanic 
ashes  fell  upon  the  island  of  Jamaica,  at  the  distance  of  800  miles  in  a  direct  line  Iroin 
the  volcano.  Facts  like  these  ought  to  put  at  rest  the  common  theory  of  the  trade 
winds,  according  to  which  these  ashes  would  sooner  have  fallen  upon  the  northern 
shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  or  the  peninsula  of  Florida.     On  the  same  occasion  the 


volcanic  ashes 
that  coast,  ant 
W.,  more  thai 
opposite  from 
cuneiils  prevai 
meiits,  fur  proc 
The  occasio' 
rent  and  the  hi 
tries  situated 
lonij  periods,  b 
currents  from  I 
uresencc  in  thi 


The  atmosp 
vapor,  and  tin 
the  thennome 
densed  in  I  he 
an  assemblage 
the  atmosphere 
will  not  rise,  a 
fields,  are  alrnh 
It  is  to  circun 
great  variety  in 
ance  the  follow 
sidered  as  pert; 

1.  Like  a  lo 

2.  A  cloud  i 

3.  A  horizor 

4.  A  system 

5.  I'he  wavy 

6.  The  enmi 

7.  A  cumulu 
The  cirrus  is 

Its  height  is  ap 
Dew  is  the  c 
substance.  CI 
floating  in  the 
solved.  If  by 
their  weight  be 
then  descend  ir 
drops  increase 
ground  than  or 
rain  are  therefc 
the  same  proce 
Owing  to  the 
to  the  lutensit 
ever,  found  at  ; 
about  five  mile 
perature  above 
and  the  earth  c 
evident  by  the 
usually  dim  an 
unaptly  be  ten 


Hail  of  smal 
the  occurrence 
a  stratum  of  ai 
warmer  than  th 
affords,  perhap 

Summer  hai 
of  limited  exte 
nings,  or  a  hea 


X 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


691 


!  applied  in  ex- 

:r,  are  truly  m- 
I  be  fmniliiir  to 
le  superitniim. 
the  iiKliciUiuns 
scertaiueii  wiih 

md  almost  cnn- 
Iiorlaiit  excfp- 
emly  show  iho 
St,  does  tint  :i|)- 
iige  mte  ot'sm!- 
r  data,  tliatiliR 
;hteeii  tiiiksan 
u  veiocit)  luust 


causes  a  rejii- 
ce  of  about  i.;i; 
imated  that  the 
■t ;  but  3(111 1'eei 
1  iVost  liiis  ii-eii 
id  Iroiii  iliiiiiii 
2s  40°  and  o'l", 
riations,  o«iiic, 
iheric  ciirmit> 
are  often  I'uiiinl 
vice  versa,  Un 
north,  ihp  re- 
e  the  sii/iposed 
ie  of  |iei|ieiiial 
nounialnsiliHn 
i  that  the  tern- 
ed  by  the  gfo- 
hich  prevail  in 


re. 

icli  sometimf? 
izontal,  or  pa- 
of  winds  siip- 
nected  with  a 
low  at  the  silt- 
ing movement, 
existed  in  the 
great  to  have 

altitudes,  su- 
ctions. These 
,  and  i;re  fniim 
e  currents  tin: 

of  whlrlwiiit'! 
,  and  in  direc- 
n  the  erupii'3 
:h  is  60  m'.f 

:ird,  while  tie 
the  volcano  ol 
5,  the  volcanic 
rect  line  I'roffl 
f  of  the  trade 

the  northern 
I  occasion  the 


volcanic  ashes  were  also  carried  westward  in  the  direction  contrary  to  the  trade  wind  on 
that  coast,  and  fell  upon  11.  M.  ship  Conway,  in  the  Pacidc,  in  hit.  7^  N.,  long.  105° 
\V.,  more  than  1,200  miles  distant  from  the  volcano,  in  the  direction  which  is  nearly 
opposite  from  Jamaica.  These  phenomena  were  doubtless  the  eti'ect  of  two  dift'erent 
curieiils  prevailing  at  ditTorent  elevations;  but  we  shall  seek  in  vain,  in  these  develop- 
ments, for  proof  of  the  commonly  received  but  imaginary  system  of  the  trade  winds. 

'J^lie  occasional  interposition  ot  a  warmer  current  of  atmosphere  between  the  lower  cur- 
rent and  the  higher  regions,  has  been  proved  by  the  observations  of  aeronauts.  In  coun- 
tries situated  like  the  United  States,  where  the  surface  i.s  often  occupied  in  winter,  for 
long  periods,  by  an  intensely  cold  stratum  of  air  from  the  interior  elevations,  the  warm 
currents  from  lower  latitudes  appear  to  find  their  way  at  a  superior  elevation  ;  and  their 
ureseiice  iu  this  position  is  often  demonstrated  by  the  phenomena  whichthey  induce. 

Clouds,  Fogs  and  Haiti. 

The  atmosphere  is  always  pervailed  by  water  in  the  form  of  transparent  or  invisible 
vapor,  and  the  process  of  evaporation  is  continually  carried  on,  except  in  cases  where 
the  tliennonieter  is  below  what  is  called  the  dew  point,  or  when  the  vapor  is  being  con- 
densed in  ihe  form  of  clouds,  fogs,  or  rain.  "Clouds  and  fogs  are  the  same  thing,  b  ng 
an  assemblage,  of  small  vesicles  of  water  floating  in  the  atmosphere.  At  a  distance  in 
the  atmosphere  we  see  the  whole  as  a  cloud,  but  when  the  vapor  sinks  to  the  earth,  or 
will  not  rise,  and  we  are  immersed  in  it.  we  call  it  a  fog.  T)ew-fogs  which  hang  over 
fields,  are  .s//-rt/«scloiuls  ;  and  fous  which  involve  elevated  objects,  are  cunivlous  c\ouda." 
It  is  to  circumstances  of  distribution,  light,  shade,  distance,  tiiid  perspective,  that  the 
great  variety  in  the  appearance  of  the  clouds  is  owing  ;  and  on  this  variety  of  appear- 
ance the  following  classification  has  been  founded,  by  which  the  clouds  have  been  con- 
sidered as  pertaining  to  seven  classes  : 

1.  Like  a  lock  of  hair,  or  a  feather,  called  cirrua. 

2.  A  cloud  in  conical  or  rounded  heaps,  called  cumulus.  ^ 
.T.  A  horizontal  sheet,  called  stratus. 

4.  A  system  of  small  (If  I'cy  or  rounded  clouds,  called  cirro-cumulus. 

5.  I'he  wavy  or  unduh'trng  stratus,  called  cirro  stratus. 

G.  The  cumulus  and  ciiro-Mratus  mixed,  called  cumuln-slratus. 

7.  A.  cumulus  spreading  out  in  cirrus,  and  raining  beneath,  called  niinhis. 

The  cirrus  is  usually  the  most  elevated— sometimes  as  a  gauze  veil,  or  parallel  threads. 
Its  height  is  apparently  from  one  to  four  iniles. 

Dew  is  the  condensation  of  aqueous  vapor  upon  the  surface  of  a  condensing  body  or 
substance.  Clouds  and  fogs  are  watery  ])articles  condensed  from  aqueous  vapor  while 
floating  in  the  atmosphere,  where  they  continue  to  float  till  precipitated,  or  again  (lis- 
solved.  If  by  the  concentration  of  these  particles,  or  by  any  additional  condensation, 
their  weight  be  increased  beyond  that  which  the  extent  of  their  surface  can  sustain, they 
then  descend  in  the  form  of  rain;  and  as  the  condensation  onlinarily  increases  as  the 
drops  increase  in  magnitude,  it  is  common  to  have  more  rain  fall  on  'he  surface  of  the 
ground  than  on  an  equal  space  upon  the  top  of  a  house  or  church.  Clouds,  fogs,  and 
rain  are  therefore  essentially  the  same,  the  latter  being  the  continuation  or  extension  of 
the  same  process  which  produced  the  former. 

Owing  to  the  evaporating  qualities  of  the  atmosphere  in  the  higher  regions,  as  well  as 
to  the  Ititensity  of  cold  which  there  uniformly  prevails,  distinct  clouds  are  seldom,  il 
ever,  found  at  a  greater  elevation  than  the  summits  of  the  highest  mountains,  which  is 
about  five  miles.  At  an  intermediate  region,  however,  the  clouds  are  often  at  a  tem- 
perature above  freezing,  while  the  air  at  the  surCace  is  much  below  the  freezing  point, 
and  the  earth  covered  with  snow.  This  condition  of  the  clouds  seems  not  unfrequently 
evident  by  their  appearance  to  the  eye  of  an  observer.  Snowy  or  frozen  clouds  are 
usually  dim  and  undefined  in  their  aspect  or  appearance;  and  a  fall  of  snow  may  not 
unaptly  be  termed  the  fall  of  a  frozen  cloud. 

Of  Hail. 

Hail  of  small  size,  as  it  falls  in  wintry  storms,  appears  as  frozen  rain-drops.  From 
the  occurrence  of  this  phenomenon  in  a  freezing  state  of  weather,  we  find  evidence  that 
a  stratum  of  air  in  the  region  of  clouds  is  at  a  temperature  above  the  freezing  point,  or 
warmer  than  that  which  is  found  at  the  surface  at  the  same  time.  A  heavy  fall  of  snow 
attords,  perhaps,  tlie  same  indication. 

Summer  hail  of  large  size,  which  is  deposited  in  a  definite  path  or  vein,  or  in  a  locality 
of  limited  extent,  is  usually  accompanied  by  heavy  thunder  and  vivid  or  continued  light- 
nings, or  a  heavy  rumbling  sound  or  rapid  concussion?,  high  winds,  &c.,  and  is  believed 


692 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PlLOt. 


to  be  the  production  of  a  vortex  or  whirlwind  ii.  the  atmosphere,  which  is  connected  jt 
hi  iij)j)er  oxtifmify  with  an  overlay in<;  stratiiiu  of  iinusually  cold  air.  A  portion  oii!;, 
cold  stratum  piohably  descends  on  the  exlcrior  of  the  vortex,  and  reachiofr  the  ciirii;, 
surface,  is  pressed  into  the  vortex  and  there  entwined  or  laminated  with  tlie  Invf'df 
warm  and  humid  air  of  the  surface,  wiiich  is  drawn  in  at  the  same  time.  A  rapid  cf. 
densation,  as  is  known,  thus  commences  at  the  lower  extremity  of  the  whiriiii;,'  ni;\», 
column,  and  the  con<lensed  drops,  ;  Iteniately  in  a  free/ins;  aiul  unfrozen  layer  of  aii,  ;„, 
carried  upward  hy  the  powerful  whirlini^  and  a.  Lending  action  of  the  vortex,  till,  wj;: 
tlie  successive  coatinsjs  of  condensation  received,  they  are  finally  discharged  into  il.j 
colli  stratum  at  the  upward  extremity  of  the  vortex,  owing  to  the  reduced  teinpeniim 
of  which,  they  are  prepared  to  receive  a  renewed  accession  during  their  fall  to  the  cinil) 
or  perhaps  by  tlieir  accumulated  weight  they  are  sometimes  thrown  through  the  sidpi 
of  the  vortex  before  reaching  its  higher  extremity,  liy  this  violent  gyratory  and  tie. 
vating  action,  some  of  the  hail-stones  are  thrown  against  each  other  and  broken  ;  m<l 
each  successive  layer  of  congelation  may  often  be  seen  in  the  fractured  sections  oi'ihr 
liail.  In  all  vorticular  condensations  of  this  character,  when  the  cold  is  not  sufficicnik 
intense  to  produce  hail,  drojjs  of  rain  are  produced  of  a  much  greater  size  than  're  ever 
found  in  a  coinmon  and  direct  fall  of  rain. 

Hail  storms  of  this  character  are  less  freijucnt  in  the  tropical  regions  than  in  theteni- 
perate  latitudes,  for  the  reason,  probably,  that  a  stratum  of  suflicient  cold  to  prodiiceilie 
hail,  is  seldom  found  so  near  the  infeiior  stratum  that  a  voi<icular  comnumi(  ation  cm 
be  e-i|al)lished  with  the  former,  by  means  of  an  ordinary  gust,  s|)out,  or  whirlwind,  ^or 
does  this  ordinarily  happen  in  the  temperate  latitudes ;  but  only  when  the  lower  iviirm 
stratum  becomes  overlaid,  in  close  proximity,  by  a  stratum  from  a  colder  region  ;  aneieiit 
whi  h  is  not  unfre(pient  in  most  countries  within  the  temperate  latitudes.  It  coiii- 
]uoidy  hajjpens,  therefore,  that  several  hailstorms  of  greater  or  less  magnitude  and  vio- 
lence, occur  on  the  same  day,  or  about  the  same  period. 

ff  Of  Thunder  Storms  and  Gush, 

"When  a  cold  stratum  or  current  f)f  the  upper  atmosphere  moves  or  rests  upon  a  warm 
one  which  is  next  the  earth,  lu'ither  stratum,  as  such  can  penetrate  or  (l'S|)l;ic(' tin' 
other.  Nor  can  a  sudden  interchange  or  conuningling  take  place  bet\veen  the  iikisms 
or  particles  of  which  these  strata  are  composed,  except  by  the  sh-w  and  tedious  prucess 
of  the  successive  action  and  convolution  of  single  particles,  or  small  groups  of  |);inicl('s, 
upon  or  around  each  other;  l)ut  if  a  communication  or  interchange  between  die  iwo 
strata  becomes  established  by  means  of  the  action  of  !i  gradually  e«cited  whirlwind  or 
water-spout,  or  if,  owing  to  any  inecpiality  of  surface  or  other  accident,  a  (te))re.>.sioiiis 
made  upon  the  lower  stratuiu,  so  as  to  enable  the  colder  air  to  descend  at  tbiss  point, 
then  an  immediate  gyration  or  convolution  will  take  place  in  the  two  masses  at  tliis 
point,  the  warm  air  rising  as  it  becomes  displaced,  and  a  copiotis  condc'isiiiKn  will 
immediately  follow.  Jt  is  movements  of  this  character  which  produce  the  dense  nril 
cotivoluted  appearance  known  as  a  thunder  cloud,  and  the  thunder  and  lightning,  niiii, 
and  perhaps  hail,  follow  as  necessary  icsults. 

The  precipitation  of  the  colder  stratum  thus  commenced,  is  regularly  continiivl  inl 
enlarged  till  an  eijuilibrium  is  jiroduccd,  and  the  thunder  storm  thus  engendered, 
assumes,  of  course,  the  direction  of  the  u|)per  current  to  which  it  is  apijcnded,  aiul 
which,  in  the  temperate  latitudes,  is  commonly  from  the  western  quarter.  The  warm 
surface  air  whi"'i  is  thus  displaeerl  at  the  comnuMicement  of  the  ])rocess,  rises  immedi- 
ately in  front  of  the  colder  intruding  mass,  and  by  the  gyratory  action  thus  commenced, 
becomes  convoluted  in  detached  masses  or  layers  with  the  colder  surrounding  air,  ami 
by  the  reduction  of  temperature  thus  produced,  furni.shes  the  large  supply  of  aqneoiii 
vapor  which  is  first  condensed  in  the  heavy  thundercloud,  and  then  preripit;itcd  ina 
heavy  fall  of  rain  ;  and  the  electric  phenonipna  which  are  induced  by  this  sudden  cfin- 
tact  or  interiniiiL^ling  of  luasses  of  air  of  different  temperatures  and  hygrometric  toiid)' 
tions,  beconie  highly  vivid,  and  too  often  dcstiuciive.  The  active  gyration  whieli  ■ 
commonly  produced  wi.'hin  the  body  of  the  tliunder  storm  or  gtist,  is  in  the  directioiu: 
the  advance  of  the  storm  and  of  the  rising  warm  air  which  is  forced  upward,  or  in  lb 
direction  of  forward  and  upward  at  the  lower  front  of  the  storm. 

In  eonse(|uenee  of  this  gyratory  action,  a  storm  which  advances  at  the  rate  ol  iif'f'" 
or  twenty  miles  an  hour,  is  often  known  to  exhibit  a  velocity  of  wind  during  the  perioil 
of  its  greatest  .violence,  of  sixty  or  eighty  miles  an  hour.  If  the  axis  of  this  gyraiionina 
thurtder  storm  assumes,  from  any  cause,  a  vertical  i)osition,  we  then  have  a  |)erlfct 
whirlwind  or  tornado,  which,  if  it  be  so  situated  as  not  to  reach  the  ealth  by  its  dirfd 
action,  will  exhibit  to  us  the  phenomena  of  a  heavy  thunder  storm  accompanied  bv 
rumbling  sounds  and  .oncussions,  and  a  fall  of  hail  in  or  near  some  portion  ot  its  paiU' 


i^ 


IJut  if  the  regl 
time,  great  de 
winds  is  genei 

From  tlie 
currcnce  ol  a 
cur  on  tlie  sa 
marked  in  the 
often  found  tl; 
(I  i  lie  re  lit  jiarts 
soil  to  believe 
occurred  on  tl 
atmosphere  at 
change  in  tlie 
after. 

Atniospheri 
are  usually  d;' 
air  of  a  tempe 
tion  of  (liundi 
air  at  the  surf; 
liwaws,  are  ve 
of  Capt.  P.  P. 

The  luMvi 
wliicii  impli(^ 
which  the  viol 
jiosition.  '^^rii 
also  the  water 
sively  inert,  li 
jbrces  which 
taut  sense,  res 


The  charaet 
count  of  hail  ; 
maiiiiained  by 
it  a,)])ears  to  hi 

From  the  eq 
it  results,  that 
by  means  of  a 

A  vortex  \vi 
an  external  pr 
axis  towards  w 
fulfilled  to  tbe 
upper  extremi 
and  the  colum 
centrifugal  eff 
into  which  the 
of  the  surroui 
chimney,  but 
of  the   preced 
discharged  at 
maintained,  is 
the  mechanic; 
active  to  prod 
nearly  fifteen 
own  compass 
count  for  all  I 

Were  then 
the  up|)er  exti 
rotation  ;  but 
cause,  the  pai 
yield  at  a  littl 
proximating  c 
itnation  as  coi 
nal  pressure  b 
spiral  circuit  c 


\— 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


C93 


Hut  if  tliR  vPgVilar  action  of  the  whirlwind  should  reach  the  earth,  and  continue  lor  some 
time,  LMcat  destruction  tnay  l)e  expecti.'d  to  follow.  'J'lie  pmh  of  these  destructive  whirl- 
winds is  generally  narrow,  and  often  l)ut  a  few  luindred  yards  in  width. 

Kroni  the  na'ure  of  the  causes  which  we  have  set  foith  as  heinj;  fnvorabie  to  the  oc- 
currence of  a  ihunder  storm,  ii  iollows  that  many  of  these  storms  will  he  likely  to  oc- 
cur nn  the  same  day,  in  dilferent  i)arts  of  the  same  country,  as  has  been  already  re- 
marked in  the  case  of  hail  storms,  with  which  they  are  often  identical ;  and  the  writer  has 
often  foniid  tiiis  to  he  true  to  a  remarkaljje  extent.  'The  fatal  accidents  by  lit;htninji:,  in 
dilferent  ])arts  of  the  country,  have  often  ha|)|)eiied  on  the  same  days,  ami  we  have  rea- 
son to  believe  that  scores  of  tornadoes,  hail  storms,  and  thunder  storms,  have  sonu'times 
occurred  on  the  same  afferiH)on.  It  usually  ha|)pens  that  the  precipitation.;  of  colder 
alinosphere  at  these  numerous  points  of  distnrbaiu'C.  is  siilhcient  to  produce  a  marked 
change  in  the  temperature  of  the  surface  stratum  within  a  period  of  tv.elve  hours  tliere- 

iifter. 

Atmospheric  disturbances  of  this  kind,  which  do  not  produce  violent  thunder  or  hail, 
are  usually  d.-noniinated  sr/««//,v;  and  it  appears  highly  probable  that  the  presence  of 
air  of  a  leinperature  considerably  above  the  free/ing  point,  is  necessary  to  the  produc- 
tion of  (bunder  and  lightning,  in  the  .Strait  of  Magalhaeiis,  in  Patagonia,  where  the 
air  at  the  surface  is  neither  warm  nor  yet  very  cold,  the  squalls,  called  by  the  sailors  wil- 
liwaws,  are  very  frequent,  and  tremendously  severe;  but,  according  to  the  observations 
of  Capt.  P.  P.  King,  lightning  and  thunder  are  seldoiTi  known. 

The  he  ivi  condensation  presented  in  a  thunder  cloud,  is  often  spoken  of  in  a  manner 
whicii  ini])!'!^  that  the  cloud  jiossesses  sonu'  mechanical  or  other  energy,  l)y  means  of 
which  the  violent  wiiul  is  sent  forth;  but  nothing  can  be  more  unreal  than  such  a  sup- 
position. The  cloud  may  indeed  be  the  means  of  electric  development,  r-.nd  furnishes 
also  the  watery  deposition  for  the  hail  or  rain,  but  all  the  ])articles  of  the  cloud  are  pas- 
sively inert,  like  those  of  a  common  fog  or  mist,  and  the  violent  winds  and  disturbing 
.forces  which  may  be  jjresent,  operate  to* produce  the  cloud,  but  do  not,  iu  any  impor- 
tant sense,  result  from  its  action.  •  ,^ 

Walcr-spouls  and  Whirlwinds. 

TYif'  cViaracter  of  these  meteors  has  already  been  described  in  a  measure,  in  our  ac- 
count of  hail  and  thunder-storius.  The  identity  of  whirlwinds  and  water-spouts,  was 
maintained  by  Franklin,  and  although  at  a  later  period  this  has  been  called  in  question, 
it  a,)pears  to  have  been  iloue  without  sufficient  reason. 

From  the  equal  distribution  of  the  atmosphere  as  tlic  oceanic  envelope  of  our  earth, 
it  results,  that  no  movement  of  great  violeme  can  take  place  in  any  of  its  parts,  except 
by  means  of  a  direct  circuit  of  rotation  in  the  form  of  a  vortex  or  active  whirlwind. 

A  vortex  will  not  be  regularly  formed,  nor  continue  itself  in  action,  without  the  aid  of 
an  external  propelling  force  and  a  constant  spiral  discharge  from  that  extremity  of  its 
axis  towards  which  is  the  tendency  of  m(>tion.  IJoth  these  condition?,  it  i.s  believed,  are 
fuKilled  to  the  letter  in  the  case  of  a  common  whirlwind  or  water-spout.  The  air  at  the 
upper  extremity  of  the  whirling  column,  owing  to  its  elevation,  is  rarer  than  at  the  base, 
and  tlie  coluitm  itself,  particularly  in  its  central  portions,  is  mechanically  rarefied  by  thfe 
centrifugal  ellect  of  its  own  whirling  motion.  We  have  thus  a  sort  of  rarefied  chimney 
into  which  the  denser  air  at  the  base  of  the  colunm  is  continually  forced,  by  the  ))ressure 
of  the  surrounding  atmos])here;  not  to  ascend  in  a  separate  current  as  in  the  common 
chinmey,  but  entering  iiuo  the  organization  of  the  whirling  vortex,  to  supply  the  place 
of  the  preceding  ptutions  of  air  which  are  winding  inwards  and  upwards  to  be  again 
discharged  at  the  upjier  extremity.  The  condition  of  force  by  ^vhich  the  propulsion  is 
maintained,  is  found  in  the  pressure  of  the  surrounding  attnospherc  upon  all  sides  of 
the  mechanically  rarefied  column,  and  if  the  expansive  whirlii'g  tnotion  be  sufficiently 
active  to  produce  nearly  a  vacuum  at  the  centre,  the  external  projielling  force  will  be 
nearly  fifteen  pounds  to  the  square  inch;  and  as  the  whirling  column  turns  within  its 
own  compass  like  a  top  or  any  other  rotative  body,  this  force  is  quite  sufficient  to  ae- 
count  for  all  the  violence  (hat  is  ever  produced. 

Were  there  no  vorticular  or  whirling  action  already  exc'ted,  and  no  dischaige  from 
the  upper  extremity  of  the  vortex,  the  external  pressure,  it  is  true,  could  not  produce 
rotation;  but  this  movement  and  upward  discharge  having  once  commenced,  from  any 
cause,  the  particles  near  the  exterior  of  the  column,  like  those  of  water  in  a  funnel, 
yield  at  a  little  more  than  a  right  ancle,  to  the  external  pressure,  in  their  spirally  ap- 
proximating course  fov/ards  the  rarified  centre.  By  the  slowness  of  this  central  approx- 
imation as  compared  with  the  whirling  action,  the  intensity  or  niagnitude  of  the  exter- 
nal pressure  becomes  merged  in  the  velocity  of  the  rotative  action.  As  the  area  of  the 
spiral  circuit  decreases  rapidly  as  we  approach  the  centre,  it  follows  thiit  the  velocity  of 


694 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  wliirliiijn;  movement  niustbe  proportionably  increased,  as  we  perceive  it  to  1)e  in  tl;e 
funnel  and  in  all  rt'miiar  I'drMied  vortices.     'I'lius,  il'  ihe  rotative  velocity  near  tlu;  exie. 

teiiire 


rior  of  a  column  be  at  the  rate  of  but  ten  miles  an  iiour,  at  one  tliird  nearer  tlie 
llie  velocity  munt  be  more  than  doubled,  and  at  two  thirds  of  tlie  distance  from  the  ti 


named  point  to  the  centre,  the  absolute  whirliii!;  velocity  must  be  increased  nine  (u\\ 
which  iv  this  .-lase  is  e(|ual  to  ninety  miles  an  lionr;  and  in  conse(|uence  of  the  rcdiiced 
diameter  of  the  circuit  of  i;yration  at  the  last  point,  the  number  of  revoliifii,,,, 
must  here  be  as  four  liundred.  to  one  at  the  jioint  (irst  mentioned.  Tlie  increiiseij 
ascendins;  velocity,  however,  is  not  here  taken  into  account,  which  may  perliaps  reduce 
the  number  of  comparative   revolutions  in  the  central    portions  of  the   column.    Tlie 


condensintj  and  electric  clfects  w 


iicli 


olieii  attend  or  follow  tliese  active  whirlwinds,  bv, 


been  cursorily  noticed  under  the  head  of  ihuiider-storms. 

It  is  not  intended  to  dwell  here  u|uin  the  causes  by  wliich  whirhvinds  and  sponts  are 
excited  or  fust  set  in  n>otion,  but  the  local  disturbam;e  of  heat  is  jjiobably  the  cliielpx. 
citini;;  cause  as  in  thunder-storms.  'JMie  agency  of  heat  may  also  be  etfective  in  coniiim. 
ing  the  upward  discharge  and  vorticular  organization,  in  cases  where  there  is  great  dij. 
parity  in  the  temperalmes  of  the  air  at  the  upper  and  lower  extremities  of  the  wjiiriinj 
mass  orcoliinin,  lint  il  is  to  the  mechanii'al  expan-:iun  of  the  centrifugal  action  mid  ihe 
])owerful  impulse  of  the  atmospheric  pressure;,  that  the  increased  and  powerful  actiniv 
of  the  whirlwind  is  cliielly  to  bi;  referred. 

The  term  in/lcr-spoul  is  undoubtedly  a  misnomer,  as  there  is  no  cfl'ect  produced  of 
which  this  term  is  jiroperly  descriptive,  although  the  term  air-spout  would  not  be^rrniv 
inap|)ropriate.  'J'he  visible  column  of  comlensed  vapor  whicli  often  ap|)ear.s  in  the  lan. 
fit'i  centre  of  the  vortex  when  tlie  latter  is  not  envelojied  in  cloud,  lias  jirobably  i;i\>a 
nam.-  to  this  meteor.  But  the  watcf  of  the  sea  is  not  taken  up  by  the  spout  or  whirl- 
wind,  except  in  a  slight  degree  and  in  the  form  of  fine  sprav,  like  other  light  inaitet 
which  is  swept  from  the  surface.  This  cloudy  stem  or  column  freciuently  appears  aini 
disappears,  while  the  action  of  tlie  whirlwind  continues  without  any  i'liportant  chaiiiie. 
Owing  to  this  fact,  observers  sometimes  believe  that  they  witness  the  commeneeincntoi 
a  water-spout,  or  tornado,  when  tlie  same  has  previously  been  in  action  for  one  or  nioie 
hours,  and  when  the  cloudy  pipe  or  pillar  happens  to  disappear  the  spout  is  supposed  to 
have  'burst,'  while,  often,  it  lias  undergone  no  important  change,  except,  perhiips,  a 
slight  decrease  in  its  activity.  The  active  and  violent  portion  of  the  whi'-lwind  surrounds 
the  spout  invisibly,  and  is  probably  of  much  greater  diameter  at  a  distance  from  tlipsur- 
face  of  the  earth  than  at  the  base  of  tlie  spout.  Thus,  when  a  spout  or  whirhvimi  has 
passed  near  a  ship,  the  upper  spars  liave  been  converted  into  wreck  while  no  violence 
o(  wind  was  felt  on  the  deck. 

Water-spouts  follow  tlie  course  eitlier  of  the  surface  wind  or  of  the  higher  current 
with  which  they  may  communicate,  or  their  course  may  be  modified  by  both  these  inllu- 
ences  without  being  absolutely  determined  by  either.  They  abound  most,  however,  in 
those  calm  regions  wliich  are  found  at  the  external  limits  of  the  trade  winds,  and  iu  the 
regions  near  the  etjuator. 

It  has  been  common  to  ascriiie  whirlwinds  and  water-spouts,  as  well  as  larger  wliirl- 
wind  storms,  to  an  impulse  jiroduced  by  the  meeting  of  contrary  currents,  but  the  ia»vs 
of  distribution  and  of  motion  in  an  oceanic  body,  are  such  as  do  not  permit  the  move- 
ments of  its  different  curn  nts  and  gyrations  to  meet  in  conflict  with  each  other,  besides 
any  conflicting  movement  in  tlie  air  would  necessarily  produce  a  rise  in  the  barometer, 
whereas  it  is  generally  known  to  fall  at  the  commencement  of  a  storm,  either  of  larjieor 
small  extent.  We  may  observe,  also,  that  whirlwinds  and  spouts  appear  to  commence 
gradually,  and  to  acquire  their  full  activity  without  the  aid  of  foreign  causes;  besides, 
it  is  well  known  that  they  are  most  frequent  in  those  calm  regions  where,  apparently, 
there  are  no  active  currents  to  meet  each  other,  and  they  are  least  frequent  where 
currents  are  in  full  activity. 

0/  Trade  Winds  and  the  circuitous  Character  of  the  Atmospheric  Currents. 

It  is  found  that  in  almost  every  countrv,  and  in  every  sea,  the  wind  is  more  or  kss 
predominant  in  a  particular  direction.  In  open  sea,  between  the  equator  and  the  30th 
parallel  of  north  and  south  latitudes,  the  wind,  for  the  most  part,  blovys  from  the  east- 
ward ;  bill  near  the  eastern  borders  of  any  ocean,  below  these  latitudes,  the  wind  blo«i 
in  a  direction  more  towards  the  equator  than  in  its  central  or  western  portions. 

In  the  higher  latitudes  north  of  30^  the  westerly  winds  are  found  greatly  to  prednni- 
inate,  although  the  eddying  or  rotative  action  which  is  acquired  by  large  portions  of  the 
lower  stratum  of  air  vi  tii?se  latitudes,  causes  much  diversity  and  frequent  changes  in 
the  initial  direction  n'.  the  wind.  But  in  the  common  region  of  clouds  where  this  ed- 
dying movement  is  less  frequent,  the  main  atmospheric  current,  at  least  in  the  United 


States,  is  fully 
any  tropical  re 
At  New- Vol 
the  easterly,  a: 
same  period,  s 
elevation  to  be 
the  prevailing 
by  the  observat 
the  easterly,  in 
prevalence  of 
ships,  from  K 
America  to  Imi 

The  first  im 
occasions  an  e 
trade  winds  in 
iieiits,  across  w 
or  thrown  olf 
jihere  in  the  hi 
it  the  rotative  i 
slower  rotativi 
westerly  wind 

An  entire  cir 
tor.  the  most  ei 
trade  winds;  an 
our  atmosphert 
by  the  winds  in 
perature  and  ( 
chiefly  to  be  re 
peculiar  to  cer 

The  Monsoo 
culation ;  the  r 
here  deflected 
tccslcrly  rnonsoi 
have,  indeed,  b 
westerly  monsoi 
of  the  great  P; 

The  foregoin 

I.  Between  t 

for  the  n 

the  eartl 

II.  The  space 

fugal  aci 

III.  That  porti 

passes  v 
of  direci 
serving 
these  la' 

IV.  That  porti 

having  a 

previous 

winds,  i. 

loped  in 

It  is   by  tilt 

storms  are  four 

of  these  storms 

currents  pursu 

courses  from  v; 

other,  they  exl 

quent  changes 

matic  courses 

regularity  and 

lowest  portions 

The  rotative 

the  trade  wind: 

cessarily  subjec 

iu  warm  region 


V 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


G95 


it  to  l)c  in  ![;e 
near  tlie  ex;^. 
nrcr  tlio  ccmitp 
-  iVom  tlieli-i 
isuti  nine  |'i,l!, 
ol'  the  i-('(iiic,,|' 
oC  revolntiiMi, 
The  iiici(M., ; 
)erliii|)s  rediK,. 
coiiiinn.  Ti.t 
liilwiuds,  liavc 

md  spouts  ar,. 
y  tlie  cliieles- 
ive  in  eotiliim. 
re  is  great  (lis. 
il"  the  whirlirj 
action  imd  i|i. 

wei-l'ul  ;ictil||v 

t  produced  :| 
I  not  be  {^rrniv 
ars  ill  tilt  i;in. 
proliabiv  i:ii>n 
pout  orwliiil- 
r  I'slit  iii;it!er 
ly  appears  m 
urtant  cliai)i;e. 
imeneeiiienioi 
jr  one  ormoie 
is  supposed  to 
■pt,  peiliiips,  a 
vind  suiroiinds 
from  thesur- 
whirhvind  \m 
le  no  violence 

igher  curreDi 
th  these  inllu- 

,  however,  ia 
ds,  and  iu  the 

larger  whirl- 
but  the  liiws 
nit  the  move- 
other,  besides 
le  barometer, 
ler  ofiiirjieor 
to  commence 
ises ;  besides, 
apparently, 
quent  where 


irrents. 

more  or  les' 
mil  the  3O1I1 
oin  the  east- 
e  wind  blo«.' 
)ns. 

y  to  prednni- 
)rtlons  of  ilie 
it  changes  in 
lere  this  ed- 
the  United 


States,  i-i  fully  as  conftant  from  the  westvrard  as  is  the  trade  wind  from  the  eastward  in 
any  tropical  rejiion. 

At  New-Vork,  in  four  sticcessive  years,  the  westerly  winds  have  been  found  to  be  to 
the  easterly,  as  nearly  two  to  one.  Ubservations  on  the  ourses  of  the  clouds  for  the 
same  period,  show  the  ]»revalence  of  an  atmospheric  current  from  the  westward  at  that 
elevation  to  be,  as  compared  with  thosu  from  the  eastwiird,  nearly  as  fourteen  to  one; 
the  prevailing;  wind  beiiii;  south-westerly.  At  JMontreal,  in  Lower  Canada,  as  appears 
bv  the  observations  of  J.  jM'Cord,  Esq.,  the  westerly  surface  wiinls  also  appear  to  exceed 
the  easterly,  in  the  proportion  of  more  than  four  10  one.  In  corisetiucnce  of  the  general 
prevalence  of  westerly  winds  and  currents  in  these  latitudes,  the  passajies  of  the  fastest 
.ships,  from  Europe  to  America,  arc  found  to  occupy  a  much  longer  period  than  from 
America  to  Kurope. 

The  first  uiDvement  of  the  trade  winds  towards  the  equator  and  wcstwatd,  necessarily 
occasioiH  an  equal  movement  from  the  higher  latitude  to  supply  their  ])lace  ;  and  as  the 
trade  winds  in  their  progress  westward  are  opposed  by  the  American  and  Asiatic  conti- 
nents, across  which  these  winds  do  not  pass,  it  follows  that  the.se  winds  heroine  dellected 
or  thrown  olf  towards  the  pules  in  order  to  stijjport  an  e(]ual  distril)Ution  of  the  atmos- 
phere in  the  higher  latitudes;  but  the  air  thus  transferred  to  these  latitudes  carries  with 
it  the  rotative  impulse  which  it  acipiired  in  the  tropical  latitudes,  and  by  reason  of  the 
slower  rotative  motion  which  here  prevails,  is  thrown  to  the  eastward  in  the  form  of 
westerly  winds. 

An  entire  circuit  of  atmospheric  currents  is  thus  maintained  on  both  sides  of  the  equa- 
tor, the  most  equable  and  determinate  portion  of  which  i.s  to  be  found  in  the  region  of  the 
trade  winds;  und  this  appears  to  be  the  general  outline  of  the  greatsystem  of  circulation  in 
our  atmosphere,  as  well  as  in  the  ocean  itself.  It  is  to  the  geographical  coiirse  pursued 
by  the  winds  in  dilVerent  portions  of  these  great  circuits,  that  the  peculiarities  of  tem- 
perature and  climate  |)ertaining  to  diri'erent  countries  lying  in  the  same  latitudes,  are 
chielly  to  be  referred,  as  also  the  remarkable  absence  or  predominance  of  rain  which  is 
peculiar  to  certain  regions. 

The  Monsoons  of  the  Indian  Seas  are  but  a  modification  of  the  same  system  of  cir- 
culation; the  regular  trade  wind  instead  of  firning  towards  the  higher  latitudes,  being 
here  dellected  across  the  equator,  where  it  returns  to  the  eastward  in  the  form  of  the 
wcslcdif  monsoons  ;  the  casicrLy  monsoons  being  the  regular  trade  wind.  The  monsoons 
have,  indeed,  been  ascribed  to  local  rarefaction  in  Asia  and  New-Holland,  but  the  north- 
westerly mon.soon,  regardless  of  this  liyjwthesis,  sometimes  sweeps  over  half  the  breadth 
of  the  great  Pacific  in  its  eastwardly  progress. 

The  foregoing  generalization  may  also  be  expressed  in  the  following  form: 

I.  Between  the  two  parallels  of  30"^  N.  and  S.  the  atmosphere  at  the  earth's  surface, 
for  the  most  part,  revolves  around  the  axis  of  the  earth  with  a  slower  motion  than 
the  earth's  crust,  or  is  constantly  being  left  behind  in  the  movement  of  rotation. 
II.  The  space  previously  occupied  by  the  atmosphere  so  left  behind,  is  by  the  centri- 
fugal action  of  the  earth's  rotation,  constantly  supplied  from  the  higher  latitudes. 

III.  That  portion  of  the  atmosphere  which  is  left  behind  in  the  tropical  latitudes,  and 

passes  westward  by  the  earth's  rotation,  as  above  described,  is,  by  the  force 
of  direct  gravitation,  constantly  transferred  to  the  higlier  latitudes  ;  thus  pre- 
serving the  equilibrium  of  distribution,  so  far  as  the  same  is  ever  maintained  in 
these  latitudes. 

IV.  That  portion  of  the  atmosphere  which  is  so  transferred  to  t^^e  higher  latitudes  after 

having  acquired  the  high  rotative  velocity  of  the  equatorial  regions,  is,  by  this 
previously  acquired  impulse,  thrown  rapidly  eastward  in  the  form  of  westerly 
winds,  thus  completing  the  great  circuit  of  perpetual  gravitation,  which  is  deve- 
loped in  each  of  the  oceanic  basins  on  both  sides  of  the  equator. 
It  is  by  the  currents  of  these  natural  circuits  of  gravitation,  that  hurricanes  and 
storms  are  found  to  be  transported  from  one  region  or  locality  to  another;  and  the  track 
of  these  storms  allbrds  demonstrative  evidence  of  the  predominating  course  which  these 
currents  pursue.     The  currents  themselves  often  become  modified  in  their  apparent 
courses  from  various  causes,  and  being  often  stratified,  or  as  it, were  shin  tried  upon  each 
other,  they  exhibit  in  their  crossings,  initial  movements  in  different  directions,  and  fre- 
quent changes  at  the  surface,  \hile  still  performing  with  no  little  regularity  the  syste- 
nntic  courses  which  have  been  summarily  pointed  out.      One  obvious  cause  of  the  ir- 
regularity and  superposition  of  these  currents  is  found  in  the  retardation  to  which  the 
lowest  portions  are  subject,  owing  to  the  resistance  of  the  earth's  surface. 

The  rotative  motion  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  earth's  surface  in  the  latitudes  between 
the  trade  winds  and  the  returning  westerly  winds  being  nearly  equal,  this  region  is  ne- 
cessarily subject  to  calms,  and  to  those  sudden  gusts  and  squalls  which  are  usually  excited 
in  warm  regions  m  the  absence  of  a  prevailing  wind.    This  region,  in  the  North  Atlantic, 


COG 


BLUNt's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


is  known  to  niivigntors  na  tho  horse  latitudes,  because  tlie  traders  between  New  Knil.i 
and  tlie  West  Indies,  in  cdnsequfMiee  of  the  lark  ot"  sustenance  occasioned  hy  \y^^ 
call. IS,  were  soi  letinies  under  the  necessity  of  thn/wing  overboard  tlie  whole  or  ;i  ti;irt 
oCthe'rdeck  loads  o(  horses.  The  great  circuits  ol' winds  intersect  and  cross  tlnse  i,|||. 
tildes  in  both  directions  on  almost  every  meridian,  but  with  little  sensible  ell'i'ct  at  \^^p 
surface,  exce|)t  towards  tho  eastern  margin  of  the  Atlantic,  where  the  northerly  «inil< 
tlecidedly  prevail;  and  towards  the  western  niargin  of  the  Atlantic  and  in  the  (lull,,, 
Mexico,  where  the  southerly  winds  arc  usually  prevalent. 

SiMiilar  results  are  found  in  nearly  ail  the  rei;ions  which  separate  the  great  naliir:il 
circuit  of  winds  from  each  other,  and  these  tracts  of  ocean  are  known  by  thedesi^natiniiin 
the  calms,  and  sometimes  are  called  llie  rains  or  the  variables.  Sucli  is  the  regioii  iibnn; 
the  e(|iiator,  whicii  separates  the  northern  from  the  southern  trade  win<!s,  and  tli(M;ist. 
eriy  I'rom  the  westerly  monsoons.  The  I'asterly  monsoons,  in  approachitii;  the  e(|ii;iti)r, 
wliere  they  run  into  the  westerly  monsoons,  necessarily  ac(|uire  the  same  vclncnv  i,| 
rotation  as  the  earth's  crust,  which  of  course  |)ro(luces  calms;  the  northerly  or  soutlierlv 
tendency  of  the  monsoons  being  liere  too  small  to  produce  a  leading  breeze  at  thesuriiice, 

Land  and  Sea  Breezes. 

Near  the  shores  of  an  island  or  country  it  is  often  found  that  the  wind,  during  diHcreni 
hours  of  tl'"  day  and  night,  blows  alternately  to  and  iroin  the  land.  Or  in  the  caseula 
general  o;  trade  wind  which  is  parallel  to  the  coast,  its  course  becoines  alternately  riioili- 
tied  by  an  aiiproximation  to  the  above  result.  This  elVect  has  properly  been  ascribed lo 
the  inlluence  of  diuinal  heat  and  cold.  Not  that  any  vacuum  is  created  by  the  lirntintn 
which  the  surrounding  air  rushes,  as  has  sometimes  been  supposed  ;  for,  asnie  fiouilie 
general  error  of  this  notion,  a  tlat,  low,  and  strongly  lieated  island  or  coast,  has  lesselTect 
in  producing  these  breezes  than  a  high  sloping  country  of  more  even  tem|)eratiiip. 

The  truth  appears  to  be,  that  when  the  stratum  which  lies  upon  the  incline!  siiii',k» 
of  a  coast  becomes  wa-.med  and  raritied  by  the  daily  heat,  it  is  Ibrced  by  the  iiicrciiiii;: 
of  pressure  at  its  lowest  margin  to  move  along  the  iiclined  surface  in  the  diiectiHn  m 
greatest  elevation,  or  as  near  that  direction  as  the  prevailing  tendency  of  the  lower  cm- 
rent  will  allow.  Owing  to  the  cooling  process  which  goes  on  during  the  night,  tlif'>|i:- 
cific  gra-'ity  of  the  inclined  stratum  becomes  predominant,  and  the,  reverse  iiioteiiMiii 
then  commences  and  continues  into  the  following  morning.  We  find,  too,  t!i;il  nn  flio 
slopes  of  certain  coasts  and  islands  where  there  is  sufficient  elevation,  the  higher iinisin 
of  this  stratum,  at  certain  seasons,  will  daily  reach  an  altitude  at  which  it  is  biouilu  in 
contact  with  a  higher  stratum  sufficiently  cold  to  set  in  operation  a  scpiall  or  lluimlii 
storm,  at  a  certain  hour;  after  which  the  equilibrium  is  restored,  and  the  usual  cuiiiitcr 
movement  again  follows  in  its  turn. 

Some  diurnal  effect  of  this  kind  upon  the  wind  is  observed  at  times  in  almost  even 
region  ;  and,  taken  altogether,  it  is  probably  the  most  extensive  agency  which  is  exeicised 
by  beat  iu  the  production  of  winds. 


HI  IllllCA 


e 


*  The  tracks  o 


v^ 


ncd  by  iiipsg 
hole  or  ;i  imft 

DSS   these  |,||. 

I  cli'i'rt  ;it  !„,, 
irthcrlj  uiiid, 
u  the'dulioi 

grc:it  natural 
(lesi£;nat,l(iiiiii 
J  rcjjiuii  iiljoii; 

iiiiil  the  cast. 
i  tlio  e(|u;\l(ir, 
lie  vfliicitv  ,,| 
y  or  soutliptlv 
iinUesurliite, 


urine;  different 

ti  tlie  case  Ola- 

ernalely  modi- 

v.n  ascriheilto 

y  tlie  hcntlpin 

aside  t'niiilip 

has  lesseiiect 

iperatiire, 

cliiu"!  siiil',iri> 

the  iiicrciiKii! 

lie  ilircctiiiii  ni 

tlie  lowi'i  cm- 

nii;hr,  tliespo- 

ivsv  tnoveniciit 

o,  th;it  III)  flm 

iiy;li('nii:ir':iii 

is  hrotulnifi 

ill  or  thunder 

usual  cuiuilcr 

almost  every 
;h  is  exercised 


'H 


e 


BLUNT*S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT.  COt 


OBSERVATIONS 

ON    THE 

IIUHlllCANES  AND  STOJIMS  OF  Illi:  WF.ST  IINDIFS  AND  THE 
COAST  OF  THE  IJ.M  IFD  STATES, 

15 Y  W.  (;.  KEDKIKLD. 

From  a  careful  attention  to  the  pro^^ress  and  plienonieiia  of  sonic  of  the  inorc  violen*. 
storms  which  have  visited  the  Western  Atlantie,  I  hav(!  f(Mind  tlr.u  tliey  exhiliit  cerlaii. 
characteristics  of  ureat  uiiilonnity.  This  appears,  not  only  in  the  determinate  course 
which  these  storms  are  f.)uiid  !<•  pursue,  hut  hi  the  direction  of  wind,  and  »uc(;ossion  of 
changes  which  they  exhihit  while  they  eoiitiniie  in  action.  The  same  general  charac- 
teristTcs  appear  also  to  pertain,  in  some  decree,  to  many  of  tin;  more  common  Variations 
and  vicissitudes  of  winds  and  weather,  at  least  in  the  temperate  latitudes.  The  follow- 
jiiii  points  1  consider  as  estahlished  : 

I.  The  storms  of  greatest  severity  often  ovi^inate  in  tlie  tropical  latitudes,  and,  not  un- 
fre(|uently,  to  the  eastward  of  the' Wc-st  India  Islands;  in  the  tropical  regions  they 
',vc  dist'iiiiuished  hy  the  name  of  liitrrintius. 

I.  These  storms  cover,  at  the  i^aiiie  moment  of  tii.ie,  an  extent  of  contiguous  surface; 
the  diameter  of  which  may  vary  in  (.ifl'ereiit  storms.  Iroiu  one  hundred  to  Ave  liuridred 
miles,  and  in  some  cases  tlity  have  !>eeii  much  more  extensive.  They  act  with  dimiuishetl 
Violence  towards  tli-  exterior,  and  with  iiien:ased  energy  towards  the  interior,  of  the  space 
■vhicli  tlu'V  occupy. 

;j.  W'liiie  in  the  tropical  latitudes,  or  south  ai'  ih.'  parallel  of  ,30=,  these  storms  pursue 
llieir  course  or  are  driflrd  hy  the  natural  atmospheric  current  of  the  region  towards  the 
west,  on  a  track  which  inclines  .gradually  to  the  northward,  till  it  approaches  the  lati- 
tude of  o()°.  In  the  vicinity  of  tiiis  par.illel,  their  course  is  changed  somewhat  ahruptly 
to  the  northward  and  eastward,  and  the  track  continues  to  incline  gradually  to  the  eastj 
towards  which  point,  after  leaving  the  lower  latitudes,  they  arc  found  to  progress  with 
an  accelerated  velocity. 

The  rate  at  which  these  storms  are  found  thus  to  advance  in  their  course,  varied 
indilfeifiut  cases,  hut  may  he  estimated  at  from  12  to  .'}()  miles  an  hour.  The  extent  tb 
which  their  course  is  finally  pursued,  remains  unknown  ;  hut  it  is  prohahle  that  as  they 
proceed,  they  hecome  gradually  extended  in  their  dimensions,  and  weakened  in  their 
action,  till  they  cease  to  command  any  peculiar  notice.  One  of  the  hurricanes  of  Au- 
gust, 18o0,  has  heen  traced  in  its  daily  |)rogicss,  from  near  the  Caribhee  Islands  to  thd 
coast  of  Florida  and  the  Caroliiias,  and  froiu  thence  to  the  hanks  of  Newfoundland,  a 
distance  of  more  than  three  thousand  miles,  w  hicli  was  passed  over  hy  the  storm  in  about 
<ix  days.  The  duration  of  the  most  violent  portion  of  this  gale,  at  the  rlifferent  points 
over  which  it  passed,  was  about  12  hours,  hut  its  entire  duration  was  in  many  places 
more  than  twice  that  period.  Another  hurricane  which  occurred  in  the  same  months 
passed  from  near  the  Windward  Islands,  on  a  more  eastern  hut  similar  route,  and  has 
'Also  heen  traced  in  its  daily  stages  hy  means  of  the  journals  and  reports  of  voyagers,  nearf 
iwo  thousand  five  hundred  miles.  It  was  in  this  storm  that  the  Russian  Corvette,  Ken- 
sington, Captain  Ramsey,  sulfered  so  severely.  The  hurricane  of  August,  1831,  which 
desolated  the  island  of  Barhadoes  on  the  10th  of  that  month,  the  daily  progress  of  which 
has  also  been  ascert.iined,  passed  in  nearly  a  direct  course  to  the  northern  shores  of  thd 
Gulf  of  Mexico  and  New  Orleans,  where  it  arrived  on  the  iGth  of  the  same  month,  hav- 
ing passed  over  a  distance  of  twenty-three  hundred  statute  miles  in  6  days  after  leaving 
liarhadoes.*     Many  cases  of  like  character  might  he  adduced. 

4.  Tiie  duration  of  tlie  storm,  at  any  place  within  its  track,  depends  upon  its  extent 
ind  the  rate  of  its  progressive  velocity,  as  these  circumstances  are  found  to  deter- 
mine the  time  which  is  required  for  the  storm  to  pass  over  any  given  locality  falling 
.within  its  route.  Storms  of  smaller  extent,  or  dimensions,  are  usually  found  to  move 
from  o:ie  placp  to  another  with  greater  rapidity  than  larger  storms. 

5.  The  course  thus  pursued  by  the  storm,  is  found  to  he  entirely  independent  of  thd 
direction  of  wind  which  it  may  exhibit  at  the  dilfercnt  points  over  which  it  passes — th6 
wind  in  all  such  storms  being  found  to  blow  after  the  manner  of  a  whirlwind,  around  a 
common  centre  or  vortex,  during  their  entire  progress,  and  in  a  determinate  direction  or 

*  The  tracks  of  these  and  other  hurricanes  appear  on  the  annexed  chart. 

88 


608 


BLUNTS  AMKUICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


Cuurse  of  rotation,  which  is  from  riij,hl  to  Irfl  (or  in  tiic  (lin!ction  from  west  to  sniild) 
horizontally.  Th<!  direction  of  the  wind,  therefore,  for  tiic  most  part,  dors  not  coliuii,. 
with  the  course  of  the  storm. 

(>.  In  the  h)wer  latitudes  while  driflina;  to  the  westward,  tlie  direction  of  the  wiml  , 
the  commencement,  or  innk-r  the  must  ailvanced  pdrlion  (dilicse  storms,  is  from  :i  „„, , 
ern  quarter,  usually  at  some  point  from  north-east  to  north-west,  and  during  the  lim,, 
part  of  the  gale,  it  blows  from  a  southern  ([uarter  of  the  hori/.on,  ut  all  places  wlieriiljf 
whole  effect  of  the  ^ale  is  experienced. 

7.  After  reachiui;  the  more  northern  latitudes,  and  wliilc  pursuing  their  course  toih, 
northward  and  eastward,  these  storms  ciimnienee  with  the  wind  from  an  eastern  „, 
•outhern  quarter,  and  terminate  witii  the  wind  from  a  western  tpiarter,  as  will  iiji|i,.;,| 
moie  distinctly  under  the  three  Ibllowini;  heads,  the  latter  portion  of  the  storm  liein. 
usually  attended  witli  broken  or  clear  weather. 

8.  On  the  outer  jiortion  of  the  track,  north  of  the  parallel  of  ;;()",  or  within  that  por- 
tion of  h  which  Vn)>i  fiiiilirst.  from  the,  American  coast,  <hese  storms  exhibit  at  lliciidn. 
mencenient  a  soulhcrh/  wind,  which,  as  the  storm  comes  over,  Vicis  ^railuiillij  to 
westward,  in  which  quarter  it  is  found  to  terminate. 

9.  In  the  same  latitudes,  but  alonjj;  the  ciitral  porlirnis  of  (he  trtirk,  the  first  foric  i 
ihe  wind  is  from  a  point  near  to  saiith-ntsl,  but  after  blow inir  for  a  certain  periml, 
chansrcs  suddcnhj^  and  usually  alter  a  short  intermission,  to  a  jjoint  nearly  or  diiPfii 
Opposite  to  tiiat  from  wliich  it  lias  previously  I'cen  blowing,  from  which  opposite  i|i;;ir. 
ter  it  blows  with  equal  violence  till  the  storm  has  passad  over,  or  has  abated.  Tbissml 
den  change  of  a  south-easterly  wind  to  an  opposite  direct'./n,  ihics  tiof  arrur  uunn-. 
either  margin  of  the.  slonn's  trac/c,  but  only  on  its  more  centr.ii  portion,  and  takes  (u,. 
In  regular  progression  alon<i  tliis  central  part  of  the  route,  iVoih  the  sonlh-inst  touinl. 
the  north-east,  in  an  order  of  time,  which  is  exactly  coincident  with  the  progress  uiil,» 
ttorm  in  the  same  direction.  It  is  under  this  jxirtion  of  the  storm  that  we  notice  iht 
greatest  fall  of  the  barometer,  and  thu  mercury  usually  begins  to  rise  a  short  time  pmi 
OUS  to  the  change  of  wind.  In  this  part  of  the  track,  the  storm  is  known  as  a  ,w,„:. 
taster,  and  is  usually  attended  with  rain  previous  to  the  change  of  wind,  and  perhaps  for 
a  short  time  after. 

10.  On  that  portion  of  the  track  which  is  nearest  the  American  coast,  or  which  isi-ir. 
thest  inland  if  the  storm  reaches  the  continent,  the  wind  commences  from  a  nujiee.iq. 
ern  or  north-eastern  point  of  the  hori/on,  and  afterwards  vrers  more  or  lessgrailiiallv, Ijv 
north,  to  a  north-western  or  westerly  (luarti-r,  wliere  it  linally  terminates,  llereulsuthc 
first  part  of  the  storm  is  usually,  but  not  always  attended  with  rain,  and  its  latter  or  west- 
ern portion  with  fair  weather.  The  first  or  foul  weather  portion  of  the  storm,  i.s  on  iliii 
part  of  its  track,  recognized  as  a  north-caslr.r. 

It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  near  the  latitude  of  30"^,  and  on  the  shores  of  Caro- 
lina, where  thestorm  enters  oblicpiely  ui)on  the  coast,  while  its  track  is  rapidly  '•liangin; 
from  a  northwardly  to  an  eastwardly  direction,  the  wind  on  the  central  track  of  the 
Btorm,  will  commence  from  an  eastern  or  north-eastern  point  of  tiie  compass,  and  wll! 
gradually  become  south-easterly  as  the  storm  approaches  its  height. 

11.  A  full  and  just  consideration  of  the  facts  which  have  been  stated,  will  show  con- 
clusively that  the  portion  of  the  atmosphere  which  composes  for  the  time  bcinj;  llif 
great  body  of  the  storm,  whirls  or  blows  as  above  stated,  in  a  liorizontal  circuit,  aroiiml 
a  vortical  or  somewhat  inclined  axis  of  rotation  which  is  carried  onwind  wiili  the 
storm;  that  the  course  or  direction  of  this  circuit  of  rotation  is  from  riiiht  to  /<;/'/.•  and 
that  the  storm  operates  nearly  in  the  same  manner  as  a  tornado  or  whirlwind  ofsmallir 
dimensions;  the  chief  difference  being  in  the  more  disk-like  (ormoftluMvliirliui;  body  ami 
the  magnitude  of  the  scale  of  operation.*  This  view  of  the  subject,  when  fully  coiii|irf- 
hended,  affords  a  satisfactory  solution  of  the  otherwise  inexplica!)le  phenomena  of  stoniii 
and  will  also  be  found  to  accord  entirely  with  the  (act  which  ai)pears  in  the  above  stall- 
ment,  that  in  the  phases  or  changes  whicli  pertain  to  a  storm,  the  wind,  on  one  marg' 
of  its  track,  veers  ivilJi  the  sun,  or  from  left  to  rifiht,  while  under  the  opposite  margin  o 
the  same  storm  it  veers  arxainst  the  sun,  or  from  r'lffJit  to  left :  for  this  peculiarity  iieces 
sarily  attends  the  progressive  action  of  any  whirlwind  which  operates  hori/nntallv. 

12.  Owing  to  the  centrifugal  action  of  these  rotative  stonris,  the  barometer,  wliPthf: 
in  the  higher  or  lower  latitudes,  always  siid<s  while  under  tlic  first  portion  or  moietvt: 
the  storm  on  every  part  of  its  track,  excepting,  perhaps,  its  extreme  outward  margio, 


nnd  commo 
The  mercm 
(if  the  u;de, 
of  the  storn 

The  grea 
practical  uli 
mercurial  C( 
recorded,  ot 
wlu'M  a  disti 
porfance. 

In  the  foi 
tlie  prineipa 
not  attempt 
and  plienom 
which  may 
oils  ;md  elas 
violent  stora 
«hara''teri.-.ti 
vortex  or  rot 
siderable  ra 
<-aiie  ;  and  s 
lial  to  the  c( 
<'onnt  for  tin 
are  so  offi-n 
but  of  its  ex 

In  rnrdy' 
been  lying  ii 
ut  the  very  ; 
in  (pi   e  an  o 

This  state 
dcr  the  iwo  t 
circuit  of  rot 
We  will  supn 


'■ 


*  It  is  to  be  understood  that  the  diameter  of  the  whirlwind  which  constitutes  the  storm  is  com- 
mensurate with  the  widdi  of  the  track  over  which  the  storm  passes.  The  main  body  of  the  siorra 
18  supDosed  to  move  in  the  form  of  an  extensive  disk,  whirling  around  its  own  centre  as  it  ad- 
vances in  its  regular  track — with  this  difference,  that  the  rotative  movement  is  far  more  rapid  in 
the  interior  portions  ot|  the  whirhng  body,  than  towards  its  exterior  hmits. 


with  due  alio 
W.  Theot 
as  shown  at  < 
of  the  storm, 
ously  been  fa 
at  tne  depart 
allowance  al 
the  facts  coi 
Atlantic  stor 
the  two  diflfei 
mistaken  for 
The  phase 
by  the  cours( 
a  ship  on  tak 


BLUNTS  AMKIIICAN  COAST  IMI.OT. 


C99 


f 


I 


anil  roinmonly  iilfonls  us  the  oinliost  and  wurrst  indicittioii  of  tlic  apprnnchlnf;  tompest. 
Tlic  iiirrfuiy  in  tin;  hiirniiiL'tfr  always  rises  ai;aiii  dniin;'  llie  passa.ne  of  the  last  portion 
of  the  uale,  and  coniinonly  attains  tlio  tnaxininni  ut'it.s  elevatinns  on  the  entire  departure 
<ir  the  storm. 

Till'  i.'reat  value  of  the  Itaronieter  to  iiavl^atorH  Ih  hecoiniiiK  well  understood,  and  itt 
i)r;ietic:d  utility  mi^lit  he  ^'reatly  iiicicasi'd  hy  lionily  (intrics  of  the  precise  lieif;ht  of  tlie 
mercurial  column,  in  a  talde  prepareil  tor  the  purpose,  its  movements,  unlens  carefully 
recorded,  often  eseap>  notice  or  reconectiun^  which  may  easily  happen  at  those  times 
when  a  distinct  knowledge  ol' its  latest  variations  mi;ij;ht  prove  to  he  of  the  greatest  ini- 
j)ortance. 

In  the  foremiiiiu'  statements  our  dc,sif,'ii  has  hccn  to  designate  in  a  suiiunary  manner 
the  priiici|»al  movements  whi<:h,  in  lln'sc  rejjiions  at  least,  constitute  a  storm;  and  we  do 
not  attempt  to  notice  the  /arious  irregularities,  and  siihordinato  or  incidental  moveinentfl 
and  |)hen<imen:i  of  the  atmosphere  with  which  a  storm  may  chance  to  he  connected,  or 
which  may  necessarily  result  from  such  violent  movements  in  a  (luiil  which  is  so  tenu- 
ous and  elastic  in  its  character.  It  may  he  remarked  in  general,  that  the  most  active  or 
violent  stor.ns  are  usually  the  uiost  regular  and  uniform  in  the  developuient  of  those 
«hara<-.teri.4ic  movements  which  we  have  already  descrihed.  It  is  also  prohahle,  that  the 
vortex  or  rotative  axis  of  a  violent  ijale  or  hurricane,  oscillates  in  its  course  with  con- 
si<leral)le  rapidity,  in  a  movinij  circuit  of  moderate  extent,  near  the  centre  of  the  hurrj- 
<'ane  ;  and  such  an  eccentric  nuivemi'nf  ol'  the  vortex  may,  f{jr  au;;lit  we  know,  Ix!  essen- 
tial to  the  continued  activity  or  force  of  the  hurricane.  Such  a  movement  will  fully  ac- 
<;ount  for  tlie  violent, //r;ws  or,i;//.sV,s  of  wimi,  and  the  intervening  lulls  or  remissions,  which 
are  so  often  ex|)('rience(l  towards  the  lieart  of  a  storm  or  hurricane,  wlien  in  open  sea; 
l)Ut  of  its  existence  we  have  no  positive  evidence. 

In  I'nrdy's  IVIemoir  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  it  is  stated  "That  while  one  vessel  has 
been  lyin;!;  to  in  a  heavy  c;ale  of  wind,  another,  not  iiu)rc  than  .'?()  leaij;ues  distant,  has 
at  the  very  same  time  been  in  another  gale  c()ually  heavy,  and  lying  to  with  tlie  wind 
in  qu   e  an  ojjposite  direction." 

This  statenuMit  is  obviously  to  be  iu;derstood  as  ai)plicahle  to  two  vessels  falling  un- 
«ler  the  two  op|)ositc  sides  or  ijoitions  of  the  same  storm,  where  the  wind  in  its  regular 
circuit  of  rotation  must,  of  course,  blow  from  the  opposite  (|uarters  of  the  horizon. 
We  will  suppose  one  of  the  vessels  to  be  at  A  and  the  other  at  U,  in  the  annexed  figure. 

The  stoiinin  pursuiufj  its  course  from 
W  towards  N,  will  strike  the  first  men  • 
tioned  vessel  in  the  direction  which  is 
shown  by  the  wind-arrows  at  the  point 
c,  which,  if  the  j)osition  be  in  the  tem- 
jierate  latitudes,  north  of  30°,  will  be 
iVoiu  eastward.  Now,  it  is  obvious, 
that  as  the  storm  advances  in  its 
course  north-eastward,  this  vessel,  if 
nearly  stationary,  will  intersect  the 
body  of  tlie  gale  on  the  line  c  A  d. 
As  the  stormadvances,  the  wind  must 
also  veer  to  the  northward,  as  shown 
by  the  arrows,  being  at  N.  E.  when 
the  vessel  is  brought  under  the  point 
A,  and  near  the  close  or  departure  of 
the  storm  by  its  further  progress  east- 
ward, the  wind  will  have  furtherveer- 
ed  to  the  direction  shewn  ate?,  which, 
With  due  allowance  for  the  progressive  motion  of  the  storm,  we  will  set  down  at  N.  N. 
W.  The  other  vessel,  as  is  equally  obvious,  will  fu-st  take  the  wind  from  the  southward, 
ns  shown  at  e,  in  which  quarter  it  will  blow,  with  no  great  variation,  till,  by  the  advance 
of  the  storm,  the  ship  is  brought  under  the  point  B.  The  baiometer,  which  had  previ- 
ously been  (ailing,  will  now  commence  rising,  and  the  wind,  veering  more  westerly,  will, 
at  tne  departure  of  the  storm,  be  found  in  the  direction  shown  at/,  which,  after  the 
allowance  already  referred  to,  may  be  stated  at  W.  N.  W.  Such,  substantially,  are 
the  tacts  commonly  reported  by  vessels  which  fall  under  the  lateral  portions  of  the 
Atlantic  storms,  and  it  is  readily  seen,  that  the  opposite  winds  which  are  exhibited  on 
the  two  different  intersections  of  the  storm,  as  above  described,  will  very  naturally  be 
mistaken  for  two  separate  and  distinct  gales. 

The  phases  of  the  wind  in  these  gales  are,  however,  in  all  cases  modified  more  or  less 
by  the  course  or  changing  position  of  the  vessel  exposed  to  its  action.  For  example; 
a  ship  on  taking  the  gale,  say  at  E.  S.  E.  at  the  point  h,  on  the  figure,  and  lying  to  with 


i 


N 


•hx 


W 


^'  ■ 


700 


BLUNT  S  AMrniCAN  COAST  PILOT. 


her  )ie!u1  to  t)io  nortliwiinl,  may  l)y  that  iiirans  Uv.  I)i-()ii!;ht  Id  ititcrsrct  the  Rtortii  on  i|, 
line  h  i,  and,  at  thi'  point  /'.  wnulil  snddrnly  Im>  tidoii  altack,  with  lln-  wind,  n,i)  at  N,  \ 
W.,  as  in  the  case  ul'  thii  .laiiiair  a  lioiinward-liDiinil  ll<'<'t  in  l'^*".',  and  the  liannniiH 
whicli  reaches  its  lowest  depression  nnih-r  llu!  cential  poilion  (d  tin- sloini,  would  ;ilj(,;,( 
tl^ia  period  he  t'oniid  to  have  eoninieneiMl  risinir  with  some  dt^i^ree  nl' rapidity. 

A  (nrther  referenen  to  the  (i)i;nre  will  show  that  a  ship,  wliieh  may  he  at  the  point  i 
(luring  the  passage  of  the  ^ale,  would  he  exposed  to  a  heavy  swt'll  troui  the  soutlm  ,|,, 
and  westward;  hut,  \w\u<i  heyond  the  oriiani/e<l  limits  of  the  stor'M,  may  remaineiiiiiiK 
unatreeted  hy  the  violence  ol  the  wind,  which  at  the  same  lime  .lay  he  ra^iiii;  wi(||i|, 
Btruetive  Cury  at  the  distance  ol' a  lew  leagues.  The  writer  has  knowh  ili;e  ol  maiiyMui, 
examples. 

It  has  heen  sujicested  that  "the  larhoard  lack  is  the  proper  one  to  lie  to  on,  ns  il,, 
wind  will  then  he  loiind  to  draw  alt-"  lull  this  will  tieipiently  prove  erroneous,  ;im|„ 
wind  may  draw  either  way,  on  either  ta(d\,  accordiuij;  to  the  position  and  course  (iri|<( 
Hhi|),  in  th(!  storm,  and  the  extent  and  rate  ol' pro;.'r»'ss  (d'ihe  latter.  In  the  case  o|  t|,r 
Meet  which  encountered  the  yaleof  ITHJ  it  was  prolial)ly  the  hest  course  to  carry  sail  tnir.i 
northward  at  the  very  <'ommeiiceiiieiit  ol'  lite  i^ide,  and  as  Tar  anil  as  loiii;  as  possihli  .. 
Ity  this  means  the  licet  mii;ht,  perhaps,  have  liceii  drawn  as  lar  northward  as  the  pum 
A  on  tlie  (imire,  and  the  chaii'^'e  u(  w  iiid  to  the  northward  and  westward  would  havclnci, 
rendered  more  grailiial.  Tin-  ('hiel'  diriicidly  atid  danger,  is  wlien  the  direction  of  |||,. 
wind  at  the  (irst  settiii!,'  in  ol'  ihe  gale,  is  foiind  to  he  nearly  at  ri^iht  angles  will;  il;,. 
known  courses  of  the  storms  in  the  region  >vliere  tli(>  gale  is  encountered,  and  it  istlin 
tlesirahle  to  jnirsuc  HU(di  a  course  as  to  avoid,  if  possible,  ''ailing  into  the  heart  ol  iln 
ptprm. 

It  frequently  liappena  that  a  storm,  during  the  first  [lart  of  its  progress  over  a  jiion 
point,  fails  totake  ell'eet  upon  the  surface,  while  il  exhihits  its  fiiP  activity  at  a  grcaii'ralii. 
tilde.  This  eommonly  happens  when  this  ])ortion  of  the  storm  arrives  from,  orliiistf- 
pently  hlown  ov  r  a  more  elevated  country,  or  ts  passing  or  hlowing  fiom  the  lain!  to  the 
Boa.  On  land,  the  most  viidi'iit  elVeets  arc?  usually  felt  from  those  storms  whicji  tnic 
and  hlow  from  the  open  ocean  upon  the  sliores  (d"  an  island  or  continent.  l'|)(]ii  tin: 
latter,  under  sucli  circumstances,  the  ///•>/  part  of  the  gale  is  iistially  the  most  severe, 
and  that  coast  of  an  island  upon  which  a  storm  first  enters,  or  Idows,  also  sulJi'is  \uw 
from  the  early  part  of  the  gale,  hut  its  laier,  or  receding  part,  often  acts  witli  ilie  l'itiii- 
est  fury  upon  the  opposite  side  of  the  island,  which  had  previously  derived  Mime  dc- 
gree  of  shelter  from  tlie  intermediiite  elevations  and  other  ohstaclcs  opjiosed  to  ikt'ont 
of  the  wind,  tiie  henefit  of  which  is  now  lost  hy  its  coiiiiler  direction  from  the  oprniHe.ii), 
Owing  to  similar  causes,  the  forct>  of  the  storm  is  sonictimes  very  iinetpial  at  ililieieiit 
places,  situated  in  nearly  the  same  part  of  its  track,  and  siieli  iiic(|uality,  as  we  hinebe- 
fore  intimated,  necessarily  pertains  to  two  jjlaces,  one  of  which  is  near  tlie  centre  nnil 
|he  other  towards  the  margin  of  the  route. 

Of  the  multitude  of  facts  hy  which  these  views  might  he  illustrated,  we  vill  only 
ptate,  th^t  in  the  late  Imrrieane  at  Hariiadoes.  (that  of  August,  iH.'il,)  tlie  trees  near  the 
northern  coast  of  that  island,  lay  from  N.  N.  W.  to  S.  S.  K.,  having  been  inostnitedb; 
a  northerly  wind  in  the  earlier  part  of  tlie  storm,  while  in  the  interior  and  some  nllia 
parts  of  the  island, 'they  were  t'ound  to  lay  from  south  to  nortli,  having  fallen  in  tliehiler 
period  of  the  gale.  'J'liat  after  the  same  hurricane,  advices  lliat  wer(>  received  Ircm the 
islands  of  St.  ("roix  and  I'orto  Rico,  (which  lay  near  the  nortiier  margin  of  its  track,) 
stated  that  no  hurricane  had  heen  experienced  at  these  islands;  hiu  it  afterwards ap' 
peared  that  some  portions  of  these  islands  had  suffered  damage  from  this  hurricane  in 
the  night  of  tlie  I'Jlh  to  lIUli  of  Auiriist,  two  ihiys  after  it  passed  over  the  island  of  Bar- 
badoes. — That  the  sea-islands  which  horiiei  the  coast  of  (leorgia  and  the  ('arnlinas,are 
known  to  suflier  greatly  from  these  tenijiests,  while  little  or  no  injury  is  sustained  inllie 
interior  at  the  distance  of  a  few  miles  from  the  coast.  One  of  the  most  striking  charac 
teristics  of  these  storms,  is  the  heavy  sircll  which  in  open  sea  is  often  known  to  exteiK 
itself  on  both  sides  of  the  track,  entirely  heyond  the  range  of  the  gale  by  which  itui: 
produced.  The  last  hurricane  to  which  we  have  alluded,  threw  its  swell  with  treiim: 
dous  force  upon  the  northern  shores  of  Jamaica,  having  passed  to  the  northward  of  liii 
island. 

So  strons;  is  the  influence  of  our  established  modes  of  thinkine;  on  this  subject,  tbi 
it  seems  to  be  difficult,  even  for  those  who  admit  the  rotative  character  of  these  hurri- 
canes, to  understand  correctly  the  true  bearing  and  relations  of  the  different  phasescl 
the  wind,  which  are  presented  at  two  or  more  points  or  places  visited  by  the  same  storti. 
unless  the  subject  has  been  thoroughly  and  carefully  studied.  Speculative  opinioii. 
also,  upon  the  course  of  a  storm,  are,  usually,  if  not  always,  founded  upon  the  erroneous 
notion  of  a  rectilinear  course  in  the  wind.  In  the  accounts  received  of  the  hnrricanf »' 
Barbadoes  on  the  3d  of  September,  1835,  which  raged  for  a  few  hours  from  E.'N.  E.  feats 


were  expre^Jte 
Ikmii  (iiiadido 
lliid  Ihe  dire 
lehitions,  it  w 
the  soutlitvan 
the  onset  ol'  I 
eastward,  the 
but  il  the  oils 
the  southern 
ward  of  the  jk 

ill  order  to 
on  which  is  ih 
iiieroiis  aiMii 
identified  froi 

The  route 
Trini.lad.To 
the  ( 'aribbe.in 
vessels,  and  it"- 
maica  on  the 
the  nmthw.'n 
the  coast  ^'uc; 
Trinidad  to  tli 
dred   hours,  a 
nearly  seventei 
peninsula  (d°  \ 
ocean  level. 

Track  No.  I 
night  of  Aiigii' 
St.  .lago  de  Cii 
on  the  1 ')th  ;  in 
Orleans  on  the 
something  mor 
f  Mincer,  was  N. 
leaving  the  oce 
nies,  and  wiis  pi 
pears,  however, 
ward  of  the  gul 

Track  No.  11 
Islands  on  the  ; 
passed  the  nort 
namas  on  the  21 
on  23d  and  24t 
Nantucket  on  t 
ascertained  cou 
average  rate  of 
the  tropic,  may 
N. 58°  E. 

Track  No.  V 
the  Windward 
the  4th;  Turks 
coast  of  Geoiiri 
wi.re,  and  the  c 
and  the  states  e 
highlands  of  Nc 
was  widely  extt 
fact  pertains,  in 
pears  to  have  | 
Massachusetts, 
than  2,200  mile 

Track  No.  V 
tigua,  Nevis,  a 
Thomas,  St.  Ci 
the  vicinity  of  I 

•  Mr.  Purdy  sti 
t  All  the  distan 


4i^ 


ic  dtnriii  (III  il, 

III,  s.lV  lit  .\,  \ 
llir  liiiriiiiici,, 
III,  W (J II III  lllll  ; 

ility. 

ill    lIlC    |Hli||t  I 
1    tin-   SOIllllW  II 

rciiiiiiii  (■niiiii, 
riiyiiiK  with, I,. 
;e  of  iiiiiiiy  ,M„)| 

lie  to  oil,  lis  ilif 
riuifiiiis,  Ms  i], 
il  coiir.st'  ol  II, 
tlio  casi-  ol'il, 
(".irry  sail  idii 
i;  as  |)(issi|i|i._ 
inl  as  tlif  |;iii!j 
k-oulil  liavi'liifi, 
ilii't'ctioii  ol'  ||||. 
iii};!»'.s  with  i|,n 
il,  anil  it  i-iiliri; 
he  heart  ol  il/t 

ESS  over  n  civfii 

iit  a  grcnii'ialii. 
iVoiii,  or  )i;i- : 
1  the  lam!  loili. 
ins  uiiidi  fiiii, 

ICnt.        l'|)(lllll|,: 

he  most  scvfiT, 

liSO     Slllii'lS   llllh' 

!  witli  iIh'  iiiciii. 
i,'i-iv('il  suiiiP  lie- 
)scd  totliel'oufc 
tlio  open  lum 


'1' 


lal  at  ililii'tm; 

IS  \\v  hiivelif- 

the  ceiitit  ami 


il,  we  \iill  onlj 
tn;f's  near  the 
n  ]inistr;ue(ll)v 
ml  soiiiP  oilia 
en  in  tlirlalei 
•civfil  iVoiiithe 
n  of  its  track,) 
al'tei-waril-s  ap- 
is hiinicimeiD 
island  of  Bar- 
Caiolinas,  are 
ustained  in  ll:f 
rikinp  cliarac- 
own  to  exterri 
y  which  itwi: 
1  with  treiiiP!: 
tliwanloflk 

s  subject,  tl-' 
of  these  liu'i- 
rent  i)hases;i 
ic  same  storti. 
ative  opinion^ 
the  erroneoib 
e  hurricane  s! 
E.'N.  E.fw 


^f< 


BLUiNT's  AMEUKAN  TOAST  IMJ.OT. 


;oi 


were  rxpre'»Re<i  i'l'i'  'ho  safely  of  the  ishinds  to  the  iinrthwanl ;  hut  kiiIisi  (iiU'tit  iiitclliyenrn 
iVoiii  (liiailaloiipe  anil  iMartiiiieo,  siieweil  lli  it  llie  iiile  liail  nut  ixtendcil  li>  tlii'M-  i'-hiiiils. 
llail  the  ijireitioii  ami  i  lian^es  of  tin  wiinl  in  this  sinrm  In  en  .icwcil  in  their  line 
reiaiioiis,  it  would  have  heen  pereeived  that  the  Inart  of  the  ;;ali'  iniist  iiave  passed  to 
the  siiutl'uvard  of  Barhadoes ;  iiiiil,  as  a  ^reiiera!  nih*  in  the  We«'        'ia  laliliides,  where 

.'  .1.  . :  .   I'. .1   »..   I...  *•..   ,1k..  .•oiii 1   itii-iwr'i.iih   ..(*   tl.  I   tf'iilji  (fi,wl     iti'  iiififi. 


w -> 

nil  whieii  is  delineated  the  route  of  several  liiiirieanes  and  storms,  as  derived  Iroiii  nii- 

iin,  liy    wiiieli   their  pmuress   is  speeiliially 

eiiarl. 


irieroiiH  aeeounfs  which  are  in  my  possi 


iiiridiis    ii,,i  1 1 11  in  -•   ,»  ill,  11    fit  '■    •  I.    .  ..^T    I  — '      .'      I        "  I  •" 

iiieniilied  from  day  to  day,  dnriiifi  tiial  part  idllitir  route  wliiili  appciirs  on  the  eiiarl. 

'riie  route  designated  as  No.  I,  is  tliat  of  the  hiirrieaiie  wliieh  viMited  llie  islands  of 
Trinidad,  'rohano,  and  (Jrenada,  mi  the  ;.';!d  of  .liine,  \f*:'A.  I'ursuinK  its  eonrse  tlironuli 
the  Carililie.in  Se.i,  il  was  sulise(|iiently  encoiinlered  hy  II.  .M .  Seliooiier  .Miii\,  mil  oilier 
vessels,  and  its  swell  was  tlirewn  with  '.Meat  (on  e  iipoii  the  -oiilh-easterii  idiores  of  ,1a- 
inaiea  on  the  'J.'jth,  ivliile  passin;;  tliat  ishmd,  where  tiie  wind,  at  this  time,  was  liulil  from 
the  northwi^rd.  .After  sweejiiii';  tlie  ilirou.';li  Carihheaii  Sea,  tliis  iiiirriraiie  enteied  iipmi 
tlie  coast  \'iieatan,  on  the  niiilit  of  ,luiie  'JTlh.  liaviii;:  moved  over  the  entire  route  from 
Trinidad  to  the  weslern  shore  id'  the  I'.ay  of  lloiidiiras  in  a  little  more  than  one  linn- 
rlred  hours,  a  distance  of  ahoiit  seventeen  hmidred  nautical  miles,  which  is  eijiial  to 
nearly  seventeen  miles  an  hour.  I  h.ive  no  account  ol  .''is  storm  after  it  crossed  the 
peninsula  of  Vmatan,  and  il  is  prolialile  tliat  it  did  not  ayaiii  act  with  violence  upon  ihn 
ocean  level.      Its  course  or  track  to  llondiiras  was  N.  74'  W. 

Track  No.  If,  is  that  of  the  memorahh'  hurricane  whii  h  desolated  Mariiadoes  on  the 
night  of  Auijust  lOth,  1H;!1.  and  which  passed  l'orto-J»ieo  on  tli^-  1-,Mli.  Aus-Cayes,  and 
St.  .laf^o  lie  Ciihaon  the  l.Jth,  >Iata:i/,as  on  the  1  Itli,  was  em  oiiiitered  off  the  Tortii;;as 
on  tire  I'jih;   in  the  (uilf  of  .Afexico  on  the  Jf.tli,  and  was  at  Mohile,  T'eiisacola,  and  iNew 

^  .    I  .1         ,  -    ,  1-  ,•.,.,,.,  .•        1     .     •!_      •.  ...1 1  r  (>    1 1   ... 


L'tllltfl,    Wiis   1^,   u-l        \>  .,   (M     **  .    i^.     >v  .    m"iiii>.        Ill     |/ni.^iiiii^    n^    II, ,1111,  III    ,  ,',11-,.  ,     ,  ,,,.. 

eaviiif^  the  ocean  level,  it  must  have  encountered  the  mounlain  re.^ion  of  the  Allcga- 
lies,  and  was  perhaps  disor^'ani/.ed  hy  tiu;  resistance  opposed  hy  these  idevation.s.  Itap- 
lears,  however,  to  have  caiiseil  heavy  rains  in  a  large  extent  of  country  lyiiiL;  north-east- 


Orleans  on  the  ITtli;  a  distance  of  -J, (100  nautical  miles  in  ahout  l.'jO  hours,  eijual  to 
.somethinf;  more  than  1:5',  miles  an  liour.'  Its  course,  until  it  crossed  the  tro|)ic  of 
f^incer,  was  N.  GV^  \V.,  or  W.  N.  \V.  nearly.  In  piirsuin,'  its  northern  coiirsi  .  eftiT 
u     •        •  •      ■    ■  ■  •.       .  .1  ...         1-  .1      . 

nles. 

pei 

ward  of  the  iriiK  of  Mexico. 

Track  No.  Ill,  is  tliat  of  the  destructive  hurricane  which  swept  over  the  Windward 
Islands  on  the  17th  of  Auuust,  1^-27  ;  visited  St.  iNIartin's  and  St.  Thomas  on  tlie  18th; 
passed  the  north-east  roast  of  llayti  on  the  l')tli ;  Turks'  Tslaiid  on  the  •JOlli ;  the  Ba- 
nania.s  on  tlie  'I'lst  and  'J-Jd  ;  was  encountered  oil"  the  coast  of  I'lorida  and  South  Caro'iiia 
on  23d  and  24tli ;  olf  Cape  llaiteras  on  the  -i.jth:  oil' the  Delaware  on  the  2()th  ;  off 
Nantucket  on  the  27111;  and  ofl' Sahle  Island,  and  the  I'orpoise  J'aiik,  on  the  2Hth.  Its 
ascertained  course  and  progress  is  nearly  .'J, 000  miles,  f  in  ahout  eleven  days;  or,  at  the 
average  rate  of  aliotit  eleven  miles  an  lioiir.  The  direction  of  its  loutc;  hefore  crossing 
the  tropic,  may  be  .set  down  at  N.  61°  W.,  and  in  hit.  40°  while  movini;  eastward,  at 
N. 58°  E. 

Track  No.  TV,  i.s  that  of  the  extensive  hurricane  of  Septemhei-,  1804.  It  swept  over, 
the  Windward  Islands  on  tlie  lid  of  that  month;  the  X'irgiii  Islands  and  Porto-Rico  on 
the  4th;  Turks'  Island  on  the  .^tJi;  the  i?ahai!ias  and  gulf  id'  Florida  on  tlic  fith;  the 
coast  of  Georgia  and  tlie  f'aiolinas  on  the  7th  ;  tlie  great  liays  of  Chesapeake  and  Dela- 
w-.re,  and  the  contiguous  portions  ol  \'irgiiiia,  iMarylaiid,  and  New  .lersey,  on  tlie  8th; 
and  the  states  of  iMassaehiisctts,  New  Hampshire  and  Maine  on  the  !)tli ;  being  on  the 
highlands  of  New  Hampshire,  a  violent  snow-storm.  Tlie  destructive  action  of  this  storii' 
was  widely  extended  on  both  sides  of  tlie  track  indicated  u])on  the  chart,  and  the  same 
fact  pertains,  in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  to  the  other  storms  herein  iiientioiied.  It  ap- 
pears to  liave  passed  from  IMartiiiieo,  and  the  other  Windward  Islands,  to  Boston  in 
Massachusetts,  by  the  usual  curvilinear  route,  in  about  six  days;  a  distance  of  morp' 
than  2,200  miles,  at  an  average  progress  of  about  1.5  .'j  miles  perhour. 

Track  No.  V,  represents  the  i-oute  of  the  hurricane  which  ravaged  tlie  islands  of  An- 
tigua, Nevis,  and  St.  Kitt's,  on  the  afternoon  and  niglit  of  August  12th,  1R.S5;  Saint 
Thomas,  St.  Croix,  and  Porto-Bico  on  the  I.'3tli ;  Hayti  and  Turks'  Island  on  the  14th ; 
the  vicinity  of  Matanzas  and  Havana  on  the  15th;  was  encountered  otfthe  Tortugas  in 


^ 


*  Mr.  Purdy  states  that  this  gale  was  felt  at  Natches,  300  milefl  up  the  Mississippi, 
t  All  the  distances  are  expressed  in  nautical  miles. 


702 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


the  gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  Kith;  in  Int.  '^7°  21,  Ion.  04'',  and  other  points  on  tlip  ];||, 
and  IHtli ;  and  also  at  Mctanioia  on  the  coast  of  Mexico  (lat.  2()°  OA)  on  tlie  IHtli,  «||,',.,, 
it  was  most  violent  dnrina;  tlie  sncceedini;  nii;lit.*  This  stoiin  is  iTniarka!)le,  as  iMiivii|(r 
more  directly,  and  farther  to  the  west,  than  is  usual  for  storms  whicli  pass  ricm- ilC 
West  Iiulia  Islands,  it  havinj;  reached  the  shores  of  Mexico  hefore  ccinnionciiii;  k 
sweep  to  the  iu)rlhward.  Its  course,  so  I'ar  as  known,  is  N.  7.')'^  W.  Its  progress, nn.n 
than  12,'iOO  miles  in  G  days,  which  is  nearly  c(|ual  to  lo.j  miles  jier  hour. 

Track  No.  VI,  is  tliat  of  the  mein(Hal)!e  <;ale  of  AuL'usf,  IF.'in.  which,  passing  eln«f 
by  the  Windward  Islands,  visited  St.  Thomas'  on  the  I'Jth;  was  near  'J'urks'  Islnndoc 
the  13th;  at  the  Bahamas  on  the  11th  ;  on  tlie  i;ulf  and  coast  of  Florida  on  the  ].")i|i; 
along  the  coast  of  (leorgia  and  the  ('arolinas  on  the  l()ih;  oil' Virginia,  Maryland.  Nen 
Jersey,  and  New  York  on  thi-  17th  ;  olftJeorge's  ]]ank  and  C'ape  Sable  on  the  IStlcamj 
over  the  I'orpoise  and  Xewfonndlaiid  Haiiiis  on  the  llJlh  of  the  sanu'  montli  :  liavip' 
ocenpied  about  seven  d;iys  in  its  a-iccrtained  c'lurse  from  near  the  Windward  Islands.^ 
distance  <d"  more  than  ;i(l(l()  miles — the;  rate  of  its  jirogress  being  etpial  to  ]H  miles .m 
liour.f  If  we  sup|)ose  the  actu,d  velocity  of  the  wind,  in  its  rotary  movement,  to  U 
five  times  greater  than  this  rate  of  progress,  which  is  not  beyond  the  known  velociivof 
such  winds,  it  will  be  found  ecpial,  in  this  period,  to  a  rectiliiu'ar  course  of  15.0(111  ihJIk 
The  same  remark  applies,  in  substance,  to  all  the  storms  which  are  passing  under wi; 
review.  Wliat  strongerevidence  of  the  rotative  action  can  be  re(|uired,  than  is  afl'ordcd 
by  lliis  single  consideration  .' 

Route  No.  \'II  is  that  cd'an  extensive  gale,  or  hurricane,  which  swept  over  tlipwpsi. 
ern  Atlantic  in  1H:!(),  and  which  was  encotiiitered  to  the  northward  of  tlie  West  India 
Islands  on  the  •J')th  of  September.  It  passed  on  a  more  eastern  route  than  am  Hiiich 
we  liave  occasion  to  describe,  to  the  vicinity  of  the  grand  I'ank  of  Newfoundland,  wliere 
it  was  found  on  the  L'd  of  Octcdier,  having  caused  great  damage  and  destruction  on  its 
widely  extended  track,  to  the  many  vessels  which  fell  on  its  way.  Its  course  is  qnjip 
analogous  to  that  which  we  have  considered  as  having  been  probably  jiiirsned  bv  ilip 
hurricane  of  October  . 'id,  l".'-'!).  The  ascertained  route  may  be  estimated  at  IsOfl  iiiilfs, 
and  tlie  average  progress  ol' the  storm  at  "jr)  miles  an  hour. 

Route,  No.  Vill,  is  that  of  a  much  smaller  but  extremely  violent  hurriraiip,  Mhirli 
was  encountered  o(V  Tuiks'  Island  on  the  1st  of  September  1H21;  to  the  nortliwnrdof 
the  Bahamas  and  near  the  lat.  of  .■"!()°  on  the  2d  ;  and  on  the  coast  of  the  Cavnlinas  cur- 
ly in  the  morning  of  the  ."Jd  ;  and  from  thence,  in  the  course  of  that  day,  alonjtlie  sea 
coast  to  New-York  and  Long  Island  ;  and  which,  on  the  night  following,  coiitiinied  it< 
course  across  the  states  of  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  and  Mniiip. 
We  are  not  in  jiossession  of  accounts  by  which  its  fartlier  jirngress  can  be  successfully 
traced. I  The  diameter  of  tliis  storm  appears  not  to  have  greatly  exceeded  1011  miles: 
its  ascertained  route  and  progress,  is  about  If  00  miles  in  (>()  hours;  equal  to  ,30  niilesau 
hour. 

The  last  mentioned  route  may  also  be  considered  to  be  nearly  the  same  as  lliatofa 
similar,  but  less  violent  storm,  which  swept  along  the  same  portion  of  the  coast  of  tli'! 
United  States  on  the  S.-^tli  of  Ajiril,  18;!5. 

No.  IX,  represents  the  route  of  a  violent  and  extensive  hurricane,  which  was  en- 
countered to  the  northward  of  Turks'  Island  on  the  22d  of  August,  18.30;  nnitliwarii 
of  the  Bahamas  on  the  2;}d  ;  ;:  i  olF  the  coast  of  the  United  States  on  the  24tli,  'M 
and  26th  of  the  same  month. 

Much  damage  was  done  on  the  ocean  by  this  storm;  but  it  scarcely  reached tk 
American  shores.  Its  duration  off  this  coast,  was  about  40  hours,  and  its  progress  ap- 
pears to  have  been  more  tardy  than  that  of  some  other  storms. 

No.  X,  represents  the  track  of  a  violent  hurricane  and  snow-storm,  whicli  swept  alon; 
the  American  coast  from  the  lat.  of  'MP  N.  on  the  5th  and  Gth  of  December,  18;!0. 


*  Since  the  above  was  written,  if  is  apccrtnined  that  this  storm  nlso  passed  over  Galveston  B" 
on  the  coast  of  Texas,  where  the  hurricane  blew  with  violence  fiom  the  luirlli-cast,  wliileat- 
tnouth  of  the  Mississippi  and  along  the  nortbcrn  shores  of  the  cnlf,  the  trale  was  not  frit.  SiicliM  ■ 
appear  quite  sufficient  to  overthrow  the  bj'poihcsis  of  Franklin  relntiiiii;  to  norlhc-rast  storms. ::: 
«ire  eijually  fatal  to  the  more  common  theories.  At  Galveston  this  storm,  in  jmssing  over,  vir; 
■by  east  to  the  south-east ;  the  rationale  of  which  may  bo  made  evident  by  drawing  a  lineilir-fi 
the  northern  side  of  the  figure  on  the  chart,  pnrnllrl  to  tlie  track  of  the  storm.  A  little  furilu'ii- 
tention  to  the  figure  will  also  illustrate  the  jiPiieral  character  of  the  northers,  whicii  arc  so  coiaon 
:on  the  coast  of  Mexico  dnriner  a  considerable  portion  of  the  year. 

t  For  a  more  extended  notice  of  this  storm,  see  American  .Tonrnal  of  Science,  vol.  xx,  pp.  JW'"' 
%  The  phenomena  and  progress  of  this  storm  have  been  more  fully  noticed  in  Sillinmn'a  J"'"''"'' 
vol.  XX,  pp.  24 — 27. 


1' 


The  last  men 
uhich  swept  ah 
violent  winter  s 
tics,  as  those  w 
Track  No.  X 
Whicli  swept  ov 
storm  »vas  very 
a  limit  at  prest 
and  its  access  w 
barometer:      .e 
portion  of    ,ic  g 
gression  ol  this 
by  the  writer,  fr 
sea-coasts  of  N 
We  have  tliii 
canes,  which  h 
ent  seasons  of 
approximations 
gales  are  to  be  ( 
more,  on  each  s 
mated  both  iiy 
tion  of  its  route, 
|)ears  upon  the  < 
tratc  the  cours;' 
storm,  and,  also, 
cessivcly  at  vario 
the  several  storm 
Storms  of  this 
tent  of  interior  C( 
enter,  such  violei 
sweeps  back  fruii 
sufhcient  protect! 
Jy  to  neutralize  tl 
of  the  hurricane  i 
the  great  whirlinsj 
of  the  barometer, 
sitions  where  the 
violence.     The  ai 
turn  or  current  ol 
sition,  appear  to  c 
overlaying  stratun 
the  storm  below, 
other  causes,  the 
stratum  of  curreii 
velocity  of  a  viole 
with  its  ordinary 
such  circiimstanc( 
Tiie  foregoing  rei 
I  tinned  observation 
It  will  hardly  e> 
the  chart,  apjicars 
obvious  if  we  i.iak 
course  in  the  high 
struck  with  the  tin 
degree  of  latitude, 
of  :3()°  marks  the 
,  perhaps  it  may  no 
the  surface  area,  a 
larea  between  this  I 
I  face  between  the  s 
I  facts  the  basis  of  a 
A  variety  of  dei 
Isotne  of  which,  th 
Jmight  be  out  of  pk 
lany  bondage  to  exis 


rs  on  the  irih 
lie  IHtli.Nvli,,,.,, 
il)l<',  ;is  iMiiviiiit 
puss  riciir  \W 
:iimipricins  iis 
progress,  incr« 

passing  cloje 
iirUs'  Islnmlnr. 
it  on  the  l;'iili; 
Miuylnnd,  Xe» 
1  the  IHtli;  niii! 
noiitli :  bavin; 
\v;\r(l  Islnnils, a 
I  to  ]8  miles  rtn 
ovptiient,  to  V 
own  vel(i(iiv(if 
)!"]  5.011(1  mi'K, 
^sinc;  nndoroii' 
tlian  is  'iitlurilrt 

t  over  tlip  \vf>|. 
he  West  India 
llian  any  wiiirh 
iiindland.wiievp 
struction  niiits 
r()iirs(>  is  (niiti 
piirs'.it'il  \)\  tlif 
d  atlSOOiiiiies, 

mrricaiic,  Mliioli 
he  nortliwnril  of 

iC  Cavoliiins  cur- 
',  aloiiitho  sp;i 
:,  coiitimioil  its 
ire.  iinil  Mi'.ine. 
be  stu'ccssfully 

•ded  1011  miles: 
to  30  miles  an 

nie  as  lliatofa  ^ 
le  coast  of  tltt 

which  waspii- 
^:',0  ;  nnrllnvarfl 
the  24th,  25tl;, 

My  reached  lli( 
its  progress  ap' 

ich  stcept  alot. 
nber,  IPM. 


r  rtalveston  R- 
cast,  while  a!' 
t'elt.  Siichi;' 
.(-ast  storms.: 
sing  over,  vtv. 
iifT  a  lineilir  .i 
\  little  t'uritt:' 
li  are  so  coid  ■' 

Inl.  xx,pr.3i-'''' 
lillininn's  Jontaali 


..fk^iMi^i 


BLUNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT.  703 

The  hist  mentioned  track  also  corresponds  to  that  of  another  storm,  of  like  character, 
ubich  swept  along  the  sca-(  oast  on  tlie  l.'Jtli,  lltli,  and  loth  of  January,  l,S3l.  These 
violent  winter  storms  exhibit  nearly  the  same  phases  of  wind  and  general  characteris- 
tics, as  iliose  which  appear  i:i  thesiimmer  and  autumn. 

Track  No.  XI,  reinx'sents  a  portion  of  tin*  general  route  of  the  violent  inland  storm 
which  swept  over  the  l.-kes  Erie  and  C'ntario  on  the  11th  of  November,  IS.'Jo.  This 
storm  was  very  extensive,  si)rea(ling  from  the  sea-coast  of  N'irginia  into  the  Canadas,  to 
a  limit  at  present  unknown.  The  anterior  portion  of  this  gale  was  but  nnxlerately  felt, 
and  its  access  was  noted,  chiedy,  by  the  direcliou  of  the  wind,  and  the  great  fall  of  the 
barometer:  c  violence  of  thestorm  being  chielly  exhibited  i)y  the  posteiiorand  colder 
portion  of  ..lo  gale,  as  is  common  with  extensive  overland  storms.  The  regular  pro- 
gression of  this  storm  in  an  easterly  <'irecti(m  is  clearly  established,  by  facts,  collected 
by  the  writer,  from  the  borders  of  Lake  Michigan  to  the  (iiilf  of  St.  Lawrence  and  the 
sea-coasts  of  New-England  and  Nova  Scotia. 

We  have  thus  given  a  summary  description  of  tlic  route  of  twelve  storms,  or  hurri- 
canes, which  have  visited  the  Ann-rican  coasts  and  seas,  at  various  jjcriods,  and  at  dill'er- 
ent  seasons  of  the  year.  The  lines  on  the  chi.rt,  which  represent  the  routes,  are  but 
the  centre  of  the  track,  or  course,  of  the  several  storms;  and  the 
j^.in;.-,  ,in  i,<  .»<;  .inisidered  as  extending  their  rotative  circuit  from  50  to  oOO  miles,  or 
of  the  delineations;   tin;  suiicrlicial  extent  of  the  storm  being  esti- 


7 


%i 


approximations  to 

gales  are  to  be  considercMl   as  extciK 

more,  on  each  side 

m: 

tio 

I 


iiore,  ou  eacu  sine  oi    me  (ieMnt.tuuMi>i  ,    iiii;  .sii[iri  uuiui  uaiuul  ui    mc   :mimiii   uuiiiji  esii- 

nated  both  by  actual  information  and  by  its  duration  at  any  point  near  the  central  per- 

ion  of  its  route,  as  comijared  with  its  average  rate  of  progress.     The  figure  which  ap- 

)ears  upon  the  eliarl,  on  tracks  .No.  I,  \',  and  \'l!,  will  serve,  in  sonn- degree,  to  illus^ 
„...«  .1 r  .1 ■  ,.1  :..  .1 :.... .:...,..  ..c  .1...  .,...,. ..r'...;.,. i    i...  .i._ 


>;  i;()ui.s>-  1)1  nil- wiiKi  III  iiir  viii  uiii>  |jmiiui].-ui  the  supcrlicics  covered  by  the 
and,  also,  to  explain  the  changes  in  the  direction  of  the  wind  which  oecu  suc- 
y  at  various  points,  during  the  regular  progress  of  thi;  gale.     The  dimensions  of 


trate  the  course   of  the  wind  in  the  vaiious  i^ortion.s 
storm,  at  ' 

cessively  at  varuius  pt ,, ., ^^ i---,-, 

the  several  storms  appear  also  to  liave  gradually  expanded  diu'ing  their  course. 

Storms  of  this  character  do  not  often  act  with  great  violence  on  any  considerable  ex- 
tent of  interior  country  to  which  they  may  arrive.     Even  upon  the  coasts  on  which  they 
enter,  such  violence  is  not  often  ex|)erienced  under  the  posterior  limb  of  the  gale  which 
sweeps  back  from  its  circuit  over  the  land,  the  usual  woodlands  and  elevations  being  a 
sufficient  protection.     Often,  indeed,  tlie  interior  (devati(uis  afford  such  shelter  as  entire- 
ly to  neutralize  thoelVect  of  the  wind  at  wwA  near  the  surface,  itud  the  presence  and  passage 
of  the  hurricane  is,  in  su(di  cases,  to  be  noted  chiedy  by  the  unusual  dej)r(!ssion,  which 
the  great  wliirling  iiu)venicnt  of  the  incumbent  stratiini  of  air  produces  in  theneicury 
of  the  barometer,  which  thus  indicates  the  presence  or  passage  of  the  hurricane,  in  po- 
sitions where  the  force  of  the  wind  is  not  felt  at  all,  o.'  only  witli  a  moderate  degree  of 
violence.     The  iu'tion  of  these  storms  appears,  indeed,  to  be  iit  /irst  confined  to  the  stra- 
tum or  current  ol'air  moving  iiexttlie  earth's  surface,  and  they  seldom,  while  in  this  po- 
^  sition,  appear  to  exceed  :i  mile  or  so  in  altitude;  and  the  course  of  the  next  highest  or 
I  overlaying  stratum  does  not,  in  these  cases,  seem  to  be  at  all  affected  by  the  action  of 
I  the  storm  below.     Du;ing   the  jirogress,  however,  by  the  influence  of  high  land  and 
other  causes,  the  storms  often  become  translerre<l,  in  whole  or  in  |)art,  to  the  ne  ::  Ii'tyher 
:  stratum  of  current.     Thus  we  sometimes  see  a  stratiiiu  of  cloiuls  moving  with    lie  full 
;  velocity  of  a  violent  storm,  while  the  stratum  of  surface  wind  is  nearly  at  rest,  or  moves 
with  its  ordinary  velocity;  and  thus,  also,  it  happens  that  balloons,  ascending  under 
'  such  circumstances,  are  carried  forward  with  a  velocity  of  from  GO  to  100  miles  an  hour. 
.The  foregoing  remarks  are  by  no  means  hyiiothetieal,  but  are  the  result  of  long  con- 
ktinued  observation  and  iiKiuiry. 

It  will  hardly  escape  notice  that  the  track  of  nuisi  of  the  Imrricanes,  as  presented  on 

the  chart,  appears  to  form  part  of  an  elliptical  or  parabolic  circuit,  and  this  will  be  more 

obvious  if  we  make   correction,  in  each  case,  for  the  slight  distortion   of  the  apparent 

course  in  the  higher  latitudes,  which  is  jiroduced  by  tlie  plane  projection.     We  are  nisa 

struck  with  the  fact  that  the  vertex  of  the  curve  is  uniformly  found  on  or  near  the  30fh 

■     degree  of  latitude.     In  connection  with  this  fact  it  may  also  lie  noted,  that  the  latitude 

of  30°  marks  the  external  limit  of  the  trade  winds,  on  both  sides  of  the  equator;  and 

perha|)s  it  may  imt  prove  irrelevant  to  notice,  even   further,  that  by   the  parallel  of  GO® 

I  he  surface  area,  as  well  as  the  atmosphere,  of  each  hemisphere,  isequally  divided  ;  the 

,  area  between  this  latitude  and  the  equator  being  about  eipial  to  that  of  the  enfire'sur- 

t  l:ice  betweeii  the  same  latitude  and  the  pole.     It  is  not  int(>n(led.  however,  to  make  these 

v,^  facts  the  basis  of  any  theoretical  inductions  on  the  present  occasion. 

I     A  variety   of  deductions  may  be  drawn  from  the  general  facts  which  we  have  stated 

iisome  of  which,  though  deeply  interesting  to  the  iihilosopher  and  votary  of  science,' 

Imight  be  out  of  place  in  a  nautical  work  of  this  description.     For  ourselves,  we  disclaim 

lany  bondage  to  existing  theories  in  meteorology ;  and  shall  on  the  present  occasion,  only 


M 


704 


BLUJNT's  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


r 


proceed  to  notice  a  few  of  tlin  more  practical  inferonces  which,  to  navigators  and  otlierj 
may,  i)erlia[)s,  be  of  no  tloulitfui  utility. 

1.  A  vessel  bound  to  the  eastward  between  the  latitudes  of  32°  and  45°  in  the  westPrn 
part  of  the  Atlimtie,  on  being  overtaken  by  a  gale  which  conunences  blowing  from  any 
point  to  the  eastward  of  S.  10.  or  K.  S.  E.  may  avoid  some  portion  of  its  violence, U- 
puttin;,' her  head  to  tlie  northward,  and  when  tlie  gale  has  veered  sufficiently  in  tlit 
same  direction,  may  safely  resume  her  course.  But  by  standing  to  the  soutliward  under 
like  circumstances,  she  will  probably  fall  into  the  heart  of  the  storm. 

2.  In  the  same  region,  vessels,  on  taking  a  gale  from  S.  E.  or  points  near  thereto,  will 
jirobably  soon  find  themselves  in  the  hi.'art  of  the  storm,  and  after  its  first  fury  is  spent, mav 
ex|)eet  its  recurrence  from  the  opposite  quarter.  The  most  promising  mode  of  niiij. 
gating  its  violence,  and  at  the  same  time  sliortening  its  duration,  is  to  stand  to  the  soutli- 
ward upon  the  winrl,  as  long  as  may  be  necessary  or  possible ;  and  if  the  movemem 
succeeds,  the  wind  will  gradually  head  you  off  in  the  same  direction.  If  it  becomes 
necessary  to  heave  too,  and  the  wind  does  not  veer,  be  prepared  for  a  blast  fromihe 
north-west. 

3.  In  the  same  latitudes  a  vessel  scudding  in  a  gale,  with  the  wind  at  east  ornonii- 
east,  shortens  it  duration.  On  the  contrary,  a  vessel  scudding  before  a  south-westerlv 
or  westerly  gale,  will  iheicby  inereasi;  its  duration. 

4.  A  vessel  wliicli  is  pmsuiiig  her  course  to  the  westward  or  south-westward,  in  this 
part  of  the  Atlantic,  meets  the  storms  in  their  course,  and  thereby  shortens  the  pirioil? 
of  their  occurrence;  and  will  encounter  more  gales  in  an  ecjual  number  of  dajs,  iliat 
if  stationary,  or  sailing  in  a  difil-rent  direction. 

5.  On  the  oilier  hand,  vessels  while  sailing  to  the  eastward  or  north-eastward,  or  in 
the  course  of  the  storms,  will  lengthen  the  jieriods  between  their  occurrence,  and  con- 
secpiently  experience  them  hjss  freijuently  than  vessels  sailing  on  a  dhterent  course.  The 
dill'erenee  of  exposure  \.  hich  results  from  these  oj)posite  courses,  on  the  American  coast, 
may  in  most  eases  be  estimated  as  nearly  two  to  one". 

6.  The  hazard  from  casualties,  and  of  eonseciuenee  the  value  of  insurance,  is  enhanced 
or  diminished  by  the  direction  of  the  passage,  as  shown  under  the  two  last  head;-. 

7.  As  the  ordinary  routine  of  the  winds  and  weather  in  these  latitudes,  often  corres- 
ponds to  the  phases  which  are  exhibited  by  the  storms  as  before  described, a  correct 
opinion,  founded  upon  this  resemblance,  can  often  be  formed  of  the  approaching  changes 
of  wind  and  weather,  which  may  be  highly  useful  to  the  observing  navigator. 

8.  It  will  be  perceived  from  the  foregoing  facts,  that  the  occurrence  of  astormata 
particular  locality,  has  no  immediate  coniieenon  with  astronomical  periods,  suchasllie 
changes  of  the  moon,  or  the  time  of  the  ecpiinoxes. 

9.  A  due  consideration  of  the  facts  which  have  been  stated,  particularly  those  under 
our  twelfth  head,  will  inspire  additional  confidence  in  the  indications  of  the  baromeUr^ 
and  these  ought  not  to  be  neglected,  even  should  the  fall  of  the  mercury  be  unattended 
by  any  appearances  of  violence  in  the  weather,  as  the  other  side  of  the  gale  will  be  pret- 
ty sure  to  take  effect,  and  olten  in  a  maimer  so  sudden  and  violent  as  to  more  thali  com- 
pensate for  its  previous  forbearance.  Not  the  least  reliarice,  however,  should  be  placed 
upon  the  prognostics,  which  are  usually  attached  to  the  scale  of  the  barometer,  such  as 
Sot-Fair,  Fair,  Change,  Rain,  &;c.as  in  this  region  at  least,  they  serve  no  other  purpose 
than  to  bring  this  valuable  instrument  into  discredit.  It  is  the  mere  rising  and  falliDj 
tjf  the  mercury,  which  chielly  deserves  attention,  and  not  its  bonformity  to  a  particular 
point  in  the  scale  of  elevation. 

l(j.  These  practical  inferences  ap])ly  in  terms,  chiefly  to  storms  which  have  passbdto 
the  northward  of  the  oOth  degree  of  latitude  on  the  American  Coast,  but  with  the  neces- 
'  %ary  modification  as  to  the  point  of  the  compass,  which  results  from  the  westerly  coursf 
pursued  by  the  storm  while  in  the  lower  latitudes,  are,  for  the  most  part,  equally  appli- 
bable  to  the  storms  and  hurricanes  which  occur  in  the  West  Indies,  and  south  of  ikf 
Jjarallel  of  30°.  A's  the  marked  occurrence  of  temjiestuous  weather  is  here  lessfe 
quent,  it  may  be  sufficient  to  not'ee  that  the  direction  of  the  winds  of  the  West  Indi" 
seas,  is  from  8  to  II  points  of  the  compass  more  to  tlie  left  than  on  the  coast  of  the  lu- 
ted States  in  the  latitude  of  New-York. 

Vicissitudes  of  winds  and  weather  on  this  coast  which  do  not  conform  to  the  forep 
ing  sppcilicalions,  are  more  freipient  in  April,  May,  and  ,lune,  than  in  other  ir.oniL*. 
At  this  season  it  is  not  uncommon  to  lind  a  regular  current  of  easterly  wind  prevaij 
'for  many  days,  prodncing  somi'times  heavy  rains,  and  always  an  elevated  state  ofM 
barometer.  Easterly  or  southerly  winds  under  which  the  barometer  rises,  or  maiiiBio' 
its  elevation,  are  not  of  a  gyratory  or  stormy  character;  but  such  winds  frequentljt«- 
niinate  in  the  falling  of  the  barometer  and  the  usual  phenomena  of  an  easterly  storm. 

The  typhoons  and  storms  of  the  China  sea  and  eastern  coast  of  Asia,  appear  tot" 


gators  and  others 


BLUNT  S  AMERICAN  COAST  PILOT. 


705 


similar  in  character  to  the  hurricanes  of  the  West  Indies  and  the  storms  of  this  coast, 
when  prevailing  in  the  same  latitudes.  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  great  circuits 
of  wind,  of  which  the  trade  winds  form  an  integral  part,  are  nearly  uniform  in  all  the 
great  oceanic  basins  ;  and  that  the  course  of  these  circuits  and  of  the  stormy  gyrations 
which  they  may  contain,  is,  in  the  southern  hemisphere,  in  a  counter  direction  to  those 
north  of  the  equator,  producing  a  corresponding  difference  in  the  general  phases  of  storms 
and  winds  in  the  two  hemispheres. 

From  the  foregoing  results  we  infer  the  value  and  importance  of  correct  marine  re- 
ports relating  to  violent  gales.  Those  reports  should  always  comprise  the  date,  the  latin 
iude  and  longitude,  and  the  principal  direction  and  changes  of  the  wind. 


§9 


t08 


LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


[IViis  Tahlc  contains  the  Latitudes  and  Lonoitudks  of  the  most  remarkable  Har- 
bors, IsUinds,  Shoals,  Capes,  S^c.  in  this  work,  fyunded  on  the  latest  and  most  accurate 
Astronomical  Observations,  Surveys,  and  Charts.] 

The  Longitudes  are  reckoned  from  the  Meridian  of  Greenwich. 


I. — Newfoundland. 


Cape  Norman 

Cupe  Bauld 

Griguet  Bay — East  point... 
White  Cape,  near  St.  Lu- 
nairc  Bay 


Lat. 


D. 
■A 


M. 

37  N 


U  38 
51  3a 


51  311 


>1  2ii 
■)1  ai 
jl  18 
)1  17 
U  20 
51  12 
U  2 
50  58 
50  48 
.'50  54 
50  42 
50  3l> 
50  31 
50  22 
.)0  U 
50     7 

49  57 
-■>()    9 

50  6 


Needles  Rociis,  ncarBrahn5l  2G 

Braha  Shoal  (G  ft.) 

Cape  St.  Anthony 

Cremallicre  Cove  ;  en.  E.  i)t. 
Goose  Cape  ;  S.  E.  point... 
Home  Harbor;  en.  vV.  point 
Fishot  Isles  ;  Northern  Isle 
Croque  Harbor;  entrance  . 

Groais  Isle  ;  N.  E.  point 

Southern  Belle  Isle;  N.E.  pt. 

Rouge  Isle;  N.  point 

Canada  Bay;  entrance  .... 
Hooping  Harbor ;  entrance 

Fourchet  Harbor;  ent 

Orange  Bay;  entrance 

Little  Harbor-deep  Head... 

Cat-head,  extremity  

Coney  Arm  Head 

Partridge  Point 

Fleur  de  Lis  Harbor ;  E.  pt. 
St.  Barbs,  or  Horse  Isles; 

S.  E.  point 

Pacquet  Harbor;  entrance 
Sa  Scie  Harbor ;  entrance. 
Promontory  of  St.  John ; 

North  Bill 

Middle  Cape 

South  Bill 

St.  John's  Gull  Isle 

Bishop's  Rock 

Nipper's  Isles ;  S.  E.  point 
CutwelljHarbor ;  E.  point. 
Triton  Harbor ;  entrance... 
Fortune  Harbor ;  N.W.  pt. 
Toulinguet  Harbor  ;  N.  ent 
Change  Isles ;  N.  E.  Islet... 
Fpgo  Harbor ;  E.  entrance 
Caps  Fogo ;  S.  E.  extremity 
Ireland  rock,  always  breaks 
Inspector  rock,   sometimes 

breaks 

Snapjoek,  of  10  feet 

Funk  Island ;  Escape  or  E. 

point 

Green  Island  in  Rocky  Bay 

Ragged  Point 

Oeadman's  Point 

Outer  Cat  Island 

Freels'  Gull  Island 

Charge  Rock  [6  feet] 

Stinking  Islands 

Fool's  Island,  off  the  N.  W, 

Arm   

Shoe  Cove  Point 

Off  Gooseberry  Island 

IVIalone's  Rock 


50  11 
19  58 
49  58 

49  59 
19  57 
49  56 
49  59 
49  55 
49  47 
19  37 
49  33 
49  32 
49  36 
49  42' 
19  44 
49  39 
49  52 

49  47 
19  54 


Long, 
D.  M. 
55  48W 
')5  20 
55  21 

55  22 
55  23 
55  20 
55  25 
')5  3;) 
J5  31 
i5  51 
55  34 
55  41 


27 


55 
55  42 


56 
56 


56  11 
56  21 
)6  27 
56  34 
)6  40 
56  3 
56  2 

37 
55  45 
55  31 

55  25 
55  23 
55  23 
55  16 
55  21 
55  46 
55  34 
55  31 
55  10 
54  41 
54  18 
54  17 
53  55 
53  58 

53  51 
53  38 


49  44 

53    7 

49  29 

54     7 

49  30 

53  54 

19  25 

53  37 

49  23 

53  32 

49  19 

53  21 

49  18 

.53  17 

49  14 

53  16 

49    9 

53  30 

49    5 

53  31 

48  58 

53  27 

48  53 

53  25 

Grcnt  Black  Island,  centre 


Little  Denier  Island 

Western  Head 

Southern  Head 

Young  Harry  Reef. 

Bonavista,  Gull  Island 

North  Head,  Catnlina 

South  Head,  Cntalina 

Horse  Chops 

Entrance  of  Trinity  Harbor 

Bonaventiirc  Head 

Hiicaliuu,  N.  point  of 

Cape  St.  Francis  

St.  John's  Church 

Cape  Spear  

Bull  Head 

Cape  Broyle,  N.  point  of ... 

Cape  Ballard , 

Cape  Race 

VIRGIN  ROCKS 

Cape  Pine 

St.  Mary's  Cupe 

Placentia  Harbor 

Little  Southern  Harbor  .... 
Extremity  of  Placentia  Bay 

Bordeaux  Harbor 

Cape  Chapeaurouge 

St.  Pierre,  hghthouse 

Cajjc  Miquelon 

Connaigre  Shoal 

Pass  Island 

Cape  La  Hune 

Outer  Penguin  Island  

Eclipse  Island 

Cape  Ray  

Cape  St  George 

South  Head , 

Cow  Head 

Point  Ferrolle 

Anchor  Point 


Lat. 
D.  M. 

48  SON 
48  41 
48  37 
48  37 
48  48 
48  43 
48  32 
48  28 
18  21 
48  21 
18  16 
18  9 
17  48 
17  35 
47  31 
17  18 
17  4 
46  47 
46  40 
16  27 

16  .37 

46  49 

17  15 

47  44 
47  50 
47  45 
46  51 

46  47 

47  8 
47  24 
47  29 
47  32 
47  22 
47  36 

47  37 

48  29 

49  6 
49  55 
51  1 
51  14 


Long. 
D.  M. 

53  32W 

J3  31 

33  22 

53  l(j 

52  58 

52  5!) 
5() 
1 
8 


33  17 
■)3  18 
.")2  45 
52  44 
3i) 
52  33 
52  41 
.12  47 

52  53 

53  8 
■)0  .57 
53  30 
■)4  9 
53  55 
53  55 
.33  57 
52  58 

55  29 

56  14 
56  19 

55  57 

56  11 
56  50 

56  58 

57  3G 
59  21 
.59  14 

58  21 
57  51 
57  6 
156  46 


II. — JMbrador  and  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 


Lat. 
D.  M. 


Leveret  Islet,  at  the  en- 
trance  of  Netshucktoke, 
or  Sandwich  Bay 53  51 

Wolflsland,  N.end '.53  45 

Spotted  Island,  N.  E.  end  .  53  31 

Round  Hill  Island 

llawke  Island,  S.  E.  point. 

Cape  St.  Michael 

Cape  St.  Francis  

Point  Spear 

Cape  St.  Louis 

Cape  Charles  Island  

Belle  Island  ;  N.  E.  point..'. 

S.  W.  point. 


Long. 
D.  M. 


Yi."  Point.... 
Barge  Point... 
Forteau  Point . 


53  25 
53  4 
52  47 
52  37 
52  32 
.52  26 
.52  17 
52  1 
51  52 
51  55 
51  48 
51  27 


N^SG  32  w 
|55  37 
155  27 
55  21 
55  26 
55  27 
55  24 
55  21 
55  20 
.55  17 
.55  11 
55  20 

55  43 

56  3 
56  55 


I  ^  , 

I  '^ 

I  ? 

E  ^ 

a 


Kichib 
St.  M 

West 

Cape 

■^ 

Halifa 

^ 

East  I 

BearC 

Hillsb 

ISLE 

N. 

We 

LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


707 


^at. 

Long. 

M. 

0.  M. 

SON 

53  32  W 

41 

53  31 

37 

53  22 

37 

53  lb' 

48 

52  58 

43 

52  5!) 

32 

52  5(; 

28 

53    1 

21 

53    g 

21 

53  17 

1« 

53  \ii 

9 

52  45 

48 

52  44 

35 

52  3!) 

31 

52  33 

18 

52  41 

4 

52  47 

47 

52  53 

40 

53    8 

27 

50  57 

37 

53  30 

49 

54    9 

15 

53  55 

44 

53  55 

50 

53  57 

45 

52  58 

51 

55  29 

47 

56  14 

8 

56  19 

24 

55  57 

29 

56  11 

32 

56  50 

22 

56  58 

3(i 

57  36 

37 

59  21 

29 

59  14 

6 

58  21 

55 

57  51 

1 

57    6 

14 

56  46 

't,  Lawrence. 

t. 

Long. 

M. 

D.  M. 

51  N 

56  33w 

45    |55  37 

31     155  27 

25     55  21 

4     55  26 

47     55  27 

37 

55  24 

32 

55  21 

26 

55  20 

17     . 

55  17 

1     . 

55  11 

52     . 

55  20 

55    ; 

)5  43 

18     [ 

)6    3 

11     i 

)6  55 

I    Luc.  Lung. 

[  !d.  m.  d.  m. 

Green  Isle,  without  Bradoiel 

;     Hnrbor 51  25N57  12W 

Great  Mecatiiia  Point 50  44  58  59 

Cape  Whittle,  S.  W.  Island! 

j    off. '50  II  60  10 

JKogashka  River  entrance  .|50  12  ;fjl  19 

(Mingan  Settlement  50  18  i64     5 

lPointde9MontsLighthousu!49  20  67  26 

,St.  Nicholas  Harbor,  W.pt.  49  18  :67  50 

.Vlanicouagan  Point,  S.  E. 

extreme  ...49     6  68  16 

Bersimis  River,  8.  E.  point 

of  entrance 48  53  68  40 

Jeremy   Island,   Hudson's 

I     Bay  Post US  .53  68  50 

tPortNeuf  Church 48  37  69     9 

I  Brandy  Pots,  S.  E.  point...  47  52  69  44 

, River  Saguenay,  N.W. store 

'     at  the  entrance 48     9  69  46 

Isle  Aux  Coudres 47  25  |70  11 

CiuEBEC.  Bastion  of  Citadel.  46  49  j71  16 

Gaspe— Ship  Hock 48  45  164  12 

Magdalen  River 49  45  65  22 

Matane  River,  West  point.  48  52  !67  34 

iLitile  Metis  Reef 48  41  i68     5 

'Bic  Island,  S.  E.  Reef 48  25  68  51 

^Green  Island  Lighthouse..  48     3  69  28 

iCrow  Island '47  35  69  56 

Anticosti  Island.  I 

Kast  Point 149     8  16143 

:North  Point 49  57  164  12 

WestPoint ]49  52  j64  35 

[South  WestPoint 49  24  |63  33 

iSoiith  Point j49     4  i62  18 

iMaudnlen  Island  N.  W.  i 

!     Bird  Island U?  50 

! N.  E.  point.. .!47  38 


Isle  St.  Paul 147  13 

Cape  Hinchinbroks J45  34 

Cape  Portland 145  48 

iLOUISBURGH 45  54 

CAPE  BRETON 

'iScattery  Island 

IFhnt  Island 


45  57 

46  1 
46    9 

[Spanish  Bay '46  18 

46  23 

47  2 
46*42 
46  27 
45  58 
45  56 

45  42 


Port  Dauphin 
^npe  North  Island  ., 
Cheticun  Harbor  ... 
Sea  Wolf  Island  ... 

Port  Hood 

fustau  Corps  Island 
GUT  OF  CANSO,  N.  en- 
trance 


Cape  St.  George  or  St.Le wis  45  32 

Pictou  Island 

Cape  Tormentine 

Richibucto  Harbor 


^ 


.  St.  John's  Island,  (N.  Cape) 
!;West  Point 

Cape  Egmont 

Halifax  Bay .' 

East  Point 

Bear  Cape , 

Hillsborough  Bay' , 

ISLE  OF  SABLE 

N.  E.  Point 

West  Point 


45  51 

46  9 

46  44 

47  5 
46  37 
46  28 
46  25 
46  27 
46  3 
46    6 

43  59 
43  57 


61  13 
61  26 
60  11 
60  40 
60  3 
59  55 
59  48 
59  41 

59  48 

60  10 
60  30 
60  27 

60  58 

61  12 
61  35 
61  37 

61  27 

61  55 

62  27 

63  36 

64  36 

63  45 

64  10 
63  51 
63  36 

61  48 

62  12 
62  55 

59  46i 

60  14 


Crow  Harbor,  in  Chedabue 

to  Buy,  {Rook  I.) 

Cranberry  Isl,  Lighthouse. 

Cnpe  Canso '45 

Canso  Harbor. 

Northern  Entrance  

Southern  Entrance 

Point  Gell,  near  Raspberry 

Harbor 

Berry  Head,  on  the  West 

side  of  Torbay  

Cape  M(JCodonie,  on  the  8. 

W.  of  Country  Harbor  ... 
White  Point,  on  the  W.  side 

of  Lisconib  Harbor 

Marie  et  Joseph 

Cnpe  Spry 

Heron  I.  near  Kepple  Harb. 
Jedore  Head,  W.  side  of  Jc- 

dore  Harbor 

Sa.mbro'   Lighthouse,  near 

Halifax  Harboii 

Holderness  Isl.  on  the  S.W. 

side  of  Margaret's  Bay... 
Green  Isl.  off  Mahone  Bay 
Cross  Island,  oO'Luncnburg 

Harbor ' 

Cape  Le  Have 

Port  Medway,  S.W.  head  of 
Coffins  Island  Lighthouse, 

near  Liverpool  Harbor... 
Mouton  or  Matoon  Island. 

Point  Hebert 

Shelburne  or  Cape  Roseway 

Lighthouse ... . 

Cape  Negro  

Cape  Sable 

Brasil  Rock 

Seal  Island,  Souih  Point ... 
Cape  Fourchu,  n. Yarmouth 

Cape  St.  Mary 

Brier's  Island  ;  Light 

Point  Prim;  Lighthouse  en. 

of  Annapolis  Basin 

Cape   Split,  in  the   Mines 

Channel  

Capo  Chignecto 

Apple  River,  entrance 

Cumberland,  Fort 

St.  John's  New  Bruns.,  Pt. 

M  ispeck,  on  the  E.  side 


Lat. 
D.  M. 


45  21  N 

45  194 

18 

45  21 
45  20 

45  13 

45  11 

45  5 

44  59 
14  57 
14  48 
44  44 

44  42 

44  30 

44  34 
44  27 

44  23 
44  15 
44  10 

44  5 
43  57 
43  51 

43  40 
43  32 
43  26 
43  94 
43  23 

43  51 

44  12 
44  20 

44  45 

45  22 
45  22 
45  27 
45  50 

45  18 


Long. 
D.  M. 

61  15W 
60  584 

60  57 

61  00 

60  57 

61  3 
61  19 
61  40 

61  59 

62  2 
62  33 

62  41 

63  4 
63  31 

63  55 

63  58 

64  5 
64  17 
64  29 

64  35 
64  42 

64  51 

65  12 
65  17 
65  34 
65  29 

65  58 

66  10 
66  14 
66  19 

65  45 

64  20 
64  49 
64  43  '• 

64  8 

65  58 


III. — Coast  of  the  United  States  of  America' 


ENTRANCE  of  St.  Croix 
River  

Island  of  Campo.Bello,  N. 
point 

Wolf  Islands,  northernmosl 

Quaddy  Head  Light 

Grand  Manan,  N.  E.  head 

S.W.  head 

Libby  Island  Light,   en. 
Machias  Bay , 

Titmanan  Light 

Mount  Desert  Rock,  Light- 
house   

L  au  Haut,  S.  W.  point.... 


Lat. 
D.  M. 

45  00  N 

44  57 
44  574 
44  474 
44  45 
44  34 

44  33 
44  21 

43  50 
43  .59 


Long. 

D.  M. 

67  2W 

66  55 
66  43 
66  68 
66  45 

66  53 

67  22 
67  49 


68 
68 


64 

344J 


708 


LATITUPES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


Lut. 
D.  M. 
41   7iN 
U  17} 
41  12 
41  18i 


t).  M. 

71  3,-Jw 

71  fWJ 

72  9 
72    8 

71  54 

72  41 

72  SiiJ 

73  7 
73    8 

73  24; 

74  IJ 


I 


55 


Cnatine  ...in < 

jMatinicus  Island  Light 

Wooden  Bald  Kock 

Manheigin  Island  Light.... 
Penmaquid  Point  Light  — 

Bantum  Ledge 

Seguin  Island  Light 

Brunswick.....! n 

Cape  Small  Point 

Caslie's  Ledge,  shoalcst  pari 
PORTLAND  Lighthouse  . 
Cape  Elizabeth,  (twohghts) 
Wood  Island  Light,   en- 
trance Saco  River 

Agamenticus  Hills 

Cape  Porpoise 

Bdd  Head 

Cape  Keddock  Nubble  .. 

Boon  Island  Light 

PORTSMOUTH  Light.. 
Isle  of  Shoals  White  I.  Light 

Portsmouth...... 

Great  Boar's  Head *<*. 

NEWBURYPORT  Lights, 

on  Plumb  Island 

Ipswich  Entrance^ Ht. 

Squam  L'ght :'. 

CAPE  ANN   Lights,    on 

Thatcher's  Island 

Eiustern   Point,  Cape  Ann 

Harbor  

Lighthouse  on  .'''liker's  Isl. 

Beverly 

SALEM 

Marblehead  

Nahant  Point,  N.  E.  point 

of  Boston  Harbor 

Boston  Lighthouse 

BOSTON  Statehouse  

Cambridge  

Soiluate  Light 

Plymouth  Lights 

Race  Point  Light 

CAPE  COD  Light 

Chatham  Lights 

.Monomoy  Point  Lighthouse 
Shoa!8  of  St.  George's 

Great  i3hoal,  S.  E.  P 

Great  Shoal,  W,  P 

N.  E.  Point 

Great  North  Shoal 

Great  Third  Shoal 

Great  East  Shoal 

NANTUCKET  Light, 

Sandy  Point 

Sanooty  Head 

Nantucket  South  Shoal 
Cape  Poffe  (Vineyard). 
Gay  Head  Liglithuse  . 

No  Man's  Land , 

Cutterhunk  I.  Light,  S.  W. 

point 

New  Bedford 

New  Bedford  Lighthoi.ise.. 

Seaconnet  Point 

NEWPORT 

Rhode  Island  Lighthouse.. 

Providence  Col 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse  .. 
Block  Island  Lights 


Lut 
M.  D. 
44 22 J N 
43  48^ 
43  51 
43  44 
43  48 
43  42 
43  40i 
43  5-^J 
43  40 
43    2 
43  35i 
43  33 

43  27 
43  13 
43  21 
43  13 
43  10 
43  8 
43     3 

42  58 

43  4i 
42  56 

42  49 
42  42 
42  41 

42  39 

42  35 
42  33 
42  33 
42  32 
42  30^ 

42  26 
42  20 
42  21 
42  22 
42  12 
2 
42 
42 


1 

4i 
3 
41  41 
41  34i 

41  34 

41  42 
41  48 
141  53 
41  ol 

j4l  47 

41  23 
41  16 
41  4 
41  25 
41  20 
41  14 

41  24i 
41  38 
41  35 
41  ?7 
41  29 
41  26i 
41  49 
41  22i 
41  13 


Long. 
M.  D 
68  45  W 
68  51 

68  4'-? 

69  15 
69  2Si 

69  a:i 

69  4 1 
69  56 
69  48i 

69  6 

70  11 
70  lOi 


<o 


70  18i 
70  41 
70  25 
70  34 
70  35 
70  29 
70  43 
70  37i 
70  45 
70  48 

70  49 
70  46 
70  40 

70  34 

70  39 
70  48 
70  54 
70  54 
70  52 

70  56 

70  54  J 

71  5 
71  8 
70  43 
70  36 
70  Hi 
70  4 

69  57 

70  00 

67  40 
67  59 
67  47 
67  43 
67  26 
67  19 

70  3 
69  58 

69  55 

70  27 
70  52 
70  50i 


55 
13i 


70  59 

70  56i 
70 
71 

71  21 
26^ 

71  26 
71  30i 
71  37i 


Block  Islano,  S.  E.  point. 

Watch  Hill  Lighthouse 

Little  Gull  Liglithousc  ....'  . 
New  London  Lighthouse... 
MONTOCK  POINT,  east 

end  L.  Island  Lighthouse 
Fclkiind  Island  Light  ,...,< 
NEW  HAVEN  Lighthouse- 
Stratford  Point  Light ....... 

Old  Field  Point  Light 

Eaton's  Point  Light 

NEW  YORK  City  Hall... 

Sandy  Hook  Light 

Neversink  Lights 

Bartipgat  Inlet 

Great  Egg  Harbor 

Cape  May  Light 

Ligiithouse  on  Cupe  Hen- 

lopen 

PHILADELPHIA 


4 

'^1 


41 
41 
41 
41 

40  58^ 
40  57i 
40  42i 
40  27i 
40  24 
.19  47 
39  19 
38  57 


'^  Smith's  Island  Light 


g  iCape  Charles 

^  ICape  Henry  Light 

■^  Norfolk 

Old  Point  Comfort 

Yorktown 

Petersburgh  

RICHMOND 

vVAsHINGTON  City 

BALTIMORE 

Annapolis,  Mar 

Currituck  Inlet 

^  CAPE  HATTERAS.. 
a  Deep  Soundings  off  do. 

Ocrncock  Inlet 

CAPE  LOOKOUT 

Deep  soundings  off  do... 

Old  Toppail  Inlet 

Beaufort 

Wilmington 

Brunswick 

Sinithville 

New  Inlet 

CAPE  FEAR 

Doep  soundings  off*  do. 

GEORGETOWN 

Georgetown  Lighthouse 

Cape  Roman 

CHARLESTON 

Charleston  Lighthouse.. 

North  Eddisto  Inlet 

REAOFORT,  (S.  C.)  .. 

jPort  Royal  Entrance,  (Bar) 

Tvbee  Light .. 

>;avannah 

■It.  Catharine's  Sound,(Bar) 

Sapello  Bar 

ciDoboyBar 

I P  j  Light  on  St.  Simon's  Island. 
S.  point 

Brunswick  

!^t.  Andrew's  Sound 

S.  Point  Cumberland  Isl- 
and (Light) 

;^  Amelia  Island,  South  point 

River  St.  John's,  (General'? 
Mount) 

St.  Augustine  Lighthouse  . 

Cape  Canaveral 

Outer  breakers  off  do 


38  47 

39  57 
.37  13 
37  1 
36  56 

36  51 

37  00 
37  13 
.37  14 

37  32 

38  53 

39  17 
38  59 
36  33 


35 
35 
35 


14 
6 

5i 
34  37 
,34  Sti 
,34  41 
.34  43 
,34  14 

34  2 
33  54 

35  56 
33  48 
33  35 
33  22 
33  7i 
33  00 

,32  46 
32  40 
32  32 
.32  25 
32    9 

,32  00 
32  "4 
31  41 
31  32 
31  20 

31  8 
31  8 
31  00 

"O  45 
30  30 

30  26i 
29  52i 

28  18 
28  20 


7 


74  35 

74  58 


75 
75 


75  52 


76 

76 


76  19 

76  221 

76  34 

77  25 
77  27 
77  3 
76  39 
76  33 
75  :, 
75  30 

75  59 

76  33 

76  40 

76  40 

77  58 

77  58 

78  1 
77  55 
77  57 

79  9 
79  1 
79  14 
79  49 

79  43 

80  2 
80  32 
80  28 
80  42 

80  58 

81  3 
81  7 
81  16 

81  29 
81  35 
81  32 

81  37 
81  35 

81  33 
81  25 
80  33 
80  13 


LATlllDES  AND  LOXdItUDES. 


709 


it.    iCutijr' 


Lui 
D.  M.    If).  M 

^1   TiNbl  3.^ J, 


il  17} 
41  12 
11  18i 

41     4 
41  12; 

11  ui 
11     9| 

m  58^ 
(0  57i 
10  42i 
10  27i 
\0  24 
19  47 
19  19 
18  57 

18  47 

19  57 
7  13 
7  7 
6  56 
6  51 

00 
13 
14 
32 
53 
17 
59 
33 
14 
6 

5i 
37 


71  5-11 

72  9 
72    8 

71  54 

72  41 

72  55j 


3 

73 

3 

74 
74 
74 
74 
74  35 
74  58 


7 

8 

2.1} 

7 


73 

75 


75  52 

76  2 


76 
6 


i 

Sri 
41 
43 
14 
2 
54 
56 
48 
35 
22 

00 

46 
40 
32 
25 

9 
00 

4 
41 
i-2 
20 

8 
8 
10 


4 
19 

76  22} 
6  34 

77  25 
77  27 
77  3 
76  39 
76  33 
75  :. 
75  30 

75  59 

76  33 

76  40 

76  40 

77  58 

77  58 

78  1 
77  55 
77  57 


79  9 
79  1 
79  14 

79  -19 

79  43 

80  2 
80  32 
80  28 
80  42 

80  58 

81  3 
81  7 
81  16 

81  29 
81  35 
81  32 


5 

81  37 

0 

81  35 

H 

81  33 

H 

81  25 

i 

80  33 

> 

80  13 

I  n 

I  D. 

a  Tortiilasor  ITummocka 27 

^  Hillsborough  Island,  N.  P..  27 
,1  i  Hillsborough  Island,  S.  P.  .  27 
*<  iMouni  Pelade  or  Buld  Head  27 

"^•Greenville's  Inlet 96 

Cooper's  Hill 26 

Sand  Hills ^6 

New  Inlet 26 

Middle  River  entrance 26 

CAPE  FLORIDA  Light...  25 
Ca,V()  Largo,  N,  E.  point  ...  25 

Key  Tuvernier 24 

Old  Matacunibe.S.W.  point  24 

Cayo  iSonibrero 24 

Looe  Key 24 

Samboes  Keys  (centre) 24 

Key  West,  S.  W.  point  ....24 
Sand  Key,  Cayo  Arena.... j24 
Tortugas  islands  and  Banks! 

N.  E.  part 24 

—  N.  W.  part ....'. 24 

S.  E.  part 24 

S.  W.  part 24 


at. 
M. 
.35  N 
32 
14 
1 
•17 
42 
32 
18 
8 
41 
19 
59 
50 
37 
33 
28i 
31 
26 


Bush  Key  Light 24 

Key  Vucas 24 

F-'ey  Axi i24 

Cape  Sable  ;2.5 

Cape  Romano 25 

Boca  Grande  ent.  B.  Carlos  26 
Spirito  Santo  Bay,  entrance  27 

Anclote  Keys 28 

•^t.  Mark's  Lighthouse '30 

^  I  -t.  Mark's  de  Apalachy...  .30 

£"•, Southwest  Cape  29 

Cupe  St.  George 29 

Capo  St.  Bias 29 

St.  Joseph's  Bay, entrance.  29 
St.  Andrew's  Bay,  entrance! 

Main  Pass....'. 30 

St.  Rosa's  Bay,  entrance...  30 
PENSACOLA,  Town  ....j.lO 

Pen.eacola,  Bar 30 

Mobile  Point,  Light 30 

Mobile  Point,  Bar l30 

MOBILE  30 

Massacre  Island,  W.  pointl30 
Ship  Island,  S.  W.  point.. .J30 
Chandelier  Islands, N.  poinl!30 

S.  point  Falos  Island.  29 

Key  Breton,  N.  E.  point ...  29 
MISSISSIPPI  River  Pass 

a  I'ontre 29 

The  Balize 29 

S.  E.  Pass  ;...|29 

— —  S.  Pass [28 

S.W 28 

NEW  ORLEANS b 


^ 


Barrataria 

Bayou  La  Fourche 

Timbalier  Island,  (Tonba. 

lier)  N.  W.  point 

Derniere  Isle,  \V.  point  .... 
Bayou  Decartes,  entrance  . 

Point  au  Per 

Rabbit  Island 

Sabine  River,. entrance  .... 
Galveztown  entrance 


5 
27 
28 
21 
16 
13 
45 
15 
15 

2 
41 
29 

12 
6 
6 

57 
57 
57i 
I7i 
6 


Long. 
D.  .M. 
80  30  W 
80  18 
11 
11 
2 
3 
3 


80  00 
80  00 

80  20 
HO  22 
HO  37 
HO  52 

81  15 
81  31 
81  45 
HI  55 
81  59 


41  182 
39  :83 
36  |86 

35  ,83 

36  83 

37  81 
57  181 

1  ;8i 

42  81 

42  '82 

35  82 

25  !83 


!84 

i84 


52  ,84 

35  [85 

39  i85 

55  [85 


00 
12 
7 
9 
48 
15 
40 
30 
39 
42 
48 
26 
43 
46 


,85  56 
1^6  42 
87  22 

87  27 

88  10 
|88  10 
i88  13 

88  32 

89  3 
88  53 

88  57 
j89  13 

i89  5 
'89  7 
'89  2 

89  10 

89  29 

90  9 
90  11 
90  20 


29  4 

90  38 

28  59 

91  6i 

29  12i 

91  35i 

29  \^ 

91  52 

29  29 

92  8 

29  37 

94  13 

29  15 

95  5 

IV'. — Islands  in  the  West  Indies, 


55     - 
2 
55 


TRINIDAD, 

Spanish  Town 

Icaquc  Point... 

Point  Galole  ... 

Point  (Jalera... 


Tobago,  N.  E.  point 

iS.  W.  point 

Grenada,  N.  E.  point 

Point  Salinua,  S.W.pt 

Grenada  Bank,  Middle 

Barbndocs,  S.  P 

E.  P.  do 

Bridgetown 

N.  Point 

St.  Vincent's,  N.  point... . 

S.  point 

St.  Lucia,  S.  point 

N.  point 

Martinico,  S.  E.  point 

Diamond  Rook 

Port  Royal 

Macouba  Point , 

Dominica,  South  point 

N.  point 


The  Saint's  I.,  S.W.poi   t 

Marigalante,  N.  point 

S.  point 


Guadalonpe,  S.  W.  point... 

N.  W.  point 

N.  E.  point 

Poinf  Chateaux,  S.  E. 

Deseada,  N.  point 

Antigua,  E.  point 

S.  W.  point 

Montserraf,  S.  P 


N.  point. 


Redondo  Island  

Nevis,  Charleston 

St.  Christophers  or  St.  Kitts. 
S.  E.  point 

—  N.  point    

"^t.  Eustatia  Town 

Saba  ...; 

Aves  or  Bird's  I 

Barbuda,  N.  point 

St.  Bartholomew,  E.  point, 

St.  Martin's,  E.  point 

Angui'ia,  S.  W.  points 

Anguilleta,  N.  E.  point.... 

Prickly  Pear 

Isle  of  Dogs,  Western 

Sombrero 

St.  Croix  or  St.  Cruz,  E.  pt. 

S.  W.  point 

Anegndo,  S.  P.  of  Shoal  ... 

—  W.P 

Virgin  Gorda,  E.  P 

Torto'n,  E.  P 

—  W.P 

''t.  .John's  

t.  Thomas 

Bird  Key 

'^erpent  I.,  E.  part 

Crab  I.,  E.  part 


Cape  St.  .Tohn  or  N.  E. 

PORTO  RICO 

Point  Bruquen  or  N  W. 
Point  St.  Francisco 


Lat. 
D.  M. 
10  39  iN 
10    4 
10  10 

10  50 

11  20 

11  6 

12  13 
11  59 
11  55 

13  4 
13  10 
13  5 
13  20 
13  22 
13    8 

13  41 

14  6 
14  23 
14  25 
14  36 

14  54 

15  13 
15  .38 

15  52 

16  2 
15  51 

15  57 

16  19 
16  30 
16  13 

16  20 

17  5 
17  2 
16  41 
16  50 

16  56 

17  7 

17  14 
17  24 
17  29 
17  38 
15  50 
17  47 

17  54 

18  4 
18  10 
18  17 
18  20 
18  19 
18  38 
17  48 

17  40 

18  35 
18  45 
18  30 
18  27 
18  25 
18  22 
18  21 
18  15 
18  19 
18  10 


18  24 
18  29 
18  31 
18  21 


Long. 
D.  M. 
61  34  W 
61  57 
61  00 
60  56 
60  33 

60  52 

61  37 

61  51 

62  00 
59  38 
59  29 
.59  41 

59  42 
61  15 
61  14 
61  1 
61  1 

60  55 

61  5 
61  9 
^.1  14 
61  25 
61  29 
6'  44 
61  18 
61  19 
61  48 
61  54 
61  3!) 
61  13 
61  7 
61  45 

61  58 

62  18 
62  19- 

62  35 

63  43 

63  41 
63  53 
63  4 
63  18 
63  42 

62  3 

63  51 
63  6 
63  16 
63  00 
63  23 
63  24 

63  39 

64  36 
64  56 
64  12 
G4  27 
64  31 
64  36 
64  46 
64  43 
64  57 

64  55 
6.-,  21 

65  19 

65  39 

66  9 

67  8 
67  15 


K 


710 


LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


I 

o 

s 

e 
55 


Cope  Roxo  or  S.  W.  point. 

Caxa  liii  Los  Mucrios 

Point  ("oanio 

C.  Malu  Posqua  or  S.  E.  P. 


IVfonn  I.,  E.  point 

Moniro  Island 

Zachuo  or  Dcsspcho  I. 


Lat. 
I).  M. 
17  57  N 
17  50 
17  55 

17  59 

18  5 
18  9 
18  24 


Cape  Engano il8 

Saona  I.,  E.  pnri 

St.  Catharine's  I 

St.  Doniinfjo 

La  Cafalina 

Cape  Bcata 

Altavcla,  Rocii  off  do..., 

Cape  Jacqiieniei 

Island  Baca  (a  Vaclie). 

Point  Gravois 

Cape  Tiberon 


18 
18 
18 
18 
17 
17 
IS 
18 
18 
18 

Navaza  Island !l8 

Cape  Doniia  Maria 18 

Jeremy 18 

Caymito 18 

Petit  Guavo 18 

Leogane 18 

PORT-AU-PRINCE 18 

I.  Gonave,  S.  E.  P 18 

N.  W.  P il8 

Pt.  St.  Mark 19 

St.  Nicola  Mole  119 

rortudas,  W.  P !20 

—  E.  p jao 

CAPE  FRANCOIS  |l9 

Port  Dauphin il9 

Shoal  off  M.  Chriate '20 


\ 


Monte  Christe 

Grange  Pt 

Point  Isabella 

Old  Cape  Francois 

Cape  Samana 

Cape  Raphael , 


Morant,  E.  P 

KINGSTON 

Port  Royal  

Portland  Point 

Pedro  Bluffs 

Black  River , 

Savannah  la-Mar 

Cape  Negril,  S.  point. 

N.  point 

Montego  Bay 

Falmouth 

St.  Ann'8 

Port  Maria 

Arnatta  Bay 

N.E.  Point 


Worant  Keys  or  Las  Panas 
Pedro  Shoals 
—  Portland  R.,N,  E.P, 

South  Key 

Rock  5  feet  above  winter  . 

N.Pt.  Pedro  Shoal 

Formigas  Shoal,  N.  E.  P. 

S.  W.  P 

LitUe  Cayman,  S.  W.  P.. 

Caymanbrack,  E.  P. 

Grand  Cayman,  S.  W.  P, 


35 
12 
.8 
29 

8 
42 
27 
13 

4 
00 
20 
24 
37 
40 
C9 
24 
29 
33 
40 
56 

2 

48 
«5 

1 

46 

42 
o 

51 
54 

58 

49 

16 

2 


17  55i 
17  58 
17  55i 
17  43 

17  52i 

18  2 
18  14 
18  15 
18  22i 
18  28 
IB  28 
18  27 
18  22 
18  16 
18  9 

17  24 

17  7i 
16  57 

16  48 

17  36 

18  35 

18  27 

19  36 
19  44 
19  14 


Luni;. 
1).  M. 

67  law 

66  3.> 

66  30 
)5  52 

67  49 
(i7  56 

67  27 

68  22 
C>S   33 

68  58 

69  52 

70  11 

71  18 
1  22 

72  36 

73  34 

73  56 

74  29 

75  2 
74  26 
74  7 
73  43 
72  55 
72  38 
72  21 

72  48 

73  17 

72  50 

73  24 
72  55 
72  35 
72  13 
71  56 
71  42 
71  44 
71  44 
71  12 


69 
69 

68 


57 

7 


76  12 
76  49 

76  52i 

77  11 
77  46 

77  51 

78  11 
78  25 
78  24 
77  57 
77  41 
77  15 
76  54 

76  45 
-6  20i 

75  59 

77  29 

77  53 

78  15 

78  54 

75  50 

76  GO 

80  6 

79  37 

81  4 


;  Lat 

D.  M. 

E.P 19  19N 

•wan  Islands,  E.P 17  22 

New  Shoal,  (Sandy  Key)  .15  52 


Cape  Maize 20 

Port  Nejfra 20 

Point    Entrance,    Cumber- 
land n   ibor 19 

ST.  .(AGO  DECUbA.cn. 

trance 19 

Turquin'a  Peak 19 

Cape  Cruz 19 

Manziinillo 20 

Key  Breton 21 

Trinidad  River 21 

Bay  Xnpua 22 

Stone  Keys 21 

Los  .lardinellos,  S.  E.  pointi 

of  the  Cark 21 

Canal  del  Rosario 21 

I.  Pines,  E.  P 21 

3.  W.  P 21 

Indian  Kevs,  N.  W.P 21 

Key  St.  Philip,  E.P 22 

Point  Piedras  21 

Cape  Corriertcs 21 

Cape  St.  Antonio 21 

Sancli>.  Pedro  Shoal .21 

Shcdl  discovered  in  1797,  .22 
Los  Colorados,  S.  W.  P....  22 

N.  E.P 22 

Point  .Tuan  a.'u  Tuanito....i22 

Hill  Giiajibon 22 

Bahia  Honda 22 

Port  Cabanas 22 

Mariel  23 

HAVANA,  (theMoro)  ....23 

Point  Escondido 23 

Poii.t  Guanos  23 

Pan  of  Matanzas 23 

MATANZAS 23 

Point  Yeacos '. 23 

Stone  Key  off  do 23 

Key  Cruz  del  Padre !23 

Las  Cabezas 23 

Nicolas  Shoal i23 

Key  Carreno 22 

Key  Francis,  E.  P 22 

Key  William,  northeri    i08tj22 

Pt.  St.  Juan 22 

Centre  of  Bey  Coco,  S.  sidei 

Bahama  channel 22 

Key  Point  Paredon  do 22 

The  Barrel ,22 

Cayo  Confites 22 

Cayo  or  K(;y  Verde  122 

Guajava,  N.  W.  P j21 

Point  Maternillos '21 

Point  de  ^'angle ^21 

Point  de  Mulas i21 

Tanamo .20 

Key  Moa i20 

Point  Guarico 20 

Baracoa 20 


591 

k3 


N.  Point  Bajo  Navidad 20  12 


13 

5 

52 

58 
54 
50 
20 

4 
42 

2 
57 

36 

33 

32 

26 

55 

00 

54 

43 

50 

56 

6 

19 

58 

22 

48 

54 

58 

1 

9 

8 

8 

2 

2 

8 

11 

14 

16 

14 

52 

40 

34 

17 

29 
30 
25 
11 

6 
55 
40 
13 

5 

44 
42 
38 
20 


Superb  Shoal. 

Silver  Key,  S.  E.  end. 

N.  E.  uo 

N.  do 


20  58 
20  14 
20  35 
20  55 


Loiij;, 
D.  M. 
HO  4li\V 
H3  .M 

78  49 

74    r. 

74  13 

75  IS 

76  no 

76  49 

77  43 
77    8 

79  33 

80  6 

80  35 

81  8 

81  8 

81  i56 

82  24 
:83  01) 

83  13 

83  30 
«^3  £2 

84  24 

84  56 

85  13 
65  2 
84  44 
'83  8 
i84  21 
j83  21 
83  j 
\^-i  52 
'89  42 
,82  19 
l81  43 
'81  35 
81  37 
81  32 
81  11 
81  9 
80  56 
80  42 
80  20 
79  49 
'79  13 
'78  45 
j78  .57 

178  17 
j78  5 
i77  56 
|77  3S 
|77  33 
77  27 
76  56 


76  11 

75  32 

75  14 

74  50 

74  43 

74  25 

68  46 

69  00 

69  32 

69  17 

69  52 

Square  1 

N. 

S.  1 

—  s.  ■ 

Turk's  l! 

Turk. 

Turk's  I 

— Snnd 

>^  — Endyii 

5  Great  Cn 

^,-N.  E. 

G        Philip 

—  N.  W 

North  C( 

Booby  R 

Providen 

point.. 

Little  Ca 

Kpy  Frar 

Sund  Kn 

South  Po 

(iroat  Inr 

N.  E. 

—  S.  E.  1 

.5  -  S.  VV. 

=  -N.  W 

■?  Liule  Hci 

t-w.p. 

^  Hogsties, 

%  Lookout  I 

p^  Mayugua 

—  N. 

—  S.  W. 

E.  point  F 

Planas 

Miraporvc 

Ca.stle  Isl 

Fortune  I 

North  Ke 

Crooked  '. 

Acklin's  ] 

Atwood'a 

niana. 

—  W.  P. 

Rum  Ke> 

Watland' 

—  S  W. 

-^  Conceptio 

0  St.  Salva 

"^      S.  E.  P 

1  -N.P.. 

.«  Little  St. 

cS  Eleuthera 

«  —  Point  ] 

2  —  James 

Ci  Harbor  I* 

Egg  Islar 

New  Proi 

—  NASS 

-  E.  P.. 

—  W.P. 

Andros  I 

-N.  P. 

Berry  Isl 

Stirrups  J 

Blackwoc 

Little  Isa 

Great  Isa 

Bernini 

fresh  M 

\ 


LATITUDES   AND   LONGITUDES. 


711 


Tat 

Uma. 

).  M. 

I).  M. 

9  19iN 

HO  4liW 

7  22 

H3  ,-,1 

15  52 

7S  48 

>0  13 

74    f, 

20     5 

74  13 

0  52 

75  18 

9  58 

76  00 

9  54 

76  19 

9  50 

77  43 

0  20 

77    8 

1     4 

79  33 

I  42 

80    f, 

2    2 

80  35 

1  57 

81    8 

1  36 

81    8 

1  33 

Hi   ■)(! 

1  32 

'sa  -21 

1  26 

83  01) 

1  55 

h3  13 

2  00 

,s3  •?.{) 

1  54 

••3  i-2 

1  43 

84  21 

I  50 

84  5() 

1  56 

85  12 

2     6 

85    2 

2  19 

84  44 

a  58 

83    8 

2  22 

84  21 

2  48 

S3  21 

2  54 

83    j 

2  58 

f-i  52 

3     1 

82  42 

3    9 

82  19 

3    8 

81  43 

3    8 

81  35 

3    2 

81  37 

3    2 

81  32 

i    8 

81  11 

)  11 

81    9 

)  14 

80  56 

i  16 

80  42 

\  14 

80  20 

!  52 

79  49 

»  40 

79  13 

!  34    ' 

78  45 

17 

78  57 

29 

78  17 

30    1 

78    5 

25     i 

77  5G 

11 

77  33 

6 

77  38 

55 

77  27 

40     ! 

76  56 

13     i 

76  11 

i75  32 


i75  14 

,74  50 

74  43 

74  25 

68  46 

69  00 

69  32 

69  17 

69  53 

H.junre  Handkerchief 

N.  E. '-' 

S.  E.  f 

S.  W.P 

Turk's  Island,  N.  P.  Grand 
Turk 

Turk's  Island  Salt  Key  .... 

— Snnd  Key 

— Endymion'.s  Rocka 

Great  Cnycos  Island,  S.  pt. 

— N.  E.  point  or  Shoul  tit 
Philip 

—  N.  W.  part.... 

North  Caycos,  middle 

Booby  Rocks  olFdo 

Providence  Caycoa,  N.  W. 

point 

Little  Caycos,  S.  W.  point. 

K^-y  Francis  

Sund  Ki;y 

South  Point  Shoal 

Great  Inngua    or  lleneaga, 

N.  E.  P 

—  S.  E.P 

—  S.  W.  P 

—  N.  W.  P.., 

Little  Plencaga,  £.  P 

—  W.  P 

Hogsties,  or  Corrolaes 

Lookout  Bank,  (Cuidudo)  . 

iVlayuguana  E,  Reef 

-N.         do         

S.  W.  point 

E.  point  French  Keys,  or  I. 

Planas 

Miraporvos  S.  Key 

Castle  Island,  or  S.  Key  ... 
Fortune  Island,  S.  W.  P.... 

North  Key,  Bird  Island 

Crooked  Island,  W.  P 

rVcklin's  Island,  N.  E.  P.  . 
Atwood's  Keys,  or  I.  Sama- 

mana,  E.  P 

—  W.  P 

Rum  Key,  E.  P 

Watland'8  I.  N.  E.  P. 

—  S  W.  P 

Conception,  or  Little  I. 
St.  Salvador,  or  Guanhari, 

S.  E.P 

—  N.  P 

Litt'e  St.  Salvador,  N.  P 
Eleuthera,  or  Hetera  I.  S.  P. 

—  Point  Palmeto 

—  James  Point 

Harbor  Island 

Egg  Island  

New  Providence  Ughlhouse 

—  NASSAU , 

—  E.P 

—  W.P 

Andros  Islands,  S.  P 

—  N.  P 

Berry  Islands,  eastern 

Stirrups  Key,  northern 

Blackwood's  Bush 

Little  Isaac,  eastern 

Great  Isaac 

Bernini    Island,    northern 

fresh  water  key .■ 


Lat. 
U.  M. 

21  07  N 
20  49 
20  55 


21  32 
21  20 
21  11 
21  7 
21  31 

21  44 
21  .54 
21  56 
21  58 

21  50 
21  36 
21  30 
21  19 
21  2 

21  20 
21  00 

20  55 

21  9 
21  29 
21  29 
21  40 

21  57 

22  20 
22  32 
22  22 

22  41 
5 

22  7 
22  32 
22  49i 
22  48i 

22  44 

23  3 
23  3 

23  41 

24  8 
23  58 
23  50 


24  9 
24  38 
24  33 

24  37 

25  6 
25  23 
25  30 
25  31 


25 
25 
25 
25 
24 


25  23 
25  30 
25  48 
25  35 

25  58 

26  3 

25  43 


71  27 

71  22 

71  47 
71  57 

71  58 

72  20 
72  27 
72  8 
72  14 
71  32 


73 
73 


73  38 

3  40 
■2  55 
'3  6 
73  48 
72  55 

72  40 

73  9 
73  11 

73  30 

4  31 

74  20 
74  24 
74  24 
74  23 
73  55 

73  45 

73  55 

74  43 
74  22 

74  32 

75  2 

75  12 
75  37 

75  52 

76  5 
76  2 
76  18 
76  36' 

76  50 

77  19 
77  18 
77  14 
77  31 

77  48 

78  5 
77  40 

77  57 

78  5 

78  48 

79  3 

79  12 


Lat. 
D.  M. 

Cat  Key '25  26N 

Riding  Rocks l25  15 

Orange  Keys,  north 24  57 

—  Suuih 124  53 

Key  (iuinchos l22  46 

KcyLobos j22  25 

Las  Mucaras 22  10 

South  edL't!  of  the  Bank, ...  22     5 

Brother's  Rocks |22  00 

rit.  Vincent's  Shoal |21  58 

Key  Verde  Island 22  00 

Key  Sal,  Ragged  Island  ..22  12 
Yuma,  or  Long  I.,  S.  P 22  50 

—  N.P 23  40 

Exumi,  N.W.  P 23  36 

Leeward  Stocking  1 23  52 

THE    HOLE    IN    THE  i 

WALL 25  51 

N.  E.  point  oi  Abaco '26  18 

Elbow  Reef. 126  37 

Man  of  War  Key 126  37^ 

(Jreat  (iuaiio  Key !26  42 

Lit.  Bahama  Bank,  N.  P.  .127  35 

Memory  Rock 26  55 

Sand  Key  26  49 

Wood  Key,  or  C.  Leno  26  45 

Great  Bahama,  W.P 26  42 

—  E.  P '26  40 

Dog  Keys,  N.  W.  P 24     4 

vVatpr  Key  23  59 

Double-headed    Shot    Key, 

elbow   23  55 

Salt  Key 23  42 

AnguiUa,  E.  P 23  30 

GEORGETOWN 32  22 

Wreck   Hill,    westernmost 

land 32  15 

Best  latitude  to  run  for  Ber- 
muda  132     8 


D. 

9 
7!t 
79 

9 


ng. 
M. 
9VV 
4 
G 
6 


77  57 
77  29 
77  12 

76  20 
75  45 
75  28 
75  14 
75  46 

74  51 

75  25 

75  r^Q 
7f.  00 

77  9 

76  55 
76  .54 
76  57i 


/7 
79 
79 
79 
79 


4 
11 
2 
2 
2 


79  00 
77  48 

79  50 

80  16 

80  26 
80  20 
80  28 
64  33 

64  SO 


:? 


^ 


V. — East  Coast  of  America,  from  Gulf  of 
Mexico  to  Cape  Horn. 


Galveston  inlet 

W.  P.  Galveston  Island. 

Rio  Brazos  

Pasa  del  Cavallo 

Aranzas  Inlet , 

Corpus  Christi 

Brazo  dc  Santiago 

Rio  Bravo  del  Norte 

River  St.  Fernando,  ent 
Inlets  to  Laguna  Madre. 
Bar  de  la  Marine,  entrance 

river  St.  Ander 

BardelTordo 

Mount  Commandante .. 

Bar  de  ia  Trinidad 

Bar  Cicga 

River  Tampico 

Point  de  Xeres  

Cape  Rojo 

Tamiagua  City 

River  Tuspan,  entrance 

Point  Piedras 

River  Cazones 

Tenestequepe 

Boca  da  Lima 


29 
29 


26 
25 


Lat. 
D.  M. 


15  K 
5 


29  00 
28  18 
27  55 
27  36 


6 
56 


25  22 
2a    2 

23  45 
22  52 
22  48 
22  39 
22  34 
22  16 
21  55 
21  4.5 
21  16 
21  1 
20  50 
20  44 
20  40 
20  37 


Long. 
D.  M. 
95    5W 
95  25 

95  37 

96  33 

97  9 
97  SiS 
97  26 
97  26 

97  as 

97  41 

97  58 
97  67 
97  58 
97  57 

97  68 

98  2 
97  45 
97  35 
97  45 
97  30 
97  21 
97  15 
97  12 
97    7 


712 


LATITUDEH  AND  LONGITUDES. 


•0 


CO 


^ 


a 


Riv(-  Toculnta, entrance. 

Moun"  (Jordo 

River  Ninitn,  viitronce 

River  Piliiia,  entrance 

I'oirii  Pit  droM 

River  de  SSanta  Nus 

Point  n^l^uda 

Poiiit  M.  Andrea  

•Bermt 

ot.  John  Angel 

Xuinpa 

Peak  de  Ori/.ahu 

Point  do  Zaiiipolu 

Rivor  St.  Carlos 

River  Antigua 

Point  Gorda 

VKRA  CRUZ 

St.  John  de  Ulioa 

Xaniajm 

River  Medciin,  cnt 

Point  Anton  Lizardo 

Bur  de  Alvurudo 

TIacotnlpan 

Vigia 

Point  Rocn  Partida 

Point  Monllos 

Pic  de  San  Martin.... 

Point  Zapolitan 

Point  St.  John 

Barilla ;... 

Bar  Guaznconlcos 

River  Tonelado 

River  St.  Ann 

River  Cupiico 

Dos  Bocas 

River  Chittepeque 

River  Tabasco 

River  St.  Peter  and  Paul.. 

Island  Carmen,  Wt.  P 

Point  Escondido 

Tavinal 

Point  Morros 

CAMPECHE 

iPoint  Desconocida 

Point  Gurda 

Point  Piedras 

Igil 

St.  Clara 

Bocas  dc  Silan 

ElCuyo 

Island  Jolvas,  N.  P 

Island  Contoy,  N.  P 

Las  Areas  Islands 

Bank  Obispo 

Triangles  Islands 

New  Shoal 

Bajo  Nueva  I 

Island  Arenas 

I.  Bermeja,  or  N.  W.  Shoal 

Bajo  Sisal 

Alacrancs 

N.  part  of  Bank  off  this  coast 

N.  E.  do 

I.  de  Mugeres  or  Women's  I. 

L  Cawkun,  S.  P 

New  River 

River  Bacales 

Bay  Ascension,  ent 

Island  Cosumel,  N.  E.  P.... 
— S.W.P 


'  I.ui. 

I).  M. 

20  :)().\ 

•.20  1(> 

•JO  10 

'20  00 

I'j  r)5 

iU  52 

1!)  43 

I!)  40 

1!)  32 

1!)  32 
19  2 

19  3,) 

19  2(i 

19  20 


19 
19 
19 
19 
19 
19 


15 
12 

6 
4 


18  4(> 
18  35 
18  38 
18  43 
18  40 
18  30 
18  34 
18  20 
18  10 
18  11 


18 
18 


11 

12 


18  26 
18  26 
18  27 
18  34 
18  40 
18  40 

18  56 

19  12 
19  45 

19  51 

20  46 

21  6 
21  9 
21  20 
21  22 
21  26 
21  30 
21  30 
21  36 
20  16 
20  30 
20  55 

20  33 

21  50 

22  7 
22  33 

21  21 

22  24 

23  43 
23  27 
21  18 
20  42 
20  26 
20  5 

19  26 

20  32 
20  17 


1). 
97 

'.Hi 
!)() 
9ti 
!)(! 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
97 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
95 
95 
95 
95 
95 
94 
94 
95 
94 
94 
94 
94 
94 
93 
93 
93 
93 
92 
92 
91 
91 
91 
90 
90 
90 
90 
90 
89 
88 
88 
87 
87 
86 
91 
92 
92 
91 
91 
91 
91 
90 
89 
88 
86 
86 
86 
87 
87 
88 
86 
87 


iig. 
M 

IW 
57 
50 
45 
35 
30 
26 
21 
21 
20 
50 

9 
16 
15 
14 

4 

4i 

4 

6 
59 
15 
38 
29 
18 
59 
54 
00 
46 
35 
30 

17 
o 

49 
22 

6 

0 
37 
25 
52 
12 
00 
43 
33 
30 
19 
13 
19 
45 
23 
43 
11 
52 
51 

7 
10 
50 
48 
21 
22 
13 
34 
43 
37 
42 
58 
15 
34 

3 
45 
00 


Pt.  Tanack 

N.Tri. ingle,  N.  Key  

Siuidy  Key,  S.  P 

.S.  P.  Ariihcrgris  Key  1.  ... 

HALIZH 

Turnetr  Reef,  N.  Pt 

— S.  Pt 

Kngli.sli  Key  

llaK  Moon  Key  lightlioube 

HtttKey 

Tohiiceo  Key  I 

Santanilla  or  Swan  1 

(Jlover's  Reef,  N.  P 

— S.  P 

Rcncgodo  Key  

Sapotilla's  Keys,  S.  E.  P   . 

Riiitan  I.  E.  P 

— W.  P 

Gunnojn,  orF<;;.".acca  I.  S.  P. 

Cape  Three  Points 

Oniott 

Point  Sol 

Triunfo  de  la  Cruz 

Utilla,  N.  P 

'rruxilio 

Cape  Delegodo.or  Honduras 

Cape  Cameron 

Co])e  False, 

Cape  (iracioa  a  Dios 

Caxones,  W.  P 

S.  E.  P 


Alnf?arte  Alia,  N.  W.  P. 
S.  P 


Scranilla,  N.  E.  Breaker. 
Seranilla,  W.  Breaker... 

Sarrnna  N.  P 

Sarrann,  S,  P 

Musketeers,  centre 

Providence  I.  N.P 

Bracman's  Bluff. 

Little  Corn  Island 

Great  Corn  Island 

I.  S.  Andrew,  middle 

E.  S.  E.  Keys 

S.  S.  W.  Key  or  Albuquer- 

que 

River  St.  John,  S.  P 

Port  Boco  Toro 

I.  Escudo,  N.  P 

River  Chagre,  ent 

PORTO BELLO 

Point  Manzanillo 

PointSt.  Bias 

Point  Moschitoa 

Isle  of  Pines 

Cape  Tiburon  

River  Suniquilla,  ent 

Point  Carabana 

Point  Arboletes 

Island  Fuerte 

I.  S.  Barnard,  N.  W.  P 

CARTAGENA  

Punta  de  la  Galera  de  Sam- 

ba 

West  ent.  River  Magdalen 

St.  Martha 

Cape  Ajuga 

Bank  Navio  quebrador 

Hacha 

Cape  La  Vela 


M. 
54 
44 
22 
53 
29 
39 
10 
19 
13 
10 

6  57 

7  23 
6  55 
6  41 
6  20 
6  10 
6  23 
6  16 
6  24 


N 


59 

47 

53 

55 

6 

54 

6  00 

(i    2 

5  14 

5  00 

6  07 
6  02 

09 
01 
45 
41 
29 


31 
23 
02 
2  14 
2  09 
2  33 
2  24 


2  08 
0  57 
9  29 
9  14 
9  21 
9  34 
9  39^ 
35 
8 
1 


9 
9 
9 
8  41 

7  55 

8  38 

8  55 

9  24 
9  49 

10  26 

10  47 
il  5 
'1  15 

11  20 
11  26 

11  33 

12  11 


'"'IB, 

I).  M, 

H7  in 
H7  i:, 


H7  ,11 
f^T  11 
8H  4 
N3  51 
H7  40 
H7  4fl 
HH  11 
H8  14 
H(i  1,5 
H(i  51 
8()  III) 
88  34 
88  1 
87  48 
87  .1H 
87   a 

86  a 

86  6 
^5  14 
H.I  ai 
Kl]  13 
83  18 

83  ns 
82  a7 

82  25 

79  41 
9  58 

80  IB 
80  23 

80  03 

81  ao 

83  20 

82  58 

83  03 

81  43 

81  28 

81  52 
83  37 

82  5 
80  57 
80  4 
79  45 
79  37 
79  3 
77  58 
77  50 
77  27 
76  56 
76  58 
76  30 

6  16 
75  56 
75  38 

75  30 
74  56 
74  18 

4  16 
73  15 

'2  59 
72  16 


I;  Point  Ml 


LATIUDES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


713 


l.at. 

''iiiii.',~ 

).  M. 

1).  M 

8  54  W 

H7  m 

8  44 

H7  Ij 

8  2!2 

H7   iH 

7  53 

8H     1 

7  29 

HH   12 

7  3!) 

»1    11 

7  10 

H7  5i; 

7  19 

t<»    '2 

7  13 

87  31 

7  10 

N7  41 

()  57 

88   4 

7  5>3 

^3  51 

(i  55 

1^7  40 

(>  41 

87  48 

(!  20 

HH  11 

i;  10 

8H  1.) 

()  S.'3 

8(i  15 

()  Iti 

H(i  51 

(!  24 

8(i  III) 

5  59 

88  34 

5  47 

88    1 

5  53 

87  48 

5  55 

87  38 

1!     G 

87   a 

5  54 

86    3 

()  00 

h*6    fi 

(>    2 

^5  14 

5  14 

H3  ai 

5  00 

K3  12 

6  07 

83  18 

G  02 

83  08 

5  09 

H2  !J7 

5  01 

H-2  1)5 

5  45 

79  41 

5  41 

79  58 

4  29 

80  IR 

4  15 

SO  a3 

3  31 

80  03 

3  23 

81  20 

4  02 

83  DO 

2  14 

82  58 

a  09 

83  03 

2  33 

81  43 

2  24 

81  28 

2  08 

81  52 

0  57 

83  37 

9  29 

82    5 

9  14 

80  57 

9  21 

80    4 

)  34 

79  45 

)  39i 

79  37 

)  35 

79    3 

)    8 

77  58 

)     1 

77  50 

i  41 

77  27 

7  55 

76  56 

i  38 

76  58 

i  55 

76  30 

»  24 

76  16 

»  49 

75  56 

1  26 

75  38 

)  47 

75  30 

5 

74  56 

15 

74  18 

20 

74  16 

26 

73  15 

33 

72  59 

1  11 

72  16 

1 


Point  Gallinai 

Monges  iHliinds,  N.  P.. 

I'mte  Chicliibocua 

I'oint  Espada 

St.  t'arlos 

MAKACAYUU 

Coro 

Point  Cardon 

I'uiiit  Macullii 

Capo  St.  Koiimii 

Inlar.d  Oruba,  N.  W.  P. 

-S.E.P 

Paint  Auricula 

Point  Ziiuiuro 

Point  Soldado 

Key  Borraulio 

Point  Tucatrtfl 

i^OilTO  CAUHLLO.. 
i'oint  St.  John  Andres 

I'oint  Oriunro 

I'oint  Trinchcra 

LA(ilJlRA 

'JAIiK.\(JCAS 

.Ccntinclla  I.  or  White  Rock 

iJajjei  Codcra 

Ciiracoa  1.  N.  V 

-S.  H.  P 

Little  Curacoa 

I'ucimyro,  N.  P 

— S.  P 

Birds  or  Aves  I.  Western... 

— Eastern  

Los  Uoques,  W.  P 

— S.  E.  P 

Orchilla  I.  mid 

Ulanca  1.  mid 

E.  Point  Toitugal 

.Seven  Brothers,  mid 

Muryarita,  W.  P 

— E.  P 

I.  Ciiagua  or  Pearl  1 

Friars  1 

LSola 

Pestigos  I 

Morro  de  Unare 

New  Barcelona 

I.  Borracho ." 

Cumana 

Pta.  de  Araya 

.Morro  Chocojjata 

E?s,ordido  or  Hiddeii  Port 

Capi  Malapasqua 

Cape  Three  Points 

Poini.  Galera 

Point  Pena  or  Salina 

Dragon's  Mouth 

River  Gaurapiche,  ent 

Point  Redondo 

Mouth  of  Oronoco  River... 

Cape  Nassau 

Essequebo  River 

DE.UERARA, 

— Lighthouse 

River  Berbice,  ent 

Surinam  River,  ent 

Paramaribo 

R.  Marouri,  ent 

CAYENNE 

Mouth  of  Oyapock  river... 


LntT 
D.  M 
12 
12 
12 
12 
10 
10 
U 
11 
12 
12 
12 
12 
11 
11 
11 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
12 
12 
11 
12 
12 
12 

111 
11 
11 
11 
11 

r 
ii 
u 

10 
10 

11 
11 
11 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 
10 


25  N 
28 
15 
4 
57 
39 
24 
36 
04 
11 
36 
24 
56 
26 
14 
57 
51 
28 
30 
31 
37 
36 
30 
50 
36 

24 
o 

59 
19 

24 
00 
57 
50 
47 
48 
51 
•5 
47J 
59 
59 
49 
11 
20 
23 

6 

10 
19 
28 
38 
42 
40 
42 
45 
43 
43 
43 
12 
50 
50 
32 

2 

49 
23 
57 
48 
53 
56 
14 


l-oriK. 
|j).  M. 
71  44  VV 
71  3 
71  20 
71  13 
71  44 


71  45 

'69  50 
'70  23 
70  22 


70 
70 
70 


9 

12 

1 


69  56 
68  59 
68  40 
68  22 
68  21 


7 
50 

18 
8 

1.) 

12 
17 
49 


68  45 
•18  31 


1)8 

(;7 


22 
46 


ii7  32 

1)7  1 

66  38 

66  13 


(i4 

65 


41 

18 


64  31 

64  30 
63  52 

61  18 
63  49 
63  40 

63  13 

65  22 

64  48 
64  51 
64  16 
64  30 
63  54 
63  29 
63  7 

62  46 
62  34 


61 
61 
62 


56 
51 
43 


61  43 
60  00 
58  40 
58  26 

58  llj 
57  11 
55  3 
55  00 
53  49 
52  13 
51  26 


% 


Capp  Oranijre 

B..  ('aanip.inr,  ont 

<"api!  North 

Northern   mouth  of   River 
/  tun/on 

Southern      do 

^'ap(!  Mngoaiiy 

'oint  Tagioctt 

'ara 

<:iy  iVIarncuno 

/'iiite  Harbor 

Cape  (iiira|)i 

Shoal  oll'do 

E.  J'oint  of  I.  of  St.   JoBo 

Vigia,  I'ell   in    with    by  M 
du  Sylvia,  ollicor  of  iht 
Brazilian  Nlariiic,  in  1824 
or  1825 

Vijjia  of  Manuel-Luis  West. 
crly  Rofk 

Mundrain  Itacolomi 

Mt.  Allcgre  (the  summit),. 

Alcantara  (west  church)  .. 

Rock  E.  of  Isle  Medo 

City  of  San  Luisde  Maran. 
ham  (Cathedral) 

Fort  Snnt  Antonio  das  Are- 
ias,  the  flag  staff 

Fort  San  Marcos  

Isle  Marniihain  (white  sand 
hills,  north  part)  

Breakers  of  Coroa  Grande, 
the  north  one 

Northwest  one 

West 

ilslc  St.  Ann,  N.  E.  point... 

Breakers  of  Isle  St.  Anne 
E,  point 

•M  orro  Aleirre 

Liincoos  Grande,  E.  point. 

River  Perguicas,  E.  point... 

River  Tutoya,  entrance 

River  Tapuyu,  entrance.... 

Mt.  'Pai)uyu,  W.  summit,,. 

Mt.  Ticoadiba,  summit 

Point   de    Jericaconra,    the 
highest  sand  hill 

Sand  Hill,  near  the  shore... 

.Mount  Mcmoca 

Fernando  Noronha 

Roccns,  (dangerous)  

t'ernambuquinho  

Vlorro  Melancia 

Sand  hill  of  Parati 

Mountains  of  Ciara,  1st.... 

2d.  summit 

3d.     do     

4th.    do     

.5th.    do     

Ciara,  steeple  in  the  city... 

Point  Macoripe 

Morro  Aracati, summit...... 

Point  Reteiro  Grande 

Reteiro  Pequeno,  remarka- 
ble sand  hill 

Morro  Tibao 

Point  de  Mel 

Point  du  Tubarro ....... 

(Breaker)  das  Ureas.... 

(Do)  de  la  Lavandela.. 


Lat. 
1).  M. 
4  14  N 
3  50 
1  49 

1  ION 
0  5B 
0  12 

0  32 

1  28 
0  33 
0  46 
0  3!) 

0  36 

1  19 


0  3:^ 

0  51 
2  9 
2  17 
2  24 


30 


31 


2  29 

2  28 

2  25 

2  10 
2  13 
2  17 
2  15 

2  13 
2  20 
2  26 
2  41 
2  41 

a  50 

2 
3 


58 
11 

47 
50 
18 
55 
52 
2 
12 
24 
58 


2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3  53 


50 
46 
39 
43 
42 
42 
36 


4  48 
4  49 

4  55 

5  2 
4  52 
4  55 


Long. 
I).  M. 
51  IIW 
51  00 
50  6 

50  00 
19  45 
18  29 

47  58 

48  29 
47  41 
47  6 
45  56 
45  56 
44  50 


44  17 

41  15 
44  25 
44  20 
44  23 
14  19 

44  IG 

14  17 
44  16 

44  4 

43  58 

44  4 
44  5 
43  38 

43  30 
43  13 
43  00 

42  27 
42  12 
40  50 
40  51 
40  37 

40  27 
40  39 
40  6 

32  24 

33  44 
39  37 
39  30 
38  59 
38  41 
38  46 
38  43 
38  49 
38  48 
38  34 

38  31 

39  55 
37  33 

37  19 

37  18 
36  59 
36  28 
36  19 
36  20 


714 


LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES. 


I 


Point  f'alcnnhnr,  summit 

I'diiit  IVtftinj.'n,  low  .     . 

CAPK  .ST.  HOUUE  .     . 

Fort  of  Ivio  Grrinilo     .    . 

Point  N«Kra,  Mountain    , 

I'uint  i'ipn,  vniid  nioiinl    . 

Hiiliia  FurnioHa,  S.  jioiiit  . 

iHuhia  (la  Truiriio,  N.  point 

it'liurcli  of  St.  Tliurt'HU     . 

|ForlCab(!<l(llo    .... 

U'aranahyhttdc  Norte  .     . 

CdjM'  lilmico,  «tcc|i  |inrt   . 

Toint  do  Ciiiya    .... 

I'oint  (luH  I'edraH     .     .     . 

Villa<»(!  of  I'ilar       .     .    . 

Fort,  cnt.  of  Rio  Ay     ,     . 

NoHsa  Scnoru  Kuimha 

(•lindo,  west  Iowit      .     . 

Towi  r  do  Uccifn,  Prriiant 

Luco 

Nossa  Scrili  n  do  Honarin 
CAIH-:  ST.  AUGUSTUS 
Rivor  I|)oj\ica,  cnt.  .  . 
Mount  Selludii,  S.  peak  . 
[sinnds  of  ^'t.  Akxio  .  • 
Fort  fl(!  I'linianilaro     .     . 

Son  Ik-nto 

Villn','c  of  Uuiiita  .  .  . 
La  Forquilia,  hill  .  .  . 
Frcncluii'jn's  port  .  .  . 
Villagu  at  tlio  point  of  Ui- 

vcr  Alnfe'oas     .... 
Morro  Sant  Antonio    .     . 
Riyer  Sun  Francisco    .    . 
Tubayana  Afluuntuin  sum- 
mit     

Rio  Vasa  Harris  .  .  . 
Rio  Real,  S.  point  .  .  . 
Torre  de  Garcia  de  Avila 
River  Jacuipo  .... 
Rock  ofltapuan  .  .  . 
Itapuanzinko,  the  point  . 
ST.  ANTONIO,  N.  W. 

tower 

Point  Cbbo  I'regos,  Isle  Ita- 

porica 

Point  Aratuba  do  .  .  . 
Point  laburn  do  .  .  . 
Mount  ConceicQo  do  .  . 
Morro  Sant  Amarro  do  . 
Morro  de  San  Paulo  .  . 
UleBoypeda      .... 

I«Ie  duiepi 

Point  of  Muta  .... 
Villa  of  Contas  .  .  . 
Os  Ilhecs,  the  largest  rock 
Villa  de  San   George   doB 

Ilheos 

Rio  Cachoeira,  S.  point  . 
Villa  of  Unha  .... 
Morro   de   Commandatuba, 

S.  E.  summit  .  .  . 
Vill.  of  Commandatut.1  . 
Village  of  Belmont  .  . 
Santa  Cruz,  steeple  .  . 
Porto  Se"uro,  steeple  of  the 

Cathedral  .... 
Isolated  Mount  .... 
Mount  Pascal,  summit  . 
Mount  Joao  de  Siam  .  . 
River  Cramimuam  .  . 
Columbiana 


P.M. 

5    as 

5  28 
5  45 
3  hi 
(i  13 
ti  23 
f)  41 
(i  57 
(i  5H 
7  6 
7  8 
7  2(; 
7  35 
7  3(J 
7  47 
7  57 


S  1 


4 

9 

21 

23 

25 

3t; 

43 
5 

IC 
10 
40 


9  40 

y  n 

10  29 

10  47 

11  U 

11  28 

12  32 
12  42 
12  58 

1 


13 

13  0 

13  8 
13  5 

12  57 

13  3 
13  1 
13  22 
13  38 
13  51 

13  53 

14  18 
14  47 

14  49 
14  49 

14  59 

15  S2 
15  25 

15  51 
IG  19 

16  27 
16  52 

16  54 

17  0 

16  51 

17  6 


Lout;. 
I).  M. 
35  31 W 
55  2t) 
35  17 
35  15 
35  U 
35  4 
35  00 
34  57 
34  53 
34  50 
34  53 

;i4  18 

34  47 
M  48 
31  48 
34  51 
34  r.i 
34  51 

34  53 
34  5G 
34  57 
34  58 
3f>   11 


35 
35 


35  17 
35  22 
35  49 
35  41 


35  47 
35  35 
3G  23 

37  23 
37  17 

37  20 

38  1 
38  7 
38  22 
38  28 

38  32 

38  46 
38  44 
38  36 
38  41 
38  45 
38  54- 
38  37 
33  57 

38  57 

39  00 

38  59 

39  00 

:i8  59 

38  58 

39  8 
38  56 

38  54 

39  2 

39  3 
39  31 
39  25 
39  37 
39  9 
39  12 


Villa  Prndo,  Fort  .  .  . 
AhiollioH  Ixliwuli;  (he  larg- 

cKt  ii-hiiul 

Uio  lie  Son  Mathco  .  . 
llio  Docc,  mtrnni'i!  .  . 
Scrra  don  llriM  Magos,  tht 

S.  t>uniniit  .... 
Morro  Almcyda  .  .  . 
Mestri!  Alvaro,  Hiimmit  . 
Cape  '/.iiharro  .... 
"litou"  lit  the  north  of  the 

city  of  Vitloiiu  .  .  . 
NoHsa  Senhora  da   Penlia, 

church 

Mount  Morcna  .  .  . 
Paeotes  roekH     .... 

I'oint  Jii  11 

Martin  Vn«  Rock  .  .  , 
'i'riiiidad  Island  .... 
Guarnpari  .  •  .  :  . 
Morro  Ho,  (iHolatcd  nicun 

tiiin)        

Morro  de Pxncvrnto    .     . 
Serra  de  (iuarapari      .     . 
Mt.  de  CauipoH,  S.  fiuniniit 
Mtns.  of  Funido,  higiiest 
(JAl'KST.  TlldMAS   . 
\n\f  .St.  Ann,  the  larpest  . 
Pic  do  Frnd(^  de  Maealie 
Morro  Sun  Joao,  f  iinimit 
Cape  Ijir/.ioy,  S.  point 
Uies  Ani'ora,  rasternniOBt 
CAl  E  HtlO,  S.  point     . 
( 'ape  iS'fijro    •     .     .     .     • 

Itiies  MuricuH,  FouthernnioHt 

Redundo     

UK)  JANEIRO,  giigar  loaf 

Lti  Guhiu 

Isle  GcnrgiGrcgo    .     .     . 

O.    Pukugaiu,    top    of   Islt 
Grande    .         .... 

Uha  Grande,  Pt.  Aenya    . 

Point  loutinya     .... 

Pic  de  Parali,  siinimit 

Isle  Couvcs,  largest       .     . 

Isle  Victoria    •    .    .    .    . 

Isle  Bu«OB,  S.  E.     .    .    . 

Isles  do8  Porcon,  south  sand 
hill 

Isle  St.  Sfbnstlan  .  . 
"  Highest  mountain 
"    Point  PirasBonungo 

AlcatraBt:es      .... 

Mouton  de  Trigo     .    . 

Luge  dc  Sanies    .     .     • 

ls!e  of  Santos       .     .     . 

Point  Grossa  .... 
"     Taypu       .    .    . 

Isle  Queiniada  Grande 

Isle  Clucimadu  Pequcna 

Point  J  urea     .... 

Mount  Cerdoz     .    .    . 

Isle  Bom  Abrigo      .    . 

Rocher  Castello   .     .     . 

Rocher  Figo    .... 

Isle  de  Mci,  south  top  . 

Roc  Coral 

Roc  Itascolomi     .    .     . 

Point  Joao  Diaz  .    .    . 

Isles  TamboretcB      .     . 

Isles  Remedios     .    .     . 

Point  Itapacoroya    .     . 

Isle  Avoredo,  top     .     . 


I.nl.       1 

.lltiV 

P.M.    ! 

)M 

17  21  S 

Jl»  lltW 

17  S8    : 

)8  4S 

18  57     . 

yj  4,-. 

19  37 

3U  51 

10  60 

10  22 

19  57 

10  20 

20    9 

10  V2 

20  16 

10  17 

20  18 

40  S3 

20  20 

40  20 

20  19     ! 

10  10 

20  21 

40  17 

20  3G 

41)  22 

20  29 

28  54 

20  31 

JO  21 

20  44 

40  33 

20  48 

40  41 

20  65 

40  49 

20  50 

41     8 

21  23 

41  28 

21  50 

41  4:t 

22     3 

41  CO 

22  25 

41  4G 

22   12 

42    y 

22  32 

42    G 

•22  4*- 

41  .m; 

122  40 

41  51 

23     1 

42    3 

•2'2  57 

42  45 

•23     1 

43  00 

23    4 

43  17 

•J2  nG 

43  14 

•22  5t) 

43  !.'3 

i'a  15 

44  ID 

23  11 

44  21 

23  15 

44  29 

23  18 

44  3') 

23  19 

44  54 

S3  26 

44  58 

23  48 

45  14 

23  44 

45    6 

23  34 

45  10 

23  48 

45  22 

23  58 

45  20 

24  06 

45  47 

23  51 

45  .^)2 

24  18 

4G  18 

24  04 

4G  13 

23  59 

46  24 

24    1 

46  30 

24  28 

40  47 

24  21 

4C  54 

24  33 

47  19 

24  59 

48  12 

25    7 

47  58 

25  16 

48    3 

25  22 

48  10 

25  33 

48  26 

25  46 

48  30 

25  50 

48  33 

26    7 

48  40 

26  21 

48  39 

26  29 

48  42 

26  47 

48  44 

27  17 

48  29 

.fti;-ri*«'*«^^- 


1' 


so  10  2'2 

87  -to  '20 

9  '-10  '^y 

10  40  17 


18 

20 
19 
'21 

St; 

2'J 
31 
44 

48 

f.5 

50 

'23 

50 

3 

'25 

12 

:  3'i 

[  4(. 

I  40 
)     1 

I  bl 
{     1 


5    4 

I  no 

I  51» 
i  15 

H 
15 

}  18 
It) 
120 
48 

i  44 

3  34 

48 
i  58 
00 
51 
18 
04 
3  59 
1 
28 
'Jl 
33 
59 
7 
10 
22 
33 
40 
50 
7 

!0  21 
10  29 
!0  47 
>7  17 


•to  23 

40  20 
•10  19 
40  17 
•10  'i-i 

|-2M  54 

m  '21 

l40  33 

40  41 
'40  49 

41  H 
41  '28 
41  43 

41  00 
l4i  46 

42  y 

42  i; 
i4l  ;it'. 
|4l  51 
4'2  3 
ll'J  4r> 

13  00 
13  17 

43  14 
13  'J3 

44  11» 


14  21 
44  '29 
44  3') 
14  54 

44  58 
5  14 

45  6 


45  10 

45  22 
45  20 
45  47 

45  52 
40  18 
40  13 
40  24 

46  30 
40  47 
40  54 

47  19 

48  12 

47  58 
18    3 

48  10 
48  26 
48  30 
48  33 
48  40 
48  39 
48  42 
48  44 
48  29 


I.ATITIDES  AND  LOMGITUDES. 


V. 


i  ID.  M. 

IIiU  at.  Ciithnrine,  E.  itoinl.  |J7  "JO  H 

,lc  Point  11,11.11    .     .     .     ■    !^7  -JJ 
'  ,!(»  Sir.-]ili<  of  .\oi»*i  Scnlio 
I     t^  dii  MfMliTW       .     .     • 

I'nint  Virai|iic!rft  ..." 
ilxlf  iln*  Ar.ira«  .... 
' Point  Hitiiliii 

Mc  <lp  I.DtxM  ilu  la  Lii;{iina 

\li)rfii  (1,1  H.irrn        ... 

riu'  <'ilv  ill-  lii  I.iiijiHia    . 

(^ipe  St!  Miirtii  I'l-qiic'iii) , 
"     St.  .Miirta  (lr.iU(lo     . 

Bnrni  Villia 

As  I'ltrrtH 

Ili'iicli  of  Forniiiiil)"co,  cu»i 
jiiirt 


1 11  :»r. 

i2.S  l.T 
■IH  Irt 
•JS  10 

•:«i  -21 

■!)<  '21 » 
•2S  2M 

■n  nil 

2rt  311 
•28  .'jI 
•39  -M 


I).  M. 

IH'iltW 
H  32 


to 

3!) 
37 
39 
1.') 


•20  5-3 
31  1-2 
i32  07 


i''ii 

Uciicli  (1(1  DcHirfitto,  K.  iiiirt 
Ilio  (Jriindc  (li)  San  IV.Iro 
Hank  of  Sand  and  SIicIIh,  fvi 

,.;irt     ...:...     3311 
Loi    Cii»lillo8,    Iho    eiiutorn 

rock     ....;..    l-M  21 

I  Vipo  iU'  llopliii,  or  St.  .Muriu3l  39 

Irtic  di)  LohoH,  the  niiddlo  .     ;3.')  01 

'ity  of  Maldonado,  llie  tow(;r  3 1  W.\ 

U'f'  di'  ( icriti,  I'^ui^lwli  Toinli  ;j  \  'm 


IS  'A 

IS  .M 

IS  ,"»() 

t!)  n; 

.->()  0.) 


,M) 
10 


si  09 


31 


31  r)3 

31  47 


rv, 
.u  y.i 
:\{  50 
34  55 
31  -JS 


\Vliiil(<  I'.iint 

Bl.ick  I'oirit     . 

I'oint  d'  A'il.ir     .... 
"     (lis  Pifdras  Nc;;ra9  de 
S;iint  llina 31  10 

Ul(!  (1(!  i'MoHN,  the  Tower       31  .MJ 

\lont('  Video,  tlie  (J;illii'dral   31  :')! 

hie  R.ilcH  of  Montfi  Video     |31  '^t 

('erro  di;  Monlo  Video 

IViiii;  do  r  {•".spinillo      .    . 

Lii  Fanella       .     .     .     .    • 

Point  (ill  Sanro    .... 

rtie  Colony  of  San  Sacra- 
mento       

"lapc  St.  Antoinc     .     .     . 

Le  Sal.ido,  tiie  entrance     . 

i  nil  of  Juan  Jnroniino  .     . 

IVmt  di!    I'iedrai  de  Saint 
Boroin'ion 

;iill  Salvador  (Jrande    ,     . 

"oinl  de  1'  India  .... 

e'irst  Oinbu  tree  of  the  Mag- 
ddcna 

l.a  Majfiilena.  the  Cinirch 


.'.2  II 
r.l  10 
.-.I  51 
.V)  0!) 
.V.  Oi) 
5'>  4 
55  17 
55  31 

.55  41 

,V.  57 
.51;  13 
.51;  15 
.5;5  17 
.50  '20 
,50  '20 
157  -27 


31  30 

30  55 
37  59 
4-. 


17 
1.1 
.50 
51 


45 

11 

9 

3;i 


31  2S 
30  20 
35  41 
35  'J9 

35  2S 
35  19 
35  15 


51 

•17 


".it 
5f> 

".7  -i'y 
57  21 


35  03 
J5  0-2 


57  09 
)7  10 
')7  12 

')7  10 
57  31 


l.nl. 
D.  M. 

Point  de  la  Alalaya      .     .     34  .55  8 
"     di>  Suniiu({o     .     .     .     31  50 

Point  dv  l<ira       .     .    .     .     31  47 

UueiK"*  AyreM,  Florida  utrect 
No.  H7 

(;a|Mi  l.oliim     .    .     .     .     • 

I  'ii|ie  <  'orienleit    .... 

Point  de  .Neuva   ....     42  .Vi 

St.  llelemi 41  31 

t'ai'"  MI'i'"^" '"^  '•'' 

Point  I'oire 

Pori  St.  .Iidicn,  f'a|K:CiirioHo 
SI.  ('rn/.  Iliirl'or       .     .     . 
i  'ape  I'.iirwe  illier     .     .     . 
I'aiie  Vir^in^,  norlhorn  point 
of  entrance  to  iMaaellanV 

Straiti* 

JJipc  Kspirito  Santo, Bumaut 

5  milcM  itditnd     .... 

rcrrii  del  Kncgo,  C.  Pcima 
— Cnpe  St.  |)ie;;o  .... 
Stateii  l.nnd 
— ('.  St.  .lidin,  eauternniost 

land  nearCiipe  ll(»rn  . 
— (.'.  St.  Il.irtliohnuw  .  . 
— (J.  del   .Medio,  entrance  to 

[jo  Mairc'H  Sir.iiti*  .  . 
New  Island,  K.  pirt  .  . 
iKvoiil's  iHJand,  middle  .  . 
inernalieias  Islandu,  !•"..  point 
'CAPh:  IIOIJ.V,  «uniniit  . 
I.  Oici,'')  Raiiiires,  S.  part 

|— N.  part 

iTerra  del  Fucijo 
— Yorkriiinster     .     .     ;     . 
I — O.  (tloucestrr    .... 
i— Capt!   Pillars,  S.  W.  enl. 
I     to  AlajelJan'a  straits       : 

|-2van!»elirtt  I.,   W.   entrance 
I     to  \la'.jellan's  straitu 
|Capo  Victory 

l^ape  Three  Points  .     ,     . 
j  Mount  Corso 

1.  Carnpana,  N.  W.  point 

Capo  Trns  Moiitos  .     .     , 

Capo  Taitaolinohuhon 

1.  Huafo,  wcrft  part       .     . 

P.  (Inilaa 

P.  St.  Carloa 

P.  Cl'ieqnl        .     .     .     . 


I.onK. 
D.  M. 
,57  44  W 

57  55 
,>rt  0-2 


58  24 
,50  17 


■  ri  19 

,52  12 
1.53  45 
{51  41 


51  4ft 
VI  57 

51  49 
.55  17 
55  33 
.55  4!» 

55  5!> 
.50  27 

50  '22 

55  24 

51  30 

52  43 

I 

1.52  24 
|52  10 
50  02 
49  45 
48  00 

40  59 
45  51 
44  00 
43  41 

41  49 
41    5 


')7 
01 
15 

;i5 
i'.5 


39 

9 

17 

47 


07  35 
M  19 

08  55 


08  17 

OS  41 
()7  29 
05  0-2 


03  42 

04  39 

01  48 
00  '25 
00  40 
00  40 

07  11 
OH  30 

08  37 

70  2 

73  S 

71  38 

75    3 

74  51 

75  20 
75  29 
75  19 
75  27 
75  28 
74  42 
74  SI 

73  53 

74  9 


The  Latitudes  and  Longitudes  in  the  preceding  Table  have  been  selected  from  the  most  recent 
and  best  authorities. 

Those  of  the  Coast  of  Newfoundland  and  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  have  been  altered  to  correBpond 
with  the  recent  observations,  as  far  as  rec(;ived,  of  the  olHcers  under  the  direction  of  Sir  Charlea 
Ogle,  and  those  made  by  (Japt.  Bayfield,  R.  N  ,  who  is  now  surveying  tho  .St.  Lawrence. 

The  positions  of  the  principal  points  of  the  Coast  of  the  United  States  are  altered  to  o^ee  with 
the  observations  made  of  the  Eclijise  of  the  Sun  of  February  12th,  1831. 

The  West  Indies  are  adapted  to  the  most  recent  observations  ;  among  others,  to  those  of  Com. 
R.  Owen,  R.  N. 

The  Coast  of  South  America,  from  St.  Luis,  Maranham,  to  St.  Catharines,  from  the  observations 
of  Baron  Roussin  ;  from  St.  Catharine's  to  the  River  Plate,  by  M.  Barral ;  and  from  Port  St.  Elena 
to  Cape  Horn,  by  P.  P.  King,,R.  N.,  and  his  associates. 

It  may  be  remarked  that  the  recent  English  and  French  surveys  of  the  Coast  of  South  America, 
differ  from  5  to  10  miles  in  longitude*  by  their  chronometers,  in  every  place  where  both  have  ob. 
served,  we  therefore  have  taken  the  French  observations  from  St.  Luis  to  the  River  Plate,  as  tbore 
is  a  regularly  connected  chaia  of  observations,  and  the  English  from  thence  to  Cape  Horn,  for  the 
same  reason. 


*Tb«  EoglU h  maks  all  their  polnu  of  obMrvatlon  to  much  to  the  eaalward  of  the  French. 


..<.. 


T 


/ 


Copy  of  a  1 

Gentlem 
I  have  k 
has  decrea 
bar  have  tl 
N.  W.  by 
bank  and  t 
side  of  the 
increasing 
the  bar  to  i 
changing  a 
ward  of  thi 
the  northw 
shoal  grou 
the  N.  W. 
'  distance  of 
and  W.  N 
This  ridge 
a  considerj 
13  fathoms 
the  water  i 
the  island, 
the  island. 
The  eas( 
is  much  gr 
but  grows 
east  end,  ii 
breaks,  ext 
a  distance 
water  in  it. 
is  sometin 
which  the 
tide  across 
direction,  1 
are  flat  ant 
ground  is  v 
or  80  fathe 
setting  to  t 
there  is  a  s 
in  a  S.  S. 
laid  down 
along  the  f 
principally 
error  in  th 
past  the  isl 
from  Euro 
upon  it.  J 
ror  in  thei 
foundland, 
of  from  six 
westerly  ai 
istence  of; 
will  be  stro 


.•iSf***^**'" 


APPENDIX. 


SABLE  ISLAND. 

Copy  of  a  Letter  from  Capt.  Joseph  Darby,  Supcrintendant  of  Salle  tslaml,  to  the  Editors. 

Gbntlemen — ■  Sable  Island,  October,  1836. 

I  have  known  the  island  for  the  last  twenty-eight  years,  in  which  time  the  west  end 
has  decreased  in  length  about  seven  miles,  although  the  outer  breakers  of  the  N.  W. 
bar  have  the  same  bearing  from  the  west  end  of  the  island  that  they  then  had,  about 
N.  W.  by  compass,  distant  about  8  miles,  which  clearly  shows  that  the  whole  of  the 
bank  and  the  bar  travels  to  the  eastward.  The  ground  is  high  and  the  water  shoal  out- 
side of  the  breakers.  Seven  or  eight  miles  more,  in  a  N.  W.  direction,  the  variation  is| 
increasing  to  the  westward,  and  is  now  nearly  Ij  point  west.  The  flood  tide  sets  across 
the  bar  to  the  northward  and  eastward  very  strong,  and  the  ebb  tide  to  the  opposite  point, 
changing  alternately  at  half  flood  and  half  ebb.  The  ground  to  the  southward  and  west- 
ward of  the  bar  is  very  regular,  deepening  very  slowly  to  a  considerable  distance,  but  to 
the  northward  and  eastward  the  ground  is  very  stee)),  and  from  the  breakers,  or  from  very 
shoal  ground  outside  of  the  breakers,  you  fall  into  deep  water  all  at  once.  The  bank  to 
the  N.  W.  is  very  uneven,  and  curves  round  to  the  northward  in  a  steep  ridge,  and  at  the 
distance  of  about  35  miles  from  the  island,  in  a  N.  W.  direction,  are  10  lathoms  water, 
and  W.  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  from  that  the  ground  falls  very  suddenly  into  deep  wate(|^ 
This  ridge  joins  the  middle  ground,  and  extends  in  an  easterly  and  a  N.  E.  direction  to 
a  considerable  distance,  with  shoal  water;  the  bottom  in  small  ridges,  with  11,  12,  11, 
13  fathoms  of  water,  and  so  on,  over  it ;  and  between  this  bank  and  the  bar,  or  the  island, 
the  water  is  very  deep,  80  or  90  fathoms.  The  bank  extends  to  the  eastward  abreast  of  m 
the  island,  the  southernmost  edge  of  the  bank,  from  20  to  25  miles  to  the  northward  of 
the  island. 

The  east  end  has  alterpd  very  little  since  my  knowledge  of  it,  except  in  height,  which 
is  much  greater  than  it  was,  and  the  whole  island  seems  to  increase  in  height  every  year, 
but  grows  narrower.  There  is  a  low  bar  of  dry  sand  running  from  the  highland  of  tHe 
east  end,  in  a  N.  E.  direction,  about  three  miles,  from  whence  shoal  water,  that  alwavs  ■ 
breaks,  extends  about  two  miles  farther  in  an  E.  N.  E.  direction,  outside  of  which,  for 
a  distance  of  about  six  miles,  is  a  passage  across  the  bar,  Avith  from  2^  to  3  fathoms  ot 
water  in  it.  Outside  of  that,  again,  is  a  piece  of  high  ground  that  always  breaks,  and 
is  sometimes  dry,  and  extends  in  an  E.  N.  E.  direction  between  2  and  3  miles,  from 
which  the  shoal  ground  continues  in  the  same  direction  some  miles  farther.  The  flood 
tide  across  this  bar  sets  very  strong  to  the  northward,  and  the  ebb  tide  in  the  opposite 
direction,  but  not  so  strong.  The  soundings  to  the  southward  and  eastward  of  the  bsir 
are  flat  and  regular  for  a  considerable  distance,  but  to  the  northward  and  westward  the 
ground  is  very  steep— close  to  the  breakers  10  fathoms,  and  goes  down  suddenly  into  70 
or  80  fathoms  to  100  or  upwards.  I  believe,  in  general,  there  is  a  very  strong  current 
setting  to  the  "W.  S.W.,  between  the  Sable  Bank  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  Stream  ;  and 
there  is  a  strong  current  sets  down  the  western  side  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  Stream, 
in  a  S.  S.  W.  direction  ;  and  I  have  some  reasons  for  thinking  that  the  Banquereau  is 
laid  down  a  little  too  far  to  tne  eastward  in  all  charts  that  I  have  seen.  The  curreiit 
along  the  south  side  of  the  island  is  very  shoal  water,  runs  both  east  and  we8;t,  and  ia 
principally  influenced  by  the  winds.  The  most  of  the  wrecks  that  happen  here  are  in 
error  in  their  longitude  ;  for  instance,  vessels  bound  to  the  eastward  think  themselve* 
past  the  island  when  they  get  on  shore  upon  it,  and  vessels  bound  to  the  westward  (say 
from  Europe)  do  not  think  themselves  so  far  to  the  westward  whe.i  they  get  on  shore 
upon  it.  I  have  known  several  cases  of  vessels  from  Europe  that  have  not  made  an  er- 
ror in  their  longitude  exceeding  half  a  degree,  until  they  came  to  the  Banks  of  New- 
foundland, and  from  that  here,  in  moderate  weather  and  light  winds,  have  made  errors 
of  from  sixty  to  a  hundred  miles,  which,  I  think,  goes  so  far  to  prove  the  existence  of  a 
westerly  and  southerly  current  between  the  Grand  Banks  and  here,  and  also  of  the  ex- 
istence of  a  westerly  current  between  the  Sable  Bank  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  Stream,  which 
will  be  stronger  or  weaker  according  to  the  distance  between  the  stream  and  the  banks. 


7t8 


APPENDIX. 


''&.: 


When  a  casualty  has  occurred,  and  you  find  that  you  are  on  the  body  of  the  Islam!,  f 
would  recommend  that  nothing  of  masts  or  rigging  be  cutaway  without  the  vessel  shon  I 
be  very  tender,  and  then  you  may  do  it  to  ease  her  a  little;  but  a  vessel  of  ordinary 
strength  will  bear  her  spars  until  she  heaves  up  on  the  beach,  or  settles  in  the  sand  anil 
lays  quiet,  as  lives  and  property  have  often  been  saved  by  a  vessel  having  her  spars  staml- 
ing,  as  from  the  heads  of  which  you  may  often  send  a  line  on  shore  when  it  is  not  possible 
to  work  a  boat;  and  by  sending  a  good  hawser  after  it  and  securing  it  well  on  shore, a 
chair  or  other  more  efficient  article  may  be  rigged  for  conveying  passengers,  or  others, 
or  valuable  property,  over  the  breakers  in  safety  ;  as  from  the  nature  of  the  soft  sandy 
bottom  a  vessel  will  not  go  to  pieces  as  soon  as  if  she  was  on  rocks,  and  by  the  riggitifr 
being  left  standing  it  may  afterwards  be  saveil,  whereas  if  the  masts  are  cut  away  the 
whole  of  the  rigging  goes  with  them,  and  all  get  tangled  and  buried  in  the  sand,  and 
are  generally  totally  lost.  But  if  you  are  on  either  of  the  bars,  the  first  consideration 
should  be  to  secure  the  boats  and  lighten  the  ship,  and  leave  her  as  soon  as  ever  you  have 
■  to  abandan  the  hope  of  getting  her  off;  endeavor  to  get  to  the  leeward  of  the  breakers, 
and  land  on  the  island  according  to  circumstances,  endeavoring  to  land  on  the  north  side 
if  possible,  as  vessels  that  get  on  the  bars  very  soon  disappear  altogether,  either  by  going 
to  pieces  in  the  irregular  sea  and  strong  currents,  or  by  rolling  over  the  steep  bank  to  the 
northward  and  sinking  in  deep  water.  When  property  can  be  saved  on  the  island,  it  is 
proper  for  the  master  and  his  crew  to  do  the  utmost  in  their  power  to  save  it ;  they  can 
get  the  assistance  of  the  people  of  the  island  with  a  boat  and  teams  of  horses,  not  (or 
hire,  for  they  are  employed  by  government,  and  the  island  draws  a  salvage  of  whatever 
may  be  saved  on  it,  which  is  apportioned  by  the  magistrates  at  Halifax  :  the  more  there 
is  saved  by  the  master  and  crew  the  less  salvage  will  be  taken ;  but  it  is  very  often  the 
case  that  the  crews  will  not  assist  to  save  property,  and  whatever  is  saved  is  done  exclu- 
sively by  the  establishment,  in  which  case  the  salvage  is  pretty  high.  There  are  buikl- 
'ings  on  the  island  for  the  shelter  of  persons  cast  away  on  it,  with  provisions  for  those 
who  save  none ;  also  some  buildings  for  the  reception  of  perishable  goods.  These  build- 
ings, and  whatever  is  put  into  them,  are  under  the  charge  of  the  superintendant.  All 
Hproperty  saved  must  be  sent  to  Halifax  by  the  first  opportunity :  the  master  can  keep 
inventories  and  continue  with  the  goods  if  he  likes,  but  has  no  control  over  their  desti- 
nation; but  I  believe,  by  petitioning  the  governor  at  Halifax,  he  mi^ht  get  permission  to 
take  them  where  he  pleases,  on  paying  the  duty  and  salvage.  When  any  property  is 
i*t saved  on  the  island  it  is  sent  to  Halifax,  where  it  is  advertised  and  sold  by  order  of  the 
Commissioners,  and  the  proceeds  paid  into  their  hands,  out  of  which  they  pay  the  king's 
dues,  the  salvage  apportioned  by  the  magistrates,  the  expenses  of  freight,  and  other 
small  charges,  and  the  residue  is  paid  over  to  the  master,  or  other  authorised  agent,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  underwriters  and  all  concerned.  The  superintendant  is  under  the 
control  of  the  governor  and  tlie  commissioners,  and  can  take  no  new  step  without  orders 
from  them.  The  above  and  before  mentioned  custom  is  an  old  and  long  established 
rule,  and  supported  by  many  acts  of  the  Provincial  Legislature,  and  more  particularly 
by  an  act  passed  the  4th  day  of  April,  1836,  and  in  the  sixth  year  of  his  Majesty's  reign, 
which  does  more  fully  explain  and  set  forth  the  rules  for  the  guidance  of  the  establish- 
ment. 

The  north  side  is  very  safe,  as  a  vessel  may  approach  any  part  of  it  within  a  mile,  and 
vessels  in  distress  might,  by  standing  in  on  the  north  side  and  near  the  west  end  where 
the  principal  establishment  is,  get  a  supply  of  fresh  water  or  fuel,  or  a  partial  supply  of 
provisions  and  fresh  meat,  except  in  cases  of  a  strong  breeze  and  in  heavy  sea  on  shore. 
There  is  no  difficulty  in  working  boats  on  this  side  of  the  island.  The  south  side  is  also 
very  safe  to  approach  in  clear  weather,  but  from  the  heavy  sea  that  constantly  breaks  on 
it,  the  communication  with  a  vessel  by  boats,  is  extremely  difficult,  except  after  a  spell 
of  northwardly  winds  for  three  or  four  days,  when  the  sea  becomes  smooth,  and  boats 
may  work. 

Should  you  deem  further  information  necessary  respecting  the  laws  governing  the 
island,  I  beg  leave  to  refer  you  to  the  commissioner  for  the  affairs  of  Sable  Island,  at 
Halifax,  for  an  abstract  of  the  Province  Laws,  passed  at  the  last  session  of  the  House 
of  Assembly.  I  regret  much  that  this  information  has  been  withheld  from  you  so  long, 
the  unavoidable  consequence  of  a  very  rare  and  uncertain  communication. 


\^^^,,^m:.;^.^^^  ^^.^^^ 


APPENDIX. 


719 


LIGHTHOUSES,  BEACONS,  &c. 

Appropriations  were  made  at  the  second  session  of  the  twenty-fourth  Congress,  (.Ta- ' 
nuiiry,  1837,)  for  building  Lighthouses,  Beacons,  6cc.,  as  follows,  suoject,  however,  to 
tlie  decision  of  the  IJoard  of  Navy  Commissioners,  "  whether  the  safety  of  navigation 
requires  any  additional  facilities,  and  if  so,  what  is  most  suitable  for  each  place  needing 
such  additional  facilities." 

STATE  OF  MAINE. 

Lighthouse  on  Mark  Island,  Harpswell  Sound. 

Lighthouse  on  Mount  Desert  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Frenchman's  Bay. 

Fog-bell  on  Seguin  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Kennebec  River. 

Buoys  in  West  C^uoddy  Bay,  and  for  substituting  for  the  j)resent  fog-bell,  at  the  en- 
trance of  said  passage,  a  cast  steel  triangular  bell,  or  a  bell  of  the  usual  form,  but  in- 
creased weight. 

Lighthouse  on  a  proper  site  at  Spoon  Isle,  Penobsoot  Bay. 

Lighthouse  on  Saddleback  Ledge,  in  Penobscot  Bay. 

Lighthouse  on  Eagle  Island  Point,  in  Penobscot  Bay. 

Lighthouse  at  the  mouth  of  Pleasant  River. 

Monuments  ou  Fort  Point  Ledge,  Adam's  Ledge,  and  Buck's  Ledge,  in  Penobscot 
River. 

Beacon-light  on  Ilalf-tide  Ledge,  and  two  buoys  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the 
town  of  Sullivan,  in  the  county  of  Hancock. 

Lighthouse  on  York  Nubble,  in  the  county  of  York. 

STATK  OF   NKW   HAMPSHIRE. 

Buoys  at  or  near  a  rock  at  the  mouth  of  Spruce  ( 'reek,  in  Piscataqua  River. 

STATE  OF   MASSACHUSKTTS. 

Two  small  lighthouses,  should  two  be  necessary,  on  proper  sites,  at  or  near  Ipswich 
Harbor. 

Lighthouse  at  or  near  Ned's  Point,  contiguous  to  the  village  of  Mattapoisett. 

Tiiree  small  lighthousf;s  on  Nanset  Beach,  Cape  Cod. 

Buoys  ujion  the  rocks  and  ledges  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbors  of  Lynn,  Salem, 
Beverly,  Miulilehead,  and  Manchester. 

Buoys  on  Aldridge  Ledge,  False  Spit,  Hunt's  Ledge,  Hospital  Island  Ledge,  Scul- 
piou  Ledge,  Governor's  Island  Point,  and  Little  Farm  Bar,  in  Boston  Harbor. 

Beacon  at  the  mouth  of  New  Bedford  Harbor. 

Spindle  in  the  haroor  of  Edgarton,  and  buoys. 

Lighthouse  at  Wing's  Neck. 

Buoys  in  the  harbor  of  Mattapoisett. 

Buoys  on  Bay  Rock,  the  ledge  on  the  shoal  on  the  west  side  of  Taunton  River,  op- 
posite Fall  River. 

Buoys  at  a  place  called  Egypt,  in  Taunton  River. 

Beacon  on  Muscle  Bed,  and  a  beacon  on  Oyster  Bed,  in  Mount  Hope  Bay. 

Lighthouse  on  Mayo  Beach,  in  Wellfleet  Bay. 

STATE  OF  CONNECTICUT. 

Buoys  on  Black  Boy  Reef,  Barney's  Reef,  Stony  Point  Reef,  and  Wheeler's  Rock, 
in  the  harbor  of  Killingworth. 

Beacon  at  Round  Island,  on  Saybrook  Bar. 
Buoys  on  the  rocks  in  the  harbor  of  Greenwich. 

STATE  OF  RHODE  ISLAND. 

Lighthouse  on  Papoose  Squaw  Point,  near  the  port  of  Bristol. 
Buoy  and  beacon  on  South  White  Rock,  and  a  buoy  on  Charles  Rock,  near  the  har- 
bor of  Wickford. 

Rebuilding  and  changing  the  location  of  the  light  o;    'ilock  Island. 

STATE  OF  NEW  YORK. 

A  revolving  or  double  light  upon  the  south  side  of  Execution  Rocks,  opposite  Sand's 
Point,  in  Long  Island  Sound. 

Buoying  out  Gedney's  Channel,  New  York  Harbor. 

Two  light-boats,  one  at  Flynn's  Knoll,  and  another  south  of  Sandy  Hook,  New  York 
Harbor. 

Buoy  in  the  newly  discovered  channel  over  Sandy  Hook  Bar,  and  a  beacon  light  on 
Romer's  Shoal,  New  York  Harbor. 

Lighthouse  on  Cedar  Island,  Sag  Harbor. 

Buoys  in  Sag  Harbor.  , 

Floating  light  on  or  near  the  Middle  Ground,  so  called,  in  Long  Island  Sound. 

Lighthouse  on  Robin's  Reef,  in  the  harbor  of  New  York. 


720 


APPENDIX. 


STATE  OF  NEW  JERSEf. 

Lighthouse  at  the  month  of  Coliansey  Creek. 

Lighthouse  at  or  near  J]j;g  Island,  near  the  entrance  of  Maurice  River. 

Lighthouse  near  Absecuin  Inlet,  on  the  sea  coast  of  New  Jersey. 

STATE  OF  DELAWARE. 

Lighthouse  on  the  lower  or  soiithern  end  of  Keedy  Island,  Delaware  Bay. 
Lighthouse  on  the  Brandywine  Shoal,  Delaware  Bay.  ' 

Buoys  in  the  harbor  pf  the  Delaware  Breakwater. 

STATE  OK  MARYLAND. 

Lighthouse  on  Sharp's  Island,  Cliesapeake  Bay. 

Buoys  on  the  rivers  Nanticoke,  Manokin,  Annamessex,  Pocamoke,  and  Wicomico, 
Hooper's  and  Cajey's  Straits,  and  Tangier  and  Pocamoke  Sounds. 
^  Lighthouse  at  Love  Point. 

STATE  OF  VIRGINIA. 

Lighthouse  on  the  scrutli  end  of  Hog  Island,  on  the  Atlantic  coast. 

Light-boat  on  York  River  Spit,  or  a  lighthouse. 

Removing  the  lighthouse  at  Old  Point  Comfort,  Fortress  Monroe. 

Lighthouse  in  the  Chesapeake. 

Lighthouse  at  Day's  Point,  on  James  River. 

Light-boat  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay. 

STATE  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Lighthouse  ofl' Powell's  Point,  Albemarle  Sound. 
Lighthouse  on  Pea  Island,  near  New  Inlet. 

STATE  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

Lighthouses  or  light-boats  in  the  inlets  of  Saint  Helena  and  Port  Royal. 
Five  beacon-lights  in  Charleston  Harbor. 

STATE  OF  LOUISIANA. 

Beacon-light  at  or  near  the  south-west  part  of  Vermilion  Bay. 

Lighthouse  at  the  pass  between  Lake  Pontchartrain  and  Lake  Maurcpas. 

Lighthouse  on  St.  Joseph's  Island,  in  Lake  Borgne. 

Two  buoys  at  Dolphin  Island  Pass,  two  buoys  at  Pass  Marianne,  two  buoys  at  Pass 
Christian,  and  two  buoys  at  Heron  Pass. 

Beacons  and  lighthouses  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  recently  constructed  on  Lake 
Pontchartrain. 

Lighthouse  on  Lake  Pontchartrain,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bayou  St.  John. 

TKRRITORY  OF  FLORIDA. 

Lighthouse  on  the  most  suitable  site  at  or  near  the  east  entrance  from  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  into  Apalachicola  Bay. 

Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  St.  .Toseph's  Bay. 

Three  buoys  at  the  mouth  of  St.  John's  River. 

Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  from  the  eastern  pass  into  Apalachicola  Bay  to  the  town 
of  Apalachicola. 

Light-boat  to  be  stationed  at  the  north  west  passage,  twelve  miles  from  Key  West. 

Buoys  at  the  north-west  pasi^a'ge  and  harbor  of  Key  West. 

Rebuilding  and  changing  the  location  of  the  lighthouse  at  Mosquito  Inlet. 

Buoys  on  a  rock  in  the  outer  harbor  of  Key  West. 


ERRATA. 

CAPE  RACE.— Longitude  of  Cape  Race,  (see  p.  13,)  for  52°  59',  read  53°  06'. 

SOMBRERO,  p.  44.— Longitude  of  Sombrero,  for  68°  30',  read  63°  30'. 

CAPE  RAY.— Longitude  of  Cape  Ray,  (see  p.  66,)  for  59°  17',  read  59°  20'. 

ISLAND  OF  ST.  PAUL,  (p.  87.)— In  the  description  of  this  island  it  is  mention- 
ed that  there  is  a  lighthouse  on  it,  containing  a  fixed  light :  this  is  erroneous,  there  be- 
ing no  lighthouse  on  the  island. 

BARRA  DE  SANTIAGO— The  depth  of  water  on  the  Barra  dc  Santiago  is  7  feet. 


"''-**i&>ij*: 


ADDITIONAL     APPENDIX. 

JANUARY    1,    18  3  8. 


1  the  Gulf  of 


Page  li'4. 

WEST  (^ODDY  HEAD  LIGHT  "may  be  seen  at  sea,  in   clear  weather,   six  . 
leagues. 

It  is  situated  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  Quoddy  Head,  ami  contains  a  fixed  light,  elevated 
ninety  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  bears  from  the  Sodihern  H'!'«(i  of  ('rand  Ma- 
nan  N.  \  E.,  distant  about  16  miles,  and  from  the  northern  head  of  said  island,  W.  N. 
W.  distant  about  nine  miles. 

Sail  Rock  bears  from  the  light  S.  S.  E.  about  %  of  a  mile  :  it  4o  iiot  covered  at  high 
water,  ana  at  some  distance  has  the  appearance  of  a  sail,  from  which  it  derives  its  name. 
There  is  a  passage  between  it  and  the  mam  shore,  at  low  watei',  but  which  had  better 
not  be  attempted,  unless  forced  by  the  currents,  and  light  winds.  Near  the  above  ii- 
tioned  lighthouse  is  an  alarm  bell,  weighing  28  cwt.  2  qrs.  (twenty-eight  huiiu.ed 
weight,  and  two  quarters,)  which  is,  at  present,  rung  by  hand,  and  may  be  heard  at  sea,; 
from  3  to  6  miles,  in  thick  weather. 

Liberty  Point  bears  from  the  light,  E.  N.  E.  about  one  and  a  half  mile,  this  being 
the  southernmost  point  of  Carapo-Bello  Island,  and  forming  the  eastern  side  of  West 
Quoddy  Bay. 

West  from  said  Point,  about  %  of  a  mile  distant,  lies  a  rock  called  Black  Rock,  which 
is  not  covered  at  high  water,  antl  is  bold  all  around. 

The  middle  ground  is  a  shoal,  near  the  middle  of  West  Quoddy  Bay,  about  ^^  of  a 
mile  in  circumference,  with  a  good  channel  on  either  side  of  it.  The  shoalest  part  is 
often  dry.  On  the  western  part  of  the  shoal  is  a  Spar  Buoy,  iioored  in  five  feet  at  low 
water,  and  which  bears  from  West  Quoddy  Head,  N.  N.  W     ■  lant  about  one  mile. 

Prom  the  above  mentioned  Buoy,  N.  W.  by  N.  |  N.  about  1;^  mile  distrat,  is  a  Nun 
Buoy,  painted  red,  and  moored  in  two  fathoms  at  low  water.  To  the  southward  of  this 
Buoy  is  a  rocky  Bar,  extending  from  Campo-Bello  Island  to  the  main  shore  of  West 
Quoddy  Bay,  and  which  is  nearly  dry  at  low  water.  N.  N.  E.  distant  \  a  mile  from  the 
above  Red  Nun  Buoy,  is  a  similar  Buoy,  painted  black,  moored  in  four  feet  at  low  wa- 
ter, on  the  eastern  part  of  the  Muscle  Bank,  so  called,  which  is  bai-^  at  half  tide. 

From  the  Black  Buoy  to  Delesdernier's  Pent,  it  is  N.  |  W.  distant  about  |  of  a  milt, 
This  point  is  very  bold,  and  may  be  known  by  a  number  of  fish  houses  upon  it,  which 
may  be  seen  on  the  larboard  hand,  in  running  through  the  Narrows. 

The  entrance  of  West  Quoddy  Bay  is  wide,  and  the  shores  are  bold,  and  may  be 
neared,  until  up  with  the  Spar  Buoy.  If  in  want  of  a  pilot,  by  displaying  a  signal,  one 
can  be  obtained  at  the  lighthouse. 

Sailir).cr  Direclions  for  West  Quoddy  Bay  and  through  the  Narrows. 

Vessels  bound  to  West  Quoddy  Bayif  and  being  to  the  v  estward  of  the  lighthouse, 
should  give  tlie  shore  a  berth  of  ^  of  a  mile,  and  steer  N.  E.  by  E.,  which  will  carry  you 
clear  of  Sail  Rock ;  and  when  the  light,  or  sound  of  the  bell  bears  W.  N.  W.  you  may 
steer  N.  W.  1;V  mile,  which  course  and  distance  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Spar  Buoy 
on  the  Middle  Ground,  and  if  low  water,  here  you  may  anchor  and  wait  for  the  tide  to 
go  over  the  Bar,  which  you  cannot  cross  until  2^  hours  flood  ;  but  if  high  water,  and 
you  wish  to  continue  through  the  Narrows — 

Bring  the  Red  Buoy  to  bear  N.  by  W.  i  W.,  and  steer  direct  for  it.  You  may  go  on 
either  side,  by  keeping  it  close  on  board, 'and  after  passing  it  one  cable's  length,  steer 
N.  E.  by  N.  for  the  Black  Buoy,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  after  pass- 
ing it  half  a  cable's  length,  steer  N.  by  W.  for  Delesdernier's  Point,  which  yoB  must 
keep  close  on  board. 

After  passing  this  point  you  must  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  Narrows,  due  regard 
being  had  to  the  tide,  as  it  runs  upon  the  flood  and  ebb  from  .3  to  5  knots. 

Page  143. 
PENOBSCOT  RIVER.— From  Seguine  to  Manheigan,  the  course  is  east;  but 
you  must  not  bring  Seguine  to  bear  west,  until  you  have' passed  Bantam  Ledge,  as  it 
bears  east,  about  4  miles  from  S.^guine.  Manheican  is  good  land  to  run  for.  being  bold. 
There  are  several  high  rocks  on  the  N.  W.  side,  but  vliey  are  also  bold.  From  thence 
to  Whitehead,  the  course  is  N.  E.;  leaving  Georgi  <!  and  Mosquito  Island  on  the  lar- 
board, and  Matinic  on  your  starboard  hand.  The  latter  is  tbul.  There  are  two  rocks 
offGror^e's  Mrid^,  ci!!c>]  the  Old  Man  ,^nd  0!u  Wcin -.n.  wuh  a  passage  betv/aen 
them.     Th-::  firu  i<ii  more  than  a  mile  off.     When'yoa  ci  \  see  Mosquito  Island  to 

91 


722 


ADDITIONAL  APPENDIX. 


the  eastward  of  Geornfe's,  you  nre  clenr  of  them.     There  U  a  ledge  between  George's 
Island  and  Mosquito  Island,  called  Scilly  ;  and  also  iinother  about  one-third  of  the  way 
from  Matinic  to  Manheigan,  called  the  Knavini;  Bull,  which  latter  bears  about  N.  E. 
J  E.  from  Manheigan;  but  jou  have  a  dear  l)ay  until  jou  come  near   Whitehead. 
There  is  a  ledge  south  by  east  A  a  mile  from  the  Head,  and  several  near  the  land  to  the 
westward      The  Head  is  very  bold.     When  a  irttlc  inside  the  Head,  haul  up  nearly  lor 
the  N.  K.  point  of  a  large  White  Island,  with  trees  on  it,  on  the  larboard  hand,  to  avoid 
a  ledge  called  the  Gangway  Ledge.     It  lies  directly  off  the  mouth  of  Seal  Harbour,  and 
about  N.  E.  from  the  li^^ht.     The  course  from  Whitehead  to  the  point  of  Ash  Island  is 
N.  E.     The  point  of  Ash  Island  is  bold  at  low  water,  but  at  h\0\  water  some  of  ihe 
rocks  are  covered.    There  is  a  sunken  ledge  off  this  point,  the  kelps  on  which  are  seen 
at  low.  water,  called  also  Gangway  Ledge,   which  you  leave  on  the  starboard  hand. 
Thence  to  Owl's  Head,  about  N.  N.  E.     The  course  from  Owl's  Head  to  Castine,  is 
N.  E.  by  N. ;  passing  close  to  Mark  Island,  which  is  the  first  you  come  to,  and  leaving 
several  small  islands  and  ledges  on  the  starboard  hand,  Mark  Island  on  the  larboard. 
The  pa.ssage  is  here  rather  narrow,  but  with  a  fair  wind  there  is  no  danger.     The  Bay, 
however,  is  not  so  clear  to  the  eastward  as  to  the  westward  of  Long  Island.     From 
Owl's  Head  to  Caiuden  the  course  is  N.  by  E.  10  miles,  leaving  a  high  rock  called  the 
Graves  on  your  starboard,  and  Negro  Island,  on  which  there  is  a  lighthouse,  on  your 
larboard  hand.     There  are  some  sunken  rocks  between  the  Graves  iind  the  northcin 
point  of  the  harbour,  nearest  the  latter,  which  are  on  the  starboard  hand.     From  Owl's 
Head  up  the  Bay  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  easterly,  to  Sprnce  Head,  in  Northpoit,  7 
leagues.     You  jjuss  a  good  harbour  on  Long  Island  side,  called  Gilkey  Harbour.    It  is 
easy  of  access,  but  is  baf*  to  find  in  the  night,  the  bmd  back  being  higher  than  that  in 
front  of  the  Harbour.     Here  a  lighthouse  is  much  needed,  as  it  is  the  best  harbour  in 
the  whole  Bay.     It  lies  directly  o^pposite  Ducktrap      From  Spruce  Head  to  Old  Fort 
Point,  the  course  isN.  E.  5  leagues,  leaving  Belfast  and  ^ 'ape  JcUison  Harbours  on  tln' 
larboard  hand.     If  you  wish  to  harbour  in  Cape  .Tellison,  you  enter  with  Brigadier 
Island  on  the  larboard  hand,  keeping  it  nearest  aboard,  as  there  is  a  long  ledge  makes  oii 
fr^m  Squaw  Point  on  the  starboard  hand,  wliich  is  covered  at  high  water.     There  is  u 
Icvige  off  Fort  Point  in  a  southerly  direction,  called  Fort  Point  Ledge,  a  half  a  mile  or 
more.     It  lies  S.  S.  E.  and  N.  N.  W^,  and  is  bare  at  half  tide.    There  arc  two  r>uo_vs, 
one  off  each  end  of  it.     There  is  a  lighthouse  on  the  Point,  near  which  it  is  so  uoi' 
that  there  is  a  good  channel  between  that  and  the  ledge  for  beating.     The  exlremo 
point,  however,  to  the  eastward  of  the  light,  is  shoal,  and  you  must  give  it  a  good  herili. 
When  you  have  turned  this  point,  you  have  an  excellent  harbour  on  the  larboard  hand, 
called  Fort  Point  Cove.    There  is  one  small  rock  near  Sandy  Point,  on  which  there  are 
about  7  feet  at  low  water,  near  which  there  is  a  log  buoy  placed.     From  Fort  Point  lo 
Bucksport  Narrows,  the  course  is  north,  5  miles.     Above  Sandy  Point  lies.  Odom's 
Ledge,  which  is  nearly  covered  at  high  water.     You  may  go  either  side  of  it,  but  the 
eastern  is  the  best  channel.     When  you  open  Bucksport  village,  your  course  is  N.  E, 
f  of  a  mile,  when  you  will  open  Marsh  Bay,  N.  W.,  at  the  head  of  which  is  Fianklort 
village,  6  miles.     Run   up  midway  till  youc^me  near  Marsh  lliver,  on  ilie  larboard 
hand.     The  point  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Bay  is  called  Drachm  Point,  from  which  a 
flat  extends  f  the  distance  across  to  Marsh  River,  on  the  end  of  which  a  buoy  is  placed. 
Should  you  not  see  the  buoy,  shut  Pickard's  Point  on  McKeni5ie''='  Point  a  hanilspike's 
]ength,  and  run  until  you  fairly  open  the  reach  to  Oak  ]*oint ;      ickard's  Point  is  the 
lahd  on  the  S.   E.  side'of  Marsh  lliver,  and  McKenzie's  Point  is  the  first  point  on  the 
Starboard  hand  above  Bucksport  village.     From  Marsh  River  to  Oak  Point  the  course 
is  N.  E.  5  miles  ;  good  anchorage  all  the  way.     Thence  to  llinkley's  E.  by  N.  '  ol'  :i 
mile.     Thence  to  Mill  C.eek  N.  by  E.  1  mile,  leaving  Buck's  Ledge,  on  which  there  is 
aspire  and  ball,  on  the  starboard  hand.     Thence  to  Bald  Hill,  N.  W.  by  W.  li  mile, 
Thence  to  Higgins',  N.  N.  E.  I  mile.     Thence  to  Bragdor's  Castle,  N.  E.  ^  of  a  mile. 
Thence  to  Crosby's,  N.  N.  E.  2  miles.     Thence  through  Crosby's  Narrows  N.  E.^l 
mile.     Thence  to'  Crosby's  Old  Wharf  N.  N.  E.  \  mile.     Thence  to  Brewer  Village', 
E.  Smiles.     Thence  to  Mitchel's  Steam  Mill  N.  E.  by  N.  \  mile.     Thence  tu 


Hip! 


;.hhead,  N.  E.  J  mile.     Thence  to  Bangor,  N.  E.  by  N.  J  of  a  mile. 

Pa  (res  157— IGl. 
PORTSMOUTH  HARBOUR.— A  black  spar  buoy  has  been  placed  on  Cod  Rod 
near  P^ort  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  Portsmoutli  harbour,  in  thirteen  feet  of  watei. 
Vessels  passing  into  the  harbour,  by  leaving  this  buoy  ou  the  larboard  hand  thirty  lert 
distant,  will  have  six  fathoms  of  water. 

A  black  spar  buoy  has  also  been  placed  on  the  ledge  at  the  N.  E.  point  of  Amazeeii's 
Island,  in  ten  feet  of  water.     Vessels  passing  up  the  harbour,  by  leaving  this  buoy  oa 
'  the  larboard  hand,  thirty  ^^'cet  distant,  will  have  nine  fathoms  of  water. 


water  name 


ADDITIONAL   APPENDIX. 


723 


A  bluck  spar  buoy  lias  also  been  placed  at  the  eastern  edge  of  Sunken  Rocks,  in  ten 
feet  of  water,  beiiritij;;  about  East,  from  the  inouument  on  said  rocks.     Vessels  passing    jjpp 
up  the  harbour,  by  luaving  tins  buoy  on  tlic  larboard  hand,  forty  feet  distant,  will  have     • 
.seven  fathoms  of  water. 

Two  spar  l)Uoys  have  also  been  placed  as  j[;uidcs,  in  entering  Spruce  Creek  harbour,, 
to  wit:  a  White  Buoy  on  the  S.  W.  point  of  Hitks'  Rocks,  in  fourteen  feet  of  water/^ 
and  a  Hiack  Buoy  on  .Tanmica  Point,  in  ten  feet  of  water.  Vessels  entering  Spruce 
Creek  harbour,  by  leaving  the  White  Buoy  on  the  starboard  hand,  thirty  feet  distant, 
will  have  five  fathoms  of  water;  and  by  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  on  the  larboard  hand, 
fifty  feet  distant,  will  have  six  fathoms  of  water. 

After  passing  tlie  two  last  mentioned  buoys,  about  one  huiuired  fr°t,  vessels  may 
anchor  in  seven  fathoms  of  water,  in  good  muddy  bottom,  and  by  kee])ing  in  mid- 
diannel,  and  running  about  N.,  may  anchor  in  the  creek,  in  six  or  seifen  fathoms. 

N.  B.  Hicks'  Rocks  are  under  water  at  about  two-thirds  tide;  and  the  depths  of 
water  named  in  the  jireceding  directions,  were  taken  at  low  water. 

Page  159. 

NEWBURYPORT. — The  directions  given  for  entering  this  harbour,  we  are  in- 
formed, are  not  at  |)resent  correct,  in  consequence  of  the  shifting  of  the  Bar.  The  di- 
rections state  that  "  You  must  keep  the  lights  in  a  range,  and  run  for  them,  until  with- 
in a  cable's  length  of  the  Eastern  Light."  We  have  not  been  as  yet  informed  of  the 
correct  directions  for  entering  this  dangerous  harbour;  and  it  is  advised  in  all  cases  to 
take  a  i>ilot. 

Paqe  163. 

IPSWICH  BAY. — Two  lighthouses  have  been  erected  on  Ipswicli  Beach,  which 
will  lie  lighted  on  the  first  of  December  next.  The  lights  bear  from  each  other  \V.  one 
(|iiarter  N.,  and  E.  one  quarter  S.  Keeping  the  two  lights  in  one,  will  lead  over  the 
Bar  in  the  best  water,  a  little  to  the  S.  of  the  buoy.  Run  in  close  to  the  beach,  and 
follow  it  uj)  close  to,  to  avoid  the  Northern  Spit  on  the  starboard  hand  ;  run  tip  round 
the  (irst  high  blullliead,  where  will  be  found  safe  anchorage.  There  are  eight  feet  of 
water  on  the  bar,  at  low  water. 

Paircs  191-197. 

AVAREnA.M  HARBOUR,  Buzzard's  Bay.— This  harbour  can  only  be  attempted 
in  the  day  time;  and  the  only  safety  is  to  keep  in  between  the  buoys,  of  which  there 
arc  nine  in  number,  leaving,  in  going  in,  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  starboard  hand,  and 
the  White  on  the  larboard.  Lieut.  Sturges,  of  the  revenue  cutter  McLane,  has  fur- 
nished us  with  a  particular  description  of  the  buoys,  which,  however,  it  is  not  neces- 
sary to  insert. 

Page  198.    Note. 

l?LOCK  ISLAND  Lights. — Two  new  lights  have  been  recently  erected  in  place  of 
tlie  old  ones.  Tliey  are  built  one-third  of  a  mile  nearly  due  south  of  the  old  ones  ;  are 
a  few  feet  higher,  and  the  distance  between  them  is  40  feet. 

Page  201. 

FISHER'S  ISLAND.— The  following  remarks  and  directions,  by  Capt.  Andrew 
Mather,  of  (^.  S.  revenue  cutter  Wolcott,  are  for  sailing  through"  the  Race  : 

Vessels  bound  eastward  through  the  Race,  in  the  niglit,  when  abieast  of  Gull  Island 
Light,  with  the  tide  of  flood  and  a  leading  wind,  should  steer  E.  by  S.,  or  E.  S.  E., 
until  Gull  Island  Light  be;irs  W.  by  S.;  prei^erve  that  bearing  until  they  see  Stoning- 
ton  Light  over  the  low  land  of  Fisher's  Island  ;  they  are  then  clear  of  Race  Point  and 
Race  Rock.  The  spring  tides  in  the  Race  run  about  five  knots  per  hour;  neap  tides 
aJjout  four  knots.  High  water,  full  and  change,  at  11  o'clock.  The  first  half  flood 
sets  N.  W.,  the  last  half  about  W.  N.  W. ;  -consequently,  when  steering  E.,  or  £.  by  N., 
which  is  the  "  Sound  Course,"  they  have  a  strong  tide  on  the  starboard  bow,  which  cuts 
them  over  to  the  northward,  and  instead  of  making,  as  they  suppose,  an  East,  or  East  by 
North  course,  which  often  carries  them  on  Race  Point,  from  which  runs  off.  far  o%^  a ' 
reef  of  rocks,  under  water.  From  conversations  with  the  masters  and  pilots  of  ship- 
wrecked vessels,  I  have  been  led  to  believe  that  the  cause  of  most  of  the  losses  that  have 
taken  place,  may  be  attributed  to  their  mistaking  the  tides. 

Pages  214-219. 
NEW  YORK  HARBOUR— The'  buoys  to  mark  out  Gedney's  Channel  to  the 
northward  and  eastward  of  Romer,  are  ten  in  number,  and  with  the  following  distin- 
uuishing  marks.     Those  on  the  larboard  hand  coming  in,  are  black  and  white,  iti  fe^ti. 
y.ontal  stripes;  those  ou  the  starboard  hand,  red  and  black.  -■!& 


•T/W 


ADDITIONAL   APPENDIX. 


r* 


The  first  buoy  on  Mi*  larboard  hand  coming  in,  is  iu  !20  t'cet  water. 

The  second  buoy  •'        "        "        "        "  I'J    " 

It     third         *'         "  "       ' "         "         "         "  134     "         " 

«t     fourth       '*         "  "        "         "         "         "  24     "         " 

tt     fifth           "         "  "         '*         "         "         "  24     "         " 

The  first  buoy  on  the  stnrboard  hand  coming  in,  is  in  19  feet  water. 

The  second  buoy  "            "            •'            "        19    "        " 

"     third        "         "  "            "             "             "         24     " 

«4     fourth      "         "  *'            '*             "             *'         24     " 

t(     fifth         •'         '•  <'            <'             •>             ><         24     " 


II 
It 


The  above  nai  led  buoys  arc  phiced  in  the  shoalest  water  in  the  channel,  and  on  the 
edge  of  the  banlis  which  form  the  channel;  and  in  no  one  case  must  a  vessel  stretch 
beyond  the  buoys  on  either  side. 

There  is  a  true  tide  setting  through  the  channel,  the  time  of  high  water  the  same  as 
at  the  Hook,  viz.  full  and  change  7h.  35  min. 

The  course  in,  after  entering  the  channel,  is  W.  N.  W.  by  compass,  until  the  Hook 
and  Highland  Lights  are  in  range.  Keep  these  in  range,  and  run  up  for  the  Narrows, 
which  will  carry  you  clear  of  every  thing. 

To  the  northward  of  the  bijck  buoy  off  the  Bar,  the  following  spar  buoys  have  been 
placed.  Those  on  the  larboanl  hand  coming  in,  are  black,  with  white  tops ;  and  those 
on  the  starboard  hand,  white,  with  black  tops. 

The  1st  buoy  on  the  larboard  hand  is- in  31  feet  water. 

2d       *'         "  "  "       "     24     "         "  tl 

1st      •'         •'      starboard    "       "     30     "         "  »■ 

0(]       <>         i>  '(  ii        11     ')4     '1         i> 

The  flood  tide  sets,  first  half,  N.  \V.,  last  half  S.  W.     All  the  above  depths  aio  at 
low  water. 

The  spar  buoys  at  the  entrance  will  bo  changed  in  the  spring,  and  can-buoys,  with 
the  same  marks  will  be  put  down. 

Page  228. 
POTOMAC  RIVER — A  Floating  Light  is  anchored  on  the  end  of  the  Bar  that    if 
runs  off  Upper  Cedar  Point,  on  the  Maryland  shore,  and  her  light  was  exhibited  fur 
the  first  time,  on  or  about  the  11th  October,  1837. 

Page  245. 
ST.  AUGUSTINE. — Two  miles  distant  from  the  Island  of  Anastasia,  and  nine 
miles  from  St.  Augustine  Light,  S.  E.  by  S.  from  the  light  by  compass,  there  has  been 
recently  discovered  a  fresh  water  fountain,  about  100    feet  diameter,  appearing  like 
breakers. 

Page  277.     Note. 
NEW  ORLEANS,  Oct.   31,  18.37 — In  consequence  of  the  injury  sustained  by  the 
late  gale  in  the  machinery  of  the  lighthouse  at  South  Point,  that  light  will  be  seeti  sta- 
tionary until  further  notice. 

Page  279-     Note. 
TIMB  ALTER  ISLAND. — A  lighthouse  is  represented  to  be  erected  on  this  island. 
This  is  an  error ;  there  is  no  lighthouse  on  this  island. 


ERRATA. 

Page  152.     8th  line  from  bottom,  in  description  of  Portland  Harbour,  for  "at the 

distance  of  3,000  feet,  read  300  feet. 
Page  148.     15th  line  from  top.— Moose  Peake  Reach.' — The«course  given  is  N.  E 

by  N.     It  should  be  N.  E.  by  E. 
Page  138.     Note  f.     The  bearing   of  Baker's   Island   Light  from  Titmanan  ligii:. 

should  be  W.  S.  W.  instead  of  £.  .S.  JE. ;  and  the  bearing  ofBaken 

Island  Light   from   Moose   Peckhead  Light,   should  bo   W.   S.  U. 

westerly. 
Page  202.     Note  §.     New  London  Light  is  represented  as  bearing  E.  N.  E.  tram 

Littfe  Gull  Light,  it  should  be  N.  by  E. 


*'-^\>mA 


ADDITIONAL  APPENDIX. 

JULY     1,     1838. 


\  on  this  island, 


E.  N.  E.  Iioin 


ll 


GEORGE'S  SHOAL— Pa^c  165. 

A  survey  of  this  Shoal  has  been  made  by  Lieut.  Wilkes  and  others,  in  the  U.  S.  brig 
"Porpoise.     Wo  annex,  from  his  report  to  Congress — 

"  The  shoalest  water  found  on  any  part  of  the  Bank  was  2J  fathoms,  or  15  feet,  re- 
duced to  low  water ;  and  this  is  only  to  bo  found  in  two  small  places,  viz. 

Lat.  41°  40'  13"     Long.  67"  44'  10" 
Lat.  41     40   33       Long.  67     44    30 

"  The  whole  of  the  Shoal  is  composed  of  hard  sand-spits — fine  sand  on  the  shoalest 
places,  and  coarser  as  the  water  dec-pens,  until  it  becomes  large  pebbles  without  sand." 

"  The  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is  7  feet,  extremely  regular,  the  first  part  of  the  flo6d  set- 
ting N.N.W.,  the  latter  part  N.  by  E.,  and  ebb  S.S.E.  and  S.  by  W.  The  flood  runs 
4^  hours,  ebb  5-2  hours ;  greatest  velocity  two  and  six  tenths  of  a  mile,  from  half  an  hour 
lo  two  hours  in  changing,  going  round  with  the  sun  on  from  North  by  way  of  East.  The 
wind  has  but  little  efiect  on  the  velocity.  High  water,  at  full  and  change,  at  10  o'clock 
•30  minutes.     Variation  of  the  compass  8°  15"." 

RACE  POINT— Prt^Tc' 177. 

An  accurate  and  very  detailed  survey  of  this  point  has  been  made  under  the  direction 
of  Major  J.  D.  Graham,  U.  S.  engineer.  From  his  observations  on  the  tides,  ivhich 
are  very  full,  we  extract — 

"  High  water,  at  full  and  change,  from  10  40  to  11  30  A.M.  Spring  tides  rise  14  feet, 
neap  tides  11  feet. 

"  Between  Long  Point  and  Race  Point  the  tide  runs  from  3  to  4  knots,  generally  pa- 
rallel to  the  direction  of  the  shore." 

PROVINCETOWN  HARBOR— i^a^c  178. 

High  water,  at  full  and  change,  from  10  120  to  11  20  A.M.  Spring  tides  14  feet,  neap 
tides  ')  feet. 

Page  21] . — A  light  vessel  has  been  moored  on  the  N.E.  point  of  Stratford  Shoal,  (the 
Middle  Ground.) 

Page  216. — A  light  ship  with  two  lights,  the  forward  one  30  feet  aboVe  deck,  and  the 
after  one  40  feet,  has  been  moored  in  13  fathoms  water,  Sandy  Hook  Lighthouse  bear-< 
ing  W.N.W.,  distant  13  miles. 

ST.  AUGUSTINE— Fa^e  245. 
The  bar  at  the  entrance  of  this  harbor  has  opened  in  a  new  place.     In  crossing  the 
bar,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  W.  by  S.,  steer  W.S.W.,  which  secures  14  feet  at  high 
water. 


The  following  liable  of  the  Times 
observation,  made 


of  High  Water  and  Else  of  the  Tide,  is  from  actual 

by  request  of  (he  British  Admiralty. 


11.  M. 

Eastport,  Maine 11  13 

Mount  Desert  Island 11  10 

Portland,  Maine ]  1   10 

Portsmouth,  N.  H 11  30 

<Tloucester,  Massachusetts.  11  59 

Boston 11   31 

Newport 7  39 

Warren 8     5 

Nantucket 12  31 

Gardiner's  Bay 9  55 

New  York 8  37 

Sandy  Hook 7  35 

Delaware  Breakwater 7  35 


FT. 

m. 

22 

10 

13 

4 

12 

2 

10 

4 

12 

8 

14 

8 

6 

6 

8 

2 

6 

3 

5 

6 

6 

7 

1 

6 

4 

Old  Point  Comfort 8  27 

Gosport,  Virg.  navy  yard  . .  9 

Cape  Hatteras 5  43 

Cape  Fear  River 7  14 

Charleston , . ,  7  21 

Savannah 8     9 

St.  Augustine 8    4 

Thompson's  Island,  Key  W. 

Florida 9  53 

Tampa  Bay 

Pensacola  navy  yard  ,...., 
Mobile  Point 


FT.  ijr. 

3  9 

4  5 
6  6 

6  11 

7  11 

8  5 
6  7 


2 
3 
2 
2 


6 
3 
3 
1 


REMOVAL.— The  Nautical  Establishment  of  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt  is  removed  tv 
179  Water  street,  corner  of  Burling  slip. 
05^  Chronometers,  Astronomical,  Surveying  and  Nautical  Instruments  for  sale. 
June,  1838. 


>■    i 


■^w 


i,>,i.«iti'C°'"..'ii,,^ 


/ 


Ifo. 


«OWDIT 
BLUNT'! 
MERCfy 
THE  EX 
package! 
SEAMAN 
NAIJTIC) 
WAliU'S 


A  CHAR 
from  the 
T)o.  extet 
surveys, 
Do.  of  th 
Do.  from 
Do.     of  th 

and  the 
Do.     of  th 

tant. 

Do.     of  th 

plans  of 

A  NEW  ( 

Spanish, 

Porto  Ri 

large  sea 

surveys  ( 

Do.     ofth 

Do.     of  th 

Do,     ofthi 

A  NEW  ( 

1828,  '29 

NEW  CH 

of  35  inc! 

by  Ed  in  I 

are  the  o 

Do.     of  Bi 

Banks,  fr 

De  Main 

date,  (18; 

of  the  Ui 

Do.     from 

veys  rece 

Do.     of  th( 

contahiin 

Augustir 

Fear,  an( 

FOR  SAL 

Nautical 
cal  lustri 

N.  B.  Tl 
finding  the 

June,  18; 


]\AUTICAL  WORKS, 

rUBLISIIKP    Art  I)    SOLD,    WIIOLESALK    AND    RETAIL,     BT 

EDMUND  &  GEORGE  W.  BLUNT. 

Ifo.  154  Water  itrcct,  corner  of  J!Ialdcn  Laiio,  Ifvw  York. 


nooKS. 

«OWDTTCH'S  NAVIfi/VTOR,  stereotype  edition. 

MLIJNT'S  AMERICAN  COAS'I'  IMI.OT,  i:uh  edition. 

MERCHANT  AND  SHIi'MAS  TKR'S  ASSISTANT. 

THE  EXPEDITIOUS  MEASURER,  stereotjiHjd,  to  hIiow  the  solid  contenti  of 

packnt'es  and  citsk.s. 
SEAMANSHIP  AND  NAVAL  TACTICS,  second  edition,  with  PLATES. 
NAUTICAL  ALMANACS,  Cmin  IHU  to  1H:58,  inclusive. 
WARD'S  LUNAR  TABLES,  second  edition. 

CHARTS. 

A  CHART  of  Magnetic  Curves  of  eqnal  variptions,  between  the  lat.  €0°  N.  and  65°  S. 
from  the  most  recent  observations,  by  P<-/Kr  Barlow,   l<\  R.  S. 

Do.  extending  from  Monf.iuK  Point  to  Cape  Antonio,  improved  by  the  Ooverniaent 
surveys,  witli  Plans  of  the  piiioipal  Harbors. 

Do.     of  the  Mississippi  River,  with  plan  of  Mobile,  8rc. 

Do.     from  New  ilew  York  to  Nova  Sl^otia,  including  d'eorge's  Bank. 

Do.  of  the  Atlantic  or  Western  Ocean,  with  i)lans  of  (Jeorge's  and  Nantucket  Shoals, 
and  the  Virgin  Rocks,  on  large  scales,  from  actual  surveys  up  to  1832. 

Do.  of  the  South  Atlantic  Ocean,  containing  more  authentic  information  than  any  ex- 
tant. 

Do.  of  the  Coast  of  Brazil,  from  the  Line  to  the  River  Plate,  on  a  large  scale,  with 
plans  of  Harl)ors. 

A  NEW  CHART  of  the  West  Indies,  on  six  sheets,  to  be  had  separate,  from  the 
Spanish,  French,  Danish,  and  English  surveys;  with  plans  of  St.  John's  Harbor^ 
Porto  Rico,  St.  Thomas.  Port  au  Prince,  Vera  Cru/,  Havana,  Matanzas,  dec.  Ace,  oa 
large  scales,  together  with  views  of  land,  including  Commander  R.  Owen's  receut 
surveys  of  the  Windward  Passages,  the  Coast  of  Honduras,  &c.  &c. 

Do.     of  the  River  Plate,  on  a  large  scale,  from  the  late  surve_ys,  with  sailing  directions. 

Do.     of  the  Coast  of  Guayana. — Do.  of  the  Island  of  Bermudas,  with  sailing  directions. 

Do.     of  the  Coast  of  Labrador.  -Do.  of  Newfoundland — Do.  of  New  London  Harbor. 

A  NEW  CHART  of  Long  Island  Sound,  surveyed  by  Edmund  Blunt,  in  the  years 
1828,  '29,  and  '30. 

NEW  CHART  of  New  York  Harbor,  from  Barnegat  to  Fire  Island  Inlet,  on  a  scale 
of  35  inches  to  a  degree,  from  actual  surveys  made  in  the  years  1821,  '22,  '23,  and '24, 
by  Edmund  Blunt.  The  surveys  of  Long  Island  Sound  and  of  New  York  Harbor, 
are  the  only  surveys  -vcr  taken  of  the  entrances  of  the  Port  of  New  York. 

Do.  of  Bahama  Banks  and  Florida  Coast,  on  a  square  and  large  scale  ;  the  Bahann 
Banks,  frona  the  surveys  made  in  the  sloop  Orbit,  and  by  the  British  Go\  ernment  by 
De  Maine;  the  Coast  of  Florida,  from  U.  S.  Government  Surveys,  to  the  present 
date,  (1834,)  intended  with  the  Bahama  Banks,  to  complete  tlie  whoJe  p'lorida  Coast 
of  the  United  States. 

Do.  from  New  York  to  Nova  Scotia,  on  a  square  and  large  scale,  in  which  all  the  sur- 
veys recently  made  are  introduced. 
Do.  of  the  Southern  Coast,  on  a  square  scale,  from  Fire  Island  Inlet  to  St.  Augustine, 
containing  more  information  than  any  other  chart  extant,  with  plans  of  New  York,  St. 
Augustine,  St.  John's,  E.  F.,  and  Charleston,  S.  C.  Harbors,  and  Capes  Hatteraij 
Fear,  and  Lookout,  on  large  scales. 

FOR  SALE  AS  ABOVE,  a  complete  assortment  of  the  most  improved  Charts  and 
Nautical  Books  of  all  parts  of  the  world.  Nautical  Instruments  of  all  kinds.  Nauli- 
cal  Instruments  repaired  with  care  and  despatch. 

N.  B.  This  establishment  being  exclusively  Nautical,  gentlemen  may  depind  OB 
finding  the  most  recent  and  useful  Nautical  intelligence. 
June,  1837. 

91 


ClIUONOMKTEUS. 


'^hri  inrrcsKed  n!«p  of  riir«nt>rnrti<rs  by  Nmiticiil  nirn,  nn<l  flieir  Rrrat  imimrlnnrr,  bai 
Ktlucinl  till!  iiubHciil)ori»  to  make  Hrnui^eiiieiita  (u  Niipply  llif»t>  valustblu  iuHtruiiiciiiii  to 
asir  frirnilH.  * 

In  order  ti»  br  enabled  to  ascertain  and  rerify  the  rate  of  Chronometers,  ibe  Kuhiicri- 
Iters  havo  erected  an  Observatory  at  lirookiyn,  and  lurniNhed  it  with  a  Transit  liislrii- 
ment,  two  AHtronoinical  Clockrt  with  Mcrcuriul  I'cnduluiiiH,  Circle,  und  other  nece8<i;iiy 
UixtruincntN. 

The  subscribers  have  now  on  hand  Chronometers  made  by  Arnold  \  Dent,  and  olhpr«, 
None  will  be  ollered  for  sale  except  those  which  have  been  subject  to  a  snflicient  tri;il, 
and  which  can  bo  warranted  lo  perform  well,  from  a  critical  examination  of  iheirpre- 
rious  rates,  coinpated  with  the  rates  given  by  the  munufacturer,  .ind  the  rates  while  Id 
our  possession. 

The  above  named  makers  have  received  premiums  from  the  Hoard  of  Ijongitude  in 
England,  for  the  excellence  of  the  performance  of  their  instruments.  We  subjoin  3q 
account  of  the  performance  of  two  made  by  Arnold  &  Dent,  which  were  placed  in  tlir 
Koyal  Observjlory,  with  ten  others  of  their  make,  for  the  purjiose  of  determining  some 
experiments  on  Chronometers,  with  a  view  to  their  improvement. 

RATES  OF  CIIRONOMETKRS.— KOVAL  015SERVATORV. 

AkNOLD  &  J)EiVT. — No.  5'Jl. 

Juno.  July.  Auq.  8c|il.  Oct. 

//  //  y/  i/  '/ 

»         Mean  daily  variation,  ....  601 
Extreme  variation, l-'J 


5-lrt 

.'j-13 

5-.'54 

6 -.34 

M 

1-!) 

10 

1-05 

Arnold  A:  Dekt. — No.  (u(j. 

3u\y.  Aug.  Hu|)t. 


Mean  daily  variation,  .  0-00 
Extreme  variation,    .  .  l-l 


Oct. 


Nov. 


Dee. 


0-37 

O-.-Jl 

0-.'>3 

O-.TJ 

o-.ir? 

11 

\-2 

1-2 

1-0 

10 

Arnolo  6c  Dknt. — No.  114. 
Actual  extreme  variation  in  12  months, 0"54. 

This  Chr^inoraeter  took  the  first  premium  in  1829,  at  the  Royal  Observatory,  it  haring 
the  least  sanation  of  any  Chronometer  yet  recorded. 

These  instruments,  though  very  superior,  have  been  equalled  by  many  others  by  the 
■ame  manufacturers.  Out  of  eight  Chronometers  on  board  H.  M.  Surveying  Sbip 
Blossontf  Arnold  &  Dent's  proved  the  best ;  and  of  twenty-two  Chronometers  embarked 
ftj  H.  M.  Surveying  Ship  Beagle,  Capt.  Fitzroy,  No.  G63,  made  by  Arnold  &  Dent,  was 
the  moat  accurate,  and  gave  the  longitude  of  Rio  within  one  minute  in  space  of  the 
mean  resulting  from  the  whole  number.  So  close  an  approximation  is  convincing  proof 
of  the  accuracy  of  their  instruments.  And  it  need  not  be  feared  that  this  accuracy  will 
not  continue.  It  is  the  result  of  a  division  of  labor,  a  profound  chemical  knowledge  of 
the  qualities  of  metals,  with  a  series  of  numerous  and  singular  experiments,  fostered  bj 
the  care  of  the  British  Government,  and  rewarded  by  annual  premiums. 

These  valuable  but  delicate  instruments,  besides  requiring  great  care  in  their  use, 
are  frequently  in  want  of  repairs;  to  make  their  business  complete  in  relation  to  Chro- 
nometers, they  sent  for,  and  now  have  in  their  cm|)loy,  a  workman  brought  np  to  the 
business,  and  highly  recommended  by  one  of  the  first  Chronometer  makers  in  London. 
In  many  cases  an  old  Chronometer  requires  but  few  repairs  or  alterations  to  make  il 

})erform  well,  and  these  repairs,  made  under  the  direction  of  the  subscribers,  will  beai 
aithfully  done  as  they  could  be  done  in  London. 

The  subscribers  will  determine  the  rates  of  Chronometers,  and  all  Chronometers  Ifli 
with  them  will  be  carefully  attended  to. 
New  York,  June,  1837.  E.  &  G.  W.  BLUNT. 


'   .!#" 


yWH 


importanrr,  lai 
}  iuHtruiiiciitR  tu 

er«,  the  subgcri- 

,  'rraiisit  liiMrit- 

other  necessiiiy 

lent,  and  others, 
it  Miiflicieiit  triiil, 
i«)ii  ol  their  pre- 
10  rates  while  Id 

of  liongitude  is 

Wi"  «nl>join  iQ 

!rc  phiicd  in  llie 

L-terniining  sone 


TORY. 


•if 


Oct. 

It 

6*34 
1'06 


Dee. 
0-35 


•vatory,  it  haring 

ny  others  by  tlie 
Surveying  Ship 
meters  embarked 
loJd  &  Dent,  wai 
in  space  of  the 
Ronvincing  proof 
lis  accuracy  will 
:al  knowledge  of 
ents,  fostered  bj 
I. 

ire  in  their  iisf, 
elation  to  Chro- 
ought  up  to  the 
ikers  in  London. 
:ions  to  make  it 
fibers,  will  be  aj 

hronometers  Ifli 
W.  BLUNT. 


'^||k- 


